Euripides Scholia: Orestes

Or. 1.01 (1–139) (tri metr) ἡ εἴσθεσις τοῦ δράματος ἐκ μονοστροφικῆς ἐστι περιόδου. οἱ δὲ στίχοι εἰσὶν ἰαμβικοὶ τρίμετροι ἀκατάληκτοι ρληʹ [= 138]. ὧν τελευταῖος [139] ‘τόνδ’ ἐξεγεῖραι συμφορὰ γενήσεται’. ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς. —T

TRANSLATION: The introduction to the drama consists of a unit formed by a single strophe. The verses are 138 acatalectic iambic trimeters, of which the last is ‘it will be a misfortune to awaken this man’. At the section-breaks a paragraphos (is written), and at the conclusion a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. (below note)

APP. CRIT.: ρλθʹ Dind., correcting Triclinius’s careless count

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.10.3–6; de Fav. 45

COMMENT: Paragraphoi and coronides in T are recorded in the sequence of scholia, labeled as tri and metr. In 1–138 paragraphoi mark the end of Electra’s monologue (70), the ends of two speeches of several lines (80 and 87), the end of stichomythia (109), and the end of Helen’s final speech before she reenters the palace (125).

KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν

Or. 1.02 (1–5) (rec exeg) ¹κατασκευὴν ποιούμενος ὁ ποιητὴς τῆς ἰδίας προτάσεως τῆς ὅτι πάντα φέρει τὰ δεινὰ ἡ ἀνθρωπότης, ἐπιφέρει ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ οἱ μακάριοι καὶ ὄλβιοι δόξαντες ἄνθρωποι οὐκ ἄμοιροι συμφορῶν καὶ παθῶν γεγόνασιν· ²ἐξ ἑνὸς δὲ τοῦ Ταντάλου καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους παραδηλοῖ. ³τὸν Τάνταλον δὲ καὶ οὐκ ἄλλον τῇ ὑποθέσει προσείληφε διὰ τὸ ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦ γένους καὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην κατάγεσθαι. —VPr^aPr^bRw

TRANSLATION: The poet, carrying out a proof of his particular premise, that humankind endures all the terrible sufferings, adds next that even the very humans who have seemed to be blessed and prosperous have not turned out to be free of misfortunes and sufferings. From the single example of Tantalus he implies also other humans. And he has attached Tantalus and no other person to his claim because Orestes too is descended from that family.

POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, page before start of text; in VRw follows sch. 2.12, in Pr cont. from sch. 2.12 (both places)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.95,5–10; Dind. II.32,9–14

KEYWORDS: rhetorical analysis | κατασκευή/κατασκευάζω

Or. 1.03 (1–5) (rec rhet) κατασκευή —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κατασκευ(ὴν) Mn

KEYWORDS: κατασκευή/κατασκευάζει

Or. 1.04 (1–3) (vet exeg) οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινόν: ¹οὔτε ἀκοῇ οὔτε θέᾳ ἔστιν οὕτω δεινὸν ὅπερ οὐχ ὑφίσταται τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ φύσις. ²τοῦτο δέ φησι παρόσον ἔκτοπον καὶ ἀλλόκοτον ὑπέστη τιμωρίαν ὁ Τάνταλος· ³ἢ διὰ τὰς τοῦ γένους συμφοράς· ἢ δι’ ἑαυτὴν ὡς ὅτι τλημόνως συνυποφέρει τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὴν τύχην· ⁴ἢ διὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην. —MBVCCrPrR^bRfRwY²Ox, partial O

TRANSLATION: Neither to hearing nor to sight is there anything so terrible that human nature does not endure it. She says this because Tantalus endured an unusual and extraordinary punishment; or because of the misfortunes of the family, or on her own account because she wretchedly bears the misfortune together with her brother; or on account of Orestes.

LEMMA: all except MOCrOx (δεινὸν om. VR^b, οὐδὲν om. Rf) REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀλόκοτον C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.94,5–8; Dind. II.30,1–5

COMMENT: Redundant ὡς ὅτι is common in late, subliterary, and scholiastic Greek; ὥς γε is rather rare in scholiastic Greek.

Or. 1.05 (1–3) (vet paraphr) ἄλλως· ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος: ἤγουν ὡς ἐν συντόμῳ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν, οὐκ ἔστι τι δεινὸν, οὔτε πάθος οὔτε συμφορὰ, ἧς οὐκ ἂν τὸ βάρος ἡ τῶν βροτῶν φύσις ὑπενέγκοιτο. —BVPrRw

TRANSLATION: That is, to put it in a brief phrase, there is nothing terrible, neither suffering nor experience, the weight of which the nature of mortals would not endure.

LEMMA: ἄλλως in margin, remainder in line B; ἔπος om. Rw; Pr adds ἡ σύνταξις and three-dot punctuation before ἄλλως

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. B | ὡς om. Pr | λόγῳ om. B | ὑπενέγκοιτο Schw. (after Matt.), ἀπενέγκοιτο all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.94,10–12; Dind. II.30,5–8

Or. 1.06 (1–3) (thom exeg) ¹ἐπειδὴ ἡ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς δυστυχία ὑπερῆρεν ἁπάσας, διὰ τοῦτο αὕτη γνωματευομένη ταῦτα φησὶ καθ’ αὑτήν. ²δείξει δὲ ὡς ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὸ γένος αὐτῆς συμφοραῖς ὑπέκειτο. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Since the misfortune of her father surpassed all others, for this reason she says this to herself, speaking in terms of a maxim. And she will demonstrate that her family was subject to untoward events from the beginning.

POSITION: follows sch. 1.06 in Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐπειδήπερ Zb, ἐπεὶ T after erasure or damage (ἐπειδὴ Ta) | μαντευομένη Za | καθ’ αὑτήν om. ZZa | 2 ἐπέκειτο Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: καθ’ αὐτὴν Zb | ἐξαρχῆς Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.29,3–5

COMMENT: The middle γνωματεύομαι is common in this sense in Eustathius.

KEYWORDS: Eustathius

Or. 1.07 (1–3) (thom exeg) ¹ἵνα μὴ καθέκαστον ἀπαριθμῆται τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις κακά, περιλαμβάνει διὰ τοῦ γενικοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ δεινοῦ, διαιρουμένου εἰς πάθη καὶ συμφοράς, καὶ πάθη μέν ἐστι τὰ συμπίπτοντα τοῖς σώμασι νοσήματα, συμφοραὶ δὲ αἱ ἐπερχόμεναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις θλίψεις. ²καὶ τὸ ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος διὰ τοῦτο ἔφη διότι καθολικῶς ἐξήνεγκεν. ³ἐπεὶ δὲ πάθος καὶ συμφορὰν εἴρηκε, προτιμᾷ τὸ θηλυκὸν τοῦ οὐδετέρου, ἀποδιδοὺς τὸ ἧς πρὸς τὸ συμφορά. ⁴γίνωσκε δὲ ὅτι ὅταν εὑρεθῶσι δύο ὀνόματα, ἀρσενικὸν καὶ θηλυκόν, μάλιστα μὲν τὸ ἀρσενικὸν προτιμᾶται τοῦ θηλυκοῦ, συμβαίνει δὲ ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ τὸ ἀνάπαλιν. ⁵ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λόγος ἐστὶ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν θηλυκῶν καὶ οὐδετέρων. ⁶ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῦτο πολλάκις γίνεται· κειμένου γὰρ ἀρσενικοῦ καὶ θηλυκοῦ καὶ οὐδετέρου ὀνόματος, ἀποδίδοται ἡ σύνταξις πρὸς τὸ οὐδέτερον, ὡς εἰς πρᾶγμα. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: In order to avoid enumerating one by one the evils that befall humans, he (the poet) encompasses (the notion) through use of the generic term ‘the terrible’, which is divided into sufferings (‘pathē’) and untoward events (‘sumphorai’); and sufferings are the diseases that affect their bodies, while untoward events are the afflictions that come upon humans (from outside). And he used the expression ‘so to speak’ for this reason, because he made the utterance in general terms. And after he has said ‘suffering’ (neuter noun ‘pathos’) and ‘occurrence’ (feminine noun ‘sumphora’), he favors the feminine over the neuter, making the relative pronoun agree (in gender) with the former (‘sumphora’). Understand that whenever two nouns are found, a masculine and a feminine, for the most part the masculine is favored over the feminine (for agreement), but sometimes the opposite occurs instead. The same rule applies also to feminines and neuters. More than that, often the following too occurs: when a masculine and a feminine and a neuter noun are present, the agreement is made with respect to the neuter, as if for a thing.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm (to δεινὸν) POSITION: continued from previous, adding δὲ, T; precedes sch. 1.06 in Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.29,6–18

COMMENT: This note appears to be an expansion of what is found in sch. 1.11 and 2.01.

KEYWORDS: rhetorical analysis | grammar, agreement of gender | vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 1.08 (1–3) (rec exeg) καὶ Ὅμηρός φησι [Hom. Il. 24.49] ‘τλητὸν γὰρ μοῖραι θυμὸν θέσαν ἀνθρώποισιν’. —R^bY²ZmGu

POSITION: continued from sch. 1.04 R^bY²; marg. Zm

APP. CRIT.: φησι om. R^bY² | θυμὸν om. R^b | ἔθεσαν Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.31,19–20

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 1.09 (1–3) (pllgn paraphr) οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινὸν καὶ χαλεπὸν πρᾶγμα οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφορὰ θεήλατος καὶ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐλθοῦσα ὅπερ οὐχ ὑφίσταται ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις. —Y²Yf²

POSITION: in marg. Yf²

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross; check original Y for marginal word beside note.

Or. 1.10 (1–3) (pllgn paraphr) οὐδὲν ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ὅπερ οὐ πάσχουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι. —Y²

Or. 1.11 (1–2) (rec gram) οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινόν: ¹τὸ δεινὸν ὄνομα γενικόν ἐστι, διαιρεῖται δὲ εἰς πάθος καὶ συμφοράν. ²καὶ πάθος μὲν λέγεται τὰ νοσήματα, συμφορὰ δὲ αἱ τοῦ βίου δυστυχίαι καὶ περιπέτειαι. —VPrRwSaY²

LEMMA: V (om. οὐδὲν) REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, page before start of text; between sch. 2.01 and 2.09 Rw; between sch. 12.01 and sch. 13.01 Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.94.1–3; Dind. II.29,19–21

COLLATION NOTES: Pr cross in front.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 1.12 (pllgn rhet) ἐξ ὑπολήψεως τὸ προοίμιον καὶ ἔστιν ἐπιτήδειον εἰς προοιμίου τύπον. —Y^r

TRANSLATION: The proem (is drawn) from assumption/presupposition/prejudice, and it is suitable as a model of a proem.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξυπολ(ήψ)εως Y^r

COMMENT: Rhetorical manuals and their scholia claim that a proem ἐξ ὑπολήψεως is the best type.

KEYWORDS: ὑπόληψις

Or. 1.17 (rec rhet) πρότασις —Sa

TRANSLATION: Protasis (introductory section of a proem).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: run together without punct. following sch. 1.18 and 1.28 Sa

COMMENT: See Lausberg §288 and §1245 s.v. προοίμιον.

KEYWORDS: rhetorical analysis | πρότασις

Or. 1.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ὡς ἐν συντόμω εἰπεῖν, ὡς ἡ παροιμία λέγει. —VFL²Rw^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. L² | after συντόμω add. λόγω FRw^r | ὡς ἡ κτλ om. FL² | καὶ add. before ἡ Rw^r | λέγει om. Rw^r

KEYWORDS: παροιμία

Or. 1.28 (recThom paraphr) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ἤγουν ἐν συντόμῳ εἰπεῖν λόγον —AaAb¹MlMnPcPrRSSaZbZmGuY²

POSITION: s.l.; run together without punct. between sch. 1.18 and 1.17 in Sa; on fol. 8v Mn (second instance of Or. 1–3; cf. sch. 1.29)

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] ἀντὶ τοῦ Sa, καὶ οὗτος ἄρχομαι S, καὶ οὕτως Mn, ὧδε Ml, καὶ Aa, ὡς Y², om. AbPcPr^bR | ἐν om. Ab | εἰπεῖν om. Mn^b | λόγον ZmGu, καὶ λόγον app. S, λόγῳ AaMn, om. SaZbY² | at the end Pc adds ὡς λέγει ἡ παροιμία (cf. sch. 1.25)

Or. 1.29 (rec exeg) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ἤγουν ἐν συντόμῳ εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ἀξίωσιν ⟨ἢ⟩ συγκατάβασιν· ἐνταῦθα δὲ εὑρίσκονται τὰ δύο. —Mn

TRANSLATION: That is, to express in a brief phrase positive assessment(?) or agreement (concession?). And here the two are (both) found.

POSITION: s.l. on f. 7v (first instance of Or. 1–3, which are repeated on f. 8v; cf. sch. 1.28)

APP. CRIT.: λόγ() Mn

COMMENT: The sense is very uncertain. The translation offered assumes this is one note and that truncated λόγ() conveys the dative. If instead it indicates the accusative, one may add ἤγουν before the two following accusatives, or assume a lacuna, e.g. ⟨ἡ παροιμία σημαίνει⟩, before ἀξίωσιν ⟨ἢ⟩ συγκατάβασιν. In either case, it is not clear how exactly these two terms differ. Joshua Benjamins (private communication) wonders whether ἀξίωσις could mean ‘general principle, maxim’. See also sch. 579.02 and comment there.

Or. 1.36 (rec exeg) ⟨ὧδ’⟩: τὸ ὧδε ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1.38 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ἢ νὰ εἴπωμεν τὸ, Ἀττικόν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Presumably ἔπος is to be understood with τὸ.

COLLATION NOTES: Cramped and tiny writing is ambiguous; probably τϊ corrected to τὸ.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1.40 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔπος⟩: λόγον. περισσὸν, Ἀττικῶς —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrOx

POSITION: s.l.; T as two separate items, cross at περισσὸν

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Ox | λόγον om. G | περ. ἀττ. om. Ox, ἀττ. om. Yf

APP. CRIT. 2: περιττὸν G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.30,13

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς | περισσός/περιττός

Or. 2.01 (2–3) (vet gram) οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν: ¹διὰ τί εἰρηκὼς ἔπος καὶ πάθος πρὸς τὸ θηλυκὸν τὰ ἑξῆς συνέταξε φάσκων ἧς οὐκ ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἄχθος; ²φαμὲν οὖν ὅτι προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου τὸ θηλυκὸν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς αὐτὸ ἐποίησε τὴν σύνταξιν. —MVCCrPrR^bRfRwOx, partial OMn^aMn^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Why, having said ‘epos’ and ‘pathos’ (neuter nouns), did he (the poet) make the following phrase agree with the feminine in saying ‘of which (fem.) it would not take upon itself the burden’? We say, then, that the feminine is given preference over the neuter and therefore he made the agreement with it.

LEMMA: M, οὐδὲ πάθος R, ἧς οὐκ ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἄχθος C; labels ἀπορία and λύσις in marg. VPr, applied to the two sentences REF. SYMBOL: MRSa (Sa to line 1) POSITION: twice in Mn (which has Or. 1–3 on both 7v and 8v)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1–2 θηλυκὸν] θετικὸν Ox (both places) | 2 προτιμεῖται Rw™

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.94,13–16; Dind. II.31,14–17

COLLATION NOTES: Same sch. R^a, but margin cut leaves only last three words extant.

KEYWORDS: grammar, agreement of gender

Or. 2.02 (2–3) (vet gram) ⟨οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν⟩: εἰς θηλυκὸν δὲ ἐξ οὐδετέρου τὸν λόγον ἀπέδωκεν ἐπειδὴ προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου τὸ θηλυκὸν. —B

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) made the phrase agree with the feminine, (transitioning) from the neuter, since the feminine is given preference over the neuter.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1.04

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.94 app.; Dind. II.30,8–9

KEYWORDS: grammar, agreement of gender

Or. 2.03 (2–3) (rec gram) ⟨οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν⟩: ¹εἰπὼν ἔπος καὶ πάθος διὰ τί πρὸς τὸ θηλυκὸν συνέταξεν; ²διότι τὸ θηλυκόν προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου, διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς αὐτῷ. —MlPc

REF. SYMBOL: Ml POSITION: in right margin running vertically, partly obscured in binding Pc

APP. CRIT.: 1 τί] τὸ Ml | θηλυκὸν] θνητὸν Ml | 2 θηλυκὸν] θνητὸν Ml | last two words lost to damage Pc

KEYWORDS: grammar, agreement of gender

Or. 2.04 (2–3d) (pllgn gram) ⟨οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν⟩: ἔπος καὶ πάθος εἰπὼν πρὸς τὴν συμφορὰν συνέταξεν· προτιμᾶται γὰρ τοῦ οὐδετέρου τὸ θηλυκόν. —Y^r

APP. CRIT.: πάθος Mastr., πλῆθος Y

KEYWORDS: grammar, agreement of gender

Or. 2.05 (mosch gram) οὐδὲ πάθος: ¹πάθος ἐπὶ σώματος τὸ τραῦμα καὶ ἡ πληγή, ἣν ξίφει τις ἐπλήγη ἢ τοιούτῳ τινί, ὃ ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ ποιοῦντος λέγεται πρᾶγμα καὶ πρᾶξις, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ πάσχοντος πάθος, ὥσπερ τὸ λῆμμα ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ λαμβάνοντος λέγεται λῆμμα, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ διδόντος δῶρον. ²ἀπὸ τούτου πάθος καὶ ἐπὶ ψυχῆς ἡ ἧττα, ἣν ἡττήθη τις ὑπὸ ἀδικίας, ἢ ἀκολασίας, ἢ τοιούτου τινός. ³λέγεται πάθος καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ ἀδικία καὶ ἡ ἀκολασία καὶ ἡ δειλία καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα προσβάλλει ἡμῖν, ὥσπερ λέγεται βέλος καὶ τὸ πεμπόμενον καὶ τὸ τραῦμα τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς βολῆς τοῦ βέλους. ⁴τούτων δὴ τῶν παθῶν τῶν προσβαλλόντων, ἤγουν τῆς ἀδικίας, τῆς ἀκολασίας, καὶ τῶν τοιούτων, ἐπικρατεῖν ὁ λογισμὸς δύναται, οὐ καταλύων αὐτά, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὑπείκων αὐτοῖς. ⁵τὰ δὲ ἕτερα, ἤγουν αἱ πληγαὶ καὶ αἱ ἧτται αἱ ὑπὸ τούτων, ἀφανίζεται ἰατρευόμενα, ὡς μηδὲ οὐλὴν καὶ ἴχνος τι αὐτῶν καταλείπεσθαι. ⁶ἐνταῦθα δὲ πάθος λέγει σώματος ἤγουν πληγὴν καὶ κάκωσιν. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘Pathos’ when applied to the body is the wound or blow that someone has received with a sword or some such thing, a thing which, by the agent doing it, is called a deed or action, while, by the person suffering it, it is called a ‘pathos’ (‘suffering’), exactly as the term ‘lēmma’ is said to be an ‘income, gain’ by the person receiving it, but a ‘gift’ by the person giving it. By derivation from this, ‘pathos’ also is used in reference to the soul, meaning the damage (loss) which one has suffered from injustice or licentiousness or the like. And injustice itself and licentiousness and cowardice and all such things that attack us are also called ‘pathos’, just as ‘belos’ is used of both the thing thrown and the wound that results from the throwing of the missile. Now these ‘pathē’ that attack us, that is, injustice, licentiousness, and such things, can be mastered by reason, which does not disable and remove them, but does not yield to them. But things of the other sort, that is, blows and the damages that come from them, are removed when they are treated and cured, so that not even a scar or any trace of them is left behind. In this passage he speaks of a ‘pathos’ of the body, that is, a blow or inflicted harm.

LEMMA: G REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: in vacant space after arg. on previous page (fol. 47v) T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.30,15–31,3

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 2.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨πάθος⟩: πάθος λέγεται τὸ σωματικὸν νόσημα, οἷον λώβη καὶ ἕτερα ὅσα ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος ἀναδίδονται. συμφορὰ δὲ θεήλατος ἡ ἀπὸ θεοῦ πεμπομένη, οἷον λοιμικὸν νόσημα λιμὸς καὶ ἐπιδρομὴ ὑετοῦ. —Y²Yf²

APP. CRIT.: οἷον λοιμικὸν νόσημα] λοιμὸς Y² | καὶ om. Y² | υἱετοῦ Yf², ἐθνῶν Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.31,4–6

COMMENT: Turyn 1957: 57 believed this to be Planudean.

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions | Planudes

Or. 2.09 (vet exeg) οὐδὲ συμφορὰν θεήλατον: ¹γράφουσί τινες οὐδὲ συμφορὰ θεήλατος, ἀγνοοῦντες δέ· ²ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γὰρ ληπτέον τὸ οὐκ ἔστιν ⟨εἰπεῖν⟩. —MBVCCrPrRfRw

TRANSLATION: Some write ‘nor god-driven misfortune’ (in the nominative case), but because they fail to understand. For the expression ‘it is not possible to speak of’ is to be taken in common (so that the accusative ‘misfortune’ is governed by it).

LEMMA: M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. B; C follows sch. 5.01 C; cont. from sch. 1.03 Rf

APP. CRIT.: 1 γράφουσί τινες] γρ(άφεται) καὶ B; γράφουσιν ἔνιοι CrRf, φύσιν ἔνιοι C, γρ(άφετ)αι in marg. C | οὐδὲ om. Rf | συμφορὰν θεήλατον Cr | ἀγνοοῦντες δέ om. B | δέ om. VCrPrRw | 2 γὰρ] δὲ B | ἔστιν ⟨εἰπεῖν⟩] suppl. Dind., ἔστι B, ἔστι δεινόν M, ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινόν VCCrPrRfRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.95,1–3; Dind. II.31,12–13

COLLATION NOTES: In Rf the letters from μφορὰ to the end are written (in line) in red ink.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: τινὲς | variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε | ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 2.10 (rec exeg) ⟨συμφορὰ θεήλατος⟩: ¹γρ. (συμφορ)ὰν (θεήλα)τον· ²ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γὰρ ληπτέον τὸ οὐκ ἔστιν ⟨εἰπεῖν⟩. —O

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε | ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 2.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨συμφορὰ θεήλατος⟩: δυστυχία ἡ ἐπελθοῦσα —Mn

POSITION: s.l.; twice, on fol. 7v and 8v

Or. 2.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συμφορὰ θεήλατος⟩: ἤγουν λοιμικὸν νόσημα καὶ λιμὸς καὶ ἐπιδρομὴ ἐθνῶν —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 3.02 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἧς⟩: προεκρίθη τὸ θηλυκὸν τοῦ οὐδετέρου —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: θυλικὸν Gu

Or. 3.14 (tri metr) ⟨ἄραιτ’⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 3.16 (mosch gram) ⟨ἄχθος⟩: ἄχθος ἐπὶ σώματος, ἄχος ἐπὶ ψυχῆς —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.31,18

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 4.01 (4–10) (pllgn exeg) ¹θέλουσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἵνα παραστήσῃ τὸν γνωματευτικόν λόγον ὅνπερ εἶπεν ἄρχεται ἀπὸ τοῦ μείζονος κεφαλαίου, ἤγουν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ταντάλου, λέγουσα ‘ὁ γὰρ μακάριος’ Τάνταλος εἶτα διὰ μέσου ‘καὶ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω τὰς τύχας’· ²οὐ γὰρ ὀνειδίζουσα τὸν Τάνταλον ἡ Ἠλέκτρα διηγεῖται τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ’ ἵνα παραστήσῃ τὸν λόγον ὃν εἶπεν ἀληθῆ, φέρει τὴν τοῦ Ταντάλου διήγησιν, ³λέγουσα ὅτι οὗτος ὁ Τάνταλος ἔχων παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀξίωμα κοινῆς τραπέζης, ἤτοι συνδιαιτώμενος μετὰ τῶν θεῶν καὶ συναναστρεφόμενος καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν γινώσκων μυστήρια, ⁴οὐκ ἐφύλαττε ταῦτα, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν κατερχόμενος ἔλεγε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν τῶν θεῶν βούλησιν, ὅτι τάδε βούλεται ποιῆσαι ὁ Ζεὺς. ⁵ἔσχε τοίνυν ἐκεῖνος ὁ Τάνταλος γλῶσσαν ἀκόλαστον, οὐ φυλάττουσαν τὰ τῶν θεῶν μυστήρια. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Electra, wishing to prove the gnomic statement she has spoken, begins from the stronger point of argument, that is, from Tantalus, saying ‘for the exceedingly happy’ Tantalus, and then parenthetically ‘and I do not reproach his fortunes’. For Electra tells his story not reproaching Tantalus; but in order to establish as true the claim she made, she brings in the story of Tantalus, saying that this Tantalus, when he had from the gods the special privilege of sharing their table, that is, passing his life and spending his time in association with the gods and getting to know their secrets, did not keep these to himself, but going back down to earth he told humans the will of the gods, that Zeus intends to do such and such. Thus, that famous Tantalus did have an unbridled tongue, one that did not keep the secrets of the gods.

POSITION: Yf on fol. 212r (page of Or. sch. among front matter to Soph. Ajax)

APP. CRIT.: 3 κοινῆς] p.c. Yf, κοινὸν Y², a.c. Yf | first καὶ om. Y² | οὐ φυλάττουσαν] Yf, οὐκ ἐφύλαττε Y²

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 διαμέσου Yf | οὐκονειδίζω Yf

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 4.02 (vet exeg) ὁ γὰρ μακάριος: μακάριον γὰρ αὐτὸν καλῶ καὶ οὐ δυστυχῆ, ἵνα μὴ ὀνειδίσω αὐτῷ. —MBVCMlMn^aMn^bPcPrR^bRfRwS

TRANSLATION: I call him ‘blessed’ and not ‘unfortunate’ in order that I not reproach him.

REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlR^b POSITION: Mn^a on 7v, Mn^b on 8v; cont. from sch. 2.09 Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: ὀνειδήσω Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.95,11–12; Dind. II.32,15–16

Or. 4.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ὁ ποτὲ μακάριος. οὐ γὰρ ὀνειδίσουσά φησιν, ἀλλὰ βουλομένη παραστῆσαι ὅτι πάντα τὰ δεινὰ ὑφίστανται οἱ ἄνθρωποι. ²καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 24.49]· ‘τλητὸν γὰρ Μοῖραι θυμὸν θέσαν ἀνθρώποισι’. —MBVCPrRfRw

TRANSLATION: The man who once was very happy. She does not say this intending to reproach, but wishing to prove that human beings endure all terrible things. And Homer (attests this view): ‘for the Fates have placed an enduring spirit in humans’.

LEMMA: MVRfRw, in marg. B REF. SYMBOL: B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.95,13–15; Dind. II.32.16–18

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 4.04 (rec exeg) [ἐκ τοῦ] Ταντάλου παραστῆσαι θέλει ὅτι πάντα τὰ δεινὰ ὑφίστανται οἱ ἄνθρωποι. —O

LEMMA: lost in cut margin or never present

APP. CRIT.: ἐκ τοῦ Mastr. (cut margin)

Or. 4.05 (rec exeg) οὐκ εἰρωνικῶς λέγων· νῦν οὐκ ἔστι· ⟨λείπει⟩ γὰρ ποτε. —Sa

TRANSLATION: Not speaking ironically (in using ‘makarios’): now he is not (fortunate). For the word ‘once’ is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps read λέγω{ν} or λέγει (but λέγων could refer to the poet) | punctuation and λείπει suppl. Mastr. (cf. sch. 4.03, 4.09, 4.10)

KEYWORDS: λείπει | εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 4.06 (pllgn exeg) οὕτως δὲ διηγούμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, οὐχ ὡς ὀνειδίζοντες ἐκείνους ἀλλ’ ἵνα παραστήσωμεν τὸν λόγον ἡμῶν ἀληθῆ. —Y²

TRANSLATION: And thus we too tell the story of Adam and the others, not as reproaching those figures but in order to establish our claim as true.

Or. 4.07 (mosch exeg) ὁ γὰρ μακάριος: ¹ἐπαινεῖταί τις ἐφ’ οἷς ποιεῖ καλοῖς καὶ ψέγεται ἐφ’ οἷς ποιεῖ κακοῖς· μακαρίζεται δὲ ἐφ’ οἷς ἔχει καλοῖς, ἢ ἀπολαύει. ²ἀφ’ οὗ μακάριος ὁ μακαρισμοῦ ἄξιος ἐφ’ οἷς ἔχει καλοῖς, ἢ ἀπολαύει. ³καὶ μακάριον τέλος οὗ ὁ τυχὼν μακαρίζεται. ⁴καὶ μακάριον ἔργον ἐφ’ ᾧ ὁ ἐργασάμενος μακαρίζεται. ⁵ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸ μακάριος κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν λέγεται· οὐ γὰρ ἀπέλαυσεν ὁ Τάνταλος καλῶν ἵνα διὰ ταῦτα μακαρίζηται, ἀλλὰ κακώσεων μᾶλλον καὶ κολάσεων. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Someone is praised for the fine things he does and is reproached for the bad things he does. And he is considered very fortunate for the fine things he has or enjoys. As a result, ‘makarios’ (very fortunate) is applied to the one who deserves to be strongly congratulated for the fine things he has or enjoys. And a fortunate end is one for which the person attaining it is strongly congratulated. And a fortunate deed is one for which the agent is strongly congratulated. But in this passage the word ‘makarios’ is spoken euphemistically: for Tantalus did not enjoy fine things, so that he would be congratulated because of them, but rather (he experienced) harms and punishments.

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: in vacant space after arg. on previous page (fol. 47v) T

APP. CRIT.: 1 sch. 4.20 prep. T | first καλοῖς] κακοῖς Yf | 2 ἐφ’ οἷς … ἀπολαύει om. G | 4 ἐργαζόμενος X | 5 καλῶν transp. before ἀπέλαυσεν XT

APP. CRIT. 2: 5 εὐφημησμὸν XXbYf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.32,21–33,2

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions | εὐφημισμός

Or. 4.08 (pllgn exeg) ὁ γὰρ μακάριος: κατ’ εὐφημισμόν —GY

LEMMA: G POSITION: s.l. G, marg. Y

KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός

Or. 4.11 (thom exeg) ⟨μακάριος⟩: εὐδαίμων διὰ τὴν τῶν θεῶν συνήθειαν —ZZaZbTGu

TRANSLATION: Blessed with good fortune because of his intimacy with the gods.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.33,3

COLLATION NOTES: This note omitted in Ta.

Or. 4.13 (rec exeg) ⟨μακάριος⟩: ταλαίπωρος, κατ’ εὐφημισμόν —K

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός

Or. 4.17 (rec exeg) ⟨μακάριος⟩: διστακτικῶς —V³

TRANSLATION: Said in a doubtful tone.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 4.18 (rec exeg) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: ‘οὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας’ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα προσέθετο, ἵνα δείξῃ ὅτι οὐχὶ ὀνείδη τῷ πάππῳ προφέρουσα ταῦτα λέγει, ἀλλ’ ἵνα τῆς ἀνθρωπείας φύσεως ἐκ τῆς ἐνδοξότητος τούτου ἀποδείξῃ τὸ εὐτελὲς καὶ ὅτι πᾶς ἄνθρωπος πάθεσι καὶ συμφοραῖς ὑπόκειται. —VPr

TRANSLATION: Electra added ‘I do not reproach his fortunes’ in order to show that she says these things not bringing forward reproaches against her grandfather, but in order to demonstrate from this man’s high repute the insignificance of human nature and the fact that every human is subject to sufferings and misfortunes.

POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, page before start of text; Pr after second version of sch. 1.02

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.95,16–19; Dind. II.33,4–7

Or. 4.19 (rec exeg) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: αὐτὸν. καλοῦσα αὐτὸν δυστυχῆ καὶ μὴ μακάριον —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 4.20 (mosch exeg) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: ¹καὶ οὐ λέγω ἄθλιος καὶ ταλάντατος εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν προφέρουσα τὰς τύχας· ²ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν συμβεβηκότων αὐτῷ ἄθλιος μᾶλλον ἦν καὶ ταλάντατος. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: And I do not say (Tantalus is) wretched and most miserable (‘talantatos’) as one bringing forward his misfortunes to reproach him. For as a result of what befell him he was, instead, wretched and most miserable.

POSITION: s.l. except XT; between lemma and content of sch. 4.07 T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.33,7–9

Or. 4.21 (recThom rhet) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: προδιόρθωσις —MnZmGu

POSITION: s.l. Zm, between columns in Gu; above μακάριος in Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.31,21

KEYWORDS: rhetorical analysis | προδιόρθωσις

Or. 4.22 (rec rhet) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: μεσεμβόλημα —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This is a late rhetorical term for a parenthetic phrase, often used in the scholia to Oppian.

KEYWORDS: rhetorical analysis | μεσεμβόλημα

Or. 4.23 (pllgn rhet) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδιζω τύχας⟩: ἐπιδιόρθωσις —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐπιδιόρθωσις

Or. 4.28 (rec exeg) ⟨τύχας⟩: δυστυχίας λέγουσα κατ’ εἰρωνείαν —B^3c

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: εἰρον‑ B^3c

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 5.01 (vet exeg) Διὸς πεφυκώς: ¹Τμώλου καὶ Πλουτοῦς υἱὸς ὁ Τάνταλος, Ταντάλου δὲ καὶ Εὐρυανάσσης Πέλοψ, Βροτέας, Νιόβη. ²Πέλοπος δὲ καὶ Ἱπποδαμείας Ἀτρεὺς, Θυέστης, Δίας, Κυνόσουρος, Κόρινθος, Ἵππαλκμος, Ἵππασος, Κλεωνὸς, Ἀργεῖος, Ἀλκάθους, Ἕλειος, Πιτθεὺς, Τροιζὴν, Νικίππη, Λυσιδίκη καὶ ἔκ τινος Ἀξιόχης νόθος Χρύσιππος. ³τούτῳ φθονοῦντες οἱ Πελοπίδαι ὡς προκρινομένῳ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀναπείθουσιν ἅμα τῇ μητρὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτάτους Ἀτρέα καὶ Θυέστην ἀνελεῖν τὸν παῖδα. ⁴οἱ δὲ ἀποκτείναντες εἰς φρέαρ ἐνέβαλον. ⁵ὁ δὲ Πέλοψ ὑπόπτους ἔχων τοὺς παῖδας ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος ἐπαρασάμενος. ⁶τούτων ἄλλοι μὲν ἄλλῃ ᾤκησαν, Ἀτρεὺς δὲ καὶ Θυέστης ἐν τῇ Τριφυλίᾳ κατῴκησαν ἐν Μακέστῳ. ⁷καὶ Ἀτρεὺς μὲν Κλεόλαν τὴν Δίαντος ἀγαγόμενος ἔσχε Πλεισθένη τὸ σῶμα ἀσθενῆ, ὃς Ἐριφύλην γήμας ἔσχεν Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Μενέλαον καὶ Ἀναξιβίαν. ⁸νέος δὲ τελευτῶν ὁ Πλεισθένης καταλείπει τῷ πατρὶ τοὺς παῖδας. ⁹Θυέστης δὲ λαβὼν Λαοδάμειαν ἔσχεν Ὀρχομενὸν, Ἀγλαὸν, Καλαόν. ¹⁰τῶν δὲ Ἡρακλειδῶν κατασχόντων Πελοπόννησον ἔχρησεν ὁ θεὸς αὐτοὺς μὲν ἀποστῆναι Λακεδαίμονος, τοὺς δὲ Πελοπίδας βασιλεῦσαι. —MBVCAaMlMnPcPrR^aR^bRwS, partial CrOx

TRANSLATION: Tantalus was the son of Tmolus and Plouto, and the children of Tantalus and Euryanassa were Pelops, Broteas, and Niobe. Born of Pelops and Hippodameia were Atreus, Thyestes, Dias, Cynosourus, Corinthus, Hippalcmus, Hippasus, Cleonus, Argeius, Alcathous, Heleius, Pittheus, Troizen, Nicippe, Lysidice, and from a certain Axioche the illegitimate son Chrysippus. The sons of Pelops, jealous of him because he was favored by their father, along with their mother persuade the eldest, Atreus and Thyestes, to kill the boy. They killed him and threw him in a well. Pelops, suspecting his sons, cursed them and expelled them from their fatherland. Of these, different ones dwelt in different places; Atreus and Thyestes settled in Macestus in Triphylia. And Atreus, having married Cleola the daughter of Dias, fathered Pleisthenes, who was weak in body and who married Eriphyle and fathered Agamemnon and Menelaus and Anaxibia. Dying at a young age Pleisthenes left his children to his father’s care. Thyestes married Laodameia and fathered Orchomenus, Aglaus, and Calaus. And when the sons of Heracles captured the Peloponnese, the god gave them an oracle instructing that they should withdraw from Lacedaemon and that the sons of Pelops should become kings.

LEMMA: all except Pr; ἱστορία in marg. B^3cS; marginal labels πλησθένης and ταντάλου γενεαλογία add. B⁴, with label περὶ ἀτρέως καὶ θυέστου in margin at 6 REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^aR^bOx POSITION: follows sch. 5.20 in BVCRw, follows sch. 5.09 in Aa (in block before play, fol. 38r)

APP. CRIT.: 1 υἱὸς transp. before τμώλου AaMlMnPcR^aS (in Ml also punct. as last word of lemma) | πλουτοῦς … ταντάλου δὲ καὶ om. S | ταντάλου … νιόβη om. C | (second) καὶ om. Mn | βροντέας Tzetzes, variant in Paus. 2.22.3 (but not in 3.22.4), βροτέος Pr, βροτόας Aa | 2 κυνόσουρος καὶ ἕτεροι (om. κορίνθιος … λυσιδίκη) Rw | Κόρινθος] Tzetzes and Et. Magn. 529,48; κορίνθιος all | Ἵππαλκμος] Tzetzes, Sch. Pind. Ol. 1.144d–e Drachmann; ἱππάλακμος AaPcR^a(ἱπα‑ AaR^a), ἵππαλμος others (ἵπτ‑ MnOx) [Rw] | Κλεωνὸς] Tzetzes, κλέωνος CR^a, κλέων others (κλεών S) [Rw] | ἀργείων AaMlMnS | Ἕλειος] Dind. (cf. Sch. Hom. Il. 19.116b2 Erbse, Suda ε 824), ἔλειος M, ἑλεῖος AaR^b (Mant. Prov.), ἐλεῖος CMnPcR^aS, ἐλεῖ ὁ Ml, αἴλιος B, ἔλιος Cr, ἕλιος Ox, ἐλεῖος αἴλιος V, ἔλειος αἴλιος Pr | 3 τούτῳ] τούτων Ml, τοῦτον AaMnR^aR^bS, τούτον δὲ app. Ox, τούτου δὲ Cr, τοῦτο Pr | φθονήσαντες BVPrRw | οἱ λοιποὶ πελ. AaMnPcR^aR^bS, οἱ λοιποὶ Ml | ὡς] om. CrOx (Ox before erasure app. ϊ) | προκεκριμένω PcR^aR^b, προκριμένω Aa, προκεκριμένον MnS, προκρινομένου CrOx | 3–10 παρὰ τοῦ κτλ om. CrOx (both run on with sch. 37.08) | 3 παρὰ] περὶ MlMnS | ἀλλὰ πείθουσιν Pr, ἀπείθουσι Rw | τῇ μητρὶ τοὺς] τῆς μητρὸς τοὺς Aa, τῆς μητρὸς τῆς s.l. R^a, τῇ μητρὶ τοὺς with (τ)ῆς added above τοὺς R^b | τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους VPr (Pc ambig. abbrev.), τῆ πρεσβυτάτη MlMnS | ἀτρέως καὶ θυέστου Pr | 4 οἱ δὲ] οἷον Pr | ἀνέβαλον MnR^aR^b, ἐνέβαλεν S | 5 ἐκ om. BVAaMlMnPcPrR^aRw | ἐπαρώμενος R^b, s.l. Mn, ἐπαρωσάμενος Ml | 6 τούτων] τούτους AaMlMnPcR^aR^bS, with punct. after this word, not before | ἄλλοι] ἄλλος R^b | μὲν transp. before ἄλλοι Pr, μὲν οὖν MlMnR^aS | ἄλλῃ] ἄλλοι MlS, ἄλλο Pr | ἀτρεὺς δὲ … punct. as new sch. Ml | ἀτρεὺς … κατῴκησεν om. Rw | after θυέστης add. ἐλθόντες AaMlMnPcR^aR^bS | κατῴκησαν] BC, om. M, ὤκησαν others (ὤκισαν Mn) [Rw] | μακέστοις (or ‑ους?) M | 7 τὴν κλεόλαν Rw | τὴν om., add. s.l. Rw | δίαντος] τοῦ δίαντος C, δίακτος M | ἀγόμενος AaMlPr | ἔσχεν υἱὸν VPrRw | πλεισθένη om. Rw | τῶ σώματι M, τῶ σῶμα S, καὶ σῶμα R^b | ὃς] ὡς Ml | 7–8 γήμας … τελευτῶν om. Aa | 8 δὲ om. Ml | 9 λαβὼν] λιπὼν R^a | δὲ om. Pr | Λαοδάμειαν] R^aR^bMn (and Mant. Prov.), λαιδάμειαν p.c. S(a.c. δάμειαν), ‑δάμην BVCPr, ‑δάμ M, λαομάδην app. Rw | Ἀγλαὸν] Tzetzes, ἀγαυὴν MBV, ἀγάβην Rw, ἀγανήν CAaMlMnPcR^bS, ἀγανὰν Pr, om. R^a | Καλαόν] Schw. (cf. Paus. 7.17.9, Sch. Soph. OC 1320–2a Xenis), κάλλαιον BVPrRw, κάλλεον MCPc, κάλλεων R^b, κάλλεα Ml(καλέα)Mn(κάλεα a.c.)S, καλεήν Aa, om. R^a | 10 κατεχόντων Pr | τὴν πελοπ. MlMnPcPrR^a, τὸν πελοπ. R^bS | αὐτοὺς] τούτους MlMnS, app. Pc | μὲν οὖν R^b | λακεδ. om. Mn, λακεδαίμονας Aa | ‑δαίμονος … βασιλεῦσαι no longer extant in Pc (margin trimmed or damaged) | (second) δὲ om. R^b | βασιλεῦσαι] ἐπιβασιλεύσαι Ml, om. S (cont. without punct. into lemma sch. 5.19)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.95,20–96,11; Dind. II.33,11–34,3

COMMENT: Cf. Tzetzes, Exeg. in Il. 1.7 (source of readings referred to in app. above); Mantissa proverbiorum 2.94 [Paroem. Gr. II.772–773 Leutsch]; also Tzetzes, Chil. 5.444 (Plouto) and 4.419 (Euryanassa), Chil. 1.4.418–427 (killing Chrysippus, exile and settlement in Triphylia). | On the dispute whether or not to see Hellanicus as the source of this scholion, see Fowler, EGM II.432–434. On the sons of Pelops see Fowler, EGM II.436–439. (Note that Fowler refers to this as ‘scholion on Or. 4’ because Schwartz accidentally omitted the numeral that should have been placed before the lemma at I.95,20.)

KEYWORDS: mythography, genealogical | Tzetzes | Hellanicus | ἱστορία

Or. 5.02 (pllgn exeg) τὴν δὲ ἱστορίαν τοῦ Ταντάλου ζήτει ἔμπροσθεν εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ Σοφοκλέους. —Yf²

POSITION: left margin

COMMENT: A note at the foot of 42v runs: τοῦτο τὸ βιβλίον ἔχει τρεῖς ποιητὰς· εὐριπίδ()· αἴσχυλον· σοφοκλῆ. The reference in the present scholion (on 43r) is to a narrative about Tantalus trying to feed Pelops to the gods and Pelops’ revival and ivory shoulderblade. It is found on fol. 211r of Yf, the Soph. portion of which begins on fol. 207r with the Life of Sophocles, followed by arg. to Ajax and miscellaneous short texts. The Tantalus narrative is followed by a narrative of Atreus and Thyestes, including the murder of Chrysippus, the adultery of Thyestes and Aerope, and Atreus’s revenge (treated as sch. 812.06).

KEYWORDS: mythography | ἱστορία

Or. 5.02a (pllgn exeg) ¹ὁ Τάνταλος ἦν πατὴρ τοῦ Πέλοπος, ἦν δὲ συνέστιος τοῖς θεοῖς. ²θέλων οὖν δεξιώσασθαι τοὺς θεοὺς ἔσφαξε τὸν ἑαυτοῦ υἱὸν τὸν Πέλοπα καὶ παρέθηκε τοῖς θεοῖς. ³ἐλθόντες οὖν οἱ θεοὶ καὶ ἰδόντες τὴν εὐλάβειαν τοῦ ἀνδρός, οὐδόλως ἥψαντο τῆς τραπέζης. ⁴ἐλθοῦσα δὲ ἡ Δημήτηρ ὡς λιμώττουσα ἔφαγε τὸν ὠμοπλάτην. ⁵ὁ δὲ Ζεὺς εἶπεν ‘ἀς ἀναστήσωμεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἀς τὸν ποιήσωμεν ζῶντα καὶ ὑγιῆ. ⁶σωρεύσαντες δὲ τὰ ὀστᾶ αὐτοῦ καὶ συναρμόσαντες, ἔλειπεν ὁ ὠμοπλάτης. ⁷ἐποίησαν δὲ αὐτὸν ἐλεφάντινον καὶ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν κάκαβον καὶ ἑποίσαν ὑγιῆ καὶ ὁλόκληρον. ⁸ὅθεν τοῖς καταγομένοις ἀπὸ τούτου ἦν τὸ δῶρον τῶν θεῶν διαφανὲς ἐν τοῖς σώμασιν αὐτῶν. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: Tantalus was father of Pelops, and he shared the gods’ hearth. So then, wishing to entertain the gods as guests, he slaughtered his own son Pelops and set him before the gods (to eat). So then, when the gods arrived and noticed the caution of the man, they didn’t touch (the food offered on) the table. But when Demeter came, since she was famished, she ate the shoulder-blade. And Zeus said ‘Let us raise him up again and make him living and healthy. And after they piled up his bones and fit them together, the shoulder-blade was missing. They made it out of ivory and cast it into the three-legged pot and made him healthy and whole. As a result for those who descended from him the gift of the gods was clearly visible on their bodies.

POSITION: among the short texts preceding Ajax on fol. 211r; precedes sch. 812.06

APP. CRIT.: 7 ἔβαλον] ἔλαβον a.c. Yf² | κάκαβον] Zellmann-Rohrer, κάλαβος Yf²

COMMENT: The scribe’s κάλαβος is not attested in TLG, LBG, or Triantafyllides, and there is no Latin or Italian term that could lie behind this. In private communication, Michael Zellmann-Rohrer pointed out that κάκκαβος (one of the alternative forms of κακκάβη) is an appropriate word of very similar shape. The variant spelling with a single medial kappa, as printed here on the assumption that a single kappa has been corrupted to a single lambda, is attested for all the variants of this word (κακάβη, κακάβιον, κακάβις, κάκαβος).

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage | rare word

Or. 5.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Διὸς πεφυκὼς⟩: νόησον μοι τὸν Δία ἀρχὴν εἶναι τῶν Τανταλιδῶν καὶ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ κατάγεσθαι Τάνταλον, ἀπὸ Ταντάλου Πέλοπα, ἀπὸ Πέλοπος Ἀτρέα, ἀπὸ Ἀτρέως Ἀγαμέμνονα, ἀφ’ οὗ ὁ Ὁρέστης. —Sa

REF. SYMBOL: Sa

KEYWORDS: genealogy

Or. 5.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Διὸς πεφυκὼς⟩: ⟨Ζ⟩εὺς Τάνταλος Πέλοψ, οὗ Ἀτρεὺς καὶ Θυέστης. ἐκ τοῦ Ἀτρέως Ἀγαμέμνων καὶ Μενέλαος. ἐκ τοῦ Θυέστου Ἀγλαὸς Ὀρχομενὸς Καλαός. ἐκ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος Ἠλέκτρα Χρυσόθεμις Ἰφιγένεια Ὀρέστης. ἐκ τοῦ Μενελάου μόνη ἡ Ἑρμιόνη. —Gu

APP. CRIT.: enlarged initial for ζεὺς not added

APP. CRIT. 2: κάλαός (two accents) Gu (cf. sch. 5.01)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.34,5–9

KEYWORDS: genealogy

Or. 5.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Διὸς πεφυκὼς⟩: Τμώλου καὶ Πλουτοῦς υἱὸς ὁ Τάνταλος· τούτου Πέλοψ· Πέλοπος Ἀτρεὺς καὶ Θυέστης. —Pr

APP. CRIT.: πέλοψ· πέλοπος· πέλοπος Pr

KEYWORDS: genealogy

Or. 5.09 (rec exeg) ὁ Ζεὺς ἐγέννησε τὸν Τάνταλον· ὁ Τάνταλος τὸν Πέλοπα· ὁ δὲ Πέλοψ Ἀτρέα καὶ τὸν Θυέστην· ὁ Ἀτρεὺς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Μενέλαον. —AaPc

POSITION: in scholia block before play (38v) Aa, between sch. 25.09 and 5.01

KEYWORDS: genealogy

Or. 5.17 (tri metr) ⟨πεφυκὼς⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 5.19 (vet exeg) ὡς λέγουσι: καλῶς τὸ ὡς λέγουσι· οὐ γὰρ πείθομαι τὸν Δία τοὺς ἰδίους παῖδας οὕτως αἰκίζεσθαι. —MBOV^aV^bCAaMlMnPcPr^aPr^bR^aR^bRfRwSSa^aSa^b

TRANSLATION: Well-put the phrase ‘as they say’: for (Electra is thinking) I do not believe that Zeus mistreats his own children in this way.

LEMMA: MCAaMnPcRfS, ὡς μὲν λέγουσιν V^b, ὡς λέγ. καλῶς R^b, ὡς λέγ. τάνταλος Ml REF. SYMBOL: MR^aR^bRfSa^a; at ὡς (8) Pc POSITION: cont. from sch. 4.03, add. δὲ, BPr^aRw; follows sch. 4.03 C; follows sch. 5.05 Pr^b; V^b at end of sch. block on same fol.; Sa^b cont. from Sa^a, which follows sch. 15.01; follows sch. 7.01 in Pc; in sch. block before play (38r) Aa

APP. CRIT.: καλῶς …λέγουσι app. om. O (cut margin) | καλῶς εἶπε Sa^a | λέγουσι προσέθηκεν BV^aPr^aRw; λέγων Sa^a [O] | οὐ πείθει γὰρ Pr^b | πειθομαι φησὶν V^aPr^aRw, πειθητικὸν ὡς Sa^a | τὸν δία τοὺς] ὡς δίαν οὺς Sa^a, τὸν δία διὰ τοὺς Sa^b, τὸν δία τῆ Mn, τοῦ διὰ τοὺς Ml | ἰδίους] ἰδία Mn, οἰκείους V^aRwSa^a | οὕτως om. Pr^bSa^a | αἰκίζεσθαι] αἰωνίζεσθαι Sa^b | at the end add. ἢ ὀνειδίζει αὐτῷ τοσοῦτον τοὺς ἰδίους ἐγγόνους κολάζοντι Pr^b

APP. CRIT. 2: λέγουσιν MPcPr^bR^bSa^bRf | οὕτω O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.96,12–13; Dind. II.32,19–20 and app.

KEYWORDS: theological amelioration | καλῶς (in praise of poet’s or character’s use of a word or phrase)

Or. 5.20 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: τὸ ὡς λέγουσι οὐκ ἐνδοιάζουσά φησιν εἰ παῖς ἦν τοῦ Διὸς ὁ Τάνταλος, ἀλλ’ ὀνειδίζουσα τῷ δαίμονι ὅτι τοὺς ἰδίους ἐκγόνους τοσοῦτον ἐν ταῖς δυσδαιμονίαις παρορᾷ. —MBV^aV^bCAaMlMnPcPrR^aR^bRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION: She does not say ‘as they say’ because she is in doubt whether Tantalus was the son of Zeus, but reproaching the god because he neglects his own descendants in their misfortunes.

LEMMA: MB(in marg.)V^aV^bPrRw, ἀλλὰ CAaMlMnPcR^aR^bRfSSa POSITION: V^b at end of sch. block on same fol.; in sch. block before play (38r) Aa

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ὡς λέγουσι om. M; after this V^a has προσέθηκεν οὐ γὰρ πείθομαι, but phrase deleted with dots | λέγουσι] λαβοῦσα R^aR^b | ἐκδοιάζουσα Aa | εἰ] ὅτι εἰ RfSa, ὅτι MlMnPcR^aS, ὅτι εἴτε Aa | παῖς ἦν] παῖς εἴη R^b, πως εἴη V^b, οὐκ ἔστι MlMnPcR^aS, παῖς ἐστὶ RfSa, ἔστι Aa | ὅτι] om. Pr, παρόσον V^bR^b, ὃς Rf, in marg. Aa, ὡς AaMlMnS | δυσειδαιμονίαις C, δυσμενίαις R^bSa | παρορᾶν AaMnPcS, ἐπαρωρὰν Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.96,14–16; Dind. II.34,9–11 and app.

Or. 5.21 (pllgn exeg) οὐ πείθεται γὰρ τὸν Δία τοὺς ἰδίους παῖδας αἰκίζεσθαι ἢ ὀνειδίζει αὐτῷ τοσοῦτον τοὺς ἰδίους ἐκγόνους κολάζοντι —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 5.26 (rec gram) ⟨Τάνταλος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ τλῶ —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 5.27 (pllgn gram) ⟨Τάνταλος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ τάλας Τάνταλος ὠνόμασται, οἱονεὶ ταλάντατος· ἀθλιώτατα γὰρ πέπονθεν. —Lp

TRANSLATION: Tantalus has been named from the word ‘talas’ (‘wretched’) for being, as it were, most wretched. For his sufferings were extremely miserable.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὠνομάσθαι Lp, corr. Matt. | γὰρ ἀθλιώτατα transp. Lp, corr. Matt.

APP. CRIT. 2: οἷονει Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.34,12–13

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 6.01 (thom exeg) ἐκ τούτου καὶ παροιμία Ταντάλου φόβον φοβοῦμαι, ἔτι τε πρὸς τὴν ἑτέραν ἱστορίαν, Ταντάλου δίψαν διψῶ, Ταντάλου κῆπον τρυγῶμαι. —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: Because of this (impending rock) there is in fact a proverb ‘I experience the fear of Tantalus’, and also in relation to the other version of the story, ‘I have the thirst of Tantalus’, ‘I harvest the garden of Tantalus’.

POSITION: marg. Zm

APP. CRIT.: ταντ. κ. τρυγῶμαι om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.34,17–18

COMMENT: Cf. Michael Apostolius 16.1 [Paroem. Gr. II.656 Leutsch], Ταντάλου κῆπον τρυγᾷς: ἐπὶ τῶν μάταια ποιούντων; [Plato], Axiochus 371e Ταντάλου δίψος; Sch. rec. Pind. Ol. 1.91 Abel καὶ μαρτυρεῖ ἡ παροιμία· Ταντάλου δίψα. The expression Ταντ. φόβον φοβοῦμαι is not found in TLG.

KEYWORDS: παροιμία | ἱστορία

Or. 6.02 (rec exeg) ¹Ταντάλου δίψαν διψῶμεν· φόβον φοβούμεθα Ταντά(λου). ⟨Ταντάλου λει⟩μῶνα τρυγῶμεν· ²[Hom. Il. 24.49] ‘τλητὸν γὰρ μοῖραι θυμὸν θέσαν ἀνθρώποισι’. —Mn

POSITION: Mn has this twice, with the same readings and corruption, on 7v and 8v (both in bottom margin, sep. from short bottom block on 8v).

APP. CRIT.: 1 suppl. Mastr., ἀμπελῶνα Dind. (based on misreading μῶνα as λῶνα)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 διψώμεν Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.32,18 app.

COMMENT: The second sentence is a displaced fragment of sch. 4.03.

KEYWORDS: παροιμία | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 6.03 (mosch paraphr) κορυφῆς ὑπερτέλλοντα: τὸν ὑπεράνω τῆς κορυφῆς δεδοικὼς πέτρον —XXaXbTYfYGGr

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X; G separates δεδ. πετ. over end of line

APP. CRIT.: κορυφῆς] κεφαλῆς G | δεδιὼς Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.34,14–15

Or. 6.04 (rec gram) ⟨κορυφῆς⟩: κερατοφυής τις οὖσα —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑φυὴς τίς Pr

COMMENT: An etymological note, but elsewhere κορυφή is connected to κρύπτω or to κάρα and ὀροφή (Et. Magn., Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. κορυφή).

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 6.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντα⟩: ὑπὲρ ἄνω τῆς κε(φαλῆς) κείμενον —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 6.22 (rec exeg) ⟨πέτρον⟩: ἀρσεν(ικῶς) εἴρηται —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 6.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέτρον⟩: Ἰωνικὸν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἰωνικόν

Or. 7.01 (vet exeg) ἀέρι ποτᾶται: ¹ἐπεὶ διὰ γλωσσαλγίας ἥμαρτεν ὁ Τάνταλος, σιωπῇ αὐτὸν κολάζει ὁ Ζεύς. ²οὔτε γὰρ ἐν οὐρανῷ αὐτὸν τιμωρεῖται, ἵνα μὴ συνδιαλέγηται θεοῖς ἢ λαλούντων ἀκούῃ, ³οὔτε ἐπὶ γῆς, ὅπως μὴ ἐξείποι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἅτινα εἶδεν ἐν οὐρανῷ, ⁴οὔτε καθ’ Ἅιδου, ὡς μὴ καὶ ἄλλους ὁρῶν κολαζομένους ἁμαρτωλοὺς παραμυθοῖτο, ⁵ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀέρι μετέωρον, ὅπως μηδενὶ προσφθεγγόμενος μᾶλλον ἀνιῷτο. —MBOVCMlMnPcPrR^aR^bRfRwSSaY²Yf

TRANSLATION: Since Tantalus sinned through his unbridled tongue, Zeus punishes him with silence. For he punishes him neither in heaven, so that he may not converse with gods or hear them speaking, nor on earth, so that he may not reveal to humans what he saw in heaven, nor in Hades, so that he may not be comforted by seeing other sinners being punished as well, but aloft in the air, so that, not speaking to anyone, he may be more afflicted.

LEMMA: MBVCMlMnR^aR^bRwS REF. SYMBOL: BVMlPcR^b POSITION: follows sch. 5.01 BVRw; follows sch. 2.09 C; follows sch. 10.11 MlR^aSY²Yf; cont. from sch. 5.19 Sa; follows sch. 12.01 Pc; Y² sep. into two parts with linking ref. symbol and ζήτει in marg. at end of first part; Yf on fol. 212r (page of Or. sch. among front matter to Soph. Ajax)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 γλωσαλγ‑ Ml, a.c. Yf | ἤμαρτεν Rf, ἥμαρτεεν Ml | σιωπὴ Y² | 4 πσραμυθεῖτο Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.96,18–97,2; Dind. II.35,6–12

KEYWORDS: theology, divine punishment

Or. 7.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀέρι ποτᾶται⟩: ¹τινὲς μέν φασιν, ὧν ἐστι καὶ Εὐριπίδης, ἐν ἀέρι τὸν Τάνταλον κρέμασθαι κἀνταῦθα τὴν δίκην ὑπέχειν ὧν ἐξήμαρτεν ἐξειπὼν τοῖς βροτοῖς τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀπόρρητα (τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ ‘ἀκόλαστον ἔσχε γλῶτταν’) καὶ τῆς ἀμβροσίας μεταδούς. ²ἕτεροι δὲ λέγουσιν ἐν ᾍδου τοῦτον κολάζεσθαι, ἱστάμενον μέσον ὕδατος ἄχρι τοῦ πώγωνος καὶ διψῶντα. ³ἡνίκα δὲ ἐπιχειρήσῃ πιεῖν, ἀθρόον τό τε ὕδωρ ἀφίσταται καὶ ὁ ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ πέτρος κάτεισιν, ὡς δῆθεν τοῦτον πατάξων. ⁴οὐ μόνον δὲ οὗτος ἐν ᾍδου κολάζεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ Σίσυφος καὶ Τιτυὸς καὶ Ἰξίων καὶ αἱ Δαναοῦ παῖδες. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Some say—and Euripides is one of these—that Tantalus is suspended in the sky and there he undergoes the punishment for the wrong he did in revealing to mortals the secrets of the gods—for that is the meaning of ‘he had an undisciplined tongue’—and in sharing (with mortals) their ambrosia. Others say this figure is punished in Hades, standing in the middle of water up to his chin and being thirsty. And whenever he tries to drink, all at once the water withdraws and the rock at his head comes downward, as if it is going to strike him hard. Not only is this figure punished in Hades, but also Sisyphus and Tityos and Ixion and the daughters of Danaus.

REF. SYMBOL: ZaZm, perhaps Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.34,19–35,5

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 7.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨ποτᾶται⟩: ¹διὰ τί γρ(άφεται) στρωφάω στρωφῶ καὶ νωμῶ καὶ τρωπῶ μέγα, ποτάω δὲ ποτῶ μικρόν; ²φαμὲν γοῦν ὅσα ῥήματα βαρύτονα δισύλλαβα εὑρίσκονται ἀναλυόμενα εἰς δευτέραν συζυγίαν τῶν περισπωμένων, ἔχουσι δὲ καὶ ἀντιπαρακείμενον ὄνομα, γράφεται διὰ τοῦ ω μεγάλου, οἷον ἀπὸ τοῦ στρέφω βαρυτόνου ῥήματος γίνεται δευτέρᾳ συζυγίᾳ τὸ στρωφάω στρωφῶ, καὶ ἀντιπαρακείμενον ὄνομα ἡ στροφή. ³ἀπὸ τοῦ τρέπω τρωπάω τρωπῶ. ⁴τὸ δὲ πέτω ἀναλύσαιμεν εἰς δευτέραν συζυγίαν τὸ ποτάω ποτῶ. ⁵οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ἀντιπαρακείμενον ὄνομα. ⁶πότος μὲν ἐστὶν ἀλλὰ τὸ συμπόσιον λέγεται, οὐ μὴν δὲ τὸ πέτασμα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο γράφεται μικρόν. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Why are ‘strōphaō/strōphō’ and ‘nōmō’ and ‘trōpō’ written with omega (in the first syllable), but ‘potaō/potō’ with omicron? We explain, at any rate, that all the disyllabic verbs not accented on the last syllable (scil. verbs without contraction) that are found modified into a derivative belonging to the second conjugation of the contract verbs, but have also a corresponding noun, are written with omega: for instance, from ‘strephō’, a verb not accented on the last syllable, there is formed in the second conjugation ‘strōphaō/strōphō’ and ‘strophē’ as a corresponding noun; from ‘trepō’ there is formed ‘trōpaō/trōpō’. Let us modify ‘petō’ into a derivative belonging to the second-conjugation, ‘potaō/potō’; but it does not have a corresponding noun. To be sure, ‘potos’ exists, but it means ‘drinking-party’, not ‘flight’, and for this reason it (‘potaō/potō’) is written with omicron.

POSITION: placed between sch. 14.09 and sch. 17.09 in block written by Y² at top of fol. 105r

APP. CRIT.: 2 σύλλαβα in lin., δι add. s.l.

COMMENT: Eustathius and others mention patterns like στρέφω, στρωφάω, and Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. πωλῶ notes that πέτω, ποτάω is an exception. But I find no parallel for this exact explanation, although Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:1.240,25–37 illustrates this type of argument for an exception.

KEYWORDS: Eustathius

Or. 8.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μὲν⟩: οὐκ ἀπέδωκε τῷ μέν τὸν δέ. —MC

TRANSLATION: He did not provide a (particle) ‘de’ to answer to the (particle) ‘men’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ μὲν τὸ δέ C

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑δωκεν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.97,3; Dind. II.35,16

Or. 9.06 (vet exeg) ἀξίωμ’ ἔχων ἴσον: παρὰ τὸ ‘δαιτὸς ἐίσης’ [Hom. Il. 1.468, etc.]. —M

TRANSLATION: Modelled on (the Homeric phrase) ‘of the equal feast’.

REF. SYMBOL: M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.97,4; Dind. II.35,19

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 9.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀξίωμ’ ἔχων ἴσον⟩: ¹κοινῆς τραπέζης ἀξιούμενος ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν. ²ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡ κοινὴ τράπεζα τὴν αὐτὴν τιμὴν τοῖς μεταλαμβάνουσιν αὐτῆς δίδωσιν, λέγει ‘ἀξίωμ’ ἔχων ἴσον’. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: He should have said ‘being deemed worthy of a shared table’. But since the shared table gives the same (degree of) honor to those partaking of it, he says ‘having an equal (portion of) esteem’.

POSITION: s.l. except X and in marg. T

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἡ] καὶ G | αὐτῆς] αὐτῆ Y | ἀξίωμ’] ἀξίως μ’ XXa | ἔχει X | ἴσον om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ‑λαμβάνουσι Yf | δίδωσι YYfGr | ἶσον X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.35,20–22

Or. 9.12 (pllgn metr) ⟨ἴσον⟩: ὅρα ἐνταῦθα ὅπως χρῆται ὁ ποιητὴς τὸ ἴσον τὸ ι̅ ὡς βραχύ· οὐ γάρ ποτ’ ἐν τέλει στίχου ποὺς εὑρίσκεται συγκείμενος ἐκ μακροῦ καὶ βραχέος, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον. —Gu

TRANSLATION: Note here how the poet uses the word ‘ison’ with the iota as short. For never at the end of an (iambic trimeter) verse is there found a foot consisting of long and short, but rather the reverse.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.35,22–25

Or. 10.01 (vet exeg) ἀκόλαστον: ¹ἐπὶ ἀκολάστῳ τινὶ λόγῳ φασὶν αὐτὸν κολάζεσθαι. ²εἰ γὰρ μετέδωκε τῆς ἀμβροσίας κατὰ τὸν Πίνδαρον [Pind. Ol. 1.60–63] τοῖς βροτοῖς, μᾶλλον ἂν τῆς φιλανθρωπίας παρὰ θεῶν ἐθαυμάζετο. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: They say he was punished for some unbridled speech. For if he had shared ambrosia with mortals as in Pindar’s version, he would instead have been admired by the gods for his benevolence to his fellow men.

LEMMA: MB, ἀκόλαστον ἔσχε γλῶσσαν C, ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: follows sch. 10.11 V

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐπὶ] ἐπεὶ MBV | ἀκολάστως M | 2 τοῖς om. V | (second) τῆς om. BVC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.97,5–7; Dind. II.35,26–36,2

KEYWORDS: theological amelioration | citation of literature other than Homer | Pindar

Or. 10.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀκόλαστον⟩: ὑβριστικὸν ἄτιμον ἀνουθέτητον. κολάζω κατὰ Ἀττικοὺς τὸ νουθετῶ. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.36,7–8

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικοί

Or. 10.11 (vet exeg) αἰσχίστην νόσον: ¹τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν φησὶν αἰσχίστην νόσον, ²ὅτι πορνεία μὲν καὶ γαστριμαργία καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάθη σὺν τῇ βλάβῃ ἔχουσί τι καὶ τερπνὸν, ἡ δὲ γλωσσαλγία καὶ τούτου ἐστέρηται, ³καὶ ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα πάθη τὸν χρώμενον βλάπτει, αὕτη δὲ καὶ κατὰ τοῦ θείου ὁπλίζεται. —MBVCAaMlMnPcPrSaR^aR^bRfRwSY²Yf, O partial

TRANSLATION: He calls an unbridled talkativeness a most shameful sickness because fornication and gluttony and the rest of the sinful dispositions involve together with their harmfulness also something pleasant, but talkativeness is lacking even in this, and because the other bad dispositions harm the one who experiences them, whereas this one arms itself even against the divine.

LEMMA: C; ἀκόλαστον ἔσχε γλῶσσαν Rw, ἀκόλαστον γλῶσσαν V, ἀκόλαστον AaMlMnPcR^aR^bS REF. SYMBOL: M to αἴσχιστον, V to ἀκόλαστον, Sa to γλῶσσαν POSITION: cont. from sch. 10.01 in B, add. δὲ; precedes 10.01 V; follows sch. 5.14 AaPcR^aR^bS; in Aa in block before play (fol. 38r); Yf on fol. 212r (page of Or. sch. among front matter to Soph. Ajax) after sch. 4.01

APP. CRIT.: M mostly washed out here, much unreadable. | 1–2 τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν … γαστριμαργία καὶ om. O | 1 τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν φησὶν αἰσχίστην νόσον] Schw. (implying that M carries this; but M om. αἰσχ. νόσον), τὴν γλ. φ. νόσον αἰσχ. VRw, τὴν γλ. μὲν αἰσχ. νόσον φησίν C, τὴν γλ. αἰσχ. νόσον φ. AaMlMnRfS(τὴν om. MlMnS), τῆς γλωσσαλγίας αἰσχ. νόσον φησὶν Sa, τὴν γλ. γὰρ αἰσχ. νόσον φ. PcR^a, τὴν γλῶσσαν γὰρ αἰσχύνην νόσον φασὶν R^b (later corr. to αἰσχίστην s.l.), αἰσχίστην (δὲ add. B) νόσον (ἤγουν add. Yf) τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν φησὶ BY²Yf, αἴσχ. νόσον φησὶ τὴν γλ. Pr | 2 ὅτι πορνεία … πάθη] τὰ γὰρ λοιπὰ πάθη Pr | ὅτι πορνεία] πορνεία γὰρ Y², πορνεία μὲν γὰρ Yf | ἡ πορνεία AaMlPcR^aS, ὑπορνεία Mn, πορρίμενον app. R^b | μὲν καὶ γαστρ. om. Rw | μὲν om. VAaMnPcR^aR^bSY² | ἡ γαστριμ. AaMlPcR^aS, γαστριμαργίαν R^b | καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ … βλάβῃ] μὴ R^b | τὰ λοιπὰ] τἄλλα CSa, τὰ γὰρ ἄλλα O | ἔχει MlMnS | τι καὶ] τι OAaMl(τὶ)PcR^aS, καὶ PrSaYf(τι add. s.l.), τὸ Mn | τερπνά Sa, τέρπον app. O | ἡ δὲ γλωσσαλγία] αὕτη δὲ AaMlMnPcPrR^aS, ἡ δὲ γλῶσσα O, ἡ δὲ γλῶσσα ὑγειῆ R^b | δὲ om. Y² | 2–3 καὶ τούτου … αὕτη δὲ om. O | 2 καὶ τούτου ἐστέρηται] καὶ βλαβὴν φέρει καὶ τοῦ τερπνοῦ ἀπεστέρηται VRw, σιέλην μόνην εἰσφέρει Aa | καὶ (before τούτου) om. MlR^b | τούτων Sa, τοῦτο Mn | after ἐστέρηται add. μαθόντες τοῦτο οἱ θεοὶ ἐκρέμασαν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν ἀέρα Y², μαθ. τοίνυν οἱ θεοὶ τοῦτο ἐκρέμμασαν αὐτὸν εἰε τὸν ἀέρα (ἀέραν a.c.) Yf, then both cont. with sch. 7.01 | 3 καὶ ὅτι τὰ κτλ om. Y²Yf | ὅτι τὰ … καὶ om. AaMlMnPcPrR^aS | τὸν χρώμενον] om. Sa, τὸν χέρονον μὲν R^b | αὐτὴν Sa | δὲ καὶ] δὲ BVRf [M], καὶ Sa | καὶ κατὰ … ὁπλίζεται om. here R^b (αὕτη δὲ treated as start of next sch.), but κατὰ … ὁπλίζεται present later as intrusion within sch. 12.01) | τοῦ θείου] θεοῦ πολλάκις AaMlMnPcR^aS, τὸ θεῖον Rf | at end add. καὶ ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα πάθη τὸ χρόνομεν (or χρώ‑) βλάπτει, αὕτη δὲ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: γλωσαλγείαν Yf | 2 τρε*πνόν S (perhaps τρερπνόν a.c.) | γλωσαλγία Yf | τοῦτου M | 3 ὀπλίζεται CS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.97,8–11; Dind. II.36,2–6

COMMENT: The fact that M omits αἰσχίστην νόσον fits with the different positions that the phrase takes in different witnesses.

Or. 10.18 (thom exeg) ⟨αἰσχίστην⟩: κακίστην· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀθυρογλώσσου φαυλότερον. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Worst. For there is nothing more contemptible than a person with unbridled tongue.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.36,9–10

COLLATION NOTES: γὰρ om. Ta

Or. 11.01 (vet exeg) οὗτος φυτεύει Πέλοπα: ¹ἐξ Εὐρυθεμίστης τῆς Ξάνθου· ²ἢ Κλυτίας τῆς Ἀμφιδάμαντος, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Φερεκύδης [Pherecydes FGrHist 3 F 40 Jacoby = Fowler, EGM fr. 40] ἐν ι̅· ³ὡς δὲ ἱστορεῖ ⟨ ⟩ ἐξ Εὐρυανάσσης τῆς Πακτωλοῦ. —MBC

TRANSLATION: From Eurythemiste the daughter of Xanthus. Or from Clytia the daughter of Amphidamas, as Pherecydes records in Book 10. But as ⟨lacuna: some other source⟩ records, from Euryanassa the daughter of Pactolus.

LEMMA: BC (and perhaps M, washed out here) REF. SYMBOL: MB; marginal label ἡ τοῦ πέλοπος μήτηρ add. B^3a

APP. CRIT.: 2 τῆς om. C | ἐν ι̅· ὡς Schw. (after Dind.), ἐνί(ως) MC, blank space of ca. 4 letters B; alternatively, Φερεκύδης· ἔνιοι δὲ ἱστοροῦσιν tentatively conj. Fowler | 3 Schw. reports ἱστορεῖσθαι M, but this cannot be seen now. | Ἑλλάνικος suppl. Robert, Heldensage 289 n. 2; cf. Fowler, EGM I.215, II.432–434.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.97,12–14; Dind. II.36,11–13

COMMENT: There is no other trace of Eurythemiste daughter of Xanthus or Clytia daugher of Amphidamas in extant texts. Euryanassa is also recorded as mother of Pelops in sch. 5.01 above as well as in Plutarch, Parallela minora 313D, and in Tzetzes (Sch. Lycophr. 52 Scheer; Exeg. in Il. 1.7).

KEYWORDS: mythography, genealogical | citation of historian or scholar | Pherecydes | Hellanicus

Or. 11.03 (vet exeg) ⟨φυτεύει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ γεννᾷ, μεταφορικῶς ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων. —MC

TRANSLATION: In the sense of ‘begets’, metaphorically from (planting) trees.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C | δένδρων Schw., ἀνύδρων MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.97,15; Dind. II.36,15–16

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 11.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φυτεύει⟩: μεταφορικῶς —GuY^r

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 11.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨φυτεύει⟩: γεννᾷ· ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐγέννησεν —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Plants’ means) ‘begets’, (with the present tense here) used for the (past) ‘he begat’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐγέννησε GYf

COLLATION NOTES: This note omitted in Ta.

Or. 12.01 (vet exeg) ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασα: ¹τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς στέφανον. ²Αἰσχίνης γὰρ στέμματα τὰ ἔριά φησιν ἀπὸ τοῦ στέφειν τὰς ἠλακάτας· ³ἐξ ὧν γίνονται οἱ στέφανοι τῶν βασιλέων. || ⁴ξήνασα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ προξενήσασα καὶ παρασχομένη. ⁵ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἡ τῷ Ἀτρεῖ τὴν βασιλείαν περιποιησαμένη θεὰ πόλεμον καὶ ἔριν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐπέκλωσε. || ⁶γράφεται δὲ καὶ Ἔρις, ἵν’ ᾖ ἡ θεὰ Ἔρις τὸν πόλεμον ἐπέκλωσε Θυέστῃ καὶ Ἀτρεῖ. ⁷οὐ παράλογον δὲ καὶ ἄλλον θεὸν ἐπικλώθειν ὡς καὶ τὰς Μοίρας. ⁸Ὅμηρος γοῦν φησι [Hom. Od. 1.17]· ‘τῷ οἱ ἐπεκλώσαντο θεοὶ οἶκόνδε νέεσθαι’. —MBVC, (partial) MnPcR^aR^b1R^b2R^b3RfS^aS^bSaYf

TRANSLATION: The crown of rule. For Aeschines says that ‘stemmata’ refers to the wool threads, by derivation from their wreathing (‘stephein’) the distaff. Out of these (wool threads) the crowns of kings are made. || ‘Having carded’ is here used in the sense ‘having procured’, ‘having provided’. And the sense is: ‘The goddess who secured the kingship for Atreus ordained warfare and strife with his brother’. || The reading ‘Strife’ (in the nominative) is also found, so that the sense would be: ‘The goddess Strife ordained warfare for Thyestes and Atreus’. And it is not unreasonable that another god too (is said to) weave (a man’s fate) just like the Fates (Moirai). At any rate, Homer says: ‘in which (year) the gods ordained (wove the fate) for him that he return home’.

LEMMA: BCR^b3(ξείν‑ R, a.c. B; ‑ας CR); ᾧ στέμματα MVYf (but unclear whether M had ᾧ or not) REF. SYMBOL: MBVSaR^aR^b2; Pc has ref. symbol for separated sentence 6 to line 13; marginal label τὸ στέμμα add. B⁴, with another label ξήνασα in margin at 4 POSITION: Sa punctuates as if new sch. begins at 4 ξήνασα; three partial versions in R^b: first two conflated with parts of sch. 10.11, third as separate note; S^a has 4–5 below the line (other glosses occupy space above line), S^b part of 6 separately in block on next page; Yf on fol. 212r (page of Or. sch. among front matter to Soph. Ajax); in Pc beginning of note (1–3) omitted or possibly lost to trimming of bottom margin of facing verso (where sch. 5.01 was cut off near end), the portion 4–5 precedes sch. 7.01, while 6 occurs later in block, between sch. 14.02 and 13.01

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.97,16–23; Dind. II.37,8–16

COMMENT: No one has identified Aeschines here (the name also appears in sch. Or. 1371). Aeschines may be the name of an obscure scholar/teacher of late antiquity or the ninth century (as Dindorf assumed in his Index Scriptorum), or the name may derive from some corruption. See also Prelim. Stud. 23. Cf. Suda κ 792 κατάστεψον πέδον: ἀντὶ τοῦ μεθ’ ἱκετηριῶν ἀφηγοῦ. [Soph. OC 467] ‘τὸ πρῶτον ἵκου καὶ κατεστέψας πέδον’. στέμματα ἔλεγον καὶ τὰ ἔρια. ‘ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασ’ ἐπέκλωσεν θεά’; Et. Magn. s.v. εἰρεσιώνη: … ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν στεμμάτων. στέμματα γὰρ τὰ ἔρια λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀττικοί; Sch. Soph. OC 474a2 Xenis ὅτι στέμματα ἔλεγον καὶ τὰ ἔρια. καὶ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ‘ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασ’ ἐπέκλωσεν’.

COLLATION NOTES: Mn marginal note on 5 partly obscured in image, check original Mn; in B a faint marginal note at end of this note, check original B

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 12.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασα⟩: ἡ θεὰ ἡ τῷ Ἀτρεῖ τὴν βασιλείαν παρασχομένη πόλεμον καὶ ἔριν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἀπέκλωσεν. —O

Or. 12.03 (rec exeg) ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασα: ¹τοῦτό φησιν ὅτι ἡ Μοῖρα βασιλείαν μελετήσασα τῷ Ἀτρεῖ οὐ καθαρὰν ταύτην αὐτῷ ἐχαρίσατο, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ἀδελφικῆς συμφορᾶς. ²δύο γὰρ ὄντοιν ἀδελφοῖν Πελοπίδαιν Θυέστου καὶ Ἀτρέως, τῆς βασιλείας ὀφειλομένης τῷ Θυέστῃ ὡς πρωτοτόκῳ, ταύτην ἡ Μοῖρα τῷ δευτέρῳ, Ἀτρεῖ, περιεποιήσατο. ³ἐκεῖνον μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις ἐκάλει πρὸς τὴν ἀρχήν, τοῦτον δὲ ἡ πονηρία καὶ ἐπιτέχνησις εἰς τὸ κράτος ἀνήγαγε. ⁴ταύτην γὰρ τὴν πονηρίαν καὶ ἐπιτέχνησιν Μοῖραν ἐμυθεύσαντο οἱ σοφοί· ⁵μόρος γὰρ λέγεται ἡ κακοπάθεια καὶ μορεῖν τὸ κακοπαθεῖν· ⁶ὅθεν προσλήψει τοῦ ἰῶτα μοῖρα· ⁷ἡ γὰρ πονηρία μετὰ πλείστης κακοπαθείας καὶ μόχθου νικᾷ τὴν εὐθύτητα. ⁸διὰ τοῦτο καὶ λέγεται ἡ Μοῖρα κλώθουσα καὶ ξαίνουσα. —VPr

TRANSLATION: He says this because Moira, having carefully arranged a kingship for Atreus, did not gift this to him in an unalloyed form, but by means of the misfortune of his brother. For there being two brothers, sons of Pelops, Thyestes and Atreus, and the kingship being owed to Thyestes as the first-born, Moira provided this kingship to the second-born, Atreus. For the natural right of birth was calling the former to the office of ruler, but knavery and machination raised the latter to power. For clever men have interpreted this knavery and machination in mythological terms as Moira. For suffering is called ‘moros’ and (the corresponding verb) to suffer is ‘morein’. And from this (‘moros’) by the addition of iota comes ‘moira’. For knavery, with a very great deal of suffering and toil, overcomes honesty. And for this reason Moira is spoken of as spinning and carding (wool).

LEMMA: V(ὦ)Pr POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, before start of text; between two instances of sch. 5.19 Pr

APP. CRIT.: 2 περιεποιήσατο Dind., προσεποιήσατο VPr | 4 γὰρ] δὲ Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δύω Pr | ὠφειλομένης V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.98,1–11; Dind. II.36,17–37,7

KEYWORDS: etymology | allegory

Or. 12.04 (pllgn paraphr) ᾧ καὶ ᾧτινι τῷ Ἀτρεῖ ἡ θεὰ ἡ Κλωθὼ ξήνασα καὶ παρασχοῦσα ἢ ἐριουργήσασα καὶ κατασκευάσασα τὰ στέμματα καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἐπέκλωσε καὶ ἐπέδωκεν ὤστε θέσθαι καὶ ποιήσασθαι ἔριν καὶ πόλεμον τῷ Θυέστῃ ὄντι συγγόνῳ καὶ ἀδελφῷ. —Y²Yf

LEMMA: abbrev. for σύνταξις in marg. Y²; Yf on fol. 212r (page of Or. sch. among front matter to Soph. Ajax)

APP. CRIT.: ἱερουργήσασα Y² | καὶ κατασκευάσασα om. Y²

Or. 12.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασ’⟩: ἤγουν τῷ Ἀτρεῖ τὰ τῆς βασιλείας κατασκευάσασα —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 12.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨στέμματα ξήνασ’⟩: τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς στέφανον περιποιησαμένη —V³PrY^r

POSITION: s.l. V³, marg. Y, appended to sch. 10.11 Pr

Or. 12.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στέμματα⟩: βασιλεία· ἀπὸ συμβόλου τὸ κύριον. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.37,22

Or. 12.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: γρ. ξείνασα ἤγουν προξενήσασα —F

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 12.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ξαίνω τὸ διαλύω. ἐπεὶ γὰρ εἶπεν ἐπέκλωσεν, ἀναγκαῖον ὅτι τὰ κλώσματα πρῶτον ξαίνονται, εἶτα κλώθονται. —Y²

TRANSLATION: (The form ‘xēnasa’ is) from ‘xainō’ meaning ‘card, unravel’. For since he (or she) said ‘she spun the thread (of fate)’, it is necessarily the case that the threads are first carded, and then are spun.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 12.28 (tri metr) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 12.29 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐπέκλωσε θεὰ⟩: ¹τρεῖς εἰσὶ Μοῖραι, Κλωθώ, Λάχεσις καὶ Ἄτροπος. ²τούτων ἡ μὲν Κλωθὼ τὰ ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ μέλλοντα συμβήσεσθαι κλώθει καὶ κατασκευάζει, ἡ δὲ Λάχεσις λαγχάνει καὶ κληροῖ καὶ ἐπικυροῖ ταῦτα καὶ οἷον ἐπισφαγίζει, ἡ δὲ Ἄτροπος ἄτρεπτα καὶ ἀμετακίνητα καὶ ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως γενησόμενα τίθησι. ³τὸ δὲ ξήνασα διὰ τοῦτο προσέθηκε, διότι ἐπέκλωσεν εἶπε. ⁴ξαίνουσι γὰρ πρῶτον τὸ ἔριον αἱ βουλόμεναι νῆμα κατασκευάσαι γυναῖκες. —ZZaZbZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: There are three Moirai, Clotho, Lachesis, and Atropos. Among these, Clotho spins and arranges what is destined to befall each single person; Lachesis casts the lots and assigns by lot and confirms these things and as it were puts the seal on them; Atropos makes them incapable of being turned aside or changed and such that they could not turn out otherwise. And he (the poet) added ‘having carded (the wool)’ for this reason, because he said ‘spun (the thread) for’. For women who want to create thread first card the wool.

REF. SYMBOL: Z to ἐπέκλωσε, ZaZm to θεά

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 λαχάνει Zb | κατασκεβάζει Ox | ἐπέκλοσεν εἶπεν Ox | 4 κατασκευᾶσαι Z, with both acute and circumflex (app.) Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.37,17–21, 23–25

Or. 12.47 (tri metr) ⟨θεά⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 13.01 (rec exeg) ἔριν Θυέστῃ: ¹ἔριν πόλεμον ἀρσενικὸν, τὸν ἐριστικὸν. ²ὡς τὸ Ἡσιόδειον [Hes. Op. 191–192] ‘μᾶλλον δὲ κακῶν ῥεκτῆρα καὶ ὕβριν / ἀνέρα τιμήσουσιν’. —MnPcR^aR^bS

TRANSLATION: ‘Strife war’ (with feminine noun to be taken as adjectival modifying the following noun as if) masculine, ‘the strife-filled’. Just as the Hesiodic example (Op. 191–192, with feminine noun ‘hubrin’ used adjectivally) ‘they will honor more the doer of evils and the arrogant man’.

LEMMA: R^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: R^a cont. from sch. 12.01

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔριν πόλεμον om. Mn | τὸν Dindorf (cf. sch. 13.02, 13.03, 13.06), τ’ all | ὡς] εἰ R^b | κακὸν Mn | ὑβριστὴν Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ῥεχθῆρα R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.38,1–3

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Hesiod

Or. 13.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔριν⟩: ἀρσενικὸν ἤγουν τὸν ἐριστικὸν πόλεμον —VY^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν κατὰ τὸν Y^r

Or. 13.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔριν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς φιλονεικίας αὐτῶν —MC

TRANSLATION: (‘Strife’) in the sense ‘the cause of their quarrel’.

POSITION: M s.l. (above θέσθαι 14)

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.98,12; Dind. II.38,5

Or. 13.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔριν⟩: καὶ ἔρια πλέξασα ἡ Ἥρα —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὴν ἥραν Sa, corr. Mastr.

COMMENT: Does the mention of Hera here and in sch. 12.26, 12.27 have something to do with an etymologizing connection with ἔρια and/or ἔρις? The Iliadic strife of Zeus and Hera and the strife of the three goddesses occasioning the judgment of Paris are often alluded to, but no commentator seems to make an etymological connection.

Or. 13.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔριν⟩: γρ. ἔρις —Pc

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 13.18 (tri exeg) ⟨πόλεμον⟩: ἀσυνδέτως τοῦτο λέγει. —T

TRANSLATION: He utters this word (‘polemon’, ‘war’) in asyndeton (i.e., with ‘erin’, ‘strife’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 13.11 above.

COLLATION NOTES: brownish ink, written at latest stage

KEYWORDS: ἀσύνδετον/ἀσυνδέτως

Or. 13.20 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὄντι συγγόνῳ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸς Θυέστην ὄντα σύγγονον θέσθαι —MVCY^r

TRANSLATION: (The dative phrase is used) in the sense of ‘create against Thyestes, who is a brother’.

POSITION: s.l. (above θυέστῃ MY^r)

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ πρὸς om. MC | τὸν θυ. Y^r | ὄντα … θέσθαι om. Y^r | σύγγονον θέσθαι] συνθέσθαι V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.98,13; Dind. II.38,3–4

Or. 13.24 (rec exeg) ⟨συγγόνῳ⟩: ὁ Θυέστης καὶ Ἀτρεὺς ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν ἄμφω, υἱοὶ δὲ Πέλοπος. —Pc

POSITION: between sch. 13.01 and sch. 15.02

Or. 13.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συγγόνῳ⟩: ὁ Θυέστης καὶ ὁ Ἀτρεὺς ἦσαν ἀδελφοί. —B^3a

POSITION: marg.

Or. 14.07 (vet exeg) τί τἄρρητα ἀναμετρήσασθαι: ¹διὰ τοῦ ἀναμετρήσασθαι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν ἐσήμηνεν. ²ἢ οὖν ὡς πολλὰ, ἢ ὡς ἄτοπα παραπέμπεται. ³ἢ ὡς παρθένος παραιτεῖται λέγειν διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν Θυέστου, ἢ τὴν ἄθεσμον Αἰγίσθου γονήν. ⁴ἐκ γὰρ Πελοπείας τῆς θυγατρὸς {ἢ Στερόπιδος} ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν Θυέστης. —MBVCMlMnPcR^aR^bRfSSa

TRANSLATION: By using ‘to measure out’ she indicated the great quantity of the ills. They are, then, dismissed (or: she dismisses them) either because they are numerous or because they are extraordinary; or as a virgin she excuses herself from speaking (them) because of the adultery of Thyestes, or the unlawful birth of Aegisthus. For from his daughter Pelopeia Thyestes sired him.

LEMMA: B, τί τἄρρ. ἀναμετρ. με δεῖ Ml(τί π’ἄρρητ’)MnS(ἄρρητ’ἄρρητ); τί τἄρρ. VR^b, ἀναμετρ. CPc REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlPcR^bSa; marginal label αἴγιστος (app.) add. B⁴ POSITION: follows sch. 10.11 in Pc, follows 7.01 in Ml

APP. CRIT.: 1 διὰ τοῦ ἀναμ.] διαμετρήσασθαι C, διὰ τὸ ἀναμ. MlPcR^bRfSSa, διὰ τὶ ἀναμ. Mn | 2 οὖν om. Sa, ἂν Rf | second ὡς om. R^b | ἄνομα καὶ add. before ἄτοπα M | παραμέμπεσθαι a.c. Mn, περιπέμπονται Ml | 3 διὰ om. M | τοῦ θυέστου M | second ἢ om. R^a | τὴν … γονήν Sa, τὴν … γονὴν σιωπᾶ PcMnS, τὴν … γονὴν σιωπᾶν (app. changed from -ᾶς) Ml, τὴν … γονὴν σιωπῆ R^aR^b, τὴν … γυνὴν σιωπὴν Rf, τὸν… γάμον MBVC | 4 ἐκ γὰρ Πελοπίας PcRfR^aR^b, ἐκ γὰρ τῆς πελοπίας Ml(‑πέας)Mn(ἐπελοπίας)S; ἐκ γὰρ πέλοπος Sa; οὗτος γὰρ ἦν παῖς πελοπίας M(πελοπείας)BVC | τῆς θυγατρὸς ἢ στερόπιδος] MBV(add. ἀπὸ after ἢ)CRf(ἀστερόπιδος), τῆς θυγατρὸς στεροπίδος MlMnPcR^aR^bS, τῆς πελοπίδος θυγατρὸς Sa; ἢ στερόπιδος del. Schw. | αὐτὴν R^a, perhaps Sa | θυέστης om. S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.98,23–26; Dind. II.38,25–39,1

COMMENT: This Pelopeia is also named in Lucian, de saltatione 43. M’s spelling Πελοπείας matches that attested for a daughter of Pelias (sister of Acastus) in Apoll. Rh. 1.326 and ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. 1.95 (Πελοπείαν changed to Πελόπειαν by Wagner), whereas Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 175 has Πελόπιαν (thus accented in Scheer), and forms of Πελοπία are found elsewhere for Thyestes’ daughter, for a daughter of Niobe, and for the mother of Cycnus.

COLLATION NOTES: R^a cut off at beginning (trimming).

Or. 14.08 (rec exeg) τί τἄρρητα: ¹ἐπειδὴ ἡ ἔρις τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς γέγονε διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν τῆς Ἀερόπης, ἣν γυναῖκα οὖσαν Ἀτρέως ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ Θυέστης ἐμοίχευσε καὶ ὤφειλεν ἐνταῦθα λαληθῆναι τὸ τῆς ἔριδος αἴτιον, ²διὰ τὸ ἄρρητον καὶ ἄφραστον τῆς ὑποθέσεως καὶ μηδὲ πρέπον διὰ κόρης τῆς Ἠλέκτρας ἐκλαληθῆναί φησιν ὁ ποιητὴς δι’ αὐτῆς τί τἄρρητ’ ἀναμετρήσασθαί με δεῖ, ³ἤγουν τί με δεῖ τὰ μὴ ἐνδεχόμενα λαλεῖσθαί τινι καὶ μάλιστα ἐμοὶ ὡς παρθένῳ ἀναμετρήσασθαι καὶ ἀπαριθμῆσαι {χρεών}. ⁴ἤτοι ἀπαριθμήσασθαι, ἐν τῷ ἀριθμῷ τῶν λεγομένων ἐκθεῖναι. —VPr

TRANSLATION: Because the strife arose among the brothers because of the adultery of Aerope, whom his brother Thyestes seduced even though she was the wife of Atreus, and because the cause of the strife ought to have been spoken here, on account of the unspeakable and unsayable quality of the story and its being not even suitable to be spoken openly by the maiden Electra, the poet declares through her ‘why must I measure out the unspeakable deeds’, that is, why must I measure out and enumerate things which it is not acceptable for anyone to speak, and especially not for me as a virgin. That is, (the verb used) means count off, put forth in the series of things spoken.

POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, before start of text; follows sch. 5.20 Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 μὴ δὲ Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.98,14–22; Dind. II.38,7–15

Or. 14.09 (pllgn exeg) τί τἄρρητα ἀναμετρήσασθαι με δεῖ: ¹ἢ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν παρῃτήσατο λέγειν αὐτὰ ἢ διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν τοῦ Ἀτρέως τὴν μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ Θυέστου ὡς παρθένος ἡ Ἠλέκτρα οὐκ ἠνέσχετο ἐξειπεῖν ταῦτα, ἀλλ’ αἰδουμένη παρεσιώπησε. ²λέγουσι γὰρ ὡς ὁ Ἀτρεὺς μοιχεύσας τὴν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Θυέστου γυναῖκα εἶχον πολέμους καὶ ἔριδας εἰς τὸ ἑξῆς, ³ὥστε σφάξαι τὸν Ἀτρέα τὰ τοῦ Θυέστου τέκνα καὶ παραθεῖναι αὐτῶ ταῦτα εἰς τροφήν. ⁴ἀπελθὼν οὖν ὁ Θυέστης εἰς τὸ μαντεῖον τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐζήτει χρησμὸν πῶς ἂν λάβῃ δίκην ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀτρέως εἰς τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ ἣν ἐμοίχευσε καὶ εἰς τὸν φόνον ὃν εἰργάσατο τῶν παίδων αὐτοῦ. ⁵ἐχρησμοδοτήθη τοίνυν ὡς ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ Αἴγισθος μοιχεύσει τὴν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀτρέως τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος γυναῖκα, εἶτα συμβῆναι μέσον αὐτῶν μάχας καὶ πολέμους, ὅπερ καὶ ἐγένετο. —Y²Yf

TRANSLATION: Either because of the large number of the ills she excused herself from speaking them, or because of the adultery of Atreus with the wife of Thyestes Electra, as a virgin, could not bear to say this openly, but out of embarrassment passed over it in silence. For they say that when Atreus had seduced the wife of his brother, they had episodes of warfare and strife thereafter, such that Atreus killed the children of Thyestes and set them before him as food. So then, Thyestes went off to the oracle of Apollo and sought an oracle as to how he might exact justice from Atreus in regards to his wife, whom Atreus had seduced, and the murder of his sons which he had committed. So then, the oracular response was that his son Aegisthus would commit adultery with the wife of Atreus’s son Agamemnon, and then battles and warfare would take place between them, which in fact came about.

LEMMA: lemma both (τ’ἄρητ’ Yf) POSITION: Yf on fol. 212r (page of Or. sch. among front matter to Soph. Ajax)

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐξῆς Yf | 4 ἐμοίχευσεν Yf | 5 ἐχρησμωδοτήθη Y²

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 14.10 (pllgn exeg) τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν δηλοῖ διὰ τοῦ ἀνα[μ]ετρ[ήσασθαι] —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 14.11 (pllgn rhet) κατὰ παράλειψιν —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Using deliberate omission.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: παράλειψις

Or. 14.12 (pllgn rhet) τὸ σχῆμα ἐπιτρέχον —B^3a

TRANSLATION: The schema is ‘epitrechon’ (treating quickly and cursorily, with rapid shift to next topic).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The schema is referred to in Hermogenes, περὶ ἰδεῶν 1.11, 2.1 [pp. 290,13 and 314,23 Rabe] along with various commentators on Hermogenes. Cf. percursio, ἐπιτροχασμός, Lausberg §§881–882 (related to praeteritio, thus to the alternative terms in 14.11 and 14.13).

KEYWORDS: ἐπιτρέχον

Or. 14.13 (pllgn rhet) παρασιώπησις τὸ σχῆμα —Zu

TRANSLATION: The schema is ‘parasiōpēsis’ (refraining from stating).

REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The term is usually applied to any omission made by refraining to state something, but Tryphon, περὶ τρόπων, Rhet.Gr. III:199,261 Spengel, gives a narrower definition as stating one of two related facts and omitting the other.

KEYWORDS: παρασιώπησις

Or. 14.15 (rec exeg) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: ἢ ὡς πόλλα ἢ ἄτοπα παραπέμπεται. —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 14.16 (mosch exeg) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: τὰ μὴ πρέποντα λέγεσθαι ὡς αἰσχρὰ. λέγει δὲ τὰ τῆς μοιχείας τοῦ Θυέστου. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: The things that should not be said because (they are) shameful. And she means the business of Thyestes’ adultery.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ὡς αἰσχρὰ κτλ om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.39,3–4

Or. 14.18 (thom exeg) τἄρρητ’: τὰ μὴ δυνάμενα ῥηθῆναι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος ἢ διὰ τὸ εἶναι δύσφημα —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Things that cannot be spoken because of their great quantity or because they are scandalous.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: τὰ om. Gu | διὰ … δύσφημα om. Zb | ἢ ὡς ἄπειρα add. at end Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.39,4–5

Or. 14.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: ⟨ὡς⟩ δύσφημα ἢ ὡς πολλὰ ἢ ὡς ἄτοπα παραπέμπεται, ἢ ὡς παρθένος παραιτεῖται λέγειν διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν Θυέστου. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 14.25 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: ¹‘ἀνεμέτρει τὸ χωρίον’ παρ’ Ἀριστοφάνει [Arist. Nub. 152] ἀντὶ τοῦ διεμέτρει· ²ἀναμετρήσασθαι δὲ ἐνταῦθα ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναλαβεῖν καὶ διηγήσασθαι, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν τὰ μετρηθέντα ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀναλαμβανόντων καὶ μετρούντων. ³καθὸ λέγεται καὶ τὸ ‘ἀνακοινωσώμεθα τὸν λόγον’ παρὰ Πλάτωνι [Plato, Cratyl. 383a] ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀναλαβόντες κοινωσώμεθα. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (The verb ‘anametreō’ is also used in) ‘he measured the distance’ in Aristophanes, in the sense ‘he measured across (from one end to the other)’. But here the word ‘anametreisthai’ is used in the sense ‘take up from the beginning and narrate’, by a metaphor from those taking up the measured items from the beginning and measuring them. In a similar fashion ‘let us share anew (‘anakoinōsōmetha’) the argument’ is used in Plato to mean ‘having taken it up from the beginning, let us share it’.

LEMMA: ἀναμετρήσασθαι με δεῖ G REF. SYMBOL: Gr

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἀναλαβεῖν] ἀναμετρεῖν G | 3 ἀνακοινωσόμεθα XaY, ἀνακοινώσασθαι X | κοινωσόμεθα Y

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 παρὰ ἀριστ. TYG | 2 μεταφοροῦς app. Y | 3 ἀναλαμβόντες Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.38,17–21

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aristophanes | Plato (philosopher)

Or. 14.26 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: ἀναψηφίσασθαι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep., τὸ … κακῶν om. S | ἀναφίσασθαι Ml

Or. 14.27 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: τὸ ἀναμετρήσασθαι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξαριθμῆσαι καὶ καταλέξαι καὶ εἰπεῖν. —ZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: ‘Measure out’ used in the sense ‘count out and enumerate and say’.

POSITION: marg. Zm; cont. from sch. 14.25, add. δὲ, T

APP. CRIT.: only ἐξαριθμῆσαι καταλέξαι εἰπεῖν Gu | second καὶ om. or lost to damage Zm

Or. 15.01 (vet exeg) ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν: ¹μετὰ τὸ ψωμισθῆναι τὰ τέκνα τὸν Θυέστην ἐχρήσθη ἐν τῇ Πυθοῖ ἐρωτῶντι πῶς τιμωρήσαιτο τὸν ἀδελφόν, ²μιγῆναι τῇ θυγατρὶ Πελοπείᾳ καὶ τὸν ἐκ ταύτης γενόμενον δεινὰ κατεργάσεσθαι τοὺς Ἀτρείδας {Αἴγισθον}. —MBOVCMlMnPcR^bRfSSa

TRANSLATION: After Thyestes had been fed his children in little pieces, an oracle was given to him in Delphi when he inquired how he was to get vengeance on his brother, that he should have intercourse with his daughter Pelopeia and the child born from her would do terrible things to the sons of Atreus.

LEMMA: BVC(οὔ νιν)MlMnPc(prep. ἄλλως)R^b(prep. καὶ ἄλλως)Rf(add. in marg.) REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^bRf POSITION: cont. from sch. 14.07 Sa, follows sch. 15.02 MlMnPcS

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ψομισθῆσαι Ml | τιμωρῆσαι τὸ τὸν Ml | 2 καπεργάσασθαι Ml | ἀτρεῖδας S, ἀτρίδας Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.99,1–3; Dind. II.39,23–26.

COMMENT: Schw. emends to τῷ Θυέστῃ, but ψωμίζω is used with two accusatives from the Septuagint onward, and there are several instances of retained accusative of the food eaten with the aorist and perfect passive of the verb: so here, ‘after Thyestes had been fed his children in little pieces’.

Or. 15.02 (rec exeg) ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν: ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἔσφαξε τοὺς παῖδας τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ τουτέστι τοῦ Θυέστου, καὶ εἶθ’ οὕτως παρέβαλε τῷ Θυέστη καὶ ἔφαγεν αὐτοὺς. —Ml^aMl^bMn^aMn^bPc^aPc^bR^bS^aS^b

TRANSLATION: Atreus, for his part, slaughtered the sons of his brother, that is, of Thyestes, and then in this way set them before Thyestes (to eat) and he (Thyestes) ate them.

LEMMA: Ml^aMn^aS^a REF. SYMBOL: Ml^aPc^a POSITION: R^bS^b cont. from sch. 15.27 (R^b2 version); Ml^aMn^aS^a separately preceding sch. 15.01; Ml^bMn^b after sch. 16.05; Pc^a preceding sch. 15.01, Pc^b in inner margin perpendicular to text

APP. CRIT.: ἔσφαξε] ἐφόνευσε Ml^bMn^b(‑εν)Pc^bS^b | τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ …τουτέστι om. Ml^bMn^bS^b, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ … τουτέστι τοῦ om. Pc^b, αὐτοῦ τουτέστι om. Ml^aMn^aS^a, τουτέστι τοῦ om. Pc^a | καὶ om. Ml^bMn^bPc^bS^b | ἔφαγεν] ἔσφαγεν Ml^a, ἔσφαγξεν Mn^a | αὐτὰ Ml^aMn^aS^a, αὐτὰς Ml^b

APP. CRIT. 2: εἰθ’ Ml^aMl^aMn^aR^b | παρέβαλλε Ml^aMl^b | τῶ θυέστην Ml^b

Or. 15.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν⟩: καὶ ἔθρεψεν αὐτὸν τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.40,1

Or. 15.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν⟩: ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ἑστιᾶσαι τὰ ἑαυτοῦ τέκνα ἃ καὶ ἠσθίασεν. —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔδοκε Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.40,2–3

COMMENT: In TLG there are a few forms ascribed ἑστιάομαι (see LBG s.v.), and the single similar active form ἠσθίαμεν (τοὺς ἰχθύας οὓς ἠσθίαμεν) is tentatively analyzed as a Byzantine form of ἐσθίω. The form in Lp provides the first evidence of a similar aorist.

KEYWORDS: rare word | Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 15.05 (rec exeg) ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν: ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἐφόνευσε τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θύεστου, ὁ δὲ Θυέστης ἔγημε τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀτρέως, ἥτις ἦν Ἀερόπη. —R^b, partial MlMnPcS

LEMMA: cont. from prev. (MlMnPcS each from b-version)

APP. CRIT.: ὁ μὲν … θυέστου om. MlMnPcS | ἐφόνησε R^b | γυναῖκα τοῦ om. S | ἦν Ἀερόπη] ἀερό[ R^b (end of note lost in binding, ἦν transp. or om.), ἦν[ Pc (last word lost to damage)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔγημεν Mn^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.40,18–21

Or. 15.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔδαισε⟩: ἔδωκε αὐτὰ φαγεῖν αὐτῶ —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 15.26 (rec rhet) ⟨ἀποκτείνας⟩: πρωθύστερον —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: πρωθύστερον

Or. 15.27 (vet exeg) Ἀτρεύς: ἐπειδὴ κακῆς πράξεως ὑπεμνήσθη, διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν ὁ πάππος ὁ ἐμός, ἀλλ’ ὁ Ἀτρεύς. —MVCAaMlMnPcPrR^aR^b1R^b2RfS

TRANSLATION: Since Electra has called to mind an evil action, for this reason she did not say ‘my grandfather’, but ‘Atreus’.

LEMMA: R^b2; ἀτρεὺς δὲ Rf; τέκν’ ἀποκτείνας ἀτρεύς C, ἀποκτείνας ἀτρεὺς Pr REF. SYMBOL: R^a(to ἔδαισε)R^b2 POSITION: MV s.l.; cont. from sch. 15.02 in AaMnPcR^aR^b1S; R^b2 version follow sch. 15.01; cont. from sch. 15.01 Rf; cont. from 15.06 Ml; between displaced sch. 4.18 and sch. 7.01 Pr; in block before play Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: ἁτρ‑ R^b2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.99,4–5; Dind. II.40,4–5

Or. 16.05 (vet exeg) ⟨τὰς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ σιγῶ τύχας⟩: πάλιν τὴν μοιχείαν Ἀερόπης αἰνίττεται ἢ τὴν γονὴν ⟨ … ⟩ Πλεισθένους, ὃν ἀνείλε⟨το⟩ Θυέστης. —MOCAaMlMnPcR^aR^bS, partial Pr

TRANSLATION: Again she hints at the adultery of Aerope or the birth ⟨lacuna: e.g., of Aegisthus, and the murder (by Atreus)⟩ of Pleisthenes, whom Thyestes took up as his own.

LEMMA: 18 ἀερόπης ἄπο MC; 17 ὁ κλεινὸς R^b, 17 ὁ κλεινὸς εἰ δὴ κλεινός AaMlMnPcR^aS REF. SYMBOL: M to 18 ἀερόπης; R^b to 17 POSITION: s.l. O at 16 τύχας; intermarg. M; cont. from sch. 17.10 Pr; between 18.01 and 21.02 C; in block before play Aa

APP. CRIT.: πάλιν om. OPr | ἢ τὴν κτλ om. Pr | lacuna Schw. (proposing Αἰγίσθου ἢ τὸν φόνον) | ἀνείλετο Schw., ἀνεῖλε all (‑εν MR^b)

APP. CRIT. 2: μοιχίαν ἀερώπης Ml | αἰνίπτεται Aa | πλεισθ‑ Pc, πλισθ‑ Ml, πλησθ‑ others (p.c. πλειστ‑ Mn)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.99,6–7; Dind. II.40,17–18

COMMENT: Schwartz’s proposed restoration here is based on Hyg. Fab. 86 ‘at is [scil. Thyestes] Atrei filium Plisthenem, quem pro suo educauerat, ad Atreum interficiendum misit, quem Atreus credens fratris filium esse imprudens filium suum occidit’. If the scholion did originally give three different events, the second and third are out of chronological sequence. Without a lacuna, γονὴν Πλεισθένους would have to refer to Pleisthenes’ birth as really illegitimate (not just in Atreus’s supposition).

COLLATION NOTES: O partly lost in binding: end of αἰνίττεται and any intervening words before πλησθένους no longer extant; Dindorf repeats Matthiae’s version, which reports τὴν γυναῖκα in place of τὴν γονὴν. | final four words of Pc survive only in tops of taller letters (trimming or damage to lower margin), but spelling of πλεισθένους is secure and space suggests that Pc too had ἀνεῖλε.

KEYWORDS: αἰνίττομαι/αἰνιγματωδῶς

Or. 16.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ σιγῶ τύχας⟩: ἐν μέσῳ τύχην λέγει τὴν μίξιν τοῦ Θυέστου τὴν μετὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ θυγατρὸς Πελοπείας, ἀφ’ ἧς ἔτεκε τόν Αἴγισθον τὸν μοιχὸν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας. —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: Πελοπείας] πελίπας (or πηλ-?) Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.40,8–10

Or. 16.07 (thom rhet) ⟨τὰς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ σιγῶ τύχας⟩: παρασιώπησις —ZmGu

POSITION: marg. Zm, s.l. Gu

KEYWORDS: παρασιώπησις

Or. 16.08 (rec rhet) ⟨τὰς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ σιγῶ τύχας⟩: μεσεμβόλημα —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: μεσεμβόλημα

Or. 16.09 (thom exeg) τὰς ἐν μέσῳ τύχας: τὰ συμβάντα πρὸς ἀλλήλους κακὰ καὶ τὴν τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ πρὸς Θυέστην μοιχείαν, καὶ ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο κατὰ θαλάσσης ταύτην ἀφῆκεν. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The evil deeds against each other that came about and the adultery of his wife with Thyestes, and the fact that on account of this he cast her into the sea.

LEMMA: thus T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.40,5–7

COLLATION NOTES: Gu has cross prefixed.

Or. 16.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς ἐν μέσῳ … τύχας⟩: ἤγουν τὰς συμφορὰς τὰς γεγονυίας μέσον τῶν δύο —F

POSITION: marg.

Or. 17.01 (17–18) (rec exeg) ἀπὸ τῆς Χρυσίππης ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων, ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀερόπης ὁ Μενέλαος —MnSa

POSITION: Sa s.l., Mn in lower marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: χρισίππης Mn

KEYWORDS: genealogy

Or. 17.02 (pllgn rhet) ἐπίκρισις ἐστὶ τὸ σχῆμα, ἡ καὶ ἐπιδιόρθωσις καλουμένη —Zu

TRANSLATION: The schema is ‘epikrisis’, which is also called ‘epidiorthōsis’ (correction added immediately after).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Epikrisis is the insertion after a phrase of a judgment of the speaker: most examples illustrate the speaker endorsing the previous idea, but here it applies to qualifying it. For the second term see Lausberg §§ 785–786.

KEYWORDS: ἐπίκρισις | ἐπιδιόρθωσις

Or. 17.03 (pllgn exeg) ἐὰν δέχηται καλέσαι αὐτὸν κλεινὸν διὰ τὴν τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ μοιχείαν —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 17.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ὁ κλεινὸς⟩: ὡς ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος εἰς Τροίαν στρατεύσας —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘The famous one’ is said) insofar as he campaigned against Troy on behalf of Greece.

POSITION: T marg., rest s.l.

Or. 17.08 (pllgn exeg) εἰ δὴ κλεινὸς: ¹τινὲς ὡς ἐνδοιάζουσαν τὴν Ἠλέκτραν φάναι τοῦτο. ²πρότερον μὲν γὰρ κλεινὸς ἦν ἀρχηγὸς πάντων Ἑλλήνων γενόμενος. ³εἶτα μοιχευθείσης τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι τοῦτο εἰς ἀτιμίαν. ⁴ἕτεροι δὲ ἀνενδοιάστως λέγουσιν εἰπεῖν τοῦτο τὴν Ἠλέκτραν. ⁵πῶς γὰρ ἔμελλεν ἐνδοιάζεσθαι εἰς τὸν πατέρα αὐτῆς, λέγουσα οὑτωσὶ ‘ὁ κλεινὸς Ἀγαμέμνων’ εἰ μὴ ἐπειδὴ κλεινὸς ὑπῆρχεν. —Y²Yf

TRANSLATION: Some (say that) Electra says this as if expressing doubt. For previously he was glorious, having become commander-in-chief of all the Greeks, and then (they argue) when his wife was seduced that occurrence caused dishonor. Others say that Electra uttered this without any expression of doubt. For how was she going to be doubtful in regard to her father, when she says baldly ‘the glorious Agamemnon’, if he was not in fact glorious?

POSITION: on following page (prev. page crowded) Y^{2; Yf on fol. 212r (page of Or. sch. among front matter to Soph. Ajax)}

APP. CRIT. 2: 1–4 ‑δοιά-] ‑δυά‑ (thrice) Y²Yf | 1 φᾶναι Y²

Or. 17.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰ δὴ κλεῖνος⟩: εἰ δεῖ κλεινὸς ὀνομάζεσθαι ὁ ἀθλίως φονευθεὶς —V³Y^r

LEMMA: δὴ in text VY, but note assumes reading δεῖ POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰ δεῖ κλεινὸς om. V³, expressed by Y^r with εῖ above δὴ, letting εἰ and δ of δεῖ and κλεινὸς be understood from words in verse | ὁ] οὕτως V³, perhaps read ὁ οὕτως

COMMENT: The nominative is Byzantine syntax.

Or. 17.10 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ δὴ κλεῖνος⟩: ἐπειδὴ ἀπὸ τῆς γυναικὸς ἀπώλετο. —V³Ab²MlMnPrRR^bS

LEMMA: ἄλλως R^b POSITION: s.l. V³Pr, marg. (beside 18) Ab, s.l. above 16 MlMnRS, follows 16.05 R^b

APP. CRIT.: ὑπὸ V³R^b | τῆς om. Ab² | γυναικὸς] γαμετῆς Pr, γυναικὸς ἀτυχίας R (conflation of gloss 16.15)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπιδὴ Ml | ἀπόλετο MlR

Or. 17.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰ δὴ κλεῖνος⟩: ἐπεὶ ἀπὸ τῆς γυναικὸς ἐφονεύθη —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 17.12 (thom exeg) εἰ δὴ κλεινὸς: ὡς ἀθλίως ἀποθανών —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὡς om. Zb | καὶ τὴν τῆς γυναικὸς ὑποστὰς μοιχείαν add. Gu

COLLATION NOTES: Cross prefixed in Gu.

Or. 17.23 (tri metr) ⟨ἔφυ⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 18.01 (vet exeg) Μενέλεως τε Κρήσσης: ¹οὐ γὰρ ἂν Ἑλληνὶς γυνὴ τοιαῦτα ἔπραξε. ²τοῦτο οὖν προσέθηκεν ἐλευθερῶν μὲν τὰς Ἑλληνίδας, κωμῳδῶν δὲ τὰς Κρήσσας. —M^aM^bVCAaMlMnR^aR^bRfSSa

TRANSLATION: For a Greek woman would not have done such deeds. So he (the poet) added this (the epithet Cretan), freeing Greek women from blame, but mocking Cretan women.

LEMMA: M^bVAaMl(μενέλαος)MnR^bSSa; κρήσσης ἄπο Rf REF. SYMBOL: M^bCMlR^aR^bSa POSITION: cont. from to sch. 9.06 M^a; intermarg. M^b; follows sch. 46.02 Sa; in block before play Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τοιαῦτ’ R^b | ἔπραξεν Ml | 2 προσἔθηκεν Mn | τοὺς ἑλληνίδας R^b | κωλλωδῶν Aa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.99,8–10; Dind. II.40,12–14

KEYWORDS: amelioration, protecting sense of Greek superiority | κωμῳδεῖν

Or. 18.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Μενέλεως τε Κρήσσης⟩: καὶ κωμῳδῶν τὰς Κρήσσας· οὐ γὰρ ἂν Ἑλληνὶς τοῦτο ἐπέπραχειν. —Pr

POSITION: cont. from 16.05

APP. CRIT.: (ἐπέπραχ)εν s.l. Pr

KEYWORDS: amelioration, protecting sense of Greek superiority | κωμῳδεῖν

Or. 18.03 (mosch metr) ⟨(Μενέλ)εως⟩: συνίζησις —XXaXbYfTYGGr

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

COLLATION NOTES: T omits cross.

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 18.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Κρήσσης⟩: διατί ὀνομάζεται; αἱ Κρητικαὶ γυναῖκες ἀσελγεῖς καὶ ἀβέβηλοι —MnSa

TRANSLATION: Why is she (so) named? Cretan women are wanton and profane.

REF. SYMBOL: Sa POSITION: marg. Sa, Mn in lower margin

APP. CRIT.: διατί] δίκαιον Sa | ὀνομάζεται p.c. Mn, ‑εσθαι Sa, a.c. Mn

COMMENT: The reading of Sa after correction would be translated instead ‘It is proper (for her) to be named (thus): Cretan woman are wanton and profane’. The ‘why’ question is more usual in scholiastic idiom, whereas δίκαιον is unusual (one would expect καλῶς τὸ Κρήσσης or the like).

COLLATION NOTES: Sa readable to ἀσελ[, rest of note lost to damage at corner of page.

Or. 18.08 (rec exeg) ⟨Κρήσσης⟩: διὰ τὸ φιλόπορνον —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 18.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨Κρήσσης⟩: τὸ ἀρσενικὸν Κρής, καὶ κλίνεται Κρητός· τὰ γὰρ εἰς η̅ς̅ ὀξύτονα μονοσύλλαβα περιττοσυλλάβως κλινόμενα διὰ τοῦ τ̅ο̅ς̅, οἷον Κρής Κρητός, βλής βλητός, σής σητός. —Lp

TRANSLATION: The masculine form (corresponding to the feminine ‘Krēssēs’, ‘Cretan woman’) is ‘Krēs’ (‘Cretan man’), and it is inflected (based on the stem seen in the genitive) ‘Krētos’. For oxytone monosyllabic words ending in ‘-ēs’ when declined with an additional syllable (are inflected) with ‘tos’: for instance, ‘Krēs, Krētos’, ‘blēs, blētos’ (‘thrown’), ‘sēs, sētos’ (‘moth’).

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.40,14–16

Or. 18.13 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀερόπης ἄπο⟩: ἀντιστροφὴ ἀπὸ Ἀερόπης —V

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: antistrophe (of word order)

Or. 18.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἀναστροφή —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: anastrophe (inversion of word order)

Or. 19.02 (mosch exeg) γαμεῖ: εἰς γυναῖκα λαμβάνει, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα ἔλαβεν —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZcC²

TRANSLATION: (‘Gamei’, ‘marries’ here means) ‘he takes to wife’ (with the present used) in the sense of (the past) ‘he took to wife’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. C² | ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ om. ZcC² | ἀντὶ … γυναῖκα] ἢ G

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔλαβε Gr

Or. 19.06 (rec exeg) ⟨δ’⟩: τὸ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ —Pr

POSITION: between sch. 18.02 and 21.07

COMMENT: This probably applies to verse 19 because of its position, but Pr features a lot of displacement in the order of its scholia, so the assignment is uncertain. If the note belongs here, the marriages and their consequences are taken to explain 17 εἰ δὴ κλεινός.

Or. 19.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὴν θεοῖς στυγουμένην⟩: ἣν στυγήσειαν καὶ ἣν μισήσειαν οἱ θεοί —FSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἣν στυγ. καὶ om. F

Or. 19.11 (rec exeg) στυγουμένην: οὐχ ὡς μισουμένην παρὰ θεῶν προφανῶς ἡ Ἠλέκτρα εἶπεν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐν εὐχῆς τρόπῳ καὶ ὡς ἐὰν οὕτως εἶπεν· ἣν μισήσειαν οἱ θεοί. —VZu

TRANSLATION: Electra did not say this (of Helen) as being hated by the gods openly, but rather in the figure of a curse and as if she had said as follows: ‘whom may the gods detest’.

LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, before play; marg. Zu

APP. CRIT.: τῶν θεῶν Zu | καὶ ὡς] εἶπε καὶ Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.99,11–13; Dind. II.40,22–24

Or. 19.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: οὐχ ὡς μισουμένην παρὰ τῶν θεῶν φανερῶς ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἔφη τὴν Ἑλένην· ἐκείνη γὰρ μᾶλλον ἠγαπᾶτο παρ’ αὐτῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐν ἀρᾶς τρόπῳ οἷονπερ εἴθε μισήσειαν οἱ θεοί, ὡς ἔμπροσθεν [120] φησί. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Electra did not speak of Helen as being openly hated by the gods, for she was instead loved by them, but (she said this) rather as in the figure of a curse, as if to say ‘may the gods detest her’, as she says further along.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 19.13 (rec exeg) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: τὸ στυγουμένην ἀντὶ τοῦ εἴθε στυγηθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν —Pr

POSITION: between sch. 30.06 (Pr^a version) and sch. 32.10 Pr

Or. 19.17 (thom exeg) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: διὰ τὸ πολλῶν κακῶν αἰτίαν γενέσθαι —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Detested’) because she became the cause of many ills.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: διὰ τῶν Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.40,24–25

Or. 19.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: ἥντινα οἰ θεοὶ ἂν μισήσειαν —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 19.19 (rec gram) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: παρὰ τὸ Στὺξ πηγὴ ἐν τῷ ᾍδῃ —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 20.02 (tri metr) ⟨(Μενέλ)εως⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 20.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ὁ δὲ⟩: γαμεῖ ἔξωθεν —Z^cZa

TRANSLATION: ‘Gamei’ (‘he marries’, is to be supplied) from outside (i.e., from the previous clause).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 20.08 (rec exeg) ὁ δὲ: πάλιν εἰς γάμον ἄγει —B^3a

POSITION: s.l. at end of line

Or. 20.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁ δὲ⟩: γαμεῖ καὶ εἰς γάμον ἤγαγε —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 20.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨Κλυταιμνήστρας λέχος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν περιφραστικῶς —XXaT⁺YYfGGrF²ZcZlC²

TRANSLATION: (‘Bed of Clytemnestra’ is used) in the sense of ‘Clytemnestra’, by periphrasis.

LEMMA: ὁ δὲ κλυταιμνήστρας X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. F²GZlZu | τὴν om. C² | περιφρ. τὴν κλυτ. transp. G, περιφρ. om. F²ZlZu, perhaps C² (faded and uncertain)

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 20.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέχος⟩: κοίτην· ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 20.17 (pllgn gram) ⟨λέχος⟩: ἐτυμολογεῖται ἀπὸ τοῦ λύειν τὰ ἄχη —X

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Multiple sources offer ἄχος λύειν as an etymology of the names Achilles and Achelous. This etymology is paralleled only in Tzetzes, Exeg. in Il. 1.121: λέχος δὲ καὶ εὐνὴ διαφέρουσιν· λέχος μὲν γὰρ ἡ κοίτη, παρὰ τὸ λύειν τὰ ἄχη, λύαχος, λύχος καὶ λέχος, ὡς πέλυκυς πέλεκυς.

KEYWORDS: etymology | Tzetzes

Or. 20.19 (rec gram) ⟨λέχος⟩: γυνὴ οἱονεὶ γονὴ —Pr

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 21.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπίσημον εἰς Ἕλληνας⟩: περίφημον ὂν εἰς τοὺς —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 21.02 (vet exeg) ἐπίσημον: ¹τὸ ἐπίσημον ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ ἔφη, ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 2.265]· ²‘ἡ δή τοι τὸ πρὶν μὲν ἀναίνετο ἔργον ἀεικὲς δῖα Κλυταιμνήστρη· φρεσὶ γὰρ κέχρητ’ ἀγαθῇσιν’. ³ἢ οὖν πρὸ τούτου ἐπίσημον ἢ νῦν ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ ἐπίσημον. —MBVCAaPrR^bRf

TRANSLATION: She said ‘notable’ (of Clytemnestra’s marriage-bed) in reference to chastity, as Homer says: ‘At first she refused the unseemly deed, brilliant Clytemnestra; for she employed wits that were good’. So then, (the sense is) either ‘notable before this’ or ‘notable now for adultery’.

LEMMA: MBCR^b, ἐπίσημος Aa, ἐπ. εἰς ἕλληνας VPr REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: Rf cont. from sch. 18.01; Pr between sch. 36.10 and sch. 30.06 (Pr^bversion); in block before play Aa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.99,14–17; Dind. II.40,36–41,3

COMMENT: This note illustrates two characteristic tendencies of the ancient and medieval commentators. First, the citation of Homer leads to an overprecise claim about why the marriage was notable, since any elite marriage may be notable (whether or not there is any allusion to a competition for Clytemnestra’s hand, as West 1987 suggests). Second, the critics cannot resist applying their knowledge of the most famous features of a myth (here, adultery and husband-murder) or of what is said later in the play. The same adjective is indeed used ironically by Electra in Or. 249, but we have no way of knowing whether the actor as directed by Euripides pronounced the word here with a sarcastic tone (Willink 1986 believes it was meant to be so performed, agreeing with the view seen here and in some of the following notes, esp. 21.15).

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 21.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἤτοι φανερὸν καὶ διάδηλον καὶ περίφημον ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ —VPr

POSITION: cont. from prev. VPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.99 app.; Dind. II.40 app.

Or. 21.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: διάδηλον φημιζόμενον ἢ ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ ἣν πρότερον εἶχεν ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα ἢ ἐπ’ αἰσχρουργίᾳ ἣν ἐπ[ει]σήξατο ὕστερον —V

TRANSLATION: Conspicuous or much talked about either for the chastity which Clytemnestra had before or for the shameful behavior which she brought in later.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐπ[ει]σείξατο V

COMMENT: ἐπεισήξατο from ἐπεισάγω gives good sense, although the late aorist ἦξα is rarely attested in middle forms: see, however, μετάξασθαι in Photius, De spiritus sancti mystagogia 2,19; ἀπαξάσθωσαν in Sch. rec. anon. Arist. Nub. 1142a beta Koster; προσῆξο in Gennadius Scholarius, orat. 10.8, 32. Emending to ἐπεδείξατο could also be considered, but is unnecessary.

Or. 21.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἢ διὰ τὴν προτέραν σωφροσύνην ἢ διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν ἣν ἐποίησεν ὕστερον —Sa

POSITION: marg.

Or. 21.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: τὸ ἐπίσημον ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ ἢ διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν —RMnS

POSITION: marg. R, s.l. MnS

APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. Mn | τὸ … σωφροσύνῃ] ἐπίσημος S

APP. CRIT. 2: σοφροσ‑ Mn

Or. 21.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἢ ἐπὶ σωφροσύνην ἢ ἐπὶ μοιχ() ἐπίσημον —Pr

POSITION: cont. from sch. 19.06

Or. 21.09 (mosch exeg) ἐπίσημον: διάδηλον διὰ τὸν φόνον —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘Notable’ here mean) ‘conspicuos because of the murder’ (that Clytemnestra later committed).

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X | ἐπίδηλον G | διὰ τὸν φόνον om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.41,4

Or. 21.10 (thom exeg) ἐπίσημον: τὸ διάδηλον περιβόητον διὰ τὴν ἀνυπέρβλητον ὕστερον αὐτῆς κακίαν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Notable’ here means) ‘conspicuous, notorious because of her unsurpassed evil behavior later’.

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: τὸ διάδηλον om. Gu | add. καὶ before περιβ. T | ὕστερον] om. ZlZm, ὑπὲρ Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.41,4–6

Or. 21.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἐπίσημον καὶ ἐπὶ καλοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ κακοῦ, ἐνταῦθα ἐπὶ κακοῦ —Gu

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.41,5–6

COLLATION NOTES: Cross prefixed Gu.

Or. 21.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: καὶ τὸ λαμπρὸν διὰ τὴν σωφροσύνην ἣν εἶχε πρότερον —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 21.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: κατ’ εἰρωνεία⟨ν⟩ —Rw

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κατειρωνεία Rw

COMMENT: A noun κατειρωνεία is not attested in TLG and the force of the prefix would be uncertain (κατειρωνεύομαι exists, but there the prefix is normal).

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 22.01 (22–24) (mosch paraphr) τὸ ἑξῆς ᾧ παρθένοι μὲν τρεῖς ἔφυμεν ἐκ μιᾶς μητρὸς ἀνοσιωτάτης, ἡ Χρυσόθεμις καὶ ἡ Ἰφιγένεια καὶ ἐγὼ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα καὶ ἄρσην ὁ Ὀρέστης. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr, partial Aa

LEMMA: G writes ᾧ παρθ. … τρεῖς as lemma; Aa has lemma ᾧ] παρθένοι μὲν (margin damaged) POSITION: Gr s.l.; in Aa part of block before play on fol. 37v–38r

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἑξῆς om. G | ἡ χρυσόθ. κτλ om. Aa | ὁ om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: παρθέναι Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.38,22–24

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

Or. 22.02 (vet exeg) ᾧ παρθένοι μὲν τρεῖς: ¹Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.145]· ‘Χρυσόθεμις καὶ Λαοδίκη καὶ Ἰφιάνασσα’. ²οὗτος Ἰφιγένειαν τὴν Ἰφιάνασσαν καλεῖ, Ἠλέκτραν δὲ τὴν Λαοδίκην διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον ἴσως τῆς παρθενίας οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις οὖσα, ³ὡς αὐτός φησιν [71–72]· ‘ὦ … / παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’. —MBVCRfYf²

TRANSLATION: Homer (writes): ‘Chrysothemis and Laodice and Iphianassa’. This poet (Euripides) calls Iphianassa Iphigenia and calls Laodice Electra because of the long period, perhaps, of her virginity, as if she were an unbedded (a-lectr‑) one; as he (Euripides) himself says: ‘O … Electra maiden for a great length of time’.

LEMMA: MVC, χρυσόθεμις BRf REF. SYMBOL: MBV; marginal label αἱ θυγατέρες τοῦ ἀγαμέμνονος add. B⁴ POSITION: intermarg. M

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἰφιάνασα C | 2 ἰφιάνασαν C | ὂιον M | 3 ἠλέκτραν app. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.99,18–100,2; Dind. II.41,7–11

COMMENT: Schwartz’s deletion of ὦ is not mandatory, since the quotation may be a reduced form of 71–72 with internal omission. The same quotation with the ὦ is in Et. Magn. 426,5–9 s.v. Ἐλέκτρα: ἡ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ Λαοδίκη, διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον τῆς παρθενίας, οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις, ὡς Εὐριπίδης, ‘ὦ … παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’.

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 22.03 (rec exeg) ᾧ παρθένοι μὲν τρεῖς: ¹Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.145]· ‘Χρυσόθεμις καὶ Λαοδίκη καὶ Ἰφιάνασσα’. ²Ἰφιγένειαν μὲν οὖν φησὶν τὴν Ἰφιάνασσαν παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ λεγομένην, Ἠλέκτραν δὲ τὴν Λαοδίκην ὑπὸ Ὁμήρου λεχθεῖσαν διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον ἴσως τῆς παρθενίας οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις οὖσα, ³ὡς αὐτός φησιν [72]· ‘{ὦ} παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’. —AaMlMnR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Homer (writes): ‘Chrysothemis and Laodice and Iphianassa’. He calls Iphigenia the Iphianassa spoken of in Homer, and Electra the Laodice who was mentioned by Homer, because of the long period, perhaps, of her virginity, as if she were an unbedded (a-lectr‑) one; as he himself says (72): ‘Electra maiden for a great length of time’.

LEMMA: all (with ὦ Sa) except ᾧ παρθένοι R^b REF. SYMBOL: MlR^bSa POSITION: in block before play Aa, between sch. 25.09 and 25.10

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὅμηρος] καὶ ὅμηρος AaMlMnSa, perhaps R^a, ἃς καὶ ὅμηρος λέγει R^{b; om. S} | first καὶ om. AaSa | 2 μὲν om. Sa, οὖν perhaps om. R^a | φασὶ Aa | τὴν add. before παρ’ S | λέχθῆσα Ml, λεχθεῖσι R^b | ἴσως] ἤδη Sa | οἷον om. MnSSa | ἄλεκτρα or ἀλέκτρα ambig. Mn | 3 ὡς αὐτὸς κτλ om. AaMlR^aSSa | ὡς αὐτὸς] καὶ οὗτος R^b | ὦ del. Schw. | δὴ] ἂν R^b | χρόνον R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.41,7–11 app.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 22.09 (tri metr) ⟨ἔφυμεν⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 23.01 (pllgn exeg) οὗτος ὁ ποιητὴς τρεῖς λέγει θυγατέρας γεννηθῆναι τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι, ὁ δὲ Σοφοκλῆς ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ δράματι [Soph. El. 157] τέσσαρας μετὰ τῆς Ἰφιανάσσης. —Gu

TRANSLATION: This poet says that three daughters were born to Agamemnon, but Sophocles in the second play (of the triad, Electra) says four, including Iphianassa (along with the three named in Euripides).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.41,12–14

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Sophocles, Electra

Or. 23.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Χρυσόθεμις⟩: τὴν μὲν Χρυσόθεμιν ἥρπασεν ὁ Ἀπόλλων, τὴν δὲ Ἰφιγένειαν ἔθυσαν τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι κατὰ τὸν χρησμὸν τὸν δοθέντα τοῖς Ἕλλησιν. —AaPcPrR^b

REF. SYMBOL: AaR^b POSITION: preposed to this in R is R^b1 version of sch. 25.04; s.l. Pr; between sch. 4.02 and 5.01 Pc

APP. CRIT.: ἤρπαζεν R^b | ὁ om. AaPr | τῆ δὲ ἰφιγένεα Aa | ἔθυσαν om. Pr | first τὸν om. PcR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔθησαν R^b, ἔθησ() Aa

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 23.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Χρυσόθεμις⟩: καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.145]· ‘Χρυσόθεμις καὶ Λαοδίκη καὶ Ἰφιάνασσα’ —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 23.04 (pllgn metr) ⟨Χρυσόθεμις⟩: δάκτυλος —Gu

TRANSLATION: A dactyl (that is, in the three-syllable first foot of the verse).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 23.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰφιγένεαί τε Ἠλέκτρα τ’⟩: Ἰφιάνασσα καὶ ἡ Λαοδίκη —Y^r

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 23.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἰφιγένειά⟩: τὴν Ἰφιάνασσαν —O

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The accusative here because the name is extracted without adjustment from a sentence like that in sch. 22.02 Ἰφιγένειαν τὴν Ἰφιάνασσαν καλεῖ.

Or. 23.08 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἰφιγένειά⟩: ἡ πρὶν Ἰφιάνασσα —VZu

POSITION: s.l. (misplaced over ἠλέκτρα V)

Or. 23.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰφιγένειά⟩: αὕτη ἐν τῇ Αὐλίδι τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι τέθυται τὰς πνοὰς ἐπισχούσῃ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὅτε κατὰ τῶν Τρώων ἀνάγεσθαι ἔμελλον εἰς ἄμυναν τῆς ἁρπαγῆς τῆς Ἑλένης. —Zm

TRANSLATION: This figure (Iphigenia) was sacrified in Aulis to Artemis because she held back the winds for the Greeks when they were about to sail against the Trojans to avenge the kidnapping of Helen.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 23.12 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: παρὰ τὸ ἄλεκτρον αὐτὴν εἶναι διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον τῆς παρθενίας —O

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: πολυχρ[όνιον], with final letters lost in margin.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 23.13 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: τὴν ἀλλαχοῦ Λαοδίκην —O

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For the accusative, see comment on sch. 23.07.

Or. 23.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: ἡ πρὶν Λαοδίκη —V³ZuB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἡ πρὶν] ἡ B^3a, ἢ V³ (adding to misplaced 23.08)

Or. 23.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: ¹ἱστοροῦσι τινὲς ὡς Ἠλέκτρα πρῶτον μὲν ἐκαλεῖτο Ἰφιάνασσα, διὰ δὲ τὸ παραταθῆναι εἰς μακρὸν τὸν τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς καιρὸν καὶ ἄνανδρον μεῖναι μέχρι πολλοῦ, οὕτως ἐκλήθη, ²ὡς ἔστι συμβαλεῖν τοῦτο ἀπὸ τῆς ἐτυμολογίας τοῦ ὀνόματος· ³ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου [καὶ] τοῦ λέκτρον ἡ κοίτη. —Gu

TRANSLATION: Some report that Electra was at first called Iphianassa, but because the period of her maidenhood was long drawn out and she remained without a husband for a long time she was called thus, as this can be inferred from the etymology of the name. For (it is formed) from the alpha-privative particle and ‘lektron’ meaning ‘marriage-bed’.

APP. CRIT.: 3 καὶ lost to cut margin

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.41,14–19

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 24.01 (vet exeg) ἄρσην τ’ Ὀρέστης: τὸ ἄρσην Ὁμηρικῶς, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Od. 1.1] ‘ἄνδρα μοι ἔννεπε Μοῦσα’. —MOVCAaMnRS

TRANSLATION: The word ‘arsēn’ (‘male’) is used in Homeric fashion, as (seen in) the phrase ‘Muse, speak of the man’.

LEMMA: C(ὀρέστην), Aa ([ἀρ(?)]ση τ’ ὀρέστην) POSITION: marg. MR, intermarg. C, s.l. VS; in block before play Aa

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἄρσην om. V | ἄρσην τ’ M | τὸ] τὸν C

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔνεπε MVMn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.100,3–4

COMMENT: This note seems to allude to the discussions of the sense of ἄνδρα in Od. 1.1 (whether it should be taken as ‘brave’ or ‘man (= male rather than female)’).

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | Ὁμηρικός/Ὁμηρικῶς

Or. 24.03 (rec gram) ⟨ἄρσην⟩: Αἰολικῶς —Rf^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αἰολικ() Rf^r, which could alternatively be αἰολικόν (but see next)

Or. 24.04 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἄρσην⟩: ἄρρην μὲν κοινὸν ἄρσην δὲ Αἰολικῶς τροπῇ τοῦ ρ εἰς σ ὡς τὸ πυρρὸς πυρσὸς καὶ θαρρῶ θαρσὸς. —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu

COMMENT: This and the previous note reflect a strange view (or confusion). The standard doctrine is that ‑ρρ‑ forms are Attic vs. the common ‑ρσ‑ forms (e.g. Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. θαρσῆσαι, Thom. Mag., ecl. voc. attic. 175,10–14 Ritschl s.v. θαρρῶ). The shift of rho to sigma is nowhere else (to my current knowledge) described as Aeolic.

Or. 24.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνοσιωτάτης⟩: διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν καὶ τὸν φόνον —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 25.01 (25–26) (pllgn paraphr) ἥτις ἀπέκτεινεν τὸν πόσιν καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν ἑαυτῆς δηλόνοτι τῷ ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσα ὑφάσματι. —C²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐαυτῆς C²

Or. 25.09 (vet exeg) ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι: ¹ἡ γὰρ Κλυταιμνήστρα χιτῶνα ὕφανεν οὔτε ταῖς χερσὶν οὔτε τῇ κεφαλῇ ἔκδυσιν ἔχοντα, ²ὅπως μὴ Ἀγαμέμνων ἀμύνασθαι δύναιτο τοὺς φονεύοντας. —MBVCAaMlR^b1R^b2RfRwS

TRANSLATION: For Clytemnestra wove a chiton that had no opening either for the hands or for the head, so that Agamemnon would be unable to ward off his killers.

LEMMA: MC, ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσα R^b2, ἣ πόσιν ἀπείρω BVAaMlRf(ἢ VAaRf), ἣ δὲ πόσιν ἀπείρω S, ω πόσιν ἀπείρω Rw (ω sic Rw)^r REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b2Rf POSITION: marg. M; R^b1 preposed to sch. 23.02, with a ref. to 23; R^b2 in the normal sequence; follows 25.10 MlS; follows sch. 28.13 Rw; follows 22.03 Aa, in block before play

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κλυτεμν‑ M | ἔκδησιν Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.100,5–7; Dind. II.42,1–3

Or. 25.10 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ χιτῶνι. ²ἄπειρον ὃ οὐκ ἦν διαπερᾶσαι χερσὶν ἢ κεφαλῇ, ὥσπερ ἄπειρον δίκτυόν φασιν. ³καὶ Αἰσχύλος δέ φησιν [Aesch. TrGF fr. 365 Radt]· ‘ἀμήχανον τέχνημα καὶ δυσέκδυτον’. ⁴καλῶς δὲ τὸ πόσιν· εἰ γὰρ εἶπε τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα, δι’ ἑαυτὴν ἐδόκει ἂν κατηγορεῖν τῆς μητρός. —MCAaMlR^aR^bRf^bRwS, partial BVRf^a

TRANSLATION: (Woven garment) meaning chiton. ‘Apeiros’ meaning that which it was impossible to pass through with hands or head, as people speak of a (fishing or hunting) net as ‘apeiros’. And Aeschylus too says ‘an artful device impossible to deal with and hard to get out of’. Well-chosen here the word husband (‘posin’): for if she had said ‘my father’ she would have seemed to accuse her mother on her own behalf.

LEMMA: MC(om. καὶ)R^b(add. ἢ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ), ἢ πόσιν ἀπείρω AaMlS REF. SYMBOL: Ml POSITION: marg. M; cont. from prev. BRf^aRw(add. δὲ); Rf^b later in block, in disordered series, between sch. 21.02 and 28.02; between 24.01 and 22.03 Aa, in block before play; precedes prev. in MlS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.100,8–12; Dind. II.42,3–7

COMMENT: Compare Joannes Philoponus, in Aristot. Physic., CAG 16:390,19–21 ὥσπερ καὶ τὸν κύκλον ἄπειρόν φαμεν τῷ μὴ ἔχειν πέρατα, καὶ ‘χιτῶνα ἄπειρόν’ φασι τὸν μὴ ἔχοντα διαίρεσιν, ‘ἣ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι’; Et. Magn. 120,445–50 s.v. ἄπειρος: ὁ μὲν ἀμαθὴς, παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν πεῖραν· ὁ δὲ μέγας, παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν πέρας, ἄπερος καὶ ἄπειρος. λέγει δὲ Ὦρος, ὅτι σημαίνει χιτῶνα διέξοδον μὴ ἔχοντα, ὡς παρὰ Σοφοκλεῖ ἐν Πολυξένῃ, ‘χιτών σ’ ἄπειρος ἐνδυτήριος κακῶν’, καὶ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ἐν Ὀρέστῃ, ‘ἣ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι’.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aeschylus | καλῶς (in praise of poet’s or character’s use of a word or phrase)

Or. 25.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: διὰ τὸ μήτε ταῖς χερσὶ μήτε τῇ κεφαλῇ ἔκδυσιν ἔχειν, ᾧ πέρας οὐκ ἦν —Pr

APP. CRIT.: ταῖς] τοῖς Pr

Or. 25.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: διὰ τὸ μήτε ταῖς χερσὶ μήτε τῇ κεφαλῇ ἔκδυσιν ἔχειν ὡς παρ’ Αἰσχύλῳ —Y^r

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 25.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: μὴ ἔχοντι διεξόδους κεφαλῆς καὶ χειρῶν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Apeirōi’, ‘limitless’, here means) ‘not having openings for the head and arms’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: διεξ. ἔχοντι transp. Gu | διέξοδον T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.41,22–23

Or. 25.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: ἀπεράστῳ, πέρας καὶ διέξοδον μὴ ἔχοντι —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 25.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: τροπικὴ λ(έξις)· ἀπεράντῳ, ἀπλέτῳ —Pr

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: very faint, abbrev. obscure; cannot rule out τροπικὴ (or ‑ὼς with incorrect accent?) λ(έγεται)

KEYWORDS: τροπικός/τροπικῶς

Or. 25.27 (pllgn gram) ⟨περιβαλοῦσ’⟩: ὡς τὸ περίβαλε τὸν ἅγιον τοῖς δεσμοῖς —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: No parallel for this phrase in TLG texts.

COLLATION NOTES: Cross prefixed Gu.

Or. 25.32 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑφάσματι⟩: περιβολ(ῇ)· τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ περιβολή —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: περιβολ() Pr

Or. 25.33 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὑφάσματι⟩: ὕφασμα τὸ ὑφανθέν —Zm

POSITION: marg.

Or. 26.01 (26–27) (rec rhet) τὸ παρὰ τοῖς ῥήτορσιν λεγόμενον παράλειψις καὶ παρασιώπησις —Sa

TRANSLATION: The (schema) called among the rhetors ‘paraleipsis’ (leaving out, omission) or ‘parasiōpēsis’ (refraining from stating).

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: παράληψις Sa

KEYWORDS: παράλειψις | παρασιώπησις

Or. 26.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔκτεινεν⟩: ἐφονεύθη ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων ὡς [3–4 letters] βοῦς ἐπὶ φάτνης —Mn

POSITION: in lower margin of fol. 10 (Or. 30–41)

APP. CRIT.: damage, perhaps either ἤγετ() or ὅμηρ(ος), but neither seems fully compatible with the traces

COMMENT: Cf. Od. 4.535, 11.411, ὥς τίς τε κατέκτανε βοῦν ἐπὶ φάτνῃ. In later Greek the genitive is common in the phrase βοῦς ἐπὶ φάτνης.

Or. 26.04 (mosch paraphr) ὧν δ’ ἕκατι: ἤγουν ὧν χάριν ἔκτεινε δηλονότι, οὐ καλὸν ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ λέγειν παρθένῳ οὔσῃ —XaXbT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l., except T

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν and δηλονότι and ἐστὶν om. G

Or. 26.05 (pllgn exeg) ¹ὧν δὲ τρόπων χάριν ἐφόνευσε τοῦτον οὐ καλὸν καὶ οὐ σεμνὸν πρᾶγμα ὑπάρχει λέγειν ἐμοὶ τῇ παρθένῳ. ²ἐῶ τοῦτο ἄλεκτον ἐν τῷ κοινῷ ὥστε σκοπεῖν καὶ νοεῖν τοῦτο. ³πάντες γὰρ ἐγίνωσκον τὴν μοιχείαν. —Y²Yf

TRANSLATION: ‘And to say because of what traits (of her behavior) she murdered this man is a thing not decent and not dignified for me, a virgin. I leave this detail unspoken in public, for people to consider and identify this.’ (She says this) because everyone knew of the adultery.

POSITION: marg. Y²

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

Or. 26.22 (thom exeg) ⟨παρθένον⟩: οὐ γὰρ προσήκει παρθένοις μοιχείας καὶ μιασμάτων ἀνόμων μεμνῆσθαι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For it is not proper for maidens to mention adultery and unlawful acts of impurity.

POSITION: s.l., except T

APP. CRIT. 2: παρθένοις] θένοις Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.42,8–9

COLLATION NOTES: Zm does not omit ἀνόμων (contra Günther) 1995: 301.

Or. 27.09 (rec rhet) ἀσαφὲς: κατὰ παράλειψιν ἀγνώριστον καὶ κατὰ παρασιώπησιν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: παράληψιν Mn

KEYWORDS: παράλειψις | παρασιώπησις

Or. 27.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐν κοινῷ σκοπεῖν⟩: παρὰ τοῖς κοινοῖς ὥστε καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 28.01 (thom rhet) προδιόρθωσις —ZmGu

POSITION: marg. Zm; above 29 πείθει Gu

KEYWORDS: προδιόρθωσις

Or. 28.02 (vet exeg) Φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν μέν: ¹ἐν ἤθει ταῦτα· ²φησὶ μὲν γὰρ οὐ κατηγορήσειν τοῦ θεοῦ, ³ὅμως γε μὴν ὕστερον ὑπερπαθήσασα καταβοᾷ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ⁴καὶ δι’ ὧν ἐδόκει μὴ κατὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος λέγειν, διὰ τούτων ἐλέγχεται αὐτοῦ κατηγοροῦσα. —MBVCMlR^aR^bRf^aRf^bS

TRANSLATION: These words she says ironically. For she says she will not accuse the god, but nevertheless later on becoming very distressed she decries Apollo, and through the very words in which she seemed not to speak against Apollo she is proven to be accusing him.

LEMMA: MBCR^a(μὲν om.)R^b, φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν V(φοίφου)R^aRf^a(τ’)Rw, ἀδικίαν Rf^b, φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν μέντοι δεῖ κατηγορεῖν Ml, ἀδικίαν τί δεῖ λέγειν S REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlR^aR^b POSITION: follows sch. 10.11 RwSa, follows sch. 25.10 (Rf^a version) Rf^a, (Rf^b version) Rf^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 κατὰ βοᾶ Ml | ἀπόλλωνος] ἀπώλλωνος a.c. R^b, ἀπόλλονος S | 4 ἐλέγχθηται Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.100,13–16; Dind. II.42,18–21

KEYWORDS: ἐν ἤθει

Or. 28.03 (rec exeg) ¹ἐν ἤθει ταῦτα· ²ὅμως δι’ ὧν δοκεῖ μὴ κατηγορεῖν ἐλέγχεται κατηγοροῦσα τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος. —Pr

KEYWORDS: ἐν ἤθει

Or. 28.04 (pllgn exeg) ¹τὴν δὲ ἀδικίαν τοῦ Φοίβου τί δεῖ κατηγορεῖν; ²ὁ γὰρ Φοῖβος προσέταξε φονεῦσαι τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν, ἔκτοτε δὲ οὐκ ἐβοήθησέ τι τὸν Ὀρέστην. ³ὅμως δὲ οὐ πρέπον ἐστὶ κατηγορεῖν τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα εἰς ὅπερ ἔπραξεν. —Y²Yf²

TRANSLATION: What need is there to condemn the injustice of Phoebus? For Phoebus ordered the killing of Clytemnestra, but thereafter he did not give any aid to Orestes. But nevertheless it is not proper to condemn Apollo for what he did.

POSITION: s.l. Y²

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὴν δὲ … κατηγορεῖν om. Y² | τι om. Y² | 3 πρέπον ἐστὶ Y², πρέπει Yf²

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἔπραξε Yf²

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

Or. 28.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ Φοῖβον ὑπολαμβάνειν ἄδικον —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 28.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨Φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν⟩: ὡς τὸ κατηγορῶ σου ἀμαθίαν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 28.07 (pllgn rhet) ⟨Φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν⟩: κατὰ παράλειψιν —V²

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: παράλειψις

Or. 28.09 (rec gram) ⟨Φοίβου⟩: φα⟨ο⟩βίου —Pr

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: φοιβίου s.l. Pr

COMMENT: Cf. Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. Φοῖβος, παρὰ τὸ φάος ὃ δηλοῖ τὴν λαμπρότητα, φαόβιος, φοίβιος, καὶ συγκοπῇ φοῖβος, ὁ λαμπρότοξος.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 28.13 (vet paraphr) τί δεῖ κατηγορεῖν: ¹τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἦν· ²ὁ δὲ Ἀπόλλων οὐκ ἄδικος μέν, ὅμως πείθει Ὀρέστην ἀποκτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα. —MBVCMlR^aR^bRfRwS

TRANSLATION: The (simple) word order was: Apollo is not unjust, to be sure; nevertheless he persuades Orestes to kill his mother.

LEMMA: MC REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M; cont. from 28.02 BVMlR^bRfRwS (add. δὲ all except S)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.100,17–18; Dind. II.42,21–43,1

Or. 28.14 (thom exeg) ⟨τί δεῖ κατηγορεῖν⟩: ¹οὐ γὰρ παρὰ θεοῖς ἀδικία. ²ἀγαθῶν γὰρ δωτῆρές εἰσι. ³τοῦτο δὲ λέγει ὥσπερ δυσχεραίνουσα διὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μανίαν· ⁴δοκεῖ γὰρ τοῦτο λογιζομένη, ὡς εἰ δικαίως παρὰ τοῦ Φοίβου ὁ τῆς μητρός φόνος ἐθεσπίσθη Ὀρέστῃ, οὐκ ἔδει τοῦτον μανῆναι θεῷ ὑπακούσαντα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For there is no injustice in the gods. For they are givers of good things. But she says this as if disgruntled because of the madness of her brother. For she seems to be reasoning thus, that if the murder of his mother was justly proclaimed in an oracle to Orestes by Phoebus, then he should not have gone mad after obeying a god.

REF. SYMBOL: Zb(to ἀδικίαν)ZlZmT POSITION: s.l. ZZa; 1–2 s.l., 3–4 in marg. T

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἰσίν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.43,4–8

COLLATION NOTES: Zl barely legible in parts.

Or. 28.15 (mosch exeg) ⟨τί⟩: κατὰ τί, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδέν —XXaXbT⁺YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION: ‘In what respect?’, equivalent to ‘not at all’.

POSITION: s.l. except X, which also has κατὰ alone s.l

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδέν om. Zc | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.43,8

Or. 28.19 (mosch gram) ⟨κατηγορεῖν⟩: ¹κατηγορεῖ τὸ σκυλάκιον τὸ προελθὸν πρῶτον τῆς μητρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ἀντὶ τοῦ δεικνύει ἐν ἑαυτῷ. ²κατηγορεῖν καὶ τὸ κατά τινος ἀγορεύειν. ³καὶ ἔχει τὴν σύνταξιν ἀπὸ γενικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικὴν, οἷον κατηγορῶ σου φόνον, κατηγορῶ σου ἀδικίαν. ⁴καὶ ἔστι μὲν ἡ τετελεσμένη σύνταξις αὐτοῦ αὕτη. ⁵ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ μετὰ γενικῆς μόνης λέγεται. ⁶τὸ τοιοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις συμβαίνει πλείστοις. ⁷οἷον τὸ προσέχω ἐντελῶς λεγόμενον ἐν τῷ λόγῳ ἔχει καὶ τὸν νοῦν, οἷον προσέχω τὸν νοῦν τοῖς λεγομένοις. ⁸λέγεται δὲ καὶ προσέχω τοῖς λεγομένοις χωρὶς ἐκείνου. ⁹καὶ τὸ φθονῶ ἐντελῶς μὲν ἔχον τῆς συντάξεως ἀπὸ δοτικῆς εἰς γενικὴν συντάσσεται οἷον φθονῶ σοι τοῦδε. ¹⁰λέγεται δὲ καὶ φθονῶ σοι μόνον καὶ ἔτι φθονῶ τῆς σῆς ἀρετῆς. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The first pup that emerges from his mother accuses (‘katēgorei’) the father, in the sense ‘makes obvious in itself’. ‘Katēgorein’ also means to speak against someone. And it governs syntax with the genitive shifting to the accusative, for example, ‘I accuse you (genitive) of murder (accusative)’, ‘I accuse you (genitive) of injustice (accusative)’. And this is the complete form of the syntax of it. But sometimes it is used with the genitive alone. This sort of usage occurs also in very many other instances. For example, ‘prosechō’ (‘I apply’) when it is spoken in its complete form of syntax has also ‘the mind’ (‘ton noun’) in the phrase, as in ‘I apply my mind to (pay attention to) what is being said’. But there is also the expression ‘I attend to (‘prosechō) what is being said’ without that (‘ton noun’). Also, ‘phthonō’ (‘I envy, begrudge’) when in its full syntax is construed with the dative shifting to the genitive, as in ‘I begrudge you (dative) this thing (genitive)’. But there is also the expression ‘I begrudge you (dative)’ alone and furthermore ‘I am envious of your virtue (genitive)’.

LEMMA: τί δεῖ κατηγορεῖν G

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 κατηγορῶ] κατηγοροῦ Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.43,9–20

COMMENT: For the first point, κατηγορεῖν as proving paternity by similarity, cf. Arist. Byz., historiae animalium epitome 2.182 [CAG suppl. 1.1] ὁ κύων πολλὰ μὲν τίκτει σκυλάκια, τὸ δὲ πρῶτον προελθὸν τῆς ὠδῖνος ὁμοιότατόν ἐστι τοῦ πατρός. ἔοικε γὰρ ἡ φύσις προτιμᾶν τὰ κρείττονα; Aelian, de natura animalium 9.5 ἡ κύων εἰ καὶ πολλὰ τίκτει σκυλάκια, ἀλλὰ γοῦν τὸ πρῶτον τῆς μητρὸς προελθὸν καὶ τῆς ὠδῖνος πρεσβύτατον ὂν κατηγορεῖ τὸν πατέρα ἐκείνῳ γοῦν ὁμοιότατον τίκτεται πάντως, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα ὡς ἂν τύχῃ. ἔοικε δὲ φιλοσοφεῖν ἐν τῷδε ἡ φύσις, προτιμῶσα τοῦ ὑποδεχομένου τὸ σπεῖρον; Sch. Ael. ad loc. (Meliadò) κατηγορῶ σοῦ τόδε καὶ κατηγορεῖ τὸ σκυλάκιον τὸ προελθὸν πρῶτον τῆς μητρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ἤγουν δεικνύει ἐν ἑαυτῷ.

Or. 29.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨σφ’⟩: σφίν καὶ νίν καὶ μίν ἐπὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις πτώσεσιν οὐχ εὑρίσκονται. —Lp

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: πτώσαισιν Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.43,22–23

Or. 30.04 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας … φέρον⟩: ⟨κατὰ⟩ μετάληψιν, ποιῆσαι πρᾶγμα —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κατὰ add. Mastr.

COMMENT: κατὰ μετάληψιν is apparently ‘by change of construction’, referring to the inferring of the different infinitive ποιῆσαι to explain how the neuter ἔχον can follow κτεῖναι. What we would call an internal accusative in apposition to the sentence had to be explained in different terms by ancient and medieval teachers.

KEYWORDS: μετάληψις/μεταλαμβάνειν

Or. 30.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας … φέρον⟩: τὸ δὲ κτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα, οὐκ ἄλλο τι, ἀλλὰ ἔργον τοιοῦτον —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 30.06 (vet exeg) πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας: ¹οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπῄνουν αὐτόν, οἱ δὲ οὔ. ²διὸ τὸ πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας εἶπεν. —MVCPr^bR^b, partial OAbPr^aR^aSSa

TRANSLATION: For some people were praising him and others were not. Therefore he said ‘in the eyes of not all’.

LEMMA: CR^aR^bS, πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας εὔκλειαν φέρον Pr^b; REF. SYMBOL: ref. MR^b POSITION: s.l. VAbSa, marg. MR^aS; cont. from sch. 28.03 Pr^a, follows displaced sch. 21.02 Pr^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐπῄουν app. R^a | 2 εἶπε Pr^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.100,19–20; Dind. II.43,24–25

Or. 30.07 (vet exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας δὲ εὔκλειαν φέρων εἴρηκεν ἐπειδὴ οἱ μὲν ἐπῄνουν αὐτὸν, οἱ δὲ οὔ. —BVRf

TRANSLATION: And he said ‘bearing good repute not in the eyes of all’ since some people were praising him and others were not.

POSITION: cont. from 28.03 all

APP. CRIT.: φέρων V, φε() B, φέρειν Rf | ὁ μὲν Rf |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.42,1–3

Or. 30.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: οὐχ ὑπὸ πάντων ἐπαινούμενον —AaPcPrMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ‑μενος Pr |

Or. 30.09 (thom exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: οὐ γὰρ ἅπαντες ἀποδέχονται τοῦτο, ἀλλ’ οἱ μέν, οἱ δ’ οὔ. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For not everyone approves this, but some do and some do not.

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l., except marg. T

APP. CRIT.: ἐπιδέχ. ZbZl, ἀπεδέχοντο T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.43,26

Or. 30.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπῄνουν ⟨αὐ⟩τὸν ὡς καλῶς πράξαντα, οἱ δὲ οὐδαμῶς. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 30.14 (vet exeg) εὐκλείαν φέρον: ¹ἐκτατέον τὸ α̅ τοῦ εὐκλεία Ἀττικῶς. || ²ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκλείαν φέροντος, τοῦ κτεῖναι δηλονότι. —MVCR^b

TRANSLATION: The alpha of ‘eukleia’ is to be scanned as long, in the Attic manner. || (The accusative ‘pheron’, ‘bringing’, is used) instead of (genitive) ‘bringing good repute’—the act of killing, that is (also in the genitive, to be understood as the subject of ‘bringing’).

LEMMA: M(φέρων app., ambig. abbrev.)C REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. V, marg. M; cont. from 30.06 VR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 εὔκλεια MC | 2 εὔκλειαν MCR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.100,21–22; Dind. II.43,26–28

COMMENT: Following a personal communication from Maria Broggiato, I am returning to the punctuation of this scholion as first published by Dindorf, with Ἀττικῶς as the end of the first sentence rather than the beginning of the second sentence, as Schwartz presented it. In the manuscripts that carry the first phrase, MVR^b have no punctuation and no extra space either before or after ἀττικῶς; C has punctuation after its ἀττικὸν. In the version of AbPr (next), ἀττικὸν is explicitly applied to φέρον in Pr, and truncation in Ab leaves ἀττικῶς as the first word in the explanation of φέρον. Since MC also have ἀττικὸν or ‑ῶς after φέροντος, one wonders whether the word was applied to both phenomena that attracted comment, but the second was lost in a conflation of two notes. | On the long alpha (which can be regarded as Attic), see Eratosthenes apud Photius ε 2227 εὐκλεία καὶ τὰ ὅμοια· μακρὰ ἡ τελευταία καὶ παροξύνεται, ὥσπερ καὶ Ἐρατοσθένης ἐν ιβʹ Περὶ ⟨κωμῳδίας⟩ (fr. 47 Strecker) [= 43 F 11 Bagordo; see now also Broggiato’s Eratosthenica]. As for the ‘Attic’ status of the accusative, it appears that, lacking the concept of internal accusative or accusative in apposition to the infinitive, the grammarian views the acc. participle as absolute, an ‘Attic’ variation on the gen. absolute.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 30.14a (rec exeg) ⟨εὐκλείαν φέρον⟩: ¹τὸ δὲ φέρον ἀττικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκλείαν φέροντος, τοῦ κτεῖναι δηλονότι. —AbPr

TRANSLATION: The (accusative) ‘bringing’ (‘pheron’) is Attic usage instead of (genitive) ‘bringing good repute’—the act of killing, that is (also in the genitive, to be understood as the subject of ‘bringing’).

POSITION: marg. Ab; cont. from sch. 30.06 Pr (Pr^b version)

APP. CRIT.: τὸ δὲ φέρον Ἀττικὸν] ἀττικῶς Ab | ἀντὶ … δηλονότι] ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκλείαν ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκλείαν τὸ κτεῖναι (sic) Ab

COMMENT: See comment on previous.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 30.15 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐκλείαν φέρον⟩: Ἀττικῶς εὐκλείαν, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκλείαν φέρον τὸ κτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα —Pr

TRANSLATION: In the Attic manner, ‘eukleian’ (with long alpha); equivalent to ‘the killing of his mother bringing good repute’.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 30.14.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 30.22 (rec exeg) ⟨φέρον⟩: τὸ πρᾶγμα· ἢ Ὀρέστης —MlMnPcRS

LEMMA: φέρον in text MnPc, φέρων in text MlRS, s.l. Pc POSITION: s.l., except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: τὸ πρᾶγμα] οὐ πρύμ() app. Ml | ἢ] ἤγουν ὁ Pc

APP. CRIT. 2: πράγμα S

COMMENT: The nominative interpretation implies punctuation after κτεῖναι (R has a comma; PcZu have a dot, but also the same at the end of 30); compare perhaps the paraphrase in O, sch. 31.01.

Or. 30.29 (rec gram) ⟨φέρον⟩: τί ἐστι μεταπλασμός; λῆξις λέξεως εἴς τι συγγενὲς τελικόν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: What is ‘metaplasmos’? It is the termination of a word in some kindred ending.

COMMENT: The term is often applied to gender variation like μῆρα/μηροί, λύχνα/λύχνοι. Here it must refer to the interpretation of φέρον as used for φέρων (or φέρων for φέρον if the author of the comment had φέρων in his text). The definition is close to Eust. in Il. 1.104 (I.94, 2–4) ἔστι γὰρ μεταπλασμὸς μετάθεσις καὶ μετασχηματισμὸς λήξεως λέξεως εἰς ἕτερον συγγενὲς τελικόν (cf. Et. Symeonis ε 136 Baldi).

KEYWORDS: μεταπλασμός

Or. 31.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅμως δ’ ἀπέκτειν’⟩: καίπερ οὐκ ἐπαινούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὄμως —O

Or. 31.02 (rec exeg) ὅμως δ’ ἀπέκτειν’: καίπερ οὐχ ὑπὸ πάντων ἐπαινούμενος —CMlR^aR^bS

LEMMA: R^a(δὲ, ‑κτεινεν)R^b POSITION: intermarg. C; run on from sch. 28.13 MlR^aS

APP. CRIT.: ὅμως prep. MlR^aR^bS | οὐχ ὑπὸ] οὐχὶ ὑπὸ MlS, οὐχὶ R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐχ’ C

Or. 31.03 (rec gram) ⟨ὅμως δ’ ἀπέκτειν’⟩: μονόσχημον· ἀπὸ γὰρ αἰτιατικῆς μετέπεσεν εἰς εὐθεῖαν. —S

TRANSLATION: Monoschemic; for he shifted from the accusative to the nominative.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: μονόσχημον is of uncertain meaning, and there is another uncertain use in sch. 314.06 (see comment there). The word appears in rhetorical texts with the meaning ‘uniform’ (usually implying ‘monotonous’) or, with reference to the hexameter, indicating a line in which the first five feet are all dactyls or all spondees. Apollonius Dyscolus uses μονοσχημάτιστος of the uninflected impersonal δεῖ or λείπει and his commentators use it of other uninflected words. Therefore, here it may indicate ‘indeclinable’ on the theory that φέρον in 30 is an indeclinable form agreeing with Ὀρέστης. Compare sch. 30.22, perhaps sch. 30.28, 30.30 (also sch. 30.08 with the variant ἐπαινούμενος in Pr). Or it may mean ‘unusual, unique in construction’ as perhaps in 314.06.

KEYWORDS: μονόσχημον

Or. 32.00 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἀγὼ μέτεσχον … φόνου⟩: Ἤλέκτρα δηλονότι συγκροτήσασα, εἰ καὶ γυνὴ ὑπάρχω(?), τοῦ φόνου τῆς ἐμῆς μητρός —C²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 32.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μετέσχον⟩: συνεκοινώνησα διὰ λόγων δηλονότι —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 32.07 (vet exeg) οἷα δὴ γυνὴ φόνου: ¹ὥσπερ ἀδύνατος ἡ γυναικεία φύσις μεταλαβεῖν φόνου· ²οὐ γὰρ κεκοινώνηκε τοῦ φόνου Ἠλέκτρα, ³ὡς Ὀρέστης φησί [284]· ‘σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπένευσας τάδ’, εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοί’. —MBVCRf

TRANSLATION: As woman’s nature is unable to participate in murder. For Electra did not have a share in the killing, as Orestes says: ‘You encouraged this, but it was carried out by me’.

LEMMA: MC(φησὶ for φόνου)V, κἀγὼ μετέσχον οἷα δὴ γυνή B, (conflated with lemma of 52) ἐλπίδα δὲ δή τιν’ ἔσχομεν κἀγὼ μετέσχον Rf REF. SYMBOL: MBV; to 52 ἐλπίδα δὲ Rf POSITION: follows combined sch. 51.01 + 48.08 Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.101.1–3; Dind. II.44,1–3

KEYWORDS: women, nature or proper behavior of

Or. 32.08 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ζητεῖται, τί δήποτε ἀνωτέρω παρθένον ἑαυτὴν εἰρηκυῖα, ὅπου φησὶν [26] ²‘ὧν δ’ ἕκατι, παρθένῳ λέγειν οὐ καλόν’, ἐνταῦθα γυναῖκα ἑαυτὴν λέγει. ³λεκτέον δὲ ὅτι οἷα δὴ γυνή πρὸς τὸ θηλυκὸν γένος σκοπουμένη, ⁴ὡς οὐδὲν μὲν ἔπραξεν, ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἂν γυνή τις ἐργάσαιτο. —MBVCRf^aRf^bRw

TRANSLATION: The question is posed, why, having spoken of herself as a maiden above, where she says ‘and the reason why, it is not proper for a maiden to say’, does she here term herself a woman. One must say that (she here says) ‘like a woman’ with a view to the female sex in general, because she did not carry out any action, but did just so much as any woman might do.

LEMMA: M, οἷα δὴ γυνὴ φησὶ C (ἄλλως in marg.) POSITION: cont. from prev., add. δὲ, BVRf^b; Rf^a in normal sequence, Rf^b in out-of-sequence series on following page

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.101,4–8; Dind. II.44,4–8

KEYWORDS: ζητεῖται

Or. 32.09 (vet exeg) οἷα δὴ γυνὴ: ¹ὡς γυνὴ, συμβουλεύσασα, παραθαρρύνασα, ὑπομνήσασα τοῦ πατρός. ²οὐ γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονε τῆς μητρὸς, ἀλλὰ λόγοις παρώρμησε κατ’ αὐτῆς τὸν ἀδελφόν. ³τάχα δὲ διὰ τοῦ οἷα δὴ γυνή παρονειδίζει τῇ μητρί· ⁴ἐκείνη γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονε τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος οὐ κατὰ γυναῖκα. —MBVCMlR^aR^bRf^bS, partial Rf^a

TRANSLATION: As a woman, having counseled him, emboldened him, reminded him of his father. For she did not become the murderer of her mother by her own hand, but used words to arouse her brother against her. Perhaps by saying ‘as a woman’ she is indirectly reproaching her mother, for she did become the murderer of Agamemnon by her own hand, not (behaving) in the manner natural for a woman.

LEMMA: BCRf^b, ἰστέον αὐτὸ ἄλλως· οἷα δὴ γυνὴ V, ἄλλως M, in marg. B; κἀγὼ μετέσχον Ml(μετέσχων)R^aR^bRf^aS REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: Rf^a in normal sequence, Rf^b follows Rf^b version of 32.08 on following page

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 γέγονεν M | παρώρμισε B, παρώρμησεν MMl | 4 γέγονεν M, also V(om. τοῦ)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.101,9–13; Dind. II.44,8–12

Or. 32.10 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: ¹τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ θηλέως σκοπουμένη τοῦτο εἶπε· ²τοσοῦτον γάρ φησι κεκοινώνηκα, λόγῳ μόνῳ προσορμήσασα, ὅσον ἂν γυνὴ ἐργάσαιτο. —Pr

TRANSLATION: She said this with a view to the inability of the female, for, she says, having stirred him to action with speech only, I shared in the deed only to the extent that a woman might act.

Or. 32.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: ¹ὅσον δὴ δύνανται αἱ γυναῖκες εἰς φόνον πρᾶξαι, ὥσπερ ἀδύνατος ἡ γυναικεία φύσις μεταλαβεῖν φόνου. ²τοσοῦτον ἔπραξα ὅσον ἂν γυνή τις ἐργάσηται, συμβουλεύσασα, παραθαρρύνασα, ὑπομνήσασα τοῦ πατρός. ³οὐ γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονε κἀκείνη εἰς τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς, ἀλλὰ λόγοις παρώρμησε ἱσταμένη ἔξωθεν καὶ περισκοποῦσα. —Y²Yf²

TRANSLATION: As much as women are able to accomplish in regard to murder, since woman’s nature is unable to participate in murder. I did so much as a woman may do, having counseled him, emboldened him, reminded him of his father. For she did not also become the murderer of her mother by her own hand, but she stirred him to action with words, standing outside the house and looking around (as if on watch).

REF. SYMBOL: Y² POSITION: bottom marg. Y²

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὅσον δὲ Yf² | 3 κἀκείνω Yf²

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 γυνὴ τίς Y²Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.44,13–18

COMMENT: The author of this note is recalling Sophocles’ Electra.

KEYWORDS: Sophocles, Electra

Or. 32.12 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: συμβουλεύσασα· οὐ γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονα τῆς μητρός. —O

Or. 32.13 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: μετὰ αἰδοῦς ἑστῶσα καὶ πεφρικυῖα —AaAb²MlMnPrS

TRANSLATION: Standing in diffident hesitation and terrified.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Ab² | μεταδοὺς Aa, μ(ε)τ(α) αἰδῶ Ab², μεταδοῦσα Pr | καὶ om. Pr, καὶ πεφρ. om. Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστῶσα AaAb² | περιφρακυῖα Ml

KEYWORDS: women, nature or proper behavior of

Or. 32.14 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ αὐτοχείρως ἀλλὰ μετὰ συμβουλῆς —MnSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Mn

Or. 32.15 (mosch exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: καθὰ ἂν μετάσχοι γυνή —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: In the way that a woman might participate.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἂν] δὴ G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.44,18

Or. 32.16 (thom exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἀπέκτεινα ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνοι, ἀλλὰ συνεβούλευσα. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, I did not kill her, as they (Orestes and Pylades) did, but I counseled (them to do so).

POSITION: s.l.; misplaced over 31 Zl

APP. CRIT.: ἐκεῖνος ZZl

Or. 32.17 (pllgn rhet) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: ἐμφαντικὸν —Gu

TRANSLATION: Suggestive (expression).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐμφαντικὸν

Or. 32.21 (pllgn gram) ⟨φόνου⟩: μετέχω γενικῇ· μετέχω τοῦ πλόυτου —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 33.01 (vet exeg) Πυλάδης: ¹Φώκου παῖδες Κρῖσος καὶ Πανοπεύς. ²τούτων ὁ Κρῖσος ἔκτισε τὴν νῦν Κίρραν, τότε Κρῖσαν καλουμένην, ³καὶ παῖς αὐτῷ ἐξ Ἀντιφατείας τῆς Ναυβόλου Στρόφιος ἐγένετο, ⁴οὗ Ἀστυδάμεια καὶ Πυλάδης ἐκ Κυδραγόρας τῆς ἀδελφῆς Ἀγαμέμνονος. —MBVCR^bRf

TRANSLATION: The children of Phocus were Crisus and Panopeus. Of these, Crisus founded the place now called Cirra, but then called Crisa, and a son Strophius was born to him by Antiphateia daugher of Naubolus, and from Strophius (were born) Astydameia and Pylades by Kydragora the sister of Agamemnon.

LEMMA: BRf, Πυλάδης θ’M, Πυλάδης θ’ ὃς ἡμῖν CR^b, lemma Πυλάδης θ’ ὃς ἡμῖν συγκατείργασται τάδε V; marg. labels φῶκος and πυλάδης B⁴, label ἰστορία (sic) B^3b REF. SYMBOL: MBR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κρῖσος p.c. M, κρίσος R^b, κρίσσος BVCRf, app. κρῖσσος a.c. M | 2 κρῖσος M (accent corr. from acute), κρίσσος BVCRf [R^b] | ἔκτισεν M | Κρῖσαν] Dindorf, κρίσσαν all [R^b] | 3 στρόφίον B (uncertain whether both accents original or, if not, which was written first)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.101,14–17; Dind. II.44,20–45,3

COMMENT: The name Antiphateia is not extant other than in this scholion; the name Astydameia occurs elsewhere for various other figures: daughter of Amyntor and wife of Acastus (Peleus story), or daughter of Pelops, or of Phorbas, etc. Part of this genealogy appears in Hes. fr. 58 M–W (Phocus and Asterodeia parents of Crisus and Panopeus). For Crisa and Cirra, see Steph. Byz. s.v. Κρῖσα· πόλις Φωκίδος. Ἑκαταῖος Εὐρώπηι. ἀπὸ Κρίσου Φώκ⟨ου ὑ⟩ιοῦ. τὸ ἐθνικὸν Κρισαῖος καὶ Κρισαῖον πεδίον … τινὲς δὲ ⟨τὴν⟩ αὐτὴν τῆι Κίρραι φασί. Naubolus is elsewhere named as son of Ornytion and father of Iphitus. This and other Or. sch. are the only sources for Kydragora (instead of Anaxibia) as mother of Pylades. Anaxibia, in contrast, is the name of several mythological figures; as sister of Ag. and Men. she is mentioned several times in sch. on Or. (and Mantissa proverbiorum 2.94 [Paroem. Gr. II.772–773 Leutsch], closely related to sch. 5.01) and Eust. in Il. 2.591–602 (I.458,2). See also Paus. 2.29.4 Κρίσου δὲ ἦν ἀπόγονος τρίτος Πυλάδης, Στροφίου τε ὢν τοῦ Κρίσου καὶ Ἀναξιβίας ἀδελφῆς Ἀγαμέμνονος. Cf. sch. Or. 765 Ἀναξιβίαν τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀδελφὴν Στρόφιος ἔγημεν, ἐξ ἧς ἔφυσε τὸν Πυλάδην, ὅθεν ἀνεψιοὶ Ὀρέστης καὶ Πυλάδης, sch. Or. 1233 παρόσον ὁ Στρόφιος Ἀναξιβίαν {Κυδραγόρας} ἔγημε τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀδελφὴν, ἐξ ἧς ἐγένετο Πυλάδης, ὡς φησὶ Κράτης [the name may be corrupt]. ἢ ἐπεὶ ὁ Στροφίου πατὴρ Κρῖσος (M, κρίσος BRw, κρίσσος Mn, κρῖσσος changed to κρίσσος Rf) Ἀτρέως θυγατέρα ἐγάμει {αὐτὴν} τὴν Κυδραγόραν. Cf. sch. Thom. Or. 1552 τὸ Ἀτρεῖδαι ἢ διὰ μόνον τὸν Ὀρέστην λέγει, ἢ καὶ δι’ ἀμφοτέρους· φασὶ γὰρ ὡς ἡ τοῦ Πυλάδου μήτηρ Κυδραγόρα ἀδελφὴ ἦν Ἀγαμέμνονος. διὸ καὶ πρόσθεν φησὶν, ὦ συγγένεια πατρός.

Or. 33.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: Πυλάδης υἱὸς Ἀναξιβίας. ἡ Ἀναξιβία ἀδελφὴ Ἀγαμέμνονος. —R

POSITION: marg.

Or. 33.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: ὁ Πυλάδης ἐκ Κυδραγόρας τῆς ἀδελφῆς μὲν Ἀγαμέμνονος, Στροφίου δὲ γυναικός. —Pr

APP. CRIT.: γυναικός] θυγατρός Pr

Or. 33.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: Ἀναξιβία καὶ ὁ Ἀγαμέμνον καὶ ὁ Μενέλαος ἦσαν ἀδελφοί, ἐξ ἧς ὁ Πυλάδης. —Sa

POSITION: marg.

Or. 34.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐντεῦθεν⟩: ἐκ τούτου, μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι τὸν φόνον —ZuGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.45,18

Or. 34.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ … νόσῳ⟩: ἀγρίαν νόσον τὴν μανίαν λέγει. —Yf²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 34.20 (rec gram) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ⟩: οἱονεὶ μὴ ἐγειρομένῃ —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Apparently an etymology, as if ἄγριος were from ἀ‑ + ἐγειρω.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 34.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩: τήκω, ὁ μέλλων τήξω, ὁ ἀόριστος ἔτηξα, ὁ δεύτερος ἔτακο[ν], ὁ παθητικὸς ἐτάκην, ἡ μετοχὴ ὁ τακεὶς καὶ μετὰ τῆς σὺν προθέσεως συντακείς. λέγεται δὲ κυρίως ἐπὶ πίσσης κηροῦ καὶ χιόνος, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐρώντων. ἀ[πὸ] τούτου κατὰ μεταφορὰν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν νοσούντων καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅταν κατὰ μικρὸν ἀναλίσκωνται. —Pr²

TRANSLATION: ‘tēkō’, future ‘tēxō’, aorist ‘etēxa’, second aorist ‘etakon’, aorist passive ‘etakēn’, the participle ‘takeis’, and ‘suntakeis’ with the prefix ‘sun’. It is used properly of pitch, wax, and snow, and in application to those in love. From this use, metaphorically, it is also applied to those who are sick and to other things whenever they are expended/exhausted little by little.

POSITION: added at bottom of scholia column in space left blank by main scribe

COMMENT: Cf. Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. τακεὶς: ἐκ τοῦ τήκω, ὁ β ἀόριστος ἔτακον, ὁ παθητικὸς ἐτάκην, ἡ μετοχὴ ὁ τακείς. (The second aorist was app. invented by grammarians to etymologize the aorist passive form; ἔτακον not found outside of grammarians.) | For τήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ χίονος cf. Porphyrius, quaest. Hom. 1.125 Sodano; for addition of pitch and wax, cf. Eust. in Od. 8.522 [I.314,12], Sch. Aesch. Prom. 526b Herington, sch. Mosch. Hec. 433 τὸ τήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ χιόνος λέγεται καὶ κηροῦ καὶ τῶν κατ’ ὀλίγον ἀναλισκομένων, καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου ἐπὶ τῶν καταπιπτόντων ὑπὸ λύπης καὶ διαρρεομένων.

Or. 34.29 (pllgn gram) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩: ¹τὸ συντήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ δύο λέγεται πρὸς ἄλληλα μιγνύμενα, οἷον ἐπὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου· ²τούτων γὰρ τῶν δύο λυομένων εἰς ἓν συνέρχονται. ³ἀπὸ τούτου λέγεται καὶ ἐπὶ φιλίας ὅταν συγκραθῶσι τὰ ἤθη καὶ εἰς ἓν συναφθῶσι. —Zb²

TRANSLATION: ‘To be melted together’ is properly applied to two things mixed with each other, such as bronze and silver; for when these two are softened they come together into one substance. From this it is also used in connection with friendship whenever the character traits (of friends) are blended together and joined together into one.

REF. SYMBOL: Zb² POSITION: s.l.

Or. 34.31 (rec rhet) ⟨νόσῳ νοσεῖ⟩: παρήχησις τὸ σχῆμα. —AaMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ σχῆμα om. MnS

KEYWORDS: παρήχησις

Or. 34.32 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νόσῳ νοσεῖ⟩: οὐκ ἐνόσει σωφρονῶν ἀλλὰ μαινόμενος —Y²Yf²

POSITION: s.l. Y, marg. Yf

APP. CRIT.: συμφρονῶν Yf

Or. 35.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τλήμων⟩: παρὰ μὲν τῷ ποιητῇ τλήμων ὁ ὑπομονητικός, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς τραγικοῖς τλήμων ὁ δυστυχής. —MVCPrR^aR^b

TRANSLATION: In the poet (Homer) ‘tlēmōn’ is used of one who is capable of enduring (difficulties, pain), whereas in the tragedians ‘tlēmōn’ is used of one who is unfortunate.

LEMMA: ὀρέστης VCR^a REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: s.l. Pr; marg. M; after sch. 41.18 V

APP. CRIT.: μὲν om. MCPrR^a | δὲ om. R^a | second τλήμων om. CPrR^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.101,19–20; Dind. II.45,22–23

COLLATION NOTES: In V the note is in lighter ink, probably because pen was not re-inked rather than because it was added later than the previous note (the last word of 41.18 is equally light in appearance).

KEYWORDS: Homer | vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 35.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τλήμων⟩: ὁ δυστυχὴς παρὰ τοῖς τραγικοῖς, παρὰ δὲ τῷ ποιητῇ ὁ ὑπομονητικός. —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 35.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τλήμων⟩: ὁ καρτερικὸς ἢ ὁ δυστυχὴς —Pr

POSITION: between sch. 38.12 and 36.10 Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: καρτερηκὸς Pr

Or. 35.20 (rec gram) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ μένειν τὸ δέμας ἐκεῖ ἐν τοῖς στρώμασι —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 36.05 (rec exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: φόνου σταλαγμοὶ ἤτοι αἵματος —K

POSITION: in upper margin above column of which line 36 is first line

Or. 36.10 (vet exeg) τροχηλατεῖ: ¹κατεπείγει· ²οἷον μετὰ τροχοῦ καὶ ἁρμάτων ἐλαύνει. ³τρόχος γὰρ ὁ δρόμος. —MBOV^aV^bCPrR^bRwSa

TRANSLATION: Causes to hurry. As if to say drives with a wheel and chariot. For a race course is (called) a ‘trochos’.

LEMMA: MV^aCRw, αἷμα νιν τροχηλατεῖ V^b(νῦν)R^b REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. Sa; cont. from sch. 37.08 BV^a, prep. τροχηλατεῖ δὲ; V^b is a second version in lighter ink at end of sch. block on same page

APP. CRIT. 2: perhaps τρόχὸς V^a, τροχὸς V^bRwSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.101,21–22; Dind. II.45,25–26

COMMENT: Hesych. τ 1526 τροχηλατεῖ· ἐλαύνει; cf. Photius τ 607, Suda τ 1068, etc. τροχηλατεῖν: ἐλαύνειν

Or. 36.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: περικυκλεῖ δίκην τροχοῦ καὶ δρόμου καὶ ταχὺ κινεῖσθαι ποιεῖ —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 36.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ταχ(έως) κινεῖσθαι ποιεῖ ὧδε κἀκεῖσε δίκην τροχοῦ —B^3aLp

POSITION: marg. B^3a

APP. CRIT.: τάχ. κιν. ποιεῖ] ἤγουν ποιεῖ κινεῖσθαι Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.45,26–46,1

Or. 36.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: συστρέφει δίκην τροχοῦ —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l. MnS, marg. R

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Mn | συστρέφει transp. after MlMnS

APP. CRIT. 2: τροχοῦ] προχε Ml

Or. 36.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ταράσσει μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ δίκην τροχοῦ —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ταράσσει] δράσσει Sa | ποιεῖν Sa

Or. 36.21 (thom paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ἐλαύνει κινεῖ δίκην τροχοῦ —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐλαύνει om. Gu (already written by Gr) | κινεῖ om. ZaF

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.46,2

Or. 36.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ἤγουν δίκην τροχοῦ ἐλαύνει —L²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: app. τροχῆς L²

Or. 36.26 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ἤγουν ταράσσει καὶ παρακινεῖ δίκην τροχοῦ —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 36.27 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: καὶ δίκην τροχοῦ περιστρέφεται —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 37.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανίαισιν⟩: τὰς Ἐριννύας λέγει. —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 37.08 (vet exeg) ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς: ¹τὰς Ἐρινῦς. ²οὐκ ὀνομάζουσι δὲ, ἀλλ’ εὐφημιζόμενοι σεμνὰς θεὰς ἢ Εὐμενίδας καλοῦσιν. ³ὀνόματα δὲ τῶν Ἐρινύων Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα Ἀληκτώ. —MBVCCrR^bRfRwOx, partial Ab²Pr^aMlPr^bMnR^aS^aS^b

TRANSLATION: (Namely,) the Erinyes. And people do not refer to them by (their actual) name, but euphemistically they call them revered goddesses or Eumenides. And the names of the Erinyes are Tisiphone, Megaera, Alecto.

LEMMA: MBCPr^aRf, ὀνομάζειν δ’ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς V, ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι R^b, 38 εὐμενίδας MlRwS^a REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: marg. Ab²R^a, s.l. S^b; follows sch. 39.09 C, sch. 38.13 MlS^a, follows sch. 33.01 BRf; run on after truncated sch. 5.01 CrOx; Pr^a on prev. page, Pr^b first on page that begins with 37

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.102.1–3; Dind. II.46,4–6

COMMENT: In a couple of verse passages (trimeters in Lucian, Podagra 6; hexameters in a couple of late hymns) Ἀλληκτώ is guaranteed by the meter, and ἀλλ‑ is in MB here. Prose attestations, however, including in many scholia, use the spelling Ἀληκτώ, which I have preferred here, despite MB. See also sch. 27.09, 27.22, 38.01, 38.07, 238.07, 256.04, 323.15. | Cf. garbled addition to sch. 46.02 in Rf.

COLLATION NOTES: Schw. wrongly records V as having καὶ after μέγαιρα.

KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός

Or. 37.09 (rec exeg) ¹τρεῖς εἰσὶ θεαὶ τιμωρητικαὶ· ²Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα Ἀληκτώ, αἵτινες Ἐριννύες λέγονται. —PcR

POSITION: at bottom of fol. 44r (after arg. 2d) R, in bottom margin of 49r (under arg. 2c) Pc

APP. CRIT.: 1 τιμωρικαὶ R | 2 μάχαιρα καὶ ἀλεκτώ Pc

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐρυννυ(ες), αι above ες abbrev. Pc

COMMENT: τιμωρητικαί (sometimes with δαίμονες or θεαί or δυνάμεις) is applied to the Erinyes in several lexica and scholia, but not earlier. The juncture may have arisen in a Christian context.

Or. 37.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς⟩: ¹τουτέστιν εὐλαβοῦμαι λέγειν ὅτι αἱ Εὐμενίδες ἤγουν αἱ Ἐριννύες ποιοῦσιν αὐτὸν μαίνεσθαι, ²αἳ τοῦτον ἐξαμιλλῶνται καὶ ἐλαύνουσιν ἐν φόβῳ. ³ἔστι δὲ σχῆμα τὸ κατὰ παράλειψιν. ⁴ὃ γὰρ ηὐλαβεῖτο λέγειν εἴρηκεν. ⁵οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ οὕτω νοοῦσιν· ⁶αἰδοῦμαι τὰς Εὐμενίδας λέγειν θεάς, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐλαβοῦμαι λέγειν αὐτὰς εἶναι τοῦ θείου γένους ὡς κακῶν παρεκτικάς. ⁷οὓς αὐτὸς χαίρειν ἔα ὡς ὑπερβάλλοντας ἀναισθησίᾳ. ⁸εἶπε δὲ τὸ ἐξαμιλλῶνται ἐπειδὴ οἱ ἀγωνιζόμενοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐν γυμνασίοις ἄνω καὶ κάτω στρέφονται τοῖς ἀγωνίσμασιν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu, partial Ox²

TRANSLATION: That is, I hesitate to say that the Eumenides, that is, the Erinyes, who make him race and drive him in terror, cause him to be insane. This is the schema of ‘paraleipsis’ (leaving out, omission). For that which she was hesitating to say she has said. Most understand this line as follows: I shrink from calling the Eumenides goddesses, meaning I shrink from saying that they are of the divine race because they produce bad things. As for yourself, dismiss these interpreters as being surpassingly tasteless. And she (or he, the poet) said ‘make him race’ because those competing with each other in athletic exercises turn themselves upwards and downwards in their contests.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa to 38 εὐμενίδας; ZmT to ὀνομάζειν, Zb to αἰδοῦμαι]

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ποιοῦσι Ox² | 4 ἤρηκεν Za | 4 εὐλαβεῖτο ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.46.8–15

COMMENT: For the rejected interpretation, cf. gloss εἶναι in R, sch. 37.25.

COLLATION NOTES: Some words lost in Zl because margin trimmed. Günther misreports Zm as having ἀναισθησίας: above iota is a small alpha and the acute accent.

KEYWORDS: παράλειψις

Or. 37.11 (rec rhet) ⟨ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς⟩: κατὰ παράλειψιν σχῆμα —V

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: παράλειψις

Or. 37.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὀνομάζειν⟩: λέγειν τροχηλατεῖν τοῦτον —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 37.15 (thom gram) ⟨ὀνομάζειν⟩: ὄνομα ἡ λέξις καὶ ὀνομάζειν τὸ λέγειν. —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l. Gu; marg. Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.46,7

Or. 37.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεὰς⟩: τὴν Τισιφόνην τὴν Μεγαίραν καί τὴν Ἀληκτὼ —B^3d

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 38.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: Ἀληκτὼ Μέγαιραν καὶ Τισιφόνην —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀλητὼ Zm

Or. 38.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμόν —FMnPrRfSaZmGGu

POSITION: s.l., except marg. MnZm; misplaced over 37 αἰδοῦμαι Sa

COLLATION NOTES: Mn partially damaged (κατευφη with kappa faint and only traces of rest of word).

KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός

Or. 38.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν ὡς καὶ τὸν Χάρωνα ἀπὸ τοῦ χαίρω —Y

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: For Charon’s name as from χαίρω by euphemism or antiphrasis, see Sophronios, Gram.Gr. 4:2.398,18–19, Eust. in Il. 1.3 (I.27,13–14), Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Plut. 1187 Massa Positano.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name | εὐφημισμός

Or. 38.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: κατ’ ἀντίφρασιν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις

Or. 38.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: Εὐμενίδας φησὶν αὐτὰς κατ’ ἀντίφρασιν. μᾶλλον γάρ εἰσι δυσμενίδες ἢ εὐμενίδες· τὴν γὰρ τῆς μανίας νόσον αὗται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις προσάγουσιν ἐπεκδικοῦσαι. —Lp

TRANSLATION: She calls them Eumenides (‘kindly-minded’) using the opposite term. For they are (actually) ‘hostile-minded’ rather than ‘kindly-minded’. For these are the ones who bring upon humans the sickness of madness, punishing them.

APP. CRIT.: τὴν] τὸν Lp, corr. Matt.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπικδικοῦσαι Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.46,16–18

KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις

Or. 38.07 (pllgn gram) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: ¹τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν Εὐμενίδων ἤγουν τῶν Ἐριννύων Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα καὶ Ἀληκτώ. ²καὶ Τισιφόνη μὲν ἐτυμολογεῖται ἀπὸ τοῦ τίω τὸ ἀνταποδίδωμι και τοῦ φόνος, ἡ τίουσα καὶ ἀνταποδιδοῦσα τοὺς φόνους, ³Μέγαιρα ἀπὸ τοῦ μεγαίρω τὸ φθονῶ, ⁴Ἀληκτὼ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ λήγω τὸ παύω, ἡ μὴ λήγουσα καὶ παύουσα τιμωρεῖν τοὺς φονεῖς. —Aa

TRANSLATION: The names of the Eumenides, or Erinyes, are Tisiphone, Megaera, and Alecto. And Tisiphone is etymologized from ‘tiō’ meaning ‘pay back, give back in return’ and ‘phonos’ (‘killing’), the one who pays back and gives back in return killings. Megaera is from ‘megairō’ meaning ‘begrudge’, and Alecto from the alpha-privative particle and ‘lēgō’ meaning ‘cease’, the one who does not cease and stop avenging killers.

REF. SYMBOL: Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀληκτῶ a.c. Aa | 2 ἀνταποδίδουσα Aa | 4 ἀληκτῶ Aa

COMMENT: Compare sch. 238.07 in G. For the content cf. esp. Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 406 (II.151,22–28 Scheer): … ἀλληγορικῶς δὲ Ἐριννύες *αἱ* τιμωρητικαὶ δυνάμεις παρὰ τὸ ἐν τῇ ἔρᾳ καὶ τῇ γῇ ναίειν ἢ παρὰ τὸ τὰς ἀρὰς ἀνύειν. Τισιφόνη παρὰ τὸ τίνειν τοὺς φονέας, Μέγαιρα παρὰ τὸ μεγαίρειν καὶ φθονεῖν τοῖς κακοῖς, Ἀληκτὼ παρὰ τὸ μὴ λήγειν τιμωρεῖν τοὺς τοιούτους, Κρόνου δὲ καὶ Νυκτὸς παῖδες διὰ τὸ ἀφανῶς καὶ ἀοράτως τὰς ἐκδικητικὰς ταύτας δυνάμεις ἐπέρχεσθαι.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 38.13 (rec paraphr) ἐξαμιλλῶνται φόβῳ: συνεχῶς καὶ ἀδιαλείπτως φοβοῦσι τῷ φόβῳ —CMlPrR^aS

LEMMA: αἳ τόνδ’ ἐφαμιλλῶνται φόβω MlR^aS(τὸν δ’) REF. SYMBOL: Ml POSITION: marg. C

APP. CRIT.: αἳ prep. Pr | after συνεχῶς add. αὐτοὶ (sic) Pr | ἐκφοβοῦσιν Pr, φοβοῦσαι R^aS, φοβοῦσα Ml | τῷ φόβῳ om. Pr, τῷ om. Ml

COLLATION NOTES: C’s margin here damaged by fire: [συν]εχῶς, [ἀδ]ιαλείπτως.

Or. 38.13a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται φόβῳ⟩: καὶ(?) μετιᾶσι(?) τοῦτον τῷ φόβῳ —C²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτω C²

Or. 38.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: καὶ ἔξω τοῦ ἀγῶνος ἐκβάλλουσι ἢ ἐκφοβοῦσι —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 38.21 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: καταγωνίζονται μάχονται πολεμοῦσιν. τὸ γὰρ ὅλον ἐκφοβοῦσιν καὶ κατατρύχουσιν —Sa

POSITION: marg.

Or. 38.22 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: δίκην τῶν ἁμιλλωμένων κινεῖσθαι ποιοῦσιν —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.46,20–21

Or. 38.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἐν διαδοχαῖς ἐλαύνουσι βάλλουσι —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 38.26 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἐκ τοῦ καθεστηκότος ἐλαύνουσι —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.46,18–19

Or. 38.28 (rec rhet) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: τροπικὴ ἡ λέξις. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: τροπικός/τροπικῶς

Or. 39.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νιν⟩: γρ. δὴ —Z

LEMMA: νιν for δὲ δὴ in text Z POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. Za which has traces of erased νιν in the line, δὲ s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 39.09 (vet exeg) ἐξ ὅτου σφαγαῖς: ¹φησὶν Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.309]· ²‘ἤτοι ὁ τὸν κτείνας δαίνυ τάφον Ἀργείοισιν· ³αὐτῆμαρ δέ οἱ ἦλθε’. —MBVCPrR^bRf

TRANSLATION: Homer says: ‘Indeed he (Orestes), after slaying him (Aegisthus), was hosting a funeral banquet for the Argives; and on the same day (Menelaus) came to him (Orestes)’.

LEMMA: BPrRf, ἐξ ὅτου σφαγαῖς θανοῦσα μήτηρ V, ἄλλως C, ἄλλως δὲ R^b REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: follows sch. 36.10 C, sch. 37.08 R^bRf

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἥτοι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.102,4–5; Dind. II.46,22–23

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 39.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξότου⟩: αἵματος· Ἀττικὸν —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: αἵματος probably originated as a mistake for ἥματος. If ‘Attic’ applied to ἧμαρ, it is used in the late meaning ‘in classical literary language’.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 39.14 (rec gram) ⟨ἐξότου⟩: τὰ συγκοπέντα ψιλοῦνται. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This grammarian’s principle derives from doctrine about ‘Aeolic’ psilosis found in Homer scholia, Etymologica, Eustathius and Tzetzes (on Hesiod, Homer, Aristophanes), explaining words like ἐπάλμενος vs. ἅλλομαι. Here apparently applied sophomorically to ἐξ ὅτου > ἐξότου. (Unless the comment was intended for ἦμαρ, but grammarians and scholia explain its smooth breathing as the result of μετασχηματίζεσθαι, not syncope.)

KEYWORDS: syncope

Or. 40.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πυρὶ καθήγνισται⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐκαθάρθη —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | ὑπὸ] διὰ Xa | τοῦ om. XTGr | ἐκαθ. om. TZc (but T already had separate Thoman gloss 40.19)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.47,2

Or. 40.03 (rec gram) ⟨πυρὶ⟩: πῦρ ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν στοιχείων κατὰ ἀναγραμματισμὸν ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ φύρω τὸ μολύνω. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. πυρὰ: παρὰ τὸ πῦρ, τοῦτο παρὰ τὸ φύρω ἢ φύω.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 40.05 (vet exeg) καθήγνισται δέμας: ¹καθωσίωται, κέκαυται. ²ἁγνείαν γὰρ ἐκάλεσε τὴν διὰ πυρὸς φθορὰν τοῦ σώματος. —MBVCPrR^bRfSa

TRANSLATION: ‘Has been purified (sanctified)’, ‘has been burned up’. For he (the poet) has called the destruction of the body by fire purity.

LEMMA: MC, καθήγνισται RwSa, ἐξότου καθήγνισται PrRf; marg. label ἁγνεία B⁴ REF. SYMBOL: MSaR^b POSITION: cont. from 39.09 prep. καθήγνισται δὲ BV(καθήγγιται); follows sch. 40.06 + 40.07 R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 καθοσίωται MC | 2 ἀγνείαν M | ἐκάλεσεν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.102,6–7; Dind. II.46,24–25

Or. 40.06 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: κεκάθαρται· πάντα γὰρ καθαίρει τὸ πῦρ. —MBVCMlPrR^aR^bRf^aRf^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: ‘Has been purified’. For fire cleanses all things.

LEMMA: ἄλλως MCPrSaRf^b, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, ἰστέον αὐτὸ ἄλλως V; καθίγνησται MlR^b(changed from καθήγνησται)S, καθήγνισται R^aRf^a REF. SYMBOL: Ml POSITION: separated by mark and space in B, κεκάθαρται treated as lemma; Rf^a at top of 115v, Rf^b at bottom of same page; follows sch. 37.08 Ml

APP. CRIT.: κεκάθαρται written as if a lemma B | τὸ πῦρ om. Rf^b

APP. CRIT. 2: κεκάραρται Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.102,8; Dind. II.46,25–47,1

Or. 40.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἁγνὰ γὰρ δοκεῖ εἶναι τὰ καιόμενα, τὰ δὲ ἄταφα μεμιασμένα. —MBOVCPrR^aR^bRf^aRf^bRwSSa, partial Ml

TRANSLATION: For things that are burned seem pure, but things unburied/lacking funeral rites seem polluted.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ MC, ἀλλὰ Rw POSITION: cont. from prev. BVPrR^aR^bRf^aRf^bSSa (prep. καὶ BVPrRf^b); Rf^a at top of 115v, Rf^b at bottom of same page

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀγνὰ app. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.102,9–10; Dind. II.47,1–2

Or. 40.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: τὰ γὰρ καιόμενα ἁγνὰ, τὰ δὲ ἄταφα μεμιασμένα. —V³

POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 40.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: τὰ γὰρ ὑπὸ πυρὸς καιόμενα εἰσὶν ἁγνά. —B^3a

POSITION: marg.

Or. 40.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: ¹κάθαρσιν ἔλεγον οἱ Ἕλληνες τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τοῦ σώματος τὴν διὰ πυρὸς καῦσιν καὶ φθορὰν τούτου. ²πάντα γὰρ καθαίρει τὸ πῦρ καὶ ἁγνὰ εἶναι δοκεῖ τὰ καιόμενα, τὰ δὲ ἄκαυστα μεμιασμένα. —Y²Yf²

APP. CRIT.: 1 κάθαρσιν ἄγνοιαν ἔλεγον Yf² | 2 δοκεῖ εἶναι transp. Yf²

Or. 40.26 (rec gram) ⟨δέμας⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ δέεσθαι καὶ ἐλλ⟨ε⟩ίπεσθ⟨αι⟩ αἵματος, ⟨σῶμα⟩ ἀπὸ τοῦ σῶον αἵματος —S

POSITION: s.l., above 39–40 ἧμαρ … μήτηρ (layout in S does not always respect the verse structure)

COMMENT: A less farfetched etymology of the two words is offered in sch. Hec. 368 (VSa) … τὸ δὲ σῶμα ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀψύχου οἱονεὶ σῆμά τι ὂν τοῦ ποτε ζῶντος.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 41.01 (vet exeg) ὧν οὔτε σῖτα: ¹ἀφ’ ὧν ἢ δι’ ὧν, ἓξ ἡμερῶν, οὐκ ἔφαγεν. ²ἐμφαίνει δὲ ὡς προσηνέχθη μὲν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ τροφὴ, ἀλλὰ καταπιεῖν οὐκ ἠδύνατο. —MBVCPrR^bRwSa

TRANSLATION: From which, or during which, six days, he has not eaten. He (the poet, or the speaker) suggests that food was brought up to his mouth but he was not able to swallow it.

LEMMA: MBCPr(σίτα)Rf, ὧν οὔτε σῖτα διὰ δέρης ἐδέξατο V, ὧν οὔττ (sic) R^b, σῖτα διὰ δέρης Rw REF. SYMBOL: BVR^bRf

APP. CRIT. 2: κατιπιεῖν Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.102,11–13; Dind. II.47,3–5

KEYWORDS: ἐμφαίνω

Or. 41.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὧν οὔτε σῖτα⟩: δι’ ὧν οὔτε τροφὴν διὰ τοῦ λαιμοῦ —X

Or. 41.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὧν⟩: δι’ ὧν ἡμερῶν ἢ ἀφ᾽ ὦν —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 41.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ὧν⟩: δι’ ὧν, πρὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον —K

TRANSLATION: ‘During which (days)’; (the plural is used after the singular ‘day’ two lines earlier) in agreement with the implied sense.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: πρὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον

Or. 41.18 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ δέρης⟩: τουτέστι διὰ τοῦ λάρυγγος· δέρην ὠνόμα(σεν) ἀπὸ τοῦ περιέχοντος δηλῶν τὸ περιεχόμενον. —V

TRANSLATION: That is, through the throat: he used the word ‘neck’, indicating the thing contained by that which contains.

REF. SYMBOL: perhaps V (or V³) POSITION: in lighter ink at end of sch. block, after sch. 47.01 and followed by displaced sch. 36.10 (V^b version)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.102,14–15 (incomplete)

KEYWORDS: περιέχον/περιεχόμενον

Or. 41.19 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ δέρης⟩: διὰ λαιμοῦ, ἀντὶ τοῦ μέρους —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Through the neck’ means) ‘through the throat’, (the whole) used for the part.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἀπὸ Pr

COMMENT: This observation is the reverse of the common ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν. in sch. 41.21 G actually uses τὸ πᾶν ἀντὶ τοῦ μέρους. Sch. Mosch. Hec. 481 Ἀσίαν] τὴν Τροίαν· τὸ ὅλον ἀντὶ τοῦ μέρους is another instance, the phrase with ἀντὶ seems to be rare, and equally rare is K’s ἀπὸ τοῦ καθόλου τὸ μερικὸν in the next and ἀπὸ τοῦ καθόλου τὸ μέρος in sch. 807.19 (Mosch.).

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ τοῦ καθόλου τὸ μέρος

Or. 41.20 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ δέρης⟩: λαιμοῦ, ἀπὸ τοῦ καθόλου τὸ μερικὸν —K

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ τοῦ καθόλου τὸ μέρος

Or. 41.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ δέρης⟩: τὸ πᾶν ἀντὶ τοῦ μέρους —G

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ τοῦ καθόλου τὸ μέρος

Or. 41.27 (mosch gram) δέρης: τράχηλος καὶ αὐχὴν τὸ ὄπισθεν, δέρη καὶ δειρὴ τὸ ἔμπροσθεν, —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘Trachēlos’ and ‘auchēn’ refer to the back part (of the neck), ‘derē’ and ‘deirē’ to the front part.

LEMMA: διὰ δέρης ἐδέξατο G POSITION: marg. TGr

APP. CRIT.: δέρη δὲ καὶ T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.47.6–7

Or. 42.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ λούτρ’ ἔδωκε χρωτί⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἐνίψατο —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. GZc

Or. 42.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ λούτρ’ ἔδωκε χρωτί⟩: ¹οὐ κεκαθάρισται τῷ προσώπῳ καὶ οὐκ ἐνίψατο, ἢ οὐκ ἐλούσατο. ²οἱ γὰρ Ἕλληνες συνεχῶς καὶ σχεδὸν καθ’ ἡμέραν ἐλούοντο. —Y²Yf²

TRANSLATION: He has not been cleansed on his face and he has not washed his hands, or he has not bathed. For the Greeks used to bathe continuously and almost every day.

POSITION: s.l. Y

APP. CRIT.: 1 οὐ … ἐλούσατο om. Y² | 2 γὰρ om. Y²

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 καθημέραν Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.47.8–10

Or. 42.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λούτρ’⟩: καθάρματα χάριν τοῦ φόνου —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 42.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨λούτρ’⟩: λουτρὸν τὸ καθαρτικὸν· λοῦτρον τὰ ἀπόλουσμα. —Y²

TRANSLATION: ‘Loutron’ (with final syllable accented) means that which cleanses. ‘Loutron’ (with first syllable accented) means the offscouring.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. Photius λ 409 λούτριον· ἀπόλουμα καὶ ἀπόνιμμα; Suda λ 693 λοῦτρον: τὸ ἀπόλουμα, τὸ ῥυπαρόν, τὸ ἀπόλουτρον; esp. Eust. in Il. 15.676 (III.784,8–11) τὰ εἰς τρον λήγοντα μονογενῆ οὐδέτερα βαρύνεται· σεσημείωται τὸ λουτρὸν πρὸς διάφορον σημασίαν. ἔστι γὰρ καὶ λοῦτρον Ἀττικῶς παρὰ τῷ Κωμικῷ τὸ ἀπόλουμα, οἷον ‘κἀκ τοῦ βαλανείου πίεται τὸ λοῦτρον’; and Eust. in Od. 6.216 [I.250,31–2] ὅτι δὲ καθὰ λόεσθαι λοῦσθαι οὕτω καὶ λοετρὸν καὶ λουτρὸν, δῆλόν ἐστι. λοῦτρον μέντοι μοναχῶς, τὸ ἀπόλουμα βαρυτόνως. For the existence of both accentuations in manuscripts, see GLRBP s.v. λουτρόν (‘sometimes λοῦτρον’), LBG s.v. In the passage quoted by Eust., Arist. Eq. 1401, the mss attest both forms, but for metrical reasons the two-syllable word cannot be right, and Elmsley’s λούτριον is now accepted in our texts (the reading is reflected in the entry for λούτριον in Hesych., Photius, etc.). If the variation in accent really existed at some stage in the language, it cannot be established that there was a semantic distinction such as Eust. proposed.

Or. 42.13 (rec exeg) ⟨χλανιδίων⟩: τῶν ἁπαλῶν σκεπασμάτων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης —VGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.47.10–11

Or. 42.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χλανιδίων⟩: ἤγουν τῶν ἁπαλῶν ἱματίων ἢ σκεπασμάτων τῶν ἐπὶ κοίτης —Zu

LEMMA: χλανίδων a.c. in text Zu POSITION: s.l.

Or. 43.03 (43–45) (thom exeg) ⟨ὅταν μὲν σῶμα κουφισθῇ νόσου⟩: ¹ὅταν μὲν κουφισθῇ τῆς μανίας, εἴσω τῶν στρωμάτων κρυβεὶς λυπεῖται ἐξ οἵων ἄρα εἰς οἷα ἐμπέπτωκε λογιζόμενος. ²ὅταν δὲ τῇ μανίᾳ κάτοχος ᾖ, ἄνω καὶ κάτω φέρεται ἁλώμενος καὶ οὐκ ἐν δεμνίοις κεῖται, ³ἀλλ’ ἀποπηδᾷ δρομαῖος ὥσπερ πῶλος ἀπαλλαγεὶς τοῦ ζυγοῦ. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: When he is relieved from his madness, he conceals himself inside his bedclothes and is anguished when he reckons from what beginnings he has fallen into what (a wretched) state. But when he is possessed by the madness, he is borne aimlessly this way and that and does not lie in his bedding, but he jumps away at a run just like a colt released from its yoke.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZb(to κουφισθῇ) ZmT(to ὅταν μὲν), Zl(to σῶμα)

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὅταν μὲν] ἵνα Zb | καὶ add. before εἰς ZZa | 3 ἀλλὰ πηδᾶ ZbZl | ἀποπηδᾶ μὲν Gu | Zl app. has an illegible add. word before τοῦ ζυγοῦ

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κριβεὶς Zb | 2 ἁλλόμενος Zm, ἀλλώμενος Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.47.13–17

Or. 43.07 (vet exeg) κουφισθῇ νόσου: ἀκόλουθον τῷ [3] ‘ἄραιτ’ ἄχθος’ τὸ ‘κουφισθῇ νόσου’. —MC

TRANSLATION: ‘Be lightened from (the weight of) his madness’ is consonant with (the metaphor used in) ‘would bear up the weight’.

LEMMA: MC REF. SYMBOL: M

APP. CRIT.: τῷ] Dindorf (without note), τὸ MC | τὸ] τῶ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.102,16–17; Dind. II.47,12–13

Or. 44.01 (vet exeg) ἔμφρων δακρύει: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμφρων γενόμενος. ²ἄμεινον δὲ ὑφ’ ἕν ἔμφρων δακρύει. —MCR^bRf

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘having become sound of mind’. But better taken together in one phrase, ‘(when) in his right mind he weeps’.

LEMMA: MCR^bRf REF. SYMBOL: MR^b POSITION: follows sch. 57.06 Rf

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ om. C | 2 δὲ] δὲ νῦν R^b | ἓν] οὗ Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.102,18–19; Dind. II.47,20–21

COMMENT: The ὑφ’ ἕν recommendation seems to imply that some took ἔμφρων with the preceding subordinate clause instead of with the following δακρύει; mss generally have comma at end of 43, but B^3d has apparently added a comma after ἔμφρων in B.

Or. 44.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: λείπει γεγονὼς. —VRf

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λείπει om. Rf

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 44.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: ἐμφρόνως ἔμελλεν εἰπεῖν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ Ὀρέστης εὐθεῖαν ἐξήνεγκε. —Zm

TRANSLATION: She was about to use the adverb ‘sensibly, rationally’, but expressed it (the word ‘emphrōn’) in the nominative in agreement with (the subject) ‘Orestes’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 44.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: δέον ἐμφρόνως εἰπεῖν πρὸς τὸ Ὀρέστης ἔμφρων εἷπεν. —Gu

TRANSLATION: Although she should have said ‘emphronōs’ (adverb), she said ‘emphrōn’ (nominative adjective) in agreement with (the subject) ‘Orestes’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.47.21–22

Or. 44.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: σῶας ἔχων τὰς φρένας —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.47.22–23

Or. 44.17 (pllgn gram) δεμνίων: δέμνια λέγονται τὰ †ἅπερ† οἷα εἰσὶ οὖλα τὰ [τὸ] δέμας ἤγουν τὸ σῶμα καλύπτοντα [ἐν] τοῖς στρώμασιν ἤγουν ἐν οἷς τὸ σῶ[μ]α μένει καὶ ἀναπαύεται —Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: οὗλα Zl

COMMENT: The word marked as corrupt is damaged and uncertain. For the content cf. ps.-Zonaras 483,6–9 δέμνια· τὰ ἐγκοίτια στρώματα, ἀπὸ τοῦ σῶμα ἐν αὐτοῖς μένειν. [ἢ παρὰ τὸ δέμω ῥῆμα. ὡς παίζω παίγνιον, οὕτως δέμω δέμνιον, τὸ εἰς σώματος ἀνάπαυσιν οἰκοδομηθὲν ἢ συνδεθέν.]; Et. Magn. 255,45–50 δέμνια: ἐγκοίτια στρώματα· ἀπὸ τοῦ τὸ δέμας ἐπ’ αὐτὰ μένειν. ἢ ὡς παίζω παίγνιον, ἀράσσω ἀράχνιον, οὕτως δέμω δέμνιον, τὸ εἰς σώματος ἀνάπαυσιν οἰκοδομηθὲν, ἢ συνδεθέν. ἔνθεν Ὅμηρος, μαλακῷ δεδμημένοι ὕπνῳ. καὶ τὴν τοῦ κοιμᾶσθαι παραιτίαν νύκτα, δμήτειραν; Et. Gud. (de Stefani) s.v. δέμνια· ἐγκοίτια στρώματα. ἀπὸ τοῦ δέμας εἰς αὐτὰ μένειν δέμνιον· ἢ παρὰ τὸ δέμω δέμνιον ὡς παίζω παίγνιον, τὸ εἰς σώματος ἀνάπαυσιν ᾠκοδομημένον· ἢ συνδεθέν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ δεδεσμῆσθαι ἡμᾶς κοιμωμένους μηδὲν πράττοντας.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 44.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἀναστροφὴ, ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ μακράν —Zu

TRANSLATION: (The preposition ‘apo’ is an example of) anastrophe (placement after its noun), or else (it is used as an adverb) in the sense of ‘makran’ (‘far away’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: anastrophe (inversion of word order)

Or. 45.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πῶλος ὣς⟩: ὡς πῶλος· ἀναστροφὴ ὁ τρόπος. —V

TRANSLATION: Like a colt: the schema is anastrophe.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: anastrophe (inversion of word order)

Or. 45.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῶλος ὡς⟩: ἀναστροφὴ τὸ σχῆμα, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ζυγοῦ †ἐκυρώθη† ὡς ⟨πῶλος⟩ ἀδάμαστος. —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa

APP. CRIT.: χῆσμα Aa

COMMENT: ἐκυρώθη has intruded from gloss on 46 ἔδοξε; one expects ἐπήδησε or the like.

KEYWORDS: anastrophe (inversion of word order)

Or. 45.13 (vet exeg) ὣς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ: ὁ ἄπωθεν τοῦ ζυγοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἀδάμαστος —MVCMlMnR^aR^bS

TRANSLATION: The one that is distant from the yoke, that is, unbroken.

LEMMA: R^aR^b(ὡς in both) REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: s.l. VMlMnS; marg. M, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: ὁ om. Ml | ἄπωθεν C, ἄποθεν MMlMnR^aR^bS, ἄπο V | ὅ ἐστιν] τουτέστιν V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.102,20; Dind. II.47,24

COMMENT: This note and the derivative uses of ἀδάμαστος in nearby items reflect an incorrect interpretation, whereas 45.16 λυθείς recognizes the meaning correctly.

Or. 45.18 (rec rhet) ⟨ὡς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ⟩: σύντομος εἰκών —Mn

TRANSLATION: Concise (elliptical) simile.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: σύντομος εἰκών/παραβολή

Or. 45.19 (rec rhet) ⟨ὡς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ⟩: σύντομος παραβολὴ —Pr

TRANSLATION: Concise (elliptical) simile.

POSITION: marg., in intercolumnar space between 45 and 46

APP. CRIT.: σύνις Pr

KEYWORDS: σύντομος εἰκών/παραβολή

Or. 46.01 (46–47) (pllgn paraphr) ἔδοξε δὲ τῷ Ἄργει ἤγουν τῷ λαῷ μήτε δέχεσθαι ἡμᾶς ἐν ταῖς στέγαις καὶ ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις μητροκτονοῦντας καὶ φονεύσαντας τὴν μητέρα, μήτε δέχεσθαι ἐν πυρί, ἤγουν ἐν ταῖς θυσίαις, μήτε προσλαλεῖν ἡμᾶς τινά. —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.48.28–49,3

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

Or. 46.02 (vet exeg) ἔδοξε δ’ Ἄργει τῷδε: ¹φανερὸν ὅτι ἐν Ἄργει ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ δράματος ὑπόκειται. ²Ὅμηρος δὲ ἐν Μυκήναις φησὶ τὰ βασίλεια Ἀγαμέμνονος, Στησίχορος [216 PMG] δὲ καὶ Σιμωνίδης [549 PMG] ἐν Λακεδαίμονι. —BVCPrR^aR^bRfRwS, partial MSa

TRANSLATION: It is manifest that the scene of the drama is in Argos. But Homer says that the palace of Agamemnon is in Mycenae, and Stesichorus and Simonides say it is in Lacedaemon.

LEMMA: BVR^b, ἔδοξε δ’ Ἄργει MCPrRf, 49 ἀργείων πόλις S, lemma in R^a lost to trimming REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: follows sch. 47.01 SSa, first instance of 47.01 R^b

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 φανερὸν … ἀγαμέμνονος om. Sa | 1–2 φανερὸν … φησὶ now missing in R^a, lost to trimming | 1 φανερὸν ὅτι] φανερῶς Rf, ἰστέον ὅτι Rw | ἡ] ἐστι (compend.) M | 1–2 ὑπόκειται κτλ om. M | 1 ἀπόκειται S | 2 ἐν μυκ. φησὶν εἶναι VR^aRw, ἐν μυκ. εἶναι φησὶ Rf, φησὶν ἐν μυκ. transp. R^b, φησὶν ἐν μυκ. εἶναι S | μυκήνῃ BVPr, κυκήνη Rw | ἀγαμέμνονος κτλ om. Rf, adding at end (cf. sch. 37.08) οὐκ ὀνομάζουσι δὲ τὸ καὶ ἐριννύας οὕτως· ἀλλ’ εὐφημιζόμενοι σεμνὰς θεάς | τοῦ ἀγαμ. VRw | ὁ δὲ στησ. καὶ Sa | λακεδαίμονι] R^b, perhaps R^a, λακεδαιμονίᾳ BVCPrRwS, λακεδαιμονίω Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 στησείχορος a.c. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.102,21–24; Dind. II.48,19–22

COLLATION NOTES: In R^a the trimming at the top of the page means that the position of the accent on λακεδαιμονι cannot be determined; ‑νι is followed by :~, but it is impossible to exclude the possibility that alpha was written in suspension above iota on the part of the sheet that is now missing.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer | citation of literature other than Homer | Stesichorus | Simonides

Or. 46.03 (mosch paraphr) ἔδοξε δ’ Ἄργει: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκυρώθη τοῖς Ἀργείοις ἡμᾶς μήτε ἐν οἴκοις μὴ πυρὶ ἤγουν θυσίαις δέχεσθαι. —X

Or. 46.11 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τοῖς Ἀργείοις —AaAb²PrRfXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZcZlB^2/3a

TRANSLATION: (‘To Argos’ is used) in the sense ‘to the Argives’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν AaAb²PrRfB^2/3aZl, om. GZc | τοὺς ἀργείους Zl

Or. 46.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ περιέχοντος τὸ περιεχόμενον —B^3a

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.48.28

KEYWORDS: περιέχον/περιεχόμενον

Or. 46.15 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μήθ’ ἡμᾶς⟩: ἡμᾶς μήτε ἐν οἴκοις μὴ πυρὶ ἤγουν θυσίαις δέχεσθαι —XaXbT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μήτε ἐν πυρὶ T | πυρὶ om. Y

Or. 47.01 (vet exeg) μὴ πυρὶ δέχεσθαι: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς μήθ’ ἡμᾶς στέγαις δέχεσθαι. ²πρὸς δὲ τὸ πῦρ οὐδὲν ἀνταπέδωκεν. ³ἔξωθεν οὖν ἀκουστέον τὸ ἐναύειν, καί ἐστι σχῆμα Ἀττικὸν, μὴ πυρὶ ἐναύειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ μήτε πυρὸς ἐναύειν. ⁴οὐ γὰρ τὸ δέχεσθαι πρὸς τὸ πῦρ ληπτέον. —MBVCPrR^aR^b1R^b2RfRwSSa

TRANSLATION: The construction is ‘nor receive us under their roofs’, but he did not give any corresponding verb to govern ‘fire’. Therefore one must understand from outside the verb ‘kindle’ (‘enauein’), and this is an Attic schema, ‘not to kindle with fire’ (dative), instead of ‘nor to kindle some fire/from fire’ (genitive). For the verb ‘receive’ should not be taken as governing ‘fire’.

LEMMA: MC, μήθ’ ἡμᾶς στέγαις μὴ πυρὶ δέχεσθα R^b2, μήθ’ ἡμᾶς Rf, μήτε πυρὶ Rw REF. SYMBOL: MSa POSITION: cont. from 46.02 BVPr, add. δὲ (δ’ V); cont. from sch. 45.13 R^b1

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μῆθ’ app. M, μήτε Rf | 3 first ἐναύειν] ἐναύνειν SaR^b2, ναύνειν R^b1 | second and third ἐναύειν] ἐναύνειν R^b1

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.102,25–103,2; Dind. II.48,23–27

COMMENT: Schw. emends μήτε πυρὸς to μήτι πυρὸς, perhaps to give governance to πυρός. Acc. πῦρ with ἐναύειν is extant dozens of times, but there is a single instance of gen. (either partitive or of source) in fragment 245 of Claudius Aelianus quoted in Suda ε 1136 s.v. ἐναύειν: … ἐπεὶ μήτε ὕδατος ἐκοινώνουν αὐτῷ, μήτε πυρὸς ἐναύειν ἐβούλοντο. This supports πυρός without τι, and μήτε is in fact to be expected in a clarifying paraphrase.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 47.04 (rec exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: λ(είπει) τὸ προσαύειν. —M

POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 47.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: Ἀττικὸν τὸ σχῆμα· λείπει τὸ ἐναύειν. —O

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς | λείπει

Or. 47.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: [λείπει ἐ]ναύειν Ἀττικῶς. —V

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς | λείπει

Or. 47.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: λείπει τὸ ἐναύειν. —B^2/3a

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἐνναύειν B^2/3a

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 47.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: μὴ θυσίαις προσεγγίζειν, μὴ πυρὶ ἐναύειν καὶ φωτίζειν —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 47.10 (rec exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: μήτε πυρὸς ἐναύειν †φωνεῖν†. θυσίᾳ ἐναύειν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For φωνεῖν compare the added ὅ ἐστι φωνεῖν in S in sch. 47.01 above. Since it probably arose as a paraphrase of προσφωνεῖν, perhaps the word is to be transposed to the end and supplemented as ⟨μήτε⟩ φωνεῖν.

Or. 47.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πυρὶ⟩: λείπει τὸ θυσιάζει⟨ν⟩. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 47.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσφωνεῖν τινα⟩: καὶ χαιρετίζειν ἡμᾶς ἄνθρωπον —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: χαιρετίζον Zu

Or. 48.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντας⟩: τὴν μητέρα φονεύσαντας, κατ’ ἀντιχρονισμὸν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.49.7–8

KEYWORDS: ἀντιχρονισμός/ἀντιχρονία

Or. 48.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντας⟩: ὁ ἐνεστὼς ἀντὶ παρῳχημένου εἴληπται. —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντιχρονισμός/ἀντιχρονία

Or. 48.08 (48–51) (vet paraphr) κυρία δ’ ἥδ’ ἡμέρα: κέκριται, φησὶν, ἡμᾶς τελευτῆσαι· πότερον δὲ λίθοις βληθέντας ἢ ξίφει, σήμερον κρινοῦσιν. —MBOVCPrR^aR^bRfS

TRANSLATION: It has been decided, she says, that we die, but whether (we die) stricken by stones or by the sword, today they will decide.

LEMMA: V, ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντας BPr, ἢ φάσγανα θήξαντε S REF. SYMBOL: B(to 51)V(to 47); POSITION: cont. from sch. 51.01 MCR^aR^bRf (add. δὲ MC)

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 κρινοῦσι BOPr, κρίνουσιν R^aR^bS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: (assigned to 51) Schw. I.103,5–6; Dind. II.49,22–24

COMMENT: The misleading explication of the passage (that they have already been condemned to death) is conditioned by the presence of the interpolated line 51.

Or. 48.08a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κυρία δ’ ἥδ’ ἡμέρα⟩: καὶ αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐψηφίσθη —C²

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐψιφίσθη C²

Or. 48.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κυρία⟩: ἐν ταύτῃ ἐστὶ τὸ κῦρος —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.: ἐστὶ om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστὶν Xb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.49.9

Or. 48.18 (tri metr) ⟨κυρία⟩: long mark over upsilon and over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 48.23 (tri metr) ⟨ἡμέρα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 49.01 (49–51) (pllgn exeg) τῆς ψήφου γὰρ ἀποφηναμένης θανεῖν αὐτοὺς διὰ ξίφους, οἱ δὲ αὐτόχειρα μᾶλλον τὸν φόνον αὐτῶν ποιήσασθαι εἵλοντο. —Gu

TRANSLATION: The vote having declared that they should die by the sword, they (the citizens?) chose rather to make their killing self-inflicted.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.49.14–16

COMMENT: The translation of this clumsy remark is uncertain. It is possible that τὸν φόνον αὐτῶν is reflexive (usually τὸν αὐτῶν φόνον or in more carefully ‘Attic’ writers τῶν ἑαυτῶν φόνον) and that οἱ δὲ refers to Orestes and Electra.

Or. 49.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διοίσει⟩: ἡ διὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξ, ὡς τὸ ‘διεγράψατέ με τῆς πολιτείας’, ἤγουν ἔξω ἐβάλετε. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.49.13–14

COMMENT: The juncture διαγράφω τῆς πολιτείας is not found elsewhere, but for relevant uses cf. Libanius, epist. 221.4, μὴ διάγραφε τὰς Χάριτας τοῦ καταλόγου τῶν θεῶν, Declam. 43.2.31 ὅρα μὴ πολλοὺς διαγράφειν ἐπιχειρῇς τοῦ καλλίστου τῶν τυραννοκτόνων κύκλου, DGE s.v. διαγράφω II.1.

Or. 49.22 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀργείων πόλις⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ περιέχοντος τὸ περιεχόμενον —S

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περιέχον/περιεχόμενον

Or. 50.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ χρὴ⟩: [εἰ τ]οῦτο εἴπῃ ἡ ψῆφος —R

POSITION: marg.

Or. 50.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θανεῖν νῶ⟩: καὶ λιθολεύστους γενέσθαι ἡμᾶς —Cr³Ox

LEMMA: νῶϊ in text CrOx POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἡμᾶς transp. before λιθ. Ox

APP. CRIT. 2: λιθωλεύσθους Cr³Ox | γενῆσθαι Ox

Or. 50.10 (vet exeg) ⟨νὼ⟩: τὸ νώ δυικῶς, ὅ ἐστιν· ἡμεῖς οἱ δύο. —M

TRANSLATION: The (pronoun) ‘nō’ is used in the dual, that is: we, the two (of us).

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.103,3; Dind. II.49,18

Or. 50.21 (rec gram) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ λεύω τὸ λιθάζω —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 51.01 (vet exeg) ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντ’: δυικῶς τὸ θήξαντε —MCR^aR^bRf

TRANSLATION: (The elided form ‘thēxant’ ’ is to be taken) in the dual number, ‘thēxante’.

LEMMA: R^a(θήξαντε app.), ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντας M(θήξαντος)CR^b REF. SYMBOL: MR^bRf

APP. CRIT.: δυ. transp. after θήξ. Rf | τὼ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.103,4; Dind. II.49,22

Or. 51.02 (rec gram) ⟨ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντας⟩: σχῆμα Ἀττικὸν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 51.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨θήξαντ’ ἐπ’ αὐχένος⟩: ἀκονήσαντ() ἡμεῖς τὰ ξίφη ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐχένος ἡμῶν —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 51.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨θήξαντ’ ἐπ’ αὐχένος⟩: ἀκονήσαντα τινὰ ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐχένος ἡμῶν —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐχ. om. G, with ἡμῶν as sep. gloss | βαλεῖν add. at end T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.49.24

Or. 51.08 (rec exeg) ⟨θήξαντε⟩: δυϊκὸν —KMlMnSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: θήξαντε prep. K

Or. 51.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨βαλεῖν⟩: ἢ βαλεῖν φάσγανα θήξαντε ἡμᾶς τὰ φάσγανα ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐχένος ἡμῶν —PR^aS

LEMMA: λαβεῖν in text R POSITION: s.l. Pr

APP. CRIT.: βαλεῖν] λαβεῖν all (λαβεῖν in text R) | θήξαντε κτλ om. Pr | ἡμεῖς R^aS

Or. 53.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἥκει γὰρ εἰς γῆν⟩: προφοιβάζει —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: προφοιβάζω (‘foretell, prophesy’) is attested from the 11th century on; of 46 instances in TLG, only one is from scholia, Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Plut. 431 Massa Positano.

Or. 53.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἥκει γὰρ εἰς γῆν⟩: ἔρχεται εἰς τὸ Ἄργος —Ab²Sa

POSITION: s.l.; as two sep. glosses Ab²

Or. 53.04 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν⟩: τὴν ἡμετέραν δηλονότι, εἰς τὸ Ἄργος —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὴν ἡμετ.] ἕτερον Ml

APP. CRIT. 2: τὴν ἡμετέραν] ἡ μητέρα Mn | ἄλγος Mn

Or. 53.05 (mosch exeg) εἰς γῆν: τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δηλονότι, ἤγουν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZcAa²

TRANSLATION: (‘To the land’ means) ‘to his own’ (land), obviously, that is, ‘to his fatherland’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.: τὴν … ἤγουν om. G | ἤγουν κτλ om. Aa²Zc

Or. 53.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἀναστροφή —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: anastrophe (inversion of word order)

Or. 54.01 (vet exeg) λιμένα δὲ Ναυπλίειον: ¹Ναύπλιος Ἀργεῖος ἀνὴρ ναυτικῆς ἔμπειρος λιμένα κατασκευάσας ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐκάλεσε Ναυπλίειον. ²ἦν δὲ υἱὸς Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀμυμώνης. ³ἢ ὅτι περὶ τὸν λιμένα διέτριβεν, ἐκ τούτου ὁμώνυμος αὐτῷ ὁ λιμήν. —MBVCAaCrPrR^aR^bRfRwSaOx, partial Y²Yf²

TRANSLATION: Nauplius, an Argive man skilled in seamanship, built a harbor and named it Nauplieion after himself. He was the son of Poseidon and Amymone. Or because he spent his time around the harbor, for this reason the harbor shared his name.

LEMMA: MBVCPr(ναύπλιον MBPr), ναύπλιον R^b; marg. label ναύπλιος B⁴ REF. SYMBOL: MBVAaR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 54.20 SSa(ἱστορία in marg. S), follows sch. 54.20 Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ναύπλειος S | 2 ἀμυμόνης R^a, ἀμώνης Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.103,7–10; Dind. II.49,26–29

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 54.06 (rec exeg) ⟨λιμένα⟩: τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ναυπλίου οὕτως λεγόμενον —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 54.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨λιμένα⟩: λιμὴν περιεκτικὸν καὶ καθολικὸν —Gu

TRANSLATION: Harbor (‘limēn’) is a noun denoting a place containing multiple things and a general term.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 54.10 (thom exeg) ⟨Ναύπλιον⟩: ¹Ναύπλιος λιμὴν ἐκλήθη ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς Ναυπλίου, ἀνδρὸς Ἀργείου υἱοῦ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀμυμώνης εὑρόντος πρώτου τὰ ναυτικά. ²ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἕτερος ἀνὴρ Ναύπλιος πατὴρ Παλαμήδους, ³ὃς ἀμυνόμενος τοὺς Ἕλληνας διὰ τὸν ἐν Τροίᾳ τοῦ παιδὸς φόνον, ἐπιτηρήσας ὅτε ἀνέστρεφον ἐκεῖθεν, οὓς ἂν αὐτῶν εὗρε χειμαζομένους τῷ θαλάσσης βυθῷ παρεδίδου. ⁴ἔστι δὲ οὗτος ὁ λιμὴν ἐν Ἄργει. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu, partial Ox²

TRANSLATION: A harbor Nauplius was named after a man Nauplius, an Argive man, son of Poseidon and Amymone, who was first to invent seamanship. There is another man Nauplius, father of Palamedes, who, taking vengeance on the Greeks because of the murder of his son at Troy, having watched for when they were returning from there, gave over to the deep of the sea any of them that he found tossed by storms. This harbor is in Argos.

LEMMA: ναύπλιον in text all except T REF. SYMBOL: all except Ox² (Zl faint, uncertain)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀμυμόνης ZZa, ἀμυμάνης Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.50,1–7

Or. 54.11 (rec exeg) ⟨Ναύπλειον⟩: ὁ Ναύπλιος γὰρ υἱὸς Ποσειδῶνος αὐτὸν κατεσκεύασεν. —O

LEMMA: thus in text O POSITION: s.l.

Or. 54.12 (pllgn exeg) Ναύπλιον: ἀπό τινος Ἀργ(είου) υἱοῦ Ποσειδῶ[νος] / ὁ τόπος τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ἔ[σχεν]. —B^3d

REF. SYMBOL: B^3d POSITION: marg.

Or. 54.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ναυπλίειον⟩: ἀπό τινος Ναυπλίου οὕτω καλούμενον —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 54.16 (pllgn exeg) Ναυπλίειον: ὃν ἔκτισεν ὁ Ναύπλιος —Yf²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 54.18 (thom exeg) ⟨Ναύπλιον⟩: γρ. Ναυπλίειον —ZZaZbZm

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 54.20 (vet exeg) ἐκπληρῶν πλάτῃ: ¹τὴν ὁδὸν. διαπεπερακὼς ταῖς κώπαις τὸν λιμένα προσορμίζεται ταῖς ἀκταῖς. ²ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν πλατῶν τὰς ναῦς σημαίνει. ³πλάτη δὲ τὸ πλατὺ τῆς κώπης, ὃ καθίεται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. —MBVCAaCrPrRwSSaOx, partial Rf

TRANSLATION: (Having completed(?)) the journey. Having crossed the harbor with oars he moors at the shore. With ‘oars’ (‘platai’) he indicates the ships. ‘Platē’ is the flat part of the oar, which is dipped into the sea.

LEMMA: SSa, πλάτῃ MCRw REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from sch. 54.01 BVPr, adding ἐκπληρῶν δὲ πλάτῃ; follows sch. 22.03 Sa; precedes sch. 54.01 Rf; cont. from sch. 54.01 Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὀδὸν S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.103,11–13; Dind. II.50,8–11

COMMENT: The text was adjusted in the version of BVPr to make sense of the two accusatives ὁδὸν and λιμένα, and this version is thus secondary. The most likely solution is that of Schwartz, who treats the first accusative as a separate explanation (compare O’s gloss, 54.22), apparently meant to supply a clearer object (clearer than λιμένα) of ἐκπληρῶν taken in the postclassical sense ‘accomplish’ or ‘complete’; but perhaps the text is lacunose, because for greater clarity one would except something like (ἐκπληρῶν) τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν διὰ τοῦ λιμένος or τὴν διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης (note the addition of θάλασσης, a further adjustment found in VPr). Without the added punctuation, one could change to ⟨εἰς⟩ λιμένα (cf. sch. 54.03, 54.04), but the result is less satisfactory: ‘having traveled across the path/journey with oars into the harbor, he moors at the shore’. For the assumption that ἐκπληρῶν means ‘complete’ here, compare Eust. in Il. 1.43 (I.199,33–200,3) ὅτι δὲ ὅρμος κυρίως ἐστὶ τὸ τοῦ λιμένος πρὸς τῇ γῇ πέρας, δηλοῦται σαφῶς καὶ ἐν τῷ ‘λιμένα Ναύπλιον ἐκπληρῶν πλάτῃ ὁρμεῖ’, ὡς μὴ ἂν ἄλλως ἐξὸν ὂν ὁρμισθῆναι νῆα τοιαύτην, εἰ μὴ κώπαις ἐκπληρώσασα τὸν ὅλον λιμένα πρὸς τῇ γῇ γένηται.

Or. 54.20a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκπληρῶν πλάτῃ⟩: διὰ τῶν νεῶν †πλεομένων —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 54.21 (rec exeg) ἐκπληρῶν πλάτῃ: διαπεπερακὼς δὲ ταῖς κώπαις τὸν λιμένα προσορμίζεται ταῖς ἀκταῖς. ἢ τὸ πληρῶν πλάτῃ ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸν λιμένα πληρώσας ἤγουν γεμίσας τὰς ναῦς ἀπὸ τῆς κώπης περιφραστικῶς. —Rf

TRANSLATION: And having crossed the harbor with oars he moors at the shore. Or ‘filling with oar’ in the sense ‘having filled the harbor’, that is, filling it with ships, (ships being understood) from the oar by periphrasis.

LEMMA: λιμένα δὲ ναύπλιον λιμένα ἐκπληρῶν Rf (first three words in red, last two in black) POSITION: follows sch. 40.07 (Rf^b version)

COMMENT: γεμίζω, a standard gloss on πληρόω, is found with the accusative instead of the genitive to express what fills something else in Paus. 3.13.3 γεμιζούσῃ τῇ θυγατρὶ ὕδωρ συντυχόντες (the juncture γεμίζειν ὕδωρ is found elsewhere later, and Paus. has probably slipped into a colloquialism here), and the acc. is attested in vernacular postclassical and medieval texts, and found occasionally in scholiastic language, as in Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Nub. 669a Holwerda διαλφιτώσω] ἄλευρα γεμίσω, Sch. Hec. 658, where γεμίσαι τὸ ὕδωρ is in MBOVPrSa but Schwartz printed Arsenius’s classicizing correction κομίσαι.

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν | Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 54.38 (rec exeg) ⟨πλάτῃ⟩: κώπαις· τὸ πλάτος τῆς κώπης, ὃ καθίεται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, δηλοῖ δὲ τὴν ναῦν. —O

Or. 55.01 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀκταῖσιν ὁρμεῖ⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἡ λέξις παρ’ Ἀριστείδῃ. —Gu

TRANSLATION: The expression is found in Aristides.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.50.13

COMMENT: This is a confused reflection of an observation of Thomas Magister in ecl. voc. attic. 264,12–17 Ritschl: ὁρμίζω τὸ ἐλλιμενίζω καὶ ὁρμέω ὁρμῶ· Θουκυδίδης πολλάκις. Εὐριπίδης ἐν Ἑκάβῃ [‘immo Ὀρέστῃ’ Ritschl]· ἀκταῖσιν ὁρμεῖ. Ἀριστείδης ἐν τῷ Παναθηναϊκῷ [100,26 Jebb]· ‘τοῖς αἰγιαλοῖς ἐφορμούντων’. καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ [110,17 Jebb]· ‘ἐπὶ δυοῖν ὁρμεῖν ἔδοξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες’.

KEYWORDS: Aelius Aristides

Or. 55.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀκταῖσιν ὁρμεῖ⟩: ](?)λιμένι(?) ἐπαμβαίνει —R

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: repair covers part of lambda, uncertain whether τῷ preceded | ἐπαμβάνει R

Or. 55.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀκταῖσιν ὁρμεῖ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῷ αἰγιαλῷ ἐνελιμένισεν —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | τῷ om. Y

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐνελλίμενισεν p.c. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.50.14–15

Or. 56.01 (56–60) (mosch paraphr) τὸ ἑξῆς οὕτως· τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον Ἑλένην προύπεμψεν εἰς τὸ δῶμα τὸ ἡμέτερον νύκτα ἐπιτηρήσας ἵνα μή τις ἰδὼν καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: The (sense with the straightforward) word order is as follows: ‘and Helen, the cause of many lamentations, he sent ahead to our house, waiting for nighttime so that no one, having seen—and so forth’.

APP. CRIT.: ὑμέτερον app. p.c. Y | καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς om. Gr

Or. 56.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν πολλῶν στεναγμῶν αἰτίαν γενομένην —M²V

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γεν. om. V

Or. 56.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν στεναγμῶν πολλῶν —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: στεναγμῶν πολλῶν] στελλ() πολλοῖς Sa

Or. 56.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν πολλῶν στεναγμῶν αἰτίαν —XXaXbT^*YYfGrZcC²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὴν] καὶ C² | at end add. ἀξίαν T a.c., ἢ ἀξίαν T p.c., add. ἢ τὴν ἀξίαν Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.50.18–19

COLLATION NOTES: T’s position for the cross indicates that he recognized the strong similarity to 56.13, even though he here adopted the Moschopulean word order.

Or. 56.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν αἰτίαν πολλῶν στεναγμάτων, ἢ τὴν ἀξίαν —ZZaZbZlZmGu(T)

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: Gu adds ἢ τὴν ἀξίαν to Gr’s gloss 56.12, leaving Gr’s word order πολ. στεν. αἰτίαν; cf. T at 56.12.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.50.19

Or. 56.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν αἰτίαν πολλοῦ στόνου —B^3d, app. F

POSITION: s.l. B^3d, marg. F

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. F | στόνου πολλοῦ transp. F

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.50.18

Or. 56.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν αἰτίαν πολλῶν θρήνων —F²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 56.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν γεγονυῖαν πολλῶν στεναγμάτων αἰτίαν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 56.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: δι’ ἣν πολλοὶ ἐστέναξαν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 56.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν πολλοὺς στεναγμοὺς ποιήσασαν —L²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 57.02 (rec exeg) φυλάξας νύκτα: ¹ἐδεδίει γὰρ ἡ Ἑλένη ἡμέρας ἐπιπολούσης εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ τῶν πατέρων, ὧν κατὰ Ἴλιον οἱ παῖδες ἔπεσον, ἀναιρεθῇ. ²αὕτη γὰρ τούτου αἰτία καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν. ³διὰ τοῦτο νυκτὸς ἐπικαταλαβούσης εἰσῄει μή †τινα ἔχουσα κατ’ ὄψιν† —VR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: For Helen was afraid to enter the city when daylight approached (or prevailed?), lest she be slain by the fathers whose sons fell at Ilion. For this woman was to blame for this and for many other things. For this reason she entered after night overtook (day), lest †having someone in sight† …

POSITION: cont. from sch. 63.09 all

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 τιν’ ἔχουσα Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.103,18–21; Dind. II.51,10–13

COMMENT: The active ἐπιπολέω is very rare (and late); LSJ Rev. Suppl. takes the meaning in Sch. Hes. Theog. 2 to be ‘go up to or upon’ (BDAG gives ‘climb’), but it is possible that the verb was used as an alternative form of ἐπιπολεύω, for which see LBG (‘an die Oberfläche treten, überfluten; beherrschen, regieren’).

Or. 57.06 (vet exeg) νύκτα μή τις εἰσιδών: ¹οὐκ ὀρθῶς νῦν ποιοῦσί τινες τῶν ὑποκριτῶν πρῲ εἰσπορευομένην τὴν Ἑλένην καὶ τὰ λάφυρα. ²ῥητῶς γὰρ αὐτὴν φησὶ νυκτὸς ἀπεστάλθαι, τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὸ δρᾶμα ἡμέρᾳ συντελεῖται. —MBVCPrR^bRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Certain of the actors nowadays incorrectly have Helen entering early in the day, and the spoils too. (They are wrong to do so) because he (the poet, or she, the character) says explicitly that she was sent away (from the ship) at night, whereas the events of the play are carried out by day.

LEMMA: M(ἰδὼν)C, μή τις εἰσιδών BVPr, ἑλένην φυλάξας R^bSSa, μή τι εἰσιδὼν Rw, 58 μεθ’ ἡμέραν στείχουσαν Rf REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^bSa, ref. to 58 μεθ’ ἡμ. στ. Rf POSITION: follows sch. 72.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 νῦν om. Pr | τινες] τὴν MC, αὐτὴν BVPrRw | πρῲ εἰσπορευομένην] Schw., πρὸ εἰσπορευομένην R^b, προ εἰσπορ. S, προεισπορ. MBVCRw, προπορ. Sa, προσεισπορ. PrRf | τὴν ἐλένην R^bRfSSa, om. others | καὶ om. Sa | τὰ λάφυρα om. Rw (punct. before καὶ, i.e., καὶ ῥητῶς γὰρ) | λάφυρα] R^bSSa, λαφ. προεισπορευόμενα MBVCPr, λάφυρα μεθ’ ἡμέραν Rf | 2 ῥητῶς] R^bRfRwSSa, ἀρρήτως BVPr, ἀρρήτω MC | φησὶ νυκτὸς ἀπ.] R^bSSa, νυκτὸς ἀπ. φησὶ others

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ποιοῦσιν BVPr | 2 ἀπεστᾶλθαι M | δράμα MVCPrRfS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.103,14–17; Dind. II.50,21–24

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors | actors

Or. 57.09 (57–59) (pllgn exeg) ⟨μή τις εἰσιδών⟩: ¹ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος ὅστις μέλλει ἰδεῖν ταύτην εἰς πετρῶν βολὰς ⟨ἔλθῃ⟩ ἤγουν λιθοβολήσῃ αὐτὴν. ²ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου δηλοῖ καὶ τοὺς πάντας. —Yf

TRANSLATION: That man, whoever is going to spot this woman, may come to casting of stones, that is, may stone her. From the single man she indicates all men.

Or. 57.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἰσιδών⟩: περισσὴ ἡ εἰς —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἡ εἰς om. Yf

APP. CRIT. 2: περιττὴ G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.50.20

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 58.01 (pllgn gram) μεθ’ ἡμέραν: μεθ’ ἡμέραν Ἀττικῶς, καθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ εἰς ἡμέραν κοινῶς —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.50.24–25

COMMENT: μεθ’ ἡμέραν is in fact common in all sorts of formal prose authors into the Byzantine period, even those not noted for Atticism (Atticism is sometimes just a term for ‘learned style’ or non-vernacular); the claim is taken from Suda μ 421 μεθ’ ἡμέραν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ· Ἀττικῶς. Ἀριστοφάνης Πλούτῳ· οἴμοι τάλας, ἀποδύομαι μεθ’ ἡμέραν. οὕτως Ἀττικῶς φασιν, οὐκ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ; see also Lex. Vindob. μ 2 (Guida/Nauck) μεθ’ ἡμέραν ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν. Μάξιμος; Sch. in Aeschin. 3.133 μεθ’ ἡμέραν μίαν] ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ; Sch. rec. Arist. Plut. 930 Chantry μεθ’ ἡμέραν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ. Ἀττικὸν δὲ τὸ σχῆμα· (μεθ’ ἡμέραν γάρ φασιν, οὐκ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ.); Sch. Demosth. 24.228a ‘μεθ’ ἡμέραν’ λέγει ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘ἐν ἡμέρᾳ’; Sch. Lucian. 19.27 τὰ μεθ’ ἡμέραν] τὰ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ.

COLLATION NOTES: Cross prefixed in Gu.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 58.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὧν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: ὧντινων οἱ παῖδες τεθνήκασιν εἰς Ἴλιον —Ab²PrR

POSITION: s.l. Ab²Pr, marg. R

APP. CRIT.: τεθν. εἰς ἴλ. om. Ab²

Or. 58.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὧν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: ἀπ’ ἐκείνων ὧν οἱ παῖδες ἀπέθανον ὑπὸ τῷ Ἰλίῳ —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀπ’ om. T | οἱ om. X | ὑπὸ] ἐν Y

Or. 58.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὧν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: ἀφ’ ὧν παῖδες ἀπέθανον ἐν τῇ Ἰλίῳ —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 58.13 (pllgn gram) ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ: ἡ ὑπὸ ὅταν σημαίνει τὴν ὑποκάτω κατὰ κοινοὺς γενικῇ, κατὰ δὲ Ἀττικοὺς δοτικῇ. —Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.50.26–27

COMMENT: Sch. Gu Hec. 764 (ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ) ὑπὸ μετὰ δοτικῆς κατὰ Ἀττικούς· κατὰ δὲ κοινοὺς γενικῇ καὶ αἰτιατικῇ; Sch. (Mosch.?) Hes. Erga 147quater, 13–14 ἡ δοτικὴ δὲ μετὰ τῆς ὑπὸ, τὴν ὑποταγὴν δηλοῖ καὶ ἧτταν Ἀττικῶς;Timaeus Lex. Platon. p. 1006a, 20–25 ὑπό. τὴν ὑπέρ πρόθεσιν τὴν ἐπάνω σχέσιν δηλοῦσαν πρὸς γενικὴν ἐκφέρουσιν Ἀττικοί, Ἕλληνες δὲ πρὸς αἰτιατικήν. ὡσαύτως καὶ τὴν ὑπό. Πλάτων ἐν τῇ τοῦ Σωκράτους Ἀπολογίᾳ [18b7–8]· ‘τά τε μετέωρα φροντιστὴς καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ γῆς πάντα ἀνεζητηκώς’. καὶ αὖθις ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ [19b5]· ‘ζητῶν τά τε ὑπὸ γῆς καὶ τὰ ἐπουράνια’.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικοί

Or. 59.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨πέτρων⟩: ἡ εὐθεῖα ὁ πέτρος. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The nominative case is ‘ho petros’ (‘stone’; that is, not ‘hē petra’, ‘stone’).

LEMMA: πέτρων in text all except πετρῶν G, πέτρον a.c. Y POSITION: s.l., except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.51.1

Or. 59.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄξει⟩: γρ. ἔλθῃ —Zc^r

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 61.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨συμφοράν τε δωμάτων⟩: τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς δωματίοις ἀτυχίαν —Pr

LEMMA: συμφοράν in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 61.06 (thom exeg) ⟨συμφοράν⟩: ¹συμφορὰ οὐ μόνον ἡ δυστυχία ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ συνέλευσις. ²ὡς ἔχει καὶ τὸ τοῦ Σοφοκλέους [Soph. El. 1230–1231] ‘κἀπὶ συμφορᾶ⟨ισί μοι⟩ / γεγηθὸς ἕρπει δάκρυον ὀμμάτων ἄπο’. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: ‘Sumphora’ is not only ‘misfortune’, but also ‘coming together’. As illustrated also by the Sophoclean passage ‘and at this coming together a joyful tear flows from my eyes’.

LEMMA: συμφοράν in text all except Gr(Gu) REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlT

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἔχεις καὶ τοῦτο τοῦ Zb | κἀπεὶ συμφορὰ γεγηθὼς Zb | συμφοραῖσί μοι Soph. mss, συμφορᾶ ZmTGu, συμφορὰ Zb, συμφορᾶς ZZa [Zl lost to damage] | γεγηθὼς ZaZb, a.c. Z | ὀνομάτων ἄπο Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.51.5–7

COMMENT: Andrea Cuomo has kindly informed me that Ven. Marc. gr. 470 (Mt of Sophocles) has as sch. El. 1230 συμφορὰ οὐ μόνον ἡ δυστυχία ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ συνέλευσις· ἁπλῶς λαμβάνεται ὡς κἀνταῦθα (since this is unmarked in Mt, it is assumed to be Thoman); also, in the same manuscript and one other the supralinear gloss συνελεύσεσι(ν) is found.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Sophocles, Electra

Or. 62.01 (62–66) (pllgn paraphr) ὁ Μενέλαος ἐξελθὼν ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης καὶ εἰς τὴν Ἴλιον ἀποπλεύσας, ἐπεὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτοῦ ἡ Ἑρμιόνη οὐχ εἶχε τὸν μέλλοντα ἀναθρέψαι ταύτην, ἐξερχόμενος παρέδωκεν αὐτὴν τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ. ἐλθοῦσα δὲ ἡ Ἑλένη εὗρε ταύτην ἤγουν τὴν θυγατέρα ταύτης τὴν Ἑρμιόνην ὡς παραμυθίαν. —Yf²

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

Or. 62.01a (pllgn paraphr) εἰ καὶ κλαίει δὲ [τὰ?] τούτω⟨ν⟩ τῶν δωμάτων [ἄ]λγη ἔχει παραμυθίαν τὴν παρθένον τὴν Ἑρμιόνην. —C²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: κλέει C²

Or. 62.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨παραψυχήν⟩: ἀόριστον —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: ἀόριστον indicates that so far the source of comfort is undefined, unspecified to the hearer; compare sch. 63.05 ἣν γὰρ, where Zu notes that the uncertainty is resolved by labeling it ὡρισμένον.

Or. 63.01 (63–66) (mosch paraphr) ἣν γὰρ κατ’ οἴκους ἔλιπεν: ἣν γὰρ ὁ Μενέλαος ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης ἀγαγὼν ἔλιπε κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους ὅτε ἔπλει εἰς Τροίαν καὶ τῇ ἐμῇ μητρὶ παρέδωκεν ἀνατρέφειν, τὴν παρθένον λέγω τὴν Ἑρμιόνην, ταύτῃ γέγηθε, καὶ ἐπιλήθεται τῶν κακῶν. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (With simpler word order:) ‘For the one whom Menelaus brought from Sparta and left in the house when he sailed to Troy, and entrusted to my mother to raise, I mean the maiden Hermione, in this one she rejoices and forgets her troubles.’

LEMMA: G

Or. 63.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἣν γὰρ⟩: ὡρισμένον —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὠρισμένον Zu

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 62.08.

Or. 63.09 (vet exeg) ἔλιφ’: ¹τίς ἔλιπεν; ²δηλονότι ὁ Μενέλαος, ὅνπερ ἑξῆς ἐπάγει. —MCVR^bRwSSa^aSa^b

TRANSLATION: Who left her? Clearly, Menelaus, whom he (the poet, or she, the speaker) mentions subsequently.

LEMMA: R^b, ἔλιφ’ ὅτ’ ἐς Τροίαν VRwSSa REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: intermarg. C; Sa^ain scholia block, Sa^b s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 τίς ἔλιπεν om. all except MC | 2 ὁ Μενέλαος δηλονότι transp. VR^bSSa^a | ὅνπερ κτλ om. Sa^b | ὅνπερ] Dindorf, ὅπερ MCRwSa^a, ὧπερ VR^bS | τὸ ἑξῆς M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.103,22; Dind. II.51.9–10

Or. 65.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνην⟩: ¹ἡ Ἑρμιόνη θυγάτηρ ἦν τοῦ Μενελάου καὶ τῆς Ἑλένης. ²ἡ δὲ Ἑλένη εἶχεν ἀδελφὴν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν. ³ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι ὁ μὲν Μενέλαος βασιλεὺς ἦν Σπάρτης τῆς Λακεδαίμονος, ὁ δὲ Ἀγαμέμνων κατά τινας μὲν Ἄργους, κατά τινας δὲ Μυκήνης. —R^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Hermione was the daughter of Menelaus and Helen. Helen had Clytemnestra as a sister. One should know that Menelaus was king of Sparta (a city) of Lacedaemon, whereas Agamemnon (was king) of Argos according to some, but of Mycene according to others.

REF. SYMBOL: R^b

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἣν add. before εἶχεν S | 3 δὲ om. Sa | τῆς (after σπάρτης)] καὶ SSa | λακεδαιμονίας Sa | κατά … ἄργους om. S

Or. 65.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἀναστροφή —GZu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: anastrophe (inversion of word order)

Or. 66.10 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπιλήθεται⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 67.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἴσοδον⟩: τὴν διέλευσιν τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 68.03 (68–70) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς τά γ’ ἄλλ’⟩: κατὰ τὰ ἄλλα γὰρ ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς ῥώμης κρεμμάμεθα, ἤγουν οὐδεὶς ἕτερός ἐστιν ὁ βοηθήσων ἡμᾶς ἐὰν μὴ παρὰ τοῦ Μενελάου σωθῶμεν. —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: κρεμμα‑ with double mu is an attested Byzantine spelling, mostly in the participle, but also, e.g., in κρεμμᾶται, κρέμμανται, κρεμμάνυσιν; see also 68.11, 69.06.

Or. 68.04 (68–69) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς τά γ’ ἄλλ’⟩: ὡς τὰ πολλὰ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀσθενοῦς ῥώμης ἤγουν ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς μέρους τυγχάνομεν. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 68.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς τά γ’ ἄλλ’⟩: ὅτι κατά γε τὰ ἄλλα —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X; ὅτι as sep. gloss T

Or. 68.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς δυνάμεως φερόμεθα —BCV³

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘we are borne along (relying) upon a weak power’.

POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. CV³

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.51.15

COLLATION NOTES: V³ by adding ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς δυνάμεως above 69.05 gloss φερόμεθα, written earlier by V³.

Or. 68.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀσθενοῦς⟩: ἀδυνάτου ῥώμης κρεμμάμεθα —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: Separately Yf² has the latter two words also as glosses 69.01, 69.06.

Or. 69.08 (rec gram) ⟨ἤν τι μὴ⟩: συκίνη ἐπικουρία —K

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: For this proverb for weak and ineffectual assistance, see e.g. Libanius, epist. 228.3, Suda σ 1324 s.v. σύκινον (…καὶ ἑτέρα παροιμία· συκίνη ἐπικουρία, ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνωφελῶν.

KEYWORDS: παροιμία

Or. 69.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨κείνου πάρα⟩: παρὰ τοῦ Μενελάου, ἐὰν μὴ παρ’ ἐκείνου —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 69.15 (rec gram) ⟨κείνου⟩: ἀφαίρεσις τῶν Ἰώνων· συγκοπὴ τῶν Αἰόλων· ἀποκοπὴ τῶν Ἀττικῶν. —V¹

TRANSLATION: Aphaeresis (is typical) of the Ionians, syncope of the Aeolians, apocope of the Attics.

POSITION: added by V¹ after block of V-scholia on 24v (preceding play)

COMMENT: Cf. Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.186: κείνοις· Ἰωνικὴ ἀφαίρεσις. ἡ ἀφαίρεσις τῶν Ἰώνων, ἡ συγκοπὴ τῶν Αἰολέων, ἡ ἀποκοπὴ τῶν Ἀττικῶν. Hence, I attribute the note to κείνου here, the first instance in the play of such aphaeresis.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικοί | aphaeresis | apocope | syncope

Or. 70.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄπορον χρῆμα δυστυχῶν δόμος⟩: ἄπορον χρῆμα ὑπάρχει ὁ δόμος τῶν δυστυχῶν, ἤγουν τοὺς δυστυχοῦντας οὐδείς ἐστιν ὁ βοηθῶν αὐτούς. —Y²Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἄπορον … δυστυχῶν om. Y² | αὐτούς erased in Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.51.19–20

Or. 70.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἄπορον χρῆμα δυστυχῶν δόμος⟩: ἤγουν οἱ δυστυχοῦντες ἀποροῦσιν ὅτι καὶ δράσουσι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., except T

APP. CRIT.: δράσωσι ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: δράσουσιν TZl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.51.21

Or. 70.15 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 71.01 (vet exeg) ὦ παῖ Κλυταιμνήστρας: ¹τοῦ προσήκοντος ἤθους ἐξέπεσεν ὁ Εὐριπίδης. ²νῦν γὰρ πρῶτον ἀλλήλας βλέπουσι καὶ ἀήθως πάνυ οὔτε ἀσπάζονται ἀλλήλας οὔτε προσφωνοῦσι. ³καὶ ἡ μὲν Ἑλένη ἔξεισιν ἔχουσα χοὰς καὶ τὸν βόστρυχον ἀποτετμημένον, ⁴ἅμα δὲ δυσωπεῖ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν καὶ λυπεῖ ὑπομιμνήσκουσα τοῦ ὀνόματος Κλυταιμνήστρας καὶ προτάσσουσα. || ⁵ἀ⟨να⟩κολούθως δὲ καὶ τὸ διὰ μέσου. ⁶τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος χρόνου παρθένε, Ἠλέκτρα, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ πολυχρόνιε παρθένε. —MBVCPrR^bRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Euripides has failed to express the fitting character. For they (Electra and Helen) now see each other for the first time, and in a manner entirely lacking character they neither embrace each other nor greet each other with affection. And Helen comes out with libations and her cut-off lock of hair, and at the same time she annoys Electra and causes her pain by recalling the name of Clytemnestra and by placing it first (in her speech). || (?)In addition, the phrase in between is added without proper concord/with change of construction. The word order is: ‘maiden for a long length of time, Electra’, equivalent to ‘o maiden of long standing’.

LEMMA: MBVCRfRw, ὦ παῖ R^bSSa, ὦ κλυταιμνήστρα Pr REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^bRfSa POSITION: after sch. 80.06 Sa

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ] τούτω R^b, p.c. S, τοῦτω a.c. S, τοῦτο Sa | 1 προσηκόντως R^bSa, προσηκόντος S | ὁ εὐρ. om. Rw, ὁ om. VRf | 2 γὰρ] δὲ C | πρώτως MVCPrRfRw | first ἀλλήλας] ἀλλήλους R^bS | βλέπουσι BVPrRwSa, ἀποβλέπουσιν M, βλέπουσαι R^b, βλεπούσας Rf, βλέπουσα S | καὶ ἀήθως πάνυ om. Rf | εὐήθους V, ἀείθους R^b, ἀληθῶς Sa, ἄνθως S | second ἀλλήλας om. Rf | 3 καὶ ἡ μὲν … ἀποτετμημένον] transp. here Schw. (citing Rf, in which 4–5 are omitted), om. VSSa, transp. after 5 διὰ μέσου (with initial καὶ om.) MBCPrR^bRw | 3 ἔξεισιν om. Rw | τετμημένον Rf | 4 ἅμα] ἄλλως Rf | δὲ om. Sa | λυπεῖ om. VSa | ὑπομιμνήσκουσα] διυπομ. V, ὑπομιμνήσκουσαν αὐτὴν Rf | τῶν ὀνομάτων τῆς κλυτ. Sa | 4–5 καὶ προτάσσουσα … μέσου om. Rf | 4 προστάσσουσα BVSRw, προστάττουσα R^b | 5–6 ἀ⟨να⟩κολούθως κτλ om. VSSa; punct. as sep. sch. R^b with lemma μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος and sep. ref. | 5 ἀ⟨να⟩κολούθως suppl. Schw. | τὸ διὰ] Schw.; τόδε διὰ MBPrRw, τὸ δέ διὰ C, τὸ γνω(μικὸν), διὰ R^b | 6 παρθένε μακρὸν μῆκος χρόνου transp. Rf (om. δὴ) | παρθένε ἠλέκτρα χρόνου transp. MC | first παρθένε] παρθένου R^b | ἠλέκτρα κτλ om. RfRw (continuing with sch. 72.01) | τοῦ om. C | πολυχρονία Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 προσφωνοῦσιν PrSSa, ‑ῶσιν R^b | 3 τὸν] τὸ R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.103,23–104,6; Dind. II.52,3–10

COMMENT: It is likely that ἀήθως (2) derives its precise meaning here from the preceding τοῦ προσήκοντος ἤθους. That is, the complaint is not that there is no expression of character in the words and accompanying stage-action, but that the critic does not find the rhetorical ἦθος embodied in the speeches the two women address to each other to be optimal in rhetorical terms. I plan to discuss elsewhere instances in the Euripides scholia where speeches are criticized rhetorically almost in abstraction from the dramatic purposes of the author. | ἀποβλέπουσι (2) in M with plain accusative is very rare (with the sense ‘look to as a model, admire’), whereas βλέπω is common either with a plain acc. or with εἰς/πρὸς. | On 5: the sense is very doubtful and Schwartz’s solution to the corruption may not be right. In scholia one expects ἀκόλουθος/ἀνακόλουθος to refer to presence or lack of grammatical concord, or a change of construction, or analogical vs. anomalous inflection. The adverb is unlikely to mean here (without the emendation) ‘in accordance with the preceding manner’ (scil. of alleged impoliteness), but with the emendation it is not clear what is to be viewed as irregular. Likewise, the transmitted τόδε διὰ μέσου could be a corruption of τὸ ὅδε διὰ μέσου and this could be a misplaced remnant of a note on 74 (the Thoman sch. 74.13 makes just this claim about ὅδε). Another possibility is suggested by sch. 72.12, which appears to treat the whole of a line διὰ μέσου; but if that is intended, ἀνακολούθως would still be an odd usage.

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου | criticism of poet | character, critique of

Or. 71.02 (pllgn exeg) ¹θέλουσα ἵνα λυπήσῃ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν ἡ Ἑλένη ὑπομιμνήσκει αὐτὴν τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς πρότερον ὀνόματος. ²ἀήθως δὲ πάνυ πρὸς ἀλλήλας βλέπουσι καὶ οὔτε ἀσπάζονται ἀλλήλας οὔτε προσφωνοῦσιν. ³ὀνειδίζουσα αὐτοὺς λέγει ὡς μητροφονοῦντας. —Y²Yf²

TRANSLATION: Wanting to pain Electra, Helen reminds her of her mother’s name earlier (than that of her father?). And in a manner entirely lacking character, they look at each other without either embracing each other or greeting each other with affection. She (Helen) speaks reproaching them (Orestes and Electra) as being matricides.

APP. CRIT.: 3 αὐτοὺς Y², αὐτὴν Yf² | μητροφόντας Yf², a.c. Y²

Or. 71.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨p⟩: ἐξιοῦσα τῶν δωμάτων ἡ Ἑλένη κατέχει χοὰς καὶ βόστρυχον τῶν οἰκείων τριχῶν ἀποτετμημένον. —Gu^aGu^b

TRANSLATION: Exiting from the house, Helen carries libations and a lock cut off from her own hair.

POSITION: once s.l. Gu^a, marg. Gu^b

APP. CRIT. 2: δομάτων Gu^a | ἀποτετμημένων Gu^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.52.13–14

KEYWORDS: staging, entrance or exit of a character | staging, setting or props

Or. 71.08 (tri metr) ⟨κἀγαμέμνονος⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 72.01 (vet exeg) ἄλλως· παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος: ¹ὅ ἐστι· πολλῷ χρόνῳ παρθενευομένη. ²τοῦτο δὲ ὑβρίζουσα αὐτήν φησιν ὡς αἰτίαν ἐχούσης καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μὴ γαμουμένης. ³καὶ διὰ τούτου παρεμφαίνει ὅτι εὐμοιρίας νομίζει τέλος τὸν γάμον. —MBVCCrPrRfRwOx

TRANSLATION: (Explained) in another way: ‘maiden for a long time’: which means ‘living as a maiden for much time’. She (Helen) says this by way of insulting her (Electra), as if she is to blame and for this reason unmarried. And through this phrase she (or he, the poet) subtly suggests that she (he) considers marriage to be the ultimate end of a good portion in life.

LEMMA: MC (ἄλλως in marg. C), παρθένε μακρὸν V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: cont. from 71.03 BPrRfRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.104,7–10; Dind. II.52.10–13, 15–17

KEYWORDS: women, nature or proper behavior of

Or. 72.02 (rec exeg) ὦ πολλῷ χρόνῳ παρθένε. τοῦτο ὑβρίζουσα φησί. —O

Or. 72.03 (rec paraphr) ὦ πολύχρονον Ἠλέκτρα χρόνον παρθενεύουσα —R^a

APP. CRIT.: Only parts of the bottom of most letters survive (trimmed upper margin), so the reading is not certain.

Or. 72.04 (rec paraphr) ὦ πολυχρόνιε Ἠλέκτρα μακρὸν χρόνον παρθένος οὖσα —Ab

POSITION: s.l.; over 71 Ab

APP. CRIT. 2: πολυχρόϊε Ab

Or. 72.05 (rec paraphr) ὦ πολυχρόνιε Ἠλέκτρα εἰς μακρὸν χρόνον οὖσα παρθένος —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 72.06 (pllgn paraphr) πολυχρόνιε, ἡ πολλῶν χρόνων παρθενευομένη —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 72.07 (pllgn paraphr) ἥτις ἦσθα παρθένος ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον· διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐκλήθης πολὺν χρόνον οὖσα παρθένος. —Lb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.62,18–19

Or. 72.08 (rec exeg) ⟨παρθένε⟩: τὸ παρθένον ὀνειδιστικῶς, δι’ ἣν εἶχεν ἀσθενείαν γυναικείαν πολυχρόνιον. —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: γυναικεῖαν Sa

Or. 72.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος⟩: ἔστιν δηλονότι, ἐξ ὅτου οὐκ εἶδα ὑμᾶς. παρασιώπησις. —Lp

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.52,17

KEYWORDS: παρασιώπησις

Or. 72.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μακρὸν⟩: σκωπτικὸν —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 72.23 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: Ἠλέκτρα πρώην μὲν ἐκαλεῖτο Ἰφιάνασσα, διὰ δὲ τὸ παρελθεῖν τὸν δωδεκαετῆ χρόνον καὶ μὴ λαβεῖν πόσιν ἐκαλέσθη Ἠλέκτρα, ἀπὸ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ λέκτρον· ἡ τοῦ λέκτρου στερηθεῖσα. —Pr

TRANSLATION: Electra was earlier called Iphianassa, but because she had passed the twelve-year period and not taken a husband, she was given the name Electra, from the alpha-privative particle and ‘lektron’ (‘bed’), (thus) the one who has been deprived of the (marriage-)bed.

POSITION: between sch. 54.01 and sch. 57.06 in Pr

COMMENT: Cf. Eust. in Il. 9.145 (II.684, 4–9) Ὅρα δὲ ὅτι ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἐνταῦθα οὐ κεῖται, ἀλλά φασί τινες τὴν Λαοδίκην ταύτην εἶναι, Ἠλέκτραν ἐπικληθεῖσαν ἢ κατὰ τρόπον διωνυμίας ἢ διὰ τὸ κατ’ ὄψιν ἠλεκτρῶδες καὶ χρυσοειδὲς ἢ κατὰ λόγον τινὰ σκώμματος διὰ τὸ πολὺν χρόνον ἄλεκτρον μεῖναι χόλῳ Κλυταιμνήστρας, ὃ δὴ ἐμφαίνεται καὶ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ἐν τῷ ‘παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’; Et. Magn. s.v. Ἠλέκτρα: Ἡ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ Λαοδίκη, διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον τῆς παρθενίας, οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις, ὡς Εὐριπίδης [quoting Or. 72]. | ‘Passed the twelve-year period’ apparently means ‘had reached puberty’, unless the commentator has somehow calculated that Electra has been unmarried for twelve years since puberty (but how would he have arrived at that number?). | Cf. also sch. 22.02, 22.03.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 72.24 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ λέκτρον ἡ κοίτη —Sa

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: λέκτρα Sa

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 72.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: ἐτυμολογ()· μακρὸν χρόνον —F

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἐτυμολογεῖται or ἐτυμολογεῖ (or ἐτυμολογία?)

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 72.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: οἱονεὶ ἄλεκτρός τις οὖσα, ἡ μὴ σχοῦσα λέκτρα —Y²

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄλεκτρος τίς Y²

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 73.01 (rec exeg) πῶς ὦ τάλαινα: ¹διὰ τούτου ὠνείδισεν αὐτὴν ὡς μητροφόνου ἀδελφήν. ²οἱ δὲ τοῖς ἐναγέσι προσφθεγγόμενοι καὶ αὐτοὶ δοκοῦσι μιαίνεσθαι, ὡς καὶ ἐν Ἡρακλεῖ [Eur. Her. 1219] καὶ Ἰξίονι [Eur. TrGF fr. 427 Kannicht] δέδεικται. —VRw, partial R^bSSa

TRANSLATION: With this phrase she (Helen) reproached her (Electra) as being sister of a matricide. And those who speak to polluted persons seem even themselves to be defiled, as has been shown also in (commentaries on?) Heracles and Ixion.

LEMMA: V, 75 προσφθέγμασιν R^b(προσφθέγγουσι)SSa REF. SYMBOL: V, R^b(app. at 75), Sa (no corresponding mark at text) POSITION: follows sch. 57.02 in Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 διὰ … ἀδελφήν om. R^bSSa | διὰ τούτου] Schw., διὰ τοῦτο VRw | ὡς (tacitly) Dind., ὦ VRw | μητροφόνοι ἀδελφοί Rw | 2 ἐνάγουσι R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.104,11–13; Dind. II.52,20–22

COMMENT: Presumably a note of some antiquity, since it refers to the lost Ixion and the non-select play Heracles, or possibly to commentaries on them.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Euripides, Heracles | Euripides, Ixion

Or. 73.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πῶς⟩: λείπει τὸ εἰπέ. —AbPrRSa

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R; above 75 προσφθ. Ab, above 75 οὐ μιαίνομαι Pr

APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. AbPrSa

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 73.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλαινα⟩: ἔχετε δηλονότι —XXaXbYYfGrFGB^3d

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l., except X; over σύ τε G

APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι om. GB^3d, δῆλον F

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.52.22

Or. 73.09 (rec gram) ⟨σύ τε κασίγνητός τε⟩: σχῆμα συνεκδοχικὸν —K

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This term refers elsewhere to real or apparent transitions from singular to plural or from plural to singular; thus here it refers to the plural subject followed by the singular verb in 74.

KEYWORDS: synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν

Or. 73.10 (rec gram) ⟨σύ τε κασίγνητός τε⟩: [(?)σχῆ]μα(?) ἐπίζευξις —K

COMMENT: As with the previous, this explains the plural subject with singular verb in next line. Epizeuxis has various senses. It can refer to a type of anadiplosis or epanaphora or other repetition (ps.-Hdn. de figuris 48 Hadjú; Phoebammon (Rhet.Gr. III Spengel), de figuris 1.3,7 and 2.4,49 and 73; Sch. A Hom. Il. 1.364b1, etc.; or to ἀπὸ κοινοῦ or zeugma (for the latter Photius epist. 166, 147; Joannes Rhet., Commentarium in Hermogenis librum περὶ ἰδεῶν, Rhet.Gr. VI.80,16–17 Walz: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, ὃ ζεῦγμα καλοῦσιν ἢ ἐπίζευξιν); cf. also (of a singular noun and multiple appositives) Sch. Aeschin. 3.105 αἰσχύνη] τοῦτό φησιν Ἀψίνης ἐπίζευξιν εἶναι, ἐπειδὴ ἑνικῷ ὀνόματι πολλὰ ἐπιφέρει ὀνόματα. εἰπὼν γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ ψήφισμα ἐπήγαγεν· αἰσχύνη, ἔλεγχος, κατηγορία. GLRBP gives a sense ‘concord, in grammar’ with one citation. On zeugma as applying both to uncomplicated coordination or to complicated coordination (with some syntactic or semantic slippage), see Lausberg §§692–708.

KEYWORDS: ἐπίζευξις

Or. 74.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ὅ δεικ[τικὸν] ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅ[στις] —F

POSITION: marg.

Or. 74.13 (thom exeg) ἔφυ: ¹δέον ἔφυτε εἰπεῖν ἐπειδὴ ἀμφότεροι τὸν φόνον εἰργάσαντο, ἡ μὲν βουλευσαμένη, ὁ δὲ πράξας, ὁ δὲ εἰπὼν σύ τε κασίγνητός τε σὸς πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ἀπέδωκε, ²διὰ μὲν τοῦ συμπαραλαβεῖν ἀμφοτέρους δεικνύων βουλευσαμένους τὸν φόνον, διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἔφυ μόνον τὸν Ὀρέστην εἰργασμένον. ³ἢ οὕτω· δέον εἰπεῖν πῶς ἔχετε, ὦ τάλαινα, σύ τε κασίγνητός τε σὸς τλήμων Ὀρέστης, ⁴ὁ δὲ τὴν ὁρμὴν τῆς προτάσεως, οἷον τὸ ἔχετε, ἐάσας, ἐπειδὴ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐφόνευσε τὴν μητέρα, πρὸς τοῦτον τὴν ἀπόδοσιν ἐποιήσατο. ⁵ἀγνοοῦντες δὲ τινὲς τὸ ὅδε ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅστις φασίν· ⁶ἔστι δὲ καὶ τὸ ὅδε διὰ μέσου δεικτικόν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: One should say ‘you (pl.) became’ because both carried out the murder, the woman by advising it and the man by doing it, but he (the poet), after saying ‘you and your brother’ (as subject), made the predicate agree with Orestes, thus showing, by grouping them together, that both planned the killing, and by using (the singular verb) ‘he became’, that Orestes alone did the deed. Or (explain it) as follows: one should say ‘In what state, poor woman, are you (pl.), you and your unhappy brother?’, but he (the poet), dismissing what is implied by the first part of the sentence (the plural subject), namely, (the plural verb) ‘echete’, instead, because Orestes killed his mother, applied the predicate to him. Some interpreters, not understanding this, say that ‘this man’ (‘hode’) is used as equivalent to ‘whoever’. But the word is in fact the deictic pronoun in a parenthetic construction.

LEMMA: Ta (not T), REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.52,24–53,9

COMMENT: The view criticized by Thomas (74.08–11) is not specifically Moschopulean; indeed 74.09, being only in XXa, barely qualifies as Moschopulean compared to the others so identified.

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου | δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς | Thomas Magister critical of another view

Or. 74.18 (tri metr) ⟨ἔφυ⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 75.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσφθέγμασι γὰρ⟩: νόμος ἦν τοὺς φονεῖς μὴ λαλεῖν τισιν ἔστ’ ἂν καθαρθῶσι. —V³

LEMMA: ‑μασι in text V (as in almost all mss) POSITION: s.l.

Or. 75.02 (rec paraphr) ἤγουν λαλοῦσα ἀντίον σοῦ, οὐχί —R

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: After οὐχί one is to understand μιαίνομαι from the verse below.

Or. 75.03 (mosch paraphr) κατὰ γὰρ τὴν πρός σε ὁμιλίαν οὐ μιαίνομαι. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.: γὰρ om. G | πρὸς σὲ YfG, σὴν Zc | οὐ μιαίνομαι om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.53.10–11

Or. 75.04 (pllgn paraphr) κατὰ γὰρ τῆς αὐτῆς ὁμιλίας οὐ μιαίνομαι. —Aa²

REF. SYMBOL: Aa POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES: αυτ with attached circumflex, could be αὐτοῦ.

Or. 75.04a (rec paraphr) ⟨προσφθέγμασι⟩: κατὰ τὴν πρὸς σὲ ὁμιλίαν —Ml

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 75.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ μιαίνομαι⟩: οὐ κοινωνῶ τοῦ φόνου σου —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 75.15a (rec paraphr) ⟨μιαίνομαι⟩: ἔνοχος εἰμὶ τοῦ θανάτου —Ml

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: app. ἔχο changed to ἕνοχο Ml

Or. 75.18 (thom exeg) ⟨σέθεν⟩: ἀπὸ σοῦ· σύναπτε δὲ πρὸς τὸ μιαίνομαι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: ‘From you’: construe (this) with ‘I am stained with pollution’.

POSITION: s.l., except marg. Z

APP. CRIT.: ZZl only partially legible | ὑπὸ Za

APP. CRIT. 2: σύναπται Zm, perhaps Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.53.12–13

Or. 76.01 (vet exeg) εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν: ¹καὶ τοῦτο πανούργως. ²ἀναμάρτητον γὰρ τὸ θεῖον. ³ἐμφαίνει οὖν ὡς καταψευδομένων αὐτῶν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος. —MBVCCrPrR^aR^b1R^b2RfRwSSaOx

TRANSLATION: This too is said maliciously. For the divine is infallible. She (or he, the poet) intimates therefore that they are falsely accusing Apollo.

LEMMA: MC, εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα BVPrRf, εἰς Φοῖβον R^b1Rw, καὶ ἄλλως R^b2 REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b1Rf POSITION: cont. from sch. 73.01 SSa; Pr has this (and sch. on following lines as well) after sch. 101.06; R^b has this twice in succession

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐμφαίνε M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.104,14–16; Dind. II.53,14–16

KEYWORDS: πανοῦργος/πανούργως | theological amelioration | ἐμφαίνω

Or. 76.02 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα⟩: καταψεύδεται γὰρ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος. τὸ θεῖον γὰρ ἀναμάρτητον. —O

POSITION: first half in left margin, remainder in right margin O

KEYWORDS: theological amelioration

Or. 76.03 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα⟩: τὸ θεῖον ἀναμάρτητον. —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: theological amelioration

Or. 76.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς Φοῖβον⟩: κακόηθες —F

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως

Or. 76.05 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰς Φοῖβον⟩: ὡς ἐπιτάξαντα τὸν φόνον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘To Phoebus’) as the one who ordered the murder.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 77.01 (pllgn gram) καίτοι: σημ(είωσαι) ὅτι τὸ καίτοι μετὰ μετοχῆς ⟨οὐ⟩ συντάσσεται εἰ μὴ κατὰ στιγμὴν ᾖ. —Gu

TRANSLATION: Note that the particle ‘kaitoi’ is not construed with a participle unless it is in a full sentence.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὐ add. Mastr.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.53.18–19

COMMENT: Another idiosyncratic note by Gu, of uncertain meaning. I take the condition to be short for ‘unless the particle is part of the full main clause, marked off by a full stop, and thus not part of any participial subunit marked off by a minor pause’. For κατὰ στιγμήν in this sense see Sch. Aesch. Pers. 262 Massa Positano ὄντως διὰ τοῦτο μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος καιροῦ βεβιώκαμεν, ἵνα τοιούτων συμφορῶν ἀκουσταὶ γινώμεθα. ἀναγνωστέον δὲ ἢ κατὰ στιγμὴν καὶ ὑποστιγμὴν (‘with a full stop and a minor pause’) ἢ κατὰ στιγμὴν μόνην (‘with only a full stop, as one continuous phrase’)· οὕτω γάρ ἐστι βέλτιον. Compare also Sch. Opp. Hal. 4.616 (on Πετραίην δὲ σκίαιναν ἐπὴν φόβος ἦτορ ἵκηται, with double acc. of the whole and the part) Πετραίην δὲ σκίαιναν· ἡ σύνταξις τρισσῶς, ἢ κατὰ στιγμὴν, ἢ κατ’ ἐπένθεσιν εἰς προθέσεως, ἢ κατ’ ἀντίπτωσιν (‘as an independent phrase on its own(?), by supplying the preposition εἰς, or as an instance of exchange of case [acc. for gen.]’).

Or. 78.02 (vet exeg) ἣν ἐπεὶ πρὸς Ἴλιον: ¹ἣν οὐκ εἶδον ἀφ’ οὗ εἰς τὴν Ἴλιον ἔπλευσα· ²διὰ μέσου γὰρ τὸ ‘ὅπως ἔπλευσα’, εἶτα ὥσπερ αἰτίαν λέγουσα τοῦ πλοῦ ‘θεομανεῖ πότμῳ’ φησὶν, ³ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ εἱμαρμένης μανεῖσα, ἢ μοίρᾳ θεοῦ μανεῖσα. —MBVCCrPrRfRwSSaOx

TRANSLATION: Whom I did not see ever since I sailed to Ilion. For the phrase ‘however I sailed’ is parenthetic, and then as if telling the cause of the voyage she says ‘by a fate of divinely-inspired madness’, meaning having gone mad because of destiny, or having gone mad by a fate imposed by a god.

LEMMA: M(ἢν)CRw, ἣν ἐπεὶ πρὸς Ἴλιον ἔπλευσα BV(ἥλιον), REF. SYMBOL: MBVSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.104,17–19; Dind. II.53,20–23; 54,1–2

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 78.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἣν οὐκ εἶδον ἀφ’ οὗ πρὸς Ἴλιον ἔπλευσα· ²εἰ δὲ θέλεις γνῶναι πῶς ἔπλευσα, γίνωσκε ὅτι θεομανεῖ πότμῳ. ³κρύπτει δὲ τὴν μοιχείαν καὶ ὑπὸ δαίμονός τινος βίᾳ ἦχθαι εἰς Τροίαν φησίν. —MBCPrR^aR^b, partial VSSa

TRANSLATION: Whom I did not see ever since I sailed to Ilion. And if you want to understand how I sailed, know that it was by a fate of divinely-inspired madness. She conceals her adultery and claims that she was led to Troy by force by some divinity.

LEMMA: MPr, in marg. B; cont. from prev. VSSa REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: follows sch. 82.08 R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἦν R^aR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.104,21–23; Dind. II.53,23–26

Or. 78.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἣν⟩: λείπει τὸ οὐκ εἶδον —M

TRANSLATION: (To govern the relative pronoun) ‘I have not seen’ is to be understood.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.104,24

COMMENT: If this is not a careless way of saying that the relative pronoun depends on the verb two lines later in 80, then this explanation is given because the mss almost all have a ὅπως δ’ in 79 and thus 80 οὐκ εἶδον appears to be part of a separate clause and unable to govern the pronoun in 78.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 78.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπεὶ πρὸς Ἴλιον⟩: ἐπεὶ ἔπλευσα πρὸς τὴν Τροίαν, οὐκ ἐθεασάμην αὐτὴν. —Y²Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐπεὶ om. Y², adding the rest to Y gloss ἀφοῦ (sch. 78.08) | αὐτὴν om. Yf²

Or. 78.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπεὶ⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ καιροῦ —Rw

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: C. Gastgeber, who examined the original at my request, reported traces in the curvature of the binding (lambda and nu), possibly from ἴλιον, but saw no trace of a preposition.

Or. 78.12 (tri metr) ⟨Ἴλιον⟩: long mark over first iota —T

Or. 79.01 (pllgn exeg) κρύπτει τὴν μοιχείαν αὐτῆς καὶ εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀναφέρει τοῦτο ἢ εἰς τὴν εἱμαρμένην. —Y²Yf²

POSITION: marg. at 77–78 Y²; between sch. 71.02 and 80.22 Yf

APP. CRIT.: ἢ εἰς τὴν εἱμ. om. Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.53,16–17 (inaccurate)

COMMENT: Condensed from sch. 78.03.

Or. 79.02 (rec exeg) τῇ τῶν θεῶν βουλήσει καὶ τῇ ἐμῇ δυστυχίᾳ —AbPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῇ κτλ om. Ab, ἐμῆ δυστυχίας add. Ab²

Or. 79.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅπως δ’ ἔπλευσα⟩: διὰ μέσου θέλεις νοῆσαι πῶς ἔπλευσα. —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 79.06 (mosch exeg) ὅπως δ’ ἔπλευσα: ¹διὰ μέσου ταῦτα· ²ἤγουν ὁ τρόπος δὲ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀπόπλου ὑπὸ δυστυχίας ἦν θεομανοῦς. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: These words (‘and however I sailed’) are parenthetic. That is, ‘and the manner of my sailing away was under the influence of a misfortune of divinely-imposed madness’.

LEMMA: all; lemma in red, then repeated in black (with punct.) before note G (δὲ in second instance)

APP. CRIT.: 2 δὲ om. Y | θεομανής T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.53.27–28

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 79.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅπως⟩: ἐθέλει[ς] [γνῶ]ναι πῶς ἔπλε[υσα;] ἡσυχάσασ[α τὰ] καθ’ ἕκαστα θρηνῶ τὰς ἐμὰς δυστυχίας, ἀν[α]λογιζομένη τὰς πράξεις μου, ἡ ἀξία οὖσα ἐλέ{ν}ου ἢ ἀπολειφθ[εῖ]σα καὶ μονωθεῖσα καὶ στερηθεῖσα τῆς ἀδελφῆς μου. —V³

REF. SYMBOL: V³ POSITION: in outer margin

Or. 79.17 (thom paraphr) ⟨πότμῳ⟩: δυστυχίᾳ ἤγουν μήνιδι Ἀφροδίτης —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: partly washed out in ZZl | ἢ Zb | μήνιδι] ὀργῆ ZZa

COLLATION NOTES: Gu added last three words to Gr’s δυστ.

Or. 80.06 (vet exeg) ἀπολειφθεῖσα δ’ αἰάζω τύχας: ἄδηλον τίνος ἀπολειφθεῖσα θρηνεῖ, τοῦ {μὴ} ἰδεῖν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν ἢ τοῦ γνῶναι τῆς πορνείας τὴν αἰτίαν. —MBVCCrPrR^bRfRwSSaOx

TRANSLATION: It is unclear what it is that she has been separated from to cause her to lament, her {not} seeing Clytemnestra or her understanding the cause of her adultery.

LEMMA: MC, ἀπολειφθεῖσα VR^bRwS(ἀπολειφθεῖς) REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: intermarg. B; after sch. 81.09 SSa (with lemma 73 in Sa); cont. from 78.03 Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄδηλον τινὸς MRf, ἄδηλόν τινος Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.104,25–105,2; Dind. II.54,5–7, 2–4

COMMENT: Note that the second half of the comment is based on the presence of δ’ in 79. | It is not certain that the deletion of μὴ is needed, since it could be a redundant negative after the idea of deprivation (but rhetorical balance is better without it). Its presence is imitated in the derivative sch. 80.08, 80.09.

Or. 80.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: ἢ τοῦ καταλαβεῖν ζῶσαν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν ἀπολειφθεῖσα ⟨ἢ⟩ τοῦ γνῶναι τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἐμῆς φυγῆς —V

POSITION: cont. from prev. V

APP. CRIT.: first τοῦ Schw., τὸ V | ἢ suppl. Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.105,3–4; Dind. II.54,7–8

Or. 80.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: τοῦ μὴ εἰδέναι τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς πορνείας —Pr

REF. SYMBOL: Pr POSITION: marg.

Or. 80.09 (pllgn exeg) ἤγουν τὸ μὴ γνῶ[ναι] τὸν θάν[ατον] τῆς ἐμ[ῆς ἀδελφῆς] ἢ τὴν ἐμ[ὴν] μοιχεί[αν] —F

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: μὴ perhaps deleted by scribe

Or. 80.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: ἤγουν ὄπισθεν τῆς ἀδελφῆς μου —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 80.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: καὶ στερηθεῖσα ἐγὼ τῆς ἀδελφῆς μου —V²Ab²CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐγὼ om. V² | μου om. Ab²CrOx | τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας add. V³

Or. 80.18 (rec exeg) ⟨τύχας⟩: τὰς ἐμὰς ἢ τὰς ἐκείνης —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 80.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τύχας⟩: ἢ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς πορνείας —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 80.21 (pllgn gram) ⟨τύχας⟩: ἡ τύχη μέση λέξις ἐστὶ καὶ ἐπὶ δυστυχίας λαμβάνεται καὶ ἐπὶ εὐτυχίας, ὡς ἡ ὀσμὴ καὶ ἐπὶ εὐωδίας λαμβάνεται καὶ ἐπὶ δυσωδίας. —Y²Yf²

TRANSLATION: ‘Tuchē’ (‘fortune’) is an indeterminate term (‘mesē lexis’) and is applied both to misfortune and good fortune, just as ‘osmē’ (‘smell’) is applied both to a beautiful scent and to a foul odor.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δυστυχίαν Y² | λαμβανομένη Yf² | ὡς καὶ Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.54,9–11

KEYWORDS: μέση λέξις

Or. 80.22 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 81.01 (81–82) (pllgn paraphr) τί εἴπω σοι ἂν ἥτις παροῦσα ὁρᾷς σὺ ἡ χρηματίσασα Ἑλένη καὶ πρόξενος θρήνου εἰς τὸν γόνον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἐν συμφοραῖσι σαῖς; —Zu

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: σοῖς Zu

COMMENT: For πρόξενος θρήνου see sch. 81.13.

Or. 81.02 (vet exeg) Ἑλένη, τί σοι λέγοιμ’ ἄν: ¹πρὸς πάσας τὰς ὕβρεις ἀντέθηκε τὸ Ἑλένη, ὅθεν καὶ χιάζεται ὁ στίχος· ²σεσημείωται γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς Ἑλένης. ³αἰνίττεται δὲ ὅτι πονηρῶς κερτομεῖ περὶ τούτων πυνθανομένη περὶ ὧν παροῦσα ὁρᾷ. —MBVCCrPrRfRwOx

TRANSLATION: In response to all the insults Electra has opposed the word ‘Helen’, for which reason the chi is affixed to the line. For the name of Helen has been marked as significant. And Electra implies indirectly that Helen is maliciously criticizing when she inquires about things that she sees before her.

LEMMA: MCRf, ἑλένη τί σοι V, ἑλένη BPrRw REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 πονήρως BCCrRwOx

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.105,5–8; Dind. II.54,19–22

KEYWORDS: αἰνίττομαι/αἰνιγματωδῶς | πονηρῶς

Or. 81.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: εἰρωνικῶς —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 81.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: ὀνειδιστικῶς —AaGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 81.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: ἡ ἀξία θρήνων πολλῶν, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔλεγος ὁ θρῆνος —F

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 81.06 (rec gram) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: διὰ τὸ πολυσύμφορον τῆς Ἑλένης —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 81.07 (pllgn gram) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: ἤτοι αἰτία θρήνων ὀνειδιστικῶς —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 81.09 (vet exeg) τί σοι λεγοιμ’ ἂν ἅ γε καὶ παροῦσα: ¹τί χρεὼν εἰπεῖν ἅτινα ὁρᾷς; ²τί δὲ ὁρᾷς; ³[81] ‘ἐν συμφοραῖσι τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον’. ⁴δῆλον δὲ ὅτι οὐ τὸν Ὀρέστην μόνον λέγει ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον. ⁵περὶ τῶν δύο γὰρ ἡ Ἑλένη ἐπύθετο λέγουσα [73] ‘πῶς, ὦ τάλαινα, σύ τε κασίγνητός τε σός’. ⁶εἰκότως οὖν καὶ αὐτὴ ἐπάγει τὴν ἑαυτῆς ἄυπνον κηδεμονίαν καὶ τὴν Ὀρέστου νόσον. —BVCPrRfRw, partial Sa

TRANSLATION: What need is there to say the things you see? And what do you see? ‘The offspring of Agamemnon in misfortunes’. It is obvious that with ‘offspring of Agamemnon’ she speaks not just of Orestes but also of herself. For Helen asked about the two when she said ‘How, poor girl, you and your brother …’ Justifiably, therefore, she too follows up with her own sleepless solicitude and Orestes’ sickness.

LEMMA: B(παροῦ()), τί σοι λέγοιμ’ ἂν Pr, ἄγε καὶ παροῦσ’ ὁρᾶς· ἣν ἐπεὶ προσίλιον ἔπλευσα· ἄγε καὶ παροῦσ’ ὁρᾶς· C, λέγοιμ’ ἂν ἣν ἐπεὶ πρὸς ἴλιον ἔπλευσας παροῦσα εἰσορᾶς Rw, 73 πῶς ὦ τάλαινα κασίγνητός τε σὸς Sa REF. SYMBOL: Sa (at sch., not at text) POSITION: cont. from sch. 81.02 PrRf, cont. from 82.08 V; between 65.04 and 80.06 Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 6 ἐπάγη C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.105,12–17; Dind. II.54,28–55,3

COMMENT: Clearly this note was transmitted in a corrupt, partly illegible, or lacunose form. It is also a good example of how the B tradition often smooths out difficulties: τίς χρεία makes sense and uses a typical glossing word (often applied to χρεὼν), but the other corrupt readings point to χρεών, as Schw. saw; illegible **δεμονία has probably been adjusted (not just in B) to the generic δυσδαιμονία, whereas the specific κηδεμονία in V is more apposite.

Or. 81.10 (rec paraphr) τί σοι λεγοιμ’ ἂν ἅ γε καὶ παροῦσ’ ὁρᾷς: ¹τί χρεὼν εἰπεῖν ἅτινα εἰσορᾶς καὶ παροῦσα; ²τί δὲ ὁρᾷς; ³ἐν συμφοραῖς ὄντα τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον. ⁴ἐπάγει δὲ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην ἄυπνον δυσδαιμονίαν καὶ τὴν τῆς νόσου καὶ τὴν ἐπ’ αὐτοῦ αὐτῆς κακοπάθειαν. ⁵λέγει γὰρ [84, 86] ‘ἐγὼ μὲν … θάσσω’, ὅ ἐστι κάθημαι παρεδρεύων, αὐτὸς δὲ τῇ νόσῳ τήκεται. —R^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: What need is there to say the things you see even being present? And what do you see? The offspring of Agamemnon being in misfortunes. And Electra continues with both the sleepless wretchedness directed toward Orestes and the suffering of the illness and her own suffering occasioned by it. For she says ‘I for my part … am sitting’, that is, I sit down in attendance on him, while he himself is wasting away with his disease.

LEMMA: S(ἄγε), ἑλένη τί σοι λεγοιμ’ ἄγε καὶ παροῦσα ὁρᾶς R^b, ἑλένη τί σοι λεγοιμ’ ἂν R^aSa REF. SYMBOL: R^aSa POSITION: after sch. 85.05 R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐν] ἐ R^b | 4 τῆς νόσου] τοῦ νόσου R^b, τῆς της νόσου S | κακοπάθηαν R^a | 5 την νόσω R^b

Or. 81.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σοι⟩: σοὶ, ἥτις πρόξενος τοῦ θρήνου γέγονας τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονος παιδί —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: σοὶ] σὺ Gu

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 81.01 above for πρόξενος θρήνου.

Or. 81.25 (rec exeg) ⟨παροῦσ’ ὁρᾷς⟩: ἐν συμφοραῖσι δηλονότι οὐ τὸν Ὀρέστην μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμαυτὴν —S

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 81.30. (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁρᾶς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁράσεις. ἀντιχρονία. —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.55,8

KEYWORDS: ἀντιχρονισμός/ἀντιχρονία

Or. 82.08 (vet exeg) τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον: ¹τὴν ἀπολογίαν δι’ ἑνὸς ἐδήλωσεν ὀνόματος· ²καὶ Ὀρέστης γὰρ κρινόμενος εἰς τὴν ⟨ἀπὸ⟩ τοῦ πατρὸς κατέφυγεν ἀπολογίαν. —MBVCPrR^bRfRw

TRANSLATION: She made clear her grounds of defence through a single name (Agamemnon); indeed Orestes too when on trial took refuge in the defence derived from his father.

LEMMA: Rw, τὸν ἀγαμέμνονος R^b, ἐν συμφοραῖσι MC, ἐν συμφ. τὸν ἀγαμένονος V REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: cont. from 81.09, add. δὲ (after ἀπολογίαν) BPr; cont. from 76.01 R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: κατέφυγε BPrR^bRf (all before φιλοτιμία)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.105,9–11; Dind. II.55,4–6

Or. 82.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον⟩: δηλονότι οὐ τὸν Ὀρέστην μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτὴν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 82.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον⟩: οὐ μόνον τὸν Ὀρέστην λέγει γόνον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτήν, ἤγουν ἐν συμφοραῖς βλέπεις τὸν γόνον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἤγουν ἡμᾶς. —Yf²

Or. 82.20 (rec exeg) ⟨γόνον⟩: γρ. δόμον —K

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 83.01 (vet exeg) ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος πάρεδρος: ¹ἐγὼ μὲν μὴ καθεύδουσα παρεδρεύω ἕνεκα τοῦ μικρὸν ἐμπνεῖν τοῦτον. ²εἶτα δυσχεραίνουσά φησι τῷ ἀθλίῳ νεκρῷ, ἵν’ ᾖ νεκρῷ ὄντι ἀθλίῳ. ³καὶ βεβαίωσις τούτου ‘νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος’. —MBCPrRf, partial VRw

TRANSLATION: Without sleeping I sit beside (him) because this man has little breath of life. Then in distress she says, (beside) the wretched corpse, that is, (beside him,) being a wretched corpse. And the justification of this is ‘for this man is a corpse’.

LEMMA: MC, ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος BPrRf, πάρεδρος Rw; REF. SYMBOL: MBRf POSITION: cont. from 84.01 V, prep. ὁ δὲ λόγος

APP. CRIT. 2: ἕνεκεν C, ἔνεκεν app. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.105,18–21; Dind. II.55,9–11

COMMENT: The explanation is based on taking 84 οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς with the main clause and not with νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος, a construal motivated by assuming ἕνεκα has its common meaning ‘because of’ rather than its less common idiomatic sense ‘as far as concerns’. The same punctuation is assumed in the next scholion. But sch. 84.01 reflects the correct punctuation and interpretation.

Or. 83.02 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ¹ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος θάσσω παρεδρεύουσα τῷ ἀθλίῳ νεκρῷ οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς, ²ὅ ἐστιν· ὅπως μὴ ἀποψύξας λάθῃ με, φυλάττω. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION: I, sleepless, sit in attendance beside the wretched corpse because of his scant breath. That is, in order that he not breathe his last without my noticing, I watch over (him).

LEMMA: MBPrRf, in marg. B; ἐγὼ μὲν V; ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος R^b REF. SYMBOL: VR^bSa POSITION: cont. from 83.01 Rw, from 40.07 Ml

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 θάσω Ml | παρεδρευοῦσα Mn | οὔνεκα VCMlPr | 2 ἀπὸ ψύξας Ml | φυλάσσω BPrRf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.105,22–24; Dind. II.55,12–14

Or. 83.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος πάρεδρος⟩: ἀεὶ φυλάττω αὐτὸν —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 83.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄυπνος πάρεδρος⟩: καὶ παρακαθημένη διηνεχῶς —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 83.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄυπνος⟩: μὴ δεχομένη ὕπνον τοῖς βλεφάροις —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 83.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: πάρεδρος θάσσω ἀντὶ τοῦ παρακάθημαι —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrAa²

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: πάρεδρος om. G | ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν G

Or. 83.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παρεδρευομένη καὶ παρακαθημένη —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 83.11 (rec gram) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: ὁ παρά τὴν πλησιότητα δηλῶν —K

POSITION: marg.

Or. 84.01 (vet exeg) νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος: ¹ἕνεκα τοῦ πνεύματος νεκρός ἐστι· ²μικρὸν γάρ τι ἔχει πνεῦμα καὶ μόλις ἀναπνεῖ. —MBVCMnR^bSa

TRANSLATION: As far as his breathing goes, he is a corpse. For he has very scant breath and hardly respires.

LEMMA: MVC, νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος εἵνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς MnSaR^b REF. SYMBOL: MVSa POSITION: intermarg. B; after next MnR^bSa

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἕνεκα … ἐστι om. MnSa | πνεύματος] πατρὸς (compend.) C | 1–2 νεκρός ἐστι μικρὸν] νεκρὸν V | 1 ἐστι om. R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀναπνέει C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.106,1–2; Dind. II.55,15–16

Or. 84.02 (vet exeg) αὐτὸ γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ νεκρόν ἐστιν. —MBR^bV³

TRANSLATION: His very breath, she says, is dead.

LEMMA: σμικρᾶς πνοῆς MnR^bSa REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: s.l. MV³; intermarg. B, cont. from prev.

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὸ γὰρ] ἢ οὕτως αὐτὸ B | αὐτοῦ] του Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.106,3; Dind. II.55,16–17

Or. 84.04 (rec rhet) ⟨νεκρὸς⟩: ἐπιδιόρθωσις —RfGu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐπιδιόρθωσις

Or. 84.05 (pllgn rhet) ⟨νεκρὸς⟩: ἐπιδιορθοῖ τι· οἱ γὰρ νεκροὶ οὐ ζῶσι. —F

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐπιδιόρθωσις

Or. 84.06 (pllgn rhet) λύει αὖθις ὅπερ εἶπε, τὸν Ὀρέστην νεκρὸν. —Y²

TRANSLATION: She unsays in turn the very thing she said, (that) Orestes (is) a corpse.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 84.07 (rec rhet) ⟨νεκρὸς⟩: κατασκευαστικὸν —Pr

TRANSLATION: (The statement is) corroborative.

POSITION: s.l. (over middle of line) Pr

COMMENT: As a term in logic or rhetoric, κατασκευαστικός can refer to a constructive, positive argument as opposed to a destructive one; for the sense ‘tending to prove, establish’ see Lampe s.v.

Or. 84.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς⟩: τουτέστιν εἰ καὶ μικρὸν πνέει —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 84.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς⟩: πλὴν διὰ τὸ μικρόπνου⟨ν εἶναι⟩ —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ μικρᾶς πνοῆς a.c., app. τὸ μικροπνου p.c. Sa

Or. 84.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨οὕνεκα⟩: ¹τὸ οὕνεκα λαμβάνεται καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι. ²ἔνθα οὖν ἔνι ἀναγκαῖον πεσεῖν τὸ ἕνεκα, γράφεται δὲ καὶ τὸ οὕνεκα. ³οὐ μὴν ἀνάπαλιν ἔνθα γράφεται τὸ οὕνεκα, ἵνα γραφῇ καὶ τὸ ἕνεκα. ⁴πῶς γὰρ μέλλει γράφειν εἰς τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν στίχον ἀντὶ τοῦ οὕνεκα τὸ ἕνεκα, τὸν λέγοντα [Hom. Il. 1.11] ‘οὕνεκα τὸν Χρύσην ἠτίμασεν’; ⁵οὐ γὰρ λαμβάνεται καὶ τὸ ἕνεκα διπλῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ οὕνεκα. —Yf²

POSITION: follows sch. 85.05

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 γραφεῖν Yf² | ἠτίμησεν Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.55,18–56,5

COMMENT: ἔνι as third person form for ἐστί is occasionally found elsewhere in Palaeologan scholia. | Cf. Commentaria in Dionysii Thracis Artem Grammaticam, Scholia Marciana (Gram.Gr. 1:3.440) τὸ οὕνεκα τοῦ ἕνεκα διαφέρει χρήσει καὶ συντάξει· ὁ μὲν οὖν οὕνεκα ῥήματι συντάσσεται, οἷον ⟨Α 11⟩ οὕνεκα τὸν Χρύσην ἠτίμησ’ ἀρητῆρα Ἀτρείδης, τὸ δὲ ἕνεκα πτώσει γενικῇ, οἷον ⟨Ζ 356⟩ εἵνεκ’ ἐμεῖο κυνὸς καὶ Ἀλεξάνδρου ἕνεκ’ ἄτης, ⟨β 206⟩ εἵνεκα τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐριδαίνομεν, ποιητικῶς τοῦ ι πλεονάσαντος· ὁ δὲ συντάττων τὸ ἕνεκα ῥήματι σύγχυσιν ποιεῖ. See also Sch. Yf² Hec. 787 τὸ οὕνεκα λαμβάνεται καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτι καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν· ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτι, ὡς τὸ ‘οὕνεκα τὸν Χρύσην·’ ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν, ὡς καὶ ἐνταῦθα. τὸ δὲ ἕνεκα ἀντὶ τοῦ οὕνεκα οὐ λαμβάνεται πώποτε.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 84.17 (thom exeg) ⟨σμικρᾶς πνοῆς⟩: διότι μικρὰν ἔχει πνοὴν, ἐγγύς ἐστι νεκροῦ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., except ZmT; above 83 νεκρῷ ZbZl

APP. CRIT.: μικρὰν πνοὴν [ἔχει] Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.56,5

Or. 85.05 (vet exeg) τὰ τούτου δ’ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω κακά: ¹σιωπῶ τὰ κακὰ τούτου, ἵνα μὴ δόξω αὐτῷ ὀνειδίζειν τὴν μητροκτονίαν. ²καὶ διὰ μὲν τῆς σιωπῆς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν αὐτοῦ ἐσήμηνεν, ³ἐμφαίνει δὲ ὅτι σὺ μὲν ὠνείδισας αὐτῷ εἰποῦσα ὅτι [74] ‘μητρὸς ὅδε φονεύς’, ἐγὼ δὲ οὔ. —MBVCMnPrR^bRfRwSaYf²

TRANSLATION: I keep silent about the ills of this man, so that I may not seem to reproach him for the matricide. By means of her refusal to speak of them she (Electra) indicated the great number of his ills, while on the other hand she insinuates that you reproached him by saying that ‘this man is the murderer of his mother’, but I do not.

LEMMA: MCSa, τὰ τούτου δ’ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω BV, τὰ τοῦδ’ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω MnRw^b, οὐκ ὀνειδίζω Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^bSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.106,4–7; Dind. II.56,6–9

KEYWORDS: ἐμφαίνω

Or. 85.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰ τούτου … κακά⟩: ⟨οὐ⟩ λέγουσα τὴν μητροφ[ονίαν] ἀλλὰ σιωπῶ —O

COLLATION NOTES: Letters lost in binding.

Or. 85.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰ δ’ οὐκ⟩: τοῦ(δ’) —Ab

LEMMA: τὰ δ’ οὐκ in text Ab POSITION: s.l.

Or. 85.09 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ ὀνειδίζω⟩: λέγουσα τοῦτον νεκρόν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: διότι prep. Zl

Or. 85.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ὀνειδίζω⟩: ὡς σὺ μητροφόντην εἰποῦσα —ZuGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: σὺ om. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: εἴπουσα Zu

Or. 85.12a (rec paraphr) ⟨ὀνειδίζω κακά⟩: ὑβρίζω τὰς τούτου δυστυχίας —Ml

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 85.15 (rec exeg) ⟨κακά⟩: κακὰ τὰ ὑπεράπειρα τῶν συμφορῶν. —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: ὑπεράπειρος, ‘immense, beyond infinite’, originated in theological contexts, but is used in other contexts by Theodorus Prodromus, carm. hist. 32c.10 (imperial encomium) and in 13–14th cent. novels and historians.

Or. 86.01 (vet exeg) σὺ δ’ εἶ μακαρία: ¹πλεονάζει τὸ ὑπαρκτικὸν ῥῆμα, ἵν’ ᾖ σὺ δὲ {εἶ} μακαρία καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ σὸς μακάριος. ²⟨ἢ⟩ εἰς τὸ πόσις τελεία στιγμή, τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς ἀπολύτως. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: The verb of being is superfluous, so that the sense is: ‘You, fortunate one, and your husband, fortunate’. Or, there is a full stop at ‘posis’ and the following phrase is to be taken separately.

LEMMA: MCRw REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: sep. from prev. by three-dot punct. B, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ῥήμα M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.106,8–10; Dind. II.56,11–13

KEYWORDS: πλεονάζει

Or. 86.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἶ⟩: παρέλκον τὸ εἶ —G

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: παρέλκει/παρέλκον

Or. 86.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὺ δ’ εἶ μακαρία⟩: εἰρωνικῶς τοῦτο φησί. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 86.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ⟩: εἶ —V

LEMMA: ἡ in text V POSITION: s.l.

Or. 86.14 (thom exeg) πόσις: ¹τινὲς στίζοντες εἰς τὸ πόσις τὸ ἑξῆς κομματικὸν ἐκφέρουσιν ἀπατηθέντες ἐκ τοῦ ὑπαρκτικοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ σὺ δ’ εἶ μακαρία, κἀνταῦθα ἕτερον προσλαμβάνοντες. ²φασὶ γὰρ οὕτω· σὺ δὲ εἶ, ὦ Ἑλένη, μακαρία καὶ ὁ σὸς πόσις μακάριος ἐστίν. ³εἶτα λέγουσι τὸ ‘ἥκετον ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἀθλίως πεπραχότας’ κομματικόν. ⁴τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἔστι τοιοῦτον, ἀλλ’ εἰποῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα σὺ δὲ, ὦ Ἑλένη, μακαρία εἶ, ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν καὶ ὁ σὸς πόσις μακάριος ἐστί· ⁵νῦν δὲ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλὰ καινοπρεπῶς ἐξήνεγκε, πρὸς μὲν τὴν Ἑλένην ὑπαρκτικῷ χρησαμένη ῥήματι ἑνικῶς τῷ εἶ, πρὸς δὲ τὸν Μενέλαον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔστι τὸ ἥκετον εἰποῦσα, συμπεριλανβάνουσα ἀμφοτέρους Ἑλένην τε καὶ Μενέλαον. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Some punctuate at ‘posis’ and pronounce the following as a separate unit, misled by the verb of being in ‘but you are blessed’, supplying another verb of being here as well. For they paraphrase it thus: ‘But you, Helen, are blessed, and your husband is blessed’. Then they pronounce as a separate unit the words ‘you two have come to us in our wretchedness’. But the construction is not like that; rather, after Electra says ‘but you, Helen are blessed’, she should have said ‘and your husband is blessed’. But as it is, she did not put it that way, but uttered it in a novel way, using with reference to Helen the verb of being in the singular form ‘ei’, but with reference to Menelaus saying, instead of ‘is’, ‘you two have come’, including (as subjects) both of them, Helen and Menelaus.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κοματικὸν Zl | 3 κοματικὸν Zl | 4 σὺ δ’ ὦ T | 5 first ἑλλένην Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.56,14–24

KEYWORDS: Thomas Magister critical of another view | punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν)

Or. 86.15 (tri exeg) εἰ δὲ σύ δ’ ἡ μακαρία γράψεις, εὕρηται γὰρ καὶ οὕτω, οὐδεμίαν ἔχει ἀμφιβολίαν ὁ λόγος. —T

TRANSLATION: But if you write ‘you, the blessed woman’—for it is also found transmitted thus—, the sentence contains no confusion.

POSITION: cont. from prev. T

Or. 87.01 (vet exeg) ἥκετον ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς: ¹ἤλθετε πρὸς ἡμᾶς. ²τῇ προσθήκῃ δὲ τοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς τραχύτερον αὐτὸ ἐποίησεν· ³ἁρπασόμενοι γὰρ ἤλθετε ἡμᾶς, φησίν. ⁴ἔοικε δὲ τῷ Ἑπτὰ ἐπὶ Θήβας. —MBVCPrR^bRf

TRANSLATION: You have come to us. By the addition of the phrase ‘to/against us’ she made it (her utterance) harsher: ‘for you have come to attack and seize us’, she says. It is like the (use of the preposition ‘epi’ in) ‘Seven against Thebes’.

LEMMA: MVCPrRf, lemma ἥκετον R^b REF. SYMBOL: MVR^bRf POSITION: cont. from 86.01 B; after sch. 81.10 R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ταχύτερον Rf | 4 ἔοικε] ἔοικεν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: ὥσπερ καὶ τὸν κύκλον ἄπειρόν φαμεν τῷ μὴ ἔχειν πέρατα, καὶ ‘χιτῶνα ἄπειρόν’ (20) φασι τὸν μὴ ἔχοντα διαίρεσιν, ἢ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι. I.106,11–13; Dind. II.56,25–57,2

Or. 87.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀθλίως⟩: πῶς —S

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 87.15 (recTri metr) ⟨πεπραγότας⟩: long mark over first alpha —OT

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 87.16 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 88.01 (vet exeg) πόσον χρόνον δέ: ¹πάντως δέδοικε μὴ ὀλίγον χρόνον δυστυχοῦσι, ²διὸ οὐδὲ τὸν χρόνον εἶπεν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα. —MBVCPrR^bSa

TRANSLATION: Assuredly, she (Helen) is fearful that they have been unfortunate for (just?) a short time; therefore Electra did not even mention the time (in her reply).

LEMMA: MVCPr, πόσον χρόνον R^b REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: intermarg. B; between sch. 93.03 and sch. 94.01 Pr

APP. CRIT.: 1 πάντως] om. BSa, πῶς Pr | δέδοικας M, δέδοικα R^bSa | 2 οὔτε MBCPr, οὐ Sa | ἡ ἑλένη R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὁλίγον M | δυστυχοῦσιν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.106,14–15; Dind. II.57,4–5

COMMENT: The analysis fits with the tendency, evident in a number of scholia in this passage, of reading the characters’ statements as full of hostile innuendo (cf. next sch.). The critic assumes that Helen would be content if the siblings’ sufferings were of long duration, and suggests that in turn Electra replies without being specific about how many days in order to frustrate Helen’s Schadenfreude.

Or. 88.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: πανούργως ἐρωτᾷ ταῦτα ἡ Ἑλένη. —AaPr

TRANSLATION: Helen asks this question with malicious intent.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἑλένη add. before πανούργως Aa | ταῦτα ἡ ἑλένη om. Pr

KEYWORDS: πανοῦργος/πανούργως

Or. 88.04 (rec gram) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ χέεσθαι ῥεῖα —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 89.01 (vet exeg) ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα: ¹οὐ πρὸς τὴν πεῦσιν ἀπεκρίνατο· ²ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἤρετο ἀπὸ ποίου χρόνου νοσεῖ, ³ἡ δὲ εἶπεν ἀφ’ οὗ τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλε. ⁴τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν ὁμοίως ἄδηλον τῇ Ἑλένῃ. —MBVCRfRw

TRANSLATION: She did not respond to the inquiry. For Helen asked since what point in time he has been sick, and she said since he killed his mother. And this is in turn likewise unclear to Helen.

LEMMA: MVCRfRw, ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα γενέθ(λιον) B REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἴρετο MRf (η s.l. Rf) | 3 εἶπε Rw | ἀνεῖλεν MBV

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.106,16–18; Dind. II.57,7–9

Or. 89.02 (rec rhet) ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα: διάλληλος δεῖξις ἀσαφὴς —V³Pr

POSITION: over κατήνυσεν V³

APP. CRIT.: ἀσαφὴς om. V³

COMMENT: The term διάλληλος δεῖξις (circular reasoning) is used often by philosophers from Sextus Empiricus to Arethas and Psellus and beyond, and is also found occasionally in rhetorical treatises and twice in the sch. to Aeschines. For this and the next note, compare esp. the example used in the following (and in several other texts as well): Elias, in Prophyr. Isagogen, CAG 18:1.9,10–14 διάλληλος δέ ἐστι δεῖξις, ὅτε δύο τινῶν ἀμφιβαλλομένων πραγμάτων ἑκάτερον διὰ τοῦ λοιποῦ θελήσωμεν πιστώσασθαι, οἷον ἀγνοῶν ποῦ μένει Θέων καὶ ποῦ μένει Δίων, εἰ ἐρωτήσω ‘ποῦ μένει Θέων’ καὶ εἴπῃς ‘ὅπου Δίων’, εἰ ἐπανερωτήσω ‘καὶ ποῦ μένει Δίων’ καὶ εἴπῃς ‘ὅπου Θέων’.

KEYWORDS: διάλληλος δεῖξις

Or. 89.03 (pllgn rhet) ⟨ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα⟩: διάλληλος ἡ λέξις ἐκ τοῦ ἀσαφῶς τὸ ἀσαφές. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: διάλληλος δεῖξις

Or. 89.14 (mosch exeg) γενέθλιον: ¹γενέθλια πληθυντικῶς ἡ ἐν γεννήσει τινὸς τελουμένη ἑορτὴ ὥσπερ γαμήλια ἡ ἐν γάμῳ καὶ ἐγκαίνια ἡ ἐν ἐγκαινισμῷ. ²κατὰ ταῦτα ἐλέγετο καὶ Κρόνια ἡ ἑορτὴ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ Διάσια ἡ τοῦ Διὸς καὶ Τιτάνια ἡ τῶν Τιτάνων καὶ ἕτερα. ³ἐνταῦθα δὲ γενέθλιον αἷμα λέγει ἀντὶ τοῦ μητρῶον ἀπὸ τῆς γεννήσεως μετάγων τὸν λόγον ἐπὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς γεννήσεως ἤγουν τὴν μητέρα. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGu

TRANSLATION: In the plural ‘genethlia’ means the festivity carried out at the birth of someone, just as ‘gamēlia’ refers to the celebration at a wedding or ‘engkainia’ to that at a consecration. In accordance with this pattern the feast of Cronus was called ‘Kronia’, that of Zeus ‘Diasia’, and that of the Titans ‘Titania’ and (similarly with) other examples. But here he calls the bloodshed ‘genethlion’ as equivalent to ‘maternal’, transferring the reference (of the word) from birth to the cause of the birth, that is, the mother.

LEMMA: γενέθλιον κατήνυσε G

APP. CRIT.: 2 κατὰ] καὶ a.c. Gu | λέγεται Gu | first ἡ om. G | 3 ἀντὶ τοῦ] τὸ G | καὶ add. before ἐπὶ T

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τιτάνεια G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.57,10–15

COMMENT: The examples of the Titania, Diasia, and Kronia may derive from the list in ps.-Theodosius (Theodorus Prodromus?), περὶ γραμματικῆς 69,16–17.

Or. 89.18 (rec gram) ⟨κατήνυσεν⟩: τὸ κατήνυσε λέξις ῥητορική ἐστιν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπλήρωσε φόνον. —PrRSa

TRANSLATION: The verb ‘katēnuse’ is a literary word used in the sense ‘he completed the murder’.

POSITION: marg. PrR, s.l. S

APP. CRIT.: ἐστι Sa, om. Pr | φόνου RSa

COMMENT: In the Etymologica and Eustathius (and once in sch. to Oppian), the words that are described as ‘rhetorical’ (usually with ῥητορικὴ δὲ ἡ λέξις) are on the whole rare, recherché, or high-flown, that is, known from literary language. Compare the second sense given in Triantafyllides for ρητορικός: επιδεικτικός, στομφώδης. κατανύω, however, is not very rare (over 240 instances in TLG, from tragedy to the middle ages).

KEYWORDS: Eustathius

Or. 90.01 (vet exeg) ὦ μέλεος: ¹καὶ οὗτος, ὅτι μητέρα ἀνεῖλε, μέλεος, ²κἀκείνη, ὅτι ὑπὸ παιδὸς ἀνῃρέθη, μελέα. —MBVCMnPrR^bSSaYf²

TRANSLATION: Both this man is wretched because he killed his mother, and she is wretched because she was killed by her son.

LEMMA: MVCMn(μέλος)PrRSSa REF. SYMBOL: MVR^bSaYf² POSITION: intermarg. B; Pr omitted first half in the sch. block, but added it vertically in margin, with ref. symbol

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὖτος M | ἀνεῖλεν MMnR^b | μελαία Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.106,19–20; Dind. II.57,17–18

Or. 90.02 (rec exeg) ἡ Ἑλένη τυγχάνει ⟨συμπάσχων ἀμφοτέροις,⟩ κἀκείνῳ ὡς ἀναιροῦντι κἀκείνῃ ὡς ἀναιρουμένῃ καὶ ἀναιρούσῃ. —S

TRANSLATION: Helen happens ⟨lacuna: e.g., to share the sense of suffering with both⟩, both with him as one who kills and with her as one who is killed and kills.

POSITION: cont. from prev. S; compare app. of prev.

APP. CRIT.: τῆ ἑλαίνη S | punct. after τυγχάνει S

Or. 90.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: ὅτι τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλεν —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 90.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: ὡς φονεὺς μητρός —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘O wretched one’) as (being) murderer of his mother.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 90.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς διώλετο⟩: ὡς ὑπὸ υἱοῦ ἐφθάρη. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 90.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς διώλετο⟩: παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ γεννήσασα αὐτὸν ἐφθάρη. —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 91.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὕτως ἔχει τάδ’⟩: ἀσθενῶς ἔχω δῆλον. —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 91.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔχει τάδ’⟩: οὕτως ἔχει ὁ Ὀρέστης ἀτυχίας ὡς μηδὲν ἰσχύειν ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν. —MCLp

TRANSLATION: Orestes is in such a state of misfortune that he has no strength at all because of his troubles.

LEMMA: MC REF. SYMBOL: M

APP. CRIT.: μηδὲν Lp, μὴ δὲ MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.106,21–22; Dind. II.57,22–23

Or. 91.04 (pllgn paraphr) ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν Ὀρέστης ἀτυχῶν —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 91.05 (pllgn paraphr) οὕτως ἔχει ὁ Ὀρέστης ἀτυχίας ὡς μηδὲν ἰσχύειν ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν. —Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.57,22–23

Or. 91.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: ἀπείρηκα ἀπηγόρευσα ἀπεῖπον ἤγουν οὐ δύναμαι βαστάζειν ταῦτα. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.57,21–22

Or. 92.06 (tri metr) ⟨θεῶν⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 92.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πείθοι’ ἂν⟩: ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 14.190] ‘ἦ ῥά τι πείθοιο ὅττι κεν εἴπω’ —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.58,2–3

COMMENT: This is a shortened version of Hom. Il. 14.190 ἦ ῥά νύ μοί τι πίθοιο φίλον τέκος ὅττί κεν εἴπω.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 93.01 (vet exeg) ὡς ἄσχολός γε συγγόνου προσεδρίᾳ: ¹οὕτως σοι πείσομαι ὡς ἀσχολουμένη περὶ τὴν προσεδρίαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, ²ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰ μὲν τὸ κελευόμενον παρὰ σοῦ χωρίζει με τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, οὐ πείσομαι ὡς ἀσχολουμένη· ³εἰ δὲ οὐ χωρίζει, πείσομαι. —MC, partial BPr

TRANSLATION: I will obey you so much as my being occupied with the tendance of my brother permits, meaning: if what you are asking for separates me from my brother, I will not obey, since I am occupied; but if it does not separate (me), I will obey.

LEMMA: MC REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: in BP inserted between 1 and 2 of sch. 93.03

APP. CRIT.: 1 οὕτως … ἀδελφοῦ om. BPr | 2 ἀντὶ τοῦ] τουτέστιν BPr, αὐτοῦ C | ὡς ἀσχολ. om. BPr | 3 εἰ δὲ … πείσομαι om. M | εἰ δὲ οὐ] οὐδὲ οὐ B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σο app. M | πήσομαι M | προσεδρείαν C | 2 εἰ μὲν] ἡ μὲν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.106,23–107,3; Dind. II.58,7–11

Or. 93.02 (rec exeg) ὡς ἄσχολός γε: ¹οὔ σοι πείσομαι ὅτι ἀσχολοῦμαι περὶ τὴν προσεδρίαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ· ²εἰ μὲν τὸ κελευόμενον παρὰ σοῦ χωρίζει με τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, οὐ πείσομαι· ³εἰ δὲ οὐ χωρίζει, ποιήσω. —VMnR^bS

TRANSLATION: I will not obey you because I am occupied with the tendance of my brother. If what you are asking for separates me from my brother, I will not obey; but if it does not separate me, I will do it.

REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.: 2 περὶ σοῦ R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: προσεδρείαν VS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.106,23–107,3; Dind. II.58,7–11

Or. 93.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τοῦτό σοι, φησὶ, πεισθείην, ὃ μὴ ἀπασχολήσει με τῆς προσεδρίας τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ. ²ἢ παντελῶς ἀπαρνεῖται τὴν ὑπούργησιν, ³τουτέστιν· οὐ πείθομαί σοι, ὅτι ἄσχολός εἰμι τῇ προσεδρίᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτι. ⁴ἔνιοι δὲ λείπειν φασὶ τὸ μή, ἵν’ ᾖ εἰρωνεία· ⁵πείθομαί σοι, ὅτι μὴ ἄσχολός εἰμι τῇ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ προσεδρίᾳ· ⁶ἄσχολος γάρ ἐστιν. ⁷ἔνιοι ἐν ἐρωτήσει· ⁸πῶς οὖν, φησὶ, πεισθῶ ἀσχολουμένη τῇ νοσοκομίᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; ⁹ἢ ὡς σχολὴν ⟨μὴ⟩ ἄγουσα, ἀντὶ τοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα. ¹⁰ἢ τάχα τὸ ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτε, ἵν’ ᾖ ὅτε μὴ ἄσχολος. ¹¹λείπει γὰρ τὸ μή. —MBCPrRw, partial V

TRANSLATION: I would obey you in this thing, whatever will not distract me from the tendance of my brother. Or she denies her help entirely, that is to say: I do not obey you because I am occupied with the tendance of my brother, so that the word ‘hōs’ may be taken as ‘hoti’ (because). But some say that there is an ellipsis of (the negative) ‘mē’, so that there is irony: I obey you because I am not occupied with the tendance of my brother; for she is occupied. Some interpret it as a question: How then, she says, am I to obey when I am occupied in tending my sick brother? Or because (I am) not at leisure, meaning the business is great. Or perhaps take the ‘hōs’ as ‘hote’ (‘when’), so that the sense is: when I am not occupied; for (the negative) ‘mē’ is to be understood.

LEMMA: ἄλλως V, in marg. MC; ὡς ἄσχολός γε BPr, ὡς ἄσχολος Rw REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀπασχολήση Pr | προσεδρείας BVCRw | 3 προσεδρείᾳ B, ‑εία CPr, [Rw illegible, damage] | 5 προσεδρείᾳ B, ‑εία C, perhaps Rw (damage) | 9 πράγμα M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.107,4–12; Dind. II.58,11–20

KEYWORDS: λείπει | εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 93.04 (rec exeg) εἰ ὃ κελεύεις οὐκ ἀπασχολήσει με τῆς προσεδρίας τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ —O

APP. CRIT.: ἀπασχολήσει] διαχωρήσει s.l. O

Or. 93.05 (rec exeg) μὴ ἄδειαν ἔχουσα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τῇ παρακαθίσει —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 93.06 (mosch paraphr) λίαν εἰμὶ ἄσχολος, ἤγουν σχολῆς ἐστερημένη, τουτέστι λίαν ἀσχολοῦμαι ἤτοι περισπῶμαι ἐν τῇ προσεδρείᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except XGr

APP. CRIT.: εἰμὶ … ἤτοι om. Zc | ἄσχολος ἤγουν om. G | ἀδελφοῦ μου TZc

APP. CRIT. 2: προσεδρίᾳ Zc

Or. 93.07 (thom paraphr) οὐ πεισθήσομαι παρακαθημένη τῷ ἀδελφῷ, κἀντεῦθεν οὐκ ἔχουσα ἄδειαν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., except T

APP. CRIT. 2: τἀδελφῷ ZGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.59,1–2

Or. 93.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς ἄσχολος⟩: ἐμμέριμνος εἰμὶ μὴ ἄδειαν ἔχουσα. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.59,2

COMMENT: ἐμμέριμνος appears mostly in religious texts, but cf. Sch. Clem. Alex. protrept. et paedagogum (p. 328, 21–23) 181,17 ἄλυς] ἀσχολία, μέριμνα; 181,22 ἀλύοι] ἀλύοι ἀντὶ τοῦ ⟨οὐκ⟩ [added Mastr.] ἐνευκαιρεῖ, ἐμμέριμνός ἐστιν, διὰ φροντίδος ἔχει, ἐνασχολεῖται; also Gregorius Pardus, Commentarium in Hermogenis librum περὶ μεθόδου δεινότητος (Rhet.Gr. VII.2.1287,4–5 Walz) ἀσχολία δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἐμμέριμνος φροντίς.

Or. 93.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς ἄσχολος⟩: λείπει ἐγὼ οὐ πείσομαι —AbPrR

REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: s.l. AbPr, marg. R

APP. CRIT.: πείθομαι Ab

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 93.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς ἄσχολος⟩: Ἀττικὸν —F

REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 93.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄσχολος⟩: ¹σχολὴ λέγεται ἡ ἄδεια καὶ ἡ ἀργία. ¹ἄσχολος δὲ τάχα ἡ οὐκ ἔχουσα σχολὴν καὶ ἄδειαν ἀλλὰ ἔχουσα ἔργον τι. —Y²Yf²

TRANSLATION: ‘Scholē’ is a term used for freedom to act and for lack of activity. (The corresponding adjective) ‘ascholos’ perhaps means the one who does not have ‘scholē’ and freedom to act but has some task of work.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἄσχολος Mastr., ἀσχολία Y²Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.59,4–5

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

Or. 93.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συγγόνου προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ Ὀρέστου· αὐτοῦ που γὰρ ἦν καθημένη ἐγγὺς καὶ προσβλέ⟨πουσα⟩ τὸν Ὀρέστην. —Gu

APP. CRIT.: suppl. Dind.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.58,7 app.

Or. 93.43 (thom metr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: τὸ προσεδρία Ἰωνικὸν διὰ τὸ μέτρον· τὸ γὰρ δρει δίφθογγον γράφεται. —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ προσεδρία om. Zm | δρι̅ Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.59,2–3

COMMENT: Cf. Tzetzes, Exeg. in Il. 1.262 ἴδον· τὸ ι ἰῶτα Ἰωνικὸν καὶ Ἀττικὸν ἐκ τοῦ ἰδῶ. οἱ γὰρ Ἴωνες τὸ ἰῶτα ἐν πολλοῖς προκρίνουσι τῆς διφθόγγου, τὴν προμήθειαν προμηθίαν γράφοντες καὶ τὴν ὠφέλειαν ὠφελίαν καὶ τὴν ἀναίδειαν ἀναιδίαν καὶ τὰ ὅμοια. καὶ ἑξίδιον καὶ λεξίδιον καὶ πάντα τὰ ὅμοια διὰ τοῦ ἰῶτα γράφουσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἕξις, ἕξιος καὶ ⟨λέξις⟩ λέξιος καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων.

KEYWORDS: Ἰωνικόν

Or. 93.44 (pllgn metr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἰωνικῶς διὰ τὸ μέτρον —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 93.45 (pllgn gram) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: προεδρία ἡ προτίμησις καὶ ἡ πρωτοκαθεδρία, ι̅· προσεδρεία δὲ ἡ ἐπίμονος καὶ διηνεκὴς ἀσχολία, δίφθογγον. —Gu

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.58,6–7

Or. 93.46 (tri metr) ⟨προσεδρία⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 94.01 (vet exeg) βούλει τάφον μοι πρὸς κασιγνήτης μολεῖν: ¹ἁπλούστερον αὐτῇ διαλέγεται, ὅτι μέλλει δεῖσθαι αὐτῆς, ²ἐν ταὐτῷ δὲ καὶ παραφυλάττεται {καὶ} μητρὸς εἰπεῖν, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ ὀνειδίζειν αὐτῇ. ³[Menander, Dysc. 492–493] ‘δεῖ γὰρ εἶναι κολακικὸν τὸν δεόμενόν του’. ⁴†διὰ τοῦτο οὖν συγγονίας άτω† —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION: She speaks with her in a more straightforward manner, because she is about to make a request of her, and at the same time she is also careful not to say {also} ‘of (your) mother’, so that she may not seem to reproach her. ‘For one making a request of someone has to behave like a flatterer’. (?)For this reason she used a noun of kinship (sister).(?)

LEMMA: M, βούλει τάφον μοι VC, βούλει τάφον BPr REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: follows 88.01 Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.107,13–16; Dind. II.59,8–10.

COMMENT: The corrupt words at the end may have originated from something like διὰ τοῦτο ὀνόματι συγγενικῷ ἐχρήσατο (Schw., modeled on sch. 95.03).

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Home (with direct quotation) | Menander

Or. 94.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βούλει τάφον μοι⟩: ἁπλουστέρως διαλέγεται τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 94.03 (mosch paraphr) βούλει: πρὸς τὸν τάφον τῆς ἀδελφῆς ἐμοῦ ἀπελθεῖν —XXaXbT⁺YYfGrZc

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l.; except X

APP. CRIT.: ἐμοῦ ἀπελθεῖν] ἐλθεῖν Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.59,7–8

COLLATION NOTES: Ta omits cross.

Or. 95.01 (vet exeg) μητρὸς κελεύεις τῆς ἐμῆς: νῦν μητέρα αὐτὴν ἐκάλεσε δεικνύουσα ὅτι οὐδὲ τὴν πρώτην λοιδορίαν προσήκατο. —MBVCPr^aPr^bR^bS

TRANSLATION: Now she (Electra) called her (Clytemnestra) mother, showing that she did not even accept the first reproach (in 71 and 74).

LEMMA: MBC, μητρὸς κελεύεις VR^b REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: in block Pr^a, s.l. Pr^b

APP. CRIT.: μητρὸς VR^b | αὐτὴν om. S | δεικνύουσαν C, δεικνύσα (sic) B, om. Pr^sS | πρώην MBC

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐκάλεσεν MPr^b | δικνύουσα M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.107,17–18; Dind. II.59,11–12

Or. 95.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μητρὸς κελεύεις τῆς ἐμῆς⟩: ἢ ὅτι διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τῆς ἐχθρᾶς μητρὸς παραιτεῖται τὴν αἴτησιν —MBCPr

TRANSLATION: Or because she is using the mention of her hated mother to decline the request.

POSITION: cont. from prev.

APP. CRIT.: ἢ ὅτι] ὅτι C, ἢ τάχα BPr | τοῦ ὀνόματος] τοῦτο C, τὸ ο̅() M | τῆς ἔχθρας τῆς μητρὸς M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.107,19; Dind. II.59,12–13

Or. 95.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἡ μὲν κολακεύουσα συγγενικῷ ὀνόματι ἐχρήσατο, ²ἡ δὲ παραιτουμένη τὴν κολακείαν εἶπε ‘μητρός’. —MBCPrV³

TRANSLATION: Helen, trying to wheedle a favor, used a term of kinship (sister), but Electra, rejecting the wheedling appeal, said ‘of (my) mother’.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ MBCPr POSITION: above 94 V³

APP. CRIT.: 1 συγγενικοῖς ὀνόμασιν Pr | συγγενικῶς B | 2 τὴν om. MC | μητρὸς τῆς ἐμῆς BPr; only μρ[ V³ (damage)

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἶπεν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.107,20–21; Dind. II.59,14–15

COMMENT: For the analysis cf. Sch. bT Hom. Il. 10.192 Erbse … εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φίλα τέκνα· τῷ γὰρ συγγενικῷ ὀνόματι τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου νενίκηκεν ἡδονήν (about Nestor addressing the Greek night watchmen).

Or. 95.03a (rec paraphr) ⟨μητρὸς κελεύεις τῆς ἐμῆς⟩: κελεύει⟨ς⟩ ἐμὲ ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸν τάφον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρός; —Ml

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 95.05 (rec exeg) ⟨κελεύεις⟩: μολεῖν πρὸς τὸν τάφον —RRwS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μολεῖν om. Rw

Or. 95.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κελεύεις⟩: λέγεις ἀπελθεῖν πρὸς τὸν τάφον δηλονότι; —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 95.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κελεύεις⟩: ἐλθεῖν ἐμὲ εἰς τὸν τάφον —CrOxYf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 96.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: ποσὰς στέλλω θυσίας, ὅπως ἀπέλθῃς. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: πόσας Pr

Or. 96.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: τὰς ἄκρας τὰς τῶν τριχῶν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 96.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: τάξις ἦν, ὅτε τις γυνὴ ἐλθοῦσα εὕροιεν συγγενῆ τινα ἴδιον τεθνηκότα, ἀποκόψαι τὰ ἄκρα τῆς κόμης καὶ πέμψαι ὡς θυσίας ἐς τὸ σῆμα τοῦ νεκροῦ. ταύτας οὖν ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἀπαρχὰς ὀνομάζει. —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2: τίς Lp | συγγενὴν (or ‑ῆν) Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.59,22–24

Or. 96.17 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: ἀπαρχὰς κυρίως ἐλέγετο τὰ πρῶτα τῶν καρπῶν προσφερόμενα τοῖς θεοῖς. —ZmGuOx²

POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Ox²

COLLATION NOTES: Gu with cross.

Or. 96.18 (vet exeg) ⟨χοὰς⟩: χοαὶ αἱ χεόμεναι τοῖς νεκροῖς σπονδαί. —MOCV³

TRANSLATION: ‘Choai’ (‘poured offerings’) are the libation poured for the dead.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. C, s.l. V³

APP. CRIT.: χοαὶ om. OV³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,1; Dind. II.59,21

Or. 96.26 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐμάς⟩: ἡ γενικὴ καλεῖται καὶ κτητική· ἔδει οὖν εἰπεῖν ἐμῆς κόμης. —K

POSITION: in lower marg., 2 lines below verse 96

Or. 97.01 (vet exeg) σοὶ δ’ οὐχὶ θεμιτόν: ¹οὐκ ἐν καιρῷ παρρησιάζεται ἡ Ἠλέκτρα, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸ ὀλίγου φάσκουσα ἐλπίδα ἔχειν εἰς τὸν Μενέλαον. ²ἐὰν μὲν ἐν ἐρωτήσει ᾖ ὁ λόγος, μετριώτερός ἐστιν· ³ἐὰν δὲ ἑτέρως, ἄντικρυς ἐναγῆ καὶ μὴ ἀξίαν οὖσαν προσπελάζειν τῷ τάφῳ ἀποδεικνύει τὴν Ἑλένην διὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα αὐτῇ {τοῖς φίλοις}. —MBCPr

TRANSLATION: Electra speaks freely at an inopportune moment, and this despite saying a little earlier that she places hope in Menelaus. If the sentence is interrogative, then it is more measured; but if the other way (as a statement), she is openly declaring that Helen is polluted and not worthy to approach the tomb because of the deeds she has done {to her kin}.

REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT. 2: μετριότ‑ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108.2–6; Dind. II.59,26–60,5

Or. 97.02 (rec exeg) σοὶ δ’ οὐχὶ θεμιτόν: ¹οὐκ ἐν καιρῷ παρρησιάζεται ἡ Ἠλέκτρα, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸ ὀλίγου φάσκουσα ἐλπίδα ἔχειν Μενέλαον. ²καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἐν ἐρωτήσει ᾖ ὁ λόγος, μετριώτερός ἐστιν· ³ἐὰν δὲ ἑτέρως ἄντικρυ· ἐναγῆ γὰρ καὶ μεμιασμένην οὖσαν καὶ μὴ ἀξίαν εἶναι πελάζειν τῷ τάφῳ διὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα αὐτῇ {τοῖς φίλοις}. —V

TRANSLATION: Electra speaks freely at an inopportune moment, and this despite saying a little earlier that she has Menelaus as a (source of) hope. And if the sentence is interrogative, then it is more measured; but if the other way (as a statement), (it is) unreservedly (expressed), for (it speaks of Helen as?) being unholy and polluted and not worthy to approach the tomb because of the deeds she has done {to her kin}.

LEMMA: V(σοί δ’) REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.: τοῖς φίλοις del. Schwartz

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108.2–6 app.; Dind. II.59,26–60,5 app.

Or. 97.03 (rec exeg) ¹εἰ μὲν κατ’ ἐρώτησιν ἦν ὁ νοῦς, λέγεται οὕτω· ²οὐκ ἔστι δίκαιόν σοι ἵνα πορευθήσει εἰς τὸν τάφον τὸν προσφιλῆ; ³εἰ δὲ ⟨μὴ⟩ κατ’ ἐρώτησιν ᾖ, λοιδορεῖ αὐτὴν ὅτι οὐδὲν ἔνι δίκαιον ἵνα ὑπάγῃς σε εἰς τὸν τάφον διὰ τὸ εἶναί σε μεμιασμένην καὶ μὴ ἀξίαν πελάζειν τῷ τάφῳ διὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα. —Rw

TRANSLATION: If the sense is interrogative, it is meant as follows: Is it not just for you that you go to the tomb dear to you? But if it is not interrogative, she reviles her, saying that it is in no way just for you to take yourself off to the tomb because you are polluted and not worthy to approach the tomb because of your deeds.

APP. CRIT.: 2 προσφαλῆ Rw | 3 μὴ add. Mastr.

COMMENT: 2 δίκαιον σοι Rw

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 97.04 (vet exeg) ἢ ἄλλως: πῶς; πικρῶς θέλει αὐτὴν ὁμολογῆσαι δι’ ὃ φυλάσσεται προσελθεῖν τῷ τάφῳ. —MCPr

TRANSLATION: How (is it not proper)? With hostility she (Electra) wants her (Helen) to admit for what reason she (Helen) is wary of approaching the tomb.

LEMMA: Pr POSITION: cont. from prev. with only high stop before ἢ ἄλλως MC

APP. CRIT.: punct. after πῶς add. Schw. | θέλει] εἰς Pr | ὁμολογ⟨εῖν ποι⟩ῆσαι suppl. Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2: διὸ CPr, δι ὃ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,7–8; Dind. II.60,5–6

Or. 97.05 (rec exeg) ⟨σοὶ⟩: ὡς ἐναγεῖ καῖ πολλῶν κακῶν αἰτίᾳ τοῖς Ἕλλησι —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 97.22 (rec gram) ⟨τάφον⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θάπτω τάφος —Pr

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 98.01 (rec exeg) ἐφοβεῖτο γὰρ μὴ λιθολευθῇ. —Sa

POSITION: under the line (last of page) Sa

COMMENT: The form implies a verb λιθολεύω, which seems to be attested in the form λελιθολευμένον in Et. Gen. λ 81 = Et. Magn. 561, 52 Gaisford, and Didymus Caecus, comm. in Zach. 3.216 (λιθολεγομένους correctly diagnosed as an error for λιθολευομένους in LBG s.v. λιθολεύω). The attested aor. pass. from simplex λεύω is ἐλεύσθην; so one could consider emending to λιθολευ⟨σ⟩θῆ or λιθολευ⟨στη⟩θῆ (from the common Byzantine verb λιθολευστέω), but more likely Sa gives us an ad hoc formation, not to be regularized.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 98.02 (rec exeg) ⟨δεῖξαι γὰρ⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἔστι μοι δίκαιον ὅτι —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 98.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γὰρ⟩: ἀλλά· τὸ γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀλλά. —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.60,8

Or. 98.08 (rec exeg) ⟨γὰρ⟩: τὸ γάρ περισσὸν. —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.60,9

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 98.13 (rec exeg) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: πανούργως τὸν φόβον αἰδῶ ἐκάλεσε. —VCAaPrR^bSGuYf²

TRANSLATION: With unscrupulous cunning she called her fear shame.

REF. SYMBOL: R^b to line 98 POSITION: s.l. (at 98) except R, above whole line AaPrS, above αἰσχύνομαι VCGuYf

APP. CRIT.: ἔδειξε γὰρ prep. R^b (corruption of δεῖξαι γὰρ as lemma) | ἐκαλ. αἰδῶ transp. Aa | αἰδῶ] αἰσχύνην Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: αἰδὼ PrR^bSYf² | ἐκάλεσεν AaGuYf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,14 (assigned to 101); Dind. II.60.9–10

KEYWORDS: πανοῦργος/πανούργως

Or. 98.14 (rec exeg) καὶ μετριώτερον διαλέγεται πείσειν οἰομένη. —VAaPrR^bS

TRANSLATION: And she (Helen) converses in more moderate terms, believing she will (thus) persuade (Electra).

POSITION: cont. from prev., s.l. except R^b

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om., or lost to damage V | μεταγώτερον (sic) Pr | διαλέγεται V, διαλέγει others | πείσειν οἰομ. om. AaPrS | οιομένην R^b

COMMENT: If the fuller version is original, then the commentator is apparently disagreeing with the analysis that detects the cunning of πανουργία in Helen here (cf. 99.01, which probably argues against seeing any moderation). It is possible, however, that the shorter version is original and that the note is displaced from 97 (cf. 97.01), the phrase πείσειν οἰομένην having been added in order to accommodate its new position at 98. | If Pr intended the word μεταγωγότερον (‘in a way more likely to shift/persuade her’), he was using a rare Byantine adjective.

KEYWORDS: πανοῦργος/πανούργως | rare word

Or. 98.15 (rec exeg) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: πανούργως, φοβοῦμαι —O

TRANSLATION: With unscrupulous cunning, (in place of) I am afraid.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: πανοῦργος/πανούργως

Or. 98.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: πανοῦργον τὸ σχῆμα τῆς Ἑλένης· ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν φοβοῦμαι λέγει αἰσχύνομαι. —G

TRANSLATION: The schema used by Helen is that of unscrupulous cunning: instead of saying ‘I am afraid’ she says ‘I am ashamed’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: πανοῦργος/πανούργως

Or. 99.01 (vet exeg) ὀψέ γε φρονεῖς εὖ: οὐδαμοῦ ἀνώμαλον τὸ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας ἦθος. —MVCYf²

TRANSLATION: Nowhere is the character(ization) of Electra inconsistent.

LEMMA: V, 100 ὀρθῶς ἔλεξας C REF. SYMBOL: V; to 100 C POSITION: marg. M(beside 100)C, s.l. Yf²

APP. CRIT.: οὐδαμῶς Yf² | τὸ transp. after ἠλέκτρας Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,9–10; Dind. II.60,14

COMMENT: The claim here is that Electra is always speaking freely and being critical of Helen, and is apparently an argument against an alternative view that she is more moderate (cf. 98.14).

COLLATION NOTES: Schwartz misread M as having οὐδαμῶς.

KEYWORDS: character, analysis of

Or. 99.02 (vet exeg) ὀψέ γε φρονεῖς εὖ: ¹τοῦτο φησὶ θλιβομένη. ²εἰ μὴ γὰρ σύ, φησὶν, ἀπῆλθες, ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐγίνοντο· σὺ τούτων ἀρχηγός. ³δάκνουσα δὲ τοῦτό φησιν. —MCPr

TRANSLATION: She says this because she is distressed. For if you had not gone off, she says, these things would not be happening; you are the first cause of these events. And she says this in a stinging manner.

LEMMA: C, p.c M (a.c. perhaps ὀψὲ εὖ γε φρονεῖς), ὀψέ γε φρονεῖς Pr POSITION: marg. M; after sch. 90.01 Pr (among disordered notes on 14v)

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 φησὶ … γὰρ σύ om. M | 3 δάκνουσα Schw. (vol. II, Addenda), δακρύουσα all | τοῦτο] ταῦτα Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,11–12; Dind. II.60,15–16

COMMENT: Knowing only the defective version of M (τοῦτο, φησὶν, ἀπῆλθες), Dindorf proposed to read εἰ μὴ τότε, φησὶν, ἀπῆλθες, which was adopted by Schwartz, who missed the version in C (and did not use Pr). The full version shows the emendation to be superfluous.

Or. 99.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τότε λιποῦσ’⟩: λείπει οὐχὶ ἐφρόνεις εὖ ὅτε ὑπῆρχες. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπῆρχες] cf. next, ὑπῆρξες Pr

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 99.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότε λιποῦσ’⟩: μὴ φρονοῦσα τότε καλῶς ὅτε ὑπῆρχες τοὺς οἴκους λιποῦσα. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.60,12–13

Or. 99.10 (thom exeg) ⟨τότε λιποῦσ’⟩: ὅτε ἠκολούθησας τῷ Πάριδι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Back then’ means) ‘when you accompanied Paris’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῷ om. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.60,13–14

Or. 99.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότε λιποῦσ’⟩: ὅτε, ἀφ’ οὗ ἔλιπες τοὺς δόμους —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 100.01 (vet paraphr) ἀληθῶς εἶπας, οὐ μέντοι προσφιλῶς ἐμοί. —MVCR^bS

TRANSLATION: You have spoken accurately, but not in a way friendly to me.

LEMMA: σύ δ’ εὖ ἔλεξας V(as in text V) REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: s.l. MS, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: ἀληθῶς εἶπας om. S | ἀληθῆ V, ὀρθῶς R^b | μέντοι οὐ transp. C | προσφιλῶς Arsenius (cf. 100.15), προσφιλῆ all (προσφίλη R^b) (cf. 100.09)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,13; Dind. II.60,17

Or. 100.02 (pllgn exeg) διὰ τὴν αἴνεσιν ὁ λόγος τῇ Ἑλένη ⟨ … ⟩ —B^3c

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἔνεσιν B^3c

COMMENT: Apparently a remnant of, or incomplete copying of, a note to the effect ‘because of the praise the remark (of Electra) was pleasing/friendly to Helen, but because of the reproach it was not’.

Or. 100.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ φίλως δέ μοι λέγεις⟩: οὐ μέντοι προσφιλῆ ἐμοί —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 100.10 (recMosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ φίλως δέ μοι λέγεις⟩: οὐ προσφιλεῖς δὲ ἐμοὶ λόγους λέγεις. —MlXXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἢ prep. G | δέ μοι G

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐμὶ Ml

Or. 100.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ φίλως δέ μοι λέγεις⟩: διότι αἰσχύνεις ἐμέ —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 100.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ φίλως⟩: ὅτι ὀνειδίζεις μοι· {οὐ} καλῶς δὲ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν. —G

POSITION: s.l. over start of line, preceding 100.10

APP. CRIT.: οὐ del. Mastr. (or read οὐ κακῶς)

Or. 100.13 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐ φίλως⟩: διὰ τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Not in a friendly way’ is said) because of the reproach.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 101.01 (mosch paraphr) αἰδὼς δὲ δὴ τίς: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ τίνα δὲ αἰδῶ ἔχεις εἰς τοὺς Μυκηναίους; ²τουτέστι τίς ἐστὶν ἡ αἰδὼς ἣν αἰδῇ τοὺς Μυκηναίους; —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: G(om. δὴ, as in text) POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGrZc

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Zc | δὲ om. TZc | αἰδὼς a.c. Yf | 2 τουτέστι κτλ om. Zc | δέ add. before ἐστιν T

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τουτέστιν Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.60,20–21

Or. 101.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αἰδὼς δὲ δὴ τίς⟩: τίς ἐστιν ἣν εἰς Ἕλληνας αἰδῇ; —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 101.06 (rec gram) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩: αἰσχύνη καὶ αἰδὼς διαφέρει· αἰσχύνη μὲν ἡ διά τινα αἰτίαν γινομένη, αἰδὼς δὲ ἡ εὔλογος αἰσχύνη. —V¹Pr

TRANSLATION: ‘Aischunē’ and ‘aidōs’ differ in sense: ‘aischunē’ is what arises because of some cause of blame, but ‘aidōs’ is a kind of ‘aischunē’ that is well-justified.

POSITION: follows sch. 103.14 V¹Pr, add. V¹ at end of sch. block

COMMENT: There are numerous texts containing a few often-repeated differentiations between the two words, but the verbal formulation in this note is not paralleled. It does, however, echo a common view that ‘aischunē’ is shame for something bad one has done, while ‘aidōs’ is an anticipatory feeling that justifiably prevents one from committing an untoward action.

KEYWORDS: διαφέρει | vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 101.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: μέσον τῶν Μυκηναίων φανῆναι —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.60,23

Or. 101.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: φανῆναι εἰς Ἕλληνας —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 101.15 (thom exeg) ⟨Μυκηναίους⟩: Ἀργείους· ἐν γὰρ τῷ Ἄργει αἱ Μυκῆναι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Myceneans’ means) Argives. For Mycenae is in Argos.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοὺς prep. Za | after ἄργει add. εἰσὶ καὶ Zl | αἱ om. Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.60,22

Or. 102.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δέδοικα⟩: μόλις ἐλεγχομένη τὸ ἀληθὲς εἶπεν. —MOVYf²

TRANSLATION: She (Helen) with difficulty spoke the truth when cross-examined.

POSITION: s.l., except marg. M

APP. CRIT.: μόλις om. O | τὴν ἀλήθειαν O | λέγει Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,15; Dind. II.60,25

Or. 102.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: τῶν φονευθέντων ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 102.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: λείπει τῶν θανόντων. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 102.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: τῶν παίδων τῶν πεσόντων —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 103.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ Ἄργει⟩: ἤγουν δεινῶς ἀναβοᾷ διὰ στόματος ἐν Ἄργει. —R

POSITION: marg.

Or. 103.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ Ἄργει⟩: ¹καὶ γὰρ χαλεπῶς ἀναβοᾷ ἤγουν ἀνακηρύττῃ τῷ Ἄργει, ²ἀντὶ τοῦ τοῖς Ἀργείοις διὰ τοῦ στόματος. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr, partial Zc

TRANSLATION: For indeed you are bruited about harshly, that is, you are proclaimed to Argos, equivalent to (you are proclaimed) among the Argives through their mouths.

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ γὰρ and ἀναβοᾷ ἤγουν om. Zc | 2 ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ om. Zc | second τοῦ om. Gr

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀνακηρύττει YZc

Or. 103.03 (thom exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ⟩: ναὶ φοβοῦ —ZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (To understand the causal connection, supply before the phrase) ‘yes, do be afraid’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ γὰρ δεινόν add. T

Or. 103.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ⟩: ναὶ ἀληθῶς —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 103.07 (rec exeg) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: πῶς —V³KB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 103.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: τῷ ἄστει τῶν Ἀργείων —AbSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῷ ἀργείων ἄστει Ab

Or. 103.14 (vet exeg) ἀναβοᾷ: ¹τὸ ἀναβοᾷ δευτέρου ἐστὶ προσώπου παθητικῆς διαθέσεως, ἀναβοᾷ σύ, ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾷ. ²ὁ δὲ νοῦς· δεινῶς γὰρ διὰ στόματος τοῦ Ἄργους ἀναβοᾷ σύ. —MBVCAbMnPr^aPr^bR^aR^bRwSY²Yf²

TRANSLATION: ‘Anaboāi’ is second person of the passive voice, you are (your name is) loudly shouted, equivalent to shouted against. The sense is: ‘You are terribly decried in the talk of Argos’.

LEMMA: MBC REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: s.l. Yf; cont. from next sch. VR^aR^bRw (add. δὲ VR^bRw); cont. from sch. 99.02 Pr^a (14v), Pr^b follows sch. 97.01 (15r)

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ ἀναβ. … διαθέσεως om. R^a | τὸ om. AbMnPr^aPr^bS | ἀναβοᾷ] app. καταβοᾶ Ab | δευτέρου ἐστὶν προσώπου M, προσώπου ἐστι δευτέρου BCPr^b, προσώπου δευτέρου ἐστὶ VRw(ἐστὶν), προσώπου δύο ἐστὶν R^b, δευτέρου προσώπου Pr^a, δεύτερον πρόσωπον AbMnS, δεύτερον πρόσωπον ἐστὶ Y²Yf² | παθητικῆς διαθέσεως] παθητικῶν Pr^aY², τῶν παθητικῶν VR^b, παθητικὸν AbMnSYf² | second ἀναβοᾷ … καταβοᾷ] om. S, first sentence of sch. 103.15 interposed before ἀναβοᾷ σύ AbMn | ἀναβοᾷ σύ] om. BPr^b, ἀναβοᾶ σοι V, ἀντὶ τοῦ βοᾶ σύ MCPr^a, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναβοῆσαι καὶ ἐπαπειλῆσαι Y², ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾶσαι καὶ ἐπαπειλῆσαι Yf² | ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾷ] om. RwY²Yf², ἤγουν καταβοᾶ Pr^a | after καταβοᾷ add. σύ BPr^b | 2 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. Pr^a | νοῦς δὲ (ὁ om.) Mn | δεινῶς γὰρ om. VMnR^aR^bRwS, prob. Ab (damage) | διὰ τοῦ στόματος B, διστόματος R^b | σύ] om. BPr^b; punct. before σὺ S, as of σὺ starts next lemma

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 καταβοὰ Mn | 2 ἔργους Mn | ἀναβαᾶ Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,16–18; Dind. II.61,4–6

Or. 103.15 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: διὰ τοῦ στόματος, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 10.298] ‘διά τ’ ἔντεα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα’. —MVCAbMnPrR^aR^bRwY²

TRANSLATION: (The preposition is used with the accusative in the sense) through the mouth (prep. with gen.), just as in the (Homeric) example ‘through the coat of mail and black blood’.

LEMMA: M, in marg. app. C; ἀναβοᾷ διὰ στόμα VRw, δεινὸν γὰρ ἄργει R^b REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: before prev. sch. VR^aR^b, follows sch. 122.06 in Rw; cont. from Pr^a version of prev. Pr; AbMn insert this in prev. sch., before ἀναβοᾷ σύ

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔντεα] εἴτεα R^b[R^a]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,19–20; Dind. II.61,3–4

COLLATION NOTES: After this sch. in Mn there are two grammatical scholia that do not relate to anything in the text: (at end of column of scholia on 11r) ξυνωρὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύνω ξύρεσθαι καὶ σύρεσθαι (mistranscribed in Dindorf IV.257,1–3); (in the bottom margin of 11r) βραχίων βραχικύων [read βραχὺς κίων] τίς ὢν οἰονεὶ βραχὺς ἦν, cf. Georg. Choerobosc. epimer. in Psalm. 119,16 and Et. Gud. (de Stefani) s.v. βραχίων.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 103.16 (vet exeg) ¹τοῦτο δὲ ἀπολογίας ἔχεται ὡς ὅτι συμπάσχουσά σοι εἴρηκα. ²πλεονάζει δὲ ὁ τέ. —MC

TRANSLATION: This remark is close to an apology, alleging that ‘I have spoken in sympathy with you’. The conjunction ‘te’ is superfluous.

LEMMA: cont. from prev. MC

APP. CRIT.: 1 εἴρηκας M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,20–21

KEYWORDS: πλεονάζει

Or. 103.17 (pllgn exeg) εἰς φόβον ἄγει τὴν Ἑλέναν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα πλείονα. —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.61,7

Or. 103.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: καταβοᾷ δεύτερον πρόσωπον παθητικόν —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 103.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: δεύτερον πρόσωπον —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 103.25 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: φημίζῃ καὶ κατὰ γλῶσσαν στρέφῃ. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: στρέφῃ] φέρει Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: φημίζει Zl | γλῶτταν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.61,8

Or. 103.31 (pllgn gram) ⟨διὰ στόμα⟩: οἱ Ἀττικοὶ τὴν διά ὅτε δηλοῖ ἐνέργειαν πρὸς αἰτιατικὴν συντάσσουσιν, ὡς ἔχει καὶ τὸ ‘διὰ στόμα πυριγενετᾶν’ ὅπερ Αἰσχύλος [Sept. 206–207] φησίν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: The Attic-speakers construe the preposition ‘dia’ with the accusative when it indicates activity (i.e., when the noun following it connotes activity?), as is the case also with ‘through the mouth of the fire-born (bits)’, which Aeschylus says.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικοί | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aeschylus, Septem

Or. 104.05 (recMosch paraphr) ⟨τὸν φόβον λύσασα⟩: διὰ τὸ τὸν φόβον λῦσαι —MlXXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.: διὰ τὸ] διὰ MlXYGr, διὰ τοῦ GGu(τοῦ add. to Gr gloss) | λῦσαι τὸν φόβον transp. G

APP. CRIT. 2: λύσαι XaY, p.c. Yf (a.c. app. λύσασι Yf)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.61,10

Or. 104.10 (tri metr) ⟨λυσάσα⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 105.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἂν⟩: ἐσχηματισμένον —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.61,13

COMMENT: Either this means that the Electra is speaking with a pretended attitude or in an ironic/sarcastic tone (but it is hard to see why the commentator would say that about this line), or it indicates that οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην is an artificially or artistically formed equivalent of οὐ δύναμαι (cf. next gloss).

KEYWORDS: ἐσχηματισμένον

Or. 105.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δυναίμην⟩: δυνατὸν ἐστὶν ἀπελθεῖν με —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 106.09 (vet exeg) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: κυρίως δὲ πρόσπολοι λέγονται αἱ δοῦλαι. —MC

TRANSLATION: The slave-women are called ‘prospoloi’ in the proper sense (of the word).

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: κυρίως δὲ om. C | πρόπολοι C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,22; Dind. II.61,15

Or. 106.11 (mosch exeg) προσπόλους: πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος. πρόπολος δὲ χωρὶς τοῦ σ̅, ὁ νεωκόρος. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘Prospolos’ is ‘slave’, but ‘propolos’ without the sigma is ‘warden of a temple’.

LEMMA: αἰσχρόν … προσπόλους G POSITION: s.l., except XG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.61,16

Or. 106.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος, πρόπολος δὲ χωρὶ τοῦ σ ὁ νεωκόρος. ἀμφίπολος δὲ ἡ κατὰ κύκλον περιστροφή. προπαροξύνονται δὲ ταῦτα πάντα, ὡς μετὰ προθέσεως συντιθέμενα, τὸ δὲ δικασπόλος διὰ τὸ μὴ μετὰ προθέσεως συντεθεῖσθαι παροξύνεται. —Lp

TRANSLATION: ‘Prospolos’ means ‘slave’, but ‘propolos’ without the sigma is a temple-warden. ‘Amphipolos’ is applied to turning around in a circular motion. All these are proparoxytone (accented on the antepenult) because compounded with a preposition, but ‘dikaspolos’ (‘judge’) is paroytone (accented on the penult) because it has not been compounded with a preposition.

POSITION: s.l. (finishing in margin block)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.61,16–19

COMMENT: χωρί is an alternative form of χωρίς found in a few Byzantine texts and mentioned for analogy of formation in Eust. in Od. 20.599 (II.222,10) οὕτω δὲ καὶ δηθάκις δηθάκι καὶ αὖθις αὖθι καὶ χωρὶς χωρί. Compare also sch. Lp Hec. 860 χωρὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ καὶ χωρὶς ἀντὶ τοῦ μακράν.

KEYWORDS: rare word | Eustathius

Or. 106.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόσπολον⟩: τοὺς (προσπόλ)ους —Gu

LEMMA: πρόσπολον in text Gr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 106.18 (thom gram) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: ¹πρόσπολος οὐ μόνον ὁ δοῦλος ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ δούλη. ²τοιοῦτο δέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ ἀμφίπολος, πρὸς μὲν τὸ ἀρσενικὸν ὄνομα ἀρσενικῶς ἐκφερόμενος, πρὸς δὲ τὸ θηλυκὸν θηλυκῶς. —Zm, partial GuOx²

TRANSLATION: ‘Prospolos’ is not only a male slave, but also a female slave. And of this same sort is the word ‘amphipolos’, treated as masculine in reference to a masculine word but as feminine in reference to a feminine word.

POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Ox

APP. CRIT.: 1 πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος of Gr (106.11) allowed to serve as first words of this note by Gu | 2 τοιοῦτος Ox² | πρὸς μὲν κτλ om. GuOx² |

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐκφερόρομενος Zm

Or. 107.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: περιφραστικῶς τὴν Ἑρμιόνην —AbKMnRSSaZu

POSITION: marg. AbR, others s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὴν add. before τὴν Zu

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 107.05 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: τὴν θυγατέρα τὴν Ἑρμιόνην περιφραστικῶς —MlXXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘Body of Hermione’ means) ‘her daughter Hermione’, by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τὴν θυγ.] ἀντὶ τοῦ G, om. Zc

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 107.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Ἑρμιόνην τὴν σὴν θυγατέρα —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 107.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: περιφραστικῶς —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 108.01 (vet exeg) εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν παρθένοισιν: ¹τί οὖν; ταῖς τελείαις τοῦτο καλόν; ²ἔστιν οὖν εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἐν Σπάρτῃ εἰώθασι γυμνάζεσθαι αἱ γυναῖκες καὶ παρθένοι, ³ὥστε δέδοται μὲν παρθένοις εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν, οὐ μὴν καθόλου, ⁴ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ ὡρισμένοις πράγμασιν οἷον κανηφορούσαις ἢ γυμναζομέναις, ⁵oὐ μὴν ἄλλο τι πραγματευομέναις. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: What then? Is this fine for adult women (to go out among a crowd)? Well then, one can say that in Sparta the wives and the unmarried girls are accustomed to take exercise, so that it has been granted to unmarried girls to go out in public, but not as a general rule, but (only) in defined circumstances, such as when carrying a ritual basket in procession or exercising, not however for any other activity.

LEMMA: MC, εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν παρθ() οὐ καλ(ον) B, εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν VPrR^bRw REF. SYMBOL: BV, app. R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἰώθασιν R^b | 3 ὠστε R^b | ὅχλον C | 4 ἐπὶ] ἐπεὶ R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,4–8; Dind. II.61,23–62,4

COMMENT: The commentator seems unaware that funeral processions and subsequent ritual visits to the grave of a relative were also occasions for women to go out.

KEYWORDS: women, nature or proper behavior of

Or. 108.02 (rec exeg) εἰ μὴ κανηφορούσαις ἢ γυμναζομέναις —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 108.03 (pllgn exeg) ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ταῖς γυναιξὶν εἰ μή τις καιρὸς νενομισμένος, ὃς κανηφορία λέγεται, ἦλθεν· εἰς ὃν ἐξήρχοντο εὐπάρυφοι παρθένοι καὶ γυναῖκες. —F

TRANSLATION: But it is not fine even for married women unless a certain sanctioned occasion, which is called basket-bearing, has come. For this maidens and married women went out dressed in fine garments.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: εἰ] ἢ F | μὴ om., s.l. add. F

KEYWORDS: women, nature or proper behavior of

Or. 108.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ταῖς νεάνισιν· ²οὐ γὰρ ταῖς ἀγάμοις. ³ἄγαμος γὰρ καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα. ⁴παρθένος δέ ἐστιν ἥ τε ἀμιγὴς καὶ ἡ ἄρτι ἡβῶσα. ⁵ἢ πάλιν κακονόως οὐ παρθένον βούλεται δεῖξαι τὴν Ἠλέκτραν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπείσθη αὐτῇ. —MBVCPrR^bRw

TRANSLATION: (By ‘parthenoisin’ Helen here means) young girls. For she does not mean unmarried girls. For Electra too is unmarried. And a ‘parthenos’ is both the girl who is still a virgin and the one who is just coming to sexual maturity. Alternatively, once again with ill will she (Helen) wants to show that Electra is not a virgin, because she (Electra) did not accede to her request.

LEMMA: Pr, in marg. B, ἕρπειν MC POSITION: before sch. 108.01 M

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἀμιγὶς R^b, ἀμογῆς Rw | ἄρτι] ἄργη C | ἡβόωσα Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,23–109,2; Dind. II.62,5–8

KEYWORDS: κακονόως | κακόηθες/κακοήθως | κακούργως

Or. 108.05 (vet exeg) τοῦτο κακοήθως εἶπεν. βούλεται γὰρ μὴ παρθένον δεῖξαι τὴν Ἠλέκτραν τῷ μὴ πεισθῆναι αὐτῇ. —H

TRANSLATION: She said this maliciously. For she wants to show that Electra is not a virgin, because she did not accede to her request.

REF. SYMBOL: H (to παρθ.)

KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως

Or. 108.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: τὸ ἕρπειν κυρίως ἐπὶ ὄφεως. —HMV³C

TRANSLATION: The (verb) ‘herpein’ is used properly of a serpent.

POSITION: s.l., except C, cont. from prev., adding δὲ

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἕρπειν om. HV³ | ἐπὶ ὄφεων λέγεται C | τῆς ὄφεως app. H

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,3; Dind. II.62,8

Or. 108.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: καὶ τὸ ἀπέρχεσθαι αὐτάς —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 108.15 (rec exeg) παρθένοισιν: [ν]εᾶνις ἡ ἄρτι [ἡ]βῶσα παρθένος [ ]τὸν ι̅β̅ χρόνον [δ]ραμοῦσα. —Pr

TRANSLATION: A young woman (is) the maiden who is just reaching puberty, having passed the twelfth year.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: νεάνις Pr (accentuation attested in a number in late antique and Byzantine texts)

COMMENT: The juncture χρόνον δραμεῖν is found once in Tzetzes, Chil. 4(epist.),569 ἐγγὺς πεντεκαιδέκατον τρέχοντα γὰρ τὸν χρόνον; other Byzantine authors provide two examples with διατρέχω and one with παρατρέχω. Possibly [διαδ]ραμοῦσα should be restored here, but the other lines of this note have not lost so many letters in left margin.

Or. 108.22 (108a) (rec exeg) ⟨κἀγὼ γυναικῶν ἄφρον οὐχὶ παρθένος⟩: οὗτος ὁ στίχος ἀλλότριος. —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This extra verse is characteristic of the recentiores and occurs in the text in AbCrMnRfSSaOx and in the margin in GPrR.

KEYWORDS: athetesis or absence of verses

Or. 109.01 (pllgn exeg) καὶ μὴν οὐ μέλλει ἀπελθεῖν ἀλλαχόθεν καὶ ἔνι μεμπτὸν εἰς τὰς παρθένους εἰ μὴ ἵνα δώσει τὰ τροφεῖα τῇ ἀναθρεψάσῃ αὐτήν. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: And indeed she is not about to depart for another reason, and it is a source of reproach to maidens unless (she goes) in order to give repayment for nurture to the woman who raised her.

POSITION: cont. from prev. Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.62,13–14

Or. 109.13 (thom exeg) ⟨τῇ τεθνηκυίᾳ τροφάς⟩: ὑπ’ ἐκείνης γὰρ ἀνετράφη. —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘Repayment for nurture to the dead woman’ is said) because she (Hermione) was raised by that woman (Clytemnestra).

POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.62,11

Or. 109.17 (vet exeg) ⟨τροφὰς⟩: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ τροφεῖα· ²ἀνθ’ ὧν ἀνετράφη ὑπ’ αὐτῆς, ἀμοιβὴν διδοῦσα. —HMVC, partial OAbMnPrSSaYf²

TRANSLATION: Meaning repayment for nurture. Giving a return for the fact that she was raised by her.

LEMMA: καὶ μὴν τίνοις ἂν V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: s.l. CMnPrSSa; marg. HM; under the line (in lower margin) Ab

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀνθῶν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,9–10; Dind. II.62,11–12

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

Or. 109.18 (mosch exeg) ⟨τροφάς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν ἕνεκα τῆς ἀνατροφῆς ἧς ἀνέθρεψεν αὐτήν. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Trophas’, ‘nurturings’ is) used to mean ‘grateful return on account of the nurture with which she (Clytemnestra) raised her (Hermione)’.

REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbTG(above 110)Gr

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν om. G | ἕνεκα om. T | ἔθρεψεν G | αὐτήν om. G

Or. 109.22 (rec exeg) ⟨τροφώς⟩: τροφάς —Ab

LEMMA: τροφώς in text Ab POSITION: marg.

Or. 109.23 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 45

Or. 110.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κόρη⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὴν παρθένον εἶπε κόρην. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 113.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χοὰς⟩: ἐπὶ τῶν ὑγρῶν θυσιῶν ἐπὶ τῶν ζώντων —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 115.02 (thom exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος κράματα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Melikrata’ refers to) the mixtures made of honey and milk.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl POSITION: s.l. except ZbZl

APP. CRIT. 2: κράμματα ZZa

Or. 115.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: τὴν μεμιγμένην μετὰ τοῦ οἴνου —V³

POSITION: marg.

Or. 115.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: μελίκρατον λέγεται τὸ μέλι μεμιγμένον μετὰ γάλακτος· νῦν δὲ μελίκρατον μέλι μεμιγμένον ὕδατι· ὅπερ λέγεται χώμελι. —Y²Yf²

TRANSLATION: Honey mixed with milk is called ‘melikraton’. But in the present passage ‘melikraton’ is honey mixed with water, what is called ‘chōmeli’.

POSITION: s.l. Y

APP. CRIT.: μελίκρατον λέγεται om. Y² | χέμελι or χΐμελι or χύμελι Yf² (certainly not χώμελι)

COMMENT: χώμελι seems to be the correct decipherment of the strokes in Y; Yf is unfortunately obscure because of sloppiness and compression of the hand. This word is not in TLG; χιονόμελι is found once in Geoponica for a water/honey mixture used as medicine, made by mixing in snow. With thanks to Maria Mavroudi, Nick Nicholas and Nikos Sarantakos, I can refer to Moeris’ glossing of μελίκρατον with ὑδόμελι and οἰνόμελι; and a modern Greek word variously spelled as χούμελι, χούμελη, χουμέλι, χουμέλη, which also may refer to water with honey dissolved in it or other mixture of water and honey.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 115.10 (vet exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει ἡ μετά, ἵν’ ᾖ μετὰ γάλακτος. —MCMnR^aR^bS

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘meta’ is omitted (and to be understood), so that the meaning is ‘with milk’.

LEMMA: μελίκρατ’ ἄφες MnR^bS REF. SYMBOL: M (to γάλακτος), R^b(to the whole line) POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. R^a

APP. CRIT.: ἡ μετά om. C

APP. CRIT. 2: ἵνα Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,11; Dind. II.63,1

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 115.11 (rec exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει τὰ μειλίγματα μετὰ τοῦ. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 115.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει ἡ μετὰ τοῦ. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 115.16 (vet exeg) οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην: ¹ἐμφαντικῶς τὴν δαψιλῆ τοῦ οἴνου ῥύσιν διὰ τῆς ἄχνης ἐσήμανε. ²τοῦτο δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν κυμάτων εἴρηται [Hom. Il. 4.426]· ³‘ἀποπτύει δ’ ἁλὸς ἄχνην’. ⁴οἱ δὲ ἀκύρως τὴν οἰνόχροα τρίχα φασί. ⁵λάχνη γὰρ ἡ θρὶξ, ἀλλ’ ἄχνη τὸ λεπτὸν μέρος, ὃ κατέχειν τις οὐ δύναται, οἱονεὶ ἀέχη τις οὖσα. —MBVCMnPrR^aR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) indicated the abundant flow of wine vividly by using the word ‘achnē’. And this word has been used of waves (in Homer): ‘the sea spits forth a foam of salt water’. Some say it is used in a transferred sense to mean wine-colored hair. For hair is called ‘lachnē’, but ‘achnē’ is used of the fine portion of hair that one is not able to grasp/control, as if being some unheld thing (‘aechē’).

LEMMA: BPr(οἰνοπόν Pr, a.c. B), μελίκρατ’ ἄφες γάλακτος οἰνοπόν τ’ ἄχνη MC, μελίκρατ’ ἄφες VMnR^aR^bS, ἄχνην Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBV

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,12–16; Dind. II.63,5–9

KEYWORDS: etymology | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 115.17 (vet exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: δαψιλῆ τοῦ οἴνου {καὶ} ῥύσιν· διὰ γὰρ τῆς ἄχνης τοῦτο ἐσήμηνεν. οἱ δὲ τὴν οἰνόχροα τρίχα φασί. —H

TRANSLATION: Abundant flow of wine. For this is what he indicated by using the word ‘achnē’. Others say (the phrase) means wine-colored hair.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 115.18 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: ἐμφαντικῶς τὴν τοῦ οἴνου δαψιλῆ ῥύσιν· ἄχνη δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν κυμ[άτων]. —O

Or. 115.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: οἶνον καὶ μέλι καθὼς εἶχον συνήθειαν μετὰ γάλακτος. —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐμφαντικόν

Or. 115.20 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: ἡ ἄχνη (?)ση(μαίνει) [2–4] τὸ μέλι μετὰ τοῦ γάλακτος καὶ τὴν ὑγρὴν τρίχα τὴν οὖσαν κατὰ τὸ [ ca. 6 ] (?)κυριν(ος)(?) [ ca. 6? ]. —R

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὐγρὴν R

Or. 115.21 (pllgn exeg) οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην: ¹εἰς τρία διαιρεῖται ὁ οἶνος, εἰς τὸ ἄνθος, εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν οἶνον, καὶ εἰς τὸν τρυγίαν. ²καὶ ἄνθος μὲν τὸ ἐπάνω τοῦ πίθου ἤγουν τὸ πρῶτον, οἶνος δὲ τὸ μέσον, τρυγίας δὲ ἡ ὕλη ἤγουν τὸ κάτω. ³ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ αἷμα εἰς τρία καὶ τὸ γάλα. ⁴καὶ τὸ μὲν καθαρώτατον τοῦ αἵματος ἀποτελεῖται εἰς τὸ ἧπαρ εἰς τὸ δεξιὸν μέρος, τὸ δὲ χνοωδέστατον εἰς τὴν χοληδόχον κύστιν, ὁ δὲ τρυγίας εἰς τὸν σπλῆνα. ⁵ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ γάλα· τὸ μὲν καθαρώτατον καὶ λιπωδέστατον τὸ ἐπάνω ὅπερ γίνεται βούτυρος, τὸ δέ μέσον ὁ ὀρρὸς, τὸ δὲ κάτωθεν ὡς τρυγίας ὅπερ ποιεῖ τὸν τυρόν. —Y²Yf²

TRANSLATION: Wine is divided into three parts, the bloom, the wine itself, and the lees. And the bloom is the part at the top of the container, that is, the first pour; the wine is what is in the middle, and the lees are the solid matter, that is, what is below. In exactly the same way also blood and milk (are divided) into three parts. The purest form of the blood is created in the liver in the righthand part, the type most clouded by fine particles in the gall bladder, and the lees in the spleen. In the same way also milk: the purest and fattiest part is the liquid on top, which becomes butter, the middle is the whey, and the part below is as it were the lees, the part that creates cheese.

POSITION: s.l. Y²

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τῶ κάτω Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.63,11–19

COMMENT: No other passage in TLG has αἷμα described as χνοῶδες, rendered ‘cloudy’ here by BDAG (‘torbido’ in the Italian original). | χολήδοκος is very rare, with only two other instances in TLG, in Erasistratus fr. 146. | The threefold division of milk is similar to Galen, de simplicium medicamentorum temperamentis ac facultatibus, 11:677,10–18 Kühn. For discussion of similar threefold divisions of wine and oil and honey, see Plutarch, quaest. conviv. 7.3 (701d–702c). | The feminine as seen in Yf² τὴν σπλῆνα is attested in some medieval astrological and medical texts. | Turyn 1957: 58–59 proposes that this is Planudean because Yf has a cross before it and because he finds medical topics in other possibly Planudean scholia. See, however, Prelim. Stud. 105–106.

KEYWORDS: rare word | Planudes

Or. 115.22a (rec exeg) μέλαινα λέγεται ἡ θρίξ. —Ml

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.

APP. CRIT. 2: μελέναιν() Ml

Or. 115.23 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: γρ. οἰνόποόν τ’ ἄχνην. —R

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 115.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: τὴν τρίχωσιν τὴν οἰνόχροα ἤγουν τὴν ξανθὴν —V³

POSITION: marg.

Or. 115.26 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: τὴν λευκὴν τρίχωσιν· τὸ καθαρὸν τοῦ οἴνου καὶ λαμπρόν. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.63,10–11

Or. 115.34 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: ἄχνη λέγεται ἡ μέλαινα θρὶξ ἢ ῥύσις οἴνου. —S

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 115.37 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: ¹τὸν λεπτότατον τόνδε οἶνον ἢ ἄχνην λέγει οἱονεὶ κορυφὴν. ²ὅταν γὰρ ἐπιχέηται οἶνος τῷ ἐκ μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος κράματι, ἐπιπολαίως κεῖται. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Meaning) this most delicate wine, or he speaks of ‘achnē’ more or less as the top part. For when wine is poured upon the mixture of honey and milk, it rests on top.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa, to οἰνωπόν Zm POSITION: cont. from 115.02 ZbZl (Zl add. καὶ)

APP. CRIT.: 1 prep. οἰνωπὸν ἄχνην λέγει T | ἢ del. Matt.

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 κράμματι ZZa | ἐπιπολέως T (‑αίως Ta)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.63,2–4

Or. 115.42 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: οἰνάνθη τὸ κρεῖττον τοῦ οἴνου. —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 115.44 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄχνης⟩: (ἄχν)ην —V

LEMMA: ἄχνης in text V POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: Diggle records this as V^1/2; it seems to me to be the ink and letter-forms of main scribe.

Or. 116.02 (pllgn gram) ⟨στᾶσ’⟩: ἔστη τις ἑκουσίως, ἐστάθη ἀκουσίως· τὸ μὲν ἔστη μετὰ θελήματος, τὸ δὲ ἐστάθη δυναστικῶς. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Someone stood/came to a stop (intransitive aorist form) willingly, was stood up/set up (aorist passive form) unwillingly. The (intransitive) form ‘he stood’ is accompanied by willingness, but the (passive) form ‘was stood up’ occurs by command of an authority.

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀκουσίως] ἑκουσίως Y²

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 116.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἀκροῦ χώματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπ’ ἄκρον χῶμα —HM

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘(going) up to the top of the mound’.

POSITION: s.l. H, marg. M

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. H

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,17; Dind. II.63,20

Or. 116.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἄκρου χώματος⟩: ἐπὶ τοῦ ἄκρου τοῦ τάφου —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον Gr, ἐπ’ ἄκρου Y | second τοῦ om. Zc

Or. 116.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπ’ ἄκρου χώματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ χώματος τὸ ἄκρον χῶμα λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀττικοί, ὡς ἐνταῦθα καὶ παρὰ Σοφοκλεῖ [Soph. Aj. 238–239] ‘καὶ γλῶτταν ἄκραν / ῥιπτεῖ θερίσας’, ἤγουν τὸ ἄκρον τῆς γλώττης. —Gu

TRANSLATION: Instead of saying ‘the top part of the mound’ Attic writers say ‘the topmost mound’, as here and in Sophocles, ‘and having lopped off the outermost tongue he throws it aside’, that is, ‘the tip of the tongue’.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικοί

Or. 117.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩: θέλεις μετὰ τοῦ ν̅ ἢ χωρὶς τοῦ ν̅. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This and the next give evidence of a variant reading ἀδελφὴν, which appears not to have been reported previously.

Or. 117.14 (rec gram) ⟨ταῖσδε … χοαῖς⟩: ἀντίστροφον, ὡς τὸ ἐδωρεῖτο τὸν ἅγ(ιον) τοῖς χρυσοῖς —Mn

TRANSLATION: With exchange of (case‑)construction, as in the sentence ‘he gifted the saint with gold pieces’.

POSITION: s.l. (space between ἀντίστροφον and the rest)

APP. CRIT.: ἔδωκε Mn

COMMENT: I have not located any passage where δίδωμι has such a construction. I assume ἔδωκε is a mistake for ἐδωρεῖτο, since (as 117.20–22 indicate) that verb can take alternative constructions for person and thing as arguments. I find no parallel for the example sentence.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως

Or. 117.16 (mosch exeg) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δεξιοῦται δι’ ἐμοῦ δηλονότι διὰ φόβον τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὴν πρὸς τὸ μνῆμα τὸ σόν. —XXaXbT⁺YGGr

TRANSLATION: (Your sister) greets (honors) you, that is to say, through me (scil. Hermione) because of fear of going herself to your tomb.

LEMMA: X, ταῖσδε δωρεῖται G

APP. CRIT.: φόβου G

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

COMMENT: For the sense ‘honor’ see the comment on sch. 117.21.

Or. 117.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: ¹τὸ δωρεῖσθαι εἰ μὲν σημαίνει τὸ χαρίζεσθαι καὶ διδόναι ἁπλῶς, συντάσσεται πρὸς μὲν τὸ πρόσωπον δοτικῇ, πρὸς δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα αἰτιατικῇ, οἷον δωροῦμαί σοι τόδε. ²ὅτε δὲ τὸ φιλοφρονεῖσθαι καὶ δεξιοῦσθαι, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, ἐναλλὰξ πρὸς μὲν τὸ πρόσωπον αἰτιατικῇ, πρὸς δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα δοτικῇ, οἷον δωροῦμαί σε τῷδε. —Gu

TRANSLATION: If the verb ‘dōreisthai’ (‘to gift’) denotes ‘grant as a favor’ or simply ‘give’, it is construed with the person in the dative and the thing in the accusative, as for example ‘I gift this to you’. But when it denotes ‘show favor’ or ‘honor’, as it does here, inversely it is construed with the person in the accusative and with the thing in the dative, as for example in ‘I gift you with this’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.64,1–6

COMMENT: For this and the next, see also the note in sch. 1031.04.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 117.21 (pllgn gram) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: ¹δωροῦμαι τὸ δεξιοῦμαι καὶ τιμῶ ἀπὸ αἰτιατικῆς εἰς δοτικὴν, ὡς τὸ δωρεῖται σε ταῖσδε χοαῖς ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμᾷ σε. ¹δωροῦμαι δὲ τὸ παρέχω σοι τι ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀπὸ δοτικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικὴν, ὡς τὸ δωροῦμαι σοι τόδε ἢ ἵππον ἢ ἄλλο τι. —Y²Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὡς τῷ a.c. Y²

COMMENT: For δεξιόομαι in the sense ‘honor’ see Lampe s.v. δεξιόω 2d–e; BDAG s.v. δεξιόομαι. For the meaning ‘gift/endow someone (acc.) with something (dat.)’, implied here, Lampe cites Greg. Naz. orat. 14 (PG 35.881,30–32) καὶ τοῖς ἐντεῦθεν χρηστοῖς πολλάκις δεξιοῦται τὸ θεῖον τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς.

COLLATION NOTES: No cross Yf.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 117.22 (pllgn gram) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δωροῦμαι τὸ δεξιοῦμαι αἰτιατικῇ· δωροῦμαι τὸ δίδωμι δοτικῇ. —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa

Or. 118.16 (vet exeg) ⟨τε⟩: περιττὸς ὁ τέ· βούλεται δὲ λέγειν φόβῳ ταρβοῦσα. —MC

TRANSLATION: The conjunction ‘te’ is superfluous. She means to say ‘dreading with fear’ (that is, the dative noun ‘fear’ goes with the participle ‘tarbousa’ rather than being a separate expression).

POSITION: intermarg. MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,18; Dind. II.647–8

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 119.06 (vet exeg) ⟨εὐμενῆ δ’ ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: γράφεται πρευμενῆ, ὅ ἐστι πραϋμενῆ καὶ προσφιλῆ. —MCV³MnR^bS

TRANSLATION: ‘Preumenē’ is (also) written, that is, gentle-minded (‘praümenē’) or friendly.

LEMMA: R^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. V³S

APP. CRIT.: γρ. καὶ V³CR^b | ὅ ἐστι] ἤγουν MnR^bS | πραϋμενῆ καὶ om. R^bS | πραϋνομένη C, cf. πραυμένη M

APP. CRIT. 2: προσφιλ() C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,19; Dind. II.64,9

COMMENT: Compare sch. MBPr Hec. 538 πρευμενής: πρᾶος εὐμενής· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν δύο σύγκειται ἡ λέξις.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 119.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: λείπει παρακαλοῦσα. —AbMlSSa

POSITION: s.l. SSa, marg. Ab

APP. CRIT.: λείπει om. Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: περικαλ‑ Ml

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 119.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: ἱκέτευε αὐτὴν τὴν νεκρόν. —Ab

POSITION: marg.

Or. 119.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: καὶ κέλευε αὐτὴν. —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 119.14a (pllgn gram) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: ἄνωγε καὶ κέλευε. ἄνω γὰρ τὸ ὁρίζω. —C²

REF. SYMBOL: C² POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἐκέλευε C²

Or. 119.15 (thom gram) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: ἀνώγω κυρίως τὸ προστάσσω. —ZmGuOx²

POSITION: marg. Ox; cont. from gloss 119.19 Zm, add. δὲ

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.64,10–11

COLLATION NOTES: Gu with cross in front.

Or. 120.02 (vet exeg) καὶ πόσει γνώμην ἔχειν: ¹ἐνταῦθα ἡ βελτίστη οὐδὲ τὴν θυγατέρα ἑαυτῆς προέκρινε· ²τοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς μικροῦ δεῖν καὶ ἐπελάθετο. —MCMnR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Here the wonderful woman did not even give precedence to her daughter over herself. As for her husband, she almost even forgot about him.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ πόσει R^aR^bSa, καὶ ποσι Mn, πόσει S REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. MnSSa

APP. CRIT.: 2 τοῦ] τοῦτο M | γὰρ om. Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 προέκρινεν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,20–22

KEYWORDS: character, analysis of

Or. 121.01 (vet exeg) τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν: ¹καὶ αὐτῶν μέμνηται, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ παντελῶς λιθοκάρδιος εἶναι, ὅμως μετὰ ἀρᾶς. ²τὸ γὰρ οὓς ἀπώλεσεν θεός δοκεῖ μὲν συναχθομένη λέγειν, πανούργως δὲ ἐμφαίνει ὅτι θεοῖς ἀπηχθημένοι εἰσίν. ³οὐ γὰρ ἀπολλύει εἶπεν, ἀλλ’ ἀπώλεσεν, ὡς ἐγνωσμένης ἤδη τῆς παρὰ θεῶν δυσμενείας. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: She mentions them (Orestes and Electra) as well, in order not to seem completely stone-hearted, but even so she does it with a curse. For in uttering the phrase ‘whom god has destroyed’ she seems to be sharing their distress, but with malicious cunning she indirectly suggests that they are hated by the gods. For she did not say ‘is destroying’ but ‘has destroyed’, as if the hostility on the part of the gods is already decided.

LEMMA: all (add. τοῖνδε Rw) REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT. 2: παντελῶ Rw | ἁρᾶς Rw | 2 ἀπώλεσε BCPrRw | 3 δυσμενίας Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,23–27; Dind. II.64,12–16

KEYWORDS: πανοῦργος/πανούργως | character, analysis of | ἐμφαίνω

Or. 121.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: μέμνηται καὶ αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ παντελῶς λιθοκάρδιος εἶναι. —H

TRANSLATION: She mentions them (Orestes and Electra) as well, in order not to seem completely stone-hearted.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 121.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: ἤγουν τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ καὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —AbMlMnRSSaZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι R | τὴν ἠλέκτραν MlZl, τὴν ἠλέ() Mn | καὶ τῷ ὀρ.] om. Ml, καὶ τὸν ὀρέστην Zl | τὴν Mn

Or. 121.04 (moschThom paraphr) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: τῷ Ὀρέστῃ καὶ τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZcZ^cZaZmCrOxB^3a

REF. SYMBOL: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: prep. ἤγουν ZmB^3a | τῷ om. G | καὶ om. Zc

COMMENT: Although this is in ZZaZm as well as T, a combination which by the criteria of this edition causes it to be marked as Thoman, Triclinius added it when incorporating Moschopulean material and marks it as a Moschopulean gloss, not as one common to Moschopulus and Thomas.

Or. 121.10 (thom exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων προστάξας τὸν φόνον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘A god’ refers to) Apollo, for having ordered the murder.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν φόνον om. Za

Or. 121.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ἀπόλλων· αὐτὸς γὰρ αὐτοὺς εἰς μητρικὸν φόνον παρέθηξε. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 122.01 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν: ἃ δὲ νενόμισται τοῖς νεκροῖς ποιεῖν, ταῦτα κἀμὲ ὑπισχνοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀδελφὴν ποιεῖν. —MBVCMnPrR^aR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: The things which it has become customary to do for the dead, promise that I too will do these in regard to my sister.

LEMMA: MBPrR^aR^b(ἀδ’ εἰς), ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν καιρός C, ὑπισχνοῦ Rw, ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: MBR^b POSITION: after 122.04 V

APP. CRIT.: first ποιεῖν] πλεῖν Pr | ταῦτα … ποιεῖν om. V | κἀμὲ] καὶ S | ὑπισχοῦ R^b, ἐπισχνοῦ S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,1–2; Dind. II.64,17–18

Or. 122.02 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἅπαντα τὰ τῶν νεκρῶν δωρήματα, ἃ εὔκαιρον εἰς ἀδελφὴν ἐμὴν ἐκπονεῖν, ὑπισχνοῦ. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: All the gifts for the dead, which it is timely to perform for my sister, promise (them).

LEMMA: BPrRw POSITION: cont. from 122.01 C, from 122.11 V

APP. CRIT.: ἅπαντα] ἅπαντα δὲ BVPrRw, ἅπαντα δὲ δωρήματα M (with dicolon as if the words are a lemma) | εὐκαιρον εἰς] εὔκαιρα εἰς M, εὐκαιρεῖς Rw | τὴν ἐμὴν V | ἐκπονεῖν ἐμὴν transp. BPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,3–4; Dind. II.64,18–20

Or. 122.03 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἅπερ δὲ πρέπει τοὺς τεθνηκότας παρὰ τῶν ζώντων λαμβάνειν, ταῦτα ὑπισχνοῦ τῇ ἐμῇ ἀδελφῇ. —H

TRANSLATION: And whatever it is proper for the dead to receive from the living, promise these things to my sister.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 122.04 (122–123) (rec paraphr) ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν: ἃ δὲ εὔκαιρον εἰς ἀδελφὴν ἐκπονεῖν νεκρῶν δωρήματα ταῦτα ὑπισχνοῦμαι. —V

LEMMA: V POSITION: before 122.01 V

APP. CRIT.: ταῦτα (or πάντα) Mastr., ἅττα V

Or. 122.05 (122–123) (rec paraphr) καὶ ὑπισχνοῦ ἅπαντα τὰ δῶρα τῶν νεκρῶν, ἃ καιρὸς βιάζεται πονεῖν ἢ ποιεῖν ἐμὲ εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφήν. —R^a

REF. SYMBOL: R^a

Or. 122.06 (122–123) (mosch paraphr) ἃ δὲ δωρήματα τῶν κάτω, τουτέστι προσήκοντα τοῖς κάτω, καιρός ἐστι δηλονότι ἁρμόδιος ἐνεργεῖν ἐμὲ εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφὴν, ἅπαντα ὑπισχνοῦ. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr

LEMMA: V POSITION: cont. from 122.22 X

APP. CRIT.: ἐμὲ] ἐμὴ a.c. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.64,20–22

Or. 122.07 (122–123) (pllgn exeg) ¹ἃ δὲ δωρήματα τῶν νερτέρων καιρὸς ὑπάρχει ἐκπονεῖν εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφὴν, ἅπαντα ὑπισχνοῦ. ²διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἐκπονεῖν ἐδήλωσεν ὅτι μεγαλοπρεπῆ τινα, πέπλους, ἔμελλε κατασκευάσαι. ³ἦθος γὰρ εἶχον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῖς τάφοις πέπλους ἐκτίθεσθαι, ⁴ὡς καὶ ἡ τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως Πηνελόπη τὸν ἱστὸν, ὃν ὕφαινε θέλουσα τοὺς μνηστῆρας ἐκφυγεῖν, ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως ἔμελλε θεῖναι τάφον. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: Whatever gifts for the dead below it is appropriate to produce for my sister, promise all of these. And by using the word ‘ekponein’ (produce by hard work) she indicated that she was going to make some impressive gifts, (namely) robes. For they had the custom of setting out robes on the tombs, just as Odysseus’s wife Penelope too intended to place upon the tomb of Odysseus the woven cloth that she was weaving because she wanted to elude the suitors.

APP. CRIT.: 4 τάφον Matt., αὐτὸν Yf²

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 (both) ὀδυσσέος Yf², corr. Matt. | μνηστήρας Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.64,23–65,2

Or. 122.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς ἐκπονεῖν⟩: εὐκαίρως βιάζει πονεῖν —SSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: εὐκαιρῶς p.c. S, εὐκαιρὸς Sa

Or. 122.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄξιον ἐστὶ ποιῆσαι —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 122.22 (mosch paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: καιρὸς ἐστὶν ἁρμόδιος δηλονότι —XXaXbT⁺YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X, prep. to sch. 122.06 X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Y | ἁρμ. ἐστὶ transp. Y

Or. 122.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ὅτε ἐστὶ —CrZuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὅταν Zu

Or. 122.24 (rec exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ὅτε εὔκαιρος ἐστὶν —Aa²Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὅτε added by Aa² to Aa-gloss εὔκαιρος (cf. 122.25) | ἐστὶν om. Aa²

Or. 122.25 (rec exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: λείπει τὸ ὅτ’ ἔσται. —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 122.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ὅτε καιρὸς καλέσει —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 122.40 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: μετὰ κόπου κατασκευάζειν —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 123.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨νερτέρων δωρήματα⟩: ἤγουν ἃ δωροῦνται οἱ ζῶντες τοῖς νεκροῖς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.65,3–4

Or. 123.07 (mosch paraphr) νερτέρων: τῶν κάτω ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν om. Zc, ἤγουν τῶν om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.65,3

Or. 123.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δωρήματα⟩: ἐκεῖνα, ἤγουν ἅτινα νενόμισται τοῖς νεκροῖς ποιεῖν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 124.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴθ’⟩: Ἀττικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄπιθι —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 124.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨σπεῦδ’⟩: σπεύδω τὸ τρέχω ἐπὶ σώματος, σπουδάζω ἐπὶ ψυχῆς. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 125.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῆς πάλιν μέμνησ’ ὁδοῦ⟩: ἐνθυμοῦ ὑποστρέψαι —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 125.12 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 46

Or. 126.01 (pllgn exeg) παρυπογράφεται τήν τε ἀναχώρησιν τῆς Ἑλένης καὶ τὴν Ἑρμιόνην ἀπερχομένην ἐν τῷ τάφῳ καὶ λέγει, ὦ φύσις. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: She (Electra) indirectly indicates both the retreat of Helen indoors and Hermione going off to the tomb and says ‘o nature’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.65,28–30

COMMENT: LSJ cites only this passage for παρυπογράφομαι and gives the inappropriate meaning ‘subjoin’. TLG offers four citations of the active voice from the 12th and 14th centuries. LBG has s.v. παρυπογράφω the sense ‘nachzeichnen, wiedergeben’ (‘portray, depict’). One must wonder whether the verb here should be παρεπιγράφει, which appears to have the meaning ‘indicate in the manner of a παρεπιγραφή’ in Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Nubes 82a Holwerda τὸ δὲ ‘ἰδοὺ τί ἐστιν’ παρεπιγραφὴ καλεῖται τὸ σχῆμα. ἃ γὰρ ἀνωτέρω οὐκ ἔγραψεν ὅτι πεποίηκεν ὁ νεανίας, τὸ φιλῆσαι δηλονότι τὸν πατέρα καὶ δοῦναι τούτῳ τὴν δεξιάν, ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν νῦν· ἰδοὺ τί ἐστιν, παρεπιγράφει καὶ τῇ γραφῇ τῇδε δείκνυσιν ὅτι πεποίηκεν; compare Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 1 λέξω· τοῦτο τὸ σχῆμα καὶ ὁ ποιητικὸς τρόπος παρεπιγραφή ἐστιν, ὅτι ὃ ἄνωθεν οὐκ ἐμφαίνεται, δείκνυται παρεπιγραφόμενον ἐκ τῆς κειμένης γραφῆς. οἷον ὁ Πρίαμος ἐνταῦθα οὐ φαίνεται ἐρωτῶν, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ λέξω σοι δηλοῦται λοιπὸν ὅτι προηρώτησεν.

KEYWORDS: rare word | staging, position or gesture of actors | παρεπιγραφή

Or. 126.02 (rec exeg) ὦ φύσις ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν: ¹τὸν τρόπον λέγει καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου γνώμην. ²ἢ φύσιν τὴν εὐμορφίαν. —VAaMnR^aR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: (By ‘phusis’) she means the character and sense of judgment of an individual. Or by ‘phusis’ she means beauty of form.

LEMMA: (with ‑οισι) VRw, ὦ φύσις ἐνο̅ι̅σι Aa, ὦ φύσις others REF. SYMBOL: VAaR^bSa

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὴν om. R^b | 2 φύσις Aa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,5–6

Or. 126.03 (vet exeg) ὦ φύσις ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν: ¹οἱ μέν φασι συνωνυμεῖν τῇ μορφῇ καὶ τῇ δομῇ, ²οἱ δὲ τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ κάλλος, ³οἱ δὲ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἑκάστου, ⁴ὡς μέγα κακὸν ὁ φαῦλος τρόπος καὶ ἐπιβλαβής ἐστι τοῖς κεκτημένοις καὶ πάλιν ἐπωφελής ἐστι τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις. —MBCPr, partial VCAaR^aR^bRwSSaYf²

TRANSLATION: Some say that that (‘phusis’ here) is synonymous with shape and bodily form, some with the comeliness of the body and beauty, others with the character and nature of the individual, since bad character is a great evil and harmful to those who possess it, and conversely (character) is beneficial to those who possess it in a fine way.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ὦ φύσις MnR^aR^bSSa REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: s.l. Yf², cont. from sch. 126.02 VAaRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 second τῇ] τὴν Rw | 4 εστιν … ἐστὶν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,7–11; Dind. II.66,5–9

Or. 126.04 (vet exeg) ¹οἱ μὲν τὴν εὐπρέπειαν φασὶ τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ κάλλος, ²οἱ δὲ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἑκάστου, ³ὡς μέγα κακὸν ὁ φαῦλος τρόπος καὶ ἐπιβλαβὴς τοῖς κεκτημένοις καὶ πάλιν ἐπωφελής τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις. —H

TRANSLATION: Some say that that (‘phusis’ here) is the comeliness of the body and beauty, others with the character and nature of the individual, since bad character is a great evil and harmful to those who possess it, and conversely (character) is beneficial to those who possess it in a fine way.

COLLATION NOTES: Check new images when available; looks like ἐπιβλαπὴς on the image in Daitz 1970.

Or. 126.05 (rec paraphr) ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακὸν: καὶ τοῖς μὲν κακῶς χρωμένοις ἐπιβλαβής ἐστι, τοῖς δὲ καλῶς κεχρημένοις ἐπωφελής. —VAaMnR^aR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: And it (‘phusis’) is harmful to those who make bad use of it, but beneficial to those who use it well.

LEMMA: all (but not punct. as sep. from note in some) POSITION: cont. from 126.03, without mark of new scholion

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπιβαβής R^b, ἐπιβλαβῆς S, ἐπιβλάβης Mn | ἐπωφελῆς S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110, app. at 10–11; Dind. II.66, app. at 5

Or. 126.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ φύσις⟩: ¹ἰδοῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὴν Ἑλένην τεμοῦσαν μὲν ἄκρας τὰς τρίχας, σώζουσαν δὲ τὸ πρόσθεν κάλλος, ἀποτείνεται πρὸς τὴν φύσιν καὶ λέγει ταύτην εἶναι σωτήριόν τε τοῖς κεκτημένοις καλῶς αὐτὴν καὶ βλαπτικὸν τοῖς μὴ οὕτως. ²καὶ ἡ Ἑλένη φυσικῶς οὖσα κακὴ, εἰ καὶ ἔδοξε ποσῶς τὴν ἀδελφὴν θρηνεῖν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀποκεκοφέναι τὰς τρίχας, ἀλλὰ πανούργως τοῦτο πεποίηκεν, ³ἐξ ὧν ἄκρας αὐτὰς ἔτεμε τοῦτο πιστωσαμένη. ⁴εἰ γὰρ κατ’ ἀλήθειαν ἐθρήνει, πάντα τὸν πλόκαμον ἔδει τεμεῖν. ⁵καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως. ⁶οἱ δὲ λέγοντες φύσιν τὸ κάλλος οὔ μοι δοκοῦσι λέγειν εὐλόγως. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Electra, seeing that Helen cut the tips of her hair but preserved her previous beauty, makes an apostrophe to nature and says it (nature) is salvific for those who possess it well and harmful to those who do not do so. And Helen, being by nature vicious, even if she seemed to some extent to mourn for her sister, and for that reason to have trimmed her hair, even so did this in a cunning way, because she cut the hairs at the tip giving proof of this. For if she truly were mourning, she ought to have cut off all her tresses. And this is how to take this passage. Those who say that ‘phusis’ here means beauty do not seem to me to speak with good justification.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZl

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀποτίνεται ZbZl | 2 πανοῦργος ZaZm (‑ως s.l. Za) | 6 δοκοῦσιν ZbZl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.65,15–24

COLLATION NOTES: For 1 βλαπτικὸν Ta has σωτή / βλαπτικὸν (because in T βλαπτ. is right under σωτήριον).

KEYWORDS: Thomas Magister critical of another view | πανοῦργος/πανούργως | apostrophe

Or. 126.07 (pllgn exeg) ὦ φύσις: ¹φύσις διχῶς λέγεται, καὶ ἐπὶ καλοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ φαύλου. ²ἔχει τις φύσιν καλὴν ὅστις ἔνι ἀγαθὸς, ἥμερος, πρᾶος, δίκαιος. ³ἔχει καὶ ἕτερος φύσιν κακὴν ὁ κλέπτης, ὁ μοιχὸς, ὁ πόρνος, ὁ ἄδικος. ⁴τοῦτο ἡ Ἠλέκτρα λέγει ἐνταῦθα· ⁵ὦ φύσις ὡς καὶ λίαν μέγα κακὸν ὑπάρχεις ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· ⁶τοῖς γὰρ κακῶς τὴν φύσιν χρωμένοις ἀνθρώποις, μέγα κακὸν ὑπάρχεις, ⁷σωτήριόν τε πρᾶγμα ὑπάρχεις τῷ κεκτημένῳ καλῶς αὐτὴν, ἤγουν ἐπωφελὴς ὑπάρχεις τῷ καλῶς χρωμένῳ αὐτὴν. —Y²Yf²

TRANSLATION: ‘Phusis’ is spoken of in two ways, both applying to good and applying to bad. A person has a fine nature if he is good, gentle, mild, just. Another person has a bad nature, (for example) the thief, the adulterer, the pimp, the unjust man. This is what Electra says here: O nature, how, that is, (‘hōs’ used in the sense) excessively, great an evil you are among humans, for to those people who use their nature in a bad way, you are a great evil, and you are a salvific thing for the one who possesses it well, that is, you are beneficial to the one who uses it well.

LEMMA: Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.65,30–66,4

COMMENT: Note the use of the acc. instead of dat. with χρώμενοις in 6–7 (see also e.g. sch. 126.22, as opposed to the more ‘correct’ version 126.23).

COLLATION NOTES: Cross prefixed in Yf, Turyn 1957: 59 proposes that this is Planudean. One hopes that Planudes was more intelligent than the author of this note.

KEYWORDS: Planudes | Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 126.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: {ἢ} τὴν φύσιν ⟨λέγει⟩ ἤγουν τὴν εὐμορφίαν ἢ τὸν τρόπον. —F

REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.

Or. 126.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: ἢ τὸ κάλλος ἢ τὴν γνώμην ἢ τὸν τρόπον —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 126.10 (rec exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: φαῦλος τρόπος ἢ εὐμορφία —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 126.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ εὐφυΐα κάλλος καὶ ὁ τρόπος —Y

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 126.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακόν⟩: λείπει τοῖς κεκτημένοις κακῶς. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: C² has in the margin beside 127–129 ἤγουν τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις, which, if καλῶς is a corruption of κακῶς, could be a version of this note. |

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 126.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακόν⟩: τοῖς χρωμένοις σε κακῶς —S

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 126.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακόν⟩: τοῖς κακῶς σοι χρωμένοις —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 127.01 (vet exeg) σωτήριόν τε τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις: ¹πολλοὶ γὰρ τὸ κάλλος ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἐκτήσαντο, ²ὧν ἐστιν εἷς ὁ Γανυμήδης παρὰ θεοῖς εἶναι ἀξιωθεὶς καὶ ἵπποις ἀθανάτοις κοσμήσας τὴν θρεψαμένην. ³καὶ Ἀμυμώνη δὲ διὰ τὸ ἴδιον κάλλος τὸ ἄνυδρον Ἄργος πολύυδρον ἐποίησε διὰ τῆς ἐπιμιξίας τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος. —MBVCPr^aPr^bRw, partial H

TRANSLATION: For many persons possessed their beauty for the salvation of themselves or their country. One example of these is Ganymede, who was deemed worthy to be among the gods and adorned with immortal horses the country that raised him. And also Amymone because of her individual beauty caused (her country) waterless Argos to become rich in water through her intercourse with Poseidon.

LEMMA: MC, σωτήριόν τε τοῖς καλῶς VRw(τῆς κακῶς), ἄλλως· σωτήριόν τε B, σωτήριόν τε HPr^b POSITION: between sch. 128.01 and 129.09 M, after 129.09 Pr^b, after 149.01 Rw; Pr^a is incomplete version cont. from sch. 126.02

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 γαννυμήδης VCPr^aPr^bRw | 3 ἀμυμόνη MRw, ἀμύμων Pr^a | ἐποίησεν MB

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,13–17; Dind. II.66,11–15

Or. 127.02 (vet exeg) ⟨σωτήριόν τε⟩: πολλοὶ γὰρ διὰ τὸ κάλλος εὐεργέτησαν τὰς πατρίδας. —M

TRANSLATION: For many have benefitted their native land because of their beauty.

POSITION: between sch. 126.03 and 128.01 M (punct. as sep., but no lemma)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,12; Dind. II.66,9–10

Or. 127.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σωτήριόν τε⟩: Φρύνη ἔσωσε τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἑαυτῆς πατρίδα τῷ Φιλίππῳ συμμιγεῖσα. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Phryne saved her own native city by having intercourse with Philip.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: TLG citations of Phryne do not offer any such anecdote. Phryne, a 4th-century courtesan from Thespiae, was famous for having several statues of her that were dedicated. One anecdote says that Hyperides saved her from a guilty verdict in a trial by exposing her breasts to the jurors; another says that she offered to rebuild the walls of Thebes after Alexander’s destruction if she were allowed to have an inscription on the wall saying she restored what he destroyed. This story is an autoschediasm or a misremembering of the story about the walls of Thebes.

Or. 127.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κεκτημένοις⟩: γρ. κεχρημένοις —OAaAbPrRG

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. OPrG | καὶ add. before κεχρημ. Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: κεχρωμ‑ Ab

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 128.01 (vet exeg) εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας: ¹τὸ εἴδετε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἴδοι τις ἂν, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 3.220] ‘φαίης κε ζάκοτον’ καὶ [Hom. Il. 4.223] ‘ἔνθ’ οὐκ ἂν βρίζοντα ἴδοις’. ²ἔνιοι δέ φασι ταῖς δμωσὶ ταῦτα λέγειν. ³οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὸ θέατρον, ὃ καὶ ἄμεινον. ⁴ἐφελκυστικὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἀεὶ μᾶλλον τῶν θεατῶν ὁ ποιητὴς, οὐ φροντίζων τῶν ἀκριβολογούντων. —MBVCMnPrR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: The word ‘eidete’ (‘did you see’) is equivalent to ‘idoi tis an’ (‘one might see’), as (the Homeric phrases) ‘you might say (he was) mightily angry’ and ‘there you would not see him dozing’. Some say that she addresses this to the servant-women, others say it is directed to the audience, which is indeed better. For the poet is always rather inclined to draw in the audience, showing no regard for those who are fussy about details.

LEMMA: MBC, εἴδετε R^b REF. SYMBOL: MBR^bSa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κεν M | ζάκουσον Pr | ἔνθ’] ἔντ’ Pr | βρύζοντα R^b | 4 θεάτων R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,18–22; Dind. II.66,17–67,2

KEYWORDS: addressee identified | dramatic technique of Euripides | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 128.02 (vet exeg) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: ¹ἴδοι τις. ²ἔνιοι δέ φασι ταῖς δμώαισι ταῦτα λέγειν, ³ὃ ἄμεινον. —H

TRANSLATION: One might see. Some say she says this to the servant-women, which is better.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 128.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: ¹ἐθεάσασθε πῶς κατὰ τὰς ἄκρας ἀπέκοψε τὰς τρίχας φυλάσσουσα τὸ κάλλος. ²οὐ κατ’ ἐρώτησιν δὲ, ἀλλ’ ἀποφαινομένη ταῦτα λέγει. —XXaXbT⁺YGrZc

TRANSLATION: You observed how she cut off her hair at the tips, preserving her beauty. For she says this not as a question, but affirming it.

POSITION: s.l. Zc

APP. CRIT.: 1 second τὰς om. G | 1–2 φυλάσσουσα κτλ om. Zc | 2 ἀποφαινόμενος G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.67,4–6

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 128.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: ἐθεάσασθε κατὰ τὰς ἄκρας —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrAa²

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.: κατὰ τ. ἄ. om. T | ἄκρας om. G

Or. 128.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: οἱ μὲν δμωσὶν, οἱ δὲ θεάτρῳ, ὃ καὶ κρεῖττον. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 128.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν —F

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 128.07 (thom exeg) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: πρὸς ἑαυτὴν τοῦτο λέγει. —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: She says this to herself.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 128.11 (rec exeg) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: ἴδετε —RS

POSITION: s.l. R, marg. S

Or. 128.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: εἴδετε —Ab

POSITION: marg.

Or. 128.17 (rec exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: ἐπὶ· π(ερι)ττόν —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This apparently means that παρ’ could be glossed with ἐπί (‘to the extent of’?) or considered to be superfluous.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 128.18 (rec exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰς ἄκρας —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 128.19 (thom exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: ¹τὸ παρά τοῦ παρ’ ἄκρας καὶ τὸ ἀπό τοῦ ἀπέθριξε ταὐτόν ἐστι· ²τὸ γὰρ ἄκρας αἰτιατική ἐστιν. ³ἢ γενικὴν νοητέον, ἵν’ ᾖ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου αὐτὰς ἔτεμεν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The ‘para’ of ‘par’ akras’ and the ‘apo’ of ‘apethrixe’ convey the same meaning, for the word ‘akras’ is accusative. Alternatively, one should consider it genitive, so that the sense is ‘she cut them from the tip’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.: Parts of Zl illegible, last word lost to trimming.

APP. CRIT. 2: ταυτόν ἐστιν Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.67,6–9

KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα

Or. 128.23 (vet exeg) ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας: ὡς ἐν τῇ σμικρότητι τῆς ἀφαιρέσεως μηδὲν ἀπολείποι τοῦ ὑγιοῦς. —MVC

TRANSLATION: In order that by the small extent of the removal she would not at all fall short of the normal (unspoiled) state (of her hair).

LEMMA: C, 129 ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή V REF. SYMBOL: (to 129) V POSITION: intermarg. M

APP. CRIT.: μὴ δὲ V | ἀπολείποι Mastr. (after ἀπολίποι Schw.), ἀπολείπει MC, ἀπολίποιτο V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,1–2; Dind. II.67,2–4

Or. 128.24 (vet exeg) ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας: ὡς ἐν τῇ σμικρότητι τῆς ἀφαιρέσεως μηδὲν ἀπολείπειν τοῦ ὑγιοῦς μηδὲ τῷ κάλλει λυμήνασθαί τι —BPr

TRANSLATION: So as, by the small extent of the removal, not at all to fall short of the normal (unspoiled) state (of her hair), nor to cause any damage to her beauty.

LEMMA: B (ἄλλως in marg.), ἄλλως ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: μικρότητι Pr | μὴ δὲ BPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,1–2; Dind. II.67,2–4

Or. 128.35 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀπέθριξε⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θρίζω θρίξω —Zm

POSITION: marg.

Or. 129.09 (vet exeg) ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή: ¹ἤτοι πονηρὰ, ἢ τὰ αὐτὰ φρονοῦσα ἃ καὶ πρότερον· ²τοῦ γὰρ εἶναι εὔμορφος ἐπιμελεῖται. ³ἐλέγχει δὲ αὐτὴν ὅτι οὐδὲ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι σεσωφρόνισται, ἀλλ’ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἤθεσι μεμένηκεν. —HMBVCAaPrR^aR^bSa, partial YY²

TRANSLATION: That is, she is bad, or has the same cast of mind as previously. For she is careful about being beautiful in appearance. And she (Electra) criticizes her (Helen) because not even by her wrongful actions has she been chastened, but she has continued in the same character traits.

LEMMA: B(τ’)AaPrMnSSa, ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι R^b, lemma ἡ πάλαι γυνή MC, ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: MBR^bSa POSITION: s.l. YY²

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φρονεῖσα Pr | 3 ἐλλέγχει MnS | μεμένηκε MCPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,3–6; Dind. II.67,10–13

Or. 129.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ¹τὸ ‘ἔστιν ἡ πάλαι γυνὴ’ ἢ κατὰ μορφὴν νοητέον, ἡ αὐτή ἐστι καὶ νῦν ἥτις καὶ πρὸ τοῦ τὰς τρίχας ἀποκόψαι καὶ οὐδ’ ὁτιοῦν ἠλλάττωται τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς, ²ἢ κατὰ προαίρεσιν, ὅτι ἡ αὐτή ἐστι καὶ νῦν ἥτις καὶ πρώην καὶ οὐδὲν ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν σεσωφρόνισται. —ZZaZb(Zl)ZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘she is the same woman of old’ is to be interpreted either in reference to her physical appearance: she is the same woman even now as she was before cutting her hair, and her beauty has not been reduced in the slightest. Or in reference to her approach to life, that she is the same even now as previously and she has not been at all chastened by her troubles.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZl POSITION: cont. from sch. 128.19 ZmTGu, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT.: note lost to damage and trimming Zl (ref. symbol at text indicates its original presence) | 1 ἡ repeated before γυνὴ Gu | second ἡ] ἤγουν ZmGu | 2 σεσωφρόνησται Za, σεσωφρόνηται Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.65,24–28

Or. 129.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἥτις ἦν πάλαι γυνὴ —AbPr

POSITION: s.l. Pr, marg. Ab

Or. 129.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἤγουν πρὸ τοῦ κόπτειν τὰς ἄκρας τρίχας —AbMlMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab (cont. from prev.)

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Ab | πρὸ τοῦ κόπτειν] προκόπτειν Sa | πρὸ] πρὸς S, om. Pr | ἄκρας om. Pr

Or. 129.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυν⟩: τὰ αὐτὰ φρονοῦσα ἃ καὶ πρότερον —O

POSITION: marg.

Or. 129.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: πονηρά· ἤγουν τοιαῦτα φρονοῦσα πονηρά —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 129.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἢ κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν μορφὴν ἢ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον —B^3a

POSITION: marg.

Or. 129.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: τουτέστιν ἡ αὐτὴ τῇ πρώτῃ —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 130.02 (thom exeg) ⟨θεοί σε⟩: λάθρα τοῦτο εἶπε. —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπεν TGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.67,15

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 130.08 (tri metr) ⟨μισήσειαν⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 46

Or. 131.03 (vet exeg) πᾶσάν θ’ Ἑλλάδα: ¹τὸ κατὰ μέρος εἰποῦσα ἐπήνεγκε τὸ καθόλου· ²ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 1.255–256]· ‘ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες / ἄλλοι τε Τρῶες’. —MBVCPr, partial H

TRANSLATION: After mentioning the individual she added the overall group: like Homer, ‘Truly Priam would rejoice, and Priam’s children and other Trojans’.

LEMMA: MBC(δ’)Pr(ἅπασαν), καὶ τόνδε πᾶσάν θ’ ἑλλάδ() V REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: marg. H

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὰ κατὰ V | 2 ὡς κτλ om. H | ὡς καὶ ὅμ. BVPr, ὥσμηρος C | γηθήσῃ BPr, γηθῆ() V | ἄλλοι τε τρῶες om. Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἦ κεν] ἧκε C, ἧκεν V, εἴ κεν Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,7–9; Dind. II.67,16–18

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 131.06 (131–135) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩: ¹ἰδοῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὸν χορὸν τῶν Ἀργείων γυναικῶν ἐλθόντα ἐπισκέψασθαι τὸν Ὀρέστην, καὶ φοβηθεῖσα μή πως ἐγεροῦσιν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, διακόψασα τὸν λόγον ὃν περὶ τῆς Ἑλένης ἔλεγε μετὰ λύπης λέγει ‘ὢ τάλαινα ἐγώ’. ²αἱ φίλαι ξυνῳδοὶ, ἤγουν αἱ συνθρηνοῦσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ, αὖ καὶ πάλιν πάρεισι καὶ προσέρχονται, ὡς φαίνεται δὲ ὅτι καὶ πρῶτον ἐκεῖ ὑπῆρχον. ³ἴσως ἠρεμοῦντα τὸν Ὀρέστην μεταστήσουσι καὶ διεγεροῦσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἀπό τε τῆς ὁμιλίας καὶ τοῦ κτύπου τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν· ⁴ἐπεὶ γὰρ πλῆθος ἦν, θόρυβον ἔμελλε ποιῆσαι εἰσερχόμενον· ⁵καὶ εἰ ἐγεροῦσιν αὐτὸν, ἐκτήξουσι τὸ ἐμὸν ὄμμα ἐν τοῖς δακρύοις· ⁶ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔβλεπεν αὐτὸν δαιμονιζόμενον καὶ πάσχοντα, κλαίειν ἔμελλεν ὡς ἀδελφή. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: Electra, noticing that the chorus of the Argive women has come to check on Orestes and having become afraid that they will somehow arouse him from his sleep, after breaking off the remark that she was making about Helen, says with anguish ‘o wretched me’. The friendly sharers of (my) song, that is, those who lament with me, again and for a second time are present and approach, and as it seems (‘again’ is used) because previously too they were present there. Perhaps they will disrupt Orestes in his rest and arouse him from sleep by their conversation and the noise of their footsteps. For since it was a large group, it was likely to create a loud noise in entering. And if they will cause him to stir, they will make my eye melt with tears. For since she saw him afflicted by the divinities and suffering, she was likely to cry for him, being his sister.

APP. CRIT.: 2 δὲ not printed by Matt.; perhaps to be deleted | 3 διεγείρουσι Yf², corr. Dindorf | 5 ἐγειροῦσιν Yf², corr. Matt.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὠ Yf² | 3 ἡρεμοῦντα Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.67,19–68,2

COLLATION NOTES: Yf² with cross.

Or. 131.07 (131–139) (pllgn exeg) ¹θεασαμένη Ἠλέκτρα τὰς ἐρχομένας γυναῖκας ὡς ἐπ[ι]σκεψομένας ταύτην τε καὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ φοβηθεῖσα μὴ [ὑπὸ] τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν κτύπου ἔξυπνος γέ[νηται ὅτε(?)] ἐν ἠρεμία ἡσύχαζεν, (?)ἔπ[ειτα(?)] πρὸς αὐτὰς εἶπεν· ²ὦ φίλ[αι], μετὰ πάσης ἡσυχίας ἔρχεσθε [καὶ] μηδὲν ὅλως θορυβεῖτε [μηδὲ κτυ]πεῖτε· ἐπειδὴ φιλικῶς [ἔχω] πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ³ἐὰν δὲ ταράξ[ητε τὸν] Ὀρέστην, ὡς ἐχθρὰς ἀφείω(?)[a few letters, or blank?] ὑμᾶς, εἰ ἀπὸ τούτου ἐπ . .[ —Zl

TRANSLATION: Electra, having seen the approaching women, coming to check on her and Orestes, frightened that he might be awakened by the noise of their footsteps [when(?)] he was resting peacefully, then(?) said to them: Friends, approach with utter quiet and do not make any noise at all nor stamp your feet, since I am disposed as a friend toward you. But if you disturb Orestes, I dismiss(?) you as enemies, if from this man/action you/he …

REF. SYMBOL: Zl

COMMENT: At the end there are traces of two letters after pi, then there should be only a few more letters lost before the end of note, hardly room for a second-person verb plus object; so a third-person verb is perhaps more likely (e.g., ἐπεγ[ερθῇ]?).

Or. 131.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩: ἰδοὺ διαλέγεται πρὸς τὰς δμωίδας. —Pr

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 131.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩: ἐν ἤθει ὁ λόγος. —Zu

TRANSLATION: The speech (is uttered) with emotion.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐν ἤθει

Or. 132.01 (vet exeg) ⟨αἳ δ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἔρχονται αἱ γυναῖκες ἰδεῖν τὸν Ὀρέστην πῶς ἔχει, καὶ ἐθεάσατο αὐτὰς. —M

TRANSLATION: Without explicit reference (i.e., although the new entrance has not otherwise been referred to?) the women come to see how Orestes is doing, and Electra caught sight of them.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,10–11; Dind. II.68,3–4

COMMENT: On the problem of interpreting κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον in tragic scholia of this kind, see comment on sch. 725.02, where the possibility is raised that it may be equivalent to κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν.

COLLATION NOTES: Schw. ascribes this to C as well as M, but this is a slip. Sch. 131.03 starts at the bottom of 14v and is completed in the first line of 15r, and sch. 140.07 follows it. No interlinear or intermarg. notes are written near 132, and fire has not damaged any notes on this page of C.

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors | κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον | ὑπόθεσις (asumed scenario) | staging, entrance or exit of a character

Or. 132.02 (vet exeg) αἳ δ’ αὖ πάρεισι: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἔρχονται αἱ γυναῖκες ἰδεῖν τὸν Ὀρέστην πῶς ἔχει, καὶ θεασαμένη αὐτὰς ταῦτα φησὶ. —BPr

TRANSLATION: Without explicit reference (i.e., although the new entrance has not otherwise been referred to?) the women come to see how Orestes is doing, and Electra, having caught sight of them, says this.

LEMMA: BPr REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: ταῦτα om. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,10–11; Dind. II.68,3–4

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors | κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον | staging, entrance or exit of a character

Or. 132.03 (rec exeg) ⟨αἵδ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: τοῦτο λέγει βλέπουσα τὸν χορὸν ἐρχόμενον. —SSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: χορὸν om. Sa

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors

Or. 132.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αἵδ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: αὗται πάλιν προσέρχονται. —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 132.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἵδ’⟩: ἤγουν αἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ γυναῖκες —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 133.13 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: ἐρχόμεναι δὲ μετὰ ψόφου —Pr

Or. 134.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅμμα δ’ ἐκτήξουσ’ ἐμὸν⟩: ἐγὼ θέλω θρηνεῖν. —B^3a

POSITION: marg.

Or. 134.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: τὸ τήκω ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τῶν †δερμάτων. —Pr

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Compare Sch. Aesch. Prom. 526b ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τοῦ κηροῦ· τὸ γὰρ τήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ κηροῦ καὶ τῆς χιόνος λέγεται. Perhaps δερμάτων is a corruption of διαρρυέντων, although that would not give a sense with much explanatory force.

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 134.11 (mosch exeg) ἐκτήξουσ’: ἐκτακῆναι ποιήσουσιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ διαρρυῆναι —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrAa²

TRANSLATION: (‘Ektēxousi’ means) ‘they will cause to melt’, used in the sense (cause) ‘to flow’.

LEMMA: ἐκτήξουσιν T POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ διαρ. om. Aa² | ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν G

Or. 136.01 (136–139) (pllgn paraphr) ¹προσφωνεῖ τὸν χορὸν μετὰ σιγῆς εἰσέρχεσθαι, λέγουσα· ²‘ὦ φίλταται γυναῖκες, ἐν ἡσύχῳ ποδὶ χωρεῖτε καὶ ὁρμᾶτε ἐνταῦθα καὶ εἰσέρχεσθε. ³μὴ κτυπεῖτε καὶ κτύπον ποιεῖτε, μὴ δὲ ἔστω ἐν ἡμῖν κτύπος. ⁴ἡ γὰρ σὴ φιλία πρευμενὴς μὲν καὶ προσφιλὴς καί ἀγαπητὴ ὑπάρχει, ἤγουν θέλω ὅπως ἐστὲ ἐνταῦθα καὶ παρηγορεῖτε μοι, ⁵ἀλλὰ πάλιν ἐὰν εἰσέλθετε καὶ ἐξεγείρετε τοῦτον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, συμφορὰ καὶ θλίψις γενήσεται ἐν ἐμοί’. —Y²Yf²

APP. CRIT.: 1 προσφωνεῖ … λέγουσα om. Y² | 3 κτύπος ἐν ἡμῖν transp. Yf² (ἡμῖν changed to ὑμῖν) | 4 θέλ() Y², θέλει Yf² | 5 ἀλλὰ] καὶ Y²

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 μὴ δ’ Yf²

COLLATION NOTES: No cross Yf.

Or. 136.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ φίλταται γυναῖκες⟩: προσεκτικῶς μετὰ ἤθους προενεκτέον τὸν λόγον. —VAbMnPrRR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: The utterance is to be pronounced attentively (carefully?), with emphasis.

LEMMA: 135 δακρύοις ἀδελφόν V(prep. ἄλλως, half erased)R^b REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: s.l. at 136 Pr, s.l. at 135 MlSSa, s.l. (προσ. μετὰ above 135, ἤθους πρ. above 134) Mn; marg. Ab(beside 133–4)R(beside 134–135)

APP. CRIT.: προσεκτὸς Ml | μετὰ om. R | προενεκτέον V, προσενεκτέον MnPrR(app. ‑ενεγκτέον)R^bS, προσεκτέον MlSa, app. προσεκτικῶς corr. to ‑κὸς? Ab |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,12–13; Dind. II.68,9–10

COMMENT: It is unclear to what this observation originally applied (Schw. printed it with V’s lemma 135 δακρύοις ἀδελφόν). Pr seems to reflect the proper position, since ‘attentively’ seems not to apply effectively to anything in 134 or 135, or even to the whole speech from 131 ὦ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ, whereas the comment might reflect a concern that in addressing the chorus and insisting on their not making noise Electra needs to be careful with how she herself speaks (compare the concern in Arg. 2c). On the possible senses of μετὰ ἤθους, see Nünlist 254–256, Kroll 1918. | One should also bear in mind that προσεκτικῶς could simply be a corrupt doublet of προσενεκτέον, the common corruption of προενεκτέον.

KEYWORDS: μετὰ ἤθους

Or. 136.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡσύχῳ ποδὶ⟩: ἤγουν μετὰ ἡσυχίας πορεύεσθε —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σθαι Zl

Or. 137.04 (pllgn exeg) ἐκ παραλλήλου μὴ ψοφεῖτε μὴ δὲ ἔστω κτύπος. —B²

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 138.04 (tri metr) ⟨φιλία⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 46

Or. 138.05 (vet exeg) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πραεῖα προσφιλὴς πραϋμενής. —HMC

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘gentle’, ‘friendly’, ‘kindly’.

POSITION: marg. H, intermarg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: πραϋμενής om. H

APP. CRIT. 2: ambig. whether accent πραϋμένης or ‑μενής M

Or. 138.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πραεῖα προσφιλὴς εὐμενής. —VR^b

LEMMA: φιλία R^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V

Or. 138.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ ἐμοί⟩: γρ. ἀλλ’ ὅμως. —Ab

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 139.13 (tri metr) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 46

Or. 139.16 (tri metr) coronis —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 46

Or. 140.01 (140–165) (tri metr) σῖγα: ⁰τὰ ἑξῆς ταῦτα εἴδη καλεῖται ἀλλοιόστροφα. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ κατὰ σχέσιν. τῆς παρούσης οὖν στροφῆς τὰ κῶλα ιγʹ. καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς τοσαῦτα. ἐφεξῆς γὰρ κεῖται ἡνωμένη καὶ οὐκ ἐκ διαστήματος. ¹τὸ αʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ τροχαϊκοῦ ἰθυφαλλικοῦ καὶ ἰαμβικῆς βάσεως ἐχούσης τὸν αʹ πόδα ἀνάπαιστον. ²τὸ βʹ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος ἀκατάληκτος. ^3–4τὸ γʹ καὶ δʹ παιωνικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου. ⁵τὸ εʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον καθαρόν. ⁶τὸ ϛʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ καὶ παίωνος γʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. ἐν δὲ τῷ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κώλῳ ἀντίσπαστον ἔχει καὶ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος. ⁷τὸ ζʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ διιάμβου καὶ μολοττοῦ ἢ κρητικοῦ. τὸ δέ γε τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κῶλον πεντασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν διίαμβον. ⁸τὸ ηʹ ἐπιωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰωνικοῦ καὶ δύο συλλαβῶν ἀδιαφόρων. ⁹τὸ θʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς καθαρόν. ¹⁰τὸ ιʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ χορείων. ¹¹τὸ ιαʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ὁμοίων ποδῶν. ¹²τὸ ιβʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ὁμοίων ποδῶν. ¹³τὸ ιγʹ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ παίωνος δʹ διιάμβου καὶ κρητικοῦ ἢ δακτύλου. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει ἀμφοτέρων παράγραφος. —T

¹140=153 ‒⏑‒⏑‒⏑,⏑⏑‒⏑‒
σῖγα σῖγα, λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης
πῶς ἔχει; λόγου μετάδος, ὦ φίλα
²141=154 ⏓‒⏑‒,⏓‒⏑‒,⏒‒⏑‒
τιθεῖτε, μὴ κτύπεῖτε μηδ’ ἔστω κτύπος
ποίαν τύχαν εἴπω, ποίαν δὲ συμφοράν [with koinē short symbol on second ποι]
³142=155 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ἀποπρὸ βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖ-
ἔτι μὲν ἐμπνέει
⁴143=156 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏓‒
σ’ ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας
βραχὺ δ’ ἀναστένει
⁵144=157 ⏑‒ ‒⏑‒
ἰδοὺ πείθομαι
τί φῄς; ὦ τάλας
⁶145=158 ⏑‒ ‒ ‒,⏑⏑‒⏑,‒ / ⏑‒ ‒⏑,⏑⏑‒ ‒,‒
ἔα σύριγγος ὅπως πνοὰ
ὀλεῖς, εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις
⁷146=159 ‒ ‒⏑⏑,⏑‒⏑⏔,‒⏒‒
λεπτοῦ δόνακος, ὦ φίλα, φώνει μοι
ὕπνου γλυκυτάταν φερομένῳ χάριν
⁸147=160 ⏑⏑⏑‒,‒ ‒⏑⏑,⏑‒
ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς ὑπόροφον
μέλεος ἐχθίστων θεόθεν ἐρ-
⁹148=161 ⏑‒⏑‒,‒ ‒ ‒
φέρω βοάν. ναί, οὕτω
γμάτων, τάλας. φεῦ μόχθων
¹⁰149=162 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⌒
κάταγε κάταγε, πρόσιθ’ ἀτρέμας
ἄδικος ἄδικα τότ’ ἄρ’ ἔλακεν
¹¹150–163 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑
ἀτρέμας ἴθι· λόγον ἀπόδος ἐφ’ ὅτι
ἔλακεν, ἀπόφονον ὅτ’ ἐπὶ τρίποδι
¹²151=164 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⌒
χρέος ἐμόλετέ ποτε
Θέμιδος ἄρ’ ἐδίκασε
¹³152=165 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒⏑‒,‒⏑⏒
χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν ὅδ’ εὐνάζεται
φόνον ὁ Λοξίας ἐμᾶς ματέρος

TRANSLATION: These following metrical forms (scil. of the whole lyric 140–207) are called ‘consisting of dissimilar strophes’ (scil. divided between two voices into more than two subsections), and they are in responsion as well. Now then, the present strophe has thirteen cola, and those of the antistrophe are the same number. For they are positioned as one sequence in succession and not at a distance. The first colon is compound, formed from a trochaic ithyphallic and an iambic metron with first-foot anapaest. The second colon is an acatalectic iambic trimeter. The third and fourth cola are one-and-a-half-measure paeonic lines consisting of a fourth paeon and iamb. The fifth colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic monometer of pure form. The sixth is a hypercatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. antispastic) kind, composed of a first epitrite and a third paeon and a syllable. But in the corresponding colon of the antistrophe it has an antispast and an ionic a minore (scil. followed by a syllable). The seventh colon is a catalectic ionic a maiore trimeter composed of an ionic, a double iamb, and a molossus or a cretic. The corresponding colon of the antistrophe, however, has its double iamb with five syllables (scil. because of a resolved long). The eighth colon is a brachycatalectic epionic a maiore trimeter composed of a fourth paeon, ionic, and two indifferent syllables. The ninth colon is a pure iambic hephthemimer (i.e., one and three-quarters iambic metra). The tenth is an acatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of chorei. The eleventh is a hypercatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of the same feet (scil. chorei). The twelfth is a brachycatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of the same feet (scil. chorei). The thirteenth is a catalectic ionic trimeter composed of a fourth paeon, double iamb, and a cretic or dactyl. At the end of both (strophe and antistrophe), a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. lost to damage (τρικλινίου in marg. Ta); σῖγα once T (twice Ta)

APP. CRIT.: 8 ἐπι ἰωνικὸν T, ἰωνικὸν Ta

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.10,7–11,2; de Fav. 46

COMMENT: Triclinius uses the term ἐπιωνικός to refer to a colon in which an ionic measure is preceded by some form of iambic, whereas when an initial ionic is followed by an iambic measure he uses the term ἰωνικός. For the former, see Sch. Tricl. Soph. Aj. 1199, El. 824 Tessier (first colon in both instances). | ἀνομοιόστροφα are defined in Triclinius’s sch. on Hec. 689, where he quotes Hephaestion to the effect that the criterion is the division of the strophe into multiple parts divided between two actors or between an actor and the chorus. If there are only two parts, ἑτερόστροφα is the term applied; if more than two, ἀλλοιόστροφα is used instead.

KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιόστροφα/ἀλλοιόστροφα

Or. 140.02 (140–165b) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων ιγʹ —T

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 46

Or. 140.03 (pllgn exeg) ἐπιπαρόδιον μέλος· εἰσερχόμενος γὰρ ὁ χορὸς ἔλεγε τοῦτο. —V³

TRANSLATION: An epiparodian song. For the chorus spoke this while entering.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: ἐπιπαρόδιος or ‑διον is not extant elsewhere (not in TLG); it is an obvious formation from ἐπιπάροδος, itself attested once in Pollux 4.108 and four times in Tzetzes, de poematum generibus [in Prolegomena de comoedia] 3, lines 43, 96, 109, 177. The meaning given to it here, however, is autoschediastic, since this is neither a re-entry of a chorus that has temporarily left the orchestra (Pollux’s sense) nor the entry of a second chorus after a first chorus has departed (Tzetzes’ mistaken interpretation).

KEYWORDS: ἐπιπαρόδιον | rare word | Tzetzes

Or. 140.04 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς ἑαυτὰς αἱ τοῦ χοροῦ γυναῖκες λέγουσιν. —F

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 140.05 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁ χορός. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 140.06 (pllgn exeg) ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ αὐτό. —B^3a

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 140.07 (vet exeg) σῖγα σῖγα: ¹ἠρέμα, ἀψοφητὶ καὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας. ²πρόσφορος τῷ πάθει ἡ τοῦ ῥυθμοῦ ἀγωγὴ δοχμιάζουσα. —MBVCMnPrR^bRw^bSa, partial Rw^a

TRANSLATION: Quietly, without noise and silently. The melodic sequence of the rhythm, being dochmiac, suits the strong emotion.

LEMMA: B, σίγα σίγα MVCPrR^bRw^bSa, ἄλλως Rw^a REF. SYMBOL: BVSa POSITION: follows sch. 144.01 Rw^a (15r), follows sch. 122.01 (itself displaced after sch. 149.01) Rw^b (16r)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἡρέμα V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,15–16; Dind. II.68,12–13

Or. 140.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: σιγηλῶς ἠρέμα μετὰ σιγῆς βαδίζετε —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 140.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ σιγηλῶς —L²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 140.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἔστι τὸ σῖγα καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ σιωπηλῶς. —Zm

LEMMA: σίγα σίγα in text Zm POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: σίγα Zm

COMMENT: Other scholia on tragedy note this equivalence, e.g. Sch. Soph. Trach. 813 Xenis σῖγα ἐπιρρηματικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ σιωπηλῶς· τουτέστι, διὰ τί οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ πρὸς τὸν Ὕλλον;

Or. 140.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἐν σιγῇ ἐν σιγῇ —V¹RfB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Rf, om. second ἐν σιγῇ

Or. 140.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἠρέμα ἠρέμα —AbR

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: second ἠρέμα om. Ab

APP. CRIT. 2: ἡρέμα ἡρέμα R

Or. 140.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἠρέμα σιωπῇ —AaMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἑρμιώνει Ml | σιώπα MlSa, σιωπᾶ Mn, om. Aa

Or. 140.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: μετὰ σιγῆς μετὰ σιγῆς ἔρχεσθε δηλονότι. —GGuZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: second μετὰ σιγῆς om. GZc | δηλονότι om. G

Or. 140.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἠρέμα ἀψοφητὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας —V³Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μετὰ ἡσυχ. om. V³

Or. 140.17 (rec exeg) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἀπὸ παρθένων —Ab²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Apparently this is intended to confirm the ascription of 140–141 to the chorus and reject the ascription to Electra.

Or. 140.18 (vet exeg) λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ κούφως καὶ ἐλαφρῶς τιθεῖτε τὸν πόδα μετὰ τῆς ἀρβύλης. ²εἰ δὲ γράφεται λευκὸν ἴχνος, ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ ὅλον ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 1.538] ‘ἀργυρόπεζα Θέτις’. —BPr

TRANSLATION: Meaning ‘lightly and nimbly place your foot together with the shoe’. And if the reading is (instead) ‘white footprint’, (the adjective is applied with) the whole (indicated) from the part as in ‘silver-footed Thetis’.

LEMMA: ἄλλως ἴχνος ἀρβύλης Pr POSITION: cont. from 140.07 B, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ om. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,17–19; Dind. II.68,14–16

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν | variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 140.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης⟩: ἤγουν περιφραστικῶς τὸν πόδα —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 140.20 (mosch exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: ¹εἰ μὲν λευκόν, συνάπτεται τῷ σῖγα σῖγα καὶ λέγεται κατὰ ἀντίπτωσιν οὕτως· ²μετὰ σιγῆς, μετὰ σιγῆς τιθεῖτε τὴν ἀρβύλην τοῦ λευκοῦ ἴχνους ἤγουν τοῦ λευκοῦ ποδός. ³εἰ δὲ λεπτόν, στίζεται μετὰ τὸ σῖγα σῖγα καὶ ἔχει τὸ πᾶν οὕτως· ⁴μετὰ σιγῆς μετὰ σιγῆς ἔρχεσθε δηλονότι· ⁵εἶτα λεπτὸν τιθεῖτε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥσυχον τὸ ἴχνος, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν βάσιν, τῆς ἀρβύλης. ⁶ἔστι δὲ ἀρβύλη εἶδος ὑποδήματος. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: If the reading is ‘leukon’, it is joined with ‘silently, silently’ and the meaning is as follows, with substitution of one case for another: with silence, with silence place the shoe of the white footprint, that is, of the white foot. If the reading is ‘lepton’, there is punctuation after ‘silently, silently’ and the whole is rendered thus: With silence, with silence, come (understood). Then, place (so that it is) subtle, that is, quiet, the footprint, used instead of the step, of the shoe. ‘Arbulē’ is a species of footwear.

LEMMA: σίγα σίγα G

APP. CRIT.: 1 γρ. λευκὸν prep. X | συνάπτεται τῷ] συντάσσεται τὸ G | σίγα σίγα G | 3 σίγα σίγα G

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λευ / λευκὸν G | 3 στήξεται X | 4 δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.68,18–24

KEYWORDS: variant readings, both explained | punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν) | ἀντίπτωσις

Or. 140.22 (rec exeg) ⟨λευκὸν⟩: γρ. λεπτὸν, ἤρεμον. —O

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἥρεμον O

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 140.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λευκὸν⟩: γρ. λεπτὸν, γυμνὸν. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 140.24 (recMosch exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: γρ. λευκὸν. —KRXXaXbTYYfGr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘lepton’) the reading ‘leukon’ is found.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. KR

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 140.29 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἴχνος ἀρβύλης⟩: τὸ βάδισμα τοῦ ὑποδήματος —Sa

POSITION: cont. from gloss 140.21 Sa, below line

Or. 140.30 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: ἴχνος δὲ λέγει τὸν πόδα καὶ ἀρβύλη ἐστὶν εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου κοίλου καὶ βαθέος. —BPr

TRANSLATION: By footprint he means the foot, and ‘arbulē’ is a species of women’s footwear that is hollow and deep.

LEMMA: Pr POSITION: cont. from sch. 140.18 B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,20 app.; Dind. II.68.16–17

Or. 140.34 (vet exeg) ἀρβύλης: εἶδος ὑποδήματος κοίλου βαθέος γυναικείου —HMOC

TRANSLATION: Species of hollow, deep women’s footwear.

LEMMA: C POSITION: s.l. O, intermarg. M, marg. H

APP. CRIT.: κοίλου βαθέος γυναικείου] γυναικείου κοίλου H, κοίλου γυναικείου O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111.20

Or. 140.35 (recThom exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου —PrZZaZbZlZmTOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘Arbulē’ is) a type of women’s footwear.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 140.36 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁρμόζειν καὶ βύειν τοὺς πόδας —Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Arbulē’ is) a type of women’s footwear, derived from fitting in (‘harmozein’) and stuffing in (‘buein’) the feet.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.68,28–69,2

COMMENT: See 140.44.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 140.37 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος —FRf²Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 140.39 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: καὶ τοῦ ὑποδήματος ἢ τοῦ ποδὸς —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 140.44 (rec gram) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: παρὰ τὸ ἁρμόζεσθαι τοῖς ποσὶν ἀρμύλη τις οὖσα. —Pr

POSITION: cont. from sch.140.30 Pr

COMMENT: Cf. Et. Gen. α 1113 ἀρβύλη· εἶδος ὑποδήματος. λέγεται καὶ παρωνύμως· Θεόκριτος (7, 26)· πᾶσα λίθος πταίουσά ποτ’ ἀρβυλίδεσσιν ἀείδει· παρὰ τὸ ἁρμόζεσθαι τοῖς ποσὶν ἁρμύλη καὶ ἀρβύλη; whence Et. Magn., etc.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 141.01 (vet exeg) τιθεῖτε: ¹ποιητικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ τιθῶμεν. ²εἰσελήλυθε δὲ ὁ χορὸς κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἔσω. —HBVCAbMlMnPr^aR^bRwSSa^a, partial AbPr^bSa^b

TRANSLATION: (The second-person imperative is used) poetically, instead of ‘let us place’. And the chorus has come inside according to the assumed scenario.

LEMMA: B(ἄλλως in marg.)VRw, ἀλλὰ τιθεῖτε Pr, τιθεῖτε τιθεῖτε R^b, τιθεῖτε μὴ κτυπεῖτε C REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: s.l. AbMnSSa^a; marg. HPr^b; beneath the line (in lower margin) Sa^b

APP. CRIT. 2: εἰσελύληθε Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,21–22; Dind. II.69,3–4

COMMENT: Both καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν and κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν are common expressions. The former is the more common, used especially in philosophers, medical and scientific writers, and writers on rhetoric, where it means ‘by assumption’ or ‘assuming for the sake of argument’ (see the example of καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν τὸ σχῆμα in sch. 288.07). With the article the phrase means ‘in accordance with the assumption already made’ or, in reference to staging, the scenario assumed by the playwright/director in presenting the action. That seems to be the sense here, as also in sch. Med. 112 κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν εἰσῆλθον οἱ παῖδες, ἡ δὲ πρεσβῦτις οὖσα ἔξωθεν ἐπιστενάζει, sch. Alc. 233 οὐκ εὖ· κατὰ γὰρ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ὡς ἔσω πραττόμενα δεῖ ταῦτα θεωρεῖσθαι. | Unless ἔσω/ἔνδον is a secondary addition, this note reflects the view that Orestes and Electra are actually to be imagined to be indoors, probably because of ὑπώροφον in 147, the meaning of which was much disputed: compare the gloss ὑπόσκηνον of V¹ (147.37). Without ἔσω, εἰσελήλυθε δὲ ὁ χορός would simply have its standard meaning ‘the chorus has made its entrance (into the orchestra)’.

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors | ὑπόθεσις (assumed scenario)

Or. 141.01a (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: διαλέγεται ὁ χορός. —C²

TRANSLATION: The chorus is speaking (among themselves?).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 141.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: ποιητικῶς θῶμεν —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 141.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: καὶ τιθεῖτε ἥσυχον τὸ ἴχνος —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 141.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: ὦ πρόμοι καὶ ὦ βοηθοί —Yf²

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: This is a rather mysterious annotation: why should Electra be thought to be addressing the chorus, in this situation, as ‘champions and helpers’? The note was written next to 141 when the margin was still empty, and other scholia were added later around it, so it is unlikely to belong to 136 φίλταται.

COLLATION NOTES: Yf without cross.

Or. 141.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ψοφεῖτε⟩: γρ. τιθεῖτε. —VV¹K

LEMMA: ψοφεῖτε in text VK POSITION: s.l.; above 140 (first) σίγα V¹

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. VV¹ | τιθέστε (sic) V¹ (later crossed out)

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 141.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτυπεῖτε⟩: γράφεται ψοφεῖτε. —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 142.01 (mosch exeg) ¹ἄπωθεν τῆς κοίτης ἐπιτείνατε εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν τὴν πορείαν. ²ἄπωθεν κατ’ ἐπίτασιν τῆς εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν πορείας. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Far off from the bed extend your movement forward. ‘Far off’ is used to exaggerate the movement forward.

POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἄπωθεν τῆς κοίτης om. G | 2 ἤγουν add. before ἄπωθεν T

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἄποθεν X | 2 ἄποθεν G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.70,5–7

Or. 142.02 (pllgn exeg) ἰδοῦσα ταύτας ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἐρχομένας πρὸς τὴν στρωμνὴν τοῦ Ὀρέστου λέγει πρὸς αὐτάς· ἄπο καὶ μακρὰν πρόβατε καὶ ἐξέλθετε ἐκεῖσε καὶ ἀπεκεῖ, ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῆς στρωμνῆς μακρὰν καθίσατε. —Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.70,2–5

COMMENT: ἀπεκεῖ/ἀπέκει is a vernacular word not attested in other scholia currently in TLG.

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 142.03 (vet exeg) ἀποπρὸ βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖσ’: ¹τὸ ὁλόκληρον τούτου τινές φασι τὸ ἀπόπροθι, ²καὶ παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικὸν οὕτως ἐξεδέχοντο [Il 7.334] ‘τυτθὸν ἀποπρὸ νεῶν’. —MBVCPrR^bRw, partial H

TRANSLATION: Some say that the full version of this word (‘apopro’) is ‘apoprothi’, and they interpreted it thus in line with the Homeric passage ‘a little distant from (‘apopro’) the ships’.

LEMMA: M(ἄποπρο βάτ’ ἐκεῖσε)B(ἄποπρο βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖσε)C(ἄπο πρόβατ’ ἐκεῖσε), ἄλλως· ἀπόπρο μοι VRw, ἄποπρο βᾶσ’ ἐκεῖσε Pr REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: s.l. H; after sch. 142.04 VR^bRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὀλόκλ. R^b | 2 ἀπόπρο B, ἀπὸ προ R^bRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,23–25; Dind. II.69,8–10

COMMENT: With some uncertainty, I print what is close to the version of MC on the assumption that B often presents a superficially ameliorated version of a corrupt or misunderstood text. In the B version the postponement of the quotation after the verb is troubling, although this could have resulted from the re-addition of the quotation to a shortened version that dispensed with it. Furthermore, M’s abbreviation for παρὰ τὸ (πτ with αο above the two letters) is one the scribe does not use very often and is likely to have been derived from a heavily abbreviated old source, so that παρὰ τὸ is less likely to be the transposition of an original τὸ παρὰ.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 142.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄποπρο βᾶτ’⟩: ἐπιτείνατε τὴν πορείαν —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 142.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἄποπρο⟩: σκόπ(ει) τὰς προθέσεις —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 142.12 (tri metr) ⟨πρόβατ’⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 46

Or. 142.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκεῖσ’⟩: δεικτικὸν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς

Or. 143.01 (vet paraphr) ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας: πόρρω μοι καὶ χωρὶς τῆς κοίτης γίνεσθε —MBVCMnPrR^bRwSa

TRANSLATION: For my sake, please get far from and apart from the bed.

LEMMA: V(κοίτης)Rw, ἀποπρόβατε MnR^b(ἀποπροβάτε)Sa(ἄπο πρόβατε), lemma 145 σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά MC REF. SYMBOL: VSa, to 145 σύριγγος M POSITION: precedes 142.03 VR^bRw; follows sch.144.01 in MC; intermarg. B, s.l. Pr

APP. CRIT.: σύριγγος prep. MC | πόρρω … κοίτης om. MC | καὶ χωρὶς om. Pr | γίνεσθε] om. BPr, ἀντὶ τοῦ γίνεσθαι M, ἀντιγίνεσθε C | after γίν. add. τὸ δὲ ὁλόκληρον τινὲς ἀπόπροθι VMnR^bRwSa (φασὶ τινὲς MnR^bSa, ἀπόπροθοι VMnRw) (from 142.03)

APP. CRIT. 2: πόρρω] χωρ changed to πρόρο, then corr. to πρόρρο Mn | γίνεσθαι MMnR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,26; Dind. II.69,5–6

Or. 143.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας⟩: ¹διαθέσεως δέ ἐστιν ἐμφαντικὸν τὸ μοι, ²ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 19.287] ‘Πάτροκλέ μοι δειλῇ πλεῖστον’. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwSa

TRANSLATION: The (dative pronoun) ‘to/for me’ is expressive of a disposition (of interest or concern), as (seen in) the example ‘Patroclus to wretched me most (beloved)’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 145.09 BPr (Pr^b version of 145.09), cont. from prev. others

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πόρο corr. to πόρρο Mn, after starting to write χώρις | 2 πάτροκλ’ ἐμοὶ B, πρόκλε μοι Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,26–112,2; Dind. II.69,6–7

COMMENT: The interpolated words in this and the previous sch. in MC, along with the incorrect lemma in MC, point to a strange conflation with elements of 145.08 and/or 145.09 (and note the placement after 145.09 in BPr).

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | ἐμφαντικόν

Or. 143.02a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας⟩: καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης τοῦ Ὀρέστου —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 143.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: μικρὸν τι ὑποχωρήσατε —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 143.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: ἤτοι ἄπο τῆς κοίτης —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γίνεσθε πόρρωθεν add. V³

Or. 143.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: πρὸ τῆς κοίτης ἔξω μοι —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 143.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπόπροθι⟩: γράφεται ἀπόπρο μοι. —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 143.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μοι⟩: τὸ μοι δηλοῖ τὴν οἰκειότητα, ἤτοι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου. —F

TRANSLATION: The (pronoun) ‘moi’ (‘to/for me’) has the meaning of close association, that is, ‘of my brother’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 144.01 (vet exeg) ἰδοὺ πείθομαι: ¹τοῦτο εἰκὸς ὀξύτερον εἰρηκέναι τὸν χορὸν, διὸ καὶ Ἠλέκτρα περιδεὴς γενομένη εἶπεν ‘ἆ ἆ’. ²φυσικῶς δὲ τὸ ἆ ἆ εἶπε πρῶτον ἐπειδὴ καὶ αὕτη ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως πρώτη φωνὴ εὕρηται. ³ἀμέλει γοῦν, ἐπειδὰν πλῆθός τι θεάσηται παράδοξον, εὐθὺς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἀναβοᾷ ἢ τὸ ἆ ἆ τῆς φύσεως ἀγούσης ἐπὶ τοῦτο. ⁴εἶτά φησι πρὸς τὸν χορόν· ⁵τοιαύτην πέμπε φωνὴν οἷός ἐστιν ὁ ἦχος σύριγγος καλάμων λεπτῶν ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσιν ἀποτελούμενος. ⁶οὐ γὰρ τὸ ὄργανον τῆς σύριγγός φησι· ⁷τοῦτο γὰρ πολύφωνον ὂν καὶ Ἐνδυμίωνα ἐγεῖραι δύναιτ’ ἄν. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwSa, partial R^a

TRANSLATION: It is probable that the chorus said this rather shrilly, and for this reason in fact Electra, becoming fearful, said ‘ah ah’. In a natural way she said ‘ah ah’ first since in fact this was the first sound/vowel discovered by nature. Certainly, at any rate, whenever a throng catches sight of something unexpected it immediately shouts out nothing other than ‘ah ah’, nature leading it to this expression. Next, Electra says to the chorus: emit such voice as is the sound of a whistling (syrinx) of slender reeds that is created in marshes. For what she means here is not the musical instrument of the syrinx, for this, being many-voiced, would be able to awaken even Endymion.

LEMMA: MVCMnPrR^bSa, ἆ ἆ Rw REF. SYMBOL: MVR^bSa POSITION: cont. from sch. 142.03 B, prep. τὸ δὲ ἰδοὺ πείθομαι

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.112,3–11; Dind. II.69,11–19

COMMENT: I have found no parallel for specifying a particular number of years that Endymion slept, as is found in the added final phrase in Sa, ‘for Endymion slept for 61 (or 64?) years’.

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 144.02 (vet exeg) ¹τοῦτο εἰκὸς ὀξύτερον εἰπεῖν τὸν χορὸν, διὸ καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα περιδεὴς γενομένη εἶπεν ‘ἆ ἆ’. ²φυσικῶς αὕτη εἶπεν ἐπειδὴ πρώτη φωνὴ ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως εὕρηται. —H

TRANSLATION: It is probable that the chorus said this rather shrilly, and for this reason in fact Electra, becoming fearful, said ‘ah ah’. In a natural way she said (this) since it was discovered by nature as the first sound/vowel.

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES: 2 perhaps φυσικῶς δὲ αὕτη H check new images when available; εὕρηται] mostly obscured by overlying text, check new images.

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 144.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: ὡς φαίνεται ὀξύτερον ἐφώνησε τοῦτο. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 144.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: τοῦτο μετὰ βοῆς. —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 144.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: τοῦτο ὀξυφώνως εἴρηκεν ὁ χορὸς. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 144.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: βλέψον ὅτι πείθομαι ἀρτίως —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 144.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ⟩: ἢ θέασαι ἢ νῦν —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (To be interpreted as) either (imperative) ‘observe’ or (adverbial) ‘now’.

LEMMA: ἰδου with both grave and circumflex in text Zm, Gu adds circumflex to ἰδοὺ of Gr POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.70,9

Or. 145.01 (mosch exeg) ἆ ἆ: ἐπίρρημα ἐφεκτικόν —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZcB^3b

TRANSLATION: Adverb expressive of blocking/stopping.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l., except X and marg. B^3b

APP. CRIT.: ἐπίρρημα om. B^3b

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐφετικόν Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.70,10

COMMENT: Same Moschopulean annotation at 275.03, and again at Or. 1598. The expression is found several times in the younger scholia on Aristophanes. Sch. Mosch. Hec. 1069 has ἐπιφώνημα ἐφεκτικόν (‘interjection expressing blocking/stopping’), which is also attested in the Moschopulean Sch. Soph. OT 1147–48 Longo.

Or. 145.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐπιφωνητικὸν ἐπίρρημα τὸ ἆ. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: ‘Ah’ is an adverb used in interjection.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The word is attested only in Byzantine authors. Eust. in Il. 2.112 (I.289,23–26) applies λέξις ἐπιφωνητική to νήπιος and σχέτλιος; see also Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.204 μέγ’· διὰ μέσου ἐπιφωνητικοῦ (on the phrase τραφερὴν δὲ μέγ’ ἐχθαίρουσιν ἄρουραν), apparently claiming that μέγ’ does not modify ἐχθαίρουσιν as an adverb (read ἐπιφωνητικόν?).

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 145.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐπιτιμητικὸν —V³Y²

POSITION: s.l. V³; marg. Y

KEYWORDS: ἐπιτιμητικόν

Or. 145.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν ἐπίρρημα —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: An adverb expressing astonishment.

LEMMA: ἆ` ἆ` in text Zm POSITION: s.l.; added to Gr gloss 145.01 Gu, prep. ἢ

APP. CRIT.: ἐπίρρημα om. Gu

COLLATION NOTES: Gu adds this to Gr’s gloss 145.01

KEYWORDS: ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως

Or. 145.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ¹τὸ ἆ δηλοῖ θορύβησιν τοῦ νοὸς, καὶ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν. ²διαφέρει δὲ τοῦ ὦ ὅτι τὸ μὲν ὦ ἔστι ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς· ὦ σύ, τὸ δὲ ἆ ψυχῆς τεθολωμένης σημεῖον. —F

TRANSLATION: The (exclamation) ‘ah’ indicates a disturbance of the mind, and reproach or indignation. It differs from ‘o’ because ‘o’ is the sign of a soul free of emotion (as in) ‘hey, you’, but ‘ah’ a sign of a soul that is roiled.

REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: νοός is a late gen. form of νοῦς; the juncture ψυχὴ τεθολωμένη is found a few times in Iamblichus and Christian authors. | Cf. Eust. in Il. 11.441 (III.230.2–6) ἐν δὲ τῷ ‘ἆ δειλέ’, ὅ ἐστιν ‘ὦ δείλαιε’, κλητικὸν ἐπίρρημά ἐστι τὸ ἆ ἢ μᾶλλον προσφωνητικόν. διαφέρει δὲ τῆς διὰ τοῦ ω προσφωνήσεως, ὅτι τοῦτο μὲν ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς, τὸ δὲ ἆ πάθος ταραχῶδες δηλοῖ ψυχικόν, ὡς ἔστιν εὑρεῖν πολλαχοῦ, οἷον ἢ σχετλιασμὸν ἢ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, ἢ ἔλεον, ὡς κατωτέρω ἐν τῷ ‘ἆ δειλέ, οὐ μέν σοί γε πατήρ’ καὶ ἑξῆς. Cf. Eust. in Il. 17.201 (IV.38.17–21); Eust. was presumably the source of Sch. Aesch. Prom. 566b Herington (NcPPdXc) ἆ ἆ] τὸ ‘ἆ’ κλητικὸν ἐπίρρημά ἐστιν, ἢ μᾶλλον προσφωνηματικόν. διαφέρει δὲ τῆς διὰ τοῦ ‘ὦ’ προσφωνήσεως ὅτι τοῦτο μὲν ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς, τὸ δὲ ‘ἆ’ πάθος ταραχῶδες δηλοῖ ψυχικόν· οἷον ἢ σχετλιασμὸν ἢ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions | διαφέρει

Or. 145.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἔα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

LEMMA: ἔα in text (for ἆ ἆ) T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 46

Or. 145.07a (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἂ ἂ⟩: ἂ ἂ ἀντὶ τοῦ σίγα σίγα. —C²

TRANSLATION: (The exclamation) ‘a a’ is equivalent to ‘siga, siga’ (‘be silent, be silent’).

LEMMA: thus in text C POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 145.08 (vet paraphr) ⟨σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά⟩: ἀπήχησις συρίγξεως —MC

TRANSLATION: The echoing sound of a whistling.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: ἀπηχήσεως M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.112,12; Dind. II.70,12

Or. 145.09 (vet exeg) σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά: ¹ἀθορύβως φώνει μοι, ὡς πνοὴ συρίγξεως δόνακος. ¹οὐ γάρ φησι σύριγγος τοῦ αὐλοῦ· ³οὗτος γὰρ καὶ Ἐνδυμίωνα ἂν ἐγείραι. —HMBVCPr^aRw, partial Pr^b

TRANSLATION: Speak to me without disturbing noise, like the breath of the whistling of a reed. For she (or he, the poet) does not mean by syrinx the aulos. For this would awaken even Endymion.

LEMMA: CRw, σύριγγος ὅπως BPr^a(ἄλλως prep.), ἄλλως in marg. MBC, λεπτοῦ δόνακος V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: marg. H; after sch. 143.02 MC, after 162.24 Pr^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φωνεῖ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.112,13–15; Dind. II.70,12–14

COLLATION NOTES: Check new image of H when available.

Or. 145.10 (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν ἀθορύβως φώνει μοι ὡς φωνὴ σύριγγος ἀπὸ καλάμου γινομένη. —Y²

POSITION: s.l. over 146 Y²

Or. 145.10a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά⟩: ὡς πνοὴ λεπτοτάτου σύριγγος —C²

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.: (καὶ)(?) λεπττᾶ (or λεπτουᾶ) prep. C²

Or. 145.11 (rec exeg) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: δόνακος, οὐ τοῦ αὐλοῦ —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 145.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: σύριγξ αὐλὸς κατασκευάζεται ἀπὸ λεπτοῦ καλάμου ὦτινι χρῶνται οἱ ποιμένες καὶ ἕτεροι. —Y²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 145.19 (tri metr) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 46

Or. 145.24 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὅπως⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὄντως ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The equivalence of ὄντως to ὅπως is not obvious and seems not be to attested elsewhere; perhaps this was a teacher’s way of glossing ὅπως introducing an independent clause with the future indicative.

Or. 145.32 (pllgn gram) ⟨πνοὰ⟩: μέριζε τὴν φωνὴν εἰς τὴν διαφώνησιν ἢ εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν φωνὴν. —V³

TRANSLATION: Divide (the senses of) ‘phōnē’ into the sound or the voice itself.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: μερίζε V³

COMMENT: For διαφώνησις see DGE and LBG s.v.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 146.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτοῦ δόνακος⟩: δηλωτικὸν τοῦ προτέρου ἤγουν τῆς σύριγγος —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 146.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨λεπτοῦ δόνακος⟩: ἡ γενομένη διὰ τοῦ —MnSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἡ and τοῦ om. Mn

Or. 146.06 (thom exeg) δόνακος: ¹δόναξ κάλαμος λεπτὸς ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσι φυόμενος. ²τινὲς δὲ φασὶ τὸ λεγόμενον ἰδιωτικῶς ῥαγάζιον, οὐ καλῶς λέγοντες. ³οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ τούτου σύριγξ γίνεται. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu, partial Ox²

TRANSLATION: ‘Donax’ is a slender reed growing in marshes. Some people say (it is) what is called in the vernacular ‘rhagazion’, not speaking correctly. For a syrinx is not made from this (plant).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἕλλησι ZbZl | φυόμνος om. Zl | 2–3 τινὲς δέ κτλ om. Ox² | 2 δὲ om. Gu | τὸ λεγόμενον perhaps om. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἄριγξ Zb, σύριξ Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.70,15–17

COMMENT: ῥαγάζιον is also attested in Sch. rec. Arist. Ran. 243–244a Chantry φλέως: εἶδος ῥαγαζίου; see LBG s.v.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 146.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόνακος⟩: δόνακα ἐνταῦθα τὸ παπύριον φησὶ. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 146.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόνακος⟩: λέγω καλάμου —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 146.12 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 146.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨φώνει μοι⟩: πρὸς τὴν πληθὺν λάλει. —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.; S has this earlier in line, above δόνακος ὦ φίλα

Or. 147.01 (vet exeg) ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαῖον ὡς ὑπόροφον: ¹μικρὸν σὺ, φησὶ, κελεύεις με φωνεῖν, ὡς ψιθυρίζει τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου πνοῇ κάλαμος· ²ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἐλάττονα τούτου φέρω βοὴν ὡς ὑπὸ ὀρόφου γινομένην. ³ὁ δὲ ὄροφος κάλαμός ἐστιν ἀσθενής τε καὶ λεπτὸς καὶ παπυρώδης, ⁴οὗ μέμνηται καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 24.451]· ‘λαχνήεντ’ ὄροφον λειμωνόθεν ἀμήσαντες’. ⁵ἐκ τούτων δέ εἰσι καὶ αἱ γλωσσίδες τῶν αὐλῶν. ⁶ὡς ἀσθενὴς δὲ ἀσθενῆ ποιεῖται τὴν ἀπήχησιν τῷ μὴ ἀνθίστασθαι τῇ βίᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος. —MBVCMlMnPrR^aR^b1RwSSa, partial OR^b2Y²Yf²

TRANSLATION: You bid me, she says, to speak softly, just as the reed whispers in the breath of the wind. And I bring a cry even softer than this, like one that is made by an orophos-reed. The orophos is a weak and slender and papyrus-like reed, which Homer too refers to: ‘having harvested from the meadow the hairy orophos’. The reeds of auloi are made of these. And since it is weak, it makes a weak reverberation because it does not resist the force of the breath.

LEMMA: MVC(all ὑπώρ‑), ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς MnR^aR^b1SSa (ἀτρεμέαν R^b1, a.c. S; all five mss have either no punct. after ὡς or punct. before ὡς, as if ὡς part of note), ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαῖον BPr, [ὑ]πώροφον Rw, καὶ ἄλλως R^b2 REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlR^b1Sa POSITION: R^b2 is second version immediately after first; follows sch. 147.23 Y²Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.112,16–22; Dind. II.70,21–71,2

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 147.02 (vet paraphr) ¹μικρόν μοι φησὶ †κελεύειν αδ† ὡς ψιθυρίζει κάλαμος ἀνέμου πνοῇ. ²ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἐλάττονα αὐτοῦ φέρω βοήν. —H

TRANSLATION: You command me to sing in a small voice, she says, as a reed whispers at a breath of wind. And I bring on a cry even smaller than that.

APP. CRIT.: 1 corrupt for κελεύεις ᾄδειν?

Or. 147.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: ¹ἴδε καὶ ἰδοὺ καὶ θέασαι. ²καὶ τὸ μὲν ἴδε ⟨καὶ⟩ ἰδοὺ φέρω βοὴν ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς καὶ λίαν ὑπώροφον, ³τὸ δὲ ἴδε καὶ θέασαι ὡς φέρω σοι βοὰν πῶς ἀτρεμαῖον ὑπώροφον καὶ μικρὰν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: ‘Look’ (‘ide’) means both ‘there! (behold!)’ and ‘observe’. And the one (gives the sense) ‘look ⟨and⟩ there! I bear a cry that is tranquil inasmuch as it is very indoors-like’. And the other (gives the sense) ‘look and observe how I bear a cry for you, how tranquil, indoors-like, and small’.

POSITION: after sch. 147.32 Pr (both out of order on 16r)

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἰδοὺ] ἴδε Pr | 2 τὸ] τοῦ Pr | ἰδοὺ] ἰδοῦ a.c. Pr

Or. 147.06 (mosch exeg) ἴδ’: ἐπίρρημα ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδού —XXaXbT⁺YYfGrZcB^3a

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἐπίρρημα om. Zc | ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδού om. B^3a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.70,19–20

Or. 147.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδοὺ ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ θέασαι —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 147.11 (mosch paraphr) ἀτρεμαίαν: ἀθόρυβον, οὐ ταραχὴν ἐμποιοῦσαν —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: add. λεπτήν Gr

Or. 147.21 (vet exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ¹ὄροφος λεπτὸς κάλαμος εἰς ὀροφὰς ἐπιτήδειος. ²τὴν μὴ διϊκνουμένην ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου, ὅ ἐστι βραχεῖαν. —MBC

TRANSLATION: Orophos is a slender reed suitable for thatch-roofing. (The adjective here means) the one that does not extend through and outside the roof, that is, short.

POSITION: intermarg. BC, marg. M

APP. CRIT.: 2 ὑπώροφον οὖν add. before τὴν μὴ B | τὸ μὴ διϊκνούμενον MC

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ὅ ἐστὶν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,1–2; Dind. II.71,12–14

Or. 147.22 (vet exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ὄροφος κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς καὶ παπυρώδης. —H

TRANSLATION: ‘Orophos’ is a weak and papyrus-like reed.

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES: Check new images of H, Daitz gave ἐστιν τέ where I see [ἀσθ]ενὴς (ὴς comp.).

Or. 147.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ὄροφος λεπτὸς κάλαμος πρὸς ὄροφον καὶ στέγην οἴκων ἐπιτήδειος. ὑπώροφον δὲ τὴν ⟨μὴ⟩ διϊκνουμένην ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὀρόφου, ὅ ἐστι βραχεῖαν. —Y²Yf²

POSITION: s.l. Yf; precedes sch. 147.01 in both

Or. 147.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ¹τὸ μὴ διικνούμενον ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἢ ὡς ψιθυρίζει ὄροφος τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου κινήσει. ²ὄροφος δὲ κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς μικρὰν ἀπήχησιν τῷ μὴ ἀνθίστασθαι τῇ βοῇ τοῦ πνεύματος ποιῶν. —V³

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: 2 τῷ] τὸ V³

Or. 147.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ὄροφος ἐστὶ κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς ἐξ οὗ καὶ οἱ στεγάζοντες τὰς οἰ[κίας] μετωνόμασαν τὰς στέγας ὀρόφους. —F

TRANSLATION: Orophos is a weak reed, from which (word) in fact those who roof over their houses changed the name of roofs (‘stegai’) to ‘orophoi’.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 147.26 (thom exeg) ὑπόροφον: ¹τινὲς φασὶν βοὴν ὑπόροφον τὴν μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἐξακούεσθαι. ²ἄλλοι δὲ ὄροφον λέγουσι λεπτόν τινα κάλαμον παπυρώδη, πιστούμενοι τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ ἄνωθεν τῆς Ἠλέκτρας λόγου. ³εἰπούσης γὰρ ἐκείνης πρὸς τὸν χορὸν ὦ φίλη φώνει ὥσπερ πνοὴ καὶ ἀπήχησις σύριγγος λεπτοῦ δόνακος, ἀπολογούμενος ὁ χορὸς φησί· ⁴θέασαι ὅτι φέρω βοὴν ἥσυχον ὑπόροφον, τουτέστι τὴν γινομένην ὑπὸ ὀρόφου. ⁵μέμνηται δὲ καὶ Ὅμηρος τοῦ ὀρόφου λέγων [Hom. Il. 24.451] ‘λαχνήεντ’ ὄροφον λειμωνόθεν ἀμήσαντα’. ⁶ἐκ τούτου δὲ τοῦ ὀρόφου ποιοῦσιν οἱ παῖδες αὐλοὺς λεπτὸν ἠχοῦντας καὶ μὴ δυναμένους ἐξακούεσθαι δι’ ἀσθένειαν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Some say a ‘huporophon cry’ is one that cannot be heard clearly outside the house. Others say orophos is a sort of slender papyrus-like reed, giving proof of this from the speech of Electra above. For after she said to the chorus ‘o my friend, speak like the breath and echoing sound of the syrinx of a slender reed’, the chorus says in its own defense: ‘observe how I bring a quiet “huporophon” cry’, that is, one created by a reed. Homer too mentions the orophos-reed, saying ‘having harvested from the meadow the hairy orophos’. And from this orophos-reed children make auloi that make a faint sound and one that cannot be heard (from a distance) because of its weakness.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ οἴκου om. Zm | ἀκούεσθαι ZaZmT (ἐξ add. s.l. ZaZm) | 2 ἄλλοι … παπυρώδη rewritten as follows in T (incorporating some of next sch.): ἄλλοι δὲ τὴν ὑπὸ ὀρόφου καὶ λεπτοῦ καλάμου γινομένην. ὄροφον γὰρ λέγουσι καὶ λεπτόν τινα κάλαμον ⟨πα⟩πυρώδη ᾧ χρῶνται εἰς ὀροφὰς ἄνθρωποι | 3 after ἐκείνης add. τῆς ἠλέκτρας ZbZl | ἀπολογούμενος] ἀποκρινόμενος T | χορὸς φασὶν Zb | 4 τουτέστιν γιν. ZbZl | 5 ἀμήσαντες Homer | 6 ποθοῦσιν corr. to ποιοῦσιν Gu | δυνάμενον ZbZmTGu [ending lost in trimming in Zl] | διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φασὶ ZaZl, φασι Zm | 5 λειμανόθεν Gu | 6 ἡχοῦντας ZZb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.71,3–12

COMMENT: This is partly adaptated from 147.01.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 147.27 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ποταπὴν καὶ μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἀκούεσθαι ἢ τὴν ὑπὸ ὀρόφου καὶ λεπτοῦ καλάμου γινομένην, ᾧ χρῶνται εἰς ὀροφὰς ἄνθρωποι. —ZZaZbZmGu

TRANSLATION: Of a certain sort and not being able to be heard outside the house, or the one that is created by an orophos, that is, a slender reed, which people use for thatch-roofing.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. G

COMMENT: On ποταπός see the comment on 140.25.

Or. 147.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἀκούεσθαι —XaZl

POSITION: s.l. (Xa cont. from 147.11, prep. καὶ)

APP. CRIT.: ἐκτὸς] ἐκ Zl

Or. 147.29 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ἤγουν ὑπόροφον βοὴν ὡς διὰ λεπτοτάτου δόνακος καὶ μὴ μεγάλως, ἵνα μὴ τόνδε θροήσῃς —ZZa

TRANSLATION: That is, ‘huporophon cry’ as if (being made) with a very slender reed and not loudly, so that you do not disturb this man.

POSITION: intermarg. Z (cont. from prev), below line Za

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] βοά Za

Or. 147.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: καὶ μικρὰν, βραχεῖαν δίκην ὀρόφου, συγκεκλεισμένην τῷ στόματι —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 147.31 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ἀπὸ καλάμου γενομένην —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 147.32 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ¹ὑπώροφος βοὴ ἡ ὑπὸ ὀρόφου γινομένη. ²ὄροφος δὲ λεπτὸς κάλαμος. ³ἢ ὑπώροφος βοὴ ἡ μὴ ⟨δυναμένη⟩ ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἀκούεσθαι. —Pr

POSITION: before second version of sch. 145.09 Pr (both out of order, fol. 16r)

Or. 147.33 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: μὴ δυναμένην ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἀφικνεῖσθαι —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 147.34 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: μὴ δυναμένην ἔξω τῆς ὀροφῆς ἀκουτισθῆναι —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 147.38 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀρ[όφ]ου(?) οὖσαν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: reading uncertain because of damage

COLLATION NOTES: Check original Mn 12v top margin.

Or. 147.42 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: καὶ τὴν διὰ καλάμου ἐστεγασμένην οἰκίαν —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: οἰκείαν Ox

Or. 147.47 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ὄροφος εἶδος καλαμίσκου —Gu

POSITION: below line (space above full)

COLLATION NOTES: Cross preposed.

Or. 147.48 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: οὐ ταραχὴν ἐμποιοῦσαν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 148.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ναὶ οὕτως⟩: ἀποδεκτέον ἔδοξε τοῦτο τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ. —V³

TRANSLATION: It seemed to Electra that she ought to accept this (claim made by the chorus).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 149.01 (vet exeg) κάταγε κάταγε: τὸ κάταγε ἐναντίον ἐστὶ τῇ ἀνατάσει τῆς βοῆς. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: ‘Bring down’ (‘katage’) is the opposite of the raising up of the cry.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: MBSaR^b POSITION: between two versions of 149.02 VR^b

APP. CRIT.: τὸ κάταγε om. V | ἀναστάσει MVMnR^bS, ἄνω στάσει Sa | τῆς βοῆς om. VMnR^bSSa

APP. CRIT. 2: κατάγε Mn | ἐστι CMn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,3–4; Dind. II.72,3

Or. 149.02 (vet exeg) κάταγε κάταγε: ¹σημαίνει δὲ τὸ κάταγε ⟨κάταγε⟩ τὸ πρόσελθε πρόσελθε· ²ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ καταγωγαὶ οἱ λιμένες. —HMBV^aV^bCMnPr^aPr^bR^b1R^b2RwSSaZu

TRANSLATION: And ‘bring down, bring down’ (‘katage katage’) means ‘approach, approach’. From this sense also harbors are called places to bring (down) to shore (‘katagōgai’).

LEMMA: MV^aC REF. SYMBOL: V^aSa; label καταγωγοί add. by later hand in B POSITION: cont. from prev., except B, and before prev. V^aR^b2, s.l. HPr^bZu

APP. CRIT. 2: κατάγε C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,4–5; Dind. II.72,4–5

COLLATION NOTES: Check new images of H to confirm it has καταγωγαὶ.

Or. 149.08 (rec exeg) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: σμίκρυνον τὴν φωνὴν —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 149.09 (rec exeg) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: κατὰ μικρὸν ἄγε —GK

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 149.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: κάτελθε καὶ σεαυτὴν φέρε —ZZaZbZlZmT⁺GuOx²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κάτατελθε Zb | σεαυτὸν app. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.72,9–10

COMMENT: The cross in T must be a mistake, since there is no evidence of this note in Moschopulean mss.

Or. 149.11 (mosch exeg) κάταγε κάταγε: ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν καταγομένων νεῶν εἰς τοὺς λιμένας —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Bring down, bring down’ is used) by a metaphor from ships being brought down (to land) in harbors.

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοὺς om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.72,8–9

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 149.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόσιθ’⟩: διὰ τοῦτο διπλάζει τοὺς λόγους, διὰ τὸ σιγηλῶς λαλεῖν πάνυ. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 149.20 (rec exeg) ⟨first ἄτρεμας⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς καὶ πρόσιθι ἀτρέμας. —V

TRANSLATION: The proper paraphrase is ‘and approach quietly’.

POSITION: cont. from next V

Or. 149.21 (vet exeg) ἀτρέμας ἴθι: ¹τῇ ἐπαναλήψει μεμίμηται τὴν ἠρεμαίαν προϊεμένην φωνήν· ²ἅτε γὰρ οὐκ ἐξακουομένη δεύτερον ταῖς αὐταῖς κέχρηται λέξεσι. —MBVCPrR^b

TRANSLATION: By the repetition he (the poet) has represented a woman who projects a quiet voice. For as if not being heard clearly she has used the same words again.

LEMMA: MCPrR^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; cont. from sch. 149.02 V (V^a version), add. δὲ

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἡρεμαίαν MV

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,6–8; Dind. II.71,20–72,2

COMMENT: I have used the lemma that is transmitted, which is also implied by the intermarg. position in B (which had room to place it a line higher at the level of κάταγε κάταγε), but the note may originally have applied to Electra’s whole phrase from κάταγε … ἄτρεμας ἴθι. | The poet is regularly the subject of μεμίμηται and the like in scholia, and even if that were not the case, the nom. προϊεμένη printed by Schwartz would give an unattested construction.

KEYWORDS: μιμέομαι

Or. 150.05a (150–151) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι χρέος ἐμόλετε⟩: ἐπὶ τί χρέος ἤλθετε —C²

POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 150.06 (150–151) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι χρέος⟩: ἐφ’ ἣν χρείαν —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 150.07 (150–151) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι χρέος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δι’ ἣν χρείαν —L²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 151.09 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 46

Or. 152.01 (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ κώλων ιγʹ —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 47

Or. 152.02 (vet exeg) χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν ὅδ’ εὐνάζεται: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου. ²τοῦτο δὲ ἀναφορὰν ἔχει πρὸς τὸ [149] ‘πρόσιθ’ ἀτρέμας’. ³ὁ δὲ νοῦς· χρονίως, ὅ ἐστι διὰ χρόνου, ἐκοιμήθη. —MBVCMlMnR^aR^bSSa, partial H

TRANSLATION: (‘Chronia’ is) used for ‘from a long time ago’. And this (the whole sentence) has reference to the phrase ‘approach quietly’. And the sense is: After a time, that is, after an interval, he fell asleep.

LEMMA: V, χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν C, χρόνια γὰρ MlMn(χρονίαν)R^aR^bSSa, χρόνια M REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^bSa POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 149.02 B, cont. from sch. 149.21 Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 πρόσιθι BMnPrR^aR^bSSa, ποσιθε Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,9–11; Dind. II.72,5–7

Or. 152.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν⟩: πρὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου πεσὼν τῇ νόσῳ ταύτῃ, νῦν ἀναπαύεται. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 152.04 (thom exeg) χρόνια: μόλις, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ βούλομαι ὑμᾶς ὄχλον αὐτῷ παρασχούσας ἐξαναστῆσαι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Barely (is he resting); and for this reason I do not want you to create a disturbance for him and make him wake up.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl POSITION: s.l. except Zl

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. ZbZl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.72,12–13

Or. 152.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια⟩: ἀπὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου ἢ διὰ χρόνου ἐκοιμήθη. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 152.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια⟩: καὶ χρονίως καὶ πολὺν καιρὸν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: χρονικῶς Zu

COMMENT: If this means ‘that is, after a time and for a long time’. the sense of χρονικῶς is very odd. If it is meant to convey that χρόνιος has two different senses (only one of which applies here), it would be ‘in a temporal sense(?) and for a long time’, but then one wonders why it is not χρονικὰ instead of the adverb.

Or. 153.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔχει⟩: διάκειται ὁ Ὀρέστης —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 153.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λόγου μετάδος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπολογήθητί μοι εἰς τοῦτο ὅπερ σοι ἐρωτῶ —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 153.11 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 154.01 (tri exeg) ¹ἴαμβος χρὴ εἶναι οὗτος ὁ στίχος ὡς καὶ ὁ τῆς στροφῆς. ²διὸ οὕτως ἐγράφη παρ’ ἡμῶν ‘ποίαν τύχαν ποίαν δὲ συμφοράν’, καὶ ἔστι τὸ ποι τὸ δεύτερον κοινὴ συλλαβή. ³διὸ καὶ τὸ παρ’ ἡμῶν ἐπινοηθὲν ἐπὶ ταῖς κοιναῖς συλλαβαῖς ἐπετέθη σημεῖον, ὡς καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις τοιούτοις. —T

TRANSLATION: This verse must be an iambus, just like the one of the strophe. Therefore it has been written by me as follows (scil. with ‘tina’ emended to ‘poian’), and the second instance of (the syllable) ‘poi’ is a koinē syllable (scil. here treated as short). This is also why the sign invented by me for the koinē syllables has been placed over it, just as in other similar cases.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.11,3–7; de Fav. 47

KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by

Or. 154.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ τύχην πότερον ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄμεινον νενευκέναι. —HMBCAaMlMnR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: (Am I to say) that his fortune has inclined toward the worse or toward the better?

LEMMA: MCMn(τυγχαν’)R^aR^bSSa REF. SYMBOL: MMlSa POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. Aa

APP. CRIT.: τύχαν MlR^bSa, δυστυχίαν Aa, om. S | ποτέρου S | ἢ om. M | ἠμεῖνον M | νένευκε B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,12–13; Dind. II.72,16–17

COMMENT: Note how B’s version smooths the grammar, whereas the transmitted infinitive requires the reader to assume εἴπω from the lemma.

Or. 154.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν εἴπω, τίνα τύχην περὶ αὐτοῦ εἴπω κἂν ἐν κρείττονι μοίρᾳ ἐστὶ κἂν ἐν ἐλάττονι; —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 154.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: κἄντε ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον ἐστὶ κἄντε ἐπὶ τὸ ἧττον οὐκ οἶδα. —F

REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.

Or. 154.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τίνα δυστυχίαν αὐτοῦ εἴπω, ἀπορηματικῶς —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘What misfortune of his am I to speak of?’, as a dubitative question.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τίνα om. G | εἴπω αὐτοῦ transp. Yf

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπορρη‑ XXaTY (not Ta)

Or. 154.10 (rec metr) ⟨τύχαν⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 154.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨second τίνα⟩: ὁποίαν νὰ εἴπω —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 154.14 (tri metr) ⟨second ποίαν⟩: koinē short over οι —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 47

Or. 156.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βραχὺ δ’ ἀναστένει⟩: μόλις ἀνασπασμὸν [ποιεῖ(?)]. —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The noun ἀνασπασμός is very rare (see DGE and Kriaras), but appears to be the right interpretation of the faint and damaged word. Here it requires a verb to govern it and the meaning seems to be ‘he with difficulty makes a labored breath’.

COLLATION NOTES: Check original Zl.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 157.01 (vet exeg) τί φὴς ὦ τάλας: ¹οἰκειούμενος τὰς συμφορὰς ὁ χορὸς καὶ συναχθόμενος γεγωνότερον ἀνέκραγε τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’. ²διό φησιν [158] ‘ὀλεῖς, εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις’. —HMBVCMlMnPrR^b, partial AaR^aRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Making the misfortunes their own and sharing in the grief, the chorus cried out in a louder voice ‘O, wretched one!’ Therefore she (Electra) says ‘you will destroy (him/me) if you stir his eyelids’.

LEMMA: M(ὁ τ.)BCAaMnMl(τὶ)R^b(ὁ τ.)SSa(ὢ SSa), ὦ τάλας VAaR^aRw, τὶ φὴς Pr REF. SYMBOL: MBVAaMlR^bSa POSITION: marg. H

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οἰκιούμενος Ml | συχθόμενος Ml | γεγονότερον, ω s.l. Aa, γεγονώτερον Ml | ὢ τάλ. Sa, ὠ with both accents S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,14–16; Dind. II.72,20–22

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 157.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τί φὴς ὦ τάλας⟩: οἰκειούμενος τὰς συμφορὰς ὁ χορὸς γεγωνότερον εἶπεν ‘ὦ τάλας’. —O

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 157.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί φὴς ὦ τάλας⟩: ὁ χορὸς λέγει καθ’ ἑαυτόν. —Aa

LEMMA: Aa REF. SYMBOL: Aa

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 157.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: ¹δεῖ νοεῖν στεναγμόν τινα γεγενῆσθαι μετὰ τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’ ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ, ²ἵνα εὔλογον ᾖ τὸ παρὰ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας εἰρημένον [167] ‘σὺ γάρ νιν, ὦ τάλαινα, θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου’. —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION: One must understand that some kind of groan was made by the chorus after ‘o, pitiable man’, so that what Electra says—‘For you drove him from his sleep, wretched woman, by your wild cry’—makes good sense.

LEMMA: (160–161) ὦ μέλεος ὦ τάλας MC, 160 ὦ μέλεος Rw REF. SYMBOL: M (to 160 ὦ μέλεος) POSITION: cont. from 157.01 BPr, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT.: 1 δεῖ νοεῖν στεν. τινα] δεινόν τινα στεναγμὸν Rw | νοεῖν transp. after γεγεν. Pr | 2 ᾖ om. Pr | παρὰ om. MCRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 γεγενεῖσθαι Pr | 2 νῦν Pr | θωύξας MPr, θωΰξασα Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,17–19; Dind. II.72,22–24

COMMENT: It is not impossible that this note was originally attached to the second ὦ τάλας in 161, as suggested by the transmitted lemmata in MCRw and the position of sch. 157.05 after 160.01. But the notion that the chorus involuntarily made an inarticulate cry ‘as women are wont to do in extreme distress’ (sch. 168.05) fits their first reaction in 157 better than their more articulate comments in 160–161.

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 157.05 (rec exeg) μετὰ στεναγμοῦ ταῦτα λέγει, ὡς φησὶν Ἠλέκτρα [167] ‘σὺ γάρ νιν ὦ τάλαινα θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου’. —VR^b

TRANSLATION: (The chorus) says this with a groan, as Electra says, ‘For you drove him from his sleep, wretched woman, by your wild cry’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 160.01 V(add. δὲ)R^b

APP. CRIT.: τάλαινα] τάλας V

APP. CRIT. 2: θωΰξας VR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,1 app.; Dind. II.73,9–10

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 157.06 (pllgn exeg) ¹ὡς ἔοικεν ὁ χορὸς συναχθόμενος τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ γεγωνότερον ἀνέκραξε τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’· ²διό φησι[158] ‘ὀλεῖς εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις’. ³δεῖ δὲ στεναγμόν τινα γενέσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ μετὰ τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’ ἵνα εὔλογον ᾖ τὸ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας εἰρημένον. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: As it seems, the chorus, in its sympathy for Electra’s pain, cried out rather loudly ‘O wretched man’. Therefore she says ‘You will kill (him) if you stir his eyelids’. And it is necessary that there be some mournful groan by the chorus after ‘O wretched man’ so that Electra’s remark will make sense.

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 157.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί φῄς⟩: πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 157.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλας⟩: τρανότερον ἐφώνησε. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: Dot before this, in different ink.

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 157.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλας⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην στρέφει τὸν λόγον. —MlMnPrRSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 157.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrZcFB^3a

TRANSLATION: (The exclamation ‘o wretched man’ is made) in reference to Orestes.

POSITION: s.l. (above τί φὴς Zc)

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 157.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: ἢ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 158.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: φθείρεις ἐμὲ ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀπολεσθῇς —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 158.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ⟨ἐὰν⟩ ἀπολεσθῇς, ἀπολέσεις —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab

APP. CRIT.: ἢ add. before ἀπολέσεις R (because of loss of ἐὰν) | ἀπολέσεις] ἀπολέσης AbMnS

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπολεσθὴς Mn, ἀπορεσθεὶς Ml

Or. 158.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ἐμὲ ἢ αὐτὸν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (The understood object of ‘you will destroy’ is) ‘me’ (Electra) or ‘him’ (Orestes).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐμὲ ἢ om. Gu (because written right after Gr’s ἐμέ)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.72,28

Or. 158.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: εἰ τοῦ ὕπνου ἀλλοτριώσεις καὶ μεταστήσεις —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: If you will estrange (him) and shift (him) from sleep.

LEMMA: ὀλεῖς Rw POSITION: s.l. B, marg. MC

APP. CRIT.: εἰ] αἱ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,20; Dind. II.72,26

COLLATION NOTES: B rewritten here by later hand.

Or. 158.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἐὰν ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου ἐγείρης —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 158.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἤγουν ἐὰν διυπνίσης αὐτὸν, ἐὰν ἐξεγείρης τοῦ ὕπνου —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.72,28–73,1

Or. 158.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἤγουν ἐὰν ἐξυπνήσῃς αὐτόν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: ἐξυπνέω is used as a transitive verb in later Greek, so there is no need to consider this an itacistic error for ἐξυπνίσῃς.

Or. 158.20 (rec exeg) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: αὐτῷ καὶ αὐτοῦ —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 158.26 (tri metr) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: long mark over iota —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 47

Or. 159.01 (mosch paraphr) ὕπνου γλυκυτάταν φερομένῳ χαράν: ἀντὶ τοῦ φέροντος τὴν ἡδονὴν τὴν γλυκυτάτην τοῦ ὕπνου —XXaXbT⁺YYfGrZc

LEMMA: φερομένῳ XT POSITION: s.l. except XT; sep. ἀντὶ τ. φέρ. above φερομένῳ, rest above χαράν Yf

APP. CRIT.: (both) τὴν om. Zc | τοῦ ὕπνου om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.73,5

Or. 159.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φερομένῳ χαρὰν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φερόμενον ἐν χαρᾷ —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.73,4

Or. 159.17 (tri metr) ⟨(φε)ρομέ(νῳ)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς συλλαβῆς —T

TRANSLATION: (The two short syllables ‘rome’ are) in place of a single (long) syllable.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 159.18 (vet exeg) χαρὰν: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου, ὃ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς [211] ‘ὕπνου θέλγητρον’ φησιν. —MBVCR^bRw

TRANSLATION: The deepest form of sleep, what he calls in the later passage ‘charm of sleep’.

LEMMA: (no punct. after it) VR^b, Rw ὕπνου γλυκυτάτου REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. BC

APP. CRIT.: ὕπνου χαρὰν prep. Rw | ὃ καὶ V | ἑξῆς ὕπνου] ἐξύπνου V, ἐξ ὕπνου R^b | θέλγητρα Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,21–22; Dind. II.73,3–4

COLLATION NOTES: Rewritten by later hand in B.

Or. 159.19 (vet exeg) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: τὸν βαθύτατον ὕπνον —H

POSITION: marg.

Or. 159.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου —V³F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: βαθὺ F, app. changed from βαθοι

Or. 160.01 (vet exeg) ὦ μέλεος: ¹μέλεος αὐτὸς διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις. ²ἠρέμα δέ πως ἀρνεῖται τὴν πρᾶξιν Ὀρέστου, εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀναφέρουσα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. —MBVCBPrR^bRw

TRANSLATION: He himself is wretched because of how he has fared from the gods. And in a sort of tacit way she denies the deed is Orestes’, referring the wrongdoing to the god.

LEMMA: VR^b, ἄλλως Pr, in marg. MC, ἐργμάτων Rw REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: intermarg. B, follows sch. 157.04 MCPr

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐκ] εἰς M | 2 ὀρέστης V | τὸν om. B | ἁμαρτίαν] αἰτίαν Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δε πῶς Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,22–114,1; Dind. II.73,7–8

Or. 160.02 (vet exeg) ¹μέλεος αὐτὸς διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις. ²ἀρνεῖται δέ πως τὴν τοῦ Ὀρέστου πρᾶξιν εἰς θεὸν ἀναφέρων ταῦτα. —H

TRANSLATION: Wretched himself because of the actions coming from gods. In a certain way she is denying the action of Orestes by attributing these things to a god.

Or. 160.03 (rec exeg) εἰς θεὸν ἀναφέρει τὴν αἰτίαν. —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 160.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ἀπο τοῦ μὴ ἐλεεῖσθαι —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See sch. 207.05.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 160.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐχθίστων θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν θεοστυγεστάτων πράξεων —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X; spaced as three sep. glosses Yf (ἕνεκα, τῶν θεοστ., πράξεων)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.73,12–13 (Arsenius’s modified version)

COMMENT: The Moschopulean interpretation takes θεόθεν as if it were θεοῖς, to produce ‘hated by the gods’, thus ameliorating the theology, as opposed to inferring that the chorus blames the gods, as in sch. 160.01.

KEYWORDS: theological amelioration

Or. 160.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐχθίστων θεόθεν⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν θεοστυγῶν —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 160.12 (tri paraphr) ἐχθίστων ἐργμάτων: ἤγουν ἕνεκα τῶν προσταχθέντων ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐργμάτων ἤγουν ἔργων, πράξεων, ἤτοι τοῦ φόνου —T

LEMMA: T

COMMENT: Created from separate Thoman glosses below.

Or. 160.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 160.18 (thom paraphr) ⟨θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: τῶν προσταχθέντων ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος πράξεων ἤτοι τοῦ φόνου —ZZaZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l. (cont. from 160.13 Zm)

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Za

COLLATION NOTES: Gu does not write πράξεων, but lets Gr’s gloss serve, and places ἤτοι κτλ just after Gr’s πράξεων.

Or. 160.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῶν κωλυμάτων, ἤγουν τῶν ἀσθενειῶν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: κολυμάτων a.c. Zu

Or. 161.03 (tri metr) ⟨τάλας⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 47

Or. 162.05 (162–165) (pllgn exeg) ἀδίκως ἀδίκως τότε ἄρα ἔλακεν ἔλακεν ὁ Λοξίας τὸν φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς τὸν ἀπόφονον· πότε; ὅτε ἐπὶ τῇ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος ἄρα ἔκρινεν αὐτὸν ἤγουν ἀδίκως ἐχρησμοδότησεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Λοξίας φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα μας ἐπὶ τῇ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος· εἰς τρίποδα γὰρ ἀργυροῦ εἴτε καὶ χρυσοῦ ἐκάθητο ἡ παρθένος καὶ ἐνθουσιῶσα ἔλεγεν τοὺς χρησμούς. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: Unjustly, unjustly at the time, then, did Loxias cry out, cry out (the oracle demanding) the killing of my mother, the terrible killing. When (was this)? When at the tripod of Themis he adjudged it (the killing), that is, Loxias unjustly gave the oracular response that we kill our mother at the tripod of Themis. For the virgin (priestess) sat at a tripod of silver, or else of gold, and with divine inspiration spoke the oracles.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 162.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ ἄδικος⟩: γράφεται ἄδικος. —Mn

LEMMA: ὢ ἄδικος in text Mn POSITION: s.l., misplaced over second ἔλακεν (beginning of first line on facing page in Mn)

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 162.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ⟩: γρ. ἃ ἃ. —R

LEMMA: ὢ ἄδικος in text R POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 162.11 (vet exeg) ἄδικος ἄδικα: ¹τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τὸ ἀλλαχοῦ [Eur. Hipp. 701] εἰρημένον· ²‘πρὸς τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα’. ³ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔδοξεν ἀτυχῶς τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πεπτωκέναι τῆς μητρὸς ὁ φόνος, ἄδικος ὁ Λοξίας νενόμισται. ⁴ἢ τὸ ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ἐμφαίνει ὅτι δικαίως μὲν ἐμαντεύσατο τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός, ἀδικεῖ δὲ τῷ δράσαντι μὴ ἐπικουρῶν. ⁵τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς οὕτως· ⁶ὁ ἄδικος Λοξίας ἄδικα τότε ἐδίκασεν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον ἔλακεν ἐμῆς μητρός. —H³MBCPr^b, partial OMlMnPr^aR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: This is (an illustration of) the statement made elsewhere, ‘For we possess our (repute for) sense in proportion to our fortunes (that is, the outcomes of our actions)’. For because the murder of their mother seemed to have turned out unfortunately for Orestes, Loxias has been deemed unjust (by Electra). Or the phrase ‘he gave unjust judgments’ indicates that although he justly gave an oracular command for the murder of the mother, he acts unjustly in not giving aid to the one who acted. The run of the sense is: The unjust Loxias gave unjust judgments at that time when upon the tripod of Themis he proclaimed the unholy murder of my mother.

LEMMA: Rw, ἆ ἄδικος ἄδικα BC(ἂ), ἆ ἆ ἄδικος Pr REF. SYMBOL: BMlR^bSa POSITION: after sch. 164.01 C, after sch. 160.01 Pr^a (15v), after sch. 173.01 Pr^b (16r)

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἐματεύσατο R^b | ἐπικούρων C | 6 ἀπόφωνον Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,4–10; Dind. II.73,18–74,3

KEYWORDS: theological amelioration | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Hippolytus

Or. 162.12 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ δικαίως ἔδοξεν εἰρηκέναι —BRw

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘he seemed not to have spoken justly’.

LEMMA: Rw POSITION: marg. (at 162) B

APP. CRIT.: οὐ om. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.73,18

Or. 162.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩: ἄδικος ὁ Λοξίας ἔδοξεν ἄδικα δικάσας, ἢ δικαίως ἐψηφίσατο τὸν φόνον ἀδίκως δὲ οὐ βοηθεῖ. —V

LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114, app. at 5–8; Dind. II.73, app. at 21

Or. 162.14 (pllgn exeg) ¹ἐπεὶ ἔδοξεν ἀτυχῶς τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πεπτωκέναι τῆς μητρὸς ὁ φόνος, ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας μαντευόμενος μὲν τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς, τῷ δράσαντι δὲ μὴ ἐπικουρῶν. ²ἢ ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον ἔλακεν τῆς μητρὸς. —V³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,5–7 and 9–10 app.

Or. 162.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩: ¹τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς ἄδικος Λοξίας· ἄδικα γὰρ τότε ἐδίκασεν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον ἔλακεν ἐμῆς μητρός. ²ἀπόφονον τινὲς τὸν ἄτοπον φόνον, τινὲς δὲ τὴν ἀ̅π̅ο̅ εἰς τὸ ἔλακεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπεφθέγξατο. —V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114, app. at 14–16; Dind. II.73, app. at 21

KEYWORDS: variant reading: τινὲς

Or. 162.16 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩: ὁ ἄδικος Λοξίας ἤγουν ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἄδικα τότε ἐκτύπησε κατὰ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὅτε ἐδίκασεν τὸν μιαρὸν φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρός. —R^a

Or. 162.17 (mosch paraphr) ἆ ἆ ἄδικος: ἄδικος ὢν ὁ Λοξίας ἄδικα ἄρα τότε εἶπεν ὅτε ἐπὶ τῷ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος ἐδίκασεν ἤγουν ἔκρινε τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἤγουν τὸν μισητὸν καὶ μὴ ἄξιον ὄντα γενέσθαι. —XXaXbT⁺YfGGr

LEMMA: G POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τότε om. G | after τότε add. ἔλακεν ἀντὶ τοῦ XaY | τὴν μισητὴν X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.74,14–17

Or. 162.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄδικος⟩: ¹οἱ λαμβάνοντες εἰς τὸ ἄδικος ἔξωθεν τὸ ὑπάρχει καὶ στίζοντες ἐνταῦθα ληροῦσι. ²τὸ δ’ οὕτως ἔχει· ³δέον γὰρ οὕτως εἰπεῖν ἀδίκως ἔλακε τότε ὁ Λοξίας ἄδικα, ὁ δὲ ‘ἄδικος’ εἶπε πρὸς τὸ Λοξίας. ⁴ἀπατῶνται δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἄδικα, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι τὸ ἄδικος καὶ τὸ ἄδικα ταυτοδυναμοῦσιν, ὥστε εἰ καὶ ἓν τούτων ἀπῆν, ἄρτιος ἂν ἦν ὁ λόγος. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Those who supply ‘is’ to go with ‘unjust’ (‘adikos’) and punctuate at that point speak nonsense. The situation is like this. For he (the poet) should have put it this way, ‘unjustly (‘adikōs’) Loxias at that time proclaimed unjust things’; instead he made unjust (‘adikos’) agree with Loxias. They (those expounders) are deceived by the presence of ‘adika’, not understanding that ‘adikos’ and ‘adika’ convey the same meaning, so that even if one of these were absent, the sense would be complete.

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔξωθεν εἰς τὸ ἄδικος transp. Zb [Zl] | ληροῦσι] ἀμαθεῖς T, οὐ καλῶς ποιοῦσι Gu | 4 τοῦτο δυναμοῦσι ZZa | ἦν om. Za

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἔλακεν ZaZb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.74,9–14

COMMENT: The view criticized is that of unknown teachers or commentators (clearly not Moschopulus, see prev.). The only hints of the rejected view in our scholia are in 162.05 in V and in the gloss 162.20 if the scribe of Zu intended the truncated ending of ὑπάρχ() to be supplied as ει rather ων.

KEYWORDS: Thomas Magister critical of another view | punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν) | ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα

Or. 162.23 (vet exeg) ἔλακεν: ¹καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Plut. 39] ‘ἔλακεν ἐκ τῶν στεμμάτων’ τραγικῇ λέξει χρησάμενος. ²⟨τότε δὲ⟩ ὅτε τὸν ἀπόφονον ⟨φόνον⟩ τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας. —H³MBCPr

TRANSLATION: And Aristophanes (also used this verb in) ‘he cried forth from the fillets’, using a tragic vocable. ⟨‘Then’⟩ (means) when Loxias at the tripod of Themis declared as verdict the horrible ⟨murder⟩ of my mother.

LEMMA: MB(no punct. after it)C; label ἀριστοφάνης add. in marg. late hand in B POSITION: Pr cont. from sch. 162.11 (Pr^b version, 16r); unclear whether sep. from sch. 162.11 H³ (damage)

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀριστ. φησὶν Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀπόφωνον a.c. H³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,11–13; Dind. II.74,3–5

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aristophanes

Or. 162.24 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τὸ ἀπόφονον Ἀπόλλωνι, οὐκ Ὀρέστῃ ἐγκαλοῦσά φησιν. ²ἔνιοι δὲ ἀπόφονον ἐδέξαντο τὸν ἄτοπον φόνον. ³τὴν δὲ ἀπό πρὸς τὸ ἔλακεν, ἀπέλακεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπεφθέγξατο. —H³MBCPr^aPr^b

TRANSLATION: She says ‘unholy’ (‘apophonon’) in criticism of Apollo, not of Orestes. And some have interpreted ‘apophonon’ as meaning the unusual/bizarre murder. And the preposition ‘apo’ (some others have interpreted as) belonging to the verb ‘elaken’, (making the compound) ‘apelaken’, equivalent to ‘proclaimed an oracle’.

LEMMA: M, in marg. C REF. SYMBOL: H³ (to 163 ἀπόφονον) POSITION: cont. from prev. B, add. δὲ (after ἀπόφονον), cont. from (Pr^a version of) sch. 162.11 Pr^a, add. δὲ (after ἀπόφονον) (15v last line), cont. from prev. Pr^b, add. δὲ after ἄφονον (16r)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,14–16; Dind. II.74,5–8

COMMENT: The interpretation in the third sentence turns the pejorative ἀπόφονον into a second φόνον and seems designed to reduce the criticism of Apollo, assisting the claim that the criticism contained in ἄδικος ἄδικα is diminished by the partiality of Electra’s perspective (sch. 160.11).

COLLATION NOTES: Daitz reported H as omitting τοῦ (3), but for the ἀντὶ τοῦ abbreviation compare the one in sch. 194.02 on the next page in H.

KEYWORDS: theological amelioration

Or. 162.37 (tri exeg) ⟨ἔλακεν⟩: τὸ ἔλακεν οὐ παρακείμενός ἐστιν ὡς οἴονταί τινες ἀλλ’ ἀόριστος βʹ. διὸ καὶ βραχὺ ἔχει τὸ λ̅α̅. λέληκα γάρ ἐστιν ὁ παρακείμενος, ὡς καὶ Ἡσίοδος [Hes. Op. 207] ‘δαιμονίη, τί λέληκας’. —T

TRANSLATION: The word ‘elaken’ is not perfect tense, as some believe, but second aorist. Therefore in fact it has the syllable ‘la’ as short. For the perfect is ‘lelēka’, as Hesiod (says): ‘foolish one, what are you saying?’

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.74,17–19; de Fav. 47

COMMENT: The view criticized is not extant in our scholia, and indeed all the glosses and paraphrases correctly use aorist forms to render ἔλακεν.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Hesiod

Or. 163.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: κακόφονον ὡς αἴτιον ἡμῖν συμφορῶν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Apophonon’ means) ‘involving evil murder’, (evil) in that (it is) for us cause of misfortunes.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πολλῶν add. before συμφορῶν Z, add. after συμφ. Za | συμφορᾶς Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: κακόφωνον ZZa

Or. 163.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: κακόφονον φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 163.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: τὸν κακόφονον τὸν μισητὸν φόνον —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 163.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: ¹ὡς λέγομεν γάμος ἄγαμος, ὅταν τις οὐκ ἀγάγηται γυναῖκα ξένην, ἀλλὰ συγγένειαν ἔχουσαν μετ’ αὐτοῦ, οὕτω καὶ φόνος ἀπόφονος, ἤγουν μισητός. ²οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὁ φόνος εἰς ἕτερον ἀλλότριον, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ μητέρα. ³καὶ ἄλλο δέ· ὅτι ὁ φόνος τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ κακῷ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ· ⁴παράφρων γὰρ ἐγένετο ὁ Ὀρέστης καὶ εἰς ψῆφον ᾖσαν θανάτου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ἀπόφονος, ἤγουν μισητὸς. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: Just as we say ‘marriage that is no true marriage’ (‘gamos agamos’) when someone marries not a woman from outside the family but one having kinship with him, in the same way too a killing is ‘apophonos’, that is, loathsome. For the murder was not directed at some other outside person, but at his mother. And another point: (it is) because the killing of his mother turned out to cause harm to him. For Orestes went mad and they (Orestes and Electra) were going to face a vote of death, and in this regard (the killing was) ‘apophonos’ or loathsome.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.74,20–27

COMMENT: Yf² has no iota subscript on ἦσαν (and normally omits it), so he could also have intended the imperfect of εἰμί, perhaps ‘they were liable to a vote of death’.

Or. 163.18 (thom exeg) ⟨τρίποδι⟩: ¹τὸ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος οὕτω νοητέον, ²ἢ ἐν τῷ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος τουτέστι τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐν ᾧ καθημένη ἡ Πυθία καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος κατεχομένη τὰ δίκαια πᾶσιν ἐθέσπιζεν, ³ἢ ὡς φασὶ τινὲς ὅτι ὁ τρίπους πρότερον ἦν τῆς Γῆς, εἶτα τῆς Θέμιδος. ⁴ἡ δὲ Θέμις θεὰ παρ’ Ἕλλησιν, ἔφορος δικαιοσύνης. ⁵εἶτα τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐγένετο, παρὰ Θέμιδος λαβόντος. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘tripod of Themis’ is to be understood as follows: either on the tripod of Themis, that is to say, of justice, sitting on which the Pythia, possessed by Apollo, used to give just oracles to all; or, as some say, because the tripod previously belonged to Earth, and thereafter to Themis. And Themis is a goddess among the Hellenes, one watching over justice. Next (the tripod) became Apollo’s, when he received it from Themis.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ] τὸ ἐπὶ T, τῷ ZbGu | τῆς] καὶ ZaZbGu, om. T | 2 τουτέστι] ἤγουν Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 τρίππους Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.74,28–75,5

COMMENT: τινὲς here refers to the old scholion 164.01.

Or. 163.19 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδι⟩: ἡ εὐθεῖα ὁ τρίπους. —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 164.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩: πρῶτον γὰρ εἶχεν ἡ Γῆ τὸν τρίποδα, εἶτα δεύτερον ἡ Θέμις, εἶτα Ἀπόλλων παρὰ Θέμιδος λαβών. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: At first Earth had the tripod, then secondly Themis, then Apollo, having received it from Themis.

POSITION: marg. B; after sch. 160.01 C, cont. from sch. 160.01 M, cont. from sch. 162.12 BRw

APP. CRIT.: γὰρ] δὲ BRw | ἡ γῆ εἶχε transp. BRw | εἶτα δὲ Rw | δεύτερον ἡ θ.] ἡ θ. δευτέρα Rw | Θέμις printed by Schw. as if in M (cf. sch. 163.18), θεός all (nomen sacrum θ̅σ̅ in MB)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,18–19; Dind. II.73,10–12

Or. 165.01 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: ¹τὸ μὲν παλαιὸν βοσκός τις ἔβοσκε πρόβατα εἰς ὄρος καὶ ἀναμεταξὺ τοῦ ὄρους ἐκείνου ἦν χάος, ὃ εὑρέθη πρῶτον ἀπὸ ἑνὸς τῶν προβάτων. ²ἰδὼν δὲ τοῦτο ὁ βοσκὸς ὅτι παρὰ φύσιν λαλεῖ τὸ πρόβατον, καὶ παρακύψας καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖσε ἤρξατο λαλεῖν στίχων πλοκὰς καὶ ἕτερα ἐξαίσια. ³ἰδόντες δὲ τοῦτόν τινες τῶν ἀνθρώπων στίχων πλοκὰς λέγοντα ἠρώτων αὐτὸν πῶς ἄρα τοιαῦτα λαλεῖ. ⁴ὁ δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι εἰς τὸ ὄρος, ἐν ᾧ ἔβοσκον τὰ πρόβατα, ἐκεῖσε μεμάθηκα ἀπὸ χάους τινός. ⁵ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐγχώριοι ἔκτισαν ἐκεῖσε ναὸν τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι ⁶ἐν ᾧ καὶ τρίποδα χαλκοῦν ἔστησαν, διὰ τὸ χρᾶσθαι αὐτοῦ τῇ μαντείᾳ στήσαντες ἄνωθεν τοῦ χαλκοῦ γυναῖκα παρθένον, ἵνα ἀνακρούῃ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοὺς χρησμοὺς δέχωνται. ⁷Λοξίαν δὲ λέγουσι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα διὰ τὸ ποιεῖσθαι ἐξεστραμμένους τοὺς χρησμούς. —MlMnR^aR^bSSaPb

TRANSLATION: In ancient times a herdsman was pasturing his sheep on a mountain and in the midst of that mountain there was a chasm, which was discovered first by one of the sheep. The herdsman, having noticed this fact, that contrary to nature the sheep was speaking, and having himself too bent down there (over the chasm), began to speak chains of verses and other extraordinary things. Some people noticed him speaking chains of verse and asked him how in the world he was speaking such things. He replied that on the mountain, on which I was pasturing my sheep, there I learned it from a certain chasm. Having heard this, the locals established there a shrine for Apollo in which they also set up a bronze tripod, in order to make use of his prophecy, placing an unmarried woman on top of the bronze vessel, so that she could strike it (to make it ring) and they would receive oracles from it. And they call Apollo Loxias because he makes his oracles twisted/ convoluted.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. MlMnSaPb REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: follows sch. 162.11 MnSSa, foll. sch. 157.05 R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,20–115,7; Dind. II.75,16–28

COMMENT: I have not found elsewhere an aetiological story with these details.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name | ἱστορία

Or. 165.02 (thom exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: ¹Λοξίας ὁ Ἀπόλλων καλεῖται ὅτι λοξὰ καὶ διπλῶς νοούμενα ἐμαντεύετο. ²καὶ γὰρ τῷ Κροίσῳ, ὅτε στρατεύσειν κατὰ Κύρου ἔμελλεν, ἐρωτήσαντι εἰ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ περιέσται, εἶπε· ³[53 Parke–Wormell, Q100 Fontenrose] Κροῖσος βασιλεὺς Ἅλυν ποταμὸν διαβὰς μεγάλην ἀρχὴν καταλύσει. ⁴τοῦτο δὲ ἦν παντάπασιν ἄγνωστον, εἴτε τὴν οἰκείαν εἴτε τὴν τοῦ Κύρου. ⁵ὅθεν ἀπατηθεὶς ὁ Κροῖσος καὶ μεγάλην ἀρχὴν τὴν τοῦ ἀντιδίκου ὑπολαβὼν, ἐλθὼν καταλέλυκε τὴν οἰκείαν τοσοῦτον ὡς καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ἑαλωκὼς εἰς πῦρ ἐμβεβλῆσθαι, ⁶ὃν εἰ μὴ Ζεὺς οἰκτείρας ἀφῆκεν ὕδωρ ἐπὶ τὴν φλόγα, τάχ’ ἂν ἀπωλώλει, ἔργον πυρὸς γενόμενος. ⁷ἦν δὲ ὁ Κροῖσος Λυδῶν βασιλεύς. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Apollo is called Loxias because he gave oracles that were ambiguously oblique and had a double meaning. For when Croesus was intending to campaign against Cyrus and asked if he would get the better of his enemy, he said: King Croesus will undo a great empire if he crosses the Halys river. But this detail was entirely unknown, whether (the empire was) his own or that of Cyrus. Deceived because of this and having assumed the great empire was that of his rival, Croesus proceeded and destroyed his own to such a degree that he was even taken captive by his enemy and cast into fire. And if Zeus had not felt pity for him and sent water against the flame, he would quickly have perished, a victim of the fire. Creosus was king of the Lydians.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἶπεν Ta (not T) | 3 ἄλυν ZZaZb, ἄλην Zl | ποτμὸν Zb | 6 ἀπολώλει ZbT(ἀπωλ‑ Ta), app. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.75,6–15

COMMENT: Triclinius’s omissions in sentence 3 restore the dactylic hexameter frequently cited from Aristotle to Byzantine authors. For the expanded unmetrical version cf. Theodorus Scutariota, Chron. (CFHB Berl. 46) I.60,28 and Georg. Cedrenus, Compend. hist. (CSHB) I.241,5–6; there are also several late citations with only ποταμὸν added, e.g. Euseb. praep. evang. 5.20.10.

Or. 165.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: Λοξίας διὰ τὸ ἐκφωνεῖν λοξὰς τὰς μαντείας καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν δηλοῦν ἀμφοτεριζούσας. —G

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 165.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: ὁ Λοξίας λέγεται διὰ τὸ τὰ ἄδικα κρίνειν. —Ab

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: κρίνειν uncertain (damage)

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 165.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐμᾶς ματέρος⟩: ἔνεκεν, περὶ τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: περὶ om. Ml | μητρὸς om. Sa

Or. 165.11 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 47

Or. 166.01 (166–173) (tri metr) ὁρᾷς: ⁰σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν ἀνομοιομερὲς μὲν πρὸς τὰς στροφάς, ὁμοιομερὲς δὲ τῷ μετὰ τὴν ἑξῆς κειμένην στροφὴν συστήματι, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘θρόει τίς κακῶν’. ἔστι δὲ κώλων ηʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου ἐπιτρίτου βʹ καὶ ἰάμβου. ²τὸ βʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερές. ³τὸ γʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Φερεκράτειον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ κρητικοῦ. ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸν κρητικὸν ἔχει τετρασύλλαβον. ⁴τὸ δʹ ἰαμβικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ. ⁵τὸ εʹ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ⁶τὸ ϛʹ ὅμοιον ἐκ χορείων τῶν αʹ ποδῶν. ⁷τὸ ζʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ. ⁸τὸ ηʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικόν. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀντισπαστικὸν ἡμιόλιον. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

¹166=187 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒⏑‒ ‒,⏑‒
ὁρᾶις; ἐν πέπλοισι κινεῖ δέμας.
θρόει τίς κακῶν τελευτὰ μένει.
²167=188 ⏑‒⏑‒,⏑‒⏑
σὺ γάρ νιν, ὦ τάλαινα,
θανεῖν, τί δ’ ἄλλο γ’; οὐδὲ
³168=189 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,⏕⏑‒
θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ὕπνου. [koinē short mark over ω]
γὰρ ἴσχει πόθον βορᾶς.
⁴169=190 ⏒‒⏑‒,⏑‒⏑
εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα.
πρόδηλος ἄρ’ ὁ πότμος. [koinē long mark over πότμ]
⁵170=191 ‒⏑‒ ‒,‒⏑‒ ‒
οὐκ ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἀπ’ οἴκων
ἐξέθυσεν Φοῖβος ἡμᾶς
⁶171=192 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,‒ ⏓ ‒ ‒
πάλιν ἀνὰ πόδα σόν γ’ ἑλίξεις
μέλεον ἀπόφονον δοὺς αἶμα
⁷172=193 ⏑⏑⏑‒,‒⏑‒
μεθεμένα τοῦ κτύπου;
πατροφόνου ματέρος.
⁸173=194 ⏑‒ ‒ ⏑‒ ‒ / ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒ ‒
ὑπνώσσει. λέγεις εὖ.
δίκα μέν. καλῶς δ’ οὔ.

TRANSLATION: A metrical system, in the form of a separate section, consisting of unlike parts with respect to the strophes (scil. the preceding and following strophes, 140–152 = 153–165 and 174–186 = 195–207), but with the same parts as the system [187–194] that comes after the strophe positioned next [174–186], the opening of which is [187] ‘Speak what (end) of evils’. It is of eight cola. The first is a brachycatalectic antispastic trimeter composed of an antispast, a second epitrite, and iamb. The second is an iambic hephthemimer. The third is a Pherecratean catalectic antispastic dimeter composed of an antispast and a cretic. Here (scil. as opposed to in the corresponding stanza) it has its cretic of four syllables (scil. from resolution of one long). The fourth is an iambic similar to the second (scil. hephthemimer). The fifth is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter. The sixth is similar (scil. a trochaic dimeter) with the first feet consisting of chorei. The seventh is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter composed of a fourth paeon and a cretic. The eighth is a trochaic ithyphallic; or if you prefer, a one-and-a-half-measure antispast. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἆρ’ a.c. T | 8 ‑φαλικὸν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.11,8–18; de Fav. 47

COMMENT: In colon 4 Triclinius treats ἄρ’ as having a long alpha despite the accent, which he changed from circumflex (as he himself initially wrote here) to acute to make clear that the particle is inferential in sense here; he explains this in his sch. 189.09 below. | The description of colon 8 as ‘trochaic ithyphallic’ fits with Triclinius’s capacious use of this term. It mostly applies to the expected ‒ ⏑ ‒ × ‒ ‒. But other shapes also get this designation (Sophoclean examples checked in Tessier’s edition): Hec. 706, Soph. Aj. 409 = 427 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (choreus in second foot); Hec. 944 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒; Or. 834 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ (the third foot anapaest); Or. 1466, Phoen. 655, 1039 ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑; Or. 1488, Phoen. 1513 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ (second and third feet chorei); Phoen. 320 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒; Phoen. 1288 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ (three chorei); Phoen. 1732 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (first and second feet chorei); Phoen. 1746 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (first foot anapaest); Phoen. 657 = 675 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ (this last seems to be an unconscious error on his part for lecythion). | In his scholia on the Euripidean triad Triclinius writes ἰθυφαλικόν rather than ‑φαλλικόν very frequently, but not everywhere.

KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιομερές/ὁμοιομερές

Or. 166.02 (tri metr) σύστημα κώλων ηʹ —T

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 47

Or. 166.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέπλοισι⟩: πέπλους λέγει τὰ ῥοῦχα, ἃ ἔκειτο τὰ στρώματα καὶ τὰ ἕτερα. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: By ‘robes’ (‘peplois’) she (or he, the poet) means the garments, which were laid down as the bedding and the rest.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For the medieval vernacular word (to which I was guided by Ilias Nesseris) see Kriaras s.v. ροῦχον; LBG s.v. ῥοῦχον. The chi written by Yf² here is abnormal in form, but it must be a chi.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 166.08 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖτο⟩: τὸ παθητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνεργητικοῦ. —S

TRANSLATION: The passive verb form is used in the sense of the active.

LEMMA: κινεῖτο in text S POSITION: s.l.

Or. 166.09 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖται⟩: γρ. κινεῖ. —RSSa

LEMMA: κινεῖται in text RSa, κινεῖτο S POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 166.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι κινεῖται. —AbMn

POSITION: s.l. Mn, marg. Ab

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 166.12 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: Ὀρέστης, ἐπὶ τρίτου προσώπου —K

POSITION: bottom marg. (166 + 167 are last lines of 61r)

Or. 166.13 (tri metr) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: long mark over iota —T

Or. 166.16 (pllgn gram) ἀντιστροφὴ —V³

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Perhaps the designation antistrophe indicates that the sense intended is equivalent to τοὺς πέπλους κινεῖ τῷ σώματι.

KEYWORDS: antistrophe (of construction)

Or. 166.17 (rec paraphr) [undeciphered words + πέ]πλοις —R

POSITION: marg. (running from level of 166 to that of 168)

Or. 167.01 (167–168) (vet exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ νιν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ‘σὺ γάρ νιν’ ἕως τοῦ ‘θωΰξασα’ τὸ κῶλον. —MBC

TRANSLATION: The colon runs from ‘because you him …’ up to ‘having cried out loudly’.

POSITION: marg. MB, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: second τοῦ] τὸ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,17; Dind. II.76,12–13

COMMENT: This note could be offering advice about where to pause in reading the sentence or reminding the reader to take θωΰξασα with σὺ despite the intervening ὦ τάλαινα, which, later at least, some took as parenthetic self-address (sch. 167.10–12). Alternatively, it could be a very rare comment on the division of lyric cola. If the latter, this division produces a colon of two iambs and spondee or molossus, followed by a dochmiac ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου. In all three mss carrying this note, however, the division in the text is / σὺ … ἔβαλες / ἐξ ὕπνου /.

Or. 167.02 (167–168) (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν ἐξύπνισας αὐτὸν εἰποῦσα τὸ [161] ‘ὦ τάλας’. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: That is, you woke him from sleep when you said ‘o wretched man’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 167.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ νιν⟩: ναὶ κινεῖ τὸ δέμας. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 167.05 (tri exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ θωΰξασα —T

TRANSLATION: This phrase (‘because you’) is connected to (the participle) ‘having cried out loudly’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The comment is motivated by the fact that Triclinius accepts that ὦ τάλαινα is a parenthetic self-address (cf. 167.11).

Or. 167.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλαινα⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν ταῦτα λέγει. —AbMlMnSSa

TRANSLATION: She addresses this to the chorus.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λέγει ταῦτα transp. Ab

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 167.11 (tri exeg) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ὑπάρχω ἐγὼ, διὰ μέσου —TZc^r

TRANSLATION: (With ‘unhappy woman’ supply) ‘I am’, (taking it) parenthetically.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: διὰ μέσου om. Zc

COMMENT: There is a period between 167.09 and this gloss, but the cross before 167.09 might be intended to cover this remark as well.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified | διὰ μέσου

Or. 168.01 (mosch paraphr) ἀγρίως βοήσασα ἐξέβαλες τοῦ ὕπνου. —X

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 168.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες⟩: φωνήσασα ἐξέβαλες —AbMlMnPrRSSa

REF. SYMBOL: AbR POSITION: marg. AbR, s.l. MlMnPrSSa

Or. 168.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες⟩: βοήσασα ἐξήγειρας —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 168.04 (vet exeg) θωΰξασ’: ¹ἀγρίως βοήσασα. ²τὸ γὰρ [161] ‘ὦ τάλας’ γεγωνότερον εἶπεν ὁ χορός. —MBVCPrR^bRw

TRANSLATION: Having cried out wildly. For the chorus spoke the exclamation ‘o wretched man’ more loudly.

LEMMA: θωΰξασα BVPrR^bRw, θωΰξας ἔβαλες MC REF. SYMBOL: BV

APP. CRIT.: 2 τὸν γὰρ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,8–9; Dind. II.76,13

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 168.05 (vet exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: ¹θηριώδει βοῇ χρησαμένη. ²καὶ ἴσως εἴρηται παρὰ τοὺς θῶας. ³τινὲς δέ φασιν ὅτι φωνῇ ἐχρήσατο θρηνώδει ὁ χορὸς γραφῆναι μὴ δυναμένῃ, ἰυγμῷ ἢ καὶ ἰυγμοῦ τραχυτέρᾳ, ⁴ὅπερ εἰώθασι ποιεῖν αἱ γυναῖκες ἐπὶ τοῖς ὑπερβάλλουσι κακοῖς. ⁵ἃ γὰρ μὴ δύναται γράφεσθαι, ταῦτα δι’ ἑτέρων προσώπων δηλοῦται, ⁶οἷόν τι καὶ παρὰ τῷ κωμικῷ οἰκέτου στενάξαντος ἕτερός φησιν [Com. adespota 743a Kock = Arist. fr. dub. 967 K–A]· ‘ἀκούεις, ὡς στένει’. —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Having used a wild (animal-like) cry. And perhaps the word (‘thōussein’) has been formed by derivation from the word ‘jackals’ (‘thōes’). And some say that the chorus used a mournful sound that cannot be written, a cry of grief or a sound even harsher than that, which is just what women tend to do in extreme distress. Whatever (sounds on stage) cannot be written, these are made clear through (the statements of) other characters. For example, also in the comic poet when a slave uttered a groan, another says ‘do you hear how he groans?’

POSITION: cont. from all, prep. θωΰξασα δὲ M(θωύξας)BCRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,10–15; Dind. II.76,3–9

COMMENT: Cf. Et. Magn. 461,3–4 θωΰσσειν: τὸ θηριώδει φωνῇ χρῆσθαι· ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ θῶες· ἢ θρηνώδη, which suggests this note may once have had παρὰ τὸ θῶες.

Or. 168.06 (vet exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: ἀγρίως βοήσασα· ἀπὸ τοῦ ζωοῦ. —H

TRANSLATION: Having cried out wildly. (The verb is derived) from the animal (i.e., the word for ‘jackal’).

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 168.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: θηριώδει φωνῇ καὶ ἀσήμῳ χρησαμένη καὶ ἀγρίως βοήσασα —OVR^b

POSITION: marg. O, cont. from sch. 168.04 VR^b

APP. CRIT.: καὶ ἀσήμῳ om. O | καὶ ἀγρ. βοήσασα] ἐξ ὕπνου R^b, om. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,9 app.

Or. 168.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: καὶ βοήσασα δίκην θωὸς —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 168.15 (vet exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: †γράφεται καὶ ἐλάσασα. —MC

LEMMA: θωύξας in text M POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐγείρασα conj. Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,16

COMMENT: Two possible explanations: (1) γράφεται καὶ has been added in error to a gloss, reflecting an interpretation of θωΰσσειν as transitive (on the ready analogy of θοάζω, perhaps even alleged derivation from it), as also attested in the next gloss and in one of the glosses offered for θωΰσσειν in Hesych. θ 1365, θηριωδῶς ὁρμᾶν; (2) γράφεται καὶ is genuine, but it was originally followed by ἔλασας, and the note applied to the next word, ἔβαλες (see Willink 1986’s commentary and Diggle’s acceptance of ἔλασας in his text).

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 168.17 (tri metr) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: koinē short over omega, long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 47–48

Or. 168.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩: ¹ἡ ἐξ πρόθεσις πρὸς τὸ ἔβαλες, ²ἐξέβαλες δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξήγειρας. —MCR^b, partial B

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘out of’ (‘ex’) is to be attached to ‘you cast’ (‘ebales’), and (the compound) ‘you cast out of’ (‘exebales’) is equivalent to ‘you stirred up out of (rest)’ (‘exēgeiras’).

POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. B; cont. from sch. 168.07 R^b

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἡ ἐξ … ἔβαλες om. B | πρόθεσις om. R^b | 2 ἐξέβαλες δὲ om. R^b | δὲ om. B | τοῦ om. M

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἔβαλλες R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,18–19; Dind. II.76,14–15

Or. 168.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩: ἡ ἐξ πρὸς τὸ ἔβαλες, οἷον ἐξέβαλες ἐχώρισας τοῦ ὕπνου. —V

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘out of’ (‘ex’) is to be attached to ‘you cast’ (‘ebales’), as if to say ‘you cast out of, separated from, sleep’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 168.20 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩: ἐξέβαλες τοῦ ὕπνου —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐξέβαλε Zc

Or. 168.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες ὕπνου⟩: ἐξυπνεῖν ἐποίησας Ὀ[ρέστην]. —F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: last word lost to trimmed margin

Or. 168.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες⟩: ἐδίωξας ἤγουν ἀνέστησας αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 168.25 (tri metr) ⟨(ἔβ)αλες⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς συλλαβῆς —T

TRANSLATION: (The two short syllables ‘ales’ are) in place of a single (long) syllable.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 48

Or. 169.01 (vet exeg) εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ. ²καθησυχάζουσα δὲ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν φησὶν ὅτι καθεύδειν αὐτὸν νομίζω. ³διὸ ἐπιφέρει τὸ [173] ὑπνώσσει, ὁριστικὸν λέγων, ὡς ἀμφίβολον εἰποῦσα οὐκ ἔπεισεν. —BC

TRANSLATION: (Aorist ‘I thought’) used for (present) ‘I think’. Trying to calm Electra, she (the chorus) says that ‘I believe he is sleeping’. For this reason (i.e., the use of ‘think’) she adds later ‘he is asleep’, speaking in an indicative/definite form, since when she spoke with ambiguous caution she did not persuade (Electra).

LEMMA: C POSITION: marg. B

APP. CRIT.: 2 κατηχυσάζουσα C, καθηχυσάσουσα Arsenius (MeMu) | ὁριστικὸν ὑπνώσσει transp. C, but corr. with superscript numbers | 3 λέγων Mastr., λέγειν C, λέγει νῦν B (punct. after ὑπνώσσει and νῦν; no punct. C)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,22–24; Dind. II.76,16–18

COMMENT: Compare 169.03. B’s νῦν appears to be secondary, and its reference is clumsy in a note on 169, although it would work in a separate note on 173.

Or. 169.02 (rec paraphr) εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα: ἐνόμισα αὐτὸν ἐν βάθει κοιμᾶσθαι. —V

TRANSLATION: I thought he was resting in the depths (of sleep).

LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,20–21; Dind. II.76,20

Or. 169.03 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τὸ ἔδοξα ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ. ²ἐξ οὗ ἐπάγει τὸ [173] ὑπνώσσει ὁριστικόν, ἐπεὶ πρώην ἀμφίβολον εἶπε καὶ οὐκ ἔπεισε. —V

TRANSLATION: The (aorist) form ‘I thought’ is used for (present) ‘I think’. Because of this (use of ‘think’), she (the chorus) adds later ‘he is asleep’ as a definite statement (or in the indicative) since she spoke earlier with ambiguous caution and did not persuade (Electra).

LEMMA: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,22–24 app.; Dind. II.76,21–22

Or. 169.04 (thom exeg) ⟨εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα⟩: ἐθώϋξα μὲν —ZZaZbZm

TRANSLATION: (To understand ‘however, I thought he was sleeping’ supply before it) ‘admittedly, I did cry out’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This explanation without ναί shares the trait also seen in many annotations beginning with or consisting wholly of ναί: it clarifies the sense by making explicit the presupposition behind the statement at issue (here the adversative or corrective force of μέν οὖν). Compare the next as well as 168.11.

Or. 169.05 (tri paraphr) ⟨εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα⟩: ἐθώυξα μὲν, ἔδοξα δὲ κοιμᾶσθαι αὐτὸν. —T

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 169.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα⟩: κοιμᾶσθαι αὐτὸν ἐνόμισα. —Zb

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.

Or. 169.13 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔδοξα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ —HV³

TRANSLATION: (The aorist verb ‘edoxa’, ‘I believed’ is used) in the sense of (the present tense) ‘dokō’ (‘I believe’).

POSITION: marg. H, s.l. V

Or. 170.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀφ’ ἡμῶν⟩: μακρὰν ἀφ’ ἡμῶν ἀπέρχεσθε —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 170.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπ’ οἴκων⟩: μακρὰν τῶν ἐμῶν οἴκων —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 171.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ πόδα σὸν⟩: ἤτοι οὐχὶ στρέψεις εἰς τοὐπίσω τὸν σὸν πόδα ἀφ’ ἡμῶν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων οἴκων, ἀφεῖσα καὶ ἀμελοῦσα τοῦ κτύπου τοῦ ποιουμένου μετὰ σῶν ποδῶν [+ 2 short illegible words]. —R^a

REF. SYMBOL: R^a (to εἱλίξεις)

Or. 171.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ πόδα σὸν εἱλίξεις⟩: ἀναστρέψεις τὸν σὸν πόδα, ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ πάλιν καὶ τὸ ἀνά. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Will you turn back your step, with ‘ana’ and ‘palin’ used in parallel (to express the same idea).

POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. sch. in XoTG

APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.76,27–28

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 171.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ πόδα σὸν ἑλίξεις⟩: ἀνελίξεις καὶ εἰς τοὐπίσω στρέψεις —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 171.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ⟩: σύναπτε τὸ ἀνὰ πρὸς τὸ ἑλίξεις. —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: Join ‘ana’ to ‘helixeis’ (to form the compound verb).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰρίξεις Zb, εἱλίξεις Zl (as in text Zl)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.76,26–27

Or. 171.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἑλίξεις⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἀπέλθῃς αὖθις εἰς τὸν οἶκον σου. —Z

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 172.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μεθεμένα κτύπου⟩: παύου τῆς ταραχῆς. —G

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 172.09 ἀποστᾶσα

Or. 172.13 (rec gram) ⟨κτύπον⟩: μεθίεμαι προίεμαι αἰτιατικῇ. —K

LEMMA: κτύπον in text K POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The doctrine here, as far as μεθίημι/μεθίεμαι is concerned, is the opposite of the usual: Suda μ 789 μετίημι αιτιατικῇ; and several sch. rec. on Arist. Plut. 42 and 75 have τὸ μεθίημι ἐνεργητικῶς πρὸς αἰτακὴν συντάσσεται … παθητικῶς δὲ πρὸς γενικήν or the like. For προίεμαι, however, Suda π 2395 (and some derivative lexicons) give προέσθαι προτιμήσασθαι αιτιατικῇ.

Or. 172.14 (rec exeg) ⟨κτύπου⟩: κτύπον —AbMlMnSSa

LEMMA: κτύπον in text p.c. S POSITION: s.l., cont. from 172.05 ἐάσασα Ml

APP. CRIT.: ἢ τὸν prep. S

Or. 172.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτύπου⟩: τοῦ κτύπου οὗ ποιεῖτε —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.77,2

Or. 173.01 (vet exeg) ὑπνώσσει: ¹μὴ ταράσσου, φησὶν ὁ χορὸς, κοιμᾶται γάρ. ²τὰ γὰρ δύο σ̅σ̅ ἐνεστῶτος ποιοῦσι τὸ ῥῆμα. —H³MBCPr

TRANSLATION: Do not be distraught, says the chorus, for he is sleeping. For the double sigma makes the verb present tense (scil. as opposed to a future, with one sigma, from transitive ‘hupnoō’).

LEMMA: MC REF. SYMBOL: H³ POSITION: marg. B; between (out-of-order) sch. 147.05 and sch. 162.11 Pr (16r)

APP. CRIT.: 1 ταράσσαι H³ | 2 γὰρ] δὲ Pr | δύο om. C | ἐνεστῶτος Schw., ἐνε() H, ἐνεστωτ() B, ἐνεστῶτα M(‑ώτα)CPr | ποιοῦσι τὸ ῥῆμα] ῥῆμα ποιοῦσι τὸ ὑπνώσσω B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,26–27; Dind. II.76,19–20

Or. 173.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: μὴ ἔχε ταραχὴν καὶ θόρυβον ἐπεὶ —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 173.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: μέλλων —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μέλλει Aa²

Or. 173.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: [ ca. 15 ](?)μακρὰ(?) κυρίως τοῦ μέλλοντος / [? ca. 10 ]. —K

POSITION: in lower marg.

COMMENT: The lower left corner of the page has water damage. The three words that seem most secure suggest this note was related to 173.01 and 173.03.

Or. 173.10 (rec gram) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: τ[ὸ σ]ωφρονεῖν πρὸς τὸ μαίνεσθαι· τὸ νήφειν πρὸς τὸ μεθύειν· καὶ τὸ γρηγορεῖν πρὸς τὸ ὑπνώττειν. —K

TRANSLATION: To be sound-minded is the opposite of to be insane. To be sober is the opposite of to be drunk. And to be awake is the opposite of to be asleep.

POSITION: in lower marg.

COMMENT: The only example in TLG of γρηγορεῖν and ὑπνώτττειν used as opposites is in Manuel Holobolus (13–14th cent.). | Here on fol. 61v there is another partial line, damaged, below this. It ends in {ca. 9–10 letters]χαριστῶ ([ca. 7–8 + εὐ]χαριστῶ?). Since this is not an infinitive (and there is no obvious antonym of εὑχαριστῶ), this must be a separate note (or scribal prayer?) and not a continuation of the list of antonyms. Below this is another damaged short phrase, ἤ(γουν) [ca. 6–8, ]ω κακὰ(?) κυρεῖν(?) τοῦ μέλλ()τ(ος).

Or. 173.11 (vet exeg) λέγεις εὖ: ¹ἀληθῶς καὶ καλῶς λέγεις. ²ταῦτα δέ φησι σκοπήσασα αὐτὸν κοιμώμενον. —MBOCPr

TRANSLATION: You speak truly and well. And she says this having seen that he is sleeping.

LEMMA: MCPr POSITION: marg. B, s.l. O

APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ καλῶς λέγεις om. O | 2 δέ om. O | αὐτὸν κοιμώμενον] Schw. (from next), ἀποκοιμώμενον O, ἀπὸ τοῦ κοιμωμένου MBCPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,1–2; Dind. II.77,3–4

Or. 173.12 (rec exeg) λέγεις εὖ: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀληθῶς λέγεις. ²ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ θεωρήσασα αὐτὸν κοιμώμενόν φησιν. —VMnR^bSSa, partial V¹

TRANSLATION: Meaning you speak truly. She says (this) since she has herself too observed him sleeping.

LEMMA: lemma VR^b REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: s.l. except VR

APP. CRIT.: 2 ὡς καὶ κτλ om. V¹ | ὡς om. S | αὐτὸν θεωρ. transp. Mn | αὐτὸν κοιμ. om. S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,3–4; Dind. II.77,4–5

Or. 173.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγεις εὖ⟩: ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν ‘εὖ λέγεις’ προσήγγισε καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τῷ Ὀρέστῃ καὶ οὕτως λέγει τὸ εὖ. —F

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors

Or. 173.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγεις εὖ⟩: ἐὰν τοῦτο γένηται —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 173.19 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 48

Or. 174.01 (174–186) (tri metr) πότνια πότνια: ⁰ἡ βʹ αὕτη στροφὴ κώλων ἐστὶ ιγʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ τροχαϊκὸν πενθημιμερὲς ἐκ δύο χορείων. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰαμβικόν. ^2‑3τὸ βʹ καὶ γʹ παιωνικὰ ἡμιόλια ἐκ παίωνων δʹ καὶ ἰάμβων. ⁴τὸ δʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ χορείων. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ὅμοιον τῷ αʹ καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ μακρᾶς διαλελυμένης ἐν τούτῳ. ⁵τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ. ⁶τὸ ϛʹ παιωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων πρώτων βʹ, τοῦ πρώτου πενταβράχεος, καὶ δύο συλλαβῶν ἀδιαφόρων. ^7‑8τὸ ζʹ καὶ τὸ ηʹ ὅμοια τῷ βʹ. ⁹τὸ θʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος βʹ καὶ πρώτου. ¹⁰τὸ ιʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ βʹ ἀναπαίστων καὶ ἰάμβου. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος γʹ καὶ διιάμβου. ¹¹τὸ ιαʹ δακτυλικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς. ¹²τὸ ιβʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἢ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς ἐκ τριῶν χορείων καὶ συλλαβῆς. ¹³τὸ ιγʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος αʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, διτροχαίου καὶ ἐπιτρίτου γʹ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον, ἢ ἰωνικοῦ. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος καὶ διπλαῖ ἔσω καὶ ἔξω νενευκυῖαι, ἡ μὲν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ κώλου, ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸ τέλος, δηλοῦσαι ἔχειν ἀνταπόδοσιν. —T

¹174=195 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,‒ / ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,‒
πότνια πότνια Νύξ, [koinē short symbol twice]
ἔκανες ἔθανες, ὦ
²175=196 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ὑπνοδότειρα τῶν
τεκομένα με μᾶ-
³176=197 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
πολυπόνων βροτῶν
τερ, ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας
⁴177=198 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,⏑⏑ / ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,⏑͡⏑
Ἐρεβόθεν ἴθι, μόλε
πατέρα τέκνα τε τάδε
⁵178=199 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
μόλε κατάπτερος
σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος·
⁶179=200 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑⏑,⏔⏑⏑⏑,⏑⏑
τὸν Ἀγαμεμνόνειον ἐπὶ δόμον.
ὀλόμεθ’ ἰσονέκυες ὀλόμεθα. (200)
⁷180=201 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ὑπὸ γὰρ ἀλγέων
σύ τε γὰρ ἐν νεκροῖς
⁸181=202 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ὑπό τε συμφορᾶς
τό τ’ ἐμὸν οἴχεται
⁹182=203 ⏑‒⏑⏑,‒⏑⏑⏑
διοιχόμεθ’ οἰχόμεθα
βίου τὸ πλέον μέρος ἐν
¹⁰183=204 ⏑⏑‒⏑⏑‒,⏑‒ / ⏑⏑‒⏑,⏑‒⏑‒
κτύπον ἀγάγετ’· οὔμενουν
στοναχαῖσί τε καὶ γόοις
¹¹184=205 ‒⏑⏑‒⏑⏑‒⏑⏑‒
σῖγα φυλασσομένα στόματος
δάκρυσί τ’ ἐννυχίοις ἄγαμος
¹²185=206 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,⏑͡⏑⏑⏑ / ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⏑͡⏑⏑
ἀνὰ κέλαδον ἄπο λέχεος
ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος ἅτε βίοτον
¹³186=207 ‒⏑⏑⏑,‒⏑‒⏑,‒ ‒⏑‒
ἥσυχον ὕπνου χαρὰν παρέξεις, φίλα;
ἁ μέλεος ἐς τὸν αἰὲν ἕλκω χρόνον.

TRANSLATION: This second strophe consists of thirteen cola. The first is a trochaic penthemimer consisting of two chorei; or if you prefer, iambic. The second and third cola are paeonic of one and a half measures, consisting of fourth paeons and iambs (scil. one paeon, one iamb in each). The fourth colon is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter consisting of chorei; or if you prefer, like the first colon, with the long syllable found there resolved in this one. The fifth is similar to the second. The sixth is a brachycatalectic paeonic dimeter composed of two first paeons, the first being of five syllables, and two indifferent syllables. The seventh and eighth are like the second. The ninth is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter composed of a second paeon and a first paeon. The tenth is a brachycatalectic antispastic dimeter consisting of two anapaests and an iamb; or if you prefer, an acatalectic ionic dimeter composed of a third paeon and a double iamb. The eleventh is a dactylic hephthemimer (scil. three and a half dactyls). The twelfth is a trochaic or iambic hephthemimer composed of three chorei and a syllable. The thirteenth is an acatalectic ionic a maiore trimeter composed of a first paeon in place of an ionic, a double trochee, and a third epitrite because of the (final) indifferent (syllable), or an ionic. At the end a paragraphos and diple-marks pointing inwards and outwards, one at the beginning of the colon, the other at the end, the marks indicating that (the strophe) has corresponsion.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.11,19–12,4; de Fav. 48

COMMENT: The description of colon 6 (179=200) requires that the third syllable of Ἀγαμεμνόνειον be treated as short, although Triclinius does not apply his koinē short symbol here. Matthiae proposed and Dindorf accepted τοῦ βʹ πεντασυλλάβου, Dindorf arguing that the five-short sequence was ‑νόνιον ἐπὶ, but Triclinius wrote ‑νόνειον ἐπὶ, which indeed gives an ordinary first paeon ‑νειον ἐπὶ in 179 before the two extra syllables. It is unusual, however, that he does not here note the difference in the corresponding line 200, where the second first paeon is also of five syllables.

Or. 174.02 (174–186) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων ιγʹ —T

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 48

Or. 174.03 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νύξ: ἐπικαλεῖται τὴν Νύκτα πρὸς τὸ κοιμίσαι τὸν Ὀρέστην. —HMBVCMlMnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: She invokes Night to ask her to put Orestes to sleep.

LEMMA: V, πότνια MnMlR^bS REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b POSITION: intermarg. HMC, s.l. B

APP. CRIT.: πρὸς τὸ] εἰς τὸ MlMnSSaSSa, εἰς πρὸς τὸ R^b | κοιμῆσαι CMlR^b, προκοιμῆσαι SSa, προσκοιμήσαι Mn, κοιμηθῆναι M

APP. CRIT. 2: κοιμῖσαι H, corr. H³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,5; Dind. II.77,11–12

Or. 174.04 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νὺξ ὑπνοδότειρα: ¹ὁ κατὰ φύσιν ὕπνος ἐξ ὑγρότητος γίνεται· ²ὑγρὰ δὲ ἡ νὺξ ἀφισταμένου τοῦ ἡλίου τοῦ ξηραίνοντος καὶ θερμαίνοντος τὸν ἀέρα. ³ὁ τοίνυν Ὀρέστης ἐξηραμμένος ὑπὸ νόσου τε καὶ ἀσιτίας, ὑγρανθεὶς τῷ νυκτερινῷ καταστήματι μᾶλλον κοιμηθήσεται, ἄλλως τε καὶ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἠρεμουσῶν ἐν σκότῳ. ⁴ἕπεται ὕπνος ἡσυχίᾳ αἰσθήσεων καὶ κινήσεων. —MBVCMnPrR^b1R^b2SSa, partial HH³Rw

TRANSLATION: Sleep that occurs naturally comes from moisture. Night is moist because of the departure of the sun that dries and warms the air. Thus, Orestes, dried out by sickness and lack of food, once moistened by the nighttime weather, will more likely fall asleep, especially because the senses are at rest in the darkness. Sleep follows upon inactivity of senses and movements.

LEMMA: MC, ὑπνοδότειρα B, νὺξ ὑπνοδότειρα Rw, πότνια νὺξ Pr REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: cont. from prev. VMlMnR^b2SSa, all with ὁ γὰρ; R^b1 version appended to sch. 162.11 (beg. last line of 92r)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,6–11; Dind. II.77,12–17

KEYWORDS: scientific explanation

Or. 174.05 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νύξ: ¹τοῦτο τὸ μέλος ἐπὶ ταῖς λεγομέναις νήταις ᾄδεται καί ἐστιν ὀξύτατον. ²ἀπίθανον οὖν τὴν Ἠλέκτραν ὀξείᾳ φωνῇ κεχρῆσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα ἐπιπλήσσουσαν τῷ χορῷ. ³ἀλλὰ κέχρηται μὲν τῷ ὀξεῖ ἀναγκαίως, οἰκεῖον γὰρ τῶν θρηνούντων, λεπτότατα δὲ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα. —H³BPr

TRANSLATION: This song is sung on the so-called lowermost strings and is very high-pitched. So it is unconvincing (scil. as part of the poet’s duty of dramatic representation) that Electra use a high-pitched voice, especially when she is rebuking the chorus (for being too loud). But she does use the high pitch, necessarily—for this is proper to those lamenting—, but in as softly as she possibly can.

LEMMA: H³, ἄλλως in marg. B, ἄλλως Pr REF. SYMBOL: H³ POSITION: between sch. 177.01 and 183.11 in BPr

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ὀξέα B | ἐπιπλήσουσα H³, ἐπιπλήσουσαν Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,14–17; Dind. II.77,19–23

KEYWORDS: ἀπίθανον | criticism and defence of poet

Or. 174.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πότνια πότνια νύξ⟩: ὡς θεὸν εἶχον τὴν νύκτα τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὰ πάντα. —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 174.07 (tri metr) ⟨πότνια πότνια⟩: koinē short over each omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 48

Or. 175.04 (mosch exeg) ὑπνοδότειρα: ¹ἡ τοὺς ὕπνους δωρουμένη τοῖς πολυπόνοις βροτοῖς. ²δίδωσι δὲ τοὺς ὕπνους ἡ νὺξ ἐξαιρέτως διὰ τὸ ὑγρὰ εἶναι τῇ ἀποστάσει τοῦ ἡλίου τοῦ ξηραίνοντος τὸν ἀέρα. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: She who gives sleep to mortals who have many toils. Night in particular gives sleep because she is moist because of the withdrawal of the sun that dries the air.

LEMMA: TG REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr

APP. CRIT.: 2 τὸν ἀέρα om. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.77,24–78,2

Or. 175.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: τὸν ὕπνον τοῖς βροτοῖς δωρουμένη —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 175.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: διδοῦσα τὸν ὕπνον τοῦ πολυπόνου βροτοῦ —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 175.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: ὡς ὄνομα τὸ δώτειρα λαβέ. —Yf²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 176.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶν πολυπόνων βροτῶν⟩: λείπει τὸ ⟨τῷ⟩ πλήθει. —R

TRANSLATION: Supply ‘to the multitude’ (i.e., to govern ‘of mortals who have many toils’).

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 177.01 (vet exeg) Ἐρεβόθεν ἴθι: ¹ἔδει ἐκ Χάους εἰπεῖν, ὡς Ἡσίοδος· ²[Hes. Theog. 123] ‘ἐκ Χάεος Ἔρεβός τε μέλαινά τε Νὺξ ἐγένοντο’. —MBVCMlMnPr^aPr^bR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) should have said ‘from Chaos’, as Hesiod: ‘from Chaos Erebus and black Night were born’.

LEMMA: MVCMlMnR^bSSa(om. ἐρεβόθεν, leaving blank space), cont. from sch. 174.04, add. δὲ, BPr^a; labels χάος and ἡσίοδος add. in marg. late hand in B REF. SYMBOL: MVMlR^b POSITION: s.l. Pr^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐρεβός τε μελαινά τε Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,12–13; Dind. II.77,18–19

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Hesiod

Or. 177.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: ¹Ἐρεβόθεν ἐλθεῖν τὴν νύκτα καλεῖ, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ χάους. ²κατερχομένου γὰρ τοῦ ἡλίου εἰς τὸ ὑπὸ γῆν ἡμισφαίριον, σκότος ἐπάνω τῆς γῆς γίνεται, ὥσπερ ἐκ τῶν κάτωθεν ἀνιέναι δοκοῦν, ³οὐχ ὡς ὂν ἐν τοῖς κάτω καὶ ἀνερχόμενον, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦτο ὑφίσταται, οὐκ ἔχον αὐτὸ καθ’ ἑαυτὸ οἰκείαν ὑπόστασιν. ⁴ἐλθεῖν δὲ λέγει τὴν νύκτα οὐχ ἵνα γένηται νύξ ⁵(πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε ἡμέρας οὔσης;), ⁶ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ ἐν νυκτὶ ὑπνώττουσιν ἄνθρωποι, διὰ τοῦτο τοῦτο φησίν, ⁷ἄλλως τε καὶ οἱ κοιμώμενοι ὥσπερ νύκτα ἔχουσι διὰ τὸ μὴ ὁρᾶν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: She calls on Night to come from Erebus, that is, from the dark abyss. For when the sun goes down into the hemisphere beneath the earth, darkness occurs above the earth, seeming as it were to rise up from regions below, not because it really is in the regions below and comes up, but by the absense of light this (darkness) exists, not having in and of itself an existence of its own. And she tells night to come not in order than night may fall—for how would that be possible when it is daytime?—, but because in the night humans sleep, for this reason she says this. Above all, those who sleep have a sort of night because they do not see.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.: Zl damaged and mostly lost to trimming after 2 ἐπάνω τῆς | 1 τὴν νύκτα ἐλθεῖν app. transp. Zl | 2 ὑπὸ γῆς Gu | 3 καὶ om. Zb | 6 οἱ ἄνθρ. Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.78,3–11

KEYWORDS: scientific explanation

Or. 177.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: ¹ἡ ἀπουσία τοῦ φωτὸς ἐστὶν ἡ νύξ· ²ὡσαύτως ἡ ἀπουσία τῆς νυκτὸς τὸ φῶς. —Yf²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 177.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἴθι⟩: πρό⟨ι⟩θι καὶ εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐλθέ. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 178.07 (mosch exeg) κατάπτερος: ταχεῖα ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως —XXaXbXoT⁺Yf²GrC²

TRANSLATION: (Meaning) ‘swift’, (the adjective) used instead of (the adverb) ‘swiftly’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X, intermarg. C²

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X | ταχεῖα ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ C²

APP. CRIT. 2: ταχέα X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.78,11–12

Or. 179.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμεμνόνειον⟩: καὶ τὸν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἤτοι τοῦ Ὀρέστου —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 179.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δόμον⟩: γράφεται καὶ ἐπὶ δόμων. —M

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,19

COMMENT: Schw. emended to δόμον, assuming the note comes from a ms that (unlike M itself) had ἐπὶ γόνον in the text.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 179.04 (rec exeg) ⟨δόμον⟩: γρ. γόνον. —V³AbCrMnPrRSSaOx

POSITION: s.l. except marg. AbR

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 182.01 (pllgn rhet) ⟨διοιχόμεσθ’ οἰχόμεσθα⟩: παρένθεσις —B^3a

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: παρένθεσις

Or. 182.09a (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οἰχόμεθα αὐτοὶ· πλεονάζει τὸ σ̅. —C²

TRANSLATION: (‘Oichomestha’ is) equivalent to ‘oichometha’ (‘we are gone’). The sigma is superfluous.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: πλεονάζουσι C²

KEYWORDS: πλεονάζει

Or. 183.01 (vet exeg) ⟨κτύπον ἠγάγετ’⟩: καὶ τοῦτο κατὰ ἀναφώνησιν λέγει ἡ Ἠλέκτρα. —MB

TRANSLATION: This too Electra speaks as a (suddenly louder) exclamation.

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,20; Dind. II.78,14–15

COLLATION NOTES: B probably by first hand, but rewritten later.

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines | ἀναφώνησις/ἀναφωνέω

Or. 183.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨183 κτύπον⟩: … μ(ην) / …υν / …ες (or …ους) —R

REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: remnant of damaged note or notes

Or. 183.08 (183–186) (vet paraphr) οὐχὶ σῖγα σῖγα: ¹oὐ σιωπήσεις, φησὶν, ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος φυλασσομένη τὸ ἀνακελαδεῖν καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης ὕπνου χάριν ἥσυχον αὐτῷ παρέξεις; ²ἢ τὸν κέλαδον ἄπωθεν τοῦ λέχους ποιουμένη. ³οἷον· οὐ σιγήσεις καὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας αὐτὸν ἐάσεις κοιμηθῆναι; —MBVCMlMnPrR^aR^bSSa, partial HO

TRANSLATION: Will you not be silent, she says, warding off from your mouth the raising of a loud cry, and will you not let him enjoy in peace the delight of sleep that derives from the bed? Or, making the loud cry far off from the bed. As if to say, will you not be silent and let him sleep in peace?

LEMMA: οὐχὶ σίγα σίγα B, σίγα σίγα φυλασσομένα M(‑όμενα)C, σίγα σίγα VMlMnPrR^bSa, ἵγα σίγα S (σίγα σίγα in text all) REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σιωπήσει Sa, σιόπησις Ml | κοτης R^b | 2 ἄπωθεν] OC, ἄποθεν others (except om. Ml) | λέχεος MOC | 3 οἶον M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,21–25; Dind. II.78,19–23

Or. 183.09 (tri exeg) ⟨οὐχὶ⟩: ‘οὔμενουν’ γράφειν χρὴ ἐνταῦθα, ἢ ‘οὐδαμῶς’. ἁρμόζει γὰρ ἀμφότερα τῷ μέτρῳ. τὸ δὲ οὐχὶ ἐλλιπές ἐστιν. —T

TRANSLATION: One should write here (in place of transmitted ‘ouchi’, ‘not’) ‘oumenoun’ (‘no indeed’), or ‘oudamōs’ (‘in no way’). For both fit the meter, but ‘ouchi’ is deficient (in number of syllables).

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.12,5–6; de Fav. 48

COMMENT: Triclinius accepts the speaker-division found in some mss that assigns the negative to the chorus and has Electra resume with σῖγα/σίγα.

KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by | assignment of speaker

Or. 184.01 (184–186) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα φυλασσομένα⟩: ¹εἰ φυλάξεις, φησὶ, τὸν κέλαδον καὶ τὸν ἦχον καὶ τὴν φώνην σου ἄπο καὶ μακρὰν τῆς στρωμνῆς αὐτοῦ, ²ἤγουν σιωπήσεις καὶ οὐ λαλεῖς πλησίον αὐτοῦ, ³δώσεις τούτῳ ἥσυχον χαρὰν ὕπνου. —Y²Yf²

TRANSLATION: If you will keep the loud cry and the tumult and your voice away from and far from his bed, that is, will be silent and not speak near him, you will give this man peaceful enjoyment of sleep.

APP. CRIT.: 1 σου om. Yf² | ἀπομακρὰν (καὶ om.) Y²

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 χαρᾶς Y²

Or. 184.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: μετὰ σιγῆς, διαλέγου δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι om. GZc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.78,16

Or. 184.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φυλασσομένα⟩: τὸ ἀνά ἀπὸ τοῦ + damaged word —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The note apparently is trying to convey that ἀνα in the next line should be joined to this participle to make ἀναφυλασσομένα. In fact a hypodiastole has been added by a later hand to divide ἀνα from κέλαδον, along with a grave on the second alpha of ἀνα (one might have expected an acute to be added on the first alpha instead). The damaged word ought perhaps to be κέλαδον, but although the first trace of the damaged word does look like κ, the next trace looks more like α or ευ than ε, and the suspended remainder of the word does not look like any part of λαδον.

Or. 184.07 (thom paraphr) φυλασσομένα: ἤγουν ἀφεῖσα μεγάλα βοᾶν πλησίον τῆς αὐτοῦ κοίτης καὶ πόρρω γενομένη ὀνήσεις αὐτὸν ὡς ὑπνώσσοντα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, ceasing to cry out loudly near his bed and removing yourself to a distance you will benefit him, since he is sleeping.

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | ὡς ὑπν. om. Zl (margin lost to trimming, but probably not enough space)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀφῆσα Z | ὑπνώσοντα Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.78,23–25

Or. 184.11 (rec metr) ⟨φυλασσομένα⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 185.08 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀπὸ λέχεος⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ λέχους χαράν —MC

TRANSLATION: The delight (that derives) from the bed.

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. C

APP. CRIT.: τὴν] τινὰ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.26

Or. 185.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄπο λέχεος⟩: ἔξωθεν τοῦ λέχους ἅπτε· δεῖ λαμβάνειν ἔξωθεν σύνδεσμον ἵνα. —Pr

TRANSLATION: Link ‘of the bed’ from outside (scil. it does not go with the preposition just before it). It is necessary to supply from outside a conjunction ‘in order that’ (scil. to relate the imperatives ‘siga siga’ in 184 to the next finite verb ‘parexeis’ in 186).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἅπτε] απτ() Pr

COMMENT: The first sentence perhaps means that the genitive ‘the bed’ does not go with the preposition that directly precedes it but with something else (χαρὰν?). As to the second sentence, an alternative would be to consider the note incomplete and treat ἵνα as introducting ἵνα ᾖ … . In either case, the suggestion of supplying a conjunction seems to assume the imperative reading σίγα σίγα (but Pr itself has σιγᾶ σιγᾶ in its text here).

Or. 186.01 (rec exeg) ἥσυχον ὕπνου χαρὰν: τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης —R^b

LEMMA: ἥσυχον R^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b

APP. CRIT.: κοι*τῆς R^b, perhaps κοιττ a.c.

Or. 186.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥσυχον⟩: γρ. ἡσύχως. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 186.09 (rec exeg) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης ἡδονήν —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 186.13 (rec exeg) ⟨παρέξεις⟩: εἰ τοῦτο ποιήσεις —MnB^3a

POSITION: s.l., B over φίλα (displaced by earlier glosses), Mn over ἥσυχον ὕπνου

APP. CRIT.: εἰς Mn

Or. 186.14 (rec exeg) ⟨παρέξεις⟩: εἰ ποιήσεις οὕτως —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰ] καὶ Sa

Or. 186.18 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 186.20 (tri metr) diple pointing outwards at left, paragraphos and diple pointing inwards at right —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 48

Or. 187.01 (187–194) (tri metr) θρόει τίς κακῶν: ¹τὸ παρὸν σύστημα ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ πρὸ τῆς εἰρημένης στροφῆς συστήματι, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ [166] ‘ὁρᾷς ἐν πέπλοις’. ²καὶ τοῦτο γὰρ κώλων ἐστὶν ὁμοίων ηʹ. ³ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: The present metrical system is similar to the system [166–173] that precedes the strophe just discussed [174–186], of which the first words are [166] ‘do you see in his robes’. For this one too is of eight similar cola. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 app. κῶλον a.c. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.12,7–9; de Fav. 48

Or. 187.02 (vet exeg) θρόει τίς κακῶν: ¹λέγε ποῖον τέλος αὐτὸν ἐκδέχεται, ²πότερον δύναται ῥαΐσαι ἢ οὔ. —HMBCPr^aPr^bR, partial OG

TRANSLATION: Say what sort of end awaits him, whether he can find relief (from his sickness) or not.

LEMMA: BPr^a, θρόει MC REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: s.l. OPr^bG, marg. H, intermarg. M; λέγε spaced as if sep. gloss on θρόει O; cont. from sch. 186.01 R^b, prep. ἠ θρόει (sic)

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ῥᾶισαι R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,1–2; Dind. II.78,27–28

Or. 187.03 (vet exeg) ¹εἰπὲ ποῖον ἔσται τὸ πέρας, ποῖον τέλος αὐτὸν μένει. ²ἆρά γε ῥαΐσει τῆς νόσου ἢ οὔ; —MC, partial BPr

TRANSLATION: Say of what sort the final conclusion will be, what sort of end awaits him. Will he indeed get relief from his sickness or not?

POSITION: cont. from prev. all (intermarg. M)

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ πέρας ποῖον τέλος] τὸ τέλος ποῖον τὸ πέρας B, τέλος ποῖον πέρας Pr | ἑαυτὸν M(ἐ‑)C | 2 ἆρά γε κτλ. om. BPr

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἄρα γε MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,3–4; Dind. II.78,28–29

Or. 187.04 (pllgn paraphr) λέγε ποῖον τέλος αὐτὸν εἰσδέχεται τῶν κακῶν. —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 187.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨τελευτὰ μένει⟩: ποῦ τὸ τοῦ κακοῦ τέλος; —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 187.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨τελευτὰ μένει⟩: τί τέλος καὶ ποῦ μέλλει καταντῆσαι τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην; —MlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μέλλει om. Mn | τὰ om. MlS | κατὰ om. MlMn

Or. 187.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τελευτὰ μένει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τί τέλος ἀναμένει τῷ Ὀρέστῃ δηλονότι. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 187.16 (rec metr) τελευτὰ: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 187.18 (rec exeg) ⟨μελετᾶ⟩: τελευτὰ —Rw^rec

LEMMA: μελετᾶ in text Rw POSITION: s.l.

Or. 187.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μένει⟩: ἆρα δύναται ῥαισθῆναι τῆς νόσου ἢ οὔ; —V³

POSITION: marg.

Or. 187.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μένει⟩: πότερον ῥαΐσαι ἢ οὔ; —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 188.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί δ’ ἄλλο⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι τί δ’ ἄλλο γ’. —B²

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: γ (no apostrophe) B²

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 188.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί δ’ ἄλλο⟩: τέλος μένει αὐτὸν —V³

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: Dot in front.

Or. 189.01 (vet exeg) ⟨οὔτε⟩: περισσὸς ὁ τ̅ε̅. —MC

TRANSLATION: (In the compound negative ‘oute’) the ‘te’ is redundant (and should be ignored).

LEMMA: οὔτε in text MC POSITION: marg. MC (both beside 188)

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 189.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχει⟩: γρ. ζητεῖ. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 189.09 (tri exeg) ⟨πόθον ἔχει⟩: ¹‘ἴσχει πόθον’ χρὴ γράφειν, οὐ ‘πόθον ἔχει’. ²οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ τοῦ πρώτου συστήματος κῶλον οἰκείως. ³καὶ τὸ ἄρα δὲ ἐνταῦθα, εἰ καὶ συμπερασματικόν ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ οὖν ἀντὶ μακροῦ λαμβάνεται παρὰ τοῖς ποιηταῖς ὡς καὶ τὸ ἀπορηματικὸν ἐνίοτε ἀντὶ βραχέος. ⁴διὰ τοῦτο μὲν περισπᾶται ἀντιστρόφως, ἐκεῖνο δὲ ὀξύνεται. —T

TRANSLATION: One must write ‘ischei pothon’, not ‘echei pothon’ (‘has any longing’). For thus it is suitably matched to the colon of the (corresponding) first metrical system. And the word ‘ara’ (with acute on first syllable) here (in the next line, 190), even though it is inferential (expressing a conclusion), even so it is treated as having a long (first alpha) in the poets, just as also the dubitative use (scil. ‘ara’ with circumflex on first syllable) is sometimes treated as having a short (first alpha). For this reason it (the inferential use) is circumflexed in inverse fashion (scil. compared to its normal accent), and that other one (the dubitative use) is given an acute accent.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.12,11–15; II.79,2–7; de Fav. 49

COMMENT: The meaning of ‘for this reason’ in the final sentence seems to be ‘because of the poetic license just described’. | As Diggle’s apparatus indicates, it looks as if the acute on ἄρ’ in the text here is written in an erasure, so that Triclinius himself seems to have first written ἆρ’ in copying this page.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως | Triclinius, emendation by

Or. 190.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πρόδηλος ἆρ’ ὁ πότμος⟩: προφανὴς ἄρα ἡ τύχη τοῦ θανάτου δηλονότι —XAa²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 190.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨πρόδηλος ἆρ’⟩: φανερὸς εἰ ταῦθ’ οὕτως ἔχει. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,11–12

Or. 190.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨πρόδηλος⟩: καὶ φανερὸς ὑπάρχει —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 190.09 (rec gram) ⟨πρόδηλος⟩: ἐπίσημος καὶ κλεινὸς —Mn

POSITION: upper right corner of 14r (190 is on 13v)

COMMENT: Mn occasionally has teacher’s notes in the margins, some not relevant to the text of the play. If this note is relevant, the only word on the facing folios 13v and 14r to which it might apply is πρόδηλος, and if so, presumably as a vocabulary lesson and not as an explanation of its sense in the passage.

Or. 190.11 (vet exeg) ⟨πότμος⟩: εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐσθίει, τεθνήξεται. —MVCGPrSZuB^3a

TRANSLATION: For if he does not eat, he will die.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. MCB^3a, s.l. others

APP. CRIT.: μὴ γὰρ οὐκ Pr | γὰρ om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐσθίῃ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,5; Dind. II.79,10

Or. 190.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πότμος⟩: ἡ τύχη τοῦ θανάτου δηλονότι —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι om. GZc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,12

Or. 190.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πότμος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ —Yf²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 190.16 (tri metr) πότμος: koinē long over first omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 49

Or. 191.01 (191–193) (vet paraphr) ἐξέθυσ’ ὁ Φοῖβος ἡμᾶς: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπώλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Ἀπόλλων πατροφόνου μητρὸς αἷμα δούς, ²οἷον ἐνδοὺς ἡμῖν καὶ κελεύσας τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον ἐργάσασθαι. ³τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς μέλεον ἀποδοὺς αἷμα φόνον πατροκτόνου μητρός. —MBVCMlMnPr^aR^bSSa, partial HPr^b

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: Apollo destroyed us by granting the bloodshed of a mother who killed our father. As it were, having granted to us and enjoined (us) to accomplish the murder of our mother. The run of the sense is: having given back (as our right) wretched bloodshed, the killing of a mother who killed our father.

LEMMA: MB(ἐξέφυσ’)CMlMnS, ἐξέθυσ’ ὁ Φοῖβος VPr^aR^b, ἐξέθυσεν Rw (as if first word of sch.) REF. SYMBOL: BVMlR^b POSITION: marg. H, s.l. Pr^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 προφόνου Ml, πρὸ φονου R^b | αἷμα] αἰμα p.c. S (αι** a.c.) | 3 ἐξῆς Mn | ἀπὸδοὺς Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,6–9; Dind. II.79,14–17

Or. 191.02 (191–193) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἡ ἐξ πρὸς τὸ πατροφόνου. ²τουτέστι· δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸ αἷμα καὶ τὸν φόνον τῆς πατροφόνου μητρός. ³οἷον· ἐγχειρίσας ἡμῖν καὶ κελεύσας ἀπὸ τοῦ φόνου καὶ τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς τιμωρῆσαι τῷ πατρί. ⁴δύναται δὲ καὶ ἀποδούς. —MBCRw, partial VPr

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘ex’ (‘out of’) is to be taken (or understood) with ‘patrophonou’ (‘killer of a father’). That is, having granted us the bloodshed and killing of the mother who killed our father. As it were, entrusting to us and enjoining the avenging of our father from the murder and bloodshed of our mother. It can also mean ‘having given back (as due)’.

LEMMA: M(in marg.)BCPr, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, μέλεον ἀπόφονον V REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 αἷματος M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,10–13; Dind. II.79,17–20

COMMENT: The combination of different views is particularly striking here. The first and third sentence seem to reflect an (eccentric) interpretation of the genitive μητρὸς as expressing source, while the second takes the genitive as a normal objective one. One could transpose sentence 3 to follow sentence 1; but if they were once joined, one might expect to see ἐξ and not ἀπὸ used in the paraphrase. Note that the separation in sense of ἐξ from ἐξέθυσ’ is also adopted in 192.23, whereas such an interpretation is implicitly rejected in the glosses 191.08, 191.09.

Or. 191.03 (191–193) (pllgn paraphr) ἤτοι ἀπώλεσε κελεύσας τῆς πατροφόνου μητρὸς τὸν φόνον —V³

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι ἀπώλεσε reused from V¹ gloss 191.04

Or. 191.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἐξέθυσεν⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 49

Or. 192.01 (192–193) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μέλεον ἀπόφονον αἷμα δοὺς⟩: ¹δοὺς ἀντὶ τοῦ συγχωρήσας καὶ κελεύσας τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον ἐργάσασθαι, ²τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς τὸν μέλεον τὸν ἀπόφονον καὶ τὸν μισητὸν τὸν ἐπὶ κακῷ γεγονότα. —Y²Yf²

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 μέλον Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,24–26

Or. 192.02 (192–193) (pllgn paraphr) δοὺς καὶ κελεύσας τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον ἐργάσασθαι —Gu

POSITION: marg.

Or. 192.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μέλεον⟩: τὸ αἷμα πρὸς τὸ μέλεον. —V³

POSITION: marg.

Or. 192.09 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: οὐκ ἄξιον ὄντα γενέσθαι, ἀποφυγῆς ἄξιον φόνον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aG^bGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Apophonon’ means) ‘murder that ought not to occur, that merits avoidance’.

LEMMA: TG REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XG^aT and Xo(οὐκ … γένεσθαι in marg., ἀποφυγῆς κτλ s.l.)

APP. CRIT.: φόνου Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,23–24

Or. 192.16 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: ἄπω φόνου ἤγουν ἄδικον —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἄπου Zm

COMMENT: Although the root ἄπω assumed by ancient grammarians as the base of ἄπωθεν was described as μὴ εἰρημένον (Gram.Gr. 3:1.500,25) and is thus not present in dictionaries, it is treated as a legitimate form in Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 796, 804, and here ZmGu reflect that belief.

Or. 192.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα δούς⟩: διότι χρέος εἶχε θανεῖν ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα διὰ τὸν φόνον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 192.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοὺς⟩: ἡ ἐξ εἰς τὸ δούς· ἐκδούς. —B^3a

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,21

COMMENT: For the transfer in sense of ἐξ to another word compare 191.02.

Or. 192.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δούς⟩: καὶ παραχωρήσας ἡμῖν δηλονότι ὥστε κατεργάσαθαι —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 193.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πατροφόνου⟩: τῆς τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα φονευσάσης —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZb²

POSITION: s.l. except marg. X

APP. CRIT.: ἐμὸν om. Zb²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,28

Or. 193.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πατροφόνου⟩: τῆς φονευσάσης τὸν πατέρα —CrF²ZuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς om. F² | ἡμῶν add. Zu

Or. 193.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πατροφόνου⟩: τῆς φονευτρίας τοῦ πατρός —Za

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 193.07 (rec metr) ⟨ματέρος⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 194.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ὠφείλετο μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν ἀναιρεθῆναι, οὐ μέντοι ὑπὸ τοῦ παιδός. —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: For it was owed (necessary, fated) that she be killed, but not by her son.

POSITION: s.l. O; follows sch. 191.02 Rw, cont. from sch. 191.02 others, ἀλλ’ (from ἄλλως) prep. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,14–15; Dind. II.80,1–2

COMMENT: In Byzantine Greek, as in classical, ὀφείλεται/ὠφείλετο is used as a passive with words like χάρις, μισθός, and τιμωρία as its subject and the person in the dative, or sometimes as an impersonal verb with accusative and infinitive. Thus both the acc. αὐτὴν of MBPr and the dative αὐτῆ of V are possible here. Schw. and Dindorf printed nominative αὐτὴ. There are a very few late passages with the person in the nominative and the thing owed to the person in the acc., as Suda θ 78,24–25 (from Damascius, Vita Isidori) τιμὰς ἀπονέμων, οἵας ὠφείλετο πρωτεύων ἀνὴρ ἐν τῇ πόλει; Sch. in Basilicorum libros I-XI, book 60, 29.7.5 ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ὠφείλετό τινα ἐκ τῆς κιβωτοῦ. That construction seems less likely with an infinitive and presumably the nominative variants of OCRw are secondary.

Or. 194.02 (vet exeg) δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ δίκαιον μὲν αὐτὴν ἀναιρεθῆναι ἀνελοῦσαν τὸν ἄνδρα, ²οὐ μέντοι εὐκλεὲς οὐδὲ πρέπον ἦν ὑπὸ τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτὴν εὐθύνας δοῦναι τοῦ φόνου. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa, partial H

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: it was just that she be killed because she killed her husband, but not, however, a source of glory or fitting that it be at the hands of her son that she paid the penalty for the killing.

LEMMA: MC, δίκαια μὲν BVMlMnPrR^b REF. SYMBOL: BVR^b POSITION: marg. H; cont. from prev. Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀνελοῦσα SSa | εὐκεὲς R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,16–18; Dind. II.80,2–4

Or. 194.03 (vet exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπομνήματι καὶ ταῦτα τῆς Ἠλέκτρας. —MCRw

TRANSLATION: In the commentary, these words too are assigned to Electra (instead of to the chorus).

POSITION: cont. from prev. MCRw

APP. CRIT.: ταῦτα Schw., τὰ M, τὸν CRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,18–19; Dind. II.80,5

COMMENT: Perhaps ‘the commentary’ refers to the commentary of Didymus that was being excerpted by a later commentator. But if so, we cannot say whether the assignment of the words to Electra was advocated by Didymus or only reported by him.

KEYWORDS: assignment of speaker | Didymus

Or. 194.04 (rec exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: δικ[ ca. 10–16 letters ]ξεν ὁ Λοξίας τῷ ἀδελφῷ μου εἰς τὸ σφάξαι τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα· οὐ καλῶς δὲ ὅτι οὐκ εἴασεν σ(or ε)[ ca. 10–14 letters ]. —Pr

POSITION: next page Pr (top 16v), before sch. 206.10

APP. CRIT.: e.g. δικ[αίως μὲν προσέτα]ξεν (there is a high trace that would suit the top of the ως sign)

COMMENT: The writing surface is abraded in a diagonal strip at the top left of 16v. The begining of the second line of the page contains the end of the note, where one sees only the top portion of the arc of lunate sigma or of a tall epsilon (often used before pi), with room for two words. There is no sign of a breathing, so sigma seems more likely. One may consider σ[ώζεσθαι …] or σ[ωθῆναι … ], but the result does not seem quite right. With epsilon one may think of ἐ[κφυγ(εῖν) τ(ὴν) μανίαν], but this seems unlikely, since ἐκ would normally be a ligature with single small epsilon arc attached to the upright of kappa.

Or. 194.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: δικαίως μὲν ἀντεφονεύθη· οὐ καλῶς δὲ ὅτι ὑπὸ τῶν τέκνων. —F

REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.

Or. 194.06 (rec rhet) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: σχῆμα μετάστασις —AaRRf

POSITION: s.l. (R over first word, Rf over whole phrase, Aa above καλῶς δ’ οὔ)

APP. CRIT.: σχῆμα om. Aa

COMMENT: Metastasis is the rhetorical schema of admitting a wrong has been done, but shifting the blame to someone else. This would fit better if the term referred to Electra’s strategy in 191–194 as a whole.

KEYWORDS: μετάστασις

Or. 194.08 (rec exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν⟩: δικαίως ἀνῃρέθη —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δικαίως] καλῶς Sa

Or. 194.10 (thom exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν⟩: δικαίως δοὺς τὸ αἷμα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Just things’ implies Apollo) having justly granted the bloodshed.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔδωκεν T | τὸ αἷμα om. T, τόν φόνον τὸ αἷμα Gu

Or. 194.11 (rec exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν⟩: καὶ δικαίως ἐφονεύθη ἡ μήτηρ ἡμῶν. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 194.12 (tri exeg) ⟨δίκαια⟩: δίκα κἀνταῦθα γράφε, μὴ δίκαια. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ μέτρον ὀρθῶς. —T

TRANSLATION: Here too write ‘dika’ (i.e., dative(?) of noun) not (adjective) ‘dikaia’. For thus it is correct with respect to the meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.12,16–17; de Fav. 49

COMMENT: Triclinius writes δίκα without subscript both in the line and in this note. The gloss 194.13 presents ἐν over the delta of δίκα and an eta over the alpha, which I interpret together, with δικ being supplied from the lemma, as ἐν δίκῃ. That implies that he did intend the dative δίκᾳ here, even though he is generally (but not universally) careful about using iota subscript on dative singular endings. It is not clear, moreover, why he says ‘here too’ (κἀνταῦθα). Mostly likely, the καὶ refers to the fact that he has already suggested two changes of reading on this same folio (53v) in 183.09 and 189.09.

KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by

Or. 194.15 (mosch exeg) ⟨δίκαια⟩: τὰ κατὰ τὸν φόνον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘Just things’ refers to) the circumstances related to the murder.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: prep. ἐστὶ T | εἶπε add. G

Or. 194.16 (rec exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι μητέρα —MlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κοὐδαμῶς prep. Sa

Or. 194.17 (rec exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ ⟨ὑπ’⟩ αὐτοῦ —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 194.18 (mosch exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: διότι ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘But not well’) because (it occurred) at her son’s hands.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. T

Or. 194.19 (thom exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: οὐδὲ γὰρ ὑπὸ παιδὸς αὐτὴν ἔδει θανεῖν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘But not well’) because in addition she should not have died at her child’s hands.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὐ γὰρ ZaZlT | αὐτὴν transp. after θανεῖν Gu

Or. 194.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ὅτι ἀνῃρέθη ἀπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 194.24 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 49

Or. 195.01 (195–207) (tri metr) ἔκανες ἔθανες: ¹ἡ ἀντιστροφὴ αὕτη τῆς βʹ ἐστὶ στροφῆς, ἧς ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘πότνια πότνια νύξ’. ²καὶ αὕτη γὰρ κώλων ἐστὶν ὁμοίων ἐκείνῃ καὶ ἰσομέτρων ιγʹ. ³ἐν μέντοι τῷ ϛʹ κώλῳ πεντασυλλάβους ἔχει καὶ τοὺς δύο παίωνας. ⁴ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει δύο διπλαῖ, ἡ μέν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ τελευταίου κώλου, ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸ τέλος, ἀμφότεραι μέντοι ἔξω νενευκυῖαι, δηλοῦσαι ὅτι τέλος ἔσχε τὰ ἀνταποδιδόμενα. ⁵ἐν τῇ ιβʹ δὲ κώλῳ τὸ ἅτε ἀντὶ τοῦ καθὰ ὀφείλει νοεῖσθαι, ἵν’ εἴη βραχὺ τὸ α̅. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ τῆς στροφῆς κῶλον ὀρθῶς. ⁶τὸ γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥτις οὐκ ἔχει καλῶς. —T

TRANSLATION: This is the antistrophe of the second strophe [174–186], of which the beginning was ‘lady, lady Night’. For this too consists of thirteen cola similar to and in corresponsion with that one. In the sixth colon, however, it has the two paeons in five-syllable form. At the end two diple signs, one at the beginning of the last colon, the other at its end, both, however, being pointed outwards, indicating that the corresponsive elements have come to an end. And in the twelfth colon the word ‘hate’ should be understood in the sense of ‘katha’ (‘just as’), so that the alpha is short. For in this way it is correct with respect to the colon of the strophe. The reading (of ‘hate’) as equivalent to ‘hētis’ (‘who’, nominative feminine relative pronoun) does not work (metrically).

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐκείνῃ] ἐκείν() T, ἐκείνῳ Ta

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.12,18–24; II.82,1–3; de Fav. 49

Or. 195.02 (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ κώλων ιγʹ —T

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 49

Or. 195.03 (195–199) (pllgn paraphr) ἔκτανες καὶ ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα, ἔθανες σὺ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου, ὦ τεκομένη καὶ ὦ γεννήσασα ἐμὲ μῆτερ. ἀπώλεσας δὲ καὶ ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα. ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπώλεσας κατὰ κοινὸν τὰ τέκνα τάδε σέθεν καὶ σοῦ, ἤγουν ἐφόνευσας μὲν καὶ τὸν πατέρα, ἀπώλεσας δὲ καὶ ἡμᾶς. —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

Or. 195.04 (vet exeg) ἔκανες ἔθανες: ¹φονεύσασα ἀνῃρέθης. ²τουτέστιν ὁ κατὰ σοῦ πραχθεὶς φόνος ἄμυνα ἐγένετο καὶ οὐκ ἀδικία· ³σὺ γὰρ πρώτη ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἀνῃρέθης. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Having slain, you were killed. That is, the murder carried out against you occurred as vengeance, not injustice. For you acted first in killing our father, and you were killed.

LEMMA: V, ἄλλως MBCPrRw REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: follows next except in V

APP. CRIT.: 1 φονεύσασα] ἐφόνευσας καὶ V | 2 πραχθεὶς] προσταγεὶς M, προσταχθεὶς C, γεγονὼς Pr | 3 πρῶτον Pr | τὸν πατέρα om. Rw | καὶ ἀνηρέθης om. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,22–24; Dind. II.80,11–13

Or. 195.05 (vet exeg) ἔκανες: ¹ἐφόνευσας. ²ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν λέγεται, εἰς ὃ φέρεται ἡ ἱερουργικὴ μάχαιρα. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: You murdered. From this source (the root of ‘ekanes’) is formed the word ‘kanoun’ (‘basket’), that into which the knife for ritual slaughter is borne.

LEMMA: BPr(ἔκτανες)Rw, ἔκανες ἔθανες MC REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: cont. from prev. V, prep. ἔκανες

APP. CRIT.: 1–1 ἐφόνευσας om. V | 2 τὸ] τοῦ M, καὶ V | ἡ om. Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: μάχαιρα] γέγαιρα Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,20–21; Dind. II.80,10–11

COMMENT: Cf. Hesych. κ 650 κανεῖν· κτείνειν, ἀνελεῖν. ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τῶν καινομέ‑ νων ἱερείων κανεῖν· κτείνειν, ἀνελεῖν. ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τῶν καινομένων ἱερείων; Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Pac. 948b alpha Holwerda ὅτι ἐκέκρυπτο ἐν τῷ κανῷ ἡ μάχαιρα ταῖς ὀλαῖς καὶ τοῖς στέμμασιν. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τοῦ κανεῖν; Suda κ 318 s.v. κανοῦν, etc.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 195.06 (rec exeg) ἤτοι ὁ κατὰ σοῦ φόνος οὐκ ἀδικία ὅτι πρώτη φονεύουσα τὸν πατέρα ἀνῃρέθης. —O

Or. 195.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔκανες⟩: ἤγουν τὸν πατέρα ἔκοψας μετὰ πελέκεως. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 195.13a (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔκανες⟩: καίνω τὸ φονεύω καὶ ἐπὶ παρῳχημένου ἔκανες —C²

TRANSLATION: (The verb is) ‘kainō’ meaning ‘I kill’, and in the past tense ‘ekanes’ (‘you killed’).

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: παροχημένου C²

Or. 196.04 (rec metr) ⟨τεκομένα⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 196.08 (rec metr) ⟨μᾶτηρ⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 197.01 (vet exeg) ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας: ¹ὁ δέ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ, ἵν’ ᾖ ὁ νοῦς ἐπεξήγησις ⟨τοῦ⟩ ‘ἔκανες ἔθανες’· ²ἀπώλεσας γὰρ τὸν πατέρα ζῶσα καὶ θανοῦσα τὰ τέκνα διὰ τοῦ αἵματος. —MBVCPrR^bRw, partial O

TRANSLATION: The conjunction ‘de’ here is equivalent to ‘gar’ (‘for’), so that the meaning is an explication of ‘you killed, you died’. (That is,) for alive you killed our father and in death you have killed your children through the bloodguilt.

LEMMA: all except O (ἄλλως prep. Pr; app. οὐ δὲ ὤιλεσας M) REF. SYMBOL: VR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπἐξήγησις C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,25–27; Dind. II.80,17–19

Or. 197.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ἀπώλεσας καὶ ζῶσα καὶ θανοῦσα. —MlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l. MlMnS; below line (last of page) Sa

APP. CRIT.: damage to first words Sa | ὅτι prep. Mn | ζήσας Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπόλεσας Ml

Or. 197.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: διάστασιν δηλοῖ ἡ ἀπό. —Pr

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘apo’ connotes separation/distance.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. Et. Gud. (de Stefani) s.v. ἀπόνοια καὶ ἀπονοεῖσθαι· ἡ ἀπό πρόθεσις χωρισμὸν δηλοῖ· ἀπονοεῖσθαι οὖν οἷον ἀπόστασιν ἔχειν τοῦ νοῦ, ἀπόνοια δὲ ἡ χωρίζουσα τοῦ δέοντος·

Or. 197.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ⟨ὅρα⟩ τὴν διαχώρισιν. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Observe the separation (of the prefix from the verb).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: διὰ χωρισιν B^3a

COMMENT: Like τμῆσις and διάλυσις and διαίρεσις, διαχώρισις can refer to the separation of two elements of a word.

KEYWORDS: διαχώρισις

Or. 197.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τελείως ἔφθειρας ἐθανάτωσας —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 197.11 (thom exeg) ⟨ὤλεσας⟩: ¹εἰποῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα πρὸς τὴν μητέρα ἐφόνευσας τὸν οἰκεῖον ἄνδρα, ἐφονεύθης δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν τέκνων, πάλιν φησίν, ὅμοιον μὲν τῇ προτέρᾳ ἐννοίᾳ, ἔχει δέ τι καὶ πλέον. ²τὸ γὰρ ἀπώλεσας πατέρα καὶ πρόσθεν εἰρήκει, τὸ δὲ καὶ τὰ τέκνα τάδε ἀπώλεσας, νῦν φησιν. ³πῶς δὲ ἀπώλεσας καὶ τὰ τέκνα; ⁴ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος καὶ τοῦ φόνου σέθεν καὶ σοῦ. ⁵ὁ γὰρ σὸς παῖς Ὀρέστης ἀποκτείνας σε δίκην ἔδωκε τῆς μητροκτονίας μανείς, ⁶ἧς καὶ αὐτὴ μετέχειν φησὶν ἐν στοναχαῖσι καὶ γόοις διάγουσα ἀνθ’ ὧν ὁρᾷ τὸν ἀδελφὸν μεμηνότα καὶ μηκέτ’ ὄντα καθεκτόν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: After Electra has said to her mother ‘you killed your own husband and you were killed by your children’, she says it again, in terms similar to the previous thought, but it also involves something more. For previously too she said ‘you killed father’, but now she says ‘you have also killed these children’. And how did you also kill the children? From the blood, that is, murder, of you (‘sethen’), that is, of you (‘sou’). For your son Orestes, having killed you, has paid the penalty for the matricide by going mad, and she says she herself also shares in this punishment, spending her time in groans and mourning cries because she observes her brother insane and no longer under control.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 φησί Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.80,22–81,6

Or. 199.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: δεικτικῶς φησιν ἑαυτὴν καὶ Ὀρέστην. —HBC

TRANSLATION: In deictic fashion she speaks of herself and Orestes.

POSITION: marg. H, intermarg. BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,1; Dind. II.80,21

KEYWORDS: δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς

Or. 199.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: δεικτικῶς ἡμᾶς —O

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς

Or. 199.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: ἤγουν ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 199.05 (vet exeg) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τὸν σὸν φόνον καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπολώλαμεν. —HBOVCG

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: because of your murder we too have perished.

LEMMA: ἄλλως V(as if for 197) POSITION: marg. H (beside 199–200), intermarg. B(cont. from 199.01)C(beside 200), s.l. OG (divided into three διὰ τὸν σὸν, φόνον, καὶ ἡμ. ἀπ. O)

APP. CRIT.: ἰσονέκυες δὲ prep. B | ἀντὶ τοῦ] om. OCG | φόβον C | ἀπολ. καὶ ἡμεῖς transp. G | καὶ om. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,2; Dind. II.81,13–14

Or. 199.06 (rec exeg) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: ἤγουν διὰ τοῦ σοῦ φόνου —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπολώλαμεν add. V³

Or. 199.07 (rec exeg) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: διὰ τὸν σὸν φόνον —MlMnSa

POSITION: s.l. Mn; below line (last of page) Sa, cont. from sch. 197.02

Or. 199.08a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ σοῦ αἵματος —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 199.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον τοῦ αἵματος —AbS

REF. SYMBOL: Ab POSITION: s.l. (above end of previous line Ab)

Or. 199.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: ἀπὸ αἰτίας τοῦ φόνου τοῦ σοῦ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς αἰτίας Zc, αἰτίας om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.80,19–20

Or. 200.00 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὀλόμεθ’ ἰσονέκυες⟩: τεθνήκαμεν ὡς οἱ νεκροί —C²

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: obscure word prep. C² (looks like ἤτοι μὲν?)

Or. 200.05 (rec exeg) ἰσονέκυες: ¹ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν ἰσονέκυες, κατασκευάζει πῶς εἰσιν ἰσονέκυες, λέγουσα πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην· ²σὺ γὰρ, Ὀρέστα, ἐν νεκροῖς τό τε πλεῖον μέρος τῆς ἐμῆς ζωῆς οἴχεται ἐν δάκρυσι συνεχέσι καὶ στεναγμοῖς. ³τὸ δὲ ἄγαμος ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος οὕτως συντακτέον· ⁴τὸ ἐπί εἰς τὸ ἕλκω καταβιβαστέον, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως· ⁵ἐπιέλκω δὲ, ἤτοι ἐφέλκω, εἰς τὸν αἰὲν χρόνον ἡ μέλεος τὸν βίοτον καὶ τὴν ζωήν μου ἄτεκνος ἄγαμος, ἅτε, ἀντὶ τοῦ καθά, ἄγαμος. —VPr(R^a)Rw

TRANSLATION: Since she has said ‘as good as dead’, she elaborates on how they are like the dead, saying to Orestes: ‘for you, Orestes, are among the dead, and the greater part of my life is gone in continual tears and lamentations’. And one must construe the phrase ‘agamos epi de ateknos’ as follows. The ‘epi’ has to be transferred forward to go with ‘helkō’, so that the sense is like this: ‘epihelkō’, that is, ‘ephelkō’, ‘I drag out’, for all time, wretched me, my life (‘biotos’), that is, life (‘zōē’), being without child, without marriage, (that is,) ‘hate’, ‘since’, used for ‘katha’, ‘inasmuch as’, unmarried.

LEMMA: VRw REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: between sch. 216.11 and 216.13 Rw, between sch. 231.08 and 216.13 Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,3–9; Dind. II.81,7–13

KEYWORDS: κατασκευή/κατασκευάζει

Or. 200.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: γρ. ἴσοι νέκυες. —S

LEMMA: ϋσονέκυες in text S POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 200.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἶσον νέκυες⟩: γρ. ἰσονέκυες. —Sa

LEMMA: ἶσον νέκυες in text Sa POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 200.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἶσοι νέκυες⟩: ἶσοι νέκυες ἐσμὲν σύ τε καὶ ἡμεῖς. —MlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: ἶσον νέκυες Sa(as in text), om. S | καὶ om. Mn | σύ τε] om. R | ὑμεῖς Ml (perhaps started η but immediately shifted to υ)

Or. 200.13 (mosch paraphr) ἰσονέκυες: ἴσοι νεκροῖς ἐσμεν. ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅμοιοι νεκροῖς, τουτέστιν νεκροῖς ἐοίκαμεν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: T, ὀλόμεθα ἰσονέκυες G POSITION: s.l. except XXoTG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.81,14–15

Or. 200.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: ἴσοι νεκροῖς ἐσμὲν. —AaGKXo

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἴσοι] ἴσον τοῖς Aa, ἴσοι τοῖς K | ἐσμὲν om. KXo, add. Xo²

Or. 200.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: ἴσοι νεκροῖς ἐοίκαμεν. —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 200.16 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: ποταποὶ ἴσοι νεκροῖς —ZZaZbZmT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ποταποὶ om. Ta

Or. 200.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: καὶ ἴσως καὶ ὁμοίως τοῖς νεκροῖς —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 200.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: καὶ ὅμοιοι νεκροῖς ἐσμὲν. —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: νεκροὺς Ox

Or. 200.19 (tri metr) ⟨(ἰσο)νέκυ(ες)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς μακρᾶς —T

TRANSLATION: (The two short syllables ‘neku’ are) in place of a single long (syllable).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 49

Or. 201.01 (vet exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς Ὀρέστην λέγει. —H

TRANSLATION: She directs this utterance to Orestes.

REF. SYMBOL: H POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 201.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὁ λόγος. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 201.03 (rec exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: Ὀρέστα —OV³AaF

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὦ prep. AaF | δηλονότι add. Aa

Or. 201.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: ὦ μῆτερ —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 201.05 (thom exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: ὦ μῆτερ ἢ ὦ Ὀρέστα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘You’ implies the address) ‘o mother’ or ‘o Orestes’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἦ Za

Or. 202.01 (202–203) (rec paraphr) τοῦ ἐμοῦ τε βίου φθείρεται τὸ πλέον μέρος καὶ οἴχεται. —Mn

Or. 202.02 (202–203) (mosch paraphr) πλέον μέρος: ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ τὸ πλέον μέρος τοῦ ἐμοῦ βίου ἤγουν τῆς ἐμῆς ζωῆς ἔφθαρται. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: T, σύ τε γὰρ ἐν νεκροῖς G REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXoTG

APP. CRIT.: (first τοῦ om. Ta)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.81,18–19

Or. 202.03 (202–203) (pllgn paraphr) καὶ μέρος τοῦ ἐμοῦ βίου ἔφθαρται. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 202.04 (202–203) (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν τὸ πλέον τῆς ἐμῆς ζωῆς ἔφθαρται. —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 202.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τό τ’ ἐμὸν⟩: ἡ κτητικὴ ἀντωνυμία ἀντὶ γενικῆς. —K

TRANSLATION: The possessive adjective is used in place of the genitive (pronoun).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 203.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βίου τὸ πλέον μέρος⟩: ἤγουν περιφραστικῶς ἡ ἐμὴ ζωή —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 204.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐν στοναχαῖσι⟩: λάμβανε τὸ ‘ἐν στοναχαῖσί τε καὶ γόοις’ ἢ πρὸς τὸ οἴχεται ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἕλκω. —ZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Construe ‘in groans and lamentations’ either with ‘is gone’ or with ‘drag out’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZlZm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.81, 20–21

Or. 204.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στοναχαῖσι⟩: στοναχῇσι —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The spelling with ‑ῆσι/-ῇσι is present in the text of AbMnRSa.

Or. 205.02a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δάκρυσί τ’ ἐννυχίοις⟩: καὶ τῶν δακρύων τῶν ὁλονυχτίων —C²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: διὰ to be supplied from sch. 204.02a. ὁλονύχτιος is attested in Modern Greek as an alternative to ὁλονύκτιος.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 206.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄγαμος ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄτεκνος, ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ ἄγαμος —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘childless, and in addition to this unmarried’ (that is, with the adjectives in the opposite order).

POSITION: s.l. (ἁ μέλεος κτλ Yf) except X and marg. Xo

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄτεκνος om. Zc | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | δὲ καὶ Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.81,22

COMMENT: See comment on 206.10.

Or. 206.02 (tri exeg) ⟨ἄγαμος ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγαμος, ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ ἄτεκνος —T⁺

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘unmarried, and in addition to this childless’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Unless the difference from the other Moschopulean witnesses (206.01) is due to an accidental substitution influenced by the words in the verse below this annotation, Triclinius has rejected the scholiastic expedient of assuming a poetic swapping of positions (antistrophe, ἀναστρέφεται in the old sch. 206.10: see comment there).

COLLATION NOTES: Ta omits cross.

Or. 206.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: δέον ἀγάμως καὶ ἀτέκνως εἰπεῖν, ὁ δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἥτις εὐθεῖαν ἐξήνεγκεν. —ZbZmZlGu

TRANSLATION: When he should have said (with adverbs) ‘in a manner without marriage or children’, he pronounced (the adjectives) in agreement with the nominative ‘who’ (‘hētis’).

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZm POSITION: s.l. Zl

APP. CRIT.: ἥτις] εἴπης Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.81,23–24

Or. 206.10 (vet exeg) ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος: ¹περισσὸν τὸ ἄτεκνος· ²ἡ γὰρ ἄγαμος καὶ ἄτεκνος. ³ἀναστρεπτέον οὖν τὴν σύνταξιν· ἄτεκνος, †ἐπειδὴ† ἄγαμος· ⁴δυνατὸν γὰρ τὴν γήμασαν εἶναι ἄτεκνον. —HMBCPr

TRANSLATION: The term ‘childless’ is superfluous. For the unmarried woman is also childless. Therefore one should reverse the arrangement: ‘childless, and also unmarried’. For it is possible for the woman who has married to be childless.

LEMMA: B, ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος ἅτε βίοτον M(ἐπεὶ)C REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: marg. H

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,10–12; Dind. II.81,25–27

COMMENT: There was probably a twofold concern among commentators and teachers over this phrase. First, one could accuse Euripides of adding ἄτεκνος in a situation where it did not add anything to what ἄγαμος already implies (according to normative notions of female behavior assumed and promoted by commentators). Second, the phrase could be viewed as morally unsuitable for students to read, as Electra could be taken to acknowledge the possibility of premarital sex (see sch. 108.04, 108.05). The second half of the note attempts to allay those concerns, and it must originally have been written for a text with ἐπὶ δ’, which was sometimes corrupted to ἐπεὶ δ’, with the corruption than spreading to M’s lemma and the text of several recentiores (or the corruption occurred first in a version of the scholion and spread to the lemma and text). When the exchanged word order is assumed, then the second epithet (now ἄγαμος) is no longer redundant.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός | antistrophe (of word order) | criticism and defence of poet

Or. 206.11 (rec exeg) ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος: ¹περισσὸν τὸ ἄτεκνος. ²εἰ γὰρ ἄγαμος, καὶ ἄτεκνος. ³ἢ ἀναστρεπτέον τὴν σύνταξιν· ἄτεκνος, †ἐπειδὴ† ἄγαμος· ⁴δυνατὸν γὰρ τὴν γήμασαν εἶναι ἄτεκνον, διὸ προσέθηκεν ἄγαμος. —VMlMnR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: The term ‘childless’ is superfluous. For if a woman is unmarried, she is also childless. Or else one should reverse the arrangement: ‘childless, and also unmarried’. For it is possible for the woman who has married to be childless, and therefore he added ‘unmarried’.

LEMMA: V, p.c. Mn, ἐπεὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος MlR^bS, prob. Sa(faded), a.c. Mn, REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,10–12; Dind. II.81,25–27 app.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός | antistrophe (of word order)

Or. 206.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἤγουν ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ἄτεκνος —Yf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 206.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπεὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἐπεὶ δὲ ἄτεκνος, εἰμὶ ἄγαμος. —Mn

LEMMA: ἐπεὶ in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 206.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: σὺν δὲ, ἐπειδὴ —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 206.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐμὲ —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 206.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄτεκνος⟩: περισσὸν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 206.24 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄτεκνος⟩: εἰμὶ ἄνευ τέκνων. —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 206.25 (206–207) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἅτε βίοτον ἁ μέλεος⟩: ἐπειδὴ ἐγὼ ἡ ἀθλία ἄγω χρόνον εἰς τὴν διηνεκῆ μου ζωὴν ἀτεκνίᾳ —MlMnSSa

POSITION: cont. from sch. 206.11 MlMnSSa

APP. CRIT.: ἀτεκνία p.c. S, ἀτεκνίαν MlMnSa, a.c. S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.81,28–29

Or. 206.26 (206–207) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἅτε βίοτον ἁ μέλεος⟩: ¹ἥτις ἡ μελέα εἰς τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον ἕλκω τὸν βίοτον, ἤγουν τὴν ζωήν. ²τουτέστιν ἀκούσιον ζωὴν ἔχω. ³διὰ γὰρ τοῦ ἕλκω τὸ ἀκούσιον παριστᾷ. ⁴ὥσπερ φαμὲν ὅτι ἕλκουσιν οἱ βόες τὴν ἅμαξαν καὶ τὸ ἄροτρον. ⁵οὐ γὰρ ἑκουσίᾳ γνώμῃ ταῦτα σύρουσιν ἀλλ’ ὑπ’ ἀνάγκης. ⁶τοῦτό φησιν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὸν θάνατον αἱρετώτερον ἡγουμένη τῆς ζωῆς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (I), who, wretched woman, drag out my life (‘biotos’), that is, life (‘zōē’), for all time. That is, I have a form of life contrary to my will. For by using the verb ‘drag out’ (‘helkō’) she suggests the aspect of unwillingness. Just as we say (with this verb) that the oxen drag the wagon or the plow, for they do not pull these things along by their willing intention, but under compulsion. Electra says this because she believes death is to be preferred to her (current) life.

LEMMA: ἁ μέλεος εἰς τὸ αἰὲν G

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἅτε ἡ μελέα T | 6 τοῦτο δὲ φησὶν ἠλέκτρα T | τὸν add. before αἱρ. Y | ἡγουμ. αἱρετ. transp. G

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἄμαξαν X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.82,4–9

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

Or. 206.33 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βίοτον⟩: λείπει τὸ ἀβίωτον. —ZuB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. B^3a

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 207.05 (rec gram) ⟨μέλεος⟩: μέλεος γίνεται ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ ἐλεεῖσθαι. —V

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For this etymology see Theognostus, Canones [Cramer, Anecdota Gr. Oxon. II] §270,7–9 τὸ μέλεος, προπαροξύτονον, σύνθετον ὂν παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἐλεεῖν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ μὴ λῶ, ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ θέλω; sch. Sa Hec. 154 μελέα ἐτυμολογεῖται ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ ἐλεεῖσθαι, sch. Pr Hec. 149 μελέας· ἀθλίας μηδὲ ἐλέους ἀξιουμένης; sch. V Hec. 186 μέλεος ὁ ἄθλιος ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ λῶ τὸ θέλω. μέλεος δὲ καὶ ὁ κλέπτης καί πως ἄδικος, παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἐλέους ἄξιος εἶναι.

Or. 207.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: τὸ ἐπί καταβιβαστέον εἰς τὸ ἕλκω. —Pr

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘epi’ is to be applied later in the sentence to the verb ‘helkō’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 207.17 (tri metr) diple pointing outward at beginning and end of verse —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 49

Or. 208.01 (208–315) (tri metr) ὅρα παροῦσα: ¹αἱ ἑξῆς αὗται ἀμοιβαῖαι περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶν ἰαμβικῶν τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων ρηʹ, ὧν τελευταῖος [315] ‘κάματος βροτοῖσιν ἀπορία τε γίνεται’. ²μετὰ μέντοι τὸν ξζʹ στίχον καὶ τὸν ξθʹ κῶλα βʹ μονόμετρα βραχυκατάληκτα. ³ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς. —T

TRANSLATION: The following alternating groups of dialogue lines [208–315] consist of 108 acatalectic iambic trimeters, of which the last [315] is ‘this turns out to be toil and helplessness for mortals’. But after the sixty-seventh verse [274] and the sixty-ninth [276] there are two brachycatalectic monometric cola. At the sense-divisions a paragraphos, and at the end a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.12,25–29; de Fav. 49

COMMENT: The sense-divisions in this sequence are marked by paragraphoi at 210 (end of choral triplett), 216 (end of Orestes’ first speech), and 306 (end of Orestes’ long speech).

KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν

Or. 208.03 (208–209) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὅρα παροῦσα⟩: σκόπει παραγενομένη, ἵνα μὴ ἀποθανὼν ὁ ἀδελφός σου. —X

Or. 208.06 (tri metr) ⟨ὅρα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 49

Or. 208.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πέλας⟩: γενομένη τοῦ σοῦ ἀδελφοῦ —Xo²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 210.01 (rec paraphr) ὅτι οὐχί μοι ἀρέσκει ἀγνώστως παρακαθέζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ καὶ διαλελυμένῳ Ὀρέστῃ καὶ μὴ εἰδέναι εἴτε ζῇ εἴτε οὔ. —MlMnSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Ml

APP. CRIT.: περικαθ‑ Ml | τῷ] τοῦ Ml | παρακειμένῳ Mn | διαλελυμμένον ὀρέστην Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.82,16–18

COLLATION NOTES: In Sa only the last words καὶ μὴ εἰδέναι κτλ are written in dark ink by the main hand; it appears that the first words were written by the rubricator (as sometimes occurred in Sa), although they have almost entirely faded out.

Or. 210.02 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ γάρ μ’ ἀρέσκει⟩: Ἀττικὸν τὸ σχῆμα· Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Ran. 103]· ‘σὲ δὲ ταῦτ’ ἀρέσκει’. —VR^b, partial PrGu

LEMMA: VR^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: s.l. PrGu; follows sch. 210.06 in R^b

APP. CRIT.: ἀριστοφ. κτλ om. PrGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,13–4; Dind. II.82,15–16

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aristophanes

Or. 210.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μ’ ἀρέσκει⟩: Ἀττικὸν ἀντιπτωτικῶς —V³

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς | ἀντίπτωσις

Or. 210.06 (vet exeg) τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ: τῷ πάνυ ἐκλελυμένῳ τοῦ σώματος —HMBOV³CR^b

TRANSLATION: By the extremely relaxed state of his body.

LEMMA: R^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: marg. HM, intermarg. B, s.l. OV³C

APP. CRIT.: ἐν prep. H³ | τῷ πάνυ om. O, πάνυ transp. after ἐκλ. V³ (adding to V¹’s shorter gloss) | τοῦ σώματος HO(om. τοῦ)R^bV³, app. σώματος O, τῷ σώματι MBC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,15; Dind. II.82,18–19

COLLATION NOTES: O has a tiny mark suspended above final tau of σώματ, very like the omicron = ος on ἐλαφρός in the gloss below it; it is less likely to be iota, despite lack of opening, because iota is usually longer, more perpendicular than this stroke, and usually has a trema in the scholiast’s hand.

Or. 210.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: τῷ ἐκλελυμένῳ τούτῳ φίλῳ —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: φόβω Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐκλελειμένῳ S

Or. 210.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: καὶ τούτῳ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 210.10 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: ἐν τῇ λίαν παρέσει —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 210.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: ἤγουν κατὰ τὸ λίαν παραλελυμένον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: That is, in respect to the excessively relaxed (condition).

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.: παραλελυμένῳ· prep. Xo (in addition to sep. gloss s.l. 210.17) | παραλελειμένον (υ above ει) X (λίαν παρειμένον Ta)

Or. 210.18 (thom exeg) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: παραλελυμένῳ αὐτοῦ —ZZaZbZlT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: διαλελ‑ Za

COLLATION NOTES: Zl water damage: of αὐτοῦ only a possible trace of the breathing remains.

Or. 210.19 (thom exeg) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: παραλελυμένῳ αὐτοῦ· ὕπτιος γὰρ καὶ ὡς νεκρὸς ἔκειτο· ἢ τῇ παραλύσει. —ZmGuOx²

TRANSLATION: By (the) loosened state of him. For he (Orestes) was lying face-up and like a corpse. Or by his paralysis (immobility).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἢ om. Zm, with τῇ παρ. as sep. gloss

Or. 210.21 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 211.01 (vet exeg) νῦν οὐ τραγῳδεῖ, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ. —HBC

TRANSLATION: Now he does not declaim in an impassioned way, but rather (he does so) during his madness.

REF. SYMBOL: H POSITION: intermarg. BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,16

COMMENT: On the senses of τραγῳδεῖν see Prelim. Stud. 32 with note 115.

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines | τραγῳδεῖν

Or. 211.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὦ φίλον ὕπνου θέλγητρον⟩: ὦ προσφιλὴς τοῦ ὕπνου θελκτικὴ δύναμις —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXoT

APP. CRIT.: ὦ om. G | προσφιλὴς] φίλ() Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.83,3

Or. 211.05 (vet exeg) ὕπνου θέλγητρον: ¹τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου, τὸ μάλιστα θέλγειν δυνάμενον τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας· ²ὁ γὰρ ἐλαφρὸς φαντασίαις ἀναμέμικται. —HMBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: The deepest form of sleep, the one that can most enchant those who are ill. For light sleep is mixed with visions.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ὦ φίλον VR^b, θέλγητρον Rw REF. SYMBOL: HMBVMlR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μάλιστα] μάλλιστα Mn | δυνάμενοι S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,17–19; Dind. II.82,27–29

COMMENT: Compare sch. 159.18.

COLLATION NOTES: Sa has τὸ, μάλιστα, cf. this comma elsewhere, e.g. τὸ, κακῶν at start of sch. 234.12.

Or. 211.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὕπνου θέλγητρον⟩: ¹τὸν βαθύτατον· ²ὁ γὰρ ἐλαφρὸς φαντασίαις ἀναμέμικται. —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 211.07 (pllgn exeg) ἤγουν τὸ δυνάμενον θέλγειν τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας τοῦ κακοχουμένου γίνεται παρηγορία [καὶ] λήθη τῶν κακῶν. —F

TRANSLATION: That is, that which is able to soothe those who are ill proves to be a consolation of the person in distress and a (cause of) forgetfulness of his woes.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 211.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὕπνου θέλγητρον⟩: τὴν βαθύτητα τοῦ ὕπνου φησὶν. —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 211.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄλλως· θέλγητρον⟩: τὸ θέλγον, ἡδῦνον, τὸ προσφιλέστατον καὶ βαθύτατον καὶ κάλλιστον τοῦ ὕπνου —V

LEMMA: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,20–21; Dind. II.82,29–30

Or. 211.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου ὀνομάζει θέλγητρον. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 211.17 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐπίκουρον νόσου⟩: φυσικῶς· τὸν ὕπνον οἶδεν ἐπίκουρον τῶν κακῶν. —HMBCGPr

TRANSLATION: (He describes sleep as ‘helper against disease’) in terms of what is natural: he knows that sleep is a helper against troubles.

LEMMA: s.l. C, marg. G; REF. SYMBOL: H POSITION: cont. from 211.05 (add. δὲ) BPr; marg. MG, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: punct. add. Mastr.

APP. CRIT. 2: τὸν οἶπνον M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,22; Dind. II.82,30–83,1

COMMENT: In the Release 1 I suggested that φυσικῶς goes with οἶδεν, and I translated ‘In terms of what is natural, he knows that sleep is a helper against troubles’. But the next two scholia point to the fact that sleep is naturally of this nature, and φυσικῶς as contrasted with ἀλληγορικῶς and μυθικῶς in categorizing commonly-applied Byzantine modes of interpretataion properly goes with verbs of saying, not those of knowing. I now judge it best to take this scholion as a terser form of the next, which it becomes if punctuation is added after φυσικῶς as above. For such punctuation compare sch. 253.06 φυσικῶς· καθόλου γὰρ κτλ., which features γὰρ rather than asyndeton.

Or. 211.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίκουρον νόσου⟩: φυσικῶς αὐτὸ εἶπεν· παραμύθιον γὰρ τῶν κακῶν οἶδε τὸν ὕπνον. —VR^b

TRANSLATION: He said this (‘sleep a helper’) in terms of what is natural, for he knows that sleep is a comfort against troubles.

LEMMA: VR^b(νόσον) REF. SYMBOL: VR^b

APP. CRIT.: π(ερι)μύθιον R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,23–24

Or. 211.25 (thom exeg) ἐπίκουρον: τοῖς γὰρ νοσοῦσιν οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν ὕπνος ἐστὶ τῆς νόσου φάρμακον. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For to those who are sick, nothing other than sleep is a medicine for the disease.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl at ὕπνου, Gu at νόσου POSITION: s.l. ZZa, cont. from 211.20

APP. CRIT.: Many words lost to trimming Zl | ἐστὶ transp. before ἄλλο ZZa | φάρμ. τ. νόσου transp. ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: τῆς] τοῖς Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.83,1–2

Or. 212.06 (rec exeg) ⟨με⟩: γρ. μοι. —MnSa

LEMMA: με in text MnSa POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 212.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: λείπει καιρῷ. —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καιρῷ] τῶ καιρῶ R, καιρὸν φύσεως Ml

COLLATION NOTES: Ab partially lost in margin, with damaged kappa.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 212.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: στερισκομένῳ ἢ πρέποντι καιρῷ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Meaning) ‘being in need’ (with ‘endeonti’ as one word, modifying dative ‘me’, that is, Orestes) or ‘suitable occasion’ (with ‘en deonti’ as two words, with dative ‘occasion’ understood).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐν add. before πρέπ. T, s.l. Zm | καιρῷ lost to trimming Zl

COMMENT: If I have correctly inferred what Thomas meant by στερισκομένῳ, then it may be noted how the addition (Triclinius’s) of ἐν makes the explanation clearer.

COLLATION NOTES: Gu reuses Gr’s καιρῷ.

Or. 212.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: ἐν πρέποντι καιρῷ —Aa³CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | καιρῷ om. S

Or. 212.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: ἢ ἐν δέοντι ἀντὶ τοῦ δεόντως καὶ εὐκαίρως Ἀττικῶς —Zu

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 212.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: ἀσθενοῦντι, ἢ ἐν δέοντι καιρῷ —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 212.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τε⟩: γε —Xo

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 213.01 (vet exeg) ὦ πότνια λήθη τῶν κακῶν: ¹πότνιαν εἶπεν αὐτήν, ἐπεὶ πάντας τιμῶμεν τοὺς παραμυθουμένους. ²τὸ δὲ ‘ὡς εἶ σοφή’ ἀντὶ τοῦ λίαν σοφῶς ἐπενοήθης ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως. ³τὸ δὲ ‘τῶν κακῶν’ οἰκείως προσέθηκεν, ἐπειδὴ καλὴ τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ λήθη. —HMBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa³

TRANSLATION: He called her ‘lady mistress’ because we honor all those who comfort us. The phrase ‘how wise you are’ is equivalent to ‘you have been devised very wisely by nature’. He added the words ‘of ills’ suitably, since the forgetting of ills is good.

LEMMA: MC, ὦ πότνια λήθη V, ὦ πότνια MlMnR^bRwSSa REF. SYMBOL: HMVMlR^b POSITION: cont. from 211.17 B, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 σοφῆ Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,25–28; Dind. II.83,10–11, 15–17

Or. 213.02 (pllgn exeg) λίαν σοφῶς ἐπενοήθης ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως· καλὴ γὰρ τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ λήθη. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 213.03 (213–216) (pllgn exeg) ὦ πότνια λήθη τῶν κακῶν: ¹λήθη τῶν κακῶν ὁ ὕπνος ὑπάρχει· ²ὅσας γὰρ ἂν λύπας ἔχῃ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὑπνώσῃ, λανθάνεται αὐτῶν. ³οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ὀρέστης ὑπνώσας ἐπελάθετο τῶν κακῶν ὧν εἶχεν, ἤγουν τῆς μανίας καὶ τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός. ⁴ὡς ἔοικε δὲ, κατεκλίθη ἐν οἵῳ τόπῳ ἔφθασε δαιμονιζόμενος, εἶτα ἐλθὼν ἐν φρονήσει καὶ ἐξυπνίσας λέγει· ⁵ἀπὸ ποίου τόπου καὶ πότε ἦλθον ἐνταῦθα; ⁶ἀμνημονῶ γὰρ ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν, ἤγουν στερηθεὶς τῶν μανιωδῶν καὶ ἐφθαρμένων φρενῶν, καὶ εἰς νοῦν ἐλθὼν ἀρτίως τῶν ὑγιῶν φρενῶν ⟨οὐκ⟩ ἐγνώρισα ποῦ εἰμί. ⁷ἢ ἄλλως· ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν πρότερον σώων φρενῶν καὶ μαινόμενος γεγονὼς ἀμνημονῶ ποῦ ἦλθον καὶ ποῦ εἰμί. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: Sleep is a forgetting of ills. For, however many pains a person has and (then) sleeps, he forgets them. Thus Orestes, too, after sleeping, forgot the troubles he had before, namely his madness and the murder of his mother. And as it seems, he had lain down in the place he had reached when beset by the gods, and then having come to his senses and woken up he says: from what place and when did I come here? For I do not remember, separated from my previous state of mind, that is, freed from insane and corrupted wits, and having come just now to a rational state of healthy wits I have not recognized where I am. Or an alternative way to take it: separated from my previously sound wits and having become insane, I do not recall where I have come to or where I am.

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἔχῃ Matt., ἔχει Yf² | ὑπνώσει Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.83,18–27

COMMENT: In 1 Matthiae (or rather Francesco de Furia, who supplied him with the collations of Florentine mss) wrongly read λήθη ἤγουν. λήθη is written with a suspended θη, and eta is distorted by the overlap of the acute and has a very ornate tail. In 3 Matthiae conjectured ὑπνώσας with punctuation before it, but his collator had missed the tiny καὶ abbreviation and ignored the punctiation after ὑπνώσει. In 4 I interpret Matthiae’s τρόπῳ also as a misreading of τόπῳ of Yf².

Or. 213.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨πότνια⟩: παρὰ πάντων τιμωμένη —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 213.06 (tri metr) ⟨πότνια⟩: koinē short over omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 213.07 (thom exeg) ⟨λήθη⟩: ¹οἱ γὰρ δυστυχοῦντες εὔχονται τῶν κακῶν οἷς σύνεισιν ἀπηλλάχθαι καὶ εἰς λήθην ἐλθεῖν. ²διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐν τῷ καθεστηκότι γενόμενος καὶ τῆς μανίας ἐπ’ ὀλίγον ἀπαλλαγεὶς τὴν τῶν κακῶν λήθην πότνιαν καλεῖ καὶ εὐκταίαν τοῖς δυστυχοῦσι θεόν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For those suffering misfortune pray to be released from the evils attending them and to reach forgetfulness. For this reason Orestes too, once he gets into his normal state of mind and is freed for a short time from his madness, calls the forgetting of evils ‘queen’ (‘potnia’) and a goddess prayed for by those suffering misfortune.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZmGu

APP. CRIT.: many words lost in Zl | 1 oἱ γὰρ νοσοῦντες Zm [Zl] | γὰρ om. T [Zl] | λήθην] λύσιν Ta [Zl]

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀπηλάχθαι ZbZl, ἀπαλλάχθαι Zm | 2 εὐκτέαν T [εὐκτέα in text]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.83,5–9

Or. 213.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς εἶ σοφὴ⟩: λίαν ἐπενοήθης ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως. —O

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπενοήθης O

COMMENT: Apparently σοφὴ is to be understood from the text below (cf. 213.13).

Or. 213.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς εἶ σοφὴ⟩: σοφῶς ἐπενοήθης —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 213.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς εἶ σοφὴ⟩: ἤγουν σοφὴ ἐπινοηθεῖσα ἀπὸ φύσεως. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 214.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖσι δυστυχοῦσιν εὐκταία⟩: ἀξία εὐχῆς τοῖς κακοπαθοῦσι —R

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: last two words very damaged

Or. 214.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δυστυχοῦσιν⟩: τοῖς ἐν δυστυχίᾳ οὖσι —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 214.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπειθοῦσιν⟩: δυστυχοῦσιν —Rw^rec

LEMMA: ἀπειθοῦσιν in text Rw POSITION: marg.

Or. 214.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: εὐκταῖον εὐχῆς ἄξιον πολύτιμον ὑγιὲς. —B⁴

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Derived from a lexicographic source: cf. Photius ε 2235, Suda ε 3549a, or Lex. Segueriana (Anecdota Gr. Bachmann I.240,26).

Or. 214.14 (tri metr) ⟨εὐκτέα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 214.17 (rec exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 2.742] ‘κλυτὸς Ἱπποδάμ(εια)’ —K

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: This citation is scholiastic shorthand for giving a parallel for adjectives with an apparently masculine ending modifying a feminine noun, as seen in sch. MV Hec. 148, sch. MVPrSa Hec. 296 (also sch. Thom. Hec. 296), sch. B Med. 63, sch. MV Andr. 711).

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | grammar, agreement of gender

Or. 214.18 (rec exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: Ἀττικὸν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 215.01 (rec rhet) ἐμπερίβολος —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.84,2

COMMENT: This is a late rhetorical term for ornate or intricate style of discourse, anything expanded beyond a simple and straightforward style of statement. Here it apparently applies to the double question with variation of the interrogative and of the verb of arriving.

KEYWORDS: ἐμπερίβολος

Or. 215.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πόθεν ποτ’⟩: ἐρωτηματικὸν πόθεν ποτε. —K

POSITION: marg. (below column)

Or. 215.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πότ’⟩: κατὰ ποῖον καιρὸν —V³AaZu

LEMMA: πότ’ in text VZu POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κατὰ] καὶ Zu

Or. 215.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨ποτ’⟩: περισσὸν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (This word is) superfluous (and need not be translated).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ποτε prep. X | ἢ prep. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.84,1–2

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 215.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: ἐν ᾧ νῦν εἰμι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. ZbZm, ἐνταῦθα prep. T

Or. 215.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: κίνησιν —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: δηλοῖ or σημαίνει is to be understood.

Or. 215.13 (rec exeg) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: εἰς τὴν κατάστασιν τῆς ὑγείας —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 215.18 (tri metr) ⟨ἀφικόμην⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 216.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: τί πέπρακται μοι ἐν τῇ νόσῳ. —OGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς μανίας add. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.84,3–4

Or. 216.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: εἴ τι καὶ πέπρακταί μοι ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς μανίας. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 216.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: οὐ μιμνήσκω, ἀχαριστῶ —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Note the inclusion of ἀχαριστῶ, a second meaning irrelevant to this passage.

Or. 216.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶν πρὶν⟩: ἕως τούτου ὀφείλει στίζειν, εἶτα ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν. —V

TRANSLATION: It is proper to punctuate after ‘the previous (ills)’, and then (treat as a new phrase) ‘deprived of sense’.

LEMMA: V POSITION: between lemma of 216.13 and content of 216.13

APP. CRIT.: ὀφείλεις Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.119,8–9; Dind. II.84,9–10

COMMENT: Schwartz’s correction is unjustified because impersonal ὀφείλει is medieval vernacular and found in e.g. Sch. Opp. Hal. 3.29,3–4 φησὶ γάρ· τὸν ἁλιέα μήτε παχὺν ὀφείλει εἶναι, μήτε λεπτὸν ἀλλὰ κτλ.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage | punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν)

Or. 216.11 (vet exeg) ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν: ¹τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν ἀπολειφθεὶς, ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ. ²οὐχὶ νῦν ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν φρενῶν ἀμνημονῶ, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ νόσῳ. ³τὸ γὰρ ὄργανον, δι’ οὗ ἀναφέρομεν τὰ πραττόμενα, συννοσεῖ τῷ σώματι. ⁴ἀμνημονῶ τί πέπρακταί μοι ἐν τῇ νόσῳ, τῶν φρενῶν πρότερον ἀπολειφθεὶς καὶ μανείς. —MBVCPrR^bRw, partial MlMnSSa

TRANSLATION: Deprived of my previous wits, during the madness. I am unaware not because now deprived of my wits, but rather during my sickness. For the sense organ through which we take in what is being done shares in the illness of the body. I am unaware of what has been done by me during my sickness, because I was previously deprived of my wits and became mad.

LEMMA: MVCR^b, τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν B, τῶν πρὶν ἀπολ. φρ. MnS(ὁ prep.)Sa, ἀμνημονῶ γὰρ Rw REF. SYMBOL: BVMlR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μανίᾳ] μαντία Mn | 2 ἀπολυφθεὶς Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.119,1–5; Dind. II.84,4–8

Or. 216.12 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: τί πέπονθα ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν πρὸ τῆς μανίας φρενῶν. —V

LEMMA: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.119,6–7; Dind. II.84,8–9

Or. 216.13 (rec exeg) ἄλλως· ἀμνημονῶ γὰρ τῶν πρὶν ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν: ¹δεῖ δὲ νοεῖν· οὐχὶ νῦν ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν φρενῶν, ἀλλὰ τότε· ²νῦν γὰρ φρονίμως διαλέγεται. —VPrRw

TRANSLATION: One must interpret: not now deprived of his wits, but back then. For now he is conversing intelligently.

LEMMA: V, ἀμνημονῶ ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν Pr POSITION: follows sch. 200.05 PrRw (200.05 itself out of order Pr, bottom block 16v)

APP. CRIT.: 1 between lemma and start of note V inserts sch. 216.07

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.119,10–11; Dind. II.84,10–12

Or. 216.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν⟩: στερηθεὶς τῶν πρότερον σώων φρενῶν καὶ μαινόμενος γεγονὼς ἀμνημονῶ ποῦ ἦλθον καὶ ποῦ εἰμί. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: First word is reused Y gloss.

Or. 216.16 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀπολειφθεὶς⟩: πόρρω γενόμενος ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.84,12

Or. 216.17 (rec exeg) ⟨φρενῶν⟩: τῶν ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ —OB^3a

POSITION: marg.

Or. 216.20 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 217.04 (tri metr) ⟨ηὔφρανας⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 218.01 (vet exeg) ⟨βούλει θίγω σου⟩: φιλαδέλφου κόρης ἦθος καὶ λόγους ἐμιμήσατο. —MBCAaPr^aPr^bR^b

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) has represented the character and utterances of a sister affectionate toward a brother.

LEMMA: MC, 217 ὦ φίλτατ’ R^b REF. SYMBOL: MR^b POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. AaPr^b; follows sch. 221.01 Pr^a

APP. CRIT.: καὶ λόγ. μιμήσατο om. Aa | καὶ om. Pr^a | ἦθος καὶ λόγον Pr^b, ἦθος λόγων Pr^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.119,12–13; Dind. II.84,16–17

KEYWORDS: character, analysis of | μιμέομαι

Or. 218.02 (thom exeg) ⟨βούλει⟩: ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ ‘τί σοι θέλεις δῆτ’ εἰκάθω’ ὅ φησι Σοφοκλῆς [Soph. OT 651]. —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (This passage) is similar (in its grammatical construction) to the line ‘what, then, do you want me to yield to you?’ that Sophocles says.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: s.l. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.84,21–22

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Sophocles

Or. 218.04 (thom exeg) ⟨θίγω⟩: ¹διότι μὲν ἤρξατο θίγειν, θίγω ἐνεστῶτα καὶ οὐ θίξω εἶπε. ²διότι δὲ ἔμελλε κουφιεῖν, κουφίσω ἐπὶ μέλλοντος καὶ οὐ κουφίζω εἶπε. ³διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ βούλει ποσῶς μὲν πρὸς τὸ θίγω νοεῖται, τὸ δὲ ὅλον πρὸς τὸ ἀνακουφίσω. ⁴ἢ καὶ τὸ θίγω ὑποτακτικὸν νόει. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Because she has (already) begun to touch him, she said ‘I touch’ in the present tense and not ‘I will touch’. But because she was (still) about to raise him, she said ‘I will raise’ in the future tense and not ‘I raise’. For this reason also the verb ‘do you want’ is understood to apply to ‘I touch’ to a certain extent, but completely to ‘I will raise up’. Or, alternatively, interpret ‘I touch’ also as subjunctive.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm

APP. CRIT.: 2 κουφίζω] κουφίσω Z [Zl] | 4 προσ[τακτικόν] a.c. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἶπεν Ta

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.84,17–21

Or. 218.06 (rec exeg) ⟨θίγω⟩: ἐλλειπτικῶς —Pr

TRANSLATION: With ellipsis (scil. of ‘hina’ to introduce the subjunctive).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐλλιπτικῶς Pr

KEYWORDS: ἐλλειπτικῶς

Or. 218.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θίγω⟩: τὸ βούλει μετὰ ὑποτακτικοῦ συντάσσεται. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 218.18 (tri metr) ⟨κἀνακουφίσω⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 219.01 (vet exeg) λαβοῦ λαβοῦ δῆτ’: ¹σφόδρα δεομένου ἡ φωνή· ²διὸ τῇ ἐπαναλήψει κέχρηται. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: The expression is that of one earnestly entreating; therefore he uses repetition of the same word (epanalepsis).

LEMMA: MVC, λαβοῦ λαβοῦ MlMnR^bRwSSa REF. SYMBOL: MVMlR^b POSITION: intermarg. B; between sch. 168.05 and sch. 174.04 Rw, cont. from 218.01 Pr

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ σφόδρα VMlMnR^bS(τὸ)Sa, τοῦ σφοδροῦ Rw | δεομένη Pr | φωνή ἐστι VMl(φωνὴ ἐστὶν)MnR^bRw(ἐστιν)SSa | 2 διὸ καὶ BVMlMnPrSSa, ἐξ οὗ καὶ Rw | τῇ μὲν ἐπ. MlMnR^bSSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.119,14–15; Dind. II.84,23–24

KEYWORDS: epanalepsis

Or. 219.03 (thom exeg) ⟨λαβοῦ⟩: ὥστε ἀνακουφίσαι —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 219.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὄμορξον⟩: ἀπόμοργμα ὁ σπόγγος καὶ τὸ εἴδωλον. —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: a.c. perhaps ἀπογγ*ωμα, p.c. app. ἀπόργμα Zu

COMMENT: For the gloss εἴδωλον, cf. Photius α 2572 καὶ ἀπόμοργμα τὸ ἐκτύπωμα καὶ ὁμοίωμα, ps.-Zonaras 253,21 ἀπομόργματα· σφραγίδων ἐκτυπώματα.

Or. 220.02 (vet exeg) ἀφρώδη πέλανον: τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀφροῦ —MBOV^aV^bCAbMl^aMl^bMn^aMn^bPrR^bS^aS^bSa^aSa^b

TRANSLATION: The caked crust (formed) from foam.

LEMMA: V^a, στόματος ἀφρώδη M REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: intermarg. B; s.l. V^bCAbMl^bMn^bS^bSa^b; cont. from 219.01 B, cont. from 220.05 Pr

APP. CRIT.: ἀφρώδη δὲ πέλανον prep. Ml^a(ἀφρόδη)Mn^aR^bS^aSa^a(ἀφθώδη Mn^a, δὲ om. S^a), πέλανον δὲ prep. B, πέλανον δὲ κυρίως εἶπε prep. Pr | καὶ prep. S^b | ὑπὸ] ἀπὸ V^aAbMl^aMl^bMn^aMn^bS^aS^bSa^aSa^b, p.c. Pr | τοῦ om. OV^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ῥῦπον CMl^aPrS^aS^b, a.c. R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.119,17–18; Dind. II.84,27

COMMENT: The mss all have the accentuation πέλανον, not πελανὸν, as editors print on the basis of Herodian Gram.Gr. 3:1.178,19 (but V¹ writes πελανὸν in Alc. 851 and in the scholion on that line, and the original hand in M at Hipp. 147 has πελανῶν as opposed to πελάνων of other mss and M²).

Or. 220.03 (rec exeg) ἀφρώδη πέλανον: ¹καλῶς εἶπεν ἀφρώδη πέλανον ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ὀμμάτων οὐ δεῖ προσλαμβάνειν τὸ ἀφρώδη πέλανον, ἀλλὰ μόνον πέλανον. ²ἐπὶ γὰρ τῶν ὀμμάτων ῥύπος μὲν γίνεται, ἀφρῶδες δὲ οὔ. —VRw(C)

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) well said ‘foamlike crust’ in application to the mouth, but in the case of the eyes one should not apply (the description) ‘foamlike crust’ but only ‘crust’. For in the case of the eyes, a dirty bit of crud does occur, but it is not foamlike.

LEMMA: C (omits content) REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: follows sch. 227.06 V, cont. from 227.06 Rw; (lemma only) between 225.15 and 234.12 C

APP. CRIT.: 2 γὰρ] μὲν γὰρ Rw | ἀφρῶδες] ἀφροδίτη Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.120,6–8; Dind. II.85,6–9

KEYWORDS: καλῶς (in praise of poet’s or character’s use of a word or phrase)

Or. 220.05 (vet exeg) πέλανον: ¹κυρίως πέλανος τὸ λεπτὸν πέμμα ᾧ χρῶνται πρὸς τὰς θυσίας, παρὰ τὸ πεπλατύνθαι. ²οἱ δέ φασι καὶ πᾶν ἐξ ὑγροῦ πεπηγός. ³ἔνιοι δὲ παρὰ τὴν παιπάλην· ⁴ἐκ γὰρ ταύτης ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον γίνεται. ⁵ἢ παρὰ τὸ παλῦναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκᾶναι· ⁶Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. ⁷λευκὸν γὰρ τὸ πέμμα. ⁵οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάζειν καὶ ἱκετεύειν τοὺς θεοὺς δι’ αὐτῶν. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: In the proper sense, ‘pelanos’ is the light cake that people use for sacrifices, derived from (the fact of) its having been flattened (‘plat-’). Others say it also means anything that has solidified out of something moist. Some derive it from ‘paipalē’ (fine meal, flour), because for the most part ‘pelanos’ is made out of this. Alternatively, derived from ‘to besprinkle’ (‘palun-’) meaning ‘to whiten’. Homer (says): ‘(snow) lightly dusted (‘epalunen’) the fields (with white)’. For the cake is white. Others derive it from (the fact that people) ‘draw near’ (‘pelazein’) and supplicate the gods with them (the cakes).

LEMMA: MB, ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT. 2: 5 παλύναι MPrRw | ἐστὶν M | λευκάναι MVCPrRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.119,19–130,5; Dind. II.85,1–6

COMMENT: Similarly, sch. V Rhes. 430 ὡς πέμμα ξηρανθὲν τὸ αἷμα τοῦ φόνου. ἀκύρως δὲ κέχρηται τῷ πέλανος, ἄμεινον δὲ ἑτέρωθι [220] εἶπεν ‘ἀφρώδη πέλανον’ διὰ τὴν λευκότητα. κυρίως γὰρ ἔλεγον πελάνους τὰ πόπανα ἀπὸ τοῦ πεπλατύνθαι· ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς παιπάλης, ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ λεπτοτάτου κατασκευάζονται. καὶ Ὅμηρος τὸ λευκᾶναι παλῦναί φησιν [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ὅτε πέρ τε χιὼν ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. Cf. Harpocration 44 Keaney πέλανος· Λυκοῦργος ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῆς ἱερείας. πολλάκις ἐστὶ τοὔνομα παρὰ πολλοῖς τῶν ἀρχαίων. Ἀπολλώνιος δ’ ὁ Ἀχαρνεὺς ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῶν ἑορτῶν οὕτω γράφει: ‘ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ὁ προσαγορευόμενος πέλανος. λέγεται δὲ πέμματά τινα τοῖς θεοῖς γινόμενα ἐκ τοῦ ἀφαιρεθέντος σίτου ἐκ τῆς ἅλω’. ⟨Σαννυρίων⟩ δ’ ἐν Γέλωτί φησι: ‘πέλανον ⟨καλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς οἱ θεοί⟩ / ἃ καλεῖτε σεμνῶς ἄλφιθ’ ὑμεῖς οἱ βροτοί.’ Δίδυμος [p. 40, #17 Schmidt = F 318 C.–Pr.] δὲ κυρίως φησὶ τὸ ἐκ τῆς παιπάλης πέμμα, ἐξ ἧς ποιοῦνται πέμματα, ἢ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πεπλατύνθαι, ἢ ὅτι λευκά ἐστιν· Ὅμηρος: ‘ὅτε πέρ τε χιὼν ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. ἢ διὰ τὸ φανὸν εἶναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκόν. Εὐριπίδης μέντοι ἐν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ [219–220] ἰδίως φησὶν· ‘ἐκ δ’ ὄμορξον ἀθλίου / στόματος ἀφρώδη πέλανον’. ὅπερ τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος ἀφρὸν δηλοῖ (the latter half also in Photius and Suda s.v. πέλανος); Et. Magn. 659,15–25; Sch. Ap.. Rhod. 1.1075–77b Wendel, etc.

KEYWORDS: etymology | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 220.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀφροῦ, ἀπὸ τοῦ παλύναι ὅ ἐστι λευκάναι. Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάζειν καὶ ἱκετεύειν τοὺς θεοὺς. —V³

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: etymology | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 220.07 (plan exeg) πέλανον: ¹κυρίως πέλανος τὸ λεπτὸν πέμμα ᾧ χρῶνται πρὸς τὰς θυσίας. ²ἔνιοι δέ φασι καὶ πᾶν ἐξ ὑγροῦ πεπηγμένον. ³παρὰ τὸ παλῦναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκᾶναι. ⁴πέλανον ἐνταῦθα τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀφροῦ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa

TRANSLATION: Properly speaking, ‘pelanos’ is the light cake/batter that people use for sacrifices. And some say it is also everything that is congealed from something liquid. Derived from ‘palunai’ meaning ‘whiten’. Here ‘pelanon’ is the dirty crust congealed from the foam (scil. of spittle or of tears).

LEMMA: ἀφρώδη πέλανον G; label μαξ in marg. Y POSITION: cont. from sch. 220.12 X

APP. CRIT.: 1 κυρίως transp. after πελ. Xo | πέλανος XoY, πέλανον others | 3 παρὰ τὸ] ἀπὸ τοῦ G

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 παλύναι Aa, παλκῦναι Xb | λευκάναι X | 4 ῥῦπον AaYf (perhaps ῥῶπον a.c. Yf)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.85,10–13

COMMENT: Y labels this as Planudean; Yf has a cross, but there are many of these in Yf and their significance, if any, is unclear.

KEYWORDS: etymology | Planudes

Or. 220.08 (rec gram) ⟨πέλανον⟩: πέλανος τὸ πλακούντιον ἀπὸ τοῦ πέλειν ἐν τοῖς ναοῖς. —Pr

COMMENT: For πέλανος glossed with or equated to πλακούντιον or πλακοῦς cf. Hesych. π 1284, Photius α 1675, Eust. in Il. 18.573 (4.263,12–15), Sch. A. Pers. 524.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 220.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: πέλανος [καὶ] ὁ π[ερὶ τῷ στόματι] / πεπηγὼς ἀφρός [καὶ τὸ περι]/πεπηγὸς (?)ἐκ τοῦ(?) ἐξηρα[μμένου] / ὀπῶδες δάρκυ[ον]. —A²

REF. SYMBOL: A² POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: obscured by damage and trimmed margin

COMMENT: The note is copied from Suda π 928 (a longer entry).

COLLATION NOTES: Check original A fol. 21.

Or. 220.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ¹πέλανος προσηγορικὸν ὄνομα, ὁ ἀφρός· ²κατὰ παντὸς γὰρ ἀφροῦ λέγεται ἡ λέξις ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάζειν ἄνω ὡς κουφότερον· ³τὰ γὰρ κοῦφα τὰ ἄνω ζητοῦσιν, ὡς τὸ ἀσκός. ⁴ἀποσπόγγισον τὸν ἀφρώδῃ πέλανον· ⁵οἱ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενοι καὶ ἐκ τῶν στομάτων αὐτῶν ἀφροὺς πέμπουσι, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀμμάτων δάκρυα, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν λήμας· ⁶πλεονάζει γὰρ τὸ ὑγρὸν, καὶ μὴ ἔχον ἔξοδον ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν· ⁷ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς πλημμελείας τοῦ στομάχου πλεονάσαν τὸ ὑγρὸν, γίνονται αἱ ἀναθυμιάσεις, ⁸καὶ μὴ ἔχον ἔξοδον τὸ πνεῦμα ἀνέρχεται τὰ ἄνω μέρη ζητοῦν ἔξοδον, ⁹καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον ἀθροιζόμενον ἐκεῖσε σκοτίζει τὸν ἐγκέφαλον, καὶ τὰ μέλη σπαράσσει ζητοῦν ἔξοδον, ¹⁰καὶ οὕτως σκοτισθέντος τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου γίνεται παράφρων ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἕως οὗ ἐκφορηθῇ τὸ πνεῦμα· ¹¹οὕτως γὰρ εἰσέρχεται τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ σείει αὐτὴν, μὴ ἔχον τοῦ ἐξελθεῖν. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: ‘Pelanos’ is a common noun, (meaning) froth/foam. For the word is applied to every kind of froth, by derivation from ‘approaching upward’ (‘pelazein anō’) as being lighter. For light things seek the upper positions, like a leather-pouch (filled with air). Wipe off the foamy froth. For those afflicted by demons emit foam from their mouths and tears from their eyes and rheum from their eyes. For the wet element is in excess (in them), and not having a way out it emerges from the mouth and from the eyes. For when because of an imbalance of the stomach the wet element has become excessive, exhalations occur, and since the breath does not have a way out it rises up to the upper parts seeking an exit, and failing to find (one) it accumulates there and darkens the brain, and it causes convulsions of the limbs as it seeks an exit. And thus when the brain is darkened in this way the person becomes delirious, until the breath is borne outside. For in this way breath (‘pneuma’) enters also inside the earth and causes the earth to quake, since it is not able to get out.

APP. CRIT.: 2 κουφοτέρως (or ‑τερως) Yf² | 11 ἔχον ποῦ ἐξελθεῖν tentatively Dind.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.85,15–27

COMMENT: No parallel for this discussion is found in TLG. But among the as yet unpublished scholia on Euripides there are similarities in sch. SSa Hec. 68 (ἀναθυμίασις rising and entering the brain to cause dreams), sch. SbS Hec. 324 (ἀναθυμίασις beneath the earth; see Prelim. Stud. 146–147). The latter is from a pre-Palaeologan source, and the same is probably true of what Yf² has added here. | In 2 one could perhaps also consider κουφοτέρου (agreeing with ἀφροῦ), but in scripts like that of Yf and Yf² the ον sign is often curved and similar to the sign for ως, so ον is the more likely origin of the error ως.

COLLATION NOTES: In the sloppy and crowded script of Yf², ἀναθυμιάσεις was easily misread as ἀναθυμήσεις by Matthiae’s collator and thus corrected to ‑ιάσεις by Dindorf, but in fact the scribe wrote the correct form himself.

Or. 220.12 (mosch exeg) πέλανον: τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc, perhaps C²

TRANSLATION: The caked crust.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. C²

APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. XaXoYYfGr, τὸ C² | ῥύπον om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: ῥῶπον a.c., ῥῦπον p.c. Yf

COMMENT: In C this note is at the burned upper edge of the folio and damaged: it looks like τὸ πεπηγοὺς and in the next word there is an upsilon and ending ον.

Or. 220.13 (thom exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ἥγουν τὸν πεπηγότα σίελον —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAa

TRANSLATION: The caked spittle.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] λέγ(ει) Aa | τὸν ῥύπον add. Zb, ῥύπον add. Aa

COLLATION NOTES: Gu writes only σίελον, reusing Gr’s words.

Or. 220.15 (rec gram) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ὁ ἀφρὸς, ἀπὸ τῶν πελάζειν ἄνω. —MnPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὁ ἀφρὸς] om. Mn

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 220.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πέλανον⟩: τὸν λεπτὸν ῥύπον τὸν πεπηγότα —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: ῥῦπον Zu

Or. 220.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: τὸν ἐξ ἄφρου γενόμενον μολυσμόν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 220.19 (thom exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ¹πέλανος σημαίνει δύο, τὸν σίελον ὡς ἐνταῦθα, καὶ εἶδος θύματος ἤτοι τὸν πλακοῦντα, ²ὡς Αἰσχύλος ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ [Aesch. Pers. 204, 524] φησίν. —ZbZlZmGuOx²

TRANSLATION: ‘Pelanos’ has two meanings, spittle as here, and a type of sacrificial offering, that is, the flat cake, as Aeschylus uses it in the third play (of the Byzantine Aeschylean triad, i.e., Persians).

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZlZm

APP. CRIT.: 2 ὡς καὶ Zb, but καὶ partly erased | φησίν om. Zl |

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 αἰσχῦλος ZbZm | φησὶ Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.85,13–14

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aeschylus, Persae

Or. 220.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων τ’ ἐμῶν⟩: λείπει τὴν λήμην. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (With ‘of my eyes’) ‘the rheum’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 220.22 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων τ’ ἐμῶν⟩: τὰς λήμας δηλονότι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Obviously, (referring to) the flows of rheum (from the eyes).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς λήμης Za

Or. 221.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ τὸ δούλευμ’ ἡδύ⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους ἀνάγκην προβάλλεται πρὸς τὸ μὴ δυσωπῆσαι τῇ θεραπείᾳ τὸν ἀδελφόν. —MBVCPr^aPr^bR^bRw

TRANSLATION: She puts forward the compulsion deriving from kinship in order not to cause embarrassment to her brother by her attending to him.

LEMMA: MVCR^b, τὸ δούλευμ’ ἡδύ Rw, κ’οὐκ ἀναίνομαι ἀδελφ’ B, κοὐκ ἀναίνομαι Pr^a REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: s.l. Pr^b

APP. CRIT.: τὴν] τὸν M; διὰ add. above τὴν V³ | ἀπὸ om. V | μὴ om. BPr^aPr^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.120,9–10; Dind. II.86,8–10

Or. 221.02 (recMosch exeg) ἰδού: ποιῶ δηλονότι ὃ λέγεις. —MlXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcAa²

TRANSLATION: (‘Idou’, ‘there’, indicates,) clearly, ‘I am doing what you say’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: δηλ. om. GZc | ὃ λέγεις om. Aa²Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.86,1

Or. 221.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδού⟩: ἤδη ποιῶ τοῦτο. —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 221.05 (recThom exeg) ⟨δούλευμα⟩: γρ. βούλευμα. —MnZZa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘douleuma’, ‘service’,) the reading ‘bouleuma’ (‘plan’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 221.07 (rec exeg) ⟨βούλευμα⟩: δούλευμα —Aa²AbYf

LEMMA: βούλευμα in text all REF. SYMBOL: Yf POSITION: s.l. Aa²Ab, marg. Yf

APP. CRIT.: ἀλλαχοῦ γρ(άφεται) τὸ prep. Yf

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 221.09 (thom exeg) ⟨δούλευμα⟩: ὃ συμβουλεύεις μοι, ἢ τὸ ὑπούργημα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (If the reading is ‘bouleuma’, it means) that which you advise me to do, or (if the reading is ‘douleuma’, the meaning is) the helpful service.

LEMMA: βούλευμα in text ZbZlZm POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὃ … ἢ om. T | βουλεύεις Zl | ἢ τὸ om. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.86,1–2

Or. 221.13 (thom exeg) ⟨κοὐκ ἀναίνομαι⟩: ἀπὸ γὰρ φρονήσεως λέγεις. —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (I obey you) because you speak rationally.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.86,7

Or. 221.15 (plan gram) ἀναίνομαι: ¹συναινῶ τὸ συμφωνῶ καὶ ἐπινεύω, ᾧ ἐναντίον τὸ ἀναίνομαι. ²παραινῶ τὸ συμβουλεύω, ἐπαινῶ τὸ εὖ λέγω. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘Sunainō’ means ‘I agree’ and ‘I consent’, the opposite of which is ‘anainomai’. ‘Parainō’ means ‘I advise’, ‘epainō’ means ‘I speak well of’.

LEMMA: lemma ἰδοὺ τὸ βούλευμ’ ἡδύ, κοὐκ ἀναίνομαι G POSITION: after sch. 222.03 X; cont. from sch. 220.07 Xa

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐπινεύω] πιστεύω G | ἀπαναίνομαι G

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 συμαίνω Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.86,5–6

COMMENT: The label in Y beside sch. 220.07 seems also to apply to this note and to sch. 223.26, which are written closely after it, with a large gap before the next scholion in the side column.

COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions | Planudes

Or. 222.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀδέλφ’⟩: ἀδελφά, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδελφικά. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (The spelling without elision is) ‘adelpha’, used in the sense ‘belonging to a brother’ (‘adelphika’).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀδελφά om. XoYf | ἀδελφικῶς Xo

COMMENT: ἀδελφικῶς (as in Xo) is also reported by Günther as in Xp = Vat.gr. 1363, which I have not inspected.

COLLATION NOTES: Check Xp.

Or. 222.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀδελφῇ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδελφικῇ —XXaXbT⁺YGr

TRANSLATION: (The simple form ‘sister’ is) used in the sense ‘belonging to a sister’.

POSITION: s.l., except X (cont. from prev.)

Or. 222.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀδελφῇ⟩: τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ τοῦ κτητικοῦ —Mn

TRANSLATION: The simple (root‑)form is used instead of the (derived) possessive adjective.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 222.11 (tri metr) ⟨θεραπεύειν⟩: long mark(?) over alpha —T³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

COMMENT: This mark is absent from the copy Ta. The mark is definitely lighter than the other writing on this page. Although shorter than many long marks written by Triclinius, it matches in length and positioning the clear long mark over alpha of 214 εὐκτέα on the same page. After renewed autopsy (2023), I have concluded that the light color is that seen in some additions by T³.

Or. 223.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς πλευρά⟩: ἀστείως ταῦτα πεποίηται τοῖς λόγοις καὶ τοῖς ἤθεσι καὶ τῇ κατὰ τὴν σκηνὴν διαθέσει. —MBVCMlMnR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: This passage has been composed in a charming and refined way in respect to the words, the characters, and the disposition on stage.

LEMMA: C, ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς Rw, ὑπόβαλε πλευρά M, ὑπόβαλε Ml(ἀπο-, α by rubr.)MnR^bSSa; ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: MMl POSITION: follows sch. 224.01 V

APP. CRIT.: τὴν] τοῦ M, om. Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: ἥθεσι C | σκηνὴν] σὴν Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.120,11–12; Dind. II.86,11–12

KEYWORDS: character, analysis of | praise of poet’s skill | staging, position or gesture of actors

Or. 223.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς πλευρά⟩: ὑποβαλοῦσα τὰ σὰ πλευρὰ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἀνόρθου τοὐμὸν δέμας. —C

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 223.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πλευροῖσι⟩: πλευρῇσι —MnRSa

LEMMA: πλευροῖσι in text RSa,-ῇσι Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 223.18 (223–224) (rec paraphr) ⟨καὐχμώδη … προσώπου⟩: καὶ αὐχμώδη κόμην ἄφελε προσώπου. —VMlMnR^bSSa

POSITION: cont. from sch. 219.01 in all, and in R^bSSa followed by sch. 220.02 without division

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.84,24–25

COMMENT: The paraphrase is apparently intended to clarify the crasis καὐχμώδη and indicate that the second acc. κόμην belongs with ἄφελε and not the verb in its own line.

Or. 223.25 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: τὴν ξηρότητος μετέχουσαν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 223.26 (plan gram) καὐχμώδη: ¹ἐπομβρία, ὅταν ἐπάλληλοι ὄμβροι ὦσιν, ᾧ ἐναντίον ἡ ἀνομβρία. ²αὐχμὸς δὲ ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνομβρίας ξηρότης, ἀφ’ οὗ αὐχμηρὸς καὶ αὐχμώδης, ἁπλῶς ὁ ξηρότητος μετέχων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: A downpour (‘epombria’) is when rains are continuous; the opposite of this is absence of rain (‘anombria’). Drought (‘auchmos’) is the dryness resulting from absence of rain, and derived from it are (the adjectives) ‘auchmēros’ and ‘auchmōdēs’, meaning simply that which partakes of dryness.

LEMMA: G POSITION: after sch. 224.11 X

APP. CRIT.: 2 τῆς om. XoYYfGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.86,15–17

COMMENT: The label in Y beside sch. 220.07 seems still to apply to this note. | ἀνομβρία is the standard definition for αὐχμοί in the lexica. Compare in the Moschopulean περὶ σχεδῶν, p. 183, ὄμβος ἡ βροχή. ἀφ’ οὗ ἐπομβρία, ὅταν συνεχεῖς ὦσι βροχαὶ καὶ ἐπάλληλοι. ὄβριμον ὕδωρ, τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν ὄμβρων; also cf. sch. rec. Arist. Nub. 1120f Koster (from two mss of the second half of the 15th cent.): ἐπομβρία λέγεται, ὅταν ἐπάλληλοι ὄμβροι γίνωνται· οὗ/ἧς ἐναντίον ἡ ἀνομβρία.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions | Planudes

Or. 223.27 (rec gram) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: ¹αὖχος τὸ ὄσπριον ἀρσενικῶς, καὶ αὐχμώδους ξηροῦ ῥυπῶντος. ²ξηρὸς ὁ ῥύπος. —B⁴

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 αὔχος B⁴ | 2 ξιρὸς B⁴ | ῥῦπος B⁴

COMMENT: Cf. Suda σ 4545 αὖχος· τὸ ὄσπριον ἀρσενικῶς; Photius α 3273, Suda σ 4544 αὐχμώδους, ξηροῦ, ῥυπῶντος.

Or. 223.28 (rec exeg) ⟨κόμην⟩: τὴν οὖσαν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου, [ … —O

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: remainder of note, if any, lost to trimmed margin

COMMENT: The comma is oddly large, and if it is a comma, it is hard to guess what may have followed. ἄφελε or τρίχα would not be separated by a comma; τὴν ἐμήν could be.

Or. 224.01 (vet exeg) ἄφελε προσώπου: ¹τουτέστιν· ἀποδιάστησον τὴν ἔμπροσθεν οὖσαν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου κόμην. ²ἀσθενῆ γὰρ λεύσσω ταῖς κόραις διὰ τὸ ἐπικεῖσθαί μοι τὰς τρίχας. —MBV^aCMlMnPr^aR^bRwSSa, partial V^bPr^b

TRANSLATION: That is, move away the hair that is in front of my eyes. For I see weakly with my eyes because my hair lies over them.

LEMMA: Rw, λεπτὰ γὰρ λεύσω κόραις MC, λεπτὰ γὰρ λεύσσω BV^a, λεπτὰ γὰρ MlPr^a, λεπτὸν γὰρ R^b(λευτὸν)MnS, λεπτὰ Sa REF. SYMBOL: at λεπτὰ MBVMl, marg. R^b POSITION: s.l. V^bPr^b(both starting above ἄφελε προσώπου)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κώμην M | 2 λεύσσω BPr^a, s.l. Rw, λεύσω others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.120,13–15; Dind. II.86,18–20

Or. 224.07 (rec exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: διὰ τὸ ἐπικεῖσθαί μοι τὰς τρίχας —OAbMlMnSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Sa POSITION: s.l. AbMnS, marg. OSa

APP. CRIT.: μοι τὰς τρίχας om. Ml | μοι om. Sa, μου Mn

Or. 224.09 (rec exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: σκιώδεις τινὰς τύπους —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 224.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἤγουν ἀμυδρὰ γὰρ βλέπω τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς. —X

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.86,14–15

Or. 224.13 (thom exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἀσθενῆ ἐπικειμένων τῶν τριχῶν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Lepta’, ‘small’, here means) ‘weak’, because the hair is lying over (the eyes).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 224.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: γρ. καὶ λευκά. —F

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 224.16 (vet exeg) ⟨λεύσσω κόραις⟩: ¹γράφεται λεύσσω νόσῳ, ²ἵν’ ᾖ ἡ νόσος με ποιεῖ λεπτὸν λεύσσειν. —MBCPr, partial V^aV^bMlMnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: There is also the reading ‘I see because of my illness’, so that the sense is: The sickness makes me see weakly.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 224.01 all except V^a (cont. from sch. 223.01)

APP. CRIT.: 1 γρ. … νόσῳ om. V^aV^bMlMnR^bSSa | after γρ. add. καὶ λεπτὰ γὰρ BPr | 2 ἵν’ ᾖ] οἷον V^bMlMnR^bSSa | με] μὲν Ml | λεπτὰ V^bMlPrSSa, λατ()῀ V^a

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λεύσω M | 2 ποίει V^a | λεύσειν V^aV^bCMlMnR^bSSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.120,16–17; Dind. II.86,20–21

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 224.17 (rec exeg) ἢ ἡ νόσος με ποιεῖ ἀσθενῆ βλέπειν. —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l. SMn, marg. AbSa; cont. from sch. 224.07 all

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀσθενεῖ S, ασθενὴ Mn

Or. 224.19 (vet exeg) ⟨κόραις⟩: γρ. νόσῳ. —MC

TRANSLATION: (For ‘korais’, ‘eyes’) the reading ‘nosōi’ is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 225.01 (vet exeg) ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες ἄθλιον κάρα: ¹κατὰ ἀναστροφὴν εἶπεν· ²οὐ γάρ ἐστι τῶν βοστρύχων τὸ κάρα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ κάρατος οἱ βόστρυχοι. ³ἢ ὅτι οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐπιλείπεται τῇ κεφαλῇ ἢ μόνον οἱ βόστρυχοι, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως· ὦ τῶν βοστρύχων ἄθλιον κάρα. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: She spoke with an inversion. For the head does not belong to the locks of hair, but the locks belong to the head. Or (interpret it) that nothing else is left for the head except only the locks of hair, so that the meaning will be thus: O wretched head of (only) locks of hair.

LEMMA: MC, ὦ βοστ. πιν. V, ὦ βοστ. MlR^bS, τῶν βοστ. MnSa, ἄθλιον κάρα Rw REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b POSITION: cont. from 224.26 B, add. δὲ after ἀναστρ., cont. from sch. 225.15 Pr, add. δὲ after ἀναστ.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κατ’ Pr | 2 ἐστιν M | ἀλλ’ MBCPr | 3 ἐπιλείπετε R^b | ἵ ἦ Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.120,21–121,1; Dind. II.87,1–3

KEYWORDS: anastrophe (inversion of construction)

Or. 225.02 (vet exeg) παρακαθίσασα δὲ ἐγγύθεν καὶ εἰς πλευρὸν δεξαμένη τὸν Ὀρέστην ταῦτα λέγει. —MBCPrZu, partial O

TRANSLATION: Having seated herself beside him nearby and having taken Orestes against her side, she says this.

REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: cont. from prev. MBCPr

APP. CRIT.: παρακαθ. … καὶ om. O | δὲ om. Zu | ἔγγυθεν Mastr., ἔξωθεν all (after ἔξωθεν add. ἡ ἠλέκτρα Zu) | πλευρὰν Zu | λέγει] φησί Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.121,1–2; Dind. II.87, app. at 3–4

COMMENT: Transmitted ἔξωθεν, ‘on the outside, from the outside’, has no legitmate force here. Elsewhere it is used with verbs of sitting only with an accompanying genitive, ‘outside of some place or group’, or with such a place or group implied by the context. On the other hand, ἐγγύθεν is found several times with verbs of sitting, and is common in all periods of Greek prose.

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors

Or. 225.03 (rec exeg) παρακαθίσασα δὲ ἐγγύθεν εἰς πλευρὰν καὶ ἁψαμένη τῶν τριχῶν ταῦτα τῷ Ὀρέστῃ λέγει. —V MlMnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Having seated herself nearby against his side and having laid hold of his hair, she says this to Orestes.

POSITION: cont. from 225.01 all

APP. CRIT. 2: παρακαθήσασα MnR, περικαθίσασα Ml^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.121, app. at 2; Dind. II.87,3–5

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors | addressee identified

Or. 225.04 (rec exeg) ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ βόστυχοι τῆς ἀθλίας κάρας πινώδεις —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 225.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες⟩: παρεπιγραφή —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Implicit stage direction.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ σχῆμα add. Xo

COMMENT: Presumably, this is taken as an implied stage direction within the text because the vocative is taken to imply that Electra touches Orestes’ head/hair (cf. ἁψαμένη in 225.03).

KEYWORDS: παρεπιγραφή | staging, position or gesture of actors

Or. 225.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες⟩: κατὰ ἀναστροφὴν συντάσσεται. —Pr

TRANSLATION: It is construed with reversal of construction (cases switched)

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: anastrophe (inversion of construction)

Or. 225.07 (rec exeg) ἀντίστροφον —Mn

TRANSLATION: Reversal of construction (cases switched).

POSITION: s.l. (above other glosses, over κάρα)

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως | antistrophe (of construction)

Or. 225.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες⟩: ἀντίπτωσις —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίπτωσις

Or. 225.09 (recMosch exeg) ⟨βοστρύχων⟩: βόστρυχοι —V³A^rAa²FMnXXaXbXoTYYfGrZu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 225.14 (vet paraphr) πινῶδες: ἀντί τοῦ αὐχμηρὸν καὶ ῥυπῶδες —BPr

LEMMA: ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες B REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: Pr cont. from sch. 216.13

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ αὐχμ. om. Pr | ῥυπώδης with ε s.l. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.86,25

Or. 225.15 (vet exeg) πινῶδες: πῖνος ὁ ῥύπος· [Apoll. Rh. 2.200] ‘πίνῳ δέ οἱ αὐαλέος χρὼς ἐσκλήκει’. —MBVCPr^aPr^bR^b

TRANSLATION: ‘Pinos’ means ‘filth, dirt’: (as in a phrase in Apollonius) ‘his dry skin was hard with caked dirt’.

LEMMA: ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες Pr^a POSITION: s.l. V; cont. from 224.14 BPr^b, cont. from 225.13 VR^b

APP. CRIT.: after πῖνος add. γὰρ BVPr^aPr^bR^b, add. δὲ λέγεται C | πίνῳ … ἐσκλήκει om. VPr^b | αὐαλέϊ Pr^a

APP. CRIT. 2: πίνος C | ῥῦπος CPr^aPr^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.120,19–20; Dind. II.86,26

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Apollonius Rhodius

Or. 225.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: ἐρρυπωμένοι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ῥερυπ‑ XaYZc, ‑μένον TYf

COMMENT: The nominative plural used by Moschopulus agrees with the gloss βόστρυχοι, indicating that it is the hair and not the head that is dirty. Cf. the next two glosses.

Or. 225.18 (recMosch exeg) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: πινώδεις —V³A^rAa²MnXXaXbXoTYYfGr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 225.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄθλιον κάρα⟩: αἱ τρίχες μόνον ἐναπελείφθησαν. —AaPr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 225.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄθλιον⟩: ἀθλίας —V³A^rFZuB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς ἀθλίας B^3a

Or. 225.22 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἄθλιον⟩: ἀθλίου —MnXXoTYfGr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 225.24 (rec exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: κρατὸς —V³MnSB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κάρατος MnS (i.e., τος above κάρα)

Or. 225.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: κάρας —A^rAa³FZu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 225.27 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 226.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς ἠγρίωσαι⟩: πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν ὁ λόγος. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 226.02 (mosch paraphr) λίαν ἠγριωμένοι ἐστὲ ὑπὸ μακροχρονίου. —X

TRANSLATION: You (locks of hair) have become very wild from the longstanding (lack of bathing).

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐσταὶ X

Or. 227.06 (vet exeg) ὅταν μ’ ἀνῇ νόσος: ¹περὶ γὰρ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς μανίας εὐτονοῦσιν οἱ μαινόμενοι ἐντεινομένων τῶν νεύρων καὶ πνεύματος πληρουμένων· ²χαλωμένης δὲ τῆς μανίας καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος ἐπιλείποντος παρίενται. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: For during the period of madness those insane are vigorous, with their sinews taut and filled with breath; but when the madness slackens and the breath fails, they become enfeebled.

LEMMA: MVCPr, ὅταν μ’ ἀνῇ νόσος μα() B REF. SYMBOL: BV POSITION: follows sch. 234.12 C; follows 241.05 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 παρὰ Rw | γὰρ τὸν om. VRw | ἐκτεινομ‑ MVPr, ἐκτεινουμ‑ Rw | πλεύμ. πληρ.] πληρουμένων ὑπὸ πνεύματος VRw | 2 χαλουμένης MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.121,3–6; Dind. II.87,9–12

COLLATION NOTES: C’s lemma is preceded by number α as if the preceding sch. 234.12 should have been marked with β to indicate the correct order.

Or. 227.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀνῇ⟩: ἐν ἀνέσει γενόμενος Ὀρέστης λέλυται. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Having come to be in a state of remission, Orestes is released/loosened.

POSITION: cont. from prev. MBCPr, with lemma ἀνῇ corrupted to ἐν ᾗ as part of note; cont. from prev. VRw, add. δὲ after ἀνέσει

APP. CRIT.: ἐν ᾗ prep. MBCPr | γενόμενος Rw, γεγενημένος V, διαγενόμενος others | ὁ ὀρέστης Rw, and Pr transp. to beginnning

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.121,7; Dind. II.87,12–13

COMMENT: I follow Rw in reading γενόμενος on the assumption that διὰ γεν- arose as a misreading of δὲ γεν-. But if διαγενόμενος is taken as the transmitted reading, the sense seems to be ‘having come through [scil. the period of madness?] (and arrived) in a state of remission’.

Or. 227.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνῇ⟩: ¹τὸ ἀνῇ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀφήσει καταλείψει. ²τουτέστιν· ⟨ἐὰν⟩ ἐν ἀνέσει γένωμαι. —VV³Rw

TRANSLATION: The verb ‘anē’ is used in the sense ‘release, abandon’. That is, if I come to be in a state of remission.

POSITION: s.l. V³; follows sch. 231.01 V

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ … τοῦ om. V³ | ἀφήση V³ | καταλ. om. V³ | 2 ἐὰν suppl. Schw. | γίνωμαι V³

APP. CRIT. 2: καταλή[ψ]ει V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.121,8–9; Dind. II.87,13–14

Or. 227.12 (227–228) (vet exeg) ⟨νόσος μανίας/μανιάς⟩: ¹ἢ ἡ διὰ τῆς μανίας νόσος, ²ἢ ἐπιθετικῶς· μανιὰς νόσος. —MBC

TRANSLATION: Either the sickness (suffered) through madness (with ‘maniās’, gen. sing. of noun, accented on penultimate syllable), or taken as an adjective: crazed sickness (with ‘maniăs’, nom. sing. of adj., accented on last syllable).

LEMMA: ἄλλως C POSITION: intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἢ ἡ] ἵν’ ᾖ M | 2 μανιὰς νόσος] μανιας νόσος B (thus without accent), ἢ μανίας νόσου MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.121,10; Dind. II.87,8–9

Or. 228.01 (thom exeg) ἤγουν οὐ δύναμαι χρῆσθαι ταῖς χερσὶ καὶ τοῖς ποσὶ πρὸς ὑπουργίαν καταβαλούσης τῆς νόσου. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, I am unable to use my arms and feet serviceably because the sickness has overthrown (me).

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δυνατόν a.c. Za | χρῆσθαι om. Zb | τὴν νόσον Z

APP. CRIT. 2: χρήσθαι Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.87,16–18

Or. 228.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ἀδύναμος, μὴ δυνάμενος κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς ἄρθροις —MBOVCPr^aPr^bGu

TRANSLATION: Without strength, being unable to make use of my bodily joints.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. VCPr^bGu; cont. from 227.12 B, cont. from 227.08 Pr^a, both prep. ἄναρθρος δὲ

APP. CRIT.: ἀδύνατος VPr^aPr^bGu | κεκτῆσθαι C | τὰ ἄρθρα V, τὰ μέλη τοῖς ἄρθροις MC

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀδύναμ(εν)ος app. B (abbrev. stroke on mu, suspended omicron = ος)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.121,11; Dind. II.87,15–16

Or. 228.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ⟨διὰ⟩ τὸ χρονίως ἐν τῇ κλίνῃ κεῖσθαι πάρετος —Pr

TRANSLATION: Paralyzed because of lying in bed for a long time.

POSITION: between sch. 225.15 (Pr^b version) and sch. 220.08 (in disordered group, bottom 16v) Pr

APP. CRIT.: πάρετος Mastr., πάρετον Pr

COMMENT: Because of the disorder in the scholia on this page of Pr, the reference of the note is uncertain, but this seems the most likely lemma for it. It could be intended for ἀσθενῶ μέλη rather than ἄναρθρος. If πάρετον is not emended, it could be translated ‘because of lying inert in bed for a long time’ (with accusative because of the infinitive construction, here lacking the usual attraction of such an adjective into the nominative).

Or. 228.16 (tri metr) ⟨κἀσθενῶ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 228.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨δέμας⟩: κατὰ τὸ σῶμα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (The accusative ‘demas’, poetic word for ‘body’, here is equivalent to the preposition phrase) ‘in respect to the body’.

LEMMA: δέμας in text all except TGZc POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Xo

COLLATION NOTES: Cross omitted by Ta.

Or. 228.18 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨μέλη⟩: γρ. δέμας. —GT

TRANSLATION: (For ‘melē’, ‘limbs’) the reading ‘demas’ (‘body’) is found.

POSITION: s.l. G, marg. T

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 229.01 (229–230) (rec paraphr) ἰδοὺ φίλον: τὸ κατακεῖσθαι ἐπαχθὲς μὲν ἐστὶ καὶ πονηρίας πλέων, ἀναγκαῖον δὲ τῷ νοσοῦντι. —VPrMlMnR^bSSa

LEMMA: MlMn(φίλων)R^bSSa REF. SYMBOL: MlSa POSITION: s.l. VPr

APP. CRIT.: τὸ … πλέων om. Sa, leaving blank space; suppl. Sa^r | κατακεῖσθαι] κατατήκεσθαι Sa, κατατήκεσθαι τὸ κατατήκεσθαι S, κατατίκτεσθαι R^b, κατατίκεσαι Ml | καὶ πονηρίας] ἢ μοχθηρᾶς a.c. V, ἢ μοχθηρὸν p.c. V (if not vice versa), καὶ μοχθηρὸν Pr | πλέων Dindorf, πλέον MlPrR^bSSa, app. Mn (damage), πνέον V | τῷ νοσοῦντι] τοῖς κάμνουσιν MlMnR^bSSa

APP. CRIT. 2: μέν ἐστι Ml, μὲν ἐστὶν Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.87,19–22

COMMENT: The orthographic variant πλέον is a legitimate form in later Greek and perhaps should not be regularized to πλέων with Dindorf: see Eust. in Il. 2.226 (I.320,8–9) καὶ ὅτι προάρχει αὐτῶν ἀρσενικὸν ὁ πλέος κοινῶς, ὃ ἐκταθὲν Ἀττικῶς ποιεῖ τὸ ἔμπλεως καὶ ἀνάπλεως καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα; Eust. in Il. 8.162 (II.552,14–16).

Or. 229.02 (mosch exeg) ἰδού: κλίνω σε δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT^*YYfGGrAa²

TRANSLATION: (‘Idou’, ‘there’, here indicates,) clearly, ‘I lay you down’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 229.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰδού⟩: κλίνω —ZZaZbZlZm(T)Ox²

TRANSLATION: (‘Idou’, ‘there’, here indicates,) ‘I lay (you) down’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 229.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδού⟩: [ … ]Ἠλέκτρα —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: damage, lost margin

APP. CRIT. 2: ἡλέκτρα Aa

Or. 229.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πεσοῦντι⟩: νοσοῦντι —Ox²

LEMMA: πεσοῦντι in text Ox POSITION: s.l.

Or. 229.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨δέμνιον⟩: ἡ κοίτη ἀπὸ + damaged traces of 4–6 short words —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The traces possibly fit ἀπὸ τοῦ μένειν ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸ δέμας (cf. sch. 44.17), but this is very uncertain.

COLLATION NOTES: Check original Zl 58r.

Or. 230.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: ἐφόσον γὰρ νοσῶν ἐν τῇ κλίνῃ κεῖται φόβον ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς ὁρῶσι παρέχει —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Painful) because, inasmuch as he lies sick in the bed, he instills fear in himself and the onlookers.

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: νοσῶν] νοῦς Zb, τις Zl | ἐν τῇ] ἐπὶ Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐφ’ ὅσον T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.87,23–88,1

Or. 230.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 230.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ κτῆμα⟩: γρ. τὸ χρῆμα. —Aa³

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 230.11 (rec exeg) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: κτῆμα εἶπεν αὐτὸ τὸ κατακεῖσθαι. —VPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὸ κατακεῖσθαι κ⟨τ⟩ῆμα εἶπεν transp. Pr (τὸ om.)

Or. 230.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναγκαῖον⟩: διὰ τὸ(?) [κατ]ακεῖ[σθαι … ]/ traces of 3 letters —V³

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps τω changed to τὸ V³ | first trace of second line perhaps χ

Or. 230.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναγκαῖον⟩: ἡ ἀνάγκη γὰρ τῆς ἀσθενείας φέρει τοῦτο. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 231.01a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μ’ ἐς ὀρθὸν στῆσον⟩: στῆσον με ὀρθὸν —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 231.07 (vet exeg) ἀνακύκλει δέμας: ¹ἀνακίνει ἀνόρθου ἐξέγειρε· ²συμβαίνει γὰρ τὸν κείμενον κυκλοτερῆ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ποιεῖσθαι. —MBVCR^bRwS, partial OMlMnPrSa

TRANSLATION: Move, raise up, rouse up. For it comes about that the person who is lying down makes his rising motion in a circle-like form (that is, ‘circle-like’, ‘kukloterē’, explaining the verb of the lemma ‘anakuklei’).

LEMMA: MBOCPr, ἀνακύκλει R^bRw REF. SYMBOL: MBSa POSITION: s.l. VS

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξέγειραι PrRw | 2 κυκλωτερῆ B | συμ / συμβαίνει S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.121,12–13; Dind. II.88,3–5

Or. 231.08 (rec exeg) οἱ ἀσθενοῦντες κυκλοτερῆ ποιοῦνται τὴν ἔγερσιν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: Those who are ill make their rousing movement in a circle-like form.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 231.14 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: εἰς τοὐπίσω στρέψον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: στρέφε Zm, app. after erasure

Or. 232.01 (vet exeg) οἱ γὰρ νοσοῦντες οὐκ ἀρέσκονται τοῖς παροῦσιν, ἀεὶ δὲ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον ὁρῶσιν. —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: For those who are sick are not content with their present circumstances, but always look to the future.

POSITION: cont. from 231.07, except V cont. from sch. 227.08

APP. CRIT.: οἱ] οὐ M | ὁρῶ B (truncation mark omitted)

APP. CRIT. 2: ὁρῶσι OCPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.121,14–15; Dind. II.88,6–7

Or. 232.02 (pllgn exeg) κακῶς ἀρέσκει τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἐκ τῆς αὐτῶν ἀγανακτησέως(?) [ἅτι]να αὐτοῖς ἡ νόσος ἐμβά[λλει]. —Zl

TRANSLATION: Whatever sickness brings upon them displeases those who are sick because of their irritation.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς] τῶν Zl

COLLATION NOTES: Check original Zl.

Or. 232.03 (rec exeg) δυσθεράπευτον ἡ νόσος. μεταλαμβάνει τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς πρᾶγμα. —Mn

TRANSLATION: Illness is hard to treat. He (the poet) uses in substitution the person (i.e., ‘those who are sick’) for the thing (i.e., ‘the sickness’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: μετάληψις/μεταλαμβάνειν

Or. 232.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας ὕπο⟩: ἀντίστροφον —S

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντίστροφοι S

KEYWORDS: antistrophe (of word order) | ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως

Or. 232.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας ὕπο⟩: ἀναστροφή —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: anastrophe (inversion of word order)

Or. 232.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας ὕπο⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς ἀπορίας —F²GPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀπορίας om. F²Pr

Or. 232.22 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας⟩: ἣν αὐτοῖς ἡ νόσος ἐμβάλλει —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Helplessness’ refer to) the one that the sickness imposes on them (the sick).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἡ νόσ. αὐτοῖς transp. Za

APP. CRIT. 2: αὐτῆς Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.88,9–10

Or. 233.01 (233–234) (rec exeg) ¹ἦ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ἐφίεσαι τοὺς πόδας κινῆσαι, ὅ ἐστι περιπατῆσαι; ²τὸ γὰρ τῇ γῇ ἁρμόσαι χρόνιον ἴχνος πάντων γλυκύτατον. ³ἡ γὰρ μεταβολή, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκ τόπου εἰς τόπον ἄμειψις, μεγίστην τὴν ὠφέλειαν παρέχει. ⁴τὸ δὲ χρόνιον ἴχνος σημαίνειν ⟨ … ⟩, ⁵οἱ δὲ τὸ κατακεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου· ⁶αὕτη γὰρ κώλυμα αὐτῷ τοῦ μὴ περιπατεῖν. —C

TRANSLATION: Do you indeed desire to move your feet upon the earth, that is, walk around? For to fix upon the earth one’s footstep after a long time is the sweetest thing of all. For the change, that is, the exchange of position from one place to another, affords a benefit that is very great. ⟨lacuna: e.g., Some say that⟩ ‘footstep after a long time’ means ⟨lacuna⟩, others (say that it indicates) his lying down because of the disease. For this (the disease) is what prevented him from walking around.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: 2 γλυκύτατον Schw., ‑τερον C | 3 ὅ Schw., ἥ C | 4 e.g. σημαίνειν ⟨τινές (or ἔνιοί) φασι … ⟩; σημαίνει ⟨ … ⟩ Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.121,16–21

Or. 233.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἀπὶ γαίας ἁρμόσαι πόδας⟩: μόλις πατῆσαι τὴν γῆν —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 233.08 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπὶ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 234.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος⟩: διὰ πολλοῦ καιροῦ μὴ κινούμενον πόδα —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 234.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος⟩: ὀλίγην βημάτισιν —AaAbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S | βημ. om. Aa (ὀλίγην erased when Aa² gloss added) | βημάτησιν Ab

COMMENT: The noun βημάτισις is attested only twice in TLG (in Theodorus Studites). βηματισμός is only slightly more common.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 234.04 (mosch paraphr) χρόνιον ἴχνος: βραδεῖαν βάσιν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZcAa²

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: βάδισιν Y

Or. 234.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος⟩: βραδίονα βάσιν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 234.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: koinē short over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 234.12 (vet exeg) μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ: ¹προσυπακουστέον τὸ κακῶν. ²κεκωμῴδηται δὲ ὁ στίχος. ³τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ὑγείας εἰς νόσον μεταβάλλειν οὐκ ἔστιν ἡδύ. ⁴φησὶ γοῦν ὁ κωμικός [Com. adespota 859 K–A, 115 Kock]·
      ⁵‘ὁ πρῶτος εἰπὼν “μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ”
      ⁶οὐχ ὑγίαινε, δέσποτ’ · ἐκ μὲν γὰρ κόπου
      ⁷γλυκεῖ’ ἀνάπαυσις, ἐξ ἀλουσίας δ’ ὕδωρ’
⁸καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα·
      ⁹‘ἢν δ’ ἐκ πλουσίου
      ¹⁰πτωχὸν γενέσθαι, μεταβολὴ μέν, ἡδὺ δ’ οὔ.
      ¹¹ὥστ’ οὐχὶ πάντων ἐστὶ μεταβολὴ γλυκύ.’
      —MVCMlMnR^aR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Change of all things is sweet: One must supply in addition the word ‘of evils’. The verse has been ridiculed in comedy. For the change from health to sickness is not pleasant. At any rate, the comic poet says: ‘The first person who said “change of all things is sweet” / was not in his right mind, master. For after heavy toil / cessation is sweet, and water after lack of bathing’ and (the passage continued with) such examples. ‘But if (it comes about) that instead of wealthy / one becomes impoverished, it is, to be sure, a change, but not sweet! / So not of all things is change sweet’.

LEMMA: lemma MVC, μεταβολὴ RwSa, ἡ μεταβολὴ S, μεταβολῆ MlMnR^b REF. SYMBOL: MVMlR^b POSITION: out of order after sch. 225.02 C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.121,22–122,7; Dind. II.88,14–89,2

COMMENT: ὁ κωμικός (4) is elsewhere frequently Aristophanes (see Kassel and Austin on Arist. fr. 967 K–A), but scholars of comedy have concluded that this fragment is post-Aristophanic. For discussion of this and the next scholion see Prelim. Stud. 36–37. | See the app. crit. in Kassel and Austin for conjectures that tried to keep 8 καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα as part of the quoted trimeters.

KEYWORDS: criticism and defence of poet | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Com. adespota | κωμῳδεῖν

Or. 234.13 (vet exeg) μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ: ¹προσυπακουστέον τὸ κακῶν. ²κεκωμῴδηται δὲ ὁ στίχος. ³τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ὑγείας εἰς νόσον μεταβαλεῖν οὐκ ἔστιν ἡδύ. ⁴φήσει γάρ τις ὡς ἐκ μὲν κόπου γλυκύτατον ἡ ἀνάπαυσις καὶ ἕτερα τοιαῦτα, ⁵ἐκ δὲ πλουσίου πτωχὸν γενέσθαι μεταβολὴ μέν, ἡδὺ δ’ οὔ, ⁶ὥστε οὐχὶ πάντων ἡ μεταβολὴ γλυκύ. —BPr

TRANSLATION: Change of all things is sweet: One must supply in addition the word ‘of evils’. The verse has been ridiculed in comedy. For the change from health to sickness is not pleasant. For someone will say that cessation from heavy toil is very sweet, and other such examples, but to become impoverished instead of wealthy is, to be sure, a change, but not pleasant! So not of all things is change sweet.

REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: 6 γλυκεία Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 οὐκέστιν B | 5 δὲ οὔ Pr

KEYWORDS: criticism and defence of poet | κωμῳδεῖν

Or. 234.14 (pllgn exeg) κεκωμώδηται οὗτος ὁ στίχος. —G

POSITION: intermarg. at 236 G, sep. from s.l. gloss 236.19 by punctuation

COMMENT: It is possible that the scribe believed this remark applied to 236 rather than 234, assuming moral disapproval of the devaluation of truth.

KEYWORDS: κωμῳδεῖν

Or. 234.15 (thom exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ⟩: ¹τὸ μεταβάλλεσθαι, εἴτε ἀπὸ χείρονος πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον εἴτε ἀπὸ τοῦ βελτίονος πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον, ἡδύτατόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ τῷ μεταβαλλομένῳ. ²οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν μετεβάλλετο εἰ μὴ ἥδετο τῇ μεταβολῇ. ³ὤστε οἱ λέγοντες τὸν Εὐριπίδην οὐκ ὀρθῶς εἰρηκέναι τοῦτο ληροῦσιν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: To change, whether it occurs from worse toward the better or from the better toward the worse, is most pleasant to the very person who experiences it. For he would not be making a change if he did not delight in the change. As a result those who say Euripides did not say this correctly are talking nonsense.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZl

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μεταβαλομένῳ Za | 2 μεταβάλετο Zb, μετεβάλετο Za (λ add. s.l.) | εἴδετο Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.89,3–7

KEYWORDS: Thomas Magister critical of another view | criticism and defence of poet

Or. 234.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ⟩: λείπει τὸ κακῶν· ὅταν μεταβληθῇ τι ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν εἰς καλὸν, γλυκύ. —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.89,7–8

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 234.16a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ⟩: τῶν κακῶν εἰς πάντας γλυκύ —C²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps καλῶν a.c. C²

Or. 234.17 (pllgn exeg) μεταβολὴ: ¹κατὰ τὸν Θεσσαλονικέα ἐλλειπτικῶς εἴρηται κατὰ ποιητικὸν ἔθος· ²μεταβολὴ γὰρ πρᾶγμα ἐστὶ γλυκὺ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἁπάντων ἀλλὰ πάντων τῶν κακῶν δῆλον ὅτι. —G²

TRANSLATION: According to the Thessalonican (scil. Eustathius), this has been expressed elliptically in the poetic manner. For ‘change’ is a sweet thing not absolutely, that is, (alteration) of all things, but clearly (only) of all bad things.

LEMMA: G² POSITION: in upper corner of folio, different hand, very light ink

APP. CRIT.: 1 θεσσαλονίκης G²

COMMENT: I find no instances in TLG where Eustathius is referred to in this way. The passage referred to seems to be Eust. in Il. 17.36 (IV.9,8–13) ὅρα δὲ καὶ ὅτι ἐν τῷ ‘ἐχήρωσας’ λείπει κοινότερον τὸ ἀνδρός, σιγηθὲν διὰ τὸ πάνυ δῆλον. οὕτω δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ ‘χήρωσεν ἀγυιάς’ λείπει τὸ ἀνδρῶν ἢ πολιτῶν ἢ τοιοῦτόν τι. πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλαι τοιαῦται ἐλλείψεις. Σοφοκλῆς οὖν ἐν τῷ [Soph. Aj. 157] ‘πρὸς τὸν ἔχονθ’ ὁ φθόνος ἕρπει’ παρῆκε τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὡς φανερόν. πάντως γὰρ ὁ ἔχων ἀγαθόν τι φθονεῖται. τοιοῦτον καὶ τὸ ‘μεταβολὴ πάντων ἡδύ’. | Note that Eust. knew of another attempt (not attested in scholia) to save Eur. from criticism by an interpretation involving a sophisticated grammatical usage (positive adjective used in place of comparative): Eust. in Od. 21.288 [II.261,5–8] τὸ δὲ, ἆ δειλὲ ξείνων, ἁπλοῦν ὂν ἀντὶ ὑπερθετικοῦ εἴληπται τοῦ δειλαιότατε. ἐρρέθη δὲ οὕτως ἢ ἀπαρατηρήτως διὰ θυμὸν, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως ἁπλούστερον κατὰ τὸ ‘νικᾷ γὰρ ἡ ἀρετή με τῆς ἔχθρας πολὺ’, ἤγουν πλεῖον· καὶ τὸ ‘μεταβολὴ πάντων ἡδὺ’, ὅ ἐστιν ἡδύτερον, ὥς τινες φασί.

KEYWORDS: ἐλλειπτικῶς | Eustathius | criticism and defence of poet

Or. 234.18 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: λείπει τῶν δεινῶν. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 234.19 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: ἡ ἐναλλαγὴ τῶν κακῶν —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 234.20 (mosch exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: ἡ μεταβολὴ τῶν ἴσων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘Metabolē’, ‘exchange’, here means) ‘the exchange of equals’ (things of equal value).

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 234.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γλυκύ⟩: γρ. ἡδύ. —Xo

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 234.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡδὺ⟩: γλυκύ —Zl

LEMMA: ἡδὺ in text Zl POSITION: s.l.

Or. 235.01 (235–236) (mosch exeg) μάλιστα δόξαν γάρ: ¹καλὸν δὲ τὸ διεγείρεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν τῇ δόξῃ τῆς ὑγείας ἢ τοιούτου τινὸς ²καὶ μὴ καταπίπτειν ἐν ταῖς νόσοις ἢ ἑτέροις τοιούτοις, κἂν μακρὰν ᾖ τῆς ἀληθείας ἡ δόξα. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: It is a good thing that the soul be stirred by the appearance of health or of something similar and that it not succumb in times of sickness or other such things, even if the appearance is far from the truth.

LEMMA: 234–235 μεταβολὴ πάντων ἡδυ· μάλιστα δόξαν γάρ G (last 10 letters in dark ink, previous letters by rubr.) POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 δὲ om. G | τὴν ψυχὺν om. G | 2 μεταπίπτειν Yf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὑγιείας XG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.89,17–20

Or. 235.03 (rec exeg) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: ναί —F²GRf^rOxXoZuC²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 235.05 (thom exeg) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: ναὶ ἁρμόσαι βούλομαι τὸν πόδα τῇ γῇ. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Very much so’ implies) ‘yes, I do want to fix my foot upon the earth’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τόν πόδα τῇ γῇ om. Za

Or. 235.06 (vet exeg) δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγιείας ἔχει: ¹τὸ ἀναστῆναι. ²ὁπόταν γὰρ εὐθυμῇ ψυχὴ τῇ τῆς ἐλπίδος ὑπολήψει, συνδιασῴζεται τὸ σῶμα. ³καὶ Σιμωνίδης [Simonides PMG 598 = fr. 76 Bergk]· ‘τὸ δοκεῖν καὶ τὰν ἀλάθειαν βιᾶται’. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: For this thing has the appearance of health: (‘This thing’ is, namely,) to stand up. For whenever a soul feels cheered up by the assumption of hope, the body is saved along with it. And Simonides (says): ‘Seeming/belief overpowers even the truth’.

LEMMA: δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγείας ἔχει MV(τόδε), δόξαν τόδ’ ὑγείας ἔχει C, δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγιείας BPr(ὑγείας), δόξαν δ’ ὑγείας Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐνθύμη C, ἐνθυμηθῆ M | ψυχῇ MCRw | τῇ τῆς] τῆς τὴν Rw, τῆς τῆς Pr a.c. | ὑπολείψει M (from the odd spacing, perhaps Rw had this a.c., but obscure in water damage) | 3 after σιμων. add. φησὶ V | τὰν ἀλάθειαν Plat. Rep. 365e (codices except D), τὴν ἀλήθειαν VRw, τὰ μάλα θεῖα MB(θεία)CPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.122,8–10; Dind. II.89,14–16

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Simonides

Or. 235.06a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγιείας ἔχει⟩: τὸ παραστατεῖν(?) δηλονότι ὑγείας δόξαν ἔχει καὶ ἐλπίδα(?). —C²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: παραστατεῖν] uncertain, looks more like περισετεῖν or περισητεῖν

Or. 235.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸ θεῖναι τὸν πόδα πρὸς γῆν —F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ] τῷ F

Or. 235.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ ἀναστῆναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀπὸ τοῦ καββάτου καὶ ἀπερεῖσαι τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὴν γῆν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ] τοῦ Mn | ἀπερεῖσαι (or ἐπερεῖσαι) Mastr., ἐπαρεῖσαι Mn

COMMENT: For the two possible corrections, cf. for the former Lucian, Anacharsis 27 οὔτε βεβαίως ἀπερεῖσαι τὴν βάσιν καὶ οὔτε ἐπιστηρίξαι ῥᾴδιον and two instances with τοὺς πόδας in Michael Ephes., in librum de animalium incessu commentarium, CAG 22:2:138,15–17; for the latter Hesych. ε 5712 ἐρεῖσαι· ἐπερεῖσαι ἐπιστηρίξαι.

Or. 236.06 (thom exeg) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν —ZaZbZlZmTGuOx²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 236.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοκεῖν⟩: ἡ τῆς ὑγείας δόκησις —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 236.13 (tri metr) ⟨κἂν⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 237.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: ὦ ἀδελφὲ κατὰ περίφρασιν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

TRANSLATION: (‘Brotherly head’ means) ‘o brother’ by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Xo | ὦ om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.89,22

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 237.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: περιφραστικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ ἀδελφέ —B^3a

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.89,21

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 237.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 237.07 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 238.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἕως ἐῶσιν εὖ⟩: γρ. ἕως ἐῶσ’ εὖ. —R^a

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 238.07 (pllgn exeg) εὖ φρονεῖν Ἐριννύες: εἰσὶ τὰ τῶν Ἐριννύων ὀνόματα ταῦτα· Τισιφόνη ἀπὸ τοῦ τίω ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ τιμωροῦμαι· Μέγαιρα ἀπὸ τοῦ μεγαίρω ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ φθονῶ· Ἀληκτὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἂ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ λήγω ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ παύω, ἡ μὴ παύουσα κακοποιεῖν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. —G

TRANSLATION: The names of the Erinyes are the following: Tisiphone from ‘tiō’, which signifies ‘punish’; Megaera, from ‘megairō’, which signifies ‘begrudge’; Alecto from the alpha-privative particle and ‘lēgō’, which signifies ‘cease’, the one who does not cease doing harm to humans.

LEMMA: G REF. SYMBOL: G POSITION: after sch. 248.06 as last in block on this page

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 38.07 with comment.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 238.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἐριννύες⟩: (?)διαφ⟨θ⟩αρτικαὶ(?) τῆς σῆς †ἀνάγκης —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: Uncertain, check original Zl.

Or. 238.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἐριννύες⟩: δαιμόνια μετερχόμενα τοὺς φονεῖς —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοὺς] τοῦτο Zu

Or. 239.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨λέξεις τι καινόν⟩: πάντως καινότερόν τι ἀπαγγελεῖς. —MVCPr

TRANSLATION: Evidently you are going to report something rather novel.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l., except intermarg. M

APP. CRIT.: ἀγγέλ() V

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπαγγέλεις M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.122,12; Dind. II.89,26

Or. 239.06 (rec exeg) ⟨κεἰ μὲν εὖ⟩: καὶ εἰ μὲν εἴπῃς καλῶς, φέρεις —R^a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 239.11 (rec exeg) ⟨εὖ⟩: ἐπὶ καλῷ ἡμῶν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcAa²

POSITION: s.l., except X (over καινόν G)

APP. CRIT.: ἡμῶν] τιμῶν X

Or. 239.12 (vet exeg) ⟨χάριν φέρεις⟩: οἱ ἐν περιστάσει ὄντες ἀεὶ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα τοῦ μέλλοντος λέγεσθαι δεδοίκασιν. —M^aM^bVCMlMnPrR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Those in a critical situation are always afraid of the declaration of what is about to be said.

LEMMA: M^aV, καὶ εἰ μὲν εὖ χάριν φέρεις C, κεἰ μὲν εὖ R^b REF. SYMBOL: M^aVMlR^b POSITION: s.l. M^bPr

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπάγελμα R^a | δεδοίκασι CSa, δεδοίκα() V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.122,13–14; Dind. II.89,23–25

Or. 239.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨χάριν φέρεις⟩: εὐχαριστίαν ἕξεις. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcAa²

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from 239.11)

APP. CRIT.: εὐχαριστίας T (‑αν Ta)

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑στείαν app. Yf | ἔξεις Aa²

Or. 240.02 (rec exeg) ⟨βλάβην τιν’⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ φέρεις. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 240.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βλάβην τίν’⟩: οὐ φέρεις χάριν. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 240.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἅλις ἔχω⟩: ἀρκούντως διάκειμαι ἕνεκα τοῦ δυστυχεῖν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcAa²

POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. glosses TYf

APP. CRIT.: δυστυχεῖν om. G

Or. 241.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 241.05 (vet exeg) σοῦ κασίγνητος πατρός: ¹διὰ τοῦ ‘σοῦ κασίγνητος πατρός’ ψυχαγωγεῖ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὑπομιμνήσκουσα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ ἐλπίδας ἀγαθὰς ὑποτίθεται διὰ τοῦ θείου. ²περιπαθέστερον δὲ ποιεῖ τὸ δρᾶμα καὶ πόρρωθεν διαβάλλουσα τὸν Μενέλαον, ³καθὸ ἐλπισθεὶς βοηθῆσαι οὐκ ἐβοήθησεν. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: By using the expression ‘brother of your father’ she encourages her brother, reminding him of his father, and through (the mention of) their uncle she sets good hopes before him. She makes the drama more emotionally affecting by criticizing Menelaus even from a far earlier point (than his arrival on stage), since although it was hoped that he would bring aid he did not help.

LEMMA: MBCPr, μενέλαος ἥκει VMlMnRwSSa, lemma ἥκει R^b REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ψυχαγωγὴ Ml | 2 δράμα MVCMnPrR^bS | 3 καθ’ ὃ Pr | βοηθεῖσαι Mn | ἐλπισθεὶς] ἐμπισθεὶς V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.122,16–20; Dind. II.90,7–11

Or. 241.05a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σοῦ κασίγνητος πατρός⟩: ὁ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ σοῦ πατρός —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 242.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ναυπλίᾳ⟩: χώρα ἀπό τινος Ναυπλίου —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 242.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σέλμαθ’ ὥρμισται νεῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ αἱ νῆες ὡρμίσθησαν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. Xb

APP. CRIT. 2: ὁρμ‑ X

Or. 242.06 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: περιφραστικῶς αἱ νῆες —GKPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὰς ναῦς Pr

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 242.07 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: τουτέστιν αἱ νῆες —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 242.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: καὶ αἱ καθέδραι τῶν πλοίων —Ox, p.c. Cr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 242.15 (thom exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: αἱ καθέδραι ἤτοι αἱ νῆες περιφραστικῶς —ZZaZbZlZmTOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘Selmata’, ‘benches’, are) the seats (of the rowers) or the ships by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αἳ] ἃ Zb | ἤτοι … περιφρ. add. Ox² to right of Ox gloss 242.09 | ἤγουν Za

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 242.16 (thom exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν· μέρος γὰρ τῶν νεῶν τὰ σέλματα. —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: The whole (expressed) by a part. For the benches are a part of the ships.

LEMMA: cont. from sch. 242.26 Gu REF. SYMBOL: Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.90,13–14

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 242.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν —B^3a

TRANSLATION: The whole (expressed) by a part.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 242.18 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: παρὰ τῶν ναυτῶν λεγόμενα ταυλία· ἀπὸ τοῦ σελὶς τὸ καταβατόν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Selmata’, ‘benches’, are) what are called ‘tavlia’ by sailors. (Derived) from the word ‘selis’ meaning ‘page’.

POSITION: in left margin, written vertically

COMMENT: See LSJ s.v. ταβλίον, but ταβλ‑ words are commonly spelled ταυλ‑ in late Greek. The word is used in several contexts, most implying stripes or a sequence of rows or columns. The closest meaning offered in LBG s.v. ταβλίον is ‘planks of a deck’. For the derivation of σέλμα from σελίς, see Sch. A Il. 16.1 σέλμα ἐστὶ τὸ μεταξὺ τῶν σανιδωμάτων, ὃ σελὶς καλεῖται καὶ καθέδρα ἐστὶ τοῦ ἐρέτου. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ σέλμα εὔσελμος ὡς σῶμα εὔσωμος. γέγονε δὲ παρὰ τὸ σέλλω τὸ σημαῖνον τὸ ὁρμῶ· ἐξ οὗ καὶ †σέλμος† ὁ μεθ’ ὁρμῆς ῥιπτούμενος λίθος; Eust. in Il. 16.1 (794,9–11) ἔστι δέ, φασί, σέλμα, ὡς καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ ἐδηλώθη, τὸ μεταξὺ τῶν τοίχων τῆς νεώς, ὃ καὶ ζυγὸς καὶ σελὶς καλεῖται, καθέδρα ὂν ἐρέτου, ὅθεν εὔσελμος ναῦς. γίνεται δὲ τὸ ῥηθὲν σέλμα παρὰ τὸ σέλλω, τὸ ὁρμῶ, τὸ αἴτιον ὁρμῆς τῇ νηΐ.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 242.19 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: σέλματα λέγονται οἱ ζυγοὶ τῆς νηός· τὰ παρὰ τῶν ναυτῶν λεγόμενα ταόλια. —Aa

APP. CRIT.: ταυλία to be read?

COMMENT: See comment on previous. Aa’s ταόλια is either an error of a scribe who was not familiar with the word, or an otherwise unattested alternative spelling.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 242.20 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: ταῖς καθίστραις τῆς νηὸς ἢ τῷ σέλματι τῆς νηός —V

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The author of this annotation takes σέλμαθ’ as σέλματι, against the usual view that it is the elided nominative σέλματα (but see 242.13 and 242.26 for σέλματα as accusative). | The noun καθίστρα is not currently in TLG, but there is one other instance in an inscription from Pisidia (SEG 2.727, probably to be dated to the period from Nerva to Caracalla) cited by LSJ, where the question mark about the equivalence to καθέδρα can be removed (note καθέδραι in 242.13–16).

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 242.26 (thom exeg) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ἐλλιμένισται, ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐλιμένισεν, ὅπερ εἰ εἴποις αἰτιατικὴν νοήσεις τὰ σέλματα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Has been brought into harbor; or (it is used) instead of ‘he brought into harbor’, and if you adopt this view you will understand ‘the benches’ to be in the accusative.

REF. SYMBOL: Za POSITION: s.l. ZZbZm, marg. Za

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐλλιμένισται] ἐλιμ‑ Z, ἑλλ‑ Zb | ἐλιμένισεν] ἐλλιμένισεν Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.90,12–13

COMMENT: This is the only perfect middle-passive form of (ἐλ)λιμενίζω attested, and it is found here and in the next scholion (derived from this one). It is apparently a late Greek perfect of the compound verb without reduplication, for which Jannaris §750d gives among his examples ἐμψυχωμένος and ἐγκεντρισμέναις. Note how Triclinius pedantically turned ἐλιμένισεν into ἐνελιμένισεν to make it match the earlier form. For transitive uses of ἐλλιμενίζω see LBG s.v., and for the middle-passive see DGE s.v. 2.

Or. 242.27 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ἐλλιμένισται τὰ σέλματα δηλονότι. —Zc²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 243.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φῶς⟩: βοήθεια, ἀπαλλαγὴ τῶν ἐμῶν κακῶν —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 243.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐμοῖς καὶ σοῖς κακοῖς⟩: ἐμῶν καὶ σῶν κακῶν —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 243.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐμοῖς καὶ σοῖς κακοῖ⟩: ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐμαῖς καὶ σαῖς δυστυχίαις —XXaXbXoT⁺YGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: σωτηρίαις YGr, app. a.c. Xa

Or. 244.04 (vet exeg) ⟨χάριτας ἔχων πατρός⟩: ἡ παρά καὶ τὸ ἐμοῦ προσληπτέον. —MC^r

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘from’ and the (adjective) ‘my’ are to be supplied (with the genitive ‘father’).

POSITION: intermarg. MC^r (M beside 241–2)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.122,15; Dind. II.89,25

Or. 244.05 (rec exeg) χάριτας ἔχων πατρός: λείπει τὸ παρὰ τοῦ ἐμοῦ. —AbMlMnR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: ‘From my’ is to be understood (with ‘father’).

LEMMA: R^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: s.l. except R^aR^b

APP. CRIT.: λείπει om. AbR^a | τὸ om. AbMlSSa | π(ερὶ) R^a | ἐμοῦ] R^b, ἡμῶν R^aSa, spaced as sep. gloss Mn, ἡμῶν πατρός Ml, om. AbS

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 244.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χάριτας ἔχων πατρός⟩: ἤγουν ὅστις ἔχει πολλὰς χάριτας τοῦ πατρὸς —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 244.07 (mosch exeg) χάριτας: ἃς ὁ πατὴρ ἐχαρίσατο αὐτῷ, ἤγουν ἔργα εὐχαριστίας ἄξια —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZcAa²

TRANSLATION: (‘Favors’ means the ones) with which his father obliged him, that is, deeds deserving gratitude.

LEMMA: XXoT POSITION: s.l. except XXoT

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν κτλ om. ZcAa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.90,16–17

Or. 244.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ πατρός —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 245.03 (vet exeg) τὸ πιστὸν τόδε λόγων: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ πίστευε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις. ²πίστιν δέχου ταύτην βεβαίαν καὶ ἀσφαλῆ μαρτυρίαν, τὸ καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην αὐτῷ συνεπιδημῆσαι· ³ὅπου γὰρ Ἑλένη, πάντως που καὶ Μενέλαος. —MBVCPrRwZu, partial O

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘have faith in my words’. As guarantee accept this sure and secure evidence, the fact that Helen too has arrived here with him. For wherever Helen is, by all means, surely, Menelaus is too.

LEMMA: MBCPr, τὸ πιστὸν τόδε Rw REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: V cont. from next, without repeating first sentence (= last of 245.04); sep. in O 2 τὸ … συνεπιδημ. above 246 ἑλένην, 3 ὅπου γὰρ κτλ in margin at 246

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.123,1–4; Dind. II.90,22–91,2

Or. 245.04 (rec exeg) τὸ πιστόν τόδε λόγων: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς οὕτως· τοῦτο πιστὸν δέχου τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων. ²οἱ δὲ οὕτως· τὸ πιστὸν τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων δέχου τοῦτο· ³ἀντὶ τοῦ πίστευε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις. —VMlMnR^bRwSSa, partial R^a

TRANSLATION: The sequence is as follows: Accept this as a guarantee of my words. Others understand it this way: As the guarantee of my words accept this. Equivalent to ‘have faith in my words’.

LEMMA: Rw, ἥκει τὸ πιστόν τόδε λόγων V, ἥκει MlMnR^bSSa REF. SYMBOL: VR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὕτω Sa | 2 οὕτω Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.122,21–22; Dind. II.90,20–23

COLLATION NOTES: Sa lemma and first three words by rubric. in empty space.

Or. 245.05 (rec paraphr) ἀντὶ τοῦ πίστευε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις. —AaMlMnSSaZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν Zu | πίστευσον S | τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους Zu

Or. 245.06 (rec paraphr) τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν μάνθανε λόγων. —VPr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 245.07 (pllgn exeg) μετ’ αὐτοῦ δὲ καὶ Ἑλένην ἐνδημῆσαι —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 245.08 (mosch paraphr) δέχου τὴν πίστωσιν τήνδε τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.: δέχου transp. after λόγων G | τήνδε om. YfGZc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.90,19

Or. 245.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λόγων ἐμῶν δέχου⟩: καθὼς λέγω σοι δηλονότι —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 246.01 (rec exeg) ἔρχεται καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ Ἑλένην ἄγει ἀπὸ τῆς Τροίας. —R^a

Or. 246.02 (rec exeg) ἔρχεται ἄγων τὴν Ἑλένην· δέχου τὸ πιστὸν τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων. —Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄγον Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.91,4–5

Or. 246.08 (rec exeg) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν ἐκ τειχέων⟩: περίφρασις —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περίφρασις

Or. 246.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν ἐκ τειχέων⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς Τροίας περιφραστικῶς —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘From Trojans walls’ means) ‘from Troy’ by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. ZZaZu | ἀπ’ αὐτῆς τῆς Zu | περιφραστικῶς om. ZZaZu

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 246.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν ἐκ τειχέων⟩: περιφραστικῶς ἐκ τῆς Τροίας —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 247.01 (vet exeg) ὡς τοῦ τὴν Ἑλένην ἀχθῆναι ἐπιμολύναντος τὴν εὐπραξίαν Μενελάου —MVCRw

TRANSLATION: (He says this) as if the fact that Helen was brought has befouled the good fortune of Menelaus.

LEMMA: (246) Ἑλένην ἀγόμενος V REF. SYMBOL: V to 246 POSITION: cont. from 245.03 MCRw

APP. CRIT.: ὡς τοῦ] ὥστε V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.123,5–6; Dind. II.91,2–3

Or. 248.01 (rec paraphr) ἤγουν ⟨εἰ⟩ τὴν Ἑλένην γυναῖκα φέρει, διαβεβλημένον δύσφημον μέγα κακὸν αὕτη γέγονε τῇ Ἑλλάδι —Sa^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: διαβεβλημένη Sa^r

COMMENT: See on 248.14.

Or. 248.04a (pllgn gram) ⟨ἄλοχον⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ λέχος ἡ κοίτη —C²

TRANSLATION: (‘Alochos’ is derived) from ‘lechos’ meaning ‘bed’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 248.06 (mosch gram) ἄγεται: ¹ἄγεταί τις γυναῖκα ἀντὶ τοῦ λαμβάνει. ²ἐπάγεται δὲ δοῦλον ἢ ἕτερόν τι ἀντὶ τοῦ μεθ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἄγει. ³καὶ ἐπάγεται τόδε ἐν παθητικῇ σημασίᾳ ἀντὶ τοῦ μεθ’ ἕτερον ἢ μεθ’ ἕτερα ἄγεται. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: One leads for oneself (‘agetai’) a woman/wife in the sense of ‘takes’. One brings along (‘epagetai’) a slave or something else in the sense ‘leads with oneself’. And with a passive meaning, this thing is led along (‘epagetai’) in the sense ‘it is led after something else or after some other things’.

LEMMA: εἰ δ’ ἄλοχον ἄγεται G POSITION: cont. from 246.06 X; beside 246 Xb

APP. CRIT.: 2 δοῦλον ἢ ἕτερόν τι] ἕτερον ἢ ἕτερόν τις Gr

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἄγεταί τις] ἅγεταί τις XaYf, ἄγεται τίς X | 2 ἅγει Xa | 3 ἅγεται Xa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.91,5–8

Or. 248.11 (rec exeg) κακὸν … μέγα: μέγα γὰρ κακὸν αὕτη γέγονε τῇ Ἑλλάδι. —VAbMlMnPrR^bS

LEMMA: κακὸν ἔχων R^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: s.l. except R

APP. CRIT.: γὰρ om. AbMlMnR^bS | αὕτη om. Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: αὐτὴ R^b, a.c. Ml, αὔτη Mn | ἑλλάδη Ml

COMMENT: One must wonder whether this is a corrupt version of 249.01, or vice versa. See also 248.01.

Or. 248.12 (rec gram) ⟨κακὸν … μέγα⟩: τί ἐστι γυνή; μέγα κακόν. —Pr

POSITION: upper marg.

COMMENT: For the juncture, compare Hipp. 627 τούτωι δὲ δῆλον ὡς γυνὴ κακὸν μέγα; Philemon fr. 132 Kock γυνὴ δὲ νικῶσ’ ἄνδρα κακόν ἐστιν μέγα; Joannes Chrysostom. PG 63.147,36–37 μέγα ἀγαθὸν γυνὴ, ὡσπεροῦν καὶ κακὸν μέγα; Epigr. exhortatoria et supplicatoria 84δ [Epigr. Anthologia III:414 Cougny] (εἰς τὸ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος) σφαγεὶς Ἀγαμέμνων δὲ συζύγου πάρα / βοᾷ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὡς κακὸν γυνὴ μέγα.

Or. 248.13 (rec gram) ⟨κακὸν … μέγα⟩: ἑπτὰ· τὸν Θησέα, τὸν Πρωτέα, τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον, Μεν⟨έλαον⟩, Ἀχιλλ⟨έα⟩ ἐν ὀνείρῳ, καὶ Δηΐφοβον. —Pr

POSITION: lower marg.

APP. CRIT.: μεν Pr, leaving a space of ca. 5 letters

COMMENT: The lists in sch. Andr. 229, Sch. Hom. Il. 3.140a Erbse, Sch. vet. Lycophr. 143b Leone (τῆς πενταλέκτρου: τῆς Ἑλένης· πέντε γὰρ αὐτὴν ἔγημαν· Θησεύς, Μενέλαος, Πάρις, Δηΐφοβος, Ἀχιλλεὺς κατ’ ὄναρ) do not include Proteus. Perhaps our scholar is being clever, adding Proteus on his own. But why is the number ἑπτὰ (clear and undamaged)? A careless mistake for ἕξ? There appears to be a dicolon after δηΐφοβον, indicating nothing followed. Could the original have been μενέλαον δὶς, another display of cleverness?

Or. 248.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχων ἥκει⟩: ἔχει· Ἀττικὸν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This and the next scholion apparently reflect a teacher’s idea that ἔχων ἥκει is a literary periphrasis for ἔχει.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 248.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχων ἥκει⟩: Ἀττικισμὸς —S

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 249.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδάρεως⟩: μέγα γὰρ αὐτὴν κακὸν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἔτεκεν. —MC

POSITION: s.l. at 248 C; intermarg. M beside 248

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὴν Dind. and Schw. as if in M, αὐτῆ or αὐτὴ M, αὐτὴ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.123,7; Dind. II.91,11–12

COMMENT: See on 248.11. If this note really does belong to 248, then αὕτη should be printed and ἔτεκεν emended to ἐγένετο.

Or. 249.02 (vet exeg) ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδάρεως: ¹Στησίχορός φησιν ὡς θύων τοῖς θεοῖς Τυνδάρεως Ἀφροδίτης ἐπελάθετο· ²διὸ ὀργισθεῖσαν τὴν θεὸν διγάμους τε καὶ τριγάμους καὶ λειψάνδρους αὐτοῦ τὰς θυγατέρας ποιῆσαι. ³ἔχει δὲ ἡ χρῆσις οὕτως [Stesichorus fr. 85 Davies–Finglass, PMG/PMGF 223]· ⁴‘οὕνεκά ποτε Τυνδάρεως ῥέζων πᾶσι θεοῖς μόνης λάθετ’ ἠπιοδώρου Κύπριδος, ⁵κείνα δὲ Τυνδάρεω κούραις χολωσαμένη διγάμους τε καὶ τριγάμους τίθησι καὶ λιπεσάνορας’. ⁶καὶ Ἡσίοδος δέ [Hes. fr. 176 M–W (93 Rzach)]·
      ⁷‘τῇσιν δὲ φιλο⟨μ⟩μειδὴς Ἀφροδίτη
      ⁸ἠγάσθη προσιδοῦσα, κακῇ δέ σφ’ ἔμβαλε φήμῃ.
      ⁹Τιμάνδρη μὲν ἔπειτ’ Ἔχεμον προλιποῦσ’ ἐβεβήκει,
      ¹⁰ἵκετο δ’ ἐς Φυλῆα φίλον μακάρεσσι θεοῖσιν.
      ¹¹ὣς δὲ Κλυταιμνήστρη ⟨προ⟩λιποῦσ’ Ἀγαμέμνονα δῖον
      ¹²Αἰγίσθῳ παρέλεκτο, καὶ εἵλετο χείρον’ ἀκοίτην.
      ¹³ὣς δ’ Ἑλένη ᾔσχυνε λέχος ξανθοῦ Μενελάου.’ —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Stesichorus says that when sacrificing to the gods Tyndareus forgot Aphrodite. Angered because of this, the goddess (he says) made his daughters triple-married and husband-deserters. The passage is as follows: ‘Because Tyndareus once, when doing sacrifice to all the gods, forgot only Cypris of the gentle gifts, and that goddess becoming wrathful toward the daughters of Tyndareus makes them double-married and triple-married and husband-deserters’. And also Hesiod: ‘Laughter-loving Aphrodite, / looking upon them, grew resentful toward them, and cast evil report upon them. / Timandre then went off, abandoning Echemus, / and she came to Phyleus, a man dear to the immortal gods. / And likewise Clytemnestra, having abandoned godlike Agamemnon, / slept with Aegisthus, and chose a worse husband. / And likewise Helen shamed the bed of blond Menelaus’.

LEMMA: MCPr, ἐπίσημον: ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδ() B, τὸ ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε V, ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Rw REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: punct. and rubricated in Rw as three scholia (1–2, 3–4, 5–13)

APP. CRIT.: 1 θύων] θεοῦ M | ἀφροδίταν Pr | ἐλάθετο MVCRw | 2 ὀργισθεῖσα MBPr | τὴν θεὸν] ἡ θεὸς B | τε om. V | λειχάνδρας Pr | τὰς θυγατέρας αὐτοῦ transp. V | ποιῆσαι Schw. (after Dind.), ἐποίησεν all | 3 οὕτως om. MC | 4 οὕνεκα Τυνδάρεος / ῥέζων ποκὰ Schneidewin (ποτὲ already transp. Suchfort) | ἅπασι BVPrRw | μόνης] VRw (μόνας Page), μιᾶς MBC, om. Pr | λήθετο Rw, λήθ()τ() V, ἐπελάθετο MC | ἡπιόδωρος V | 5 κείνη Pr | τυνδ. κόραις del. Wilam. (as from Stes. fragment) | τυνδαρέου Schneidewin | κούραις] B, κούρου M, κούρας C, κόραις Rw, κόραισι V, κόρης Pr, κόρας Sitzler | χολωσαμένα Blomfield | τε om. VRw | ἐτίθει West | λιπεσάνορας scr. Schneidewin, λιπεσήνορας BCPr, λειπεσάνορας VRw, λιπεσιόρας M | 6 δὲ om. BVPrRw | 7 τοῖσι PrRw | φιλομμειδὴς Barnes, φιλομηδὴς C | 8 προϊδοῦσα MVRw | κακῇ … φήμῃ Schw., κακὴν … φήμην all | σφ’] φη(σὶ) V, φ’ C, σφησιν Rw, φιν Nauck | ἥμβαλε app. M, ἔβαλλε VPr, ἔβαλε CRw | 8–9 B punct. after φήμην, leaves blank space, om. Τιμάνδρη μὲν ἔπ; and on next line ειτ’ ἔχετον om. or washed out before προλιποῦσ’ | 9 τιμάνδρη… ἔχεμον] ἐτύχετον Pr | Τιμάνδρη] Geel (in C. Goettling, Hesiodi carmina, 2nd ed. 1843, prep. lx) from Eust. in Il. 2.616 (I.472,28), πεισάνδρη VRw, τις ἀνδρὶ M(τίς)C (om. BPr) | μὲν ἔπειτ’] V(μὲν ἐπεί τ’)Rw, μένει εἴτ’ MC (B blank space and possible traces of ειτ) | Ἔχεμον Geel, ἔχετον MVCRw (cf. corrupt ἐτύχετον Pr) (B unclear) | 10 φιλία M, φλῆα VRw, φυλῆς Pr (φυλέα Eust. in four quotations, Eust. in Il. 1.404 [I.193,25 and I.194,11], Eust. in Il. 10.192 [III.43,19], Eust. in Od. 9.415 [I.353,21]) | θεοῖσιν om. VRw, θεοῖς Pr | 11 κλυταιμνήστρη Barnes (‑μήστρη Rzach, Merkelbach–West), ‑μνήστρα MPrRw, ‑μνῆστρα BVC | ⟨προ⟩ add. Cobet (λείπουσ’ Barnes, ἀτίουσα West) | 12 αἰγίστω Pr | παράλεκτρος Rw, παρέλικτο Pr | χείραιν app. Pr | ἀκοίταν B | 13 ὡδ’ or ὥδ’ M, ὡς δὴ Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.123,8–21; Dind. II.91,12–92,4

COMMENT: G. Most in the Loeb edition of Hesiod retains (8) κακὴν δέ σφ’ ἔμβαλε φήμην. Epic idiom, however, supports Schw.’s correction, since there are no instances of such a metaphorical use of ἐμβάλλω; the usual usage has someone plant an emotion or quality or idea in a person. The juncture κακὴ φήμη is not common in classical poetry, but there is a later parallel in Manetho, Apotelesmatica 3.87–88 (in a context of adulterous persons; with ἀμφιβάλλω instead of ἐμβάλλω) καὶ δ’ αὐτοὺς φήμῃσι κακαῖς νεότητος ἐν ὥραις / ἀμφέβαλεν; compare the comparable metaphor in the proverbial phrase κακά τευ κακκέχυται φάμα. Nor is there an exact parallel for φήμην ἐμβάλλειν in φήμας βάλλειν as in Et. Gud. (de Stefani) s.v. βλάσφημος· παρὰ τὸ βλάβη καὶ τὸ φήμη γίνεται βλάσφημος, ὁ βλάβην λέγων· ἢ ὁ τὰς κακὰς φήμας κατά τινος βάλλων, ἤγουν ὁ λοίδορος.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Stesichorus | Hesiod

Or. 249.03 (rec paraphr) ὁ Τυνδάρεως ἐγέννησε γένος θυγατέρων πολυθρύλητον εἰς ψόγον. —MlMnSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Ml

APP. CRIT.: ὁ τυνδ. add. in blank space (as if lemma) Sa^r | ὁ om. S

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐγένησε S | πολλυθρύλλητον MnSSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.92,7–8

Or. 249.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: περίφρασις —Y

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Perhaps this comments on ἐπίσημον εἰς τὸν ψόγον as an indirect way to say ἐπίψογον, δύσφημον, or the like.

KEYWORDS: περίφρασις

Or. 249.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔτεκε⟩: ση(μείωσαι) τὸ ἔτεκεν ὅπως ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον ἐπὶ γυναικῶν λέγεται. —Ta²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 249.17 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸν ψόγον⟩: περισσὸν δὲ τὸ ἄρθρον. —MC

TRANSLATION: The article is superfluous.

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 249.04 MC

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 250.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γένος θυγατέρων⟩: τὴν Ἑλένην καὶ τὴν [Κλυται]μνήστραν —B³

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.92,9–10

Or. 250.02 (rec exeg) ⟨γένος⟩: Ἀττικὸν τὸ γένος. —Ab

TRANSLATION: ‘Genos’ (in the sense ‘offspring’ is) an Attic usage.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 250.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: κακὴν φήμην ἔχον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἔχων Y

COLLATION NOTES: Günther 281 misreports the standard Moschopulean gloss here as having ἔχων.

Or. 251.01 (251–252) (thom exeg) ¹τουτέστιν ἐπείπερ ἐκείνας ὡς φαύλας κακίζεις, σκόκει μὴ καὶ αὐτὴ περιπέσῃς τοῖς ἴσοις. ²ἀλλ’ ἀποχὴν τῶν κακῶν ἔχε καὶ μὴ μόνον τὰ ἄριστα λέγε, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ νοῦν ἀεὶ ἔχουσα πρᾶττε. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, since you revile those women as base, be careful that you do not yourself meet with the same fate. Rather, keep distant from evils and do not merely say what is best, but also always bearing it in mind act (accordingly).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.: Zl partly lost to trimming, rest very faint | 1 παρ’ add. before ἐκείνας ZbZl | 2 τὰ ἄριστα] ἄριστε Zb | second καὶ om. ZZa | ἀεὶ] ἂν Za

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 πράττε ZaZbZmT (πρᾶττε Ta) [Zl illegible]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.92,11–14

COLLATION NOTES: Note how Z’s manner of writing ἀεὶ features an ει that looks a lot like a ν, suggesting the sort of script that Za (or a source of Za) misread to get ἂν.

Or. 251.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨σύ νυν διάφερε τῶν κακῶν⟩: σπεῦδε διαφέρειν τῶν κακῶν ἐν καλῷ. —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 251.12 (thom paraphr) ⟨διάφερε⟩: διαφορὰν λάμβανε καὶ ἀποχήν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.92,15–16

Or. 251.19 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔξεστι γάρ⟩: ¹αὐτεξούσιος γὰρ ἡ ἀρετή· ²καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 6.444]· ‘ἐπεὶ μάθον ἔμμεναι ἐσθλός’. —MVCMlMnR^bSSa, partial OPrR^a

TRANSLATION: For virtue is a matter of free choice. And Homer: ‘ever since I learned to be excellent’.

LEMMA: σὺ νῦν διάφερε VR^b REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: s.l. CPr, intermarg. M

APP. CRIT.: 1 αὐτεξούσιον MC [ending illegible Sa] | γὰρ om. MCR^b, app. Sa | 2 καὶ ὅμ. κτλ om. OPrR^a | ἐπειδὴ Sa | ἐσθλοῦ M

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 μάθην a.c. Ml | 2 ἔμμεναι] ἔμνεον Ml | ἐθλὸς R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.124,2–3; Dind. II.92,18–19

COMMENT: The association of τὸ αὐτεξούσιον and ἀρετή is common in Christian authors, but the only other passage where the adjective form is applied to ἀρετή is Procopius, commentarii in Isaiam, PG 87:2:2549, 30–31 ὃς καὶ αὐτεξούσιον δεικνὺς τὴν ἀρετὴν, φησίν· ἔσεσθέ μοι δίκαιοι.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 251.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔξεστι γάρ⟩: ἐνδεχόμενον γάρ ἐστι. —GZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐκδ‑ a.c. Zc | γάρ om. Zc

Or. 251.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: καλὸν ὑπάρχει σοι. —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 251.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: δυνατὸν ἔστι σοι τοῦτο. —ZlZuP²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. P² | τοῦτο om. P², σοι or σοι τοῦτο lost to trimming Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.92,20

Or. 252.01 (rec paraphr) τοῦτο τὸ κατηγορηθὲν μήτε λέγε μήτε φρόνει. —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κατηγορεῖν Mn

Or. 252.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨λέγ’⟩: καὶ λοιδώρει ἑτέροις —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 252.06 (thom exeg) ⟨φρόνει τάδε⟩: ὄτι ἀπέχεις τῶν κακῶν —ZZaZbZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘Keep this mindset’, that is,) that you are distancing yourself from the wicked (women).

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox²

Or. 252.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρᾶττε⟩: γρ. φρόνει. —Zl

LEMMA: πρᾶττε in text Zl POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 252.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τάδε⟩: καὶ ταῦτα τὰ καλά —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 253.01 (rec paraphr) μέχρις ὧδε ⟨οὐ⟩ παρεφύρου τὰ ῥήματα. —Pr

TRANSLATION: Up to this point you (Orestes) were not confusing your words.

POSITION: between sch. 249.02 and sch. 253.06 ὄμμα Pr

APP. CRIT.: ῥήματα] perhaps read ὄμματα

COMMENT: παραφύρω is in LBG, defined as ‘verwirren’ (confuse, bewilder). With ‘up to this point’ one needs to supplement here at least the negative adverb, and if the position of the scholion is correct, then the line ought to refer to 253 and ‘up to this point you were not disturbed in your eyes’ would make better sense as a paraphrase than ‘were not confusing your words, confused in your words’. If the order of the notes is wrong (and Pr often has notes out of order), then this may be a comment on 254 ἄρτι σωφρονῶν, and ῥήματα would be more apt.

Or. 253.06 (vet exeg) ὄμμα σόν ταράσσεται: ¹φυσικῶς· ²καθόλου γὰρ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς παθῶν εἰκόνες οἱ ὀφθαλμοί. ³αἰφνίδιοι δὲ τῶν λυσσωδῶν νοσημάτων αἱ μεταβολαὶ γίνονται. —MBOVCMlMnPrR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: (This detail can be explained) in terms of what is natural. For in general the eyes are the visible images of the affects of the soul. And the changes induced by diseases of madness occur suddenly.

LEMMA: BCPrRw, ὅμμα σὸν M, οἴμοι κασίγνητ’ ὄμμα V, οἴμοι κασίγνητος R^b REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b, at 252 ἀλλὰ Ml

APP. CRIT.: 1 φυσικῶς om. OVMlMnR^aR^bSSa | 3 καὶ add. before αἰφνίδιοι VMlMnR^bSSa | αἰφνίδιον Rw | δὲ om. OVMlMnRwSSa, transp. after μεταβολαὶ R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τῶν] τὸν Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.124,4–6; Dind. II.92,24–26

Or. 253.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ὄμμα σὸν ταράσσεται⟩: ὃ δεῖγμα τοῦ μεταπεσεῖν σε αὖθις εἰς μανίαν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Which is an indication of your falling back into madness.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὃ om. Zl | final words lost to trimming Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.92,25–26

Or. 254.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ταχὺς δὲ μετέθου⟩: ταχέως εἰς μανίαν μετεβλήθης ἄρτι σώας ἔχων τὰς φρένας. —MBVCPrR^b

TRANSLATION: Swiftly you have shifted into madness, though you just now had your wits in a sound state.

LEMMA: all (μετετέθης Pr) except ταχὺς δὲ R^b) REF. SYMBOL: BVR^b POSITION: s.l.; between sch. 256.01 and sch. 257.02 in Pr

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B | after μανίαν add. εἰς λύσσαν R^b | μετεβλήθησαν μετεποιήθ() R^b | ἄρτι] ἀρτίως V | ἔχων σώας transp. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.124,7–8; Dind. II.93,1–2

Or. 254.02 (vet exeg) ¹ὁ νοῦς· μετεποιήθης καὶ μετεβλήθης εἰς λύσσαν, ἐν δὲ τῷ πρὸ τούτου ⟨ … ⟩ ²μεταθεῖς, ἀντὶ ⟨τοῦ⟩ μετατρέχεις. —MC

TRANSLATION: The sense is: You have been altered and shifted into madness, but in the ⟨colloquy/time⟩ before this ⟨lacuna: e.g., you were sane. There is also the reading⟩ ‘you pursue at a run’ (‘metatheis’, from ‘metatheō’ rather than from ‘metatithēmi’), meaning ‘you run after’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. MC

APP. CRIT.: after τούτῳ perhaps suppl. λόγῳ or χρόνῳ | 1–2 ἐσωφρόνεις. γράφεται καὶ suppl. e.g. Schw. | 2 μεταθεὶς ἀντὶ C, μετὰ θήσαντ() M | τοῦ suppl. Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.124,9–10; Dind. II.93,2–3

COMMENT: ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου without a noun seems not to be used in a temporal sense (it is found in commentaries with βιβλίῳ or προβλήματι or the like understood). ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου λόγῳ is very common, ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου χρόνῳ much less common. | See 254.09 for an indication of interpreting (impossibly) the form μετέθου as μετεθοῦ from μεταθέω.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 254.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταχὺς δὲ μετέθου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως εἰς μανίαν μετετράπης. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 254.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταχὺς δὲ μετέθου⟩: ταχέως μετεβλήθης, μετῆλθες εἰς τὴν λύσσαν. —MlR^a

POSITION: marg. R^a, s.l. Ml

APP. CRIT.: μετῆλθες om. R^a (but sep. s.l. 254.09) | λύσσαν om. Ml (to be supplied from line)

APP. CRIT. 2: ταχάως Ml

Or. 254.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταχὺς⟩: Ἀττικισμὸς —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 254.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ταχὺς⟩: μετὰ τὴν σωφροσύνην —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 254.08a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μετέθου λύσσαν⟩: μετῆλθες εἰς λύσσαν καὶ μανίαν —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 254.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨μετέθου⟩: ἔστι καὶ τὸ ἐναντίον μετέθετό τις λύσσαν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπέθετο. —ZbZlGu

TRANSLATION: There exists also the opposite sense (with the same verb), ‘someone let go of madness’, equivalent to ‘he put it off from himself’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl POSITION: intermarg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: Zl partially illegible | τὸ] ὅτε Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.93,3–4

COLLATION NOTES: Gu with cross.

Or. 254.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λύσσαν⟩: καὶ εἰς τὴν μανίαν —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 254.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄρτι σωφρονῶν⟩: δοκεῖ γὰρ φαντάζεσθαι αὐτάς. —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: αὐτὰς must be the Erinyes (256); if the note is correctly placed here (and G is a rather carefully prepared copy), then its author is anticipating the following lines in an unusual way by using the pronoun.

Or. 254.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄρτι σωφρονῶν⟩: ἀρτίως ἔχων τὰς φρένας σώας —MlR

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἄρτιον (corr. from ἀρτίων) Ml | σῶον ἔχ. τὰς φρ. Ml

Or. 255.01 (rec exeg) ὦ μῆτερ: δοκεῖ τὸ εἴδωλον τῆς μητρὸς παριστάμενον ὁρᾶν καὶ ἐπισεῖον κατ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς Ἐριννύας. —VPrRw, partial Rf^r

TRANSLATION: He seems to see the specter of his mother standing near him and violently stirring the Erinyes against him.

LEMMA: V, ὦ μῆτερ ἱκετεύω σε Rw REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: s.l. PrRf^r; follows sch. 261.13 in Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.124,11–12; Dind. II.93,22–94,1, II.94,1–2

Or. 255.02 (vet paraphr) ὦ μῆτερ, τὰς αἱματωποὺς καὶ δρακοντώδεις κόρας ἐπ’ ἐμοὶ μὴ ἐπίσειε, ἤγουν μὴ μετακίνει. —M

TRANSLATION: O mother, do not shake the bloody-eyed and snakelike maidens against me, that is to say, do not impel them.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αἱματοποιοὺς M | first μὴ Schw., μαν M | ἐπίσει M, corr. Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπεμοὶ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.124,13–14

Or. 255.03 (pllgn exeg) ὦ μῆτερ, ἱκετεύω καὶ παρακαλῶ σε μὴ ἐπίσειέ μοι τὰς αἱματωποὺς καὶ δρακοντώδεις κόρας. ἐπισείειν λέγεται τις ὅταν μετὰ σεισμοῦ καὶ θορύβου καὶ βίας τι ἔρχεται. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Mother, I beseech and entreat you, do not shake threateningly at me the bloody-eyed and snakelike maidens. One is said to ‘shake at/against’ when something comes with shaking and noise and violence.

APP. CRIT.: δρακοντώδεις κόρας om., add. in outer left margin of scholia block Y²

Or. 255.04 (pllgn exeg) ἐφαίνετο οὗν τὸ εἴδωλον τῆς μητρὸς ἐφιστάμενον καὶ διερεθίζον τὰς Ἐριννύας κατὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο παρακαλεῖ τὴν μητέρα. —V³

TRANSLATION: So then, the image of his mother appeared, standing by and prodding the Erinyes against Orestes, and for this reason he invokes his mother.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: διερεθίζων V³

Or. 255.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ μῆτερ⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν φησὶ. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 255.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨᾿πίσειέ⟩: εἰς φόβον πρόφερε —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 256.01 (vet exeg) τὰς αἱματωπούς: ¹τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς πάσχουσί τι τοῖς προεστῶσι τοῦ πάθους θεοῖς ἀνατιθέασιν οἱ ποιηταί· ²οἷόν τι καὶ Ὅμηρός φησι περὶ τῶν Λιτῶν [Hom. Il. 9.503] ‘χωλαί τε ῥυσαί τε παραβλῶπές τ’ ὀφθαλμώ’, ἐκ τῶν ἀποβαινόντων παθῶν εἰδωλοποιήσας. ³καὶ τὸν Πλοῦτον τυφλὸν λέγουσιν, ὅτι ἀκρίτως ποιεῖ πλουσίους, ⁴καὶ τὸν Καιρὸν ὀπισθοφάλακρον, ὅτι τοῦ παρῳχημένου ἀδύνατον ἀντιλαβέσθαι· ⁵καὶ κωφὸν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Δημοσθένης [Dem. fr. incert. orat. 13.12 Baiter–Sauppe] φησὶν, ὅτι μετακαλούμενος οὐχ ὑπακούει. ⁶καὶ νῦν αἱματωποὺς εἶπε τὰς Ἐρινύας ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἐκ τοῦ τοὺς μαινομένους ὕφαιμον βλέπειν καὶ ταραχῶδες, ⁷ὡς Φοῖβος ὁ τοῦ φοιβᾶν τοὺς μάντεις, ὅ ἐστι μαίνεσθαι, αἴτιος καὶ [Eur. Phoen. 784] ‘πολύμοχθος Ἄρης’. —MBVCPrR^bRw

TRANSLATION: The poets ascribe what happens to those who have a certain experience to the gods who are in charge of the experience. For instance, Homer says of the Litai ‘lame and wrinkled and with their eyes turned aside’, forming the image from the resulting experiences. And they say that Wealth is blind, because he makes people rich indiscriminately, and that Occasion is bald on the back of his head, because it is impossible to grasp that which (or the one who) has once passed by. And Demosthenes says that he (Occasion) is deaf too, because when summoned he pays no heed. And now Euripides has called the Erinyes bloody-eyed from the fact that those who are insane have bloodshot eyes and a disturbed gaze, just as Phoebus is the one responsible for the fact that prophets (‘manteis’) rave mantically (‘phoiban’), which is to say are out of their mind (‘mainesthai’), and (another example is) ‘Ares of many toils’.

LEMMA: all except ματωπούς Rw(rubr. did not add αἱ) REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: follows sch. 257.02 in Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.124,15–25; Dind. II.93,9–19

COMMENT: For Kairos being bald in back, compare Posidippus 142,7–10 Austin–Bastianini (Anth. Plan. 275) on Lysippus’s statue Kairos: —ἡ δὲ κόμη τί κατ’ ὄψιν; —ὑπαντιάσαντι λαβέσθαι, / νὴ Δία. —τἀξόπιθεν δ’ εἰς τί φαλακρὰ πέλει; / —τὸν γὰρ ἅπαξ πτηνοῖσι παραθρέξαντά με ποσσὶν / οὔτις ἔθ’ ἱμείρων δράξεται ἐξόπιθεν. | Demosth. fr. 12 in the edition of Baiter–Sauppe is from Tzetzes, who knew it from this scholion: Chil. 10.323, 282–3 [scil. χρόνον] καὶ Δημοσθένης δὲ κωφὸν καὶ φαλακρόν που λέγει, / ὡς τοῦτον ὄντως ἔγραψεν ὁ Λύσιππος ἐκεῖνος; cf. Chil. 8.200, 424–427 πανσόφως ἠγαλμάτωσε τοῦ χρόνου τὴν εἰκόνα, / πάντας ἐντεῦθεν νουθετῶν, χρόνον μὴ παρατρέχειν, / κωφόν, ὀπισθοφάλακρον, πτερόπουν ἐπὶ σφαίρας, / πρὸς τὸ κατόπιν μάχαιραν τινὶ διδόντα πλάσας.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Demosthenes | Euripides, Phoenissae | Tzetzes

Or. 256.02 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: ¹αἱματωποὺς τὰς Ἐριννῦς λέγει, ὡς τοὺς μαινομένους ὕφαιμον ποιούσας βλέπειν καὶ ταραχῶδες. ²τὰ συμβαίνοντα γὰρ τοῖς πάσχουσι τοῖς προεστῶσι θεοῖς τοῦ πάθους ἀνατιθέασιν οἱ ποιηταὶ, ³οἷόν τι καὶ Ὅμηρος φησὶ [Hom. Il. 9.503] ‘χωλαί τε ῥυσσαί τε παραβλῶπες τ’ ὀφθαλμώ’, ἐκ τῶν ἀποβαινόντων παθῶν εἰδωλοποιήσας αὐτάς. ⁴οὕτω καὶ τὸν Πλοῦτον τυφλὸν λέγουσιν ὅτι ἀκρίτως ποιεῖ πλουσίους. ⁵καὶ τὸν Καιρὸν ὀπισθοφάλακρον ὅτι τοῦ παρωχημένου λαβέσθαι ἀμήχανον. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: He says the Erinyes are bloody-eyed because they make those who are insane have bloodshot eyes and a disturbed gaze. For poets ascribe what happens to those who have an experience to the gods who are in charge (of it). For example, Homer says (of the Litai) ‘lame and wrinkled and with their eyes turned aside’, forming the image of them from the resulting experiences. Thus they also say that Wealth is blind, because he makes people rich indiscriminately, and that Occasion is bald on the back of his head, because there is no way to grasp that which (or the one who) has once passed by.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.93,7–8 and 9–15 app.

COMMENT: For the very tiny ων abbrev. used by Za in 3 ὀφθαλμῶν, compare the one s.l. at 252 κακῶν on the same page.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 256.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς πάσχουσι ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς ποιηταῖς ἀνατιθέναι τοῖς προεστῶσι τοῦ πάθους θεοῖς. —F

POSITION: marg.

Or. 256.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα καὶ Ἀληκτώ —Aa

POSITION: in margin to right of 278–279 on 44r, at the level of 255–256 on the facing 43r

APP. CRIT. 2: μαίγερα Aa

COLLATION NOTES: With cross Aa.

Or. 256.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: καὶ τὰς ποιούσας τὰς κόρας αἱματηρὰς —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὰς πλούσας app. Pr

Or. 256.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰς αἱματώδεις ἐχούσας προσόψεις καὶ καταπληκτικὰς —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 256.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰς αἷμα ἐχούσας ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς —CrOx

POSITION: s.l. (second instance above 257 Ox, crossed out)

APP. CRIT.: τὰς ἐμὰς ἐχούσας αὐτὰς/ῶν(?) ὀφθαλμῶν Ox (both instances)

COLLATION NOTES: In both instances in Ox the abbreviated ending on αὐτ looks like a conflation of ας and ῶν.

Or. 256.08 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱματωποὺς⟩: ἀλλοπαθὲς —Pr

TRANSLATION: (The adjective is) causative in sense.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Whereas in grammatical texts from antiquity this term is applied to distinguish non-reflexive pronouns from reflexive (αὐτοπαθές), in medieval sources it also means ‘transitive’ in reference to verbs (Eust., Tzetzes, other sch.) and also ‘causative’ in reference to adjectives (not noted in the lexica): Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.150 ἀΐδηλον· ἀφανῆ. ἀΐδηλον· καὶ ἀφανείας ἐμποιητικὸν θάνατον, ἐστὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἀλλοπαθές, also Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.559 πικρός· ὁ πικροποιὸς, καὶ θανατηφόρος, ὁ ἰοβόλος· ἀλλοπαθὲς τὸ σχῆμα, ἐπειδὴ ἄλλως πικραίνει ὁ ὄφις. So here ‘causative’, that is, ‘making eyes bloody’ rather than ‘having bloody eyes’.

Or. 256.12 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱματώδους⟩: αἱματωποὺς —Ab

LEMMA: αἱματώδους in text Ab POSITION: s.l.

Or. 256.13 (rec exeg) ⟨δρακοντώδεις κόρας⟩: διὰ τὸ βλοσυρὸν λέγει αὐτὰς δρακοντώδεις. —MlMnRSa

TRANSLATION: He calls them snakelike because of their terrifying quality.

POSITION: s.l. MnSa, marg. R

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὰς om. R | δρακοντώδεις om. Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: βλοσσυρὸν MnSa, βλησηρὸν Ml | δρακοντώδης Ml

Or. 256.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρακοντώδεις⟩: διὰ τὸ ἄγριον —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 256.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρακοντώδεις⟩: δρακοντώδεις δὲ λέγει τὰς ἔχουσας δράκοντος ἤτοι ὄφεως ὀδόντας. —ZbZlGu

TRANSLATION: He calls snakelike those (maidens) who have the teeth of a snake, that is, of a serpent.

POSITION: app. cont. from prev. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.93,21–22

COMMENT: A particularly poor etymology.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 257.01 (vet exeg) ⟨αὗται γὰρ αὗται⟩: τὰς Ἐρινύας ἐνθουσιαστικῶς φαντάζεται ὁρᾶν. —MBOVCPrR^b

TRANSLATION: In the manner of one possessed he (Orestes) imagines that he sees the Erinyes.

POSITION: intermarg. M (beside 257), s.l. C (above 256 δρακοντώδεις κόρας); cont. from sch. 259.02 BPr, cont. from sch. 256.01 VR^b; beside 255–256 O

APP. CRIT.: ὅθεν καὶ οὗτος prep. B, αἱματωποὺς δὲ prep. VR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐνσιαστικὸς R^b | ἐριννύας VPr, ἐρινὺς MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.124,26; Dind. II.94,14

Or. 257.02 (vet exeg) αὗται γὰρ αὗται: ¹ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς ὑπέθετο τὰς Ἐρινύας αὐτὸν διωκούσας, ἵνα τὴν δόξαν τοῦ μεμηνότος ἡμῖν παραστήσῃ· ²ὡς εἴγε παρήγαγεν αὐτὰς εἰς μέσον, ἐσωφρόνει ἂν Ὀρέστης τὰ αὐτὰ πᾶσιν ὁρῶν. ³ταῦτα δὲ νεώτερα· ⁴Ὅμηρος γὰρ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εἶπε περὶ Ὀρέστου. —MBVCPr, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) created/assumed the scenario of the Erinyes pursuing him without being visible, so that he could instill in us the impression of one who is insane. Since if he had actually brought them (visibly) on stage, Orestes would be of sound mind, seeing the same things as everyone. This (treatment of the story) is an innovation (i.e., post-Homeric). For Homer said nothing like this about Orestes.

LEMMA: MBVCRw, αὗται γὰρ Pr REF. SYMBOL: BV

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐριννύας VPrRw (and as rewritten in B) | παραστήσει a.c. V | 4 εἶπεν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.125,1–5; Dind. II.94,4–8

KEYWORDS: ὑπόθεσις (assumed scenario)

Or. 257.03 (pllgn exeg) ‘αὗται γὰρ αὗται’ φανταζόμενος ὁ Ὀρέστης λέγει. οἱ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενοι φαντάζονται προσδοκῶντες βλέπειν τι. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Orestes says ‘for these, these’ because he has a vision of them. For those afflicted by the supernatural have visions, supposing that they see something.

Or. 258.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀτρέμας⟩: ἐπίρρημα —Aa³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 258.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀτρέμας⟩: πῶς —B^3d

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 259.01 (vet exeg) ὁρᾷς γὰρ οὐδέν: τὰ γὰρ φαντασιώδη ἀνυπόστατα. —MOVCMlMnPrR^aR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: (She says that Orestes sees nothing) because the objects of mental representation are insubstantial.

LEMMA: R^b, ὧν δοκεῖς σαφ’ εἰδέναι VRw REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: s.l. MCPrSSa, at level of 259 OR^a

APP. CRIT. 2: φαντασιώδ(εις) R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.125,6; Dind. II.94,11

Or. 259.02 (vet exeg) ὁρᾷς γὰρ οὐδέν: ¹ὃ γὰρ τὸ τῶν σωφρονούντων ὄμμα διαφεύγειν συμβέβηκεν, ²τοῦτο κατὰ τὴν πλάνην τοῖς μαινομένοις ὁρᾶσθαι συμβέβηκεν. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: For that which turns out to escape the sight of those of sound mind, this turns out to be seen by madmen during their frenzy.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ἄλλως VRw REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 συμβέβηκε VRw | 2 συμβέβηκε Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.125,7–8; Dind. II.94,12–13

COMMENT: τοῖς μαινομένοις ὁρᾶν συμβέβηκεν would be better syntax, and the omission in MC may indicate that ὁρᾶσθαι is a repair of a defective text.

Or. 259.03 (pllgn paraphr) ἀληθῶς οὐκ ἔστι τι ὧ⟨ν⟩ νομίζεις εἶναι. —Y²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 259.05 (rec gram) ⟨ὁρᾷς⟩: ὁρῶ σωματικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ νοῶ, νοῶ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁρῶ. —K

POSITION: marg. (beside 263, two lines lower in columnn than 259)

COMMENT: This appears to be a general comment on the Homeric/archaic sense of νοέω. LSJ s.v. νοέω quotes Aristot. de anima 427a26–27 πάντες γὰρ οὗτοι [scil. οἱ ἀρχαῖοι] τὸ νοεῖν σωματικὸν ὥσπερ τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι ὑπολαμβάνουσιν. ‘Seeing in physical reality’ is not applicable to the usage in this passage.

Or. 259.13 (mosch exeg) ⟨σάφ’⟩: σάφα ποιητικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ σαφῶς —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrAa²

TRANSLATION: ‘Sapha’ (is used) poetically as equivalent to ‘saphōs’ (‘clearly, reliably’).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: σάφα om. Xo, σάφα ποιητ. om. Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.94,18

Or. 259.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σάφ’⟩: σαφῶς· τὸ σάφα ποιητικόν. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 259.20 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: βλέπειν εἰπεῖν ἔμελλεν, ὅτι δὲ ὃ βλέπει τις γινώσκει, οὕτως ἐξήνεγκεν. —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: He was going to say ‘to see’ (‘blepein’), but because one recognizes/knows that which one sees, he expressed it this way (scil. with ‘to know’, ‘eidenai’).

REF. SYMBOL: Gu (note displaced from position over lemma) POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.94,19–20

Or. 260.05 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱ κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ ἀναίσχυντοι ἢ αἱ ποιοῦσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἔχειν κυνὸς ὀφθαλμοὺς —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 260.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι ὦπας κυνῶν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 261.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι γοργοὺς τὰς ὦπας —AaMnRSSaZu

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: ὦπας φοργοὺς (om. τὰς) Zu

Or. 261.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: γορφῶπις ὁ γοργόφθαλμος —B⁴

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: From Suda γ 398; cf. ps.-Zonaras 447, 34 s.v. γοργωπός

Or. 261.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: ὦπας καταπληκτικοὺς ἔχουσαι —R

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑πληκτηκοὺς R

Or. 261.09 (thom paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: καταπληκτικαὶ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὡς αἱ γοργόνες add. ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.95,5–6

Or. 261.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: καταπληκτικὰ ἔχουσαι ὄμματα —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.95,6

Or. 261.12 (vet exeg) ἱέρειαι δειναὶ θεαί: τὸ ἱέριαι προπαροξύνουσιν ὡς τὸ τιμώριαι καὶ αἴτιαι. —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION: They accent ‘hiériai’ on the antepenult just like ‘timṓriai’ and ‘aítiai’.

LEMMA: MC, ἱέρειαι Rw POSITION: follows 257.01 B, add. δὲ; follows 256.01 Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.125,9–10; Dind. II.94,15

COMMENT: On the claim about such accents, see Chandler, Greek Accentuation §214; Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:1.403,16–23 ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῦ μονογενοῦς ἡμέρα ἡμέραι παροξυτόνως· οἱ μέντοι Ἀθηναῖοι ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς λέξεως, καὶ μάλιστα οἱ νεώτεροι, προπαροξύνουσιν· πέντε γὰρ ἥμεραι καὶ δέκα ἥμεραι φασὶ προπαροξυτόνως, ὡς ἀπαγγέλλουσιν οἱ περὶ Ἀττικῆς συνηθείας γράψαντες· οὐ μόνον δὲ ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς λέξεως τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν, λέγω δὴ προπαροξύνουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν παραληγομένων τῷ ι, οἷον εὐπράξιαι τιμώριαι αἴτιαι τραγῴδιαι ὁμίλιαι κωμῴδιαι· οὕτω γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν μονογενῶν προπαροξυτόνως λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι. Cf. briefly ps.-Arcadius de accent., pp. 288–289 Roussou αἱ εἰς ΑΙ εὐθεῖαι παρεσχηματισμέναι ἀρσενικοῖς ὁμοτονοῦσι ταῖς εὐθείαις τῶν ἰδίων ἀρσενικῶν· τύπτοντες τύπτουσαι, χαρίεντες χαρίεσσαι, ταχέες ταχεῖαι (εἰ καὶ μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τόνον), ἐναντίοι ἐναντίαι, Βυζάντιοι Βυζάντιαι, ἥμεροι ἥμεραι (τὸ τριγενές, ἡμέραι δὲ τὸ μονογενές). οἱ δὲ Ἀθηναῖοι προπαροξύνουσί τινα μονογενῆ· ἥμεραι εὐπράξιαι τιμώριαι αἴτιαι. Herodian seems to be the source of this doctrine, if by ‘later Attic’ he meant classical Attic as opposed to Homeric ‘Attic’: Sch. A Il. 2.339b, συνθεσίαι τε: οὕτως συνθεσίαι τε ὡς θυσίαι τε. ὅσοι δὲ προπαροξύνουσι, πταίουσι· τῆς γὰρ μεταγενεστέρας Ἀτθίδος ἡ τοιάδε ἀνάγνωσις (Gram.Gr. 3:2.34, 3–4); Sch. A Il. 5.54 οὕτως ἑκηβολίαι ὡς εὐστοχίαι· ἔφαμεν γὰρ ὅτι τὸ ἀναδιδόναι τὸν τόνον τῶν μεταγενεστέρων ἐστὶν Ἀττικῶν, ὅτε περὶ τοῦ ‘πῇ δὴ συνθεσίαι’ διελαμβάνομεν (Gram.Gr. 3:2.47, 37–39). See further Probert 2004: 66 n. 30; Probert 2006. [The passage in de prosod. cath. Gram.Gr. 3:1.423,5–11 is cobbled together by Lentz and need not be taken into account.] See also 425.03.

Or. 261.13 (vet exeg) ἐνέρων ἱέρειαι: ¹ἱερείας αὐτὰς καλεῖ παρόσον ἐξυπηρετοῦνται αὐτοῖς· ²ἀποστέλλουσι γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὰς ψυχάς. —MBVCMlMnPrR^aR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: He calls them priestesses (of those below) inasmuch as they serve them (the gods of the underworld). For they send the souls to them.

LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b POSITION: marg. S; cont. from prev. MBCRw, add. δὲ; cont. from prev. add. γὰρ Pr

APP. CRIT.: ἐξυπηρετεῖται Ml(ἐξὑπ-)MnR^aR^bSSa | αὐτοῖς] αὐτ()῀ V, αὐταῖς MlMnR^aR^bSSa | ἀποστέλλουσι γὰρ αὐτοῖς om. MlMnSSa | τύχας VR^aR^bMnS, τρίχας Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἱέρειας S, ἱρείας Mn, ἱερεῖα Pr, θερίας Ml (θ by rubr.) | παρ’ ὅσον MlMnR^bS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.125,11–12; Dind. II.94,16–17

Or. 261.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐνέρων ἱέρειαι⟩: παρ’ ὅσον ὑπηρετοῦσιν αὐτοῖς —O

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αὐτῶ O

Or. 261.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνέρων ἱέρειαι⟩: δίκην γὰρ ὑπουργῶν βοηθοῦσι τοῖς φονευθεῖσι τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς. —G

TRANSLATION: In the manner of servants they bring aid to those murdered, punishing the killers.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 261.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐνέρων⟩: νεκρῶν τῶν ἀδίκως φονευθέντων —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: φονευθέντων] θνησκόντων Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.95,6–7

Or. 261.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: αἱ τιμωροῦσαι τοὺς φόνους τῶν νεκρῶν —MlMnR

POSITION: s.l. MnR, intermarg. Ml

APP. CRIT. 2: τὰς φωνεὶς Ml

Or. 261.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: σφάκτριαι, ὡς ὁ τῶν θυμάτων ἱερεύς —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 261.29 (rec gram) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὑπουργῶ γενικῇ, ὡς τὸ ὑπουργήσασά σου τὸ σῶμα. —Pr

POSITION: marg. (top margin of folio)

COMMENT: This teacher’s note reflects knowledge of the use of ὑπουργός as gloss here, although Pr itself does not have that word.

Or. 261.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ἱερεῖαι ἐλέγοντο αἱ τοῖς θεοῖς ἀνακείμεναι γυναῖκες. —Zb²

REF. SYMBOL: Zb²

Or. 261.31 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: αἴτιαι —B⁴

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The intended meaning is ‘the accent is like that of aítiai’.

Or. 261.32 (tri exeg) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ¹ἱερίαι γράφε Ἰωνικῶς, ἵν’ ἔχῃ πρὸς τὸ μέτρον ὀρθῶς. ²τὰ γὰρ διὰ τοῦ εια ταῦτα προπαροξύτονα Ἰωνικῶς οἱ ποιηταὶ παροξύτονα ποιοῦντες διὰ τοῦ ι γράφουσιν, ³τὸ αὐθάδεια αὐθαδία λέγοντες καὶ τὸ εὐσέβεια εὐσεβία καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὃ καὶ ἐξετάζων εὑρήσεις. —T

TRANSLATION: Write ‘hieríai’ in the Ionic manner, so that the reading may be correct with respect to the meter. For these words with accent on the antepenult ending in ‑eia the poets in the Ionic manner accent on the penult and spell with iota (that is, ending ‑ia in place of ‑eia); thus the poets say ‘authadía’ for ‘authádeia’ and ‘eusebía’ for ‘eusébeia’ and the like, which you will indeed discover by examination.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔχη Ta, ἔχει T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.95,8–12; de Fav. 50

COMMENT: Triclinius probably knew of the spelling with iota in place of epsilon-iota from sch. 261.12 (or from O, where it is in the text), but the decision to make the word paroxytone instead of proparoxytone appears to be his own.

KEYWORDS: Triclinius, justifying choice between variants | Ἰωνικόν

Or. 262.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὔτοι μεθήσω⟩: παρεπιγραφή —Rw

TRANSLATION: Implicit stage direction.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: παρεπιγραφή

Or. 262.03 (pllgn gram) ⟨οὔτοι⟩: σοι —F²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: If this is not a corruption of σε (meant for μεθήσω), then it is a teacher’s note to remind one about the equivalence in some places (not here) of τοι and σοι.

Or. 262.15 (tri metr) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 264.01 (vet exeg) μέθες μί’ οὖσα: ¹μία οὖσα τῶν κατ’ ἐμοῦ Ἐρινύων ἀπόστα. ²Ἐρινύων δὲ τῶν μανιῶν, ἵν’ ᾖ ἄνες με τῆς μανίας ἀναχωρήσασά μου. —MBVCMlMnPr^aR^aR^bRwSSa, partial Pr^b

TRANSLATION: Being one of the Erinyes afflicting me, get away (from me). By ‘of Erinyes’ (he means) ‘of the madnesses’, so that the sense is ‘release me from madness by withdrawing to a distance from me’.

LEMMA: BVCS, γρ. μέθες μί’ οὔσα Ml (with confused diacritics over ιου), μέθες Pr^aR^b, also Rw (punct. as if 1 μί’ … ἐριννύων is also part of lemma), μί’ οὖσα M REF. SYMBOL: BVMlR^b POSITION: s.l. Pr^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐριννύων VMnPr^aPr^bRwSa, ἐριννίων Ml | 2 ἐριννύων VMnPr^aRwSa | ἀναχωρίσασά Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.125,13–15; Dind. II.95,18–20

Or. 264.07 (rec exeg) ⟨μ’ ἰοῦσα⟩: γρ. μέθες μι’ οὖσα —MnR^aSa^r

LEMMA: μ’ ἰοῦσα in text R, μί’ οὖσα in text Mn(μι’)Sa POSITION: prep. to 264.01 MnSa

COMMENT: In Sa this looks like part of the lemma to 264.01, but it is a peculiarity of Sa that sometimes the rubricator had to supply more than just the lemma in the space left during the copying done with normal dark ink.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 264.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῶν ἐμῶν Ἐριννύων⟩: αἵτινες κινοῦσιν ἐμὲ —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 265.01 (vet exeg) ⟨μέσον μ’ ὀχμάζεις⟩: ¹συνέχεις ἐπαίρεις. ²ἴδιον δὲ τῶν μαινομένων τὸ τοὺς κηδομένους ἀποσείεσθαι καὶ δοκεῖν βλάπτεσθαι μᾶλλον. —MBOVCMlMnPrR^aR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: You embrace, you lift up. It is distinctive of those out of their mind that they shake off those who try to tend to them and imagine rather that they are being harmed.

LEMMA: MCMlMn(ὀσχάζεις)R^bSSa, ὀχμάζεις VPrRw REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^aR^b POSITION: cont. from 264.01 B

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 μενομένων Ml | μηδομένους Ml | ἀποσίεσθαι Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.125,16–18; Dind. II.95,21–23

COMMENT: M’s reading may point to κηδεμόνας, but κηδομένους is somewhat more likely to have been used in scholiastic language.

Or. 265.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὀχμάζεις ἵνα βάλῃς⟩: συνέχεις με, κινεῖς με, ὡς βάλῃς με εἰς Τάρταρον. —V

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰς μὲ transp. V

Or. 265.13 (tri metr) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: koinē short over omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 265.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰς Τάρταρον⟩: εἰς μέσον τοῦ Ταρτάρου —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 266.02 (tri metr) ⟨οἴ⟩: koinē short over οι —T

Or. 266.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τίν’ ἐπικουρίαν λάβω⟩: τὸ ἀπορηματικὸν ὑποτάσσει. —K

TRANSLATION: He subordinates (in the subjunctive) the expression of doubt. (or: The expression of doubt entails the subjunctive.)

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 267.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον⟩: ἢ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ἢ τὰς Ἐριννύας —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 267.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον⟩: πραγματικῶς, τουτέστιν ὁ θεός —K

TRANSLATION: (The term is used) in a manner to express actual fact, that is, the god.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 268.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δὸς τόξα μοι⟩: τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν ὡς τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐψαυκυιῶν αὐτοῦ. —MBOVCMnR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: He said this as if the Erinyes had touched him.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. BC; cont. from 268.07 VMnR^bRwSSa

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν] VRw, τὸ δὲ εἶπεν MnR^bSSa, om. MBOC | τῶν] τὸ S

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐριννύων OMnRw, ἐρινίων R^b | ἐψαυκύων MR^bSa, ἐψαυκυίων S, ἐψαυκίων Mn, ἔψαν κύων C [only ἐψαυκ now readable in Rw (water damage)]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.125,19

Or. 268.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δὸς τόξα μοι⟩: μαινόμενος λέγει ταῦτα. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 268.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μου⟩: γρ. μοὶ. —AbS

LEMMA: μου in text AbS POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 268.07 (vet exeg) κερουλκά: ¹διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἕλκοντα τὴν νευρὰν ἢ τὸ βέλος, ὡς τὸ κεραελκὴς ταῦρος. ²ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἐκ κεράτων εἶναι καὶ ἕλκεσθαι. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwSSaZu

TRANSLATION: Drawing by means of the horns the bow-string or the arrow, as used in the phrase ‘bull drawing (a plow or cart) by the horns’; or derived from being made of horn and being drawn.

LEMMA: MBVCPrRw, δὸς τόξα μοι κερουλκὰ MnR^bSSa (‑λκᾶ S, κελεουρκὰ Mn), REF. SYMBOL: BVR^b POSITION: s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὰ prep. MnPrR^bSSaZu, τὰ τῶν prep. R^a | διὰ τῶν om. B | after κεράτων add. τὰ διὰ τῶν S | ἔχοντα R^b, ἑλκόντων Rw | ἢ] ἤτοι VR^bRw, ἤγουν MnS | τὰ βέλη PrZu | ὡς τὸ κερ. ταῦρος om. Zu | ὡς τὸ] ἢ M, ὡς BCPr | κεραελκὴς V, κεραελκεῖς BPr, κεραλκῆς M, κεραλκὴς CRw, κεραλκ() R^b, κερουλκὸς MnSSa | ταύρους BPr | 2 ἐκ] εἰς M | καὶ om. MnRw | at end add. τοῦ ὀρέστου MnR^bSSa (i.e. ⟨ὑπὸ⟩ τοῦ ὀρέστου?)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἔλκοντα MR^a | 2 ἔλκεσθαι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.125,20–22; Dind. II.96,11–14

COMMENT: For κεραελκής with ταῦρος, cf. Call. hymn. Dian. 179 and schol. διὰ τὸ τοῖς κέρασιν ἕλκειν τὸ ἄροτρον; Oppian. Cyneg. 2.103, in a long series of epithets of οἱ Σύριοι ταῦροι (100). There are types of yoke that are secured to the horns (rather than with an oxbow around the neck). | For the different senses found in various scholia here, compare Nonnus’s uses of κεραελκής, usually just ‘having horns’, but once ‘dragged by the horns’ (ἐξ ἐλάφων κεραελκέα δίφρον, Dionys. 11.344), and once as here in Or. κεραελκέα τόξα (Dionys. 20.225, although Peek, Lexikon zu den Dionysiaka des Nonnos s.v. gives ‘made of horn’). See also E. Fernandez-Galiano, Lexico de los Himnos de Calimaco, 352–353 s.v. κεραελκής.

Or. 268.08 (vet exeg) ¹Στησιχόρῳ [Stesichorus fr. 181a–b Davies–Finglass, PMG 217] ἑπόμενος τόξα φησὶν αὐτὸν εἰληφέναι παρὰ Ἀπόλλωνος. ²ἔδει οὖν τὸν ὑποκριτὴν τόξα λαβόντα τοξεύειν. ³οἱ δὲ νῦν ὑποκρινόμενοι τὸν ἥρωα αἰτοῦσι μὲν τὰ τόξα, μὴ δεχόμενοι δὲ σχηματίζονται τοξεύειν. ⁴εἰ δὲ καὶ μαινόμενος ἐπ’ ἐνίων ὑγιαίνει, μὴ θαυμάσωμεν. ⁵ἡ γὰρ νόσος ποικίλη τῶν μεμηνότων, ὡς κἀν ταῖς Τρῳάσιν ἡ Κασάνδρα [Eur. Tro. 367]· ⁶‘τοσόνδε δ’ ἐκτὸς στήσομαι βακχευμάτων’. —MBC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION: Following Stesichorus, he (Euripides) says that he (Orestes) has received a bow and arrow from Apollo. So then, the actor should take a (real) bow and (actually) shoot. But those who nowadays enact the part of the hero ask for the bow and arrow, but not receiving it they make the gestures of shooting. And if even in his madness Orestes is sensible in some matters, let us not be surprised. For the sickness of those who have gone mad is complex, as also (seen when) in Troades Cassandra (says) ‘but to this extent I will stand outside of my ravings’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all (B add. δὲ)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐπόμενος M | 3 εχόμενοι M | 4 ὑπἐνιων M, ὑπενίων C | 5 κασσάνδρα B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.126,1–6; Dind. II.96,14–20

COMMENT: Cf. the papyrus commentary on lyric poets (= Stes. fr. 181a Davies–Finglass), giving examples of tragic poets’ indebtedness to Stesichorus, which offers (after the example of the recognition in Aesch. Choe.): (lines 14–21, omitting minor restorations) Εὐριπίδης δὲ τὸ τόξον τὸ Ὀρέστου ὅτι ἐστὶν δεδομένον αὐτῷ δῶρον παρὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος· παρ’ ᾧ μὲν γὰρ λέγεται· [quotation of 268–269].

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Stesichorus | Euripides, Troades

Or. 268.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόξα⟩: πληθυντικῆς εἶπε τὰ τόξα ἤγουν τὸ τόξον. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 268.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἕλκοντα τὴν νευρὰν ἢ τὸ βέλος —OR^a

TRANSLATION: Drawing by means of the horns the bow-string or the arrow.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 268.11 (recThom exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἕλκοντα τὴν νευράν —FKPrZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Drawing by means of the horns the bow-string.

REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: s.l. except F

APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. F

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.97,1

Or. 268.12 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ κέρατος κατασκευασθέντα —V

TRANSLATION: The ones fashioned from horn.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 268.13 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ κέρατος ἑλκόμενα —Rw

TRANSLATION: The ones drawn by the horn.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 268.14 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν κεράτων ἐσκευασμένα —Sa

TRANSLATION: The ones made out of horns.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 268.15 (mosch exeg) κερουλκά: τὰ ἐκ κεράτων κατεσκευασμένα καὶ ἑλκυόμενα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION: The ones made out of horns and being drawn.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: XoT POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.: κατασκ‑ Y | καὶ ἑλκ. om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.96,23–24

Or. 268.16 (thom exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: ἢ τὰ ἐκ κεράτων συντεθειμένα —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: Or the ones put together out of horns.

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from gloss above ZmGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.97,2

Or. 268.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἑλκυόμενα ἤγουν κατεσκευασμένα —G

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἑλκόμενα a.c. G

Or. 268.18 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἑλκόμενα —CrRf²Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὰ] καὶ CrOx

Or. 268.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ ἑλκόμενα διὰ τῶν κεράτων. εἰ γὰρ ἦσαν ξύλα, οὐκ ἂν εἵλκοντο. —Y²

Or. 268.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ διὰ κεράτων ἑλκόμενα ἢ τὰ κῆρα καὶ θανατηφόρον μοῖραν φέροντα. —B^2/3a

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.96,10–11

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 268.21 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὸν βιὸν διὰ τῶν κεράτων ⟨ἑλκόμενον⟩ —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 268.24 (rec exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩: ὡς τῆς τοξικῆς ἐφόρου λέγει δῶρον αὐτοῦ. —K

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀφόρου or εὐφόρου K

Or. 268.25 (rec exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩: δʹ τέχναι ἀνατίθενται τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι· τοξικὴ μαντικὴ μουσικὴ καὶ ἰατρικὴ. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Compare two scholia on Il. 1.603 (Sch. D Heyne) τέσσαρες γὰρ τέχναι ἀνατίθενται τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, μουσικὴ, τοξικὴ, ἰατρικὴ, μαντική; (from Genev. gr. 44, ed. Nicole) τέσσαρες τέχναι τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος· τοξικὴ μουσικὴ ἰατρικὴ μαντική; and Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Plut. 11 Massa Positano ἰατρὸς καὶ μάντις, ὅτι τέσσαρες τέχναι ἀνάκεινται τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, τοξικὴ μουσικὴ ἰατρικὴ μαντική.

Or. 268.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩: ἔφορος γὰρ τῆς τοξικῆς ὁ Ἀπόλλων. —Y²

Or. 268.27 (thom exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩: ¹τὸ δῶρα Λοξίου λέγει ἢ ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας δοκῶν χαρισθῆναι αὐτῷ ταῦτα παρὰ Ἀπόλλωνος ²ἢ διότι τοξικός ἐστιν ὁ θεός καὶ τὰ παρ’ ἀνθρώποις τόξα ὡσπερεὶ δῶρα ἐκείνου. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: He uses the expression ‘gifts of Loxias’ either because in his madness he thinks these have been given as a favor to him by Apollo, or because the god is connected to archery and the bow and arrow among human beings is, as it were, a gift of that (god).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ om. Gu | ἀπόλλωνος] τοῦ ἀπ. begun by T, but corr. self, ἀπόλυσιν Zb | 2 δῶρα] τόξα a.c. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λοξέου Zb | παρ’ ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.96,21–23

Or. 269.05 (rec gram) Ἀπόλλων: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀεὶ βάλλειν —Mn

LEMMA: Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.97,3

COMMENT: I have not found this etymology elsewhere. Several other etymologies are offered in Et. Gud. (de Stefani) s.v. Ἀπόλλων· παρὰ τὸ ἀπόθετα βάλλειν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἄποθεν βάλλειν τὴν ὀργήν· ἢ ἀπελαύνων καὶ ἀπολύων ἀφ’ ἡμῶν τὰς νόσους· ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἁπλοῦν καὶ λύειν τὸ συνεστὸς τῆς οὐσίας καὶ τὸ σκότος.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 269.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: ἀμύνω τὸ βοηθῶ ἐνεργητικὸν δοτικῇ, ἀμύνομαι δὲ παθητικὸν τὸ μάχομαι αἰτιατικῇ. —G

TRANSLATION: ‘Amunō’ in the active voice meaning ‘go to the aid of’ is used with the dative, but ‘amunomai’ in the (middle‑)passive meaning ‘fight (against)’ with the accusative.

LEMMA: G

Or. 269.17 (tri metr) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 270.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐκφοβοῖεν⟩: εἰς φόβον ἄγοιεν —XXaXbXoTYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from 270.03 XoT

Or. 270.08 (vet exeg) μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν: ταῖς μανιώδεσι λύσσαις. σχῆμα δέ ἐστι περίφρασις. —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION: The insane frenzies. The schema is periphrasis.

LEMMA: μανιάσι λυσσήμασι C(μανιᾶσι)V, μανίαισιν λυσσήμασιν M, μανιάσι δὲ λυσσήμασι· prep. B(λυσσήμα())Pr REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: marg. M; cont. from 268.08 B

APP. CRIT.: τὸ δὲ σχῆμα (om. ἐστι) V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.126,7–8; Dind. II.97,12–13

KEYWORDS: περίφρασις

Or. 270.09 (vet exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν⟩: ¹ὡς τὸ [TrGF adespota 566d Kannicht–Snell] ‘φοίνικι λίνῳ’, ἀρσενικὸν μετὰ οὐδετέρου. ²ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἡ μανιὰς τὸ μανιάσι. —MBCPr

TRANSLATION: (The usage is) like that seen in ‘red thread/linen’, masculine form (‘phoinix’) with a neuter (‘linon’). And from (nominative) ‘hē manias’ comes (dative plural) ‘maniasi’.

POSITION: marg. M, cont. from prev. all

APP. CRIT.: 1 ταῖς μανιαῖσι λυσσήμασι prep. M(‑σιν ‑σιν)C, ταῖς μανιάσι λυσσήμα() prep. B

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἡ μανίας M, ἡ μανὰς Pr | τὸ μανιᾶσιν C, τὸ μανίασιν, with another σ add. above σ, M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.126,9–10; Dind. II.97,13–15

COMMENT: Cf. Sophronius, Gram.Gr. 4:2.408,26–29 οὐκ ἀγνοητέον δὲ ὡς εὑρίσκονται πτώσεις οὐδετέρως κείμεναι, οὐ μέντοι ἀπὸ οὐδετέρων κεκλιμέναι, ὡς ἔχει τὸ αἴθωνι βελέμνῳ καὶ φοίνικι λίνῳ καὶ γέροντι βάκτρῳ καὶ ἐθάδων ἐδεσμάτων καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· ἅπαντα ἀρσενικὰ ὄντα ποιητικῶς οὐδετέροις συνετάγη. Similarly, but claiming fem. gender, Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:2.339,14–16 οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἄτοπον, εἰ ἀρσενικὸν ὂν ἢ θηλυκὸν οὐδετέρῳ ἄρθρῳ συνετάγη· ἰδοὺ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ φοίνικι λίνῳ τὸ φοίνικι θηλυκὸν ὂν τῷ λίνῳ τῷ οὐδετέρῳ συνετάγη.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Trag. adespota

Or. 270.10 (vet exeg) ¹μανιώδεσι λυσσήμασιν· ²ἢ μανίαις καὶ λυσσήμασιν. —MB

TRANSLATION: Mad frenzies; or madnesses and frenzies.

POSITION: s.l. M; cont. from prev. B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λυσσήμασι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.126,11; Dind. II.97,14–15

COLLATION NOTES: By an oversight, Schw. lists this as being in C as well.

Or. 270.11 (rec exeg) ⟨μανιάσι λυσσήμασι⟩: ἐν μανικαῖς λύσσαις —Rw

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 270.12 (rec exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασι⟩: τὸ σχῆμα κατὰ γένος. —MnSB^3d

TRANSLATION: The schema is that according to gender.

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text MnS POSITION: s.l. MnS, marg. B^3d

APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. B^3d

COMMENT: This schema applies to expressions in which the adjective appears to be in a different gender from the noun it modifies. A fuller form of this note is found in Sch. Soph. Aj. 62b Christodoulou (from Laur. plut. 32.40, ca. 1300, perpendicular in inner margin of 3r): τὸ σχῆμα κατὰ γένος, ὡς τὸ [Nicand. Ther. 129] ‘ψολόεντος ἐχίδνης’ [ψολώεντος αἰχίδνης ms]. Christodoulou was wrong to assign this note to Aj. 62 τοὺς ζῶντας; it really goes with Aj. 59, which in this manuscript ends not with μανιάσιν νόσοις, but with μανιᾶσι λυσσήμασι, by reminiscence of Or. 270. Apart from these scholia, σχῆμα κατὰ γένος is not found elsewhere in a TLG search.

KEYWORDS: σχῆμα κατὰ γένος | grammar, agreement of gender

Or. 270.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν⟩: ἡ λύσση ἡ μανιὰς —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 270.14 (thom exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν⟩: ¹πάντες τὸ μανιάσι πρὸς τὸ λυσσήμασιν συνάπτοντες οὕτω φασί· μανικοῖς λυσσήμασιν, ἀγνοοῦντες ὅτι τὸ μὲν μανιάσι θηλυκόν ἐστι, τὸ δὲ λυσσήμασιν οὐδέτερον. ²σὺ δὲ τούτους χαίρειν ἐάσας, κεχωρισμένως λέγε ἀσυνδέτως οὕτως· ³εἴ με ἐκφοβοῖεν ἐν μανιάσι καὶ μανίαις, ἐν λυσσήμασι καὶ μανίαις, ἵν’ ὦσιν ἀμφότερα τὸ αὐτό. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Attaching the word ‘maniasi’ to the word ‘lussēmasin’, everyone thus interprets this as ‘mad frenzies’, being unaware that ‘maniasi’ is feminine, but ‘lussēmasin’ is neuter. But for your own part, dismiss these interpreters and take the words separately in asyndeton as follows: If they should terrify me with ‘maniasi’ (that is, ‘madnesses’), with ‘lussēmasi’ (that is, ‘madnesses’), so that both may be the same thing.

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text ZZaZbGr, λυσσήμασι in text ZbZm REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm

APP. CRIT. 2: 1–2 μανιᾶσι (all three places) Gu | 1 λυσσήμασι ZaZmTGu | φασί·] ZmT, φασὶ· Gu, φασὶν (no punct.) ZZaZb | 2 οὕτως] οὕτω Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.97,6–11

KEYWORDS: Thomas Magister critical of another view | ἀσύνδετον/ἀσυνδέτως

Or. 270.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανιάσι λυσσήμασι⟩: κεχωρισμένως λέγε ἀσυνδέτως. —Ox²

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀσύνδετον/ἀσυνδέτως

Or. 270.20 (rec exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν⟩: μανιὰς μανιάδος —K

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES: K app. started to crowd this gloss above the word, but found too little space, so erased it there.

Or. 270.21 (rec exeg) ⟨λυσσήμασιν⟩: ἢ καὶ —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 270.27 (rec exeg) ⟨λυσσήμασιν⟩: προσηγορικὸν —K

TRANSLATION: (This word is a) common noun.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Perhaps this observation is a way to indicate that μανιάσιν is adjectival modifying λυσσήμασιν.

Or. 271.01 (rec paraphr) ἢ δύναται τρωθῆναί τις τῶν θεῶν ἐκ χειρὸς ἀνθρωπίνης; —AaPr

REF. SYMBOL: Aa POSITION: s.l. Pr

APP. CRIT.: ἢ om. Aa | ἐν χειρὶ ἀνθωπίνη Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: τρωθῆναι τίς AaPr

Or. 271.02 (rec exeg) λείπει ἢ οὔ. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 271.11 (tri metr) ⟨θεῶν⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 271.12 (rec exeg) ⟨βροτησίᾳ χερί⟩: ὦ ἄφρον —Ab²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This vocative should be understood to be an address to Orestes by Electra, to whom this line is assigned in Ab and most mss. That assignment and the interpretation of 271 as a question presumably are motivated by reluctance, for philosophical, moral, or religious reasons, to take 271 as a threatening assertion. A similar concern may lie behind 270.01, 270.05 (note the unexpected aorist glossing a future perfect).

KEYWORDS: theological amelioration

Or. 271.14 (mosch paraphr) ⟨βροτησίᾳ χερί⟩: διὰ χειρὸς ἀνθρωπίνης —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | διὰ om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.97,16–17

Or. 271.16 (tri metr) ⟨βροτησίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

APP. CRIT.: long mark om. Ta

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 272.01 (vet paraphr) εἰ μὴ ’ξαμείψει: εἰ μὴ ἀποστήσεταί τις τῶν Ἐρινύων τοῦ ἐμοῦ προσώπου —MBVCMlMnR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Unless any of the Erinyes will stand away from my face.

LEMMA: all except BR^a (μὴξ ἀμείψῃ MR^b, μηξαμείψη C, μὴξαμείψει VMlMnS, μὴ ἐξαμείψει Sa) REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b POSITION: intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: ἀπιστήσεταί p.c. Ml | τις] τί φησι V, τι Ml | after ἐριν. add. φησὶ MMnR^aR^bSSa

APP. CRIT. 2: after ἐριν. add. φησὶ MMlMnR^aR^bSSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.126,12–13; cf. Dind. II.97,18–19

COMMENT: The appearance of φησὶ in M and others perhaps suggests that an abbreviation of δηλονότι after τις τῶν ἐρινύων was misread as an abbreviation of φησὶ.

Or. 272.02 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν —B³

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The addressee is identified to conform to assigning 271 to Electra, 272 to Orestes. Similarly, several of the following scholia react to such assignments.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified | assignment of speaker

Or. 272.03 (rec exeg) ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐπε(?)[ —V³

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: final letter uncertain, rest lost to damaged margin

Or. 272.04 (rec exeg) λείπει πείσῃ κακὸν —K

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 272.05 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ —CrMlMnSSaZuB^3aOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 272.06 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ βλήσετ(αι) —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Perhaps ⟨βε⟩βλήσεται, but there is one instance of βλήσεται in PG 89.90, 59 (Antiochus, Pandecta scripturae sacrae, 7th c.), and dozens of instances of future principal part βλήσω in etymological explanations of ‑βλη‑ by way of a supposed byform of βάλλω, βλῶ βλήσω.

Or. 272.07 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ βεβλήσεται —ZZaZbZmTGuP²

TRANSLATION: (Before ‘ei mē’, ‘unless’, understand) ‘yes, one will be shot at’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ναὶ καὶ Zb

Or. 272.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ τοξευθήσεται —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcAa^3aF

TRANSLATION: (Before ‘ei mē’, ‘unless’, understand) ‘yes, one will be shot at with a bow and arrow’.

POSITION: s.l. except X and marg. Aa³

COLLATION NOTES: In this place T has a cross above the ναὶ of 272.07 and then another cross in front of τοξευθήσεται.

Or. 272.21 (rec paraphr) ⟨’ξαμείψῃ⟩: ὑποστρέψῃ παλινδ⟨ρ⟩όμως —Mn

LEMMA: ἐξαμ‑ in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑποστρέψω Mn

Or. 272.22 (rec paraphr) ⟨’ξαμείψῃ⟩: σὺ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα παρέλθῃς —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 272.24 (pllgn gram) ⟨’ξαμείψει⟩: ἀμείβω τὸ μακρὰν ἔρχομαι· οἱ γὰρ τρέχοντες ἀμείβουσι τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν κατὰ διαδοχὴν τιθέντες τὸν ἕνα καὶ τὸν ἕτερον κινοῦντες. ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς ἀμοιβῆς δὲ τῶν ποδῶν λέγεται καὶ ἀμείβω τὸ μακρὰν ἀποχωρῶ· οἱ γὰρ ἀμείβοντες τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν φεύγουσιν. —Y²

TRANSLATION: ‘Ameibō’ (may have the sense) ‘I go far away’. For those who run interchange their feet, planting them in succession, moving one and then the other. So as if from the interchange of the feet (the plain verb) ‘ameibō’ is also used in the sense ‘I go far off’, for those who are interchanging their feet are fleeing.

Or. 273.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ εἰσακούετ’⟩: πρὸς τὰς Ἐριννῦς ὁ λόγος ὅτι οὐ θεωροῦνται, ὅπως μὴ τὸ κατατοξεῦσαι ὑμᾶς ᾖ πρὸς τὸν χορὸν τῶν γυναικῶν. —Rw

TRANSLATION: The speech is addressed to the Erinyes, because they are not seen, (to be so understood) in order that the words ‘shoot you (pl.)’ not be directed to the chorus of women.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps θεωρεῖται Rw (damage)

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 273.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ εἰσακούετ’⟩: ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὰς Ἐριννύας· ἀκούετε ζητοῦντος μου τὰ τόξα. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: written on either side of Y-gloss ἀκούετε, which it incorporates.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 273.03 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ εἰσακούετ’⟩: ὦ Ἐριννύες —ZZaZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: (Understand with ‘do you not listen’) ‘o Erinyes’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὦ om. Ox²

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 273.04 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ εἰσακούσετ’⟩: γρ. οὐκ εἰσακού[ετε(?)]. —R^a

LEMMA: ‑ούσετε (changed from ‑ούετ’) in text R POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 273.05 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰσακούετ’⟩: εἰσακούσετ’ —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 273.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑκὰς καὶ πόρρωθεν βάλλεσθαι τὰ [τόξα] —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: Dot before; end lost to damage.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 273.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: τῶν μακρόθεν βαλλόντων —AaAbF²MlMnRSSaB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. F²

APP. CRIT. 2: μαακρόθεν (sic) βαλόντων Ml

COLLATION NOTES: Aa damaged, and last letters in binding, but enough legible to confirm.

Or. 273.10 (mosch paraphr) ἑκηβόλων: τῶν μακρὰν βαλλόντων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: μακρῶν Y

APP. CRIT. 2: βαλόντων Zc

Or. 273.11 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: τῶν μακρὰν πεμπόντων τὰ βέλη —ZZaZbZmTOx²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μακρῶν Za

Or. 273.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: τὰ βέλη τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος —Gu

POSITION: marg.

Or. 273.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: καὶ τῶν μακρόθεν βαλλομένων καὶ πεμπομένων ἢ τῶν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 274.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πτερωτὰς γλυφίδας⟩: πλή(ρη) γὰρ τῶν γλυφίδων τὰ πτερὰ. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 274.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: τὰ βέλη ἀπὸ μέρους —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 274.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: γλυφͅίδας τὰς χηλὰς τῆς ἀκίδος αἷς τὴν νευρὰν προσάγομεν, παρὰ τὸ ἐγγε[γλ]ύφθαι ὅ ἐστι κεκοιλάνθαι. —A²

TRANSLATION: ‘Gluphidas’ (‘notches’), the clefts of the arrow in which we insert the bowstring, derived from its having been chiseled in (verb ‘gluphō’), that is, hollowed out.

REF. SYMBOL: A² POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: From Photius γ 153, Suda γ 321, or Lex. Segueriana, Anecdota Gr. Bachmann, I.185,32–186,2.

Or. 274.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: γλυφὶς ἡ ἐκκωπὴ τοῦ βέλους, παρὰ τὸ ἐγγεγλύφθαι ὅ ἐστι κοιλάν⟨θ⟩αι, καὶ ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ κίονος, παρὰ τὸ γλάπτω γλαφὶς καὶ γλυφὶς. καὶ τὸ γλυφικὸν ἐργαλεῖον. —B⁴

TRANSLATION: ‘Gluphis’ is the notching of the arrow, derived from its having been chiseled in (verb ‘gluphō’), that is, hollowed out, and the head of a column, dervied from ‘glaptō’ (‘scrape, engrave’), (whence) ‘glaphis’ and ‘gluphis’. And (there is also the term) ‘gluphikon ergaleion’ (‘sculpture workshop’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: γλάπτο B⁴ | κλυφὶς B⁴

COMMENT: Cf. ps.-Zonaras 440,18–22 (which also has the same corruption κοιλάναι) and Et. Magn. s.v. γλυφίς.

Or. 275.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: πρὸς τὰς Ἐριννύας —G

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 275.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: θαυμαστικὸν καὶ ἐκπληκτικὸν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως

Or. 275.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐπίρρημα ἐφεκτικόν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Adverb expressive of blocking/stopping.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἐφετικόν XaY

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.97,23

COMMENT: See on 145.01.

Or. 275.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐκφευκτικὸν ἐπίρρημα —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 275.05 (vet exeg) τί δῆτα μέλλετ’· ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα: στιγμὴ εἰς τὸ μέλλετε. —MBCPr

TRANSLATION: Punctuation after ‘mellete’.

LEMMA: MC(μέλετ’), τί δῆτα μέλλετε BPr(μέλετε) REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: στιγμὴ] στῶ μὴ Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: μέλετε CPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.126,14–15; Dind. II.97,24

Or. 275.06 (rec paraphr) τί δῆτα μέλλετε: ¹ὦ Ἐρινύες τί βραδύνετε· ²τὰ ἄκρα καταλαμβάνετε τοῦ ἀέρος καὶ παίετε τὸν αἰθέρα. —MlMn^aMn^bSSa

TRANSLATION: O Erinyes, why do you delay? Occupy the heights of the air, and strike the ether.

LEMMA: ἂ ἂ τί δῆτα μέλλετε Mn(μέλλεται)Sa POSITION: s.l. except Mn^a

APP. CRIT.: 2 after ἄκρα add. τοῦ αἰθέρος Mn^a, but deleted | τὸν ἀέρα Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐριννύες Mn^aMn^bSa | βραδύνεται MlMn^aMn^b | 2 ‑λαμβάνεται Ml(‑λαβάν‑ a.c.), a.c. Mn^a | παίεται MlS

Or. 275.09 (vet paraphr) ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα: τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς εἰς τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος πέτεσθε καὶ μέμφεσθε τὰ λόγια τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ μὴ ἐμέ. —MBVCMlMnPrR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: The whole sense is: Fly to the heights of the ether and reproach the oracles of Apollo and not me.

LEMMA: VMl(ἐξακριβήσετ’)MnR^b, ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰ S(incomplete) REF. SYMBOL: VMl POSITION: cont. from 275.05 MBCPrSa, follows next R^a

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς om. VMlMnR^aR^bSSa | εἰς τὰ κτλ mostly washed out, perhaps part om. R^a | ἀπόλλωνος] ἡλίου V | at end add. μέμφεσθε V

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξῆς MC | πέτεσθαι MlPr | μέμφεσθαι Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.126,15–16; Dind. II.97,24–98,2

Or. 275.10 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος καταλαμβάνετε. —M^aM^bC^aC^bOR^aZu

TRANSLATION: Occupy the heights of the ether.

LEMMA: C POSITION: s.l. except M^aC^aR^a; cont. from prev. M^a, precedes prev. R^a

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. M^b, ἀντὶ prep. C^b | τὸ ἄκρον Zu | καταλ. τοῦ αἰθ. transp Zu | λαμβάνετε O, perhaps R^a(mostly washed out)

APP. CRIT. 2: καταλαμβάνεται Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.126,17; Dind. II.98,4

Or. 275.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: τῶν ἄκρων τοῦ αἰθέρος ἐπιλαμβάνεσθε καὶ πέτεσθε εἰς τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος. —V

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῶν ἄκρων] changed to τὸ ἄκρον by V³

COMMENT: See also 275.22.

Or. 275.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: βαίνετε εἰς τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ αἰθέρος, ἢ δι’ ἄκρων πτερῶν αἰθέρα λαμβάνετε. —PrRf

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: βαίνετε transp. after αἰθέρος Rf | ἢ κτλ om. Rf

Or. 275.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος πέτεσθε ἢ διὰ τῶν ἄκρων πτερῶν καταλαμβάνετε τὸν αἰθέρα. —F

POSITION: marg.

Or. 275.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: εἰς τὸν ἄκρον αἰθέρα φθάσατε. —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 275.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: καὶ εἰς τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ αἰθέρος πορεύεσθε. —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 275.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: εἰς ἄκρον (?)αἰθέρος/ἀέρος(?) ἴτε. —B^3c

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: Extremely faint and sloppy, damaged; check original B.

Or. 275.17 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: πτερωτὰς δὲ καὶ οὗτος τὰς Ἐρινύας ὑπέθετο. —MBVCMlMnPrR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: This one too (Orestes) assumed that the Erinyes are winged. (or: This one too (the poet) posited that the Erinyes are winged.)

POSITION: cont. from sch. 275.10 MC, from 275.05 BPr, from 275.09 VMlR^b, from 275.06 MnSSa; marg. R^a

APP. CRIT.: δὲ καὶ οὗτος] om. R^b, δὲ οὗτος Pr, δὲ VMnSSa, καὶ Ml | ὑποτίθεται BPr, ἐπέθετο MlMnR^bSSa, καλεῖ ἐπιθέτως R^a

APP. CRIT. 2: οὔτως M | ἐριννύας MnPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.126,18; Dind. II.98,2

COMMENT: Starting in the third quarter of the 5th cent. there are both winged and unwinged depictions of the Erinyes in vase painting. Aesch. Eum. 51 calls them ἄπτεροι, but Groeneboom pointed out that this condition could have been necessitated by the practicality of costuming the chorus. But what other character or poet did the commentator have in mind by saying ‘this one too’? If a character is meant, it may be an internal reference to the fact that the chorus makes them winged in lines 316–322. If a poet is meant, the most likely possibility is Homer. Although the Homeric ἠεροφοῖτις Ἐρινύς has a well-established explanation as ‘traveling invisibly in mist’, in sch. Or. 322.01 the commentator points to this Homeric phrase right after noting that the Erinyes are winged, and some later Greek authors treated the word as ‘flying through the sky’: ps.-Phocylides 171 (of a bee); Sch. Opp. Hal. 3.166 ἠερόφοιτα· ἀέρι πετόμενα; and Nonnus uses both ἠεροφοίτης and ἠερόφοιτος as ‘traveling through the air/sky’.

Or. 275.21 (mosch paraphr) ἐξακρίζετε: εἰς τὸν ἄκρον αἰθέρα τρέχετε. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. T | ἄκρον om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.98,4–5

Or. 275.22 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’⟩: ἤγουν τῶν ἄκρων τοῦ ἀέρος ἐπιλαμβάνεσθε. —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. T | αἰθέρος ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.98,6

COMMENT: Apparently derived from 275.11.

COLLATION NOTES: Z washed out, but most of it confirmed by autopsy.

Or. 275.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’⟩: ἀκρότατον πάντων ὁ αἰθὴρ, ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου δὲ αἰθέρος ἐξακρίζετε ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ αἰθέρος φεύγετε μακράν. —Y²

TRANSLATION: The ether is the highest of all things, and based on(?) (the notion of) the lofty ether, ‘exakrizete’ is equivalent to ‘flee far off into the high point of the ether’.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ] read ἐπὶ?

COMMENT: It is far from clear that the translation suggested above for ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου δὲ αἰθέρος is legitimate. Emending to ἐπὶ would produce instead ‘and because (used) in application to the lofty ether … ’ (not very convincing either).

COLLATION NOTES: Cross in front.

Or. 275.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’⟩: ἀκρίζω τὸ ἄκρον κόπτω. —B⁴

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.98,3

COMMENT: Cf. Suda α 983.; Dindorf reports this from Arsenius (add. δὲ).

Or. 276.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὰ Φοίβου δ’ αἰτιᾶσθε θέσφατα⟩: τὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος μέμφεσθε μαντεύματα, τὰ λόγια, καὶ μὴ ἐμέ. —R^a

REF. SYMBOL: R^a (at θέσφατα) POSITION: in lower margin

Or. 276.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰ Φοίβου δ’ αἰτιᾶσθε θέσφατα⟩: μέμφεσθε τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος τὰ μαντεύματα. —Aa

POSITION: marg.

Or. 276.05 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰ Φοίβου δ’ αἰτιᾶσθε θέσφατα⟩: ¹τὸ τὰ Φοίβου θέσφατα αἰτιᾶσθε λέγει· ²καὶ γὰρ ἄνωθεν εἶπεν ὅταν ἀπῄτει τὴν Ἠλέκτραν τὰ τόξα ὡς Ἀπόλλων αὐτῷ ἐπέταξε μάχεσθαι Ἐριννύσι τοῖς τόξοις. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: He says ‘blame the oracles of Phoebus’; for in fact above he said, when he was asking Electra for the bow and arrow, that Apollo commanded him to fight the Erinyes with the bow and arrow.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm POSITION: in Zb on 38v (ending at 275 ἆ ἆ; 276 itself was on lost bifolium containing Or. 275–367)

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ … λέγει om. ZmGu | θέσφατα] κελεύσματα Zb, θέσφατα ἤγουν κελεύσματα T | 2 ὅτε Za

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἠλέκτρα Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.98,7–9

Or. 276.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨θέσφατα⟩: τὰ λόγια καὶ μὴ ἐμέ —OR^a

POSITION: s.l. O; cont. from sch. 276.07 R^a

APP. CRIT.: τὰ om. O

Or. 276.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨θέσφατα⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ θεοῦ μαντεύματα —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 277.01 (vet exeg) ἔα: ἐκπληκτικὸν ἢ θαυμαστικὸν ἐπίρρημα τὸ ἔα. —MVCMlMnR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: ‘Eā’ is an adverb expressive of astonishment or wonder.

LEMMA: VCR^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: s.l. MMnS, marg. Sa

APP. CRIT.: ἐμπληκτ‑ S, ἐκπλητ‑ Ml | ἢ] καὶ MlMnS, om. Sa | τὸ ἐπίρρ. MnR^aR^bSa | τὸ ἔα om. VMlMnR^aR^bSSa | at end add. δὲ τὴν ἅλην R^b [conflation from sch. 277.11]

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπίερή() with horizontal stroke over eta Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.126,19; Dind. II.98,10

KEYWORDS: ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως

Or. 277.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrB⁴

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἐπὶ] ἐπίρρημα Gr

KEYWORDS: ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως

Or. 277.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως

Or. 277.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐπίρρημα ἐφεκτικόν —G

TRANSLATION: Adverb expressive of blocking/stopping.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Compare 275.03. It is possible that G has misplaced the annotation here accidentally, but the transfer could also be deliberate.

Or. 277.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: θαυμαστικὸν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 277.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: νῦν ἦλθεν εἰς αἴσθησιν. —FGuOx²

TRANSLATION: Now he has come to (true) awareness.

POSITION: s.l. GuOx², marg. F

APP. CRIT.: νῦν om. GuOx²

Or. 277.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐλθὼν εἰς ἑαυτὸν καὶ γνωρίσας οἷα πάσχει λέγει εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἔα θαυμαστ⟨ικ⟩ὸν. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Having come to his senses and realized what is happening to him, he addresses to himself ‘eā’ as an exclamation of amazement.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 277.10 (vet paraphr) τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω: διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἀδημονῶ; —MBOC

LEMMA: MC POSITION: intermarg. B

APP. CRIT. 2: ποῖαν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.126,20; Dind. II.98,11

Or. 277.11 (vet exeg) τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω: ¹τί τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ τίς ἡ νόσος αὕτη, καθ’ ἃ ἀδημονῶ καὶ ἠπόρημαι; ²παρὰ τὴν ἄλην [Hom. Il. 5.352]· ‘ἡ δ’ ἀλύουσ’ ἀπεβήσετο’. —MBVCMlMnPr^aR^bSSa, partial Pr^b

TRANSLATION: What is the matter and what it this sickness, because of which I am distressed and left in confusion? (The verb ‘aluō’ is) derived from the noun ‘alē’ (‘wandering, distraction’): (Homer uses this verb:) ‘and she in sore distress went off’.

LEMMA: BVPr, τί χρῆμ’ R^b, τί χρῆμα MlMnSSa, ἄλλως C REF. SYMBOL: BVMlR^b POSITION: s.l. Pr^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πράγμα M | αὔτη Mn | καθὰ MCPr^aR^b | 2 ἅλην BR^b | ἦ δ’ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.126,21–22; Dind. II.98,11–13

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 277.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω⟩: διὰ τί ἀδημονῶ; τί ἄρα ἔχω; —Y²

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 277.08

Or. 277.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω⟩: τίς ἡ νόσος μου; —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 277.21 (thom exeg) ⟨χρῆμα⟩: τοῦτο τὸ κατ’ ἐμέ —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 277.22 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἐξηπόρημαι, παρὰ τὴν ἄλ{λ}ην. —MC

TRANSLATION: I have been left at a loss; (the verb is) derived from ‘alē’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐξ(ης) πόρημα M | πε(ρὶ) C

Or. 277.25 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἀδημονῶ διὰ τὰ προσόντα μοι κακά. —ZZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 277.26 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἐν ἀμηχανίᾳ εἰμί. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 277.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἀλύω σημ(αίνει) τὸ ἀδημονῶ δυσχεραίνω ἀθυμῶ ἀπορῶ. —A²

REF. SYMBOL: A² POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Cf. Hesych. α 3320 ἀλύω· ἀδημονῶ ἀθυμῶ; Et. Gen. s.v. ἀλύσκω: τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀλύω ἢ τὸ ἀδημονῶ σημαίνει καὶ ἀπορῶ; Sch. Thom. Aesch. Se. 391m: ἀλύων] ἀδημονῶν, δυσχεραίνων ὅτιπερ οὐκ ἐᾷ ὁ μάντις περᾶν.

COLLATION NOTES: Partly obscure; check original A.

Or. 277.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἀλύει ἀδη[μο]νεῖ δυσ[χε]ραίνει ἀθυ[μ]εῖ ἀπορεῖ [καὶ] τὸ χαίρω ἐνίοτε. —B⁴

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: δυσ[χε]ρένει B⁴

COMMENT: From Suda α 1427.

Or. 277.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πνεῦμ’ ἀνεὶς ἐκ πλευμόνων⟩: ¹μαινόμενος γὰρ μεγάλα ἄσθματα ἀπετέλει. ²ὡς ὅτε λέγεται κοινῶς λαφύσσει τις ὅταν τρέχῃ ἢ ὅταν πάσχῃ. ³ἐκ δὲ τοῦ πνεύμονος ἐξέρχεται τὸ πνεῦμα· ⁴σπογγοειδὴς γάρ ἐστι, ⁵καὶ τὸ μὲν καθαρώτατον πνεῦμα δέχεται, τὸ δὲ λιγνυῶδες ἀποπέμπει ἔξω. ⁶διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὅταν φθάσωσι καὶ φραγῶσιν ὀπαὶ, οὐδὲν δύναται ἀναπνεῦσαι ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὡς θέλει. —Y²

TRANSLATION: For, being in state of madness, he was drawing great breaths. Just as when it is said in common parlance that someone gulps (air) when he runs or when he suffers. The breath comes out of the lung; for (the lung) is sponge-like. And it takes in the purest breath, but sends back out the polluted breath. And because of this indeed whenever the openings manage to become closed, a person cannot catch his breath as he wishes.

APP. CRIT.: 3 πνεύματος a.c. Y²

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τίς Y² | 5 λιγνιῶδες Y²

COMMENT: No similar passage has been found in TLG.

Or. 277.37 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνεὶς⟩: ἐνδούς, πέμπων, ὅ ἐστι λειφθεὶς τῶν φρενῶν μου —MlSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Sa POSITION: s.l. S, marg. Sa

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S

APP. CRIT. 2: ληφθεὶς S

COMMENT: (Addendum in release 1.1) This note should have the lemma πλεῦμ’ ἀνεὶς and should appear after 237.30.

Or. 279.01 (vet exeg) ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖθις αὖ γαλήν’ ὁρῶ: ¹κεκωμῴδηται ὁ στίχος διὰ Ἡγέλοχον τὸν ὑποκριτήν· ²οὐ γὰρ φθάσαντα διελεῖν τὴν συναλοιφὴν ἐπιλείψαντος τοῦ πνεύματος τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις τὴν γαλῆν δόξαι λέγειν τὸ ζῷον, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ τὰ γαληνά. ³πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν αὐτὸ διέπαιξαν τῶν κωμικῶν, Ἀριστοφάνης ⟨ … ⟩ καὶ Στράττις ἐν Ἀνθρωπορέστῃ [Strattis fr. 1 K–A (Kock)]·
      ⁴‘καὶ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων οὐκ ἐμέλησέ μοι μελῶν,
      ⁵Εὐριπίδου δὲ δρᾶμα δεξιώτατον
      ⁶διέκναισ’ Ὀρέστην, Ἡγέλοχον τὸν Κυντάρου
      ⁷μισθωσάμενος τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἐπῶν λέγειν’.
⁸καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις παίζων φησί [Strattis fr. 63 K–A (60 Kock)]·
      ⁹‘A: γαλήν’ ὁρῶ. B: ποῖ πρὸς θεῶν, ποῖ ποῖ γαλῆν;
      ¹⁰A: γαληνά. B: ἐγὼ δ’ ᾤμην σε γαλῆν λέγειν ὁρῶ’.
¹¹καὶ Σαννυρίων ἐν Δανάῃ [Sannyrion fr. 8 K–A (Kock)]·
      ¹²‘τί οὖν γενόμενος εἰς ὀπὴν ἐνδύσομαι·
      ¹³ζητητέον. φέρ’ εἰ γενοίμην ⟨ ‒ ⟩ γαλῆ·
      ¹⁴ἀλλ’ Ἡγέλοχος ⟨εὐθύς⟩ με μηνύσειεν ⟨ἂν⟩
      ¹⁵ὁ τραγικὸς ἀνακράγοι τ’ ἂν {εὐθὺς} εἰσιδὼν μέγα·
      ¹⁶ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖθις αὖ γαλῆν ὁρῶ’.
      —MBCPr, partial VKRw

TRANSLATION: The verse has been the butt of ridicule in comedy because of Hegelochus the actor. For (the story goes that) when he did not manage to express the division of the elision (‘galēn’ for ‘galēna’) because he ran out of breath, he seemed to the audience to be saying ‘galēn’ (‘weasel’), the animal, and not ‘galēna’ (‘calm conditions’). Accordingly many of the comic poets made a joke of it, such as Aristophanes ⟨lacuna: in Frogs 303–304?⟩ and Strattis in Anthroporestes: ‘I did not care about the other songs, / but he mutilated a very clever drama by Euripides, / Orestes, when he hired Hegelochus son of Cyntarus / to speak the first actor’s verses’. And in other lines he says in jest: ‘A: I see calm conditions (‘galēn’). B: Where, in the name of the gods, where, where do you see a weasel (‘galēn’)? / A: Calm conditions (‘galēna’). B: I thought you were saying “I see a weasel”.’ And Sannyrion in Danae: ‘What then shall I turn myself into to get into the chink-hole? / I have to think of an answer. Come, what if I should turn into a weasel? / But Hegelochus would right off inform against me, / the tragic actor, and he would cry out aloud when he spotted me: / “For after stormy seas I see again a weasel”.’

LEMMA: V(γαλῆν’), ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖθις γαλήν’ ὁρῶ MC, ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖ γαλήνην ὁρῶ Rw, αὖθις αὖ γαλήν’ ὁρῶ B, αὖθις γαλήν’ ὁρῶ Pr; label ἠγέλοχος add. in marg. B⁴ REF. SYMBOL: BV

APP. CRIT.: 3–16 πολλοὶ μὲν κτλ om. K | 3 οὖν om. Rw | ταῖς κωμικαῖς Rw | ἀριστ. δὲ καὶ Pr | στράγις VRw, στρα with blank space after alpha Pr | ἀνθρωποραίστῃ B (as in Arsenius), whence Schw. followed Matt., Dind., Meineke, and Kock in printing Ἀνθρωπορραίστῃ (an epithet of Dionysus) | 4 ἠμέλησε Pr | 5 εὐριπίδης B | 6 διέκναισ’] δι’ αἰκνες V, διέκρινας Rw | ὀρέστῃ B, ὀρέστη CPr, ὀρέστην ἢ VRw | κύντρ (= κύντερον) VRw; Κιννάρου Bentley ClJ 12 (1815) 105, Κυννάρου Dindorf, Κυττάρου Kaibel | 9 ποῖ πρὸς] ποῖ ποῖ πρὸς MBCPr | θεῶν] θεόν MC | 9–10 ποῖ ποῖ … γαληνά om. Pr | 9 after ποῖ ποῖ add. χρῆ με παρὰ τὸ θέλημα ποιεῖν VRw | 10 σε … ὁρῶ] σε λέγειν γαλῆν ὁρῶ Bentley, γαλῆν λέγειν σ’ ὁρᾶν Dindorf | σε … λέγειν] ὁ … λέγων Pr | ὁρᾶν Pr, ὁρᾶς VRw | 11–16 καὶ σαννυρίων κτλ om. VRw | 11 ἐν δανάη Pr (as in Arsenius), ἐν θανάῃ MBC | 13 φέρων MC | ⟨νῦν⟩ γαλῆ Dobree 1831–1833: II.168), ⟨ἂν⟩ γαλῆ or ⟨δὴ⟩ γαλῆ Kassel, μυγαλῆ anonymous in Dind. | 14 ἀγήλαχός Pr | εὐθὺς suppl. Schwartz, οὗτος suppl. Bergk 1838 and Dindorf, both transposing from next line | μήνυεν MC, μὴ νόσειεν Pr | ἂν suppl. Bergk | 15 ὁ στρατηγικὸς Pr | εὐθὺς] MC (del. Schw.), οὗτος BPr, del. Bergk (and Dind., who believed that οὗτος was also in M) | εἰσίδην ἢ C, εἰσὶ δ’ ἢ M (acc. to Schw.; eta and its grave accent not now visible), εἰς ἐχθροὺς Arsen. (and eds. before Dind.) | 16 αὖ om. MPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.126,23–127,17; Dind. II.98,24–100.3

COMMENT: For 6 τὰ πρῶτα λέγειν K–A compare Dem. 19.246 τὰ τρίτα λέγων, of Aeschines as third actor. | For other versions of the story of Hegelochus, see the many scholia on Arist. Ran. 303.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aristophanes | Strattis | Sannyrion | κωμῳδεῖν

Or. 279.02 (pllgn exeg) ¹κεκωμωδεῖται ὁ στίχος παρὰ Ἀριστοφάνους καὶ ἑτέρων· ²οὐ φθάσας γὰρ διελεῖν τὴν συναλοιφὴν ἐπιλείψαντος τοῦ πνεύματος τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις τὴν γαλὴν δοκεῖν λέγειν τὸ ζῷον, οὐ τὰ γαληνά. —V³

TRANSLATION: The verse has been the butt of ridicule in comedy on the part of Aristophanes and others. For (he story goes) when he did not manage to express the division of the elision (‘galēn’ ’ for ‘galēna’, ‘calm conditions’) because he ran out of breath, he seemed to the audience to be saying ‘galēn’ (‘weasel’), the animal, and not ‘galēna’ (‘calm conditions’).

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀκροομένοις V³

KEYWORDS: κωμῳδεῖν

Or. 279.03 (rec paraphr) καὶ ἐκ τοῦ κλύδωνος τῆς μανίας μετετράπου εἰς ὑγιεινοτέραν κατάστασιν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: From the sea-swell of madness you have shifted to a more healthy state.

COMMENT: The commentator must have believed that a speech of Electra begins at 279 rather than 280 (where it begins in Pr and many others).

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Aristophanes

Or. 279.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γαλήν’ ὁρῶ⟩: ἤγουν ἐκ τῆς μανίας ἐγενόμην εἰς αἴσθησιν. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 279.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: τῶν τῆς μανίας —V³Aa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps ἐκ prep. Aa (damage)

Or. 279.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἐκ τῶν τῆς μανίας ζαλῶν —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 279.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ τοῦ τῆς μανίας κλύδωνος —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘From waves’,) that is, from the billowing wave of madness.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu

Or. 279.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῶν κλυδισμάτων τῆς μανίας —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: κλύδισμα is not currently present in the TLG (nor is the corresponding verb in ‑ιζω). On unusual glosses in Zu, see Prelim. Stud. 66.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 279.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῶν τρικυμιῶν τῶν τῆς μανίας —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 279.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἐκ τῶν μανιωδῶν λυσσημάτων —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 279.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὖθις αὖ⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου —Ox

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 279.16 (rec exeg) ⟨γαλήν’ ὁρῶ⟩: γρ. γαλήνην ὁρῶ —Ab

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: γαλήνην ὁρῶ is found in the lemma of 279.01 in Rw.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 279.17 (rec exeg) ⟨γαλήν’⟩: τινὲς γαλῆν γράφουσι, λέγοντες ὡς ὅτε τὸ δρᾶμα ἀνεγίνωσκε ὁ ποιητὴς γαλῆν κρατῶν, ταύτην ἀπέλυσε μέσον. —Pr

TRANSLATION: Some choose the reading ‘galēn’, saying that when the poet was reading the play aloud while holding a weasel, he released it in the midst (of doing this).

POSITION: between sch. 286.02 and sch. 294.01

APP. CRIT.: γαλὴν (both places) Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: δράμα Pr

COMMENT: Perhaps ⟨εἰς⟩ μέσον, ‘into the open’, should be read.

Or. 280.01 (pllgn exeg) σκόπ(ει)· τὰ πάντα ὁ Ὀρέστης φησὶ κἂν καὶ Ἠλέκτρα φαίνεται. —V³

TRANSLATION: Observe: Orestes speaks everything, even though Electra appears (to be speaking).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The comment reacts to the incorrect assignment of 280 to Electra, and there is extra ink on the personae nota here in V, not easy to notice but probably meant to cancel it. Note that in Z the pers. notae at 280 and 281 have been erased, and there is also a brief erased or damaged marginal note beside them, not now recoverable: it may have commented on the problem.

KEYWORDS: assignment of speaker | speaker identified

Or. 280.05 (thom exeg) ⟨σύγγονε⟩: πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν —ZZaZmGu

TRANSLATION: Addressed to Electra (after the self-addressed lines that precede).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 280.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί κλάεις κρᾶτα⟩: διὰ τί κλαίεις τὸ —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Apparently the comment takes κρᾶτα as the object of κλάεις rather than θεῖσ’ (κρᾶτα is to be added to the paraphrase from the line below). Another gloss in Aa (280.17) perhaps takes this view as well.

Or. 280.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κλάεις⟩: Ἀττικόν —G

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 280.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨θεῖσ’ εἴσω πέπλων⟩: καὶ κρύψας ἐντὸς τῶν ἱματίων —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐντὸς τῶν ἱματίων om. Cr

Or. 281.02 (thom exeg) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: ἴσθι ὅτι ἐγὼ μᾶλλον —Z²Za

TRANSLATION: (To convey the connection of thought, understand ‘I am ashamed’ as) ‘know that I am very much (ashamed)’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 281.03 (tri metr) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 281.04 (tri exeg) ⟨σε⟩: σοι —T^z

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 281.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σοι⟩: σε —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 282.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νόσαις ἐμαῖς⟩: διὰ τῶν ἐμῶν νόσων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T

APP. CRIT. 2: τὸν ἐμὸν Yf

Or. 283.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἕκατι⟩: ἕκατι καὶ χάριν τῶν ἐμῶν κακῶν —Aa

POSITION: marg.

Or. 283.05 (recTri metr) ⟨ἕκατι⟩: long mark over alpha —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 283.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨συντήκου⟩: ἐν σεαυτῇ φθείρου, διαρρέου —XXbXoT⁺YfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: διαρρέου om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.100,12

Or. 283.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨κακῶν⟩: ἕνεκα τῆς ἐμῆς κακοπαθείας —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 284.01 (vet exeg) σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπένευσας τάδ’, εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοί: ¹ἐγὼ μὲν εἰργασάμην, σὺ δὲ ἐπένευσας. ²θέλει δὲ εἰπεῖν ὅτι οὐ μετέχεις τοῦ φόνου, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ ἔπραξας· ³διὸ οὐδὲ ὀφείλεις ἄχθεσθαι. —MBVCMlMnR^aR^bRwSSa, partial OPr

TRANSLATION: I carried out the deed, and you assented to it. He means to say that you do not have a share in the murder, since neither did you perform it. Therefore neither should you be vexed.

LEMMA: MC, σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπένευσας τάδε Sa, σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπέν() B, σὺ μὲν ἐπένευσας Pr, σὺ μὲν γὰρ MlMnR^bS, εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοὶ V, εἴργασται Rw REF. SYMBOL: BVMlR^b POSITION: s.l. O

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 εἱργ‑ Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.127,18–20; Dind. II.100,17–19

Or. 284.02 (pllgn paraphr) οὐ μετέχεις φησὶ τοῦ φόνου ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔπραξας. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 284.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπένευσας τάδ’⟩: στίξον εἰς τὸ τάδε· εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοί. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Punctuate after ‘these things’ before ‘(they) have been done by me’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 284.13 (mosch exeg) τάδ’: τὸ κτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘These things’ means) ‘the killing of our mother’.

LEMMA: τάδε X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.100,15

Or. 284.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: τὸ φονευθῆναι τὴν μητέρα —G

TRANSLATION: (‘These things’ means) ‘our mother’s being murdered’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 284.15 (thom exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: ἃ ἔπραξα —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘These things’ means) ‘what I carried out.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.100,16

Or. 285.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μητρῷον αἷμα⟩: ὁ τῆς μητρὸς φόνος —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ὁ transp. after μητρὸς Zc

Or. 285.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μητρῷον αἷμα⟩: ἤγουν ὁ μητρικὸς φόνος —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 285.04 (rec exeg) ⟨μητρῷον αἷμα⟩: ποῖα ταῦτα; τὸ (μητρῷον αἷμα). —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This and the next scholion assume that τάδ’ is the subject of εἴργασται, and αἷμα is in apposition.

Or. 285.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μητρῷον αἷμα⟩: λέγω —MlMn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λέγ() Mn

Or. 285.09 (285–287) (vet exeg) Λοξίᾳ δὲ μέμφομαι: οὐ σοὶ μέμφομαι ἀλλὰ τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, ὅτι πείσας με μητέρα φονεῦσαι οὐ βοηθεῖ. —MBVCMlMnPrR^aR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: I reproach not you, but Apollo, because after persuading me to kill my mother he does not come to my aid.

LEMMA: VC, λοξίᾳ δὲ MlMnR^bSSa, μέμφομαι Rw, ἄλλως B(ἄλλως ι:~)Pr REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^bSa POSITION: intermarg. M

APP. CRIT.: οὐ … ἀπόλλωνι] τῷ λοξίᾳ μέμφομαι ἤτοι τῷ ἀπόλλω(νι) καὶ οὐχὶ σοί BPr | μητ. φον.] π(ατέ)ρα φον. MC, φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα VMlMn(φωνῆσαι)PrR^aR^bRw(om. τὴν)SSa | νῦν add. before οὐ βοηθεῖ Pr | οὐ βοηθεῖ add. V¹ in blank space left by V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σοι] σι Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.128,1–2; Dind. II.100,23–24, II.100.24–101,1

Or. 285.10 (285–287) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Λοξίᾳ δὲ μέμφομαι⟩: πείσας με φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα ὁ Λοξίας οὐ βοηθεῖ. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μοι above end of πείσας, but deleted V³

APP. CRIT. 2: ὀ V³

Or. 285.11 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ δὲ μέμφομαι⟩: δοτικῇ ποιητικῶς —R^a

POSITION: marg.

Or. 285.12 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ δὲ μέμφομαι⟩: δοτικῇ —MlMnSSa^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ‑ικὴ Mn

Or. 285.13 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ δὲ μέμφομαι⟩: δοτικῇ, παρὰ δὲ τῷ Φάλαρι [Phalaris, epist. 2] αἰτιατικῇ ὡς τὸ ‘μέμφομαι τὴν ἀχαριστίαν’. —Pr

POSITION: first word s.l., cont. in left margin with ref. symbol

COMMENT: Cf. Phalaris, epist. 2 οὐ μέμφομαι τὴν ἀχαριστίαν ὑμῶν πολλάκις εὐηργετημένων, ὅτι κτλ.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Phalaris

Or. 285.14 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ⟩: οὐ σοὶ —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 285.16 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ⟩: τίνι —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 285.18 (tri metr) ⟨Λοξίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 50

Or. 286.01 (vet paraphr) ὅστις μ’ ἐπάρας: ἀναπτερώσας καὶ ἀναπείσας εἰς ἔργον ἀνοσιώτατον —MVCMlMnR^aR^bRw

TRANSLATION: Having made eager and persuaded toward a most unholy deed.

LEMMA: M(μεπάρας)VC, ἐπάρας MlMnR^bRw REF. SYMBOL: VMl

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. MlMn | καὶ om. Rw | ἀνατείνας C, διατείνας M

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀναπτείσας Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.128,3–4; Dind. II.101,5–6

Or. 286.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὅστις μ’ ἐπάρας⟩: τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει τὸ ἐπάρας, ἀναπτερώσας καὶ πείσας εἰς ἔργον ἀνοσιώτατον. —BPr

TRANSLATION: For this is what ‘having raised up’ means (here): having made eager and persuaded toward a most unholy deed.

POSITION: cont. from 285.09 BPr

APP. CRIT.: εἰς om. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.128,3–4 app.; Dind. II.101,2–3

Or. 286.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅστις⟩: μετάκλησις, ὦ —Mn

TRANSLATION: A summons/address, (to be understood as) ‘o, (you who incited)’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὧ Mn

Or. 286.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἐπάρσας. —MnRSa^r

LEMMA: ἔσπαρας in text Mn POSITION: s.l. MnSa^r, marg. R

COLLATION NOTES: With the new online image magnified it is clear that R wrote this and not ἐπ’ ἄρας as reported by Diggle’s apparatus in the OCT.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 286.14 (recTri metr) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: long mark over first alpha —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 51

Or. 286.15 (vet exeg) ἔργον ἀνοσιώτατον: ἀπειρηκὼς τῇ νόσῳ ὃ πρὶν εὐσεβὲς ᾤετο νῦν ἀνόσιον καλεῖ. —MBOVCMlMnR^aR^bRwZm

TRANSLATION: Exhausted by his sickness, that which he previously believed pious he now calls unholy.

LEMMA: MC POSITION: intermarg. B, cont. from 287.01 VMlMnR^aR^bZm, cont. from sch. 286.01 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: πρὴν Ml | ὦστο MlMn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.128,5–6; Dind. II.101,7–8

COLLATION NOTES: Schw. read M as ἀσεβὲς not εὐσεβὲς, but the ductus is similar to other cases of ευ in M and not similar to the alpha in ἀσεβήσαντας in arg. 1 on 42v.

Or. 286.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔργον⟩: εἰς τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 287.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις ηὔφρανε⟩: ὡς ὑποσχομένου τοῦ θεοῦ βοηθήσειν —MOVCMlMnR^aR^b

TRANSLATION: (He says ‘cheered with words’) because the god promised he would bring aid to him.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 286.01 all except O

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ θεοῦ ὑποσχομένου transp. O | βοηθῆσαι μοι V, βοηθεῖν Ml, βοήθειαν R^aR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ὑποσχουμένου MlR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.128,7; Dind. II.101,9–10

Or. 287.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις⟩: εἶπε γὰρ ὡς δεῖ ἐκδικητὴν τοῦ πατρώου φόνου γενέσθαι με. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For he said that I must become the avenger of my father’s murder.

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.101,3–4

Or. 287.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις⟩: τὸ φονεῦσαι —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 287.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις⟩: διὰ μὲν τῶν λόγων —Ox

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 287.09 (tri metr) ⟨ηὔφρανε⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 51

Or. 287.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὔ⟩: οὐκ ἐβοήθησεν ἡμῖν, οὐδαμῶς ηὔφρανεν. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 288.01 (288–293) (rec paraphr) ¹εἰ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς εἶδον τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ αὐτὸν ἐξέταζον καὶ ἀνηρώτων εἰ κτεῖναι με προσήκει τὴν μητέρα μου, ²πολλὰ ἂν ἐλιτάνευσε καὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ γενείου ἥπτετο καὶ ἀπέτρεπε τοῦ μὴ ὦσαι τὸ ξίφος κατὰ τῆς μητρός. ³ἐν ᾗ σφαγῇ οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἀναζῆσαι πάλιν ἤμελλεν ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐγὼ ὁ τλήμων ἔμελλον τοιάδ’ ἐκπλήσειν κακὰ διὰ τὸ σφάξαι τὴν μητέρα μου. —C

TRANSLATION: If I had seen my father with my own eyes and interrogated him and asked him whether it was suitable that I kill my mother, he would have made many entreaties and would have been grasping my chin and dissuading me from thrusting my sword against my mother. By which slaughter neither was that man going to come to life again, but instead I, wretched one, was destined to fulfill such sufferings for having killed my mother.

POSITION: follows 289.06 C

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῖς ἐμοῖς Mastr., τὰ ἐμὰ C

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐκπλήσσειν C

Or. 288.02 (288–293) (rec paraphr) ¹εἰ νῦν τὸν ἡμέτερον πατέρα κατ’ ὄψιν ἐξιστόρουν καὶ ἔδει ἵνα κτείνω τὴν μητέραν εἰς ἀναζώωσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν ἐμῶν κακῶν, ²πολλὰς λιτὰς παρέσχε μοι ἂν, ἵνα ταύτην, ἐὰν μὴ ἐκεῖνος ἔμελλε ζῆν, μὴ κτείνω. —Mn

TRANSLATION: If now I were asking my father face to face and it were necessary that I kill my mother in order for him to return to life and for me to be freed of my troubles, he would have directed many prayers to me in order that I not kill this woman if he were not going to live.

POSITION: follows sch. 289.06 Mn

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὴν ἡμετέραν a.c., τὴν μητέραν p.c. Mn | 2 μὴ κτείνω punct. as if a separate sch. Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.101,17–20

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 288.03 (288–293) (rec paraphr) ¹νομίζω εἰ τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα ἐθεασάμην εἰς ὦπας, ἠρώτησα ἂν αὐτὸν εἰ δεῖ ἐμὲ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα μου, ²καὶ εἰ κεῖνος εἶπε μοι φόνευσον, ἔδει με πολλὰς παρακλήσεις δοῦναι. —R^a

TRANSLATION: I believe if I had looked my father in the face I would have asked him whether it was right for me to kill my mother, and if he had told me ‘kill (her)’, I would have had to produce many entreaties.

APP. CRIT.: 1 sch. 289.06 inserted between παρακλήσεις and δοῦναι R^a

COMMENT: For the false view that it was Orestes entreating Agamemnon, see also 290.04 and perhaps 289.09.

Or. 288.04 (288–293) (pllgn paraphr) ¹οἶμαι δὲ καὶ ὑπολαμβάνω ὅτι ἐὰν κατ’ ὄμματα καὶ φανερῶς καὶ ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ἔβλεπον τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα καὶ ἐξιστόρουν καὶ ἠρώτουν νιν καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν πατέρα ἐὰν χρὴ καὶ ἐνδέχεται φονεῦσαι ἐμὲ τὴν μητέρα, ²οἶμαι κατὰ κοινοῦ, πολλὰς ἂν λιτὰς καὶ ἱκετείας ἐκτεῖναι τὸν πατέρα κατὰ τοῦδε τοῦ γενείου ἤγουν κατὰ τοῦ ἐμοῦ μήπω καὶ μηδαμῶς ὦσαι καὶ ἐμβαλεῖν τὸ ξίφος εἰς τὰς σφαγὰς τῆς μητρός, ³εἰ καὶ ἐπειδὴ οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἔμελλεν ἀναλαβεῖν φῶς ἤγουν ἐκ δευτέρου ζῆσαι φονευθεὶς παρὰ τῆς μητρός, ⁴ἐγὼ δὲ ὁ τλήμων ἔμελλον ἐκπληρῶσαι τοιαῦτα κακὰ ἤγουν μητροκτονῆσαι καὶ παραφρονῆσαι. —Y²^a

TRANSLATION: I believe, that is, I assume, that if I were looking upon my father eye to eye and openly and face to face and interrogated, that is, asked him (poetic form ‘nin’), that is, him (prosaic form ‘auton’), my father, whether it is necessary, that is, it is proper, for me to kill my mother, I believe, (this verb being) understood in common (from before), my father would have extended many prayers, that is, supplications, to this chin, that is, to my chin, that I never, that is, in no way, thrust, that is, drive in, the sword for the slaughter of my mother, if, that is, since, neither was that man going to regain the light, that is, live for a second time after being slain by my mother, and I, wretched one, was destined to fulfill such evils, namely, killing my mother and going mad.

LEMMA: σύ(νταξις) in marg.

APP. CRIT.: λιτὰς] λύπας a.c. Y²

COMMENT: For this style of throughgoing paraphrase with glossing words added with καὶ, compare the Yv-paraphrast as illustrated in Prelim. Stud. 44–59.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 288.05 (rec rhet) ⟨οἶμαι δὲ πατέρα⟩: ὑποθετικὸν ὅταν λέγ() πρᾶγμα μὴ γεγονὸς. —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λέγῃ, λέγῃς, or λέγηται may be intended

KEYWORDS: ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν

Or. 288.06 (rec rhet) ⟨οἶμαι δὲ πατέρα⟩: τὸ σχῆμα ὑποθετικὸν. —S, app. F²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ perhaps om. F²

KEYWORDS: ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν

Or. 288.07 (pllgn rhet) ⟨οἶμαι δὲ πατέρα⟩: καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν τὸ σχῆμα. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν see on 141.01. Similar identification of the schema occurs in 495.02, and in sch. V³Y² Or. 507, sch. V Med. 386, 1107, and the term occurs in sch. BVC Or. 646.

KEYWORDS: ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν

Or. 288.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἶμαι δὲ πατέρα⟩: εἴπερ ἦν δυνατὸν —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 288.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨κατ’ ὀμμάτων⟩: τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα βλέπων —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: βλέπ() Pr

Or. 288.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ κατ’ ὄμματα⟩: ἐὰν ὑπῆρχον βλέπω⟨ν⟩ —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 288.16. (pllgn exeg) ⟨κατ’ ὄμματα⟩: ἐνώπιον μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνου θάνατον —Ox²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνου θάνατον, compare the additional phrase reported in the apparatus for ZmGu in 289.02.

Or. 289.01 (289–290) (thom exeg) τὸ νιν πρὸς τὸ ἐκτῖναι σύναπτε εἰς τὴν σύνταξιν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ ἱστόρουν τὸν πατέρα. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Attach the pronoun ‘nin’ (him) to the infinitive ‘pay in full’ for the construction, and attach ‘the father’ to the verb ‘interrogated’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaT

APP. CRIT.: ἐκτίναι p.c. Zm, ‑τειναι a.c.; ἐκτεῖναι Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.101,24–25

COMMENT: In the text of 289 we find ἐκτῖναι in Z and p.c. T, ἐκτίναι p.c. Zm. ἐκτῖναι is well attested in the note itself. Thomas’s gloss on the individual word is δοῦναι (230.18), which would be rather loose if he assumed ἐκτεῖναι, but rather more apposite if he really thought ἐκτῖναι should be read here.

Or. 289.06 (vet gram) νιν: τὸ νίν ἐπὶ τῶν τριῶν γενῶν λαμβάνεται, αὐτόν, αὐτήν, αὐτό. —MBVCMlMnR^aRwS

TRANSLATION: The pronoun ‘nin’ is used in the three genders, as ‘him’, ‘her’, ‘it’.

LEMMA: ἐξιστόρουν νιν VRw, cont. from 289.02, add. δὲ, BC, inserted within 288.03 R^a REF. SYMBOL: MVMl POSITION: marg. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.128,9; Dind. II.101,22

Or. 289.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ κτεῖναί με χρὴ⟩: ἐὰν καὶ εἶπε μοι ‘φόνευσον’ —MlMnR^aSSa^r

POSITION: s.l. except R^a

APP. CRIT.: ἐὰν, καὶ S, om. MlR^a | φόνευσαν (changed to or from ‑σην?) S

COMMENT: See on 288.03.

Or. 290.01 (rec exeg) οἶμαι ὅτι ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 290.02 (pllgn paraphr) ἤτοι πολλὰ ἂν ἐπαρεκάλεσε ἐμὲ ὁ πατήρ μου ἵνα μὴ φονεύσω τὴν μητέρα μου. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ‑κάλεσα αὐτὸν a.c. V³

Or. 290.03 (pllgn paraphr) (?)ὁ π(ατ)ὴρ [ἐλιτά]νευσε ἐ[μὲ] πο[λλὰ]. —V³

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: Uncertain, obscured by damage and repair tape.

Or. 290.03a (pllgn paraphr) πολλὰς λιτὰς ἐκτεῖναι ἔμελλεν ὁ πατὴρ δηλονότι ἕνεκα τοῦ γενείου. —C²

POSITION: s.l., with last three words in lower marg. (with ref. symbol)

Or. 290.04 (pllgn paraphr) εἰπόντος ἐκείνου χρή —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See on 288.03.

Or. 290.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γενείου⟩: ἁπτόμενος τοῦδε τοῦ γενείου δηλονότι —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 290.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γενείου⟩: ἁψάμενον —Aa²GOx²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ‑μενος Aa²

Or. 290.15 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: διὰ τῆς ἐκτάσεως τῶν χειρῶν ποιῆσαι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τὸν πατέρα prep. Y²

Or. 290.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: καὶ ἀνταποδοῦναι τὸν πατέρα —FZu

REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg. F, s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: τὸν πατέρα om. F

Or. 290.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: ἔμελλεν ὁ πατήρ μου —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 291.01 (vet paraphr) μήποτε τεκούσης: μηδέποτε ἐπὶ τῇ σφαγῇ τῆς μητρὸς ὠθῆσαι τὸ ξίφος —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION: Never to thrust the sword for the slaughter of my mother.

LEMMA: μήπω τεκούσης M(μήπο)VC (as in text all) REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Pr

APP. CRIT.: μήποτε VPr | τῇ om. VPr | σφαγὴν Pr | ὠθῆσαι τὸ ξίφος om. V, leaving blank space | ὠθῆσαι] ὠθεῖ τίς Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.128,10–11; Dind. II.101,26–27

Or. 291.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μήποτε τεκούσης⟩: μήποτε τὸ ξίφος εἰς σφαγὰς τῆς μητρὸς ἐπιβαλεῖν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 291.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μήποτε τεκούσης⟩: ἤτοι μὴ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα μου —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 291.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰς σφαγὰς ὦσαι⟩: εἰς σφαγὴν κινῆσαι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 291.09 (plan gram) ⟨σφαγὰς⟩: σφαγὴ καὶ ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ σφάζεταί τις καὶ ἡ ἐνέργεια αὐτή. —XoY

TRANSLATION: ‘Sphagē’ is both the place (of the body) at which someone is slaughtered and the activity itself.

LEMMA: μαξ in marg. Y

APP. CRIT.: αὐτῆς Y

COMMENT: Cf. Hesych. σ 2826 σφαγή· ὁ κατὰ τὴν κατακλεῖδα τόπος; Sch. Aesch. Prom. 863 Herington (in DPPdW) σφαγαῖσι] τοῖς τόποις τοῦ σώματος ἐν αἷς καίριαι καὶ θανάσιμοι πληγαὶ γίνονται.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions | Planudes

Or. 291.10 (tri metr) ⟨σφαγὰς⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

Or. 292.01 (pllgn paraphr) εἰ καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου ἀποθανὼν ἔμελλε ζῆσαι φονεύσας ἐγὼ τὴν μητέρα μου —V³

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The nominative φονεύσας ἐγὼ is perhaps used instead of the genitive absolute, a lapse from ‘correct’ style that is found in some younger scholia; but another possibility is that the words are meant to paraphrase ἐγὼ δ’ ὁ τλήμων in the next line.

Or. 292.02 (pllgn paraphr) οὐ διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς ἔμελλε ἀναζῆσαι, ἤγουν οὐ μετὰ τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα ἔμελλεν ἀναζῆσαι ἐκεῖνος. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 292.03 (pllgn exeg) διὰ τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα —Gu

POSITION: marg.

Or. 292.04 (rec paraphr) ἐὰν μὴ ἐκεῖνος ἔμελλε ζῆν —AbMlRS

REF. SYMBOL: Ml POSITION: s.l. except Ml

Or. 292.05 (pllgn paraphr) εἰ μὴ ἔμελλεν ζῆν ἐκεῖνος —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 292.06 (pllgn paraphr) ἐπειδὴ οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἔμελλε ζῆσαι —V³

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.: οὔτε] οὕτως V³

Or. 292.07 (mosch paraphr) ἐπειδὴ οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἀναβιῶναι —X

Or. 292.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μήτ’⟩: τὸ μὴ ἀντὶ τοῦ οὔ. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 293.04 (thom exeg) ⟨τοιάδ’⟩: οἷα νῦν πάσχω —ZZaZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘Of this kind’ means) ‘of the sort that I now suffer’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 293.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: γρ. ἐκτλήσειν. —ZZaGu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ekplēsein’, ‘fulfill completely’) the reading ‘ektlēsein’ (‘endure to the end’) is found.

LEMMA: ἐκπλήσσειν in text Gu POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 293.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκτλήσειν⟩: γρ. ἐκπλήσειν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκπληρώσειν. —XoZm

LEMMA: ἐκτλήσειν in text XoZm POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 294.01 (vet exeg) καὶ νῦν ἀνακάλυπτ’: ¹τὴν ὄψιν δηλονότι· ²ἐσκεπάσατο γὰρ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ λυπεῖν τὸν ἀδελφὸν δακρύοις. —MBVCPr^aPr^bRw

TRANSLATION: (Uncover) her face, obviously. For she (Electra) veiled herself in order not to vex her brother with tears.

LEMMA: MBV, καὶ νῦν ἀνακάλυπτω C, ἀνακάλυπτε Rw REF. SYMBOL: BV POSITION: cont. from sch. 279.17 Pr^a, prep. καὶ νῦν ἀνακαλύπτει; Pr^b in normal order

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐσκέπαστο V, ἐσκευάσατο Rw | γὰρ om. Pr^b | ὑπὲρ τοῦ] ἐπὶ τῶ V, ἀπὸ τοῦ Rw | τὴν ἀδελφὴν Pr^b | δακρύοις om. V (after punct. καὶ δακρύων prep. to next sch.)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.128,12–13; Dind. II.102,7–8

Or. 294.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹σεαυτὴν ἀποκάλυπτε· ²ἔκλαιε γὰρ [280] ‘κρᾶτα θεῖσ’ εἴσω πέπλων’. —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Uncover yourself. For she (Electra) was crying, ‘having put her head inside her robes’.

LEMMA: MBCPrRw POSITION: cont. from prev. V; ἑαυτὴν ἀποκάλυπτε s.l. O, rest in marg.

APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ δακρύων prep. V | σεαυτὸν ἀποκάλυπτω V | 2 κρατηθεῖσα V, τὴν κρατὴ καταθεῖσα Pr | τῶν πέπλων Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σἀυτὴν B, σαυτὴν Pr | 2 κράτα MO | θεὶς MC, θεῖσα O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.128,14–15; Dind. II.102,8–9

Or. 294.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀνακάλυπτ’⟩: ἀνακάλυπτε σαυτὴν δηλονότι, ἤγουν ἀνακαλύπτου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except XXoT

Or. 294.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνακάλυπτ’⟩: καὶ ἀνακαλύπτου τὴν ὄψιν δηλονότι —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 294.13 (mosch exeg) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: ὦ ἀδελφὴ κατὰ περίφρασιν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Brotherly head’ means) ‘o brother’ by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l. except XT; cont. from 294.07 T

APP. CRIT.: ὦ om. G

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 295.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παῦσαι τῶν δακρύων —BOPr

POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Pr

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.102,13

Or. 295.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: μηδὲν δακρύῃς —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 295.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: ἤγουν μὴ κλαίῃς —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: κλαίεις Zu

Or. 295.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: εἰς τὸ μὴ κλαίειν μετάβηθι —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.102,13–14

Or. 295.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: παύθητι τῶν δακρύων —B^3a

POSITION: marg.

Or. 296.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅταν δὲ τἄμα θυμήσαντα ἴδῃς⟩: γράφεται ὅταν δ’ ἔτ’ ἔμ’ ἀθυσαντ’ ἴδῃς. —SSa^r

LEMMA: thus in text S(τἄμμα)Sa POSITION: s.l. S, under line Sa

APP. CRIT.: γράφεται ὅτα[ Sa^r, rest lost to damage

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 296.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅταν δὲ τἄμ’ ἀθυμήσαντα ἴδῃς⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ὅταν δέ τ’ ἔμαθον μήσαντες ἴδῃς. —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 296.07 (recMosch exeg) ⟨τἄμ’⟩: ἤγουν ἐμέ —Aa²PrRXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘My things’,) that is, ‘me’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. PrR

Or. 296.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἄμ’⟩: εἶπε πληθυντικῶς τὰ ἐμὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμέ, ὡς τὸ ὑγιαίνομεν ἡμεῖς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐγώ. —Y²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 296.16 (tri metr) ⟨ἀθυμήσαντ’⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 51

Or. 297.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διαφθαρὲν⟩: καὶ τὸ διατραπὲν, ἤγουν τὸ λογιστικὸν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This apparently means ‘that which is twisted awry, namely, the reasoning mind (is what is being twisted awry)’; but one may contemplate τὸ διατραπὲν {ἤγουν} τοῦ λογιστικοῦ, ‘the distorted quality of your mind’ with λογιστικοῦ glossing φρενῶν.

Or. 298.01 (vet exeg) ἴσχναινε: ¹λέπτυνε. ²παρὰ τὸ ἴσχω ἰσχνῶ ἰσχναίνω παραγώγως· ³ὅθεν καὶ ἰσχάς. —MBOVCMlMnR^aR^bRwSSaY²

TRANSLATION: Reduce/attenuate. Derived from ‘ischō’ by a modification ‘ischnō’, ‘ischnainō’ (dry up). From which also one gets ‘ischas’ (dried fig).

LEMMA: MB(ἴσχαινε a.c.)C, ἴσχανε Rw REF. SYMBOL: BSa POSITION: cont. from 298.04 OVMnR^aR^bS, cont. from sch. 298.05 MlSa; λέπτυνε in left marg., the rest in right marg. R^a

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 παραγνώσω Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.128,16–17; Dind. II.102,15–16

COMMENT: Schwartz’s supplement is based on the closely similar explanation found in many sources, starting from Orion 77,1–3 and Et. Gen. AB (ἰσχάδες· τὰ λεπτυνθέντα σύκα ἐν τῷ ξηραίνεσθαι. παρὰ τὸ ἴσχω παράγωγον ἰσχνῶ, καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἰσχνάδες αἱ λεπταί. καὶ ἀποβολῇ τοῦ ν̅ ἰσχάδες, [Theocr. 1.147] ‘καὶ ἀπ’ αἰγείρου ἰσχάδα τρώγοις’, conjectured to be from Philoxenus [fr. 506* Theodoridis]).

Or. 298.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴσχναινε⟩: ἰσχ⟨ν⟩ῶ ἰσχναίνω τὸ λεπτύνω, ὅθεν ἡ ἰσχάς. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 298.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἴσχναινε⟩: γράφεται καὶ ἴσχανε, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔπεχε πράϋνε κούφιζε. —MBC

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ischnaine’, ‘dry out’) there is also the reading ‘ischane’, meaning ‘restrain’, ‘make gentle’, ‘lighten’.

POSITION: cont. from 298.01 all (M with dicolon before γράφεται)

APP. CRIT.: ἴσχαινε B | τοῦ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.128,18; Dind. II.102,16–17

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 298.04 (rec exeg) ἴσχανε: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔπεχε πράϋνε κούφιζε —OVMlMnPr^aPr^bR^aR^bRf^rS

LEMMA: Ml(ἴσχαναι a.c.)MnR^bS, ἴσχανεν V, ἄλλως ἴσχναινε Pr^a REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b POSITION: s.l. Pr^bRf^r; precedes 298.01 OVR^aR^b; follows sch. 307.01 Pr^a

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. ORf^r | ἔπεχε om. R^a, ἐπέσχε R^b | πράϋνε κούφιζε] κούφιζε πράϋνε transp. Ml, παῦε κούφιζε πράϋνε R^aR^bS | πράϋνε om. O | κούφιζε om. Pr^b

Or. 298.05 (rec exeg) ἴσχανε: ἀντὶ τοῦ κράτει παῦε κώλυε κούφιζε —Sa

Or. 298.06 (vet exeg) ⟨ἴσχανε⟩: γράφεται καὶ ἴσχναινε. —MC

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ischane’, ‘restrain’) there is also the reading ‘ischnaine’ (‘dry out’).

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.128,19

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 298.14 (tri metr) ⟨παραμυθοῦ⟩: long mark over first upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 51

Or. 299.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς παρόντας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παρόντα ἐμὲ —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 299.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς παρόντας⟩: ἐμὲ παρόντα —PrY

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 299.03 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς⟩: ἐμὲ —RfXXaXbXoT⁺YfGGrZcC²

TRANSLATION: (‘Us’ is here used for) ‘me’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | παρόντα add. C²

Or. 299.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς⟩: καὶ ἐμὲ Ἀττικῶς —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 299.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς⟩: Ἀττικὸν —MnS

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 299.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρόντας⟩: ὑγιαίνοντας —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 299.07 (rec exeg) ⟨παρόντας⟩: ἤτοι φρονίμους ὄντας —V¹Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι om. Pr

Or. 299.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρόντας⟩: ἤγουν φρονίμους ὄντας· ὁ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενος οὐκ ἔστι παρών. —Zu

TRANSLATION: That is, being of sound mind. For the person afflicted by demons is not ‘present’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 299.10 (vet exeg) χρή σε νουθετεῖν φίλα: ¹νουθετεῖν σε τὰ φίλα καὶ παραμυθεῖσθαί σε τὰ φίλα καὶ προσηνῆ λέγοντα. ²λείπει οὖν τὸ λέγοντα· τὰ φίλα λέγοντα. —MBCMlMnPrR^bRwS, partial Sa

TRANSLATION: Admonish you with friendly advice, and encourage you by saying what is friendly and gentle. So ‘saying’ is to be understood: ‘saying friendly things’.

LEMMA: M(χρῆ)C, χρή σε νουθετεῖν MlMnPrRSSa REF. SYMBOL: MMlR^b POSITION: marg. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.128,20–22; Dind. II.102,18–20

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 299.11 (rec exeg) χρή σε νουθετεῖν φίλα: νουθετεῖν σε τὰ φίλα καὶ παραμυθεῖσθαι τὰ φίλα, ἢ φίλα ἀντὶ τοῦ φίλως. —V

TRANSLATION: Admonish you with friendly advice, and encourage you with friendly encouragement, or else take ‘friendly things’ in the sense of ‘in a friendly manner’.

REF. SYMBOL: V

Or. 299.11a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρή σε νουθετεῖν φίλα⟩: δεῖ σε ἐμὲ παρηγορεῖν ὦ (φίλα) καὶ ἠγαπημένη. —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 299.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨νουθετεῖν φίλα⟩: παραμυθεῖσθαι λέγοντα σοι τὰ φίλα —AbMlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.(above 298, first lineof page, Ab

APP. CRIT.: τὰ φίλα λέγ. σοι transp. Sa

Or. 299.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νουθετεῖν φίλα⟩: παραμυθεῖσθαι τὰ προσφιλῆ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. glosses TYfZc

APP. CRIT.: τὰ om. Zc | φίλα Gr, προσφιλῆ Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.102,20 and 21

COLLATION NOTES: T also has a second cross above τὰ προσφιλῆ, already entered as Thoman.

Or. 299.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νουθετεῖν φίλα⟩: ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ σου —Y²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 299.19 (vet exeg) ⟨φίλα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φίλως —MLp

TRANSLATION: (The neuter accusative plural adjective ‘phila’ is used as) equivalent to (adverb) ‘philōs’ (‘in a friendly manner’).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.102,21

Or. 299.20 (rec exeg) ⟨φίλα⟩: λείπει τὸ λέγοντα. —R

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λέγειν R

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 300.01 (rec paraphr) αἱ παραμυθίαι γίνονται τοῖς φίλοις καλαί. —R^a

Or. 300.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπικουρίαι⟩: τὸ παρηγορεῖν φίλος τὸν φίλον ἢ ἀδελφὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν —V³

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Note the use of the nom. as subject of infinitive, which is found in a few Palaeologan scholia.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 300.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπικουρίαι⟩: αἱ σαὶ καὶ ἐμαὶ —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 300.07 (thom exeg) ⟨αἵδε⟩: αὗται αἱ παρ’ ἀλλήλων πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπικαίρως γινόμεναι —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘These’ here conveys) ‘these (acts of assistance) that are given by each other to each other at the needful moment’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αὗται om. Za | ἐγκαίρως ZmTGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.102,22–23

Or. 300.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καλαί⟩: λ(είπει) δὲ γίνονται. —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 301.04a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δωμάτων ἔσω⟩: ἔσω καὶ ἐντὸς τοῦ οἴκου —C²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: εσσὼ (sic) C²

Or. 302.01 (302–305) (vet paraphr) ¹διὰ τούτων φησὶν μὴ ἄγαν ἀγρυπνίᾳ καὶ λιμῷ διάφθειρε σαυτὴν, ἵνα μὴ νοσήσῃς· ²εἰ γὰρ τῷ προσεδρεύειν μοι κτήσῃ νόσον τινὰ καὶ ἀποστῇς, κἀγὼ τῆς σῆς παρουσίας ἐστερημένος ἀπόλλυμαι. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSaY²

TRANSLATION: With these words he says: ‘Do not thoroughly ruin yourself with sleeplessness and hunger, lest you fall ill. For if you catch some illness by sitting in tendance beside me and withdraw, I too am destroyed once deprived of your presence’.

LEMMA: 303 σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι MBC, σῖτον τ’ ὄρεξε (αι s.l.) Pr, lemma 304 εἰ γὰρ προλείψεις με VRw, εἰ γὰρ προλείψεις MlMnR^bSa, οὐ γὰρ προλείψεις S REF. SYMBOL: (to 304) VMlR^bSa POSITION: between 319.01 and 317.01 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φησὶ Ml | λειμῶ MMn (perhaps corr. Mn) | σἀυτὴν B, σεαυτὴν S | νοσήσεις Ml | 2 κτήσῃ νόσον] κτή νόσον p.c. Ml, a.c. κτήνησον

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,1–4; Dind. II.103,9–12

Or. 302.02 (302–305) (pllgn exeg) καὶ μὴ ἀγρύπνει καὶ λιμῷ διαφθείρου, ἀλλ’ ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τροφὴν. εἰ γὰρ καταλίπῃς με ἢ τινὰ νόσον ἀπὸ τῆς προσεδρείας κτήσῃ, ἀπόλλυμαι. —V³

TRANSLATION: Do not stay awake and be ruined by hunger, but stretch your hand out to nourishment. For if you abandon me or catch some sickness from your tendance (on me), I am destroyed.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 302.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὕπνῳ τ’ ἄυπνον … δός⟩: ἤγουν κοιμήθητι —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 302.04 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ὕπνῷ τ’ ἄυπνον βλέφαρον⟩: (ὕπν)ον (ἀύπν)ῳ (βλεφάρ)ῳ —MnRfSXXaXbXoTYYfGr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 302.09 (rec exeg) ⟨βλέφαρον⟩: ἀντίστροφον —MnRwB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps ἀντιστρ[όφως Rw (damage, no accent visible over iota)

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως

Or. 302.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: οἱ γὰρ κοιμώμενοι ἐκτείνονται ἐν τοῖς στρώμασιν. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 302.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: πρὸς τὴν κλίνην ἀνακλιθεῖσα —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀνακ. π. τ. κ. transp. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.103,8

Or. 303.01 (mosch exeg) πρωθύστερον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYf

TRANSLATION: Prothusteron.

POSITION: marg. (beside 302 Yf)

APP. CRIT.: πρωθύστερα XbXoT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.103,7

COMMENT: The term πρωθύστερον can be attached either to the first item of the reversed pairing or to the second item. See Sch. Tri. Hec. 762 vs. the old sch. on the same line, Sch. Pr Hec. 226, and Sch. Hec. 266, where some witnesses place this designation over the first term and some over the second. If the term here applies to 303 only, the implication is that bathing properly comes before eating (as in Homeric hospitality). If the term applies to 303 as the second term paired with 302 (cf. Yf’s placement), the implication is that bathing and eating ought to have come before sleeping.

KEYWORDS: πρωθύστερον

Or. 303.02 (vet paraphr) σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι: ἔκτεινον τὰς χεῖράς σου εἰς τροφήν. —MBCPrRf^r

TRANSLATION: Extend your hands to nourishment.

POSITION: s.l., except marg. B

APP. CRIT.: εἰς τροφὴν τὰς χεῖρας transp. PrRf^r

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,5; Dind. II.103,12

Or. 303.03 (vet paraphr) σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκτείνασα τὴν χεῖρα λάβε. —MBCPr

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: ‘having extended your hand, take’.

POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. CPr

APP. CRIT.: βάλε M, βάλευ C; φάγε anonymi (Schw. I.xiv, Addenda)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,6; Dind. II.103,12–13

Or. 303.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι⟩: τροφῆς μετάλαβε —AbMlMnRSSa

LEMMA: σίτον in text AbMnR, s.l. Sa; σῖτα S) POSITION: s.l., except marg. R; as two sep. gl. AbMnS

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. to both words S | μετέβαλε Ml

Or. 303.07 (mosch paraphr) σῖτον: ἤγουν τροφὴν λάβε —X

Or. 303.09 (rec exeg) ⟨σίτων⟩: σῖτον —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 303.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χροῒ⟩: γράφεται χρωτί. —MlMnSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: χρωτοὶ Mn, changed to χρωῒ

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 303.27 (thom exeg) ⟨βάλευ⟩: βαλοῦ αἰολικόν —ZZaZmZuGu

TRANSLATION: (The form ‘baleu’, ‘throw for yourself’, is the Attic/Koine) ‘balou’, in Aeolic dialect.

LEMMA: βάλευ in text all POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αἰολικόν βαλοῦ transp. Gu | ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Zu | βάλε Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: αἰωλικὸν Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.103,16

Or. 303.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βάλε⟩: βαλοῦ —Ox²

LEMMA: βάλε in text p.c. (βάλευ a.c.?) POSITION: s.l.

Or. 304.01 (304–305) (vet paraphr) εἰ γὰρ καταλίπῃς με ἀπολιγωρήσασα τῆς νοσοκομίας ἀπόλλυμαι. —BOC

TRANSLATION: For if you abandon me, neglecting to tend to my sickness, I am destroyed.

POSITION: marg. B, s.l. OC

APP. CRIT.: εἰ γὰρ om. O | ἀπόλλυμαι om. OC

APP. CRIT. 2: καταλείπης a.c. O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,6; Dind. II.103,18–19

Or. 304.03 (mosch gram) ζήτει —XXa

REF. SYMBOL: Xa POSITION: marg. X

COMMENT: Probably a reminder to seek an explanation of this line or something in it. Günther 288 commented on this note ‘ad 307 relatum’, which I do not understand.

Or. 304.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἐάσεις, ἤγουν πρὸ τοῦ νενομισμένου καιροῦ θάνῃς —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 304.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: καὶ πρὸ καιροῦ καταλείψεις —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 304.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἀφήσεις, ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀποθάνῃς —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: after ἀφήσεις add. καταλείψεις G | ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀποθ. om. Zc

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀφήσης XXaYfGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.103,17

Or. 304.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῷ προσεδρεύειν μοι —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 304.15 (thom paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῇ ἐμῇ προσκαθίσει —ZZaZl²ZmGuOx²

LEMMA: ‑ρίᾳ in text Zm, ‑ρεία Gu, ‑ρία others POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑καθήσει Zl²

Or. 304.16 (tri paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἤγουν τῷ προσκαθῆσθαι ἐμοί —T

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 304.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῇ ἄγαν —V³

LEMMA: ‑ρείᾳ in text V POSITION: s.l.

Or. 304.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: καὶ ἐν τῇ παρακαθεδρίᾳ —Zu

LEMMA: ‑ρεία changed from ‑ρία in text Zu POSITION: s.l.

Or. 304.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: προσεδρείᾳ, αἰολικὸν —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 304.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προεδρείᾳ⟩: αἰολικὸν —Gu

LEMMA: ‑ρεία in text Gr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 304.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρείᾳ⟩: τῇ ἐπιμονῇ σου —GuB^3a

LEMMA: ‑ρεία in text Gr POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῇ and σου om. Gu

Or. 304.26 (tri metr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 51

Or. 306.08 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 51

Or. 307.01 (vet exeg) οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοί: ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν αὐτῇ εἰ προλείψεις με, φησὶν οὐκ ἔστι, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ προλείψω σε. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bSaZu

TRANSLATION: Since he said to her ‘if you will abandon me’, she says ‘it is not possible’, meaning ‘I will not abandon you’.

LEMMA: MC, οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοὶ κατθανεῖν V, οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοὶ θανεῖν Pr, οὐκ ἔστιν MlMnR^bSSa REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^bSa POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Zu; between sch. 299.10 and 298.04 Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: φησὶ Mn | ἔστιν PrZu | προλήψω Sa, προλλείψω M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,7–9; Dind. II.104,1–2

Or. 307.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: οὐχ ὑπάρχει τοῦτο παρ’ ἐμοὶ, ἤγουν οὐκ ἀποδέχομαι σὲ μὲν μόνον ἐᾶσαι ἐνταυθοῖ κεῖσθαι, αὐτὴ δὲ τροφαῖς τε καὶ ὕπνῳ προσέχειν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: This (action) is not present in me, that is, I do not accept letting you lie here alone while I myself attend to nourishment and sleep.

POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT. 2: ὑπάρπάρχει Zm | ἐάσαι ZlZm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,2–4

Or. 307.03 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ προλείψω σε —OV³G

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V³G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,4

Or. 307.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: οὐ γενήσεται τοῦτο. —CrSaOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx

Or. 307.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔστι⟩: δυνατὸν τοῦτο, ἤγουν οὐ φάγω, οὐχ ὑπνώσω, οὐ καταλείψω σε. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο κτλ added to Y-gloss by Y²

Or. 308.01 (vet exeg) ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν: ¹τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταὐτόν ἐστιν, ἐὰν σὺ τελευτήσῃς. ²ἢ τὸ ἔχει ἀντὶ τοῦ σχήσει· ³ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἐὰν σὺ ἀποθάνῃς, ταὐτόν μοι πάθος γενήσεται, ⁴ὅ ἐστι· κἀγὼ συντεθνήξομαί σοι. —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION: My living and my dying are the same (to me) if you die. Or take (present) ‘entail’ (‘echei’) as used for (future) ‘will entail’, and the sense (is this): If you die, the same experience will befall me, that is, I too will die along with you.

LEMMA: BPr, καὶ ζῆν· ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν MC, καὶ ζῆν V REF. SYMBOL: BV

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 σχήση M | 3 ἀποθάνη M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,9–12; Dind. II.104,10–12

Or. 308.02 (rec paraphr) τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταὐτόν ἐστιν ἐὰν σὺ φθαρῇς. —MlMnRSSa

REF. SYMBOL: MlSa POSITION: marg. R

APP. CRIT.: ὅτι prep. R | με] μὲν Mn | καὶ τὸ ἀποθ. R

APP. CRIT. 2: απαθανεῖν Mn | ταὐτό R, ταυτόν SSa, αὐτόν Mn | φθρ(ῆς) R, φθαρείς Ml

Or. 308.03 (rec paraphr) ὁ θάνατος ὁ μετὰ σοῦ καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἕν ἐστι. —S

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 308.04 (rec paraphr) ὁ θάνατος καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἡ μετὰ σοῦ ἕν εἰσιν. —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 308.05 (pllgn paraphr) ¹τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταυτόν ἐστιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅμοιον καὶ ἕν. ²ὅπερ σὺ πάθῃς, τοῦτο καὶ ἐγώ. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 308.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν⟩: ἕξει γὰρ ταὐτόν με πάθος, ὅπερ καὶ σέ. —MOVC

TRANSLATION: The very same fate will hold me that holds you.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. M; spaced out (with γὰρ and ταὐτὸν supplied from line) O

APP. CRIT.: ἕξεις Matt. (as if in O), ἤξ(εις) app. M, ἥξει OVC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,13; Dind. II.104,13–14

Or. 308.07 (thom exeg) ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν: ¹ἤγουν ὁμοίως ἔχουσιν ἐμοὶ ἀμφότερα· ² ὁ γὰρ σὸς θάνατος καὶ ἐμὸς θάνατός ἐστι, καὶ ἡ σὴ ζωὴ ἐμὴ ζωή. ³ἥκιστα γάρ μοι τὸ ζῆν ἥδιστον σοῦ θανόντος, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ νέκρωσις νομισθήσεται διὰ τὸ ἔρημον ἀπολειφθῆναι με βοηθείας. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, both things are the same for me. For your death is my death too, and your life my life. For living is not at all very sweet to me if you have died, but rather it will even be considered death because of my being left bereft of assistance.

LEMMA: T, ἔχει ταυτόν ZZa REF. SYMBOL: all except T

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἤγουν ὁμοίως] ὁμοίως γὰρ ZlZm, ὁμοίως Gu | 2 ἐμὸς] ἐμοὶ Gu | 3 με om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,6–9

Or. 308.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἤτοι κἀγὼ συντεθνήξομαι —O

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,14

Or. 308.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: συντεθνήξω κἀγὼ —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 308.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δῆλον —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 308.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἤγουν ταυτὸν ἔχω τὸ ζῆν καὶ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν. —F

POSITION: marg.

Or. 308.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (They are the same,) that I live and that I die.

LEMMA: ταυτόν X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X | τῷ G

Or. 308.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: τὸ θανεῖν ἐμὲ μετὰ σοῦ καὶ ζῆν —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (They are the same,) that I die with you and that I live (with you).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 308.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχει ἐν ἐμοὶ, ἤγουν τὸ θανεῖν ἐμέ —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 309.05 (recTri metr) ⟨δράσω⟩: long mark over alpha —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 51

Or. 309.08 (rec exeg) ⟨πόνη⟩: γρ. μόνη. —Ab

LEMMA: πόνη in text Ab POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 310.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφὸς, ὁ ἐστερημένος ἀδελφοῦ. καὶ διὰ τὴν χασμωδίαν πλεονασμῷ τοῦ ν ἐγένετο ἀνάδελφος εὐφωνοτερὸν ὥσπερ καὶ ἀνάργυρος. —Y²

TRANSLATION: From alpha privative prefix and the word ‘adelphos’, the one who has been deprived of a brother. And because of the hiatus (between successive alphas) by the arbitrary addition of nu it became ‘anadelphos’, more euphonious, just as also in the case of ‘anarguros’ (without silver).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 310.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπάτωρ ἄφιλος⟩: χωρὶς πατρὸς καὶ φίλου —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: χωρὶς prep. Zl² (Zl intended it to be supplied from prev. gloss)

Or. 310.14 (310–311) (vet paraphr) εἰ δέ σοι δοκεῖ: τουτέστιν· εἰ βούλει με φαγεῖν, πείθομαι. —MBOCMlMnR^bS

TRANSLATION: That is, if you want me to eat, I obey.

LEMMA: MlMnR^bS REF. SYMBOL: MlR^b POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: τουτέστιν om. O

APP. CRIT. 2: τουτἔστιν Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,14; Dind. II.104,15

Or. 310.15 (310–311) (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ δέ σοι δοκεῖ⟩: εἴ σοι ἀρέσκει φαγεῖν με, πείθομαι. —R

POSITION: marg.

Or. 310.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: ἤγουν τὸ ὑ[ … ] —V³

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps ὑπάρχειν μόνον/μόνῳ or ἄνευ ἐμοῦ or similar

Or. 310.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: τὸ φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν ἐμέ —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 311.01 (thom exeg) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ τάδ’⟩: τὸ δρᾶν τάδε κατὰ συνεκδοχὴν καὶ πρὸς τὸ δοκεῖ καὶ πρὸς τὸ χρὴ ληπτέον. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The words ‘to do these things’ are to be taken, by shared construal (synecdoche), both with ‘it seems best’ and with ‘it is necessary’.

POSITION: s.l. ZlGu; cont. from sch. 308.07 ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,16–17

COMMENT: Here synecdoche, rather than referring to the usual trope (Lausberg §§572–577), seems to have a literal, etymological sense, virtually the same as ἀπὸ κοινοῦ.

KEYWORDS: synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν

Or. 311.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ τάδ’⟩: χρεὼν νὰ τὰ πράξω. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 311.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ τάδ’⟩: να πράξω τάδε —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 311.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: ἅπερ δηλονότι λέγεις, τὸ λουθῆναι καὶ φαγεῖν —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 311.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: τὸ ὑπνῶσαι με —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 312.01 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν ἄγαν ἀποδέχου: ¹μὴ ἐν ὑποψίᾳ ἔχε μηδὲ φαντάζου τὸ ἐκφοβοῦν σε. ²ἀποδέχου δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑποδέχου προσδέχου. —MBVCPrR^b, partial HMlMnR^aRwS

TRANSLATION: Do not hold in fearful apprehension nor imagine that which panics you. And ‘accept/receive’ (compound with ‘apo’) is used in the sense of ‘receive hospitably’ (compound with ‘hupo’), ‘admit in’ (compound with ‘pros’).

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν VMl(τὸ παραβοῦν)MnRwS, μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν Pr, καὶ μὴ ταρβοῦν R^b REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: marg. B; punct. as two notes in R^b, with second ref. symbol

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μὴδὲ Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,15–16; Dind. II.104,18–20

COMMENT: Since all three compounds of δέχομαι can be used with very similar meanings, the second half of the note is somewhat odd. Perhaps it is meant to forestall taking ἀποδέχου in the meaning ‘praise, approve’.

Or. 312.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: μὴ δοκῇς εἶναι ἀληθές —K

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: δοκεῖς K

Or. 312.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: τὸ φοβοῦν ἔχε κατὰ νοῦν —Zl²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔχει Zl²

Or. 312.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ ταρβεῖν ποιοῦν ἤγουν φοβεῖσθαι ποιοῦν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: first ποιοῦν om. Y

Or. 312.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: τὸ φοβεῖσθαι, τὸ ταρβεῖν ποιοῦν, τὸ φεύγειν ποιοῦν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 312.13 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ φοβοῦν⟩: γρ. κἀκφοβοῦν. —MnRSa

LEMMA: καὶ φοβοῦν in text MnRSa POSITION: s.l. MnSa, marg. R

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 313.01 (thom exeg) ἀποδέχου: ¹τουτέστι μὴ ἔχε τὴν ὑποψίαν ἀεὶ κατὰ νοῦν τῆς μανίας. ²τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ ἄγαν ἀποδέχου. ³ταρβοῦν δὲ ἐκ δεμνίων λέγει οὐχ ὅτι τὰ δέμνια ἐποίει αὐτὸν μαίνεσθαι, ⁴ἀλλ’ ὅτι κείμενος ἐκεῖσε φόβον ἐξ Ἐριννύων ἐδέχετο κατεχόμενος τῇ μανίᾳ. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, do not always have the fearful apprehension of madness in your mind. For that is what is meant by ‘receive too much’. He says ‘causing terror from the bedsheets’ not because the bedsheets were causing him to be mad, but because while lying there he received terror from the Erinyes, being possessed by madness.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZmGu

APP. CRIT.: 1 κατὰ νοῦν ἀεὶ transp. ZmTGu, app. Zl (also p.c. Ta, with s.l. β and a) | 4 ἐκεῖ T | [ἐριν]νύος Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,20–23

COMMENT: It is a little surprising that Triclinius did not modify Thomas’s implausible interpretation of ἐκ δεμνίων.

Or. 313.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: εἰς ὑποψίαν ἔχε —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 313.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μὴ προσδόκα καὶ μὴ λογίζου —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 313.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨μένε δ’ ἐπὶ στρωτοῦ λέχους⟩: προσδόκα τῆς νυκτὸς —VMlMnR^bSSa

POSITION: s.l., except VR^b continued from sch. 312.01

APP. CRIT.: τῆς νυκτὸς] τὴν ἐκτός V

APP. CRIT. 2: προσδίκα S, πρὸσδόκα Mn

Or. 314.01 (vet exeg) κἂν μὴ νοσῇς γάρ: ¹Καλλίστρατος [Callistratus fr. 54 Montana LGGA] τὴν ἐκτὸς τοῦ σ̅ γραφὴν διδάσκει· ²‘κἂν μὴ νοσῇ γάρ, ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ νοσεῖν’, ³ἵν’ ᾖ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου εἰς κοινὸν μεταβεβηκὼς ὁ λόγος. —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Callistratus teaches the reading without the sigma (that is, verbs with third-person ending rather than second-person): ‘for even if one is not ill but believes he is ill’, so that the statement has transitioned from Orestes (the addressee) to general application.

LEMMA: all (νοσήσης MC, νοσῆ Pr, γὰρ om. Rw) REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σίγματος Pr | 3 ἵνα Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,18–20; Dind. II.104,24–105,2

KEYWORDS: Callistratus | variant reading: specific scholar | citation of historian or scholar

Or. 314.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κἂν μὴ νοσῇς γάρ⟩: ¹Καλλίστρατος [54 Montana LGGA] χωρὶς τοῦ σ̅ γράφειν δοκιμάζει· ²‘κἂν μὴ νοσῇ, ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ νοσεῖν’, ³ἵν’ ᾖ ἐκ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἐπὶ τὸ κοινὸν μεταβεβηκὼς ὁ λόγος. —V

LEMMA: ἀλλὰ δοξάζεις V

APP. CRIT.: 2 νοσῆς … δοξάζεις V | νοσεῖν] s.l. V, in line p.c. V¹, a.c. νοσ* (νοσῆ?) V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,18–20 app.; Dind. 105,2 app.

Or. 314.03 (pllgn rhet) ἀρχὴ —Ta

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: This annotation, of uncertain meaning, is not present in T.

Or. 314.04 (rec exeg) ⟨κἂν μὴ νόσῃς γὰρ⟩: γρ. κἂν μὴ νοσῇ γὰρ. —B³

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 314.05 (rec paraphr) κἀν μὴ νοσῇ τις ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ, δοκῇ —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 314.06 (thom exeg) κἂν μὴ νόσῃς γὰρ: ¹τοῦτο καθολικῶς ἔδει ἐξενεγκεῖν οὕτω· κἂν μὴ νοσῇ τις ἀλλα δοξάζει νοσεῖν, κάματος αὐτῷ καὶ ἀπορία γίνεται. ²νῦν δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ τοῦ γνωμικοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐπέφερε, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ καθόλου εἶπεν. ³ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο καινόσχημον, εἰ καὶ ληρῶν ὁ Καλλίστρατος τὴν ἐκτὸς τοῦ σ̅ διδάσκει γραφήν. ⁴καὶ μὴν καὶ ἑτέρα καινότης ἔστιν ἐνταῦθα· ⁵ἡ γὰρ πρότασις ἑνικῶς ἐκφέρεται, ἡ δὲ ἀπόδοσις πληθυντικῶς, δηλοῦντος τοῦ ποιητοῦ ὅτι εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους τοῦτο γίνεται. —ZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: This should have been expressed as a generalization thus: ‘Even if someone is not sick but believes he is sick, weariness and confusion befall him’. But as it is he applied half of the gnomic statement to Orestes, and spoke half of it universally. And this is innovatively (unusually) constructed, although Callistratus, speaking nonsense, teaches the reading without the sigma. And indeed there is also another unusual feature here: for the conditional clause is expressed in the singular, but the main clause in the plural, with the poet making clear that this occurs in reference to all human beings.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZaZlZmGu

APP. CRIT.: 1 νοσῇ] δοξάζη Gu | 3 μονόσχημον Zm, κακόσχημον T | ληρῶν om. Gu | 4 ἑτέρα καινοτ(ε)ρα Za

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δοξάζη GuTa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,4–11

COMMENT: Note the alternative designations of what Thomas tries to describe (or perhaps defend) as novel or unusual: in Zm καινόσχημον is replaced by μονόσχημον (if this is not merely a clumsy error, it perhaps means ‘uniquely constructed’ in the sense ‘unparalleled, unusual’—but that is not its meaning elsewhere, see on 31.03), while Triclinius seems to be more critical of Eur.’s style by using κακόσχημον (‘badly constructed, clumsy’). Triclinius elsewhere softens expressions like Thomas’s scornful ληρῶν, but here he retains it, and only in Gu is it edited out.

Or. 314.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὴ νοσῇς⟩: καὶ οὐ μαίνῃ ἄρτι —P²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 314.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃς νοσεῖν⟩: μετ’ ὀλίγον ὑπολαμβάνεις παραφρονῆσαι —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 314.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς νοσεῖν⟩: δόκησιν ἔχῃς μανίας —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 314.12 (vet exeg) δοξάζῃς: ἀντὶ τοῦ δοξάζῃ τις, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 3.220] ‘φαίης κε ζάκοτόν τ’ ἔμμεναι’. —MBC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘(if) someone believes’, as in the passage ‘you might say that he was furious’.

LEMMA: M(‑εις)C, ἄλλως BPr POSITION: cont. from 314.01 Pr

APP. CRIT.: ἀντί τοῦ] κἂν μὴ νοσῇ τίς· ἀλλὰ BPr | τις om. BPr | ὡς τὸ κτλ om. Pr | τέ τιν’ ἐμμέναι Il. 3.220 | ἔμμεναι om. B

APP. CRIT. 2: δοξάζει M | κεν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,21–22; Dind. II.105,2–3

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 314.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: καὶ δόξαν καὶ δόκησιν δίδως —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 314.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: καὶ δόξαν καὶ δόκησιν ἔχεις —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ δόξαν om. Zu

Or. 314.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: δόξαν ὑπόληψιν δίδως —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 314.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νοσεῖν⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς φορᾶς τῆς ἀνάγκης —P²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 315.01 (pllgn exeg) ἕπεται γὰρ ἐκ τῆς νόσου τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀρτὶ ληγούσης ἡ ταλαιπωρία. —P²

REF. SYMBOL: P² POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ταλεπωρία P²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,13–14

Or. 315.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάματος⟩: ἐκ τούτου γὰρ τοῦ δοξάζειν ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς ἀπηλλαγμένους τῆς νόσου ἀμελεῖται, καὶ οὕτως γίνεται κάματος. —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπηλαγμένους Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,11–13

Or. 315.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάματος⟩: ὁ διὰ τῆς νόσου κόπος —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 315.15 (rec exeg) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,15

Or. 315.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: καὶ ἐν τοῖς φίλοις αὐτοῦ —V³

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αὐτῶ V³

Or. 315.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπορία τε γίνεται⟩: ἀσθένειαν, ἀπελπισμὸν προξενεῖ —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 315.26 (tri metr) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: long mark over final alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 51

Or. 315.29 (tri metr) ⟨γίνεται⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 51

Or. 315.30 (tri metr) coronis —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 51

Or. 316.01 (316–331) (tri metr) αἶ αἶ: ⁰τὰ τοιαῦτα εἴδη τῶν χορῶν καλεῖται κατὰ σχέσιν, ὡς εἴρηται. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ᾆσμα μιᾶς στροφῆς. εἰσὶ δὲ τὰ κῶλα τῆς στροφῆς ιϛʹ, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς τοσαῦτα. ¹τὸ αʹ ἰαμβικὸν μονόμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἤτοι κώλου τμῆμα. ²τὸ δεύτερον παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων δʹ δύο. ³τὸ γʹ ὅμοιον ἡμιόλιον, ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου. ⁴τὸ δʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου, παίωνος αʹ καὶ δʹ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. ⁵τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον τῷ γʹ. ⁶τὸ ϛʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἀντισπάστου, παίωνος αʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. ⁷τὸ ζʹ χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ χοριάμβου, ἐπιτρίτου αʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. τὸ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς δὲ κῶλον πεντασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν ἐπίτριτον. ⁸τὸ ηʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ παιωνικῶν ἡμιολίων δύο συγκείμενον. ἕκαστον δὲ ἐκ παίωνος ἐστὶ δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου. ^9–10τὸ θʹ καὶ ιʹ κατὰ πάντα ὅμοια. ¹¹το ιαʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ, παίωνος αʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀκατάληκτον τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς διτροχαίου πεντεσυλλάβου. ¹²τὸ ιβʹ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ χοριάμβου καὶ μολοσσοῦ. τὸ δέ γε τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κῶλον ἐπίτριτον ἔχει γʹ ἀντὶ χοριάμβου. ¹³τὸ ιγʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου γʹ καὶ αʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. τὸ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς δὲ κῶλον διαλελυμένην ἔχει τὴν τοιαύτην συλλαβὴν εἰς δύο βραχείας. ¹⁴τὸ ιδʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον, τῶν πρώτων δύο ποδῶν χορείων. ¹⁵τὸ ιεʹ παιωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων δʹ δύο, τοῦ δευτέρου ἐνταῦθα μὲν πεντασυλλάβου, ἐν δὲ τῷ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κώλῳ ἑξασυλλάβου, καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. ¹⁶τὸ ιϛʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ παίωνος δʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, διιάμβου καὶ κρητικοῦ. ¹⁷ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει τῆς μὲν στροφῆς παράγραφος, τῆς δὲ ἀντιστροφῆς κορωνίς. —T

¹316=332 ‒ ‒
αἶ αἶ
ὦ Ζεῦ
²317=333 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒
δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι
τίς ἔλεος, τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν
³318=334 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ποτνιάδες θεαί
φόνιος ἔρχεται
⁴319=335 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒⏑⏑⏑,⏑⏑⏑‒
ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον ἐλάχετ’ ἐν
θοάζων σε τὸν μέλεον; ὃ δάκρυα
⁵320=336 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
δάκρυσι καὶ γόοις
δάκρυσι συμβάλλει
⁶321=337 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒⏑⏑⏑,‒⏑‒
μελαγχρῶτες Εὐμενίδες, αἵτε τὸν
πορεύων τις ἐς δόμον ἀλαστόρων
⁷322=338 ‒⏑⏑‒,⏑‒ ‒⏔,‒⏑‒
ταναὸν αἰθέρ’ ἀμπάλλεσθ’, αἵματος
ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει [koinē short mark over ευ]
⁸323=339 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
τινύμεναι δίκαν, τινύμεναι φόνον
κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι
⁹324=340 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
καθικετεύομαι καθικετεύομαι
ὁ μέγας ὄλβος οὐ μόνιμος ἐν βροτοῖς
¹⁰325=341 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον ἐάσατ’ ἐκ-
ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος ὥς τις ἀκάτου θοᾶ
¹¹326=342 ⏑‒ ‒ ‒,‒⏑⏑⏑,‒ / ⏑‒ ‒ ‒,‒⏑⏑͡⏑‒
λαθέσθαι λύσσας μανιάδος
τινάξας δαίμων κατέκλυσεν
¹²327=343 ‒⏓⏑‒,‒ ‒ ‒
φοιταλέου. φεῦ μόχθων
δεινῶν πόνων ὡς πόντου
¹³328=344 ‒ ‒⏑‒,⏑‒ ‒ ‒,⏔
οἵων, τάλας, ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις
λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασιν
¹⁴329=345 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑‒⏑‒,⏑
τρίποδος ἀπόφατιν ἃν ὁ Φοῖβος
τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος οἶκον ἄλλον
¹⁵330=346 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,‒⏑‒ = ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,‒⏑‒
ἔλακε δεξάμενος ἀνὰ δάπεδον
ἕτερον ἢ τὸν ἀπὸ θεογόνων γάμων
¹⁶331=347 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒⏑‒,‒⏑‒
ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται μυχοί
τὸν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου σέβεσθαί με χρή

TRANSLATION: Such forms of choral songs are called ‘in responsion’, as has been said. And the song is of a single strophe, and the cola of the strophe number sixteen, and those of the antistophe are as many. The first colon is a brachycatalectic iambic monometer, or a portion of a colon. The second colon is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter consisting of two fourth paeons. The third colon is a one-and-a-half-measure line of the same rhythm, consisting of a fourth paeon and an iamb. The fourth colon is an acatalectic antispastic trimeter made of an antispast, a first paeon and a fourth paeon because of the final anceps syllable. The fifth colon is similar to the third. The sixth colon is a catalectic antispastic trimeter made of an antispast, a first paeon and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable. The seventh colon is a catalectic choriambic trimeter formed from a choriamb, a first epitrite, and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable, but the colon of the antistrophe has its epitrite in five-syllable form (with resolution of one long). The eighth colon is asynartete formed from a compound of two one-and-a-half-measure paeonic units, and each one consists of a fourth paeon and an iamb. The ninth and tenth cola are similar (to the eighth) in every respect. The eleventh colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter made of a first epitrite, a first paeon, and a syllable; but if you prefer, an acatalectic colon with the second foot a five-syllable ditrochee. The twelfth colon is a catalectic choriambic dimeter made of a choriamb and molossus, but the colon of the antistophe has a third epitrite in place of the choriamb. The thirteenth colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter formed by a third epitrite, a first epitrite, and syllable. But the colon of the antistrophe has such a syllable resolved into two shorts. The fourteenth is a hypercatalectic iambic dimeter, the first two feet being chorei. The fifteenth colon is an acatalectic paeonic trimeter made of two second paeons—the second being here (in the strophe) five syllables, but in the colon of the antistrophe six syllables—and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable. The sixteenth colon is a catalectic ionic a minore trimeter, formed by a fourth paeon in place of the ionic, a double iamb, and a cretic. At the end of the strophe a paragraphos, and of the antistrophe a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

APP. CRIT.: 4–6 καὶ δʹ διὰ … παίωνος αʹ om. Ta

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.12,30–13,21; de Fav. 51–52

COMMENT: The scansion of colon 7 is problematic. What is said would make most sense if Triclinius had read ὅς σ’ in 338, with the third element long and resolution in the fourth element consisting of ἀνα-; but his text is ὅ σ’ ανα‑ and he places his note about resolution, ἀντὶ μιᾶς, over ὅ σ’ α‑, which leaves the fourth element short and the metron an antispast and not an epitrite, unless without comment or justification he is counting the second alpha of ἀνα‑ as long. This may be a case where Triclinius changed his mind and did not bring his description into full accord with the text, or vice versa. Note also that in 338 he treats ευ as short before ει to make ‑βακχεύει a cretic (338.34).

Or. 316.02 (316–331) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων ιϛʹ —T

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52

Or. 317.01 (vet exeg) δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι: ¹πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. ²ἢ περιτρέχειν ποιοῦσαι τοὺς μεμηνότας. —MBVCKMlMnPrR^bRwSSa, partial GR^aRf

TRANSLATION: (‘Dromades’ means) running around everywhere and punishing humans; or causing those who have gone mad to run around.

LEMMA: MBCPr, δρομάδες VMlMnR^bRwSS REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^aR^bRfSa POSITION: s.l. GK

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ποῦσαι Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,23–25; Dind. II.106,5–7

Or. 317.02 (rec exeg) ⟨δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι ⟩: πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωροῦσαι τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας ἢ περιφέρουσαι καὶ ποιοῦσαι τρέχειν τοὺς τιμωρουμένους. —V

TRANSLATION: (‘Dromades’ means) running around everywhere and punishing wrongdoers; or carrying around or causing to run those being punished.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 317.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι⟩: δρομάδας λέγει ὡς ταχυτάτας. πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. τὸ γὰρ θεῖον πανταχοῦ πάρεστι. πτεροφόρους λέγουσι τοὺς δαίμονας ὡς καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους μὴ ὄντας· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἄϋλοι, πῶς πτερὰ ἔχουσιν; ὅμως δὲ διότι ταχύτατα τῶν ζώων πτερὰ ἔχουσιν, κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας ὡς ταχυτάτους λέγομεν ἔχειν πτερά. —Y²

TRANSLATION: He calls them ‘dromades’ (running) as being very swift. Running around everywhere and punishing humans. For that which is divine is present everywhere. They call the minor divinities (i.e., the Erinyes) ‘wing-bearing’ just as (we so call) the angels, though angels are not so. For since they are not corporeal, how do they have wings? But nevertheless because the swiftest of animals have wings, on this principle we also say that the minor divinities, since they are very swift, have wings.

Or. 317.04 (pllgn exeg) αἱ πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι εἰς τιμωρίαν τῶν κακῶς πραττόντων ἢ αἱ ποιοῦσαι περιτρέχειν τοὺς μεμηνότας —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 317.06 (thom exeg) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: αἱ πανταχοῦ τρέχουσαι ἢ αἱ πανταχοῦ τρέχειν ποιοῦσαι τοὺς μαινομένους —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Dromades’ means) ‘those running everywhere’ or ‘those causing the insane to run everywhere’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἢ αἱ κτλ om. Zm

Or. 317.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ τρέχω —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 317.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: αἱ φέρουσαι πτερὰ ὡς ταχεῖαι —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 317.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: ταχύτατα γὰρ τὰ πτερὰ. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 318.01 (vet exeg) Ποτνιάδες θεαί: ¹μανιοποιοί. ²Πότνιαι γὰρ χωρίον ἐστὶ Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα φαγοῦσαι βοτάνην αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι καὶ μανεῖσαι διεσπάσαντο τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην Γλαῦκον τὸν Βελλεροφόντου πατέρα ἐν τῷ ἐπιταφίῳ Πελίου. || ³Πότνιαι δὲ πόλις Βοιωτίας, ὅθεν καὶ Γλαῦκος ⟨ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος⟩ ἁλιεὺς ⟨ * * καὶ αὐτὸς⟩ γευσάμενος ἐμμανὴς γέγονε καὶ ἥλατο εἰς θάλασσαν {ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος}. —MBVCMlMnPrR^aR^bRwSSa, partial HORf

TRANSLATION: Instilling madness. For Potniae is a place in Boeotia, where the mares of Glaucus, having eaten a plant and gone mad, tore apart their own master, Glaucus the father of Bellerophon, at the funeral-games of Pelias. || And Potniae is a city of Boeotia, from which also Glaucus the Anthedonian, a fisherman ⟨lacuna: (missing words) — and himself⟩ having tasted it he went mad and jumped into the sea.

LEMMA: MVC, ὦ ποτνιάδες Sa; ποτνιάδες MlMnR^bRwS (ἱστορία in marg. S) REF. SYMBOL: VMlSa POSITION: marg. H, s.l. O; cont. from 317.01 BPrRf, prep. ποτνιάδες δὲ BPr

APP. CRIT.: 1 μανιοποιοί] οἱ μαν. Pr, om. R^aRfRw | 2 πότνια PrRw | γὰρ om. HR^aRf | χωρίον ἐστὶ] ἐστὶ Pr, χώρά ἐστι V, compend. χώ() ἐστι H | τῆς Βοιωτίας Rf | words after Βοι‑ lost to trimming H, not enough room for whole remainder before next ref. symbol | βοτάμνας Ml | αἱ om. MnR^b | γλαύκου] γλαυκος V, corr. V^2/3 | διεσπάσαντο om. S | 2–3 γλαῦκον τὸν κτλ om. Rf | 2 βελλερεφόντα Ml | 2–3 ἐν τῷ κτλ om. O | 2 ὡς ἐν τῶ MlMnR^aSSa | πελίου] ὀρπεδίου V, πέλει Ml | 3 πότνιαι] πότνια MCPrRw, ποτνιάδες VMn, τὸ ποτνιάδες MlR^aR^bSSa | δὲ] οὖν BPr, καὶ R^b, om. Mn | πόλις om. VMlMnR^aR^bSSa | καὶ om. MlMnPrR^aR^bS | ὁ ἀνθηδ. transp. here from end Mastr. (after Schw., quoting Et. Magn.) | γλαῦκος ἁλιεὺς Rw, γλαῦκος others | καὶ αὐτὸς suppl. e.g. Mastr.; ⟨ … ⟩ γευσάμενον ⟨ … ⟩ Schw. (from Et. Magn.) | γευσάμενος] δοξάμενος R^a, om. B (between γλαῦκος and ἐμμ‑ blank space ca. 12 letters) | ἐκμανεὶς C | γεγονὼς Rw | εἰς τὴν θάλ. MnPrRw | ὁ ἀνθηδόνιος om. Pr, del. Schw. | ὁ] ὡς ὁ C; οὕτως Rw, om. BS (B leaving space for ca. 4 letters before ἀνθηδ())

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.130,1–6; Dind. II.106,9–14

COMMENT: The note offers two different explanations of the epithet ‘Potnian’ based on the myths of two different mythological figures named Glaucus. These explanations are found in the same sequence in Et. Magn. 685,40–49 s.v. Ποτνιάδες θεαί (probably based on a fuller commentary on this play): αἱ μανιοποιοί. Εὐριπίδης Ὀρέστῃ, περὶ τῶν Ἐρινύων. Πότνιαι γὰρ χωρίον Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα φαγοῦσαι βοτάνην αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι τοῦ Βελλεροφόντου, καὶ μανεῖσαι, διεσπάσαντο τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην. ἄλλως [Schw., ἀλλὰ codd.] καὶ Γλαῦκος ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος ἁλιεὺς, ἑωρακὼς ἰχθῦν παρὰ ψάμμῳ βοτάνης γευσάμενον καὶ ἀναζήσαντα, φαγὼν καὶ αὐτὸς, ἐμμανὴς γέγονε καὶ ἥλατο εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. ἢ ὅτι ἀθάνατος μὲν, οὐκ ἀγήρως δὲ γεγονὼς, ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἑαυτὸν κατεπόντισεν. Clearly in the tradition of the scholia there was some damage to the last portion: ὁ ἀνθηδόνιος was part of the illegible text but was perhaps supplied in the margin at some point and later was inserted at the end of the note; ἀλιεὺς remarkably is still read in Rw, and since Rw does not restore anything else from the Et. Magn. version, this seems to be a genuine survival of a version where a little more of the damaged passage had been read (compare Rw’s sole testimony to τέχνημα in sch. 25.10). Schw. may be right to emend to γευσάμενον and assume a lacuna before and after it on the assumption that words like those in the Et. Magn. version were once present before and after the participle. But the original that was damaged may have had modified wording and with only one lacuna γευσάμενος could be kept in reference to Glaucus himself (‘having seen a fish … and himself tasting it’). The lacuna could even be quite short, e.g., ⟨βοτάνης τινὸς⟩ γευσάμενος, and one may wonder whether the similarity of (ἁ)λιευς and γευσ‑ may have prompted an omission (repaired in the margin, with the marginal words later becoming mostly illegible). See also sch. Or. 364.01, sch. Ph. 1124; Sch. vet. Lycophr. 754a Leone (with the parallels there cited). For the Euboean Glaucus who became a sea-god, see Gantz 732–733, and for Glaucus of Potniae see Gantz 175.

COLLATION NOTES: Check new image of H when available.

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 318.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: μανι⟨ο⟩ποιοί· Πότνια χώρα βοιωτίας, ἐν ᾗ ἀναφύεται βοτάνη θανατηρὰ καὶ μαν⟨ι⟩οποιά· ταύτην γὰρ φαγόντες οἱ τοῦ Γλαύκου ἵπποι ἀπεσφαίρισαν ἐκεῖνον καὶ φθορὰν ὑπέστη τὴν παντελῆ. —F

POSITION: marg.

Or. 318.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: ¹ποτινάδες δὲ μαν⟨ι⟩οποιαί. ²Πότνια γὰρ χώρα ἐστὶ Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα μανεῖσαι αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην Γλαῦκον διεσπάραξαν. —Lb

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἔστι Lb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.106,15–17

Or. 318.04 (pllgn exeg) ἄλλως: ¹Ποτνιάδας φησὶ τὰς Ἐριννύας ἀφ’ ἱστορίας τοιαύτης. ²Πότνιά ἐστι τόπος ἐν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ· ³ἐφύοντο γοῦν ἐκεῖ βοτάναι μανίας ἐμποιητικαὶ· ⁴εἰς ὃν, ὡς λόγος εἴρηται, παραγενόμενος καὶ Γλαῦκος μετὰ τῶν ἵππων αὐτοῦ, ⁵⟨γευσάμεναι⟩ τῶν βοτανῶν καὶ ἐμμανεῖσαι διέφθειραν τὸν Γλαῦκον. ⁶ἐπειδὴ καὶ Ἐριννύες αἴτιαι μανιῶν εἰσι, διὰ τοῦτο ταύτας φησὶ Ποτνιάδας. —Lb

TRANSLATION: He calls the Erinyes ‘Potniades’ because of a mythical tale like this: Potnia is a place in Boeoetia. Now, there grew in that place plants that instill madness. As the story has been told, when Glaucus too together with his horses arrived at this place, they (the horses), having tasted of the plants and gone made, killed Glaucus. Because the Erinyes too are responsible for fits of madness, for this reason he calls them ‘Potniades’.

LEMMA: Lb

APP. CRIT.: 3 μανίας] Dind., μανίαι Lb (read as μανίαν by Matt.) | 4 εἴρηται Mastr. ἐρεῖ Lb | 5 suppl. e.g. Mastr. (i.e., with nominative absolute preceding) or ⟨αἳ γευσάμεναι⟩ with anacoluthon), ⟨γευσάμενος⟩ Dind. | 6 ἐρίννυσι Lb, corr. Matt. after King

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.106,17–23

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 318.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἀπὸ ⟨τῶν⟩ Ποτνιάδων ἵππων μετήνεγκεν, αἳ μανεῖσαι ἔφαγον τὸν Γλαῦκον . —MBC

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) created a transferred sense (of the epithet) taken from the horses of Potniae, who went mad and ate Glaucus.

LEMMA: C POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B

APP. CRIT.: τῶν Dindorf (as if in mss)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀποτνιάδων C | μανῆσαι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.130,7–8; Dind. II.106,8–9

COLLATION NOTES: In C, above γλαῦκον, C² has written ἡ κουκουβάγια (owl) ἢ ὄνομα κύριον ὁ γλαῦκος. Cf. Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.170 γλαυκοί· αἱ κουκουβαΐαι. γλαυκὸς (cod. γλαῦκος) ἐπ’ ὀφθαλμῶν, λευκὸς ἐπὶ χροιᾶς, γλαὺξ λέγεται ἡ κουκουβαΐα.

Or. 318.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: αἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ποτνίου χωρίου —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. Cr

COMMENT: The adjective Πότνιος is otherwise attested only in Steph. Byz. s.v. Πότνια.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 318.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἔστι κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν —Ab

REF. SYMBOL: Ab POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις

Or. 318.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἄτιμοι κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός

Or. 318.14 (thom exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Potniades’, ‘honored ladies’, is used) by euphemism.

POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.106.23

KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός

Or. 318.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μισηταὶ —K

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.106,23

Or. 319.01 (vet exeg) ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον: ¹ἤτοι κακοβάκχευτον, τὸν κακὴν ἔχοντα βακχείαν οὐ πρέπουσαν τῷ Διονύσῳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν θρήνοις καὶ γόοις ἐξεργαζομένην. ²ἢ παρόσον ἄοινα καὶ νηφάλια ταῖς θεαῖς ταύταις τὰ ἱερὰ συντελεῖται. ³ἢ τὸν μεγάλως ἐκβακχεύοντα. —MBVCPrRw, partial(?)H

TRANSLATION: (‘Without revelry’,) that is, with harmful revelry, the one having a harmful revelry not suiting Dionysus but produced in dirges and lamentations. Or, inasmuch as the sacrifices that are accomplished for these goddesses are without wine and sober. Or, the one that rouses to a great frenzy.

LEMMA: MC(αἲ), ἀβάκχευτον θίασον B(θίασσον)Pr, ἀβάκχευτον VRw REF. SYMBOL: HBV

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἥτοι M | 2 ἄοιν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.130,9–12; Dind. II.106,24–107,3

COMMENT: This reflects three standard explanations of alpha-privative compounds in poetry: α‑ equivalent to κακο-, α‑ actually privative, and α‑ as an intensifier. Transmitted ἐξεταζομένην seems doubtful, since even when it means something like ‘be numbered among’ the context implies some kind of examination, which hardly applies here. Against ἐξεργαζομένην, however, one must admit that the passive use of this present participle is extremely rare (e.g., [Aristot.] Ath. Pol. 16.4 ἐξεργαζομένης τῆς χώρας).

Or. 319.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον ἐλάχετ’⟩: οὐ βακχεύουσαι ὡς ὁ Βάκχος, ἀλλὰ κακῶς —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.107,4

Or. 319.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: κακοβάκχευτον, οὐ πρέποντα τῷ Διονύσῳ, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐξεταζόμενον —OC

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πρέπουσαν C | τῷ om. O | ἀλλὰ τ. ἐξ. om. C

COMMENT: For ἐξεταζόμενον, which gives no apparent sense (the phrase is only in O), see on sch. 319.01. Perhaps this is a failed attempt to interpret ἐν θρήνοις καὶ γόοις ἐξεταζομένην.

Or. 319.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: κακοβάκχευτον, ὅ ἐστι μὴ πρέποντα τῷ Βάκχῳ ἤγουν τῷ Διονύσῳ —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι S

APP. CRIT. 2: διονύσσω S

Or. 319.10 (rec exeg) ἀβάκχευτον: ἤγουν τὴν κακὴν ἔχοντα βακχείαν καὶ οὐ πρέπουσαν τῷ Διονύσῳ —V³Rf

LEMMA: Rf POSITION: s.l. V³

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. V³ | βακχείαν ἔχοντα transp, V³ | τοῦ διονύσου Rf

Or. 319.12 (thom exeg) ἀβάκχευτον: ποταπὸν λυπηρὸν, εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἔστι βακχεύσασθαι καὶ χαρῆναι —ZZaZlZmT

TRANSLATION: Of a certain quality, (namely) painful, one to which it is not possible to revel or take delight.

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: ποταπὸν sep. s.l. T, om. ZaGu

Or. 319.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: ἀβάκχευτον μὴ ἔχοντα χαράν, βάκχεια γὰρ ἡ χαρὰ καὶ ἡ μανία. —Zm

POSITION: marg.

Or. 319.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: οὐ προσήκοντα τῷ Διονύσῳ —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 319.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: τὸ α̅ ἐπίτασιν δηλ(οῖ), τὸ πολύ —Y²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 319.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: πολὺ μεθὺ οὖσαι —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Perhaps a corruption of μεθύουσαι, but even so the feminine participle as gloss here would be odd.

Or. 319.23 (pllgn gram) ⟨θίασον⟩: θίασος τὸ ἀθροιζόμενον πλῆθος ἐπὶ τιμῇ θεῶν. τάττεται δὲ ἐπὶ παντὸς ἀθροίσματος. θιασῶται δὲ οἱ κοινωνοῦντες τοῦ θιάσου. —B⁴

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Cf. Suda θ 380, Photius θ 180.

Or. 319.24 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐλάχετ’⟩: ποιεῖτε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ταράσσειν —MlSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ποιεῖται ταράσειν Ml

Or. 320.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν δάκρυσι καὶ γόοις⟩: οὐχὶ ἐν χοροῖς καὶ μέλεσιν ὡς οἱ θίασοι τοῦ Διονύσου —F

POSITION: marg.

Or. 321.01 (vet exeg) μελαγχρῶτες: ¹μέλαιναι· χθόνιαι γάρ εἰσιν. ²ὡς καὶ πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον Ὀρέστης φησὶν [408]· ‘ἔδοξ’ ἰδεῖν τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς κόρας’. —MBV^aCPrRw, partial OV^bR^b, app. H

TRANSLATION: (‘Black-skinned’ means) black, for they are chthonic (deities). (Black,) just as Orestes in fact says to Menelaus: ‘I believed I saw three maidens similar to night’.

LEMMA: MCRw(BPr). lemma μελανοχρῶτες V^aR^b REF. SYMBOL: HV^aR^b POSITION: s.l. OV^b; cont. from 319.01, prep. μελαγχρῶτες δὲ, BPr

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μέλεναι R^b | γάρ εἰσίν M, γάρ εἰσι V^bR^b, γὰρ εἰσὶν V^aRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.130,13–15; Dind. II.107,6–8

COMMENT: The anomalous accentuation μελαγχρῶτες is universal in the manuscripts of the text and scholia here, and is also found in the editions of a few other texts. The expected accentuation μελάγχρωτες found in editions of Eur. and in Schwartz here is due to L. Dindorf.

Or. 321.02 (rec exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: μέλαιναι, ὡς καταχθόνιαι οὖσαι —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 321.03 (vet exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ἢ μελαίνουσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας —MBOV^aV^bC^aC^bPr^aPr^bRw

TRANSLATION: Or (it means) making black those who are ill.

POSITION: s.l. OC^bV^bPr^b; inserted between sent. 1 and 2 of sch. 321.01 MBC^aV^aPr^aRw

APP. CRIT.: ἢ] om. C^b, καὶ V^b, ἢ ὡς Pr^a, ἢ αἱ Pr^b | τοὺς νοσ. μελ. transp. V^b | μελαίνουσι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.130,13–14; Dind. II.107,6–7

Or. 321.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ὡς μέλαιναι οὖσαι ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς Νυκτὸς γινόμεναι καὶ τοῦ Ἐρέβους, ἢ ὅτι ὡς μελαίνουσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας —F

TRANSLATION: As being black because born from Night and Erebus, or because making black those who are ill.

REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.

Or. 321.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ὦ μέλαιναι μελανοχρόες, χθόνιαι γάρ εἰσιν. —AbMlMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὦ om. Ab | μελανχρῶες (sic) μέλαιναι transp. Ab, μέλαιναι χρῶες Ml | χθόνιοι Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: μελανογχρόες Sa | γάρ εἰσὶν Ml

Or. 321.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: καὶ μέλανα σώματα ἔχουσαι —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: μέλαινα Ox (see on sch. 320.09)

Or. 321.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: διότι πάντα τὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ μέλανα εἰσὶ. —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa POSITION: marg.

Or. 321.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: τὰ γὰρ δαιμόνια μέλαινα ὑπάρχουσιν ὡς καὶ ζωγράφουσιν αὐτά. —Y²

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: In later Greek the masc./neuter stem could be μελαιν(ο)‑ as well as μελαν(ο)-; cf. μελαινονέφης, μελαινοφόρων, μελαινότερος and ‑τατος.

Or. 321.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι τὸν χρῶτα μέλαινα —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See on 320.09.

Or. 321.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: αἱ μέλανα χρῶτα ἔχουσαι —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.107,8–9

Or. 321.12 (thom exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: τοῦτο λέγει διὰ τὸ τοὺς μαινομένους μέλανας τὸ χρῶμα ποιεῖν. —ZZaZlZmTG

TRANSLATION: He says this (‘black-skinned’) because they make the insane black in color.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: first τὸ om. T | μέλαν T, μέλαινας Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.107,9–10

Or. 321.18 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν —V³FPrXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcZuB^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Eumenides’ is the name used) in euphemism.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: κατ’ εὐφημισμῶν Zu, κατεφημισμόν Yf

KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός

Or. 321.21 (thom exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: καὶ τοῦτο κατ’ εὐφημισμόν· δυσμενίδες γάρ εἰσι κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν καὶ ἀληθῆ λόγον. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: This word (‘Kindly Ones’) too is used euphemistically. For (these goddesses) are hostile according to a correct and truthful reckoning.

POSITION: s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: app. τοῦτο ὃ λέγει εὐμενίδες κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν φησὶ Zl (damage) | καὶ τοῦτο om. Gu

COMMENT: καὶ τοῦτο, ‘this too’, refers to 318.14 κατ’ εὐφημισμόν, applying to ποτνιάδες (only in ZmGu).

KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός

Or. 321.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: καὶ τιμωρητικαὶ θεαὶ —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 322.01 (vet exeg) ταναὸν αἰθέρ’: ¹ἀνὰ τὸν αἰθέρα πάλλεσθε πτερωταὶ οὖσαι. ²Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 9.571]· ‘ἠεροφοῖτις Ἐρινύς’. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: You leap/dart through the ether, being winged. Homer: ‘Erinys who travels in the air/mist’.

LEMMA: MC, τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρα BPr, ἄλλως VRw REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: follows 322.03 VRw

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀνὰ τὸν αἰθ. om. Pr (no punct. between lemma and note) | πτερωταῖς οὔσαις VRw | 2 καὶ ὅμ. VRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πάλλεσθαι VRw | 2 ἱεροφοῖτις M, ἱεροφόνται Pr | ἐρινῦς B, ἐριννύς PrRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.130,16–17; Dind. II.107,14–15

COMMENT: See on 275.17.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 322.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ταναὸν αἰθέρα τὸν λεπτομερῆ, τροπικῶς· ²τὰ γὰρ τεινόμενα τῶν σωμάτων λεπτύνεται. ³τὸ δὲ ἀμπάλλεσθε ὡς ἀνακινοῦσιν αὐτὸν τὸν ἀέρα ἐμφαντικῶς, ⁴τουτέστιν ἀναπάλλεσθε τοῖς πτεροῖς, ⁵κατὰ τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν [Hom. Il. 13.17–19] Ποσειδῶνα τὸν σείοντα τοῖς ποσὶ καὶ τῇ πορείᾳ τὸ ὄρος. —MBCPr, partial O

TRANSLATION: ‘Rarefied ether’ in the sense ‘composed of subtle particles’, figuratively. For those bodies that are stretched out are made subtle. And the word ‘you vibrate’ (is used) because they stir up the air itself, in a vivid usage. That is, you make (it) vibrate with your wings, similar to the Homeric Poseidon who with his feet and his movement makes the mountain shake.

LEMMA: M(in marg.)C POSITION: cont. from 322.01, add. δὲ, BPr; 1–2 left marg., rest s.l. and right marg. O

APP. CRIT.: 1 ταναὸν … λεπτομερῆ om. O | 3 τὸ δὲ ἀμπ. ὡς] ὅτι O | δὲ om. MC | 4 τουτέστιν· ἀναπάλλεσθε om. O

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τινόμενα M | 4 τοῦτέστιν B, τουτἔστιν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,1–5; Dind. II.107,15–19

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer | τροπικός/τροπικῶς

Or. 322.03 (rec exeg) τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρα: ¹τὸν λεπτομερῆ, μεταφορικῶς· ²τὰ γὰρ τεινόμενα τῶν σωμάτων λεπτύνεται. ³ἐμφαντικῶς τὸν αἰθέρα ἀμπάλλεσθε ὡς ἀνακινουσῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἀέρα τοῖς πτεροῖς, ⁴κατὰ τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν [Hom. Il. 13.17–19] Ποσειδῶνα τὸν λείποντα καὶ τῇ πορείᾳ τοῖς ποσὶ σείοντα τὸ ὄρος. —VMlMnR^aR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: ‘Composed of subtle particles’, metaphorically. For those bodies that are stretched out are made subtle. In a vivid usage ‘you vibrate the ether’ as if they are stirring up the air with their wings, similar to the Homeric Poseidon who leaves and in his movement makes the mountain shake with his feet.

REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^aR^bSa POSITION: follows sch. 326.02 S

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ὀμηρικὸν Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.107,15–19 app.

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς | citation of Homer | ἐμφαντικόν

Or. 322.04 (pllgn paraphr) τὸν λεπτομερῆ αἰθέρα ἀνακινοῦσαι —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 322.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ταναὸν αἰθέρ’⟩: τὸν ἐπὶ πολὺ τεταμένον αἰθέρα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Tanaon’ is applied to the ether in the sense) ‘the ether that is stretched out to a long distance’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 322.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν πολὺ τεταμένον —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 322.19 (tri metr) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52

Or. 322.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἰθέρ’ ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: ὡς ἠεροφοίτης —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 322.29a (322–323) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αἵματος τινύμεναι δίκαν⟩: καὶ ἀποδιδόντες τὴν δι’ αἵματος δίκην —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 322.35 (pllgn gram) ⟨αἵματος⟩: αἷμα ὁ φόνος. αἷμα τὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. καὶ αἷμα ἡ συγγένεια. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 323.01 (mosch paraphr) τινύμεναι δίκαν: ¹τινύμεναι δίκην αἵματος, ἤγουν λαμβάνουσαι δίκην φόνου, τουτέστι κολάζουσαι διὰ φόνον. ²τινύμεναι φόνον, ἤγουν φονεύουσαι. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa

TRANSLATION: Exacting a penalty for bloodshed, that is, taking a penalty for murder, that is, punishing because of murder. Exacting murder, that is, killing.

LEMMA: G(τιννύ‑)

APP. CRIT.: 1 φόνου] φόνον Yf | κολάζουσι X | διὰ τὸν φόνον T

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τιννύ‑ AaG | 2 τιννύ‑ AaXbG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.108,10–12

Or. 323.02 (pllgn rhet) διπλασιάζει τὰς λέξεις. —Y²

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: For διπλασιασμός indicating anaphora or epanaphora, cf. sch. Thom Ph. 1054 ὁ γὰρ τῶν ὀνομάτων διπλασιασμὸς ὑπερβολὴν θαύματος δηλοῖ.

KEYWORDS: διπλασιασμός

Or. 323.03 (tri metr) ⟨τινύμεναι⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον ἓν ν̅ ὀφείλεις γράφειν εἰς τὸ τινύμεναι. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ κῶλον τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς οἰκείως. —T

TRANSLATION: Because of the meter you should write one nu in ‘tinumenai’ (not ‘tinnumenai’ with two, as in some manuscripts). For thus it is properly formed with respect to the colon of the antistrophe.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.13,22–23; de Fav. 52

KEYWORDS: Triclinius, justifying choice between variants

Or. 323.04 (vet paraphr) first τινύμεναι: τιμωρίαν λαμβάνουσαι ὑπὲρ αἵματος καὶ φόνου —MBVCPr^aPr^bR^b

TRANSLATION: Exacting punishment for bloodshed and murder.

LEMMA: VR^b, τινύμεναι φόνον C REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: intermarg. M; s.l. (above ἀμπάλλεσθ’ αἵματος) Pr^b; cont. from 322.02 BPr^a

APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὸ τινύμεναι δίκαν ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. BPr^a(τιννύ-, δίκην Pr^a), πανταχοῦ prep. Pr^b | ὑπὲρ τοῦ C | καὶ om. Pr^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,6; Dind. II.107,20–21

Or. 323.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: τουτέστι κολάζουσαι διὰ φόνον —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 323.12 (tri metr) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52

Or. 323.15 (thom exeg) ⟨τινύμεναι φόνον⟩: ¹Ἐριννύες θεαὶ τρεῖς παρ’ Ἕλλησιν ἔφοροι φόνου καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς. ²καλοῦνται δὲ Ἀληκτὼ Μέγαιρα καὶ Τισιφόνη. ³πῶς δὲ ἐνταῦθα λέγει ‘τιννύμεναι φόνον’; ⁴οὐ γὰρ ἀνταποδιδοῦσιν αὗται φόνον, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐκδικοῦσιν τοὺς φόνους. ⁵λέγομεν οὖν ὅτι ἐξ ὧν ποιοῦσι τοὺς φονεῖς μαίνεσθαι παραπλήσιον ποιοῦσιν, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ καὶ ἐφόνευον. ⁶ἢ τὸ τιννύμεναι φόνον ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς νοητέον. ⁷τίω γάρ ἐστιν οὐ μόνον τὸ ἀνταποδίδωμι ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τιμῶ καὶ τὸ τιμωρῶ, ⁸ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ μὲν αἵματος τιννύμεναι δίκαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνταποδιδοῦσαι, τὸ δὲ τιννύμεναι φόνον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκδικοῦσαι τὸν φόνον καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς. ⁹ἢ εἰ τὸ φόνων μεγαλογραφεῖται λάβοις ἂν ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ δίκαν καὶ τὸ τιννύμεναι ὡς καὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἐρεῖς. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The Erinyes are three goddesses among the Greeks who oversee murder and punish murderers. And they are called Alecto, Megaera, and Tisiphone. And how does he say here ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) murder’? For these goddesses do not give back murder in return, but rather punish murders. So we explain that from the way they make murderers go crazy they do almost the same as if in fact they were killing them. Or, one must understand the phrase ‘exacting murder’ to mean ‘punishing the murderers’. For the verb ‘tiō’ means not just ‘give back in return’, but it also means ‘honor’ and ‘avenge/punish’, so that ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) penalty of bloodshed’ means ‘giving back in return’, but ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) murder’ means ‘avenging the murder and punishing the murderers’. Or, if you write the word with a long vowel (genitive ‘of murders’ instead of accusative ‘murder’), you would take ‘penalty’ in common (with both phrases) and you will say ‘exacting’ (‘tinnumenai’) in the same way as the first one.

REF. SYMBOL: ZlZm at 321 εὐμενίδες; at 318 θεαί ZZa POSITION: on fol. with 323–335 T, fol. with 321–346 Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.107,11–13 and 108,1–10

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 323.25 (rec exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: τίνα; τοῦ Ὀρέστου δηλονότι. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῶ ὀρέ() Pr

Or. 323.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: χάριν τοῦ αἵματος —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 323.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: φόνου —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 323.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: φόνων —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 324.01 (324–326) (rec paraphr) καθικετεύω ὑμᾶς ἐᾶσαι τὸν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος παῖδα ἐπιλαθέσθαι τῆς μανίας τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς νόσου τῆς ἐπιφοιτώσης αὐτῷ εἰς μανίαν. —GK

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑμῖν K | καὶ add. before ἐπιλαθ. K | τὰς μανίας … τὰς ἐπιφοιτώσας K | καὶ om. G | αὐτὸν K

Or. 324.03 (rec exeg) ⟨first καθικετεύομαι⟩: καὶ καθικετεύω, τὸ παθητικὸν ἀντὶ ἐνεργητικοῦ —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 325.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γόνον⟩: γρ. δόμον. —Za

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 325.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόμον⟩: γρ. γόνον. —Z

LEMMA: δόμον in text Z POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 325.06 (325–326) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐάσατ’ ἐκλαθέσθαι⟩: καὶ ἐπιλήσμονες γένεσθε —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 325.09 (tri metr) ⟨ἐάσατ’⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52

Or. 326.01 (326–327) (vet exeg) ⟨λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου⟩: λύσσα καὶ μανία καὶ φοῖτος ἕν ἐστιν. —MBC

TRANSLATION: Insanity (‘lussa’) and madness (‘mania’) and wandering (‘phoitos’) are one thing.

POSITION: intermarg.; appended to sch. 327.01, add. δὲ, M

APP. CRIT. 2: φοιτὸς C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,9; Dind. II.108,17

Or. 326.02 (326–327) (vet exeg) λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου: τῆς λύσσης τῆς καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιούσης καὶ φοιτᾶν, ὅ ἐστι περιϊέναι —MCMnR^bSSa, partial O

TRANSLATION: The mental disturbance that makes one both go mad and roam about, that is, ‘go around’.

LEMMA: λύσσας Sa, λύσας MnR^b POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. OC; between 319.07 and 322.03 S

APP. CRIT. 2: λύσης R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,7–8; Dind. II.108,14–15 app.

Or. 326.03 (326–327) (rec paraphr) ⟨λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου⟩: τῆς ποιούσης τοὺς μαινομένους ὁρμᾶν μανίας —AbMlMnRSSaGu

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: μανίας om. AbMlRGu

APP. CRIT. 2: ὁρμὰς Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.108,13–14

Or. 326.14 (326–327) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: τῆς ἐμποιούσης φοῖτον, ἐνθουσιαστικῆς —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 327.01 (vet exeg) φεῦ μόχθων: τὸ φεῦ μόχθων καθ’ ἑαυτό. τουτέστι δυστυχής ἐστι χάριν τῶν μόχθων. —MBCKPr

TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘alas for the toils’ is by itself. That is, he is unfortunate because of his toils.

LEMMA: BPr REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. K

APP. CRIT.: τὸ φεῦ μόχθων] τοῦτο Pr, om. K | ἐστι καὶ MC

APP. CRIT. 2: καθεαυτὸ C, καθεαυτὸν M, καθ’ ἑαυτὸν Pr | τοῦτέστι B | τὸν μόχθον C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,10–11; Dind. II.108,16–17

Or. 327.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τοῦτο κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀναπεφώνηται. ²ἢ τὸ φεῦ συντέτακται, ἵν’ ᾖ φεῦ {ἰὼ Ζεῦ} οἵων μόχθων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις. —MC, app. H

TRANSLATION: This phrase has been exclaimed by itself. Or the exclamation ‘pheu’ (‘alas’) has been connected syntactically, so that it means: ‘Alas for the sort of toils that you, poor man, reached for and were ruined’.

LEMMA: C POSITION: follows 332.01 MVC (cf. sch. 332.02 in HO); H app. has it in proper sequence

APP. CRIT.: H almost entirely lost | 1 ἀναπεφώνηκεν M [H] | 2 ἰὼ ζεῦ del. Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κατιδίαν M | 2 ὀρεχθεὶς by correction M (perhaps began ἔρρ)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,12–13; Dind. II.108,20–22

COMMENT: The similarity of sch. 332.02 seems to have led to the displacement of this note and the interpolation of ἰὼ ζεῦ by a misunderstanding of 332.01, leading to the improbable idea that ἰὼ ζεῦ goes closely with φεῦ.

KEYWORDS: ἀναφώνησις/ἀναφωνέω

Or. 327.03 (rec exeg) ⟨φεῦ μόχθων⟩: ὦ τῆς ἀνάγκης· φεῦ σοι τῷ δυστυχεῖ χάριν τῆς κακοπαθείας. —VPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὦ τῆς ἀν. om. Pr

Or. 327.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φεῦ μόχθων⟩: σοι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 327.11 (thom exeg) ⟨μόχθων⟩: πόνων λέγω δὴ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς φόνου —ZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Genitive ‘of toils’ means) ‘of the pains, I mean, (deriving) from the murder of the mother’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῶν prep. T | δὴ om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.108,18

COMMENT: λέγω δὴ means that Thomas advocated taking μόχθων as in apposition to λύσσας, not as genitive of cause with the exclamation, as others did.

Or. 327.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἐν ἄλλῳ μόχθων κακῶν —A^r

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: ἐν ἄλλῳ

Or. 327.16 (327–328) (vet exeg) οἵων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς: ¹πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπέτεινε τὸν λόγον· ²οἵων πραγμάτων ὁ τάλας ἐπιθυμήσας· ³λέγει δὲ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ κατὰ τῆς μητρός· ⁴οἴχῃ καὶ διέφθαρσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος δεξάμενος τὴν μαντείαν ἣν ὁ Φοῖβος ἔλακεν. —MBCPr, app. H

TRANSLATION: (The chorus) turned its speech to address him (Orestes): ‘Having longed for what sort of things, poor man’. (The chorus) is speaking of the murder directed at his mother: ‘You are gone and have been destroyed, having received from the tripod the oracle that Phoebus cried forth’.

LEMMA: BPr, ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις C REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ὤχη M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,16–18; Dind. II.108,22–109,2

Or. 327.17 (pllgn paraphr) δι’ οἵων κακῶν δηλονότι ἔρρεις ἑαυτὸν κτεῖναι —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,3

Or. 327.18 (rec exeg) ⟨οἵων⟩: πραγμάτων, φόνου τῆς μητρός —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 327.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ⟩: ὦ —Ab

Or. 327.27 (tri metr) ⟨τάλας⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52

Or. 328.01 (vet exeg) ὀρεχθεὶς: ἐπιθυμήσας· ἐκτείνεται γὰρ τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ ἐπιθυμῶν. —M^aM^bC^aC^bV

TRANSLATION: (‘Having reached for’ here means) ‘having longed for’. (This word is suitable) because the one who desires stretches forth his thought.

LEMMA: C^bV REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: s.l. M^b, appended to sch. 332.01 C^b

APP. CRIT.: ἐκτείνονται … οἱ ἐπιθυμοῦντες M^aV | ὁ ἐπιθυμ. τὴν διάνοιαν transp. C^a

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπιθυμὼν C^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,14–15; Dind. II.108,19–20

Or. 328.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἐπιθυμήσας· ὁ γὰρ ἐπιθυμῶν ἐντείνεται †ὥσπερ† τὴν διάνοιαν πρὸς τὸ ποθούμενον. —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Having reached for’ here means) ‘having longed for’. (This word is suitable) because the one who desires, as it were, stretches forth his thought toward the thing longed for.

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps transpose ὥσπερ ἐντείνεται τὴν διάνοιαν or ὥσπερ πρὸς τὸ ποθ.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,14–15; Dind. II.108,19–20 app.

Or. 328.05a (rec exeg) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: γρ. ἔρρῃ. —R

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 328.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: ¹τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ παθητικοῦ· ²τὸ γὰρ ἔρρω καὶ ἡ ἐνέργεια πάθος ση(μαίνει), ὡς καὶ τὸ χαίρομαι τὸ παθητικὸν χαρὰν ση(μαίνει). οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν πάθος ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 8.164] ‘ἔρρε, κακὴ γλήνη’. —Y²

TRANSLATION: The active voice used with a passive sense. For with the verb ‘errō’ even the activity indicates passivity, just as also in the case of ‘chairomai’, the passive indicates delight. Thus too here the passive form indicates passivity, as in (the Homeric phrase) ‘off with you, poor sissy’.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 328.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: ¹ἔρρω τὸ φθείρω πρωτότυπον. ὁ μέλλων ἐρρήσω. ²οὐ γὰρ ἐστὶν ὁ μέλλων ἐρῶ δι’ ἑνὸς ρ̅ ἵνα μὴ συνεμπέσῃ τὸ ἐρῶ καὶ λέξω. ³ὅπου μαρτυρεῖ καὶ ὁ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Eq. 4]· ‘ἀφ’ οὗ γὰρ εἰσηρρησεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν’. —Y²

TRANSLATION: ‘Errō’ meaning ‘I ruin’ is the base form. The future is ‘errēsō’. For the future is not ‘erō’ written with one rho, in order that the form not coincide with ‘erō’ meaning ‘I will say’. Since Aristophanes too gives evidence: ‘because ever since he made his damned way (‘eisērrēsen’) into the house’.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aristophanes

Or. 329.01 (329–330) (rec paraphr) δεξάμενος σὺ τὴν μαντείαν ἣν Ἀπόλλων ἐλάλει ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος εἰς τὴν γῆν —R^a

Or. 329.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδος ἄπο φάτιν⟩: καὶ τὴν γενομένην ἀπὸ τοῦ ναοῦ —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὴν γεν. om. AbMlMn

Or. 329.03 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδος ἄπο φάτιν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ μαντ(είου) τοῦ ὄντος που —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 329.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδος ἀπόφασιν⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς μαντείας —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 329.08 (vet exeg) ἀπόφατιν: ἀπόφασιν πρόσταξιν —BOVC

TRANSLATION: (Meaning) declaration, command.

LEMMA: C POSITION: intermarg. B, cont. from 328.02, add. δὲ; s.l. OV

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ prep. C | πρόσταξιν ἀπόφασιν transp. B, πρόσταξιν om. O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,19; Dind. II.109,5

Or. 329.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: διὰ τὴν ἀπόφασιν. πρόσταξιν τὴν κακήν —V³

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: formed by adding words to V gloss 329.08

Or. 329.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: γρ. ἀπόφασιν καὶ ἀπόφατιν. —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 329.13a (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: ἀπόφασιν. τὸ σ̅ εἰς τ̅ τρέπουσι. —C²

POSITION: first word s.l., rest in marg.

Or. 329.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄπο φάτιν⟩: γρ. ἀπόφασιν. —R

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 329.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο, φάτην⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἀπόφατιν. —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 329.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφασιν⟩: γράφεται ἄπο φάτιν. —Zm

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 329.20 (rec metr) ⟨ἃν⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 329.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἃν⟩: Δωρικὸν —B^3d

POSITION: marg.

Or. 329.23a (pllgn gram) ⟨ἃν⟩: ¹ἃν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥντινα, καὶ ἔστι αἰτιατικὴ, ὑποτακτικὸν δὲ διότι καὶ πνεῦμα καὶ τόνον ἐδέξατο. ²τὸ ἄν, ἂν ψιλοῦται, δηλοῖ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐὰν, καὶ ἔστι σύνδεσμος. ³τὸ δὲ ἃν ἄρθρον αἰτιατικῆς τῶν ἑνικῶν ὑποτακτικὸν ὢν δασύνεται καὶ βαρύνεται. ⁴ὀφείλει δὲ εἶναι ἣν, ἀλλ’ οἱ Δωριεῖς τὸ η̅ εἰς α̅ τρέπουσιν. —C²

TRANSLATION: ‘Han’ is used for ‘hēntina’ (‘which’), and it is accusative case, and a relative (pronoun) because it has received a (rough) breathing and accent. ‘An’, if it has a smooth breathing, means ‘ean’ (‘if’), and it is a conjunction. But ‘han’, being a relative pronoun in the accusative singulae, is spelled with a (rough) breathing and grave accent. It ought to be ‘hēn’, but the Dorians turn eta into alpha.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐνικῶν C² | 4 δωριοῖς C²

Or. 330.12 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατ’ ἐκεῖνο τὸ πέδον —BOC

TRANSLATION: In that land.

POSITION: s.l. O, marg. B; cont. from 329.08 (with no punct.) BC

APP. CRIT.: πεδίον O, δάπεδον C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,20

Or. 330.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: ἀνὰ πλατὺ πέδον —V

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐκεῖνον (sic) add. V³

Or. 330.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν τόπον ἤγουν τὸ οἴκημα —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 330.15 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατὰ τὴν γῆν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcAa²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,6–7

Or. 330.16 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος οἴκημα τὸ καλούμενον Δελφούς —ZZlZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: That is, at the dwelling of Apollo called Delphi.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. T | εἰς om. GuOx² | τοῦ om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,7–8

Or. 330.23 (tri metr) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52

COMMENT: Triclinius wrongly adjusts the length of the alpha to suit his scheme. He apparently treated the alpha as short in the trimeter Or. 1645 (no mark) as well as in Andr. 117, Ion 121, and IA 756 (all in L).

Or. 331.01 (vet exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται: ¹ὀμφαλὸς κέκληται ἡ Πυθὼ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χρηστηριαζομένας. ²ἢ παρὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἰκουμένης τὴν Πυθώ. ³λέγεται γὰρ τὸν Δία μαθεῖν βουλόμενον τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς δύο ἀετοὺς ἰσοταχεῖς ἀφεῖναι, τὸν μὲν ἀπὸ δύσεως, τὸν δὲ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς, ⁴καὶ ἐκεῖσε αὐτοὺς ἀπαντῆσαι, ὅθεν ὀμφαλὸς ἐκλήθη. ⁵ἀνακεῖσθαί τε χρυσοῦς ἀετούς φασι τῶν μυθευομένων ἀετῶν ὑπομνήματα. —(H)MBOCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Pytho is called ‘navel’ (‘omphalos’) by derivation from the prophetic utterances (‘omphai’) given as oracles by the god. Or because Pytho is in the middle of the inhabited world. For it is said that when Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth he released two equally swift eagles, one from the west and one from the east, and they met at that place, wherefore it was called navel. And they say that golden eagles have been set up as dedications memorializing the eagles told of in the mythical story.

LEMMA: MC(prep. ἄλλως), μεσόμφαλοι Rw; label ἱστορία in marg. Pr REF. SYMBOL: H POSITION: follows 322.02 in M, follows next in C; follows sch. 327.16 (with punct.), add. δὲ, B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πυθῶα (sic) M | 2 πυθῶ M | 5 χρυσοὺς Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,1–7; Dind. II.109,9–15

COMMENT: The addition of λέγειν after χρηστηριαζομένας provides the infinitive expected with παρὰ τὸ and could conceivably be meant to provide the lambda that a full etymology would want to account for. But it likely to be secondary, that is, a correction in the B-tradition after the accidental intrusion of τὸ. | Valckenaer’s emendation is to be found in Theocriti decem Idyllia … cum notis edidit eiusdemque Adoniazusas uberioribus adnotationibus instruxit L. C. Valckenaer (Leiden 1773) 402–403, where he reports an excerpt from this scholion with the reading ἀπομνήματα (found in Barnes’ edition, although Arsenius correctly printed ὑπομνήματα).

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 331.02 (vet exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται μυχοί: ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαιτάτη ἐστὶ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου. ἢ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων. ἢ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς καὶ τὰς φήμας. —BC

TRANSLATION: (‘Mesomphalos’, ‘in the midmost navel’ is used) because Delos is at the very middle of the entire world. Or (in the middle of) the Cycladic islands. Or (‘mesomphalos’) is derived from the oracular voices and pronouncements.

LEMMA: C; ἄλλως in marg. B POSITION: precedes prev. in C

APP. CRIT.: παρὰ τὸ τὰς C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,21–23; Dind. II.109,15–17

COMMENT: Outside the scholia on this play, there is no other extant claim that Delos is at the midpoint of the world, and the most likely explanation of the origin of the note is that in a short note stating that Delphi was at the center of the world the proper name was corrupted to Delos by some combination of visual similarity and mental association. (Proper names of mythological persons, gods, and places are sometimes accidentally substituted for one another both by ancient scribes and by modern scholars.) Once this error occurred, someone added the more traditional doctrine that Delos is in the middle of the Cyclades, found in Sch. Hom. Od. 5.123c1 Pontani, Sch. Callimach. Hymn. 4.325a, and elsewhere. The idea of Delos as a midpoint in a different sense is found once in Galen, when he names it as a temperate midpoint between hot Africa and cold Scythia: in Hipp. prognost. comm. iii, 18b:314,5–8 Kühn Λιβύηϲ μὲν γὰρ ὡϲ θερμῆϲ, Ϲκυθίαϲ δ’ ὡϲ ψυχρᾶϲ, Δήλου δ’ ὡϲ εὐκράτου καὶ μέϲηϲ ἀμφοῖν, ἕνεκα παραδείγματοϲ ἐμνημόνευϲεν.

Or. 331.03 (rec exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται: ¹ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαίτατον ἐστὶ παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων. ²ἢ ὀμφαλὸν τὴν Πυθὼ λέγει. ³λέγεται γὰρ τὸν Δία μαθεῖν βουλόμενον τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς δύο ἀετοὺς ἀφεῖναι ἰσοταχεῖς, τὸν μὲν ἀπὸ δύσεως, τὸν δὲ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς, ⁴καὶ ἐκεῖσε αὐτοὺς ἀπαντῆσαι. ⁵ὀμφαλὸς δὲ κέκληται ἡ Πυθὼ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς τὰς ὑπὸ θεοῦ χρηστηριαζομένας. —VMlMnR^bSSa, partial R^a

TRANSLATION: (‘Mesomphalos’, ‘in the midmost navel’ is used) because Delos is at the very middle of the entire world and of the Cycladic islands. Or by ‘omphalos’ he means Pytho. For it is said that when Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth he released two equally swift eagles, one from the west and one from the east, and they met there. Pytho is called navel by derivation from the prophetic utterances (‘omphai’) given as oracles by the god.

LEMMA: V, ἵνα μεσόφαλοι (sic) R^b, μεσόμφαλοι MlMnS REF. SYMBOL: VMlSa

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 πυθῶ Ml, a.c. Mn | 3 δύο] διὸ Ml | 4 ἐκῆσαι Ml | 5 πυθῶ MlR^a | χρηστηριζομένας Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,9 app.

Or. 331.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαίτατον ἐστὶ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου, ἢ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων. ²ἢ παρὰ ⟨τὸ⟩ τὰς ὀμφὰς καὶ τὰς φήμας ἅλλεσθαι. —Pr

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἢ] ἡ Pr

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 331.05 (thom exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι: ¹βουλόμενος ὁ Ζεὺς τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς μαθεῖν δύο ἀετοὺς ἰσοπετεῖς εἰληφὼς ἀφῆκε, τὸν μὲν ἐξ ἀνατολῆς, τὸν δὲ ἐκ δυσμῶν. ²συνηντήθησαν οὖν εἰς Δελφούς, ἔνθα τὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐστὶ μαντεῖον. ³ὅθεν καὶ εἰς τοῦτο κατασκευάσαντες χρυσοῦς ἀετοὺς δύο ἀνέθεσαν ἐκεῖ εἰς ὑπόμνημα τῶν πρόσθεν ἀετῶν. —ZZaZlZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: When Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth, he took two eagles that flew at the same pace and released them, one from the east, the other from the west. The came together, then, at Delphi, where the oracle of Apollo is. Therefore also in response to this, having procured two golden eagles, they dedicated them there as a remembrance of the earlier eagles.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZmGu

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἰσοταχεῖς T

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 αἰετοὺς ZGu | ἀφῆκεν Zm | 2 συνητήθησαν Ox² | 3 αἰετῶν Z, αὐτῶν Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109, app. at 12

Or. 331.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: οἱ μέσοι τόποι τῆς γῆς —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 331.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: τόποι τῆς γῆς οἱ μεσόμφαλοι —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 331.12 (thom paraphr) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: οἱ μέσοι ὀμφαλοί —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 331.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: ὅπου, γίνωσκε, ὁ Παρνασσὸς τυγχάνει ἐν τῇ Πυθίᾳ. —F

POSITION: marg.

Or. 331.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: παρὰ τὸ (?)ὀμφαλὸν(?) εἶναι ἐν μέσῳ —V³

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: mostly erased

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 331.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: βʹ ὁ (?)Δῆλος(?) ὀμφ(ά)λη(?) / ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐλέγοντο. —B^3a

POSITION: marg. beside 323–324

COMMENT: The reading is extremely uncertain, and the note seems incomplete, but the possibility that Delos and ‘omphal‑’ are mentioned suggests the note belongs here. The words have no discernible relevance to 323–324.

Or. 331.26 (tri metr) ⟨μυχοὶ⟩: περισσὸν ἦν τὸ γᾶς· ἤγουν μυχοὶ γᾶς. διὸ καὶ ἐξεβλήθη παρ’ ἐμοῦ. ἀρκεῖ γὰρ τὸ δάπεδον. —T

TRANSLATION: The word ‘gās’ was superfluous (scil. in the reading ‘muchoi gās’ found in the manuscripts). (‘Hollows’ by itself) means ‘hollows of the earth’. Therefore the word has been removed from the text by me. For the word ‘ground/land’ (330 ‘dapedon’) is sufficient (to indicate the meaning).

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,20–21; de Fav. 52

KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by | περισσός/περιττός

Or. 331.30 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52

Or. 332.01 (vet exeg) ἰὼ Ζεῦ: πρὸς τὰ ἄνω τοῦτο σχετλιαστικῶς μετὰ ἤθους ἀναπεφώνηται. —MCPr

TRANSLATION: In reaction to the preceding words, this is exclaimed complainingly with controlled emotion.

LEMMA: MC REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. Pr; after (out-of-order) sch. 335.19 M

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἄνω printed by Dind. (and Schw.) without note | τοῦτο om. M, transp. before πρὸς Pr | σχετλιαστικὸν MC | μετὰ] μέτρον Pr | at end add. ἰὼ ζεῦ μόχθων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρει Pr, cont. with sch. 328.01 MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,8–9; Dind. II.110,4–5

COMMENT: See on 136.02.

KEYWORDS: μετὰ ἤθους | ἀναφώνησις/ἀναφωνέω

Or. 332.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἰὼ Ζεῦ⟩: τοῦτο κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀναπεφώνηται. —HO

TRANSLATION: This is exclaimed on its own.

POSITION: intermarg. H

KEYWORDS: ἀναφώνησις/ἀναφωνέω

Or. 332.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰὼ Ζεῦ⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὁ λόγος. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 332.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ζεῦ⟩: ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῇ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (The invocation of Zeus is spoken) apotropaically.

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from prev. X, from 332.06 T

APP. CRIT.: φεῦ prep. X | ἀποτροπῆς Xo, ἀποτροπ()῀ T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.110,6

COMMENT: The usual construction in describing exclamations is ἐπὶ + gen., as in the more common ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως, and the gen. is found here in Xo and in Sch. rec. Arist. Nub. 1372c alpha Koster ὥσπερ ἐστὶ τὸ ‘ὦ Ἄπολλον’ ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῆς, οὕτω καὶ τὸ ‘ὦ ἀλεξίκακε’· τὸ δὲ ‘ὦ Ἡράκλεις’ ἐπὶ θαυμασμοῦ λαμβάνεται. On the other hand, ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῇ + objective gen. is quite common in various authors, and that usage may have influenced the choice of dative, if that was Moschopulus’s choice.

Or. 333.01 (vet exeg) τίς ἔλεος: ¹εἰς τὸ τίς ἔλεος στιγμὴν δεδωκότες λείπειν τῷ λόγῳ φήσομεν τὸ γενήσεται καὶ τὸ ἄλλο τίς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς, ²ἵν’ ᾖ ὁ νοῦς οὕτως· τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται, ἀντὶ τοῦ τίς ἐλεήσει σε, Ὀρέστα; —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Having placed punctuation at ‘what pity’ we shall say that the verb ‘will come about’ is missing in the phrase and that the second ‘what’ is to be understood as ‘none’, so that the sense is as follows: ‘what pity will come about?’ meaning ‘who will have pity on you, Orestes?’

REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: follows 327.16 in M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,11–13; Dind. II.110,7–10

COMMENT: Taking the second τίς as equivalent to ‘no one’ implies punctuation after the second τίς. The many mss I have checked have punctuation and/or extra space after ἔλεος, but none after the second τίς, except F (where it appears to be by the text hand) and V, where is it clearly added by corrector V². Cf. the glosses with οὐδείς, 333.10, 333.18, as well as 333.05, which says correctly that the answer to the rhetorical question τίς ἔλεος must be supplied mentally (ἔξωθεν). The present note would make good sense if ἄλλο were deleted with Matthiae so that the remark applied to the first τίς, but ἄλλο appears to be confirmed by δεύτερον in 333.28 and the suprelinear note 333.29 (although these could of course have been derived from the discursive note after it was corrupted).

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 333.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: στιγμή —H⁴

POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 333.03 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ¹τίς ἄρα, φησὶ, τοῦτον ἐλεήσει, ²τίς δὲ ὁ κίνδυνος οὗτος καὶ ἡ μανιώδης νόσος ἐπέρχεται ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον, ταχύνων σε καὶ ἐξεγείρων. ³τουτέστιν· ἆρα δαίμων τις ἐπιπέμπει τούτῳ τὰς Ἐρινύας; —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Who, then, (the chorus) says, will pity this man? And what danger is this and what insanity-like sickness that comes upon you, wretched man, speeding you and arousing you? That is, is some divinity sending the Erinyes against this man?

LEMMA: MC, in marg. B POSITION: cont. from 333.01 PrRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἄρα] ἆρα M | 3 ἆρα] ἄρα C | ἐριννύας PrRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,14–16; Dind. II.110,10–13

Or. 333.04 (rec paraphr) τίς ἔλεος: λείπει τὸ γενήσεται ἵν’ ἦ ὁ νοῦς· τίς ἐλεήσει σε, Ὀρέστα, τίς δὲ ὁ κίνδυνος οὗτος καὶ ἡ μανιώδης νόσος ἐπέρχεται ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον, ταχύνων καὶ ἐξεγείρων. —V

TRANSLATION: The verb ‘will come about’ is to be understood so that the sense is: Who will pity you, Orestes, and what danger, that is, insanity-like sickness, is this that comes upon you, wretched man, speeding and arousing (you)?

LEMMA: ἰὼ ζεῦ τίς ἔλεος V REF. SYMBOL: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,11–6 app.; Dind. II.110,7 app.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 333.05 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: ¹τίς ἐλεήσει αὐτόν· ²ἔξωθεν ἀκουσόμεθα τὸ οὐδείς. ³διὰ τί; οὗτος γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ κίνδυνος, ὁ ἐκ τῶν Ἐρινύων, ἐπέρχεται φόνιος, μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον. —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Who will pity him? We will supply from outside (the answer) ‘no one’. Why (will no one pity him)? Because this danger, the one from the Erinyes, is coming upon him in bloody fashion, carried along with strong impulse against you, wretched man.

LEMMA: M, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως C, ἢ ἄλλως PrRw(ἄλλος), ἄλλως in marg. B POSITION: cont. from 333.03 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐριννύων Pr | μεθορμῆς MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,17–19; Dind. II.110,13–15

COMMENT: See on 333.01.

Or. 333.06 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ¹τίς ἔλεός ἐστι τούτῳ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, τίς, ὦ Ζεῦ, ²ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλεταί τις ἀλάστωρ, πορεύων εἰς δόμους, ἀντὶ τοῦ περιέλκων αὐτὸν τῇ μανίᾳ καὶ ἀναβακχεύων κατὰ τὸν οἶκον, ³ὅστις, ὁ ἀλάστωρ, ἐγείρει τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός. —MBVCPr^aPr^b

TRANSLATION: What pity is there for this Orestes, what pity, o Zeus, (for this one) for whom some avenging demon (‘alastōr’) adds tears upon tears, making (him) enter the house, meaning dragging him around in madness and making him revel thoughout the house; who, the avenging demon, arouses the blood of his mother.

LEMMA: VCPr^a, in marg. MB POSITION: follows 335.01 M, follows 335.19 V; Pr^b version follows Pr^b version of 338.10

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐστὶν M | 2 ᾧ] ὦ C | συμβάλεται C | ἀλλάστωρ M | 3 ἀλλάστωρ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,20–23; Dind. II.110,16–111,2

Or. 333.07 (rec paraphr) ἢ ᾧτινι σοι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πορεύων ἤτοι φέρων εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς δόμους τοῦ ᾍδου τὴν σὴν μητέρα ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα συμμίγει. ἢ οὕτως· ἐν ᾧτινι τῷ φόβῳ καὶ τῷ κινδύνῳ καὶ τῇ μανιώδει νόσῳ δάκρυα ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσιν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: Or, for whom, that is, for you, Orestes, (the struggle) conveying or bringing your mother into the house of the avenging demons, meaning into the house of Hades, mixes tears upon tears. Or this way: in which, (namely) the fear and danger and insane sickness, (the struggle mixes) tears upon tears.

POSITION: cont. from Pr^b version of 333.06

Or. 333.08 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τίς ἔλεός ἐστι τούτῳ, ᾧ δάκρυα ἐπιβάλλει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων δαιμόνων, τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρὸς πορεύεσθαι καὶ διατρέχειν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ποιοῦν; ²τινὲς δὲ ἤκουσαν εἰς ἀλαστόρων δόμον ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς Ἅιδου, εἰς τὸν οἶκον τῶν ἀλαστόρων· ³καὶ τίς δὲ ἡ νόσος πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ποιοῦσα εἰς Ἅιδου; ⁴ἡ δὲ περικοπή· οἵων μόχθων ἐπιθυμήσας, ὦ τάλας, διέφθαρσαι, δεξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος τὴν μαντείαν, ἣν ὁ Ἀπόλλων εἶπε κατὰ τοὺς Δελφοὺς, ἔνθα γῆς ὀμφαλὸς λέγεται. ⁵τίς ἐλεήσει αὐτὸν, ὦ Ζεῦ; ⁶τί; οὗτος γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ ἀγὼν ἐκ τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐπέρχεται διὰ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον, μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον. ⁷μετέβαλε δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγου εἰς τὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. —BC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION: What pity is there for this man, upon whom one of the alastor-demons imposes tears, the blood of his mother causing him to go and to run throughout the house? Some have understood (that the phrasing is) to the house of the alastors, meaning to Hades, to the dwelling of the alastors. And what is the sickness causing him to go to Hades? And the passage as a whole runs: having set your heart on what toils, o wretched man, you have been ruined, after receiving the oracle from the tripod, which Apollo spoke in Delphi, where the navel of the earth is said to be. Who will pity him, o Zeus? Why (do I ask this)? Because this struggle comes upon him from the Erinyes because of the murder of his mother, carried along with strong impulse against you, wretched man. The chorus shifted from speaking about him to speaking to him.

LEMMA: BC

APP. CRIT. 2: 6 μεθορμῆς C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.133,1–11; Dind. II.111, 3–13

Or. 333.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: τίς ἐλεήσει τοῦτον; —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 333.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται, ὦ Ὀρέστα, τίς, ἤγουν οὐδεὶς. —F

POSITION: marg.

Or. 333.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: τίς ἐλεήσει σε; —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 333.12 (mosch exeg) τίς ἔλεος: ἀντὶ τοῦ πόθεν ἂν γένοιτο ἔλεος; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcAa²

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: from where might pity come?

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | ἂν γέν. ἔλεος om. Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,17–18

Or. 333.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: ὑπάρξει ἐν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 333.14 (thom paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: ἔσται σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,17

Or. 333.15 (vet exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: λείπει τὸ γενήσεται. —H

TRANSLATION: (The verb phrase) ‘will there be’ is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 333.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς —Pr

POSITION: below the word, because space above full

Or. 333.21 (333–338) (vet paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν ⟨φόνιος⟩ ἔρχεται ἕως τοῦ ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ⟨ὅ σ’⟩ ἀναβακχεύει: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς τίς φόνιος οὗτος ἀγὼν, ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ὅ σε ἀναβακχεύει, ἔρχεται θοάζων σὲ τὸν μέλεον, ²ᾧτινι, τῷ ἀγῶνι, δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων μαίνεσθαί σε ποιῶν κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους. —MCMlMnR^aR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: The run of the sense (is): What (is) this bloody struggle, the blood of your mother that makes you revel, (that) comes agitating you, the wretched one? For/In/With which, that is, the struggle, one of the alastors mixes tears with tears, causing you to rave in madness throughout the house.

LEMMA: M(om. τίς)C(ὃ δ’), τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν ἕως τοῦ ὃς ἀναβακχεύει Ml(ὁ δὲ, ὁς ἀνα-)MnR^aR^b(‑εύειν)S(ὃς ναβακ‑)Sa, τίς εἰς δόμους Rw REF. SYMBOL: R^aR^bSa POSITION: intermarg. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.133,12–16; Dind. II.111, app. at 7

Or. 333.22 (rec paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν φόνιος ἔρχεται ἕως τοῦ ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς: ¹τίς οὗτός σε φόνιος ἀγὼν ἔρχεται θοάζων μέλεον, ²ᾧτινι, τῷ ἀγῶνι, δάκρυα δάκρυσι συνεισάγει ⟨τις⟩ τῶν ἀλαστόρων, ³ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς, ὃς ἀναβακχεύει καὶ ἀνακινεῖ πορεύων καὶ μαίνεσθαί ⟨σε ποιῶν⟩ κατὰ τοὺς δόμους. —VC

TRANSLATION: What is this bloody struggle that comes agitating you, wretched one, to which, namely the struggle, one of the alastors contributes tears upon tears, the blood of your mother, (the alastor, or the struggle) which makes you revel and stirs you to motion, conveying (you) and making you go mad throughout the house?

LEMMA: V (but punct. and rubr. as if note begins with ἔως), ἄλλως C REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT. 2: οὗτος σε C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.133,12–16 app.; Dind. II.110, app. at 7

Or. 333.23 (338–338) (mosch paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγών: ¹τίς ὅδε ὁ κίνδυνος φόνιος ἔρχεται παροξύνων σε τὸν μέλεον, ²ᾧτινι ἤγουν σοὶ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συνάπτει τις ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ³πορεύων εἰς τοὺς δόμους τὸ αἷμα ἤγουν τὸν φόνον τῆς σῆς μητρός, ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: What is this murderous danger that comes sharply urging you on, wretched man, for whom, that is, for you, one among the hostile (spirits) joins tears to tears, conveying into the house the blood, that is, the murder of your mother, which makes you revel in madness?

LEMMA: G

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τίς all except τὶς G | 3 σ’] σε T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,13–16

Or. 333.25 (rec paraphr) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ποία αὕτη ἡ ἀνάγκη καὶ ἡ βία καὶ ὁ κίνδυνος καὶ ὁ φόνος —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 333.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 333.28 (vet exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: τὸ δεύτερον τίς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς. —M

TRANSLATION: The second ‘tis’ (‘which?’) conveys the sense of ‘none’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,10

COMMENT: For this note and the next two, see above on 333.01.

Or. 333.29 (vet exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: ἢ οὐδείς —HOCSa

TRANSLATION: Or (to put it in other words) ‘none’.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: ἢ] ἀντὶ τοῦ CSa, om. O

Or. 333.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: οὐδεὶς· ἢ οὕτως· τίς τοῦτ’ ἐλεήσει; —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 333.32 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ἡ καταλαμβάνουσά σε μανία —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘This struggle’ here refers to) the madness that possesses you.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,18–19

Or. 333.34 (333–335) (rec paraphr) φόνιος ἔρχεται: ὁ κίνδυνος ὁ ἐκ τῶν Ἐριννύων ἔρχεται φόνιος μεθ’ ὁρμῆς ἐπιφερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν ἄθλιον. —Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐρριννύων Rf

Or. 333.35 (333–334) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀγὼν φόνιος ἔρχεται⟩: ἐπέρχεται κίνδυνος καὶ φόνος —MB

TRANSLATION: Danger and killing approach.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: φόβος M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,20–21

Or. 333.39 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: ἤγουν ἡ μανιώδης νόσος —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: μανιοδὴς Zu

Or. 335.01 (vet exeg) θοάζων: ¹ἐπιδιώκων ταχύνων διεγείρων ἐκμαίνων. ²[Eur. TrGF fr. 145.2 Kannicht] ‘κῆτος θοάζον’ Ἀνδρομέδᾳ. —M^aC^aB, partial M^bC^bRw

TRANSLATION: Pursuing, hastening along, agitating, driving mad. ‘Sea-monster speeding along’ in Andromeda.

LEMMA: Rw POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. M^bC^b, cont. from 333.05, add. δὲ, M^bC^b

APP. CRIT.: 2 κῆτος κτλ om. M^bC^bRw | θοάζον Plut. de aud. poetis 6 (Mor. 22E), θοάζων M^aBC^a

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀνδρομέδ() M^aB (‑μέδᾳ printed by Dindorf), ἀνδρομέδη C^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.133,17–18; Dind. II.111,22–23

COMMENT: The Andromeda passage contains an intransitive use, according to Plutarch (κινεῖσθαι), and that is certain if line 1 of Eur. fr. 145 (ὁρῶ δὲ πρὸς τὰ παρθένου θοινάματα / κῆτος θοάζον ἐξ Ἀτλαντικῆς ἁλός) is correctly joined to line 2 (as Fritzsche first proposed). The reading θοάζων within the isolated line provides the typical commentator’s support for the transitive or causative sense offered by the four gloss-words. Perhaps the line was cited in a commentary that offered transitive and intransitive examples from more than one text, and when the note was shortened at a later stage to include only the Andromeda example (because from Eur. himself?), someone felt the need to change θοάζον to θοάζων to make the example work.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Andromeda

Or. 335.04 (rec exeg) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ἤτοι τὸν Ὀρέστην διεγείρων διώκων —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 335.19 (335–338) (vet exeg) ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι: ¹συνάγει καὶ συμμίσγει ἐπάλληλα δάκρυα. ²Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 4.453]· ‘συμβάλλετον ὄβριμον ὕδωρ’. ³ἢ συνάπτει, ἵνα ᾖ ἡ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν συμβαλλόντων τοῖς σχοινίοις ἕτερα καὶ ἐπιμηκέστερα ποιούντων, ⁴οἷον· ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσι συνάπτει δάκρυα. ⁵Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Pac. 36–37]· ‘ὥσπερ οἱ σχοινία / συμβάλλοντες εἰς τὰς ὁλκάδας’. —MBCPr, partial HVRw

TRANSLATION: He brings together and mixes together tears in close succession. Homer: ‘the two (torrents) combine their mighty streams of water’. Or (the meaning is) ‘ties together’, so that the metaphor is from those who combine other things with ropes and make the things greater in length, as if to say ‘he joins tears to the tears’. Aristophanes: ‘just like those who plait ropes for towed barges’.

LEMMA: MC(δάκρυσιν)Rw, ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλει B(δά() δάκρυ())Pr, ᾧ δάκρυσιν V REF. SYMBOL: HBV POSITION: between sch. 331.01 and 332.01 M; follows next C

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 συμμίγει Pr | 2 συμβάλετον MC | 3 ἵν’ Pr | συμβαλόντων MC | 5 ὀλκάδας Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.133,19–23; Dind. II.111,25–112,3

COMMENT: The quotation is inexact; for σχοινία Arist. has τὰ σχοινία / τὰ παχέα.

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς | citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aristophanes

Or. 335.20 (335–338) (vet paraphr) ᾧ δάκρυα: ᾧ, τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, δάκρυα δαίμων τις κακὸς ἀλλεπάλληλα συνάπτει, δίκην τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ εἰσπραττόμενος. —MCRw, partial H

TRANSLATION: For whom, namely Orestes, some evil demon joins together tears in close succession, exacting punishment for the bloodshed of his mother.

LEMMA: M(ὦ)C; ἄλλως Rw POSITION: intermarg. MH; precedes prev. in C; follows 333.21 Rw

APP. CRIT.: ᾧ, τῷ] ᾥτινι HRw | κακὸς om. H | δίκην κτλ om. H | τοῦ δὲ αἵματος Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: ὦ M | ἀλλ’ ἐπάλληλα MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,1–2

COLLATION NOTES: Daitz gives the last words in H as συν⟨άπτ⟩ε⟨ι δίκην⟩, but there does not seem to be enough space in the intermarg. corner for δίκην (also the truncated scholion would be misconceived, since δίκην goes with εἰσπραττόμενος). Check new images of H when available.

Or. 335.21 (335–338) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ᾧ δάκρυα⟩: τίς τῶν ἀλαστόρων περιέλκων σε καὶ τῷ μανιώδει νόσῳ ἀναβακχεύων κατὰ τὸν οἶκον διὰ τὸν φόνιον ἀγῶνα τῆς μητρὸς μαίνεσθαι σε ποιεῖ τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα συνάπτων. —V³

TRANSLATION: Which one of the alastors, dragging you around and with the insanity-like sickness making you revel throughout the house, because of the bloody struggle of your mother makes you be insane, joining tears to tears?

REF. SYMBOL: V³ POSITION: marg.

Or. 335.22 (335–338) (tri metr) ὃ δάκρυα: ¹ὃ γράφε ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅστις καὶ δόμον μὴ δόμους, λέγων οὕτως· ²ὃ καὶ ὅστις ὁ ἀγὼν δηλονότι ὁ φόνιος συμβάλλει καὶ συνάπτει τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα. ³ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐποίει ταῦτα ὁ ἀγών, ἀλλά τις τῶν θεῶν, ἐπήγαγε, ⁴τις λέγω τῶν ἀλαστόρων καὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν πορεύων καὶ ἐπιφέρων εἰς τὸν δόμον τὸ αἷμα τῆς σῆς μητρὸς ὅπερ σε ποιεῖ μαίνεσθαι. ⁵οἱ δὲ γράφοντες τὸ ω μέγα διὰ τὸ συμβάλλει ἀγνοοῦσι τὰ μέτρα. —T

TRANSLATION: Write here ‘ho’ meaning ‘hostis’ (masculine relative pronoun) and ‘domon’ not ‘domous’, explaining it thus: which, that is, which contest, obviously, the bloody one, brings together and joins together tears with tears. But since the contest was not doing these things, but rather one of the gods, he continued with: one (I mean) of the alastors and the hostile (spirits) conveying and bringing into the house the blood of your mother, which makes you go mad. And those who write an omega (that is, ‘hō’ = ‘hōi’, dative relative pronoun) on account of ‘sumballei’ (which often takes a dative) do not understand the meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. (barely visible now; τρικλινίου in marg. Ta) POSITION: on next page T (lemma last line of its page)

APP. CRIT.: 2 first ὁ om. Ta

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 τίς T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.112,5–11; de Fav. 52

Or. 335.24 (rec exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τῷ ἀγῶνι δηλονότι ἢ ᾧτινι σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —VMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὥτινι prep. Sa | δηλονότι om. MnSSa | σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ om. S, σὺ τὼ μελέω Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: ὦ αγῶνι] ὦ αγών ἢ a.c. Mn

Or. 335.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τῷ ἀγῶνι ἢ τῷ μελέῳ σοί —Pr

POSITION: marg.

Or. 335.31 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: καὶ ᾧτινι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ ἤγουν σοὶ —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 335.32 (thom exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: σοὶ ἢ τῷ ἀγῶνι —ZZaZlZmGuOx²

TRANSLATION: (The masculine relative pronoun has as antecedent) ‘you’ or ‘the struggle’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,24

Or. 335.34 (tri exeg) ⟨ὃ⟩: ὅστις ἀγών —T

TRANSLATION: (The relative pronoun ‘ho’ is here masculine, meaning) ‘which struggle’ (with ‘which’ in its relative use).

LEMMA: ὃ in text T POSITION: s.l.

Or. 335.34a (335–336) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλει⟩: καὶ ἐπιτίθησι τοῖς δάκρυσι δάρκυα —C²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 337.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨πορεύων τις εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: πορευόμενος ἢ πορεύων τὸν Ὀρέστην ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνακινῶν κατὰ τοὺς δόμους καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιῶν —V

TRANSLATION: Conveying himself, or conveying Orestes, equivalent to making him move throughout the house and making him insane.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 337.12 (rec exeg) ⟨πορεύων⟩: καὶ πορευόμενος, τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ παθητικοῦ —S

TRANSLATION: That is, conveying himself; the active form used in place of the passive.

POSITION: below the line, last of page

APP. CRIT.: παθητικὸν … ἐνεργητικοῦ S

Or. 337.16 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἢ εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς δόμους τοῦ Ἅιδου τὴν σὴν μητέρα ἢ σέ, τὸν Ὀρέστην —V

TRANSLATION: Alternatively, (the syntax is) to the house of the alastors, meaning to the house of Hades, (carrying) your mother or you, Orestes.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,3–4

COMMENT: Schw. ignores or suppresses the initial ἢ and treats εἰς δ. ἀλ. as a lemma, but V does not rubricate the initial of ἀντὶ.

Or. 337.17 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: τινὲς δὲ ἤκουσαν εἰς ἀλαστόρων δόμον ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς Ἅιδου πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ποιεῖ εἰς τοὺς καταχθονίους. —V

TRANSLATION: Some have understood it as to the house of the alastors, meaning ‘makes him go to Hades to those below’.

POSITION: appended to sch. 333.06 V

APP. CRIT.: αὐτῶ V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.133, app. at 1–11

Or. 337.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: τιμωρητικῶν θεῶν —MlMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τιμωριτ‑ RMlMn

Or. 337.24 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: τιμωρητικῶν δαιμόνων —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Alastores’ are) punishing divinities.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τιμωρητικῶν ὀργάνων· δαιμόνων Za

Or. 337.29 (rec gram) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀλῶ τὸ πλανῶ —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 338.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: ἕνεκεν τοῦ αἵματος τῆς σῆς μητρὸς ὅπερ σε μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. —R

REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: marg.

Or. 338.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: ἕνεκεν τοῦ αἵματος —AbMlMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.134,13

Or. 338.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 338.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 338.10 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: ¹διχῶς στίζουσιν ΟΣ ἀναβακχεύει. ²ἀποδίδοται οὖν πρὸς μὲν τὴν πρώτην στιγμήν· ³τίς οὗτος φόνιος ἔρχεται ἀγὼν, ᾧ ἀγῶνι δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει καὶ συμβάλλει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων ⁴πορεύεσθαι ποιῶν τὸ αἷμα τῆς σῆς μητρὸς εἰς τοὺς οἴκους καὶ μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον, ⁵[ἢ] ὅ σε, τὸ αἷμα δηλονότι, ἀναβακχεύει καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. ⁶πρὸς δὲ τὴν δευτέραν στιγμὴν οὕτως· ⁷τίς οὗτος ἔρχεται φόνιος ἀγὼν, ⟨ᾧ, τῷ ἀγῶνι,⟩ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων, ⁸ὅς σε ἀναβακχεύει πορεύων καὶ περιέλκων ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς, ⁹ὅ ἐστιν· ἀνακινῶν τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός σου κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους καὶ μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον. —MBCPr^a, partial Pr^b

TRANSLATION: They punctuate/segment ‘os anabakcheuei’ in two different ways. Now then, it is rendered with the first segmentation (that is, ‘ho s’ ’, neuter relative pronoun with elided pronoun ‘se’): What bloody contest is this that comes, to which contest one of the alastors mixes in and adds tears to tears, causing the blood of your mother to move into the house and not permitting it to rest unavenged, which thing, the blood clearly, makes you revel and causes you to go mad? With the second segmentation (that is, ‘hos’, masculine relative pronoun without a pronoun), (it is rendered) as follows: What bloody contest is this that comes, for which, that is, the contest, one of the alastors mixes tears with tears, (one) who makes you revel, conveying (or: making dance?) and forcing around the blood of your mother, that is, causing the blood of your mother to move through the house and not allowing it to rest unavenged?

LEMMA: BPr^a(‑χεύσει), ὃς ἀναβακχεύει C, ὥς (or ὅς) ἀναβακχεύει app. M POSITION: between 340.02 and 341.01 C, between 351.01 and 333.06 Pr^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,5–14; Dind. II.112,17–26

KEYWORDS: punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν)

Or. 338.11 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: ¹τινὲς στίζουσιν ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει, ἵν’ ᾖ ὅπερ σε, τὸ αἷμα. ²γράφεται δὲ καὶ ὅς σε ἀναβακχεύει, ὁ ἀλάστωρ ⟨ὅς⟩ σε ἀνακινεῖ καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. —MCMlMnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Some punctuate/segment (with neuter relative pronoun and elided pronoun, ‘ho s’ ’) ‘which makes you revel’, so that the sense may be ‘which very thing … you’, (namely) the blood. But it is also written (as one word ‘hos’, masculine relative pronoun) ‘who makes you revel’, (namely) the alastor who agitates you and makes you go mad.

LEMMA: Mn, ὥς or ὅς ἀν. M, ὃς ἀν. CMlR^b, ὁς or ὅς ἀν. S, Sa faded and illegible REF. SYMBOL: MlR^b POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἵνα MnR^bSSa | 2 ἀλάστωρ written over ἵνα ἦ (repeated from prev. sentence) Mn | second σὲ Ml | ἀνακεινεῖ Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,15–17; Dind. II.112,14–17

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε | punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν)

Or. 338.12 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: τουτέστιν· ὅπερ, ⟨τὸ αἷμα⟩ τῆς μητρὸς, ἀναβακχεύει σε καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. ἢ ὅστις ἀλαστόρων ἀνακινεῖ τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός σου μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον. —B

TRANSLATION: That is, which thing (neuter relative pronoun), ⟨the blood⟩ of your mother, makes you revel and makes you insane. Or, which (masculine relative pronoun) of the alastors arouses the blood of your mother, not allowing it to rest unavenged.

POSITION: follows 333.08 with period, not scholion-ending punct.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,18–20; Dind. II.112,12–14

KEYWORDS: punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν)

Or. 338.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ὅπερ μαίνεσθαί σε ποιεῖ —AbMlMn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: σε] με Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: μένεσθαί Ml | ποιεῖ] πα()῀ Ml

Or. 338.14 (tri paraphr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ὅπερ σε ἐκμαίνει —T

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 338.15 (tri metr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀ(ναβακχεύει)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς —T

TRANSLATION: (The two short syllables ‘osa’ are) in place of a single (long syllable).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52

COMMENT: The note is above the first two syllables. This does not agree with the description of the colon in 316.01, which indicates that at some point Triclinius read ὅς σ’ ἀνα- and treated ανα as the resolution. See on 316.01.

Or. 338.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅ⟩: ἢ ὃ καὶ ὅπερ τὸ αἷμα —SSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἢ ὃ om. S | ὅπερ τὸ αἷμα] ὕπερ τίνα S

Or. 338.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅ⟩: ἤγουν τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρὸς —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 338.20 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ κινεῖ, μαίνεσθαι κατὰ σοῦ ποιεῖ. —MC

TRANSLATION: Meaning sets in motion, causes to rage madly against you.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C

Or. 338.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἤτοι μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 338.33 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ⟨βάκχος⟩ ἢ ὁ οἶνος ἀπὸ τοῦ χέειν βοήν. ⟨ἢ⟩ βάκχος ὁ μαινόμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βοᾶν τὸν Ἴακχον, τουτέστι τὸν Διόνυσον. πίνοντες γὰρ εἰς τὰς τοῦ Διονύσου ἑορτὰς ἐβόων τὸ Ἴακχε. —Y²

TRANSLATION: ‘Bacchus’ either means wine, from pouring a loud cry (‘boēn cheein’); or ‘bacchus’ means the one who rages madly, from shouting (the name of) Iacchus, that is, Dionysus. For when people were drinking in the festivals of Dionysus, they used to shout ‘Iacchus’.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 338.34 (tri metr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: koinē short over ευ —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52

Or. 339.01 (tri metr) ⟨κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι⟩: long mark over each upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52

Or. 340.01 (340–344) (vet exeg) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος: περισσὸν τὸ ἓν ὡς. —MVCMlMnR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: One (instance of) ‘as’ (in 341 or in 343) is superfluous.

LEMMA: all (ὄλβος om. R^b) REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^bSa POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT.: punct. before ὠς, as if ὡς begins 340.03 Ml

APP. CRIT. 2: ἓν] ἐνὰς Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,21; Dind. II.113,6

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 340.02 (340–344) (vet exeg) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος οὐ μόνιμος: ¹καὶ ἔσται ὁ λόγος· οὐ μόνιμος ὁ μέγας ὄλβος. ²κατέκλυσε γὰρ αὐτὸν δαίμων τις, ὡσεὶ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς τινάξας κατέκλυσε τοῖς ὀλεθρίοις καὶ λάβροις κύμασι πόντου. ³τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων ἐν μέσῳ ἀναπεφώνηται. ⁴ἢ οὕτως· ὡς δὲ πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι δαίμων τις ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος κατέκλυσεν, ⁵οὕτως καὶ τὸν μέγαν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων. —MBCPrRw, partial H

TRANSLATION: And the sense (of the whole long sequence) will be: Great prosperity is not lasting. For some divinity has overwhelmed it, as if he has shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel and overwhelmed it with the destructive and violent waves of the sea. The words ‘of terrible sufferings’ are exclaimed separately in the middle. Or (take it) this way: just as in the violent destructive waves of the sea some divinity has overwhelmed the sail of a swift vessel, so too he has shaken violently and overwhelmed great prosperity with terrible sufferings.

LEMMA: BPr REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: marg. M; cont. from prev. MCRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τίς all except H (uncertain, damaged) | λάβροισι Rw | κύμασι] κύμασιν M | 4 τίς all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,22–135,2; Dind. II.113,6–9

KEYWORDS: ἀναφώνησις/ἀναφωνέω

Or. 340.03 (340–344) (rec exeg) ¹ὁ λόγος δὲ οὐ μόνιμος ὁ μέγας ὄλβος. ²κατέκλυσε γὰρ αὐτὸν δαίμων τις, ὡσεὶ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς τινάξας κατέκλυσε τοῖς ὀλεθρίοις καὶ λάβροις κύμασι πόντου. ³οὕτω καὶ τὸν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων. ⁴ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη. —VMlMnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: The sense is ‘great prosperity is not lasting’. For some divinity has overwhelmed it, as if he has shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel and overwhelmed it with the destructive and violent waves of the sea. So too he has shaken violently and overwhelmed prosperity with terrible sufferings. For as much power as wind has over a ship in the sea, so much does fortune have over humans (or: so much does the fortune of human beings have).

POSITION: cont. from prev. all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,22–24 app.; Dind. II.113,6–10

Or. 340.04 (340–344) (rec paraphr) ἄλλως: ὡς ἐν πόντῳ λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι δαίμων τις ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος κατέκλυσεν, οὕτως καὶ τὸν μέγαν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων. —V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134 app.; Dind. II.113,11–13

Or. 340.05 (340–344) (rec paraphr) ¹σύνταξις οὕτως· ἀνατινάξας τις δαίμων κατέκλυσε τὸν ὄλβον ὑπὸ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων ²καθώσπερ τις ἄνεμος κατέκλυσεν ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι τοῦ πόντου τὸ λαῖφος τῆς ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἢ τῆς ταχυτάτης νηός. —MlMnR^aR^bSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Ml POSITION: cont. from prev. without punct. SSaR^b

APP. CRIT.: 1 σύνταξις οὕτως R^b, om. others | 2 κατέλυσεν Sa, κατέκλυσεν τὸν ὄλβον S | τὸ λαῖφος … ἢ] R^b, τὸ ἅρμενον others (ἄρμ‑ Mn) | at end add. ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς, τοσοῦτον ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη R^a

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀντινάξας S | τίς all | 2 καθ’ ὥσπερ Ml | λαύροις Mn | ταχυτάτην Ml

Or. 340.06 (rec paraphr) ἡ εὐδαιμονία ἐν τοῖς βροτοῖς οὐκ ἐπιμένει. —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 340.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ μόνιμος⟩: οὐκ ἐν μονῇ ἐστὶν, ἤγουν οὐ μένει —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: οὐ om. Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.115,6

Or. 341.01 (341–344) (vet exeg) ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος: ¹ἀνατινάξας δέ τις δαίμων τὸν ὄλβον κατέκλυσεν αὐτὸν καὶ κατεπόντισεν, ὡς ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασιν. ²ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον κατὰ τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη. —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION: Some divinity, having shaken prosperity violently, has overwhelmed it and sunk it in the sea, like the sail of a swift vessel with the sea’s violent destructive waves. For just as much force as wind has against a ship at sea, so much does fortune have in the life of humans.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως BPr REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from 341.04 V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δὲ τίς MV

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.135,2–6; Dind. II.114,4–7 and 113,20–23

Or. 341.02 (341–344) (rec exeg) ¹ἀνατινάξας δὲ δαίμων τις τὸν ὄλβον, ὡς λαῖφος τι ἀκάτου θοᾶς κατέκλυσε λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι. ²τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων ἐμ μέσῳ καταπεφώνηται. ³ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον κατὰ τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη. —O

APP. CRIT.: 3 νηὸς perhaps corr. from νῆα O

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τίς O | λέφος τί O

Or. 341.03 (341–344) (rec paraphr) ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος: ¹οὕτως κλύζεσθαι δαίμων τις παρεσκεύασεν ὑπὸ ἀστάτων ἔργων, δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον, ²ὡς λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἀνατινάξας κλύζεσθαι ἐποίησεν ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις καὶ ὀλεθρίοις. —VCRw

TRANSLATION: In such a way some divinity caused (it) to be flooded by unceasing actions, (it being) namely prosperity, in the same way that, having shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel, he caused it to be washed in the violent and destructive waves of the sea.

LEMMA: all (prep.ἄλλως C) REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.: 2 ὡς] ἢ Rw | ἐποίησεν added by V¹ in space left by V | ἐν λάβροις V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τίς Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.135,12–14; Dind. II.113,13–16

Or. 341.04 (341–344) (rec exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: ¹ἀνατινάξας γὰρ δαίμων τις, ὅ ἐστιν ἄνωθεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πνεύσας, δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον, ²οὕτως κλύζεσθαι ἐποίησεν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀστάτων ἔργων ὡς ναῦν ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις καὶ ὀλεθρίοις. ³τὸ γὰρ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς περιφραστικῶς τὴν ναῦν. —VC, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: For some divinity, having shaken (it) violently, which is to say having blown from above from heaven, (it being) namely prosperity, has caused it to be flooded by unceasing actions just like a ship in the sea’s violent and destructive waves. For ‘sail of a swift vessel’ is used periphrastically for ‘ship’.

LEMMA: V POSITION: cont. from prev. CRw, prep. ἢ οὕτω

APP. CRIT.: 1 γὰρ om. Rw | πνεύσας Mastr., πέμψας all | 2–3 ὑπὸ τῶν κτλ om. Rw | 2 τῶν om. C | 3 γὰρ om. C

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τίς all | οῦρανοῦ] ὀρὰν Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.135,15–18; Dind. II.113,16–20

Or. 341.05 (341–344) (mosch exeg) τινάξας δαίμων: ¹ἀνατινάξας δέ τις δαίμων αὐτὸν δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον ὥσπερ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοῆς κατέκλυσεν ὥσπερ ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις. ²τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων διὰ μέσου, ἀντὶ τοῦ φεῦ ἕνεκα τῶν δεινῶν πόνων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Some divinity having violently shaken it, prosperity itself, just like the sail of a swift vessel, flooded (it) as if in the sea’s violent destructive waves. The words ‘of terrible sufferings’ are parenthetic, meaning ‘alas because of the terrible sufferings’.

LEMMA: G

APP. CRIT.: 1 δὲ om. Gr

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.114,13–16

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 341.11 (341–342) (pllgn exeg) τὸ ἀνά εἰς τὸ τινάξ[ας] —B^3a

POSITION: marg.

Or. 341.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ὥς τις⟩: ὤστης —AbPrZc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 341.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ὤστης⟩: ὥς τις —Mn

LEMMA: ὤστης in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 342.10 (vet exeg) κατέκλυσεν δεινῶν: ¹κλύζεσθαι παρεσκεύασεν, ἄστατον ὄντα ὑπὸ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων, τουτέστιν ἔργων. ²Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 1.467]· ‘αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ παύσαντο πόνου’. ³ὡς γὰρ κλύζεται ναῦς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, οὕτω καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τύχη ὑπὸ ἀστάτων ἔργων. ⁴[Men. Georg. fr. 4.5 Sandbach = 94 Kock, 1 Koerte] ‘τὸ τῆς τύχης γὰρ ῥεῦμα μεταπίπτει ταχύ’. —MBCPr

TRANSLATION: Caused (prosperity) to be washed over, being unstable because of the terrible toils, that is, deeds. (‘Ponos’ is used as in) Homer, ‘but when they ceased from toil’. For just as a ship is washed over in the sea, thus too the fortune of humans (is affected) by unceasing actions. (Menander writes:) ‘For the flow of fortune shifts quickly’.

LEMMA: M(‑σε)C, ἢ οὕτως BPr REF. SYMBOL: M

APP. CRIT.: 1 παρεσκεύασέν τις θεῶν τὸν ὄλβον ἄστατον BPr (‑ασε τίς Pr) | ἀπὸ Pr | 3 κλύζεσθαι Pr | οὕτω … ταχύ] τοσοῦτον καὶ κατὰ τὸν βίον ἡ τύχη τῶν ἀνθρώπων MC [from sch. 341.01 above] | 4 τῆς τύχης γὰρ Menander, γὰρ τῆς τύχης all

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τοῦτέστιν B | 3 οὕτως Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.135,7–11; Dind. II.114,7–12

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Menander

Or. 342.19 (rec exeg) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: κατὰ τῶν κυμάτων τῶν δεινῶν —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 342.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: ἐν τοῖς κύμασι —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 342.21 (342–343) (rec exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν —OAbFMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἢ prep. Pr | ἀπὸ Ab | τῶν om. OAbMn | δεινῶν add. S

Or. 342.22 (342–343) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: τῶν μακρῶν πόνων (?)καὶ(?) [ ]πιλύν(?) —P²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: obscured by fold in parchment

Or. 342.23 (342–343) (rec exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: ἐλλειπτικτὸν, φεῦ καμάτων —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐλλειπτικῶς

Or. 342.24 (342–343) (mosch exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: φεῦ ἕνεκα —XXaXbXo²T⁺YYfGGrAa²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἕνεκεν Aa² | τῶν add. Xo², τῶν χαλεπῶν δυστυχιῶν add. T (from Thoman glosses 342.25, 343.06)

Or. 343.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὡς πόντου⟩: καὶ καθώσπερ ἄνεμος κατέκλυσε τῆς θαλάσσης —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 343.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς πόντου⟩: λείπει ἄνεμος. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 343.16 (thom exeg) ⟨λάβροις⟩: ¹τὸ λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι πρὸς τὸ δεινῶν πόνων σύναπτε, καὶ μὴ λάμβανε ὑπὸ ἔξωθεν, ²μηδὲ τὸ ὡς πόντου μετὰ τόνου τὸ ὥς ἔκφερε, ὥς τινές φασιν. οὕτω δέ· ³ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ μεγάλη εὐδαιμονία οὐ μόνιμος καὶ διηνεκής ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς βροτοῖς, ⁴ἀνατινάξας δὲ καὶ ταράξας αὐτόν τις δαίμων ὥσπερ λαῖφος ἀκάτου καὶ νηὸς θοᾶς καὶ ταχείας κατέκλυσε ⁵καὶ ἠφάνισεν ἐν λάβροις καὶ σφοδροῖς ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι δεινῶν πόνων καὶ δυστυχιῶν, ὥσπερ πόντου κύμασι δηλονότι. ⁶ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι ἐπειδὴ λαῖφος εἶπε διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κατέκλυσεν εἶπε καὶ κύμασι, ⁷δεικνὺς ὅτι ἡ τοῦ ὄλβου ἀνατροπὴ ἀνατροπῇ λαίφους ἔοικε καὶ αἱ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων ἐπελεύσεις κύμασιν ὀλεθρίοις. ⁸τὸ δὲ [346] ‘θεογόνων γάμων’ λέγει ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὁ Τάνταλος υἱὸς ἦν Διός. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Join ‘in violent destructive waves’ to ‘of terrible sufferings’, and do not understand from outside ‘by means of/because of’ (‘hupo’); and do not pronounce ‘as of the sea’ with an accent as ‘thus (of the sea)’, as some say, but rather (the sense is) like this: Great prosperity, that is, great wealth/success, is not lasting, that is, continuous, among mortals, but some divinity, having shaken it violently and disturbed it just like the sail of a vessel, that is, a ship, a speedy one, that is, a swift one, has engulfed, that is, destroyed, it in violent, that is, intense, destructive waves of terrible sufferings, that is, misfortunes, just as if with waves of the sea, obviously. One should understand that since he (the poet) spoke of a sail, for this reason he also used ‘engulfed’ and ‘with waves’, showing that the overturning of prosperity is similar to the overturning of a sail, and the attacks of terrible sufferings (are similar) to destructive waves. And he uses the term ‘of god-born marriages’ because in fact Tantalus was a son of Zeus.

LEMMA: ἡ σύνταξις in marg. Z (at level of sentence 3) REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 μὴ δὲ all | τινες φασὶν Zl | 3 εὐδαινία Za | 7 ἔοικεν Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.114,16–115,1

COMMENT: The target of Thomas’s disagreement about understanding ὑπὸ with δεινῶν πόνων is to be found in earlier scholia such as 340.02–05, 340.10, 342.21. As for his other objection, concerning the second ὡς (in ὡς πόντου), there is the later evidence of 343.10, and of the almost 50 mss I checked, the following have ὣς πόντου (or ὣς, πόντου) in the text: (contemporary with Thomas) AL and (later) B^3dNYvZd. For the earlier ὡς of ὥς τις being taken as οὕτως one can cite 341.16, earlier than or nearly contemporary with Thomas. But that gloss is ambiguous: it could mean either that ὥς is to be treated as οὕτως here, or that one should paraphrase οὕτως (scil. τὸν ὄλβον ἀνετίναξεν) ὡς.

KEYWORDS: Thomas Magister critical of another view

Or. 343.17 (thom exeg) ¹ἢ οὕτω· κατέκλυσε δὲ αὐτόν τις δαίμων, ὥσπερ ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι δεινῶν πόνων, ²ὥσπερ κατακλύζει λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι πόντου, ἀνατινάξας καὶ ἀνατρέψας τοῦτο. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: Or (paraphrase it) in this way: Some divinity engulfed it, as if in violent destructive waves of terrible sufferings, just as he engulfs the sail of a swift vessel in violent destructive waves of the sea, having violently shaken and overturned this (sail of a ship).

POSITION: sep. from prev. by space Zm, by dot Gu, by small cross Zl

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἀνατρέψας] ἀναταράξας Zl | τοῦτον Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὕτως Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.115,1–5

Or. 343.23 (tri metr) ⟨ὀλεθρίοις⟩: koinē long over epsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 344.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν κύμασι⟩: κατέκλυσε τὴν ναῦν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 344.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν κύμασι⟩: τινάξας τὸ λαῖφος —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 344.03 (tri metr) ⟨κύμασιν⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 344.04 (tri metr) ⟨(κύ)μασιν⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς —T

TRANSLATION: (The two short syllables ‘masin’ are) in place of a single (long syllable).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 345.01 (vet exeg) τίνα γὰρ: ¹ἀλγῶ οὖν, φησὶν, τὴν ψυχὴν ὡς ἐπὶ ἰδίοις κακοῖς καὶ συνυποφέρομαι τὴν τύχην. ²τίς γὰρ ἕτερος οἶκός ἐστι σέβεσθαι παρ’ ἡμῶν ἄξιος ἢ οὗτος, ὃς ἐκ θεῶν ἔχει τὴν καταβολήν. ³ἀρχηγὸς γὰρ τῆς γονῆς ὁ Ζεὺς, ὅστις ἐφύτευσε Τάνταλον Πλουτοῖ συνελθών. —MBCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa, partial (H)OV

TRANSLATION: Therefore I am pained, the chorus says, as if over personal sufferings and I suffer along with (them, Orestes and Electra) their misfortune. For what other house is worthy to be revered by us compared to this one, which has its origin from the gods? For Zeus is the first origin of their birth, he who begot Tantalus when he had intercourse with Pluto.

LEMMA: M, τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος VCMl(ἐπὶ πάρος)MnR^bSSa, lemma τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος οἶκον BPr, τίνα γὰρ πρὸς οἶκον Rw REF. SYMBOL: HMBVMlR^bSa POSITION: marg. O

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἁλγῶ Ml | 2 οἶκος ἐστὶ Ml | 3 πλουτοὶ M, πλούτω Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.135,19–22; Dind. II.115,8–12

COMMENT: Schwartz restored συνυποφερ‑ from Sch. Or. 1.04 συνυποφέρει τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὴν τύχην and the same sense is seen in Maximus Confessor, Capita de caritate 3.79 φίλος ἐκεῖνός ἐστι γνήσιος ὁ τὰς ἐκ περιστάσεως θλίψεις καὶ ἀνάγκας καὶ συμφορὰς ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ συνυποφέρων τῷ πλησίον ὡς ἰδίας ἀθορύβως καὶ ἀταράχως (cf. 4.93). The verb is not common (and some instances in TLG may be corruptions of συναποφερ‑), and the use of the middle here appears to be unique, apparently reinforcing the idea of making the burden one’s own. | The note was clearly corrupt or hard to decipher in V’s source, and the variants suggest other difficulties from a corrupt tradition. Possibly the majority reading ὅτι (2) is right and BPr’s ὃς a rewriting. Certainly, their omission of τὴν ψυχὴν early in the first sentence is best understood as an intervention to remove repetition after τύχην became ψυχήν, since ἀλγῶ τὴν ψυχήν is well attested in scholia and elsewhere. On the same lines, BPr’s ἄξιος could simply be a repair of a lost word of different appearance. | Schwartz noted of the first sentence ‘referenda sunt ad vs. 339’ (i.e., κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι). I do not know whether he intended to say the words were originally a note on 339. The periphrasis offered here shares the view of the next note that this passage carries on the thought of 339.

Or. 345.02 (vet exeg) ¹πρὸς τὰ ἄνω. ²πρὸς τὸ [339] ‘κατολοφύρομαι’ τὸ ‘τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος’. —HMBC

TRANSLATION: (Uttered) with reference to the passage above. The phrase ‘for which in preference’ (has its causal meaning) in reference to ‘I lament’.

POSITION: marg. H, s.l. MC, intermarg. B (beside 342; also wrote first three words at 345, but erased them)

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἄνω Schw. (after Dindorf), ἄνω κακά· τοῦτέστιν HB, ἄνω κακά C, ἄνω καὶ κατα κάτω M | κατολοφύρομαι Schw. (after Dindorf, sch. Mosch.), ὀλοφύρομαι MBH, ὁλοφυρόμενον C | second τὸ H (suppl. Schw.), om. MBC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.135,23–24; Dind. II.115,13

Or. 345.03 (mosch exeg) τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος: πρὸς τὸ [339] ‘κατολοφύρομαι’ ἀποδίδοται. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (This clause of explanation) refers back to ‘I lament’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ δοτικῆς G | τὸ τίνα add. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.115,13–14

Or. 345.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος⟩: ἀλγῶ ὡς ἐπὶ ἰδίῳ κακῷ —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 345.16 (345–346) (rec exeg) ⟨ἄλλον ἕτερον ἢ⟩: μόνον —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 345.17 (345–346) (tri exeg) ⟨ἄλλον ἕτερον⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ ἄλλον ἕτερον. —T

TRANSLATION: ‘Other another’ is ‘in parallel’ (a pleonastic pairing of synonyms).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 345.18 (345–346) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄλλον⟩: γρ. ἕτερον. —Xo

TRANSLATION: (For ‘allon’, ‘other’), the reading ‘heteron’ (‘another’) is found.

LEMMA: ἕτερον om. in text Xo POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 346.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ θεογόνων⟩: ἤγουν τὸν ἐκ τοῦ Διὸς —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 346.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: θεογόνων γάμων λέγει τὴν Ἀγαμεμνόνειον γενεὰν· ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ Ταντάλου κατήγοντο. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 346.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: ἤτοι τοῦ Ταντάλου· ὁ γὰρ Τάνταλος ἀπὸ τοῦ Διὸς εἶχε τὸ γένος. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 346.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: Τμώλου καὶ Πλουτοῦς ὁ Τάνταλος —V^rec

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τμόλου V^rec

Or. 346.12 (tri metr) ⟨θεο(γόνων)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς —T

TRANSLATION: (The two short syllables ‘theo’ are) in place of a single (long syllable).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 347.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῶν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: ὅτι υἱὸς τοῦ Διὸς ὁ Τάνταλος —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 347.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: [(?)ὁ Τάνταλ]ο[ς] ἦν υἱὸς τοῦ Διὸς. —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 347.10 (tri metr) coronis —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 348.01 (348–355) (tri metr) καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς: ¹τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπωδὸς ὡς ἄν τις ἴσως οἰηθείη διὰ τὸ κεῖσθαι μετὰ τὴν στροφὴν καὶ ἀντιστροφὴν, ἀλλὰ καλεῖτα σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικὸν ὡς προσφθεγγόμενον τὸν Μενέλαον προσιόντα. ²αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπωδοὶ οὐκ εἰσὶ μονοειδοῦς μέτρου ἀλλὰ διαφόρων, τοῦτο δὲ μονοειδοῦς· ³κώλων γάρ ἐστιν ἀναπαιστικῶν ηʹ, ὧν τὸ τρίτον καὶ τὸ ϛʹ μονόμετρα, ἤτοι ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις. ⁴τὰ λοιπὰ δίμετρα ἀκατάληκτα, τὸ δὲ ηʹ καταληκτικὸν ἤτοι ἑφθημιμερὲς ὃ καλεῖται παροιμιακόν. ⁵ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει μόνη παράγραφος. —T

¹348 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑‒ ‒ ‒
καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὅδε δὴ στείχει
²349 ⏑⏑‒⏑⏑‒,‒⏑⏑⏑⏑‒
Μενέλαος ἄναξ, πολλῇ ἁβροσύνηι,
³350 ‒⏑⏑‒ ‒
δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι
⁴351 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,‒ ‒⏑⏑‒
τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν.
⁵352 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑‒ ‒ ‒
ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας
⁶353 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒
εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν,
⁷354 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,‒⏑⏑‒ ‒
χαῖρ’· εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς,
⁸355 ⏑⏑‒ ‒ ‒,⏑⏑‒ ‒
θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου.

TRANSLATION: This is not an epode, as one might perhaps believe because it is placed after the strophe and antistrophe. Rather, it is called an epiphthegmatic system since it addresses Menelaus as he approaches. For epodes are not formed of a meter of a single type but of different types, whereas this one has a single type. For it consists of eight anapaestic cola, of which the third and sixth are monometers, or an anapaestic base. The rest are acatalectic dimeters, but the eighth is catalectic, or the three-and-a-half-foot measure that is called paroemiac. At the end a sole paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.13,24–31; de Fav. 53

COMMENT: On the term σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικόν see Smith 1975, 206 n. 82. It is found many times in the Triclinian scholia on Aeschylus, but not in extant texts by anyone else.

KEYWORDS: ἐπιφθεγματικόν

Or. 348.02 (348–355) (tri metr) σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικὸν κώλων ηʹ —T

TRANSLATION: An epiphthegmatic system of eight cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

KEYWORDS: ἐπιφθεγματικόν

Or. 348.03 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴν βασιλεύς: ἐν τοῖς τέλεσιν εἰώθασιν οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ μεταλλάττειν φεύγοντες τὴν μονῳδίαν τοῦ λόγου. —MB^aB^bVCPr

TRANSLATION: At the ends (of choral odes) the chorus members are accustomed to make a shift, avoiding (the use of) a monotonous delivery of their speech.

LEMMA: B^aV, καὶ μὴν ὅδε βασιλεύς Pr REF. SYMBOL: B^aV POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. B^bC

APP. CRIT.: τέλεσιν om. V, leaving blank | οἱ ἀπὸ] τί κατὰ V | μεταλλάττειν] πλάττειν τι V | φεύγ. … λόγου om. MB^aPr | λόγου] λέγειν V

APP. CRIT. 2: μεταλάττειν MB^aB^bC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,1–2 ; Dind. II.115,16–17

COMMENT: For μονῳδία as ‘monotony’, a sense omitted by dictionaries, see Plut. Mor. 7C μονῳδία γὰρ ἐν ἅπασίν ἐστι πλήσμιον καὶ πρόσαντες, ἡ δὲ ποικιλία τερπνόν, καθάπερ κἀν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν, οἷον ἀκούσμασιν ἢ θεάμασιν (where Babbitt in the Loeb translation appropriately renders with ‘monotony’).

Or. 348.04 (vet paraphr) καὶ μὴν βασιλεύς: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὅδε δὴ στείχει Μενέλαος ἄναξ, ²τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν, πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι. —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION: The run of the sense (with the word order simplified) is: And, behold, here comes the king, lord Menelaus, being of the blood of the Tantalids, and conspicuous to see with much luxurious glamor.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὧδε στείχει Rw POSITION: cont. from prev. BPr, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ ἑξῆς … στείχει om. Rw | ὅδε] ὧδε C, ὦδε M | δὴ om. MCPr | 2 πολλὴ MC (with ἁβροσύνη), πολὺ B, πολὺς Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξῆς M | 2 πολλή δ’ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,3–5; Dind. II.115,17–19

Or. 348.07a (pllgn gram) ⟨μὴν⟩: τὸ μήν σύνδεσμος ἀναφορικός. —C²

TRANSLATION: ‘Mēn’ is an anaphoric conjunction/particle.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 348.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδε⟩: γρ. ὧδε. —Sa^rXo

LEMMA: ὅτε in text Sa POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Xo

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 348.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨στείχει⟩: ἔρχεται διὰ τοῦ ποδὸς, ποδί —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔρχεται of Gr (348.13) reused by Gu

Or. 349.01 (tri exeg) ⟨Μενέλαος ἄναξ⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ βασιλεὺς ἄναξ. —T

TRANSLATION: ‘King lord’ is ‘in parallel’ (a pleonastic pairing of synonyms).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 349.03 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 349.06 (349–350) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ δῆλος ὁρᾶται⟩: ὁρᾶται δῆλος ἐν πολλῇ ἁβροσίᾳ. —Lp

LEMMA: thus in text Lp POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,3

COMMENT: This is the only attestation known so far for ἀβροσία, a formation that is contrary to analogy. It may have arisen from a misunderstanding of a truncated form of ἀβροσύνῃ, which is the word one would expect in a paraphrase that simply rearranges the word order.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 349.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: διὰ τῆς πολλῆς δὲ ἁβροσύνης ἤγουν τρυφερότητος —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X and marg. Yf

APP. CRIT.: τῆς om. G | δὲ] ἐξ X, om. TG (δ’ om. in text T)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.115,22–23

Or. 349.10 (rec exeg) ⟨πολλῇ⟩: πολὺς —V³Rw

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 349.12 (tri metr) ⟨πολλῇ⟩: koinē short over eta —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 349.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δ’⟩: γρ. γ’ —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 349.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τῇ τρυφῇ τοῦ βαδίσματος ἢ τῆς ὄψεως —MVC, app. H

TRANSLATION: With luxuriance of walk or of appearance.

POSITION: s.l. MVC (in M above whole line); punct. after τρυφῇ as if two notes V

APP. CRIT.: only σμα survives in trimmed margin of H

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,7; Dind. II.116,1–2

Or. 349.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τρυφῇ ἱματίων καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἀκολούθων —ZZaZlZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: With luxuriance of garments and of the attendants accompanying him.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τρυφῆς Za | καὶ τῶν κτλ om. Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,1

Or. 349.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: ἔστι καὶ ἁβροσύνη ὅταν τις καὶ φιλοτίμως ἐστόλισται. —GK

TRANSLATION: It is in fact a (mark of) luxury whenever one has attired oneself lavishly.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 349.23 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τὸ ἁβρὸν τὸ πολύτροφον, ἐξ οὗ καὶ ἁβροσύνη πολυτροφία. —C²

REF. SYMBOL: C² POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀβροσύνη C² | πολυτροφύα C²

Or. 350.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: φανερὸς ὑπάρχει εἰς τὸ ὁρᾶσθαι —AbKMlMnPrRSSa^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπάρχων S, ὑπάρχ() AbMl, ἐστὶ RK | εἰς τὸ ὁρᾶσθαι transp. before φανερός ἐστι K | ὁρᾶσθαι om. R

Or. 350.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁρᾶται⟩: ὁρᾶσθαι —Gu

LEMMA: ὁρᾶται in text Gr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 351.01 (vet exeg) τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν: ὅ ἐστι διὰ τῆς ὄψεως ἐμφαίνει τὴν εὐγένειαν. —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: That is, through his appearance he indicates indirectly his noble birth.

LEMMA: BC, δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι πολὺ δ’ ἁβροσύνη V REF. SYMBOL: V (at δῆλος, in prev. line) POSITION: s.l. MO (above ὁρᾶσθαι in prev. line O); cont. from 348.04 PrRw

APP. CRIT.: ὅ ἐστι] ἤτοι O | after ἐστι add. πολὺ δ’ ἁβρότατος ἰδεῖν καὶ V | διὰ om. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,6; Dind. II.115,20

KEYWORDS: ἐμφαίνω

Or. 351.01a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν⟩: ὡς ἐξ αἵματος ὢν καὶ ὑπάρχων τῶν Τανταλιδῶν —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 351.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῶν Τανταλιδῶν⟩: τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ταντάλου —XXaXbXoYYfGrF²

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 351.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν Τανταλιδῶν⟩: τῶν τοῦ γένους τοῦ Ταντάλου —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 352.01 (vetThom exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας: δι’ ὧν δοκεῖ αὐτὸν ἐπαινεῖν, διὰ τούτων λυπεῖ ἀναμιμνήσκουσα τῶν ἀπολομένων ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ. —HMBVCMlMnPrR^bRw^aRw^bSSaZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: Through the words with which (the chorus) seems to praise him, through these they pain him by reminding him of those killed at Troy.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως: ὦ χιλιόναυν B; ἄλλως Rw^a, εἰς γῆν ἀσίαν MlMnPrR^bS REF. SYMBOL: (at χιλιόναυν) MZmZlGu, (at 353 εἰς γῆν)MlPrR^b POSITION: beside 353–354 εἰς γῆν … εὐτυχίᾳ H; cont. from 352.02 B, cont. from or follows 352.03 VMlMnPrR^bRw^bSSa

APP. CRIT. 2: διὧν BRw^aRw^b | διατούτων MMn | ἀναμιμνύσκουσα Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,8–10; Dind. II.116,6–8

Or. 352.02 (vet exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν: ¹ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτὸν ἐγκωμιάζει, ἀφ’ ὧν ἐμεγαλύνετο. ²τῷ δὲ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἀριθμῷ ἐχρήσατο· τοσαῦται γὰρ ἦσαν αἱ νῆες τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ͵α̅ρ̅π̅ϛ̅. —(H)MBC

TRANSLATION: (The chorus) praises him on the basis of those deeds on which he prided himself. He (the poet) (or it, the chorus) used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks (at Troy) were this many: 1,186.

LEMMA: B, 353 εἰς γὴν ἀσίαν MC REF. SYMBOL: M(to 353 εἰς γῆν)B POSITION: precedes 352.01 B

APP. CRIT.: H mostly lost, but [τοσαῦτ]αι γὰρ suggests it had this version, not 352.03 | 2 ἐχρήσατο ἀριθμῷ transp. B | χίλιαι πρὸς ρ̅ π̅ ϛ̅ B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀφῶν M, ἀφὧν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,11–13; Dind. II.

Or. 352.03 (rec exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν: ¹ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτὸν ἐγκωμιάζει, ἀφ’ ὧν ἐσεμνύνετο. ²τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ δὲ ἀριθμῷ ἐχρήσατο· ἦσαν γὰρ αἱ νῆες τῶν Ἑλλήνων ͵α̅ρ̅π̅ϛ̅. —VMlMnPrR^aR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: The chorus praises him on the basis of those deeds for which he prided himself. He used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks were 1,186.

LEMMA: all except R^a (‑ναυ R^bMnS; χιόναυν a.c. Rw, χιλιόναν app. Ml) REF. SYMBOL: VMlPrR^bSa POSITION: precedes 352.01 VPrR^bSSaMn; follows 356.02 Rw; cont. from 352.08, add. δὲ, R^a

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀφὧν Mn | 2 εἶσαν R^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,11–13 app.; Dind. II.116,4–6 app.

Or. 352.04 (pllgn exeg) ἀποστροφὴ πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον —Xo²

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: apostrophe | addressee identified

Or. 352.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας⟩: πλῆθος νηῶν ὁρμήσας καὶ στρατὸν πολὺν —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 352.05a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας⟩: Ἀγαμέμνων σὺ ὁ ὁρμήσας καὶ ἀποπλεύσας τῶν χιλίων νηῶν τὸν στρατὸν —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 352.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ χιλιόναυν⟩: ἐγκωμιάζει ὁ χορὸς τὸν Μενέλαον. —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 352.08 (rec exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: ἔχοντα χιλίας καὶ ρ̅ π̅ ζ̅ ναῦς —R^a

REF. SYMBOL: R^a

Or. 352.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: χίλιαι ἑκατὸν π̅ϛ̅ νῆες ἔπλευσαν πρὸς τὴν Τροίαν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ μέτρῳ ἐχρήσατο. —F

POSITION: marg.

Or. 352.11 (thom exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἐχρήσατο ἀριθμῷ. αἱ νῆες γὰρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ͵α̅ πρὸς ταῖς ρ̅π̅ζ̅ ἦσαν. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: He used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks were 1000 in addition to 186.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: follows sch. 352.01 Zm, cont. from 352.01 ZlGu

APP. CRIT.: ἐχρήσατο δὲ τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἀρ. GuZl | νῆες om. Zm | ͵α̅] χιλίαι GuZl

Or. 352.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: καίτοι γε πλεῖσται ἦσαν αἱ νῆες παρὸ χίλιαι. ὅμως δὲ διὰ τὸ πολὺ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ ἐκάλεσεν οὕτως. οὐ γὰρ εἶχεν ἄλλως εἰπεῖν. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Truly, however, the ships were very many, more than one thousand. But nevertheless because of the large size of the number he described (the expedition) thus. For he could not say it otherwise.

Or. 352.14 (tri metr) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: long mark over first iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 352.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: ὁρμίσας —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 352.24 (tri metr) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 353.01 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: εἰς τὴν Τροίαν —AbMlMnPrSSa^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τροῖαν Ml

Or. 353.02 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: εἰς τὴν ἀνατολὴν ἢ εἰς τὴν Τροίαν —ZZa

TRANSLATION: (‘To the land Asia’ means) ‘to the east’ or ‘to Troy’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: first εἰς τὴν om. Z | ἤτοι Z

Or. 353.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: κατὰ τὴν Τροίαν —Zc

TRANSLATION: (‘To the land Asia’ means) ‘in Troy’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 353.04 (vet exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: νεώτερον τὸ τῆς Ἀσίας ὄνομα. —BVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: The name Asia is more recent (i.e., not used by Homer).

POSITION: marg. B, intermarg. C; cont. from 352.01, add. δὲ, others (from Rw^b version Rw) except R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: νεωτὰς Sa | ἁσίας Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,14; Dind. II.116,15

Or. 353.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: Ἀσιανήν, τὴν Τροίαν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Asia’ is to be taken as adjectival,) ‘Asian’, (‘Asian land’ thus meaning) ‘Troy’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. XXoYf | ἀθανασίαν a.c. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,14

Or. 353.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: Ἀσίαν νῦν τὴν Τροίαν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 353.08 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ἀσίᾳ ἡ Τροία. —ZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Asia’) because Troy is in Asia.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 353.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: ἀνατολικήν. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ κτητικοῦ οἷον ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ [Aesch. Pers. 2] ‘Ἑλλάδ’ ἐς αἶαν’. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Asia’ is here adjectival in meaning) ‘of the east’. It is an instance of the simple noun used instead of the (derived) possessive adjective, such as also in (Aeschylus’s) phrase ‘to the Grecian land’.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aeschylus, Persae

Or. 353.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: τὴν ἀνατολικήν —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 354.01 (vet exeg) εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς: σὺ, φησὶν, οὐ μετέχεις τῆς δυστυχίας τῶν Τανταλιδῶν. —MBVCK

TRANSLATION: You, (the chorus) says, do not share in the misfortune of the Tantalids.

LEMMA: χαίρ’ εὐτυχία C REF. SYMBOL: M (at χαῖρ’) POSITION: s.l. VK (K above 350 τῶν ταντ. ἐξ αἱμ.), intermarg. M, marg. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,15; Dind. II.116,11

Or. 354.02 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς⟩: σὺ μὲν οὐ μετέχεις τῆς δυστυχίας τῶν Τανταλιδῶν, ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης δυστυχεῖ. —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 354.06 (tri metr) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 354.14 (tri metr) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: long mark over iota —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 355.01 (vet exeg) θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου: ¹τὸν γὰρ πόλεμον κατορθώσας ἔλαβε τὴν Ἑλένην. ²σὺ μὲν οὖν, φησὶν, εὐτυχῶς ἀπηλλάχθης, ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης δυστυχεῖ. —(H)M^aM^bBC^aC^bVMlPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: (Menelaus had success) because, having succeeded in the war, he captured Helen. You, then, (the chorus) says, ended up with good fortune, but Orestes suffers misfortune.

LEMMA: M^aC, θεόθεν πράξας VMlMnPrR^bSSa REF. SYMBOL: M^aVMlR^b POSITION: s.l. M^b; 1 intermarg., 2 s.l. at 354 C^b; follows 353.04 Sa, cont. from 352.01 B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἕλαβε τὴν ἑλλένην Ml | 2 ἀπηλάγχθης M^aR^b, ἀπολάχθεις Ml, ἀπηλλέχθης Sa | ρέ(στης) R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,16–18; Dind. II.116,8–10

Or. 355.02 (mosch paraphr) ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τελέσας ἅπερ δι’ εὐχῆς ἐποιοῦ. —X

Or. 355.03 (thom paraphr) ἤγουν τῇ τῶν θεῶν βοηθείᾳ τὴν σὴν λαβὼν ξυνάορον —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 355.09 (tri metr) ⟨πράξας⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 355.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἅπερ ηὔχου⟩: τὴν ἑλένην ἔλαβες. —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 355.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εὔχου⟩: δι’ εὐχῆς ἐποιοῦ —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,17–18

Or. 355.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὔχου⟩: ηὔχου —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 355.17 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 356.01 (356–728) (tri metr) ὦ δῶμα τῇ μέν σε: ¹αἱ ἑξῆς αὗται περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶ τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων τοαʹ [=371], ὧν τελευταῖος [728] ‘κρείσσων γαλήνης ναυτίλοισιν εἰσορᾶν’. ²ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς. —T

TRANSLATION: The following groups of lines [356–728] consist of 371 acatalectic (iambic) trimeters, of which the last is ‘better to see than a calm sea for sailors’. At the sense-divisions a paragraphos, and at the end a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.13,32–14,2; de Fav. 53

COMMENT: The count of lines is correct. 356–728 is only 371 lines because numbers 499 and 719 are skipped in the modern conventional numeration. | The sense-divisions are marked by paragraphoi at 379, 384, 455, 458, 469, 475, 541, 543, 604, 606, 629, 633, 639, 679, 716, 728, 803.

KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν

Or. 356.02 (vet exeg) ὦ δῶμα: ¹ἀπὸ πρώτης παρόδου σημειοῦται τὸ κακόηθες τῆς γνώμης Μενελάου. ²καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ εἰς Σπάρτην ἀνήχθη, ἀλλὰ πρότερον εἰς Ἄργος ὡς ἐξελάσων Ὀρέστην, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς δῆλός ἐστι. ³καίτοι παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ εὑρίσκεται τῶν πάλαι πολεμίων φειδόμενος· ⁴ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ζ ῥαψῳδίᾳ [Hom. Il. 6.37–65] κωμῳδεῖται συγχωρῶν ζῆν τὸν Ἄδραστον δόσιν χρημάτων ἐπαγγελλόμενον. —MBVCRw, partial H

TRANSLATION: From his first entrance, the malice of Menelaus’s attitude is marked as noteworthy. For he did not even land his vessel at Sparta, but first moored at Argos in order to drive Orestes out, as is clear about him in what follows. And yet in the poet (Homer) he is found to be one who spares even his longtime enemies. For in Book 6 (of the Iliad) he is mocked for granting life to Adrastus when the latter was promising a payment of money.

LEMMA: MB, ὦ δῶμα τῆ μὲν σ’ ἡδέως C, 357 τροίαθεν ἐλθὼν V, ἄλλως Rw REF. SYMBOL: HMBV POSITION: follows 352.01 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐξῆς M | ἐστὶν M | 4 Ζ] ἑβδόμῃ C | ἐπαγγελόμενον MVRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,19–137,2; Dind. II.117,18–23

KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως | citation of Homer | κωμῳδεῖν

Or. 356.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ δῶμα⟩: οὐ πρὸς Σπάρτην ἀνήχθη ἀλλὰ πρότερον εἰς Ἄργος ὡς ἐξελάσων Ὀρέστην. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: Menelaus did land his vessel at Sparta, but first at Argos, intending to drive Orestes into exile.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: beside 361 Gu, beside 351–352 Zl

APP. CRIT.: ὡς om. ZlGu

Or. 356.04 (rec paraphr) ὦ οἴκημα καὶ ἡμετέρα γῆ πότε σε καλῶς προσόψομαι; —Rf

Or. 356.06 (vet exeg) ⟨τῇ μέν⟩: τῇ μὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν μέρει —B

TRANSLATION: ‘In this respect’ is used for ‘in part’.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.117,23

Or. 356.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῆδε μὲν⟩: κατά τι —O

LEMMA: τῆδε μὲν in text O POSITION: s.l.

Or. 356.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨τῇ μέν⟩: τῇ μὲν ἑτέρᾳ μερίδι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcAa²

TRANSLATION: (‘In this respect’ is used for) ‘in one part (of two)’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT. 2: μερήδι Aa²

Or. 356.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πῆ μέν⟩: ἐνταῦθα ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ μέρει —GK

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 356.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ μέν⟩: ἀναμέρος —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 356.11 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: γρ. πῆ. —AbR^a1R^a2SGu

LEMMA: πῆ in text Ab POSITION: s.l. except marg. R^a2

APP. CRIT.: γρ. R^a2, om. others

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 356.12 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: ποτὲ —V¹AbMlRSB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆ prep. Ml | μὲν add. AbMlR

Or. 356.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: ποῦ —V³

LEMMA: in text πῆ by V² POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: In this and the next scholion the gloss may be meant to be indefinite, our που and πως; but note the interrogative interpretation in 356.04.

Or. 356.14 (recThom exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: πῶς —GMnZZaZlZmTGu

LEMMA: τῇ in text TGu POSITION: s.l.

Or. 356.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: τῇ —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 356.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: καθορῶ †καταλάβει† νῦν πρός σε —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: app. καθορῶ by corr. (from καθωρᾶ?) Mn (but rho is not clear) | corruption of καταβλέπω? ει written over or corrected to ω?

Or. 357.04 (recTri metr) ⟨Τροίαθεν⟩: long mark over alpha —OT

Or. 357.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ δ’⟩: τῷ δὲ ἑτέρῳ μέρει —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 357.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: τῇ —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 357.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: ποτὲ —AbMlRSB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆ prep. Ml | δὲ add. AbR, μὲν add. Ml (from 356)

Or. 357.10 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: γρ. πῆ. —AbRSGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. AbS

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 357.11 (recThom exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: πῶς —MnPrZZaZlZmTGu

LEMMA: ποῖ in text Zl, τῇ TGu POSITION: s.l. (above πῆ of 357.10 Gu)

COMMENT: Either this means that πῆ is to be understood adverbially, a typical us of πῶς, or despite its accent πῶς is intended to be the indefinite, ‘in some way’ (perhaps disagreeing with the view in 357.09 that ‘at some time’ is a suitable gloss).

Or. 358.01 (358–359) (rec paraphr) τοῖς κακοῖς κυκλωθεῖσαν σε ὁρῶ, ὡς οὔπω ἄλλον ὑπὸ δυστυχιῶν. —GK

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπὸ δυστυχιῶν om. K

Or. 358.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: ἑλίσσω τὸ συστρέφω —B⁴

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: From Et. Magn., ps-Zonaras.

Or. 358.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀθλίοις κακοῖς⟩: ὑπὸ ἀθλίων δυστυχιῶν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZcAa²B^3d

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | ἀπὸ Yf

Or. 358.13 (tri metr) ⟨ἀθλίοις⟩: koinē long over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 359.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἑστίαν⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 360.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τύχας⟩: ἤγουν τὰ συμβεβηκότα τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcB^3d

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. GZc | τῷ ἀγ. om. Zc

Or. 360.05 (recTri metr) ⟨τύχας⟩: long mark over alpha —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

Or. 361.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ θάνατον οἵῳ⟩: οἵῳ θανάτῳ δηλονότι παρὰ τῆς γυναικός —C

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: περὶ C

Or. 361.02 (rec gram) ⟨καὶ θάνατον οἵῳ⟩: κλίσις καὶ μετάκλισις —V¹

TRANSLATION: Case and change of case.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Apparently, another way to point out that the poet does not use οἵῳ θανάτῳ with both forms in the same case.

Or. 362.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ὄρος Λακωνικῆς· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.287]· ‘Μαλειάων ὄρος αἰπύ’. —HBVC

TRANSLATION: A mountain of Laconia. And Homer (refers to it): ‘the steep mountain of Maleae’.

REF. SYMBOL: app. H POSITION: s.l. VC, marg. B

APP. CRIT.: after λακωνικῆς add. ἐστι τὸ μάλεον B | καὶ om. B | second ὄρος om. V

APP. CRIT. 2: ὅρος (both) C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,3–4; Dind. II.117,27–118,1

COLLATION NOTES: V does carry αἰπύ, contra Schw.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 362.02 (rec exeg) τὴν ναῦν τῷ Μαλέῳ προσπελάσας ὄρει Λακωνικῆς· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.287] ‘Μαλ⟨ε⟩ιάων ὄρος αἰπύ’. —GK

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: προσπελάζων G | λακωνικῷ G | μαλίδων G

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 362.03 (pllgn exeg) Μαλέᾳ: ὄρος Λακεδαιμονίας —GB^3c

LEMMA: G POSITION: marg. G, s.l. B^3c

APP. CRIT.: τὸ prep. B^3c

Or. 362.06 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Λακωνικῆς —FMlPrRSSaXXoYf

TRANSLATION: (Malea is) an promontory of Laconia.

POSITION: s.l. PrSSa^r, marg. FRYf

APP. CRIT.: ὁ Μαλέας prep. F | after ἀκρ. add. ἐστὶ F

Or. 362.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριον ἐν τοῖς Λακωνικοῖς —XaXbT⁺YGr

TRANSLATION: (Malea is) an promontory in Laconian territory.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 362.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριόν ἐστιν ὁ Μαλέας περὶ Λακεδαιμονίαν, λεγόμενον παρά τισιν ἰδιωτικῶς ὄνου κατωμάγουλον. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Maleas is a promontory around Lacedaemonia, which is called by some in ordinary (uncultured) language ‘lower jaw of the ass’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlGu

APP. CRIT. 2: κατομ‑ Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,1–3

COMMENT: κατωμάγουλον appears in TLG only here and in Digenes Akritas; see LBG s.v. The ancient equivalent was Ὄνου γνάθος, mentioned in Strabo 8.5.1–2, Paus. 3.22.10, 3.23.1, lexica and scholia. The simplex μάγουλον occurs in sch. 1429.11.

KEYWORDS: rare word | Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 362.10 (pllgn exeg) ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λέγεται καὶ Ξυλοφάγος. —ZlGu

TRANSLATION: And the same is also called ‘Timber-devourer’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. ZlGu

APP. CRIT.: ξυλοφάγος damaged or erased in Gu, partially obscured in Zl

COMMENT: For this as the name of Cape Caphereus in Euboea see ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. epitome 6.11 and Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 373, 1095, and the Thoman 432.02 below; of an unspecified cape, Joannes Apocaucus, Notit. et epist. 65,27; of Maleas, Georgius Pachymeres, Hist. brevis 507,4.

Or. 362.17 (rec metr) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: long mark over second alpha —O

Or. 362.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσίσχων πρώραν⟩: προσσκαλώσας νῆα —H⁴

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The Byzantine verb σκαλόω/σκαλώνω is known; this compound occurs only here.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 362.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσίσχων πρώραν⟩: τότε ἔμαθον τὸν φόνον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου. περὶ δὲ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τί οὐκ ἐγίνωσκε; —Y²

TRANSLATION: That is when I learned of the murder of my brother. But why did he not learn about Clytemnestra?

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 362.20 (rec exeg) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: προσορμίζων. τὸ δὲ ἴσχω ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔχω τὸ ἐλαύνω· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 5.829, etc.] ‘ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔλαυνε. —V

TRANSLATION: Bringing to mooring near. And (the root verb) ‘ischō’ is from ‘echō’ in the sense ‘drive’. And Homer (uses this verb in) ‘hold the single-hooved horses’ in the sense ‘drive’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 362.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρώραν⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν. —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 362.32 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: ἐξελθὼν ὁ Γλαῦκος —MlPrRSSa^r

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. Ml

Or. 362.33 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: λείπει ἐξελθὼν. —AbF

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λείπει om. Ab

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 362.34 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: ἤγουν ἐκβὰς ἐκ τῶν κυμάτων —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 362.35 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: προκύψ[ας] —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ψ uncertain, ύ very faint (damage)

Or. 362.39 (rec metr) ⟨κυμάτων⟩: long mark over upsilon —O

Or. 363.01 (rec exeg) ὁ ναυτίλοισι ⟨μάντις⟩: τοῖς γὰρ ναύταις οὗτος, ὃς φίλος καὶ θαλάσσῃ ἐστὶ καὶ ἰχθύσι, τὰ πεπρωμένα βάζει —VMlMnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: For this (being), who is friendly both to the sea and to fish, speaks to sailors what is fated.

LEMMA: all REF. SYMBOL: VMlSa, (to νηρέως προφ.) R^b POSITION: follows 364.01 R^b

APP. CRIT.: ταῖς S | ὃς] Schw., ὡς all | βάζει om. MlSa

APP. CRIT. 2: ναῦτες a.c. Mn | φίλως (a.c.?) Mn | ἰχθῦσι MlS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,5–6; Dind. II.118,6–7

Or. 363.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὁ ναυτίλοισι μάντις⟩: ὁ ναυτῶν μάντις —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 363.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξήγγειλέ μοι⟩: εἶπε μοι πάντα —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 363.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξήγγειλέ⟩: ἤτοι τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος —MlMnPrRSSa^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀγαμέμνωνος Ml

Or. 363.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξήνεγκε⟩: ἐξήγγειλε —Rf

LEMMA: thus in text Rf POSITION: s.l.

Or. 364.01 (vetThom exeg) Νηρέως προφήτης: ¹οὗτος Ἀνθηδόνιος ἁλιεύς· ²ἑωρακὼς δὲ ἰχθὺν παρὰ τὴν ψάμμον βοτάνης γευσάμενον καὶ ἀναζήσαντα, φαγὼν καὶ αὐτὸς γέγονεν ἀθάνατος, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀγήραος, ³ἐφ’ ᾧ κατεπόντισεν ἑαυτόν. ⁴μαντεύεται δὲ ὡς ὁ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Od. 4.365 sq.] Πρωτεὺς καὶ παρὰ Πινδάρῳ [Pyth. 4.20] Τρίτων τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις. —HMBOVCCrMlMnPrR^bRwSaZlZmGuOx

TRANSLATION: This was a fisherman from Anthedon. (or: This was Anthedonius, a fisherman.) And having observed a fish (marooned and dying) on the beach that tasted a plant and came back to life, by eating (the plant) himself too he became immortal, but not free of old age; for which reason he threw himself into the sea. He gives prophecies as (do) the Proteus in Homer and, in Pindar, Triton to the Argonauts.

LEMMA: MBCMlMnPrR^bSa, 363 ὁ ναυτίλοισιν Rw REF. SYMBOL: HMBMlPr, (at 363 ὁ ναυτίλοισι) R^b, (at γλαῦκος) ZlZmGu POSITION: precedes 363.01 in R^b

APP. CRIT.: 1 Ἀνθηδόνιος] ὁ ἀνθ. MlR^b, ὁ ἀνθ. ὁ ἀπὸ ἀνθηδονίας πόλεως ὢν Ml(ἀνθιδ-)MnPrSa, ὁ γλαῦκος ἀνθ. Zl | ἦν add. before ἁλιεὺς OVMlMnPrRZlZmGu^bSa | 2 δὲ om. CrRwOx | παρὰ] περὶ MnPrSaR^bZlZmGu | τὴν om. VMlMnPrSaR^b | βοτάνην MOCRw, βοτάν(ην) φαγόντα καὶ H | γεγευμένον Sa [H] | first καὶ om. CrMlPrSaZlZmGuOx, app. Mn (damage) | after φαγὼν add. ὁ γλαῦκος MlMnPrSa | γέγονεν] ἔμεινεν CrOx | ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀγήραος om. Gu | ἀγήρατος V, αγήρμως (sic) Sa, ἀγήρως RwOx, ἀγήραιος Pr | 3 ἐφ’ ᾧ … ἑαυτόν om. VMlPrR^bSaZlZmGu | 4 ὡς ὁ] ὡς VMl, καὶ OCrRwOx, ὡς καὶ MnPrR^bSaZlZmGu [H] | πρωτεὺς κτλ om. HO | παρὰ πινδάρῳ] πατὼν Sa, παπινδ(άρῳ) PrMn, παπίνδης Ml, πινδάρω CrRwOx | τρίτων BZlZmGu, τριτο M, τρίτον CCrRwOx, τριπ() V, τρισσοῖς (om. τοῖς) Ml MnPrSa, τρισὶν (om. τοῖς) R^b (with a second σ above σ) | ἀργαυτῶν (or ‑αιτῶν?) corr. to ἀργαύτην (or ‑αίτην) app. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,6–11; Dind. II.118,8–12

COMMENT: See on 318.01. For the belief that Ἀνθηδόνιος was a proper name here, cf. 364.09.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer | citation of literature other than Homer | Pindar

Or. 364.02 (thom exeg) τὴν δὲ βοτάνην ἧς ἐγεύσατο φασί τινες ἀείζωον εἶναι. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: And some say that the plant he tasted is houseleek (in Greek, ‘ever-living’).

POSITION: cont. from prev. all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,12–13

Or. 364.03 (pllgn exeg) ¹ὁ Γλαῦκος ὡς λέγεται κολυμβητὴς ἦν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν ἄριστος. ²συνέβη δὲ κατὰ τύχην μίαν καταβῆναι εἰς τὸ τῆς θαλάσσης βάθος καὶ εὑρὼν βοτάνην ἔφαγεν αὐτην καὶ φαγὼν ἀπηθανατίσθη, γενόμενος καὶ μάντις. ³ἦν γοῦν ἀπὸ τότε καιροῦ ἐντὸς τῆς θαλάσσης. ⁴καὶ ἐπεὶ μάντις ἦν, ἐγίνωσκε τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ. ⁵ὃς προγνοὺς καὶ τὸν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος θάνατον διαβαίνοντος ἐκεῖσε τοῦ Μενελάου μετὰ τῶν νηῶν ἐξεῖπε περὶ τοῦτον πρὸς αὐτόν. ⁶οὕτω γὰρ διαβαινόντων ἐκεῖσε τινῶν γινώσκων ἐκεῖνος τὰ ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις αὐτῶν ἐξερχόμενος τῶν κυμάτων ἔλεγε ταῦτα. ⁷κατὰ τούτου λέγεται ὡς μάντις τῶν ναυτῶν Νηρέως προφήτης ἤτοι τοῦ θαλασσίου δαίμονος. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Glaucus, the story is told, was an excellent diver into the sea. It came about on one occasion that he went down to the depths of the sea and, finding a plant, ate it and after eating it was rendered immortal, becoming also a prophet. So, then, from that moment on he was in the sea. And since he was a prophet, he knew about events taking place in the world. Knowing in advance of the death of Agamemnon too, when Menelaus was crossing the sea there with his ships, he spoke out about this to him. For in this way when people were crossing there, he, knowing the affairs in their houses, used to come out of the waves and tell these things. In this respect he is spoken of as ‘seer of sailors, prophet of Nereus’, that is, of the sea divinity.

APP. CRIT.: 6 διαβαινόντων] Mastr., διαβαινομένων Y²

COMMENT: For Glaucus as diver, see Athenaeus 7.47 (Mnaseas fr. 12, FHG III.151). Compare the rationalized version of the story in Michael Apostolius 5.49 [Paroem. Gr. II.346 Leutsch]. | The few instances of διαβαινόμενος in TLG are all passive in sense, and no other middle-passive forms from the present stem διαβαίνω are found.

Or. 364.08 (tri metr) ⟨(Νη)ρέως⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 364.12 (rec exeg) ⟨Γλαῦκος⟩: γρ. μάντις. —S

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 364.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Γλαῦκος⟩: ὁ λεγόμενος ἰδιωτικῶς γλάρος —Z^c

TRANSLATION: The one called in vernacular speech ‘seagull’ (‘glaros’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 365.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅς μοι τάδ’ εἶπεν⟩: Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος τὸ ἐξήγγειλε καὶ τὸ εἶπεν. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (It is an example of) Homeric emulation (to use both) ‘he announced’ (in 363) and ‘he said’ (in 365).

REF. SYMBOL: Gu POSITION: s.l. Zm, marg. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπε Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,4–5

COMMENT: The term Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος is applied in scholia and Eustathius to a variety of features of vocabulary, syntax, and narrative technique. For other cases in the Eur. scholia cf. sch. Vo Andr. 17 Schw. (perhaps really belonging to Andr. 20, to judge from a similar note by V³ on 20 Θετίδειον), sch. Andr. 107, sch. Thom. Hec. 976, Ph. 17 and 88. The point of interest here is apparently the duplication of the verbs of saying introducing direct speech, and the commentator may have in mind phrases like ἐνένιπεν ἔπος τ’ ἔφατ’ ἔκ τ’ ὀνόναζεν (Od. 16.416, 19.89, etc.) or εἶπεν ἔπος τ’ ἔφατ’ ἔκ τ’ ὀνόμαζεν (Od. 7.330, 21.248).

KEYWORDS: Homer as model/Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος | Eustathius | Ὁμηρικός/Ὁμηρικῶς

Or. 365.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὅς μοι τάδ’ εἶπεν⟩: ὅς μοι πλησίον σταθεὶς τάδε εἶπεν ἐμφανῶς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrAa²

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaTYGrAa², marg. Yf

APP. CRIT. 2: τάδ’ Gr | εἶπε Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,16

Or. 365.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐμφανῶς κατασταθείς⟩: εἰς πρόσωπον ἐλθών —GK

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 365.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐμφανῶς κατασταθείς⟩: τουτέστιν οὐκ ἐντὸς θαλάσσης ὢν καὶ ἀφανῶς μοι τοῦτο εἰπών, ἀλλ’ ἐμφανῶς καὶ ἐνώπιον στὰς καὶ διηγησάμενος. —Z^rZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, not being within the sea and having invisibly told me this, but having stood visibly and face to face and told the story.

POSITION: s.l. Zm

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐνφανῶς Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,14–16

Or. 365.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: φανερῶς καὶ οὐ διά τινος φαντάσματος —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Openly and not by some kind of apparition.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὐ om. Za | φάσματος ZlT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,17–18

Or. 365.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: ἤγουν πλησίον ἐμοῦ σταθεὶς —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 366.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: λέγων τοῦτο —Aa²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 366.03 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 367.01 (rec exeg) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: λουσαμένῳ γὰρ τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι τὸν χιτῶνα προσήνεγκεν. —OV³

TRANSLATION: For after Agamemnon bathed, she brought the (entrapping) robe upon him.

POSITION: s.l. V³

APP. CRIT.: τῷ ἀγαμ. om. V³

APP. CRIT. 2: -ήνεγκε V³

Or. 367.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: ἃ ἡ ἄλοχος ἔλουσεν αὐτὸν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

TRANSLATION: (The bath) that his wife gave him.

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,19

Or. 367.03 (thom paraphr) λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου: τουτέστιν ἐν λουτροῖς ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας γυναικὸς ἀνῃρέθη. —ZZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, he was killed during his bath by his own wife.

LEMMA: T(λουτροῖς) POSITION: s.l. except ZmT

APP. CRIT.: after τουτέστιν add. περιπεσὼν Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,19–20

Or. 367.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: ἡ γὰρ Κλυταιμνήστρα ἔλουσε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ὅταν ἐφονεύθη. —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: κλυτ.] ἑλένη Zu

Or. 367.11 (vet exeg) περιπεσὼν πανυστάτοις: ¹περισσὴ ἡ περί. ²καί ἐστιν ὁ νοῦς· ἀποθανὼν, πεσὼν, ἀπολωλὼς τοῖς πανυστάτοις λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου. ³ἢ περιπεσών ἀντὶ τοῦ συντυχὼν τοῖς λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου· ⁴λουσαμένῳ γὰρ τὸν χιτῶνα περιήγαγεν· ⁵ὡς ἐν Ἑκάβῃ [1281]· ‘κτεῖν’, ὡς ἐν Ἄργει φόνια λουτρά σ’ ἀναμένει’. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSa

TRANSLATION: The prefix/preposition ‘peri’ is superfluous. And the sense is ‘having died, having fallen, having been destroyed by the final bath given by his wife’. Or else, (the compound with ‘peri’ means) ‘falling in with’ in the sense ‘meeting with the bath given by his wife’. For as he was bathing she wrapped the robe around him. As in Hecuba: ‘go ahead and kill me, since in Argos a murderous bath awaits you’.

LEMMA: MBVC, περιπεσὼν MlMnPrSa, πανυστάτοις R^b, λουτροῖσι Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlPrR^bSa

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀπωλωλὼς Sa | 5 κτεῖναι Rw | λουτρᾶ Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,12–16; Dind. II.118,21–119,2

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 367.12 (rec exeg) ⟨περιπεσὼν⟩: ἀποθανὼν. καὶ ἔστι περισσὴ ἡ περὶ. ⟨περι⟩πεσὼν ἀντὶ συντυχών —C

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.: ἔτι C, perhaps corrected by a later hand | ⟨περι⟩ suppl. from prev.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 367.19 (pllgn gram) ⟨πανυστάτοις⟩: πανύστατον πάντων ἔσχατον —B⁴

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Cf. Hesych. π 428 (similar in Photius, Suda, etc.).

Or. 369.01 (vet exeg) ἐπεὶ δὲ Ναυπλίας: ἀπὸ Ναυπλίου τοῦ πατρὸς Παλαμήδους —MBOCMlMnPrR^bRwSa

TRANSLATION: Derived from Nauplius the father of Palamedes.

LEMMA: MlMnPrR^b(ἐπειδὴ δὲ)Sa, ναυπλίας Rw REF. SYMBOL: MlR^b POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. OC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,17; Dind. II.119,4

Or. 369.04 (mosch exeg) Ναυπλίας: Ναύπλιος λιμήν· ἀπὸ τούτου καὶ Ναυπλία χθών. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

TRANSLATION: Nauplius (is) a harbor, and from this also (derives) Nauplia, a country.

LEMMA: ἐπεὶ δὲ ναυπλίας G REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr, above 368 Aa²

APP. CRIT.: καὶ ναυπλία χθών om. Aa² (no punct. before ἀπὸ)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.119,3–4

Or. 370.01 (rec exeg) ἤδη δάμαρτος: μέμνηται τῆς γυναικὸς οὐκ ἐν δέοντι, ἔρωτι δὲ μεγίστῳ μᾶλλον. —VMlMnPrR^bRwSa

TRANSLATION: He mentions his wife not in an opportune (rhetorically suitable) moment, but rather because of very great love (for her).

LEMMA: all except Mn REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b POSITION: follows 371.01 MlMnR^bSa, follows 376.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.: δὲ μεγίστῳ] Mastr., μεγίστῳ VRw, μεγίστω δὲ MnPrR^bSa | at end add. δοκῶν ὀρέστου παῖδα Rw (corrupt lemma for 371.01)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,18–19; Dind. II.119,6–7

COMMENT: Punctuation is found after ἔρωτι in PrSa, and Dind. and Schw. punctuate there as well, but the other mss have no punctuation. οὐκ ἐν δέοντι is a standard phrase in criticism, so the punctuation must be there. I have moved δὲ on the assumption that after accidental omission, it was restored in the wrong position in the ancestor of the witnesses that carry it. Alternatively, one could accept that ἔρωτι μεγίστῳ cohere as a unit and that the conjunction follows the unit.

Or. 371.01 (vet exeg) δοκῶν Ὀρέστην: ¹ὕπουλα πάντα τὰ ῥήματα Μενελάου, ²ἀφ’ οὗ ὁ ποιητὴς τὸ ἄστατον τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων γνώμης κωμῳδεῖ, ³ὡς καὶ ἐν Ἀνδρομάχῃ [445–446]· ‘ὦ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποισιν ἔχθιστοι βροτῶν, / Σπάρτης ἔνοικοι, δόλια βουλευτήρια’. ⁴πρὸ γὰρ Διοκλέους, ἐφ’ οὗ τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐδίδαξε, Λακεδαιμονίων πρεσβευσαμένων περὶ εἰρήνης, ⁵ἀπιστήσαντες Ἀθηναῖοι οὐ προσήκαντο, ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Θεοπόμπου, ὅ ἐστι ⟨ἔτεσιν β̅⟩ πρὸ Διοκλέους. ⁶οὕτως ἱστορεῖ Φιλόχορος [Philochorus FGrHist 328 F 139a]. —MBVCRw, partial OMlMnPrR^bSa

TRANSLATION: All the words of Menelaus are deceitful, (a portrayal) by which the poet mocks the unreliability of the Lacedaemonians’ attitude/mind, as also in Andromache: ‘O, most hateful of mortals for all people, / dwellers in Sparta, deceitful counselors’. For before Diocles, in whose archonship [409–408] he produced Orestes, when the Lacedaemonians sent ambassadors about peace, the Athenians, distrusting them, did not accept it, during the archonship of Theopompus, that is, two years before Diocles. Thus Philochorus records it.

LEMMA: MBC, δοκῶν Ὀρέστην παῖδα V(but not punct. as lemma) REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: cont. from 370.01 V, from 369. 01, add. δὲ, MlMnPrR^bRwSa

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ποιητῆς Ml | 2 λακιδαιμ‑ Mn | 3 σπάρτοις R^b | βουλευτηρία M | 4 ἐδίδαξεν MV

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,20–138,2; Dind. II.119,8–14

COMMENT: Poets are usually said to satirize someone with the present κωμῳδεῖ. The imperfect ἐκωμῳδεῖτο with the target of ridicule as the subject is found in sch. Arist., but the present κωμῳδεῖται is about seven times more common in the same sense. Thus active ἐκωμῴδει as in MCV need not be preferred to B’s κωμῳδεῖ.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Philochorus | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Andromache | κωμῳδεῖν

Or. 372.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨φίλαισι χερσὶ περιβαλεῖν⟩: προσφιλέσι, φιλικαῖς χερσὶ περιπτύξασθαι —X

Or. 372.14 (mosch gram) περιβαλεῖν: ¹περιβάλλω τινὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ περιπτύσσομαι. ²καὶ ‘περιβάλλει ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐν νεφέλαις’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνδύει. ³καὶ παρὰ Φιλοστράτῳ [Philostratus Jun. 1.4.2] ‘περιβάλλων τοῖς τείχεσιν ἄνδρας ὡπλισμένους’ ἀντὶ τοῦ κύκλῳ τιθείς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘I cast around someone’ in the sense ‘I embrace’. And ‘god surrounds the sky in clouds’ in the sense ‘clothes it’. And in Philostratus, ‘casting armed men around the walls’ in the sense ‘placing them in a circle around’.

LEMMA: χερσὶ περιβαλεῖν G

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐν om. XoTYfG

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 περιφάλλων a.c. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.119,15–18

COMMENT: The first quotation is based on Psalm 146:8 τῷ περιβάλλοντι τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐν νεφέλαις, which is often paraphrased in Christian writers with the participle in the nominative or converted to the indicative.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Psalms

Or. 373.01 (vet exeg) ὡς εὐτυχοῦντας: ¹εἰώθασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὰς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀτυχίας εὐτελεῖς λογίζεσθαι βουλόμενοι μέχρι θανάτου τὴν ἀτυχίαν αὐτῶν προκόπτειν. ²καὶ ὁ Μενέλαος τοίνυν ἔφεδρος ὢν τῇ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἀρχῇ μόνον τὸ ζῆν αὐτὸν εὐτυχίαν ὁρίζεται. —MBVCR^bRw, partial MnMlPrSSa

TRANSLATION: People are accustomed to reckon the misfortunes of their enemies as unimportant, because they want their misfortune to proceed to the point of death. And Menelaus, accordingly, being the successor looming over Orestes’ realm, defines his merely being alive as good fortune.

LEMMA: MBC, 371 δοκῶν ὀρέστην Rw, ἄλλως V, καὶ ἄλλως MlMnPrR^bSSa REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: follows 373.06 VMlMnPrR^bSSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,4–7; Dind. II.119,21–120,3

Or. 373.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ἠπιστάμην καὶ τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον ἐδάκρυσα, ²ἐλπίζων δὲ περιπτύσσεσθαι τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν μητέρα ὡς σῳζομένους, ³παρ’ ἐλπίδας ἤκουσα τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τὸν θάνατον. ⁴τὸ γὰρ εὐτυχοῦντας ἀντὶ τοῦ σώους καὶ ὑγιεῖς. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: I knew of what happened to Agamemnon and I wept for his death, but hoping I would embrace Orestes and his mother as safely surviving, contrary to my hopes I heard of the death of Clytemnestra. For (he uses) the word ‘having good fortune’ in the sense ‘safe and healthy’.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλὰ in all POSITION: cont. from prev. in all

APP. CRIT.: περιπτύσσεσθαι transp. after ὀρέστην Rw | τὴν αὐτοῦ μητέρα Rw | τοῦ om. M | καὶ om. Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 περιπτύσεσθαι MRw | 3 παρελπιδας MRw | κλυτεμν‑ M | 4 σῷους B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,8–11; Dind. II.120,3–7

Or. 373.03 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τὰ κατὰ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἠπιστάμην καὶ τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον ἐδάκρυσα, ²ἐλπίζων δὲ τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν μητέρα περιπτύσσεσθαι ὡς σῳζομένους, ³ἤκουσα τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ἀνόσιον φόνον. —VR^b

TRANSLATION: I knew of what happened to Agamemnon and I wept for his death, but hoping I would embrace Orestes and his mother as safely surviving, I heard of the unholy murder of Clytemnestra.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλὰ VR^b POSITION: cont. from prev. VR^b

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὰ κατὰ] ἐν R^b | 2 ἐλπίζω R^b | 3 καὶ add. before ἤκουσα V | ἀνόσιον] ἀλλόσιον R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 περιπτύσεσθαι R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,8–11 app.; Dind. II.120,3–7 app.

Or. 373.04 (rec exeg) ¹ἔθος ἐστὶ τὰς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀτυχίας εὐτελεῖς λογίζεσθαι βουλόμενοι μέχρι θανάτου τὴν ἀτυχίαν αὐτοῖς προκόπτειν. ²καὶ ὁ Μενέλαος οὖν ἐφεδρεύων τῇ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἀρχῇ μόνην τὴν ζωὴν αὐτοῦ εὐτυχίαν ὁρίζεται. ³κἂν τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς ἐδάκρυον θάνατον, ἤλπιζον σὲ καὶ τὴν σὴν μητέρα ὑγιεῖς περιπτύσσεσθαι. —O

TRANSLATION: It is customary to reckon the misfortunes of enemies as unimportant, wanting misfortune to proceed to the point of death for them. And Menelaus, accordingly, looming over Orestes’ realm as successor, defines his merely being alive as good fortune. Even though I was weeping for the death of your father, I was hoping to embrace you and your mother in good health.

Or. 373.05 (vet exeg) τὸ εὐτυχοῦντας κακοήθως. —MC

TRANSLATION: The word ‘enjoying good fortune’ (is used) maliciously.

POSITION: cont. from 373.02 without punct. MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,12; Dind. II.119,21 app.

KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως

Or. 373.06 (rec exeg) ὡς εὐτυχοῦντας: κακοήθως, ὡς ὑγιῶς ἔχοντας —VMlMnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Maliciously (expressed), as if (meaning) in a healthy condition.

LEMMA: all (ὡς τοὺς εὐτ. R^b) REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b POSITION: follows 370.01 Ml, cont. from 370.01 without marking of lemma Sa; precedes sch. 373.01 MlPr

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔχωντας Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,12 app.; Dind. II.119,21

KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως

Or. 373.09a (373–374) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔκλυον … ἀνόσιον φόνον⟩: ἔκλυον καὶ ἤκουον ἀπὸ τινὸς τῶν ἁλικτύπων τὸν ἀνόσιον φόνον τῆς Τυνδαρείας παιδός, ἤτοι τῆς θυγατρὸς τοῦ Τυνδάρεω, τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας. —C²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 373.12 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: ¹τῶν ἁλιέων, ἀπὸ τοῦ κτυπεῖν ταῖς κώπαις. ²ἢ τῶν ναυτῶν. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: (Meaning) of the fishermen, (the word being) derived from ‘strike with oars’. Or (meaning) of the sailors.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: 1 τῶν om. BRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,13; Dind. II.120,7–8

Or. 373.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: τῶν ἐν ἁλὶ κτυπούντων ἠχούντων —V

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. Sch. M Hipp. 754b Cavarzeran κῦμ’ ἁλίκτυπον] τὸ ἐν τῇ ἁλὶ κτυποῦν; Sch. M Hipp. 754c Cavarzeran κῦμ’ ἁλίκτυπον] τὸ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἠχοῦν.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 373.16 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: πλεόντων ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 373.18 (mosch exeg) ἁλικτύπων: ἁλιέων, οἳ ταῖς κώπαις τύπτουσι τὴν θάλασσαν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Of fishermen, who strike the sea with their oars.

LEMMA: ἁλιτύπων (as in text) Yf POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἁλιέων om. Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.120,8–9

Or. 373.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: τῶν κτυπούντων τὴν θάλασσαν —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 373.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: ἁλιέων, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν τῇ ἁλὶ κτύπον ποιεῖ —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 373.23 (rec exeg) ⟨τινὸς⟩: λείπει τὸ λέγοντος. —GMlMnPrRSSa^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λείπει om. S, λείπει τὸ om. G

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 374.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τῆς Τυνδαρείας⟩: ἡ κτητικὴ ἀντὶ γενικῆς —K

POSITION: marg.

Or. 374.05 (vet exeg) ⟨παιδὸς⟩: γράφεται θυγατρός. —MC

TRANSLATION: (For ‘paidos’, ‘child’) the reading ‘thugatros’ (‘daughter’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,16; Dind. II.120,16

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 374.06 (rec exeg) ⟨θυγατρὸς⟩: γρ. παιδὸς. —SXo

LEMMA: θυγατρὸς in text SXo POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. S

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 374.07 (vet exeg) ἀνόσιον φόνον: δέον εἰπεῖν εὐσεβῆ φόνον, κακοήθως ἀνόσιον καὶ ἀσεβῆ φόνον καλεῖ τὴν τιμωρίαν Κλυταιμνήστρας. —BCRw

TRANSLATION: Although he should have said ‘pious murder’, maliciously he calls the punishment of Clytemnestra ‘unholy and impious murder’.

LEMMA: Rw POSITION: marg. B

APP. CRIT.: δέον ἦν Rw | first φόνον] φη(σι) Rw | after κακοήθως add. οὖν Rw | τὸν φόνον καλεῖ (om. τὴν τιμ.) Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,14–15; Dind. II.120,11–12

KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως

Or. 374.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνόσιον φόνον⟩: δέον εἰπεῖν εὐσεβῆ —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 374.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνόσιον φόνον⟩: ¹ἀνόσιον φόνον λέγει τὸν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ ταύτης υἱοῦ Ὀρέστου ἐπράχθη. ²ἔδει μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν οὐχ ἅπαξ ἀλλὰ καὶ μυριάκις ἀπολωλέναι, αὐτόχειρα ἤτοι φονέα τοῦ οἰκείου ἀνδρὸς γενομένην. ³ἔδει δὲ ὑπ’ ἄλλου του καὶ οὐχ ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου γεγενῆσθαι τοῦτο. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: He calls the killing of Clytemnestra unholy murder because it was done by this woman’s son, Orestes. For she should have been put to death not once but countless times, because she proved to be the ‘autocheir’, that is, murderer of her own husband. But this should have come about at someone else’s hands, not at Orestes’.

LEMMA: ση() written twice above the note in Z REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ὑπ’ ὀρέστου Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.120,10–11 and 12–15

Or. 374.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ξένον⟩: φόνον —Rf

LEMMA: ξένον in text Rf POSITION: s.l.

Or. 375.01 (375–376) (vet paraphr) ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅπου ἐστὶν ὁ Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνος —M

TRANSLATION: (The interrupted word order is) equivalent to ‘where the offspring of Agamemnon is’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: γώνος app. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,17; Dind. II.120,17–18

Or. 375.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νεάνιδες⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν τοῦτο φησίν. —AaZa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο om. Aa

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 375.07 (rec metr) ⟨νεάνιδες⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 376.05 (vet exeg) ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη κακά: ¹καὶ ἐκ τούτου δῆλός ἐστιν ὁ Μενέλαος πονηρῶς ταῦτα λέγων. ²δέον γὰρ εἰπεῖν ‘ὃς ἤμυνε τῷ πατρί’, φησὶν ‘ὃς τὰ δεινὰ εἰργάσατο κακά’. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: From this detail too it is clear that Menelaus says these things maliciously. For when he should have said ‘who avenged his father’, he says ‘who accomplished the dreadful evils’.

LEMMA: C, ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. B (at 377 on next page)

APP. CRIT.: 2 δέον] δὲ M | first ὃς] ὡς Rw | εἴργασται MBRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κἀκ τούτων B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,18–20; Dind. II.120,19–21

COLLATION NOTES: κακά in M is blurred and ambiguously written, but it probably is κακά rather than καλά, as Schw. read.

KEYWORDS: πονηρῶς

Or. 376.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη κακά⟩: δῆλος ἐστὶ πονηρ[ὸς ὁ] Μενέλαος· δέον [γὰρ] εἰπεῖν ‘ὃς ἤμυνε τῷ πατρὶ’. —O

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: Restored letters obscured in binding.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.120,22–23

Or. 376.08 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰ δείν’⟩: τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘The terrible evils’ refers to) the murder of his mother.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν φθόνον τῆς μητρὸς transp. Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.120,21

Or. 377.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότ’⟩: ὁπότε ἀπεδήμησα δηλονότι —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 378.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨μέλαθρον⟩: οἴκημα, τὸ μέσον τῆς στέγης ξύλον —B⁴

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. ps.-Zonaras 1347,12–14 μέλαθρον· οἴκημα. κυρίως δὲ τὸ μέσον τῆς στέγης ξύλον, ὃ καλοῦμεν ὑπότονον. ἀπὸ τοῦ μελαίνεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ καπνοῦ.

Or. 378.07 (tri metr) ⟨Τροίαν⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 379.01 (mosch exeg) ὥστ’ οὐκ ἂν γνωρίσαιμ’ ἄν: ὅτε ἐν ἑνὶ ῥήματι δύο λέγεται ἂν, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, τὸ μὲν ἓν ἐστὶ δυνητικὸς σύνδεσμος, τὸ δέ ἕτερον παραπληρωματικὸς ἀντὶ τοῦ δή. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: When in a single clause two (instances of the particle) ‘an’ are spoken, as here, the one is the particle of potentiality, and the other is a filler particle used in the sense of ‘dē’ (‘indeed’).

LEMMA: G (γνωρίσοιμ’ with αι s.l. above οι)

APP. CRIT.: ἐν om. TYYf | λέγεται δύο transp. X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.120,24–26

Or. 379.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸν γνωρίσαιμ’ ἄν⟩: διὸ ἦν βρέφος —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 379.06 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 380.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: ὧδε —RfSa^rP²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. prep. P²

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 380.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦδ’⟩: ὅδ’ —MnZc

LEMMA: ὧδ’ in text Zc, ὦδ’ Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 380.08a (pllgn gram) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩: ὦ Μενέλεως Ἀττικὸν καὶ ὤφειλεν λέγειν ὦ Μενέλαε κοινῶς. —C²

POSITION: intermarg.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 380.09 (vet exeg) ὃν ἱστορεῖς: ¹ἢ περὶ οὗ ἐρωτᾷς, ἢ ὃν ὁρᾷς. ²εἴρηται γὰρ ἡ ὄψις ἱστορία, ὡς ἂν εἴποιμεν ‘ἱστόρησα τὴν πόλιν’. —BCRw

TRANSLATION: Either ‘concerning whom you are asking’, or ‘whom you see’. For vision is called ‘historia’, as we might say ‘I saw (‘historēsa’) the city’.

LEMMA: CRw POSITION: intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: 1 οὗ] ὃν C | 2 ὄψις om. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,21–22; Dind. II.121,8–9

COMMENT: For the juncture in the example, see Plutarch, Pompey 40.1 βουλόμενος ἱστορῆσαι τὴν πόλιν, Julian. epist. 79,11 (also a few times in Byzantine authors).

Or. 380.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃν ἱστορεῖς⟩: ὅντινα ἐρωτᾷς ἢ ὃν ὁρᾷς —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 380.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃν ἱστορεῖς⟩: ἢ ὃν θεωρεῖς —MlMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: in Mn damaged continuation, perhap [ἢ] περ[ὶ οὗ] ἐρωτᾶς (the ἐρωτᾶς of 380.16 is separate)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἢ ὄν· θεωρείς Ml

Or. 380.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ¹ἢ ἐρωτᾷς, ἢ βλέπεις. ²εἴρηται γὰρ ἡ ὄψις ἱστορία. —OV³

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 first ἢ om. O | ἢ βλέπεις om. O

Or. 380.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ὁρᾷς οὐ γνωρίζων —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.121,10

Or. 381.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨τἀμά⟩: ἤγουν ἐμαυτὸν οὕτω κακῶς ἔχοντα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘My ills’,) that is, myself being in such a bad state.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G | κακῶς Gr changed to καλῶς by Gu or later hand

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.121,11

Or. 381.09 (tri metr) ⟨τἀμά⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 382.02 (vet exeg) πρωτόλεια θιγγάνω: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸ πάντων σε λιτανεύω καὶ ταύτην πρώτην ἱκεσίαν ἐπὶ σὲ ποιοῦμαι οὐπώποτέ τινα ἄλλον ἱκετεύσας. ²πρωτόλεια δὲ κυρίως ἡ τῆς λείας ἀπαρχή· ³νῦν δὲ πρωτόλειά φησι τῆς ἱκεσίας τὴν ἀπαρχήν. ⁴καταχρηστικῶς γὰρ πρωτόλεια πάντα τὰ πρῶτά φασιν. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: Meaning ‘I beseech you before all else and I direct toward you this supplication as my first, never yet having supplicated anyone else’. ‘Prōtoleia’ is properly the firstfruits of plunder, but now he uses it to mean the firstfruits of supplication. For they (authors) use the term catachrestically of all things that are first.

LEMMA: MBC, θιγγάνω Rw REF. SYMBOL: B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,23–27; Dind. II.121,13–17

KEYWORDS: catachresis

Or. 382.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια θιγγάνω⟩: ¹πρὸ πάντων σε λιτανεύω. ²κυρίως δὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ τῆς λείας. —OV³

POSITION: as sep. phrases in sep. margins O, s.l. V³

APP. CRIT.: 2 after δὲ add. πρωτόλεια V³ | ἡ τῆς λείας ἀπαρχή transp. V³ | ἀρχὴ O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.121,21–22

Or. 382.04 (rec exeg) τῶν σῶν δὲ γονάτων πρωτόλεια: πρωτόλειον μὲν κυρίως λέγεται τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς λείας ἐξαίρετον, τὸ ἀνατιθέμενον τῷ θεῷ· ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸ πρωτόλειον ὡς ἐπίρρημα ἐδέξατο ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ πρῶτον λόγον ἢ πρωτοτύπως. —V

TRANSLATION: ‘Prōtoleia’ is used properly of the choice portion of the plunder, the part dedicated to the god. But here he interpreted the word as an adverb, equivalent to ‘in first speech’ or ‘in the first instance’.

LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.139,2–5; Dind. II.121,18–20

Or. 382.06 (vet exeg) πρωτόλεια: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρῶτον, σύνθετον ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: Used for ‘prōton’ (‘first’), compound form in place of simple form.

LEMMA: B POSITION: cont. from 382.02 Rw, s.l. MC, intermarg. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.139,1; Dind. II.121,17–18

Or. 382.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἱκεσίας —O

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς] τὴν O

Or. 382.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: ἐπίρρημα ἀντὶ τοῦ πρώτως —AbMlMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT. 2: πρῶτος Mn, (ως) abbrev. conflated with ον Ml

Or. 382.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: πρωτόλεια κυρίως τὸ πρῶτον τῶν κούρσων, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ ἐτέθη ἐνταῦθα. —Y²

COMMENT: κοῦρσον is a mid-Byzantine word for ‘marauding party’ (GLRBP and Kriaras s.vv. κούρσο, κούρσος).

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage | catachresis

Or. 382.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: κατὰ πρῶτον λόγον —V³Y²Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καί prep. Zu, ἢ prep. V³ | κατὰ om. Y²

Or. 382.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: Rewritten by B^3d.

Or. 382.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: σύνθετον ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ, πρωτόλεια ἀντὶ τοῦ πρῶτα πάντων —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2: πρώτα Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.121,20–21

Or. 382.21 (pllgn gram) ⟨θιγγάνω⟩: θιγγάνω τὸ πλησιάζω —C²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 383.01 (vet exeg) ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου στόματος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ στεμμάτων —HMOVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘without garlands’.

LEMMA: MCSa, ἄλλως ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου στόματος V, ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου MlMnPrR^bRwS REF. SYMBOL: HMlR^b POSITION: follows 383.06 V

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. OVMlR^bSa, τοῦ om. C | στέμματος V, στόματος MlMnPrR^bSSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.139,6; Dind. II.122,9

Or. 383.02 (vet exeg) ¹τὴν φυλλάδα ἱκετεύοντες προέτεινον, ὡς παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Il. 1.14] ὁ Χρύσης ‘στέμματ’ ἔχων ἐν χερσίν’. ²κέκληται δὲ φυλλάς, ἐπεὶ ἐκ φύλλων ἤτοι ἐλαίας ἢ δάφνης {ἢ, ὥς τινες, τὸ ἐκ τούτων ἄνθος} ἐστί, ³καὶ ταύτην τῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτουσι τῶν ἱκετευομένων. ⁴ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς ἱκετεύουσι φυλλάδα προτείνειν, τοῦτο δὲ νῦν οὐ πάρεστι, διὰ τοῦτό φησι τὴν ἐκ στόματος καὶ λόγων μόνων ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι. ⁵τὸ δὲ ἐξάπτων ἔφη παρόσον οὓς ἱκέτευον, τούτοις παρετίθεσαν τὰς ἱκετηρίας. ⁶Ἀχαιὸς Ἀζᾶσι [Achaeus TrGF 20 F 2 Snell]·
      ⁷‘νῦν οὖν ἡμεῖς ἱκέται θαλλούς
      ⁸τε θεῶν τε σέβας τίθεμεν πρὸ ποδῶν
      ⁹τῶν σῶν λῆξαι τῆς ἀστερόπου
      ¹⁰Ζηνὸς θυσίας’.
¹¹τινὲς δὲ ἀφύλλου στόματος ἤκουσαν τοῦ κατεξηραμμένου διὰ τὴν νόσον {ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ ἱκετηρίας} ¹²ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν δένδρων, ἅτινα μὴ ἔχοντα φύλλα ὡς ἐπὶ πολὺ ξηρὰ εὑρίσκεται. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: When supplicating, they used to hold out the leafy branch, as in Homer Chryses ‘having garlands in his hands’. (This branch) is called ‘phullas’ because it is made of leaves (‘phulla’) either of olive or laurel {or as some say the blossom from these}, and they hang these from the knees of those supplicated. Now, since it is customary for those supplicating to hold out a leafy branch, and this is not possible at this moment, for this reason he says he is making the supplication that comes from his mouth and from words alone. And he said ‘attach/hang from’ because they used to set the suppliant branches beside the people whom they were supplicating. Achaeus (attests this) in his Azanes: ‘Now, then, we suppliants place before your feet the branches and the respectful offering to the gods, asking that we cease from the sacrifice to flashing Zeus’. Some have understood ‘mouth without foliage’ to mean ‘dried out by the sickness’ {equivalent to ‘without suppliant branch’} by a metaphor from trees, which, if they do not have foliage, are generally found to be dry.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all, except cont. from 382.02 B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.139,8–19; Dind. II.122,9–21

COMMENT: In the quoted fragment of Achaeus, Wilamowitz’s two emendations would change the translation to ‘the branches and the respectful offering of crowns’ and ‘from the sacrifice to cruel Zeus’.

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς | citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Achaeus

Or. 383.03 (rec exeg) ¹τὴν γὰρ φυλλάδα ἱκετεύοντες προέτεινον, καὶ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Il. 1.14] Χρύσης ‘στέμματ’ ἔχων’. ²ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔθος τοῖς ἱκετεύουσι φυλλάδα προτείνειν, τοῦτο δὲ νῦν οὐ πάρεστι, διὰ τοῦτό φησι τῶν ἐκ στόματος λόγων μόνον ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι. ³τινὲς δὲ ἀφύλλου τοῦ κατεξηραμμένου διὰ τὴν νόσον {ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ ἱκετηρίας} ⁴ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν δένδρων, ἅτινα μὴ ἔχοντα φύλλα ξηρὰ εὑρίσκονται. —VMlMnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: For when supplicating, they used to hold out the leafy branch, and in Homer Chryses ‘having garlands’. So, since it was a custom for those supplicating to hold out a branch, and this is not possible at this moment, for this reason he says he is making his supplication with words from his mouth alone. Some (understand) ‘without foliage’ to mean ‘dried out by the sickness’ {equivalent to ‘without suppliant branch’} by a metaphor from trees, which, if they do not have foliage, are found to be dry.

POSITION: cont. from. 383.01 all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.139,8–19 app.; Dind. II.123,5–11

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 383.04 (vet exeg) εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ λιτανεύοντες κλάδους φ[έρειν … ὡς] παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ. διὰ τοῦτο φησὶ φύλλων μὴ ὄντων τὴν ἐκ στόματος μό[ν… —H

TRANSLATION: Those making prayers in supplication are accustomed to carry branches [ … as] in Homer. For this reason he says that, there being no leaves, [he makes] the [supplication] from his mouth only.

POSITION: cont. from 383.01 H

APP. CRIT.: extent of first gap undetermined; e.g., τοῖς ἱκετευομένοις or καὶ τῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτειν | e.g. μό[νου ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι] Daitz

Or. 383.05 (rec exeg) ἐκ φυλλάδων ἐστεφανοῦντο τὸ πρότερον. —O

TRANSLATION: They (suppliants) were crowned with leafy branches in previous time.

POSITION: cont. from 383.01

APP. CRIT.: ἐστεφάνοντο O

Or. 383.06 (rec exeg) ἀφύλλου στόματος ἐξάπτων λιτάς: ¹τὸ ‘ἀφύλλους λιτάς’ ἐνταῦθα εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ Μενελάου Ὀρέστης εἶπε ταῖς μεγίσταις τιμαῖς βιάζων ἐκεῖνον γενέσθαι αὐτῷ εἰς βοηθόν. ²οἱ γὰρ ποιούμενοι τὰς λιτὰς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἀεὶ κλάδους ἐπεφέροντο νεωστὶ δρεφθέντας ἐκ δένδρων καὶ θάλλοντας καὶ φύλλων κομῶντας καὶ εἰρίοις πολυχρόοις ἀναδεδεμένους, οὓς καὶ εἰρεσιώνας ἐκάλουν. ³τρόπον οὖν τινα ταῦτα λέγει ὁ Ὀρέστης πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον ὅτι ἔδει τὰς λιτὰς ὡς θεῷ σοι προσαγαγεῖν μετὰ κλάδων, ⁴νῦν δὲ διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τοῦτο, ἐπειδὴ πανταχόθεν εἰλοῦμαι παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις καὶ κωλύομαι, τοῦ ἐκ στόματος προαγομένου ⟨λόγου⟩ ταύτας προσάγω. —V

TRANSLATION: Orestes said here ‘suppliant prayers without foliage’ to honor Menelaus, trying to force him by very great honors to become his rescuer. For those who made their suppliant prayers to divinity always used to carry branches freshly cut from trees and flourishing and covered with leaves and bound up with wool strips (‘eiria’) of many colors, which they in fact used to call ‘eiresiōnai’. Thus in a certain way Orestes says this to Menelaus, that ‘I should have brought suppliant prayers to you as to a god along with branches, but as it is, because I cannot do this, since I am surrounded on all sides by bronze armor and am prevented, I bring these prayers of speech conveyed from my mouth.’

REF. SYMBOL: V (above ἱκέτης)

APP. CRIT.: 2 δρεθέντας V | 4 κωλύομαι Schw., κωλυόμενος V | λόγου suppl. Mastr. (cf. 383.03 τῶν ἐκ στόματος λόγων ἱκεσίας); τὰς ἐκ στ. προαγομένας Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.139,20–140,3; Dind. II.122,22–123,4

COLLATION NOTES: For δρεθέντας rather than δρεσθέντας as read by Schw., compare εθ in ἔθος 12 lines later in V.

Or. 383.07 (thom exeg) ¹εἰώθασιν οἱ παλαιοὶ ὅτε ἱκέτευον τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας φέρειν ἐν χερσὶ στέφανον ἐκ φύλλων ἢ δάφνης ἢ ἐλαίας. ²ὁ δὲ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· πρὶν διηγήσομαι τὰ ἐμὰ κακά, ἅπτομαι τῶν σῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτων καὶ φέρων παρακλήσεις ἐξ ἀφύλλου στόματος. ³τουτέστι μόνον διὰ λόγων δέομαι καὶ οὐ προτείνω κλάδον ὡς ἔθος. ⁴ἢ τὸ ἀφύλλου στόματος νοητέον ἀντὶ τοῦ καταξήρου ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου. ⁵περιαιρεθέντων γὰρ τῶν φύλλων ἐκ τῶν δένδρων ξηρὰ τὰ δένδρα τυγχάνει. ⁶διὰ τί δὲ ἐκ δάφνης ἢ ἐξ ἐλαίας φύλλα προέτεινον καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἄλλου φυτοῦ; ⁷φαμὲν ὡς ἐπεὶ ταῦτα τὰ φυτὰ ἀειθαλῆ τυγχάνει καὶ ἱερά, ⁸ἡ μὲν γὰρ δάφνη τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι ὡς μαντικῷ ἀνετίθετο, ἡ δὲ ἐλαία τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ ὡς καταδειξάσῃ πρώτῃ αὐτὴν ἐν Ἀθήναις, ⁹διὰ τοῦτο ἐξιλεοῦντο τούτοις μόνοις καὶ οὐκ ἄλλοις τισὶ φυτοῖς. ¹⁰πρωτόλεια δὲ κυρίως αἱ πρῶται τῆς λείας ἀπαρχαί, ἃς ἀνέφερον τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς αἰτίοις τῆς νίκης. ¹¹δέον δὲ εἰπεῖν ἱκετικῶς, ἱκέτης εἶπε πρὸς τὸ θιγγάνω. —ZZaZbZmTGu, partial Ox²

TRANSLATION: The ancients were accustomed, when they were supplicating those superior to them, to carry in their hands a crown made of leaves either of laurel or olive. The overall sense is like this: before I explain my troubles, I clasp your knees, attaching and bringing prayers from a leafless mouth. That is, I beg solely through words and do not hold forth a branch according to custom. Or else one should take ‘leafless mouth’ to mean ‘dried up by illness’. For once the leaves have been stripped off from the trees, the trees are dry. And why did they hold forth leaves from laurel or from olive and not from another plant? We say that because these plants are evergreen and sacred—for the laurel was dedicated to Apollo as the prophetic god, and the olive to Athena as the one who first revealed it in Athens—for this reason they used to propitiate with these alone and not some other plants. ‘Prōtoleia’ are properly the first selected offerings from the plunder, which they used to offer to the gods as responsible for their victory. And though it would have been proper to say (using the adverb) ‘in the suppliant manner’, he said (using the noun) ‘suppliant’ construed with (the unexpressed subject of) ‘I touch’.

REF. SYMBOL: at ἀφύλλου ZZa, at στόματος Zl, at ἐξάπτων Zm, at λίτας Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 προτίνω Zb | 8 καταδίξαση ZT (not Ta)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.121,25–122,8 and 121,22–24

Or. 383.08 (pllgn exeg) ἔθος εἶχον οἱ ἱκετεύοντες κρατεῖν ἐν ταῖν χεροῖν καὶ τεθηλὸς κλάδον. νῦν δὲ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἱκετεύων καὶ μὴ κρατῶν κλάδον λέγει πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον τῶν σῶν γονάτων πρωτόλεια καὶ κατὰ πρῶτον λόγον θιγγάνω, ἱκέτης ὑπάρχων ἐξάπτων καὶ κρεμῶν λιτὰς ἀφύλλου στόματος, ἤγουν κλάδον μὴ κρατοῦντος. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: I find no parallel for κλάδον treated as neuter as here (neuter κλάδος, κλάδους is attested in LBG).

Or. 383.09 (pllgn exeg) ἔθος ἦν τοῖς παλαιοῖς τοῖς περί τι ἱκετεύουσι κλάδον ἐλαίας ἢ φύλλον κατέχειν ἐν τῷ στόματι διὰ τὸν ἔλεον. φησὶν οὖν ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐνταῦθα πρὸς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ὅτι τίθημι λιτὰς ἐκ τοῦ ἀφύλλου στόματος, μὴ κατέχων κλάδον ἐλαίας. —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀγαμέμνονα sic, by error of association for μενέλαον

Or. 383.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: τοῦ κατεξηραμμένου διὰ τὴν νόσον, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν δένδρων —V³

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 383.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἢ τοῦ καταξήρου· τὸ γὰρ φύλλον ὑγρόν. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 383.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: καταξήρου ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου, ξηροῦ —Gu, app. B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 383.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ξηροῦ, τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος τινὰ ὑγρότητα —Sa^r

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 383.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἀφύλλους —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 383.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἤγουν χωρὶς κλάδου ποιοῦντος ἱκεσίαν —B⁴

POSITION: marg.

Or. 383.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἤγουν μὴ ἔχοντος κλάδους· ἔθος γὰρ τοῖς ἱκετεύουσι κλαδηφορεῖν, ὡς καὶ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ ‘στέμματ’ ἔχων ἐν χερσίν’ ἢ φυλλάδας· ἤγουν καταξηροῦ. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: φυλλάδας] φυλλ() Zu

Or. 383.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: καὶ ἀφίλου —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀφίλου] only ί written above ύ Zu

Or. 384.01 (pllgn exeg) ἢ σῶσον ἐμὲ ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν, ἢ ἀφῖξαι εἰς καιρὸν τῶν κακῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων. —Y²

COMMENT: The first paraphrase assumes the parenthesis proposed by Brunck on the basis of punctuation in ms A (faint raised dot after μ’ and comma after καιρὸν). A comma after καιρὸν also occurs in Aa.

Or. 384.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀφῖξαι δ’ αὐτὸς⟩: ὅτι καὶ σὺ —AbMlMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. Ml

Or. 384.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰς καιρὸν κακῶν⟩: εἰς τὴν ἀκμὴν τῶν κακῶν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τὴν and κακῶν om. G

Or. 384.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨εἰς καιρὸν κακῶν⟩: ἤγουν ἐγκαίρως καὶ συμφερόντως τοῖς ἐμοῖς κακοῖς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | τοῖς ἐμ. κακ. om. or lost to trimming Zl

Or. 384.17 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 385.01 (pllgn exeg) ἰδὼν ὁ Μενέλαος Ὀρέστην ταῦτα σχετλιάζων φησί. —Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,12–13

Or. 385.02 (tri metr) ⟨θεοί⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 385.03 (mosch paraphr) τί βλέπω; τίνα βλέπω ἀπὸ τῶν κάτω; —X

TRANSLATION: What do I see? Whom of those below do I see?

Or. 385.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨τίνα δέδορκα νερτέρων;⟩: τίνα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν βλέπω; —M

TRANSLATION: Whom of the dead do I see?

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.140,4; Dind. II.123,13–14

Or. 385.04a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τινὰ δέδορκα νερτέρων⟩: καὶ βλέπω τινὰ ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν. —C²

LEMMA: τινὰ in text C POSITION: s.l.

Or. 385.07 (rec exeg) ⟨δέρκομαι⟩: γρ. δέδορκα. —MnPrRS

LEMMA: δέρκομαι in text all POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: τί add. before δέδ. R

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 385.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δέδορκα⟩: δέρκομαι —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 385.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: δοκῶν ὅτι εἴδωλον βλέπει τινὸς τῶν νεκρῶν —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 385.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν κάτω ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except Xo

APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ om. TZc | ἤγουν τῶν om. GZc | second τῶν om. Y

Or. 386.01 (vet exeg) εὖ γ’ εἶπας: ¹καλῶς με νεκρὸν ἐκάλεσας· ²οὐ γὰρ ζῶ ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν. ³ὅσον ἥκει εἰς τὰ κακά, ⟨οὐ⟩ ζῶ. —HMBC, partial VAaSa^r

TRANSLATION: You correctly called me a corpse. For I am not alive because of my troubles. As far as pertains to my troubles, I am ⟨not⟩ alive.

LEMMA: MCSa POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. VAaSa^r

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.140,5–6; Dind. II.123,15–16

COMMENT: In the first sentence in H we cannot tell whether any preceding word occurred in the lost margin. Beginning a scholion with the word φησὶ is rare, but attested. In the third sentence, with δὲ included, it is possible that H had a different version, paraphrasing φάος δ’ ὁρῶ, such as ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τ[ὸ φῶς ὁρᾶν ζῶ].

Or. 386.03 (thom exeg) ⟨εὖ γ’ εἶπας⟩: ὅτι νεκρὸς εἰμί —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘You said well’) that I am one dead.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 386.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὖ γ’ εἶπας⟩: ὅτι τινὰ νερτέρων δέδορκας. —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,17–18

Or. 386.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ζῶ κακοῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς κακοῖς ὑπάρχω, οὐ ζῶ. —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 386.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ζῶ⟩: οὐκ ἄλλο κέκτημαι τῶν ζώντων εἰ μὴ μόνον τὸ ὁρᾶν τὸ φάος. —Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,18–19

Or. 387.01 (mosch paraphr) λίαν ἠγριωμένος εἶ κατὰ τὸν πλόκαμον τὸν κατάξηρον. —X

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,20–21

Or. 387.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πλόκαμον αὐχμηρὸν⟩: ἔχων σὺ —AaAbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔχον Mn

Or. 387.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨πλόκαμον αὐχμηρὸν⟩: κατὰ τὸν πλόκαμον τὸν κατάξηρον —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (The plain accusative ‘parched hair’ means) ‘in respect to my dry hair’.

POSITION: s.l.; as two sep. glosses GZc

Or. 387.12 (thom exeg) ⟨αὐχμηρὸν⟩: ποταπὸν κατάξηρον. ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο ἑρμηνεία τοῦ ἠγρίωσαι. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Of some sort, (namely) dry. And this is an explanation of ‘you have become wild’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ποταπὸν om. ZaGu(Ta) | κατάξηρον] ξηρόν a.c. Zm, om. Gu (allowing Gr’s κατάξηρον below to serve) | ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο ἑρμηνεία] ἑρμηνεία δέ ἐστι T, τὸ αὐχμηρὸν ἐρμηνεία ἐστὶ ZbZmGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,21–22

KEYWORDS: ἑρμηνεία/ἑρμηνεύων

Or. 388.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: λυπεῖ ἐμὲ —MnSSa^r

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 388.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: τὸ ‘οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις’ οὐ πρὸς τὸν λόγον τοῦ μέσου τὸ [387] ‘ἠγρίωσαι’ ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ [385] ‘τίνα δέδορκα νερτέρων’. —ZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The words ‘not the sight’ are not a response to the statement of the intervening line, ‘you have been made wild’, but to the (earlier) line ‘whom of the dead do I see?’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZlT POSITION: s.l. ZmGu

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ μέσου TGu, τοῦ μενελάου others (truncated μεν() ZbZm)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,24–25

COMMENT: This unconvincing view is a rejection of the kind of interpretation offered in several of the following scholia and glosses. The Mosch. gloss 388.08 ἡ θεωρία perhaps espouses a similar view.

Or. 388.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: ¹οὐχὶ τὸ εἶναι με τακερὸν καὶ ὠχριωμένον καὶ πανταχῶς πινώδη αἰκίζεται ἤγουν λυπεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔργον ὃ εἰς τὴν μητέρα ἐπεπράχειν. ²μετανοῶν δὲ τοῦτο φησι. ³οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου πάσχω αὐχμηροῦ ὄντος ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων ὧν ἔπραξα. —Y²

TRANSLATION: It is not the fact of my being wasted and ghostly pale and entirely filthy that torments, that is, pains, but the deed which I accomplished against my mother. He says this in repentance. I do not suffer from my visage, which is dry, but from the deeds that I did.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 3 second ἀπὸ] ὑπὸ a.c. Y²

Or. 388.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: τὰ ἔξω φαινόμενα —VSa^r

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 388.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: ἤγουν ἡ πιναρότης τοῦ προσώπου —V³

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The only instance of πιναρότης in TLG is Eust. in Od. 6.230 [I.251,33].

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 388.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλὰ τἄργ’⟩: ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔργον ὃ εἰς τὴν μητέρα ἐπεπράχθει —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 388.09a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τἄργ’ αἰκίζεται⟩: διὰ γὰρ τοῦ Ἄργους αἰκίζεται, δηλονότι μαστίζεται. —C²

REF. SYMBOL: C² POSITION: marg.

Or. 388.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἄργ’⟩: ἔργον ἤγουν ὁ φόνος —Y

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 388.11 (pllgn gram) ⟨τἄργ’⟩: πληθυντικῶς γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ λογογραφίᾳ. —Y²

TRANSLATION: For (the word ‘ergon’, ‘deed’, is used) in the plural also in prose writings.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 388.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἄργ’⟩: τὰ ἔργα —AaF²Xo

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Aa

Or. 388.19 (thom paraphr) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: ἀφανίζει, λυπεῖ εἰς μνήμην ἰόντα —ZZbZlZmTGuOx²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τουτέστιν prep. Zl | ἀφαν. λυπεῖ om. Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,26

Or. 389.06 (rec exeg) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: πῶς —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 389.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: δεινῶς —F²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 389.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων ξηραῖς κόραι⟩: τῶν γὰρ ἀύπνων οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ξηροί. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For the eyes of people who lack sleep are dry.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.124,3–4

Or. 389.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων ξηραῖς κόραις⟩: ἐξέλιπε γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀμμάτων τὸ ὑγρὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν δακρύων. —Y²

TRANSLATION: For the moisture has been lost from the eyes because of the multitude of tears shed.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 389.10a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὀμμάτων ξηραῖς κόραις⟩: ταῖς ξηραμέναις κόραις τῶν ὀμμάτων —C²

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 389.15 (rec gram) ⟨ξηραῖς⟩: ξηρὸν ᾄδει· ξηραὶ κόραι· ὑγραὶ κόραι· ὑγρὸν ᾄδει. —Mn

TRANSLATION: He sings hoarsely (‘xēron’); dry (‘xērai’) eyes; moist (‘hugrai’) eyes; he sings with wavering(‘hugron’) voice.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: after second κόραι punct. in Mn as if end of note (:~)

COMMENT: Apparently this illustrates some possible sense of ‘dry’ and ‘moist’. I find no other collocation of ξηρόν with ἀείδω, but Oppian Hal. 2.412 has ὑγρὸν ἀείδων (of a drunk man as he walks home at night); medical writers attest phrases such as τὸ κατὰ τὴν κόρην ὑγρόν, τὸ ὑγρὸν τῆς κόρης, but no instances are found where ὑγρός modifies κόρη.

Or. 390.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον⟩: ἐστὶ δηλονότι, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἠφάνισται ὑπερβολικῶς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Understand ‘is’, with the meaning ‘has been destroyed’, used in hyperbole.

POSITION: s.l. except X; over second half of line Y

APP. CRIT.: ἐστὶ δηλονότι om. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.124,7–8

KEYWORDS: ὑπερβολή/ὑπερβολικῶς

Or. 390.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον⟩: ¹ἐπεὶ ὁ Μενέλαος εἶπε πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὅτι [389] ‘δεινὸν λεύσσεις ὀμμάτων ξηραῖς κόραις’, ²ἀποκρινόμενος ὁ Ὀρέστης φησί· ³τί λέγεις; ἅπαν μου τὸ σῶμα ἀπωλώλει, καὶ σὺ περὶ τῶν ὀμμάτων μου μόνον λόγον ποιῇ; —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Because Menelaus said to Orestes ‘you have a fearsome gaze because of the dry pupils of your eyes’, in reply Orestes says: ‘What are you saying? My entire body was destroyed, and you speak only about my eyes?’

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 πρὸς om. Zl | 2 ὁ om. T | 3 second μου om. Zm | λόγον ποιῇ] ποιῆ τὸν λόγον a.c. Gu, p.c. τὸν deleted and α, β added to restore order λόγον ποιῆ

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λεύσεις all except T | 2 φησὶν Zb | 3 ἀπολώλει ZbGu [Zl]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.124,10–13

Or. 390.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον⟩: τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον γενήσεται· τὸ δὲ ὄνομα ἤγουν τὸ καλεῖσθαι με φονέα οὐκ ἐκλείπεται. —Zu

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: φροῦδον] φρονηκὸν Zu; alternative conj. φθόριμον

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐκλήπεται (ἐκλ corr. from ἐκπι) Zu

Or. 390.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨φροῦδον⟩: τὸ πρὸ ὁδοῦ γενόμενον —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 390.09 (vet exeg) τὸ δ’ ὄνομ’ οὐ λέλοιπέ μοι: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς ὄνομα μόνον λείπεται τὰ ἐμά. ²καὶ εἰς ὄνομα μόνον σαλεύει τὰ κατ’ ἐμέ, ἐπεὶ τὸ σῶμα ἅπαν μοι φροῦδον γέγονεν. —HMBVCMlPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘my situation/existence is left (reduced) to a name alone’. And the situation with me is storm-tossed/totters, (reduced) to a name alone, since my entire body is gone.

LEMMA: V, perhaps Sa (faded), lemma τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον MC, οὐ λέλοιπέ μοι MlMn(app. a.c. λέπέ)PrR^bS(λέλειπέ) REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b POSITION: intermarg. B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λείπεται] λείπετε M | 2 γέγονε Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.140,7–9; Dind. II.124,5–7

Or. 390.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ὄμμα. —MnPr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 390.12 (thom exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι Ὀρέστην —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Name’ here means) ‘my being called Orestes’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: after καλεῖσθαι add. με Zl | ὀρέστης Z, ὀρέστης ἢ φονεύς Z^cZa, ὀρέσ() ZlZm

Or. 390.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸ καλεῖσθαι με φονέα —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 390.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι με μητροκτόνον —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 390.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ λέλοιπέ με⟩: μόνον κατελείφθη ἐν ἐμοί —Y²

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 390.05 above τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον

Or. 391.03 (rec exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: γρ. παρὰ λόγον(?). —MnPrR

POSITION: s.l. MnPr, marg. R

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. R | π(αρα)λόγ‑ Pr, περιλόγ‑ Mn | ending sign uncertain in MnPr, possibly ως rather ον (or even ους Pr); see 391.06.

COMMENT: παρὰ λόγον is in the text only in P, and there is a small grave as well as large acute on παρα in O (the grave is not large enough or positioned in a way that would make it certain that it is the correction; it may have been written first and corrected in scribendo). Aa has an apparent dot added between παρά and λογον, which is perhaps meant to indicated παρὰ λόγον as a correction.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 391.09 (rec exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: πῶς —GKSaB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Sa

Or. 391.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: ἤγουν παρ’ ἐλπίδα διὰ τὸ πραχθὲν παρὰ σοῦ, ἢ παρὰ τὸ πρέπον —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 391.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: διὰ τὸ παράνομον ὅπερ ἐποίησας —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 392.01 (vet exeg) ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς τῆς ταλαιπώρου φονεύς: ¹ἤτοι ὅτι μετανοεῖ ἀνελὼν αὐτήν, ταλαίπωρόν φησιν· ²οὐ γὰρ πρὸ πράξεως καὶ μετὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν οἱ αὐτοὶ τυγχάνομεν· ³ἢ προαγόμενος αὐτὸν εἰς ἔλεον διὰ τοῦ καθομολογεῖν τὴν ἀνοσίαν ἑαυτοῦ πρᾶξιν· ⁴ἢ ὑπομιμνήσκων αὐτὸν ὅτι ἔκδικος τοῦ πατρὸς ὑπάρχει. ⁵τὸ δὲ ταλαίπωρος παρὰ τὴν πώρην, ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ πένθος. ⁶Ἀντίμαχος [Antimachus fr. 54 Matthews = 48 Wyss]· ‘πωρητὺν ἀλόχοισι καὶ οἷς τεκέεσσιν ἕκαστος’, ἀντὶ τοῦ πένθος. —MBC, partial VMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Either because he regrets having killed her, he uses ‘unhappy’ (‘talaipōros’). For we are not in fact the same (in our judgment) before action and after the action. Or (he uses the term) because he is inducing him to feel pity by admitting his own unholy action. Or because he is reminding him (Menelaus) that he (Orestes) is the avenger of his father. And the word ‘talaipōros’ is derived from ‘pōrē’, which means grief. Antimachus (uses this root): ‘they each of them (caused) grief for their wives and children’, (with ‘pōrē’) equivalent to ‘penthos’ (grief).

LEMMA: V, ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς τῆς ταλαι() B, ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς MCRw, ὅδ’ εἰμὶ Ml, ὧδ’ εἰμὶ MnPrR^bSSa (ὦδ’ MnR^b; εἶμι MnPrS, app. Sa) REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἤτοι] εἴ τι S | 3 πράξιν Mn | 4 ὑπομιμνήσκον

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.140,10–16; Dind. II.124,16–22

COMMENT: For the statement in 2, since σύνεσις appears strikingly a few lines later, it may be relevant that commentators on Aristotle note the difference between φρόνησις and σύνεσις in similar terms of before and after: e.g. Eustratius CAG 20:369,4–5 ἡ μὲν γὰρ πρὸ τῆς πράξεως καὶ τοῦ τέλους, ἡ φρόνησις, ἡ δὲ (scil. σύνεσις) μετὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν καὶ τὸ τέλος. | In 3 προάγειν εἰς ἔλεον is attested in Lycurg. in Leocrat. 33 and Aristot. Rhet. 1354a25, while προσάγειν εἰς ἔλεον is not attested. | The third explanation (in 4) is hard to understand unless it reflects an alternative, far-fetched construal in which the adj. refers to Orestes, ‘the mother of a wretched man’. | For Antimachus (6), see Matthews, Wyss, and Sch. Soph. OC 14 Xenis. G. Sopingius restored the correct spelling πωρητὺν in the quotation in Sch. Soph. OC 14 in his note on Hesychius πωρητὺς· ταλαιπωρία, πένθος, p. 808 of ΗΣΥΧΙΟΥ ΛΕΞΙΚΟΝ cum variis doctorum virorum notis etc., Leiden 1668.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Antimachus

Or. 393.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἤκουσα⟩: ἐγὼ αὐτὸ ἤκουσα —Ab²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 393.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἤκουσα⟩: ὅτι σὺ ἐφόνευσας σὴν μητέρα —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 393.03 (vet exeg) φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις λέγειν κακά: ¹λείπει τὸ ὥστε· ²ἤκουσα, ὥστε φείδου λέγειν τὰ κακά. ³οἷον παραιτοῦ τὰ κακὰ πολλάκις λέγειν. ⁴ὀλιγάκις δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδ’ ὅλως, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 5.800] ‘ἦ ὀλίγον οἱ παῖδα ἐοικότα γείνατο Τυδεύς’. —MBC, partial VMlMnPrR^bRwSSaGu

TRANSLATION: ‘So that/and so’ is to be supplied. I heard, and so spare speaking of the evils. As if to say, refrain from mentioning the evils repeatedly. And ‘few times’ is used in place of ‘not at all’, as in the (Homeric) line ‘Indeed Tydeus fathered a son little similar to himself’.

LEMMA: MC, φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις others except Gu (ὀλιγάκεις Ml) REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 κουσα Ml | 4 οὐδ’ ὅλως B, οὐδόλως Gu, οὐδὲ ὅλως others (ὀδὲ ὅλως Mn) [M illegible] | ἧ B, ἢ VR^b [M]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.140,17–20; Dind. II.125,2–5, 125,7–9

COMMENT: The full explanation applies ὥστε to the connection between ἤκουσα and φείδου, but since a conjunction is present, λείπει is oddly applied (e.g. for ἀντὶ τοῦ). Perhaps at an earlier stage λείπει τὸ ὥστε was intended to apply to λέγειν, since that has to be taken as an epexegetic infinitive if one does not emend the line, and such an infinitive often attracts as gloss ὥστε or λείπει ὥστε (as in 393.22).

KEYWORDS: λείπει | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 393.03a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις λέγειν κακά⟩: μὴ μνείαν(?) σχὲ περὶ τούτων. —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 393.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἤκουσα· φείδου δ’⟩: λείπει τὸ ὥστε. —H

TRANSLATION: ‘So that/and so’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 393.05 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: οὕτως συντάξεις· φείδου λέγειν τὰ κακά, ἀντὶ τοῦ πεφεισμένως λέγε τὰ κακά. ⟨ἢ⟩ ‘ὀλιγάκις δὲ’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘καὶ ὀλιγάκις’, τοῦ δέ ἐνταῦθα ἀντὶ τοῦ καί κειμένου. —VRw

TRANSLATION: You will construe it like this: ‘spare speaking of the evils’, meaning ‘speak of the evils in a sparing manner’. ⟨Or⟩ ‘and/but few times’ is used for ‘and few times’, with the conjunction ‘de’ (‘and/but’) here being used in the sense of ‘kai’ (‘and’).

LEMMA: V

APP. CRIT.: ⟨ἢ⟩ Mastr., or ⟨τὸ⟩ or ⟨ἢ τὸ⟩ J. Benjamins (personal communication)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,1–3

COMMENT: In the second explanation, it is uncertain whether the original comment quoted the transmitted text δ’ (or δὲ) ὀλιγάκις and then the citation was corrupted to ὀλιγάκις δὲ, or the commentator was just careless. This commentator must be taking λέγειν as equivalent to an imperative, as does Moschopulus.

Or. 393.06 (thom exeg) ⟨φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις⟩: ἤγουν ἡ φειδὼ μὴ ἄλλη τις ἔστω σοι ἢ τὸ λέγειν τὰ κακὰ ὀλιγάκις. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, let the sparing be nothing other for you than speaking of the evils (only) a few times.

POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT. 2: κακὰ] κὰ Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.125,6–7

COMMENT: Thomas appears to interpret the infinitive as epexegetic.

Or. 393.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀλιγάκις⟩: πλειστάκις κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις

Or. 393.25 (mosch exeg) ⟨λέγειν⟩: θέλε λέγειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγε —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: ‘Be willing to speak’, (infinitive used as) equivalent to (imperative) ‘speak’.

POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.: θέλε λέγειν om. G | ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγε om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.125,10–11

Or. 394.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φειδόμεθ’⟩: λέγειν τὰ κακὰ —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 394.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φειδόμεθ’⟩: φείδομαι τὸ ἐλεῶ, τὸ ἀκριβολογοῦμαι καὶ τὸ ὑποστέλλομαι, ὡς ἐνταῦθα. —Lp

REF. SYMBOL: Lp

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀκριβολογοῦμου (changed from ‑ούμου) Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.125,14–15

Or. 394.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ὁ δαίμων … πλούσιος κακῶν⟩: διὸ λέγειν ἀναγκάζεται πλουσίως καὶ πολυτελῶς ἔχων τὰ κακά. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: For that reason he is compelled to speak, having his ills richly and sumptuously.

POSITION: s.l., except cont. from 393.03 B

APP. CRIT.: διὸ λ. ἀναγ. om. V | after ἀναγκάζεται add. ὁ ὀρέστης B | ἔχω B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,4–5; Dind. II.125,5–6

Or. 394.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πλούσιος κακῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πλουσίως ἔχω τῶν κακῶν —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 395.01 (pllgn paraphr) διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἢ τίνα νόσον —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ποῖαν Zu

Or. 395.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἀπόλλυσιν⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 396.01 (vet exeg) ἡ σύνεσις ὅτι σύνοιδα: ¹ἐγκαλοῦσί τινες· ²πῶς γὰρ, φασὶν, αἰτιᾶται τὴν σύνεσιν, τὸ πᾶν αἴτιον τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐχουσῶν; ³ἀγνοοῦσι δὲ ὅτι ὑπὸ δισσῶν φησιν ἀπόλλυσθαι, περὶ μὲν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ὑγιείας ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως, ἐν δὲ τῇ λύσσῃ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων· ⁴ὃ καὶ ἐπάγει [400]· ‘μανίαι τε’. —MBVCRw, partial O

TRANSLATION: Some find fault (with this line). For how, they say, does he blame awareness/conscience when the Erinyes are fully responsible? They do not realize that he is saying he is destroyed by two things, during the time of his (mental) health by his consciousness (of his crime), and in his madness by the Erinyes, as he in fact mentions hereafter, ‘and fits of madness’.

LEMMA: MVC, ἡ σύνεσις BRw REF. SYMBOL: BV POSITION: between sch. 397.01 and sch. 397.02 Rw; in two parts O, with (3) ἐν δὲ … ἐριννύων written beside 400 and a line from συνειδήσεως to ἐν

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 παναίτιον V, παραίτιον Rw | ἐριννύων V | 3 ὑγείας OCRw | ἐριννύων OVRw | 4 ἐπάγη C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,7–11; Dind. II.125,19–24

COMMENT: περὶ τὸν καιρόν is common in all periods of Greek, and in tragic scholia see sch. 227.06 περὶ [παρὰ Rw] γὰρ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς μανίας, Sch. Aesch. Prom. 55a περὶ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ σοῦ γάμου. In contrast, παρὰ (τὸν) καιρόν is common in the sense ‘contrary to what the occasion demands’, but for a temporal sense see perhaps Sch. Soph. OC 1530–4 Xenis παρὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς τελευτῆς (παρὰ L and T, περὶ others, but they also omit τῆς τελευτῆς).

KEYWORDS: criticism and defence of poet

Or. 396.02 (vet exeg) σύνοιδα: μετὰ γὰρ τὴν μανίαν ἡ ἔννοια τῶν κακῶν αὐτὸν ἐδάμαζεν. —MBOVCMlMnPrR^bSa

TRANSLATION: For after his madness the thought of his evils overcame him.

LEMMA: MlMnPrR^bSa, ὅτι σύνοιδα δεῖν’ εἰργασμένος (not punct. as start of sch.) BV(δείν’)C(δεῖν) REF. SYMBOL: Ml POSITION: s.l. (at 395 τίς ἀπ. νόσος) M, beside 395 O; cont. from prev. V, cont. from 397.02 BC

APP. CRIT.: μετὰ] κατὰ Sa | γὰρ om. MlMnPrR^bSa | μανίαν] κακίαν M | αὐτὸν om. MOMl, αὐτῶν C

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐδάμαζε CSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,12; Dind. II.125,17–18; 126,14–15

Or. 396.03 (pllgn exeg) ἐκ τῆς συνέσεως γεννᾶται ἡ λύπη. —V³Y

TRANSLATION: From the sense of awareness is begotten pain.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 396.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἡ μετεμέλ⟨ε⟩ια· μέση λέξις —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: μέση λέξις

Or. 396.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἡ ἐνθύμησις τῶν κακῶν —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 396.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἀπόλλυσιν ἐμέ —V³Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 396.12 (rec gram) ⟨σύνεσις⟩: συνέσις ἡ συνείδησις καὶ ἡ μίξις τῶν ποταμῶν. —RfRw

TRANSLATION: ‘Sunesis’ means (both) consciousness and the confluence of rivers.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἡ συνείδησις om. Rf

COMMENT: The latter sense is attested only in Od. 10.515 and references to it in scholia and in Eustathius (Eust. in Od. 10.515 [I.392,5–8] and Eust. in Il. 1.8 [I.36,1]).

Or. 396.13 (mosch gram) ⟨σύνοιδα δείν’ εἰργασμένος⟩: σύνοιδα δεινὰ εἰργασμένος, καὶ σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ δεινὰ εἰργασμένῳ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

APP. CRIT.: first three words punct. as lemma G | second δεινὰ om. XaXbYGGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.126,2–3

COMMENT: A comment on the two possible supplementary participle constructions with σύνοιδα.

Or. 396.19 (rec gram) ⟨σύνοιδα⟩: τὰ γνωστικὰ ῥήματα μετὰ μετοχῆς συντάσσονται. —Mn

TRANSLATION: Verbs of knowledge are construed with a participle.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This sch. is close to sch. Hec. 244 in Gu (misplaced above 249) πάντα τὰ γνωστικὰ ῥήματα καὶ τὰ ἐναντία τούτων μετὰ μετοχῆς συντάσσονται. The only other instance of γνωστικὰ ῥήματα in TLG at present is from Max. Planudes, dialogus de grammatica, Anecdota Gr. Bachmann II.84,14: Ὅμηρος τὰ γνωστικὰ ῥήματα γενικῇ συντάσσει, οἷον ‘τόξων εὖ εἰδώς’.

KEYWORDS: Planudes

Or. 397.01 (vet exeg) πῶς φῄς: διὰ τὸ μὴ πρὸς ἔπος ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, τούτου ἕνεκεν λέγει αὐτὸν ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκέναι. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSa

TRANSLATION: Because he (Orestes) did not reply with a (clear, exact) fit to the (preceding) utterance, for this reason he (Menelaus) says he has spoken unclearly.

LEMMA: all, except σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές B REF. SYMBOL: BVMlR^b

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτον V, τούτων Rw | λέγειν V | ἀσαφῶς] BC, σαφῶς VMlMnPrR^bSa, ἄσα ὅτι M, om. Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦτου a.c. Mn | ἔνεκεν Mn, ἕνεκα VRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,14–15; Dind. II.126,9–10

Or. 397.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἐπεὶ αὐτὸς μὲν τὴν ἰδέαν ἐπύθετο τῆς νόσου, ὁ δὲ τὸ συνειδὸς ἔφη, τοῦτο δὲ οὐ πάντως νόσος, ²τούτου χάριν φησὶν αὐτὸν ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκέναι. ³τίς οὖν ἐστιν ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως νόσος; ⁴ἡ λύπη, ὡς ἑξῆς λέγει. —BVCRw

TRANSLATION: Since he himself asked for the form of the sickness, but the other replied with ‘consciousness’, and this is not in every circumstance a sickness, for this reason he (Menelaus) says that he (Orestes) has spoken unclearly. What, then, is the sickness from consciousness? Anguish, as he says next.

LEMMA: B(repeated in marg.)C, σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές VRw REF. SYMBOL: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,16–19; Dind. II.126,10–14

Or. 397.03 (rec exeg) τὴν ἰδέαν ἠρώτησα, σὺ περὶ τῆς συνειδήσεως λέγεις. —O

TRANSLATION: I asked for the type (of the sickness), you speak about consciousness.

Or. 397.04 (pllgn exeg) ἀκούσας ὁ Μενέλαος τὸν Ὀρέστην λέγοντα ὅτι ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως αὐτοῦ ἀπόλλυται, μὴ νοήσας τί λέγει ἀνταποκρίνεται πρὸς αὐτὸν ὡς ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκότα. —Y²

TRANSLATION: When Menelaus heard Orestes saying that he is being undone by his consciousness, failing to understand what he means, he replies to him as to one who has spoken unclearly.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 397.06 (vet paraphr) οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφὲς λέγειν ἐστὶ σοφόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ σαφὲς λέγειν. —M

TRANSLATION: It is not speaking what is unclear that is wise, but speaking what is clear.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ λέγειν σαφές M, transp. Mastr.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,20; Dind. II.

Or. 397.07 (vet paraphr) οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφῶς λέγειν ἐστὶ σοφόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ σαφῶς. —B

TRANSLATION: It is not speaking unclearly that is wise, but (speaking) clearly.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,20 app.; Dind. II.126,15–16

Or. 397.08 (pllgn gram) τὸ σοφὸν καὶ σαφὲς ὑπάρχει. οὐ μὴν δὲ τὸ σαφὲς καὶ σοφὸν. —Y²

TRANSLATION: What is wise is also clear. However, what is clear is not (necessarily) also wise.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 397.09 (thom exeg) ⟨σοφόν τι⟩: ¹τοῦτο ἔμφασιν ἔχει ὅτι μόνον τὸ σύνεσις ἤκουσε Μενέλαος καὶ οὐ τὸ ὅτι σύνοιδα. ²τοῦτο γὰρ σαφέστατόν ἐστι. ³τὸ δὲ σύνεσις μόνον ἔχει τὴν ἀσαφείαν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: This phrase carries an indication that Menelaus heard only the word ‘consciousness’ and not the words ‘because I am aware (that I have done terrible things)’. For this (latter phrase) is utterly clear. But the word ‘consciousness’ alone involves lack of clarity.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlGu, (to σαφὲς) Zb POSITION: s.l. Zm

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔμφασιν written twice a.c. Gu | ἤκουσεν ὁ μεν. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἀσαφεία Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.126,6–8

Or. 397.09a (pllgn exeg) οὐ γὰρ σοφὸν τὸ ψευδὲς ἀλλ’ ἡ ἀλήθεια. —C²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ οὐ ψευδὲς a.c. C²

Or. 397.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ σαφές⟩: ἤγουν τὸ λέγειν εὐκόλως, εὐλύτως —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 397.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφές⟩: ὃ νοεῖ τις, ἐκεῖνο ἀποφαίνεται καὶ σοφὸν εἶναι· ὃ δὲ μὴ νοεῖ οὐδὲ σοφὸν δύναται ἐπιγνῶναι. —G

TRANSLATION: What someone comprehends, that he declares also to be wise. What he does not comprehend, he is unable even to recognize as wise.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὔτε G

Or. 398.01 (rec exeg) ⟨λύπη μάλιστα γ’ ἡ διαφθείρουσά με⟩: γρ. λύπη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ διαφθείρουσα, κατὰ κοινοῦ δέ. —C

TRANSLATION: It is also written ‘for it is anguish that is destroying (me)’, and (the phrase) is to be taken in common (with the nominatives in line 400).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε | ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 398.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λύπη⟩: ἣν διὰ μνήμης φέρω —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 398.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ διαφθείρουσα⟩: ἡ θεὸς ἤτοι ἡ λύπη —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 399.02 (thom exeg) ⟨δεινὴ⟩: ναὶ ἀφόρητος, μεγάλη —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘yes’ (and then take ‘deinē’ as) ‘irresistible, great’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ναὶ] om. Z, ναὶ γὰρ Gu

Or. 399.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ θεός⟩: θεὸν καλεῖ τὴν λύπην· πάντα γὰρ τὰ πράγματα παρὰ τοῖς παλαιοῖς εἶχον θεούς. —Lp

TRANSLATION: He calls the pain (‘lupē’) a god. For among the ancients they considered all things to be gods.

REF. SYMBOL: Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.126,19–21

Or. 399.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὅμως⟩: πρόσεστι τῇ λύπῃ καὶ χαρά. —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This seems an odd comment, as if ἰάσιμος were not there or were separate from ἀλλ ὅμως. The phrase does not appear to be proverbial.

Or. 399.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰάσιμος⟩: ἐν παραμυθίαις —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 399.15 (tri metr) ⟨ἰάσιμος⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 400.01 (vet exeg) μανίαι τε μητρὸς αἵματος τιμωρίαι: ¹αἱ τιμωρητικαὶ τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς, ²ἃς ὑφίσταμαι τιμωρίαν ταύτην διδοὺς ὑπὲρ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς φόνου. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSa, partial O

TRANSLATION: The ones that take vengeance for the bloodshed of my mother, the ones that I endure in giving this atonement for the killing of my mother.

LEMMA: M(θ’ αἵματος)C(om. τε), μανίαι τε μητρὸς Rw, μητρός θ’ αἵματος (not punct. as lemma) B, αἵματος τιμωρίαι others except O REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b POSITION: cont. from 396.01 B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τιμωριτ‑ a.c. Mn, τιμωρητικὸν Ml | αἷματος M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,21–23; Dind. II.126,22–23

Or. 400.02 (pllgn exeg) μανιάδες ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν ἤτοι αἱ Ἐριννύες, ὡς ἄντικρυς δὲ οὖσαι μανίαι ὠνόμασεν αὐτὰς οὕτως. —Y²

TRANSLATION: He should have said (instead of ‘maniai’, ‘madnesses’) goddesses of madness (‘maniades’) or ‘the Erinyes’; but since they are precisely (nothing other than) madnesses, he named them thus.

Or. 400.03 (mosch paraphr) μανίαι τε μητρός: μανίαι τέ με διαφθείρουσι καὶ ἐκδικήσεις τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcAa²

TRANSLATION: And the fits of madness and the punishments for the killing of my mother are destroying me.

LEMMA: G POSITION: s.l. XaXbYYfGrZcAa²; καὶ ἐκδ. κτλ sep. in marg. with ref. Aa²

APP. CRIT.: αἱ prep. T | μανίαι τέ με om. Aa² | καὶ αἱ ἐκδ. T, καὶ ἡ ἐκδίκησις Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.126,24–25

Or. 400.04 (rec exeg) ⟨μανίαι τε μητρός⟩: φθείρουσί με —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 400.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανίαι τε μητρός⟩: ἐμὲ φθείρουσι —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 400.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανίαι τε μητρός⟩: καὶ φθείρουσι —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 400.07 (thom exeg) ⟨μανίαι τε μητρός⟩: αἱ διαφθείρουσαι εἰσί —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 400.13 (vet exeg) ⟨αἵματος τιμωρίαι⟩: κατὰ κοινοῦ τὸ [398] ‘διαφθείρουσά με’. —MBC

TRANSLATION: Understand ‘destroying me’ in common here.

POSITION: s.l. MC, intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ C | διαφθείρουσά Schw., ‑ουσί M, ‑ουσι BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,24; Dind. II.126,25–26

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 400.23 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρίαι⟩: long mark over first iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 401.01 (vet exeg) ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης πότε: ¹καὶ τοῦτο πονηρῶς. ²θέλων γὰρ ἐλέγξαι ὡς θεομισῆ φησιν ‘ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης πότε’. ³ἤθελε γὰρ μαθεῖν εἰ χρόνιόν ἐστι τὸ νόσημα καὶ δυσίατον. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: This too (he says) maliciously. For it is because he (Menelaus) wants to convict him (Orestes) of being hated by the gods that he says ‘when did you begin your madness?’ For he wanted to ascertain whether the sickness is longstanding and hard to cure.

LEMMA: MBV, ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης C REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.: 2 μὴ θέλων MVC | ἐξελέγξαι τὸν ἀνέψιον B | δὲ om. V | 3 ἐθελ‑ initially M, but corrected | δύσ at end of line, om. ιατον V; on next line with ecthesis and enlarged capital, ἄψαυστον followed by three-dot punctuation (usual mark of separation between end of one scholion and lemma of the next)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστὶν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,25–27; Dind. II.127,1–3

COMMENT: Unless there has been a major confusion of two notes expressing different opinions, μὴ θέλων in MVC must be an accidental mistake, or a very clumsy attempt to make Menelaus more kindly toward Orestes. Compare the absence of μὴ in O’s version 401.02.

KEYWORDS: πονηρῶς

Or. 401.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης πότε⟩: κακοήθως καὶ τοῦτο ἐξετάζει ἵνα εἴσεται εἰ χρόνιον ἐστὶ καὶ ⟨μὴ⟩ ἰάσιμον τὸ νόσημα. —O

TRANSLATION: This point too he (Menelaus) examines maliciously, in order to ascertain whether the sickness is longstanding and ⟨not⟩ curable.

APP. CRIT.: μὴ suppl. Mastr. | κακοῆθος O

KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως

Or. 401.03 (pllgn rhet) [π]αράλληλος [ἡ] δεῖξις. —F

TRANSLATION: The demonstration is parallel (or pleonastic).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: This must be a reflection on the essentially similar meanings of the two questions in the line, although one would rather expect ἐκ παραλλήλου αἱ ἐρώτησεις. I find no other combination of παράλληλος (or ἐκ παραλλήλου) with δεῖξις, nor with ἀπόδειξις except in a difficult sentence in Concilium universale Constantinopolitanum tertium (680–681), Concilii actiones I–XVIII, document 11, 504,23–24 + 506,1–4 ἐκ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων συγγραμμάτων πρὸς παράλληλον ἀπόδειξιν τῆς ὁμοφροσύνης τῶν ἤδη προκομισθεισῶν αἱρετικῶν χρήσεων παρὰ τῶν τοῦ μέρους τοῦ ἀποστολικοῦ θρόνου τῆς πρεσβυτέρας Ῥώμης τὰς ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν συγγραμμάτων προφανεῖς βλασφημίας παρεκβληθῆναι καὶ συνταγῆναι τοῖσδε τοῖς πεπραγμένοις δέον καθέστηκε.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 401.03a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης⟩: ἤρξατο ἐπὶ σὲ ἡ αὐτὴ λύττα —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 401.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἤρξω⟩: ἀρχὴν πότε ἔλαβες τῆς αὐτῶν ἀνάγκης; —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 401.10a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίς ἡμέρα τότ’ ἦν;⟩: καὶ τίς ὑπῆρχεν ἡ τότε ἡμέρα; —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 401.12 (tri metr) ⟨ἡμέρα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 401.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότ’⟩: ὅτε τοῦτο συνέβη σοι —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 402.01 (vet paraphr) ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν: ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ὑψηλοποίουν τὸ τῆς μητρὸς μνῆμα —MVC

TRANSLATION: On the day on which I built high the tomb of my mother.

LEMMA: MC(μῆτερ), ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν V REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT. 2: μνήμα M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.142,1–2; Dind. II.127,9–10

Or. 402.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν⟩: ὁ δὲ φησὶν ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ τὸ τῆς μητρὸς μνῆμα ἐξώγκουν [ταύτην] τιμῶν, καὶ τὸ χῶμα ἐπιβάλλων ὑψηλοποίουν. —B

TRANSLATION: He (Orestes) says ‘(it was) on the day on which I heaped up the tomb of my mother, honoring her, and by placing the mound on top I built (it) high’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 401.01

APP. CRIT.: ταύτην suppl. Mastr. (damage in B)

APP. CRIT. 2: ὑψιλοποίουν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.142,1–2 app.; Dind. II.127,3–4

Or. 402.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν ταφῷ⟩: γράφεται ἐν ᾗ ταλαίνης μητρὸς ἐξώγκουν τάφον. —MB

TRANSLATION: There is (also) the reading ‘(day) on which I heaped up the tomb (with accusative instead of dative) of my wretched mother’ (with genitive instead of accusative).

POSITION: cont. from sch. 402.01 M; intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: τάλαιναν M, and perhaps μ(ητ)ρ(ὸ)ς corrected to μ(ητέ)ρ’

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.142,3; Dind. II.127,5–6

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 402.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν⟩: τῇ ταλαίνῃ μητρὶ ἐξώγκουν τὸν τάφον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | τῇ om. Zc | ἐξώγκουν] ἀντίστων G | τὸν om. TZc, a.c. Y

COLLATION NOTES: Ta omits cross.

Or. 402.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τάλαιναν μητέρ’⟩: γρ. ταλαίνῃ μητέρι. —KZmB^3d

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. μητέρι Zm, and separately η over (τάλαιν)αν | γρ. om. B^3d

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 402.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξώγκουν τάφῳ⟩: ὅ ἐστι· τὸ χῶμα ἐπέβαλλον. —MOV³C

TRANSLATION: Which means: I placed the mound on top.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 402.03 M, from 402.01 C, s.l. OV³

APP. CRIT.: ὅ ἐστι om. OV³ | τῶ O | ὑπέβαλον O

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπέβαλον C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.142,4; Dind. II.127,6 (cf. 127,14)

Or. 402.15 (thom exeg) ἐξώγκουν τάφῳ: ¹εἰκότως δὲ εἶπε τὸ ἐξώγκουν· ²οἱ γὰρ τῶν παλαιῶν τάφοι συναγωγὴ χώματος ἦσαν εἰς ὕψος διήκουσα βουνῷ ἐοικυῖα. ³ὅθεν καὶ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν τύμβην ταύτην κατονομάζουσιν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: With good reason he used the word ‘I caused to be heaped up’, for the tombs of the ancients were a gathering of heaped earth reaching to a height, similar to a mound. Therefore even up to the present they term this (gathering of earth) ‘tumbē’ (‘mound’).

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZmT, Zb to μητέρ’

APP. CRIT.: 1 κατεχώννυον ἐκάλυπτον (402.13) prep. TZb, δὲ add. after εἰκότως T, after τὸ Zb | 2 συναγωγὴν Zb, συναγωγοὶ Gu | εἰς ὕψος om. Zb | βουνοῦ Zl | 3 ὅθεν κτλ. T, om. others

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξώκουν Za (in text ἐξώγγουν)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.127,10–13

COMMENT: The third sentence appears to be a Triclinian contribution. τύμβη (not in LSJ or other lexica so far) is a Byzantine vernacular term for a mound. Joannes Pediasimus uses it several times of mounds of various large dimensions, and the Acta of several monasteries use the term in describing heaps that hold boundary markers referred to in legal descriptions of land parcels. I do not believe it is necessary to emend τύμβην to τύμβον with Arsenius (followed by subsequent editors, who did not know of the reading of T).

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 402.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξώγκουν τάφῳ⟩: καὶ ἐπάνω τοῦ τάφου ὄγκον ἤτοι λίθον ἐτίθουν. —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 402.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: ὄγκον εἶπεν διὰ τὸ μνῆμα· ἀναχωματίζοντες γὰρ οἱ Ἕλληνες τὰ μνήματα ὄγκους ἐποίουν, οἱονεὶ ἐπαναστήματα τινά. —Y²

TRANSLATION: He said ‘heap/mound’ (‘ongkon’) because of the tomb. For by heaping up earth on top the Greeks used to make their tombs mounds, like some sort of eminences.

Or. 402.27 (rec exeg) ⟨τάφῳ⟩: τάφον —KXoZuB^3a

LEMMA: τάφων in text Zu POSITION: s.l.

Or. 403.01 (vet exeg) πότερα κατ’ οἴκους: ¹ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἤρξω, τουτέστιν ἐν ποίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ἤρξω καὶ ἐν ποίῳ τόπῳ. ²κακοήθως δὲ καὶ τοῦτο. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: Understand ‘did you begin’ from the earlier use: in other words, on what day and in what place did you begin? This point too (is made) maliciously.

LEMMA: all (κατοἴκους M, κατοίκους C) except 401 ἤρξω δὲ Rw REF. SYMBOL: BV

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.142,6–8; Dind. II.127,16–18

KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως | ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 403.02 (vet exeg) ⟨πότερα κατ’ οἴκους⟩: κακοήθως καὶ τοῦτο. —H

TRANSLATION: This point too (is made) maliciously.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως

Or. 403.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πότερα κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἆρα ἐν τῇ πυρκαϊᾷ τῆς μητρὸς καθήμενος ἥ κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους; —G

POSITION: marg.

Or. 403.03a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πότερα κατ’ οἴκους⟩: πέπονθας τὴν μανίαν —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 403.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨πότερα κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἐν ποίῳ τόπῳ —O

Or. 403.08 (moschThom exeg) ⟨κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἤρξω τῆς λύσσης —XaXbYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmT^*

TRANSLATION: (Supply as predicate in the elliptical question) ‘began your madness’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 403.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἤρξω. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 403.14 (thom exeg) ⟨πυρᾷ⟩: τῇ τοῦ σώματος καύσει —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Pura’ here means) ‘the burning of the body’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ σώματος om. ZbZl | αὐτῆς add. after σώμ. ZmT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.127,20–21

COMMENT: We can here observe the occasional split between ZZa and ZmTGu, since the latter confine themselves to the single interpretation that takes πυρᾷ as the burning of the corpse rather than the place where the burning occurs, but the former offers both possibilities, the gloss τῷ τάφῳ being known from the tradition as carried in the recentiores or from Moschopulus. Note that Triclinius considers τῷ τάφῳ to be a Moschopulean contribution, not one common to both him and Thomas.

Or. 404.01 (vet exeg) νυκτὸς φυλάσσων: ¹ὁ δὲ φιλαλήθως [ca. 10–12 letters washed out] πέπονθα· ²μήποτέ τις ἀφέληται τὰ ὀστᾶ. ³ἢ παρατηρῶν πότε σβεσθείσης τῆς φλογὸς ἀφέλωμαι τὰ ὀστᾶ. —B, partial OVCR^bRw

TRANSLATION: And he (Orestes) truthfully [says ‘by night(?)] I suffered’. (The sense is: Watching) lest anyone take away the bones. Or ‘watching for the moment when, the flame having died out, I may pick out the bones (for burial)’.

LEMMA: CRw; ὀστέων ἀναίρεσιν V, ὀστέων R^b REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 403.01 B; O has second sentence s.l., third in margin

APP. CRIT.: 1 in B only; for washed out letters, Arsenius gives λέγει κατὰ τὴν νύκτα | 2 μή τις O | 3 σβεσθείσης] ἀφεθείσης C | 3 τὰ ὀστᾶ] ταῦτα VR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀφέλ() V | 2 ὀστά OCR^b | 3 ἀφέλομαι OVCR^b, ἀφέληται Rw | 3 ὀστά OC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.142,9–10; Dind. II.127,18 app.

Or. 404.02 (vet exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς φυλάσσων⟩: φυλάττων πότε σβεσθῇ [ἡ(?)] κα[ῦσις(?)] ἵν[α] μὴ (?)ἀφέληται(?) τὰ ὀστᾶ. —H

TRANSLATION: Watching for the moment when the burning would be extinguished so that (someone?) not could remove the bones.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: either σβεσθεῖ or ‑ῆ H

Or. 404.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς φυλάσσων⟩: τηρῶν πότε ἀφέλωμαι τῆς φλογὸς τὰ ὀστᾶ μή τις ἀφέληται ταῦτα. ἀναιρῶ γὰρ τὸ λαμβάνω. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Watching for the moment when I might pick up the bones from the flame, in order that no one remove them. For ‘anhairō’ (here) means ‘take’.

APP. CRIT. 2: ποτὲ Y² | ἀφέλομαι Y²

Or. 404.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς φυλάσσων⟩: τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἀναιρέσεως νυκτὸς τηρῶν μή τις ἀφέληται τὰ ὀστᾶ τῆς μητρὸς, ἢ ἐκδεχόμενος σβεσθῆναι τὴν πυράν —G

TRANSLATION: Watching for the proper moment of the night for picking up (the bones), lest anyone take away the bones of my mother, or waiting for the pyre to be extinguished.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 404.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς φυλάσσων⟩: μή τις ἀφέληται ταῦτα —V³G

POSITION: intermarg. V³

Or. 404.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔννυκτος⟩: καὶ κατὰ μέσην τῆν νύκτα —Cr

LEMMA: ἔννυκτος in text Cr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 404.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔννυκτος⟩: καὶ κατὰ τὸ μέσον τῆς νυκτὸς —Ox

LEMMA: ἔννυκτος in text Ox POSITION: s.l.

Or. 404.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς⟩: οἱ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενοι ἐξαιρέτως κατὰ τὴν νύκτα δαιμονίζονται. —Y²

TRANSLATION: For those who are afflicted by demonic powers are so afflicted especially during the night.

Or. 404.16 (thom exeg) ὀστέων ἀναίρεσιν: ¹ἤγουν πότε τὸ σῶμα ἀναλωθὲν ἡμεῖς τὰ ὀστᾶ λάβωμεν. ²ἢ ἀναίρεσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ φθοράν, ἤγουν σκοπῶν μὴ τὰ ὀστᾶ φθαρῇ τῷ πυρί. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, when, the body having been consumed, we may take the bones. Or (interpret) ‘anhairesin’ as meaning ‘destruction’, that is, watching to see that the bones not be destroyed by the fire.

LEMMA: ZZaZb REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbT POSITION: ZlZmGu s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀνάληψιν add. before ἤγουν Zb (cf. sch. 404.24, 404.25)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λάβομεν ZZa | 2 ὀστὰ Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.127,22–128,1

Or. 404.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: κλοπήν, καταδάμασιν —V

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The simplex noun δάμασις is attested only a few times (the oldest instance probably in Sch. Pind. Ol. 13.98b Drachmann). Neither καταδάμασις nor any other compound form is currently attested elsewhere.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 404.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: συλλογὴν ἢ ἀφαίρεσιν —AbMlMnPrRSa^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὴν prep. Mn

Or. 404.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: συλλογήν —YGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.128,2

Or. 404.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: καὶ τὴν ἀφαίρεσιν —CrOxZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. Zu

Or. 404.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: κλοπὴν τὴν ἀφαίρεσιν. ἢ μὴ κύων ἁρπάσῃ αὐτά. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κύων μὴ transp. Y²

Or. 404.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: τὴν κλοπὴν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 404.24 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἀνάληψιν ἢ φθοράν —ZZa

TRANSLATION: (‘Anhairesis’ here means either) ‘picking up’ or ‘destruction’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 404.25 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἀνάληψιν —ZbZlZm¹TGuXo

TRANSLATION: (‘Anhairesis’ here means) ‘picking up’.

POSITION: s.l.; second instance prep. to 404.16 Zb

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν τὴν prep. Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.128,1–2

COLLATION NOTES: In Xo, in the dark ink of the scholia rather than the light ink of most glosses, but same hand.

Or. 404.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἤγουν ἀνακομιδὴν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.128,1

Or. 404.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἀφανισμὸν —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 404.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἔπαρσιν —B^3c, app. F²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὴν prep. F²

Or. 405.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὃς σὸν ὤρθευεν δέμας⟩: καὶ παρεκίνει τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα σου. —V³

REF. SYMBOL: V³ POSITION: s.l.

Or. 405.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὤρθευεν δέμας⟩: σφαλλόμενον δηλονότι ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcAa²

TRANSLATION: (‘Held your body upright’ is said because his body was) rendered unstable, clearly, by the madness.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι om. GZc

APP. CRIT. 2: σφαλόμ‑ YGrAa²

Or. 405.08 (pllgn metr) ⟨ὤρθευεν δέμας⟩: τὸ ν̅ διὰ τὸ μέτρον ἐνταῦθα εἰ καὶ σύμφωνον ἐπιφέρεται τὸ δ̅. —Za

TRANSLATION: The nu (is added to the verbal ending) here because of the meter, even though the consonant delta follows.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 406.01 (recThom exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: ναὶ —Sa^rZZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘yes’ (to precede this line).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 406.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Φανοτέως, ἤτοι ὁ ἐξάδελφός μου —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: As in sch. 33.06 in V, Phanoteus is here treated as a personal name, not a toponymic adjective, possibly from a misunderstanding of Soph. El. 45; cf. Sch. Soph. El. 45 Xenis, which has, after the correct explanation, τινὲς δὲ ὄνομά φασι τὸ Φανοτέως.

COLLATION NOTES: V represents ἐξάδελφος by placing a stigma = ἕξ in front of αδελφος.

Or. 406.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: πρωτεξάδελφος τοῦ Ὀρέστου, τῆς Ἀναξιβοίας υἱὸς —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The word πρωτεξάδελφος is mainly used in legal texts and is probably not attested before the 11th century.

Or. 406.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα καὶ μητρὸς φόνον⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ αὐτό. —G

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 407.01 (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν τίς φαντασία ποιεῖ σε νοσεῖν ταῦτα ἃ νοσεῖς; —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2: σὲ Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.128,9

Or. 407.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ φασμάτων⟩: φαντασμάτων —F²RZl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 407.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ φασμάτων⟩: ὑπὸ φοβημάτων ποίων πανθάνῃ ταῦτα καὶ φαντασμάτων; —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: πανθάνω is late Greek for πάσχω and all attestations in TLG are active, but G has pedantically formed a middle-passive.

Or. 407.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκφασμάτων⟩: ἓν μέρος λόγου —V³

TRANSLATION: A single unit of speech (not a prepositional phrase).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἓν] αʹ V

COMMENT: Compare the next, and the ὑφ’ ἕν symbol added in B by B^3d.

Or. 407.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκφασμάτων⟩: τινὲς λέγουσι τοῦτ’ εἶναι δύο μέρη τοῦ λόγου· ἀλλ’ οὐχί· ἔστι δὲ ἔκφασμα ἓν μέρος λόγου. —Aa

TRANSLATION: Some say this is two units of speech, but not so: the word is ‘ekphasma’, one unit of speech.

LEMMA: Aa REF. SYMBOL: Aa

Or. 407.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φαντασμάτων⟩: γρ. ἐκ φασμάτων. —Y

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 407.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: ἤγουν τὸ τῆς †ναι***μαινόμεν[ον] —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Water damage in Aa: it could be ναλ rather than ναι, but hardly any words begin with ναλ; nor does ναι suggest anything promising.

Or. 407.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ποίων ὕπο⟩: ἢ ὑπὸ ἄλλων ποίων δη[λονότι] —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 408.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς κόρας⟩: τρεῖς κόρας νυκτὶ ὁμοίας ἤγουν μελαίνας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrAa², partial GXo²ZcZu

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from sch. 408.01) and Xo

APP. CRIT.: τρεῖς … ἤγουν om. GZu, but G adds ὁμοίας νυκτὶ as separate | τρεῖς … ὁμοίας om. Xo² | νυκτὶ … ἤγουν om. Zc, separating into two parts

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.11–12

COLLATION NOTES: Water damage Aa, last two words very uncertain.

Or. 408.04a (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς κόρας⟩: κατὰ τὴν νύκτα τρεῖς κόρας ἐξ ἴσου ἐ[χούσας] τὰ εἴδη δηλονότι [2 illegible words] —C²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 408.05 (vet exeg) νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς: ἀντὶ τοῦ φοβεράς· νυκτὶ ὁμοίας, ὡς ὁ ποιητής [Hom. Il. 1.47]· ‘νυκτὶ ἐοικώς’. —MBPr

TRANSLATION: (‘Similar to night’ is here) equivalent to ‘terrifying’. ‘Like the night’, as the poet (Homer puts it): ‘appearing like the night’.

LEMMA: Pr with preposed τὸ δὲ POSITION: s.l. M, marg. B; cont. from sch. 410.07 Pr

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ φοβεράς om. BPr | νυκτί ὁμοίας om. M. ὁμοίας νυκτὶ transp. Pr | ὁ om. Pr | after ποιητής add. φη(σι) Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.142,11–12; Dind. II.128,10–11

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 408.06 (rec exeg) ⟨νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς⟩: Ὁμηρικῶς λέγει. —Pr

POSITION: s.l. (above κόρας)

KEYWORDS: Ὁμηρικός/Ὁμηρικῶς

Or. 409.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὀνομάσαι⟩: εἰπεῖν τὸ ὄνομα —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 409.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀνομάσαι⟩: εἰπεῖν αὐτὰς ὁποῖαι εἰσὶ —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 409.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀνομάσαι⟩: καὶ εἰπεῖν Ἐριννύας —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 410.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨σεμναὶ γάρ⟩: ὅτι σεμναί εἰσι —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰσι om. Ml

APP. CRIT. 2: εἰσὶν Ab

Or. 410.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σεμναὶ γάρ⟩: κατ’ εἰρωνείαν —V³

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 410.06 (vet exeg) εὐπαίδευτα δ’ ἀποτρέπου: ¹κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπαιδεύτως. ²ἢ οὕτως· εὐπαιδεύτως δὲ ποιεῖς ὀνομάζειν αὐτὰς Ἐρινύας παραιτούμενος. —MBCRw, partial V³

TRANSLATION: By use of the opposite term, used instead of ‘boorishly/ignorantly’. Or interpret in this way: you act in a well-educated manner in declining to call them by the name Erinyes.

LEMMA: MC; ἄλλως· εὐπαίδευτα B; σεμναὶ γὰρ εὐπαίδευτα Rw POSITION: follows sch. 410.07 in B

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 κατὰ … οὕτως om. V³ | 1 τοῦ om. C | 2 δὲ om. MV³

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ὀνομάζ M | ἐριννύας RwV³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.127,13–15; Dind. II.128,21–23

COLLATION NOTES: After the scholion-ending mark Rw fills the small remainder of last line of the scholia block on fol. 18v with τίς φερ(ὲς)(?) συμφερ(ὲς)(?) and possibly καὶ(?) π[ appears below (erased, washed out?).

KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις

Or. 410.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἀπαιδεύτως φυλάττου ὀνομάζειν αὐτάς. ²πῶς δὲ ἀπαιδεύτως; ³καλῶν αὐτὰς Ἐρινύας. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Guard yourself from boorishly/ignorantly naming them. And in what sense ignorantly? By calling them Erinyes.

LEMMA: MC; εὐπαίδευτα BV(‑δευτ())R^b, ἀπαίδευτα Mn(ἀπέδ‑)PrSSa REF. SYMBOL: BVMlR^b POSITION: precedes 410.06 in B

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. BVMlMnPrR^bSSa, before that δὲ καλῶν αὐτὰς ἐρινύας crossed out R^b | ἀπαιδεύτως] ἀπαίδευτα VMlSSa, ἀπαιδεύτους C, ἀπαίδευτα εὐπαίδευτα R^b | φυλάττουσιν V | αὐτοῖς S, αὐτὰ app. Mn | 2 πῶς … 3 αὐτὰς om. Pr | 2 ἀπαιδεύτως] ἀπαίδευτα MlMnR^bSSa, a.c. V (corr. V¹) | 3 καλῶν written in blank space by V¹ | after ἐριν. add. παραιτούμενος Pr (cf. 410.06)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀπεδεύτως Mn | 2 ἀπέδευτα Mn | 3 ἐριννύας VMnPrSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.142,16–17; Dind. II.128,20–21

Or. 410.08 (rec exeg) εἰρω(νικῶς)· φυλάττουσιν ὀνομάζειν. πῶς δ’ οὐκ ἀπαίδευτον καλεῖν αὐτὰς Ἐριννύς; —Pr

TRANSLATION: (Expressed) ironically: people avoid naming (them). And how is it not ignorant to call them Erinyes?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: corruption of φυλάττου σὺ?

COMMENT: There is a punct. dot after εἰρω(), and indeed the word is not quite on the level of the following phrase and may have been intended to be a separate annotation.

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 410.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὐπαίδευτα δ’ ἀποτρέπου⟩: ἀποτρέπου δὲ λέγειν αὐτὰς τὸ εὔφημον ὄνομα τὸ Εὐμενίδες ἀπαιδεύτως. καὶ λέγε ‘φονεύτριαι Ἐριννύες’. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Avoid calling them by the euphemistic name Eumenides, ignorantly. And say ‘murderous Erinyes’.

APP. CRIT.: αὐταῖς Y² | ἀπαίδευτον Y²

COMMENT: Cf. 410.22 for a closely similar note. If one adds punctuation after ὄνομα, it is possible to keep ἀπαίδευτον, translating ‘the name Eumenides is ignorant’.

KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός

Or. 410.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπαίδευτον δ’ ἀποτρέπ()⟩: τοῦ μὴ ὀνομάζειν —S

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 410.11 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐπαίδευτ’ ἀποτρέπου⟩: εὐπαίδευτόν ἐστι τὸ μὴ ταύτας ὀνομάζειν. —K

TRANSLATION: It is well-educated not to name these (maidens).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 410.12 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐπαίδευτα⟩: ἀντίφρασις ἀπαι(δεύτ)ως —O

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις

Or. 410.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπαίδευτα⟩: τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν —AbMlMnS

LEMMA: ἀπαίδευτο(ν) in text S POSITION: s.l.

Or. 410.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαίδευτ’⟩: καὶ ἀπαιδεύτως, ὅτι οὐ θέλεις εἰπεῖν τὰ αὐτῶν ὀνόματα. —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 410.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαίδευτ’⟩: πῶς —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 410.20 (tri metr) ἀπαίδευτον: ἀπαίδευτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐνταῦθα γράφων ἀπαίδευτα καὶ τῶν μέτρων παντάπασιν ἀμαθής. σὺ δ’ εἰ βούλει μὴ ἀπαίδευτος εἶναι, ἀπαίδευτον ἑνικῶς γράφε. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ μέτρον ὀρθῶς. —T

TRANSLATION: Uneducated is the person who writes here ‘apaideuta’ (‘uneducated’, neuter plural), and completely ignorant of meters. As for you, if you want not to be uneducated, write ‘apaideuton’ in the singular. For in this way it is correct with respect to the meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. lost to damage (τρικλινίου in marg. Ta)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.128,17–19; de Fav. 54

COLLATION NOTES: Written in light ink by T³.

Or. 410.21 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀποτρέπου λέγειν⟩: ἤγουν μέμφεσθαι αὐτὰς ἀφίστασο. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | αὐτοὺς Zb | ἀφίστατο Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.128,15–16

Or. 410.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀποτρέπου λέγειν⟩: τὸ λέγειν ταύτας Εὐμενίδας καὶ λέγε αὐτὰς φονευτρίας Ἐριννύας. —V³

TRANSLATION: (Avoid) calling them Eumenides and call them murderous Erinyes.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See on 410.09 above.

Or. 410.22a (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀποτρέπου λέγειν⟩: κακὰ δηλονότι περὶ αὐτῶν τῶν Ἐρινύων —C²

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐρινυῶν C²

Or. 410.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀποτρέπου⟩: ἔδει εἰπεῖν ἀπ()τρέπ()· τὸ σχῆμα παρὰ πολλοῖς ἦν. —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The note apparently means ‘he should have said “you avoid” (ἀποτρέπῃ)’ or ‘he should have said “you avoided” (ἀπετρέπου)’. The unnamed schema would then appear to be a substitution of imperative for indicative.

Or. 410.30 (tri metr) ⟨ἀποτρέπου⟩: koinē long sign over ποτ —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 411.01 (vet exeg) αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι: ¹κακοήθως τῷ ὀνόματι ἐχρήσατο ⟨ἀντὶ⟩ τῆς μανίας. ²κακόηθες δὲ καὶ τὸ ὑπομιμνήσκειν αὐτὸν τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός. ³ἤρκει γὰρ ‘αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι’. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSa, partial H

TRANSLATION: Maliciously he used the word (‘bakcheuō’, ‘make rave, afflict with divine madness’) instead of ‘madness’ (‘mania’). And it is also malicious that he reminds him (Orestes) of the murder of his mother. For it was sufficient to say ‘these (goddesses) make you rave’.

LEMMA: M(‑ουσιν)BVCPr, αὗταί σε R^b, συγγενεῖ φόνω Rw REF. SYMBOL: BVMlR^b

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῖς ὀνόμασιν V | ἐχρήσαντο MC | ⟨ἀντὶ⟩ τῆς Schw., τὸν τῆς M, τῆς others | τῆς μανίας transp. before ἐχρήσατο H | 2–4 κακόηθες κτλ om. H | 2 κακόηθες] κακοήθως M | καὶ om. MlR^bRw | τὸ ὑπομιμνήσκειν] τὸ μὴ εἴπης ἀνακωχὴν τῶν κακῶν τὸν θάνατον ὑπομιμνήσκειν Sa (cf. sch. 415.06) | αὐτὸν om. V | 3 ἤρκει γὰρ treated as beginning of new note Mn(punct.)Sa(first words by rubr.) | γὰρ] γὰρ τὸ VS, τὸ R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μανείας Ml | 3 αὐταί Ml | 3 βακχεύουσιν MCPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.142,18–20; Dind. II.128,26–129,1

KEYWORDS: λείπει | κακόηθες/κακοήθως

Or. 411.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι⟩: ἃς εὐτελίζεις καὶ ἐξουθενεῖς —V³Y²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εὐτελίζειν Y² | app. ἐξουθενοῖς V³

Or. 411.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨βακχεύουσι συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: ἀναταράσσουσί σε χάριν τοῦ φόνου —VPr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 411.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βακχεύουσιν⟩: καὶ ἐμμανῆ ποιοῦσι καὶ ἀναταράττουσιν —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 411.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βακχεύουσι⟩: καὶ μανικὸν ποιοῦσι σὲ —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 411.13 (vet exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: λείπει ἡ διά, ἵν’ ᾖ διὰ τὸν συγγενῆ φόνον. —HM^aM^bBC

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘dia’ is to be understood, so that the sense is ‘because of the kindred murder’.

LEMMA: συγγενῆ φόνον in text Rw (φόνον alone s.l. in M) POSITION: s.l. HM^bC, marg. B, cont. from 411.01, add. δὲ, M^a

APP. CRIT.: λείπει om. or compend. obscured under overwritten text H | ἵν’ ᾖ] H, om. M^bBC | τὸ M^bC | φόνον om. M^bC (unless s.l. (φόν)ον in M is meant to be a continuation of note positioned somewhat to the left)

APP. CRIT. 2: συγγενὴ M^b, συγγενεῖ H

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.142,20–21; Dind. II.129,8–9

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 411.14 (rec exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: τὸ δὲ συγγενεῖ φόνῳ διὰ τὴν μητέρα φησίν. —VMlMnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: He (Menelaus) says ‘by kindred murder’ because of (Orestes’) mother.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 411.01 all

APP. CRIT.: τῶ δὲ MnSSa | φησίν om. V

APP. CRIT. 2: συγκενεῖ a.c. Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.142,22; Dind. II.129,5

Or. 411.15 (rec exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. S

Or. 411.16 (rec exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: διὰ τὸν συγγενῆ φόνον —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 411.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ συγγενοῦς φόνου κινούμεναι δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘By the kindred murder’ is used in that the Erinyes were) aroused to action, clearly, by the kindred murder.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.: φόνον Y | δηλονότι om. Zc

Or. 411.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: χάριν τοῦ συγγόνου φόνου —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 412.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οἴμοι⟩: ὡς ἔοικεν αὖθις μανὼν λέγει ταῦτα. —Mn

TRANSLATION: As it appears, he says this having become crazed again.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: μανὼν is formed from the aorist ἔμανον, coined by late grammarians as a step in etymologizing principal parts of μαίνομαι (Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:2.141,17, Et. Parv. μ 32, Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. μηνιεῖ).

Or. 412.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἷς ἐλαύνομαι τάλας⟩: ὑφ’ ὧν διωγμῶν ἐλαύνομαι ὁ τάλας —G

POSITION: s.l., misplaced above 409

Or. 412.03 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς τὰς Ἐριννῦς —B^3a

POSITION: s.l. (above τάλας)

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 412.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐλαύνομαι⟩: πειράζομαι ὑπ’ αὐτῶν —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 413.01 (vet exeg) οὐ δεινὰ: ¹γυμνὸν ἐνταῦθα δείκνυται τὸ ἦθος τοῦ Μενελάου· ²κατέκρινε γὰρ αὐτὸν χωρὶς κρίσεως. —MBCMlMnPr^aPr^bR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Here the character of Menelaus is shown laid bare: for he condemned him (Orestes) without a trial.

LEMMA: RSSa, app. Mn([οὐ] δείνα sic], οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν Rw POSITION: cont. from sch. 411.01 BPra; s.l. MCMlPr^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 app. χω(ρ)(ικὸν) Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.143,1–2; Dind. II.129,1–5

KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως | character, analysis of

Or. 413.02 (rec exeg) ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀναφορὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς Ὀρέστης εἶπεν, ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς πεπραγμένους καὶ κατέκρινεν αὐτὸν {φησὶν Ὀρέστης} χωρὶς κρίσεως. —V

POSITION: cont. from sch. 411.14

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.142,22–25; Dind. II.129,5–8

COMMENT: A confused note, either jumbled in transmission or very badly paraphrasing as if 414 preceded 413.

Or. 413.03 (pllgn paraphr) σεαυτὸν μέμφου, μὴ τὰς θεὰς, ἐπειδὴ χρὴ παθεῖν σε κακὰ ὡς κακὰ πράξαντα. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 413.04 (pllgn paraphr) μὴ μέμφου τὰς θεὰς ἀλλ’ ἑαυτόν· οὐ γὰρ ἄδικον τὸ πάσχειν δεινὰ τὸν πράξαντα δεινά. —Y²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 413.04a (pllgn paraphr) [οὐ δειν]ὸν δηλονότι πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς εἰργασμένους τὰ δεινά. —C²

REF. SYMBOL: C² POSITION: marg.

Or. 413.05 (pllgn gram) ὡς φίλα φίλον, ἀχθεινὰ ἀχθεινὸν, οὕτως καὶ δεινὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ δεινὸν. —Y²

TRANSLATION: As (neuter plural) ‘phila’ (can mean singular) ‘philon’ (‘dear’), and (neuter plural) ‘achtheina’ (can mean singular) ‘achtheinon’ (‘painful’), so too (plural) ‘deina’ is used instead of (singular) ‘deinon’ (‘terrible’).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 413.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν⟩: οὐκ ἄξιον πάσχειν —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 413.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ δεινὰ⟩: {οὐ} δίκαια· οὐ θαυμαστὰ ὑπάρχει —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 413.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ δεινὰ⟩: οὐ δεινὸν ὑπάρχει —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 413.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ δεινὸν⟩: δεινὰ —PrZc

LEMMA: οὐ δεινὸν in text PrZc POSITION: s.l.

Or. 413.17 (rec exeg) ⟨πάσχειν⟩: ⟨διὰ⟩ τό τι ποιεῖν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τὸ τὶ Pr

Or. 413.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨second δεινὰ⟩: καὶ δίκαια —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 414.01 (414–415) (mosch exeg) ¹τὸ ἑξῆς οὕτως· ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀναφορὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς ὁ Φοῖβος κελεύσας διαπράξασθαι τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον. ²ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος διακόψας τὸν λόγον φησί· μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς δηλονότι. ³ὑπελάμβανε γὰρ τοῦτο βούλεσθαι προτείνειν αὐτόν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The continuous text (would be) as follows: But we have as a recourse for our misfortune Phoebus, who ordered (me) to accomplish the killing of my mother. But Menelaus interrupts the utterance and says: Do not speak of the death, namely, that of your father. For he (Menelaus) assumed that he (Orestes) wanted to put forward this claim.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν G REF. SYMBOL: T

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός XaY | 2 εἰπεῖν a.c. Yf | τοῦτο] τοῦτον Dindorf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ξυμφορὰς Yf | 2 δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.129,15–19

COLLATION NOTES: ὁ Φοῖβος κελεύσας] ἐφ’ οἷς ἐκέλευσας Ta (because T here has a barbell beta that could be mistaken for lunate sigma, and the omicron (= ος) above that beta is exceedingly small).

Or. 414.02 (414–415) (thom exeg) ¹ὁ μὲν Ὀρέστης διὰ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα εἶπεν, ὡς κελεύσαντα τὸν φόνον, τὸ ‘ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀναφορὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς’. ²τουτέστιν εἰς Ἀπόλλωνα ἀναφέρομεν τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν παρόντων. ³ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος, οἰόμενος αὐτὸν λέγειν τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς θάνατον, ἐκλύων αὐτὸν τῆς ἀπολογίας φησί· ⁴μὴ τὸν θάνατον τοῦ πατρὸς προβαλλόμενος λέγε ὡς δι’ ἐκεῖνον τὴν μητέρα ἀποκτείνας εἰς τὰ παρόντα ἐμπέπτωκα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Orestes said ‘we have as a recourse for our misfortune’ because of Apollo, on the grounds that he ordered the killing. That is, we refer the cause/blame for the present situation to Apollo. But Menelaus, supposing that he is speaking of the death of his father, says, depriving him of his defence: Do not put forth the death of your father as a defence and say that ‘it is because I killed my mother on his behalf that I have fallen into the present difficulties’.

REF. SYMBOL: all (at 414 ἀναφορά ZZa, at 415 θάνατον others)

APP. CRIT.: 4 τοῦ πατρὸς om. Zb, app. Zl | ἐμπέπτωκας ZbZlTGu

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 φησίν ZbGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.129,19–24

COLLATION NOTES: 4 προβαλλόμενος om. Ta

Or. 414.03 (414–415) (rec exeg) ὁ μὲν Ὀρέστης τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα λέγει αἴτιον τῆς μανίας, ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος ᾤετο τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς λέγειν θάνατον. —Rf

POSITION: beside 416–417, first lines of 121v

Or. 414.04 (vet exeg) ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀναφορά: ¹ἐπεὶ εἶπεν ὁ Μενέλαος [413] ‘οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς εἰργασμένους’ καὶ κατέκρινεν αὐτὸν δεινὰ πεπραχέναι, φησὶν Ὀρέστης· ²ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν τῆς συμβάσης τύχης ἀναφορά, ὅ ἐστι· ³δυνάμεθα τοῦ συμβάντος πράγματος τὴν αἰτίαν ἀναγαγεῖν εἴς τινα, ὥστε μὴ εἶναι ἡμᾶς αἰτίους δεινῶν πράξεων. ⁴εἶτα ὁ Μενέλαος· μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς τοῦ πατρός· οὐ γὰρ σοφόν. ⁵εἰ γὰρ καὶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα ἀνεῖλες τὴν μητέρα, δεινὰ πέπραχας· ⁶σὺ γὰρ οὐκ ὤφειλες θάνατον ἐπαγαγεῖν τῇ μητρί, ἀλλ’ ἡ δημοσία κρίσις. ⁷εἶτα Ὀρέστης λέγει ὅτι ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔκρινε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δεινὰ διεπραξάμην, εἴγε θεὸς ὁ κρίνας καὶ κελεύσας. ⁸εἶτα ὁ Μενέλαος· τοῦτο τὸ δεινὸν ἔκρινεν ἀμαθὴς ὤν. ⁹εἶτα Ὀρέστης· εἴτε ἀμαθεῖς εἴτε σοφοὶ οἱ θεοὶ οὐκ οἶδα, τοῦτο δὲ οἶδα ὅτι δουλεύομεν καὶ πειθόμεθα αὐτοῖς, ὁποῖοι ἄν εἰσιν, εἴτε σοφοὶ εἴτε φαῦλοι. ¹⁰εἶτα ὁ Μενέλαος· εἰ αὐτός σοι ἐκέλευσε, πῶς οὐκ ἐλεεῖ νοσοῦντα καὶ μαινόμενον; ¹¹εἶτα Ὀρέστης· ἴσως ἐλεήσει, ἀεὶ γὰρ βραδύνει τὸ θεῖον. —M^aBVCPr, partial M^b

TRANSLATION: Because Menelaus had said ‘it is not a shocking thing for those who have done terrible things to suffer the same’ and had condemned him as having done terrible things, Orestes says: But we have a recourse for the fortune that has befallen us, which is to say, we can refer the cause/blame for what happened to someone (else) so that we not be responsible for terrible deeds. Then Menelaus: Do not speak of the death of your father. That is not wise. For even if you killed your mother because of your father, you have done terrible things. For you should not have been the one imposing death on your mother, but (it should) rather (have been) the verdict of the people. Next, Orestes says that Apollo decided it and therefore I did not do terrible things, since the one who decided and commanded was a god. Then Menelaus: He decided on this terrible act, being ignorant. Then Orestes: I do not know whether the gods are ignorant or wise, but this I do know, that we are their slaves and we obey them, of whatever nature they are, whether wise or unwise. Then Menelaus: If he himself commanded you, how is it that he does not pity you in your sickness and madness? Then Orestes: Perhaps he will show pity, for the divine always acts slowly.

LEMMA: M^aCPr, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἀναφορά B, ἀναφορὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς V REF. SYMBOL: BV POSITION: M^b s.l. at 415; as three sep. notes Pr (1–7, and after intervening sch. 416.01, 8–10 and 11)

APP. CRIT. 2: 7 ἔκρινεν M^a | 9 (second) εἴτε ] εἶτε M^a | 9 (third) εἴτε ] εἶτε M^a | 10 ἐκέλευσεν M^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.143,4–18; Dind. II.129,25–130,14

Or. 414.05 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ὅρα τὸ εὐφυὲς τοῦ ποιητοῦ, πῶς δι’ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν προσώπων τούτων, τοῦ Ὀρέστου καὶ τοῦ Μενελάου, τὰς ἐναντίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων δόξας ὑποδηλοῖ. ²ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἱ μὲν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λέγουσι τιμωρεῖν τὸ θεῖον τοῖς πάσχουσιν, οἱ δ’ ⟨ὅτι οἱ θεοὶ⟩ ἀδιαφοροῦσι, διὰ μὲν τοῦ Ὀρέστου τὸ βοηθεῖσθαι παρὰ τοῦ θείου τοὺς κάμνοντας συνίστησι, διὰ δὲ τοῦ Μενελάου σοφιστικῶς ἀπαγορεύει. ³ἐκεῖθεν δὲ τὴν ὑφὴν τοῦ λόγου προὐκατεσκεύασεν. ⁴εἰπόντος γὰρ τοῦ Μενελάου ἀπὸ τοῦ [409] ‘οἶδα μὲν αὐτὰς, ὀνομάσαι δ’ οὐ βούλομαι’ καὶ καθεξῆς, τοῦ Ὀρέστου εἰς μομφὴν τῶν Εὐμενίδων κινηθέντος ὁ Μενέλαος τρόπον τινὰ τοῦτον ἀπεστρέψατο ⁵εἰπὼν [411] ‘αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι συγγενεῖ φόνῳ’, δηλονότι ἃς κατευτελίζεις καὶ οὐ θέλεις καλεῖσθαι Εὐμενίδας λέγων [410] ‘εὐπαίδευτα δ’ ἀποτρέπου λέγειν’, ⁶ἤτοι ἀπόφευγε τὸ προστιθέμενον αὐταῖς ὄνομα, τὸ Εὐμενίδες, παρὰ τῶν εὖ πεπαιδευμένων καὶ σοφῶν λέγειν καὶ λέγε δήπουθεν τὸ οἰκεῖον αὐταῖς ὄνομα ἤγουν αἱ ἀλάστορες, αἱ Τελχῖνες, αἱ φονεύτριαι. ⁷πρὸς τὸ βακχεύουσιν ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐπιτατικῶς εἶπε τὸ [412] ‘οἴμοι διωγμῶν οἷς ἐλαύνομαι τάλας’, ὁ δ’ ἀντεῖπεν [413] ‘οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς εἰργασμένους’ ἤγουν μὴ τὰς θεὰς μέμφου, ἑαυτὸν δὲ τὸν αἴτιον τοῦ πάσχειν τὰ δεινὰ ὡς δεινὰ ἐργασάμενον. ⁸εἶτα ἐκείνου φεύγοντος τὴν πρᾶξιν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Φοῖβον ταύτην ἀναφέροντος ὁ Μενέλαος ἀπεστρέψατο μὴ εἶναι λέγων τὸ θεῖον ἀμαθὲς τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τοῦ δικαίου. ⁹ἐκείνου δὲ ἐπιμείναντος τῇ ἐνστάσει καὶ λέξαντος ὅτι δουλεύομεν τοῖς θεοῖς, ἤτοι ποιοῦμεν ἃ παρ’ αὐτῶν κελευόμεθα κἂν μὴ λίαν ἐπιστάμεθα τί πρᾶγμά εἰσιν οἱ θεοί, ¹⁰ὁ Μενέλαος τὸν οἰκεῖον βουλόμενος συστῆσαι λόγον ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐκεῖνο, ἀλλ’ ἐκ θυμοῦ τὸ πραχθέν, φησὶν ὅτι πάντως ἂν ἐβοήθησέ σοι ὁ θεὸς, εἴπερ καὶ προσέταξεν. ¹¹ὡς δ’ εἶπεν ἐκεῖνος μέλλει τὸ θεῖον, ἤτοι βραδύνει ἐν ταῖς ἀντιδόσεσι ταῖς φαύλαις τε καὶ ταῖς ἀγαθαῖς ὡς ὂν φύσει τοιοῦτον, σοφιστικῶς ἐκεῖνος ἐπήγαγε τὸ [423] ‘ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθόν σ’ αἷμα μητρὸς αἱ θεαί’, ἤτοι ἀπῄτησαν. ¹²ἔκλεψε δ’ αὐτὸν διὰ τῆς μέσης ἐρωτήσεως τῆς [421] ‘πόσον χρόνον δὲ μητρὸς οἴχονται πνοαί’. ¹³ἀποκριθέντος δ’ ἐκείνου τὸ πόσον τοῦ καιροῦ, ἀνεῖλεν ἐκεῖ τὸ μέλλει τὸ θεῖον διὰ τοῦ [423] ‘ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθόν σ’ αἷμα μητρός’. —V

TRANSLATION: Observe the natural talent of the poet, how through both these characters, Orestes and Menelaus, he suggests the contradictory opinions of humans. For since some people say that the divine avenges those who suffer, while others say that the gods are indifferent, through Orestes he affirms the view that those in distress are aided by the divine, but through Menelaus he denies this through sophistic argumentation. From that point he made a preliminary exposure of the web of the argument. For after Menelaus has pronounced his speech from the line ‘I know them, but I do not want to name them’ and what follows that, and Orestes has been moved toward reproach of the Eumenides, Menelaus in a certain way turned him away from his point, by saying ‘these (goddesses) drive you mad because of kindred bloodshed’, namely (the goddesses) whom you (Orestes) disparage and do not want to be called Eumenides when you say ‘avoid speaking in the manner of a well-educated person’, in other words, avoid speaking the name Eumenides that is applied to them by those who are well educated and wise, and say rather the name that is proper to them, that is, ‘alastores’ (‘avenging demons’), Telchines, murderesses. In response to ‘they drive you mad’ Orestes said with intensity ‘Woe is me for the persecution by which I am driven, wretched man’, and the other said in contradiction ‘It is not a shocking thing for those who have done terrible things to suffer the same’, meaning do not reproach the goddesses, but rather yourself, the one responsible for suffering terrible things because you did them. Next, when Orestes tries to disown the deed and refers it to Phoebus, Menelaus rejected this point by saying the divine is not ignorant of what is good and just. When he (Orestes) persisted in the objection and said ‘we are slaves to the gods’, that is, we do what we are commanded to do by them even if we do not really understand what the gods are, Menelaus, desiring to confirm his own argument that that deed did not come from a god, but from strong emotion, says that by all means the god would have come to your rescue if he had in fact given the order. And when that one (Orestes) said ‘the divine procrastinates’, that is, acts slowly both in bad and good repayments (for human action), because the divine is such by nature, that other (Menelaus) added sophistically the point ‘how swiftly the goddesses pursued you for the bloodshed of your mother’, that is, demanded their due. He tricked him (Orestes) with the intervening question, ‘how long since your mother breathed her last?’ When that one (Orestes) replied with the quantity of time, he (Menelaus) refuted at that point the claim ‘the divine procrastinates’ with his ‘How swiftly they pursued you for the bloodshed of your mother’.

APP. CRIT.: 2 suppl. Mastr. | 4 ἀπεστρέψατο Schw., ἀπεπέμψατο V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.143,19–144,23; Dind. II.130,15–131,21

COMMENT: See Prelim. Stud. 200–203.

KEYWORDS: ἔνστασις | σοφιστικῶς

Or. 414.12 (rec gram) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: θεία λέξις —Pr

TRANSLATION: Term properly applicable to gods. (or: Divine utterance.)

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: θεία λέξις is a specifically Eustathian expression with the meaning ‘term properly applicable to gods’; he applies it to ἄναξ, σέβειν, καθαίρειν, παντοῦργος, πάπας, etc. Once in ps-Chrysostomus the juncture is found with the meaning ‘divine utterance’ (de sacerdotio, Bk. 7, PG 48.1070, 35).

Or. 414.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: εἰς Ἀπόλλωνα γὰρ ἀναφέρει. —ZlGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γὰρ ἀναφέρει om. Zl

Or. 414.18 (tri metr) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: long mark over final alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 414.19 (vet paraphr) ⟨τῆς ξυμφορᾶς⟩: τῶν συμβάντων πραγμάτων —MBPr

TRANSLATION: (‘Of the event’ here means) ‘of the events that occurred’.

POSITION: s.l. MPr, marg. B

APP. CRIT.: τὸ συμβὰν τῶν πραγμάτων Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.143,3; Dind. II.129,25

Or. 415.01 (vet exeg) μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς: ¹ὁ μὲν τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ᾐνίξατο αἴτιον τῆς μανίας, ὁ δὲ ᾤετο τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς λέγειν θάνατον. ²ἐκκλείων οὖν αὐτὸν ἀπολογίας φησὶ· ³μὴ λέγε τὸν θάνατον τοῦ πατρὸς μηδ’ αὐτὸς ἁμαρτὼν εἰς τὸν πατέρα ἀνάφερε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. ⁴εὔηθες γὰρ τὸ αὐτόν τινα ἁμαρτάνοντα ἄλλῳ περιτιθέναι τὴν αἰτίαν. —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION: The one (Orestes) hinted that Apollo was responsible for his madness, but the other (Menelaus) thought he was speaking of the death of his father. Therefore, blocking him out of a defence, he says: ‘Do not speak of the death of your father, nor when you yourself did the wrong refer the wrong to your father’. For it is foolish for a person who has himself committed a wrong to attach the blame to another.

LEMMA: MBCPr; φοῖβος Rw REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 μὴ δὲ Pr | ἁμαρτῶν MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.144,24–28; Dind. II.131,29–132,3

COMMENT: The version of MC is extraordinarily different. Perhaps an instance of πρϲ was misread as μρϲ and then other instances were made to conform. But there are corruptions beyond that, and MC may descend from unsuccessful decipherment of a damaged note in an exemplar. See also 415.09 for the view that it is the mother’s death and not the father’s.

KEYWORDS: αἰνίττομαι/αἰνιγματωδῶς

Or. 415.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς⟩: ¹σὺ γὰρ, φησὶν, αὐτὸς αἴτιος τυγχάνεις. ἢ οὕτω· ²μὴ ὀνομάσῃς τὸν {περὶ} μητρὸς φόνον μηδὲ λέγε ὅτι τοῦτον προστέταξαι παρὰ τοῦ κρείττονος πράττειν. ³οὐ γὰρ ἁρμόζει θεῷ τὸ πρόσταγμα, ὅθεν σιώπα καὶ κρύπτε τὸ ἀμαθὲς τοῦ δαίμονος. ⁴ἢ μὴ εἰς τὴν εἱμαρμένην καὶ τὸν θάνατον ἀνενέγκῃς· ⁵οὐ γάρ ἐστι σοφὸν τοῦτο. —MCRw

TRANSLATION: (Do not mention death) because, he (Menelaus) says, you yourself are to blame. Or take it this way: Do not mention the killing of your mother nor claim that you were commanded to carry this out by a stronger power. For the command is not fitting for a god, and therefore keep silent about and conceal the folly of the divinity. Or (the sense is) do not refer the matter to destiny and death. For that is not wise.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 415.01 all

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὕτω] οὕτως CRw, changed to οὗτος C | 3 ἀρμόζει M | 4 ἡμαρμ() M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.144,29–145,2; Dind. II.132,3–7

Or. 415.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: τὸν θάνατον τοῦ πατρός. τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ βέβαιον· οὐ γὰρ δεῖ ἀντιφονεύειν τοὺς φονέας. —MCPrRw

TRANSLATION: (He means) the death of his father. For this is not a secure point. For one should not kill the killers in return.

LEMMA: M (ἀλλὰ); μὴ θάνατον εἴπης Rw POSITION: cont. from 415.02 MC; s.l. Pr

APP. CRIT.: βέβαιον] δίκαιον Pr | οὐ γὰρ om. M

APP. CRIT. 2: βαίβεον M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.145,3–4; Dind. II.132,7–8

Or. 415.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ὁ Μενέλαος βουλόμενος αὐτὸν θανεῖν λέγει †τὸ νομίζον ὅτι μέλλει λέγειν θάνατον, ἐν ἑαυτῷ βουλόμενος τὸν θάνατον ἀγαγεῖν.† —CRw

TRANSLATION: Menelaus, wanting him to die, (remainder is corrupt in Greek; if emended, the sense might be:) uses the term ‘death’ (or: says this?), as if believing that he (Orestes) is about to say mention ‘death’, because he wants to impose death on himself.

LEMMA: ἄλλως C, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως Rw POSITION: cont. from sch. 415.03 Rw

APP. CRIT.: τὸ νομιζόμενον ὅτι μέλλει⟨ς⟩ λέγειν θάνατον {ἐν ἑαυτῷ βουλόμενος θανεῖν} conj. Schw.; τὸ ⟨θάνατον⟩ (or ⟨τοῦ⟩το), ⟨ὥσπερ⟩ νομίζων ὅτι μέλλει λέγειν θανεῖν {ἐν} ἑαυτῷ βουλόμενος τὸν θάνατον ἀγαγεῖν Mastr. (cf. next sch.) | ἐν αὐτῷ Rw | τὸν θάνατον om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.145,5–6

Or. 415.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς⟩: εἰ σὺ ἁμαρτὼν ἀναφέρεις εἰς τὸν πατέρα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. ἢ θάνατον βούλει ἀγαγεῖν ἑαυτῷ; —O

TRANSLATION: (Do not say this) if, having yourself committed a wrong, you refer the wrongdoing to your father. Or (the sense is) do you want to impose death on yourself?

Or. 415.06 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς⟩: μὴ εἴπῃς ἀνακωχὴν τῶν κακῶν τὸν θάνατον. —AbMlMnSa

TRANSLATION: Do not speak of death as a cessation of troubles.

POSITION: s.l. Mn; in Sa phrase wrongly inserted before ὑπομιμνήσκειν in sch. 411.01

APP. CRIT.: εἶπ a.c. Mn (app. corr. by rubr.) | ἀνακ. τῶν κακ. om. Ab

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀνακοχὴν Ml

Or. 415.07 (pllgn exeg)⟨μὴ θάνατον⟩: τοῦ πατρὸς εἴπῃς καὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ἢ τὴν τύχην ἢ τὴν εἱμαρμένην αἰτιάσῃ· οὐ γὰρ σοφὸν τοῦτο. —V³

TRANSLATION: Do (not) mention (the death) of your father and blame Apollo or fortune or destiny. For that is not wise.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 415.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θάνατον εἴπῃς⟩: τοῦ πατρὸς ἀναφέρῃς —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 415.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θάνατον⟩: τὸ φονεῦσαι σε σεαυτὸν —V³

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: A later hand has cancelled these words with two thin lines in yellowish ink.

Or. 415.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θάνατον⟩: ἤτοι (?)ἀϊστῶσαι σε —B^3c

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: Very faint; certainly not room for τὸ θανατῶσαι or even just θανατῶσαι, which one might expect.

Or. 415.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨θάνατον⟩: τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς δηλονότι —XaXbXoT^*YYfGrZcAa²CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Death’, that is,) clearly, that of his father.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τόν om. CrOx

COLLATION NOTES: Aa² writes τὸν at some distance before Aa’s τοῦ πατρὸς and adds δηλ. right after it.

Or. 415.13 (recThom exeg) ⟨θάνατον⟩: τοῦ πατρὸς —V³AaFGKZZmZb

POSITION: s.l. (above εἴπῃς)

Or. 415.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: τὸ λέγειν τὴν αἰτίαν δι’ ἣν ἀπέθανεν ὁ πατήρ —Xo²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 416.01 (rec exeg) Φοῖβος κελεύσας: ¹ἀπὸ κοινοῦ οὕτως συντάξεις ὅτι ἐκέλευσεν ἂν τοῦτο ὁ Φοῖβος καὶ ἐπιστεύθης ἀληθεύειν, ἐὰν ἦν ἀμαθέστερος καὶ πλέον σοῦ ἀμαθὴς τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τοῦ δικαίου. ²τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν ὡς φαυλίσας τὴν ἀναφοράν, ὡς τάχα ψευσαμένου τοῦ Ὀρέστου καὶ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ φεύγοντος τὴν μομφὴν τοῦ μητρικοῦ φόνου. ³κρείσσων γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἡ αἰτία, ἐὰν ἦν αὕτη ὁ θάνατος τοῦ πατρός, τοῦ θεὸν ⟨ … ⟩ —VPr

TRANSLATION: You will construe this in common (‘apo koinou’, i.e., continuing the syntax from the previous line) in this way, that Phoebus would have commanded this and you would have been believed to be speaking truly, if he (the god) were more ignorant (‘amathesteros’), that is to say, more ignorant than you of what is fine and just. He (Menelaus) said this as one who dismissed as unimportant the reference (of the action to the god) on the grounds that perhaps Orestes made the story up and is trying in this way to escape the reproach for the murder of his mother. For the cause would have been greater, if this (cause) were the death of his father, †(gen.) the (acc.) god … (left unfinished)

REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀμαθῶς VPr, corr. Schw. | 2 φεύγοντι Pr | 3 κρεῖσσον VPr, corr. Schw. | ἂν om. V | at end empty space left by V (more than half a full-width line) and sign of omission added in marg.; Pr ends with normal punctuation for end of sch.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.145,7–12; Dind. II.131,22–27

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 416.02 (rec exeg) ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔκρινε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δεινὰ ἐπράξαμεν εἴ γε ὁ θεὸς ἔκρινεν. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 416.03 (pllgn paraphr) οὐ τοῦτο βούλομαι εἰπεῖν δηλονότι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Φοῖβος. —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.132,10–11

Or. 416.09 (thom exeg) ⟨κελεύσας⟩: ἐμὲ τοῦτον ἐργάσασθαι —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (With ‘having ordered’ supply) ‘me to perform this (murder)’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σεσθαι Zb

Or. 417.01 (vet exeg) ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὤν: ¹εἰ τοῦτο ἐκέλευσεν, ἀμαθής ἐστιν, ἵνα ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων δηλώσῃ ὅτι οὐκ ἐκέλευσεν ὁ θεός· ²οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς ἀμαθής. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: If he commanded this, he is ignorant, (which Menelaus says) in order to show from the opposite that the god did not command (it). For the god is not ignorant.

LEMMA: MBVPr, ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὢν τοῦ καλοῦ C, ἀμαθέστερος ὢν MlMnR^bRwSSa(in dark ink as if start of note) REF. SYMBOL: BVR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 413.01 Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.145,13–15; Dind. II.132,13–15

Or. 417.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹μετὰ συλλογισμοῦ τοῦτο εἴρηκεν· ²εἰ γὰρ οὐκ ἀμαθὴς ὁ θεός, δῆλον ὅτι οὐδὲ προσέταξε τοῦτο ποιεῖν. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Menelaus said this using a syllogism. For if the god is not ignorant, it is clear that neither did he command (Orestes) to do this.

LEMMA: MBCPr, καὶ ἄλλως MlMnR^bSSa, ἀλλὰ V POSITION: cont. from sch. 417.01 V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.145,16–17; Dind. II.132,15–16

KEYWORDS: συλλογισμός

Or. 417.03 (rec exeg) συλλογίζεται —Pr

POSITION: marg.

Or. 417.04 (rec exeg) γρ. ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὢν τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τῆς δίκης. —MnR

POSITION: marg. R, between 423.01 and 424.01 Mn

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Mn | γ’ ὢν] γ’ ὢ Mn, om. R

COMMENT: MnR are among the many mss that lack γ’ in this line, hence the annotation of the correct version.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 417.05 (rec exeg) κατ’ ἐρώτησιν —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: marg. R, s.l. AbMnS

COMMENT: Reinterpretation of a statement as a question is a strategy for removing something that seems objectionable (cf. 97.02, 97.03); here the strategy satisfies an educational or philosophical/religious viewpoint.

KEYWORDS: theological amelioration | staging, delivery of lines

Or. 417.06 (rec exeg) διότι ἆρα —R

POSITION: marg.

Or. 417.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ¹θέλει ἐνταῦθα δεῖξαι ὁ Μενέλαος τῷ Ὀρέστῃ ὅτι οὐχ ὁ Ἀπόλλων προσέταξεν αὐτῷ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον, ἀλλ’ οἴκοθεν ἐργασάμενος τοῦτον, ἐπεὶ δυστυχεῖ, προβάλλεται τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα. ²ἐδήλωσε δὲ τοῦτο διὰ τὸ εἰπεῖν ‘ἀμαθέστερος ὢν’. ³πρὸς ὃ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἀπαντᾷ λέγων· ⁴ὑποτασσόμεθα τοῖς θεοῖς, ὅ τι ἄρα εἰσί, εἴτε ἀμαθεῖς εἴτε μή. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Menelaus here wants to show Orestes that Apollo did not command him (to carry out) the killing of his mother, but that having performed this of his own volition, once he suffers misfortune, he puts Apollo forward as a pretext. He (Menelaus) indicated this by saying ‘being rather ignorant’. To which Orestes counters by saying: We are subordinate to the gods, whatever they in fact are, whether ignorant or not.

REF. SYMBOL: all POSITION: after 420.18 Zm (correct order marked with β and α)

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἆρα Zb [Zl] | εἰσίν ZlT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.132,17–21

Or. 417.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: τοῦτο ἐπρόσταξεν —O

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: ἐπρόσταξα for προσέταξα is common in medieval Greek, and there are other verbs in προσ‑ that sometimes show the same kind of augment in Byzantine Greek.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 417.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀμαθής ἐστιν —MBVC

POSITION: s.l., except B marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἐν ἤθει ἵν’ ᾖ B, om. C | ἐστιν om. BVC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.145,18; Dind. II.132,12–13

KEYWORDS: ἐν ἤθει

Or. 417.15 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ἀμαθὴς —MnPrXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcAa²ZuB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. PrZu

COMMENT: The unfinished gloss ἀ on this word in S may have been the beginning of ἀμαθὴς (or of ἀπόλλων, 417.24).

Or. 417.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ὡς τὸ ‘νεώτερος ἐγενόμην’ [Psalm 36.25] ἀντὶ τοῦ νέος. —Y²

TRANSLATION: (The comparative adjective is used) as in (the phrase) ‘I became younger’ meaning ‘young’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Symmachus (quoted by Eusebius, comm. in Psalm., PG 23.333,6) explains the passage in Psalm 36 as equivalent to νέος ἐγενόμην.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Psalms

Or. 417.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: τὸ συγκριτικὸν ⟨ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ⟩ —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 417.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 417.19 (rec gram) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: Ἀττικὸν —VPr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 417.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: σαρκασμὸς —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀρκασμ()` Rf

COMMENT: Rf’s ἀρκασμός is not an attested word (note, however, Hesych. ε 5922 ἐρκάζειν· σκώπτειν, a hapax). The next two notes support the correction.

COLLATION NOTES: There is no suspended omicron over the final mu, only a diagonal that I interpret as grave accent; it is less likely to be the abbreviation for ‑ον (with accent omitted).

KEYWORDS: σαρκασμός

Or. 417.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: σαρδώνιος γέλως —Rw

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: σαρδώνιος

Or. 417.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: κατ’ εἰρωνείαν —G

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 417.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῆς δίκης⟩: τῆς δικαιοσύνης εἰ τοῦτο ἐκέλευσεν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 417.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῆς δίκης⟩: ἐκέλευσε σὲ τοιαῦτα πρᾶξαι. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 418.01 (vet exeg) δουλεύομεν θεοῖς: ¹†ἀνθρώπων ἐχόντων τὴν μορφήν.† ²ἢ ὁποίας ὦσι δυνάμεως ἢ κρίσεως, δουλεύομεν αὐτοῖς. ³τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς τὸ ‘ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὤν’. —MBCPr

TRANSLATION: (corrupt phrase untranslated) or, of whatever power or judgment the gods may be, we are slaves to them. This is directed at the words ‘being rather ignorant’.

LEMMA: δουλεύσομεν θεοῖς Pr REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: 1 δουλεύομεν αὐτοῖς ἀνθρώπων ἔχουσι τ. μ. Barnes (but mss punctuate first two words as lemma); a corruption of the first sentence of sch. 418.02, as Schw. indicated | 2 (second) ἢ] B, καὶ C, om. M | αὐτοῖς] αὐτὴν Pr | 3 γ’ ὤν om. MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.145,19–21; Dind. II.132,25–133,2

Or. 418.02 (rec exeg) δουλεύομεν θεοῖς: ¹ἀνεπίγνωστον γὰρ ἔχουσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν γνώμην. ²ὁποίας ἄρα, φησὶν, εἰσὶ δυνάμεως, δουλεύομεν αὐτοῖς. —VMlMnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: For they (the gods) keep their judgment inscrutable to humans. He says, of whatever power they are then, we are slaves to them.

LEMMA: R^b, δουλεύομεν V(washed out)MlMnSSa REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῖς ἀνθ. om., in marg. add. Mn | 2 ὁποῖα S | καὶ ὅμως add. before δουλεύομεν MlMnR^bSSa

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ὁ ποῖας ἄρας Ml | 2 ἆρα S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.145,25–6; Dind. II.132,23–25

Or. 418.03 (rec exeg) δουλεύομεν θεοῖς: εἴτε ἀμαθεῖς εἴτε σοφοὶ οἱ θεοὶ οὐκ οἶδα, τοῦτο δὲ οἶδα ὅτι δουλεύομεν καὶ πειθόμεθα αὐτοῖς, ὁποῖοι ἄν εἰσιν, εἴτε σοφοὶ εἴτε φαῦλοι. —Pr

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 414.04 (9).

Or. 418.10 (vet exeg) ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶν ⟨οἱ⟩ θεοί: ¹ἀκαίρως τοῦτο· ²ἑώρακε γὰρ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα καὶ ἀκήκοεν αὐτοῦ {αἴτιον}· ³ὡσεί τις ἰδὼν ἀετὸν λέγει· τί ποτέ ἐστιν; ἦ ἀετός; —MBCPr

TRANSLATION: This comment (is made) inopportunely. For he (Orestes) saw Apollo and heard him. It is as if someone who saw an eagle says: ‘What in the world is it? An eagle?’.

LEMMA: M(εἰσὶ)C(ὅτί), ὅτί ποτ’ εἰσί (ἄλλως in marg.) B, ἄλλως· ὅτι πάντα εἰσιν Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.145,22–25; Dind. II.133,2–4

COMMENT: αἴτιον could be a corruption of a variant αὐτὸν for αὐτοῦ, or of an anticipation of ἀετὸν.

Or. 418.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶν θεοί⟩: ὁποῖοι εἰσιν ἢ καλοὶ ἢ φαῦλοι, πρέπον ἀκούειν αὐτοὺς. —Gu

LEMMA: thus in text Gu (ὅτί) POSITION: s.l.

Or. 418.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶ θεοὶ⟩: μὴ εἰδότες ὁποῖοι εἰσὶν κἄντε ἀγαθοὶ κἄντε κακοὶ —MnPr

LEMMA: thus in text Pr(πότ’), ὅτί ποτι’ εἰσὶ θεοὶ in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ποῖοι Mn

Or. 418.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶν οἱ θεοὶ⟩: ὁποίας ὦσι δυνάμεως οὐκ οἴδαμεν ἢ κρίσεως —Y²

LEMMA: thus in text Y(πότ’) POSITION: s.l.

Or. 418.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶ θεοὶ⟩: ἤτοι ὁποίας εἰσὶ δυνάμεως οὐ γινώσκομεν ἢ ὅτι εἰσὶ —V³

LEMMA: thus in text V(ὅτί) POSITION: s.l.

Or. 418.17 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶ θεοί⟩: ἀμαθεῖς εἴτε τοὐναντίον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Whatever the gods are’, namely,) ignorant or the opposite.

LEMMA: thus in text ZZaTGuZu(ὅτί all, εἰσὶν TGu), ὅτί ποτ’ εἰσιν οἱ θεοί Zl, ὅτ’ εἰσί ποτε θεοί Zm POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἴτε prep. ZaT, ἢ prep. Zl | εἴτε] ἢ ZZbZl

Or. 418.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ποτ’⟩: παρέλκον —Pr

TRANSLATION: (The word ‘pote’ is) superfluous.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: παρέλκει/παρέλκον

Or. 419.01 (vet exeg) κᾆτ’ οὐκ ἀμύνει: ¹πανούργως ἔχει πᾶσα ἡ ἐρώτησις. ²ὁ μὲν γάρ φησιν ὅτι ὁ Ἀπόλλων μοι ἐκέλευσεν ἀνελεῖν τὴν μητέρα, ὁ δὲ ἀντεπάγει· ³καὶ πῶς ὁ κελεύσας ἀνελεῖν τὴν μητέρα οὐκ ἐλεεῖ σε μαινόμενον; ⁴τοῦ δὲ εἰπόντος ὅτι μελλητικόν ἐστι τὸ θεῖον, πάλιν ὁ Μενέλαός φησι· ⁵πῶς οὖν Ἐρινύες σε ταχέως μετῆλθον; οὐκ εἰσὶ καὶ αὗται θεαί; ⁶ἐλέγχει οὖν αὐτὸν ὡς καταψευδόμενον. —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION: The entire interrogation is malicious. For the one (Orestes) says: Apollo ordered me to kill my mother, but the other (Menelaus) counters: And how is it that the one who ordered you to kill your mother shows no pity for you in your madness? After Orestes says that the divine is given to slow action, in return Menelaus says: How is it then that the Erinyes came after you swiftly? Are not these gods as well? Thus he refutes him (Orestes) as presenting a false claim.

LEMMA: M(κατουκαμύνει)BC(κατ’)Rw REF. SYMBOL: B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.146,1–6; Dind. II.133,6–11

KEYWORDS: πανοῦργος/πανούργως

Or. 419.02 (rec exeg) εἰ αὐτός σε ἐκέλευσε, πῶς οὐκ ἐλεεῖ νοσοῦντα; —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰ αὐτὸς Mastr., ὁ αὐτ with ambig. ending Pr (αὐτὸ with ῶν above?)

Or. 419.04 (pllgn gram) ⟨κᾷτ’⟩: ἔκθλιψις κρᾶσις συναίρεσις —Y²

TRANSLATION: (In this form are found) ecthlipsis, crasis, synaeresis.

LEMMA: κᾶτ’ in text Y POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This is taken from the doctrine of grammarians: in καὶ εἶτα the iota of καὶ is removed by ecthlipsis, the alpha combines with the epsilon in crasis, and the incorporation of the iota of ει with the alpha as ᾳ is synaeresis. E.g., Epimer. Homer. π 165 Dyck ἔκθλιψις δὲ καὶ κρᾶσις καὶ συναίρεσις ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ οἱ αἰπόλοι ᾡπόλοι· ἐκθλίβεται γὰρ τὸ ι τῆς οἱ, καὶ κιρνᾶται τὸ ο καὶ α εἰς ω, καὶ συναιρεῖται τὸ ω καὶ τὸ ι εἰς τὴν ῳ δίφθογγον; Tryphon, περὶ παθῶν 1.24,12–13 κατ’ ἔκθλιψιν, κρᾶσιν καὶ συναίρεσιν, οἷον καὶ εἶτα κᾷτα, οἱ αἰπόλοι ᾡπόλοι.

Or. 419.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἀμύνει⟩: οὐ συνεργεῖ ὁ Ἀπόλλων —Rf²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.133,12

Or. 419.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἀμύνει⟩: καὶ οὐ βοηθήσει σε —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 419.11 (tri metr) ⟨ἀμύνει⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 420.07 (rec exeg) τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει: ἀεὶ τὸ θεῖον ὀκνηρὸν ἐστὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀμοιβὰς γυμνάζον ἡμῶν τὴν γνώμην. —VMlMnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: The divine is always sluggish in reciprocation (for good or bad behavior), training our resolve by practice.

LEMMA: Ml(φήσει)MnSSa; μέλλει R^b REF. SYMBOL: MlR POSITION: s.l. V

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀμειβὰς γυμνεξον Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.133,19–20

COMMENT: The idea of exercising or testing the sufferers may have a Christian tinge. See also the Thoman version of this idea in 420.17.

Or. 420.08 (rec exeg) ἴσως ἐλεήσει· ἀεὶ γὰρ βραδύνει τὸ θεῖον· ὀκνηρὸν γὰρ πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας ἀμοιβὰς γυμνάζον ἡμῶν τὴν γνώμην. —Pr

TRANSLATION: Perhaps he will show pity (eventually). For the divine always acts slowly. For it is sluggish in such cases of reciprocation, training our resolve by practice.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 420.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει⟩: βραδύνει ἀεὶ τὸ θεῖον γυμνάζον τὴν διάνοιαν ἡμῶν. —R

TRANSLATION: The divine always acts slowly, training our attitude of mind by practice.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 420.10 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει⟩: βραδύνει γὰρ τὸ θεῖον ἐν ταῖς ἀντιδόσεσι ταῖς χρησταῖς καὶ ταῖς φαύλαις. —Y²

TRANSLATION: For the divine acts slowly in good repayments and in bad ones.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 420.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει⟩: τὸ θεῖον δὲ ἐν τῆ φύσει τοιοῦτον ἔνι ἵνα μακροθυμῇ. —Gu

TRANSLATION: The divine is such in its nature that it is slow (or slow to help?).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The sense of μακροθυμέω is commonly ‘to be patient’, but for ‘be slow to help’ in a context of testing the sufferers see Joannes Chrysostom., In Matthaeum, PG 57.351,13–15 καὶ γὰρ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πολλάκις ἀφῆκεν αὐτοὺς εἰς χαλεπωτέρους χειμῶνας πραγμάτων ἐμπεσεῖν, καὶ ἐμακροθύμησε. See also 420.02.

Or. 420.12 (pllgn rhet) ⟨τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει⟩: ἀνθυποφορά —Y²

TRANSLATION: Anthypophora (rejoinder to an objection).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀνθυποφορά

Or. 420.17 (thom exeg) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: ἤγουν μέλλει καὶ πρὸς βοήθειαν καὶ πρὸς κόλασιν, πρὸς μὲν βοήθειαν ἵνα δοκίμιον λήψεται τῆς προαιρέσεως τῶν τῆς βοηθείας αὐτοῦ ἀπολαύσειν μελλόντων, πρὸς δὲ κόλασιν ἵνα τῷ χρόνῳ ἐπανάξῃ αὐτοὺς πρὸς ἃ δεῖ. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, he delays both in helping and in punishing: in helping in order that he may get proof of the resolve of those who are to benefit from his help, and in punishing in order that by the passage of some time he may bring them back to what is required.

REF. SYMBOL: ZaZmT POSITION: ZZbZl s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δόκιμον ZbZl | αὐτοῦ om. Za | ἀπολαύειν Za | αὐτοὺς om. Za

APP. CRIT. 2: μέλει a.c. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.133,15–18

Or. 420.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: ἤγουν βραδὺ πρὸς βοήθειαν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 420.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: εἰς βοήθειαν βραδύ —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 421.01 (vet exeg) δὲ μητρὸς οἴχονται πνοαί: ἐχρῆν εἰπεῖν πόσῳ χρόνῳ. τὸ δὲ μητρός κακοήθως καὶ δυσωπητικῶς. —MBCPrRw, partial Aa

TRANSLATION: He ought to have said ‘within how much time’ (dative instead of accusative). And (using) the word ‘mother’ (is done) maliciously and in a manner meant to shame and disturb him.

LEMMA: M; πόσον χρόνον δὲ μητρὸς BCPr, πόσον χρόνον Rw REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: s.l. Aa

APP. CRIT.: ἐν add. before πόσω Aa | τὸ δὲ κτλ om. Aa | καὶ om. M | δυσωπητικῶς mostly lost to damage Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.146,7–8; Dind. II.133,23–24

COMMENT: The plain accusative of duration was confusing to some later readers (although it is perfectly idiomatic in classical Greek), as a few of the subsequent scholia show. The claim that the dative πόσῳ χρόνῳ would have been appropriate is slightly odd, since ‘in/within how much time?’ is much more commonly ἐν πόσῳ χρόνῳ than plain πόσῳ χρόνῳ.

KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως

Or. 421.02 (pllgn rhet) σχῆμα βίαιον —V³

TRANSLATION: Powerful/violent schema.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: This schema is called simply βίαιον in ps.-Hermogenes περὶ εὑρέσεως 3.3,1–5 [= p. 138,15–19 Rabe] ἔστι καὶ τρίτον εἶδος λύσεως, τὸ παραδοξότατον καὶ ἰσχυρότατον καὶ νικητικώτατον, ὃ καὶ βίαιον κέκληται· γίνεται δέ, ὅταν εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον περιιστάναι δυνώμεθα τὸν λόγον ἐξ αὐτῶν αἱροῦντες τὸν ἀντίδικον, οἷς θαρρῶν εἰσέρχεται. It refers to the entrapment effected by this seemingly harmless question, as described in more detail in sch. 414.05. The phrase σχῆμα βίαιον may reflect the influence of Tzetzes, who uses it in Exeg. in Hom. Il. 355 Papathomopoulos; Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Plut. 590a Massa Positano βίαιον τὸ σχῆμα. See also Sch. rec. Arist. Plut. 587a Chantry τοῦτο τὸ σχῆμα λέγε⟨τα⟩ι παρὰ τοῖς ῥήτορσι ‘βίαιον’, ὅταν τις κλέψῃ τι, δοκῶν εἶναι ἐκεῖνο ἀναμφίβολον—καὶ οἷον ἀναπολόγητον—, μᾶλλον ἀπὸ τούτου κρατηθῇ, ὡς νῦν ἡ Πενία, δοκοῦσα λέγειν ἀναμφίβολα, μᾶλλον ἐκ τούτου ἐφάνη μὴ ἔχειν οὕτως.

KEYWORDS: σχῆμα βίαιον/ὅρος βίαιος | Tzetzes

Or. 421.03 (pllgn paraphr) πόσον χρόνον ἔχει ἡ μήτηρ ἐσφαγμένη; —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 421.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: οὕτως σύνταξον· ἐν πόσῳ χρόνῳ ἢ κατὰ πόσον χρόνον. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 421.07 (thom exeg) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: μέχρι τοῦ νῦν χρόνου —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: χρόνου om. Gu

Or. 422.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τόδ’ ἦμαρ⟩: ἤγουν ἡ παροῦσα ἡμέρα —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 422.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἦμαρ⟩: ἐξ οὗ εἰσὶν ἐφθαρμέναι —XXaXoT⁺YYfGrZcAa²

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: εἰσὶν om. Aa², with ἐξ οὗ to left of and ἐφθαρμέναι to right of 422.05 ὑπάρχει (written at different time, probably earlier)

Or. 422.09 (recThom exeg) ⟨πυρὰ⟩: ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ τὸ σῶμα ἐκαύθη —PrZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Pura’ is) the place in which the body was burned.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ σῶμα om. Pr, transp. after ἐκαύθη Gu | ἐκαθάρη p.c. Zm

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐκάφθη Pr, a.c. Zm

Or. 422.10 (tri metr) ⟨πυρὰ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 423.01 (vet exeg) ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθόν σ’: ¹διὰ τούτων ἐλέγχει αὐτὸν ὡς ἀθέως πεπραχότα τὸν φόνον, ὅπου γε αἱ μὲν Ἐρινύες εὐθέως τῇ μητρὶ συνεμάχησαν, ὁ δὲ Ἀπόλλων ἀναβάλλεται τὴν συμμαχίαν. ²καὶ ἀνθυποφορά ἐστι τοῦ εἰρημένου ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου [420] ‘τὸ θεῖόν ἐστι τοιοῦτον φύσει’. —MBVCMnR^bRw, partial OMlSSa

TRANSLATION: With these words he (Menelaus) refutes him (Orestes), showing that he carried out the killing impiously, inasmuch as the Erinyes immediately fought on the side of his mother while Apollo delays his help. And this is a rejoinder to the objection stated by Orestes: ‘The divine is such by nature’.

LEMMA: MRw(σε), ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθον VMlMnSSa, ὡς ταχὺ R^b REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b POSITION: between 425.03 and 427.01 C

APP. CRIT.: 1 διὰ τούτων] καὶ διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν δὲ ὡς (δὲ ὡς om. Pr) ταχὺ μετῆλθον σε BPr, καὶ διὰ τούτων VMlMnR^bSSa, om. O | αὐτὸν om. Sa | ἀθεεὶ VMlMnR^bS, θεοὶ Sa | τὸν φόνον om. Sa | ὅπου γε … συμμαχίαν om. O, but sep. s.l. (at θεαί) ὁ Ἀπόλλων δὲ ἀναβάλλεται | γε om. Pr | ἀπόλλων] ἥλιος VMnR^bSSa, ὅλιος Ml | 2 καὶ ἀνθυπ. κτλ om. MlSSa, καὶ om. O | ἀνυποφορά V | ἐστι om. Rw | τὸ εἰρημένον C, πρὸς τὸ εἰρημένον O, τὰ εἰρημένα V (after this sch., punct. as if a sch., Pr has γρ. ἀν⟨θ⟩υποφορὰ ἐστὶ τὰ εἰρημένα) | ὑπὸ] παρὰ τοῦ Pr | τῆ φύσει Rw, φύσει τοιοῦτον transp. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.146,9–13; Dind. II.133,24–134,2

KEYWORDS: ἀνθυποφορά

Or. 423.02 (mosch paraphr) λίαν ταχέως ἤγουν τάχιστα ἐτιμωρήσαντό σε διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcAa

POSITION: s.l. except Xo; TZc treat this as two separate items, dividing after ταχέως (a second cross before ἤγουν T); Gr as three, dividing after ταχέως and τάχιστα, Aa as three, dividing after ταχέως and ἐτιμ.; G separates λίαν

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν τάχιστα om. AaGZc | ἐτιμώρησαν Aa | σε om. AaG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.134,11–12

Or. 423.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς⟩: (?)[ἐν] εἰρων(είᾳ)(?) —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: damage (wormhole), and possibly the gloss was crossed out

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 423.07 (thom exeg) ⟨μετῆλθον⟩: ¹τὸ μετῆλθον, εἰ μὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐτιμωρήσαντο εἴπῃς, εὐθεῖαν τὸ αἷμα νοήσεις, οὕτω· ² λίαν ταχὺ ἐτιμωρήσαντο σὲ αἱ θεαὶ, τὸ αἷμα καὶ ὁ φόνος τῆς μητρός. ³εἰ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπῄτησαν, αἰτιατικὴν οὕτω· ⁴λίαν ταχέως ἀπῄτησαν σὲ αἱ θεαὶ τὸ αἷμα καὶ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: If you interpret ‘they pursued’ in the sense ‘they punished’, then you will interpret ‘blood’ as nominative case (in apposition), as follows: Very swiftly the goddesses, the blood and killing of your mother, punished you. But if (you interpret it) as ‘they demanded back’, (take it as) accusative, as follows: Very swiftly the goddesses demanded back from you the blood and killing of your mother.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ μετ. … αἷμα lost to trimming Zl | τοὶ μὲν μετῆλθον Zb | εἴποις ZbTGu | 3 οὕτω om. ZZa, s.l. add. Z

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὕτως Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.134,7–11

Or. 423.14 (rec exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: ὑπὲρ αἵματος —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 423.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον —Xo²GuZl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 423.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἕνεκεν τοῦ αἵματος —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.134,13

Or. 424.01 (vet exeg) οὐ σοφός: ¹οὐ σοφὸς διαρρήδην μοι ὀνειδίζων τῆς μητρὸς τὸ αἷμα, ἀληθὴς δέ. ²ἀληθεύει γὰρ διὰ τὸν φόνον ἀμύνεσθαι αὐτὸν τὰς Ἐρινύας. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa, partial O

TRANSLATION: (You are) not wise/clever openly reproaching me for my mother’s bloodshed, but you are truthful. For he (Menelaus) states truly that the Erinyes are avenging him because of the murder.

LEMMA: MBVCR^b, οὐ σοφόν app. Rw REF. SYMBOL: BVMlR^bSa POSITION: intermarg. M

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 διαρήδην Ml | 2 ἐρίννυας MnPrRwSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.146,14–16; Dind. II.134,15–17

COLLATION NOTES: Entire note written by rubr. in Sa.

Or. 424.02 (rec exeg) οὐ σοφὸς: ¹πρὸς ὃ κλαπεὶς ὁ Ὀρέστης εἰς κολακείαν αὐτοῦ προὔθετο τὸ ‘οὐ σοφὸς, ἀληθὴς δ’ εἰς φίλους ἔφυς κακός’. ²τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ἔπος ἐναντιοφανές ἐστιν. ³ἐναντιοφανῆ δὲ λέγεται τὰ ῥητὰ τὰ μὴ τῇ ἄνωθεν ἑαυτῶν {τῆ ἀπάτη} κειμένῃ φράσει συναρμοζόμενα, νοήματι δὲ ἢ συντάξει θεραπευόμενα. ⁴σκόπει γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς ὕβριν ἐστὶ τοῦ Μενελάου τὸ οὕτως εἰπεῖν ‘οὐ σοφὸς ἔφυς, ἀληθὴς δὲ καὶ τέλειος κακὸς εἰς τοὺς φίλους’ καί που δέον τὸν ἱκέτην ὑβρίζειν τὸν ἱκετευόμενον. ⁵θεραπεύεται δὲ τὸ ἔπος τῇ συντάξει οὕτως· ⁶οὐ σοφὸς κακὸς εἰς φίλους ἔφυς, ἀληθὴς δὲ ἔφυς σοφός. ⁷τὸ δὲ νόημα τοιοῦτον· σοφὸς μὲν ἀληθὴς λέγεται ὁ ὄντως σοφός, σοφὸς δὲ κακὸς ὁ σοφιστὴς καὶ ἀπατεὼν καὶ πιθανολογούμενος. ⁸λέγει τοίνυν αὐτῷ κολακικῶς ὅτι ⟨οὐκ⟩ ἐσόφισάς με, ὦ Μενέλαε, εἰπόντα βραδὺ εἶναι τὸ θεῖον πρὸς συνασπισμὸν ἀντειπὼν ‘ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθόν σ’ αἷμα μητέρος θεαί’, σὺ δὲ ἀληθὴς εἶ σοφὸς, οὐ κακὸς σοφὸς εἰς φίλους, ἤγουν διὰ τῆς σοφιστείας καὶ πιθανότητος πλανήτης τῶν φίλων. —VRw

TRANSLATION: Tricked in relation to this (the sophistic move in the preceding lines 421–423), to flatter him (Menelaus), Orestes offered the reply ‘not wise, but you are a true villain toward your friends/kin’. This verse is one with an apparent contradiction. We speak of as apparently contradictory the utterances that do not fit with the phrase positioned before them, but are ameliorated by thought or construal. For observe that it is insulting to Menelaus to put it this way, ‘You are not wise, but a true and complete villain toward your friends/kin’, as if it were the proper thing for the suppliant to abuse the one he supplicates. But the verse is ameliorated by the construal as follows: ‘You are not a clever villain toward your friends, but you are a true wise man’. The thought is like this: One who is really wise is called a true wise man, but the sophist and deceiver and speaker of mere plausibilities is called a clever villain. So he (Orestes) is saying to him (Menelaus) by way of flattery: You did not trip me up sophistically, Menelaus, after I said that the divine is slow to help out, by retorting ‘How quickly the goddesses pursued you for the bloodshed of your mother’, but you are a true wise man, not a clever villain toward your friends, in other words, not one who misleads his friends with sophistry and plausibility.

LEMMA: Rw, ἄλλως V POSITION: follows out-of-sequence 427.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 πρὸς ὃ Schw., πρὸς ὃν VRw | κλαπεὶς] τραπεὶς Rw | after εἰς add. οὐ Rw, but crossed out | τὸ om. Rw | 3 λέγονται Rw | τὰ ῥήματα Rw | τῇ Schwartz, τοῖς V, om. Rw | ἄνωθεν ἑαυτῶν τῆ ἀπάτη del. Schw., τῆ ἀπάτη del. Mastr. | ἑαυτῶν] Rw, p.c. V (ἑα written over τη) | δὲ transp. before νοήματι Rw (punct. at φράσει) | 4 καί που] Mastr., καὶ ποῦ VRw | δεῖ Rw | 6 second σοφός] κακός Rw | 7 τὸ add. before τοιοῦτον Rw | 8 λέγει τοίνυν κτλ om. Rw | ⟨οὐκ⟩ Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.146,17–147,2; Dind. II.134,18–135,5

COMMENT: A continuation of sch. 414.05 above. For discussion see Prelim. Stud. 201–203 (but I now consider interrogative ποῦ δέον worthy of more consideration; ποῦ δεῖ is attractive but likely to be secondary).

KEYWORDS: ἐναντιοφανές

Or. 424.03 (rec rhet) σχῆμα ἐναντιοφανές —FPr

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: σχῆμα om. F

KEYWORDS: ἐναντιοφανές

Or. 424.04 (pllgn rhet) ¹οὐ σοφὸς κακὸς ἔφυς εἰς τοὺς φίλους, ἀληθὴς δὲ σοφὸς ἔφυς. ²ἔστι δὲ τὸ σχῆμα ἐναντιοφανές. ³ἐναντιοφανὲς ἐστι τὸ ἄλλως λεγόμενον καὶ ἄλλως θεραπευόμενον κατά τε νοῦν καὶ σύνταξιν. —Y²

TRANSLATION: You are not a clever villain toward your friends, but a true wise man. The schema is apparent contradiction. An apparent contradiction is that which is spoken one way and ameliorated another way in sense and construal.

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἀντιοφανὲς Y²

KEYWORDS: ἐναντιοφανές

Or. 424.05 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩: πανοῦργος ὡς σχηματίζεσθαι μὲν φιλίαν, τὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν δὲ φρονεῖν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Malicious so as to pretend friendship, but to have the intentions that enemies would have.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.135,12

COMMENT: Correction (2025): the lemma should be σοφός rather than οὐ σοφός.

Or. 424.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφὸς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ κρύφιος ἀλλὰ διάδηλος —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 424.16 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩: ¹ὀνειδίζοντος Μενελάου Ὀρέστην, φησὶν οὗτος πρὸς αὐτὸν· ²ἐπεὶ διαρρήδην ἡμᾶς ὀνειδίζεις, οὐ σοφὸς εἶ, ³ἀληθὴς δὲ κακός, ἀληθὴς μὲν ὡς οὐδὲν ὧν κατ’ ἐμοῦ λέγεις ψευδῶς λέγων (ἀληθεύεις γὰρ διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς λέγων ἀμύνασθαι τὰς Ἐριννύας ἐμέ), κακὸς δὲ ὡς ἐναργῶς ὀνειδίζων. ⁴ἐχρῆν γάρ σε χρωματίζοντα τοὺς λόγους ἐκφέρειν πρὸς παραμυθίαν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς λύπην, εἴπερ σοφὸς ἦσθα κακός. ⁵νῦν δὲ ἀφ’ ὧν ποιεῖς ἀναφανδὸν δεικνύεις τὴν σεαυτοῦ κακίαν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: When Menelaus reproaches Orestes, the latter says to him: Since you reproach me openly, you are not clever, but a truthful villain, truthful in that you are saying falsely nothing that you say against me—for you speak truly when you say the Erinyes are avenging me because of the murder of my mother—, but villainous in that you are reproaching me in very clear terms. For you should have colored your words and pronounced them with a view to consolation rather than to causing pain, if you were a clever villain. But now by what you are doing you manifestly show your own villainy.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZmT

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 second λέγων] γων Zb | 4 σοφῶς Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.135,6–10

Or. 424.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩: ¹ὑπάρχεις διότι με ἐλέγχεις, ὅμως δὲ ἀληθὴς ὑπάρχεις. ²εἰς τοὺς φίλους δὲ ἔφυς κακὸς. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 (first) ὑπάρχω a.c. Zu | ἐλέγχως Zu (app. not corrected)

Or. 424.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφὸς⟩: ὑπάρχεις ἐν τῷ ὀνειδίζειν με —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 424.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀληθὴς δ’⟩: κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἦς φίλος. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 424.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀληθὴς δ’⟩: ἀλλὰ ὀρθῶς, ἀλλ’ ἰθὺς —S

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀλλὰ] ἀλλα S

COMMENT: It is unclear whether the adverbs were intended to paraphrase adjectival ἀληθὴς or originated in a text that had ἀληθῶς δ’ in the line (as Bothe and Paley conjectured here).

Or. 424.22 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀληθὴς⟩: ὀρθὸς κατ’ ἀλήθειαν —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κατ’ ἀλήθ. om. R

Or. 424.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰπὼν κακῶς⟩: ἔφυς κακός —Y

LEMMA: thus in text Y POSITION: s.l.

Or. 424.31 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς φίλους κακὸς⟩: ἔφυς —Mn

LEMMA: ἔφυς om. in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 424.36 (tri exeg) ⟨ἔφυς⟩: γρ. εἰπὼν —T

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ephus’, ‘you are’) the reading ‘eipōn’ (‘having spoken’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 424.37 (tri metr) ⟨ἔφυς⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 424.38 (rec exeg) ⟨κακὸς⟩: ἔλεγχος —AbMlMnRSSa^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔλεγκος Ml

Or. 424.39 (rec exeg) ⟨κακός⟩: σοφὸς κακὸς, ὁ ἀπατεών —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 425.01 (vet exeg) πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τί σ’ ὠφελεῖ τιμωρία: ¹ἐν ἐρωτήσει ὁ λόγος ἀντὶ τοῦ ²τὸ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τοῦ πατρὸς τιμωρίαν σε λαμβάνοντα φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα τί δύναται συνάρασθαί σοι πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν παθεῖν ὡς φονέα; ³ἢ οὐ προέστη σου ὁ πατὴρ, ὥστε ἀποσοβῆσαι τὰς Ἐρινύας; —MVCRw

TRANSLATION: The line is interrogative, meaning: As for the fact that you killed your mother because you were exacting vengeance for the killing of your father, what force does that have to assist you toward not suffering anything as a murderer? Or; Did not your father protect you and frighten off the Erinyes?

LEMMA: MC(δή τις), πατρὸς δέ δὴ τίς V, πατρὸς δὲ δὴ Rw REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐριννύας Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.147,4–8; Dind. II.135,17–19

Or. 425.02 (vet exeg) πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τί σ’ ὠφελεῖ: ¹ἐν ἐρωτήσει ὁ λόγος· ὠφελεῖ τί σε ἡ εἰς τὸν πατέρα γενομένη ἐκδικία; ²ἢ οὕτως· οὐ προέστη σου ὁ πατὴρ, ὥστε ἀποσοβῆσαι τὰς Ἐρινύας; ³ἄλλως· τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τοῦ πατρὸς τιμωρίαν σοῦ λαμβάνοντος τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα τί δύναται συνάρασθαί σοι πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν παθεῖν ὡς φονέα; —BPr

TRANSLATION: The line is interrogative: What benefit is it to you that vengeance occurred for your father? Or like this: Did not your father protect you and frighten off the Erinyes? Another way: As for the fact that you killed your mother because you were exacting vengeance for the killing of your father, what force does that have to assist you toward not suffering anything as a murderer?

REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐκδικίαι B | 3 σοῦ λαμβ. τὸ] συλλαμβ. τοῦ Pr | τί Schw., τίς BPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.147,4–8 app.; Dind. II.135,15–19

Or. 425.03 (vet exeg) πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τί σ’ ὠφελεῖ τιμωρία: ¹οἱ Ἀττικοὶ προπαροξύνουσι μόνον τὸ τιμώρια⟨ι⟩. ²τὸ δὲ ⟨δη⟩ τι σ’ ἄμεινον βαρύνειν· δὴ τί σ’. —MBCPrRwLp

TRANSLATION: Attic-speakers accent the antepenult only of the (nominative plural) ‘timōriai’ (whereas the other cases are accented on the penult). The sequence ‘dē ti’ is better accented with a grave (on the first word), (that is) ‘dḕ tí s’ ’ (with interrogative ‘ti’; not with acute on ‘dē’ and indefinite ‘ti’).

LEMMA: πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τίς ὠφελεῖ M(δή τίς)C, πατρὸς δέ Lp REF. SYMBOL: Lp POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT.: τὸ δὲ τιμωρία prep. BPr | οἱ om. MCRw | μόνον τὸ Mastr., μόνον τοῦτο MCLp, τοῦτο μόνον transp. Rw, om. BPr, del. Schw. | τιμώρια⟨ι⟩ Mastr. | 2 τὸ δὲ] καὶ τὸ B, καὶ Pr | ⟨δη⟩ Schw. | τίς σ’ ἄμ. B, τίς σε ἄμ. Pr, τίς ἄμ. MCRwLp | βαρύ() B, βαρυτονοῦσι Pr | δὴ τί σ’ Schw., δή τις σ’ BPr, δή τίς MLp, δή τις CRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τιμωρια or τιμωρία Rw, τιμωρία Pr, τιμώρα Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.147,9–10; Dind. II.135,20–21

COMMENT: See the comment on 261.12.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικοί

Or. 425.04 (vet exeg) ἐν ἐρωτήσει ἀναγνωστέον. —MC

TRANSLATION: One should read (this) as a question.

POSITION: M s.l., C intermarg.

Or. 425.05 (rec paraphr) ἕνεκεν τῆς τιμωρίας τοῦ πατρὸς τί ὠφελήθης; —Sa^r

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 425.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σ’⟩: ἢ σὲ ἢ σοί· τὸ γὰρ ὠφελῶ καὶ πρὸς δοτικὴν συντάσσεται ὡς ἔχει καὶ τὸ τοῦ Αἰσχύλου [Aesch. Pers. 842] ‘ὡς τοῖς θανοῦσι χρήματ’ οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ’. ἔστι δὲ καὶ πρόσθεν μικρὸν [402] εἰς τὸ παρὸν δρᾶμα. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (The unelided form of ‘you’ is) either (accusative) ‘se’ or (dative) ‘soi’. For the verb ‘ōphelō’ is construed also with the dative, as is shown in the line of Aeschylus ‘since money is no benefit to the dead’. It is found also a little earlier in the present play.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: δράμα Zm

COMMENT: The text of Aeschylus has πλοῦτος, not χρήματ’, although G. Hermann in his edition II.246 notes that χρήματ’ is found in his Cantabr. 1 [= Lc of modern editions, Bibl. Univ. Nn.III.17A]; see also sch. (Thom.) 681.03, Sch. Thom. Aesch. Prom. 342 Smyth, Sch. Thom. Soph. Ant. 560 (Squire), and Thom. Mag. ecl. voc. attic. 408,12 Ritschl.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aeschylus, Persae

Or. 425.12 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρία⟩: long marks over first iota and over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 426.01 (pllgn paraphr) ἀκμὴν οὐκ ἐβοήθησε μοι ὁ πατήρ μου. τὸ μέλλον δὲ ἴσον ὑπάρχει τῇ ἀπραξίᾳ. οὕτως ὑπάρχει τὸ μέλλον ὡς ἄπρακτον. —Y²

Or. 426.02 (mosch paraphr) οὔπω ὠφέλησε, μέλλει δὲ ὠφελήσειν δηλονότι. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcAa

POSITION: s.l. except XXo; GZc as two sep. notes

APP. CRIT.: μᾶλλον δὲ ὠφελήσει T | δηλονότι] ἀρτίως Aa², om. GZc (both separating into two parts)

APP. CRIT. 2: ὠφέλησιν Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.135,23–24

Or. 426.08 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ⟩: οὔπω —Rf

LEMMA: οὐ in text Rf POSITION: marg.

Or. 426.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἴσον ἀπραξίᾳ λέγω⟩: ἐπίσης τῇ ἀποτυχίᾳ νομίζω —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 426.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγω⟩: λείπει τὸ οὔ. —V^2/3Y²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: In V this is added above ἀπραξίᾳ, while in Y it is above λέγω (but the space above ἀπραξίᾳ was already taken by two glosses). The intention of this analysis is opaque, but perhaps it is a morally inspiring interpretation, turning Orestes’ despairing comment into an expression of hope. See the note on the next sch.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 426.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγω⟩: ἢ εἰς τὸ λέγω ὑποδιαστολή (or ‑στέλλεται?) / καὶ λαμβάνεται ἀντὶ τοῦ λέξ[ω]. —B^3d

TRANSLATION: Or (interpret as follows): a minor pause is marked before ‘I say’, and the word is taken as equivalent to ‘I will say’.

REF. SYMBOL: B^3d POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ὑποδιαστέλλεται] or perhaps ὑποδιαστολή (ending is obscured in images by the curvature of the binding)

COMMENT: Among the many mss I have checked, I find that Y² has added punctuation before λέγω in Y, and in F there is a mark that may be punctuation added in the ink of F scholia (or it may not be punctuation or not ink, since F contains stray marks and stains here and there). | This recommendation may make some sense if the interpreter is viewing τὸ μέλλον δ’ ἴσον ἀπραξίᾳ as parenthetic, so that the main sentence is οὔπω λέξω, ‘I will not yet say (that it helps)’.

COLLATION NOTES: Check original B 35v.

Or. 426.27 (pllgn gram) ἀργὸν τὸ δῶρον, ματαία ἡ χάρις. —Yf

TRANSLATION: The gift is ineffective (or slow?), the favor in vain.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.136,2

COMMENT: The note sounds proverbial, and while the first half seems unparalleled, Arethas confirms the proverbial status of the second part in Scripta minora, Opus 38, 294,11–16 ἢ οὐκ οἶσθα τὸ σοφὸν τοῦτο καὶ χαριεντισμοῦ πλῆρες γράμμα, ὅ φησιν οὕτως· ‘ὠκεῖαι χάριτες γλυκερώτεραι· ἢν δὲ βραδύνῃ, / πᾶσα χάρις κενεή, μηδὲ λέγοιτο χάρις’· καὶ τὸ δημῶδες τοῦτο ‘βραδεῖα δόσις, ματαία χάρις’. The juncture ματαία χάρις is also attested in Theognis 105 and Aesch. Agam. 422, and a few times in Christian authors.

Or. 427.01 (vet exeg) τὰ πρὸς πόλιν δὲ πῶς ἔχεις: πονηρῶς πάλιν ἐρωτᾷ, ἵνα, εἰ μὲν εὐμενεῖς ἔχει τοὺς πολίτας, ἀφέξηται τοῦ ἐπιχειρήματος, εἰ δὲ ἐχθραίνοντας, ἐπιθέμενος κρατήσῃ. —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Maliciously again he asks the question, so that, if he (Orestes) has the citizens favorably disposed toward him, he (Menelaus) may refrain from his attempt against him, but if (the citizens) hate (Orestes), he may attack him and overpower him.

LEMMA: M, τὰ πρὸς πόλιν δὲ πῶς ἔχεις δράσας BCPr(δράσας ἔχεις transp.), πρὸς πόλιν δὲ V, τὰ πρὸς πόλιν Rw REF. SYMBOL: BV POSITION: between 424.01 and 424.02 Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.147,11–13; Dind. II.136,5–7

KEYWORDS: πονηρῶς

Or. 427.02 (rec paraphr) ὁποῖα δὲ ἐστὶ τὰ πρὸς πόλιν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὁποῖος Mn | πρὸς λόγους Mn

Or. 427.03 (rec paraphr) πράξας σὺ ταῦτα πῶς ἔχουν οἱ πολῖται ⟨πρὸς⟩ σὲ; —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: πολίται Mn

Or. 427.04 (thom paraphr) τουτέστι πῶς διάκεινται περὶ σὲ οἱ πολῖται τὸν τῆς μητρὸς ἐργασάμενον φόνον; —ZaZbZlZmTGu

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: τουτέστι] ἤγουν Gu | πρὸς σὲ Za | φόνον ἐργασ. transp. Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.136,3–5

Or. 427.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχεις δράσας τάδε⟩: γρ. ἔχει δράσαντος σοῦ. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 427.16 (tri metr) ⟨δράσας⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 428.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὥστε μὴ προσεννέπειν⟩: καὶ τόσον ὅσον μὴ ἐστὶ δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν —AbMlR^aSSa^r

POSITION: s.l. except R^a

APP. CRIT.: μὴ om. Ml

Or. 428.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὥστε μὴ προσεννέπειν⟩: ὡς μηδὲ συλλαλεῖν —F²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 428.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μὴ προσεννέπειν⟩: μὴ προσαγορεύειν ἡμᾶς ποτε —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This is a slight modification of 428.10.

Or. 428.10 (recMosch paraphr) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: προσαγορεύειν ἡμᾶς τινα —MlXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZc

POSITION: intermarg. Ml, s.l. others except X

APP. CRIT.: τινὰ ἡμᾶς transp. Zc, τινα om. Ml

COMMENT: See also G’s modification 428.05.

Or. 428.11 (thom paraphr) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: προσφθέγγεσθαι τινὰ τῶν πολιτῶν ἡμᾶς —ZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ‑φθέγγηται Zb

Or. 428.12 (thom paraphr) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: χαιρετίζειν τινὰ τῶν πολιτῶν ἡμᾶς —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 429.01 (vet exeg) οὐδ’ ἥγνισαι σὸν αἷμα: ¹νόμος γὰρ ἀποκαθαίρεσθαι τοὺς ἐμφύλιον φόνον πεπραχότας. ²ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐκ ἐκαθάρθης ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπὸ σοῦ πεπραγμένου φόνου. ³ἢ σὸν αἷμα ἀντὶ τοῦ συγγενικὸν φόνον. —MVCR^bRw, partial MnSY²

TRANSLATION: For it was the custom/law that those who had committed kin-murder be ritually purified. The sense (runs): You have not been cleansed from the murder carried out by you. Or else ‘your blood’ means ‘kindred bloodshed’.

LEMMA: M(ἤγν.)C, οὐδ’ ἥγνισαι V(ἤγν.)R^b, οὐδ’ ἥγνισται MnRw REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: marg. S

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 πεπραμένα app. R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.147,14–17; Dind. II.126,11–14

Or. 429.02 (vet exeg) ¹τὸ δὲ οὐδ’ ἥγνισαι σὸν αἷμα φησὶν ἐπειδὴ νόμος ἀποκαθαίρεσθαι τὸν ἐμφύλιον δράσαντα φόνον. ²ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐκ ἐκαθάρθης ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπὸ σοῦ πεπραγμένου φόνου. ³ἢ σὸν αἷμα ἀντὶ τοῦ συγγενικὸν. —BPr

TRANSLATION: He says ‘have you not even been purified of your blood-pollution’ since it was the custom/law that the one who had done kin-murder be ritually purified. The sense runs: You have not been cleansed from the murder carried out by you. Or else ‘your blood’ means ‘kindred bloodshed’.

APP. CRIT.: 1 οὐδ’ om. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.147,14–17 app.; Dind. II.136,11–14 app.

Or. 429.03 (vet exeg) νόμος γὰρ ἐκκαθαίρεσθαι τοὺς ἐμφύλιον φόνον δράσαντας. —MOC

TRANSLATION: For it was a custom for those who have done kin-murder to be ritually purified.

POSITION: s.l. MC

APP. CRIT.: φόνον] νόμον M, πόλεμον O | δρῶντας O

Or. 429.04 (mosch paraphr) οὐδὲ ἐκαθάρθης κατὰ τοὺς νόμους τὸν φόνον τῶν σῶν χειρῶν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except XXoT; spaced as three sep. glosses G

APP. CRIT.: κατὰ τοὺς νόμους om. G | σῶν om. YfZc

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐδ’ GZc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.136,10–11

Or. 429.05 (thom exeg) οὐκ ἐκαθάρθης εἰς τὸν φόνον ὃν ἐποίησας, καθώς ἐστι νόμος καθαίρεσθαι τοὺς φονεῖς τὰς χεῖρας τὰς ἐργασαμένας τὸν φόνον. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: You have not been cleansed in regard to the murder which you did, according to the law/custom that murderers purify the hands that accomplished the murder.

REF. SYMBOL: all (at ἥγνισαι) except Gu

APP. CRIT.: οὐκ] οὐδ’ Zb, οὐδὲ Zl | καθά ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: νόμως Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.136,15–17

Or. 429.06 (pllgn exeg) νόμος γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῖς τοὺς ἐμφύλιον πεπραχότας φόνον καθαγνίζεσθαι. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐμφύλιον] ἀμφὶ Zu

Or. 429.10 (rec exeg) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: τοῦ σοῦ αἵματος, ἀντίπτωσις, ἀντὶ τοῦ παρὰ σοῦ πεπραγμένου φόνου. —AbMlMnS

TRANSLATION: Of your (act of) bloodshed; antiptosis (exchange of cases, accusative for genitive) equivalent to ‘of the murder performed by you’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντίπτωσιν Ml | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Mn | περὶ MlMn (S ambig.) | φόν. om. Mn (or hidden in binding)

APP. CRIT. 2: πεπταγμένον (πεφρα‑ a.c.) Mn

KEYWORDS: ἀντίπτωσις

Or. 429.13 (rec exeg) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: ἤτοι ἀπὸ τοῦ συγγενικοῦ φόνου —V³K

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπὸ V³ | φόνου om. K

Or. 429.14 (thom exeg) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: ἤγουν ὅνπερ ἔδρασας φόνον —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Your bloodshed’), that is, the murder you carried out.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. ZmGu | οὗπερ … φόνου T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.136,17

Or. 429.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: ἤγουν τὸν φόνον ὃν σὺ πεποίηκας —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 429.19 (rec exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ —V³PrXo

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἢ διὰ τὸ Pr

Or. 429.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸ μητρικὸν —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 429.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κατὰ νόμους⟩: καὶ καθὼς νόμιμον ὑπάρχει —Xo

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 429.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νόμους⟩: νόμον —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 430.01 (pllgn paraphr) εἰς οἷον δὲ οἶκον ἔλθω, οὐκ ἐῶσι με ἐντὸς εἰσελθεῖν· καὶ πῶς μέλλω ἁγνισθῆναι; —Y²

Or. 430.02 (moschThom exeg) ⟨ἐκκλείομαι γὰρ⟩: οὐχί —XYfZmGuTZcAa²

TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘no’ (before this sentence).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὐ ZmGu, a.c. T

Or. 430.05 (mosch gram) ἐκκλείομαι: ἐκβάλλεται ὁ ἔνδον ὤν, ἐκκλείεται δὲ ὁ μὴ εἰσελθεῖν συγχωρούμενος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG

TRANSLATION: A person who is inside is (said to be) cast out, but one who is not allowed to enter is (said to be) shut out.

LEMMA: G(add. γὰρ) REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaXbYYf

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔνδων Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.136,20–21

COMMENT: This is possibly a place where Moschopulus is reacting to an inferior gloss in the previous teaching tradition (430.03), or even a rare instance in which he is (modestly) indicating a choice between available readings of the text (since some recentiores have ἐκβάλλομαι).

Or. 430.06 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐκκλείομαι⟩: ἔξω κλείομαι καὶ οὐκ ἐῶμαι εἰσελθεῖν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: I am shut outside and I am not allowed to enter.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.136,19

Or. 430.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκβάλλομαι⟩: ἐκ⟨κ⟩λείομαι —S

LEMMA: thus in text S POSITION: s.l.

Or. 430.19 (thom exeg) ⟨μόλω⟩: ἐπὶ τὸ ἁγνισθῆναι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘I go’, namely,) to be given purification.

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from 430.06 Zl

APP. CRIT.: τῷ ZbZlT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.136,20

Or. 431.04 (tri metr) ⟨πολιτῶν⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 431.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνταί σε γῆς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φιλονεικοῦσιν, ἐκβαλεῖν σε τῆς γῆς σπουδάζοντες. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: In the sense ‘they strive bitterly, eagerly seeking to exile you from the land’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B; cont. from prev. 431.08 BV

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. BV, τοῦ om. C | ἐκβαλεῖν] C, ἐκβάλλειν M, ἐκβάλλ[ B (ending illegible on images), ἐκβάλλουσι V | τῆς om. V | σπουδάζ(ου)σ(ι) V (σπουδ corr. from σπουξ)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.147,18–19; Dind. II.136,23–24

COLLATION NOTES: Check original B.

Or. 431.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται σε γῆς⟩: ἐκβάλλουσι σε γῆς —OSa^rGY²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: σε γῆς om. Sa^rG, γῆς om. Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.137,2–3

Or. 431.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνταί σε γῆς⟩: ἐκβαλεῖν τῆς γῆς σπεύδουσιν —XXaXbXoT⁺YfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: σπεύδ. ἐκβ. transp. Zc, om. τῆς γῆς

Or. 431.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ὡς ἔοικε γὰρ, τρέχων ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἁμιλλῶνται οἱ πόδες, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀγωνίζονται τίς μέλλει ἔρχεσθαι ἔμπροσθεν. ὅθεν καὶ ἅμιλλα ἡ μετὰ σπουδῆς φυγή. —Y²

TRANSLATION: For, as it appears, when a person is running, his feet compete against each other, in the sense that they contest which one is going to go in front (of the other). Whence flight made in haste can also be (called) ‘competition’.

COMMENT: I have added the comma after γὰρ and translated on the assumption that ἄνθρωπος is not the subject of ἔοικε (which would give a clumsy construction), but a nominativus pendens or (in Byzantine vernacular terms) nominative absolute participial phrase.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 432.01 (vet exeg) Οἴαξ τὸ Τροίας μῖσος: ¹Ναυπλίου καὶ Κλυμένης τῆς Κατρέως ἐγένοντο Οἴαξ καὶ Παλαμήδης. ²ὁ δὲ Παλαμήδης ἀπελθὼν εἰς Τροίαν τὰ μέγιστα ὤνησε τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν λαόν. ³λιμωσσόντων γὰρ ἐν Αὐλίδι καὶ περὶ τὴν διανομὴν τοῦ σίτου δυσχεραινόντων τε καὶ στασιαζόντων, πρῶτον μὲν τὰ Φοινίκια διδάξας γράμματα αὐτοὺς ἴσην καὶ ἀνεπίληπτον τὴν διανομὴν ἐν τούτοις ἐπραγματεύσατο. ⁴ἔπειτα καὶ περὶ κύβους ἔτρεψεν αὐτῶν τὴν ὀλιγωρίαν, καὶ μέτρα ἐξεῦρε καὶ ψῆφον ὥστε μέγα σχεῖν ὄνομα παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν. ⁵ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ φθονήσαντες οἱ περὶ Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Ὀδυσσέα καὶ Διομήδην τοιόνδε τι σκευωροῦσι κατ’ αὐτοῦ. ⁶λαβόντες γὰρ Φρύγα αἰχμάλωτον χρυσίον κομίζοντα Σαρπηδόνι ἠνάγκασαν γράψαι Φρυγίοις γράμμασι περὶ προδοσίας ὡς παρὰ Πριάμου πρὸς Παλαμήδην. ⁷καὶ τοῦτον μὲν φονεύουσι, θεράποντα δὲ Παλαμήδους πείθουσι χρήμασιν ἅμα τοῖς Τρωϊκοῖς χρήμασι καὶ τὸ γραφὲν πινάκιον ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην θέσθαι Παλαμήδους. ⁸αὐτοὶ δὲ παρελθόντες προδοσίαν κατήγγελλον τοῦ ἥρωος καὶ φωραθῆναι τὴν σκηνὴν ἐκέλευον. ⁹εὑρεθέντος δὲ τοῦ πινακίου καὶ τῶν χρημάτων ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην λίθοις φονεύεται Παλαμήδης. ¹⁰Ναύπλιος δὲ ἀκούσας ἧκεν εἰς Ἴλιον δικάσαι τὸν φόνον τοῦ παιδός. ¹¹τῶν δὲ Ἑλλήνων κατολιγωρούντων αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸ κεχαρισμένον τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἀποπλεύσας εἰς τὴν πατρίδα καὶ πυθόμενος ἀποπλεῖν τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἧκεν εἰς Εὔβοιαν ¹²καὶ χειμῶνα φυλάξας φρυκτωρίας ἧψε περὶ τὰς ἄκρας τῆς Εὐβοίας. ¹³οἱ δὲ εὐεπίβατον νομίσαντες τὸν τόπον προσορμίζονται καὶ ἐν ταῖς πέτραις ἀπόλλυνται. —MBOVCPrRw, partial Rf

TRANSLATION: From Nauplius and Clymene the daughter of Catreus were born Oeax and Palamedes. Palamedes went off to Troy and produced the greatest benefits for the Greek army. For when they were suffering famine in Aulis and were displeased and disagreeing about the distribution of the grain, first by teaching them Phoenician letters he arranged that the distribution was equitable and beyond reproach among them. Secondly, also by busying them with dice games he overcame their apathy (or disrespect, i.e., of the leaders’ authority?), and he discovered measures and pebbles for counting/voting so that he acquired a big name among the Greeks. Agamemnon, Odysseus, and Diomedes became jealous because of this and contrive the following sort of plot against him. For they took a Phrygian captive while he was carrying money to Sarpedon and they compelled him to write about betrayal in the Phrygian alphabet, as if it were a letter from Priam to Palamedes. This fellow they put to death, but they bribe an attendant of Palamedes to place the written tablet together with the Trojan money under Palamedes’ cot. They themselves came forward (in assembly) and denounced the hero for treason and ordered that his tent be searched. When the tablet and the money were discovered under the cot, Palamedes is killed by stoning. Hearing of this, Nauplius came to Ilium to seek justice for the killing of his son, but when the Greeks disrespected him in order to please their kings, having sailed back to his homeland and having learned (later) that the Greeks were sailing home, he went to Euboea; and having watched for a storm, he lit signal fires around the headlands of Euboea. The Greeks, believing the place to offer a good landing-place, approach it for mooring and are destroyed on the rocks.

LEMMA: MBCPr, οἴαξ VRw REF. SYMBOL: BV

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.147,21–148,19; Dind. II.137,7–138,15

COMMENT: Schwartz’s solution in 3 (αὐτοὺς ἴσην) seems best, although it is also possible that it is secondary to αὐτοῖς ἴσην and that M’s ἴσην αὐτοῖς is original (but in that case it would be best to delete ἐν τούτοις).

Or. 432.02 (thom exeg) ¹ἡ περὶ τοῦ Παλαμήδους ἱστορία πλατυκώτερον καὶ ἀκριβέστερον οὕτως ἔχει. ²Ναυπλίου καὶ Κλυμένης τῆς Ἀτρέως ἐγένοντο Οἴαξ καὶ Παλαμήδης. ὃς ἀπελθὼν εἰς Τροίαν μέγιστα ὤνησε τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν λαόν. ³λιμώττοντας γὰρ παρεμυθήσατο γράμματά τε ἐξευρὼν καὶ κύβους καὶ ἄλλ’ ἄττα παίγνια, ⁴ἐν οἷς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς τρέποντες διέφερον τὴν ἔνδειαν ὥστε διὰ ταῦτα μέγα τόν Παλαμήδην σχεῖν ὄνομα. ⁵φθονήσαντες δὲ τούτῳ οἱ περὶ Ὀδυσσέα καὶ Διομήδην καὶ Ἀγαμέμνονα τοιόνδε σκαιωροῦσι κατ’ αὐτοῦ. ⁶λαβόντες γὰρ αἰχμάλωτον Φρύγα χρυσίον κομίζοντα Σαρπηδόνι ἠνάγκασαν γράψαι Φρυγίοις γράμμασι περὶ προδοσίας ὡς παρὰ Πριάμου πρὸς Παλαμήδην. ⁷καὶ τοῦτον μὲν φονεύουσι, θεράποντα δὲ Παλαμήδους πείθουσι τά τε χρήματα καὶ τὴν συσκευασθεῖσαν ταύτην γραφὴν ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην θέσθαι Παλαμήδους, ⁸αὐτοὶ δὲ παρελθόντες εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον προδοσίαν κατήγγελον τοῦ ἥρωος καὶ φοραθῆναι τὴν σκηνὴν διετείνοντο. ⁹εὑρεθέντων δὲ τῶν χρημάτων καὶ τῆς γραφῆς ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην λίθοις φονεύεται Παλαμήδης. ¹⁰ὃς ὅτε ἔθνησκεν ἔφη [Tzetzes, Carmina Iliaca 1.385] ‘χαῖρε ἀλήθεια κυδρή. πρόθανες γὰρ ἐμοῖο’. ¹¹Ναύπλιος δὲ ἀκούσας ἦλθεν εἰς Ἴλιον δικάσαι τὸν φόνον τοῦ παιδός. ¹²τῶν δὲ Ἑλλήνων κατολιγωρούντων αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸ κεχαρισμένον τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἀπῆλθεν ἄπρακτος. ¹³καὶ πρότερον μὲν παραπλέων τὰς Ἑλληνίδας χώρας παρεσκεύασε τὰς τῶν Ἑλλήνων γυναῖκας ἑτέρους ἁρμόσασθαι, ὡς ἐκείνων ἀπολωλότων. ¹⁴ἔπειτα τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀκούσας ἐπάνοδον ἧψε φρυκτοὺς περὶ τὰ κοῖλα τῆς Εὐβοίας ἃ Καφηρεὺς καὶ Ξυλοφάγος καλεῖται, ¹⁵ὅποι προσπελάσαντες ἐν τῷ δοκεῖν λιμένα εἶναι διεφθάρησαν. —ZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: The story about Palamedes in a more extensive and more detailed version goes thus. From Nauplius and Clymene the daughter of Atreus were born Oeax and Palamedes. The latter went off to Troy and produced the greatest benefits for the Greek army. For when they were suffering famine he assuaged them by his invention of letters and dice games with tokens and some other amusements, turning themselves toward which they postponed their feeling of lack, so that because of these things Palamedes acquired great renown. Odysseus, Diomedes, and Agamemnon became jealous of this and conspire in the following plot against him. For they took a Phrygian captive while he was carrying money to Sarpedon and they compelled him to write about betrayal in the Phrygian alphabet, as if it were a letter from Priam to Palamedes. This fellow they put to death, but they persuade an attendant of Palamedes to place under Palamedes’ cot both the money and this letter they had trumped up. They themselves came forward before the army and denounced the hero for treason and insisted that his tent be searched. When the money and the letter were discovered under the cot, Palamedes is killed by stoning. As he was dying, he said: ‘Farewell, glorious Truth. For you died before me’. Hearing of this, Nauplius came to Ilium to seek justice for the killing of his son, but when the Greeks disrespected him in order to please their kings, he left with nothing accomplished. And first sailing along the Greek territories he arranged that the wives of the Greeks should take other men as husbands, in the belief that those (at Troy) had perished. Then, when he heard of the return voyage of the Greeks, he lit signal fires around the hollows of Euboea that are called Caphareus and Timber-devourer. Drawing close to this place in their belief that there was a harbor, they were completely destroyed.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. Zm POSITION: follows 432.05 in all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.137, app. at 7

COMMENT: For Ξυλοφάγος see on 362.10.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Tzetzes | ἱστορία

Or. 432.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τὸν Παλαμήδους θάνατον οἱ μὲν ἐν Γεραιστῷ, οἱ δὲ ἐν Τενέδῳ, οἱ δὲ ἐν Κολωναῖς τῆς Τρῳάδος ὑποτίθενται. ²φασὶ δὲ αὐτὸν εὑρεῖν φρυκτωρίας καὶ μέτρα καὶ σταθμοὺς καὶ πεττοὺς καὶ γράμματα καὶ φυλακὰς καὶ ἀστρολογίας. —MBCPr, partial V

TRANSLATION: Some posit that the death of Palamedes (took place) in Geraestus, some in Tenedus, some in Colonae in the Troad. They say he invented signal fires, measures of length and weight, board-games with tokens, writing, guardwatch systems, and the studies of the stars.

LEMMA: CPr, ἄλλως in marg. B (with τὸν παλ. θάν. punct. as lemma) POSITION: cont. from 432.01 V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὑποτίθονται C | 2 εὐρεῖν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.148,20–23; Dind. II.138,15–19

COMMENT: Matthiae’s emendation ἀστραγάλους inserts a term too similar to πεττοὺς, whereas explanation of the movements of the stars is associated with Palamedes elsewhere (Soph. Nauplius, TrGF fr. 432 Radt; Philostratus, Heroicus 33.7; Sch. Hom. Od. 5.272k Pontani) and also is among the gifts of the alternative discoverer, Prometheus (Aesch. Prom. 457–458).

Or. 432.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Οἴαξ⟩: ¹Οἴαξ ἦν πατὴρ τοῦ Παλαμήδους. ²τοῦ μὲν Παλαμήδους κατηγορηθέντος ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως, προσέταξεν ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων καὶ ἐλίθασαν αὐτὸν. ³καὶ οὕτως ἐτελεύτησεν ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ ἀδίκως ὑπὸ τῶν λιθοβολιῶν. —MlMnSSaR^b

TRANSLATION: Oeax was father of Palamedes. When Palamedes was accused by Odysseus, Agamemnon gave the order and they (the Greeks) stoned him. And thus he died at Troy unjustly by stoning.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. S REF. SYMBOL: MlSa, (to 433) R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 παλαμήδου Ml | ὀδυσέως Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.138, app. at 20

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 432.05 (thom exeg) ⟨Οἴαξ⟩: ¹Οἴαξ ἀδελφὸς ἦν Παλαμήδους, ²ὃς εἰς Τροίαν μετὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων στρατεύσας καὶ θαυμασθεὶς ὡς οὐδείς πω τῶν πώποτε γενομένων ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ, φθονηθεὶς ὑπὸ Ὀδυσσέως καὶ Διομήδους καὶ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀνῃρέθη λίθοις, ³ἀνθ’ ὧν ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ Οἴαξ ἀμυνόμενος Ἀγαμέμνονα, ⁴τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ Τροίας μίσος ἀναφέρων πατρὶ, ⁵συναγωνίζεται τὸν κατὰ τοῦ Ὀρέστου θάνατον. ⁶διὸ καὶ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐρωτηθεὶς ὑπὸ Μενελάου τίς ἐστὶν ὁ διώκων αὐτὸν ‘Οἴαξ’ φησίν. ⁷οὗτος ὁ Παλαμήδης λέγεται εὑρηκέναι ιζ γράμματα μήπω τότε ὄντα, ἀλλὰ Φοινίκων ἐχρῶντο γράμμασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλα. ⁸εὗρε δὲ καὶ πεττοὺς πρὸς παραμυθίαν τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ φρυκτωρίας καὶ σταθμοὺς καὶ ψήφους καὶ ἀστρολογίας. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Oeax was the brother of Palamedes, who having gone to war at Troy along with the Greeks and having earned admiration for wisdom like no one yet of those who had ever existed, incurred the envy of Odysseus, Diomedes, and Agamemnon and was killed by stoning. Because of this, his brother Oeax, trying to take vengeance on Agamemnon—for that is what is meant by ‘assigning to my father the blame for the hateful deed at Troy’—joins in seeking the death penalty against Orestes. That is also why when Orestes is asked by Menelaus who it is who pursues him, he says ‘Oeax’. This Palamedes is said to have invented seventeen letters that were not yet in existence at that time, but people were using the letters of the Phoenicians, different groups (using) different sets of them. He also invented board games with tokens to assuage the Greeks, and signal fires and weights and pebbles for counting/voting and studies of the stars.

LEMMA: in marg. ἱστορία περὶ παλαμήδους T REF. SYMBOL: all except ZmGu POSITION: precedes 432.02 ZbZlZmGu

APP. CRIT. 2: μίσος ZZa | app. πεσσοὺς a.c. T; πετοὺς ZZaZbTGu, T after initial correction (πεττοὺς after second corr. T)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.138,20–139,10

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 432.06 (rec exeg) ⟨Οἴαξ⟩: ὁ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ Παλαμήδους —CrKPrRfOxZu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. K

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. CrOx | ὁ om. PrRf | τοῦ om. PrRf | τοῦ παλ. transp. before ὁ ἀδ. CrOx

Or. 432.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Οἴαξ⟩: Ναύπλιος ἔσχε δύ[ο υἱοὺς] τὸν Οἴακα καὶ τὸν Παλαμήδη. —F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: or δύ[ο παῖδας] F

Or. 432.09 (vet exeg) τὸ Τροίας μῖσος: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ ἐπὶ Τροίας μῖσος τοῦ πατρὸς ἀναφέρων εἰς ἐμέ· ²ἐνήλλακται ἡ πτῶσις· ³πατρὶ γὰρ εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρός. —M^aBVCPrRw, partial M^b

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘referring/applying to me his hatred of my father at Troy’. The case has been exchanged, for he said (dative) ‘patri’ for (genitive) ‘patros’.

LEMMA: οἴαξ τὸ τροίας μῖσος C, τροίας μίσος Rw POSITION: s.l. M^aVCPr, marg. B, cont. from 431.08 M^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μίσος B | 2 ἐνἤλακται M^b, ἐνήλακται Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.149,1–2; Dind. II.139,11–12

Or. 432.10 (mosch paraphr) τὴν ἐν Τροίᾳ ἔχθραν ἀνατιθεὶς τῷ πατρί —X

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 432.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ Τροίας μῖσος⟩: τὴν ἐν Τροίᾳ ἔχθραν —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐν] ἐπὶ τῇ G

Or. 432.13 (rec exeg) ⟨μῖσος⟩: τὸ πρὸς Παλαμήδην γεγονὸς —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: γεγονὼς Mn

Or. 432.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨μῖσος⟩: μύσος τὸ μίασμα ἀπὸ τοῦ μύω τὸ καμμύω καὶ τοῦ ὄσσος ὁ ὀφθαλμός. ὁ γὰρ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ ἀνέχεται βλέπειν τοιαῦτα. μῖσος δὲ ἡ μανία καὶ ἡ μάχη ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ ἔχειν ἰσότητα. —Y²

TRANSLATION: ‘Musos’ meaning ‘miasma’ is from ‘muō’ meaning ‘close (one’s eyes)’ and from ‘ossos’ meaning ‘eye’. For the eye cannot endure looking upon such things. ‘Misos’ meaning ‘madness’ and ‘battle’ is from not (‘mē’) having equality (‘iso-’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The first etymology includes the traditional connection with μύω; other sources lack the explicit claim about ὄσσος, but Eust. in Il. 3.262 (I.649,5–7) comes close, τὸ γοῦν μῖσος ἐκ τοῦ μύειν παρῆκται, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ τὸ μῦσος· μύει γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὁ μισῶν, ἤγουν ἀλλὰ ὄσσε πάλιν κλίνει μηδὲ εἰσορᾶν ἐθέλων; also Eust. in Il. 20.9 (IV.358,6–7) ὡς γὰρ μύω μύσω, φασί, μῦσος, εἰς ὃ μύομεν μὴ ἐμβλέπειν ἀνεχόμενοι, ἢ πρὸς ὃ τὰ χείλη μύομεν οὐ προσφωνοῦντες; cf. Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.6 μῖσος τὸ μῖ ι δηλονότι ἀπὸ τοῦ μισῶ, μῦσος δὲ τὸ ἁμάρτημα ἀπὸ τοῦ μύω τὸ καμμύω· καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἰδὼν ἁμάρτημα αἰσχρὸν μύει. The second etymology is a more elaborate version of that in Orion 98,18 μῖσος. παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἴσον εἶναι; Et. Magn. 588,50–52 μῖσος: παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἴσος εἶναι, ὡς ἀνάρσιος ὁ ἐχθρός· ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ μύω μύσω, μύσος καὶ μῖσος, ὃ πάντες μύοντες ἐκφεύγομεν.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 433.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Παλαμήδους σε τιμωρεῖ φόνου⟩: τιμωρεῖται σε ἤγουν κολάζει ἕνεκα τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Παλαμήδους. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.: after κολάζει add. σε Xo

APP. CRIT. 2: ἕνεκεν XaXbYYf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.139,14–15

Or. 433.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Παλαμήδους σε τιμωρεῖ φόνου⟩: ἕνεκα τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Παλαμήδους κολάζει. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 433.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Παλαμήδους σε τιμωρεῖ φόνος⟩: μετῆλθεν ὁ φόνος τοῦ Παλαμήδους. —Gu

LEMMA: φόνου in text Gr (but φόνος in Thoman mss) POSITION: crowded beneath συνῆκα and gloss ἐκεῖνος on 434

Or. 433.12 (thom exeg) τιμωρεῖ: ¹κολάζει· δι’ ἐκεῖνον γάρ σοι μάχεται Οἴαξ. ²τιμωρῶ δὲ οὐ μόνον τὸ βοηθῶ ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ κολάζω, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ τιμωροῦμαι κατ’ ἀμφοτέρας εὑρήσεις τὰς χρήσεις. —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: He punishes, for because of that man (Palamedes), Oeax is fighting you. And (the active verb) ‘timōrō’ means not only ‘to come to the aid of’ but also ‘to punish’, just as you will find (the middle form) ‘timōroumai’ too in both senses.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except TGu; as two sep. notes Zl

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἤγουν prep. T, τιμωρεῖ καὶ prep. Gu | 2 δὲ om. Zl | εὑρήσεις τὰς χρήσεις om. Zl | εὑρήσεις om. Zb, εὕροις TGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.139,15–18

Or. 433.15 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρεῖ⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 434.01 (pllgn paraphr) οὐ μετουσία ὑπῆρχεν ἐμοὶ τοῦ φόνου, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἄλλων ἀπόλλυμαι. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 434.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐκοῦν μετῆν μοι⟩: οὐ μέλει μοι περὶ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Παλαμήδους. —PrY²

LEMMA: thus in text Y; οὔ γ’ οὐ μετῆν in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: μέλλει PrY²

Or. 434.03 (mosch paraphr) οὐκοῦν μετῆν μοι: οὔκουν μετουσία ἦν μοι τοῦ φόνου, ἤγουν οὐ μετεῖχον, οὐκ ἐκοινώνουν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: G REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXoG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.139,19–20

Or. 434.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκοῦν μετῆν μοι⟩: οὐδαμῶς μετουσία ἦν ἐμοὶ. —Zb²

LEMMA: thus in text p.c. Zb (a.c. οὗ γ’ οὐ) POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: app. οὐδὲ a.c. Zb²

Or. 434.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨μετῆν μοι⟩: μετουσία ὑπῆρχεν ἐμοὶ —CrKOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | ἐμοὶ om. CrOx

Or. 434.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨μετῆν⟩: ἡ μετουσία τῶν δρωμένων ὑπῆρχε. —AbMlRS, perhaps Sa^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπῆρχε om. AbMlS

Or. 434.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨μετῆν⟩: ἡ μετουσία ὑπάρχει —V¹MnZaZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zu | ἡ om. ZaZu | μοι add. Mn

Or. 434.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μετῆν⟩: μετουσία ὑπάρχει ἤγουν φροντὶς. —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 434.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μετῆν⟩: μετουσία ὑπῆρχε τοῦ φόνου. —B^3d

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 434.17 (vet exeg) διὰ τριῶν δ’ ἀπόλλυμαι: ¹πρῶτον τῶν πολιτῶν, δεύτερον Οἴακος. ²διὸ ἐπάγει ‘τίς ἄλλος’, ἵνα πληρώσῃ τοὺς τρεῖς. ³τινὲς δὲ τριῶν φασι τῶν Ἐρινύων. ⁴προεῖπε γὰρ [408] ‘ἔδοξ’ ἰδεῖν τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς κόρας’. ⁵τινὲς δέ φασι τῆς συνέσεως, τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς μανίας. ⁶ἐν δὲ τοῖς Καλλιστράτου γέγραπται· ⁷ἐπιζητήσειεν ἄν τις πῶς διὰ τριῶν εἴρηκεν, εἰ μὴ διὰ τὸ Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Διομήδην καὶ Ὀδυσσέα μετασχεῖν τοῦ φόνου Παλαμήδους. —MBC, partial VMlMnPrR^aR^bRwS^aS^bS^cSa

TRANSLATION: First the citizens, secondly Oeax. Therefore he (Menelaus) follows up with ‘who else?’ so that he may fill out the three. Some say by three he (Orestes) means the Erinyes, because he said previously ‘I thought I saw three maidens similar to night’. Some (others) say the three are awareness (of guilt), pain, and madness. And in the commentaries of Callistratus (this) is written: ‘One might seek (in vain) an answer to the problem in what sense he has said ‘through three’, unless (it is) because Agamemnon, Diomedes, and Odysseus participated in the murder of Palamedes’.

LEMMA: MBC, (435) τίς δ’ ἄλλος VMlMnR^bRwS^cSa REF. SYMBOL: B, (at 435 τίς δ’ ἄλλος) VMlR^bSa POSITION: s.l. (at 435) Pr; between 439.02 and 457.04 Rw; in S, two incomplete versions S^aS^b are followed by lemma and version S^c

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.149,3–9; Dind. II.139,22–140,3

COLLATION NOTES: Schw. reported B as εἰρήκοι in 7; I cannot see this on the image, but there is rewriting here, and it may be visible by autopsy. Check original B.

KEYWORDS: Callistratus | ζητεῖται | citation of historian or scholar

Or. 434.18 (vet exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ πολλῶν —MC

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.149,10; Dind. II.140,4

Or. 434.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ πολλῶν· ἄλλως γὰρ νοεῖσθαι οὐ δύναται. —Lp

REF. SYMBOL: Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.140,4–5

Or. 434.20 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: οἱ μὲν διὰ πολλῶν, οἱ δὲ διὰ συνέσεως καὶ λύπης καὶ μανίας. —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 434.21 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων —V¹AbMlRRfSZcZuB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. AbMlSZu, ἤτοι V¹ | ὑπὸ τῶν om. RfZc, ὑπὸ om. V¹ZuB^3a

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐριννύων V¹RRfZcZu

Or. 434.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: ¹[σύνεσ]ις, λύπη, μανία ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἐρ[ιννύ]ων· ²ἢ τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τοῦ Οἴακος καὶ ἔτι Ἐριν[νύων] καὶ τούτων τριῶν· ³ἤγουν τῶν ἀπ’ Αἰγίσθου φίλων. —F

POSITION: marg.

Or. 434.24 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: σύνεσις λύπη μανία —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 434.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: τῶν πολιτῶν, τοῦ Οἴακος καὶ τῶν Ἐριννύων· τινὲς δὲ λέγουσι τὴν σύνεσιν τὴν λύπην καὶ τὴν μανίαν. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 434.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: διὰ τῶν Ἐριννύων ἢ τῆς συνέσεως τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς μανίας, ἢ Ἀγαμέμνονος Ὀδυσσέως καὶ Διομήδους. —Gu

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: διὰ app. crossed out

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.140,5–6

Or. 434.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: διὰ τῶν πολιτῶν —B^3d

POSITION: marg.

Or. 434.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: ἤγουν διὰ πολλῶν ἤγουν τῶν Ἐριννύων —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 435.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τίς δ’ ἄλλος⟩: τιμωρεῖ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ —MnZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ om. Mn

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 436.01 (pllgn paraphr) ἐκεῖνοι ὑβρίζουσιν ἐμὲ ὧν ἀκούει ἡ πόλις. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐμοὶ Y²

COMMENT: I could find no evidence of the dative with ὑβρίζω in late Greek authors.

Or. 436.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὗτοι⟩: ἤτοι οἱ φίλοι τοῦ Αἰγίσθου —V¹

POSITION: s.l. (above ὧν πόλις)

Or. 436.03 (mosch paraphr) οὗτοι: ἤγουν οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ Αἰγίσθου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZc

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] οὗτοι Xo

Or. 436.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὗτοι⟩: οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ Αἰγίσθου —Zb²Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οἱ om. Gu (συγγενεῖς add. above Gr’s τοῦ αἰγίσθου)

Or. 436.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὗτοι⟩: οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ Αἰγίσθου· καθ’ ὑπόληψιν —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The meaning of καθ’ ὑπόληψιν is uncertain. It is not attested in scholia or rhetorical texts. In others it usually appears to mean ‘by (mere) assumption’; it might mean ‘by continuation (of the interlocutor’s thought)’, which fits the passage somewhat better.

KEYWORDS: ὑπόληψις

Or. 436.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὧν πόλις τὰ νῦν κλύει⟩: ὧντινων φίλων τῶν ἀπ’ Αἰγίσθου ἀκούει ἡ πόλις. —AbMlS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπαἰγ‑ AbS, ‑γίστω Ab

Or. 436.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὧν⟩: καὶ ὧντινων τὰς ὕβρεις —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 436.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κλύει⟩: ὀνομάζεται ἢ ἀκούει —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.140,11

Or. 437.01 (vet exeg) Ἀγαμέμνονος δὲ σκῆπτρ’: πάλιν φιλοπράγμονος ὁ Μενέλαος παραγυμνοῖ τὸ ἦθος φροντίζων περὶ τῆς βασιλείας. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSaY²

TRANSLATION: Again Menelaus indirectly bares his character as meddlesome, showing his concern for the kingship.

LEMMA: C, ἀγ. δὲ σκ. ἐᾷ σ’ B, ἀγαμ. σκῆπτρα ἐῶσα Pr, ἀγαμέμνονος δέ VRw, ἀγαμέμνονος MlMnR^bSSa REF. SYMBOL: BVMlR^b POSITION: s.l. M

APP. CRIT. 2: μενέλεως Ml | παραγυμνεῖ Sa | φροντίζον MlSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.149,11–12; Dind. II.140,13–14

KEYWORDS: character, analysis of

Or. 437.02 (pllgn exeg) Μενέλαος Σπάρτην, Ἀγαμέμνων Μυκήνας —V²

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: μυκ. ἀγαμ. transp. a.c. V²

Or. 437.04 (rec exeg) ⟨σκῆπτρ’⟩: συνεκδοχικὸν, ἀπὸ συμβόλου τὸ κύριον. —Mn

TRANSLATION: Synecdochic, from the symbol (scepter) the proper term (kingship).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν

Or. 438.01 (vet exeg) πῶς οἵτινες ζῆν: τὸ οἵτινες οὐ πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει. —MV^aV^bCPr

TRANSLATION: The relative pronoun (masculine plural) does not agree with the city (feminine singular) but with those in the city.

LEMMA: V^a REF. SYMBOL: V^a POSITION: s.l. except V^a

APP. CRIT.: ὅτι prep. V^a | πρὸς om. Pr | τὴν om. V^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.149,13–14; Dind. II.140,15–16

Or. 438.02 (mosch paraphr) πῶς οἵτινες ζῆν: κατὰ τίνα τρόπον ἐάσουσιν ἔχειν τὰ σκῆπτρα οἵτινες οὐκέτι ἐῶσιν ἡμᾶς ζῆν; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aG^bGr

LEMMA: πῶς οἵ γε ζῆν G^a(as in text G) REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXoYfG^a

APP. CRIT.: οὐκέτι] οὐκ G^aG^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.140,16–17

COLLATION NOTES: Ta omits cross.

Or. 438.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πῶς⟩: ἐάσουσι βασιλεύειν —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 438.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῶς⟩: μέλλουσιν ἐᾶσαι βασιλεύειν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 438.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῶς⟩: ἔνι τοῦτο δυνατὸν γενέσθαι —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 438.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἵτινες … ἔτι⟩: ὅτι θέλωσι θανατῶσαι με —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 439.01 (vet exeg) τί δρῶντες: ¹εἰπέ μοι σαφῶς ὃ ἔχεις εἰπεῖν· ²τί δρῶντες οὐκ ἐῶσί σε ζῆν. ³οὐ γὰρ αἰτιῶδες νῦν τὸ ὅτι, ἀλλὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ τί Ἀττικῶς. —MBCPrRw, partial VMlMnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Tell me clearly what you have to say: By doing what do they not allow you to live? For in this place the word ‘hoti’ is not causal, but used for (interrogative) ‘what’ in the Attic manner.

LEMMA: MBVCPrRw REF. SYMBOL: BVMlR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐῶσι σε Ml | 2 ζὴν Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.149,15–16; Dind. II.140,19–21

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 439.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ὁ λόγος· εἰπέ μοι σαφῶς ὅ τι δρῶντες οὐκ ἐῶσί σε ζῆν. ²καὶ ἔστιν Ἀττικὸν, τὸ ὅτι ἀντὶ τοῦ τί. ³ἐὰν δὲ γράφηται ‘ἢ τί’, ὁ στίχος οὕτως· ⁴τί δρῶντες· ἢ τί καὶ σαφὲς εἰπεῖν ἔχεις. —BCPrRw, partial MVMlMnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: The run of the sense (is): Tell me clearly by doing what they do not allow you to live. And it is an Attic construction, ‘hoti’ used for ‘ti’ (what). But if the reading is ‘ē ti’ (‘or what’), the verse (is to be taken) as follows: ‘Doing what? Or what can you say that is indeed clear?’

LEMMA: BRw POSITION: cont. from prev. Pr; cont. from prev., add. δὲ, MVCMlMnR^bSSa; follows next Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.149,17–19; Dind. II.140,21–23

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 439.03 (rec exeg) ἄλλως· τί δρῶντες ὅτι καὶ σαφὲς: ¹⟨τί⟩ ποιοῦντες; ²ἔχεις τι καὶ σαφὲς εἰπεῖν ἐμοί; ³τὸ γὰρ ὅτι νῦν ἀορίστως κεῖται. —Rw

TRANSLATION: Doing what? Can you tell me anything that is indeed clear? For ‘hoti’ is used in this place indefinitely.

LEMMA: Rw POSITION: between 439.01 and 439.02

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τί Rw

Or. 439.04 (pllgn paraphr) ἢ ⟨τί⟩ δρῶντες, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐῶσιν ὑμᾶς ζῆν; —G

LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 439.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τί δρῶντες⟩: οὐκ ἐῶσι σοι ζῆν ἐκεῖ —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 439.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨τί δρῶντες⟩: οὐκέτι δηλονότι ἐῶσιν ὑμᾶς ζῆν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (With the elliptical question supply the predicate), clearly, ‘no longer allow you to live’.

REF. SYMBOL: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἐῶσιν δηλονότι transp. XaY

Or. 439.07 (thom exeg) ⟨τί δρῶντες⟩: οὐκ ἐῶσιν —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (With the elliptical question supply the predicate) ‘do not allow’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐῶσι Zl

Or. 439.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅτι καὶ σαφὲς ἔχεις εἰπεῖν ἐμοὶ⟩: εἰπὲ σαφῶς ὃ ἔχεις εἰπεῖν. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 440.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἴσεται⟩: τὸ οἴσεται ἐνεργητικὴν ἔχον σημασίαν καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ κομίσει λαμβανόμενον ἐνταῦθα παθητικὴν ἔχει καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξενεχθήσεται λαμβάνεται. —Lp

TRANSLATION: The (so-called future middle) form ‘oisetai’, having an active sense and being (normally) taken as ‘he/she/it will convey’, here has a passive sense and is taken as ‘he/she/it will be brought forth’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.141,1–3

Or. 440.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῇδ’ ἡμέρᾷ⟩: κατὰ τήνδε τὴν ἡμέραν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from 440.05 X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T

Or. 441.01 (rec exeg) ἐπαινεῖται ὁ στίχος. —Pr

TRANSLATION: The line is praised.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: One would like to know why the line was praised (by a schoolmaster or teacher of rhetoric?). Perhaps because of the neat balance of the two halves. Contrast the rejection of 440–441 by Weil, Diggle, Willink 1986, and Kovacs, with Willink 1986’s aspersions on this line in particular.

Or. 441.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πόλιν⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως, ὡς τὸ [Anacreontea fr. 4 West] ‘τί με φεύγεις τὸν γέροντα;’ —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘City’, the accusative object of ‘flee’, is equivalent to) ‘away from the city’, as in the line ‘Why do you flee from me, the old man?’

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Bergk (Poetae Lyrici Graeci 4th ed. fr. 61 = 3rd ed. fr. 64) identified this as a poetic fragment from Sch. Gu Hec. 1064 in Dindorf. This scholion was assumed to be Thoman by West, but, like a number of other notes of Gu, is revealed not to be Thoman by its absence from the standard Thoman witnesses and from T. The phrase is also found in longer quotations in Nicephorus Callistus Xanthopulus, Hist. ecclesiastica 2.42,77 (PG 145:872B), and (without τὸν) in ps.-Sophronius, Vita Mariae Aegyptiacae, chap. 1 (PG 87:3.3705,34).

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Anacreontea

Or. 441.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πόλιν⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς πόλεως —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 441.08 (thom exeg) ⟨μὴ θανεῖν⟩: ἀλλ’ ἑτέρως κολασθῆναι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Not to die’,) but rather be punished in another way.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 442.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπ’ ἀστῶν⟩: γρ(άφεται) ὑπ’ αὐτῶν. —ZZaZbZm

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hup’ astōn’, ‘at the hands of the citizens’) the reading ‘hup’ autōn’ (‘at their hands’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 442.08 (rec exeg) ⟨πετρώματι⟩: †γρ. βλησήματι† —V

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: app. βλησίματι p.c. (or second eta blotted out, intending βλήσματι (but accent has not been changed)

COMMENT: It seems likely that this derives from a misunderstanding of a damaged or corrupt gloss. If the gloss was on πετρώματι, both βλῆσις and βλῆμα exist, and this could be a conflation of them. Alternatively, there may have been a gloss such as λιθοβολήματι, πετροβολήματι, λιθοβολησίμῳ or even *λιθοβλησίμῳ (unattested, but there is one example of an adj. μεταβλήσιμα in Sch. vet. Hes. Theog. 81), damaged and then mistaken for a γράφεται variant (adjusting the form to the shape of πετρώματι could have produced βλησήματι).

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 443.05 (thom exeg) ⟨φεύγεις⟩: ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο πείσῃ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Flee’, that is,) in order that you not suffer this (stoning by the citizens).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 443.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨γῆς⟩: τῆς γῆς τῆς σῆς δηλονότι ἤγουν τῆς πατρίδος σου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Of the land’, namely,) your land, obviously, that is, your fatherland.

POSITION: s.l. except XXoYf

APP. CRIT.: σου om. XaY

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.141,9–10

COLLATION NOTES: Ta no cross.

Or. 443.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γῆς⟩: τῆς σῆς πατρίδος —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 444.01 (mosch exeg) οὐ δύναμαι, περικυκλούμεθα γὰρ ἀνδράσιν ὡπλισμένοις ἤγουν ὑπὸ ἀνδρῶν ὡπλισμένων. —X

TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘I cannot (flee)’ (and take the remainder as) ‘because I am encircled by armed men (dative phrase without preposition), that is, by armed men (prepositional phrase with ‘hupo’).

REF. SYMBOL: X

Or. 444.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: λείπει οὐ δύναμαι. —AbR

TRANSLATION: ‘I cannot (flee)’ is to be understood.

POSITION: marg. beside 443

APP. CRIT.: δύναμαι] δυνασ() app. R

COMMENT: The suspended character above alpha in R is uncertainly read as a sigma. If it is sigma, R means δύνασαι, the person of the gloss having perhaps been adapted to seem to fit 443.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 444.03 (rec exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: οὐ δύναμαι φεύγειν —GK

TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘I cannot flee’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 444.04 (recMosch exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: οὐ δύναμαι —MlXaXbXoTYYfGr

TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘I cannot (flee)’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 444.05 (thom exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: οὐ δυνατόν —ZZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘it is impossible’ (to flee).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 444.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: οὔ —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: changed to οὐχί Aa²

Or. 444.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἱλισσόμεθα παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις⟩: συγκλειόμεθα γὰρ ὑπ’ ἀνδρῶν ὁπλισμένων. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 444.10 (thom exeg) εἱλίσσομεθα: τουτέστι φυλασσόμεθα ὑπ’ ἀνδρῶν ὡπλισμένων ἵνα εἰ βουληθείημεν φυγεῖν μὴ σχῶμεν ἄδειαν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, we are being guarded by armed men so that, if we should wish to escape, we may not find a safe way to do so.

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: οὐκ ἔστι δυν. prep. Za

APP. CRIT. 2: τουτέστιν Zb | ὑπὸ ZbZlTGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.141,14–15

Or. 444.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨εἱλίσσομεθα⟩: εἱλίσσω οὐχὶ ἑλίσσω —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 444.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνδράσιν ὡπλισμένοις ἤγουν ὑπὸ ἀνδρῶν ὡπλισμένων —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (‘By means of all-bronze weapons’ is) equivalent to ‘by armed men’ (dative phrase without preposition), that is, ‘by armed men’ (prepositional phrase with ‘hupo’).

POSITION: s.l. except XoYf

COLLATION NOTES: Ta omits cross.

Or. 444.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις⟩: καὶ παγχρύσοις ἄρμασι δηλονότι —Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἅρμασι Ox

Or. 445.01 (rec exeg) ¹τουτέστι κοινῇ φρουρήσει φυλάττῃ ἢ ἰδίᾳ; ²τουτέστι παρὰ τινῶν ἐχθρῶν φυλάττῃ ἢ παρὰ τῆς πόλεως ὅλης; —MlMnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: That is, are you guarded by a common watching or an individual one? That is, are you guarded by some enemies or by the entire city?

REF. SYMBOL: Ml POSITION: follows sch. 456.01+458.01 in R^b

APP. CRIT.: 1 τουτέστι om. R^b | 2 second παρὰ] περὶ Ml, perhaps R^b | ὅλως R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.141,16–18

Or. 445.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰδίᾳ πρὸς ἐχθρῶν⟩: μονομερῶς παρὰ τῶν —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 445.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδίᾳ⟩: πῶς —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 445.09 (thom exeg) ⟨πρὸς ἐχθρῶν⟩: φυλάσσεσθε —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 445.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρὸς ἐχθρῶν⟩: παραφυλάσσεσθε —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑εσθαι Zu

Or. 445.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐχθρῶν⟩: ἤτοι τὸ στράτευμα τοῦ Αἰγίσθου —V¹PrY²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι] τουτέστι Y²

APP. CRIT. 2: αἰγίστου Y²

Or. 445.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐχθρῶν⟩: τῶν τοῦ Αἰγίσθου ἢ τοῦ Οἴακος —F

POSITION: marg.

Or. 445.21 (rec exeg) ⟨χερός⟩: γράφεται χθονός. —VCAbPrSa^r

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.149,20

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 445.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χθονός⟩: γρ. χερὸς. —S

LEMMA: thus in text S POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 446.01 (thom exeg) ⟨πρὸς ἀστῶν⟩: εἱλίσσομαι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Supply with ‘by (all) the citizens’) ‘I am encircled’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἱλισσόμεθα ZaZlGu

Or. 446.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸς ἀστῶν⟩: καὶ παρὰ τῶν πολιτῶν —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 446.07 (vet exeg) ⟨βραχὺς λόγος⟩: ¹τοῦτο καθ’ ἑαυτό. ²βραχέως, φησὶ, καὶ συντόμως εἴρηκα ὅπερ ἔδει. —MBC^aC^bVPr

TRANSLATION: This phrase stands by itself. Briefly, he says, and concisely I have said what was necessary.

LEMMA: πάντων πρὸς ἀστῶν MC POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. BC^b, s.l. VPr

APP. CRIT.: 1 ambig. καθεαυτ(ὸ) or καθεαυτ(οῦ) V, καθ’ ἑαυτῶ Pr | 2 βραχέως] εἴρηκα VPr | εἴρηκα ὅπερ ἔδει om. M | ὥσπερ V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 καθεαυτό B, καθεαυτὸν M, καθ’ ἑαυτὸν C^b, καθαυτὸν C^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.149,21–22; Dind. II.141,21–22

Or. 446.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨βραχὺς λόγος⟩: ὡς ἐν συντόμῳ εἴπω —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 446.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βραχὺς λόγος⟩: τὸ βραχύτατον, τὸ μικρόν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 446.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βραχὺς λόγος⟩: ἤτοι με φυλάσσουσι. —B^3d

POSITION: marg.

Or. 446.13 (mosch gram) ⟨βραχὺς⟩: τῷ βραχεῖ ἐναντίον τὸ μακρόν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr

APP. CRIT.: τῶ βραχύ Yf

Or. 447.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: τάχα θλίβεται, πλὴν κακοήθως ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν ἦλθες εἰς τὴν τελευταίαν ψῆφον τοῦ θανάτου. —Pr

TRANSLATION: Perhaps he (Menelaus) is distressed, but (it is spoken, or he speaks) maliciously starting with ‘now you have come to the final vote of death’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The commentator recognizes that the lemma does not agree well with the view advocated repeatedly in the old scholia that Menelaus speaks to Orestes maliciously from the beginning of the scene, but he tries to save the viewpoint.

KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως

Or. 447.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥκεις⟩: Ἀττικὸν —B^3d

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 447.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πρὸς τοὔσχατον⟩: πρὸς τὴν ἀκμὴν τῆς συμφορᾶς —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: πρὸς in text all except GTZc POSITION: s.l. except XXo

Or. 448.01 (pllgn paraphr) ἡ ἐμὴ ἐλπὶς εἰς σὲ ἔχει τὰς καταφυγάς. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καταφυγάς Mastr., κατὰ Y²

Or. 448.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨καταφυγὰς⟩: ἤγουν τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῶν κακῶν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 448.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨καταφυγὰς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καταφυγήν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (The plural form ‘kataphugas’ is) used for the (singular) ‘kataphugēn’ (‘refuge’).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἔχει add. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.141,33

Or. 448.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨κακῶν⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν δυστυχιῶν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (Interpret the genitive ‘of evils’ as) ‘for the sake of my misfortunes’ (or ‘as far as concerns my misfortunes’).

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXo

Or. 449.13 (rec gram) ⟨μολών⟩: τὸ θέμα μόλω τὸ παραγίνομαι, ὁ μέλλων μολῶ. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 451.01 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴ μόνος τὸ χρηστὸν ἀπολαβὼν ἔχε: ¹Ἀττικὸν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπόλαβε τὰ κατὰ σαυτὸν φυλάσσων. ²ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ [Soph. TrGF fr. 893 Radt] ‘εὐφημίαν μὲν πρῶτα κήρυξας ἔχω’, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκήρυξα. —MBVC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION: (The periphrasis with ‘echō’ and aorist participle is) an Attic construction, giving the sense ‘preserving your own state of affairs, keep it separate’. It is similar to the line ‘having first proclaimed ritual silence I keep it so’, equivalent to ‘I proclaimed’.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴ μόνος τῶν χρηστῶν V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.149,23–25; Dind. II.142,5–7

COMMENT: Compare sch. B Med. 33 ἀτιμάσας ἔχει: Ἀττικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἠτίμασε. τὸ γὰρ ἔχει ἐκ περισσοῦ. Σοφοκλῆς [Soph. TrGF fr. 892 Radt] ‘παῖδας γὰρ οὓς ἔφυσ’ ἀναλώσας ἔχει’ καὶ πάλιν [Soph. TrGF fr. 893 Radt] ‘εὐφημίαν μὲν πρῶτα κηρύξας ἔχω’.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Sophocles

Or. 451.02 (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν μὴ τρύφα τὴν σὴν εὐτυχίαν μόνος. —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 451.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὴ μόνος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μὴ μόνον —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 451.08 (rec exeg) ἀπολαβὼν ἔχε: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπολάμβανε —VPrY²

LEMMA: V (as incorporated first words) POSITION: s.l. PrY²; cont. from 451.01 V

Or. 452.04 (mosch gram) ἀντιλάζου: τὸ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι λέγεται ὅταν τι διώκῃ καὶ ἅπτηταί τινος δεόμενον ἢ καὶ καθ’ ἕτερόν τινα τρόπον, τὸ δὲ ἀναδέχηται καὶ οὐκ ἀποστρέφηται. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The word ‘antilambanesthai’ (‘to latch onto’) is used whenever something seeks and grasps something, being in need of it or else in some other manner, and that thing accepts (the grasping) and does not turn away.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ ἀντιλάζου G

APP. CRIT.: διώκηται T | δεόμενος XaY | second καὶ om. G | δὲ om. Xo

APP. CRIT. 2: ὅτάν τι all (ὅτ’ ἄν τι G) | ἅπτηται τινὸς all except G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.142,10–12

Or. 452.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πόνων⟩: τῶν συγγενικῶν ἤγουν τῶν ἐμῶν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 452.07 (thom exeg) ⟨πόνων⟩: κόπων τῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Toils’, that is,) ‘pains on our behalf’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῶν prep. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: εἱμῶν Zl

Or. 452.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐν τῷ μέρει⟩: μερικῶς τῆς συγγενείας σου —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Perhaps the intended sense is ‘particularly (the toils) of your relatives’; otherwise the genitive is obscure. The correct interpretation of ἐν τῷ μέρει in terms of reciprocation (‘in your turn’) is recognized in the next glosses.

Or. 453.01 (mosch exeg) χάριτας: ἤγουν ἃς ὁ πατὴρ ἐποίησεν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Favors’), that is, the ones that his father (Agamemnon) did.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σε XoG

Or. 453.02 (tri metr) ⟨πατρώας⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 453.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὓς⟩: ἐκείνους τοὺς ἀνθρώπους —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 453.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὓς⟩: ἐκγόνους —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 454.01 (454–455) (pllgn exeg) κ̅ δ̅ χρόν(ον) τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι Ἡλίῳ —V²

TRANSLATION: For the twenty-fourth year for Apollo Helios.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: It is unclear what this means or whether its insertion is inspired by anything in the text in the vicinity of these lines. There is no reason to believe that someone calculated the age of Orestes as 24 years old. For the possible connection of that number with Helios, Michael Zellmann-Rohrer notes (in personal communication) that in one astrological system known from Ptolem. Apotelesmatica (Tetrabiblos) 4.10.4–12 the 24th year falls within the division of human life that is under the power of Helios.

Or. 454.02 (454–455) (vet paraphr) ὄνομα γὰρ: ¹οἱ φίλοι, εἰ μὴ ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς τῶν φίλων εἰσὶ φίλοι, οὐδέ εἰσι φίλοι, ²ἀλλὰ λόγῳ μέν εἰσιν, ἔργῳ δ’ οὔ. —MBPr

TRANSLATION: Friends, if they are not friends amidst the misfortunes of their friends, are not even friends, but they are so in name, not in reality.

LEMMA: Pr REF. SYMBOL: M (at οἱ μὴ 455) POSITION: intermarg. MB

APP. CRIT.: 1 εἰ … first εἰσὶ] οἱ … εἰσὶ Pr, οἱ … ὄντες B | οὐδέ] ὥστε οὐδέ M, οὐκ B | 2 εἰσιν] εἰσὶ φίλοι Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δὲ οὔ Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.150,3–4; Dind. II.142,14–16

Or. 454.03 (pllgn exeg) οὐ γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα τὴν ἐνέργειαν παριστᾷ, ἀλλ’ ἡ ἐνέργεια τὸ ὄνομα· τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ πατρὸς καὶ ἀδελφοῦ καὶ μητρὸς καὶ παντὸς συγγενοῦς. —Lb

TRANSLATION: For the (mere) word does not give proof of the actuality, but the actuality (gives proof of) the word. This applies to (the terms) ‘father’ and ‘brother’ and ‘mother’ and every (term for a) kinsman.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐνεργείαν … ἐνεργεία Lb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.142,16–18

Or. 454.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὄνομα γὰρ⟩: (ὄνομα) γὰρ μόνον ἔχουσι φίλου. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 454.10 (rec exeg) ἔργον δὲ οὐκ ἔχουσιν οἱ φίλοι: καὶ γὰρ τοιούτους οἱ σοφοὶ λέγουσιν ὁμωνύμως καλεῖσθαι, οὐ μὴν συνωνύμως. φίλοι γὰρ συνωνύμως οἱ καὶ ὄνομα καὶ ἔργον ἔχοντες φίλου. —Rw

TRANSLATION: For in fact the wise say that such (friends) are so called by homonymy (equivocally, having the same name but different natures/definitions), not indeed by synonymy (having the same name and the same nature/definition). For those who possess both the name and the action of a friend are friends by synonymy.

LEMMA: Rw POSITION: follows sch. 457.04 Rw with only high stop and small space

COMMENT: The contrast of ὁμωνύμως/συνωνύμως is very common in commentators on Aristotle’s Categories from late antiquity through to late Byzantine authors and crops up in Photius, Arethas, and Psellus; but no connection specifically with the word φίλος is found in TLG.

Or. 454.11 (vet exeg) ⟨φίλοι⟩: ἔδει οἱ συγγενεῖς εἰπεῖν. —B

TRANSLATION: He should have used the expression ‘the kinsmen’.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.150,2

Or. 455.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οἱ μὴ ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι οἱ μὴ ’πὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς. —Mn

LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: μὴπὶ Mn

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 455.06 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 456.01 (vet paraphr) καὶ μὴν γέροντι: τὸ ἑξῆς γέροντι ποδὶ βαδίζει ἐνταῦθα. —MBVAbMlMnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: The run of the sense is: with an aged foot he walks here.

LEMMA: VR^b, καὶ μὴν γέροντι δεῦρο MlMnSSa REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b POSITION: s.l. MAb, intermarg. B; follows 457.04 Ml

APP. CRIT.: ποδὶ κτλ om. V, add. V¹ in blank space | βαδίζει] transp. before γέροντι Ab, βαδίζειν Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.150,5; Dind. II.142,20

Or. 456.02 (mosch paraphr) καὶ μὴν γέροντι: σπεύδει δεῦρο ποδὶ γεροντικῷ ἤγουν μετὰ σπουδῆς ἔρχεται ὧδε. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr

LEMMA: καὶ μὴν γέροντικῷ X (but in text γέροντι X) POSITION: s.l. except XTYf

APP. CRIT. 2: ᾧδε XXb

Or. 456.08 (rec exeg) ⟨γέροντι⟩: τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ κτητικοῦ. —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 456.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δεῦρ’ ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: ὧδε μετὰ σπουδῆς ἔρχεται —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 456.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: ἤγουν σπουδαίως καὶ μετὰ ἁμίλλης καὶ ἀγῶνος ἔρχεται. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 456.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: ἀγωνιστικῶς βαδίζει, ἔρχεται —Y²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 457.01 (mosch paraphr) ὁ Σπαρτιάτης: ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcZlZmZu

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. XZu | ἀπὸ] ἐκ Zl

Or. 457.04 (vet exeg) Τυνδάρεως μελάμπεπλος: ¹Οἰβάλου τοῦ Περιήρους παῖδες οὗτοι· ²Τυνδάρεως, Ἰκάριος, Ἀρήνη, καὶ νόθος ἐκ Νικοστράτης Ἱπποκόων. ³οὗτοι μετὰ θάνατον Οἰβάλου ἐστασίασαν περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς. ⁴Ἰκάριος δὲ συνθέμενος μετὰ Ἱπποκόωντος ἐξελαύνει τὸν Τυνδάρεων τῆς Σπάρτης. ⁵ὁ δὲ οἰκεῖ ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις τῆς Λακεδαιμονίας καὶ γαμεῖ Λήδαν τὴν Θεστίου τοῦ Αἰτωλοῦ, ⁶ἐξ ἧς ἔσχε Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην καὶ Τιμάνδραν καὶ Κλυταιμνήστραν καὶ Ἑλένην. ⁷ὕστερον δὲ Ἡρακλῆς ἐπὶ τῷ φόνῳ τοῦ Οἰωνοῦ φονεύσας Ἱπποκόωντα ἅμα τοῖς παισὶ καὶ καταγαγὼν τὸν Τυνδάρεων ἀπὸ Φρίξης καὶ Πελλάνης ἐγχειρεῖ αὐτῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς Σπάρτης. ⁸ἐγάμει γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς Δηϊάνειραν τὴν Λήδας ἀδελφιδῆν. —MBCPrRw, partial VMlMnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: These are the children of Oebalus the son of Perieres: Tyndareus, Icarius, Arene, and an illegitimate son Hippocoon born of Nicostrate. After the death of Oebalus these children fell into strife over ruling. Icarius, having made a compact with Hippocoon, drives Tyndareus from Sparta. The latter resides in the farthest outskirts of Lacedaemonia and marries Leda, daughter of Thestius son of Aetolus. And from her he got as children Castor and Polydeuces and Timandra and Clytemnestra and Helen. But later Heracles, having slain Hippocoon and his sons on the occasion of their killing of Oeonus and having brought Tyndareus home from Phrixe and Pellane, entrusts the rule of Sparta to him. For Heracles was married to Deinaneira the niece of Leda.

LEMMA: MC, τυνδάρεως MlMnSSa, ὁ σπαρτιάτης BPr, (459) τυνδάρεως ὅδε V, τυνδ. ὧδε στείχει Rw, ὧδε R^b (without punct.) REF. SYMBOL: B, (to 459) V, (to 452 ἀντιλάζου) Ml POSITION: cont. from sch. 456.01 without punct. Sa

APP. CRIT.: 1 Οἰβάλου] (blank space left)βάλου B, βάλου Pr, οἰβάρου S | Περιήρους] B, περιήρου VMlMnPrR^bSa, περὶ οἴρου S, π(ερι) ἥρος M, περίηρ(ος) Rw, περιῆρος C | οὗτοι] οἵδε V, p.c. R^b, οἳ αἵδε Ml(οἱ)SSa, a.c. R^b, αἵδε Mn | 2 and 4 Ἰκάριος Pk (in 457.05), whence King here (cf. ps.-Apollodorus), ἴκαρος all (ἵκαρος Rw), and witnesses of several other sources (see comment) | ἀρήνη ps.-Apollodorus, ἄρνη all except ἄνη Ml (with space between α and ν), ἄρηου or ἄρνου (with omicron above ου) R^b | 2 Νικοστράτης] στρατονίκης VMlMnR^bSSa | 2–4 Ἱπποκόων … μετὰ om. M | 3 οὗτοι] οὕτως Sa, οὗτοῦ R^b, οὗτος MlMnS | βάλου BPrRw | ἐστασίασε MlMn, ἐστίασε SSa | τῆς om. VCMlMnR^bSSa | 4 ἐξελαύνει τὸν] τῆ γεγονυῖα ἐπὶ ἐξελαύνει τῶ πένθει:~ τὸν Mn (extra words displaced from sch. 458.15) | τὸν om. Rw | ἀπὸ τῆς σπ. Sa, ἐκ τῆς σπ. MlMnS | 5 ὤκει R^bSSa, ὤκεις Mn | ἐν ἐσχατιᾶ VMlMnR^b(αἰσχ.)SSa, ἑαυτὸν ἐσχάτης Rw | τῆς λακεδαίμονος VR^bSa | ἐγάμει VMl(ἐγάμη)MnR^bSSa | λήδα V, ληδην R^b | τὴν θυεστίου C, ζ τοῦ θεστίου Ml, τοῦ θυέστου Sa, (τὴν om.) θαιστίου Rw, τοῦτ(εστι) app. Mn | τοῦ αἰτωλῶν VS, τοῦ αἰτολικῶν R^b, τῶν αἰτωλῶν Ml(ἐτ-)Sa, τοῦ αἰτῶλος Mn | 6 second καὶ om. R^b | 6–8 καὶ τιμάνδραν κτλ. om. V(τιμάνδραν καὶ ἑλένην:~ add. V¹)MlMnSSa | 6–8 καὶ κλυτ. κτλ om. R^b | 7 ἐπὶ τὸν φόνον MC | τοῦ υἱωνοῦ BPr, τοῦ ὑωνοῦ (or υἱω-?) a.c. M, τῶν υἱῶν Rw | ἱπποθόοντα M | φρίζης a.c. or p.c. M | Πελλάνης Matt. (after Πελλήνης Meursius), πέλλης MBCPr, πέλης Rw | ἐγχειρίζει BPr | 8 ἀδελφιδῆν Barnes, ἀδελφήν all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.150,6–15; Dind. II.142,24–143,9

COMMENT: For the genealogy and names, cf. ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. 3.117, 3.123 [where the names Arene and Icarius are correctly transmitted], Sch. Hom. Il. 2.581–6 [ἴκαρος and ἄρνη codd.], Sch. Hom. Od. 15.16 Dindorf [ἰκάριος with no variant in the witnesses checked for me by F. Pontani], Sch. vet. Lycophr. 547a Leone [ἴκαρος codd.], Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 511b [ἴκαρος and ἄρνη codd.]. The corruption to Hippothoon seen in one place in M is matched in the mss of Sch. Hom. Il. 2.581–6 Erbse, where Bekker corrected the name. | For Pellana in Laconia as the residence in exile of Tyndareus, see Paus. 3.1.4 and 3.21.2. Schwartz accepted Meursius’s Πελλήνης (Johann Meurs, Miscellanea Laconica, Amsterdam 1661, 4.8, p. 275), but Pellene normally refers to a city in Achaea near Sicyon. Phrixa is in Triphylia, a region which could be said to be Elean or Arcadian, and the location is nowhere else associated with Tyndareus (or with Heracles or Hippocoon or Oeonus). Thus it is not clear why it is included here. | In the outer margin beside this sch. V² has added λήδα on one line and after a blank line ζεὺς τῆς / κρήτης / βασιλεὺς. This is probably a comment on the adjacent sch., indicating the alternative parentage of Polydeuces and Helen with the rationalizing variant that Zeus was really a human king. This seems more likely than that it is meant to be a note on 464 Λήδα. | Deianeira is daughter of Althaea, who is sister of Leda; hence Barnes’ correction ἀδελφιδῆν.

KEYWORDS: genealogy | mythography, genealogical

Or. 457.05 (pllgn exeg) ¹Οἰβάλου παῖδες οὗτοι· ²Τυνδάρεως, Ἰκάριος, Ἀρήνη, καὶ νόθος ἐκ Νικοστράτης Ἱπποκόων. ³ἀποθανόντος δὲ τοῦ Οἰβάλου ἐστασίασαν περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς οἱ παῖδες. ⁴Ἰκάριος δὲ συνθέμενος εἰς τὸν Ἱπποκόωντα ἐξελαύνει τὸν Τυνδάρεων τῆς Σπάρτης. ⁵ὁ δὲ οἰκεῖ ἐν Λακεδαίμονι ὅπου ἔφυγε καὶ γαμεῖ Λήδαν τὴν Θεστίου τοῦ Αἰτωλοῦ, ⁶ἐξ ἧς ἔσχε Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην καὶ Κλυταιμνήστραν καὶ Ἑλένην. ⁷ὕστερον δὲ Ἡρακλῆς φονεύσας τὸν Ἱπποκόωντα ἅμα τοῖς παισὶ ἀπαγαγὼν τὸν Τυνδάρεων ἐνεχείρισεν αὐτῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς Σπάρτης. ⁸ἐγάμει γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς Δηϊάνειραν τὴν Λήδας ἀδελφιδῆν. —Pk

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἄρνη καὶ νῆθος Pk | 8 ἀδελφὴν Pk

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οἱβάλλου Pk | 3 οἰβάλλου Pk | 5 λήδεν Pk | αἰτώλου Pk | 6 κλυτεμνήστραν Pk

KEYWORDS: genealogy | mythography, genealogical

Or. 458.01 (vet exeg) κουρᾷ τε θυγατρός: δείκνυται τῇ κουρᾷ τῇ ἐκθέσμῳ ὅτι ἐπὶ πένθει ἐξύρηται. —MV¹MnR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: It is shown by the abnormal haircut that he has been shorn close to express mourning.

LEMMA: Mn(ται)SSa REF. SYMBOL: Sa POSITION: s.l. M; cont. from 456.01, prep. κοῦρα (κουρᾶ p.c. V¹) τε θυγατρὸς, V¹R^b

APP. CRIT.: δείκνυται Schw., δεικτικὴ κεῖται V¹, καὶ δοτικὴ κεῖται MMn, καὶ δοτικῶς κεῖται R^bSa, καὶ δοτι κεῖται S | τῇ ἐκθέσμῳ Schw., τῆς ἐν θέσμω M, om. others | ὅτι] ὅ ἐστι M | ἐπὶ τῶ πένθει V¹, ἐπὶ πένθους M, ἐπὶ τῶν πενθῶν R^bSSa, ἐπὶ πενθῶν Mn | ἐξύρηται Schw., ἐξεύρηται all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.150,17; Dind. II.143,11

Or. 458.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨κουρᾷ τε θυγατρὸς⟩: τῇ γεγονυίᾳ ἕνεκεν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.143,10

Or. 458.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨κουρᾷ⟩: τῇ τῶν τριχῶν ἐκκοπῇ —AbMlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῇ] τὴν Ml, om. R | τῆ ἐκκ. τῶν τρ. transp. Ab

Or. 458.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨κεκαρμένος⟩: λελυπημένος τῇ ἐκκοπῇ τῶν τριχῶν τῇ γεγονυίᾳ ἐπὶ τῷ πένθει —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς ἐκκοπ()῀ Ml | τῇ γεγον. κτλ om. Mn (but the words are conflated within 457.04)

APP. CRIT. 2: γεγονῆα Ml | πένθω Ml

Or. 458.21 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 459.01 (pllgn exeg) ἰδὼν Ὀρέστης τὸν πάππον αὐτοῦ ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῷ θεάσασθαι τὸν Μενέλαον, ἀκούσαντα ὅτι εἰς τὸ Ἄργος ἦλθε, καὶ αἰδεσθεὶς αὐτὸν διότι πολλῶν ἔτυχε παρ’ αὐτοῦ τῶν καλῶν, ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἐφόνευσε τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, λέγει αἰδεσθεὶς ‘ἀπωλόμην, Μενέλαε’. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Orestes, spotting his grandfather coming to see Menelaus, because he (Tyndareus) heard that he (Menelaus) had arrived at Argos, and feeling shame before him (Tyndareus) because he received many fine things from him, but he killed his mother, says in his shame ‘I am destroyed, Menelaus’.

Or. 459.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπωλόμην⟩: συμφορᾷ περιέπεσον —VPr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 459.06 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 460.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὗ μάλιστ’ αἰδώς μ’ ἔχει⟩: ὅντινα μάλιστα αἰδοῦμαι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZcCr²Ox

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν preo. T, περὶ prep. Ox | οὗτινα Yf | μάλιστα om. Zc

APP. CRIT. 2: ὄντινα Cr²

Or. 460.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὗ μάλιστ’ αἰδώς μ’ ἔχει⟩: ὅντινα μᾶλλον εὐλαβοῦμαι —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 461.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰς ὄμματ’ ἐλθεῖν⟩: τουτέστι νὰ τὸν ἴδω —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 461.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰς ὄμματ’ ἐλθεῖν⟩: εἰς ὄψιν ὥστε ἐλθεῖν —X

Or. 461.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοις⟩: ἐν τοῖς ἡμαρτημένοις —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐν om. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ημένος Mn (and in line a.c. ‑ασμένος)

Or. 461.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοις⟩: διὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 461.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοι⟩: διὰ τὰ πραχθέντα —B^3a

POSITION: marg.

Or. 461.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοις⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν ἐξειργασμένων —CrKMnRfOxB^3d

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. Rf

Or. 461.11 (recTri paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοις⟩: διὰ τὰ ἐξειργασμένα —AbT⁺Zc

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Note that Triclinius marks the gloss as Moschopulean even though he has adapted 461.12 to his preferred reading in the text.

Or. 461.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἡμαρτημένοις⟩: διὰ τὰ ἡμαρτημένα —X^aX^bXaXbXoYYfGGrCr²

LEMMA: thus in text all except G POSITION: s.l. except X^a

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Cr² | only διὰ X^b

Or. 461.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἡμαρτημένοις⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν ἡμαρτημάτων —V²

LEMMA: thus in text V POSITION: s.l.

Or. 461.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἡμαρτημένοις⟩: χάριν τῶν ἡμαρτημένων —Y²

LEMMA: thus in text Y POSITION: s.l.

Or. 462.04 (462–463) (vet exeg) πολλὰ δὲ φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλησε: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολλῶν φιλημάτων με ἐξεπλήρωσεν, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 10.298] ‘διά τ’ ἔντεα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα’. —MBVCMnPrR^bSa

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘he filled me with many kisses’, (with the accusative used instead of expected genitive) just as in the (Homeric) example ‘through the coat of mail and black blood’.

LEMMA: M(‑σεν)BCPr(‑ματα, ‑σεν), πολλὰ δὲ VR^bSa REF. SYMBOL: BVR^b POSITION: follows 462.07 in Sa

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C | πολλῶν] ἀπὸ πολλῶν δὲ VR^b, πολλῶν δὲ Mn | φιλ. με ἐξεπλ. om. VMnR^bSa | ἐπλήρωσεν Pr | διά τ’ ἔντεα] διὰ τοὺς διένους καύτῶν κανστατην καὶ πολυδεύκην: τ’ ἔντεα Mn (app. conflated from a note like R’s at 465.16)

APP. CRIT. 2: δία τ’ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.150,20–21; Dind. II.144,9–10

COMMENT: This Homeric example was at first used to explain case usage with διά (as in sch. 103.15) but later was also cited for any use of the accusative in place of the genitive, as here and in Sch. Phoen. 350, Sch. Soph. Trach. 50 Xenis.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 462.05 (462–463) (rec exeg) πολλὰ δὲ φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλησε: πολλῶν με φιλημάτων ἐξεπλήρωσεν. —O

Or. 462.06 (462–463) (pllgn exeg) ⟨πολλὰ δὲ φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλησε⟩: ἐξηριθμήσατο καὶ ἐπλήρωσε τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν. —VMnR^bSa

POSITION: cont. from 462.04 all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.150,23

Or. 462.07 (462–463) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῶν φιλημάτων εἰς ἐμὲ ἐτέλεσεν. —MBVCMnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘he fulfilled upon me his desire for kisses’.

LEMMA: BC, in marg. M, φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλη() V, φιλήματα Mn, φιλήματι Sa, φιλήματ() R^b POSITION: s.l. Pr

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C | εἰς ἐμὲ transp. before τὴν ἐπιθ. VMnPrR^bSSa | ἐτέλεσας Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐτέλεσε Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.151,1; Dind. II.144,10–11

Or. 462.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πολλὰ δὲ φιλήματ’⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολλῶν φιλημάτων —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 462.09 (462–463) (rec exeg) ⟨πολλὰ⟩: πολλῶν —FGPrRfYZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr

Or. 463.01 (rec exeg) ⟨φιλήματ’⟩: φιλημάτων —FGRf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 463.07 (vet exeg) τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος: ¹ὡς περὶ ἑτέρου φησίν. ²ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν περιφέρων ἐμὲ εἶπε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμὲ, παῖδα ὄντα. —MBCPr

TRANSLATION: He speaks as if about someone else. Instead of saying ‘carrying me around’, he said ‘the son of Agamemnon’, meaning ‘me, being son (of Agamemnon)’.

LEMMA: M POSITION: marg. C; cont. from 462.07 BPr, prep. τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος παῖδα

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἶπεν BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.151,3–4; Dind. II.144,12–13

Or. 463.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: ὁ δὲ λόγος περιφέρων καὶ περιάγων ἐμέ. —VMnR^bSa

TRANSLATION: The sense (with adjusted word order) is ‘bearing around and carrying around me’.

POSITION: cont. from 462.04 all

APP. CRIT. 2: π(ερί)γων R^b

Or. 463.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: σεμνύνεται ἐνταῦθα τῷ πατρικῷ. —Pr

TRANSLATION: He takes pride here in his father’s name.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 464.09 (464–465) (mosch paraphr) Λήδᾳ θ’ ἅμα: καὶ ἅμα τῇ Λήδᾳ τιμῶντες με οὐδὲν ἔλαττον ἢ τοὺς Διοσκούρους, ἤγουν τὸν Κάστορα καὶ τὸν Πολυδεύκην. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrCr²Ox

LEMMA: G POSITION: s.l. (above 465) XaXbYGrCr²Ox

APP. CRIT.: after οὐδὲν add. καὶ Cr²Ox (also high stop at οὐδὲν Ox)

APP. CRIT. 2: λύδᾳ X

COMMENT: The added καὶ in Cr results from Cr² incorporating Cr’s καὶ ἔλαττον (465.11). Here it seems certain that Ox is derived directly or indirectly from Cr.

Or. 464.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Λήδα⟩: ἡ Λήδα ἦν γυνὴ τοῦ Τυνδάρεως ὡς μυθεύονται. ἐμοίχησε δὲ ταύτην ὁ Ζεύς. ἐξ ἧς ὁ μὲν Τυνδάρεως εἶχε τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν μετὰ ταύτης, ὁ δὲ Ζεὺς ἐποίησε τὴν Ἑλένην καὶ τοὺς Διοσκούρους. εἰς χῆνα δὲ μεταβληθεῖσαν συνεγένετο μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐπεὶ καὶ ὠὸν ἀπέτεκεν ⟦αὐτὴν⟧, ἀφ’ οὗ ὁμοῦ ἐγένοντο οἱ Διόσκουροι. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Leda was wife of Tyndareus, as they are said to be in the mythical story. Zeus committed adultery with her. And from her (Leda), Tyndareus had Clytemnestra with her, while Zeus begot Helen and the Dioscuri. And when she (Leda) had been changed into a goose he (Zeus) had intercourse with her, since she in fact gave birth to an egg, from which the Dioscuri were born together.

COMMENT: It is possible that μυθεύονται is middle rather than passive: ‘as people tell the mythical story’.

Or. 464.17 (tri metr) ⟨Λήδᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 465.01 (vet exeg) τιμῶντε μ’ οὐδὲν ἧσσον: ¹τιμῶντές με οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ τοὺς Διοσκόρους. ²Ἀττικὴ δὲ ἡ σύνταξις, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ ἔλαττον τῶν Διοσκόρων. —MBCPr^aPr^b, partial MnR^b

TRANSLATION: Honoring me no less than (they honored) the Dioscuri. The syntax is Attic, used instead of ‘no less than the Dioscuri’ (i.e., with Dioscuri as genitive of comparison without ‘than’).

LEMMA: M, διοσκούρω MnR^b POSITION: intermarg. C, s.l. Pr^b; cont. from 463.07 BPr^a

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ὡσκ ἔλλαττον Mn, οὐχ’ ἔλαττον Pr^aPr^b (app. ἕλαττον a.c. Pr^b)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.151,5–7; Dind. II.144,13–15

COLLATION NOTES: In 1 Schw. reports τιμῶμεν for B (last line of 36r), but B certainly has τιμῶν and the suspended sign over the following mu is a compendious form of epsilon used elsewhere in B: while it is very similar to the suspended sign for εν, it is still distinguishable (compare εἶπ(εν) in the penultimate line of this page).

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 465.02 (pllgn paraphr) οὐδέν ἔλαττον τῶν Διὸς κόρων —O

Or. 465.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιμῶντε⟩: ὁ Τυνδάρεως καὶ ἡ Λήδα —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 465.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιμῶντε⟩: δυϊκόν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 465.06 (tri metr) ⟨τιμῶντε⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 465.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐδὲν … Διοσκόρω⟩: οὐδὲν ἔλαττον ἢ τοὺς Διοσκούρους Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην· ἡ ἀπόφασις ἔχει τὸ ἔλαττον τῆς καταφάσεως. —G

TRANSLATION: No less than the Dioscuri Castor and Polydeuces. The negative expression has the lesser (lesser force?) than the affirmative statement.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: διοσκόρους a.c. G

COMMENT: The translation is uncertain. If the intended meaning is as interpreted here, why is it not simply ἔχει ἔλαττον?

Or. 465.12 (thom exeg) ⟨ἢ Διοσκόρω⟩: Ἀττικὴ ἡ σύνταξις. —ZmGu

REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: marg. Zm, below line Gu (space above full)

APP. CRIT.: σύνταξις ἀττικὴ (ἡ om.) transp. Gu

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 465.15 (thom exeg) ⟨Διοσκόρω⟩: ¹ὁ Ζεὺς κύκνος γενόμενος καὶ συγγενόμενος Λήδᾳ τῇ Τυνδάρεω γυναικί, ἐποίησεν αὐτὴν δύο ὠὰ τεκεῖν, τὸ μὲν μονολέκυθον, τὸ δὲ διλέκυθον. ²καὶ ἐκ μὲν τοῦ ἕνα ἔχοντος λέκυθον γενέσθαι φασὶ τὴν Ἑλένην, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ δύο ἔχοντος Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην, οἳ παρ’ ἡμέραν ἔζων. ³τὸ δ’ αἴτιον τῆς τοιαύτης ζωῆς ἦν τοῦτο. ⁴ὅσον μὲν γὰρ ἦν ἐν τῷ διλεκύθῳ ὠῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Τυνδάρεω σπορᾶς, Κάστωρ ἔγένετο καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἦν θνητός, ἅτε θνητοῦ υἱὸς τοῦ Τυνδάρεω. ⁵ὅσον δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Διὸς σπορᾶς, Πολυδεύκης ἐγένετο καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἦν ἀθάνατος. ⁶μέλλοντος οὖν Κάστορος τελευτᾶν, ἐδεήθη Πολυδεύκης Διὸς ἵνα Κάστορα κοινωνὸν τῆς αὐτοῦ λάβῃ ἀθανασίας καὶ αὐτὸς συμμετάσχῃ τῆς ἐκείνου θνητότητος. ⁷διὰ ταῦτα οὖν παρ’ ἡμέραν ἔζων ἀμφότεροι, οὓς καὶ ἀλληγοροῦσιν εἰς ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Zeus, turning into a swan and having intercourse with Leda, the wife of Tyndareus, caused her to give birth to two eggs, one with a single yolk, the other with two yolks. And from the egg having a single yolk they say that Helen was born, but from the one with two, Castor and Polydeuces, who lived on alternate days. And the cause of such a form of life was this. For whatever in the two-yolked egg came from the semen of Tyndareus became Castor, and therefore he was mortal, since he was the son of a mortal, Tyndareus. But whatever came from the semen of Zeus became Polydeuces, and therefore he was immortal. So then, when Castor was about to die, Polydeuces begged Zeus that he be given Castor as the companion of his own immortality and that he himself share in Castor’s mortality. For this reason, then, both of them lived on alternate days. People also interpret them as an allegory of day and night.

LEMMA: in marg. ἱστορία περὶ τῶν διοσκούρων T REF. SYMBOL: all

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 δὲ Zl | 4 κάστορ Zb, corr. s.l. | 7 ἀληγορ. Gu | νύκταν a.c. Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.144,17–145,5

COMMENT: I have found no other source for the idea of the single-yolked and double-yolked eggs, which is perhaps Thomas’s own clever detail. | Dind. notes here that λεκυθ‑ for λεκιθ‑ is ‘frequens in libris scriptura’, and see also the evidence in Thes. Graecae Linguae s.v. λέκιθος (col. 178). Since the manuscripts cited here are unanimous in using the form in upsilon, this was clearly how Thomas and his circles believed it should be spelled, and I do not change it. The compounds μονο‑ and διλέκυθος are not attested elsewhere.

KEYWORDS: rare word | allegory | ἱστορία

Or. 465.16 (rec exeg) ⟨Διοσκόρω⟩: τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς αὐτῶν Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην —MlR

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αὐτοῦ Ml

COMMENT: See also the app. at 462.04 for a corrupt version of this conflated into that note in Mn.

Or. 465.17 (thom exeg) ⟨Διοσκόρω⟩: τὸν Κάστορα καὶ τὸν Πολυδεύκην —ZZaZlZmT

TRANSLATION: (‘Dioskorō’ are) Castor and Polydeuces.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: second τὸν om. ZZl

Or. 466.01 (466–467) (pllgn exeg) τοῖς φιλήμασιν ἀπέδωκεν οὐ καλὰς ἀμοιβάς· εἶτα ‘ὦ τάλαινα καρδία’. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 466.02 (recThom exeg) ⟨οἷς⟩: τῷ Τυνδάρεω καὶ τῇ Λήδᾳ —V^2/3AbKPrZZaZbZlZmZuTGuXo²

TRANSLATION: (‘To whom’, namely,) Tyndareus and Leda.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. PrXo²Zu, τουτέστι app. prep. K | τῷ om. V^2/3Ab | τῆς λήδας Zu, τῆ ἑλένη Pr | τῇ om. Ab

Or. 466.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἷς⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Τυνδάρεως καὶ ἡ Λήδα —AaMnRSSa^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὁ om. MnRS | καὶ ἡ om. R, ἡ om. MnS | λήδας S

Or. 466.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλαινα καρδία⟩: διὰ μέσου —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 467.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀμοιβὰς οὐ καλάς⟩: ἔκτεινα γὰρ τὴν αὐτῶν θυγατέρα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (A return that was not fine) because I killed their daughter.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αὐτοῦ Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: θυγατέραν Zb

Or. 467.08 (vet exeg) ⟨τίνα σκότον λάβω⟩: λείπει ἵνα μὴ ὁρῶμαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ. —MOVCPrV³Y²

TRANSLATION: One must supply ‘in order that I not be seen by him’.

POSITION: s.l. (above 468 λάβω M, above 467 C, above end of 469 V, cont. from 468.06 Pr) except marg. OV³Y² (beside 467 V³, beside 468–469 OY²

APP. CRIT.: λείπει MC, om. others

APP. CRIT. 2: αὐτάς C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.151,11; Dind. II.145,7 app.

COMMENT: With the inclusion of λείπει (as in MC) this remark fits betters with τίνα σκότον λάβω than with 469 γέροντος ὀμμάτων φεύγων κόρας. But when the phrase is divorced from λείπει, it fits the latter very well, as the position in other witnesses suggests. I have left the alternative version of this in BPr as part of 468.07 on the supposition that someone has consciously adapted it to paraphrase 469.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 468.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λάβω⟩: πῶς συγκαλύψω ἐμαυτόν; —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 468.06 (vet exeg) ποῖον ἐπίπροσθεν νέφος: ποίαν Ἄϊδος κυνέην ἢ ποῖον νέφος προβάλωμαι; —MPr

TRANSLATION: What helmet of Hades (helmet of invisibility) or what cloud am I to put before me as protection?

LEMMA: M(ἐπίπροσθε) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. Pr, starting above 467 τίνα σκότον, cont. over 468

APP. CRIT.: ἢ om. Pr | προβάλωμαι] Arsenius, προβάλλομαι Pr, προσβάλλομαι M,

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.151,8–9; Dind. II.145,6–7

Or. 468.07 (vet paraphr) ποῖον ἐπίπροσθεν νέφος: ποίαν Ἄϊδος κυνέην ἢ ποῖον νέφος προβάλωμαι ἵνα μὴ ὁρῶμαι ὑπὸ τοῦ γέροντος; —BPr

TRANSLATION: What helmet of Hades (helmet of invisibility) or what cloud am I to put before me as protection, in order that I not be seen by the old man?

LEMMA: Pr(ἐπίπροσθε) POSITION: marg. B

APP. CRIT.: προβάλωμαι] Arsenius, προβάλλομαι BPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.151,11 app.; Dind. II.145,6–7

COMMENT: See on 467.08.

Or. 468.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίπροσθεν⟩: ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ προσώπου —MnXo²GuZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ προσώπου om. Xo² | μου add. Mn

Or. 468.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νέφος⟩: ἐπὶ κακὸν λαμβάνεται. —Y²

TRANSLATION: The word (‘nephos’, ‘cloud’) is applied in a pejorative sense.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 469.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨θῶμαι⟩: ἐν προσώπῳ θῶμαι —MC

TRANSLATION: Am I to place before my face.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: θεῶμαι C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.151,10; Dind. II.145,8

Or. 469.04 (rec exeg) ⟨γέροντος ὀμμάτων φεύγων κόρας⟩: παρόσον οἱ γέροντες μελαγχολικοὶ εἰσὶν —Pr

TRANSLATION: Inasmuch as old men are irrascible.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 469.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γέροντος ὀμμάτων φεύγων κόρας⟩: ἤγουν μὴ ὁρῶμαι ὑπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 469.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γέροντος ὀμμάτων φεύγων κόρας⟩: φεύγων θεαθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ —Lb

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.145,9

Or. 469.13 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 470.01 (vet exeg) ποῦ ποῦ θυγατρὸς: οὐκ ἐπιζητεῖ τὴν Ἑλένην δυσαρεστῶν τοῖς πεπραγμένοις αὐτῇ. —MBOPr

TRANSLATION: He does not seek Helen (but rather asks for Menelaus) because he is displeased at what she has done.

LEMMA: BPr REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: s.l. M

APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. M | πεπραγμένοις] πραχθεῖσιν O

APP. CRIT. 2: αὐτῇ] αὐτή M [O]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.151,12; Dind. II.145,14–15

Or. 470.02 (rec exeg) ποῦ ποῦ θυγατρὸς: οὐκ ἐπιζητεῖ τὴν Ἑλένην Τυνδάρεως δυσαρεστῶν οἷ’ ἔπραξεν αὐτή. —VR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Tyndareus does not seek Helen because he is displeased at the sorts of things she herself did.

LEMMA: VRw, ποῦ ποῦ R^bSSa REF. SYMBOL: VR^bSa

APP. CRIT.: ὁ τυνδ. SSa | οἷ’] οἷς Rw | αὐτή] αὐτὴ ἡ ἑλένη SSa, αὐτῆ VR^b, αὐτούς Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: οἷα SSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.151, app. at 12; Dind. II.145,14 app.

Or. 471.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαον⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 472.01 (vet exeg) χοὰς χεόμενος: ¹εὐοικονομήτως ἐποίησε τὸν Τυνδάρεων ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης διὰ τὰς χοὰς τῆς θυγατρὸς ἐληλυθέναι, ²ἵνα εὐκαίρως τῷ Μενελάῳ καὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ διαλεχθῇ. —MBCPr

TRANSLATION: With skillful arrangement of the plot he (the poet) represented Tyndareus as having come from Sparta because of the libations for his daughter, in order that he may opportunely converse with Menelaus and Orestes.

LEMMA: M(χεύμενος) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from 470.01, add. δὲ, BPr

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸν om. C | 2 καὶ μεν. καὶ ὀρέστη Pr | at end add. μενέλαον καὶ ἑλένην C

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐποίησεν M | 2 ἵν’ Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.151,14–16; Dind. II.145,15–17

COMMENT: See Nünlist 27–28.

KEYWORDS: οἰκονομία

Or. 472.02 (rec exeg) ¹οἰκονομικῶς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης ποιεῖται τὸν Τυνδάρεων προσεληλυθότα ²ἵνα χοὰς τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ προσαγάγῃ καὶ συντύχῃ Μενελάῳ καὶ Ὀρέστῃ. —VR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: With skillful arrangement he (the poet) represents Tyndareus as having come from Sparta in order that he bring libations for Clytemnestra and cross paths with Menelaus and Orestes.

POSITION: cont. from 470.02 all

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐληλυθότα VRw | τὸν] τῶν R^b | 2 προσαγάγη] om. V, ἐπιχέη Rw | first καὶ om. Rw | συντύχημα καὶ ὀρέ() V, συντύχη· ἅμα δὲ καὶ ὀρέ() Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τυνδάρεω V, τυνδ()ρ() S | 2 συντύχει S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.151,14–16 app.; Dind. II.145,14 app.

KEYWORDS: οἰκονομία

Or. 472.03 (rec exeg) ⟨χοὰς χεόμενος⟩: εἰς Ἄργος ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης ἐλθὼν —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 472.04 (recThom rhet) ⟨χοὰς χεόμενος⟩: τρόπος ἐτυμολογικός —V²GKZmGu

TRANSLATION: Figura etymologica.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. K

APP. CRIT.: ἐτυμ. τρόπος transp. K | ἐτυμολογίας G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.145,18

KEYWORDS: figura etymologica

Or. 472.05 (rec exeg) ⟨χοὰς χεόμενος⟩: Ἀττικῶς —Pr

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Either this note treats the figura etymologica as ‘Attic’, in the sense ‘literary’ or ‘stylistically artful’; or the note refers to the rare use of the χεόμενος with a future sense.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς | figura etymologica

Or. 472.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ναυπλίαν⟩: ἀπὸ τινὸς ἀνθρώπου Ναυπλίου —V²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 473.01 (mosch paraphr) ἦλθε σὺν γυναικὶ διὰ πολλῶν ἐτῶν —X

Or. 473.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἥκοι —Mn

LEMMA: ἥκει in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 473.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: μετὰ πολλῶν ἐτῶν —Sa^r

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 473.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: διὰ πολλῶν ἐτῶν —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcCr²Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Ox

APP. CRIT. 2: πολῶν Cr²

Or. 473.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: ἤγουν μετὰ πολλὰ ἔτη —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.145,19–20

Or. 473.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: ὁ ἐ[λθὼν(?)] διὰ πολλῶν χρόνων —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: first two letters tiny and very uncertain

Or. 473.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: ἤγουν ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἐτῶν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 474.01 (474–475) (pllgn paraphr) φέρετέ με πρὸς τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ, θέλω γὰρ στὰς ἀσπάσασθαι. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 474.04 (474–475) (pllgn paraphr) στὰς πρὸς τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ θέλω ἀσπάσασθαι αὐτὸν. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 474.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄγετε⟩: πρὸς τοὺς προσπόλους —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 474.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄγετε⟩: πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 474.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄγετε⟩: ὦ θεράποντες —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (With imperative ‘lead’ understand) ‘o attendants’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.145,23

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 474.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸς δεξιὰν⟩: πλησίον τῆς δεξιᾶς —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 474.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρὸς δεξιὰν⟩: τιμιώτερος γὰρ ἦν ὁ Τυνδάρεως. —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.145,23–24

Or. 474.16 (tri metr) ⟨δεξιὰν⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 54

Or. 475.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: διὰ πολλῶν χρόνων —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 475.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: βραδέως, μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG GrZcZmCr²Ox

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zm | βραδέως om. ZcZm, transp. after χρόνον G

APP. CRIT. 2: πολλὸν Zc

Or. 475.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: διὰ μακροῦ χρόνου —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 475.15 (pllgn gram) ⟨φίλον⟩: πᾶς συγγενὴς καὶ φίλος· οὐ πᾶς δὲ φίλος καὶ συγγενής. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Every kinsman is also a ‘philos’ (‘friend’ or ‘close associate’), but not every ‘philos’ is also a kinsman.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 475.17 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 476.01 (rec paraphr) ὦ ἔντιμε καὶ ὁμόλεκτ(ρε) τοῦ Διὸς κεφαλή —Rf

Or. 476.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χαῖρε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχε χαρὰν —Ox

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 476.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα⟩: φασὶν ὅτι ὁ Ζεὺς ἐμίγη τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ Λήδᾳ. —SSa

TRANSLATION: They say that Zeus had intercourse with his (Tyndareus’s) wife Leda.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐμίγη ὁ ζεὺς transp. S

Or. 476.06 (rec exeg) ⟨Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα⟩: τὴν γὰρ Λήδαν Ζεὺς καὶ Τυνδ(άρεως) ἔγημαν. —C

TRANSLATION: For Zeus and Tyndareus made Leda their wife/sexual partner.

Or. 476.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα⟩: διὰ τὸ συνευνᾶσθαι τὸν Δία τῇ Λήδᾳ. —F

TRANSLATION: Because of the fact that Zeus slept with Leda.

REF. SYMBOL: F

Or. 476.08 (pllgn exeg) Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα: ἐπεὶ, ὡς εἴρηται, ἐπεμίγνυτο καὶ ὁ Ζεὺς τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ. ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁμοῦ ἔχετε τὴν κοίτην περιφραστικῶς τὴν γυναῖκα. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Since, as has been said, Zeus too used to have intercourse with his (Tyndareus’s) wife. Equivalent to ‘you (both) possess the bed in common’, (‘the bed’ being) a periphrasis for the woman/wife.

LEMMA: Y²

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 476.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα⟩: διὰ τὴν Λήδα⟨ν⟩ τοῦτο φησί. —Xo²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 476.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: ὅμοιον ἔχων —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 476.15 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: ὁμόκοιτον, τουτέστιν ἅμα τῷ Διὶ τὴν κοίτην ἔχον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: With shared bed, that is, that has a bed/wife together with Zeus.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔχων ZZa, a.c. ZmT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.145,27–28

Or. 476.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: τῇ Λήδᾳ ᾗ συνεκοιμᾶτο ὁ Τυνδάρεως αὐτῇ καὶ ὁ Ζεύς —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: marg.

Or. 476.20 (rec exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐντιμοτέρου μέρους τὸ πᾶν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (Implying) the whole (person) from the more respected part (the head).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 476.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν. —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 476.23 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 477.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ κηδεστὰ ἐμέ —BO

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘my kinsman by marriage’.

POSITION: marg. BO

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.145,29–30

Or. 477.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: ὁ ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς —O

POSITION: marg.

Or. 477.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: συγγένεια, γαμβρὸς, ὁ ἐμὸς συγγενὴς —MnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γαμβρὸς] γαμικὸς Mn | ὁ om. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: συγκένεια Mn

Or. 477.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: συγγένεια ἢ ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἡ app. Ab

Or. 477.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: κηδεστά μου —XXbXoT⁺YYfGZcCr²B⁴

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μου om. B⁴

Or. 477.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: ἔγγονός μου —Zu

POSITION: s.l., misplaced above 482 στύγημ’ ἐμόν

Or. 477.11 (rec gram) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: τὸ ἐμὸν ἐνταφίασμα —Rf²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This is an alternative sense of κήδευμα, not the one in this passage: see 477.15.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 477.15 (pllgn gram) ⟨κήδευμ’⟩: κήδευμα τὸ γάμβρευμα· κήδευμα τὸ ἐνταφίασμα· ὅθεν κῆδος ὁ τάφος. —Y²

TRANSLATION: ‘Kēdeuma’ (may mean) ‘kinship by marriage’. ‘Kēdeuma’ (may mean) ‘funerary preparation/rite’.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: ἐνταφίασμα is a rare, late word, otherwise cited only from Sch. Hom. Od. 1.291 Ludwich and two authors from the 16th century or later. See also 477.11.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 478.01 (vet paraphr) ἔα· τὸ μέλλον ὡς κακὸν τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι: ¹εἰ γὰρ ᾔδειν παρόντα Ὀρέστην, ἥκιστα ἂν ἐληλύθειν. ²ἔοικε, φησὶ, τῷ ὄντι κακὸν εἶναι τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι τὸ μέλλον. ³ἦ γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἦλθον, εἰ τοῦτον προσεδόκων ἐνθάδε. —MVCMlR^bRfRwSSa, partial BOPr

TRANSLATION: For if I knew that Orestes was present, I would scarcely have come. It seems, he says, that in reality not knowing the future is a bad thing. For surely I would not have come if I expected this man here.

LEMMA: MCMlR^bSSa, τὸ μέλλον ὡς κακὸν BPr, lemma ἔα τὸ μέλλον VRw REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlR^bRfSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.151,18–21; Dind. II.146,4–6

Or. 478.02 (rec paraphr) ἐὰν γὰρ ἤδειν ὅτι ἐνταῦθα ἐστὶν ὁ Ὀρέστης οὐκ ἂν ἐλήλυθειν. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 478.03 (rec paraphr) ὅτι ἐὰν ἐγίνωσκον ὅτι ἐνταῦθα παρῆν ὁ φονεὺς οὗτος, οὐκ ἂν ἐλήλυθα ὧδε. —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 478.04 (pllgn exeg) ¹ἰδὼν ὁ Τυνδάρεως τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐξαίφνης κείμενον καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ἀστράπτοντας λέγει ²‘ἔα· τὸ μέλλον ὡς καὶ λίαν κακὸν ὑπάρχει ἐν τῷ μὴ εἰδέναι καὶ ἐν τῷ μὴ γινώσκειν’. ³ὁ γὰρ Τυνδάρεως οὐκ ἤλπιζεν εὑρεῖν ἐκεῖσε τὸν Ὀρέστην, ⁴καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὡς ἀνελπίστως αὐτὸν ἰδὼν λέγει ἐκπληκτικῶς ὡς κακὸν ὑπάρχει τὸ μέλλον. ⁵τοιοῦτοι γὰρ οἱ μαινόμενοι, ἄγριοι τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὥσπερ δράκων τις. ⁶τοῦ γὰρ δράκοντος ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς ὡς πυρὸς οὕτως ἐκβάλλει τὰς ἀστραπὰς. —Y²

TRANSLATION: When Tyndareus suddenly saw Orestes lying there and saw his eyes gleaming with madness, he says ‘Oh! How, that is, (with ‘hōs’ in the sense) excessively, the future is an evil in one’s not knowing (it), that is, not recognizing (it)’. For Tyndareus did not expect to find Orestes there, and therefore having spotted him unexpectedly he says in astonishment that the future is an evil. For the insane are like this, wild in their eyes like some serpent. For the eye of a serpent casts forth gleaming flashes just as (the gleams) of fire.

APP. CRIT.: 4 ἰδόντα Y² (which could be kept as vernacular form) | 6 perhaps emend to πῦρ

KEYWORDS: ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως

Or. 478.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἰδὼν τὸν Ὀρέστην κείμενον λέγει τὸ ‘ἔα’. —Sa^r

TRANSLATION: Spotting Orestes lying (there), he says ‘Oh!’

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 478.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: καταπληκτικὸν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 478.07 (mosch exeg) ἔα: ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrCr²Ox

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except XYf and marg. T

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐκπλίξεως Cr²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.146,7

KEYWORDS: ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως

Or. 478.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν καὶ ἐπιτιμητικὸν· ἐπιτιμᾶται αὑτὸν ὡς μὴ προειδότα τὰ μέλλοντα. —V³

TRANSLATION: Expressive of astonishment and of reproach. He reproaches himself for not having foreseen future events.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως | ἐπιτιμητικόν

Or. 478.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν —ZcB^3a

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως

Or. 478.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: παρεπιγραφή —Zm

TRANSLATION: Implicit stage direction.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: παρεπιγραφή

Or. 478.14 (tri metr) ⟨ἔα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 478.15 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ μέλλον ὡς κακὸν⟩: ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνελπίστως τὸν Ὀρέστην ἰδὼν ἐταράχθην. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Since even I myself have been shaken by seeing Orestes unexpectedly.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν ὀρ.] τοῦτον ZbZlTGu | εἰσιδὼν Gu | ἐταράχθη Zb

Or. 478.17 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς κακὸν⟩: ὡς κακὸν τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι τὸ μέλλον. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrCr²

POSITION: s.l. except XYf, Yf cont. from 478.07

APP. CRIT. 2: μέλον Cr²

Or. 478.21 (tri metr) ⟨μὴ⟩: koinē short over eta —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 479.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ μητροφόντης⟩: μητροφόντην εἶπε τὸν Ὀρέστην. —Rf

TRANSLATION: By ‘mother-killer’ he meant Orestes.

REF. SYMBOL: Rf

Or. 479.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὁ μητροφόντης⟩: ὁ τῆς μητρὸς φονεύς —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcCr²Zl

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ὁ om. Zc

Or. 479.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὁ μητροφόντης⟩: ὁ τὴν μητέρα φονεύσας —CrOxZb²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὁ φον. τὴν μητ. transp. Zb²

Or. 479.07 (vet exeg) πρὸ δωμάτων δράκων: ¹εἶδος ἀντὶ εἴδους ἔλαβεν· ²γένος μὲν γὰρ ὁ ὄφις, εἶδος δὲ ὁ δράκων καὶ ἔχις καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν ὄφεων· ³νῦν δὲ δράκων ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχις. ⁴οὗτοι γὰρ οὐκ ἐξ ὠῶν γεννῶνται, ἀλλὰ ζῳοτοκοῦνται καὶ τικτόμενοι διαρρηγνύουσι τὰς τῶν μητέρων γαστέρας, ⁵ὥς φησι Νίκανδρος [Nic. Ther. 134]· ‘γαστέρ’ ἀναβρώσαντες ἀμήτορες ἐξεγένοντο’. ⁶διὸ ἔχιν αὐτὸν ὡς μητροκτόνον φησίν. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: He substituted one species for another species. For the genus is ‘ophis’ (snake), and ‘drakōn’ is a species, as also ‘echis’ and the rest of the snakes. And here ‘drakōn’ is used for ‘echis’. For these latter are not born from eggs, but they are born alive and as they are being born they break apart the bellies of their mothers, as Nicander says: ‘Having devoured the belly they were born motherless’. Therefore he says he (Orestes) is an ‘echis’ as a mother-killer.

LEMMA: all except V (δάρακων M), ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: follows 479.09 in V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.151,22–152,2; Dind. II.146,11–16

COMMENT: The printing of the first words as εἶδος ἀντὶ γένους had been passed along in all editions since Arsenius until Schw. in his Addenda et Corrigenda (I.xiv) noted that the γένους still printed in his text should be changed to εἴδους; Dindorf had already collated the correct reading εἶδος ἀντὶ εἴδους. It is not clear how early the sloppy correction was made in B; one would have guessed in the 15th or 16th century, but note that the original hand in Pr ca. 1300 wrote γένη here. (It appears that he first wrote γένης to make a genitive ending to suit ἀντὶ, but immediately he covered the small sigma with the large epsilon of ἔλαβε.)

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Nicander

Or. 479.08 (rec exeg) ¹ὡς δράκων ἤγουν ἔχιδνα· ²αὕτη γὰρ τικτομένη δια⟨ρ⟩ρήγνυσι τὰς τῶν μητέρων γαστέρας, ⟨καὶ⟩ ἐξέρχονται, ³ὡς φησὶ Νίκανδρος [Nic. Ther. 134] ‘γαστέρ’ ἀναβρώσαντες ἀμήτορες ἐξεγένοντο’. —Rf

TRANSLATION: Like a serpent (‘drakōn’), that is, an ‘echidna’. For this snake when being born breaks apart the bellies of the mothers, and they come out, as Nicander says: ‘Having devoured the belly they were born motherless’.

POSITION: cont. from 479.01

APP. CRIT.: 3 ἐξεγένετο Rf

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Nicander

Or. 479.09 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγριος ὡς δράκων, ὅτι ὠμῶς ἔπραξεν. ²λείπει δὲ τὸ ὡς, ἵν’ ᾖ ὡς δράκων. —B^aC^aVPr^a, partial MB^bC^bPr^bRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Drakōn’, ‘serpent’, is used) with the meaning ‘fierce like a serpent’, because he acted savagely. The word ‘like’ is to be understood, so that it is ‘like a serpent’.

LEMMA: B^aC^aPr^a, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, πρὸ δωμάτων δράκων V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: s.l. MC^bPr^b, marg. B^b; precedes 479.07 in V

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rw, τοῦ om. C^aC^b | 1–2 ὅτι ὠμῶς κτλ om. MB^bC^bPr^bRw | 1 ὠμῶς] ὡς μὲν Pr^a | 2 λείπει] C, ἐλλείπει others (ἐνλείπει V)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἔπραξε C^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.152,3–4; Dind. II.146,16–17

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 479.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨πρὸ δωμάτων⟩: ἔξω τῶν (δωμάτων) —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔσω Pr

Or. 479.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πρὸ δωμάτων⟩: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν δωμάτων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: δωμάτων om. Yf

Or. 479.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸ δωμάτων⟩: καὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν οἰκημάτων —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῶν δωμάτων add. Cr²

Or. 479.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δράκων⟩: τὸ δράκων εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχις, εἶδος ἀντὶ εἴδους. —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 479.17 (thom exeg) ⟨δράκων⟩: ¹δράκοντα εἶπε τὸν Ὀρέστην ὠς μητροκτόνον, ²ἐπεὶ καὶ αἱ ἔχιδναι κτείνουσι τὰς ἑαυτῶν μητέρας, τιτρώσκουσαι τὰς γαστέρας αὐτῶν, ὅτε εἰς φῶς προελθεῖν μέλλουσιν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: He called Orestes a serpent as (being) a mother-killer, since (the snakes called) ‘echidnai’ also kill their own mothers, wounding their bellies when they are about to emerge into the light.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm POSITION: marg. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 κτείνουσι] τὰς ἑονουσι or τὰς ἑ·νουσι Zb | μέλλουσι ZbGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.146,18–20

Or. 480.01 (vet exeg) ⟨στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς⟩: τὴν μανίαν λέγει. —MBVPr

TRANSLATION: He is speaking of the madness (of Orestes).

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. B, s.l. VPr; cont. from 480.03 B, add. δὲ after μανίαν

APP. CRIT.: at end add. νόσον B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.152,5; Dind. II.146,21 and 22–23

Or. 480.02 (vet exeg) στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς: ¹νόσον δηλονότι. ὅ ἐστιν †ὠδίνει†. —MV

TRANSLATION: (‘He gleams with sickly flashes’ means ‘he gleams with) sickness’, clearly. Which is to say, he †gives birth to (sickly flashes)/he is in great pain.†

LEMMA: στίλβει νοσώδεις V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: follows 481.01 in V

APP. CRIT.: νόσον] νόσων M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.152,6; Dind. II.146,21–22

Or. 480.03 (vet exeg) ⟨στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς⟩: ἀντὶ ⟨τοῦ⟩ νοσεῖ —B

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘he is sick’.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.146,22

Or. 480.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς⟩: ἀποπάλλει μανιώδεις ἀστραπάς —X

LEMMA: X

Or. 480.09 (thom paraphr) ⟨στίλβει⟩: πέμπει ἐκ τῶν ὀμμάτων —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.147,2–3

Or. 480.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νοσώδεις ἀστραπὰς⟩: διὰ τὸ ἔχειν ὄμματα αἱματώδη —V²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 480.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨νοσώδεις ἀστραπὰς⟩: τὰς νοσερὰς ἐκφλογώσεις —V³Y²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τουτέστι prep. V³

Or. 480.15 (rec exeg) ⟨νοσώδεις⟩: παρυπόνοια ὅτι ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν πυρώδεις. —Pr

TRANSLATION: A secondary hint that he ought to have said ‘fiery’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: παρυπονοέω is very rare, and the noun παρυπόνοια is known in only one other place, in the 12th-cent. author Georgius Tornices, epist. 7, 213,2; LBG renders ‘Andeutung’.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 480.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨στύγημ’ ἐμόν⟩: τὸ ἐμὸν μίσημα —Rf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 480.19 (mosch paraphr) στύγημ’ ἐμόν: ἤγουν ὁ ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ μεμισημένος —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcCr²B⁴

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν ὁ om. GZcB⁴, ὁ om. X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.147,3

Or. 480.20 (thom paraphr) ⟨στύγημ’ ἐμόν⟩: ἤγουν ὃν αὐτὸς μισῶ —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 480.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨στύγημ’ ἐμόν⟩: τὸ μεμισημένον ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 481.01 (vet exeg) Μενέλαε, προσφθέγγῃ νιν: ¹προσφθέγγῃ αὐτὸν, τὴν ἀνοσίαν κεφαλήν; ²ἔθος γὰρ ἦν μὴ διαλέγεσθαι τοῖς ἐναγέσιν. —MBCPr^aPr^b, partial VMlR^bSSa^r

TRANSLATION: Are you speaking to him, the unholy creature? For it used to be customary not to converse with those polluted with bloodshed.

LEMMA: MVC, μενέλαε MlR^bSSa, προσφθέγγῃ νιν ἀνόσιον κάρα B, lemma προσφθέγγῃ νῦν Pr^a REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^bSa^r POSITION: s.l. Pr^b, marg. Sa^r

APP. CRIT.: 1 προσφθέγγῃ … κεφαλήν om. VMlR^bSSa^r | προσφθέγγῃ om. Pr^b | 2 γὰρ om. VMlR^bSSa^r | διαλέγεσθαι] δε λέγεσθαι M, δὲ φθέγγεσθαι C | τοῖς ἐνδεέσιν S [Sa^r]

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐναγέσι MBCPr^a[Sa^r]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.152,7–8; Dind. II.147,4–5

Or. 481.02 (mosch paraphr) διαλέγῃ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὴν ἀνοσίαν κεφαλήν; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcCr²

TRANSLATION: Are you conversing with him, the unholy creature?

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: μενέλαε prep. X | τὴν ἀν. κεφ. om. Zc

COLLATION NOTES: Ta omits cross.

Or. 481.03 (pllgn exeg) νόμος γὰρ ἦν μὴ προσφθέγγεσθαι τοῖς φονεῦσιν. —Zm

POSITION: s.l. (above κάρα)

Or. 481.04 (pllgn exeg) νόμος ἦν μὴ διαλέγεσθαι τοῖς φονεῦσιν. —Gu

POSITION: marg.

Or. 481.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: ἀποστροφὴ —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: apostrophe

Or. 481.07 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 481.15 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀνόσιον κάρα⟩: ¹γράφεται καὶ ἀκάθαρτον κάρα. ²εἶπε δὲ τοῦτο, ὅτι οὐκ ἦν καθαρός. —MBCPr

TRANSLATION: There is also the reading ‘uncleansed head’. And he said this because Orestes was not purified.

POSITION: cont. from 481.01 MBC (add. δὲ B; also add. δὲ Pr, where note punct. as sep.)

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἶπεν MB

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.152,9–10; Dind. II.147,5–6

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 481.16 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀνόσιον κάρα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ἀνοσίαν κεφαλήν —MV

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 481.20 (rec gram) ⟨ἀνόσιον⟩: ἐπὶ ἀρσενικοῦ, θηλυκοῦ, καὶ οὐδετέρου —Pr

TRANSLATION: (The same form is used) in the masculine, feminine, and neuter.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 481.22 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 482.01 (thom exeg) ⟨τί γάρ⟩: ναί —ZZaZlZmZuTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘yes’ (to precede the line).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 482.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨τί⟩: διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 482.05 (vet exeg) φίλου μοι πατρός ἐστιν ἔκγονος: ¹δέον εἰπεῖν ὅτι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου υἱός ἐστι, φησὶ τοῦ πατρός μου ἔκγονος. ²ἔκγονος γὰρ τοῦ Ἀτρέως Ὀρέστης. —MBVCMlPrR^bRwSSaZu

TRANSLATION: When he should properly have said ‘he is the son of my brother’, he says (he is) the offspring (descendant) of my father. For Orestes is a descendant of Atreus.

LEMMA: MBC, τί γὰρ φίλου μοι πατρὸς ἐστὶν ἔκγονος MlS(ἔγκονος)Sa(ἔστιν), τί γὰρ φίλου μοι πατρὸς V, τί γὰρ φίλου R^b, φίλου μοι πατρὸς PrRw REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlR^bSaZu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐστὶν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.152,11–13; Dind. II.147,8–9

Or. 482.06 (vet exeg) ἄλλως· φίλου μοι πατρός: ¹ὅ ἐστι συγγενοῦς μοι πατρὸς υἱός. ²πάλιν δὲ τὸ κακόηθες τοῦ ἀνδρὸς δείκνυται, ὅτι τὸν ἀδελφὸν φίλον εἶπεν. —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION: That means ‘son of a father who is akin to me’. Again the maliciousness of the man is shown, because he called his brother ‘dear’.

LEMMA: C, ἄλλως: πατρὸς φίλου μοι MB, ἄλλως πατρὸς φίλου μοι PrRw

APP. CRIT.: 1 μου a.c. Rw | πατρὸς om. B | 2 τοῦ] σοῦ app. Rw | φίλον om. Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἶπε CRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.152,14–16; Dind. II.147,10–12

KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως

Or. 482.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨φίλου μοι πατρός ἐστιν ἔκγονος⟩: ἤτοι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου υἱός —Sa^r

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 482.09 (rec exeg) ⟨φίλου μοι πατρός⟩: ἀδελφοῦ μου, ἤτοι τοῦ Ἀτρέως —MlMnR

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μου om. Mn | ἤγουν MlMn

Or. 482.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔγγονος⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἔκγονος. —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 482.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔκγονος⟩: ἐκγόνους τοὺς υἱοὺς —K

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps add ⟨λέγομεν⟩ or ⟨φαμεν⟩ or ⟨καλοῦμεν⟩

Or. 483.14 (tri metr) ⟨πέφυκε⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 484.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: ναὶ —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 484.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: ἐξ ἐκείνου ὑπάρχει —AbMlMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐξ om. or lost to damage Ab

Or. 484.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: ἐξ ἐκείνου δῆλον —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 484.06 (tri metr) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

Or. 484.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δυστυχεῖ⟩: εἰς ἃ πάσχει —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 484.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 484.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: καὶ ἄξιος ὑπάρχει τιμῆς —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπὲρ Ox

Or. 484.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: γρ. μισητέος. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 484.16 (tri metr) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: long mark over iota —T

Or. 485.01 (485–487) (mosch exeg) βεβαρβάρωσαι: ¹ἤθη καὶ νόμους βαρβαρικοὺς μεμάθηκας πολὺν χρόνον ὢν ἐν βαρβάροις καὶ τῆς τάξεως ἐπελάθου τῶν Ἑλλήνων. ²πρὸς ὃ ἀπαντᾷ ‘Ἑλληνικόν τοι τὸν ὁμόθεν τιμᾶν ἀεί’. ³πρὸς ὃ πάλιν ὁ Τυνδάρεως Ἑλληνικόν τι δηλονότι καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν εἶναι ἰσχυρότερον τῶν νόμων, ⁴ὅπερ δηλονότι ποιεῖς σὺ τιμῶν τοῦτον ὃν οἱ νόμοι ἀπόβλητον ἔχουσιν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Cr²

TRANSLATION: You have learned barbarian customs and laws by being among barbarians for a long time, and you forgot the civilized arrangements of the Greeks. To which he (Menelaus) counters: ‘Indeed it is the Greek way always to honor someone of the same family as yourself’. To which again Tyndareus replies that it is surely a Greek custom also not to want to be stronger than the laws, the very thing that, obviously, you are doing when you honor this man whom the laws consider an outcast.

LEMMA: G

APP. CRIT.: 1–4 καὶ τῆς τάξεως κτλ om. Cr² | 2 τοι] τι XoTGGr, a.c. Yf | 3 τι] τοι XbYf, om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.147,21–148,2

COLLATION NOTES: Ta omits everything after 2 ἀπαντᾷ, having there reached bottom of a page, then forgetting to finish the note at top of next.

Or. 485.02 (vet exeg) εἰς παροιμίαν ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἐχώρησεν. —MBC

TRANSLATION: This verse became a proverb.

POSITION: s.l. C (at 485); marg. at 485 M, cont. from 485.15, add. δὲ after παροιμίαν (but also dicolon punct.); marg. at 486 B, cont. from 486.04, add. δὲ after παροιμίαν

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.152,19; Dind. II.147,18

COMMENT: On the basis of M, this was assigned to 485 in Dindorf (the first to edit this note); Schwartz reassigned it to 486 on the basis of B. It appears that Dindorf’s choice is the more probable. Neither line appears in the paroemiographic corpora, but whereas 486 is attested elsewhere only once (Sch. Ap. Rhod. 2.235, p. 144,24–25 Wendel), line 485 is imitated in an epistle of the Roman period or later (Apollonii epist. 36,4), and then quoted or alluded to in middle Byzantine authors: Tzetzes explains it in Chil. 6.92 περὶ τοῦ ‘βεβαρβάρωσαι χρόνιος ὢν ἐν βαρβάροις’ and quotes it as the basis of a conceit in his epist. 13, p. 21,3; Michael Choniates uses it on three separate occasions, Demetrius Chomatenus once, and Andreas Lopadiotes has it as an example in Lex. Vindob. χ 12 (Guida = 8 Nauck) s.v. χρόνιος. | The final words are not legible in B on the Gallica image, but can be read on Turyn’s photograph.

KEYWORDS: παροιμία | Tzetzes

Or. 485.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: καὶ βάρβαρα τὰ ἤθη σοῦ ἐγένοντο. —CrMnOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: βάρβαρος Mn | ἐγέν. transp. before τὰ ἤθη σου CrOx

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐγένοντα Ox

Or. 485.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: τὰ βαρβάρων ἔθη μεμάθηκας. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zm

Or. 485.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: ἤθη βαρβαρικὰ μεμάθηκας. —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 485.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: τὰ τῶν βαρβάρων φρονεῖς. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 485.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: †βάρβαρον γλῶσσαν ἐγένου† —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: e.g., βάρβαρος ⟨τὴν⟩ γλ. ἐγένου, or βάρβαρον γλῶσσαν ⟨ἔμαθες καὶ βάρβαρος⟩ ἐγένου

Or. 485.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: ὡμοιώθης τοῖς ⟨βαρ⟩βάροις. —F²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 485.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιος ὢν⟩: πολὺν χρόνον ὢν —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: πολλὺν Zc

Or. 485.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρόνιος⟩: πολὺν χρόνον —Aa²AbZm

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zm | χρόνον πολύν transp. Aa²Zm

Or. 485.11 (thom exeg) ⟨χρόνιος⟩: οὐ μόνον χρόνιος ἦλθον φαμὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ χρόνον πολύν, ἀλλὰ καὶ χρόνιος ἦν ἐν τῷδε τῷ τόπῳ ἀντὶ τοῦ χρόνον πολύν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: We not only say I came ‘chronios’ meaning ‘after much time’, but also I was in this place ‘chronios’ meaning ‘for a long time’.

POSITION: marg. Z, s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: φαμὲν ἦλθεν transp. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.148,3–5

Or. 485.15 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐν βαρβάροις⟩: γράφεται ἀφ’ Ἑλλάδος. —MV³C

TRANSLATION: There is (also) the reading ‘away from Greece’.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. V³C

APP. CRIT.: ἀφελλάδα M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.152,17; Dind. II.147,17–18

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 485.17 (rec gram) ⟨βαρβάροις⟩: βάρβαρος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαρέως αἴρειν τὴν βοήν. —MnPr

TRANSLATION: The word barbarian derives from ‘raising heavily’ (‘bareōs airein’) the war-cry (or shout).

POSITION: in top margin 20v (containing 496–540) Pr; marg. beside 481 on 23r (containing 470–484) Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.147,18–19

COMMENT: This etymology is otherwise unattested, but a related play on βαρύς is seen in Athanasius, Exposit. in Psalmos, PG 27:224,14–17 γηγενεῖς μὲν τοὺς βαρυτέρους τῶν ἀνθρώπων καλεῖ, τοὺς βαρβάρους, καὶ ἐν ἐρημίαις οἰκοῦντας, καὶ μὴ νομίμως πολιτευομένους.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 486.04 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν πρὸς γένους συγγενῆ —MBC

TRANSLATION: The one kindred by family blood.

POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B

APP. CRIT.: τὸν] τοῦ MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.152,18

Or. 486.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς γενεᾶς —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 486.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν ἀπὸ μιᾶς ῥίζης ἤγουν τὸν κατὰ γένος προήκοντα —XaXbXoT⁺YGr, partial ZcB⁴

TRANSLATION: The one from the same root, that is, the one who is related by family blood.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: first τὸν om. B⁴ | ἤγουν κτλ om. ZcB⁴

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.148,6–7

Or. 486.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν ἀπ’ αὐτῆς τῆς γενεᾶς καὶ ῥίζης, τὸν κατὰ γένος προήκοντα —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 486.10 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν ἐκ ταυτοῦ γένους —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘The one from the same place’ here means) ‘the one from the same family’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Gu | ἤτοι τὸν συγγενῆ add. ZmGu

APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦ αὐτοῦ Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.148,7–8

Or. 486.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: ἤγουν τὸν ὄντα ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς φυλῆς ἤγουν συγγενείας —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 486.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθετον⟩: γρ(άφεται) τὸν ὁμόθεν. —MnS

LEMMA: ὁμόθετον in text MnS POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 487.01 (487–488) (vet exeg) καὶ τῶν νόμων γε μὴ πρότερον εἶναι θέλειν: ¹σὺ τοίνυν ἀδικεῖς τοὺς νόμους ἀγαπῶν τὸν μιαιφόνον. ²ὁ δέ φησιν ὅτι ἀναγκάζει με τὸ συγγενές. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: You, then, do wrong to the laws in showing affection for the polluted murderer. But he (Menelaus) says ‘kinship compels me’.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ τῶν νόμων γε μὴ πρότερον BPr, καὶ τὸ τῶν νόμων Rw, ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: follows sch. 488.01 V

APP. CRIT.: 2 ὅτι om. Rw | με] μὲν V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀγαπὼν B, ἀπατῶν Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.152,20–22; Dind. II.148,9–11

Or. 487.02 (rec exeg) σὺ τοίνυν ἀδικεῖς τοὺς νόμους ἀγαπῶν τὸν μιαιφόνον, τὸν παρὰ νόμους καὶ παρὰ φύσιν τὴν μητέρα ἀνελόντα. —O

TRANSLATION: You, then, do wrong to the laws in showing affection for the polluted murderer, the one who destroyed his mother contrary to the laws and to nature.

Or. 487.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἐπεὶ Ὀρέστης καὶ παρὰ νόμους καὶ παρὰ φύσιν τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλε, ²καίτοι, φησὶν, Ἑλληνικὸν τὸ μὴ κρείττονα τῶν νόμων ἐθέλειν εἶναι τῇ τούτων βούλησει ⟨ … ⟩ —MBCMlPrRw, partial R^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Since Orestes killed his mother both contrary to laws and contrary to nature, he (Tyndareus) says ‘Yet it is a Greek practice not to want to be stronger than the laws, ⟨lacuna: e.g., opposing⟩ their will’.

LEMMA: MCPr, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως BRw, καὶ τῶν νόμων γε MlR^b(γε om.)SSa REF. SYMBOL: MlR^bSa

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐπεὶ om. R^b | ὁ ὀρέστης Sa | παρὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ παρὰ τὴν φύσιν Sa, περὶ τὸν νόμον καὶ περὶ τὴν φύσιν Ml | παρὰ νόμους καὶ om. S | 2 καίτοι κτλ om. R^bSSa | κρεῖττον Rw | e.g. ⟨ἐναντιούμενον⟩, ⟨ἐναντίον ὄντα⟩ or the like Mastr., καὶ φθάνειν τὴν τούτων βούλησιν Schw. (from next sch.)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀνεῖλεν MR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.152,23–25; Dind. II.148,11–13

Or. 487.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹καὶ τοῦτο, φησὶν, Ἑλληνικὸν τὸ μὴ κρείττονα τῶν νόμων ἐθέλειν εἶναι καὶ φθάνειν τὴν τούτων βούλησιν. ²οὗτος δὲ καὶ παρὰ νόμους τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλεν. —V

TRANSLATION: This too, he says, is a Greek practice, not to want to be stronger than the laws and frustrate(?) their will. This man killed his mother even contrary to the laws.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλὰ in V POSITION: cont. from prev.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.152,25 app.

COMMENT: The usage of φθάνειν here is odd. The two other instances of φθάνω governing τὴν βούλησιν/τὰς βουλήσεις in TLG have the usual sense, ‘anticipate’: Joannes Chrysost. Homiliae, PG 59:117,48–49 οὐ φθάνει τὰς βουλήσεις ἡμῶν ὁ Θεὸς ταῖς δωρεαῖς; Manuel II Palaeologus, Epitaphium in fratrem Theodorum, CFHB Thess. 26:275,31–33 οὐ γὰρ δυσμενῶν εἷλε πόλεις, τὰς μὲν πολιορκήσας τε καὶ παραστησάμενος, τὰς δ’ αὐθωρὸν τῷ πολέμῳ, τὰς πλείους δ’, οἶμαι, φθάσας αὐτοῦ τὴν βούλησιν καὶ πρὶν ἢ πορθηθῆναι παραδοθείσας; The unusual usage here probably results from a rewriting of the lacunose version 487.03.

Or. 487.05 (rec paraphr) Ἑλληνικόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν εἶναι κρείττονα τινὰ τῶν νόμων. —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 487.06 (rec paraphr) καὶ τοῦτο Ἑλληνικόν ἐστι, τὸ μὴ κρείττονα τινὰ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν εἶναι. —MlMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν Ml | καὶ] ὡς Ml

COMMENT: The annotation expects τῶν νόμων to be supplied from the line.

Or. 487.07 (rec paraphr) καὶ πάλιν Ἑλληνικὸν καὶ τὸ μὴ προτιμότερον εἶναι τινὰ. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The annotation expects τῶν νόμων to be supplied from the line.

Or. 487.08 (pllgn paraphr) Ἑλληνικὸν καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν εἶναι τινὰ προτιμότερον τῶν νόμων. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 487.09 (rec paraphr) ἀξιώτερον τιμάσαι τὸν νόμον ἢ τὸν ὁμόθεν. —Ab²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὁμοθέτον Ab²(as in line 486 Ab)

COMMENT: Byzantine and early Modern Greek texts in TLG currently attest three instances of forms from the present stem τιμάζω, so this is the first attestation of an aorist form.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 487.10 (pllgn paraphr) ἀλλ’ ἔστι καὶ τοῦτο Ἑλληνικόν, τὸ μὴ εἶναι τινὰ ὑπέρτερον τῶν νόμων. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.148,15–16

Or. 487.11 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: πάλιν Ἑλληνικὸν τὸ —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 487.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: τοῦτο Ἑλληνικόν ἐστι —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 487.13 (thom exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: Ἑλληνικὸν —ZZbZmT

TRANSLATION: (Supply ‘is) Greek’ (to complete the syntax of the line).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ναὶ prep. Zm | ἑλληνικῶν Zb

Or. 487.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναὶ Ἑλληνικὸν ἐστὶν ὅ λέγεις. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 487.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναί, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν εἶναι προτιμότερον τῶν νόμων Ἑλληνικόν ἐστι. —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐλλην‑ Zc

Or. 487.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναὶ Ἑλληνικὸν ὑπάρχει —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 487.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναὶ ἀλλὰ —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 487.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναὶ —V³

POSITION: marg.

Or. 487.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: καί τι ἄλλο ὑπάρχει —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: καὶ τί CrOx

Or. 488.01 (vet exeg) πᾶν τοὐξ ἀνάγκης δοῦλόν ἐστ’ ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς: ¹ἡ τῆς φύσεως ἀνάγκη, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ συγγένεια, πάντα δουλοῖ κατά τε τὴν κρίσιν τῶν νόμων καὶ τῶν σοφῶν. ²δοῦλον οὖν ἀντὶ τοῦ δουλοποιόν· ³οὐχ οἷόν τε γὰρ παραιτήσασθαι τὴν συγγένειαν. —MBVCMlPrR^bSa, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: The compulsion of nature, which means kinship, enslaves everything according to the judgment both of the laws and of the wise. Therefore ‘doulon’ (‘slave/slavish’) is used for ‘making a slave’. For it is not possible to avoid the claims of kinship.

LEMMA: M(πάν τ’οὐξανάγκης)C, πᾶν τοὐξ ἀνάγκης B(τ’οὐξ)VPrRw, lemma πᾶν τ’ ἐξ ἀνάγκης Ml(ἐξαν-)R^bSa(as in text Sa) REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlR^b POSITION: follows 482.05 V

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δουλοποιον Ml | οἷον τε Ml | 3 π(αρα)τήσασθαι Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.153,1–4; Dind. II.149,10–13

COMMENT: The exegeses of this line in the scholia are quite different from the meaning of the line according to modern understanding (well explained by Willink 1986).

Or. 488.02 (rec exeg) ¹ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνάγκη τῆς φύσεως. ²οὐχ οἷον γάρ ἐστιν παραιτήσασθαι τὴν συγγενείαν κατὰ τὴν κρίσιν τῶν νόμων καὶ τῶν σοφῶν. —O

APP. CRIT. 2: γὰρ ἐστὶν a.c. O

Or. 488.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως· δοῦλον: ¹δουλοποιόν. ²τουτέστι παρὰ τοῖς φρονίμοις ἡ ἀνάγκη νικᾷ. ³τιμῶμεν οὖν τὸν Ὀρέστην διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν καὶ δουλεύομεν τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Making a slave (enslaving). That is, in the eyes of the prudent, compulsion triumphs. Thus we honor Orestes because of our kinship and we are slaves to this compulsion.

LEMMA: V, ἀλλὰ δοῦλον MBCPr POSITION: cont. from prev. Rw; sep. from 488.01 by 487.01 and 487.02 V

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τουτέστιν M | νικὰ app. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.153,5–7; Dind. II.149,13–15

Or. 488.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης δοῦλόν ἐστι καὶ ὑπήκοον, οἷον πάντα κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν. ²καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῶν σοφῶν κρίσιν πάντα τὰ ἀπ’ ἀνάγκης δουλοῖ καὶ ὑπηκόους ποιεῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. ³καθὸ προείρηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ὀρέστου [484] ‘εἰ δὲ δυστυχεῖ, τιμητέος’, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν εἶπε ⟨ … ⟩. ⁴ἔστι δὲ ὁ λόγος ὅτι τιμᾶν ἀναγκαῖον τὸν Ὀρέστην διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν. ⁵ταῦτα δὲ ἐν ὑποκρίσει λέγει, οὐ σπουδῇ. ⁶ὁ δὲ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Byz. fr. 386 Slater] φησὶ ⟨ … ⟩. ⁷πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης γινόμενον δουλοῖ, οἷον ταπεινοῖ, κατὰ τὴν τῶν σοφῶν κρίσιν. ⁸δύναται καὶ οὕτως· πᾶν τὸ ἀναγκαῖον δοῦλόν ἐστιν, οἷον ὑπήκοον, καὶ πάντα κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν διότι δουλοῖ πᾶν. —MBVCPr, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: Everything deriving from necessity/compulsion is slave (enslaved) and subservient, as if to say we do everything according to necessity. And according to the judgment of the wise all things deriving from compulsion enslave humans and make them subservient. Because he said previously about Orestes ‘and if he suffers misfortune, he must be honored’, for this reason he nows also says ⟨lacuna⟩. The meaning is that it is necessary to honor Orestes because of their kinship. He says these things adopting a pose, not in earnest. But Aristophanes (the Alexandrian scholar) says ⟨lacuna⟩. All that comes about by necessity enslaves, or makes humble, according to the judgment of the wise. It can also be taken like this: Every compulsory thing is slavish, that is, subservient, and we do everything according to necessity because it enslaves everything.

LEMMA: MBCPr, καὶ ἄλλως Rw POSITION: cont. from prev. V

APP. CRIT.: 1 δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτως prep. V | πάντα] πάντα τὰ B, πάντως τὰ Pr | ποιοῦμεν] γινόμενα δουλοῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους V | 2 καὶ κατὰ] κατά τε VRw | τὰ om. PrRw(πάντ’) | ὑπ’ ἀνάγκης M(ὑπαν.)BCPr | δηλοῖ Pr | ποιεῖται M | 3–4 καθὸ … τὴν συγγένειαν om. Rw | 3 προείρηκεν Schw., εἶπεν all (but transp. after ὀρέστου MVC) | 3–4 εἰ δὲ δυστυχεῖ … ὀρέστην om. M | 3 εἶπε Schw., προείρηκεν BV(‑κε)CPr | lacuna Schw. (who inserts quotation of 488); alternatively, e.g. ⟨ταῦτα⟩ | 4 δὲ] γὰρ BPr | ὅτι Arsenius, ὅθεν BVCPr | ἀναγκαῖον] αὐτὸν C | 5 ταῦτα … σπουδῇ] om. V, τῆ(?) μὲν(?) ὑποκρίσει καὶ οὐ σπουδῆ λέγει(?) Rw (damage) | λέγων MC | 6–8 ὁ δὲ ἀρ. κτλ om. Rw | 6 ἀριστοφάνης] ἀρίσταρχος V | φησὶ] λέγει Pr | lacuna Schw. | 7 γινόμενον] τιμώμενον C | δηλοῖ Pr, δουλοῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους V | 8 ὑπήκοον] ἀπήκει Pr | καὶ πάντα κατὰ κτλ] καὶ πᾶν τὸ κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν BPr, om. διότι δουλοῖ πᾶν

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.153,8–17; Dind. II.149,15–150,6

COMMENT: I agree with Schwartz that we have lost Aristophanes’ opinion here. See Prelim. Stud. 17 n. 68.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Aristophanes of Byzantium

Or. 488.05 (rec exeg) ¹τουτέστιν παρὰ φρονίμοις ἡ ἀνάγκη κρατεῖ καὶ νικᾷ. ²οἷον τιμῶμεν τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν συγγένειαν ⟨καὶ⟩ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταῦτα ⟨ποιοῦμεν⟩. ³δύναται δὲ καὶ ὅτι πᾶν τοὐξανάγκης δοῦλον ἐστὶ καὶ ὑπήκοον, οἷον πάντα κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν. —V

TRANSLATION: That is, among the prudent necessity holds sway and triumphs. As if to say, we honor Orestes and kinship and we do this by necessity. The sense can also be that everything derived from necessity is slavish and subservient, that is, we do all things in accordance with necessity.

POSITION: cont. from prev. V

APP. CRIT.: 2 suppl. Mastr. (punct. after ταῦτα in V)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.153,17 app.

Or. 488.06 (mosch exeg) ¹οἷον ἡ συγγενικὴ φιλία καὶ στοργὴ ἢ ἕτερόν τι τοιοῦτον, ἐπεὶ ἐξ ἀνάγκης φυσικῆς ἐστι, δούλη ἐστὶ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀμβλύνεται, ²οὐδὲ ἄλλως γενέσθαι δύναται, ὃ τὰ ἐλευθέρως καὶ χωρὶς ἀνάγκης γινόμενα δύναται. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: As if to say, the affection and love of kinsmen, or some other such thing, since it arises from natural compulsion, is ‘slave’ (enslaved), and because of this it does not become blunted, nor is it able to be otherwise, which those things coming about freely and without compulsion can do.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: cont. from 485.01 G

APP. CRIT.: 1 οἷον] ἤγουν Xo | 2 τὰ] τοὺς Y

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξανάγκης Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.149,6–9

Or. 488.07 (thom exeg) ¹εἰπόντος τοῦ Μενελάου πρὸς τὸν τοῦ Τυνδάρεω λόγον, τὸ [485] ‘βεβαρβάρωσαι χρόνιος ὢν ἐν βαρβάροις’, ὡς ἄρα Ἑλληνικὸν τὸ τιμᾶν τοὺς συγγενεῖς, ²φησὶν ὁ Τυνδάρεως· ναί, ὃ λέγεις Ἑλληνικόν ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ ἔστι καὶ τοῦτο Ἑλληνικόν, τὸ μὴ εἶναι τινὰ ὑπέρτερον τῶν νόμων. ³σὺ οὖν, ὦ Μενέλαε, παρανομεῖς φονέα προσφθεγγόμενος. ⁴ἀπαγορεύουσι γὰρ οἱ νόμοι τὴν μετ’ αὐτῶν συνουσίαν. ⁵πρὸς ὃ ἀπαντᾷ Μενέλαος ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης γινόμενον δοῦλον ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς ἐστι. ⁶τουτέστι πάντες καὶ παλαιοὶ καὶ νέοι ποιηταὶ φιλόσοφοι συγγραφεῖς ῥήτορες τρανῶς ἄνω καὶ κάτω τοῖς λόγοις διακηρύττονται ⁷ὡς ἄρα πάντες ἀνάγκης εἰσὶ δοῦλοι καὶ πάντων αὕτη κρατεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ μέχρι θεῶν ἐξάγει τὸ κράτος. ⁸[Simonides 37,29–30 = 542 PMG] ‘ἀνάγκᾳ’ γὰρ ‘οὐδὲ θεοὶ’ φασὶ ‘μάχονται’. ⁹ἐγὼ γοῦν εἰ καὶ παρανομεῖν σοι δοκῶ μητροκτόνῳ συνὼν καὶ φθεγγόμενος, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῆς φύσεως ἀναγκαζόμενος τοῦτο ποιῶ. ¹⁰ὥστε τὴν τοιαύτην ἀνάγκην ᾧ προεβάλου νόμῳ παρεξετάσας μείζω ταύτην εὑρήσεις δυναμένην τοῦ νόμου. ¹¹οἱ δὲ λέγοντες τὸ δοῦλον ἀντὶ τοῦ δουλοποιὸν ληροῦσι τὰ μάλιστα. ¹²ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὑποστικτέον, οὕτω· πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὑπάρχον, ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς ἐστι δοῦλον. ¹³τουτέστι πάντα τὰ ἐξ ἀνάγκης δουλείαν οἱ σοφοὶ κρίνουσιν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: After Menelaus said, in response to Tyndareus’s line ‘You’ve been made a barbarian by being so long among barbarians’, that it is a Greek practice to honor one’s kinsmen, Tyndareus says: ‘Yes, what you mention is a Greek practice, but this too is a Greek practice, that no one be above the laws. You, therefore, Menelaus, break the law in addressing a murderer. For the laws forbid associating with them’. To which Menelaus replies that everything that comes about by compulsion is slave (enslaved) in the judgment of the wise. That is, everyone—both ancient and modern, poets, philosophers, historians, orators—clearly all the way throughout in their writings proclaim that all people are slaves of necessity and this (necessity) conquers all, and not just human beings, but it even extends its sway far enough to be over gods. For they say that ‘Not even the gods do battle with necessity’. At any rate, even if I seem to you to break the law by associating with and speaking to a mother-killer, nevertheless it is under the compulsion of nature that I do this. So, if you examine such compulsion side by side with the law you put forward in argument, you will find this to be more powerful than the law. Those who say that ‘doulos’ (slave/enslaved) is used to mean ‘making one a slave’ are speaking complete drivel. Or, one can put a comma after ‘that by necessity’, (and understand) as follows: Everything that exists by necessity, in the eyes of the wise is slavish. That is, all things caused by compulsion wise men judge to be slavery.

REF. SYMBOL: at 488 πᾶν ZbZlZmGu, at 487 νόμων ZZa, at 485 βεβαρβάρωσαι T

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ὧν changed to οὖν Zl | 8 φασὶν Zb | 12 ἐστὶ ZbZl, ἔστι Z | 13 κρίνουσι Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.148,17–149,5

COMMENT: It is not clear how the punctuation recommended in the alternative interpretation (12) makes a difference. But it does seem that the last paraphrase by Thomas (13) comes close to the way the line is understood by moderns.

KEYWORDS: Thomas Magister critical of another view | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Simonides | punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν)

Or. 488.08 (pllgn exeg) ἤτοι τὸ συγγενὲς δουλοποιεῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ παρασκευάζει ὑποκεῖσθαι ἀλλήλοις, ἤτοι περὶ τῆς ἐκδικήσεως. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Either kinship enslaves human beings and makes them be subservient to each other; or (he is saying this?) about the vengeance (enacted by Orestes)/punishment (threatening Orestes).

REF. SYMBOL: at ἀνάγκης Y²

APP. CRIT.: δηλοποιεῖ Y² | ἀλλήλ() Y²

Or. 488.09 (pllgn exeg) τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης γινόμενον συγχωρεῖται ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς. —Zu

POSITION: marg.

Or. 488.10 (pllgn exeg) ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἔστι τὸ νὰ ἀγαπῶ τὸν υἱόν μου. —V²

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 488.11 (rec exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: τὸ συγγενὲς —OF²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 488.12 (rec exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: ἡ τῆς φύσεως ἀνάγκη, ἡ συγγένεια —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l. RS; intermarg. Ml; cont. from 488.29 MnRS.

APP. CRIT.: first ἡ] ἤτοι Ml | second ἡ] ἢ Ml

Or. 488.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: ἤγουν τὸ τῆς συγγενείας ἤγουν τὸ τῆς φύσεως καὶ δουλοποιὸν —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 488.14 (rec exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: τὸ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 488.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης γεγονὸς —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξανάγκης Ml | γεγονὼς Mn

Or. 488.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: τὸ ὑπ’ ἀνάγκης —F²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 488.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: καὶ τὸ ἐκ φύσεως —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 488.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡ συγγένεια ἡ φυσική —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 488.23 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνάγκης⟩: ἤγουν τῆς φύσεως καὶ τῆς συγγενείας —V¹Y²Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. Gu

Or. 488.24 (rec exeg) ⟨δοῦλον⟩: τινὲς δουλοποιοῦν —O

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: app. ‑ποιόν a.c. O

Or. 488.27 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς φρονίμοις· ὅπου βία πρόκειται οἱ νόμοι ἀσθενοῦσιν. —Pr

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: For the maxim, cf. Aesop. Proverb. 136 Perry ὅ⟨που ἡ⟩ βία πάρεστιν οἱ νόμοι ἀσθενοῦσιν; Documenta concilii Constantinopoleos 2.13,4–6 ἔτι δὲ καὶ ὁ πάπας Γελάσιος περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγει, ὅτι ὅπου βία οὐ πρόκειται, ἀμετάτρεπτοι διαμενέτωσαν οἱ τῶν πατέρων θεσμοί.

Or. 488.28 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς⟩: ὡς ἔλεγον οἱ σοφοὶ —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 488.29 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς νόμοις —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l. RS

COMMENT: Perhaps νόμοις was at some time a false variant; or this might result from a corruption of ἐν τοῖς φρονίμοις (cf. 488.30).

Or. 489.05 (pllgn exeg) τοῦτο: τὸ ὑπείκειν τῇ ἀνάγκῃ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: νῦν σὺ τοῦτο X POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.150,8

COLLATION NOTES: Ta omits cross.

Or. 489.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: ὃ λέγεις —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 489.07 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐ κτήσομαι⟩: τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν φρόνημα —MBCY²

TRANSLATION: (I will not take as my own) the Greek frame of mind (you just mentioned).

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτέστι prep. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.153,18; Dind. II.150,7–8

Or. 489.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κεκτήσομαι⟩: θελήσω ποτὲ ἔχειν —Zl

LEMMA: thus in text Zl POSITION: s.l.

Or. 490.01 (vet exeg) ὀργὴ γὰρ ἅμα σου καὶ τὸ γῆρας: ¹πρὸς τῷ εἶναί σε γέροντα καὶ ὀργίλος εἶ. ²διὰ τοῦτο, φησὶ, παραιτῇ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς σοφοῖς φρονεῖν, ἐπεὶ συνελθοῦσα τῷ γήρᾳ σου ἡ ὀργὴ ἀπαίδευτόν σε ποιεῖ· ³ὡς καὶ Σοφοκλῆς [Soph. TrGF fr. 894 Radt]· ‘ὀργὴ γέροντος ὥστε μαλθακὴ κοπὶς / †ἐν χειρὶ θήγει†, ἐν τάχει δ’ ἀμβλύνεται’. —MBVCPr, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: In addition to your being an old man you are irascible. Because of this, he means, you decline to share the opinion of the wise, since, joining with your old age, your wrath makes you unrefined. As also Sophocles: ‘The wrath of an old man, like a blunt cleaver, †sharpens in the hand† but soon grows dull’.

LEMMA: MBPr, ὀργὴ γὰρ ἅμα σου V, ὀργὴ γὰρ ἅμα σου καὶ τὸ γῆρας οὐ σοφόν· οὐ σοφόν· (sic) C, καὶ ἄλλως Rw REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: follows 490.03 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 perhaps ὀργῆ a.c. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.153,19–23; Dind. II.150,10–15

COMMENT: Arsenius had printed μαλθακὴ νοτὶς (attested in MeMuPh), which Valckenaer (on Hipp. 240) emended to κοπίς before it was collated from BV. Radt’s apparatus gives many attempts to emend the quotation, to which may be added Lloyd-Jones’ βραδεῖα θήγειν in the Loeb ed. (which hardly fits the notion that old men are irascible).

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Sophocles

Or. 490.02 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἡ ὀργή σου καὶ τὸ γῆράς σου ἅμα γεγονότα οὐ σοφόν σε ποιεῖ. —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION: Your anger and your old age, occurring together, make you not wise.

LEMMA: BVCPr, in marg. M

APP. CRIT.: καὶ] ὅτι V | second σου om. BVPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.154,1; Dind. II.150,16–17

Or. 490.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹αὐτὸ καθ’ ἑαυτὸ τὸ γῆρας μελαγχολικώτερόν ἐστι τῆς νεότητος· ²εἰ δὲ συμβῇ τοὺς γέροντας ὀργισθῆναι, διπλάσιον γίνεται τὸ κακόν. ³τὸ γῆράς σου οὖν, φησὶν, ἅμα ὀργῇ γεγονὸς οὐ σκοπεῖ τὸ δέον. —MBVCPrRw, partial Y²

TRANSLATION: In and of itself old age is more irritable than youth. And if it comes about that old men get angry, the evil becomes twice as great. Your old age, then, he says, occurring together with anger, does not regard what is appropriate.

LEMMA: in marg. M, καὶ τὸ γῆρας οὐ σοφόν V, καὶ τὸ γῆρας Rw REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: cont. from prev. B, add. γὰρ [Pr damaged, room for ἄλλ(ως) or γὰρ]

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 καθεαὐτὸ M καθ’αὑτὸ BVY², app. Pr | 2 συμβεῖ M | 3 ὀργὴ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.154,3–5; Dind. II.150,17–20

Or. 490.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀργὴ γὰρ⟩: εἰκότως —ZZaZlZmT

TRANSLATION: (To make clear the causal connection here, supply to introduce this line) ‘as one might reasonably expect’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 490.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀργὴ γὰρ⟩: εἰκότως οὐ κτήσῃ —GuOx²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: εἰκότος οὐ κτίσαν Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.151,1

Or. 490.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὀργὴ … σου⟩: ἥτις ἔστι σοι —S

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 490.07 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀργὴ⟩: ὀργῇ διὰ τοῦ ι̅ —MC

TRANSLATION: (Spell) ‘orgē’ with iota (adscript/subscript).

LEMMA: thus in text MC REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.154,6

Or. 490.18 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: σὲ ποιοῦσι —CrGPrOxY²Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 490.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: ποιοῦσιν οὐ σοφὸν σὲ δηλονότι —V²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 490.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: σὲ ποιεῖ —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.151,2

Or. 490.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: πεποιήκασι σὲ δηλονότι —Xo

POSITION: marg.

Or. 490.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: ¹ἀλλ’ ἀνόητον δηλονότι, καὶ τὸν τοῦ προσήκοντος λόγον οὐ ποιούμενον· ²σοφοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς τὸ τιμᾶν τοὺς προσήκοντας. —ZlGu

TRANSLATION: (Not wise,) but rather senseless, clearly, and taking no account of a relative. For it is a trait of a wise man to honor his relatives.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 δηλονότι om. Gu | οὐ ποιούμ. λόγον transp. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.151,2–4

Or. 491.01 (vet exeg) πρὸς τόνδ’ ἀγὼν τίς σοφίας ἥκει πέρι: ¹οἷον· ἡ περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην μητροκτονία οὐ δεῖται ἀγῶνος σοφίας. ²προῦπτος γὰρ ἡ κρίσις, ὥστε μάτην ἡμᾶς οὐ σοφοὺς ἀπεκάλεσας. ³οὐ σοφισμάτων γὰρ προσδεῖται ἡ κρίσις, τουτέστιν οὐ καιρὸς ἡμᾶς περὶ σοφίας ἀγωνίζεσθαι· ⁴περὶ γὰρ μητροκτονίας ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος. —MBC, partial PrRwZu

TRANSLATION: That is, the matricide involving Orestes does not require a contest of wisdom. For the verdict is foreseen, so to no purpose did you call us not wise. For the judgment does not require clever arguments, that is, it is no proper time for us to compete in wisdom, because the discussion concerns matricide.

LEMMA: MC(om. πέρι), πρὸς τόνδ’ ἀγὼν τίς BPrRw(ἀγών τις PrPw) REF. SYMBOL: MZu POSITION: follows 495.01 in C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.154,7–11; Dind. II.151,5–9

Or. 491.02 (rec exeg) οἷον· ἡ περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην μητροκτονία οὐ δεῖται ἀγῶνος σοφίας. προῦπτος καὶ προφανὴς ἡ κρίσις τοῦ Ὀρέστου. —O

TRANSLATION: That is, the matricide involving Orestes does not require a contest of wisdom. The judgment about Orestes is foreseen and utterly clear.

Or. 491.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸς τόνδ’ ἀγών⟩: εἰς τὸν περὶ τῆς μητροκτονίας λόγον οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγὼν τῆς σοφίας, τουτέστιν οὐ καιρὸς νῦν ἡμᾶς περὶ σοφίας ἀγωνίζεσθαι· περὶ γὰρ μητροκτονίας ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος, ὥστε μάτην ἡμᾶς ⟨οὐ⟩ σοφοὺς ἀπεκάλεσας. —V

TRANSLATION: Regarding the discussion of the matricide there is not a contest of wisdom. That is, it is not now a proper moment for us to compete in wisdom, because the discussion concerns matricide, so to no purpose did you call us not wise.

LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: follows next V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.154,7–10 app.; cf. Dind. II.151,9

Or. 491.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἐπεὶ εἶπεν ὁ Μενέλαος [490] ‘καὶ τὸ γῆρας οὐ σοφόν’, φησὶν ὁ Τυνδάρεως ²ὅτι τίς χρεία ὅλως σοφίας, ὅπου γε προφανὲς τοῦ Ὀρέστου τὸ πλημμέλημα. —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Since Menelaus said ‘and old age not wise’, Tyndareus says: ‘What need is there at all for wisdom, in a case where the error of Orestes is utterly clear?’

LEMMA: BPr, in marg. M, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως Rw POSITION: cont. from sch. 490.03 V, add. δὲ; cont. from 491.01 C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.154,12–14; Dind. II.151,10–12

Or. 491.05 (thom exeg) ἤγουν τί δεῖ πρὸς τοῦτον φονέα ὄντα ἀγωνίζεσθαι καὶ σπουδάζειν σοφοὺς δοκεῖν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, what need is there to contest with this man, who is a murderer, and to strive to seem clever/wise.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: σοφὸς δοκεῖν· prep. Zb (om. at end) | ἤγουν οὐ δεῖ T | σοφοὺς δοκεῖν om. GuZbZl, σοφὸν δοκεῖν T

APP. CRIT. 2: ὄντα] ὄνντρα app. a.c. Zb | ἀναγκάζεσθαι Zl, ἀνανίζεσθαι Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.151,13–14

Or. 491.06 (pllgn exeg) ὡς φαίνεται, πρὸς τοῦτον ἀγών ἐστι περὶ τῆς σοφίας διαλεχθῆναι. —M³

REF. SYMBOL: M³ POSITION: in right marg. at 90 degrees to text

COMMENT: The word following ἀγών is much damaged, but the space and traces seem to fit ἐστι better than τις.

Or. 491.07 (vet exeg) ἐρωτηματικῶς —MC

TRANSLATION: (Understand the line) interrogatively (i.e., ‘tis’ is accented and interrogative, not enclitic and indefinite).

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. C (beside 490)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.154,15

Or. 491.08 (tri rhet) προκατάστασις —T

TRANSLATION: Preamble.

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES: Ta places this under first words of 490, last line of its page.

KEYWORDS: προκατάστασις

Or. 491.09 (pllgn exeg) φανερὰ ὄντα τὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ κακὰ αὐτοῦ —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 491.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σοφίας⟩: γρ. οὐ σο(φίας). —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: τίς οὐ σοφίας is in the text in ZZaZbZlT^z (but οὐ has been erased in ZZl); compare P τις σοφίας with a blank space left between the words, enough for two letters.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 491.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἥκει⟩: γρ. κεῖται. —Sa^r

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 491.19 (rec exeg) ⟨κεῖται⟩: γρ. ἥκει. —MnS

LEMMA: κεῖται in text MnS POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 491.23 (rec exeg) ⟨πέρι⟩: κατὰ ἐπαναστροφὴν —Pr

TRANSLATION: Using reversal (of word order).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐπαναστροφή | anastrophe (inversion of word order)

Or. 492.01 (492–493) (rec paraphr) εἰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις δῆλα καὶ τὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ μὴ καλὰ, ἀσύνετος ὁ Ὀρέστης μὴ πράξας καλῶς. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 492.02 (pllgn paraphr) εἰ ἔστι πᾶσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ καλὰ πράγματα καὶ τὰ μὴ καλὰ {εἰσὶ} φανερά —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 493.01 (493–496) (pllgn rhet) προβολὴ τὸ σχῆμα. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὸ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους. —F

TRANSLATION: The schema is that of putting forward the case. And after this (the schema is) that of point-by-point examination.

REF. SYMBOL: at 493 τούτου; a second symbol above τὸ ἀπαρχῆς within note corresponds to one at 496 ἐπεὶ.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπαρχῆς F | ἄρχρι a.c. F

COMMENT: The term (τὸ/τὰ) ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους (‘sequence of events from beginning to end’) refers to a comprehensive point-by-point treatment of the events that are the basis of the accusation: see Hermogenes, περὶ στάσεων 3,79–96 [p. 47,8–25 Rabe; see Heath 37–38 for translation and 84–85 for commentary]; ps.-Hermogenes, περὶ εὑρέσεως 3.10 [p. 154,10–158,18 Rabe]; Lausberg §387. Cf. 494.01 (V³Y²), 496.02 (GPr).

KEYWORDS: (τὸ/τὰ) ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους

Or. 493.02 (rec rhet) προβολὴ τὸ σχῆμα. —V³FPrY²

TRANSLATION: The schema is that of putting forward the case.

POSITION: marg. (but V³ crosses out marg. version and writes it s.l.)

APP. CRIT.: περιβολὴ Pr

Or. 493.03 (pllgn rhet) καταδρομὴ καὶ καταφορὰ —B^3d

TRANSLATION: Invective-attack and tirade-attack.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: καταφορά | καταδρομή

Or. 493.04 (mosch paraphr) τούτου τοῦ Ὀρέστου τίς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐγένετο ἀνοητότερος; —X

Or. 493.05 (pllgn paraphr) πάντως ἀσύνετος ἐστὶν ὁ Ὀρέστης μὴ καλῶς πράξας. —V³Y²

POSITION: s.l. Y², intermarg. V³ (beside 492)

Or. 494.01 (pllgn rhet) τὰ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους —V³Y²

POSITION: s.l. V³, marg. Y²

APP. CRIT.: τὰ om. V³

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπαρχῆς Y²

KEYWORDS: (τὸ/τὰ) ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους

Or. 495.01 (vet exeg) οὐδ’ ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν κοινόν: ¹ὡς ἐπὶ ὁδοῦ· οὐκ ἐβάδισε κατὰ τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν νόμον. ²ὁ γὰρ νόμος οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει αὐτόχειρά τινα γίνεσθαι. —MBVCPr^aPr^bRfRw

TRANSLATION: As if upon a road. He did not make his way in accordance with Greek law. For the law does not permit one to become a murderer.

LEMMA: MVCRw, οὐδ’ ἦλθεν BPr REF. SYMBOL: BVRf POSITION: s.l. Pr^b; between 490.03 and 491.01 C

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐβάδισεν Rw | 2 αὐτόχειρα τινὰ Rw (αὐτόχειρα, om. τινα, Rf)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.154,17–19; Dind. II.151,19–21

Or. 495.02 (rec rhet) καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν (?)ἐξετάζων(?) —Pr

TRANSLATION: Examining by using an assumption.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἐξετάζων partly washed out, uncertain, end of word looks more like δόξων

APP. CRIT. 2: καθυπόθεσιν Pr

COMMENT: See on 141.01 and on 288.07.

KEYWORDS: ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν

Or. 495.03 (mosch exeg) οὐδ’ ἦλθεν: ἐπὶ τὸν νόμον τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὸν κοινόν, ἤγουν ἐφ’ ᾧ πάντες Ἕλληνες ὁμογνωμονοῦσιν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial G

TRANSLATION: To the common law of the Greeks, that is, the one on which all Greeks think alike.

LEMMA: X REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXoYf

APP. CRIT.: ἐπὶ … ἤγουν om. G | ἅπαντες Ta (not T) | ἕλληνες om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐφ’] φ’ Y | ‑μονοῦσι YfG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.151,21–22

Or. 495.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ τὸν κοινὸν⟩: ἐπὶ τὸν νόμον τὸν καθολικὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 495.07 (thom exeg) ⟨κοινὸν⟩: κοινὸς γὰρ νόμος Ἑλληνικὸς τὸ τὸν φονέα τῆς χώρας ἐκβάλλειν πρὸς ἑτέραν ἄχρις ἂν ἐκεῖ κάθαρσιν ἔλαβε καὶ ἀπεπλύνθη τοῦ φόνου. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: For it was a common law of the Greeks that they exile the murderer from their country to another until he got purification there and was cleansed of the murder.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl POSITION: s.l. Zm, marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ φόνου] τὸν φόνον ZlGu

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐκβαλεῖν a.c. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.151,23–24

Or. 495.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κοινὸν⟩: νόμος Ἑλληνικὸς τὸ τὸν φονέα ἐκβαλεῖν τῆς χώρας πρὸς ἑτέραν μέχρις ἂν κάθαρσιν ἔλαβε καὶ ἀπεπλύθη. —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu

COMMENT: The stems ‑πλύθη‑ and ‑πλύνθη‑ are both legitimate aorist forms, but the former outnumbers the latter by more than 4 to 1 in TLG texts; in the tradition of some authors (e.g. Galen, Joannes Chrysostom.) both forms are attested.

Or. 496.01 (496–506) (tri rhet) τετράκωλος περίοδος —TZc^r

TRANSLATION: Four-part phrase.

POSITION: intermarg. T, marg. Zc^r, both written vertically

COMMENT: On the rhetorical term τετράκωλος περίοδος as specifically Triclinian, see Turyn 1957: 245; Schartau 1973, 58–59; Smith 1975, 200 n. 74. The four parts are apparently 496–498 ἐπεὶ γάρ … ποτέ, 500–502 χρῆν … μητέρα, 502–503 τὸ σῶφρόν … ἦν, 504–506 νῦν δ’ … κτανών (alternatively, 496–498, 500–503, 504, 505–506). The same label is applied to Hec. 16–27 (meaning 16–18, 19–20, 21–24, 25–27: temporal protasis, apodosis, temporal protasis, apodosis) in T, and Zc lacks the label but these same subunits are annotated s.l. with πρῶτον κῶλον through τέταρτον κῶλον. Triclinius wrote horizontally in the margin of L (106r) the same phrase applying to Hel. 60–63 ἕως μὲν … γαμεῖν με (same pattern of clauses as in Hec. 16–27). | In T, lines 496–500 are the last of 63r and 501–507 the first of 63v, with the two words thus on different pages; there is a dicolon after the second word. This caused the scribe of Ta to place the two words as separate annotations (each with punctuation), for he has on 75r τετράκωλος in the right margin by 496–500, περίοδο (sic) in the left margin at 501–505, with the final sigma in the left margin of 506, the first verse of the 75v. Zc too has (on the same page) a dicolon after each word and a gap between them, as if they were two annotations. At Hec. 16–27 T has dicolon after περίοδος, while Ta has no punctuation.

Or. 496.02 (rec rhet) τὰ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς μέχρι τέλους —GPr

TRANSLATION: Point-by-point examination.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἄχρι G

KEYWORDS: (τὸ/τὰ) ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους

Or. 496.03 (tri rhet) διήγησις περιληπτική —T

TRANSLATION: Comprehensive narrative.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: These two terms are conjoined elsewhere only in a distinction between διήγημα and διήγησις found in Nicolaus, Progymnasmata 12,2–4 οἱ δὲ πλείονες διήγημα μὲν τὸ περὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα, διήγησιν δὲ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν περιληπτικὴν πραγμάτων, ὡς ποίησιν καὶ ποίημα and in similar terms in Joannes Sardianus, Comm. in Aphthon. Progymnasmata 16,14–16 διαφέρει δὲ διηγήσεως, φησί, διήγημα· διήγησις μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἡ πολλῶν πραγμάτων περιληπτικὴ ἔκθεσις, διήγημα δὲ ἡ περὶ ἑνὸς πράγματος ἔκθεσις. With this term Triclinius is noting the same phenomenon that attracted the use ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους in 493.01, 494.01, and 496.02.

KEYWORDS: διήγησις

Or. 496.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βίον⟩: λιπὼν τὴν ζωὴν —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 497.01 (rec rhet) πῶς· ἐφερμηνευτικὸν —Pr

TRANSLATION: (Telling) how: explanatory (of how Agamemnon died).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐφερμηνευτικόν

Or. 497.02 (rec paraphr) ὑπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς θυγατρὸς τὴν κάρα —R^a

Or. 497.03 (tri paraphr) πληγεὶς τὸ κάρα ὑπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς θυγατρός —T

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 497.04 (vet exeg) πληγεὶς τῆς ἐμῆς: οὐκ εἶπεν ὑπὸ Αἰγίσθου, ἀλλὰ τὴν δοῦσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν αἰτίαν ἡγήσατο. —MBVCMlMnPr^aPr^bR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: He did not say (Agamemnon was killed) by Aegisthus, but he considered the woman who provided the starting-point to be to blame.

LEMMA: MC, πληγεὶς θυγατρός VPr^a, πληγεὶς MlMnPr^bR^bSSa REF. SYMBOL: Ml POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; second version Pr^b follows 498.01

APP. CRIT.: οὐκ εἶπεν] οὐκ ἐπειδὴ MBC, ἐπειδὴ οὐχ’ Pr^a | ὑπὸ] τοῦ Mn | τὴν δοῦσαν om. Pr^a | ἀσίαν ᾐτήσατο Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: αἰγίστου a.c. Mn | ἀργὴν R^b | αἴτ() R^b | ἠγήσατο S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.154,20–21; Dind. II.152,1–2

Or. 497.21 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 498.01 (vet exeg) αἴσχιστον ἔργον: ὅπερ ἔχθιστον ἔργον, πληγῆναι τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας γαμετῆς. —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION: Which very thing (was) a most hateful deed, that Agamemnon was stricken by his own wedded wife.

LEMMA: Rw POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; cont. from 497.04 MCPr

APP. CRIT.: ὅπερ … ἔργον] τὸ Rw | γαμετῆς] γυναικός CPr, γυναικός γρ() γαμετῆς Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.154,22–23; Dind. II.152,2–3

COMMENT: αἰσχιστ-/ἐχθιστ‑ are often variants in manuscipts. This note may imply a text containing ἔχθιστον, or may itself originally have contained αἴσχιστον.

Or. 498.12 (pllgn rhet) ⟨οὐ γὰρ αἰνέσω ποτέ⟩: μεσεμβόλημα —Zm

TRANSLATION: Parenthetic statement.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: μεσεμβόλημα

Or. 500.01 (tri rhet) γνώμη συμβουλευτική —T

TRANSLATION: A judgment giving advice.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 500.02 (pllgn rhet) μετάληψις —V³Y²GGu

POSITION: marg. except s.l. V³

COMMENT: Metalepsis (translatio) as a στάσις (status) in forensic rhetoric applies to an argument used to defend against a charge; it is a tactic of arguing that the legal action should not have been brought in the way it was. Here we seem to have a fairly loose use of the term, since the argument is applied by a prosecuting speaker, and the argument is that a legal action should have been brought instead of direct personal action.

Or. 500.14 (tri metr) ⟨ἐπιθεῖναι⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

COMMENT: This certainly looks like a macron (and in copying, Ta took the mark to be a macron), not just a carelessly written diaeresis. Triclinius would be scanning ‑ον ἐπι as a split anapaests in the second foot.

Or. 500.15 (rec exeg) ⟨μὲν⟩: περιττὸς(?) —Mn

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: πετικὸς or π(ερι)τικός app. Mn

COMMENT: The scholion is written in the left margin of the verse, with π and above it ε (which could stand for ερι), followed at the same higher level by τ and an iota (with diaeresis) that continues downward into a squiggle so that the whole may be taken as compendious for ικ, and suspended above this character is ὸ (for ὸς). If περιττὸς is what lies behind this, it would be ‘the particle (σύνδεσμος) is superfluous’, someone’s reaction to the lack of a δέ to answer μέν.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 500.16 (rec exeg) ⟨αἵματος⟩: ἔκεκα τοῦ —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 500.17 (mosch exeg) αἵματος: ἕνεκα τοῦ φόνου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc, app. Zl

TRANSLATION: (Interpret ‘of the bloodshed’ as) ‘on account of the bloodshed’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.152,5

Or. 500.19 (rec exeg) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τοῦ φόνου τοῦ πατρὸς —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: first τοῦ om. MnPr

Or. 500.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τοῦ φόνου τοῦ πατρικοῦ —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.152,6

Or. 501.01 (vet exeg) ὁσίαν διώκοντ’: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ κατηγοροῦντα. ²καὶ οὕτως ἂν, φησὶ, τοῦ κακοῦ τὸ σῶφρον ἐπελέξατο διώκων καὶ μὴ φονεύων, ³καὶ τὴν πρέπουσαν τιμωρίαν ἀπῄτησεν ἂν ἐκβαλὼν τὴν μητέρα καὶ νόμῳ πειθαρχῶν ἐφαίνετο. ⁴ἢ οὕτως· ἀνθ’ ἧς ὑπέμεινε συμφορᾶς ἔδοξεν εἶναι σώφρων. —MVC^bMlMnPrR^bSSa, partial BC^aRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Pursuing’) in the sense ‘prosecuting’. And in this way he would, he says, have chosen what is temperate instead of evil, by pursuing and not killing; and he would have demanded the suitable punishment by exiling his mother and would have been seen to conform to the law. Or (take it) in this way: instead of the misfortune he endured, he seemed to be self-controlled.

LEMMA: VC^bR^b(διώκων); ὁσίαν διώκοντ’ ἐκβαλεῖν Ml(ἐκβαλλεῖν)MnPrSSa, ὁσίαν διωκειν τ’ app. M, διώκοντα Rw REF. SYMBOL: MVMlR^bSa POSITION: cont. from sch. 501.04, prep. διώκοντα δὲ, B; cont. from same C^a, followed by sep. note C^b

APP. CRIT.: 1–3 ἀντὶ … φονεύων καὶ om. C^a | 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rw, τοῦ om. C^b | 2 καὶ οὕτως ἂν and διώκων add. in blank space V¹ | οὖτος MlMn | τὸ] καὶ Ml | ἀπελέξατο V, ἀπελάξατο Ml | καὶ om. S | καὶ μὴ] ὁ γὰρ V, μὴ MlMnPrR^bSa, καὶ (μὴ s.l. add.) C^b | 3–4 καὶ τὴν πρέπ. κτλ om. Rw | 3 ἀπήντησεν Sa | ἐκβαλὼν] add. in blank space V¹, ἀνελὼν MlPrR^bSSa, ελῶν Mn | second καὶ om. MlMnPrR^bSSa | νόμου M, νόμοις C^aMnPrR^bSSa, νόμους C^b, om. Ml | 4 ἢ οὕτως κτλ] om. B, τοῦτο ποιῶν C^a | ἢ … ὑπέμεινε add. in blank space V¹ | οὕτως] Schwartz, ὅτι all | ἀνθ’] αὖθις MC^b, μεθ’ V¹ | ἔδοξεν] perhaps ἔδοξεν ⟨ἂν⟩ (but note may be paraphrasing the variant version without ἄν) | σώφρων] σῶφρον M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.154,26–155,4; Dind. II.152,10–13

Or. 501.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: εἰ φυγῇ μόνον ἦν ζημιώσας τὴν μητέρα, οὕτως ἂν ἔδοξε σωφρόνως κεχρῆσθαι τῇ τιμωρίᾳ τῇ κατὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς τοῦ πατρός {ἢ τῆς μητρός}. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: If he had punished his mother solely with exile, in that way he would have seemed to have exercised in a moderate manner the punishment for the misfortune of his father {or his mother}.

LEMMA: MBC, καὶ ἄλλως Rw

APP. CRIT.: εἰ om. Rw | ζημιώσαν M | τὰς συμφορὰς R | ἢ τῆς μητρός del. Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2: φυγὴ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.155,5–7

Or. 501.03 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: εἰ τοιαύτην συμφορὰν ἦν προστριψάμενος φυγῆ τε ζημιώσας τὴν μητέρα, οὕτως ἂν ἔδοξε σωφρόνως κεχρῆσθαι τῇ τιμωρίᾳ περὶ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς συμφορὰν {ἢ τῆς μητρός}. —V

TRANSLATION: If he had inflicted such a fate and penalized his other with exile, in that way he would have seemed to have exercised in a moderate manner the punishment concerning the misfortune of his father {or his mother}.

POSITION: follows sch. 502.01 V

APP. CRIT.: τοιαύτ() συμφορ()` V (second συμφορὰν also written thus) | προστρεψάμενος Dind., Schw. (as if in V) | ἢ τῆς μητρός del. Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.155,5–7 app.; Dind. II.152,21–153,3

Or. 501.04 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: ταύτην ὁσίαν δίκην φησὶ, τὸ φυγαδεῦσαι μόνον αὐτήν. —BCMlMnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: He says that this is a pious penalty, only to send her into exile.

LEMMA: MlMnPrR^bSSa POSITION: cont. from next BC(prep. ἢ C)

APP. CRIT.: ταύτην] BC, om. others | δικαίαν MnPr | φησὶ] B, om. others | φυγῶδ() R^b, φυγαδεῦται Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: ὀσίαν BS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.154,25; Dind. II.152,7–8

Or. 501.05 (vet exeg) ὁσίαν: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρέπουσαν —MBCV³Y²

LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: s.l. MV³Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.154,24; Dind. II.152,7

Or. 502.02 (vet exeg) τὸ σῶφρόν τ’ ἔλαβεν ἂν: ¹καὶ σωφρόνως καὶ ἐγκρατῶς ἔμελλε τὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς τιμωρεῖσθαι. ²ἢ σῶφρον εἶπε τὸ μέτριον, συμφορὰν δὲ τὴν τιμωρίαν, ἵν’ ᾖ ³μετρίως γ’ ἂν τὴν τιμωρίαν ἔλαβεν φυγῇ ζημιώσας αὐτήν. ⁴μετριωτέρα γὰρ αὕτη ἡ τιμωρία τοῦ θανάτου. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: He was going to avenge what pertains to the misfortune with self-control and self-restraint. Or by ‘sōphrōn’ he meant ‘the moderate’, and by ‘sumphora’ ‘the punishment’, so that the sense is: He would have exacted his vengeance in moderation by punishing her with exile. For this punishment is more moderate than death.

LEMMA: M; ἅλλως: τὸ σῶφρον τ’ἂν ἔλα() B, τὸ σῶφρον τ’ἂν Rw, τὸ σῶφρον ἀνέλαβε C(without punct. after), τὸ σῶφρον VMlMnPrR; in text σῶφρον or σώφρον all^bSSa REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἶπεν B, app. M | ἵνα V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.155,8–12; Dind. II.152,17–21

Or. 502.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶφρόν τ’ ἔλαβεν ἂν⟩: ἢ ἂν ἐξώριζε τὴν μητέρα ἔλαβεν ἂν σῶφρον καὶ μέτριον τὸ τῆς συμφορᾶς καὶ τῆς τιμωρίας. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Or if he were exiling his mother, he would have exacted the business of suffering, that is, of punishment, in a self-controlled and moderate form.

LEMMA: σῶφρον in text Y POSITION: marg.

Or. 502.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶφρόν τ’ ἔλαβεν ἂν⟩: τὴν συμφορὰν ἂν ἐποίησεν σώφρονα. —KS

TRANSLATION: He would have made the suffering (be) in a self-controlled form.

LEMMA: σῶφρον in text KS POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἂν om. S

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐποίησε S

Or. 502.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸ σῶφρόν τ’ ἔλαβεν ἂν⟩: καὶ εἰ τοῦτο ἐποίησεν —O

LEMMA: σῶφρον in text O POSITION: s.l.

Or. 502.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸ σῶφρόν τ’ ἔλαβεν ἂν⟩: ἐὰν τοῦτο ἐποίει, τὴν σωφροσύνην ἔλαβεν. —Ab

LEMMA: σῶφρον in text Ab POSITION: s.l.

Or. 502.07 (thom paraphr) ⟨τὸ σῶφρόν τ’ ἔλαβεν ἂν⟩: εἰ τοῦτο ἐποίει ἄν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

LEMMA: σῶφρον in text all POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἄν om. ZbZlGu

Or. 502.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔλαβεν ἂν τῆς συμφορᾶς⟩: καὶ ἔλαβεν ἂν ἐκδίκησιν τὸ συμβάν —Xo²

TRANSLATION: And he would have exacted the result as vengeance.

Or. 502.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔλαβεν ἀντὶ⟩: ἂν κατὰ συνεκδοχὴν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: The particle ‘an’ (is supplied) by shared syntax (from the next line).

LEMMA: thus in text Zm POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν

Or. 502.19 (tri exeg) ⟨ἀντὶ συμφορᾶς⟩: γρ. ἂν τῆς συμφορᾶς. —T

TRANSLATION: (For ‘anti sumphorās’, ‘instead of misfortune’,) the reading ‘an tēs sumphorās’ (modal particle + ‘of the misfortune’) is found.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 502.20 (tri exeg) ⟨ἀντὶ⟩: ἂν τῆς —T

TRANSLATION: (For ‘anti’, ‘instead of’, there is a variant reading) ‘an tēs’ (modal particle + ‘the’ in the genitive singular feminine).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 502.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῆς συμφορᾶς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῆς δυστυχίας ἣν ἔχει ἀρτίως —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘The misfortune’ is) used for ‘the bad fortune he now has’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 503.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῦ νόμου τ’ ἂν εἴχετ’⟩: ὡς νόμοις πειθαρχῶν —BO

TRANSLATION: (‘He would have held on to the law’) because he was obedient to laws.

POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. O

APP. CRIT.: ὡς νόμοις om. O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.153,7

Or. 503.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦ νόμου τ’ ἂν εἴχετ’⟩: τουτέστι πειθαρχῶν τῷ νόμῳ —V³Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘He would have held on to the law’,) that is, by being obedient to the law.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τουτέστι] ἤγουν Y² | τοῖς νόμοις Y²

Or. 503.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨τοῦ νόμου τ’ ἂν εἴχετ’⟩: ἤγουν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ἂν ἔπραττεν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘He would have held on to the law’,) that is, he would have been acting in accordance with the laws.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν νόμον Zl | τοὺς om. ZZbT | ἂν om. Za | ἔπραττον Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔπραττε ZZlT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.153,8–9

Or. 503.07 (thom exeg) ⟨εὐσεβής τ’ ἂν ἦν⟩: ἀσέβεια γὰρ τὸ μητροκτονεῖν, ὥσπερ εὐσέβεια τὸ ταύτην αἰδεῖσθαι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For killing a mother is impiety, just as it is piety to respect her.

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: after ὥσπερ add. καὶ Zb | καὶ τιμᾶν add. T

APP. CRIT. 2: μητρόκτονεῖν Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.153,9–10

COLLATION NOTES: Omitted in Ta

Or. 503.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εὐσεβής τ’ ἂν ἦν⟩: καὶ ἦν ἂν εὐσεβὴς ἀνὴρ ἁπτόμενος τοῦ νόμου. —Xo²

TRANSLATION: And he would have been a pious man by latching onto the law.

Or. 504.03 (vet exeg) εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν δαίμον’ ἦλθε: ¹εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν ἁμαρτίαν· καὶ γὰρ παρανόμως ἐφόνευσε. ²πλέον δὲ τοῦτο κακόν· ³οὐ γὰρ δίκαιόν ἐστι γυναικὶ πρὸς ἄνδρα ὅσον υἱῷ πρὸς μητέρα. ⁴ὁ μὲν γὰρ φύσει ἐστὶν υἱὸς, ὁ δὲ ἀνὴρ συγγενής. —MVCRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Came to the same daimōn’ means) to the same wrongdoing. For he too committed murder contrary to law. And this (action of his) is even more evil. For there is not a bond of justice for a woman toward her husband to the same degree as for a son toward his mother. For he is a son by nature, but the husband is connected (only) by familial relationship(?).

LEMMA: C(ἦλθεν), εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν δ’ ἦλθε M, νῦν δ’ εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν Rw, 506 αὐτὸς κακίων ἐγένετο V REF. SYMBOL: V(to 506) POSITION: on following verso V

APP. CRIT.: 1 πανανόμως V | 2 πλέον … κακόν] πλέον κακὸς V | τοῦτο] τὸ Rw | 3 ὅσον] ὡς M | υἱὸς MC | 4 γὰρ φύσει] γάρ φησιν Rw | υἱός ἐστιν transp. C | συγγενής] κατὰ συγγενής (sic) V, perhaps συγγενὴς ⟨διὰ γάμου⟩

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐφόνευσεν a.c. V | 2 δίκαιον C, δίκαιον ἐστὶ VRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.155,13–16; Dind. II.153,15–18 (and app.)

COMMENT: The use of συγγενής here and in the next to deny a natural blood-relationship is distinctly odd. It recurs in the adaptation seen in sch. 506.01. Possibly the original form of this comment contained additional words, such as διὰ γάμου or νόμῳ, or one should consider ⟨οὐ⟩ συγγενής. | V’s error κατὰ συγγενής suggests there may have been a version with κατὰ συγγένειαν, which may be compared to ἐκ συγγενείας in O (sch. 506.01).

Or. 504.04 (vet exeg) ⟨εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν δαίμον’ ἦλθε⟩: ¹εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν ἁμαρτίαν· καὶ γὰρ παρανόμως ἐφόνευσεν. ²πλέον δὲ τοῦτο κακόν· ³οὐ γὰρ ἴσον ἐστὶ τὸ γυναῖκα φονεῦσαι ἄνδρα καὶ υἱὸν μητέρα. ⁴ὁ μὲν γὰρ φύσει ἐστὶν υἱὸς, ὁ δὲ ἀνὴρ συγγενής. —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Came to the same daimōn’ means) to the same wrongdoing. For he too committed murder contrary to law. And this (action of his) is even more evil. For it is not an equal matter for a wife to kill a husband and for a son (to kill) a mother. For he is a son by nature, but the husband is connected (only) by familial relationship(?).

POSITION: intermarg., cont. from sch. 503.01 B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.155,13–16; Dind. II.153,15–18

COMMENT: See comment on previous.

Or. 504.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν δαίμον’ ἦλθε⟩: εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τύχην ἦλθε τῇ τύχῃ τῆς μητρός. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘Came to the same daimōn’, that is,) he has arrived at the same fate as the fate of his mother.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἦλθε om. G, spacing as two glosses | τῇ τύχῃ om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.153,11–12

Or. 504.06 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν δαίμον’⟩: εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν ἁμαρτίαν —OV³

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰς om. O

Or. 504.07 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν δαίμον’⟩: εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν δυστυχίαν —AbMlMnPrRSSa^r

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: δυστυχίαν faded out in Sa

Or. 504.08 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν δαίμον’⟩: εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τύχην —V³Aa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: V³, incorporating V¹ gloss τύχην, carelessly writes εἰς τὴν τύχην αὐτὴν | εἶναι add. V³

Or. 504.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν αὐτὸν δαίμον’⟩: τὴν αὐτὴν μοῖραν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: [αὐτ](ὴν)(?) μῦρ(αν)(?) Mn (damage)

Or. 505.01 (thom exeg) ⟨κακὴν⟩: ὡς ἀνδροφόνον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Evil woman’) as (being) a husband-killer.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 506.01 (rec exeg) ⟨αὐτὸς κακίων ἐγένετο⟩: ὅτι φύσει ἦν υἱὸς, ἐκείνῃ δὲ ἐκ συγγενείας ἀνήρ. —O

TRANSLATION: (He was worse) because he was her son by nature, but her husband was related to her (only) by familial relationship(?).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For the odd use of συγγένεια here, see the comment on συγγενής in sch. 504.03.

Or. 506.02 (pllgn rhet) ⟨αὐτὸς κακίων⟩: πηλικότης ἀπὸ μείζονος —V³Y²

TRANSLATION: Argument from importance, from the greater (that is, claiming one thing is more important than another).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: In Hermogenes πηλικότης alone refers to a claim or admission that something is significant (μέγα τὸ γεγονός). πηλικότης ἀπὸ μείζονος is not found elsewhere except below in sch. 573.03; compare ἀπὸ μείζονος alone in the next, ἀπὸ μείζονος ἡ αἰτία in sch. 577.03. It must mean that Tyndareus is arguing that Orestes’ offense is more serious than Clytemnestra’s.

KEYWORDS: πηλικότης (ἀπὸ μείζονος)

Or. 506.03 (pllgn rhet) ⟨αὐτὸς κακίων⟩: ἀπὸ μείζονος —G

TRANSLATION: Argument from the greater.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: πηλικότης (ἀπὸ μείζονος)

Or. 506.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨κακίων⟩: ὑπερθετικὸν —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Superlative.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 506.07 (recTri metr) ⟨κακίων⟩: long mark over iota —OT

Or. 507.01 (rec rhet) ἀποθετικὸν τὸ σχῆμα. —SB⁴

TRANSLATION: Schema of transition (from one argument to another).

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ σχῆμα om. B⁴

COMMENT: This term occurs a few times in the more recent scholia on Aristophanes and once in Sch. Opp. Hal. 3.169 paired with ἐπίλογος (ἐπίλογος τὸ σχῆμα καὶ ἀποθετικόν). Compare Triclinius’s use of ἀπόθεσις for new sections of the text that he marks with a paragraphos.

KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν

Or. 507.02 (pllgn rhet) τὸ καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν ὡς ἐν παραδείγματι —V³Y²

TRANSLATION: The (schema) of assuming for the sake of argument, as in/by an example.

POSITION: s.l. V³, marg. Y²

APP. CRIT. 2: καθυπόθεσιν V³

COMMENT: Inspired by sch. 508.01. Cf. comment on sch. 141.01, and see sch. 288.05–07; also Galen, de plenitudine 7:550,11–13 Kühn ἐρωτήσωμέν τε καὶ τούτους ἕν τι τῶν προχειροτάτων, ὑποθέμενοι τοιάνδέ τινα ὑπόθεσιν, ὡς ἐπὶ παραδείγματι.

KEYWORDS: ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν | παράδειγμα

Or. 507.03 (tri rhet) ἔνστασις —T

TRANSLATION: Objection.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἔνστασις

Or. 508.01 (vet exeg) εἰ τόνδ’ ἀποκτείνειεν: ¹καθ’ ὑπόθεσίν ἐστιν ὁ λόγος. ²ὡς ἐν παραδείγματι ταῦτά φησι. ³ἀντὶ τοῦ εἴ τινα· ⁴τὸ τόνδε ὡρισμένον ἔλαβεν ἀντὶ ἀορίστου τοῦ τινά. —MBC

TRANSLATION: The statement is made hypothetically. He says this as if using an example. (‘If this man’ is) equivalent to ‘if someone’: he has used the definite ‘tonde’ (‘this man’) in place of the indefinite ‘tina’ (‘anyone’).

LEMMA: MBC(‑ειε) REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ταῦτα φησὶ B, ταῦτα φη(σί) C | 4 ἔλαβε C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.155,17–19; Dind. II.153,19–21

KEYWORDS: παράδειγμα | ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν

Or. 508.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἰ τόνδ’ ἀποκτείνειεν⟩: καθ᾽ ὑπόθεσιν ταῦτα λεγει, τὸν τυχόντα προτιθεὶς εἰς παράδειγμα. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: He says this hypothetically, putting forth anyone at all as an example.

POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr

APP. CRIT.: προθεὶς T, προστιθεὶς Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.153,19–20

KEYWORDS: ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν | παράδειγμα

Or. 508.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰ τόνδ’ ἀποκτείνειεν⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην καθ᾽ ὑπόθεσιν· ταῦτα λέγει προτιθεὶς εἰς παράδειγμα. —G

TRANSLATION: (‘This man’ refers to) Orestes hypothetically. He says this putting (it) forth as an example.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν | παράδειγμα

Or. 508.04 (pllgn rhet) ἐπιχείρημα —Zb

TRANSLATION: Epicheireme.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἐπιχείρημα

Or. 508.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰ τόνδ’ ἀποκτείνειεν⟩: γρ. εἴ τιν’ ἀ(ποκτείνειεν). —Zc^r

TRANSLATION: (For ‘if (one’s wife) should kill this man’, with reading ‘tond’ ’) the reading ‘if (one’s wife) should kill anyone’ (‘tin’ ’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 509.09 (rec metr) ⟨ἀνταποκτενεῖ⟩: long mark(?) over second alpha —O

COMMENT: The shape and the height above the vowel are unusual, and the metrical error would be severe, so perhaps this mark was supposed to be above the omicron, or it is not a deliberate mark at all.

Or. 510.01 (510–511) (vet paraphr) ⟨κἄπειθ’ … φόνον λύσει⟩: εἶτα ὁ ἐξ ἐκείνου γενόμενος ἐκδικήσει τὸ προγονικὸν αἷμα. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: And then the one born from him will avenge his parent’s blood.

LEMMA: 509 χ’ὡ τοῦδε παῖς αὖ μητέρ’ C REF. SYMBOL: M (to 510) POSITION: intermarg. (beside 510) B; cont. from sch. 511.05 V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.155,20; Dind. II.153,26–27

Or. 510.02 (510–511) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἄπειθ’ … φόνον λύσει⟩: καὶ ἔπειτα λύσει τῷ φόνῳ τὸν φόνον ἐκείνου πατρός. —Zu

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: π(ατε)ρα Zu, ος add. s.l.

Or. 510.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ κείνου γενόμενος⟩: ἤτοι τοῦ παιδὸς τοῦ Ὀρέστου παῖς, δηλαδὴ ὁ ἔγγονος τοῦ Ὀρέστου —V

TRANSLATION: (‘The one born of that one’,) that is, the son of the son of Orestes, clearly, the grandson of Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 511.01 (511–574) (rec gram) ὅσα ἀπὸ τῶν εἰς μ̅ι̅ τὰ ἀπαρέμφατα τῶν ἐνεστ[ώτων … —K

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: If there is a specific reference in the text, it is unclear what that is. The grammatical observation probably has to do with what ancient authorities considered the shortening of the vowel in comparison with the long vowel of the principal part, applicable to the present but not to the aorist infinitive (e.g., Herod. or ps.-Herod. Gram.Gr. 3:2.841,32–34 διὰ τοῦτο δὲ τὰ ἀπαρέμφατα τῶν εἰς μι κατὰ μὲν τὸν ἐνεστῶτα καὶ παρατατικὸν συστέλλει τὴν παραλήγουσαν, κατὰ δὲ τὸν βʹ ἀόριστον τὸν ἐνεργητικὸν οὐ συστέλλει τὴν παραλήγουσαν). On 64r we find present infinitive ὀλλύναι in 569, where the quantity is relevant to the choice of accent, and on the facing page 63v there is the aorist ἐπιθεῖναι in 500.

COLLATION NOTES: At the very bottom of 64r, where the paper has been trimmed, there survive the top portions of some letters in the middle of a line with another comment, with and thus fully preserved. The traces fit ὅσα ἀπὸ τῶν εἰς μ̅ι̅ τὰ παρέμφατα (τῶν ἐνεστώτων s.l.) ὀξύνεται.

Or. 511.05 (rec exeg) πέρας δὲ ποῖ κακῶν: τὸ ‘δὲ ποῖ’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘δὴ ⟨ποῖ⟩’. —V

TRANSLATION: ‘De poi’ (‘and whither’) is equivalent to ‘dē poi’ (‘indeed whither’).

LEMMA: V (as in text) REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: before sch. 510.01 V

APP. CRIT.: suppl. Mastr.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.155,20 app.; Dind. II.154,1

Or. 511.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δὲ⟩: δὴ —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (For ‘de’, ‘and’, there is a variant reading) ‘dē’ (‘indeed’).

LEMMA: thus in text B POSITION: s.l.

Or. 512.01 (pllgn rhet) ἐργασία —Zb

TRANSLATION: Elaboration.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἐργασία

Or. 512.02 (tri rhet) εἰσβολὴ νόμου —T⁺

TRANSLATION: Introduction (into the argument) of law/custom.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The cross apparently indicates here a non-Thoman annotation authored by Triclinius himself rather than one taken from Moschopulus. A similar explanation seems to apply to crosses found with sch. 585.03, 588.02, and 815.10 and perhaps a few other places.

KEYWORDS: εἰσβολή/ἐκβολή

Or. 512.03 (rec exeg) ⟨καλῶς⟩: ἐκ τῆς γνώμης τοῦ νομοθέτου τὸ καλῶς. —Mn

TRANSLATION: On the basis of the (good) judgment of the lawgiver (the speaker says here) ‘well’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καλῶς] app. κελ()΄ Mn

Or. 513.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἴων περᾶν⟩: κατελίμπανον ἔρχεσθαι οἱ πάλαι πατέρες τὸν φονέα —MlMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔχεσθαι Ml | φόνον Mn

Or. 513.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἴων περᾶν⟩: τὸν φονέα κατελίμπανον ἔρχεσθαι —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 513.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἴων περᾶν⟩: συνεχώρουν τὸν φονέα ἔρχεσθαι —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 514.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅστις αἷμα ἔχων κυρεῖ⟩: περιφραστικῶς τὸν φονέα. —MlMnPrS

TRANSLATION: (‘Whoever has blood-guilt’ indicates) periphrastically ‘the murderer’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 514.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅστις αἷμα ἔχων κυρεῖ⟩: φόνον, ἤγουν ὅστις ἦν φονεύς —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 514.08 (vet paraphr) ⟨αἷμ’ ἔχων⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔνοχος αἵματος —M^aM^bBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Having blood’) means ‘liable for bloodshed’.

REF. SYMBOL: M^a at 514 κυροῖ POSITION: marg. M^b(at 516), marg. C(following sch. 515.11), intermarg. (at 514) B

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ app. om. C (only [ἔνο]χος in burned margin)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.155,22; Dind. II.154,9

Or. 514.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχων κυρεῖ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχει, Ἀττικῶς. —K

TRANSLATION: (‘He happens to be having’ is) used for ‘he has’, in the Attic manner.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 514.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχων κυρεῖ⟩: Ἀττικὸν· ἔχει. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘He happens to be having’ is) Attic (idiom): ‘he has’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 514.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔχων κυρεῖ⟩: ὑπάρχει ἔχων, ἤγουν ἔχει. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrB⁴

POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGrB⁴; marg. Xo; cont. from sch. 514.09 Yf; as 2 sep. XbT, T with first part s.l., rest marg. with sep. cross

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν ἔχει om. B⁴

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.154,10–11

Or. 514.15 (vet exeg) κυροῖ: εὐκτικόν ἐστι· κυροῖμι κυροῖς κυροῖ. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: (The form) is optative (and not indicative of kuroō): (conjugated) ‘kuroimi’, ‘kurois’, ‘kuroi’.

LEMMA: V POSITION: intermarg. B, marg. C

APP. CRIT.: C partly lost at burnt edge

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.155,23; Dind. II.154,9–10

Or. 514.16 (rec exeg) ⟨κυροῖ⟩: ὑπάρχοι εὐκτικὸν. —VPrR

TRANSLATION: (‘Kuroi’ means) ‘is’, in the optative.

LEMMA: κυρεῖ in text R POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπάρχ() VPr | εὐκτικὸν om. PrR

Or. 514.23 (rec exeg) ⟨κυρεῖ⟩: γρ. κυρῇ, ἀποβαίνει(?). —Ab

TRANSLATION: (For indicative ‘kurei’) the reading (subjunctive) ‘kurēi’ (‘happens to be’) is found, (meaning) ‘turns out to be’.

LEMMA: thus in text Ab POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: last word partially washed out, uncertain

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 515.01 (vet exeg) φυγαῖσι δ’ ὡσίουν: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκάθαιρον, ὁσίους καὶ καθαροὺς ἐποίουν. ²τὸ δὲ μὴ ἀνταποκτείνειν ὅσιον ἐνόμιζον. —MBCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Hōsioun’) means ‘they purified’, ‘they made ritually pure and clean’. They considered not killing (a murderer) in response to be ritually pure.

LEMMA: M(ὁσιοῦν)C(ὁσίουν)RwSa; φυγαῖσι MnR^bS, φυγαῖσιν MlPr REF. SYMBOL: MlR^bSa POSITION: cont. from sch. 508.01 B, prep. τὸ δὲ φυγαῖσι δ’ ὡσίουν

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐκάθερον M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.156,1–2; Dind. II.154,12–14

Or. 515.02 (rec exeg) ⟨φυγαῖσι δ’ ὡσίουν⟩: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνωσίουν. ²χωρὶς αἵματος ὡσίουν, ἐκάθηρον, ὁσίους καὶ καθαροὺς ἐποίουν. ³τὸ δὲ μὴ ἀνταποκτείνειν ὅσιον εἶναι ἐνόμιζον. —V

TRANSLATION: (‘They considered/made pure’—hōsioun) is used for (the compound) ‘enōsioun’(?). Without bloodshed they purified, made clear, made them ritually pure and clean. And they considered not killing (a murderer) in response to be ritually pure.

REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.: 2 ὁσίους] from prev. Dind., ὠσίουν or ὠσίους ambig. V | 3 ὅσιον] from prev. Dind., ὁσίους V

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ὠσίουν V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.156,1–2 app.; Dind. II.154,13–14

COMMENT: This is the only occurrence of ἐνοσιόω known so far, and it is hard to see what the force of the prefix would be. If this is a corruption of a different compound, then ἐξωσίουν would be suitable (with the sense as in Eur. Ba. 70 and in Hesych. ε 3952 ἐξοσιοῦν· δικαιοῦν), but corruption of ἐξ to ἐν is not a typical or easy mistake.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 515.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨φυγαῖσι δ’ ὡσίουν⟩: ¹ἐξορίαις κατέκρινον, ἐδικαίουν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: They used to condemn, punish (murderers) with sentences of exile.

REF. SYMBOL: Mn (to verse added at bottom of page because omitted in main text)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξορείαις Mn

Or. 515.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φυγαῖσι δ’ ὡσίουν⟩: ἐδικαίουν καὶ δίκαιον ἔκρινον φυγεῖν. —Y²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 515.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨φυγαῖσι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φυγῇ, ἤγουν ἐξορίᾳ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (Plural ‘flights’ is) equivalent to (singular) ‘flight’, that is, ‘exile’.

LEMMA: lemma φυγαῖσι δ’ ὡσίουν X POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.154,`6

Or. 515.11 (vet exeg) ⟨ὁσιοῦν⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ὁσιοῦν. —MC

TRANSLATION: ‘To consider/make pure’ (hosioun) is understood in common (to govern the infinitive in the second half of the verse as well).

LEMMA: in text ὁσίουν C POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.156,4; Dind. II.154,15

COMMENT: In several paraphrases ἀνταποκτεῖναι is considered to be governed, in parallel with φυγαῖσι, by ὡσίουν; so this comment could also, in some lost witness, have taken the form ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ὡσίουν.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 515.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνταποκτεῖναι δὲ μή⟩: οὐχ ὁσίον δὲ καὶ δίκαιον ἔκρινον. —Mn

TRANSLATION: They did not judge (killing in return) to be holy and just.

LEMMA: omitted verse 515 conflated into sch. in form φυγαῖσι δ’ ὁσί() ἀνταποκτεῖναι δὲ μὴ Mn POSITION: cont. from sch. 515.03 Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐχ’ Mn

Or. 515.23 (mosch paraphr) ἀνταποκτείνειν δὲ μή: οὐχὶ δὲ τὸ ἀνταποκτείνειν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcCr²Ox

TRANSLATION: But (they did) not (approve) killing in return.

LEMMA: in text ἀποκτείνειν in erasure T^t POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Cr²Ox | τῶ XbT, om. Cr² | ἀποκτείνειν TYfCr²Ox

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.154,18

Or. 515.25 (tri exeg) ⟨ἀποκτείνειν⟩: ¹[οἱ] γράφοντες ἀνταποκτείνειν ἀγνοοῦσι τὰ μέτρα. ²διὸ ἀποκτείνει[ν γ]ράφων [οὕτ]ω λέγε· ³ὡσίουν δὲ καὶ [ἐκάθαιρον ἐ]κεῖνον ἐν φυγαῖς, οὐκ ἐν τῷ ἀποκτείνειν δέ. ⁴τὸ μή ἀντὶ τοῦ οὔ. —T³

TRANSLATION: Those who write ‘antapokteinein’ do not understand meter. Therefore write ‘apokteinein’ and explain (it as follows): ‘they made pure and they cleansed that man with exile, not by putting him to death’. The negative ‘mē’ is used for the negative ‘ou’.

LEMMA: in text ἀποκτείνειν in erasure T^t POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: faint and damaged, very light ink; restored from Ta

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.154,6–8; de Fav. 55

Or. 516.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨αἰεὶ γὰρ εἷς ἔμελλεν ἕξεσθαι φόνῳ⟩: αἰεὶ γὰρ εἷς ἄνθρωπος ἔμελλεν ἐνέξεσθαι, ἤγουν ἔνοχος ἔσεσθαι, τοῦ φονευθῆναι. —X

TRANSLATION: For always a single individual was going to be ‘held within’, that is, be subject to, being killed.

Or. 516.05 (rec exeg) ⟨εἷς⟩: ὁ μηκέτι ἔχων μεθ’ αὑτὸν ἄλλον —O

TRANSLATION: (‘One man’ means) ‘the one who no longer has after him another man’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 516.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἕξεσθαι φόνῳ⟩: ἐνέξεσθαι, ἤγουν ἔνοχος ἔσεσθαι τοῦ φονευθῆναι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrCr²Ox

TRANSLATION: (‘Going to be held’ means) ‘going to be held liable’, that is, (the phrase ‘going to be held by murder’ means) ‘going to be liable to be murdered’.

POSITION: s.l. except XYf, marg. T, first word s.l., rest in marg. Xo

Or. 516.11 (vet exeg) ⟨ἕξεσθαι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνέχεσθαι —MBCMnPr

TRANSLATION: (‘Going to be held’ is) used for ‘to be held liable’.

LEMMA: (ἔμελλεν) ἕξεσθαι in text (ἔξεσθαι MC) POSITION: s.l. except marg. B

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C, ἀντὶ τοῦ om. MnPr | ἐνέχεσθαι] ἀνέχεσθαι C; ἐνέχεσθαι perhaps a corruption of ἐνέξεσθαι

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.156,5; Dind. II.154,20–21

Or. 516.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἕξεσθαι⟩: ἐνέξεσθαι, ἔνοχος εἶναι —K

TRANSLATION: (‘Going to be held’ means) ‘going to be held liable’, ‘to be liable’.

LEMMA: (ἔμελλεν) ἔξεσθαι in text K POSITION: s.l.

Or. 516.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ἕξεσθαι⟩: κρατηθήσεσθαι ἢ ἅψεσθαι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘hexesthai’ means either, as passive,) ‘going to be held’ or (as middle) ‘cling to, touch upon’.

LEMMA: (ἔμελλεν) ἕξεσθαι in text all POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἅψ. ἢ κρατ. transp. Za | κεκτηθήσεσθαι Z | ἅψασθαι ZZaT, a.c. Zm (cf. sch. 516–21–22)

COMMENT: Both senses are to be found in the glosses that follow, and note also the view in sch. 516.24–25 that ἕξεσθαι φόνῳ can be interpreted as ἕξεσθαι φόνου.

Or. 516.24 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἕξεσθαι⟩: γενικῇ —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Echomai’, ‘cling to’, is normally construed) with the genitive case.

LEMMA: (ἔμελλεν) ἕξεσθαι in text B POSITION: s.l.

Or. 517.01 (vet exeg) τὸ λοίσθιον μίασμα: ¹τὸ ἔσχατον, τὸ ⟨μὴ⟩ ἀφ’ ἑτέρου εἰς ἕτερον διαβαῖνον. ²Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 23.536] ‘λοῖσθος ἀνὴρ ὥριστοςʼ. ³εἷς δὲ, φησὶν, ὁ πρὸς τῷ τέλει ἤμελλεν εἶναι μεμιασμένος, ὁ ὕστατος, ὁ μηκέτι ἔχων ἕτερον μεθ’ ἑαυτόν. ⁴οἷον εἷς ἕνα φονεύει κατὰ διαδοχὴν, καὶ οὐδείς ἐστι μύσους αἴτιος, ἐν ὅσῳ φονεύεσθαι μέλλει, εἰ μὴ εἷς. ⁵ἐκεῖνος μέντοι ὁ μὴ φονευθησόμενος μεμιασμένος ἐστὶν, ὁ πρὸς τῷ τέλει. —MBVCR^bRw, partial MlMnPrSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Loisthion’ means) ‘the last (in a series)’, that which does not transition from one to another. Homer: ‘The best man (is driving his horses in) last.’ Alone, he says, the one at the end was destined to be polluted, the last one, the one who no longer has another after himself. That is, one man kills another man in succession, and nobody is a cause of pollution (to others), inasmuch as he is going to be killed, except one man. That man, however, the one who is not going to be killed, is polluted, the one at the end (of the series).

LEMMA: MVCRw, τὸ λοίσθιον MlMnPrR^bSSa REF. SYMBOL: MVMlR^bSa POSITION: intermarg. B; punct. and rubr. as if new notes begin with 3 εἷς and 4 ἐν ὅσῳ Sa

APP. CRIT.: 1 ⟨μὴ⟩ suppl. Schw. | μεταβαῖνον MlMn(‑νων)PrS(μετὰ)R^b | 2 καὶ ὅμ. MlMnPrR^bS | after ὥρ. add. ἐλαύνει μώνυχας ἵππους Ml(ἐλαύνη)MnPrR^bS(μώνυχε) | ἄριστος Rw | 3 εἷς] εἰς ὃν V, οἷς S | ὁ πρὸς τῷ] ὃς πρὸς τῷ MlPrSSa, ὡς πρὸς τῷ Rw, ὃς προσεῶ Mn | τῷ τέλει] τότ() R^b | ἔμελλεν BPrRwS, a.c. Ml, om. Sa | second ὁ om. BVMlMnPrR^bRwSSa | ὕστατος] Schw., ὕστερος all except ὕστερον Ml | ἕτερον μεθ’ ἑαυτόν] ὕστερον μεθ’ ἑαυτόν C, μεθ’ ἑαυτόν ἄλλον BRw | 4 first εἷς] Barnes, εἰς all | φονεύει] Schw., φονέα all (φόνα Ml, φων[1–2] Mn) | κατὰ] καὶ R^b, ἡ κατὰ app. Ml | μύσους … μέλλει om. Rw | μίσει Sa, μίσους PrS, app. Mn (damage) | 4–5 ἐν ὅσῳ κτλ om. MlMnPrSSa | 4 ἐν ᾦ σωφρονεύεσθαι M, ἐν ὧ σωφρονίζεσθαι C, ἐν ᾧ φονεύεσθαι B | εἰ μὴ εἷς om. VR^b | 5 φονευσόμενος Rw | ὁ πρὸς τῶ τέλει add. in blank space V¹

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.156,6–11; Dind. II.154,22–155,3

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 517.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸ λοίσθιον … χεροῖν⟩: τὸ ἔσχατον μίασμα λαμβάνων διὰ τῶν χειρῶν, ἤγουν ἔσχατος φονεύων —XXaXbXoTYYfGr, partial G

TRANSLATION: Taking the final pollution by his hands, or being the last to kill.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGGr

APP. CRIT.: τὸ … λαμβάνων om. G | μίασμα] νόμισμα a.c. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.155,3–5

COMMENT: Moschopulus implicitly rejects the convoluted explanation of the older scholion (prev.).

Or. 517.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ λοίσθιον⟩: τὸ ⟨μὴ⟩ ἀφ’ ἑτέρου εἰς ἕτερον μεταβαῖνον —OMlMnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (‘Loisthion’ means) ‘the one that does not transition from one to another’.

POSITION: s.l. MlMnPrS, marg. R

APP. CRIT.: ⟨μὴ⟩] suppl. Schw. in 517.01 | ἀφ’ ἑτέρου] ἐφἕτεροις Mn | μεταβαῖνον] O, om. others

Or. 517.07 (rec exeg) ⟨μίασμα λαμβάνων⟩: ὡς μύσους αἴτιος —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Taking pollution’) as being responsible for impurity.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μίσους O

Or. 517.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λαμβάνων χεροῖν⟩: τιμωρῶν διὰ τῶν χερῶν —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐτιμώρων Y²

Or. 517.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χερός⟩: χεροῖν —AbPrRSSa^r

TRANSLATION: (For genitive singular ‘cheros’, ‘of hand’, there is a variant reading, genitive/dative dual) ‘cheroin’ (‘of/by hands’).

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. prep. Pr

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 518.01 (tri rhet) γνώμη —T

TRANSLATION: General statement.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 518.04 (tri metr) ⟨μισῶ⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 519.14 (rec exeg) ⟨κατέκτεινε⟩: περισσὸν —Mn

TRANSLATION: (The prefix ‘kata’ of the compound verb is) superfluous.

LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This is the likely meaning, but usually a prefix (πρόθεσις) is declared redundant with feminine περισσή. Another example of the neuter occurs in sch. 729.20.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 520.01 (rec gram) ⟨Ἑλένην⟩: Ἑλένη ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑλεῖν καὶ προκρῖναι, ἐπαρεῖν, ἕνα ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν. —MnPr

TRANSLATION: (The name) ‘Helen’ is derived from the idea of ‘taking’ (‘helein’), that is, choosing by preference, taking (as husband), one of the Achaeans.

POSITION: marg. Pr, pos. after sch. 485.17 on 23r (two pages earlier, with lines 470–484) Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐλένη Mn | ελεῖν Mn | προκρίναι Mn | αχεῶν Mn

COMMENT: ἐπαρεῖν (often accented ἐπάρειν) does not have a future sense in Byzantine vernacular, and often means ‘take, receive’ rather than retaining the classical meaning of ‘raising up’ (although the latter sense is not impossible here).

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 520.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τε⟩: γρ. δὲ. —ZT

TRANSLATION: (For ‘te’, ‘and’,) the reading ‘de’ (‘and/but’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. T

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 521.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨ζηλῶ⟩: ¹ζηλῶ τὸ μακαρίζω. ²ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπαινῶ. ³ἐπεὶ γὰρ πλησιάζουσιν ἀλλήλοις τρόπον τινὰ τὸ ἐπαινεῖν καὶ τὸ μακαρίζειν, οὐκ ὀκνεῖ λαμβάνειν τὸ ἕτερον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘Zēlō’ (means) ‘count happy’ (‘makarizō’). But here (it is) used for ‘praise’. Since praising and counting happy are in a way close to each other, he (the poet) does not hesitate to use the one (verb) in place of the other.

APP. CRIT.: some damage in T | 3 λαμβάνει Y | τοῦ om. TYf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.155,12–14

Or. 522.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐλθόνθ’⟩: γρ. ἐλθὼν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For accusative participle ‘elthont’ ’, ‘having gone’,) the reading (nominative) ‘elthōn’ is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 522.06 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς⟩: ἐς —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘eis’, ‘to’, there is a variant, the alternative spelling) ‘es’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 523.01 (rec rhet) ἀντίστασις —V³Rw^rSY²

TRANSLATION: Antistasis (argument appealing to the greater good of what the speaker espouses).

POSITION: marg. Rw^rY², s.l. V³S

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστασις

Or. 523.02 (pllgn rhet) ἀντίστασις· ἀνθίσταται γὰρ ὡς ὑπὲρ τοῦ νόμου ἀξιοῖ φονευθῆναι τὸν Ὀρἐστην. —G

TRANSLATION: Antistasis. For he (Tyndareus) makes the comparative argument that he thinks it right that Orestes be killed in the interest of the law.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστασις

Or. 523.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀμύνω δ’ … τῷ νόμῳ⟩: ¹ἐπειδὴ γὰρ νόμος ἦν μὴ δι’ ἑτέρου φόνου φόνον κολάζειν, ἀλλὰ φυγῇ, ²οὗτος δὲ παραβὰς τὸν νόμον ἀπέκτεινε τὴν μητέρα τὸν ἴδιον ἄνδρα φονεύσασαν, ³ἀμύνω καὶ βοηθῶ αὐτὸς τῷ παραβαθέντι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ νόμῳ. ⁴ἐξ ὧν γὰρ ἐθέλω τοῦτον τιμωρηθῆναι, παύω τοὺς ἄλλους τῶν ἴσων. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For, because there was a law (ordering) not to punish a killing by another killing, but by exile, and this man (Orestes) contravened the law and killed his mother after she had murdered her own husband, I myself defend and bring aid to the law that was contravened by him. For by the punishment I wish to be applied to him, I am deterring the others from the same course of action.

LEMMA: ἀμύνω in text all except Gr, p.c. T^t REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZmT

APP. CRIT.: 1 φόνον] om. ZbZlZmGu, τοὺς φονεῖς T | 2 αὐτοῦ add. before μητέρα Zl | 3 ἀμυνῶ καὶ βοηθήσω T | παραβαθέντι] παραβάντι T (Gu began to write this, but corrected self) | 4 γὰρ] τὰ Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.155,15–19

Or. 523.05 (tri exeg) ⟨ἀμυνῶ⟩: ¹οὐ χρὴ ἀμύνω γράφειν ἐπὶ ἐνεστῶτος (μακρὰ γάρ ἐστιν ἐπὶ ἐνεστῶτος τὰ διὰ τοῦ υνω ῥήματα), ἀλλ’ ἀμυνῶ ἐπὶ μέλλοντος· ²οὕτω γὰρ ἁρμόζει τῷ μέτρῳ. ³ὁ γὰρ μέλλων τῆς πέμπτης συζυγίας τῶν βαρυτόνων τὰ ἀμετάβολα, φησὶ, τηρεῖ μετὰ συστολῆς τῆς παραληγούσης καὶ περισπωμένου τόνου. —T³

TRANSLATION: One should not write ‘amúnō’ in the present tense—for in the present verbs ending in ‘‑unō’ have long upsilon)—, but ‘amunô’ in the future. For in this way it fits the meter. For, he (Theodosius?) says, the future of the fifth conjugation of the uncontracted verbs preserves the liquid or nasal consonant with shortening of the (vowel in the) penultimate syllable and with circumflex accent on the final syllable.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

APP. CRIT.: 3 φησὶ] Ta [T], φασὶ Dindorf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.155,19–24; de Fav. 55

COMMENT: See Theodosius, Canones isagogici de flexione verborum, Gram.Gr. 4:1.53,8–9 ἡ πέμπτη τὰ ἀμετάβολα τηρεῖ μετὰ συστολῆς τῆς παραληγούσης καὶ περισπωμένου τόνου, σπείρω σπερῶ, ψάλλω ψαλῶ, repeated several times in Choeroboschus’s scholia; cf. Sch. Tricl. Aesch. Pe. 795bis Massa Positano ‘ἄρωμεν’ χρὴ γράφειν ἐπὶ ἀορίστου, οὐκ ‘ἀροῦμεν’ ἐπὶ μέλλοντος· ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀόριστος μακρᾷ παραλήγεται, ὁ δὲ μέλλων τῆς πέμπτης συζυγίας τὰ ἀμετάβολα τηρεῖ, φησί, συστολῇ τῆς παραληγούσης· ἐν ἄλλοις δὲ ἡμῖν σαφέστερον περὶ τούτων εἴρηται. The occurrence of φησί in the latter as well as here suggests that it may be original, denoting a reference to one widely used and respected source.

KEYWORDS: Triclinius, justifying choice between variants

Or. 523.10 (rec gram) ⟨ἀμύνω⟩: βοηθῶ δοτικῇ, τὸ δὲ τιμωρῶ αἰτιατικῇ. —Mn²

TRANSLATION: (‘Amunō’) in the sense ‘I bring aid’ (is construed) with dative, but in the sense ‘I punish/avenge’ with accusative.

LEMMA: in text ἀμυνω with no accent (and diaeresis over nu instead of upsilon) Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 524.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ θηριῶδες τοῦτο καὶ μιαιφόνον⟩: τὴν θηριωδίαν ταύτην καὶ τὴν μιαιφονίαν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ταύτην καὶ τὴν om. Zc (spaced as two glosses) | second τὴν om. XoGGr | ἣν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ὀρέστης add. Y²

Or. 524.02 (vet exeg) τὸ θηριῶδες τοῦτο: ¹τοῦτο διὰ τὸ λεγόμενον περὶ τῶν ἐχιδνῶν ὅτι μετὰ τὴν συνουσίαν φονεύει τὸν ἄρρενα ἡ ἔχιδνα, ²οἱ δὲ γεννώμενοι, ὥσπερ τιμωρούμενοι τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς φόνον, διατρήσαντες τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς καὶ φονεύσαντες αὐτὴν γεννῶνται ὡς Νίκανδρος ἐν τοῖς Θηριακοῖς [130–134]. ³οἷς ὅμοιόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ κατ’ Ὀρέστην καὶ Κλυταιμνήστραν γενόμενον. —MBVC, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: (‘This beastlike aspect’:) This (is said) because of what is said about vipers, that after intercourse the female viper kills the male, and the children who are being born, as if avenging the murder of their father, are born by boring through the abdomen of the mother and killing her, in the way Nicander (describes) in his Theriaka. What happened with Orestes and Clytemnestra is also similar to them (the vipers).

LEMMA: MVC, τὸ θηριῶδες τοῦτο καὶ μιαιφό() B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἄρσενα C | 3 ὅμοιον ἐστὶ Rw | κατὰ BRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.156,12–17; Dind. II.155,25–156,3

COMMENT: Nicander, Ther. 130–134 ἡνίκα θορνυμένου ἔχιος θολερῷ κυνόδοντι / θουρὰς ἀμὺξ ἐμφῦσα κάρην ἀπέκοψεν ὁμεύνου· / οἱ δὲ πατρὸς λώβην μετεκίαθον αὐτίκα τυτθοί / γεινόμενοι ἐχιῆες, ἐπεὶ διὰ μητρὸς ἀραιήν / γαστέρ’ ἀναβρώσαντες ἀμήτορες ἐξεγένοντο.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Nicander

Or. 524.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ θηριῶδες τοῦτο⟩: ¹ἰστέον ὅτι κατὰ τὴν συνουσίαν φονεύει τὸν ἄρσενα ἡ ἐχίδνα, ²οἱ δὲ γενησόμενοι ὥσπερ τιμωρούμενοι τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς φόνον, ῥήσσουσι τὴν τῆς μητρὸς κοιλίαν ³καὶ φονεύσαντες αὐτὴν, ὡς φησὶ Νίκανδρος, γεννῶνται. ⁴τοιοῦτον οὖν ἐστι καὶ τὸ κατὰ Ὀρέστην καὶ Κλυταιμνήστρην. —ZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: One should know that during intercourse the female viper kills the male, and the children that are to be born, as if avenging the murder of their father, shred the abdomen of their mother and are born by killing her, as Nicander says. Such, then, is also the situation with Orestes and Clytemnestra.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl, app. Zm

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἰστέον] θηριῶδες λέγ() καὶ μιαιφόνον Zl | τὴν om. Zb | after ἐχίδνα add. ὡς φασιν Zl | 2 γεννησόμενοι Zl | 3 αὐτὴν γεννῶνται καθὰ φησὶ νίκανδρος transp. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἄρρενα ZlZm, ἄρενα Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.155,25 app.

KEYWORDS: Nicander

Or. 524.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θηριῶδες τοῦτο⟩: ὅτι καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐχίδνης λέγεται ὅμοιον, τοὺς γεννωμένους βοηθεῖν τῷ πατρί. —O

TRANSLATION: (‘This beastlike aspect’:) Because a similar thing is said of the viper, that those being born come to the defense of their father.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: γενωμένους O, second ν add. s.l.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer

Or. 524.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θηριῶδες τοῦτο⟩: τὸ φονεύειν τοὺς φονεῖς ἢ τὸ φονεῦσαι τὸν Ὀρέστην τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ. —Sa^r

TRANSLATION: (‘This beastlike aspect’ means) killing killers (in general), or that Orestes killed his mother.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 524.06 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ θηριῶδες τοῦτο⟩: ἤγουν τὸ τοὺς υἱοὺς φονεύειν τὰς μητέρας ὥσπερ τὰς ἐχίδνας τὰ οἰκεῖα τέκνα. —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘This beastlike aspect’ means) that sons kill mothers just as vipers’ own children kill vipers.

POSITION: s.l. Zm, marg. Gu

Or. 525.10 (tri metr) ⟨ὄλλυσ’⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 526.01 (rec rhet) ⟨ἐπεὶ τίν’ εἶχες … ψυχὴν τότε⟩: ἐκβολὴ ἐλέους καὶ εἰσβολὴ ἐλέους —MnPr, partial V³GGu

TRANSLATION: Explosion (of expression) of pity and injection of pity.

POSITION: marg. Mn(at 527)PrG, s.l. Gu(at 527)V³

APP. CRIT.: first ἐλέους] ἐλέου G | καὶ εἰσβ. ἐλέους om. V³GGu | second ἐλέους om. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: εἰσβολῆ Mn

KEYWORDS: εἰσβολή/ἐκβολή

Or. 526.02 (rec rhet) ⟨ἐπεὶ τίν’ εἶχες … ψυχὴν τότε⟩: εἰσβολὴ ἐκβολὴ —Rf^rB^3b

TRANSLATION: Injection and explosion (of expression of pity).

POSITION: s.l. Rf^r, marg. B^3b

COLLATION NOTES: very faint in Rf, hand uncertain B

KEYWORDS: εἰσβολή/ἐκβολή

Or. 526.03 (pllgn rhet) ⟨ἐπεὶ τίν’ εἶχες … ψυχὴν τότε⟩: ἐλέους εἰσβολὴ, πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην —Y²Zm

TRANSLATION: Injection (of expression) of pity.

POSITION: s.l. Y², intermarg. Zm

APP. CRIT.: πρὸς τ. ὀρ. om. Y²

KEYWORDS: εἰσβολή/ἐκβολή | addressee identified

Or. 526.04 (tri rhet) ⟨ἐπεὶ τίν’ εἶχες … ψυχὴν τότε⟩: ἐνθύμημα ἐνστατικὸν —T

TRANSLATION: An enthymeme expressing an objection.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Perhaps the term indicates that these lines are viewed as an objection to the possible reply (of Menelaus or Orestes) that Orestes’ deed was not bestial.

KEYWORDS: ἐνθύμημα | ἔνστασις

Or. 526.05 (vet exeg) ἐπεὶ τίν’ εἶχες, ὦ τάλας, ψυχὴν τότε: ἰδίως ⟨δια⟩λέγεται πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ περὶ τούτου πρὸ ὀλίγων ἐγκαλῶν Μενελάῳ. —MC

TRANSLATION: He (Tyndareus) who shortly before criticized Menelaus for this (same) act converses with him (Orestes) as an individual.

LEMMA: M POSITION: marg. C

APP. CRIT.: ⟨δια⟩λέγεται] from B version (next)

APP. CRIT. 2: ὁλίγων M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.156,18–20

COMMENT: In Release 2 the translation of ἰδίως was ‘in a peculiar (inconsistent) manner’, with a reference to sch. 771.03 for ἰδίως used of the peculiar behavior of the speaker, and to sch. 1075.01–02 for the implication of inconsistency ascribed to the poet (see also Meijering 1987: 230). In view of the scholion quoted in the comment on the next, however, it is more likely that ἰδίως is not here marking peculiarity or inconsistency, even though this is conveyed by the rest of the scholion. The translation here has accordingly been changed.

KEYWORDS: ἰδίως | addressee identified

Or. 526.06 (vet exeg) ἐπεὶ τίν’ εἶχες, ὦ τάλας: ἰδίως ἀπέστρεψε τὸν λόγον καὶ διαλέγεται πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ περὶ τούτου πρὸ ὀλίγου ἐγκαλῶν Μενελάῳ. —B

TRANSLATION: He (Tyndareus) turned to address (Orestes) as an individual, and he who shortly before criticized Menelaus for (doing) this (now) converses with him.

LEMMA: B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.156,18–20; Dind. II.156,8–10

COMMENT: For the translation of ἰδίως as ‘individually’ or ‘as an individual’, compare Sch. Med. 1273a Dovico τοῦτο πρὸς ἀλλήλας αἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ φασι κατ ̓ ἐρώτησιν· τὸ δὲ ‘ὦ κακοτυχὲς γύναι’ ἰδίως πρὸς τὴν Μήδειαν ἀναπεφώνηται. τὸ δὲ ‘παρέλθω δόμους’ πάλιν πρὸς ἀλλήλας κατ’ ἐρώτησιν· τὸ δὲ ‘ἀρῆξαι φόνον δοκεῖ μοι τέκνοις’ κατὰ ἀπόφασιν.

KEYWORDS: ἰδίως | addressee identified | apostrophe | staging, delivery of lines

Or. 526.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπεὶ τίν’ εἶχες, ὦ τάλας⟩: ἰδίως διαλέγεται πρὸς αὐτὸν. —V³Y²

TRANSLATION: He (Tyndareus) converses with him (Orestes) as an individual.

POSITION: s.l. V³, marg. Y²

APP. CRIT.: ἢ prep. V³ (as if cont. from next of V) | πρὸς αὐτὸν om. Y²

KEYWORDS: ἰδίως

Or. 526.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπεὶ τίν’ εἶχες⟩: ἀποστροφὴ τὸ σχῆμα, πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην. —VAbRf²Xo²Gu

TRANSLATION: The schema is apostrophe, (namely,) to Orestes.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Rf²

APP. CRIT.: ἀντιστροφὴ Ab | τὸ σχῆμα om. AbXo² | πρὸς τὸν ὀρ. om. Rf²Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.156,8

KEYWORDS: addressee identified | apostrophe

Or. 526.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπεὶ τίν’ εἶχες⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὁ λόγος. —C²MlMnPrRSa^rSZc

TRANSLATION: The utterance (is addressed) to Orestes.

POSITION: marg. except s.l. SSa^rZc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.156,8 app.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 526.10 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἐπεὶ τίν’ εἶχες⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρεστην ἀποστρέφεται. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGu

TRANSLATION: He turns to direct address of Orestes.

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. TYf

KEYWORDS: addressee identified | apostrophe

Or. 526.11 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐπεί τίν᾽ εἶχες⟩: εἰ μὴ θηριώδης ἦσθα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: If you were not bestial, (what did you feel?)

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 527.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅτ’ ἐξέβαλλε μαστὸν⟩: ¹τόδε οὐχ ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ Τυνδαρέου ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας· ²ἐκείνη γὰρ ἐξέβαλε τὸν μαστὸν δι’ οὗ ἤλπιζε θηράσασθαι τὸν ἔλεον. —V³Y²

TRANSLATION: This (is said) not as if from (the point of view of) Tyndareus, but rather from (that of) Clytemnestra; for she is the one who exposed her breast, through which she was hoping to capture his pity.

POSITION: s.l. V³, marg. Y²

APP. CRIT.: 1 τόδε] δὲ (sic) V³ | 2 ἐκείνη] αὕτη Y²

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὐχ’ V³

Or. 527.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξέβαλε⟩: γρ. ἐξέτεινε. —PrRG²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘exebale’, ‘she threw out’,) the reading ‘she extended’ (‘exeteine’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text PrR, ‑βαλλε G POSITION: s.l. PrG, marg. R²

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. G²

COLLATION NOTES: In G the shade of ink does not match the usual red for glosses, and the script is larger, but the hand is the same, so this appears to be a later addition.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 528.07 (tri metr) ⟨τἀκεῖ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 529.01 (vet exeg) δακρύοις γέροντ’ ὀφθαλμὸν: ¹καίπερ, φησὶν, ἐγὼ μὴ γενόμενος θεατὴς τῶν κακῶν τούτων ὅμως δακρύω, ²σὺ δὲ θαυμαστὸς τῆς ἀπηνείας ὁ καὶ πρὸς τὴν θέαν ἀντισχών. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa, partial O

TRANSLATION: Even though, he says, I was not an eye-witness of those evils, nevertheless I cry, but you are amazing for your cruelty, you who in fact held up against the sight.

LEMMA: M, 528 μήτηρ ἐγώ V,528 μήτηρ R^b, 528 ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἰδὼν Rw REF. SYMBOL: MMlMn, to 528 VR^b POSITION: marg. B

APP. CRIT. 2: φησιν Ml | ὃ καὶ Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.156,21–23; Dind. II.156,11–13

COLLATION NOTES: Dindorf printed μηδὲ γενόμενος as if in B, and Schwartz records ‘μὴ δὲ B’ in his apparatus. But there is damage here, and after a legible μὴ no more can be seen either on the old Turyn photo or the current gallica.fr image. Check original B.

Or. 530.01 (tri rhet) ἐπενθύμημα —T

TRANSLATION: Reinforcing enthymeme.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἐπενθύμημα

Or. 530.02 (vet paraphr) ἓν οὖν λόγοισι τοῖς ἐμοῖς: ὅ ἐστι· κεφάλαιον ἔχω προσθεῖναι τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις. —MCRw

TRANSLATION: Which is to say, I have a point to add to my arguments.

LEMMA: M, ὁμορροθεῖ Rw

APP. CRIT.: lost to damage except προσθεῖναι (sic) τοῖς ἐμοῖς Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.156,24–25; Dind. II.156,14–15

Or. 530.03 (vet paraphr) ἓν οὖν λόγοισι τοῖς ἐμοῖς ὁμορροθεῖ: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἓν ἔχω προσθεῖναι κεφάλαιον τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις. —B

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘I have one point to add to my arguments’.

LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.156,24–25 app.; Dind. II.156,14 app.

Or. 530.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λόγοισι τοῖς ἐμοῖς⟩: δηλονότι ὅτι ἐγὼ φημὶ σὲ ἀδίκως πρᾶξαι —Lp

TRANSLATION: (‘My arguments’,) namely, that I say you acted unjustly.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.156,20–21

Or. 530.07 (thom paraphr) ⟨λόγοισι τοῖς ἐμοῖς⟩: οἷς νῦν κατὰ σοῦ χρῶμαι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: νῦν] om. Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.156,18

Or. 530.09 (vet exeg) ὁμορροθεῖ: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀκολουθεῖ καὶ συμφωνεῖ. ²θέλει δὲ εἰπεῖν ὅτι τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις ἐκεῖνο τὸ κεφάλαιον ἔχω προσθεῖναι, τὸ ὑπὸ θεῶν σε μισεῖσθαι πλανώμενον. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Homorrhothei’—etymologically, ‘roars (like waves) in unison’—is) used in the sense ‘accompanies and agrees’. He means to say that to my arguments I can add this point, that you are hated by the gods, in that you are straying (in your wits).

LEMMA: MVMlMnPrR^bS(μορροθεῖ)Sa, ἄλλως· ὁμορροθεῖ C, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως· ἐν οὖν λόγοισι τοῖς ἐμοῖς ὁμορροθεῖ Rw REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^bSa POSITION: cont. from sch. 530.03 B, cont. from sch. 530.02 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀκολουθεὶ Mn | 2 κεφαλὴν Ml | πρὸς θείναι Mn | πλανόμενον app. Ml, a.c. Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,1–3; Dind. II.156,15–17

Or. 530.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὁμορροθεῖ⟩: συνᾴδει καὶ ἀποφαίνει τούτους εὐλόγους. —ZZaZlZmZbTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Homorrhothei’ means) ‘sings in agreement with and declares these (arguments) persuasive’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. Zb | ὑποφ‑ ZbZl | τούτους εὐλ.] τ[ Zl (damage)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.156,19–20

Or. 531.05 (tri metr) ⟨θεῶν⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 532.12 (532–533) (rec exeg) τί μαρτύρων: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ δεῖ με πλείονας ζητεῖν μάρτυρας· ²αὐτὰ δυνατὸν καθορᾶν τὰ πράγματα. —VMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘there is no need for me to seek more witnesses: it is possible to see clearly the events themselves’.

REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^bSa POSITION: follows sch. 551.13 Rw

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὰ] μὴ αὐτὰ Sa, αὐτοῖς Rw, αὐτᾶ Ml | καθορᾶν] transp. to end MnPr, misreported as ὁρᾶν by Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2: καθ’ὁρᾶν Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,4–5; Dind. II.157,1–2;

Or. 532.13 (532–533) (thom exeg) ⟨τί μαρτύρων⟩: ¹τουτέστιν οὐ δεῖ με ζητεῖν μάρτυρας τοῦ μισεῖσθαί σε παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ὡς ἀνόσια δεδρακότα· ²βλέπω γάρ σε μαινόμενον, ὅπερ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ἐπιόν σοι δείκνυσι πᾶσιν, ³ὡς, εἰ μὴ κακὸν εἰργάσω, οὐκ ἂν εἰς τοιαύτην δυστυχίαν ἐνέπεσες. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, it is not necessary for me to seek witnesses for the fact that you are hated by the gods as one who has done impious deeds. For I see you suffering madness, a thing which, in coming upon you from the gods, makes clear to all that if you had not done evil, you would not have fallen into such misfortune.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀνόσια] ἄνομα Za | 2 περὶ Z | 3 κακὸν] μακρὸν Zb | ἐνέπεσας ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μισεῖσθαι σε ZaZmT, probably Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.157,2–6

Or. 533.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄλλων ἀκούειν⟩: Ἀττικὸν —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Attic (idiom).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The ‘Attic’ feature could be ἀκούειν used instead of ἀκούεσθαι (the infinitive being taken as epexegetic rather than directly with δεῖ) or the bare genitive with ἀκούω.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 533.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἅ γ’ εἰσορᾶν πάρα⟩: αὐτὰ τὰ πράγματα πάρεστιν εἰσορᾶν. —AbMlMnPrRS

REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: πάρην (sic) Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: εἰσὀρᾶν (sic) Ml, ἰσορᾶν Mn

Or. 534.01 (tri rhet) ἐπίλογος —T

TRANSLATION: Epilogue.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἐπίλογος

Or. 534.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς οὖν ἂν εἴδῃς⟩: Ἀττικὸν —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Attic (idiom).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The Attic feature is apparently the inclusion of ἂν in the purpose clause. Alternatively, it could refer to the non-standard word order οὖν ἂν (see on sch. 534.04) as artificial or literary.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 534.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὡς οὖν ἂν εἴδῃς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἵνα οὖν μάθῃς. —MBOC

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘in order, then, that you may learn’.

POSITION: marg. MBO, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. O, τοῦ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,6; Dind. II.157,7

Or. 534.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς οὖν ἂν εἴδῃς⟩: ὡς ἂν οὖν εἰδῇς —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ὡς οὖν ἂν a.c. Yf | εἰδῇς om. G

COMMENT: Whereas in other junctures (esp. with interrogatives) both the orders οὖν ἂν and ἂν οὖν are found, ὡς ἂν οὖν is the normal order and ὡς οὖν ἂν is attested only here in Or., Phoen. 997, and IA 1425. Perhaps ὡς ἂν was felt to cohere like ὅταν, ἐπειδὰν.

Or. 534.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰδῇς⟩: γνωρίσῃς ὅτι δίκαιόν ἐστι φονευθῆναι —G

TRANSLATION: (‘You may know’, that is,) ‘you may recognize that it is just that he (Orestes) be killed’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 534.08 (thom paraphr) ⟨εἰδῇς⟩: γνωρίσεις τοῦτο ὃ λέξω —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 535.05 (tri exeg) ⟨τοῦτον⟩: γρ. αὐτόν. —T

TRANSLATION: (For ‘this man’) the reading ‘him’ (‘auton’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: αὐτὸν is in the text in Moschopulean witnesses XXaXbXoYGr.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 536.03 (tri metr) ⟨ἔα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 537.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἢ⟩: εἰ μὴ ποιήσεις τοῦτο δηλονότι —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 537.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἢ⟩: ἐὰν οὐδὲν ποιήσῃς ὅπερ σοι λέγω —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ποιήσεις a.c. B^3a

Or. 537.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Σπαρτιάτιδος χθονός⟩: ἣν αὐτός σε κηδεύσας εἰς προῖκα ἔδωκα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Spartan land’) which I myself gave as dowry when I made the marriage-connection with you.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δέδωκα ZZa [Zl lost to damage]

APP. CRIT. 2: ἢν Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.157,17–18

Or. 537.11 (mosch exeg) Σπαρτιάτιδος: ¹Σπάρτη ἡ προηγουμένη πόλις τῆς Λακεδαιμονίας. ²ὁ ἀπὸ ταύτης Σπαρτιάτης, καὶ ἐπὶ θηλυκοῦ ἡ Σπαρτιᾶτις διὰ τοῦ ι̅, ὃ κλίνεται τῆς Σπαρτιάτιδος. ³σπάρτον δὲ τὸ σχοινίον, ὡς παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Il. 2.135] ‘σπάρτα λέλυνται’ καὶ ἡ σπάρτος ἐπὶ θηλυκοῦ. ⁴ἀφ’ οὗ τὸ ‘κόσμει ἃν ἔλαχες σπάρτον’ καὶ ‘τὴν λίθον ποτὶ τὰν σπάρτον’. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGG

TRANSLATION: Sparta is the leading city of Lacedaemonia. The person from this city (is called) Spartiatēs, and in the feminine Spartiatis spelled with iota, which is declined from (genitive) Spartiatidos. ‘Sparton’ is a rope, as in Homer ‘the cables have rotted’, and ‘spartos’ in a feminine form. From the latter (come) ‘manage the rope you have been assigned’ and ‘the (building-)stone to the (measuring-)cord’.

LEMMA: G

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 σπαρτιᾶτις] ‑ιάτις all | 3 σχονίον Yf | 4 ἂν Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.157,12–17

COMMENT: The first anonymous quotation is apparently a corruption (unattested elsewhere) of the proverb κόσμει ἣν ἔλαχες Σπάρταν (or κόσμει τὰν ἔλαχες Σπάρταν, or similar wording), based on, or also reflected in, a famous quotation from Eur. Telephus, TrGF fr. 723 Kannicht Σπάρτην ἔλαχες, κείνην κόσμει· / τὰς δὲ Μυκήνας ἡμεῖς ἰδίᾳ, which generated the proverbial phrases noted by Kannicht TrGF and Nauck TGF on this fragment. It is possible that Moschopulus himself intended Σπάρταν, but if σπάρτον misrepresents his view, it had already penetrated an early written copy that strongly influenced the tradition, and even Triclinius did not see any objection to it. | Variations on the second phrase are found in Sch. Ap. Rhof. 3.322 (p. 230,1–2 Wendel: τὸν λίθον ποτὶ τὰν σπάρτον ἄγοντας), Greg. Naz. epistulae 38.3 (τὸν λίθον ποτὶ τὰν σπάρταν ἄγων), Basil. de legendis gentilium libris 4,54 (τὸν λίθον ποτὶ τὰν σπάρτον ἄγοντας), and Joannes Chrysost. PG 61.300,2 (πρὸς τὴν σπάρτην τὸν λίθον ἄγει) and much later in Manuel II Palaeologus, Dialogi cum mahometano 17, 234,34 (ποτὶ τὰν σπάρτον τὰν λίθον) and Mantissa proverb. cent. 3,15 [Paroem. Gr. II.775 Leutsch] (τὸν λίθον πρὸς τὴν σπάρτην κατὰ τὴν Δωρικὴν παροιμίαν ἄγοντες). From their use of it in connection with sound building practice, it seems to refer to positioning stones to fit the precise measurement offered by a measuring-line. From knowledge of one or more of these sources, Arsenius supplied the verb ἄγει at the end of this scholion, and it has appeared thus in all printed editions.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | παροιμία

Or. 537.14 (tri metr) ⟨Σπαρτιάτιδος⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

Or. 538.01 (vet exeg) θυγάτηρ δ’ ἐμὴ θανοῦσ’ ἔπραξεν: ¹ἔπαθε μὲν δίκαια, καθὸ ἀπέθανε καὶ δικαίαν τιμωρίαν δέδωκε· ²καθὸ δὲ ὑπὸ τούτου ἀπέθανεν, ἠδίκηται. —MBVCMlPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: She suffered what is just, inasmuch as she was put to death and has paid a just penalty. But inasmuch as she died at this man’s hands, she has been unjustly treated.

LEMMA: M, θυγάτηρ δ’ ἐμὴ θανοῦσ’ B, θυγάτηρ δ’ ἐμὴ V, θυγατὴρ R^b REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlR^bSa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἔπαθεν MMl | ἀπέθανεν MMl | δέδωκεν M | 2 καθὴ Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,7–9; Dind. II.157,23–24

Or. 538.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θανοῦσ’ ἔπραξεν⟩: ἔθανεν πράξασα· ἀντιστροφή. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (The sense is) ‘she died, having done/suffered’: (this is) a reversed construction (expressed in the form ‘having died, she did/suffered’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: It is uncertain whether the commentator intended to take πράττω in its active or ‘passive’ sense, but the former probably provides a better motivation for detecting a reversal.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως | antistrophe (of construction)

Or. 540.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μακάριος⟩: ¹αἱ δύο τοῦ Τυνδάρεως θυγατέρες μοιχαλίδες ἦσαν. ²πῶς ἦν μακάριος; ὠς φαίνεται τοινυν ὅτι διὸ συνεμίγνυτο ὁ Ζεὺς τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, κατὰ τοῦτο λέγει αὐτὸ· ³τὸ γὰρ μίγνυσθαι θεὸν γυναικὶ θνητῇ μεγάλην τιμὴν εἶχον τοῦτο. —Y²

TRANSLATION: The two daughters of Tyndareus were adulteresses. How (then) was he fortunate? As it appears, then, (he was fortunate) in that, because Zeus had intercourse with his wife, for this reason he says it. For they used to deem this a great honor, that a god mingle with a mortal woman.

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 θνητὴν Y²

Or. 540.04 (thom exeg) ⟨μακάριος⟩: εὐγενὴς, πλούσιος, τίμιος πᾶσι, καὶ πρὸς ἔσχατα γήρως ἰών. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Makarios’, ‘blessed’, means) well-born, wealthy, held in honor by all, and arriving at the outer limits of old age.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐν πᾶσι Zb | ἔσχατον ZaZlGu | app. ὤν a.c. Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.157,25–26

Or. 540.11 (tri metr) ⟨πέφυκ’⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 541.01 (rec exeg) ⟨πλὴν εἰς θυγατέρας⟩: Ἀττικὸν, τῶν θυγατέρων. —Mn

TRANSLATION: An Attic usage, (‘plēn’ followed by a prepositional phrase instead of the genitive) ‘the daughters’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 541.05 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τοῦτο. —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘This’ in the bare accusative case is) equivalent to ‘in regard to this’ (with preposition ‘eis’).

POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C | ἀντὶ τοῦ] πλὴν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,10; Dind. II.157,27

Or. 541.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: τὸ μὴ καλὰς θυγατέρας κεκτῆσθαι —Ab²

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ means) ‘not possessing good daughters’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 541.12 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 542.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὐτύχησεν⟩: ηὐτύχησεν —Gu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘eutuchēsen’, ‘enjoyed good fortune’, there is a variant reading with the spelling) ‘ēutuxēsen’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 543.01 (vet paraphr) ’πισήμους: μεγάλας, ἢ φανερὰς καὶ ὡμολογημένας —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Episēmous’, ‘notable’, in the sense) ‘great’ or ‘clear to see and generally acknowledged’.

LEMMA: B POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,11; Dind. II.158,3

COMMENT: The version without καὶ in MC might mean ‘or generally agreed to be obvious’, unless we have two glosses listed in asyndeton, which is possible. There is one other passage where this participle is associated with ἐπίσημος (Joannes Chrysost. In Matthaeum (homiliae 1–90), PG 58:766,7 ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ καὶ λῃστὴν [scil. Barabbas] αὐτοῦ [scil. Jesus] προτιμῆσαι ἔδει, τὸν ὡμολογημένον καὶ σφόδρα ἐπίσημον ὄντα), and G treats ὁμολογουμένας as an individual gloss (sch. 543.04). Either accepting B’s καὶ (or the easy alteration of it to ἢ) or assuming asyndeton is preferable to ‘or generally agreed to be obvious’.

Or. 543.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨συμφορὰς⟩: τὸ συμφορὰ μέση λέξις. —GGr

TRANSLATION: The word ‘sumphora’ is a ‘middle’ term (one with both a perjorative and a non-pejorative sense).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: μέση λέξις

Or. 543.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐδέξατο⟩: γρ. ἐκτήσατο. —Aa²Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘edexato’, ‘he received’,) the reading ‘ektēsato’ (‘he acquired’) is found (or: write ‘ektēsato’).

LEMMA: thus in text AaPr POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Aa²

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 543.17 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 544.01 (544–604) (rec rhet) αἱ νομι[καὶ] {αἱ} στάσεις τῆ[ς] ῥητορικῆ[ς + 7–8 letters + ἀ]ντίστασις, [ἀντ]έγκλημ[α], μετάστασι⟨ς⟩, συγγνώμη. —Pr

TRANSLATION: The argumentative positions related to law [ … ] argument from a balancing action, counter-accusation, argument shifting blame to another, argument conceding an action but citing extenuating circumstances.

POSITION: upper marg. 20r (damaged)

COMMENT: Cf. Syrianus comm. in Hermog. librum περὶ στάσεων 57,7–8 Rabe ὑπὸ μὲν οὖν τὸ δικανικὸν ἀνάγονται στοχασμὸς ἀντίληψις ἀντίστασις ἀντέγκλημα συγγνώμη. The space for 7–8 letters would probably fit either στοχασμὸς or ἀντίληψις if the endings were suspended, but another possibility is that αὗται· was present. In the comparable sch. 560.01 Mn below only the four terms legible here are found.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστασις | ἀντέγκλημα/ἀντεγκληματικός | μετάστασις | συγγνώμη | ἀντίληψις

Or. 544.02 (tri rhet) προκατάστασις —T

TRANSLATION: Preliminary stipulation/preamble.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: προκατάστασις

Or. 544.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨δειμαίνω λέγειν⟩: δέδοικα λέγειν· ἴσως γάρ σε λυπήσω. —MCV³Y²

TRANSLATION: I am afraid to speak, for perhaps I will distress you.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,12; Dind. II.158,14

Or. 545.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὅπου⟩: ὁπότε· τοπικὸν ἀντὶ χρονικοῦ. —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Hopou’, ‘where’, here means) ‘when’ (‘hopote’): conjunction of place used for conjunction of time.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Yf | τοπικὸν ὁπότε transp. G | τοπικὸν] p.c. χρονικὸν Xb^r, perhaps erased

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.158,15

Or. 545.10 (pllgn rhet) ⟨ὅπου⟩: κατὰ τὸ συντρέχον —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Using the schema of agreement(?).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The meaning of this is unclear. The phrase seems not to be found elsewhere. Perhaps, like the note on the next line, it is a rhetorical observation using an ad hoc term for ‘in agreement’, to indicate Orestes’ understanding of Tyndareus’s pain (if it refers to this line only). Or (if it refers to 547 or 547–548) it indicates the agreement that he is impure. In the latter case, one might as an alternative interpret the phrase as meant to be continued by the ἀντιθετικὸν beside 547, something like ‘antithetic within an expression of agreement’.

Or. 545.12 (rec exeg) ⟨λυπήσειν⟩: γρ. λυπῆσαι. —MlPrRS

TRANSLATION: (For future infinitive ‘lupēsein’) the reading (aorist infinitive) ‘lupēsai’ (‘cause pain’) is found.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. S

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 545.13 (rec exeg) ⟨λυπῆσαι⟩: γρ. λυπήσειν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For aorist infinitive ‘lupēsai’) the reading (future infinitive) ‘lupēsein’ (‘cause pain’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 545.15 (tri metr) ⟨λυπήσειν⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 546.01 (546–547) (mosch paraphr) ἐγὼ δ’ ἀνόσιος: ἐγὼ μὲν κτανὼν τὴν μητέρα ἀνόσιός εἰμι, τιμωρῶν δὲ τῷ πατρὶ ὅσιος πάλιν εἰμί, ἕτερον ὄνομα τοῦ ἀνοσίου. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: I am impious for having killed my mother, but in avenging my father I am in turn pious, a different term than ‘impious’.

LEMMA: G POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀνόσιος εἰμὶ X(εἰμί)XaXbXo(εἰμί)Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.158,11–13

Or. 546.02 (pllgn rhet) ⟨ἐγὼ δ’ ἀνόσιος⟩: ἀρχὴ τῶν ἀναλύσεων —Zu

TRANSLATION: Beginning of the refutations.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 546.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνόσιός εἰμι⟩: καθ’ ἕτερον ὄνομα —Ab

TRANSLATION: (I am impious for having killed my mother) according to one of two phrasings.

POSITION: s.l., above μητέρα κτανὼν

APP. CRIT. 2: καθέτερον Ab

Or. 547.01 (pllgn rhet) ¹διάνοια λυτικὴ τῆς προβολῆς καὶ τῶν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους· ²λέγει γὰρ οὐχὶ δύσνους ἀλλὰ τιμωρῶν τῷ πατρὶ. —FV³Y²

TRANSLATION: (Argument from) an idea/intention that tends to refute the attack and the detailed narration. For he says (he was) not hostile (to his mother), but avenging his father.

POSITION: marg. FV³, first two words marg. of 545 Y², rest above 545, connected by a stroke

APP. CRIT.: 2 λέγει κτλ app. added at a later stage V³

COMMENT: One might expect δύσνους ὢν, and possibly more than the final sigma is lost in the damaged margin of V, since the next line has τιμ[ωρῶν]. | Hermogenes περὶ στάσεων 6.10–20 [pp. 72,12–73,2 Rabe; Heath 50, (commentary) 125] mentions using a defence from διάνοια rather than from τὸ ῥητόν to contradict τὰ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους (on which see on sch. 493.01).

KEYWORDS: λυτικόν/διάνοια λυτική | (τὸ/τὰ) ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους

Or. 547.02 (pllgn rhet) διάνοια λυτικὴ —V³

TRANSLATION: (Argument from) intention tending to refute (the charge).

POSITION: s.l. at 544 ἐγώ τοι

KEYWORDS: λυτικόν/διάνοια λυτική

Or. 547.03 (rec rhet) λυτικὸν ἀν[τ]ιθετικὸν(?) —Mn

TRANSLATION: Refuting(?), antithetical.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: both words very uncertain, obscured in binding in image; first letter looks more like χ

COLLATION NOTES: check original Mn

KEYWORDS: λυτικόν/διάνοια λυτική | ἀντίθεσις/ἀντιθετικόν

Or. 547.04 (pllgn rhet) ἀντιθετικὸν —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Antithetical.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 545.10

KEYWORDS: ἀντίθεσις/ἀντιθετικόν

Or. 547.05 (pllgn rhet) ἀντίστασις —Gu

TRANSLATION: Antistasis (argument appealing to the greater good of what the speaker espouses).

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστασις

Or. 547.06 (vet exeg) ὅσιος δ’ ἕτερον ὄνομα: ¹καθ’ ἕτερον ὄνομα. ²οἷον κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον τοῦ ἀνοσίου, τὸ ὅσιον· ³ἀνόσιος μέν εἰμι τὴν μητέρα κτανὼν, τετύχηκα δὲ τοῦ ὁσίου ὀνόματος καθ’ ἕτερον τρόπον, ἢ μέρος. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: (That is,) according to a different phrasing. As if to say according to the opposite of the impious, the pious. I am impious in that I killed my mother, but I have hit upon the pious term (when the matter is considered) according to a different manner or aspect.

LEMMA: MSa, ὅσιος δ’ ἕτερον VMlMnPrR^bS, ἕτερον ὄνομα B REF. SYMBOL: MBVMlPrR^bSa POSITION: cont. from sch. 548.03 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 first καθέτερον MS | 3 μὲν εἰμὶ BVMlR^b | ὀσίου B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,13–16; Dind. II.158,17–19

Or. 547.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅσιος δ’ ἕτερον ὄνομα⟩: τετύχηκα δὲ τοῦ ὁσίου ὀνόματος καθ’ ἕτερον μέρος. —O

TRANSLATION: I have hit upon the term ‘pious’ in a different aspect (of my action).

POSITION: below 547, last line of page

Or. 547.19 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρῶν⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 548.02 (rec rhet) προδιόρθωσις —Mn

TRANSLATION: Correction in advance.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: προδιόρθωσις

Or. 548.03 (vet exeg) ἀπελθέτω: ὅ ἐστιν ἀπόστα, καὶ δεόντως ἀπολογήσομαι. —MVCMlMnPrR^bSSa, partial BRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Let your old age depart’,) which means ‘withdraw, and I will make my defense in the requisite manner’.

LEMMA: MMlMnPrR^bSa, ἀπελθέτω δή V, επελθέτω (sic) S; REF. SYMBOL: VMlR^bSa POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 547.06 C, cont. from next BRw

APP. CRIT.: ὅ … ἀπόστα om. BRw | ὅ ἐστιν] ἤγουν V | ἀπόστα] MC, ἀπίτω others | καὶ δὲ οὕτως MlMn

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπηλογήσομαι Ml, ἀπολογίσομαι S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,17 (and 18 app.); Dind. II.158,22–23

Or. 548.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἀντὶ τοῦ σὺ ἀναχώρει καὶ τὰς ἀληθείας ἐρῶ. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘you, withdraw, and I will tell the true details’.

LEMMA: MVCMlMnPrR^bSSa, 550 ὅσιος δέ γε ἕτερον ὄνομα Rw POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. VMlMnPrRbSSa, τοῦ om. C | σὺ om. Rw | τὰς] τῆς C

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑χωρεῖ Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,18; Dind. II.158,23–24

Or. 548.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπελθέτω⟩: σὺ ἀναχώρει καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας τὰ δέοντα ἀπολογήσομαι. —O

TRANSLATION: You, withdraw, and I will give as my defense the necessary details of the truth.

Or. 548.06 (rec paraphr) ἀπὸ τῶν {γ΄} ἡμῶν ποδῶν [ἀ]πελ[θ]έτω τὸ σὸν [γῆ]ρας. —Mn

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: -[θ]έτο τοσὸν Mn

COMMENT: γʹ = τριῶν makes no sense here; perhaps it arose from misunderstanding a sign in the exemplar that was not part of the paraphrase.

Or. 549.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅ μ’ ἐκπλήσσει λόγου⟩: ὅπερ καὶ ἐκβάλλει ἀπὸ τοῦ —Mn

LEMMA: λόγ(ους) in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 549.09 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐκπλήσσει λόγου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξίστησι τοῦ λέγειν —MOCV³Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Strikes me from speech’ is) equivalent to ‘renders me incapable of speaking’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. M

APP. CRIT.: first τοῦ om. C, ἀντὶ τοῦ om. OV³Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,19; Dind. II.159,1

Or. 549.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκπλήσσει⟩: ὁ σὸς θυμὸς —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 549.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγειν⟩: γρ. λόγου. —Xo

TRANSLATION: (For ‘legein’, ‘to speak’,) the reading ‘logou’ (‘from speech’) is found (or: write ‘from speech’).

LEMMA: thus in text Xo POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 550.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨καθ’ ὁδὸν εἶμι⟩: τῷ λόγῳ προβαίνω. —MBOV³

TRANSLATION: I proceed in my speech.

LEMMA: εἰμὶ in text M POSITION: s.l. MV³, marg. B

APP. CRIT.: προβαίνω om. V³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,20; Dind. II.159,6

Or. 550.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨καθ’ ὁδὸν εἶμι⟩: ἤτοι τὸ ἀληθὲς λέξω κατὰ τὸ προσῆκον. —AaAbMlMnPrS

TRANSLATION: That is, I will speak the truth in the fitting manner.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λέγω Aa, ἕξω Mn | κατὰ τὸ προσ. om. AaAb

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀληθὼς Ml

Or. 550.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καθ’ ὁδὸν εἶμι⟩: ἤγουν κατὰ μέρος λέξω. —Lp

TRANSLATION: That is, I will speak in detail.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.159,5

COMMENT: In scholiastic language, when used with verbs like λέξω or διηγήσομαι, κατὰ μέρος is normally ‘in detail’ rather than ‘in turn’. Perhaps, however, one should consider ⟨τὰ⟩ κατὰ μέρος, which is very common with such verbs.

Or. 550.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σὴν ταρβῶ τρίχα⟩: φοβοῦμαι τὸ γῆρας τὸ σὸν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 550.10 X; Xb punct. as two glosses

Or. 550.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σὴν ταρβῶ τρίχα⟩: τὸ σὸν γῆρας φοβοῦμαι —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 550.19 (pllgn gram) ⟨ταρβῶ⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ταράσσειν τὴν βοὴν —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Tarbō’, ‘I fear’,) derived from ‘disturb’ (‘tarassein’) the ‘shout’ (‘boēn’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 550.20 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίχα⟩: τουτέστι σὲ —Mn²

TRANSLATION: (‘Hair’,) that is, ‘you’ (by expressing whole from part).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 550.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τρίχα⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους· τὴν πολιὰν, καὶ τὸ γῆρας —Zu

TRANSLATION: From a part (the whole is indicated): (namely,) the gray (hair), and (hence) old age.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 551.01 (tri rhet) ἀντίστασις —T

TRANSLATION: Antistasis (comparative evaluation of a deed from different aspects).

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστασις

Or. 551.02 (pllgn rhet) ἀντίθεσις —V³Y²

TRANSLATION: Opposing argument.

POSITION: s.l. V³, marg. Y²

KEYWORDS: ἀντίθεσις/ἀντιθετικόν

Or. 551.03 (rec exeg) ⟨τί χρῆν με δρᾶσαι⟩: εἰπὲ ὅταν ἐφόνευσεν ἡ μήτηρ μου τὸν πατέρα μου —PrS

TRANSLATION: Tell me, when my mother murdered my father (what ought I to have done).

POSITION: marg. Pr, s.l. at 552 S

Or. 551.09 (thom exeg) ⟨δρᾶσαι⟩: μετὰ τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς φόνον —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (To do) after the killing of my father.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 551.12 (551–556) (thom exeg) ⟨δύο γὰρ ἀντίθες δυοῖν … τῆς ὑποστάσης τροφάς⟩: ¹τιθεὶς τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ ἀντιτιθεὶς αὐτοῖς, τῷ μὲν τὴν σπορὰν, τῇ δὲ τὸν τόκον, ²δείκνυσι τὸν πατέρα μείζονα τῆς μητρός διὰ τὸ πρωταίτιον τοῦτον εἶναι τῆς εἰς φῶς αὐτῷ προαγωγῆς. ³δέον δὲ τῆς ὑποστάσης γονὰς εἰπεῖν, τροφὰς εἶπεν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: By positing the father and the mother and setting in correspondence with them the seed with the man and the childbirth with the woman, he shows that the father is more important than the mother because he is the first cause of the child’s being brought forth into the light. Whereas he should have said (556) ‘the woman who provided the birth (‘gonas’)’, he said ‘(provided) the nurture (‘trophas’)’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: a few letters lost to trimming Zl | 1 ἀντιθεὶς Zb, a.c. Gu | 2 διὰ τὸ] διατοῦτο Zm | 3 δὲ om. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ὑποστάσεις Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.159,16–20

Or. 551.13 (vet paraphr) δύο γὰρ ἀντίθες δυοῖν: δύο πράγματα δύο πράγμασιν ἀντίθες, τῷ πατρὶ τὸ σπέρμα, τῇ μητρὶ τὴν ἄρουραν. —MOVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Set two things in correspondence with two things, the seed with the father, the furrow with the mother.

LEMMA: VCMl(ἀντίδες)MnPrR^bRwSSa; punct. after δύο πράγματα as if a lemma M REF. SYMBOL: MVMlPrR^b POSITION: between sch. 547.06 and 532.12 Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,21–22; Dind. II.159,7–8

Or. 551.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δύο γὰρ ἀντίθες δυοῖν⟩: ἤγουν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸ σπέρμα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καὶ τῆν γέν⟨ν⟩αν —Lb

TRANSLATION: (‘Set in correspondence two with two’,) that is, the father and the seed, and the mother and the product of birth.

APP. CRIT.: γένναν without note Dindorf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.159,9–10

Or. 552.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πατὴρ … ἔτικτε παῖς⟩: πατὴρ μὲν ἐγέννησεν ἐμέ, ἡ σὴ δὲ ἔτεκε θυγάτηρ. —X

Or. 553.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ σπέρμ’ … ἄλλου πάρα⟩: οὕτω συντακτέον· τὸ σπέρμα παραλαβοῦσα παρὰ ἄλλου ὡς ἄρουρα. —V³Y²

TRANSLATION: It should be construed as follows: ‘(she) having received the seed from another, like a furrow’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὕτω συντακτέον om. Y²

APP. CRIT. 2: παρ’ Y²

Or. 553.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄρουρα⟩: ὥσπερ ἡ γῆ, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς —Zl

TRANSLATION: (Clytemnestra, ‘a furrow’,) just like the earth, using a metaphor.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 553.08 (mosch gram) ἄρουρα: ἄρουρα ἡ ἠροτριασμένη γῆ. χέρσος δὲ ἡ ἀνήροτος καὶ ἀνέργαστος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘Aroura’ is land that has been plowed, whereas ‘chersos’ is land that is unplowed and unworked.

LEMMA: XoT, τὸ σπέρμ’ ἄρουρα G POSITION: s.l. XaXbGr

APP. CRIT.: ἄρουρα om. XoTGr | καὶ ἀνέργαστος om. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.159,13–14

Or. 553.10 (rec exeg) ⟨παραλαβοῦσ’ ἄλλου πάρα⟩: λείπει ἔτεκε. —MlMnPrS

TRANSLATION: ‘She gave birth to’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑εν MlS

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 553.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παραλαβοῦσ’⟩: ἡ σὴ θυγάτηρ ἡ μήτηρ μου —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘She, having received’, that is,) your daughter, my mother.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 553.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄλλου πάρα⟩: ἀντιστροφὴ —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀναστρ‑ a.c. Y²

KEYWORDS: antistrophe (of word order) | ἀντίστρφον/ἀντιστρόφως

Or. 554.01 (vet exeg) ἄνευ δὲ πατρὸς: ¹λέγεταί τις αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος τοῦτο εἰρηκέναι· ²[Comic. adesp. 16 Kock = *860 K–A]‘ἄνευ δὲ μητρὸς, ὦ κάθαρμ’ Εὐριπίδη’. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bSSa, partial G

TRANSLATION: It is said that when he (Orestes) said this, someone said: ‘And without a mother, you filthy wretch Euripides?’

LEMMA: MVMlMnPrR^bSa, ἄνευ δὲ τοῦ πατρὸς S, ἄνευ δὲ πατρὸς τέκνον οὐκ εἴη C REF. SYMBOL: VMlPrR^bSa POSITION: marg. MG

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λέγεται τίς MCMlMnPrSSa, λέγε τίς V | καθάρμη εὐριπήδη Ml

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,23–24; Dind. II.159,15–16

COMMENT: Also cited in Eust. in Od. 4.344 [I.168,33–39] οὐ γὰρ εἴωθε σχηματίζειν πατρωνυμίαν ὁ ποιητὴς ἐκ μητέρων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ πατέρων. ὡς τὸ καίριον τῆς γενέσεως ἀνατιθεὶς τῷ πατρὶ διὰ τοῦ τοιούτου πατρωνυμικοῦ σχηματισμοῦ, μυστικῶς καὶ σιωπηρῶς κατὰ τὸν παρὰ γραμματικοῖς συλλογισμόν. ὅπερ Εὐριπίδης ἐκλαλῆσαι θελήσας καὶ τὴν Ὁμηρικὴν σκιαγραφίαν ἐκφανέστερον χρῶσαι ἐν οἷς φησὶν, ‘ἄνευ δὲ πατρὸς’ τέκνον οὐκ ἂν γένοιτ’ ἂν, περιεσυρίχθη θεατρικῶς. ἀκούσας τὸ ᾀδόμενον τὸ ‘ἄνευ δὲ μητρὸς, ὦ κάθαρμ’ Εὐριπίδη’, καὶ ἔμαθεν οὕτως ἐκεῖνος ἐᾶν τὰ Ὁμήρου κατὰ χώραν κεῖσθαι.

KEYWORDS: criticism of poet | Com. adespota

Or. 554.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄνευ δὲ πατρὸς⟩: ¹ἔστιν εἰπεῖν ‘ἄνευ δὲ μητρὸς οὐκ εἴη ποτ’ ἄν’. ²ἀλλὰ καλῶς ἔφη. ³ἡ γὰρ Κλυταιμνήστρα εἰ παρ’ ἄλλου ἐποίει παῖδα καὶ οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος, οὐκ ἄν ποτε τὸν Ὀρέστην ἔτεκε. ⁴διατοῦτο εἶπεν ‘ἄνευ δὲ τοῦ ἐμοῦ πατρὸς οὐκ ἂν ἐγὼ ἐγεννήθην’. —Sa

TRANSLATION: It is possible to say ‘and without a mother there would never be (a child)’. But he spoke well. For if Clytemnestra had produced a son from another man and not from Agamemnon, she would never have given birth to Orestes. Therefore he said ‘and without my father I would not have been born’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 554.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄνευ δὲ πατρὸς⟩: ¹ναὶ. ²ἄνευ δὲ μητρὸς ὦ κάθαρμ᾽ Εὐρίπιδη; ³ἐπεὶ φυσικῶς ὁ πάτηρ κρείττων ἔφυ, ἆρ’ οὖν δυνατὸν τοῦ τεκεῖν γυναικὸς ἄτερ; οὐχὶ. ⁴ἀλλὰ δυνατὸν συλλαβεῖν πατρὸς δίχα; ⟨οὐχὶ.⟩ ⁵τῆς φύσεως οὖν ἀμφοτέρων ὁ τρόπος; ⁶ναὶ. ⁷ὡς δὲ προβολεὺς ὁ πάτηρ τιμητέος. —Z^rZa

TRANSLATION: Yes (that is true). ‘And without a mother, you filthy wretch Euripides?’ Since the father is stronger by nature, is it then possible to beget without a woman? No. But is it possible to conceive (a child) without a father? ⟨No.⟩ So the manner of birth belongs to both? Yes. But the father is to be honored as the creator.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa (Za in the form of ση() abbreviation)

APP. CRIT.: 1 ναὶ add. above ἄνευ Za, in marg. Z | 3 γυνῆς Z | οὐχί in marg. Z | 4 suppl. Mastr. | 6 ναὶ in marg. Z

COMMENT: δυνατὸν τοῦ τεκεῖν is perhaps a Byzantine usage (cf. Jannaris, App. VI, §24), so it is not clear whether τοῦ ought to be retained or emended to τὸ or deleted.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage | criticism and defence of poet

Or. 554.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄνευ δὲ πατρὸς⟩: ὡς λέγουσιν, ἀντεπεκρίθη πρὸς τὸν ποιητὴν ἡ Σιβύλλα τὸν παρόντα στίχον, τὸ ‘ἄνευ δὲ μητρός ὦ κάθαρμ’ Εὐριπίδη’. —Y/Y²

TRANSLATION: As people say, the Sibyl made a reply to the poet with the present line of verse: ‘and without a mother, you filthy wretch Euripides?’

APP. CRIT.: only ἄνευ δὲ μητρός ὦ κάθαρμα Y, remainder add. Y²

COMMENT: It is mysterious how the Sibyl came into this story for this commentator.

KEYWORDS: criticism of poet

Or. 555.01 (555–556) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐλογισάμην οὖν … ὑποστάσης τροφάς⟩: δίκαιον οὖν ἔκρινα τῷ ἀρχηγῷ τῆς γεννήσεως μου ἀμῦναι καὶ βοηθῆσαι μᾶλλον καὶ πλέον τῆς ὑποστάσης καὶ τῆς ὑπομεινάσης τροφὰς καὶ ἀνατροφὰς, ἤγουν τῆς ἀναθρεψάσης με μητρός. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Therefore I judged it just to defend, that is, come to the aid of, the originator of my birth rather than, that is, more than, the woman who supported, that is, endured, the feeding, that is, nurture, namely, the mother who raised me.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 555.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γένους ἀρχηγέτῃ⟩: ἤγουν τῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν γένους ποιοῦ[ντι] —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 556.09 (rec metr) ⟨ἀμῦναι⟩: long mark over upsilon —O

LEMMA: ἀμύναι in text O

Or. 556.10 (rec exeg) ⟨τῆς ὑποστάσης⟩: ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν κιόνων· καὶ γὰρ ὑφίσταται τὸ βάρος. —Mn, partial S

TRANSLATION: By a metaphor from columns: for indeed (a mother) supports the weighty burden.

POSITION: s.l. S

APP. CRIT.: καὶ γὰρ κτλ om. S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.159,21–22

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 556.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑποστάσης⟩: μετὰ κακοπαθείας ὑπομενούσης —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 558.01 (vet exeg) ἰδίοισιν ὑμεναίοισι: τοῖς οὐ νενομισμένοις, ἢ τοῖς λαθραίοις —MBVCR^bS

TRANSLATION: (‘Private/individual nuptials’ means) ‘those not approved by custom’ or ‘secret’.

LEMMA: M(ὑμεναίοις)V(ἰδίοισσιν ὑμεναίοισσι)C, ἰδίοισιν R^b REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: marg. S

APP. CRIT.: τῆς οὐ νενομι[ R^b | ἢ om. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,25–26; Dind. II.159,26

Or. 558.12 (rec rhet) ⟨κοὐχὶ σώφροσιν⟩: κακόζηλον —Mn

TRANSLATION: (Expression) in bad taste.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Kakozelon may refer either to the poor taste of the sexual allusion or to an overdone striving for rhetorical effect (in adding this phrase to the allusive ἰδίοισιν).

Or. 559.01 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰς ἀνδρὸς ᾔει λέκτρα⟩: ¹τὸ ἀνδρὸς διπλῶς νοητέον, ἢ τοῦ Αἰγίσθου, ἢ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος. ²καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ Αἰγίσθου οὕτως· ³ἡ σὴ θυγάτηρ, ὦ Τυνδάρεως, εἰς ἀνδρὸς ᾔει λέκτρα ἐν λαθραίοις γάμοις, τουτέστι συνῆν λαθραίως Αἰγίσθῳ μοιχευομένη· ⁴ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος οὕτως· ⁵ἡ σὴ θυγάτηρ ἐν ἰδίοις ὑμεναίοις, καὶ οὐχὶ σώφροσι, ⁶τουτέστι λαθραίως μοιχευομένη Αἰγίσθῳ, εἰς λέκτρα τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἧκεν, ὅτε ἐπανῆκεν ἐκ Τροίας, καὶ οὐκ ᾐδεῖτο. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The word ‘man’ is to be understood doubly, either of Aegisthus or of Agamemnon. And if applied to Aegisthus, as follows: ‘your daughter, Tyndareus, went to the bed of a man in secret coupling, that is, she had intercourse with Aegisthus secretly, in adultery’. But if applied to Agamemnon, as follows: ‘your daughter, in unusual couplings and not chaste ones, that is, being secretly in an adulterous relationship with Aegisthus, came to the bed of Agamemnon, when he returned from Troy, and felt no shame (about it).

REF. SYMBOL: all

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 εἴη ZbGu | λαθροις a.c. Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.159,28–160,6

Or. 559.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνδρὸς⟩: τοῦ Αἰγίσθου ἢ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Man’ refers to) Aegisthus or Agamemnon .

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: αἰγίστου Zb

Or. 559.11 (559–560) (thom rhet) ⟨ἐμαυτὸν ἢν λέγω κακῶς⟩: προκατάστασις —ZZmTGu^aGu^b

TRANSLATION: Preamble.

POSITION: marg. except s.l. Gu^b

KEYWORDS: προκατάστασις

Or. 559.12 (559–560) (vet paraphr) ἐμαυτὸν ἢν λέγω κακῶς: ἐὰν ἐκείνην, φησὶ, λέγω κακῶς, ἐμαυτὸν ἐρῶ κακῶς. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: If I speak ill of her, he says, I will speak ill of myself.

LEMMA: VC, ἐμαυτὸν ἢν λέγω Rw, ἐμαυτὸν R^b REF. SYMBOL: VPrR^bSa POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Rw | ἐκεῖνον Sa, ἐκεῖνα MnPr | λέγω] ἐρῶ Rw | ἐρῶ] ὁρῶ R^b | second κακῶς om. VMnPrR^bSSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.157,27; Dind. II.160,7–8

Or. 559.13 (559–560) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐμαυτὸν ἢν λέγω κακῶς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμαυτὸν κακολογῶ —Zu

POSITION: s.l. at 560 ἐξερῶ Zu

Or. 560.01 (rec rhet) ἀντίστασις, ἀντέγκλημα, μετάστασις, συγγνώμη —Mn

TRANSLATION: Argument from a balancing action, counter-accusation, argument shifting blame to another, argument conceding an action but citing extenuating circumstances.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀντεκλ‑ a.c. Mn | συγνώμη Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.160,8 app.

COMMENT: See on sch. 544.01.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστασις | ἀντέγκλημα/ἀντεγκληματικός | μετάστασις | συγγνώμη

Or. 560.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κακῶς ἐκείνην, ἐξερῶ⟩: ἐμαυτὸν ἐξερῶ κακῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐρῶ, ἢν λέγω ἐκείνην κακῶς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZc, partial G

TRANSLATION: I will speak out badly of myself—(‘speak out’) in the sense ‘I will speak’—if I speak badly of her.

POSITION: s.l. GrZc, s.l. above 559 ἐμαυτὸν ἢν λέγω G, marg. T

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ om. G, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐρῶ om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.160,8–9

Or. 560.15 (560–562) (pllgn rhet) ⟨λέξω δ’ ὅμως …ἐπὶ δ’ ἔθυσα μητέρα⟩: ¹ἀντίθεσις ἀντεγκληματικὴ· ²ἀξία γὰρ ἦν παθεῖν. —G, partial SZu

TRANSLATION: Opposing argument bringing a counter-accusation. For she (Clytemnestra) deserved to suffer.

POSITION: marg. GS, s.l. at 562 Zu

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἀξία γὰρ κτλ om. SZu

COMMENT: See Hermogenes περὶ στάσεων section 6,20–23 [p. 73,2–5 Rabe; Heath 50, (comm.) 126] and scholia on that passage.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίθεσις/ἀντιθετικόν | ἀντέγκλημα/ἀντεγκληματικός

Or. 560.16 (560–562) (rec rhet) ⟨λέξω δ’ ὅμως …ἐπὶ δ’ ἔθυσα μητέρα⟩: συγ[γνω]μον[ικὸν] τὸ σ[χῆμα]. —Pr

TRANSLATION: The schema is that of conceding an act but offering extenuating circumstances.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: This periphrasis for the rhetorical term συγγνώμη does not appear elsewhere in TLG.

KEYWORDS: συγγνώμη

Or. 561.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὁ κρυπτὸς ἐν δόμοις πόσις⟩: ὁ μοιχικὸς ἐν οἴκοις ἀνὴρ —Rf²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: μυχικὸς Rf²

Or. 562.01 (rec paraphr) δῆλον τὸ⟨ν⟩ μὲν Αἴγισθον ἐφόνευσα καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦτον ἔσφαξα καὶ τὴν μητέρα. —Rf²

TRANSLATION: Clearly (the sense is that) I killed Aegisthus and in addition to him I slaughtered my mother too.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 562.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨κατέκτειν’⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔκτεινα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

TRANSLATION: (The compound ‘katektein’ ’ is) used for (simple verb) ‘ekteina’ (‘I killed’).

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 562.05 (vet exeg) ἐπὶ δ’ ἔθυσα μητέρα: ¹ἀπρεπῶς ἔφρασεν· ἔθυσα δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τὴν μητέρα. || ²ἀπρεπῶς τὸ ἔθυσα. ³ἢ τάχα ἵνα δείξῃ ὅτι εὐσεβῶς διεπράξατο φονεύσας αὐτήν, ἔφη τὸ ἔθυσα· ⁴τὸν Αἴγισθον μὲν ἔκτεινα, ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ τὴν μητέρα ἔθυσα. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: He (the poet/speaker) expressed it in an unseemly way: ‘and I sacrificed also in addition to/upon him my mother’. || In an unseemly way (the poet/speaker uses) the word ‘I sacrificed’. Or perhaps in order to show that he acted piously in killing her he used the word ‘I sacrificed’: ‘Aegisthus I slew, and upon him I also sacrificed my mother’.

LEMMA: V, ἐπὶ δ’ ἔθυσα MlMnPrR^b(ἔθυσε)RwSSa, τοῦτον κατέκτειν’ MC REF. SYMBOL: MVMl POSITION: cont. from sch. 559.12 R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 αἴγιστον Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.158,1–3; Dind. II.160,10–13

Or. 562.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’ ἔθυσα⟩: ¹οὐ καλῶς λέγεις. ²πρῶτον γὰρ ἐκείνην ἔκτεινεν, εἶτα καὶ τὸν Αἴγισθον, ἐξ ἀγρῶν ἐπανελθόντα, καθά φησι Σοφοκλῆς. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: You (Euripides) are not telling it well: for first he killed her, and then also Aegisthus, when he came home from the countryside, as Sophocles says (in his Electra).

REF. SYMBOL: all

APP. CRIT.: 2 καὶ om. T | ἐπελθόντα ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.160,13–15

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Sophocles, Electra | criticism of poet

Or. 562.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’ ἔθυσα⟩: σὺν τούτοις ἔσφαξα —MnS

TRANSLATION: Together with these (actions) I slaughtered (her).

LEMMA: ἔπι in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 562.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’ ἔθυσα⟩: ἐπὶ αὐτῷ ἐφόνευσα —K

TRANSLATION: In addition to/upon him I killed (her).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 562.09 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’ ἔθυσα⟩: ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ ἐφόνευσα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: In addition to/upon this man I killed (her).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τὴν μητέρα add. G

APP. CRIT. 2: δ’ Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf/Dind. II.160,17

Or. 562.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ⟩: ἐπ’ ἐκείνῳ δὲ τῷ Αἰγίσθῳ —FZuB^3a

TRANSLATION: In addition to/upon that man, Aegisthus.

POSITION: marg. F, s.l. ZuB^3a

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. F | ἐπ’ ἐκείνῳ δὲ om. B^3a

Or. 562.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ⟩: αὕτη ἡ ἐπί λύπην σημαίνει, οἷον ἔπραξα ἓν αἰσχρὸν καὶ οὐκ ἤρκει τοῦτο, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἔπραξα καὶ ἄλλο. —Lp

TRANSLATION: This (use of the preposition) ‘epi’ conveys anguish, as if to say ‘I did one shameful deed and this was not sufficient, but on top of that I did another too’.

APP. CRIT.: ἄλλο Matthiae, ἄλλον Lp

APP. CRIT. 2: σημένει Lp | second ἔπραξ Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.160,15–17

Or. 562.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔθυσα⟩: ἤτοι εὐσεβῶς —O

TRANSLATION: (‘I sacrificed’,) that is, piously.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 562.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔθυσα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δικαίως ἔσφαξα —V¹

TRANSLATION: (‘I sacrificed’ is) equivalent to ‘I slaughtered justly’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 562.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔθυσα⟩: δικαίως δὲ ἐφόνευσα —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘I sacrificed’ means) ‘and I killed justly’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 562.21 (tri metr) ⟨ἔθυσα⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 563.01 (rec paraphr) κακῶς ἐποίησα, ἀλλὰ βοηθῶν τῷ πατρί. —Rf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 563.06 (rec rhet) ⟨ἀλλὰ τιμωρῶν πατρί⟩: ἀντίληψις —SGGuZu

TRANSLATION: Counter-statement appealing to a legal justification.

POSITION: marg. S, marg. at 564 G, s.l. GuZu; above ἀνόσια Gu

APP. CRIT.: σχῆμα prep. Zu

COMMENT: See Hermogenes περὶ στάσεων 5 [p. 65,10ff. Rabe; Heath 46ff.].

KEYWORDS: ἀντίληψις

Or. 563.07 (rec rhet) ⟨ἀλλὰ τιμωρῶν πατρί⟩: ἀντίστασις —S

TRANSLATION: Antistasis (argument appealing to the greater good of what the speaker espouses).

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστασις

Or. 563.08 (rec rhet) ⟨ἀλλὰ τιμωρῶν πατρί⟩: ἀντίθεσις ἀντε⟨γ⟩κληματικὴ —V³FMn

TRANSLATION: Opposing argument bringing a counter-accusation.

POSITION: s.l. V³, marg. F, marg. at 564 Mn

APP. CRIT.: ἀντικλημ‑ a.c. V³, ‑κληματικὸν Mn

KEYWORDS: ἀντίθεσις/ἀντιθετικόν | ἀντέγκλημα/ἀντεγκληματικός

Or. 563.09 (pllgn rhet) ⟨ἀλλὰ τιμωρῶν πατρί⟩: ἀντίθεσις ἀντεγκληματικὴ, ἢ ὡς ἐγᾦμαι ἀντίστασις. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Opposing argument bringing a counter-accusation; or, as I think, argument from a balancing action.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίθεσις/ἀντιθετικόν | ἀντέγκλημα/ἀντεγκληματικός | ἀντίστασις

Or. 563.12 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρῶν⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 55

Or. 564.01 (tri rhet) ἀνασκευή —T

TRANSLATION: Refutation.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἀνασκευή

Or. 564.02 (pllgn rhet) τὸ σχῆμα κατὰ ἀντίστασιν. —B^3d

TRANSLATION: The schema is that using antistasis (an argument appealing to the greater good of what the speaker espouses).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: See sch. 565.01–03.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστασις

Or. 564.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐφ’ οἷς δ’ ἀπειλεῖς⟩: ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀπειλεῖς —Rf²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: ‘In these circumstances’ is a possible paraphrase here, but one might consider ἐπὶ τούτοις ⟨ἃ⟩ ἀπειλεῖς, explaining the attracted relative pronoun.

Or. 565.01 (pllgn rhet) ἀντίστασις· ἱστᾶ γὰρ ἕτερον εὐεργέτημα ἀπὸ τοῦ λέγειν ‘ὃ ἑποίησα εἰς βοήθειαν πάσης τῆς πόλεως ἐποίησα’. ἔτι μεῖζον τοῦτο τοῦ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ. —V³

TRANSLATION: Antistasis. For he establishes (the existence of) another, beneficial deed by saying that ‘what I have done I have done to assist the entire city’. This act is even more important than killing his mother.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστασις

Or. 565.02 (pllgn rhet) ἀντίστασις· ἀνθιστᾶ γὰρ ἕτερον εὐεργέτημα μεῖζον. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Antistasis. For he establishes in opposition another, more important beneficial deed.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἑτέρου Y²

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστασις

Or. 565.03 (pllgn rhet) ἀντίστασις· ἀνθιστᾶ γὰρ εὐεργέτημα μεῖζον ὡς ὑπὲρ Ἑλλάδος τοῦτο πεποίηκα. —Zu

TRANSLATION: Antistasis. For he establishes in opposition a more important beneficial deed, (saying) that ‘I have done this on behalf of Greece’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστασις

Or. 565.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἅπασαν⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 566.01 (566–568) (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰ γὰρ γυναῖκες … εἰς τέκνα⟩: ἐὰν μὴ ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτάς —Lp

TRANSLATION: If they (the avenging sons) do not kill them.

POSITION: s.l. above 568 εἰς τέκνα

APP. CRIT.: app. ‑ουσιν a.c. Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.160,27

COMMENT: Perhaps ἐὰν is a corruption of ἵνα or να and this was intended to explain καταφυγὰς θηρώμενοι εἰς τέκνα (compare sch. 567.06). But the placement of s.l. notes in Lp is not precise, and ἐὰν can stand if the reference is to the whole condition beginning in 566.

Or. 566.02 (rec rhet) κατασκευὴ —Mn²

TRANSLATION: Proof.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: κατασκευή/κατασκευάζει

Or. 566.03 (pllgn rhet) ἀνατροπὴ τῆς εἰσβολῆς τοῦ ἐλέους —Zu

TRANSLATION: Overturning/refutation of the injection of pity.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This refers back to lines 525–527; see sch. 526.01–03.

KEYWORDS: εἰσβολή/ἐκβολή | ἀνατροπή

Or. 566.04 (pllgn rhet) ἐλέου ἐκβολὴ —Y²B^3a

TRANSLATION: Explosion (of expression) of pity.

POSITION: s.l. Y², marg. B^3a

APP. CRIT.: ἐκβολὴ ἐλέους B^3a

COMMENT: Here the pity is for the male victims of murderous wives.

KEYWORDS: εἰσβολή/ἐκβολή

Or. 566.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐς τόδ’ … θράσους⟩: εἰς ταύτ[ην τὴν] θρασ[ύτητα] —K

POSITION: marg.

Or. 566.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐς τόδ’ … θράσους⟩: εἰς τοσαύτην θρασύτητα —Mn²Zb²Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Mn², ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Zu

Or. 566.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐς τόδ’ … θράσους⟩: εἰς τὴν θρασύτητα ταύτην —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcAa²

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ταύτην app. om. Aa² (insufficient room in damaged margin)

APP. CRIT. 2: app. θρασύτηταν Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.160,22–23

Or. 566.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐς τόδ’ … θράσους⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τοσοῦτον θράσος —Y²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 566.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς⟩: ἐς —Aa

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 567.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἄνδρας φονεύειν⟩: λέγω εἰς τὸ φονεύειν τοὺς ἄνδρας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.160,25

Or. 567.06 (567–568) (thom exeg) ⟨καταφυγὰς ποιούμεναι ἐς τέκνα⟩: ἵνα μὴ ὑπ’ αὐτῶν φονευθεῖεν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Taking refuge before their sons) in order not to be killed by them.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.160,26

COMMENT: See on sch. 566.01.

Or. 568.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔλεον θηρώμεναι⟩: ὡς σὺ φῂς ὅτι χρὴ ποιεῖν. —Lp

TRANSLATION: As you (Tyndareus) claim they (women/mothers) ought to do.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.161,1

COMMENT: Referring to lines 526–529.

Or. 569.01 (vet paraphr) παρ’ οὐδὲν αὐταῖς ἦν: ἐν ὀλίγῃ προφάσει καὶ πάρεργον ἦν αὐταῖς τοὺς ἰδίους ἄνδρας φονεύειν. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSa

TRANSLATION: For them it would have been a matter requiring (only) a small pretext and (would have been) a (mere) side-project to kill their own husbands.

LEMMA: M(παρ δ’ οὐδὲν)C, παρ’ οὐδὲν ἦν αὐταῖς VR^b, παρ’ οὐδὲν αὐταῖς Rw REF. SYMBOL: MVMlR^bSa POSITION: intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. VR^b | φράσει VMlMnPrR^bSa | καὶ om. VMlMnPrR^bSa | after αὐταῖς add. τὸ BVMlPrR^bRwSa | φονεύειν transp. before τοὺς. ἰδ. ἄνδρας BVR^bRw

APP. CRIT. 2: ὀλίγει VC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.158,4–5; Dind. II.161,4–5

Or. 569.03 (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν οὐ μέγα νομίζοιεν ἂν ἀποκτείνειν τοὺς πόσεις. —Lp

TRANSLATION: That is, they would not consider it a big deal to kill their husbands.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.161,9–10

Or. 569.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨παρ’ οὐδὲν⟩: κατ’ οὐδὲν, ἐν οὐδενὸς μοίρᾳ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: κατ’ οὐδὲν] ἀντὶ τοῦ Aa | οὐδὲν om. Xo (supplied from line) | οὐδενὶ Y | μοίρᾳ] μέρους X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.161,7–8

Or. 569.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὀλλύναι πόσεις⟩: αὐταῖς φθεῖραι τοὺς ἄνδρας —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 570.01 (vet exeg) ἐπίκλημ’ ἐχούσαις: εἴπερ ἔμελλεν αὐταῖς, φησὶν, εἰς ἔγκλημα μόνον περιίστασθαι τὰ τῆς τιμωρίας, ἀκωλύτως ἂν ἐχώρουν κατὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: If in fact, he says, the matter of punishment were going to consist solely in the accusation, they would proceed against their husbands without hindrance.

LEMMA: MVC, ἄλλως B, καὶ ἄλλως Rw REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: follows sch. 570.04 B, follows next Rw

APP. CRIT.: ἔμελλεν] ἦν V | εἰς om. Rw | μόνον om. V | τὰ τῆς] τὰς MC

APP. CRIT. 2: περίστασθαι Rw | ἂν ἐχ.] ἀνεχώρουν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.158,6–8; Dind. II.161,5–7

Or. 570.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔγκλημα. ²τουτέστιν ἐγκαλουμέναις αὐταῖς καὶ διαβαλλομέναις, ἢ προφασιζομέναις ὅ τι δήποτε. ³καὶ αὕτη γὰρ προεφασίζετο τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰφιγένειαν ⁴ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο ἀνεῖλεν αὐτὸν, ὅτι ἐν Αὐλίδι ἐσφαγίασεν Ἰφιγένειαν. —MC, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: (‘Epiklēma’ is) used for ‘engklēma’, ‘charge, accusation’. That is, when themselves being charged and maligned, or presenting any excuse at all. For this woman too presented as her excuse the actions involving Iphigenia, (saying) that she killed him because of this fact, that he sacrificed Iphigenia in Aulis.

LEMMA: lemma CRw(as if also on 569) POSITION: precedes previous Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἐναυλίδι M, ἐν αὐλῖδι C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.158,9–12; Dind. II.161,12–15

COMMENT: In this and the redacted version of V (next), the commentator is apparently explaining alternative interpretations of ἐπίκλημ’ ἐχούσαις, showing awareness of the flexibility of verbal phrases consisting of ἔχειν with a noun expressing an emotion or attitude or the like. Many such phrases can be equivalent to an active verb or a passive verb. That is, while ἔγλκημα ἔχειν is most commonly ‘to have a complaint/charge (to make against someone else)’, it can also appear with the sense ‘to be subject to a complaint/charge (raised by someone else)’, as in Plato, Phaedo 86e6–8 ἐμοὶ γὰρ φαίνεται ἔτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ὁ λόγος εἶναι, καί, ὅπερ ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ἐλέγομεν, ταὐτὸν ἔγκλημα ἔχειν; ps-Demosth. contra Boeotum 2.51 ὥστε πολὺ μᾶλλον προσήκειν ἐμὲ τούτοις ἐγκαλεῖν ἢ αὐτὸν ἐγκλήματ’ ἔχειν ὑπὸ τούτων. Thus the commentator considers the possibility that the meaning is passive here before offering the active interpretation. In B’s version, only the passive interpretation is offered.

Or. 570.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίκλημ’ ἐχούσαις⟩: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔγκλημα. ²τουτέστιν ἐγκαλουμέναις ἐφ’ ᾧτινι δή, ἢ αὐταῖς ἐγκαλούσαις καὶ προφασιζομέναις ὅ τι δήποτε. ³καὶ αὕτη γὰρ προεφασίζετο τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰφιγένειαν ⁴ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο ἀνεῖλεν αὐτὸν, ὅτι ἐν Αὐλίδι ἐσφαγίασεν Ἰφιγένειαν —V

TRANSLATION: (‘Epiklēma’ is) used for ‘engklēma’, ‘charge, accusation’. That is, when being charged for some act or other, or themselves charging and presenting any excuse at all. For this woman too presented as her excuse the actions involving Iphigenia, (saying) that she killed him because of this fact, that he sacrificed Iphigenia in Aulis.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 570.01 V

APP. CRIT.: 2 δὴ] δεῖ V | 3 αὐτὴ V | 4 ἀνεῖλον V (cf. M in prev.)

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐφῶτινι V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.158,9–12 app.; Dind. II.161,12–15 with app.

COMMENT: One might consider retaining αὐτὴ in 3 as reflecting a more recent revision of an older explanation, since in later Greek αὐτή can be used in the sense of αὕτη: Blass–Debrunner–Rehkopf §268.1; Jannaris §542. The question may also be posed elsewhere in editing these scholia, but there is some rationale for reading αὕτη in scholia that may go back to ancient commentaries, on the assumption that the earlier commentators would have imitated classical usage as far as possible in a matter like this.

Or. 570.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐπίκλημ’ ἐχούσαις⟩: ¹προβαλλομέναις καὶ προφασιζομέναις ὅ τι τύχοι καὶ ὅ τι δήποτε. ²καὶ αὕτη γὰρ προεφασίζετο τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰφιγένειαν ³ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο ἀνεῖλεν αὐτὸν, ὅτι ἐν Αὐλίδι ἐσφαγίασεν Ἰφιγένειαν. —B

TRANSLATION: Defending themselves and presenting as an excuse whatever there might be and anything at all. For this woman too presented as her excuse the actions involving Iphigenia, (saying) that she killed him because of this fact, that he sacrificed Iphigenia in Aulis.

POSITION: precedes sch. 570.01

APP. CRIT.: 1 προφαλλομέναις (sic) B | 3 ἀνεῖλον B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.158,9–12 app.; Dind. II.161,12–15 with app.

Or. 570.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίκλημ’ ἐχούσαις ὅτι τύχοι⟩: ἐπεγκαλουμέναις ὁτιδήποτε —O

TRANSLATION: Being accused of something or other.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 570.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπίκλημ’ ἐχούσαις ὅτι τύχοι⟩: ἤγουν διὰ τὴν τυχοῦσαν αἰτίαν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: lemma ἐχούσαις X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. XoGGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.161,16–17

Or. 570.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τύχοι⟩: ἔδοξε, καὶ ὃ δόξοι αὐταῖς τυχεῖν —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: δόξοι is unlikely to be a mistake for δόξαι, which is not likely to have been used instead of δόξειε, so one wonders whether this late paraphrast considered δόξοι a possible aorist optative or thought it proper to use a future optative.

Or. 570.23 (tri metr) ⟨δράσας⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 571.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κομπεῖς⟩: καὶ μετὰ κόμπου καὶ ἐπάρσεως λέγεις —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 571.15 (thom exeg) ⟨τόνδ’ ἔπαυσα τὸν νόμον⟩: τὸ μὴ τοὺς ἄνδρας φονεύειν διά τινα πρόφασιν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (So that) they (women) do not kill their husbands because of some pretext.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τινα συνήθειαν πρόφασιν Zb (conflation from sch. 571.20)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.161,20–21

COMMENT: The explanation is written above the whole phrase (except in Za, where is begins above νόμον), so it is best to assume that τὸ μὴ + infinitive is used for ὥστε μὴ + infinitive or that the phrase is conceived as a complement to ἔπαυσα. If it were an articular infinitive defining νόμον itself, the deletion of μὴ would be required.

Or. 571.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τόνδ’ ἔπαυσα τὸν νόμον⟩: ταύτην δ’ ἔπαυσα τὴν πρᾶξιν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 571.19 (rec exeg) ⟨νόμον⟩: ἤγουν τὸ σφάττειν αἱ γυναῖκες τοὺς ἄνδρας —V¹Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Law’,) namely, that women slaughter their husbands.

POSITION: s.l. V¹, marg. Y²

APP. CRIT.: τὰς γυναῖκας Y² | αὐτῶν add. Y²

COMMENT: Note the nominative as subject of the infinitive, a Byzantine usage.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 572.01 (pllgn rhet) τὸ σχῆμα ἀντέ⟨γ⟩κλημα. —B^3d

TRANSLATION: The schema is counter-accusation.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντέγκλημα/ἀντεγκληματικός

Or. 572.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μισῶν δὲ μητέρ’ ἐνδίκως ἀπώλεσα⟩: ἐνδίκως δὲ μισῶν τὴν μητέρα ἀπώλεσα. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: δὲ om. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.161,23

Or. 572.03 (thom exeg) ⟨μισῶν δὲ μητέρ’⟩: διὰ τὸ φονεῦσαι τὸν ἑαυτῆς ἄνδρα —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Hating my mother’) because she killed her own husband.

POSITION: s.l., above ἀπώλεσα Gu (earlier space taken)

Or. 573.03 (rec rhet) πηλικότης ἀπὸ μείζονος —MnPr

TRANSLATION: Argument from importance, from the greater (that is, claiming one thing is more important than another).

POSITION: s.l. Mn, marg. Pr

COMMENT: See on sch. 506.02

KEYWORDS: πηλικότης (ἀπὸ μείζονος)

Or. 573.04 (pllgn rhet) πηλικότης ἐξ ἐναντίου —G

TRANSLATION: Argument from importance, from the opposite (that is, claiming that the victim’s action is more serious than the defendant’s).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: See on sch. 506.02; this phrase is not attested elsewhere.

KEYWORDS: πηλικότης (ἀπὸ μείζονος)

Or. 573.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπόντ’ ἐκ δωμάτων⟩: βαγεύσαντα ἐκ τῶν οἰκημάτων —Rf²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: app. μιγεύσαντ() Rf²

COMMENT: See LBG s.v. βαγεύω: ‘(lat. vagari) umherstreifen, ausbleiben’.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 574.01 (thom exeg) ⟨πάσης ὑπὲρ γῆς⟩: ἡ γὰρ ἁρπαγὴ τῆς Ἑλένης πάσης Ἑλλάδος ἦν ἀτιμία. —ZbZlZmGuOx²

TRANSLATION: For the abduction of Helen was an action dishonoring all Greece.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐναρπαγὴ Zb | τῆς add. before ἑλλάδος Gu | ἦν ἀτ. lost to trimming Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀρπαγὴ Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.162,3–4

Or. 575.01 (pllgn rhet) ἐκβολὴ ἐλέους —Gu

TRANSLATION: Explosion (of expression) of pity.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: εἰσβολή/ἐκβολή

Or. 576.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ᾔσθετ’⟩: καὶ αἴσθησιν ἔλαβε καὶ ἐγνώρισε —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 576.15 (576–578) (vet paraphr) οὐχ αὑτῇ δίκην ἐπέθηκεν: ¹οὐχ ἑαυτὴν ἐτιμωρήσατο δέον τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ²ἀλλ’ ἵνα μὴ δίκας ἀπαιτηθῇ τῆς μοιχείας προτέρα ἐφόνευσεν. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwS, partial O

TRANSLATION: She did not punish herself, as she ought to have done, but to avoid being required to pay the penalty for her adultery she killed (her husband) first.

LEMMA: M(αὐτὴ), ἀλλ’ ὡς μὴ δίκην Rw, ἐπεὶ δ’ ἁμαρτοῦσ’ ᾔσθετ’ V(first three words of note punct. as if also part of lemma V), ἐπεὶ δ’ ἁμαρτοῦσα MlMnPrR^bS REF. SYMBOL: MVMlR^bRw POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. O

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὐχ’ Rw | μοιχίας Ml | 2 ἐφόνευσε BV, ἠφόνευσεν Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.158,13–15; Dind. II.162,9–11

Or. 577.03 (pllgn rhet) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὡς μὴ δίκην δοίη πόσει⟩: ἀπὸ μείζονος ἡ αἰτία. —Zu

TRANSLATION: The accusation (is made) from (the claim of) greater (wrong, i.e., in Clytemnestra’s action than in his own).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See above on πηλικότης (ἀπὸ μείζονος), sch. 506.02.

KEYWORDS: πηλικότης (ἀπὸ μείζονος)

Or. 577.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὡς μὴ δίκην δοίη πόσει⟩: ἀλλ’ ἵνα μὴ τιμωρίαν ὀφλῇ τῷ ἀνδρί —F²

TRANSLATION: (‘But in order that she not pay the penalty to her husband’, that is,) ‘but in order that she not owe punishment to her husband’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 577.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὡς μὴ δίκην δοίη⟩: ἀλλ’ ὡς μὴ δίκας δώσει —Mn²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 577.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς μὴ δίκην δοίη πόσει⟩: ἤγουν ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς κολασθείη —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

TRANSLATION: (‘In order that she not pay the penalty to her husband’,) that is, ‘in order that she not be punished by her husband’.

POSITION: s.l. except X; ἵνα originally a sep. gloss Xo

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. GAa², a.c. Xo | ὑπὸ om. Y | κολασθῇ Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.162,15–16

Or. 577.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς μὴ δίκην δοίη⟩: ἤγουν ὡς μὴ δίκας ἀπαιτηθείη —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘In order that she not pay the penalty’,) that is, ‘in order that she not be required to pay penalties’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 578.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐζημίωσε … κἀπέκτειν’⟩: πρωθύστερον —Lb

TRANSLATION: (‘She punished … and she killed’:) prothusteron.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.16,20

COMMENT: This is not entirely plausible as an example of what the scholia usually label prothusteron, and it is possible that the word results from a misreading of the gloss πρότερον (next).

KEYWORDS: πρωθύστερον

Or. 578.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐζημίωσε … ἐμόν⟩: ἠδίκησε πατέρα τὸν ἐμὸν καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

TRANSLATION: She wronged my father and killed him.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα transp. T

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐδίκησε Aa² | ‑κτεινε Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.162.19–20

Or. 578.03 (tri exeg) ⟨ἐζημίωσε⟩: ἁρμοδίως καὶ κυρίως ἡ λέξις ἐνταῦθα κεῖται· εἰ γὰρ ἡ ζημία ζωῆς ἐστι μείωσις καὶ ἐλάττωσις, εἰκότως ζημιοῦν τινὰ λέγεται ὁ θανάτῳ τὴν ζωὴν αὐτοῦ ἀφελόμενος. —T³

TRANSLATION: The term (scil. ‘exacted a penalty/fine’) is used here fittingly and in its proper sense. For if the penalty/fine is a reduction and diminution of life, then the one who has taken away someone’s life by (causing his) death is reasonably said to exact a penalty/fine from him.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T³ POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κυρίως] οἰκείως Arsen.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.162,17–19; de Fav. 56

COMMENT: οἰκείως seems to be Arsenius’s own substitution. I have been able to verify κυρίως in four copies descended from T for which images are at hand or online (Ta, Tb, Paris. gr. 2812, and Vat. Pal. gr. 223).

Or. 578.09 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπέκτειν’⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 579.01 (tri rhet) ἐνθύμημα —T

TRANSLATION: Enthymeme.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἐνθύμημα

Or. 579.02 (pllgn rhet) ἀξίωσις τὸ σχῆμα. —CrOx

TRANSLATION: The schema is ‘axiosis’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This juncture is not found elsewhere, and it is uncertain what ἀξίωσις means here. It might refer narrowly to the appeal to the gods and the concession that their rank or stature make them unsuitable to mention in connection with the murder-case. Or it might refer to the following rhetorical question, as a petition or demand for agreement with his position, or perhaps to the stature and rank of Agamemnon as one who could demand vengeance. [Addendum 2025: in περὶ εὑρέσεως, ps.-Hermogenes mentions ἀξιώσεις in the sense ‘requests’ as the payoffs of proems (1.1,49–50 [= p. 95,14–15 Rabe]αἱ δὲ ἀποδόσεις παντὸς προοιμίου αἱ ἀξιώσεις εἰσίν); such ‘requests’ can also occur at the climax of a narrative (2.7,122ff. [= p. 125,3ff. Rabe]). But this usage does not seem to me to help one understand ἀξίωσις in this scholion, nor that in sch. 1.29.]

KEYWORDS: ἀξίωσις

Or. 579.06 (tri metr) ⟨θεῶν⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 579.07 (579–580) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν οὐ καλῷ … δικαστῶν⟩: μεσεμβόλημα, ὅπερ λέγεται διὰ μέσου. —Zm

TRANSLATION: A parenthetic phrase, which is called ‘in the middle’ (‘dia mesou’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου | μεσεμβόλημα

Or. 579.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐν οὐ καλῷ⟩: καὶ μὴν ἐν οὐ καλῷ καιρῷ δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: μὴν] μὴ GrAa² | καλῷ καιρῷ] καιρῷ οὐχὶ διακαλῶ Aa²

Or. 580.01 (vetMosch paraphr) ⟨φόνον δικάζων⟩: ¹περὶ τοῦ φόνου δικαζόμενος —MOV¹CXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: On trial concerning the murder.

POSITION: intermarg. M, in sch. column CX, s.l. others

APP. CRIT.: δικαζ. περὶ φόνου transp. R | παρὰ app. O | τοῦ] MV¹, om. others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.158,16; Dind. II.162,27

Or. 580.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨φόνον δικάζων⟩: δικαζόμενος ὑπὲρ φόνου —AaAbMlMnPrRS

TRANSLATION: On trial concerning murder.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: δικάζομαι Ab | ὑπὲρ τοῦ φ. Mn | φόνον Ab

Or. 580.03 (rec gram) ⟨φόνον δικάζων⟩: ἀλλοπαθὲς καὶ ταυτοπαθὲς —MnPr

TRANSLATION: Non-reflexive (transitive) and reflexive (middle-passive).

POSITION: marg. (Mn here, Pr at 577+578)

APP. CRIT.: ἀλλοπαθὲς καὶ om. Mn | αὐτοπαθὲς a.c. Pr

COMMENT: The position of this in Pr creates great difficulty in explaining to what it refers, whereas the position in Mn makes its application to φόνον δικάζων natural, and the comment then reflects the interpretation that δικάζων, normally other-directed and transitive (ἀλλοπαθές), is here used with the self-directed, reflexive sense of δικαζόμενος. The older and more common term for ‘reflexive’, used of pronouns and of verbs, is αὐτοπαθές, as Pr had it before correction. But as LBG indicates, ταυτοπαθής, originally distinguished from αὐτοπαθής as ‘suffering the same as another’ vs. ‘reflexive’, is also found with the latter meaning in middle Byzantine texts: Sch. Lucian. 1.3,14 διῆγον] ταὐτοπαθὲς καὶ ἀλλοπαθές; Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Ran. 1063 Koster ἀμπίσχων] ἀλλοπαθές· ‘ἀμπίσχομαι’ δὲ ταὐτοπαθές.

COLLATION NOTES: [τ]αυτο[πα]θὲς in Mn, with some letters obscured in the curve of the binding, but it is certain that there is no breathing on the upsilon.

Or. 581.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σιγῶν ἐπῄνουν⟩: πᾶς γὰρ ὁ ἀκούων τι κακὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ σιγῇ δοκεῖ ἐπαινεῖν τοῦτο. —Lp

TRANSLATION: For everyone who hears something bad said of himself also appears by silence to approve this.

APP. CRIT. 2: σιγεῖ Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.162,29

Or. 581.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σιγῶν ἐπῄνουν⟩: διὰ τὸ σιγᾶν ἐπῄνουν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | τὸ σιγ(ῆς) Yf | ἐπῄνουν om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: σιγᾷν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.162,28

Or. 581.13 (tri metr) ⟨ἔδρασ’⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 582.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨με … ἀνεχόρευ’ Ἐρινύσιν⟩: μαίνεσθαί με ἐποίει καὶ παρεδίδου εἰς μανίαν. —Y²

TRANSLATION: He would have made me act insanely and given me over to madness.

Or. 582.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨με … ἀνεχόρευ’⟩: καὶ ἐποίει χορεύειν ἐμὲ —Mn

TRANSLATION: And he would have made me dance.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: χορέβειν Mn

Or. 582.04 (tri metr) ⟨μισῶν⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 582.05 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀνεχόρευ’ Ἐρινύσιν⟩: παρεδίδου εἰς μανίαν —MCV³MlMnPrRSSa^r

TRANSLATION: (‘Set to dancing through his Erinyes’ means) ‘gave (me) over to madness’.

POSITION: s.l. except C, intermarg. M, marg. R

APP. CRIT.: εἰς μανίαν om. R (or lost to damage)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.158,17; Dind. II.162,32

Or. 582.06 (rec exeg) ἀνεχόρευε: διέπαιζεν ἢ ἐλύπει, τὰ ἐναντία ποιῶν τοῖς χορεύ⟨ου⟩σιν. χορεύειν μὲν γὰρ ἡδύ, ἀναχορεύειν δὲ οὐχ ἡδύ. —Rw

TRANSLATION: He would have made sport (of me) or caused (me) pain, doing the opposite of those who arouse dancing. For (the root verb for) dancing (‘choreuein’) is pleasant, but (the compound) ‘anachoreuein’ is not pleasant.

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐχ’ Rw

Or. 582.19 (rec metr) ⟨Ἐρινύσιν⟩: long mark over first iota —O

Or. 583.01 (pllgn rhet) σχῆμα βίαιον παρὰ τοῖς ῥήτορσιν —G

TRANSLATION: Powerful/violent schema (as seen) in the orators.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 421.02.

KEYWORDS: σχῆμα βίαιον/ὅρος βίαιος

Or. 584.01 (rec rhet) ὅρος βίαιος —Mn

TRANSLATION: Forcible definition.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Compare sch. 583.01. Mn has this next to μᾶλλον ἠδικημένῳ here, and 584 is the last line of the recto, so the note should not be reassigned to 585, where others have similar observations. Here the forced element is Orestes’ assertion ‘treated with greater injustice’, to which Tyndareus would not readily accede. For the term, see Hermogenes περὶ στάσεων 6,34–42 [pp. 73,16–74,4 Rabe; Heath 50–51, (comm.) 126–127].

KEYWORDS: σχῆμα βίαιον/ὅρος βίαιος

Or. 585.01 (rec rhet) ὅρος βίαιος ὅταν τις καταβάλληται παρ’ ἄλλου. —Pr

TRANSLATION: It is a forced definition (of the circumstances) when someone is overthrown by another.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: παράλλου Pr

COMMENT: See on sch. 584.01. Here the forced element is making Tyndareus the origin of the crimes.

KEYWORDS: σχῆμα βίαιον/ὅρος βίαιος

Or. 585.02 (rec rhet) βίαιον —V³FMnGuB^3d

TRANSLATION: Forced (argument).

REF. SYMBOL: Mn POSITION: s.l. V³MnGu, marg. FB^3d

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο add. Mn

KEYWORDS: σχῆμα βίαιον/ὅρος βίαιος

Or. 585.03 (pllgnTri rhet) βίαιον τὸ σχῆμα. —T⁺Zu

TRANSLATION: The schema is that of forced argument.

POSITION: s.l. Zu, marg. T

COMMENT: For the cross apparently indicating Triclinius’s own, non-Thoman annotation, see on sch. 512.02.

KEYWORDS: σχῆμα βίαιον/ὅρος βίαιος

Or. 585.04 (pllgn rhet) βιαία λύσις ἢ κατ’ ἔνστασιν ἢ κατ’ ἀντιπαράστασιν. —Y²

TRANSLATION: A forced refutation either by objection or by counter-claim.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: σχῆμα βίαιον/ὅρος βίαιος | ἔνστασις | ἀντιπαράστασις

Or. 585.05 (vet exeg) σύ τοι φυτεύσας: Ὁμηρικὸν ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 5.875] ‘σοὶ πάντες μαχόμεσθα· σὺ γὰρ τέκες ἄφρονα κούρην’. —MBV¹VCMlMnPrR^aS

TRANSLATION: In Homeric fashion, like the line ‘we (gods) are in dispute with you (Zeus), because you sired a mindless daughter (Athena)’.

LEMMA: V¹(τι)MlMnPrS, σὺ φυτεύσας M(τοι also om. in text) REF. SYMBOL: MVMl POSITION: s.l. V; V¹ adds this at bottom of side margin block, after sch. 605.03.

APP. CRIT. 2: σοὶ] σὺ MlPrR^aS | μαχόμεθα V¹MlS, perhaps Mn (damage)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.158,18–19; Dind. II.163,1–2

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | Ὁμηρικός/Ὁμηρικῶς

Or. 587.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μητροκτόνος⟩: καὶ φονεύσας τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα δηλονότι —Ox

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 588.01 (rec rhet) ἐργασία ἐξ ὁμοίων, ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως καὶ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος. —Pr, partial Mn²

TRANSLATION: Elaboration from similar cases, drawn from Odysseus and Agamemnon.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ τῶν κτλ om. Mn²

KEYWORDS: ἐργασία

Or. 588.02 (tri rhet) ἐργασία ἀπὸ παραδείγματος —T⁺Zb²Gu

TRANSLATION: Elaboration from an example.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: mostly lost to damage T, read in Ta

COMMENT: For the cross marking Triclinius’s own annotation, see on sch. 512.02.

KEYWORDS: ἐργασία | παράδειγμα

Or. 588.03 (pllgn rhet) παράδειγμα —B⁴

TRANSLATION: Example.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: abbrev. π(αρα)()΄ B⁴

KEYWORDS: παράδειγμα

Or. 588.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅρᾷς Ὀδυσσέως ἄλοχον⟩: οὐ τὴν Πηνελόπην βλέπεις τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως τὴν σύνοικον; —Rf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 588.06 (pllgn rhet) ⟨Ὀδυσσέως ἄλοχον⟩: πρός τι, κατὰ σύγκρισιν. —V³Y²Gu

TRANSLATION: Relative argument, using comparison.

POSITION: s.l. V³Gu, marg. Y²

APP. CRIT.: πρός τι, κατὰ] πρόσκτιστον Y²

Or. 588.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Ὀδυσσέως ἄλοχον⟩: ἡ Πηνελόπη ἦν γυνὴ τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως. ὁ Τηλέμαχος ἦν υἱὸς τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως. —Ab

TRANSLATION: Penelope was wife of Odysseus. Telemachus was son of Odysseus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 588.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ὀδυσσέως ἄλοχον⟩: λέγει δὲ ἄλοχον Ὀδυσσέως τὴν Πηνελόπην. —Y²

TRANSLATION: And he means by ‘wife of Odysseus’s Penelope.

POSITION: marg., cont. from sch. 588.08

Or. 588.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ὀδυσσέως ἄλοχον⟩: παροιμία ἐπὶ ἔργων ἀτελέστων ‘Πηνελόπης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνει’. —Aa

TRANSLATION: A proverb applying to unfinished work: ‘he weaves Penelope’s cloth’.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: There are about a dozen allusions using Πηνελόπης ἱστόν or the like from Plato, Phaedo 84a6 onward. The combination with ὑφαίνειν is found five times in Byzantine authors from the 7th to 14th centuries, but not in the paroemiographic corpora.

KEYWORDS: παροιμία

Or. 588.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄλοχον⟩: τὴν γυναῖκα ἤγουν τὴν Πηνελόπην —VMlMnPrSSa^r

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Sa^r

APP. CRIT.: first τὴν om. V | ἤτοι Sa^r

APP. CRIT. 2: πυνελόπιν S

Or. 589.05 (pllgn rhet) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ἐπεγάμει πόσει πόσιν⟩: θέσις κατὰ σύγκρισιν, οὐδὲ γενικῶς παρῆκται, διὰ τὸ μηδὲ ἐξεῖναι λέγειν ὅτι δεῖ μητροκτονεῖν. —G

TRANSLATION: Assertion using comparison, for it has not been introduced in general terms, nor is it even possible to claim that one ought to commit matricide.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: μὴ δὲ G

Or. 589.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ἐπεγάμει πόσει πόσιν⟩: οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ πόσει πόσιν ἕτερον εἰς γάμον ἑαυτῆς ἦγεν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr^aAa², partial Gr^b

TRANSLATION: She did not take in marriage with herself a second husband in addition to her husband.

POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGGr^bAa², marg. T; cont. from prev. with ἢ G

APP. CRIT.: οὐ γὰρ … ἕτερον om. Gr^b | ἤγαγεν XoYf

APP. CRIT. 2: ἦγε Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.163,22–23

Or. 589.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ἐπεγάμει πόσει πόσιν⟩: οὐ γὰρ ἔλαβεν εἰς γάμους πόσιν ἐπὶ ἑτέρῳ πόσει· καὶ γὰρ ἔζη ὁ ἁνὴρ αὐτῆς. —Lp

TRANSLATION: For she did not take in marriage a husband in addition to another (man as) husband, for in fact her husband was alive.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.163,24–25

Or. 589.08 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ἐπεγάμει πόσει πόσιν⟩: καὶ ἐπισυνῆπτο· οὐ γὰρ ἐμοιχεύθη ὑπὸ ἄλλου ἀνδρός. —MlMnPrR^aS

TRANSLATION: And she was not joined together in addition. For she was not seduced by another man.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐμοιχεύετο MnS, ἐμοίχευσεν Ml | ἀνδρός] πατρὸς S

Or. 589.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ἐπεγάμει πόσει πόσιν⟩: οὐκ ἔλαβεν ἕτερον ἄνδρα —V²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 589.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπεγάμει πόσει πόσιν⟩: ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ πατρὸς γάμῳ ἔφερεν ἄλ[λον γάμον]. —F

POSITION: marg.

Or. 590.01 (thom exeg) ⟨μένει⟩: καὶ ἀπόντι τῷ Ὀδυσσεῖ —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘She remains’) for Odysseus even when he was absent.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.163,26

Or. 590.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν οἴκοις⟩: γρ. ἐς οἴκους. —Xo

TRANSLATION: (For ‘en oikois’, ‘in houses’,) the reading ‘eis oikous’ (‘to houses’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 590.06 (vet exeg) ὑγιὲς: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀμίαντον, σῶφρον —MBOV¹VCA^rMnMlPrRwSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Sound, healthy’ is) used for ‘undefiled’, ‘chaste’.

LEMMA: Rw, ὑγιὲς εὐνατήριον V¹, εὐνατήριον PrSa, εὐνάστερον Ml, πυνώστ()ρ(ον) S POSITION: s.l. OVA^r, intermarg. MB

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] MV¹A^r, ἀντὶ C, om. others | ἀμίαντος καὶ σώφρων A^r

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.158,20; Dind. II.163,26–27

Or. 590.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑγιὲς⟩: τὴν γὰρ κοίτην τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀπαράθραυστον διετήρησεν. —V¹MlPrRwSSa

TRANSLATION: For she preserved her husband’s bed inviolate.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all (Mn with last words sep. in inner marg.)

APP. CRIT.: ἀπέθραυστον MlMnPrS, ἄθραυστον Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.158,21; Dind. II.163,27–28

COMMENT: The adjective ἀπαράθραυστος is not attested before late antiquity; Sa’s ἄθραυστος is in Euripides and later poets and also in prose from Hellenistic times onward, but it probably originated as a correction of the error ἀπέθραυστον, where πε may have originated from misreading a π(αρα)/π(ερι) abbreviation.

Or. 590.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑγιὲς εὐνατήριον⟩: ἀμίαντος ἡ κοίτη, ἤγουν ἀμίαντον τηροῦσα τὴν κοίτην —MlMnPrS, partial R

TRANSLATION: The (marriage-)bed (is) undefiled, that is, (she, the wife, is) preserving the bed undefiled.

LEMMA: εὐναστήριον in text MlMnPrS, εὐστήριον R POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀμίαντος] ἀμίαντον MnPr (ἀμίαντ. spaced apart in all except S, with punct. Ml) | ἤγουν κτλ om. R | ἤτοι Mn | ἀμίαντον] ἀμίαντος Ml

COMMENT: Glosses at a distance are sometimes meant to be taken together, so if ἀμίαντος is the original first word here, ἀμίαντον is an easy adjustment for a scribe who instead treated it as separate and made it agree with ὑγιὲς.

Or. 591.01 (pllgn rhet) μετάστασις· μεθιστᾷ τὴν αἰτίαν εἰς τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα. —G

TRANSLATION: Shifting of responsibility: for he transfers the blame to Apollo.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: μετάστασις

Or. 591.02 (pllgn rhet) μετάστασις τὸ σχῆμα. —V³Y²Zu

TRANSLATION: The schema is shifting of responsibility.

POSITION: s.l. V³Zu, marg. Y²

APP. CRIT.: τὸ σχῆμα om. V³Zu

COMMENT: Y² also wrote just μετάστα above ὁρᾷς in 588 but did not finish the word, probably because he realized he was placing it with the wrong ὁρᾷς. The scribe did not, however, delete μετάστα.

KEYWORDS: μετάστασις

Or. 591.03 (pllgn rhet) μετάθεσις τῆς αἰτίας ἢ μετάστασις —Zb²Gu

TRANSLATION: Transfer of the blame or shifting of responsibility.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: In Zb this is in the left margin beside 591–593, but follows just under sch. 588.02 with no punct. almost as if it continues from it. The phenomenon described, however, fits only 591–593.

KEYWORDS: μετάστασις

Or. 591.04 (tri rhet) μετάστασις καὶ ἀναφορά —T

TRANSLATION: Shifting of responsibility and reference to another agent.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: μετάστασις

Or. 591.05 (pllgn rhet) σχῆμα ⟨κατὰ⟩ μετάστασιν ὅπερ ἔχει καὶ συγγνώμην. —B^3d

TRANSLATION: Schema using shifting of responsibility that also has (an element of) exculpation.

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES: The first letter of ὅπερ is incomplete on Turyn’s photo and hidden in the binding on the Gallica image, but the visible trace seems more likely to be the edge of omicron than of eta.

KEYWORDS: μετάστασις | συγγνώμη

Or. 591.06 (rec rhet) συγγ[νω]μον[ικὸν] τὸ σ[χῆμα]. —Pr

TRANSLATION: The schema is conducive to exculpation.

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES: It is uncertain whether Pr wrote συγγ[ or συγν[; the final trace after τὸ suits the left of edge of sigma, but not that of mu (which would have meant that Pr had the same as Mn in the next).

Or. 591.07 (rec rhet) συγ⟨γ⟩νωμικὸν τὸ μετά()⟨ … ⟩ —Mn

TRANSLATION: Shifting the responsibility(?) is conducive to exculpation.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: e.g., μετάστασιν/μετάθεσιν ποιεῖσθαι

COMMENT: The longer form συγγνωμονικός (as in the prev. in Pr) is the common one and is used in Hermogenes and his commentators. The shorter form συγγνωμικός is attested only five times in TLG, in authors of late antiquity or Byzantium, including twice in commentaries on Hermogenes.

KEYWORDS: μετάστασις | συγγνώμη | rare word

Or. 592.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨στόμα … σαφέστατον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ χρησμοὺς ἀληθεστάτους —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Most reliable mouth’ is) used for ‘truest oracles’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.163,33

Or. 592.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στόμα νέμει⟩: καὶ παρέχει λόγον· ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀργάνου τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Distributes a mouth’ means) ‘provides a statement’: from the organ (is expressed) the product (of the organ).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 592.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στόμα⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ λέγοντος τὸ λεγόμενον, στόμα ἀντὶ τοῦ λόγου. —Y²

TRANSLATION: (Expressing) what is said by means of what says (it), ‘mouth’ instead of ‘speech/statement’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 593.04 (rec gram) ⟨πειθόμεσθ’ ἅπαντα⟩: ‘πειθόμεθα σοι τὰ ἔργα’. —S

TRANSLATION: (The syntax of accusative object with the middle verb ‘believe/obey’ is like that in the example) ‘We obey you in our deeds’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The example sentence is not attested elsewhere.

Or. 594.01 (pllgn rhet) ἀντίληψις —Zu

TRANSLATION: Counter-statement appealing to a legal justification.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίληψις

Or. 594.03 (mosch exeg) πιθόμενος: ¹διὰ τοῦ ι̅ ἐνταῦθα τὸ πιθόμενος. ²ὅτι δὲ καὶ οὕτω γράφεται παρὰ τοῖς ποιηταῖς δῆλον καὶ ἀπὸ τούτων· ³[Anth. gr. 9.748 Beckby] ‘ἡ λίθος ἔστ’ ἀμέθυστος· ἐγὼ δ’ ὁ πότης Διόνυσος. / ⁴ἢ πιθέτω νήφειν μ’, ἢ μαθέτω μεθύειν’. —XXaXb^aXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Xb^b

TRANSLATION: Here (the form is) ‘pithomenos’ with iota. And that it is in fact written this way in the poets is clear from these lines: ‘The stone is amethyst, and I the drinker am Dionysus. / Either let someone convince me to be sober, or let him learn to be drunk’.

LEMMA: τούτῳ πιθόμενος G POSITION: s.l. Xb^b; first sent. sep. s.l. XaXb^aGrY, remainder in marg. block

APP. CRIT.: 1 om. G | 2–4 ὅτι δὲ κτλ om. Xb^b | 3 ἀμέθυστος] T, ἀμέθυσος others (ἀμέθισος Xb^a) | 4 νήφειν μ’] T, με νήφειν Xo, νήφειν others

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 οὕτως Xb^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.164,3–6; de Fav. 56

COMMENT: Triclinius marks this as Moschopulean in his usual way, with a cross, but Ta mistakenly (perhaps because of its metrical content) adds τρικλ() in the margin above it, whence it appears misleadingly in de Faveri’s edition as if Triclinian.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Anthologia graeca

Or. 594.07 (tri metr) ⟨πιθόμενος⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον —T

TRANSLATION: Because of the meter (the spelling is ‘pith-’ with iota, aorist, not ‘peith-’ with epsilon iota, present).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 594.08 (pllgn metr) ⟨πιθόμε(νος)⟩: χορεῖος (with short mark over each syllable of lemma) —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 595.01 (595–596) (pllgn rhet) σχ[ῆμα] / β[ίαιον] —Pr

TRANSLATION: Schema of forced argument.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: σχῆμα βίαιον/ὅρος βίαιος

Or. 595.02 (595–596) (rec rhet) ἐκ τοῦ ἀπρεποῦς —Mn

TRANSLATION: (Argument/refutation) from the unseemly.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: It is unseemly to treat the god in the way proposed, so the premise that Orestes’ action was culpable must be dismissed as absurd. Hermogenes Progymn. 5,7–9 and 16–17 [p. 11,8–10 and 17–18 Rabe] ἀνασκευάσεις δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἀσαφοῦς, ἐκ τοῦ ἀπιθάνου, ἐκ τοῦ ἀδυνάτου, ἐκ τοῦ ἀνακολούθου τοῦ καὶ ἐναντίου καλουμένου, ἐκ τοῦ ἀπρεποῦς, ἐκ τοῦ ἀσυμφόρου … ἐκ τοῦ ἀπρεποῦς ‘ἀπρεπὲς ἦν τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα θεὸν ὄντα θνητῇ μίγνυσθαι’.

KEYWORDS: ἀνασκευή

Or. 596.02 (rec exeg) τί χρή με δρᾶν: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ δεῖ με ὑπὲρ τούτου ἀγωνίζεσθαι ἢ δειλιᾶν. —MlMnPrR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Meaning ‘I should not be on trial or be afraid over this (or: on behalf of him, Apollo)’.

LEMMA: PrR^b(χρῆ)S; χρῆν in text MlR^a, χρῆ a.c. S) REF. SYMBOL: MlR^b

APP. CRIT.: οὐ om. Mn | after με add. ὑπάρχει Ml | τούτου om. S | δειλιᾶν] δειλίαν Ml, δειλίαν ὑφίστασθαι R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.164,7–8

Or. 597.01 (597–599) (vet paraphr) ἢ οὐκ ἀξιόχρεως ὁ θεός: εἴπερ ὁ θεὸς, εἰς ὃν ἀναφέρω τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ μύσους, οὐκ ἔστιν ἱκανὸς λῦσαί με, ποῖ φύγω; —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: If in fact the god, to whom I refer the blame/cause of the impurity, is not sufficient to release me, where am I to turn to escape?

LEMMA: M, ἢ οὐκ ἀξιόχρεως VCMl(οὐκαξι-)Mn(‑χρεος)Pr(ἦ)S(οὐκαξι-)R^bRw(ἦ)Sa (C without punct. between lemma and note) REF. SYMBOL: MVMlR^bSa

APP. CRIT.: εἴπερ] om. C, ἢ (or ἣ?) B, ὅπερ R^b | ἀφέρω R^b | μίσους MnPrSSa, μείσους Ml, μισους a later hand in B | οὐκ ἔσται VMlMn(οὐκίσται)Pr(οὐκέσται)R^bRwSa | ἱκανὸς] ἱκανὸς καὶ ἀξιόπιστος ἐχέγγυος τοῦ B, κακὸς Sa | λῦσαί] τοῦ λύσαι Rw, λαι M | με] MCRw, με τοῦ μιάσματος B, om. others [C has με, contra Schw.] | ποῖ φύγω om. B (but has ποῦ φύγω conflated with combined sch. 599.02)

APP. CRIT. 2: εἴπερ] εἴπεν Ml | οὐκεστιν app. M | λύσαι CMlR^bRwSSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.158,23–25; Dind. II.164,9–11

Or. 597.02 (tri metr) ⟨ἢ οὐκ⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 597.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἀξιόχρεως⟩: koinē short over omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 597.12 (tri metr) ⟨θεὸς⟩: ⟦συνίζησις⟧ —T

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The word is erased in T and not copied by Ta. It must reflect an alternative scansion or a slip that Triclinius saw should be removed.

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 597.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀναφέροντί μοι⟩: ἀνάγοντί μοι εἰς ἐκεῖνον τὴν ἁμαρτίαν —Y²Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 598.01 (pllgn exeg) διὰ τούτου ἐκφοβεῖ αὐτόν. —Lp

TRANSLATION: Through this he terrifies him.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.164,15

COMMENT: This is in the marg. at the level of 598, but the reference of this comment is unclear, since the subject and the antecedents of τούτου and αὐτόν are unclear. Perhaps the most likely interpretation is ‘Through this miasma Tyndareus terrifies Orestes’, alluding to Tyndareus’s argument at 531–532, his use of μίασμα in 517, and the implication of it in 481 προσφθέγγῃ νιν, ἀνόσιον κάρα. That is, the commentator sees this as a counter-argument to 530–533. Less likely alternatives are: (1) ‘Through this miasma Apollo terrifies Orestes’ (this would have to allude to the miasma of leaving his father unavenged—an idea imported by the commentator from knowledge of Aeschylus?); (2) ‘Through this statement Orestes tries to terrify Tyndareus (or Menelaus?)’ (very odd).

Or. 598.02 (rec exeg) ⟨μίασμα λῦσαι⟩: τὸν φόνον ἐκεῖνον λῦσαι, ἐμὲ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς μανίας —MlMnPrR^aSSa^r

TRANSLATION: (‘To clear the pollution’, that is,) to clear that murder and release me from madness.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὁ θεὸς prep. R^a | ἐκεῖνον] om. Sa^r, ἐκείνῳ R^aPr, a.c. or p.c. Mn | λῦσαι ] R^a, om. others | δὲ] R^a, om. others

Or. 598.11 (rec rhet) ⟨ποῖ τις οὖν φύγοι⟩: σχῆμα βαρύτητος. —MnS

TRANSLATION: Schema of indignation (at unfairness).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: βαρύτης

Or. 599.01 (vet exeg) εἰ μὴ ὁ κελεύσας: ¹†περὶ τὸ σχῆμα καὶ τὸ χ̅· ²παρὰ† γὰρ ῥύσεται αὐτὸν μὴ θανεῖν, θανεῖται. ³περισσὸν δὲ τὸ ἓν μ̅η· ἔστιν Ἀττικόν. —MVC

TRANSLATION: With reference to(?) the schema also the chi-sign (is present). For (textual corruption: e.g. ⟨unless he (Apollo)⟩) will save him from dying, he will die. And one (negative particle) ‘mē’ is superfluous: it is an Attic usage.

LEMMA: MVC REF. SYMBOL: M

APP. CRIT.: 1 περὶ] περιττὸν Dindorf, πρὸς Mastr., παρὰ Schwartz | καὶ] διὸ καὶ Dindorf | 2 παρὰ] παράκειται V, perhaps correctly | e.g., παράκειται· ⟨ … (?) εἰ μὴ⟩ γὰρ Mastr. | 3 ἓν μ̅η̅] μ̅η̅ C, ἐν V, with black space after it and sign of omission in margin | καὶ add. before ἔστιν V | at end add. τὸ τοιοῦτον V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.159,2–5; Dind. II.164,19–20 and app.

COMMENT: If the first sentence is isolated, the schema may be rhetorical (μετάστασις or βαρύτης) or grammatical (about the seemingly redundant μὴ with θανεῖν). B’s version (next) interprets it as grammatical. If it is taken as rhetorical, that is, βαρύτης (sch. 598.11), the following statement could express what is felt to be grossly unfair. In the scholia on drama, however, phenomena of many other kinds are marked with chi: unusual (metaphorical, poetic) meanings of words, variations in gender of words, uses of σφε as singular or νιν as plural, deviations from Homeric treatment or other mythograpic peculiarities, shifts in construction (such as plural following singular), but nowhere else, it seems, a rhetorical schema. | References to the chi sign normally have an explanation with ὅτι or with πρὸς+ acc., less often διὰ + accusative; occasionally the reason precedes and we find διὸ (καὶ) τὸ χ̅ or πρὸς ὃ (καὶ) τὸ σχῆμα. Usually no verb is expressed, but there are a few instances of κεῖται or its compounds: παράκειται (Sch. Soph. OC 375 Xenis, Sch. Arist. Thesm. 917 Regtuit τὸ χ παράκειται τῷ στίχῳ. καί φησι Καλλίστρατος οὕτω· ‘τῇ λαμπάδι’ εἶπεν, ἀλλαχῇ ‘τῇ δᾳδί’. ὡς δῆλον εἶναι ὅτι ἑκατέρως ἔλεγον. ⟨οὐκ⟩ ἀνάξιος δὲ ἂν εἴη ὁ Καλλίστρατος πιστεύεσθαι ὡς ἂν παρὰ διδασκάλου τοῦ Ἀριστοφάνους λέγων); πρόσκειται (Sch. Soph. Aj. 962 Christodoulou), κεῖται (Sch. Soph. OC 1494 Xenis). Note, in particular, Sch. Pind. P. 11.46c Drachmann τὸ δὲ χʹ ὅτι χαμηλὰ τὰ ταπεινὰ εἴρηκεν, where the version in the sch. rec. in Mommsen is τὸ σημεῖον δὲ κεῖται χ, ὅτι χαμηλὰ τὰ ταπεινὰ εἶπεν; Sch. Arist. Plut. 401 Chantry τὸ ‘χ’, ὅτι τὸ ‘νὼ’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘αὐτὸν’, ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘δεῖ ἡμᾶς ποιῆσαι αὐτὸν βλέψαι’, where τὸ χ is not in RV, and some later manuscripts have τὸ χ κεῖται. Other verbs occur, such as γράφεται (Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Ran. 35a Koster), τέθεικε and τέθειται in Pindar scholia. | Schwartz’s παρὰ τὸ σχῆμα is thus unacceptable. The proper emendation along that line would have to be πρὸς τὸ σχῆμα. For the latter cf. Sch. Arist. Av. 204a Holwerda ἐν σχήματι εἴρηκεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνικοῦ εἰς τὸ πληθυντικόν. καὶ πρὸς τὸ σχῆμα τὸ χ. In this version, however, the adverbial καὶ is odd, since it is normally found only when διὸ or πρὸς ὃ precedes. Dindorf’s emendation περιττὸν τὸ σχῆμα ⟨διὸ⟩ καὶ τὸ χ̅ has some attraction structurally (he considered the δὲ found in B’s version a corruption of διὸ), but the only parallel for such a schema is in Sch. Hom. Od. 2.195 as emended by Dindorf τὸ σχῆμα περιττὸν, ἀπότομον. But the other manuscript of this scholion has περὶ τὸν, and ἀπότομον is an emendation. Moreover, the applicability of περιττόν is unclear. Pontani (Sch. Hom. Od. 2.195a) emends instead to τὸ σχῆμα περὶ τὸν ἀριθμόν, which suits the fact that in this passage there is a transition from singular ἐς πατρὸς to plural οἱ δὲ. | The second sentence could be an incomplete remnant of a different annotation, one that offered a third-person paraphrase as part of a longer comment: perhaps ‘He reproaches Apollo’ and ‘if not’ have been lost (⟨εἰ μὴ⟩ γὰρ). Sentence 3 would then be an alternative phrasing of the observation of redundancy (either a continuation by the same commentator or a third separate comment that has been amalgamated here). Dindorf treats most of sentence 2 as intrusive and presents the note as περιττὸν τὸ σχῆμα· διὸ καὶ τὸ χ. περισσὸν γὰρ τὸ ἓν μή, καὶ ἔστιν Ἀττικόν, which seems too repetitious: περισσὸν γὰρ would follow much better on πρὸς τὸ σχῆμα τὸ χ̅ (cf. B).

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς | τὸ χ̅ | περισσός/περιττός | βαρύτης | μετάστασις

Or. 599.02 (vet exeg) εἰ μὴ ὁ κελεύσας: ¹ποῦ φύγω εἰ μὴ ῥύσεταί με μὴ θανεῖν; ²πρὸς τὸ σχῆμα δὲ καὶ τὸ χ̅· ³περισσὸν γὰρ τὸ μ̅η̅ καὶ τὸ ἔτι, καὶ ἔστιν Ἀττικόν. —B

TRANSLATION: Where am I to flee if he (Apollo) will not save me? And with reference to the schema there is also the chi. For the (negative particle) ‘mē’ is superfluous and also the ‘eti’ (‘still’, ‘any longer’), and it is an Attic usage.

LEMMA: ἄλλως· εἰ μὴ ὁ κελέ() B (preceding note is sch. 597.01)

APP. CRIT.: 2 πρὸς] Mastr., περὶ B, παρὰ Schwartz | 3 first καὶ om., add. in marg. B (possibly by the later hand that re-inked note)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.159,4–5; Dind. II.164,16–17, 18–19 and app.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός | Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς | τὸ χ̅

Or. 599.03 (tri metr) ⟨μὴ ὁ⟩: συνίζησις —T³

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56 (inaccurate lemma)

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 599.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὁ κελεύσας ῥύσεταί με μὴ θανεῖν⟩: τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἔχων εἰς ἐκεῖνον σωθήσομαι —V¹Y²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: σωθῆναι Y²

Or. 599.07 (thom paraphr) ⟨κελεύσας⟩: τοῦτο ποιῆσαι —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Having commanded’ me) to do this.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν φονεῦσαι add. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.164,17–18

Or. 599.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κελεύσας⟩: εἰργάσασθαι τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Having commanded’ me) to carry out the killing of my mother.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 599.11 (tri metr) ⟨ῥύσεταί⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 600.01 (600–601) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὡς μὲν οὐκ εὖ … οὐκ εὐδαιμόνως⟩: ἀλλὰ μὴ λέγε ὅτι ταῦτα μὴ εἴργα[στ]αι καλῶς, ἀλλὰ λέγε ὅτι οὐκ εἴργα[στ]αι εὐδαιμόνως ἡμῖν τοῖς δράσασιν [τ]άδε. —Ab

APP. CRIT. 2: εὐδεμόνως Ab

Or. 600.02 (600–601) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὡς μὲν οὐκ εὖ … οὐκ εὐδαιμόνως⟩: μὴ λέγε ταῦτα κακῶς εἰργασμένα ἀλλὰ καλῶς. —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 600.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὡς μὲν οὐκ εὖ … τάδε⟩: ἀλλὰ μὴ λέγε ὅτι οὐ καλῶς ἐφόνευσα τὴν μητέρα. —MlMnPrSSa

TRANSLATION: But do not say that I did not kill my mother justifiably.

POSITION: marg. Sa, under verse (last of page) Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.164,21

Or. 600.04 (vet paraphr) ἀλλ’ ὡς μὲν οὐκ εὖ: τὸ ἑξῆς ἀλλ’ ὡς μὲν οὐκ εὖ τάδε εἴργασται, μὴ λέγε. —MBC

TRANSLATION: The (ordinary) order of words is: ‘but that these things have not been done well/correctly, do not say (that)’.

LEMMA: M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. B, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἑξῆς om. C | μὲν] με C | καὶ μὴ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.159,6–7; Dind. II.164,20–21

Or. 600.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὡς μὲν οὐκ εὖ … τάδε⟩: ἀλλ’ ὅτι μὲν οὐ καλῶς πεποίηται ταῦτα, μὴ λέγε. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrCrOx

POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.: ἀλλ’ ὅτι μὲν· οὐ καλῶς διάκεινται· καὶ πεποίηται καὶ ταῦτα (μὴ λέγε om.) Ox | λέγετε X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.164,22

Or. 600.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ εὖ μὴ λέγ’ εἴργασται τάδε⟩: καὶ οὐ καλῶς ἐγένοντο ταῦτα μὴ λέγε{ιν} —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 600.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὴ⟩: παρέλκον Ἀττικῶς. —Y²

TRANSLATION: (The negative particle ‘mē’ is) redundant, in the Attic manner.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The gloss starts over μὴ and inevitably extends over λέγ’ as well, but it must go with μὴ alone, in a mistaken interpretation of the particle as being unnecessary after οὐκ. Alternatively, the gloss has been misplaced and really belonged with the negative of 599 μὴ θανεῖν (sch. 599.01). In Y 599 and 600 are written in the same row of the two-column text.

KEYWORDS: παρέλκει/παρέλκον | Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 600.16 (rec exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: ἤγουν ὅτι ἐφόνευσα τὴν μητέρα —R^a

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’, namely,) that I killed my mother.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 601.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἡμῖν δὲ …. οὐκ εὐδαιμόνως⟩: καλῶς μὲν γὰρ δηλονότι πέπρακται, οὐκ εὐδαιμόνως δὲ, ἤγουν εὐτυχῶς, ἡμῖν τοῖς δράσασιν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrCr, partial G

POSITION: s.l. except XXoG; καλῶς … πέπρακται cont. from prev. above 600 T

APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι om. G | ἤγουν εὐτυχῶς κτλ om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: εὐδεμόνως Cr | δρασσου/σουσιν Cr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.164,22–165,2

Or. 601.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ἡμῖν δὲ …. οὐκ εὐδαιμόνως⟩: ὑπὸ γὰρ ἄλλων ἔδει πεπρᾶχθαι. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Unhappily done’) because it should have been done by others (than Orestes).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πραχθῆναι Za

APP. CRIT. 2: πεπράχθαι ZZmTGu, πέπραχθαι Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.165,2–3

Or. 601.09 (tri metr) ⟨δράσασιν⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 601.10 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ εὐδαιμόνως⟩: διὰ τὴν τῆς νόσου τιμωρίαν —MlMnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (Not happily done) because of the punishment consisting of the sickness (of madness).

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

Or. 602.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨καθεστᾶσι⟩: ἑστάασι καὶ κράσει τῶν δύο α̅ ἕστᾶσι. —Aa

TRANSLATION: (The base form is) ‘hestaasi’ and with crasis of the two alphas ‘hestāsi’.

REF. SYMBOL: Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστάασι Aa

Or. 603.01 (mosch exeg) μακάριος αἰών: ¹τούτοις δηλονότι μακάριος ὁ αἰὼν, ἤγουν ὁ βίος, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὗτοι ἀπολαύουσι βίου δι’ ὃν μακαρίζονται. ²ὡς γὰρ μακάριον τέλος λέγεται οὗ ὁ τυχὼν μακαρίζεται, οὕτω καὶ μακάριος βίος οὗ ὁ ἀπολαύων μακαρίζεται. ³τὸ γὰρ ἀπολαῦον ἀγαθοῦ τινος εἰκότως ἂν μακαρίζοιτο διὰ τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν. ⁴μακαρίζεται γάρ τι ἐφ’ οἷς ἔχει καλοῖς, ἢ ἐφ’ οἷς ἀπολαύει. ⁵τὸ δὲ παρέχον τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν, ἤγουν ἐκεῖνο οὗ ἀπολαύει τι, οὐκ ἔχει λόγον μακαρίζεσθαι. ⁶ὥστε ὅτε τοιοῦτό τι λέγεται μακάριον, οὐ δι’ ἑαυτὸ οὕτω λέγεται, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ ἀπολαῦον αὐτοῦ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: For these persons, namely, the life-period is blessed, that is, their life, equivalent to ‘these people enjoy a life on account of which they are considered blessed’. For just as a fulfillment is called blessed when the person who attains it is considered blessed, thus too a life (is called) blessed when the person who enjoys it is considered blessed. For a thing is counted blessed for the fine things it possesses or for the things it enjoys. But the thing that provides the enjoyment is not reasonably counted blessed. And so, when some such thing is called blessed, it is not termed in this way on its own account, but on account of that which enjoys it.

LEMMA: G REF. SYMBOL: XaT

APP. CRIT.: 2 οὕτω … μακαρίζεται om. G | 4 τις XaGGrY | second ἐφ’ οἷς om. G | 5 τι] τίς Gr, τὶς G | 6 ὅτε om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δῆλον ὅτι G | 3 τινὸς XaTYYfGr | 4 ἔχ(οις) app. Yf | 5 τί XXbXoYf | 6 τοιοῦτο τὶ G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.165,6–14

Or. 603.12 (vet exeg) μὴ πίπτουσιν εὖ: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπαντῶσιν. εἴρηται δὲ ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν κύβων. ²καὶ Σοφοκλῆς [TrGF fr. 895 Radt = TGF fr. 809 Nauck]· ‘ἀεὶ γὰρ εὖ πίπτουσιν οἱ Διὸς κύβοι’. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Fall’ is) used in the sense ‘meet, confront’. The expression is derived from a metaphor of dice. And Sophocles (writes): ‘For always the dice of Zeus fall out well’.

LEMMA: MBC, μακάριος αἰὼν V, οἷς δὲ μὴ πίπτουσιν εὖ MlMn(om. δὲ)PrR^bSSa, οἷς δὲ μὴ πίπτουσιν Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 σοφοκλεῖς Ml, σοφοκλῆσαι S | αἰεὶ MnSa (so too Eust. in Od. 1.234 [I.54,11]) | εὐπίπτουσιν R^b | κῦβοι V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.159,8–10; Dind. II.165,15–17

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Sophocles

Or. 603.13 (vet exeg) ⟨μὴ πίπτουσιν εὖ⟩: ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν κύβων —MC

TRANSLATION: From a metaphor of dice.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 603.14 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ συμπίπτουσιν εὖ⟩: ἡ μεταφορὰ ἐκ τῶν κυμάτων. —V

TRANSLATION: The metaphor is from waves(?).

LEMMA: thus in text V POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Possibly κύματων is a corruption of κύβων (easy palaeographically), but possibly also it is a misguided independent revision to suit the false reading συμπίπτουσιν in the text of V.

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 603.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὴ πίπτουσιν εὖ⟩: μὴ καλῶς ὑπάρχουσι, ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τοῦ κύβου —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Not fall well’ means) ‘not occur well’, from a metaphor from dice.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 603.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μὴ πίπτουσιν εὖ⟩: μὴ τυγχάνουσι καλῶς οἱ γάμοι —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 603.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πίπτουσιν⟩: μεταφορικῶς, ἀπαντῶσι —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Fall’ is used) metaphorically, (meaning) ‘meet, confront’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 604.01 (thom exeg) ⟨τά τ’ ἔνδον … δυστυχεῖς⟩: ¹ὁ γὰρ γυναῖκα μοιχευομένην ἔχων οὐ μόνον αὐτὸς διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν λυπεῖται ²καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα ἐπιβουλεύουσαν ἀεὶ ἔχει καὶ μαχομένην, ³ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἁπάντων μυκτηρίζεται στόμασιν. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For the man who has a wife committing adultery is not only himself pained because of the adultery and has his wife always plotting against and at war with him, but he is also mocked in everyone’s utterances.

REF. SYMBOL: TGu POSITION: s.l. except TGu

APP. CRIT.: much of first half washed out Z | 1 αὐτὸν Zb [Z]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.165,19–22

Or. 604.02 (mosch paraphr) τά τ’ ἔνδον εἰσί: οὗτοι καὶ κατὰ τὰ ἔνδον καὶ κατὰ τὰ ἐκτὸς εἰσὶ δυστυχεῖς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrCr

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: first καὶ om. XYCr, s.l. add. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.165,18–19

Or. 604.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τά τ’ ἔνδον εἰσὶ τά τε θύραζε⟩: τὰ ἔνδον καὶ τὰ ἐκτός εἰσι —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 604.09 (thom paraphr) ⟨θύραζε⟩: ἔξω τῶν θυρῶν, ἤγουν τῆς οἰκίας —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.165,22–23

Or. 604.12 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 605.01 (605–606) (vet exeg) ἀεὶ γυναῖκες ἐμποδών: ἀεὶ, φησὶν, αἱ γυναῖκες ταῖς ἰδίαις δυστυχίαις ἐμποδίζουσι ταῖς εὐτυχίαις τῶν ἀνδρῶν. —MBVCMlMnPrR^bRfRwSa

TRANSLATION: Always, (the chorus) says, wives by their own misfortunes pose an obstacle to the good fortune of husbands.

LEMMA: MVC (αἰεὶ MVC, ἐμποδῶν VC), αἰεὶ γυναῖκες BMlMnPrR^bRw(αἰαὶ)S(ἀεεὶ)Sa REF. SYMBOL: BVR^bRfSa POSITION: follows sch. 605.15 MlSa

APP. CRIT.: αἐεὶ φη() γυναῖκες (sic) transp. before the lemma S | ἀεί φασιν Sa | ταῖς εὐτυχίαις] τοὺς εὐτυχοῦντας MlMnPrR^bSSa, τὰς δυστυχίας Rw, ταῖς(?) δυστυχίαις V, changed to τὰς εὐτυχίας V^2/3 | V³ intermarg. crowds in a note that must apply to the scholion beside it and not the adjacent line (593): συμφέρει δὲ νῦν λέγειν τὰς συντυχίας, a corrupt version of words in sch. 605.04 below

APP. CRIT. 2: αἰεὶ V | ἰδείαις B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.159,11–12; Dind. II.165,29–166,1

COMMENT: In this group of scholia, γυναῖκες/ἄνδρες could also refer to women and men in general (as in much of the tradition of ψόγος γυναικῶν), but in a context in which the commentators probably had 602–604 before them, it is justifiable to translate with the more specific terms for the married partners.

Or. 605.02 (605–606) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἀεὶ γυναῖκες ἐμποδίζουσι ταῖς ἀγαθαῖς συντυχίαις καὶ πρὸς τὸ δυστυχεῖν ἄγουσι τοὺς ἄνδρας. ²συμφορὰς δὲ νῦν τὰς συντυχίας. || ³πεφύκασι, φησὶν, αἱ γυναῖκες ἐμποδίζειν τοῖς ἀνδράσι καὶ ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τούτους συντυχίαις καὶ κοινωνίαις ἄγειν αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὸ δυστυχέστερον. ⁴ἢ οὕτως· πεφύκασιν αἱ γυναῖκες ἐμποδίζειν τοῖς ἀνδράσι ταῖς παρ’ ἑαυτῶν συμφοραῖς ἐν τοῖς καλοῖς καὶ πρὸς τὸ δυστυχέστερον αὐτοὺς ἄγειν. —MBVCRfRw

TRANSLATION: Always wives pose an obstacle to good fortune and lead their husbands toward suffering misfortune. (He uses) ‘sumphorā’ here meaning ‘good fortune’. || By nature, he says, wives tend to pose an obstacle to husbands, and in their interactions and shared lives with them tend to lead them toward what contains more misfortune. Or else as follows: By nature wives tend to pose an obstacle to husbands in the midst of good circumstances by their (the wives’) own misfortunes and to lead them toward what is more unfortunate.

LEMMA: BVCRfRw, in marg. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.159,13–18; Dind. II.166,1–8

Or. 605.03 (605–606) (rec exeg) ⟨ἀεὶ γυναῖκες ἐμποδών⟩: πεφύκασι αἱ γυναῖκες ἀεὶ ἐμποδίζειν τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τούτους συντυχίαις. —V

TRANSLATION: By nature wives tend always to obstruct husbands in their (the wives’) interactions with them.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 605.04 (605–606) (rec exeg) αἰεὶ γυναῖκες: αἰεὶ αἱ γυναῖκες ἐμποδίζουσι ταῖς ἀγαθαῖς συντυχίαις καὶ πρὸς τὸ δυστυχεῖν ἄγουσι τοὺς ἄνδρας. συμφορὰς δὲ νῦν λέγει τὰς συντυχίας. —V¹

TRANSLATION: Always wives pose an obstacle to (moments of) good fortune and lead husbands toward suffering misfortune. Here he means by ‘sumphorai’ ‘(moments of) good fortune’.

LEMMA: V¹ REF. SYMBOL: V¹ POSITION: add. below sch. 585.05 (also by V¹)

APP. CRIT.: δυστυχεῖν] συντυχεῖν V¹

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.166, app. at 6; Dind. II.159,18 app.

Or. 605.05 (605–606) (mosch exeg) ἀεὶ γυναῖκες: ¹συμφορά ἐστιν ἀκούσιον σύμπτωμα. ²οὐ συμφωνεῖ δὲ ἐνταῦθα τῇ ἀγανακτήσει τοῦ χοροῦ τὸ τὰς γυναῖκας τοῖς ἰδίοις συμπτώμασι τοῖς ἀκουσίοις ἐμποδὼν καθίστασθαι τοῖς ἀνδράσιν. ³τοῦτο γὰρ σχεδὸν τὰς γυναῖκας ἔξω αἰτίας ποιεῖ. ⁴ἄλλως τε οὐδὲ ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα ἀκουσίῳ ἑαυτῆς συμπτώματι ἐμποδὼν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἐγένετο, καὶ τὸ αἰεί δὲ οὐ καταλλήλως ἔχει πρὸς τὸ ἔφυσαν. ⁵δοκεῖ δὲ τὸ πᾶν οὕτως ἔχειν· ⁶αἱ γυναῖκες ἐγεννήθησαν ἐμποδὼν ἀεὶ εἶναι τοῖς ἀνδράσι δηλονότι· ⁷τοῦτο γὰρ συνυπακούεται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπαγομένου ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖσι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ὥσπερ εἰ εἶπεν ἐπὶ τῷ κακῷ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ⁸τουτέστι χάριν τῶν συμφορῶν τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ἐφ’ ἃς αὐτοὺς δηλονότι αὗται ἐμβαλοῦσιν, οὐχ ὥστε αὐτοῖς μετρίως ἐπιθέσθαι αὐτὰς, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ δυσκολώτατον. —X²XaXbXoYYfGGr

TRANSLATION: A ‘sumphorā’ is an involuntary mishap. It does not agree here with the regretful complaint of the chorus (to say) that wives by their own involuntary mishaps become an obstacle to husbands. For (to say) this more or less places the wives outside of blame. In addition, nor is it the case that Clytemnestra by an involuntary mishap of her own became an obstacle to her husband, and the word ‘always’ is not properly construed with the word ‘they were born’. The whole sense seems to be as follows: Women were born to be always an obstacle, namely to their husbands. For this is understood from the subsequent phrase ‘for the fortunes of the husbands’, just as if he had said ‘for the harm of the husbands’, that is, for the sake of the misfortunes of the husbands, into which these women will cast them, namely, not so as to impose them (the misfortunes) upon them (just) to a moderate degree, but (in a way tending) toward what is most difficult/harsh.

LEMMA: XbGGr(αἰεὶ all) REF. SYMBOL: X²XaXbXo POSITION: add. at bottom of facing recto X², follows sch. 605.08 Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.166,9–20

COMMENT: The reading in the text of 606 is δυστυχέστατον in XXaXoYGGr(‑τυχέστερον s.l. Gu), δυσχερέστατον Xb, s.l Y^a, γρ. δυσχερέστατον s.l. Xo. The long paraphrase in this note suggests that Moschopulus himself was annotating a text with δυσχερέστατον. But sch. 605.08 shows that some users of Moschopulus’s work were aware of the variant δυστυχ‑ and thus gave alternative glosses to reflect both variants.

Or. 605.06 (605–606) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αἰεὶ γυναῖκες⟩: αἰεὶ αἱ γυναῖκες ἐν ταῖς συμφοραῖς ταῖς οἰκείαις ἔφυσαν ἐμπόδιον ταῖς εὐτυχίαις τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἄγουσαι πρὸς τὸ δυστυχέστερον. —V³

TRANSLATION: Always wives by their personal misfortunes become an obstacle to the (moments of) good fortune of their husbands, leading them toward what is more unfortunate.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 605.07 (605–606) (thom exeg) ⟨ἀεὶ γυναῖκες⟩: ¹ἀεὶ τὸ τῶν γυναικῶν γένος συμφοραῖς καὶ δυστυχίαις φυσικῶς ὑποκείμενον ἐμπόδιον γίνεται τῶν ἀνδρῶν εἰς δυστυχίαν, ²τουτέστι τοὺς ἰδίους ἄνδρας ταῖς σφετέραις αὐτῶν κακίαις εὐτυχίας ἀφιστῶσαι πρὸς δυστυχίαν ἐπάγουσιν· ³ὃ καὶ Κλυταιμνήστρα πεποίηκεν. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Always the class of women/wives, being by nature subject to occurrences and misfortunes, becomes a hindrance of husbands, toward misfortune, that is, separating their own husbands from good fortune by their own vices, they lead them toward misfortune. Which in fact Clytemnestra has done.

REF. SYMBOL: all

APP. CRIT.: some words in first sent. lost to damage T | 1 τῶν] om. T | 2 ἀφεστῶσαι ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.165,24–28

Or. 605.08 (605–606) (mosch paraphr) ἀεὶ γυναῖκες: αἱ γυναῖκες ἐγεννήθησαν ἐμποδὼν ἀεὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς τῶν ἀνδρῶν πρὸς τό δυστυχέστατον ἤγουν τὸ δυσκολώτατον. —XXoCr, partial Ox

LEMMA: X(αἰεὶ) REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. CrOX; precedes sch. 605.05 Xo

APP. CRIT.: after ἀεὶ add. εἶναι X | ἐπὶ] ἐν CrOx | τῶν ἀνδρῶν κτλ om. Ox

APP. CRIT. 2: δυσκολότατον Cr

Or. 605.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταῖς συμφοραῖς⟩: ταῖς συντυχίαις ταῖς ἀγαθαῖς —OG

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι ταῖς ἀγαθαῖς συντ. G

Or. 605.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταῖς συμφοραῖς⟩: ἐν ταῖς αὐτῶν, τῶν γυναικῶν, ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις παρανομίαις —MlMnPrSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Ml POSITION: precedes sch. 605.01 MlSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.166, app. at 1

Or. 605.21 (rec gram) ⟨ταῖς συμφοραῖς⟩: μέση λέξις ταῖς συμφοραῖς. —Pr

TRANSLATION: ‘Sumphorai’ is a word that can be pejorative or non-pejorative.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: μέση λέξις

Or. 605.25 (pllgn gram) ⟨συμφοραῖς⟩: συμφορὰ λέγεται πολλῶν πραγμάτων συνδρομὴ, φορὰ δὲ ἡ κίνησις. —Gu

TRANSLATION: ‘Sumphorā’ is said of the coming together of many events, and (the uncompounded form) ‘phorā’ is ‘movement’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.166,21–22

Or. 606.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔφυσαν ἀνδρῶν πρὸς τὸ δυστυχέστατον⟩: ὑπῆρξαν τοῖς ἀνδράσι καὶ ἄγουσιν αὐτοὺς —Y²

LEMMA: thus in text Y POSITION: s.l.

Or. 606.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἔφυσαν⟩: φυσικῶς εἰσὶ διὰ χαυνότητα —ZZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Ephusan’ means) ‘they (women) are naturally so because of their empty-headed vanity’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 606.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἔφυσαν⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 606.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨πρὸς τὸ δυστυχέστερον⟩: ἄγουσαι αὐτοὺς, τοὺς ἄνδρας —AaAbMlMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἄγουσαι αὐτοὺς] ἀντὶ Ml | αὐτοὺς] αὐτοῦ S, om. AaAb

Or. 606.17 (thom exeg) ⟨δυστυχέστερον⟩: γρ. δυσχερέστερον. —ZZm

TRANSLATION: (For ‘dustuchesteron’, ‘more unfortunate’,) the reading ‘duscheresteron’ (‘more difficult’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 606.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δυστυχέστατον ⟩: γρ. δυσχερέστατον. —XoY^aYf

TRANSLATION: (For ‘dustuchestaton’, ‘most unfortunate’,) the reading ‘duscherestaton’ (‘most difficult’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Y^a

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 606.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δυσχερέστερον⟩: γρ. δυστυχέστερον. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘duscheresteron’, ‘more difficult’,) the reading ‘dustuchesteron’ (‘more unfortunate’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 606.22 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 607.01 (rec exeg) ἡ ἐπιστροφὴ τοῦ λόγου πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην γίνεται. —MnPrR^aS

TRANSLATION: The address of the speech is to Orestes.

REF. SYMBOL: Mn POSITION: s.l. MnS, marg. Pr; beside 609 PrR^a

APP. CRIT.: ἐπιστροφὴ] ἀποστροφὴ formerly conj. Mastr. | γίνεται om. MnPrS

COMMENT: In Release 3, I have retracted my former change to ἀποστροφή here, because ἐπιστροφή, although often referring to a change of addressee within a speech, sometimes appears to be no different than ἀποστροφή. See the comment on sch. 1207.01.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified | apostrophe

Or. 607.06 (tri metr) ⟨θρασύνῃ⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 607.11 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὑποστέλλῃ⟩: ὑποπίπτεις, ὑποκλίνεις παρακαλῶν —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑποκλίνεις om. Za | παρακαλῶν] ZZa, om. others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.167,3–4

COMMENT: Before this gloss in T there appears to be part of a raised cross (to mark the first word as also Moschopulean—for which there is no other evidence), but it is not complete, whether from damage, partial erasure, or the fact that it is not an intentional mark.

Or. 607.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑποστέλλῃ⟩: καὶ ὑποστολὴν καὶ φόβον ἔχεις —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 608.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὕτω δ᾽ ἀμείβῃ⟩: τοῖς λόγοις δηλονότι, ἤγουν οὕτω δὲ ἀποκρίνῃ μοι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfCr, partial GGu

POSITION: s.l. except XXa

APP. CRIT.: ἀμείβῃ ἐμὲ prep. X, τούτοις prep. G | ἤγουν κτλ om. Gu (but ἀποκρίνῃ sep.) | ἤγουν οὕτω δὲ om. G | μοι om. T

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

Or. 608.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὥστε μ’ ἀλγῆσαι φρένας⟩: τρισύντακτος· ⟦κατὰ στιγμὴν⟧ —Pr

TRANSLATION: Construed three ways(?).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: τρισύντακτος is unattested, and the only comparable formation is πολυσύντακτος, attested once with the meaning ‘compiled from many materials’ (of a book). The phrase συντακτέον τρισσῶς occurs in Sch. rec. Soph. Aj. 257c Christodoulou, followed by three different paraphrases of Aj. 257–259, οὕτως … ἢ οὕτως … ἢ οὕτως. One suspects a similar sense here, but one is hard pressed to think of three alternative construals, so the suspicion arises that the words are misplaced. It is not entirely certain that κατὰ στιγμὴν is deliberately (partly) erased. Perhaps the erasure was because of lack of space for a continuation and τρισύντακτος is supposed to be the beginning of sch. 611.01, but there is no sign of a reference symbol here or in the margin where 611 is written (but there is damage to the margin there). See on 611.01.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 609.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνάξεις⟩: ἀνάψεις —R

TRANSLATION: (For ‘anaxeis’, ‘you will lead on to’, there is a variant reading) ‘anapseis’ (‘you will ignite’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 609.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνάψεις⟩: γρ. ἀνάξεις. —Z

TRANSLATION: (For ‘anapseis’, ‘you will ignite’,) the reading ‘anaxeis’ (‘you will lead on to’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 609.20 (mosch exeg) ἐξελθεῖν: περισσὴ ἡ ἐξ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGu²

TRANSLATION: (In ‘exelthein’, ‘go out’,) the prefix ‘ex’ (‘out of’) is superfluous.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.167.9–10

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 610.01 (vet exeg) καλὸν πάρεργον: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ σπουδαῖον. ²τῶν ἐμῶν πόνων καλὸν αὐτὸ ἡγήσομαι πάρεργον. ³πόνων δὲ λέγει τῶν κατὰ τὸν τάφον θυσιῶν· ⁴ὡς ἐν παρέργῳ δὲ τὸν κατὰ Ὀρέστου λόγον ποιεῖται. ⁵καὶ τὸ πάρεργον ὡς ἔργον, φησὶ, θήσομαι. —MBVCRw^aRw^b, partial O

TRANSLATION: (‘Kalon’, ‘fine’, is) used for ‘important’. I will consider it a fine adjunct to my toils. By ‘toils’ he means the sacrifices at the tomb. And he views as a secondary activity his making the speech accusing Orestes. And I will treat the secondary task as a (main) task, he says.

LEMMA: MCRw^b, καλὸν πάρεργον δ’ αὐτό V, πάρεργον Rw^a REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: Rw^b follows right after Rw^a

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἠγήσομαι M | 4 ἐμ παρέργωι B | κατ’ Rw^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.160,1–4; Dind. II.167,14–17

Or. 610.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹καὶ ἐγὼ μὲν, φησὶν, ἦλθον τὰ πρὸς τὴν θυσίαν ἐκπονήσων τῇ θυγατρί, νῦν δὲ ὑπὸ σοῦ παροξυνθεὶς διὰ σπουδῆς καὶ τοῦτο θήσομαι τὸ ἔργον, τὸ σὲ φονευθῆναι, ²καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἤδη παροξυνῶ πάντας κατὰ σοῦ καὶ μὴ βουλομένους. ³πάρεργον δὲ εἶπεν, ἐπεὶ οὐ τοῦτο ἦν αὐτῷ τὸ προκείμενον. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: I came, he says, to carry out the (funeral-)sacrifice for my daughter, but now that I have been angered by you I will also consider this task to be important, that you be killed. And going to the assembly-meeting now I will instigate everyone with anger against you, even those who don’t want to (be so). He called it a secondary task because this was not his (original) planned action.

LEMMA: B POSITION: cont. from prev. MVCRw(from Rw^b version)

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὰ] τὸ B | ἐκπονῆσαι B | 2 παραγενάμενος MC, παραγενομένων VRw | παροξύνων C

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μέν φησι BVRw | 2 ἥδη M | κατα B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.160,5–9; Dind. II.167,17–22

Or. 610.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨καλὸν πάρεργον … πόνων⟩: ¹θήσομαι δὲ ἤγουν ποιήσω αὐτὸ, τουτέστι τὸ φονεῦσαι σε, καλὸν πάρεργον τῶν πόνων, ²ἤγουν ἔργον ἔξω τοῦ σκοποῦ τῶν πόνων, ὧν οὕνεκα ἦλθον, ³λέγω κοσμήσων τὸν τάφον τῆς θυγατρός. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial Aa²G

TRANSLATION: I will set it for myself, that is, I will bring it about, namely that you be killed, a fine adjunct of my toils, in other words, a task outside the purpose of the toils for which I came—I mean, to adorn the tomb of my daughter.

REF. SYMBOL: at θήσομαι Xo POSITION: s.l. Gr(finished above 611 on verso, with ref. symbol), below 610 Aa², above 611 with ref G

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 θήσομαι … ἔργον om. G | 1 θήσομαι … πόνων om. Aa² | δὲ om. XaTY | 2 ὧν] XXoTYf (conj. Matthiae), om. others² | 3 λέγω κτλ om. Aa², λέγω om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 οὕνεκ’ Xb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.167,11–13

Or. 610.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάρεργον⟩: ἔργον γὰρ ἦν τὸ θυσιάσαι. —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Secondary, adjunct’ toil:) for the (main) task was to make sacrifices.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 610.13 (rec exeg) ⟨αὐτὸ⟩: τὸ φονεῦσαι σε —AbMlMnPrRSY^aGZu

TRANSLATION: (‘It’ means) to kill you.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο prep. R, τουτέστι prep. G, ἤγουν prep. Zu | σε om. G [Ab, obscured in curve of binding]

APP. CRIT. 2: φονεύσαι MlMn | σὲ Y^a

Or. 610.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὐτὸ⟩: ἐξελθεῖν εἰς σὸν φόνον —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘It’ means) to exert myself toward your execution.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 610.15 (thom exeg) ⟨αὐτὸ⟩: τὸν σὸν φόνον —ZZaZbZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘It’ means) ‘your execution’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. Ox²

Or. 610.18 (rec exeg) ⟨πόνων⟩: τῶν κατὰ τὸν τάφον θυσιῶν —OV³

TRANSLATION: (‘Toils’ means) the sacrifices at the tomb.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῶν πόνων δὲ λέγει prep. V³

Or. 610.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πόνων⟩: τῶν κατὰ τὴν θυσίαν δηλονότι —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Toils’,) namely, the ones related to the sacrifice.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 611.01 (611–616) (rec gram) κατὰ στιγμὴν, κατὰ ἀντίπτωσιν, καὶ κατὰ πλεονασμὸν προθέσεως —Pr

TRANSLATION: As a separate clause, featuring exchange of cases, and with a redundant addition of the prepositional prefix.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The exact reference and intent of this note are not clear. See on 608.06 above for the possibility that this phrase explains τρισύντακτος. For κατὰ στιγμὴν see the note on sch. Or. 77.01, but there seems to be no phrase in 611–616 or in 607ff. for which this would be a useful observation. The candidates for antiptosis are the first μ’ in 608 (if the commentator thought με was being used instead of μοι), the second μ’ in 608 (cf. 608.07, giving the gloss ἐμοῦ), and (most likely among these) 611 θυγατρὶ (as Moschopulus and others, sch. 611.04). Byzantine teachers were likely to consider redundant ἐξ in 609 ἐξελθεῖν (as by Mosch., sch. 609.20), less likely ἀν‑ in 609 ἀνάψειν, and presumably not the prefixes in 607 ὑποστέλλῃ, 613 ἐπισείσω. In any case, it is unclear why the three phenomena would be grouped together in one comment here.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίπτωσις

Or. 611.07 (rec exeg) ⟨κοσμήσων⟩: Ἀττικὸν, ὡς τὸ ‘ἦλθον γράψων’. —MnS

TRANSLATION: An Attic usage (of the future participle), like ‘I have come to write’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The example is a phrase not found in texts currently in TLG.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 611.08 (thom exeg) ⟨κοσμήσων⟩: διὰ θυσιῶν καὶ ἀναθημάτων —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Adorning) with sacrifices and offerings.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀνθημάτων Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.167,23

Or. 611.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάφον⟩: ἤγουν τῆς θυγατρὸς τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Tomb’:) that is, of my daughter Clytemnestra.

POSITION: intermarg. beside 610 πόνων (not next line with 611–612)

COMMENT: It does not seem satisfactory to understand this note to be interpreting the toils (610 πόνων) as those of Clytemnestra rather than of Tyndareus. One could emend to ⟨ὑπὲρ⟩ τῆς θυγ. to improve the relevance to 610 πόνων, but I judge it more likely that the note should have been placed at 611 with τάφον or else with θυγατρὶ earlier in the line (sch. 611.04).

Or. 612.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰς ἔκκλητον … ὄχλον⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὴν συνάθροισιν τῶν Ἀργείων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial GAa²B⁴

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν εἰς τὴν om. GAa²B⁴, ἤγουν om. XaY | τῶν ἀργείων om. B⁴, ἀργείων om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.167,25

Or. 612.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰς ἔκκλητον … ὄχλον⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν καὶ τὸ δικαστήριον —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 612.09 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἔκκλητον⟩: συνεδριάζοντα ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν prep. Gu | ἐν om. Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.168,1–2

Or. 612.16 (thom exeg) ⟨ὄχλον⟩: γρ. χορὸν. —ZZaZb

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ochlon’, ‘crowd’,) the reading ‘choron’ (‘chorus’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Za

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 612.17 (rec exeg) ⟨χορὸν⟩: γρ. ὄχλον. —CZmZu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘choron’, ‘chorus’,) the reading ‘ochlon’ (‘crowd’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ.] καὶ Zu | τὸν add. before ὄχλον C

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 613.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἑκοῦσαν οὐχ ἑκοῦσαν⟩: [π]αροιμία ἐπὶ τῶν ἑκουσίως καὶ ἀκουσίως ἐκβαλλόντων καὶ ῥιπτόντων τὸν φόρτον. —Pr

TRANSLATION: A proverbial expression applying to those who willingly and unwillingly throw out and jettison their cargo.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Nothing of this sort is recorded in the paroemiographers, but the commentator perhaps had in mind Sch. D Hom. Il. 4.43,15–21 Heyne καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἐν θαλάσσῃ πλέοντες, ὁπότ’ ἂν περιπέσωσι κινδύνῳ, ἐκβάλλουσι τὸν φόρτον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ἑκόντες τε καὶ ἄκοντες· ἑκόντες μὲν, ἵνα σωθῆναι δυνηθῶσιν· ἄκοντες δὲ, ὅτι τὸν φόρτον ἀπολλῦσιν δι’ ὃν πλέουσιν.

Or. 613.15 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨ἐπισείσω⟩: ἀνασείσω —GT

TRANSLATION: (For ‘episeisō’, ‘shake against’, there is a variant reading) ‘anaseisō’ (‘agitate’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 613.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκπείσω⟩: γρ. {σ’}ἀνασείσω. —A^r

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ekpeisō’, ‘fully persuade’,) the reading ‘anaseisō’ (‘agitate’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text A POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 614.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σοὶ σῇ τ’ ἀδελφῇ, λεύσιμον δοῦναι δίκην⟩: κατὰ σοῦ καὶ τῆς σῆς ἀδελφῆς, ὥστε δοῦναι ὑμᾶς δίκην διὰ λίθων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Aa²

POSITION: s.l. except XT; spaced as two sep. notes Xo

APP. CRIT.: κατὰ add. before τῆς G | ὥστε κτλ om. Aa² | ὥστε] οὕτως X, ὡς τὸ Gr

APP. CRIT. 2: app. ἡμᾶς a.c. Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.168,5–6

Or. 614.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨σοὶ σῇ τ’ ἀδελφῇ⟩: σοὶ καὶ τῇ σῇ ἀδελφῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ —Rf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 614.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σοὶ σῇ τ’ ἀδελφῇ⟩: κατὰ σοῦ [καὶ] τῆς Ἠλέκτρας —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 614.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λεύσιμον δοῦναι δίκην⟩: βολὰς τῶν πετρῶν [undeciphered 7–8 letters] τῇ πόλει —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 614.13 (thom exeg) ⟨δοῦναι δίκην⟩: ὑμᾶς αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Namely,) you (give) to the city itself.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πόλει] δίκη Za

Or. 615.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μᾶλλον δὲ … ἀξία⟩: μᾶλλον δὲ σοῦ ἐκείνη ἤγουν ἡ ἀδελφή σου ἐστὶν ἀξία θανεῖν. —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except T, cont. from sch. 614.01 T

APP. CRIT.: δὲ] γὰρ T | ἐκείνης Yf | ἡ om. Yf | ἀξία] προτιμοτέρα G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.168,6–7

Or. 615.08 (tri metr) ⟨ἀξία⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 616.01 (pllgn rhet) στοχαστικόν —G

TRANSLATION: (A statement) using conjecture.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: στοχαστικόν

Or. 616.03 (rec gram) ⟨τῇ τεκούσῃ σ’ ἠγρίωσ’⟩: ἐπολέμησε τὸν δεῖνα τῷ δεῖνι —PrMnS

TRANSLATION: She caused that one (accusative) to make war against (or: become an enemy of) that one (dative).

POSITION: marg. (Pr displaced lower than 616 by other notes in marg.)

COMMENT: Unless there is a corruption, the usage here reflects an extension of the meaning of πολεμόω to πολεμέω. While πολεμέω does take an acc. in postclassical Greek in the sense ‘wage war upon someone’, the sense here with both accusative and dative is like that with πολεμόω in Maccabees 4.4.21 ἐφ’ οἷς ἀγανακτήσασα ἡ θεία δίκη αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἐπολέμωσεν.

Or. 616.07 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἠγρίωσ᾽⟩: ἄγριον καὶ χαλεπὸν ἐποίησε —ZZaZbZmZlTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σεν ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.168,7–8

Or. 616.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰς οὖς … ἐπὶ τὸ δυσμενέστερον⟩: ἀεὶ πέμπουσα μύθους εἰς τὸ οὖς, ἤγουν ψιθύρους λόγους πέμπουσα ἐπὶ τὸ δυσμενέστερον, ἤγουν ἐχθρωδέστερον, βλέποντας δηλονότι. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Always sending stories to his ear, that is, sending whispered accounts, namely, ones that look toward the more malevolent, that is, the more hostile.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.168,8–10

Or. 616.12 (vet paraphr) ⟨εἰς οὖς αἰεὶ⟩: εἰς τοὺς οὖς ἀεὶ —M

TRANSLATION: Always into the ears.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: This extraordinary treatment of οὖς as a masculine plural form is paralleled in Theodor. Studit. Sermones catacheseos magnae, catch. 42 (118,25 Cozza-Luzi) οἱ πρὸς τοὺς οὖς ψιθυρισμοὶ.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 617.04 (tri metr) ⟨μύθους⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 617.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ τὸ δυσμενέστερον⟩: ἐπὶ τὸ κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς ἐχθρωδέστερον —MlMnRS

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: κατὰ om., s.l. add. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐχθροδ‑ Mn, ἐχθο‑ S

Or. 617.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ τὸ δυσμενέστερον⟩: διεγείροντας ἐπὶ τὸ ἐχθρωδέστερον —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 617.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ τὸ δυσμενέστερον⟩: ἐχθρωδέστερον βλέποντας δηλονότι —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: ἐπὶ τὸ to be supplied from the line.

Or. 617.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ τὸ δυσμενέστερον⟩: παρακινοῦντας σε τοὺς λόγους ἐπὶ τὸ δυσμενέστερον καὶ ἐχθρωδέστερον —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐχθροδ‑ Zu

Or. 618.01 (618–619) (vet exeg) ⟨ὀνείρατ’ ἀγγέλλουσα … Αἰγίσθου λέχος⟩: ¹τὴν μοιχείαν λέγει· ²κατὰ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ ἀπαγγέλλουσα, ἵν’ ᾖ ³καὶ τὸ Αἰγίσθου λέχος ἀπαγγέλλουσα ὃ μισήσειαν οἱ θεοί. —MBVC, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: He means the adultery. And the (participle) ‘reporting’ is understood in common, so that it is ‘and reporting the bed of Aegisthus—may the gods detest it’.

LEMMA: 618 ὀνείρατ’ MC, 618 ὀνείρατ’ ἀγγέλλουσα V, 619 καὶ τοῦθ’ ὃ μισήσειαν B REF. SYMBOL: beside 618 M, above 618 ὀνείρατ’ V, beside 619 B POSITION: cont. from sch. 620.10 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀπαγγέλουσα M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.160,11–13; Dind. II.168,14–15

COMMENT: There are two interrelated problems in interpreting this scholion. First, is τὴν μοιχείαν λέγει a separate comment (as in Rw’s partial attestation) or does it actually belong to the same comment as the remainder of the scholion (which appears on its own, slightly abbreviated, in the next)? Second, to what line or phrase was the original commentator referring in the first sentence? If it was a comment on the opening words of 618, then the scholion can be used in support of Willink’s conjecture ὄνειδος for ὀνείρατ’ (a conjecture that has other reasons to recommend it), for ‘adultery’ makes no sense as an explanation of ‘dreams’. On the other hand, B’s reference symbol and lemma assign the comment to ‘the bed of Aegisthus—may the gods detest it’, and sch. 619.13 features μοιχείαν as an obvious gloss on λέχος; to add to the confusion, CrOx, manuscripts that feature many glosses displaced by a line or two, place the same gloss above τἀγαμέμνονος (618.15). The second half of the note is clearly advising that τοῦτ’ … λέχος is also governed by the participle in the previous line. Unfortunately, such ἀπὸ/κατὰ κοινοῦ notations are found positioned both at the word considered to be used in common and at the word with which it needs to be supplied. So this comment could be made either on 618 or on 619, and it does not help decide to which line the comment was intended to be attached, even if the scholion is unitary.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 618.02 (618–619) (rec exeg) ⟨ὀνείρατ’ ἀγγέλλουσα … Αἰγίσθου λέχος⟩: ¹ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἀγγέλλουσα, ἵν’ ᾖ ²τὸ Αἰγίσθου λέχος ἀπαγγέλλουσα. —MlMnPrR^aR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: The (participle) ‘reporting’ is understood in common, so that it is ‘and reporting the bed of Aegisthus’.

LEMMA: ὀνείρατ’ ἀγγέλλουσα Ml(ἀγγέλουσα)Mn(ὀνείρατα)PrR^bS(ὀνείρατα)Sa REF. SYMBOL: MlR^aR^bSa POSITION: punct. as two sep. notes in R^a, with ref symbol before ἵν’ ἦ

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἵν’ ἦν Ml

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀγγέλουσα Ml, a.c. S | 2 ἀπαγγέλουσα Ml

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 618.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀνείρατ’⟩: ὁ Σοφοκλῆς [El. 410, 417–425, 460] λέγει τὸ ὄνειρον. —V³

TRANSLATION: Sophocles describes the dream.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: In Sophocles (as before him in Aesch. Choephori), the dream occurs too late to be communicated secretly to Orestes in exile.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Sophocles, Electra

Or. 618.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀγγέλλουσα⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἀγγέλλουσα. —R

TRANSLATION: The (participle) ‘reporting’ is understood in common.

LEMMA: ἀπαγγέλλουσα in text R POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 618.10 (mosch exeg) ⟨τἀγαμέμνονος⟩: ἃ ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων δῆθεν ἔπεμπεν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

TRANSLATION: (The dreams) that Agamemnon, one assumes, was sending.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δῆθεν transp. to end Y | ἔπεμψεν XoGr

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔπεμπε YGAa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.168,11

Or. 618.11 (thom exeg) ⟨τἀγαμέμνονος⟩: ἃ δι’ ἐκεῖνον ἑώρα —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (The dreams) which she had because of him.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἃ] ἤγουν ἅπερ Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.168,11–12

Or. 618.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἀγαμέμνονος⟩: ἃ περὶ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἐφαντάζετο —Lp

TRANSLATION: (The dreams) which appeared to her concerning Agamemnon.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.168,12

Or. 618.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: διὰ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος τὸν Ὀρέστην —V³

TRANSLATION: Because of the son of Agamemnon, Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: V has τ’ἀγαμέμνονος, which can be the scribe’s representation of τ(ε) ἀγαμ- or of τ(ὰ) ἀγαμ-. Did V³ interpret it is as τ(οῦ) ἀγαμ‑ and thus see genitive of ‘son of Agamemnon’ as expressing cause? Otherwise, it is hard to see how Orestes came into the picture.

Or. 618.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἀγαμέμνονος⟩: τὰ ὁραθέντα ἕνεκεν —Zu

TRANSLATION: (The dreams) seen because of (Agamemnon).

LEMMA: ‑ουσά τ’ ἀγαμέμνονος in text Zu POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὀρα‑ Zu

Or. 618.17 (tri metr) ⟨τἀγαμέμνονος⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 619.01 (pllgn rhet) ἀποστροφή —G

TRANSLATION: Apostrophe.

POSITION: intermarg.

COMMENT: Perhaps this refers to the implicit invocation of the gods in the wish. Note, however, that TGu have the same term in a much more normal application in sch. 622.01. But there is no ready explanation why G would misplace the word three lines too high.

KEYWORDS: apostrophe

Or. 619.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨καὶ τοῦθ᾽ … λέχος⟩: ἀγγέλουσα καὶ τὸ Αἰγίσθου λέχος τοῦτο —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 619.07 (thom exeg) ⟨μισήσειαν⟩: ἵνα αὐτὸν ἐν ᾍδου κολάσειαν ὠς μοιχόν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (May they hate it) in order that they punish him in Hades as a seducer.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐν ᾅδου om. ZbZl

Or. 619.10 (tri metr) ⟨μισήσειαν⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 619.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέχος⟩: τὴν μοιχείαν. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ ἀγγέλ⟨λ⟩ουσα. —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Bed’ means) the adultery. And the (participle) ‘reporting’ is understood in common.

POSITION: intermarg.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 620.01 (vet exeg) οἱ νέρτεροι θεοί: ἐπειδὴ περὶ τεθνεῶτος διαλέγεται, νερτέρους εἶπεν. —MV

TRANSLATION: Since he is speaking about a dead man, he used the term ‘ones below’ (of the gods).

LEMMA: M REF. SYMBOL: M, app. V POSITION: after sch. 623.13 V (V had written ἐπειδὴ above οἱ νέρτεροι, but erased it and put note at end of bottom block instead)

APP. CRIT.: ἐπεὶ V acc. to Schw. (damage and repair; word cannot now be read) | τεθνεῶτος] from B version, τεθνεώτων M, νεκροῦ V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.160,14–15; Dind. II.168,16–17

Or. 620.02 (vet exeg) ⟨οἱ νέρτεροι θεοί⟩: ἐπεὶ δὲ περὶ τεθνεῶτος διαλέγεται, διατοῦτο εἶπεν ‘οἱ νέρτεροι θεοὶ μισήσειαν’. —B

TRANSLATION: Since he is speaking about a dead man, for this reason he said ‘may the gods below detest’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. B (but dicolon added)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.160,14–15 app.; Dind. II.168,16–17

Or. 620.03 (rec exeg) ⟨οἱ νέρτεροι θεοί⟩: ὅτι περὶ τεθνεῶτος ὁ λόγος. —O

TRANSLATION: (‘The gods below’) because the statement concerns a dead man.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 620.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἱ νέρτεροι θεοί⟩: ἐπειδὴ περὶ νεκρῶν ἔλεγεν, προσκαλεῖ τοὺς θεοὺς ὑπογείους. —V³

TRANSLATION: Since he was speaking of the dead, he addresses the gods as ‘beneath the earth’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 620.09 (tri metr) ⟨θεοί⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 620.10 (vet exeg) καὶ γὰρ ἐνθάδ’ ἦν πικρόν: ¹καὶ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τοῦ ἔργου πικρὸν ἦν, φησὶ, τὸ πραττόμενον ὑπὸ ταύτης. ²τουτέστι κατ’ αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο μάλιστα πικρότατον ἦν αὐτὴ συνεχῶς τὸ λέχος καὶ τὴν μοιχείαν ὀνομάζουσα κἀκ τούτου παροξύνουσα τὸν ἀδελφόν. ³ἢ οὕτως· καὶ γὰρ κατ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πικρὸν ἦν τὸ πρᾶγμα, ὅτι μοιχεία ἦν. ⁴ἢ τὸ ἐνθάδε ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν ἐν τῷ ζῆν βίον, ⁵οἷον αὕτη σε ἐξηγρίωσεν ὀνομάζουσα τὸ ἐκείνης λέχος καὶ τὴν μοιχείαν Αἰγίσθου, ἣν εἴη καὶ τοὺς χθονίους μισῆσαι θεοὺς καὶ τὰς τῶν κατοιχομένων ψυχάς. ⁶καὶ γὰρ τοῖς ζῶσι πικρὸν ἦν ἡ μοιχεία. —MBVC, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: For indeed in this aspect of the deed what was being done by this woman (Electra) was, he says, hateful. That is, for in just this respect most of all it was a very hateful thing that this woman (Electra) was constantly mentioning the marriage-bed and the adultery and thereby instigating her brother. Or (take it) this way: For in just this aspect the matter was painful, that it was seduction/adultery. Or the word ‘here’ is used for ‘during the life among the living’, as if to say this woman (Electra) made you wild with anger by mentioning her (Clytemnestra’s) marriage-bed and the seduction of Aegisthus, and may it be the case that both the chthonic gods and the spirits of the dead detest this (adultery). For the adultery was a hateful thing also to the living.

LEMMA: all (ἠν C); ἄλλως add. in marg. V before 3 ἢ οὕτως REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 μάλλιστα M | 3 καταυτὸ M | 5 ἐξηγρίωσε V | κατοιχουμένων MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.160,16–24; Dind. II.168,19–169,4

COMMENT: The mistaken interpretation bringing Electra into this parenthetic comment is noteworthy. ταύτης in the first sentence is treated here as referring to Electra, with the second sentence elaborating the same point. But note how in the short sch. 620.26 of MnPr, derived from sentence 1, ταύτης is taken to refer to Clytemnestra.

Or. 620.11 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ γὰρ ἐνθάδ’ ἦν⟩: ¹καὶ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα, φησὶ, τοῦ ἔργου πικρὸν ἦν τὸ πραττόμενον ὑπὸ ταύτης. ²κατ’ αὐτὸ γὰρ τὸ μάλιστα πικρότατον αὐτὴ συνεχῶς τὸ λέχος καὶ τὴν μοιχείαν ὀνομάζουσα κατὰ τοῦτο παροξύνουσα τὸν ἀδελφόν. ³οὕτω γὰρ κατ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πικρότατον ἦν τὸ πρᾶγμα, ὅτι μοιχὸς ἦν. —MnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: For indeed in this aspect of the deed what was being done by this woman (Electra) was, he says, hateful. For in respect to it most of all it was a very hateful thing that this woman (Electra) was constantly mentioning the marriage-bed and the adultery, instigating her brother in respect to this. Or (take it) this way: For thus in just this aspect the matter was very painful, that he was a seducer.

LEMMA: MnPrR^bSa, καὶ γὰρ ἐνθάδηναῖσ (sic) S REF. SYMBOL: R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 μάλλιστα Mn | 3 πράγμα MnS (πράμμα a.c. S)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.168,19–23

Or. 620.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ γὰρ ἐνθάδ’ ἦν πικρόν⟩: ἤγουν κατὰ τὸν ἐνταῦθα βίον πικρὸν ἦν ἡ μοιχεία τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας. —Y²

TRANSLATION: That is, during her life here the adultery of Clytemnestra was a hateful thing.

REF. SYMBOL: Y² POSITION: s.l.

Or. 620.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ γὰρ ἐνθάδ’ ἦν πικρόν⟩: καὶ γὰρ πικρότατον ἦν μέχρις ὅτου ἐμίσγετο ὁ Αἴγισθος τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ καὶ ἦν αἰτία τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ κατηγορεῖν. —Lp

TRANSLATION: For it was a most hateful thing as long as Aegisthus was having intercourse with Clytemnestra and it was a cause (or: she was the cause) for Electra to make accusations.

REF. SYMBOL: Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.169,5–7

COMMENT: μέχρις ὅτου is normally ‘until’ (with a verb in the aorist or in the present expressing a generalization), but here it must be ‘as long as’ (with an imperfect), apparently a vernacular usage, such as is found in an 18–19th-century text, Joannes Macrygiannes, Acta et epistulae, #289,283–285 ὁ Καλλέργης ἀπαντᾷ, ὅτι μέχρις ὅτου τὸ Συμβούλιον τῆς Ἐπικρατείας δὲν ἤθελεν ἀποφασίσει μετὰ τοῦ Βασιλέως, δὲν ἐδύνατο νὰ ἀφήσῃ οὐδένα οὔτε νὰ εἰσέλθῃ οὔτε νὰ ἐξέλθῃ, ‘Callerges replies that as long as the Supreme Council of the State was unwilling to decree it along with the king, he was not able to allow anyone either to enter or go out’.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 620.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ γὰρ ἐνθάδ’ ἦν πικρόν⟩: αἰσχρὸν γὰρ ἦν ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις μοιχὸν εἶναι τὴν τοῦ ἄνακτος ἄλοχον. —Lp

TRANSLATION: For it was a shameful thing in (the eyes of) the populace that the wife of the king was an adulteress.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.169,8–9

Or. 620.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: τοῦ ἔργου —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Here’ means) ‘(at this point) of the deed’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 620.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: οὕτως —V

TRANSLATION: (‘Here’ means) ‘to this extent’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 620.17 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τοσοῦτον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Here’,) that is, ‘to so great an extent’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.169,5

Or. 620.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον —V³FY²Yf²

TRANSLATION: (‘Here’ means) ‘up to so great an extent’.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. V³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.169,5 app.

Or. 620.19 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: ἤγουν ἐν τοῖς ἄνω —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Here’,) that is, ‘among the people above (i.e., the living)’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.169,4–5

Or. 620.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: ἕως τοσοῦτον ἢ κατὰ τὸν βίον τοῦτον τῆς ζωῆς —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Here’ means) ‘up to such an extent’, or ‘during this life of being alive’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 620.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: καὶ οὕτως ἤγουν διὰ τῶν λόγων τῆς Ἠλέκτρας —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Here’ means) ‘thus’, that is, through the statements of Electra.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 620.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: καὶ ἐνταῦθα —Zc

TRANSLATION: (‘Here’ means) ‘in this place’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 620.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: μέχρι τούτου(?) —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Here’ means) ‘up to this point’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 620.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Here’ means) ‘in this respect’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: κατατοῦτο Cr

Or. 620.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ἦν πικρὸν⟩: τὸ πραττόμενον ὑπ’ αὐτῆς ἔμπροσθεν —OS

TRANSLATION: What was being done by her previously (was hateful).

POSITION: marg. O, s.l. S

APP. CRIT.: ἔμπροσθεν om. O

Or. 620.26 (rec exeg) ⟨ἦν πικρὸν⟩: τὸ πραττόμενον ὑπὸ ταύτης, τὴν μοιχείαν τὴν πραττομένην ὑπ’ αὐτῆς ἔμπροσθεν —MnPr

TRANSLATION: What was being done by her, the adultery that was being committed by her previously (was hateful).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 621.01 (vet exeg) ἕως ὑφῆψε: ἐπεὶ τὸ ὑφῆψεν εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπώλεσεν, προσέθηκε καὶ τὸ δίχα πυρός. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: Because he used ‘she set afire’ as equivalent to ‘she destroyed’, he added also the phrase ‘without fire’.

LEMMA: MC, ἕως ὑφῆψε δῶμα V, ἄλλως B REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: follows next B, cont. from next Rw

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C | προσέθηκε κτλ] εἰκότως καὶ τὸ δίχα πυρός προσέθηκεν B | καὶ om. V

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπώλεσε CRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.161,1–2; Dind. II.169,15–16

Or. 621.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἐπεὶ μεταφορᾷ χρώμενος εἶπεν ὑφῆψε δῶμα, οἷον ἀπώλεσεν, ἐπήνεγκεν ἀνηφαίστῳ πυρί, δηλονότι ἄνευ πυρὸς διέφθειρε τὸν οἶκον. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: Since he was using a metaphor when he said ‘she set the house afire’, as if to say ‘she destroyed’, he added ‘with a fire without Hephaestus’, clearly (meaning) ‘without fire she destroyed the house’.

LEMMA: C, in marg. M, ἕως ὑφῆψε δῶμα B, ἀνηφαίστω πυρί Rw REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: cont. from prev. V; precedes prev. BRw

APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπεν] ὕπεν Rw | δώμα M | δῆλον ὅτι B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.161,3–5; Dind. II.169,10–12

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 621.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἕως ὑφῆψε⟩: ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς. ἐπειδὴ τὸ ὑφῆψεν εἶπεν, ἐπήγαγεν ἀνηφαίστῳ, ὅ ἐστιν ἄνευ πυρὸς ἀπώλεσε, πυρὶ τῷ τῆς δυστυχίας καὶ τῆς συμφορᾶς. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Using a metaphor. Since he said ‘she set afire’, he added ‘without Hephastus’, which is: without fire she destroyed, with the fire of misfortune and disaster.

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 621.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑφῆψε δῶμ’⟩: ¹ἔκαυσεν, ἠφάνισεν. ²τοῦτο γὰρ ἀνέτρεψε τὸν οἶκον τῶν ἐνοικούντων ἀθλίως φονευθέντων. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: She burned, she destroyed. For this overturned the house, when those within it were wretchedly murdered.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐνέτρεψε Zb, ἀνέτρεχε Gu | οἰκούντων ZbZl

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔκαυσε ἠφάνισε Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.169,17, 18–19

Or. 621.18 (mosch exeg) ἀνηφαίστῳ πυρί: ¹πυρὶ εἰπὼν ἐπάγει ἀνηφαίστῳ, ἵνα δηλώσῃ ὅτι οὐ τοῦτο λέγει τὸ πῦρ, τὸ τὰ ξύλα καὶ τὴν ὕλην ἀναλίσκον, ²ἀλλ’ ἕτερον μέν τι, ὁμοίως δὲ τούτῳ φθαρτικὸν καὶ ἀναλωτικόν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: After saying ‘with fire’ he adds ‘without Hephaestus’, to make clear that he means by this not the fire that consumes lumber and wood, but something that, although different, similarly to this is destructive and consuming.

LEMMA: G REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: on facing recto G

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐπήγαγεν G | τὸ add. before ἀνηφ. T | δηλονότι add. before δηλώσῃ T | 2 μέν τι] μέντοι G | τούτῳ] τοῦτο X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.169,13–15

Or. 621.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνηφαίστῳ πυρί⟩: ¹τὸ λέχος τοῦ Αἰγίσθου καλεῖ ἀνήφαιστον πῦρ ὡς τῇ δυνάμει ἴσον κατεργασάμενον. ²ἀναλωτικώτερον γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων τὸ πῦρ. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: He calls the bed of Aegisthus ‘fire without Hephaestus’ because it brought about the same effect by its power. For fire is more destructive than other things.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἶσον Yf² | 2 ἀναλωτηκότερον Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.169,19–21

Or. 621.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνηφαίστῳ πυρί⟩: ἀναλωτικὸν γὰρ τὸ πῦρ. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: Because fire is destructive.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 621.21 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνηφαίστῳ πυρί⟩: ἄνευ πυρός —OG

POSITION: marg. O, s.l. G

Or. 621.22 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνηφαίστῳ πυρί⟩: δίχα πυρὸς —AaAbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πυρὸς δίχα transp. R

Or. 621.23 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀνηφαίστῳ πυρί⟩: δίχα πυρὸς καίοντι —ZmGuOx²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 621.24 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνηφαίστῳ πυρί⟩: ἄνευ ξύλων πυρός —M³

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ending of πυρ very uncertain

Or. 621.25 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀνηφαίστῳ πυρί⟩: τουτέστιν ἐν συμφορᾷ —XXaXbXoYYfGu

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.169,17–18

Or. 622.01 (tri rhet) ἀποστροφὴ τὸ σχῆμα. —TGu

TRANSLATION: The figure of speech is apostrophe.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ σχῆμα om. T

COMMENT: See on sch. 619.01.

KEYWORDS: apostrophe

Or. 622.02 (pllgn exeg) [πρὸς] τὸν Μενέλαον —Zl

TRANSLATION: (Addressed) to Menelaus.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Possibly another word has been lost to damage before πρὸς, such as ὁ λόγος or ἀποστροφὴ.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 622.04 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 622.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σοὶ δὲ … πρός⟩: ἐν σοὶ ταῦτα λέγω καὶ δράσω, ἢ ⟨τὸ⟩ πράσσειν ποιήσω τοῦ συλλυπεῖσθαι τούτοις πρὸς τῷ λέγειν. —G

TRANSLATION: In your case(?) I say these things and will do them, or I will perform the doing(?), in order that you share the pain with them (Orestes and Electra), in addition to saying (it).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ⟨τὸ⟩ πράσσειν] alternatively, {πράσσειν}

Or. 622.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δράσω τε πρός⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸς τῷ λέγειν δράσω —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 622.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δράσω τε πρός⟩: πρὸς τῷ λόγῳ πονήσω —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 622.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δράσω τε πρός⟩: πράξω καὶ τοῦτο σὺν τῷ λέγειν —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 622.13 (recTri metr) ⟨δράσω⟩: long mark over alpha —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 623.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ τοὐμὸν ἔχθος ἐναριθμῇ⟩: ἤτοι εἰ εὐνοϊκῶς διάκεισαι πρὸς ἐμὲ καὶ τοὺς μισοῦντας με μισεῖς καὶ τοὺς φιλοῦντας με φιλεῖς, μὴ βοηθῆσαι τούτῳ. —V³

TRANSLATION: That is, if you are well-disposed toward me and you hate those who hate me and love those who love me, do not bring aid to this man.

REF. SYMBOL: V³ POSITION: add. below end of side block

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.170,4–6 (inaccurate)

Or. 623.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ τοὐμὸν ἔχθος ἐναριθμῇ⟩: ἤτοι εἰ εἰς(?) ἔχθος(?) —V³

POSITION: add. at end of bottom block, after out-of-order sch. 620.01

COMMENT: The reading is uncertain because of damage, but apparently the writing ends with the word deciphered as ἔχθος. This appears to be another version of the s.l. annotation εἰς on ἔχθος (sch. 623.11), suggesting the interpretation ‘if you assign/attribute me (τοὐμὸν) and my kinship to enmity’.

Or. 623.06 (thom exeg) ⟨τοὐμὸν ἔχθος⟩: ὃ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔχω —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘My hatred’ is the one) that I have toward them.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: only very faint trace Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.169,24

Or. 623.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχθος⟩: καὶ μῖσος κατὰ τοῦ Ὀρέστου —Zu

TRANSLATION: Hatred against Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 623.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχθος⟩: καὶ μῖσος εἰς τὸν Ὀρέστην —CrOx

TRANSLATION: Hatred directed toward Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰς] Mastr., ἤγουν CrOx

Or. 623.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχθος⟩: ἄχθος —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘echthos’, ‘hatred’, there is a variant reading) ‘achthos’ (‘burden’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Presumably reporting as a variant a corrupt reading found in some witness.

Or. 623.13 (vet paraphr) ἐναριθμῇ: ¹ἐν φροντίδι ἔχεις. ²οἷον εἰ ἐφορᾷς τὸ παρ’ ἐμοῦ μῖσος καὶ τὴν ἐμὴν συγγένειαν καὶ φιλίαν. —BVCMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘You count in’ means) ‘you consider as a concern’. That is, if you regard the hatred I feel and my kinship and friendship.

LEMMA: Mn(ἐν ἀριθμή)PrR^bS(ἕν ἀριθμῆ)Sa, κῆδος τ’ ἐμόν V, εἰ τοὐμὸν ἔχθος Rw REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 621.01 B, prep. ἐναριθμῇ δὲ

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ prep. B, οἱονεὶ prep. R^b | εἰ om. Rw | πρὸς αὐτὸν add. before μῖσος V | φιλίαν καὶ συγγένειαν transp. V

APP. CRIT. 2: μίσος SSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.161,6–8; Dind. II.169,25–170,2

Or. 623.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐναριθμῇ⟩: ψηφίζεις, ἐν φροντίδι ἔχεις τὴν ἐμὴν συγγένειαν —MnPrR^aS

POSITION: s.l. except R^a

APP. CRIT.: ψηφίζεις] φημίζεις S, app. Mn(]μίζεις)

Or. 623.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐναριθμῇ⟩: ψηφίζει⟨ς⟩, ἐν ἀριθμῷ ἔχεις συγγένειαν ἐμὴν —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔχης Ab

Or. 623.17 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐναριθμῇ⟩: ἐν ἀριθμῷ τάττεις, ἀξιοῖς λόγου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘You count in’ means) ‘you place in the count, you consider important’.

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from sch. 623.05 XXo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.170,6–7

Or. 623.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐναριθμῇ⟩: καὶ ἐν ἀριθμῷ τάττεις καὶ ἐν φροντίσιν ἔχεις —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 623.25 (tri metr) ⟨ἐναριθμῇ⟩: koinē short over iota —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 56

Or. 623.26 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κῆδός τ’ ἐμόν⟩: καὶ τὴν ἐμὴν σύγγένειαν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrV³Aa²

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Aa²

APP. CRIT.: καὶ] ἤγουν V³, κατὰ Yf, om. Aa² | τὴν συγγένειαν τὴν ἐμὴν V³X | ἐμὴν om. T

COLLATION NOTES: Omitted by Ta.

Or. 623.27 (thom paraphr) ⟨κῆδός τ’ ἐμόν⟩: τὴν ἐμὴν περὶ σὲ συγγένειαν —ZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐμὴ Zb

COMMENT: Z is completely washed out here. In Ta a cross appears before this gloss, by a misreading of the rectilinear smooth breathing on ἀξιοῖς in sch. 623.20, which is below this in T.

Or. 623.32 (thom gram) ⟨κῆδός⟩: κῆδος ἡ συγγένεια, ἡ λύπη καὶ ἡ φροντίς —ZbZlZmGuOx²

TRANSLATION: ‘Kēdos’ (can mean) ‘kinship’, ‘pain’, and ‘concern’.

POSITION: marg. GuOx²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.170,8

Or. 623.33 (pllgn gram) ⟨κῆδός⟩: κῆδος ἡ συγγένεια καὶ ἡ λύπη, σημαίνει δὲ καὶ ἄλλα. ὅπερ γράφεται δ[ιὰ] τοῦ η̅. —Lp

TRANSLATION: ‘Kēdos’ (can mean) ‘kinship’ and ‘pain’, and it also has other senses. Which(?) is spelled with eta (in the first syllable).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὅπερ] conj. Mastr., ὅτε read by Matthiae’s collator, only ὅ[ visible now

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.170,8–10

COMMENT: Because of the tight binding of Lp, one cannot see what followed ὅ (before γράφεται) even by autopsy. The text of Matthiae and Dindorf with ὅτε seems objectionable to me, because there is no κεῖδος or κίδος/κῖδος to contrast with κῆδος.

Or. 624.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀμύνειν⟩: μὴ λάβῃς εἰς τὸ ἀμύνειν ἔξωθεν ‘θέλε’, ὥς τινες, ἀλλ’ ἔστι πρὸς τὸ ‘σοὶ δ’ ἐγὼ λέγω τάδε’. —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: Do not supply (the imperative) ‘want’ from outside to govern (the infinitive) ‘to ward off’, as some do. Rather it is governed by ‘to you I say these things’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZb

APP. CRIT.: τάδε λέγω transp. ZZmGu

APP. CRIT. 2: σὺ Z(σύ)Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.170,11–12

COMMENT: For the rejected view, see sch. 624.02 and 624.06–08. | Thomas is paraphrasing 622, but it is hard to decide whether the original paraphrase had λέγω τάδε (which presents a fragment that sounds iambic) or τάδε λέγω (the exact order, but not metrical in classical terms).

KEYWORDS: Thomas Magister critical of another view

Or. 624.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμύνειν⟩: τὸ ἀπαρέμφατον ἀντὶ τοῦ προστακτικοῦ. —Pr

TRANSLATION: The infinitive in place of the imperative.

POSITION: marg. at level of 623–624 Pr

APP. CRIT.: ἀπαρέμφατον … προστακτικοῦ] Mastr., προστακτικὸν … ἀπαρεμφάτου Pr

COMMENT: ‘Infinitive for imperative’ is a standard observation in grammatical explanation, and the opposite, as written by Pr, is not attested anywhere else. Apart from the evidence of the next scholion, the position beside 623–624 militates against taking Pr’s version as applying to 625 ἔα, as if that imperative should have continued the dependent construction of 624 ἀμύνειν.

Or. 624.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀμύνειν⟩: βοήθει· ἀντὶ προστακτικοῦ —Y²

TRANSLATION: ‘Give aid’: (infinitive) used for imperative.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: βοήθ() Y²

Or. 624.15 (tri metr) ⟨ἀμύνειν⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 624.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φόνον ἐναντίον θεοῖς⟩: κατὰ τὸν φόνον τὸν ἐναντίον τοῖς θεοῖς —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.170,12–13

Or. 624.20 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐναντίον θεοῖς⟩: οἱ γὰρ θεοὶ μισοῦσιν αὐτὸν τοιαῦτα ποιήσαντα. —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For the gods hate him for having done such deeds.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μισοῦσιν αὐτὸν] μισοῦσι τὸν T | ποιήσαντα] ἐργασάμενον Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.170,13

Or. 624.21 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐναντίον θεοῖς⟩: ὅστις ἐστὶν ἐναντίον τοῖς θεοῖς —MnPrR^aS

POSITION: s.l. MnS, marg. Pr; cont. from 623.14 MnS

APP. CRIT.: ἐστὶν om. MnS

Or. 625.03 (tri metr) ⟨ἔα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 625.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨καταφονευθῆναι⟩: περισσὴ ἡ κατά. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (The prefix) ‘kata’ is superfluous.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἡ κατά om. XYf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.170,15

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 625.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨πέτροις⟩: διὰ πέτρων. ἡ εὐθεῖα ὁ πέτρος Ἀττικῶς. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGr, partial Xo

TRANSLATION: (Dative ‘petrois’, ‘stones’, means) ‘by means of stones’. The nominative is ‘ho petros’ in the Attic manner (and not ‘hē petra’).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | ἡ εὐθεῖα κτλ om. Xo | ὁ πέτρος Ἀττικῶς] ἀττικὴ ἑνικὴ εὐθεῖα ὁ πετρος G (very faint)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.170,16

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 626.01 (vet exeg) ἢ μὴ ’πίβαινε Σπαρτιάτιδος: ¹Λακεδαίμονος πρῶτος ἦρξε Λέλεξ, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ Λέλεγες ὠνομάζοντο. ²ἔσχε δὲ παῖδας ἐκ Περιδίκης Μύλην, Πολυκάονα, †βωμολόχον†, Θεράπνην. ³τούτων ὁ Μύλης ἐκ Κλεοχαρείας ἴσχει Εὐρώταν καὶ Πελίαν. ⁴Εὐρώτας δὲ ἄρξας μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν ⟨τὸ⟩ λιμναζόμενον ἐργασάμενος καὶ ποταμὸν ποιήσας Εὐρώταν ὠνόμασεν. ⁵οὗτος ἐκ Κλήτας ἴσχει θυγατέρα Σπάρτην, ἣν ἀγαγόμενος Λακεδαίμων ὁ Ταϋγέτης ἄρξας τοὺς μὲν Λέλεγας Λακεδαιμονίους, τὸ δὲ ὄρος Ταΰγετον καὶ πόλιν κτίσας Σπάρτην ὠνόμασεν. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: Lelex was the first to rule Lacedaemon, after whom in fact the Leleges were named. And he had as children from Peridike Myles, Polykaon, [corrupt word], Therapne. Of these Myles has from Cleochareia Eurotas and Pelias. Eurotas, having come to be ruler after the flood, worked over the inundated (or: swampy) land and created a river and named it Eurotas. He has from Cletia a daughter Sparte. Marrying her, Lacedaemon, son of Taÿgete, having come to be ruler, named the Leleges Lacedaemonians, named the mountain Taÿgetos, and, having founded a city, named it Sparte.

LEMMA: M(μηπίβαινε, σπαρτιάτιδ())V¹C, ἢ μὴ ’πίβαινε BRw REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀφοῦ MC | 2 ἔσκε M | 5 ἢν B | ταύγετον B | ὠνόμασε C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.161,9–16; Dind. II.170,19–171,3

COMMENT: Similar information, in greater detail, is in Paus. 3.1.1–2 μετὰ δὲ τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς ἐστιν ἤδη Λακωνικὴ τὰ πρὸς ἑσπέρας. ὡς δὲ αὐτοὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι λέγουσι, Λέλεξ αὐτόχθων ὢν ἐβασίλευσε πρῶτος ἐν τῇ γῇ ταύτῃ καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου Λέλεγες ὧν ἦρχεν ὠνομάσθησαν. Λέλεγος δὲ γίνεται Μύλης καὶ νεώτερος Πολυκάων. Πολυκάων μὲν δὴ ὅποι καὶ δι’ ἥντινα αἰτίαν ἀπεχώρησεν, ἑτέρωθι δηλώσω· Μύλητος δὲ τελευτήσαντος παρέλαβεν ὁ παῖς Εὐρώτας τὴν ἀρχήν. οὗτος τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ λιμνάζον ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ διώρυγι κατήγαγεν ἐπὶ θάλασσαν, ἀπορρυέντος δὲ—ἦν γὰρ δὴ τὸ ὑπόλοιπον ποταμοῦ ῥεῦμα—ὠνόμασεν Εὐρώταν. ἅτε δὲ οὐκ ὄντων αὐτῷ παίδων ἀρρένων βασιλεύειν καταλείπει Λακεδαίμονα, μητρὸς μὲν Ταϋγέτης [Hartung, ταύτης mss] ὄντα, ἀφ’ ἧς καὶ τὸ ὄρος ὠνομάσθη, ἐς Δία δὲ πατέρα ἀνήκοντα κατὰ τὴν φήμην· συνῴκει δὲ ὁ Λακεδαίμων Σπάρτῃ θυγατρὶ τοῦ Εὐρώτα. τότε δὲ ὡς ἔσχε τὴν ἀρχήν, πρῶτα μὲν τῇ χώρᾳ καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις μετέθετο ἀφ’ αὑτοῦ τὰ ὀνόματα, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο ᾤκισέ τε καὶ ὠνόμασεν ἀπὸ τῆς γυναικὸς πόλιν, ἣ Σπάρτη καλεῖται καὶ ἐς ἡμᾶς. For the name Therapne, cf. Paus. 3.19.9 Θεράπνη δὲ ὄνομα μὲν τῷ χωρίῳ γέγονεν ἀπὸ τῆς Λέλεγος θυγατρός, Μενελάου δέ ἐστιν ἐν αὐτῇ ναός, καὶ Μενέλαον καὶ Ἑλένην ἐνταῦθα ταφῆναι λέγουσιν.

KEYWORDS: mythography, genealogical

Or. 626.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἢ μὴ ’πίβαινε⟩: εἰ δὲ μὴ ἐάσῃς δηλονότι καταφονευθῆναι ⟨ὑπὸ⟩ τῶν πολιτῶν, μὴ ἐπίβαινε. —Aa²

TRANSLATION: (‘Or don’t tread upon’ means) ‘and if you do not permit (them) to be executed by the citizens, do not tread upon’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 626.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἢ⟩: εἰ δὲ μή —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.170,18

Or. 626.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ἢ⟩: μὴ τοῦτο ποιῶν —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 626.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἢ⟩: ἐὰν βοηθήσῃς —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 626.09 (vet exeg) ⟨Σπαρτιάτιδος χθονός⟩: ταύτην γὰρ αὐτῷ εἰς προῖκα ἔδωκεν ὁ Τυνδάρεως. —BOVCZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Spartan territory’:) for Tyndareus gave this to him as dowry.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B

APP. CRIT.: εἰς πρ. αὐτῶ transp. Zu | ὁ τυνδ. om. OVC

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔδωκε VZu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.161,18; Dind. II.170,18–19

Or. 626.14 (tri metr) ⟨Σπαρτιάτιδος⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

Or. 627.01 (tri rhet) ⟨τοσαῦτ’ ἀκούσας⟩: ἀπόθεσις —T

TRANSLATION: Transition-phrase.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν

Or. 627.10 (mosch exeg) δυσσεβεῖς: τοὺς δυσσεβῶς λέγοντας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀσεβῶς T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.171,5

Or. 627.11 (thom exeg) ⟨δυσσεβεῖς⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν ἀδελφήν —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Zu

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. ZlZu | τὴν αὐτοῦ. ἀδ. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.171,6

Or. 628.09 (mosch gram) παρώσας: παρωσάμην, ἀντὶ τοῦ παρέδραμον ἀπωσάμενος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘I pushed aside (from myself)’, used for ‘having pushed away from myself, I overlooked/passed by’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀπωσάμενος om. X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.171,9

COMMENT: If this were meant to comment on παρώσας in context, it would be odd to use a middle indicative to explain an active participle. Therefore I assume this is a teacher’s note, commenting on the usage of a word without specific application to the lemma to which the comment is attached. There is no other place in TLG where παρωθέω and παρατρέχω occur together in close proximity, and the specific form παρωσάμην is found in only five other places (all Byzantine). Perhaps Moschopulus had in mind a line from Psellus, Poem. 63,53 βάπτισμα θεῖον ἀφρόνως παρωσάμην.

Or. 628.14 (mosch exeg) εὐσεβεστέρους: τοὺς εὐσεβῶς λέγοντας· τὸ συγκριτικὸν ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘More pious’ means) ‘those speaking piously’: the comparative form used for the simple form.

LEMMA: XXo POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.: ἁπλοῦ written by Xo^r, perhaps in erasure

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.171,11

Or. 629.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡμᾶς … ἄγετε τῶνδε⟩: λάβετε ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀποκομίσατε τῶν οἴκων τούτων. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 629.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπ’⟩: ἡ ἀπό ἀντὶ τοῦ μακρὰν. —Zu

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘apo’ (‘away from’) is used for ‘makrān’ (‘far from’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 629.11 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 630.01 (630–631) (vet paraphr) στεῖχ’ ὡς ἀθορύβως: πορεύου, ὅπως ὁ προσελθών μοι λόγος τοῦ γήρως τοῦ σοῦ ὑπείκοντος ἀθορύβως πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον γένηται. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: Go along, so that my forthcoming argument may be made without disturbance to Menelaus, with (the obstacle of) your old age withdrawing.

LEMMA: MBVCR^b(στίχ’)Rw, στεῖχε MnS REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b

APP. CRIT.: ὁ om. MRw | τοῦ σοῦ γήρως B | ἀθόρυβος VRw | μενέλαον] μετα R^b | γενήσεται V

APP. CRIT. 2: γήραος PrR^bS | ὑπήκοντος Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.161,19–21; Dind. II.171,15–16

Or. 630.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὑπιὼν ἡμῖν λόγος⟩: ὁ ἐπιὼν λόγος ὃς ἦλθεν εἰς ἡμᾶς —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 630.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὑπιὼν ἡμῖν λόγος⟩: ὁ μέλλων ῥηθῆναι ἡμῖν λόγος —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 631.08 (thom exeg) ⟨γῆρας … τὸ σόν⟩: ὃ αὐτὸς μὲν αἰδοῦμαι, τὸ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους δυσχερῶς ἔχει καὶ οὐκ ἀκούειν ἐθέλει. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Your old age,) which I myself feel shame at, while it is harshly disposed toward my words and unwilling to hear them.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὃ] οὗ Zb | ἐθέλει] θέλει Zm [Zl]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.171,20–22

Or. 632.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 632.03 (vet exeg) ποῖ σὸν πόδ’: ὡς τῷ ποδὶ τὸ ἔδαφος περιγράφοντος αὐτοῦ καὶ διστακτικῶς ἀναλογιζομένου εἰ δέοι βοηθεῖν, ὅπερ ποιοῦσιν οἱ ἀμηχανοῦντες ἐν πράγματι. —MBVC, partial OMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: (This is said on the assumption) that he is tracing lines in a circle on the ground with his foot and calculating in uncertainty whether he ought to give aid, the very thing that those who feel at a loss in a matter do.

LEMMA: MCRw, μενέλαε ποῖ σὸν πόδ’ V, ποῖ σὸν πόδ’ ἐπὶ συννοία κυκ() B REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: follows sch. 636.01 R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: τοὔδαφος V, τὸ ἕδαφος B | δέοἱ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.161,22–162,2; Dind. II.171,27–172,2

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors

Or. 632.04 (mosch paraphr) ποῖ σὸν πόδα: ποῖ κυκλεῖς, ἤγουν στρέφεις, τὸν σὸν πόδα ἐπὶ συννοίᾳ, ὢν δηλονότι, ἤγουν ἐν φροντίδι καὶ σκέψει τῇ μετὰ σεαυτοῦ; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Whither are you circling, that is, turning around your foot in anxious thought—being in it (anxious thought), namely—in other words, in worry and deliberation with yourself?

LEMMA: G

APP. CRIT.: app. στέφεις or τρέφεις X, corr. X² | καὶ om., s.l. add. Y

APP. CRIT. 2: συνοίαν Y | δῆλον ὅτι G | σαυτοῦ G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.171,23–25

Or. 632.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ποῖ σὸν πόδα⟩: ποῖ πορεύῃ ἔμφροντις γεγονώς; —V

TRANSLATION: Where are you going, having become preoccupied?

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 632.18 (tri metr) ⟨συννοίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 632.23 (thom exeg) ⟨κυκλεῖς⟩: γρ. κινεῖς. —ZZa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘kukleis’, ‘you circle’,) the reading ‘kineis’ (‘you move’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 632.24 (thom exeg) ⟨κινεῖς⟩: γρ. κυκλεῖς. —ZmZu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘kineis’, ‘you move’,) the reading ‘kukleis’ (‘you circle’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text ZmZu POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 632.25 (tri metr) ⟨κυκλεῖς⟩: koinē short over upsilon —T³

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 633.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨διπλῆς μερίμνης … ὁδούς⟩: διγνώμνονας διπλασίους ὁδούς, ἢ διπλᾶ βουλευόμενος —V

TRANSLATION: Double paths with divided thoughts; or considering two things.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 633.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨διπλῆς μερίμνης … ὁδούς⟩: διττὰς ὁδοὺς ἐρχόμενος διττῆς φροντίδος, τουτέστι διπλοῦν λογισμὸν φροντίδος ἔχων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Going along double paths of double thought, that is, having a dual reckoning of thought.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo (at 634 συννοούμενος) POSITION: s.l. except XXoT

APP. CRIT.: app. συλλογισμὸν Y, corr. Y^a | second φροντίδος om. G | ἔχων om. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.171,25–26

Or. 633.03 (thom exeg) ⟨διπλῆς μερίμνης⟩: βοηθῆσαι ἡμῖν ἢ μή —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Double thought’, namely,) to give aid to us or not.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.171,3

Or. 633.08 (thom exeg) ⟨διπτύχους⟩: διπλᾶς· οἱ γὰρ ἀμφιβάλλοντες ἀμφιρρεπεῖς εἰσι, ζητοῦντες ὅπῃ τράπωνται. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Twofold’ means) ‘double’; for those who are in doubt are inclined two ways, seeking where they are to turn.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: lost to trimming after ἀμφι[ Zl, ζητ. κτλ. prob. om. (lack of space) | ζῶντες Zb | ὅπη ἂν Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: διπλὰς Zb | ἀμφιρεπεῖς ZbGu, a.c. Za | εἰσί ZZaGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.172,3–5

Or. 633.20 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 634.03 (tri metr) ⟨ἔασον⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 635.01 (vet exeg) ὅπῃ τράπωμαι: ¹ποῦ τῆς τύχης τράπωμαι, πότερον σοὶ συνέλθω ἢ Τυνδάρεῳ; ²τοῦτο γὰρ δηλῶσαι ἠβούλετο. —B, partial MOVCRw

TRANSLATION: Where in (the options offered by) fortune am I to turn, am I to join with you or with Tyndareus? For this is what he wanted to convey.

LEMMA: MBVC, 636 μὴ νῦν πέραινε Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: follows sch. 636.01 in C

APP. CRIT.: 1 ποῦ … τράπωμαι om. ORw | ποῦ] παρὰ C | πρότερον Rw | ἢ τῶ τυνδ. Rw | 2 τοῦτο γὰρ κτλ] B, om. others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.162,3–4 (with app.); Dind. II.172,8–9

Or. 635.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὅπῃ τράπωμαι⟩: ¹ἀμηχανῶ εἰς ὁποίαν τύχην τράπωμαι. ²τύχην ἐνταῦθα λέγει προσδοκωμένην· ³τουτέστιν ἀμηχανῶ ποτέραν μερίδα τῶν προσδοκωμένων συμβήσεσθαι προτιμήσω. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aGr, partial G^b

TRANSLATION: I am at a loss as to which fortune I am to turn to. For by ‘fortune’ here he means the one anticipated: that is, I am at a loss as to which part of the outcomes expected to occur I should prefer.

LEMMA: G REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. G^bGr

APP. CRIT.: 2 τύχην ἐνταῦθα … ἀμηχανῶ] τουτέστι G^b | 3 ποτέρα Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.172,13–15

Or. 635.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅπῃ τράπωμαι⟩: ¹τουτέστιν ἀπορῶ τίνι μᾶλλον βοηθήσαιμι, σοὶ ἢ Τυνδάρεῳ. ²ὁ μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἐᾷ με σοὶ προσθέσθαι δεινὰ ἐπαπειλούμενος, ³σὺ δὲ ἀδελφιδοῦς ἐμὸς ὢν ἀναγκαίως δίκαιος εἴης τῆς παρ’ ἐμοῦ τυχεῖν βοηθείας. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, I am at a loss as to which I should prefer to aid, you or Tyndareus? For he does not permit me to side with you, making terrible threats. But you, being my nephew, necessarily would deserve to receive my assistance.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἢ τῶ τυνδ. Z | 2 προσθεσθαι] ZZaZmT (conj. Matthiae), προθέσθαι ZbZl (Arsen.), προσέσθαι Gu | 3 ὢν ἐμὸς transp. ZlZm, ὢν ἐμοὶ Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐᾷ με] ἐᾶμαι Gu | 3 ἀδελφιδοὺς Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.172,9–12

Or. 635.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅπῃ τράπωμαι⟩: ἤγουν πότερον σοὶ συνέλθω καὶ βοηθήσω ἢ Τυνδάρεῳ. —Zu

TRANSLATION: That is, whether I am to side with you and help you or (side) with Tyndareus.

REF. SYMBOL: Zu (despite s.l. position) POSITION: s.l.

Or. 635.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅπῃ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς ποίαν τύχην —Zu

POSITION: marg.

Or. 635.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῆς τύχης⟩: τὰ πάντα γὰρ ὑπὸ τῆς τύχης διοικεῖσθαι ᾤοντο, καὶ ὁ Μενέλαος τῆς τύχης οἴεται τὸ προ⟨σ⟩τεθῆναι ἢ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ ἢ τῷ Τυνδάρεω. —V³

TRANSLATION: For they (the ancients) believed that everything was managed by fortune, and Menelaus believes it is up to fortune whether to be associated with Orestes or Tyndareus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 636.01 (636–637) (vet exeg) μὴ νῦν πέραινε: ¹μηδ’ οὖν τὸ δοκοῦν σοι εἰς πέρας ἄγε πρὶν ἀκούσῃς τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους. ²ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῷ βουλευόμενός φησι διὰ τὴν τύχην ἀμηχανεῖν ὅπῃ τράπηται, ³παραινεῖ αὐτῷ μήπω τῇ δοκήσει πέρας ἐπιτιθέναι πρὶν ἀκοῦσαι τοὺς αὐτοῦ λόγους, καὶ οὕτως βουλεύσασθαι. —MC, partial VMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: Then do not even bring your deliberation to a conclusion until you hear my words. For since he (Menelaus) says that, in deliberation with himself, he is, because of the circumstances, at a loss where he is to turn, he (Orestes) advises him not yet to bring a conclusion to his thinking before hearing his words, and (only) thus to decide on a plan.

LEMMA: MCS(ποίρ‑ a.c.), μὴ νῦν πέραινε τὴν δόκησιν V(but punct. as if τὴν δόκησιν begins note)PrR^b REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 635.01 Rw, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 μηδ’ … τράπηται om. VMnPrR^bRwS, but V has ἐπεὶ γὰρ … τράπηται παραινεῖ αὐτῶ transp. to end | 1 ἀκούσῃς] Arsenius (MeMuPh), ἀκούσεις MC | 2 φησι om. M | 3 παραινεῖ] MC (and V in phrase at end repeated), τὴν δόκησιν περαινεῖ V (misdividing between lemma and note), περαίνει MnPrR^bS, παρακαλεῖ Rw | αὐτῷ] αὐτὸν MCRw | μήπως Rw | τῇ om. MnPrR^b | ἐπιθεῖναι VMnPrR^bRwS | αὐτοῦ] αὐτοὺς M | βουλεύσετ() V (perhaps βουλεύσει changed to ‑σετ())

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μὴδ’ C | 2 οὕτω MnPrR^bRwS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.162,5–9; Dind. II.172,16–20

Or. 636.02 (636–637) (vet exeg) μὴ νῦν πέραινε: ¹μὴ τὸ δοκοῦν σοι εἰς πέρας ἄγε πρὶν ἀκούσῃς τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους. ²ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐν ἐνδοιασμῷ ἦν ἀμηχανῶν διὰ τὴν τύχην ὅπῃ τράπηται, ³παραινεῖ αὐτῷ μήπω τῇ δοκήσει πέρας ἐπιθεῖναι πρὶν ἀκοῦσαι τοὺς αὐτοῦ λόγους, καὶ οὕτω βουλεύσασθαι. —B

TRANSLATION: Do not bring your deliberation to a conclusion until you hear my words. For since he (Menelaus) was in uncertainty, helplessly wondering because of the circumstances where he is to turn, he (Orestes) advises him not yet to bring a conclusion to his thinking before hearing his words, and (only) thus to decide on a plan.

LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀκούσῃς] Arsenius (MeMuPh), ἀκούσεις B | 3 αὐτοῦ] αὐτοὺς a.c. B (corr. immediately)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.162,5–9 (with app.); Dind. II.172 (with app.)

Or. 636.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μὴ νῦν πέραινε τὴν δόκησιν⟩: ἤγουν τὸ δοκοῦν σοι μὴ τελειώσῃς. —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 636.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὴν δόκησιν⟩: τὸ βούλευμα τὸ προκριθέν —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 637.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τότε⟩: ἐξ ἐκείνου, ἤγουν τοῦ ἀκοῦσαι —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 638.05 (638–639) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔστι δ’ οὗ σιγὴ … σιγὴ λόγος⟩: ¹οἷον ἔστιν ὅπου ἡ σιγὴ κρείσσων τοῦ λόγου ²καὶ ἔστιν ὅπου ὁ λόγος τῆς σιγῆς κρείσσων. —MBVCRw, partial MnPrR^bS

TRANSLATION: Like this: there is (a place) where silence is more effective than speech and there is (a place) where speech is more effective than silence.

LEMMA: ἔστι δ’ οὗ σιγὴ λόγου V, ἔστι δ’ οὗ σιγὴ λόγου· οὐ σιγὴ λόγου C, ἐστὶ δ’ οὗ σιγὴ Rw, οὐ σιγῆ λόγου (sic) M, 639 ἔστι δ’ οὗ σιγῆς λόγος BR^b REF. SYMBOL: MV(symbol at text missing in both), at 639 BR^b POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. MnPrS

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἡ σισιγὴ M | τοῦ λόγου κρείσσων transp. MnPrR^bRwS | 2 καὶ ἔστιν κτλ om. MnPrR^bS | ὁ λόγος κρείσσων τῆς σιγῆς transp. V, τῆς σιγῆς ὁ λόγος κρείσσων transp. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.162,10–11; Dind. II.173,3–4

Or. 638.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔστι δ’ οὗ⟩: ἔστι γὰρ τόπος ὅπου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔστι γὰρ om. Aa² | τόπος ὅπου] ὅπου τρόπος G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.173,4–5

Or. 638.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὗ⟩: ἤγουν ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 639.11 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 640.01 (640–641) (tri rhet) προκατάστασις —T

TRANSLATION: Preamble.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: προκατάστασις

Or. 640.02 (640–641) (pllgn rhet) προδιόρθωσις —B^3d

TRANSLATION: Correction in advance.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: προδιόρθωσις

Or. 640.05 (640–641) (vet exeg) ⟨τὰ μακρὰ τῶν σμικρῶν λόγων … μᾶλλον κλύειν⟩: ¹ἐναντιοῦται τῇ Μενελάου βραχυλογίᾳ, τὴν μακρηγορίαν τῶν λόγων προκρίνων. ²οἱ γὰρ Λάκωνες βραχυλόγοι. ³καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 3.214]· ‘παῦρα μὲν, ἀλλὰ μάλα λιγέως’. ⁴ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἡ μακρὰ διήγησις καὶ τὸ διὰ πλειόνων ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀφήγησιν σαφέστερον παρίστησι τὸ πρᾶγμα τῶν συντόμων λόγων. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: He (Orestes) opposes Menelaus’s brevity of speech, judging superior a lengthy expansion of verbiage. For the Laconians are men of few words. And Homer (attests this about Menelaus, saying he spoke) ‘few things, but very clearly’. The sense (of Orestes’ words) is: long explanation, that is, making a presentation in more words, makes a matter clearer than terse speech.

LEMMA: τὰ μακρὰ τῶν σμικρῶν λόγων B, λέγοιμ’ ἂν ἤδη τὰ μακρά C, λέγοιμ’ ἂν ἤδη M, λέγοιμ’ ἂν VMnPrR^bS, τὰ μακρὰ Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b

APP. CRIT.: 1 πρὸς τὴν μεν. βραχυλογίαν V | μενελάῳ M | μακρηγορίαν] V, μακρολογίαν others | τῶν λόγων om. B | προκρίνων] προκρ. ὀρέστης MnPrR^bS, περαίνων Rw | 3 καὶ om. C and punct. as if new sch. | 4 punct. as if new sch. at ὁ δὲ νοῦς V | μικρὰ MnS | καὶ τὸ διὰ πλειόνων ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀφήγησιν om. MC (but C had about 6 letters after διήγησις, erased and lined through; room for καὶ τὸ διὰ, but no confirming traces legible) | τὸ om. R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.162,12–15; Dind. II.173,7–11

COMMENT: μακρολογία is the classical word, also common in Byzantine writers and used in rhetorical treatises and the scholia to various authors. μακρηγορία (as in V) is first attested in the Roman period and somewhat less common, and it may be noted that it occurs in a number of Tzetzean scholia. But the jingle μακρολογίαν τῶν λόγων is unusual and redundant (as the redactor of the B-version felt when he omitted τῶν λόγων), and the nearby ‑λογία and λόγων easily account for the substitution of the well-known term.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 640.06 (640–641) (vet exeg) ¹τὸ δὲ ἐπίπροσθεν ἀντὶ τοῦ προτιμότερά ἐστι τὰ μακρὰ διηγήματα τῶν συντόμων λόγων. ²ἀνάσχου οὖν τῆς ἐμῆς μακρολογίας ἐπεὶ σαφεστέρα ἐστίν. —MBC, partial VMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: The term ‘in front of’ is equivalent to ‘long explanations are preferable to terse speeches’. So then, put up with my use of long speech since it is clearer.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ … συντόμων λόγων om. VMnPrR^bRwS, transp. to end B | τοῦ om. C | προτιμώ ἐστι (sic) M | 2 σαφέστερον MnPrR^bS(‑τερόν MnS)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀντι C | προτιμότερα ἐστι C | 2 ἀνάχο S | σαφέστερα M | ἐστί B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.162,16–17; Dind. II.173,12–13, 11–12

Or. 640.07 (640–641) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἔνιοι ἀθετοῦσι τοῦτον καὶ τὸν ἑξῆς στίχον· οὐκ ἔχουσι γὰρ τὸν Εὐριπίδειον χαρακτῆρα. ²καὶ πεποίηται ὁ νοῦς διὰ τὸν Μενέλαον· οἱ γὰρ Λάκωνες βραχυλόγοι. —MBC, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: Some athetize this and the following line, because they do not have the stamp of Euripidean style. And the idea has been expressed because of Menelaus, for the Laconians are men of few words.

LEMMA: C POSITION: cont. from prev. MBRw(add. δὲ BRw)

APP. CRIT.: 1 perhaps εὐριπίδιον M, εὐριπιδ() Rw | 2 καὶ πεποίηται κτλ om. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.162,18–20; Dind. II.173,13–16

COMMENT: The athetesis of 640–641 has not been accepted widely in modern editions and commentaries. See also on sch. 643.01 for Diggle’s suggestion that the couplet that was called into question was 644–645.

KEYWORDS: athetesis or absence of verses

Or. 640.08 (640–641) (vet exeg) τὰ μακρὰ τῶν σμικρῶν λόγων: ¹Λακεδαιμόνιος ὁ Μενέλαος, Λακεδαιμόνιοι δὲ οὐχ ἥκιστα τῇ συντομίᾳ χαίρουσιν. ²προθεραπεύει τοίνυν τὸν ἀκροατὴν, ἵνα ἀναμείνῃ τὸ μῆκος τῶν λόγων ἀλύπως. —MVCLp

TRANSLATION: Menelaus is Lacedaemonian, and Lacedaemonians not least of all delight in brevity. Thus, he (Orestes) is conciliating his auditor in advance in order that he abide the length of his speech without annoyance.

LEMMA: V, τὰ μακρὰ τῶν σμικρῶν C, τὰ μακρὰ τῶν μακρῶν M, τὰ μακρὰ Lp REF. SYMBOL: MV

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐστὶν (compend.) add. before ὁ μεν. V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὐχ’ C | ἤικιστα M | χαίρουσι VC | 2 ἵν ἀναμείνη C | μήκος Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.162,21–23; Dind. II.173,26–174,1

Or. 640.09 (640–641) (vet exeg) ¹ὅτι βραχυλογίαν ἀσκοῦσιν οἱ Λάκωνες. ²ἀνέχου οὖν, φησὶ, τῆς ἐμῆς μακρολογίας, ἐπεὶ τὰ μακρὰ καὶ σαφέστερα. —MCLp

TRANSLATION: Because the Laconians practice brevity of speech. Put up with, then, he says, my speaking at length, because long explanations are also clearer.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all

APP. CRIT.: μακρολογίας] Lp, βραχυλογίας MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.163,1–2; Dind. II.174,1–3

Or. 640.10 (640–641) (rec exeg) ⟨τὰ μακρὰ τῶν μικρῶν … μᾶλλον κλύειν⟩: ἀνάσχου δὲ τῆς ἐμῆς μακρολογίας ὅτι —O

TRANSLATION: (Before ‘the long are preferable to the short …’ understand) ‘put up with my use of long speech because’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 640.11 (640–641) (thom exeg) τὰ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ λεπτὸν διασαφοῦσι τὴν ὑπόθεσιν, τὰ δ’ ὡς οἷόν τε αὐτὴν εἰς ὀλίγον συνάγουσι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀσάφειαν ἔχουσιν. —ZZaZbZmTGu, partial Zl

TRANSLATION: For whereas the former (long speeches) make the argument clear in a detailed presentation, the latter (short speeches) reduce it as much as possible to a small scope and therefore involve lack of clarity.

REF. SYMBOL: at τὰ μακρὰ ZmTGu POSITION: s.l. ZZaZbZl

APP. CRIT.: τὰ δ’ ὡς κτλ om. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: διατοῦτο ZZaTGu | ἔχουσι Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.173,21–23

Or. 640.12 (640–641) (pllgn exeg) οὐ τὴν βραχυλογίαν τὴν ἐπαινετὴν ψέγει ὁ ποιητὴς καὶ τὴν ψεκτὴν μακρηγορίαν ἐπαινεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὴν σαφήνειαν προκρίνει τῆς ἀσαφείας, πολλῳ κρείττω οὖσαν. —Xo²

TRANSLATION: The poet is not criticizing praiseworthy brevity of speech and praising blameworthy long-windedness, but he is preferring clarity to lack of clarity, (the former) being far better.

LEMMA: label πγ

COMMENT: This is the first scholion in the surviving portion of Xo that has the label πγ accompanying an annotation entered by Xo². Günther 41 n. 2 (with 52 n. 3) has speculated that this stands for Πεπαγωμένος, but it is not possible to determine which of the persons of this name dating around and after 1330 is referred to (PLP 22341–22371). Presumably Pepagomenos is the source of the annotation and a different person from the scribe Xo² who credits the annotation to him.

KEYWORDS: Pepagomenos (label πγ) | criticism and defence of poet

Or. 640.13 (640–641) (mosch paraphr) τὰ μακρὰ: τὰ ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐκτεταμένα τῶν λόγων προτιμότερά ἐστι τῶν σμικρῶν, ἀντὶ τοῦ τῶν βραχέων, ἤγουν τῶν ἐπ’ ὀλίγον ἐκτεταμένων. —T⁺

TRANSLATION: What is stretched out to a great degree is preferable to speeches that are small, meaning ‘the short ones’, that is, those drawn out to a small extent.

LEMMA: T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.173,23–25

COMMENT: An amalgamation of the Moschopulean sch. 640.21, 640.23, and 641.01, with slight modification.

Or. 640.14 (640–641) (pllgn paraphr) τὰ μεγάλα πράγματα πρόδηλα μᾶλλον καὶ σαφῆ ἀκοῦσαι εἰσὶ διὰ μικρῶν λόγων ἢ διὰ μακρῶν καὶ ἐκτεταμένων λόγων. —P²

TRANSLATION: Great matters are more obvious and clear to hear through small speeches than through long, extended speeches.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.174,3–5

COMMENT: A very bad interpretation of the Greek, unless there has been a transposition of διὰ μακρῶν καὶ ἐκτεταμένων λόγων ἢ διὰ μικρῶν λόγων.

Or. 640.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν σμικρῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῶν βραχέων, ἤγουν τῶν ἐπ’ ὀλίγον ἐκτεινομένων —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘The small ones’) meaning ‘the short’ or ‘the ones being drawn out to a small extent’.

POSITION: s.l. XaXbY; cont. from prev. XYf

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ τῶν] τῶν Yf, τοῦ Y, om. G | ὀλίγων Y, a.c. X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.173,17–18

Or. 641.07 (rec exeg) ⟨σαφῆ μᾶλλον κλύειν⟩: εἰς τὸ παριστάναι τὴν ἀφήγησιν —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Clearer to hear’) for (the speaker) to make his presentation (of his case).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 641.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σαφῆ μᾶλλον κλύειν⟩: σαφῆ μᾶλλον ἀντὶ τοῦ σαφέστερα, ὑπάρχουσι δηλονότι εἰς τὸ ἀκούειν. —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 641.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σαφῆ μᾶλλον⟩: σαφῆ μᾶλλον ἀντὶ τοῦ σαφέστερα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrA^r

TRANSLATION: ‘More clear’ is used for ‘clearer’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: σαφῆ μᾶλλον om. XoTGrA^r | ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ A^r

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.173,20

Or. 643.01 (vet exeg) ἃ δ’ ἔλαβες: ¹τούτου ῥηθέντος αἴρουσιν οἱ ὑποκριταὶ τὴν χεῖρα ὡς τοῦ Μενελάου ἀγωνιῶντος μή ποτε λέγει ὅτι παρακαταθήκην ἀργυρίου παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς πεπίστευται. ²εὐήθης δέ ἐστιν ὁ τοιαύτης ὑποψίας ἀντιλαμβανόμενος Μενέλαος. ³εἰ γὰρ μήτε τὸν λέγοντα ᾔδει μήτε οὗ ἐστι χρεία, ἴσως ἂν εἶχέ τι πιθανὸν τὸ γινόμενον· ⁴ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐπίσταται, περιττὸν καὶ ἄπορον τὸ δρώμενον. —MBVC, partial MnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: When this has been said, the actors raise their arm as if Menelaus is distressed (and anxious) whether he (Orestes) is saying that he (Menelaus) has been entrusted with a deposit of money by his (Orestes’) father. But a Menelaus who latches on to such a suspicion is foolish. For if he did not know either the person saying (this) nor what help is needed, perhaps what occurs (in this staging) would have some plausibility. But since he does know, this action is superfluous and puzzling.

LEMMA: MCMnPrR^bRw(δὲ), δ’ ἔλαβες S, ἃ δ’ ἔλαβες ἀπόδος B REF. SYMBOL: MBR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 644.01 V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λέγη Pr | παρακαταθύκην S | 3 τί V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.163,3–8; Dind. II.174,6–11

COMMENT: It is most likely that the critic (probably from the Hellenistic period) here is criticizing the gesture used by contemporary actors, not assuming that Euripides is responsible for this inconcinnity. Compare one possible interpretation of the corrupt Sch. Hipp. 171a–b Cavarzeran, that Aristophanes of Byzantium (fr. 390a–b Slater) criticizes the contemporary theater practice of using the eccyclema because he infers from Euripides’ text that this was not the original, intended staging (see Prelim. Stud. 18–19 for references). The gesture seems to fit with the presence of line 644, which on the views of Willink and Diggle could be a histrionic interpolation (Willink deletes 644 and Diggle 644–645, noting that the athetesis of two lines mentioned in sch. 640.07 might belong here). | Schw. refers to Et. Gud. p. 79,19 Sturz in connection with this scholion. In Sturz’s edition the entry for ἀρνεῖσθαι contains the following addition (which is not present in de Stefani’s edition, p. 201,1): ὡς παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ἐν Ὀρέστῃ· αὐτοῦ γὰρ εἰπόντος ‘ἃ ἔλαβες ἀπόδος ἐμοῦ πατρὸς λαβὼν πάρα’, φαίνεται ὀ Μενέλαος ἀρνησάμενος διὰ τοῦ σχήματος τῶν χειρῶν ἐπάρας αυτάς. διόπερ Ὀπέστης μηδὴν αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος ἐπιφέρει ‘οὐ χρήματ’ εἶπονʼ.

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors | Aristophanes of Byzantium | πιθανόν/πιθανῶς | περισσός/περιττός

Or. 643.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἃ δ’ ἔλαβες⟩: παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς δηλονότι —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 643.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάρα⟩: ἀντιστροφή —Zu

TRANSLATION: Antistrophe.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: antistrophe (of word order)

Or. 644.01 (644–645) (vet exeg) οὐ χρήματ’ εἶπον: ¹οὐ λέγω, φησὶ, χρήματα, χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὄντι χρήματα εἶπον, τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ψυχὴν, ἥτις ἐστί μοι χρῆμα τιμιώτατον· ²ἣν ἐὰν σώσῃς, καλὴν ἀμοιβήν μοι δίδως. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: I am not speaking, he says, of wealth, gold and silver, but I meant what is really ‘wealth’, my life, which is the most precious thing to me. If you save this, you give me a fine recompense.

LEMMA: MBVC REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT.: 1 first χρήματα om. V | after ὄντι add. φησὶ V | τὴν ἐμ. ψυχὴν] τὴν σωτηρίαν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς V | 2 μοι δίδως] B, om. MC, καὶ τὸ τέλειον χρῆμα (= sch. 646.17) διδὼς, τῶ ἐμῷ (sic) V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἔστι μοι VC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.163,9–11; Dind. II.174,13–15

Or. 644.02 (644–645) (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: οὐ χρυσὸν ὠνόμασα χρήματα, ἀλλὰ χρήματά φημι τὴν σωτηρίαν τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς. —MCR^bRw, partial OV³

TRANSLATION: I did not use the word ‘wealth’ in the sense ‘gold’, but I am calling the salvation of my life ‘wealth’.

LEMMA: C, in marg. M, οὐ χρήματα R^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: follows out-of-order sch. 646.06 R^b, cont. from prev. Rw

APP. CRIT.: οὐ … ἀλλὰ om. O | after χρυσὸν add. φη(σὶν) R^bRw | ὠνόμασα χρήματα om. V³ | χρήματα ἀλλὰ χρήματά φημι] μι(?) in line, χρήματα s.l. add. R^b | χρήμ. φημι] om. V³, χρήμ. δὲ φημὶ O

APP. CRIT. 2: χρήματα φημὶ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.163,13–14; Dind. II.174,16–17

Or. 645.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἅπερ μοι φίλτατ’⟩: ἥτις μοι τιμιωτέρα —R

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The position of the accent is somewhat ambiguous, so the scribe may have intended τιμιώτερα (cf. sch. 645.17).

Or. 645.05 (mosch exeg) ἅπερ: Ἀττικὸν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅπερ φίλτατον ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ τῶν ἐμῶν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: An Attic usage (neuter plural for neuter singular); meaning ‘which very thing is the dearest to me of my things’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except XTYf

APP. CRIT.: Ἀττικὸν om., at end add. τὸ ὅπερ ἀττικόν G | ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν G

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστιν Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.174,19–21

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 645.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἅπερ⟩: Ἀττικὸν —Yf

TRANSLATION: An Attic usage.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 645.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἅπερ⟩: δέον εἰπεῖν ἥπερ πρὸς τὸ ψυχήν, ἅπερ εἶπε πρὸς τὸ χρήματα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Though one ought to say (feminine) ‘hēper’ in agreement with ‘soul’, he said (neuter) ‘haper’ in agreement with ‘wealth’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZmT, to 644 second χρήματ’ Zb POSITION: s.l. Zl, marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: ἥπερ εἰπεῖν transp. Zl | πρὸς τὴν ψυχήν … πρὸς τὰ χρήματα Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.174,21–22

Or. 645.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἅπερ⟩: τὸ σωθῆναι ἐμὲ —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 645.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἅπερ⟩: τὸ σωθῆναι τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 645.16 (thom exeg) ⟨φίλτατ’ ἐστί⟩: οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀνθρώπῳ τιμιώτερον ψυχῆς. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For nothing is more precious to a human being than life.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.174,22

Or. 646.01 (646–647) (vet exeg) ἀδικῶ· λαβεῖν χρή μ’: ¹κατὰ συλλογισμόν φησιν· ²ἀλλὰ λέγεις ὅτι ἀδικῶ εἰς ἄδικον ἐπικουρίαν σε παρακαλῶν. ³οὐκοῦν καὶ σὺ ἀδίκησον δι’ ἐμὲ, ὡς καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου διὰ σὲ ἠδίκησε βαρβάρους. ⁴δεῖ γάρ με ἀντὶ τῆς ἀδικίας ἐκείνης καὶ τοῦ κακοῦ ἐκείνου ἄδικον λαβεῖν παρὰ σοῦ· ⁵ὅ ἐστιν· εἰ κρίνεις κακὸν εἶναι τὴν ἐμὴν ἐπικουρίαν, δικαίως ἂν καὶ τὴν ἐπικουρίαν τοῦ ἐμοῦ πατρὸς κακὸν ὀνομάσειας. ⁶ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἠδίκησεν ὁ πατὴρ ἐν καιρῷ σοι βοηθήσας· ⁷οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ σὺ ἀδικήσεις. —MBCRw, partial O

TRANSLATION: He speaks using a syllogism. But you say that I act unjustly in summoning you to an unjust assistance. So then, commit injustice, you too, on my account, as also my father acted unjustly against the barbarians on your account. For I ought, in repayment for that injustice and that wrong, to get an unjust thing from you. Which is to say: if you judge helping me to be an evil, then you would justly also term my father’s assistance (to you) an evil. But my father did not act unjustly in giving you aid at a critical time. Therefore, nor will you act unjustly (in helping me).

LEMMA: M(χρῆμ’), ἀδικῶ BC, 647 ἄδικον τι Rw REF. SYMBOL: B, prob. M(damage) POSITION: follows sch. 646.03 BCRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 συλλογισμὸν φησὶν CRw | 3 οὐκοὖν BC | 7 οὐκοὖν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.163,16–22; Dind. II.175,14–20

COLLATION NOTES: B clearly has π(αρα)καλ(ῶν), not περιβαλών, as Schwartz reports.

KEYWORDS: συλλογισμός

Or. 646.02 (646–647) (vet paraphr) ἀδικῶ· λαβεῖν χρή μ’: οἷον ὁμολογῶ ἀδικεῖν· δός τι καὶ σύ μοι ἄδικον καὶ ἀδίκησον δι’ ἐμέ. —BOVCRw

TRANSLATION: As if to say, I admit that I act unjustly. Give me, you too, some unjust thing and act unjustly on my account.

LEMMA: VC(χρῆμ’ both), ἀδικῶ Rw REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: intermarg. B; follows sch. 643.01 V, follows sch. 644.02 C; in two parts O, first s.l., rest in margin

APP. CRIT.: οἷον] om. OV, ἐγὼ μὲν Rw | δὸς … ἄδικον] δὸς δὲ τί σὺ ἄδικον ἐμοί Rw | καὶ ἀδίκησον om. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.163,24–25; Dind. II.175,1–2

Or. 646.03 (646–647) (vet exeg) ἀδικῶ· λαβεῖν χρή μ’: ¹εἰ καὶ ἄδικον ἐποίησα φονεύσας τὴν μητέρα, ἀλλὰ σὺ ἐν τοιούτῳ μοι κακῷ ὄντι παραστῆναι ὀφείλεις καὶ ὅση δύναμις ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ἀγωνίσασθαι· ²ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ μάλιστα δειχθήσῃ γνήσιος φίλος, ἐπὶ ὁμολογουμένοις κακοῖς μοι συνερχόμενος. ³εἰ γὰρ τὰ δίκαιά μου παντελῶς ἔρρωτο, τῆς παρ’ ἑτέρων ἐπικουρίας οὐκ ἐδεόμην. || ⁴ἐν ἤθει ἀναγνωστέον ἀδικῶ καὶ στίζειν. ⁵εἶτα ἀπὸ ἄλλης ἀρχῆς λαβεῖν χρή μ’ ἀντὶ τοῦδε τοῦ κακοῦ, οἷον ἀντὶ τῆς περιεχούσης με δυστυχίας ἄδικόν τι αἰτῶ, καὶ γὰρ Ἀγαμέμνων ἄναξ ἀδίκως καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. || ⁶τὸ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦδε τοῦ κακοῦ ἀντὶ τῆς παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς βοηθείας. ⁷καὶ οὐδὲν εἶπε καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν. —BVC, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: Even if I did an unjust thing in killing my mother, all the same you ought to stand by me when I am in such trouble and to struggle on my behalf with all your strength. For in this most of all you will be proved to be a genuine friend, assisting me in a situation of acknowledged woes. For if my claims of justice were entirely strong, I wouldn’t need assistance from others. || ‘I am in the wrong’ should be read with an intonation of irony and (one must) punctuate (after it). Then, with a new sentence starting, ‘I ought to receive in place of this trouble’, as it were, ‘in return for the misfortune that surrounds me I ask for something unjust, for indeed lord Agamemnon unjustly etc’. || And ‘in return for this evil’ (means) ‘in return for the assistance (you received) from my father’. And he spoke none of this hypothetically.

LEMMA: B, ἄλλως VC REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: before sch. 646.01 BC, cont. from sch. 646.02 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 5 ἀπ’ ἄλλης V | χρή με B, χρῆ με C | 7 εἶπεν B | καθυπόθεσιν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.164,1–10; Dind. II.175,4–13

COMMENT: The note is not unitary. The first part is an elaborated paraphrase and takes ἀδικῶ as referring to the matricide. The second part instead appears to see the unjust action as the request to Menelaus. The third part (6–7) diverges from the second because it offers a different interpretation of τοῦδε τοῦ κακοῦ. ‘Nothing hypothetically’ apparently rejects an interrogative or ἐν ἤθει interpretation of ἀδικῶ. Compare the two schools of interpretation of ἀδικῶ in the specific glosses below. | Schwartz’s apparatus reports two variants from V in his lines 9 and 10, but V lacks this part of the scholion. These reports derive from the fact that Dindorf printed περὶ (for 6 παρὰ) and οὐδὲ (for 7 οὐδὲν), readings that go back to the scholion as printed by Arsenius (stitched together with sch. 646.01).

KEYWORDS: ἐν ἤθει | punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν)

Or. 646.04 (646–647) (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ὁμολογῶ ἀδικῆσαι φονεύσας τὴν μητέρα, ἀλλ’ ὅμως χρὴ καὶ σὲ ἀδικῆσαι δι’ ἐμὲ, ὅτι καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου ἠδίκησε διὰ σέ. —V

TRANSLATION: I admit that I acted unjustly in killing my mother, but nevertheless you too ought to act unjustly on my account because my father too acted unjustly on your account.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.163,26–27; Dind. II.175,2–4

Or. 646.05 (646–647) (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἀλλ’ ἀδικῶ, φησὶν, εἰς ἐπικουρίαν παρακαλῶν. ²οὐκοῦν καὶ σὺ ἀδίκησον δι’ ἐμέ· ³προσήκει γὰρ κἀμὲ ἐπικουρίαν λαβεῖν παρὰ σοῦ κἂν ἄδικος ᾖ· ⁴κατὰ γὰρ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον καὶ ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ἠδίκησεν ἐπιστρατεύσας κατὰ βαρβάρων οὐκ ἰδίας ἑαυτοῦ χρείας ἕνεκεν, ἀλλὰ σοὶ χαριζόμενος. ⁵εἰ οὖν, φησὶν, ἀδικίαν ταύτην φὴς εἶναι τὸ βοη⟨θη⟩θῆναί με παρὰ σοῦ, καὶ τοῦτο κἀγὼ τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα ἠδικηκέναι φημὶ ὅτι σοὶ βεβοήθηκεν. ⁶ὅθεν σὺ ἀντίδος ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀδικίας ταύτης, ὡς φὴς, ἐπικουρίας χάριν ὁμοίαν κἂν ἄδικος ᾖ κατά γε τὸν σὸν λόγον. ⁷ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἠδίκησεν ὁ πατὴρ σοὶ δεομένῳ βοηθήσας· ⁸οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ σὺ ἀδικήσεις ἐν καιρῷ τὴν ἀμοιβὴν ἀποδιδούς. ⁹κατὰ γὰρ συλλογισμὸν προῆκται ὁ λόγος. —C

TRANSLATION: But I act unjustly, he says, summoning you to assistance. Therefore, act unjustly, you too, on my account. For it is proper that I too receive assistance from you even if I am unjust. For by this reckoning also my father acted unjustly when he campaigned against the barbarians not for any personal need of his own, but as a favor to you. If, then, he says, you claim this is injustice, that I be aided by you, I too say that my father also committed this injustice because he gave aid to you. Wherefore give in return for this injustice, as you call it, a similar recompense of assistance even if I am unjust by your reckoning. But my father did not act unjustly in helping you when you were in need (or: pleading for it). Therefore, neither will you act unjustly if you return recompense in a critical moment. For the argument has been advanced using a syllogism.

LEMMA: C

APP. CRIT.: 1 sch. 646.17 inserted before ἀλλ’ ἀδικῶ C | φησὶν] φὴς Schw. | 5 suppl. Schw. | 6 κἂν … ᾖ] Schw., καὶ … εἶ C | 7 σοὶ] Schw., σοῦ C

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 οὐκοὖν C | 5 φῆς C | 8 οὐκοὖν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.164,11–20

KEYWORDS: συλλογισμός

Or. 646.06 (646–647) (rec exeg) ¹ἀδικίαν ποιῶ ζητῶν ἀπὸ σοῦ σωτηρίαν. ²ἤγουν οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος ὥστε ζῆν. ³πλὴν διὰ τὴν ἀδικίαν ἥντινα ὑπέδειξεν ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας διὰ σὲ δεῖ σε ῥύειν ἐμὲ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου κἂν ἀδικίαν ζητῶ. —MnPrS, partial R^b

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 ἀδικίαν … εἰμὶ om. R^b | 3 ἐπέδειξεν Pr | ἀδίκως R^b | ζητῶν Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ὑπέδιξεν R^b | δια S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.174,23–175,1

Or. 646.07 (646–647) (pllgn exeg) ¹ἐν τοσούτῳ κινδύν[ῳ] / ἀγώνισαι καὶ ἀδί/κησον. ²εἰ γὰρ [ … ] / δίκαια με(?)[ … ] / (?)ρίαντο(?) οὐκ [ἂν ἐ]/δεήθην σοῦ τῆς/ ἐπικουρία[ς]. —V³

TRANSLATION: In so great a peril take up the struggle and commit injustice. For if … just things …, I would not have begged for your assistance.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: partly lost, remainder damaged

COMMENT: The desired sense of the damaged if-clause is ‘for if I had done just things’ or ‘for if it were possible for me to offer just justifications’, but the traces are too ambiguous to make sense of. The ρ of ριαν could be ζ, and the ν could be σ, and ία is far from certain (I once read it as ω).

Or. 646.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀδικῶ⟩: ἀδικίαν ποιῶ ζητῶν λαβεῖν ἀπὸ σοῦ σωτηρίαν. —MnPrSSa^r, partial AbR

TRANSLATION: I commit injustice in seeking to get salvation from you.

POSITION: s.l. (above 644 οὐ χρήματ’ εἶπον S because S om. 644–646 χρήματ, ἢν ψυχὴν … λαβεῖν)

APP. CRIT.: [ποι]ῶ ἀδικίαν app. transp. Sa^r, ποιῶ om. Mn | ζητῶν … σωτηρίαν om. Ab, λαβεῖν … σωτηρίαν om. R

Or. 646.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀδικῶ⟩: τὴν μητέρα φονεύσας, ἀλλὰ —O

TRANSLATION: (With ‘I am in the wrong’ understand) ‘in having killed my mother’, (and after it) ‘but’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 646.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀδικῶ⟩: μητροκτόνος γενόμενος —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘I am in the wrong’,) having become a matricide.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.175,22

Or. 646.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀδικῶ⟩: εἰς ἄδικον βοήθειαν παρακαλῶ σε. —F

TRANSLATION: I am calling upon you for unjust assistance.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 646.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀδικῶ⟩: ἤτοι ἀδίκως σε ἐπικαλοῦμαι εἰς τὸ βοηθῆσαι μοι. —V³

TRANSLATION: That is, I am unjustly appealing to you to assist me.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 646.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀδικῶ⟩: ζητῶ ἄδικα —K

TRANSLATION: (‘I am acting unjustly’ means) ‘I am seeking unjust things’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 646.14 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀδικῶ;⟩: ἄδικον ζητῶ; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

TRANSLATION: (‘Am I acting unjustly?’ means) ‘am I seeking an unjust thing?’

LEMMA: thus with question mark in text all (ἀδικῶν; X) POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἄδικα G | no question mark after ζητῶ TYGGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.175,21

Or. 646.15 (pllgn exeg) ἀδικῶ: ἀδίκως αἰτῶ —GuZu

TRANSLATION: (‘I am acting unjustly’ means) ‘I am asking unjustly’.

LEMMA: Zu (Gr has question mark in text) POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.175,21–22

Or. 646.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀδικῶ;⟩: κατ’ ἦθος ἀναγνωστέον. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: (‘Am I doing wrong?’) is to be read with a tone of irony.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For κατὰ ἦθος in this sense, there are several instances in Sch. Ael. Aristid., e.g. 145,10 Jebb, 4–6 (III.504–505 Dindorf) δεινῶς κατὰ ἦθος εὐδαίμονα καλεῖ τὴν πόλιν, ἣν καὶ αὐτὸς ἀσύστατον ὁμολογεῖ, ἔργοις οὖσαν ἀδύνατον; and apparently κατὰ τὸ ἦθος is so used in Sch. Dem. 18.233 τριταγωνιστὴν ἄκρον] καὶ τοῦτο κατὰ τὸ ἦθος· ἔστι γὰρ ἀμαθέστατον, although the phrase with the article normally has other meanings.

KEYWORDS: ἐν ἤθει

Or. 646.17 (vet exeg) ⟨χρή μ’⟩: τὸ τέλειον χρή με. —MVC^aC^b

TRANSLATION: The complete (unelided) form is ‘chrē me’ (that is, ‘it is proper for me’, not ‘chrēma’, ‘thing’).

LEMMA: in text χρῆμ’ MVC (χρή μ’ V³) POSITION: s.l. MC^b; inserted at beginning of sch. 646.05 C^a; inserted within last words of sch. 644.01 V

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. V | τὸ τελ.] τὸ πλῆρες C^a | χρῆ με C^aC^b, prob. M, χρῆμα V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.163,15

COLLATION NOTES: In χρῆ με(?), the sign above μ in M is unusual and its interpretation uncertain. It is more similar to the form of suspended epsilon found in B (which is close to B’s sign for suspended εν) than to M’s usual suspended form of alpha.

Or. 646.18 (rec exeg) ⟨λαβεῖν χρή μ’⟩: ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ δειχθήσῃ γνήσιος φίλος ἐπὶ τοῖς κακοῖς. —O

TRANSLATION: For in this action you will be shown to be a genuine friend in time of troubles.

Or. 646.19 (pllgn rhet) ⟨λαβεῖν χρή μ’⟩: λύσις τοῦ ἀντιπίπτοντος —Zu

TRANSLATION: Refutation of the objection (that Orestes is in the wrong and is not to be helped).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λύσις τοῦ ἀντιπίπτονος

Or. 646.23 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀντὶ τοῦδε τοῦ κακοῦ⟩: [ … ]σοῦ (or ]γοῦ) ἀντὶ / [ … ]νος / [ … ]ον —Pr

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: damaged margin, first letter after ] uncertain in all three lines; e.g. perhaps [ … παρὰ] σοῦ ἀντὶ / [τοῦ τοῦ ἀγαμέμνο]νος? / [ … ἄδικ]ον

Or. 646.24 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀντὶ τοῦδε τοῦ κακοῦ⟩: ἀντὶ τῆς ἀδικίας ἧς ἠδίκησεν ὁ πατὴρ εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας —K

TRANSLATION: (‘In exchange for this trouble’ means) ‘in exchange for the injustice my father committed against the Greeks’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 646.25 (mosch exeg) ἀντὶ τοῦδε τοῦ κακοῦ: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὲρ τοῦδε τοῦ κακοῦ, ἤγουν ἕνεκα τῆσδε τῆς δυστυχίας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial Aa²G

TRANSLATION: (‘In exchange for this trouble’ is) used for ‘on behalf of(?) this trouble’, that is, ‘for the sake of this misfortune’.

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except XXoT

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ … ἤγουν om. Aa²G | ἀντὶ τοῦ] om. T | τῆσδε] ταύτης T, om. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.175,22–23

Or. 646.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀντὶ τοῦδε τοῦ κακοῦ⟩: ἀντὶ τῆσδε τῆς ἀδικίας —G

TRANSLATION: (‘In place of/return for this trouble’ means) ‘in return for this injustice’.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Probably a conscious rejection of Moschopulus’s interpretation, and probably reflecting knowledge of the usual interpretation of the older scholia.

Or. 646.27 (thom exeg) ⟨τοῦδε τοῦ κακοῦ⟩: τῆς ἀδικίας —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘This trouble’ means) ‘the injustice’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.175,23–24

Or. 646.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦδε τοῦ κακοῦ⟩: τῆς μητροκτονίας —Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘This trouble’ means) ‘the matricide’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.175,24

Or. 646.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦδε τοῦ κακοῦ⟩: τῆς περιεχούσης με δυστυχίας —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘This trouble’ means) ‘the misfortune that surrounds me’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 646.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦδε τοῦ κακοῦ⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ φόνου —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘This trouble’ means) ‘the murder’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 647.01 (647–650) (rec exeg) ⟨ἄδικόν τι παρὰ σοῦ … ἰώμενος⟩: ¹ἄδικον γὰρ τὸ βοηθηθῆναι με ὅτι μητέρα πεφόνευκα. ²ὅμως χρή με λαβεῖν παρὰ σοῦ τοῦτο τὸ ἄδικον, ³καὶ ἀδίκησον δι’ ἐμὲ ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ διὰ σὲ ἠδίκησεν ὅτι διὰ σὲ καὶ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τῆς σῆς γυναικὸς εἰς Ἑλλάδα τόσον ἀπώλεσε στρατόν. —V

TRANSLATION: For my being helped is unjust because I killed my mother. Nevertheless I ought to receive from you this unjust act, and so act unjustly on my account since my father too acted unjustly on your account in that, because of you and the wrong your wife did to Greece, he destroyed such a large army.

POSITION: s.l. over three lines 647–649 V

APP. CRIT.: 3 καὶ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν] Mastr., ἁμαρτ()΄ καὶ V

COMMENT: Another possible emendation would be διὰ σὲ ἁμαρτὼν καὶ τὴν σὴν δάμαρτα, but the acute accent on the truncated ἁμαρτ() is against that.

Or. 647.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄδικόν τι⟩: ¹τὸ βοηθῆσαί μοι κινδυνεύοντι. ²ἄδικον δὲ εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ οἱ τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι βοηθοῦντες ἄδικόν τι ποιοῦσιν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Something unjust’ is) to come to my aid when I am in danger. And he used the word ‘unjust’ because those who assist people acting unjustly do something unjust.

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: 2 δὲ om. Zb (om. punct. before ἄδικον) | ἐπεὶ app. Zl | βοηθοῦντες κτλ lost to damage Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 βοηθεῖσαι μοι ZZaZb | 2 ποιοῦσι Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.176,1–2

Or. 647.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄδικόν τι⟩: αὐτὸ ὅπερ λέγεις ἄδικον ὑπάρχειν —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Something unjust’ in the sense) ‘the very thing that you claim to be unjust’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὑπάρχ() Zu

COMMENT: The truncated form ὑπάρχ() is best taken here as representing the infinitive rather tham the usual ὑπάρχει. The sense is similar to that in sch. 646.01 and 646.05, which try to show that Orestes’ use of the term ‘unjust’ is by adoption of Menelaus’s point of view.

Or. 647.11 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ γὰρ⟩: καὶ οὐ θαυμαστὸν —MnPrRSSa^r

TRANSLATION: (The force of ‘gar’, ‘because’, is clarified by supplying before this) ‘and it is no wonder’ (that I am asking you for something unjust).

POSITION: s.l. (run together with sch. 647.03 except in R)

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. Sa^r

Or. 648.01 (pllgn rhet) ἔνστασις καὶ ἀντιπαράστασις —Gu

TRANSLATION: Objection and counterclaim.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἔνστασις | ἀντιπαράστασις

Or. 648.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπ’⟩: εἰς —Sa^r

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 650.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀδικίαν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καθὸ ἠδικήθης παρὰ Ἀλεξάνδρου —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Injustice’ is) equivalent to ‘insofar as you were wronged by Alexander’.

POSITION: s.l. MC, intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. BC | ἀλεξάνδρω M

APP. CRIT. 2: ἡδικ‑ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.164,21; Dind. II.176,6

Or. 650.02 (recThom exeg) ⟨ἀδικίαν⟩: τὴν τοῦ Ἀλεξάνδρου —OZZaZbZmZuTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Injustice’,) that of Alexander.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. OZu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.176,7–8

Or. 650.03 (mosch exeg) ἀδικίαν: ἣν αὐτὴ ἠδίκησεν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

TRANSLATION: (‘Injustice’) that she (Helen) committed.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X; above τῆς σῆς γυν. G

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὴν Aa²

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ησε Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.176,6–7

Or. 650.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀδικίαν⟩: τὴν παρὰ Άλεξάνδρου —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Injustice’,) that (done) by Alexander.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 651.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνθ’ ἑνὸς⟩: ἀντὶ τῶν πολλῶν πραγμάτων ὧν εἶχε —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘In return for one thing’ means) ‘in return for the many difficulties he (Agamemnon) had’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 651.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνθ’ ἑνὸς⟩: ἤγουν οὗπερ σοι ἐχαρίσατο ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘In return for one thing’,) that is, for the favor that my father did for you.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 651.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνθ’ ἑνὸς⟩: οὗπερ δέδωκε σοι ὁ πατήρ —Lb

TRANSLATION: (‘In return for one thing’, that is,) for the thing that (my) father gave you.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.176,9

Or. 651.12 (rec exeg) ⟨σε⟩: σοι —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘se’, ‘you’, there is a variant reading, dative) ‘soi’ (‘to you’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: app. συ Pr (damage)

Or. 651.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σοι⟩: σε —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For dative ‘soi’, ‘to you’, there is a variant reading, accusative) ‘se’ (‘you’).

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 652.01 (652–653) (vet exeg) ἀπέδοτο δ’ ὡς χρὴ: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς· ἀπέδοτο δὲ τὸ σῶμα, ²ὅ ἐστιν ἔκδοτον ἑαυτὸν τοῖς πολεμίοις παρέσχεν, ὡς πρέπει τοῖς γνησίοις φίλοις, καὶ κατατρωθῆναι τὸ πᾶν σῶμα τὸ ὅσον ἐφ’ ἑαυτῷ εἵλετο διὰ τὴν σὴν γυναῖκα. ³οἷα χρὴ τοῖς φίλοις τοὺς φίλους, ⁴ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ ληπτέον τὸ ἐκπονεῖν, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ ἑξῆς· ⁵ὡς χρὴ τοὺς ἀληθεῖς φίλους ἐκπονεῖν τοῖς φίλοις, ἀπέδοτο τὸ σῶμα, σοὶ παρ’ ἀσπίδα ἐκπονῶν αὐτὸ τοῦτο. —MC, partial VMnPrR^bS

TRANSLATION: The construction is: and he gave away his body, which is: he exposed himself openly to the enemies, as is proper for genuine friends for the benefit of friends, and he chose to allow his entire body to be wounded, as far as it was up to him, on account of your wife. Which sort of actions friends ought (to do) for friends, and one must understand ‘accomplish by toil’ in common (with this phrase), so that the whole sense is: As true friends should accomplish by toil for their friends, he gave away his body, toiling in battle for you in just this way.

LEMMA: M(ἀπέδο δ’ as in text M)C, ἀπέδοτο R^b REF. SYMBOL: MR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.164,22–28; Dind. II.176,11–16

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 652.02 (652–653) (vet exeg) ⟨ἀπέδοτο δ’ ὡς χρὴ⟩: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς· ἀπέδοτο τὸ σῶμα, ²ὅ ἐστιν ἔκδοτον ἑαυτὸν τοῖς πολεμίοις παρέσχεν, ὡς πρέπει τοῖς γνησίοις φίλοις, καὶ κατατρωθῆναι πᾶν τὸ σῶμα ὅσον ἐφ’ ἑαυτῷ εἵλετο διὰ τὴν σὴν γυναῖκα. ³οἷα χρὴ τοῖς φίλοις τοὺς φίλους ἐκπονεῖν. ⁴τοῦτο γὰρ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ληπτέον. —B

TRANSLATION: The construction is: he gave away his body, which is: he exposed himself openly to the enemies, as is proper for genuine friends for the benefit of friends, and he chose to allow his entire body to be wounded, as far as it was up to him, on account of your wife. The sort of actions friends ought accomplish by toil for friends. For this (‘accomplish by toil’) must be understood in common.

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸ B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.164,22–28 with app.; Dind. II.176,11–16

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 652.03 (652–653) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀπέδοτο δ᾽, ὡς χρὴ⟩: ἀπέδωκε δὲ τὸ σῶμα ἕνεκα σοῦ, ἐκπονῶν παρὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἀληθῶς, ὡς χρὴ τοὺς φίλους ἐκπονεῖν δηλονότι ἕνεκα τῶν φίλων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: And he gave over his body for your sake, toiling truly during battle, as friends ought (to do), namely, to toil, for the sake of friends.

LEMMA: 653 τὸ σῶμ’ ἀληθῶς G

APP. CRIT.: δὲ om. Y

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.176,18–19

Or. 652.04 (652–653) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπέδοτο⟩: ἔκδοτον ἑαυτὸν πολεμίοις παρέσχεν ὡς χρὴ. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 652.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπέδοτο δ᾽, ὡς χρὴ⟩: ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων τοῖς πολεμίοις διὰ σὲ —AaMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι prep. Aa

Or. 652.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀπέδοτο⟩: ἀπέδοτο ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπώλησεν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον, καὶ ἀπέδοτο ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπέδωκε, ὅτε μὴ περιττὴ ἡ πρόθεσις. —Lb

TRANSLATION: (Middle form) ‘apedoto’ is used, for the most part, in the sense ‘he sold’; and ‘apedoto’ used for (active form) ‘apedōke’ (‘he gave away/back’), unless the prefix (‘apo’) is (treated as) superfluous.

APP. CRIT.: ἐπώλεσεν Lb, corr. Matthiae

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.176,20–21

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 652.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς χρὴ τοῖς φίλοισι τοὺς φίλους⟩: τινὲς ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἐκπονεῖν, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως ὁ λόγος· χρὴ τοὺς ἀληθεῖς φίλους ἐκπονεῖν τοῖς φίλοις. —Rw

TRANSLATION: Some say ‘accomplish by toil’ (is to be understood) in common, so that the sense is thus: True friends ought to toil for their friends.

POSITION: follows sch. 661.02 Rw

APP. CRIT.: first ἐκπονεῖν] ἐκπονῶν Rw | φίλους] φίλως Rw

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 652.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὡς χρὴ τοῖς φίλοισι τοὺς φίλους⟩: ὡς πρέπει τοὺς φίλους —R

POSITION: marg.

Or. 653.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρ᾽ ἀσπίδ᾽⟩: εἰς τὸν πόλεμον, ἀπὸ τῶν παρακολουθούντων ὅπλων τῷ πολέμῳ —Zu

TRANSLATION: For the war, (‘war’ being expressed) by means of the armor that goes along with war.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 654.01 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὅπως⟩: ἀποδοτικὸν —Aa³

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: As a grammatical term ἀποδοτικὸν is normally applied to a main clause after a subordinate clause (especially a conditional clause), or it can be used of a correlative word that occurs in a main clause (thus, e.g., τόφρα can be an ‘apodotic adverb’ according to Et. Magn. s.v., 763,7–9). Neither is apposite here. Perhaps the commentator meant that the purpose clause provides more specific content that elaborates on σοὶ in 653.

Or. 654.06 (tri metr) ⟨ξυνάορον⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 655.01 (655–661) (vet paraphr) ἀπότισον οὖν μοι: ¹ὁ πᾶς λόγος· ²ἀπόδος μοι τὴν ἴσην χάριν ἧν ἔλαβες ἐν Ἰλίῳ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ³καὶ μίαν μόνην ἡμέραν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ πόνησον μηδὲ τὴν θυγατέρα φονεύσας, ⁴ἐπειδὴ δεῖ σε, ὥσπερ πλεονεκτεῖς μου τῇ εὐδαιμονίᾳ, πλεονεκτεῖν καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀμοιβῇ τῆς εὐεργεσίας. —MBVCPrRwSa

TRANSLATION: The whole run of the sense is: Give back to me the same favor that you received in Ilium from my father, and toil for me for one day only, not even having slain your daughter, since it is proper for you, just as you have a greater share than me in good fortune, to take a greater share also in the reciprocation of the benefaction.

LEMMA: MBVC, ἀπότισον οὖν τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐκεῖνο λαβὼν Rw REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ὑπερ M | μὴ δὲ MPrRwSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.165,1–5; Dind. II.176,25–177,3

COMMENT: Normally, μόνη is used of a single day only when accompanied by μία or another modifier (demonstrative, defining genitive, etc.), although I found an apparent instance in Xanthopulus, hist. eccles. (PG 147) 15.17,47 μόνης διαγενομένης ἡμέρας (13th–14th cent.). In a paraphrase attested in MB, however, I would expect the more explicit form μία μόνη, and μία is in fact present in Sa, although I believe it has been restored in the wrong place after an omission that has not been repaired in the other witnesses. Cf. sch. 658.19 μίαν ἡμέραν μόνον ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ πόηνσον.

Or. 655.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπότισον οὖν μοι⟩: ἀπόδος μοι τὴν ἴσην χάριν ἣν ἔλαβες ἐν Ἰλίῳ. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 655.05 (recTri metr) ⟨ἀπότισον⟩: long mark over iota —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 655.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ταὐτό τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖ λαβὼν⟩: τὴν ἴσην χάριν ἣν ἐν Τροίᾳ ἔλαβες —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 656.06 (tri metr) ⟨ἡμέραν⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 657.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μὴ δέκ’ ἐκπλήσας ἔτη⟩: οὐ δέκα ἔτη ἀνύσας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.177,5

Or. 657.12 (thom paraphr) ⟨μὴ δέκ’ ἐκπλήσας ἔτη⟩: ἐκπληρώσας, ὥσπερ ὁ ἐμὸς πατήρ —ZZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πληρώσας Gu | ὡς ZZb | ὁ om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.177,5–6

Or. 658.01 (658–659) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἃ δ’ Αὐλὶς … ἔχειν ταῦθ’⟩: ¹τὴν σφαγὴν δὲ τῆς ἐμῆς ἀδελφῆς, ἣν ἔλαβεν ἡ Αὐλὶς, ἐῶ σε ἔχειν ταύτην. ²σφάγια τὰ σφαζόμενα, καὶ ἡ σφαγὴ, ὡς ἐνταῦθα. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: As for the sacrifice of my sister, which Aulis received, I allow you to have that. ‘Sphagia’ (has two meanings:) ‘the sacrificial victims’ and ‘the sacrifice’, as here.

LEMMA: σφάγ’ ἐμῆς ὁμοσπόρου G POSITION: punct. as two with dicolon X; beside 659 (first line of next page) G

APP. CRIT.: 1 ταύτην] αὐτὴν XaY

APP. CRIT. 2: σ’ ἔχειν G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.177,7–8 and 178,8–9

Or. 658.02 (pllgnTri rhet) ἐκ περιουσίας τὸ σχῆμα. —TZbZu

TRANSLATION: The schema is that from abundance.

POSITION: s.l. Zb, marg. ZuT

APP. CRIT.: σχῆμα] βῆμα Zu

COMMENT: ἐκ περιουσίας is not elsewhere termed a schema, but ps-Hermogenes περὶ εὑρέσεων 1.3 [pp. 104,1–105,9 Rabe] (among others) discusses proems that are ἐκ περιουσίας, meaning that, while introducing the charge against the opponent, they mention further accusations that one could easily have brought. Here the sense is that, after Orestes has shown that Agamemnon’s own efforts in the long ordeal of recovering Helen are sufficient to demand reciprocation, there is in fact even more on the balance-sheet of his sufferings on behalf of his brother, a surplus that the commentator judges not strictly necessary to the argument.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ περιουσίας

Or. 658.03 (vet exeg) ἃ δ’ Αὐλὶς ἔλαβε: περὶ Ἰφιγενείας ἔλεγεν, ἣν ἔχρησεν ὁ θεὸς ἀπλοίας ἐπεχούσης τοὺς Ἕλληνας Ἀρτέμιδι θῦσαι. —MBVCMnSSa

TRANSLATION: He was speaking of Iphigenia, whom the god proclaimed in an oracle they should sacrifice to Artemis when a lack of wind was holding back the Greeks.

LEMMA: MVC REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: cont. from sch. 658.05 B(with dicolon separating)MnS

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔχρισεν S | θύσαι S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.165,6–7; Dind. II.178,6–8 (and app. at 3)

Or. 658.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἃ δ’ Αὐλὶς ἔλαβε⟩: ¹Αὐλὶς πόλις Βοιωτίας. ²ἐνταῦθα ἐπεσχέθησαν ἐπιστρατευόμενοι εἰς Ἴλιον οὐ πνέοντος οὐρίου διὰ τὰς καυχήσεις Ἀγαμέμνονος. ³τοξεύσαντος γὰρ τὴν ἔλαφον καὶ εἰπόντος μηδὲ τὴν Ἄρτεμιν οὕτως βάλλειν ⟨ … ⟩ —MVCSa

TRANSLATION: Aulis is a city of Boeotia. There they were held back when making their campaign against Ilium when a favorable wind was not blowing because of the boasts of Agamemnon. For when he shot the deer with his bow and said not even Artemis shoots like this, ⟨ … ⟩

POSITION: cont. from prev. all (add. δὲ MVC)

APP. CRIT.: 2 οὐ πνέοντος … ἀγαμέμνονος om. V (page ends at ἴλιον and note resumes on verso with τοξ.), but V³ added at bottom of recto [δ]ιὰ τὰς καυχήσεις ἀγαμέμνονος τοξεύσαντος ἔλλαφον καὶ εἰπόντος μὴ δ’ ἀν τὴν ἄρτεμιν οὕτω βαλεῖν | 3 γὰρ om. Sa | τὴν ἔλαφον om. M | after ἔλαφον add. ἄρτεμιν V (punct. after ἔλαφον), add. ἀρτέμιδος Sa | μηδὲ ἄρτεμιν] οὐδέ τινα V, μὴ δέ τινες Sa | βαλεῖν V, βαλιὰν Sa | after βάλλειν add. οὐριας οὐκ ἔπνευσεν V, lacuna Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2: μὴ δὲ MCSa(δέ) | οὕτω C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.165,8–11; Dind. II.178,3–6

COMMENT: For this and the next few scholia, there are some overlaps in phrasing with the more detailed narrative in Sch. A Hom. Il. 1.108–9b Erbse.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 658.05 (vet exeg) ἃ δ’ Αὐλὶς ἔλαβε: ¹πόλις Βοιωτίας. ²ἐνταῦθα ἐπεσχέθησαν οἱ στρατευσάμενοι εἰς Ἴλιον Ἕλληνες οὐ πνέοντος οὐρίου ἀνέμου διὰ τὰς καυχήσεις Ἀγαμέμνονος, ³τοξεύσαντος τὴν ἔλαφον καὶ εἰπόντος μηδ’ ἂν τὴν Ἄρτεμιν οὕτως βαλεῖν. —BMnS

TRANSLATION: (Aulis is) a city of Boeotia. There the Greeks who made a campaign against Ilium were held back when a favorable wind was not blowing because of the boasts of Agamemnon, who had shot with an arrow the deer and said not even Artemis would have shot (it) like this.

LEMMA: BMn(ἅ)S(ἅ) REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: precedes sch. 658.03 in all, follows sch. 661.05 MnS

APP. CRIT.: 2 στρατευόμενοι MnS | πλέοντος Mn (perhaps corr. from πλέοντες) | 3 first τὴν om. S

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἔλληνες Mn | 3 μὴδ’ BMn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.165,8–11; Dind. II.178,3–6

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 658.06 (rec exeg) ἃ δ’ Αὐλὶς: ¹πόλις Βοιωτίας. ²περὶ δὲ τῆς Ἰφιγενείας λέγει, ἣν ἔχρησεν ὁ θεὸς ἀπλοίας ἐπεχούσης τοὺς Ἕλληνας Ἀρτέμιδι θῦσαι διὰ τὰς καυχήσεις Ἀγαμέμνονος, ³τοξεύσαντος ἔλαφον καὶ εἰπόντος μηδ’ ἂν τὴν Ἄρτεμιν οὕτω βαλεῖν. —Rw

TRANSLATION: A city of Boeotia. And he is speaking of Iphigenia, whom the god proclaimed in an oracle they should sacrific to Artemis when a lack of wind was holding back the Greeks, because of the boasts of Agamemnon, who had shot with an arrow a deer and said not even Artemis would have shot (it) like this.

LEMMA: Rw

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 658.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἃ δ’ Αὐλίς⟩: ¹ἐν Αὐλίδι, πόλει τῆς Βοιωτίας, θηρεύων Ἀγαμέμνων ἔβαλε τόξοις ἔλαφον καιρίαν πληγήν. ²καυχησάμενος δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐπιτυχίᾳ, καὶ εἰπὼν ὡς οὐδ’ ἂν αὐτὴ Ἄρτεμις οὕτως ἔβαλεν, ἐπειράθη τῆς θεοῦ ὀργιζομένης καὶ κατεχούσης τοὺς ἀνέμους, ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς εἰς Ἴλιον στέλλεσθαι. ³πέμψας οὖν Ἀγαμέμνων εἰς Δελφοὺς, καὶ μαθὼν παρὰ τοῦ χρησμοῦ ὡς, εἰ βούλοιτο ἐξιλεώσασθαι Ἄρτεμιν, θυσάτω αὐτῇ τὴν αὐτοῦ θυγατέρα, ⁴μεταπέμπεται οἴκοθεν τὴν θυγατέρα Ἰφιγένειαν, τὴν καὶ Ἰφιάνασσαν καλουμένην, πλασάμενος πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα Κλυταιμνήστραν ὡς Ἀχιλλεῖ ταύτην συνάψειεν. ⁵ἐπεὶ δὲ θύειν αὐτὴν ἤρχετο, ἁρπάσασα αὐτὴν ἡ θεὸς καὶ ἀντ’ αὐτῆς ἔλαφον εἰς θυσίαν δοῦσα, ἀπάγει τὴν κόρην ἐν Ὑπερβορέοις πρὸς τὸν ἐκεῖσε αὐτῆς νεών· ⁶ἥτις ἀμυνομένη τοὺς Ἕλληνας διότι θῦσαι αὐτὴν ἠβουλήθησαν, ὁπότε θεάσαιτό τινα αὐτῶν ἐκεῖσε ἰόντα, ἀπέκτεινεν. ⁷ὕστερον δὲ ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου κεκλοφότος ἐπανῆκεν εἰς Ἄργος. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: In Aulis, a city of Boeotia, while hunting, Agamemnon struck a deer fatally with his bow and arrows. Becoming boastful in his successs and saying that not even Artemis would have made a shot like that, he experienced the anger of the goddess, who held back the winds, so that they were unable to sail to Ilium. So then, Agamemnon, after sending to Delphi and learning from the oracle that ‘if he wanted to appease Artemis, let him sacrifice his own daughter to her’, sends for his daughter Iphigenia from home—she was also called Iphianassa—contriving a story for his wife Clytemnestra that he would marry this girl to Achilles. And when he began to sacrifice her, the goddess snatched her away and provided a deer in her place for sacrifice; she carries the maiden away to be among the Hyperboreans, to her temple there. And she (Iphigenia), taking revenge on the Greeks because they wanted to sacrifice her, whenever she saw one of them coming there, put him to death. Later on she returned to Argos thanks to Orestes, who stole her away.

LEMMA: in marg. ἱστορία περὶ τῆς ἐν αὐλίδι σφαγῆς τῆς ἰφιγενείας T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZb(lost or om. at text)ZmGu POSITION: on facing verso Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.177,8–178,2

KEYWORDS: mythography | ἱστορία

Or. 658.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἃ δ’ Αὐλίς⟩: ¹Αὐλὶς τόπος ἐν Βοιωτίᾳ ἔνθα ὁ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀπόπλους ἐγένετο ὅτε κατὰ τῆς Τροίας ἐστράτευσεν. ²ἐν αὐτῇ οὖν τῇ ῥηθείσῃ Αὐλίδι τῆς Βοιωτίας τοξεύων ὀ Ἀγαμέμνων ἐλάφους ἐκαυχήσατο ὡς οὐδὲ ἡ Ἄρτεμις οὕτως· ³τοξικὴ γὰρ ἡ θεός καὶ τοξικῆς ἔφορος. ⁴καθὸ καὶ ἡ θεὸς ὀργισθεῖσα τῆς αὐτῶν ὁδοῦ ἄγνοιαν ἐποιήσατο. ⁵διὸ καὶ ἐν πολλῇ φροντίδι ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων ἦν. ⁶φωνήσας οὖν τοὺς μάντεις ἠρώτα τούτους πόθεν ἡ ἄγνοια, ⁷οἱ δὲ ἐκ τῆς καυχήσεως ἀπεφήναντο τὴν ὀργὴν τῆς θεοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλως λυθῆναι ταύτην εἰ μὴ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ θυγατέρα Ἰφιγένειαν θύσει. ⁸ὁ δὲ λαβὼν αὐτὴν θύειν ὥρμησεν. ⁹ἡ δὲ θεὸς ἐλεήσασα αὐτὴν μὲν ἥρπασεν, ἀντ’ αὐτῆς δὲ παρέσχεν ἔλαφον, αὐτὴν δὲ περὶ τοὺς ἐν Ταύρῳ Σκύθας ἀπήγαγεν ἔνθα αὐτὴ τὸ πλέον ἐτιμᾶτο. ¹⁰οἳ καὶ ἱέρειαν κατέστησαν ἵνα ξενοκτονεῖν διδαχθῇ καὶ ἀνθρώπους θύειν ἐκεῖσε. ¹¹μέμνηται δὲ καὶ ταύτης τῆς ἱστορίας ὁ θεῖος Γρηγόριος ἐν τῷ ἐπιταφίῳ, ὀνειδίζων τὴν θεὸν καὶ φησὶν οὕτως· ¹²[Greg. Naz. funebris oratio in laudem Basil. Magni 8.2–3 Boulenger] ‘τί γὰρ ὄφελος τῆς ἀντιδόσεως εἰ σώζει παρθένον ἵνα ξενοκτονεῖν διδαχθῇ, ἀπανθρωπίαν μαθοῦσα φιλανθρωπίας ἀντίδοσιν;’ —Yf²

TRANSLATION: Aulis is a place in Boeotia where the departure by sea of Agamemnon took place when he campaigned against Troy. Now then, in this aforementioned Aulis of Boeotia, while shooting deer with his bow, Agamemnon boasted that not even Artemis (did it) thus. For the goddess is adept at archery and oversees the art of archery. Wherefore in fact the goddess became angry and brought about ignorance of their route. Therefore indeed Agamemnon was in great anxiety. So, addressing the seers he asked them the source of the ignorance, and they declared the wrath of the goddess arose from his boast and that this wrath would not be resolved unless he sacrifice his own daughter Iphigenia. He took her and and set about sacrificing her. But the goddess felt pity and snatched her, and in her place she provided a deer, and the girl herself she conveyed to the Scythians in Taurus where she was more held in honor. They in fact made her a priestess so that she be taught to kill strangers and sacrifice human beings there. And this story is mentioned by the holy Gregorius in his funeral oration when he reproaches the goddess and says this: ‘For what good is the exchange (of a deer for the girl) if she saves the maiden in order that she be trained to kill strangers, having learned inhumanity as the recompense for kindness?’

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. Yf²

APP. CRIT.: 1 Ἀγαμέμνονος] Mastr., ἀγαμέμνων Yf²

APP. CRIT. 2: ἤρπασεν Yf² | τοπλέον Yf²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.177,20 app.

COMMENT: In 1 ἀγαμέμνων ἀπόπλους ἐγένετο could, at a stretch, be taken as ‘Agamemnon set sail (became sailed away)’ or ‘Agamemnon became unable to sail’, but the adjective ἀπόπλους is extremely rare (once in an epigram of Meleager, Anth. Gr. 5.178,7–8 Beckby ἀπόπλους ἔμπορος, ‘trader about to set sail’) and once in Hesych. α 6551 ἀπόπλουν· τὸ μηκέτι πρὸς πλοῦν ἐπιτήδειον ὂν πλοῖον) and not very likely to have been used by this writer.

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία | mythography

Or. 658.09 (pllgn exeg) ἃ δ’ Αὐλὶς: ¹περὶ Ἰφιγενείας λέγει, ἣν κατέκτεινεν ὁ αὐτῆς πατὴρ Ἀγαμέμνων ὅτε εἰς Τροίαν ἔπλει, κωλυόμενος ἐν τῇ Αὐλίδι νήσῳ παρὰ τοῦ Φοίβου ἐκεῖθεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰ μὴ σφάξειε τὴν Ἰφιγένειαν. ²τοῦτο δ’ ἐγένετο διὰ τὸ τοξεῦσαι αὐτόν τινα ἔλαφον καὶ καυχήσασθαι μηδὲ τὴν Ἄρτεμιν οὕτως βάλλειν. —Lp

TRANSLATION: He is speaking of Iphigenia, whom her own father Agamemnon killed when he sailed to Troy, because on the island Aulis he was prevented from departing from there by Phoebus unless he should sacrifice Iphigenia. This came about because he shot a certain deer with his bow and boasted that not even Artemis shoots thus.

LEMMA: Lp REF. SYMBOL: Lp

APP. CRIT. 2: πατὴρ] π̅ρ̅ὴ (sic) Lp | μὴδὲ Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.177,20 app.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 658.15 (rec exeg) ⟨Αὐλὶς⟩: Αὐλὶς ἡ νῆσος ἡ τῆς Βοιωτίας —R

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES: νῆσος is oddly abbreviated, but given that Ab has νῆσος (next sch., and cf. 658.09), it is the most likely interpretation. R writes a large nu in its majuscule H-form and places a circumflex over it. To the right of the nu is a diagonal abbreviation stroke, and above that is an eta with a horizontal abbreviation stroke above it.

Or. 658.19 (658–661) (vet exeg) σφάγι’ ἐμῆς ὁμοσπόρου: ¹ταὐτὸν οὐκ αἰτῶ σε, φησί, τὴν θυγατέρα τὴν Ἑρμιόνην ἀντ’ ἐμοῦ δοῦναι πρὸς σφαγὴν, ὥσπερ ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ τὴν Ἰφιγένειαν ἵνα τὴν γαμετὴν ἀπολάβῃς. ²ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν ἔχε τοῦτο πλέον καὶ κέρδαινε παρὰ τοῦ δαίμονος, ἐπεὶ σοὶ μὲν εὐτυχίας, ἐμοὶ δὲ δυστυχίας καιρός· ³ἐγὼ δέ σοι χάριν ἕξω σώσαντι μόνον κἂν μὴ τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ σῴζῃς ἡμᾶς ἀντ’ ἐμοῦ δοὺς τὴν Ἑρμιόνην. ⁴ἢ συναπτέον τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ ἀπότισόν μοι, καὶ ἔστιν ὁ λόγος οὕτως· ⁵ἀπόδος τὴν ἴσην χάριν ἧς ἔλαβες ἐν Ἰλίῳ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, καὶ μίαν ἡμέραν μόνον ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ πόνησον. ⁶προσήκει γάρ σοι ἐμοῦ δυστυχοῦντος τὰ νῦν μηχανᾶσθαί τι πρὸς τὸ ἐμὲ σῶσαι, ἐμὲ δέ σοι χάριν ὁμολογεῖν· ⁷ἵνα τὸ μεταξὺ κατ’ ἐπένθεσιν γένηται. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: I do not demand the same from you, he says, that you give your daughter Hermione for sacrifice in exchange for me, just as my father gave Iphigenia so that you could recover your wife. But you, keep this bonus and profit from your lot in life, since this is a moment of good fortune for you but bad fortune for me. But I will be grateful to you if you just save (us) even if you don’t save us in the same manner by giving Hermione in exchange for me. Alternatively, this (i.e., the passage about their different fortunes and his gratitude, 660–661) is to be connected to ‘pay back to me’ (655–657) and the sense is as follows: Pay back the same favor as you received in Ilium from my father and toil for a single day only on my behalf. For it befits you when I am suffering misfortune at present to devise something to save me, and for me to profess my gratitude to you. So that the passage between (658–659) is treated as parenthetic.

LEMMA: MB(prep. ἄλλως), σφάγι’ ἐμῆς ὁμοσπόρου ἐῶς C, 659 ἐῶ σ’ ἔχειν ταῦτα Rw, ἕως ἔχειν V REF. SYMBOL: M, to 659 ἕως V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.165,12–166,2; Dind. II.178,10–179,5

COMMENT: In 2 Dindorf correctly printed κέρδαινε and recorded the variants in the accentuation of κερδαναι in the others. Schwartz printed κερδᾶναι and recorded only B’s reading in his apparatus. κερδᾶναι would have to be an infinitive dependent on ἔχε (‘be able’), which is clearly unsatisfactory, since it must mean ‘have, possess’ here, just as in the text.

Or. 658.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐμῆς ὁμοσπόρου⟩: ἕνεκεν Ἰφιγενείας τῆς ἀδελφῆς —AbMnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (‘My sibling’ is used) because of Iphigenia his sister.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: τῆς ἀδ.] τῆς ἐμῆς ἀδ. R, om. Ab

COMMENT: An alternative interpretation would be to take this as a paraphrase treating the genitive phrase as causal.

Or. 659.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνην μὴ κτεῖνε σύ⟩: τὴν σὴν θυγατέρα ὥσπερ ὁ ἐμὸς τὴν Ἰφιγένειαν ἕνεκεν σοῦ —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: (Don’t kill) your daughter as my (father killed) Iphigenia for your sake.

POSITION: s.l. MnPr

Or. 659.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνην μὴ κτεῖνε σύ⟩: ἤγουν μὴ δώσεις σὺ πρὸς σφαγὴν τὴν σὴν θυγατέρα ἀντ᾽ ἐμοῦ, καθάπερ ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφὴν Ἰφιγένειαν δι᾽ Ἑλένην. —Zm

TRANSLATION: That is, don’t you give your daughter for sacrifice in exchange for me in the same way that my father (gave) my sister Iphigenia on account of Helen.

POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 660.01 (rec exeg) ⟨δεῖ γάρ σ’ … πλέον φέρεσθαι⟩: κἂν ἔδει σε ὡς πλεονεκτεῖς μου τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν, πλεονεκτεῖν καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀμοιβῇ τῆς εὐεργεσίας. —O

TRANSLATION: It would be proper for you, just as you have a greater share than me in good fortune, to take a greater share also in the reciprocation of the benefaction.

POSITION: beside 659 O

APP. CRIT.: μοι O

COMMENT: Accusative τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν is either an accusative of respect or an ad hoc construction as an accusative object, neither of which is really supported by the accusative in Isocrat. in Demon. 39 οἱ γὰρ δίκαιοι τῶν ἀδίκων εἰ μηδὲν ἄλλο πλεονεκτοῦσιν (neuter pronoun internal accusative). More usual would be ⟨κατὰ⟩ τὴν εὐδ., and most typical the partitive genitive τῆς εὐδαιμονίας, but the latter would create an awkward collocation of the two genitives (the transmitted μοι cannot stand).

Or. 661.01 (vet exeg) ⟨πλέον φέρεσθαι κἀμὲ συγγνώμην ἔχειν⟩: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν ἔχειν καὶ ὁμολογεῖν, παρὰ τὸ συντρέχειν τῇ γνώμῃ τοῦ εὐεργετοῦντος καὶ συνέρχεσθαι τούτῳ. ²ἀντὶ τοῦ δεῖ σε, φησὶν, ἐμοῦ δυστυχοῦντος τοῦ πλείονος μετέχειν τῆς δυστυχίας κἀμὲ ἐφ’ οἷς σοι μεταδίδωμι τῆς συμφορᾶς συγγνώμην ἔχειν, ³ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν, παρὰ τὸ ὁμοῦ συντρέχειν τῇ γνώμῃ τοῦ εὐεργέτου. —MVCRw, partial R^b

TRANSLATION: (‘Have suggnōmē’ is) used in the sense ‘have gratitude and agree’, derived from (the idea of) matching the judgment of the benefactor and going along with him. (The whole sentence is) equivalent to ‘You ought’, he says, ‘when I am suffering misfortune, to take the greater share of the misfortune, and I, in that I am giving you a share of the trouble, ought to have a shared judgment’, meaning ‘gratitude’, derived from (the idea of) matching the judgment of the benefactor.

LEMMA: πλέον φέρεσθαι MVC(without punct. after)Rw, καμὲ συγγνώμην ἔχειν R^b REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: between sch. 661.05 and sch. 661.02 R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 σοὶ VC | μεταδίδομαι a.c. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.166,5–9; Dind. II.179,9–13

Or. 661.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: χάριν σοι, φησὶν, ὁμολογήσω σῳζόμενος μόνον παρὰ σοῦ κἂν μὴ τῷ ὁμοίῳ τρόπῳ σῴζῃς ἐμέ. —MBCR^bRw

TRANSLATION: I will acknowledge gratitude to you, he says, if simply saved by you even if you do not save me in the same way (as Agamemnon did for you).

LEMMA: CR^b, in marg. M, κἀμὲ συγγώμην (sic) ἔχειν Rw POSITION: marg. B; follows sch. 661.05 R^bRw

APP. CRIT.: κἂν μὴ] κἄν μοι R^b, εἰ Rw | σώσης με B

APP. CRIT. 2: σώζεις C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.166,11–12; Dind. II.179,18–19

Or. 661.03 (vet exeg) ⟨πλέον φέρεσθαι⟩: ¹τὸ οὖν πλέον κατὰ σύγκρισιν τῶν ἑαυτοῦ εἴρηκε. ²τουτέστι πλέον ἢ ἐγὼ δύνασθαι. ³ὁ γὰρ εὖ πράσσων τοῦ μὴ πράσσοντος πλέον δύναται λογίζεσθαι τὰ πρὸς σωτηρίαν. —VRw, partial MBC

TRANSLATION: Thus, he has said ‘more’ in comparison to his own situation. That is, ‘(you ought) to be more capable than I am’. For one who is enjoying good fortune is more capable than the one not faring so to think of what will bring salvation.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 658.19 all

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ οὖν … εἴρηκε om. MBC | τῶν ἑαυτοῦ] Rw, τῶν [blank space of ca. 5–6 letters] ἑαυτὸν V (with sign of omission in marg.) | 2 δύνασθαι] Schw., δύνασαι MBVC, δύναμαι Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 προς M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.166,3–4; Dind. II.179,7–9

COMMENT: In VRw οὖν refers all the way back the πλέον in sentence 2 of sch. 658.19, but it is possible that there once was a completely different sentence before this in the original commentary. Rw’s τῶν ἑαυτοῦ seems sufficient here, but a blank space in V is usually indicative of lost words, and Rw’s version could be a simplification a longer damaged text.

Or. 661.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: πλέον τι, φησὶν, †ἢ ἔλαβες χάριτος† ἀγωνίζεσθαι —VC

LEMMA: VC

APP. CRIT.: ἢ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.166,13; Dind. II.179,14

COMMENT: This note appears to be corrupt and defective. At least a finite verb is needed to govern ἀγωνίζεσθαι, e.g., δεῖ or πρέπει. πλέον τι ἀγωνίζεσθαι is probably a paraphrase of πλέον φέρεσθαι, perhaps taken as ‘stir yourself more’, therefore, ‘engage more in a struggle’: compare κοπιᾶν in sch. 661.07–08. But for the intervening words to make sense, one needs something like ἀνθ’ ἧς ἔλαβες χάριτος or δι’ ἣν ἔλαβες χάριτα, ‘in return for/because of the favor you received (from Agamemnon)’.

Or. 661.05 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τινὲς οὕτω· δεῖ γάρ σε πλέον φέρεσθαι καὶ λογίζεσθαι εἰς σωτηρίαν εὖ πράσσοντα ἐμοῦ κακῶς πράσσοντος. ²οἱ γὰρ εὐδαιμονοῦντες πλέον δύνανται βουλεύεσθαι τῶν κακῶς πρασσόντων. —VCMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: Some interpret this way: for you ought to take upon yourself (or: contribute) and think of more that leads to salvation, since you are faring well while I fare badly. For those who enjoy good fortune are able to deliberate more than those faring ill.

LEMMA: VC, ἄλλως πλέον φέρεσθαι Rw, πλέον φέρεσθαι MnPrR^bS(λέον) REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: precedes sch. 658.04 MnS, precedes sch. 661.02 R^bRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὕτως CRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.166,14–16; Dind. II.179,15–17

Or. 661.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πλέον φέρεσθαι⟩: εἰς σωτηρίαν. οἱ γὰρ εὐδαιμονοῦντες πλέον δύνανται βουλεύεσθαι. —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Stir oneself more’/‘Contribute more’) toward salvation. For those who enjoy good fortune are able to deliberate more.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: βουλεύεσθαι] Mastr. (from prev.), δουλ‑ O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.179,19–20

Or. 661.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πλέον φέρεσθαι⟩: εἰς σωτηρίαν κοπιᾶν, λογίζεσθαι —AaMnPrS

TRANSLATION: (‘Stir oneself more’/‘Contribute more’ means) ‘work hard, reason out (a plan), for salvation’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λογίζεσθαι om. Aa

Or. 661.21 (pllgn gram) ⟨φέρεσθαι⟩: τὸ φέρεσθαι ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ τινὸς ἄγεσθαι καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ καρποῦσθαι καὶ ἀποφέρεσθαι. —Ox²

TRANSLATION: ‘Pheresthai’ (when passive) is used for ‘being led/carried by someone/something’ and (when middle) is used for ‘reap the benefit of’ and ‘carry off for oneself’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 661.26 (tri metr) ⟨κἀμὲ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 661.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συγγνώμην ἔχειν⟩: τοῦ μὴ φονεῦσαι τὴν θυγατέρα σου —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Have understanding/forgiveness’) for your not killing your daughter.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 661.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συγγνώμην ἔχειν⟩: ἤγουν χάριν σοι ὁμολογεῖν —Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Have understanding’,) that is, acknowledge gratitude to you.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 662.01 (662–663) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ψυχὴν δ’ ἐμὴν … μακρὸν χρόνον⟩: τὴν δὲ ἐμὴν ζωὴν καὶ τῆς ἐμῆς ἀδελφῆς τὴν ζωὴν χάρισαι τῷ ταλαιπόρῳ πατρὶ ὥστε ζῆν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον. —Xo²

TRANSLATION: Grant my life and my sister’s life to my wretched father as a favor, so that we live on for a long time.

LEMMA: label πγ POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For the label πγ see on sch. 640.12. Note the poor interpretation of μακρόν χρόνον.

KEYWORDS: Pepagomenos (label πγ)

Or. 662.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ψυχὴν δ’ ἐμὴν δὸς … πατρί⟩: μὴ εἰς Ἅιδου, ἀλλ’ εἰς σωτηρίαν, ‘πατρί’ οὖν διὰ τὸν πατέρα. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: (Give my life/soul) not to Hades’ realm but to salvation; therefore, (the dative) ‘to (my) father’ means ‘on account of my father’.

REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: marg. MB (beside 664–665 M), s.l. VC

APP. CRIT.: after οὖν add. ἤτοι B

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄδου M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.166,17–18; Dind. II.179,22–23

Or. 662.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ψυχὴν δ’ ἐμὴν δὸς … πατρί⟩: χάρισαι τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν τῷ ἀθλίῳ μου πατρί. βούλεται γάρ με πάντως ἐκεῖνος σῴζεσθαι. —V

TRANSLATION: Grant my life to my wretched father as a favor. For he by all means wants me to be saved.

LEMMA: ψυχὴν δ’ ἐμὴν V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: at end of bottom block, out of order after sch. 665.03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.166,19–20; Dind. II.180,1–2

COLLATION NOTES: Schwartz ascribes this note to V¹, but it is by V (possibly in the lemma υχὴν is by V¹, but even that may be V).

Or. 662.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ψυχὴν δ’ ἐμὴν δὸς … πατρί⟩: χάρισαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ ταλαιπώρου πατρὸς. —AaMnPrRS

TRANSLATION: Grant as a favor on behalf of my wretched father.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT. 2: ταλαιπόρου S

Or. 662.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ψυχὴν δ’ ἐμὴν δὸς … πατρί⟩: ἤγουν διὰ τὸν πατέρα μου σῶσον τὴν ἐμὴν ζωήν. —Gu

TRANSLATION: That is, because of my father save my life.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.179,23–24

Or. 662.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ψυχὴν δ’ ἐμὴν δὸς … πατρί⟩: ἤγουν ὠφέλειαν τοῦ ταλαιπώρου ἕνεκεν τῶν τοσούτων κακῶν πατρὸς —Lp

TRANSLATION: That is, as a benefit for our father who is wretched because of so many woes.

APP. CRIT. 2: ταλεπώρου Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.179,25–26

Or. 662.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ψυχὴν δ’ ἐμὴν δὸς … πατρί⟩: ὑπὲρ ἐκείνου πάσχοντας ἡμᾶς σῶσον. —Lb

TRANSLATION: Save us, since we are suffering on that man’s (our father’s) behalf.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.179,24

Or. 663.05 (tri metr) ⟨κἀμῆς⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 664.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀρφανὸν⟩: ἔρημον· οὐ γὰρ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἔτ’ ἂν καλοῖτο, ἀλλὰ τοῦ λαχόντος. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Orphaned house’,) ‘desolate’, because it would no longer be called that of Agamemnon, but of the one who got possession of it.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔτ’ ἂν καλοῖτο] ἤγουν τ’ἂν ἢ καλεῖτο Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: λαχόντως Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.180,4–5

Or. 665.01 (vet exeg) ἐρεῖς ἀδύνατον: ¹ἀλλὰ λέγεις, φησὶν, ὅτι ἀδύνατόν ἐστι τὸ βοηθῆσαί μοι, ²ἐγὼ δέ σοι ἀντείποιμι ἂν ὡς μάλιστά μοι διὰ τοῦτο ὀφείλεις συμβαλέσθαι, ³εἰδὼς ὅτι ἐν τοῖς ἀδυνάτοις δεῖ τῶν φίλων. —M^aM^bBVCMnPrR^bRwS, partial O

TRANSLATION: But you claim, he says, that it is impossible to come to my aid, but I would respond to you that most of all for this reason you ought to contribute (your help) to me, knowing that in impossible situations one has need of friends.

LEMMA: M^bVR^bRw, ἄλλως BC, ἄλλως in marg. M^aB(as well as in line) REF. SYMBOL: M^bVR^b POSITION: follows next BC, between sch. 652.11 and 665.12 Rw, cont. from sch. 658.03 Sa; follows sch. 665.12 M^a, with M^b after M^a

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀδύνατον ἐστὶν M^aM^b, ἀδύνατον ἐστὶ VPr | βοηθῆσαι Mn, βοηθήσαι S | 2 διατοῦτο BMnPr | συμβάλεσθαι M^aM^b, συμβάλλεσθαι OCMnPrR^bRwS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.166,24–26; Dind. II.180,10–13

Or. 665.02 (vet exeg) ἐρεῖς ἀδύνατον: ¹ἀλλὰ ἐρεῖς, φησὶν, ὅτι ἀδύνατόν ἐστι βοηθῆσαι. ²εἶτα ἔξωθεν προσληπτέον· καθὸ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ ἀσύγγνωστον τὸ ἁμάρτημα, ὅπερ ἀπεσιώπησεν Ὀρέστης. ³ἀλλὰ κατὰ τοῦτο, φησὶ, καθὸ ἀδύνατον εἶναι δοκεῖ, βοήθησον· ⁴ὁ γὰρ γνήσιος φίλος ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις κακοῖς δείκνυται. —BVCRw

TRANSLATION: But you will say, he says, that it is impossible to come to the rescue. Then one must supply from outside ‘in that the wrongdoing is great and unpardonable’, which Orestes passed over in silence. But in this respect, he says, in that it seems to be impossible, help (me). For the genuine friend is revealed in the greatest troubles.

LEMMA: BC, ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: precedes prev. BC, follows 665.12 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀλλ’ B | 2 μέγά ἐστι Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.167,1–4; Dind. II.180,6–10

Or. 665.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐρεῖς ἀδύνατον⟩: ¹βοηθῆσαί μοι διὰ τὴν τοῦ ἁμαρτήματος ὑπερβολήν. ²ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ ἀδύνατον εἶναι, διὰ τοῦτο γε ἀξιῶ. ³εἰ γὰρ ἦν δυνατὸν, οὐκ ἂν ἠξίωσά σε. ⁴ὁ γὰρ γνήσιος φίλος ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις κακοῖς δείκνυται. —Gu

TRANSLATION: (You will say it is impossible) to assist me because of the extreme nature of my wrongdoing. But because of its being impossible, that is the reason I ask (it of you). For if it were possible, I would not have asked you (to do it). For the genuine friend is revealed in the greatest troubles.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 βοηθήσαι app. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.180,13–16

Or. 665.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐρεῖς ἀδύνατον⟩: λέγεις ἀδύνατον βοηθήσαι μοι· κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δυνατόν ἐστι τοὺς φίλοις τοῖς ἀδυνάτοις βοηθεῖν. —V³

TRANSLATION: You say it is impossible to assist me. In just this respect it is possible for friends to help out with impossible situations.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 665.12 (vet exeg) αὐτὸ τοῦτο τοὺς φίλους: λείπει ἡ κατά, ἵν’ ᾖ κατ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δεῖ τοὺς φίλους βοηθεῖν τοῖς φίλοις, ὅ ἐστι κατὰ τὸ ἀδύνατον. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: The (preposition) ‘kata’ (‘in respect to’) is to be supplied, so that it is ‘in just this situation it is necessary for friends to come to the aid of friends’, that is to say, in a matter of impossibility.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως MnPrR^bRw REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. B; precedes sch. 665.01 M, follows 665.01 MnRwS, follows sch. 665.02 CPrR, between 665.01 and 665.02 Rw^b, cont. from sch. 652.01 (on previous page) V

APP. CRIT.: λείπει ἡ κατά] λύεται τῇ κατά. αὕτη γὰρ λείπει B, λύεται τῆ κατά MnPrR^bRwS | κατὰ τοῦτο τοῦτο M, κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο MnPrR^bRwS | δεῖ] δὲ S | βοηθεῖν twice Pr | κατὰ τὸ ἀδύν.] (κατὰ om., leaving blank space) τὸ α̅ ἀπότισον οὖν δυνατόν V (that is τὸ ἀδύνατον split by ἀπότισον οὖν (fragment of lemma of sch. 655.01) | τὸ κατὰ transp. R^b | τὸ ἔξωθεν ἀδύν. MC (for ἔξωθεν cf. sch. 665.02?) | δυνατὸν Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: ἵνα PrS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.166,21–22; Dind. II.180,16–18 (cf. II.176,11 app.)

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 665.13 (pllgn rhet) ⟨αὐτὸ τοῦτο⟩: λύσις τοῦ ἀντιπίπτοντος —ZuB^3d

TRANSLATION: Refutation of the objection.

POSITION: s.l. Zu, intermarg. B^3d

KEYWORDS: λύσις τοῦ ἀντιπίπτονος

Or. 665.14 (rec exeg) ⟨αὐτὸ τοῦτο⟩: κατ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ ἀδύνατον —OGu

TRANSLATION: (‘This very thing’ means) ‘in respect to this very impossibility’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὸ τοῦτο to be supplied from line O

Or. 665.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὐτὸ τοῦτο⟩: καὶ ἀδυνάτως ἂν ἔχωσιν οἱ φίλοι οἱ εὐδαιμονοῦντες, ἤγουν τὸ ἔχειν ἀδυνάτως. —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘This very thing’ means) ‘prospering friends would be unable’, or else (‘this very thing’ is) ‘to be unable’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ] τῶ V³

Or. 665.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αὐτὸ τοῦτο⟩: αὐτὸ τὸ τῆς παροιμίας(?) καὶ ἔτι πρώην λεγόμενον τοῦτο ξυνίης(?). —B²

TRANSLATION: You understand this very meaning of the proverbial expression and what is still said in recent times.

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.: damaged or faded, first words rewritten by B^3d

COMMENT: τὸ τῆς παροιμίας is an expression found often from the 4th cent. BCE onward, and is especially common in Byzantine authors. The juncture with λεγόμενον as here is found only a few times: Joannes Chrysost. de sacerdotio 3.9,36–38 καὶ τὰ ἄνω κάτω—τοῦτο δὴ τὸ τῆς παροιμίας λεγόμενον ἔστιν ἰδεῖν—τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἄγουσιν οἱ ἀρχόμενοι; Gregor. Palamas, Orat. antirrheticae 3.11.36,5–8 ὡς μὴ μόνον ‘ἄνω ποταμῶν’ τὸ τῆς παροιμίας εἶναι τὸ λεγόμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν παροιμίαν ταύτην ὑπερβάλλειν τὸν εἰς τὰ θεῖα δόγματα δυσσεβῆ τοσοῦτο νεωτερισμὸν τῶν Ἀκινδύνου λόγων.

KEYWORDS: παροιμία

Or. 667.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨τί χρὴ φίλων⟩: ¹κατὰ τί ἐστι χρεία τῶν φίλων; ²ἀντὶ τοῦ κατ’ οὐδέν ἐστι χρεία τῶν φίλων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial G

REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbGGr, marg. Y

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 κατὰ … κατ’ om. G | 2 κατ’ om. T | φίλων om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κατατί X | ἐστὶ Xo | 2 οὐδὲν ἐστὶ Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.180,24–25

Or. 667.13 (vet exeg) ⟨χρὴ⟩: δεῖ —B

TRANSLATION: (For ‘chrē’, ‘it is proper’, there is a variant reading) ‘dei’ (‘it is necessary’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 669.01 (pllgn rhet) ἐλέους εἰσβολὴ —Zu

TRANSLATION: Injection (of expression) of pity.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εἰσβολή/ἐκβολή

Or. 669.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πᾶσιν Ἕλλησιν δοκεῖς⟩: ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων νομίζῃ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | νομίζῃ punct. as sep. gloss in G, with gloss 669.13 φαίνῃ intervening.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.181,1–2

Or. 670.01 (thom rhet) προδιόρθωσις —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: Correction in advance.

POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Zm

KEYWORDS: προδιόρθωσις

Or. 670.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κοὐχ… θωπείᾳ λέγω⟩: καὶ οὐ λέγω τοῦτο ὑποτρέχων σε θωπείᾳ, ἤγουν κολακεύων σε. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except XXoT

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. Y | second σε om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.181,2–3

Or. 670.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨κοὐχ ὑποτρέχων σε⟩: οὐ κολακεύων σε —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 670.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὑποτρέχων⟩: ὑποτρέχει τις τινὶ ὅταν ὑπερχόμενος κολακεύει αὐτόν. —Zb²

TRANSLATION: Someone ‘runs under’ someone when insinuating himself into favor he flatters him.

REF. SYMBOL: Zb²

Or. 670.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨θωπείᾳ⟩: οὐ κολακείᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἀληθείᾳ —MBOVC

TRANSLATION: (‘Not with fawning’ means) ‘not with flattery, but in truth’.

POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. OVC

APP. CRIT.: οὐ om. O | at end add. λέγω B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.167,6; Dind. II.181,6

COLLATION NOTES: B punctuates after the added λέγω, and Schwartz is mistaken to imply in his apparatus on I.167,7 that λέγω is added as the first word of sch. 671.03.

Or. 670.13 (rec exeg) ⟨λέγω⟩: γρ. λόγου. —R

TRANSLATION: (For ‘legō’, ‘I say’,) the reading ‘logou’ (‘of speech’) is found.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 671.01 (vet exeg) ταύτης ἱκνοῦμαι σ’: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸς ταύτης ⟨σε⟩ ὁρκῶ βοηθῆσαί μοι. ²ἢ δέομαί σου πρὸς ταύτης ὅπως ἄν μοι βοηθήσειας εἰς τιμὴν αὐτῆς. ³τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς ἠρέμα καθ’ ἑαυτὸν λέγει οἰκτείρων ἑαυτὸν ὅτι μέχρι τοσούτου προῆλθεν αὐτῷ τὰ τῆς δυστυχίας, ὡς διὰ τοῦ μεμνῆσθαι τῆς Ἑλένης προσδοκᾶν βοηθείας τυχεῖν. ⁴ἀνάξιον γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ ἡγεῖται τὸ καὶ μόνον μεμνῆσθαι τοιαύτης γυναικὸς, μήτι γε καὶ δοκεῖν σῴζεσθαι δι’ αὐτῆς. —MB(V)C

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘by this woman I adjure you to assist me’. Or, I beseech you by her to assist me as an honor to her. The following words (lines 672–673) he says quietly to himself, pitying himself because the state of his misfortune has reached such an extreme that he expects to obtain help by mentioning Helen. For he considers it unworthy of himself simply to mention such a woman, much less to seem to be saved through her agency.

LEMMA: M(ἱκνοῦμαι)B(σε)V(ἱκνοῦμαι), ταύτης ἱκνοῦμαι C REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὀρκῶ M | 3 ἐξῆς M | ἡρέμα BC | καθεαυτὸν M | οἰκτΐρων a.c. or p.c. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.167,8–14; Dind. II.181,8–14

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 671.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨ταύτης ἱκνοῦμαί σ’⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸς ταύτης σε ἱκετεύω. —MVC

LEMMA: in text ἱκνοῦμαι MVC POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C | ἱκετεύω σε transp. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.167,7; Dind. II.181,7

Or. 671.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨ταύτης ἱκνοῦμαί σ’⟩: πρὸς ταύτης σε ὁρκῶ. —B

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.167,7 app.; Dind. II.181,7

Or. 671.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταύτης ἱκνοῦμαί σ’⟩: διὰ Ἑλένης ἱκετεύω σε ἐγὼ. —R

LEMMA: ἱκνοῦμαι in text R POSITION: marg.

Or. 671.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ταύτης ἱκνοῦμαί σ’⟩: πρὸς ταύτης παρακαλῶ σε. —X

LEMMA: ἱκνοῦμαι in text X

Or. 671.16 (671–672) (vet exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος … εἰς οἷον ἥκω⟩: ¹δυστυχὴς οὖν, φησὶν, ἐγὼ εἰς τοιοῦτον κακὸν ἐλθών. ²διὰ γὰρ γυναικὸς τῆς πᾶσιν Ἕλλησι κακῆς σωθήσεσθαι προσδοκῶ. —BC

TRANSLATION: Well then, he says, I am ill-fortuned, having arrived at such an evil. For I am expecting to be saved through a woman (deemed) evil in the eyes of all Greeks.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 671.01 BC

APP. CRIT.: 2 γὰρ om. C | τῆς om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.167,15–16; Dind. II.181,14–15

Or. 671.17 (671–672) (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος … εἰς οἷον ἥκω⟩: ἀνάξιον ἑαυτοῦ ἡγεῖται τὸ καὶ μόνον μνησθῆναι τοιαύτης γυναικὸς, μήτι γε καὶ εἰς σωτηρίαν ταύτην προβάλλεσθαι. —OV¹CRw

TRANSLATION: He considers it unworthy of himself simply to mention such a woman, much less to put her forward to gain salvation.

LEMMA: 671 ὦ μέλεος ἐμῶν κακῶν V¹, 669 φιλεῖν γυναῖκα Rw(φιφεῖν a.c.) REF. SYMBOL: (at 671 μέλεος) V¹ POSITION: at level of 672 OC, cont. from prev. C

APP. CRIT.: after ἀνάξιον add. γὰρ C, γὰρ add. s.l. Rw | ἑαυτὸν OV¹ | μεμνῆσθαι C | ταύτην] αὐτὴν V¹C, om. Rw | προβάλλεται C

APP. CRIT. 2: προβαλλέσθαι Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.167, app. at 8–12, 15; Dind. II.181, app. at 12

Or. 671.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος ἐμῶν κακῶν⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἠρέμα. —MC

TRANSLATION: This (he says) to himself quietly.

LEMMA: thus in text MC POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐαυτὸν M | ἡρέμα C

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 671.19 (vet exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος ἐμῶν κακῶν⟩: τὸ δὲ ὦ μέλεος ἠρέμα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν. —B

TRANSLATION: The words ‘o wretched one’ (are spoken) quietly to himself.

LEMMA: thus in text B POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἡρέμα B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.181,4

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 671.20 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος ἐμῶν κακῶν⟩: καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ταῦτα λέγει. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: He says these words (aside) to himself.

LEMMA: thus in text all REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXo, marg. Yf; inserted between ἐγὼ and ἕνεκα in sch. 671.22 X

APP. CRIT.: ἑαυτὸν corr. by Y^a to ἑαυτὸν φησὶ (without deleting λέγει)

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 671.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος ἐμῶν κακῶν⟩: τοῦτο καθ’ ἑαυτὸν. —V^3aV^3b

TRANSLATION: This (spoken aside) to himself.

LEMMA: thus in text V POSITION: s.l. (V^3a over end of ἱκνοῦμαι, V^3b over ἐμῶν)

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο om. V^3b

Or. 671.22 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὦ μέλεος ἐμῶν κακῶν⟩: ὦ μέλεος ἐγὼ ἕνεκα τῶν ἐμῶν κακῶν —X

LEMMA: thus in text X

APP. CRIT.: between ἐγὼ and ἕνεκα X inserts sch. 671.20

Or. 671.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐγὼ⟩: γρ. ἐμῶν. —Zc^r

TRANSLATION: (For ‘egō’, ‘I’,) the reading ‘emōn’ (genitive of ‘mine’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Zc POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 672.01 (672–673) (vet exeg) ⟨εἰς οἷον ἥκω … ἱκετεύω τάδε⟩: ¹ἀλλὰ τί, φησὶ, μωραίνω τὸ παρὰ ταύτης σωθήσεσθαι παραιτούμενος. ²ἀνάγκη γάρ ἐστι καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο καταβαίνειν οἰκτρότητος καὶ πάντα ὑπομένειν κἂν αἰσχύνην μοι φέρῃ. ³οὐ γὰρ ἐγὼ μόνος, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶς ὁ οἶκος ὁ ἐμὸς κινδυνεύει. —MB

TRANSLATION: But, he says, why am I acting the fool, rejecting being saved by her? For it is unavoidable to descend even to this level of pitifulness and endure everything even if it brings shame. For it is not just myself, but the whole household that is in danger.

LEMMA: εἰς οἷον ἤκω (sic) M, τί δὲ ταλαιπωρεῖν με δεῖ B REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT.: 1 περὶ M | 2 καταβαίνειν uncertain in M because of damage | 3 first ὁ app. om. M

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 app. οἷκος M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.167,17–20; Dind. II.181,19–23

Or. 672.02 (672–673) (vet exeg) ⟨εἰς οἷον ἥκω … ἱκετεύω τάδε⟩: ¹ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα ἐκδοχὴ τούτου, συναπτομένου τοῦ [671] ‘ταύτης ἱκνοῦμαι’ πρὸς τὸ [673] ‘ὑπὲρ γὰρ οἴκου παντὸς ἱκετεύω τάδε’, ²εἴγε ὡς τοῦ Μενελάου ἀπεστραμμένου τὴν ἱκεσίαν αὐτὸς δυσφορῶν λέγει· ³δυστυχὴς ἐγὼ εἰς ἄπορον ἥκων κακῶν καὶ οὐκ ἔχων οὐδεμίαν καταφυγήν, ⁴καὶ πάλιν διαλαβὼν θαρσύνει ἑαυτὸν καὶ φησί· ⁵τί δεδοίκαμεν τὸν θάνατον; ⁶καρτερεῖν δεῖ καὶ φέρειν ἀναγκαίως τὰ παρὰ τοῦ δαίμονος. —B

TRANSLATION: There is also another way of construing this, with the words (671) ‘by that woman I supplicate’ being attached to (673) ‘for on behalf of the entire household I make this supplication’, if in fact in the belief that Menelaus has rejected the supplication he says in distress (in 671–672): ‘I am miserable, having come to an impossible point in my troubles and having no refuge’; and in turn after a pause he encourages himself and says (672): ‘Why are we afraid of dying? One must stick it out and endure by necessity what comes from destiny/god.’

POSITION: cont. from prev. B

APP. CRIT.: 2 εἴγε] Schw., εἴτε B

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 οὐδὲ μίαν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.167,21–168,3; Dind. II.181,23–182,3

Or. 672.03 (672–673) (vet exeg) ⟨εἰς οἷον ἥκω … ἱκετεύω τάδε⟩: ¹τί δὲ, φησὶ, παραιτοῦμαι τὴν αἰσχύνην; ²πάσῃ μοι μηχανῇ ποριστέον τὴν σωτηρίαν. ³οὐχ ὑπὲρ μικρῶν γάρ μοι ὁ κίνδυνος, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ παντὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἐστίν. —BOV¹Rw

TRANSLATION: But why, he says, am I rejecting the shame (of invoking Helen)? I must obtain salvation by every possible means. For the danger is not about trivial things, but about the entire household.

LEMMA: εἰς οἷον ἥκω V¹ REF. SYMBOL: V¹ POSITION: s.l. O; cont. from prev. B, cont. from sch. 671.17 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δέ φησι B | 3 οὐχ’ Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.168,4–6; Dind. II.182,3–5

Or. 672.04 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς οἷον ἥκω⟩: εἰς οἷον ἤλθον ὅτι παρακαλῶ φέρειν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ ἤγουν τὴν Ἑλένην τὴν μεσιτείαν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: Into what a (woeful) situation I have arrived, in that I am appealing to have his wife, that is, Helen, bear the role of intermediary.

REF. SYMBOL: Pr

Or. 672.05 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς οἷον ἥκω⟩: ὅτι παρακαλῶ ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλένης —Ab

TRANSLATION: (Into what a woeful situation I have arrived) because I am supplicating in the name of Helen.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 672.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς οἷον ἥκω⟩: εἰς οἷον κακὸν ἥκω, τὸ εἰς ἱκεσίαν προβάλλεσθαι τὴν Ἑλένην. —Gu

TRANSLATION: Into what a (woeful) situation I have arrived, putting forward Helen for the purpose of supplication.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἑλλένην Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.181,17–18

Or. 672.07 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰς οἷον ἥκω⟩: ὡς δεῖσθαι καὶ μὴ εἰσακούεσθαι —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Into what a woeful situation I have arrived, desperate enough) so as to beg and not be heard.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπακούεσθαι ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.181,18

Or. 672.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἷον ἥκω⟩: ἄπορον κακὸν ἦλθον —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 672.15 (thom exeg) ⟨τί δέ ταλαιπωρεῖν με δεῖ⟩: ¹τὸ ‘τί δὲ ταλαιπωρεῖν;’ τοῦτο λέγει· ²τί δὲ δεῖ ταλαιπωρεῖν καὶ κάμνειν ἐμὲ περὶ τὴν δέησιν; ³οὐ γὰρ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ μόνου καὶ τῆς ἐμῆς ἀδελφῆς ποιοῦμαι τὴν δέησιν, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ οἴκου παντὸς, τουτέστι τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν. ⁴ἀποθανόντος γὰρ ἐμοῦ ἡ ἐκ προγόνων πᾶσα εὐδαιμονία οἰχήσεται, ὡς οὐ διάδοχον σχοῦσα· ⁵ὥστε τῆς ζημίας καὶ εἰς σέ πως τεινούσης, ἐπεὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ γένους τυγχάνεις, οὐχ ἧττον ἐμοῦ δεῖ σὲ σπουδάζειν, ὅπως σωθείην. ⁶ἢ αὕτη ἡ κατασκευὴ πρὸς τὸ ἱκνοῦμαι ἐστὶ, τὰ δ’ ἄλλα διὰ μέσου. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The (question) ‘but why (must I) suffer miserably?’ has the following sense. But why must I suffer miserably and toil over the supplication? For I am not making the supplication on behalf of myself alone and my sister, but on behalf of the whole household, that is, our family. For if I have been put to death, then the entire prosperity (inherited) from our forebears will be gone, not having obtained any successor. Thus, since the penalty extends also to you in a way, because you belong to the same family, you no less than I should work eagerly to see that I am saved. Alternatively, this element of the argument is connected to (671) ‘I beseech (you)’ and the other words (second half of 671 and first words of 672) are parenthetic.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZm

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δε Zb | 5 ἐπὶ Zb | οὐχ’ ZbZmGu | δεῖ σε all | 6 διαμέσου T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.182,5–13

KEYWORDS: κατασκευή/κατασκευάζει | διὰ μέσου

Or. 672.16 (recMosch exeg) ⟨τί δέ;⟩: ποιήσω δηλονότι —AbXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrB^3d

TRANSLATION: (With ‘But what?’ understand) ‘shall I do?’, clearly.

LEMMA: no punct. after δὲ in text AbG POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τί δὲ prep. XXo, τὶ prep. AbG | ποιήσας Yf | δηλ. om. B^3d

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.182,13–14

Or. 672.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταλαιπωρεῖν με⟩: παραιτούμενον τὸ σώζεσθαι ὑπ’ ἐκείνης ἱκετεύων —V³Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Suffer grievously’, namely,) by rejecting being saved by that woman (Helen) by supplicating.

POSITION: s.l. V³, marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: ἱκετεύω a.c. V³, om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.182,14–15

Or. 672.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ταλαιπωρεῖν⟩: κάμνειν περὶ τὴν δέησιν —ZZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 672.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δεῖ⟩: γράφεται χρή. —M

TRANSLATION: (For ‘dei’, ‘it is necessary’,) the reading ‘chrē’ (‘it is needful/necessary’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: χρῆ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.168,7; Dind. II.182,15

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 673.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπὲρ γὰρ οἴκου παντὸς⟩: ἤτοι ὑπὲρ πάντων τῶν ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ —R

POSITION: marg.

Or. 673.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οἴκου παντὸς⟩: ἤγουν πάσης τῆς ἐκ προγόνων εὐδαιμονίας —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Of the whole household’ means) ‘of the entire prosperity (uninherited) from forebears’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] τουτέστι Gu

Or. 674.02 (674–676) (pllgn paraphr) ὦ θεῖε ἀδελφὲ τοῦ πατρός, δόκει καὶ νόμιζε ταῦτα ἅπερ σοι λέγω ἀκούειν καὶ ἐνωτίζεσθαι τὸν θανόντα καὶ ὄντα κατὰ χθονὸς ἤγουν τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα, καὶ πετωμένην τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκείνου ἐπάνω σου λέγειν σοι ἃ ἐγώ σοι λέγω. —Xo²

LEMMA: label πγ POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For the label πγ see on sch. 640.12.

KEYWORDS: Pepagomenos (label πγ)

Or. 674.03 (674–675) (rec paraphr) δόκει ταῦτα ἀκούειν ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος τοῦ ὑπὲρ σοῦ τελευτήσαντος. —Pr

REF. SYMBOL: Pr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 674.10 (674–675) (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸν κατὰ χθονὸς … τάδε δόκει⟩: ¹δόκει ἀκούειν τάδε τὸν κατὰ χθόνος θανόντα. ² ἤγουν νόμιζε ὅτι πάρεστιν ἐκεῖνος καὶ ἀκούει τάδε. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr, partial XoG

TRANSLATION: Believe that the dead man below the earth hears these things. That is, consider that that man is present and is hearing these things.

POSITION: s.l. except XTG

APP. CRIT.: 1 δόκει … θανόντα om. XoG, but δόκει ἀκούειν τάδε s.l. (above 674 τὸν κατὰ χθονὸς) G | τὸν κατὰ χθόνος θανόντα om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κατα Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.182,16–17

Or. 674.11 (674–675) (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν κατὰ χθονὸς θανόντ’⟩: ἀντίπτωσις —MnS

TRANSLATION: Exchange of case (accusative used for genitive).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Just as in the paraphrase of Pr above (sch. 674.03) and the next note and glosses 674.15, 674.18, this comment incorrectly takes τὸν … θανόντ’ as an argument of ἀκούειν (that is, as accusative used for genitive of the source of what is heard), and not as the subject of ἀκούειν. Moschopulus and Thomas both write comments to give the correct construal, without referring to the error.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίπτωσις

Or. 674.12 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν κατὰ χθονὸς θανόντ’⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θανόντος κατὰ τῆς χθονὸς —K

TRANSLATION: (Accusative phrase ‘the dead man beneath the earth’ is for the genitive) ‘from the dead man beneath the earth’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 674.13 (674–675) (mosch exeg) τὸν κατὰ χθονὸς θανόντα: ¹συνυπακούεται ἐνταῦθα ὑπαρκτικοῦ ῥήματος μετοχὴ, εἰ καὶ ἐκφωνουμένη κακοσύνθετον ποιεῖ τὸν λόγον καὶ ἄχρηστον. ²ὅτι δὲ αὕτη ἔχει λόγον συνυπακούεσθαι δῆλον οὕτως· ³‘κατὰ χθονός ἐστιν ὁ δεῖνα’ λέγεται, καὶ ‘τὸν κατὰ χθονὸς ὄντα’ ἐξ ἀνάγκης μετὰ τῆς μετοχῆς τοῦ ὑπαρκτικοῦ. ⁴οὕτως ἐπειδὴ καὶ ‘κατὰ χθονός ἐστιν ὁ δεῖνα θανὼν’ λέγεται, δύναται καὶ καταλλήλως ἔχειν τοῦτο, καὶ μετὰ τῆς μετοχῆς τοῦ ὑπαρκτικοῦ λέγεσθαι μετασχηματιζόμενον. ⁵ἐπεὶ δὲ συμβαίνει ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἑτέραν εἶναι μετοχὴν κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν πτῶσιν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κακόφραστον εἶναι τὸν λόγον καὶ κακοσύνθετον, ⁶οὐδέποτε ἐκφωνεῖται ἡ τοῦ ὑπαρκτικοῦ ῥήματος μετοχὴ, ἀλλ’ ἀεὶ συνυπακούεται κατὰ τὴν συνήθειαν τῶν ὑπαρκτικῶν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The participle of the verb of being is understood here, even though if it is expressed it makes the phrase poorly constructed and unidiomatic. And the fact that this (participle) is reasonably understood here is obvious from the following. ‘So and so is beneath the earth’ is a possible expression, and (one also says) ‘the one being beneath the earth’ necessarily with the participle of the verb of being. Thus since ‘So and so, having died, is beneath the earth’ is also said, this too can be expressed in a parallel fashion and can be said with a shift of construction with the participle of the verb of being. But because it happens that in this case there is also another participle in the same case and therefore the phrase is ugly to pronounce(?) and poorly constructed, the participle of the verb of being is never expressed but is always understood in the way customary for the forms of the verb of being.

LEMMA: all except T (τὸν κατὰ χθονὸς θανόντα prep. to note G without separation, θανόντ’ ἀκούειν τάδε δοκεῖς add. as lemma G)^r POSITION: cont. from sch. 674.10, add. δὲ, T; follows sch. 675.09 X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.182,18–183,2

COMMENT: κακόφραστος occurs only twice in TLG, here and Nicolaus Methonaeus, Refutatio inst. theol. Procl i, 78.1–2 καὶ πρὸς τὸν οἰκεῖον σκοπὸν κακόφραστον ποιεῖται τὸ πρόβλημα· οὐ γὰρ πᾶσα ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν, ἀλλ’ ἡ μέν, ἡ δέ, where I prefer ‘ill-expressed’ to the definition ‘ill-conceived’ given by both TLG and LBG (‘schlecht gefasst’) for this word. Here I prefer to take it as ‘ill-expressed’ in the sense ‘ugly to pronounce’, because of the jingle ὄντα θανόντα or θανόντα ὄντα, but one cannot rule out ‘ill-expressed’ in the sense ‘hard to interpret’. For ‑φραστος in similar compounds, cf. δύσφραστος in Sch. b Hom. Il. 14.283–284a2 Erbse τὸ Ἴδην ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἴδης. ἔστι δὲ μέρος Ἴδης τὸ Λεκτόν. ἐν ὑπερβατῷ δὲ καὶ ἀναστροφῇ ἑρμηνευτέον τὸ δίστιχον οὕτως, ἵνα μὴ δύσφραστον ᾖ, ‘Ἴδης δ’ ἱκέσθην πολυπίδακος Λεκτόν’ (DGE offers ‘hard to pronounce’ for this, but it seems to be ‘hard to interpret/understand’); and Joannes, Mir. sancti Demetrii 10, p. 112,10 Lemerle has the Byzantine hapax ταχύφραστος, ‘quickly spoken’.

KEYWORDS: rare word | μετασχηματισμός

Or. 675.01 (675–676) (thom exeg) ⟨θανόντ᾽ … ψυχὴν⟩: τὸ θανόντα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν ὅλον καὶ μέρος. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The word ‘dead man’ and ‘soul’ (are) whole and part.

POSITION: marg. except s.l. G

APP. CRIT.: ὅλον] καθ’ ὅλον Zb

COMMENT: Instead of marking the apposition of one noun to another with the usual λέγω (Mosch. in sch. 675.11; cf. sch. 676.02), Thomas, typically, prefers the more sophisticated grammatical explanation of whole and part.

KEYWORDS: ὅλον καὶ μέρος

Or. 675.09 (675–676) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ποτωμένην … σοῦ⟩: λέγω τὴν ψύχην ἐκείνου ποτωμένην ἐπάνω σοῦ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except XT, marg. Yf, cont. from sch. 674.10 T

APP. CRIT.: ἐκείνου ψύχην transp. G | ἐκείνην a.c. X | πετομένην G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.182,17–18

Or. 676.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ψυχὴν⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος —Ab

TRANSLATION: (The accusative ‘soul’ is used for the genitive,) ‘from the soul of Agamemnon’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 674.11.

Or. 676.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ψυχὴν⟩: τῆς τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος —MnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (The accusative ‘soul’ is used for the genitive,) ‘(from) that of Agamemnon’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: τῆς] only a small trace of (ῆς) in damaged margin R

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 674.11.

Or. 676.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ λέγειν⟩: καὶ δόκει τὸν πατέρα μου —MnPrRS

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

Or. 676.14 (tri metr) ⟨ἃ ’γώ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 677.02 (vet exeg) ταῦτ’ εἴς τε δάκρυα: ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ δακρύων καὶ γόων αἰτῶ τὴν σωτηρίαν. —MBCR^b

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘with tears and lamentations I ask for salvation’.

LEMMA: R^b POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C | καὶ] ἢ R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.168,8; Dind. II.183,3–4

Or. 677.03 (mosch exeg) ταῦτ’ εἴς τε δάκρυα: κατὰ ἀπόθεσιν ταῦτα ἐπάγεται, ἤγουν ταῦτα εἴρηκα εἴς τε τὰ δάκρυα ἡμῶν καὶ τοὺς γόους καὶ τὰς συμφοράς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: These words are added by way of breaking off, that is, I have said this in respect to our tears and lamentations and misfortunes.

LEMMA: XYf POSITION: s.l. except XYf, marg. T

APP. CRIT.: τὰ om. Xa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.183,4–6

KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν

Or. 677.06 (thom exeg) ⟨εἴς τε δάκρυα καὶ γόους⟩: ¹ἤγουν μετὰ δακρύων καὶ γόων εἶπον. ²ἢ οὕτως, εἶπον ταῦτα εἰς δάκρυα καὶ γόους καὶ συμφορὰς, ἤγουν ἵνα μὴ τύχω τούτων. ³τεύξομαι δὲ, εἰ πετρωθῆναί με ἐάσεις. —ZZaZmTGu, partial Zb

TRANSLATION: (‘To tears and lamentations’,) that is, ‘I have spoken with tears and lamentations’. Or else as follows: ‘I spoke these things with regard to tears and lamentations and misfortunes, that is, in order not to meet with these things. But I will meet with them if you allow me to be stoned.’

REF. SYMBOL: TGu POSITION: s.l. except TGu

APP. CRIT.: 2–3 καὶ γόους κτλ om. Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 οὕτω ZZbZmGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.183,6–8

Or. 677.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἴς τε δάκρυα καὶ γόους καὶ συμφορὰς⟩: ἐν δακρύοις καὶ γόοις καὶ συμφοραῖς —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 678.10 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπῄτηκα⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 679.02 (mosch paraphr) θηρῶν: ἀντὶ τοῦ θηρώμενος, ἤγουν λαβεῖν ζητῶν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial G

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ … ἤγουν om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.183,10–11

Or. 679.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃ πάντες⟩: τὸ τυχεῖν σωτηρίας ζητοῦσι —MnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (With ‘which all people’ understand) ‘seek, (namely) to attain preservation (from death)’.

POSITION: s.l. except R (first written above 677 but crossed out Mn)

APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. R

Or. 679.13 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 680.03 (tri metr) ⟨κἀγὼ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 680.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨καὶ γυνή περ οὖσ᾽ ὅμως⟩: ¹καίπερ ὅμως οὖσα γυνή. ²περισσὸν τὸ ὄμως. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Although nevertheless being a woman. ‘Nevertheless’ is superfluous.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὅμως perhaps to be deleted | 2 τὸ ὅμως om. Yf

COMMENT: καίπερ ὅμως produces an uncharacteristically clumsy paraphrase, and ὅμως may be an intrusion spoiling Moschopulus’s own intention. Compare the next, but G is capable of such an alteration, so its reading need not be from a sounder source.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 680.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ γυνή περ οὖσ᾽ ὅμως⟩: καίπερ οὖσα γυνή· τὸ ὅμως περιττόν. —G

TRANSLATION: Although being a woman. ‘Nevertheless’ is superfluous.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 680.10 (thom exeg) ⟨καὶ γυνή περ οὖσ᾽ ὅμως⟩: οὐ γὰρ προσήκει ταῖς γυναιξὶν ἀνδρῶν δεῖσθαι. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For it is not proper for women to beseech men.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: Z mostly washed out | ταῖς om. Zm, add. Zm

APP. CRIT. 2: γυναιξὶ Zb

KEYWORDS: women, nature or proper behavior of

Or. 681.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὠφελεῖν⟩: ¹τὸ ὠφελῶ καὶ δοτικῇ καὶ αἰτιατικῇ συντάσσεται, ²καὶ αἰτιατικῇ μὲν πολλάκις, δοτικῇ δὲ Ἀττικῶς, ³ὡς καὶ Αἰσχύλος [Aesch. Pers. 842] ‘ὡς τοῖς θανουσι χρήματ’ οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ’, ⁴καὶ ἐνταυθα τοῖς δεομένοις ὠφελεῖν. —ZZa, partial ZbTGu

TRANSLATION: The verb ‘ōphelō’ is construed both with the dative and the accusative. And (it is construed) with the accusative often, but with the dative in the Attic manner, as also Aeschylus ‘wealth brings no benefit to the dead’, and here ‘to benefit those in need’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZb POSITION: marg. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.183,13–15

COMMENT: Similar comment and the same Aeschylean example are found in Zm as sch. Or. 425.08 (see comment there). ἀκριβῶς seems to me to yield no suitable sense in contrast with πολλάκις, and the ZZa branch is capable of such a blunder in copying. Since dative complements are found mainly in 5th-century drama and a few times in 5th-century prose, the usage could be considered ‘Attic’ (refined, literary, in imitation of classic authors) as opposed to the common usage.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aeschylus, Persae

Or. 681.06 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷός τε δεῖ⟩: γράφεται καὶ οἷός τε δ’ εἶ, ἀντὶ τοῦ δυνατὸς εἶ. —V¹C

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hoios te dei’, ‘able it is necessary’,) the reading ‘and you are able’ (‘hoios te d’ ei’) is found, meaning ‘you are capable/able’.

LEMMA: δεῖ thus in text V¹, δεῖ conflated with δ’εἶ C POSITION: s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: οἷός] Mastr., ὅσος V¹C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.168,9; Dind. II.183,16

COMMENT: Provided that ἀντὶ τοῦ δυνατὸς εἶ is an integral part of this note, as I am inclined to believe, the explanation indicates that the actual γρ-variant originally had οἷός or οἷος (corrupted to ὅσος), and the point of the note was simply to deal with the false articulation δεῖ, found in C as well as V. One can tell that δεῖ is primary in C because the apostrophe and breathing of the alternative reading are set off to the right of εῖ.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 681.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅσος τε δ’ εἶ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅσον δυνατὸς εἶ —V

TRANSLATION: (‘And how much you are’ is) used for ‘as much as you are able’.

LEMMA: οἷός τε δεῖ in text V (see comment) POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.168,10

COMMENT: There was no reason for the paraphrast to use ὅσον unless there was a form of ὅσος (ὅσος or ὅσον) in the text to be somehow explained. So, in my view, this comment would be subsequent to the corruption to ὅσος in the previous, in reaction to a text that had been assimilated to the corrupt reading of the annotation.

Or. 682.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸ σὸν καταιδοῦμαι κάρα⟩: ἤτοι ἐγὼ σὲ τιμῶ καὶ δι’ αἰδοῦς ἔχω. —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 682.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὸν … κάρα⟩: περίφρασις —Zu

TRANSLATION: Periphrasis (of ‘your head’ for ‘you’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περίφρασις

Or. 682.11 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 683.01 (pllgn rhet) ἐπίκρισις —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Added (expression of) judgment.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἐπίκρισις

Or. 683.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ξυμπονῆσαι … βούλομαι⟩: κἂν κίνδυνος παρῇ —MnPrS

LEMMA: βουλεύομαι in text S POSITION: s.l.

Or. 683.08 (mosch paraphr) σοῖς κακοῖσι: ἐπι ταῖς σαῖς δυστυχίαις —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: X(κακοῖς) POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.183,20–21

Or. 684.01 (684–686) (mosch exeg) καὶ χρὴ γὰρ οὕτω: καὶ χρὴ γὰρ οὕτω συνδιαφέρειν ἐμὲ τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ κακά, ἢν διδῳ θεὸς δύναμιν, καὶ φόβον ἔχοντα τεθνήξεσθαι καὶ ἐλπίδα ἔχοντα ἀποκτενεῖν τοὺς ἐναντίους. —XbG^aG^b

TRANSLATION: For it is proper that I join in enduring my brother’s troubles, if god grants me ability (to do so), both feeling fear that I will die and having hope that I will kill our enemies.

LEMMA: G^a POSITION: s.l. G^b

APP. CRIT.: καὶ χρὴ γὰρ οὕτω om. G^b | ὑπεναντίους G^aG^b

COMMENT: Perhaps this note should be classified as ‘pllgn’ rather than ‘mosch’ since it is not attested in the other usual witnesses and the paraphrase of 686 here differs from that in sch. 686.04, which clearly is Moschopulean. G, of course, has many annotations that are not Moschopulean or rewrite Moschopulean notes, but it is highly unusual to find Xb isolated from any of XXaXoTYYf, as occurs here.

Or. 684.02 (684–686) (thom exeg) ⟨καὶ χρὴ … τοὺς ἐναντίους⟩: ¹τοῦτο μερικῶς ἢ καθόλου νοητέον, ²ὅτι πρέπει ἢ ἐμὲ ἢ πάντα ἄνδρα οὕτω συνεκκομίζειν καὶ συνεκφέρειν, ἢν ἰσχὺν διδῷ θεὸς, τὰ τῶν ὁμαιμόνων κακὰ, θνήσκοντα, εἰ δεήσειεν, ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων, καὶ κτείνοντα τοὺς ἐναντίους. ³εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐξ ἀλλήλων οἱ συγγενεῖς βοηθοῖντο, τίς ἂν ἄλλην ἔξωθεν ἐλπίσῃ βοήθειαν; ⁴τὸ δὲ ‘θνήσκοντα καὶ κτείνοντα τοὺς ἐναντίους’ σαφήνειά ἐστι τοῦ ‘οὕτω’. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: This is to be interpreted specifically or generally: that it is proper either for me or for any man to join in conveying away and join in carrying away (or: enduring?), if god gives strength (to do so), the troubles of kinsmen, dying, if need be, on their behalf and killing the opponents. For if kinsmen should not be helped out by each other, who would expect any other assistance from outside? The phrase ‘dying and killing the opponents’ is a clarifying specification of ‘thus’.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu; sent. 4 punct. as sep. with sep. ref. to 686 Zb

APP. CRIT.: 2 διδῶ ἰσχὺν ὁ θεὸς Zb, διδῶ ὁ θεὸς ἰσχὺν Zl | 3 γὰρ om. Zm | ἐξ] ἀπ’ ZZa [Zl] | ἄλλος Gu | 4 δὲ app. om. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 σαφηνία ZbZl | ἔστι Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.183,22–184,2

Or. 684.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὁμαιμόνων⟩: ἐσμὲν(?) ὁμοῦ(?) —R

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The strokes are ambiguous and partly faint, but the first two letters seem to be ἐσ and the last ομου. This could be a strange ad hoc etymology. But more likely, the decipherment is incorrect.

Or. 684.13 (684–685) (rec paraphr) ⟨κακὰ συνεκκομίζειν⟩: συνδιαφέρω σοι τὸ κακὸν ἀνυπόστ[ —K

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: damage and repair obscures remainder

Or. 685.01 (685–686) (vet paraphr) συνεκκομίζειν: συμπονεῖν δεῖ τοῖς συγγενέσι, κἂν κίνδυνος παρῇ, καὶ μάλιστα εἰ τὸ θεῖον παρέχει δύναμιν. —B, partial V¹Pr

TRANSLATION: It is necessary to join in toil with one’s kinsmen, even if there is danger in it, and especially if the divine provides (the) power (to do so).

LEMMA: B, 683 καὶ ξυμπονῆσαι σοῖς κακοῖς V¹ REF. SYMBOL: at 683 V¹Pr

APP. CRIT.: οἷον prep. V¹Pr | συγγένεσι κἂν] συγγενέσιν ἂν Pr | καὶ μάλ. κτλ om. V¹Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: ξυμπονεῖν Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.168,11–12 with app; Dind. II.183,19–20, 184,6–7

Or. 685.02 (rec paraphr) συνεκκομίζειν: ὅ ἐστι συμπονεῖν δεῖ τινα ὑπὲρ τῶν συγγενῶν κἂν συμβῇ αὐτὸν ἀποθανεῖν. —CPrSa

TRANSLATION: Which is to say, it is necessary for a person to join in toil with one’s kinsmen, even if it may befall that he die.

LEMMA: C POSITION: follows sch. 686.01 Sa, cont. from 686.01 Pr

APP. CRIT.: δεῖ] Pr (Schwartz without note, as if in C), δή CSa | αὐτῶ PrSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.168,13–14

Or. 685.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨συνεκκομίζειν⟩: τὸν ἀδελφὸν συνελαφρύνειν, ἐπικουφίζειν —M³Lp

REF. SYMBOL: M³Lp POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν ἀδελφὸν om. M³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.184,10–11

Or. 686.01 (vet exeg) ⟨θνῄσκοντα καὶ κτείνοντα τοὺς ἐναντίους⟩: ἀναστρεπτέον· ἔστι γὰρ κτείνοντα τοὺς ἐναντίους καὶ θνῄσκοντα. —MBV¹CPrSa

TRANSLATION: One must reverse the order (of the phrases): for it is ‘killing the enemies and dying’.

LEMMA: θνήσκοντα Pr REF. SYMBOL: Pr POSITION: s.l MV¹C; precedes sch. 685.02 PrSa, cont. from sch. 685.01 B

APP. CRIT.: τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς prep. B | ἀπατρέποντ(α) M | θνήσκοντας M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.168,15; Dind. II.184,7–8

KEYWORDS: anastrophe (inversion of word order)

Or. 686.02 (rec exeg) ⟨θνῄσκοντα καὶ κτείνοντα⟩: πρωθύστερον· πρῶτον γὰρ ἔδει εἰπεῖν κτείνοντα. —MnS

TRANSLATION: Prothusteron: for he should have said ‘killing’ first.

LEMMA: κτείνοντας in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: πρωθύστερον

Or. 686.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θνῄσκοντα καὶ κτείνοντα⟩: πρωθύστερον —AaB^3a

TRANSLATION: Prothusteron.

POSITION: marg. Aa, intermarg. B^3a

KEYWORDS: πρωθύστερον

Or. 686.04 (mosch exeg) θνῄσκοντα καὶ κτείνοντα: καὶ ὡς τεθνηξόμενον, καὶ ὡς κτενοῦντα τοὺς ἐναντίους, ἤγουν καὶ εἰ θάνατος πρόκειται, καὶ εἰ νίκη τῶν ἐναντίων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Ox²

TRANSLATION: Both as about to die and as about to kill the opponents, that is, both if death is in store and if victory over the opponents (is in store).

LEMMA: Yf, θνήσκοντα κτείνοντα X, θνήσκοντα T POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGGr

APP. CRIT.: καὶ ὡς τεθν. … ἐναντίους om. Ox² | κτανοῦντα T | εἰ θάνατος] εἰς θάνατον G | second εἰ] ἡ G, om. Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.184,3–4

Or. 687.01 (vet exeg) τὸ δ’ αὖ δύνασθαι πρὸς θεῶν: τοὐναντίον Αἴας φησί [Hom. Il. 17.104]· ‘καὶ πρὸς δαίμονά περ, εἴ πως ἐρυσαίμεθα νεκρόν’. —MBV¹C

TRANSLATION: Ajax says the opposite: ‘(fight) even against a god, if somehow we may rescue the corpse’.

LEMMA: M, τὸ δ’ αὖ δύνασθαι B, τοῦ δ’ αὖ δύνασθαι V¹ (but τὸ in text V) REF. SYMBOL: MV¹ POSITION: last sch. on 39v, line 687 first on 40r B

APP. CRIT.: Αἴας] ἐν Ἰλιάδι Elsperger 37 | εἴ πως … νεκρόν] καὶ εἴ ποτε ῥῦσαί με θάνε νεκρὸν V¹

APP. CRIT. 2: προς M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.168,17–18; Dind. II.184,12–13

COMMENT: Menelaus speaks the quoted line in Iliad, wherefore Elsperger’s suggested correction.

COLLATION NOTES: τουναντίως C according to Schwartz, but C’s ον stroke is often curved and somewhat ambiguous with ως, and this instance is probably ον.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 687.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ δ’ αὖ δύνασθαι⟩: ἤγουν τὸ μ’ ἔχειν δύναμιν εἰς τὸ βοηθῆσαι σοι —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 687.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ⟩: τοῦ —Pr

POSITION: marg.

Or. 688.01 (688–689) (vet exeg) ἥκω γὰρ ἀνδρῶν συμμάχων κενὸν δόρυ: ¹τουτέστιν οὐκ ἐπαγόμενος συμμάχους, ἀλλ’ ἔρημος τῆς παρὰ τούτων δυνάμεως ²ὡς τῶν συμμάχων αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὴν πλάνην ἀπολομένων πλὴν ὀλίγων. —MBV^1bCPrRwSa, partial V^1a

TRANSLATION: That is, (he has come) not bringing allies with him, but bereft of the power that derives from them, because his allies perished during his wanderings, except for a few.

LEMMA: C, ἥκω γὰρ ἀνδρῶν M, ἥκω γὰρ ἀνδρῶν συμμάχων B, ἄλλως Pr, 690 σμικρᾶ σὺν ἀλκῆ V^1bRw REF. SYMBOL: V^1b to 690 (on verso) POSITION: cont. from sch. 687.01 V^1a, follows sch. 688.03 Pr, at end of V’s bottom block after sch. 702.06 V^1b

APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦτέστιν B | επαγόμενος MB | τὼν Pr | ἀπολλομένων MPrRw | ὁλίγων M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.168,19–21; Dind. II.184,14–16

COMMENT: Probably B’s ἀλωμένων is a psychological error induced by πλάνην (or by ἀλώμενος in 689) and does not imply that the commentator knew a text with ἀλωμένων for ἀλώμενος in 689.

Or. 688.02 (688–689) (vet exeg) ἢ οὕτως· ἦλθον ἔρημος συμμάχων καὶ προσέτι πλάνην ὑπέστην πολλήν. —BV¹CRw

TRANSLATION: Or (take it) as follows: I came bereft of allies and in addition I endured much wandering.

POSITION: cont. from 688.01 all (V¹ from V^1b version)

APP. CRIT.: ἦλθες V¹ | ὑπέστην πολλὴν πλάνην transp. V¹Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.168,22–23, app. at 24–25; Dind. II.184,16–17

Or. 688.03 (vet exeg) ἥκω γὰρ ἀνδρῶν συμμάχων κενὸν δόρυ: τὸ ἑξῆς· ἥκω γὰρ ἔχων τὸ δόρυ συμμάχων ἐστερημένον καὶ προσταλαιπωρήσας τῇ πλάνῃ. —BV^1aCMnPrR^bS, partial V^1bRw

TRANSLATION: The construction is ‘I came having my spear deprived of allies and having in addition suffered difficulties in my wandering’.

LEMMA: Pr, ἥκω γὰρ ἀνδρῶν V^1aMnS, ἥκω γὰρ R^b REF. SYMBOL: V^1a POSITION: cont. from prev., add. δὲ, BV^1bCRw

APP. CRIT.: δ’ add. after συμμάχων V^1a | καὶ προσταλαιπ. κτλ om. V^1bRw | πρὸς ταλαιπωρίας R^b, πρὸς ταλαιπωρήσας S (rightly?)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔχων] app. ἀνων a.c. S | ἐστερημμένον Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.168,24–25; Dind. II.184,17–19

Or. 688.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἥκω⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἦλθον ῥητορικῶς, ὁ ἐνεστὼς ἀντὶ τοῦ παρῳχημένου. —MnS

TRANSLATION: Used for ‘I came’ in rhetorical fashion, the present tense used for the past.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἦλθον] Mastr., ἤκω S, ἥκων Mn

Or. 688.09 (688–689) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀνδρῶν συμμάχων κενὸν δόρυ ἔχων⟩: ἤγουν κενὸς ὑπάρχων πολεμιστῶν ἀνδρῶν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G | ὑπάρχω XG | δῆλον ὅτι add. G

Or. 688.10 (688–689) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνδρῶν συμμάχων κενὸν δόρυ ἔχων⟩: οὐκ ἐπαγόμενος συμμάχων δύναμιν —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 689.03 (tri metr) ⟨μυρίοις⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 690.01 (thom exeg) ⟨σμικρᾷ σὺν ἀλκῇ⟩: τὸ σμικρᾷ σὺν ἀλκῇ ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἥκω συνάπτεται τῇ ἐννοίᾳ, ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἀλώμενος. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘with a small force’ is construed in sense either with ‘I have come’ or with ‘wandering’.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu POSITION: s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: some damage T, partly read from Ta

APP. CRIT. 2: σμικρὰ ZZm | σύναπται Gu | ἁλώμενος Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.184,22–23

Or. 690.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν λελειμμένων⟩: καὶ φθαρέντων, τῶν ἐναπολειφθέντων ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 691.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨μάχῃ⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ χέειν αἷμα —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Machē’, ‘battle’, is derived) from ‘cheein haima’ (‘pour/shed blood’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 691.07 (691–692) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὑπερβαλοίμεθα Πελασγικὸν Ἄργος⟩: περιγενοίμεθα τοῦ Πελασγικοῦ Ἄργους, ὑπερισχύσαιμεν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: We would triumph over Pelasgian Argos, we would be stronger (than it).

LEMMA: ὑπερβαλοίμεθα X POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: some damage T, partly read from Ta | ἐν μάχῃ μὲν οὐκ ἂν prep. T | ἤγουν add. before ὑπερισχ. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.184,26–185,1

Or. 691.08 (691–692) (thom paraphr) ⟨ὑπερβαλοίμεθα Πελασγικὸν Ἄργος⟩: ὑπερφέροιμεν καὶ κρείττονες αὐτοῦ γενοίμεθα διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν δύναμιν, ὡς ἔφην. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (We would not) outstrip and show ourselves stronger than it (Argos) because we don’t have (military) force, as I said.

REF. SYMBOL: Gu POSITION: s.l. (Gu over beginning of 691)

APP. CRIT.: αὐτῶν Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.185,1–3

Or. 691.14 (rec gram) ⟨ὑπερβαλοίμεθα⟩: ὑπερβάλλομαι σε ἀντὶ τοῦ νικῶ δοτικῇ καὶ αἰτιατικῇ, ὡς τὸ ‘ὑπερεβάλετο τὸν ἄνθρωπον τῇ κακίᾳ’ ἤγουν ὑπερενίκησε. —Rw

TRANSLATION: ‘I surpass you’ used in the sense ‘triumph over’ (is construed) with dative and accusative, as in ‘he surpassed the fellow in wickedness’, that is, ‘prevailed’.

POSITION: between sch. 708.01 and 713.04 Rw

Or. 692.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Πελασγὸν Ἄργος⟩: Πελασγὸς βασιλεὺς ἦν τοῦ Ἄργους. ἤτοι οὐχὶ νικήσομεν τοὺς Ἀργείους ἐν μάχῃ. —MnPrS, partial Ab

TRANSLATION: Pelasgus was king of Argos. That is, we will not defeat the Argives in battle.

APP. CRIT.: ὁ prep. S | πελασγὸς … ἄργους om. Ab, but πελασγὸς s.l. at πελασγὸν Ab

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.185,4–6

Or. 692.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Πελασγὸν Ἄργος⟩: κατὰ τοῦ Πελασγικοῦ Ἁργους —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 692.04 (vet exeg) ⟨Πελασγὸν⟩: ἀπὸ Πελασγοῦ τινος —MVZu

TRANSLATION: (So called) from a certain Pelasgus.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. VZu

APP. CRIT. 2: τινὸς Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.169,1; Dind. II.185,4

Or. 692.05 (thom exeg) ⟨Πελασγὸν⟩: ἀπὸ Πελασγοῦ τινὸς κληθέν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Named after a certain Pelasgus.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: βασιλ() ἄργους add. Zm²

Or. 692.09 (692–693) (vet exeg) ⟨εἰ δὲ μαλθακοῖς λόγοις δυναίμεθ’⟩: οὐδὲ τὸ διὰ κολακείας πεῖσαι ὑπέσχετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο ἐν ἀμφιβολίᾳ ἀφῆκεν. —MBVV^1aV^1bCMnPr^aPr^bR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: He did not promise even to convince them by flattery, but this too he left in uncertainty/ambiguity.

LEMMA: εἰ δὲ μαλθακοῖς λόγοις V, εἰ δὲ μαλθακοῖς MnPr^aR^b REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: cont. from 693.07 MBC; cont. from sch. 694.01 Pr^bRwSa; add. at end of V¹ version of sch. 694.01 V^1a, end of bottom block), marg. at 694 V^1b

APP. CRIT.: σκόπει οὖν πῶς prep. B | οὔτε MBCRw, εἰ δὲ MnPr^aPr^bR^bS | τὸ διὰ] VV^1aPr^b, διὰ τὸ διὰ M, διὰ τὸ CMnPr^aR^bRwS, διὰ BV^1bSa | κολακείαις MnPr^aR^bRwS | ὑπισχνεῖται Pr^bSa | τοῦτο] B, αὐτὸ others except αὐτῆ C, perhaps emend to αὐτὸ τοῦτο (or retain αὐτὸ as a late usage?)

APP. CRIT. 2: δια B | ἀφῆκε C [V^1a (damage)]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.169,4–5; Dind. II.184,20–22 and 185,6–7

Or. 692.10 (692–693) (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰ δὲ μαλθακοῖς λόγοις δυναίμεθ’⟩: ἐν ἀμφιβολῇ τοῦτο εἶπεν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: He said this ambiguously.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 693.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δυναίμεθ’ ἐνταῦθ’ ἐλπίδος⟩: πεῖσαι αὐτὴν εἰς ταύτην τὴν ἐλπίδα —G

TRANSLATION: (‘We would be able to this point of hope’ means) ‘(we would be able) to persuade it (the city) to this hoped-for outcome’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps emend to αὐτὸ

Or. 693.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δυναίμεθ’⟩: λείπει πεῖσαι. —M³Lp

TRANSLATION: ‘To persuade’ is to be understood.

POSITION: marg. M³, s.l. Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.185,11–12

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 693.06 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐνταῦθ’ ἐλπίδος προσήκομεν⟩: προσοικειούμεθα καὶ ἐγγύς ἐσμεν ἐλπίδος. —MBVCPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: We win over to ourselves (or: we appropriate to ourselves) and we are near our hope.

LEMMA: ἐλπίδος προσήκομεν MC, ἐνταῦθ’ ἐλπίδος PrR^bS, προσήκομεν Rw REF. SYMBOL: MR^b POSITION: s.l. V; cont. from sch. 688.02 B, prep. τὸ δὲ ἐνταῦθα ἐλπίδος προσήκομεν ἀντὶ τοῦ; follows sch. 694.01 PrR^bRw; M not in sequence in top block (containing sch. on 687–703), but at top of side column, followed by sch. 705.05

APP. CRIT.: ἐλπίδος ἐσμέν transp. VPrR^bS

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐγγὺς ἐσμὲν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.169,2–3; Dind. II.184,19–20 and 185,12–13

Or. 693.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐνταῦθ’ ἐλπίδος προσήκομεν⟩: ἐγγὺς ἐλπίδος ἐσμὲν —AaMnPrRSGu

TRANSLATION: We are near our hope.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Aa | ἐλπίδος om. AaGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.185,14

Or. 693.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἐλπίδος προσήκομεν⟩: εἰς ταύτην τὴν ἐλπίδα ἐρχόμεθα —K

TRANSLATION: We come to this hope.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐρχόμεθα written twice K

Or. 693.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἐλπίδος προσήκομεν⟩: ¹οὕτω λέγε· ²ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ εἰς τοῦτο τῆς ἐλπίδος προσήκομεν καὶ προσερχόμεθα εἰ δυναίμεθα ὑπερβαλέσθαι ἐν λόγοις μαλθακοῖς. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Say it (interpret it) in this way: ‘Here within (hope) and to this point of hope we have come and we approach if we should be able to overcome (them) with soft words.

REF. SYMBOL: all

APP. CRIT.: some damage T, partly read from Ta | 1 οὕτω τοῦτο λέγει ZmT (Arsen.)

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ‑βαλλέσθαι ZlZm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.185,7–9

COMMENT: The expression οὕτω λέγε introducing an explanatory paraphrase is found several times in other Thoman scholia (Hopfner: 16) and is thus likely to be original here, against the version of ZmT, ‘he (Orestes) says (it) thus’.

Or. 693.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐλπίδος⟩: ὡς τάχα πείσομεν αὐτοὺς —O

TRANSLATION: (The hope) that we will soon persuade them.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.185,15–16

Or. 693.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨προσήκομεν⟩: περισσὴ ἡ πρός. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The prefix ‘pros’ is superfluous.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἡ πρός om. Yf

APP. CRIT. 2: περιττὴ G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.185,13

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 694.01 (vet exeg) σμικροῖσι μὲν γὰρ τὰ μεγάλα: ¹τῇ δι’ ὀλίγων μάχῃ τοὺς πολλοὺς νικῆσαι ἀδύνατον, ὅθεν εἰς πόλεμον μὲν αὐτοῖς παραιτητέον ἐλθεῖν· ²εἰ δὲ λόγοις ὑπελθεῖν δεῖ καὶ γοητεύσασθαι αὐτοὺς σοφίᾳ λόγων, ἐνταῦθα δυνησόμεθα. —MBVV¹CPrSa, partial MnR^bRwSZu

TRANSLATION: It is impossible to defeat those who are many in a battle waged by a few, wherefore one must decline to go to war with them. But if it is necessary to beguile them with words and enchant them with the skill of rhetoric, there we will be able (to succeed).

LEMMA: MBV, σμικροῖσι μὲν τὰ μεγάλα C, σμικροῖσι MnPrR^b, μικροῖσι S, 690 σμικρᾶ σὺν ἀλκῆ Rw, 691 μάχη μὲν οὖν οὐχ’ ὑπερβαλοίμεθα V¹ REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b, to 691 V¹ POSITION: follows sch. 688.01 M; added at end of bottom block V¹

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 διολίγων M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.169,6–9, app. at 8; Dind. II.185,20–23

COLLATION NOTES: For 2 ὑπελθεῖν δεῖ Schw. reads ὑπελθών με δεῖ in V¹; the words are obscured by damage and repair, but there is definitely ει after theta, while the large arc can be a circumflex, so app. there is no variant.

Or. 694.02 (mosch exeg) σμικροῖσι μέν: σμικρᾷ δυνάμει ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν, ὁ δὲ λέγει σμικροῖς πόνοις, τὴν ἐνέργειαν τιθεὶς ἀντὶ τῆς δυνάμεως. —XXaXbXoTYYfG^aG^bGr

TRANSLATION: He should have said ‘with small strength’, but he says ‘with small efforts’, using the actuality in place of the potential.

LEMMA: G^a REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbG^bGr; misplaced above 690 G^b

APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. G^b | τιθεὶς ἀντὶ] τιθεὶς app. Xa, ἀντιθεὶς Y | τῆς] τοῦ G^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.185,17–18

Or. 694.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῶς ἕλοι τις ἄν⟩: ἤγουν ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘How could one overcome’,) that is, it is impossible (to overcome).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 695.02 (vet exeg) ἀμαθὲς καὶ τὸ βούλεσθαι τάδε: ἀνόητον καὶ τὸ μόνον προσδοκῆσαι τοὺς ὀλίγους τῶν πολλῶν περιγενέσθαι. —BVCMnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: It is senseless even just to expect that the few get the better of the many.

LEMMA: R^b, ἀμαθὲς τὸ βούλεσθαι τάδε MnPrS(τῶ), ἀμαθὲς καὶ τὸ μόνον βούλεσθαι τάδε V, ἄλλως C REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 694.01, add. δὲ, B

APP. CRIT.: after ἀνόητον add. καὶ ἀμαθὲς B | τὸ om. C | τὸ μὴ μόνον PrR^bSSa | punct. after προσδοκῆσαι as if end of sch. C | περιγίνεσθαι VC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.169,10–11; Dind. II.185,23–24

Or. 695.03 (rec exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: τὸ δὲ μόνον προσδοκῆσαι τοῦτο ἀμαθὲς τὸ τοὺς ὀλίγους τῶν πολλῶν περιγίνεσθαι. —Rw

TRANSLATION: It is foolish simply to expect this, that the few get the better of the many.

LEMMA: Rw POSITION: s.l.

Or. 695.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθὲς⟩: ὅτι καὶ ἀδύνατον. —O

TRANSLATION: (Foolish) because it is also impossible.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,5

Or. 695.09 (thom exeg) ⟨καὶ τὸ βούλεσθαι τάδε⟩: μὴ μόνον τὸ ἐπιχειρεῖν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Even to wish this’,) not just to attempt it (is foolish).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,4

Or. 695.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τὸ βούλεσθαι τάδε⟩: οὐ μόνον ποιεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ βούλεσθαι —Lp

TRANSLATION: (It is foolish) not only to do, but also to wish (this).

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,4–5

COMMENT: The note is misattributed to O in Matthiae and Dindorf.

Or. 695.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ τὸ βούλεσθαι τάδε⟩: καὶ τὸ εἰς νοῦν ἐνθυμεῖσθαι —KG

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὸ om. G

Or. 695.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βούλεσθαι τάδε⟩: καὶ βουλὴν ἔχειν εἰς —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 695.16 (rec exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: τὸ τοὺς ὀλίγους τῶν πολλῶν περιγενέσθαι —O

TRANSLATION: (‘These things’, namely,) that the few triumph over the many.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps παραγ‑ O

Or. 696.02 (696–697) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὅταν γὰρ … κατασβέσαι λαβρόν⟩: ὅταν γὰρ δῆμος εἰς ὀργὴν πεσὼν ἀκμάζῃ, ὅμοιον τὸ ζητεῖν κατασβέσαι αὐτὸν, ὥστε ζητεῖν κατασβέσαι πῦρ λάβρον. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: For when a multitude that has become angry is at its peak (of anger), seeking to quell it is similar to seeking to quell a fierce fire.

APP. CRIT.: ὁ δῆμος Y | ἤγουν add. before ὥστε Yf

APP. CRIT. 2: ὠργὴν Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,7–9

Or. 696.03 (696–697) (pllgn paraphr) ὅταν γὰρ ἡβᾷ δῆμος: ὅταν γὰρ δῆμος εἰς ὀργὴν πεσὼν ἀκμάζῃ, ὅμοιον τῷ ζητεῖν κατασβέσαι πῦρ λάβρον. —G

TRANSLATION: For when a multitude that has become angry is at its peak (of anger), it is similar to seeking to quell a fierce fire.

LEMMA: G(ὅτ’ἂν)

APP. CRIT. 2: ὅτ’ἂν G

Or. 696.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅταν γὰρ ἡβᾷ δῆμος⟩: ἔπειτα δ’ αὐτόν τις καταστεῖλαι [θέλῃ] —Z

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: These words in Z do not stay within the margins of the side column of scholia, and therefore, it seems, the last word has been lost to trimming of the margin. These words are written in letters the same size as the text rather than the slightly smaller letters of the scholia, and they form an iambic trimeter. In other words, they are offered in Z as an additional line of the text, although their origin must have been in a clarifying paraphrase. Compare θέλοντι καταστεῖλαι in sch. 697.02.

Or. 696.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡβᾷ⟩: τὴν ὀργὴν ἔχει καὶ φλεγμαίνει ὑπὸ τοῦ θυμοῦ, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς. —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Hēbāi’ means) ‘has passion/anger’ and ‘is swollen and inflammed’, by a metaphor.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: V³ reuses words of next without deleting V’s ἀρχὴν

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 696.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἡβᾷ⟩: ὀργὴν ἔχει καὶ φλεγμαίνει —V

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὀργὴν] ἀρχὴν V

Or. 696.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἡβᾷ … εἰς ὀργὴν πεσὼν⟩: ζέει τῷ θυμῷ —AbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l. except R

Or. 696.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡβᾷ⟩: καὶ ὁρμᾷ καὶ αὔξῃ ⟨ἀπὸ⟩ μεταφορᾶς τῆς ἥβης —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Hēbāi’ means) ‘stirs itself’ and ‘increases’ by a metaphor from youth (‘hēbē’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: αὐξῆ Zu

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 697.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅμοιον⟩: λείπει τὸ πειρᾶσθαι νικῆσαι αὐτὸν, τὸν ὄχλον. —M³Lp

TRANSLATION: (As subject of ‘homoion’, ‘similar’,) ‘to try to defeat it, the mob’ is to be supplied.

REF. SYMBOL: Lp POSITION: marg. M³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,11

COMMENT: See on sch. 697.14.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 697.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅμοιον⟩: ὑπάρχει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ τῷ θέλοντι καταστεῖλαι τὴν ὀργὴν τοῦ δήμου —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Similar’, that is,) it is (similar) for that man who wishes to reduce the passion/anger of the people.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 697.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅμοιον⟩: ποιεῖ ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἄνθρωπος —Aa²

TRANSLATION: (‘Similar’, that is,) that man does (a similar thing).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 697.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅμοιον⟩: τὸ ζητεῖν καταπαῦσαι ἐκεῖνον —Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Similar’, that is,) seeking to check that (multitude is similar).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 697.12 (thom exeg) ⟨ὥστε πῦρ κατασβέσαι⟩: οὔτε γὰρ τοῦτο κατασβέσαι ῥᾴδιον, οὔτε ἐκεῖνον τῆς ὀργῆς πεπαυκέναι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For it is easy neither to quell this (fierce fire) nor to make that multitude cease from their anger.

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: second οὔτε] τοῦτ’ Zb | ἐκεῖνο Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: second οὔτ’ ZZaZl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,12–13

Or. 697.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὥστε πῦρ κατασβέσαι⟩: λείπει πειρᾶσθαι. —M³

TRANSLATION: ‘To try’ is to be supplied (with ‘to extinguish’).

REF. SYMBOL: M³ POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 697.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὥστε πῦρ κατασβέσαι⟩: λείπει τὸ πειρᾶσθαι ἀλλ’ ὅμως ὑπονοεῖται. —Lp

TRANSLATION: (With ‘to quench fire’,) ‘to try’ is missing, but nevertheless is implicitly understood.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,11–12

COMMENT: Lp has separately both sch. 697.01 and this note, but the two are conflated in the report of Matthiae, followed by Dindorf.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 697.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨πῦρ … λάβρον⟩: τοῦ σφοδρῶς ἁπτομένου πυρὸς —AbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l. (in all except R app. cont. from sch. 697.09)

APP. CRIT.: ἁπτομένους Ab

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπτ‑ RS

COMMENT: It is unclear why this phrase is in the genitive instead of accusative. It could be a defining genitive that clumsily uses the same noun as in the phrase it is supposed to explain. Or perhaps it is a fragment of something longer, such as ⟨τὸ λάβρον λέγεται ἐπὶ⟩ τοῦ σφοδρῶς κτλ or ⟨καταπαῦσαι τὴν ὕλην⟩ τοῦ σφοδρῶς κτλ.

Or. 697.23 (pllgn gram) ⟨λάβρον⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ λ̅α̅ ἐπιτατικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ βορὸς ὁ λαίμαργος. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Labros’, ‘violent’ is derived) from the intensive particle ‘la’ and ‘boros’ meaning ‘voracious’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 698.05 (rec exeg) ⟨αὐτῷ ἐντείνοντι⟩: ἐπαιρομένῳ ὄχλῳ ἢ ἄλλῳ τινὶ δυνατῷ —MnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (‘Stretching tight’, ‘being intense’ refers to) an aroused crowd or something else powerful (that is aroused).

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: ἐπαιρ. ὄχλῳ] τῶ δήμω ἐπαιρ. R | ἢ ἀνθρώπῳ add. (above δυνατῶ) R

Or. 698.06 (rec exeg) ⟨αὐτῷ ἐντείνοντι⟩: τῷ ἐναντίῳ δήμῳ —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 698.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὐτὸς⟩: γράφε αὐτῷ. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: (For nominative ‘autos’, intensive ‘himself’) write (instead dative) ‘autōi’ (‘to it’, the multitude).

LEMMA: thus in text Yf POSITION: s.l.

Or. 698.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐντείνοντι⟩: τὸ ἐντείνοντι καὶ τὸ χαλῶν ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τῆς νηὸς εἴρηται. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The words ‘stretching tight’ and ‘slackening’ are used by a metaphor from a ship.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZmT

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, partly read from Ta | after χαλῶν add. τι Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,19–20

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 698.14 (vet paraphr) ἐντείνοντι: ἀντὶ τοῦ θυμουμένῳ —MBVCFRfZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Stretching tight’, ‘being intense’ is) equivalent to ‘being angry’.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἀντὶ C, τῷ V, καὶ Zu, om. FRf | ‑μένως M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.169,12; Dind. II.186,17

Or. 698.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐντείνοντι⟩: θυμουμένῳ τῷ δῄμῳ —B^3d

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 698.16 (mosch paraphr) ἐντείνοντι: σφοδρυνομένῳ μὲν τῷ δήμῳ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: φαιδρυνομένου Y | μὲν om. XXbT, μὲν τῷ δήμῳ om. Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,17–18

Or. 698.17 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐντείνοντι⟩: ἀκμάζοντι τῇ ὀργῇ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς ὀργῆς Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,18

Or. 698.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐντείνοντι⟩: μεγαλαυχοῦντι τῷ ὄχλῳ —M³Lp

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῷ ὄχλῳ om. M³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,18–19

Or. 699.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨χαλῶν⟩: ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν ἱστίων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrB^3dLp

TRANSLATION: (‘Slackening’ is used) by a metaphor from sails.

POSITION: s.l. except XLp, marg. B^3d; cont. from sch. 669.04 XT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,21

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 700.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐκπνεύσειεν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καταπαύσειεν —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Would blow out’ is) equivalent to ‘would cease’.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.169,13; Dind. II.186,27

Or. 700.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκπνεύσειεν⟩: ὡς ἄνεμον τὴν ὀργὴν —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Would blow out’) their passion/anger like a wind.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 700.04 (mosch exeg) ἐκπνεύσειεν: λήξειε τῆς ὀργῆς. ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν πνευμάτων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: Cease from its anger. By a metaphor from the winds.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except XXoT; second part sep. in marg. YfG(with ref to ἐκπνευσειεν)

APP. CRIT.: ἴσως prep. T | after λήξ. add. ὁ δῆμος G | ἀπὸ μετ. κτλ om. Ox² (see comment)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,28, 30–31

COMMENT: ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν πνευμάτων is punctuated as separate above the line or written sep. in the margin, and it is unclear whether some (XaYG) took it as belonging to ἀνῇ πνοάς instead. Because of the ambiguity Ox² actually preposes the phrase to sch. 700.18. The comment seems more necessary with ἐκπνεύσειεν than with ἀνῇ πνοάς, and O’s sch. (prev.) supports that notion, but there are some other notes militating the other way (sch. 700.17–19).

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 700.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκπνεύσειεν⟩: καταπαύσειεν τῆς ὀργῆς —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: καταπαύσει ἐν Aa

Or. 700.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐκπνεύσειεν⟩: ἀναπαυθῇ τῆς ὀργῆς ὁ δῆμος —AbMnPrR^a1R^a2S

REF. SYMBOL: R^a2 POSITION: s.l. except marg. R^a2

APP. CRIT.: ἀναπαύη R^a2, ἀναπαύσειεν Ab | τῆς ὀργῆς om. Ab, but sep. above ὅταν δ’ ἀνῆ | ὁ δῆμος om. AbR^a1

APP. CRIT. 2: ὀ R^a2

Or. 700.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκπνεύσειεν⟩: παύσει τῆς ὀργῆς —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 700.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκπνεύσειεν⟩: παυθῇ τοῦ θυμοῦ —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 700.09 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐκπνεύσειεν⟩: ῥαΐσειε καὶ παύσειε τῆς ὀργῆς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Ease up and cease from its anger.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ παύσειε] ZZa, om. others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,28–29

Or. 700.16 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅταν δ’ ἀνῇ πνοάς⟩: ὅταν δὲ καταλείψῃ τὴν ὀργὴν δηλονότι —AbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: δὲ om. Ab | δηλ. om. R, perhaps Ab (washed out after τὴν)

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑λύψη S

Or. 700.17 (vet exeg) ἀνῇ πνοάς: τὴν ὀργὴν δηλονότι, ὡς ἐπὶ ἀνέμου —MBVCR^bRwSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Lets up breaths’ means) ‘(lets up) anger’, clearly, as if applied to wind.

LEMMA: V, ὅταν δ’ ἀνῇ R^b, πνοὰς Rw REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: s.l. MC, intermarg. B; between sch. 692.09 and 702.07 Rw

APP. CRIT.: ὡς ἐπὶ ἀνέμου om. B | ὡς] καὶ Sa, ὥσπερ Rw | ἐπὶ om. R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.169,14; Dind. II.186,27–28

COMMENT: Dindorf gives this with lemma ἐκπνεύσειεν (Schwartz prints no lemma), but the various lemmata, V’s reference symbol, and s.l. position of MC (and of sch. 700.20) all point to ἀνῇ πνοάς as the referent.

Or. 700.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνῇ πνοάς⟩: ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν πνευμάτων ἀντὶ τοῦ καταλείψῃ τὴν ὀργὴν. —Ox²B^3d

TRANSLATION: By a metaphor from the winds, meaning ‘leave behind their passion/anger’.

POSITION: intermarg. B^3d

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ om. B^3d

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 700.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνῇ πνοάς⟩: ὡς ἐπὶ ἀνέμου —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l. (app. cont. from sch. 700.16 Pr)

Or. 700.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνῇ πνοάς⟩: ἀφήσῃ τὴν ὀργὴν —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 700.21 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀνῇ πνοάς⟩: καταλείψῃ τὴν ὀργήν —ZZaZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l. (spaced as two ZZm)

APP. CRIT.: τῆς ὀργῆς Zl

Or. 700.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνῇ πνοάς⟩: ἀφῇ τὸν ὅλον θυμόν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 700.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνῇ πνοάς⟩: τελειώσῃ ὀργάς —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.186,32

Or. 701.06 (tri metr) ⟨ῥᾳδίως⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 702.01 (702–703) (vet exeg) ἔνεστι δ’ οἶκτος: ¹ὁ δέ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ, ἵν’ ᾖ ἔνεστι γὰρ τῷ δήμῳ ἐλεεῖν. ²καὶ ὁ πᾶς λόγος τοιοῦτος· ³ἐὰν θυμουμένῳ τῷ δήμῳ εἴκῃς, πεπαύσεται ὀργῆς καὶ λοιπὸν ἔσται ἐπιτήδειος εἰς τὸ συνδραμεῖν ταῖς ἱκεσίαις. ⁴ὡς γὰρ ἐμπέφυκεν αὐτῷ τὸ μεγάλως ὀργίζεσθαι, οὕτως καὶ τὸ ἐλεεῖν. ⁵τουτέστιν οὐ γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ὀργίζεσθαι μόνον φύσιν ἔχει, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐλεεῖν· ⁶καὶ τῷ δυναμένῳ τοῦτο αὐτὸ καραδοκεῖν καὶ ἐπιτηρεῖν πότε μὲν μεγάλως θυμοῦται, πότε δὲ ἀνῆκε τῆς ὀργῆς, κτῆμά ἐστι τοῦτο τιμιώτατον, τὸ εἰδέναι ἑκατέρου τὸν καιρόν. ⁷ἢ αὐτὸς ὁ δῆμος κτῆμα τίμιόν ἐστι τῷ εἰδότι προσενεχθῆναι καθ’ ὃν δεῖ τρόπον αὐτῷ. —MBVCRw, partial PrSa

TRANSLATION: The conjunction ‘de’ (‘and’) is used for ‘gar’ (‘for’), so that it is: for there is a capacity in the multitude to feel pity. And the whole run of the sense is like the following. If you yield to the multitude when it is impassioned, it will cease from anger and thereafter will be suitable to yielding to supplications. For just as it is in its nature to be greatly angry, so too (it is in its nature) to feel pity. That is, it does not have a nature inclined solely to being angry, but also to feeling pity. And for the person who is able to await this very thing and to watch for when it is greatly impassioned and when it has let up in its anger, this is a most precious possession, to know the proper moment of each of the two (moods). Or, the multitude itself is a precious possession to the one who knows how to approach it in the necessary manner.

LEMMA: MVRw, ἔνεστιν οἶκτος B, add. δ’ above ν (ἔνεστιν οἶκτος in text B), ἔνεστι δ’ οἶκτος ἔνι δὲ καὶ θυμὸς μέγας C, ἔνι δὲ καὶ θυμὸς μέγας Pr REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: follows 705.05 Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.169,15–170,3; Dind. II.187,1–10

Or. 702.02 (702–03) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ὁ καιρὸς μέγα κτῆμα τῷ καραδοκοῦντι, φησὶ, τὸν δῆμον καὶ τηροῦντι καὶ γινώσκοντι πότε μὲν μεγάλως θυμοῦται καὶ πότε ἐλεεῖ. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: The right moment is a great possession for the one who awaits (the shifting mood of) the multitude and watches for and recognizes when it is greatly impassioned and when it feels pity.

LEMMA: VRw POSITION: cont. from prev. MB(prep. ἢ)C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.170,4–6; Dind. II.187,10–12

Or. 702.03 (702–703) (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἔνεστι τῷ δήμῳ ἐλεεῖν, ἔστι δὲ καὶ μεγάλως θυμοῦσθαι. ²ὁ γὰρ δέ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ· ³οὐ γάρ μόνον ἐστὶ πρὸς τὸ θυμοῦσθαι τὴν φύσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐλεεῖν, ⁴καὶ τῷ δυναμένῳ τοῦτο αὐτὸ ἐπιτηρεῖν κτῆμά ἐστι τοῦτο τὸ ἐπιτηρεῖν τὸν καιρὸν τιμιώτατον ⟨καθ’⟩ ὃ ἔστι τὰ μέγιστα ἀπὸ τούτου κερδαίνειν. ⁵δηλονότι αὐτὸς ὁ δῆμος ὄφελος τῷ τοιούτῳ. —VC, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: There is a capacity in the multitude to feel pity, there is a capacity also to be greatly impassioned. The conjunction ‘de’ (‘and’) is used for ‘gar’ (‘for’). And for the one who awaits this very thing, this waiting for the right moment is a very precious possession, in that it is possible to reap the greatest benefits from this. Namely, the multitude itself is a source of aid for such a man.

LEMMA: VCRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 κτῆμα ἐστὶ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.170,7–12; Dind. II.187,12–17

Or. 702.04 (702–703) (rec exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: ¹οὐ μόνον, φησὶ, πρὸς τὸ θυμοῦσθαι τὴν φύσιν ἔχει, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐλεεῖν, ²καὶ τῷ δυναμένῳ τοῦτο αὐτὸ ἐπιτηρεῖν ⟨κτῆμά ἐστι τοῦτο τὸ ἐπιτηρεῖν⟩ τὸν καιρὸν τιμιώτατον, ὅ ἐστι τὰ μέγιστά τις ἂν ἀπὸ τούτου κερδανεῖν δύναται. ³ἢ αὐτὸς ὁ δῆμος ὄφελος καὶ κέρδος ἐστὶ τῷ τοιούτῳ. —Rw

TRANSLATION: It has its nature inclined, he says, not only toward being impassioned, but also toward feeling pity. And for the person who is able to watch for this very thing, ⟨this watching for⟩ the right moment is a very precious ⟨possession⟩, that is, one would be able to reap the greatest advantages from this. Or, the multitude itself is a boon and advantage to such a person.

LEMMA: Rw POSITION: between sch. 702.07 and sch. 704.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 2 omission restored from prev.

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 μέγιστα τίς Rw

COMMENT: κερδανεῖν is a Byzantine second aorist found from the 5th cent. CE on.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 702.05 (702–703) (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἐνταῦθα πρωθύστερός ἐστιν ὁ τρόπος· διὰ γὰρ τὴν βίαν τοῦ μέτρου οὕτως συνηρμόσθη τὸ ἔπος. ²ὤφειλε γὰρ οὕτως εἰπεῖν· ³ἔνι θυμὸς μέγας, ἔνεστι δὲ καὶ οἶκτος τῷ θυμουμένῳ δήμῳ, ⁴ὁ δὲ οἶκτος τῷ καραδοκοῦντι καὶ ταῖς ἐλπίσι τρεφομένῳ χρῆμα καὶ κτῆμα τιμιώτατον καὶ λυσιτελές. —VRw

TRANSLATION: Here the figure of speech is prothusteron. For the verse has been composed in this way because of the compulsion of the meter. For he should have said this: there is great passion in it, and there is also pity in the impassioned multitude, and the pity, for the one who waits and is nourished by hopes, is a thing and possession very precious and advantageous.

LEMMA: V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πρωθύστερος ἐστὶν VRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.170,13–17; Dind. II.187,18–22

KEYWORDS: πρωθύστερον

Or. 702.06 (pllgn exeg) πρωθύστερον —F

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: πρωθύστερον

Or. 702.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔνεστι δ᾽ οἶκτος … μέγας⟩: τὸ δὲ πλῆθος καὶ θυμοῦται καὶ πάλιν ἐλεεῖν οἶδε. —Rw

TRANSLATION: The multitude both is impassioned and in turn knows how to feel pity.

LEMMA: οἶκτος Rw POSITION: between sch. 700.17 and sch. 702.04

Or. 702.09 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔνεστι⟩: τῷ δήμῳ δηλονότι —MVCAaKMnPrRSGuZuB^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Is present’) in the multitude, namely.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. MR

APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι] MVC, om. others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.170,18

Or. 702.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔνεστι⟩: αὐτῷ εἰς καιρόν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Is present’) in it (the multitude) at the appropriate moment.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 702.22 (tri metr) ⟨θυμὸς⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 703.01 (pllgn paraphr) τοῦτο τὸ ἐπιτηρεῖν τὸν καιρὸν κτῆμά ἐστι τιμιώτατον, ὅ ἐστι τὰ μέγιστά τις ἂν ἐκ τούτου κερδαίνειν δύναται. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: μέγιστα τὶς Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.187,22–23

Or. 703.02 (rec exeg) ⟨καραδοκοῦντι⟩: τῷ ἐπιτηροῦντι τὸν καιρὸν καὶ προσδοκουμένῳ, ἢ τὸ τυχεῖν τῆς πραότητος τοῦ δήμου —Ab

TRANSLATION: (‘Karadokounti’ means) the one who watches for the proper moment and awaits it, or (watches for the opportuity) to meet with the gentleness of the multitude.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: προσδοκούμενον Ab | τὸ] τῶ Ab

Or. 703.03 (rec exeg) ⟨καραδοκοῦντι⟩: τῷ ὑπονοοῦντι καὶ προσδε⟨χ⟩ομένῳ τὸ τυχεῖν τῆς πραότητος τοῦ δήμου —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: (‘Karadokounti’ means) inwardly expects and awaits (the opportunity) to meet with the gentleness of the multitude.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: πρὸς δεομένω S

Or. 703.04 (thom exeg) ⟨καραδοκοῦντι⟩: ἐκδεχομένῳ, σκοποῦντι τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ οἴκτου καὶ τοῦ θυμοῦ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Karadokounti’ means) awaiting, watching for the particular moment of pity and of anger.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.188,2–3

Or. 703.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καραδοκοῦντι⟩: καὶ μετὰ περιφανείας προσδεχομένῳ —Lp²

TRANSLATION: (‘Karadokounti’ means) awaiting with a clear view to all sides(?).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑φανίας Lp²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.188,4

COMMENT: μετὰ περιφανείας (found in Joannes Chrysostomus and some later texts, mostly in phrases like μετὰ τοσαύτης περιφανείας) usually means ‘with pomp’, ‘with splendor’ (a positive development from ‘with conspicuousness’) and is used of the object of attention, not of the person(s) viewing that object. So it seems unlikely that the sense is ‘waiting with respectful/honorific attendance (upon the multitude)’; yet the neutral sense ‘with conspicuousness’ would also be odd. The translation tentatively offered above would be a kind of reversal of the more natural use in Dionys. Hal. de composit. verb. 22 ἐρείδεσθαι βούλεται τὰ ὀνόματα ἀσφαλῶς καὶ στάσεις λαμβάνειν ἰσχυράς, ὥστ’ ἐκ περιφανείας ἕκαστον ὄνομα ὁρᾶσθαι; and compare the association of καραδοκεῖν with περιοράω in, e.g., Photius π 724 περιορᾶσθαι· καραδοκεῖν· ἀποθεωρεῖν· περισκέπτεσθαι· φροντίζειν.

Or. 703.17 (tri metr) ⟨καραδοκοῦντι⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

Or. 703.18 (rec gram) ⟨καραδοκοῦντι⟩: ἡ καραδοκία ἡ ἐλπὶς. —RfRw

TRANSLATION: (This word is related to) ‘karadokia’ meaning ‘expectation’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: Rw extremely faint, partly rewritten to be darker

Or. 703.25 (tri metr) ⟨τιμιώτατον⟩: long mark over first iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 704.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐλθὼν δὲ Τυνδάρεών τε σοὶ πειράσομαι⟩: γράφεται ἐλθὼν δ’ ἐγώ σοι Τυνδάρεων πειράσομαι. —MCRw

TRANSLATION: It is written (elsewhere, with explicit pronoun ‘ego’, ‘I’, and without conjunction ‘te’) as ‘And going, I for your sake will try (to persuade) Tyndareus’.

LEMMA: thus in text MCRw(accentuation varies); lemma ἐλθὼν Rw REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, under line rather than above it C

APP. CRIT.: γράφεται] καὶ Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: δ’] δὲ Rw, a.c. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.170,20; Dind. II.188,6–7

COMMENT: Dindorf and Schwartz reported M as having γὰρ rather than δ’, but the character they treated as a γάρ-compendium is a delta with sweeping downstroke (as Kirchhoff 1855: I.403 read it), written immediately, it seems, to replace a comma-shaped compendium for δὲ.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 704.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πειράσομαι⟩: καὶ ἀπόπειραν καὶ δοκιμὴν ποιήσω —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ δοκιμὴν om. Ox

COMMENT: Cf. Kriaras s.v. δοκιμή 4: δοκιμήν ποιώ, παίρνω δοκιμήν = δοκιμάζω, αποπειρώμαι.

Or. 704.17 (tri metr) ⟨πειράσομαι⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 705.05 (vet exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν χρῆσθαι καλῶς⟩: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ μετρίως χρῆσθαι τῷ λίαν, οἷον τῆς μετριότητος ⟨μὴ⟩ ὑφεῖναι. ²ἢ τῷ καλῶς λίαν χρῆσθαι, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ καλῶς ἠπίως, οἷον σφόδρα ἐνδείξασθαι τὴν πρὸς σὲ πραότητα. —MBVCMnPrR^bS, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: (‘To use the very much well’ is) equivalent to ‘use the very much in a moderate way’, as if to say ‘not slacken from moderation’. Or, ‘to use very much the well done’, so that ‘well’ is (taken as) ‘gently’, as if to say ‘very strongly display gentleness toward you’.

LEMMA: πόλιν τὲ πεῖσαι τῷ λίαν χρῆσθαι B, πόλιν τε πεῖσαι MVCMnPrR^bS (τὲ CPrR^b), 706 ναῦς γὰρ Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὑφῆναι Mn | 2 ἡπίως MCMnPrR^bS | προς MMn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.170,21–23; Dind. II.188,8–10

Or. 705.06 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τῷ λίαν οὐχὶ φαύλως, ἀλλὰ καλῶς· ἔστι γὰρ τὸ λίαν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ θυμοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ οἰκτιρμοῦ. ²τεθύμωται γοῦν ὁ Τυνδάρεως λίαν, ἀλλὰ πειράσομαί σοι τοῦτον πεῖσαι λίαν γενέσθαι οἰκτίρμονα. —V

TRANSLATION: (Use) the very much not badly, but well. For the concept of very much applies both to anger and to pity. At any rate, Tyndareus is very much angered, but I will try for your sake to persuade him to become very much full of pity.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.170,24–27; Dind. II.188,11–14

Or. 705.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν χρῆσθαι καλῶς⟩: τῷ σφόδρα ἐνδείξασθαι τὴν πραότητα —O

TRANSLATION: (‘To use the very much well’ means) ‘very strongly display gentleness’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.188,24–25

Or. 705.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν χρῆσθαι καλῶς⟩: ‘μηδὲν ἄγαν’. —K

TRANSLATION: (Compare the proverbial) ‘nothing in excess’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 705.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν χρῆσθαι καλῶς⟩: ἤγουν τῷ θυμῷ χρῆσθαι μετρίως —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘To use the very much well’ means) ‘to exercise their anger in a moderate fashion’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 705.10 (mosch exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν χρῆσθαι καλῶς⟩: ἤγουν μετριάζειν καὶ μὴ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ χρῆσθαι. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘To use the very much well’), that is, to be moderate and not to indulge in excess.

POSITION: s.l. except XXo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.188,15

Or. 705.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῷ λίαν χρῆσθαι καλῶς⟩: ἀγγέλ⟨λ⟩ω πάλιν —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: There is punctuation before and after τῷ λίαν χρῆσθαι καλῶς in B, so this annotation provides a governing verb for paraphrasing. The apparent acute accent is very faint, and it is possible that the intention was ἀγγελῶ instead of ἀγγέλ⟨λ⟩ω.

Or. 705.12 (thom exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν⟩: ¹τὸ τῷ λίαν καὶ μέγα καὶ μικρὸν γράφε· ²μικρὸν μὲν οὕτω· πειράσομαι πεῖσαι καὶ τὸν Τυνδάρεων καὶ τὴν πόλιν τοῦτο τὸ λίαν χρῆσθαι σοὶ καλῶς. ³μέγα δὲ οὕτω· πειράσομαι πεῖσαι καὶ τὸν Τυνδάρεων καὶ τὴν πόλιν τίνι, τῷ λίαν χρῆσθαι σοὶ καλῶς. ⁴οὐ γὰρ μόνον πείθω τὸν δεῖνα τάδε φαμὲν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πείθω τούτοις. ⁵ἡ γὰρ κατάπεισις ἣν ἐκεῖνον πείθω τοῖς πράγμασι γίνεται, εἰς ἃ αὐτὸν καταπείθω. ⁶εἰ δέ τις εἴποι ὡς εἰ τὸ λίαν μικρὸν γράφεται, οὐκ ἀπαντᾷ πρὸς τὸ μέτρον, φαμὲν ὅτι οὐ μόνον τὰ δύο ἀμετάβολα ἐκτείνουσι παρὰ τοῖς ποιηταῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἓν ἔσθ’ ὅτε. —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: Write ‘the very much’ both with long vowel (i.e., dative article ‘tōi’) and with short vowel (i.e, accusative article ‘to’). With short vowel, (paraphrase) like this: I will try to convince both Tyndareus and the city of this, treating you very well. But with long vowel, like this: I will try to convince both Tyndareus and the city by what means? by (their) treating you very well. For we say not only ‘I persuade so and so of these things’, but also ‘I persuade by these means’. For the persuasion to which I am persuading that person comes about by means of the matters to which I am urging him. And if anyone says that if ‘the very much’ is written with short vowel, it does not suit the meter, we say that not only do two liquid consonants make the previous syllable long in the poets, but also at times a single one does so.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.188,15–24

COMMENT: Triclinius deliberately omitted this scholion because he could not accept its doctrine. Thomas’s paraphrase of how the dative would be interpreted is idiosyncatic and far-fetched, but, more important, his metrical claim misapplies a practice of Homeric hexameter scansion to tragedy.

Or. 705.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν⟩: ἐν τῷ ἄκρως θυμοῦσθαι δηλονότι —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘The too much’,) namely, ‘in/by being extremely angered’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 705.19 (thom exeg) ⟨τῷ⟩: τὸ —ZZaZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 706.02 (vet paraphr) καὶ ναῦς γὰρ ἐνταθεῖσα: ¹καὶ γὰρ ναῦς βιαίως τοῦ ποδὸς ἐνταθέντος ὑπέκυψεν ὥστε ὕδωρ εἰσδέξασθαι· ²πάλιν δὲ ἀνωρθώθη χαλάσαντος τὸν πόδα. —MBVCPrSa

TRANSLATION: For indeed a ship, when the sheet has been stretched forcefully, has tilted over so as to take on water, but in turn it has been set upright when one has slackened the sheet.

LEMMA: MVRw, καὶ ναῦς γὰρ B, καὶ ναῦς γὰρ ἐνταθεῖσα πρὸς βίαν ποδί C, ἄλλως Pr REF. SYMBOL: MVSa POSITION: follows next Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ναῦ Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.170,28–171,2; Dind. II.188,26–189,1

Or. 706.03 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ ναῦς γὰρ ἐνταθεῖσα⟩: ¹καὶ ναῦς πρὸς βίαν ἐξαπλωθεῖσα ἐν τῷ ποδὶ ἤγουν τῷ ἀρμένῳ ἐκινδύνευσε, ²καὶ πάλιν δὲ ἐστάθη τοῦ κινδύνου ἐὰν χαλᾷ τὸ ἄρμενον. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: A ship, too, when forcefully rolled out (sideways) by its sheet or tackle, came into danger, and again stood up from the danger if one slackens the tackle.

POSITION: precedes prev. Pr; cont. from sch. 705.05 Mn

APP. CRIT.: 2 δὲ ἐστάθη] διεστάθη Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἁρμένω MnPrS | 2 ἑστάθη Pr | ἅρμενον S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.189,2–4

Or. 706.04 (mosch exeg) καὶ ναῦς γὰρ ἐνταθεῖσα: εἰς κατασκευὴν τοῦ πρὸς ἐκείνους λόγου ἐπάγει ταῦτα. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: He adds this as a proof of his argument to them (that they should not be extreme).

LEMMA: X REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaXbGr, marg. G

APP. CRIT.: λόγου om. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.189,5–6

COMMENT: Moschopulus takes the parable about excess to apply to the anger of Tyndareus and the city, as does, e.g., Willink, while others commentators, e.g., West and Medda, apply it more appropriately to the supposed effect of Menelaus trying too hard to persuade, in line with lines 708–709 and 710.

KEYWORDS: κατασκευή/κατασκευάζει

Or. 706.12 (mosch exeg) ποδί: ¹διὰ τοῦ ποδός. ²λέγεται δὲ οὕτω τὸ σχοινίον τὸ κατέχον κάτωθεν τὸ ἱστίον. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: By means of the sheet. The rope that braces the sail from below is designated thus.

LEMMA: X, 707 χαλᾷ πόδα G POSITION: s.l. XaXbGr, cont. from sch. 706.10 YT, app. Gr

APP. CRIT.: 1 διὰ τοῦ ποδός om. G (but sep. s.l.) | 2 κατέχον om. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.189,6–7

Or. 707.01 (thom exeg) ἔβαψεν: ¹ἤγουν ὕφαλος γέγονεν· ²ἐλθὸν γὰρ πνεῦμα σφοδρὸν καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ποδὸς τάσιν ἐμπεπτωκὸς ἀνατρέπει. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, (the ship) became submerged. For a strong wind having come and fallen upon the taut extension of the sheet overturns it.

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: 2 τάσιν] βάσιν Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὑφαλὸς a.c. Zb | 2 ἐλθὼν Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.189,8–9

Or. 707.10 (mosch exeg) ἔβαψεν: ἑαυτὴν δηλονότι, ἤγουν ἐβαπτίσθη —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (The ship dipped in water) itself, namely; or, it was flooded with water.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X; follows sch. 707.15 X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.189,10

Or. 707.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πόδα⟩: πόδα τὸ ἄρμενον λέγει. —Ab²

TRANSLATION: By ‘poda’ (‘foot’ or ‘sheet’) he (here) means ‘the tackle’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἅρμα Ab² (cf. sch. 706.03)

Or. 708.01 (rec exeg) μισεῖ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τὰς ἄγαν προθυμίας: ¹σημείωσαι ὅτι καλὸν ἡ προθυμία, ἡ δὲ ἄγαν προθυμία κακὸν ὡς ὑπερβολή. ³καὶ ἡ ἁπλῶς προθυμία μεσότης, ἡ δὲ ἄγαν ὑπερβολὴ καὶ κακία ὥσπερ καὶ ἡ ὀκνία ἔλλειψις καὶ κακία. ³τὰς δὲ ὑπερβολὰς καὶ ἐλλείψεις καὶ θεὸς μισεῖ καὶ οἱ φρόνιμοι ἄνθρωποι. —VRw

TRANSLATION: Note that eagerness is a fine thing, but too much eagerness is a bad thing, as an excess. And eagerness expressed absolutely is a mean, but too much is an excess and vice, just as hesitancy is a deficiency and a vice. Both god and intelligent people hate excesses and deficiencies.

REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.: 2 first ἡ om. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.171,4–8; Dind. II.189,12–16

COMMENT: This is an ad hoc extension by a particular commentator of the Aristotelian scheme of virtues as means and vices as excesses and deficiencies in relation to the mean. προθυμία and ὀκνία are not among the terms considered by Aristotle or his followers, and there is no parallel for this passage in TLG.

Or. 708.03 (tri metr) ⟨μισεῖ⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 708.05 (vet exeg) ⟨τὰς ἄγαν προθυμίας⟩: τὰς ὑπὲρ τὸ δέον ὑπεροψίας —MBOVCZuLp

TRANSLATION: (‘Instances of extreme eagerness’ means) instances of disdain that go beyond what is proper.

POSITION: s.l. (under line C) except B; cont. from sch. 706.02 B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.171,3; Dind. II.189,17

COMMENT: The phrase is odd, since one would not expect there to be a ‘proper’ form of disdain or disrespect. But this seems to be a moralizing interpretation of προθυμία here as something bad, removing the implication that the gods might disapprove of προθυμία in its usual sense. Compare the following glosses ὑπερηφανίας, κενοδοξίας, and ἀλαζονείας in the following.

Or. 708.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰς ἄγαν προθυμίας⟩: ὑπεροχὰς —AbMnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (‘Instances of extreme eagerness’ means) ‘instances of superiority’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑οχᾶς Mn

Or. 708.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰς ἄγαν προθυμίας⟩: σοβαρότητας —MnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (‘Instances of extreme eagerness’ means) ‘instances of haughtiness’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

Or. 708.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰς ἄγαν προθυμίας⟩: κενοδοξίας —Ab

TRANSLATION: (‘Instances of extreme eagerness’ means) ‘instances of vainglory’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 708.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς ἄγαν προθυμίας⟩: ἤτοι τὰς ὑπερηφανίας —M³Lp

TRANSLATION: (‘Instances of extreme eagerness’,) that is, ‘instances of arrogance’.

POSITION: marg. M³, s.l. Lp, cont. from prev.

APP. CRIT.: τὰς om. Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.189,17

Or. 708.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς ἄγαν προθυμίας⟩: ἤγουν τὰς ὑπερβολικὰς προθυμίας —F

TRANSLATION: (‘Instances of extreme eagerness’,) that is, ‘instances of excessive eagerness’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 708.11 (mosch exeg) τὰς ἄγαν προθυμίας: τὰς ὑπερβολικὰς ὁρμάς —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrCrOxAa²B^3d

TRANSLATION: (‘Instances of extreme eagerness’ means) ‘instances of excessive efforts’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X, intermarg. B^3d

APP. CRIT.: ὁρμάς om. CrOx, add. Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.189,16

Or. 708.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς ἄγαν προθυμίας⟩: τὰς ὑπὲρ τὸ δέον ἀλαζονείας —Gu²

TRANSLATION: (‘Instances of extreme eagerness’ means) ‘instances of boastful posturing beyond what is proper’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.189,16

Or. 708.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς ἄγαν προθυμίας⟩: ὅτι ἐξ ἀλαζωνίας γίνεται —Zl

TRANSLATION: Because it arises from boastful posturing.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Both ἀλαζωνία and ἀλαζονία are attested as later forms of ἀλαζονεία.

Or. 708.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς ἄγαν προθυμίας⟩: τὴν πολλὴν θρασύτητα —Pk

TRANSLATION: (‘Instances of extreme eagerness’ means) ‘extreme boldness’.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: πολὺν Pk (corr. Matthiae)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.189,18

Or. 708.19 (tri metr) ⟨προθυμίας⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 709.01 (tri metr) ⟨μισοῦσι⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 709.07 (rec exeg) ⟨δεῖ δε μ’⟩: ἀμφίβολον —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘I ought to’ is) ambiguous (as to whether he will do so or not).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: See sch. 692.09–10.

Or. 710.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σοφίᾳ⟩: μὴ βίᾳ ἀλλὰ σοφίᾳ σώσω —C²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: μη … ἀλα … σωσο C²

Or. 710.11 (tri metr) ⟨σοφίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 710.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βίᾳ τῶν κρεισσόνων⟩: ἐπικρατεστέρων τῇ δυναστείᾳ —G

POSITION: s.l. (above τῶν κρεισσόνων)

COMMENT: Either by deliberate choice to modify or by misunderstanding of the Moschopulean sch. 710.12 and 710.20, G apparently interprets the phrase as ‘stronger in their power/domination’.

Or. 710.17 (tri metr) ⟨βίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 710.18 (thom exeg) ⟨τῶν κρεισσόνων⟩: τουτέστι τοῦ δήμου· κρείττων γάρ ἐστι νῦν, ὡς ἔφην, ἐμοῦ. —ZZbZlZmTGu, partial Za

TRANSLATION: (The stronger,) that is, the multitude. For it is at present stronger than I am, as I said.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κρείττων κτλ om. Za | ἐμοῦ ὡς ἔφην transp. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.189,22–23

Or. 711.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀλκῇ⟩: ἤγουν διὰ τῆς ἀλκῆς καὶ δυνάμεως καὶ βοηθείας —Zu²

REF. SYMBOL: Zu²

Or. 711.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨ᾖ σὺ δοξάζεις⟩: καθὰ ὑπονοεῖς —R

REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: marg.

Or. 712.03 (712–713) (vet paraphr) οὐ γὰρ ῥᾴδιον λόγχῃ μιᾷ: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ ῥᾴδιον περιγενέσθαι τῶν σῶν κακῶν καὶ ἀπαλεῖψαι τὴν παροῦσάν σοι συμφοράν. —MBV¹CMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘it is not easy to triumph over your troubles and remove the misfortune that attends you’.

LEMMA: MCMnPrR^bS, οὐ γὰρ ῥᾴδιον BRw, 714 οὐ γάρ ποτ’ ἄργους γαῖαν V (leaving blank space after lemma for V¹ to add note) REF. SYMBOL: MBR^b, to 714 V POSITION: follows sch. 713.04 VRw (in V also 4 blank lines (lacuna noted with dots) between 713.04 and lemma of this note)

APP. CRIT. 2: παροῦσαν σοι CSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.171,9–10; Dind. II.189,26–27

Or. 712.04 (712–713) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ γὰρ … τῶν κακῶν⟩: ἤγουν ἐμοὶ μόνῳ οὐκ εὔκολον περιγενέσθαι τοσούτων κακῶν. —V³

TRANSLATION: That is, it is not easy for me all alone to triumph over so many troubles.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 712.07 (tri metr) ⟨ῥᾴδιον⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 712.08 (712–713) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λόγχῃ μιᾷ … σοι πάρα⟩: διὰ λόγχης μιᾶς νικῆσαι τὰ κακὰ ἅτινα πάρεστι σοί —Zb²

TRANSLATION: By means of one spear to defeat the troubles that are present to you.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 712.09 (thom exeg) ⟨λόγχῃ μιᾷ⟩: ¹οὐχ ὅτι μίαν λόγχην εἶχεν, εἴρηκε τὸ λόγχῃ μιᾷ, ἀλλὰ δεικνύει ἐντεῦθεν τὸ τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως ὀλίγον. ²εἰκότως δὲ ἐπέφερε τὸ τρόπαια πρὸς τὸ λόγχη· ³ἐκ γὰρ δοράτων τὰ τρόπαια γίνεται. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: It is not because he (Menelaus) had (just) one spear that he said ‘with one spear’, but from this (phrase) he (the poet—or Menelaus?) makes clear the smallness of his (Menelaus’s) power. And with good reason he (the poet—or Menelaus?) continued the expression with ‘victory monument’; for victory monuments come about from (the use of) spears.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 εἴρητο Gu | δεικνὺς ZZaGu | αὐτὴς Zb | 2 ὑπέφερε Gu | 3 γίνονται a.c. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὐχ’ ZaZmGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.189,28–190,1

Or. 713.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨στῆσαι τρόπαια τῶν κακῶν⟩: περιγενέσθαι τῶν σῶν κακῶν —O

POSITION: marg. beside 712 λόγχῃ μιᾷ

APP. CRIT.: παραγ‑ O

Or. 713.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨στῆσαι τρόπαια τῶν κακῶν⟩: νικῆσαι τὰ κακὰ —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 713.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨στῆσαι τρόπαια τῶν κακῶν⟩: καταβαλεῖν τὰ κακά —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 713.04 (rec exeg) στῆσαι τρόπαια: ¹ἐνταῦθα κατ’ ἔλλειψιν τῆς ἐπί προθέσεως συνέστη τὸ ἔπος· ²οὕτω γὰρ ὀφείλεις συντάξαι· ³ἐπὶ γὰρ τῶν κακῶν, ἅτινά σοι πάρεστιν, οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἐμοὶ τῷ ἑνὶ στῆσαι τρόπαια, ἤτοι τροπαιουχῆσαι κατὰ τῶν ἐναντίων σου. —VRw

TRANSLATION: Here the phrase has been composed with an ellipsis of the preposition ‘epi’ (‘upon, over’). You should construe (it) as follows: ‘Over the troubles that attend you it is not easy for me, one man, to set up a victory monument, that is, to gain trophies at the expense of your opponents.

LEMMA: VRw REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: precedes sch. 712.03 VRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 οὕτως Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.171,11–14

COMMENT: τροπαιουχέω is a Byzantine Greek verb, also found in sch. rec. of Thucydides, Aeschylus, Aristophanes.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 713.19 (rec exeg) ⟨πάρα⟩: πέρι —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘para’, ‘are present’, the reading) ‘peri’ (‘remain extant’/‘are around’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 714.01 (714–716) (vet exeg) ⟨οὐ γάρ ποτ’ Ἄργους … τῆς τύχης⟩: ¹οὐ πρὸς ἡμῶν, φησὶν, οὐδὲ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀξίας ὑποδραμεῖν καὶ κολακεῦσαι τὸν τῶν Ἀργείων ὄχλον. ²ἀνάγκη δὲ ὅμως δουλεῦσαι τῇ κρατούσῃ τύχῃ· ³τοῦτο γὰρ σοφῶν καὶ φρονίμων ἀνδρῶν ἐστιν. —MBVCMnPrR^bS

TRANSLATION: It is not suitable to us, he says, or to our high status to wheedle and flatter the mob of the Argives. But it is nevertheless necessary to be a slave to the prevailing fortune. For this is the act of wise and sensible men.

LEMMA: οὐ γάρ ποτ’ ἄργους MnPrS, οὐ γάρ ποτ’ R^b, οὐ γάρ ποτ’ ἄρϊ̅() V¹ (add. in blank space) REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 714.05 MBC; lemma and beginning of note added by V¹ in blank space

APP. CRIT.: 1 οὐ … ἀξίας ὑπο‑ add. in blank space V¹ (‑δραμεῖν κλτ written by V) | τῶν om. V¹MnPrR^bS | ἀργεῖον MnPrS | 2 (before ἀνάγκη) ἀνάγκη δὲ ὅμως δουλεῦσαι τὸν ἀργεῖον ὄχλον written, then crossed out Pr | 3 ἀνδρῶν] ἀν(θρώπ)ων MBC | ἐστιν om. MnPrR^bS, also V, leaving blank space (space filled by V¹ with a long finishing stroke on rewritten final nu of ἀνδρῶν)

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐστίν C, ἐστί M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.171,17–19; Dind. II.190,10–13

Or. 714.02 (714–16) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹οὐ μὲν τῆς ἡμῶν ἀξίας, φησὶ, τὸ ὑποδραμεῖν τοὺς Ἀργείους, ²ἀνάγκη δὲ ὅμως δουλεύειν τῇ κρατούσῃ τύχῃ· ³τοῦτο γὰρ σοφῶν ἐστιν ἀνδρῶν. —MOCRw

TRANSLATION: It is not characteristic of our high status, he says, to flatter the Argives, but it is nevertheless necessary to be a slave to the prevailing fortune. For this is the act of wise men.

LEMMA: MC, οὐ γάρ ποτ’ ἄργους Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 μὲν] om. O, γὰρ Rw | φησὶ] ἐστὶ O, ἐστὶ φησὶ Rw | Ἀργείους] ἀξίους Rw | 2 δουλεύσειν Rw | ἐστιν om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.171,20–22; Dind. II.190,14–16

Or. 714.03 (714–715) (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ γάρ ποτ’ Ἄργους … προσηγόμεσθα⟩: οὐκ ἂν ἦμεν †ἀρχαῖοι† τοῦ Ἄργους εἰ μὴ μειλιχίοις τοῖς λόγοις τούτους ἐμαλθακίζομεν. —Sa

TRANSLATION: We would not be [corrupt word] of Argos if we were not making them gentle with soft words.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 712.03 Sa

APP. CRIT.: ἀρχαῖοι] e.g., ἐπικρατέστεροι, κρείττονες? | τοῦ λόγου Sa

COMMENT: Active forms of μαλθακίζομαι are attested half a dozen times from Theodorus Prodromus onward. The usage probably arose under the influence of μαλακίζω.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 714.04 (714–715) (mosch exeg) ⟨οὐ γάρ ποτ’ Ἄργους … προσηγόμεσθα⟩: εἰ γὰρ ἦν τοῦτο ῥᾴδιον, οὔποτε διὰ τοῦ Ἄργους τὴν γῆν, ἤγουν διὰ τὸ Ἄργος προσεφέρομεν ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὸ μαλθακόν. —XXbXoT⁺YGr

TRANSLATION: For if this (overcoming the Argives) were easy, never because of the land of Argos, that is, because of Argos, would we be applying ourselves to what is soft.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.190,5–8

Or. 714.05 (vet exeg) οὐ γάρ ποτ’ Ἄργους: ¹γράφεται δὲ καὶ χωρὶς τοῦ σ, ἵν’ ᾖ Ἄργου γαῖαν. ²Ἀριστοφάνης [fr. 387 Slater] δὲ μετὰ τοῦ σ. —MBC

TRANSLATION: It (the word ‘Argous’, ‘of Argos’) is also (found) written without the sigma, so that it is ‘Argou gaian’ (‘land of Argus’). But Aristophanes (of Byzantium has/approves the reading) with the sigma.

LEMMA: MC REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: precedes sch. 714.01 MBC; cont. from sch. 712.03 B, prep. τὸ δὲ ἄργους

APP. CRIT.: 1 δὲ om. B | γαῖα MC | 2 after δὲ add. φα() M, but deleted with surrounding dots

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.171,15–16; Dind. II.190,9–10

COMMENT: Probably derived ultimately from a comment of Aristophanes’ student Callistratus: Prelim. St. 17 n. 57.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε | variant reading: specific scholar | Aristophanes of Byzantium | citation of historian or scholar | Callistratus

Or. 714.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ἄργους γαῖαν⟩: διὰ τὸ Ἄργος —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.190,16–17

Or. 715.01 (thom exeg) ⟨προσηγόμεσθα⟩: ¹προσήχθημεν. ²ἤγουν οὐδέποτε τοῖς Ἀργείοις ταπεινῶς ὑποπεπτώκαμεν, ³ἀλλὰ μεγαλοπρεπῶς καὶ γενναίως αὐτοῖς ἐχρώμεθα, προστάττοντες μετ’ ἐξουσίας ὅσα ἂν ἐβουλόμεθα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Middle-passive form ‘prosēgomestha’ is to be treated as passive) ‘proēchthēmen’, ‘we were led toward’. That is, never have we been humbly submissive to the Argives, but we dealt with them majestically and nobly, commanding with authority all that we wanted.

REF. SYMBOL: T (for continuation) POSITION: s.l. except first word only s.l., remainder in sch. block TGu

APP. CRIT.: 3 προτάττ‑ ZbZl

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐβολόμεθα Zm, ἐβουλώμεθα Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.190,18 and 3–5

Or. 715.02 (rec exeg) ⟨προσηγόμεσθα⟩: ἠγάγομεν —MnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 715.03 (rec exeg) ⟨προσηγόμεσθα⟩: ὑπήγομεν —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὑπείγομεν S

Or. 715.04 (rec exeg) ⟨προσηγόμεσθα⟩: ἀργὸν —K

TRANSLATION: (The prefix ‘pros’ is) without semantic force.

POSITION: s.l. (above προσ-)

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 715.05 (rec exeg) ⟨προσηγόμεσθα⟩: ὑπεποιούμεθα, ἐκολακεύομεν —M²

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

Or. 715.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσηγόμεσθα⟩: προσήλθομεν —F²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 715.07 (rec exeg) ⟨προσηγόμεσθα⟩: ἐφερόμεθα —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 715.08 (rec exeg) ⟨προσηγόμεσθα⟩: προσεφερόμεθα —RfZu²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ προσφερόμεθα Zu²

Or. 715.09 (mosch exeg) ⟨προσηγόμεσθα⟩: προσεφέρομεν αὑτούς —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²B^3d

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἑαυτούς XbTB^3d, ἑαυτόν G

APP. CRIT. 2: αὐτούς a.c. Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.190,18

Or. 715.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσηγόμεσθα⟩: ἐφέρομεν —Gu²CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ φέρομεν CrOx

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.190,19

Or. 715.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσηγόμεσθα⟩: αὐτοὺς —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 715.12 (715–716) (vetMosch paraphr) ⟨νῦν δ’ ἀναγκαίως … τῆς τύχης⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς νῦν δὲ ἀναγκαίως ἔχει τοῖς σοφοῖς δούλοις εἶναι τῆς τύχης. —MBVCAaAbMnPrR^aR^bRwSXXbXoTYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The (simple) order (of the words) is ‘but now it is necessary for the wise to be slaves of fortune’.

LEMMA: νῦν δ’ ἀναγκαίως R^b REF. SYMBOL: AaR^b POSITION: marg. Mn, s.l. PrS; cont. from sch. 714.02 MVCRw, cont. from sch. 714.01, add. δὲ, B

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἑξῆς] MBRw, om. others | νῦν δ’ ἀναγκ. ἔχει rubr. and punct. as if lemma G | νῦν δὲ] om. AbMnPrR^aS, ἡμῖν Aa | δούλους BXXbTGGr | τῆς τύχης εἶναι transp. VAaAbMnPrR^aR^bS

APP. CRIT. 2: δ’ Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.171,23–24; Dind. II.190,13–14

Or. 716.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δούλοισιν εἶναι⟩: σοφῶν γὰρ λόγος τὸ δούλους εἶναι ἡμᾶς τύχης. —Gu²

TRANSLATION: For it is a saying of wise men that we (mortals) are slaves of fortune.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.190,23–24

Or. 716.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δούλοισιν⟩: πρὸς τὸ σοφοῖς —Zm

TRANSLATION: (Dative ‘douloisin’, ‘slaves’,) agrees in case with ‘sophois’ (‘wise’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 716.06 (thom exeg) ⟨τοῖς σοφοῖσι⟩: ¹εἰ γὰρ ὁ δῆμος νῦν εὐτυχὴς, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀτυχεῖς, ὡς εἰρήκαμεν, οὐ δεῖ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἰσχύος, ἀλλὰ σοφίας καὶ μεταχειρίσεως· ²σοφοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς πρὸς τὰς τῆς τύχης μεταβολὰς τοῖς πράγμασι χρῆσθαι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For if the multitude is now fortunate and we are unfortunate, as we have said, then we do not require strength against it, but mental skill and (tact in) managing (it). For it is the part of a wise man to deal with affairs by adapting to the shifts of fortune.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu POSITION: marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 2 τῆς om. ZZb

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μεταχειρήσεως ZZaZl | 2 μεταφο‑ a.c. Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.190,19–22

COMMENT: For ὡς εἰρήκαμεν, cf. ὡς ἔφην in sch. (Thom.) 698.01, 710.18. For the good fortune of the Argive people, cf. sch. 716.12, which interprets τῆς τύχης in a specific sense rather than a generic one, as expected in a gnomic statement.

Or. 716.12 (thom exeg) ⟨τῆς τύχης⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ εὐτυχοῦντος Ἄργους —ZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu

Or. 716.13 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 717.01 (717–718) (vet exeg) ὦ πλὴν γυναικὸς: ¹λείπει ἡ εἰς· ²τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς ὦ εἰς τὰ ἄλλα οὐδὲν πλὴν εἰς †γυναῖκας† στρατηλατεῖν. —MVCAbMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘eis’ (‘for’, ‘in regard to’) is understood. The sense expressed in order is ‘o you who are useless for other actions except for leading a campaign [corrupt: probably ‘for the sake of a woman’]’.

LEMMA: MVCPrRw, πλὴν γυναικὸς MnS, ὦ πλὴν R^b REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 λείπει … ἑξῆς om. Ab | 1 εἰς om. R^b | 2 τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς] ἵν’ ἦ Rw | δὲ om. MnPrR^b | στρατ. εἰς γυν. transp. Rw | γυναῖκα VMnPrS, ⟨τὸ⟩ γυναικὸς ⟨ἕνεκα⟩ Schw., ⟨τὸ ὑπὲρ⟩ γυναικὸς or ⟨τὸ ἕνεκα⟩ γυναικὸς Mastr.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξῆς MR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.171,25–26; Dind. II.190,25–27 with app.

COMMENT: While the restoration of ⟨τὸ⟩ by Schwartz seems good, the second part of his correction is on the right lines but not likely because, in a paraphrase showing the simple order, the order would be ἕνεκα γυναικὸς, not γυναικὸς ἕνεκα.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 717.02 (717–718) (vet exeg) ὦ πλὴν γυναικὸς: ¹λείπει ἡ εἰς· ²τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς ὦ εἰς τὰ ἄλλα οὐδὲν πλὴν εἰς τοῦτο σπουδαῖε, εἰς τὸ ἕνεκεν τῆς σῆς γυναικὸς στρατεύεσθαι. —B

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘eis’ (‘for’, ‘in regard to’) is understood. The sense expressed in order is ‘o you who are useless for other actions but effective for this, to go on campaign for the sake of your wife’.

LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.171,25–26 with app.; Dind. II.190,25–27

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 717.04 (717–718) (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ πλὴν γυναικὸς … τιμωρεῖν φίλοις⟩: ¹τοῦτο οὕτω φασί τινες· ὦ Μενέλαε κάκιστε βοηθεῖν τοῖς φίλοις, χωρὶς τοῦ στρατεύειν εἵνεκα γυναικός· ²εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ κάλλιστος, τὰ ἄλλα δὲ τυγχάνεις οὐδέν. ³οὓς αὐτὸς χαίρειν ἐάσας οὕτω λέγε· ⁴ὦ Μενέλαε, οὐδὲν τὰ ἄλλα χωρὶς τοῦ στρατεύειν εἵνεκα τῆς γυναικὸς, ὦ κάκιστε τιμωρεῖν τοῖς φίλοις. ⁵ἢ τὸ πλήν ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰ μή. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Some explain this as follows: ‘o Menelaus, worst at aiding your friends/kin, apart from campaigning for the sake of a woman/wife. For you are wonderful at that, but in other respects you happen to be useless’. Bidding farewell yourself to these (interpreters), explain as follows: ‘o Menelaus, useless in other respects apart from campaigning for the sake of your wife, o worst at defending your friends/kin’. Or, ‘except’ is used for ‘if not’.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φασὶν τινὲς ZbZlGu | οὕνεκα ZZaZl | 3 ἐᾶσας Zb | 4 οὕνεκα Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.191,1–5

COMMENT: Both the rejected paraphrase and that recommended by Thomas take τιμωρεῖν as dependent on κάκιστε (as editors and translators appear to have done up to Diggle and Kovacs), and the dispute is apparently over how to integrate τἄλλ’ οὐδέν into the sentence. The opponents seem to take it as parenthetic, while Thomas takes it as integral to ὦ πλὴν … The paraphrase of the old scholion above seems, by limiting itself to phrase ending at οὐδέν, to reflect the same approach as Thomas, as does Moschopulus’s paraphrase (next). So the targets of Thomas’s criticism are unknown, probably contemporary teachers. | The punctuation in manuscripts of Euripides is rarely well thought out or consistently applied. For what it is worth, most manuscripts punctuate in 718 before ὦ κάκιστε and after φίλοις, and others have punctuation only in one of these places or in neither. A few that punctuate after κάκιστε but not after φίλοις seem to be taking τιμωρεῖν with φεύγεις in 719, as a paraphrase in N (Naples II.F.41, early 16th cent.) explicitly attests: ὦ κάκιστε, οὐδὲν πρόθυμος τἄλλα στρατηλατεῖν πλὴν κακῆς γυναικὸς χάριν, φεύγεις τιμωρεῖν τοῖς φίλοις.

KEYWORDS: Thomas Magister critical of another view

Or. 717.05 (717–718) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὦ πλὴν γυναικὸς⟩: ὦ ὁ κατὰ τὰ ἄλλα οὐδὲν ὢν, πλὴν τοῦ στρατηλατεῖν ἕνεκα τῆς γυναικός. —XXbXoT⁺YfG^aGu, partial G^b

POSITION: s.l. YfG^bGu

APP. CRIT.: only ὁ κατὰ τὰ ἄλλα οὐδὲν ὢν G^b | τὰ om. X | τῆς om. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: τἆλλα G^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.191,6–7

Or. 717.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γυναικὸς οὕνεκα στρατηλατεῖν⟩: εἰς τὸ (στρατηλατεῖν) ἐπιτήδειε —G

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐπιτήδειον G

Or. 718.15 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρεῖν⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 57

Or. 720.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰ δ’ Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: ταλαιπωρίαι τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ κατὰ τῶν βαρβάρων —O

TRANSLATION: (‘The things of Agamemnon’ means) the painful toils of the war against the foreigners.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 720.06 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰ δ’ Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: ἃ εἰς σὲ πεποιήκει —ZZaZlZmTGu²

TRANSLATION: (‘The things of Agamemnon’ means) those which he did for you (Menelaus).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.191,9

Or. 721.07 (pllgn rhet) ⟨ἄφιλος ἦσθ᾽ ἅρ’⟩: ἀποστροφὴ τὸ σχῆμα. —Aa

TRANSLATION: The figure is apostrophe.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: apostrophe

Or. 721.08 (vet exeg) ἄφιλος ἦσθ᾽ ἅρ’: ἤτοι ἡμάρτανες κακοῖς χαριζόμενος, ἢ δυστυχῶν τὰ νῦν, ὦ πάτερ, οὐδένα κέκτησαι φίλον. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: That is, you made a mistake in obliging bad men; or, suffering bad fortune now, father, you possess no one as a friend.

LEMMA: M(ἧσθ’ ἂρ)V(ἄρα)C, ἄλλως Rw (corrupted to ἀλλ’ in B) POSITION: cont. from sch. 721.10 B, follows 721.11 Rw

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι] ἀλλ’ B (corruption of lemma) | ὦ om. MCRw | κέκτησαι om. M

APP. CRIT. 2: τανῦν MCRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.171,27–28; Dind. II.191,11–13

COMMENT: H has a reference symbol at 721 πράσσων, but the note to which it refers has been lost.

Or. 721.09 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹μάτην ἄρα, φησὶν, ὦ πάτερ, ἐταλαιπώρεις ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ οὐδενός σοι φίλα φρονοῦντος ὑπὲρ ὧν ἠτύχεις. || ²τὸ {γὰρ} πράσσων κακῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδίκως· ³τουτέστιν οὐ φίλοις ἄρα οὐδ’ εὐγνώμοσιν {ἀμοιβαῖς} ἀνδράσιν ἐπόνεις, ὦ πάτερ, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ἡμᾶς ἠδίκεις καταλιπὼν ἐρήμους, ἀναισθήτοις χαριζόμενος. ⁴ἢ οὕτως· οὐχ ὑπὲρ φίλων ἄρα ἐπολέμεις τοῖς βαρβάροις, ὦ πάτερ, ἀλλ’ ἀναισθήτοις εὐεργέτεις ⁵καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο κακῶς ἔπραττες καὶ ἠδίκεις ὅτι μήτε ὑπὲρ φίλων μήτε αὐτὸς ἀδικηθεὶς πόλεμον ἄδικον συνεκρότεις. ⁶ἢ οὕτως· εὐεργετῶν οὐκ ἔμελλες ἕξειν τοὺς ὑπὲρ σοῦ φίλους, εἰ συμβαίη σε ἀτυχεῖν. —MVC

TRANSLATION: It was in vain, then, he says, father, that you were toiling miserably in the war, since no one had friendly feelings for you over the misfortunes you were suffering. || ‘Doing badly’ (is to be taken as) equivalent to ‘unjustly’. That is, you were toiling, it turns out, not for friends, nor for grateful men, father, and in this respect you were wronging us by leaving us abandoned, obliging men with no feelings (of obligation). Or this way: Not for friends, then, were you waging war against the barbarians, father, but you were acting to benefit men with no feelings and in this respect you were doing badly and committed injustice because you stirred up an unjust war neither on behalf of friends nor yourself having been wronged. Or this way: doing good deeds (to others), you were not destined to have friends (active) on your behalf if you should happen to suffer misfortune.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.172,1–10; Dind. II.191,13–22

COMMENT: The first sentence paraphrases πράσσων κακῶς with ὑπὲρ ὧν ἠτύχεις, implying the sense ‘faring badly, suffering’, as also reflected in many glosses and in the notes of Thomas and Moschopulus. Therefore, γὰρ makes no sense in sent. 2, and 2–4 must originally have been a separate note, offering the poor interpretation of πράσσων κακῶς as ‘doing wrongly/unjustly’, also seen in sch. 721.27. This view perhaps reflects an inapposite connection of this passage with lines 646–648 ἀδίκως ἀθροίσας κτλ.

Or. 721.10 (vet exeg) ἄφιλος ἦσθ᾽ ἄρ’ ὦ πάτερ: ¹μάτην ἄρα, φησὶν, ὦ πάτερ, ἐταλαιπώρεις ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ οὐδενός σοι φίλα φρονοῦντος ὑπὲρ ὧν ἠτύχεις. || ²τὸ {γὰρ} πράσσων κακῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδίκως· ³τουτέστιν οὐ φίλοις ἄρα οὐδ’ εὐγνώμοσιν ἐχαρίζου ἀνδράσιν, ⁴ὁιονεὶ κατ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἡμᾶς ἠδίκεις ἡμᾶς μὲν ἐρήμους καταλιπὼν, ἀναισθήτοις δὲ καὶ ἀγνώμοσι χαριζόμενος. ⁵ἢ οὕτως· οὐχ ὑπὲρ φίλων ἄρα ἐπολέμεις τοῖς βαρβάροις, ὦ πάτερ. —B

TRANSLATION: It was in vain, then, he says, father, that you were toiling miserably in the war, since no one had friendly feelings for you over the misfortunes you were suffering. || ‘Doing badly’ (is to be taken as) equivalent to ‘unjustly’. That is, you were obliging, it turns out, not friends, nor right-thinking men, as if to say in this very respect you were wronging us, leaving us abandoned, but obliging men with no feelings (of obligation) and ungrateful. Or this way: Not for friends, then, were you waging war against the barbarians, father.

LEMMA: ἄφιλος ἄρ’ ὦ πάτερ ἦσθα B

APP. CRIT.: 2 γὰρ del. Mastr.

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 τοῦτέστιν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.172,1–10 app.; Dind. II.

Or. 721.11 (rec exeg) ἄφιλος ἦσθ᾽ ἄρ’ ὦ πάτερ: ¹ἆρα, φησὶν, ὦ πάτερ, ἐταλαιπώρεις ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ οὐδέν σοι φίλα φρονοῦντος τοῦ Μενελάου ὑπὲρ ὧν ἠτύχεις. ²τὸ {γὰρ} πράσσων κακῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδίκως· ³τουτέστιν οὐ φίλοις ἄρα οὐδ’ εὐδαίμοσιν οὐδ’ εὐγνώμοσιν ἀμείβῃ ἀνδράσιν, ⁴ὁιονεὶ ὦ πάτερ, κατ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἡμᾶς ἀδικεῖς, καταλιπὼν ἡμᾶς ἐρήμους, ἀναισθήτοις χαριζόμενος. ⁵ἢ οὕτως· οὐχ ὑπὲρ φίλων ἄρα ἐπολέμεις τοῖς βαρβάροις, ὦ πάτερ. —Rw

TRANSLATION: Were you, he says, father, toiling miserably in the war, with Menelaus in no way having friendly feelings for you over the misfortunes you were suffering? ‘Doing badly’ (is to be taken as) equivalent to ‘unjustly’. That is, you engage in exchange, it turns out, not with friends, nor with fortunate nor right-thinking men, as if to say, father, in this very respect you wrong us, leaving us abandoned, obliging men with no feelings (of obligation). Or this way: Not for friends, then, were you waging war against the barbarians, father.

LEMMA: Rw(om. ἄρ’)

APP. CRIT.: 2 γὰρ del. Mastr.

Or. 721.12 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄφιλος ἦσθ᾽ ἅρ’⟩: ¹ἐπειδὴ νῦν δυστυχῶν οὐκ ἔχεις τὸν βοηθήσοντα (ἡ γὰρ ἐμὴ δυστυχία εἰς σὲ ἀναφέρεται), ἄφιλος ἦσθα τότε, ὅτε μετὰ τῶν ζώντων διῆγες· ²εἰ γὰρ εἶχες τότε φίλους, νῦν ἂν ἐβοήθουν τοῖς ἐκ σοῦ γεγονόσι. ³τὸ δὲ πράσσων κακῶς ἢ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος καιροῦ, ὡς ἔφαμεν, νόει, ἢ διότι ὑπὲρ Μενελάου τότε ἐκινδύνευεν ἐν πολέμῳ. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Since, while now suffering misfortune, you do not have anyone who will help—for my misfortune is applied by reference to you—, you were friendless back then when you were active among the living. For if you then had friends, they would now be assisting those born from you. And understand ‘faring badly’ either in reference to the present crisis, as we said, or because at that time he was risking his life in war for Menelaus’s sake.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸν βοηθ.] τὸν βοηθήσαντα Zl, οὐ βοηθήσαντα Zb | 3 νοητέον Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ὑπερ Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.191,23–27

Or. 721.13 (mosch exeg) ἄφιλος: ἐστερημένος φίλων τῶν μελλόντων δηλονότι προστήσεσθαι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Deprived of friends, namely of ones who will champion/defend.

LEMMA: XT REF. SYMBOL: XoY POSITION: s.l. XaXbG

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | ambig. whether ‑μένον or ‑μενος Xa | τῶν φίλων Xo | δηλονότι om. G | προσήσεσθαι Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.192,1–2

Or. 721.19 (rec exeg) ⟨πράσσων κακῶς⟩: ὅτι τοῖς ἀναισθήτοις χαριζόμενος κατέλιπες ἡμᾶς ἐρήμους. —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Acting badly’) because in obliging men with no feelings (of obligation) you left us bereft (of assistance).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 721.20 (rec exeg) ⟨πράσσων κακῶς⟩: θανὼν —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 721.21 (rec exeg) ⟨πράσσων κακῶς⟩: δυστυχῶν κακῶς καὶ θανὼν ἀδίκως —R

POSITION: marg.

Or. 721.22 (rec exeg) ⟨πράσσων κακῶς⟩: δυστυχῶν ἀδίκως ἤγουν θανὼν σύ —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δυστυχῶς MnS (sep. from rest of gloss)

Or. 721.23 (rec exeg) ⟨πράσσων κακῶς⟩: δυστυχῶν —KGT^zZc^r

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: As indicated by the siglum t^z this is one of the few glosses in T entered by the original scribe (on the surviving pages written by that scribe) rather than by Triclinius himself.

Or. 721.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πράσσων κακῶς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ κακοπραγῶν καὶ δυστυχῶν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 721.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πράσσων κακῶς⟩: καὶ κοπιῶν —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: Extremely faint traces in F² might be consistent with κοπιῶν.

Or. 721.26 (mosch exeg) ⟨πράσσων⟩: πάσχων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 721.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κακῶς⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι καλῶς. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (For ‘kakōs’, ‘badly’,) the reading ‘kalōs’ (‘well’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 722.02 (thom exeg) ⟨προδέδομαι⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκειοτάτων καὶ οὓς οὐκ ἄν ποτ’ ηὔχουν ἐμὲ παριδεῖν. —ZZbZmTGu², partial ZaZl

TRANSLATION: (I have been betrayed) by my closest kin and those whom I would never have expected to neglect me.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ οὓς κτλ om. ZaZl | ηὔχουν om. Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: ποτε Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.192,3–4

Or. 722.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κοὐκέτ᾽⟩: οὐδαμῶς εἰς τὸ ἑξῆς —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X; Gr has punct. after τὸ and ἑξῆς sep. after a wide space

Or. 723.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὅπῃ τραπόμενος … φύγω⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ποῖ τραπόμενος φύγω τὸν θάνατον, ὃν ἐπάγουσιν ἐμοὶ οἱ Ἀργεῖοι; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Meaning ‘By turning where am I to escape the death that the Argives are bringing upon me?’

POSITION: s.l. XaXbTGGr

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ ποῖ] πῆ G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.192,5–6

Or. 724.05 (vet exeg) ⟨σωτηρίας⟩: γράφεται τῆς συμφορᾶς. —MCV³

TRANSLATION: (For ‘sōtērias’, ‘of salvation’,) the reading ‘tēs sumphoras’ (‘of the misfortune’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. τῆς] C (γρ. ⟨τῆς⟩ Schw., app. unaware of C), om. V³, γρ. (τῆς om.) M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.172,11

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 725.01 (725–727) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλ᾽ εἰσορῶ γὰρ … πιστὸς⟩: ¹ἢ πρὸς τὸ ὄψιν (727) στίξον, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ γάρ ἀργὸν, ²ἢ πρὸς τὸ πιστός σύναψον τὸ ἀλλά, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ εἰσορῶ γάρ μέχρι τοῦ ὄψιν διὰ μέσου. —ZbZlGu

TRANSLATION: Either punctuate at (727) ‘opsin’ (‘sight’) so that the conjunction (725) ‘gar’ (‘for’) is without function; or construe (725) ‘alla’ (‘but’) with (727) ‘pistos’ (‘faithful’) so that the phrase from ‘eisorō gar’ (‘for I see’) up to ‘opsin’ (‘sight’) is parenthetic.

POSITION: marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἢ om. Gu | first τὸ om. Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.192,8–10

COMMENT: The two possibilities correspond to the conjoint vs. disjoint usages of ἀλλὰ (…) γὰρ. See Denniston 99. Moschopulus in sch. 725.03 opts for the disjoint interpretation.

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου | ἀργόν

Or. 725.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀλλ᾽ εἰσορῶ γάρ⟩: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον εἶδε τὸν Πυλάδην ἐρχόμενον. —MB

TRANSLATION: Without explicit reference (i.e., although the approach of the new character has not otherwise been referred to?), he spotted Pylades coming.

POSITION: s.l. M, marg. B

APP. CRIT.: οἶδ(εν) (or οἶδ(ε)?) M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.172,12; Dind. II.192,11

COMMENT: In the abstract, one might suppose that κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον could mean ‘in the period of silence’ (if one assumes a short pause in delivery before the line on which the comment is made) or ‘in the part/aspect (of the play) that is not explicitly spoken’. The use in Homeric scholia favors something like the latter, as Nünlist 157–170 illustrates: gaps in the narrative prompt this term when it is necessary for the reader to assume an event that has not been described explicitly. The instances of the term in the scholia on drama, however, are not always easy to explain. Nünlist suggests that κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον was properly applied to entrances or exits that are not marked by an explicit statement at the moment of the assumed movement, and then also to an entrance where the character is referred to before entering into the dialogue with the speaker already on stage (Nünlist 345–347). This latter usage is odd because there is an explicit reference in the text alerting the reader to the action that must be imagined at Or. 132, so the remark seems superfluous. The situation here at 725 would be similar. Another possible paraphrase may be ‘in the unspoken aspect of the scenario’ (the actions to be seen in a performance but needing to be supplied by the reader), making κατὰ τὸ σιωμπώμενον similar to κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν when used in the sense ‘in accordance with the scenario designed by the playwright’ (see on sch. 141.01).

KEYWORDS: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον | ὑπόθεσις (assumed scenario) | staging, entrance or exit of a character

Or. 725.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’⟩: ἀλλ’ ἐάσω ταῦτα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrAa²

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀλλ’ om. Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.192,8

Or. 725.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φίλτατον βροτῶν⟩: καὶ προσφιλῆ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 726.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δρόμῳ στείχοντα⟩: συντόμως ἐρχόμενον —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 726.08 (vet exeg) Φωκέων ἄπο: Φωκεὺς γὰρ ὁ Πυλάδης. —HVPrSa

TRANSLATION: (Coming ‘from the Phocians’) because Pylades was a Phocian.

LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: VPrSa

APP. CRIT.: γάρ ἐστιν ὁ Sa, γὰρ ἦν ὁ Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.172,13 app.; Dind. II.192,13 app.

Or. 726.09 (vet exeg) ⟨Φωκέων ἄπο⟩: ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ ὁ Πυλάδης. —MBCV³

TRANSLATION: (Coming ‘from the Phocians’) because Pylades was from there.

POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C, above 725 ἀλλ’ εἰσορῶ V³

APP. CRIT.: ἂρ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.172,13; Dind. II.192,13

Or. 726.10 (rec exeg) ⟨Φωκέων ἄπο⟩: ὅπου ἡ πατρὶς αὐτοῦ. —O

TRANSLATION: (Coming ‘from the Phocians’) where his homeland (was).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 726.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨Φωκέων ἄπο⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως τῶν Φωκέων —MnPrR

POSITION: s.l. MnPr, marg. R

Or. 727.07 (mosch exeg) ὄψιν: ὄψις ἐνταῦθα ἐπὶ τοῦ βλεπομένου. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘Sight’ (‘opsis’) here (is used) in application to the thing seen.

LEMMA: ἡδεῖαν ὄψιν G REF. SYMBOL: Gr POSITION: follows sch. 727.20 X

APP. CRIT.: ὄψιν G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.192,14–15

COMMENT: This is a standard type of comment highlighting the choice among multiple possible uses of a word, but Moschopulus may in this case have been cautioning against an interpretation of ὄψιν as the faculty or act of seeing, which was perhaps assumed by those who glossed with μου (as the next), unless that is simply a corruption of μοι.

Or. 727.09 (727–728) (vet paraphr) πιστὸς ἐν κακοῖς ἀνήρ: ὁ βέβαιος φίλος κρείσσων ἐστὶ τῆς ὁρωμένης ἐκ ζάλης τοῖς ναυτίλοις γαλήνης. —HMBVV¹CMnPrR^bRwS, partial Gu²

TRANSLATION: A steadfast friend is better than the calm seen by sailors after a squall.

LEMMA: MV¹C, πιστὸς ἐν κακοῖς R^bRw REF. SYMBOL: HMV¹R^b POSITION: s.l. at 738 γαλήνης ναυτίλοισιν Gu²; V in left margin block (after sch. 726.08), V¹ add. at end of top margin block after sch. 721.09; cont. from sch. 726.08 PrSa

APP. CRIT. 2: ὀρωμένης R^bS, ὁρομένης Mn, perhaps clumsily corrected

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.172,14–15; Dind. II.192,20–21

Or. 727.11 (727–728) (mosch paraphr) ⟨πιστὸς ἐν κακοῖς ἀνὴρ … ναυτίλοις εἰσορᾶν⟩: πιστὸς ἀνὴρ κρείσσων εἰς τὸ ὁρᾶν αὐτὸν τινὰ ἐν ταῖς δυστυχίαις τῆς γαλήνης τῶν ναυτίλων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: A faithful man is better for someone to see in times of misfortune than the calm of sailors.

APP. CRIT.: ὁ prep. G

APP. CRIT. 2: αὐτὸν τινα X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.192,15–17

Or. 727.12 (727–728) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πιστὸς ἐν κακοῖς ἀνὴρ … ναυτίλοις εἰσορᾶν⟩: κρείσσων ἐστὶν ὁ Πυλάδης ὁρᾶσθαι ὑπὸ δυστυχοῦντος φίλου αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὁρᾶν τοὺς ναύτας ἐν κλύδωνι γαλήνην. —Xo²

TRANSLATION: Pylades is better to be seen by a friend of who is his suffering misfortune than sailors’ seeing calm in a heavy swell.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 728.01 (thom exeg) ⟨κρείσσων γαλήνης⟩: ἐστὶ τοῖς αὐτὸν ἔχουσι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (With ‘better than a calm’ supply) ‘is for those who have him (as a friend)’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐστὶ om. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: αὐτῶν Z

Or. 728.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨γαλήνης ναυτίλοισιν⟩: ἢ τοῖς ναυτίλοις ἡ γαλήνη —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 728.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γαλήνης⟩: τῆς ἀπὸ ζάλης ἐλθούσης γαλήνης —Gu²

TRANSLATION: (‘Calm’ means) the calm that arises after a squall.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 728.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γαλήνης⟩: τῆς γινομένης ἀπὸ τῆς ζάλης —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Calm’, that is,) the one that arises after a squall.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 728.10 (rec exeg) ⟨γαλήνης⟩: τῆς ἐκ ζάλης —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Calm’, that is,) the one after a squall.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 728.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ναυτίλοισιν⟩: ¹τὸ ναυτίλοις πρὸς τὸ γαλήνης ἐστὶν, οὐ πρὸς τὸ κρείσσων. ²ὥσπερ δὲ φαμὲν φίλος φίλου καὶ φίλος φίλῳ, οὕτω καὶ γαλήνη ναυτίλων καὶ γαλήνη ναυτίλοις. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu²

TRANSLATION: The word ‘to sailors’ (‘nautilois’) is construed with ‘calm’, not with ‘better’. And just as we say ‘friend of a friend’ and ‘friend to a friend’, so too ‘calm of sailors’ and ‘calm to sailors’.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu² POSITION: marg. Gu²

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐστὶν οὐ] ἐστὶ καὶ Za

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐστιν Zl | 2 φαμεν Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.192,17–19

Or. 728.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ναυτίλοισιν⟩: ἰστέον ὅτι ναυτίλος ἔστιν ἰχθὺς μιμούμενος τὸ πλέειν ταῖς ναυσὶν κατὰ πάντα· ὁπόταν γοῦν θεαθῇ παρὰ τῶν ναυτῶν, ἔχουσι σημεῖον γαλήνης. —Ox²

TRANSLATION: One should know that a nautilus is a fish that imitates sailing with ships in all respects. At any rate, whenever it is seen by sailors, they have a sign of calm.

APP. CRIT.: ἔχωσι Ox²

COMMENT: On the nautilus sailing like a ship, either as if rowing during a calm or as if by sail when there is a breeze, see Arist. Hist. Anim. 655b5–15, Call. epigr. 5, Opp. Hal. 1.338–359, Aelian. de nat. anim. 9.34. None of these mention that the sight of the nautilus is a sign to sailors, nor have I located any other source in TLG texts.

Or. 728.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰσορᾶν⟩: φαίνεσθαι, τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν ἀντὶ παθητικοῦ. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘To see’ means) ‘to be seen’, the active voice used for the passive.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 728.24 (tri metr) coronis —T

APP. CRIT.: paragraphos a.c. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 729.01 (729–806) (tri metr) θᾶσσον ἤ μ’ ἐχρῆν: ¹ἁρμοδίως ἐνταῦθα τῷ τροχαϊκῷ ἐχρήσατο μέτρῳ πρὸς τὴν σπουδὴν τοῦ ὑποκριτοῦ. ²εἰσὶ γὰρ οἱ ἐντευθεν στίχοι τροχαϊκοὶ τετράμετροι καταληκτικοὶ ο̅η̅, ὧν τελευταῖος [806] ‘μυρίων κρείσσεων ὁμαίμων ἀνδρὶ κεκτῆσθαι φίλος’. ³ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς. —(T³)Ta

TRANSLATION: Here he (the poet) has suitably used the trochaic meter to match the haste of the actor. For the lines from this point are 78 trochaic tetrameters catalectic, of which the last is ‘a friend is better for a man to possess than countless kinsmen’. At the end (of the passage) a coronis.

LEMMA: Ta, τρικλ() in marg. Ta

APP. CRIT.: T³ largely washed out or lost to damage

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.14,8–11; de Fav. 58

COMMENT: Triclinius regularly notes the association of trochaic tetrameter passages with an character’s haste or running: cf. sch. 1506.01, 1549.01; similarly his notes on Phoen. 588, 1284

Or. 729.02 (729–806) (vet metr) θᾶσσον ἤ με χρῆν: τροχαϊκὸν τετράμετρον καταληκτικόν —M^aM^bBOVC^aC^b

TRANSLATION: Trochaic tetrameter catalectic.

LEMMA: M^a, θᾶσσον ἤ μ’ ἐχρῆν VC REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: s.l. (at end of line) M^bC^b, marg. B, aligned with 730 O

APP. CRIT.: καταληκτικόν om. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.172,16; Dind. II.192,22

COMMENT: This is the only place in the older scholia on the tragedians where such a metrical label survives.

Or. 729.03 (729–806) (rec metr) [ … ]κατα τὰς περισσὰς χώρας ἐπιδέχεται τροχαῖον (‒ ⏑ s.l.) ἢ χορεῖον (⏑ ⏑ ⏑ s.l.), κατὰ δὲ τὰς ἀρτίους ἢ τροχαῖον (‒ ⏑ s.l.) ἢ χορεῖον (⏑ ⏑ ⏑ s.l.) ἢ σπονδεῖον (‒ ‒ s.l.) ἢ δάκτυλον (‒ ⏑ ⏑ s.l.) / [ … ] οὗτοι(?) δέ(?) εἰσι τετράμετροι καταληκτικοὶ, τουτέστιν ἐξ ἑπτὰ ποδῶν καὶ ἡμίσους, ἀεὶ δὲ κατὰ τὸν τέταρτον πόδα τελειοῦται καὶ ἡ λέξις. —K

TRANSLATION: [The trochaic meter] in its odd positions accepts trochee or choreius, but in its even positions trochee or choreius or spondee or dactyl [or anapaest?]. And these are catalectic tetrameters, that is, (formed) from seven and a half feet, and always at (i.e., after) the fourth foot, the word is completed as well (as the metrical foot).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Whereas the listing of what is allowed in odd and even positions is found in many places, I have not located a parallel in the TLG for the recognition displayed here that there is diaeresis (word-break between metra) in the middle of the trochaic tetrameter.

Or. 729.04 (729–730) (vet paraphr) ⟨θᾶσσον ἤ μ’ ἐχρῆν … αὐτὸς σαφῶς⟩: θᾶσσον ἢ ὡς ἐχρῆν με παρεγενόμην διὰ τῆς πόλεως τὸν ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ τὴν σὴν ἀδελφὴν σύλλογον τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἀκούσας καὶ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἰδών. —B

TRANSLATION: More rapidly than I should have, I arrived through the city, having both heard of and seen with my eyes the assembly of the city (directed) against you and your sister.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.172,21–23; Dind. II.193,10–12

Or. 729.05 (729–730) (thom exeg) ⟨θᾶσσον ἤ μ’ ἐχρῆν … αὐτὸς σαφῶς⟩: ¹τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ θᾶσσον ἱκόμην ἐπιφέρει αὐτίκα λέγων ‘σύλλογον πόλεως ἀκούσας, τόνδ’ ἰδὼν αὐτὸς σαφῶς’. ²λέγει δὲ ὅτι ἐρχόμενος διὰ τῆς πόλεως ἤκουσα παρά τινων ὡς ἐκκλησίαν Ἀργεῖοι ἐποίησαν ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ Ἠλέκτραν, ἵνα κτείνωσιν. ³εἶδον δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τινὰς στείχοντας, ὅθεν σπεύσας ἀφίγμην, ἵνα μάθω τοῦ χάριν ταῦτά ἐστι, καὶ ὅσον δύναμαι εἰσενέγκω σοι. —ZZaZbZmZlTGu

TRANSLATION: He immediately adds the reason for ‘I came more quickly’ by saying ‘having heard of a gathering of the city, myself having seen this clearly’. He means: ‘as I was coming through the city I heard from some people that the Argives have called an assembly-meeting against you and Electra, in order to put you to death. And I myself too saw some arriving at the assembly, wherefore (or: from where) I came in haste to find out what the purpose of this is and to bring you as much assistance as I can’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZbZmZlGu

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 παρὰ τινῶν Gu | 3 ἐκλησία Zb | ταῦτα ἐστὶ Zb, app. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.193,4–9

Or. 729.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨θᾶσσον ἤ μ’ ἐχρῆν … δι’ ἄστεος⟩: ἀφικόμην διὰ τοῦ ἄστεος θᾶττον προβαίνων, ἤγουν ἐπιτείνων τὴν εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν πορείαν, ἢ ἐχρῆν με, προβαίνειν δηλονότι. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: I have come through the city advancing more swiftly, that is, intensifying my forward movement, than I should have—advanced, namely.

LEMMA: ἱκόμην G; ἄστεος in text all REF. SYMBOL: G POSITION: s.l. XaXb

APP. CRIT.: ἱκόμην X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.193,1–3

Or. 729.07 (vet paraphr) ⟨θᾶσσον ἤ μ’ ἐχρῆν προβαίνων⟩: ⟨τὸ ἑξῆς⟩ θᾶσσον προβαίνων ἤ μ’ ἐχρῆν. —MVC

TRANSLATION: The (simplified) word order is ‘more rapidly advancing than I should have’.

LEMMA: με χρῆν in text M POSITION: cont. from sch. 729.02 all (M from M^a version)

APP. CRIT.: ⟨τὸ ἑξῆς⟩ suppl. Mastr. | με χρὴ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.172,18

Or. 729.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨θᾶσσον ἤ μ’ ἐχρῆν⟩: ἐνσυντόμως παρὸ ἠνενδέχετο —V¹

TRANSLATION: In a rush (more) than was acceptable.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: ἐνσυντόμως occurs only 4 times in TLG, from texts of the 11th to 13th cent., including ps.-Zonaras s.v. διαβραχέος. ἠνενδέχετο is not attested in TLG; for the peculiar augment, cf. Libistrus et Rhodamne (ed. α) 3893 ἠνενδράνισεν, if taken from ἐντρανίζω rather than ἀνεντρανίζω.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 729.20 (rec exeg) ⟨προβαίνων⟩: περισσὸν —K

TRANSLATION: (The prefix ‘pro’ in ‘probainōn’ is) superfluous.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For the neuter cf. sch. 519.14.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 729.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προβαίνων⟩: (προβαίν)ειν —Aa

TRANSLATION: (A variant for participle ‘probainōn’ is infinitive) ‘probainein’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For the testimonia of the line that have προβαίνειν in the text, see Diggle’s app. crit.

Or. 729.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προβαίνων⟩: ἐπιτείνων τὴν εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν πορείαν —Gu²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 729.32 (tri metr) ⟨ἱκόμην⟩: long mark over iota —T (perhaps T³)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 729.34 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸ ἄστεος⟩: γρ. δι’ ἄ(στεος). —R

TRANSLATION: (For ‘pro asteos’, ‘proceeding along, before the city’,) the reading ‘di’ asteos’ (‘through the city’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text R REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 729.35 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸ⟩: διὰ —AaAbMnPr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘pro’ there is a variant reading) ‘dia’.

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l.

Or. 730.01 (730–731) (vet exeg) ⟨σύλλογον πόλεως … κτενοῦντας αὐτίκα⟩: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς τὸν σύλλογον τῆς πόλεως ἀκούσας καὶ ἰδὼν {τὸν σύλλογον}. ²⟨τὸ δὲ⟩ κτενοῦντας πρὸς τὸν σύλλογον ἀπέδωκεν. —MVCMnPrSSa, partial HR^bRw

TRANSLATION: The (simplified) word order is ‘having heard and seen the gathering’. And he used (the plural participle) ‘intending to kill’ to agree (in sense, not in strict grammar) with (the singular noun) ‘gathering’.

LEMMA: σύλλογον MnPrR^b REF. SYMBOL: R^bSa POSITION: cont. from sch. 729.07 MVC(add. δὲ MC), cont. from next H(add. δὲ)Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 πυλ() prep. M, πυλάδ() prep. V | τὸ ἑξῆς] om. MnPrR^bSSa | first τὸν om. S | πόλεως] πύλ() R^b | 1–2 τὸν σύλλογον κτενοῦντας κτλ om. HRw, τὸν σύλλογον … πρὸς om. R^b | 1 second τὸν σύλλογον del. Mastr. (cf. H), lacuna after σύλλογον Schw. | 2 τὸ δὲ suppl. Mastr. after ⟨τὸ⟩ Schw. | κτενοῦντας] τελοῦντας MVCSa, s.l. Pr | τὴν σύλλογ() R^b | λείπει τὸ ὁρμῶντας add. before ἀπέδωκεν PrSa (cf. sch. 731.02) | ἀπέδωκα Sa, s.l. Pr, ἀπέδωκ() VR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: θάσσον C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.172,18–20; Dind. II.192,23–24

COMMENT: If the second τὸν σύλλογον is not a mistaken repetition, then a restoration more in line with Schwartz’s lacuna would be τὸ{ν} σύλλογον ⟨εἰρηκὼς/εἰπὼν, τὸ⟩ κτενοῦντας κτλ.

Or. 730.02 (vet exeg) σύλλογον πόλεως ἀκούσας: ¹ὡς τῆς φήμης διαδραμούσης ἄχρι Φωκίδος. ²οὐ μόνον οὖν, φησὶν, ἤκουσα σύλλογον κατὰ σοῦ γεγενῆσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὼν εἶδον. —HMBVCMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: (This is said) on the assumption that the report (of the trial) had spread as far as Phocis. Not only, then, he says, did I hear that an assembly had come about (directed) against you, but I also, being present, saw it.

LEMMA: M, σύλλογον πόλ() HC, σύλλογον Rw REF. SYMBOL: HMR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 729.04 B, from prev. VMnPrR^bSSa, precedes prev. HRw

APP. CRIT. 2: φησιν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.172,24–26; Dind. II.192,24–193,1 and II.193,12–14

Or. 730.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨σύλλογον πόλεως ἀκούσας⟩: γενέσθαι κατὰ σοῦ —OG

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 730.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀκούσας⟩: ἐν Φωκίδι —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Having heard’, namely,) in Phocis.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 730.18 (rec gram) ἰδὼν αὐτὸς σαφῶς: ¹τὸ σαφῶς καὶ τὸ ἐναργῶς διαφέρουσι κἂν δοκῶσιν εἶναι ταὐτά. ²ἐναργὲς γὰρ λέγεται ὃ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὁρῶσι, σαφὲς δὲ ὅπερ χεῖρ ἐπαφᾶται. ³παχύτερον δὲ τὸ ἐπαφώμενον τοῦ ὁρωμένου δηλονότι καὶ ἐκδηλότερον· ⁴τὰ παχέα γὰρ τῶν λεπτῶν ἐκδηλότερα. ⁵ἐτυμολογεῖται δὲ τὸ σαφές παρὰ τὸ κρατεῖσθαι τῇ σῇ ἁφῇ, τὸ δὲ ἐναργές παρὰ τὴν ἐν πρόθεσιν καὶ τὸν ἄρα συλλογιστικὸν σύνδεσμον καὶ τὸ γίνεσθαι. ⁶ὁ δὲ ἄρα σύνδεσμος ἢ ἀπορηματικός ἐστι καὶ προπερισπᾶται, ἢ συλλογιστικὸς καὶ ἀποφαντικὸς καὶ δηλωτικὸς ἀληθείας ἢ ψεύδους καὶ παροξύνεται. ⁷παροξύνεται δὲ καὶ ὁ παραπληρωματικὸς ἄρα, ὃς καὶ ἄρ λέγεται. ⁸σαφὲς οὖν τὸ ἐπαφώμενον, ἐναργὲς δὲ τὸ ἐν τῷ ἄρα συλλογιστικῷ συνδέσμῳ γινόμενον καὶ ἐκ συλλογισμοῦ συνιστάμενον καὶ τρόπον τινὰ καθορώμενον. ⁹ἐντεῦθεν καὶ τὸ ὄναρ καὶ τὸ ὕπαρ· ¹⁰τὸ μὲν ὄναρ ἀπορούμενον εἰ ὄν ἐστιν ἆρα, ὡς ἂν εἴ τις εἴπῃ· ἆρα ὄν ἐστι τὸ ὄναρ, τὸ δὲ ὕπαρ καθὸ φανερώτερόν ἐστι καὶ τρόπον τινὰ καθορώμενον ὀφθαλμοῖς ἀνεῳγόσιν ὑπὸ τὸ ἄρ ἐστι τὸ συλλογιστικὸν, ἤτοι ἀληθές. —V, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: The (adverbs) ‘saphōs’ and ‘enargōs’ differ even if they seem to be the same. For ‘enarges’ is said of that which eyes see, but ‘saphes’ of what a hand touches. And that which is touched is denser and more obvious than that which is seen. For dense things are clearer than fine things. The word ‘saphes’ is etymologized from being controlled by ‘your touch’ (sēi haphēi’), while ‘enarges’ is derived from the preposition ‘in’ (‘en’) and the syllogistic particle ‘then’ (‘ara’) and ‘become’ (‘ginesthai’). The particle ‘ara’ is either dubitative and has a circumflex on the penult, or it is logical and declarative and revealing of truth or falsehood and has an acute on the penult. The latter accentuation also applies to ‘ara’ as a (metrical) filler, which is also used in the form ‘ar’. So then, ‘saphes’ is that which is touched, and ‘enarges’ is that which comes about in/by the syllogistic particle ‘ara’ and by syllogism takes substance and in a certain way is seen. From this (same etymon ‘ara’ come) both ‘onar’ (‘dream’) and ‘hupar’ (‘waking state’): ‘onar’ being subject to doubt whether it is truly in existence, as if one should say ‘is the dream really (‘ara’) real?’; whereas ‘upar’, inasmuch as it is clearer and in a sense seen with open eyes, falls under the syllogistic ‘ara’, that is, (is) true.

LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: follows sch. 738.01 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ταυτὰ V | 8 ἐπαφόμενον V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.172,27–173,13; Dind. II.193,15–194,4

COMMENT: For other etymologies, see e.g. Eust. in Od. 19.547 [II.218,8–11] ἀντίκεινται δὲ τὸ ὄναρ καὶ τὸ ὕπαρ. καὶ γίνεται ὄναρ μὲν παρὰ τὸ ὂν καὶ τὸ αἴρειν, ὕπαρ δὲ παρὰ τὸν ὕπνον καὶ τὸ αἴρειν, ἵνα εἶεν ὕπαρ μὲν ὕπνου ἄρσις διὰ τὴν ἐγρήγορσιν, ὡς οἱονεὶ ὕπναρ, ὄναρ δὲ παρὰ τὴν τοῦ ὄντος ἄρσιν· φαντασίᾳ γὰρ τὰ καθ’ ὕπνους καὶ οὐκ ἐν ὀντότητι; Suda υ 155 ὕπαρ λέγει τὸ μεθ’ ἡμέραν ὄναρ· ὡς ἐναργῶς ὑπάρχον, ἀληθές. κατὰ ἀποκοπὴν τῆς τελευταίας συλλαβῆς τῆς χον (cf. Et. Magn. 777,31–35); Orion 156,25–28 ὕπαρ. ὦ ἐστὶ ῥῆμα, δηλοῦν τὸ ὑπάρχω. ἀφ’ οὗ ῥηματικὸν ὄνομα ἀρ, ὡς θένω θέναρ, ἔβω ἔβαρ καὶ εἶδας, καὶ μετὰ τῆς ὑπὸ προθέσεως, ὕπαρ. Φιλόξενος ἐν τῷ περὶ μονοσυλλάβων ῥημάτων.

KEYWORDS: διαφέρει | vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 730.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἰδὼν αὐτὸς σαφῶς⟩: καὶ οὐ μόνον ἤκουον —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 731.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ σὲ τὴν σὴν σύγγονον⟩: γρ. ἐπὶ σὲ σύγγονόν τε τὴν σὴν. —MnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (For ‘epi se tēn sēn suggonon’, ‘against you your sister’,) the reading ‘epi se suggonon te tēn sēn’ (‘against you and your sister’ with a different placement of ‘your’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l. Pr, marg. MnRS

APP. CRIT.: after τε Mn inserts sch. 732.01 | at end add. ὡς κτενοῦντας αὐτίκα all except R

APP. CRIT. 2: σύγκονον Mn (as in the line)

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 731.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ σὲ σύγγονόν τε⟩: λείπει τὸ ὁρμῶντας. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (To understand ‘against you and your sister’,) ‘stirring themselves eagerly’ (in agreement with the implied plural citizens in assembly) is to be supplied.

LEMMA: ἐπὶ σὲ τὴν σὴν σύγγονον in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This phrase is also interpolated in sch. 730.01 in PrSa (see app. there).

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 731.03 (mosch paraphr) ἐπὶ σὲ σύγγονόν τε: κατὰ σοῦ καὶ τῆς σῆς ἀδελφῆς κινούμενον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Gathering’) set in motion against you and your sister.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: σῆς om. Gr

Or. 732.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨τί τάδε;⟩: τί δηλαδὴ ταῦτα; —AbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l. AbPrS, marg. MnR (inserted within sch. 731.01 Mn)

Or. 732.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τί πράσσεις;⟩: decipherment withdrawn after autopsy; see sch. 732.12a —

Or. 732.08 (rec exeg) ⟨πράσσεις⟩: γρ. δράσεις. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: (For ‘prasseis’, ‘you fare’,) the reading ‘draseis’ (‘you will do’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: δράσσεις MnS

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 733.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πάντα⟩: καὶ φίλος καὶ συγγενὴς καὶ ἀδελφός —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 734.12 (tri metr) ⟨τἀμὰ⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 735.01 (thom exeg) ⟨συγκατασκάπτοις⟩: τὸ κατασκάπτειν κυρίως ἐπὶ πόλεως, ἐνταῦθα δὲ καταχρηστικῶς εἴρηται. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The verb ‘kataskaptein’ (‘raze’) is properly applied to a city, but here has been used catachrestically.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.194,12–13

KEYWORDS: catachresis

Or. 735.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κοινὰ γὰρ τὰ τῶν φίλων⟩: ἡ μητὴρ τοῦ Πυλάδου ἀδελφὴ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος. —V^2/3

TRANSLATION: (The saying that the things of friends are held in common applies because) the mother of Pylades is the sister of Agamemnon.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 735.15 (mosch exeg) ⟨κοινὰ γὰρ τὰ τῶν φίλων⟩: παροιμία —XXaXbXoTYYfGGrAaZc²

TRANSLATION: Proverbial expression.

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. TAaZc²

APP. CRIT. 2: παρόμοια G

KEYWORDS: παροιμία

Or. 736.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κάκιστος⟩: λείπει τὸ ἐφάνη —CKZuCrOxB^3a

TRANSLATION: (With ‘kakistos’, ‘worst, most vile’) the (verb) ‘ephanē’ (‘he was revealed to be’) is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λείπει τὸ] C, om. others

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 737.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κακῆς γυναικὸς⟩: ἧς ἔχει τῆς Ἑλένης —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Bad wife’) whom he has, Helen.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 737.17 (tri metr) ⟨γίνεσθαι⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 738.01 (vet paraphr) ὥσπερ οὐκ ἐλθών: οὕτως ἐμοὶ προσηνέχθη ὡς μὴ παραγενόμενος. —HMBVCMnR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: He dealt with me just as if he had not arrived.

LEMMA: MVMnPrR^bRwS REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b

APP. CRIT.: προσηνέχθη] προσῆλθεν H, οὖν ἠνέχθη V | παραγενάμενος C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.173,15–16; Dind. II.194,19–20

Or. 738.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὥσπερ οὐκ ἐλθών⟩: τὸ αὐτό μοι ἀπέδωκεν ὥσπερ μὴ μολών. —MVCMnPrR^aR^bS

TRANSLATION: He gave the same to me as if not having come.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all except R^a

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀποδώκων app. R^a | μολῶν MCMnPrR^aS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.173,17; Dind. II.194,20

Or. 738.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὥσπερ οὐκ ἐλθών⟩: τὸ ἴσον ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ μὴ ἦλθε —Lb

TRANSLATION: (He gave) the same as he would have if he had not come.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.194,21–22

Or. 738.05 (thom paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἐλθών⟩: ἐνταῦθα ἐκ Τροίας —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: only faint traces Z

Or. 738.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔμοιγε ταὐτὸν ἐπέδωκε⟩: τὰ αὐτά μοι ἀπέδωκεν —Ab

LEMMA: ἐπέδωκε in text Ab POSITION: s.l.

Or. 738.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπέδωκε⟩: γρ. ἀπέδοτο. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: (For ‘apedōke’, ‘he gave back’, the active form) the reading ‘apedoto’ (the corresponding middle form) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 739.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀφιγμένος⟩: ἔστιν ἀφιγμένος, ἤγουν ἀφῖκται —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 739.02 X

APP. CRIT.: app. ‑μένον Xa | ἀφίχθαι T(ἀφίκετο Ta), ἐφίκται Gr

Or. 740.01 (vet exeg) ⟨χρόνιος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ χρόνον πολύν· ὅμως κἂν βραδὺ παρεγένετο, ἀλλὰ τάχιστα τοῖς φίλοις ἐφωράθη κακός. —B

TRANSLATION: (The adjective ‘chronios’ is) equivalent to ‘after much time’: despite the fact that he arrived slowly, he still was very swiftly detected being base toward his friends/kin.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.173,18–19; Dind. II.194,23–24

COMMENT: Lex. Vindobon. χ 12 Guida [= 8 Nauck] χρόνιος λέγεται ὁ χρόνον πολὺν ἐπιμένων τινὶ πράγματι. Εὐριπίδης· [Or. 485] ‘βεβαρβάρωσαι, χρόνιος ὢν ἐν βαρβάροις’. καὶ χρόνιος ὁ μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον ἐλθών. Εὐριπίδης· [Or. 740] ‘χρόνιος, ἀλλ’ ὅμως τάχιστα κακὸς ἐφωράθη φίλοις’…

Or. 742.01 (vet exeg) οὐκ ἐκεῖνος: ¹διαβάλλει ὡς γυναικοκρατούμενον αὐτὸν καὶ ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἐληλυθότα, εἰ μὴ παραγέγονεν ἡ Ἑλένη. ²κωμῳδεῖται δὲ ὁ στίχος διὰ τὴν ταυτότητα. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwSSa, partial HO

TRANSLATION: He (Orestes) criticizes him (Menelaus) as ruled by a woman and as one who would not have come if Helen had not arrived. The line is ridiculed because of the tautology.

LEMMA: MMnPrR^bS, οὐκ ἐκεῖνος ἀλλ’ ἐκείνη VRw REF. SYMBOL: MVR^bSa POSITION: between sch. 757.03 and 765.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.: for H, neither line 742 nor this annotation is visible in Daitz’s photo; readings reported depend on autopsy by Daitz | 1 διαβάλλει … ἑλένη om. O, om. H or lost to trimming | γυναικὶ κρατούμενον VPrR^bRw, γυναικὶ κρατουμένη MnS | ἐληλύθει BMnRwS, ἐλυλήθει Sa, ἐληλύθη Pr(final eta written over something else) | παρεγίνετο V, παρεγένετο Rw, παρεγεγόνει MnPrR^bSSa | 2 δὲ om. HOVMnPrR^b | ὁ στίχων S | πραότητα MCO, ταυτολογίαν VRw [H, read by Daitz as ταυτότητα with every letter dotted]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.173,20–22; Dind. II.195,1–3

COMMENT: κωμῳδεῖται need not imply that the verse was quoted for mockery in an ancient comedy; if it was, no trace of such quotation survives. | The variant ταυτολογία can apply equally well to ἐκεῖνος … ἐκείνη κεῖνον. Normally the term means expressing the same idea twice in different words, but for an instance in which it refers to repetition of the same words in proximity, cf. Sch. Ael. Aristid. 426,5 Jebb (III.352–353 Dindorf) ἐὰν δὲ συμβῇ τοῦτ’ αὐτὸ, ὃ λέγω] ἐπειδὴ ᾔσθετο τῆς ταυτολογίας· τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ πάλιν εἰπεῖν ἔμελλε· θεραπεύει αὐτὸ τῇ μικρᾷ προσθήκῃ, εἰπὼν τοῦτο, ὃ λέγω, which refers to αὐτό γε τοῦτο followed by τοῦτ’ αὐτὸ ὃ λέγω about 20 words later.

COLLATION NOTES: διὰ τὴν πραότητα was perhaps originally omitted in M, since it is added at the end of the next line in the upper block, set off with a line, that is, after the scribe began the next line with the next note, but before the scribe got very far with it.

KEYWORDS: κωμῳδεῖν

Or. 742.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκεῖνος⟩: τοῦτο λέγει διὰ τὸ ὑπείκειν αὐτὸν πάντα τῇ γυναικὶ καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐκείνης φέρεσθαι. —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: He (Orestes) says this because he (Menelaus) yields to his wife in all matters and stirs himself in obedience to her will.

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: πάντα om. Z | βούλ. φέρεσθαι transp. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: τὸ ᾿κείνης ZmGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.194,30–-31

Or. 742.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκεῖνος⟩: διαβάλλει ὡς γυναικοκράτητον. —Gu

TRANSLATION: He (Orestes) criticizes (Menelaus) as ruled by a woman.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.194,31–195,1

Or. 742.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἤγαγεν⟩: ἐκείνη γὰρ οὐκ ἐκ[εῖνος ἤγα]γεν, οὐκ αὐ[τὴ ἠχ]θη(?). —O

TRANSLATION: For she and not he did the leading, she was not herself led.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: last words very uncertain, αυ faint and obscured in binding, final η looks more like εν sign

Or. 742.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἤγαγεν⟩: συνεκδοχικὸν —Gu

TRANSLATION: (The verb is) to be understood in common (with both ‘that man’ and ‘that woman’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν

Or. 743.01 (pllgn rhet) ἀντίθετον σχῆμα —G

TRANSLATION: Figure of antithesis.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: If the note is not misplaced from 742, then the antithesis must be πλείστους Ἀχαιῶν vs. γυνὴ μία.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίθεσις/ἀντιθετικόν

Or. 743.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨ποῦ ’στιν ἣ … γυνὴ μία;⟩: ¹τῷ ὑποτακτικῷ συνυπάγει τὸν λόγον. ²ὀφείλων γὰρ εἰπεῖν ‘ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ γυνὴ ἣ πλείστους Ἀχαιῶν ὤλεσεν;’ ³ὁ δέ φησι ‘ποῦ ἐστιν ἥτις γυνὴ πλείστους Ἀχαιῶν ὤλεσεν;’ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: He brings the word (that is, ‘woman’) within the subordinate clause; for when he should say ‘where is the woman who destroyed very many of the Achaeans?’, he says ‘where is whichever woman destroyed very many of the Achaeans?’

LEMMA: ποὖστι G POSITION: s.l. Xb

APP. CRIT.: 2 ὤλεσεν Ἀχαιῶν transp. T (Arsen.) | ἀχαιοὺς G | 3 ἥτις κτλ] ἣ πλείστους ἀχαιοὺς ὤλεσεν G

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 δὲ φησὶν XaXoYGr (XaXo punct. around φησὶν, GrY before it) | ποῦ ἐστὶν XXa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.195,5–7

COMMENT: This comment was perhaps offered in opposition to the interpretation given in sch. 743.08, which views the construction as an ‘Attic’ replacement for ἡ … ὀλέσασα. See also sch. 854.01.

Or. 743.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ὤλεσε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀλέσασα. Ἀττικὸν δὲ τὸ σχῆμα. —MC

TRANSLATION: (Indicative ‘destroyed’ is) used for (participle) ‘having destroyed’. The figure is Attic.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C | δὲ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.173,23; Dind. II.195,4–5

COMMENT: Perhaps this means that ἣ … ὤλεσε has replaced ἡ … ὀλέσασα, which could be used in a simpler paraphrase. See on sch. 743.02.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 744.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ δὴ τούσδ’ ἐμοὺς καλεῖν χρεών⟩: ἐὰν ὑπάρχει ἄξιον καλεῖν τούτους ἡμετέρους —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 745.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σοῦ κασιγνήτῳ πατρός⟩: τῷ ἀδελφῷ τοῦ σοῦ πατρός —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τῷ ἀδελφῷ with τοῦ above σοῦ and also above πατρός G

Or. 746.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μή μ’ ἰδεῖν⟩: ἔλεξα μὴ ἀνέξεσθαι ἰδεῖν με —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 747.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θέλω⟩: γρ. ποθῶ. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘thelō’, ‘I wish’,) the reading ‘pothō’ (‘I long to’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 748.01 (vet exeg) εὐλαβεῖθ’ ὃ τοῖς φίλοισι: γνησίου γὰρ φίλου τὸ καὶ ὑπὲρ δύναμιν κάμνειν, †ὅπερ εὐλαβεῖσθαι αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν†. —MBC, partial O

TRANSLATION: (He says this) because it is the trait of a genuine friend to toil even beyond one’s power, †the very thing which he himself said he was avoiding†.

LEMMA: M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. O; cont. from sch. 748.05 B

APP. CRIT.: κάμνειν] τολμᾶν B | ὅπερ εὐλ. κτλ om. O | ὅπερ] εἴπερ M | αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν] B, αὐτὸν ἔλεγεν Schw., ἔλεγεν M, om. C

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὑπερδύναμιν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.173,24–25; Dind. II.195,12–13

COMMENT: The ὅπερ clause is problematic, and not only because of the different omissions in M and C and M’s variant εἴπερ. One possible analysis here is that the origin of the problem is a text in which a note ending ἤπερ (cf. M’s εἴπερ) εὐλαβεῖσθαι ran on without punctuation into the beginning of the next, εὐλαβεῖσθαι ἔλεγεν, and then the double εὐλαβεῖσθαι was reduced to one. This corrupt form could then have given rise to B’s version as an attempt at repair. If, on the other hand, B’s longer form is considered more authoritative, αὐτὸς produces a reference to what Menelaus said. In the version of V and recentiores (sch. 748.02), εὐλαβεῖσθαι ἔλεγε works as an explanation of (their text) εὐλαβεῖσθ(αι) to show the governance of the infinitive—or if the note was written for a text with εὐλαβεῖτ(ο), to show that in reply to ‘what did he say?’, Orestes has tersely responded ‘he was cautious’ rather than more obviously responding ‘he said he was being cautious’. B’s version could perhaps be made sensible if we emend to ⟨πρὸς⟩ ὅπερ, ‘in regard to which very thing he himself said he was being cautious’. With Schwartz’s emendation of αὐτὸς to αὐτὸν, Orestes is instead the subject: ‘the very thing which he (Orestes) was saying that he (Menelaus) was avoiding/fearing’.

Or. 748.02 (rec exeg) εὐλαβεῖσθ’ ὃ τοῖς φίλοισι: ¹εὐλαβεῖσθαι ἔλεγε· ²γνησίου γὰρ φίλου τὸ καὶ ὑπὲρ δύναμιν κάμνειν καὶ τολμᾶν ἤπερ εὐλαβεῖσθαι. —VMnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: He (Menelaus) said he was being cautious. For it is the trait of a genuine friend to toil and act boldly even beyond one’s power rather than be cautious.

LEMMA: V(φίλοις) REF. SYMBOL: VR^bSa

APP. CRIT.: 1 after ἔλεγε add. ἱ R^b | 2 τὸ καὶ] τὸ Sa, καὶ τοῖς MnPrR^bS; after καὶ τοῖς R^b has interpolated verse 754 οὐ γὰρ αἰχμητὴς πέφυκεν, ἐν γυναιξὶ δ’ ἄλκιμος:~, followed by remainder of sch. (ὑπὲρ δύναμιν κτλ) | ἤπερ εὐλ. om. S, | ἤπερ] ἢ Sa, εἴπερ Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 εὐλαβεῖσθε Sa | ἔλεγ() V | 2 ὑπερ S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.195,13–14

Or. 748.03 (vet exeg) εὐλαβεῖθ’ ὃ: ¹εὐλαβεῖθ’ ὃ⟨ … ⟩ τὸ λέγειν εὐλαβούμεθα. ²γνησίου γὰρ φίλου τὸ καὶ ὑπὲρ δύναμιν κάμνειν. —HRw

TRANSLATION: He was cautious, which ⟨lacuna: e.g., is the trait of a bad friend, namely,⟩ to say ‘we are cautious’. For it is the trait of a genuine friend to toil even beyond one’s power.

LEMMA: Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 e.g. ⟨κακοῦ φίλου ἐστὶν ἤγουν⟩? | 2 γὰρ om. H acc. to Daitz (but possibly present under top writing?) | καὶ τὸ transp. H | καμνί Rw, κάμαειν app. H

Or. 748.04 (vet exeg) τὸ γὰρ παρὰ δύναμιν τολμᾶν γνησίου φίλου. —MC

TRANSLATION: (He says this) because it is the trait of a genuine friend to act boldly beyond one’s power.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 748.01 MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.173,25–26; Dind. II.195,14 app.

Or. 748.05 (vet exeg) ὅπερ λέγουσιν οἱ κακοὶ φίλοι μὴ θέλοντες τοῖς φίλοις συνελθεῖν, λέγοντες ‘εὐλαβούμεθα’. —MBCVPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: The very thing that bad friends say if they are unwilling to join up with their friends, saying ‘we are cautious/afraid’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 748.04 MC (ambig. S), from 748.02 VPrR^bSa; precedes 748.01 B

APP. CRIT.: ὅπερ] εἴπερ S | μὴ θέλοντες] μέλλοντες Sa | συνελθεῖν] βοηθεῖν B | λέγοντες] om. S, λέγουσιν MnPrR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.173,26–27; Dind. II.195,15–16 and 10–11

Or. 748.06 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐλαβεῖσθ’⟩: εἶπέ μοι εὐλαβεῖσθαι τὸν ὄχλον —AbMnS

TRANSLATION: He told me he was afraid of the mob. (Or: He told me to be afraid of the mob.)

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: marg. Mn, s.l. AbS

APP. CRIT.: τῷ add. before εὐλαβ. Mn, τὸ add. S | τοὺς ὄχλους Ab

APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπε μοὶ AbMn

Or. 748.07 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐλαβεῖσθ’⟩: εἰς(?) τὸν ὄχλον τῶν Ἀργείων —Sa^r

LEMMA: thus in text Sa POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰς very uncertain (obscure trace before τὸν)

Or. 748.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ηὐλαβεῖθ’⟩: καὶ πρόφασιν φόβου ἐποίει —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 748.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὃ τοῖς φίλοισι … φίλοι⟩: ὃ ποιοῦσι πρὸς τοὺς φίλους οἱ κακότροποι —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 748.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃ⟩: τὸ λέγειν ‘εὐλαβούμεθα’ —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Which thing’ refers to) saying ‘we are cautious’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 749.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σκῆψιν εἰς ποίαν … ἔχω μαθών⟩: εἰς ποίαν πρόφασιν προχωρῶν; τοῦτο μαθὼν πάντ’ ἔχω. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except XT, as two sep. XoYfG

Or. 749.04 (pllgn gram) ⟨σκῆψιν⟩: καὶ πρόφασιν καὶ †σφαγὴν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This has the form of a citation of alternative meanings of a word for the benefit of the student’s vocabulary skills. It is hard, however, to imagine what the glossator had in mind in claiming that σφαγή is a possible meaning of σκῆψις.

Or. 749.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῦτο πάντ’ ἔχω μαθών⟩: τοῦτο δηλαδὴ νοήσας καὶ μαθὼν τὰ πάντα ἔχω, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰ πάντα συμπεριέλαβον καὶ ἐνόησα. —V

TRANSLATION: Having understood and learned this (answer), that is, I have everything, in the sense I comprehended and understood everything.

POSITION: follows sch. 750.03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,1–2; Dind. II.195,19–20

Or. 749.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῦτο πάντ’ ἔχω μαθών⟩: τοῦτο μαθὼν ἅπαντα εἰμὶ μεμαθηκὼς. —C

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 749.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῦτο πάντ’ ἔχω μαθών⟩: ἤγουν τοῦτο μαθὼν πάντα ἔχω. —Ox²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 749.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πάντ’ ἔχω μαθών⟩: μαθὼν πάντα ἔχω —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 749.21 (rec exeg) ⟨μαθεῖν⟩: γρ. μαθὼν. —AaFRfZa

TRANSLATION: (For infinitive ‘to learn’) the reading ‘mathōn’ (participle ‘having learned’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. AaFRf

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 750.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ὁ τὰς ἀρίστας⟩: κατ’ εἰρωνείαν λέγει. —MVCMnPrR^bS

TRANSLATION: He says this (i.e., ‘the best’) ironically.

LEMMA: οὗτος ἦλθ’ ὁ τὰς ἀρίστας MV(app. ἀρίστους), οὗτος ἦλθ’ CR^b, οὗτος ἦλθε MnPrS REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: κατειρωνείαν MR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,3; Dind. II.195,21

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 750.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ὁ τὰς ἀρίστας⟩: ἐν ἤθει δὲ ταῦτα λέγει εἰρωνικῶς. —MBVCMnR^bS

TRANSLATION: He says this with a special intonation, ironically.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B; cont. from sch. 750.09 all except B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,5; Dind. II.195,22

KEYWORDS: ἐν ἤθει | εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 750.05 (recMosch exeg) ὁ τὰς ἀρίστας: κατ’ εἰρωνείαν —Sa^rXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZu

TRANSLATION: Using irony.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT. 2: εἰρωνίαν Xa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.195,22

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 750.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁ τὰς ἀρίστας⟩: εἰρωνευόμενος τοῦτο λέγει. —Zl

TRANSLATION: He says this speaking ironically.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 750.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ὁ τὰς ἀρίστας⟩: εἰρωνικόν —ZZa

TRANSLATION: Ironic (use of the word ‘best’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 750.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰς ἀρίστας⟩: ἤγουν τὰς αἰσχράς —Sa^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αἰσχράς] faint traces consistent with this, but not certain

Or. 750.09 (vet exeg) ⟨σπείρας πατήρ⟩: γράφεται καὶ κεκτημένος. —MVCMnPrR^bS

TRANSLATION: (Instead of ‘speiras patēr’, ‘father who sired’,) the reading ‘kektēmenos’ (‘who possesses’) is also found.

POSITION: follows sch. 750.03 all

APP. CRIT.: γράψον V | καὶ om. MPrR^bS | κεκτημένη C, κεκτη[ Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,4; Dind. II.195,21–22

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 751.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἴσως σοι θυγατέρος θυμούμενος⟩: ἴσως ἦλθε θυμούμενος κατὰ σοῦ ἕνεκα τῆς θυγατρός. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Perhaps he came being angry against you because of his daughter.

POSITION: s.l. except XXoT

APP. CRIT.: θυμ. and τῆς θυγ. om. G (to be understood from line)

Or. 751.13 (tri metr) ⟨θυμούμενος⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 752.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ τοῦδε κῆδος … πατρός⟩: τὴν τούτου συγγένειαν προέκρινε μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ ἐμοῦ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The kinship with this man he judged more important than that with my father.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except X(cont. fromsch. 752.02)XoT

APP. CRIT.: ἢ (τὴν om.) τοῦ ἐμοῦ πατρός G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.195,26–27

Or. 752.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ τούτου κῆδος⟩: ἤγουν ἡ δόξα τούτου —Ox

LEMMA: thus in text Ox POSITION: s.l.

Or. 752.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τοῦδε⟩: γρ. τούτου. —PrR

TRANSLATION: (For ‘toude’, ‘of this man’,) the reading ‘toutou’ (‘of this man’) is found.

REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: s.l. Pr, marg. R

COMMENT: The standard gloss of a form of ὅδε with the corresponding from of οὗτος intruded into some texts (as we find in V and, e.g., CrOx).

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 753.08 (vet exeg) ἀντιλάζυσθαι: ὡς ἐκ τοῦ λαζύω λάζυμι λάζυμαι. —HMBOCV³RwGu

TRANSLATION: (The infinitive ‘antilazusthai’, ‘take hold of’, is formed) as from (a compound of) ‘lazuō’, ‘lazumi’, ‘lazumai’.

LEMMA: M, λάζυσθαι Rw POSITION: marg. MBO, s.l. V³Gu

APP. CRIT.: ὡς ἐκ τοῦ om. Gu | ὡς om. OV³ | ἐκ τοῦ λαζύω] τοῦ Rw | λάζυμαι] om. V³, ζυμαι B, add. λα s.l. | add. λάζηται λάζυσθαι Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,7; Dind. II.196,2–3

Or. 754.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ⟩: λείπει οὐχὶ. —PrR

TRANSLATION: (Before ‘for not …’) ‘no’ is to be supplied.

REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: s.l. Pr, marg. R

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 754.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ⟩: λείπει οὐκ ἔστιν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (Before ‘for not …’) ‘it is not possible’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 754.10 (tri metr) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 755.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἄρ’⟩: εἰ ταῦθ’ οὕτως ἔχει —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.196,7

Or. 755.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀναγκαῖον⟩: ἀπαραίτητον ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔχεις τὸν βοηθήσοντα. —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Necessary’ in the sense) ‘unavoidable since you do not have anyone who will help’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.196,8

Or. 756.01 (mosch paraphr) ψῆφον ἀμφ’ ἡμῶν: χρεία ἐστὶ θέσθαι τοὺς πολίτας ψῆφον περὶ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τῷ φόνῳ, τουτέστι διὰ τὸν φόνον, ὃν δηλονότι εἰργασάμεθα. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZl²

TRANSLATION: It is necessary for the citizens to conduct a vote concerning us on the killing, that is, because of the killing which, namely, we did.

LEMMA: G; ἀφ’ ἡμῶν in text XG, καθ’ ἡμῶν in text TYYfZl POSITION: s.l. XaXb

APP. CRIT. 2: χρήα Zl² | τοῦτέστι Zl² | ὂν Zl² | δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.196,13–14

Or. 756.06 (rec exeg) ⟨καθ’ ἡμῶν⟩: γρ. ἀ⟨μ⟩φ’ ἡμῶν, ἤγουν περὶ ἡμῶν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘kath’ hēmōn’, ‘against us’,) the reading ‘amph’ hemōn’ is found, that is, ‘concerning us’.

LEMMA: thus in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 756.09 (tri metr) ⟨πολίτας⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 756.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ φόνῳ⟩: ἤγουν διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ὃν δηλονότι εἰργασάμεθα —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 756.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨περὶ φόνου⟩: γρ. ἐπὶ φόνῳ. —Zc^r

TRANSLATION: (For ‘peri phonou’, ‘concerning murder’,) the reading ‘epi phonōi’ (‘upon murder’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Zc POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 757.01 (vet exeg) ἦ κρινεῖ τί χρῆμα λέξον: ¹ὁ ἦ ἀντὶ τοῦ δή· ²ἀναστρεπτέον δὲ τὸν λόγον· ³τί δὴ κρινεῖ, λέξον. —MVCMnPrR^bRwSSaZu, partial H

TRANSLATION: ‘Ē’ (particle with smooth breathing and circumflex) used for ‘dē’ (‘indeed’). The phrase must be reversed: ‘what indeed will it decide, tell (me)’.

LEMMA: ἢ κρίνει τι χρῆμα λέξων M, ἢ κρινεῖ V, ἦ κρινεῖ τί Pr, ἢ κρινεῖ τί MnR^bS; in text ἦ MnPrRS, ἢ HMCRw, ἣ M²VZu, ἣ δὴ Sa REF. SYMBOL: HMVR^bZu

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 δῆ κρεινεῖ Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,8–9; Dind. II.196,16–17

KEYWORDS: anastrophe (inversion of word order) | antistrophe (of word order)

Or. 757.02 (rec exeg) ¹ἢ οὕτως· ²τὸ ἥ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥτις· ³⟨ἥτις⟩, αὐτὴ ἡ ψῆφος, τί κρινεῖ, λέξον. —V

TRANSLATION: Or in this way: ‘hē’ used for ‘hētis’ (‘which(ever)’). ⟨Which⟩, the vote itself, what will it decide, tell (me).

POSITION: cont. from prev.

APP. CRIT.: 3 ⟨ἥτις⟩ suppl. Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,11–12

Or. 757.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἢ οὕτως· ²τί δὴ ἡ ψῆφος κρινεῖ, εἰπὲ, ὅτι φοβοῦμαι. —HMCMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Or like this: what indeed will the vote decide, tell (me), because I am afraid.

LEMMA: Rw POSITION: cont. from sch. 757.01 HMCMnR^bSSa, Pr after dicolon

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,10; Dind. II.196,17–18

Or. 757.04 (vet exeg) τί δὴ πρᾶγμα κρινεῖ ἡ ψῆφος, εἰπὲ, ὅτι δέδοικα. —B

TRANSLATION: What matter indeed will the vote decide, tell (me), because I am afraid.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,10 app.; Dind. II.196,18–19

Or. 757.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἦ κρινεῖ τί χρῆμα⟩: ἥτις ψῆφος τί πρᾶγμα κρινεῖ; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Which (relative pronoun/adjective) vote, what matter will it decide?

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 757.10 (tri metr) ⟨κρινεῖ⟩: short mark above iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 758.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἢ θανεῖν ἢ ζῆν⟩: κρινεῖ ἢ θανεῖν ἡμᾶς ἢ ζῆν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: It will decide either that we die or that we live.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: after κρινεῖ add. δηλ() Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.196,21

Or. 758.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὁ μῦθος οὐ μακρὸς μακρῶν πέρι⟩: ὁ ἐμὸς λόγος περὶ μακρῶν λόγων οὐ μακρὸς γενήσεται. —AaAbMnPrS

TRANSLATION: My statement about long statements will not be long.

POSITION: s.l. AaAbPr

APP. CRIT.: οὐ μακρὸς om. Aa (understood from line) | μακρογενήσεται Ab

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.196,22–23

COMMENT: Deleting λόγων would make a more apposite paraphrase, but the bad interpretation may be what the original paraphrast intended (cf. sch. 758.13), and Moschopulus’s πραγμάτων (sch. 758.14) could be, in part, a corrective to this.

Or. 758.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὁ μῦθος οὐ μακρὸς⟩: τί δεῖ λέγειν; —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τὶ Gu

Or. 758.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μακρῶν πέρι⟩: περὶ μακροῦ πράγματος ἔρχεται, ἤγουν περὶ τοῦ θανεῖν. —G

TRANSLATION: (My speech) comes concerning a great/important matter, that is, about dying.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 759.01 (vet exeg) φεῦγε νῦν λιπὼν μέλαθρα: ¹κατὰ ⟨τὸ⟩ ἀντίστροφον λέγονται τὰ πρόσωπα ἀπὸ τοῦ φεῦγε νῦν λιπών· ²ὁ γὰρ Πυλάδης ἀντιλέγει μέχρι τοῦ [781] ‘ἀλλὰ δῆτ’ ἔλθω;’. —MC

TRANSLATION: The characters’ lines are spoken in inverse fashion from ‘flee now leaving’. For Pylades (instead of asking questions) makes the replies up to ‘then shall I go?’.

LEMMA: M, φεῦγε νῦν C REF. SYMBOL: M

APP. CRIT.: ⟨τὸ⟩ Mastr. | ἀντίστροφον] Dind. without note, ἀντιστρόφου MC | 2 ἀντιλέγει] Schw., αὐτὸ λέγει MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,13–15; Dind. II.196,24–26

COMMENT: Elsewhere always with the article, κατὰ τὸ ἀντίστροφον can mean ‘conversely’, ‘inversely’, or ‘reciprocally’. The observation here seems to be that Pylades has led the stichomythia so far by asking questions to which Orestes replies, whereas for much (but not, in fact, all) of the next 23 lines Orestes takes the lead, often asking questions that Pylades must answer.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως

Or. 759.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨νυν⟩: ἀργὸν τὸ ν̅υ̅ν̅, ἀντὶ τοῦ γοῦν. —XXaXbT⁺YGu

TRANSLATION: The word ‘nun’ (‘now’) has no function (of indicating time?), (but is) used for ‘goun’ (‘at any rate’).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: Gu reuses Gr note (next), only adding γοῦν above λοιπόν | ἀντὶ τοῦ γοῦν om. XaY

APP. CRIT. 2: τονῦν X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.196,26–27

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 759.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυν⟩: ἀργὸν τὸ ν̅υ̅ν̅, ἀντὶ τοῦ λοιπόν. —YfGr, partial Xo

TRANSLATION: The word ‘nun’ (‘now’) has no function (of indicating time?), (but is) used for ‘loipon’ (‘therefore’).

LEMMA: νῦν in text Xo POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀργὸν τὸ νυν om. Xo

APP. CRIT. 2: τὸ νῦν YfGr

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 759.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυν⟩: ἀργὸν τὸ ν̅υ̅ν̅, ἀντὶ τοῦ δή. —G

TRANSLATION: The word ‘nun’ (‘now’) has no function (of indicating time?), (but is) used for ‘dē’ (particle ‘indeed’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: νῦν G

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 759.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨σὺν κασιγνήτῃ σέθεν⟩: σὺν τῇ ἀδελφῇ σου —Rf²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δελφῆ Rf², word crossed out

Or. 760.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨φυλασσόμεθα φρουρίοισι⟩: στρατιῶται φυλάσσουσιν π[ά]ντ[α](?) —Sa^r

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: or π[ύ]ργ[ους](?)

Or. 760.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φυλασσόμεθα⟩: παρὰ τῶν ἐποίκων δηλονότι —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘We are guarded’,) namely, by the neighbors(?).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: ἔποικος normally means ‘settlers’, but can also mean ‘dwelling near’ or ‘neighboring’, although that produces a rather odd explanation here.

Or. 760.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨φρουρίοισι⟩: ὀχυρώμασι στρατιωτικοῖς καὶ τάγμασιν —BC

POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. C

Or. 761.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄστεως⟩: Ἀττικῶς —K

TRANSLATION: (The form with the genitive in ‘-eōs’ instead of -eos is) in the Attic manner.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 761.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγυιὰς⟩: Ἀττικὸν, ῥύμας, ὁδούς —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Aguias’ is) an Attic (literary) word, (for) ‘paths’, ‘roads’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 761.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τεύχεσιν πεφραγμένας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡπλισμένοις ἀνδράσιν ὠχυρωμένας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

LEMMA: τεύχεσι in text XYf, a.c. T POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ὡπλισμέν(ας) Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.197,6–7

Or. 761.14 (rec gram) ⟨τεύχεσιν⟩: τεῦχος ἐνίοτε(?) τὸ ἀγγεῖον. —K

TRANSLATION: ‘Teuchos’ (‘instrument’, ‘armor’) sometimes (means) ‘vessel, urn’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 762.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πυργηρούμεθα⟩: οὕτω καὶ φυλασσόμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς —Zu

POSITION: first words s.l., completed in marg. with ref. symbol

Or. 762.14 (rec gram) ⟨πυργηρούμεθα⟩: πύργος ⟨καὶ⟩ αἱρῶ ἢ κράτῶ. —K

TRANSLATION: (The verb ‘purgēreomai’ is formed from) ‘purgos’ (‘tower’) and ‘hairō’, or ‘take/capture’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἢ] error for τὸ?

APP. CRIT. 2: πῦργος K | αἰρῶ K

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 762.15 (pllgn gram) ⟨πυργηρούμεθα⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ πύργος καὶ τοῦ αἱρῶ ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ κρατῶ. —G

TRANSLATION: (The verb ‘purgēreomai’ is) derived from ‘purgos’ (‘tower’) and ‘hairō’ meaning ‘take/capture’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 763.01 (tri metr) ⟨κἀμέ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 763.04 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐροῦ⟩: ἔρομαι, ἐρήσομαι, ἠρόμην μέσος δεύτερος, καὶ τὸ προστακτικὸν ἐροῦ. —Ox²

TRANSLATION: ‘Eromai’, (future) ‘erēsomai’, second (aorist) middle ‘ēromēn’, and the imperative (from that) ‘erou’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 763.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἴχομαι⟩: εἰς μέγαν κίνδυνον εἰμὶ —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 764.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῖς ἐμοῖς κακοῖς⟩: ἕνεκεν τοῦ πατρός μου —M³

TRANSLATION: (‘My woes’, the ones) for the sake of my father.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 764.11 (rec exeg) ⟨πόνοις⟩: κακοῖς —O

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ponois’, ‘toils’, there is a variant reading) ‘kakois’ (‘woes’).

LEMMA: thus in text O POSITION: marg.

Or. 765.01 (vet exeg) Στρόφιος ἤλασέν μ’: ¹Ἀναξιβίαν τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀδελφὴν Στρόφιος ἔγημεν, ²ἐξ ἧς ἔφυσε τὸν Πυλάδην, ὅθεν ἀνεψιοὶ Ὀρέστης καὶ Πυλάδης. —HMBOVCMnPrR^bRwSSa, partial Aa

TRANSLATION: Strophius married Anaxibia the sister of Agamemnon, from whom he (Strophius) sired Pylades, whence Orestes and Pylades are cousins.

LEMMA: MB(ἤλασέ μ’)C(ἤλασε μ’), στρόφιος VR^bRw, ἱστορία in marg. S REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^bSa POSITION: on facing recto Aa

APP. CRIT.: 1 Ἀναξιβίαν] ἄναξ στρόφιος βίαν O, στρόφιος om. later | τὴν τοῦ ἀγαμ. ἀδ. ORw, τοῦ ἀγαμ. τὴν ἀδ. Aa; τοῦ ἀγαμ. ἀδ. H acc. to Daitz, but not confirmed from his image | ὁ στρόφιος VAaMnPrR^bSa | 2 ὅθεν ἀνέψιοι κτλ om. Aa | ὅθεν ἀνέψιοι] ἀνέψιοι ἄρα V(ὄθεν s.l. add. V²)Mn(ἆρα)PrR^bS, ἀνέψιοι γὰρ Sa | ἀνέψιοι] ἐξάδελφοι H | πυλ. καὶ ὀρ. transp. VMnPrR^bSSa(ὁ add. before πυλ.) | at end add. ἤγουν ἐξάδελφοι MnPr(ἑξ-)S

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 στροφίος B | 2 ἔφυσεν MO

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,16–18; Dind. II.197,17–18

COLLATION NOTES: In H Daitz read τοῦ ἀγαμέμνονος for τὴν ἀγαμέμνονος, but from his image it seems to me unclear whether it is τὴν or τοῦ: check new image when available.

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 765.02 (mosch exeg) Στρόφιος: ¹ὁ Στρόφιος, ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ, θυμωθεὶς ἤλασέ με ἀπὸ τῶν οἴκων, φυγάδα ποιήσας δηλονότι, ἤγουν ἐξόριστον. ²λέγεται δὲ ἀντιστρόφως, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπελάσας τῶν οἴκων, ἐξόριστον ἐποίησεν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZl²

TRANSLATION: Strophius, my father, angered, drove me from my house, having made (me) an exile, obviously, that is, one banished. The construction is reversed, (‘having made me an exile, he drove me’) instead of ‘having driven (me) from the house, he made me an exile’.

LEMMA: G POSITION: first half s.l. Yf, completed in marg. with ref. symbol

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὁ Στρόφιος om. G | 2 πελάσας Yf | τῶν οἴκων ἐξό effaced in T, read from Ta | ἐξόρ. ἐποίησεν om. Yf

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.197,19–21

COMMENT: Not having the language to describe the predicative force of φυγάδα (‘so that I am an exile’), Moschopulus uses the ancient grammarians’ concept of reversal of construction.

KEYWORDS: antistrophe (of construction) | ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως

Or. 765.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φυγάδα⟩: ποταπὸν —ZZaZbZlZmT

TRANSLATION: Adjectival.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 140.25.

Or. 766.01 (vet paraphr) ἴδιον ἢ κοινόν: ¹πότερον ἰδίᾳ κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν ἡμαρτηκότι σοι ἐγκαλῶν ²ἢ ἐν δημοσίῳ τινὶ πράγματι {ἴδιον} ἐπιφέρων ἔγκλημα; —MBVCMnPrR^bSSa, partial HRw

TRANSLATION: (Did he do so) because (he was) making a charge against you for having committed some private wrong within the household or because (he was) bringing a charge (for wrongdoing) in some public matter?

LEMMA: MB(ἥδιον)C(κοινονόν)V, ἴδιον κοινόν Rw, ἴδιον MnPrR^bS REF. SYMBOL: HMBVR^b

APP. CRIT.: ἰδίᾳ κατὰ] ἰδία ἐν R^b, ἴδιον ἐστὶ Pr, ἴδιόν ἐστι MnS | ἡμαρτηκότα MnPrS | 2 πράγματι κτλ om. HRw | ἴδιον] del. Schw., κοινὸν Matthiae | after ἐπιφέρων add. σοι B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἡματηκότι R^b | 2 διμοσίω Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,19–20; Dind. II.197,24–25

Or. 766.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἴδιον ἢ κοινόν⟩: ¹πρὸς αὐτὸν ἰδίως ἀποβλέπον ἔγκλημά τι, ἤγουν ἁμάρτημα, ἐπιφέρων σοι, τουτέστι κατηγορῶν σου, ²ἢ κοινὸν τοῖς πολίταις; —XXaXbXoYT⁺YYfGGrZl²

TRANSLATION: Bringing against you some charge, or wrongdoing, regarding him(self) privately, that is accusing you (of it), or (some charge) in common with the citizens?

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaXbYfGGr (Yf completed in margin with ref. symbol)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἔγκλημα τί XaXbXoYYfGrZl² | τοῦτέ[στι] Zl²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.197,22–24

Or. 766.07 (vet exeg) ⟨πολίταις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολιτῶν —MCB^3a(perhaps B)

TRANSLATION: (The dative ‘politais’, ‘to the citizens’, is) used for (the genitive) ‘politōn’ (‘of the citizens’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: faint traces of earlier writing under the gloss of B^3a | τοῦ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,22; Dind. II.197,26

Or. 766.10 (tri metr) ⟨πολίταις⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 768.05 (tri metr) ⟨τάλας⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 768.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔοικε καὶ σὲ τἀμὰ λυπήσειν κακά⟩: δοκοῦσιν αἱ ἐμαὶ δυστυχίαι καὶ σὲ λυπήσειν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: καὶ add. before αἱ G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.198,3–4

Or. 768.12 (tri metr) ⟨τἀμὰ⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 769.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐχὶ Μενέλεω τρόποισι χρώμεθ’⟩: ἤγουν ἵνα φεύγω κἀγὼ μὴ συνών σοι —MnS

TRANSLATION: That is, (I am not like Menelaus) so that I too flee (from you), not staying by you (to help).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: συνόν Mn

Or. 769.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χρώμεθ’⟩: δοτικῇ, κεχρησόμεθα —Zu

TRANSLATION: (This verb takes) the dative case, (and here the present is for future) ‘we will employ’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 769.11 (vet paraphr) ⟨οἰστέον τάδε⟩: βαστακτέον τάδε. —MC

TRANSLATION: These things must be borne.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,23; Dind. II.198,6

Or. 769.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨οἰστέον τάδε⟩: βαστακτέον τὰ δεινά. —O

TRANSLATION: The terrible things must be borne.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 769.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἰστέον τάδε⟩: ἔστω δὴ ταῦτα. —Zb

TRANSLATION: Let these things be so.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 770.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μη σ’ Ἄργος … θέλῃ⟩: μὴ φονεύσῃ τὸ Ἄργο[ς] —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 770.08 (tri metr) ⟨κἄμ’⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 770.10 (vet exeg) ⟨θέλῃ⟩: γράφεται βίᾳ. —M

TRANSLATION: (For ‘thelēi’, ‘wish to’,) the reading ‘biāi’ (‘by force’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: βίᾳ] Kirchhoff, βίαν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,24

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 771.01 (vet exeg) οὐ προσήκομεν κολάζειν: ¹οὐχ ὑποταττόμεθα οἷον ἐν τῇ τῶν Φωκέων γῇ τούτοις, τοῖς Ἀργείοις, ὥστε ἡμᾶς κολάζειν, ²ἢ τὸ κολάζειν ἀντὶ τοῦ κολάζεσθαι. —MV^bC, partial V^a

TRANSLATION: We are not subject, as (we would be) in the land of the Phocians, to these Argives so that they could punish us, or (take) ‘to punish’ as used for ‘to be punished’.

LEMMA: MV^a (this lemma also appears in V after sch. 765.01, but it is cancelled there), ἄλλως V^b REF. SYMBOL: MV^a POSITION: V^b directly follows V^a

APP. CRIT.: 1 οἷον … τούτοις om. V^a | ὑμᾶς a.c. M | 2 ἢ τὸ κολάζειν κτλ om. V^a, ἢ τὸ κολάζειν om. MV^aC | ἀντὶ τοῦ κολ.] ἀντικολάζεσθαι C

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐχ’ V^aV^bC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,25–27 and app.; Dind. II.198,10–12

COMMENT: There are two different explanations of κολάζειν, first that the Argives are understood as the subject of the infinitive and ‘us’ as the object, and second that the active infinitive is equivalent to the passive, so that its subject is the same as that of the main verb. Glossing an active infinitive with the passive is, in scholia, a standard way of explaining what are often called epexegetic infinitives. The phrase ἢ τὸ κολάζειν in V^b certainly makes this clearer and could easily have dropped out by saut du même au même, but the more truncated expression of MC is not impossible in scholia.

Or. 771.02 (vet exeg) οὐ προσήκομεν κολάζειν: οὐχ ὑποταττόμεθα τούτοις εἰς τὸ τιμωρεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς οὐδ’ ὑποκείμεθα, ἀλλὰ τοῖς Φωκεῦσιν. —B

TRANSLATION: We are not subject to these people with respect to punishing us, nor are subordinate (to them), but to the Phocians.

LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.174,28–29; Dind. II.198,13–15

Or. 771.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἰδίως εἶπε· ²τὰ γὰρ ἐπιτίμια τῆς ἀδικίας ἡ ἀδικουμένη πόλις εἴωθεν ἐπιτιθέναι. —BVCRw

TRANSLATION: He said this in a peculiar way: for the city that is wronged (by an act) customarily imposes the penalty for the wrongdoing.

LEMMA: BC POSITION: cont. from next, add. δὲ, VRw

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἱδίας V | εἶπε] φη() Rw | ἡ om. VC | 2 at end add. ὅτι δεινὸν οἱ πολλοί C

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 εἶπεν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,1–2; Dind. II.198,15–16

COMMENT: ἰδίως is probably here a term implying criticism: see Meijering 1987: 230.

KEYWORDS: ἰδίως

Or. 771.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: θαρσύνων αὐτόν φησιν ὅτι οὐ προσήκομεν εἰς τὸ κολάζεσθαι τοῖς Ἀργείοις. —BVCPrRwSa

TRANSLATION: Reassuring him (Orestes), he (Pylades) says that ‘we do not belong to the Argives with respect to being punished’.

LEMMA: BV, οὐ προσήκομεν Rw POSITION: follows sch. 772.04 V; precedes prev. VRw

APP. CRIT.: θρασύνων VCPrRw, σαρσύνων Sa | φη() εἶπεν V | ὅτι om. Rw | προσῆκον μὲν Sa, προσῆκον μέν ἐστι Pr | at end add. ἰδίως δὲ εἶπεν PrSa

APP. CRIT. 2: αὐτὸν φησὶν CRwSa, αὐτὸν φη() B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,3–4; Dind. II.198,16–17

KEYWORDS: ἰδίως

Or. 771.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ προσήκομεν … Φωκέων δὲ γῇ⟩: ἐν τῇ γῇ δὲ τῶν Φωκέων ἐφοβούμην κολάζεσθαι, ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὔ. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: I was afraid of being punished in the land of the Phocians, but not here.

POSITION: follows sch. 772.03 Pr

APP. CRIT.: γῇ] γῆ· γῆ Mn

Or. 771.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ προσήκομεν … Φωκέων δὲ γῇ⟩: οὐχ ἀνήκομεν κολάζεσθαι ὑπὸ τούτων, ὑπὸ τῆς γῆς δὲ τῶν Φωκέων. —T⁺Zl²

TRANSLATION: We are not a concern (to them) so as to be punished by these people, but by the land of the Phocians.

POSITION: s.l. Zl²

APP. CRIT.: largely damaged T, read in Ta | οὐχ om. Zl² | δὲ om. Zl²

COMMENT: T has here compiled the separate glosses of Moschopulus with a few connective words added—a practice often seen in X and employed later by Arsenius.

Or. 771.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ προσήκομεν κολάζειν τοῖσδε⟩: οὐ φροντίζομαι κολάζεσθαι με ⟨ὑπὸ⟩ τούτων. —Ab²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 771.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ προσήκομεν κολάζειν⟩: οὐχ ὑποταττόμεθα κολάζεσθαι —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐχ’ MnPrS | ὑποτασσ‑ S

Or. 771.28 (recMosch paraphr) ⟨Φωκέων δὲ γῇ⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς γῆς δὲ τῶν Φωκέων —Ab²XXaXbXoYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ὑπὸ and δὲ om. Ab² | τῶν Φωκέων om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.198,10

Or. 772.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δεινὸν οἱ πολλοί, κακουργοὺς ὅταν ἔχουσι προστάτας⟩: εἰς Κλεοφῶντα ταῦτα αἰνίττεται πρὸ ἐτῶν δύο ἐμποδίσαντα ταῖς σπονδαῖς. —MBVCR^b

TRANSLATION: He alludes covertly in these words to Cleophon, who two years earlier blocked the truce.

LEMMA: δεινὸν οἱ πολλοί all REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b

APP. CRIT.: εἰς] ὡς R^b | ἐμποδίσαν ταῖς σπονδαῖς M, ἐμποδίσαντες σπονδαῖς C

APP. CRIT. 2: κλεωφόντ() R^b | προετῶν C | δύο] β̅ MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,5–6; Dind. II.198,19–20

KEYWORDS: αἰνίττομαι/αἰνιγματωδῶς

Or. 772.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἴσως αἰνίττεται πρὸς τὰς καθ’ αὑτὸν δημαγωγίας, μήποτε δὲ εἰς Κλεοφῶντα. ²πρὸ ἐτῶν γὰρ δύο τῆς διδασκαλίας τοῦ Ὀρέστου οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κωλύσας σπονδὰς γενέσθαι Ἀθηναίοις πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους, ὡς Φιλόχορος [FGrHist 328 F 139b Jacoby] ἱστορεῖ. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: Perhaps he is alluding covertly to the demagogic activities in his own time, and possibly to Cleophon. For two years before the production of Orestes he was the one who prevented a peace-treaty being concluded for the Athenians with the Lacedaemonians, as Philochorus reports.

LEMMA: MBV, δεινὸν οἱ πολλοὶ CR POSITION: follows sch. 773.01 C

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δύο] β̅ M | σπονδάς M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,7–10; Dind. II.198,20–23

COMMENT: Sparta sent ambassadors seeking a settlement after the Athenian naval victory at Cyzicus in 410. With hindsight after the Athenian defeat some years later, it became a commonplace to blame Cleophon, the chief demagogic leader of that time, for the lost opportunity. | Jacoby’s οὗτος for αὐτὸς may not be necessary, since Koine has αὐτὸς in the sense of οὗτος. I print it here because the substance and style of this note suggest a relatively early origin (Didymus or a predecessor?), and at such a date scholars may have been more likely to follow earlier pronoun usage in their prose.

COLLATION NOTES: M does have the accent on θέσθαι, contra Schw.; it overlaps the descender of tau in line above and is thus easily missed.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Philochorus | αἰνίττομαι/αἰνιγματωδῶς | Didymus

Or. 772.03 (rec exeg) ¹διὰ τὸν Κλεοφῶντα τὸν δημαγωγὸν ὅτι ἦν προστάτης καὶ ὅλος ἦν κατ’ αὐτοῦ. ²διατοῦτο μὴ δυνάμενος φανερῶς αὐτὸν ὑβρίσαι, αἰνιγματωδῶς τοῦτο ἐποίησεν. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (The poet says this) because of Cleophon the demagogue, because he was champion (of the people) and completely hostile to him. Therefore not being able to abuse him openly, he did this cryptically.

POSITION: follows sch. 774.09 Sa

APP. CRIT.: 1 Κλεοφῶντα] κλέωνα PrSa | 2 ἐποίει Pr

Or. 772.04 (vet exeg) ¹ὁ δὲ νοῦς· δυνήσονταί σε φονεῦσαι ὑπερβάντες τὸν νόμον. ²δεινὸν γὰρ οἱ πολλοί καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. —M^aM^bB^aB^bVC^aC^bRw, partial O

TRANSLATION: The sense is: They will be able to kill you. For the many etc.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 771.01 M^aC^a, from sch. 771.02 B^a, cont. from sch. 772.02 M^bB^bRw, follows sch. 772.02 C^b; follows sch. 771.03 V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φονεῦσαι ⟦φονεῦσαι⟧ V | 2 ἐξῆς M^aM^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,11–12; Dind. II.198,12–13 and II.198,23–199,2

Or. 772.05 (pllgn exeg) δεινὸν πονηροὶ πολλοὶ· δυνήσονται γάρ σε φονεῦσαι ὑπερβάντες τὸν νόμον. —V³

TRANSLATION: Bad men in great numbers are a terrible thing, for they will be able to kill you by transgressing the law.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 772.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δεινὸν οἱ πολλοὶ⟩: χαλεπὸν ὁ ὄχλος ὁ πολὺς. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 773.01 (vet paraphr) ἀλλ’ ὅταν χρηστοὺς λάβωσι: ὅταν, φησὶ, χρηστοὺς καὶ ⟨οὐ⟩ κολακευτικοὺς λάβωσι τοὺς προστάτας, τοῖς δεομένοις χρηστοὶ γίνονται. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: When, he says, they get leaders who are good and not given to flattery, they turn out to be good/helpful to those in need/those supplicating.

LEMMA: M(ὅτἂν)B(ὅτἂν)V(λάβωσιν), ἀλλ’ ὅταν χρηστοὺς C, ὅταν χρηστοὺς Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT.: ἀλλ’ prep. BMnPrRwS | φησὶ om. R^b | οὐ suppl. Mastr. (or delete καὶ κολακευτικοὺς) | τοὺς προστάτας τοῖς δεομένοις] Mastr., τοὺς προστάτας MnPrS, τοῖς δεομένοις VR^b (cf. sch. 773.08), τοὺς δεομένους MBCRw | χρηστοῖς R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ὅτ’ἂν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,13–14; Dind. II.199,4–5

COMMENT: The version in previous editions is ὅταν, φησὶ, χρηστοὺς καὶ κολακευτικοὺς λάβωσι τοὺς δεομένους, χρηστοὶ γίνονται, ‘When, he says, they get supplicants who are good and skilled in flattery, they (the many) turn out to be good’. This would require either that προστάτας was misinterpreted as ‘supplicants’ or that the interpreter simply ignored the reference to malicious leaders in reading χρηστοὺς as applying to those being judged by the many. Moreover, it is hardly consistent with normal usage or Greek values to speak of those who are κολακευτικοί as also χρηστοί. In fact, κολακεία is conventionally associated with demagogery (that is, κακούργους … προστάτας), as in Dem. de Cherson. 34, Arist. Pol. 1292a20–23, 1313b39–41 διὸ καὶ ὁ κόλαξ παρ’ ἀμφοτέροις ἔντιμος, παρὰ μὲν τοῖς δήμοις ὁ δημαγωγός (ἔστι γὰρ ὁ δημαγωγὸς τοῦ δήμου κόλαξ), Plut. Cimon 10.8, compar. Alcib. et M. Coriolani 1.4, and elsewhere. Therefore, taking a cue from the variants in V and the recentiores as well as the glosses προστάτας on χρηστοὺς (next) and τοῖς δεομένοις on χρηστοὶ (sch. 773.08 in O), I propose the above reconstruction. If it is plausible, the change could have begun with the loss of οὐ, followed by the removal of τοὺς προστάτας and subsequent adjustments.

Or. 773.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βουλεύουσ’⟩: βουλεύ[ωσ’(?)] —F²

TRANSLATION: (For indicative ‘bouleuous’ ’, ‘they make decisions’, there is a variant reading, subjunctive) ‘bouleuōs’ ’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: βουλεύωσι is the reading in G and L.

Or. 774.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἶεν⟩: ὡς οὐδὲν μέλον αὐτῷ εἴτε χαλεποί εἰσιν εἴτε χρηστοὶ, τοῦτό φησι. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZl²

TRANSLATION: He says this (i.e., the transitional particle ‘well, then’) as if it makes no difference to him whether they (the many) are hostile or helpful.

LEMMA: 773 ἀλλ’ ὅτ’ἂν χρηστούς G POSITION: beside 774 XoT, s.l. at 773 XaXbY; beside 773 XYfGGrZl²

APP. CRIT.: μέλλοντας G | χαλεποί … χρηστοὶ] χρηστοί … μὴ χρηστοί G

APP. CRIT. 2: μέλλον XZl², μέλλων XaY | χαλεποὶ εἰσὶν XZl², χαλεποί εἰσὶν Yf | τοῦτο φησί XbXoTYYfGGr, τουτο φησίν Zl²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.199,6–7

COMMENT: The comment is not apposite when applied to 773; XoT have restored or inherited what I take to be the position intended by Moschopulus.

Or. 774.02 (pllgn rhet) ⟨εἶεν⟩: ἀποθετικὸν καὶ ἐναρκτικὸν —Zu²

TRANSLATION: (Particle) expressing breaking off and beginning anew.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν

Or. 774.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨εἶεν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως. —MB

TRANSLATION: Meaning ‘that’s enough about that’ (lit. ‘and these things are thus’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,15; Dind. II.199,8

Or. 774.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἶεν⟩: ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως ἔχουσιν —ZuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μὲν om. CrOx

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σι Zu

Or. 774.09 (vet paraphr) εἰς κοινὸν λέγειν χρή: οἷον κοινῶς ὀφείλομεν σκοπεῖν καὶ λέγειν τὰ δόξαντα. —MBCV³MnPrRwSSa

TRANSLATION: As if to say, we should consider together and speak our opinions.

LEMMA: Rw(om. χρή) REF. SYMBOL: M (at εἶεν) POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. BC, s.l. V³; cont. from sch. 774.05 MnPrSa

APP. CRIT.: οἷον] om. BV³, οἶκον Sa | σκοπεῖν καὶ om. V³ | λέγεις Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,16; Dind. II.199,8–9

Or. 774.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰς κοινὸν λέγειν χρή⟩: τὰ δόξαντα, καὶ κοινῶς σκοπεῖν —O

TRANSLATION: (We must say) what seems best, and examine it in common.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 774.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰς κοινὸν λέγειν χρή⟩: πρέπει εἰς τὸ δημόσιον λέγειν τι. —MnS

TRANSLATION: It is proper to say something in the public sphere.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. S

APP. CRIT. 2: τί Mn

Or. 774.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰς κοινὸν λέγειν χρή⟩: εἰς κοινὸν χρὴ σκοπεῖν, βουλ⟨εύ⟩εσθαι. —KG

TRANSLATION: We must examine in common, deliberate.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 774.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰς κοινὸν λέγειν χρή⟩: χρὴ συμβουλεῦσαι ἡμᾶς τί μέλλομεν ποιῆσαι. —V³

TRANSLATION: We must deliberate together about what we are going to do.

POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 774.14 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰς κοινὸν λέγειν χρή⟩: ἤγουν βουλεύεσθαι χρή. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZl²

TRANSLATION: That is, we must deliberate.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: βούλεσθαι a.c. XoYf | χρή om. Zl²

APP. CRIT. 2: βουλέβεσθαι Zl²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.199,10

Or. 774.15 (thom paraphr) ⟨εἰς κοινὸν λέγειν χρή⟩: ἤτοι κοινολογεῖσθαι πρέπει. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, we should share our views.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.199,10–11

Or. 774.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰς κοινὸν λέγειν χρή⟩: χρὴ λέγειν ἡμᾶς εἰς κοινὴν ὠφέλειαν. —Gu

TRANSLATION: We should say something aimed at our common benefit.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.199,11

Or. 774.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰς κοινὸν⟩: ὁμοῦ, ἤγουν εἰς τὸ δημόσιον —AaAbMnPrS

TRANSLATION: Together, or else in the public sphere.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὁμοῦ ἤγουν om. Ab | ἤγουν om. AaMn, s.l. add. Mn

Or. 774.22 (rec gram) ⟨χρή⟩: οἱ Ἀττικοὶ τὰ προστακτικὰ λέγουσι μετὰ τοῦ χρή καὶ τοῦ ἀπαρεμφάτου. —K

TRANSLATION: Attic writers express imperatives with ‘chrē’ (‘it is proper/necessary’) plus the infinitive.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικοί

Or. 774.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨τίνος ἀναγκαίου πέρι⟩: περὶ τίνος ἀναγκαίου εἴπωμεν βουλήν κοινὴν; —KG

TRANSLATION: Concerning what pressing matter are we to speak our common counsel?

POSITION: marg. K, s.l. G

APP. CRIT.: κοινὴν βουλήν transp. G

APP. CRIT. 2: εἴπουμεν app. changed to εἴπομεν G

Or. 774.24 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίνος ἀναγκαίου πέρι⟩: ἐρωτᾷς ἐμὲ δηλονότι —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 775.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ λέγοιμ’⟩: δίκαιον εἰ λέγοιμεν τοῖς πολίταις —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 775.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί⟩: γρ. εἰ. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ti’, ‘what?’,) the reading ‘ei’ (‘if’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text for εἰ Zu POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 775.08 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ⟩: τί —AbV³

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ei’, ‘if’, there is a variant reading) ‘ti’ (‘what?’).

POSITION: s.l. (above λέγοιμ’)

APP. CRIT. 2: τὶ Ab

Or. 775.14 (vet exeg) ὡς ἔδρασας: τοῦτο, φησὶν, ἐρεῖς δῆτα ὡς ἔδρασας ἔνδικα πατρὶ ἐπιτιμωρῶν ἑαυτοῦ; —MV¹CSa

TRANSLATION: Will you, he says, say this, then, that you acted justly in avenging your own father?

LEMMA: M, ὡς ἔπραξας ἔνδικα V¹(as in text) REF. SYMBOL: MV¹ POSITION: intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: ὡς ἔπραξας prep. V¹ | ἔδρασας] ἔπραξας V¹Sa | ἐπιτιμ. ἑαυτοῦ om. Sa | ἐμαυτῶ V¹

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐαυτοῦ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,17–18; Dind. II.199,13–15

Or. 775.15 (vet exeg) ⟨ὡς ἔδρασας ἔνδικα⟩: τοῦτο, φησὶν, ἐρεῖς ὅτι ἔνδικα ἔπραξας τὴν μητέρα ἀποκτείνας; —B

TRANSLATION: Will you, he says, say this, that you acted justly in killing your mother?

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,17–18 app.; Dind. II.199,16

Or. 775.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς ἔδρασας ἔνδικα⟩: γρ. ὡς ἔπραξας δίκαια. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hōs edrasas endika’) the reading ‘hōs epraxas dikaia’ is found (both meaning ‘that you acted justly’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Perhaps γρ. ἔπραξας has been conflated with a gloss ἔπραξας δίκαια.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 775.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὡς ἔδρασας ἔνδικα⟩: τί; ὡς ἔδρασας δίκαιον; —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 775.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς ἔδρασας ἔνδικα⟩: ὅτι ἐποίησας δίκαια —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 775.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔπραξας⟩: γρ. ἔδρασας. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘epraxas’, ‘you did/acted’,) the reading ‘edrasas’ (‘you did/acted’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 775.26 (tri metr) ⟨ἔδρασας⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 776.01 (vet exeg) ⟨πατρὶ τιμωρῶν ἐμαυτοῦ⟩: δίκαια γὰρ ἔπραξα πατρὶ τιμωρῶν ἑαυτοῦ. —MC

TRANSLATION: For I acted justly in avenging my own father.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. C

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐαυτοῦ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,19; Dind. II.199,15

Or. 776.02 (vet exeg) πατρὶ τιμωρῶν ἐμαυτοῦ: ἔνδικα γὰρ ἔπραξα, φησὶ, τὸν ἐμαυτοῦ πατέρα διεκδικῶν. —B

TRANSLATION: For I acted justly, he says, in exacting vengeance for my own father.

LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,19 app.; Dind. II.199,17–18

Or. 776.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πατρὶ τιμωρῶν ἐμαυτοῦ⟩: ἀπέκτεινα τὴν μητέρα —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 776.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨τιμωρῶν⟩: τιμωρῶ τὸ βοηθῶ δοτικῇ· τιμωρῶ τὸ κολάζω αἰτιατικῇ. —V³

TRANSLATION: ‘Timōrō’ meaning ‘assist’ (is construed) with a dative; ‘timōrō’ meaning ‘punish’ with an accusative.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 776.11 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρῶν⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 776.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨μὴ λάβωσί σ’ ἄσμενοι⟩: ὑποπτεύω μή σε λάβωσι μετὰ προθυμίας καὶ κτείνωσί σε. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: I fear that they may eagerly arrest you and put you to death.

LEMMA: μ’ in text Pr POSITION: s.l. Pr

APP. CRIT.: λάβω S | ἐκτείνωσί S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.199,19–20

Or. 776.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μὴ λάβωσί σ’ ἄσμενοι⟩: πρόσεχε μὴ κατασχεθῇς. —Gu²

TRANSLATION: Be careful that you are not seized.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.200,1–2

Or. 776.23 (thom exeg) ἄσμενοι: ¹χαίροντες· ἐπιθυμοῦσι γὰρ τοῦ σοῦ φόνου, ²ὥστε, ἢν ἴδοιεν ἀφιγμένον ἐκεῖ σε καὶ λέγειν ἐπιχειροῦντα ὡς δικαίως τὸν φόνον εἴργασαι, ταχέως κατὰ σοῦ ψῆφον θανάτου ἐνέγκοιεν. ³τοῦτο δὲ λέγει ὁ Πυλάδης πρὸς τὸν τοῦ Ὀρέστου λόγον τὸν ‘πατρὶ τιμωρῶν ἐμαυτοῦ’. ⁴εἰ γὰρ καὶ πρώην [775] αὐτὸς ὑπετίθει αὐτῷ μὴ ἄλλο λέγειν τοῖς πολίταις ἢ ὡς ἔδρασεν ἔνδικα, ⁵ἀλλὰ νῦν ὥσπερ ὑποστέλλεται, εἰδὼς τοὺς πολίτας πρὸς τὸν Τυνδάρεων μᾶλλον νεύοντας. —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Asmenoi’ means) ‘rejoicing’. For they desire your death, so that, if they see you having come there and trying to say that you carried out the killing justly, they might quickly carry a vote of death against you. Pylades says this in response to Orestes’ statement ‘avenging my own father’. For even though he himself just recently suggested to him not to say anything other than that he acted justly, now at any rate he pulls back, as it were, knowing that the citizens are more inclined to (agree with) Tyndareus.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ὑπετίθη p.c. ZbZl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.199,20–200,1

Or. 776.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄσμενοι⟩: μετὰ περιχαρείας ὥσπερ θῆρες —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Asmenoi’, ‘delighted’, means) ‘with delight, just like wild beasts’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Perhaps the comparison to wild beasts in this observation was inspired by ὑποπτήξας in the next line, suggesting cowering animals sought by predators (for which πτήσσω is often used).

Or. 776.25 (mosch exeg) ἄσμενοι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀσμένως, ἤγουν ἡδέως. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (Adjective ‘asmenoi’, ‘delighted’, is) equivalent to (adverb) ‘asmenōs’ (‘with delight’), that is, ‘with pleasure’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except XXo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.200,2

Or. 777.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὑποπτήξας σιωπῇ κατθάνω;⟩: ἀλλ’ ἐν φόβῳ καὶ σιωπῇ θάνω; —Gu

TRANSLATION: But then am I to die in fear and silence?

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.200,7–8

Or. 777.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὑποπτήξας⟩: ὑποσταλεὶς καὶ οὐκ εἰπὼν ὡς ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦτ’ ἔδρασα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Cowering’ refers to) pulling back and not saying that I did this on behalf of my father.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Gu | ὡς om. Za | ἔδρασεν ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.200,6–7

Or. 777.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὑποπτήξας⟩: πτήσσω τὸ φοβοῦμαι παρὰ τὸ πέτω πίπτω· πτῶ, πτήζω· ὁ γὰρ φοβούμενος πίπτοντι ἔοικεν. —B⁴

TRANSLATION: ‘Ptēssō’ meaning ‘I am afraid’ is derived from ‘petō’, ‘piptō’ (‘fall’), (via) ‘ptō’, ‘ptēzō’. For one who is afraid is like a person falling.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.200,4–5

COMMENT: Cf. Et. Magn. 694,32–34 πτήσσω: τὸ φοβοῦμαι. παρὰ τὸ πέτω, πτῶ, πτήσω, καὶ πτήσσω· ὁ γὰρ φοβούμενος πίπτοντι ἔοικε.

Or. 777.14 (thom paraphr) ⟨δειλὸν τόδε⟩: τὸ μετὰ σιωπῆς τεθνάναι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. Zb

APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.200,9

Or. 777.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δεινὸν τόδε⟩: χαλεπὸν καὶ ἄνανδρον τοῦτο ποιήσεις. —G

LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The inclusion of καὶ ἄνανδρον indicates illogical conflation with a gloss on the other reading, δειλὸν τόδε.

Or. 777.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δειλὸν⟩: γράφεται δεινὸν. —AaZu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘deilon’, ‘cowardly’,) the reading ‘deinon’ (‘terrible’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 778.01 (thom exeg) ⟨πῶς ἂν οὖν δρῴην;⟩: εἴπερ τὸ μὲν σιωπᾶν δειλὸν, τὸ δὲ λέγειν ἐπικίνδυνον. —ZZbZlZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘How might I act?’) if indeed keeping silent is cowardly, but speaking is perilous.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὰ μὲν Zb | δὲ λέγειν] δρώην δὲ Zl | λέγειν] εἰκάζειν Za (5-dot sign above it, but no corresponding correction visible)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.200,10–11

Or. 778.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πῶς ἂν οὖν δρῴην;⟩: ἀμφίβολόν ἐστιν. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 778.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πῶς οὖν δρῴην;⟩: ἂν —Sa^r

LEMMA: thus in text Sa POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: It is ambiguous whether this is a correction of the omission in Sa’s text or a gloss to explain the use of the optative.

Or. 778.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μείνῃς⟩: γρ. μένεις. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (For aorist subjunctive ‘meinēis’, ‘you remain’,) the reading ‘meneis’ (present indicative ‘you remain’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps an error for μένῃς

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 779.01 (vet exeg) μολόντι δ’ ἐλπίς ἐστι σωθῆναι: ¹ἐλθόντι δέ σοι, φησὶν, εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἔστιν εὑρεῖν ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν κακῶν. ²καὶ αὐτὸς συναινεῖ τὸ χρῆναι παραγενέσθαι τὸν Ὀρέστην εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἐγνωκὼς ἅπαξ οὐκ οὖσαν αὐτῷ σωτηρίας ἀφορμὴν ⟨ἄλλοθεν⟩. —M(V¹)CPr, partial MnR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: But if you go, he says, to the assembly, it is possible to find an escape from your troubles. He himself too agrees that it is necessary that Orestes go to the assembly, once he has recognized there is no means of salvation for him ⟨from anywhere else⟩.

LEMMA: MC, μολόντι δ’ ἐλπίς ἐστι V¹, μολόντι MnPrS(μολῶντι) REF. SYMBOL: MV¹R^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 773.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 entire sch. om. by V¹, who added only the lemma on a page where most sch. were entered by V | 1 ἐλθόντι … κακῶν om. R^b | δέ] εἰ MnS | εἰς τὴν ἐκκλ. φησὶν transp. Rw | ἔστιν] om. Rw | 2 καὶ αὐτὸς κτλ] om. Rw; om. here, but present as a sep. note with lemma οὐκοῦν MnPrS (after sch. 780.01 S, after sch. 780.01+780.03 MnPr) | after παραγενέσθαι add. φησὶ MCR^b | σωτηρίαν M | ἄλλοθεν from B-version (next)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,20–23; Dind. II.200,13–16 app.

Or. 779.02 (vet exeg) μολόντι δ’ ἐλπίς ἐστι: ¹ἐλθόντι δέ σοι, φησὶν, εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἔνεστιν ἐλπὶς εὑρεῖν ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν δεινῶν. ²μαθὼν οὖν τοῦτο, συναινεῖ καὶ αὐτὸς παραγενέσθαι τὸν Ὀρέστην εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, διεγνωκὼς ἅπαξ οὐκ οὖσαν αὐτῷ σωτηρίας ἀφορμὴν ἄλλοθεν. —B

TRANSLATION: But if you go, he says, to the assembly, there is a hope of finding an escape from your dangers. Thus, having understood this, he himself too agrees that it is necessary that Orestes go to the assembly, once he has recognized there is no means of salvation for him from anywhere else.

LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.175,20–23 app.; Dind. II.200,13–16

Or. 779.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μολόντι δ’ ἐλπίς ἐστι σωθῆναι κακῶν⟩: ἐκεῖσε εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν φησὶν εὑρεῖν ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν κακῶν. —V³

TRANSLATION: He says to find a release from his troubles there at the assembly.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 779.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μολόντι⟩: σοὶ εἰς τὴν δημηγορίαν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 779.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μολόντι⟩: ἐλθόντι εἰς ὃ ἐγὼ σοὶ λέγω —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 779.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μολόντι⟩: καὶ παραγενομένῳ σοὶ δηλονότι —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 779.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μολόντα⟩: ἀπελθόντα ἐν τοῖς Ἀργείοις —Pk

LEMMA: thus in text Pk POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.200,17–18

Or. 779.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐλπίς ἐστι σωθῆναι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχεις ἐλπίδα σωθῆναι —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 779.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σωθῆναι κακῶν⟩: εὑρεῖν ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν κακῶν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.200,18

Or. 780.01 (vet exeg) εἰ τύχοι, γένοιτ’ ἄν: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰ συμβαίη. ²οἷον ἀμφίβολόν ἐστιν. —M^aM^bBC^aC^bMnPrS

TRANSLATION: (‘Ei tuchoi’, ‘if it should happen’, is) equivalent to ‘if it should come about’. As if to say ‘it is uncertain’.

LEMMA: C^aPrS REF. SYMBOL: M^a POSITION: intermarg. B; M^bC^b cont. from sch. 780.02

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. M^bC^bMnPrS, τοῦ om. C^a | οἷον κτλ om. Mn, cont. with next | οἷον transp. before εἰ M^bC^b | ἀμφιβολίαις S | ἐστιν] ἐστι τὸ τοιοῦτον BS(ἐστὶ)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστι M^bC^b(BS)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,1; Dind. II.200,20

Or. 780.02 (vet exeg) ⟨εἰ τύχοι, γένοιτ’ ἄν⟩: ὅ ἐστιν ἐν ἀμφιβολίαις ἐστὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον. —MCMnPr

TRANSLATION: Which means: such (an outcome) is uncertain.

POSITION: cont. from prev. MnPr, from M^aC^a version of prev. MC

APP. CRIT.: ἐν ἀμφιβ. ὅ ἐστι transp. MC | ὅ ἐστιν] οἷον MnPr | ἐν om., s.l add. Mn | ἀμφιβολαῖς MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,2

Or. 780.03 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ τύχοι, γένοιτ’ ἄν⟩: ἀμφίβολον γάρ. —OAa

TRANSLATION: For it (the outcome) is uncertain.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γάρ om. Aa

Or. 780.04 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ τύχοι, γένοιτ’ ἄν⟩: εἰ συμβαίη· ἐν ἀμφιβολίᾳ ἐστὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα εἰ γενήσεται. —R

TRANSLATION: If it should come about: the matter is subject to uncertainty as to whether it will happen.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 780.05 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ τύχοι, γένοιτ’ ἄν⟩: ἀμφιβόλως λέγει τοῦτο. —Sa

TRANSLATION: He says this doubtfully.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 780.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ τύχοι⟩: ἐὰν τύχῃ ἵνα γένηται —Zu²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τύχοι ἵνα] τύχοιχηρίνα Zu²

Or. 780.14 (vet paraphr) ⟨οὐκοῦν τοῦτο κρεῖσσον ἢ μένειν⟩: λοιπὸν κρεῖσσόν ἐστι τὸ παραγενέσθαι ἐκεῖσε ἢ μένειν ἐνταῦθα. —MB

TRANSLATION: Then it is better to go there than to remain here.

LEMMA: οὐκ οὖν in text M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: ἐκεῖ M | ἐνταῦθα om. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,3; Dind. II.200,21–22

Or. 780.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐκοῦν τοῦτο κρεῖσσον ἢ μένειν⟩: ἀληθῶς τοῦτο κρεῖσσον ἢ ἐνταῦθα εἶναι. —K

TRANSLATION: Truly this is better than being here.

LEMMA: οὐκ οὖν in text K POSITION: s.l.

Or. 780.18 (rec exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: ἤγουν τὸ ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν —AbMnPrSSaZu

TRANSLATION: (‘This’,) namely, going to the assembly.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] om. Ab, ἤγουν τοῦτο ἤγουν Zu | ἀπελθεῖν Zu

Or. 780.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: ὅπερ μέλλω ποιήσειν ⟨ν⟩ῦν(?) —Zb²

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’) that I am about to do now.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: final letters faint, margin damaged, circumflex not visible

Or. 781.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀλλὰ δῆτ’ ἔλθω;⟩: τὰ συμβουλευτικὰ μετὰ ὑποτακτικῶν λέγονται. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Deliberative questions are expressed with subjunctives.

POSITION: s.l. XbG, cont. from prev. Gr

APP. CRIT.: ὑποτακτικοῦ Y | λέγεται T

Or. 781.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀλλὰ δῆτ’ ἔλθω;⟩: καὶ δῆτα ἀπέλθω; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrGu

POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. TYfGu (sep. crosses T)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.200,23–24

Or. 781.06 (vet exeg) θανὼν γοῦν: ¹κἂν ἀποθάνῃς, φησὶ, κατὰ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐνδόξως τεθνήξῃ ²ὡς καὶ πρὸς τὸν θάνατον ἀφόβως ὁρμήσας καὶ μετὰ τοῦ δικαίου παρρησιασάμενος. —MBVCPrR^bRw(S)Gu, partial O

TRANSLATION: Even if you are put to death, he says, at the assembly, you will die honorably in that you have both stirred yourself without fear in the face of death and spoken out frankly with justice.

LEMMA: MPrR^bS, θανὼν γοῦν ὦδε B, θανὼν δ’ οὖν ὦδε V REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 779.01 Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,4–6; Dind. II.200,25–201,3

Or. 781.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨θανὼν⟩: ἤτοι ἐὰν †ἐστὶ(?) θανεῖν† —Ab²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐστὶ] app. compend. with diacritics, partly washed out

COMMENT: The phrase appears to be incomplete or corrupt.

Or. 781.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὧδε κάλλιον θανῇ⟩: ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐνδόξως θνήξῃ. —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 781.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὧδε⟩: κατὰ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 781.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὧδε⟩: ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 781.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὧδε⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 781.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὧδε⟩: ἤγουν κατὰ τὴν συνάθροισιν τῶν Ἀργείων —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 781.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὧδε⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὸ κριτήριον —G

POSITION: s.l., follows sch. 781.17, but punct. as sep.

Or. 781.16 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὧδε⟩: ἐν τῷ ἀπελθεῖν ἐκεῖσε —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa

LEMMA: θανὼν γοῦν ᾧδε X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἐκεῖσε om. Aa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.200,24–25

Or. 781.17 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὧδε⟩: οὕτως εἰ ἐκεῖ ἀπέλθῃς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.01 (vet exeg) καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμ’ ἔνδικόν μοι: ¹ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμά μου, φησὶ, δικαίως ἔρρωταί μοι. ²πατροκτόνον γὰρ ἀνεῖλον, ὅθεν καὶ ἐλεηθήσεσθαι προσδοκῶ. —MBVCPrR^b

TRANSLATION: But my action, he says, is also justly valid for me: for I killed one who murdered my father, wherefore indeed I expect I will be shown pity.

LEMMA: MBC (as in text), καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα VPrR^b REF. SYMBOL: MBR^b

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀλλὰ om. PrR^b | μου] μοι V | after μοι add. καὶ κατησφάλισται B (Arsen.) (not Me) | 2 ἐλεηθήσομαι M | προσδοκῶν M according to Schw. (but ambig. whether ‑δοκῶ)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πράγμα M, πρᾶγμα C | ἔρωται C, ἐρρωτικὸν app. R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,7–9; Dind. II.201,4–6

COLLATION NOTES: In M above the kappa of προσδοκ the compendium looks more like a suspended flattened omega than the usual arc for ων.

Or. 782.02 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμ’ ἔνδικόν μοι⟩: ¹καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα, φησὶ, δικαίως ἠσφάλισται. ²πατροκτόνον γὰρ ἀνεῖλον, καὶ ἐλεηθῆναι προσδοκῶ. —ORwV³

TRANSLATION: The action, he says, is justly secure: for I killed one who murdered my father and I expect to be shown pity.

POSITION: s.l. V³, O under line, last of page; cont. from sch. 781.06 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ … φησὶ om. OV³ | δικαίοις V³ | προσδοκῶν Rw

Or. 782.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἢ τοῦτο ἀκόλουθόν ἐστι τῷ [781] ‘ἀλλὰ δῆτ’ ἔλθω;’· ²καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἔνδικόν μοι; ³ἔπραξα γὰρ τὸν φόνον τὸν μητρῷον διὰ τὸν θάνατον ἀσχάλλων τὸν πατρῷον. ⁴ἔξωθεν δὲ προσυπακουστέον τὸ προσεδόκων ἐλέους τεύξεσθαι διὰ τὸν θάνατον. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: Or this continues from ‘but shall I go then?’: (that is,) ‘and is my action just?’. For I carried out the killing of my mother, aggrieved because of the death of my father. And one must supply from outside the idea ‘I was expecting to meet with pity because of the death’.

LEMMA: C, in marg. M POSITION: cont. from sch. 782.01 B; on next page, following sch. 784.09 V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐστιν VC (compend. M) | 2 πράγμ’ ἔνδικον μοι M | 3 ἀσχάλων MVC | 4 προσὑπακ. M, πρὸς ὑπακ. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,10–13; Dind. II.201,6–10

COMMENT: Although the position is different in V (which in general has more displacements than MBC), this remark belongs to the first half of 782 and offers the alternative of treating the lemma as interrogative instead of declarative, as in other comments. This idea arose because of the poor sequence of dialogue here, which moderns have dealt with by transposition, a solution beyond the horizon of ancient commentators. Thus I believe the manuscripts are correct to run 2–4 together with 1 and not to separate them as Schw. did, treating sent. 2 as a lemma. C has a question mark after μοι in the text, while the others do not.

Or. 782.04 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμ’ ἔνδικόν μοι⟩: ¹λέγει ὁ Ὀρέστης ὅτι δίκαιόν μοι ἐστὶ τὸ ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ συνέδριον τῶν Ἀργείων καὶ θανεῖν. ²καὶ ἀποκρίνεται ὁ Πυλάδης καὶ λέγει ὅτι σὺ μὲν Ὀρέστα ὑπολαμβάνεις τὸ δικαίως θανεῖν. εὔχου δὲ καὶ τὸ δοκεῖν τοῖς δικασταῖς ὅτι δικαίως θνήσκεις. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: Orestes says that it is just for me to go to the meeting of the Argives and die justly (i.e., in a just cause). And Pylades replies and says that ‘you, Orestes, understand (it to be) dying justly. But pray that it also seems to the judges that you are dying justly.

LEMMA: thus in text PrSa

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὅτι om. Sa | 3 θνήσκειν Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἔστι Sa

COMMENT: ‘Dying justly’ appears to mean here ‘dying in a just cause’; the same meaning applies in the related sch. 783.05.

Or. 782.05 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμ’ ἔνδικόν μοι⟩: ἔχει τινὰ δικαιοσύνην σωθῆναι βοηθῶν τῷ πατρί. —K

TRANSLATION: There is some justice in my being saved for helping my father.

LEMMA: thus in text K POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: In the translation I assume that the nominative participle instead of accusative is a Byzantine usage (e.g sch. 782.24). Another possibility would be to emend to ἔχω, but ἔχει seems to me to offer a more idiomatic construction and is present in G’s version (next).

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 782.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα δ’ ἔνδικόν μοι⟩: τὸ σωθῆναι δίκαιον ἔχει, ἤγουν δικαιοσύνην. —G

TRANSLATION: My being saved has something just, that is, justice.

LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμ’ ἔνδικόν μοι⟩: ἤγουν ὡς μητροκτόνος —CrOx

TRANSLATION: That is, as a matricide.

LEMMA: thus in text CrOx POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Perhaps this is a very terse way of indicating ‘I was justified in being a mother-killer’, unless the glossator assumed the interrogative reading of the lemma (but CrOx do not punctuate it thus).

Or. 782.08 (thom exeg) ⟨καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα⟩: ὃ μέλλω προβάλλεσθαι, λέγω τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς φόνον. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (The matter) which I am going to put forward in defence, I mean the murder of my father.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λέγ() ZT, λέγων ZbZl | after λέγ. add. δὲ ZZa | τοῦ om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.201,11–12

Or. 782.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα⟩: ναὶ ἀληθῶς λέγεις —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔνδικόν μοι⟩: ὅτι ἐβοήθησα τῷ ἐμῷ πατρί —MnPrSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Just for me’) because I came to the aid of my father.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔνδικόν μοι⟩: δίκαιον ἐστὶν ὅτι ἐβοήθησα τῷ πατρί μου. —Ab

TRANSLATION: It is just because I brought aid to my father.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: βοηθῆσαι Ab

Or. 782.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔνδικόν μοι⟩: νομισθήσεται ἐμοὶ ἔνδικον. —Aa²

TRANSLATION: (The matter) will be considered to be just for me.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.13 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔνδικόν μοι⟩: ἤγουν δικαιώσει με, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἔντιμον ἔσται μοι. —XXaXbXoTYYfGr

TRANSLATION: That is, it will justify me, and for this reason it will be a source of honor for me.

LEMMA: τὸ πρᾶγμ’ ἔνδικόν μοι G(but πρᾶγμα δ’ in text G) REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr, cont. from sch. 782.16 Gr, perhaps Xb

APP. CRIT. 2: διατοῦτο XXoYf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.201,12–13

Or. 782.17 (vet exeg) τὸ δοκεῖν εὔχου: ¹εὔχου, φησὶ, πάντας οὕτως δοξάζειν ὅτι δίκαιόν ἐστι τὸ πρᾶγμα· ²ἐπεὶ πολλοῖς ἐδόκει ἄδικον εἶναι. ³καὶ Σιμωνίδης [Simonides PMG 598 = fr. 76 Bergk]· ‘τὸ δοκεῖν καὶ τὰν ἀλάθειαν βιᾶται’. —MBVCPrR^b, partial OR^aRw

TRANSLATION: Pray, he says, that all think this way, that the action is just; since to many it seemed to be unjust. And Simonides: ‘Seeming/belief overpowers even the truth’.

LEMMA: MVR^b(δοκοῦν), εὔχου μόνον B REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: sent. 1 above line, 3 in margin block O

APP. CRIT.: 1 εὔχ. φησὶ om. O | πάντας οὕτως δοξάζειν] τὸ δοξ. οὕτω πάντας O, οὕτως δοξ. πάντας Pr | τὸ om. R^b | 2 ἐπεὶ … εἶναι om. O | ἄδικον αὐτὸ εἶναι V | 3 καὶ σιμ. κτλ om. R^aRw | τὰν ἀλάθειαν] Plato Rep. 365e, cf. corruption in MBCPr at sch. 235.06, τὴν ἀλήθειαν all (and VRw at 235.06) | βιᾶται] Sch. Or. 235.06, Plato, βιάζεται MBOVCR^b(βηάζεται), ἐκβιάζεται Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὕτω CR^b | δίκαιον ἐστὶν MOPr(ἐστὶ)R^aR^bRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,14–16; Dind. II.201,17–19

COLLATION NOTES: V does have sentence 3, contra Schw., who failed to notice that the last line is written alone in the lower block rather than continuing under the last line of the right margin block.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Simonides

Or. 782.18 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: τὸ δοξάζειν οὕτω πάντας ὅτι δίκαιον ἐστὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα —O

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem/think’, that is,) that all think that the deed is just.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: τὸ δοξάζειν πάντας δίκαιον εἶναι ἐπεὶ δοκεῖ ἄδικον —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem/think’, that is,) that all think that it is just, since it seems to be unjust.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: τὸ δοξάζειν πάντας οὕτως —B^3d

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem/think’, that is,) that all think this way.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.21 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: τὸ καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς ἀρέσκειν —B

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem/think’, that is,) that it is pleasing also to the gods.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 782.22 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: ἤγουν ὅτι δίκαιον ἐστί —R

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem/think’,) namely, that it is just.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: ὅτι δικαίως ἐφόνευσας τὴν μητέρα σου —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem/think’, that is,) that you justly killed your mother.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: τὸ δοκεῖν τοῦτο τοὺς Ἀργείους, τὸ μολὼν σε ἐκεῖσε ἐκβῆναι τῶν κακῶν. —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem/think’, that is,) that the Argives think this, that having gone there you escape from your troubles.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: μολῶν V³

Or. 782.25 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: πᾶσιν ἔνδικον —Ab

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem’) just to all.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.26 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: τὸ δόξαι ἐκείνοις καλόν —K

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem/think’, that is,) that it appear good to them (the Argives).

LEMMA: τῶ in text K POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: ἵνα †δοξάζῃς κἀκείνοις κακόν† —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: κακὸν can easily be a mistake for καλόν, with which δοξάζηται would make sense: ‘in order that it be thought good in their judgment too’.

Or. 782.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: καὶ δοξάζειν καὶ ἐκείνους οὕτως ὡς σὺ δοξάζεις —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem/think’, that is,) that they too think as you think.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.29 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: φαίνεσθαι κἀκείνοις ἔνδικον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem’, that is,) to appear just to them too.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.201,15

Or. 782.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: τοῖς πᾶσι τοῦτο καλὸν —Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem’, that is,) that this is good in the eyes of all.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.201,16

Or. 782.31 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: τὸ νομίζεσθαι καλῶς λέγειν —Lb

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem’, that is,) to be thought to speak well.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ] odd sign above the tau, perhaps compend. αῖς

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.201,15

Or. 782.32 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: ἤγουν τὸ ⟨μὴ⟩ κολάζεσθαι —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘To seem/think’), that is, that you not be punished.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 782.39 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ⟩: γρ. τῷ. —AaZu

TRANSLATION: (For accusative article ‘to’) the reading (dative article) ‘tōi’ is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Aa

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 783.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨εὖ λέγεις⟩: ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης· καλῶς εἶπας. —B

TRANSLATION: And Orestes (replies): ‘you spoke well’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 782.17 B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,17 app.; Dind. II.201,19–20

Or. 783.03 (vet exeg) φεύγω τὸ δειλὸν: διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖ παραγενέσθαι φεύγω τὸ εἶναι δειλός. —MBCPrSa

TRANSLATION: By going there, I avoid the (charge of) being cowardly.

LEMMA: B(but cont. from sch. 783.01 with only raised dot punct. before) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C; between sch. 783.05 (last of 138v) and 785.19 (second of 139v) Sa; between sch. 783.05 and 784.09 Pr

APP. CRIT.: διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖ] τοῦτο ἐκεῖνο PrSa | τοῦτέστι add. before φεύγω B | second τὸ] τῶ Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,17; Dind. II.201,20–21

Or. 783.04 (rec exeg) ⟨φεύγω τὸ δειλὸν τῇδε⟩: φεύγω τὸ εἶναι δειλός διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖ παραγενέσθαι. ὅθεν καὶ ἐλεηθήσεσθαι προσδοκῶ. —Pr

TRANSLATION: I avoid the (charge of) being cowardly by going there. Wherefore I expect also that I will be pitied.

Or. 783.05 (rec exeg) ⟨φεύγω τὸ δειλὸν τῇδε⟩: ¹οὕτως γάρ. ²ἤγουν ἐπεὶ καλόν ἐστι τὸ δεῖξαι ὅτι δικαίως θνήσκω ἀφίημι τὴν δειλίαν, ἤγουν τὸ φοβεῖσθαι προσελθεῖν τῷ τῶν Ἀργείων δήμῳ δικαιολογηθησόμενος. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (Supply conjunction ‘for’, that is,) ‘for thus’. That is, since it is a fine thing to show that I die justly (i.e., in a just cause), I dismiss (the path of) cowardice, namely, being afraid to appear before the assembled Argive people to speak in justification of myself.

POSITION: between sch. 783.04 and sch. 783.03 Pr

APP. CRIT.: δικαιολογησάμενος Sa

COMMENT: For the notion of ‘dying justly’ see sch. 782.04 with comment.

Or. 783.06 (vet exeg) ⟨φεύγω τὸ δειλὸν τῇδε⟩: οὐ παρέχω δειλίας ὑπόνοιαν ὡς μὴ ἔνδικα πράξας καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὸ κριτήριον ἀποφεύγων. —B

TRANSLATION: I do not afford a suspicion of cowardice, as if I have done unjust things, and for that reason am avoiding the lawcourt.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 783.03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,17 app.; Dind. II.201,21–22

Or. 783.07 (rec exeg) ⟨φεύγω τὸ δειλὸν⟩: τὴν δειλίαν ἐλθὼν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ —MnPrSSa

TRANSLATION: (I avoid the charge of) cowardice by going to the assembly.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆ δειλ() Sa | ἐλθεῖν Mn | ἐν om. PrSa

Or. 783.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φεύγω⟩: γρ. φύγω. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (For present indicative/subjunctive ‘pheugō’, ‘I flee’,) the reading (aorist subjunctive) ‘phugō’ is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 783.09 (mosch exeg) τὸ δειλὸν: τὴν δειλίαν, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ὑποψίαν τῆς δειλίας. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘The cowardly’ means) ‘cowardice’, used for ‘the suspicion of cowardice’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except XXoT

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] om. G, transp. before τὴν δειλίαν X | τὴν δειλίαν om., sep. s.l. T | ὑποψίαν] ὑπεροψίαν T | τῆς δειλίας om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.202,1

Or. 783.12 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇδε⟩: ἐν τῷ παραγενέσθαι τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ —Ab

TRANSLATION: (‘In this way’ means) by appearing at the assembly.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 783.13 (thom exeg) ⟨τῇδε⟩: οὕτως, εἰ ἐκεῖ ἀπέλθω —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: In this way, (that is,) if I go there.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰ om. Zb | ἀπέλθω ἐκεῖ transp. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.202,2–3

Or. 783.14 (thom exeg) ⟨τῇδε⟩: ἢ τὸ τῇδε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνταῦθα, φεύγω τὸ ἐνταῦθα δειλὸν, ἤτοι τὸ μένειν ἐνταῦθα. τοῦτο γὰρ δειλόν. —ZZbZlZmZuTGu

TRANSLATION: Alternatively, the adverb ‘tēide’ is used for ‘here’: I avoid the cowardly course here, that is, remaining here. For this is cowardly.

REF. SYMBOL: all POSITION: marg. ZGu

APP. CRIT.: ἢ τὸ τῇδε ἀντὶ τοῦ οὕτως, εἰ ἐκεῖ ἀπέλθω prep. T | ἢ] ἤγουν Zb, om. Zu | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Zb | ἤγουν add. before φεύγω T | ἤτοι] ἤγουν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.202,3–4

Or. 783.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨μᾶλλον ἢ μένων⟩: εἰ ἀποχωρήσεις ἀπὸ τῶν ὧδε μᾶλλον σωθήσῃ ἢ μένων ἐνταῦθα. —MnPrSSa

TRANSLATION: If you depart from this place you will more likely be saved than by staying here.

POSITION: s.l. (Sa starting over first half of line and divided after μᾶλλον)

APP. CRIT.: ἀποχωρήση Pr | ἐνταῦθα] ὦδε (sic) Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: ὦδε Pr | σωθείση Sa

Or. 783.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨μᾶλλον ἢ μένων⟩: μᾶλλον φύγῃς τὴν δειλίαν ἀπελθὼν παρὸ μένων. —M²

TRANSLATION: You would avoid cowardice more by going than by staying.

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

Or. 783.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μᾶλλον ἢ μένων⟩: κρεῖσσον θανεῖν ἐκεῖσε ἀπελθὼν παρὸ ὧδε. —V³

TRANSLATION: It is better to die having gone there than (staying) here.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὦδε V³

Or. 783.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μᾶλλον ἢ μένων⟩: κρεῖσσον γὰρ θανεῖν ἐκεῖσε ἢ ὧδε. —Gu²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.202,5

Or. 783.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨μᾶλλον ἢ μένων⟩: ναὶ οὕτως λίαν ἢ μένων ἐνταῦθα —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 783.24 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μᾶλλον ἢ μένων⟩: ναὶ οὕτως φεύγων ἢ μένων ἐνταῦθα —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 783.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μᾶλλον ἢ μένων⟩: φύγε τὸ δειλὸν παρὸ —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 783.32 (thom exeg) ⟨μένων⟩: τοῦτο γὰρ δειλία. —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For this (remaining here) is cowardice.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δειλὸν Zl, Dind. without note (Matthiae had δειλία)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.202,5–6

Or. 783.33 (rec exeg) ⟨μένων⟩: ἐνταῦθα ἢ ἐν τῇ δειλίᾳ —R

TRANSLATION: (‘Remaining’) here, or in cowardice.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 784.01 (784–785) (mosch paraphr) ⟨καί τις ἄν γέ … ἀσχάλλων πατρῷον⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς καί τις ἄν γέ μ’ οἰκτίσαιτο θάνατον ἀσχάλλων πατρῷον, ἤγουν τὸν τοῦ ἐμοῦ πατρός. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrLp

TRANSLATION: The run of the sense (continued across Pylades’ words) is ‘and someone might have pity on me, aggrieved at the paternal death’, that is, ‘that of my father’.

LEMMA: καὶ τίς in text except καὶ τὶς p.c. Y POSITION: s.l. XaXb, follows sch. 784.05 YGr

APP. CRIT.: ἀσχάλοι Y | τὸν om. Y

APP. CRIT. 2: καὶ τίς all | ἀσχάλων T, a.c. Xa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.202,7–9

COMMENT: MSS in general have the accentuation καὶ τίς in the text here, but B has καί τις and καὶ τὶς is in AbG, p. c. Y. The prevalent accentuation need not imply for these scribes, however, that an interrogative interpretation is to be understood (only in R have I noticed a question mark apparently added by a later hand). I assume that Moschopulus interpreted the pronoun as indefinite here.

Or. 784.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καί τις ἄν γέ μ’ οἰκτίσειε⟩: τὶς ἄν με οἰκτίσαιτο —G

LEMMA: καὶ τὶς in text G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 784.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨καί τις ἄν γέ μ’ οἰκτίσειε⟩: εἰ ἀπέλθω —ZZbZlZmTGu

LEMMA: καὶ τίς in text all POSITION: s.l. (also written above 783 εὖ λέγεις Gu, but crossed out)

Or. 784.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καί τις ἄν γέ μ’ οἰκτίσειε⟩: ἐμὲ ἐκεῖσε ἀπελθὼν —V³

LEMMA: καὶ τίς in text V POSITION: s.l.

Or. 784.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨οἰκτίσειε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οἰκτίσαιτο —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (Active ‘oiktiseie’, ‘would pity’ is) used for (the more common, less poetic middle) ‘oiktisaito’.

POSITION: s.l. except XYGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.202,7

Or. 784.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨οἰκτίσειε⟩: καὶ ἐλεήσειεν ἐμὲ ἐκεῖσε —Mn

TRANSLATION: That is, would pity me there (in the assembly).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 784.09 (vet exeg) μέγα γὰρ ηὑγένειά σου: ¹οἷον διὰ τὸ εὐγενὲς ἐλεηθήσῃ, ²τουτέστι πάνυ σοι συμβάλλεται πρὸς τὸν ἔλεον ἡ εὐγένεια. —MBVCPrRwSa

TRANSLATION: As if to say, you will be pitied because of your good birth, that is, (your) good birth contributes very much for you toward (receiving) pity.

LEMMA: M(ἡ εὐγένεια)B(ἡὐγένειά), μέγα γὰρ ἡ εὐγένειά (or ‑εια?) σοι V, ἡ εὐγένειά σου Rw; in text ἡ εὐγ‑ all except ἡὐγ‑ B REF. SYMBOL: MBVSa POSITION: cont. from sch. 782.17 C

APP. CRIT.: 1 οἷον διὰ om. PrSa (punct. after εὐγενὲς), οἷον om. V | ἐλεηθήσω M | 2 τουτέστι κτλ punct. as sep. note Pr | τουτέστι] οἷα V, οἷον PrRwSa

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τοῦτέστι B, τουτέστιν M | app. συμβαλλ changed to συμβάλεται C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,18–19; Dind. II.202,14–15

Or. 784.10 (rec exeg) ⟨μέγα γὰρ ἡ εὐγένειά σου⟩: ¹διὰ τὸ εὐγενὲς ἐλεηθήσῃ· ²μέγα γάρ σοι συμβάλλεται πρὸς σωτηρίαν ἡ εὐγένεια. —MnPrSSa

TRANSLATION: You will be pitied because of your good birth. For (your) good birth contributes a great deal for you toward (obtaining) salvation.

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l. MnPr, marg. S; follows sch. 785.19 Sa

APP. CRIT.: 2 εὐγένεια σου MnS

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δια Sa

Or. 784.11 (rec exeg) ⟨μέγα γὰρ ἡ εὐγένειά σου⟩: μέγα γὰρ συμβάλλεται πρὸς σωτηρίαν. —Ab

TRANSLATION: (Your good birth) contributes a great deal toward (obtaining) salvation.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 784.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μέγα γὰρ ἡ εὐγένειά σου⟩: λίαν σοι συμβάλλεται πρὸς οἶκτον —O

TRANSLATION: (Your good birth) contributes very much for you for (receiving) pity.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 784.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μέγα γὰρ ἡ εὐγένειά σου⟩: συμβαλεῖται εἰς τὸ ἐλεηθῆναι. —G

TRANSLATION: (Your good birth) will contribute toward your being pitied.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 784.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μέγα γὰρ ἡ εὐγένειά σοι⟩: συμβάλλεται σοι πρὸς τὸν ἔλεον ἡ εὐγένεια. —V³

TRANSLATION: Your good birth contributes for you toward (receiving) pity.

LEMMA: thus in text V POSITION: marg.

Or. 784.15 (rec exeg) ⟨μέγα γὰρ ἡ εὐγένειά σου⟩: ὅτι ἐγεννήθης(?) ἐ[κ] πατρὸς(?) εὐγε[νοῦς](?) —R

TRANSLATION: Because you were born of a noble father.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: faint and damaged, readings very uncertain

Or. 784.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μέγα γὰρ ηὑγένειά σου⟩: διὰ μέσου —B²

TRANSLATION: (The statement is) parenthetic (splitting two parts of Orestes’ statement).

LEMMA: ἡὐγ‑ in text B POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 784.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μέγα γὰρ ἡ εὐγένειά σου⟩: τὸ ‘μέγα γὰρ ἡ εὐγένειά σου’ διὰ μέσου κεῖται. —Lp

TRANSLATION: The statement ‘for your good birth is a big factor’ is placed parenthetically (splitting two parts of Orestes’ statement).

LEMMA: thus in text Lp POSITION: cont. from sch. 784.01 Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.202,9–10

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 784.18 (mosch exeg) ⟨μέγα γὰρ ηὑγένειά σου⟩: πολλοί σε οἰκτίσονται δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Many will pity you, clearly, (because your good birth is important).

LEMMA: ἡὐγ‑ in text all except ἡ εὐγ‑ TY REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.: σε om. X

Or. 784.26 (tri metr) ⟨ἡ εὐ(γένειά)⟩: συνίζησις —T³

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 784.27 (rec exeg) ⟨σου⟩: σοι —Ab

TRANSLATION: (For ‘sou’, ‘of you’, there is a variant reading) ‘soi’ (‘to you’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 785.01 (vet exeg) ⟨θάνατον ἀσχάλλων πατρῷον⟩: ¹λείπει ἡ διά. ²τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς καὶ τίς ἄν γέ με οἰκτίσειεν ἀσχάλλων διὰ τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς θάνατον. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: The prepositon ‘dia’ (‘because of’) is understood. And the run of the sense is: ‘and someone might pity me, aggrieved because of the death of my father’.

LEMMA: θάνατον ἀσχάλων(as in text) V, ἀσχάλλων πατρῷον M, 793 τὶς ἄν γέ μ’ οἰκτίσειε Rw REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: cont. from sch. 784.09 C, cont. from 785.03 B

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 λείπει … οἰκτίσειεν] τίς με ἐλεήσειεν Rw | 1 λείπει ἡ διά om. B (but cf. sch. 785.06) | 2 γέ om. BC | μοι V | ἀσχάλλων transp. after πατρὸς B

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐξῆς M | ἀν γε με M | οἰκτήσειε MBC | ἀσχάλων VCRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,20–21; Dind. II.202,16 and 18–19

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 785.02 (thom exeg) ⟨θάνατον ἀσχάλλων πατρῷον⟩: ¹τὸ ‘θάνατον ἀσχάλλων πατρῷον’ πρὸς τὸ ‘τις ἄν γέ μ’ οἰκτίσειε’ συνάπτεται, ²ἔτεμε δὲ ὁ Πυλάδης τὸν λόγον διὰ τοῦ ‘μέγα γὰρ ἡ εὐγένειά σου’. —ZZaZbZmZuTGu

TRANSLATION: The line ‘being aggrieved at the death of my father’ is syntactically a continuation of ‘someone would pity me’, and Pylades split the sentence with ‘yes, because your good birth is an important factor’.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu POSITION: s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 first τὸ om. ZbZu | 2 διὰ τὸ Zb, διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: τίς all | ἂν γέ Zu | ἀσχάλων ZZuGu | οἰκτείσειε Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.202,20–22

COLLATION NOTES: T is damaged here by washing out and by transfer of ink from the facing page; Ta omits this note.

Or. 785.03 (vet exeg) ⟨θάνατον ἀσχάλλων πατρῷον⟩: ¹ἔπραξα, φησὶ, τὸν μητρῷον φόνον ἀσχάλλων διὰ τὸν θάνατον τοῦ πατρὸς. —BPrR^bRw

TRANSLATION: I carried out, he says, the murder of my mother because I was aggrieved because of the death of my father.

LEMMA: lemma(?) γρ. ἀσχάλλων Pr POSITION: intermarg. Pr; cont. from sch. 784.09, prep. ὁ [leg. τὸ] δὲ θάνατον ἀσχάλλων πατρῶον, B; cont. from sch. 785.01, prep. τινὲς δὲ οὕτως·, Rw

APP. CRIT.: φησὶ om. PrR^bRw | διὰ τὸν θάνατον om. Pr | ἀσχάλλων transp. to end PrR^bRw(ἀσχάλων) | τοῦ πατρὸς] τὸν πατρῶον PrR^bRw

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔπραξά φη() B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,21–22 app.; Dind. II.202,17–18

COMMENT: The mistaken interpretation of applying ἀσχάλλων to Orestes rather than to τις is also reflected in the next three scholia and in Zu’s addition of ἐγώ to 785.09. | It is not certain that γρ. ἀσχάλλων is meant to be a lemma in Pr; it could also be a separate annotation, copied from an exemplar that had ἀσχάλων in the text and γρ. ἀσχάλλων s.l., even though Pr itself has ἀσχάλλων in the line.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 785.04 (rec exeg) ⟨θάνατον ἀσχάλλων πατρῷον⟩: ἔπραξα τὸν μητρικὸν φόνον λυπούμενος. —Sa

TRANSLATION: I carried out the murder of my mother because I was pained.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 785.07 (vet exeg) ⟨θάνατον⟩: λείπει ἡ διά· διὰ τὸν θάνατον. —B

TRANSLATION: The prepositon ‘dia’ (‘because of’) is understood: ‘because of the death (of my father)’.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.176,20 with app.; Dind. II.202,16–17

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 785.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πατρῷον⟩: γρ. πατρὸς. —PrR

TRANSLATION: (For ‘patrōion’, adjective ‘of a father’,) the reading ‘patros’ (noun ‘of father’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 785.17 (vet exeg) ⟨πάντα ταῦτ’ ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: πάντα ταῦτα ἴσασιν οἱ Ἕλληνες, καὶ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν εἰσίν. —MCMnPrRwS

TRANSLATION: The Greeks know all these things, and they are before their eyes.

LEMMA: πάντα ταῦτα Rw REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. MS, intermarg. C, s.l. MnPr

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. MnPrS | ἴσασιν] ἴσως MnS | after ταῦτα add. φησὶν Rw | πρὸ τῶν ὀφθ. MnPr | ὀφθαλμῶν] Mn (Dindorf without note), ὀφθ. σου others

APP. CRIT. 2: εἰσί PrRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.177,1; Dind. II.203,1–2

COMMENT: The lack of σου after ὀφθαλμῶν in Mn is not quite certain, since in the image the edge of the page is obscured in the binding. But in other notes and the other two lines of this one, the words that extend over this edge are almost complete, strongly suggesting that no more than the nu of ὀφθαλμῶν has been lost from view. Dindorf cited only M in including this note for the first time; he did not print σου and has no entry in the app. crit.

COLLATION NOTES: check original Mn

Or. 785.18 (vet exeg) ⟨πάντα ταῦτ’ ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: οἷον ἡ εὐγένεια καὶ τὸ ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ κριτήριον εὐθαρσῶς καὶ ὁ θάνατος τοῦ πατρὸς, ταῦτα πάντα παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων γινώσκονται, πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ὄντα, καὶ ἐλπίδας ἀγαθὰς ὑποτίθεται. —B

TRANSLATION: As if to say, good birth and going to the lawcourt confidently and the death of your father—all these things are known by the Greeks, being in front of their eyes, and this suggests (having) good hopes.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.177,2–4; Dind. II.202,11–14

Or. 785.19 (rec exeg) ⟨πάντα ταῦτ’ ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: ἤγουν φανερόν ἐστι ταῦτα πάντα βοηθῆσαι σοι, ἤτοι ἡ εὐγένειά σου καὶ οἱ τὸν τοῦ πατρός σου λυπούμενοι θάνατον. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: That is, it is obvious that all these things help you, namely your good birth and the people who are pained at the death of your father.

APP. CRIT.: ὅτι add. before φανερόν Pr | ἤτοι] ἤγουν Pr

Or. 785.20 (thom exeg) ⟨πάντα ταῦτ’ ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: ἤγουν ἡ σὴ εὐγένεια καὶ ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς φόνος φανερά εἰσι τοῖς Ἀργείοις. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, your good birth and the murder of your father are obvious things to the Argives.

REF. SYMBOL: Gu, at ἐν ὄμμ. T POSITION: s.l. except TGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.203,3–4

COLLATION NOTES: T damaged; Ta omits this scholion.

Or. 785.21 (rec exeg) ⟨πάντα ταῦτ’ ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: ἅπερ(?) + 2–3 undecipherable words —R

POSITION: marg.

Or. 785.22 (rec exeg) ⟨πάντα ταῦτ’ ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: ἴσασιν οἱ Ἕλληνες —Ab

TRANSLATION: The Greeks know (all these things).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 785.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάντα ταῦτ’ ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: γιγνώσκουσιν οἱ Ἕλληνες —CrOx

TRANSLATION: The Greeks recognize (all these things).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 785.24 (rec exeg) ⟨πάντα ταῦτ’ ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: προτίθει —K

TRANSLATION: Put forward (all these things in view).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 785.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάντα ταῦτ’ ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: θὲς τὸ ἐλεηθῆναι σε. —G

TRANSLATION: Take as a given that you are pitied.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 785.27 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: πρὸ τῶν ὀμμάτων εἰσὶν καὶ ἴσασιν οἱ Ἕλληνες. —O

TRANSLATION: (All these things) are in front of their eyes and the Greeks know them.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.203,2–3

Or. 785.28 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: προσδοκώμενα ἐν ἐλπίσιν —M²

TRANSLATION: (‘In sight’ means) ‘anticipated in one’s hopes’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 785.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: τῶν Ἑλλήνων δηλονότι φανερὰ εἰσί —Zu

TRANSLATION: (In the eyes) of the Greeks, namely, are evident.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 785.30 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐκείνων —F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὁφθ‑ F

Or. 785.31 (mosch paraphr) ἐν ὄμμασιν: ἐν τῷ φανερῷ, ἤγουν προφανῆ εἰσίν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aG^bGr

TRANSLATION: (‘In the eyes’ means) ‘in the open’, that is, they are clear to see.

LEMMA: X REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXoG^a

APP. CRIT.: προφανῆ εἰσιν, ἤγουν ἐν τῷ φανερῷ transp. T | ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἤγουν om. G^b | ἤγουν om. Xo

APP. CRIT. 2: εἰσιν TYG^a [G^b]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.202,23

Or. 786.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄνανδρον ἀκλεῶς κατθανεῖν⟩: δειλῶν τὸ ἀκλεῶς θανείν. —G

TRANSLATION: Dying ignobly is the way of cowards.

LEMMA: τὸ κατθ. in text G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 786.10 (mosch paraphr) ἄνανδρον: ἀνάνδρων ἀνθρώπων, ἤγουν δειλῶν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial G

TRANSLATION: (‘Unmanly’ means) ‘characteristic of unmanly men’, that is, ‘of cowards’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except XXoYf

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. G | ἤγουν δειλῶν om. G | δεινῶν Xa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.203,6

Or. 786.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀκλεῶς⟩: ἀδόξως. τοῦτο δὲ ἔσται, εἰ ἐνταῦθα μένω. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Die) ingloriously. And this will be the case if I stay here.

REF. SYMBOL: Gu (at ἄνανδρον) POSITION: s.l. except Gu

APP. CRIT.: ἀδόξως om. Gu (Arsen.) | ἔστω a.c. Gu | μένων Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.203,7

Or. 786.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αἰνῶ τάδε⟩: καὶ συναινῶ σοι ἅπερ λέγεις. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 787.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἦ λέγωμεν⟩: ἆρα βούλει ἵνα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²Zl²

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: βούλου XaXbY(corr. Y^r)Aa² | ἵνα om. Aa²

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄρα Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.203,9

Or. 788.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δάκρυα γοῦν γένοιτ’ ἄν⟩: εἰ εἴποιμεν γὰρ, εἰς δάκρυα τραπῆναι μέλλομεν. —Gu

TRANSLATION: For if we should tell (her), we are likely to turn to crying.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.203,11–12

Or. 788.05 (thom exeg) ⟨γοῦν⟩: τὸ γοῦν ἐνταῦθα ἔμφασιν ἔχει γάρ, ὅπερ καὶ ἐν ποιήσει καὶ λογογραφίᾳ εὑρήσεις. —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The word ‘goun’ (‘at any rate’) here has the meaning ‘gar’ (‘for’), something you will find both in poetry and prose.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu POSITION: marg. ZZl, s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: γάρ ὅπερ κτλ illegible or lost to damage Zl | τοῦ add. before γὰρ Arsen.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.203,12–13

COMMENT: For γὰρ expressed as an appositive to ἔμφασιν, see Sch. Thom. Arist. Ran. 912b Chantry τὸ ‘ἢ’ οὐ μόνον διαζευκτικὸν καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘παρό’ ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔμφασιν ἔχει πολλάκις ‘καί’, ὡς κἀνταῦθα; 1507b Chantry καὶ ἔχει ἐνταῦθα ὁ ‘δὲ’ σύνδεσμος ἔμφασιν ‘καί’. Thus the τοῦ added by Arsenius (or his source) need not be accepted. | For γοῦν as equivalent to γάρ, cf. sch. 781.08 and the variants γοῦν/γάρ in sch. 12.01, 144.01, 234.12; see also Radt 2015a.

Or. 788.10 (788–789) (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκοῦν … κερδανεῖς⟩: ¹δέον οὕτως εἰπεῖν, οὐκοῦν τοῦτο ὃ φῂς, ὡς εἰ γνώσεται ἡμᾶς ἀπερχομένους κλαύσεται, μέγας οἰωνός ἐστιν, ²ἤγουν μέγα καὶ χαλεπὸν τεκμήριόν ἐστι πρὸς τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα. ³καὶ γὰρ, ἡνίκα τι μέλλουσι πράττειν ἄνθρωποι, ἢν ἐκ προοιμίων δακρύοις καὶ λύπαις ἐντύχωσι, τεκμαίρονται ἐντεῦθεν ὡς οὐ καλῶς οὐδ’ ἀκινδύνως τουτὶ διανύσουσι. ⁴δέον οὕτως εἰπεῖν, ὁ δὲ εἴρηκεν, οὐκοῦν οὗτος οἰωνὸς μέγας, πρὸς τὸ οἰωνὸς τὸ οὗτος ποιήσας, ⁵ὥσπερ ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ [Batrachom. 116–117] ‘ξύλινον μόρον εὑρόντες, ἣν παγίδα καλέουσι’, καὶ ἕτερα μυρία τοιαῦτα καὶ παρὰ ποιηταῖς καὶ λογογράφοις εὑρήσεις. ⁶τὸ δὲ [789] ‘τῷ χρόνῳ δὲ κερδανεῖς’ τοῦτο λέγει, ὡς εἰ μὴ νῦν μαθοῦσα δακρύσει, ἀλλ’ ὕστερον, κέρδος ἕξεις τὸν χρόνον, ⁵ἐπειδὴ τὸ μὲν πρὸ τοῦ ἀγῶνος δακρῦσαι τεκμήριον χαλεπὸν, ὡς ἔφαμεν, ἐστίν, ⁸ἢν δ’ ὕστερον τοῦτο ποιήσῃ, οὐδὲν ἡμῖν τούτου μελήσει. —ZZaZb(Zl)ZmTGu

TRANSLATION: One ought to say it this way: ‘therefore, this thing that you mention, that if she learns we are going off (to the assembly) she will weep, is an important omen’, that is, it is an important and unfavorable sign with respect to the struggle before us. For indeed, when people are about to do something, if right at the start they meet with tears and pains, they infer from that that they will not accomplish this thing well or without danger. Although one ought to say it this way, he said ‘this is an important omen’, making ‘this’ agree with ‘omen’ (in gender: masculine instead of neuter), just as occurs also in ‘having found a wooden doom, which people call a pagis-trap’, and you will find countless other such examples both in poets and prose-writers. The phrase ‘and you will profit by the time’ means this, that if she will not learn of it and cry now, but later, you will have the time (saved now) as a profit, since weeping before the struggle is an unfavorable sign, as we said, but if she does this later, that will be of no concern to us.

REF. SYMBOL: all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.203,17–25 and.204,7–10

COMMENT: To illustrate attraction of gender in such pronouns, the same quotation is used in Sch. Thom. Aesch. Sept. 244e (εὑρόντες omitted), Sch. Thom. Aesch. Prom. 754 Smyth, Sch. Thom. Soph. Ant. 100 (Squire). The text of Batrachomyomachia 116–117 is ξύλινον δόλον [v.l. μόρον] ἐξευρόντες, / ἣν παγίδα καλέουσι.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | grammar, agreement of gender

Or. 788.11 (vet exeg) οὐκοῦν οὗτος οἰωνὸς: ¹οὐκοῦν, φησὶ, παραιτητέον εἰπεῖν τῇ ἀδελφῇ, ἐπεὶ δακρύσει, ²καὶ τοῦτο αὐτὸ κακὸς οἰωνὸς ἔσται. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: Therefore, he says, we must refrain from telling your sister, since she will weep, and that very thing will be a bad omen.

LEMMA: B(οὐκοὖν), οὐκοὖν οἰωνὸς μέγας τοῦτο V, οἰωνὸς μέγας Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 785.01 C, follows sch. 795.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 τῷ ἀδελφῷ C | δακρύει MVC | 2 τοῦτο … κακὸς] τοῦ αὐτῆς δακρύου Rw | ἔσται] γενήσεται Rw | at end add. τοῦτέστι τὸ δακρύ() B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὐκ οὖν M | φη() B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.177,6–7; Dind. II.203,14–16

Or. 788.12 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκοῦν οὖτος οἰωνὸς⟩: παραιτητέον τῇ ἀδελφῇ εἰπεῖν, ἐπεὶ δακρύει, καὶ τοῦτο ἐστὶν οἰωνός. —O

TRANSLATION: We must refrain from telling your sister, since she weeps, and this is an omen.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 788.18 (vet exeg) ⟨οἰωνὸς μέγας⟩: μεγάλα φησὶ τὰ δάκρυα. —B

TRANSLATION: He calls the tears ‘great/important’.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Probably, but not certainly, a note by the original hand that has been rewritten later after fading.

Or. 788.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἰωνὸς μέγας⟩: σημεῖον κακοῦ μέγα τὰ δάκρυα δηλονότι. —Lp

TRANSLATION: A great sign of evil, the tears, namely.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.203,26–27

COMMENT: Expansion of Mosch. sch. 788.23.

Or. 789.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨δηλαδὴ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δῆλον δὴ, ὡς τὸ πότερα ἀντὶ τοῦ πότερον. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZl²

TRANSLATION: (‘Dēladē’, plural, is) used for ‘dēlon dē’ (singular, ‘(it is) obvious indeed’), like (plural) ‘potera’ used for (singular) ‘poteron’ (‘whether’).

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.: first ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | after δὴ add. ὅτι TZl(ὄτι) (cf. sch. 789.10) | πρότερα … πρότερον Y, πότερον … πότερα a.c. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.203,28

Or. 789.02 (pllgn exeg) δηλαδὴ: ἐπίρρημα βεβαιώσεως —Lr

TRANSLATION: (‘Dēladē’ is) an adverb of reinforcement.

LEMMA: Lr POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.204,1

Or. 789.16 (tri metr) ⟨σιγᾶν⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 789.20 (vet exeg) τῷ χρόνῳ γε κερδανεῖς: ¹τῇ ὑπερθέσει τῶν θρηνημάτων αὐτῆς κερδανεῖς, ²ὅ ἐστι κἂν τὸ μὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν θρηνεῖσθαι κερδανεῖς. —MBCSa, partial VPrR

TRANSLATION: You will profit by the postponement of her lamentations, which is (to say) you will profit in not being the object of lamentation from this moment.

LEMMA: B(δὲ)V, τῷ χρόνῳ κερδανεῖς M, τῶ χρόνω δε Pr, καὶ ἄλλως Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: cont. from sch. 788.11 C, follows next Rw

APP. CRIT.: 2 ὅ ἐστι κτλ om. VPrRw | ὅ ἐστι] ὅτι Sa | τὸ μὴ] B, μὴ τὸ MC, μὴ Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κερδανῆς C | 2 κ’ἂν B | κερδάνης C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.177,8–9; Dind. II.204,3–4

Or. 789.21 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: κερδανεῖς, φησὶ, τὸ μὴ δακρῦσαι αὐτὴν καὶ γενέσθαι κακὸν οἰωνὸν ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ τῆς κρίσεως χρόνῳ, τουτέστιν ἕως ἂν ἡ κρίσις ἐξενεχθῇ. —MBVCPrRwSa

TRANSLATION: You will profit, he says, in her not starting to cry and becoming a bad omen in the interval before the trial, that is, until the judgment has been rendered.

LEMMA: MBVCPr, τῷ χρόνῳ δὲ κερδανεῖς Rw POSITION: precedes prev. Rw; cont. from prev. with ἄλλως corrupted to ἀλλὰ Sa

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὸν C, αὐτὸ Sa | καὶ om. Sa | κακὸν οἰωνὸν] καιρὸς οἰωνὸς Sa (οἰωνὸς s.l. Pr) | ἐν om. C | ἕως ἂν] ἐὰν Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: δακρύσαι BVCPrRw | τοῦτέστιν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.177,11–13; Dind. II.204,4–6

Or. 789.22 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ χρόνῳ δὲ κερδανεῖς⟩: τῷ χρόνῳ καθ’ ὃν οὐ μὴ βλέπῃς τὴν ἀδελφήν σου κλαίουσαν κερδανεῖς τὸ μὴ λυπεῖσθαι. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: In/by the time during which you will not see your sister weeping you will profit in not being pained.

LEMMA: δὲ in tet Pr, γὰρ in text Sa REF. SYMBOL: Sa

APP. CRIT.: σου] μου Sa | μὴ] κῆδος Sa (from μηδὲν?)

Or. 789.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨τῷ χρόνῳ⟩: ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ τῆς κρίσεως —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 789.24 (rec paraphr) ⟨τῷ χρόνῳ⟩: τῇ ὑπερθέσει τῶν θρήνων αὐτῆς —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 789.37 (thom paraphr) ⟨κερδανεῖς⟩: τοῦ μὴ νῦν αὐτὴν γνῶναί τι —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.204,11–12

Or. 790.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κεῖνό μοι μόνον πρόσαντες⟩: ἤγουν ἡ μανία ἐμπόδιον ὑπάρχει. —Ab

TRANSLATION: That is, my madness is an obstacle.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 790.03 (rec exeg) ⟨κεῖνό μοι μόνον πρόσαντες⟩: φοβεῖ⟨ται⟩ ἄρα τὸ λυπεῖσθαι. —Pr

TRANSLATION: He fears, then, his being afflicted.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 790.07 (pllgn gram) ⟨κεῖνό⟩: ἀφαίρεσις —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Keino’ exhibits) aphaeresis (from ‘ekeino’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: aphaeresis

Or. 790.15 (pllgn gram) ⟨πρόσαντες⟩: ἔστιν ἄντα ἐπίρρημα δηλοῦν τὸ ἐξεναντίας, ἀφ’ οὗ τὸ πρόσαντες {γράφεται} καὶ τὸ ἄναντες καὶ τὸ κάταντες {ἀγγελεῖς}. —Lp

TRANSLATION: There is an adverb ‘anta’ meaning ‘on/from the facing side’, from which (are derived) ‘prosantes’ and ‘anantes’ and ‘katantes’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γράφεται and ἀγγελεῖς del. Mastr. (conflated from 790.24 below)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.204,14–16

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 790.16 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τί τόδε … λέγεις⟩: τί ἐστι τὸ καινὸν τόδε ὃ λέγεις; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: What is this new thing that you mention?

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.204,17

Or. 790.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί τόδε … λέγεις⟩: τί καινὸν ὃ λέγεις; —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 790.24 (mosch exeg) ⟨αὖ λέγεις⟩: γράφεται ἀγγελεῖς. —XXaXbXoYYfGr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘au legeis’, ‘you in turn mention’,) the reading ‘aggeleis’ (‘you will announce’) is found.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Xa; cont. from sch. 790.16 Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.204,18

COMMENT: The words of this note are also interpolated in Lp within sch. 790.15 above.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 790.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὖ λέγεις⟩: γράφεται ὃ λέγεις. —Zl²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘au legeis’, ‘you in turn mention’,) the reading ‘ho legeis’ (‘which you mention’) is found.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 791.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨μὴ θεαί μ’ οἴστρῳ κατάσχωσ’⟩: δέδοικα ἵνα μὴ αἱ θεαὶ τῇ μανίᾳ βάλωσι. —KG

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δέδοικα ἵνα om. K

Or. 791.05 (rec exeg) ⟨θεαὶ⟩: αἱ τιμωρητικαὶ ἤτοι αἱ Ἐριννύαι —V¹

TRANSLATION: (‘Goddesses’ referring to) the avenging ones, that is, the Erinyes.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The form ταῖς Ἐριννύαις is reported (somewhat doubtfully, for the hand is poor and the ending app. involves some overwriting) from Sch. rec. Arist. Ran. 1292a Chantry (from Vat. Reginensis graecus 147, early 14th cent.). The two instances together suggest that this may be a rare Byzantine back-formation from τὰς Ἐριν(ν)ύας.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 791.13 (vet paraphr) ⟨κηδεύσω σ’⟩: ἐπιμελείας ἀξιώσω σε —BMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B

APP. CRIT.: ἀλλ’ prep. MnPrS | σε om. BSa

Or. 791.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κηδεύσω σ’⟩: καὶ κήδους καὶ φροντίδος καὶ ἐπιμελείας ἀξιώσω σέ. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 792.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨δυσχερὲς ψαύειν νοσοῦντος ἀνδρὸς⟩: νοσοῦντος ἀνδρὸς ψαύειν δυσχερὲς καὶ δυσδούλευτον ἐστί. —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 792.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δυσχερὲς ψαύειν νοσοῦντος ἀνδρὸς⟩: δύσκολον καὶ βαρὺ τὸ ἅπτεσθαι σὲ. —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 792.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δυσχερὲς⟩: καὶ δύσκολον πρᾶγμα ὑπάρχει —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 792.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔμοιγε σοῦ⟩: οὐκ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ δυσχερὲς τὸ ψαύειν σου κακῶς πάσχοντος. —AbPr

TRANSLATION: It does not seem bothersome to me to touch you when you are suffering badly.

LEMMA: ἔμοι γὲ in text Ab POSITION: s.l. Ab

APP. CRIT.: δοκεῖ om. Ab | κακοῦ Ab

Or. 792.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔμοιγε σοῦ⟩: οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο ἐν ἐμοὶ ἕνεκα σοῦ. —K

TRANSLATION: This is not so in my case in regard to you.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 792.19 (rec exeg) οὐκ ἔμοιγε: τοῦτο διὰ τὴν φιλίαν εἴρηται, ὅτι εἰ καὶ πᾶσι τοῦτο δύσκολον καταφαίνεται, τὸ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι νοσοῦντος, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐμοί. —PrR^b

TRANSLATION: This has been said because of his friendship, that even if this appears bothersome to all (others), to lay hold of a sick person, for me, on the contrary, it does not.

LEMMA: R^b, ἄλλως Pr REF. SYMBOL: R^b

APP. CRIT.: ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐμοί om. R^b

Or. 792.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔμοιγε σοῦ⟩: οὐδαμῶς δυσχερὲς τὸ ψαύειν. —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 792.21 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔμοιγε σοῦ⟩: οὐχ ὑπάρχει ἐμοὶ δυσχερὲς ψαύειν σου. —XXaXbXoT^*YYfGr

TRANSLATION: For me it is not difficult to touch you.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.: ὑπάρχεις X

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐχ’ Gr | σοῦ XoYGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.204,23

COMMENT: For the shared elements justifying the cross above in T, see sch. 752.30, 752.33.

Or. 792.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔμοιγε σοῦ⟩: οὐ δυσχερὲς ἔμοιγε ὑπάρχει ψαύειν σοῦ. —G

Or. 792.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔμοιγε σοῦ⟩: οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο ἐμοὶ δυσχερὲς. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 792.24 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔμοιγε σοῦ⟩: δυσχερὲς ἅπτεσθαι σοῦ —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 792.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔμοιγε σοῦ⟩: δύσκολον ἐμὲ ἅπτεσθαι —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 792.26 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔμοιγε σοῦ⟩: δυσχερὲς ψαύειν σοῦ τοῦ φίλου μου —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: φίλους Zu

Or. 792.28 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἔμοιγε⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ δυσχερές. —B

TRANSLATION: ‘Bothersome’ (is understood) in common (in the reply).

LEMMA: ἔμοιγέ in text B POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 792.29 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔμοιγε⟩: οὐδαμῶς ἐγὼ φροντίσω. —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 793.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨εὐλαβοῦ … τῆς ἐμῆς⟩: φοβοῦ τῆς ἐμῆς μανίας μετασχεῖν. —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 793.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨λύσσης⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ λύειν τῷ ὄσ⟨σ⟩ει —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Lussa’, ‘madness’, is derived) from ‘luein tōi ossei’ (‘release/loosen with the eye’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The only other attestation of the dative ὄσσει in TLG (but with the claim that the form is ἐν χρήσει) is in Eust. in Il. 1.104 [I.93,25–28] κλίνεται δὲ κατὰ μέν τινας ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄσσος οὐδετέρου ὀνόματος, ὡς βέλος, οὗ δοτικὴ ἑνικὴ εὕρηται ἐν χρήσει τῷ ὄσσει ὡς τῷ βέλει, καὶ ἀκολούθως εὐθεῖα δυϊκῶν ὄσσεε καὶ κατὰ ἀποκοπὴν ἢ συγκοπὴν ὄσσε.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 793.17 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ δ’ οὖν ἴτω⟩: τὸ μετασχεῖν με τῆς σῆς ἀρρωστείας εἰσελθέτω εἰς ἐμέ. —M²

TRANSLATION: Let taking a share in your illness come to me (or: into my mind).

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ] τοῦ M²

Or. 793.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δ’ οὖν ἴτω⟩: γενέσθω τοῦτο, μετασχεῖν με τῆς σῆς ἀρρωστίας. —Lp

TRANSLATION: Let this occur, my taking a share of your illness.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps τοῦτο ⟨τὸ⟩ Mastr.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀρωστείας Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.204,27–28

Or. 793.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δ’ οὖν ἴτω⟩: καὶ τοῦτο, ἤγουν τὸ μετασχεῖν με τῆς σῆς μανίας, ἂς ἔλθῃ. —Zu

TRANSLATION: And let this come, namely, my taking a share in your madness.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 793.20 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ δ’ οὖν ἴτω⟩: ἐλθέτω. δουλεύσω γὰρ(?) ἐγώ. —K

TRANSLATION: Let it come. For I will serve (you).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 793.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δ’ οὖν ἴτω⟩: καὶ ἐλθέτω ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ἡ σὴ μανία. —CrOx

TRANSLATION: Let your madness come upon me.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 793.22 (mosch exeg) τόδ’: τὸ μανῆναί με —XXaXbXoYYfGGr^rec

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ means) ‘my becoming mad’.

LEMMA: X(ἴστω); τόδ’ (or τό δ’) in text all REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.: με om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: μανῆναι με XYf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.204,26

Or. 793.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ μετασχεῖν τῆς σῆς λύσσης —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ means) ‘taking a share of your madness’.

LEMMA: τόδ’ (or τό δ’) in text all POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: after μετασχεῖν add. με Zm | λύπης Zl, a.c. Zb | at end add. ἐμὲ ZmGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.204,26–27

Or. 794.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἄρ’ ὀκνήσεις;⟩: ἤγουν οὐδὲ θέλεις δειλιάσειν; —Zu²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δειλιᾶσιν Zu

COMMENT: Zu has a periphrasis for a future indicative using θέλω and future infinitive again in sch. 801.11 θέλω δείξειν. Therefore, I judge that δειλιᾶσιν is more likely to be a phonetic error than a corruption of δειλιάσαι (from δειλιάζω) or δειλιᾶσαι (from δειλιάω).

Or. 795.01 (vet exeg) ἕρπε νῦν οἴαξ ποδός μοι: ¹οἴαξ καλεῖται τὸ πηδάλιον. ²σὺ χειραγώγει με, φησὶ, καὶ ὥσπερ πηδάλιον διίθυνέ μου τὸν πόδα. —MBCPrR^bRwSa, partial R^a

TRANSLATION: The rudder is called ‘oiax’ (‘tiller’; i.e. by metonymy). You, lead me by the hand, he says, and like a rudder direct my step.

LEMMA: M(ἔρπει), ἕρπε νῦν PrR^b, οἴαξ ποδός μοι Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBR^bSa POSITION: marg. R^a; follows 796.01 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: μέ φη() B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.177,16–17; Dind. II.205,3–4

COMMENT: On the terminology of the rudder-system see Pollux 1.89–90 τὸ δὲ ἄκρον τοῦ πηδαλίου οἴαξ· τὸ δὲ πᾶν οἴαξ τε καὶ πηδάλιον καλεῖται. τὸ δὲ μέσον αὐτοῦ φθεὶρ ἢ ῥίζα ἢ ὑπόζωμα, τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον πτερύγιον, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν αὐχήν; Pausan. Att. vocab. synag. ο 6 Erbse οἴαξ· πηδάλιον, αὐχήν. Διογενιανὸς δὲ οἴακας λέγει, οἷς τὰ πηδάλια ἐπιστρέφουσιν, ἤγουν κανόνας καὶ κρίκους, δι’ ὧν ἱμάντες διείρονται; Orion, 115,11–13 οἰήϊον. τὸ πηδάλιον. δι’ οὗ φέρεται ἡ ναῦς. οἴω τὸ φέρω οἴσω. ἢ κατ’ ἔλλειψιν τοῦ κ, οἰήκιον, καὶ οἰήϊον. οἴαξ δὲ ὁ κανὼν, δι’ οὗ τὸ πηδάλιον φέρεται. Related to the present note is Hesych. ο 179 οἴαξ· πηδάλιον. ὁδηγός.

Or. 795.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἕρπε νῦν οἴαξ ποδός μοι⟩: συγχειραγώγει μοι —O

TRANSLATION: Join in guiding me by the hand.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ambig. whether συνχ‑ or συγχ‑ O; corrupt for σὺ χειραγώγει? (cf. prev.)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.204,32–205,1

COMMENT: συγχειραγωγέω is not attested elsewhere in TLG, and the force of the prefix is not clear. These points add to the suspicion that the form arises from corruption.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 795.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἕρπε νῦν οἴαξ ποδός μοι⟩: ὡς τοῦ ἐμοῦ ποδὸς ἰθυντήριον ἕρπε καὶ βάδιζε, ὦ Πυλάδη. —K

TRANSLATION: Like a steering mechanism of my foot go on, that is, walk on, Pylades.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὠς K

COMMENT: ‘Steering mechanism’ is an obvious meaning given the suffix ‑τηριον, but the substantive ἰθυντήριον is very rare and not otherwise attested in this meaning. The same word is found in G (sch. 795.12), which shares a number of annotations with K.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 795.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἕρπε νῦν οἴαξ ποδός μοι⟩: χειραγώγει με καὶ ἴθυνε ὡσπερεὶ τὸ πηδάλιον τὸν πόδα. —V³

TRANSLATION: Lead me by the hand and like the rudder direct my step.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 795.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἕρπε νῦν οἴαξ ποδός μοι⟩: χειραγώγει με καὶ ἴθυνε ὥσπερ τὸ αὐχένιον τὴν νῆα. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Lead me by the hand and direct (me) just as the tiller does the ship.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αὐχέσιον a.c. Y²

Or. 795.08 (rec exeg) οἴαξ ποδός μοι: ¹οἴαξ τὸ ἐν τῷ αὐχενίῳ ἐμβεβλημένον ξύλον, ὃ κατέχων ὁ κυβερνήτης τὸ αὐχένιον περιάγει καὶ συστρέφει καὶ δι’ ἐκείνου τὴν ναῦν. —V

TRANSLATION: ‘Oiax’ is the piece of wood inserted in the (neck of the) rudder, by holding which the steersman brings around and turns the rudder and through it the ship.

LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.: στρέφει Schw. | δι’ ἐκείνου καὶ transp. anonymi Americani (Schw. I.xiv)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.177,19–21; Dind. II.205,1–3

COMMENT: See the passages quoted on sch. 795.01 above for the distinction between terms. For αὐχενίῳ compare Eust. in Od. 5.255 [I.213,14–16] τὸ δὲ πηδάλιον ὅτι καὶ ἐφόλκιον λέγεται, δηλοῦσιν οἱ παλαιοί. τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ παρά τισι καὶ αὐχὴν, ὡς δηλοῖ τὸ καθωμιλημένον [= ‘used in common parlance’] αὐχένιον. ἔτι δὲ καὶ οἴαξ.

Or. 795.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἴαξ ποδός μοι⟩: ὁδηγὸς τῆς πορείας μου —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 795.10 (mosch paraphr) οἴαξ ποδός μοι: πηδάλιον, ἤγουν κυβέρνησις τῆς πορείας μου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aG^bGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Oiax’ means) ‘rudder’, that is, steering of my movement.

LEMMA: G, οἴαξ X REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXoG^a

APP. CRIT.: πηδάλιον om. G^b | ἤγουν om. G^aG^bGrY | μου om. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.205,5–6

Or. 795.24 (vet exeg) φίλα γ’ ἔχων κηδεύματα: ¹ἕρπω, φησὶν, ἔχων σε τὸν προσφιλέστατόν μου συγγενῆ. ²νῦν γὰρ τὸ κῆδος ἀντὶ τῆς συγγενείας κεῖται, κυρίως δὲ ἡ ἐπιγαμβρία. —MBCPrR^bRwSaZu, partial V

TRANSLATION: I proceed, he says, holding you my dearest kinsman. For in this passage ‘kēdos’ is used for ‘kinship’, but in its proper sense it is ‘relationship by marriage’.

LEMMA: MBC, φίλ’ ἔχων R^b, ἕρπε R REF. SYMBOL: MBR^b, at ἕρπε Zu POSITION: s.l. V; follows sch. 796.01 C

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἔρπω MSa | φη() B | 2 ἐπιγαμβρεία CR^b (‑βρία s.l. R^b)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.177,22–24; Dind. II.205,7–9

Or. 795.25 (rec exeg) ⟨φίλα γ’ ἔχων κηδεύματα⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἕρπω. —C

TRANSLATION: (With the participial phrase) ‘herpō’ (‘I go’) is understood in common (from ‘herpe’, ‘go’).

POSITION: intermarg.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 795.26 (mosch exeg) ⟨φίλα γ᾽ ἔχων κηδεύματα⟩: βαδίζω, προσφιλεῖς ἔχων, ἀντὶ τοῦ ποιούμενος, ἐπιμελείας καὶ κυβερνήσεις. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aG^bGrZl²

TRANSLATION: I proceed, having—equivalent to ‘doing’—acts of care and guidance.

LEMMA: φίλα γ᾽ ἔχων G^a REF. SYMBOL: XoYT POSITION: s.l. XaXbG^b, first two words s.l., rest in marg. Yf

APP. CRIT.: βαδίζω om. G^aG^b | προσφιλῶς G^aG^b

APP. CRIT. 2: πρὸσφιλεῖς Zl | ποιοῦμενος Zl | ἐπιμελίας Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.205,12–13

Or. 795.27 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φίλα γ’ ἔχων κηδεύματα⟩: ἤγουν ἔχων σε τὸν φίλον μου συγγενῆ —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 795.28 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φίλα γ’ ἔχων κηδεύματα⟩: ἕρπε καὶ σὺ ἔχων τὰ φίλα κηδεύματα —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 795.35 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κηδεύματα⟩: κυρίως κῆδος ἡ ἐπιγαμβρεία. —V³

TRANSLATION: In its proper sense ‘kēdos’ is ‘relationship by marriage’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 795.36 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κηδεύματα⟩: ἐξάδελφοι ἦσαν. —V²

TRANSLATION: (‘Kinship tie’ because) they (Orestes and Pylades) were cousins.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 796.01 (vet exeg) ⟨καί με πρὸς τύμβον πόρευσον πατρός⟩: ¹ζητεῖται πῶς διαλαθὼν τοὺς φύλακας ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπιὼν οὐ φεύγει. ²φαμὲν οὖν ὅτι τὰ μνήματα τῶν βασιλέων ἔσω τῆς πόλεως ἦν. ³οἱ δὲ ὅτι βαδίζοντα αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν τάφον τοῦ πατρὸς οὐ διεκώλυον. —MBC, partial R^bRw

TRANSLATION: The question is posed how it is that he does not flee once he has escaped the notice of the guards in going off to his father’s tomb. We say, then, that the tombs of the kings were inside the city. Others (say) that they were not preventing him because he was going to his father’s tomb.

LEMMA: καί με πρὸς τύμβον R^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 795.24 B(add. δὲ)C, cont. from 785.17, add. δὲ, Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μνήμα M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.177,25–28; Dind. II.205,9–12

KEYWORDS: ζητεῖται

Or. 796.02 (rec exeg) καί με πρὸς τύμβον πόρευσον πατρός: ¹ζητεῖται πῶς διαλαθὼν τοὺς φύλακας ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπιὼν οὐ φεύγει. ²φασί τινες πρὸς τοῦτο ὅτι βαδίζοντα αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν τάφον τοῦ πατρὸς οὐκ ἐκώλυον· ³ἔνιοι δὲ λέγουσιν ὅτι τὰ τῶν βασιλέων μνήματα οὐκ ἐκτὸς ἦν τῶν πυλῶν. —VPrSa

TRANSLATION: The question is posed how it is that he does not flee once he has escaped the notice of the guards in going off to his father’s tomb. Some say in answer to this that they were not preventing him because he was going to his father’s tomb. And some say that the tombs of the kings were not outside the (city-)gates.

LEMMA: V, καί με πρὸς τύμβον Pr REF. SYMBOL: VSa

APP. CRIT.: 1 πῶς om. Sa | διελθὼν Pr | 2 βαδίζοντες Sa | οὐ διεκώλυον PrSa

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 φασὶ τινὲς Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.177,26–28 app.; Dind. II.205,15–18

KEYWORDS: ζητεῖται

Or. 796.03 (rec exeg) ⟨καί με πρὸς τύμβον πόρευσον πατρός⟩: ἔσω γὰρ ἦν τῆς πόλεως. —O

TRANSLATION: For it (the tomb) was inside the city.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.205,20

Or. 796.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καί με πρὸς τύμβον πόρευσον πατρός⟩: ἐντεῦθεν δῆλον ὅτι τὰ τῶν βασιλέων μνήματα οὐκ ἔξω τῶν πόλεων ἦσαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔσω. —Zm

TRANSLATION: It is obvious from this that the tombs of the kings were not outside the cities, but inside.

Or. 796.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πόρευσον⟩: τὸ πόρευσον ἐνταῦθα ἀντὶ τοῦ πορευθῆναι ποίησον, ὡς καὶ Σοφοκλῆς ἐν Ἠλέκτρᾳ· [800–801] ‘ἥκιστα ἐπεὶ οὔτ’ ἐμοῦ καταξίως / πράξειας οὔτε τοῦ πορεύσαντος ξένου’, ἤγουν τοῦ πορευθῆναι ποιήσαντος. —F⁴

TRANSLATION: ‘Poreuson’ (‘convey’) is here used for ‘cause to go/proceed’, as Sophocles too (uses it) in Electra: ‘Not at all, since you would not act in a way worthy of me or of the foreigner who sent you’, that is, ‘caused you to come’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἥκιστ’ ἐπείπερ Soph. | καταξίως] κατ’ ἀξίαν some codd. of Soph. (κατάξι’ ἂν Wunder)

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Sophocles, Electra

Or. 796.17 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὡς τί δὴ τόδε;⟩: τί τοῦτο εἴρηκας; ἢ ἵνα τί ἐκεῖσε θέλεις ἐλθεῖν; —MBC, partial KMnPrSSa

TRANSLATION: What is this that you have said? Or, for what purpose do you wish to go there?

POSITION: marg. BC, intermarg. M, s.l. others

APP. CRIT.: γρ. prep. MC | τί τοῦτο … ἢ om. KMnPrSSa | θέλης Sa | ἀπελθεῖν Arsen. (whence edd. before Schw.)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,1; Dind. II.205,21

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 796.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὡς τί δὴ τόδε;⟩: εἰς τί τοῦτο εἴρηκας; —Ab

TRANSLATION: To what (purpose) have you said this?

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 796.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὡς τί δὴ τόδε;⟩: ἤγουν διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἀπέλθῃς πρὸς τὸν τάφον; —PrSa

TRANSLATION: That is, for what reason will you go off to the tomb?

POSITION: between sch. 795.24 and 796.02 PrSa (Sa without punct. after 795.12)

Or. 796.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς τί δὴ τόδε;⟩: εἰς τί πρᾶγμα ζητεῖς; —F²

TRANSLATION: For what action do you seek (this)?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τὶ F²

Or. 796.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς τί δὴ τόδε;⟩: ἵνα τί γένηται; τί ἐκεῖσε θέλεις; —G

TRANSLATION: In order that what come about? Why do you wish (to go) thither?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: both τὶ G

Or. 796.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς τί δὴ τόδε;⟩: τί δὴ καὶ διὰ τί εἶπας τοῦτο ὡς καὶ ἵνα πορεύσω καὶ ἀπαγάγω σε ἐις τὸν τύμβον τοῦ πατρός; —Zu

TRANSLATION: Why indeed, that is, for what reason, did you say this, that—that is, in order that—I convey and lead you off to the tomb of your father?

REF. SYMBOL: Zu

Or. 796.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς τί δὴ τόδε;⟩: καὶ διὰ τί γενήσεται τοῦτο; —CrOx

TRANSLATION: And for what reason will this come about?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: διατί Cr

Or. 797.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὥς νιν ἱκετεύσω με σῶσαι⟩: ὡς αὐτὸν ἱκετεύσω σῶσαί με —MBCMnPrS

TRANSLATION: So that I may supplicate him to save me.

POSITION: marg. BC, intermarg. M, s.l. others

APP. CRIT.: after αὐτὸν add. ἤγουν (om. Mn) τὸν ἀγαμέμνονα PrMnS

APP. CRIT. 2: ὡς] ὡ S | σῶσαι με MMnPrS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,2; Dind. II.205,23 with app.

Or. 797.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὥς νιν ἱκετεύσω με σῶσαι⟩: ἤγουν θέλω ἐκεῖ ἐλθεῖν ἵνα —Ab

TRANSLATION: That is, I wish to go there in order to …

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἵνα before θέλω Ab, transp. to end Mastr.

Or. 797.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὥς νιν ἱκετεύσω με σῶσαι⟩: πόρευσον ἐμὲ εἰς τὸν τύμβον τοῦ πατρός —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 797.05 (rec exeg) ⟨νιν … με σῶσαι⟩: ἀμφίβολον· ‘δὸς ἐμὲ φονεῦσαι τὸν λῖν’. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (The syntax of the two accusatives with the infinitive is) ambiguous, (as in) ‘grant that I kill the lion/the lion kill me’.

REF. SYMBOL: Mn POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: λὶν Mn

COMMENT: The example sentence has no parallel in TLG; λίς, λῖν is a Homeric word (once in Homer, once in Theocritus), otherwise confined to grammarians, scholia, and the like. So this example is an ad hoc formulation of a Byzantine teacher who knows his Homer.

Or. 797.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τό γε δίκαιον ὧδ’ ἔχει⟩: ἤτοι δίκαιον ἐστὶ βοηθῆσαι σοι. —Y²

POSITION: under line, last of column

Or. 797.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τό γε δίκαιον ὧδ’ ἔχει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καλῶς λέγεις. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 797.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τό γε δίκαιον ὧδ’ ἔχει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δίκαιον ὑπάρχει. —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 797.14 (vet exeg) ⟨τό γε δίκαιον⟩: τὸ τὸν πατέρα σου σῶσαί σε —MBCV³

TRANSLATION: (‘The just thing’ means) ‘that your father save you’.

POSITION: marg. MC, intermarg. B, s.l. V³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,3; Dind. II.205,25

Or. 797.15 (rec exeg) ⟨τό γε δίκαιον⟩: σὲ αὐτὸν σῶσαι —O

TRANSLATION: (‘The just thing’ means) ‘that he save you’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.205,26

Or. 797.16 (rec exeg) ⟨τό γε δίκαιον⟩: τὸ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα σου. —Ab

TRANSLATION: (‘The just thing’ means) ‘that you go to your father’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 797.17 (thom exeg) ⟨τό γε δίκαιον⟩: οὕτως ἀπελθεῖν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον καὶ ἱκετεῦσαι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘The just thing’ means) ‘that you thus go to your father and supplicate’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὕτως] τὸ Za, οὕτως ἔνι δίκαιον Zl | εἰς ἐκεῖνον ZbZl, ἐκεῖσε Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.205,24–25

Or. 798.01 (vet exeg) μητέρος δὲ μηδ’ ἴδοιμι μνῆμα: ¹†κατὰ κοινοῦ† τοῦτο εἶπεν· ²συνθεωρεῖται γὰρ τὸ πρὸς τὴν μητέρα μῖσος κἂν μὴ τοῦτο εἶπεν. —MBVCPrR^bSa

TRANSLATION: He said this †in common†. For the hatred toward his mother is observed even if he had not said this.

LEMMA: MB(μρ̅ς, μὴδ’)V(μητρὸς, μήτ’), μητρὸς δὲ Pr, μητρός δε R^b REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: marg. C; cont. from sch. 795.01 Sa

APP. CRIT.: 1 κατ’ ἐκείνης doubtfully Mastr., κατακόρως Battezzato (personal communication) | 2 θεωρεῖται V | πρὸ V, πρ̅ς̅ B | τὴν μητέρα] B, τῆς μητρὸς MVCSa, μητρὸς PrR^b | κἂν] καὶ V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κατακοινοῦ B, κατακεινοῦ R^b | εἶπε VCPrR^b | 2 μίσος Sa | εἶπε R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,4–5; Dind. II.205,27–28

COMMENT: κατὰ κοινοῦ seems to make no sense in reference to the passage, and it is abnormal that the phrase does not specify what is ‘in common’, as elsewhere (except in glosses where κατὰ κοινοῦ is above the word that needs to be supplied in another part of the sentence). I do not think it can mean that this clause also depends on ὡς in 797, so that the optative is not an independent one expressing a wish. The connection with γὰρ also seems illogical, and the συν‑ of συνθεωρεῖται unexplained (wherefore in V’s version someone probably removed it). If κατὰ κοινοῦ is a corruption of κατ’ ἐκείνης, one gets closer to a relevant observation: ‘He (Orestes) said this against her (his mother). For his hatred toward her is observed together with (this utterance) even if he did not mention it (the hatred)’. συν‑ then suggests the incorporation of the assumption of hatred in the wish that Orestes actually expresses. But even here, the initial comment seems feeble and oddly expressed. Battezzato’s emendation would mean ‘he expressed this point to excess (unnecessarily), for …’.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 798.15 (tri metr) ⟨πολεμία⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 799.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔπειγ’⟩: ἔπειγε. ἐπίσπευδε σαυτὸν δηλονότι. τουτέστιν ἐπείγου ἵνα μή σε πρότερον ἕλῃ, ἀντὶ τοῦ προλάβῃ, ἡ καταδίκη τῶν Ἀργείων. —XT⁺, partial XaXbXoYYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (The unelided form here is active imperative) ‘epeige’. ‘Move yourself with haste’, clearly. That is, (middle imperative) ‘make haste’ so that the verdict of condemnation of the Argives not take you before, equivalent to ‘seize first, anticipate’.

POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔπιγε Xa | δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.206,9 (partial)

Or. 799.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔλ’⟩: γρ. ἔπειγε. —V³

TRANSLATION: (For ‘el’ ’) the reading ‘epeige’ (‘hasten’) is found (or: write ‘epeige’).

LEMMA: thus in text for ἔπειγ’ V^1/2, ἔ* V POSITION: s.l.

Or. 799.10 (mosch exeg) ⟨πρόσθε … ἕλῃ⟩: πρόσθεν ἕλῃ ἀντὶ τοῦ προλάβῃ —XaXbXo^aXo^bYYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘Take before’, equivalent to ‘seize first, anticipate’.

POSITION: s.l. XaXbXo^bYYf; cont. from sch. 799.01 G

APP. CRIT.: πρόσθεν ἕλ‘ om. XaXo^bY | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Y | προλάβοι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.206,11

Or. 799.11 (vet exeg) ⟨πρόσθε⟩: πρὸ τοῦ σὲ ἀπολογήσασθαι. —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Before’ means) ‘before you make your defence-speech’.

POSITION: marg. BC, intermarg. M

APP. CRIT. 2: σε C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,7; Dind. II.206,11

Or. 799.12 (rec exeg) ⟨πρόσθε⟩: πρότερον τοῦ ἀπελθεῖν ἡμᾶς εἰς τὸν τάφον τοῦ πατρός σου —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: (‘Before’ means) ‘before we go off to the tomb of your father’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 799.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόσθε⟩: ἤγουν πρὸ τοῦ ἐλθεῖν σε ἐκεῖσε ἑκουσιοθελῶς —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Before’,) that is, before you go there (to the assembly) voluntarily.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: ἑκουσιοθελῶς is a Byzantine Greek word.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 799.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόσθε⟩: πρὸ τοῦ ἀπελθεῖν σε —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Before’ means) ‘before you go off’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 800.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨περιβαλὼν … νόσῳ⟩: περιβαλὼν τοῖς ἐμοῖς πλευροῖς τὰ σὰ πλευρὰ τὰ ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου δυσκίνητα. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial Aa²

TRANSLATION: Pressing close to my side your side that has been rendered hard to move by your sickness.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaXbTY, marg. Aa²; cont. from sch. 799.01 XT(single cross before 799.01)

APP. CRIT.: τὰ σὰ] πᾶσα Aa² | τὰ ὑπὸ κτλ om. Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.206,14–15

Or. 800.13 (vet exeg) ⟨νωχελῆ νόσῳ⟩: ¹ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου δυσκίνητα, μὴ δυνάμενα κινεῖσθαι καὶ κέλλειν· ²ἔνθεν καὶ κέλης καὶ τὸ κελλώνιον. || ³ἤτοι δυσκίνητα, μὴ δυνάμενα κέλλειν. —MVC

TRANSLATION: ‘Rendered hard to move by the sickness’, (since ‘nōchelē’ means by etymology) ‘not able to be moved and to run quickly (‘kellein’)’. From this also ‘kelēs’ (‘racehorse’) and ‘kellōnion’. || That is, ‘hard to move’, ‘not being able to run quickly’.

LEMMA: περιβαλὼν πλευροῖς M, περιβαλὼν πλευροῖς νωχελῆ νόσω V REF. SYMBOL: MV

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 κελόνιον M, κελλόνιον C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,8–10; Dind. II.206,12–14

COMMENT: Κέλλω is frequently cited in etymologies of κέλης, κέλευθος and other words. For νωχελής, Orion, 109,1–3 νωχελής. τὸ χ ἀντὶ τοῦ κ. νωκελής τις ὢν, ὁ μὴ κέλλων. κέλλειν δὲ τὸ ταχέως τρέχειν· ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ κέλες, δρομικὸς πῶλος; Et. Gud. 414,14–16 Sturz νωχελὴς, ὁ δυσκίνητος καὶ ἀργὸς, νωκελής τις ὤν· ὁ μὴ κέλλων· κέλλειν δὲ ἐστὶ τὸ ταχέως τρέχειν, ἀφ’ οὗ κέλης, ὁ μονώνυξ ἵππος καὶ δρομικός; ps.-Zonaras 1412,10–14 νωχελής. βραδὺς, ῥάθυμος. ἢ ὁ νωθρὸς καὶ ἀσθενής. οἱονεὶ ὁ ἐστερημένος τοῦ κέλλειν, νωκελλὴς τὶς ὢν, καὶ τροπῇ τοῦ κ εἰς χ νωχελής· κέλλειν γάρ ἐστι τὸ ταχέως τρέχειν, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ κέλης, ὁ δρομικὸς ἵππος. For the paraphrase cf. Photius ν 324 νωχελῷ· οὐ δυναμένῳ κινεῖσθαι· †φεύγοντα†. | Κελλώνιον is not found anywhere else and its meaning is unknown. No similar word comes to mind that could have been corrupted to κελλώνιον (V) or κελ(λ)όνιον (MC).

KEYWORDS: etymology | rare word

Or. 800.14 (rec exeg) ⟨νωχελῆ νόσῳ⟩: δυσκίνητα, μὴ δυνάμενα {σ}κέλ⟨λ⟩ει⟨ν⟩ ἐκ τῆς νόσου, ὅθεν καὶ {σ}κέλης. —O

TRANSLATION: Hard to move, not able to run quickly (‘kellein’)’ as a result of the sickness. From which also ‘kelēs’ (‘racehorse’).

APP. CRIT.: δυνάμεν(ος) O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.206,16–17

COMMENT: In printing {σ}κέλ⟨λ⟩ει⟨ν⟩ I am judging that the careless scribe of the O-scholia intended an infinitive, as is normal after such a definition with δυνάμενος. It seems less likely that someone intended δυνάμενα σκέλει, ‘being able with a leg’, although σκέλος is proposed as cognate with somewhat more plausibility in the next.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 800.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νωχελῆ νόσῳ⟩: νωχελῆ δυσκίνητα, μὴ δυνάμενα ἐκ τῆς νόσου κέλλειν καὶ τρέχειν, ὅθεν καὶ σκέλος. —Gu

TRANSLATION: ‘Nōchelē’ (means) ‘hard to move’, (by etymology) not able as a result of the sickness to run quickly—‘kellein’, which means ‘trechein’ (‘run’)’. From which also ‘skelos’ (‘leg’).

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.206,16–17

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 800.16 (rec exeg) ⟨νωχελῆ νόσῳ⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου δυσκίνητα, μὴ δυνάμενα κινεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου —PrR^b

TRANSLATION: ‘Rendered hard to move by the sickness’, ‘not able to be moved because of the sickness’.

LEMMA: περιβαλῶν PrR^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b

APP. CRIT.: first τῆς] τοῦ R^b

Or. 800.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨νωχελῆ νόσῳ⟩: τὰ βραδύνοντα, δυσκίνητα τῇ νόσῳ —Sa

Or. 800.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨νωχελῆ νόσῳ⟩: δυσκίνητα ὑπὸ νόσου —Yf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 800.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨νωχελῆ νόσῳ⟩: τὰ δυσκίνητα ἀπὸ τοῦ νόσου —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 800.20 (vet exeg) ⟨νωχελῆ⟩: ¹δυσκίνητα, ἤτοι μὴ δυνάμενα κινεῖσθαι καὶ κέλλειν· ²ὅθεν καὶ κέλης. —B

TRANSLATION: ‘Hard to move’, that is, ‘not able to be moved and to run quickly (‘kellein’)’. From which also ‘kelēs’ (‘racehorse’).

POSITION: cont. from sch. 798.01, prep. νωχελῆ δὲ, B (three-dot punct. added later)

APP. CRIT.: 1 κέλλειν] Schw. (from Orion, etc.: see sch. 800.13), ὁκέλλειν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,8–10 app.; Dind. II.206,12–13

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 800.13

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 801.01 (801–802) (vet paraphr) ὡς ἐγὼ δι’ ἄστεός σε: οὐ φροντίσας τοῦ ὄχλου ὀχήσω σε διὰ μέσης τῆς πόλεως. —MBVCMnPrPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: With no concern about the mob, I will convey you through the middle of the city.

LEMMA: B, ὡς ἐγὼ δι’ ἄστεος VR^b REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: marg. M, s.l. CMnPrS; between sch. 796.02 and 795.01 Sa

APP. CRIT.: ὀχήσω καὶ βαστάσω B | σε om. PrS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,11; Dind. II.206,20–21

Or. 801.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς ἐγὼ … ὄχλου⟩: ἵνα ἐγὼ διὰ μέσης τῆς πόλεως σμικρὰ, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδαμῶς, ἐπιστρεφόμενος τοῦ πλήθους —X

TRANSLATION: In order that I (may convey you) through the middle of the city, little—used for ‘not at all’—paying attention to the multitude.

COMMENT: Note that X departs here from the correct interpretation of ὡς as ὅτι found in the other main Mosch. witnesses (sch. 801.05).

Or. 801.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨δι’ ἄστεος⟩: διὰ μέσης τῆς πόλεως —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZb²Aa²

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μέσον Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.206,18

Or. 801.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨σμικρὰ φροντίζων ὄχλου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ⟨οὐ⟩ φροντίζων {διὰ} τοῦ ὄχλου. —M

TRANSLATION: (‘Feeling little concern for the mob’) means ‘feeling no concern for the mob’.

REF. SYMBOL: M(at φροντίζων) POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ Schw., as if in M (see comment) | διὰ del. Münzel

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,13

COMMENT: In M I see no trace of οὐ before φροντίζων. Possibly it has disappeared because of the repair here, but other letters extending into the area under the repair are visible (e.g., ζ(ων) in the line below ἀντ() τ(οῦ)). But οὐ needs to be supplied, because the only point of this ἀντὶ τοῦ paraphrase must lie in explaining σμικρὰ with οὐ. φροντίζων ὄχλου by itself presents no difficulty requiring paraphrase, except for a paraphrast’s usual tendency to supply a definite article.

Or. 801.14 (thom exeg) ⟨φροντίζων ὄχλου⟩: μή με μέμψηται βαστάζοντά σε —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Feeling concern for the mob’) lest it reproach me for carrying/supporting you.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: μή με μέμψηται] μεταπέμψηται Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.206,20

Or. 802.11 (802–803) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ποῦ γὰρ … συμφοραῖς ἐπαρκέσω;⟩: εἰς τί θέλω δείξειν ἐγὼ ὅτι ἦμαι φίλος ἐὰν οὐδέν σε βοηθήσω ἐπὶ ταῖς δειναῖς συμφοραῖς; —Zu

TRANSLATION: In what regard am I going to show that I am a friend if I bring you no aid in times of terrible misfortune?

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See sch. 794.01 for Zu’s periphrasis θέλω δείξειν = δείξω.

Or. 802.12 (tri exeg) ⟨ποῦ γὰρ ὢν δείξω φίλος⟩: τὸ ὢν πρὸς τὸ φίλος σύναπτε. —T

TRANSLATION: Construe (the participle) ‘being’ with ‘friend’ (that is, not with ‘where’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: A failure to construe the participle as supplementary with δείξω is perhaps present in Sa’s gloss εἶναι (sch. 802.19). The Moschopulean gloss ὤν (sch. 802.21) above φίλος is another way to indicate what Triclinius makes explicit here.

Or. 802.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ποῦ⟩: ἐν ποίᾳ ἄλλῃ ὁδῷ —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 802.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢν⟩: γρ. ἂν. —AbPrSa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ōn’, participle ‘being’,) the reading ‘an’ (modal particle) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Sa

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 802.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἂν⟩: γρ. ὢν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For modal particle ‘an’) the reading ‘ōn’ (participle ‘being’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 803.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὴ ’ν δειναῖσιν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μὴ ἐν δειναῖς —MK

TRANSLATION: (The crasis or prodelision in ‘mēn/mē’n deinaisin’ is) to be understood as ‘not in (‘mē en’) terrible (misfortunes)’.

LEMMA: μὴ δειναῖσιν in text M POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. K

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. K

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,14; Dind. II.206,24

COMMENT: It seems likely that the note was written for a text with μὴ ’ν, despite M’s own reading μὴ δειναῖσιν, since if the note were intended to indicate that the plain dative δειναῖσιν … συμφοραῖς was to be paraphrased by adding ἐν, there would be no reason to include μὴ in the explanation. But note that it would have been easy to read the note as one relevant to a text with μὴ δειναῖσιν: in the next, Triclinius adopted Moschopulus’s version without changing the μὴ δειναῖσιν that he himself wrote in the text of this page (72r).

Or. 803.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨μὴ ’ν δειναῖσιν⟩: μὴ ἐν δειναῖς ἤγουν χαλεπαῖς —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (Interpret the crasis or prodelision in ‘mēn/mē’n deinaisin’ as) ‘not in (‘mē en’) terrible (misfortunes)’, that is, ‘harsh’ ones.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: δεινῇ … χαλεπή (sic) G

Or. 803.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐπαρκέσω⟩: τὸ ἐπαρκῶ εἰ μὲν συντάσσεται δοτικῇ, τὸ ἀρκῶ ἔχει τὴν δύναμιν, εἰ δὲ αἰτιατικῇ, τὸ ἐπί, ὡς κἀνταῦθα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: If the verb ‘eparkō’ is construed with a dative, the element ‘arkō’ bears the meaning, but if with the accusative, the prefix ‘epi’ does, as in fact here.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm POSITION: s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: ὡς καὶ κἀνταῦθα Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.206,25–26

Or. 803.13 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 804.01 (804–806) (vet paraphr) τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους : ¹ἦν ἄρα, φησὶ, καλῶς τοῦτο ἔκπαλαι δεδογμένον τὸ μὴ μόνον τοὺς συγγενεῖς φίλους νομίζειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴ τις βέβαιος τὴν διάθεσιν. —MBVCR^bRw

TRANSLATION: This was, then, he says, long ago well approved, that one consider not only one’s kinsmen friends, but also anyone who is steadfast in his disposition (of loyalty).

LEMMA: MV, τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο κτᾶσθαι φίλους B, τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο R^bRw REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: ἢν M, ἂν V | τοῦτο] τὸ Rw, om. R^b | δεδομένον R^bRw | καὶ εἴ τις] εἰ καί τις MVCR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ἅρα M, ἆρ R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,16–18; Dind. II.206,27–29

Or. 804.02 (804–806) (rec exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους⟩: τοῦτο ἦν ἔκπαλαι δεδομένον ἄρα καλῶς τὸ μὴ μόνον τοὺς συγγενεῖς φίλους νομίζειν, ἀλλὰ και τινα βέβαιον τὴν διάθεσιν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: This (advice) was long ago given well, then, that one consider not only one’s kinsmen friends, but also someone steadfast in his disposition (of loyalty).

Or. 804.03 (804–806) (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο· κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους⟩: ¹τουτέστιν αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ δύναμις ἐκείνου τοῦ ᾀδομένου λόγου τοῦ ‘κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους’ καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς· ²ἰδοὺ γὰρ· ἐγὼ ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν συγγενῶν παρορῶμαι, ὑπὸ φίλου δὲ βοηθοῦμαι καὶ περιέπομαι. —Gu

TRANSLATION: That is, this is the meaning of that celebrated saying ‘Acquire comrades’ etc. For behold: I am neglected by my kinsmen, but aided and cared for by a friend.

LEMMA: τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο Gu POSITION: cont. from sch. 804.28 ἔχετε δηλονότι Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.207,4–7

Or. 804.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο· κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους⟩: παροιμία —Zc

TRANSLATION: Proverbial expression.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Perhaps the lemma should be just τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο, which is in fact a common phrase. There is no evidence that κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους (or κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους μὴ τὸ συγγενὲς μόνον) was proverbial, although the comments on this line show that it might be understood that Eur. (or Orestes) was presenting it as such, that is, as ancient wisdom passed down from the past. The only exact quotation in TLG is in the 14th-cent. author Theodorus Dexius, epist. 1.1. The parallels from antiquity are few: Plato, Lysis 211e ἐγὼ δὲ πρὸς μὲν ταῦτα πρᾴως ἔχω, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τῶν φίλων κτῆσιν πάνυ ἐρωτικῶς, καὶ βουλοίμην ἄν μοι φίλον ἀγαθὸν γενέσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν ἄριστον ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὄρτυγα ἢ ἀλεκτρυόνα, καὶ ναὶ μὰ Δία ἔγωγε μᾶλλον ἢ ἵππον τε καὶ κύνα—οἶμαι δέ, νὴ τὸν κύνα, μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ Δαρείου χρυσίον κτήσασθαι δεξαίμην πολὺ πρότερον ἑταῖρον, μᾶλλον ⟨δὲ⟩ ἢ αὐτὸν Δαρεῖον—οὕτως ἐγὼ φιλέταιρός τίς εἰμι; Plato, Gorg. 461c ὦ κάλλιστε Πῶλε, ἀλλά τοι ἐξεπίτηδες κτώμεθα ἑταίρους καὶ ὑεῖς, ἵνα ἐπειδὰν αὐτοὶ πρεσβύτεροι γενόμενοι σφαλλώμεθα, παρόντες ὑμεῖς οἱ νεώτεροι ἐπανορθῶτε ἡμῶν τὸν βίον καὶ ἐν ἔργοις καὶ ἐν λόγοις.

KEYWORDS: παροιμία

Or. 804.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο· κτᾶσθ’⟩: τὸ ἐκ πάλαι δεδομένον τὸ —O

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.207, app. at 28

Or. 804.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: τοῦτο ὂν ἔκπαλαι διδόμενον —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: διδώμ‑ Ab

Or. 804.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: ἀναφορικῶς, ὑπάρχει ᾀδόμενον —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Ekeino’, ‘that thing’, is used) anaphorically (i.e., with reference to something in the past), ‘is commonly recited/celebrated’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 804.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: Ἀττικὸν, ἐκ παραλλήλου. —Y²

TRANSLATION: An Attic idiom, (terms) expressed in parallel (referring to the same thing?).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This is apparently shorthand for ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ αὐτό, unless this is a way to describe the lack of expressed copula.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς | ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 804.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: τοῦτο ἐκεῖνο ἐστὶ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπό τινος σοφοῦ. —A^rAa

POSITION: s.l. A^r, marg. Aa

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο … ἐστι om. A^r

Or. 804.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: ὁρῶ τὸ ἔκπαλαι δοθὲν —V³Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 804.16 (recMoschThom paraphr) τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο: ὑπάρχει τὸ ᾀδόμενον —Aa²KRf²XXaXbXoYYfGrZZbZlZmT^*

TRANSLATION: (This) is (that) commonly recited/celebrated saying.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. Zm; at first written above 803 Aa², but crossed out

APP. CRIT.: ὑπάρχει om. K | τοῦτο add. before τὸ Aa² | at end add ἔκπαλαι Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.207,1

Or. 804.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: τὸ πάλαι ᾀδόμενον ὑπάρχει —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 804.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο⟩: ἦν ἄρα, φησὶ, καλὸν —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἆρα Cr

Or. 804.19 (pllgn exeg) κτᾶσθ’ ἑταίρους: ¹ἐπὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν προσγινομένων καὶ ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν μὲν ὄντων τινὶ, ἢ ὥσπερ ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν διὰ τὴν συμφωνίαν καὶ ὁμογνωμοσύνην, ²οὐχ ὥστε δὲ καὶ ἅπτεσθαι ἐξ ἀνάγκης αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐγγυτάτω εἶναι λέγεται τὸ κτῆμα καὶ τὸ κτᾶσθαι. ³συγγενεῖς δὲ, καθὸ λέγεται ἐνταῦθα τὸ συγγενὲς, ὥσπερ τινὰ μέλη εἰσί· ⁴φύσει γὰρ προσήκουσι καὶ οὐκ ἔξωθεν προσγίνονται. ⁵εἰ δὴ τοῦτο, οὐ δύναται τὸ κτᾶσθαι καὶ πρὸς τὸ συγγενὲς τείνειν, ἀλλ’ ἕτερον αὐτῷ δηλονότι δεῖ ῥῆμα συνυπακούειν ἀνάλογον. ⁶εἴη δ’ ἂν τὸ ἔχειν ἀνάλογον· ⁷τοῦτο γὰρ λέγεται μὲν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς σημασίας τοῦ κτᾶσθαι καὶ ἐφ’ ἑτέρων, ⁸λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ μερῶν, οἷον χειρὸς καὶ ποδός· ⁹λεγόμεθα γὰρ ἔχειν χεῖρα καὶ πόδα. ¹⁰κατὰ τοῦτο δὴ τὸ σημαινόμενον λέγοιτο ἄν τις καὶ συγγενεῖς ἔχειν κατὰ λόγον. —Gu

TRANSLATION: ‘Possession’ (‘ktēma’) and ‘to acquire’ (‘ktasthai’) are said in reference to things that accrue from outside and are under someone’s control—or virtually under control because of agreement and likeness of mind, but not so as necessarily to be in contact with him and be very close. Kinsmen, just as here the (neuter) term ‘the kindred’ is used, are, as it were, limbs of a sort. For they belong by nature and do not accrue from outside. So, if this is so, the verb ‘acquire’ cannot apply also to ‘the kindred’, but clearly another, corresponding verb has to be understood with it. ‘Have’ would be (a) corresponding (verb). For this is applied also to parts, like hand and foot. For we are said to have hand and foot. So, in accordance with this meaning, someone would logically be said to have kinsmen.

LEMMA: Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.207,7–18

COMMENT: This is a greatly expanded explication of the point that Moschopulus makes in 804.27. For the idea of kin as limbs, cf. Plutarch, Mor 479B ἀδελφὸς δὲ πολεμῶν ἀδελφῷ καὶ κτώμενος ὀθνεῖον ἐξ ἀγορᾶς ἢ παλαίστρας ἑταῖρον οὐθὲν ἔοικεν ἄλλο ποιεῖν ἢ σάρκινον καὶ συμφυὲς ἑκουσίως ἀποκόψας μέλος ἀλλότριον προστίθεσθαι καὶ προσαρμόττειν.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 804.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐκεῖνο κτᾶσθ’⟩: τὸ Ἡσιόδειον {κτῶ} —M²Lp²

TRANSLATION: The Hesiodic (advice).

POSITION: s.l. (above τοῦτ’ ἐκεῖνο Lp²)

APP. CRIT.: κτῶ om. Lp²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.207,1–2

COMMENT: Without κτῶ, the remark could have been prompted by the fact that Hesiod gives the opposite advice in Op. 707 μὴ δὲ κασιγνήτῳ ἶσον ποιεῖσθαι ἑταῖρον. The inclusion of κτῶ (only in M²) creates more difficulties. Hesiod never has the form κτῶ (κεκτῆσθαι and ἔκτητο are used in two passages of no relevance). Perhaps κτῶ was originally a separate gloss on κτᾶσθ’ understood as κτᾶσθαι, infinitive for singular imperative (sch. 804.21–22 assume the full form is κτᾶσθαι).

Or. 804.27 (mosch exeg) μὴ τὸ συγγενὲς μόνον: ¹ἔχετε δηλονότι. ²οὐ γὰρ δύναται τὸ κτᾶσθε ἀπὸ κοινοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν συγγενῶν λαμβάνεσθαι. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (With ‘not the kindred only’ understand) ‘have’, clearly. For ‘acquire’ (‘ktasthe’) cannot be taken in common also applying to kinsmen.

LEMMA: XTG (but no punct. XT) POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔχετε] ἔρχεται G | 2 τῶν om. T

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀποκοινοῦ Yf | δῆλον ὅτι G | κτᾶσθαι G, app. a.c. Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.207,2–3

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 804.29 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μὴ τὸ συγγενὲς μόνον⟩: ἀλλὰ καὶ ξένον τινά —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 805.01 (805–806) (vet paraphr) ὡς ἀνὴρ ὅστις τρόποισιν: ὅστις τρόπῳ καὶ διαθέσει συγκάμνει φίλῳ πολλῶν ἐστι συγγενῶν ἀμείνων εἶναι φίλος. —MVCMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: Whoever by his manner and disposition shares in his friend’s toil is better at being a friend than many kinsmen.

LEMMA: V, lemma ὡς ἀνὴρ ὅστις CR^b, ὅστις τρόποισιν Rw REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT.: ὅστις om. CR^b, ὥς τις V | τρόπ() καὶ διαθέσεως R^b | συγκάμνων M, συγκάμνη Rw, συγκάμη MnPrS, συγκάμ() VR^b | γάρ ἐστι VMnPrR^bS | before ἀμείνων add. καὶ πρὸς τὸ V, add. πρὸς τὸ MnPrR^bS(τῶ), whence ἀμείνων πρὸς τὸ εἶναι conj. Dindorf | app. μείνων M (perhaps also ἰναι, but damage here) | εἶναι φίλος om. Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: ὅστι S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,20–21; Dind. II.207,19–20

COLLATION NOTES: The final six words πολλῶν … εἶναι are out of place in C: the first half of the note is in lines 10–11 of the right margin block, but after φίλω in line 11 there follow a comma and the lemma for sch. 807.01 along with its note; the second half of this note is written in the text block to the left, under line 806, with :~ at the end.

Or. 805.02 (805–806) (vet paraphr) ὡς ἀνὴρ ὅστις τρόποισιν: ὅστις τρόπῳ καὶ διαθέσει συγκάμνει φίλῳ, ξένος ὢν, πολλῶν συγγενῶν ἀμείνων ἐστὶν ὁ τοιοῦτος. —B

TRANSLATION: Whoever by his manner and disposition shares in his friend’s toil, though he is an outsider, such a man is better than many kinsmen.

LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,20–21 app.; Dind. II.207, app. at 19

Or. 805.03 (805–806) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄλλως⟩: ὡς κρείσσων ἐστὶν ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ θυραῖος καὶ ξένος ὢν, τοῖς τρόποις δὲ συντακεὶς, ἤγουν ὁμότροπος γενόμενος, κεκτῆσθαι, ἤγουν κτηθῆναι, φίλος ἀνδρί· κρείσσων δέ τινων μυρίων ὁμαιμόνων καὶ ἀδελφῶν, ἢ κοινῶς εἰπεῖν συγγενῶν. —V

TRANSLATION: Because the man who is an outsider and stranger but who is united (with one) in his mode of behavior, that is, has proved to be of a similar nature, is better to acquire, that is, to be acquired, as a friend for (another) man—and better than some countless number of those of shared blood and brothers, or to use the common term, kinsmen.

LEMMA: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.178,22–179,3; Dind. II.207,21–24

Or. 805.04 (805–806) (pllgn exeg) ⟨μυρίων κρείσσων … κεκτῆσθαι φίλους⟩: μυρίων ἀδελφῶν κρείσσων ἐστὶν ὁ φίλος ἀνθρώπῳ ὃς αὐτῷ συντακῇ, ἤγουν συνενωθῇ καὶ συναφθῇ τῇ γνώμῃ. —F⁴

TRANSLATION: The friend who is melted together with him, that is, is united and joined closely in his judgment, is better for a man than countless brothers.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 805.05 (pllgn exeg) ὡς ἀνὴρ ὅστις τρόποισι συντακῇ: τὸ ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτι. τὸ δὲ τρόποισι συντακῇ ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ τοὺς τρόπους συμφωνήσῃ, συμβιβασθῇ, δυσαποσπάστως συγκολληθῇ καὶ ἑνωθῇ κατὰ τὰ μέταλλα τὰ ὑπὸ πυρὸς ὁμοῦ τηκόμενα. —Gu

TRANSLATION: The word ‘hōs’ is used for ‘hoti’ (‘because’). ‘Is united in his mode of behavior’ (is used) in the sense ‘in respect to his mode of behavior is in concord, is reconciled, is glued together inextricably, and is united like metals melted together with fire’.

LEMMA: Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: δυσαποσπάσθως Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.207,25–28

Or. 806.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨μυρίων κρείσσων … κεκτῆσθαι φίλους⟩: ¹μυρίων ἀδελφῶν κρείσσων ὁ φίλος ἐστὶν ἀνθρώπῳ εἰς τὸ κεκτῆσθαι αὐτὸν, ²ὅμοιον τῷ ‘ἡδὺς ὁ ποταμὸς πιεῖν’. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZm

TRANSLATION: A friend is better than countless brothers for a man with respect to possessing him (as a friend), similar (in the use of an infinitive with active sense) to ‘the river is sweet to drink’.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaXbYG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.207,31–208,1

COMMENT: The same quotation to illustrate this grammatical point appears also in sch. Mosch. Or. 870.08, sch. Mosch. Ph. 966, and Sch. Arist. Eq. 1331d Jones-Wilson (by one of the correcting hands in Laur. plut. 31.15, early 14th cent.).

Or. 806.03 (tri metr) ⟨μυρίων⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 806.10 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὁμαίμων⟩: λέγεται καὶ ὁ ὁμαίμων τοῦ ὁμαίμονος, καὶ ὁ ὅμαιμος τοῦ ὁμαίμου, ἀφ’ οὗ ἐνταῦθα τὸ ὁμαίμων ἐπὶ γενικῆς τῶν πληθυντικῶν. —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGrB^3d

TRANSLATION: Both ‘homaimōn’ (with genitive) ‘homaimonos’ (‘of the same blood’) and ‘homaimos’ (with genitive) ‘homaimou’ are in use, from (the latter of) which (comes) here ‘homaimōn’ in the genitive plural.

POSITION: s.l. Yf

APP. CRIT.: first words mostly lost to trimming of upper margin B^3d | first ὁ om. YGr | second ὁ om. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.208,2–3

Or. 806.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁμαιμόνων⟩: γράφεται ὁ ὅμαιμος τοῦ ὁμαίμου, πληθυντικῶς ὁμαίμων ἐπὶ γενικῆς. ἐνταῦθα δὲ εὐθεῖα ὁμαίμων ὁμαίμονος καὶ ἐπὶ πληθυντικῶν [τῆς γενι]κῆς ὁμαιμόνων. —Zm

TRANSLATION: One writes ‘ho homaimos’, ‘tou homaimou’, genitive plural ‘homaimōn’. But here the nominative is ‘homaimōn’, (genitive) ‘homainonos’, and in the genitive plural ‘homaimonōn’.

LEMMA: thus in text Zm

COLLATION NOTES: The lower margin has been trimmed, but the upper portions of κ(ῆς) ὁμαιμόνων can be recognized.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 806.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνδρὶ⟩: ἐκείνῳ τῷ ξένῳ ἀνδρί —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Although one could delete ξένῳ to produce a correct reference, Zu seems to be capable of such an error of interpretation.

Or. 806.32 (tri metr) coronis —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 58

Or. 807.01 (807–833) (vet paraphr) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος ἅ τ’ ἀρετά: ¹ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ περίπυστος κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ ἐν Ἰλίῳ τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν εὐδαιμονία καὶ ἀρετὴ εἰς τοὐπίσω πάλιν ἀνέδραμεν, ²εἰς δυστυχίαν ἐξ εὐτυχίας μεταβληθεῖσα καὶ ὥσπερ εἰπεῖν ἀπόρροιαν ἔχουσα ἐκ τῆς παλαιᾶς αὐτῶν ἐκείνης τῆς κατ’ οἶκον συμφορᾶς. ³ἐκείνη γὰρ ἡ ἔρις αὐτοῖς ἡ περὶ τοῦ χρυσομάλλου ἀρνειοῦ εἰργάσατο ἐλεεινὰ βρώματα καὶ σφαγὰς ἀνοσίους εὐγενῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θυέστου. ⁴ἐξ ἐκείνου δὴ φόνου συνεχεῖς καὶ ἀλλεπάλληλοι σφαγαὶ οὐ διαλείπουσι τὸν τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν οἶκον. ⁵καὶ τὸ νομιζόμενον εἶναι καλὸν οὐ καλόν ἐστι, λέγω δὴ τὸ ἀπηνεῖ χειρὶ διατεμεῖν τὸ σῶμα τῶν γονέων καὶ ᾑμαγμένον ἀνατεῖναι τὸ ξίφος εἰς τὰς τοῦ ἡλίου αὐγάς. ⁶τὸ γὰρ ἀδικεῖν πατέρας ἀσεβῶν ἐστι καὶ ἀνοήτων τέκνων καὶ πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὸ δέ γε τῆς συμφορᾶς τῆς κατὰ τοῦτον ἐλεεινότερον. ⁷μέλλουσα γὰρ τελευτᾶν ἡ Τυνδάρεω, Κλυταιμνήστρα, φόβῳ τοῦ θανάτου ἀνεβόησεν ἡ δυστυχής· ⁸‘Ὀρέστα, τολμᾷς τὸν κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς φόνον; ⁹ὅρα δὴ καὶ σκόπει, μή πως τῆς εἰς τὸν πατέρα τοιαύτης τιμωρίας ἀνταλλάξῃς δύσκλειαν ἀθάνατον. ¹⁰οὔτε γὰρ νόσος οὔτε αἷμα οὔτε τις ἑτέρα συμφορὰ μείζων γένοιτ’ ἂν ἐν ἀνθρώποις μητροκτονίας’. —BVC, partial Sa

TRANSLATION: The great prosperity and the blessed fortune and excellence of the Atreids known far and wide throughout Greece and in Ilium has run backward again, having been shifted from good fortune to bad fortune and, so to speak, experiencing an emanation from that ancient familial misfortune of theirs. For that strife over the golden-fleeced lamb produced for them pitiful meals and unholy slaughters of the noble children of Thyestes. Resulting from that killing, then, murders continuous and one following another do not leave the house of the Atreids (with any interval of respite). And that which is believed to be fine is not fine, I mean to hack the body of parents with merciless hand and hold up the bloodied sword to the rays of the sun. For wronging parents is the act of impious and mindless children and wicked men, and the aspect of the misfortune related to this man (Orestes) is more miserable. For when the daughter of Tyndareus, Clytemnestra, was about to die, in fear of death the unhappy woman cried out: ‘Orestes, do you dare to carry out the murder of your mother? Consider and examine, lest perchance you receive never-ending ill-repute in exchange for such a vengeance for your father. For neither sickness nor bloodshed nor any other disaster could be greater among men than matricide.’ [or the direct quotation may end at ‘father’]

LEMMA: C, ἄλλως V POSITION: marg. B, follows sch. 811.01 B, follows sch. 807.07 V

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ‑μάλου VC | 10 οὔτέ τις B, οὔτε τίς C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.179,15–180,2; Dind. II.208,15–209,2 and 213,24–214,5; de Fav. 58–59

COMMENT: For οὐ διαλείπουσι τὸν … οἶκον, compare Sch. Soph. El. 508 Xenis ἀφ’ οὗ ὁ Μυρτίλος ἀπέθανεν, οὐ διέλιπεν αἰκία τοὺς πολυκτήμονας δόμους. This usage is barely covered in the dictionaries, but DGE notes (in its last subdivision) the meaning ‘abandon temporarily’ in reference to a disease in Hipp. de morbis popularibus.1.2.4 [1:626 Littré] εἰ γάρ τινας αὐτέων διαλείποι σμικρὰ, ταχὺ πάλιν ὑπέστρεφεν. That example suitably suggests that here the misfortunes are like disease. | Schwartz deleted γε in 6, app. because this is the only instance of δέ γε in the older scholia on Eur.; but there is only one occurrence in the old scholia on Soph., Sch. Aj. 520a Christodoulou. Alternatively, Schwartz may have intervened simply to make the phrase identical to that in sch. 823.02, which has no γε.

Or. 807.02 (807–830) (tri metr) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος: ⁰τὰ τοιαῦτα εἴδη τῶν χορῶν καλεῖται ἐπῳδικὰ ὡς εἴρηται. ἔστι δὲ τὰ παρόντα τριὰς ἐπῳδική, καὶ εἰσὶ τῆς στροφῆς τὰ κῶλα ιβʹ καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς τοσαῦτα. ¹τὸ αʹ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ διτροχαίου πεντασυλλάβου καὶ χοριάμβου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν ἢ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων βʹ, δʹ καὶ βʹ, καὶ συλλαβῆς. ^2–3τὸ βʹ καὶ γʹ ὅμοια κατὰ πάντα. ⁴τὸ δʹ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ, ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος, καὶ ἐπιτρίτου δευτέρου. ⁵τὸ εʹ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον καλούμενον Εὐπολίδειον, ἑκατέρωθεν ἔχον ἰαμβικὰς συζυγίας, μέσον δὲ τὸν χορίαμβον. καὶ ἔστι τῶν πολυσχηματίστων. ⁶τὸ ςʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ, ἰωνικοῦ, καὶ τροχαίου. ἔχει δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὸν ἰωνικὸν πεντασύλλαβον. ⁷τὸ ζʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν πενθημιμερὲς, ἐνταῦθα δὲ δάκτυλον ἔχει καὶ τὸν πρώτον πόδα. ⁸τὸ ηʹ ὅμοιον ἑφθημιμερὲς. εἰ δὲ ἐν τοῖς κώλοις ἀναρμόστως οἱ πόδες κεῖνται, οὐ θαῦμα· τοῦ αὐτοῦ γάρ εἰσι μέτρου ἀμφότεροι ὅ τε δάκτυλος καὶ ἀνάπαιστος. ⁹τὸ θʹ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος καὶ χοριάμβου διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον, ἐνταῦθα δὲ πεντασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν ἰωνικὸν. ¹⁰τὸ ιʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου γʹ, παίωνος γʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, καὶ σπονδείου. ¹¹τὸ ιαʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς, τοῦ βʹ ποδὸς ἀναπαίστου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος βʹ καὶ ἐπιτρίτου δευτέρου. ¹²τὸ ιβʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. ¹³ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει τῆς στροφῆς καὶ ἀντιστροφῆς παράγραφος. —T

¹ 807=819 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ or ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒
ὁ μέγας ὄλβος ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ
τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλόν, τοκέων
² 808=820 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ or ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒
μέγα φρονοῦσ’ ἀν’ Ἑλλάδα καὶ
πυριγενεῖ τεμεῖν παλάμαι
³ 809=821 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ or ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒
παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς
χρόα, μελάνδετον δὲ φόνωι
⁴ 810=822 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’ ἐξ εὐτυχίας Ἀτρείδαις,
ξίφος ἐς αὐγὰς ἀελίοιο δεῖξαι·
⁵ 811=823 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
πάλαι παλαιᾶς ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς δόμων,
τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν ἀσέβεια ποικίλη
⁶ 812=824 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏕ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑
ὁπότε τῆς χρυσέας ἔρις ἀρνὸς
κακοφρόνων τ’ ἀνδρῶν παράνοια
⁷ 813=825 ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒⏑ ⏑, ‒ = ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒⏑ ⏑, ‒
ἤλυθε Τανταλίδαις.
θανάτου δ’ ἀμφὶ φόβωι
⁸ 814=826 ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ = ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒
οἰκτρότατά τε θοινάματα καὶ
Τυνδαρὶς ἰάχησε τάλαινα·
⁹ 815=827 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ = ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
σφάγια γενναίων τεκέων.
τέκνον, οὐ τολμᾶις ὅσια
¹⁰ 816=828 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ‒
ἔνθεν φόνωι φόνος ἐξαμείβων
κτείνων γε μητέρα· μὴ πατρώαν
¹¹ 817=829 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ‒ or ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
δι’ αἵματος οὐ προλείπει
τίνων χάριν ἐξανάψηι
¹² 818=830 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒
δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις.
δύσκλειαν εἴς σ’ αἰεί.

TRANSLATION: Forms of choral song of this kind are called epodic, as has been said. The present lines are an epodic triad, and the cola of the strophe are twelve and those of the antistrophe the same number. The first colon is an acatalectic choriambic dimeter consisting of a five-syllable double trochee and a choriamb; or if you prefer, a hypercatalective ionic or paeonic dimeter consisting of two paeons, a fourth and a second, and a syllable. The second and third cola are similar (to the first) in every detail. The fourth colon is an acatalectic ionic trimeter consisting of fourth paeon, ionic a maiore, and second epitrite. The fifth colon is an acatalectic epichoriambic trimeter, called a Eupolidean, having at each extreme an iambic syzygy and the choriamb in the middle. It belongs to the class of meters allowing many forms. The sixth colon is a brachycatalectic ionic a maiore trimeter consisting of a fourth paeon, ionic, and trochee. Here (in the strophe) it has the ionic in five-syllable form. The seventh colon is an anapaestic penthemimer, and here (in the strophe) it also has its first foot dactylic. The eighth is a similar (anapaestic) hephthemimer. And if the feet are disposed in the cola (i.e., the sixth and seventh) without exact corresponsion (between strophe and antistrophe), it is no surprise, for the two, dactyl and anapaest, belong to the same meter. The ninth colon is an acatalectic prosodiac dimeter consisting of an ionic a minore and choriamb, because of the (final) anceps, and here (in the strophe) it has the ionic in five-syllable form. The tenth colon is a brachycatalectic ionic a minore trimeter consisting of a third epitrite, a third paeon in place of an ionic, and a spondee. The eleventh colon is an iambic hephthemimer with the second foot an anapaest, or if you prefer, an acatalectic ionic a maiore dimeter consisting of second paeon and second epitrite. The twelfth colon is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter. At the end of the strophe and the antistrophe, a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.14,12–15,5; de Fav. 58–59

COMMENT: Some earlier sources define epichoriambic as consisting of a choriamb preceded by a trochaic metron, but Triclinius uses the term for various cola with a central choriamb and some other metron preceding (and following in a trimeter), including iambic, epitrite, and others. Compare Soph. Aj. 705 = 718 as described in Sch. Tricl. Soph. Aj. 693a Tessier τὸ ιδ προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν· ἢ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν ἐκ συζυγίας ἰαμβικῆς, χοριάμβου, καὶ ἰαμβικῆς αὖθις συζυγίας καταληκτικῆς, ἤτοι βακχείου.

Or. 807.03 (807–822) (rec paraphr) ¹οἷον ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ περίπυστος ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ Τροίαν τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν εἰς τοὐπίσω πάλιν ἀνέδραμεν, εἰς δυστυχίαν ἐξ εὐτυχίας μεταβληθεῖσα καὶ ὥσπερ εἰπεῖν ἀπόρροιαν ἔχουσα ἐκ τῆς παλαιᾶς αὐτῶν ἄρνης συμφορᾶς. ²ἐκείνη γοῦν ἡ ἔρις αὐτοῖς ἡ παῖς τοῦ χρυσομάλλου ἀρνειοῦ εἰργάσατο ἐλεεινὰ βρώματα καὶ σφαγὰς ἀνοσίους εὐγενῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θυέστου. ³ἐξ ἐκείνου δὴ φόνου συνεχεῖς καὶ ἀλλεπάλληλοι σφαγαὶ οὐ διαλείπουσι τὸν τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν οἶκον. ⁴καὶ τὸ νομιζόμενον καλὸν οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν· τὸ γὰρ ἄδικα πάσχειν πατέρας ἀσεβές ἐστι τοῦ πάσχειν τέκνα. ⁵λέγω δὲ ἀπηνεῖ χειρὶ διατεμεῖν τὸ σῶμα καὶ ᾑμαγμένον ἀναδεῖξαι τὸ ξίφος εἰς τὰς τοῦ ἡλίου αὐγάς. —Rf

TRANSLATION: That is, the great prosperity of the Atreids known far and wide to Greece and Troy has run backward again, shifted from good fortune to bad fortune and, so to speak, experiencing an emanation from their ancient misfortune of the lamb. For that strife, the offspring of the golden-fleeced lamb, produced for them pitiful meals and unholy slaughters of the noble children of Thyestes. Resulting from that killing, then, murders continuous and one following another do not leave the house of the Atreids (with any interval of respite). And that which is believed to be fine is not fine. For that parents suffer unjust treatment is an impious thing, so that(?) [or: more so than that?] (their) children suffer. I mean to hack the body with merciless hand and display the bloodied sword to the rays of the sun.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 807.06, but sent. 2–5 treated as new sch. with ref. to 812 ἔρις

APP. CRIT.: 1 μεταβληθῆσαν Rf | ἔχουσαν Rf | 3 τὸν τῶν] τῶν τὸν Rf | τοῦ πάσχειν τέκνα corrupt or lacunose?

Or. 807.04 (807–818) (pllgn exeg) ¹ὁ πλοῦτος ὁ μέγας καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ ἡ φρονοῦσα μεγάλως ἀνὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ῥεύμασι τοῦ Σιμόεντος ποταμοῦ ὅς ἐστιν ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ, ²ἐκεῖνος ἐκ τῆς πολλῆς εὐτυχίας ἐκείνης ἀνεπόδισε νῦν εἰς δυστυχίαν τὴν πάλαι γενομένην τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ ὁπότε ἦλθε τοῖς ἀπογόνοις τοῦ Ταντάλου ἡ φιλονεικία τῆς χρυσῆς ἀρνὸς καὶ τὰ σφάγια τῶν γενναίων παίδων τοῦ Θυέστου, ἅπερ ὁ Ἀτρεὺς κατασφάξας ἔδωκεν εἰς θοίνην καὶ εὐωχίαν ἐκείνῳ. ³ἀφ’ οὗ καιροῦ οὔποτε λείπει, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔλειψε, τοῖς δύο Ἀτρείδαις φόνος διαδεχόμενος ἕτερον φόνον, ἀλλὰ ἔρχονται οἱ φόνοι αὐτοῖς ἀλλεπάλληλοι δηλονότι. ⁴ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ἀγαμέμνων ὑπὸ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ἀπέθανεν, ἡ δ’ αὖ Κλυταιμνήστρα ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου, Ὀρέστης δὲ πάλιν κινδυνεύει νῦν ὑπὸ τοῦ κοινοῦ τῶν Ἀργείων ἀπολωλέναι. —F⁴

TRANSLATION: The great wealth and the excellence that had proud ambitions throughout Greece and by the streams of the Simoeis river that is in Troy, that (wealth) has now reversed from that abundant good fortune to the misfortune that came about long ago for the Atreids at that time when there came to the descendants of Tantalus the rivalry over the golden lamb and the slaughter of the noble children of Thyestes, whom Atreus sacrificed and gave to him for eating and feasting. From which time murder succeeding upon another murder never leaves off—meaning ‘left off’—for the two sons of Atreus, but murders come upon them one after another, clearly. For Agamemnon died at the hands of Clytemnestra, and Clytemnestra in turn at those of Orestes, and Orestes in turn now is at risk of perishing at the hands of the community of the Argives.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀλλ’ ἐπάλληλοι F⁴

Or. 807.05 (807–818) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων ιβ´ —T

TRANSLATION: Strophe of twelve cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 59

Or. 807.06 (807–13) (vet paraphr) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς· ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν ἡ μεγαλοφρονοῦσα καὶ ἐν Ἑλλάδι καὶ ἐν Τροίᾳ εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον ⟨ἐκ⟩ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας ἀνῆλθεν, ²ὅ ἐστιν εἰς δυστυχίαν ἀρχαίαν τὴν τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις συμπεσοῦσαν ἐπὶ τῷ χρυσομάλλῳ ἀρνῷ. —MBVCRf

TRANSLATION: The run of the sense: The great prosperity and the excellence of the Atreids that had proud ambitions both in Greece and in Troy has returned from good fortune to the opposite, that is, to the ancient misfortune that befell the Atreids over the golden-fleeced lamb.

LEMMA: M(ὅλβος)BV, ἄλλως ὁ μέγας ὄλβος C REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf

APP. CRIT.: 1 μεγαλοφρονήσασα B | ⟨ἐκ⟩ suppl. Schwartz | 2 ἀρχαίαν] ἀρχομένην Rf | ἀτρείδαισι MRf | συμπεροῦσαν Rf | τῷ] τῇ MC | ἀρνειῷ Barnes (cf. sch. 807.01 ἀρνειοῦ)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.179,6–9; Dind. II.208,5–8

Or. 807.07 (807–813) (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς· ἀπὸ τῆς παλαιᾶς συμφορᾶς τῶν οἴκων τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν ὁ μέγας ὄλβος μεγαλοφρονήσας ἐν Ἑλλάδι καὶ τῇ Τροίᾳ πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἀρχαίαν δυσδαιμονίαν ἔδραμεν. ²ὡσεὶ ἔλεγεν {πρὸς τὴν κακοδαιμονίαν τὴν ἀρχαίαν}· ὠγκώθησαν ἐπὶ πολὺ οἱ Ἀτρεῖδαι καὶ πάλιν ἐδυστύχησαν. —MVC

TRANSLATION: The run of the sense: Because of the ancient disaster of the house of the Atreids the great prosperity that had proud ambitions in Greece and Troy has run back to its old misfortune. As if he were saying: The Atreids became greatly puffed up with pride and honor and then met misfortune again.

LEMMA: C, in marg. M, ἄλλως· ὁ μέγας ὄλβος V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξῆς M | perhaps τροῖα M | ἔλεγε C, ἔλεγ() V | 2 ἀρχαῖαν M | ἀτρείδαι V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.179,10–14; Dind. II.208,9–13

COMMENT: Unless Rw’s μετὰ τὴν κακοδαιμονίαν (see next) is the original, Schwartz’s diagnosis that πρὸς τὴν κακοδαιμονίαν τὴν ἀρχαίαν is intrusive should be accepted. It would have been an alternative to εἰς τὴν ἀρχαίαν δυσδαιμονίαν in some earlier exemplars or in a different commentary. Here M, unusually, reflects a tradition in which someone has emended the corrupted note to mean ‘From the ancient disaster of the house of the Atreids, the great prosperity that had proud ambitions in Greece and Troy has run back to the other (period of) good fortune. As if he were saying: With respect to its ancient ill fortune the Atreids became greatly puffed up with pride and honor and met with good fortune again’.

Or. 807.08 (807–813) (rec paraphr) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος: ¹ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν. ὁ μέγας ὄλβος μέγα φρονήσας ἐν Ἑλλάδι καὶ Τροίᾳ πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἀρχαίαν δυσδαιμονίαν ἀνέδραμεν. ²ὡσεὶ ἔλεγεν μετὰ τὴν κακοδαιμονίαν τὴν ἀρχαίαν ὠγκώθησαν οἱ Ἀτρεῖδαι ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ καὶ πάλιν ἐδυστύχησαν. —Rw

TRANSLATION: (That is,) the great prosperity and the excellence of the Atreids. The great propserity that had proud ambitions in Greece and Troy has run back to its old misfortune. As if he were saying: After their ancient ill fortune the Atreids became greatly puffed up with pride and honor and then met misfortune again.

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐπιτοπολύ Rw

Or. 807.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὁ μέγας ὄλβος ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: ἡ μεγάλη ἀνδρ⟨ε⟩ία καὶ ἀρετὴ —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 807.11 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὁ μέγας ὄλβος ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: ἡ εὐδαιμονία, ἡ λαμπρότης τῶν ἔργων —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἡ μεγάλη εὐδαιμ. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.209,4

Or. 807.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: ἤγουν(?) συνειθίσθαι καὶ(?) συνεγκεκρί[σθαι τῇ(?)] ἀρετῇ τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν —M²

TRANSLATION: That is, to be habituated in and be reckoned to belong together with the excellence of the Atreids.

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: These words are in the inner margin and partly obscured by a repair. If the words have been read correctly, it is unclear how the infinitives function and what exactly the phrase is intended to explicate. | συνεγκρίνω (LBG: ‘zugleich bestätigen mit’) is attested only once in TLG and there is also just one instance of συνέγκριτος (LBG: ‘gemainsam gebilligt’), both in Byzantine texts.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 807.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: [ἀπὸ το]ῦ γένους [τὸ ε]ἶδος. —Pr

TRANSLATION: From the genus the species (is expressed).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: I restore ἀπὸ so that this note makes the same observation as the clearer note of Moschopulus (next). A possible alternative is ἀντὶ, but that is more difficult to interpret, whether meant to apply to ὄλβος or to ἀρετὰ.

Or. 807.19 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ⟩: ἡ ἀνδρεία· ἀπὸ τοῦ καθόλου τὸ μέρος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (Military) courage: from the general term (‘virtue’) the part (is expressed).

POSITION: s.l. except X, intermarg. Xo; cont. from sch. 807.13 X(prep. καὶ)G

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. XbYGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.209,5

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ τοῦ καθόλου τὸ μέρος

Or. 808.01 (vet exeg) μέγα φρονοῦσ’ ἀν’ Ἑλλάδα: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ μέγα φρονήσασα. ²τὸ δὲ πλῆρες μέγα φρονοῦσα, ἡ ἀρετή. ³εἰδωλοποιεῖ γὰρ αὐτήν. ⁴ἢ ὅτι τῶν ἐπειλημμένων αὐτῆς ἐπαίρει τὸ φρόνημα. —MVC

TRANSLATION: (Present participle ‘thinking big’) used for (aorist) ‘having come to think big’. And the unelided form is (feminine singular) ‘mega phronousa’ (not masculine dative plural ‘phronousi’), (applying to) ‘the excellence’. For he personifies it. Or (he applies it to the ‘excellence’) because it raises up the proud ambition of those who possess it.

LEMMA: M(φρονοῦσαν ἑλ.)C(φρονοῦσἀν’ ἑλ.), μέγα φρονοῦσα V REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ om. C | μέγα om. V | 2 πλήρης C | 4 ἐπειλημμένων] Dindorf, ὑπειλ‑ MVC

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀρετῆ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.180,3–5; Dind. II.208,13–14

Or. 808.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μέγα φρονοῦσ’⟩: δύναται καὶ μέγα φρονοῦσι, τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις. —M^aM^bBVV²C

TRANSLATION: It can also be taken as (masculine dative plural) ‘mega phronousi’ (agreeing with dative in 810) ‘the Atreids’.

REF. SYMBOL: V² POSITION: intermarg. M^bC, marg. V²; cont. from prev., add. δὲ, MV

APP. CRIT.: δύναται καὶ] γρ V² | after δύναται add. εἶναι M^bC | μεγαλοφρονοῦσι BVV² | φρονου M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.180,6; Dind. II.208,14–15

COLLATION NOTES: In M this sentence was perhaps added to the prev. secondarily, since the last words are crowded in marg. rather than placed on the next line (first of left margin block), as if the next scholion had already been written there.

Or. 808.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μέγα φρονοῦσ’ ἀν’ Ἑλλάδα⟩: ἡ περίσημος κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 809.01 (vet exeg) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν Ἰλίῳ. ²Σιμοῦς γὰρ ποταμὸς Ἰλίου, ἀφ’ οὗ τὴν Τροίαν δηλοῖ. —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Beside Simoeis’ channels’ is) used for ‘in Ilium’. For Simoeis is a river of Ilium, from which he indicates Troy.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. BC, follows sch. 810.01 B

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ om. C | ἰλίῳ om. B | 2 ποταμὸς] ποτὲ C

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 σιμοὺς M, σιμος C | ἀφοῦ M, ἀφοὗ B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.180,7–8; Dind. II.209,9–10

Or. 809.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ῥεύμασι τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῦ παρακειμένου τῷ Ἰλίῳ, τοῦ Σιμόεντος, τουτέστι παρὰ τῇ Τροίᾳ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial G

TRANSLATION: And beside the streams of the river that lies beside Ilium, the Simoeis, that is, at Troy.

LEMMA: ὀχετοῖς T POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. GT | τοῦ παρακ. τῷ ἰλίῳ om. G | ‑κειμένω Y | τουτέστι] ἤγουν G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.209,10–12

Or. 809.03 (rec exeg) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: Σιμόεις ποταμὸς τῆς Τροίας. —O

TRANSLATION: Simoeis is a river of Troy.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 809.04 (thom exeg) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: Σιμόεις ποταμὸς ἐν Τροίᾳ. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Simoeis is a river at Troy.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 809.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: παρὰ τῷ Σιμόεντι ποταμῷ —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 809.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: καὶ ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ —M²V³F

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg. M², s.l. V³F

APP. CRIT.: καὶ] ἤγουν V³F

Or. 809.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: παρὰ τὴν Τροίαν —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 809.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨παρὰ Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: καὶ παρὰ τῇ Τροίᾳ ὅπου ὁ Σιμόεις ποταμός —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 809.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨Σιμουντίοις ὀχετοῖς⟩: ἤγουν τοῖς ῥείθροις τοῦ Σιμόεντος ποταμοῦ τῆς Τροίας —AaAbMnPrS

REF. SYMBOL: Aa POSITION: s.l. except marg. Aa

APP. CRIT.: σιμοῦντος AaAb | ποταμῶ MnS | τῆς τροίας om. AaAb

APP. CRIT. 2: ῥίθροις S

Or. 809.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Σιμουντίοις⟩: καὶ τοῖς Τρωϊκοῖς· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ῥέει ὁ Σιμόεις ποταμὸς. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Of Simoeis’,) that is, Trojan. For that’s where the river Simoeis flows.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 810.01 (vet exeg) πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’: ¹εἰς τὸ ἔμπαλιν καὶ εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον ἔδραμε καὶ κατέστη τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις. ²εὐτυχίαν δέ φησι τὴν κατὰ τὸ Ἴλιον καὶ δυστυχίαν τὴν νῦν τραγῳδουμένην. —MVCMnPrR^bRwS, partial B

TRANSLATION: Backwards and toward the opposite it ran and settled itself for the Atreids. By ‘good fortune’ he means the one at Ilium and by ‘misfortune’ he means the one now being represented in the tragedy.

LEMMA: MVCR^b, πάλιν ἀνῆλθεν MnPrS, πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’ ἐξευτυχίας VC, πάλιν B, ἄλλως Rw REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑δραμεν MB | δὲ φησὶ M, δέ φησὶ Pr, δὲ φη() a.c. S, φησὶ (om. δέ) Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.180,9–11; Dind. II.209,13–16

Or. 810.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάλιν ἀνἦλθ’⟩: ¹τὸ ἀνῆλθε δηλοῖ τὴν εἰς τοὐπίσω κίνησιν τῆς εὐτυχίας, τὸ δὲ πάλιν δευτέρας σχέσεώς ἐστι δηλωτικόν· ²οἱ Ἀτρεῖδαι γὰρ εὐτυχήσαντες πρὸς καιρὸν πάλιν δεδυστυχήκασιν διὰ τὴν παλαιὰν συμφορὰν τῶν δόμων. —Pk

TRANSLATION: The verb ‘anēlthe’ (‘went up’, ‘returned’) indicates the movement backwards of/from good fortune, and ‘palin’ is indicative of a second (instance of a) condition. For the Atreids, having enjoyed good fortune for a time, again suffered misfortune because of the ancient disaster of the house.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σχέσεως ἔστι Pk | δὲ δυστυχήκασιν Pk

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.209,17–20

Or. 810.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’⟩: ἀνέδραμεν τοῖς Ἀτρειδαῖς —O

TRANSLATION: Has run back again for the Atreids.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 810.04 (rec exeg) ⟨πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’⟩: ἀνάπαλιν ἦλθε ἤτοι ἀνεστράφη καὶ ἀνεπόδισεν ἀπὸ τῆς ἔριδος τοῦ Ἀτρέως καὶ Θυέστου. —V

TRANSLATION: Has come again, or turned back and reverted from the strife of Atreus and Thyestes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 810.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’⟩: εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον ἦλθεν ἤτοι ἀπὸ εὐτυχίας εἰς δυστυχίαν. —M²

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

Or. 810.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’⟩: εἰς τὸ ἀνάπαλιν ἦλθεν ἐξ εὐτυχίας εἰς δυστυχίαν —K

POSITION: under line, last of page

Or. 810.08 (rec gram) ⟨πάλιν ἀνῆλθ’⟩: ‘ἄνω ποταμῶν’ χωρεῖ τὰ ἡμέτερα. —M²

TRANSLATION: Our affairs go ‘upstream against the current’.

REF. SYMBOL: M²(at note, but not found at text) POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Proverbial ἄνω ποταμῶν can stand by itself, but often under the influence of Eur. Med. 410 it takes the form ἄνω ποταμῶν χωροῦσι (less often ῥέουσι) πηγαί, and thence in a few places we find ἄνω ποταμῶν χωρεῖ by itself or with a subject like τὸ πρᾶγμα. It cannot be determined whether τὰ ἡμέτερα is here as part of an illustration of the typical usage, or is meant to show the chorus identifying with the Atreids. (It could theoretically be a corruption of ὑμέτερα, but there was no reason to paraphrase with an address to Orestes and Electra here.)

KEYWORDS: Euripides, Medea

Or. 810.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὐτυχίας⟩: δυστυχίας —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Apparently a variant reading known to Y², confusion of ευ‑ and δυσ‑ being easy in the reading of some cursive hands or by psychological association.

Or. 810.25 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ἀτρείδαις⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: The run of the syntax is ‘the great prosperity and excellence of the Atreids’.

REF. SYMBOL: Gr POSITION: marg. X(beside 807–808)Gr, intermarg. Y, s.l. Xb; cont. from sch. 809.02 XoT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.209,23–24

Or. 810.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀτρείδαις⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν εἰς τοὐπίσω ἀνεχώρησεν. —G

TRANSLATION: The run of the syntax is ‘the great prosperity and excellence of the Atreids has turned backwards’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 810.27 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἀτρείδαις⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ ὄλβος καὶ τὸ ἀρετά σύναπτε. —ZZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Join this syntactically to ‘prosperity’ and ‘excellence’.

POSITION: s.l. (below word Gu)

APP. CRIT.: ταῦτα Gu | τὸ ἅ τ’ ἀρετὰ Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.209,22–23

Or. 810.30 (tri metr) ⟨Ἀτρείδαις⟩: koinē short over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 59

Or. 811.01 (811–821) (vet exeg) πάλαι παλαιᾶς ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τὴν παλαιὰν καὶ πάλαι γεγενημένην συμφοράν. ²λέγει δὲ τὴν μοιχείαν τῆς γυναικὸς Ἀτρέως καὶ τὴν βορὰν τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θυέστου, ὡς καὶ ἑξῆς ἐπάγει. ³ἢ οὕτως· προϋπαρξάσης ἑτέρας κατὰ τὸν ἀνέκαθεν χρόνον συμφορᾶς {τῶν τέκνων αὐτοῦ, εἶτα εὐτυχίας τῆς κατὰ τὸ Ἴλιον, καὶ πάλιν δυστυχίας τῆς νῦν τραγῳδουμένης} ⁴ἥτις αὐτοῖς προὐξένησε συμφορὰς ἀτόπους, τῷ μὲν οἰκτροτάτην παίδων βορὰν, τῷ δὲ σφαγὴν ἀνοσίαν τέκνων ἀδελφοῦ. ⁵τὸ γὰρ τεκέων ἀντὶ τοῦ τέκνων· ⁶ἑξῆς δὲ τεκέων χρόα τεμεῖν πυριγενεῖ παλάμᾳ. ⁷ἐπὶ τῶν γονέων δὲ ἔλαβε παρὰ τὸ τεκεῖν ἴσως. —MBVCR^b, partial MnPrS

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘because of the ancient disaster that occurred long ago’. He refers to the adultery of Atreus’s wife and the eating of the children of Thyestes, as he later adds. Or (explain) in this way: there having already existed in previous time a disaster {interpolated fragment of a different note: of his children, then the good fortune at Ilium, and again the misfortune that is now being represented in the tragedy} which caused them extraordinary misfortunes, for the one the most pitiable eating of his children, for the other the unholy slaughter of his brothers’ children. For ‘tekeōn’ (here) has the meaning of ‘teknōn’ (‘children’). And the simple word order is ‘to cut the flesh of children with fire-born hand’. But perhaps he (the poet) took (the word ‘tekeōn’) as applying to parents, (by etymological derivation) from ‘tekein’ (‘give birth’).

LEMMA: C, πάλαι παλαιᾶς MB(ἄλλως in marg.)VMnPrR^b, πάλαι παλαιὰν S REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b

APP. CRIT.: M partly abraded | 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. B, τοῦ om. C | διὰ] δ̅ε̅ S | γεστερημένην R^b | 2 τοῦ ἀτρέως MnPrS | τῆς βορᾶς MVCR^b | τοῦ om. VR^b | 2–6 ὡς καὶ κτλ om. MnS, cont. with sch. 811.03 | 2 ὡς om. C | καὶ om. VPr | 3–6 ἢ οὕτως κτλ] om. Pr, cont. with sch. 811.03 | 3 perhaps ⟨ἀπὸ⟩ προϋπαρξάσης | τὸν] τὴν R^b | συμφορὰν R^b | after συμφορᾶς add. κατὰ τὴν μοιχείαν καὶ τῆς βορᾶς V, after συμφορὰν add. ἐστὶ τὴν μοιχείαν καὶ τῆς βορρᾶς R^b | τῶν τέκνων … τραγῳδουμένης del. Schw. | τὸ om. R^b | 4 αὐτοῖς] αὐτοὺς MCR^b, αὐτὰς a.c. V | προξένισε M, προὐξένισε C, προσεξένησε V | τῶν μὲν οικτρ. C | οἰκτροτάτην R^b (conj. Schw.), ‑τάτων MBVC | παίδων βορ.] τέκνων βορ. MCR^b(βορρὰν) | τὸ δὲ M, τῶν δὲ C | ὁσίαν MCR^b | ἀδελφῶν VR^b | 5 τὸ γὰρ … τέκνων om. B | τοῦ om. C | 6 τεκέων om. MBC | τέμνειν MBC | 7 δὲ] καὶ R^b, punct. after γονέων and not before ἐπὶ | παρὰ] διὰ V, περὶ R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.180,12–20; Dind. II.209,25–210,8

Or. 811.02 (811–818) (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹διὰ τὴν παλαιὰν ⟨καὶ πάλαι⟩ γεγενημένην συμφοράν. ²λέγει δὲ τὴν μοιχείαν τῆς γυναικὸς Ἀτρέως καὶ τὴν βορὰν τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θυέστου, ἃ σφάγια λέγεται τέκνων. ³ἐξ ἐκείνου γὰρ φόνοι συνεχεῖς καὶ ἀλλεπάλληλοι σφαγαὶ οὐ διαλείπουσι τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν οἶκον. —Rf

TRANSLATION: Because of the ancient disaster that occurred long ago. He refers to the adultery of Atreus’s wife and the eating of the children of Thyestes, which is called ‘sacrifices of children’. From that (event) continuous murders and slaughters one after another do not leave the house of the Atreids (with any respite).

LEMMA: Rf REF. SYMBOL: Rf POSITION: folllows sch. 812.20 Rf

APP. CRIT.: 2 τῆς βορὰς (sic) Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἀλλ’ ἐπάλληλοι Rf | ἀτρειδων or ἀτρείδων Rf

Or. 811.03 (811–818) (rec exeg) ⟨πάλαι παλαιᾶς ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς⟩: ¹ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἐφόνευσε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ Θυέστου, ²ὁ δὲ Θυέστης τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀτρέως ἔγημε τὴν Ἀερόπην. —Ab, partial MnPrS

TRANSLATION: Atreus murdered the sons of Thyestes; Thyestes had intercourse with the wife of Atreus, Aerope.

POSITION: marg. Ab; cont. from sch. 811.01 MnPrS

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὁ μέν … θυέστου om. MnS | 2 τὴν γυν. … ἀερόπην] ἔγημε Ἀερόπην τὴν γυν. ἀτρέως Ab

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀερρόπην S

COMMENT: Compare sch. 813.04 (R^b).

Or. 811.04 (811–818) (rec exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: Ὅμηρος φησὶν [Hom. Il. 2.106] ‘Ἀτρεὺς δέ θνῄσκων ἔλιπε⟨ν⟩ πολύαρνι Θυέστῃ’. —Rf

TRANSLATION: Homer says: ‘Atreus when dying left (the ancestral scepter) to Thyestes, rich in lambs’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.211,24–25

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 811.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πάλαι παλαιᾶς ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς⟩: διὰ τὴν παλαιὰν συμφορὰν (πάλαι) γεγενημένην —V³

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: γεγενημένην is above πάλαι and the remainder is to the right in the form of διὰ τὴν and ὰν and ὰν, spaced out. Thus, πάλαι is to be supplied from the line, and the participle goes with (συμφορ)ὰν.

Or. 811.06 (pllgn rhet) ⟨πάλαι παλαιᾶς⟩: παρήχησις —Zm

TRANSLATION: Alliteration.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: παράχρησις Zm

KEYWORDS: παρήχησις

Or. 811.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πάλαι παλαιᾶς⟩: εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον τὸ ὂν —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον is probably inspired by the context and not evidence that the annotation belonged to a text that had πάλιν (Hartung’s conjecture for πάλαι) in the text.

Or. 811.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨παλαιᾶς ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς⟩: διὰ τὴν παλαιὰν συμφορὰν τῶν δόμων —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 811.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨παλαιᾶς ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς⟩: ἢ οὕτως· διὰ τῆς προϋπαρξάσης —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 811.14 (rec exeg) ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς δόμων: ¹ποίας δὲ συμφορᾶς λέγει; ²ὁπότε παρὰ τοῦ ἀρνὸς ἦλθε τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις μεγάλη συμφορὰ, σφαγαὶ καὶ θοινήματα τῶν γενναίων τέκνων. —VSa

TRANSLATION: (From) what misfortune does he mean? When from the lamb there came to the Atreids a great misfortune, slaughters of and feastings on the noble children.

LEMMA: V(ὑπὸ a.c.) REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.: δὲ om. Sa | λέγω Sa | τοῖς … σφαγαὶ] μεγάλα δεινὰ τοῖς ἀτρείδαις σφάγια Sa (cf. sch. 812.03)

APP. CRIT. 2: παρα Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.180,21–23; Dind. II.210,9–11

Or. 811.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς δόμων⟩: τῆς μοιχ⟨ε⟩ίας τῆς γυναικός τοῦ Ἀτρέως καὶ τῆς βορᾶς τοῦ Θυέστου —Ab

TRANSLATION: (The ‘misfortune of the house’ refers to) the adultery of the wife of Atreus and the eating (of his children) by Thyestes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 811.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ συμφορᾶς δόμων⟩: διπλῶς συντακτέον τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν. —V³

TRANSLATION: ‘Of the Atreids’ is to be construed in two ways (with ‘house’ as well as with ‘prosperity and excellence’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: V³ understood the dative Ἀτρείδαις in 810 as serving for the genitive Ἀτρειδῶν (or intended to change the text of 810 to that case: sch. 810.29) and construed both back to 807 and forward to δόμων.

Or. 812.01 (812–815) (rec exeg) ⟨ὁπότε χρυσέας … γενναίων τεκέων⟩: ¹Ἀτρεὺς ὁ Πέλοπος βασιλεύων Πελοποννήσου ηὔξατο ποτὲ ὅ τι ἂν κάλλιστον ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις αὐτοῦ γεννηθῇ, τοῦτο Ἀρτέμιδι θῦσαι. ²γεννηθείσης δὲ αὐτῷ χρυσᾶς ἀρνὸς τῆς εὐχῆς ἠμέλησε καὶ καθείρξας εἰς λάρνακα ἐφύλαττε. ³μέγα δέ τι φρονήσας ἐπὶ τῷ κτήματι κομπάζει ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγορᾶς. ⁴ἠνίασε τοῦτο Θυέστην, καὶ ὑπῆλθεν ὡς ἐρῶν πεῖσαι τὴν Ἀερόπην δοῦναι αὐτῷ τὸ κτῆμα, λαβὼν δὲ ἀντεῖπε τῷ ἀδελφῷ ὡς οὐ δεόντως κομπάζοντι. ⁵ἔλεγε δὲ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ πλήθει δεῖν καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν τὸν τὴν χρυσᾶν ἄρνα ἔχοντα. ⁶τοῦτο δὲ ὁμολογοῦντος καὶ τοῦ Ἀτρέως, Ζεὺς Ἑρμῆν πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Ἀτρέα συνθέσθαι λέγων περὶ τῆς βασιλείας καὶ δηλοῖ περὶ τῆς ἀνατολῆς ὅτι μέλλει ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐναντίαν ὁδὸν ὁ ἥλιος. ⁷συνθεμένου δὲ περὶ τούτου ὁ ἥλιος τὴν δύσιν εἰς ἀνατολὰς ἐποιήσατο· ⁸ὅθεν ἐκμαρτυρήσαντος τοῦ δαιμονίου τὴν πλεονεξίαν Θυέστου, τὴν βασιλείαν Ἀτρεὺς παρέλαβε καὶ Θυέστην ἐφυγάδευσεν. —VRw

TRANSLATION: Atreus the son of Pelops, being king of the Peloponnesus, once made a vow to sacrifice to Artemis whatever finest (animal) may be born in his flocks. When a golden lamb was born for him, he neglected his vow and kept it, having confined it in a chest. Having become really proud of this possession he brags in the marketplace. This pained Thyestes, and he beguiled Aerope as if in love with her, to persuade her to give him the possession. When he got it, he spoke against his brother, saying he was boasting improperly. And he himself said among the populace that the one who has the golden lamb should also have the kingship. When Atreus too agreed with this, Zeus sends Hermes to Atreus, telling him to make an agreement (with Thyestes) concerning the kingship, and he reveals (his plan) about the sunrise, that the sun is going to make the opposite journey. After he (Atreus) made the agreement about this, the sun made its setting to the east. And when the divine power had borne witness to the greedy usurpation of Thyestes, Atreus recovered the kingship and sent Thyestes into exile.

POSITION: marg. V; between 820.03 and 823.06 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 after πέλοπος add. υἱὸς Rw | γεννηθῇ] sch. Il., γεννηθῆναι· καὶ VRw | 2 χρυσοῦ Rw | 3 τῷ κτήματι] sch. Il., τ()῀ κτήμ()τ() V, τοῦ κτήματος Rw | τῆς ἀγορᾶς] Schw., τῆ ἀγορᾶ Rw, τ()῀ ἀγρ()῀ V [read as τοῦ ἀγροῦ Dind. and Schw., but could be τῆς ἀγ(ο)ρ(ᾶς)], κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν sch. Il. | 4 ὑπελθὼν ὡς ἐρῶν ἔπεισε Schw. (based on indirect discourse version ὑπελθόντα ὡς ἐρῶντα πεῖσαι sch. Il.) | 5 δεῖν καὶ] δεῖ με Rw | τὸν τὴν] V, τὸν Rw (τὸν τὸν Dindorf as if in V, but τ(ὴν) probable despite some damage) | χρυσᾶν ἄρνα] Schw. (χρυ()῀ ἄρνα V), χρυσῆν ἄρνα sch. Il., χρυσοῦν ἀρνὸν Rw, χρυσοῦν ἄρνα Dind. | 6 ὁμολογοῦντα V | 7 συνθεμένου] sch. Il., συνθέμενος Rw, perhaps V (συνθεμ()ν() with acute after it, ambig. placed) | ἀνατολὰς] Rw, sch. Il., ἀνατ()λ()(όν) V (\΄, app. a misinterpretation of a sign for ας) | 8 ἐκμαρτ‑ sch. Il., εἰσμαρτ‑ VRw | πλεονεξίαν om. V (τὴν Θυέστου πλεονεξίαν sch. Il.)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πελοπονήσου Rw | θύσαι V | 4 ἀρρόπην Rw | 6–7 ἥλιος twice written as symbol V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.180,24–181,11; Dind. II.211,26–212,12

COMMENT: Schwartz wrongly ascribed this note to V¹. It is crowded in the right margin of 47v, with the last phrase entered separately below the bottom block. V uses more truncation than usual here because of the limited space. | In 7 perhaps Rw’s συνθέμενος could be kept as Byzantine nominative absolute. In 8, V’s source probably had τὴν πλεον. θυέστου like Rw and not the order of Sch. Il., since the omission occurs at the point of transition from side margin to corner of page below the bottom block. | This is very similar to Sch. D Il. 2.106 Heyne Ἀτρεὺς ὁ Πέλοπος, βασιλεύων τῆς Πελοποννήσου, ηὔξατό ποτε, ὅ, τι ἂν κάλλιστον ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις αὐτοῦ γεννηθῇ, τοῦτο Ἀρτέμιδι θῦσαι. γεννηθείσης δὲ αὐτῷ χρυσῆς ἀρνὸς, τῆς εὐχῆς μετημέλησεν, καὶ καθείρξας αὐτὴν εἰς λάρνακα ἐφύλαττε. μέγα δέ τι φρονῶν ἐπὶ τῷ κτήματι, κομπάζει κατὰ τὴν ἀγοράν. Ἀνιώμενον δὲ ἐπὶ τουτῷ Θυέστην, ὑπελθόντα ὡς ἐρῶντα, πεῖσαι Ἀερόπην, ἐκδοῦναι αὐτῷ τὸ κτῆμα· λαβόντα δὲ, ἀντειπεῖν τῷ ἀδελφῷ, ὡς οὐ δεόντως περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου κομπάζει. αὐτὸς δὲ ἔλεγεν ἐν τῷ πλήθει, δεῖν καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν τὸν τὴν χρυσῆν ἄρνα ἔχοντα. τοῦτο δὲ ὁμολογοῦντος καὶ Ἀτρέως, Ζεὺς Ἑρμῆν πέμπει πρὸς Ἀτρέα, συνθέσθαι λέγων περὶ τῆς βασιλείας, καὶ δηλοῦν τὰ περὶ τῆς ἀνατολῆς, διότι μέλλει ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐναντίαν ὁδὸν ὁ ἥλιος. συνθεμένου δὲ περὶ τούτων, ὁ ἥλιος τὴν δύσιν εἰς ἀνατολὰς ἐποιήσατο. ὅθεν ἐκμαρτυρήσαντος τοῦ δαιμονίου τὴν Θυέστου πλεονεξίαν, τὴν βασιλείαν Ἀτρεὺς παρέλαβε, καὶ Θυέστην ἐφυγάδευσεν. | The narrative in VRw is somewhat unclear: Atreus appears to agree that whoever displays the golden lamb will be king, but thereafter makes an agreement whereby he wins with Zeus’ aid, as if the agreement were that whoever displays the most amazing wonder will rule. Thyestes’ period of rule after proving his possession of the golden lamb is thus elided.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 812.02 (812–15) (rec exeg) ⟨ὁπότε χρυσέας … γενναίων τεκέων⟩: ¹Ἀτρεὺς ὁ Πέλοπος βασιλεύων τῆς Πελοποννήσου ηὔξατο ποτὲ ὅ τι ἐὰν κάλλιστον ἀρνίον γεννηθῇ ἐν τῷ ποιμνίῷ, τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι θυσιάσαι τοῦτο. ²εὐθὺς δὲ ἐγεννήθη ἐν τῷ ποιμνίῳ χρυσοῦς ἀρνὸς, καὶ διὰ τὸ ἐπέραστον ἠμέλησε τῆς εὐχῆς. ³ὁ δὲ Ζεὺς τὸν Ἑρμῆν πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Ἀτρέα ὅπως ποιήσῃ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν Θυέστου κληρονόμῃ. ⁴καὶ ποιήσας οὕτως τὴν βασιλείαν Θυέστου ἀδελφοῦ ἐκληρονόμει. ⁵βασιλεύσας δὲ ἔτεκε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Μενέλαον. ⁶μέλλων δὲ πάλιν(?) τελευτᾶν Ἀτρεὺς τὴν βασιλείαν Θυέστῃ καταλιμπάνει ὅπως ἀνδριθέντι Ἀγαμέμνονι ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ τὴν βασιλείαν. ⁷ἔχοντες γὰρ, ὡς φασὶ τινὲς, οἱ Ἀτρεῖδαι τὸ χρυσοῦν ἐκεῖνο δέρας τοῦ χρυσομάλλου ἀρνείου, ὡς πατρικόν τι καὶ ἐξαίρετον σημεῖον ἐπιφέροντες, ⁸καὶ διὰ τὸ ψευσθῆναι εἰς τὴν θεὸν—καὶ οὐ τελείως τὴν θυσίαν ἀνέφερον—πολλὰς συμφορὰς καὶ χαλεπὰς καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ καὶ οἱ ἔκγονοι εἴδησαν. —Rf

TRANSLATION: Atreus son of Pelops, being king of the Peloponnesus, once vowed to sacrifice to Artemis whatever finest lamb may be born in his flock. And straightaway a golden lamb was born in the flock, and because of its beauty he neglected his vow. And Zeus sends Hermes to Atreus so that he will make the promise and obtain the kingship of Thyestes. And having done thus, he obtained the kingship of his brother Thyestes. Having become king, he sired Agamemnon and Menelaus. And in turn when about to die Atreus leaves the kingship to Thyestes so that when Agamemnon comes of age he will give the kingship to him. For the Atreids, having, as some people say, that golden fleece of the golden-fleeced lamb, carrying it [or: bringing it forth?] as a kind of special ancestral symbol, and because they were deceitful toward the goddess and they did not completely offer up the sacrifice, both the sons and their offspring knew many harsh misfortunes.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. Rf

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐπέραστον] Dind. without note, ἐπάραστον Rf [same corruption in Photius ε 1369 ἐπάραστοι· ἐπαγωγοί] | 6 ἀνδριθέντ() Rf, ἀνδρωθέντι Dind. without note | ἀγαμέμνονι] Dind. without note, ἀγαμέμνων Rf | 8 εἴδοισαν Rf, del. Dind. (reading τελεῖν for τελείως, with different punct.)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.212,13–26

COMMENT: For ἀνδριθέντι instead of ἀνδρισθέντι, TLG offers two instances in Byzantine texts (ἀνδριθέν, ἀνδιθέντος). The style here is very informal, not to say ungrammatical, and it is not good method to classicize it or smooth its roughness.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage | mythography | ἱστορία

Or. 812.03 (812–815) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὁπότε χρυσέας … γενναίων τεκέων⟩: ὁπότε περὶ τῆς ἀρνὸς ἦλθε †μεγάλης δεινῆς† τοῖς Ἀτρείδαις σφάγια καὶ θοινήματα τῶν εὐγενῶν τέκνων —Pr

POSITION: follows sch. 812.21 (with large blank space separating) Pr

APP. CRIT.: e.g. μεγάλη καὶ δεινὴ ἔρις (cf. sch. 811.14 app.) | εὐγενῶν] ἐμῶν Pr

Or. 812.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὁπότε χρυσέας … γενναίων τεκέων⟩: ¹Πέλοπος Ἀτρεὺς καὶ Θυέστης ἦσαν υἱοί. ²Ἀτρεὺς δὲ τὸν ἀμφιμήτριον ἀδελφὸν αὐτῶν Χρύσιππον ἀγαπώμενον ἀμέτρως ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν φθονήσας εἰς φρέαρ ἀποπνίγει. ³ὃ μαθὼν Πέλοψ ἐξώρισεν αὐτόν. ⁴ὕστερον δὲ μετὰ θάνατον Πέλοπος ἐπανῆλθε, καὶ ἑκάτερος αὐτῶν τῆς βασιλείας ἀντεποιεῖτο, ⁵Ἀτρεὺς μὲν, ὡς πρῶτος ὢν κατὰ νόμους, Θυέστης δὲ τοῖς νόμοις ἐναντιούμενος. ⁶συνέθεντο οὖν ὡς, εἴ τις αὐτῶν δείξει τι τέρας, κύριος ἔσεσθαι τῆς ἀρχῆς. ⁷ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις δὲ τοῦ Ἀτρέως εὕρηται χρυσοῦν ἀρνίον μήνιδι Ἑρμοῦ, ὅτι τὸν τούτου υἱὸν Μυρτίλον εἰς Γεραιστὸν ἀκρωτήριον Εὐβοίας κατεθαλάττωσε Πέλοψ. ⁸καὶ μέλλοντος Ἀτρέως δεῖξαι τὸ τέρας τοῖς δικασταῖς καὶ λαβεῖν τὴν ἀρχὴν, Ἀερόπη ἡ τούτου γυνὴ, μοιχευομένη Θυέστῃ τῷ ἀνδραδέλφῳ, κλέψασα τοῦτο δέδωκεν αὐτῷ. ⁹Θυέστης δὲ λαβὼν τοῦτο καὶ δείξας τοῖς δικασταῖς τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐκράτησε. ¹⁰μὴ ἀνασχόμενος οὖν Ἀτρεὺς τὴν συμφορὰν καὶ δυσχεραίνων ὅτι ἀδίκως ἐστέρηται τῆς ἀρχῆς, ὁμοῦ τε τὴν γυναῖκα Ἀερόπην τιμωρεῖται κατ’ ἄμφω, ¹¹καὶ ὅτι ἐμοιχᾶτο Θυέστῃ καὶ ὅτι κέκλοφε τὸ ἀρνίον καὶ δέδωκεν αὐτῷ, ῥίψας αὐτὴν εἰς θάλατταν, ὥς φησι Σοφοκλῆς [Aj. 1297], ¹²καὶ τοὺς τρεῖς υἱοὺς τοῦ Θυέστου, Ἀγλαὸν, Ὀρχομενὸν καὶ Κάλεον κτείνας παρέθηκεν εἰς τράπεζαν τῷ πατρὶ, καὶ αὐτὸν ὕστερον ἀπέκτεινε. ¹³δι’ ἃ ἥλιος μὴ στέρξας τὸ παράνομον μίαν ἡμέραν ἐκ δυσμῶν πρὸς ἕω διφρεύει. ¹⁴σὺν αὐτῷ δὲ καὶ αἱ Πλειάδες τὴν ἐναντίαν ὁδὸν ἐβάδισαν. —ZZaZlZmTGu, partial Zb

TRANSLATION: Atreus and Thyestes were sons of Pelops. Atreus, because of jealousy of their half-brother from a different mother, Chrysippus, who was immoderately doted on by their father, drowns him in a well. When Pelops learned of this, he exiled him. He returned from exile later after the death of Pelops, and each of them laid claim to the kingship, Atreus as being first (in line) according to laws/customs, but Thyestes acting against laws/customs. So they made a compact that if any of them will display some portent, he will be empowered with the rule. In the flocks of Atreus was found a golden lamb because of the wrath of Hermes caused by the fact that Pelops had thrown into the sea at Geraestus, a promontory of Euboea, the son of this (god), Myrtilus. And when Atreus was on the point of displaying the portent to the judges and acquiring the rule, Aerope, his wife, who was engaging in adultery with her brother-in-law Thyestes, stole it and gave it to him. Thyestes, taking this and displaying it to the judges, got control of the rule. Not enduring this misfortune and full of resentment at having been unjustly deprived of the rule, Atreus both avenges himself on Aerope for both things—both because she was committing adultery with Thyestes and because she had stolen the lamb and given it to him—by casting her into the sea, as Sophocles says, and after killing the three sons of Thyestes, Aglaus, Orchomenus, and Kaleus, set them before his father for dinner and later killed Thyestes himself. Because of these things the sun, not tolerating the transgressive act, rides his chariot for one day from the west to the east, and together with him the Pleiades too traveled their course in reverse.

LEMMA: label ἱστορία περὶ ἀτρέως καὶ θυέστου T, ἱστορία Gu REF. SYMBOL: ZlZm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.210,19–211,16

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Sophocles | mythography | ἱστορία

Or. 812.05 (812–815) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁπότε χρυσέας … γενναίων τεκέων⟩: ζήτει τὴν ἱστορίαν τῆς χρυσῆς ἀρνὸς ἔμπροσθεν εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ β Σοφοκλέους. —Yf

TRANSLATION: Look for the narrative of the golden lamb later (in this codex) at the beginning of the second (drama) of Sophocles.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: One would expect the narrative (see next scholion) to be found in the prefatory items accompanying Sophocles’ Electra, second in the triad, but it is in fact found on fol. 211r of Yf among the preliminary texts at the beginning of Ajax (first of the triad).

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 812.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁπότε χρυσέας … γενναίων τεκέων⟩: ¹Πέλοψ γεννᾷ υἱοὺς τρεῖς, Ἀτρέα, Θυέστην, Χρύσιππον. ἠγαπᾶτο οὖν ὡς εὐειδὴς καὶ ὕστατος πλέον τῶν ἄλλων ὁ Χρύσιππος ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου πατρός. ²φθονήσας ὁ Ἀτρεὺς τὸν ἴδιον ἀδελφὸν Χρύσιππον ἀπέκτεινε, καὶ κτείνας εἰς φρέαρ βαθὺ ἐνέβαλε. ³τοῦτο γνοὺς ὁ πατὴρ τὸν Ἀτρέα ἐξώρισε, τελευτῶν δὲ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ τῷ Θυέστῃ κατέλιπεν. ⁴εἶτα μετὰ μόρον τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ Ἀτρεὺς ἐλθὼν τὴν βασιλείαν ἐξαιτεῖν ἤθελε, ὡς πρῶτος υἱὸς καὶ κατὰ νόμους αἰτῶν, ὁ δὲ Θυέστης οὐ παρεχώρει. ⁵μόλις οὖν ἄμφω στοιχήσαντες ὡς εἴ τις τοῖς δικασταῖς τέρας τι ἐπιδείξει τὴν βασιλέιαν ἀναμφιβόλως κρατεῖν, ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις τοῦ Ἀτρέως χρυσοῦν ἀρνίον ἐγεννήθη. ⁶ἡ δὲ γυνὴ τούτου μοιχευομένη παρὰ τοῦ Θυέστου, λαβοῦσα λάθρα τοῦτο τῷ Θυέστῃ παρέδωκεν. ⁷ὁ δὲ τοῖς δικασταῖς ἐμφανίζει, οἱ δὲ κυρῶσι τούτῳ τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν. ⁸μετέπειτα δὲ τὸ πραχθὲν γνοὺς ὁ Ἀτρεὺς τὴν ἰδίαν γυναῖκα ἔρριψεν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Θυέστου φονεύει καὶ ἑψητὸν ποιήσας τῷ ἰδίῳ πατρὶ εἰς βορὰν παρέθηκε. ⁹τελευταῖον καὶ τὸν Θυέστην κτείνει καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν λαμβάνει. ¹⁰ἐξ οὗ καὶ μυθεύονται ὡς ὁ ἤλιος ἰδὼν τὴν παρανομίαν ταύτην καὶ μὴ ἐνεγκὼν τὸν ἴδιον δρόμον βαδίζειν κατέλιπε καὶ πρὸς ἑτέραν ζώνην τοῦ οὐρανοῦ προσεχώρησε, διὸ καὶ αἱ Πλειάδες αὐτῷ ἀκολουθοῦσιν. —Yf

TRANSLATION: Pelops sires three sons, Atreus, Thyestes, and Chrysippus. Now then, Chrysippus was beloved by his own father more than the others because he was beautiful and last-born. Having become jealous, Atreus killed his own brother Chrysippus, and after killing him threw (the body) into a deep well. When his father learned of this, he exiled Atreus, and when he died he left his kingship to Thyestes. Then after the death of his father Atreus came and wanted to demand the kingship, as first-born son and as making his request in accordance with laws/customs, but Thyestes did not give way. After they just barely reached an agreement that if anyone will display some portent to the judges he will hold the kingship without dispute, a golden lamb was born in the flocks of Atreus. But his wife, being in an adulterous relationship with Thyestes, took this (lamb) secretly and turned it over to Thyestes. He shows it to the judges, and they ratify for him his possession of the kingship. Afterwards, when Atreus learned what had been done, he cast his own wife into the sea and he kills the son of Thyestes and after cooking him set him before his father to eat. Finally, he kills Thyestes too and takes the kingship. As a result they also tell the story that the sun, when he saw this transgression and did not abide it, abandoned going along his own course and headed to a different zone of the sky, wherefore the Pleiades too follow him.

POSITION: on fol. 211r among the preliminary texts at the beginning of Soph. Ajax (see prev.); follows sch. 5.02a

APP. CRIT.: 4 ἐξαιτῶν Yf | γνοὺς] γοὺς a.c. Yf | 8 εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν om., s.l. add. Yf

APP. CRIT. 2: 5 τί Yf | 10 πλειάδαις Yf

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 812.06a (pllgn exeg) ¹ὁ Ἀτρεὺς λαβὼν τὴν Ἀερόπην τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα συγκοιμωμένην μετὰ τοῦ οἰκείου οἰκέτου δέδωκεν αὐτὴν τῷ Πλεισθένῃ ὅπως ῥίψῃ αὐτὴν βορὰν τοῖς ἰχθύσι. ²ὁ δὲ λαβὼν αὐτὴν ἔσχεν ὡς παλ⟨λ⟩ακίδα. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: When he caught Aerope, his own wife, sleeping with his own household slave, Atreus gave her to Pleisthenes for him to cast her (into the sea) as food for the fish. But when he (Pleisthenes) received her, he took her as his mistress.

POSITION: on fol. 210v, among miscellaneous mythographic notes before Ajax

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 812.07 (812–813) (mosch exeg) ὁπότε χρυσέας ἔρις: ¹ὁπότε ἦλθε τοῖς Τανταλίδαις, ἤγουν τοῖς ἀπογόνοις τοῦ Ταντάλου, ἡ ἔρις τῆς χρυσῆς ἀρνὸς. ²ἔρις γὰρ τινὸς λέγεται καὶ ἣν ἐρίζει αὐτὸς πρός τινα, καὶ ἣν ἐρίζει τις πρὸς αὐτὸν, καὶ ἣν ἕτεροι ἐρίζουσι περὶ αὐτοῦ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrF⁴

TRANSLATION: When there came to the Tantalids, that is, the descendants of Tantalus, the strife of the golden lamb. For ‘strife of someone’ is the term used for a strife that someone engages in oneself with any person, a strife that any person engages in with someone, and a strife that other people engage in over him (that someone).

LEMMA: G POSITION: precedes sch. 807.04 F⁴

APP. CRIT.: 1 χρυσὸς app. X | after ἀρνὸς add. ἤγουν ἡ περὶ τῆς χρυσῆς ἀρνός T | 2 ἣν ἐρίζει αὐτὸς πρός τινα καὶ om. XaY | τινα καὶ ἣν ἐρίζει τις πρὸς om. F⁴ | ἐρίζουσιν ἕτεροι transp. T

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τίς all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.210,12–15

Or. 812.15 (tri metr) ⟨(χρυ)σέας⟩: συνίζησις —T

TRANSLATION: Synizesis.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 59

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 812.16 (tri metr) ⟨χρυσέας⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 59

Or. 812.20 (rec exeg) ἀρνὸς: ¹ἡ Ἀερόπη γυνὴ ἦν τοῦ Ἀτρέως, μήτηρ δὲ Ἀγαμέμνονος καὶ Μενελάου. ²γεννᾶται δέ ἐν τῷ ποιμνίῳ αὐτοῦ χρυσοῦς ἀρνὸς, ³καὶ περὶ βασιλείας μετὰ Θυέστου τοῦ ἀδελφου αὐτοῦ ὁ Ἀτρεὺς ἀμφισβητῶν καὶ δι’ ἔργων ἔχων δείξειν λέγει{ν} τίνι προσήκει τὸ βασιλεύειν. ⁴καὶ γὰρ ἤλπιζεν εἰς τὸν χρυσοῦν ἄρνα. ⁵ἡ Ἀερόπη μοιχευθεῖσα παρὰ τοῦ Θυέστου τοῦ ἀνδραδέλφου αὐτῆς κλέπτει τὸν ἄρνα καὶ τῷ Θυέστῃ δίδωσι τοῦτον. ⁶δι’ ὃ καὶ διαλαμβάνεται παρὰ τοῦ χοροῦ καὶ κακίζει τὸ γινόμενον. —Rf

TRANSLATION: Aerope was the wife of Atreus and mother of Agamemnon and Menelaus. A golden lamb is born in his flock, and Atreus, disputing with his brother Thyestes about the kingship and having (it) through deeds(?) says he will show to whom it is fitting to be king. For he had his hopes in the golden lamb. Aerope, having been seduced by her brother-in-law Thyestes, steals the lamb and gives this to Thyestes. For which reason it is treated in detail(?) by the chorus and (the chorus) reproaches what happened.

LEMMA: Rf REF. SYMBOL: Rf

APP. CRIT.: 3 δι’ ἔργων] Dind., διέργων Rf | λέγει{ν} Mastr. | 4 χρυσὸν Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀγαμέμνωνος Rf | 2 γεννᾶτε Rf | 5 μοιχευθῆσα Rf | 6 παρα Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.211,17–24

COMMENT: δι’ ἔργων ἔχων in 3 is obscure and there may be corruption in this phrase and extending after it; or perhaps the author intended ‘being able (to show) through deeds, he says he will show’.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 812.21 (rec gram) ⟨ἀρνός⟩: ¹ἡ εὐθεῖα ὁ ἄρς τοῦ ἀρνός τῷ ἀρνί τὸν ἄρνα. ²ἢ οὕτως, ὁ ῥήν καὶ κλίματι τοῦ ῥηνός καὶ τροπῇ τοῦ η εἰς α ῥανός καὶ ἐν ὑπερβιβασμῷ ἀρνός, ἡ δοτικὴ τῷ ἀρνί, ἡ αἰτιατικὴ τὸν ἄρνα. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: The nominative ‘ho ars’, (other cases) ‘tou arnos’, ‘tōi arni’, ‘ton arna’. Or (derived) thus: ‘ho rēn’ and by declension ‘tou rēnos’, and with a conversion of the eta to alpha ‘ranos’, and by metathesis ‘arnos’, the dative ‘tōi arni’, the accusative ‘ton arna’.

POSITION: follows sch. 819.08 (at bottom of page) with cross Pr

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸν ἄρνα] τὸν ἀρνὶ τὸν ἄρνα S | 2 καὶ κλίματι om. MnS

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἃρς S | 2 τροπὴ S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.210,17–19

COMMENT: Most of this etymology is closely matched by passages in Epimer. Homer. (e.g., α 182,2–9) and Etymologica (e.g. Et. Gud. 204,24–205,4 de Stefani), but the nominative form ἄρς is attested elsewhere only in Sch. rec. Genov. Hom Il. 1.94 Nicole, explaining ἀρητήρ as from ἄρς. On the possibility of a monosyllabic nominative see next scholion.

Or. 812.22 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀρνὸς⟩: ¹σημείωσαι ὅτι τὸ ἀρνὸς κατὰ τοὺς παλαιοὺς οὐκ ἀπὸ μονοσυλλάβου εὐθείας κλίνεται. ²ἄρρητος γὰρ ἡ τοιαύτη. ³ἀλλ’ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα δισύλλαβος ἀρ{ρ}ὴν ἀρ{ρ}ένος, καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ κατὰ συγκοπὴν τὸ ἀρνὸς, τῷ ἀρνὶ, καὶ ἡ λοιπὴ κλίσις. ⁴ἐτυμολογεῖται δὲ ἡ λέξις παρὰ τὴν ἀρὰν ὅ ἐστι τὴν εὐχήν, ὅτι τε ἐν εὐχαῖς παρελαμβάνετο τὸ ζῶον θυόμενον καὶ ὅτι ἄλλως εὐκταῖον ἦν ἡ τῶν τετραπόδων κτῆσις τοῖς παλαιοῖς. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Note that the word ‘arnos’ according to the ancients is not declined from a monosyllabic nominative. Such a nominative is not spoken (attested). But there is a disyllabic nominative ‘arēn’, (genitive) ‘arenos’, and from it by syncope ‘arnos’, ‘tōi arni’ and the remaining declension. The word is etymologized from ‘ara’ meaning ‘prayer’, because the animal, being sacrificed, used to be taken along in acts of prayer and because in any case the possession of four-footed (herd-)animals was, for the ancients, something to be prayed for.

APP. CRIT.: ἀρὴν ἀρένος] Eust. and others, ἀρρὴν ἀρρένος Y²

COMMENT: The etymology is well-attested in the usual sources (Photius α 2805, Et. Gen. α 1164, α 1209, etc.), but this is clearly taken from Eust. in Il. 1.66 [I.80,5–10] (who begins τὸ δὲ ἀρνῶν κατὰ … ) because it contains his distinctive phrases 1–3 οὐκ ἀπὸ … δισύλλαβος and 4 καὶ ὅτι … παλαιοῖς.

KEYWORDS: syncope

Or. 813.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἤλυθε Τανταλίδαις⟩: ¹ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ηὔξατο τῆ Ἀρτέμιδι λέγων εἴ τι κάλλιστον γεννηθῇ ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις αὐτοῦ δοῦναι αὐτῇ θυσίαν. ²ἐγεννήθη οὖν χρυσόμαλλον ἀρνίον, καὶ τὸ μὲν κρέας τοῦ ἀρνὸς ἔθυσε τῆ Ἀρτέμιδι, τοῦ δὲ δέρματος ἐφείσατο, ὃ εἶχεν εἰς φύλαξιν μεγάλην. ³περὶ τῆς βασιλείας οὖν ἐρίσαντες ἄμφω, ὅ τε Ἀτρεὺς καὶ Θυέστης, ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἔφη ἐκεῖνον δεῖ βασιλεύειν ὅστις τι τέρας τῶν θεῶν δείξει. ⁴ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἦν ἐλπίζων ὅτι ἐκεῖνος κέκτηται τὸ χρυσόμαλλον δέρμα. ⁵οὗ καὶ ἀπέτυχεν· ⁶ἔκλεψε γὰρ αὐτὸ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ Ἀερόπη καὶ ἔδωκε τῷ Θυέστῃ ὅστις ἐμοίχευεν αὐτὴν, οὐδαμῶς τοῦτο εἰδὼς ὁ Ἀτρεύς. ⁷τούτου δὲ γενομένου εἰς ἀπορίαν ἦλθεν ὁ Ἀτρεὺς. ⁸ὁ δὲ Ἑρμῆς φειδόμενος τοῦ Ἀτρέως συνεβούλευσεν αὐτῷ αἰτῆσαι τὸν Δία ἀνατεῖλαι τὸν ἥλιον ἀπὸ τοῦ μέρους τῆς δύσεως, ὃ καὶ ἐγένετο. ⁹καὶ οὕτω πάλιν ἐκράτησε τῆς βασιλείας. ¹⁰τὰς δὲ Πλειάδας ἐποίησεν ὁ Ζεὺς ἀνατεῖλαι ἀπὸ τοῦ μέρους τῆς ἀνατολῆς. —MnPrR^bS

TRANSLATION: Atreus made a vow to Artemis promising to give her as a sacrifice whatever finest animal may be born in his flocks. So then, a golden-fleeced lamb was born, and while he sacrificed the flesh of the lamb to Artemis, he spared the hide (from burning as a sacrifice), which he kept under very secure guard. So then, the two, Atreus and Thyestes, having come into strife about the kingship, Atreus said that that one ought to be king who will display some portent from the gods. Atreus was hopeful because he possessed the golden-fleeced hide. He in fact lost this. For his wife Aerope had stolen it and given it to Thyestes, who was her adulterous lover, with Atreus having no idea at all of this. When this happened, Atreus found himself at a loss. But Hermes, having compassion for Atreus, advised him to ask Zeus that the sun rise from the region of the setting, which indeed occurred. And thus he again took control of the kingship. And Zeus made the Pleiades rise from the region of the (sun’s) rising.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. Pr REF. SYMBOL: R^b at 813–814 POSITION: follows sch. 819.08 MnS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.212, app. at 13

KEYWORDS: mythography | ἱστορία

Or. 813.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Τανταλίδαις⟩: ¹ἤτοι Ἀτρεῖ καὶ Θυέστῃ. ²ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἐφόνευσε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ Θυέστου, ὁ δὲ Θυέστης τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀτρέως ἔγημεν, ἥτις ἦν Ἀερόπη. —R^b

TRANSLATION: (‘Tantalidae’,) that is, Atreus and Thyestes. Atreus murdered the sons of Thyestes; Thyestes had intercourse with the wife of Atreus, who was Aerope.

APP. CRIT.: τῆ γυναικὶ R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.209, app. at 26

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 811.03 in AbMnPrS.

Or. 814.13 (rec exeg) ⟨θύματα⟩: θοινήματα —K

TRANSLATION: (For ‘thumata’, ‘sacrifices’, there is a variant reading) ‘thoinēmata’ (‘feasts’).

LEMMA: thus in text K POSITION: s.l.

Or. 815.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨σφάγια⟩: σφαγαί —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Sphagia’ in the sense of) ‘sphagai’ (‘sacrificial slaughters’).

POSITION: s.l. except XG, prep. to sch. 816.13 G

APP. CRIT.: αἱ prep. T, καὶ αἱ prep. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.213,3

Or. 815.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨σφάγια⟩: σφάγια τὰ σφαζόμενα καὶ αἱ σφαγαί. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: ‘Sphagia’ are the victims being sacrificed and the acts of sacrificial slaughter.

POSITION: s.l. TYGr, marg. Xa, intermarg. Xb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.213,3

Or. 815.05 (tri metr) ⟨σφάγι(α)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς —T

TRANSLATION: (The two short syllables ‘sphagi’ are) in place of a single (long syllable).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 59

Or. 815.06 (vet exeg) γενναίων τεκέων: τῶν εὐγενῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θυέστου —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: The noble children of Thyestes.

LEMMA: Rw, σφάγια γενναίων τεκέων MC REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. MB, follows sch. 816.01 B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.181,12–13; Dind. II.213,4–5

Or. 815.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοκέων⟩: τεκέων —Z

TRANSLATION: (For ‘tokeōn’, ‘parents’, there is a variant reading) ‘tekeōn’ (‘children’).

LEMMA: thus in text Z POSITION: s.l.

Or. 815.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τέκνων⟩: τεκέων —Rf

TRANSLATION: (For ‘teknōn’, ‘children’, there is a variant reading) ‘tekeōn’ (‘children’).

LEMMA: thus in text Rf POSITION: s.l.

Or. 816.01 (816–818) (vet paraphr) ⟨ὅθεν … Ἀτρείδαις⟩: ἐξ ἐκείνου δὲ φόνοι συνεχεῖς καὶ ἀλλεπάλληλοι σφαγαὶ οὐ διαλείπουσι τὸν τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν οἶκον. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: From that (cause or time) continuous murders and slaughters one after another do not leave the house of the Atreids (with any respite).

POSITION: intermarg. MB; cont. from sch. 815.06 MCRw, follows sch. 815.06 B

APP. CRIT.: φόνου B, πόνοι Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.181,13–14; Dind. II.213,9–10

COMMENT: At first glance, Rw’s πόνοι might seem to support Willink’s emendation of the text to πόνῳ πόνοι, printed by Diggle. Unfortunately, the following καὶ ἀλλεπάλληλοι σφαγαὶ points in the direction of πόνοι being an error secondary to the reading φόνοι in the paraphrase.

Or. 816.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: ἀπ’ ἐκείνου τοῦ καιροῦ —ZZaZlGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Hothen’, ‘whence’, means) ‘from that (critical) moment’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.213,6

Or. 816.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: τὸ ὅθεν ἢ ἀπ’ ἐκείνου τοῦ καιροῦ, ὡς ἐντὸς, ἢ ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς αἰτίας, τῆς βρώσεως τῶν τέκνων. —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: ‘Hothen’ (‘whence’, means) either ‘from that moment’, as (glossed in the annotation) inside, or ‘from this cause’, the eating of the children.

REF. SYMBOL: Gu POSITION: s.l. Zm, marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ὅθεν ἢ om. Zm | ὡς ἐντὸς om. Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.213,6–8

COMMENT: ὡς ἐντὸς in Gu here refers to the relative positions of this and the previous annotation: sch. 816.03 is to the left, farther from the inner margin, and thus ‘inside’ 816.04 in terms of the page layout.

Or. 816.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: ἤγουν ἀφ’ οὗ καιροῦ —Ox²

TRANSLATION: (‘Hothen’, ‘whence’, means) ‘from which (critical) moment’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀφοῦ Ox²

Or. 816.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: καὶ ἀφ’ ἧς αἰτίας —Zc

TRANSLATION: (‘Hothen’, ‘whence’, means) ‘from which cause’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 816.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: καὶ ἐκ ταύτης τῆς αἰτίας —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Hothen’, ‘whence’, means) ‘and from this cause’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 816.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνῳ φόνος ἐξαμείβων⟩: ¹ὁ φόνος ὁ κατὰ διαδοχὴν γενόμενος δι’ αἵματος. ²τὸ γὰρ προγεγονὸς αἷμα ἤγουν ὁ {ὁ} πρότερος φόνος διεγείρει γενέσθαι τὸν δεύτερον, οὗτος δὲ τὸν τρίτον, εἶτα κατὰ διαδοχὴν τοὺς ἑξῆς. —Y²

TRANSLATION: The murder that occurred in succession through bloodshed. For the bloodshed that happened earlier, that is, the previous murder, incites the occurrence of the second one, and this one (incites) the third, then in succession the following ones.

REF. SYMBOL: Y²

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐδιέγειρεν s.l. Y²

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 816.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨φόνῳ φόνος ἐξαμείβων⟩: ἀλλεπάλληλοι σφαγαὶ —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 816.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨φόνῳ φόνος ἐξαμείβων⟩: φόνος φόνον διαδέχεται —C

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 816.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨φόνῳ φόνος ἐξαμείβων⟩: ἐπὶ φόνῳ φόνος δι’ αἵματος κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἐρχόμενος, φόνος φόνον διαδεχόμενος —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrCr²

TRANSLATION: On top of murder, murder coming in succession through bloodshed; murder succeeding to murder.

LEMMA: φόνῳ φόνος G REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaXbYYfCr², marg. Gr

APP. CRIT.: καὶ αἱ σφαγαὶ (= sch. 815.02) inserted between lemma and note G | after ἐρχ. add. ἤγουν T | φόνον] φόνου Y | οὐ προλείπει add. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.213,10–12

Or. 816.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φόνῳ φόνος ἐξαμείβων⟩: φόνος φόνον διαδεχόμενος —B^3a

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.213,8–9

Or. 816.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φόνῳ φόνος ἐξαμείβων⟩: φόνος φόνον διερχόμενος —Ox

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For διερχόμενος as a gloss on ἐξαμείνων, see sch. 816.24 (cf. 816.26). But the object φόνον here makes the choice odd, and perhaps διερχ‑ is a corruption of διαδεχ-.

Or. 816.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνος⟩: τῶν παίδων τοῦ Ἀτρέως —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Killing’, namely,) of the sons of Atreus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 817.05 (817–818) (vet exeg) οὐ προλείπει δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις: ¹τὰ θατέρῳ συμβάντα κατὰ ἀμφοτέρων ἐξήνεγκεν. ²τί γὰρ δεινὸν ὁ Μενέλαος ἐπανελθὼν πέπονθεν; εἰ μὴ τὰ ἐν Ἰλίῳ δι’ αὐτὸν γενόμενα λέγει κακά. || ³σύλληψις δὲ ὁ τρόπος· ⁴τὸ γὰρ ἑτέρῳ συμβὰν κατ’ ἀμφοτέρων ἔταξεν. —MBVCPr, partial RwSa

TRANSLATION: He has expressed what happened to one of the two as if applying to both. For what terrible thing did Menelaus suffer once he returned home? Unless he is speaking of the evils that occurred at Ilium because of him. || The figure is syllepsis, for he assigned to both what happened to one of them.

LEMMA: B(δισσοῖς)C, οὐ προλείπει M, δι’ αἵματος οὐ προλείπει V, δισσοῖσι Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: follows sch. 819.05 C

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξήνεγκε BVCPr | 4 συμβᾶν CRw | κατὰ V | ἔταξε C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.181,15–18; Dind. II.213,14–17

COMMENT: There is no attestation of Pr’s κακοσύλληψις in TLG, but someone could have thought it a legitimate word, as a compound on the model of κακοσύνθετον.

KEYWORDS: rare word | σύλληψις/συλληπτικόν

Or. 818.01 (rec exeg) ⟨δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις⟩: τρόπος τῆς συλλήψεως· τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα μόνον ἔδει εἰπεῖν, περιέλαβε καὶ τὸν Μενέλαον. —MnS

TRANSLATION: Figure of syllepsis: he should have mentioned only Agamemnon. He included also Menelaus.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς om. Mn

KEYWORDS: σύλληψις/συλληπτικόν

Or. 818.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις⟩: σύλληψις τὸ σχῆμα. —V³

TRANSLATION: The schema is syllepsis.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: σύλληψις/συλληπτικόν

Or. 818.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις⟩: συλληπτικὸν τὸ σχῆμα. —FZu

TRANSLATION: Schema expressing a syllepsis.

POSITION: marg. F, s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: τὸ σχῆμα om. F

KEYWORDS: σύλληψις/συλληπτικόν

Or. 818.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις⟩: ¹ἢ τῷ Ἀτρεῖ καὶ τῷ Θυέστῃ, ἢ τῷ Μενέλεῳ καὶ τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι. ²ὅρα τὸ δισσοῖσιν. ³ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων ἔπαθε καὶ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ δεινὰ ὑποστρέψας. ⁴πῶς οὖν οὕτως λέγει δισσοῖσιν; ⁵ὁ γὰρ Μενέλαος πάρεξ ὧν ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν ἕτερον συνέβη αὐτῷ δεινὸν. ⁶οὗτος [ca. 6–7]εν τοὺς δύο· ⁷ἀλλ’ ἔστι κατὰ σύλληψιν τὸ σχῆμα. —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Two Atreids’ indicates) either Atreus and Thyestes, or Menalaus and Agamemnon. Observe (the use of) ‘two’. Agamemnon suffered terrible things also at home after returning. How then does he thus say ‘two’? For Menelaus, apart from what he suffered in Troy, nothing else terrible befell him. [But?] he [mentioned] the two. But the figure is one using syllepsis.

REF. SYMBOL: V³ POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: 6 e.g., οὗτος [δὲ εἴρηκ]εν

KEYWORDS: σύλληψις/συλληπτικόν

Or. 818.05 (thom exeg) ⟨δισσοῖσιν Ἀτρείδαις⟩: Ἀγαμέμνονι καὶ Μενελάῳ —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 818.11 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 59

Or. 819.01 (819–830) (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ κώλων ιβ´ —T

TRANSLATION: Antistrophe of twelve cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 59

Or. 819.02 (819–822) (vet exeg) τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν: ¹τὸ καλῶς δοκοῦν γεγενῆσθαι οὐ καλῶς ἀπέβη τῷ Ὀρέστῃ. ²τί δέ ἐστι; ³τὸ ἀπηνεῖ χειρὶ διατεμεῖν τὸ σῶμα τῶν γονέων καὶ ᾑμαγμένον ἀνατεῖναι τὸ ξίφος εἰς τὰς τοῦ ἡλίου αὐγάς. —MBCRw, partial VGu

TRANSLATION: What seems to have come about well did not turn out well for Orestes. And what is this? To cut the body of parents with a merciless hand and stretch out the bloodied sword to the rays of the sun.

LEMMA: BRw, τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν τεκέων C REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: s.l. VGu

APP. CRIT.: 1 τῶ ὀρέστη, οὐ καλῶς ἀπέβη transp. RwGu | 2–3 τί δέ κτλ om. VGu | 3 ἀντιτεῖναι Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.181,19–21; Dind. II.214,7–9

Or. 819.03 (819–822) (pllgn exeg) καὶ γέγονε τὸ δόξαν ὡς καλὸν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, ἤγουν τὸ κτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, οὐ καλόν· τὸ φονεῦσαι δηλαδὴ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ δεῖξαι τὸ βεβαμμένον ἐν τῷ αἵματι ξίφος εἰς τὰς αὐγὰς τοῦ ἡλίου. —Xo²

TRANSLATION: And the thing that seemed as if fine to Orestes, namely, killing his mother, turned out to be not fine. Namely, to murder his mother and show the sword that has been dipped in the blood to the rays of the sun.

LEMMA: label πγ POSITION: beside 820–821, first lines of new page, Xo²

KEYWORDS: Pepagomenos (label πγ)

Or. 819.04 (819–822) (pllgn exeg) ¹ἢ οὕτως· τὸ γὰρ δεῖξαι τὸ ξίφος τὸ μέλαν εἰς τὰς αὐγὰς τοῦ ἡλίου τὸ ᾑμαγμένον τῷ αἵματι ²τὸ τέμνον ἐν πυριγενεῖ παλάμῃ τὸ σῶμα τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θυέστου καλὸν δόξαν τῷ Ἀτρεῖ, ³οὐ κτανεῖν καλὸν ἤγουν δίκαιον ἀπταίστων ὄντων αὐτῶν ὡς νηπίων. —Xo²

TRANSLATION: Or like this: for to show the black sword to the rays of the sun, the one bloodied with slaughter, the one cutting with fire-born hand the body of the children of Thyestes, which seemed fine to Atreus—it was not fine, that is, just, to kill (them), since as small children they were faultless.

LEMMA: label πγ

APP. CRIT.: 1 fourth τὸ] τὼ or τῶ Xo² | 3 κτανῶν Xo²

KEYWORDS: Pepagomenos (label πγ)

Or. 819.05 (819–821) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἔνιοι οὕτως· ἡ τιμωρία ἡ ὀφείλουσα ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπαιτηθῆναι σφοδρότερον ἀπῃτήθη. ²οὐ καλὸν, φησὶ, τὸ σῶμα τῶν γονέων, λέγει δὲ τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν, ἀπηνεῖ χειρὶ τέμνειν τὸν Ὀρέστην. —MVC

TRANSLATION: Some (explain) thus: The punishment that ought to have been demanded by Orestes on behalf of his father was demanded too violently. For it is not fine, he says, that Orestes cut with merciless hand the body of parents—he means Clytemnestra.

LEMMA: VC, in marg. M POSITION: follows sch. 819.07 MC, follows sch. 820.01 V

APP. CRIT.: τιμωρία ἡ] τιμωρίαν M | ὑπὸ] Dind., ἀπὸ MC, ἐκ V | ὑπὲρ] ὑπὸ V | τοῦ πατρὸς] Schw., ἀτρέως MVC

APP. CRIT. 2: δὲ φησὶ M | σώμα M | χερὶ τεμεῖν V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.181,24–27; Dind. II.215, app. at 13, and 213,20–23

Or. 819.07 (vet exeg) τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν: τὸ νομιζόμενον δὲ εἶναι καλὸν, ὁ κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς φόνος, ὅτι ἐπ’ ἐκδικίᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς γέγονεν, οὐ καλὸν τῷ μητροκτονήσαντι. —MVCR^b

TRANSLATION: The thing deemed to be fine—the murder of his mother—because it occurred to avenge his father, is not fine for the one who committed matricide.

LEMMA: V, τὸ καλὸν R^b REF. SYMBOL: VR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 820.01 MC

APP. CRIT.: δὲ om. R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπεκδικία C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.181,22–23; Dind. II.213,18–20

Or. 819.08 (rec exeg) τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν: τὸ δοκοῦν καλὸν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, ὅτι ἐμητροκτόνησε τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, οὐ καλόν. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: The thing that seems fine to Orestes, because he killed his mother in a matricide, is not fine.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.213, app. at 7

Or. 819.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν⟩: ὁ φόνος τῆς μοιχαλίδος Κλυταιμνήστρας οὐ καλῶς ἐγένετο διὰ τὸ φονευθῆναι παρὰ τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτῆς. —M²

TRANSLATION: The murder of the adulteress Clytemnestra did not come about well because she was killed by her son.

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: μειχαλίδ() M² | κλυτεμν‑ M²

Or. 819.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν⟩: τὸ δόξαν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν ἐγένετο, λέγω τὸ τέμνειν. ἢ τὸ καλὸν δόξαν Ὀρέστῃ οὐ καλὸν ἀπέβη αὐτῷ. —V^2/3

TRANSLATION: The thing that seemed fine to Orestes did not prove to be fine, I mean the cutting (etc.). Or the thing that seemed fine to Orestes did not turn out fine for Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: app. τὸ δόξαν … ἐγένετο by V², λέγω τὸ κτλ by V³

Or. 819.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν⟩: διπλῶς σύνταξον. —V³

TRANSLATION: Construe in two (possible) ways.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The note refers to the prev. as supplemented by V³.

Or. 819.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν⟩: καὶ τὸ καλῶς δοκοῦν γεγενῆσθαι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, ἤγουν τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα, οὐ καλῶς ἀπέβη. —Zu

TRANSLATION: The thing that seemed to Orestes to have been well done, namely, killing his mother, did not turn out well.

REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: marg.

Or. 819.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν⟩: τὸ νομιζόμενον παρὰ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ καλὸν οὐ καλὸν ἐγένετο δηλονότι. —F

TRANSLATION: The thing that was believed to be fine in Orestes’ judgment turned out, clearly, not fine.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 819.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν⟩: δόξαν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ. ἔστι δὲ τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ. —V²

TRANSLATION: (‘The fine thing’) that seemed so to Orestes. And it is the act of killing his mother.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 819.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν⟩: τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα τὸν Ὀρέστην. —B²

TRANSLATION: (‘The fine thing’ is) that Orestes kill his mother.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 819.16 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν⟩: δοκοῦν —O

TRANSLATION: (‘The fine thing’, that is,) seeming so.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 819.17 (recThom exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν⟩: τὸ δοκοῦν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —AbMnPrSaZZaZlZmTGGuOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘The fine thing’) seeming so to Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. PrSaZmT | after δοκοῦν add. καλὸν Ab | at end γενέσθαι add. Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.214,10

Or. 819.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ καλὸν⟩: δόξαν αὐτῷ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘The fine thing’) that seemed so to Orestes himself.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 819.21 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ καλόν⟩: ὅτι ἐμητροκτόνησε —Ab

TRANSLATION: (‘Not fine’) because he committed matricide.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 819.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ καλόν⟩: ἤγουν ὁ φόνος ὁ μητρικὸς οὐ καλὸν ἐγένετο καὶ ἀπέβη αὐτῷ. —Y²

TRANSLATION: That is, the killing of his mother did not come about, that is, turn out as fine for him.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 819.27 (819–820) (rec exeg) ⟨τοκέων πυριγενεῖ τέμνειν παλάμᾳ⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὁ λόγος. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: The statement refers to Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 820.01 (vet exeg) πυριγενεῖ τέμνειν παλάμᾳ: ἀπηνεῖ καὶ θρασείᾳ καὶ ἀνημέρῳ, ὡς ἂν ἐκ πυρὸς γεγενημένῃ —MBVC

TRANSLATION: (‘Fire-born’ in the sense) cruel and reckless and wild, as if created from fire.

LEMMA: C, πυριγενεῖ B, ἄλλως V POSITION: intermarg. B; between sch. 819.02 and sch. 819.07 MC (M without separation from 819.02); follows sch. 820.03 V

APP. CRIT.: θρασεῖ MC | app. γεγενημένος M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.182,4–5; Dind. II.214,11–12

Or. 820.02 (rec exeg) πυριγενεῖ τέμνειν: ἀπηνεῖ καὶ θρασείᾳ καὶ ἀνημέρῳ, ὡς ἂν ἐκ πυρὸς θερμαινομένη. ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ θερμῇ. —Rw

TRANSLATION: (‘Fire-born’ in the sense) cruel and reckless and wild, as if made hot by fire; or equivalent to ‘hot, impassioned’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 820.03 (vet exeg) ⟨πυριγενεῖ τέμνειν παλάμᾳ⟩: τῷ ξίφει, ἐπεὶ ὑπὸ πυρὸς παλαμᾶται —MBOVCRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Purigenei palamāi’ refers to) the sword, since it is skilfully manufactured by fire.

LEMMA: πυριγενεῖ τεμεῖν V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. MC, marg. O; precedes sch. 820.01 V, cont. from sch. 820.01 with ἢ B, cont. from sch. 820.02 with ἢ Rw

APP. CRIT.: τῷ om. (or concealed in binding) O | ὑπὸ] B, ὑπο ἐκ M, ἐκ OVCRw | παλαμῶται MC, παλαμῶνται ORw, ὑποτολμᾶται V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.182,6; Dind. II.214,12

Or. 820.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πυριγενεῖ τέμνειν παλάμᾳ⟩: ¹καὶ ἐκ πυρὸς γεννηθέντι ⟨ξίφει⟩ ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν. ²εἴρηκε δὲ παλάμῃ ὡς τῆς παλάμης διὰ τοῦ ξίφους ἐργασαμένης τὸν φόνον. —Zc^r

TRANSLATION: He should have said ‘⟨sword⟩ begotten from fire’. But he said ‘hand’ because the hand accomplished the murder by means of the sword.

REF. SYMBOL: Z^r

Or. 820.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨πυριγενεῖ … παλάμᾳ⟩: ἐν φονικῇ χειρί —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: φονικὴ Mn

Or. 820.06 (thom exeg) ⟨πυριγενεῖ⟩: ὥσπερ τὸ πῦρ οὐ προσηνές —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: Just as fire is not gentle.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 821.05 (821–822) (vet exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον … δεῖξαι⟩: ¹ἢ τοιαύτη ἡ σύνταξις· οὐδὲ τοῦτο, φησὶ, καλὸν, τὸ τὸ ξίφος ᾑματωμένον δεῖξαι ταῖς τοῦ ἡλίου αὐγαῖς. ²εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ ἀνελόντες τινὰ δικαίως, ὡς οἴονται, τῷ ἡλίῳ τὸ ξίφος δεικνύναι σύμβολον τοῦ δικαίως πεφονευκέναι. —MBVCRw, partial Sa

TRANSLATION: Or the construction is like this: Nor is this fine, he says, to show the sword in its bloodied state to the rays of the sun. For those who had killed someone justly, as they believe, are accustomed to show the sword to the sun as a symbol of their having slain justly.

POSITION: cont. from or follows sch. 823.01 M(end of 3rd line of 59r)BVCRw, between sch. 823.01 and 841.01 Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δεικνῦναι CRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.181,28–182,3; Dind. II.215,12–15

Or. 821.06 (821–822) (rec exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον … δεῖξαι⟩: καὶ οὐ καλόν ἑστι τὸ δεῖξαι τὸ ξίφος ὑπὸ τὰς αὐγὰς τοῦ ἡλίου μελάνδετον. —M²

TRANSLATION: And it is not fine to show the sword beneath the rays of the sun when it is blackened (with blood).

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

Or. 821.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον … δεῖξαι⟩: οὐ καλὸν δὲ τοῦτο ἀπὸ κοινοῦ. —V³

TRANSLATION: ‘This is not fine’ is (understood) in common (from the previous clause).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 821.08 (thom exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον … δεῖξαι⟩: ¹ἔθος τοῖς οἰομένοις δικαίως φονεῦσαι τινὰ τῷ ἡλίῳ τὸ ξίφος δεικνύναι, σύμβολον τοῦ δικαίως πεφονευκέναι τοῦτο ποιουμένοις. ²μελάνδετον δὲ λέγει φόνῳ τὸ μελανθὲν καὶ βαφὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ αἵματος. ³πολλὰ δέ εἰσι τὰ τοιαῦτα σύνθετα, οἷον κελαινεφὲς αἷμα, καὶ ἕτερα μυρία. ⁴ἢ μελάνδετον τὸ σιδηροῦν· ⁵φησὶ γὰρ Αἰσχύλος [Sept. 43] ‘ἐς μελάνδετον σάκος’, ἤτοι τὸ διὰ σιδήρου δεδεμένον. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: It was the custom for those who believed that they killed someone justly to show the sword to the sun, making this a symbol of their having slain justly. And he says ‘melandeton phonōi’ in the sense blackened and dyed with blood. There are many such compounds, like ‘kelainephes haima’ and countless others. Or ‘melandeton’ means ‘made of iron’. For (using this word) Aeschylus says ‘into an iron-bound shield’, that is, one bound with iron.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm (all at 822 ἐς αὐγὰς) POSITION: marg. ZaGu

APP. CRIT.: 1 σύμβολον] σημεῖον Za | 3 κελαιφαὲς ZZa, μελαινεφὲς Zl | 4 τὸ om., s.l. add. Zl | 5 καὶ add. before αἰσχύλος T

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οἰωμένοις Zm | δεικνῦναι ZZaZmGu | ποιούμενοι changed to ποιουμένοις Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.215, app. at 13 and 215,2–5

COMMENT: Sent. 1 adapts sch. 821.05; sent. 3 adapts sch. 821.09.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aeschylus, Septem

Or. 821.09 (vet exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον⟩: ¹διὰ τὸ μέλαιναν λαβὴν ἔχειν, τουτέστι μελάγκωπον. ²ἢ μέλαν ὑπὸ τοῦ φόνου γενόμενον. ³πολλὰ δέ εἰσι τὰ τοιαῦτα σύνθετα, οἷον [Hom. Il. 5.798 et al.] ‘κελαινεφὲς αἷμα’· ⁴οἷον τὸ νέφος οὐκ ἔγκειται, οὕτως καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ δεδέσθαι οὐκ ἔγκειται. —MBC, partial VRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Melandeton’, ‘black-bound’) because it has a black hilt, that is, ‘melangkōpon’ (‘with black handle’). Or having become black from the bloodshed. There are many compounds of this sort, such as ‘kelainephes haima’ (‘black blood’). In the way that ‘nephos’ (‘cloud’) is not present (in sense in that compound), thus here too ‘dedesthai’ (‘be bound’) is not present (in sense).

POSITION: cont. from sch. 821.05 all, μέλαν δὲ prep. MC, μελάνδ()τον prep. VRw(μενάνδετον), μελάν/τερον δὲ prep. B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 perhaps μέλαινον Rw | λαβεῖν C | perhaps ἔχην B (but B app. uses sign for (ην) in older way, for ειν as well as ην) | τοῦτέστι B | 3 εἰσὶν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.182,7–10; Dind. II.214,16–20

COMMENT: For κελαινεφὲς αἷμα as a standard example of a semantically otiose element in a compound, cf. Tryphon, περὶ τρόπων, Rhet.Gr. III:198,5–6 Spengel; Apoll. Soph. lex. Hom. s.v. ταλαύρινον [148,28–30 Bekker], Sch. D Il. 5.798 Heyne, Sch. A Hom. Il. 16.768a Erbse τανυήκεας ὄζους: ὅτι οὐκ ἐντέτακται ἡ ἀκή, καθάπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ ξίφους ‘τανύηκες ἄορ’, ἀλλὰ κατὰ παραγωγὴν (‘with addition of a syllable’) τανυήκεας ὄζους, οἷον ταναούς, ὡς ‘κελαινεφὲς αἷμα’. For the phrase μελάνδετον ξίφος, see sch. Ph. 1091 (Schwartz I.362,11–12).

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 821.10 (vet exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον δὲ φόνῳ⟩: τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ αἵματος μελαινόμενον —MVC

TRANSLATION: The (sword) blackened by blood.

POSITION: s.l. MV, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ] τοῦ ποτὲ C | μεμελανωμένον V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.182,11; Dind. II.214,20–21

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 821.11 (thom exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον δὲ φόνῳ⟩: ¹βεβαμμένον ἐξ αἵματος, ἢ τὸ σιδηροῦν· ²μέλας γὰρ ὁ σίδηρος. —ZmGu, partial ZZaZlT

TRANSLATION: Dyed with blood, or made of iron, for iron is black.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐξ] δι’ Zl | 2 μέλας γὰρ ὁ σίδηρος] om. ZZaZlT

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 βεβαμένον ZaZl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.214,22–215,1

Or. 821.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελάνδετον δὲ φόνῳ⟩: μελάνδετον ξίφος τὸ αἵματι μέλανι δεδευμένον, ὅ ἐστι βεβρεγμένον· μελάνδευτον καὶ μελάνδετον. —Z

TRANSLATION: ‘Melandeton xiphos’ is the one moistened (‘dedeumenon’ from ‘deuō’) with black blood, that is, soaked: ‘melandeuton’ and (with the loss of upsilon) ‘melandeton’.

REF. SYMBOL: Z

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 821.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μελάνδετον⟩: μέλανι αἵματι ὑγρὸν, ἤγουν ᾑμαγμένον. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ὑγρῷ XaYGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.214,22

Or. 821.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελάνδετον⟩: τὸ ἔχον μέλαιναν λαβήν —Y²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 822.01 (mosch exeg) ξίφος ἐς αὐγάς ἀελίοιο: οἱ φόνον ἐργασάμενοι καὶ δικαίως οἰόμενοι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι τῷ ἡλίῳ τὸ ξίφος ἐδείκνυον ᾑμαγμένον. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: Those who had carried out a killing and believed they did this justly used to show to the sun the sword covered with blood.

LEMMA: G REF. SYMBOL: G POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoY

APP. CRIT.: φόνοι YfOx² | πονῆσαι XaY (app. ποιῆσαι a.c. Y)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἰλίῳ X | ἠμαγμ‑ Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.215, app. at 13

COMMENT: Adapted from sch. vet. 821.05.

Or. 822.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ξίφος ἐς αὐγάς ἀελίοιο δεῖξαι⟩: οἱ δίκαιον φόνον δράσαντες ἐδείκνυον τῷ ἡλίῳ. —V³

TRANSLATION: Those who had carried out a just killing used to show (the sword) to the sun.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 822.10 (rec exeg) ⟨δεῖξαι⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ οὐ καλόν. —OVC

TRANSLATION: ‘(It is) not fine’ is understood in common.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὐ om. VC, add. s.l. V^2/3

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 822.11 (rec exeg) ⟨δεῖξαι⟩: λείπει οὐ καλὸν. —R

TRANSLATION: ‘(It is) not fine’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 823.01 (vet exeg) τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν ἀσέβεια: ¹τὸ δὲ μετὰ λόγου καὶ πιθανότητος ἐπιχειρεῖν τι καὶ πράττειν κακὸν οὐχ ἁπλῆ ἐστιν ἀσέβεια, ²ἵν’ ᾖ καθόλου τοῦτο τάττεσθαι δυνάμενον καὶ ἐπὶ Ἀτρέως καὶ ἐπὶ Θυέστου καὶ ἐπὶ Κλυταιμνήστρας καὶ ἐπ’ Αἰγίσθου καὶ οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τούτων, ἀλλὰ καθολική ἐστι γνώμη. ³τὸ δὲ κακοφρονούντων ἀνδρῶν παράνοια τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· ⁴τῶν κακὰ διαλογιζομένων ἀνδρῶν †αὐτὸ τὸ† ἀλόγιστόν ἐστιν. —MBVCRwSa

TRANSLATION: To undertake something with reason and persuasive motivation and to accomplish an evil is no simple impiety; (paraphrase thus) so that this (statement) can be applied in general to Atreus and to Thyestes and to Clytemnestra and to Aegisthus, and not just to them, but the generalization/maxim is universal. And the (sense of) ‘madness of wrong-headed men’ is like this: of men who reason out evil deeds the deed(?) itself is irrational.

LEMMA: M, τὸ δ’ αὖ κακοῦργον B REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from sch. 823.06 CRw, follows sch. 823.06 V, follows sch. 819.02 B

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ δε …κακὸν om. Sa | second καὶ om. VRw | ἐστιν om. Rw | 2 τοῦτο om. VRw | πράττεσθαι Rw | first ἐπὶ] ἐπεὶ Rw | second καὶ om. Rw | third ἐπὶ om. Rw | ἐπ’ om. Rw | καὶ add. before καθολ. V | καθολικόν Sa | 3–4 sep. in Rw, on next page (fol. 23v) between sch. 834.06 and 821.05 | 3 τὸ δὲ om. Rw | 4 αὐτὸ τὸ] e.g. αὐτὸ τὸ ⟨ἔργον⟩ Mastr., ἀπὸ τ[ washed out at end of line) Rw | at end add. ἡ τοιαύτη σύνταξις Sa (first words of sch. 821.05; MBCRw continue with whole of sch. 821.05)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.182,13–19; Dind. II.215,6–12

COMMENT: It seems that μετὰ λόγου καὶ πιθανότητος ἐπιχειρεῖν τι is meant to explicate εὖ while πράττειν κακὸν paraphrases κακουργεῖν; if so, the alternative in VRw ἐπιχειρεῖν τι πράττειν κακὸν is to be regarded as secondary. (On εὖ κακουργεῖν see the comment on 823.06.) The note seems to be responding to a text with the error τεκέων in 819, unless ἐπὶ Ὀρέστου has fallen out in the long series of ἐπὶ-phrases.

Or. 823.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τὸ μὲν κακουργεῖν ἀσεβῶν ἐστι καὶ πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὸ δὲ τῆς συμφορᾶς τῆς κατὰ τοῦτον ἐλεεινότερον. ²οὐκ ἠλέησε γὰρ τὴν μητέρα οἰκτρῶς παρακαλοῦσαν. —MBVCRw, partial O

TRANSLATION: To do evil is (the action) of impious and wicked men, but the aspect of the misfortune related to this man (Orestes) is more miserable. For he failed to show pity for his mother when she was supplicating (him) pitifully.

LEMMA: BVC, in marg. M, ἄλλως τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν Rw POSITION: follows sch. 821.05 (displaced after prev.) MBVC, follows sent. 1–2 of prev. Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ μὲν… ἐλεεινότερον om. O | ἀνθρώπων] ἀνδρῶν Rw | ἐλεεινότερα M | 2 οὐκ … γὰρ] καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἠλέησεν O | γὰρ om. MC

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 συμφορὰς B (but rewritten in top line, accent may be mistake of corrector)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.182,20–22; Dind. II.215,16–18

COMMENT: τὸ δὲ τῆς συμφορᾶς … έλεεινότερον also occurs in the longer sch. 807.01.

Or. 823.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ δεινὰ πράττειν ἀσέβειά ἐστι. ²τοῦτο δέ φησιν ἐπεὶ ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα μοιχευθεῖσα ἐφόνευσε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα. —MBVCRw, partial V³

TRANSLATION: But also to do terrible things is impiety. He says this because Clytemnestra, seduced into adultery, killed Agamemnon.

LEMMA: lemma C, in marg. M, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, ἢ οὕτως (after dicolon) B POSITION: s.l. V(cont. over 824)V³

APP. CRIT.: 1 after ἐστι add. μεγάλη VV³ | 2 τοῦτο κτλ om. V³ | ἐπειδὴ B (but suspended δη perhaps due to rewriting, since there is a possible trace of a grave over iota) | ἡ] καὶ V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀσέβεια ἐστὶν Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.182,23–24; Dind. II.215,19–20

Or. 823.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν ἀσέβεια⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην —B^2/3a

TRANSLATION: (The statement is) in reference to Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 823.05 (vet paraphr) ⟨τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν ἀσέβεια⟩: τὸ δεινὰ πράσσειν ἐστι ἀσέβεια —MC

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐστι om. C

Or. 823.06 (rec exeg) τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν: γράφεται τὸ δ’ αὖ κακοῦργον. —VCRw

TRANSLATION: The reading ‘and the evil-doing in turn’ is also found.

LEMMA: VRw, τὸ δ’ ἂν κακουργεῖν ἀσέβεια C(as in text) POSITION: follows sch. 817.05 C, follows (out-of-order) sch. 819.05 V, follows sch. 812.01 Rw (with extra blank space between)

APP. CRIT.: γράψον VRw | αὖ] ἂν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.182,12; Dind. II.215,6

COMMENT: The comment is most likely about κακοῦργον vs. κακουργεῖν, with C’s ἂν being an unrelated corruption (note that B too attests κακοῦργον in the lemma to sch. 823.01). But one may wonder whether at an earlier point there was a note γρ. τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν made on a text with εὖ κακουργεῖν—Bothe’s emendation, accepted by Murray, West, and Diggle, and also apparently the reading paraphrased with μετὰ λόγου καὶ πιθανότητος in the next, supported further by the stylistic suitability of oxymoron to the paradoxical ἀσέβεια ποικίλα.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 823.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν⟩: ¹ἤγουν τὸ κλέπτειν πρᾶξιν κακὴν, τουτέστι τὸ μετὰ λογισμῶν δῆθεν εὐλόγων ποιεῖν τι κακὸν ἀσέβεια καὶ παράνοια. ²καὶ τοῦτο χάριν τοῦ Ὀρέστου εἴρηται, καὶ οὐ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας. —Pk

TRANSLATION: That is, to conceal (with tricky rhetoric) an evil action, that is, to do something evil with fair-seeming reasons, is impiety and madness. And this has been said because of Orestes and not because of Clytemnestra.

LEMMA: κακουργεῖν Pk REF. SYMBOL: Pk POSITION: on 50r whereas line is on 50v

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 κλυτεμνήστρας Pk

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.215,22–216,2

COMMENT: For κλέπτω of rhetorical trickery, cf. ἔκλεψε in sch. 414.05 and κλαπεὶς in sch. 424.02.

Or. 823.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν⟩: διὰ τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν —Aa

TRANSLATION: (This is said) because of Clytemnestra.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 823.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν⟩: καὶ τὸ δεινὰ πράττειν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘To do evil’ means) ‘Clytemnestra’s doing terrible things’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 823.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ … κακουργεῖν⟩: τὸ κακότροπα ἐργάζεσθαι —XXaXbXoTYYfGrB^3d

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τὸ] τοῦ Y, τόδε τὸ X, om. B^3d | ‑τροπον B^3d

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.216,2

COMMENT: Triclinius placed the cross on the wrong annotation above this line (see sch. 823.14).

Or. 823.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ … κακουργεῖν⟩: τὸ κακότροπα καὶ ἄδικα ἐργάζεσθαι —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 823.14 (thom exeg) ⟨κακουργεῖν⟩: κακὰ ἐργάζεσθαι ὥσπερ ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα —ZZaZlZmT⁺Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Do evil’ means) to do evil deeds just as Clytemnestra (did).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ prep. Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.216,2–3

COMMENT: For the cross in T see on sch. 823.10.

Or. 823.20 (tri exeg) ⟨ἀσέβεια ποικίλη⟩: ‘ἀσέβεια ποικίλη’ γράφε, μὴ ‘μεγάλη’, ἵν’ οἰκείως ἔχῃ τὸ κῶλον πρὸς τὸ τῆς στροφῆς. —T

TRANSLATION: Write ‘asebeia poikilē’ (‘complex/ambiguous impiety’) not ‘(asebeia) megalē’ (‘great impiety’), so that the colon will be properly akin to that of the strophe.

LEMMA: thus in text T; ἡμέτερον in marg. POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.15,6–7 (repeated II.216,4–5); de Fav. 60

Or. 823.21 (vet exeg) ⟨μεγάλη⟩: γράφεται ποικίλα. —MC

TRANSLATION: (For ‘megalē’, ‘great’) the reading ‘poikila’ (‘complex/ambiguous’) is found.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.182,26; Dind. II.216,3–4

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 824.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κακοφρόνων τ’ ἀνδρῶν παράνοια⟩: τοῦτο, φησὶ, κακοφρόνων ἀνδρῶν παράνοια ἐπεὶ καὶ Κλυταιμνήστρα μοιχευθεῖσα ἔκτεινε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα. —Y²

TRANSLATION: This, he says, is the madness of wrong-headed men because in fact Clytemnestra, seduced into adultery, killed Agamemnon.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 823.03.

Or. 824.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κακοφρόνων τ’ ἀνδρῶν παράνοια⟩: τοῦτο δ’ φησὶ ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα μοιχευθεῖσα ἐφόνευσε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα. —Zu

TRANSLATION: He says this because in fact Clytemnestra, seduced into adultery, killed Agamemnon.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν ἀγαμ.] παρὰ τοῦ ἀγαμέμνονος a.c. Zu

Or. 824.03 (thom exeg) ⟨κακοφρόνων τ’ ἀνδρῶν⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ Αἰγίσθου —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.216,8

Or. 825.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θανάτου γὰρ ἀμφὶ φόβῳ⟩: πρὸς τὸ ἐπάνω [819] ‘τὸ καλὸν οὐ καλόν’. —V

TRANSLATION: (This phrase) refers back to the words above, ‘the fine is not fine’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 825.02 (thom exeg) ⟨θανάτου γὰρ ἀμφὶ φόβῳ⟩: ¹αὕτη ἡ κατασκευὴ πρὸς τὸ [819] ‘οὐ καλόν’, διὰ μέσου ῥηθέντος τοῦ ‘τὸ δ’ αὖ κακουργεῖν’ καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: This elaboration refers back to ‘ou kalon’ (‘not fine’), with the phrase ‘and to do evil in turn’ and the following having been spoken parenthetically.

POSITION: s.l. except T, above 824 Gu

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἑξῆς] τὰ ἑξῆς Za, τῶν ἑξῆς T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.216,6–7

COMMENT: Dindorf followed Matthiae in assigning this to line 824, where it was found in Gu; but Matthiae already expressed doubts about that position.

KEYWORDS: κατασκευή/κατασκευάζει | διὰ μέσου

Or. 825.03 (pllgn rhet) ⟨θανάτου γὰρ ἀμφὶ φόβῳ⟩: εἰσβολὴ ἐλέου —GuZu

TRANSLATION: Injection (of expression) of pity.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εἰσβολή/ἐκβολή

Or. 825.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨θανάτου γὰρ ἀμφὶ φόβῳ⟩: διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ θανάτου —MBVCAaAbMnPrSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Around fear of death’ means) ‘because of the fear of death’.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. BC

APP. CRIT.: ἢ prep. Sa | φόνον S, app. φόβου a.c. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,1; Dind. II.216,10

Or. 826.08 (tri rhet) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἀθλία ὑπῆρχε. κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν. —T

TRANSLATION: She was wretched. Using an intensifying follow-up judgment.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The punctuation is present in T, and the second phrase is written under the first, so the above translation is most likely. The phrase κατ’ ἐπικρίσιν occurs about a dozen times in rhetoricians, scholia, and Byzantine authors, and its meaning can be hard to fix. For this translation, compare Nicolaus, Progymnasmata 27–28 τῶν γνωμῶν αἳ μέν εἰσι προστακτικαὶ ὡς ἐκείνη· ‘ἄλκιμος ἔσσο’, αἳ δὲ εὐκτικαὶ ὡς ἡ λέγουσα· ‘μή μοι γένοιτο λυπρὸς εὐδαίμων βίος’, αἳ δὲ ἀπαγορευτικαὶ ὡς ἐκείνη· ‘μηδ’ ἔθελ’ ἐξ ἔριδος σεῦ ἀμείνονι φωτὶ μάχεσθαι’, αἳ δὲ κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν (‘as a confirming follow-up’) ὡς αὕτη· [Hom. Od. 17.218] ‘ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον’; Syrianus comm. in Hermogenes περὶ ἰδεῶν 75,14 Rabe (ad 335,26) πρὸς μὲν γὰρ τὸ ‘κακοδαιμονοῦσι γὰρ Βυζάντιοι’ ὡς παρ’ ἑτέρου εἰρημένον ἀπήντησεν ὀξέως κατὰ ἐπίκρισιν (perhaps ‘added or follow-up judgment’) εἰπὼν ‘σφόδρα γε’. The phrase is also in the Arsenian Sch. Hec. 1122 Dind., but that scholion mispresents the ultimate source, B^3a: τὸ κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν σχῆμα is in the margin of 1121 ἀπώλεσ’, οὐκ ἀπώλεσ’ ἀλλὰ μειζόνως and not part of the separate remark about 1122; the sense is apparently ‘expressing a distinction (with intensification of the sense)’; Sch. Dem. adv. Leptinem 2 (on καὶ τούτῳ πλείστῳ χρήσεται τῷ λόγῳ) κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν, ‘with an intensifying follow-up statement’; Sch. Ael. Aristid. Rhet. 27,13 Jebb (III.391–392 Dindorf) οὕτω καὶ Ἀριστείδης μετὰ τὸ θεῖναι τὸ διαπορητικὸν καὶ τὸ κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν (‘with a declarative follow-up judgment’) τίθησι τὰς αἰτίας, δι’ ἃς φύσει κεκώλυται; Sch. Ael. Aristid. Rhet. 27,13 Jebb (III.392 Dindorf) refers to the same follow-up as τὸ κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν; Sch. rec. Aesch. Pers. 297 Dindorf (explaining the sense if the variant ὥστ’ is read for ὅστ’) εἰ δὲ μεγαλογράψεις, ὡς ἔν τισι τῶν βιβλίων εὑρίσκεται, οὕτως εἴπῃς· εἰποῦσα γὰρ ‘τίνα τῶν τοῦ στρατοῦ ἡγεμόνων θρηνήσομεν;’ ἐπιφέρει κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν (‘with intensifying follow-up statement’)· ὥστε ἐπεὶ τοῦτον θρηνήσομεν, ὧν ἐτάχθη στρατηγὸς, τούτους ἀνάνδρους κατέλιπε θανών. τουτέστιν, ἐπειδὴ οὗτος ἀπώλετο, κἀκεῖνοι ἐφθάρησαν. | If the punctuation and layout is ignored, the sense could be ‘She was wretched par excellence’. For this, compare Eust. in Il. 12.103 (III.361,5), where he glosses διακριδὸν as ἤγουν κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν, ‘distinctly, by comparison, par excellence’; Eust. in Od. 3.232 (I.123,33) also seems to be ‘making a discrimination/comparison’. Eust. exeg. in canon. iamb. pentecost. 1.136 (on εὐδόκησε vs. ἐδόκει) has the same sense: διὰ τὸ κατ’ ἐπίκρισιν ἀποφαντικόν, ‘because of its being affirmative by comparison/distinction’.

KEYWORDS: ἐπίκρισις

Or. 827.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨τέκνον, οὐ τολμᾷς ὅσια⟩: λέγουσα ὦ, οὐ τολμᾷς ὅσια —KXo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 827.06 (tri metr) ⟨τέκνον⟩: koinē short over epsilon —T

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 827.07 (vet paraphr) ⟨οὐ τολμᾷς ὅσια⟩: οὐχ ὅσια τολμᾷς —MC

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.: ποιεῖς add. C

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐχ’ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,2; Dind. II.216,12

Or. 828.03 (rec metr) ⟨ματέρα⟩: long mark over first alpha —O

Or. 828.05 (828–830) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μὴ πατρῴαν τιμῶν … δύσκλειαν⟩: μὴ πατρῴαν χάριν θέλων λαβεῖν λήψῃ κακὴν φήμην —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 828.11 (828–829) (thom paraphr) ⟨μὴ πατρῴαν τιμῶν χάριν⟩: τουτέστι μὴ χαριζόμενος τῷ πατρί —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Not by honoring favor to a father’,) that is, ‘not by acting to please your father’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τουτέστι om. Gu | τῷ πατρί lost to damage/repair Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.216,14–15

Or. 829.02 (tri exeg) ⟨τιμῶν χάριν⟩: ‘τίνων χάριν’ γράφειν χρὴ καὶ μὴ ‘τιμῶν’. τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ μακρὸν ἔχει τὸ ι̅, ἐκεῖνο δὲ βραχύ, καὶ μὴ ‘εἰσαεὶ’, ἀλλὰ ‘εἴς σ’ αἰεί’· οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει τὰ κῶλα οἰκείως πρὸς τὰ τῆς στροφῆς. —T

TRANSLATION: One must write ‘tinōn charin’ (‘paying a favor (to)’) and not ‘tīmōn charin’ (‘honoring the homage (due to)’. For the latter has its iota long, but the former short; and (write) not ‘eisaei’ (adverb, ‘for always’), but ‘eis s’ aiei’ (‘to yourself always’). For in this way the cola will be properly akin to those of the strophe.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.15,9–11 (repeated 216,15–17); de Fav. 60

KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by

Or. 829.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨χάριν⟩: πατρῴαν χάριν ἤγουν τὴν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: ‘Patrōian’ (‘of a father’) and ‘charin’ (‘favor’) go together, that is, ‘the (favor) toward the father’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gr

Or. 829.07 (829–830) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ δύσκλειαν ἐς ἀεί⟩: ἀπενέγκῃ κακοδοξίαν αἰώνιον —MVC

TRANSLATION: (‘Attach to yourself ignominy for always’ means) ‘get in return eternal ill repute’.

POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,3; Dind. II.216,18–19 (inaccurate)

Or. 829.19 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐξανάψῃ⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνάπτω —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Exanapsēi’ is) derived from (the verb) ‘anaptō’.

POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 830.09 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 60

Or. 831.01 (831–843) (tri metr) τίς νόσος: ⁰τῆς ἐπῳδοῦ ταύτης τὰ κῶλα ἐστὶ ιγʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ δύο δακτύλων καὶ βʹ ἀναπαίστων, τοῦ δευτέρου διαλελυμένου καὶ γεγονότος προκελευσματικοῦ ἤτοι τετραβράχεος. ²τὸ βʹ ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις, ἤτοι μονόμετρον· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. ³τὸ γʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ δακτυλικοῦ διμέτρου καὶ τροχαϊκοῦ ἰθυφαλλικοῦ· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου δʹ, διιάμβου, καὶ βακχείου. ⁴τὸ δʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικὸν τοῦ γʹ ποδὸς ἀναπαίστου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος ἐκ τροχαϊκῆς συζυγίας ἤτοι ἐπιτρίτου δευτέρου, καὶ ἀναπαἰστου, καὶ ἔστιν ἑφθημιμερές. ⁵τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον ἰωνικὸν ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ καὶ ἀναπαίστου. ⁶τὸ ςʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων πρώτων βʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. ⁷τὸ ζʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν ἑφθημιμερές. ⁸τὸ ηʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον, τοῦ πρώτου ποδὸς ἀναπαίστου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος ἑφθημιμερὲς ἐκ παίωνος γʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ καὶ μολοσσοῦ. ⁹τὸ θʹ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ χοριάμβων δύο διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. ¹⁰τὸ ιʹ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου βʹ πεντασυλλάβου καὶ χοριάμβου. ¹¹τὸ ιαʹ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐκ χοριάμβου, ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος, καὶ συλλαβῆς. ¹²τὸ ιβʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς τῶν πρώτων δύο ποδῶν χορείων. ¹³τὸ ιγʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου, διιάμβου, καὶ συλλαβῆς. ¹⁴ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει κορωνὶς καὶ παράγραφος· ¹⁵ταῦτα γάρ ἐστι σημεῖα τοῦ τέλους τῆς ἐπῳδοῦ. —T

¹ 831 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑
τίς νόσος ἢ τίνα δάκρυ’ ἢ τίς ἔλεος
² 832 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
μείζων κατὰ γᾶν
³ 833 ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ / ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ‒
ἢ ματροκτόνον αἷμα χειρὶ θέσθαι;
⁴ 834 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒
οἷον ἔργον τελέσας
⁵ 835 ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒
βεβάκχευται μανίαις,
⁶ 836 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑, ‒
Εὐμενίσι θήραμα φόνῳ
⁷ 837 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
δρομάσιν δινεύων βλεφάροις,
⁸ 838 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ / ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ‒ ‒
Ἀγαμεμνόνειος παῖς.
⁹ 839 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
ὦ μέλεος, ματρὸς ὅτε
¹⁰ 840 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
χρυσεοπηνίτων φαρέων
¹¹ 841 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒
μαστὸν ὑπερτέλλοντ’ ἐσιδὼν
¹² 842 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒
σφάγιον ἔθετο ματέρα,
¹² 843 ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒
πατρώων παθέων ἀμοιβάν.

TRANSLATION: The cola of this epode number thirteen. The first is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter consisting of two dactyls and two anapaests, with the second (anapaest) resolved and turned into a proceleusmatic or four-short (measure). The second is an anapaestic base or monometer; or if you prefer, a hypercatalectic ionic a maiore monometer. The third colon is a compound consisting of dactylic dimeter and trochaic ithyphallic; or if you prefer, a catalectic antispastic trimeter consisting of a fourth epitrite, double iamb, and bacchiac. The fourth is a trochaic ithyphallic with the second foot an anapaest; or if you prefer, an ionic a minore consisting of a trochaic syzygy or second epitrite and an anapaest, and it is hephthemimer. The fifth is a similar ionic colon consisting of first epitrite and anapaest. The sixth colon is a hypercatalectic paeonic dimeter consisting of two first paeons and a syllable. The seventh colon is an anapaestic hephthemimer. The eighth colon is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter with the first foot an anapaest; or if you prefer, an ionic a minore hephthemimer consisting of a third paeon in place of an ionic, and a molossus. The ninth colon is an acatalectic choriambic dimeter consisting of two choriambs, (the second one) because of the (final) anceps. The tenth colon is an acatalectic epichoriambic dimeter consisting of a five-syllable second epitrite and a choriamb. The eleventh colon is a hypercatalectic prosodiac dimeter consisting of a choriamb, an ionic a maiore, and a syllable. The twelfth colon is a trochaic hephthemimer with the first two feet chorei. The thirteeenth colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter consisting of antispast, double iamb, and syllable. At the end a coronis and paragraphos, for these are the signs of the end of the epode.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

APP. CRIT.: 2 βʹ] β(ερ) = δεύτερον T | 3 ἰθυφαλικοῦ T | 4 ἰθυφαλικοῦ T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.15,13–16,2; de Fav. 60

COMMENT: Note that Triclinius treats the long alpha of 836 θηρᾱμα as short. In 840 he describes χρυσεοπηνι as a five-syllable second epitrite, but above the εο in the text he notes συνίζησις (sch. 840.13). For Triclinius’s use of the term epichoriambic see on sch. 807.02.

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 831.02 (831–843) (tri metr) ἐπωδὸς κώλων ιγ´ —T

TRANSLATION: Epode of thirteen cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 831.03 (831–843) (pllgn exeg) ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ τοῦτο. —Zm

TRANSLATION: This (is uttered in their own voice) by the chorus (i.e., it does not continue the direct quotation of Clytemnestra’s words).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: For a commentator considering these words as still quoting Clytemnestra, see sch. 834.04.

Or. 831.04 (831–833) (vet exeg) τίς νόσος: οὔτε γὰρ νόσος οὔτε συμφορά τις μείζων μητροκτονίας. —MBVCAbMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: For there is neither (any) sickness nor any misfortune greater than matricide.

LEMMA: R^bRw REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. VAbMnPrS

APP. CRIT.: γὰρ om. Ab | τις συμφορὰ transp. VMn(τίς)PrR^b, τις om. AbS | μείζων ἐστὶ B | τῆς μητρ. BR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐτε … οὐτέ R^b | συμφορὰ τίς MCRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,4; Dind. II.216,25–26

Or. 831.05 (831–833) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίς νόσος … χειρὶ θέσθαι;⟩: ¹τίς νόσος μείζων γένοιτ’ ἂν κατὰ γῆν τοῦ θέσθαι καὶ ποιῆσαι τὸ αἷμα τὸ μητροκτόνον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ; ²ἢ τίνα δάκρυα εἴη μείζονα τοῦ μητροκτονήσαντος; ³ἢ τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται μείζων ἤτοι ἐλεεινότης τοῦ μητροκτονήσαντος; —Xo²

TRANSLATION: What sickness could be greater on the earth than to bring about and create the blood of matricide with one’s hand? Or what tears could be greater than (those of) the one who committed matricide? Or what pity, that is, pitifulness, will be greater than (that of) the one who committed matricide?

LEMMA: label πγ

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἰὴ Xo²

KEYWORDS: Pepagomenos (label πγ)

Or. 832.01 (thom exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: ¹δέον ‘τίς δυστυχία’ εἰπεῖν, ‘ἔλεος’ εἶπεν ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβαίνοντος· ²τοῖς γὰρ δυστυχοῦσιν ἔλεος παρὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων γίνεται. ³τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ νοητέον καὶ περὶ τὸ ‘τίνα δάκρυα’. ⁴βούλεται δὲ ἐντεῦθεν εἰπεῖν ὅτι πάντων ὅσα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις δεινὰ τὸ κτεῖναι μητέρα δεινότερον. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Although he should have said ‘what misfortune’, he said ‘pity’ from the result (of misfortune). For pity arises from all men for those suffering misfortune. The same idea must be applied also to ‘what tears’. He intends to say from this passsage that compared to all the terrible things (that occur) among men, killing one’s mother is more terrible.

REF. SYMBOL: ZaZm

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀπὸ] ἀντὶ Zm | 4 ἀποκτεῖναι T

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 διὰ τυχ‑ a.c. Zm | 4 παρ’ ZmTGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.216,20–24

Or. 832.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: ἵνα γίνηται ἔλεος ὅτι ἐφόνευσε τὴν [μητέρα]. —B^3d

TRANSLATION: (What) pity will arise because he killed his mother?

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 833.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἢ ματροκτόνον αἷμα χειρὶ θέσθαι⟩: ἢ μητρὸς φόνον διὰ τῆς χειρὸς ποιῆσαι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: φόνον] αἷμα Gr | ποιῆται X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.216,27

Or. 833.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἢ ματροκτόνον αἷμα χειρὶ θέσθαι⟩: ἢ θέσθαι ἢ θεῖναι τῇ χειρὶ αἷμα μητροκτόνον —Zc^r

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 833.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θέσθαι⟩: τινὲς μέχρι τοῦ ‘θέσθαι’ λέγουσιν εἶναι τὸν στίχον, καὶ ἕτερον τὸ ‘οἷον ἔργον τέλεσας’. οἱ δὲ μέχρι τοῦ ‘τελέσας’ στίχον ἕνα λέγουσιν. —Yf

TRANSLATION: Some say the line ends at ‘thesthai’ and the phrase ‘having completed what a deed’ is another. Others say there is one line ending at ‘telesas’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.216,28–217,2

COMMENT: Although it is very unusual, the author of this remark seems to be commenting on different colon-divisions in the layout of the text in various copies. οἷον ἔργον begins a new colon in all the older copies and most others as well. But the second layout described is found in XXbYfZlCrOx and apparently Rw (in lines added in the margin by a corrector), while ZZa put οἷον ἔργον (but not τελέσας) on the same line as θέσθαι. Yf itself has the words οἷον ἔργον τελέσας projecting (glaringly) far to the right in comparison to the other longest lines on the page, and there is similar layout in Xb and (less markedly) in X. It can be concluded that οἷον ἔργον τελέσας formed its own colon in the transmitted colometry, and the displacement probably occurred because of the layout in a manuscript that crowded the cola into two or three columns, a characteristic of some recentiores that often leaves little or no space between the cola in adjacent columns. See also on sch. 834.06.

Or. 834.01 (834–838) (vet paraphr) ⟨οἷον ἔργον τελέσας … Ἀγαμεμνόνιος παῖς⟩: οἷον ἔργον ὁ δυστυχὴς διαπραξάμενος ⟨ … ⟩ διὰ τὸν φόνον καὶ περιδινούμενος τὰς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ὄψεις, ὁ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀγαμέμνονος παῖς. —MVCMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: Having accomplished what a (terrible) deed, the ill-fated man ⟨lacuna⟩ because of the murder and whirling around the gaze of his eyes, the son of king Agamemnon.

LEMMA: οἷον MMnPrR^bS (no punct. after it MPrR^bS, but punct. after ἕργον in M), lemma οἷον οἷον V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 807.01 Sa, between sch. 821.09 and 855.06 Rw

APP. CRIT.: ὁ δυστύχης] ἐὰν τύχης M | lacuna Schw.; e.g. ⟨κεκίνηται ἄγρευμα γενόμενος ταῖς Ἐρινύσι⟩ | διὰ om. MnPrR^bS | ὁ τοῦ] οὗτος Sa, τοῦ MnPrR^bS | ἀγαμ. παῖς] υἱὸς Rw, om. MnPrR^bS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,6–8; Dind. II.217,3–5

Or. 834.02 (834–838) (vet paraphr) οἷον ἔργον τελέσας: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ οἷον ⟨ἔργον⟩ ὁ δυστυχὴς Ὀρέστης καταπραξάμενος, τὸ τῆς μητροκτονίας, ἄγρευμα γεγένηται ταῖς Ἐρινύσι συλληφθεὶς ὑπ’ αὐτῶν διὰ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον. —B

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: Having accomplished what a ⟨(terrible) deed⟩, that of the matricide, the ill-fated Orestes has become a prey to the Erinyes, seized by them because of the murder of his mother.

LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: ⟨ἔργον⟩ Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,9–11; Dind. II.217,6–8

Or. 834.03 (834–838) (mosch paraphr) οἷον ἔργον τελέσας: ¹οἷον ἔργον τελέσας ὁ παῖς τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος τετάρακται ὑπὸ μανιῶν Εὐμενίδων, ²ἄγρευμα διὰ τὸν φόνον γενόμενος, ³εὐκινήτοις ὀφθαλμοῖς περισκοπούμενος. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGGrF⁴, partial Xo

TRANSLATION: Having accomplished what a (terrible) deed, the son of Agamemnon has been shaken by fits of madness of the Eumenides (or: by goddesses of madness, the Eumenides?), having become a prey because of the murder, looking all around with quickly shifting eyes.

LEMMA: G

APP. CRIT.: 1 οἷον ἔργον τελ. om. G | μανιῶν καὶ εὐμ. F⁴ | εὐμενίδων] punct. before rather than after εὐμ. GT | 2–3 ἄγρευμα διὰ κτλ om. Xo (but similar content in glosses) | 2 γενόμενον a.c. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.217,11–14

COMMENT: The repunctuation in GT produces a superior paraphrase, but the other witnesses consistently associate Εὐμενίδων with the preceding words, as do the glosses that consist of parts of this paraphrase, so it is best to assume that the latter was Moschopulus’s intention here.

Or. 834.04 (834–838) (pllgn exeg) οἷον ἔργον: ὁ λόγος λέγεται παρὰ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας, ἢ καὶ [ὁ π]οιητὴς αὐτὸ λέγει οἷον πρὸς ἄλλον τινά. —B^3d

TRANSLATION: The statement is spoken by Clytemnestra; or else the poet says it as if addressing somone else (other than Orestes).

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 831.03.

Or. 834.06 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷον ἔργον τελέσας⟩: τινὲς δὲ(?) συνάπτουσι τοῦτο τῷ ‘χειρὶ θέσθαι’. —Rw

TRANSLATION: Some attach this to the phrase ‘cheiri thesthai’.

POSITION: between sch. 837.01 and 823.01 sent. 3–4 (fol. 23v)

APP. CRIT.: δὲ] faint traces Rw

COMMENT: There is no lemma to give guidance, and the scholia on 23r–23v in Rw are in a confused order, so one is left to conjecture to what the note refers. I have assigned it to this lemma because of its similarity to sch. 833.07 (see the comment there). In Rw 833–836 αἷμα … Εὐμενίσι are omitted in the text and added in the lower margin during correction, and the words seem to be presented as two cola with division after τελέσας. It does not seem possible to identify anything else in the stanza to which the comment could apply. If the note does in fact refer to this phrase, a less likely alternative is available. συνάπτω usually applies to syntactic connection, which in this case would involve the Byzantine usage of a nominative participle agreeing with the implied subject of the infinitive θέσθαι.

Or. 834.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἷον⟩: θαυμαστικὸν —Gu

TRANSLATION: Expressive of wonder.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 834.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔργον⟩: λέγει τὸν φόνον. —V³

TRANSLATION: (By ‘ergon’, ‘deed’) he means the murder.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 834.16 (tri metr) ⟨τελέσας⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 835.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βακχεύεται⟩: γράφεται βεβάκχευται. —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For present tense ‘bakcheuetai’, ‘is stirred into a frenzy’,) the reading (perfect tense) ‘bebakcheutai’ (‘has been stirred into a frenzy’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 836.01 (836–838) (rec paraphr) Εὐμενίσι θήραμα: ταῖς Ἐριννύσιν ἐγένετο θήραμα ταῖς εὐκινήτοις ὁ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος παῖς συστρέφων τὰ βλέφαρα διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: He has become a prey to the Erinyes who move easily, the son of Agamemnon, whirling his eyes because of the murder of his mother.

LEMMA: all (δυμενίσι S)

APP. CRIT.: τὰ βλέφ. om. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐρινύσιν S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.217,19–21

Or. 836.02 (836–838) (rec paraphr) ⟨Εὐμενίσι θήραμα φόνῳ⟩: ὁ Ἀγαμεμνόνειος παῖς ἄγρευμα γενόμενος καὶ συλληφθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων καὶ συστρέφων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός. —PrR^b

TRANSLATION: The son of Agamemnon, having become a prey and seized by the Erinyes and whirling his eyes because of the murder of his mother.

REF. SYMBOL: to 838 R^b POSITION: cont. from prev. Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐριννύων Pr

Or. 836.04 (vet paraphr) Εὐμενίσι θήραμα φόνῳ: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγρευμα γενόμενος καὶ συλληφθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός. —MVCR^bRw

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: having become a prey and seized by the Erinyes because of the murder of his mother.

LEMMA: MC, εὐμενίσι θήραμα VRw, εὐμ(έν)εσιν R^b REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 834.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. R^b, τοῦ om. C | συλληφθεῖ M

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐριννύων V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,12–13; Dind. II.217,18–19

Or. 836.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨Εὐμενίσι θήραμα φόνῳ⟩: ἤγουν ταῖς Ἐρινύσιν ἐγένετο ἕνεκεν τοῦ φόνου. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: That is, he became (prey) to the Erinyes because of the murder.

LEMMA: φόνου in text, ω s.l., S POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι S | τοῦ φόνου om. S

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐριννύσιν Pr

Or. 836.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨Εὐμενίσι θήραμα⟩: ἄγρευμα ὢν αὐτὸς ταῖς Ἐριννύσι —V

POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 836.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Εὐμενίσι θήραμα⟩: ἄγρευμα γενόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐριννύων —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 836.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Εὐμενίσι θήραμα⟩: ἄγρευμα γενόμενος ταῖς Ἐρίννυσι —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 836.10 (rec exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίσι⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν —Rf

TRANSLATION: (The name ‘Eumenides’, ‘Kindly Ones’, is used) by euphemism.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός

Or. 837.01 (rec exeg) ⟨δρομάσι⟩: ¹σημ(είωσαι) καὶ τοῦτο μεταπλασμὸν σκληρὸν, καθάπερ καὶ πρὸ τούτου τὸ [270] ‘μανιάσι λυσσήμασιν’. ²ὡς γὰρ ἐκεῖ τὸ μανιάσιν ἔκλινεν εἰς οὐδέτερον μετασχηματισμὸν, οὕτως καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ δρόμασι τοῖς βλεφάροις συγκείμενον, εἰ μὴ τὸ δρόμασι ταῖς Εὐμενίσι συντάσσει. —Rw

TRANSLATION: Note that this too is a harsh metaplasm (formation of cases of a noun in a non-standard way), just as earlier ‘maniasi lussēmasin’. For just as there he inflected (the word ‘maniasi’) into a neuter variant formation, so too here (the same happens with feminine seeming) ‘dromasi’ used in agreement with (neuter) ‘blepharois’, unless he is construing ‘dromasi’ (as a normal feminine) with ‘Eumenisi’.

LEMMA: ἄλλως Rw POSITION: follows sch. 837.08 Rw^a version

APP. CRIT.: 2 ουδέτερον] uncertain whether this or οὐδετέρου (faint ink, curve of binding)

APP. CRIT. 2: app. μανιάσι, but there is a worm hole after suspended σι that has removed all or almost all the accent and could have removed a small final nu

KEYWORDS: μεταπλασμός | μετασχηματισμός

Or. 837.08 (vet exeg) δινεύων βλεφάροις: ¹περιδινούμενος τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς· ²τοιοῦτοι γὰρ οἱ μανιώδεις· ³καὶ πανταχοῦ περιστρέφων αὐτοὺς, ὅ ἐστι τεταραγμένους ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. ⁴τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· Εὐμενίσι δρομάσι, δρομάσι δὲ ταῖς εὐκινήτοις. —MBVCR^b, partial Rw^aRw^b

TRANSLATION: Whirling around his eyes—for the insane are like that—and turning them in every direction, which means having the eyes agitated. The continuity of syntax is ‘Eumenides running’, and ‘running’ (means) ‘easily moving’.

LEMMA: Rw^a, δινεύων δὲ βλεφάροις B POSITION: cont. from sch. 836.04 MVCR^bRw^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἐξῆς MR^b | first δρομᾶσι VC, δρόμασιν Rw^a | second δρομᾶσι VC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,14–17; Dind. II.217,8–11

Or. 837.09 (rec exeg) ⟨δινεύων βλεφάροις⟩: δινούμενος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὡς οἱ μαινόμενοι —O

TRANSLATION: Whirling the eyes like those who are insane.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.217,26–27

Or. 837.10 (thom exeg) ⟨δινεύων βλεφάροις⟩: ¹ὄμμασιν. ²εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ μαινόμενοι συστρέφειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, ³ταραττομένων δὲ τούτων ἀνάγκη καὶ τούτους στρέφεσθαι. —ZZaZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘With eyelids’ here means) ‘with eyes’. For those who are insane are accustomed to turn their eyes around, and when these are agitated it is necessary that these (insane persons) also turn around.

POSITION: s.l. ZaGu, marg. Z

APP. CRIT.: ταραττομένων δὲ κτλ] om. ZZa, app. om. Zm, add. Zm² | τούτων] Matthiae without note, τοῦτον ZmGu (nu app. erased in Zm)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.217,27 and 25–26

Or. 837.11 (tri exeg) δινεύων βλεφάροις: ¹συστρέφων ἑαυτὸν ἐν τοῖς ὄμμασιν. ²εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ μαινόμενοι συστρέφειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. —T

TRANSLATION: Turning himself about with his eyes. For those who are insane are accustomed to turn their eyes around.

Or. 837.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δινεύων βλεφάροις⟩: ἤγουν στρέφων τῇδε καὶ ἐκεῖσε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς —V³Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τῇδε κἀκεῖσε V³

Or. 837.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨δινεύων⟩: κινήσεις, συστροφὰς ποιούμενος, συστρέφων —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 837.20 (tri metr) ⟨δινεύων⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 837.21 (rec exeg) ⟨βλεφάροις⟩: ἀντίπτωσις —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: Exchange of case (dative of ‘eyelids’ for accusative).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίπτωσις

Or. 838.01 (mosch paraphr) Ἀγαμεμνόνιος παῖς: ὁ παῖς τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. X

Or. 838.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀγαμεμνόνιος⟩: τὸ κτητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ γενικῆς. —K

TRANSLATION: The possessive adjective (‘Agamemnonian’ is) used for the genitive (the noun ‘of Agamemnon’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 838.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀγαμεμνόνειος⟩: Ἀγαμεμνόνιος —Rf

TRANSLATION: (For adjective ‘Agamemnoneios’, ‘of Agamemnon’ there is a variant spelling) ‘Agamemnonios’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 839.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: φεῦ τῆς δυστυχίας, ὦ Ὀρέστα. —MVC

TRANSLATION: Alas for your misfortune, Orestes.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. V, intermarg. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,18; Dind. II.217,5

Or. 840.01 (thom paraphr) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων φαρέων⟩: τῶν ἐκ χρυσοῦ καὶ μετάξης κατεσκευασμένων ἱματίων —ZZaZmGu

TRANSLATION: The garments made of gold and raw silk.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κατασκευασμένων Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.218,7–8

Or. 840.02a (vet paraphr) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων φαρέων⟩: χρ̣υ̣[σ … ] / ε̣ι̣ ̣[ … ] —P.Mich. inv. 3735

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The traces are too limited and uncertain to be revealing. For speculations see McNamee 2023: 45–47 (no. 10). This papyrus also has a trace of a note at Or. 835 of which almost nothing is legible, and it has not been incorporated in this edition.

Or. 840.03 (vet exeg) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: ἐκ χρυσοῦ ὑφανθέντων. ἴσως παρὰ τὸ πηνίον. —MBOVC, partial Zu

TRANSLATION: Woven out of gold. Perhap (the element ‘pēnēt-’ in the compound is) from ‘pēnion’ (‘bobbin, spool’).

POSITION: marg. MB, intermarg. C, s.l. VZu

APP. CRIT.: τῶν prep. Zu | ἴσως κτλ om. Zu | περὶ τοῦ πήνιον C

APP. CRIT. 2: ἵσως M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,19; Dind. II.218,8–9

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 840.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: χρυσέοις νήμασιν ἢ ἀτράκτοις ὑφασμένων —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: Woven with golden threads or spindles.

POSITION: intermarg. Mn, marg. PrS

APP. CRIT.: ἀστράκοις Mn | ὑφασμένων] Mastr., ὑφασμάτων MnPrS

Or. 840.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: τῶν ἐκ χρυσοῦ καὶ μετάξης ὑφανθέντων —XXaXbXoT^*YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Those woven from gold and raw silk.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT. 2: τὸν Xb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.218,7

COMMENT: For the cross above in T, see the overlap with sch. 840.01.

Or. 840.11 (pllgn gram) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: πήνη ὁ ἄτρακτος. —B²

TRANSLATION: ‘Pēnē’ means ‘spindle’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 840.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨χρυσεοπηνήτων⟩: πηνίον τὸ μέτρον. —B⁴

TRANSLATION: ‘Pēnion’ means ‘measure’ (of thread?).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 840.13 (tri metr) ⟨(χρυσ)εο(πηνίτων)⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 840.14 (tri metr) ⟨χρυσεοπηνίτων⟩: long marks over upsilon and iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 841.01 (841–843) (vet paraphr) μαστὸν ὑπερτέλλοντ’ ἐσιδών: ¹ὡς ἄρα ἦσθα τὴν φύσιν ὠμὸς, ²ἡνίκα ἡ μὲν ὠδινήσασα προὔτεινέ σοι τὸν μαστὸν ἐκ τῶν χρυσοϋφῶν ἱματίων γαλακτοτροφίας ὑπομιμνήσκουσα καὶ παρὰ σοῦ ἔλεον διὰ τούτου θηρωμένη, ³σὺ δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο ἀπιδὼν οὐκ ἠλέησας τὴν τεκοῦσαν, ⁴ἀλλὰ γέγονας τῆς μητρὸς ἀνόσιος φονεὺς, τῷ σῷ πατρὶ ὑπὲρ ὧν πέπονθεν ἐκδίκησιν δι’ ἀσεβείας διδούς. —MB(V)CPrSa

TRANSLATION: How cruel you were, then, by nature, when the woman who suffered pains in birthing you extended her breast to you from her gold-woven garments reminding (you) of nurture with her milk and seeking pity from you by this means, but you, having looked toward this, did not have mercy on the woman who bore you, but you proved to be an impious killer of your mother, providing through impiety vengeance for your father for what he had suffered.

LEMMA: MBPrSa(‑οντα εἰσιδών), μαστὸν ὑπερτέλλοντα V(μασθὸν, corr. V¹)C REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT.: V has only the lemma, then a blank space | 2 ἐκ …. ἱματίων] B, ἐξοδίν() M (ambiguous trace of suspended abbrev.), ἐξωδίνουσα C, ἐξωδίνου Pr, ἐξ ὠδίνης Sa | παρὰ σοῦ ἔλεον] Schw. (after πρὸς σοῦ ἔλεον Dindorf), πρὸς ἐλεὸν BCPr, προσέλεον M, πρὸς ἴλεων Sa, τὸν ἔλεον Arsen. (MeMuPh) | διὰ τοῦτο MPr(διατοῦτο), διὰ τὸ Sa | 4 φονευτὴς PrSa | πέπονθας MC | δι’] τῆς MCPrSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,20–25; Dind. II.217,29–218,3

COMMENT: The version that came down to the witnesses other than B was seriously damaged, and the corrupt words do not in this case offer useful clues about the original that B perhaps modified. As carried in B, the paraphrase seems intended to be a rhetorical tour de force rather than a dry prosaic rendering. The phrase ἐξοδίν() and the like in M and others (where B has ἐκ τῶν χρυσοϋφῶν ἱματίων) perhaps gives evidence of a variant ὠδίνουσα (circumstantial participle, ‘in sore distress’?) for ὠδινήσασα, which could have been in the margin and then inserted in the wrong place. | Also in sent. 2, Dindorf’s simpler fix πρὸς ⟨σοῦ⟩ ἔλεον is ruled out because πρὸς σοῦ is not thus used in the scholia, except Sch. Pind. P. 4.480a Drachmann δεῖ αὐτὸν πρὸς σοῦ θεραπεύεσθαι and (in a different sense) Sch. Mosch. Soph. OT 1434 τὸ ὂν γὰρ πρὸς σοῦ ἐρῶ, οὐ τὸ ὂν πρὸς ἐμοῦ. For παρὰ σοῦ … θηρωμένη compare ζητεῖν παρὰ + gen., a common juncture.

Or. 843.02 (rec exeg) ⟨παθέων⟩: γρ. πενθέων. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘patheōn’, ‘sufferings’,) the reading ‘pentheōn’ (‘sufferings’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 843.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πενθέων⟩: γρ. παθέων. —AbMnS

TRANSLATION: (For ‘pentheōn’, ‘sufferings’,) the reading ‘patheōn’ (‘sufferings’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 843.10 (tri metr) coronis and paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 844.01 (844–959) (tri metr) γυναῖκες: αἱ ἑξῆς αὗται περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶν ἰαμβικῶν τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων ριγʹ. ὧν τελευταῖος ‘ὡς εἰς στεναγμοὺς καὶ γόους δραμουμένη’. ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς. —T³

TRANSLATION: These following passages consist of 113 acatalectic iambic trimeter lines, of which the last is [959] ‘as about to run to groans and lamentations’. At the sense-divisions a paragraphos, and at the end a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T³ POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.16,3–6; de Fav. 61

COMMENT: Triclinius’s count is off by three, since there are 116 verses. Perhaps he had noted ριϛ on an earlier draft or scrap of paper and misread a ϛ as majuscule gamma. | The sense-divsions are marked by paragraphoi at 858, 865, 956.

KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν

Or. 844.03 (844–845) (mosch exeg) ἦ που τῶνδ’ ἀφώρμηται δόμων: οἶδεν ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁρᾷ αὐτόν, ζητεῖ δὲ εἰ μανεὶς ἐξῆλθεν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: She knows he has left, because she does not see him, but she asks whether he left because overcome by madness.

LEMMA: G POSITION: follows next XYYf

APP. CRIT.: ἐπειδὴ G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.218,14–15

Or. 844.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἦ που τῶνδ’ ἀφώρμηται δόμων⟩: ἆρα μανεὶς ἐξῆλθε τῶν δόμων ὁ τλήμων Ὀρέστης; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. XaXbGGr; precedes prev. XYYf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.218,15–16

Or. 845.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨θεομανεῖ λύσσῃ δαμείς⟩: τῇ νόσῳ καὶ τῇ μανίᾳ τῇ ἐκ θεῶν κατενεχθεὶς —G

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: app. κατηνεχθεὶς G

Or. 845.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨θεομανεῖ⟩: τῇ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐρχομένῃ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrB⁴

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τῇ om. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.218,17

Or. 845.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨θεομανεῖ⟩: ἐκ θείας ὀργῆς γενομένῃ —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.218,17–18

Or. 845.10 (rec exeg) ⟨νόσῳ⟩: γρ. λύσσῃ. —Sa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘nosōi’, ‘illness’,) the reading ‘lussēi’ (‘madness’) is found.

LEMMA: νόσω in text Sa POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 846.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: οὐδαμῶς μαινόμενος, σωφρονῶν δέ —MB, partial VC

TRANSLATION: (He left here) by no means being insane, but being of sound mind.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. VC

APP. CRIT.: σωφρ. δέ om. VC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,27; (partial) Dind. II.218,19

Or. 846.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: οὐδαμῶς ἐμάνη —B²

TRANSLATION: By no means had he gone mad (when he departed).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐμάνει B²

Or. 846.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: οὐδαμῶς· ἤγουν οὐ μανεὶς ἐξῆλθε. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa²

TRANSLATION: Not at all. That is, he did not leave because overcome by madness.

POSITION: s.l. except X; last word punct. as sep. gloss Y

Or. 846.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: οὐ μανεὶς —Ox²

TRANSLATION: (He left here) not overcome by madness.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 846.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἥκιστα⟩: οὐδαμῶς οἴδαμεν —MnS

TRANSLATION: We have no idea (whether he was overcome by madness).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 846.13 (tri exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖον⟩: Ἀργεῖον ἑνικῶς γράφε πρὸς τὸ λεών. Ἀργεῖος γὰρ λαός ἐστιν ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἄργους, ὡς Ἀθηναῖος ὁ ἐξ Ἀθηνῶν καὶ Θηβαῖος ὁ ἐκ Θηβῶν. οἱ δὲ μέγα τὸ ω̅ν̅ γράφοντες ἀγνοοῦσι τὰ μέτρα. —T³

TRANSLATION: Write ‘Argeion’ (‘Argive’) in the singular (i.e. with short vowel omicron) to agree with ‘leōn’ (‘people’). For ‘Argive people’ is that from Argos, just as ‘Athenian’ is the one from Athens and ‘Theban’ the one from Thebes. But those who write ‘-ōn’ with long vowel (i.e., genitive plural, ‘of Argives’) are ignorant of meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.218,22–24; de Fav. 61

Or. 847.01 (847–848) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ψυχῆς ἀγῶνα … δώσων⟩: ἀγωνισόμενος τὸν ἐνεστῶτα ἀγῶνα περὶ τῆς οἰκείας ψυχῆς —V³Y²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. V³ | περὶ … ψυχῆς] περὶ ψυχῆς ἀγωνισόμενος τῆς οἰκείας V³

COMMENT: It is not certain that the whole run of words in V³ was intended to be a single note; that is, it is possible that its second ἀγωνισόμενος was a separate one-word marginal gloss.

Or. 849.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἔδρασε⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 849.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔπεισέ⟩: ὥστε ἐλθεῖν ἐκεῖσε —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 850.03 (850–51) (mosch paraphr) ἔοικε: φαίνεται δὲ ὅδε ἄγγελος, ὢν οὐ μακρὰν, λέξειν τὰ κεῖθεν περὶ τοῦ σοῦ κασιγνήτου. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aGr, partial G^b

TRANSLATION: It appears that this messenger, being not far off, will tell the news from there (at the assembly) about your brother.

LEMMA: Gr, ἔοικε δ’ οὐ μακρὰν ὅδ’ ἄγγελος G^a POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoTG^b

APP. CRIT.: ὅδε ἄγγελος οὐ μακρὰν ὢν ὅδε ὁ ἄγγελος transp. Xo | ὅδε ὁ ἄγγ. T, ὁ ἄγγ. Yf | ὢν om. G^b | λέξειν κτλ om. G^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ὅδ’ G^aG^b | τὰ ’κεῖθεν T, τα’κεῖθεν G^a, app. τὰ ἐκεῖθεν with epsilon loop on kappa erased Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.218, app. at 28

COMMENT: The manuscripts punctuate in this note only after μακρὰν (except X, which has no punct.), but presumably Moschopulus took λέξειν to be dependent on φαίνεται, unlike the recentiores who gloss λέξειν with ὥστε (sch. 851.01).

Or. 850.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔοικε⟩: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον εἶδον τὸν ἄγγελον ἐρχόμενον αἱ τοῦ χοροῦ γυναῖκες. —MB

TRANSLATION: Without explicitly saying so, the women of the chorus saw the messenger approaching.

POSITION: s.l. M, marg. B

APP. CRIT.: κατὰ δὲ τὸ M | αἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ (om. γυν.) B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,28–29; Dind. II.219,1–2

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 132.01, 132.02, 725.02 and the comment on the last.

KEYWORDS: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον | staging, entrance or exit of a character

Or. 851.03 (tri exeg) τὰ ’κεῖθεν: βαρεῖαν χρὴ τιθέναι εἰς τὸ τ̅α̅, ἵν’ εἴη βραχὺ τὸ α̅, καὶ ἀπόστροφον δηλοῦντα ὡς ἔκθλιψις γέγονε τοῦ ε̅. ἐν ἄλλοις γὰρ γίνεται κρᾶσις καὶ ἔστι τὸ τ̅α̅ μακρὸν οἷον τὰ’μά. ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὔ. —T³

TRANSLATION: It is necessary to place a grave accent on (the article) ‘ta’, so that the alpha is short, and an apostrophe indicating that there has been ecthlipsis of the epsilon (of ‘ekeithen’). For in other passages a crasis occurs and the alpha is long, for example, ‘tāma’ (‘the (things of) mine’). But here that is not so.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.219,3–6; de Fav. 61

COMMENT: The manuscripts of tragedy show that scribes often believed the Ionic/poetic form κεῖνος and related words were the regular Attic ἐκεῖνος/ἐκει-, but with prodelision (ecthlipsis) of the initial vowel.

Or. 851.04 (mosch paraphr) τὰ κεῖθεν: τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀργείων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrAa²

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.219,3

Or. 851.10 (tri metr) ⟨κασιγήντου⟩: koinē long over iota —T³

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 852.01 (rec exeg) ὦ τλῆμον: ¹ταῦτα τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ἀκροασαμένου τῆς βουλῆς καὶ σκέψεως τῆς κατὰ τοῦ Ὀρέστου τυρευθείσης. ²διηγεῖται δὲ τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ οὐχ ὡς ἀγνοούσῃ, ἀλλ’ ὡς τὸν περὶ τοῦ Ὀρέστου καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκδεικνύμενος πόθον. ³ἠγαπᾶτο γὰρ παρ’ αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔλαττον τῶν λοιπῶν. ⁴διὸ καὶ μετ’ ἐπιστάσεως διηγεῖται τὴν ὄψιν καὶ μετ’ ἐκπλήξεως καὶ ὀδύνης. —MnPrR^bS

TRANSLATION: These (are the words) of the messenger who was in the audience of the deliberation and consideration contrived against Orestes. He narrates (the event) to Electra not as if she does not know, but as one who is himself too demonstrating his feeling of loss concerning Orestes. For he (Orestes) was loved by him (the messenger) no less than by(?) the others (i.e., Electra and Pylades?). Therefore he narrates the sight both with close attention to detail and with shock and pain.

REF. SYMBOL: R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 οὐχ’ all | 3 οὐκέλαττον R^b | ἔλλατον Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.219,7–12

COMMENT: Dindorf first published this note from Mn alone and printed μετ’ ἐπιτάσεως διηγεῖται in 4. The common phrase μετ’ ἐπιτάσεως means ‘with intensification’, ‘with vehemence’, sometimes almost ‘with exaggeration’, and is sometimes used of stylistic choices. Thus, it is not inconceivable here. But μετ’ ἐπιστάσεως, although a somewhat less common phrase, is often applied precisely to expansive, detailed consideration or reporting as opposed to brief assertion without details. Since the remark as a whole concerns the feelings of the messenger (πόθος, ἠγαπᾶτο, ὀδύνης—ἐκπλήξεως, however, is more ambiguous between the speaker’s emotion and the intended effect on the audience), I have preferred ἐπιστάσεως.

Or. 852.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δύστηνε⟩: διὰ τὰς παρούσας συμφοράς —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 853.03 (thom exeg) ⟨πότνι’⟩: ¹πότνιαν αὐτὴν καλεῖ, ²ἢ διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὴν παρθένον τοσοῦτον χρόνον, ἢ διὰ τὸ βασιλέως εἶναι θυγατέρα, καὶ βασιλέως οὐ τοῦ τυχόντος, ³δύστηνον δὲ καὶ τλήμονα τῶν παρουσῶν εἵνεκα συμφορῶν. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: He calls her ‘potnia’ (‘mistress’) either because she is an unmarried woman for so long a time, or because she is the daughter of a king, and no ordinary king; (he calls her) unhappy and miserable because of the present misfortunes.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 αὐτὴν om. ZZaGu | 2 τοσοῦτον χρόνον] τοσοῦτων χρόνων ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.219,15–18

Or. 853.06 (tri metr) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: long mark over alpha —T/T³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 854.01 (mosch exeg) οὕς σοι δυστυχεῖς ἥκω φέρων: ¹ὅμοιον τῷ [743] ‘ποῦ ’στιν ἣ πλείστους Ἀχαιῶν ὤλεσεν γυνὴ μία’. ²ὀφείλων γὰρ εἰπεῖν ‘ἄκουσον λόγους δυστυχεῖς, οὓς ἥκω φέρων σοι’, ³ὁ δὲ συνυπάγει τῷ ὑποτακτικῷ ἄρθρῳ τὸν λόγον καί φησιν ‘ἄκουσον οὓς δυστυχεῖς λόγους ἥκω φέρων σοι’. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Similar (in syntax) to ‘where is she who, a single woman, destroyed very many of the Achaeans’. For when he ought to have said ‘hear the unhappy words that I have come bringing to you’, he makes the word (that is, ‘unhappy’) part of the subordinate clause and says ‘hear which unhappy words I have come bringing to you’.

LEMMA: all except ἄκουσον οὕς σοι δυστυχεῖς ἥκω φέρων G

APP. CRIT.: 1 τῷ] τὸ Y | 3 σοι om. Y

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ποῦστιν T, ποὖστιν G, ποῦ ἐστὶν Xo, ποῦ ἐστιν Y | ὤλεσε XaTYYfGGr | 3 καὶ φησίν all (φησί Xo)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.219,19–23

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 743.02.

Or. 855.06 (vet exeg) δῆλος εἶ λόγῳ: ἀπὸ λόγου δῆλος εἶ κακάγγελος ὤν. —MBCMnPrR^bRwSGu

TRANSLATION: From (your) statement it is clear you are a bearer of bad news.

LEMMA: δῆλος εἶ λόγων MnPrS(λόγων in text MnS, s.l. Pr), δῆλος εἶ R^b, 856 κακῶν γὰρ ἥκεις Rw REF. SYMBOL: MR^b POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ τοῦ λ. BRwGu, ἀπὸ λόγων Pr, ἀπόλογος MnS | κακῶν ἄγγελος Rw, κάγγελος Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: κακἄγγελος C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.183,30; Dind. II.219,24–25

Or. 855.07 (rec exeg) ⟨δῆλος εἶ λόγῳ⟩: ὅτι κακάγγελος —O

TRANSLATION: (‘By your statement you are clear’, that is, it is clear) that you are a bearer of bad news.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 855.08 (rec exeg) ⟨δῆλος εἶ λόγῳ⟩: μοι κακάγγελος ὢν —R

TRANSLATION: (‘By your statement you are clear’, that is, you are clearly) being a bearer of bad news to me.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 855.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δῆλος εἶ λόγῳ⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου δῆλος εἶ ἄγγελος κακῶν μηνυμάτων. —V³

TRANSLATION: From (your) statement it is clear you are a messenger of bad reports.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 855.10 (thom exeg) ⟨δῆλος εἶ λόγῳ⟩: ὅτι λόγους δυστυχεῖς ἔφερές μοι —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘By your statement you are clear’, that is, it is clear) that you were bringing unhappy words to me.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 855.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨δῆλος εἶ λόγῳ⟩: φανερὸς εἶ διὰ τοῦ λόγου. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrAa²

LEMMA: δῆλος εἶ X POSITION: s.l. except X; as 2 sep. glosses XaGrY

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.219,24–25

Or. 856.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς ἔοικας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς ἔοικεν —MnS

TRANSLATION: (‘As you appear’ is) used for ‘as it appears’.

LEMMA: thus in text MnS POSITION: s.l.

Or. 857.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ψήφῳ Πελασγῶν⟩: ἐν τῇ βουλῇ Ἀργείων —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 857.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ψήφῳ Πελασγῶν⟩: τῇ ἀποφάσει τῶν Ἀργείων —Ox

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 857.06 (vet exeg) Πελασγῶν: ¹τῶν Ἀργείων· ²Πελασγὸς γὰρ βασιλεὺς παλαιὸς Ἀργείων. —MBOVCRfRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Pelasgians’ means) ‘Argives’. For Pelasgus was an ancient king of the Argives.

LEMMA: Rw, ψήφῳ πελασγῶν V REF. SYMBOL: MVRf POSITION: marg. MB, below line (last of page) O

APP. CRIT.: 1 τῶν Ἀργείων om. O | 2 πελασγὸς … ἀργείων] βασιλεὺς γὰρ ἀργείων τελασγὸς (sic) τοῦ ἄργους V | βασ. παλ. ἀργ.] παλαιὸς βασιλεὺς τῶν (om. Rw) ἀργείων ORw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.184,1; Dind. II.219,29–30

Or. 857.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Πελασγῶν⟩: ¹τῶν Ἀργείων· ²Πελασγὸς γὰρ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἄργους γέγονεν. —MnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Pelasgians’ means) ‘Argives’. For Pelasgus was king of Argos.

LEMMA: ψήφῳ πελασγῶν MnPrR^b(πελασιῶν)S REF. SYMBOL: R^b

APP. CRIT.: 2 γέγονε βασιλεὺς τοῦ ἄργους transp. Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.219,29–30 app.

Or. 857.09 (tri exeg) ⟨Πελασγῶν⟩: ἀπό τινος Πελασγοῦ —T

TRANSLATION: (‘Pelasgians’ are so called) from a certain Pelasgus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 857.14 (tri metr) ⟨κασίγνητον⟩: koinē long over iota —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 858.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῇδ᾽ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ⟩: κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrAa²

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from. sch. 858.03 X

Or. 858.09 (tri metr) ⟨ἡμέρᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 858.10 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 859.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἴμοι⟩: ὢ τῶν μὲν ἐμῶν[(?) —V²

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The words are in the damaged upper right corner of fol. 49r (lines 859–876), slightly spaced after sch. 868.10, also by V², and there is no sign of a reference symbol. οἴμοι in 859 seems to be the only thing on this page to which it could refer (851 οἴμοι is on the facing verso). It may have been completed with κακῶν (‘o for my [troubles]!’), but it is unclear why μὲν is included in the paraphrase.

Or. 859.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσῆλθεν⟩: ἀργὸν —G

TRANSLATION: (The prefix ‘pros’ is here) without semantic force.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 859.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσῆλθε⟩: εἰς τέλος ἔφθασεν —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l. (also above 860 Ab, crossed out)

Or. 859.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσῆλθε⟩: εἰς πέρας ἐξέβη —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.220,7

Or. 859.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐλπὶς ἣν⟩: ὁ φόβος καθ’ ὃν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrAa²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὁ om. YT | καθοῦ app. Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.220,7

Or. 859.10 (rec gram) ⟨ἐλπὶς⟩: ὑπόσχεσις καὶ ἐλπὶς ἐπὶ ἀγαθοῦ. φόβος καὶ ἀπειλὴ ἐπὶ κακοῦ. —K

TRANSLATION: ‘Huposchesis’ (‘promise’) and ‘elpis’ (‘hope’) apply to something good. ‘Phobos’ (‘fear’) and ‘apeilē’ (‘threat’) apply to something bad.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 860.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨πάλαι τὸ μέλλον ἐξετηκόμην γόοις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἀφορῶσα πολλὰ ἐθρήνουν. —MBVMnPrRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘looking off to what was coming I was often(?) lamenting’.

LEMMA: πάλαι M, τὸ μέλλον ἐξετηκόμην V REF. SYMBOL: VPr POSITION: marg. MB

APP. CRIT.: μέλλον] μέσον a.c. S | πολλὰ] perhaps πάλαι?

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀφορατα Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.184,3; Dind. II.220,9–10

COMMENT: πολλὰ is somewhat unexpected in the paraphrase: is it meant to convey the intensifying force of ἐξ-, or is it a corruption of πάλαι?

Or. 860.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πάλαι τὸ μέλλον ἐξετηκόμην γόοις⟩: πάλαι ἀφορῶσα εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐξετηκόμην γόοις. —V³

TRANSLATION: For some time already, looking off to what was coming I was dissolved into tears and lamentations.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 860.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸ μέλλον ἐξετηκόμην γόοις⟩: ἤτοι (τὸ μέλλον) ἀφορῶσα ἐθρήνουν. —O

TRANSLATION: That is, ‘looking off toward what was coming I was lamenting’.

POSITION: s.l., spaced into three parts, with τὸ μέλλον to be understood from line

Or. 860.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ μέλλον ἐξετηκόμην γόοις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὸ μέλλον ὁρῶσα καὶ ἀποβλέπουσα πολλὰ ἐθρήνουν. —G

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘Seeing, that is, looking off toward, what was to come I was often(?) lamenting’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 860.09 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸ μέλλον⟩: ἡ προσδοκία τὸ μέλλον. —MVRw

TRANSLATION: ‘What is coming/the future’ (means) ‘the expectation’.

POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. V

Or. 861.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀτὰρ τίς ἀγὼν τίνες … λόγοι⟩: τίς δε ἀγὼν, ποία δὲ ἅμιλλα —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 861.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀτὰρ τίς ἀγών⟩: τίς δὲ ἀγών —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrF²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀγών om. XF²

Or. 861.06 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀργείων⟩: γρ. ἐν Ἀργείοις. —FPrG²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘Argeiōn’, ‘of the Argives’,) the reading ‘en Argeiois’ (‘among the Argives’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: marg. F, s.l. PrG²

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 861.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν Ἀργείοις⟩: Ἀργείων —Gu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘en Argeiois’, ‘among the Argives’, there is a variant) ‘Argeiōn’ (‘of the Argives’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 861.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖοι⟩: Ἀργείων —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘Argeioi’, ‘the Argives’, there is a variant) ‘Argeiōn’ (‘of the Argives’).

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 862.01 (vet exeg) ⟨καθεῖλον⟩: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ κατεδίκασαν. ²καὶ ‘καθαιροῦσαν ψῆφον’ τὴν καταδικάζουσαν. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: (‘Katheilon’, ‘took down’, is) used for ‘condemned/found guilty’. And ‘vote that takes down’ is the one that condemns.

LEMMA: κἀπεκύρω() θανεῖν V REF. SYMBOL: MV(both to κἀπεκύρωσαν; ref. to καθεῖλον add. M²) POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντί τοῦ om. V, τοῦ om. BC | κατεδίκασε C

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 καθαιροῦσ() V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.184,4–5; Dind. II.220,11–12

COMMENT: For the juncture καθαιροῦσαν ψῆφον, the closest parallels are in a late antique legal phrase εἰ δέ τι καὶ ἕτερον τῇ τῶν ἁγιωτάτων ἐπισκόπων περιέχεται ψήφῳ τῇ τοὺς προειρημένους καθαιρούσῃ τε καὶ ἀναθεματιζούσῃ, κύριον δὴ καὶ τοῦτο τίθεμεν καὶ τοῖς βασιλικοῖς ἡμῶν αὐτὸ νόμοις ἐπικυροῦμεν (Flav. Justinianus, Novellae 267,27–31, quoted in a few later texts) and Concilia Oecumenica 2:1:3.82,28–29 ὡς οὐχ ὑπήκουσεν ἐκ τρίτου, ἐξηνέχθη ψῆφος ἡ καθελοῦσα αὐτόν, but there are precedents with the plural noun in Roman times: Dionys. Hal. Ant. Rom. 7.36.2 ὅ τι δ’ ἂν αἱ πλείους ψῆφοι καθαιρῶσι, τοῦτο ποιεῖν, Plut. Cato Minor 16.9 ἐπεὶ μιᾷ ψήφῳ τὰς ἀφιείσας ὑπερέβαλλον αἱ καθαιροῦσαι.

Or. 862.09 (recMosch exeg) ⟨κἀπεκύρωσαν⟩: καὶ ἐπεκύρωσαν ἤγουν ἐβεβαίωσαν —KXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (The uncontracted form of ‘kapekurōsan’ is) ‘kai epekurōsan’ (‘and they ratified’), that is, ‘they made firm (the verdict/penalty)’.

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 862.02 X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.220,12 (second part only)

Or. 862.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κἀπεκύρωσαν⟩: γρ. ἐκύρωσαν. —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘kapekurōsan’, ‘and ratified a judgment/penalty’,) the reading ‘ekurōsan’ (‘ratified a judgment/penalty’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: If the variant is correctly transmitted in Aa, it is unclear what form the whole line took in the source in which the variant was present: perhaps it was a metrically defective text (copied from a damaged exemplar?).

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 862.17 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπεκύρωσαν⟩: long marks over first alpha and upsilon —T³/T

APP. CRIT.: over alpha by T³, over upsilon earlier by T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 863.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λευσίμῳ χερί⟩: διὰ χερὸς λίθοις βαλλούσης —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λίθῳ T

APP. CRIT. 2: χειρὸς XoY | βουλούσης Y

Or. 864.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἢ … πνεῦμ’ ἀπορρῆξαί με δει⟩: ἢ δεῖ ἐμὲ ἀπορρῆξαι τὸ σῶμα —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 865.01 (thom exeg) ⟨κοινὰς ἀδελφῷ συμφορὰς⟩: ¹ἢ ἴσον θάνατον τῷ ἀδελφῷ θνήσκουσαν, ἢ τὴν αὐτὴν δυστυχίαν τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἔχουσαν, ²ὡς ἐκείνου μὲν τὸν φόνον ποιήσαντος, ἐμοῦ δὲ συμβουλευσάσης. ³καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐπειδὴ ὁμοίως ἀμφότεροι δυστυχοῦμεν, καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ὑπόσχωμεν ἂν θάνατον. —ZZaZbZmT(Ta)Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Common misfortunes with my brother’ means) either dying the same death as my brother, or having the same misfortune as my brother, since he carried out the murder, but I advised it. And therefore, since we both are similarly unfortunate, we will also undergo the same death.

REF. SYMBOL: all POSITION: s.l. Zb, marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: T largely damaged, read from Ta | 1 θνήσκουσα Za | 3 ὁμοίως om. ZZa | ὑπέσχωμεν ZZa | ἂν om. Za

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 διατοῦτο ZZaZmTGu | ὑπόσχομεν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.220,15–18

Or. 865.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κοινὰς ἀδελφῷ συμφορὰς⟩: κοινὰς συμφορὰς ταῖς συμφοραῖς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Common misfortunes with my brother’ means) ‘misfortunes in common with the misfortunes of my brother’.

POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoTGr

Or. 865.07 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 866.01 (thom rhet) διήγησις —ZT

TRANSLATION: Narration.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: διήγησις

Or. 866.07 (rec exeg) ⟨γὰρ⟩: γρ. μὲν. —R

TRANSLATION: (For ‘gar’, ‘for’,) the reading ‘men’ (particle, ‘on the one hand’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text R REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 867.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βαίνων⟩: ἐτύγχανον βαίνων, ἤγουν ἔβαινον. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (The simple order is) ‘I happened to be going’, that is, ‘I was going’.

POSITION: s.l. (above 866 ἐτύγχανον T)

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] ἀντὶ τοῦ Xo

Or. 868.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τά τ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ Ὀρέστου⟩: τὰ περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 868.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τά τ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ Ὀρέστου⟩: καὶ τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ὀρέστου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrOx

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ὀρέστου om. Ox

Or. 868.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨εὔνοιαν⟩: προμήθεια ἡ ἀπὸ δεσποτῶν εἰς τοὺς δούλους, εὔνοια δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν δούλων εἰς δεσπότας. —V²

TRANSLATION: ‘Promētheia’ (‘forethought’) is the (disposition shown) from masters toward their slaves, ‘eunoia’ (‘good will’) from slaves toward masters.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 869.05 F².

Or. 869.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨καί μ’ ἔφερβε σὸς δόμος⟩: πρόνοια δεσπότου δούλῳ. —F

TRANSLATION: Forethought of a master for a slave.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 868.10.

Or. 869.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔφερβε⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ βίον φέρειν ἐτυμολογεῖται. —GB^3c

TRANSLATION: (‘Pherbō’) is derived from ‘bring (‘pher-’) sustenance (‘bios’)’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐτυμ. om. G

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 870.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πένητα⟩: πένης κυρίως ὁ διὰ τῶν χειρῶν ἐργαζόμενος καὶ μηδὲν ἔχων πλέον ἢ μικρὰν τὴν καθημερινὴν ζωήν. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: ‘Penēs’ (‘poor man’) is properly used of the man who works with his hands and has nothing more than his daily livelihood in small quantity.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: διὰ om., s.l. add. Sa | μικρὰν τὴν om. Sa

Or. 870.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨χρῆσθαι δὲ γενναῖον φίλοις⟩: γενναῖον δὲ ὑπάρχοντα τοῖς φίλοις εἰς τὸ χρῆσθαι αὐτοὺς ἐμοὶ, ὅμοιον τῷ ‘ἡδὺς ὁ ποταμὸς πιεῖν’. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: And being noble for my friends with respect to their using me, similar (in syntax) to ‘the river is sweet to drink’.

LEMMA: γενναῖον φίλοις G POSITION: s.l. XaXb

APP. CRIT.: εἰς om. Y | ὁ om. G

COMMENT: See above on sch. 806.01.

Or. 870.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρῆσθαι δὲ γενναῖον φίλοις⟩: ὄντα με πρὸς τὸ βοηθῆσαι τοῖς φίλοις —AbMnPrS

TRANSLATION: Me being (noble) in respect to helping friends.

POSITION: s.l. (above σὸς δόμος πένητα μὲν S)

APP. CRIT.: τῶ Mn | βοηθεῖν Ab

Or. 870.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρῆσθαι δὲ γενναῖον φίλοις⟩: ἤγουν εἰς χρείαν φίλων εὐγενῆ —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 870.11 (vet paraphr) ⟨χρῆσθαι δὲ γενναῖον⟩: εὐγενῆ πρὸς τὸ χρῆσθαι —MB

TRANSLATION: Noble with respect to using.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.184,7; Dind. II.223,18

Or. 871.01 (rec rhet) ⟨ὁρὼ δ’ ὄχλον στείχοντα⟩: σχῆμα ἐναργείας —Rf

TRANSLATION: The figure of vividness (making the audience share the speaker’s experience of the event).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐνάργεια

Or. 871.06 (tri metr) ⟨ὄχλον⟩: koinē short over first omicron —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 871.11 (vet exeg) καὶ θάσσοντ’ ἄκραν: ¹τόπος οὕτω καλούμενος. ²τὸν Πρῶνα λέγει· ³ἐνταῦθά φασι τοὺς Ἀργείους ἐκκλησιάζειν. —MBVCMnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Peak’ is) a place so called. He means the Pron (‘height’). Here they say the Argives used to meet in assembly.

LEMMA: MBVCPr, καὶ θάσσων δ’ ἄκραν R^b, θάσσοντ’ ἄκραν MnS REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: out of order top of 49v, with verse on 49r, V

APP. CRIT.: 1 οὗτος VCSa | 2 λέγει δὲ τὴν πρῶνα B | 3 φασι] B, om. M, φησὶ VCMnPrR^bS, δε φησι Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὔτω M, οὗτο Mn | 3 ἐνταῦθα φα() B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.184,8–9; Dind. II.223,19–20

COMMENT: ‘Pron’ is a common noun meaning ‘peak’, ‘hill’, ‘promontory’, and the like. As a proper noun it appears in Paus. 2.34–36 of the mountain or hill called Pron in Hermione, while the scholia on this passage are the only places using the term of a location in Argos, presumably owing the information to Deinias (see sch. 872.05).

COLLATION NOTES: In V φη() has a somewhat ambiguous eta that is easily seen as an alpha, as Dindorf (or his collator) read it, but close inspection of the ductus shows that Schwartz’s report of φη() is probably correct.

Or. 871.12 (vet exeg) ⟨καὶ θάσσοντ’ ἄκραν⟩: ¹τὴν Ἡλιαίαν φασι. ²τόπος οὕτω καλούμενος. ³λέγει δὲ τὸν Πρῶνα. —B

TRANSLATION: They say (it is) the Heliaea. A place so called. And he means the Pron.

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.: 3 τὸν] τὴν B

APP. CRIT. 2: ἠλιαίαν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.185, app. at 20

Or. 871.13 (vet exeg) θάσσοντ’ ἄκραν: φασὶ τὸν Δαναὸν ἐνταῦθα δεδωκέναι δίκας τῷ Αἰγύπτῳ ὑπὲρ ὧν εἰργάσαντο φόνων αἱ θυγατέρες αὐτοῦ. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: They say that Danaus here granted arbitration to Aegyptus concerning the killings which his daughters brought about.

LEMMA: MVCMnPrR^b(θᾶσσον τ’)S, 872 δαναὸν Rw POSITION: cont. from sch. 870.11. BPr

APP. CRIT.: ἐνταῦθα φησὶ τὸν Δαναὸν transp. Rw | φασὶ] Dindorf, φη(σὶ) all (φησὶν Mn) except λέγουσι δὲ καὶ B | δίκας om. MnPrS, transp. after τῶ αἰγ. Rw | ὃν M | φόνων] Rw (Arsen.), φόνον others (MeMuPh) | at end add. αἱ πεντήκοντα τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ:~ ζήτει ὄπι⟨σ⟩θεν V [referring to sch. 872.04 on 49r, prev. page]

APP. CRIT. 2: θυγατέραις MnR^bS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.184,10–11; Dind. II.223,20–22

Or. 871.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: ὄνομα ἀκρωτηρίου, ἢ ἀκρόπολιν —MnPrSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Akra’ is ) the name of a peak, or the acropolis.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀκρωτήριον Sa, ambig. truncation MnS | ἢ om. Mn

Or. 871.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄκραν⟩: τὴν Ἡλιαίαν φησὶ. —A^rAa

TRANSLATION: He means the Heliaea.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: φησὶ om. Aa

Or. 871.20 (thom exeg) ἄκραν: εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν, ἔνθα ἦν καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον Ἡλιαία δικαστήριον. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: At the acropolis, where there was also the court-area called Heliaea.

LEMMA: ZlT REF. SYMBOL: ZlT POSITION: s.l. ZZaZbZm, marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | ἦν om. Za | καὶ om. Zb | at end add. φόνου τῶν υἱέων Zb (fragment of sch. 872.16)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἠλιαῖα Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.225,19–20

Or. 872.03 (vet exeg) οὗ φασι πρῶτον: ¹ὅπου φασὶ πρῶτον Δαναὸν μετὰ τὸν θάνατον τῶν υἱῶν Αἰγύπτου δοῦναι δίκας. ²αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ Αἴγυπτος ἧκεν εἰς Ἄργος τιμωρήσων τὸν φόνον. ³Δαναὸς δὲ μαθὼν ἐξῆγεν εἰς ὅπλα τοὺς Ἀργείους, ἀλλὰ Λυγκεὺς πείθει λόγοις ὁρίσασθαι τὴν ἔχθραν, καὶ καθιστῶσι δικαστὰς αὐτοῖς Αἰγυπτίων καὶ Ἀργείων τοὺς ἀρίστους. ⁴ὁ δὲ τόπος ἔνθα ἡ δίκη συνήχθη περὶ τὴν μεγίστην ἄκραν ⟨ἦν⟩, ἔνθα καὶ Ἴναχος ἁλίσας τὸν λεὼν συνεβούλευσεν οἰκίζειν τὸ πεδίον. ⁵ὁ δὲ τόπος ἐξ ἐκείνου Ἁλιαία καλεῖται. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: Where they say Danaus, as the first, granted arbitration after the death of the sons of Aegyptus. For Aegyptus himself came to Argos to avenge the murder. When Danaus learned this, he brought the Argives out to fight, but Lynceus persuades (them) to arbitrate the (cause of) enmity, and they appoint as jurors for them the noblest of the Egyptians and Argives. And the place where the court was assembled was around the highest hill, the place where Inachus too gathered the people and advised them to settle the plain. And the place is called for that reason Haliaea.

LEMMA: M(οὐ or οὖ)VMn(φασὶ)PrR^bS, οὗ φασι πρῶτον δαναόν C, ἄλλως Rw, in marg. B, REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: follows sch. 872.06 BCRw

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὅπου … δαναὸν om. Rw | τὸν add. before δαναὸν BVMnS, τῶν δαναῶν R^b | punct. after δαναόν as if end of lemma C (lemma also is punctuated) | after μετὰ (μετ’ Pr) add. ἄγγελον MnPrR^bSSa | τὸν om. B | υἱέων VMnPrR^bSSa | 1–2 αἰγύπτου … εἰς ἄργος] B, ἧκεν εἰς ἄργος αἴγυπτος others(αἴγυπτον S) | 1 Αἰγύπτῳ Schw. (cf. 871.13) | 2 ἄργους C | τιμωρήσαν R^b | 2–3 τὸν φόνον … λόγοις om. S | 2 τῶ φόνω BRw | 3 ἐξήγαγεν Rw | τοὺς μὴ ἀργείους Sa | first καὶ om. R^b | ὁρίσασθαι] λῦσαι BRw | αὐτοῖς] αὐτοὺς M(but grave written over circumflex)VCSa, αὐτῆς MnPrR^bS | καὶ ἀργείων transp. after ἀρίστους R^b, but corr. order indicated with β, α s.l. | second καὶ om. Sa | 4–5 treated as sep. sch. Sa | 4 ὁ δὲ τόπος ἔνθα del. Schw., add. δὲ after ἡ | συνήχθη ἡ δίκη transp. MnSSa | περὶ] παρὰ MnRwSa | ⟨ἦν⟩ Mastr., after ⟨ἐστίν⟩ Wilam. 1880: 93 | ἔνθα καὶ … ἁλίσας om. MnPrSSa | τὸν λαὸν BRw, τῶν λεῶν Sa | συνεβούλευσεν] συνενήλευσεν M, συνεβούλευεν R^b | 5 ὁ δὲ … καλεῖται] ἐξ ἐκείνου ἁλιδιὰς καλεῖται ἡ νῦν ἠλιαία λεγομένη B | ἐξ om. Pr | Ἁλιαία] ἁλιδίας Rw (cf. conflation in B), ἁλία Cobet (approved by Wilam.)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.184,12–19; Dind. II.224,6–13

COMMENT: Moderns consider Pron the name of the hill on which the court met, and Haliaea the name of the court itself, as stated in the next. This fact and the clearer nature of the resulting etymology lend some support to Cobet’s emendation ἁλία in sentence 5. | Perhaps this scholion should be presented as two separate versions. What is offered by the witnesses other than B could originally have begun μετὰ τὸν θάνατον τῶν υἱῶν ἧκεν εἰς Ἄργος Αἴγυπτος τιμωρήσων τὸν φόνον (compare Thomas’s adaptation of this scholion in sch. 872.08, which begins μετὰ τὸν θάνατον τῶν υἱέων ἧκεν εἰς Ἄργος Αἴγυπτος τιμωρησόμενος Δαναόν), and the preceding words could be due to conflation with an alternative form of the lemma, subsequently adjusted to paraphrase style with the substitution of ὅπου for οὗ. B’s version could then be seen as an expanded recension secondary to the conflated version of the other witnesses.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 872.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἡ πολλὴ δόξα κατέχει μὴ ἀφῖχθαι τὸν Αἴγυπτον εἰς Ἄργος, καθάπερ ἄλλοι τέ φασι καὶ Ἑκαταῖος γράφων οὕτως [EGM fr. 19 Fowler = FHG IV p. 627a]· ²‘ὁ δὲ Αἴγυπτος αὐτὸς μὲν οὐκ ἦλθεν εἰς Ἄργος, παῖδες δὲ, ὡς μὲν Ἡσίοδος [Hes. fr. 127 M–W (25 Rzach)] ἐποίησε, πεντήκοντα, ὡς ἐγὼ δὲ, οὐδὲ εἴκοσι’. ³καὶ Διονύσιος ὁ κυκλογράφος [FGrHist 15 F 6 Jacoby, BNJ 15 ed. P. Ceccarelli] {ἐν} τούτῳ τὰ παραπλήσιά φησι. ⁴Φρύνιχος δὲ ὁ τραγικός φησι [TrGF 3 F 1 Snell] σὺν Αἰγυπτίοις τὸν Αἴγυπτον ἥκειν εἰς Ἄργος. ⁵λέγεται δέ τις ἐν Ἄργει Πρὼν, ὅπου δικάζουσιν Ἀργεῖοι. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: The general opinion prevails that Aegyptus did not go to Argos, just as both others say and in particular Hecataeus, writing as follows: ‘Aegyptus himself did not go to Argos, but his sons (did), as Hesiod (says), fifty (in number), but as I say, not even twenty’. And Dionysius the writer of a cyclic history says things similar to him (or: to this?). But Phrynichus the tragedian says that Aegyptus came to Argos with Egyptians. And a certain Pron in Argos is spoken of, the place where the Argives hold court.

LEMMA: VC, in marg. MB

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἄλλοι τέ φασι] ἄλλοι· στέφανος VRw | ἄλλοις τε MC | ἑκταῖος Rw | γράφων] Arsen. (MeMuPh), γράφεται M, γράφει B, γρ() C, app. γράψον V, γὰρ Rw | παῖδες δὲ] Weil 1878: 84–85 (whence παῖδες δὲ ⟨ἐόντες⟩ Wilamowitz 1914: 20 n. 3, a supplement deemed unnecessary by Weil), παῖδας δὲ all, except παῖδας μὲν M, παῖδας δὲ ⟨ἀπέστειλεν⟩ Kirchhoff 1879: 327; παῖδας δὲ ⟨αὐτοῦ· καὶ παῖδας μὲν⟩ Wilamowitz 1880: 94 | 2 second δὲ] μὲν M | ν̅ MBC | ὡς … εἴκοσι om. B | ἐγὼ δὲ] Wilam. 1880, δὲ ἐγὼ λέγω Kirchhoff, λέγων δὲ M(ambig. whether λέγω or ‑ων)VCRw | εἴκοσι] Weil and Wilam. 1880, εἰσί M, εἰσὶ VRw, ἔστι C | 3 κυκλογράφος] Cobet (cf. sch. 996.03), κυκλογραφεὺς all | ἐν τούτῳ τὰ (τοὺς Rw) παραπλήσια MVCRw, ἐν del. Schwartz (Addenda II.441), τὰ παραπλήσια τούτῳ (ἐν om.) B, ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τὰ παραπλήσιά Cobet | 4 φρυνίων C | φησι σὺν] φησιν ἐν Nauck on Phrynichus TGF fr. 1 | σὺν αἰγ. om. B | 5 λέγει MC | παρὼν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.184,20–185,4; Dind. II.224,13–225,1

COMMENT: On the uncertainties about which Dionysius this is and where he was from, see Schwartz in RE 5:1 (1905) 933 (‘Dionysios’ no. 110), and the discussion of P. Ceccarelli in BNJ, both in favor of a Samian author of the 3rd or 2nd cent. BCE.

COLLATION NOTES: The sign on 2 λέγ in M is smaller than the usual (ων) and appears to have the beginning of an upward curve on the right, so it may well be a hastily written ω-sign; but it cannot be excluded that it is (ων), as previous collators interpreted it.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | citation of historian or scholar (with direct quotation) | citation of historian or scholar | mythography

Or. 872.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄλλως⟩: ¹οὗ παρῆκεν ὁ Δαναὸς Αἰγύπτῳ δικάσασθαι. ²ἱστορεῖ δὲ περὶ τοῦ χωρίου Δεινίας [FGrHist 306 F 3 Jacoby = BNJ fr. 3 Tell = fr. 3 Müller FHG III.24–25] ἐν θ̅ τῆς πρώτης συντάξεως, ἐκδόσεως δὲ δευτέρας, γράφων οὕτως· ³‘ταχέως δὲ κυριεύσαντες τὸν †Μέλάχαριν† καὶ τὴν Κλεομήτραν βάλλοντες τοῖς λίθοις ἀπέκτειναν. ⁴καὶ τὸν τάφον αὐτῶν δεικνύουσι καὶ νῦν ἔτι ὑπεράνω τοῦ καλουμένου Πρωνὸς, χῶμα †παντελῶς†, οὗ συμβαίνει τοὺς Ἀργείους δικάζειν’. ⁵τάχα δ’ ἂν τούτου καὶ ἐν Βελλεροφόντῃ μνημονεύοι εἰπών [TrGF fr. 305 Kannicht]· ⁶‘καὶ ξεστὸν ὄχθον Δαναϊδῶν ἑδρασμάτων / στὰς ἐν μέσοισιν εἶπε κηρύκων ⟨ ⏑ ‒ ⟩’. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: Where Danaus allowed Aegyptus to bring suit. Deinias tells about the place in the ninth book of the first syntaxis, second edition, writing as follows: ‘Swiftly having taken control they killed †Melacharis† and Cleometra by pelting them with stones. And they show even now their tomb above the so-called Pron, a mound †entirely†, where it happens that the Argives hold court. And perhaps he (the poet) may be referring to this also in Bellerophon, saying ‘ … the polished prominence where the Danaidae (Argives) sit, (someone) standing in the midst of the heralds said … ’.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλ’ as first word of note MVCRw POSITION: cont. from prev. all

APP. CRIT.: 1 οὗ … δικάσασθαι om. B | οὗ παρῆκεν Schw. after οὐ παρῆκεν Cobet, οὐ παρήκει MVC, οὐ παρήκειν Rw, οὐ παρεκεῖ Wilam. 1880: 93, all except Schw. retaining ἀλλ’ and cont. from prev. [B] | 2 δ of δεινίας erased or abraded in M | ἐν … δευτέρας om. B | ἐν θ̅] Müller, ἔνθα M(ἔν with θ above)VCRw, ἐν τῷ πρῴτῳ Cobet | second δὲ om. M | δεύτερον M | γράφων] γρ() MC, app. γράψον V, om. Rw | 3 ταχέως] τείχεος conj. Müller | Μελάγχρον Dindorf, after Μελάγχρουν Cobet, μελάχαριν MB, μὲν λάχαριν C, μὲν λάχρ V, μὲν λάτοϊν Rw | κλεομήστραν C, κλεομήτρ() V | τοῖς om. B | 4 ἔτι καὶ νῦν transp. B | πρῶνου or πρὼνου M | χῶμα ⟨γῆς⟩ παντελῶς Jacoby | τοὺς] app. τὸ B | 5 μνημονεύοι] Matthiae, ‑εύει all | 6 ὄχλον B | ἑδρασμένων Rw, ἑδράσματα Hermann, Opusc. 2:322 | στὰς om. VRw | ἐν μέσοις V, ἐν πέσει Rw | at end ⟨ὕπο⟩ Cobet (for other conjectural supplements see Kannicht)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.185,5–12; Dind. II.225,1–8

COMMENT: For the Deinias fragment, see H. Tell’s commentary in BNJ. If one accepts Schwartz’s ἄλλως as restored lemma and οὗ for οὐ, Deinias is another source (or the explicit source) for Danaus submitting to a trial at this location, whereas for Cobet and Wilamowitz Deinias is being cited as a dissident source to contrast with Euripides’ version. | The two proper names in the fragment are not otherwise known from Argive myths and are uncertain. The name Melanchrus conjectured by Dindorf after Cobet is based on knowledge of a tyrant of Lesbos with that name, Alcaeus fr. 331 L–P = 331 Voigt, Strabo 13.2.3, etc. The name (sometimes in the form Μέλανχρος) is also attested in several inscriptions from Lesbos, Thasos, and Assos (LGPN I:302, VA:287). The name Λαχάρης is more widely attested, but the μὲν of VC is unlikely to be correct, and C’s λάχαριν could have been induced by assimilation to that name. The name Κλεομήτρα is attested only here. | The translation of the fragment of Bellerophon is uncertain because of the truncation of the syntax at both ends: ‘of heralds’ could also go with something that followed, as Cobet assumed in supplying ⟨ὕπο⟩.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | citation of historian or scholar (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Bellerophon | Deinias

Or. 872.06 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: ¹Δαναὸς ἐγένετο Ἄργους βασιλεύς. ²οὗτος τὰς θυγατέρας ἑαυτοῦ πεντήκοντα οὔσας ἐκδίδωσι πρὸς γάμον τοῖς υἱοῖς Αἰγύπτου πεντήκοντα καὶ αὐτοῖς οὖσιν. ³οὗτος ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸ μαντεῖον χρησόμενος εἰ ἄρα καλῶς ἔγημαν αἱ θυγατέρες. ⁴ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἔχρησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τούτου κινδυνεύσειν. ⁵ὁ δὲ ἔπεισε τὰς θυγατέρας ἀνελεῖν τοὺς υἱοὺς Αἰγύπτου. ⁶μόνη δὲ Ὑπερμήστρα ἐφείσατο τοῦ Λυγκέως, καὶ οὗτος ἐβασίλευσεν Ἄργους. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: Danaus became king of Argos. He gives his own daughters, being fifty (in number), in marriage to the sons of Aegyptus, being themselves fifty (in number). He went away to the oracle to inquire whether in fact his daughters married for the good. The god replied with the oracle that he would incur danger from this arrangement. And he persuaded his daughters to kill the sons of Aegyptus. Hypermestra alone spared Lynceus, and he became king of Argos.

LEMMA: in marg. M, ἄλλως Rw, (ἄλλως prep. B) οὗ φασι πρῶτον δαναόν BC POSITION: cont. from prev. V, add. δὲ; precedes sch. 782.03 BC

APP. CRIT. 2: 5 ἔπεισεν M | 6 ἐφήσατο M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.185,13–19; Dind. II.223,23–224,5

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 872.07 (rec exeg) ⟨οὗ φασι πρῶτον Δαναὸν⟩: ¹Δαναὸς ἐγένετο Ἄργους βασιλεύς. ²οὗτος τὰς πεντήκοντα θυγατέρας αὐτοῦ δέδωκε τοῖς υἱοῖς Αἰγύπτου πεντήκοντα καὶ αὐτοῖς οὖσι. ³εἶτα εἰς τὸ μαντεῖον ἐλθὼν ἔμαθε ὅτι ἐξωσθῆναι ⟨δεῖ⟩ τῆς βασιλείας ἔκ τινος τῶν γαμβρῶν, ⁴καὶ μὴ νοῶν ποῖος ἐστὶν, ἔκτεινε αὐτοὺς. ⁵μόνη μία τῶν θυγατέρων αὐτοῦ ἐφείσατο τοῦ ἀνδρὸς Λυγκέως τοὔνομα, καὶ μετὰ μικρὸν οὗτος ἐβασίλευσεν Ἄργους. —Rf

TRANSLATION: Danaus became king of Argos. This man gave his fifty daughters in marriage to the sons of Aegyptus, also being fifty (in number). Then going to an oracle he learned that it is necessary for him to be driven from the kingship by one of his sons-in-law, and not knowing which one it is, he killed them. Only one of his daughters spared her husband, Lynceus by name, and shortly thereafter this man became king of Argos.

REF. SYMBOL: Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δέδοκε Rf

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 872.08 (thom exeg) ⟨οὗ φασι πρῶτον Δαναὸν⟩: ¹μετὰ τὸν θάνατον τῶν υἱέων ἧκεν εἰς Ἄργος Αἴγυπτος τιμωρησόμενος Δαναόν. ²καὶ ὃς μαθὼν ἐξῆλθε μετὰ τῶν Ἀργείων εἰς μάχην. ³ἀλλὰ Λυγγεὺς ὁ υἱὸς Αἰγύπτου ὁ μόνος ἀποφυγὼν τὸν θάνατον πείθει λόγοις τόν τε πατέρα Αἴγυπτον καὶ Δαναὸν θεῖον καταλῦσαι τὴν μάχην καὶ εἰς κρίσιν ἐλθεῖν. ⁴καθιστῶσιν οὖν δικαστὰς αὐτοῖς Αἰγυπτίων καὶ Ἀργείων ἀρίστους. ⁵γέγονε δὲ ἡ δίκη παρὰ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν, ἔνθα καὶ πρῶτον Ἴναχος κατελθὼν ἐξ ὄρους μετά τινων ἀνδρῶν ᾤκισε τὸ πεδίον. ⁶ὁ δὲ τόπος ἐξ ἐκείνου Ἡλιαία καλεῖται, ἐν ᾧ Ἀργεῖοι ἐποίουν τὰς δίκας. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: After the death of his sons Aegyptus came to Argos to avenge himself on Danaos. And he, learning of this, came out with the Argives for battle. But Lynceus, the only son of Aegyptus who escaped death, persuades by arguments his father Aegyptus and his father-in-law Danaus to cease the battle and enter into a courtcase. So then they establish as jurors for them the noblest of the Egyptians and Argives. The trial took place along the acropolis, where also Inachus, when he first came down from the mountain with some men, settled the plain. The place in which the Argives conducted their trials is called Heliaea from that.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl, at Αἰγύπτῳ δίκας ZZaZm

APP. CRIT.: 1 τιμωρούμενος ZZa | 3 app. λυγκεὶς a.c. Zl | τὸν add. before θεῖον T³ | ἐλθεῖν om., in marg. add. Z | 4 τοὺς add. before ἀρίστους T

APP. CRIT. 2: 5 ὥκησε a.c. or p.c. Z | 6 ἠλιαία ZZmGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.225,9–18

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 872.09 (vet exeg) ⟨οὗ φασι πρῶτον Δαναὸν⟩: τὴν Ἡλιαίαν φησί. —M

TRANSLATION: (By ‘where’) he means the Heliaea.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.185,20; Dind. II.225,18

Or. 872.13 (tri metr) ⟨φασὶ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 872.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Δαναὸν Αἰγύπτῳ δίκας⟩: τιμωρούμενον τὸν Δαναὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Αἰγύπτου —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 872.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Δαναὸν Αἰγύπτῳ⟩: Αἴγυπτος καὶ Δαναὸς κατῴκουν Ἄργος. —Aa

TRANSLATION: Aegyptus and Danaus settled in Argos.

POSITION: on facing recto

Or. 872.16 (thom exeg) ⟨Αἰγύπτῳ δίκας⟩: ἐν κρίσει ἀπολογίας τοῦ φόνου τῶν υἱέων —ZZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Dikas’ in this place means) arguments (offered) in a trial in defense of the murder of the sons.

REF. SYMBOL: Gu POSITION: s.l. except Gu, precedes sch. 872.08 Gu

APP. CRIT.: καὶ add. before τῶν Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.225,9

COMMENT: The plural ἀπολογίας is perhaps chosen to match the plural δίκας. The alternative of taking ἀπολογίας as genitive singular yields, in my view, a clumsy sense: ‘in a trial/judgment of the justification of the murder of the sons’.

Or. 873.05 (tri metr) ⟨ἀθροῖσαι⟩: koinē short over alpha —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 873.07 (tri metr) ⟨λαὸν⟩: long mark over alpha —T³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 61

Or. 875.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τί καινὸν Ἄργει;⟩: τί νέον γέγονε δηλονότι ἐν τῷ Ἄργει; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: γέγονε om. X

Or. 875.08 (875–876) (vet paraphr) μῶν τι πολεμίων πάρα: ἆρα παρὰ πολεμίων τινῶν ἄγγελμα παραγενόμενον ἀνήγειρε τὴν πόλιν; —B

TRANSLATION: Is it that a message coming from some enemies arrived and stirred up the city?

LEMMA: B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.185,21 and app.; Dind. II.226,1–2

Or. 875.09 (vet paraphr) ⟨μῶν τι πολεμίων πάρα⟩: ἆρα παρὰ πολεμίων τινῶν —M

TRANSLATION: Is is that from some enemies …?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄρα M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.185,21

Or. 876.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Δαναϊδῶν⟩: τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ Δαναοῦ καταγομένων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrAa²

TRANSLATION: Those descended from Danaus.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: δαναϊδοῦ Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.226,4–5

Or. 876.14 (vet exeg) ⟨πόλιν⟩: γράφεται ὄχλον. —MPrSa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘polin’, ‘city’,) the reading ‘ochlon’ (‘mob, throng’) is found.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. PrSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.185,23

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 876.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ὄχλον⟩: γράφεται πόλιν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ochlon’, ‘mob, throng’,) the reading ‘polin’ (‘city’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 877.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδ’/ὅ δ’⟩: δεικτικὸν —V¹

TRANSLATION: Deictic.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς

Or. 877.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κεῖνον οὐχ ὁρᾷς⟩: δεικτικῶς —AaFY²

TRANSLATION: (Expressed) deictically.

LEMMA: ἐκεῖνον in text all POSITION: s.l., above ἐκεῖνον F, above οὐχ ὀρᾷς AaY²

APP. CRIT.: δεικτικὸν Y²

KEYWORDS: δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς

Or. 880.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨στείχονθ᾽⟩: στείχοντε —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (The elided form is from the dual) ‘steichonte’ (not from the singular ‘steichonta’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 882.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸν δ’ … λυπούμενον⟩: ¹τὸν δὲ συλλυπούμενον τῷ φίλῳ καθάπερ ἀδελφόν —MBVC

TRANSLATION: And the other sharing in the distress with his friend just as a brother (would).

LEMMA: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. V

APP. CRIT.: τὸν δὲ om. VC | τὸν φίλον MC | καθάπερ ἀδελφόν] ἴσα ἀδελφῷ B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.186,3; Dind. II.226,13–14

Or. 882.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν δ’ … λυπούμενον⟩: συλλυπούμενον ὁμοίως Ὀρέστῃ τῷ φίλῳ καθάπερ ἀδελφόν —Rw

TRANSLATION: Sharing in distress with his friend Orestes in the same way just as a brother (would).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 882.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸν δ’ … λυπούμενον⟩: τὸν δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ φίλῳ λυπούμενον ἴσα ὥστε ἀδελφόν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: And the other distressed over his friend just as much as a brother (would be).

POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT. 2: λιπούμενον Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.226,14

Or. 882.04 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸν δ’ … λυπούμενον⟩: ¹τὸ ἴσα οὐκ ἔστι πρὸς τὸ φίλῳ, ἀλλ’ ἔστι τὸ φίλῳ πρὸς τὸ λυπούμενον, οὕτω· τὸν δὲ λυπούμενον τῷ φίλῳ ὥστε καὶ ὥσπερ ἀδελφὸν ἴσα καὶ ὁμοίως. ²ἔστιν οὖν τὸ ἴσα καὶ τὸ ὥστε ταυτοδύναμα, τὸ μὲν ὥστε πρὸς τὸ ἀδελφὸν ὂν, τὸ δὲ ἴσα ἀσύντακτον διὰ μέσου κείμενον. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The word ‘isa’ (‘equally’) is not construed with ‘philōi’ (‘to/with a friend’), but ‘philōi’ is construed with ‘lupoumenon’ (‘distressed’), as follows: ‘and the other distressed for his friend as, that is, just as, a brother, equally, that is, in the same way’. Therefore, ‘isa’ and ‘hōste’ (‘as’) express the same meaning, with ‘hōste’ being construed with ‘adelphon’ (‘brother’) while ‘isa’ is in parenthetic position without syntactic connection (to another word).

REF. SYMBOL: at ἴσα φίλῳ all except Gu

APP. CRIT.: T damaged by transfer of ink from facing page, partly read from Ta | 2 ταυτοδύναμον Za, ‑α s.l. | κείμενον app. om. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.226,15–19

COMMENT: Thomas agrees with Moschopulus (882.03) in taking φίλῳ directly with λυπούμενον (in the sense normally expressed by ἐπὶ + dative) and associating ἴσα with ὥστε, whereas the older scholia (882.01, 882.02) take ἴσα φίλῳ together as equivalent to σὺν φίλῳ and paraphrase with συλλυπούμενον.

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου | ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα

Or. 882.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν δ’ … λυπούμενον⟩: ἴσα καὶ ὁμοίως τῷ φίλῳ ἤγουν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ λυπούμενον —Zm

TRANSLATION: Being distressed equally with and in the same way as his friend, that is, Orestes.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Th author of this note disagrees with the Thoman explanation also copied in Zm (prev.).

Or. 882.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν δ’ … λυπούμενον⟩: ἢ οὕτως· ἐλυπεῖτο τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ ὡς ἀδελφὸς καὶ ὡς φίλος. —V³Y²

TRANSLATION: Or in this way: he was distressed for Orestes both as a brother (would be) and as a friend (would be).

POSITION: s.l. V³, marg. Y²

APP. CRIT.: ἢ οὕτως om. Y² | first καὶ om. V³

Or. 883.05 (vet paraphr) ⟨κηδεύοντα παιδαγωγίᾳ⟩: θεραπεύοντα τῇ χειραγωγίᾳ —MB

TRANSLATION: Caring for (him) by leading him by the hand.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ prep. B | started to write παιδα-, then wrote χειρ‑ over παιδ‑ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.286, app. at 3; Dind. II.226,20–21

Or. 883.12 (rec gram) ⟨κηδεύοντα⟩: κηδεύω τὸ ἐπιγαμβρεύομαι. —K

TRANSLATION: ‘Kēdeuō’ (also can have the sense) ‘form a marriage-tie’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 883.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨κηδεύοντα⟩: κηδεύω τὸ τῆς προσηκούσης τοῖς νεκροῖς ἐπιμελείας καὶ κηδεμονίας ἀξιῶ, καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου τὸ κυβερνῶ. —Lp

TRANSLATION: ‘Kēdeuō’ means ‘I deem (someone) worthy of the care and loving attention that befit the dead’, and from this (it can also mean) ‘I guide’.

APP. CRIT. 2: κηδαιμονίας Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.226,22–23

Or. 883.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παιδαγωγίᾳ⟩: γρ. χειραγωγίᾳ. —R

TRANSLATION: (For ‘paidagōgiāi’, ‘leading like a child’,) the reading ‘cheiragōgiāi’ (‘leading by the hand’) is found.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 883.23 (tri metr) ⟨παιδαγωγίᾳ⟩: long mark over final alpha —T³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 884.12 (tri metr) ⟨ὄχλος⟩: koinē short over first omicron —T³

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 885.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨τίς χρῄζει λέγειν;⟩: τίς ἡμῶν χρῄζει θανεῖν; —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: Who among us wishes to die?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τὶς Mn

COMMENT: If the paraphrase is sound, it may be related to the perverse interpretation of the next line in Aa, where διὰ τὸν is supplied with ὀρέστην (sch. 886.05). Alternatively, perhaps Orestes is to be understood as the subject of θανεῖν (‘Who among us wishes Orestes to die?’); or θανεῖν (from 886.07) has somehow been conflated and τίς ἡμῶν χρῄζει; was intended to convey the same point as the next.

Or. 885.07 (pllgn gram) ⟨χρῄζει⟩: χρῄζω τὸ θέλω αἰτιατικῇ, χρῄζω δὲ τὸ χρείαν ἔχω γενικῇ. —G

TRANSLATION: ‘Chrēizō’ meaning ‘I want’ (is construed) with accusative, ‘chrēizō’ meaning ‘I have need of’ with genitive.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 887.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἀπὶ τῷδ’⟩: καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον, ἤγουν ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ κήρυκος —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa POSITION: marg.

Or. 887.15 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπὶ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 888.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ταλθύβιος⟩: δύο κήρυκες ἐν τῷ στρατῷ τῶν Ἑλλήνων. —F

TRANSLATION: There were two heralds in the army of the Greeks (at Troy).

REF. SYMBOL: F

APP. CRIT. 2: κήρικες F

COMMENT: Talthybius and Eurybates: Hom. Il. 1.320–321 ἀλλ’ ὅ γε Ταλθύβιόν τε καὶ Εὐρυβάτην προσέειπε, / τώ οἱ ἔσαν κήρυκε καὶ ὀτρηρὼ θεράποντε.

Or. 888.03 (pllgn gram) ⟨Ταλθύβιος⟩: [Τ]αλθύβιος [ἀ]πὸ τοῦ τάλας [καὶ] τοῦ θύω [τ]ὸ ὁρμῶ· [π]άντες δὲ οἱ μηνυταὶ [ἐ]λέγοντο Ταλθύβιοι [ἀ]πὸ τοῦ ἐλε[εινὰ] μηνύειν. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: ‘Talthybios’ (is derived) from ‘talas’ (‘wretched’) and ‘thuō’ meaning ‘set in motion’. And all messengers used to be called ‘Talthybioi’ from their reporting pitiable things.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: This etymology is not found elsewhere. For a different one, see Prelim. Stud. 142–143.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 888.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῷ πατρὶ συνεπόρθει⟩: σὺν τῷ σῷ πατρὶ ἐπόρθει —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 889.01 (889–892) (vet exeg) ἔλεξε δ’ ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς· ⟨ἔλεξε διχόμυθα⟩, ἀντὶ τοῦ διχόγνωμα, τοῖς κρατοῦσιν ἄλλοτε ἄλλα προσχαριζόμενος. ²τὸ δὲ διχόμυθα ἐξηγεῖται διὰ τοῦ καλοῖς κακοὺς λόγους ἑλίσσων. —MBCPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: The sense in simpler order is: he spoke in double speech—equivalent to expressing different opinions—trying to oblige the powerful now in one way, now in another. He explains ‘in double words’ (‘dichomutha’) by means of the phrase ‘whirling (or: interweaving) evil words with fair ones’.

LEMMA: MB, ἔλεξε PrR^bS, 890 διχόμυθα Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξῆς R^b | πρὸς χαριζόμενος S | 2 ἐλίσσων M, ἑλλίσσων S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.186,5–6 with app.; Dind. II.227,5–7

Or. 889.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: τοῖς κρατοῦσιν ἀεὶ χαριζόμενος —MOCVAa

TRANSLATION: (‘Being under those with power’ means) ‘always obliging those ruling’.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. MO, intermarg. C, s.l. VAa

APP. CRIT.: ἀεὶ om. Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑οῦσι Aa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.186,4; Dind. II.227,1

Or. 889.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: νεύων πρὸς τὸ θέλημα τῶν δυνατῶν ἤτοι πρὸς τὸ ἀποκτανθῆναι τὸν Ὀρέστην —M²

TRANSLATION: (‘Being under those with power’ means) ‘inclining toward the wish of the powerful’, that is, toward Orestes’ being put to death.

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: θέλημα] θε() M² (cf. sch. 889.11)

Or. 889.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: ὢν τῷ μέρει τῶν δυναμένων ⟨ἢ⟩ τῷ τοῦ Αἰγίσθου —MnPrS, perhaps R^a

TRANSLATION: (‘Being under those with power’ means) ‘belonging to(?) the party of the powerful, or that of Aegisthus’.

POSITION: marg. Mn, s.l. Pr S

APP. CRIT.: R^a barely legible (δυναμένων τῶ τοῦ(?) αἰγίσθου a plausible decipherment of part) | ὢν om. MnS, perhaps read ὢν ⟨ὑπὸ⟩

APP. CRIT. 2: αἰγίστου Mn

Or. 889.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: τουτέστι τοῖς δυνατοῖς χαριζόμενος καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνους νεύων τῇ γνώμῃ. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Being under those with power’,) that is, ‘obliging the powerful and inclining to side with them in his opinion’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.227,2–3

Or. 889.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: χαριζόμενος τοῖς περὶ τὸν Αἴγίσθον ἑαυτὸν —V³Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Being under those with power’ means) ‘making a free gift of himself (or: dedicating himself) to those associated with Aegisthus’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἑαυτὸν transp. before τοῖς Y²

Or. 889.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: χάριν τοῖς κρατοῦσι ποιῶν —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Being under those with power’ means) ‘doing a favor for those who rule’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 889.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: ὑποκάτω ὢν τῶν δυναμένων, τουτέστι ⟨νεύων⟩ πρὸς τὸ θέλημα ἐκείνων —Lb

TRANSLATION: (‘Being under those with power’ means) ‘being beneath those with power, that is, inclining toward the wish of those people’.

APP. CRIT.: ⟨νεύων⟩] cf. sch. 889.06

APP. CRIT. 2: ὑπὸ κάτω Lb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.227.3–4

Or. 889.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν ὢν⟩: ἤγουν ὑποτασσόμενος τοῖς ἄρχουσιν —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Being under those with power’,) that is, ‘being submissive to the rulers’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 889.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπὸ τοῖς δυναμένοισιν⟩: ἐν τοῖς μεγάλο[ις] —F²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 889.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖς δυναμένοισιν⟩: τοῖς ἔχουσι τὰς ἐξουσίας —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 889.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖς δυναμένοισιν⟩: ἤγουν ἐνδοξοτάτοις τῆς πόλεως —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 890.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: ἄλλα μὲν βάζει ἄλλα δὲ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ κεύθει. —V^2aV^2b

TRANSLATION: He utters one thing, but conceals another in his mind.

POSITION: marg. at 886–887 and at 889–890

APP. CRIT.: δ’ ἐν V^2a | εσὶ κεύθει om. V^2b

COMMENT: This is an adaptation of Il. 9.313 ὅς χ’ ἕτερον μὲν κεύθει ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ (v.l. βάζει), but for this form of the expression cf. Nicolaus Mesarites, Seditio Joanni Comneni (12th–13th cent.)42, 4 ἡ ἡδυέπεια ἀπερίεργος, ἀψευδὴς ἡ κατάνευσις, οὐκ ἄλλα μὲν βάζει ἄλλα δ’ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ κεύθει, τὰ πάντα χαρίτων καὶ ἀληθείας μεστά, βασιλικὸν τὸ ταύτης ἀνάστημα τὸ σωματικόν τε καὶ ψυχικόν.

Or. 890.13 (tri metr) ⟨διχόμυθα⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

Or. 890.19 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐλαβούμενος⟩: γρ. ἐκπαγλούμενος. —PrRf

TRANSLATION: (For ‘eulaboumenos’, ‘fearing, avoiding offending’,) the reading ‘ekpagloumenos’ (‘admiring’) is found (or: is to be written).

LEMMA: thus in text PrRf POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Rf

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 891.03 (891–892) (vet exeg) ⟨καλοῖς κακοὺς λόγους ἑλίσσων⟩: διὰ τοῦ ‘καλοῖς κακοὺς λόγους ἑλίσσων’ ἐξηγεῖται τὸ [890] ‘διχόμυθα’. —MC

TRANSLATION: By means of ‘whirling (or: interweaving) evil words with fair ones’ he explains ‘in double words’ (‘dichomutha’).

POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ] (from sch. 889.01) Dind., Schw. without note, τὸ MC | λόγους om. C | τὸ om. M

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐλίσσων M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.186,9–10; Dind. II.227,10–11

COMMENT: Cf. sent. 2 of sch. 889.01, where the different word order in Rw matches this version.

Or. 891.04 (pllgn exeg) καλοῖς κακοὺς: ἐφερμηνευτικὸν τοῦτο τοῦ διχόμυθα· καλοῖς περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς, κακοῖς δὲ περὶ τοῦ Ὀρέστου. —Lb

TRANSLATION: (‘Evil words with fair ones’:) this phrase is explanatory of ‘in double words’, ‘fair’ concerning his father, ‘evil’ concerning Orestes.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.227,11–12

KEYWORDS: ἐφερμηνευτικόν

Or. 891.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καλοῖς⟩: τοὺς ἐπαίνους πρὸς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα —V³

TRANSLATION: (By ‘fair words’ he means) the praises directed at Agamemnon.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: φησὶ or λέγει is assumed, or has been omitted accidentally by the scribe.

Or. 891.06 (thom exeg) ⟨καλοῖς⟩: τοῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρός —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (By ‘fair words’ he means) the ones on behalf of their father.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.227,13

Or. 891.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κακοὺς⟩: διὰ τὸ λέγειν διὰ [τὸν?] Ὀρέστην κακοὺς λόγους —V³

TRANSLATION: (He says ‘evil words’) because (the speaker) was saying evil words on account of Orestes.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν perhaps lost to trimming of margin

Or. 891.11 (tri exeg) ⟨κακοὺς⟩: τοὺς κατὰ τοῦ Ὀρέστου —T

TRANSLATION: (‘Evil words’ are) the ones against Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 892.11 (vet exeg) καθισταίη νόμους: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ κυροίη. ²λέγει ὅτι ὁ Ὀρέστης οὐ καλὸν νόμον εἰσήνεγκεν εἰς τοὺς τεκόντας. —MBVCMnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Kathistaiē’, ‘establish’, is) equivalent to ‘kuroiē’ (‘ratify, make valid’). He says that Orestes introduced a rule regarding parents that is not good.

LEMMA: M, καθισταίη δὲ νόμους B(despite sch.-end punct. before note), λόγους ἑλίσσων ὅτι καθισταίη V, καθισταίη CMnPrR^bS REF. SYMBOL: MV(at λόγους) POSITION: last sch. on previous page B

APP. CRIT.: 1 καθισταίη prep. VSa | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C | κυροίοι M, κυρίοι C, κυροῖ B, εἰσῆγε MnPrS, εἰσάγει R^b | 2 λέγει] λέγ() M, λέγων other (cf. sch. 895.07 for similar variants) | νόμον] δρόμον MVC

APP. CRIT. 2: καλὸν] λι add. s.l. Sa^rec (= κάλλιον?)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.186,11–12; Dind. II.227,15–16

Or. 892.25 (pllgn gram) ⟨καθισταίη⟩: [καθισ]ταίην(?) κανονιστ[έ]ο[ν]· ἵστημι, καὶ ὁ παρατακτικὸς ἵστη[ν], ἡ μετοχὴ ὁ ἱστὰς, [τ]οῦ ἱστάντος, καὶ τὸ εὐκτικὸν ἱσταίην, καὶ μετὰ [τῆς] κατά προθέσεως καὶ ἐν συγκοπῇ καὶ τροπῇ τοῦ ψιλοῦ εἰς δασὺ καθισταίην. —Zl

TRANSLATION: ‘Kathistaiēn’ is to be conjugated/parsed (like this): ‘histēmi’, and the imperfect ‘histēn’, the participle ‘histas’, ‘tou histantos’, and the optative ‘histaiēn’, and with the prefix ‘kata’ and with elision (of ‘a’) and shift of the unaspirated (consonant ‘t’) to aspirated (‘th’), ‘kathistaiēn’.

REF. SYMBOL: app. Zl

KEYWORDS: syncope

Or. 892.26 (thom exeg) ⟨νόμους⟩: τὸ τὰς μητέρας ἀποκτείνειν ἐάν τι φαῦλον ποιήσωσιν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Laws/rules’ here means) to kill mothers if they ever do anything bad.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.227,17

Or. 893.03 (893–94) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ δ’ ὄμμ’ ἀεὶ … Αἰγίσθου φίλοις⟩: ἤτοι ἐχαρίζετο τοῖς φίλοις τοῦ Αἰγίσθου. —V³

TRANSLATION: That is, he curried favor with the friends of Aegisthus.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 894.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐδίδου⟩: γρ. ἐδείκνυε. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘edidou’, ‘he kept giving’,) the reading ‘edeiknue’ (‘he kept showing’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 894.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐδείκνυε⟩: γρ. ἐδίδου. —MnS

TRANSLATION: (For ‘edeiknue’, ‘he kept showing’,) the reading ‘edidou’ (‘he kept giving’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text MnS POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. S

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 895.07 (895–896) (vet exeg) ἐπὶ τὸν εὐτυχῆ πηδῶσ’ ἀεὶ κήρυκες: καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις κατὰ τῶν κηρύκων λέγει ὅτι [Eur. TrGF fr. 1012 Kannicht] ‘ἀεί ποτ’ ⟨ἐστὶ⟩ σπέρμα κηρύκων λάλον’. —MBVCMnPrR^bSSa

TRANSLATION: Also in other places he (Euripides) speaks in disparagement of heralds, (saying) that ‘the race of heralds is always loquacious’.

LEMMA: B, πηδῶσ’ ἀεὶ κήρυκες V, πηδῶσ’ ἀεὶ MnPrR^bS, κήρυκες, with πηδῶ() ἀεὶ add. s.l., M REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 892.11 Sa

APP. CRIT.: κατὰ τῶν κηρ. om. Sa | λέγει ὅτι … κηρύκων om. PrS | λέγει] B, λέγων others | ποτ’ ἐστὶ] Musgrave, ποτε all

APP. CRIT. 2: λάλων S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.186,13–14; Dind. II.227,21–22

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, fragment of unknown play

Or. 896.11 (tri metr) ⟨κήρυκες⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 896.12 (896–897) (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδε δ᾽ … ἔν τ’ ἀρχαῖσιν ᾖ⟩: οὗτος δὲ φίλος ἐστὶ τοῖς κήρυξιν ὅστις ἂν δύνηται καὶ ἄρχῃ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ αὐτοὶ τούτῳ πείθονται. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: This man is dear to the heralds, whoever is powerful and rules the city, and they obey this man.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄρχει S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.227,25–26

Or. 897.01 (vet paraphr) ὃς ἃν δύνηται: ὃς ἂν δύνηται καὶ ἄρχῃ τῆς πόλεως —MBVC

TRANSLATION: Whoever is powerful and rules the city.

LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: marg. MB

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. MVC | τῆς πόλ. om. V, leaving blank space

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄρχει V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.186,15; Dind. II.227, app. at 27

Or. 897.02 (rec paraphr) ὃς ἃν δύνηται: ⟨ὃς ἂν δύνηται⟩ καὶ ἄρχῃ τῆς πόλεως, τούτῳ οἱ κήρυκες πείθονται. —R^b

TRANSLATION: Whoever is powerful and rules the city, this (is the) man the heralds obey.

LEMMA: R^b(δύνειται) REF. SYMBOL: R^b

APP. CRIT.: οἱ] ὁ R^b

Or. 897.06 (tri metr) ⟨πόλεος⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον —T

TRANSLATION: (‘Of the city’ is spelled here ‘poleos’ and not ‘poleōs’) because of the meter.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 897.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔν τ’ ἀρχαῖσιν ᾖ⟩: καὶ ὅστις ἐν ἀρχαῖς ᾖ πόλεως, ἤγουν ἀρχὴν πόλεως ἄρχῃ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aG^bGr

TRANSLATION: And whoever is in offices of the city, that is, holds an office of the city.

LEMMA: ὃς ἂν δύνηται πόλεως ἔν τ’ ἀρχαῖς G^a, ὃς ἂν δύνηται πόλεως G^b POSITION: s.l. except XYG^aG^b; G^a on preceding recto, G^b beside the verse

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. G^aG^bGr | ᾖ] transp. after πόλεως XoYf, τῆς G^a

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄρχει G^aG^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.227,27

Or. 897.13 (rec gram) ⟨ᾖ⟩: ἢ τὸ ἦ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔφη. —MnS

TRANSLATION: Or (with similar spelling) ‘ē’ standing for ‘ephē’ (‘he said’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἧ Mn, τὸ η̅ S | ἔφ S

COMMENT: This must be a grammatical observation for teaching purposes rather than a proposal to consider ‘he said’ as a possible meaning in this place.

Or. 898.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ τῷδ’⟩: μετὰ ταῦτα ἤγουν μετὰ τὸν Ταλθύβιον —Zb²

TRANSLATION: (‘Following upon this’ means) ‘after these things’ or else ‘after Talthybius’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 898.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Διομήδης ἄναξ⟩: ὁ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν· ἢ ἄλλος τις ὁμώνυμος τούτῳ. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (Lord) of the Aetolians; or someone else with the same name as this one.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τίς Zm

Or. 898.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Διομήδης⟩: ὁμώνυμος τῷ ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ. —Gu

TRANSLATION: With the same name as the one in Troy.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.227,29–30

Or. 899.01 (899–900) (tri exeg) ⟨οὗτος κτανεῖν … εὐσεβεῖν⟩: ¹οὗτος οὐκ εἴα κτανεῖν οὔτε σὲ οὔτε τὸν σὸν ἀδελφόν, ²ἔλεγε δὲ ἐξορίᾳ ζημιοῦντας εὐσεβεῖν, ἤγουν καθαροὺς εἶναι. ³οὐ γὰρ δύναται τὸ εἴα ἀπὸ κοινοῦ καὶ ἐνταῦθα λέγεσθαι. —T

TRANSLATION: This (speaker, Diomedes) bade them to put to death neither you nor your brother, but he told (them) to show piety, that is, be pure (of bloodshed), by punishing with exile. For the verb ‘eiā’ (‘allowed’—here with negative ‘forbade’, ‘bade … not’) cannot be taken in common also here (with the infinitive ‘show piety’).

COMMENT: Triclinius here combines the Moschopulean notes 899.02, 900.08, 900.24, with reordering and a few added words. Also, since Triclinius has οὔτέ σ’ οὔτε in his text, he uses οὔτε instead of Mosch.’s οὐδὲ in the paraphrase.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 899.02 (899–900) (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὗτος κτανεῖν … εἴα⟩: οὗτος οὐκ εἴα κτανεῖν οὐδὲ σὲ οὐδὲ τὸν σὸν ἀδελφόν. —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

TRANSLATION: This (speaker, Diomedes,) bade them to put to death neither you nor your brother.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: οὗτος and κτανεῖν om. G, letting words be understood from line | οὐδὲ … οὐδὲ] all (as also in text all), οὔτε … οὔτε … Arsen., edd. (from Triclinian version, sch. 899.01)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.228,1–2

Or. 899.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύγγονον⟩: {γρ.} σὸν —Z

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: If γρ. is not deleted as a mistake, this might be a corruption of γρ. συν (i.e. σύνγονον); or perhaps refer to a false reading in which the gloss σὸν has been interpolated.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 900.05 (rec gram) ⟨εἴα⟩: εἶα ἄγε —K

TRANSLATION: (In other places the letters ‘eia’ could mean) ‘come then’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 900.06 (tri metr) ⟨εἴα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 900.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φυγῇ δὲ ζημιοῦντας εὐσεβεῖν⟩: ἡ ὑπόθεσις διαλαμβάνει οὕτως, ὅτι μηδὲν φονεύσωμεν αὐτοὺς ἀλλ’ ἂς διώξωμεν αὐτούς. καὶ ἐστὶν ἡ κρίση αὕτη δικαία καὶ εὐσεβεῖ. —Zu²

TRANSLATION: The proposal specifies (the matter) thus: Let us not kill them, but let us drive them (into exile), and this verdict is just and exhibits piety(?).

REF. SYMBOL: Zu²

APP. CRIT. 2: διόξωμεν Zu²

COMMENT: Perhaps εὐσεβεῖ should be taken to be a variant spelling of a vernacular εὐσεβή (= εὐσεβής). The form is not attested, but there is one instance of εὐσεβόν (= εὐσεβῆ) in a 14th–15th cent. text in TLG.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 900.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨φυγῇ δὲ ζημιοῦντας εὐσεβεῖν⟩: ἔλεγε δὲ ἐξορίᾳ. οὐ γὰρ δύναται τὸ εἴα ἀπὸ κοινοῦ καὶ ἐνταῦθα λέγεσθαι. —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

TRANSLATION: But with exile he said (to punish them). For the verb ‘eiā’ (‘allowed’—here with negative ‘forbade’, ‘bade … not’) cannot be taken in common also here (with the infinitive ‘show piety’).

POSITION: s.l. except X; second sent. sep. in marg. GGr

APP. CRIT.: ἐξορίᾳ om. X | οὐ δύν. γὰρ transp. Xo | after τὸ εἴα add. λέγεσθαι XaY

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.228,3–4

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 900.09 (rec exeg) ⟨φυγῇ δὲ ζημιοῦντας εὐσεβεῖν⟩: ἀλλ’ ἔφασκε ἡμᾶς —AbPr

TRANSLATION: But rather he suggested that we (by punishing with exile act piously).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἡμᾶς om. Ab

Or. 900.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φυγῇ δὲ ζημιοῦντας εὐσεβεῖν⟩: τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγε —Aa²Ox²

TRANSLATION: But he bade this (namely, to act piously by punishing with exile).

POSITION: marg. Aa², s.l. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο δὲ om. Ox²

Or. 900.21 (thom exeg) ⟨εὐσεβεῖν⟩: τὸ γὰρ Ὀρέστην καὶ Ἠλέκτραν λευσίμους γενέσθαι ἀσέβεια ἦν. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: For it was impiety for Orestes and Electra to be stoned.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: most of Zl concealed in binding

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.228,5–6

Or. 900.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εὐσεβεῖν⟩: ἄξιον κρίνειν ὅσον τὸ εἰς αὐτοὺς —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘Show piety’ means) ‘consider appropriate as far as concerns them’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 901.01 (tri metr) ⟨λαοὶ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 901.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπερρόθησαν⟩: γρ. λαοὶ. —PrZ

TRANSLATION: The reading ‘laoi’ (‘people’) is found. Or: Write (in addition) ‘laoi’ (here).

POSITION: marg. Pr, s.l. Z

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Pr

COMMENT: λαοὶ δ’ is interpolated at the opening of this verse in the majority of the mss.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 901.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπερρόθησαν⟩: ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ἐκείνῳ ἤχησαν —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 901.15 (rec exeg) ⟨λέγει⟩: λέγοι —V^1/3K

TRANSLATION: (For indicative ‘legei’ there is a variant, optative) ‘legoi’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 902.08 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπὶ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 903.01 (vet exeg) ἀνήρ τις ἀθυρόγλωσσος: ¹ταῦτά φασιν ἐπὶ Κλέωνι τῷ δημαγωγῷ λέγεσθαι, σφαλλόμενοι. ²πρὸ γὰρ τῆς τοῦ Ὀρέστου διδασκαλίας πολλοῖς χρόνοις ὁ Κλέων ἐτελεύτα. ³τάχα οὖν εἰς Κλεοφῶντα τείνει, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἔναγχος οὗτος τὰς πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους συνθήκας οὐ προσήκατο. ⁴καὶ τὸ λέγειν δὲ Ἀργεῖος οὐκ Ἀργεῖος ἠναγκασμένος εἰς τοῦτον βλέπει. ⁵θέλει γὰρ εἰπεῖν Ἀθηναῖον οὐκ Ἀθηναῖον ὄντα αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ νόθον πολίτην, παρόσον Θρᾷξ ἦν ὁ Κλεοφῶν. ⁶Ἀριστοφάνης Βατράχοις [679–682]·
      ⁷‘φιλοτιμότεραι Κλεοφῶντος, ἐφ’ οὗ δὴ χείλεσιν ἀμφιλάλοις
      ⁸δεινὸν ἐπιβρέμεται
      ⁹Θρῃκία χελιδὼν
      ¹⁰ἐπὶ βάρβαρον ἑζομένη πέταλον’.
—MBVC, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: They (i.e., some commentators) say that these words are spoken about Cleon the demagogue, (but) in error. For Cleon died many years before the production of Orestes. Perhaps then (the words) are aimed at Cleophon, since in fact this man had recently not allowed acceptance of the peace-treaty with the Lacedaemonians. And also, saying ‘Argive not Argive, forced in’ looks toward this person. For it means ‘him being Athenian not Athenian, but an illegitimate citizen’, because Cleophon was a Thracian. Aristophanes, Frogs: ‘more ambitious than Cleophon, on whose babbling lips a Thracian swallow roars frightfully, sitting on a foreign leaf’.

LEMMA: V, ἀνὴρ ἀθυρόγλω() B, ἀθυρόγλωσσος MC, 904 ἀργεῖος οὐκ ἀργεῖος Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBV

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.186,16–24; Dind. II.228,10–18

COMMENT: Schwartz’s τῷ λέγειν in 4 makes Euripides the subject of τείνει and βλέπει, although he is not named or referred to as ὁ ποιητής. Neither τείνει nor βλέπει in this sense of ‘regard’ or ‘refer to’ has to have a personal subject. | In 5 Ruhnken diagnosed ἐκ Δελφῶν as a corruption of ὁ Κλεοφῶν, so that the reading of MBVC is a conflation of that corruption with a second corruption to ὁ Κλέων. Palmerius 1668: 773–774 had proposed ἐκ Δεουέλτου ὁ Κλεοφῶν, but this toponym is known only from Claudius Ptolemaeus, Geogr. 3.11.11 Δεούελτος κολωνία (in a list of πόλεις μεσόγειοι τῆς Θρᾴκης). | For the rejection of the offering of peace, see sch. 371.01 and 772.02, and for Cleophon see also sch. 772.01 and 772.03.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aristophanes

Or. 903.02 (recThom exeg) ⟨ἀνήρ τις ἀθυρόγλωσσος⟩: ὁ Κλεοφῶν —V¹AaAbF²MnPrSSaZZaZbZlZmZuTGGuZcB^3a

REF. SYMBOL: F² POSITION: s.l. except marg. F²

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. MnPrSSaZcZu, ἤτοι prep. V¹Ab | ὁ om. F²ZZaZbZmTGu | κλεοφώντης Zc

APP. CRIT. 2: κλεοφών F²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.228,9

Or. 903.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀθυρόγλωσσος⟩: πολυλόγος· οὗτοι γὰρ διὰ τὸ πάνθ’ ἃ νοήσειαν ἐκφέρειν τῇ γλώττῃ θύραν οὐ δοκοῦσιν ἐν τοῖς στόμασιν ἔχειν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Athuroglossos’, ‘whose tongue has no doors’ means) ‘of many words/speeches’. For these (sorts of) people, because they bring forth with their tongue every thought they might have, seem not to have a door in their mouths.

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except marg. T (but first word sep. s.l. T)

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zl | οὗτοι γὰρ] οὗτος γὰρ Zb, οἱ γὰρ πολυλόγοι T | διὰ om., s.l. add. Za | νοήσειεν Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.228,20–22

Or. 903.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰσχύων θράσει⟩: δυνατὸς ὢν τῇ ἀναισχυντίᾳ —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 904.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖος οὐκ Ἀργεῖος ἠναγκασμένος⟩: ¹Ἀργεῖος ἠναγκασμένος, ὡσεὶ ἔλεγε νόθος πολίτης. ²ταῦτά φασιν αὐτὸν εἰς Κλεοφῶντα τείνειν, ἐπεὶ ⟨ὡς⟩ Θρᾷξ κωμωδεῖται. —MVCPrSa, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: ‘An Argive forced in’, as if he said ‘illegitimate citizen’. They say that he was directing this at Cleophon, since he is mocked in comedy as a Thracian.

LEMMA: ἀργεῖος οὐκ ἀργεῖος MVC REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: intermarg. M; cont. from sch. 903.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ ἑξῆς prep. VRwSa | 2 ταῦτά κτλ om. Rw | εἰς] ἐκ M | τείνειν] Mastr. (cf. sch. 903.01), τείνεσθαι VCPrSa, γίνεσθαι M | ⟨ὡς⟩ Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2: ταῦτα φησὶν PrSa | ὡς εἰ Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.186,25–187,2; Dind. II.229,1–3

COMMENT: One expects either passive τείνεσθαι with no αὐτὸν, or αὐτὸν with active τείνειν. In later Greek middles are sometimes used indiscriminately for actives, but the dictionaries give no parallel for middle τείνεσθαι in this sense.

KEYWORDS: κωμῳδεῖν

Or. 904.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖος οὐκ Ἀργεῖος⟩: νόθος πολίτης. τάχα δέ Κλεοφῶντα λέγει. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 904.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖος οὐκ Ἀργεῖος⟩: ¹οὐκ ἦν Ἀργεῖος ἐθὰς Ἀργεῖος, ἀλλά τις τῶν ξένων ὢν. ²δεκαετίαν κατὰ τὸ ἐκεῖσε ἔθος πληρώσας ἐπολιτογραφήθη, ὅπερ δηλοῖ τὸ ‘Ἀργεῖος ἠναγκασμένος’. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: He was not an Argive as a regular (native-born) Argive, but (was Argive?) as being one of the foreigners. Having completed the term of ten years according to the custom in that place, he was enrolled as a citizen, which is indicated by ‘Argive forced in’.

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀργ. ἐθάς transp. Sa | 2 πληρώσας om. Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀλλὰ τίς PrSa | 2 δεκαϊτίαν Sa

COMMENT: For πολιτογραφέω in scholia, cf. Sch. vet. Arist. Ran. 418b Chantry and severall younger scholia on that play, in reference to Aristodemus and Cleophon. For ἐθάς cf. Stephanus, in artem rhetoricam commentaria, CAG 21:2.311,34—312,11 ὥσπερ τοὺς ξένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων περιεργότερον ὁρῶμεν παρὰ τοὺς ἐθάδας πολίτας, οὕτω καὶ τὴν ποιητικὴν ὡς ξενίζουσαν λέξιν μᾶλλον οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἀποδέχονται καὶ ἐκπλήττονται. As for δεκαετία, no ancient source attests to any such procedure. The only parallel, which may well be the source of this scholiast’s claim, is Theodorus Prodromus, de manganis carmina 1.8–12 πολλάκις γὰρ ἐπήκουσας ῥητορικῶν μου λόγων. / ἤδη πληρῶ δουλεύων σοι δωδεκαταῖον κύκλον· / ὁ νόθος καὶ παρέγγραπτος ἐπολιτογραφήθη· / μετὰ γὰρ ἔτος δέκατον ἐπολιτογραφοῦντο / ὅσοι τὸ πρὶν ἐφοίτησαν παρὰ τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις, / κἂν ἦσαν καὶ προσήλυτοι καὶ τῆς τυχούσης τύχης.

Or. 904.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖος οὐκ Ἀργεῖος⟩: ἤγουν οὐχὶ τὸ Ἄργος ἦν ἡ πατρὶς αὐτοῦ ἀλλὰ ἄλλη τις χώρα. —MnPrSa

TRANSLATION: That is, his fatherland was not Argos, but some other land.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀλλὰ om. S

APP. CRIT. 2: τίς all

Or. 904.05 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖος οὐκ Ἀργεῖος⟩: Ἀργεῖος μὲν ὡς ἐν Ἄργει γεννηθεὶς καὶ τραφεὶς, οὐκ Ἀργεῖος δὲ ὡς τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ ἐκ Θρᾴκης ὄντων. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Argive as born and raised in Argos, but not Argive because his forefathers were from Thrace.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaT

APP. CRIT.: π(ατ)ρῶον Gu | αὐτοῦ] αὐτ()῀ ZbT, αὐτῶ ZmGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.228,23–25

Or. 904.06 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖος οὐκ Ἀργεῖος⟩: ¹καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης ὡς Θρᾴκα διασύρων αὐτὸν ἐν Βατράχοις [678–682] φησί·
      ²‘φιλοτιμότεραι Κλεοφῶντος ἐφ᾽ οὗ δὴ χείλεσιν ἀμφιλάλοις
      ³δεινὸν ἐπιβρέμεται
      ⁴Θρῃκία χελιδὼν,
      ⁵ἐπὶ βάρβαρον ἑζομένη πέταλον’.
      —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: And Aristophanes, ridiculing him as Thracian in Frogs, says: ‘more ambitious than Cleophon, on whose babbling lips a Thracian swallow roars frightfully, sitting on a foreign leaf’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all

APP. CRIT.: 1 φιλοτιμότερος Zm | 2 ἀμφιβόλοις Zm, and marg. var. in Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.228, app. at 25

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aristophanes

Or. 904.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖος οὐκ Ἀργεῖος⟩: οὐ γνήσιος οὗτος ὁ Κλέων ἦν· τῷ Ἄργει γὰρ καταλεγόμενος Θρᾲξ ἦν τὸ ἀνέκαθεν. —Lb

TRANSLATION: This Cleon was not native-born. For although being enrolled (as citizen) in Argos, he was a Thracian by ancestry.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.228,25–26

Or. 904.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἠναγκασμένος⟩: κατ’ ἀνάγκην ἦν Ἀργεῖος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: By forceful constraint he was Argive.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἦν] ὤν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.229,3

Or. 904.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἠναγκασμένος⟩: ἀλλὰ κατ’ ἀνάγκην ὢν Ἀργεῖος —CrOx

TRANSLATION: But being an Argive by forceful constraint.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 904.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἠναγκασμένος⟩: ἤγουν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὀνομαζόμενος Ἀργεῖος —Zc

TRANSLATION: That is, being called Argive by forceful constraint.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 904.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἠναγκασμένος⟩: ἤγουν μετὰ ἀνάγκης καὶ μετὰ βίας —Zb²

TRANSLATION: That is, with forceful constrant and with violence (he was Argive).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 905.01 (905–906) (vet paraphr) θορύβῳ τε πίσυνος: τεθαρρηκὼς, πείθειν δυνάμενος εἰς τὸ περιβαλεῖν τινι κακῷ τοὺς ἀκούοντας, ὥστε αὐτοὺς ποιῆσαί τι κακόν. —MBVCMnPrR^bS

TRANSLATION: Fully confident, able to persuade in a way tending to involve his listeners in some evil, so as to do them some harm.

LEMMA: MB(τὲ)VC, πίσυνος τε MnS, πίσυνος PrR^b REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b

APP. CRIT.: παραβ‑ MnS | ‑βαλεῖν] B, ‑βάλλειν others | τινι κακῷ] αὐτῷ κακῷ MVCR^b, κακῷ τινι transp. B | κακῷ om., s.l. add. S

APP. CRIT. 2: τινὶ BMnPrS | ὅστε Mn | ποιῆσαι τί VCMnPrR^bS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.187,3–4; Dind. II.229,5–7

COMMENT: The order τι κακὸν is common in the scholia, and thus I print the order in the recentiores, parallel to the order in the corrupt version of M and others, rather than B’s order, preferred by Schwartz.

Or. 905.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄλλως⟩: φίλος τε τῇ ταραχῇ καὶ τῇ ἀμαθεῖ παρρησίᾳ —MnPrS

APP. CRIT. 2: τὲ Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.229,7–8

Or. 905.22 (tri metr) ⟨κἀμαθεῖ⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 906.09 (rec gram) ⟨πιθανὸς⟩: πιθανὸν λέγεται τὸ μέσον ψεύδους καὶ ἀληθείας. —Rw

TRANSLATION: What lies between falsehood and truth is called persuasive.

POSITION: between sch. 911.02 and 911.04 Rw

COMMENT: There is no parallel for this definition.

Or. 906.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔτ’⟩: ἀργὸν —Aa

TRANSLATION: (The adverb ‘eti’, ‘yet, still’ is) without semantic function.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 906.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔτ’⟩: περισσόν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (The adverb ‘eti’, ‘yet, still’ is) superfluous.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἔτι prep. X

APP. CRIT. 2: περιττόν G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.229,9

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 906.15 (rec exeg) ⟨αὐτοὺς⟩: τοὺς ἀκούοντας αὐτοῦ —AbMnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (‘Them’ refers to) ‘those hearing him’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αὐτοῦ om. Ab

Or. 906.16 (rec exeg) ⟨αὐτοὺς⟩: τοὺς Ἀργείους —KRfG

TRANSLATION: (‘Them’ refers to) ‘the Argives’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοὺς om. Rf

Or. 906.17 (thom exeg) ⟨αὐτοὺς⟩: τοὺς πολίτας —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Them’ refers to) ‘the citizens’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.229,10

Or. 906.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὐτοὺς⟩: ὑμᾶς τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν δὲ —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Them’ refers to) ‘you, Orestes and Electra too’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 906.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὐτοὺς⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὸν Πυλάδην —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Them’ refers to) ‘Orestes and Pylades’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.229,10

Or. 906.20 (rec exeg) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: παραβαλεῖν —RfSSa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘peribalein’, ‘encompass’, there is a variant reading) ‘parabalein’ (‘set beside’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 906.21 (rec exeg) ⟨παραβαλεῖν⟩: περιβαλεῖν —Ab

TRANSLATION: (For ‘parabalein’, ‘set beside’, there is a variant reading) ‘peribalein’ (‘encompass’).

LEMMA: thus in text Ab POSITION: s.l.

Or. 907.01 (907–908) (thom exeg) ⟨ὅταν γὰρ ἡδύς … κακὸν μέγα⟩: ¹ἡ γὰρ τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ ἡδονὴ εἰς πικρίαν καταντᾷ· ²ἓν γὰρ μόνον θηρᾶται, ὅπως κολακεύσῃ τὸ πλῆθος καὶ ἀποδεκτὸς αὐτῷ γένηται, ³τοῦ δὲ λυσιτελοῦντος αὐτῷ οὐ φροντίζει. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For the delight from his words ends in bitterness. For he pursues one single goal, to flatter the multitude and prove to be acceptable to it, and he has no concern for what is beneficial to it.

REF. SYMBOL: Z (at 907 ἡδὺς τοῖς), Za (at 907 τοῖς λόγοις), Zm (at 908 μέγα), T (at 908 τῇ πόλει) POSITION: s.l. (at 908) ZbZlGu

APP. CRIT.: 2 αὐτῷ] αὐτὸ Zm

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κατατᾶν Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.229,14–16

Or. 907.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἡδύς⟩: [2–3 letters+ γ]ενόμενος / διὰ [5–6 letters]μενος (or ]μενα) —R

REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: One would like to read [ἡδὺς γ]ενόμενος / διὰ [τὰ λεγό]μένα, but the faint and damaged traces are hard to reconcile with this.

Or. 910.01 (910–911) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἂν μὴ παραυτίκ’ … πόλει⟩: ἤγουν ἐὰν οὐδὲν φθάσῃ καὶ βοηθήσει τις ἐκ τοῦ παρευθὺς τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλὰ ὕστερον βοηθήσει θέλων αὐτὴν. —Zu

TRANSLATION: That is, if someone does not act quickly and assist the city immediately, at least later he will help it willingly.

REF. SYMBOL: Zu (to 913)

APP. CRIT.: θέλων] θέλ() Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: τίς Zu | παρ’ εὐθὺς Zu

Or. 910.02 (thom exeg) ⟨κἂν μὴ παραυτίκ’⟩: διὰ τὸ μὴ λέγειν ἡδέως τῷ πλήθει —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Not immediately’) because he does not speak in a way that delights the multitude.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μὴ om., s.l. add. Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.229,20–21

Or. 910.11 (thom exeg) ⟨αὖθις εἰσὶ χρήσιμοι⟩: καὶ γὰρ οἱ τῶν ἰατρῶν παῖδες τοῖς μὲν νοσοῦσι βαρεῖς τὸ καταρχὰς φαίνονται, ἀλλ’ ὕστερον πολλοῦ τινος ἄξιοι δι’ ὧν πρόσθεν ἐλύπησαν τὴν ὑγείαν παρέχοντες. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For indeed the sons/disciples of the physicians appear burdensome to the sick at first, but later seem very valuable because they provide a cure for the ills with which they were previously tormented.

LEMMA: αὖθις T REF. SYMBOL: T(at εἰσὶ χρ.) POSITION: s.l. ZlZm, marg. Gu; cont. from sch. 910.13 ZZaZl

APP. CRIT.: τουτέστιν εἰς τὸ μέλλον prep. T (cf. sch. 910.13)

APP. CRIT. 2: τοκαταρχὰς ZZaZmT | τινὸς Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.229,23–25

Or. 910.12 (vet exeg) ⟨αὖθις⟩: ¹λείπει τὸ ἀλλ’ οὖν· ²κἀν μὴ παραυτίκα, ἀλλ’ οὖν μετὰ ταῦτα. —B, partial M

TRANSLATION: ‘But at least’ is to be understood: ‘if not immediately, but at least afterwards’.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: 2 κἀν μὴ κτλ om. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.187,6 with app.; Dind. II.229,18–19

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 911.02 (911–913) (vet exeg) θεᾶσθαι δ’ ὧδε: ¹ὁ δὲ τοῦ δήμου προϊστάμενος ὀφείλει τοὺς τοιούτους ἐπιλέγεσθαι δημηγόρους τοὺς καὶ χρησιμεύειν μέλλοντας. ²ὁμοίως γὰρ τὸ πρᾶγμα γίνεται τῷ τε δημηγόρῳ καὶ τῷ τοῦ δήμου προϊσταμένῳ. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: The man who leads the common people ought to select such men as public speakers who are indeed going to be useful. For the action comes about in a way that matches the (nature of the) public speaker and the man leading the people.

LEMMA: MSa, θεᾶσθαι δ’ ὧδε χρή V, θεᾶσθαι δ’ ὧδε χρὴ τὸν προστάτην B(πρ() abbrev.)C, θεᾶσθαι MnPrR^bS, ἄλλως Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: on prev. recto Mn; follows sch. 904.01 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὁφείλει MB

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.187,7–10; Dind. II.229,26–29

Or. 911.03 (911–913) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹δεῖ, φησὶ, τὸν ἀγαθὸν πολίτην εἰς τὸ τῆς πόλεως συμφέρον ἀφορᾶν ἀεί· ²καθὼς γὰρ ἂν συμβουλεύσειεν, οὕτως εἰώθασιν ἀποβαίνειν τὰ πράγματα. —BVC, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: It is proper, he says, for the good citizen always to have as his aim what is beneficial to the city. For in whatever manner he might advise, in this (same) way affairs are accustomed to turn out.

LEMMA: VCRw, in marg. B POSITION: follows next in V

APP. CRIT.: 1 λέγων prep. V | ἀφορῶντα (om. ἀεὶ) V | 1–2 ἀεὶ κάθως κτλ om. Rw | 2 καθὼς γὰρ] ὥσπερ V | εἰώθασιν] εἴ V, ωθεν add. V¹ in blank space

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φησὶν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.187,11–13; Dind. II.230,1–3

Or. 911.04 (911–913) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τὸν δὲ προεστῶτα τῆς πόλεως, τουτέστι τὸν δημαγωγὸν, οὕτως ἀφορῶντα, πρὸς τὸν λέγοντα, δεῖ κρίνειν. ²ὁμοίως γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀποβαίνει τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ τῷ λέγοντι καὶ τῷ ἀκούοντι. ³ὥσπερ γὰρ, ἐὰν ᾖ ὁ συμβουλεύων κακός, ἀσύμφορόν ἐστι τῇ πόλει, ⁴οὕτως καὶ ὅταν ὁ ἀκούων κακῶς ἀκούῃ, πάλιν ἀσύμφορον. —BVCRw

TRANSLATION: The leader of the city, that is, the demagogue, must judge by looking in this way, toward the speaker. For, he says, the affair turns out in a way similar to both the speaker and the listener. For just as, if the one counseling is evil, it is harmful to the city, just so also, when the listener listens badly, again it is harmful.

LEMMA: BC, τὸν προστάτην V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: follows sch. 911.02 V; sep. from prev. by sch. 906.09 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦτέστι B | 3 ὅτ’ ἂν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.187,14–18; Dind. II.230,3–7

Or. 911.05 (911–913) (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τὸν δὲ προεστῶτα τῆς πολιτείας καὶ τοῦ δήμου ἀνερευνᾶν δεῖ καὶ ἀνασκοπεῖν τὸν συμβουλεύοντα ὁποῖος ἐστὶν τὸ ἦθος. ²εἰς ταὐτὸν γὰρ ἀποβαίνει τὸ πρᾶγμα τῷ τε λέγοντι κακῶς καὶ σφαλερῶς συμβουλεύοντι τῷ ⟨τε⟩ δεχομένῳ τοὺς αὐτοῦ λόγους. —VRw

TRANSLATION: And the man who leads the government and people must investigate and thoroughly examine the one offering counsel (to see) what sort of character he has. For the affair comes to the same conclusion both for the one who speaks badly and gives harmful advice and the one who accepts his arguments.

POSITION: follows sch. 911.03 V

APP. CRIT.: 1 πολιτείας] πόλεως Rw | ἀνασκοπεῖν] συμβουλεύειν καὶ ἀποσκοπεῖν Rw | 2 καὶ add. before first τῷ Rw | after λέγοντι add. καὶ ἀκούοντι Rw | ⟨τε⟩ Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.187,19–22; Dind. II.230,8–11

Or. 911.06 (911–912) (rec exeg) ⟨θεᾶσθαι … ἰδόντ’⟩: δεὶ τὸν δημαγωγὸν καὶ προϊστάμενον τῆς πόλεως οὕτως ἀφορῶντα πρὸς τὸν λέγοντα θεᾶσθαι ἤτοι ἀφορᾶν εἰς τὸ της πόλεως συμφέρον καὶ τοιούτους ἐπιλέγεσθαι τοὺς δημηγόρους τοὺς καὶ χρησιμεύειν μέλλοντας. —O

TRANSLATION: The demagogue and leader of the city must by looking thus toward the speaker observe or look to what is beneficial to the city and must select such public speakers, the ones who will indeed be useful.

POSITION: s.l. (running into marg.)

Or. 911.07 (911–912) (rec exeg) ⟨θεᾶσθαι … ἰδόντ’⟩: φησὶ δὲ ὅτι καὶ τὸν προϊστάμενον ⟨ … ⟩ εἴπερ εἰσὶν ἀγαθοὶ εἰς τὸ τῆς πόλεως συμφέρον ἀφορᾶ⟨ν⟩. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: And he says that also the leader ⟨should consider the speakers to determine⟩ if in fact they are good at looking to what is beneficial to the city.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 913.06 PrSa

APP. CRIT.: e.g. τὸν προϊστ. ⟨δεῖ σκοπεῖν τοὺς λέγοντας⟩ εἴπερ Mastr.

APP. CRIT. 2: εἴπέρ εἰσιν Sa

Or. 911.08 (911–912) (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεᾶσθαι … ἰδόντ’⟩: ὁ γὰρ τοῦ δήμου προστάτης ὀφείλει χρησίμους ἐπιλέγεσθαι δημηγόρους. —V³

TRANSLATION: For the leader of the people ought to select useful public speakers.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 911.09 (911–912) (mosch exeg) ⟨θεᾶσθαι … ἰδόντ’⟩: ἐνταῦθα δὲ, ἤγουν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις, χρὴ τὸν προστάτην τῆς πόλεως ἰδόντα, τουτέστιν ἐγνωκότα, θεᾶσθαι, ἀντὶ τοῦ σκέπτεσθαι, ἀκριβῶς σκοπεῖν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: In this place, that is, in such circumstances, the leader of the city ought, by having looked, that is, having come to know, observe, in the sense ‘examine, look into carefully’.

LEMMA: θεᾶσθαι δ’ ὧδε χρὴ τὸν προστάτην G POSITION: s.l. Xb, first two words s.l., remainder in marg. T

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν G | ἀκριβῶς σκέπτεσθαι καὶ σκοπεῖν G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.230,12–14

Or. 911.10 (911–912) (thom exeg) ⟨θεᾶσθαι … ἰδόντ’⟩: ¹τὸ θεᾶσθαι δ’ ὧδε τοῦτο λέγει, ἀντὶ τοῦ σκοπεῖν οὕτω, ποῖός τις καθ’ ἡδονὴν λέγει, καὶ ποῖος οὔ, ²καὶ τῷ μὲν συντίθεσθαι, τὸν δὲ καθ’ ἡδονὴν λέγοντα μισεῖν, ὡς κακῶν ἐσύστερον αἴτιον. ³οἱ δὲ λέγοντες τὸ θεᾶσθαι καὶ τὸ ἰδόντα ἐκ παραλλήλου, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ ἐτύγχανεν ὢν, ληροῦσιν. ⁴ἔχει γὰρ οὕτω· ⁵χρὴ δὲ τὸν προστάτην καὶ ἰδόντα καὶ γνόντα καὶ ἀκούσαντα τούτους θεᾶσθαι καὶ σκοπεῖν ὧδε ὡς ἔφαμεν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘to observe in this way’ expresses the following: (it is) equivalent to ‘examine thus, which sort of person speaks (simply) to please and which sort does not, and (then) side with the former, and hate the one who speaks (simply) to please as being the cause of troubles later. And those who say that the (infinitive) ‘observe’ (‘theasthai’) and the (participle) ‘having looked’ (‘idonta’) are used redundantly, just as in the phrase ‘he happened being’ (‘etunchanen ōn’), are speaking nonsense. For it is like this: the leader, having looked at and gotten to know and heard these men, ought to observe and examine them in the way we (just) said.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT.: 2 συντίθεσθαι] τίθεσθαι ZlZmTGu | 3 second τὸ om. Zl | second καὶ om. ZlZmTGu | ληροῦσιν] ἀμαθεῖς T, οὐ καλῶς λέγουσιν Gu | 5 first καὶ ZlZmT

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ποῖος τὶς Za | 2 ἐς ὕστερον Z | 3 λυροῦσιν Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.230,14–20

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 911.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεᾶσθαι δ’ ὧδε⟩: σκοπεῖν τὸν μέλλοντα προβληθῆναι εἰς συμβουλὴν —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Look in this way (or: here)’ means) ‘examine the man who is going to be put forth to give advice.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 911.24 (thom paraphr) ⟨τὸν προστάτην⟩: τὸν δικαστὴν τῶν λόγων, τὸν ἄρχοντα —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: punct. after λόγων ZmGu, after δικαστὴν ZZa, no punct. ZbT | second τὸν] Gu, transp. before τῶν ZZa, om. others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.230,23

COMMENT: The version of ZZa (τὸν δικαστὴν, τὸν τῶν λόγων ἄρχοντα) is probably a corruption, since δικαστὴν τῶν λόγων is close to Thomas’s view in sch. 911.10, and other glosses suggest ἄρχοντα refers to the leader of the government and not to the first to speak. If the second τὸν is not secondary, it could have been accidentally transposed (or omitted and restored in the wrong place), or τὸν τῶν in ZZa could be a kind of dittography. The version of ZbT with no punctuation could conceivably be meant as ‘the judge as he begins the speeches’.

Or. 912.01 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἰδόνθ’⟩: γνόντα καὶ ἀκούσαντα τούτους —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τούτους] om. Za, τούτων T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.230,24

Or. 912.11 (912–913) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅμοιον γὰρ … τῷ τιμωμένῳ⟩: ὅτι ἡ ἀτιμία τοῦ δημηγοροῦντος ἀνέρχεται εἰς αὐτόν. —V³Gu

TRANSLATION: Because the dishonor of the public speaker comes back to him (the leader).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: δημηγόροῦντος Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.230,28

Or. 912.12 (912–913) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅμοιον γὰρ … τῷ τιμωμένῳ⟩: τὴν αὐτὴν κακίαν ἔχει ὅ τε τὰ μὴ καλὰ δημηγορῶν καὶ ὁ κυρῶν αὐτὰ, ἢ τὸν αὐτὸν ἔπαινον ὁ τὰ καλὰ δημηγορῶν καὶ ὁ κυρῶν αὐτά. —Lb

TRANSLATION: The one speaking in favor of bad things and the one ratifying them have the same vice, or the one speaking in favor of good things and the one ratifying them (have) the same praise.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔπαινον] Mastr., ἐπαινῶν Lb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.230,25–27

Or. 912.16 (tri metr) ⟨γίνεται⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 913.05 (vet exeg) ⟨τιμωμένῳ⟩: τουτέστι τῷ προϊσταμένῳ καὶ τὰ πρωτεῖα φέροντι τῆς πόλεως καὶ τιμωμένῳ —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘To the one honored’), that is, the one leading and winning the highest position in the city and being honored.

LEMMA: τῷ τοὺς λόγους λέγοντι MC, τῷ τοὺς λόγους δὲ λέγοντι B(with δὲ despite sch.-end punct. before this) REF. SYMBOL: M

APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦτέστι B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.187,23–24; Dind. II.230,29–231,1

Or. 913.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τιμωμένῳ⟩: τιμωμένῳ γὰρ εἶπε τῷ προισταμένῳ —VMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: For by ‘one being honored’ he meant ‘the one leading’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 911.02 all

APP. CRIT.: τιμωμένῳ] τετιμημένω R^b | γὰρ om. MnPrS | προισταμένῳ] τιμωρουμένω Mn

Or. 913.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τιμωμένῳ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰ πρῶτα φέροντι, ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμὴν ἔχοντι καὶ τὰ πρωτεῖα τῆς πόλεως τιμωμένῳ —VR^b

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘winning the highest status’, meaning ‘having honor and being honored with the highest position in the city’.

LEMMA: τῷ τοὺς λόγους λέγοντι V, τῷ τοὺς λόγους R^b REF. SYMBOL: V(at τῶ)R^b

APP. CRIT.: τὰ πρῶτα] blank space of 2–3 words V | φέρονται R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.187,23–24 app.; Dind. II.230, app. at 29

Or. 913.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τιμωμένῳ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμὴν ἔχοντι καὶ τὰ πρῶτα τῆς πόλεως φέροντι καὶ τετιμημένῳ —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘having honor and winning the highest position in the city and being honored’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 911.07 Pr

APP. CRIT.: φέροντι om. MnS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.230, app. at 29

Or. 913.16 (rec paraphr) ⟨τιμωμένῳ⟩: τῷ τιμίους κρίν[ο]ντ[ι] τοὺς [Ἀ]ργ[εί]ους —K

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Whereas the previous interpreters take τιμωμένῳ as passive, this and the next few explanations treat the middle as having an active/transitive sense, with an expressed or implied object.

Or. 913.17 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τιμωμένῳ⟩: τῷ (τιμωμένῳ) αὐτοὺς —XXaXbXoTYYfGrOx²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῷ om. Ox² | τιμωμένῳ to be supplied from line in all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.231,2

Or. 913.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨τιμωμένῳ⟩: ἀποδεχομένῳ, τῷ προϊσταμένῳ —M²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 913.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τιμωμένῳ⟩: ἀποδεχομένῳ αὐτοὺς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.231,3

Or. 913.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τιμωμένῳ⟩: τιμίους κρίνοντι αὐτούς —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 913.21 (rec gram) ⟨τιμωμένῳ⟩: τιμῶμαι τὸ πρᾶγμα πολλοῦ. —K

TRANSLATION: (Example of usage with object noun:) ‘I value the thing greatly’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 913.22 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωμένῳ⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 914.01 (pllgn rhet) ⟨ὃς εἶπ’ Ὀρέστην καὶ σ’ ἀποκτεῖναι⟩: βουλὴ —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Advice/recommendation.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 915.03 (vet exeg) ὑπὸ δ’ ἔτεινε Τυνδάρεως λόγους: ¹ὑπέβαλλε δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Τυνδάρεως τοιούτους λόγους λέγειν, ὑμᾶς φονευθῆναι. ²ἢ οὕτως· ὑπέβαλλεν ὁ Τυνδάρεως τοῖς καθ’ ὑμῶν ποιουμένοις τὸν λόγον. || ³ὑπέτεινε δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ ἦν τῷ ὑμᾶς λέγοντι φονεύεσθαι. —MBV¹C, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: Tyndareus suggested to him that he speak such words, (namely,) that you be killed. Or like this: Tyndareus made suggestions to those speaking against you. || And he ‘stretched under’ (‘hupeteine’), that is, was in agreement with, the one saying you should be killed.

LEMMA: MBC, ὑπο δ’ ἔτεινεν V¹Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBV¹ POSITION: follows sch. 916.01 V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὑπέβαλε MV¹CRw | ταὐτὸ B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.187,25–28; Dind. II.231,4–7

COMMENT: The difference between the explanations in 1–2 (with Schwartz’s correction to ὑπέβαλλεν) involves whether to supply a singular or plural indirect object for the act of suggesting. Thus it is plausible, as Biehl pointed out (cf. Willink and Medda), that 916 was not in the text of at least the commentator supplying a plural in his paraphrase. | Note how B unites 2 and 3 by removing δὲ in order to make sense of the participle ὑποβάλλων transmitted from an earlier source to all our witnesses.

Or. 915.04 (mosch exeg) ὑπὸ δ’ ἔτεινε Τυνδάρεως λόγους: ¹ὑπέβαλε δὲ ὁ Τυνδάρεως λόγους τοιούτους λέγειν τῷ σφὼ κατακτείνοντι, ²ἤγουν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ τῷ κτείνοντι ὑμᾶς, τουτέστι τῷ συμβουλεύοντι φονευθῆναι ὑμᾶς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Gu

TRANSLATION: And Tyndareus suggested to the one trying to put you two to death such words to speak, that is, to the man who was trying to kill you, that is to say, the one advising that you be killed.

LEMMA: G POSITION: s.l. XbGu (above 916 Gu)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σφὼ] φὼ Yf | 2 ουλεύο written over something else Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.231,11–13

COMMENT: Moschopulus is usually scrupulous about the choice between imperfects and aorists in his paraphrases and glosses, so it may be inferred that he thought ὑπὸ δ’ ἔτεινε should be taken as aorist, against the apparent preference in the old scholion. Triclinius’s imperfect is a conscious choice to differ (cf. sch. 915.12).

Or. 915.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ δ’ ἔτεινε Τυνδάρεως λόγους⟩: ἤγουν τοιούτους λόγους εἶπεν ὁ Κλεοφῶν εἰς τὸ μέσον καθ’ ὑμῶν οἵους ἐνόησεν ὅτι ἀρέσκουσι τῷ Τυνδάρεῳ. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: That is, Cleophon spoke such words against you in the gathering as he realized would be pleasing to Tyndareus.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.231,9–10

COMMENT: This commentator, mindful of what was said about Talthybius and heralds in 893–897, either is being very free in extrapolating the speaker’s intention, or is treating Τυνδάρεως as if it were genitive.

Or. 915.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπὸ δ’ ἔτεινε … λόγους⟩: ἢ λόγους λέγειν τοιούτους ὑπέτεινεν —Rw

Or. 915.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπὸ δ’ ἔτεινε⟩: κρυφίως ὑπέβαλλε τῷ Κλεοφῶντι. —Sa

POSITION: below line, last of page

Or. 916.01 (vet exeg) τῷ σφὼ κατακτείναντι: ¹τῷ λέγοντι τοὺς δύο φονευθῆναι. ²τὸ δὲ κατακτείναντι ὅσον ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις οἷς ἔλεγεν. —MBVCMnPrR^bS, partial H⁴

TRANSLATION: (‘To the one having killed you two’ means) ‘to the one bidding that you be killed’. And the word ‘having killed’ (applies) just insofar as in the words that he spoke.

LEMMA: V(σφῶ)CMnPr(κατατείναντι)R^b(σφῶ, app. –κτον‑ a.c.)S (in text ‑νοντι MBCPr, ‑αντι others) REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: marg. M; follows sch. 913.07 V, cont. from sch. 915.03 B

APP. CRIT.: 1 τῷ σφὼ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B (B^c adds three-dot punct. before this and period after δὲ, as if marking a lemma) | τοὺς] τὰ R^b | 2 τὸ δὲ κτλ om. H⁴V, add. V¹ in blank space | τῶ δὲ MMnPrR^b | κατατείναντι Pr, κατακτείνοντι B | οἷον MV¹CPrR^b | at end add. ὅσον τῆ ἰδία προαιρέσει MnPrS(προαἰρέσει)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.188,1–2; Dind. II.231,7–8

COMMENT: It seems probable that the note originated with the present ‑κτείνοντι in the lemma and in sentence 2, but that there was early confusion caused by the textual variant ‑κτείναντι, with which the explanation could still seem to make sense (he only killed them figuratively in his words).

Or. 916.02 (rec exeg) τῷ σφὼ κατακτείνοντι: ἤτοι τῷ συμβουλεύοντι ὑμᾶς φ(ονεῦ)σαι —M²

TRANSLATION: (‘To the one killing you two’,) that is, ‘to the one advising that they kill you’.

LEMMA: M²(σφῶ) POSITION: marg.

Or. 916.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῷ σφὼ κατακτείνοντι⟩: τῷ συμβουλεύοντι φονευθῆναι ὑμᾶς —Ox²

TRANSLATION: (‘To the one killing you two’, that is,) ‘to the one advising that you be killed’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 916.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ σφὼ κατακτείνοντι⟩: τῷ διὰ τῶν λόγων μέλλοντι φονεῦσαι —VRw

TRANSLATION: (‘To the one killing you two’ means) ‘to the one who was going to kill you through his words’.

LEMMA: τῷ σφὼ (σφῶ a.c. V) κατακτείναντι in text VRw POSITION: s.l. V; cont. from sch. 915.06 Rw with ἢ

APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. Rw

Or. 916.05 (thom exeg) ⟨τῷ σφὼ κατακτείνοντι⟩: ἤγουν ἐκείνῳ τῷ θάνατον ὑμῶν σπευδόντι —ZZaZbZlZmT

TRANSLATION: (‘To the one killing you two’,) that is, ‘to that one who was eagerly advocating your death’.

LEMMA: ‑ναντι in text ZaZl, a.c. Z POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑμῖν Zb

Or. 916.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῷ σφὼ κατακτείνοντι⟩: ἐν ἤθει ὁ λόγος. —Zu

TRANSLATION: The phrase/line is spoken with a marked inflection.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐν ἤθει | staging, delivery of lines

Or. 916.13 (rec exeg) ⟨κατακτείνοντι⟩: γρ. καὶ κατατείνοντι. —Sa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘katakteinonti’, ‘killing’,) the reading ‘katateinonti’ (‘insisting’) is also found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 916.17 (rec exeg) ⟨τοιούτους⟩: τὸ θανεῖν ἐν πέτροις —MnRS

TRANSLATION: (‘Such’, namely,) that you die by stoning.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 916.20 (tri metr) ⟨τοιούτους⟩: koinē long over omicron-iota —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 918.01 (rec exeg) ⟨μορφῇ μὲν … ἀνδρεῖος δ’ ἀνήρ⟩: κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἔξω ἐμφέρειαν καὶ ἐμφάνειαν ἀηδὴς καὶ ἀφανὴς, ἀνδρεῖος δὲ καὶ γενναῖος κατὰ ψυχήν. —VRw

TRANSLATION: In respect to his external image and appearance without grace and lowly, but manly and noble in spirit.

REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: cont. from sch. 918.10 ἀνδρεῖος Rw

APP. CRIT.: καὶ ἐμφάνειαν om. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.188,7–8; Dind. II.231,16–17

COMMENT: Cf. LBG s.v. ἐμφέρεια, ‘Bild’.

Or. 918.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μορφῇ μὲν οὐκ εὐωπός⟩: κατὰ τὴν ὄψιν οὐκ εὐειδής —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X; punct. as two G

APP. CRIT.: κατὰ] ἀντὶ τοῦ T

Or. 918.04 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐκ εὐωπός⟩: γράφεται οὐκ εὔοπτος. —MB

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ouk euōpos’, ‘not handsome’,) the reading ‘ouk euoptos’ (‘not good-looking’) is found.

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B

APP. CRIT. 2: εὔωπτος B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.188,3; Dind. II.231,16

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 918.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ εὐωπός⟩: ἤγουν οὐδὲν ἦτον εὔμορφος —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: ἦτον is a vernacular form of the third-person singular imperfect.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 918.10 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀνδρεῖος⟩: ἀνδρεῖος τῇ ψυχῇ· ἀνδρεία γὰρ ἐπὶ ψυχῆς, ῥώμη δὲ ἐπὶ σώματος. —MBCPrRwSa

TRANSLATION: ‘Manly’ in his spirit. For ‘andreia’ (‘manliness’) is used of spirit/soul, but ‘rhōmē’ (‘strength’) is used of body.

LEMMA: ἀνδρεῖος δ’ ἀνήρ BCRw REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: marg. M; between sch. 921.05 and 926.01 Sa

APP. CRIT.: τὴς add. before ψυχῆς PrSa | σώματος] τῆς δυνάμεως Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.188,5–6; Dind. II.231,18–19

Or. 918.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνδρεῖος⟩: τῇ ψυχῇ. ῥώμη δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς δυνάμεως. —OV¹

TRANSLATION: (‘Manly’) in his spirit. ‘Rhōmē’ (‘strength’) is used of physical force.

POSITION: below line, last of page, O; cont. from sch. 918.01 V¹

APP. CRIT.: τῇ ψυχῇ om. V¹ | at end add. ἀνδρεία δὲ ἐπὶ ψυχῆς V³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.188, app. at 8; Dind. II.231, app. at 17

Or. 919.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄστυ κἀγορᾶς χραίνων κύκλον⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ χραίνων. —MBC

TRANSLATION: ‘Chrainōn’ (‘touching lightly’ or ‘sullying’) is understood in common (with ‘town’ as well as ‘circle of the agora’).

REF. SYMBOL: (at χραίνων) M POSITION: intermarg. MB, s.l. C; cont. from sch. 919.05 C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.188,10; Dind. II.232,6

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 919.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄστυ κἀγορᾶς χραίνων κύκλον⟩: χραίνων συνεκδοχιμὸν —Gu

TRANSLATION: ‘Chrainōn’ (‘touching lightly’ or ‘sullying’) is understood (with one term from its presence with another).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν

Or. 919.05 (vet exeg) ⟨κἀγορᾶς χραίνων κύκλον⟩: ἐκκλησίας οὐ περιερχόμενος, οὐδὲ πλησιάζων —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Touching lightly the circle of the agora’ means) ‘not going around assemblies, not even coming close’.

LEMMA: τὸ δὲ ὀλιγάκις ἄστυ κ’ἀγορᾶς χραίνων κύκλον prep. B; κἀγοραῖς in text C REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. C; on prev. page in B, with other sch. on 919–921

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B | ἐκκλησίαις BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.188,9; Dind. II.231,19–21

Or. 919.09 (tri metr) ⟨κἀγορᾶς⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 919.10 (plan exeg) ⟨χραίνων⟩: ¹διατρίβων. ²οἱ γὰρ περὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν πορευόμενοι μεμολυσμένοι ἦσαν. —XXoXbT⁺Y/Y^aYfGGrOx², partial XaB⁴

TRANSLATION: (‘Chrainōn’, ‘touching lightly’ or ‘sullying’, here means) ‘spending his time (there)’. For those who walked around the agora were sullied.

LEMMA: κἀγορᾶς χραίνων X; label μαξ Y^a on sent. 2 in marg. REF. SYMBOL: XoY^aGr POSITION: first word s.l., remainder sep. in marg. TYfGrOx², similarly first word s.l. Y, remainder add. in marg. Y^a; the whole in marg. XXo, the whole s.l. XbG; s.l. (first word only) XaB⁴)

APP. CRIT.: 2 οἱ γὰρ κτλ] T mostly washed out, mostly read from Ta; om. XaB⁴ | γὰρ p.c. Yf, app. νὰς a.c.

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 μεμιλασμένοι Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.232,8–9

COMMENT: Transitive meanings of διατρίβων do not seem suitable here, so it probably means ‘spending his time’, a prosaic equivalent of the entire phrase κἀγορᾶς χραίνων κύκλον. Then the metaphor of χραίνων is explained, apparently with the idea that frequenters of the agora pick up dirt on their clothes and bodies and then spread it to other locations (unless Moschopulus, like sch. 919.12–13, is treating χραίνων as equivalent to χραινόμενος).

KEYWORDS: Planudes

Or. 919.18 (vet exeg) ⟨κύκλον⟩: κύκλον δὲ τὸ δικαστήριον, τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. —B

TRANSLATION: And ‘circle’ (here refers to) the court, the assembly.

POSITION: intermarg., cont. from sch. 919.03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.232,6–7

Or. 920.01 (vet exeg) αὐτουργός: ¹σῴζουσι γῆν οἱ αὐτουργοῦντες· ²γνησίως γὰρ τοὺς ἀγροὺς ἐργάζονται. —MBVCPrSa

TRANSLATION: For the men who farm their land themselves preserve the land, because they work the fields faithfully.

LEMMA: MVC REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: cont. from next B, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT.: ἐργάζονται] om. Sa, ἐργασάμενοι Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.188,11–12; Dind. II.231,22–23

COMMENT: The commentator seems to be taking γῆν as the physical land rather than the socio-political country and thus neglecting the social/political force of this remark, which reflects the distrust of the landless and of city-dwellers common in traditional societies.

Or. 920.02 (vet exeg) ⟨αὐτουργός⟩: αὐτουργὸς δέ ἐστιν ὁ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐργαζόμενος γῆν. —MBVCSa

TRANSLATION: An ‘autourgos’ (‘self-worker’) is the one who works his own land.

POSITION: cont. from prev. MVC; cont. from sch. 919.05 and preceding prev. B

APP. CRIT.: δέ ἐστιν om. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.188,13; Dind. II.231,21–22

Or. 920.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨αὐτουργὸς⟩: γῆν ἐργαζόμενος —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 920.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αὐτουργὸς⟩: ἰδίαν ἐργαζόμενος γῆν —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 920.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨αὐτουργὸς⟩: ὁ διὰ τῶν οἰκείων χειρῶν ἐργαζόμενος καὶ ζῶν —FK

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: note partly damaged in F | καὶ ζῶν om. K

Or. 920.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αὐτουργὸς⟩: ὁ διὰ τοῦ οἰκείου χειρὸς ἐργαζόμενος —V²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 920.07 (mosch paraphr) αὐτουργός: οἰκείαις χερσὶν ἐργαζόμενος —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.232,10

Or. 920.08 (thom paraphr) ⟨αὐτουργὸς⟩: γεωργὸς δι’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐργαζόμενος —ZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from sch. 920.10 with ἢ all

APP. CRIT.: δι’ ἑαυτόν Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.232,11

Or. 920.12 (rec exeg) ⟨οἵπερ καὶ μόνοι σώζουσι γῆν⟩: οἵτινες διηνεκῶς ἐργάζονται τὴν γῆν —MnS

TRANSLATION: (‘Who in fact alone preserve the land’ means) ‘who work the land continuously’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: γὴν Mn

Or. 920.19 (thom exeg) ⟨γῆν⟩: γρ. πόλιν. —ZZa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘gēn’, ‘land’,) the reading ‘polin’ (‘city’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 920.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πόλιν⟩: γρ. γῆν. —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘polin’, ‘city’,) the reading ‘gēn’ (‘land’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 921.01 (921–922) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ξυνετὸς … ἀκέραιος⟩: ὑπῆρχεν δὲ συνετὸς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις καὶ ἀκέραιος. —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 921.05 (vet exeg) χωρεῖν ὁμόσε τοῖς λόγοις θέλων: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ διχόμυθα λέγων ὡς ὁ προρρηθείς [890]. || ²τοῦτο ἐναντίον ἐστὶ τῷ διχόμυθα. || ³συνδραμεῖν ὑμῖν θέλων τοῖς λόγοις καὶ ταῖς ὑμετέραις βουλήσεσι ⟨ … ⟩ βουλόμενος. ⁴σημαίνει δὲ τὸ σῴζειν ὑμᾶς ἐσπουδακώς. —MBVCPrSa, partial HRw

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘not speaking ambiguous words’, as the man mentioned earlier (did). || This is opposite to ‘ambiguous’. || Wishing to agree with you in his words and wanting ⟨the same as(?)⟩ your wishes. It means ‘being seriously determined to save you’.

LEMMA: καὶ τὸ χωρεῖν ὁμόσε τοῖς λό(γοις) θέλων prep. B, χωρεῖν ὁμόσε τοῖς λόγοις V, χωρεῖν ὁμόσε MC(ὀμόσε)R^b, τοῖς λόγοις θέλων Rw REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 920.01 B

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ om. C | οὐ om. PrSa [present in V, contra Schw.] | λέγων om. PrSa | 2 τοῦτο … διχόμυθα om. HRw | ἄλλως add. before τοῦτο R^b | τοῦτο γὰρ B | τῷ] τὸ MC | τῶ διχομύθω PrSa | 3–4 very damaged in H, last two words lost to trimming | 3 ἢ οὕτω [συνδρα]/μεῖν app. H, οἷον συνδραμεῖν Rw | ἡμῖν PrR^bSa | θέλων τοῖς λόγοις om. Rw, either this or καὶ ταῖς βουλήσεσι app. om. H | θέλουσι PrSa | ταῖς] τοῖς R^b | ἡμετέραις VPrR^bRwSa | βουλήσεσι] βουλεύσεσι B, βουλήμασι Pr | βουλόμενος] om. BVPrR^bSa, ⟨τὰ αὐτὰ⟩ βουλ. conj. Schwartz, or, e.g., ⟨συγχωρεῖν⟩ βουλ. Mastr. (cf. sch. 921.08) | 4 σημαίνει δὲ τὸ] τοῦτέστι B | ἡμᾶς PrR^bSa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 προρηθείς MCPrRw, πορρηθεὶς R^b | 4 ἐσπουδακῶς M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.188,15–18; Dind. II.231,23–232,3

COMMENT: This interpretation is quite different from that of modern translators and commentators since it fails to grasp the force of the military idiom χωρεῖν ὁμόσε. See also on sch. 921.12 below.

Or. 921.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χωρεῖν ὁμόσε τοῖς λόγοις θέλων⟩: οἷα λέγει, τοιαῦτα καὶ πράττει. —V²

TRANSLATION: Whatever sort of things he says, he also does such things.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 921.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χωρεῖν ὁμόσε τοῖς λόγοις θέλων⟩: ἤγουν εἰς ἓν πρᾶγμα οὐχὶ ὰ λέγει. —V³

TRANSLATION: That is, he speaks aiming at a single thing and not doubly (ambiguously).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 921.08 (rec exeg) ⟨χωρεῖν ὁμόσε⟩: συνδραμεῖν ταῖς ὑμετέραις βουλαῖς εἰς τὸ σῶσαι ὑμᾶς —O

TRANSLATION: To agree with your plans in order to keep you alive.

Or. 921.12 (rec exeg) ὁμόσε τοῖς λόγοις: ¹ἤγουν δημηγορῆσαι καὶ εἰς ἀντιλογίαν ἐλθεῖν. ²ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ στρατιώτης χωρεῖ ὁμόσε τοῖς ὅπλοις, ἤγουν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ὁρμᾷ ὁμοῦ τῷ ἀντιπάλῳ, οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἀντιλέγων. || ³τινὲς δὲ ‘ὁμόσε τοῖς λόγοις’ χωρίζουσιν. —Rw

TRANSLATION: That is, to speak in the assembly and speak in opposition. For just as the soldier attacks/closes in with his arms, that is, moves forward under arms to confront the foe, thus too the opposing speaker. || And/but some (interpreters) separate ‘homose tois logois’ (‘together with words/arguments’) (that is, do not take the dative ‘logois’ as governed by ‘homose’).

COMMENT: The first part treats τοῖς λόγοις as instrumental with the phrase χωρεῖν ὁμόσε and not with ὁμόσε (as dative with expressions of likeness)—‘attack’ (‘move to the same point to engage’)—and assumes an unexpressed personal object for the phrase. The last phrase appears to be advocating the same view (one might, however, expect the fuller and clearer form τὸ ὁμόσε καὶ τὸ τοῖς λόγοις χωρίζουσι). Since τινὲς δὲ should introduce an alternative view, this must be a fragment of a different comment. The view implicitly rejected is the first of the two possible construals in the next sch. from the Thomano-Triclinian circle—that τοῖς λόγοις is governed by ὁμόσε. This construal is preferred by modern commentators and translators, although they see a general comment on the man’s ability to enter into debates effectively (associating χωρεῖν with ξυνετὸς), while these scholia assume it is more specific (associating χωρεῖν with θέλων). | Unlike the commentators of sch. 921.05, these do recognize the military metaphor.

Or. 921.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ὁμόσε τοῖς λόγοις⟩: ¹τὸ λόγοις ἢ τοῖς τῶν ἄλλων, οὕτω· θέλων χωρεῖν ὁμόσε τοῖς τῶν ἄλλων λόγοις, ἤγουν ἐλέγχειν αὐτοὺς, ἐὰν ὦσιν ἄδικοι. ²ἢ τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ, οὕτω· θέλων χωρεῖν ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις λόγοις ὁμόσε τοῖς ἄλλοις, ³ἤγουν παρρησιάζεσθαι διὰ τῶν οἰκείων λόγων πρὸς τοὺς τὰ ἄδικα λέγοντας. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: The word ‘logois’ (‘words/arguments’) either (refers to) those of others, (interpreted) thus: ‘wishing to engage with the arguments of others’, that is, to refute them (the arguments) if they are unjust. Or (it refers to) his own, (interpreted) thus: ‘wishing to engage, by means of his own arguments, with the others’, that is, to speak freely through his own arguments against those saying unjust things.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: s.l. Zl

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ λόγοις] Zm, τοῖς λόγοις Gu, τοῖς αὐτοῦ Zl | οὕτω] εἰ κακοί εἰσιν ὑμῖν(?) Zl | ἐθέλων Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.232,17–21

Or. 921.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὁμόσε θέλων⟩: ὀρθῶς θελήσας, σπεύδων —G

LEMMA: thus the word order in G POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: θελήσας] cf. sch. 921.24, θελῆσαι G

COMMENT: For ὀρθῶς here, cf. sch. 921.17.

Or. 921.20 (rec exeg) ⟨τοῖς λόγοις⟩: ταῖς βουλαῖς ταῖς ὑμετέραις —MnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (‘Tois logois’, ‘the words/arguments’ means) ‘your plans/intentions’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑμετ-] prob. R(partly effaced) (cf. 921.05), ἡμετ‑ MnPrS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.232,15–16

Or. 921.21 (thom exeg) ⟨τοῖς λόγοις⟩: τοῖς αὐτοῦ ἢ τοῖς τῶν ἄλλων, εἰ κακοί εἰσιν. —ZZbZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Tois logois’, ‘the words/arguments’ are either) his own or those of others, if they are bad.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. T | καλοί ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.232,16–17

Or. 922.11 (rec gram) ⟨ἀκέραιος⟩: α̅ στερητικ() καὶ τοῦ(?) κείρω τὸ κόπτω. —K

TRANSLATION: (Derived from) alpha-privative and (the verb) ‘keirō’ meaning ‘cut, chop’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 922.12 (vet exeg) ἀνεπίπληκτον: ¹ἀνεπίληπτον, ἀναμάρτητον, ἀδιάφθορον, ἀβλαβῆ, ²οὐκ ἄξιον τοῦ ἐπιπλήττεσθαι, ἀνεπιτίμητον, ὃν οὐδεὶς διὰ τὸ σῶφρον ὕβρισεν. —MBVCR^b, partial Gu

TRANSLATION: Free from reproach, committing no error, uncorrupted, innocent, not deserving of remonstrance, not to be criticized, one whom because of his self-controlled behavior no one mistreated.

LEMMA: B, ἀνεπίπληκτον ἠσκηκὼς βίον C, ἀκέραιος ἀνεπίπληκτον V, ἀκέραιος R^b REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: marg. M, s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 ἀνεπίληπτον … ἀνεπιτίμητον om. Gu | 1 ἀδιάφορον BVCR^b | 2 ὂν, with punct. before οὐδεὶς V

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐκ’ B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.188,20–22; Dind. II.232,23–25

Or. 922.13 (vet exeg) ἀνεπίληπτον: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνεπίπληκτον, καθαρόν, ἀναμάρτητον, ²οὐκ ἄξιον τοῦ ἐπιπλήττεσθαι, ἀνεπιτίμητον, ὃν οὐδεὶς διὰ τὸ σωφρονεῖν ὕβρισεν. —Rw, partial H

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to irreproachable, pure, committing no error, not deserving of remonstrance, not to be criticized, one whom because he behaves with self-control no one mistreated.

LEMMA: Rw (ἀνεπίληπτον in text Rw, ἀνεπίπληκτον in text H) POSITION: between sch. 921.05 and 921.12 Rw

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ … ἀναμάρτητον app. om. H

Or. 922.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνεπίπληκτον⟩: ἀναμάρτητον, ὃν οὐκ ἄξιον τινὰ ἐπιπλήττεσθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ σωφρονεῖν ὕβρισεν οὐδείς. —O

TRANSLATION: Committing no error, whom it is not proper that anyone rebuke, and (whom) because of his behaving with self-control no one mistreated.

COMMENT: In adapting the fuller sch. 922.12, O has retained ἐπιπλήττεσθαι as if it can be a middle equivalent in meaning to the active (for this usage in later Greek see Jannaris §1483). Although all other attested middle-passive forms of ἐπιπλήττειν are passive in sense, it is not necessary to normalize by emending to ἐπιπλήττειν.

Or. 922.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνεπίπληκτον⟩: οὐκ ἄξιόν ἐστι πλήττεσθαι —V³

POSITION: marg.

Or. 922.24 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀνεπίπληκτον⟩: οὐκ ἄξιον ἐπιπλήξεως καὶ ὕβρεως —ZlZm²Gu

POSITION: s.l. ZlZm, marg. Gu, cont. from sch. 922.21 ZlGu

Or. 922.25 (recThom exeg) ⟨ἀνεπίπληκτον⟩: γρ. ἀνεπίληπτον. —RfZZaZlZm²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘anepiplēkton’, ‘irreproachable’,) the reading ‘anepilēpton’ (‘free from reproach’) is found.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm² POSITION: s.l. except marg. Zm²

APP. CRIT.: γρ.] om. RfZl, ἤγουν Za

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 922.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνεπίληπτον⟩: γρ. ἀνεπίπληκτον. —ZbZc^rGGu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘anepilēpton’, ‘free from reproach’,) the reading ‘anepiplēkton’ (‘irreproachable’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text all (p.c. Zb) POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: crossed out in Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.232,25

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 923.04 (923–924) (rec rhet) ⟨εἶπ’ Ὀρέστην … στεφανοῦν⟩: βίαιον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐναντίου. —Rf

TRANSLATION: Forceful (counter-argument) by stating the opposite.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.233,1

KEYWORDS: σχῆμα βίαιον/ὅρος βίαιος

Or. 924.07 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρεῖν⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 925.09 (tri metr) ⟨κἄθεον⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 926.01 (vet exeg) ἣ κεῖν’ ἀφῄρει: ¹ἥτις, φησὶν, ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα, τὸ ὅσον ἐφ’ ᾧ δέδρακε φόνῳ κατὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς, ἀνῄρει καὶ ἀνέτρεπεν ἔθη καλὰ καὶ ζηλωτὰ, ²λέγω δὴ τὸ ὁπλίζεσθαι καὶ ἐπ’ ἀλλοδαπῆς ἰέναι. ³νῦν δὲ ἀνῃρημένης αὐτῆς πεφρίκασιν αἱ γυναῖκες τὰς κατὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐπιβουλάς· ⁴τότε δὲ οὐκ ἂν ἐτόλμησε τῶν ἀνδρῶν οὐδεὶς ἔξω τῶν οἴκων ἐπὶ πόλεμον ὁρμᾶν ὑφορώμενος τοὺς εἰωθότας νοθεύειν. —MBVCPrSa

TRANSLATION: Who, he says, (namely) Clytemnestra, in so far as the murder she accomplished against her husband is concerned, was destroying and overturning fine and admirable habits, I mean bearing arms and going to a foreign land. But now, since she has been killed, women shudder at plotting against their husbands. But then (i.e., when she was still unpunished), no man would have been bold enough to depart from his house for war, fearing those who are accustomed to seduce (other men’s wives).

LEMMA: MC(ἡ κείν’)V, ἣ κεῖν’ ἀφῄρει μήθ’ ὁπλίζε(σθαι) B REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: follows sch. 918.10 Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φη() B | 2 ἐπαλλοδαπῆς CSa, ἐπἀλλοδαπῆς B | ἱέναι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.188,24–189,4; Dind. II.233,5–10

Or. 926.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἣ, φησὶν, ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα, ὅσον ἧκεν ἐφ’ ἑαυτῇ, καλὰ καὶ ζηλωτὰ ἔργα ἔπαυσε, ²φημὶ δὴ τὸ ὁπλίζεσθαι κατὰ ἀλλοδαπῆς, διὰ τὸ μὴ ἐκ τῆς γυναικὸς ἀναιρεῖσθαι. —HMVCRw, partial O

TRANSLATION: Who, he says, (namely) Clytemnestra, as far as it was up to her, put a stop to fine and admirable deeds, I mean bearing arms against a foreign land, in order not to be killed by one’s wife.

LEMMA: VC, in marg. M, ἣ κεῖν’ ἀφῄρει Rw REF. SYMBOL: H POSITION: marg. O

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 ἣ, φησὶν … ὁπλίζεσθαι om. O | 1 ἥτις φησὶν VRw | τὸ ὅσον V, ὡς Rw | ἧκεν om. HRw | 2 δὴ om. V, δὲ HRw | ὁπλίζεσθαι ⟨καὶ ἰέναι⟩ Schw. | ‑ζεσθαι κατὰ κτλ lost to trimming H | ἀλλοδαπήν V | διὰ τὸ κτλ om. V | μὴ om. Rw [H] | ἀνηρῆσθαι Rw [H]

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔπαυσεν MV

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.189,5–7; Dind. II.233,11–13 and 233,25–26

Or. 926.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἣ κεῖν’ ἀφῄρει⟩: ἣ κεῖνα τὰ πράγματα ἀφῄρει —X

Or. 926.07 (rec exeg) ⟨κεῖν’ ἀφῄρει⟩: τὰ καλὰ ἔργα ἔπαυσεν ὅσον ἐφ’ αὑτῇ. —O

TRANSLATION: Put a stop to fine deeds as far as it was up to her.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 926.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφῄρει⟩: ἤγουν ἀφαιροῦσα καθίστα —Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Took away’,) that is, ‘by taking away established’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See sch. 926.22.

Or. 926.21 (926–927) (mosch paraphr) ⟨μήθ’ ὁπλίζεσθαι … ἐκλιπόντα δώματα⟩: μήτε μετὰ ὅπλων κινεῖν τὴν χεῖρα τινὰ ἐκλιπόντα τὰ δώματα, μήτε στρατεύειν ἐκλιπόντα τὰ δώματα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: So that one neither stir one’s hand with arms, having left one’s home, nor go on campaign, having left one’s home.

POSITION: s.l. Xb; cont. from sch. 926.03 X

APP. CRIT.: τινὰ om. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.233,21–23

Or. 926.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μήθ’ ὁπλίζεσθαι⟩: ¹καθὰ λέγεται τὸ ἀρνοῦμαι τὸ μὴ λαβεῖν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀρνούμενος λέγω—εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἦν ἀντὶ τούτου, ἐδήλου ἂν ὁ λόγος τὸ ὁμολογῶ λαβεῖν, ὅπερ ἡ συνήθεια οὐ βούλεται—, οὕτω κἀνταῦθα τὸ ἀφῄρει μὴ ὁπλίζεσθαι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀφαιροῦσα καθίστα. ²ἐπεὶ γὰρ τὸ μή ἀφαίρεσιν δηλοῖ καὶ ἄρνησιν καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἔστιν ὅτε μέλλοντες οἱ τοὺς λόγους συντιθέντες μετὰ τοῦτο λόγον ἐπάγειν προλαμβάνοντες τὸ ἀρνοῦμαι τιθέασιν, ἢ τὸ ἀφῄρει ἤ τι τοιοῦτον, ὥσπερ προαναφωνοῦντες τὴν αὐτοῦ δύναμιν. —Gu

TRANSLATION: Just as the expression ‘I deny having not taken’ (that is, with a redundant negation of ‘taking’) is used in the sense ‘denying, I say (I did not take)’—for if it were not used in this sense, the phrase would mean ‘I admit having taken’, which common usage does not intend—, thus here too, ‘she was removing the not bearing of arms’ (with a redundant negation) is used in the sense ‘removing, she was establishing (the practice of) not bearing arms’. For since the negative ‘mē’ denotes removal and denial and such concepts, sometimes when writers are about to add a phrase after this (negative), by anticipation they use ‘I deny’, or ‘I remove’ or something of that sort, as if pronouncing in advance its (the negative’s) force.

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τὶ Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.233,14–21

Or. 926.29 (thom exeg) ⟨χέρα⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν, ἤγουν ἄνδρα. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: From a part the whole (is referred to), that is, (from the hand) the man.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἄνδρα transp. to beginning Gu, om. ἤγουν

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.233,24

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 927.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨στρατεύειν ἐκλιπόντα δώματα⟩: ἤγουν στρατεύειν ἔξω τῶν δωμάτων —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 927.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨στρατεύειν ἐκλιπόντα δώματα⟩: ἀπέρχεσθαι ἐν στρατείᾳ —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 927.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐκλιπόντα⟩: πρὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (This form in the masculine accusative singular is) in agreement with the implicit meaning.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: πρὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον usually is invoked in cases where a singular collective antecedent is followed up with a participle or the like in the masculine plural, or a neuter referrring to a person is followed up by a masculine or feminine. Here it apparently refers to agreement with a singular τινὰ or ἄνδρα inferred from ἐκλιπόντα.

KEYWORDS: πρὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον

Or. 927.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκλιπόντα⟩: γρ. ἐκλιπόντας, ἤγουν τοὺς ἄνδρας. —MnPrRSSa

TRANSLATION: (For singular ‘ekliponta’, ‘leaving’,) the reading (plural) ‘eklipontas’ is found, that is, (agreeing with implied) ‘the men/husbands’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Sa

APP. CRIT.: γρ. ἐκλιπόντας om. R(but (ας) s.l. as variant R), om. or washed out Mn | ἐκλιπόντες Pr | ἤτοι Sa, ἢ Pr

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 928.01 (928–929) (vet paraphr) ⟨εἰ τἀνδὸν οἰκουρήμαθ’ … φθείρουσιν⟩: εἰ τὰς οἰκουρούσας γυναῖκας διαφθείροιεν καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς —B

TRANSLATION: In case they should corrupt the wives who are watching over the households and so forth.

POSITION: intermarg., cont. from sch. 928.20 B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.189,10 with app.; Dind. II.233,28–29

COMMENT: The use of the optative here and the subjunctive in the next may indicate that the paraphrase was originally written for a text with future φθεροῦσιν (Wecklein).

Or. 928.02 (928–929) (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ τἀνδὸν οἰκουρήμαθ’ … φθείρουσιν⟩: ἐὰν οἱ λελειμμένοι ἐν τῇ πόλει νέοι φθείρωσιν —MnPrRS

TRANSLATION: In case the young men left behind in the city corrupt (the wives).

POSITION: marg. MnS, s.l. PrR

APP. CRIT.: λελεγμένοι Pr | φθείρουσιν S

APP. CRIT. 2: λελειμένοι R | ‑ωσι Pr

Or. 928.03 (928–929) (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ τἀνδὸν οἰκουρήμαθ’ … φθείρουσιν⟩: ⟨εἰ⟩ οἱ μὴ ἐξελθόντες εἰς πόλεμον τὰς γυναῖκας τὰς οἰκουρούσας φθείρουσιν. —Rw

TRANSLATION: In case those who have not gone out to war corrupt the wives who are watching over the households.

LEMMA: εἰ τἀνδὸν οἰκουρήματα Rw

Or. 928.11 (vet exeg) ⟨οἰκουρήμαθ’⟩: τὰς τῶν οἴκων διοικητρίας γυναῖκας —MVV³C

TRANSLATION: (The abstract noun ‘oikourēmeta’, ‘acts of managing a house’, here means) ‘the wives who are managers of the households’.

REF. SYMBOL: M(misplaced above 927 στρατεύειν) POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. M; above 929 εὐνίδας V (hence the version of V³ in correct place)

APP. CRIT.: γυναῖκας om. V³

APP. CRIT. 2: διοικήτριας C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.189,11; Dind. II.234,1

Or. 928.12 (vet exeg) ⟨οἰκουρήμαθ’⟩: τὰς γυναῖκας τὰς οἰκουρούσας —MC

TRANSLATION: (The abstract noun ‘oikourēmeta’, ‘acts of managing a house’, here means) ‘the wives who are watching over the households’.

POSITION: interrmarg. C; cont. from sch. 928.20 MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.189,10; Dind. II.233,28

Or. 928.13 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰκουρήμαθ’⟩: διοικητρίας γυναῖκας τὰς οἰκουρούσας —O

TRANSLATION: (The abstract noun ‘oikourēmeta’, ‘acts of managing a house’, here means) ‘wives managing households, the ones watching over the households’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 928.14 (recThom exeg) ⟨οἰκουρήμαθ’⟩: τὰς γυναῖκας —KMnPrRRfSaZZaZbZlZmZuGu

TRANSLATION: (The abstract noun ‘oikourēmeta’, ‘acts of managing a house’, here means) ‘the wives’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι prep. R, ἤγουν prep. MnPr, καὶ prep. Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.234,2

Or. 928.15 (mosch exeg) ⟨οἰκουρήμαθ’⟩: τὰς ἔνδον οἰκουροὺς γυναῖκας —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: (The abstract noun ‘oikourēmeta’, ‘acts of managing a house’, here means) ‘the wives indoors watching over things’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰ prep. XaYGr, εἰς prep. Yf | ἔνδον om. Ox² | οἰκουρὰς Yf, app. Xa | ἤγουν τὰς add. before γυν. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.234,1–2

Or. 928.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἰκουρήμαθ’⟩: ¹ἤγουν τὰς οἰκουρούσας γυναῖκας τὰς τὸν οἶκον ὠρουσας καὶ φυλαττούσας· ²τρέπεται δὲ τὸ ὦ ἐς τὴν οὐ δίφθογγον. —Zm

TRANSLATION: That is, ‘the wives who are watching over the households’, ‘the women protecting (participle of ‘ōreō’) and guarding the household’: the omega (of ‘ōreō’) is turned into the diphthong ‘ou’ (in composition of the compound ‘oikouros’).

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὠρουσας] ὡρώσας Zm

Or. 928.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨οἰκουρήμαθ’⟩: τὰ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ φυλάττοντα —M²

REF. SYMBOL: M²

Or. 928.20 (vet exeg) οἱ λελειμμένοι: ¹οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει καταλειφθέντες, οἱ μὴ ἐξελθόντες εἰς πόλεμον —MBVCR^b, partial O

TRANSLATION: (‘The ones left’ refers to) those left behind in the city, those who did not go out to war.

LEMMA: M(om. οἱ), οὐ λελειμμένοι R^b REF. SYMBOL: MR^b POSITION: intermarg. BC, marg. O, s.l. V

APP. CRIT.: οἱ… καταλειφθ. om. O

APP. CRIT. 2: καταληφθ‑ R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.189,8–9; Dind. II.233,27–28

Or. 928.21 (rec exeg) ⟨οἱ λελειμμένοι⟩: οἱ ἐναπολειφθέντες οἰκοῦροι —Sa

TRANSLATION: (‘The ones left’ refers to) the men left behind there (at home) to watch the households.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 928.22 (thom exeg) ⟨οἱ λελειμμένοι⟩: ¹οἱ ἐναπολειφθέντες τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιμεληταί. ²τοῦτο δὲ λέγει διὰ τὸν Αἴγισθον. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘The ones left’ refers to) those left behind as caretakers of affairs. And he says this because of Aegisthus.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο δὲ κτλ] ZlZmGu, om. others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.234,3–4

Or. 929.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνδρῶν⟩: τῶν ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις ἐκστρατευόντων —Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Men/husbands’ refers to) those who go out on campaign in wars.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.234,5

Or. 930.07 (thom exeg) ⟨λέγειν⟩: γρ. λέγων. —ZZmGu

TRANSLATION: (For infinitive ‘legein’, ‘to speak’,) the reading (participle) ‘legōn’ (‘speaking’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. ZmGu

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 931.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨κοὐδεὶς ἔτ’ εἶπε⟩: [καὶ εἶ]π(εν)/ [οὐκέτι] οὐ/[δείς](?) —H^3/4

POSITION: marg. at 930–931

APP. CRIT.: very uncertain

COLLATION NOTES: check new images of H when available

Or. 932.02 (vet exeg) ὦ γῆν Ἰνάχου: ¹μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν ἐν ὄρεσιν οἰκούντων τῶν Ἀργείων πρῶτος αὐτοὺς συνῴκισεν Ἴναχος, ²καὶ λιμναζόμενον τὸ παρὰ τὸν Ἴναχον πεδίον αὐτὸς ἐκαθάρισε καὶ ἐκ πηγῆς τινος ποιησάμενος τὸν ποταμὸν ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ Ἴναχον ἐκάλεσε καὶ τὸ Ἄργος Ἰνάχιον. ³Ἰνάχου δὲ καὶ Μελίας Φορωνεὺς καὶ Φηγεὺς ἐγένοντο. ⁴Φορωνέως δὲ καὶ Πειθοῦς ἐγένοντο Αἰγιαλεὺς, Ἄπις, Εὔρωψ, Νιόβη. ⁵Νιόβης δὲ Ἄργος ἐγένετο, Ἄργου δὲ Κρίασος, Ἔκβασος, Πείρασος, Ἐπίδαυρος, Τίρυνς. ⁶Κριάσῳ δὲ ἀπὸ Μελανθοῦς ἐγένοντο Φόρβας καὶ Κλεόβοια, Φόρβαντι δὲ ἐκ τῆς Εὐβοίας ἐγένοντο Τριόπας καὶ Μεσσήνη. ⁷Τριόπᾳ δὲ ἐκ Σωσίδος ἐγένοντο δίδυμοι μὲν Πελασγὸς καὶ Ἴασος, νεώτεροι δὲ Ἀγήνωρ καὶ Ξάνθος. ⁸ὁ δὲ Πελασγὸς πρῶτος ἄρτου κατασκευὴν ἐξεῦρε πάλαι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῖς δράγμασι σιτουμένων, καὶ Πελασγικὸν τὸ Ἄργος ὠνόμασεν. ⁹Ἰάσου δὲ καὶ Λευκάνης Ἰὼ ἐγένετο, Ἰοῦς δὲ Ἔπαφος, Ἐπάφου δὲ Λιβύη καὶ Τηλέγονος, Λιβύης Βῆλος καὶ Ἀγήνωρ· ¹⁰Βήλου δὲ Αἴγυπτος ἐγένετο καὶ Δαναός. —MBVCRw, partial (H)PrSa

TRANSLATION: When the Argives were living in the mountains after the flood, Inachus was the first to bring them together in a settlement, and he himself cleared the plain beside the (later) Inachus which used to be covered with marshes, and having created the river from a certain spring he named it Inachus after himself, and he called Argos Inachian. From Inachus were born Melias, Phoroneus, and Phegeus. And from Phoroneus and Peitho were born Aegialeus, Apis, Europs, Niobe. From Niobe Argos was born, and from Argos Criasus, Ecbasus, Peirasus, Epidaurus, Tiryns. And to Criasus were born from Melantho Phorbas and Cleoboea. And to Phorbas from Euboea were born Triopas and Messene. And to Triopas from Sosis were born twins Pelasgus and Iasus, and younger sons Agenor and Xanthus. Pelasgus was the first to invent the preparation of bread, whereas in ancient times humans fed themselves on grain, and he named Argos Pelasgian. And from Iasus and Leucane Io was born, and from Io Epaphus, from Epaphus Libye and Telegonus, from Libye Belus and Agenor. And from Belus Aegyptus was born, and Danaus.

LEMMA: MBRw, ὦ γῆν Ἰνάχου κεκτημένοι C REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: cont. from sch. 932.04 PrSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.189,14–190,2; Dind. II.234,8–235,1

COMMENT: This genealogical compilation includes more names than are found in other sources and apparently derives from a very comprehensive work of genealogical mythography. Particularly noteworthy is the inclusion of mothers as well as fathers in so many cases. Schwartz cites for comparison Paus. 2.15.4–16.1 (far fewer names, different details), Hyg. Fab. 145 (Niobe sive Io) (many names, sound and corrupt, but not as many as here), ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. 2.1–11 (closer in some details, more matching names, still fewer than here). | This Melia (3) is attested in ps.-Apollodorus, Malalas (CFHB Berl. 35) 2.6,8, Sch. Plat. Tim. 22a Greene, and Tzetzes, Exeg. in Il. 1.109; Tzetzes explicitly identifies her as a daughter of Ocean, as in Sch. Hom. Od. 2.120a Pontani as well as Sch. Pind. P. 11.6 Drachmann). Melia the daughter of Ocean is also cited as the mother of Tenerus, brother of Caanthus, in Pindar, Strabo, Paus. There is also a Melia daughter of Niobe in Pherecydes and a Melia wife of Danaus in Sch. Ap. Rhod. | Peitho (4) as wife of Phoroneus is cited only here. The same name is found for the woman who bore Criasus to Argos, e.g., in sch. Ph. 1116. | Aegialeus (4) is elsewhere reported to be the brother and not the son of Phoroneus. | Melantho (6) is named as wife of Criasus only here. | Cleoboea (6) is found as sister of Phorbas and daughter of Crisasus only here. | Euboea (6) is likewise unique to this scholion as mother of Phorbas’s children. | Messene (6) is daughter of Triopas rather than sister in Paus. 4.1.1 and not cited in other genealogies. | Sosis (7) is not attested elsewhere. | Leucane (9) is not attested elsewhere, but we should not follow Schwartz in deleting it, because this scholion regularly names the mothers, and many of these are unattested elsewhere. Nor is his idea that the word καὶ Λευκάνης could have originated by dittography of Λιβύης very likely. | Telegonus is named as son of Epaphos only here. In ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. 2.9 a Telegonus is step-father of Epaphos, having married Io after the birth of Epaphos (cf. Georgius Syncellus 146,3 and 178,19).

KEYWORDS: mythography, genealogical

Or. 932.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ γῆν Ἰνάχου⟩: ¹Ἴναχος ποταμὸς Ἄργους· ²ἀπὸ τούτου δὲ καὶ τὸ Ἄργος Ἰνάχιον. ³εἴληφε δὲ τοὔνομα τοῦτο ὁ ποταμὸς ἀπὸ Ἰνάχου τινὸς πρώτου συνοικίσαντος Ἄργος. ⁴λέγεται γὰρ μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ Δευκαλίωνος, ὄντων ἀνθρώπων ἐν ὄρεσι, παραλαβὼν οὗτος ἄνδρας τινὰς καὶ εἰς τὸ νῦν καλούμενον Ἄργος ἐλθὼν κατοικῆσαι, εὑρὼν ἅπαντα τὸν τόπον τοῦτον πλήρη ὕδατος καὶ καθάρας. ⁵ἐποίησε δὲ καί τινα πηγὴν ἐνταῦθα ἀναδοθῆναι, ἀφ’ ἧς ὁ ποταμὸς ἐγεγόνει ἐπώνυμος τοῦ οἰκιστοῦ. ⁶Πελασγοὺς δὲ τοὺς Ἀργείους καλοῦσιν ἀπὸ Πελασγοῦ τινος μετὰ τὸν Ἴναχον πρώτου βασιλεύσαντος. ⁷ὕστερον δὲ καὶ Ἀργεῖοι ἐκλήθησαν ἀπὸ Ἄργου. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Inachus is a river of Argos. From this, Argos too is called Inachian. The river received this name from a certain Inachus who first brought together the settlement of Argos. It is said that after the flood that occurred in the time of Deucalion, when people were in the mountains, this man took with him some men and came to what is now called Argos and settled (there), having found this entire area full of water and (then) cleared it. And he caused a certain spring to be opened there, the river from which became the namesake of the founder. They call the Argives Pelasgians from a certain Pelasgus who first came to be king after Inachus. Later on they were also called Argives from (king) Argos.

LEMMA: in marg. ἱστορία ὅθεν πελασγοὶ καὶ δαναοὶ οἱ ἀργεῖοι T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.: 2 δὲ om. Za | 3 συνοικίσαντος] Zl, p.c. Gu, ‑οικήσαντος a.c. Gu, others | 4 γὰρ] δὲ ZlT | τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ δευκ. om. ZZaT | καὶ εἰς] θεὶς Zm | 5 δὲ om. Za | ἐγεγόνει app. T³ in erasure, ἠ/******* T (ἠ on prev. line not erased) | 7 καὶ om. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἰνάχειον Ta, ending effaced in T | 3 τὸὔνομα T | 6 τινὸς ZZaTGu | εἴναχον a.c. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.235,4–14

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 932.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: Ἴναχος αὐτόχθων πρῶτος βασιλεὺς Ἄργους, δεύτερος Πελασγὸς, τρίτος Δαναός. —MBVCPrRwSaGu

TRANSLATION: Inachus, (who was) autochthonous, was the first king of Argos, Pelagus was second, Danaus third.

LEMMA: VRw POSITION: marg. M(but first two words s.l.)C, intermarg. B, s.l. Gu; prep. to sch. 932.02 Pr, precedes 932.02 Sa

APP. CRIT.: αὐτόχθων om. PrRwSaGu | πρῶτον Pr | δεύτερον M [Pr, damage] | τρίτος] γ̅ M, εἶτα PrRwSaGu | at end add. ὁ βήλου B, add. τὸ οὖν πάλαι πελασγοὶ μετὰ(?) ἰνάχον (thus app. for ἴναχον) Rw (damage)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.189,12–13; Dind. II.235,3–4

Or. 932.07 (rec exeg) ⟨γῆν Ἰνάχου⟩: μετὰ τὸν Ἴναχον —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Land of Inachus’, so called) after (the time of) Inachus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 932.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γῆν Ἰνάχου⟩: τὰ κάτοθεν —Ox²

TRANSLATION: (‘Land of Inachus’, so called not originally but) in subsequent times.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The translation is based on regarding τὰ κάτοθεν (Byzantine variant for κάτωθεν) as the opposite of τὸ ἀνέκαθεν (as used, e.g., in sch. 904.07). A less likely possibility is that the phrase means ‘(possessing) the territory below (the river) Inachus’.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 932.13 (tri metr) ⟨Ἰνάχου⟩: long mark over iota —T/T³

Or. 933.03 (vet exeg) ⟨πάλαι⟩: τινὲς εἰς τὸ πάλαι στίζουσιν. —MBGu

TRANSLATION: Some punctuate after ‘of old’ (making it go with ‘possessing’ in 932, not with the following ‘Pelasgians’).

POSITION: intermarg. MB, s.l. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,3; Dind. II.235,15

KEYWORDS: punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν)

Or. 933.10 (vet exeg) ⟨Δαναΐδαι⟩: Δαναὸς Βήλου. —M

TRANSLATION: Danaus (was son) of Belus.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.189, app. at 13

Or. 934.01 (rec rhet) ἀντίστασις —MnS

TRANSLATION: Opposing argument.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστασις

Or. 934.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑμῖν … οὐδὲν ἧσσον ἢ πατρὶ⟩: μᾶλλον ὑμῖν παρὸ τῷ πατρί —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 934.04 (tri metr) ⟨ἀμύνων⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 934.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μᾶλλον τοὐμῷ πατρὶ⟩: γρ. οὐδὲν ἧσσον ἢ πατρὶ. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘mallon toumōi patri’, ‘more (than) to (my) father’,) the reading ‘ouden hēsson ē patri’ (‘no less than to (my) father’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 936.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅσιος⟩: κάλλιστος καὶ ἀνεύθυνος· ὃ γένοιτ’ ἂν εἰ ἐμοῦ καταψηφιεῖσθε. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Killing husbands will be) very fine and free from legal scrutiny: which would occur if you will vote to convict me.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κάλλιστος] δίκαιος ZlZmGu | καὶ om. Zl | εἴ μου Zl, εἰ ἐμὲ Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: γένοιτο Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.235,16–17

Or. 936.09 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐ φθάνοιτ’ ἔτ’ ἂν θνῄσκοντες⟩: οὐκ ἀρκεσθήσεσθε πρὸς τὸν γυναικῶν φόνον. —MBOCAbMnPrR^aR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: You will not be content in regard to the killing of women(?).

LEMMA: 936 οὐ φθάνοιτετἄν M, 936 οὐ φθάνοιτε Rw, 941 κοὐ φθάνει R^b REF. SYMBOL: (left marg. of 936) M, (to 941) R^b POSITION: intermarg. M(at 936)B(near 937, but forced down by a previous note), marg. O(at 936)Mn, s.l. (at 941)AbR^aS; in scholia block at level of 935 C, at level of 940 Mn; cont. from sch. 941.19 Sa, prep. καὶ; cont. from sch. 941.06 Pr

APP. CRIT.: O partly obscured in binding, even with autopsy | καὶ prep. MnPrR^bSSa | οὐκ ἀρκ. om. Ab | ἀρκεσθήσεσθε] ἀρκέσεσθαι MnR^aR^b(αρκέσθαί σε), αρεσκεσθαι S, ἀρκέσετε O (with second epsilon written over something else), om. Ab | uncertain whether [πρὸς τὸν] or just [τὸν] obscured in binding O | τὸν] τῶν S, τὸν τῶν Rw, app. πάντα τὸν R^a

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐκαρκε‑ MO

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,4–5; Dind. II.235,18

COMMENT: There is considerable confusion about what this note applies to, and the syntax of the phrase is suspect. The passive ἀρκεσθήσεσθε should have the sense ‘you will be content/satisfied’, and normally it is followed by a dative (rarely ἐπὶ + dative), but here πρὸς + acc. (‘in regard to’) will have to be accepted as equivalent to τῷ τῶν γυναικῶν φόνῳ. That γυναικῶν is objective genitive is, moreover, not completely clear, although we can cite the Thoman phrase ὁ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φόνος in 936.12 below. In some other scholia the meaning is made unambiguous by using ὁ κατὰ + gen. φόνος instead of a bare genitive, e.g., sch. 807.01 τὸν κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς φόνον. Possibly those who assigned the phrase to 936 οὐ φθάνοιτ’ or 941 κοὐ φθάνοι were taking the passive to mean something like ‘you will not be sufficient (strong enough) against the killing done by women’ (with subjective genitive). But that meaning of ἀρκέω is confined to the active voice, even in medieval Greek, as far I have determined. There is no evidence in the mss or scholia that anyone took οὐ φθάνοιτ’ ἔτ’ ἂν θνῄσκοντες as interrogative (which would in any case be very odd after the condition and with ἢ γυναιξὶν δουλεύειν χρεών following), so the translation ‘Will you not be content in regard to the killing done by women?’ is not viable. | As translated above, the phrase seems more suited to 935–936 εἰ γὰρ ἀρσένων φόνος ἔσται γυναιξὶν ὅσιος: ‘(Killing males will be allowed to women if) you will not be content/satisfied in regard to the killing of women (such as I have done)’. In that case, the original may have begun with ⟨εἰ⟩. | If Ab were a more reliable witness, one might consider whether two annotations have been conflated and speculate that πρὸς … φόνον belongs by itself to line 938 τοὐναντίον δὲ δράσετ’ ἢ δρᾶσαι χρεών.

Or. 936.10 (936–937) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: οὐ φθάνοιτε ἀποθνῄσκοντες τῷ ἰδίῳ μόρῳ. —MBVCPrRwSa

TRANSLATION: You could not be quick enough to die by your own doom.

LEMMA: MBCRw REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: intermarg. MB

APP. CRIT.: οὐ φθάνοιτε punct. and rub. as if lemma V | ἀποθν. τῷ ἰδίῳ] ἰδίω ἀποθν. PrSa, ἰδεῖν ἀποθν. V | μόρῳ] νόμῳ Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,6; Dind. II.235,18–19

COMMENT: Νόμος is mentioned in 941, as Schwartz notes in support of his emendation, but the point at 936 is to prove that Orestes’ action has saved other men from a similar fate. (935 ὑμῖν ἀμύνων). For μόρος used by a scholiast when not prompted by its presence in the text, see sch. H Or. 1398 ξίφη Ἅιδου τὰ μόρον ἐργαζόμενα (where MBC have ξίφη Ἅιδου φησὶ τὰ θάνατον ἐργαζόμενα); Sch. Soph. El. 1075–6a2 Xenis ἀεὶ τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς μόρον στενάχουσα.

Or. 936.11 (936–937) (mosch exeg) ⟨οὐ φθάνοιτ’ ἔτ’ ἂν θνῄσκοντες⟩: ¹φθάνω τὸ προλαμβάνω καὶ τὸ καταλαμβάνω, καθ’ ὃ λέγεται ²‘οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον ἰὼν καὶ διδοὺς δίκην’· ἤγουν οὐκ ἂν ἀρκοίης, οὐκ ἂν καταλαμβάνοις, ³τουτέστι τοσοῦτον σε ἕλξουσι συντόμως, ὡς μὴ δύνασθαί σε καταλαμβάνειν τοὺς ἕλκοντας. ⁴ἀφ’ οὗ κατὰ μεταφορὰν ἐνταῦθα τὸ ‘οὐκέτ’ ἂν φθάνοιτε θνήσκοντες’, ⁵τουτέστιν οὐκ ἂν ἀρκοίητε πρὸς τὴν τοῦ θανάτου συντομίαν· ⁶οὕτως ὑμᾶς ἕλξει δηλονότι μετὰ ταχυτῆτος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Ox²B⁴

TRANSLATION: ‘Phthanō’ means ‘anticipate’ and ‘overtake’, (the meaning) according to which is said ‘You would not be quick enough going to the court and paying the penalty’; in other words, you would not be strong enough, you could not overtake’. That is to say, they will haul you so swiftly that you are unable to overtake those hauling you. From this (usage) metaphorically here (we have) the phrase ‘no longer would you be quick enough dying’, that is to say, ‘you could not be (strong/fast) enough against the swiftness of death’: so rapidly will it haul you away, clearly.

LEMMA: οὐ φθάνοιτ’ ἔτ’ ἄν G POSITION: marg. B⁴.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 καθὸ YfGrOx² | 2 δίδους Ox² | 4 κατα XaGr | 6 δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.235,19–26

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 936.12 (936–937) (thom exeg) ⟨οὐ φθάνοιτ’ ἔτ’ ἂν θνῄσκοντες⟩: ¹τουτέστιν οὐ προλάβητε ἀλλήλους τῷ θανάτῳ, ὁ μὲν πρόσθεν, ὁ δ’ ἔπειτα θνήσκων, ἀλλ’ ὁμοῦ πάντες οἰχήσεσθε. ²ἐδήλωσε δὲ ἐντεῦθεν τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τοῦ κακοῦ ὃ γένοιτ’ ἂν εἰ γυναιξὶν ὁ τῶν ἀνδρῶν φόνος ἀνεύθυνος ἔσται. —ZZaZbZlTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, you would not anticipate each other in death, with one dying first and another second, but you will all perish together. From this (statement) he made clear the extreme magnitude of the evil that would occur if the killing of men will be free of consequences for women.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlT POSITION: intermarg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 προλάβοιτε ZaZl | 2 ἐνταῦθα Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 προλάβηται Gu | οἰουχήσεσθαι Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.235,26–29

Or. 936.13 (936–937) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ φθάνοιτ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἄν θνῄσκοντες⟩: ἤγουν ὁμοῦ πάντες ἀποθανεῖτε. —Ox²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 936.14 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ φθάνοιτ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἄν⟩: οὐκέτι ἂν φθάνοιτε —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: φθάνοιτε] φθάνοι Gr, om. Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐκέτ’ XXaXo, οὐκ ἔτι Aa

Or. 937.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἢ γυναιξὶ δουλεύειν χρέων⟩: ἤγουν ἐὰν οὐδὲ ἀποθνήσκετε —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘You must be enslaved to women’,) that is, if you do not in fact die.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 937.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἢ γυναιξὶ δουλεύειν χρέων⟩: εἰ μὴ ἀποθνήσκετε —ZlGu

TRANSLATION: (‘You must be enslaved to women’) if you do not die.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 937.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἢ γυναιξὶ δουλεύειν χρέων⟩: εἰ οὐκ ἀποθανεῖτε —Zb²

TRANSLATION: (‘You must be enslaved to women’) if you will not die.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑εῖται a.c. Zb²

Or. 937.06 (vet exeg) ⟨γυναιξὶ δουλεύειν χρεών⟩: ὑμεῖς ὑποταγείητε ἢ ὑποτάξοιτε. —MBOVCPr

TRANSLATION: You would be subordinated (to women) rather than subordinate (them).

POSITION: s.l. MC, intermarg. B; cont. from sch. 938.01 B, cont. from sch. 936.10 V

APP. CRIT.: ὑμεῖς] καὶ B | ἢ] οὐχ’ B | τάξοιτε M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,7; Dind. II.236,9–10 with app.

COMMENT: Aa’s similar note (937.08) is above 938 instead, and B continues this from 938.01, but the passive of ὑποτάσσω is most suitable to the metaphorical use of δουλεύειν, and the two verbs are frequently associated with each other as reinforcing synonyms or in other ways. | For ἢ equivalent to μᾶλλον ἢ cf. Radt 2015b.

COLLATION NOTES: Schw. reports an initial καὶ in M, but what he read as καὶ is the smooth breathing and grave of the word ἢ in the text.

Or. 937.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δουλεύειν⟩: ὑποταγῆναι ἢ ὑποτάξαι —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 938.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τοὐναντίον δὲ δράσετ’ ἢ δρᾶσαι χρεών⟩: ὑμεῖς φονευθήσεσθε καὶ οὐ φονεύσετε. —MBVCZu

TRANSLATION: You will be killed (by women) and you will not kill (women).

LEMMA: τουναντίον δὲ V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: s.l. MZu, intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: ὑμεῖς] ὑμεῖς γὰρ B, om. Zu | καὶ] ἢ MC, om. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,8; Dind. II.236,9

Or. 938.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοὐναντίον δὲ δράσετ’ ἢ δρᾶσαι χρεών⟩: φονευθήσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὑπὸ γυναικῶν παρὸ φονεύετε. —V³

TRANSLATION: You will be killed by women rather than your killing (them).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 938.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοὐναντίον δὲ δράσετ’ ἢ δρᾶσαι χρεών⟩: τοὐναντίον δὲ δράσετε καὶ ὑποταγήσεσθε μᾶλλον ἢ ὑποτάξετε. —Aa

TRANSLATION: You will do the opposite and you will be subordinated (by women) rather than subordinate (them).

REF. SYMBOL: Aa POSITION: marg.

Or. 938.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨τοὐναντίον δὲ δράσετ’ ἢ δρᾶσαι χρεών⟩: ἐναντία δὲ διακείσεσθε ἢ διακεῖσθαι πρέπον. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: And you will be in the opposite situation of the one you ought to be in.

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. T

APP. CRIT.: ἐναντία] ἐναντίως XXo, ambig. -ία/-ίως Xb, ἐναντίον T | δὲ om. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.235,30

Or. 938.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοὐναντίον δὲ δράσετ’ ἢ δρᾶσαι χρεών⟩: ἐναντίον δὲ διακείσεσθε εἰς τὴν πολιτείαν ἢ διακεῖσθαι πρέπον. —G

TRANSLATION: And you will be in the opposite situation, in regard to the arrangement of society, of the one you ought to be in.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 938.06 (thom exeg) ⟨τοὐναντίον δὲ δράσετ’ ἢ δρᾶσαι χρεών⟩: δέον γὰρ τὴν κακίαν καθάπαξ ἀποτεμεῖν, ὑμεῖς ταύτην τῇ κατ’ ἐμοῦ ψήφῳ αὐξήσετε. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For although is it necessary to cut off the wickedness once and for all, you will make this greater by your vote against me.

REF. SYMBOL: T (at δρᾶσαι χρεών) POSITION: s.l. Zm, s.l. at 937, cont. from sch. 937.11 ZZa (both omit 938), intermarg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: ὑμεῖς τάυτην] αὐτὴν ὑμεῖς ZZa (comma after αὐτὴν Za, before it Z)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.236,1–2

Or. 938.12 (tri metr) ⟨δράσετ’⟩: long mark over alpha —T/T³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 939.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νῦν⟩: τὸ χρονικὸν ἐπίρρημα μετὰ παρακειμένου —Ox²

TRANSLATION: (‘Nun’ is) the adverb in its temporal sense with the perfect tense.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 939.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡ προδοῦσα λέκτρα⟩: ἤγουν ἡ μιάνασα τὰς κοίτας —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 940.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ δὲ δὴ κατακτανεῖτέ με⟩: καὶ εἴ με φονεύσετε —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: εἰ με Ab | φονεῦσαι or φονεῦσαιτε a.c. Mn, φονεύσεται Ab

Or. 941.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ὁ νόμος ἀνεῖται⟩: ἐξαπλοῦται γὰρ και πλατύνεται ὁ νόμος κατὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν οὗτος· τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει τὸ ἀνεῖται. —B

TRANSLATION: For this law is being unfolded and amplified against men: for this is what ‘aneitai’ (‘has been let go/slackened’) means.

POSITION: intermarg., cont. from sch. 942.03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,9 with app.; Dind. II.236,15–16

Or. 941.02 (rec exeg) ὁ νόμος ἀνεῖται: ¹ὅταν γάρ τι τῶν δεόντων παρίδωσιν οἱ τὸ ἄρχειν λαχόντες κέρδει κατειλημμένοι ἢ ἄλλῳ τινὶ πάθει, ²τότε ὁ νόμος ἀνεῖται, ἤγουν ἐνδίδοται καὶ πλατύνεται καὶ εἰς αὔξησιν ἔρχεται, πρὸς τὰ κακὰ δηλονότι εὐρυνθεὶς καὶ τὴν αὔξην λαβών. —V¹R^bRw

TRANSLATION: For whenever those who have obtained the role of ruling neglect any of their obligations because they have been overcome by (desire for) profit or any other feeling, then the law has been let go, that is, it is given up and amplified and comes to an increase, having been widened and having grown, namely toward bad actions.

LEMMA: V¹, ⟨ν⟩όμος ἀνεῖται Rw, ὁ νόμος R^b REF. SYMBOL: V¹R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δῆλον ὅτι V¹

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,10–13; Dind. II.236,5–8

Or. 941.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ νόμος ἀνεῖται⟩: εἰς αὔξησιν (?)ἔρχεται καί πλατύνεται πρὸς τὰ κακὰ δηλονότι. —R

TRANSLATION: Comes to an increase and is amplified, namely toward bad actions.

REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: marg.

Or. 941.04 (thom exeg) ὁ νόμος: ὁ κελεύων ὑπείκειν ἀνδράσι τὰς γυναῖκας —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (The law) that commands women/wives to yield to men/husbands.

LEMMA: TGu REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Za, app. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.236,10–11

Or. 941.06 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀνεῖται⟩: ἐξαπλοῦται, πλατύνεται κατὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν. —MVPrSaZu, perhaps H

TRANSLATION: (‘It has been let go/slackened’ means) ‘is being unfolded’, ‘is being amplified against men’.

POSITION: marg. HM, s.l. VZu; prep. to sch. 936.09 Sa, beside 939–940 H

APP. CRIT.: only ]τὰ survives in H (from κα]τὰ?) | πλατύνεται] φθύνεται Pr, om. Zu | κατὰ om. M | ἀνάνδρων M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,9

Or. 941.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνεῖται⟩: ¹ἢ ἀνεῖται ἀντὶ τοῦ δοθήσεται οὕτω· ²ἀνεῖται καὶ δοθήσεται νόμος ταῖς γυναιξὶ τοὺς ἰδίους ἄνδρας φονεύειν. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Or ‘aneitai’ (‘has been let go/slackened’) is used for ‘will be granted’ as follows: ‘law will be let go and granted to wives to murder their own husbands’.

POSITION: s.l. ZZaZm, marg. ZbGu; cont. from sch. 941.04 ZbTGu, from sch. 941.10 Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.236,12–13

COMMENT: As an alternative explanation, this can equally follow either sch. 941.10 or sch. 941.04.

Or. 941.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀφεῖται⟩: γρ. ἀνεῖται. —Sa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘apheitai’, ‘has been let go’,) the reading ‘aneitai’ (‘has been loosened’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Sa POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 942.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨τῆς γε τόλμης οὐ σπάνις γενήσεται⟩: οὐκέτι πέρας ὑμῶν ἕξει ὁ θάνατος. —MVCGu

TRANSLATION: No longer will your death have a limit.

REF. SYMBOL: M (at οὐ σπάνις) POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. VGu

APP. CRIT.: ἡμῶν Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐκ ἔτι Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,14; Dind. II.236,18–19

Or. 942.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨τῆς γε τόλμης οὐ σπάνις γενήσεται⟩: οὐ λείψει οὐδὲ παύσεται οὐδὲ πέρας ἔξει ὁ θάνατος ὑμῶν. —B

TRANSLATION: Your death will not be lacking nor cease nor have a limit.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190, app. at 14; Dind. II.236,14–15

Or. 942.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῆς γε τόλμης οὐ σπάνις γενήσεται⟩: οὐκ ἐπιλείψουσι αἱ τοιαῦτα ἐργασόμεναι. —Lb

TRANSLATION: Women who will commit such acts will not be lacking.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.236,19–20

Or. 942.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τῆς γε τόλμης⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ ἐργάζεσθαι φόνον ἀνδρῶν —MnSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘The daring’,) that is, to carry out the murder of husbands.

LEMMA: τῆσδε τόλμης in text Sa POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ Sa | ἐρωτάζεσθαι Mn, ἐρωτάξεσθαι S

Or. 942.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τῆς γε τόλμης⟩: ἤγουν τὰς γυναῖκας ἀποκτεῖναι τοὺς ἄνδρας —R

TRANSLATION: (‘The daring’,) that is, that wives kill their husbands.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 942.07 (thom exeg) ⟨τῆς γε τόλμης⟩: τῆς θρασύτητος ταύτης τοῦ φονεύειν τὰς γυναῖκας τοὺς ἄνδρας —ZmGu, partial Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘The daring’, that is,) this boldness, that wives murder husbands.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς θρασ. ταύτης om. Zu | τῆς] om. Zm | ἤγουν add. before τοῦ φον. Zm | τοὺς ἄνδρας αἱ γυναῖκες transp. Zu (vernacular syntax)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.236,17

COMMENT: It seems that in Zm ταύτης was written first (sch. 942.09) and then θρασύτητος added before it and ἤγουν τοῦ κτλ after it (the latter is written smaller and squeezed in before and under the next gloss). From this fact and Zu’s partial version, it appears that this annotation may originally have been two separate ones.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 942.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σπάνις⟩: στέρησις τῇ πληθύϊ τῶν γυναικῶν εἰς τὸ φονεύειν τοὺς αὐτῶν ἄνδρας —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Scarcity’, that is,) deprivation for the multitude of wives with regard to murdering their own husbands.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 943.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔπειθ’ ὅμιλον⟩: ἐν τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ εἰς τὸν ὄχλον —MnPrSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Persuade the gathering’, namely) in the speech of defense to the crowd.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐν τ. ἀπολ. om. Sa

Or. 943.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὅμιλον⟩: ὅμιλος ἀπὸ τοῦ ὁμοῦ τὴν ἴλην ἔχειν. —F^rec

TRANSLATION: ‘Homilos’ (‘gathering’) is derived from having the group (‘ilē’) together (‘homou’).

POSITION: written twice, at level of 950–941 and of 942–943

COMMENT: Cf. Orion 118,9–10 ὅμιλος. παρὰ τὸ ὁμοῦ εἰλεῖσθαι· ἢ παρὰ τὸ ὁμοῦ τὰς ἴλας ἔχειν; Sch. Hom. Od. 1.225e Pontani ὅμιλος ἐπὶ στρατιᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὁμοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἴλη, ὅμιλος δὲ ἐπὶ πλήθους ἀπὸ τοῦ ὁμοῦ εἱλεῖσθαι; Sch. Aesch. Sept. 35d Smith ὅμιλος δὲ ἐτυμολογεῖται ἀπὸ τοῦ ὁμοῦ τὴν ἴλην ἔχειν.

Or. 943.13 (tri metr) ⟨ὅμιλον⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 944.02 (tri metr) ⟨νικᾷ⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 944.05 (rec exeg) ὁ κακὸς ἐν πλήθει λέγων: ¹εἴωθε γάρ πως ἐν τοῖς συλλόγοις ὁ τῶν κακῶν κρατεῖν ὅμιλος. ²ἀμέλει καὶ τῶν πόλεων αἱ πλείους τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἁλίσκονται, ³τοὺς τιμίους παρ’ οὐδὲν τιθέμεναι, τοὺς δὲ ἀτίμους καὶ ἀγοραίους τιμῶσαι καὶ σεβάζουσαι. —V¹PrR^bRw

TRANSLATION: For it is somehow the usual thing that in assemblies the crowd of bad men dominate. At any rate the majority of cities are captured in this manner, when they place no value on the worthy men, but honor and respect the unworthy and vulgar.

LEMMA: V¹, νικᾶ δ’ ὁ κακὸς Rw, νικᾶ PrR^b REF. SYMBOL: V¹R^b POSITION: follows sch. 968.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 γὰρ (πως om.) PrR^b | ἐν] ἐκ R^b | 2 τῷ om. R^b | 3 τιθέμενοι V¹R^b | ἀτίους R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀλίσκ. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,15–18; Dind. II.236,24–237,1

Or. 946.00 (vet exeg) ζή(τει) —P.Oxy. 53.3716

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Possibly a note regarding a variant reading in the line. For discussion see McNamee 2023: 48–49 (no. 11).

Or. 946.11 (rec exeg) ⟨πετρουμένους⟩: γρ. πετρούμενος. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For accusative plural ‘petroumenous’, ‘being stoned’, agreeing with implied ‘them/you’, Orestes and Electra) the reading (nominative singular) ‘petroumenos’ (‘being stoned’ agreeing with subject Orestes) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 946.12 (rec exeg) ⟨πετρούμενος⟩: πετρουμένους —MnS

TRANSLATION: (For nominative singular ‘petroumenos’, ‘being stoned’, agreeing with subject Orestes, there is a variant reading accusative plural) ‘petroumenous’ (‘being stoned’, agreeing with implied ‘them/you’, Orestes and Electra).

LEMMA: thus in text MnS POSITION: s.l.

Or. 947.05 (thom paraphr) ⟨αὐτόχειρι⟩: ἤγουν διὰ τῶν οἰκείων χειρῶν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu^aGu^b

POSITION: s.l.; Gu^a above Gr glosses, Gu^b to the left of them

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu^aGu^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.237,5

Or. 948.05 (tri metr) ⟨ἡμέρᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 948.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λείψειν βίον⟩: ἀφεῖναι, καταλεῖψαι τὸν βίον —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 949.10 (vetThom paraphr) ⟨ἐκκλήτων ἄπο⟩: ἐκ τῶν ἐκκλησιαζόντων —MBOCAaAbMnPrV³ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: From those meeting in the assembly.

POSITION: s.l. except C, marg. O

APP. CRIT.: ἐκ τῶν] ἀπὸ τῶν PrV³, τῶν ZZbZlZmTGu, om. OAbG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,19; Dind. II.237,8 and 9

Or. 949.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐκκλήτων ἄπο⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ βουλευτηρίου —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 949.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐκκλήτων ἄπο⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀργείων —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 949.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐκκλήτων ἄπο⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.237,8–9

Or. 949.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκκλήτων ἄπο⟩: καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν συναθροισθέντων ἀνδρῶν —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 950.05 (tri metr) ⟨δακρύων⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 950.06 (950–951) (rec paraphr) ⟨σὺν δ’ ὁμαρτοῦσιν φίλοι κλαίοντες⟩: σὺν τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἀκολουθοῦσιν οἱ φίλοι κλαίοντες. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: Along with the opponents (of Orestes), his friends, weeping, accompany him.

POSITION: marg. Mn, s.l. S

APP. CRIT. 2: κλέοντες a.c. Mn

COMMENT: The bad interpretation of σὺν is shared by the next.

Or. 950.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨σὺν δ’ ὁμαρτοῦσιν⟩: σὺν τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἕπουσι —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔπουσι Ab

COMMENT: The choice of ἕπουσι as a gloss here is striking, since the present active ἕπω is more or less confined to grammarians and lexicographers in etymological explanations, and ἕπω and compounds are in need of glossing (e.g., with ἀκολουθέω) rather than used to gloss other words. The form ἕπουσι specifically occurs only in a few comments on Il. 15.555 περὶ τεύχε’ ἕπουσιν (cf. Hesych. ε 5524).

Or. 952.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πικρὸν θέαμα⟩: ἀπὸ τούτου ἦν, λέγω —Zl

TRANSLATION: (With ‘bitter sight’ supply the words) ‘from this there was, I mean’.

POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above 951)

Or. 952.07 (tri metr) ⟨θέαμα⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 952.12 (tri metr) ⟨ἀθλία⟩: koinē short over first alpha, long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 954.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ὡς δεῖ λιπεῖν σε φέγγος⟩: γράφεται ὡς οὔ σ’ ὁρᾶν δεῖ φέγγος —MBC

TRANSLATION: (For ‘that you must leave the light’) the reading ‘that you must not see the light’ is found.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. MB

APP. CRIT.: οὕ BC, app. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,20; Dind. II.237,17

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 954.17 (pllgn gram) ⟨ηὑγένεια⟩: τὰ η̅ καὶ ε̅ εἰς η̅ μακρὸν κιρνᾶται. —Zm

TRANSLATION: Eta and epsilon are contracted into the long vowel eta.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 955.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨οὐδέν σ’ ἐπωφέλησεν⟩: {γράφεται} οὐδέν σε ὠφέλησεν. —MC

TRANSLATION: {It is written} ‘it did not help you at all’ (i.e., the much less common compound verb means the same as the more common simple verb).

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: γράφεται del. Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,21; Dind. II.237,19

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 955.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨Πύθιος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ πεύθω τὸ ἐρωτῶ ἢ τὸ ἀκούω καὶ μανθάνω, εἰς ὃν αἱ ἐρωτήσεις γίνονται, εἶτα αἱ μαθήσεις καὶ τὰ ἀκούσματα. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Pythian’ is derived) from ‘peuthō’ meaning ‘ask’ or ‘hear’ and ‘learn’, (the one) to whom questions are posed, and then learning and hearing (take place).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 955.07 (tri metr) ⟨Πύθιος⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

Or. 956.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τρίποδα καθίζων⟩: ἢ ὁ κατὰ τὴν τρίποδα ἵζων ἑαυτὸν ἢ ὁ καθήμενος ἐκεῖ, ἢ ὁ καθίζων καὶ καθέζεσθαι ποιῶν τὸν τρίποδα. —Zm

TRANSLATION: Either ‘the one positioning himself by the tripod’ or (that is) ‘the one sitting there’; or ‘the one setting (it) and causing the tripod to be set in place’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 956.15 (pllgn gram) ⟨Φοῖβος⟩: ὁ μαντικὸς, ἀπὸ τοῦ φοιβάζω τὸ μαντεύομαι. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (Phoebus is by etymology) the mantic one from the verb ‘phoibazō’ meaning ‘give an oracle’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 956.18 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 957.05 (vet exeg) ὡς ξυνηρεφές: ¹στυγνὸν καὶ ὥσπερ ἐστεγασμένον τοῖς κακοῖς. ²ἐν ἐνίοις δὲ οὐ φέρονται οἱ τρεῖς στίχοι οὗτοι. ³πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἔμελλε στυγνάζειν; —MBV¹CR^bRw, partial O

TRANSLATION: Gloomy and, as it were, covered over with woes. In some (copies) these three lines are not attested. (The lines are suspected because superfluous,) for how was she not going to be gloomy?

LEMMA: BV¹, ξυνηρεφές R^bRw(συν-) REF. SYMBOL: MBV¹R^b POSITION: marg. M, s.l. O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.190,22–24; Dind. II.237,24–26

COMMENT: Matthiae and Dindorf preferred O’s ἐσκεπασμένον against ἐστεγασμένον of the earlier editions; but ἐστεγασμένον is meant as an etymological explanation (στεγ > στυγ); compare Photius κ 474 κατηρεφ⟨έστερ⟩ον· κατεστεγασμένον ⟨μᾶλλον⟩· ἢ κατώτερον ἐστεγασμένον. For his part, Schwartz in his app. conjectured συσκιασμένον, comparing Hesych. σ 2601 συνηρ⟨εφ⟩ές· σύσκιον, which the 19th-century editor M. Schmidt alleged to be a reference to Or. 957 (a claim taken over into the latest edition by Hansen). But σύσκιος is never used in a metaphorical sense, and there are many uses of συνηρεφής from Herodotus onward where it refers to places shaded by woods or branches and where σύσκιον would provide a most apposite gloss. The Hesych. gloss could easily apply to one of these. | Schwartz wrongly reports that M has στενάζειν, but the sequence υγν in στυγνάζειν is beyond doubt.

COLLATION NOTES: In V the partial lemma ὡσξ or ὡσξυ or ὡσξυν was written by V, who left a blank space for V¹ to fill in the rest of the lemma and the note; V was apparently struggling to read a damaged exemplar.

KEYWORDS: οὐ φέρεται(‑ονται)/οὐχ εὑρίσκεται/οὐ γράφεται | athetesis or absence of verses

Or. 957.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὡς ξυνηρεφὲς⟩: λίαν πολυπενθὲς, στυγνὸν ὑπάρχον ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: στυγνὸν] τὸ γὰρ Pr

Or. 957.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ξυνηρεφὲς⟩: ἐσκεπασμένον, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐρέφω τὸ στεγάζω· ἡ γὰρ στέγη σκέπασμά ἐστι τοῦ οἴκου. —Zm, partial ZlGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Xunērephes’ means) ‘covered over’ (‘eskepasmenon’), (derived) from ‘erephō’ meaning ‘cover (as if with a roof)’; for the roof is a covering (‘skepasma’) of the house.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ τοῦ κτλ om. ZlGu

Or. 957.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ξυνηρεφὲς⟩: στυγνὸν καὶ ἐστεγασμένον τοῖς κακοῖς —V³, perhaps R

POSITION: marg. R, s.l. V³

APP. CRIT.: words after στυγνὸν scarcely legible in R; another damaged phrase follows, perhaps πᾶς [ ca 9–10 ] γίνεται?

Or. 959.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὡς εἰς στεναγμοὺς … δραμουμένη⟩: ὡς μέλλουσα δραμεῖν εἰς στεναγμοὺς καὶ γόους —M²

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

Or. 959.03 (tri metr) ⟨στεναγμούς⟩: koinē long over alpha —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 959.10 (tri metr) coronis —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 62

Or. 960.01 (960–981) (tri metr) κατάρχομαι: ⁰τὰ τοιαῦτα εἴδη καλεῖται κατὰ σχέσιν, ὡς εἴρηται [sch. 316.01], καὶ εἰσὶ τῆς παρούσης στροφῆς τὰ κῶλα ιαʹ καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς τοσαῦτα. ¹τὸ αʹ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος ἀκατάληκτος καθαρός. ²τὸ βʹ ὅμοιον ἐπιμεμιγμένον χορείοις. ³τὸ γʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικὸν. ⁴τὸ δʹ ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ. ⁵τὸ εʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ δύο τροχαϊκῶν πενθημιμερῶν. ⁶τὸ ςʹ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος. ⁷τὸ ζʹ ὅμοιος ἐπιμεμιγμένος καὶ ἑτέροις ποσί. ⁸τὸ ηʹ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ⁹τὸ θʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον, τοῦ αʹ ποδὸς χορείου, τοῦ δὲ δευτέρου ἀναπαίστου. ¹⁰τὸ ιʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἐφθημιμερὲς. ὃ καλεῖται Εὐριπίδειον ἢ ληκύθιον. ¹¹τὸ ιαʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐξ ἰαμβικῆς βάσεως καὶ τροχαϊκοῦ ἰθυφαλλικοῦ. ¹²ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει ἀμφοτέρων παράγραφος. —T

¹ 960=971 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
κατάρχομαι στεναγμὸν ὦ Πελασγία,
βέβακε γὰρ βέβακεν, οἴχεται τέκνων
² 961=972 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ⏔ ⏑ ‒
τιθεῖσα λευκὸν ὄνυχα διὰ παρηΐδων,
πρόπασα γέννα Πέλοπος ὅ τ’ ἐπὶ μακαρίοις
³ 962=973 ‒ ⏓ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
αἱματηρὸν ἄταν,
ζηλωτός ποτ’ οἶκος·
⁴ 963=974 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ‒ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ = ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
κτύπον τε κρατός, ὃν ἔλαχ’ ἁ κατὰ χθονὸς
φθόνος νιν εἷλε θεόθεν ἅ τε δυσμενὴς
⁵ 964=975 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
νερτέρων Περσέφασσα καλλίπαις
φοινία ψῆφος ἐν ποληίταις.
⁶ 965=976 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
θεά. ἰαχείτω δέ γε γᾶ Κυκλωπία,
ἰὼ ἰὼ πανδάκρυτ’ ἐφαμέρων ἔθνη
⁷ 966=977 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ = ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
σίδαρον ἐπὶ κάρα τιθεῖσα κούριμον,
πολύστονά τε δὴ καὶ πολύποινα, λεύσσετε
⁸ 967=978 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏔, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν πήματ’ οἴκων.
ὡς παρ’ ἐλπίδα μοῖρα βαίνει.
⁹ 968=979 ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ἔλεος ἔλεος δ’ ὅδ’ ἔρχεται
ἕτερα δ’ ἑτέροις ἀμείβεται
¹⁰ 969=980 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
τῶν θανουμένων ὕπερ,
πήματ’ ἐν χρόνωι μακρῶι·
¹¹ 970=981 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
στρατηλατῶν Ἑλλάδος ποτ’ ὄντων.
βροτῶν δ’ ὁ πᾶς ἀστάθμητος αἰών.

TRANSLATION: Such forms are called ‘in responsion’, as has been stated, and the cola of the present strophe are eleven and those of the antistrophe of equal number. The first colon is a pure acatalectic iambic trimeter. The second is similar with a admixture of chorei. The third is a trochaic ithyphallic. The fourth is like the second. The fifth is compound, formed from two trochaic penthemimers. The sixth is an iambic trimeter. The seventh is similar with an admixture of other feet. The eighth is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter. The ninth is an acatalectic iambic dimeter with the first foot a choreius and the second an anapaest. The tenth is a trochaic hephthemimer, which is called a Euripidean or lecythion. The eleventh is compound, formed of an iambic basis and trochaic ithyphallic. At the end of both stanzas, a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. at sch. 960.13 εὕρηται applies here too

APP. CRIT.: 7 ὅμοιος ἐπιμεμιγμένοι (sic) T; or read ὅμοιον ἐπιμεμιγμένον as in colon 2? | 9 δευτέρου Ta, T damaged, space for β(ερ) = δευτέρου | 10 τὸ ιʹ mostly effaced T

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 and 11 ‑φαλικὸν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.16,7–17; de Fav. 62–63

KEYWORDS: Εὐριπίδειον (colon)

Or. 960.02 (960–970) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων ια´ —T

TRANSLATION: Strophe of eleven cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 960.03 (vet exeg) κατάρχομαι στεναγῶν: ¹πρὸς τὸν χορόν. ²†ἐὰν μετὰ τοῦ ι̅, ἡ Πελασγία γῆ καὶ χώρα· ἐὰν ἄνευ τοῦ ι̅ ⟨ … ⟩† —MVC

TRANSLATION: (The passage is) addressed to the chorus. †(corrupt and lacunose phrase)†

LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT.: 2 first ἐὰν] ἐὰν γὰρ V; M misreported as having ἔνιοι by Dindorf | ἡ πελασγία κτλ om. V | second ἐὰν] ἕως C

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 first ι̅] ἰῶτα C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.191,1–2; Dind. II.238,11

COMMENT: ‘With iota’ and ‘without iota’ normally apply to a disagreement between interpreting α or η as dative (transmitted without the mute iota) or nominative. If this were the issue here, we would have to assume major corruption, involving an unconscious interchange of μετὰ and ἄνευ as well as lost words: e.g., ἐὰν ἄνευ τοῦ ι̅, ἡ (or ὦ?) Πελασγία γῆ καὶ χώρα· ἐὰν μετὰ τοῦ ι̅, τῇ Πελασγίᾳ γῇ καὶ χώρᾳ (καὶ τὸ ὤ διὰ μέσου?). (Translation: If ‘Pelasgia’ is written without iota (as nominative/vocative), it is ‘the (or: o) Pelasgian earth and land/country’. If with iota, it is ‘to/for the Pelasgian earth and land/country’ (with the exclamation ‘o’ parenthetic). Another possibility, again with ἄνευ and μετὰ interchanged, is that the choice was meant to be between singular Πελασγία and plural Πελάσγιαι (cf. sch. 960.18, 960.14), that is, between addressing the land or addressing the women of the chorus. As the text stands, the only iota that could be present or absent is that of Πελασγία; but there is no such form as Πελασγή/‑γά, and if it existed, it would presumably mean the same as Πελασγία.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 960.04 (rec exeg) κατάρχομαι: ⟨πρὸς⟩ τὸν χορὸν ταῦτα εἴρηκεν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα. —R^b

TRANSLATION: Electra spoke these words to the chorus.

REF. SYMBOL: R^b

APP. CRIT.: ἡ ἑλέ(νη) R^b

KEYWORDS: assignment of speaker | speaker identified | addressee identified

Or. 960.05 (rec exeg) ⟨κατάρχομαι⟩: ἡ Ἠλέκτρα εἶπε ταῦτα πρὸς τὸν χορόν. —MnPrSSa

TRANSLATION: Electra said these words to the chorus.

POSITION: marg. MnPrS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.238,10

KEYWORDS: assignment of speaker | speaker identified

Or. 960.06 (rec exeg) ⟨κατάρχομαι⟩: αἲ αἲ —Aa²SaZm

TRANSLATION: (There is a variant reading with the exclamation) ‘ai ai’ (in the text before ‘katarchomai’).

POSITION: s.l. SaZm, marg. Aa²

APP. CRIT. 2: αἰαι Aa

COMMENT: αἲ αἲ κατάρχομαι is in the text in some recentiores (MnRRfPrS).

Or. 960.10 (mosch gram) ⟨κατάρχομαι⟩: ἄρχομαι τὸ ἀρχὴν ποιοῦμαι καὶ τὸ ἀρχὴν λαμβάνω. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: ‘Archomai’ (can mean) ‘I make a beginning’ and ‘I take office’.

POSITION: s.l. TYYf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.238,12

Or. 960.12 (tri exeg) ⟨στεναγμὸν⟩: ¹εὕρηται τὸ ἄρχω καὶ παρὰ Πινδάρῳ αἰτιατικῇ, ὡς εἴρηται [Sch. Tri. Hec. 685]. ²μικρὸν οὖν χρὴ γράφειν ἐνταῦθα τὸ στεναγμὸν, ἵν’ οἰκεῖον ᾖ πρὸς τὸ μέτρον. —T

TRANSLATION: The verb ‘archō’ (‘begin’) has been found also in Pindar (construed) with the accusative, as has been said (in an earlier scholion of mine at Hec. 685). Therefore, it is proper to write ‘stenagmon’ (‘lamentation’) with short vowel here (instead of genitive plural ‘stenagmōn’, ‘of lamentations’), so that the form may be suited to the meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. POSITION: precedes sch. 960.01

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

COMMENT: At Hec. 685 κατάρχομαι νόμον (νόμων in many mss) Triclinius notes εὕρηται τὸ ἄρχω καὶ παρὰ Πινδάρῳ αἰτιατικῇ· [Nem. 3.10–11] ‘ἄρχε δ’οὐρανῶ πολυνεφέλᾳ κρέοντι θύγατερ δόκιμον ὕμνον’. εὕρηται δὲ καὶ ἔν τινι τῶν παλαιῶν οὕτως. Translation: The verb ‘archō’ has been found also in Pindar (construed) with the accusative: ‘Begin, daughter, an approved hymn to the ruler of the sky with his many clouds’. And (‘nomon’ instead of ‘nomōn’) has been found (written) thus also in a certain one of the old copies.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Pindar | Triclinius, justifying choice between variants

Or. 960.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ Πελασγία⟩: πρὸς μίαν τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ —V²

TRANSLATION: Addressed to one of the women of the chorus.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῶν] τὴν V²

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 960.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ Πελασγία⟩: πρὸς τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ —Aa

TRANSLATION: Addressed to the women of the chorus.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 960.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὦ Πελασγία⟩: ὦ πληθὺς ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πελασγοῦ οὖσα —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Cr | πλῆθον Ox

Or. 960.25 (tri metr) ⟨Πελασγία⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

Or. 961.01 (961–963) (vet exeg) ⟨τιθεῖσα … κτύπον τε κρατός⟩: τὸ τιθεῖσα κατὰ κοινοῦ· καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν παρηΐδων. —MB

TRANSLATION: ‘Titheisa’ (‘placing’) is understood in common (with ‘ktupon’ as well as ‘onucha’): (placing) both on the head and on the cheeks.

POSITION: s.l. M, marg. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.191,3–4; Dind. II.238,16–17

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 961.02 (961–962) (rec exeg) ⟨τιθεῖσα … αἱματηρὸν ἄταν⟩: ἢ τὸ τιθεῖσα τόπου δηλωτικὸν ἤγουν ἐπιτιθεῖσα καὶ ἐπισυνάπτουσα τὸν λευκὸν ὄνυχα ταῖς παρειαῖς εἰς αἱματηρὸν βλάβην αὐτῶν. —VRw

TRANSLATION: Or (if not taken in the sense ‘making’) ‘titheisa’ is indicative of positioning, that is, placing upon and applying the white fingernail to the cheeks to produce a bloody wound on them.

POSITION: s.l. V; follows sch. 944.05 Rw

APP. CRIT.: ἢ om. Rw

COMMENT: The ‘or’ presumably presents this interpretation as an alternative to the next, even though in V’s layout the order is reversed; or it could have once followed 962.01, which also opts for treating τιθεῖσα as ‘making/causing’ rather than ‘placing’.

Or. 961.03 (961–962) (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ἀντίπτωσις ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τοῦ λευκοῦ ὄνυχος ποιοῦσα αἱματηρὸν ἄτην τῶν παρειῶν. —VRw

TRANSLATION: Exchange of cases (‘antiptōsis’), equivalent to ‘by means of the white fingernail causing bloody ruin of the cheeks’.

POSITION: marg. V

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rw

COMMENT: The term antiptosis is here applied to what is usually called ἀντίστροφον, since there are two terms that have swapped cases with each other rather than just one term in a case that has replaced a more usual case.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίπτωσις | ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως

Or. 961.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨τιθεῖσα λευκὸν ὄνυχα διὰ παρηΐδων⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καταξέουσα ἑαυτῆς τὰς γνάθους τοῖς ὄνυξιν —O

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘lacerating my own jaws with my fingernails’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 962.01

Or. 961.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τιθεῖσα λευκὸν ὄνυχα διὰ παρηΐδων⟩: καταξαίνουσα τὰς γνάθους τοῖς ὄνυξι —V³

POSITION: marg.

Or. 961.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τιθεῖσα λευκὸν ὄνυχα διὰ παρηΐδων⟩: ποιοῦσα τὸν λευκὸν ὄνυχα αἱματηρὸν διὰ τῶν παρηΐδων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 961.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιθεῖσα⟩: τριχῶς συντ(ακτέον). —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Titheisa’, ‘making’, is) to be construed three ways (with ‘fingernail’, with ‘ruin’, with ‘thumping’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: or συντ(άσσεται)

Or. 961.12 (thom rhet) ⟨λευκὸν ὄνυχα⟩: ἀδολεσχία —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘White’ in ‘white fingernail’ is) unnecessary verbiage.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.238,14

KEYWORDS: ἀδολεσχία | criticism of poet

Or. 961.16 (thom exeg) ⟨διὰ παρηΐδων⟩: ἤγουν διὰ τοῦ ταύτας σπαράττειν —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, by the tearing at these (the cheeks).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: διὰ τὸ T

Or. 962.01 (vet exeg) αἱματηρὸν ἄταν: ἀντὶ τοῦ καταξέουσα ἐμαυτῆς τὰς παρειὰς τοῖς ὄνυξιν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ δι’ αἵματος ἄτη. —MBVCR^bRw

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘lacerating her own cheeks with her fingernails, (an action) which is ruin through bloodshed’.

LEMMA: M(ἅταν, as in text)BVRw(initial om. rubr.), αἱματηρὸν R^b REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: intermarg. C

APP. CRIT. 2: ὄνυξι M | ὅπέρ ἐστι B | διαἵματος B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.191,5–6; Dind. II.238,15–16

COMMENT: καταξέω and καταξαίνω (as in the variant of R^b) are close synonyms: cf. Sch. MBOV Hec. 655 δρύπτεται] καταξέει (where ξαίνει and ξαίνεται are glosses in other witnesses); also sch. 961.04 and 961.05.

Or. 962.02 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱματηρὸν ἄταν⟩: ὃ ἐστὶν δι’ αἵματος ἄτη —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 962.03 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱματηρὸν ἄταν⟩: λείπει ἡ διά. —OPr

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘dia’ (‘because’) is to be supplied (with ‘bloody ruin’).

POSITION: marg. O, s.l. Pr, misplaced above 963 ὃν

APP. CRIT.: λείπει ἡ om. O

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 962.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨αἱματηρὸν ἄταν⟩: τὴν δι’ αἵματος βλάβην —Rf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 962.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄταν⟩: τιθεῖσα ἀπὸ κοινοῦ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: ‘Titheisa’ (‘causing’) is understood in common (with ‘atē’, ‘ruin’).

POSITION: s.l. except marg. X

APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τιθεῖσα transp. Ox² | ἀπὸ κοινοῦ om. Y

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 962.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄταν⟩: ¹βλάβην. ²δέον δὲ εἰπεῖν καὶ ἄταν, ἀσυνδέτως ἐξήνεγκεν. ³τὸ δὲ τιθεῖσα ἀπὸ κοινοῦ. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Atan’, ‘ruin’ means) ‘harm’. And although he ought to have said ‘and ruin’, he expressed it without a conjunction. And ‘titheisa’ is understood in common.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 2 δὲ om. Gu | 3 ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ τιθεῖσα transp. Za

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐξήνεγκε ZZlZm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.238,18–19

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ | ἀσύνδετον/ἀσυνδέτως

Or. 962.18 (rec metr) ⟨ἄταν⟩: long mark over second alpha —O

Or. 962.19 (tri metr) ⟨ἄταν⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 963.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτύπον τε κρατός⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἐπιτιθεῖσα. —V³Aa

TRANSLATION: (With ‘ktupon te kratos’, ‘beating of head’,) ‘epititheisa’ (‘placing upon’) is understood in common.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ om. V³

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 963.05 (963–964) (mosch paraphr) ⟨κτύπον τε κρατός … θεά⟩: τιθεῖσα καὶ κτύπον κεφαλῆς, ὃν ἐκληρώσατο κατὰ χθονὸς ἡ Περσέφασσα ἡ καλλίπαις ἡ θεὰ τῶν καταχθονίων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Making also a thumping of the head, which beneath the earth, Persephassa, the lovely child, the goddess of those below, has received as her lot.

POSITION: s.l. XbXoTYf

APP. CRIT.: after τιθεῖσα add. ἀπὸ κοινοῦ X | καὶ om. Xo | after κτύπον add. τε Gr | ἡ καλλίπαις κτλ om. T (but cf. sch. 964.01)

APP. CRIT. 2: περσέφασα Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.238,20–22

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 963.10 (tri metr) ⟨κρατός⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 963.11 (963–964) (thom exeg) ⟨ὃν ἔλαχε … Περσέφασσα⟩: ¹ἐπειδὴ τὸ θρηνεῖν καὶ σπαράττειν τὸ πρόσωπον καὶ τύπτειν τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς νεκροῖς ποιεῖν εἰώθαμεν ἄνθρωποι. ²μυθεύονται δὲ τὴν Περσεφόνην ἐν Ἅιδου βασιλεύειν σὺν Πλούτωνι· ³διὰ τοῦτο τὸ ὃν ἔλαχε λέγει. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Persephone is allotted this sound) because we humans are accustomed to perform over the dead the acts of lamenting and tearing the face and striking the head. They tell in their myths that Persephone rules in Hades together with Plouton: for this reason he says ‘which she received by lot’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm POSITION: marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ add. before τὸ πρόσ. Za | τὴν κεφαλὴν τύπτειν transp. Za | τοὺς νεκροὺς ZZmGu, app. Zl (trimmed margin leaves partial letters) | 3 ὃν] ἣν ZZl ZmGu

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 διατοῦτο ZZaT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.238,23–26

Or. 963.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔλαχ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸ ἀκούειν, ἢ ἤκουσεν —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: (‘Received as her lot’) the hearing (of this sound), or she heard (it).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀκούσειν MnS, perhaps {τὸ} ἀκούει Mastr. | ἤκουσαν Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: εἴκουσεν S

Or. 963.21 (rec metr) ⟨ἁ⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 964.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νερτέρων … καλλίπαις θεά⟩: ἡ καλλίπαις θεὰ τῶν καταχθονίων —T⁺

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The remainder of Mosch. sch. 963.05; hence the cross prefixed by Triclinius.

Or. 964.02 (rec exeg) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: λείπει βασίλισσα. —M²

TRANSLATION: The word ‘queen’ is to be supplied (with ‘of those below’).

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 964.05 (vet exeg) Περσέφασσα καλλίπαις θεά: ¹Περσέφασσα καλεῖται καὶ Κόρη. ²ἀπὸ δὲ ταύτης καὶ τὴν μητέρα βούλεται δηλοῦν. ³πῶς γὰρ ἡ παῖς καλλίπαις; ⁴ἡ γὰρ Περσέφασσα θυγάτηρ ταύτης. ⁵γράφεται δὲ τὸ καλλίπαις καὶ καλὴ παῖς, αὐτὴ οὖσα ἡ Κόρη. ⁶οὕτως καὶ βέλτιον· αὕτη γὰρ ἐκληρώθη τὸν θρῆνον ⁷†τοῖς γὰρ θρηνοῦσιν ἐγγίνεται†. || ⁸⟨ἢ⟩ ἡ τὸν Ἴακχον γεννήσασα ἡ καλλίπαις. —MBVCRw, partial PrSa

TRANSLATION: Persephassa is also called Kore. And from this (name?) he means to indicate also her mother. For how is the child ‘one with a beautiful child’ (‘kallipais’)? For Persephassa is the daughter of this one (the one who is ‘kallipais’). But ‘kallipais’ is also written (in some copies) ‘kalē pais’ (‘beautiful child’), being Kore herself. This way is in fact better, for she is the one who has been allotted the song of mourning. For she makes herself present among those who sing dirges. || Or ‘the one with a beautiful child’ (means) ‘she who gave birth to Iacchus’.

LEMMA: M(‑φασα)B, νερτέρων Pr REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: follows sch. 965.02, follows sch. 961.03 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ] Battezzato (private communication), ἡ all | 4–5 ἡ γὰρ … καλὴ παῖς om. Sa | 4 γὰρ] δὲ Rw | 5 γρ. δὲ] om. Rw, γρ΄(ον) ( = γράψον) δὲ V, γί(νεται) Pr δὲ, perhaps λέγεται δὲ Mastr. | τὸ καλλ. καὶ] Schw., καὶ τὸ καλλίπαις transp. MCRw, τὸ καλλίπαις (om. καὶ) VPr | καλὴ παῖς om. Pr | αὐτὴ] αὕτη MCPrSa | ἡ κόρη] κόρη Pr, ἡ παῖς M | 6 καὶ om. B | βελτίων VRw | αὐτὴ Pr | γὰρ om. C | 7–8 om. PrSa | 7 τοῖς … ἐγγίνεται del. Schw. | θρηνοῦσα C | γίνεται MVCRw | 8 ⟨ἢ⟩ Mastr. | Ἴακχον] B, ἴαχον M(ἵα-)VRw, ἴναχον C | καλλίπαις] Schw. (from next), καλλὴ παῖς M, καλὴ παῖς BVCRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 περσέφασα MC | 4 περσέφασα MC | 6 οὕτω V | 7 θρηνοῦσι VRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.191,8–13; Dind. II.238,27–239,2

COMMENT: The first interpretation (1–4) offered is a poor one resulting from the assumption that the compound καλλίπαις has to have its most obvious meaning, ‘having beautiful child(ren)’. The reference of ταύτης in 2 is not entirely clear; the feminine demonstrative ought not to refer to the epithet καλλίπαις, but to the goddess. Kore (‘daughter’) implies a mother, or the commentator may have in mind a synecdochic use of the name Persephone/Persephassa. The second interpretation (5–7) is close to recognizing that in lyric poetry such a compound can mean ‘who is a beautiful child’, but seems to present ‘beautiful child’ as a graphetai-variant. Given the absence of γρ. δὲ in Rw (in which corrupt or illegible words are sometimes simply omitted) and the transposition of καὶ in 5 in all except B, one must wonder whether γρ. resulted from a corruption (for instance, of a λέγεται compendium), with sch. 964.11 being an excerpt of the corrupt form of this scholion, and whether the second interpretation was originally the correct explanation of καλλίπαις itself. There is further difficulty in 7–8, edited before Schwartz as a single sentence τοῖς γὰρ θρηνοῦσιν ἐγγίνεται ἡ τὸν Ἴακχον γεννήσασα ἡ καλλίπαις—obscure in the use of ἐγγίνεται in B (γίνεται in others) and illogical, since it would be going back to the interpretation ‘with beautiful child’ by adducing the notion that Iacchus is son of Persephone. Sentence 7 is deleted by Schwartz, but it could be corrupt—e.g., θρηνοῦσιν could be a corruption of θανοῦσιν, with which would expect a predicate like ‘is queen among’. Or, since ἐκληρώθη in 6 reflects ἔλαχ’ in the text, Battezzato suggests that 7 could be τοῖς γὰρ θρηνοῦσιν ἐγγίνεται ⟨κτύπος⟩. | The phrase in 8 is a third interpretation, and along with the next scholion shares the claim that Iacchus is born of Persephone with a few other sources: Diod. Sic. 3.64.1 δεύτερον δὲ μυθολογοῦσι γενέσθαι Διόνυσον ἐκ Διὸς καὶ Φερσεφόνης, ὡς δέ τινες, ἐκ Δήμητρος; Sch. V Tro. 1230 ἐγὼ στενάζω τὸν νεκρὸν Ἴακχον, τὸν θρῆνον τὸν εἰς τὸν Ἴακχον, ὃν φασὶ Περσεφόνης εἶναι υἱόν; Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Ran. 316 Koster τὸν Ἴακχον οἱ μὲν ὕμνον οἴονται εἶναι τῇ εἰκάδι τῶν μυστηρίων ᾀδόμενον Κόρῃ καὶ Δήμητρι· συνίδρυται δὲ τῇ Δήμητρι τῇ ἑορτῇ καὶ Διόνυσος, ἀνθ’ ὧν ἡ μὲν ξηρῶν καρπῶν δότειρα, ὁ δὲ τῶν ὑγρῶν. ἄλλοι δὲ τὸν Ἴακχον υἱὸν Περσεφόνης φασίν· οἱ δὲ τοῦτόν φασι συγγενέσθαι τῇ Δήμητρι· οἱ δὲ ἕτερον Διόνυσον εἶναι τὸν Ἴακχον, οἱ δὲ τὸν αὐτόν. | In 8 Arsen. has ἴαχνον, despite the fact that his readings usually descend from the B-tradition, here containing the correct spelling in MeMuPh as well as B itself. Barnes changed this to Ἴακχνον, which seems to be an unintentionally incomplete correction, and King then edited the note with Ἴακχον.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 964.06 (vet exeg) ⟨Περσέφασσα καλλίπαις θεά⟩: ἡ Kόρη ἡ καλλίπαις ἡ τὸν Ἴακχον γεννήσασα —MOK

TRANSLATION: (‘Persephassa beautiful-childed goddess’, that is,) Kore, the one with a beautiful child, the one who gave birth to Iacchus.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. MO, s.l. K

APP. CRIT.: ἡ κόρὴ ἡ καλλ. om. K | ἡ καλλίπαις om. O | ἴναχον MOK, corr. Matthiae IV.442 n. 1

APP. CRIT. 2: γενήσασα MO

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.238, app. at 30

Or. 964.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἰστέον ὅτι τῆς Κόρης, ἤγουν τῆς Περσεφόνης, ἁρπασθείσης ὑπὸ τοῦ Πλούτωνος ἡ μήτηρ αὐτῆς, ἡ Δηὼ, νῆστις περιήρχετο ζητοῦσα αὐτήν. ²καὶ δὴ περιερχομένη καὶ ζητοῦσα αὐτὴν ὑπεδέχθη ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις τοῦ Ἱπποθόωντος ὑπὸ τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ Μετανείρας. ³ἥτις, Μετάνειρα, παρέθηκεν αὐτῇ τράπεζαν καὶ ἐκέρασεν αὐτῇ οἶνον. ⁴ἡ δὲ θεὸς οὐκ ἐδέξατο λέγουσα μὴ θεμιτὸν εἶναι πιεῖν αὐτὴν οἶνον ἐπὶ τῇ θλίψει τῆς θυγατρός, ἀλφίτων δὲ κυκεῶνα ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὴν κατασκευάσαι· ⁵ὃν δεξαμένη ἔπιεν. ⁶Ἰάμβη δέ τις δούλη τῆς Μετανείρας ἀθυμοῦσαν τὴν θεὰν ὁρῶσα γελοιώδεις λόγους καὶ σκώμματά τινα ἔλεγε πρὸς τὸ γελάσαι τὴν θεόν. ⁷ἦσαν δὲ τὰ ῥήματα ἅπερ αὕτη πρῶτον εἶπεν ἰαμβικῷ μέτρῳ ῥυθμισθέντα. ἐξ ἧς καὶ τὴν προσηγορίαν ἔλαβον ἴαμβοι λέγεσθαι. ⁸Ἰάμβη δὲ θυγάτηρ Ἠχοῦς καὶ τοῦ Πανὸς, Θρᾷσσα τὸ γένος. —B

TRANSLATION: One should know that when Kore, that is Persephone, was kidnapped by Plouton, her mother, Deo, went around, fasting, looking for her. And as she was going around and looking for her, she was received in the household of Hippothoon by his wife Metaneira. Who, that is Metaneira, set a table before her and mixed wine for her. The goddess did not accept (the wine), explaining it was not ritually proper for her to drink wine because of her distress over her daughter, but she bade her to prepare a potion made of barley flour. When she received this, she drank it. And Iambe, a slavewoman of Metaneira, seeing the goddess dispirited, uttered humorous remarks and some mocking jokes so that the goddess would laugh. And the very words that this woman first spoke were arranged rhythmically in iambic meter. From whom in fact they (such verses) acquired their name so as to be called ‘iambi’. And Iambe was the daughter of Echo and Pan, (and) a Thracian by race.

APP. CRIT.: 2 Ἱπποθόωντος] Barnes, Sch. Nic., ‑θόοντος B | 3 ἥτις] Arsen. (MeMuPh), Sch. Nic., ὅστις B | 4 first αὐτὴν] B, Sch. Nic., αὐτῇ Arsen. (MeMuPh) (and edd. before Dindorf) (αὑτῇ Geymonat in Sch. Nic.) | second αὐτὴν] B, transp. before κυκεῶνα Sch. Nic. (ms X), αὐτῇ Arsen. (MeMuPh) (and edd. through Dindorf), Sch. Nic. (ms G1; αὑτῇ Geymonat) | 6 εἶπε πρῶτον transp. anonymi Americani apud Schw. Addenda (I.xiv) | 7 αὕτη] Schw., Sch. Nic. (ms G1 acc. to Geymonat), αὐτὴ B | ῥυθμηθέντα Arsen. (MeMu, ῥηθέντα Ph) (and edd. through Matthiae)

APP. CRIT. 2: 6 σκώμματα τινὰ B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.191,14–25; Dind. II.239,2–14

COMMENT: An almost identical ἴστεον scholion is found as Sch. Nic. Alexipharm. 130a Geymonat. The genealogy at the end is also given in several Etymologica s.v.Ἰάμβη, which lack the words about Thracian origin found only here and in Sch. Nic. | In 4 αὑτῇ is printed in Sch. Nic. for (first) αὐτὴν (B) by Geymonat, who ascribes it to Ruhnken 1781: 34, but Ruhnken prints αὐτῇ and clearly states that in quoting Sch. Nic. 130a he has corrected it from this scholion on Orestes, that is, as it appeared in Arsenius and subsequent editions. | Ἱπποθοωντ‑ (or Ἱπποθωντ-) is the spelling of this stem in Attic inscriptions, except for a few late instances of Ἱπποθοοντ‑ reflecting the loss of the ο/ω distinction. Medieval manuscripts presumably attest both forms, but standard editions now present the older spelling, except here and in Et. Gud. 322, 21 Sturz s.v. κίνδυνος; but other instances are cited from various earlier editions by Creuzer IV.377–378 (Leipzig 1812), cited by Matthiae for keeping ‑θόοντ‑ here.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 964.08 (recTri exeg) ⟨Περσέφασσα⟩: Περσεφόνη —M²OV²AaFMnPrRSSaTGCrOx

TRANSLATION: (Persephassa is another name for) Persephone.

LEMMA: in text ‑φασα FG, ‑φρασσα R, προσέφασσα Sa POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἡ prep. MnPrSSaTG, καὶ ἡ prep. FCrOx

Or. 964.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Περσέφασσα⟩: Περσεφόνη, ἥτις ἐκαλεῖτο καὶ Κόρη. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Persephassa’ is) Persephone, who was also called Kore.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: Περσεφόνη om. Zl

Or. 964.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨Περσέφασσα⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ φθείρω φθέρσω καὶ τοῦ φόνος —K

TRANSLATION: (‘Persephone’ is derived) from (the root of) ‘phtheirō, phthersō’ (‘destroy’) and ‘phonos’ (‘murder’).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 964.11 (vet exeg) ⟨καλλίπαις⟩: γράφεται ‘καλὴ παῖς’. —MC

TRANSLATION: (For ‘kallipais’, ‘with beautiful child’,) the reading ‘kalē pais’ (‘beautiful child’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γράφεται om. C

APP. CRIT. 2: καλῆ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.191,7; Dind. II.238, app. at 30

COMMENT: See on sch. 964.05.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 964.12 (mosch exeg) καλλίπαις: ¹καλλίπαις ὁ καλοὺς παῖδας ἔχων, καὶ ἡ καλλίπαις ἐπὶ θηλυκοῦ. ²καλλίπαις καὶ ἡ καλὴ παῖς, ὡς ἐνταῦθα. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘Kallipais’ is ‘the one who has beautiful children’, and in the feminine (it is) ‘hē kallipais’. ‘Kallipais’ is also ‘the beautiful child’, as here.

LEMMA: G POSITION: s.l. XbYf

APP. CRIT.: 1 καλλίπαις om. G | 2 καλὴ] καλὸς a.c Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.239,16–17

Or. 964.13 (thom exeg) ⟨καλλίπαις⟩: ἡ ἔχουσα καλὸν παῖδα τὸν Ἴακχον, ἢ ἡ οὖσα καλὴ παῖς. —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Kallipais’ is) ‘the female who has a beautiful child, Iacchus’, or ‘the female who is a beautiful child’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: first ἡ om. Zb | Ἴακχον] T, ἴαχον Zb, ἴναχον other and Zb¹ | τῆς δήμητρος add. Zl(δημήτερος)ZmGu

APP. CRIT. 2: καλῆ Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.239,18–19

Or. 964.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καλλίπαις⟩: ἢ ἡ καλοὺς παῖδας τέξασα ἢ οὖσα αὐτὴ καλὴ παῖς —V²

TRANSLATION: (‘Kallipais’ is) either ‘the one who has given birth to beautiful children’ or ‘(the one) who is herself a beautiful child’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps ἢ ⟨ἡ⟩ οὖσα

APP. CRIT. 2: ἡ] οἱ V² | καλοὺς] καλλοὺς V² | καλὴ] καλλὴ V²

Or. 964.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καλλίπαις⟩: ἡ καλλίστη παῖς —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Kallipais’ is) ‘the most beautiful child’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 964.19 (tri metr) ⟨θεά⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 965.01 (965–967) (vet exeg) ⟨ἰαχείτω δὲ γᾶ Κυκλωπία … πήματ’ οἴκων⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς· θρηνείτω τὰ πήματα τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν οἴκων. —MBOC

TRANSLATION: The run of the sense is: Let (the land of the Cyclopes) lament for the sufferings of the house of the Atreids.

POSITION: marg. MBO

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἑξῆς om. BO | οἴκων om. O

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξῆς M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.192,15; Dind. II.239,25

Or. 965.02 (965–967) (vet exeg) ἰαχείτω δὲ γᾶ Κυκλωπία: ¹συναναθρηνείτωσαν οὖν ἡμῖν αἱ κατὰ τὰς Μυκήνας γυναῖκες ἐπὶ τῷ πένθει τούτῳ τὰς τρίχας ἀποκείρασαι. ²ἢ αὐτὴ ἡ ἔφορος θεὸς τῆς πόλεως. —MCRwSa, partial V

TRANSLATION: Let the women in Mycenae, then, join in our lament for this grief, having shorn their hair. Or (‘the Cyclopean land’ is not ‘the women’, but) ‘the tutelary goddess of the city herself’.

LEMMA: MC, ἰαχείτω δὲ γᾶ Rw POSITION: cont. from sch. 965.06 V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 συνἀναθρην‑ M | ‑θρηνήτωσαν CSa, ‑θρηνούτωσαν | 2 αὐτῆ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.192,16–18; Dind. II.239,20–22

COMMENT: συναναθρηνέω as in MVSa is not attested in TLG, although ἀναθρηνέω is found twice (only as gloss on ἀνευφημέω or ἀνακλαίω), and there are dozens of other compounds in συνανα‑ (including συναναφωνέω). So I have accepted the double compound here instead of the simplified form in C.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 965.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἰαχείτω δὲ γᾶ Κυκλωπία⟩: ¹συνθρηνείτωσαν ἡμῖν καὶ αἱ Μυκηνίδες ἀποκειράμεναι ἐπὶ τῷ πένθει· ²ἢ αὐτὴ ἡ ἔφορος θεὸς τῆς πόλεως. —O, partial Gu

TRANSLATION: Let the women of Mycenae join in our lament having shorn themselves for this grief. Or (‘the Cyclopean land’ is not ‘the women’, but) ‘the tutelary goddess of the city herself’.

POSITION: marg. O, under words Gu (lack of space above)

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἡμῖν om. Gu | 2 ἢ αὐτὴ κτλ om. Gu | ἔκφ(ο)ρ() app. O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.241,2 (Gu portion only)

Or. 965.05 (965–967) (mosch paraphr) θρηνείτω δὲ ἡ γῆ ἡ Κύκλωπια ἤγουν τὸ Ἄργος τὰ πήματα τῶν οἴκων τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν σίδηρον κουρεύσιμον ἐπὶ κάρα τιθεῖσα, τουτέστιν ξυρῷ κειραμένη τὴν κεφάλην. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Let the Cyclopean land, that is, Argos, lament the sufferings of the house of the Atreids by applying a cutting iron to the head, that is to say, having shaved their heads with a razor.

POSITION: s.l. Xo

APP. CRIT.: κούριμον T

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπι Gr | τουτέστι Gr | ξηρῷ X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.240,20–241,1

Or. 965.06 (vet exeg) ἰαχείτω δὲ γᾶ Κυκλωπία: ¹Κύκλωπες Θρᾳκικὸν ἔθνος ἀπὸ Κύκλωπος βασιλέως οὕτως ὀνομαζόμενοι. ²οὗτοι πολέμῳ ἐξαναστάντες τῆς ἰδίας ἄλλοι ἄλλῃ ᾠκίσθησαν, πλείονες δὲ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Κουρήτιδι. ³ἦσαν δὲ ἄριστοι τεχνῖται. ⁴Ἄβαντος δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν Ἀργείων υἱοὶ ἦσαν ἐξ Ἀγλαΐας Προῖτος καὶ Ἀκρίσιος. ⁵οὗτοι μετὰ θάνατον τοῦ πατρὸς ἐστασίασαν περὶ τῆς τυραννίδος. ⁶φασὶ δὲ ὅτι ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τούτῳ πρῶτον ξυλίναις ἀσπίσιν ἐχρήσαντο Ἀργεῖοι. ⁷καὶ νικήσαντος Ἀκρισίου συνέβησαν ὥστε πλωτῆς γενομένης τῆς θαλάσσης ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι τὸν Προῖτον. ⁸χειμάζοντι δὲ αὐτῷ ἐκεῖσε φίλοι γίνονται †Ἀργεῖοι†, καὶ συμμαχία αὐτῷ ἐκ Λυκίας ἔρχεται καὶ τῆς Κουρήτιδος. ⁹ὡς δὲ λοιπὸν ἔαρ ἐφαίνετο, δεδιότες Ἀργεῖοι τὴν ἐπείσακτον συμμαχίαν τοῦ Προίτου συντίθενται ὥστε Ἀκρίσιον μὲν ἄρχειν Ἄργους, Προῖτον δὲ Τίρυνθος. ¹⁰κἀπειδὴ ὕποπτα ἦν τὰ τῶν βασιλέων, τειχίζουσι τὰς πόλεις τῶν ἐκ τῆς Κουρήτιδος Κυκλώπων τειχισάντων αὐτάς. —MBVCRwSa

TRANSLATION: Cyclopes were a Thracian tribe named thus after a king Cyclops. These people, dispossessed from their own land by war, settled in various places, and a rather large number of them in the land of the Couretes (Aetolia/Acarnania). They were excellent craftsmen. Proetus and Acrisius were the sons of Abas, king of the Argives, born from Aglaea: they engaged in strife over the tyranny after the death of their father. They say that in this war for the first time Argives used shields made of wood. And when Acrisius proved victorious, they made an agreement that Proetus would depart once the sailing season began. While he is wintering there (in Argos), ⟨some?⟩ Argives become his friends, and an allied force comes to him from Lycia and the land of the Couretes. Thus, when spring appeared, the Argives, in fear of the imported allied force of Proetus, agreed that Acrisius rule Argos and Proetus Tiryns. And because the relationship of the kings was full of suspicion, they provided their cities with walls, with the Cyclopes from the land of the Couretes having constructed the city-walls.

LEMMA: MB(κυκ())C, ἰαχείτω δὲ γῆ Κυκλωπία VSa, Κυκλωπία Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔθνος] γένος Sa | ὀνομαζόμενος C, ὀνομαζόμενον Sa | 2 ἄλλοι ἄλλῃ] Matthiae (from Thom. version, next), ἄλλοι ἄλλως MVCRw, ἄλλοι ἀλλ’ὄσω Sa, ἄλλῃ ἄλλος B | ᾠκίσθησαν om. Sa | οἱ add. before πλείονες Dind. (from Thom. version) [Schw. wrongly implies οἱ is in V] | 3 δὲ om. Sa | 4 ἐξ] ἐ̅ξ̅· (sic) M | καὶ om. Sa | 5 οὗτος … ἐστασίασε Sa | 6 φησὶ V | ὄτι om. MBRwSa | τούτων RwSa | πρῶτοι BVRwSa | οἱ ἀργεῖοι Rw | ὥστε] οἱ ἐν Sa | ἀπελάσασαι Sa, τοῦ ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι Rw | 8 χειρίζοντι Sa | οἱ ἀργεῖοι VCRw, perhaps Ἀργεῖοί ⟨τινες⟩ Mastr.; ‘χειμάζοντι—Ἀργεῖοι haud pauca interierunt, quae remanebant confusa sunt’ Schw. | συμμαχῆσαι Sa | ἐξ λυκίας om. Sa | second καὶ om. C, καὶ τῆς om. RwSa | 9 ‘ὡς—ἐφαίνετο dubito num recto loco se habeant’ Schw. | ἐφαίνετο] ἐγένετο V, ἔφθασε Sa | δεδοικότες οἱ ἀργ. Sa | τὴν ἐπισυμμαχίαν Sa | συντίθενται] καὶ τίθενται Sa | ἀκρίσοις Sa | ἄρχων M | 9–10 προῖτον δὲ τίρυνθος κτλ om. Sa | 9 τίρυνθον V | 10 ὕποπτα ἦν] ὑπὸ παρἦν C | πόλεις] πόλ() πόλ() M | τῶν] τὰς V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.191,26–192,11; Dind. II.239,27–240,13

COMMENT: The order and the plural number of ἄλλοι seen in 2 ἄλλοι ἄλλῃ are more typical of how such idioms appear in the Eur. scholia, against Schwartz’s preference for B’s ἄλλῃ ἄλλος. In 8–9 Schwartz diagnosed major confusion, but although ‘Argives’ tout court cannot well be the subject of φίλοι γίνονται, the subject should not be any outsiders, since the allies from elsewhere are separately addressed in the following sentence. One expects something like τινὲς τῶν Ἀργείων, ‘some of the Argives’, but possibly only τινες has been lost and nominative Ἀργεῖοι is original. | I do not understand Schwartz’s doubts about 9 ‘when spring appeared’. The narrative is coherent. Once the first settlement is reached, Proetus has some time before the sailing season and he uses it to undermine the pact, winning over some of the locals and summoning allies from abroad. With the arrival of spring, his machinations become clear to all Argos, and to avoid war a new pact is made, one more agreeable to Proetus. This narrative seems to be a fully rationalized version of the Cyclopes and the building of the walls. Strabo 8.6.11 mentions separately the Cyclopes who built the walls of Tiryns as only seven in number and says they were summoned from Lycia. Cf. too Paus. 2.16.5 (on Mycenae) λείπεται δὲ ὅμως ἔτι καὶ ἄλλα τοῦ περιβόλου καὶ ἡ πύλη, λέοντες δὲ ἐφεστήκασιν αὐτῇ· Κυκλώπων δὲ καὶ ταῦτα ἔργα εἶναι λέγουσιν, οἳ Προίτῳ τὸ τεῖχος ἐποίησαν ἐν Τίρυνθι; Paus. 7.25.6 Μυκηναίοις {μὲν} γὰρ τὸ μὲν τεῖχος ἁλῶναι κατὰ τὸ ἰσχυρὸν οὐκ ἐδύνατο ὑπὸ Ἀργείων, ἐτετείχιστο γὰρ κατὰ ταὐτὰ τῷ ἐν Τίρυνθι ὑπὸ τῶν Κυκλώπων καλουμένων. | This (along with the Thoman derivative, next) seems to be the only surviving source claiming that this was the first war in which people (or Greeks?) used wooden shields.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 965.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰαχείτω δὲ γᾶ Κυκλωπία⟩: ¹Κύκλωπες Θράκης ἔνθος ἀπὸ Κύκλωπος βασιλέως ὠνομασμένον. ²οὗτοι πολέμῳ ἐξαναστάντες τῆς ἰδίας γῆς, ἄλλοι ἄλλῃ ᾠκίσθησαν, οἱ πλείονες δὲ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Κουρήτιδι. ³ἦσαν δὲ ἄριστοι τεχνῖται πρὸς οἰκοδομίας. ⁴Ἄβαντι οὖν τῷ βασιλεῖ Ἄργους ἐξ Ἀγλαΐας ἦσαν υἱοὶ δύο, Προῖτος καὶ Ἀκρίσιος. ⁵οἳ μετὰ θάνατον τοῦ πατρὸς ἐστασίασαν πρὸς ἀλλήλους περὶ τῆς ἄρχης. ⁶φασὶ δὲ ὡς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τούτῳ πρῶτοι ξυλίναις ἀσπίσιν ἐχρήσαντο Ἀργεῖοι. ⁷μηκυνομένου δὲ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ νῦν μὲν Ἀκρισίου νῦν δὲ Προίτου πλέον ἔχοντος, ⁸συνθῆκαι παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέροις ἐγένοντο, Ἀκρίσιον μὲν ἄρχειν Ἄργους, Προῖτον δὲ Τίρυνθος. ⁹κἀπειδὴ ὑποψία ἦν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὡς ἀτειχίστων οὐσῶν ὧν ἦρχον πόλεων, ἄμφω μετακαλεσάμενοι Κύκλωπας ἐκ τῆς Κουρήτιδος τειχίζουσι δι᾽ ἐκείνων τὰς πόλεις. ¹⁰καὶ διατοῦτο Κυκλωπία γῆ ὠνομασθη τὸ Ἄργος. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Cyclopes were a Thracian tribe named after a king Cyclops. These people, dispossessed from their own land by war, settled in various places, and the majority of them in the land of the Couretes (Aetolia/Acarnania). They were excellent craftsmen at construction. Now then, there were two sons born to Abas, king of the Argives, from Aglaea, Proetus and Acrisius. They engaged in strife with each other over the rule after the death of their father. They say that in this war Argives were the first to use shields made of wood. And when the war dragged on and now Acrisius and now Proetus had the advantage, a peace agreement was concluded between the two, specifying that Acrisius rule Argos and Proetus Tiryns. And because there was suspicion toward each other, in that the cities they ruled were unwalled, both summoned the Cyclopes from the land of the Couretes and through them provide their cities with walls. And for this reason Argos was named ‘Cylopean land’.

LEMMA: ἱστορία ὅθεν κυκλωπία γῆ τὸ ἄργος in marg. T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZl

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 τεχνίται ZZaZmGu | 4 ἀγλαίας T | 8 π(ερὶ) app. Gu | 10 διὰ τοῦτο Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.239, app. at 2

KEYWORDS: mythography | ἱστορία

Or. 965.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἰαχείτω⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 965.11 (vet exeg) ⟨γᾶ Κυκλωπία⟩: ¹γῆ Κυκλώπων. ²λέγει δὲ τὰς Μυκήνας. πλησίον δὲ αὗται τοῦ Ἄργους. ³Κύκλωπες δὲ οἱ ἐγχειρογάστορες περιετείχισαν τὰς Μυκήνας, οὓς ἡ ἱστορία φησὶ τὸν κεραυνὸν τῷ Διῒ κατασκευάσαι. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: Land of Cyclopes. And he means Mycenae. This (city) is near Argos. And the Cyplopes who earn their food by the work of their hands built the circuit-wall of Mycenae, the ones who, the standard account says, made the thunderbolt for Zeus.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 965.06 all, only B with punct. (high stop), prep. ἄλλην V

APP. CRIT.: 1 γῆ κυκλώπων] Schw., γῆν κυκλώπων V, κυκλώπων MC, om. BRw | 3 ἐτείχισαν V | κατασκευάσαι] καταϊκετεύσαι M

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐχειρογάστορες C, εὐχειραγάστορες Rw | περιἐτείχισαν M | κατασκευᾶσαι C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.192,12–14; Dind. II.240,13–16

COMMENT: χειρογάστωρ, ἐγχειρογάστωρ, γαστερόχειρ all have the same sense (cf. also χειρῶναξ); the earliest attestation is of the first of the three, in Hecataeus fr. 367 EGM Fowler, from Pollux 1.50, a citation which has led to the speculation that Hecataeus was referring to these wall-building Cyclopes (see Fowler EGM II.53–56, esp. 55 n. 212). Strabo 8.6.11 reports that they are called γαστερόχειρες.

Or. 965.12 (rec exeg) ⟨γᾶ Κυκλωπία⟩: ἡ τῶν Μυκηναίων γῆ, ἣν Κυκλωπίαν ὠνόμασαν ὡς ὑπὸ τῶν Κυκλώπων τειχισθεῖσαν ὅτε Προῖτος καὶ Ἀκρίσιος οἱ τοῦ Ἄβαντος υἱοὶ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἤριζον. —V

TRANSLATION: The land of the Mycenaeans, which they called by the name ‘Cyclopean’ because it was walled by the Cyclopes when Proetus and Acrisius the sons of Abas were contending over the kingship.

LEMMA: κυκλωπία V REF. SYMBOL: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.192,19–21; Dind. II.239,22–25

Or. 965.13 (mosch exeg) ⟨γᾶ Κυκλωπία⟩: τὸ Ἄργος, ἀπὸ Κυκλώπων ἔθνους Θρᾳκικοῦ, ὃ ἐπὶ συμμαχίαν κληθὲν ἐπὶ Προίτου αὐτόθι τὴν οἴκησιν ἐποιήσατο. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘Cyclopean land’ is) Argos, from Cyclopes, a Thracian tribe, which after being summoned as allies in the time of Proetus took up residence there.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXoT; first two words spaced as sep. Y

APP. CRIT.: ἐπὶ συμμ. … προίτου] καὶ G, ἐπισημασιαν κληθὴ ἐπὶ πρώτου Ox² | συμμαχίᾳ T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.240,16–18

Or. 965.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γᾶ Κυκλωπία⟩: ὅτι ἐκτίσθη ὑπὸ τῶν Κυκλώπων. —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘Cyclopean land’) because it (the city) was built by the Cyclopes.

POSITION: under the words

APP. CRIT. 2: κυκλοπῶν Aa

Or. 965.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γᾶ Κυκλωπία⟩: ἡ τῶν Μυκηναίων γῆ λέγεται Κυκλωπία ἀπὸ τοῦ Κύκλωπος τοῦ βασιλέως. —V³

TRANSLATION: The land of the Mycenaeans is called Cyclopean after Cyclops the king.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 965.16 (thom exeg) ⟨γᾶ Κυκλωπία⟩: τὸ Ἄργος —ZZaZbZlZmT

TRANSLATION: (‘Cyclopean land’ is) Argos.

LEMMA: ‑ ωπεία in text Zl POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T

Or. 965.17 (rec exeg) ⟨γᾶ Κυκλωπία⟩: τουτέστι αἱ Μυκηναῖαι γυναῖκες —K

TRANSLATION: (‘Cyclopean land’,) that is to say, the women of Mycenae.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 965.18 (pllgn rhet) ⟨γᾶ Κυκλωπία⟩: γλυκύτης —B^3d

TRANSLATION: Delightful ornamentation of style.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This remark refers to the allusiveness of the phrase. For this sense, cf. Sch. rec. Soph. Aj. Aj. 801a Christodoulou (on τοῦ Θεστορείου μάντεως) σχῆμα γλυκύτητος. Another application is to poets’ treating inanimate objects as animate, as in Sch. BYa Aesch. Sept. 560h Smith γλυκύτης παρὰ τοῖς ῥήτορσι (referring to the conceit of the shield reproaching its bearer for the beating it will receive from the defender); similarly in Sch. Theocr. 3.40–42g, 8.33b Wendel, and elsewhere.

KEYWORDS: γλυκύτης

Or. 965.23 (tri metr) ⟨Κυκλωπία⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 966.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σίδαρον … κούριμον⟩: τουτέστι ξυρῷ κειραμένη τὴν κεφαλὴν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 966.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ κάρα τιθεῖσα⟩: ἐπὶ τῇ κεφαλῇ μου θήσω —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 966.08 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 967.01 (vet exeg) τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν πήματα: διὰ τὰ πήματα τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν —MBC

TRANSLATION: (Supply ‘dia’ to construe the phrase:) because of the sufferings of the Atreids.

LEMMA: B; ἀτρειδᾶν in text M REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: intermarg. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.192,22; Dind. II.241,5

Or. 967.02 (thom exeg) ⟨τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν πήματα⟩: ¹τὸ Ἀτρειδῶν πρὸς τὸ στρατηλατῶν Ἑλλάδος ποτ’ ὄντων σύναπτε, ²τὸ δὲ ‘ἔλεος ἔλεος ὅδ’ ἔρχεται τῶν θανουμένων ὕπερ’ διὰ μέσου λάμβανε. ³ἢ σύναπτε τὸ θανουμένων πρὸς τὸ στρατηλατῶν, ⁴οὐχ ὅτι Ὀρέστης καὶ Ἠλέκτρα, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποθανεῖσθαι, στρατηλάται ἦσαν τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ⁵ἀλλ’ ὅτι ἡ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν τιμὴ αὐτῶν ἐστι. ⁶κρεῖττον δέ ἐστι τὸ πρῶτον. —ZZaZlZmGu, partial T

TRANSLATION: Construe ‘of Atreids’ with ‘of those once being army-commanders of Greece’, and take the phrase ‘pity, pity arises for those about to die’ as parenthetic. Alternatively, construe ‘those about to die’ with ‘army-commanders’, not because Orestes and Electra, the ones about to die, were commanders of Greece, but because the honor held by their father belongs to them. But the first interpretation is better.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm POSITION: marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 ποτ’ ὄντων ἑλλάδος transp. Zl | 2 ὅδ’] δ’ ὅδ’ T | 3–6 ἢ σύναπτε κτλ om. T

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πότ] Za | 2 ἕλεος ἕλεος Z | 4 οὐχ’ ZlZm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.241,9–14

COMMENT: Note that Triclinius suppresses the second alternative, probably judging it not worthy of mention.

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 967.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν⟩: τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος καὶ ἡμῶν —ZlZmGu, perhaps Aa²

TRANSLATION: (‘The Atreids’ refers to) Agamemnon and us.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. ZlZm | τοῦ om. Aa² | Ἀγαμ[έμνονος … ] Aa²

Or. 967.04 (rec exeg) ⟨πήματ’ οἴκων⟩: διὰ —OV³AaFZb¹GB²

TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘dia’ (‘because of’) (to construe the phrase).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὰ add. FZb¹B²

Or. 967.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πήματ’ οἴκων⟩: λείπει ἡ διά· διὰ τὰ πήματα τῶν οἴκων τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘because of’ is to be supplied: ‘because of the sufferings of the house of the Atreids’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: second διὰ om. Sa | τῶν ἀτρ. om. Sa

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 967.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πήματ’ οἴκων⟩: διὰ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα —MnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (Plain accusative ‘sufferings of the house’ means) ‘because of the misdeeds’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 967.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πήματ’ οἴκων⟩: καὶ διὰ τὰς βλάβας —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (Plain accusative ‘sufferings of the house’ means) ‘because of the harms suffered’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 967.08 (thom exeg) ⟨πήματ’ οἴκων⟩: μὴ λάβῃς εἰς τὸ πήματα ἔξωθεν διά, ὥς τινες, ἀλλ’ ἔστι πρὸς τὸ ἰαχείτω. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Do not supply from outside (the preposition) ‘because of’ to govern ‘sufferings’, as some do; instead, it (‘suffering’) goes (as object) with ‘let (the Cyclopean land) cry out in grief at’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa POSITION: s.l. except ZZa; precedes sch. 967.02 Za

APP. CRIT.: ὥς τινες om. ZZa | εἰς om., s.l. add. Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.241,14–15

Or. 968.01 (968–970) (vet exeg) ⟨ἔλεος ἔλεος … ποτ’ ὄντων⟩: ¹ἐλεεινοὶ, φησί, καὶ οἰκτροὶ τὴν τύχην ἡμεῖς οἱ μέλλοντες θανεῖσθαι. ²ὅσον οὐδέπω ἐλεηθησόμεθα παῖδες ὄντες τῶν ἐν Ἑλλάδι ποτὲ διαπρεψάντων κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν. —M^bBVC^aMnPrR^bRwSSa, partial M^aOC^b

TRANSLATION: We are pitiable, she says, and miserable in our fortune, we who are about to die. Very soon we will be pitied, being the children of those who once were illustrious in Greece for their kingship.

LEMMA: ἔλεος ἔλεος M^bVC^aR^b, ἔλεος Rw REF. SYMBOL: M^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 967.01 BC^b; M^b follows M^a

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐλεεινοί φησι BR^b | 2 ὅσων a.c. C^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.192,24–193,2; Dind. II.241,6–8

COMMENT: It is remotely possible that the variant ὑμεῖς goes back to a paraphrase by someone whose text lacked 957–959 and had a personae nota for the chorus at 960. But unconscious interchange of ἡμεῖς/ὑμεῖς is so common a scribal error that accident is more likely.

Or. 968.02 (968–970) (rec exeg) ⟨ἔλεος ἔλεος … ποτ’ ὄντων⟩: τουτέστιν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐλεημοσύνη παρὰ τῶν αὐτοχθόνων Μυκηναίων, τὸ θρηνεῖσθαι παρ’ αὐτῶν ἡμᾶς ὅσον οὔπω τεθνηξομένους γεννηθέντας παρὰ τῶν ποτὲ ὄντων στρατηλατῶν τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἤγουν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος. —M²

TRANSLATION: That is to say, pity (is coming) for us from the autochthonous Mycenaeans, (namely) our being lamented by them as we are very soon to die, ones born from those who were once army-commanders of Greece, that is, from Agamemnon.

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.241, app. at 8

Or. 968.03 (968–970) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔλεος ἔλεος … ποτ’ ὄντων⟩: ἐλεεινότης ἥδε ἔρχεται ἕνεκα τῶν μελλόντων τεθνήξεσθαι παίδων ὄντων τῶν ποτὲ στρατηλατῶν τῆς Ἑλλάδος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrOx²

TRANSLATION: This sense of pity is coming for those about to die, being children of those who were once army-commanders of Greece.

POSITION: s.l. except XOx²

APP. CRIT.: ἡ prep. T | ἥδε] ἤδη YGrOx² | τεθνήξ. μελλ. transp. Xo | second τῶν om. XaXoYGrOx²

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔνεκα Ox² | τεθνήξασθαι Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.241,17–18

Or. 968.04 (968–969) (thom exeg) ⟨ἔλεος ἔλεος … θανουμένων ὕπερ⟩: ἤγουν ἡ ἐπιοῦσα ἡμῖν αὖθις συμφορὰ τοῦ θανάτου ἔλεον ἐγερεῖ παρὰ πάντων. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, the misfortune of death that is approaching us in turn will stir pity from everyone.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: αὖθις om. ZaT | ἔλεος Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.241,19–20

Or. 968.05 (968–969) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔλεος ἔλεος … θανουμένων ὕπερ⟩: ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἔλεος ἥξει τῶν θανουμένων. —MB

TRANSLATION: Pity will come for us who are about to die.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἤξει M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.192,23; Dind. II.241,16

Or. 968.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔλεος ἔλεος ὅδ’ ἔρχεται⟩: ἐλεεινότης ἢ ἔλεος καὶ ἐλεημοσύνη ἔρχεται. —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 968.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: ὧδε —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hode’, ‘this’, there is a variant) ‘ōde’ (‘thus’ or ‘hither’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 969.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨θανουμένων ὕπερ⟩: ὑπὲρ τῶν τεθνήξεσθαι μέλλοντων παίδων ἡμῶν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 969.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨θανουμένων⟩: καὶ τῶν μελλόντων θανεῖν τέκνων δῆλον —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 970.01 (rec exeg) ⟨στρατηλατῶν Ἑλλάδος ποτ’ ὄντων⟩: ⟨διὰ⟩ τὸ εἶναι ἀπὸ τῶν ποτὲ ὄντων στρατηλατῶν Ἑλλάδος —K

TRANSLATION: Because they are (born) from those who were once army-commanders of Greece.

LEMMA: ‑λατῶν in text K POSITION: s.l.

Or. 970.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ποτ’ ὄντων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν ὡς ποτὲ —V²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 970.11 (thom exeg) ⟨ποτ’⟩: ὅτε κατὰ τῆς Τροίας ἐξώρμησεν. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Once’ means) ‘at the time when he launched himself into action against Troy’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ησε ZlGu

Or. 970.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ὄντων⟩: λείπει τὸ υἱῶν. —M²

TRANSLATION: ‘Sons/children’ is to be supplied (with the participle ‘being’).

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 970.14 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 971.01 (971–981) (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ κώλων ια´ —T

TRANSLATION: Antistrophe of eleven cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 972.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πρόπασα γέννα Πέλοπος⟩: πᾶσα γενεὰ τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Πέλοπος —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The entire family of the children of Pelops.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: πᾶσα om. G

Or. 972.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόπασα⟩: ἀργόν —G

TRANSLATION: (The prefix ‘pro’ here is) without semantic function.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 972.06 (tri metr) ⟨πρόπασα⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 972.10 (972–975) (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅ τ’ ἐπὶ μακαρίοις … ἐν πολίταις⟩: οὗτος ὁ οἶκος ζηλωτὸς ποτὲ ἦν ἐπὶ τοῖς μακαρίοις παισὶ τοῦ Πέλοπος καὶ ὀλβίοις, νῦν δὲ αὐτὸν φθόνος τῶν θεῶν ὤλεσεν καὶ ἡ φονικὴ ψῆφος καὶ κατηγορία ἡ ἐν τοῖς πολίταις ψηφισθεῖσα καθ’ ἡμῶν. —K

TRANSLATION: This house was once admired for the blessed and prosperous children of Pelops, but now the envy of the gods has destroyed it, and (likewise) the deadly verdict and condemnation voted against us among the citizens.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 972.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὅ τ’ ἐπὶ μακαρίοις … ἐν πολίταις⟩: καὶ ὁ οἶκος ὁ ὢν ποτὲ ζηλωτὸς ἐπὶ μακαρίοις, νέμεσις αὐτὸν εἷλε θεία καὶ ἡ ἐν τοῖς πολίταις δυσμενὴς φονία ψῆφος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: And the house that was once admired for blessed things—divine nemesis has overcome it and (likewise) the hostile deadly verdict among the citizens.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: first καὶ om. G | καὶ add. before ἐπὶ G | μακαρίαις Yf

APP. CRIT. 2: ὤν ποτε G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.241,27—242,2

Or. 972.12 (972–973) (vet paraphr) ⟨ὅ τ’ ἐπὶ μακαρίοις … οἶκος⟩: καὶ ὁ οἶκος ὁ πάλαι διὰ τὰς εὐδαιμονίας ζηλωτὸς ὢν βέβηκε καὶ οἴχεται. —B

TRANSLATION: And the house that was admired from of old because of its experiences of good fortune has departed and is gone.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.193,1–2 with app.; Dind. II.241, app. at 26

Or. 972.13 (972–973) (vet paraphr) ⟨ὅ τ’ ἐπὶ μακαρίοις … οἶκος⟩: καὶ ὁ οἶκος ὁ πάλαι παρὰ τῶν εὐδαιμόνων διὰ τὰ εὐτυχήματα ζηλωτὸς ὢν καὶ ζηλούμενος —MVCPrSa

TRANSLATION: And the house that was from of old admirable and admired by fortunate men because of its successes.

POSITION: marg. MC

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. Pr | first ὁ om. C | at end add. βέβακεν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.193,3–4; Dind. II.241,26–27

Or. 972.14 (972–973) (vet paraphr) ⟨ὅ τ’ ἐπὶ μακαρίοις … οἶκος⟩: καὶ ὁ οἶκος ὁ πάλαι ποτὲ ζηλωτὸς ὢν καὶ μακάριος —MC

TRANSLATION: And the house that was of old admired and blessed.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.193,5; Dind. II.241, app. at 26

Or. 972.15 (972–973) (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅ τ’ ἐπὶ μακαρίοις … οἶκος⟩: ὁ διὰ τὰ εὐτυχήματα ζηλούμενος οἶκος —O

TRANSLATION: The house that was admired because of its successes.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.242,12–13

Or. 972.16 (972–973) (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅ τ’ ἐπὶ μακαρίοις … οἶκος⟩: ὁ διὰ τὰ εὐτυχήματα ζηλούμενος καὶ ὁ πάλαι ποτε ζηλωτὸς καὶ μακαριστός —Sa

TRANSLATION: The one being admired because of its successes and the one admired and counted blessed from of old.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: πάλαί ποτε Sa

Or. 972.17 (972–973) (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅ τ’ ἐπὶ μακαρίοις … οἶκος⟩: καὶ ὁ οἶκος ὁ πάλαι ζηλωτὸς καὶ μακάριος, νῦν δὲ δυστυχέστατος —PrSa

TRANSLATION: And the house that was of old admired and blessed, but now is most unfortunate.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 972.13

Or. 972.18 (972–973) (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅ τ’ ἐπὶ μακαρίοις … οἶκος⟩: ὁ καὶ τοῖς ευδαιμονιζομένοις καὶ μακαριζομένοις ἐπίζηλος —V

TRANSLATION: The one attracting admiration even from those counted blessed and those praised for their good fortune.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 972.24 (thom exeg) ⟨μακαρίοις⟩: οἴκοις, ἢ μακαρίοις ἀντὶ τοῦ καλλίστοις πράγμασι καὶ δεχομένοις παρὰ πάντων μακαρισμόν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (With ‘blessed’ the noun to supply is) ‘house’, or ‘blessed’ is used for ‘finest actions and ones receiving admiring recognition from all’.

REF. SYMBOL: Za POSITION: s.l. ZlZmGu, marg. Z

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἐπὶ μακαρίοις ἢ prep. T | οἴκοις om. ZZa (but present as gloss 972.28) | μακαρίοις ἀντὶ τοῦ om. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.241,24–25

Or. 972.31 (tri metr) ⟨μακα(ρίοις)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς —T

TRANSLATION: (The two short syllables ‘maka’ are) in place of a single (long syllable).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 973.01 (973–974) (mosch exeg) ⟨ζηλωτὸς ὢν ποτ᾽ οἶκος φθόνος νιν εἷλε⟩: ¹ἀφ’ ἑτέρας δὲ πτώσεως ἀρξάμενος, ὥσπερ ἐκ μεταμελείας ἐφ’ ἑτέραν πτῶσιν ἀποδίδωσι τὴν σύνταξιν. ²συνήθης δὲ οὗτος ὁ σχηματισμὸς καὶ τῷ πεζῷ λόγῳ, ὡς παρὰ Φιλοστράτῳ· ³[Philostrtatus Major, Imag. 1.6.2] ‘φαρέτραι μὲν οὖν χρυσόπαστοι καὶ χρυσαῖ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐταῖς βέλη, γυμνὴ τούτων ἡ ἀγέλη πᾶσα’. —XXbXoT⁺YfGGr

TRANSLATION: Having begun with one case (nominative ‘oikos’, ‘house’, appearing to be a subject), as if by a change of mind he completes the syntax in agreement with a different case (accusative ‘nin’, ‘it’, object of ‘seized’). This irregular construction is usual also in prose, as in Philostratus: ‘So then, (nominative) quivers studded with gold and made of gold, and the arrows within them—bare of these (genitive), the entire band …’.

POSITION: cont. from 972.11 XoTG, divided from it only by dicolon X

APP. CRIT.: ἑτέραν] ἑτέρα X | σύνηθες Gr | πᾶσα om. XoYfGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.242,2–6

COMMENT: Modern editions of Philostratus accept Olearius’s χρυσᾶ for χρυσαῖ, giving clearly superior sense (‘gold-studded are the quivers and golden also the arrows within them’) and not involving the grammatical irregularity Moschopulus points to, but a simple asyndeton between clauses (just as there is here in Euripides).

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Philostratus Maior

Or. 973.09 (rec exeg) ⟨οἶκος⟩: οἴχεται ἀπὸ κοινοῦ. —V

TRANSLATION: ‘Is gone’ is understood in common (with ‘house’ as well as ‘whole family’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 974.01 (974–975) (rec paraphr) ⟨φθόνος νιν … ἐν πολίταις⟩: βασκανία τις θεία καὶ ὀργὴ τοῦτον καθεῖλε καὶ ἡ ἐχθρὰ τῶν πολιτῶν ψῆφος. —V

TRANSLATION: Some divine envy and wrath has brought this (house) down, and (likewise) the hostile verdict of the citizens.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τίς V

Or. 974.06 (rec gram) ⟨φθόνος⟩: φθόνος ἐπὶ τῇ εὐτυχίᾳ τῶν ἀγαθῶν, νέμεσις ἐπὶ τῇ εὐτυχίᾳ τῶν κακῶν. —KG

TRANSLATION: ‘Phthonos’ is directed at the good fortune of good men, ‘nemesis’ at the good fortune of bad men.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: φθόνος … ἀγαθῶν transp. to end G | τῇ (both places) om. G

Or. 974.07 (rec exeg) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὸν τὸν οἶκον —V³AaMnPrRf^rSSaCrOx

TRANSLATION: (The pronoun ‘nin’ refers to) the house itself.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Cr | αὐτὸν τὸν om. V³AaRf^r | ἑαυτὸν Ox

COMMENT: The error of Ox is a result of misreading the abbreviated καὶ in καὶ αὐτὸν (cf. Cr) as ἑ.

Or. 974.08 (thom exeg) ⟨νιν⟩: τὸν οἶκον, ἢ τὴν γένναν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (The pronoun ‘nin’ refers to) the house (973 ‘oikos’) or the family (972 ‘genna’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὸν prep. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: γέναν Zb, a.c. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.242,16

Or. 974.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἅ τε δυσμενὴς⟩: ἡ ἄτη πανολεθρία ⟦ἐγένετο⟧ —V³

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.: ἐγένετο crossed out here and re-entered as sch. 975.08 in left margin; ambig. whether ἡ ἄτη also cancelled

Or. 974.22 (rec metr) ⟨ἅ⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 975.03 (pllgn gram) ⟨φονία⟩: φονεύω φονεία δίφθογγος, φονία δὲ χεὶρ ι̅. —F

TRANSLATION: ‘Phoneuō’ (has a corresponding abstract noun) ‘phoneia’ spelled with diphthong (‘ei’), but (the adjective as in) ‘phonia cheir’ (is) spelled with iota.

LEMMA: φονεία a.c. in text F POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Cf. ps.-Hdn. Partitiones 222,1–2 Boissonade φονεύω, φονεία, ἡ φόνευσις· φονία δὲ χεὶρ καὶ γνώμη, διὰ τοῦ ἰῶτα.

Or. 975.04 (tri metr) ⟨φοινία⟩: long mark over alpha —T

LEMMA: thus in text T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 975.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ψῆφος⟩: ἣν καθ’ ἡμῶν ἤνεγκαν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 976.01 (976–977) (thom exeg) ⟨ἰὼ ἰὼ πανδάκρυτ’ ἐφαμέρων ἔθνη πολύπονα⟩: ἀποστροφή —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: Apostrophe.

POSITION: s.l. Zm, marg. Gu

KEYWORDS: apostrophe

Or. 976.02 (976–977) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἰὼ ἰὼ πανδάκρυτ’ ἐφαμέρων ἔθνη πολύπονα⟩: ὦ πολύπονα ἔθνη τῶν ἀνθρώπων —M

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.193,7; Dind. II.242,23

Or. 976.03 (976–977) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἰὼ ἰὼ πανδάκρυτ’ ἐφαμέρων ἔθνη πολύπονα⟩: ὦ πολύπονα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἔθνη καὶ ὑπὸ πάντων ἄξια θρηνεῖσθαι —B

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.193,7 with app.; Dind. II.242,23–24

Or. 976.05 (thom exeg) ⟨πανδάκρυτ’⟩: πάγκλαυστα διὰ τὰς συμφορὰς, αἷς ἀεὶ περιπίπτετε —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Pangklausta’ means) ‘utterly lamentable because of the disasters that you are always coming up against’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πίπτετε Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.242,24–25

Or. 976.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πανδάκρυτ’⟩: τὰ πάντα ἔχοντα δάκρυα —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 976.10 (tri metr) ⟨πανδάκρυτ’⟩: koinē long over second alpha —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 976.11 (976–977) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐφαμέρων ἔθνη⟩: οἱ ἐφ’ ἡμέραν ζῶντες, ἤγουν οἱ ἄνθρωποι —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 977.04 (tri metr) ⟨ἔθνη⟩: koinē short over epsilon —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 977.05 (tri exeg) ⟨πολύστονά τε δὴ καὶ πολύποινα⟩: οὕτω χρὴ γράφειν τὸν παρόντα στίχον· ‘πολύστονά τε δὴ καὶ πολύποινα’, ἵν’ εἴη ἴαμβος ὡς καὶ ὁ τῆς στροφῆς. ἐλλιπὴς γὰρ ἦν. διὸ καὶ διωρθώθη παρ’ ἡμῶν, καὶ οἷμαι ὡς καλῶς. —T

TRANSLATION: The present line should be written this way: ‘of many groans indeed and of many punishments’, so that it is an iambus like the line of the strophe. For (this line) was defective. Therefore in fact it has been corrected by me, and I believe (I have done so) in a fine way.

LEMMA: text thus in T; ἡμέτερον in marg. T POSITION: beside 977 Ta, at bottom of 77v T, where 977 is the last line of folio

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.16,18 and 20–22 (repeated 242,6–7 and 9–11); de Fav. 63

COMMENT: The version above is present also in Ta and in Vat. Pal. gr. 223. An expanded version of this (also corrupted by a conflation in the middle) appeared in Arsenius and in later editions up to and including Dindorf (II.242,6–11). The expanded form, without Arsenius’s conflation, is found in Tb (Bar. 74, fol. 99r) and Vat. gr. 897 (100r): οὕτω χρὴ γράφειν (καὶ add. Arsen.) τὰ παρόντα κῶλα, ἵν’ εἴη πρὸς τὰ μέτρα ὀρθά. οὕτω δὲ χρὴ (καὶ ὁ οἶκος ὁ πάλαι διὰ εὐδαιμονίας ζηλωτὸς ὢν βέβηκε καὶ οἴχεται. add. Arsen.) καὶ τὸν ἄλλον (τὸν παρόντα Vat. gr. 897) στίχον ‘πολύστονά τε δὴ καὶ πολύποινα (‑πονα Arsen.)’, ἵν’ εἴη ἴαμβος, ὡς ὁ τῆς στροφῆς· ἐλλιπὴς γὰρ ἦν. διὸ καὶ διωρθώθη παρ’ ἡμῶν, καὶ οἶμαι ὡς καλῶς. Vat. gr. 2241 (89r) has a briefer version: οὕτω χρὴ γράφειν πολύστονά τε καὶ πολύποινα διὰ τὸ μέτρον (δὴ is present in in the text, but omitted in the scholion). This fuller version of Tb starts by explaining Triclinius’s removal of ὢν in 973 (not addressed by any note in T), and thus it has appeared in editions as assigned to line 973 (even in de Faveri, who has the shorter version from T and Ta, referring solely to 977). This is another small detail that raises the question whether there may have been another autograph of Triclinius composed later than T.

KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by

Or. 977.09 (tri paraphr) ⟨πολύποινα⟩: πολλὰς ποινὰς ὑφιστάμενα, ἤτοι τιμωρίας καὶ συμφοράς —T

LEMMA: thus in text T POSITION: s.l.

Or. 977.10 (977–978) (mosch paraphr) ⟨λεύσσεθ’ ὡς παρ᾽ ἐλπίδας μοῖρα βάινει⟩: βλέπετε πῶς παρ᾽ ἐλπίδας ἡ μοῖρα συμβαίνει. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: See how fate comes about contrary to expectations.

LEMMA: in text λεύσσετε T; ἐλπίδα T, perhaps a.c. Gr POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἐλπίδα TGr(παρελπίδα)

Or. 977.16 (977–978) (rec paraphr) ⟨παρ’ ἐλπίδας μοῖρα βάινει⟩: ἀνελπίστως ἐπέρχεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ μεμοιραμένα αὐτοῖς. —V

TRANSLATION: Unexpectedly there comes upon human beings what has been fated for them.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 977.19 (tri metr) ⟨(ἐλ)πίδα⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς —T

TRANSLATION: (The two short syllables ‘pida’ are) in place of a single (long syllable).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 978.01 (vet exeg) ⟨μοῖρα βαίνει⟩: λείπει τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. —MB

TRANSLATION: ‘Of human beings’ is to be supplied (with ‘fate comes’).

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: after λείπει add. διὰ B | τὸ τῶν} Mastr., τὸ M, τῶν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.193,8

COMMENT: B’s διὰ perhaps results from conflation with a version in which the λείπει-compendium had been corrupted to the διὰ-compendium in a familiar way.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 978.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βαίνει⟩: ἤγουν πρὸς τὸ μεμοιραμένον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Comes’), that is, toward that which is fated for men.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] Mastr., ἡ V³

Or. 978.07 (thom exeg) ⟨βαίνει⟩: τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βιῷ —ZZaZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 979.01 (979–980) (vet exeg) ⟨ἔτερα δ’ ἑτέροις ἀμείβεται πήματ’⟩: λείπει τὸ ἀνθρώποις. —M

TRANSLATION: (With this phrase) ‘for humans’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.193,11

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 979.02 (979–980) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔτερα δ’ ἑτέροις ἀμείβεται πήματ’⟩: ὁ Οἰνό⟨μα⟩ος, ὁ Πέλοψ, ὁ †Ἦλος†, ὁ Μυρτίλος, ἡ Ἀερόπη. —Aa

TRANSLATION: (The succession of troubles refers to) Oenomaus, Pelops, [corrupt name], Myrtilus, Aerope.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The listing is written with unusual incompetence. It is a mystery what prompted the inclusion of Ἦλος (a rare proper name found in obscure late texts as another names of Cronus) and what it could be a corruption of. Ἠλεύς, the eponym of Elis, and Βῆλος lack any significant mythical activities or sufferings and are not relevant to the Tantalid clan in any case.

Or. 979.03 (979–980) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔτερα δ’ ἑτέροις ἀμείβεται πήματ’⟩: ἄλλα ἐπ’ ἄλλοις κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἐπέρχεται κακὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. —MB

TRANSLATION: One after another evils come in succession upon humans.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἀλλ’ ἐπαλλήλοις M

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπἄλλοις B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.193,9–10; Dind. II.242,27–28

Or. 979.04 (979–980) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔτερα δ’ ἑτέροις ἀμείβεται πήματ’⟩: ἀμείβεται ἤτοι κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἐπέρχεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐπὶ τοῖς προλαβοῦσι κακοῖς ἕτερα κακά. —M²

TRANSLATION: They take turns, that is, come upon humans in succession, on top of previous evils additional evils.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 979.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἑτέροις ἀμείβεται πήματ’⟩: ἐφ’ ἑτέροις πήμασιν ἀμείβεται, κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἔρχεται. —X

APP. CRIT.: ποιήμασιν X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.242,28–29

Or. 979.20 (rec gram) ⟨ἀμείβεται⟩: ἀνταποκρίνεται —K

TRANSLATION: (Elsewhere ‘ameibetai’ can have a different sense:) ‘answers in return’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 980.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐν χρόνῳ μακρῷ⟩: ἤγουν ἐν τῷ παρόντι αἰῶνι, ἢ εἰς μακροὺς χρόνους —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 980.04 (tri paraphr) ⟨ἐν χρόνῳ μακρῷ⟩: ἤγουν πολλοῦ χρόνου παρελθόντος —T

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 980.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μικρῷ⟩: μακρῷ —V³

TRANSLATION: (For ‘mikrōi’, ‘small, short’, there is a variant) ‘makrōi’ (‘long’).

LEMMA: thus in text as changed by V³ POSITION: s.l.

Or. 981.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨βροτῶν δ’ ὁ πᾶς ἀστάθμητος αἰών⟩: ἄνισος ἄστατος ἡ ζωὴ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἀεὶ ἱσταμένη ἀλλὰ μεταρριπιζομένη καὶ σαλευομένη. —V

TRANSLATION: Uneven (and) unstable is the life of human beings, not always standing in the same position, but buffeted by gusts of wind and tossed by sea-swells.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 981.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀστάθμητος⟩: ἄνισος ἄστατος. ἄλλοι γὰρ ἄλλως ἔχουσι τύχης. —MB

TRANSLATION: (‘Astathmētos’ means) ‘uneven’, ‘unstable’. For different men are in different states of fortune.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἄλλας ἔχ. τύχας B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.193,12; Dind. II.243,1–2

Or. 981.11 (rec gram) ⟨ἀστάθμητος⟩: ὑποστάθμη καὶ ὕλη —K

TRANSLATION: (A word from the same root is) ‘hupostathmē’ (‘substrate’), meaning ‘matter’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 981.15 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 63

Or. 982.01 (982–1011) (tri metr) μόλοιμι τὰν οὐρανοῦ: ⁰μετὰ τὴν κατὰ σχέσιν στροφὴν ἑτέραν τίθησιν ἀπολελυμένην στροφὴν μονόστροφον· εἰσὶ γοῦν τὰ παρόντα εἴδη μονόστροφα καὶ συστηματικὰ κατὰ περιορισμοὺς ἀνίσους καὶ μετρικὰ ἄτακτα. τὰ κῶλα δὲ πάντα λζʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ περίοδος ἐξ ἰαμβικῆς καὶ τροχαϊκῆς βάσεως. ²τὸ βʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον καθαρόν. ³τὸ γʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς Εὐριπίδειον. ⁴τὸ δʹ ἐπιωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ, ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος κατὰ συνίζησιν, καὶ ἰάμβου. ⁵τὸ εʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον καθαρόν. ⁶τὸ ςʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ, παίωνος δʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, καὶ συλλαβῆς. ⁷τὸ ζʹ ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ. ⁸τὸ ηʹ ὅμοιον ἐκ χορείων διόλου. ⁹τὸ θʹ ἰαμβικὴ βάσις. ¹⁰τὸ ιʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικὸν. ¹¹τὸ ιαʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐξ ἀναπαιστικῆς βάσεως καὶ ἰαμβικοῦ διμέτρου βραχυκαταλήκτου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ δισπονδείου, διιάμβου, καὶ σπονδείου αὖθις. ¹²τὸ ιβʹ ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ. ¹³τὸ ιγʹ ὅμοιον ἑφθημιμερὲς, τοῦ βʹ ποδὸς χορείου. ¹⁴τὸ ιδʹ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος, διιάμβου, καὶ δύο συλλαβῶν ἀδιαφόρων. ¹⁵τὸ ιεʹ ὁμοιον τῷ ιγʹ καθαρὸν ἰαμβικόν. ¹⁶τὸ ιςʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ βʹ τροχαϊκῶν πενθημιμερῶν· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἐξ ἰθυφαλλικοῦ καὶ ἰαμβικῆς βάσεως. ¹⁷τὸ ιζʹ τροχαϊκὸν πενθημιμερὲς. ¹⁸τὸ ιηʹ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος πρώτου ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος καὶ τροχαϊκῆς συζυγίας, ἤτοι ἐπιτρίτου βʹ· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς τοῦ αʹ ποδὸς δακτύλου. ¹⁹τὸ ιθʹ ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ. ²⁰τὸ κʹ ὅμοιον τῷ γʹ. ²¹τὸ καʹ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος. ²²τὸ κβʹ ὅμοιον τῷ ιεʹ. ²³τὸ κγʹ ὅμοιον κατὰ πάντα τῷ ηʹ. ²⁴τὸ κδʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν πενθημιμερὲς. ²⁵τὸ κεʹ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον τοῦ αʹ ποδὸς χορείου, ὃ καλεῖται Στησιχόρειον, ἔχον τὸ Πινδαρικὸν ἔθος, ἴαμβον δηλονότι τὸν τελευταῖον πόδα. ²⁶τὸ κςʹ ἴαμβικὸς τρίμετρος βραχυκατάληκτος τοῦ αʹ ποδὸς χορείου. ²⁷τὸ κζʹ ὅμοιον καθαρὸν ἰαμβικὸν. ²⁸τὸ κηʹ ὅμοιον τῷ κδʹ. ²⁹τὸ κθʹ δακτυλικὸν τετράμετρον· κατὰ γὰρ μονοποδίαν μετρεῖται τὰ δακτυλικὰ, ὡς εἴρηται. ³⁰τὸ λʹ ὅμοιον. ³¹τὸ λαʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ³²τὸ λβʹ ὅμοιον καταληκτικὸν, ἤτοι ἑφθημιμερές. ³³τὸ λγʹ ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις· εἰ δὲ βούλει, δακτυλικὸν δίμετρον. ³⁴τὸ λδʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον, τοῦ αʹ ποδὸς ἔχοντος συνίζησιν τῶν δύο βραχέων εἰς βραχὺ ἵνα ἀνάπαιστος γένηται. ³⁵τὸ λεʹ ὅμοιον καθαρόν. ³⁸τὸ λςʹ ὅμοιον τῷ γʹ Εὐριπίδειον. ³⁷τὸ λζʹ ὅμοιον κατὰ πάντα τῷ ιηʹ οἵου βούλει μέτρου. ³⁸ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι τῶν συστημάτων παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς. —T

¹ 982 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
μόλοιμι τὰν οὐρανοῦ καὶ
² 982a ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
μέσον χθονός τεταμέναν
³ 983 ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑‒ ⏑ ‒
αἰωρήμασιν πέτραν
⁴ 983a ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ‒
ἁλύσεσι χρυσέ͜αις φερομέναν
⁵ 984 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒
δίναισι βῶλον ἐξ Ὀλύμπου,
⁶ 984a ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒
ἵν’ ἐν θρήνοις ἀναβοάσω
⁷ 985 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
γέροντι πατρὶ Ταντάλωι,
⁸ 986 ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒(?)
ὃς ἔτεκεν ἔτεκε γενέτορας
⁹ 986a ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ἐμέθεν, δόμων
¹⁰ 987 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
οἲ κατεῖδον ἄτας·
¹¹ 988 ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒
τὸ πτανὸν μὲν δίωγμα τῶν πώλων,
¹² 989 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
τεθριπποβάμονι στόλωι
¹³ 989–990 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ‒ ‒
Πέλοψ ὅτε πελάγεσσιν
¹⁴ 990 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒
διεδίφρευσε Μυρτίλου φόνον,
¹⁵ 991 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ‒
δικὼν ἐς οἶδμα πόντου,
¹⁶ 992 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ or ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
λευκοκύμοσιν πρὸς Γεραιστίαις
¹⁷ 993 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ποντίων σάλων
¹⁸ 994 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ or ‒ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ‒
ἠϊόσιν ἁρματεύσας
¹⁹ 995 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒. ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ὅθεν δόμοισι τοῖς ἐμοῖς
²⁰ 996 ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ἦλθ’ ἀρὰ πολύστονος,
²¹ 997 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
λόχευμα ποιμνίοισι Μαιάδος τόκου
²² 998 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ‒
τὸ χρυσόμαλλον ἀρνὸς
²³ 998–999 ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒(?)
ὁπότε γένετο τέρας ὀλοὸν
²⁴ 1000 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
Ἀτρέως ἱπποβότα·
²⁵ 1001 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
ὅθεν Ἔρις τό τε πτερωτὸν Ἀελίου
²⁶ 1002 ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒
μετέβαλεν ἅρμα, τὰν πρὸς ἑσπέραν
²⁷ 1003 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒
κέλευθον οὐρανοῦ προσαρμόσας
²⁸ 1004 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒
μονόπωλον ἐς Ἀῶ,
²⁹ 1005 ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑
ἑπταπόρου τε δρόμημα Πλειάδος
³⁰ 1006 ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ‒
εἰς ὁδὸν ἄλλαν Ζεὺς μεταβάλλει
³¹ 1007 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
τῶνδέ τ’ ἀμείβει θανάτους θανάτων
³² 1008 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒
τά τ’ ἐπώνυμα δεῖπνα Θυέστου
³³ 1009 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒
λέκτρα τε Κρήσσας
³⁴ 1009–1010 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
Ἀερόπας δολίας δολίοισι γάμοις·
³⁵ 1010 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
τὰ πανύστατα δ’ εἰς ἐμὲ καὶ γενέταν
³⁶ 1011 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ἁμὸν ἤλυθεν δόμων
³⁷ 1011a ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ or ‒ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ‒
σὺν πολυπόνοις ἀνάγκαις.

TRANSLATION: After the strophe in responsion, he places another strophe standing alone without responsion. At any rate, the metrical forms at hand here are monostrophic and constructed of systems of unequal size, and the meter is varied. The cola are in all thirty-seven. The first is a period formed from an iambic basis and trochaic basis. The second is a pure acatalectic iambic dimeter. The third is a trochaic hephthemimer (called) Euripidean. The fourth is a brachycatalectic epionic trimeter formed from fourth paeon, ionic a maiore with a synizesis, and an iamb. The fifth is a pure hypercatalectic iambic dimeter. The sixth is a hypercatalectic ionic a minore dimeter formed from a first epitrite, a fourth paeon instead of an ionic, and a syllable. The seventh is like the second. The eighth is similar (iambic dimeter) with chorei throughout. The ninth is an iambic basis. The tenth is a trochaic ithyphallic. The eleventh is a compound formed from an anapaestic basis and brachycatalectic iambic dimeter; or if you prefer, a brachycatalectic choriambic trimeter formed from dispondee, diiamb, and a spondee again. The twelfth is like the third. The thirteenth is a similar (iambic) hephthemimer, with the second foot a choreius. The fourteenth is a brachycatalectic ionic trimeter formed from ionic a minore, diiamb, and two anceps syllables. The fifteenth is similar to the thirteenth, (but) pure iambic. The sixteenth is a compound composed of two trochaic penthemimers; or if you prefer, from an ithyphallic and an iambic basis. The seventeenth is a trochaic penthemimer. The eighteenth is an acatalectic ionic dimeter formed from a first paeon in place of an ionic a maiore and a trochaic syzygy, or second epitrite; or if you prefer, an iambic hephthemimer with the first foot a dactyl. The nineteenth is similar to the second. The twentieth is similar to the third. The twenty-first is an iambic trimeter. The twenty-second is similar to the fifteenth. The twenty-third is similar in every way to the eighth. The twenty-fourth is an anpaestic penthemimer. The twenty-fifth is an acatalectic trochaic trimeter with the first foot a choreius, which is called Stesichorean, having the Pindaric habit, that is, an iamb as the last foot. The twenty-sixth is a brachycatalectic iambic trimeter with the first foot a choreius. The twenty-seventh is similar, (but) pure iambic. The twenty-eighth is similar to the fourth. The twenty-ninth is a dactylic tetrameter: for dactylic verses are measured by the single foot, as has been said. The thirtieth is the same. The thirty-first is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter. The thirty-second is similar (but) catalectic, or a hephthemimer. The thirty-third is an anapaestic basis; or if you prefer, a dactylic dimeter. The thirty-fourth is a similar acatalectic dimeter, with the first foot having a synizesis of the two shorts into one short so that it turns into an anapaest. The thirty-fifth is similar (but) pure. The thirty-sixth is similar to the third, a Euripidean. The thirty-seventh is similar in every way to the eighteenth, being of whichever meter you prefer (that is, ionic or iambic). At the divisions of the systems (986, 995, 1004) a paragraphos, and at the end coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T POSITION: divided over three pages, with ref. symbols to link the parts

APP. CRIT.: 2 β̅ʹρον T | 10 ἰθυφαλικὸν T | 16 ἰθυφαλικὸν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.16,23–17,32; de Fav. 64–65

COMMENT: There are a few problematic features in Triclinius’s analysis. In colon 2 note the false scansion of alpha in τεταμένον (sch. 982.43). Of colon 8 he says there are chorei ‘throughout’ (διόλου), which would be true if he included the initial ἐ of ἐμέθεν in this colon instead of in colon 9 (which would then be a pure iambic basis rather than one with an anapaestic first foot, not mentioned in the description). But later he says colon 23 is similar in every way to 8, and he clearly does not intend the first syllable of 24 Ἀτρέως to be taken with 23. Thus in both 8 and 23, the final foot is not a choreius, and he assumes an anceps treated as long without saying so in his description. In colon 34 there is the impossible claim that in Ἀερόπης the two initial vowels can be contracted into a single short. | 29 ὡς εἴρηται is a reference to his own Epitome of the nine meters of Hepaestion (Text 1 in the Triclinian treatises in this edition, sent. 13): ἰστέον ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄνω εἰρημένα (scil. iambic and trochaic) κατὰ συζυγίαν μετρεῖται, τοῦτο (dactylic) δὲ μόνον κατὰ μονοποδίαν. | For the term epionic, see the comment on sch. 140.01. For the Stedichorean with Pindaric variation, see commentn on sch. 1454.01.

KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν | Pindar | συνίζησις | Εὐριπίδειον (colon)

Or. 982.02 (982–1011) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα μονόστροφος κώλων λζʹ —T

TRANSLATION: Another strophe, standing alone, of 37 cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 982.03 (982–1011) (thom exeg) ⟨μόλοιμι τὰν οὐρανοῦ … πολυπόνοις ἀνάγκαις⟩: ¹μόλοιμι καὶ ἀνέλθοιμι εἰς τὴν πέτραν τὴν μέσον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς τεταμένην καὶ κρεμαμένην ἐν αἰωρήμασι καὶ ἐν κρεμάσμασιν ἐν ἁλύσεσι χρυσέαισι φερομένην καὶ κινουμένην ἐν δίναισι καὶ συστροφαῖς, βῶλον καὶ λίθον ἐξ Ὀλύμπου, ²ἵνα ἀνὰ τῷ γέροντι πατρὶ Ταντάλῳ βοήσω ἐν θρήνοις ἤτοι κλαύσω, ὃς ἔτεκε τοὺς γεννήτορας ἐμέθεν καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἤτοι τὸν Πέλοπα καὶ τοὺς ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ³οἵτινες τὸ δίωγμα καὶ τὸν δρόμον τῶν πώλων καὶ τῶν ἵππων τοῦ Οἰνομάου ἢ τοῦ Πέλοπος τὸ πτηνὸν καὶ τὸ ταχὺ ἐν τεθριπποβάμονι στόλῳ καὶ πορείᾳ κατεῖδον καὶ ἐθεάσαντο ἄτας καὶ συμφορὰς τῶν οἰκείων δόμων, ⁴ἤγουν οἷστισιν ἡ πρὸς Οἰνόμαον διφρεία Πέλοπος αἰτία μεγάλων συμφορῶν γεγένηται, ⁵ὅτε ὁ Πέλοψ ἐν τοῖς πελάγεσι διεδίφρευσε καὶ ἐκ δίφρου ἔρριψε τὸν φόνον τοῦ Μυρτίλου, ⁶δικὼν καὶ ῥίψας εἰς τὸ οἶδμα καὶ τὸ κῦμα τοῦ πόντου πρὸς ταῖς Γεραιστίαις πέτραις ταῖς λευκοκύμοσι καὶ ταῖς διὰ τῶν κυμάτων λευκαῖς γινομέναις, ⁷ἁρματεύσας καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἅρματος ῥίψας ἐν ταῖς ᾐόσι καὶ αἰγιαλοῖς τῶν ποντίων σάλων. ⁸ὅθεν, ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῆς ῥίψεως ταύτης, τὸ λόχευμα καὶ τὸ γέννημα τοῦ τόκου καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς Μαιάδος, ἤτοι ὁ Μυρτίλος ὁ Ἑρμοῦ παῖς, ἦλθεν ἀρὰ πολύστονος τοῖς ἐμοῖς δόμοις, ⁹ὁπότε τὸ χρυσόμαλλον ὀλοὸν καὶ ὀλέθριον τέρας τῆς ἀρνὸς ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις τοῦ Ἀτρέως τοῦ ἱπποβότα, τουτέστιν ὁπότε ἡ χρυσόμαλλος ὄϊς ἐδόθη τῷ Ἀτρεῖ τέρας, ὡς ἄξιός ἐστι τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐγκρατὴς γεγενῆσθαι. ¹⁰ὅθεν, ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρνὸς, ἔρις καὶ φιλονεικία ὑπῆρξεν Ἀτρεῖ καὶ Θυέστῃ. ¹¹τότε ἐς μονόπωλον ἀῶ, ἤγουν εἰς μίαν ἡμέραν μετέβαλεν ὁ Ζεὺς τὴν πρὸς ἕσπερον κέλευθον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, προσαρμόσας τὸ πτερωτὸν καὶ ταχὺ ἅρμα τοῦ ἡλίου εἰς ὁδὸν ἄλλην, ¹²καὶ μεταβάλλει τὸ δρόμημα τῆς ἑπταπόρου Πλειάδος εἰς ὁδὸν ἄλλην, τουτέστι τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ Πλειάδας, ἐξ ἀνατολῶν ἐς δύσιν ἀνατέλλοντας, ¹³ἐκ δύσεως εἰς ἀνατολὴν ἀνατεταλκέναι πεποίηκε, δεικνὺς τὴν τῶν γινομένων παρανομίαν τῇ τούτων μετατροπῇ. ¹⁴καὶ ἐκ τῶνδε ἀμείβει καὶ ἐκ διαδοχῆς ἐπιφέρει καὶ τὰ ἐπώνυμα δεῖπνα τοῦ Θυέστου καὶ τὰ λέκτρα τῆς Κρήσσης Ἀερόπης τῆς δολίας ἐν δολίοισι γάμοις, ἀμείβει θανάτους θανάτων, ¹⁵τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ ἀπ’ ἐκείνου τοῦ καιροῦ συμφοραὶ καὶ θάνατοι οὐ λείπουσιν. ¹⁶ὧν αἴτια τό τε φαγεῖν τὸν Θυέστην τοὺς αὐτοῦ παῖδας παρὰ Ἀτρέως σφαγέντας καὶ προτεθέντας εἰς δεῖπνον, καὶ τὸ τὴν Ἀτρέως γυναῖκα Ἀερόπην τῷ Θυέστῃ μοιχᾶσθαι. ¹⁷εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐκεῖνα συνέβη, οὐδὲ ταῦτ’ ἐγεγόνει. ¹⁸τὰ πανύστατα δὲ τῶν οἴκων ἦλθεν εἰς ἐμὲ καὶ εἰς τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα σὺν πολυπόνοις ἀνάγκαις, τουτέστι τὰ ὕστερον δυστυχήματα ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ καὶ ἐγὼ δεδυστυχήκαμεν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: May I go and depart to the rock stretched out and hanging midway between sky and earth in suspension and hanging by golden chains, borne along and moved in eddies and rotations, a clod-like lump and stone from Olympus, so that I may cry out in mourning-songs to old father Tantalus, who sired my forebears, namely Pelops and his descendants, who spotted and observed the rapid motion and running of the colts, that is, horses, of Oenomaus, or of Pelops, (a running that was) winged and swift in its four-horsed journey and movement, (which was) ruin and disasters for their own household, that is, for whom Pelops’ chariot race against Oenomaus turned out to be the cause of great misfortunes, when on the sea he charioted and threw from his chariot the murder of Myrtilus, having cast and thrown (him) into the swell and wave of the sea near the Geraestian rocks with their white waves, that is, turned white because of the waves, having charioted and thrown (him) from his chariot on the shores and beaches of the sea’s rolling waves. Wherefore, that is as a result of this throwing, the birthed child and offspring of the child and son of Maia, that is, Myrtilus the son of Hermes, came upon my house as a curse bringing many lamentations, when the golden-fleeced baneful and destructive portent of the lamb was born in the flocks of Atreus raiser of horses, that is, when the golden-fleeced sheep was given to Atreus as a sign that he is worthy of having become master of the kingdom. Whence, that is, from the lamb, strife and rivalry arose for Atreus and Thyestes. At that time for a single-horse dawn, that is, for one day, Zeus changed the westward course of the sky, fitting the winged and swift chariot of the sun to another path. And he alters the course of the seven-pathed Pleiades to another route, that is to say, he caused the sun and the seven Pleiades, which rise from the east toward the west, to have risen from the west heading east, making clear by the reversal of these things the violation of law in what was happening. And because of these things he (Zeus) alternates and brings in succession both the eponymous banquet of Thyestes and the (adulterous) marriage-bed of Aerope the duplicitous woman in duplicitous marriage, he alternates deaths with deaths, that is, from these events and from that moment disasters and deaths do not cease. The causes of which are that Thyestes ate his own children when they had been slaughtered by Atreus and set before him in a banquet and that the wife of Atreus, Aerope, committed adultery with Thyestes. For if those things had not occurred, nor would these have happened. And the latest events of the household have come upon me and my father with compulsions causing many sufferings, that is to say, my father and I have experienced the later misfortunes.

LEMMA: ἡ σύνταξις add. above Z^r, σύνταξις in marg. T REF. SYMBOL: ZaZl POSITION: T in two parts 1–7 (78r), 8–18 with lemma 996 ὅθεν δόμοισιν (79r); Gu in two parts 1–9 on 48r and 10–18 on 48v (where lines 1001ff. occur)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.244,11–245,1 and 253,8–25

Or. 982.04 (982–995) (pllgn exeg) ⟨μόλοιμι τὰν οὐρανοῦ … ἀϊόσιν ἁρματεύσας⟩: ¹εἴθε πορευθείην εἰς τὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ κατὰ τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς, ἤτοι κατὰ κάθετον, τεταμένην καὶ κρεμαμένην ἐν αἰωρήμασι πέτραν, ²λέγω δὴ εἰς τὴν ἐξ Ὀλύμπου φερομένην μετὰ συστροφῆς ἐν χρυσείαις ἁλύσεσι βῶλον, ³ἵνα παρὰ τῷ Ταντάλῳ τῷ γέροντι προγόνῳ θρήνους ποιήσωμαι, ὃς τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἐγέννησε γεννήτορας, οἵτινες δυσχερείας καὶ βλάβας πολλὰς ἐθεάσαντο. ⁴καὶ λέγει τίνες αἱ βλάβαι ἃς εἶδον οἱ ταύτης πρόγονοι. ⁵ὁ μὲν Πέλοψ, φησὶν, ἐθεάσατο τὸ ἅρμα τοῦ Οἰνομάου τὸ πτερωτὸν καὶ ταχύτατον. ⁶οὗτος γὰρ συνέτρεχε τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ γαμβροῖς [γενη]σομένοις ἐπὶ τῇ Ἱπποδαμείᾳ καὶ νικῶν αὐτοὺς ἐφόνευεν. ⁷εἶδεν οὖν, φησὶν, ὁ Πέλοψ τὸν ταχύτατον δρόμον τῶν ἵππων τοῦ Οἰνομάου τὸν μετὰ τετραΐππου στόλου καὶ πορείας γινόμενον, ⁸ὁπότε νικήσας τὸν Οἰνόμαον καὶ λαβὼν τὴν Ἱπποδάμειαν καὶ τὸν Μυρτίλον ἐπὶ τοῦ ἅρματος ὡς ἡνίοχον ποιησάμενος, ἐπεὶ ἐζηλοτύπωσεν αὐτῷ δι’ Ἱπποδαμείας, διεδίφρευσεν, ⁹ἤτοι διὰ τοῦ δίφρου ἐποίησεν αὐτοῦ τὸν φόνον, βαλὼν καὶ ῥίψας αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ κῦμα τῆς θαλάττης, ¹⁰ἤτοι ἁρματεύσας καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἅρματος ῥίψας αὐτὸν ἐν ταῖς τῶν ποντίων σάλων ᾐόσι ταῖς Γεραιστίαις, ¹¹ἔνθα ἡ Γεραιστὸς τὸ τῆς Εὐβοίας ἀκρωτήριον, ταῖς λευκοκύμοσι διὰ τοὺς ἀποτελουμένους αὐταῖς ἐκ κυμάτων ἀφρούς. —VRw

TRANSLATION: Would that I could go to the rock stretched out and hung in suspension from the sky at the middle of the earth, that is, perpendicularly, I mean the clod-like lump borne along from Olympus with rotation by means of golden chains, so that I may make lamentations to Tantalus, the old man progenitor, who sired my forebears, who witnessed many difficulties and damaging events. And he (the poet) tells what are the damaging events that the forebears of this woman saw. Pelops, he says, witnessed the winged and very swift chariot of Oenomaus. For he (Oenomaus) raced with those who would become his son-in-law for the prize of Hippodameia and when he won (the race) he killed them. So then, he says, Pelops saw the very swift running of the horses of Oenomaus that came about with a four-horsed journey and movement, (at the time) when, after defeating Oenomaus and taking Hippodameia and Myrtilus upon his chariot, as if making Myrtilus his charioteer, because he (Pelops) was jealous of him on account of Hippodameia, he charioted, that is, by means of his chariot produced his murder, casting and hurling him into the swell of the sea, that is, having charioted him and thrown him from the chariot at the Geraestian shores of the sea’s rolling waves, (at the place) where Geraestus the promontory of Euboea lies, (the shores) that are white-surfed because of the froth produced by them from the waves.

LEMMA: [ἄλλ]ως app. V POSITION: follows sch. 982.06 V, between sch. 999.01 and 999.02 Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.194,12–29; Dind. II.246,5–22

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 982.05 (982–986) (vet exeg) μόλοιμι τὰν οὐρανοῦ: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς· μόλοιμι πρὸς τὴν πέτραν καὶ τὴν βῶλον τὴν τεταμένην ἐξ Ὀλύμπου χθονὸς μέσον καὶ οὐρανοῦ ἁλύσεσι χρυσαῖς καὶ φερομένην δίναισι καὶ αἰωρήμασιν. ²ὁ δὲ λόγος· εἴθε παραγενοίμην εἰς τὴν μεταξὺ γῆς καὶ οὐρανοῦ τεταμένην πέτραν, ἥτις αἰωρεῖται καὶ φέρεται μυρίαις στροφαῖς στρεφομένη καὶ προσηρτημένη χρυσαῖς ἁλύσεσιν ἄνωθεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἵνα πρὸς τὸν Τάνταλον ἐλθοῦσα ἀποδύρωμαι τὰ συμβάντα. ³Ἀναξαγόρου δὲ μαθητὴς γενόμενος ὁ Εὐριπίδης μύδρον λέγει τὸν ἥλιον· ⁴οὕτως γὰρ δοξάζει. ⁵μύδρον δὲ καλοῦσι τὸν πεπυρακτωμένον σίδηρον. ⁶πέτραν δὲ καὶ βῶλον κατὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ εἴρηκεν. —MBVCRw, partial PrSa

TRANSLATION: In simpler order: may I go to the rock and the clod-like lump that is suspended from Olympus midway between earth and sky by golden chains and borne along in eddies and by suspension. And the sense is: Would that I could go to the rock suspended between earth and sky, which is suspended and borne along rotating in countless turns and attached from heaven by golden chains from above, in order to go to Tantalus and mourn for what has happened. Euripides, because he had been a student of Anaxagoras, calls the sun a ‘mudros’ (‘lump of hot metal’). For this is what he (Anaxagoras) believes. And they call the iron that is made red-hot in fire ‘mudros’. And he has used the words ‘rock’ and ‘clod-like lump’ in reference to the same thing.

LEMMA: lemma all (τἀν V, τ’ἀν Pr) REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: follows sch. 999.01 Sa, follows sch. 964.05 Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.193,13–22; Dind. II.245,3–12

COMMENT: The ancient commentators’ claim that Euripides was a student of Anaxagoras is an inference from references in his plays that they themselves identified as allusions to that thinker (although there may also have been lost passages of Old Comedy connecting Euripides with another controversial intellectual). Commentators and biographers were compulsive about creating student–pupil relationships whenever they thought they detected a dependency of an idea on someone famous in later doxography for that idea. The idea that Euripides is referring to the sun with πέτραν and βῶλον is an arbitrary importation into the passage, which does not even contain any hint that the rock is hot or bright (the chains are golden, not the rock: but see comment on next).

KEYWORDS: Anaxagoras

Or. 982.06 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄλλως⟩: ¹ἡ μὲν ἱστορία λέγει τὸν Τάνταλον ἀνατεταμέναις χερσὶ φέρειν τὸν οὐρανόν· ²νῦν δὲ ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἰδίως τὸν ἥλιον ἐπηρτῆσθαι λέγει αὐτῷ διάπυρον ὄντα μύδρον, ὑφ’ οὗ καὶ δειματοῦσθαι αὐτὸν ἀεί. ³Ἀναξαγόρᾳ [cf. 59 A 72 Diels–Kranz =? Diog. Laert. 2.3.8] δὲ πειθόμενος μύδρον αὐτὸν εἶναι λέγει. ⁴τινὲς δὲ κυρίως ἀκούουσι βῶλον χρυσῆν ἐπῃωρῆσθαι τῇ κεφαλῇ τοῦ Ταντάλου. ⁵ὑφιστᾷ δὲ ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἐν τούτοις τὴν Ἠλέκτραν εὐχομένην ὅπως τῷ Ταντάλῳ ἀποδύρηται τὰ συμβάντα τοῖς προγόνοις αὐτῆς. ⁶ὅμοιον τοῦτο τῷ ἐν Πειρίθῳ [Eur. TGF fr. 593.1–2 Nauck = Critias TrGF 43 F 4.1–2 Snell] ‘σὲ τὸν αὐτοφυῆ, τὸν ἐν αἰθερίῳ ῥόμβῳ πάντων φύσιν ἐμπλέξαντα’· ⁷οὐδὲν γὰρ διαφέρει ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως εἰπεῖν πάντα διαπεπλέχθαι καὶ ὑπὸ ἁλύσεως ἐξηρτῆσθαι τὸν λίθον. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: The traditional story says that Tantalus carries the sky in his upstretched arms. But now Euripides in an individual twist says the sun is suspended over him, being a clod-like lump of metal heated red-hot, by which he is in fact always terrified. Following Anaxagoras, he (Euripides) says it is a clod-like lump of hot metal. But some understand it with a normal sense of the word, that a golden clod-like lump is suspended over Tantalus’s head. Euripides presents in these lines Electra praying that she may address to Tantalus her lament for what has befallen her forebears. This is similar to the idea in (the play) Peirithous, ‘you, the self-generated one, the one who has interwoven the nature of all things in the rotation of the ether’. For there is no difference between saying that all things have been woven together by nature and that the stone has been hung from a chain.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλ’ in all POSITION: cont. from prev., prep. ἀλλ’, all

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀνατεταμμέναις C | 2 ὑφ’ οὖ M, ὑφοὗ B | 4 χρυσὴν C | 6 πειριθῶ Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.193,23–194,6; Dind. II.245,12–21

COMMENT: The scholion seems to have been transmitted in a damaged or corrupt form or one featuring many truncated words, which have been wrongly expanded. Note the BRw version of 3, with λέγοντι along with the omission of δὲ to accommodate it (or vice versa). In 5 ὑφίσταται, preferred by Schwartz apparently because it is in M, cannot stand, since only the active is used in the requisite sense; so Dindorf was right to retain ὑφιστᾷ of the previous editions even when aware of the reading of MV. I do not know in what sense previous editors kept 7 τοῦ λίθου. | A further sign of some confusion is the claim that a standard version has Tantalus holding up the sky (like Atlas!), yet this is not known from any other source, and ἡ ἱστορία had several more frequently mentioned versions of Tantalus’s torments (see Gantz 531–536). Perhaps the old core of this note began with ἰδίως (like Sch. Hec. 3, Or. 1645, Ph. 1116, Andr. 24) and what precedes that is an ill-conceived addition. On the sense of ἰδίως in this scholion see Meijering 1987: 226–227. | For the idea that the βῶλος is golden see also Diog. Laert. 2.3.10 φασὶ δ’ αὐτὸν προειπεῖν τὴν περὶ Αἰγὸς ποταμοὺς γενομένην τοῦ λίθου πτῶσιν, ὃν εἶπεν ἐκ τοῦ ἡλίου πεσεῖσθαι. ὅθεν καὶ Εὐριπίδην, μαθητὴν ὄντα αὐτοῦ, χρυσέαν βῶλον εἰπεῖν τὸν ἥλιον ἐν τῷ Φαέθοντι (Phaethon TrGF fr. 783 Kannicht), where Matthiae suspected ‘in Phaethon’ was an error for ‘in Orestes’. The same phrase is found in Sch. Ap. Rhod. 1.496–498b (p. 44, 7–10 Wendel) … Ἀναξαγόρας (cf. 59 A 72 Diels—Kranz) δὲ μύδρον εἶναι τὸν ἥλιόν φησιν, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα γίνεσθαι. διὸ καὶ Εὐριπίδης γνώριμος αὐτῷ γεγονώς φησι χρυσέαν βῶλον τὸν ἥλιον εἶναι, where Wendel adds a reference to this passage of Orestes. On Tantalus and Anaxagoras’s theory cf. Diog. Laert. 2.3.8 οὗτος (Anaxagoras) ἔλεγε τὸν ἥλιον μύδρον εἶναι διάπυρον καὶ μείζω τῆς Πελοποννήσου (οἱ δέ φασι Τάνταλον). | For τινὲς see comment on next.

COLLATION NOTES: In sent. 7, ὑπὲρ appears in V (52r, first line of bottom block) in a form of abbreviation that is, to my recollection, not used elsewhere in V: cf. Tsereteli, Table X, last two in second row for ΥΠΕΡ.

Or. 982.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹διὰ τούτων καὶ παραδηλοῦται ὅτι ὁ Τάνταλος αὐτόθι εἴη μεταξὺ γῆς καὶ οὐρανοῦ αἴσθησιν ἔχων πάντων τῶν πεπραγμένων. ²εἰ δ’ ἄρα τινὲς διαποροῦσι πῶς ἐξ ἁλύσεως παρηρτημένος περίεισιν ὁ ἥλιος, γινωσκέτωσαν ὅτι τὰ φυσικὰ τοῖς μυθικοῖς καταμίγνυσιν ὁ Εὐριπίδης. —MBV/V¹CR^bRw

TRANSLATION: Through these (lines) it is indirectly made clear that Tantalus is there between earth and sky, having awareness of everything that has been done. And if some are puzzled how the sun makes its circuit when it has been suspended from chains, let them understand that Euripides mixes what belongs to the science of nature with the mythical.

LEMMA: ἄλλως in marg. B, 983 πέτραν ἁλύσεσι others (lemma add. V¹) REF. SYMBOL: VR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἔσθησιν R^b | 2 ἆρα MR^b | τινες Rw | ἐξαλύσεως R^b | ἤλιος app. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.194,7–11; Dind. II.245,22–246,4

COMMENT: The specific lemma πέτραν ἁλύσεσι in M and others is inferred from ἐξ ἁλύσεως in the second sentence, but the note actually addresses the wider passage, as recognized in B. | The τινὲς mentioned here may be the same as the τὶνες of sent. 4 of the prev. scholion, since rejecting the allusion to Anaxagoras and arguing that βῶλον is just a rock could well go together in a comment.

COLLATION NOTES: To fill the space left by V, V¹ fills out the last line of the blank with a long stroke because the only word that runs over onto this line is 2 τινὲς.

KEYWORDS: Anaxagoras | criticism and defence of poet

Or. 982.08 (982–986) (rec exeg) ⟨μόλοιμι τὰν οὐρανοῦ … πατέρι Ταντάλῳ⟩: εἰς τὸν Ἠριδανὸν ποταμὸν κρέμαται ὁ Τάνταλος. —V¹Rw

TRANSLATION: Tantalus is suspended at the river Eridanus.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐριδανὸν V¹

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.195,1; Dind. II.246,22–23

COMMENT: There is no other passage extant in which Tantalus is associated with the Eridanus. Perhaps this (ad hoc?) claim is related to the interpretation κατὰ μέσον τῆς γῆς given in sch. 982.04.

Or. 982.09 (982–986) (rec paraphr) ⟨μόλοιμι τὰν οὐρανοῦ … πατέρι Ταντάλῳ⟩: εἴθε γένωμαι μεταξὺ γῆς καὶ οὐρανοῦ πρὸς τὸν Τάνταλον ἐλθοῦσα, ἀποδυρομένη τὰ σύμπαντα. —OGu

TRANSLATION: May I be between earth and sky having come to Tantalus, bewailing what has happened.

POSITION: s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: γενοίμην Gu | after ἐλθοῦσα add. καὶ Gu

COMMENT: For a wish expressed by εἴθε and the subjunctive, cf. the Byzantine vernacular εἴθε νὰ + subj. as well as sch. V Hec. 72 (Dind. I.238,12–13) εἴθε πόρρω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ γένηται [γέν()τ() V] ἡ ὄψις αὕτη; Sch. Soph. Phil. 1092 Papageorgiou εἴθε … ἕλωσι; and the variant εἴθε παραγένωμαι in Aa in sch. 982.18.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 982.10 (982–984) (mosch exeg) μόλοιμι: ¹εἴθε ἀπέλθοιμι εἰς τὴν πέτραν τὴν αἰωρουμένην μέσον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς χθονὸς, ²τὴν βῶλον λέγω τὴν δι’ ἁλύσεων χρυσῶν φερομένην ἐν στροφαῖς ἐξ Ὀλύμπου ἤγουν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: Would that I could go away to the rock suspended midway between the sky and the earth, I mean the clod-like lump that with golden chains is borne along in rotation from Olympus, that is, from the sky.

LEMMA: T, σύνταξις in marg.; μόλοιμι τὰν οὐρανοῦ G POSITION: marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: 1 first τὴν om. G | καὶ om. Y | 2 βόλω Y, βῶλον Y^a | ἐκ om., s.l. add. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.244,8–11

Or. 982.25 (rec gram) ⟨τὰν⟩: τῷ ἐλθεῖν λείπει ἡ εἰς. —K

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘eis’(‘to’) is omitted with the verb ‘go’ (i.e., in poetic usage, when an accusative of destination follows).

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ K

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 982.28 (rec metr) ⟨τὰν⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 982.43 (tri metr) ⟨τεταμέναν⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

COMMENT: Incorrect scansion: see sch. 982.01.

Or. 983.06 (vet exeg) ⟨πέτραν⟩: πέτραν καὶ βῶλον τὸ αὐτὸ εἴρηκεν. —MC

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) has referred to ‘petran’ (‘rock’) and ‘bōlon’ (‘clod-like lump’) as the same thing.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: τὴν αὐτὴν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.245, app. at 12

COMMENT: See also sch. 984.16–17 for the same view attached to βῶλον instead, and the objection from the Thoman circle in sch. 984.18.

Or. 983.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁλύσεσι χρυσέαισι⟩: ἁλύσεων χρυσῶν —VMnPrRSSa

TRANSLATION: (The dative should be paraphrased with the genitive by antiptosis:) ‘(in suspension) of golden chains’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀλ‑ S

KEYWORDS: ἀντίπτωσις

Or. 983.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἁλύσεσι χρυσέαισι⟩: τὸ ‘ἁλύσεσι χρυσέαισι’ ἑρμηνεία ἐστὶ τοῦ ‘αἰωρήμασιν’. —ZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘with golden chains’ is a clarification of ‘in suspension’ (‘aiōrēmasi’).

LEMMA: χρυσέαις in text T POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἁλύσεσι χρ.] τοῦτο τὸ ἁλ. χρ. Zl, τοῦτο T | χρυσέαισ(ιν) ZlZm, χρυσέαις Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀλύ‑ Zm | ἐστι Gu | ‑μασι TGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.246,27–28

KEYWORDS: ἑρμηνεία/ἑρμηνεύων

Or. 983.12 (tri metr) ⟨(χρυ)σέαις⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 984.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨δίναισι⟩: κατὰ κάθετον καὶ κατὰ διάμετρον —F

TRANSLATION: On a perpendicular axis and on a diagonal.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: I classify this as ‘gram’ instead of ‘exeg’ because I find it difficult to identify its relevance to the rock, which cannot be rotating on two axes at once.

Or. 984.15 (tri metr) ⟨δίναισι⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 984.16 (rec exeg) ⟨βῶλον⟩: πέτραν καὶ βῶλον ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ αὐτό. —V³K

TRANSLATION: ‘Rock’ and ‘clod-like lump’ are used in parallel (expressing) the same thing.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐκ παραλλήλου om. V³ | τὴν αὐτὴν V³ (cf. C’s variant in sch. 983.06)

COMMENT: For this and the next scholion cf. sch. 983.06.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 984.17 (rec exeg) ⟨βῶλον⟩: πέτραν —OMnPrR

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 984.18 (thom exeg) ⟨βῶλον⟩: ¹τὸ βῶλον καὶ τὸ πέτραν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ παραλλήλου, ²ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ πέτραν εἶπεν, ἡ δὲ πέτρα ἐκ γῆς, αὕτη δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ Ταντάλου κρεμαμένη ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν, ³διατοῦτο εἴρηκε βῶλον ἐξ Ὀλύμπου. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: ‘Rock’ and ‘clod-like lump’ are not used in parallel, but since he used the word ‘rock’, and rock is from the earth, and this one was also suspended over Tantalus from the sky, therefore he said ‘clod-like lump from Olympus’.

POSITION: s.l. ZlZm, marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἡ] εἰ Zm | καὶ] ἡ Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: διὰ τοῦτο Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.246,31–247,2

COMMENT: Thomas is perhaps claiming that βῶλον ἐξ Ὀλύμπου is not simply a synonym of πέτραν, but is a clarification of it. This idea could have been expressed more clearly with the term ἑρμηνεία, as applied to another apparent duplication in sch. 983.10.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 985.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἵν’ ἐν θρήνοισιν ἀναβοάσω⟩: ὅπου ὁ Τάνταλος ἐλθὼν —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘In order to cry out in laments’,) having gone to where Tantalus is.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The masculine participle is used to modify the implied feminine subject, in vernacular manner.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 985.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἵν’ ἐν θρήνοισιν ἀναβοάσω⟩: ἵνα θρηνήσω —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 985.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐν θρήνοισιν ἀναβοάσω⟩: ἤγουν θρηνητικῶς διηγήσομαι —ZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | βοήσω καὶ add. before διηγ. Z | διηγήσωμαι T

APP. CRIT. 2: θρηνητικὸς Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.247,3–4

Or. 985.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐν θρήνοισιν ἀναβοάσω⟩: μετὰ θρήνων διηγήσομαι —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 985.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐν θρήνοισιν⟩: τουτέστι μετὰ θρήνων —MBOCV³AaB^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘In lamentations’,) that is, ‘with lamentations’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. O, intermarg. BC

APP. CRIT.: τουτέστι] ἤγουν V³, om. OAaB^3a | τῶν add. before θρήνων C

APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦτέστι B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.195,3; Dind. II.247,3

Or. 985.15 (rec metr) ⟨ἀναβοάσω⟩: long mark over second alpha —O

Or. 986.01 (rec exeg) ⟨γέροντι πατέρι⟩: ἱστορία διάκειται ὧδε. —V¹

TRANSLATION: The(?) mythical account is disposed like this(?).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This oddly-expressed comment is found entered by V¹ also in sch. 999.05 and 1004.18, and nowhere else that I have found. Perhaps it is an eccentric way of saying that what is told here is traditional mythical narrative, that is, events are expressed μυθικῶς rather than φυσικῶς. But if so, why is it placed precisely over γέροντι πατέρι? If there were a major mythographic note (ἱστορία) in the vicinity, one might consider taking ὧδε as ‘here’ and διακεῖται as (oddly) used for κεῖται; but there is no such narrative about Tantalus nearby, but rather a narrative of Pelops and Myrtilus.

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 986.07 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 987.03 (rec exeg) ⟨γενέτορας⟩: Ἀτρέα καὶ Θυέστην —OG

TRANSLATION: (‘Progenitors’, namely,) Atreus and Thyestes.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν added before θυ. G

Or. 987.04 (thom exeg) ⟨γενέτορας⟩: ἤτοι τὸν Πέλοπα καὶ τοὺς ἐξ αὐτοῦ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘My progenitors’,) that is, Pelops and those descended from him.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν ZaZl

Or. 988.01 (988–1000) (mosch paraphr) οἳ κατεῖδον ἄτας: ¹οἳ κατεῖδον ἄτας, ὅτε κατὰ τὸν ταχύτατον δρόμον τῶν ἵππων, τὸν γινόμενον τῇ διὰ τεσσάρων ἵππων κινήσει, ²ὁ Πέλοψ ἀπὸ τοῦ δίφρου ἐποίησε τὸν φόνον τοῦ Μυρτίλου, κατὰ τοῦ πελάγους δικὼν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ κῦμα τοῦ πόντου, ³ἁρματεύσας, ἤγουν δραμὼν πρὸς ταῖς ἠϊόσι τῶν ποντίων σάλων ταῖς τοῦ Γεραιστοῦ ταῖς λευκοκύμοσιν. ⁴ἀφ’ ἧς αἰτίας ἦλθε τοῖς ἐμοῖς δόμοις κατάρα πολλῶν στεναγμῶν αἰτία, ⁵ὁπότε ἐγένετο τοῖς ποιμνίοις τοῦ Ἀτρέως τοῦ ἱπποτρόφου τὸ τέρας τὸ ὀλέθριον τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς Μαίας, ἤγουν τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ, ⁶τουτέστιν ὃ ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἑρμῆς, ⁷τὸ λόχευμα λέγω τὸ χρυσόμαλλον τοῦ ἀρνὸς, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁ τόκος τοῦ ἀρνὸς τοῦ χρυσομάλλου. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: Who saw disasters, when during the very swift course of the horses, the one occurring by the motion of four horses, Pelops caused the murder of Myrtilus from his chariot, throwing him into the ocean into the swell of the sea, having driven his chariot, that is, run beside the shores of the sea’s billows, the white-waved shores of Geraestus. From which cause there came to my house a curse leading to many lamentations, when in the flocks of Atreus, raiser of horses, was born the destructive omen of the son of Maia, that is, of Hermes, in other words, (the omen) that Hermes created, I mean the golden-fleeced birth of the lamb—equivalent to ‘the birth of the golden-fleeced lamb’.

LEMMA: G POSITION: 1–3 and 4–7 sep. in TG, with lemma for second part ὅθεν δόμοισι T (and σύνταξις in marg.), ὅθεν δόμοισι τοῦς ἐμοῖς G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.243,8–18

Or. 988.02 (988–993) (vet exeg) οἳ κατεῖδον ἄτας: ¹οἵτινες, φησὶν, οἱ ἐμοὶ προπάτορες· ²λέγει δὲ Ἀτρέα καὶ Θυέστην καὶ Ἀγαμέμνονα· ³αὐτόπται καὶ θεαταὶ γεγόνασι πολλῶν κακῶν, ἐξ οὗ ὁ Πέλοψ κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ πτηνὸν καὶ ταχύτατον ἅρμα ἔχων τὸν Μυρτίλον ἐξεδίφρευσε, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ δίφρου ἔρριψεν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. ⁴τὴν δὲ ἱστορίαν ταύτην ἤδη προεθέμεθα ὅτι Πέλοψ ὁ Ταντάλου τὸν Οἰνόμαον νικήσας συνεργήσαντος τοῦ Μυρτίλου καὶ τὴν παρὰ θάλασσαν ἐλαύνων ἀπωθήσατο αὐτὸν κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν τόπον τῆς θαλάσσης ἔνθα Γεραιστός ἐστιν, ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Εὐβοίας. ⁵ὅθεν τὸ πέλαγος ἐκεῖνο ἐπώνυμον. —MBVCRw, partial Sa^aSa^b

TRANSLATION: Who, she says, (namely) my forebears—and she means Atreus and Thyestes and Agamemnon—were eyewitnesses and spectators of many woes, ever since Pelops taking along Myrtilus in his winged and very swift chariot uncharioted him, that is, threw him from the chariot into the sea. We already set forth this narrative, that Pelops the son of Tantalus, having defeated Oenomaus with Myrtilus’s help and riding along the path beside the sea, shoved him out at that spot of the sea where Geraestus, a promontory of Euboea, lies. From which that sea is named after him (Myrtilus).

LEMMA: M(κατεἶδον)BC, οἳ κατεῖδον RwSa^a, ἄλλως οἳ κατεῖδον ἄτας V REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: follows sch. 988.01 ἀρχὴ V; cont. from sch. 982.05 Sa^b

APP. CRIT.: 1 προπάτορες] πρόγονοι Sa | 2 δὲ om. M | ἀτρέαν V | after θυέστην add. καὶ θυέστην C | καὶ ἀγαμ. om. Sa^a | 3 punct. as new note from ἐξ οὗ Sa^a | οὗ] ὦν M | κατὰ … ἄρμα] κατὰ τὸ ταχύτατον αὐτοῦ ἅρμα Sa^a | αὐτοῦ] αὑτοῦ Schw. | καὶ (before ταχ.)] ὅ ἐστι B | τουτέστιν ἀπὸ] καὶ ἐκ Sa^a, ἀπὸ Rw | 3–5 εἰς τὴν θαλ. κτλ om. Sa^a | 4 ταύτην] τὴν αὐτὴν V, ταντ()λ() Sa^b | προεθέμεθα] μαθησόμεθα Sa^b, cont. with sch. 991–995 | ὁ om. MVC | τάνταλος Sa^b | νικήσας transp. before ταντάλου MVC | after συνεργ. add. αὐτ(ῷ) Sa^b | 4–5 καὶ τὴν παρὰ κτλ om. Sa^b, cont. with sch. 991.03 Sa | 4 παραθαλασσίαν C | κατ’ ἐκείνου τοῦ τόπου M(κατεκείνου)VC | after θαλάσσης sch.-ending punct., then rest as separate Rw | 5 ἔνθα γεραι om. Rw (i.e. only στός as first word of his new note) | ἐπώνυμον] Schwartz, ὁμωνύμως MVC(could keep by adding ⟨εἴρηται⟩), τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν εἴληφεν BRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.195,4–12; Dind. II.247,6–15

COMMENT: προεθέμεθα: the story appears earlier in sch. 982.04, extant only in VRw and not in the other witnesses of this note; this is a reference either to that note or to a similar narrative in a commentary, one that failed to be included in the versions of our scholia found in MBCSa.

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 988.03 (988–992) (vet exeg) ¹⟨ … ⟩ ὃς ἦν ἡνίοχος τοῦ Οἰνομάου. ²⟨ … ⟩ ἔλαβε τὴν Ἱπποδάμειαν καὶ ἀναχωρῶν τοῦ ἀγῶνος ἔλαβε μεθ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ δίφρου ὡς δὴ φίλον τὸν Μυρτίλον. —MVC

TRANSLATION: ( … Myrtilus) who was the chariot-driver of Oenomaus. ( … having killed Oenomaus, Pelops) took Hippodameia and withdrawing from the (place of the) contest he took with him on the chariot Myrtilus as if he (Myrtilus) were a friend.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὃς] ὅσον M | 2 ἱπποδρομίαν M | ὡς δὴ … μυρτῖλον transp. before second ἔλαβε V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἢν ἠνίοχος M | 2 first ἔλαβεν MV | μεθεαυτοῦ M | ἐπι M | μυρτῖλον V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.195,13–15

COMMENT: Possibly these are fragments of the same damaged scholion that began with the lacunose sch. 988.12.

Or. 988.05 (rec exeg) ⟨οἳ⟩: ἢ οἱ γονεῖς ἢ οἱ οἶκοι —Sa

TRANSLATION: (The relative pronoun refers to) the forebears or the houses.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 988.06 (rec exeg) ⟨οἳ⟩: οἱ οἶκοι —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: (The relative pronoun refers to) the houses.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οἱ om. PrS

Or. 988.07 (thom exeg) ⟨οἳ⟩: οἱ γεννήτορες —ZZaZlZmTGuAaG

TRANSLATION: (The relative pronoun refers to) the forebears.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μου add. Aa

Or. 988.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨κατεῖδον ἄτας⟩: θεαταὶ γεγόνασι πολλῶν κακῶν. —O

POSITION: marg.

Or. 988.12 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄτας⟩: ¹ἀρχὴ τῆς ἄτης ἡ ἱπποδρομία Πέλοπος ἡ γενομένη διὰ τοῦ πελάγους. ²πτηνόν δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱππικόν, ἐν ᾧ τὸν μυρτίλον ⟨ … ⟩. —MVC, partial B

TRANSLATION: The origin of the ruin was the horse-race of Pelops that took place through the sea. ‘Winged’ (swift course) in place of ‘of horses’, (the course) in which he ⟨ … ⟩ Myrtilus …

LEMMA: κατεῖδον ἄτας V REF. SYMBOL: M at ἄτας, V at κατ- POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. C

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἄττης V | –δρομεία C | 2 μυρτῖλον a.c. MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.195,16–17; Dind. II.247,15–17

COMMENT: See on sch. 988.04.

Or. 988.16 (tri metr) ⟨ἄτας⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 989.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ πτανὸν μὲν δίωγμα πώλων⟩: λείπει τὸ ἀνύσας. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (With ‘the winged course of the horses’ the governing participle) ‘having accomplished’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.248,2

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 989.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ πτανὸν μὲν δίωγμα πώλων⟩: κατὰ τὸν ταχύτατον δρόμον τῶν ἵππων —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Ox²

APP. CRIT. 2: τραχύτατον Xa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.247, app. at 8

Or. 989.04 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸ πτανὸν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ⟨τὸ⟩ ἱππικὸν ἢ τὸ ταχύ. —M

TRANSLATION: (‘The winged/flying’ is) used in the sense ‘that of horses’ or ‘the swift’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ⟨τὸ⟩ Mastr.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.195,18; Dind. II.248,1

Or. 989.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ πτανὸν⟩: τὸ ταχὺ, λείπει ⟨ἡ διά⟩, ἤγουν διὰ τὸ πτανὸν —Sa

TRANSLATION: (‘The winged/flying’ means) ‘the swift’, ⟨the proposition ‘dia’ (‘because of’)⟩ is to be supplied, that is, ‘because of the winged (course)’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ⟨ἡ διά⟩ Mastr. | διὰ τὸ πτανὸν] Mastr., διαπτανὸν Sa

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 989.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ πτανὸν⟩: διὰ τὸ ταχύτατον —AaMnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (‘The winged/flying’ means) ‘because of the very swift (course)’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Without the evidence of the prev. (if it is plausibly restored) as well as the next, this note could have been taken to mean: (The epithet ‘winged/flying’ is chosen) because of the very great swiftness.

Or. 989.07 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ πτανόν⟩: ¹μὴ λάβῃς εἰς τὸ πτανόν ἔξωθεν τὸ διά, ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ ἔφαμεν ἐν τῇ παραφράσει [sch. 982.03], οὕτω σύνταξε. ²ἢ πρὸς τὸ βοήσω, οὕτως· ³ἀνὰ τῷ γέροντι πατρὶ Ταντάλῳ βοήσω ἐν θρήνοις, ἤτοι μετὰ θρήνων διηγήσομαι τὸ πτανὸν δίωγμα, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ⁴ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ ‘ὃς ἔτεκε’ μέχρι τοῦ ‘ἄτας’ διὰ μέσου. —ZZlZmTGu, partial Za

TRANSLATION: Do not supply from outside (understand) ‘dia’ (‘because of’) with ‘to ptanon’ (‘the winged’), but just as we said in the paraphrase, construe it that way. Or else construe it with ‘boēsō’ (‘I will cry out’), as follows: Up before my old forefather Tantalus I will cry out in laments, that is, I will narrate with laments the winged course and so forth, so that the clause ‘who sired’ up to ‘disasters’ is parenthetic.

REF. SYMBOL: ZlZm POSITION: s.l. ZZa, intermarg. Zm, marg. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 οὕτω Zm [Z]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.247,18–248,1

COMMENT: It is perhaps possible that σύνταζε was the original form used by Thomas (an unattested vernacular byform?) and that Triclinius and Gu, in typical fashion, made the form more ‘correct’, just as Dindorf did later.

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου | Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 989.14 (rec metr) ⟨πτανῶν⟩: long mark over alpha —O

LEMMA: thus in text O POSITION: s.l.

Or. 989.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὲν⟩: ἀναπόδοτος —Zm

TRANSLATION: (The particle ‘men’ is here) without an answering conjunction.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 989.20 (thom exeg) ⟨πώλων⟩: τῶν τοῦ Οἰνομάου ἢ τοῦ Πέλοπος —ZbZlZmTG

TRANSLATION: (‘The horses’ are) those of Oenomaus, or else of Pelops.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. Zl

Or. 990.01 (vet paraphr) τεθριπποβάμονι στόλῳ: ¹τῇ τετραΐππῳ πορείᾳ. ²{ἐξ οὖ ὁ Πέλοψ κατὰ τὸ ταχύτατον αὐτοῦ ἅρμα ἔχων τὸν Μυρτίλον ἐξεδίφρευσεν.} —M^aVC^aR^bRw, partial M^bBC^bR^a

TRANSLATION: In four-horsed movement. {Ever ever since Pelops taking along Myrtilus in the very swift chariot uncharioted him.}

LEMMA: M(‑βάμμωνι)VC, τεθριπποβάμονι R^bRw REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. M^bC^bR^a

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐξ οὗ κτλ om. M^bBC^bR^a; conflated from sentence 3 of sch. 988.02 | καὶ add. before ὁ R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 perhaps τεθριπτο‑ R^b (in lemma and scholion ligature with three verticals of same size) | 2 ἄρμα R^b | μυρτῖλον V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.195,19 with app.; Dind. II.248,3–4 (for sent. 2: Dind. II.247, app. at 9)

Or. 990.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τεθριπποβάμονι στόλῳ⟩: τὸν γινόμενον τῇ διὰ τεσσάρων ἵππων κινήσει —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (The running) that occurred by the motion produced by four horses.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gr

APP. CRIT.: τὸ G | γενόμενον T

COMMENT: Moschopulus uses the masculine τὸν γινόμενον because he treats the paraphrase as continuing from sch. 989.17 δρόμον. G makes it neuter to suit δίωγμα in the text.

Or. 990.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨τεθριπποβάμονι⟩: τέσσαρας ἵππους ἔχοντι —MnPrRSCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx

Or. 990.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τεθριπποβάμονι⟩: ἤγουν διὰ τῶν τεσσάρων ἵππων —Zu²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 990.10 (tri metr) ⟨τεθριπποβάμονι⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 990.11 (vet exeg) ⟨στόλῳ⟩: γρ. δὲ καὶ πώλῳ. —B

TRANSLATION: (For ‘stolōi’, ‘journey’,) the reading ‘colt’ (‘pōlōi’) is also found.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.248,3–4

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 991.01 (991–995) (vet exeg) Πέλοψ ὅτε πελάγεσι: ¹προτακτέον τοῦ λόγου τὸ ὁπότε, ²τουτέστι καὶ κατεῖδον οἱ ἐμοὶ προπάτορες ἄτας ἐν δόμοις, ἐξ οὗ ὁ Πέλοψ ἐξεδίφρευσεν εἰς θάλασσαν τὸν Μυρτίλον· ³ἐντεῦθεν καὶ Μυρτῷον ἀπὸ Μυρτίλου τὸ πρὸς Εὔβοιαν κέκληται. ⁴μηνίσαντα δὲ Ἑρμῆν τὸν τούτου πατέρα ὑποβαλεῖν τοῖς ποιμνίοις χρυσόμαλλον ἄρνα, ἣ πολλῶν αἰτία κακῶν αὐτοῖς γέγονε· ⁵τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ τῆς ἱστορίας ἑξῆς ἐπάγει. ⁶ἀνεῖλε δὲ τὸν Μυρτίλον προσδοκήσας καὶ αὐτὸς ὁμοίως ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ προδοθήσεσθαι, ἵνα μὴ ἐξείπῃ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐνίκησε καὶ οὐ Πέλοψ. ⁷οἱ δὲ ὅτι μετὰ τὴν νίκην ὡς φίλον συλλαβόμενος τὸν Μυρτίλον ἐξεδίφρευσε ζηλοτυπήσας εἰς Ἱπποδάμειαν. —BVC

TRANSLATION: ‘When’ should be placed before the sentence, that is, my forefathers witnessed disasters in the house ever since Pelops cast Myrtilus out of his chariot into the sea. Because of this in fact the sea near Euboea is called Myrtoan from Myrtilus. And Hermes, his father, angered (by the killing), inserted a golden-fleeced lamb into the flocks, which turned out to be the cause of many woes for them. And he (the poet; or: she, the Electra) subsequently adds the remainder of the story. And he (Pelops) killed Myrtilus, having come to the expectation that he himself too would be similarly betrayed by him, in order that he (Myrtilus) not proclaim that he himself won the race and not Pelops. Others say that after the victory he took Myrtilus along with him as a friend and cast him from the chariot because he was jealous about Hippodameia.

LEMMA: B(πελά()), ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: 1 prep. ἐξ οὗ ὁ πέλοψ ἐξεδίφρευσεν εἰς θάλασσαν τὸν μυρτίλον C, add. δὲ after προτακτέον; prep. ἐξ οὗ ὁ πέλοψ ἐξεδίφρευσεν V, add. δὲ after προτακτέον | 2 ἄτας ἐν δόμοις] αὐτὰς ἐν δήμοις V | 3 ἔνθεν B | 4 μηνίσαντα δὲ Ἑρμῆν] Mastr., after μηνίσαντα γὰρ Ἑρμῆν Heath 1762: 16, μηνίσαντος δὲ ἑρμῆν V, μηνίσαντος δὲ ἑρμοῦ BC | τὸν τούτου πατέρα] τοῦ τούτου πατρὸς Schw. (with μηνίσαντος δὲ Ἑρμοῦ) | ἢ C | 6 καὶ αὐτὸς om. V, add. αὐτὸς after αὐτοῦ V | προσδοθήσεσθαι C | καὶ οὐ πέλοψ] ὁ πέλοψ V | 7 φίλον] perhaps read φίλος (as in sch. 991.04) | ἐδίφρευσε C, ἐφόνευσε V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.195,21–196,3; Dind. II.248,5–14

COLLATION NOTES: Note that twice in this note V writes αὐτὸς by expressing only αὐτ with a single diagonal sign, which has to be taken as the grave accent for omitted ος, not as ον.

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία | mythography

Or. 991.02 (991–995) (rec exeg) ⟨Πέλοψ ὅτε … ἁρματεύσας⟩: ¹ὁ Οἰνόμαος ἐβασίλευσεν ἐν τῇ Λέσβῳ, εἶχε θυγατέρα τὴν Ἱπποδαμείαν, εἶχε δὲ καὶ ἵππους ταχεῖς, οὓς οὐδεὶς ἐνίκησεν εἰ μὴ ὁ Πέλοψ. ²εἶχε δὲ ὁ Πέλοψ ἡνίοχον τὸν Κίλλον. ³ἡ δὲ Ἱπποδάμεια Οἰνομάου θυγάτηρ καὶ Εὐρυθόης τῆς Δαναοῦ θυγατρὸς. ἣ καὶ παρὰ τοῦ ἰδίου πατρὸς ἐρωμένη καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μὴ ἐκδιδομένη πρὸς γάμον, καθὼς οἱ ἀκριβέστεροι τῶν ἱστορικῶν γράφουσιν, ⁴ἠρᾶτο καὶ παρὰ Μυρτίλου τοῦ ἡνιοχοῦντος τῷ ταύτης πατρὶ, υἱοῦ δὲ ὑπάρχοντος Ἑρμοῦ καὶ Κλεοβούλης τῆς Αἰόλου {ἢ Αἰπώλου} θυγατρός. ⁵αὕτη τὸν Πέλοπα ἰδοῦσα ὡραῖον μετὰ τὴν τῶν δώδεκα νυμφίων ἀναίρεσιν ἔρωτι τούτου κατείχετο. ἣ τῷ Μυρτίλῳ φησὶ συνεργῆσαι τῷ νεανίᾳ εἰς τὴν κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς νίκην. ⁶ὁ δὲ ταῖς χοινικίσι τῶν τροχῶν τοὺς ἥλους μὴ ἐμβαλὼν ἐποίησε τὸν Οἰνόμαον ἐν τῷ τρέχειν ἡττηθῆναι καὶ ἀναιρεθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ Πέλοπος ἐκπεσόντων τῶν τροχῶν. ⁷ἐδίδου γὰρ ὁ Οἰνόμαος τοῖς μνηστῆρσι τὴν Ἱπποδάμειαν ἐπὶ τῶν οἰκείων ἔχειν ἁρμάτων θεὶς πέρας τοῦ δρόμου ⟨καὶ⟩ ἔπαθλον γάμου τὸν Κορίνθιον ἰσθμὸν εἰ δυνηθεῖεν ἀφικέσθαι μέχρι τούτου. ⁸αὐτὸς δὲ ὄπισθεν ἐλαύνων μετὰ δόρατος καὶ καταλαμβάνων αὐτοὺς ἀνῄρει. ⁹τότε δὲ οὕτω νικηθεὶς δόλῳ καὶ ἀναιρούμενος κατηράσατο τῷ Μυρτίλῳ, γνοὺς τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν, ἵνα ἀπὸ Πέλοπος ἀνέληται· ¹⁰ὃ καὶ γέγονεν ὕστερον. ¹¹διαβληθεὶς γὰρ παρ’ Ἱπποδαμείας ὡς βιάζων αὐτὴν ἢ, ὡς οἱ πολλοί φασι, πειράζων αὐτὴν ῥίπτεται παρὰ Πέλοπος περὶ Γεραιστὸν ἀκρωτήριον. ¹²ὁ δὲ τελευτῶν ἀρὰς ἀρᾶται τοῖς Πελοπίδαις δεινὰς, αἳ καὶ πεπλήρωνται ὕστερον γεννηθείσης τῆς χρυσομάλλου ἀρνὸς Ἑρμοῦ βουλαῖς τοῦ Μυρτίλου πατρὸς ἐν τοῖς Ἀτρέως ποιμνίοις· ¹³ὅθεν τὰ δεινὰ τῆς τραγῳδίας ἔπη. ¹⁴ὁ δὲ Γεραιστὸς ἀποθανόντος ἐκεῖ τοῦ Μυρτίλου Μυρτῷον πέλαγος ὠνομάσθη. ¹⁵ὁ δὲ Πέλοψ εἰς Ὠκεανὸν ἐλθὼν καὶ Ἡφαίστῳ ἁγνισθεὶς λαβὼν Πῖσαν τὴν Οἰνομάου βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν Ἀπίαν Πελασγίαν λεγομένην Πελοπόννησον ὠνόμασεν. ¹⁶ἡ δὲ ἱστορία τῆς χρυσῆς ἀρνὸς ἐγράφη ὄπισθεν [sch. 813.01] εἰς τὸ [812] ‘ὁπότε χρυσέας ἔρις ἀρνός’. —MnPrR^aS

TRANSLATION: Oenomaus ruled as king in Lesbos, he had a daughter Hippodameia, and he also had swift horses that no one defeated except Pelops. And Pelops had Cillus as his chariot-driver. And Hippodameia was daughter of Oenomaus and Eurythoe the daughter of Danaus. She, being the object of love of her own father and for this reason not being given out in marriage, as the more precise of the historians write, was desired also by Myrtilus, who drove the chariot for her father and was son of Hermes and Cleobule the daughter of Aeolus. This girl, having seen Pelops after the death of her twelve suitors, was possessed by love for him. She tells Myrtilus to help the youth in defeating her father. And he, by not inserting the pins in the hubs of the wheels, caused Oenomaus to be defeated in the racing and to be killed by Pelops, since the wheels fell off. For Oenomaus used to give Hippodameia to her suitors to have in their own chariot, making the goal of the race, and the prize of marriage, the isthmus of Corinth, if they should be able to reach that far. He himself, driving behind them with a spear and catching up, used to kill them. But at that time, defeated by a trick and being killed, he cursed Myrtilus, having realized the plot, that he be killed by Pelops. Which in fact came about later. For when Myrtilus was slandered by Hippodameia as trying to rape her, or, as the majority say, as trying to seduce her, he is thrown by Pelops in the area of the promontory Geraestus. And he, as he dies, utters terrible curses against Pelops, which were indeed fulfilled later when a golden-fleeced lamb was born in the flocks of Atreus by the plan of Hermes, Myrtilus’s father. Whence the terrifying verses of tragedy. And Geraestus, because Myrtilus died there, was named the Myrtoan sea. And Pelops went to Oceanus and was purified with Hephaestus (with fire), then took Pisa the kingdom of Oenomaus and Apia called Pelasgian and named them Peloponnesus. And the narrative of the golden lamb was recorded back at the passage ‘when strife over the golden lamb’.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. S REF. SYMBOL: R^a; in marg. at 998–990 Pr POSITION: R^a begins note on the facing verso in order to have enough space for it

APP. CRIT.: 1 after οἰν. add. ὁ βασιλεὺς R^a | ἐβασίλευεν Schw. | after (first) εἶχε add. δὲ Pr | θυγάτερα … (second) εἶχε om. Mn | 2 Κίλλος] Schw. from Sch. bT Il. 1.38a, κύλαν Mn, κύλλαν S, κολλόν app. R^a | 3 ἱππόδαμος R^a | θυγατέρα R^a | καὶ εὐρυθόης τῆς δαναοῦ θυγατρὸς] Pr (Sch. Ap. Rhod, Sch. Tzetz. Lyc.), καὶ εὐρεθεὶς ὁ τῆς δαναοῦ θυγατρὸς R^a, om. MnS | ἣ] om. R^a, ἡ S | ἐκδεδομένη R^a | ἱστορικῶν] ἱστοριογράφων Mn | 4 ὑπάρχ.] τυγχάνοντος PrR^aS, Sch. Lyc. | αἰόλου] αἰώλου Pr, αἰόλης R^a | ἢ Αἰπ. del. Schw. | αἰπώλου MnPrS [R^a illegible], Αἰτώλου Dind. (without note), Αἰπόλου from Sch. Lyc. Schw. | app. θυγατέρα R^a | 5 much damage in R^a in first half of sentence | ἣ … φησὶ] ἣν … φασὶ (tentatively) Dindorf (if so, then ⟨σὺν⟩ τῷ Μυρτίλῳ?) | ἣ] ἢ PrR^a, καὶ Sch. Lyc. (Schw.) | 6 σχοινικίσι R^a | ὑπὸ] παρὰ Pr | 7 ἐδίδου γὰρ app. om. R^a | πέρας] πέλας MnPrR^a | ⟨καὶ⟩ add. from Sch. Lycophr. 157 | τοῦ add. before γάμου S | κόρινθον R^a | 8 ἀνήρειτο Mn | 9 τότε καὶ οὕτω R^a, τότε app. corr. from παρὰ | δολίως Sch. Lyc. | ἀπὸ ] MnPrR^aS, ὑπὸ Dind. | 11 γὰρ om. R^a | Ἱπποδαμείας] Pr (conj. Dind.), ἱπποδάμειαν MnS(‑μίαν), ἁποδαμ() R^a | φησὶ MnS | πειρᾶσθαι R^a | περὶ τὸ γερ. R^a | 12 πελοπέσι R^a | section division symb. (¶) added before γεννηθ. R^a | πεπλήρωται Pr | τῆς χρυσομάλλου] Sch. Lyc. (some codd.), μᾶλλον καὶ τῆς χρυσῆς all, μᾶλλον χρυσῆς Sch. Lyc. (other codd.) | 14 ὁ] ἡ PrR^a, Sch. Lyc. | 15 Πῖσαν] Schw. (from Πίσσαν Sch. Lyc.), νήσσαν Mn, p.c. R^a, νῆσσαν Pr, a.c. R^a, νήσαν p.c. S, perhaps κήσαν a.c. S | 16 ἡ δέ … ἀρνὸς om. S | εἰς τὸ ὁπότε] τοῦ a.c. Mn, ὁπότε p. c. Mn | ἔρις om., add. s.l. Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.196,6–197,6; Dind. II.249,11–250,8

COMMENT: This account overlaps to a great extent with part of Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 157; some details match those in Sch. Ap. Rhod. 1.752–58a (p. 64,11–65,7 Wendel). | The odd notion that Oenomaus ruled Lesbos seems to derive from a misunderstanding of Sch. bT Hom. Il. 1.38a Erbse Κίλλος ἡνίοχος Πέλοπος περὶ Λέσβον ἀποθανών, Sch. D Il. 1.38 Heyne … τὸν μνηστηροκτόνον αὐτῆς πατέρα Οἰνόμαον καταγωνίσασθαι ἐπιθυμῶν. γενομένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ περὶ Λέσβον, Κίλλος ὁ ἡνίοχος τελευτᾷ τὸν βίον … ὁ μέν τοι Κίλλος καὶ μετὰ θάνατον τῷ Πέλοπι δοκεῖ συλλαβέσθαι, ὅπως περιγένηται τοῦ Οἰνομάου ἐν τῷ ἀγῶνι. | Note the passive sense of 9 ἀνέληται (Dindorf says ‘immo ἀναιρεθῇ’ to purify the usage): see the note on Arg. 4 (Thoman). | Dindorf notes that sent. 13 is an iambic trimeter, either accidentally created or taken from elsewhere. | 14 Γεραιστός is established as masculine in several authors, but a feminine article is also found in Periplus Maris Magni 283,14 as well as Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr.

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία | mythography | tragedy

Or. 991.03 (991–995) (rec exeg) ⟨Πέλοψ ὅτε … ἁρματεύσας⟩: ¹ἡ δὲ αἰτία τῆς νίκης τοιαύτη· ²ἡ Ἱπποδάμεια ἡ Οἰνομάου θυγάτηρ ἐρασθεῖσα Πέλοπος Μυρτίλον, τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ μὲν υἱὸν, ἡνίοχον δὲ τοῦ αὐτῆς πατρός, ³ἔπεισε τῇ κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς νίκῃ συνεργῆσαι καὶ τοὺς ἵππους τῆς εἰς τὸ τρέχειν ὁρμῆς κατασχεῖν, βουλομένη τὸν Πέλοπα καὶ τοὺς ἵππους λαβεῖν καὶ τὸν ἑαυτῶν γάμον. ⁴ἔκειτο γὰρ τῷ νικήσαντι ἔπαθλον ὁ ταύτης γάμος, νικηθέντι δὲ θάνατος ⁵ἀγωνιζομένων αὐτῶν ὁ Οἰνόμαος ἐκπίπτει τοῦ ἅρματος· οὐ γὰρ αἱ χοινικίδες τοὺς ἐμβόλους κατέσχον, τοῦτο πανουργήσαντος τοῦ Μυρτίλου. ⁶γνοὺς δὲ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν ὁ Οἰνόμαος ἀρὰς ἔθετο κατὰ τοῦ Μυρτίλου ὅπως ἀπόληται παρὰ τοῦ Πέλοπος, ὃ καὶ γέγονε. ⁷διαβαινόντων γὰρ αὐτῶν διὰ τοῦ Αἰγέου πόντου, διψάσης τῆς Ἱπποδαμείας, καταβὰς ἐκ τοῦ ἅρματος ὁ Πέλοψ, κατ’ ἐκεῖνο δὲ καιροῦ Ἱπποδάμεια ἐρασθεῖσα Μυρτίλου ἐδέετο μὴ ὑπεριδεῖν, ⁸τοῦ δὲ ἀντειπόντος καὶ τοῦ Πέλοπος παραγενομένου, φθάνει Ἱπποδαμεία κατηγορήσασα τοῦ Μυρτίλου ὡς βιασαμένου αὐτὴν καὶ Μυρτίλον Πέλοψ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος ὠθεῖ εἰς τὸ πέλαγος. ⁹αὐτὸς δὲ αὐτῃ ἡνιοχεῖ. ¹⁰ὅθεν τὸ μὲν πέλαγος Μυρτῶον, Πέλοψ δὲ πλήξιππος ἔκτοτε ἐκλήθη διὰ τὴν τῶν ἵππων αὐτουργίαν. —Sa

TRANSLATION: The cause of the victory (of Pelops) was like this: Hippodameia the daugher of Oenomaus, having fallen in love with Pelops, persuaded Myrtilus, son of Hermes and her father’s charioteer, to collaborate in the victory over her father and to check his horses from their impetus to run, wanting Pelops to take the horses and to obtain their own marriage. For the prize was, for the one winning, marriage with this woman, but for the defeated, death. When they competed, Oenomaus falls out of his chariot. For the hubs did not hold the pins, Myrtilus having schemed to bring this about. Having realized the plot, Oenomaus put a curse upon Myrtilus that he be killed by Pelops, which in fact came about. For when they were crossing the Aegean sea, Pelops having stepped down from the chariot (to get water) because Hippodameia had become thirsty, and during that opportune moment, Hippodameia, who had fallen in love with Myrtilus, begged him not to spurn her, and when he refused and Pelops arrived back, she hastened to accuse Myrtilus first as having forced her, and Pelops shoves Myrtilus from the chariot into the sea. And he himself drives the chariot for her. Whence the sea is called Myrtoan, and Pelops was called ‘whipper of horses’ thereafter because of his personally handling the horses.

POSITION: cont. from Sa^b version of sch. 988.02.

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἠνίοχον Sa | μυρτίλλ‑ Sa (likewise in all other instances 5–8) | 9 ἠνιοχεῖ Sa

COMMENT: An adaptation of Sch. D Il. Heyne 2.104 (on Πέλοπι πληξίππῳ). ἵππους πλήττοντι, πολεμικῷ. Ἱπποδάμεια ἡ Οἰνομάου θυγάτηρ ἐρασθεῖσα Πέλοπος, Μυρτίλον τὸν Ἑρμοῦ υἱὸν, ἡνίοχον δὲ τοῦ ἑαυτῆς πατρὸς, ἔπεισε τῇ κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς νίκῃ συνεργῆσαι, καὶ τοὺς ἵππους τῆς εἰς τὸ τρέχειν ὁρμῆς κατασχεῖν, βουλομένη τὸν Πέλοπα καὶ τοὺς ἵππους λαβεῖν, καὶ τὸν ἑαυτῆς γάμον. ἔκειτο γὰρ τῷ νικήσαντι ἔπαθλον ὁ ταύτης γάμος, τῷ δὲ νικηθέντι θάνατος. ἀγωνιζομένων δὲ αὐτῶν ὁ Οἰνόμαος ἐκπίπτει τοῦ ἅρματος. οὐ γὰρ αἱ χοινικίδες τοὺς ἐμβόλους κατέσχον, τοῦτο πανουργήσαντος τοῦ Μυρτίλου. καὶ οὕτω νενίκηται καὶ ἀνῄρηται ὁ Οἰνόμαος, τῷ Μυρτίλῳ ἐπαρασάμενος, ὅπως ἀπόληται ὑπὸ Πέλοπος. ὃ καὶ ἐγένετο. διαβαινόντων γὰρ αὐτῶν διὰ τοῦ Αἰγαίου πόντου, καὶ διψησάσης τῆς Ἱπποδαμείας, καταβὰς ἐκ τοῦ ἅρματος ὁ Πέλοψ, ἐζήτει ὕδωρ κατὰ τῆς ἐρήμου. κατ’ ἐκεῖνο δὲ καιροῦ ἡ Ἱπποδάμεια, ἐρασθεῖσα Μυρτίλου, ἐδέετο μὴ ὑπεριδεῖν. ἀντειπόντος δὲ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Πέλοπος παραγενομένου, φθάνει ἡ Ἱπποδάμεια κατηγορήσασα τοῦ Μυρτίλου ὡς βιάσασθαι βουληθέντος αὐτήν. καὶ Μυρτίλον Πέλοψ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος ὠθεῖ εἰς τὸ πέλαγος, αὐτὸς δὲ ἡνιοχεῖ. ὅθεν τὸ μὲν πέλαγος Μυρτῶον ἀπὸ τοῦ Μυρτίλου, ὁ Πέλοψ δὲ πλήξιππος ἔκτοτε ἐκ‑ λήθη διὰ τὴν περὶ τοὺς ἵππους αὐτουργίαν. Cf. Eust. in Il. 2.104 (I.281,10–18—part of an extremely long note with a circumstantial narrative of the crimes and punishments of the Pelopidae) τὸν δὲ Πέλοπα πλήξιππον λέγει ὡς ἡνιοχικόν. τοιοῦτον γὰρ αὐτὸν ἡ ἱστορία παραδίδωσιν, ὃς Φρὺξ μὲν ἀνέκαθεν ὤν, εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα δὲ διαβάς, κατέχει τὴν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ῥηθεῖσαν, ὡς εἴρηται, Πελοπόννησον, καταγωνισάμενος ἅρματι τὸν Οἰνόμαον καὶ λαβὼν ἔπαθλον τήν τε βασιλείαν ἐκείνου καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα Ἱπποδάμειαν, ἣν ἐκεῖνος ἆθλον ἐτίθει τῷ νικήσαντι αὐτὸν ἅρματι. οἱ δὲ παλαιοὶ καὶ ἄλλως πλήξιππόν φασι κληθῆναι τὸν Πέλοπα, ὡς αὐτόν ποτε κατ’ ἀνάγκην τινὰ ἑαυτῷ ἡνιοχήσαντα. τοῦτο δὲ λέγουσι διὰ τὰ ἐπὶ τῷ Μυρτίλῳ θρυλλούμενα.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 991.04 (991–995) (rec exeg) ⟨Πέλοψ ὅτε … ἁρματεύσας⟩: ¹τινὲς φασὶ τὸν Πέλοπα ἐκδιφρεῦσαι τὸν Μυρτίλον καὶ ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν ἵνα μὴ ἐξείπῃ ὅτι αὐτὸς αὐτῷ τῆς νίκης αἴτιος ἐγεγόνει, ²οἱ δὲ ὅτι μετὰ τὴν νίκην ὡς φίλος συλλαβόμενος τὸν Μυρτίλον ἐξεδίφρευσε ζηλοτυπήσας εἰς Ἱπποδάμειαν. —Sa

TRANSLATION: Some say that Pelops threw Myrtilus from the chariot and killed him so that he would not proclaim that he himself was responsible for the victory for him (Pelops), others say that after the victory, acting as a friend, taking Myrtilus along with him, he threw him from the chariot because he was jealous about Hippodameia.

POSITION: follows Sa^a version of sch. 988.02

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 991.05 (991–995) (rec exeg) ⟨Πέλοψ ὅτε … ἁρματεύσας⟩: ¹Οἰνόμαος καὶ Πέλοψ ἐλθόντες εἰς ἔρωτα τῆς Ἱπποδαμείας [καὶ μελλ]όντων ἀγωνίζεσθαι, ἐνί[κησε Πέλο]ψ συνεργίᾳ τοῦ [Μυρτίλου. ²ὕστερ]ον δὲ δια[βληθεὶς ὁ Μυ]ρτίλος ὡς ἐρῶν [αὐτῆς ἐρρί]φη εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν [παρὰ τοῦ] Πέλοπος, ὅθεν κα[τηρά]σατο αὐτοῦ μεγάλας ἀράς. ³[καὶ] μετὰ οὐ πολὺ ἀκουσας αὐτοῦ [ὁ] θεὸς συμφορὰς μεγάλας ἐπήγαγεν. —Rf

TRANSLATION: Oenomaus and Pelops having fallen in love with Hippodameia and being about to compete in a contest, Pelops won with the assistance of Myrtilus. Later, when Myrtilus was slandered as being in love with her, he was thrown into the sea by Pelops, wherefore he laid great curses upon him. And very soon the god, having heard him, brought on great misfortunes.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 τῆς] τὴν Rf | 2 ὕστερον] [ὕστερ]ος Rf | 2–3 second μεγάλας] app. μετὰ Rf, and first μεγάλας ambig.

COMMENT: ἀρὰς μεγάλας (or μεγίστας) if found several times (from Andocides and Plato to Eustathius) as internal accusative with ἀράομαι or εὔχομαι or their compounds, so this must be the origin of μετὰ in Rf, by a mistaken reading of the truncation μεγ()λ() = μεγάλας.

COLLATION NOTES: In the modern digital image online, in the middle of the outer edge of fol. 128v, a triangle of paper has been torn away, removing about 1/3 of the area of this note (nothing was written here on the recto). The text above shows the losses in brackets, but in fact Turyn’s photo from decades earlier shows this scholion as intact (the tear is visible, but the piece is in place), so there is not doubt about the restorations above.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 991.06 (991–995) (thom exeg) ⟨Πέλοψ ὅτε … ἁρματεύσας⟩: ¹Οἰνόμαος προέθηκε τὸν Ἱπποδαμείας τῆς αὐτοῦ θυγατρὸς γάμον τῷ κατὰ τὴν ἱππικὴν αὐτὸν νικῆσαι δυνησομένῳ. ²ἰδοῦσα δὲ τὸν Πέλοπα ἡ Ἱπποδάμεια ἠγάπησε, ³καὶ μελλόντων ἀγωνίζεσθαι Πέλοπος καὶ Οἰνομάου, ὁ Μυρτίλος, ὃς ἦν ἡνίοχος Οἰνομάου, ἐξ ὑποθήκης Ἱπποδαμείας ἐξέβαλεν ἀπὸ τῶν τροχῶν τοῦ τεθρίππου τοὺς σιδηρέους δεσμοὺς, ⁴καὶ οὕτως ἡττήθη ὁ Οἰνόμαος. ⁵εἶτα συναπῆρε μετὰ τοῦ Πέλοπος ἡ Ἱπποδάμεια καὶ ὁ Μυρτίλος. ⁶οὗτος διαβληθεὶς παρὰ τῆς Ἱπποδαμείας ὡς ἐρῶν αὐτῆς, ⁷ἢ δεδιότος Πέλοπος μὴ καὶ αὐτὸν τὰ ὅμοια δράσῃ τῷ πενθερῷ, ἢ μὴ ἐξείπῃ ὡς αὐτὸς αὐτῷ αἴτιος τῆς νίκης ἐγένετο, ⁸συνελαύνων Πέλοπι παρ’ αἰγιαλοῖς ἐρρίφη ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν πλησίον Γεραιστοῦ, ἀκρωτηρίου Εὐβοίας, ⁹καὶ ἀποπνιγόμενος ηὔξατο Ἑρμῇ τῷ αὐτοῦ πατρὶ ἔριν ἐμβαλεῖν τῷ γένει Πέλοπος. ¹⁰ἥτις ἐγένετο ὕστερον Ἀτρεῖ καὶ Θυέστῃ περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς. ¹¹ἡ δὲ ἱστορία πᾶσα δεδήλωται πρόσθεν [sch. 812.04] ἐν τῷ χορῷ τῷ [807] ‘ὁ μέγας ὄλβος’. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Oenomaus set forth as a prize marriage with his daughter Hippodameia to anyone who would be able to defeat him in horsemanship. When she caught sight of Pelops, Hippodameia became enamored, and when Pelops and Oenomaus were going to compete, Myrtilus, who was Oenomaus’s charioteer, on the suggestion of Hippodameia, drove the iron fasteners out of the wheels of the four-horsed chariot, and thus Oenoamus was defeated. Thereafter Hippodameia and Myrtilus departed together with Pelops. The former, slandered by Hippodameia as being in love with her—or because Pelops feared that he might also do to him things similar (to what he did) to his father-in-law, or that he would proclaim that he himself (Myrtilus) was responsible for the victory for him (Pelops)—, while riding along the shore with Pelops was thrown by him into the sea near Geraestus, a promontory of Euboea. As he was drowning, he prayed to Hermes his father to cast strife among the race of Pelops. And this (strife) came about later for Atreus and Thyestes over the rule. The entire story has been made clear earlier (in the comment, sch. 812.04) on the chorus ‘Great prosperity’.

LEMMA: in marg. ἱστορία ὅπως ἔλαβε πέλοψ τὴν ἱπποδάμειαν T, ἱστορία Z, περί μυρτίλου Zl REF. SYMBOL: ZaZm; at 992 μυρτίλου φόνον Zl POSITION: marg. ZZaGu; on verso Zl (lack of space on 78r)

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἠνίοχος ZaGu | σιδηροὺς ZZaT | 7 δράσση Za | 11 πρόσθεν] app. παρ() or πα() (with stroke above) Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.248,17–249,6

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία | mythography

Or. 991.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Πέλοψ⟩: Οἰνόμαος ἔσχε θυγατέραν Ἱπποδάμιαν. Πέλοπος γυνή —F

TRANSLATION: Oenomaus has a daughter Hippodameia. (She was) wife of Pelops.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 991.11 (vet exeg) ⟨ὅτε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξ οὗ —MC

TRANSLATION: (‘Hote’, ‘when’ is here) equivalent to ‘from the time when’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξοῦ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.195,20

Or. 991.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅτε⟩: εἶδον ὅποτε νικήσας τὸν Οἰνόμαον —V³

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἶδεν V³ | ἰνόμαον V³, corr. from ‑μαλον(?)

Or. 991.18 (991–992) (vet exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε Μυρτίλου φόνον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξεδίφρευσεν, ἐξέρριψε τὸν Μυρτίλον ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολέσθαι. —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Diediphreuse’ with ‘murder of Myrtilus’ as object is) equivalent to ‘he threw from the chariot, threw Myrtilus out to his destruction’.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.197,8–9 with app.; Dind. II.249,6–7

Or. 991.19 (991–992) (rec exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε Μυρτίλου φόνον⟩: ἐξεδίδρευσεν, ἔρριψεν ὅτι μετὰ τὴν νίκην ζηλωτύπησε τὴν Ἱπποδάμειαν. —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Diediphreuse’ with ‘murder of Myrtilus’ as object means that) he (Pelops) threw (Myrtilus) out of the chariot, he threw (him) because after his victory he was jealously possessive of Hippodameia.

Or. 991.20 (991–992) (rec exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε Μυρτίλου φόνον⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ δίφρου ἔρριψεν, ἢ διὰ τοῦ δίφρου ἐποίησε —V

TRANSLATION: (‘Diediphreuse’ with ‘murder of Myrtilus’ as object means) ‘threw from the chariot’; or ‘using his chariot caused (the murder)’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Whereas modern commentators take φόνον as the object of δικὼν in the next colon, ancient and medieval commentators and paraphrasts generally placed it syntactically within its own colon as the object of διεδίφρευσε. Thus most of the paraphrases treat διαδιφρεύω, ‘drive a chariot across (some expanse)’ as if it can mean ἐκδιφρεύω, ‘throw from a chariot’. In V, however, the alternative paraphrase appears to take φόνον as an internal accusative or ‘accusative in apposition to the sentence’, which is in fact a respectable possibility in the lyric style of tragedy. Compare the cruder paraphrase offered in the next, and Moschopulus’s paraphrase (sch. 988.01, 991.27), a kind of compromise between or combination of the two views.

Or. 991.21 (991–992) (pllgn exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε Μυρτίλου φόνον⟩: εἰργάσατο φόνον —V³Y^a

TRANSLATION: (‘Diediphreuse’ with ‘murder of Myrtilus’ as object means) ‘brought about the murder’.

POSITION: intermarg. V³, marg. Y^a

APP. CRIT.: φόνον om. V³

Or. 991.22 (vet exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξεδίφρευσε —MC

TRANSLATION: (‘Diediphreuse’ is) equivalent to ‘he threw from the chariot’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.197,8; Dind. II.249,6–7

Or. 991.23 (rec exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε⟩: ἐξέρριψε τοῦ δίφρου —R

TRANSLATION: (‘Diediphreuse’ is equivalent to) ‘he threw from the chariot’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 991.24 (recThom exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε⟩: ἐκ δίφρου ἔρριψε —KZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Diediphreuse’ is equivalent to) ‘he threw from the chariot’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐκ τοῦ KT

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔρριψεν KZaZlT

Or. 991.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε⟩: ἔρριψεν ἀπὸ τοῦ δίφρου —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘Diediphreuse’ is equivalent to) ‘he threw from the chariot’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 991.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε⟩: ἔρριψεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Diediphreuse’ is equivalent to) ‘he threw from the chariot’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 991.27 (mosch exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ δίφρου ἐποίησεν —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Diediphreuse’ is equivalent to) ‘he caused (the killing) from the chariot’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: φόνον add. Y^a

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐποίησε XoYG

Or. 991.28 (thom exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε⟩: τὸ διεδίφρευσεν ἐν πελάγεσι, καὶ τὸ δικὼν εἰς οἶδμα, καὶ τὸ ᾐόσιν ἁρματεύσας ταυτὸ σημαίνουσιν. —ZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The phrases expressing ‘he threw from the chariot on the sea’ and ‘having thrown into the sea swell’ and ‘having thrown from the chariot on the shore’ convey the same meaning.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl POSITION: s.l. Zm

APP. CRIT. 2: ἠιόσιν T | ταυτὸν Zm | σημαναίνουσι Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.249,8–9

KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα

Or. 991.29 (thom exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε⟩: διαδιφρεύω κυρίως τὸ δίφρον ἐλαύνω. —ZmGu, app. Zl

TRANSLATION: ‘Diadiphreuō’ is in its primary sense ‘drive a chariot’.

POSITION: marg. Zm, cont. from prev., add. δὲ, Gu, app. Zl

APP. CRIT.: διφρεύω app. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.249,9–10

COLLATION NOTES: At end of the prev., Zl starts another sch. just before the end of the line, but the bottom margin has been trimmed, so that the rest is lost and the lower half of the first words are also lost. The extant traces seem to fit διφρεύω δὲ.

Or. 991.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε⟩: ἐν δίφρῳ ἠγωνίσατο —V²

TRANSLATION: (‘Diediphreuse’ means) ‘competed in a chariot’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 991.31 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διεδίφρευσε⟩: διηγωνίσατο —Zb

TRANSLATION: (‘Diediphreuse’ means) ‘competed to the finish’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 992.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Μυρτίλου φόνον⟩: τὸν Μυρτίλον ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολέσθαι —MC

TRANSLATION: (‘Murder of Myrtilus’ means) ‘(threw) Myrtilus to his destruction’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀπολέσθαι] from B-version (sch. 991.18), ἄλεσθαι M, ἀλέσθαι C

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.197,9; Dind. II.249,7

Or. 992.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Μυρτίλου φόνον⟩: ἤγουν αὐτὸν τὸν Μυρτίλον —KMnPrRSB^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Murder of Myrtilus’,) that is, (threw) Myrtilus himself.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. KB^3a

APP. CRIT. 2: μύρτιλον S

Or. 992.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μυρτίλου φόνον⟩: περίφρασις —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περίφρασις

Or. 992.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μυρτίλου φόνον⟩: ὄπισθεν ἐστὶ γεγραμμένη ἡ αὐτὴ ἱστορία. —Zl

TRANSLATION: The same story has been written on the verso.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Along with a very unusual reference symbol, this note directs reader to the verso (78v), where sch. 991.06 is located, because the margins of 78r are already full.

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 992.05 (vet exeg) ⟨Μυρτίλου⟩: ἐντεῦθεν καὶ Μυρτῷον ἀπὸ Μυρτίλου τὸ πέλαγος τὸ πρὸς Εὔβοιαν κέκληται. —MCSa

TRANSLATION: Hence in fact the sea near Euboea has been called Myrtoan after Myrtilus.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 993.01 MC, from sch. 992.07, add. δὲ, Sa

APP. CRIT.: τὸ πέλαγος om. MC | εὐβοία Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: μυρτίλλου Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.197,14–15

Or. 992.06 (rec exeg) ⟨Μυρτίλου⟩: ὁ Οἰνόμαος πατὴρ τῆς Ἱπποδαμείας. οἱ ἵπποι τοῦ Οἰνομάου ἦσαν ἡ Ψύλλα καὶ Ἅρπιννα. ὁ δὲ ἱπποκόμος ἦν ὁ Μυρτίλος. —V¹

TRANSLATION: Oenomaus was the father of Hippodameia. The horses of Oenomaus were Psylla and Harpinna. And his horse groom was Myrtilus.

POSITION: added at end of bottom block, after sch. 993.01

APP. CRIT.: ἅρπυια V¹

APP. CRIT. 2: ψύλλ() V¹

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.196,4–5; Dind. II.248,14–16

COMMENT: The names of the horses are otherwise attested in the text of Lycophron, Alex. 166–167, where Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 165 has Ψύλλα καὶ Ἅρπιννα ἵπποι Οἰνομάου, ὧν ἦν Μυρτίλος ἡνίοχος, and in Sch. Ap. Rhod. 1.752 (p. 65, 5–6 Wendel) αἱ δὲ τοῦ Οἰνομάου ἵπποι Ψύλλα καὶ Ἅρπιννα. ὁ δὲ Μυρτίλος Ἑρμοῦ υἱὸς ἐκ μιᾶς τῶν Δαναοῦ θυγατρῶν Φαεθούσης, οἱ δὲ ἐκ Κλυμένης, οἱ δὲ ἐκ Μυρτοῦς μιᾶς τῶν Ἀμαζόνων.

Or. 992.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Μυρτίλου⟩: Μυρτίλος Ἑρμοῦ καὶ Φαεθούσης ἢ Κλυμένης. —Sa

TRANSLATION: Myrtilus (was) son of Hermes and Phaëthousa or Clymene.

POSITION: prep. to sch. 992.01

COMMENT: Compare Sch. Ap. Rhod. quoted on the previous note.

Or. 992.09 (vet exeg) ⟨φόνον δικὼν ἐς οἶδμα πόντου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκβαλὼν εἰς τὸν πόντον ὅτε ἐφόνευσεν —MC

TRANSLATION: (‘Throwing murder into the swell of the sea’ is) equivalent to ‘having cast (him) out into the sea when he killed (him)’.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.197,10; Dind. II.250,9

Or. 992.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνον δικὼν ἐς οἶδμα πόντου⟩: ἐμβαλὼν εἰς τὸν πόντον ὅτε ἐφόνευσεν —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Throwing murder into the swell of the sea’ is) equivalent to ‘having cast (him) into the sea when he killed (him)’.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.197,10 app.; Dind. II.250,9

Or. 992.12 (rec exeg) ⟨δικὼν ἐς οἶδμα πόντου⟩: ὅθεν καὶ Μυρτῷον πέλαγος. —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Throwing into the swell of the sea’,) wherefore in fact the Myrtoan sea (is so called).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 992.13 (rec exeg) ⟨δικὼν ἐς οἶδμα πόντου⟩: βαλὼν τὸν Μυρτίλον ἐπὶ τῷ ἀπολέσθαι —Sa

TRANSLATION: (‘Throwing into the swell of the sea’ means) ‘casting Myrtilus to his destruction’.

COMMENT: Since this is between sch. 992.05 and 993.18, it is assigned here, but it may belong to the previous colon (cf. sch. 991.18).

Or. 992.20 (pllgn gram) ⟨δικὼν⟩: δίκω τὸ θέμα. —Zm

TRANSLATION: The base-form is ‘dikō’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 992.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θαλάσσης⟩: πόντου —V^rec

TRANSLATION: (For ‘thalassēs’, ‘of sea’, there is a variant) ‘pontou’ (also ‘of sea’).

LEMMA: thus in text V POSITION: s.l.

Or. 993.01 (vet exeg) λευκοκύμοσι: ¹τοῖς λευκοῖς κύμασιν, ἐπειδὴ προσρηγνύμενα τῷ ἀκρωτηρίῳ ἀφρώδη γίνεται. —M^aBVCR^b, partial M^b

TRANSLATION: (‘Leukokumosi … ēïosin’ means) ‘the white waves’, since when broken against the promontory they (the waves) become frothy.

LEMMA: B, λευκοκύμασι (as in text) M^aVCR^b(‑σιν) REF. SYMBOL: M^aBVR^b POSITION: marg. M^b

APP. CRIT.: τοῖς om. V | ἐπειδὴ κτλ om. M^b | ἐπεὶ VR^b | προρηγνύμενον R^b, προσρηγνυμ(ε)ν()΄ τῆς θαλάσσης V (app. ‑υμένης, but accent ambig. placed as if it could apply to upsilon) | γίνονται V

APP. CRIT. 2: κύμασι M^b | ἀφρόδη M^aR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.197,11–12; Dind. II.250,10–11

COMMENT: This note interprets ἠϊόσιν as meaning ‘waves’ by metonymy, as also in sch. 995.01, not literally as ‘seashore’, as many take it to be, using the standard gloss αἰγιάλοις.

Or. 993.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λευκοκύμοσι⟩: ἐπειδὴ προσρηγνυμένης τῆς θαλάσσης ἀκρωτήρια ἀφρώδη γίνονται. —Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘With white waves’) since when the sea is broken against them, promontories become frothy.

POSITION: under line (space above already full)

COMMENT: Adapted from V’s version of the previous.

Or. 993.03 (rec exeg) ⟨λευκοκύμοσι⟩: τὰ κύματα γὰρ προσπεπηγμένα τῷ ἄκρῳ ἀφρίζει. —O

TRANSLATION: (‘With white waves’) for the waves when driven against the promontory become frothy.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.250,13–14

Or. 993.04 (rec exeg) ⟨λευκοκύμασι⟩: λευκοκύμασι δὲ ἐπεὶ προσπηγνύμενα τῷ ἄκρῳ ἀφρίζει τὰ κύματα. —Sa

TRANSLATION: And ‘with white waves’ (is used) because when driven against the promontory the waves become frothy.

LEMMA: thus in text Sa POSITION: cont. from sch. 993.18

APP. CRIT.: ἀφρίζει] cf. prev., ἐνφρίξει Sa

COMMENT: One could also consider correcting to ἐναφρίζει, although this compound is unattested. ἐμφρίσσει would be another unattested compound, and the metaphor probably too poetic for a paraphrast.

Or. 993.05 (rec exeg) ⟨λευκοκύμασι⟩: ταῖς λευκαῖς ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων ἐπὶ ταῖς πέτραις τοῦ Γεραιστοῦ —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: (‘With white waves’ means) the ones (made) white by the waves upon the rocks of Geraestus.

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῶν πετρῶν Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: γεραστοῦ Pr | πέτρες Mn

Or. 993.06 (rec exeg) ⟨λευκοκύμασι⟩: διὰ τὸ ἀφρώδη εἶναι —V

TRANSLATION: (‘With white waves’) because they (the waves) are frothy.

LEMMA: thus in text V POSITION: s.l.

Or. 993.07 (rec exeg) ⟨λευκοκύμασι⟩: διὰ τοὺς ἄφρους —Sa

TRANSLATION: (‘With white waves’) because of the (areas of) froth.

LEMMA: thus in text Sa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 993.08 (rec exeg) ⟨λευκοκύμασι⟩: λευκαῖς οὔσαις ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνέμων —R

TRANSLATION: (‘With white waves’ implies) being (made) white by the winds.

LEMMA: thus in text R POSITION: s.l.

Or. 993.09 (mosch exeg) ⟨λευκοκύμοσι⟩: αἷς προσκρουόμενα τὰ κύματα ἀφρὸν ἐμποιεῖ, ὃς ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἐστὶ λευκός. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘With white waves’ refers to) the ones (shores) upon which the waves smash and create froth, which is necessarily white.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: αἷς] ὡς T, οἷς G | ποιεῖ TG

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξανάγκης XaXbXo | ἐστι Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.250,11–12

Or. 993.10 (thom exeg) ⟨λευκοκύμοσι⟩: ταῖς λευκαῖς διὰ τῶν κυμάτων —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘With white waves’ refers to) the ones (shores) white by (the action of) the waves.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.250,13

Or. 993.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λευκοκύμοσι⟩: ταῖς †λευκωκομίαις† ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The word could perhaps be read as λευκωνομίαις, but that is even more troublesome. The most obvious inference is that ω should be ο, but neither *λευκοκόμιος (‘white-tressed’?) nor *λευκοκομία is attested. λευκόκομος is found once in Pollux, λευκοκόμης as an adjective once in Tzetzes, while the proper name Λευκοκόμας occurs several times.

Or. 993.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λευκοκύμοσι⟩: καὶ ταῖς λευκὰ κύματα ἐχούσαις —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: app. τ(ῆς) Ox

Or. 993.14 (tri metr) ⟨λευκοκύμασι⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 993.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρὸς Γεραιστίαις⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὸ ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Εὐβοίας —Aa²

TRANSLATION: (‘Near the Geraestean …’,) that is, at the promontory of Euboea.

REF. SYMBOL: Aa² POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: εὐοίας Aa²

Or. 993.18 (vet exeg) ⟨Γεραιστίαις⟩: Γεραιστὸς ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Εὐβοίας. —MBOVCMnPrSSa^aSa^b

TRANSLATION: Geraestus is a promontory of Euboea.

POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. OVMnPrSSa^b; cont. from sch. 993.01, add. δὲ, MCR^b, cont. from sch. 993.05 MnPrS, follows sch. 995.07 Sa^a

APP. CRIT.: γεραιστὸς] om. O, τόπος MnPrS | εὐβ. ἀκρωτ. transp. V, om. τῆς | τῆς om. O(V)CSa^aSa^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀκροτ‑ R^b | εὐοίας O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.197,13; Dind. II.250,14–15 and app. at 11

Or. 993.19 (rec exeg) ⟨Γεραιστίαις⟩: πέτραι οὕτως καλούμεναι —Sa

TRANSLATION: (‘Geraestian’:) rocks with that name.

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.

Or. 993.20 (rec exeg) ⟨Γεραιστίαις⟩: ἀκρωτήριον [τῆς(?)] Βοιωτίας(?) —R

TRANSLATION: (‘Geraestian’:) a promontory of Boeotia.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: faint and damaged

Or. 993.21 (mosch exeg) ⟨Γεραιστίαις⟩: ἀκρωτήριον ἐν τῇ Εὐβοίᾳ ὁ Γεραιστός. —X^aX^bXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Geraestus is a promontory in Euboea.

POSITION: s.l. X^b, marg. Yf, intermarg. X^aXaXbXoYGr; cont. from 993.24 G

APP. CRIT.: ὁ γεραιστὸς ἐν / ἐν τῇ Εὐβοίᾳ (sic) transp. G | ἐν γῇ εὐβοίας T

APP. CRIT. 2: γερεστός all except TGu(correcting Gr)

Or. 993.22 (thom exeg) ⟨Γεραιστίαις⟩: πέτραις. ἔστι δὲ ἄκρωτήριον Εὐβοίας. —ZZaZbZlZmT, partial GuCrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Geraestian’) rocks. And it is a promontory of Euboea.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔστι δὲ κτλ om. GuCrOx | ὁ γεραιστός add. ZlZm

Or. 993.26 (pllgn gram) ⟨Γεραστίαις⟩: Γεραιστίαις ἦν, συγκοπῇ δὲ τοῦ ι̅ Γεραστίαις ἐγένετο. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (The word) was ‘Geraistiais’, but became ‘Gerastiais’ by syncope of the iota.

LEMMA: thus in text Zm POSITION: intermarg.

KEYWORDS: syncope

Or. 994.01 (tri exeg) ⟨ποντίων σάλων⟩: ἤτοι τῆς θαλάσσας περιφραστικῶς —T

TRANSLATION: (‘Billows of the sea’,) that is, ‘the sea’, periphrastically.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 994.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ποντίων σάλων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν κλυδωνισμάτων —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 994.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ποντίων σάλων⟩: θαλαττίας ταραχῆς —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 995.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἠϊόσιν⟩: ἠΐονας λέγει τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ κύματος. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: By ‘ēïonas’ (normally, ‘shore’, ‘beach’) he means the surface of the wave.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. C; cont. from sch. 995.06, add. δὲ, BV

APP. CRIT.: app. ἠϊόνα M (damage) | κύματος] σώματος M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.197,18; Dind. II.250,17–18

Or. 995.06 (vet exeg) ἁρματεύσας: ¹ἐκ τοῦ ἅρματος βαλών. ²ὅμοιον δέ ἐστι τῷ [991] διεδίφρευσεν. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateusas’ means) ‘having thrown from the chariot’. It is similar (in meaning) to ‘diediphreusen’.

LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. BC; cont. from sch. 993.18. B

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐστι om. B | τῷ] τὸ MVC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.197,16; Dind. II.250,16–17

Or. 995.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: ἐκβαλὼν τῶν ἁρμάτων. ὅμοιον δέ ἐστι τῷ [991] ⟨δι⟩εδίφρευσε. —Sa

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateusas’ means) ‘having thrown from the chariot’. It is similar (in meaning) to ‘diediphreusen’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 993.19

Or. 995.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: ἐκβαλὼν ἀπὸ τῶν ἁρμάτων τὸν Μυρτίλον ὁ Πέλοψ —MnPrRS

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateusas’ means) ‘Pelops having thrown Myrtilus from the chariot’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.: τῶν μυρτίλων R | ὁ πέλοψ om. R

APP. CRIT. 2: μορτύλον app. S

Or. 995.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: ἐκβαλὼν —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateusas’ means) ‘having thrown out’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐκβάλλων O

Or. 995.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: ῥίψας τῶν ἁρμάτων διε[δίφρευσε(?)] —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateusas’ means) ‘having cast from the chariot he [drove along?]’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 995.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: ἀφ’ ἅρματος ῥίψας —VRf^r

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateusas’ means) ‘having cast away from the chariot’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπὸ Rf^r

Or. 995.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: ἔξω τοῦ ἅρματος ῥίψας —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateusas’ means) ‘having cast outside of the chariot’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 995.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: ῥίψας, διὰ τοῦ ἅρματος ὁδεύσας —Sa

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateusas’ means) ‘having cast’, (or) ‘having traveled by chariot’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 995.14 (thom exeg) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: ἐκ τοῦ ἅρματος ῥίψας —ZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateusas’ means) ‘having cast from the chariot’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ ἐκ Cr, διἐκ Ox

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.250,19

Or. 995.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: ⟦ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος ἔρριψεν⟧ —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 995.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: διὰ τοῦ ἅρματος δραμὼν —K

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateusas’ means) ‘having run along by chariot’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 995.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: δραμών —XXaXbXoYYfGrB⁴

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateusas’ means) ‘having run along’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.250,18

Or. 995.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: διαδραμὼν διὰ τοῦ ἅρματος —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateusas’ means) ‘having run across by chariot’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 995.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: καὶ δι’ ἁρμάτων ἀγαγών —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateusas’ means) ‘having carried by chariot’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 995.21 (tri metr) ⟨ἁρματεύσας⟩: long mark over final alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 995.22 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 996.01 (996–1000) (pllgn exeg) ὁ Ἀτρεὺς καὶ ὁ Θυέστης ἦσαν ἀδελφοι· καὶ ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς εἶλε τὴν Ἀερόπην γυναῖκα, ἥντινα εἶχε καὶ ὁ Θυέστης. —V¹

TRANSLATION: Atreus and Thyestes were brothers. And Atreus took Aerope as his wife, whom Thyestes also had (as lover).

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.200,23–24

COMMENT: Schwartz assigns this to 1009 without remark, but the note is added by V¹ in the upper margin of 53r (lines 994–1003), above the scholia block written by V, not on 54v (lines 1004–1017), where the same amount of space is available in the upper margin for such an addition.

Or. 996.02 (996–1000) (vet exeg) ὅθεν δόμοισι τοῖς ἐμοῖς: ¹ὅθεν δόμοις τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἦλθ’ ἀρὰ πολύστονος, ὅτε ἐγένετο ποιμνίοις Ἀτρέως ἱπποβότα τέρας ὀλοὸν λόχευμα ἀρνὸς χρυσομάλλου Μαιάδος τόκου, ²τουτέστιν ὅθεν, διὰ τὸ φονευθῆναι τὸν Μυρτίλον, συμφορὰ κατέλαβε τοὺς οἴκους τὴν ἀρχὴν λαβοῦσα ἐξ οὗ ἐγένετο τέρας ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις τοῦ ἱπποτρόφου Ἀτρέως τὸ ὀλέθριον, ³λέγω δὲ τὴν ἄρνα τὴν χρυσόμαλλον, ἣν ὁ Μαιάδος τόκος Ἑρμῆς ὑπέβαλεν. ⁴τὸ δὲ λόχευμα πρὸς τὸ ἀρνός, τουτέστι τὸ χρυσόμαλλον λόχευμα ἀρνὸς, περιφραστικῶς τὴν ἄρνα. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: (In simpler order) whence upon my house came a curse, cause of many lamentations, when there was born in the flocks of Atreus, horse-raiser, the baneful portent, the birth-product of the golden-fleeced lamb of the offspring of Maia; that is to say, whence, because of Myrtilus’s having been killed, a disaster overtook the house, taking its beginning from the time when a portent was born in the flocks of horse-raising Atreus, the destructive (portent), I mean the golden-fleeced lamb, which Maia’s offspring Hermes inserted. And the word ‘locheuma’ (‘birth-product’, ‘child’) goes with ‘lamb’, that is, ‘the golden-fleeced birth-product of the lamb’, periphrastically for ‘the lamb’.

LEMMA: all (δόμοις B) REF. SYMBOL: MBV

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.197,19–26; Dind. II.250,20–251,2 with app.

COMMENT: Schwartz’s first transposition in sent. 1 is justified by the further explanation, but by the same token the remainder of the note suggests that the order λόχευμα ἀρνὸς should be left as is.

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 996.03 (996–1000) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἀκολουθεῖν ἂν δόξειε τῷ τὴν Ἀλκμαιωνίδα πεποιηκότι [fr. 6 Bernabé, fr. 5 Davies] εἰς τὰ περὶ τὴν ἄρνα, ὡς καὶ Διονύσιος ὁ κυκλογράφος [FGrHist 15 F 7 Jacoby, BNJ Ceccarelli] φησί. ²Φερεκύδης [EGM fr. 133 Fowler] δὲ οὐ καθ’ Ἑρμοῦ μῆνίν φησι τὴν ἄρνα ὑποβληθῆναι, ἀλλὰ Ἀρτέμιδος. ³ὁ δὲ τὴν Ἀλκμαιωνίδα γράψας τὸν ποιμένα τὸν προσαγαγόντα τὸ ποίμνιον τῷ Ἀτρεῖ Ἀντίοχον καλεῖ. —BVC

TRANSLATION: He would seem to be following the poet of the Alcmaeonis in regard to the business of the lamb, as also Dionysius the cyclic writer says. But Pherecydes says that the lamb was inserted not because of the anger of Hermes, but rather that of Artemis. And the one who wrote the Alcmaeonis calls the shepherd who brought the animal to Atreus Antiochus.

LEMMA: VC, 998 λόχευμα ποινμίοισι B REF. SYMBOL: B (to 998)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀλκμαιονίδα C | φη() B | 2 μῆνιν φη() B | ἀλλ’ B | 3 ἀλκμαιονίδα C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.197,27–198,4; Dind. II.251,6–10

Or. 996.04 (996–1000) (rec paraphr) ὅθεν δόμοισι: ὅθεν καὶ ἐξ οὗ ἐγένετο τέρας ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις τοῦ Ἀτρέως καὶ συμφορὰ κατέλαβε τοὺς οἴκους, ἔνθεν τὴν ἀρχὴν λαβοῦσα. —Sa

TRANSLATION: Whence and from which (time/event) a portent was born in the flocks of Atreus and misfortune overtook the house, having taken its origin from there.

LEMMA: Sa(‑οισιν)

Or. 996.05 (996–997) (thom exeg) ⟨ὅθεν … ἦλθ’ ἀρὰ⟩: κατηράσατο γὰρ οὗτος ἀποπνιγόμενος τῷ Πέλοπι. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Whence came a curse’,) for this man (Myrtilus) cursed Pelops as he was drowning.

POSITION: s.l. ZlGu, marg. Zm

Or. 996.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ φονευθῆναι τὸν Μυρτίλον —M²V³

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg. M², s.l. V³

Or. 996.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Μυρτίλου —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 996.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: καὶ ἐξ οὗ καιροῦ καὶ ἀφ’ ἧς αἰτίας —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 996.09 (mosch paraphr) ὅθεν: ἀφ’ ἧς αἰτίας —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 996.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: ἀφ’ ἧς αἰτίας ἤτοι ἀπὸ τοῦ φόνου —ZZaZbZlZmT^*Gu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Zb

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι ἀπὸ om. Za, at end add. λέγ() | τοῦ μυρτίλου add. ZlZmGu

Or. 996.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅθεν⟩: ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς ῥίψεως —Z^c

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 997.03 (tri metr) ⟨ἀρὰ⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 997.04 (moschThom paraphr) ⟨πολύστονος⟩: πολλῶν στεναγμῶν αἰτία —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmT^*Aa²

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from prev. T, app. G

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep Aa² | αἰτίαν Z

Or. 998.07 (998–999) (vet exeg) ⟨λόχευμα … ἀρνὸς⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς λόχευμα ἀρνός, ὅ ἐστι περιφραστικῶς ὁ ἀρνός. —MBC, partial O

TRANSLATION: The phrase in simple order is ‘birth-product of the lamb’, which is periphrastically ‘the lamb’.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. C; at level of next line (τὸ χρυόμαλλον ἀρνὸς) O

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἑξῆς … ὅ ἐστι om. O | after λόχ. add. χρυσόμαλλον B | ὅ ἐστι om. B | ἀνρειὸς O

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξῆς M | περιφραστικὸς M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.198,5; Dind. II.251,5–6

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 998.08 (vet exeg) ⟨λόχευμα⟩: τὸ λόχευμα τῆς ἀρνὸς —M

TRANSLATION: (Construe as) ‘the birth-product of the lamb’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 998.09 (thom exeg) ⟨λόχευμα⟩: τὸ γέννημα, ἤγουν ὁ Μυρτίλος. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Locheuma’, ‘birth-product’, is) the offspring, that is, Myrtilus.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.251,11

Or. 998.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ποινμνίοισι Μαιάδος τόκου⟩: ¹Ἑρμοῦ φησι τὰ ποίμνια καθότι ἀποδέδοται τούτῳ ἡ ἐπιμέλεια αὐτῶν. ²Ἑρμοῦ δὲ καὶ μιᾶς τῶν Δαναοῦ θυγατέρων Φαεθούσης ἐγένετο Μυρτίλος. ³οἱ δὲ ἐκ Κλυμένης φασὶν αὐτὸν καὶ Διὸς γεγενῆσθαι. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: He says the herds are (those) of Hermes because the oversight of them has been assigned to this (god). And from Hermes and one of Danaus’s daughters, Phaethousa, Myrtilus was born. But some say that he was born of Clymene and Zeus.

LEMMA: 999 τὸ χρυσόμαλλον ἀρνός M(‑μαλον)VC, τὸ χρυσόμαλλον BRw(‑μαλον) REF. SYMBOL: (to 999) MBV

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ ποιμνίον V | παραδέδοται V | 2 ένετο μυρτιλος written ιν blank by V¹ (and γ of ἐγ rewritten) | 3 ὁ V, οἱ V¹ | φασὶ transp. to follow διὸς B | short word erased before αὐτὸν V (final ον or grave legible; perhaps right tip of hor. of tau, so may have had αὐτὸν twice before erasure)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φησὶ C | 2 μιὰς M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.198,7–10; Dind. II.251,12–15

Or. 998.22 (vetThom exeg) ⟨Μαιάδος τόκου⟩: τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ —MOV²AaFRZ^cZbZmZuZc^rB^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Of Maia’s offspring’ means) ‘of Hermes’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. RZc^r

APP. CRIT.: ἢ or ἤγουν prep. R, ἤγουν prep. ZbZmZc^rZuB^3a | τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ] changed to ἤγουν ὁ ἐρμῆς F³ | τοῦ om. OV²Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐρμοῦ R

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.198,6.

Or. 998.23 (rec exeg) ⟨Μαιάδος τόκου⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ. οὗτος γάρ ἐστι πατὴρ τοῦ Μυρτίλου. —Sa

TRANSLATION: That is, of Hermes. For he is father of Myrtilus.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πατὴρ] νῆσος (sic) Sa

Or. 998.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μαιάδος τόκου⟩: ὁ Ἑρμῆς πατὴρ ἦν τοῦ Μυρτίλου. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Hermes was father of Myrtilus.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 998.25 (rec exeg) ⟨Μαιάδος τόκου⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ τόκου τῆς Μαιάδος ἤγουν τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: From the offspring of Maia, that is, from Hermes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 998.26 (mosch exeg) ⟨Μαιάδος τόκου⟩: τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς Μαίας, ἤγουν τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘Of the son of Maia’, that is, ‘of Hermes’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 998.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μαιάδος τόκου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁ τόκος λέγω τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς Μαίας, ἤγουν τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ. —Ox²

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘the offspring, I mean, of the son of Maia’, that is, of Hermes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 998.37 (pllgn gram) ⟨Μαιάδος⟩: αὕτη καὶ Μαῖα καλεῖται, ἔφορος οὖσα τῆς μαιεύσεως. —Zm

TRANSLATION: This (goddess) is also called Maia, being guardian of childbirth (‘maieusis’).

POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 998.38 (pllgn gram) ⟨Μαιάδος⟩: Μαιὰς Μαιάδος καθ’ ὑποκορισμὸν —F

TRANSLATION: ‘Maias’, (genitive) ‘Maiados’, by diminutive formation (from ‘Maia’).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 999.01 (999–1006) (vet exeg) ⟨τὸ χρυσόμαλλον … Ζεὺς μεταβάλλει⟩: ¹ὁπότε τὸν ἀρνειὸν ὑπέβαλε τοῦτον Ἑρμῆς ὀργιζόμενος Ἀτρεῖ, ἐπειδὴ ὁ πρόγονος αὐτοῦ Πέλοψ τὸν Μυρτίλον αὐτοῦ υἱὸν εἰς τὸ ἐξ αὐτοῦ Μυρτῷον κληθὲν πέλαγος ἔρριψε συναγωνισάμενον αὐτῷ καὶ ποιήσαντα ἀπὸ κηροῦ τοὺς τροχοὺς, ἤτοι τοὺς σφῆνας τῶν τροχῶν. ²ὁ δὲ Ἀτρεὺς βουλόμενος δεῖξαι ὅτι αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία, ἔφη δείξειν ὅτι χρυσόμαλλος ἀρνειὸς αὐτῷ ἐτέχθη. ³τούτου δὲ ὑπονοθεύσας τὴν γυναῖκα Θυέστης ἔκλεψε τὸν ἀρνειόν. ⁴μὴ δυνηθεὶς οὖν κατὰ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν δεῖξαι ὁ Ἀτρεὺς ἔμελλεν ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὴν βασιλείαν ἐκείνου τὸ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ὑποσχεθὲν δεικνύντος, ⁵εἰ μὴ ὡς ὢν φιλόσοφος ἀπέδειξεν αὐτοὺς ἀσεβοῦντας εἰ Θυέστην βασιλέα ἕλωνται, τεκμήριον δὲ τῆς ἀσεβείας τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὰς Πλειάδας ἐκ δύσεως ἀνίσχοντας. ⁶καὶ οὕτως ἐβασίλευσε καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν σφόδρα ἐτιμωρήσατο. ⁷τινὲς δέ φασι τὸν Δία πρὸς χάριν Ἀτρέως ποιῆσαι τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὰς Πλειάδας ἐκ δύσεως ἀνατεῖλαι μεταστρέψαντα τὴν τάξιν ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ. —MBOVCRwSa

TRANSLATION: When Hermes inserted this lamb, being angry at Atreus because his forebear Pelops threw his (Hermes’) son Myrtilus into the sea that was named Myrtoan after him, after Myrtilus had helped him in the contest and made the wheels out of wax, that is, the wedges of the wheels. And Atreus, wanting to show that the kingship belongs to him, said he would show that a golden-fleeced lamb had been born for him. Thyestes, having seduced this man’s wife, stole the lamb. Not being able, therefore, to show it according to his promise, Atreus was about to be deprived of the kingship because that man was displaying what had been promised by him, if it had not been that, as being a learned man, he demonstrated they were committing impiety if they choose Thyestes as king, and as evidence of the impiety (he showed) the sun and the Pleiades rising from the west. Thus he became king and he mightily punished his brother. And some say that Zeus as a favor to Atreus caused the sun and the Pleiades to rise from the west by reversing the (usual) arrangement on a single day.

LEMMA: ἄλλως MBCRw (because sch. 998.18 had lemma 999 τὸ χρυόμαλλον ἀρνὸς), ἄλλως· τὸ χρυσομα() ἀρνός V, τὸ χρυσόμαλον Sa (not sep. from note)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.198,11–24; Dind. II.251,15–252,5

COMMENT: This and the next scholion are the only surviving sources (other than Tzetzes and the Euripidean passage at hand) that mention an abnormal movement of the Pleiades in connection with the quarrel of Atreus and Thyestes. It seems likely enough that this detail is an inference from Euripides’ lyric made by commentators on the passage and not an element of the scientific speculations that they believed Euripides was following. See further the comment on the next. In a narrative heavily dependent on mythographic scholia on Orestes, Tzetzes, Chiliades 1.18,428–454, especially 433–454, includes two astral phenomena: first (447–449), the sun goes on a backwards course for one day in reaction to Thyestes’ theft of the golden lamb and the kingship, with the Pleiades joining the sun in this; second (454), the sun turns back at the Thyestean banquet (ὑπέστρεψε δ’ ὁ Ἥλιος ὡς μυσαχθεὶς τὰ δεῖπνα).

KEYWORDS: Tzetzes | mythography

Or. 999.02 (999–1006) (vet exeg) ἄλλως· τὸ χρυσόμαλλον ἀρνός: ¹καὶ τοῦτο προεκτιθέμεθα οὕτως. ²φιλονεικίας γὰρ οὔσης αὐτοῖς περὶ τῆς βασιλείας παρελθὼν ὁ Ἀτρεὺς ἐπηγγέλλετο δεῖξαι πρὸς τὸ βεβαιωθῆναι αὐτῷ τὴν βασιλείαν χρυσόμαλλον ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις αὐτοῦ ἄρνα· ³ἣν ὁ Θυέστης λάθρα παρὰ τῆς Ἀερόπης αἰτήσας ἔλαβεν. ⁴ὅθεν Ἀτρεὺς ὡς ἀπατήσας τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐξεβλήθη τῆς ἀρχῆς, Θυέστης δὲ ἐκράτησεν. ⁵ἀλλ’ ὕστερον πάλιν ὁ Ἀτρεὺς φιλονεικίᾳ τῇ πρὸς τοῦτον προελθὼν ἐπηγγέλλετο δεῖξαι τὸν μὲν ἥλιον ἐκ δυσμῶν εἰς ἀνατολὰς τὴν πορείαν ποιούμενον καὶ τὴν Πλειάδα ὁμοίως εἰς ἀνατολὴν ὁρῶσαν. ⁶τοῦτο οὖν νῦν λέγει ὅτι μετὰ τὸ φανῆναι τὴν ἄρνα ἡ ἔρις τοῦ Ἀτρέως πεποίηκεν ἐπιδειχθῆναι τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὸν ἥλιον τὴν ἐναντίαν ἢ ὡς ὑπείληπται πορευόμενον καὶ τὴν Πλειάδα μηκέτι πρὸς δύσιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἀνατολὰς. ⁷πιθανῶς δὲ ὁ Εὐριπίδης τὸν μῦθον προσήρμοσεν· ⁸ὁ γὰρ φυσικὸς λόγος τὸν ἥλιον ἀποδείκνυσι τὴν ἐναντίαν ἰόντα πορείαν τῷ οὐρανῷ. ⁹φασὶ γὰρ ὅτι πρότερον μὲν ἐκ Καρκίνου εἰς Διδύμους ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν, ὥστε τὸν σωματοειδῆ Ἥλιον ἀπεστροφέναι πρὸς τὴν δύσιν τὸ πρόσωπον, νῦν δὲ διὰ τὴν Ἀτρέως καὶ Θυέστου ἀδικίαν ἀποστραφέντα πρὸς ἀνατολὴν φέρεσθαι ἔχοντα φαινόμενον ἡμῖν τὸν νῶτον. ¹⁰διόπερ τὴν μὲν δύσιν αὐτῷ γενέσθαι ἀνατολὴν, τὴν δὲ ἀνατολὴν δύσιν. ¹¹πιθανῶς δὲ τὸ κατὰ τὰς Πλειάδας εἴληπται. ¹²τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα ζῴδια πρώτην φαίνει τὴν κεφαλὴν κατὰ ἀνατολὰς, ὁ δὲ Ταῦρος τὸ στῆθος προφαίνει, καθ’ ὅ εἰσιν αἱ Πλειάδες, ὥστε ἀνεστραμμένην καὶ τούτοις τὴν ἀνατολὴν γίνεσθαι. ¹³ ἔρις δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τὴν ἔριν Ἀτρέως τὴν πρὸς τὸν Θυέστην. —BVCRw

TRANSLATION: This (story) too we present in advance as follows. When there was rivalry between them over the kingship, Atreus came forward and undertook to show, for the securing of the kingship for himself, a golden-fleeced lamb in his flocks. This (lamb) Thyestes secretly asked for and received from Aerope. Consequently Atreus was cast out of the rule for having deceived the Greeks, and Thyestes gained control (of it). But later again, in his rivalry with this man, Atreus came forward and undertook to show the sun making its journey from the settings toward the risings, and the Pleias similarly facing (or: moving?) to the rising. So then, the poet (or the chorus) now says this because after the appearance of the lamb the strife of Atreus caused the Greeks to be shown the sun traveling the opposite path of what had been assumed, and the Pleias no longer toward the setting, but toward the risings. And Euripides has adapted the myth in a plausible way. For the scientific account shows that the sun goes along its path in the direction opposite to that of the heavens. For they say that previously (before the event described) it used to make its journey from Cancer to Gemini, so that the corporeal (personified) Sun had its face turned toward the west, but now (ever since that event), having turned himself to the rising (what had formerly been the rising?) because of the injustice of Atreus and Thyestes, he is carried along with his back showing itself to us. For this reason (they say) the place of setting changed into the place of rising for him, and the place of rising (changed into) the place of setting. Plausibly too has the detail about the Pleiades been used. For the other signs of the Zodiac show their heads first in the east, and Taurus shows forth his chest, amidst which are the Pleiades, so that the rising becomes reversed for them too. And strife (is used) in the sense ‘because of the strife of Atreus with Thyestes’.

LEMMA: C, add. in blank space V¹, 1001 ἔρις Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ … οὕτως om. Rw, om. V, add. (with lemma) in blank space V¹ | προεκτιθέμεθα] BC, πάντως ἐκτιθέμεθα V¹ (printed by Dind.), perhaps πᾶν ἐκτιθέμεθα Mastr., προεξεθέμεθα Schw. | 2 φιλονεικίαν οὖσαν Rw, γὰρ om. | γὰρ om. B(Rw) | τὴν βασιλ()(ας) Rw | 2–5 παρελθὼν … προελθῶν] περὶ τοῦ τὴν χρυσόμαλον ἄρνα δεῖται τὸν θυέστην Rw | 3 περὶ C | 5 προσελθὼν BVC | ἐπηγγέλλετο δεῖξαι] ἐπηγγείλατο ὁ ἀτρεὺς Rw | ὁρῶσαν] perhaps ὁρμῶσαν Mastr. | 6 νῦν] οὐ B, app. V(damaged but no room for νῦν) | τὴν ἄρνα] Dindorf, τὸν ἄρνα all | before τοῦ ἀτρ. add. ἡ V | τοῖς om. B | ἢ ὡς] Dindorf, πῶς BC, πως VRw | ὑπείληπται om. BRw | ἀνατολὰς ⟨ὁρῶσαν⟩ Schw. | 8 γὰρ] δὲ C | after γὰρ add. μῦθος Rw, but deleted | ἀποδείκνυσι om. Rw | ἐναντ΄() ἰδόντα V | 9 φασὶ] Schw., φησὶ all (φη() B) | ὅτι om. Rw | ἀπεστρ. πρὸς τὴν δύσιν] πρὸς δύσιν ἀποστραφῆναι Rw | ἀπεστρ.] ἐπεστροφέναι V | ἐπιστραφέντα V | φαινόμενον] φερόμενον Rw | 12 φαίνει] φέρ()V (read by autopsy; image unclear) | τούτοις] τούτων V, ταύτην BRw | 13 ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἀντ’ αὐτοῦ C, om. Rw | ἀτρέως] ὁ ἀτρεὺς VC | πρὸς] παρὰ V | τὸν om. B

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐπηγγέλετο VC | 5 ἐπηγγέλετο VC | 6 ἤλιον] sun symbol V | 12 καθὸ εἰσὶν BC, καθό εἰσιν app. Rw (obscured by blotch)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.198,25–199,21; Dind. II.252,6–253,4

COMMENT: The note first offers a summary of the mythical events assumed to lie behind the poetic description in Electra’s lyric, one in which there is not just one contest of display to decide the kingship, but two: after being swindled out of victory in the first, Atreus triumphs in the second, however exactly that second demonstration is to be understood. Later in the note the commentator is at pains to defend the poetic representation, using πιθανῶς twice and insisting that the mythical element is an appropriate counterpart of the scientific account (ὁ φυσικὸς λόγος). Either the commentator is reacting to some more negative assessment of Euripides’ poetic mythical version of the theory he follows (such as the comment of the astronomer Achilles Tatius quoted below), or he is one who delights in showing the wisdom of the ancient poet by proving a correspondence of his version to a realistic account. | The astronomical phenomenon described by the commentator (or commentators, if different comments have been conflated in the extant note) is not entirely clear. In my view, the text of Euripides in this passage is too uncertain for us to understand with confidence what he intended his audience to understand, and the speculations of later commentators are not necessarily a reliable guide to how we should explicate the passage. Morrison 1970 offers an analysis of several passages in Euripides describing changes in the heavens in somewhat obscure language and argues that Euripides had in mind contemporary scientific understanding of the annual motion of the sun in relation to the stars (the sun moving west to east through the constellations of the Zodiac on the ecliptic), and theories that held that the arrangement of these motions had once been different. That is, Euripides is not referring to a temporary single-day reversal of the sun’s diurnal path, which was later the most familiar version of the spectacular alteration brought about in connection with the rivalry of Atreus and Thyestes. Sentences 5–6 and 8 of this scholion could be understood in this way as far as the reference to the sun goes. Note in particular 6 τὴν ἐναντίαν ἢ ὡς ὑπείληπται, ‘the opposite path of what had been assumed’, and 8 τὴν ἐναντίαν ἰόντα πορείαν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ‘going along its path in the direction opposite to that of the heavens’. It remains entirely unclear, to me at least, how a reversal by the Pleiades fits into this scenario, since on the scientific theory the Pleiades should go along with the Zodiac and the rest of the heavens, which are assumed not to change when the sun changes its direction. The commentator’s μηκέτι … ἀλλὰ in 6 surely points to a change for the Pleiades. Thus, my suggestion in the comment on the previous that mention of the Pleiades is not derived from ‘scientific’ sources, but simply by inference, from the commentator’s compulsion to explain why Euripides mentions the Pleiades here at all. Similarly, the commentator cannot here be referring to the theory that Atreus simply showed his unusual insight by demonstrating an existing natural phenomenon: this is what Morrison 1970: 89 suggests lies behind a rationalized account in Eur. Thyestes TrGF fr. 397b Kannicht δείξας γὰρ ἄστρων τὴν ἐναντίαν ὁδὸν / δόμους τ’ ἔσωσα καὶ τύραννος ἱζόμην). There is also less than the desirable clarity in sentences 9–10. What is described with πρότερον is the speculated previous annual path of the sun through the signs of the Zodiac: from Cancer to Gemini refers very tersely to the opposite of the known sequence of the sun’s movement through the Zodiac, in which it moves from Cancer to Gemini by traversing all the other signs from Leo and Virgo and so on to Taurus and finally back to Gemini: see, e.g., the chart and description in Evans 1998: 54–55). Consequently, here in 9–10, the words ἀνατολή and δύσις apparently have to be understood (without any assistance from the commentator, such as ἡ τότε ἀνατολή or ἡ πρότερον ἀνατολή) as referring to the previous positions of rising and setting, so that ἀνατολή is the current west and δύσις the current east. Finally, it is not clear, to me at least, why the sun in its current state of motion is showing its back to mortals, while before the change it showed its face. | For more speculations on Euripides’ adaptation of cosmic theories in this passage, see Willink’s extensive notes. For a source on Oenopides that uses language similar to our scholion, cf. Achilles Tatius, Isagoga excerpta 24,10–17 (after mythical aetiologies of the Milky Way) ἄλλοι δὲ ἐκ τῆς συμβολῆς τῶν δύο ἡμισφαιρίων λέγουσιν αὐτὸν [scil. τὸν γαλαξίαν] γεγονέναι. ἕτεροι δέ φασιν, ὧν ἐστιν καὶ Οἰνοπίδης ὁ Χῖος, ὅτι πρότερον διὰ τούτου ἐφέρετο ὁ ἥλιος, διὰ δὲ τὰ Θυέστεια δεῖπνα ἀπεστράφη καὶ τὴν ἐναντίαν τούτωι πεποίηται περιφοράν, ἣν νῦν περιγράφει ὁ ζωιδιακός. ἔστι δὲ μυθῶδες τοῦτο καὶ ψεῦδος· τί γὰρ ἐροῦσιν οἱ ταῦτα λέγοντες περὶ τῆς σελήνης καὶ τῶν πέντε ἀστέρων; οὐ γὰρ δὴ καὶ οὗτοι διὰ τὰ Θυέστεια δεῖπνα ἀπεστράφησαν. For a shorter reference to Euripides’ adaptation of ὁ φυσικὸς λόγος, see Sch. Arat. Phaen. 300 Martin προτέρῳ: πρότερος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ Τοξότης τοῦ Αἰγοκέρωτος. ὁ γὰρ ἥλιος ἐπὶ ἀνατολὰς τὰ ζῴδια διαπορεύεται, ὁ μέντοι οὐρανὸς ἐπὶ δυσμὰς καταφέρεται κινούμενος καὶ ἑκάστην μοῖραν τοῦ ζῳδιακοῦ ἀνύει. διὸ Εὐριπίδης τὸ φυσικὸν ὡς μυθικὸν παρείληφε λέγων (Or. 1006)· ‘εἰς ὁδὸν ἄλλην Ζεὺς μεταβάλλει’. | προεκτιθέμεθα in 1 is perhaps problematic. The compound is elsewhere used in scholia of setting out some narrative details in advance of a later incident in the narrative. Compare Schwartz’s προεξεθέμεθα ‘I have previously presented (in an earlier part of the commentary)’ (like the use of προεθέμεθα in sch. 988.02). For this sense cf. Sch. Arat. Phaen. 383 Martin δι’ ἣν δὲ αἰτίαν μέμνηται μόνον αὐτῶν προεξεθέμεθα; Sopater, Sch. ad Hermog. liber περὶ στάσεων, Rhet.Gr. IV.586,1–587,5 Walz καθάπερ ἐν στοχασμῷ καὶ ἐν ὅρῳ πρὸ τῆς τῶν κεφαλαίων ἐξετάσεως καὶ τῆς περὶ ἐκείνας τὰς στάσεις πραγματείας τὰ ἴδια ἑκάστης στάσεως ἀφ’ ὧν τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν αὐτῶν ποιησόμεθα προεξεθέμεθα, οὕτως ἀναγκαῖον κἀνταῦθα περὶ τῆς ἀντιλήψεως εἰπεῖν, τίνα μὲν κοινὰ πρὸς ἐκείνας ἐστὶν αὐτῇ, τίνα δὲ ἴδια, ἵνα καὶ ταύτης ῥᾳδίαν ἔχωμεν τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν. Schwartz’s change, however, should not be accepted, because this meaning does not go well with οὕτως or with the elaborate narrative that follows. The present προεκτίθεται is used of the poet in Sch. bT Hom. Il. 21.39–48 Ersbe, and in Eust. in Od. 1.1 [I.6,4]. The double compound in προεκ‑ is used in many authors of setting out details in advance, which must be the sense here. Given the alternative reading of V, however, it is possible that προεκ‑ resulted here from a conflation of variants in προ‑ and ἐκ‑. V’s πάντως ἐκτιθέμεθα suggests, e.g., πᾶν ἐκτιθέμεθα.

KEYWORDS: Euripides, Thyestes | scientific explanation | πιθανόν/πιθανῶς | mythography

Or. 999.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ χρυσόμαλλον ἀρνὸς⟩: ¹τὸν ἀρνὸν τοῦτον μετέβαλεν ὁ Ἑρμῆς, ὀργιζόμενος Ἀτρεῖ ἐπεὶ ὁ πρόγονος αὐτοῦ Πέλοψ τὸν Μυρτίλον, φασὶν, υἱὸν αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἐξ αὐτοῦ Μυρτῶον κληθὲν πέλαγος ἔρριψε. ²τὸν γὰρ Μυρτίλον φασὶν υἱὸν Ἑρμοῦ καὶ Φαεθούσης ἢ Κλυμένης. ³τὸν δὲ τοιοῦτον ἀρνὸν ἔλαβεν ὁ Θυέστης ἀπὸ τῶν ποιμνίων τοῦ Ἀτρέως διὰ τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ Ἀτρέως τῆς Ἀερόπης μοιχευθείσης παρ’ αὐτοῦ. —CrOx

TRANSLATION: Hermes transformed this lamb (into a golden-fleeced one?), being angry at Atreus because his forebear Pelops threw his (Hermes’) son Myrtilus, they say, into the sea that was named Myrtoan after him. For they say that Myrtilus is the son of Hermes and Phaëthousa or Clymene. And Thyestes took the lamb of this type from the flocks of Atreus through the wife of Atreus, Aerope, who had been seduced by him.

APP. CRIT.: 1 μετέβαλεν] perhaps read ὑπέβαλεν (or κατέβαλεν?) | first υἱὸν] ὡς Ox | 2 κλυμένην Ox

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἁρνὸν Ox

COLLATION NOTES: Note that as written in Cr, υἱ(ὸν) in 1 is easily mistaken for ὡς if one ignores the sign and grave, and in 2 the combined accent and (ης) on κλυμένης is also confusingly like the ην sign.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 999.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ χρυσόμαλλον⟩: ἱστορία διάκειται ὧδε. —V¹

TRANSLATION: The(?) mythical account is disposed like this(?).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὦδε V¹

COMMENT: See on sch. 986.01. Here ὧδε could perhaps mean ‘here, on this page’, since fol. 53r does contain sch. 999.01–02; but the difficulty of διάκειται remains an obstacle.

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 999.05 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ χρυσόμαλλον⟩: δέον χρυσομάλλου εἰπεῖν πρὸς τὸ ἀρνὸς, χρυσόμαλλον εἶπε πρὸς τὸ τέρας. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Although he should have said ‘of golden-fleeced’ to agree with ‘of lamb’, he said ‘golden-fleeced’ (nominative) to agree with (nominative) ‘portent’.

LEMMA: χρυσίμαλον in text all except T, p.c. Zm POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: χρυσομάλλου] χρυσόμαλον Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: χρυσομάλου ZZaZlGu | χρυσόμαλον ZZaZbZlGu

Or. 999.07 (tri metr) ⟨χρυσόμαλλον⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 1000.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Ἀτρέως ἱπποβότα⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς ποιμνίοισιν Ἀτρέως ἱπποβότα. —MC

TRANSLATION: The syntactic connection is ‘in flocks of horse-raiser Atreus’.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: ποιμνίοις C

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξῆς M | ποιμνήοισιν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.199,22

Or. 1000.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀτρέως⟩: ὁ Ἀτρεὺς καὶ ὁ Θυέστης ἦσαν δύο ἀδελφοί. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Atreus and Thyestes were two brothers.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1000.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἱπποβότα⟩: τοῦ ἵππους τρέφοντος. ἢ ἐπιβαίνοντος ἵπποις —MB, partial CCrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Hippobotā’ means) ‘the one who raises horses’; or ‘(who) mounts on horses’.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | τοῦ] Münzel, τοὺς MCCrOx, om. B | τρέφοντα Ox | ἢ κτλ om. CCrOx | ἐπιβ. τοὺς ἵππους M, ἵπποις ἐπιβ. transp. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.199,23; Dind. II.253,6

COMMENT: The second paraphrase may point to an unattested variant ἱπποβῶτα (conjectured by Dindorf for the text) or to the attested variant ἱπποβάτα, but it is also possible that it assumes a fanciful alternative etymology of βο‑ as derived from shortening of the o-vowel in βεβῶτος.

Or. 1000.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἱπποβότα⟩: †τὸν ἵππους τρέφοντα ἢ φονεύοντα† —Sa

POSITION: under line, last of page

COMMENT: The first part can be corrected to τοῦ … τρέφοντος, but it is hard to understand what could lie behind the appearance of φονευ‑ here.

Or. 1000.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἱπποβότα⟩: ἢ τοῦ ἱπποτρόφου ἢ τοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἱπποις βαίνοντος —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Hippobotā’ means) either ‘the horse-raiser’, or ‘the one who goes on/with horses’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1000.16 (rec metr) ⟨ἱπποβότα⟩: long mark over alpha —O, app. Zb

LEMMA: ‑βατα in text Zb

Or. 1001.01 (1001–1010) (mosch exeg) ⟨ὅθεν ἔρις … δολίοισι γάμοις⟩: ¹ἀφ’ ἧς αἰτίας ἡ ἔρις καὶ τὸ ταχινὸν ἅρμα τοῦ ἡλίου μετέβαλε μεθαρμόσασα τὴν πορείαν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἑσπέριον μέρος εἰς ἡμέραν μίαν, ²καὶ τὸν δρόμον τῆς ἑπταπόρου Πλειάδος ὁ Ζεὺς μετέβαλεν εἰς ὁδὸν ἄλλην. ³καὶ ἀπὸ τῶνδε, ἤγουν μετὰ ταῦτα, διαδόχους ἐπήγαγεν ὁ Ζεὺς δηλονότι, θανάτους θανάτων, ⁴καὶ τὰ ἐπώνυμα δεῖπνα τοῦ Θυέστου, ⁵—ἐπήγαγε δηλονότι, οὐ γὰρ ἁρμόζει ἐνταῦθα τὸ κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἐπήγαγεν— ⁶καὶ τὰ λέκτρα τῆς Ἀερόπης τῆς Κρήσσης τῆς δολίας τῶν δολίων γάμων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: From which cause strife changed the swift chariot of the sun, having adjusted the westward course of/through the sky for a single day, and Zeus changed the movement of the seven-pathed Pleaides to a different course. And from these events, that is, after these, he brought on, that is, Zeus did, deaths in succession to deaths, and the eponymous banquet of Thyestes—he brought on, that is, for it does not fit here (to say) ‘he brought on in succession’—and the bed of Cretan Aerope, deceitful woman, (the bed) of deceitful couplings (or: of a deceitful marriage).

POSITION: cont. from sch. 988.01 XoGOx²; T in two parts, 1–2 cont. from his sch. that begins with sent. 4–7 of sch. 988.01 (78v). sent. 3–6 on 79r as new note, with lemma 1007 τῶνδέ τ’ ἀμείβει

APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ om. G | 2 καὶ] κατὰ Y | τοῦ δρόμου G | 3 ὁ om. Ox² | 4–5 δηλονότι … ἐπήγαγεν om. a.c. Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.243,18–244,5 (as expanded in Arsen.) with 243, app. at 19

Or. 1001.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅθεν ἔρις⟩: ὑπῆρξεν Ἀτρεῖ καὶ Θυέστῃ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (Whence strife) came into being for Atreus and Thyestes.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This (along with the glosses 1001.11–12, 1002.04) reflects the interpretation that ἔρις is not the subject of μετέβαλεν, although only ZaT punctuate after ἔρις.

Or. 1001.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔρις⟩: καὶ ἕξις καὶ μάχη —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Eris’, ‘strife’, can mean) both an attitude and a fight.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: second καὶ om. Ox

Or. 1001.13 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸ τε πτερωτὸν⟩: γράφεται τὸ τέτρωρον. —MC

TRANSLATION: (For ‘to te pterōton’, ‘both the winged’,) the reading ‘to tetrōron’ (‘the four-horsed’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.199,24; Dind. II.253,25–26

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1001.14 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸ τέτρωρον⟩: γράφεται τὸ πτερωτὸν. —BAa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘to tetrōron’, ‘the four-horsed’,) the reading ‘to pterōton’ (‘the winged’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text BAa POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. Aa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.199, app. at 24; Dind. II.253,26

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1003.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὰν πρὸς ἕσπερον⟩: τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἑσπερίον μέρος —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa

LEMMA: ἑσπέραν in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὴν] ἤγουν Aa

Or. 1003.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨τὰν πρὸς ἕσπερον⟩: ἤγουν τὴν πρὸς τὸ δυτικώτερον μέρος —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | τὴν om. Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: δυττικ‑ ZZa

Or. 1003.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸς ἑσπέραν⟩: †γρ. πρὸς ἕσπερον μέρος.† —MnPrS

POSITION: marg. Mn, s.l. PrS

APP. CRIT.: μέρος transp. before γρ. S

COMMENT: Either μέρος is misplaced and this is a γρ. variant (for ‘pros hesperan’ the reading ‘pros hesperon’ is found), or γρ. is mistaken and this should be πρὸς ἑσπέριον μέρος as in sch. 1003.02. The impossible position of μέρος in S suggests that there may have been a conflation of the two.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1004.01 (vet exeg) ⟨προσαρμόσας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ προσαρμόσασ⟨α⟩, ὡς [Hom. Il. 8.455] ‘πληγέντε κεραυνῷ’. —M

TRANSLATION: (Masculine participle) equivalent to (feminine) ‘prosarmosasa’, as (in Homer, of Hera and Athena) ‘struck with the thunderbolt’ (with a participle taken to be masculine).

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.: προσαρμόσασ⟨α⟩ West 1987b: 288 n. 23.

APP. CRIT. 2: προσἀρμόσας M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.199,25

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 1004.12 (tri metr) ⟨προσαρμόσας⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 1004.13 (vet exeg) μονόπωλον ἐς Ἀῶ: ¹Εὐριπίδης μὲν ἑνὶ ἵππῳ ἐποχεῖσθαί φησι τὴν Ἡμέραν (φασὶ δὲ τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν Πήγασον), ἄλλοι δὲ ἐπὶ δίφρου. ²Ἠὼς δέ ἐστιν ἡ πρὸ τῆς ἀνατολῆς Ἡλίου λάμπουσα. ³ἔνιοι δὲ μονόπωλον οὐχὶ τὴν ἕνα πῶλον ἔχουσάν φασιν, ἀλλ’ ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ μόνῃ, ἵν’ ᾖ ὁ Ἀτρεὺς τοῦτο ἐσχηκὼς κατὰ χάριν Διὸς, ⟨τὸ⟩ διὰ μιᾶς ἡμέρας τότε τὸν ἥλιον ἐκ δύσεως ἀνατεῖλαι καὶ τὰς Πλειάδας. —MBVCMnPrR^bRwS

TRANSLATION: Euripides says that Day rides on a single horse (and they say that this is Pegasus), whereas others (say she rides) on a chariot. And Dawn is the one shining (or: Day is Dawn, who shines) before the rising of Sun. But some say that ‘monopōlon’ (‘single-horsed’) is not the one who has a single horse, but rather on a single and lone day, so that Atreus would have obtained this by the favor of Zeus, that for a single day at that time the sun and the Pleiades rise from the west.

LEMMA: MBC(ἐσάω)VRw, μονόπωλον R^b, REF. SYMBOL: MBVPrR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.199,26–200,3; Dind. II.253,29–254,5

COMMENT: The only extant ancient source for Pegasus as Dawn’s horse is Lycophr. 16–17 Ἠὼς μὲν αἰπὺν ἄρτι Φηγίου πάγον / κραιπνοῖς ὑπερποτᾶτο Πηγάσου πτεροῖς, and it is probably an idea unique to him: Sch. vet. Lycophr. 17 Leone Ὅμηρος μὲν Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθοντα ἵππους λέγει τῆς Ἡμέρας (Il. 23.246), οὗτος δὲ Πηγάσῳ φησὶν ἐποχεῖσθαι. The notion is mentioned a very few times in medieval authors, including Eust. in Il. 19.1 [4.275,9–11]. One wonders whether 1 φησὶ δὲ τοῦτον of MBC goes back to φησὶ δὲ ⟨Λυκόφρων⟩.

KEYWORDS: Eustathius

Or. 1004.14 (vet exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον ἐς Ἀῶ⟩: τουτέστιν ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦτο ποιήσας ὁ Ζεὺς, τὸ ἀπὸ δύσεως ἀνατεῖλαι τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν ἑπτάπορον Πλειάδα. —M

TRANSLATION: That is to say, Zeus having brought this about on a single day, that the sun and the seven-pathed Pleias rise from the west.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.: ἑπτάπορον] Dind., Schw. without note, ἑπτάπυρον M

APP. CRIT. 2: ἤλιον M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.200,5–6; Dind. II.254,6–7 and 18–19

Or. 1004.15 (rec exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον ἐς Ἀῶ⟩: Εὐριπίδης ἐν ἵππῳ ἐποχεῖσθαι τὴν Ἡμέραν φησὶν. ἔστι δὲ οὗτος Πήγασος. εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ δίφρῳ αὐτὴν ἐποχεῖσθαι. —O

TRANSLATION: Euripides says that Day rides on a horse. And this is Pegasus. There are some who say she rides on a chariot.

Or. 1004.16 (rec exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον ἐς Ἀῶ⟩: ἢ εἰς τὴν ἀνατολήν —MnSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘To the single-horsed Dawn’,) or to the east.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1004.17 (rec exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον ἐς Ἀῶ⟩: εἰς μίαν ἡμέραν —AaMnRPrSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘To the single-horsed Dawn’ means) ‘for a single day’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι prep. Aa | ἢ μόνην add. Sa

Or. 1004.18 (rec exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον ἐς Ἀῶ⟩: ¹ἱστορία διάκειται ὧδε· ²ἡ Ἡμέρα εἶχε τὸν Τιθωνὸν ἄνδρα. —V¹

TRANSLATION: The(?) mythical account is disposed like this(?). Day had Tithonus as a husband.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὦδε V¹

COMMENT: For the first sentence and the problem of what it means, see on sch. 986.01 and 999.04. In this case ὧδε could refer forward to sent. 2, but unfortunately it is not certain that sent. 2 is intended to be part of the same note, since it is not continued on the same level after the first, although there is ample room to do so. | The mention of Tithonus here was perhaps inspired by the mention in Lycophr. 18–19 (right after mention of Eos riding Pegasus—see note on sch. 1004.13) Τιθωνὸν ἐν κοίτῃσι τῆς Κέρνης πέλας / λιποῦσα.

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 1004.19 (mosch exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον ἐς Ἀῶ⟩: εἰς ἡμέραν ἑνὸς δρόμου ἵππων, τουτέστιν εἰς ἡμέραν μίαν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: For a day of a single course of the horses, that is, for one day.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. XGr

APP. CRIT.: ἵππων om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.254,8–9

Or. 1004.20 (thom exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον ἐς Ἀῶ⟩: ἰστέον ὅτι ὁ Πήγασος πτερωτὸς ἦν κατὰ Λυκόφρονα [16–17] ‘Ἠὼς μὲν … / κραιπνοῖς ὑπερποτᾶτο Πηγάσου πτεροῖς’. —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: One should know that Pegasus was winged according to Lycophron: ‘Dawn was flying above on the swift wings of Pegasus’.

POSITION: marg. Zm, s.l. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.254,9–11

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Lycophron

Or. 1004.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον ἐς Ἀῶ⟩: ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τῆς Ἡμέρας ἐκάλεσε τὴν ἀνατολὴν μονόπωλον. τὴν γὰρ Ἡμέραν φασὶ τῷ Πηγάσῳ ἐποχεῖσθαι. —CrOx

TRANSLATION: By a transference from Day he called the east ‘single-horsed’. For they say that Day rides on Pegasus.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 1004.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον ἐς Ἀῶ⟩: εἰς μίαν ἡμέραν τοῦτο ἐποίησεν ὁ Ζεὺς. —V³

TRANSLATION: Zeus did this for one day.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1004.24 (thom exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον⟩: ἑνὶ πώλῳ τῷ Πηγάσῳ ἐποχουμένην —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Single-horsed’ means) ‘riding on a single horse, Pegasus’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.254,9

Or. 1004.25 (thom exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον⟩: ¹ἢ μονόπωλον ἀντὶ τοῦ μίαν ἡμέραν ἐκληπτέον, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ μονόπωλον ἀντὶ τοῦ μονόκυκλον. ²ἢ μονόπωλον λέγει τὴν ἑνὶ πώλῳ ὀχουμένην τῷ Πηγάσῳ, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ εἰπεῖν ἡμέραν, μίαν ἐδήλωσεν. ³ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι καὶ παρά τισιν ἐποχεῖσθαι δίφρῳ αὐτὴν λέγεται. —ZZmGu

TRANSLATION: Either ‘monopōlon’ is to be understood as ‘for a single day’, so that ‘monopōlon’ is used for ‘monokuklon’ (‘in a single circuit’); or he means by ‘monopōlon’ ‘the one riding on a single horse, Pegasus’, and from saying ‘day’ (in the singular) he indicated ‘one’. It should be known that also in some (authors) it is said that she rides on a chariot.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: s.l. Z

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἢ] τὸ Z | ἡμέραν om. ZmGu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 first μονόπολον a.c. Z | second μονόπολον Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.254,11–14

COMMENT: ἐκ δὲ τοῦ εἰπεῖν ἡμέραν, μίαν ἐδήλωσεν is punctuated thus in all three witnesses, although the comma is omitted in Matthiae and Dindorf, who make no comment on how the phrase could be interpreted without the comma. It would be hard to understand the reasoning of ἐκ δὲ τοῦ εἰπεῖν ⟨τοῦτο⟩ (or τοῦ ⟨τοῦτο⟩ εἰπεῖν), ἡμέραν μίαν ἐδήλωσεν. It may seem odd to say ‘εἰπεῖν ἡμέραν’ when the word in the text is ἀῶ (ἀὼ ZGr), but this is probably just a substitution of the glossing word for the lemma.

Or. 1004.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μονοήμερον, ἤγουν μονόκυκλον. ἢ μονόπωλον λέγει τὴν ἑνὶ πώλῳ ὀχουμένην, τῷ Πηγάσῳ. —Za

TRANSLATION: (‘Monopōlon’, ‘single-horsed’ is) equivalent to ‘single-day’, or else ‘in a single circuit’. Or he means by ‘monopōlon’ ‘the one riding on a single horse, Pegasus’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1004.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον⟩: ἡ Ἡμέρα ἐποχεῖται τῷ Πηγάσῳ ἵππῳ. —B²

TRANSLATION: Day rides on the horse Pegasus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1004.28 (rec exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον⟩: διὰ τὸν Πήγασον —VAa

TRANSLATION: (‘Monopōlon’, ‘single-horsed’ is used) because of Pegasus.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: διὰ om. Aa

Or. 1004.29 (rec exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον⟩: ὅτι ἕνα μόνον ἔχει ἵππον τὸν Πήγασον ἡ Ἡμέρα. —M²

TRANSLATION: (‘Monopōlon’, ‘single-horsed’ is used) because Day has only one horse, Pegasus.

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

Or. 1004.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον⟩: ἕνα γὰρ ἵππον εἶχε τὸν Πήγασον. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Monopōlon’, ‘single-horsed’:) for she had one horse, Pegasus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1004.31 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μονόπωλον⟩: καὶ τὴν ἕνα πῶλον καὶ ἵππον ἔχουσαν, ἤγουν τὸν Πήγασον. —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Monopōlon’, ‘single-horsed’,) namely, the one having one colt, or horse, that is, Pegasus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1004.39 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἠὼ⟩: ἀὼ —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ēō’ there is a variant) ‘āō’.

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1004.41 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 1005.02 (vet exeg) ἑπταπόρου Πλειάδος: ¹ἐξ ἑπτὰ γὰρ ἀστέρων ἡ Πλειάς. ²πιθανῶς δὲ τὰς Πλειάδας φησίν. ³τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων πάντων ἐν ταῖς ἀνατολαῖς δεικνύντων τὴν κεφαλὴν ὁ Ταῦρος τὸ στῆθος προφαίνει. —MVC, partial B

TRANSLATION: (‘Seven-pathed Pleias’:) for the Pleias consists of seven stars. And he mentions the Pleiades with a plausible reason. For while all the other (signs) show their head at dawn, Taurus shows forth his chest (where the Pleiades are located).

LEMMA: MCV REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: marg. B

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀστέρων] ἑτέρων M | 2–3 πιθανῶς κτλ om. B | 3 προφαίνει] Schw. from sch. 999.02, ὑποφαίνει MVC

APP. CRIT. 2: πειθανῶς M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.200,7–9 with app.; Dind. II.252, app. at 24; 254,16

COMMENT: A shorter version of sch. 999.02, sent. 11–12. See the comment there.

KEYWORDS: πιθανόν/πιθανῶς

Or. 1005.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἑπταπόρου … Πλειάδος⟩: καὶ τὰς Πλειάδας εἰς ἀνατολὴν βλέπουσας —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1005.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἑπταπόρου⟩: διὰ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ζʹ ἀστέρων —K

TRANSLATION: (‘Seven-pathed’, so called) because of the number of the seven stars (in the Pleiades).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1005.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ἑπταπόρου⟩: ἑπτὰ πορείας ποιούσης· ἑπτὰ γὰρ ἀστέρες εἰσὶν ἡ Πλειάς. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Seven-pathed’, that is,) making seven journeys/courses. For the Pleias is seven stars.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.254,17

Or. 1005.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἑπταπόρου⟩: τῆς ἑπτὰ ἄστερας ἐχούσης —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1005.09 (rec exeg) ⟨δραμήματα⟩: γρ. δρόμημα. —MnS

TRANSLATION: (For ‘dramēmata’, ‘runnings/courses’,) the reading ‘dromēma’ (‘running/course’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text MnS POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Mn

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1005.10 (rec exeg) ⟨δρόμημα⟩: γρ. δρομήματα. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘dromēma,’ ‘running/course’,) the reading ‘dromēmata’ (‘runnings/courses’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1006.01 (thom paraphr) ⟨εἰς ὁδὸν ἄλλαν⟩: ἤγουν ἐκ δύσεως πρὸς ἀνατολὰς —ZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1007.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τῶνδέ τ’ ἀμείβει⟩: ¹ἤτοι ἀντὶ τῆς χάριτος ἧς παρέσχεν ὁ Ζεύς· ²διὰ γὰρ τούτου κατέσχεν ⟨ … ⟩. ³ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ κρατῆσαι τὸν Ἀτρέα. ⁴ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Μυρτίλου διαδοχαὶ φόνων ἐγένοντο. —MV^aCRw, partial V^b

TRANSLATION: (‘Gives in exchange for these things’:) either ‘in exchange for the favor that Zeus provided’, for through him (Zeus) he (Atreus) got control (of the kingship); or ‘in exchange for Atreus’s gaining control’; or ‘in exchange for the murder of Myrtilus successions of murders came about’.

LEMMA: 1006 ζεὺς μεταβάλλει V^aRw, 1006 ἄλλως: ζεὺς μεταβάλλει V^b REF. SYMBOL: V^a (to 1007 ζεὺς) POSITION: intermarg. M (at level of 1007), s.l. C (over 1007); between sch. 1027.07 and 1030.07 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἤτοι] ἠλέ(κτρα) Rw | ἀντὶ] Schw., διὰ all | ἣν V^b | 2–4 διὰ γὰρ κτλ om. V^b | 2 τούτου] Schw., τοῦτον Dind. without note, τοῦτο all | e.g. ⟨τὴν βασιλείαν⟩ or ⟨τὴν ἀρχὴν⟩ or ⟨τὴν βασιλείαν ὁ Ἀτρεύς⟩ Mastr. | 3 ἀντὶ τοῦ] Mastr., παρὰ τοῦ MC, παρὰ τὸ V^aRw | 4 ἢ om. C | διδαχαὶ Rw | ἐγίνοντο V^aC

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἥτοι M | 2 κατέσχε Va | 3 ἣ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.200,11–13 with app.; Dind. II.254,20–22 and 22–23, II.255,3–4 with app.

COMMENT: The purpose of this note is to explain the reference of 1007 τῶνδε as a genitive of exchange with ἀμείβει, and the lemma in VRw and ref. symbol in V result from the fact that in the mss Ζεὺς μεταβάλλει τῶνδέ τ’ ἀμείβει are on one line. But the degree of corruption is disturbing, with a possible lacuna in 2 and with ἀντὶ corrupted twice. For I do not see how VRw’s παρὰ τὸ κρατῆσαι, which ought to mean ‘because of the fact that …’, can be kept in 3, as Schwartz preferred.

Or. 1007.03 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶνδέ τ’ ἀμείβει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Μυρτίλου διαδοχαὶ φόνων γίνονται. —MnPr^aPr^bRwSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Gives in exchange for these things’ is) equivalent to ‘in exchange for the murder of Myrtilus successions of murders come about’.

LEMMA: ἄλλως all POSITION: follow sch. 1008.01 Pr^bRwSa; in out-of-order group before sch. 1082.01 (at beginning of side block on fol. 26v) Pr^b

APP. CRIT.: διαδοχαὶ] Rw, διαδοχὴν others | ἐγένοντο Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: μυρτίλλου Sa

Or. 1007.04 (vet exeg) τῶνδέ τ’ ἀμείβει: ἀπὸ δὲ τούτων, ὅ ἐστιν ἑξῆς δὲ τούτων, κατὰ διαδοχὴν θανάτους ἀλλεπαλλήλους ἐπήγαγεν ὁ Μαιάδος τόκος καὶ τὰ δεῖπνα τῶν τέκνων Θυέστου. —M^aM^bBVCPrRwSa

TRANSLATION: And from these (events), which is to say ‘following these (events)’, in succession the offspring of Maia brought on murders one after another and the banquet of the children of Thyestes.

LEMMA: M^aCV(τῶνδε τ’ M^aC), τῶνδέ τ’ ἀμείβει θα() B, τῶνδ’ ἀμείβει RwSa, REF. SYMBOL: M^aBV; at 1008 ἐπώνυμα M^b POSITION: after sch. 1007.06 M^b; in out-of-order group before sch. 1082.01 (at beginning of side block on fol. 26v) Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξῆς M^aM^b | κατα B | ἀλλἐπαλλήλους M^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.200,14–16; Dind. II.254,25–28

Or. 1007.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶνδέ τ’ ἀμείβει … θανάτων⟩: ἀπὸ τούτων, ἢ ἑξῆς τούτων, κατὰ διαδοχὴν θανάτους ἐπαλλήλους ἐπήγαγεν τῷ γένει ὁ Ζεὺς χάριν Ἑρμοῦ. —O

TRANSLATION: From these (events), or following these (events), Zeus brought upon the family in succession murders one after another, as a favor to Hermes.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξῆς O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.255, end of app. on 254,28

Or. 1007.06 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἀμοιβαδὶς, κατὰ διαδοχὴν, θανάτους ἐπήγαγε τῷ γένει ⟨ … ⟩, ἤτοι ὁ Ζεὺς ἀντὶ τῆς χάριτος ἧς παρέσχε. || ²τουτέστιν ἀλλεπαλλήλους τις διαμείβει θανάτους, τουτέστιν ὁ Ἑρμῆς. —MVC

TRANSLATION: In alternation, in succession (somone/Hermes) brought deaths upon the family, or else Zeus (did so) in exchange for the favor he had provided. || That is to say, someone alternates deaths one after another, that is, Hermes (does).

LEMMA: V, in marg. M

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀμοιβαδὸν V | after ἐπήγ., θανάτους repeated MC (misplaced restoration of θανάτους omitted in 2?) | τῶ παντὶ γένει V | e.g. ⟨τις⟩ or ⟨(ὁ) Ἑρμῆς⟩ Mastr. | ἤτοι … παρέσχε del. Schw. | ἀντὶ τοῦ τῆς M | 2 τις διαμ. κτλ] om. V, in blank space ἀμείβει θανάτους ὁ ἑρμῆς add. V¹ | θανάτους om. MC, τοὺς θανάτους add. s.l. after ἀλλεπαλλήλους M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.200,17–19; Dind. II.255,1–4 with app.

Or. 1007.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως· τῶνδέ τ’ ἀμείβει θα(): ¹ἀμοιβαδὶς, κατὰ διαδοχὴν, θανάτους ἐπήγαγε τῷ γένει ὁ Ζεὺς ἀντὶ τῆς χάριτος ἧς παρέσχετο. ²ἢ μᾶλλον ὁ Ἑρμῆς. ³ἢ οὕτως· ἀντὶ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Μυρτίλου διαδοχαὶ φόνων ἐγένοντο. —B

TRANSLATION: In alternation, in succession Zeus brought deaths upon the family in exchange for the favor he had provided. Or rather than that, Hermes (did so). Or this way: meaning ‘in return for the murder of Myrtilus successions of murders came about’.

LEMMA: B (ἄλλως in marg., rest in block)

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀμοιβὰς B | 2 ἢ] ἦ B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κατα B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.200,17–19 with app.; Dind. II.255,1–4 with app.

Or. 1007.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶνδέ τ’ ἀμείβει⟩: ἀπὸ δὲ θανάτων ἀνταποδιδ(ωσι) ἤτοι διαλ(λ)ά(σσει) ἄλλους θανάτους καὶ ἀπὸ θανάτων μεταβάλλει εἰς θανάτους. —M²

TRANSLATION: And from deaths he (she, it) pays back in return or exchanges other deaths, and from death he (she, it) shifts to deaths.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1007.09 (thom exeg) ⟨τῶνδέ τ’ ἀμείβει⟩: ἐκ τῶνδε τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τοῦδε τοῦ καιροῦ κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἐπιφέρει. —ZaZbZlZmTGu, app. Z

TRANSLATION: From these events and from this occasion he brings on in succession.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: Z washed out, only faint traces of a few letters | τοῦδε] τούτου Zm | κατὰ] καὶ Zm

Or. 1007.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῶνδέ τ’⟩: καὶ ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν γινομένων —CrOx

TRANSLATION: That is, from these events.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1007.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶνδέ⟩: ἀντὶ τῶνδε τῶν εὐεργετημάτων —MnPrSSa

TRANSLATION: In return for these benefactions.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τῶνδε om. Sa

Or. 1007.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῶνδέ⟩: ἑξῆς τῶν γεγονότων —V³

TRANSLATION: Following the things that had happened.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1007.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῶνδέ⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀτρέως καὶ τοῦ Θυέστου —B^3a

TRANSLATION: From Atreus and Thyestes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1007.22 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀμείβει⟩: διαδόχους ἐπάγει ὁ Ζεὺς δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrB^3a

TRANSLATION: Brings on in succession, namely, Zeus does.

POSITION: s.l. except XB^3a; cont. from sch. 1007.12 X; above line 1007 T

APP. CRIT.: ἀμείβει prep. T | ὁ ζεὺς δηλ. om. B^3a

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

Or. 1007.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀμείβει⟩: διέρχεται ἡ γενεὰ —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Ameibei’ here means) ‘the family passes through’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1008.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τά τ᾽ έπώνυμα δεῖπνα Θυέστου⟩: ἐπώνυμα αὐτὰ εἶπε παρετυμολογῶν τὸν Θυέστην παρὰ τὴν θύσιν τῶν τέκνων αὐτοῦ. —MBCPr^aPr^bR^bRwSSa

TRANSLATION: He called it (the banquet) ‘eponymous’, implicitly etymologizing the name Thyestes (‘Thuestēs’) from the sacrifice (‘thusis’) of his children.

LEMMA: ἐπώνυμα R^b REF. SYMBOL: R^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 1007.04 M(from M^b version)BPr^bRwSa, all add. δὲ; in out-of-order group before sch. 1082.01 (at beginning of side block on fol. 26v) Pr^b

APP. CRIT.: ἐπώνυμον δὲ αὐτὸν Pr^bSa | after εἶπε add. τὰ δείπνα τοῦ θυέστου C, add. τὰ ἀεὶ ὄντα τοῦ (τοῦ om. R^b) θυέστου Pr^aR^bS | παρὰ τὴν] παρὰ τὸ τὴν Pr^bSa, περὶ τὴν C

APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπεν BR^b, app. M | παρἐτυμ. M | τὴν] τ(ιν) (compend.) M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.200,20–21; Dind. II.254,28–255,1

COMMENT: Παρετυμολογέω can simply be a synonym of ἐτυμολογέω, but usually in comments on poets it refers to implicit etymologizing, perhaps sometimes with the suggestion that the etymology is forced or far-fetched. In Modern Greek it is used of incorrect etymologies according to Triantafyllides s.v. παρετυμολογώ.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 1008.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τά τ᾽ έπώνυμα δεῖπνα Θυέστου⟩: ἐκ τοῦ θύω Θυέστης. —K

TRANSLATION: ‘Thuestēs’ (‘Thyestes’) (is derived) from ‘thuō’ (‘sacrifice’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 1008.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τά τ᾽ έπώνυμα δεῖπνα Θυέστου⟩: Θυέστης γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ θύω τὸ σφάζω. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For ‘Thuestēs’ (‘Thyestes’) (is derived) from ‘thuō’ meaning ‘slaughter (a sacrifice)’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 1008.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τά τ᾽ έπώνυμα δεῖπνα Θυέστου⟩: ἀπὸ ⟨τοῦ⟩ τυθῆναι τὰ τέκνα —V

TRANSLATION: (‘Thuestēs’, ‘Thyestes’, is derived) from the childrens’ having been sacrificed (‘tuthēnai’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 1008.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τά τ᾽ έπώνυμα δεῖπνα Θυέστου⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θύειν —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Thuestēs,’ ‘Thyestes’, is derived) from ‘thuein’ (‘to sacrifice’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 1008.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τά τ᾽ έπώνυμα δεῖπνα Θυέστου⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ θυσίας καὶ σφαγῆς ὑπάρχοντα —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Eponymous banquet of Thyestes’ is so called as) those that are from sacrifice (‘thusia’) and slaughter.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 1008.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τά τ᾽ έπώνυμα δεῖπνα Θυέστου⟩: ἤγουν τὰ τῶν παίδων αὐτοῦ ἅπερ ἐτέθησαν εἰς βρῶσιν αὐτῷ. —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Eponymous banquet of Thyestes’,) that is, the (meal) of his children that was placed before him for consumption.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1008.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τά τ᾽ έπώνυμα δεῖπνα Θυέστου⟩: θύματα —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘Eponymous banquet of Thyestes’, that is,) ‘thumata’ (‘sacrifices’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1008.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τά τ᾽ έπώνυμα δεῖπνα Θυέστου⟩: τὰ γὰρ παιδία αὐτοῦ ὁ Θυέστης ἔφαγε. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Eponymous banquet of Thyestes’,) for Thyestes ate his own children.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.255,5

Or. 1008.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τά τ’ ἐπώνυμα δεῖπνα⟩: πρωθύστερον —V²

TRANSLATION: Prothusteron.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The adultery of Aerope took place earlier than the banquet. See also sch. 1009.01.

KEYWORDS: πρωθύστερον

Or. 1009.01 (vet exeg) ⟨λέκτρα τε Κρήσσης⟩: ἀνέστρεψε τὴν τάξιν τῆς ἱστορίας. —MBC

TRANSLATION: He reversed the order of the story (by mentioning the adultery after the Thyestean banquet).

POSITION: s.l. M, marg. B, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: ἀνέστρεψε] Arsen. (MuPh), ἀνέτρεψε MBC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.200,22; Dind. II.255,6

COMMENT: See also sch. 1008.10.

KEYWORDS: ἱστορία

Or. 1009.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Κρήσσας Ἀερόπας⟩: Κρητικῆς τῆς Ἀερόπης τῆς γυναικὸς Ἀτρέως —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1009.16 (tri metr) ⟨Ἀε(ρόπας)⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 1009.19 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀερόπης⟩: Ἀερόπας —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘Aeropēs’ there is a variant) ‘Aeropās’.

LEMMA: thus in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1010.03 (thom exeg) ⟨δολίοισι γάμοις⟩: Θυέστῃ γὰρ ἐμοιχᾶτο λάθρα Ἀτρέως. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘In deceitful marriage/intercourse’,) for she was committing adultery with Thyestes in secret from Atreus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1010.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δολίοισι γάμοις⟩: ἀντίπτωσις· δολίων γάμων. —V²Gu

TRANSLATION: Antiptosis (exchange of cases, dative used for genitive): ‘of deceitful marriage/intercourse’ (as genitive with ‘lektra’, ‘beds’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντίπτωσις om. Gu | τῶν add. before δολίων Gu

KEYWORDS: ἀντίπτωσις

Or. 1010.09 (1010–1011) (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὰ πανύστατα … ἀνάγκαις⟩: τὰ ἔσχατα δὲ κακὰ εἰς ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα ἦλθεν ἐν ταῖς πολυπόνοις ἀνάγκαις τῶν δόμων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: The latest evils have come to me and my father in the suffering-filled fated misfortunes of the house.

POSITION: s.l. except XTGr

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. Y | ἦλθον X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.244, app. at 5, and 255,8–9

Or. 1010.11 (vet exeg) ⟨τὰ πανύστατα⟩: λείπει τὸ κακά· τὰ πανύστατα δὲ κακά. —B, partial MC

TRANSLATION: ‘Evils’ is to be supplied: (that is,) ‘and the very final evils’.

POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B

APP. CRIT.: τὸ] τὰ M, om. C | τὰ παν. κτλ om. MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.200,25 with app.; Dind. II.255,11

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1010.20 (rec exeg) ⟨γενέτην⟩: πατέρα —AaF²PrRSaGGuCrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Genetēn’ here means) ‘father’.

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὸν prep. CrOx, τὸν prep. F² | π(ατ)ηρ Aa

Or. 1010.21 (thom exeg) ⟨γενέτην⟩: τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Genetēn’ here refers to) Agamemnon.

LEMMA: thus in text all except ‑ταν T POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1010.22 (rec exeg) ⟨γενέταν⟩: συγγενέταν καὶ ἀδελφόν· λείπει ἡ σύν. γενέτης δὲ ὁ πατήρ. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Genetān’ here means) ‘sibling’ and ‘brother’. The prefix ‘sun’ is to be supplied (to get this meaning). And ‘genetēs’ (without the prefix) is ‘father’.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1010.23 (rec exeg) ⟨γενέταν⟩: συγγενέταν, ἀδελφὸν —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Genetān’ here means) ‘sibling’, ‘brother’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: συν(γενέταν) Mn

Or. 1010.24 (rec exeg) ⟨γενέτην⟩: σύγγονον —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (‘Genetēn’ here means) ‘sibling’.

LEMMA: thus in text Rf POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1010.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γενέτην⟩: Ὀρέστην —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Genetēn’ here refers to) Orestes.

LEMMA: thus in text B POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1011.02 (tri metr) ⟨ἁμὸν⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 1011.09 (vet exeg) ⟨πολυπόνοις ἀνάγκαις⟩: λείπει ἡ σύν. —MOCV³AaGuB²

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘sun’ (‘with’) is to be supplied (with ‘poluponois anangkais’, ‘suffering-filled fated misfortunes’).

LEMMA: πολυστόνοις in text BAa POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λείπει ἡ] MC, om. others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,1

Or. 1011.10 (vet exeg) ⟨πολυπόνοις ἀνάγκαις⟩: λείπει ἡ σύν· σὺν πολυπόνοις ἀνάγκαις. —B

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘sun’ (‘with’) is to be supplied: (that is,) ‘with suffering-filled fated misfortunes’.

LEMMA: πολυστόνοις in text B POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,1 with app.; Dind. II.255,13–14

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1011.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολυπόνοις⟩: καὶ πολλὴν λύπην ἐχούσαις —Yf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1011.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πολυπόνοις⟩: γράφεται πολυστόνοις. —Zl

TRANSLATION: (For ‘poluponois’, ‘with many sufferings’,) the reading ‘polustonois’ (‘with many lamentations’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1011.15 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀνάγκαις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ σὺν ἀνάγκαις —MCSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Sa | ταῖς add. before ἀνάγκαις Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,2

Or. 1011.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνάγκαις⟩: καὶ βίαις καὶ δυναστείαις τῶν κακῶν —Yf

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δυναστ-] Mastr., εὐναστ‑ Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.255,14–15

COMMENT: See on sch. 710.12.

Or. 1011.19 (tri metr) coronis —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 1012.01 (1012–1017) (tri metr) καὶ μήν: σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν ἀνομοιομερὲς κώλων ἀναπαιστικῶν ςʹ. ὧν τὸ δʹ μονόμετρον, τὰ λοιπὰ δʹ δίμετρα ἀκατάληκτα, τὸ δὲ ςʹ καταληκτικὸν, ἤτοι ἑφθημιμερὲς παροιμιακόν. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: A system, in the form of a separate section, consisting of unlike parts, (namely,) of 6 anapaestic cola. Of which the fourth is a monomoter, the rest (are) four acatalectic dimeters, but the sixth a (dimeter) catalectic or a paroemiac hephthemimer. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.18,1–4; de Fav. 65

KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιομερές/ὁμοιομερές

Or. 1012.02 (1012–1017) (rec metr) τὸ παρὸν μέτρον ἀναπαιστικὸν, ὃ δέχεται κατὰ πάσας χώρας ἢ σπονδεῖον (‒ ‒ s.l.) ἢ δάκτυλον (‒ ⏑ ⏑ s.l.) ἢ ἀνάπαιστον (⏑ ⏑ ‒ s.l.), δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. —KG

TRANSLATION: The present meter is anapaestic, which allows in all positions (feet) either a spondee (‒ ‒) or a dactyl (‒ ⏑ ⏑) or an anapaest (⏑ ⏑ ‒), an acatalectic dimeter.

POSITION: marg. K; beside 1008–1010 G

APP. CRIT.: τὸ παρὸν μετ and ἀκατάληκτον lost to damage K | πᾶσαν χώραν G | s.l. metrical symbols om. G

Or. 1012.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ὧδε —AaPr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hode’, ‘this man’, there is variant) ‘hōde’ (‘hither’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὦδε Pr

Or. 1012.08 (vetThom paraphr) ⟨ἕρπει⟩: μετά τινος κακοπαθείας βαδίζει —MBCV³ZlZmZuGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Herpei’ means) ‘he walks with some painful effort’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτέστι prep. B

APP. CRIT. 2: μετὰ τίνος C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,3; Dind. II.256,1–2

Or. 1013.10 (tri metr) ⟨κατακυρωθείς⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 1016.01 (1016–1017) (vet exeg) ⟨ἰθύνων …ποδὶ κηδοσύνῳ παράσειρος⟩: τῇ κηδοσύνῃ συνεζευγμένος καὶ τὸ νοσερὸν κῶλον τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἰθύνων —MBRw

TRANSLATION: Yoked together (with him) by his sense of caring, and guiding the sick limb of Orestes.

LEMMA: ποδὶ κηδοσύνῳ παράσειρος B, ποδὶ κηδοσύνῳ Rw REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: s.l. M (starts over παράσειρος and completed in the marg.)

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. M | τὸ] τὸν Rw | τοῦ om. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,8–9; Dind. II.256,10–11

Or. 1016.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νοσερὸν κῶλον Ὀρέστου⟩: τὸ νενοσηκὸς σῶμα τοῦ Ὀρέστου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 1016.03 XaGr, perhaps Xb

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ Ὀρέστου] XYGr, om. others (but sep. art. gloss in most)

APP. CRIT. 2: νενοσικὸς T (not Ta)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.256,4

Or. 1016.14 (vet exeg) ⟨κῶλον⟩: κῶλα κυρίως λέγουσι τὰς ἁρμονίας τῶν μελῶν. —MBRw

TRANSLATION: By ‘kōla’ in its proper sense speakers mean ‘the joints of the limbs’.

POSITION: s.l. M; cont. from sch. 1016.01, prep. κῶλον δὲ, BRw

APP. CRIT.: λέγει B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,5; Dind. II.256,11

COMMENT: This odd claim does not fit general Greek usage. Different κῶλα are linked by ἁρμονίαι, ‘joints’; or in rhetoric κῶλα may exhibit the quality of ἁρμονία. The closest comparanda are passages in which ἄρθρον is used to gloss κῶλον: Sch. rec. Aesch. Prom. 81 Dindorf κώλοισιν] ἐν τοῖς ἄρθροις αὐτοῦ, τοῖς ποσίν; Hesych. κ 4807 κῶλα πεσεῖν· τὰ ἄρθρα ⟨πεσεῖν⟩, which applies (with as little justification in normal usage) to Epist. Hebr. 3.17 ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ (the phrase is quoted by several later ecclesiastic authors).

Or. 1016.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κῶλον⟩: κῶλα ἁρμονίαι τῶν μελῶν —B⁴

TRANSLATION: ‘Kōla’ are ‘joints of the limbs’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1016.17 (thom exeg) ⟨κῶλον⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν, ἤγουν τὸ σῶμα. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (Expressing) the whole by using the part, that is, ‘the body’ (by using ‘the limb’).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.256,6

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 1017.01 (rec paraphr) ποδὶ κηδοσύνῳ: τῷ ποδὶ τῷ συγγενικῷ —VR^b

REF. SYMBOL: VR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.256,8

Or. 1017.02 (mosch paraphr) ποδὶ κηδοσύνῳ: πορείᾳ κηδεμονικῇ, ἤγουν κατὰ πορείαν κηδεμονικὴν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: With a caring movement, or in a caring movement.

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: κηδεμονικῷ Gr, but omega erased | ἤγουν om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.256,4–5

Or. 1017.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ποδὶ κηδοσύνῳ⟩: πορείᾳ συγγενικῇ —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1017.09 (vet exeg) παράσειρος: ¹συνεζευγμένος. ²τουτέστι πορευόμενος μετὰ κηδεμονίας. —MVCR^b

TRANSLATION: (‘Paraseiros’ means) ‘yoked together with’. That is, (the whole line means) ‘proceeding with a sense of caring’.

LEMMA: C (no punct. after it) POSITION: s.l. MC; cont. from sch. 1017.01 VR^b, prep. παράσειρος καὶ V, prep. παράσειρος δὲ R^b

APP. CRIT.: παραπορευόμενος R^b | κηδεμονίας om. V, add. in blank space V¹

APP. CRIT. 2: τουτἔστι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,6; Dind. II.256,8–9

Or. 1017.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨παράσειρος⟩: συνεζευγμένος καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ πορευόμενος —VF

TRANSLATION: (‘Paraseiros’ means) ‘yoked together with and proceeding with him’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1017.20 (pllgn gram) ⟨παράσειρος⟩: ἐξ οὗ καὶ σειραῖος ἵππος. —K

TRANSLATION: From which (the root ‘seir-’) comes also ‘seraios hippos’ (‘trace-horse’).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1017.21 (thom gram) ⟨παράσειρος⟩: παράσειρος κυρίως ὁ ὀπίσω τοῦ ἅρματος ἑπόμενος ἵππος. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: ‘Paraseiros’ is properly the horse that follows behind the chariot.

POSITION: s.l. ZlZm, marg. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.256,13–14

COMMENT: Another mistaken claim of a proper (κυρίως) meaning that defies actual usage (and here also etymology from παρά). See above sch. 1016.14.

Or. 1017.22 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 65

Or. 1018.01 (1018–1245) (tri metr) οἲ ἐγώ: αἱ ἑξῆς αὗται περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶν ἰαμβικῶν τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων σκηʹ. ὧν τελευταῖος ‘ἢ ζῆν ἅπασιν ἣ θανεῖν ὀφείλεται’. μετὰ δὲ τὸν λδʹ καὶ τὸν ρλζʹ τμῆμα κώλου τὸ φεῦ. ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς. —T

TRANSLATION: The following groups of dialogue lines consist of 228 acatalectic iambic trimeters, of which the last is [1245] ‘we must all live or all die’. After the 34th [1051] and the 137th [1154] the (exclamation) ‘pheu’ is a piece of a colon (that is ignored in the count). At the sense-divisions a paragraphos, and at the end a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.18,5–9; de Fav. 66

COMMENT: The sense-divisions marked by paragraphoi in this section are at lines 1068, 1084, 1099, 1152, 1154, 1176, 1203, 1208, 1215, 1230, 1239.

KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν

Or. 1018.02 (1018–1245) (pllgn metr) ἰαμβικοὶ —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.256,15

Or. 1018.03 (vet exeg) οἲ ’γὼ πρὸ τύμβου: ¹πλησιάζοντα καὶ ἐγγὺς ὄντα τοῦ τάφου, ἢ τοῦ θανάτου. || ²ὁρᾷ δὲ τὸν Ὀρέστην πλησίον τοῦ τάφου τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ θρηνεῖ τὸ κατ’ αὐτὸν ὅτι ὅσον οὐδέπω ἐκεῖ καθήσεται. —MVCR^b, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: (‘Before the tomb’ means) approaching and being near the tomb, or death. || And she sees Orestes near the tomb of her father and laments his situation because very soon he will be settled there.

LEMMA: οἳ ἐγὼ προτύμβου (sic) M, οἲ ἐγὼ πρὸ τύμβου γάρ σ’ ὁρῶ V REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: follows next Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 πλησιάζοντα … θανάτου om. Rw | πλησιάζοντα] πλησίον with blank space after it V, corr. V¹ | 1–2 ἢ τοῦ θαν. … τοῦ τάφου om. R^b | 2 ὁρῶσαι M, ὁρῶ V | τὸν om. M | τὸ] τὰ Rw | ὅτι] R^b, om. others, ⟨ὡς⟩ Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἡ C | 2 καταυτὸν M | καθίσεται M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,11–14; Dind. II.256,24–26

COMMENT: The first sentence seems to reflect a correct understanding of the metaphorical phrase (provided that the ‘or’ is explanatory and not disjunctive), but the remainder of the note takes ‘tomb’ literally and propounds the odd notion that Agamemnon’s tomb is visible on stage. One hopes that this dates from a late antique commentator who had little sense of staging.

COLLATION NOTES: Schwartz reports τὸ καὶ κατ’ in V, but V in fact has τὸ κατ’ αὐτὸν.

Or. 1018.04 (vet exeg) οἲ ’γώ, πρὸ τύμβου γάρ: ¹πλησιάζοντα καὶ ἐγγὺς ὄντα τοῦ τάφου καὶ τοῦ θανάτου ὁρῶσα στενάζω. ²ἢ οὕτως· πρὶν ἢ ἐν τῷ τάφῳ καὶ ἐν τῇ πυρᾷ σε θεάσομαι, θρηνῶ. —BRw

TRANSLATION: Seeing (you) approaching and being near the tomb and death, I groan in grief. Or like this: before I will see you in a tomb and on the pyre, I lament.

LEMMA: B(οἷ ἐγώ, with punct.)Rw(ἐγὼ without punct) REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: precedes prev. Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 πλησιάζοντα καὶ] ὁρῶσα τούτων Rw, om. ὁρῶσα later | πλησιάζουσα B | στενάζει Rw | 2 ἐν τῆ πυρᾶ καὶ ἐν τῶ τάφω transp. Rw | σε om., s.l. add. Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 πρινῆ Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,15–17; Dind. II.256,27–28

Or. 1018.07 (tri metr) ⟨οἲ⟩: koinē short —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1018.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρὸ τύμβου⟩: πρὸ τοῦ ἰδεῖν σὲ ἐν τύμβῳ —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Before the tomb’ means) ‘before seeing you in a tomb’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1018.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρὸ τύμβου⟩: ἢ ἔμπροσθε τοῦ τύμβου καὶ τῆς πυρᾶς ὁρῶσα σε θρηνῶ ὡς μέλλοντα σφαγῆναι καὶ καῆναι. —V³

TRANSLATION: Or seeing you in front of the tomb and the pyre I lament because you are about to be slaughtered and cremated.

POSITION: s.l. (added later than prev.)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἦ V³

Or. 1018.10 (thom exeg) πρὸ τύμβου: ¹τουτέστι πρὸ τοῦ τυχεῖν σε τάφου βλέπουσά σε οὕτως ἀθλίως ἔχοντα καὶ μέλλοντα θανεῖσθαι στένω. ²ἢ τὸ πρὸ τύμβου ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμπροσθεν καὶ ἐγγὺς τοῦ τύμβου. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, before you receive burial, seeing you in such a wretched state and about to die, I groan with grief. Alternatively, ‘before the tomb’ means ‘in front of and near the tomb’.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm POSITION: s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 θανεῖσθαι] ἀποθανεῖν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.256,20–23

Or. 1018.11 (tri paraphr) ⟨πρὸ τύμβου⟩: πλησίον δηλονότι τοῦ τάφου —T

TRANSLATION: (‘Before the tomb’ means,) clearly, ‘near the tomb’ [or: ‘near the rite of burial’].

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Because of the two possible meanings of τάφος and the ambiguity between local or temporal meaning for ἔμπροσθεν and πρὸ, the interpretation intended by this and the two following paraphrases is unfortunately unclear. But Triclinius’s preference of sch. 1019.07 over 1019.06 in the next line militates in favor of the first translation given here.

Or. 1018.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸ τύμβου⟩: καὶ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ τάφου —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1018.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸ τύμβου⟩: πρὸ τοῦ τάφου —F²Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πρὸ om. (or faded out?) F²

Or. 1018.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸ τύμβου⟩: πρὸ τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν —Zb¹

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1018.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸ τύμβου⟩: ἤγουν πρὶν ἢ θανεῖν σε —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1018.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸ τύμβου⟩: ἐγγὺς θανάτου —AaGuZu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1019.02 (vet exeg) ⟨καὶ πάροιθεν νερτέρων πυρᾶς⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ὁρῶσα. —MB

TRANSLATION: ‘Seeing’ (from the previous line) is understood in common (with the phrase ‘before the pyre’).

POSITION: s.l. M, marg. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,18; Dind. II.256,30

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 1019.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καὶ πάροιθε νερτέρων πυρᾶς⟩: καὶ πρὸ τῆς νεκρικῆς καύσεως —Ox²

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: καύσεος Ox²

Or. 1019.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νερτέρου⟩: τῆς ἐς τοὺς νερτέρους πεμπούσης —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: νεκροὺς T

Or. 1019.16 (rec exeg) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: νερτέρου —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (For plural ‘nerterōn’, the singular) ‘nerterou’ is a variant.

LEMMA: thus in text Rf POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1020.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨οἲ ’γὼ μάλ’ αὖθις⟩: φεῦ μοι καὶ πάλιν τῇ ἀθλίᾳ. —MB

TRANSLATION: Alas for me also a second time, (for me) the wretched one.

LEMMA: οἶ ἐγὼ M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἐμοὶ add. before τῇ M²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,19; Dind. II.257,1

Or. 1020.03 (tri metr) ⟨οἲ⟩: koinē short —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1020.07 (vet exeg) ⟨ὡς σ’ ἰδοῦσ’ ἐν ὄμμασιν⟩: γράφεται ὡς ἰδοῦσά σ’ ὄμμασι. —MB

TRANSLATION: The reading ‘how, seeing you with my eyes’ (without preposition ‘en’ and with ‘you’ after, instead of before, the participle) is found.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. καὶ ὡς B

APP. CRIT. 2: ἰδούσα M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,20; Dind. II.257,2

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1020.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς ἰδοῦσα σ’⟩: λίαν ἐξέστην τῶν φρενῶν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 1021.01 (thom exeg) ⟨πανυστάτην πρόσοψιν⟩: οὐ γὰρ ᾤετο αὐτὸν αὖθις θεάσασθαι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Very last sight’,) for she did not think she would see him again.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.257,3–4

Or. 1021.07 (mosch exeg) πρόσοψιν: ¹θέαν. ²λέγεται δὲ ἐνταῦθα ἐπὶ τῆς ἐνεργείας τῆς ὄψεως. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Prosopsis’ here means) ‘sight’. The word is used here in reference to the activity of seeing.

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except XTG

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἤγουν prep. T | θέαν om. XG (see next) | 2 λέγεται δὲ ἐνταῦθα] λέγει πρόσοψιν ἐνταῦθα G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.257,4–5

Or. 1021.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξέστην φρενῶν⟩: λίαν ἐξέστην τῶν φρενῶν —G

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: cont. with misplaced see sch. 1020.12

Or. 1021.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐξέστην⟩: δοτικῇ —B^3a

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This makes no sense in application to this passage, where the very common genitive complement is used with the intransitive verb ἐξίσταμαι/ἐξέστην. But it could be a reminder that the dative is sometimes found, as in Arist. Ran. 354 ἐξίστασθαι τοῖς ἡμετέροισι χοροῖσιν, 370 ἐξίστασθαι μύσταισι χοροῖς, which might be very familiar as one of the triad plays of Aristophanes.

Or. 1022.03 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ σύ γ’ ἀφεῖσα⟩: γρ. οὐ σίγ’ ἀφεῖσα. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ou su g’ apheisa’, ‘Not you letting go of’,) the reading ‘ou sig’ apheisa’ (‘not letting go of in silence’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1022.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σίγ’⟩: οὐ σύ γ’ —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ou sig’ ’, ‘not in silence’, there is a variant reading) ‘ou su g’ ’ (‘not you’).

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1022.12 (rec exeg) ⟨γυναικείους γόους⟩: γρ. γυναικ⟨είους λ⟩ό⟨γ⟩ους. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘gunaikeious goous’, ‘womanly lamentations’,) the reading ‘gunaikeious logous’ (‘womanly words’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. γυναικόους Pr

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1022.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γυναικείους⟩: τοὺς μικροπρεπεῖς καὶ οὐδαμινοὺς —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1022.14 (vet exeg) ⟨λόγους⟩: γράφεται γόους. —MMnRSa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘logous’, ‘words’,) the reading ‘goous’ (‘lamentations’) is found.

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. R, s.l. MnSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,21; Dind. II.257,9

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1023.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὰ κρανθέντ’⟩: τὰ ψηφισθέντα τε καὶ ἀποβάντα —V

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τὲ V

Or. 1023.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὰ κρανθέντ’⟩: τὰ τελειωθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὰ] καὶ MnS

Or. 1023.11 (vet exeg) οἰκτρὰ μέν τάδ’ ἀλλ’ ὅμως: ¹λείπει τὸ ‘δεῖ φέρειν’. ²τινὲς δὲ γράφουσιν ‘οἰκτρὰ μὲν, ἀλλ’ ὅμως φέρε’. —M, partial BC

TRANSLATION: ‘One must endure’ is to be understood (after ‘but nevertheless’); and some write (omitting ‘tad’ ’ and adding imperative ‘phere’ at the end) ‘things are pitiable, but nevertheless endure (them)’.

POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: 1 λείπει … φέρειν om. C | 1–2 φέρειν … φέρε om. B | 2 δὲ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,22–23; Dind. II.257,11–12

COMMENT: This is a classic example of a scholion giving evidence of an interpolation. The λείπει-note and the revised (unmetrical) version of the line both indicate that the next line as transmitted in the manuscripts was not original, but a third alternative for dealing with the idiomatically elliptic use of ἀλλ’ ὅμως. See further Mastronarde 1994:447–448 on Phoen. 1069–71 and 1070–1.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: τινὲς | λείπει

Or. 1024.07 (rec gram) ⟨παρεστώσας⟩: παρίσταται τὸ δοκεῖ. —K

TRANSLATION: (Another meaning of the verb ‘paristēmi’:) ‘it comes/occurs to’ meaning ‘it seems’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1025.01 (mosch paraphr) καὶ πῶς σιωπήσω ἐπεὶ φέγγος ὁρᾶν τοῦ ἡλίου —X

Or. 1025.07 (1025–1026) (vet paraphr) ⟨φέγγος … μέτα⟩: τὸ φῶς τοῦ ἡλίου ὁρᾶν οὐκέτι μέτεστιν ἡμῖν τοῖς ταλαιπώροις. —B

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,24–25; Dind. II.257, app. at 15

Or. 1025.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φέγγος⟩: ¹ἢ τὸ φέγγος πρὸς τὸ ὁρᾶν ἢ πρὸς τὸ μέτα καὶ μέτεστι· ²οὐ γὰρ λέγομεν μόνον ‘μέτεστί μοι τοῦδε’, ἀλλὰ καὶ ‘τόδε’, πρὸς αἰτιατικήν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: Either the word ‘light’ is to be construed with ‘to see’, or with ‘meta’ meaning ‘metesti’ (‘there is a share of’). For we say not only ‘there is a share of this (genitive) for me’, but also with ‘this’ in the accusative case.

COMMENT: The doctrine is from Thomas Magister, but the incorrect identification of the case of τόδε in such a phrase as accusative is the fault of the author of this scholion, since Thomas himself cites a passage where the relevant word is clearly nominative: ecl. voc. attic. 243,6–11 Ritschl ὥσπερ μέλει μοι τοῦδε καὶ μέλει μοι τόδε φαμὲν, οὕτω καὶ μέτεστί μοι τοῦδε καὶ μέτεστί μοι τόδε. Ἀριστείδης ἐν τῷ εἰς Ῥώμην· ἔτι δὲ καὶ μέτεστιν αὐτῇ πᾶσιν ἄδεια τοῖς πλήθεσι. καὶ Θουκυδίδης ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ· μέτεστι δὲ κατὰ μὲν τοὺς νόμους πρὸς τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.

Or. 1025.16 (rec exeg) ⟨θεοῦ⟩: Ἀπόλλωνος· μετωνυμία. —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (‘God’ here is) Apollo, (a case of) metonymy.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: μετωνυμία

Or. 1027.07 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἅλις ἀπ’ Ἀργείας χερὸς⟩: αὐτάρκης ὁ ὑπὸ τῆς Ἀργείας χειρὸς θάνατος. —MBCRwZu

TRANSLATION: Death at the hands of the Argives is sufficient.

LEMMA: ἅλις ἀπ’ Ἀργείας Rw POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: ὁ om. B | ἀπὸ C | Ἀργείας] ἑλληνικῆς BRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,26; Dind. II.257,17–18

COMMENT: The use of ὑπὸ in this paraphrase is natural, and the fact that this element of the paraphrase has intruded into the text in some younger mss also reflects a common process of banalization and does not justify adopting ὑπ’ instead of ἀπ’ in the text. | For the BRw-variant ἑλληνικῆς for Ἀργείας compare the VRw-variant ἀργεῖοι for Ἕλληνες in sch. 1030.07.

Or. 1027.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἅλις ἀπ’ Ἀργείας χερὸς⟩: καὶ αὐτάρκεια ἐστὶ κτανθῆναι. —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔστι Cr

Or. 1027.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπ’ Ἀργείας χερὸς⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς ἐξουσίας τῶν Ἀργείων —PrSSa

LEMMA: ὑπ’ in text S POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1027.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὑπ’ Ἀργείας χερὸς⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν Ἀργείων δυναστείας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: ἀπ’ in text TG POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 1027.11 X

APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. G | δυνάμεως T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.257,19–20

Or. 1028.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὰ παρόντα⟩: τὰς παρούσας λύπας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘The present things’ means) ‘the present afflictions’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.257,21

Or. 1028.05 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰ παρόντα⟩: ἤγουν τὸ κλάειν καὶ θορυβοῦν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘The present things’ means) ‘weeping and making a clamor’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Za

APP. CRIT. 2: κλέειν Zb, κλαίειν ZlZm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.257,21–22

COMMENT: θορυβοῦν for θορυβεῖν has a few parallels: θορυβοῦται for θορυβεῖται is attested in two texts in TLG (5th cent. CE or later).

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1028.09 (tri metr) ⟨ἔα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1029.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: γρ. ὦ τλῆμον. —XXaXbYYfGr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ō meleos’) the reading ‘ō tlēmon’ is found.

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.257,24–25

COMMENT: Xo (see next) is the only manuscript I have come across so far with ὦ τλῆμον in the text (and Diggle does not report this reading from his collations). Xo’s text perhaps reflects a deliberate choice by someone to adopt the variant reported by Moschopulus. The error, by assimilation to the word in the line above, is assumed to be from an older manuscript known to Moschopulus: Diggle, Text. Trad. Or. 62.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1029.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ τλῆμον⟩: γρ. ὦ μέλεος. —Xo

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ō tlēmon’ ’) the reading ‘ō meleos’ is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1029.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἥβης σῆς⟩: ἥτις ἀώρως οἰχήσεται —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘On account of your youth’) that will be lost before its time.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀώρως οἰχ. om. Zb | ἄκρως Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: ἠχήσεται Za

Or. 1029.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἥβης σῆς⟩: ἕνεκα τῆς ἥβης τῆς σῆς —X

Or. 1030.02 (mosch paraphr) ἀώρου: τοῦ ἔξω τοῦ ἁρμοδίου καιροῦ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.257,28

Or. 1030.06 (vet exeg) ⟨ζῆν ἐχρῆν σ’ ὅτ’ οὐκέτ’ εἶ⟩: νῦν ὅτε ἀνὴρ γέγονας καὶ ἀκμάζεις καὶ ὀφείλεις ζῆν, ἀπόλλυσαι κατακριθείς. —MVCMnPrR^bRwZu, partial O

TRANSLATION: Now when you have become a man and are in your prime and ought to live, you are perishing, condemned by trial.

LEMMA: θανάτου τ’ ἀώρου MVC, θανάτου R REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: marg. M, s.l. Zu(above 1029), first words s.l., remainder sep. in marg. O; follows next MnPr, cont. from next Rw, prep. ἁλλ’

APP. CRIT.: νῦν … γέγονας] ὅτε νῦν γέγονας ἀνὴρ transp. O | καὶ ἀκμ. καὶ om. O | before ζῆν add. θανάτου πέλας (from sch. 1043) Mn, but crossed out

APP. CRIT. 2: ὤφειλ() V, ὤφελες R^b, ὤφειλες MnPrRw | ἀπόλυσαι V, ἀπώλλυσαι PrR^b, ἀπολλῦσαι O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.201,27–28; Dind. II.258,2–3

Or. 1030.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: νῦν σε, φησὶν, ἐχρῆν ζῆν, ὅτε οὐκέτι σε ζῆν συγχωροῦσιν οἱ Ἕλληνες. —MBVCMnPrRwSaZu

TRANSLATION: Now, she says, you ought to be living, when the Greeks no longer allow you to live.

LEMMA: MVC, ζῆν ἐχρῆν σε B POSITION: marg. M, s.l. SaZu; precedes prev. MnPrRw, follows displaced sch. 1007.02 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: first σὲ MZu | φησιν Sa, φησὶ Rw | ἐχρὴν M | οὐκ ἔτι C, οὐκ ἔστι a.c. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.202,1–2; Dind. II.258,3–4

COMMENT: For the VRw-variant ἀργεῖοι see on sch. 1027.07.

Or. 1030.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨ζῆν ἐχρῆν σ’ ὅτ’ οὐκέτ’ εἶ⟩: τότε ἐχρῆν σε ζῆν, ὅτε οὐδαμῶς εἶ. ὃ νομίζει ἐξανάγκης γενήσεσθαι, τοῦτ’ ἤδη καὶ μήπω γενόμενον ὡς ἤδη γεγονὸς ἀποφαίνεται. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: At that time you ought to be alive when you exist not at all. What she believes will necessarily occur, this, even when it has not yet happened, she already presents as already having occurred.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: νομίζεις Y

APP. CRIT. 2: γεγονὼς a.c. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.257,29–258,2

Or. 1030.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ζῆν ἐχρῆν σ’ ὅτ’ οὐκέτ’ εἶ⟩: ὅτε ἔπρεπε ζῆν σε οὐκέτι εἶ. —K

TRANSLATION: When you ought to be alive, you no longer exist.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1030.13 (vet exeg) ⟨ὅτ’ οὐκέτ’ εἶ⟩: γράφεται ‘ὅτ’ οὐκέτι’. —M

TRANSLATION: (For ‘when you no longer are’) the reading ‘when no longer’ is found.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.202,3

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1030.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅτ’ οὐκέτ’ εἶ⟩: δηλονότι ὅτε κατεκρίθης θανεῖν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1031.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μοι περιβάλῃς ἀνανδρίαν⟩: ἀντίστροφον —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Expressed with reversed/reversible terms.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: That is, meaning the same as περιβάλῃς με ἀνανδρίᾳ, ‘clothe me in cowardice’.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως | antistrophe (of construction)

Or. 1031.04 (pllgn gram) ⟨μοι περιβάλῃς ἀνανδρίαν⟩: περιβάλλω τὸ ἐμβάλλω ἀπὸ δοτικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικὴν. —Ox²

TRANSLATION: ‘Periballō’ (when) meaning ‘emballō’ (‘cast upon’) takes a dative (argument, of the person) followed by an accusative (argument, of the thing).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Cf. Georgius Lacapenus, epist. 18(n),31–33 [p. 123 Lindstam] περιβάλλειν· τὸ ἐνδύειν, συντασσόμενον καὶ ἀπὸ δοτικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικήν, οἷον περιβάλλω σοι τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ ἀπὸ αἰτιατικῆς εἰς δοτικήν, οἷον περιβάλλω σε τοῖς ἱματίοις. See also sch. 117.20–21 and Sch. Thom. Aesch. Prom. 778 τὸ μὲν δωροῦμαι τὸ δεξιοῦμαι, ἀπὸ αἰτιατικῆς εἰς δοτικὴν ἔχει τὴν ἀπόδοσιν τῆς συντάξεως, ὡς κἀνταῦθα καὶ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ [Or. 117] ‘Ἑλένη σ’ ἀδελφὴ ταῖσδε δωρεῖται χοαῖς’. τὸ δωροῦμαι δὲ τὸ ἀποχαρίζομαι, ἀπὸ δοτικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικήν. φησὶ γὰρ οὗτος [Aesch. Prom. 253] ‘μέγ’ ὠφέλημα τοῦτ’ ἐδωρήσω βροτοῖς’.

Or. 1031.06 (rec exeg) ⟨περιβάλῃς⟩: γρ. προσβάλῃς. —MnPrS

TRANSLATION: (For ‘peribalēis’, ‘cast around’,) the reading ‘prosbalēis’ (‘attach’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1031.11 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀνανδρίᾳ⟩: ἀνδρεία δίφθογγος, ἀνανδρία ι̅. —F

TRANSLATION: ‘Andreia’ (‘manliness’) is spelled with diphthong (epsilon-iota), ‘anandria’ (‘lack of manliness’) with iota.

LEMMA: ἀνδρεία in text F, corr. to ἀνανδρία by sch. hand REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.

Or. 1032.01 (vet exeg) πορθμεύουσ’ ὑπόμνησιν: διὰ τὴν ὑπόμνησιν τῶν κακῶν εἰσάγουσά με εἰς δάκρυα —MBVCKZu

TRANSLATION: Leading me to tears because of the reminder of woes.

LEMMA: M, εἰς δάκρυα V REF. SYMBOL: MVK POSITION: marg. K, s.l. Zu; cont. from sch. 1030.07, prep. πορθμεύσουσα δὲ, B

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτέστι prep. B | διὰ om. V | after ὑπόμν. add. μὲν V | εἰσάγουσά με] εἰσάγουσ() (με om.) V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.202,4–5; Dind. II.258,10

Or. 1032.02 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰς δάκρυα πορθμεύουσ’⟩: θηλύνουσι γὰρ ταῦτα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Conveying me to tears’:) for these (words of yours) weaken (me).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.258,9

Or. 1032.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πορθμεύουσ’ ὑπόμνησιν κακῶν⟩: ἐπάγουσα εἰς κακά —G

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἐπαγαγό*α or ἐπαγογό*α app. G (tiny, ambig. letters)

COMMENT: ἐπαγαγοῦσα would be a more straightforward correction, but one does not expect an aorist participle to gloss the present (and all the following participial glosses are present).

Or. 1032.15 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὑπόμνησιν κακῶν⟩: διὰ ὑπόμνησιν τῶν δυστυχιῶν —XG

POSITION: s.l. G; cont. from sch. 1032.11 X

APP. CRIT.: τὴν add. before ὑπομν. G

Or. 1034.01 (vet exeg) πᾶσιν γὰρ οἰκτρόν: ¹οὐκ ἐκράτησε τοῦ διανοήματος· ²θέλει γὰρ εἰπεῖν ὅτι πᾶς ἀποθνῄσκων οἰκτίζεται τὴν ἰδίαν ψυχήν. —MBVCR^bRwZu, partial R^a

TRANSLATION: She did not control her intended meaning (in her phrasing). For she means to say that every person when dying bewails their own life.

LEMMA: MBVR^bRw (πᾶσι all) REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: s.l. R^aZu

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 οὐκ … ὅτι] ἤγουν R^a | 2 ὅτι om. C | πᾶς ὁ ἀπ. R^a

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐκεκράτησε R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.202,6–7; Dind. II.258,14–15

COMMENT: For describing what is considered an imperfect expression of the intended meaning in terms of failure to κρατεῖν, compare two passages in Eustathius where negated κρατεῖν is used to explain irregular syntax that is ascribed to strong emotion: in Il. 23.413 [IV.755,22–23] ὥστε κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν νοῦν ἡ πάνυ πολλὴ σπουδὴ καὶ ἀγωνία τοῦ ἱππέως οὐκ ἐκράτησε τῆς ὀρθῆς συντάξεως μέχρι παντός (‘so that according to this interpretation the extremely great eagerness and anxiety of the horseman did not control the correct syntax in every detail’); in Od. 1.374 [I.68,22–24] ὅτι καινός τις εἶναι δοκεῖ σχηματισμὸς τὸ ὄφρα ‘ὑμῖν μῦθον ἀπηλεγέως ἀποείπω / ἐξιέναι μεγάρων, ἄλλας δ’ ἀλεγύνετε δαῖτας’. ἐχρῆν μὲν γὰρ εἰπεῖν, ἄλλας δ’ ἀλεγύνειν δαῖτας. θυμούμενος δὲ ὁ ταῦτα λέγων Τηλέμαχος, οὐκ ἔχει κρατεῖν τῆς συντάξεως (‘being angry, Telemachus, who speaks these words, is not able to control the syntax’).

KEYWORDS: Eustathius

Or. 1034.02 (thom paraphr) ⟨πᾶσιν γὰρ οἰκτρὸν… βροτοῖς⟩: τουτέστι πᾶς ἀποθνήσκων οἰκτίζεται τὴν ἰδίαν ζωήν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except ZT, above 1033 Zl

APP. CRIT.: ἰδίαν] οἰκείαν Zl

Or. 1034.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἰκτρὸν ἡ φίλη ψυχὴ⟩: μεταλημπτικὸν κατὰ ὄνομα —B^3d

TRANSLATION: Using metalepsis in regard to a noun.

POSITION: intermarg.

COMMENT: For this kind of change of construction (neuter predicate with feminine subject) see sch. 232.03. | A number of words containing ‑ληπτ‑ in standard spelling also occur with the spelling ‑λημπτ‑ in later Greek, e.g., παραλημπτέον, ἐπιλημπτικός.

KEYWORDS: μετάληψις/μεταλαμβάνειν

Or. 1034.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οἰκτρὸν ἡ φίλη ψυχὴ⟩: ἐλεούμενον πρᾶγμα ἡ φιλουμένη ζωή. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.258,16–17

Or. 1034.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡ φίλη ψυχὴ⟩: τὸ στερεῖσθαι αὐτὴν —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1035.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἡμῖν κύριον⟩: θανατοκυρία ὑπάρχει —MnPrSa

TRANSLATION: Control over the (manner of) death is available.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπάρχει om. Mn

COMMENT: The noun θανατοκυρία is not previously attested in TLG or lexicons. For the formation compare οἰκοκυρία, ‘management of household affairs’ (LBG), ἀνοικοκυρία, ‘poor household management, poor adminstration’ (LBG).

KEYWORDS: rare word | Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1035.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κύριον⟩: κεκυρωμένον εἰς τὸ θανεῖν —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1035.15 (tri metr) ⟨κύριον⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1035.19 (thom exeg) ⟨δ’ ἢ⟩: γρ. δὴ. —ZbZlZm

TRANSLATION: (For ‘d’ ē’, ‘and either’,) the reading ‘dē’ (‘indeed’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. ZbZm, prep. Zm²

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1035.20 (mosch paraphr) βρόχους: σχοινία ἐπ’ ἀγχόνῃ —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 1036.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κρεμαστοὺς⟩: πρὸς τὸ βρόχους —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Kremastous’, ‘suspended’) goes with ‘brochous’ (‘nooses’, and not with ‘us’ understood).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1036.07 (pllgn rhet) ⟨κρεμαστοὺς⟩: ἀδολεσχία —Zm

TRANSLATION: Superfluous verbiage.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀδολεσχία | criticism of poet

Or. 1036.12 (tri exeg) ⟨θίγειν⟩: γρ. θήγειν. —T^aT^b

TRANSLATION: (For ‘thigein’, ‘touch’,) the reading ‘thēgein’ (‘sharpen’) is found.

POSITION: marg. T^a, s.l. T^b

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. T^b

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1036.15 (pllgn gram) ⟨θίγειν⟩: ἀκονᾶν διὰ τοῦ η̅· ψαύειν δὲ διὰ τοῦ ι̅. —Lb

TRANSLATION: Spelled with an eta (‘thēgein’) in the sense ‘sharpen’, but with an iota (‘thigein’) in the sense ‘touch’.

LEMMA: thus in text Lb POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.258,21

Or. 1036.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χερί⟩: ἀντίπτωσις —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Exchange of case.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: If this refers to χερί serving to convey διὰ χειρὸς (next, also written by B^3a), this is not a normal use of the term antiptosis, but it is hard to see what else could be meant here (unless the glossator assumed the lemma θίγειν, which is not in B).

KEYWORDS: ἀντίπτωσις

Or. 1037.01 (1037–1038) (vet exeg) σὺ νῦν μ’ ἀδελφὲ μή τις: ¹σύ μου, φησὶν, αὐτόχειρ γενοῦ, ἵνα μή τις με τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀνελὼν ὕβριν ταύτην προστρίψῃ σοι καὶ ἐπιτωθάσῃ σε. ²κατ’ αὐτοῦ γὰρ ‘τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον’. —MBVCR^bRfRw

TRANSLATION: You, she says, kill me with your own hand, in order that no one of our enemies by killing me may inflict this outrage upon you and mock you. For ‘Agamemnon’s offspring’ refers to him (and not her).

LEMMA: M, σὺ νῦν μ’ ἀδελφὲ BV, σὺ νῦν ἀδελφὲ R^b, σὺ νῦν με Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b, to 1040 Rf POSITION: on 129v with 1040 Rf (1037 on 129r)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φη() B | αὐτόχειρ’ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.202,8–10; Dind. II.258,22–24

Or. 1037.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κτείνη⟩: κτάνῃ —FSa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘kteinēi’, ‘kill’, there is a variant reading) ‘ktanēi’ (‘kill’).

LEMMA: κτείνη in text FSa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1038.01 (vet paraphr) ὕβρισμα θέμενος: ἵνα μή τις ἐνυβρίσῃ σε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον. —M^aM^bB^aB^bC^aC^bVMnPrR^b

TRANSLATION: In order that no one insult you, the offspring of Agamemnon.

LEMMA: M^aV, ὕβρισμα R^b REF. SYMBOL: M^aVR^b, (at 1031 μὴ πρὸς θεῶν) M^b POSITION: marg. M^b, intermarg. (beside 1031) B^b, s.l. at 1031 C^b; cont. from sch. 1037.01 B^a, prep. ἢ οὕτως; cont. from sch. 1030.06 Pr

APP. CRIT.: ἵνα μή τις] γρ. μὴ M^bB^b, μὴ C^b | ἐνυβρίσης σὺ τῶ ἀγ. γόνω M^bB^bC^b(γάμω), ὑβρίση σε τὸν γόνον τοῦ ἀγαμέμνονος MnPr | at end cont. with sch. 1038.13 M^aB^aVC^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.202,11–12; Dind. II.258,6 and 24–25, II.259,1–2 and 3–4

Or. 1038.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὕβρισμα θέμενος⟩: ἵνα με μή τις ἀνελὼν ἐνυβρίσῃ τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνῳ. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀνελῶν Zu

Or. 1038.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὕβρισμα θέμενος⟩: παίγνιον ποιήσας —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1038.13 (vet exeg) ⟨γόνον⟩: ¹γράφεται καὶ δόμον. ²οὕτως γοῦν καὶ Καλλίστρατός φησιν Ἀριστοφάνη [fr. 387 Slater] γράφειν. —M^bM^cBV^bCR^b, partial M^aV^aRw

TRANSLATION: (For ‘gonon’, ‘offspring’,) the reading ‘domon’ (‘house’) is also found. Thus at any rate also Callistratus says that Aristophanes reads.

POSITION: marg. M^c; cont. from sch. 1037.01 M^aV^aR^bRw, cont. from sch. 1038.01 M^bBV^bC

APP. CRIT.: 1 γρ. … δόμον om. M^aV^aRw | γράψον V^b (compend.) | καὶ om. M^cV^b | 2 οὕτως … καλλ.] ὅτι καὶ ωρ() ἀρίσταρχος καὶ καλίστρατος (second λ add. s.l.) V^b | γοῦν καὶ] Schw., οὖν καὶ M^aR^b, οὖν V^aRw, γὰρ καὶ B, γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἀρίστοις M^bC, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀρίστοις M^c | φησιν ἀριστ. γράφειν om. M^bM^cV^bC, ἀριστ. γράφειν om. Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 οὕτω BV^aRw | 2 καλίστρατος M^cC, a.c. V^b, καλλίστρατος BV^aR^b | γραφὴν M^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.202,13–14; Dind. II.258,25–259,1

COMMENT: The above reconstruction is by no means certain. There may have been a version that ran οὕτω γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἀρίστοις (scil. ἀντιγράφοις) καὶ Καλλίστρατος κτλ. Nor can it be ruled out that V^b’s ἀρίσταρχος is the origin of ἀρίστοις rather than vice versa (e.g., ὅτι καὶ οὕτως Ἀρίσταρχος καὶ Καλλίστρατός φασιν Ἀριστοφάνη γράφειν).

Or. 1038.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γόνον⟩: γρ. δόμον. —V³

TRANSLATION: (For ‘gonon’, ‘offspring’,) the reading ‘domon’ (‘house’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1038.15 (thom exeg) ⟨γόνον⟩: τὴν γένναν, ἤγουν ἐμέ —ZlZm²Gu

TRANSLATION: The offspring, that is, me (Electra).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.259,6

Or. 1038.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόμον⟩: γόνον —Ox²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘domon’, ‘house’, there is a variant reading) ‘gonon’ (‘offspring’).

LEMMA: thus in text Ox POSITION: marg.

Or. 1039.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ἅλις τὸ μητρὸς αἷμ’ ἔχω⟩: ¹τὸ ἔχω μετὰ ἐπιρρήματος συγκείμενον, εἰ μὲν γενικῇ συντάσσεται, τὸ ἐπίρρημα ἔχει τὴν δύναμιν, οἷον ‘οὕτως ἔχω γνώμης’, καὶ ‘καλῶς ἔχω τῶν πραγμάτων’. ²εἰ δὲ αἰτιατικῇ, τὸ ἔχω, οἷον ‘ἅλις τὸ μητρὸς αἷμ’ ἔχω’, καὶ ὠς παρ᾽ Ἀριστείδῃ [557,16 Jebb] ‘εἰ μὲν οὕτως εἶχον, ὦ ἄνδρες Ῥόδιοι, τὸ σῶμα’. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The verb ‘echō’ used together with an adverb, if it is construed with a genitive complement, the adverb has the primary force, for instance, ‘I am this way in regard to my opinion’ and ‘I am in good shape in regard to my affairs’. But if (it is construed) with accusative, the verb ‘echō’ (has the primary force), for instance, ‘I have the bloodshed of my mother sufficiently’, and as in Aristides ‘if I had my body in this condition, men of Rhodes’.

REF. SYMBOL: all

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ ἔχω μετὰ … γνώμης lost to trimming of margin Zl | 2 ὠς παρ᾽ ἀριστείδῃ om. ZlZmTGu | at end add. καθὼς λέγει [ἀριστείδης] Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.259,11–15

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aelius Aristides

Or. 1039.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἅλις τὸ μητρὸς αἷμ’⟩: ἀρκούντως ἔχει ὁ φόνος τῆς μητρὸς, ὃν ἐφονεύθη δηλονότι ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The killing of my mother is enough, the killing that was inflicted namely by me.

POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι] om. TGr | ὑπ’] παρ’ Gr

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.259,8–9

COMMENT: The paraphrase is intended for a text with ἐγὼ after αἷμ’ rather than ἔχω, but ἔχω is in the text in TG and p.c. Y.

Or. 1039.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμ’ ἐγὼ⟩: γρ. αἷμ’ ἔχω. —Gu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘haim’ egō’, ‘blood I’,) the reading ‘haim’ echō’ (‘blood I have’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Gr POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Gu adds this to go along with Thoman explanation of that reading (sch. 1039.01).

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1039.08 (rec exeg) ⟨αἷμ’⟩: γρ. αἵματος. —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (For ‘haim’ ’, ‘blood’,) the reading ‘haimatos’ (‘of blood’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Probably a gloss meant to suggest the common genitive complement with ἅλις has been misunderstood as a variant and γρ. added incorrectly.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1040.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ … τρόπῳ⟩: ἀλλὰ θνῆσκε αὐτοχειρὶ τρόπῳ ὅτῳ βούλει. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: But die by your own hand in whatever way you wish.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ὅτῳ βούλει om. G (to be understood from line)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.259,9–10

Or. 1040.02 (thom exeg) ⟨αὐτόχειρι⟩: αὐτοχείρως εἰπεῖν ἔμελλε, πρὸς δὲ τὸ τρόπῳ ἐξήνεγκεν, ὥσπερ ἐποίησε καὶ τὸ [1036] κρεμαστούς· κρεμαστῶς γὰρ κἀκεῖ ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν. —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: He was going to say ‘autocheirōs’ (adverb, ‘by one’s own hand’), but he expressed it by attaching it to ‘manner’, just as he did also with ‘kremastous’ (‘suspended’ in 1036). For there too he should have said ‘kremastōs’ (adverbial form).

POSITION: s.l. Zm

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔμελεν corr. to ἔμελλεν Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.259,16–18

Or. 1040.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅτῳ βούλει τρόπῳ⟩: καθὼς θέλεις μηχανῇ —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1041.03 (vet exeg) οὐδὲν σοῦ ξίφους λελείψομαι: οὐκ ἀποστήσομαι τοῦ σοῦ ξίφους, ἀλλ’ αὐτόθεν ἐμαυτὴν κἀγὼ διαχειρίσομαι. —MBOVCAaMnR^bPrRfSaZu

TRANSLATION: I will not distance myself from your sword, but immediately I too will kill myself.

LEMMA: B(λε())V, οὐδὲν σοῦ ξίφους MRf(οὐδέν σου)Rw(ξίφος), ἔσται τάδε R^b REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: s.l. AaSaZu

APP. CRIT. 2: ἑμαυτὴν V | καγὼ MR^b | διαχειρήσομαι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.202,15–16; Dind. II.259,24–25

Or. 1041.04 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐδὲν σοῦ ξίφους λελείψομαι⟩: οὐκ ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον τῆς σῆς σφαγῆς ἀπολειφθήσομαι. —B

TRANSLATION: I will not be left apart from your slaughter for much time.

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπι B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.259,19–20

Or. 1041.05 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐδὲν σοῦ ξίφους λελείψομαι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον τῆς σῆς σφαγῆς —M

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘not much time after your slaughter’.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.202,17; Dind. II.259,25–26

Or. 1041.06 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐδὲν σοῦ ξίφους λελείψομαι⟩: τουτέστιν οὐκ ἀπολειφθήσομαι τοῦ σοῦ θανάτου, ὡς μετὰ σὲ τεθνηκέναι, ἀλλ’ ἅμα σοὶ τοῦ παρόντος οἰχήσομαι βίου. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, I will not be left apart from your death so as to die after you, but at the same time as you I will depart my present life.

REF. SYMBOL: T at λελείψομαι), ZZaZm at σου ξίφους, Zl at οὐδέν, Gu at οὐδὲν σοῦ

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.259,20–22

Or. 1041.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨οὐδὲν σοῦ ξίφους λελείψομαι⟩: οὐδαμῶς τοῦ σοῦ ξίφους δεήσομαι. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: In no way will I fall short of your sword.

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.259,23

Or. 1043.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κενὴν ὄνησιν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τέρψιν ματαίας ὠφελείας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Empty benefit’ is) used for ‘enjoyment of a futile benefit’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. GGr | τέρψιν] τέρψον Yf, τέρπου τέρψιν Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.260,3

Or. 1043.09 (vet paraphr) εἰ τερπνὸν τόδε: ¹εἰ ὅλως ἔστι τέρψις τοῖς πέλας θανάτου βεβῶσιν —MBVCMnPrR^aR^bRfRwZu

TRANSLATION: If there exists at all (any) pleasure for those who are near death.

LEMMA: εἴπερ τερπνὸν τάδε (sic) V, τέρπου κενὴν ὄνησιν MR^bRfRw REF. SYMBOL: at τέρπου M, at εἰ τερπνὸν V, in marg. R^b POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. CZu, under line R^a; cont. from sch. 1041.04 B

APP. CRIT.: τέρψις] ὄνησις MnPrR^aR^b | τοῖς] τοῦ V

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστὶν MVMnPrZu, ἐστὶ CRfRw | βεβῶσι MBCZu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.260,5–6; Dind. II.202,18–19

Or. 1043.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰ τερπνὸν τόδε⟩: εἰ τερπὸν τόδε, ἤγουν τέρψεως παρεκτικόν, περιβαλεῖν χέρας τοῖς βεβηκόσι πλησίον τοῦ θανάτου. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: If this is pleasant, that is, capable of affording pleasure, for those who are close to death to embrace (or: to embrace those who are close to death?).

POSITION: s.l. except XT; over 1044 Xb; as two sep. notes, with περιβαλεῖν κτλ over 1044, XoG

APP. CRIT.: εἰ τερπὸν τόδε om. XXoG | περιβαλεῖν χέρας transp. to end XaY | βεβῶσι XaTa, βεβόσι T | θανάτου] θανεῖν G

APP. CRIT. 2: χεῖρας TG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.260,3–5

Or. 1043.17 (rec exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: τόδε —O

TRANSLATION: (For ‘tade’, ‘these things’, there is a variant reading) ‘tode’ (‘this thing’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1045.01 (1045–1046) (vet exeg) ὦ φίλτατ’, ὦ ποθεινόν: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ στοργῆς καὶ φιλίας ἔχων τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα. || ²ποῖον ὄνομα; ³τὸ καὶ αὐτὸν καλεῖσθαι ἀδελφόν. || ⁴ὅ ἐστι καλούμενος ἀδελφός. ⁵ὁ γὰρ ἀδελφῆς ἔχων ὄνομα ἀδελφὸς ἂν καλοῖτο. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Having the name of your sister’ is) equivalent to ‘through love and affection having my soul and my name’. || What ‘name’ (does she mean)? That he too is called brother (with the same root ‘adelph-’). || Which is ‘(you who are) called brother’. For the one who has the name of a sister could be called brother.

LEMMA: MV, ὦ ποθεινόν ἥδισ() B, ὦ φίλτατε Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ om. C | ἐμὸν om. B | 5 γὰρ om. Rw | ἀδελφῆς] Schw., ἀδε() M, ἀδελφοῦ BCRw, ἀδελφὸν V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δια M | 5 ἃν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.202,20–23; Dind. II.260,8–11

COMMENT: The words τῆς σῆς ἀδελφῆς ὄνομα in 1046 are rightly regarded as corrupt nowadays, but the scholia carry several desperate attempts to explain them.

Or. 1045.02 (mosch exeg) ὦ φίλτατ᾽, ὦ ποθεινόν: ¹ὦ ὁ ἔχων ὄνομα τῆς σῆς ἀδελφῆς, ἤγουν τὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, ποθεινὸν, ἐμοὶ δηλονότι, καὶ ἥδιστον, ²καὶ ψυχὴν μίαν, ἤγουν τὴν αὐτὴν αὐτῇ δηλονότι, τουτέστι τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτῆς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial GuLp

TRANSLATION: O you who have the name of your sister, that is, that of brother, (a name) dear, to me namely, and sweetest, and (have) a single soul, that is, the same as her, clearly, that is to say, as her soul.

LEMMA: G POSITION: s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὦ … ἥδιστον om. GuLp | τὸ om. T | ἐμοὶ] ἡμῖν Y | 1–2 καὶ ἥδιστον … δηλονότι om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.260,11–13

Or. 1045.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὦ φίλτατ᾽, ὦ ποθεινόν⟩: ὦ ἔχων ὄνομα τὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, ποθεινὸν ἐμοὶ —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1045.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ φίλτατ᾽⟩: παρεπιγραφὴ —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: Implicit stage direction.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: περιγραφὴ Rf^r

COMMENT: The assumption made here seems to be that Electra does not embrace Orestes until he has given permission, and then the affectionate vocative is taken as the indirect indication of the actor’s physical gesture. ZmGu place παρεπιγραφὴ instead at the vocative ὦ στέρν’ ἀδελφῆς (sch. 1049.01).

KEYWORDS: παρεπιγραφή

Or. 1045.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥδιστόν τ’ ἔχων⟩: διὰ τῆς στοργῆς καὶ φιλίας —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1045.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥδιστόν⟩: ἤγουν τῇ ἐμῇ ψυχῇ —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This is separated from sch. 1045.03. by punct. and is above the end of 1045, but perhaps an error has occurred, and ἐμοί, ἤγουν τῇ ἐμῇ ψυχῇ was a note applying to ψυχὴν μίαν in 1046.

Or. 1046.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τῆς σῆς ἀδελφῆς⟩: ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀδελφὸς αὐτῆς καλεῖται —MOCV³

TRANSLATION: (‘Name of your sister’) since he himself too is called brother of her.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C, s.l. V³

APP. CRIT.: ἐπεὶ καὶ ⟦ἀδφ⟧ ἀδελφὸς αὐτῆς καλεῖται καὶ αὐτὸς transp. V³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.202,24; Dind. II.260,17–18

Or. 1046.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τῆς σῆς ἀδελφῆς⟩: ἐπεὶ ἀδελφός ἐστι καὶ αὐτὸς —MnPr

TRANSLATION: (‘Name of your sister’) since he himself too is a brother/sibling.

Or. 1046.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῆς σῆς ἀδελφῆς⟩: ὁ γὰρ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφῷ ἀδελφός. —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Name of your sister’,) for a brother is a brother to a brother/sibling.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1046.04 (thom exeg) ⟨τῆς σῆς ἀδελφῆς⟩: ¹τὸ τῆς σῆς ἀδελφῆς πρὸς τὸ ποθεινόν ἐστιν, οὐ πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα· ²οὐ γὰρ μόνον ‘ποθεινός εἰμι τούτῳ’ λέγομεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ‘ποθεινός εἰμι τούτου’, οὕτω· ³ὦ Ὀρέστα, ὁ ἔχων ὄνομα ποθεινὸν τῆς σῆς ἀδελφῆς, ἤγουν ὁ ποθούμενος ὑπ’ αὐτῆς. ⁴ἐρεῖ δὲ καὶ προϊὼν ὅμοιον, [1082] ‘ὦ ποθεινὸν ὄνομ’ ὁμιλίας ἐμῆς’. ⁵ἢ τὸ ὄνομα πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν νοητέον. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The words ‘of your sister’ are dependent on ‘dear’ and not on ‘name’. For not only do we say ‘I am dear to this man’ (with a dative), but also ‘I am longed for of this man’ (with genitive), as follows: ‘O Orestes, who have a name longed for of your sister’, that is, the man who is longed for by her. And he (the poet) will also say something similar later on, ‘o longed for name of my companionship’. Or else ‘name’ is to be understood as applying to Electra.

REF. SYMBOL: T; others at 1045 ποθεινὸν

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ποθεινὸν ἐστὶν Gu | 2 ποθεινὸς εἰμὶ (both) Zl, (second) Gu | οὕτως Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.260,18–23

COMMENT: This is a forced and hardly perspicuous explanation. There is no evidence that in general usage ‘we say’ anything like ποθεινὸς τούτου. In that alleged phrase, Thomas treats the genitive as equivalent to ὑπὸ + genitive; but then he cites as similar the use in 1082, where the genitive can easily and idiomatically depend on ὄνομ’/ὄμμ’ and not on ποθεινὸν.

Or. 1046.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῆς σῆς ἀδελφῆς⟩: ἀδελφῆς δ’ ὄνομα ἔχειν ἔφη τὸν Ὀρέστην, ἤγουν αὐτὸ τὸ εἶναι ἀδελφὸν αὐτῆς· ἡ γὰρ τῆς ἀδελφότητος κλῆσις πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀντιστρέφει. —Lp

TRANSLATION: She said that Orestes has the name of a sister, that is, the very fact of being her brother. For the appellation of being a sibling applies to them equally in either direction.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.260,14–16

Or. 1046.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῆς σῆς ἀδελφῆς⟩: ἤγουν τὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1047.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔκ τοί με τήξεις⟩: ἐξ ὧν λέγεις δαμάσεις καὶ καταβαλεῖς εἰς δειλίαν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: By what you say, you will overcome (me) and cast (me) down into cowardice.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.260,29–30

Or. 1047.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔκ τοί με τήξεις⟩: ἐκτήξεις με ὑπὸ τῶν σῶν δακρύων. —Pk

TRANSLATION: You will make me melt/weep in response to your tears.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.260,24

Or. 1047.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔκ τοί με τήξεις⟩: ἐξέτηξας με ὑπὸ τῶν δακρύων. —V³

TRANSLATION: You made me melt/weep in response to your tears.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐξέτηξες (or ἐξέτηξεν?) V³

Or. 1047.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔκ τοί με τήξεις⟩: τήκω τὸ δαμάζω. —B⁴

TRANSLATION: ‘Tēkō’ (can have the sense of) ‘damazō’ (‘overcome’).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1047.13 (vet paraphr) ⟨καί σ’ ἀμείψασθαι θέλω⟩: οἷον καὶ αὐτὸς περιβαλεῖν σε βούλομαι. —MBC

TRANSLATION: As it were, I too desire to embrace you.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,1; Dind. II.260,30–261,1

Or. 1047.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨καί σ’ ἀμείψασθαι θέλω⟩: οἷον τὸ αὐτὸ περιβαλεῖν σε θέλω φίλημα. —PrR²

TRANSLATION: As it were, I want to embrace you in the same expression of love.

POSITION: below line (last of page) R; cont. from sch. 1046.02 Pr

APP. CRIT.: φίλημα om. Pr

COMMENT: The lexica do not attest φίλημα in the etymological sense used here (‘expression/gesture of love’, virtually ‘embrace’), but compare sch. 1049.04 (φίλημα as gloss on πρόσπτυγμ’), Sch. Mosch. Hec. 829 (φιλημάτων as gloss on ἀσπασμάτων).

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1047.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καί σ’ ἀμείψασθαι θέλω⟩: οἷον καὶ αὐτὸς ἀντιπεριβαλεῖν σε θέλω. —AaGuZu

TRANSLATION: As it were, I too want to embrace you in return.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ περιλαβεῖν Aa (ἀντὶ περιβαλεῖν Zu), περιβαλεῖν Arsen.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.261, app. at 1

Or. 1047.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καί σ’ ἀμείψασθαι θέλω⟩: ὅπερ σὺ ποιεῖς εἰς ἐμὲ τοῦτο θέλω ποιῆσαι εἰς σ[έ]. —B^3d

TRANSLATION: The very thing you are doing to me, I want to do this to you.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1048.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨φιλότητι χειρῶν⟩: ἁφῇ φιλικῇ χειρῶν —XXbXoT⁺GB⁴

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: χειρῶν om. B⁴

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.261,3

Or. 1048.04 (thom exeg) ⟨τί γὰρ ἔτ’ αἰδοῦμαι⟩: οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν αἰδεῖσθαι τοῖς εἰς θάνατον ἐρχομένοις. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Why am I still hesitating from a sense of shame?’) For it is not possible for those approaching death to hesitate from a sense of shame.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: γάρ ἐστιν ZlZm | αἰδῆσθαι app. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.261,4–5

Or. 1049.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ στέρν’ ἀδελφῆς, ὦ φίλον πρόσπτυγμ’⟩: παρεπιγραφή· νόει γὰρ ἐντεῦθεν ὅτι περιέλαβε αὐτήν. —Zm, partial Gu

TRANSLATION: Implicit stage-direction. For infer from this phrase that he embraced her.

POSITION: marg. Zm, s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: νόει γὰρ κτλ om. Gu

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1045.04.

KEYWORDS: παρεπιγραφή

Or. 1049.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ φίλον πρόσπτυγμ’ ἐμόν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ σὺ ἣν προσφιλῶς προσπτύσσομαι ἐγώ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrPk

TRANSLATION: (‘O my dear embrace’ is) used for ‘you whom I embrace lovingly’.

LEMMA: ὦ φίλον πρόσπτυγμα T POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT. 2: πρὸς φιλῶς Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.260,26

Or. 1050.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδ᾽ ἀντὶ παίδων καὶ γαμηλίου λέχους⟩: οὐδὲ Ὀρέστης ἀπῆρε γυναῖκα οὐδὲ Ἠλέκτρα ἄνδρα. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Instead of children and marriage-bed’:) Neither did Orestes take a wife nor Electra a husband.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1050.02 (1050–1051) (mosch paraphr) τάδ᾽ ἀντὶ παίδων καὶ γαμηλίου λέχους: τάδε τὰ προσφθέγματα πάρεισι τοῖς ταλαιπώροις ἀντὶ παίδων καὶ λέχους γαμικοῦ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aG^bG^cGrPk

TRANSLATION: These terms of address are available for the wretched in place of children and marriage bed.

LEMMA: G^a, προσφθέγματα ἀμφὶ τοῖς ταλαιπώροις G^b POSITION: G^b follows G^a; s.l. G^c

APP. CRIT.: τάδε τὰ] τά δέ (sic) Y

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀντι Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.260,27–28

Or. 1050.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀντὶ παίδων καὶ γαμηλίου λέχους⟩: πρωθύστερον —Aa

TRANSLATION: Prothusteron.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: πρωθύστερον

Or. 1051.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀμφὶ τοῖς ταλαιπώροις⟩: περὶ τῶν ταλαιπώρων —F²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: παρὰ F²

Or. 1051.08 (pllgn exeg) ἀμφὶ: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπί. καὶ χωρὶς δὲ αὐτῆς ὁ λόγος σώζεται. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Amphi’, ‘around’ is) equivalent to ‘epi’ (‘upon’). And even without it (the preposition) the sense is preserved intact.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except XG, cont. from G^b version of sch. 1050.02 G

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τῆς ἐπί Y | αὐτοῦ XoG

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπί] ἐπεί G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.261,9–10

Or. 1051.12 (rec exeg) ⟨πάρα⟩: γρ. μέτα. —M²MnPrS

TRANSLATION: (For ‘pára’, ‘is present’,) the reading ‘méta’ (‘there is a share’) is found.

POSITION: s.l. M²S, under line Pr, marg. Mn

APP. CRIT.: καὶ add. before μέτα M²

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1052.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨πῶς ἂν … κτάνοι⟩: πῶς δυνατὸν ἔσται ἀμφοτέρους ἀφ’ ἑνὸς ἀναιρεθῆναι ξίφους; —M²

TRANSLATION: How will it be possible for (us) both to be killed by a single sword?

REF. SYMBOL: M²

Or. 1052.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πῶς ἂν … κτάνοι⟩: μία πληγὴ νὰ ἔτεμε καὶ τοὺς δύο. —V³

TRANSLATION: May a single blow cut the two (of us).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1052.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ταὐτὸν⟩: τὸ αὐτὸ, ἤγουν ἕν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν ἕν om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.261,11

Or. 1052.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτάνει⟩: κτάνοι —Zu

TRANSLATION: (For indicative ‘ktanei’, ‘kill’, there is a variant reading optative) ‘ktanoi’ (‘may kill’).

LEMMA: thus in text Zu POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1053.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ μνῆμα … τεχνάσματα⟩: καὶ πῶς δέξαιντο ἡμᾶς τετορευμένα ξύλα; —MnPr

TRANSLATION: And how would engraved/chiseled wood receive us?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ πῶς] πῶς δὲ Mn | τετορευμένον ξύλον Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.261, app. at 14

Or. 1053.06 (vet exeg) κέδρου τεχνάσματα: τὰ ἐκ κέδρου κατασκευάσματα —BRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Artful contrivances of cedar’ means) ‘the constructions out of cedar’.

LEMMA: B, κέδρου Rw REF. SYMBOL: B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203, app. at 2; Dind. II.261,14

Or. 1053.07 (vet exeg) κέδρου τεχνάσματα: ἐκ γὰρ κεδρίνου ξύλου εἰώθασι τὰς θήκας κατασκευάζειν. —MBOVCMnPrR^bRwZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Artful contrivances of cedar’:) for they are accustomed to build coffins out of cedar wood.

LEMMA: V, ἓν κέδρου R^b REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: s.l. CZu; cont. from prev. BRw, cont. from sch. 1053.01 MnPr

APP. CRIT.: κεδρίνων ξύλων VMnPrR^b | κατασκ. τὰς θήκας transp. OZu

APP. CRIT. 2: εἰώθασιν MMn, εἰώθα() V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,2; Dind. II.261,14–15

Or. 1053.08 (rec exeg) ⟨κέδρου τεχνάσματα⟩: τὰ ἐκ δένδρου κατασκευαζόμενα. ἐκ γὰρ δενδρίου ξύλου εἰώθασι τὰς θήκας κατασκευάζειν. —Rf

TRANSLATION: (‘Artful contrivances of cedar’ means) ‘the things constructed from a tree’. For they are accustomed to build coffins out of wood of a (little?) tree.

COMMENT: Perhaps this is a corruption of the previous two by someone who could not read κέδρου and κεδρίνου accurately in the source. Δενδρίον seems to retain its diminutive force even in medieval authors, so it is not very suitable here. One expects *δενδρικοῦ or δενδρίνου (the latter is attested in LBG).

Or. 1053.09 (thom exeg) ⟨κέδρου τεχνάσματα⟩: ¹ἐκ κεδρίνου ξύλου εἰώθασι κατασκευάζειν τὰς θήκας. ²λέγει οὖν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα, πῶς ἂν ἡμᾶς τὸ αὐτὸ ξίφος φονεύσῃ καὶ ἀμφοτέρους ἓν μνῆμα δέξαιτο; ³καὶ τὸ μὲν ἄμφω ὑφ’ ἑνὸς φονευθῆναι ξίφους δυνατόν· ⁴σφαγέντος γὰρ πρῶτον Ὀρέστου, ἔλαβεν ἂν Ἠλέκτρα τὸ ξίφος καὶ ἑαυτὴν διεχρήσατο. ⁵τὸ δὲ μετασχεῖν ἑνὸς τάφου, τοῦτο ἦν ἄπορον· ⁶ζῶντος γὰρ ἐδεῖτο τὸ ἔργον. ⁷ὅτι δὲ τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει ἐδήλωσεν Ὀρέστης πρὸς ἓν μόνον ἀποκρινάμενος τὸ περὶ τοῦ τάφου· ⁸[1054–1055] ‘ὁρᾷς δὲ δὴ φίλων / ὡς ἐσπανίσμεθα, ὥστε κοινωνεῖν τάφου’. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: They are accustomed to construct coffins out of cedar wood. Now then, Electra says ‘How might the same sword slay us and one tomb receive both of us?’ And on the one hand, it is possible for both to be killed by one sword: for after Orestes has been slaughtered first, Electra could have taken the sword and dispatched herself. On the other hand, for them to share a single tomb, this was problematic: for this act required someone living. And that this is the case Orestes made clear by replying to only one question, the one about the tomb: ‘But you surely see how we are lacking in friends (who would be needed) for us to share a tomb’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.261,15–22

Or. 1053.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨κέδρου τεχνάσματα⟩: τὰ κατασκευασθέντα ἀπὸ κέδρου —V

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1053.11 (thom paraphr) ⟨κέδρου τεχνάσματα⟩: τουτέστι κέδρινον κατασκεύασμα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.261,13

Or. 1054.01 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἥδιστ’ ἄν εἴη ταῦθ’⟩: εἰ οὕτω γένοιτο —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘It would be most agreeable’) if it could come about thus.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὕτω] τοῦτο ZaZlGu (οὕτω s.l. add. Gu²)

APP. CRIT. 2: οὕτως Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.261,23–24

Or. 1054.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ταῦθ’⟩: τὸ θανεῖν καὶ ταφῆναι ἐμὲ καὶ σὲ ἐπὶ ταυτὸ —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘These things’, namely) that you and I die and be buried together.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1055.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ὡς ἐσπανίσμεθ’⟩: διὰ τὸ μηκέτι μηδὲ φίλους ἔχειν —MBV¹CZu

TRANSLATION: (‘That we suffer from scarcity of friends’) because we no longer have even friends.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. V¹Zu

APP. CRIT.: ἔχειν om. C | ἡμᾶς add. Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: μὴκέτι Zu | μὴδὲ V¹CZu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,4; Dind. II.261,26–27

Or. 1056.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐδ’ εἶφ’ ὑπὲρ σοῦ⟩: οὐδ᾽ εἶπε πρὸς τοὺς Ἀργείους —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Did he not even speak to the Argives?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὐδ᾽ εἶπε om. ZZa, οὐδ’ om. Zm

APP. CRIT. 2: οἰδὲ Zl

Or. 1056.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐδ’ εἶφ’ ὑπὲρ σοῦ⟩: πρὸς τοὺς φίλους —Zb

TRANSLATION: (Did he not even speak) to (your) friends?

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1056.07 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ θανεῖν⟩: λείπει σὲ. —M²

TRANSLATION: (With ‘not to die’) ‘you’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1057.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1057.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὁ προδότης τοὐμοῦ πατρός⟩: ὁ τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα ἐγκαταλιπών —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Traitor to my father’, that is,) ‘the one who abandoned my father’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἐμὸν καταλιπὼν πατέρα G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.261,29

Or. 1057.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ὁ προδότης⟩: ¹προδότην καλεῖ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα Μενέλαον τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς ὡς αἴτιον Ἀγαμέμνονι τῶν συμβάντων αὐτῷ κακῶν· ²εἰ μὴ γὰρ δι’ ἐκεῖνον εἰς Τροίαν ἀπέπλει, οὐκ ἂν οἴκοι τοιαῦτ’ ἐγεγόνει κακὰ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπανελθὼν ἀθλίως πεφόνευται. ³ἢ προδότην λέγει ὡς προδεδωκότα τὴν ἐξ Ἀγαμέμνονος γενομένην αὐτῷ χάριν, ἐπειδὴ τοῖς αὐτοῦ παισὶ κινδυνεύουσιν οὐκ ἐβοήθησεν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Electra calls Menelaus a betrayer of her father because for Agamemnon he was responsible for the evils that befell him. For if he (Agamemnon) did not sail to Troy on that man’s account, such evils would not have occurred at home, and he himself (Agamemnon) when he returned home would not have been(?) miserably murdered. Or she calls him betrayer because he has betrayed the favor done to him by Agamemnon, since he (Menelaus) did not bring aid to his children when they were in danger.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐκείνων Za | ἀπέπλει] ἀπέλθοι Zl | 3 γενομένων ἐξ ἀγ. transp. ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 συμβάτων Za | 2 τοιαῦτα s.l. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.261,30–262,5

COMMENT: The switch to the perfect πεφόνευται after οὐκ ἂν … ἐγεγόνει is odd and perhaps not to be attributed to a grammarian such as Thomas Magister. Perhaps the perfect is a corruption of (ἐ)πεφόνευτο. Or the perfect is correct and there is a discontinuity in the construction so that the translation should be ‘would not have occurred, and (as a result, what really happened was that) he has been miserably murdered’.

Or. 1058.01 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐδ’ ὄμμ’ ἔδειξεν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδὲ ἐφάνη ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ —MBOV¹CAaMnPrR^aR^bSaGu²Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘He did not even show his face’) means ‘he did not even appear in the assembly’.

LEMMA: οὐδ’ ὄμμα R^b REF. SYMBOL: MR^b POSITION: marg. MO, intermarg. B, s.l. V¹CAaSaGu²Zu

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. OAaSaGu²Zu, τοῦ om. C | οὐδὲ] οὐ καὶ R^aR^b, οὐκ MnPr | ἐν τῇ ἐκκ. om. R^a, transp. before ἐφάνη AaGu²

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐδ’ Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,5; Dind. II.262,14

Or. 1058.02 (mosch exeg) οὐδ’ ὄμμ’ ἔδειξεν: ἤγουν οὐδὲ διάθεσιν ἔδειξε καὶ γνώμην, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὀλίγον πρὸς τὸ διεγερθῆναι καὶ ἀντιτάξασθαι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘He did not even show his face’:) that is, he did not even show a disposition or resolve—(behavior) that is of small help toward being stirred to action and marshalling one’s forces against the enemies.

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoGGr

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G | διεγερθ.] ἐγερθῆναι XoYf, διενεχθῆναι G | ἀντιτάξασθαι] μάχεσθαι XoG

APP. CRIT. 2: ὅπέρ ἐστιν XoTY

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.262,6–8

Or. 1058.03 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐδ’ ὄμμ’ ἔδειξεν⟩: ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1058.06 (mosch exeg) ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ σκήπτροις: ἤγουν ἐπὶ τῇ βασιλείᾳ, τοῦ Ἄργους δηλονότι, ἣν ἤλπιζε κατέχειν ἀποθανόντος τοῦ Ὀρέστου —XaXbXo(T⁺)Ta⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘Fixed on the scepters’), that is, ‘(fixed) on the kingship’, of Argos, namely, which he expected to possess once Orestes had died.

LEMMA: G REF. SYMBOL: G POSITION: marg. Xa, s.l. XbOx²; cont. from sch. 1058.02 (T)Ta, prep. ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τοῖς σκήπτροις ἔχων τὴν ἐλπίδα

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.262,8–10

Or. 1058.07 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ σκήπτροις⟩: ἐπὶ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ βασιλείᾳ —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. ZbT | ἡμετέρᾳ] ὑμετέρᾳ ZZaT (Za app. corrected to ἡμ-)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.262,8

Or. 1059.01 (vet exeg) εὐλαβεῖτο μὴ σώζειν φίλους: ¹τὸ μή περιττεύει, οὕτως· ηὐλαβεῖτο καὶ παρῃτεῖτο ἀντειπεῖν ⟨ … ⟩ μὴ σῴζειν τοὺς φίλους· ²οἱ γὰρ γνήσιοι φίλοι καὶ πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος οὐ παραιτοῦνται κινδυνεύειν. || ³ἢ τὸ πλῆθος ηὐλαβεῖτο πρὸς τὸ μὴ σῴζειν τοὺς φίλους ἢ εἰπεῖν ηὐλαβεῖτο. —MBVCMnRw, partial PrR^bRfSa

TRANSLATION: The negative particle ‘mē’ is superfluous, (so interpret) as follows: He was cautious and declined to speak against ⟨(e.g.) the multitude, so as⟩ not to save his friends/kinsmen. For genuine friends/kinsmen do not decline to run a risk even against the multitude. || Either he was afraid of the multitude, so as not to save his kinsmen; or he was afraid to speak.

LEMMA: B(φιλ()), lemma τὴν ἐλπίδ’ εὐλαβεῖτο MR^b(ἐμπίδ’ ηὐλαβεῖτο), τὴν ἐλπίδ’ εὐλαβεῖτο μὴ σώζειν V, τὴν ἐλπίδα RfRw REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^bRfSa POSITION: on the bottom of facing verso Mn

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ … φίλους om. Pr (but cf. next), τὸ … οὕτως om. Sa | περιττεύειν MR^bRf, περισσὸν Mn | οὕτως ηὐλαβ. … φίλους om. Mn | οὕτως] Schw., ὅτι all (om. MnPrSa) | ἀντειπεῖν μὴ σώζειν] ἀντειπεῖν τῶ πλήθει μὴ σθένων σώζειν Sa (cf. next), lacuna Schw., e.g., ἀντειπεῖν ⟨τῷ πλήθει, ὥστε⟩ μὴ σώζειν Mastr., ἀντειπεῖν ⟨σῴζειν τοὺς φίλους. ἢ τὸ πλῆθος ηὐλαβεῖτο πρὸς τὸ⟩ μὴ σώζειν Schw. | 2–3 οἱ γὰρ … φίλους om. R^bRf | 2 οἱ] οὐ Pr | τὸ om. Sa | 3 ἢ τὸ πλήθος κτλ om. Sa | μὴ om. MnPr | ηὐλαβεῖτο om. Mn (but continues after a period with next)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 εὐλαβεῖτο R^b | 2 πρὸ τὸ Mn | 3 first εὐλαβεῖτο Mn, a.c. Pr | second εὐλαβεῖτο MBPrRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,6–9; Dind. II.262,16–19

COMMENT: It is tempting to accept the version of Sa, also reflected in MnPr in the next, but the notion that Menelaus is not strong enough to save them does not comport with the immediate context, where the point is his betrayal and his desire to inherit the kingship. Nonetheless, this version in the recentiores does demonstrate that someone recognized there was a problem with the text here. | πρὸς τὸ μὴ + infinitive in scholia can be ‘with respect to’ but more often has a final/consecutive sense, probably more often emphasizing purpose than result, but result must be the force intended here, as in sch. 1058.02 ὀλίγον πρὸς τὸ διεγερθῆναι.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 1059.02 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ηὐλαβεῖτο καὶ παρῃτεῖτο ἀντειπεῖν τῷ πλήθει μὴ σθένων σώζειν τοὺς φίλους. —MnPr

TRANSLATION: He was cautious and declined to speak against the multitude, not being strong enough to save his friends/kinsmen.

LEMMA: Pr POSITION: cont. from prev. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: εὐλαβ‑ Mn | ἀντιπεῖν Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.262, app. at 19

Or. 1059.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὐλαβεῖτο μὴ σώζειν φίλους⟩: ¹τὸ μὴ σώζειν τὸ μ̅η̅ πλεονάζει. ²ἢ τὸ πλῆθος εὐλαβεῖτο πρὸς τὸ μὴ σώζειν φίλους, ἢ εἶπεῖν εὐλαβεῖτο. ³τινὲς δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἠγάπησεν. —Zu

TRANSLATION: In ‘not to save’ the negative particle ‘mē’ is pleonastic. Either he was afraid of the multitude, so as not to save his kinsmen; or he was afraid to speak. And some (interpret ‘eulabeito’) as meaning ‘he showed himself content’ (rather than ‘he was cautious/afraid’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 3 ἠγάπησαν Zu

COMMENT: τὸ μὴ σώζειν in 1 seems to be a nominative pendens expressing the topic or theme: cf. in a longer phrase with a participle, a more typical construction, sch. Thom. 1039.01 τὸ ἔχω μετὰ ἐπιρρήματος συγκείμενον, εἰ μὲν γενικῇ συντάσσεται, τὸ ἐπίρρημα ἔχει τὴν δύναμιν. Other possibilities are that the τὸ μὴ σώζειν is actually the subject and πλεονάζει is transitive, meaning ‘use redundantly’ or (least likely, in my view) that τὸ μ̅η̅ should be emended to τῷ μ̅η̅, like the dative in Sch. vet. Arist. Plut. 250 Chantry ἀττικὸν τὸ πλεονάζειν τοῖς ἄρθροις.

KEYWORDS: πλεονάζει

Or. 1059.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ηὐλαβεῖτο⟩: (ἠ)β(λαβεῖτο) —Xb

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The scribe added β above the space between υ and λ, which could mean ηὐβλαβεῖτο instead. It is odd that anyone entered such an alternative spelling here, but it perhaps comes from collating a copy with ἠβλ‑ or ηὐβλ-. The only comparable instance in TLG is ἠβλαβούμεθα in a 9th-cent. hagiographic text.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1059.12 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ σῴζειν⟩: περισσὸν τὸ μή καὶ παρέλκει. —MnR^a1R^a2V³

TRANSLATION: The negative particle ‘mē’ is superfluous and redundant.

POSITION: marg. R^a2, s.l. others (misplaced above 1056 μὴ θανεῖν MnR^a1)

APP. CRIT.: καὶ παρέλκει] R^a2, om. others

APP. CRIT. 2: περιττὸν V³

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός | παρέλκει/παρέλκον

Or. 1059.13 (mosch exeg) μὴ σῴζειν: τοῦ μή καὶ παρόντος καὶ ἀπόντος ὁ λόγος ὁμοίως σώζεται. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Whether the negative particle ‘mē’ is present or absent, the sense is preserved all the same.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: καὶ first om. Xo | ὁμοίως om. TY

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.262,20

Or. 1060.01 (1060–1061) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ εἶφ’ ὅπως … ἀξιώτατα⟩: ἀλλ’ εἰπὲ δὴ σὺ πῶς γενναῖα καὶ ἄξια τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος πράξαντες καὶ ἀξίως τῆς τιμῆς αὐτοῦ ἀποθανούμεθα. —K

TRANSLATION: But you, tell how having acted nobly and in a manner worthy of Agamemnon we may also die in a way worthy of his honor.

LEMMA: εἶφ’ thus in text K POSITION: marg.

Or. 1060.02 (1060–1061) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ εἶ’ ὅπως … ἀξιώτατα⟩: ἀλλ’ ἄγε, σκεψώμεθα ὅπως, ἀντὶ τοῦ πῶς, δράσαντες γενναῖα καὶ ἀξιώτατα τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος κατθανούμεθα, ἤγουν ἀποθανούμεθα. —XXaXbXo(T⁺)Ta⁺YYfGr, partial G

TRANSLATION: But come then, let us consider how (‘hopōs’)—used for ‘pōs’, ‘how’—having acted nobly and in a manner most worthy of Agamemnon we shall die (‘katthanoumetha’)—that is, ‘apothanoumetha’ (‘die’).

POSITION: s.l. XbXo(as three sep. over two lines)G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.262,11–13

Or. 1060.03 (1060–1061) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ εἶ’ ὅπως … ἀξιώτατα⟩: καὶ φέρε, πῶς ἀποθανούμεθα γενναῖα καὶ ἄξια τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος δράσαντες; —AaZu

TRANSLATION: Come then, how shall we die having acted nobly and in a manner worthy of Agamemnon?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: after μεμν Aa washed out and hidden in binding

Or. 1060.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἶ’⟩: ἐπίρρημα παρακελευσματικόν —Zm

TRANSLATION: An adverb expressing exhortation.

LEMMA: εἴα in text Zm POSITION: marg.

Or. 1060.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἶ’⟩: ἄγε, παρακελευσματικόν. —B^3d

TRANSLATION: ‘Come then’, with a sense of exhortation.

LEMMA: εἴ’ in text p.c. B (app. εἶ’ a.c.) POSITION: marg.

Or. 1060.22 (tri metr) ⟨κἀγαμέμνονος⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1061.04 (tri metr) ⟨δράσαντε⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1061.06 (rec exeg) ⟨κτανούμεθ’⟩: κατθανούμεθα —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ktanoumeth’ ’, ‘we will be killed’, there is a variant reading) ‘katthanoumetha’ (‘we will die’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1061.07 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀξιώτατα⟩: γράφεται δεξιώτατα. —M

TRANSLATION: (For ‘axiōtata, ‘most worthily’,) the reading ‘dexiōtata’ (‘most capably’) is found.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,11; Dind. II.262,22

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1062.01 (tri metr) ⟨κἀγὼ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1062.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀποδεῖξαι⟩: (ἀποδείξ)ω —M²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘apodeixai’, ‘to demonstrate’, there is a variant reading) ‘apodeixō’ (‘I will demonstrate’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1062.10 (vet exeg) ⟨πόλει⟩: γράφεται πατρός. —MB

TRANSLATION: (For ‘to the city’) the reading ‘of (my) father’ is found.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,12; Dind. II.262,25

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1064.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅμοια πράσσειν⟩: ἤγουν αὐτόχειρα σφαγῆναι —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Do similar things’,) that is, be slaughtered by your own hand.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] τουτέστιν Gu | αὐτόχειρ Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.262,26–27

Or. 1064.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάσχειν⟩: πράσσειν —G

TRANSLATION: (For ‘paschein’, ‘to suffer’, there is a variant reading) ‘prassein’ (‘do’ or ‘fare/suffer’).

LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1064.05 (rec exeg) ⟨βουλεύμασι⟩: γρ. τολμήμασι. —V³MnR

TRANSLATION: (For ‘bouleumasi, ‘plans’,) the reading ‘tolmēmasi’ (‘bold deeds’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. V³R

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1064.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τολμήμασιν⟩: γρ. βουλεύμασιν. —AaPrSaGu²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘tolmēmasin’, ‘bold deeds’,) the reading ‘bouleumasin (‘plans’) is found.

LEMMA: ‑ασι in text Sa POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. AaGu²

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ασι Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.262,27

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1065.05 (rec exeg) ⟨βραβεύς⟩: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔφορος καὶ προνοητής. ²παραγγέλλει γὰρ ἀποθανόντων περιστεῖλαι καὶ κηδεῦσαι σεμνῶς τὸ ἑαυτῶν σῶμα. —V¹R^b, partial Rf

TRANSLATION: (‘Brabeus’, ‘arbiter’ is here) equivalent to ‘overseer’ and ‘administrator’. For he (Orestes) instructs (Pylades) to adorn and care for with great dignity (the burial of) their bodies once they are dead.

LEMMA: σύ δ’ ἡμῖν τοῦ φόνου V¹, lemma ἡμῖν R^b REF. SYMBOL: V¹R^b

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ … προνοητής om. Rf | εὔφορος V¹, ἐφο() or ἐφορ() R^b | 2 γὰρ om. Rf | σεμνῶς transp. after ἑαυτῶν V¹, transp. to end Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,13–15; Dind. II.262,28–263,1 and 263,5–6

Or. 1065.06 (plan exeg) ⟨βραβεύς⟩: κυρίως ὁ ἀγωνοθέτης λέγεται βραβεύς. —XXaXbXoTa⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The overseer of athletic games is called ‘brabeus’ in its proper sense.

LEMMA: τοῦ φόνου γενοῦ βραβεύς G; label μαξ Y or Y^a REF. SYMBOL: Ta POSITION: s.l. Xo

APP. CRIT.: T completely washed out | ὁ add. before βραβεύς Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.263,1–2

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions | Planudes

Or. 1065.07 (thom exeg) ⟨βραβεύς⟩: οἰκονόμος ἐκ τοῦ διδόναι ἡμῖν ξίφη —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Brabeus’ here means) ‘manager’ by virtue of giving us swords.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.263,2

Or. 1066.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εὖ περίστειλον⟩: κατὰ κόσμον τάξον καλῶς —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Clothe well’ means) ‘arrange well in due order’.

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from prev. X

APP. CRIT.: εὖ prep. Gr

APP. CRIT. 2: τάξιν Gr, iota erased, with no further correction

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.263,3–4

Or. 1067.01 (pllgn exeg) οὗτος ὁ στίχος ἐν ἀντιγράφοις οὐχ εὑρίσκεται. —Gu²Zu

TRANSLATION: This line is not found in copies.

POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 1069.01 Zu

APP. CRIT.: ὁ στίχος om. Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐχ’ Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.263,8

COMMENT: No extant manuscript that I have checked lacks 1067 (or 1069), but Gu occasionally adds scholia from an old witness, so it is not impossible that the observation is older than the 14th century. If there was such an omission of 1067, it was apparently accidental, since εὖ περίστειλον δέμας conveys only part of the ritual of proper burial. Likewise, if Zu were correct to place this at 1069, the omission would necessarily have been accidental.

KEYWORDS: οὐ φέρεται(‑ονται)/οὐχ εὑρίσκεται/οὐ γράφεται | athetesis or absence of verses

Or. 1068.12 (vet exeg) ⟨πορ⟦θμ⟧εύομαι⟩: γρ. πορεύομαι. —B

TRANSLATION: Write ‘poreuomai’ (‘I proceed’). Or: (For ‘porthmeuomai’, ‘I am ferried’,) the reading ‘poreuomai’ (‘I proceed’) is found.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The unwanted characters in the text in B have been completely erased, but θμ will fit the space very well, and no other suitable word is available; Murray and Diggle correctly suggested προθμεύομαι in the apparatus.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1068.13 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1069.01 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐπίσχες⟩: [Phoen. 452] ‘ἐπίσχες· οὔτοι τὸ ταχὺ τὴν δίκην ἔχει.’ —Gu²Zu

TRANSLATION: (There is a similar abrupt imperative in the line Phoen. 452:) ‘Stop! Haste, you know, does not afford justice.’

POSITION: marg., Gu², s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: οἴτοι app. Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.263,11

Or. 1069.02 (mosch exeg) ἐπίσχες: σαυτὸν δηλονότι, ἤγουν καρτέρησον. —XXaXbXoTa⁺YYfGr, partial Aa²

TRANSLATION: (‘Halt’) yourself, namely, that is, ‘hold on!’

LEMMA: XTa POSITION: s.l. except X(T)Ta

APP. CRIT.: T lost to damage | ἤγουν καρτ. om. Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.263,10–11

Or. 1069.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐπίσχες⟩: ἐπεχω, ἐφέξω καὶ ἐπισχήσω, ἐπέσχον, ἐπίσχες προστακτικὸν —Ox²

TRANSLATION: ‘Epechō’, (future) ‘ephexō’ and ‘epischēsō’, (aorist) ‘epeschon’, (from which) imperative ‘episches’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1069.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἓν μὲν πρῶτά σοι⟩: ἕνα γάρ σοι —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1069.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὲν⟩: ἀναπόδοτος —Zm

TRANSLATION: (The particle ‘men’ here is) lacking its answering element (the particle ‘de’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1071.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τί γὰρ … ἐμοῦ μέτα;⟩: κατὰ τί γὰρ ἁρμόζει ἀποθανεῖν σε ⟨ἐμοῦ⟩ μέτα· ἐπαναστροφὴ ἀντὶ τοῦ μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ. —X

TRANSLATION: For in what way is it fitting that you die along with me (‘emou meta’): epanastrophe instead of ‘met’ emou’.

APP. CRIT.: ⟨ἐμοῦ⟩ suppl. Mastr. | μέτα … ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Arsen. (and edd.)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.263,15 (partial)

COMMENT: In his usual fashion, X concatenates notes that are separate in the other usual Moschopulean witnesses: 1071.04, 1071.06, 1071.09, 1071.12.

KEYWORDS: ἐπαναστροφή

Or. 1071.08 (rec exeg) ⟨κατθανεῖν⟩: ἀπόλυτον τὸ ῥῆμα. —Mn

TRANSLATION: The verbal form (‘katthanein’, ‘to die’) is used absolutely (no subject is expressed).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Mn has in the text κατθανεῖν ἐμοῦ, omitting σ’.

Or. 1071.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐμοῦ μέτα⟩: μετ’ ἐμοῦ —F²KMnPrSSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Emou meta’ is anastrophe for) ‘met’ emou’ (‘with me’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1071.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἐμοῦ μέτα⟩: ἐπαναστροφὴ ἀντὶ τοῦ μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ. —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Emou meta’:) epanastrophe instead of ‘met’ emou’ (‘with me’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐπαναστροφή

Or. 1072.01 (vet paraphr) ἤρου;: ¹ἠρώτησάς με; φησίν· ἰδοὺ κἀγώ σε ἀντερωτήσω. || ²τοῦτο με ἠρώτησας, ἀλλ’ ⟨ἐγὼ⟩ ἐκεῖνο· διὰ τί δὲ ζῆν; —MV¹CR^b, partial Zu

TRANSLATION: ‘You asked me?’ he says. ‘Look here then, I too will ask you in reply’. || You asked me this, but I (ask) this other thing: and why (is it fitting) to live?

LEMMA: V (without question mark) REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: marg. M, s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντερωτῶ Zu | 2 τοῦτο με κτλ om. Zu | με] μὲν V¹, μοι R^b | ⟨ἐγὼ⟩ Schw. | ζῆν με C

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 perhaps ἰδοῦ M | καγῶ M | 2 ἀλλὰ CR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,16–17; Dind. II.263, app. at 16

COMMENT: The witnesses, except for Zu, all have a question mark after ἤρου in the text, but not in the first sentence of the scholion.

Or. 1072.02 (vet paraphr) ἤρου; τί δὲ ζῆν: ¹ἠρώτησάς με, φησὶν, εἰ προσήκει με ἀποθανεῖν μετὰ σοῦ; ²κἀγώ σε ἀντερωτήσω· τί δὲ προσήκει με ζῆν τῆς σῆς φιλίας καὶ ἑταιρείας χωρίς. —BRfRw

TRANSLATION: You asked me, he says, whether it is proper for me to die with you? I too will ask you in reply: and why is it proper for me to live without your friendship and your dear company?

LEMMA: B, ἤρου Rw REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: 1 φησὶν om., s.l. add. B | εἰ] τί RfRw | 2 ἀνερωτήσω Rw | με ζῆν] μεῖχον Rf | ἑταιρ. καὶ φιλίας transp. RfRw

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἑταιρίας Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,18–20; Dind. II.263,16–18

Or. 1072.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἤρου; τί δὲ ζῆν⟩: ἠρώτησάς με, φησὶ, κἀγώ σε ἀντερωτῶ. —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa

Or. 1072.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τί δὲ ζῆν⟩: κατὰ τί δὲ ἁρμόζει ζῆν με; —XXaXbXoTa⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: And in what way is it fitting that I live?

POSITION: s.l. except X(T)Ta

APP. CRIT.: T lost to damage | δὲ om. Y | ἁρμόζειν Y | at end add. τῆς σῆς φιλίας χωρίς Ta (cf. sch. 1072.10)

APP. CRIT. 2: τὶ G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.263,18

Or. 1072.07 (thom paraphr) ⟨τί δὲ ζῆν⟩: ἐρωτῶ κἀγὼ πάλιν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: I too ask in return.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1072.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἑταιρίας ἄτερ⟩: χωρὶς φιλίας τῆς σῆς —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1072.12 (thom gram) ⟨ἑταιρίας⟩: ἑταιρία ἡ φιλία ι̅, ἑταιρεία δὲ τὸ ἀξίωμα δίφθογγον, ἐξ οὗ καὶ ἑταιρειάρχης. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: ‘Hetairia’ (meaning) ‘friendship’ (spelled with) iota, but ‘hetaireia’ (meaning) ‘social status’ (spelled with) diphthong (‘ei’), from which also ‘hetaireiarchēs’ (‘commander of the palace guards’).

POSITION: marg. Zm

APP. CRIT.: ἑταιρία ἡ φιλία ι̅ om. Zm | ἑταιρεία app. changed to ‑ρία Zm | ἐξ οὗ καὶ] ἀφ’ οὗ Gu | ἑταιριάρχης p.c. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.263,19–20

COMMENT: Ἑταιρειάρχης (LBG s.v.), also sometimes ἐταιρείαρχος, is the predominant spelling of this Byzantine word, but a few texts have ἑταιριάρχης.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1072.13 (tri metr) ⟨ἑταιρίας⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1073.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔκτανες … ὡς ἐγὼ⟩: οὐκ ἐφόνευσας τὴν σὴν μητέρα καθάπερ ἐγώ. —B

TRANSLATION: You did not murder your mother, as I did.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.263,20–21

Or. 1073.03 (rec exeg) ⟨σὴν⟩: γρ. τὴν. —F²PrSa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘sēn’, ‘your’,) the reading ‘tēn’ (‘the’) is found.

LEMMA: σὺ in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. F²

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1073.04 (rec exeg) ⟨σὴν⟩: γρ. σὺ. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘sēn’, ‘your’,) the reading ‘su’ (‘you’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1073.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τὴν⟩: γρ. σὴν μητέρ’. —S

TRANSLATION: (For ‘tēn’, ‘the’,) the reading ‘sēn mēter’ ’ (‘your mother’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text S, om. μητέρ’ after it POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1073.12 (tri metr) ⟨τάλας⟩: long mark over second alpha —T or T³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1074.01 (vet exeg) σὺν σοί γε: ¹οὐ πρὸς τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου ἀπεκρίνατο. ²θέλει γὰρ εἰπεῖν ὅτι συνησέβησά σοι. —M^aM^bBVV¹CR^b1R^b2Rf

TRANSLATION: He (Pylades) did not reply to what was said by Orestes (about not haved killing Pylades’ mother). For he means to say that ‘I committed an impious deed (killing your mother) together with you’.

LEMMA: M^b(συν) R^b2, σὺν σοί γε κοινῆ BV(συν); 1073 οὐκέκτανες σὴν μητέρ’ M^a, 1073 οὐκ ἔκτανες τὴν σὴν μητέρα V¹, οὐκέκτανας R^b1 REF. SYMBOL: M^bVR^b2, to 1073 οὐκ ἔκτανες M^aBV¹R^b1 POSITION: follows sch. 1075.01 M^bR^b2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,21–22; Dind. II.263,26–27

COLLATION NOTES: V¹, adding a few notes in a blank area of the side block on fol. 55r, included this one, not noticing that V had already entered it at the very bottom of the side block.

Or. 1074.02 (mosch paraphr) σὺν σοί γε κοινῇ: ἐφόνευσα τὴν μητέρα σου, καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ σοὶ πρέπει πάσχειν με. —XXaXbXoTa⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: I killed your mother, and it is proper that I suffer the same fate as you.

LEMMA: Ta POSITION: s.l. except X(T)Ta

APP. CRIT.: T completely lost to damage | ἐφόνευσα om. G | σοὶ om. Xo | πρέπειν X, πρέπον Ta

APP. CRIT. 2: αὐτά σοι Ta

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.263,23–24

Or. 1075.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀπόδος τὸ σῶμα πατρὶ⟩: ¹ἰδίως ταῦτα ὁ Εὐριπίδης τοῦ Πυλάδου ἔμπροσθεν [765] εἰρηκότος ὅτι ἐκβέβληται ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς, ²εἰ μὴ ἄρα αἰνίττεται ὡς μετὰ θάνατον τοῦ πατρὸς δυνήσεται κατελθεῖν. —MBC, partial Zu

TRANSLATION: Euripides (says) this in a strange way, since Pylades has said earlier that he has been driven into exile by his father—unless he is subtly alluding to the fact that he (Pylades) will be able to return home after the death of his father.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1074.01, add. δὲ, MBC; cont. from sch. 1075.03 Zu (perhaps added secondarily)

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἰδίως … πατρὸς om. Zu | τοῦ γὰρ πυλ. MC | 2 κατελῆ Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἆρα M | μετα B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,23–25; Dind. II.263,27–264,3

COMMENT: For ἰδίως see on sch. 526.06. On this scholion see Meijering 1987: 230, although her translation/paraphrase with ‘idiotic’ is a little too strong.

KEYWORDS: ἰδίως | αἰνίττομαι/αἰνιγματωδῶς

Or. 1075.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπόδος τὸ σῶμα πατρὶ⟩: ¹ἰδίως ταῦτα ὁ Εὐριπίδης τοῦ Πυλάδου ἔμπροσθεν [765] εἰρηκότος ὅτι ἐκβέβλημαι ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς, ²εἰ μὴ ἐκεῖνος ἐνθυμούμενος λέγει ὅτι τοῦ Στροφίου μεταλλάξαντος ἔξεστιν αὐτῷ κατελθεῖν. —V¹R^bRf

TRANSLATION: Euripides (wrote) this in a strange way, since Pylades has said earlier that ‘I have been driven into exile by his father’—unless that man (Orestes) says (it) considering that when Strophius has passed away it will be possible for him (Pylades) to return home.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1074.01 V¹, from R^b1 version of sch. 1074.01, add. δὲ, R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πηλέους Rf | 2 αὐτῷ] αὐτ() Rf (reported as αὐτοῦ by Matthiae)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,23–25 with app. at 24–25; Dind. II.263,27–264,3 with app. at 264,2

COMMENT: I retain ἐκεῖνος (against Matthiae’s ἐκεῖνο) and I translate it as referring to Orestes because the act of ἐνθυμεῖσθαι is applied only to characters in the scholia on drama or Homer, not to authors.

KEYWORDS: ἰδίως

Or. 1075.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπόδος τὸ σῶμα πατρὶ⟩: ¹σαυτὸν, φησὶ, σῶζε τῷ πατρί σου. ²ἰδίως δὲ τοῦτο φη(σὶ) τοῦ Πυλάδου προειρηκότος ἐκβεβλῆσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός. —MnPrSaZu

TRANSLATION: Save yourself, he says, for your father. He says this strangely, because Pylades has previously [765] said he has been driven into exile by his father.

POSITION: s.l. Sa, s.l. above 1073 Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.263, app. at 26

KEYWORDS: ἰδίως

Or. 1075.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπόδος τὸ σῶμα πατρὶ⟩: ἤγουν σύνθαψόν με τῷ πατρί. —R

TRANSLATION: That is, bury me together with my father.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This is perhaps a misguided attempt to save Euripides from the criticism conveyed by ἰδίως in the previous scholia. Possibly Moschopulus and Thomas in the next two are implicitly advising against such an interpretation. See also sch. 1075.09, 1075.11, 1075.14.

KEYWORDS: criticism and defence of poet

Or. 1075.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀπόδος τὸ σῶμα πατρὶ⟩: τὸ σαυτοῦ, ἤγουν σαυτὸν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Give back the body to father’, that is,) ‘your own (body)’, that is, ‘yourself’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 1075.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπόδος τὸ σῶμα πατρὶ⟩: ἤγουν ἄπελθε πρὸς τὸν σὸν πατέρα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, go back to your father.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄπαλθε app. Za

Or. 1075.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόδος τὸ σῶμα πατρὶ⟩: σεαυτὸν σώζων πατρὶ —V³

TRANSLATION: Saving yourself for your father.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1075.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόδος τὸ σῶμα πατρὶ⟩: τὸν ἑαυτόν σου ἄπαγε πρὸς τὸν πατέρα σου σῶον. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Take yourself to your father (still) alive.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.264,4

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1075.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόδος τὸ σῶμα πατρὶ⟩: κατὰ δύο —B^3d

TRANSLATION: (Interpret) in two ways.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This shows awareness of both interpretations, ‘give my body to my father’ and ‘give your body back to your father’.

Or. 1076.01 (rec rhet) κατασκευὴ —Mn

TRANSLATION: Proof.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: κατασκευή/κατασκευάζει

Or. 1076.02 (vet exeg) σοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἔστι πόλις: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ σὺ σαυτὸν σῷζε τῷ πατρί· ²οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἔχεις τύχης ὡς ἐγώ. ³σοὶ γὰρ ἔξεστιν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα ἐπανελθεῖν. —MBVCR^bRw

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘You, save yourself for your father. For you are not in the condition of fortune that I am, because it is possible for you to return to your fatherland’.

LEMMA: MBVRw(γάρ ἐστι MBRw, in M γάρ corr. from γὰρ), σοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐστὶ R^b REF. SYMBOL: all except C

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ om. C | σαυτὸν] τοῦτον V, ταυτὸν R^b | 2 τύχης] om. R^b, τῆς τύχης Rw | 3 παρελθεῖν R^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σἀυτὸν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.203,26–28; Dind. II.264,4–6

Or. 1076.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨σοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἔστι πόλις⟩: ἔξεστί σοι ἀνελθεῖν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα. —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1076.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκέτι⟩: γρ. οὐκ ἔτ’ ἔσται. —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ouketi’, ‘no longer’,) the reading ‘ouk et’ esti/estai’ (‘no longer is/will be’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1077.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πλούτου λιμήν⟩: ἐλπὶς τῆς σῆς ζωῆς —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1078.01 (1078–1079) (rec exeg) ⟨γάμων δὲ … κατηγγύησ’⟩: διὰ τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτοῦ τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι ὑπέσχετο τῷ Πυλάδῃ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτοῦ Ἠλέκτραν εἰς γάμον δοῦναι. —MnPr

TRANSLATION: He says this because of his sister, because he promised Pylades to give (him) his sister Electra in marriage.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.264,14–15

Or. 1078.07 (tri metr) ⟨δυσπότμου⟩: koinē short over omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1078.11 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐσφάλης⟩: ἀπὸ σφάλλομαι. γρ(άφεται) διὰ(?) τοῦ η̅(?). —G

TRANSLATION: From ‘sphallomai’ (‘I am deprived of, I miss out on’). It (the aorist passive indicative) is written with eta.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: This is apparently intended to distinguish the η in the ending from the ει found in aorist passive participial forms, although such confusion normally occurs in connection with subjunctive vs. participial forms, as variants in the mss at various places show.

Or. 1079.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἥν σοι κατηγγύησ’⟩: ἣν εἶπον ὅτι νὰ σε τὴν δώσω —B⁴

TRANSLATION: Whom I said I would give her to you.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1079.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨κατηγγύησ’⟩: ἤτοι ἐγγυητὴς ἐγενόμην —V¹

TRANSLATION: That is, I made myself the guarantor.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1080.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄλλο λέκτρον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄλλην γυναῖκα —XXbXoT⁺Y^aYfGGrZcZlF²CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Another bed’ is) used for ‘another wife’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ CrOx, ἤγουν Zl, om. F²GZc

Or. 1080.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παιδοποίησον⟩: παιδοποίησαι —Gu

TRANSLATION: (For active imperative ‘paidopoiēson’, there is a variant middle imperative) ‘paidopoiēsai’ (‘beget children’).

LEMMA: thus in text Gr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1081.01 (vet exeg) κῆδος δὲ τοὐμόν: ¹τὸ διὰ τοῦ γάμου· ²μὴ γαμηθείσης γὰρ αὐτῆς οὐκ ἔμελλε κῆδος εἶναι. —MBVCRfRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Kēdos’, ‘connection’ is) the one through marriage. (It exists no longer) because if she were not married (to him) there was not going to be any connection.

LEMMA: M(τουμόν)V, κῆδος δὲ τὸ ἐμόν Rw REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: marg. BC

APP. CRIT.: 1 κῆδος prep. BRf | 2 γὰρ om. V | οὐκ ἔμελλε κῆδος] οὐ γὰρ κῆδος τὲ ἔμελλεν V

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 οὐκέμελλε M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.204,1–2; Dind. II.264,18–19

Or. 1081.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨κῆδος δὲ τοὐμὸν καὶ σὸν⟩: ἤγουν ἡ διὰ τοῦ γάμου συγγένεια ἡμῶν —XXbXoT⁺Y^aYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Our connection’,) that is, our kinship through marriage.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.264,17

Or. 1081.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κῆδος δὲ τοὐμὸν καὶ σὸν⟩: τὸ διὰ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας —Zm

TRANSLATION: The (connection) through Electra.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: διὰ om., s.l. add. Zm

Or. 1081.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοὐμόν καὶ σὸν⟩: τὸ ἐμὸν καὶ τὸ σὸν —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1082.01 (vet exeg) ἀλλ’ ὦ ποθεινόν ὄνομ’ ὁμιλίας: ¹ὅτι ὁμιλίας τῆς φιλίας. ²σημειωτέον δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἐν Φοινίσσαις [1408] ‘ὁμιλίᾳ χθονός’. —MBVCMnPrSaZu, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: (Note) that ‘homilias’ (‘of companionship’) (here means) ‘philias’ (‘of friendship’). One should note this in comparison with the phrase in Phoenissae, ‘‘homilia’ of the land’.

LEMMA: B(ὁμιλ()), ἀλλ’ ὦ ποθεινὸν ὄνομα Rw, ἀλλ’ ὦ ποθεινόν MV, ὁμιλίας Zu; ὄνομ’ in text all except ὄμμ’ VMnPr REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: s.l. CZu, marg. Sa; follows out-of-sequence sch. on 1007–1008 Pr (26v)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.204,3–4; Dind. II.265,2–3

COMMENT: The scholia on Phoen. 1408 offer various explications of the sense of ὁμιλίᾳ there.

Or. 1082.02 (mosch exeg) ἀλλ’ ὦ ποθεινόν ὄνομα: ¹ἤγουν ὦ ποθεινὴ ὁμιλία ἐμὴ, τουτέστι σὺ, ᾧ ποθεινῶς ὡμίλουν ἐγώ. ²σύνηθες δὲ τοῦτο, τὸ τιθέναι ἀντὶ τῶν προσώπων τὰ πράγματα ὧν ἐστιν αἴτια τὰ πρόσωπα, ³οἷον ‘ὦ ἀνάπαυσις ἐμή’ καὶ ‘ὦ ἄλγος ἐμόν’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘σὺ ἐφ’ ᾧ ἀναπαύομαι ἐγὼ’ καὶ ‘σὺ ὃς ἄλγος ἐμοὶ προξενεῖς’. —XXaXbXoTa⁺YG^aGrZm^r, partial G^b

TRANSLATION: That is, ‘o my dear companionship’, that is, ‘you, with whom I affectionately associated’. And this is a usual (trope), to express, in place of the persons, the things for which the persons are responsible, for instance, ‘o my rest’ and ‘o my distress’ in the sense ‘you upon whom I take my rest’ and ‘you who procure distress for me’.

LEMMA: Ta, ἀλλ’ ὦ ποθεινόν G; ὄνομ’ in text all except ὄμμ’ G REF. SYMBOL: XaXoZm^rec² POSITION: partially s.l. by extension of first line above 1082 Xb, starts s.l., completed in marg. Yf, marg. G^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ᾧ] ὦ Gr | 2 ἐστὶν Xb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.264,20–24

COMMENT: The two examples given at the end are not found in any text in TLG.

Or. 1082.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ ποθεινόν ὄμμ’ ὁμιλίας⟩: ᾧ ποθεινῶς ὡμίλουν ἐγώ —G

TRANSLATION: (‘O dear eye/face of companionship’ means) ‘you, with whom I affectionately associated’.

LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ποθενῶς G

Or. 1082.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ ποθεινὸν ὄνομ’ ὁμιλίας⟩: ἤγουν ᾧ ὁμιλεῖν καὶ συνεῖναι ποθῶ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘O dear name of companionship’,) that is, ‘(you,) with whom I long to associate and be’.

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ᾧ] ὡς Zb, ἐν ᾧ Zl | ὁμιλῶν Zb | ποθῶν Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: ὁμυλεῖν a.c. Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.265,1

Or. 1082.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὦ ποθεινὸν ὄνομ’ ὁμιλίας⟩: ὦ ποθεινὴ ὁμιλία —Zc

LEMMA: thus in text Zc POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1082.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: γρ. ὄμμ’. —SaZlZm

TRANSLATION: (For ‘onom’ ’, ‘name’,) the reading ‘omm’ ’ (‘eye/face’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὄμμα SaZl

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1082.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὄμμ’⟩: γρ. ὄνομ’. —MnPr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘omm’ ’, ‘eye/face’,) the reading ‘onom’ ’ (‘name’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὄνομα Mn

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1082.15 (tri metr) ⟨ὁμιλίας⟩: long mark over first iota and over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1083.03 (vetMoschThom exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: τὸ χαίρειν —BMnPrRSaXXaXbXoYYfGrZcZZaZbZlZmT^*CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ refers to) rejoicing/faring well.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. BCrOx | τὸ om. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.265,4

Or. 1083.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: τὸ χαῖρε —AaG

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ refers to) the (command) ‘rejoice, farewell’.

POSITION: s.l., misplaced above 1082 ὄμμ’ Aa

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: χαίρε Aa

Or. 1083.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: εἰπεῖν τὸ χαῖρε —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ refers to) saying ‘rejoice, farewell’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1083.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: τὸ λέγειν σοι χαῖρε δῆλον —F

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ refers to) saying to you ‘rejoice, farewell’, clearly.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1083.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: τὸ ἔτι εἰπεῖν σοι χαῖρε —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ refers to) saying to you any longer ‘rejoice, farewell’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1083.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: τὸ ὄνομα τῆς φιλίας ἢ τὸ χαῖρε —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ refers to) the name of friendship or the (command) ‘rejoice, farewell’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1083.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨σοί γε μήν⟩: ἀλλὰ τέως ἐστὶ τὸ χαίρειν —MnPrSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔστι Mn

Or. 1083.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨σοί γε μήν⟩: ἐστὶ τὸ χαίρειν —M²KMn

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg. M², s.l. Mn

APP. CRIT.: σοί γε μὴν prep. M² | χαί[ρειν] K

APP. CRIT. 2: εστι K

COMMENT: Since K and G often share glosses, it is possible that K had χαί[ρε] with the incorrect accent and thus attested the next gloss instead of this one.

Or. 1083.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σοί γε μήν⟩: ἐστὶ τὸ χαῖρε —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1083.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σοί γε μήν⟩: σοὶ δὲ εἰπεῖν ἄλλοις —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: σὺ Zu

Or. 1083.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σοί γε μήν⟩: ἐστὶν δηλονότι ὡς ζῶντι —Pk

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.264,25–26

Or. 1084.01 (rec rhet) ⟨οἱ γὰρ θανόντες χαρμάτων τητώμεθα⟩: κατασκευάζει —Mn

TRANSLATION: He proves his point.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: κατασκευή/κατασκευάζει

Or. 1084.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οἱ γὰρ θανόντες χαρμάτων τητώμεθα⟩: δέον οὕτως εἰπεῖν, ‘οἱ γὰρ θανόντες χαρμάτων τητῶνται’, ‘τητώμεθα’ εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ αὐτὸς μετὰ τῶν θανόντων ὅσον οὔπω ἔσεσθαι ἔμελλεν. —ZZaZlZmTaGu

TRANSLATION: Although he ought to have said it thus, ‘for the dead are deprived of pleasures’, he said ‘we are deprived’, because he himself too was about to be among the dead very soon.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm(

APP. CRIT.: margin lost in T here | τητώμεθα] τητῶνται Gu | θανόντων] τεθνεώτων Zl | ἔμελλον, add. ε s.l., Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.265,5–7

Or. 1084.13 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1085.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἦ που λέλειψαι τῶν ἐμῶν βουλευμάτων⟩: ὄντως ἐνδεὴς εἶ τῶν ἐμῶν βουλευμάτων, τουτέστιν ἀγνοεῖς τὰ ἐμὰ βουλεύματα. —XXaXbXoTa⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Truly you fall short of my intentions, that is, you do not know my intentions.

LEMMA: ἦ πολὺ λέλειψαι X; πολὺ in text XXbXoYfGr POSITION: s.l. except X(T)Ta

APP. CRIT.: margin lost in T here | τουτέστιν] ἤγουν Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.265,9–10

COMMENT: There is nothing corresponding to πολὺ (such as κατὰ πολὺ, sch. 1085.05) in Moschopulus’s paraphrase, so it is best to assume that he paraphrased the line with ἦ που before his eyes, despite the presence of ἦ πολὺ in XXbXoYfGr.

Or. 1085.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἦ που λέλειψαι τῶν ἐμῶν βουλευμάτων⟩: ὄντως ἐνδεὴς εἶ τῆς ἐμῆς βουλῆς, ἤγουν ἀγνοεῖς τὰ ἐμὰ βουλεύματα. —G

TRANSLATION: Truly you fall short of my intention, that is, you do not know my thinking.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1085.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἦ που λέλειψαι τῶν ἐμῶν βουλευμάτων⟩: ἤγουν οὐ συνῆκας τὰ ἐμὰ βουλεύματα. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: That is, you did not understand my plans/intentions.

LEMMA: πολὺ in text Gr POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.265,10–11

Or. 1085.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἦ που⟩: ἦ πολὺ —M²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ē pou’, ‘perchance’, there is a variant reading) ‘ē polu’ (‘indeed very much’).

LEMMA: ἤ που in text M POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1085.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἦ πολὺ⟩: καὶ ὄντως κατὰ πολὺ —Cr^aCr^bOx

LEMMA: ἦ που in text CrOx POSITION: s.l.; twice in Cr because it has 1085–1086 on both 34v (with deletion dots added) and 35r, with this gloss in both places

Or. 1085.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨που⟩: ἀργὸν —Zm

TRANSLATION: (The particle ‘pou’ is) without semantic force.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 1086.01 (1086–1088) (mosch exeg) μήθ’ αἷμά μου δέξαιτο κάρπιμον πέδον: ¹ἤγουν εἴθε μὴ προσδέξαιτό με τὰ στοιχεῖα ἀποθανόντα, ὡς βδελυρὸν δηλονότι καὶ ἀποτρόπαιον, ²εἴ σε ἐγὼ ποτὲ ἐγκαταλιπὼν, ἐλευθερώσας τὸ ἐμὸν μέρος δηλονότι, ἤγουν ἐμαυτὸν ἄφετον ποιήσας, ἀπολίποιμί σε. —XXaXbXoTa⁺YYfG^aGrZm^rec, partial G^bGu

TRANSLATION: That is, may the elements not receive me when I have died, as being revolting, clearly, and abominable, if I ever leave you, having abandoned you (in your peril), having set free my own, namely, (my own) part (in the situation), that is, having caused myself to be let off free.

LEMMA: G, μήθ᾽ αἷμά μου δέξαιτο Ta, ἄλλως in marg. Zm^r POSITION: intermarg. G^b, s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: margin lost in T | 1 ἤγουν om. G^aG^bGu | προσδέξαιντό XXoYfG^aGu, δέξαιντο G^b | 1–2 καὶ ἀποτρόπαιον κτλ om. G^b | 2 εἰ σὲ ἐγὼ κτλ om. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δῆλον ὅτι G^aG^b | 2 εἰ σὲ Gr | ἐγώ ποτε G^a | δῆλον ὅτι G^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.265,18–21

Or. 1086.02 (1086–1087) (vet exeg) μήθ’ αἷμά μου δέξαιτο κάρπιμον πέδον: ¹ὅ ἐστιν ἀποθανὼν μὴ ἑνωθείην τοῖς στοιχείοις ἐξ ὧν εἰμί, ²ἀλλὰ πλανῴμην εἰκῆ ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς τῶν στοιχείων λαμβανόμενος. —MBOVCR^bRwZm, partial Mn

TRANSLATION: Which is to say, when I have died may I not be united with the elements out of which I am (formed), but may I wander at random not being received by any of the elements.

LEMMA: M(μὴ θ’αἵμα μου)C(αἷμα), μήθ’ αἷμά μου δέξαιτο κάρπιμον B, μήθ’ αἷμά μου δέξαιτο V, μήθ’ αἶμα μου Rw, μηδ’ αἷμα μου R^b REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὅ ἐστιν om. OMnZm | after ἀποθανών add. φησι Zm | τοῖς στοιχείοις] MnR^b(app. στιχοιοις corr. to στηχείοις), (τοῖς om.) στοιχείοις MBVCRw, τῶν στοιχείων O | 2 ἀλλὰ κτλ om. Mn | ἀλλ’ ἀποπλανώμην V | πλανῴμην] O(-ώμην)(cf. V), πλανοίμην MBCRw, πλανῶμ’ R^b, πλανοῖμ’ Zm

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐνωθ‑ MR^b | εἰμὶν V | 2 εἰκὴ M | ὑπουδένος M | στιχοίων corr. to στοιχείων R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.204,5–7; Dind. II.265,12–14

Or. 1086.03 (1086–1087) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹μήτε τὸ σῶμά μου, φησὶν, ἀποθανόντος ἡ γῆ παραδέξαιτο μήτε εἰς αἰθέρα ἡ ἐμὴ ψυχὴ χωροίη, εἴ σε προδοίην τὰ νῦν, ²τουτέστι μὴ ἑνωθείην τοῖς στοιχείοις τελευτήσας. ³ὅτε γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκουσιν, εἰς τὰ στοιχεῖα ἀναλύονται ἐξ ὧν εἰσίν. —MBVCR^bRw

TRANSLATION: May neither the earth, he says, receive my body when I have died nor my soul go into the sky, if I should betray you now. That is, may I not be united with the elements when I have ended my life. For when people die, they are dissolved into the elements out of which they are formed.

LEMMA: BRw, corrupted to ἀλλὰ MVCR^b POSITION: cont. from prev. MVCR^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.204,8–11; Dind. II.265,14–18

Or. 1086.04 (1086–1087) (rec exeg) ⟨μήθ’ αἷμά μου … λαμπρὸς αἰθήρ⟩: μήτε τὸ σῶμά μου ἡ γῆ παραδέξαιτο, μήτε ἡ ψυχή μου εἰς πρὸς αἰθέρα χωροίη. —Mn

TRANSLATION: May neither earth accept my body nor my soul go into the sky.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1086.02

APP. CRIT.: χωροίη] app. χωριεῖ a.c., χωρηεῖ(?) p.c. Mn

COMMENT: The double preposition εἰς πρός is found occasionally in Byzantine texts of the 12th-13th cent., e.g. Nicolaus Hydruntinus, disput. contra Iud. 108,1 Chronz πολὺ γὰρ ἀφέστηκεν εἰς πρὸς ἄλληλα, Gregor. II Patriarcha, orat. antirrheticus contra Joannem Beccum 56,13–14 Kislas–Savvatos τὴν εἰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς διὰ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν φανέρωσιν.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1086.05 (1086–1087) (rec exeg) ⟨μήθ’ αἷμά μου … λαμπρὸς αἰθήρ⟩: εἰπὼν τὴν γῆν καὶ τὸν αἰθέρα συμπεριέλαβε καὶ τὰ διὰ μέσου ἕτερα δύο στοιχεῖα, τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ τὸν ἀέρα, εἰς ἃ τὰ σώματα ἀναλύονται. —K

TRANSLATION: In mentioning the earth and the sky, he implicitly included also the other two elements in between, the water and the air, into which bodies are dissolved.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1086.06 (1086–1087) (pllgn exeg) ⟨μήθ’ αἷμά μου … λαμπρὸς αἰθήρ⟩: ἐκ γὰρ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἔχει τὴν σύστασιν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: For a human being has his substance from the four elements.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1086.02

Or. 1086.07 (1086–1087) (pllgn exeg) μήθ’ αἷμά μου … λαμπρὸς αἰθήρ: ¹μὴ τὸ σῶμα μου ἄνποτε δέξαιτο ἡ γῆ, ὅ ἐστι ἀποθανὼν μὴ ἑνωθείην τοῖς στοιχείοις ἐξ ὧν εἰμὶ, ²ἀλλ’ ἀποπλανοίμην εἰκῆ ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς τῶν στοιχείων λαμβανόμενος. —Zu

TRANSLATION: May the earth not receive my body, which is to say when I have died may I not be united with the elements out of which I am (formed), but may I wander away at random not being received by any of the elements.

POSITION: s.l. over two lines

APP. CRIT.: 2 εἰκῆ] εἰ μὴ Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: δαίξαιτο Zu

Or. 1086.08 (rec exeg) ⟨μήθ᾽ αἷμά μου δέξαιτο⟩: ἀρᾶται. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (In this phrase) he is uttering a curse.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1086.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κάρπιμον πέδον⟩: ἡ γῆ ἡ καρποφόρος —XXaXbXoYYfGrZcOx²

POSITION: s.l. except X; precedes sch. 1086.01 X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X | ἡ γῆ ἡ om. Ox²

Or. 1086.15 (thom paraphr) ⟨κάρπιμον πέδον⟩: ἡ καρποφόρος γῆ —ZaZbZlZmT^*G

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zl | ἡ om. Zb | latter half of καρποφόρος in erasure Zm (perhaps traces pof καρπιμ** a.c.)

Or. 1087.04 (rec exeg) ⟨αἰθήρ⟩: διὰ τὸ πνεῦμα —K

TRANSLATION: (‘Sky’ is mentioned) because of the breath/spirit.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1087.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἰθήρ⟩: ὅτι ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος τὸ οἰκεῖον λήψεται, ἤγουν τὸ πνεῦμα. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Sky’) because it will receive from the body the appropriate element, that is, the breath/spirit.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: λείψεται Zm

Or. 1087.06 (rec exeg) ⟨αἰθήρ⟩: ἤγουν δέξαιτο τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν —AbMnPrSa

TRANSLATION: (With ‘sky’ understand,) that is, ‘may receive my spirit’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Ab

Or. 1087.07 (rec exeg) ⟨αἰθήρ⟩: τὴν ψυχήν μου —V²AaFR

TRANSLATION: (With ‘sky’ supply as understood object of ‘receive’) ‘my spirit’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. R | μου om. AaR | δῆλον add. F

Or. 1087.08 (rec exeg) ⟨αἰθήρ⟩: ἀὴρ αἷμα —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (May) the air (not accept my) blood.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1088.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐλευθερώσας τοὐμὸν⟩: καὶ ἐλευθερώσας τὸ ἐμὸν σῶμα —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1088.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐλευθερώσας τοὐμὸν⟩: ἤγουν ἐμαυτὸν ἄφετον ποιήσας —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1089.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ συγκατέκτανον⟩: ὅτι καὶ ἐγὼ σὺν σοὶ τὴν μητέρα σου —AbMnPrSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: σὺν σοὶ om. Ab | τῆ μητρί Sa (also τη a.c. Pr)

Or. 1089.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨συγκατέκτανον⟩: σὺν σοὶ ἐφόνευσα τὴν μητέρα σου. —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1089.07 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀρνήσομαι⟩: ἀρνοῦμαι, φοβοῦμαι διστάζω [damaged word] —K

TRANSLATION: ‘Arnoumai’ (‘I refuse’) (can mean) ‘I am afraid’, ‘I hesitate’ [lost word].

POSITION: marg., bottom of previous recto

Or. 1092.02 (rec gram) ⟨ἐμὴν⟩: τὸ ‘ἐμὴν’ μεταβατικὸν, τὸ ‘ἐμοῦ’ ἀμετάβατον. —K

TRANSLATION: ‘Emēn’ is non-reflexive, ‘emou’ is reflexive.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The point of this observation is opaque. ἐμός is, of course, common in sentences in which ‘I’ is the subject as well as in those in which it is not, so the claim that it is non-reflexive is strange, unless the point is that the possessive adjective is not marked as reflexive, where as ἐμαυτοῦ is the marked form. It is equally strange to say tout court that ἐμοῦ is reflexive, although it can be use in that way: see Apoll. Dysc., de pronominibus Gram.Gr. II:1:1.44,9–18 on the simple form of the personal pronoun serving both non-reflexive and reflexive uses. If ἐμοῦ were ἐμαυτοῦ, the comment would be somewhat less opaque.

Or. 1092.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἧς⟩: ἀντίπτωσις —F

TRANSLATION: Antiptosis.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Perhaps the point is that the glossator believes ἣν λέχος ἐπῄνεσα more normal.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίπτωσις

Or. 1093.07 (1093–1096) (vet paraphr) τί γὰρ ἐρῶ καλόν ποτε: τί γὰρ ἔχω, φησὶν, ἀπολογήσασθαι εἰς τὴν πατρίδα ἐπανελθὼν, εἰ προδοίην σε δυστυχοῦντα τότε φίλος ὢν ὅτε εὐτύχεις; —MBVCR^bRfRw, partial Zu

TRANSLATION: What, he says, can I say in exculpation when I have returned to my fatherland, if I should abandon you in your misfortune when I was your friend at the time when you enjoyed good fortune?

LEMMA: MV(καλὸν ποτὲ)CR^b, τί γὰρ ἐρῶ καλὸν Rw, τί γὰρ ἐρῶ Rf REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: ἔχω] ἐρῶ C | δυστυχοῦντα om. RfRw | τότε φίλος κτλ om. Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπολογίσασθαι B | ἐπανελθῶν M | εὐτυχεῖς Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.204,12–14; Dind. II.266,1–3

Or. 1093.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τί γὰρ ἐρῶ καλόν ποτε⟩: ἤγουν τίνα εὐπρόσωπον ἀπολογίαν δώσω; —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

TRANSLATION: That is, what plausible excuse shall I give?

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.266,4

Or. 1093.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί γὰρ ἐρῶ καλόν ποτε⟩: ἀπολογίαν ποίαν καλὴν καὶ ἀγαθὴν εἴπω; —V³

TRANSLATION: What honorable and good explanation am I to utter?

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1093.10 (thom exeg) ⟨τί γὰρ ἐρῶ⟩: ἡ κατασκευὴ τὸ ‘τί γὰρ ἐρῶ’ πρὸς τὸ [1088] ‘ἀπολίποιμί σε’. —ZZaZlZmTaGu

TRANSLATION: The elaboration of proof ‘for what shall I say?’ is related to ‘(if) I should abandon you’.

POSITION: s.l. ZlZm

APP. CRIT.: margin lost in T | τὸ τί γὰρ ἐρῶ] αὕτη Zm

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπολείποιμί ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.266,5–6

KEYWORDS: κατασκευή/κατασκευάζει

Or. 1094.01 (vet exeg) γῆν Δελφίδ’ ἐλθών: ¹Ὕαμος ὁ Λυκώρου μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν βασιλεύων τῶν περὶ τὸν Παρνασὸν Ὕαν πόλιν ἔκτισε, ¹καὶ γήμας Μελάνθειαν τὴν Δευκαλίωνος ἐποίησε Μελαινίδα· ³ἐκ δὲ Μελαινίδος Δελφὸς, ὃς τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ μητροπάτορος παραλαβὼν ἔγημε Κασταλίαν, ⁴ἀφ’ ἧς ἡ κρήνη τοὔνομα ἔχει, καὶ ἔσχε Καστάλιον καὶ Φημονόην, ἥν φασι πρώτην ἑξαμέτρῳ χρῆσαι. ⁵πόλιν δὲ κτίσας ὁ Δελφὸς Δελφίδα ὠνόμασε. μετὰ δὲ θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἦρξε Καστάλιος, οὗ υἱὸς Λάφριος, οὗ Νούτιος· ⁶ἐφ’ οὗ Δελφοὶ πολεμοῦντες πρὸς τοὺς ὁμόρους ἀναρχίαν εἵλοντο καὶ τὸν Ἀκρίσιον μετεπέμψαντο ἐξ Ἄργους, ⁷ὃς αὐτοῖς τόν τε πόλεμον καλῶς διέθετο καὶ, κατὰ ζῆλον τοῦ Ἀμφικτυονικοῦ συνεδρίου οὗ κατεστήσατο Ἀμφικτύων ὁ Δευκαλίωνος ἐν Θερμοπύλαις τῆς Θεσσαλίας, ἕτερον ἐν Δελφοῖς κατεστήσατο. ⁸καὶ τὸ ἐν Θεσσαλίᾳ ἀναλαβὼν τὰς συνόδους ἀντὶ μιᾶς δύο πεποίηκε καὶ νόμους ἔθετο καθ’ οὓς ἔμελλον ἕκαστα διοικεῖν ⁹ἀτέλειάν τε προεῖπεν ἐφ’ ἑκατέραις ταῖς συνόδοις καὶ τὴν πρόνοιαν τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ τῶν Δελφῶν τῷ συνεδρίῳ ἐπέτρεψε. ¹⁰μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον Ὄρνυτος ὁ Σισύφου ἥκων ἐκ τῆς Ἀονίας αὐτόσε καὶ πολεμοῦντας εὑρὼν Ὑαμπολίτας πρὸς Ὀπουντίους Λοκροὺς περὶ Δαφνοῦντος συμμαχήσας τε ἐνίκησε καὶ ἦρξεν αὐτῶν. ¹¹ἐγένοντο δὲ αὐτῷ παῖδες Φῶκος καὶ Θόας. ¹²ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν Θόας ἅμα τῷ πατρὶ εἰς Κόρινθον ἀπήλασε, Φῶκος δὲ διαδεξάμενος τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ πατρὸς Φωκέας αὐτοὺς ὠνόμασεν. —MBV(V¹)CPrRfRwSa

TRANSLATION: Hyamus the son of Lycorus, being king of those around Parnassus after the flood, founded the city Hya, and having married Melantheia daughter of Deucalion he begot Melaenis. From Melaenis (was born) Delphus, who took over the rule of his maternal grandfather and married Castalia, from whom the spring has its name, and he fathered Castalius and Phemonoe, whom they say was the first to give oracles in hexameter verse. Delphus founded a city and called it Delphis. After his death Castalius ruled, whose son was Laphrius, whose (son was) Noutius. In the latter’s time the Delphians, being at war with their neighbors, chose (to have) an absence of ruler and summoned Acrisius from Argos. He managed the war successfully for them and, in emulation of the Amphictyonic council that Amphictyon son of Deucalion had established in Thermopylae in Thessaly, established another (council) in Delphi. And after taking up (control of) the one in Thessaly, he made the assemblies one instead of two and established laws by which they were to administer everything, and he proclaimed an immunity from tax applying to both assemblies, and he entrusted the oversight of the shrine and of Delphi to the council. And after a while, Ornytus son of Sisyphus, arriving there from Aonia and finding the Hyampolites at war with the Opuntian Locrians over Daphnous, became their ally and won victory and became their ruler. Sons Phocus and Thoas were born to him. But Thoas went off to Corinth along with his father, and Phocus succeeded to the rule of his father and named them (the Hyampolites) Phocians.

LEMMA: M(δελφὶδ’ or δελφῖδ’)BVC(δεφίδ’), lemma γὴν δελφίδα RfRw (ἱστορία in marg. RfRw), τὴν δελφίδα PrSa REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: follows sch. 1098.01 PrSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.204,14–205,11; Dind. II.266,7–267,6

COMMENT: 1 The form Ὑάμπολις is the common one, but for Ὕαν πόλιν, cf. Strabo 9.2.3 (Ephorus FGrHist 70 F 119) and Diod. Sic. 56.1. Strabo also mentions the compound form in 9.3.15,8–9 εἶθ’ Ὑάμπολις (Ὕα μετὰ ταῦτα ἐκλήθη ὑπό τινων). | 3 Delphus’s mother is Μελαίνη in Paus. 10.6.4, and the proper name Μελαινίς occurs elsewhere only as a cult epithet of Aphrodite. | 3–5 Castalius, Delphus, and the naming of Delphi are mentioned in Sch. Lycophr. 207 (II.97,19–26 Scheer). For Phemonoe cf. Paus. 10.5.7 (cf. 10.6.7) μεγίστη δὲ καὶ παρὰ πλείστων ἐς Φημονόην δόξα ἐστίν, ὡς πρόμαντις γένοιτο ἡ Φημονόη τοῦ θεοῦ πρώτη καὶ πρώτη τὸ ἑξάμετρον ᾖσεν. | 5 The name Νούτιος is attested only here. | 7–8 For Amphictyon as founder see Dionys. Hal. Ant. Rom. 4.25.3; for Acrisius’s role, see Strabo 9.3.7. For a brief summary of speculations about the historical origins of the Amphictyony, see F. Lefèvre 1998:13–16. | 9 This scholion is the only source that mentions the ateleia for ‘each of the two assemblies’ (which perhaps means that Pylean members had ateleia at the Delphic gathering and vice versa). Ateleia is attested among a bundle of privileges granted to persons in honorary decrees (asphaleia, asylia, prohedria, etc.) surviving on inscriptions (see Lefèvre 1998:234, 259, 279–282), but the inscriptions tell us nothing about the ateleia of the council-members themselves. | 10 For Ornytus see Sch. b Hom. Il. 2.517b Erbse Ὄρνυτος ὁ Σισύφου εἰς Ὑάμπολιν ἐλθὼν ἐπικουρῆσαι τοῖς αὐτόθι τοῖς Λοκροῖς πολεμοῦσι καὶ νικήσας, ἦρξε τῆς χώρας αὐτός· οὗ υἱὸς Φῶκος, ἀφ’ οὗ Φωκέας αὑτοὺς ὠνόμασαν, οὗ Ὀρνυτίων, οὗ Ναύβολος, οὗ Ἴφιτος, οὗ Σχεδίος. | I have not followed Schwartz in printing εἵσατο in 7 after V¹’s εἴσατο because V¹ was probably copying from a damaged exemplar that his partner scribe did not feel confident enough to decipher; for this reason V¹ wrote the entire second half of the scholion, and it is evident from the number of errors that V¹ had difficulty in making sense of the traces he was deciphering.

KEYWORDS: mythography, genealogical

Or. 1094.08 (thom exeg) ⟨Φωκέων ἀκρόπολιν⟩: ἐν γὰρ τῷ ἄκρῳ τῆς Φωκίδος κεῖται. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Acropolis of the Phocians’) because it (Delphi) lies at the highest point (or: at the edge?) of Phocis.

LEMMA: ‑πολιν in text all (τὴν ἀκρόπολιν T) POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς om. Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.267,6–7

Or. 1094.11 (thom gram) ⟨Φωκέων⟩: ἡ Φωκὶς θέμα ἐστίν. —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: The base-form is ‘Phōkis’.

POSITION: marg. Zm, s.l. Gu

COMMENT: It is unclear whether the idea is that Φωκίς provided the base for Φωκεύς or the observation is actually meant for Φωκίδος in sch. 1094.08, which is a separate annotation in both.

Or. 1095.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨πρὶν μὲν … φίλος παρῆν⟩: τότε φίλος ὢν ὅτε εὐτύχεις —AbMnPrSa

POSITION: s.l. except Mn; above 1096 Ab

Or. 1095.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρὶν⟩: πρὸ {τοῦ} τῆς ἀποφάσεως τοῦ θανάτου ἐλθούσης —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Previously’, that is,) before the arrival of the verdict of death.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: τοῦ may reflect an initial intention to write the articular infinitive phrase τοῦ τὴν ἀπόφασιν … ἐλθεῖν.

Or. 1095.08 (tri metr) ⟨ὑμᾶς⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1096.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δυστυχοῦντι⟩: ἐν τῷ νῦν θανάτῳ —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Suffering misfortune’ here means) ‘in your present (impending) death’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1097.01 (mosch paraphr) οὐκ ἔστιν: ἤγουν οὐχ οὕτω ποιήσω. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘It is not possible’,) that is, ‘I will not act thus’.

LEMMA: XT POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. YGZc

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐχ’ Yf, a.c. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.267,8

Or. 1097.02 (thom paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔστιν⟩: ἤγουν οὐ τοῦτο ποιήσω. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘It is not possible’,) that is, ‘I will not do this’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | ποιήσει Zb

Or. 1097.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔστιν⟩: καὶ οὐ γενήσεται τοῦτο —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘It is not possible’,) that is, ‘this will not happen’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1097.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν κἀμοὶ μέλει⟩: ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ἅ ἐστι δηλονότι ὑμῖν διὰ φροντίδος, τουτέστιν ὁ θάνατος, καὶ ἐμοὶ ἐστὶ διὰ φροντίδος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: But these things, namely the ones that you have in mind, that is to say, death, are on my mind too.

LEMMA: ταῦτα in text all POSITION: s.l. Xb; cont. from sch. 1097.01 XT

APP. CRIT.: ἅ om., s.l. add. Yf | δηλονότι om. GXo, s.l. add. Xo | δηλονότι add. before second διὰ XaY

APP. CRIT. 2: first ἐστιν Gr | ἐμοί ἐστι YG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.267,8–10

Or. 1097.07 (tri metr) ⟨κἀμοί⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1098.01 (1098–1099) (vet paraphr) ἐπεὶ δὲ κατθανούμεθ’: ¹ἐπεὶ δὲ ἅπαξ ἐκρίθη ἀποθανεῖν ἡμᾶς, πρὸς ἀλλήλους σκεψώμεθα ²ὡς ἂν τῷ Μενελάῳ κακὸν προστριψώμεθα, ἵνα μὴ μόνοι δυστυχῶμεν ἡμεῖς. —MBV¹CPrRwSaZu

TRANSLATION: And since it has been decided once and for all that we die, let us consider with each other how we may inflict harm on Menelaus, so that we are not the only ones to suffer misfortune.

LEMMA: BV¹CPr(ἐπεί δε)Sa (‑μεθα V¹PrSa), ἐπεὶ κατθανούμεθα Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBV¹ POSITION: s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἅπαξ ἐκρίθ-] ὑπἐξεκρίθ‑ Zu | 2 μόνη Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.205,12–14; Dind. II.267,11–13

Or. 1098.07 (1098–1099) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐς κοινοὺς λόγους ἔλθωμεν⟩: πρὸς ἀλλήλους σκεψώμεθα —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Let us go to shared words’,) that is, ‘let us examine with each other’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1098.08 (1098–1099) (mosch paraphr) ἐς κοινοὺς λόγους ἔλθωμεν: ἤγουν δεῦρο κοινῶς βουλευσώμεθα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘Let us go to shared words’,) that is, ‘come then, let us deliberate in common’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Zc

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. GZc | δεῦρο om. XZc

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σόμεθα Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.267,14

Or. 1098.09 (1098–1099) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐς κοινοὺς λόγους ἔλθωμεν⟩: ἤγουν ἂς κοινάσωμεν λόγους —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1099.06 (rec exeg) ⟨συνδυστυχῇ⟩: ξυν(δυστυχῇ) —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘sundustuchēi’ there is a variant reading) ‘xundustuchēi’ (with xi instead of sigma in the prefix).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1099.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δυστυχῇ⟩: λείπει συν. —V¹G

TRANSLATION: The prefix ‘sun’ (‘with’) is missing/is to be supplied.

LEMMA: thus in text VG POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λείπει om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: σὺν V¹

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1099.10 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1100.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο κατθάνοιμ’ ἰδών⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἴθε γὰρ τοῦτο ἰδὼν ἀποθάνοιμι. —MB

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘would that I may die after seeing this’.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.205,15; Dind. II.267,16

Or. 1100.04 (thom exeg) ⟨γὰρ⟩: ἀργόν. ἔστι δὲ διὰ λόγου κόσμον. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Gar’, ‘for’, is) without semantic force. It is (present) for the adornment of the phrasing.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: διαλόγου Zm

COMMENT: Since this note and the next are nearly identical, I have applied the policy of treating ZmGu scholia as Thoman (that is, from the Thomano-Triclinian circle).

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 1100.05 (thom exeg) ⟨γὰρ⟩: ἀργόν. ἔστι δὲ διὰ κάλλος λόγου. —ZlGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Gar’, ‘for’, is) without semantic force. It is (present) for the beauty of the phrasing.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.267,17

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 1100.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: ἤγουν τὸ δυστυχεῖν τὸν Μενέλαον —V¹MnPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ is) that Menelaus suffer misfortune.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. V¹ | τὸν δυστυχῆ μενέλ() Mn

Or. 1100.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: τὸ τιμωρηθῆναι τὸν Μενέλαον —Zb²

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ is) that Menelaus be punished.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1101.07 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀνάμεινον δὲ φασγάνου τομάς⟩: μήπω σφάξῃς σαυτόν —MCAaGu²Zu

TRANSLATION: Do not slaughter yourself yet.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. M

APP. CRIT.: σφᾶξαι M, σφάξας Aa | μήπως C, μηδέπω AaZu | σαυτόν] Schw. (without note), σεαυτόν AaGu²Zu, αὐτὸν M, αὐτὴν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.205,16; Dind. II.267,19–20

Or. 1101.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨φασγάνου τομάς⟩: εἰς τὸ σφαγεῖν σεαυτὸν —O

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: σφαγεῖν implies σφαγέω as an alternative form of σφάζω. This is a hapax legomenon, since the apparent instance of σφαγεῖν in Orion 12,7–12 s.v. ἀσφάραγον must be an error for σφαραγεῖν, as comparison with the entry for ἀσφάραγον in Et. Gen. α 1328 suggests.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 1101.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φασγάνου τομάς⟩: ἤγουν τὸν θάνατον ὃν ἐπάγει —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1102.09 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρήσομαι⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1103.01 (vet exeg) σίγα νυν· ὡς γυναιξί: ¹ὑφορᾶται τὰς τοῦ χοροῦ· ²ἐνόμιζε γὰρ ἐχθρὰς αὐτὰς εἶναι. —MBOCPrSaZmGuZu

TRANSLATION: He is suspicious of the women of the chorus, for he considered them to be hostile.

LEMMA: M(νῦν), σίγα νῦν PrSa REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. B, marg. O, s.l. CZmGuZu

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὰς τοῦ χοροῦ] τὸν χορὸν ZmGu | τὰς] τοῖς PrSa, om. O | 2 αὐτὰς] om. O, transp. before ἐχθρὰς PrSaGu,

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὑφρᾶται Zu | ἐνόμιζεν M | ἐχηρὰς Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.205,17–18; Dind. II.267,24

Or. 1103.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σίγα νυν· ὡς γυναιξὶ πιστεύω βραχύ⟩: ὑφορᾷ γὰρ τὸν χορὸν ὅτι ἐνόμιζεν αὐτὰς εἶναι ἐχθρὰς. —Zl

TRANSLATION: (He says this) because he suspects the chorus because he considered them to be hostile.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1103.04 (tri metr) ⟨σίγα⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1103.06 (vet exeg) ⟨ὡς⟩: ¹τὸ ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ. ²ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτι. —MB

TRANSLATION: The (conjunction) ‘hōs’ (is) equivalent to ‘gar’ (‘for’). Or equivalent to ‘hoti’ (‘because’).

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: 2 τοῦ om. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.205,19; Dind. II.267,25

Or. 1103.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γυναιξὶ πιστεύω βραχύ⟩: οὐδὲν πιστεύω γυναιξί —Pr^rec

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γυναῖκ Pr^rec

Or. 1103.15 (mosch exeg) ⟨βραχύ⟩: ὀλίγον, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδέν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Brachu’, ‘short’, here means) ‘oligon’ (‘little’), in the sense of ‘ouden’ (‘not at all’).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.267,23

Or. 1104.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ γὰρ τὸ ὡς. —Gu²Zu

TRANSLATION: The (conjunction) ‘hōs’ (is) equivalent to ‘gar’ (‘for’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ὡς transp. to beginning Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.267,27

Or. 1105.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨Μενέλεῳ λύπην πικράν⟩: ὥστε λυπεῖν αὐτόν —MOCZu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.205,20; Dind. II.267,29

Or. 1106.01 (vet exeg) πῶς τὸ γὰρ ἕτοιμόν ἐστιν: τὸ ἑξῆς εἰ γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῦτο εὔκολον καὶ ἕτοιμον τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν Ἑλένην, καλῶς {ἂν} ἡμῖν ἔσται. —MBOVCMnPrR^bSaZu

TRANSLATION: The run of the sense is: for if, he says, this is easy and ready at hand—killing Helen—, it will be well for us.

LEMMA: M, πῶς τὸ γὰρ ἕτοιμον B, ἑλένην κτάνωμεν V, ἑλένην R^b REF. SYMBOL: MB, to 1105 VR^b POSITION: cont. from sch. 1098.01 C, from 1106.03 PrSa

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξῆς MR^b | γάρ φη() B | ἔτοιμον M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.205,21–23; Dind. II.268,1–2

COMMENT: For the potential future with ἄν in Byzantine writers see Stone 2009: 124–125.

Or. 1106.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄλλως⟩: ¹τὸ ἐπ’ ἐμοὶ ἕτοιμόν ἐστι. ²τὸ γὰρ ἕτοιμον καλόν ἐστιν. | ³ὁ δὲ λόγος τοιοῦτός ἐστι· ⁴τὸ γὰρ ἑτοίμως καὶ εὐχερῶς τὴν Ἑλένην κατεργάσασθαι καλόν ἐστιν, εἰ ὅλως δυνατὸν τοῦτο πρᾶξαι. —MBVCMnR^b

TRANSLATION: What is up to me is ready at hand. For that which is ready is good. | The sense is like this: For dispatching Helen readily and easily is a fine thing, if it is actually possible to accomplish this.

LEMMA: Schw. from ἀλλὰ of mss POSITION: cont. from prev. all, prep. ἀλλὰ

APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ prep. MnR^b | 3 ὁ δὲ … 4 ἐστιν om. V | 4 κατεργ. τὴ ἑλένην transp. Mn | εἰ] ἢ a.c. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.205,24–26; Dind. II.268,2–5

Or. 1106.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἕτοιμος γὰρ εἰς τοῦτό εἰμι, εἴγε μὴ καταληφθήσομαι. —MBVCPrRwSaZu

TRANSLATION: For I am ready for this, if indeed I will not be caught.

LEMMA: MBVC, ἕτοιμόν ἐστιν PrRwSa POSITION: s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: ἕτοιμός εἰμὶ εἰς τοῦτο (om. γὰρ) Rw | εἴην PrSaZu | εἰ μὴ Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔτοιμος M | τοῦτο εἰμί MBVC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.205.27; Dind. II.268,5–6

Or. 1106.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄλλως⟩: ¹τίνι τρόπῳ, φησὶν, ἀνέλωμεν; ²ἕτοιμος γάρ εἰμι πρὸς τὸ σφάξαι, εἰ ἔσται εὐμαρῶς τὸ κτεῖναι, τουτέστιν εἰ μὴ καταληφθείημεν. —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION: How, he says, are we to kill (her)? For I am ready to slaughter (her) if the killing will be easily (done), that is, if we would not be caught.

LEMMA: Schw. from ἀλλὰ of mss POSITION: cont. from prev. all, prep. ἀλλὰ

APP. CRIT.: 1 φασὶν MVC | 2 ἕτοιμός εἰμι γὰρ transp. C | ἔσται] Schw. ἔστιν all (ἐστιν M) | εὐμαρὲς BRw | καταληφθήσομαι B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τινὶ M | 2 ἔτοιμος M | γὰρ εἰμὶ M | σφᾶξαι M | τοῦτέστιν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.205,29–206,2; Dind. II.268,6–8

Or. 1106.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ γὰρ ἕτοιμόν ἐστιν εἴ γ’ ἔσται καλῶς⟩: ἤγουν τὸ κτανεῖν ἀκώλυτον, σύντομον, ἐὰν καλὸν ἡμῖν συμβῇ. —MnPrSa

TRANSLATION: That is, killing (her) is unimpeded, swift, if it will turn out well for us.

POSITION: s.l.; as three separate glosses Mn

APP. CRIT.: κτανεῖν] κατθανεῖν Mn | εὐκώλυτον app. Sa

COMMENT: εὔκολον would be an easy emendation of Sa’s εὐκώλυτον on the basis of sch. 1106.01, but note that ἀκώλυτος and ταχύς are paired in two places: Plutarch quaest. conviv. 735B τοῦτο δὲ μάλιστα ποιεῖ δι’ ἀέρος λείου τῆς φορᾶς αὐτοῖς γινομένης ἀκωλύτου καὶ ταχείας; Galen, de temperamentis 1:614,18–615,1 Kühn τῷ μὲν ἀτμῷ ταχεῖά τ’ ἐστὶ καὶ ἀκώλυτος ἡ φορά.

Or. 1106.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸ γὰρ ἕτοιμόν⟩: ἡ ἐμὴ ἑτοιμότης —KG

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1106.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ γὰρ ἕτοιμόν⟩: ἕτοιμός εἰμι. ἐμοὶ μέλει, ἴσθι. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1106.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ γὰρ⟩: τὸ γάρ ἐξ ἐμοῦ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrB⁴

LEMMA: X(τὸ, γὰρ as in text, to show τὸ does not go with ἔτοιμόν) POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: γὰρ om. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.268,9

Or. 1106.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ⟩: τοῦτο τὸ κτανεῖν τὴν Ἑλένην —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1106.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἕτοιμόν ἐστιν εἴ γ’ ἔσται καλῶς⟩: εὔκολον εἰ μὴ καταληφθῶμεν —V³La

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: after εὔκολον add. τοῦτο La

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑λειφθῶμεν La

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.268,11

Or. 1106.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἕτοιμόν⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐντὸς τῶν οἴκων αὐτοῦ —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Ready to hand’) because she is inside his house.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1106.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἕτοιμόν⟩: ἤγουν ἄξιον αἰτήσεως καὶ ἐρεύνης —Za

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄξι Za

Or. 1106.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἴ γ’ ἔσται καλῶς⟩: εἴ γε μὴ ληφθήσομαι —O

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1106.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἴ γ’ ἔσται⟩: καὶ εἰ ἀποβῇ —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1106.21 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔσται καλῶς⟩: ἔμελλε εἶναι καλῶς τὸ πρᾶγμα —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1106.22 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἔσται καλῶς⟩: εἰ μὴ φωραθῶμεν —ZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.268,11–12

Or. 1107.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σφάξαντες⟩: πρὸς τὸ πῶς —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘By slaughtering (her)’ is) in reply to ‘how’ (pōs).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1107.09 (tri metr) ⟨δὲ κρύπτεται⟩: koinē short over first epsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1108.01 (rec exeg) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: ναὶ, Ἀττικὸν —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Malista’ in the sense) ‘yes’, an Attic idiom.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1108.02 (thom paraphr) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: ναὶ ἐν τοῖς δόμοις ἐστί —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ναὶ] ἤγουν Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔστι Za, ἐστίν Gu

Or. 1108.05 (rec exeg) ⟨δὴ⟩: περισσὸν —Mn

TRANSLATION: (The particle ‘dē’ is) superfluous.

REF. SYMBOL: Mn POSITION: s.l. (above πάντ’)

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 1108.06 (vet exeg) παντ’ ἀποσφραγίζεται: σφραγῖδας ἐπιτίθησιν ὡς δὴ πάντα κληρονομήσασα τὰ ἐμά. —MBOVCAbMnR^aR^bRwPrSaZu

TRANSLATION: She is placing seals (on things), as if, in her mind, she has (already) inherited all my property.

LEMMA: BRw(πάντα), ἀποφραγίζεται MVC, παντ’ ἀποφραγίδ() R^b (conflated with first word) REF. SYMBOL: MBVR^b POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. AbMnPrSaZu

APP. CRIT. 2: σφραγίδας RwZu | τ’ἐμά Zu |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.206,3–4; Dind. II.268,13–14 with app. at 14

Or. 1108.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: τὰ μὲν, φησὶ, σφραγίζει τῶν ἡμετέρων, τὰ δὲ ἀποσφραγίζει. —MBCZu

TRANSLATION: Some of our property, he says, she puts a seal upon, and some she seals away (scil. in containers or behind doors).

LEMMA: MCZu, in marg. B POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: ἡμετέρων] ἐμῶν Zu | ὑποσφραγίζει Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: μέν φη() B, μέν φησι Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.206,5–6; Dind. II.268,14–15

Or. 1108.08 (rec exeg) ⟨πάντ᾽ ἀποσφραγίζεται⟩: τὰ ἡμέτερα πράγματα ἐξουσιάζει. —Mn

TRANSLATION: She takes control of all our things.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.268, app. at 14

COMMENT: ἐξουσιάζω in the sense ‘control’ or ‘rule over’ takes the genitive or a prepositional phrase in higher registers of Greek, and this is the only construction attested in LSJ. An accusative object, as here, reflects the influence of the vernacular and already is seen in lower-register Christian texts (e.g., Martyrium Bartholomei apostoli 6,31 τότε γὰρ τελείως ἐξουσιάζομεν αὐτούς) and continues into modern Greek (cf. Kriaras and Triantafyllides s.v. εξουσιάζω).

Or. 1108.09 (mosch exeg) πάντ᾽ ἀποσφραγίζεται: διὰ σφραγίδων ἀσφαλίζεται, ὡς ἤδη κληρονομήσουσα αὐτά. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aG^bGr, partial Ox²

TRANSLATION: She is securing (things) with seals, as if she will very soon inherit them.

LEMMA: G(prep. καὶ δὴ) REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYfG^bGr, marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: καὶ δὴ πάντα prep. X, καὶ prep. G^b | after ἀσφαλ. add. σφραγῖδας ποιεῖ G^b | ὡς ἤδη κτλ om. Ox² | ἤδη om. XoG^aG^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.268,16–17

Or. 1108.10 (thom exeg) ⟨πάντ᾽ ἀποσφραγίζεται⟩: ἰδιοποιεῖται, σφραγῖδας ἐπιτίθησι πᾶσι τοῖς κιβωτίοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: She claims (them) as her own, she places seals on all the chests and the other things.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τίθησι Zm | first τοῖς om. ZZaZbGu

APP. CRIT. 2: σφραγίδας all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.268,17–19

Or. 1109.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ οὐκέθ’⟩: ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔσται τὸ ἀπολαύειν τούτων πάντων. —AbMnPrSa

TRANSLATION: But it will not be possible (for her) to benefit from all these things.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀλλ’ … τὸ om. Ab | τὸ om. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπολαβεῖν Sa, ἀπολαύνειν Mn

Or. 1109.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ οὐκέθ’⟩: λείπει κληρονομήσει. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (With ‘but no longer’) ‘will she inherit’ is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑νομήση Zu

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1109.06 (tri metr) ⟨ᾍδην⟩: long mark over alpha —T³

Or. 1110.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨καὶ πῶς; … ὀπάονας⟩: ¹τίνα τρόπον φονεύσομεν αὐτὴν, ἀπορῶ δηλονότι· ²ἔχει γὰρ βαρβάρους ἀκολούθους. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. GT, ⟦κατά⟧ prep. Y | ἀπορῶ and ἔχει γὰρ κτλ om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.268,22–23

Or. 1110.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ βαρβάρους⟩: μεγάλους ἔχει ἐκείνους τοὺς βαρβάρους —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1110.13 (recTri metr) ⟨ὀπάονας⟩: long mark over first alpha —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1111.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨τίνας;⟩: ἐπὶ εὐτελισμοῦ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Whom?’ is uttered) scornfully.

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.269,1

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 1111.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Φρυγῶν γὰρ οὐδέν ἂν τρέσαιμ’ ἐγὼ⟩: οὕτως ἡ σύνταξις· οὐδὲν ἂν ἐγὼ τρέσαιμι Φρύγας. —Aa

TRANSLATION: The construction is like this: For I would not at all tremble in fear at Phrygians.

REF. SYMBOL: Aa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1112.01 (vet paraphr) οἵους ἐνόπτρων: προθύμους εἰς τὴν τῶν ἐνόπτρων καὶ μύρων ὑπηρεσίαν —MVCR^bGu²Zu

TRANSLATION: Willing and eager (only) for attending to her mirrors and perfumes.

LEMMA: VR^b(ἐνὅπτρων) REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. CGu²Zu

APP. CRIT.: προθύμως R^b, a.c. V | εἰς τὴν om. VR^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐνὅπτρων R^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.206,7; Dind. II.269,3–4

Or. 1112.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨οἵους ἐνόπτρων⟩: οἵους εἰκὸς εἶναι ἐπιτηδείους εἰς τὴν τῶν ἐνόπτρων καὶ τῶν μύρων ὑπηρεσίαν —B

TRANSLATION: The sort who are likely suitable (only) for attending to her mirrors and her perfumes.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.206,7 app.

Or. 1112.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οἵους ἐνόπτρων⟩: τοιούτους ἔχει οἵους εἶναι δηλονότι ἐπιστάτας, ἤγουν ἐπιτρόπους, τῶν ἐνόπτρων ἀντὶ τοῦ τῶν κατόπτρων, καὶ τῶν μύρων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: She has such (attendants) as to be, clearly, overseers, that is, stewards, of her ‘enoptrōn’, used for ‘katoptrōn’, ‘mirrors’, and of her perfumes.

REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYfG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.269,4–6

Or. 1112.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨οἵους⟩: ἐκείνους τοὺς βαρβάρους ἔχει —AbMn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1113.01 (1113–1114) (vet exeg) τρυφὰς γὰρ ἥκει: ¹οὕτως, φησὶν, ὑπερβαλλόντως ἐτρύφα ἐν τῇ βαρβάρων χώρᾳ ὡς μηδὲν ἡγεῖσθαι τὴν Ἑλλάδα πρὸς τρυφήν. ²τρυφηλότεροι γὰρ τὸν βίον οἱ βάρβαροι {διάγουσι}, μείζων τε ἡ Ἀσία τῆς Εὐρώπης. —MBOVCPrRwSaZu

TRANSLATION: So surpassingly, he says, did she enjoy luxury in the land of the foreigners that she (now) considers Greece to be nothing in respect to luxury. For the foreigners are more luxurious in their lifestyle, and Asia is larger than Europe.

LEMMA: MVRw, τρυφὰς γὰρ ἥκει ἔχουσα B REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: sep. parts beside 1113 and 1115 O, s.l. at 1114 Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὑπερβαλόντως VPrZu, ὑπερβαλόντος Sa | ἠγεῖσθαι M | 2 τὲ BPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.206,9–12; Dind. II.269,14–17

COMMENT: τρυφηλότεροι presents more sophisticated syntax, so utrum in alterum favors retaining it and regarding τρυφηλότερον as secondary. But διάγουσι introduces an ambiguity as to whether βίον is accusative of respect or direct object, and omitting it produces a neat parallelism of syntax in two nominal phrases without copula. The verb will have been added by someone who thought βίον needed a verb to govern it, or else came from a conflation with something like the next. Compare also sch. 1114.12.

Or. 1113.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τρυφὰς γὰρ … Τρωϊκάς⟩: τρυφηλότερον γὰρ βίον ἔχουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι τῶν Ἑλλήνων. —MnPrSa

TRANSLATION: For the foreigners have a more luxurious lifestyle than the Greeks.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τρυφηλότ()ρ() PrSa | ἔχουσιν] ἄγουσιν Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.269, app. at 15

Or. 1113.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨τρυφὰς γὰρ⟩: ἀληθῶς λέγεις —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1113.04 (thom exeg) ⟨τρυφὰς⟩: τρυφὰς λέγει οὓς ἐκ Τροίας εὐνούχους καὶ θεράποντας ἤγαγεν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: By ‘truphas’ (‘luxuries’) he means the eunuchs and servants she brought from Troy.

REF. SYMBOL: ZT POSITION: s.l. ZaGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.269,8–9

Or. 1114.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὥσθ’ Ἑλλὰς αὐτῇ σμικρὸν οἰκητήριον⟩: πρὸς τὴν ταύτης αὐθαδίαν ὡς βραχὺ ταύτῃ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἔστιν. —Rf

TRANSLATION: From the point of view of this woman’s self-will, how constrained Greece is to her.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ταύτης] app. ταύτην a.c. Rf | ταύτῃ] ταύτης Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.269,13–14

Or. 1114.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ὥσθ’ Ἑλλὰς αὐτῇ σμικρὸν οἰκητήριον⟩: τοσούτους ἐκεῖθεν ἧκεν ἄγουσα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘So that Greece is small to her’:) so many (slaves) did she come bringing from there (Troy).

REF. SYMBOL: Zm (at ὥσθ’; note starts over end of line) POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἧκεν ἐκεῖθεν transp. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.269,12

Or. 1114.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σμικρὸν οἰκητήριον⟩: τρυφηλότερον γὰρ διάγουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι. —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Small abode’,) for the foreigners live more luxuriously.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See sch. 1113.01.

Or. 1115.01 (vet exeg) οὐδὲν τὸ δοῦλον: ἀσθενεῖς, φησὶν, οἱ δοῦλοι πρὸς τοὺς ἐλευθέρους μάχεσθαι διὰ τὸ μὴ τολμᾶν. —MBVCR^bRw

TRANSLATION: Slaves, he says, are weak at fighting against free men because they have no daring.

LEMMA: MVR^bRw REF. SYMBOL: MVR^bSa POSITION: intermarg. B

APP. CRIT. 2: φησιν Rw | τολμὰν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.206,13–14; Dind. II.269,18–19

Or. 1115.02 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐδὲν τὸ δοῦλον … γένος⟩: ἀσθενεῖς εἰσὶν οἱ δοῦλοι τοῖς ἐλευθέροις μάχεσθαι διὰ τὸ μὴ τολμᾶν. —MnPrSa

TRANSLATION: Slaves are weak at fighting against free men because they have no daring.

POSITION: s.l. MnPr, marg. Sa

Or. 1115.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐδὲν τὸ δοῦλον⟩: ἀσθενεῖς, φησὶν, οἱ δοῦλοι εἰς τὸ μάχεσθαι διὰ τὸ μὴ τολμᾶν. —Gu²Zu

TRANSLATION: Slaves, he says, are weak at fighting because they have no daring.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: φησὶν om. Gu²

Or. 1115.04 (recThom exeg) ⟨οὐδὲν τὸ δοῦλον⟩: διὰ τὸ μῆ τολμᾶν —OZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. O

Or. 1115.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐδὲν τὸ δοῦλον⟩: ἀσθενεῖς εἰς τὸ μάχεσθαι —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1116.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔρξας⟩: ἔρδω τὸ πράττω —Zm

TRANSLATION: (The form is from) ‘erdō’ meaning ‘I do’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1116.12 (mosch exeg) χάζομαι: ἢ ὑποχωρῶ, ἢ ἅζομαι ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐλαβοῦμαι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: Either (reading ‘chazomai’) ‘I withdraw’, or (reading instead) ‘hazomai’ in the sense ‘I hesitate’.

LEMMA: T, οὐ χάζομαι G POSITION: s.l. except X and marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: first ἢ om. Y | ἢ ἅζομαι om. Ox²

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄζομαι Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.269,22–23

Or. 1117.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐγὼ⟩: παραιτούμεθα νῦν —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: νῦν om. Sa

Or. 1117.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐγὼ μήν⟩: παραιτοῦμαι θανεῖν δίς —MnZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δίς] τίς a.c. Mn, om. Zu

Or. 1117.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐγὼ μήν⟩: τὸ δὶς θανεῖν φροντίζω —Ab²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1117.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐγὼ μήν⟩: τοῦ δὶς ἀποθανεῖν —Rf^r

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1117.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐγὼ μήν⟩: ἀπαρνοῦμαι τὸ μὴ θανεῖν —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1117.06 (mosch paraphr) ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐγὼ μήν: ὑποχωρῶ δὶς θανεῖν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X(ἐγώμην, as in text) POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: δὶς θανεῖν om. Zc | ἀποθανεῖν Y

Or. 1117.07 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐγὼ μήν⟩: φεύξομαι ἀποθανεῖν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀποθανεῖν] θανεῖν Zl, om. ZZaGu | δὶς add. ZlZm²

Or. 1117.12 (recTri metr) ⟨τιμωρούμενος⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1118.01 (vet paraphr) τὸ πρᾶγμα δήλου: ¹τὸ περὶ τοῦ φόνου τῆς Ἑλένης πρᾶγμα δήλωσον ²καὶ εἰπὲ ποίῳ τρόπῳ μέλλομεν ταύτην ἀναιρεῖν. —MBVCR^bRw, partial OMn

TRANSLATION: Make clear the business of the murder of Helen, and tell how we are going to kill her.

LEMMA: M(πραγμα)B(δηλ() or δήλ())VR^b(δῆλον)Rw REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: under line C, marg. O

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ περὶ … δήλωσον om. O, τὸ περὶ … ἑλένης om. Mn | δήλωσον τὸ πρᾶγμα transp. MnR^b | πρᾶγμα] BRw, τὸ πρᾶγμα MCMnR^b, om. V | 2 αὐτὴν MnR^b | ἀνελεῖν Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.206,15–16; Dind. II.269,27–28

Or. 1118.02 (thom paraphr) ⟨τὸ πρᾶγμα⟩: τὴν ἐκείνης σφαγὴν, ὅπως ἔσται —ZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἴ πως Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.270,1

Or. 1119.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἴσιμεν ἐς οἴκους δῆθεν ὡς θανούμενοι⟩: ¹εἰσίωμεν, καὶ ἀποβολῇ τοῦ ω̅ εἴσιμεν, ²προστεθέντος τοῦ δῆθεν ὡς ἐπὶ ἀπάτης εἴωθε τίθεσθαι. —G

TRANSLATION: ‘Eisiōmen’ (subjunctive form), and by removal of the omega ‘eisimen’, with (the particle) ‘dēthen’ added in the way it was accustomed to be used to imply deception/pretense.

LEMMA: εἴσιμεν ἐς οἴκους G

APP. CRIT.: 1 εἴσιμεν] εἰσίωμεν a.c. G

Or. 1119.07 (pllgn gram) ⟨εἴσιμεν⟩: ¹ἀντὶ ὑποτακτικοῦ ὁριστικόν. ²τὸ θέμα δὲ εἶμι τὸ πορεύομαι διὰ διφθόγγου γραφόμενον. ³τῶν πληθυντικῶν τὸ πρῶτον ἴμεν διὰ τοῦ ι. ⁴τὰ γὰρ εἰς μι ἐπὶ τῶν πληθυντικῶν καὶ παθητικῶν συστέλλονται. —Lp

TRANSLATION: Indicative used instead of subjunctive. The main form is ‘eimi’ meaning ‘I go’, written with diphthong (‘ei’). The first person of the plural is ‘imen’, (written) with iota. For verbs in ‑mi are shortened (in the theme-vowel) in the plural and in the passive.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.270,4–7

Or. 1119.08 (rec exeg) ⟨δῆθεν ὡς θανούμενοι⟩: διστακτικὸν τοῦτο λίαν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: This (use of ‘dēthen hōs’) is strongly expressive of doubt.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1120.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔχω τοσοῦτον, τἀπίλοιπα δ’ οὐκ ἔχω⟩: ¹νοῶ οὐκ ἄλλο τι τούτου· ²νοῶ πᾶν ὃ εἶπας, τὰ δ’ ἔμπροσθεν {δ’} οὐ νοῶ. —G

TRANSLATION: I do not understand anything else beyond this: I comprehend all that you said, but the further events I do not grasp.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὐκ] Mastr., οὖν G (οὖν ⟨οὐκ⟩ also possible)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀλλό τι G

Or. 1120.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔχω τοσοῦτον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οἶδα μέχρι τούτου —BOCAbMnPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘I have that much’ is) used for ‘I know (what you mean) up to this point’.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. OAbPrSa, τοῦ om. C | τούτων O, τοῦτ() Mn (sep. above τοσοῦτον)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.270,11

Or. 1120.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔχω τοσοῦτον⟩: νοῶ πᾶν τοῦτο ὃ εἶπας. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: I comprehend all this that you said.

POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Gr | πᾶν om., s.l. add. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.270,8–9

Or. 1120.11 (thom exeg) ⟨τἀπίλοιπα⟩: ἤγουν τί μετὰ τὸ εἰσιέναι γενήσεται. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘The rest’,) that is, what will happen after we go inside.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.270,10

Or. 1120.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τἀπίλοιπα⟩: τὰ ἐπίλοιπα, ἤγουν τὰ ἔμπροσθεν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except XT, cont. from sch. 1120.02 T

APP. CRIT.: τὰ ἐπίλοιπα, ἤγουν om. Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.270,9–10

Or. 1120.15 (tri metr) ⟨τἀπίλοιπα⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1121.01 (thom paraphr) ⟨γόους … θησόμεσθ’ ἃ πάσχομεν⟩: ἤγουν ποιήσομεν τὰ ἡμέτερα δυστυχήματα πρὸς αὐτὴν θρῆνον. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, we will make our misfortunes a (subject of) lamentation before her.

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except TGu

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | τὰ ἡμέτερα om. Za

APP. CRIT. 2: ποιήσωμεν ZbZmGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.270,13–14

COMMENT: The phrase before this in Dind. II.270,12–13, θρήνους πρὸς αὐτὴν ἐπιθήσομεν, δι’ ἃ ἡμεῖς πανθάνομεν (‘we will put lamentations before her because of what we are suffering’), is by Arsenius and not in Gu as implied by Matthiae and Dindorf.

Or. 1121.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γόους … θησόμεσθ’ ἃ πάσχομεν⟩: ἤγουν εἰσποιήσωμεν τὰ ἡμέτερα δυστυχήματα πρὸς αὐτὴν θρηνοῦντες. —Zl

TRANSLATION: That is, we will insert our misfortunes when lamenting before her.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1121.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨γόους … θησόμεσθ’⟩: γόους θήσομεθα ἀντὶ τοῦ θρηνήσομεν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial GZc

TRANSLATION: ‘We will make cries of lamentation’ (is) equivalent to ‘we will lament’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: γόους … τοῦ om. G, γόους θησόμεθα om. Zc | πρὸς αὐτήν add. Xo

APP. CRIT. 2: θρηνήσωμεν Gr, app. G, a.c. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.270,14

Or. 1121.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἃ πάσχομεν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δι’ ἃ πάσχομεν —BOC

TRANSLATION: (‘What we suffer’ is) used for ‘because of what we suffer’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. O, τοῦ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.206,17; Dind. II.270,11

Or. 1122.01 (vet exeg) ὥστ’ ἐκδακρῦσαι: οὕτως, φησὶ, περιπαθῶς θρηνήσομεν ὥστε αὐτὴν εἰς οἶκτον κινῆσαι ἐπὶ τῷ ἡμετέρῳ θανάτῳ λάθρα χαίρουσαν. —MBVCMn^bPrSa, partial V³Mn^aR^bZu

TRANSLATION: We will lament, he says, so emotionally as to move here to pity for our death, although she is secretly delighted.

LEMMA: M, ὥστ’ ἐκδακρύειν V(as in text)R^b(‑κρίειν in text) REF. SYMBOL: MVR^b POSITION: s.l. Zu; Mn^b follows directly after Mn^a

APP. CRIT. 2: οὕτω V | θανάτῳ / θανάτῳ M |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.206,18–20; Dind. II.270,17–19

Or. 1122.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὥστ’ ἐκδακρῦσαί⟩: οὕτω περιπαθῶς θρηνήσομεν —O

POSITION: marg. (beside 1121)

Or. 1122.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐκδακρῦσαί⟩: εἰς δάκρυα αὐτὴν κινῆσαι —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1122.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐνδακρῦσαι⟩: ἐνδακρύειν —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For aorist infinitive ‘endakrusai’ there is a variant reading, present infinitive) ‘endakruein’ (‘weep in/upon’).

LEMMA: thus in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1122.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνδακρῦσαι⟩: ἐκδακρύειν —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For aorist infinitive ‘endakrusai’, ‘weep in/upon’, there is a variant reading, present infinitive) ‘ekdakruein’ (‘burst out in tears’).

LEMMA: ἐνδακρύσαι in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1122.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔνδοθεν κεχαρμένην⟩: ἐπὶ τῷ ἡμετέρῳ θανάτῳ λάθρα χαίρουσαν —V

TRANSLATION: (‘Rejoicing from inside’, that is,) secretly delighting in our death.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1122.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔνδοθεν κεχαρμένην⟩: ἤτοι εἴσω πληροῦται χαρᾶς —Rf

TRANSLATION: (‘Rejoicing from inside’,) that is, inwardly she is filled with delight.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.270,20–21 (misread, misascribed to O)

Or. 1122.18 (rec exeg) ⟨κεχαρμένην⟩: ἐπὶ τῷ ἡμετέρῳ θανάτῳ —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Rejoicing’, that is,) at our death.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1122.19 (thom exeg) ⟨κεχαρμένην⟩: διὰ τὴν τῆς κληρονομίας ἐλπίδα —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Delighted’) because of the expectation of inheritance.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.270,20

Or. 1122.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨κεχαρμένην⟩: οὖσαν τὴν Ἑλένην ὥστε δακρῦσαι —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1123.01 (vet exeg) καὶ νῷν παρέσται: ¹καὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς οἰκτιζόμεθα μὲν, χαίρομεν δὲ ὡς μέλλοντες αὐτὴν φονεύειν. ²τὸ οὖν τότε ἢ ὅτε εἰσερχόμεθα ἢ ὅτε φονεύομεν αὐτήν. —MBOVCRfRwZu

TRANSLATION: For we too lament, but feel delight because we are about to kill her. So then, the word ‘then’ (means) either when we go inside or when we kill her.

LEMMA: MBCRfRw(νῶϊν all), καὶ νῶϊν V REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf POSITION: in two parts O, with second s.l.; s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: 1 αὐτὴν om. Zu | 2 τὸ οὖν τότε ἢ om. O | first ὅτε] ὅτι M, ὅπερ a.c. V, ὅτε οὖν Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἰσἐρχόμεθα M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.206,21–23; Dind. II.270,22–24

Or. 1123.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡμῖν τοῖς δύο. ²τοῦτο δέ φησιν ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ δεῖν μὲν δακρύειν, χαίρειν δὲ τῇ διανοίᾳ. ³καὶ ἡμῖν γενήσεται ὅπερ ἐκείνῃ τότε ἡνίκα εἰσελθόντες πρὸς αὐτὴν ἱκετεύομεν. ⁴ὡς γὰρ ἐκείνη ἡμῶν ὀδυρομένων προσποιήσεται μὲν δακρύειν, χαρήσεται δὲ κατὰ ψυχήν, ⁵οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς αὐτῆς ἱκετευομένης προσποιησόμεθα λυπεῖσθαι ἔνδοθεν χαίροντες ἐπὶ τῷ μέλλειν ἀναιρεῖν αὐτήν. —MBVCRw, partial MnPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Nōïn’, dual pronoun) meaning ‘to us two’. And he says this as equivalent to ‘it is necessary to weep, but to rejoice in one’s mind’. And the very thing that occurs for her will occur for us at that time, when we go inside to her and supplicate. For just as, when we are wailing, she will pretend to cry, but will rejoice in her heart, just so we too, when she is being supplicated, will pretend to be pained while rejoicing internally at the prospect of killing her.

LEMMA: BVCRw, in marg. M

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δὲ φησὶν MC | 4 προποιήσεται Mn | 5 οὕτω VMnPr | πρὸς ποιησόμεθα B | ἔνδοθε V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.206,24–207,2; Dind. II.270,24–271,5

COMMENT: The corruption of ἱκετευομένης to active ἱκετευούσης, which makes no sense here, is perhaps due to unconscious reminiscence of Clytemnestra’s supplication in 526–529, 825–843. | From Arsenius to Dindorf editions printed ἅπερ in 3, and Dindorf ascribes this to B while printing ὅπερ from MV. The initial letter is damaged in B, but what remains seems more likely to be part of omicron (which Schwartz apparently read) than of alpha.

Or. 1123.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨καὶ νῷν παρέσται⟩: ¹καὶ ἡμῖν τότε ταῦτα παρέσται, ἅπερ ἐκείνῃ, ²ἤγουν τὸ ἔξωθεν δακρύειν, ἔνδοθεν δὲ χαρὰν ἔχειν τῇ ἐλπίδι τῆς διαχειρίσεως αὐτῆς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^bGr, partial G^aOx²

TRANSLATION: And these things will be at hand for us then, the very same as for her, namely, to weep on the outside, but feel delight on the inside at the expectation of dispatching her.

POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYfG^bGr, marg. Ox²; follows sch. 1126.14 G^a

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 διαχειρήσεως Y, ‑χυρίσεως Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.271,5–7

Or. 1123.04 (thom exeg) ⟨καὶ νῷν παρέσται⟩: ἤγουν καὶ ἡμεῖς τὸ μὲν φαινόμενον πρὸς αὐτὴν δακρύσομεν, ἔνδον δὲ χαρὰν ἕξομεν διὰ τὸν αὐτῆς θάνατον. —ZZaZbZlZmT

TRANSLATION: That is, we too, in appearance, will weep before her, but inside we will have joy because of her (impending) death.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaT, to 1122 δακρύσαι Zl POSITION: s.l. ZbZm

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν app. om. Zl | ἡμῖν Za | τὸ μὲν φαιν. καὶ ἡμεῖς δακρ. πρὸς αὐτὴν transp. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.271,7–9

Or. 1123.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ νῷν παρέσται⟩: καὶ ἡμεῖς τὸ μὲν φαινόμενον πρὸς αὐτὴν δακρύσομεν ὅτε πρὸς αὐτὴν ἐλεεινολογούμεθα, ἔνδον δὲ χαρὰν ἕξομεν διὰ τὸν αὐτῆς θάνατον. —Gu

TRANSLATION: We too, in appearance, will weep before her when we make our piteous appeal to her, but inside we will have joy because of her (impending) death.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.271,7–9

COMMENT: For the added phrase compared to the previous, cf. ZlZm in sch. 1123.16 below.

Or. 1123.06 (rec exeg) ⟨νῶϊν⟩: γρ. νῶ⟨ϊ⟩. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘nōïn’ the reading) ‘nōï’ (also meaning ‘to us two’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The form of the dative without final nu is attested in Orphica, Lithica 773 νῶϊ … ἰοῦσι. The removal of nu could have been a metrical ‘correction’ for νῶϊν treated as disyllabic.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1123.09 (tri metr) ⟨νῶϊν⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 1123.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότε⟩: ὅτε πρὸς αὐτὴν ἐλεεινολογούμεθα —ZlZm

POSITION: s.l. Zl, marg. Zm

COMMENT: Cf. the added phrase in sch. 1123.05.

Or. 1125.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨κρύπτ’ ἐν πέπλοισι⟩: κρυπτά· ἤγουν κεκρυμμένα ἐν τοῖς πέπλοις —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (The unelided form of ‘krupt’ ’ is adjective) ‘krupta’ (not verb ‘krupte’), that is, ‘concealed in the robes’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.271,12 (incomplete)

Or. 1125.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κρύπτ’ ἐν πέπλοισι⟩: κεκρυμμένα. κρυφίως τούτοις τοῖς πέπλοις φέρομεν τὰ (ξίφη). —G

TRANSLATION: Concealed. We carry our swords in concealment in these robes.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ξίφη understood from line

Or. 1125.09 (tri metr) ⟨πέπλοισι⟩: koinē short over epsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 66

Or. 1126.01 (vet paraphr) πρόσθεν δ’ ὀπαδῶν: καὶ πῶς, φησὶν, ἀναιρήσομεν αὐτὴν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν δούλων; —B

TRANSLATION: And how, he says, will we kill her in front of her attendants?

LEMMA: B(ὁπ‑) REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT. 2: φη() B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207, app. at 3; Dind. II.271,13–14

Or. 1126.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨πρόσθεν δ’ ὀπαδῶν … γενήσεται⟩: πῶς ἀναιροῦμεν αὐτὴν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν δούλων; —VCMnPrSaGZu

TRANSLATION: How do we kill her in front of her attendants?

POSITION: s.l. VGZu, intermarg. C; cont. from sch. 1123.02 PrSa

APP. CRIT.: πῶς] καὶ πῶς CZu, ὅπως φησὶ G, τῶ PrSa | δούλων] ὀπαδῶν αὐτῆς Mn(ὁπ‑)PrSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,3; Dind. II.271,13–14 with app.

Or. 1126.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὀπαδῶν τίς ὄλεθρος γενήσεται⟩: τίς ὄλεθρος τῶν ὀπαδῶν γενήσεται; —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1126.13 (recTri metr) ⟨ὀπαδῶν⟩: long mark over alpha —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1126.14 (mosch exeg) ⟨τίς⟩: ὥσπερ τὸ ταχύς λέγεται ἐνίοτε ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως, οὕτως ἐνταῦθα τὸ τίς ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ τίνα τρόπον, ἐπιρρηματικῶς. —XXbXoT⁺YfGGr

TRANSLATION: Just as (the adjective) ‘tachus’ (‘swift’) is sometimes used instead of (the adverb) ‘tacheōs’ (‘swiftly’), so here ‘tis’ (‘what?/which?’) (is used) instead of ‘kata tina tropon’ (‘in what manner?’), adverbially.

LEMMA: πρόσθεν ὀπαδῶν τίς G REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: follows next X

APP. CRIT.: first τὸ om. G | καὶ add. before ἐνταῦθα XoG

APP. CRIT. 2: τὶς G | κατα Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.271,15–17

Or. 1127.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐκκλείσομεν … ἄλλοσε στέγης⟩: ἐξαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τῆς στέγης ἄλλον ἄλλοσε κλείσομεν. —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

TRANSLATION:

LEMMA: ἐγκλείσομεν in text Yf POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰσαγ‑ T | ἄλλον om. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.271,19–20

Or. 1127.02 (tri paraphr) ⟨ἐγκλείσομεν … ἄλλοσε στέγης⟩: εἰσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τῆς στέγης ἄλλον ἄλλοσε κλείσομεν. —T⁺

TRANSLATION: Having led them, different ones to different locations of the house, we will lock them in.

LEMMA: ἐγκλείσομεν in text T POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1127.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄλλος ἄλλοθεν⟩: ἄλλον ἄλλοσ⟨ε⟩ —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘allos allothen’, ‘[nominative] other from another place’ there is a variant reading) ‘allon allose’ (‘[accusative] other to another place’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1127.11 (rec exeg) ⟨στέγῃς⟩: στέγαις —R

TRANSLATION: (For Ionic dative plural ‘stegēis’ there is a variant reading, regular dative) ‘stegais’ (‘buildings’).

LEMMA: ἄλλος ἐν στέγῃς in text R POSITION: marg.

Or. 1127.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στέγαις⟩: στέγῃς —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For regular dative plural ‘stegais’ there is a variant reading, Ionic dative) ‘stegēis’ (‘buildings’).

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1127.13 (rec exeg) ⟨στέγαις⟩: στέγης —Sa

TRANSLATION: (For dative plural ‘stegais’ there is a variant reading, genitive singular) ‘stegēs’ (‘building’).

LEMMA: thus in text Sa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1128.01 (vet exeg) ⟨καὶ τόν γε μὴ σιγῶντ’ ἀποκτείνειν χρεών⟩: καὶ τὸν μὴ σιγῶντα ἀλλ’ ἐκφαίνοντα τὴν βουλὴν ἀποκτείνειν προσήκει. —BRw

TRANSLATION: And it is proper to kill anyone who does not keep silent, but tries to reveal our plan.

LEMMA: ἀποκτείνειν χρεών Rw REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: προσῆκεν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207, app. at 4; Dind. II.271,21–22

Or. 1128.02 (vet exeg) ⟨καὶ τόν γε μὴ σιγῶντα⟩: ἀλλ’ ἐκφαίνοντα τὴν βουλὴν δηλονότι —MOCZu

TRANSLATION: (Anyone who does not keep silent,) but tries to reveal our plan, clearly.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C, s.l. OZu

APP. CRIT.: ἀλλ’] om. C, καὶ O | δηλ. om. Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: δηλονὅτι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,4; Dind. II.271, app. at 21

Or. 1129.12 (tri exeg) ⟨οἷ⟩: ᾗ —T

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hoi’, ‘whither’, there is a variant reading) ‘hēi’ (‘by what way’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1130.01 (vet exeg) Ἑλένην φονεύειν: νῦν, φησὶν, ἔγνων πῶς δεῖ φονεύειν τὴν Ἑλένην. —MBCAbMnR^bRwG

TRANSLATION: Now, he says, I’ve understood how we must kill Helen.

LEMMA: BR^bRw REF. SYMBOL: MBR^b POSITION: marg. MMn, intermarg. C, s.l. AbG

APP. CRIT.: νῦν φησὶν om. AbMn | ἔγνω Mn | πῶς δεῖ] πῶς δὴ MnRw, τὸ G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,5; Dind. II.272,2–3

COMMENT: This is the last scholion in the scholia-only section of R and is followed by τέλος τοῦ ὀρέστου and then the material described in Prelim. Stud. 149–152.

Or. 1130.05 (rec exeg) ⟨κτείνειν⟩: φονεύειν —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘kteinein’ there is a variant reading) ‘phoneuein’ (both meaning ‘kill’).

LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1130.08 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ σύμβολον⟩: ἤγουν ὅπερ συμβολικῶς καὶ συνεσκιασμένως εἶπες —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘To sumbolon’, ‘the token’ or ‘the password’,) that is, that which you spoke cryptically and obscurely.

POSITION: marg. ZlZm, s.l. Gu; cont. from next Gu

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | εἶπας Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.272,3–4

Or. 1132.01 (1132–1142) (rec rhet) κατασκευὴ —Mn

TRANSLATION: Elaboration/proof.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: κατασκευή/κατασκευάζειν

Or. 1132.02 (rec exeg) ⟨σωφρονεστέραν⟩: τὸ συγκριτικὸν ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ. —MnZm

TRANSLATION: The comparative adjective (used) in place of the simple form.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπλοῦν Mn

Or. 1132.03 (recMosch exeg) ⟨σωφρονεστέραν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ σώφρονα —RMnXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Chaster’ is) used for ‘chaste’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Mn

Or. 1132.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σωφρονεστέραν⟩: τιμίαν εἰς τὴν αὐτῆς κατάστασιν —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1133.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨μεθεῖμεν⟩: τὸ μεθίημι ἐνεργητικῶς αἰτιατικῇ, παθητικῶς δὲ γενικῇ ὡς παρ’ Ἀριστοφάνει [Aristoph. Plut. 75] ‘μέθεσθον νῦν ἐμοῦ’. —Zb²

TRANSLATION: The verb ‘methiēmi’ in the active (is construed) with the accusative, in the passive with the genitive, as in Aristophanes, ‘Let go of me now’.

LEMMA: μεθῆμεν in text Zb POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf., with same unmetrical version of the quotation (μέθεσθον, not reported from mss of the play), Sch. rec. Arist. Plut. 42d Chantry μεθίημι τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν αἰτιατικῇ, ὡς Συνέσιος· [Synesius, epist. 5,90, p. 15,14–15 Garzya = Epist. Gr. 4, p. 641 Hercher] ‘μεθῆκεν οὖν ὁ κυβερνήτης ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τὸ πηδάλιον’. τὰ δὲ παθητικὰ γενικῇ, ὡς τὸ [Plut. 75] ‘μέθεσθόν μου’, καὶ [Plut. 42] ‘ἐκέλευσε τούτου μὴ μεθίεσθαί μ’ ἔτι’. καὶ ἔστιν ἡ σύνταξις διάφορος, οὐ μὴν δὲ ἡ σημασία. The mss cited in the OCT at Arist. Plut. 75 have either μέθετόν με or μέθεσθε νῦν.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aristophanes

Or. 1133.15 (pllgn gram) ⟨μεθεῖμεν⟩: μεθίημι, τὸ πρῶτον τῶν πληθυντικῶν μεθίεμεν, καὶ κατὰ μετάθεσιν τῶν γραμμάτων καὶ κρᾶσιν μεθεῖμεν. —Lp

TRANSLATION: (From the verb) ‘methiēmi’, the first person plural is ‘methiemen’, and with transposition of the letters and contraction ‘metheimen’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.272,24–26

Or. 1133.16 (rec paraphr) ⟨δυσκλεὴς ἂν ἦν φόνος⟩: φόνος ἄδοξος —R

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: φόβος R

Or. 1133.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δυσκλεὴς ἂν ἦν φόνος⟩: ἄδοξος ὁ φόνος —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1134.01 (1134–1136) (rec rhet) ἀντίθετον ἀντεγκληματικὸν —Mn

TRANSLATION: Antithetical declaration refuting a (possible) charge.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντέγκλημα/ἀντεγκληματικός | ἀντίθεσις/ἀντιθετικόν

Or. 1134.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπὲρ ἁπάσης Ἑλλάδος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀνθρώπων —AaMn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀνθρώπων om. Aa

Or. 1134.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἁπάσης Ἑλλάδος⟩: πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1134.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἁπάσης Ἑλλάδος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πάντων τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | ἑλλήνων add. G

Or. 1134.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἁπάσης⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1135.01 (mosch exeg) ὧν πατέρας: ¹καθολικῶς εἰπὼν τὸ ‘ὧν πατέρας ἀπέκτεινεν’ ἐπάγει ‘ὧν δ’ ἀπώλεσε τέκνα’, ²ὥσπερ ἐπανορθῶν τὸν λόγον, ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘εἰσὶ δὲ ὧν καὶ τέκνα ἀπώλεσεν’. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Having said generally ‘whose fathers she killed’, he adds ‘and whose sons she destroyed’, as if correcting the (previous) statement, (the latter phrase being) equivalent to ‘and there are some whose children she even destroyed’.

LEMMA: G REF. SYMBOL: Xo

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ om. G | 2 δὲ] XXoG (cf. sch. 1135.08–09), om. others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.272,33–273,2

Or. 1135.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὧν πατέρας⟩: πρὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον ἀποδέδοται. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (The plural in ‘of whom’) has been construed with regard to the sense [singular ‘Greece’ in the previous line implying the plural ‘Greeks’].

POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYGr, intermarg. G, marg. Yf; cont. from prev. T, prep. τὸ ὧν δὲ πατέρας; precedes prev. X

APP. CRIT.: ἀποδίδοται XoTY, app. a.c. Xb, om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.272,30

KEYWORDS: πρὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον

Or. 1135.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔκτειν’⟩: αἰτία ἐγένετο φονευθῆναι αὐτούς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa

LEMMA: ἀπέκτειν’ in text XXaXbYGr, ἀπέκτεινεν Xo POSITION: s.l. except XAa and intermarg. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.272,31

Or. 1135.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὧν δ’ ἀπώλεσεν τέκνα⟩: εἰσὶ δὲ ὧν ἀπώλεσε τὰ τέκνα —XaYYfGrAa

POSITION: s.l. except Aa and intermarg. Gr

APP. CRIT.: τὰ om. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.272,32

Or. 1135.12 (tri metr) ⟨τέκνα⟩: koinē short over epsilon —T

Or. 1136.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὀρφανὰς⟩: φένειν τὴν ὅρασιν —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘Orphanas’, ‘bereft’, is etymologized from) ‘to destroy the sight’ (‘phenein horasin’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: φαίνειν Aa

APP. CRIT. 2: ὀρ‑ Aa

COMMENT: For the etymology, cf. Sch. Opp. Hal. 2.81,4–10 ὄρφνη ἡ νὺξ, ἡ τὸ ὁρᾷν φένουσα, ἢ ἀμαυροῦσα τὴν ὅρασιν. ὄρφνη· ἀπὸ τοῦ φαίνειν (φένειν? [Bussemaker]) τὴν ὅρασιν· ὄροφός ἐστι βοτάνη, ἥτις εἰς σκέπην τῶν δωμάτων συντελεῖ ἀντὶ στέγης ἄλλης, ὀρφνὴ δ’ ἡ νὺξ, ὡς στέγης τινὸς ἐπικειμένης τοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὀφθαλμοῖς ὄρφνη καὶ ὀρφνὴ ἡ νὺξ ἀπὸ τοῦ τὴν ὅρασιν φονεύειν, ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀρφανὴ εἶναι φωτός. The Etymologica feature a different derivation of ὄρφνη from ἐρέφω/ὄροφος.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1136.17 (recTri metr) ⟨ξυναόρων⟩: long mark over alpha —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1137.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὀλολυγμὸς ἔσται⟩: καὶ εἰ τοῦτο γένηται —Pr

TRANSLATION: And if this comes about (there will be ritual cries of celebration).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1137.02 (vet exeg) ὀλολυγμὸς: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐχή. ²Ὅμηρος [Il. 6.301]· ‘αἱ δ’ ὀλολυγῇ πᾶσαι’. —MBVCZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Ololugmos’ is) used for ‘euchē’ (‘prayer’). Homer: ‘and the women all with a prayer’.

LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. VZu, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Zu, τοῦ om. C | 2 Ὅμηρος] om. MVC, add. in marg. M, καὶ ὅμηρος Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 εὐχῆ V | 2 αἳ δϊολολυγὴ | αἳ BC | δ’ ὀλ.] δϊολολυγὴ C | ὀλολυγ()` V (a.c. ὀλογυγ())

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,6; Dind. II.273,6–7

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 1137.03 (thom exeg) ὀλολυγμός: ¹ὕμνος μετὰ θρήνου· θρηνήσουσι μὲν γὰρ εἰς μνήμην τῶν οἰκείων ἰόντες, ὑμνήσουσι δὲ τοῖς θεοῖς, ἰδόντες Ἑλένην ἀπολωλυῖαν. ²τὸ δὲ ‘ἀνάψουσι πῦρ’ ἀντὶ τοῦ θυσιάσουσι· διὰ πυρὸς γὰρ τὰ θύματα γίνεται. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Ololugmos’ is) a hymn with lamentation. For people will lament when entering upon memory of their own (losses) but will sing hymns to the gods once they’ve seen Helen destroyed. And the phrase ‘they will kindle fire’ is used for ‘they will offer sacrifice’, for sacrifices take place by means of fire.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaT POSITION: s.l. ZbZlZm

APP. CRIT.: half damaged in T, read in Ta | 1 ὕμνος μετὰ θρήνου om. Gu (s.l. instead, sch. 1137.10) | μὲν om. ZZaZl

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 θυσιάσουσιν Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.273,9–12

Or. 1137.11 (vet exeg) ⟨πῦρ τ’ ἀνάψουσιν θεοῖς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ θυσίας τοῖς θεοῖς ποιήσουσιν. —MB

TRANSLATION: (‘And they will kindle fire for the gods’ is) equivalent to ‘and they will make sacrifices to the gods’.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. B | ποιήσωσιν app. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,8; Dind. II.273,7–8

Or. 1137.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῦρ τ’ ἀνάψουσιν θεοῖς⟩: θυσίας ποιήσουσιν χάριν ἡμῶν —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘And they will kindle fire for the gods’, that is,) ‘they will make sacrifices in gratitude to us’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1138.01 (tri metr) ⟨κἀμοὶ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1138.02 (vet exeg) κεδνά: κυρίως τὰ συνετὰ, νῦν δὲ τὰ ἀγαθά. —MBVCGu², partial Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Kedna’ is) properly ‘intelligent things’, but in this passage ‘good things’.

LEMMA: MBC POSITION: s.l. VGu²Zu, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: κεδνὰ prep. VGu²(κέδνα)Zu | νῦν δὲ τὰ] ὅμ()ρ() Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,9; Dind. II.273,13

COMMENT: ἁγαθά is a gloss on κεδνά in a sch. rec. on Hesiod and Aeschylus, and Hesych. κ 1977 has κεδνά· ἀγαθά. συνετά, πιστά. φροντιστικά. κτλ.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 1138.08 (vetMoschThom exeg) ἀρώμενοι: ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐχόμενοι —MBVCM²AaAbFKMnPrRSaXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZaZb²ZlZmT^*CrOxB⁴

TRANSLATION: (‘Arōmenoi’—often meaning ‘cursing’—is) used in the sense ‘euchomenoi’ (‘praying’).

LEMMA: B POSITION: s.l. except M, marg. B, intermarg. C; cont. from sch. 1138.01, prep. ἀρώμενοι δὲ, MVC

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] MBVC, καὶ FCrOx, om. others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,10; Dind. II.273,14

Or. 1138.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τυχεῖν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ λαβεῖν ἤγουν εὑρεῖν. τὸ γὰρ τύχω γενικῇ συντάσ⟨σ⟩εται. —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘Tuchein’ is here) used for ‘labein’ (‘receive’), or else ‘heurein’ (‘obtain’) [which govern an accusative], for ‘tuchō’ is construed with the genitive [in its more usual sense ‘hit upon’, ‘meet with’].

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1140.01 (1140–1142) (vet paraphr) ὁ μητροφόντης δ’: τὸ τοῦ μητροφόντου ὄνομα φυγὼν εἰς τὸ βέλτιον ὄνομα ἔρχῃ Ἑλένης φονεὺς λεγόμενος. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: Having escaped the title of ‘the matricide’, you will come into the better title, being spoken of as ‘Helen’s killer’.

LEMMA: M, ὁ μητροφόντης V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: cont. from sch. 1123.02 C

APP. CRIT.: λεγόμενος] γενόμενος MV | τῆς πολυκτόνου add. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,11–12; Dind. II.273,20–21

Or. 1140.02 (1140–1142) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὁ μητροφόντης δ’ … γονεύς⟩: τὸ τοῦ μητροφόντου ὄνομα φυγὼν εἰς βέλτιον ὄνομα ἔρχῃ Ἑλένην φονεύσας. —Zu

TRANSLATION: Having escaped the title of ‘the matricide’, you come into a better title, having killed Helen.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔρχοι Zu

Or. 1141.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ ἀπολιπὼν τοῦτ’⟩: ἀλλ’ ἀπολιπὼν τοῦτο τὸ καλεῖσθαι μητροκτόνος —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.273,23–24

Or. 1141.10 (1141–1142) (rec paraphr) ⟨πεσῇ … φονεύς⟩: ἔρχῃ ἵνα ἀντὶ μητρὸς Ἑλένης φονεὺς ἔσῃ(?) —O

TRANSLATION: You come (into a better name), so that you will be ‘killer of Helen’ instead of ‘of (your) mother’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.273, app. at 21

COMMENT: The final word is obscured in the binding, but the Turyn photograph and autopsy suggest that ἔση is more likely than εἶ. Future indicative in a purpose clause introduced by ἵνα is anomalous, but attested in papyri (Mandilaras §413 (for future in purpose clauses introduced by ὡς/ὅπως see Stone 2009: 119–120).

Or. 1141.11 (thom exeg) ⟨πεσῇ⟩: Δωρικόν —ZmZlGu

TRANSLATION: Doric (form of future tense).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.273,24

Or. 1142.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῆς πολυκτόνου⟩: τῆς αἰτίας φόνου πολλῶν γενομένης —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.273,25

Or. 1143.01 (1143–1147) (rec rhet) παραθαρ⟨ρ⟩υντικὸν —Mn

TRANSLATION: Expressive of encouragement.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See LBG s.v.παραθαρρυντικός; of the five instances in TLG one is in Eustathius and three in works deemed spurious in the corpus of Libanius.

Or. 1144.02 (tri metr) ⟨κἀδελφήν⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1145.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨μητέρα τ’ … εὐπρεπὲς λέγειν⟩: ¹‘μητέρα τε’ εἰπὼν μεταμελόμενος καὶ ἐπιδιορθῶν ἑαυτὸν ἐπάγει ²‘ἐῶ τοῦτο· οὐ γὰρ εὐπρεπὲς’ ἤγουν εὐπρόσωπον ‘λέγειν’, τουτέστιν ὥστε λέγειν αὐτὸ ἐμέ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: After saying ‘and mother’, regretting it and correcting himself he adds ‘I let this go, for it is not decent’, that is, seemly, ‘to speak’, that is, for me to say it.

LEMMA: 1144 τὸν σὸν δὲ πατέρα καί σε G POSITION: s.l. XbXo

APP. CRIT.: 1 τε om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.274,1–3

COMMENT: Moschopulus advocates the punctuation which has been in printed editions at least since Barnes (the Aldine had comma after τ’ but also a middot after ἐῶ). Punctuation after ἐῶ (see sch. 1145.04 below) is common in the mss (MB—app. secondarily—AaMnPrSaTGGrZaZcZuCrOx), and some have no punctuation at all in the line (VCFKRRfRwSXaYGr), but some do punctuate after μητέρα τ’ (OXoZZm with punct. also after τοῦτ’; XXbYfZb without punct. after τοῦτ’).

KEYWORDS: ἐπιδιόρθωσις

Or. 1145.03 (vet exeg) ἐῶ τοῦτ’: οὐ γὰρ ἀκόλουθον ὑπομιμνήσκειν σε τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός. —MBOVCRfRwAaZu

TRANSLATION: (I let this go) because it is not suitable to remind you of the killing of your mother.

LEMMA: B, οὐ γὰρ εὐπρεπὲς Rf, οὐ γὰρ εὐπρεπὲς λέγειν Rw POSITION: marg. B, s.l. AaZu; cont. from sch. 1145.01 MVC; first words s.l., rest in marg. O

APP. CRIT.: οὐ γὰρ] οὐκ C, καὶ O, om. Aa | τὸ add. before ὑπομν. OVAaZu | σε om. or concealed in binding O | φόνου om. O

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀκούλουθον Aa | ὑπομνήσκειν O, ὑπομέν*μνήσκειν app. Aa | σὲ Rf |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,13; Dind. II.273,28

COMMENT: ἀκόλουθον could also be taken as ‘logically consistent’, which is apparently how Thomas took it when explaining ‘because she was justly killed’ (sch. 1145.08). | The note before this scholion in Dindorf II.273.27, τὴν μητέρα ἀφίημι, is from Arsenius, not from V (indicated by A in Dindorf, perhaps a slip for the siglum I.). On the same line, ἐῶ τοῦτο is presented as a scholion with lemma μητέρα τ’ ἐῶ, but the words are in fact the lemma of this note.

Or. 1145.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐῶ⟩: στίξον εἰς τὸ ἐῶ. —MnPrSa

TRANSLATION: Punctuate after ‘I let go’ [so that it governs the preceding word ‘mother’].

POSITION: marg. Mn, s.l. PrSa

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 1145.01.

Or. 1145.08 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ εὐπρεπὲς λέγειν⟩: ἐνδίκως γὰρ ἀπόλωλε. —ZZaZbZlZmTGuLb

TRANSLATION: (‘It is not fitting to mention’ her) because she perished justly.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Lb

APP. CRIT.: ἀπόλωλα ZZa, ἀπολώλειν Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.274,5

Or. 1146.07 (1146–1147) (vet paraphr) ⟨δόμους δ’ ἔχειν … λαβόντα νύμφην⟩: διὰ τὴν συμμαχίαν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀπολαβόντα τὴν Ἑλένην οὐ δεῖ αὐτὸν πρὸς τούτοις ἔχειν τοὺς σοὺς δόμους. —MBVCRfRwZu

TRANSLATION: Having recovered Helen because of the military assistance of Agamemnon, he (Menelaus) ought not, in additon to this, have your house.

LEMMA: δι’ Ἀγαμέμνονος δόρυ V, δι’ ἀγαμέμνονος Rw REF. SYMBOL: MVC POSITION: marg. M, s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: after δεῖ add. οὖν V | αὐτοῦ M, αὐτῶν Rf | πρὸς τούτοις om. Zu | τοὺς σοὺς ἔχειν δόμους transp. VZu

APP. CRIT. 2: συμμαχείαν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,15–16; Dind. II.274,6–8

Or. 1146.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δι᾽ Ἀγαμέμνονος δόρυ⟩: διὰ τῆς ἐπιμελείας τῆς στρατιωτικῆς τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος [5+ letters]ασεν ἀπελθ[ών]. —Zl

TRANSLATION: Through the military diligence of Agamemnon, for he did not play the coward(?) by departing (without recovering Helen).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps [(οὐ) γ(ὰρ) ἐδειλί]ασεν

Or. 1147.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μὴ γὰρ οὖν ζῴην ἔτι⟩: εἴθε γὰρ μηκέτι ζῴην —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT. 2: μὴκέτι Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.274,9

Or. 1147.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὖν⟩: περισσός —Zm

TRANSLATION: (The particle ‘oun’ is) superfluous.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 1148.06 (rec exeg) ⟨σπάσω μέλαν⟩: γρ. σπασώμεθα. —CPrZu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘spasō melan’, ‘I will draw (a) black (sword)’,) the reading ‘spasōmetha’ (‘we will draw (a sword)’ in middle voice) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: γράφεται Zu | σπασόμεθα Zu

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1148.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σπάσω⟩: σπάσομαι, ἤγουν λήψομαι, ἑλκύσω —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Spasō’, that is,) ‘I will pull for myself’, or ‘I will take hold of’, ‘I will draw’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G | ἀνελκύσω XoG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.274,10–11

Or. 1148.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μέλαν⟩: θανάτου πρόξενον —Gu²

TRANSLATION: (‘Black’ with the connotation of) producing death.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.274,11–12

Or. 1149.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἢν δ’ οὖν … κατάσχωμεν φόνον⟩: ἤγουν ἢν δὲ μὴ ἐγκρατεῖς γενώμεθα τοῦ φόνου τῆς Ἑλένης —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrOx²

TRANSLATION:

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.274,13–14

Or. 1149.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἢν δ’ οὖν … κατάσχωμεν φόνον⟩: ἂν δὲ μὴ ἐγκρατεῖς γενώμεθα, κυριεύσωμεν, τοῦ φόνου τῆς Ἑλένης —G

TRANSLATION: And if we do not prove to have control of, be masters of, the killing of Helen.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1149.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἢν δ’ οὗν⟩: γρ. ἢν δ’ αὖ. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ēn d’ oun’, ‘and if, then’,) the reading ‘ēn d’ au’ (‘and if in turn’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1149.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἢν δ’ αὖ⟩: γρ. εἰ δ’ οὖν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ēn d’ au’, ‘and if in turn’,) the reading ‘ēn d’ oun’ (‘and if, then’) is found.

LEMMA: ἣν (sic) δ’ αὖ in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1149.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὖν⟩: ἀργὸν —Zm

TRANSLATION: (The particle ‘oun’ is) without function.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 1150.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτανούμεθα⟩: κατ⟨θ⟩(ανούμεθα) —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ktanoumetha’, ‘we will be slain’, there is a variant reading) ‘kathanoumetha’ (‘we will die’).

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1151.01 (vet exeg) ἑνὸς γὰρ οὐ σφαλέντες: ἀντὶ τοῦ θάτερον ἢ φονεύσαντες αὐτὴν ἢ καύσαντες τὸν οἶκον —MBVCRfRwZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Not having failed of one thing’ is) equivalent to ‘one of the two, either having slain her or having burned the house’.

LEMMA: B(σφαλ())V(σφαλέντ())RfRw REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: marg. M, s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C | αὐτοῖς add. before αὐτὴν Rw | τοὺς οἴκους Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,17–18; Dind. II.274,16–17

COLLATION NOTES: V writes θα with τρ above α, acute above τ, so that it is ambiguous whether θάτερον or θατέρου was intended. Schwartz took it to be the latter.

Or. 1151.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἑνὸς γὰρ οὐ σφαλέντες⟩: θατέρου, ἢ τοῦ φονεῦσαι αὐτὴν ἢ τοῦ καῦσαι τοὺς οἴκους —O

TRANSLATION: Of one of the two, either to kill her or to burn the house.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The initial theta is at the trimmed margin, and it cannot be determined whether a word preceded it

Or. 1151.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἑνὸς γὰρ οὐ σφαλέντες⟩: ἤγουν ἢ τὴν Ἑλένην κτεῖναι ἢ πρήσωμεν τοὺς δόμους —PrSa

TRANSLATION: That is, either to kill Helen, or let us burn the house.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1151.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἑνὸς γὰρ οὐ σφαλέντες⟩: ἤγουν τὸ ἀποκτείνειν τὴν Ἑλένην ἢ καίειν τοὺς οἴκους —Mn

TRANSLATION: That is, either to kill Helen, or to burn the house.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κτείνειν a.c. Mn

Or. 1151.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨σφαλέντες⟩: σφάλ⟨λ⟩ομαι σφαλήσομαι ἐσφάλην σφαλεὶς —Ox²

TRANSLATION: (Derived from) ‘sphallomai’, (future) ‘sphalēsomai’, (aorist passive) ‘esphalēn’, (aorist passive participle) ‘sphaleis’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1151.11 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἕξομεν κλέος⟩: δόξαν ἕξομεν —BRfRw

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1151.01 all

APP. CRIT.: ἕξοντα a.c., ἕξοντες p.c. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.274,17

Or. 1152.01 (rec exeg) ⟨καλῶς θανόντες ἢ καλῶς σεσωσμένοι⟩: ἢ καλῶς σεσωσμένοι ὠς φονεύσαντες τὴν Ἑλένην ἢ καλῶς θανόντες διὰ ⟨τὸ⟩ ἀποτυχεῖν τοῦ φόνου τῆς Ἑλένης ἐμπρήσαντες τοὺς δόμους —M²

TRANSLATION: Either surviving well, having slain Helen, or dying well, having burned the house because we failed to attain the murder of Helen.

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: διὰ om., s.l. add. M²

Or. 1152.02 (thom exeg) ⟨καλῶς θανόντες ἢ καλῶς σεσωσμένοι⟩: ¹τὸ ‘καλῶς θανόντες’ καὶ τὸ ‘ἢ καλῶς σεσωσμένοι’ ἑρμηνεία ἐστὶ τοῦ ‘ἑνός’. ²ἢ τὸ ἑνός νόει ἀντὶ τοῦ ἢ τοῦ φονεῦσαι τὴν Ἑλένην, ἢ τοῦ πρῆσαι τοὺς οἴκους. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The phrases ‘dying well’ and ‘or surviving well’ are an explanation of the ‘one thing’. Or understand ‘one thing’ to be either killing Helen or burning the house.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaT

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, partly read from Ta | 1 καὶ τὸ om. T | 2 τὸ ἓν Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: τοὺς πρῆσαι τοῦ οἴκους Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.274,18–20

KEYWORDS: ἑρμηνεία/ἑρμηνεύων

Or. 1152.11 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1153.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στυγεῖν⟩: στυγεῖσθαι, ἐνεργητικὸν ἀντὶ παθητικοῦ —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘To hate’ is equivalent to) ‘to be hated’, (use of) an active form instead of a passive.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1154.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κατῄσχυνε γένος⟩: εἰς αἰσχύνην ἔβαλε τὸ γένος τῶν γυναικῶν —Gu²

LEMMA: ‑χυνε in text Gr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1154.12 (vet exeg) ⟨γένος⟩: ἢ τὸ τῶν γυναικῶν γ[ένος] ἢ τὸ ἑαυτῆς ἰδίως —H

TRANSLATION: (‘Genos’, ‘class, family’ is) either the (whole) class of women or her own family individually.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1154.13 (vet exeg) ⟨γένος⟩: ἢ τὸ τῶν γυναικῶν ἢ τὸ ἑαυτῆς —MBOVC

TRANSLATION: (‘Genos’, ‘class, family’, is) either that of women or her own.

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B, s.l. OV

APP. CRIT.: γυναικῶν] συγγενῶν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,19; Dind. II.274,23–24

Or. 1154.14 (rec exeg) ⟨γένος⟩: γρ. λέχος. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘genos’, ‘class, family’,) the reading ‘lechos’ (‘marriage-bed’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1154.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γένος⟩: γρ. λέχη. ἣ κατῄσχυνε τὰ λέχη τῶν γυναικῶν ἢ τὸ ἑαυτῆς. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘genos’, ‘class, family’,) the reading ‘lechē’ (‘marriage-beds’) is found. She who shamed the marriage-beds of women, or her own.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1154.16 (mosch exeg) ⟨γένος⟩: τὸ γένος ἑαυτῆς, τουτέστι τὰς γυναῖκας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Genos’, ‘class, family’, is) her own class, that is, women.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. T

APP. CRIT.: ἑαυτῆς] αὐτῆς Xo | τουτέστι] ἤγουν Xo

Or. 1154.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γένος⟩: τὸ ἴδιον, ἤγουν τὰς γυναῖκας —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Genos’, ‘class, family’, is) her own, namely, women.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1154.20 (rec exeg) ⟨λέχος⟩: γένος —Ab

TRANSLATION: (For ‘lechos’, ‘marriage-bed’, there is a variant reading) ‘genos’ (‘class, family’).

LEMMA: thus in text Ab POSITION: marg.

Or. 1154.22 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1155.01 (1155–1157) (pllgn exeg) ¹σημείωσαι ὅτι παρ’ Ἕλλησιν εἰς φιλίαν ἦσαν διάπυροι ὁ Θησεὺς καὶ Πειρίθους, καὶ αὖ ὁ Ἡρακλῆς καὶ Θησεύς, καὶ ὁ Πυλάδης καὶ Ὀρέστης. ²εἰς δὲ σωφροσύνην ὁ Ἱππόλυτος, ὁ Βελλεροφόντης καὶ ὁ Πηλεύς, παρ’ ἡμῖν δὲ ὁ πάγκαλος Ἰωσήφ. ³εἰς δὲ κάλλος παρ’ Ἕλλησι μὲν ὁ Νιρεύς, ὁ Ἀχιλλεύς, ἡ Ἑλένη. —Zm

TRANSLATION: Note that among the Greeks Theseus and Peirithous were (famously) ardent in regard to their friendship, and in turn Heracles and Theseus, and Pylades and Orestes; and (famous) in regard to (sexual) self-control, Hippolytus, Bellerophon and Peleus, and among us (Christians) the entirely excellent Joseph; and in regard to beauty, among the Greeks, Nireus, Achilles, Helen.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πειρρίθους Zm | 2 βελερρεφόντης Zm | πελεύς a.c. Zm

Or. 1155.02 (recMosch exeg) ⟨φεῦ⟩: θαυμαστικὸν —VAaXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Pheu’ is here) expressive of wonder.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. XGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.274,25

Or. 1155.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φεῦ⟩: ἐπὶ θαυμασμοῦ —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Pheu’ is here used) for expressing wonder.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπι Zu

Or. 1155.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φεῦ⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν ἐνταῦθα. ἔστι γὰρ καὶ θρηνητικόν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Pheu’ is) here expressive of amazement. For (this exclamation) is also (in other places) expressive of lamentation.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως

Or. 1155.05 (rec exeg) ⟨φεῦ⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Pheu’ is uttered here) from the sense of delight.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The comment is not impossible, but perhaps ἀπὸ is an error for ἐπὶ, which yields a more typical expression.

Or. 1155.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φεῦ⟩: τὸ φεῦ ἐπὶ χαρᾶς —CrOx

TRANSLATION: ‘Pheu’ (is here used) for expressing delight.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1156.05 (1156–1157) (vet exeg) ⟨ἀλόγιστον … γενναίου φίλου⟩: ἕνα, φησὶν, ἄνδρα συνετὸν προκρίνειεν ἄν τις ἀλογίστου πλήθους τῶν πολλῶν. —MBV¹CRfRwZu

TRANSLATION: One would prefer, he says, a single intelligent man to a foolish crowd of the many.

LEMMA: ἄλλως BV¹RfRw REF. SYMBOL: M(at beginning of 1155) POSITION: s.l. Zu (above 1157); follows sch. 1156.07 BV¹Rw

APP. CRIT.: ἄνδρα φησὶ transp. Zu | ἕνα repeated after φησὶν V¹ | ἄν om. V¹(‑νειέν τις)RfRwZu(‑νειέ τις) | ἀλογ. πλήθους κτλ] ἀλογίστους φίλους ἢ πλήθους Zu | τῶν] καὶ V¹CRfRw

APP. CRIT. 2: φη() B | πλείθους V¹

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,21–22; Dind. II.275,1–2

Or. 1156.06 (1156–1157) (vet exeg) ⟨ἀλόγιστον … γενναίου φίλου⟩: ἕνα ἄνδρα, φησὶν, συνετὸν προκρίνειέ τις πολλῶν ἀλογίστων φίλων. —H

TRANSLATION: One would prefer, he says, a single intelligent man to many foolish friends.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: φη() H

Or. 1156.07 (1156–1157) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἀσύνετον δέ ἐστι τὸ ἀνταλλάσσειν καὶ προκρίνειν τὸ πλῆθος ἀντὶ εὐγενοῦς φίλου. —HMBOVCMnR^aRfRwZu

TRANSLATION: And it is foolish to take in exchange and prefer the multitude in place of a noble friend.

LEMMA: HMVC; ἀλόγιστον δέ τι B, ἀλόγιστον RfRw POSITION: marg. HZu, first word s.l., remainder marg. O; precedes sch. 1156.05 BRw, between sch. 1156.08 and 1156.05 V

APP. CRIT. 2: δέστι Zu | ἀνταλάσσειν MCRwZu | ἀντ’ Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,23–24; Dind. II.274,28–275,1 (also II.274,3–5)

Or. 1156.08 (1156–1157) (rec exeg) ἀλόγιστον δέ τι: ἀσύνετον ἐστὶ τὸ ἀντικαταλλάσσειν γενναίου φίλου ἑνὸς καὶ εὐγενοῦς πλῆθος μὴ εὐγενές. —V

TRANSLATION: It is senseless to take in exchange for a single noble and well-born friend a multitude that is not well-born.

POSITION: precedes prev. V

APP. CRIT.: ἀσύνετον] Schw., ὁ σύνετον V(incorrect rubr. initial) | εὐγενές] Schw., ἀγενές V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,25–26; Dind. II.274, app. at 28

Or. 1156.09 (1156–1157) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλόγιστον … γενναίου φίλου⟩: ἀσύνετον ἀντάλλαγμα γενναίου φίλου τὸ πλῆθος. —Zu

TRANSLATION: The multitude is a senseless thing to take in exchange for a noble friend.

LEMMA: in text δ’ ἔτι Zu POSITION: marg.

Or. 1156.10 (1156–1157) (mosch exeg) ἀλόγιστον δέ τι: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀσύνετον δέ τι καὶ μωρὸν ἐστὶ τὸ ἀλλάττεσθαι ἀντὶ τοῦ γενναίου φίλου πλῆθος, ²ἤγουν τὸ προτιμᾶν τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ γενναίου φίλου· ³οὐ γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος θέλει δηλοῦν ἀλόγιστον, ⁴ἀλλ’ ὅτι ἀντάλλαγμα γινόμενον τὸ πλῆθος γενναίου φίλου, τουτέστιν ἀντὶ γενναίου φίλου λαμβανόμενον ὡς πλείονος τινὸς ἄξιον, ἀλογίστως λαμβάνεται. ⁵καὶ ἔστιν ὅμοιον τῷ ταχὺς παρεγένου ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως, καὶ τοῖς ὁμοίοις. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: And it is a senseless and foolish thing to take a multitude in exchange for the noble friend, or to value the multitude more than the noble friend. For he does not mean to indicate that the multitude is foolish, but rather that the multitude becoming an exchange for a noble friend, that is, being taken in place of a noble friend as if worth something more (than the friend), is taken foolishly. And (the syntax) is similar to ‘you arrived (being) swift’ instead of ‘swiftly’ and similar idioms.

LEMMA: XaXbTYYfGGr, ἀλόγιστον X REF. SYMBOL: Xo

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μωρόν ἐστι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.275,3–10

COLLATION NOTES: In Xa 2 τὸ looks like τὶ (fol. 57r), but for this appearance of τὸ in Xa see e.g. line 1250 τὸ καλεῖσθαι (fol. 59r).

Or. 1156.11 (1156–1157) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλόγιστον δέ τι⟩: ἤγουν ἀλογίστως λαμβάνεται τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ γενναίου ἀντάλλαγμα φίλου. —G

TRANSLATION: That is, the multitude is foolishly taken as an exchange for the noble friend.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1156.12 (1156–1157) (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλόγιστον δέ τι⟩: μωρὸν, ἀσύνετον τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀσυνετούντων. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: Foolish, senseless is the multitude of those who are unintelligent.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀσυνετούντων] ἀσυνέτων Pr

Or. 1156.13 (thom gram) ⟨ἀλόγιστον⟩: ¹μάταιον, οὐδενὸς λόγου ἄξιον, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀλογίζω. ²ἀλόγιστον γὰρ τὸ ἄλογον καὶ μωρόν, ἀλόγητον δὲ τὸ καταφρόνητον, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀλογῶ ἀλογήσω. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: Foolish, not worth any account, derived from ‘alogizō’. For ‘alogiston’ is that without reason and senseless, whereas ‘alogēton’ is that which is held in contempt, derived from ‘alogeō, alogēsō’.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl POSITION: starting s.l., completed in marg. all; cont. from sch. 1156.17 Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀλόγιστον, τὸ add. before οὐδενὸς Zl (start of marg. portion) | 2 μάταιον καὶ add. before μωρὸν Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 καταφρονητὸν Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.275,10–12

COMMENT: The accentuation καταφρονητὸν in Gu is attested elsewhere: see LBG s.v.; the meaning is the same with either accent.

COLLATION NOTES: check Zl when back on line for accent καταφρονητον

Or. 1157.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀντάλλαγμα⟩: ¹ἀντάλλαγμα λέγεται τὸ διδόναι τίς τι πρὸς ἕτερον εἰς τὸ λαβεῖν ἄξιον ἢ καὶ κρεῖττον τοῦ δοθέντος ἐκείνου. ²κρεῖττον δὲ τοῦ γενναίου φίλου ἕτερον οὐκ ἔστι καὶ(?) ἐὰν(?) αὐτὴν εἴπῃς τὴν πολύζηλον καὶ εὐδαίμονα βασιλείαν. —Zl

TRANSLATION: By ‘antallagma’ is meant the act of someone giving something to another in order to receive something worth the same or even more than that thing given. And there is no other thing greater than a noble friend, even if you should propose much-coveted and properous kingship (as being greater).

REF. SYMBOL: Zl

Or. 1157.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀντάλλαγμα⟩: ὡς —V³

POSITION: s.l. (above τὸ πλῆθος)

Or. 1158.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τά τ’ εἰς Αἴγισθον⟩: ἃ ἔπαθεν ἐξ ἐμοῦ —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1158.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ποτ’⟩: γράφεται ταῦτα καὶ ‘τά τε’. —Aa

TRANSLATION: These (letters, ‘pot(e)’, ‘once’) are also written as ‘ta te’ (‘both the’).

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1159.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨καὶ πλησίον παρῆσθα κινδύνων ἐμοί⟩: καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κινδύνων παρῆσθα ἐμοὶ πλησίον. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.275,17

Or. 1159.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πλησίον παρῆσθα κινδύνων ἐμοί⟩: τουτέστιν συνεκινδύνευες μοι —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1160.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨νῦν δ᾽ αὖ δίδως μοι πολεμίων τιμωρίαν⟩: πάλιν ὑποβάλλεις· δεῖ γὰρ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τιμωρήσασθαι. —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘You give me punishment of enemies’:) again you offer a suggestion, for we must punish our enemies.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1160.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨δίδως μοι πολεμίων τιμωρίαν⟩: ἤγουν ὑποβάλλεις πῶς δεῖ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τιμωρήσασθαι. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘You give me punishment of enemies’:) that is, you suggest how we must punish our enemies.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.275,19–20

Or. 1160.04 (vet exeg) ⟨δίδως⟩: οἷον συμβουλεύεις μοι —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘You give’ is), as it were, ‘you advise me’.

POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B

APP. CRIT.: συμβουλεύεις] Dindorf (as if in M, cf. next), ‑εύει M, ‑εύηι B, ‑εύη C( | ἐμοί MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.207,27; Dind. II.275,18

Or. 1160.10 (mosch exeg) ⟨τιμωρίαν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁδὸν τιμωρίας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘Timōria’, ‘punishment, vengeance’ is ) used for ‘path to vengeance’.

LEMMA: πολεμίων X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.275,20–21

Or. 1160.14 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρίαν⟩: long mark over first iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1162.01 (pllgn rhet) λύσις τοῦ ἀντιπίπτοντος —Zu

TRANSLATION: Refutation of the objection (that praise shows gratitude and is always welcome).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λύσις τοῦ ἀντιπίπτοντος

Or. 1162.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βάρος τι … αἰνεῖσθαι λίαν⟩: τοῖς γὰρ τοιούτοις φίλοις βάρος, ὥς φησιν ὁ ποιητὴς, καὶ τὸ ἐπαινεῖσθαι. —Lb

TRANSLATION: For to such friends, even to be praised, as the poet says, is a burden.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.276,3–4

Or. 1162.07 (vet paraphr) ⟨αἰνεῖσθαι λίαν⟩: ἐν τῷ ἐπαινεῖσθαι λίαν —HMBOC

POSITION: s.l. MOC, marg. HM

APP. CRIT.: ἐν τῷ] ἀντὶ τοῦ M, ἀντὶ ἐν τῶ C | λίαν αἰν. transp. B | λίαν om. O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.208,1; Dind. II.276,4–5

Or. 1162.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨αἰνεῖσθαι λίαν⟩: λέγω ἐν τῷ ἐπαινεῖσθαι λίαν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 1163.01 (1163–1164) (rec paraphr) ἐγὼ δὲ πάντως: ἐγὼ δὲ ἀποθνῄσκων οὕτω βούλομαι ἀποθανεῖν, ποιήσας τι κακὸν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς μου καὶ ἀμυνάμενος αὐτοῖς. —VRw

TRANSLATION: And I, in dying, want to die on these terms, having done some harm to my enemies and having avenged myself on them.

LEMMA: Rw REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: between sch. 1146.07 and 1151.01 + 1151.11 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: τί VRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.208,2–3; Dind. II.276,9–10

Or. 1163.07 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐκπνέων ψυχὴν ἐμὴν⟩: ἤγουν πρὸς θάνατον ἐρχόμενος —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. ZaZl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.276,7–8

Or. 1163.11 (rec gram) ⟨ἐκπνέων⟩: ἐντελὲς —Mn

TRANSLATION: (This form of the ‑eō verb ‘ekpneō’ is) uncontracted.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For this meaning of ἐντελής see DGE s.v. I.5.

Or. 1164.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨δράσας τι … θανεῖν⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς δράσας τι τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἐχθροὺς χρῄζω θανεῖν. —B

TRANSLATION: The run of the sense is: having done something to my enemies, I want to die.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τί B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.208.4; Dind. II.276,10–11

Or. 1164.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨δράσας τι … θανεῖν⟩: ἤγουν θέλω ἀποθανεῖν δράσας τι κακὸν τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἐχθρούς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: That is, I am willing to die after having done some harm to my enemies.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. GGr

APP. CRIT. 2: τὶ G, τί others

Or. 1164.05 (tri metr) ⟨δράσας⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1164.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τι⟩: λείπει κακὸν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (With ‘something’) ‘bad’ is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1165.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνταναλώσωμεν⟩: ἀντεξολοθρεύσωμεν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σομεν Mn

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 1165.04.

Or. 1165.11 (tri metr) ⟨ἀνταναλώσωμεν⟩: long mark over third alpha —T (or T³?)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1165.21 (rec exeg) ⟨προὔδωκαν⟩: γρ. προὔδοσαν. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘proudōkan’ with analogical form of suffix) the reading ‘proudosan’ (the athematic form) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1166.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨στένωσι δ’ … ἄθλιον⟩: θρηνῶσι δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι οἵτινες καὶ ἐμὲ ἐποίησαν ἄθλιον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: And that those persons too may lament who made me wretched.

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 1166.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨στένωσι δ’ οἵπερ⟩: καὶ στενάζωσιν ἐκεῖνοι —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1166.08 (tri metr) ⟨κἄμ᾽⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1167.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοι⟩: ἀργὸν —Gu²

TRANSLATION: (The particle ‘toi’ is) without function.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 1167.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοι⟩: περισσὸν —Xo²

TRANSLATION: (The particle ‘toi’ is) superfluous.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 1167.07 (tri metr) ⟨πέφυχ’⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1168.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀξιωθεὶς⟩: ἢ παρακληθεὶς παρ’ ἐκείνων εἰς τὴν ἀρχήν —M²

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: παρεκείνων M²

Or. 1168.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ τύραννος⟩: οὐχὶ τύραννος ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐχὶ τυραννικῶς καὶ βιαίως —Aa

TRANSLATION: ‘Not a “tyrannos” (ambig. king or tyrant)’ in the sense ‘not tyrannically and by force’.

REF. SYMBOL: Aa

Or. 1168.18 (1168–1169) (thom exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὅμως ῥώμην θεοῦ τιν’ ἔσχ’⟩: ¹τὸ ὅμως εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ ὁ μὲν ἀπὸ κοινῆς γνώμης γεγονὼς βασιλεὺς οὐχ ἃ βούλεται προστάττει, ἀλλ’ ἃ οἱ ποιήσαντες θέλουσιν, ²ὁ δὲ τύραννος ἃ γνοίη, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνάγκη ποιεῖν. ³Ἀγαμέμνονι οὖν ὥσπερ θεῷ πάντες ἐπείθοντο, εἰ καὶ παρὰ πάντων ἄρχων ἐκρίθη. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: He used the word ‘nevertheless’ (‘homōs’) because the one who has become king by general consent does not give the orders that he wants to, but the ones that those who made (him king) want, whereas the tyrant (gives) whatever (orders) he decides, and others must carry do that. Now then, everyone obeyed Agamemnon as if he were a god, even though he was chosen as leader by all.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀπὸ om. Zl | προστάττει] πράττει Zl | 3 μέν οὖν Zl | πάντες ὥσπερ θεῶ transp. ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὐχ’ ZZlZm | 3 ἐπίθοντο Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.276,17–20

COMMENT: This is one of the few places where Thomas may be reacting to the Moschopulean view (that ὄμως can be ignored: next) rather than to a view of the older scholia or the recentiora (shared or not shared by Moschopulus). But it may have occurred to people in his circle to ask about the force of ὅμως here.

Or. 1168.19 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὅμως⟩: περισσὸν τὸ ὅμως. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (The adverb ‘homōs’, ‘nevertheless’, is) superfluous.

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.276,16

Or. 1169.01 (1169–1170) (vet exeg) ⟨ῥώμην … δοῦλον παρασχὼν θάνατον⟩: ¹ἐπικουρίαν καὶ ἰσχύν. ²οὐ καταισχυνῶ αὐτὸν δι’ ὧν ἀνάνδρως ἀποθανοῦμαι. —MBVCRfRw, partial HZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Rhōmēn’, ‘strength’, that is,) ‘power to assist’ and ‘might’. I will not bring shame on him by the way I will die in a cowardly manner (if I don’t follow Pylades’ advice to take vengeance).

LEMMA: ῥώμην MRfRw, ῥώμην θεοῦ τιν’ ἔσχεν V REF. SYMBOL: MVC POSITION: s.l. BZu, marg. H; between sch. 1156.05 and 1174.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 ἐπικουρίαν … αὐτὸν om. Zu (but has sep. glosses below) | 1 καὶ] om. H, κὰν app. M | 2 οὐ καταισχ. αὐτὸν om. H | punct. after καταισχ., not before οὐ Rf | δι’ ὃν RfRwZu | ἀνάνδρως HZu (conj. Matthiae, comparing O, sch. 1169.11), ἂν ἀνδρεῖον V, ἂν ἀνδρείως MBC(a.c. ἂν ἀνδρείω)Rf, ἂν ἀνδρεία app. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.208,8–9; Dind. II.276,22–23

Or. 1169.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ῥώμην θεοῦ τιν’ ἔσχεν⟩: τουτέστιν ὥσπερ θεῷ πάντες ὑπεῖκον αὐτῷ. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘He had a kind of strength of a god’,) that is to say, everyone yielded to him just as to a god.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1169.11 (rec exeg) ⟨καταισχυνῶ⟩: ἀνάνδρως ἀποθανοῦμαι —OAa

TRANSLATION: (‘I will not shame’, that is,) ‘I will not die unmanfully’.

POSITION: marg. O, s.l. Aa

APP. CRIT.: ἀποθανοῦμαι ἄνανδρος (sic) transp. Aa | ἀποθανοῦμαι] ἀποθανούμ(εν)(ος) O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.276, app. at 2

Or. 1169.12 (thom exeg) ⟨καταισχυνῶ⟩: ἀτιμάσω —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1170.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δοῦλον παρασχὼν θάνατον⟩: τὸν μηδὲν γενναῖον δράσαντα —MOVV³C

TRANSLATION: (‘Having furnished a slavish death’,) one that has accomplished nothing noble.

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. OC, s.l. VV³, above ἀλλ’ ἐλευθέρως V

APP. CRIT.: τὸν] V, τὸ M, τῶ C, om. OV³ | μηδὲν] μηδέ τι V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.208,10; Dind. II.276,26–27

Or. 1170.02 (rec exeg) ⟨δοῦλον παρασχὼν θάνατον⟩: τελευτήσας ἐγὼ δοῦλος —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Having furnished a slavish death’, that is,) ‘I, having died as a slave’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1171.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ψυχὴν ἀφήσω⟩: ἀποθάνω, δώσω τὴν ζωὴν —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1171.09 (tri metr) ⟨τίσομαι⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1172.01 (pllgn exeg) ἐπανάληψις —G

TRANSLATION: Resumption.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Resumption of what? Apparently of the ἑνὸς in 1151; see comment on sch. 1172.03.

Or. 1172.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἑνὸς … εἰ λαβοίμεθ’⟩: ἤγουν εἰ ἐγκρατεῖς γενοίμεθα ἑνὸς, ἢ τοῦ φονεῦσαι τὴν Ἑλένην ἢ τοῦ ἐκπρῆσαι τοὺς οἴκους —Lp

TRANSLATION: (‘One thing’,) that is, if we should become masters of one thing, either to kill Helen or to burn down the house.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.276,30–31

COMMENT: See the comment on sch. 1172.07.

Or. 1172.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἑνὸς⟩: τοῦ φονεύειν καὶ μὴ φονεύεσθαι —MVOCAaZuB^3b

TRANSLATION: (‘One thing’,) to kill (Helen) and not be killed (ourselves).

POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. VAaZuB^3b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.208,11; Dind. II.276,28

COMMENT: This interpretation, with ἑνὸς pointing forward, has been standard in many commentaries on Orestes, most recently in Medda, although it involves a problem with the use of γὰρ in this line. The alternative view favored by Jackson, adopted along with Willink’s emendation of εἰ to κεἰ in 1173 by Willink, Diggle, and Kovacs, is already present in the annotations in the younger witnesses, which look backward for the ‘one thing’ to the two alternatives named by Pylades in 1151 (sch. 1172.01, 1172.02, 1172.05, 1172.06).

Or. 1172.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἑνὸς⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν δύο —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘One’) out of the two (possibilities).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1172.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ἑνὸς⟩: ἢ τοῦ φονεῦσαι τὴν Ἑλένην, ἢ τοῦ πρῆσαι τοὺς οἴκους —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘One thing’,) either to kill Helen or to set fire to the house.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.276,29–30

Or. 1172.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἑνὸς⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι τὴν Ἑλένην, ἢ τὰ δώματα ἐμπρῆσαι —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘One thing’,) either to kill Helen or to set fire to the house.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1172.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἑνὸς⟩: ἢ τοῦ φονεῦσαι, ἢ θανεῖν ἐλευθέρως, ἢ πρῆσαι τοὺς οἴκους —Lb

TRANSLATION: (‘One thing’,) either to kill, or to die like a free man, or to set fire to the house.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.276,30–31

COMMENT: One would expect only two options, either to killl Helen or to set fire and die bravely. | Matthiae and Dindorf print ἤγουν εἰ ἐγκρατεῖς γενοίμεθα ἑνὸς as the beginning of this scholion, but these words are not in Lb, the only witness they cite (Fl. 6). The phrase is actually part of sch. 1172.02 in Lp (their Fl. 17), and somehow what they print has been conflated from the two sources.

Or. 1173.01 (rec exeg) ⟨εἴ ποθεν … σωτηρία⟩: καθ’ ἑαυτὸν λέγει. —O

TRANSLATION: He speaks to himself.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: See on sch. 1175.05.

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 1173.04 (rec exeg) ⟨εἴ⟩: γράφεται ἤ. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ei’, ‘if’) the reading ‘ē (‘or’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1174.01 (vet exeg) κτανοῦσι μὴ θανοῦσιν: ¹τοῦτο κατ’ ἰδίαν λέγει, λείπει δὲ τὸ γενέσθαι. || ²κτανοῦσιν ἡμῖν ἑτέρους, οὐχ ὑφ’ ἑτέρων ἀναιρεθεῖσι· ³τουτέστιν εὐτυχήσομεν, εἰ κἂν ἕνα τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀνέλωμεν καὶ μὴ παρ’ ἐκείνων ἡμεῖς ἀναιρεθείημεν. —MBCRfRw

TRANSLATION: He says this (‘euchomai tade’, ‘I pray these things’) as a separate phrase, and the (infinitive) ‘to come about’ is understood (with it). || ‘To us having killed others, not having been killed by others’. That is, we will be fortunate if we kill one of our enemies and (if) we ourselves should not be killed by them.

LEMMA: M(θανοῦσι)B, κτανοῦσι RfRw REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT.: 1 λείπει] διὰ M | 3 εἰ om. M | ἀνέλομεν C, ἀνέλοιμεν Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κατιδίαν MBRw | 2 οὐχ’ CRfRw | ἀναιρεθεῖσιν M | 3 τοῦτέστιν B | παρεκείνων M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.208,12–15; Dind. II.277,2–5

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1174.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κτανοῦσι, μὴ θανοῦσιν⟩: ἵνα φονεύσωμεν ἡμεῖς τοὺς ἀντιμάχους, οὐχὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἡμᾶς —Mn

TRANSLATION: So that we may kill our adversaries, not they (kill) us.

LEMMA: κτανοῦσι (‑σιν p.c.) οὐ θανοῦσιν in text Mn POSITION: beside 1165 (on facing verso) Mn

APP. CRIT.: ἐκείνους app. Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.276,12–13 (assigned to 1165)

Or. 1174.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτανοῦσι, μὴ θανοῦσιν⟩: ἵνα σκοτώσωμεν, οὐχὶ θάνωμεν —B^3d

TRANSLATION: So that we may kill, not die.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: This sense of σκοτόω/σκοτώνω is medieval and modern: see LBG and Triantafyllides s.v.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1174.04 (thom exeg) ⟨κτανοῦσι, μὴ θανοῦσιν⟩: ἀσύνδετον —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: Asyndeton (between the two participles).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.277,1–2

KEYWORDS: ἀσύνδετον/ἀσυνδέτως

Or. 1174.13 (recTri exeg) ⟨μὴ⟩: οὐ —PrSaT

TRANSLATION: (For negative particle ‘mē’, there is a variant reading, negative particle) ‘ou’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1174.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: λείπει ὑπάρξαι. —V³Y²Zu

TRANSLATION: (With ‘these things’) ‘to come about’ is to be understood.

POSITION: marg. V³, s.l. Y²Zu

APP. CRIT.: λείπει] V³, λύεται δὲ τὸ Zu, om. Y² | ὑπάρξας Zu

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1175.01 (1175–1176) (vet exeg) ⟨ὃ βούλομαι … ἀδαπάνως τέρψαι φρένα⟩: ὃ γὰρ νομίζω τερπνὸν, τοῦτο καὶ μόνον ὀνομάζων ἀδαπάνως εὐφραίνομαι. —HMBVCRwZu

TRANSLATION: For that which I believe is pleasant, simply by expressing this in words I feel delight without any cost.

LEMMA: ὃ βούλομαι MRw, ὃ βούλομαι γὰρ ἡδύ B, ὃ βούλομαι γὰρ ἡδὺ καὶ διὰ στόμα V REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: s.l. Zu; (with next) after sch. 1178.01 C

APP. CRIT.: after γὰρ add. εἶναι Zu, perhaps H (read as ἂν with dots Daitz; but a circumflex seems to be visible)

APP. CRIT. 2: ὀνομάζον C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.208,16–17; Dind. II.277,6–7

COLLATION NOTES: check H new images when available

Or. 1175.02 (1175–1176) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἐξ ὧν οὐδὲν βλαπτόμεθα, οὐδὲν κωλύει εὐφραίνειν ἑαυτοὺς λόγῳ. || ²τὸ ἡδὺ, φησὶ, καὶ εὐκτὸν ἡμῖν πρᾶγμα, τό τινα τούτων λαβεῖν ὑποχείριον, οὐ βούλομαι διὰ στόματος μόνον προφέρειν, ³τουτέστι μέχρι λόγων ματαίων στῆναι καὶ ἀζημίως τέρψαι τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ψυχὴν, ⁴τουτέστι μὴ μετὰ τοῦ ζημιῶσαί τινα τῶν ἐχθρῶν καὶ τιμωρήσασθαι. —MBVCRw, partial HOZu

TRANSLATION: With things from which we are not at all harmed, nothing prevents (us) from delighting ourselves in word. || The act that is sweet and prayed for by us, (namely) to get one of these people under our thumb, I do not want merely to pronounce it orally, that is, to stop at idle words and delight my own heart without penalty, that is, without penalizing one of my enemies and taking vengeance.

LEMMA: MBVCRw POSITION: marg. O (at end of 1176), beside 1178–1180 H, marg. and above 1177 Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.208,18–22; Dind. II.277,7–12

Or. 1175.03 (1175–1176) (thom exeg) ⟨ὃ βούλομαι … ἀδαπάνως τέρψαι φρένα⟩: ¹εἰ γάρ τις ὃ κατὰ νοῦν ἔχει διὰ γλώττης πρόφερει, ὥσπερ ἡδονήν τινα δέχεται. ²ἀδαπάνως δὲ εἶπεν ἐπείδη χωρὶς δαπάνης ἔσται ἡ τέρψις. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For if someone utters orally what he has in his mind, he receives, as it were, some pleasure. And he said ‘costlessly’ (‘adapanōs’) because the enjoyment will be without cost.

REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, partly read from Ta | προσφέρει Z, φέρει ZaZl

APP. CRIT. 2: γλώσσης Zl | ἡδονὴν τινὰ ZaGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.277,19–21

Or. 1175.04 (1175–1176) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὃ βούλομαι … ἀδαπάνως τέρψαι φρένα⟩: ὅπερ γὰρ βούλομαι καὶ θέλω, ἡδὺ καὶ εὐφραντὸν καὶ γλυκύ ἐστι, ὥστε τέρψαι τὴν σὴν φρένα ἀδαπάνως καὶ πλουσίως καὶ ἀφθόνως διὰ τοῦ στόματος τοῖς πτηνοῖς καὶ ταχέσι μύθοις καὶ λόγοις. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: For that which I desire and wish for, is pleasant and delightful and sweet, so as to bring pleasure to your mind without cost and richly and abundantly through your mouth with winged and swift statements and words.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.277,12–15

Or. 1175.05 (1175–1176) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὃ βούλομαι … ἀδαπάνως τέρψαι φρένα⟩: καθ’ ἑαυτὸν λέγει. —Zu

TRANSLATION: He speaks to himself.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The same annotation appears as sch. 1173.01 in O. Perhaps one of these two has been misplaced. If so, Zu is the less reliable scribe/annotator.

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 1175.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἡδὺ καὶ διὰ στόμα⟩: τοῦτο καὶ μόνον διὰ στόματος ὀνομάζων —Mn

POSITION: on facing verso Mn

Or. 1175.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡδὺ⟩: λείπει τὸ μοι. —M²

TRANSLATION: (With ‘hēdu’, ‘pleasant’,) ‘to me’ (‘moi’) is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1175.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ στόματος⟩: γράφερται διὰ στόμα —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘dia stomatos’) the reading ‘dia stoma’ is found (both meaning ‘through the mouth’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1176.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πτηνοῖσι μύθοις⟩: πτηνοὺς ἐνταῦθα λέγει τοὺς λόγους διὰ τὸ δίκην πτηνῶν ἀπέρχεσθαι τῇ προφορᾷ τῆς γλώττης. —Pk

TRANSLATION: He calls words ‘winged’ here because like winged creatures they go away by the tongue’s pronouncing (them).

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.277,16–17

Or. 1176.10 (tri metr) ⟨μύθοις⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1176.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀδαπάνως τέρψαι φρένα⟩: οἱ λόγοι οὐ βιβρώσκονται. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Words are not eaten.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: There is no similar expression attested in TLG. Perhaps the relevance of this odd annotation is that food, which is eaten, does come at a price.

Or. 1176.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τέρψαι φρένα⟩: *****εὐχῆς δὲ θέλω καὶ ἐς τοῦτο(?) τέρψαι(?) φρένα(?) —B²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The note is very faint, and B^3d erased its first words when entering sch. 1175.19. There seems to be a circumflex at the end of the erasure, suggesting perhaps [διὰ τῆς] εὐχῆς. ἐς τοῦτο could perhaps be read as ἐνταῦθα instead.

Or. 1176.22 (rec paraphr) ⟨τέρψω φρένας⟩: †εὐφραινομένῳ† εἰς τὰς φρένας —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: In the text Mn appears to have had τέρψω, but it was changed to τέρψαι in the darker ink with which the scholion was added. The corrupt participial form could have come from εὐφραινόμενος or from εὐφραίνομαι, both of which suit the lemma τέρψω. So it is mysterious why the scribe of the scholion would have changed to τέρψαι in the text. Furthermore, Mn has irregular division of the trimeters here, and φρένας was written by Mn as the first word of the next line, but the annotating hand crossed it out there and added an alpha to the φρέν(ας) of the scholion, this word being positioned beside τέρψω/αι, thus endorsing φρένα as the reading of the text.

Or. 1176.24 (rec exeg) ⟨τέρψω⟩: γρ. τέρπω. —R

TRANSLATION: (For ‘terpsō’, ‘I will cause pleasure’,) the reading ‘terpō’ (‘I cause pleasure’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text R POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1176.35 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1177.01 (1177–1178) (vet exeg) ⟨ἐγὼ κασίγνητ’ … ἐκ τρίτων τ’ ἐμοί⟩: τοῦτο αὐτὸ, φησὶ, τὸ τινὰ λαβεῖν ὑποχείριον τούτων, σωτηρίαν ἡμῖν τοῖς τρισὶ φέρειν νομίζω. —MBVCMnRfRw

TRANSLATION: This very thing, he says, getting one of these persons under our control, I believe brings us three salvation.

LEMMA: ἐγὼ κασίγνητ’ MB, ἐγὼ κασίγνητ(ες) V, ἐγὼ κασίγνητε Rf, app. Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf POSITION: this note (cont. with 1178.01) between sch. 1174.01 and 1175.01 C

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο αὐτὸ, φησὶ om. Mn | τούτων] τοῦτον Rf, τοῦτο Mn | τοῖς τρεῖς MVC | φέρων Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦτ’ Rw | αὐτό φη() BRw | τὸ τίνα C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.208,24–25; Dind. II.277,22–23

Or. 1177.02 (1177–1178) (thom exeg) ⟨ἐγὼ κασίγνητ’ … ἐκ τρίτων τ’ ἐμοί⟩: ¹τὸ ‘αὐτὸ τοῦτο’ εἰ μὲν ἐκ παραλλήλου ἐρεῖς, διὰ τὸν ὅνπερ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα εἰπεῖν μέλλει λόγον νοήσεις. ²ἄλλοι δέ φασι τὸ ‘αὐτό’ διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν Ὀρέστης καὶ Πυλάδης ἐβουλεύσαντο, λέγω δὴ Ἑλένην κτενεῖν, ἢ πρήσειν τοὺς οἴκους, ³τὸ δὲ ‘τοῦτο’ διὰ τὸ ὃ μέλλει εἰπεῖν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἐκλαμβάνουσιν ἀσυνδέτως. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: If you will treat the phrase ‘auto touto’ (‘this very thing’) as expressing via parallel words (one thing), you will understand (it) as referring to the very speech that Electra is about it give. But others say that ‘auto’ (‘it’ or ‘very thing’) (is said) in reference to the discussion in which Orestes and Pylades formed a plan, I mean that they will kill Helen or will set the house afire, while they interpret ‘touto’ (‘this thing’) as referring to what Electra is about to say in asyndeton (with what follows, namely, ‘salvation’).

REF. SYMBOL: Z(at τ’αὐτὸ τοῦτ’)ZaZlZmT

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δέ φασὶ Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.278,1–5

COMMENT: The first suggestion apparently take αὐτὸ τοῦτο as subject of ἔχειν and σωτηρίαν as object of ἔχειν, and thus agrees with the view of the old scholion (prev.) and of the next. This is different from the modern (superior) interpretation that αὐτὸ τοῦτο is object of ἔχειν with σωτηρίαν in apposition to the pronouns (cf. already sch. 1177.06). The explanation of ‘others’ refers the two pronouns to different things, and thus αὐτὸ must have been taken as subject of ἔχειν and τοῦτο as object, with asyndeton referring to the relation of τοῦτο to σωτηρίαν (that is, what we call apposition). The explanation is crabbed, as those of Thomas often are.

KEYWORDS: ἀσύνδετον/ἀσυνδέτως | ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 1177.03 (1177–1178) (vet exeg) ⟨ἐγὼ κασίγνητ’ … ἐκ τρίτων τ’ ἐμοί⟩: ¹ἐγὼ, ὦ κασίγνητε καὶ ὦ ἀδελφὲ, δοκῶ καὶ λογίζομαι καὶ σοὶ καὶ τῷδε καὶ τούτῳ τῷ Πυλάδῃ, καὶ ἐκ τρίτου {ἐν} ἐμοὶ ἔχειν καὶ εἶναι αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ὅπερ εἴρηκας, σωτηρίαν καὶ ἀσφάλειαν. ²ἢ οὕτως. δοκῶ καὶ λογίζομαι παρέχειν καὶ διδόναι ἡμῖν αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ὅπερ λέγεις, καὶ σοὶ καὶ τῷδε τῷ Πυλάδῃ καὶ ἐμοὶ ἐκ τρίτου σωτηρίαν καὶ ἀσφάλειαν. —Yf

TRANSLATION: I, o sibling and brother, think and reckon that for you and this man, Pylades, and thirdly for me this very thing that you said has, and is, salvation and safety. Or like this: I think and suppose that this very thing that you say provides and gives us, you and this man, Pylades and me as a third, salvation and safety.

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐν del. Matthiae | 2 ἡμῖν om., s.l. add. Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.277,26–278,1

Or. 1177.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’⟩: τὴν σωτηρίαν φησὶ. —V

TRANSLATION: (By ‘this thing’) he means salvation.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1177.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’⟩: ἡ σωτηρία —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’,) salvation.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1177.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’⟩: τὸ λαβεῖν τινὰ ὑποχείριον —V³Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’,) to take someone under our control.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑποχείριον] τῆ χειρὶ Y²

Or. 1177.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’⟩: τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν Ἑλένην —Xo²

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’,) to kill Helen.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1177.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’⟩: ὅπερ λέγεις σύ —Zb²

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’,) the very one you mention.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λέγη Zb²

Or. 1177.11 (thom exeg) ⟨τοῦτ’⟩: ὃ μέλλω εἰπεῖν —ZlZmGuF

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’) which I am about to say.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δῆλον add. F

Or. 1178.01 (vet exeg) ⟨σωτηρίαν⟩: ¹†ὁρῶ δέ τι τὸ ἀναιρεθείσης τῆς Ἑλένης φησὶν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα† ἐνεδρεῦσαι καὶ τὴν Ἑρμιόνην. ²ταῦτα δὲ ἑξῆς ἐπάγει. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: Electra means (by ‘salvation’) their ambushing Hermione too once Helen has been killed. And she adds these (details) in what follows.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1177.01 all

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὁρῶ δέ τι] ἤτοι καὶ B, perhaps σ̅ρ̅ίαν δὲ Mastr. | φησὶν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα om. B (and edd. before Schw.) | ἠλέκτρα] ἑλένη MV | ἡ ἑρμιόνη V | ἐπάγει om. V

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐπάγη C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.208,26–28; Dind. II.277,23–25

COMMENT: The word order in the first sentence is highly abnormal, and it is not sufficient, in my view, to set off φησὶν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα with commas, as Schwartz does. There are other corruptions in the transmission, and B’s version seems, as often, to be secondary. Perhaps a transposition has occurred and the original ran σ̅ρ̅ίαν δὲ φη(σὶν) ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὸ ἀναιρεθείσης τῆς Ἑλένης ἐνεδρεῦσαι κτλ; in that case, the translation above would still apply, with the first pair of parentheses removed.

Or. 1178.05 (thom exeg) ⟨τ’ ἐκ τρίτων⟩: γρ. τε τρίτον. —ZZa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘t’ ek tritōn’, idiom with preposition governing genitive plural) the reading ‘te triton’ (no preposition, adverbial accusative singular) is found.

LEMMA: τρίτου in text p.c. Z POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1178.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τρίτον⟩: ἐπίρρημα —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Triton’, ‘third’, is here) an adverb.

LEMMA: τε τρίτον in text Zm POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1179.08 (1179–1180) (vet exeg) ἀλλὰ ποῦ τόδε;: ¹εἰπὲ, φησὶ, πόθεν σχήσομεν τὴν σωτηρίαν; ²οἶδα γάρ σε συνετὴν τυγχάνουσαν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς. —MBVCRfRw

TRANSLATION: Tell (us), he says, whence we will get salvation? For I know that you have been intelligent from the beginning.

LEMMA: V, θεοῦ λέγεις πρόνοιαν others REF. SYMBOL: at ἀλλὰ V, at θεοῦ MB POSITION: follows out of order sch. 1175.01 in C

APP. CRIT.: 1 φησὶ om. V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 εἶπε V | 2 ἀπαρχῆς MBC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.208,29–30; Dind. II.278,7–8

Or. 1179.09 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: λέγε, φησὶν, ἣν ἔχεις ἡμῖν σωτηρίαν, πῶς πράξεις. —MBVCRfRw

TRANSLATION: Tell us, he says, what salvation you have for us, (tell) how you will act.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλὰ (as first word of note) all POSITION: cont. from prev. all

APP. CRIT.: φησὶν om. B | πράξεις] perhaps emend to πράξομεν

APP. CRIT. 2: ἢν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209,1; Dind. II.278,8–9

Or. 1179.10 (thom exeg) ἀλλὰ ποῦ τόδε;: ἤγουν λέγε ἐν ποίᾳ μηχανῇ ἔσται αὕτη ἡ σωτηρία ἣν λέγεις. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, tell (us) by what means the salvation you speak of will come to be.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: mostly damaged in T, read from Ta | λέγε om. Za | ἣν om. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.278,10–12

Or. 1179.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨ποῦ τόδε;⟩: σχήσομαι τὴν σωτηρίαν —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1179.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ποῦ τόδε;⟩: ἤτοι τί νὰ ποιήσομεν; —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1179.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ποῦ τόδε;⟩: γενήσεται ἐπιτυχὲς —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1179.19 (vet exeg) ⟨τόδε⟩: τὴν σωτηρίαν φησί. —H

TRANSLATION: (By ‘this’) he means salvation.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1180.02 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ συνετόν⟩: τὸ φρόνιμον καὶ βουλευτικὸν καὶ ἐν ἀπόροις εὐμήχανον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Suneton’ here means) intelligent and capable of advising and resourceful in difficult situations.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. ZZa | εὐχανον a.c. Za, ἀμήχανον Zm, μηχάνευμα Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: φρόνημον ZGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.278,14–15

Or. 1180.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨σῇ ψυχῇ παρόν⟩: καὶ παρυπάρχον τῇ σῇ ψυχῇ —M²

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

Or. 1180.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σοὶ⟩: σῇ —Y

TRANSLATION: (For ‘soi’, ‘to/for you’, there is a variant reading, adjective) ‘sēi’ (‘your’).

LEMMA: thus in text Y POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1181.02 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ σύ⟩: πρὸς τὸν Πυλάδην —Mn

TRANSLATION: Addressed to Pylades.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1181.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: ἤγουν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ μου —V³Y²Zu

POSITION: marg. Y², s.l. V³Zu

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. V³

Or. 1181.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: ἐνταῦθα ἐν τῷ λεγομένῳ —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1181.11 (rec exeg) ⟨νῦν⟩: γρ. νοῦν. —R

TRANSLATION: (For ‘nun’, ‘now’,) the reading ‘noun’ (‘mind’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text R POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1182.01 (vet exeg) λέγ’ ὡς τὸ μέλλειν: τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ προσδοκᾶσθαι μόνον ἔχει τινὰ τέρψιν. —HMBVCRfRw, partial O

TRANSLATION: Good things afford a certain delight even in just being expected.

LEMMA: MBVRfRw(λέγε) REF. SYMBOL: MBOVRf POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: τὰ ἀγαθὰ] τὸ ἀγαθὸν V, om. O (understood from line) | καὶ om. C | ἔχει τινὰ om. O (understood from line)

APP. CRIT. 2: τίνα Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209,3–4; Dind. II.278,18–19

Or. 1182.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸ μέλλειν ἀγάθ’⟩: τὸ προσδοκᾶσθαι ἀγαθὰ —K

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1182.07 (rec exeg) ⟨μέλλειν⟩: γρ. λέγειν. —AaMn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘mellein’, ‘to be impending’,) the reading ‘legein’ (‘to say’) is found.

LEMMA: λέγειν in text a.c. Mn POSITION: s.l.; above λέγ’ ὡς Aa

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1182.08 (rec exeg) ⟨μέλλειν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγειν ἢ βραδύνειν —V¹

TRANSLATION: (‘Mellein’ here is) equivalent to ‘say’ or ‘be slow’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1182.10 (rec exeg) ⟨λέγειν⟩: μέλ⟨λ⟩ειν —O

TRANSLATION: (‘For ‘legein’, ‘to say’, there is a variant reading) ‘mellein’ (‘to be impending’ or ‘to delay’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1182.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀγάθ’⟩: καὶ βέλτιστα περὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1183.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨Ἑλένης κάτοισθα θυγατέρ’;⟩: οἶδας, φησὶ, ταύτην; —MC

TRANSLATION: Do you know this girl, she says.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οἶδα C | αὐτὴν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209,5

Or. 1183.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰδότ’ ἠρόμην⟩: οἶδα⟨ς⟩ γὰρ αὐτὴν. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘I asked one who knows’,) for you know her.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1183.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰδότ’ ἠρόμην⟩: ἠρώτησα σὲ γινώσκοντα —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1183.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰδότ’ ἠρόμην⟩: καὶ τῷ γινώσκοντι ἠρώτησα —V¹

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: There is no parallel that I know of for ἐρωτάω with the dative of the person asked. Nevertheless, I leave this unemended because sch. 1183.11 shows that there were some who understood εἰδότ’ as εἰδότι.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1183.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰδότ’ ἠρόμην⟩: ἠρώτησα ἐπιστήμονα —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1183.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἠρόμην⟩: ἠρόμην ποιητικῶς η̅, κοινῶς δὲ δίφθογγον ε̅ καὶ ι̅. —Aa

TRANSLATION: In poetic language ‘ēromēn’ spelled with (initial) eta, but in vernacular language (‘eiromēn’) spelled with diphthong epsilon-iota.

LEMMA: ἠρα*μήν in text Aa, ἠρώμην Aa²

APP. CRIT.: ἠρώμην Aa

Or. 1183.15 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἠρόμην⟩: ἔρομαι ἐρήσομαι ἠρόμην —Ox²

TRANSLATION: (The form ‘ēromēn’ is from) ‘eromai’, ‘erēsomai’, ‘ēromēn’ (‘ask’).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1184.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οἶδ’ ἣν ἔθρεψενἙρμιόνην μήτηρ ἐμή⟩: οἶδα τὴν Ἑρμιόνην, ἣν ἀνέθρεψεν ἡ μήτηρ ἡ ἐμή. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: second ἡ om., s.l. add. Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.278,22

Or. 1186.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τί χρῆμα δράσουσ’;⟩: τί πρᾶγμα μέλλουσα ποιήσειν; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.278,25

Or. 1186.09 (tri metr) ⟨δράσουσ’⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1186.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑποτίθης τίν’ ἐλπίδα⟩: συμβουλεύεις ποίαν προσδοκίαν —M²

LEMMA: in text ὑποτιθεὶς changed to ‑τιθεῖσ’ M POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The Moschopulean paraphrase (next) suggests that τίν’ was considered to be τινὰ elided, and many other annotations do not reveal whether the phrase was taken as interrogative or not. M² does treat it as interrogative, like modern editors (see also sch. 1186.23–24, 1187.01). In general, the mss do not have a question-mark here, but that is of little significance since interrogative phrases often lack a question-mark in mss.

Or. 1186.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὑποτίθης τίν’ ἐλπίδα⟩: ὑπόνοιαν ἐλπίδος τινὸς εἰσάγεις —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τινὰ XXoG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.278,26–27

Or. 1186.12 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑποτίθης⟩: ὑποβάλλεις ἐντεῦθεν ἤγουν ἐκ τῆς Ἑρμιόνης —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: You suggest from that circumstance, that is, from Hermione.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γουν ἐκ τ. ἑρμ. washed out Zl

Or. 1186.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑποτιθεὶς⟩: τὸ ὑπο⟨τι⟩θεὶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπο⟨τι⟩θεῖσα καὶ ⟨ὑπο⟩βάλλουσα, ἀρσενικὸν ἀντὶ θηλυκοῦ. —Mn

TRANSLATION: The (masculine participle) ‘hupotitheis’ is used for (feminine participle) ‘hupotitheisa’, that is, ‘suggesting’, masculine used for feminine.

LEMMA: ὑποτίθεις in text Mn

APP. CRIT.: βαλλοῦσα Mn, βαλοῦσα Dind. (without note), retaining aorist participles

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.278,27–28

Or. 1186.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑποτιθεῖσα⟩: ὑποτίθεις —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (For participle ‘hupotitheisa’, ‘suggesting’, there is a variant reading, indicative) ‘hupotitheis’ (‘you suggest’).

LEMMA: thus in text Rf POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1186.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑποτιθεὶς⟩: ἐγὼ ἢ Ἑρμιόνη —R

TRANSLATION: (The participle agrees with unexpressed) ‘I’ (Orestes) or (if it is interpreted as masculine form used for feminine) ‘Hermione’.

LEMMA: thus in text R POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἡ app. R | Ἑρμιόνη] ἑλένη R

COMMENT: For taking the masculine participle as used for feminine see sch. 1186.17.

Or. 1186.22 (rec paraphr) ⟨τίν’ ἐλπίδα⟩: εἰς τὸ μὴ θνήσκειν(?) —R

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: faint, reading very uncertain

Or. 1187.01 (thom exeg) ⟨χοὰς κατασπείσουσ’⟩: τὸ ‘χοὰς κατασπείσουσα’ οὐ πρὸς τὸ ‘τίνα ἐλπίδα ὑποβάλλεις’ ἀπεκρίθη, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ τί δράσουσα. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘going to pour libations’ does not go with ‘what hope do you suggest?’, but responds to the (previous question) ‘going to do what?’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm POSITION: cont. from sch. 1187.20 T, add. δὲ after χοὰς

APP. CRIT.: second τὸ om. Zm

APP. CRIT. 2: τίν’ Zl | ὑποβάλης Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.278,30–31

Or. 1187.02 (vet exeg) ⟨χοὰς⟩: χοαὶ ἐπὶ τῶν νεκρῶν. —MBVCZu

TRANSLATION: ‘Choai’ (‘poured offerings’) (is a term) applied to (offerings for) the dead.

POSITION: s.l. MBV, intermarg. C, marg. Zu

APP. CRIT.: αἱ prep. Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209,6; Dind. II.278,29

Or. 1187.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨κατασπείσουσ’⟩: σπένδω καὶ τροπῇ τοῦ ν̅ εἰς ι̅, σπείσω. —Zm

TRANSLATION: ‘Spendō’ (‘I pour libation’) and with the conversion of the nu to iota (future) ‘speisō’.

POSITION: marg

Or. 1187.13 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὑπὲρ μητρὸς τάφου⟩: ἐπάνω τοῦ τάφου τῆς μητρὸς, ἡμῶν δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Huper mētros taphou’ here means) ‘over the top of the grave of the mother, ours clearly’ (Clytemnestra).

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. T

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς ἡμῶν τάφου transp. G | δηλονότι om. YG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.278,30–32

Or. 1187.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπὲρ μητρὸς τάφου⟩: ἢ γράφεται ὑπὲρ μητρὸς τάφον, τουτέστιν ὑπὲρ μητρὸς αὐτῆς, τῆς Ἑλένης, τάφῳ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας. —Lb

TRANSLATION: Or the reading is ‘huper mētros taphon’ (accusative instead of genitive ‘taphou’), that is, on behalf of her mother, Helen, (pouring) upon the tomb of Clytemnestra.

APP. CRIT.: τάφον] perhaps τάφῳ (cf. sch. 1187.20)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.279,3–4

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1187.18 (recThom exeg) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: Ἑλένης —KZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Mother’, that is,) Helen.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς prep. K

Or. 1187.20 (thom exeg) ⟨τάφῳ⟩: ¹τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας· ²ἤγουν ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τάφον, ὅπως αὐτῇ σπείσῃ εὐμένειαν πρὸς Ἑλένην καὶ Μενέλαον ἔχειν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Tomb’) of Clytemnestra; that is, she went off to the tomb of Clytemnestra in order to make libations to her (to ask her) to have propitious feelings toward Helen and Menelaus.

LEMMA: τάφω in text ZaZlZm(τάφῳ), p.c. Z, τάφου T(with comma punct. before)Gr, a.c. Z REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. (finishing in marg.) ZZaZlZm, first two words s.l. T, remainder in left marg. block

APP. CRIT.: 2 τὸν τάφον τῆς κλυτ. transp. Gu | τῆς om. T | αὐτὴν πείση Za | ἔχειν om. or lost to damage Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.279,1–3

Or. 1187.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάφῳ⟩: τάφου —F

TRANSLATION: (For dative ‘taphōi’ there is a variant reading, genitive) ‘taphou’ (both ‘tomb’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1187.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάφῳ⟩: τάφον —Zc

TRANSLATION: (For dative ‘taphōi’ there is a variant reading, accusative) ‘taphon’ (both ‘tomb’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1188.01 (vet exeg) καὶ δὴ τί μοι τοῦτ’ εἶπας: ¹τίνος χάριν τοῦτο εἴρηκας; ²τί τοῦτο εἶπας; ³ὅμοιον τῷ [1186] ‘ὑποτίθης τίν’ ἐλπίδα’. ⁴τίνα γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐλπίδα ἐκ τούτου μοι ὑποβάλλεις, ἐκ τοῦ λέγειν ὅτι ἐπορεύθη ἡ Ἑρμιόνη πρὸς τὸν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τάφον; —BRw

TRANSLATION: For what purpose have you said this? Why did you say this? Similar to (the earlier question) ‘what hope do you suggest?’ For what hope, he says, do you suggest to me from this, from saying that Hermione went to the tomb of Clytemnestra?

LEMMA: B, καὶ τί δή μοι Rw REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: 3 τῷ] τὸ Rw | ὑποτιθεῖς B, ὑποτιθεῖσα Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: γάρ φη() BRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209,10–13; Dind. II.279,5–8

COMMENT: Something close to the first two sentences is present as sch. 1190.01 below. This scholion as a whole was assigned to 1188 in editions from Arsenius (influenced by the B-tradition) to Dindorf. Schwartz, with knowledge of MVC, reassigned the first sentence to 1190, kept the second sentence as a note on 1188, but unaccountably assigned the continuation in BRw to 1190, even though the reasoning here refers to the statement in 1187 and ignores the hostage-taking mentioned in 1189.

Or. 1188.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨καὶ δὴ τί … σωτηρίαν;⟩: καὶ δὴ κατὰ τί μοι τοῦτο εἶπας εἰς σωτηρίαν; —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.279,8–9

Or. 1188.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καὶ δὴ τί … σωτηρίαν;⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τίνος χάριν ἔλεξας τοῦτο περὶ τῆς ἐμῆς σωτηρίας; —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1188.09 (thom exeg) ⟨τοῦτ᾽⟩: τὸ ἀπελθεῖν αὐτὴν ἐκεῖσε —ZZaZbTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘This’ means) ‘her having gone there’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1189.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ὅμηρον⟩: ἐνέχυρον τῆς σωτηρίας ἡμῖν —HMBOVV³CY²Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Homēron’, ‘hostage’, that is,) ‘guarantee of salvation for us’.

POSITION: s.l. except HO, intermarg. C; above 1188 σωτηρίαν V³, beside 1188 σωτηρίαν O

APP. CRIT.: ἡμῖν] om. HOV³Y², ἡμῶν Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209,8; Dind. II.279,10

Or. 1189.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅμηρον⟩: ἐνέχυρον εἰς σωτηρίαν —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Homēron’, ‘hostage’, that is,) ‘guarantee toward salvation’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1189.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨στείχῃ πάλιν⟩: εἰς τοὐπίσω, ἤγουν ὅταν ἐπαναστρέψῃ —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial Zc

TRANSLATION: (‘Palin’ here means) ‘backward’, that is, (the whole phrase is) ‘whenever she returns’.

POSITION: marg. XaXoY, s.l. others

APP. CRIT.: εἰς τοὐπίσω ἤγουν om. Zc | εἰς τοὐπίσω transp. after ἐπαναστρέψῃ T | εἰς om. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.279,10–12

Or. 1190.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τίνος τόδ’ εἶπας⟩: ¹τίνος χάριν τοῦτο εἶπας; ²οἷον εἰς τί τοῦτο εἶπας; —MVC

TRANSLATION: For what purpose did you say this? As it were, to what end did you say this?

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M(near 1191), intermarg. C(near 1191), s.l. V

APP. CRIT.: οἷον] ἀντὶ τοῦ V | second εἶπας] εἶπες V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209,10 and 7; Dind. II.279,5–6

COMMENT: See the comment on sch. 1188.01. One cannot rule out that this note has been misplaced here; but as several subsequent scholia show, it was felt necessary to explain the genitive τίνος here. Schwartz judged that the first sentence belongs here, but separated the second sentence and assigned it to 1188.

Or. 1190.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τίνος⟩: λείπει τὸ ἕνεκεν· τίνος ἕνεκεν; —MB

TRANSLATION: (With ‘tinos’, ‘of what’,) ‘heneken’ (‘for the sake of’) is understood: ‘for the sake of what?’

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τίνος ἕν. om. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209.9

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1190.03 (recMosch exeg) ⟨τίνος⟩: ἕνεκα —KXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZb²Zc

TRANSLATION: (With ‘tinos’, ‘of what’, supply) ‘heneka’ (‘for the sake of’).

POSITION: s.l., above εἶπας K

APP. CRIT.: τίνος add. Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.279,13

Or. 1190.04 (vet exeg) ⟨τίνος⟩: τίνος χάριν —HAaF²MnPrRSaY²GZuCrOx

TRANSLATION: (Understand ‘tinos’, ‘of what’, as) ‘for the sake of what’.

POSITION: s.l. except H

APP. CRIT.: τίνος] HR, om. others

Or. 1190.09 (rec exeg) ⟨φάρμακον⟩: φάρμακον λέγει τὴν θεραπείαν παρὰ τὸ φ[έρειν ἄκος]. —V¹

TRANSLATION: By ‘pharmakon’ he means ‘cure, treatment’, (the word being) derived from ‘bring a cure’ (‘pherein akos’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. Orion 616,58 φάρμακον, φέρακον τι ὂν παρὰ τὸ φέρειν ἄκος. ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ κακοῦ, φέραχον τι ὂν ἀπὸ τοῦ φέρειν ἄχος; Et. Gud. 549,27 Sturz φάρμακος, παρὰ τὸ φάρμακον· τοῦτο παρὰ τὸ φέρειν ἄκος; similarly, Et. Magn. 787,48–50, ps.-Zonaras 1798,13–14.

Or. 1190.17 (thom exeg) ⟨τρισσοῖς φίλοις⟩: ¹τὸ τρισσοῖς φίλοις οὐ πρὸς τὸ εἶπας συντακτέον· ²δύο γὰρ ἦσαν πρὸς οὓς τοῦτ’ ἔλεγεν, Ὀρέστης τε καὶ Πυλάδης· ³ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ φάρμακον, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως· ⁴τίνος φάρμακον τοῖς τρισσοῖς φίλοις, ἐμοί τε καὶ σοὶ καὶ Πυλάδῃ τῷδε, τὸ τὴν Ἑρμιόνην συλλαβεῖν εἴρηκας; —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The words ‘to three friends’ are not to be construed with ‘you said’—for there were two persons to whom she was saying this, Orestes and Pylades—, but with the word ‘curing medicine’ (‘pharmakon’), so that it is like this: For what reason have you said that seizing Herminone is a cure for the three friends, (namely) me and you and Pylades here?

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZmT

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τοῦτο Zl | τὲ ZZaZmTGu | 4 τὲ ZmGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.279,14–18

COMMENT: The temptation of incautious readers to take the dative as indirect object with εἶπας perhaps had some role in the origin of the variant τοῖς σοῖς (sch. 1190.19).

Or. 1190.19 (rec exeg) ⟨τρισσοῖς⟩: γρ. τοῖς σοῖς. —AaMnR

TRANSLATION: (For ‘trissois’, ‘three’,) the reading ‘tois sois’ (‘your’) is found.

POSITION: marg. R, s.l. AaMn

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Aa

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1192.07 (tri metr) ⟨κἀμὲ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1192.08 (vet exeg) πᾶν γὰρ ἓν φίλον τόδε: ¹ὡσεὶ ἔλεγεν ἓν σῶμα καὶ μία ψυχή ἐσμεν. ²πᾶν γὰρ τὸ καθ’ ἡμᾶς ἓν, φησὶ, καὶ ταὐτόν ἐστιν. —MBVCRfRw

TRANSLATION: As if she were saying ‘we are a single body and a single soul’: for all that relates to us, she says, is one and the same.

LEMMA: BV, πᾶν γὰρ ἓν RfRw REF. SYMBOL: BVRf

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἓν φησὶ κτλ om. M | ταῦτά C

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ψυχὴ ἐσμέν BVRfRw | 2 καθημᾶς V | ἕν φησι VRfRw | ταυτόν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209,14–15; Dind. II.279,20–21

Or. 1192.09 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τοῦτο φησὶν ὡς, εἴ τινα ἐξ ἡμῶν κακώσει, ἐν τοῖς τρισὶν ἡ βλάβη περιίσταται· ²κοινὰ γὰρ τὰ τῶν φίλων. —BRfRw

TRANSLATION: She says this because, if he (Menelaus) will harm any of us, the harm devolves upon the three; for what pertains to friends is shared in common.

LEMMA: all

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῖς om. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209,16–17; Dind. II.279,22–23

Or. 1192.10 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἓν γὰρ, φησὶ, καὶ ταυτόν ἐστι πᾶν τὸ καθ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ὡς εἰπεῖν ἓν σῶμα καὶ μία ψυχή. —HMBOCZu

TRANSLATION: For single and the same, she says, is all that relates to us, and so to speak, (it is) a single body and a single soul.

LEMMA: MC POSITION: s.l. Zu; cont. from prev. B

APP. CRIT.: γὰρ φησὶ om. O, γὰρ om. B | ἐστι transp. after πᾶν H, after ἡμᾶς Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209,18–19; Dind. II.279,23–24

Or. 1192.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πᾶν γὰρ ἓν φίλον τόδε⟩: πάντες ἡμεῖς—τοῦτο γὰρ δηλοῦται διὰ τοῦ τόδε—ἓν φίλτρον ἐσμὲν, ἤγουν ὡς εἷς καταλεγόμεθα. —Lb

TRANSLATION: We all—for this (‘we’) is indicated by ‘tode’ (‘this thing’)—are a single (band of) affection, that is, we are registered as if one being.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.279,25–26

Or. 1192.12 (rec exeg) ⟨πᾶν γὰρ ἓν φίλον τόδε⟩: ἢ πᾶν τὸ καθ’ ἡμᾶς ἓν σῶμα καὶ μία ψυχή. —MnPrRSaY²

TRANSLATION: Or all that relates to us is a single body and a single soul.

POSITION: s.l. except Mn

APP. CRIT.: ἢ πᾶν τὸ] πᾶν τὸ Mn, τὸ R, ἤγουν πάντα τὰ Y²

Or. 1192.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πᾶν γὰρ ἓν φίλον τόδε⟩: ὡς εἰπεῖν ἓν σῶμα καὶ μία ψυχή —Gu

TRANSLATION: So to speak, a single body and a single soul.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1192.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πᾶν γὰρ ἓν φίλον τόδε⟩: τὰ τρία γὰρ ἓν εἰς ἡμᾶς. —B^3d

TRANSLATION: For the three things are one in regard to us.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1192.16 (vet exeg) ⟨ἓν φίλον⟩: ἐν φίλοις —HBOV

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hen philon’, ‘single friendly’, there is a variant reading) ‘en philois’ (‘among friends’).

POSITION: marg. HB, s.l. OV

Or. 1192.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φίλον⟩: φίλοις —AaGu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘philon’, ‘friendly’, there is a variant reading) ‘philois’ (‘to/for friends’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1192.20 (rec exeg) ⟨φίλοις⟩: φίλον —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘philois’,‘to/for friends’, there is a variant reading) ‘philon’ (‘friendly’).

LEMMA: thus in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1192.22 (thom exeg) ⟨τόδε⟩: τὸ ἀποθανεῖν τὴν Ἑλένην —ZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ is) that Helen die.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.279,26–27

COMMENT: These mss have πᾶσι (s.l. Gu, p.c. T) instead of πᾶν in the text, for the sense ‘for this single thing is dear to all’.

Or. 1196.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1197.01 (vet exeg) μέθες πεπᾶσθαι: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπολαύειν. ²τουτέστι συγχώρει τῷ πατρὶ τὴν Ἑρμιόνην πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν καὶ ὄνησιν κτήσασθαι. ³ἔνθεν καὶ τὸ [Hom. Il. 4.433] ‘πολυπάμονος’. ⁴ἠτυμολόγησε τὸ πατήρ παρὰ τὸ πεπᾶσθαι. ⁵καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ [Eur. TGF fr. 659,4 Nauck; Critias TrGF 43 F 17,4]· ‘πολλῶν καλεῖσθαι βούλομαι πατὴρ δόμων’, ἀντὶ τοῦ δεσπότης. —MBVCRw, partial O

TRANSLATION: (‘Pepasthai’ is) equivalent to ‘enjoy, benefit from’. That is, grant Hermione to her father to possess for his enjoyment and benefit. From which (root) also (is derived the Homeric adjective) ‘polupamonos’. He (Euripides) etymologized ‘patēr’ (‘father’) from ‘pepasthai’ (‘possess’). Also elsewhere ‘I want to be called ‘father/owner’ of many homes’, (‘patēr’) in the sense ‘master’.

LEMMA: VRw, πεπάσθαι B REF. SYMBOL: MBV

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209,21–25; Dind. II.280,4–8

COMMENT: Critias, Rhadamanthys TrGF 43 F 17,1–4 ἔρωτες ἡμῖν εἰσὶ παντοῖοι βίου·/ ὁ μὲν γὰρ εὐγένειαν ἱμείρει λαβεῖν, / τῷ δ’ οὐχὶ τούτου φροντίς, ἀλλὰ χρημάτων / πολλῶν κεκλῆσθαι βούλεται πάτηρ δόμοις· / ἄλλῳ δ’ ἀρέσκει …

KEYWORDS: etymology | citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides or Critias, Rhadamanthys

Or. 1197.02 (rec exeg) μέθες πεπᾶσθαι: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπολαύειν. ²γράφεται κεκτῆσθαι, ἤγουν ἐνυπάρχειν. ³τουτέστι συγχώρει τῷ πατρὶ τὴν Ἑρμιόνην πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν καὶ ὄνησιν κτήσασθαι. —Rf

TRANSLATION: (‘Pepasthai’ is) equivalent to ‘enjoy, benefit from’. (For ‘pepasthai’) the reading ‘kektēsthai’ is found, meaning ‘to be present in’. That is, grant Hermione to her father to possess for his enjoyment and benefit.

REF. SYMBOL: Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπολάβειν a.c. Rf (cf. sch. 1197.11) | συγχωρεῖ Rf

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1197.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨μέθες πεπᾶσθαι⟩: μέθες ἤγουν ἄφες τῷ πατρὶ κεκτῆσθαι τῆς παρθένου τὸ δέμας, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν παρθένον περιφραστικῶς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrOx²

TRANSLATION: Allow, that is, let, the father possess the body of the maiden, equivalent to ‘the maiden’ by periphrasis.

POSITION: marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: δέμα Gr, corr. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,8–9

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 1197.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πεπᾶσθαι⟩: γρ. πετάσθαι. —Xo

TRANSLATION: (For ‘pepasthai’, ‘possess’,) the reading ‘petasthai’ (‘fly’) is found.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1197.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨πεπᾶσθαι⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ πῶ τὸ κτῶμαι. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Pepasthai’ is formed) from (the verb) ‘pō’ meaning ‘I acquire’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1197.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρθένου δέμας⟩: τὴν Ἑρμιόνην περιφραστικῶς —Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Body of the maiden’, that is,) Hermione, by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 1198.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὀξυθύμου … φρονήματος⟩: τοῦ ὀξυθύμου φρονήματος, ἤγουν τοῦ θυμοῦ —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: θυμοῦ] φρονήματος Gr, corr. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,13–14

Or. 1198.07 (tri metr) ⟨ὀξυθύμου⟩: long mark over second upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1199.01 (vet exeg) ⟨κτείνῃ σε⟩: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ παρίδῃ σε ἀπολλύμενον· ²τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει τὸ κτείνῃ σε. ³τότε καὶ σὺ τὴν παρθένον ἀπόκτεινον. —BRw, partial MOVCAaZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Kills you’ is) equivalent to ‘neglects you as you are being destroyed’—for this is the meaning of ‘kills you’. In that case you too put the maiden to death.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. VCAaZu; cont. from sch. 1200.11 BRw, prep. καὶ

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἀντὶ C, om. BORwAa | ἀπολλύμενον] κτενούμενον O | 2–3 τοῦτο γὰρ κτλ om. MOVCAaZu | 2 κτείνῃ σε] ἐκίνησε Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀπολύμενον V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209,26; Dind. II.280,11–13

Or. 1199.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κτείνῃ σε⟩: ἤτοι ἐὰν ἀπειλῇ φονεῦσαι σε —M²

TRANSLATION: (‘Kills you’,) that is, threatens to kill you.

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

Or. 1199.03 (recMosch exeg) ⟨κτείνῃ σε⟩: ἀπειλῇ κτείνειν —KXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘Kills you’, that is,) threatens to kill (you).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: κτείνειν om. K

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,15

Or. 1199.04 (thom exeg) ⟨κτείνῃ σε⟩: ἤγουν τὸν σὸν θάνατον σπεύδῃ —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Kills you’,) that is, eagerly seeks your death.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: σπεύδει Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,15–16

Or. 1199.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτείνῃ σε⟩: ἤγουν σπεύσῃ τὸν σὸν θάνατον γενέσθαι —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Kills you’,) that is, eagerly seeks that your death come about.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1199.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτείνῃ σε⟩: λεγῃ(?) κτείνω σε —B²

TRANSLATION: (‘Kills you’, that is,) says ‘I kill you’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1199.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτείνῃ⟩: ἀπειλεῖ φονεύσειν, κτείνειν —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Kills’, that is,) threatens he will kill, (threatens) to kill’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1200.01 (1200–1201) (pllgn exeg) ⟨και νιν δοκῶ … χρόνῳ μαλάξειν σπλάγχνον⟩: ¹ἢ καὶ δοκῶ νιν καὶ αὐτὸν μαλάξειν τὸ σπάγχνον ἑαυτοῦ, ²ἢ δοκῶ μαλάξειν τοῦτο, ἤγουν τὸ σφάζειν σε ταύτην, νιν καὶ αὐτόν, τὸ σπλάγχνον αὐτοῦ, ἵν’ ᾖ ὅλον καὶ μέρος. —Zm

TRANSLATION: Either ‘and I think he will soften his own vehemence’; or ‘I believe this thing, namely that you try to slaughter this girl, will soften him, (soften) his vehemence’, so that (the object of ‘soften’) is (expressed as) the whole and the part.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 νὶν Zm | 2 νὶν Zm

KEYWORDS: ὅλον καὶ μέρος

Or. 1200.02 (vet exeg) ⟨καί νιν⟩: καὶ νῦν —H

TRANSLATION: (For ‘kai nin’, ‘and him’, there is a variant reading) ‘kai nun’ (‘and now’).

POSITION: below line, last of page

Or. 1200.03 (rec exeg) ⟨νιν⟩: αἰτιατικὴ ἀντὶ εὐθείας. —Mn

TRANSLATION: Accusative case instead of nominative.

POSITION: s.l., above δοκῶ τὸ πρῶ Mn

COMMENT: This observation is apparently based on the idea that the pronoun should have been nominative as subject of παρῇ, but has been expressed as an accusative proleptically. That is, the commentator is looking only at the current line and ignoring the function of the word as subject of the infinitive in 1201.

Or. 1200.11 (vet exeg) ⟨ἢν πολὺς παρῇ⟩: ἐὰν ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ πολὺς ἔλθῃ —HMBOVCRwZu

TRANSLATION: (‘If he comes strong’ means) ‘if he comes (being) strong in his anger’.

LEMMA: 1198 ἢν δ’ ὀξυθύμου BRw REF. SYMBOL: to 1198 MB POSITION: at level of 1198 H, marg. beside 1198 MO, s.l. above 1198 ἢν δ’ ὀξύθυμος VCZu

APP. CRIT.: ἐὰν δὲ BVZu | ἐν om. HOVZu | τῆ ὀργῆ transp. to end Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.209,27; Dind. II.280,11

COMMENT: All the witnesses treat this as a paraphrase of 1198, to which it does not closely correspond in the manner of paraphrase. Schwartz correctly saw that it paraphrases the vague ἢν πολὺς παρῇ of 1200. Note how δὲ is added in the BV traditions in order to harmonize the paraphase with the δ’ of the mistaken lemma.

Or. 1200.12 (rec exeg) ⟨πολὺς παρῇ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ θυμῶται —K

TRANSLATION: (‘He comes strong’ is) equivalent to ‘he is angry’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1200.13 (mosch exeg) πολὺς παρῇ: σφοδρὸς ἔλθῃ —XXaXbXoT⁺YfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘He comes strong’ is equivalent to) ‘he comes (being) vehement’.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἔλθῃ om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,18

Or. 1200.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πολὺς⟩: λείπει ‘τῷ θυμῷ’. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (With ‘polus’, ‘strong’,) ‘in his passion’ is understood.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λείπει] Mastr., λέγει Zu

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1200.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πολὺς⟩: λείπει. —Gu

TRANSLATION: (The expression is) elliptical.

POSITION: s.l. above ἢν, at a distance from sch. 1200.18 Gu

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1201.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρόνῳ μαλάξειν σπλάγχνον⟩: ποτὲ μαλακισθῆναι καρδίαν —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (I believe that) eventually his heart gets softened.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1201.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨χρόνῳ μαλάξειν σπλάγχνον⟩: τῇ παρατάσει τοῦ χρόνου μαλαχθήσεσθαι τὴν καρδίαν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (I believe that) with the passage of time his heart will be softened.

LEMMA: χρόνῳ T POSITION: s.l. except XT; spaced as three sep. glosses XaXb

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T

APP. CRIT. 2: παρατάσσει T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,20–21

Or. 1201.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μαλάξει⟩: μαλάξαι —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘malaxei’, ‘he will soften’, there is a variant reading) ‘malaxai’ (aorist infinitive, ‘to soften’).

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1201.13 (thom exeg) ⟨σπλάγχνον⟩: ἡ πρὸς τὴν θυγατέρα φυσικὴ προσπάθεια —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Splangchnon’ here means) ‘his natural intense affection toward his daughter’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,21–22

Or. 1202.04 (tri metr) ⟨πέφυκε⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1202.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τήνδ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸ μὴ εἶναι οὔτε θρασὺς οὔτε ἄλκιμος —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘This’ refers to) the fact that he (Menelaus) is neither bold nor brave.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,23–24

Or. 1203.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἴρηται λόγος⟩: τουτέστιν ὃν ἐβουλόμην εἰπεῖν λόγον ἔλεγξα. —Zl

TRANSLATION: That is, I have spoken the speech that I wanted to speak.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For ἔλεγξα from λέγω (rather than, as often, an unaugmented version of ἤλεγξα), cf. Nicolaus Lucanes, Metaphrasis Iliadis 262 ἡ μὲν Ἀνδρομάχη τότε ἔλεγξε τοιούτους λόγους.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1203.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἴρηται λόγος⟩: ὑπόθεσις πεπλήρωται. —B²

TRANSLATION: The topic has been completed.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,25–26

COMMENT: Also possible, but less likely in my view, is the translation ‘The suggestion has been fulfilled’.

Or. 1203.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἴρηται λόγος⟩: πεπλήρωκα τὸν λόγον μου. —B^3b

TRANSLATION: I have completely my speech.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,25–26

COMMENT: Dindorf, without any note, prints a single note ὑπόθεσις πεπλήρωται τοῦ λόγου μου, whereas τ(ὸν) λόγον is clearly written. I judge that two hands are at work, and B^3b creates πεπλήρωκε by adding κε above the end of B²’s πεπλήρωται and then adds τὸν λόγον μου.

Or. 1203.11 (thom exeg) ⟨λόγος⟩: ὃν εἰπεῖν ἐβουλόμην —ZZaZbZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: (Namely, the speech) that I wanted to speak.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.280,26

Or. 1203.12 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1204.01 (1204–1205) (vet exeg) ὦ τὰς φρένας μὲν ἄρσενας: ¹ἁρμόζουσα μὲν ἀνδράσι διὰ τὰς φρένας, γυναικὶ δὲ ὁμοία τὸ σῶμα, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐπρεπὴς οὖσα. ²ἢ γυναικὸς φύσιν ἔχουσα, ³ὃ καὶ βέλτιον. —MBVCPrRfRwSaZu

TRANSLATION: Conforming to males because of her wits, but similar to a woman in her body, equivalent to ‘being attractive’. Or (the latter phrase means) ‘having the natural form of a woman’, which is indeed (a) better (interpretation).

LEMMA: V(ἄρσενας add. V¹ in blank space), ὦ τὰς φρένας μὲν M, ὦ τὰς φρένας BRfRw REF. SYMBOL: MBVPrRf POSITION: s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀνδρᾶσι MV¹ | δ’ Zu | ὁμοῖα MV¹RfSa, ὅμοια Zu |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,2–4; Dind. II.281,1–3

Or. 1204.02 (1204–1205) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἁρμοζόμενον γυναιξί. ²τὰς μὲν γὰρ ἀρετὰς καὶ ὁ Πλάτων [cf. Plato, Rep. 455d–456a] κοινὰς εἶναί φησι, πλεονεκτεῖν δὲ ἴσως τοὺς ἄρσενας. —MBOVCPrRwSaZu

TRANSLATION: (Wits like a man, but a body) befitting women. For Plato too says that virtues are in common (between the sexes), but perhaps males have a greater share.

LEMMA: MBVC POSITION: s.l. (above 1205) Zu; cont. from prev. Pr

APP. CRIT.: 1 πρέπον prep. BPrRwSaZu | ἁρμοζόμενον γυναιξί] γυναικὸς φύσιν ἔχουσα O | γυναιξὶ om. V (unless lost to damage) | 2 μὲν om. OPrZu | καὶ om. Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἶναι φησὶν BOCPrZu(φησὶ), εἶναι φησι Rw, εἶναι φυσί (sic) Sa | ἄρρενας BOZu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,5–6; Dind. II.281,6–7

COMMENT: The scholiast makes a verbally inexact reference to the discussion of the likeness of the φύσεις of males vs. females in Rep. 455d6–e1: οὐδὲν ἄρα ἐστίν, ὦ φίλε, ἐπιτήδευμα τῶν πόλιν διοικούντων γυναικὸς διότι γυνή, οὐδ’ ἀνδρὸς διότι ἀνήρ, ἀλλ’ ὁμοίως διεσπαρμέναι αἱ φύσεις ἐν ἀμφοῖν τοῖν ζῴοιν, καὶ πάντων μὲν μετέχει γυνὴ ἐπιτηδευμάτων κατὰ φύσιν, πάντων δὲ ἀνήρ, ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ ἀσθενέστερον γυνὴ ἀνδρός.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Plato

Or. 1204.03 (1204–1205) (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ τὰς φρένας … θηλείαις πρέπον⟩: ¹ὦ Ἠλέκτρα ἡ τὰς φρένας ἔχουσα ἁρμοζούσας τῷ ἄρρενι, τὸ δὲ κάλλος γυναικεῖον. ²τὰς γὰρ ἀρετὰς ὁ Πλάτων κοινὰς εἶναι φησί. —Mn

TRANSLATION: O Electra, you who have wits befitting a male, but beauty that is womanly. For Plato says that the virtues are shared in common.

Or. 1204.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὦ τὰς φρένας … θηλείαις πρέπον⟩: ὦ ἀνδρεία κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν καὶ ὡραία κατὰ τὸ σῶμα —Pk

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,3–4

Or. 1207.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Πυλάδη⟩: ἐπιστροφὴ —Zl

TRANSLATION: Epistrophe (turning to a different addressee).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: In Release 2 I emended sch. 607.01 ἐπιστροφὴ to ἀποστροφὴ, but I now judge that change to be unnecessary. ἐπέστρεψε τὸν λόγον is used a few times in scholia to note the transition to an address after narrative or to mark a change or specification of addressee: Sch. Pind. Ol. 3.160c Drachmann (self-address with θυμέ), Ol. 5.48–57 Drachmann (change from addressing Zeus to addressing Psaumis), Sch. M Hec. 383 (change from addressing Polyxena to addressing Odysseus), a usage also found a few times in authors such a Plutarch. Similarly, here ἐπιστροφή refers to an address to Pylades after lines addressed to Electra, and in Sch. Theocr. 9.28–30c Wendel ἐπιστροφὴ τὸ σχῆμα. πρὸς τὰς Μούσας the term is either a synomyn for ἀποστροφή or is used to mark a change from first-person narrative to address. In the passage of Hecuba just referred to where ἐπέστρεψε appeared, Pr has ἀποστρέφεται πρὸς τὸν Ὀδυσσέα. In some other scholia recentiora ἐπιστροφή and ἀποστροφή sometimes seem to be interchangeable, as in sch. 607.01, where the former term refers to Tyndareus’s addressing Orestes from the very opening of his rhesis. At Hec. 55 (Polydorus apostrophizes Hecuba near the end of his speech) S has ἀπὸ τῆς διηγήσεως ἐτράπη πρὸς ἐπιστροφὴν, while Y² has ἀποστροφή. At Hec. 604 σὺ δ’ ἐλθὲ (where Hecuba, after apostrophizing Polyxena and engaging in generalizations turns to address commands to Talthybius) Gr has ἀποστροφὴ πρὸς τὸν Ταλθύβιον, but Zc has ἐπιστροφὴ; then at 609 (where Hecuba turns to ordering her servant) Zm has ἑτέρα ἀποστροφή while Zc has ἑτέρα ἐπιστροφὴ πρὸς τὴν αὐτῆς δούλην. At Hec. 752, when Hecuba finally ends her self-directed observations and addresses Agamemnon, Y has ἐπιστροφὴ πρὸς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα. At Hec. 1115 εἰσορᾷς ἃ πάσχω, in Polymestor's first couplet addressing Agamemnon, Pr has ὑποστροφὴ (read ἀποστροφὴ?) καὶ ἐπιστροφὴ τὸ σχῆμα. Later in Orestes, in sch. 1353.01 Zl has, as here, ἐπιστροφὴ (Electra, after addressing Orestes and Pylades indoors, turns back to the chorus with ἰὼ ἰὼ φίλαι).

KEYWORDS: addressee identified | apostrophe

Or. 1207.03 (tri metr) ⟨τοιαύτης⟩: koinē short over omicron-iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1207.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁμαρτήσῃ⟩: Ἀττικὸν —Rf

TRANSLATION: (The middle voice in the future of this verb is) an Attic usage.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1207.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁμαρτήσῃ⟩: ἁμαρτήσεις —Zm

TRANSLATION: (For middle ‘hamartēsēi’ there is a variant reading, active) ‘hamartēseis’ (both ‘you will miss out on’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1207.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁμαρτήσεις⟩: ἁμαρτήσῃ —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (For active ‘hamartēseis’ there is a variant reading, middle) ‘hamartēsēi’ (both ‘you will miss out on’).

LEMMA: thus in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1207.12 (thom exeg) ⟨τάλας⟩: γρ. φίλος. —ZmGuZc^r

TRANSLATION: (For ‘talas’, ‘unhappy’,) the reading ‘philos’ (‘friend’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1207.14 (tri metr) ⟨τάλας⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

Or. 1208.02 (vet exeg) ᾗ ζῶν: ᾗτινι συζῶν· τὸ γὰρ ζῶν ἀντὶ τοῦ συζῶν· μακάριος ἔσῃ. —MBCRfRwZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Living to/for whom’ means) ‘living together with whom’—for ‘living’ (‘zōn’) is used (herfor ‘living together (‘suzōn’)’—‘you will be very fortunate’.

LEMMA: B; ἢ in text MRw (ἧ p.c. M or M²) REF. SYMBOL: MBRf POSITION: marg. M, s.l. CZu

APP. CRIT.: μακ. ἔσῃ] καὶ συνοικῶν B, om. Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: ζυζῶν a.c. Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,7; Dind. II.281,14–15

Or. 1208.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨μακάριον … λέχος⟩: βίον μετὰ γυναικὸς δι’ ὃν ἔσῃ μακαριζόμενος —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Blessed marriage-bed’, that is,) a life with a wife on account of which (life) you will be counted blessed.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT. 2: μετα Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,15–16

COMMENT: For the impulse to explain the use of μακάριος when not applied to a person, see Moschopulus’ sch. 4.07.

Or. 1208.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μακάριον … λέχος⟩: μακάριον βίον μετὰ γυναικὸς δι’ ἣν ἔσῃ μακαριζόμενος —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Blessed marriage-bed’, that is,) a blessed life with a wife on account of whom you will be counted blessed.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1208.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μακάριον … λέχος⟩: ἤτοι μακαριστὸς ἐστὶν ὁ τοιαύτης γυναικὸς λέχος κτησάμενος. —Zl

TRANSLATION: That is, he is counted blessed who has acquired the marriage with such a wife.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κτησάμενος] Mastr., κτήσαιτο Zl; alternatively, emend ὁ to ὃς and keep κτήσαιτο

Or. 1208.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτήσῃ⟩: (κτή)σω —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ktēsēi’, ‘you will acquire’, there is a variant reading) ‘ktēsō’ (‘I will acquire’). OR (‘Ktēsēi’, ‘you will acquire’, here means) ‘ektēsō’ (‘you acquired’).(?)

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The form κτήσω is attested frequently in grammarians and lexicons as a manufactured future of κτάω meaning ‘kill’, but for the form as future of κτάομαι, ‘acquire’, I find only Basilicorum libros I-XI 58.13.17,1–3 ἐὰν κατὰ διαφόρους καιροὺς δουλείαν κτήσω καὶ νυκτερινοῦ καὶ ἡμερινοῦ ὕδατος καὶ μόνῳ τῷ ἡμερινῷ χρήσωμαι, τὸ νυκτερινὸν μόνον διὰ τῆς ἀχρησίας ἀπόλλω. Since the first person makes little sense as a variant (or gloss) in this place, one wonders whether the scribe meant to convey ἐκτήσω, a gloss by someone who detected an exchange of tenses here.

Or. 1208.16 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1209.01 (vet exeg) ⟨εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἴθε τοῦτο γένοιτο —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Ei gar genoito’ is) equivalent to ‘would that this might come about!’

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.281,17

Or. 1209.02 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο⟩: πῶς γένοιτο, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἴθε γὰρ —R^a

TRANSLATION: (‘Ei gar genoito’ means) ‘how might it come about?’; (‘ei gar’ is) equivalent to ‘eithe gar’ (particles introducing a wish).

Or. 1209.05 (thom exeg) ⟨γένοιτο⟩: ἂν —ZZa

TRANSLATION: (For plain optative ‘genoito’, ‘may it happen’, there is a variant reading) ‘genoit’ an’ (optative with modal particle, ‘it could happen’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Note that ZbZlZm have γένοιτ’ ἂν in the text here.

Or. 1209.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Φωκέων … πόλιν⟩: ἔνθα ἡ ἐμὴ πατρίς πέφυκε —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘City of the Phocians’,) where my homeland is.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1210.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καλοῖσιν ὑμεναίοισιν ἀξιουμένη⟩: καλοῖς ὕμνοις ἐπιθαλαμίοις κοσμουμένη, τιμωμένη —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1210.08 (vet exeg) ἀξιουμένη: ¹οἷον κοσμουμένη, τιμωμένη. ²ἀνοίκεια δὲ ταῦτα τοῦ προκειμένου ἀγῶνος. —MBOCPrR^aRfRwSaZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Axioumene’, ‘deemed worthy’,) as it were, adorned, honored. And these details are not germane to the struggle that lies before them.

LEMMA: Rw, ἀξιωμένη Rf REF. SYMBOL: M, at 1204 κεκτημένη Pr POSITION: marg. MO, s.l. Zu; cont. from sch. 1208.02 B(prep. τὸ δὲ ἀξιουμέν()), cont. from sch. 1209.02 on facing verso R^a

APP. CRIT.: 1 οἷον … τιμωμένη om. R^a | οἷον and τιμωμένη om. O | τιμωρουμένη Sa | 2 προειρημένου O | ἀγῶνος] σκοποῦ Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀνήκεια Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,9–10; Dind. II.281,20–21

COMMENT: It is unclear whether ταῦτα refers narrowly to the details of 1209–1210 or to the entire short exchange between Orestes and Pylades in 1207–1210. The reference symbol at 1204 in Pr may indicate that someone applied the remark to 1204–1210, thus objecting to the praise of Electra as well.

KEYWORDS: criticism of poet

Or. 1210.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀξιουμένη⟩: ἀξιοῦται τιμῆς. λάβω ἔχω, ἀφίημι. (separation line) περιέπεσες περιέβαλε(?). / μεθίημι ἐνεργητικὸν αἰτιατικῇ, παθητικὸν [γενικῇ]. —K

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES: NEED COMMENT or DIVISION

Or. 1211.01 (1211–1213) (pllgn exeg) ¹φοβούμενος Ὀρέστης μήποτε πολὺν ἴσως χρόνον διατριψάσης τῆς Ἑρμιόνης ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῶν τάφον προφθάσῃ ὁ Μενέλαος καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ τῆς Ἑλένης φόνου διάθηται αὐτοὺς κακῶς, ²καὶ ἔσται εἰς κενὸν τὸ σόφισμα καίτοι γε καλὸν οὕτω τυγχάνον εἰ προχωρήσει καὶ σοφώτατον, ³ἐρωτᾷ εἰ πολὺς ἔστιν ὁ χρόνος ἀφ’ οὗ πρὸς τὸν τάφον ἦλθεν ἐκείνη. ⁴καὶ φησίν· ἐπὶ τίνος δὲ χρόνου μέτρον ἐλεύσεται εἰς τοὺς οἴκους ἡ Ἑρμιόνη; ⁵ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὰ ἄλλα εἶπας καλῶς ἅμα καὶ σοφῶς, δήλωσον καὶ τοῦτο. ⁶εἴπερ ἄρα συντόμως ἐλεύσεται, καὶ εὐτυχήσομεν κατὰ τοῦτο, καλῶς ἑλόντες τὴν θυγατέρα. ⁷τοῦτο γὰρ δηλοῖ διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν σκύμνον τοῦ ἀνοσίου πατρὸς, τουτέστι τοῦ Μενελάου. ⁸εἰ γὰρ ἐκείνης βραδυνούσης προφθάσει Μενέλαος, εἰς κενὸν ἡμῖν, ὡς εἴρηται, ἔσται τὸ σόφισμα. —Z²

TRANSLATION: Orestes, being afraid that, if perhaps Hermione has tarried for a long time in visiting the tomb of their mother, Menelaus may arrive first and put difficulties in their way concerning the killing of Helen, and their stratagem will (thus) come to nought even though it thus happens to be fine and very clever, (namely) if it will succeed, asks whether the time since that girl went to the tomb is long. And he says: At the measure of what time will Hermione come to the house? For since you said the rest both well and cleverly, reveal this point too—whether in fact she will come quickly and we will succeed in this effort, having opportunely captured his daughter,—for he means this (his daughter) by speaking of the cub of the unholy father, that is, of Menelaus—for if Menelaus arrives first while she is being slow, the stratagem will, as has been said, come to nought for us.

REF. SYMBOL: Z²

APP. CRIT.: 1 αὐτῶν] αὐτῆς Z² | 2 οὕτω] perhaps τοῦτο Mastr.

Or. 1211.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τίνος χρόνου⟩: μετρικὸν(?) —Mn

TRANSLATION: (Genitive ‘of what time’) expressing measure.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: poorly written or damaged in Mn

Or. 1212.01 (1212–1213) (vet exeg) ὡς τἄλλα γ’ εἶπας: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς ὡς τἄλλα γ’ εἶπας κάλλιστα· ²εἰ τοῦτ’ εὐτυχήσομεν τὸ λαβεῖν τὴν Ἑρμιόνην, δόξεις τἄλλα καλῶς εἰρηκέναι. —MBCR^aRw

TRANSLATION: The simple word order is ‘since you spoke the rest, certainly, very well’: if we will succeed in this, capturing Hermione, you will seem to have said the rest well.

LEMMA: M(ταλλα)B(τᾶλλά)R^a, ὡς τἄλλα Rw REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT.: 2 εὐωχήσομεν Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,11–13; Dind. II.281,24–282,1

Or. 1212.02 (1212–1213) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἐὰν τούτου μόνου ἐπιτύχωμεν, πάντα τὰ ἄλλα καλῶς εἴρηκας. —MBCR^aRw

TRANSLATION: If we attain this single thing, you have spoken all the rest well.

LEMMA: MC POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 1212.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.: ἐὰν γὰρ BC | μόνον τοῦτο εὐτυχήσομεν R^a | πάντα lost to damage or om. R^a | τὰ ἄλλα] τ’ἄλλα τὰ R^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,14–15; Dind. II.282,1–2

Or. 1212.03 (1212–1213) (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς τἄλλα γ’ εἶπας … ἀνοσίου πατρός⟩: ἐὰν γὰρ τούτου μόνου ἐπιτύχωμεν τοῦ λαβεῖν τὴν Ἑλένην, πάντα τὰ ἄλλα καλῶς εἴρηκας. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: For if we attain this one thing, capturing Helen, you spoke all the rest well.

REF. SYMBOL: at 1209 εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο Pr

APP. CRIT.: τούτου μόνου] Mastr. (cf. prev. and next), τότε μόνον PrSa

COMMENT: For Helen here instead of Hermione, cf. sch. 1212.20 in M.

Or. 1212.04 (1212–1213) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς τἄλλα γ’ εἶπας … ἀνοσίου πατρός⟩: ἐὰν γὰρ τούτου μόνου ἐπιτύχωμεν τοῦ λαβεῖν τὴν Ἑρμιόνην, πάντως τὰ ἄλλα καλῶς εἴρηκας εἰς τὸ κρατῆσαι ταύτην. —Zu

TRANSLATION: For if we attain this one thing, capturing Hermione, by all means you have spoken the rest well in regard to overpowering her.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1212.05 (1212–1213) (mosch exeg) ⟨ὡς τἄλλα γ’ εἶπας … ἀνοσίου πατρός⟩: εἰπὲ δηλονότι, ἐπεὶ τὰ ἄλλα γε εἶπας κάλλιστα, εἴπερ εὐτυχήσομεν, ἑλόντες σκύμνον ἀνοσίου πατρός. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr, partial XoG

TRANSLATION: (Understand) ‘tell (me)’, clearly, ‘since you spoke the rest, certainly, very well, if in fact we will succeed, having captured the cub of an unholy father.

REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYfG; at level of 1211 T

APP. CRIT.: γε om. TG | εἴπερ κτλ om. XoG

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,2–3

COMMENT: By placing this note at the level of 1211 (against all the other witnesses), Triclinius perhaps wanted to make it clearer that εἰπὲ δηλονότι is supplied to govern the question asked in 1211.

Or. 1212.10 (1212–1213) (rec paraphr) ⟨τἄλλα γ’ εἶπας … κάλλισθ’⟩: ἐὰν μόνον τοῦτο εὐτυχήσομεν, δόξεις τὰ ἄλλα καλῶς εἰρηκέναι. —Mn

TRANSLATION: If we will succeed in this alone, you will seem to have spoken the rest well.

REF. SYMBOL: Mn (at εἰ τάδ’, in its text for εἴπερ)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282, app. at 1

Or. 1212.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τἄλλα γ’ εἶπας⟩: ἤγουν πάντα καλῶς εἶπας —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1212.12 (thom exeg) ⟨τἄλλα⟩: τὸ θεῖναι τὸ ξίφος ἐν τῇ δέρῃ αὐτῆς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘The rest’ refers to) placing the sword at her neck.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,4–5

Or. 1212.18 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ τάδ’⟩: εἴπερ —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ei tad’ ’, ‘if these things’, there is a variant reading) ‘eiper’ (‘if in fact’).

LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1212.20 (vet exeg) ⟨εὐτυχήσομεν⟩: τοῦ λαβεῖν τὴν Ἑλένην —M

TRANSLATION: (‘We will succeed’, namely,) in capturing Helen.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1212.02.

Or. 1213.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨κάλλισθ᾽⟩: κάλλιστα, ἀντὶ τοῦ καλλίστως —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘Kallisth’: the unelided form is neuter plural accusative) ‘kallista’, used for (adverb) ‘kallistōs’ (‘extremely well’).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: κάλλιστα om. XoTYfGr, κάλλιστα ἀντὶ τοῦ om. GZcOx²

Or. 1213.06 (vet exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: σκύμνος κυρίως τὸ τῶν λεόντων τέκνον, νῦν δὲ ἐπὶ ἀνθρώπου. —MBCPrSaZu

TRANSLATION: ‘Skumnos’ (‘cub’) is properly the child of lions, but here used of a human being.

REF. SYMBOL: Pr POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B, s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: σκύμνον Pr | καταχρηστικῶς add. before ἐπὶ Zu | ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνθ. PrSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210.16–17; Dind. II.282,6–7

COMMENT: Cf. Sch. V Hec. 205 τὸν σκύμνον οἱ παλαιοὶ ἐπὶ παντὸς νέου λαμβάνουσι. σκύμνοι δὲ κυρίως λέγονται τὰ ἔκγονα τῶν λεόντων; Sch. Pr Hec. 205 σκύμνος κυρίως τὸ τῶν λεόντων γέννημα λέγεται. δια τοῦτο γοῦν παρείκασε καὶ ἐνταῦθα σκύμνῳ τὴν Πολυξένην, ὡς ἐκ περιφανοῦς καὶ βασιλικοῦ γένους καταγομένην.

KEYWORDS: catachresis

Or. 1213.07 (rec exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: κυρίως λέοντος τέκνον —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Skumnos’ is) properly the child of a lion.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1213.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: σκύμνος ἐπὶ λεόντων, νῦν δ’ ἐπὶ ἀνθρώπου. —G

TRANSLATION: ‘Skumnos’ (‘cub’) applies to lions, but here to a human being.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1213.09 (thom exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: σκύμνον αὐτὴν εἶπεν ὡς παῖδα βασιλέως. —Zm

TRANSLATION: He called her ‘skumnos’ (‘cub’) as being the child of a king.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1213.10 (thom exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: εἶπε δὲ αὐτὴν οὕτως ὡς παῖδα βασιλέως. —ZlGu

TRANSLATION: And he referred to her thus as being the child of a king.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,8

Or. 1215.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῦ γὰρ χρόνου … συντρέχει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φθάνει λοιπὸν ὁ χρόνος καὶ ἐγγύς ἐστιν. —MBOCZu, partial G

TRANSLATION: (The whole phrase is) equivalent to ‘the time has already come and she is near’.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. BO, s.l. CZu, s.l. above 1214 μάτων εἶναι G

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Zu, τοῦ om. C | λοιπὸν ὁ χρ. κτλ om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: φθάνοι MC | ἐγγὺς ἐστὶν Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,18; Dind. II.282,10–11

Or. 1215.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τοῦ γὰρ χρόνου … συντρέχει⟩: καὶ γὰρ ὁ χρόνος πολὺς διελθὼν ἀφ’ οὗ αὕτη πρὸς τὸν τῆς μητρὸς ἐπορεύθη τάφον συντρέχει καὶ οἷον συμβάλλεται πρὸς τὸ αὐτὴν ἐλθεῖν νῦν. —RfRw

TRANSLATION: For indeed the time that has passed at great length since she went to the tomb of our mother coincides with and, as it were, contributes to the conclusion that she comes now.

LEMMA: τὸ γὰρ μῆκος τοῦ χρόνου (sic) RfRw POSITION: follows sch. 1225.12 σκοτεινῆς Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,15–17

Or. 1215.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦ γὰρ χρόνου … συντρέχει⟩: ἤγουν τῷ πλησίον αὐτὴν εἶναι τῶν οἴκων τοῦ χρόνου τὸ μῆκος εἰς τοῦτο συντρέχει, ἤγουν εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἐκείνην ἐγγὺς τῶν δωμάτων. —Pk

TRANSLATION: That is, for the fact that she is near the house the length of time concurs toward this point, namely to the fact that that woman is close to the house.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τῷ πλησίον] ⟦τὸ π⟧τῶ⟦λ⟧πλησίον Pk

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,11–13

Or. 1215.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῦ γὰρ χρόνου τὸ μῆκος⟩: ἡ ἀργία τοῦ καιροῦ —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀργεία Zl

COMMENT: For the unusual sense of ἀργία here, see LBG s.v. (‘Dehnung’).

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1215.06 (thom exeg) ⟨αὐτῷ⟩: ¹ἢ τὸ τ̅ο̅ μικρὸν, καὶ ὑποστικτέον εἰς τὸ αὐτό, οὕτω· ²τὸ γὰρ μῆκος αὐτὸ τοῦ χρόνου συντρέχει καὶ συνέρχεται εἰς τὸ πλησίον αὐτὴν εἶναι. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: Or else the syllable ‘to’ (of ‘autōi’ is spelled) with short vowel (i.e., omicron, not omega: ‘auto’), and one must punctuate after the word ‘auto’, (paraphrasing) thus: ‘for the length itself of the time concurs and comes together with the fact that she is nearby’.

LEMMA: thus in text ZZlZm, s.l. Gu REF. SYMBOL: Zm

APP. CRIT.: τὸ τ̅ο̅] τὸ ο̅ Matthiae

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,13–15

KEYWORDS: punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν) | variant readings, both explained

Or. 1215.07 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨αὐτό⟩: αὐτῷ —GuT

TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘auto’ there is a variant reading, dative) ‘autōi’ (‘to/with it’).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,19

Or. 1215.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨συντρέχει⟩: φθάνει καὶ ἐγγὺ[ς ἐστί] —O

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1215.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨συντρέχει⟩: εἰς τὴν ἔννοιαν μου σπουδάζει —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1215.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨συντρέχει⟩: πρὸς τὸ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὴν ταχέως —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1215.12 (thom paraphr) ⟨συντρέχει⟩: τῷ πλησίον αὐτὴν εἶναι τῶν δωμάτων —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῷ] τὸ ZGu

Or. 1215.20 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1216.01 (vet exeg) καλῶς: τοῦτο μὲν δὴ τοιοῦτον. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Kalōs’, ‘well’, means) ‘this then is like that’ (closing off the previous discussion).

LEMMA: C, καλῶς· σὺ μέν νῦν BRw REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: marg. MC; follows displaced sch. 1215.01 Rw (27v, line 4)

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο] τοῦ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,20; Dind. II.282,20

Or. 1216.10 (tri metr) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1216.11 (1216–1218) (vet exeg) ⟨δόμων πάρος μένουσα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν οἰκημάτων τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτῆς ἐκδεχομένη —BRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Remaining before (‘paros’) the house (‘domōn’)’ is) equivalent to ‘awaiting her presence in front of the house (‘oikēmatōn’)’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1216.01 BRw, prep. τὸ δὲ δόμων πάρος μένουσα (Rw 27v, lines 4–5)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210, app. at 21–22; Dind. II.282,20–21

Or. 1217.01 (vet exeg) πάρος μένουσα: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμπροσθεν. ²ἢ τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτῆς ἐκδεχομένη. —MCRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Remaining before (‘paros’)’ is) equivalent to (waiting) ‘in front’. In other words, awaiting her presence.

LEMMA: M(μὲν οὖσα) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. C; Rw 27v, line 1

APP. CRIT.: 1 πάρος prep. Rw | τοῦ] τὸν a.c. M, om. C | παροῦσαν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,21–22; Dind. II.282, app. at 19

Or. 1217.06 (rec exeg) ⟨παρθένου δέχου πόδα⟩: ἀνάμεινον ⟨τὴν⟩ ἔλευσιν. τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτῆς ἐκδέχου, ἤγουν τὴν ἄφιξιν. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Await the maiden’s foot’, that is,) await the coming. Wait for her presence, or her arrival.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ⟨τὴν⟩ ἔλευσιν] Mastr. (cf. next), ἔλευσον PrSa | παρουσίαν] Mastr. (cf. sch. 1217.17), παρρησίαν PrSa

Or. 1217.07 (rec exeg) ⟨παρθένου δέχου πόδα⟩: ἐκδέχου τὴν ἔλευσιν τῆς Ἑρμιόνης —M²MnR

TRANSLATION: (‘Await the maiden’s foot’, that is,) wait for the coming of Hermione.

POSITION: marg. M², s.l. MnR

APP. CRIT.: perhaps ἤγουν prep. R (traces of η) | τῆς Ἑρμ.] om. R, δηλαδὴ Mn

Or. 1217.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρθένου δέχου πόδα⟩: ἤγουν τὴν παρθένον ἀνάμενε —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Await the maiden’s foot’,) that is, await the maiden.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1217.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρθένου … πόδα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ἄφιξιν τῆς παρθένου —AaGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Maiden’s foot’, is) used for ‘the arrival of the maiden’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.282,27–28

Or. 1217.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρθένου … πόδα⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Ἑρμιόνην, ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν. —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Maiden’s foot’,) that is, Hermione, the whole (expressed) from a part.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 1217.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πόδα⟩: καταχρηστικῶς τὴν ἄφιξιν, τὴν παρουσίαν —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Foot’) in a transferred sense, ‘the arrival’, ‘the presence’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: catachresis

Or. 1219.04 (vet exeg) ⟨κασίγνητος πατρός⟩: ὁ Μενέλαος δηλονότι —MBCAaPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Brother of father’ is) Menelaus, clearly.

POSITION: marg. MBC, s.l. AaPrSa

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep., δηλ. om. AaPrSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,23; Dind. II.283, app. at 4

Or. 1219.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨κασίγνητος πατρός⟩: ἢ ὁ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, ἤγουν ὁ Μενέλαος —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘Male sibling of father’) or brother of our father, that is, Menelaus.

POSITION: s.l. except XY, marg. Ox²; punct. as three sep. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: only ἡμῶν κτλ Ox², reusing glosses ὁ ἀδελφὸς and τοῦ of Ox and πατρός from line | ἢ om. XbTGGrOx² | ἤγουν ὁ om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,3–5

Or. 1220.06 (1220–1221) (vet exeg) γέγωνέ τ’ ἐν δόμοις: ἢ διὰ λόγων σημάνασα βόησον μέγα ὥστε ἔνδον ἡμᾶς ὄντας ἀκοῦσαι. —MC, partial OPrRwSaZmZu

TRANSLATION: In other words, indicating through words shout loudly so that we who are inside can hear.

LEMMA: M(γέγωνε τ’) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. O, s.l. PrSaZmZu; cont. from sch. 1216.11, prep. καὶ τὸ γέγωνέ τ’ ἐς δόμους, Rw (fol. 27v, lines 4–5)

APP. CRIT. 2: ὅντας M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,24–25; cf. Dind. II.282,22–23

Or. 1220.07 (1220–1221) (vet exeg) ⟨γέγωνέ τ’ ἐν δόμοις … λόγους πέμψασ’ ἔσω⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἢ διὰ λόγων σημάνασα βόησον μέγα ὥστε ἔνδον ἡμᾶς ὄντας ἀκοῦσαι ἢ τὰς θύρας κρούσασα. —BRw

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: either indicating through words shout loudly so that we who are inside can hear, or (let us know) by rapping on the doors.

LEMMA: λέγωνε δ’ εἰς δόμους Rw(incorrect initial by rubr.) POSITION: cont. from sch. 1216.11, prep. καὶ τὸ γέγωνέ τ’ εἰς δόμους, B; fol. 27v, lines 1–2 Rw

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rw | τὰς] τῆς Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,24–25 with app.; Dind. II.282,22–23

Or. 1220.14 (pllgn gram) γέγωνε: γεγωνῶ τὸ φωνῶ, ὃ γίνεται παρὰ τὸ γνώω καὶ ἐν ὑπερθέσει γωνῶ καὶ κατὰ διπλασιασμὸν γεγωνῶ. οἱ γὰρ ἐξακουόμενοι γνωστοὶ. ὁ μέσος παρακείμενος γέγωνα. Δίδυμος [p. 402,6 Schmidt = F 377 C.–Pr.] δέ φησι γεγωνεῖν εἶναι τὸ εἰς πᾶσαν γωνίαν ἀφικνεῖσθαι τὴν φωνήν. —Ta^rec

TRANSLATION: ‘Gegōnō’ meaning ‘speak’, which is derived from ‘gnōō’ (‘understand, recognize’) and by transposition ‘gōnō’, and with reduplication ‘gegōnō’. For those who are heard from a distance are understood. The intransitive perfect is ‘gegōna’. And Didymus says the ‘gegōnein’ is for the voice to reach every corner (‘gōnia’).

COMMENT: Cf. Et. Gud. 301.21–24 de Stefani γεγωνῶ· [Hom. Il. 12.337] ‘ἀλλ’ οὔ πώς οἱ ἔην βώσαντι γεγωνεῖν’· παρὰ τὸ γνώω ἐν ὑπερθέσει γωνῶ, καὶ ἐν διπλασιασμῷ γεγωνῶ· οἱ γὰρ ἐξακουόμενοι γνωστοί. Δίδυμος δέ φησι γεγωνεῖν εἶναι τὸ εἰς πᾶσαν γωνίαν ἀφικνεῖσθαι τὴν φωνήν; similarly Et. Magn. 224,12–15, Et. Symeonis γ 36 Baldi.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Didymus | διπλασιασμός

Or. 1220.15 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς δόμους⟩: γρ. ἐν (δόμ)οις. —MnZ

TRANSLATION: (For ‘eis domous’. ‘to the house’,) the reading ‘en domois’ (‘in the house’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐν om. Z, transp. before γρ. Mn

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1221.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἢ σανίδας παίσασ’ ἢ λόγους πέμψασ’ ἔσω⟩: ἢ τὰς θύρας κρούσασα ἢ καὶ διὰ λόγων σημάνασα —AaPrSaZu

TRANSLATION: Either by knocking on the door-leaves or else by indicating with your words.

POSITION: s.l. (below line, last of page, Sa)

APP. CRIT.: ἢ λ. σημ. ἢ κρ. τ. θύρ. transp. Aa | κρούουσα Aa | καὶ om. AaZu | διὰ] Zu (cf. sch. 1221.11), om. others | λόγων] Pr (cf. sch. 1221.11), λόγου Zu, λόγους Aa [Sa]

Or. 1221.02 (rec exeg) ⟨σανίδας παίσασ’⟩: ὥστε ἔνδον ἡμᾶς ἀκοῦσαι —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Striking the door-panels’) so that we hear inside.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This is either a deliberate adaptation of the phase in sch. 1220.06–07 to a new phrase or has been misplaced here accidentally.

Or. 1221.10 (tri metr) ⟨παίσασ᾽⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1221.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἢ λόγους πέμψασ’ ἔσω⟩: ἢ διὰ λόγων σημ[άνασα] —O

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: σημ[άνασα] from sch. 1221.06

Or. 1221.15 (tri metr) ⟨πέμψασ’⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1222.01 (1222–1223) (rec exeg) ⟨ἡμεῖς δ’ ἔσω … φασγάνῳ χέρας⟩: πρὸς τὸν Πυλάδην ἡ παροῦσα ἀποστροφή. —MnPrSa

TRANSLATION: The present address is directed to Pylades.

POSITION: at level of 1219 Mn; s.l. above 1223 Pr, above 1224 Sa

APP. CRIT.: ἀποστροφή] Mastr., ἀντιστροφή all

APP. CRIT. 2: παροὺς Mn

COMMENT: ἀντιστροφή is an error for ἀποστροφή in Ab in sch. 526.08 (the other four witnesses there have ἁπο‑). To retain it here would require an unexampled meaning: either ‘change of addressee’ or ‘responding passage’ (that is, 1222–1223 is the δὲ-limb to the μὲν-limb 1216–1221). | This note probably belongs to 1222–1223 and perhaps implies absence of 1224, but not necessarily so, since late scholiasts may add such a note even when the addressee will be obvious within a few lines. Hermann said of 1224 [= his 1217] ‘qui si est Euripideus, nescio an positus fuerit ante v. 1215 [= our 1222]’; 1224 has been deleted in most editions since Nauck.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified | apostrophe

Or. 1222.02 (1222–1223) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἡμεῖς δ’ ἔσω … φασγάνῳ χέρας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡμεῖς δὲ ἔσω πορευθῶμεν ὡπλισμένοι τὰς χεῖρας τῷ φασγάνῳ ἐπὶ τὸν ἔσχατον ἀγῶνα, ἤγουν τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘and let us proceed inside, have armed our hands with a sword for the final contest’, that is, that for one’s life.

POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: some damage T, read from Ta | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | ἤγουν om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,9–11

Or. 1222.09 (1222–1223) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ τόν ἔσχατον ἀγῶν’⟩: εἰς τὸν φόνον —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1222.10 (1222–1223) (thom exeg) ⟨τὸν ἔσχατον ἀγῶν’⟩: τὸν τελευταῖον ἐν ᾧ θανεῖν ἢ ζῆν πρόκειται ἡμῖν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘The final contest’,) the last one, in which either dying or living is in store for us.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,11–12

Or. 1223.05 (tri metr) ⟨ὁπλιζώμεσθα⟩: koinē short over omicron —T(?)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

COMMENT: I find it hard to detect any trace of this in T, but it is reported by de Faveri and Ta clearly has the mark here.

Or. 1223.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁπλιζόμεσθα⟩: ὁπλιζώμεσθα —PrRf^r

TRANSLATION: (For indicative ‘hoplizomestha’, ‘we arm ouselves’, there is a variant reading, subjunctive) ‘hoplizōmestha’ (‘let us arm ourselves’).

LEMMA: ὁπλιζοίμεσθα in text Rf POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1224.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨συμπονεῖς⟩: τὸ συλλαμβάνω καὶ τὸ συναίρομαι ἀπὸ δοτικῆς εἰς γενικήν. —Zc^r

TRANSLATION: ‘Sullambanō’ (‘take a share of’) and ‘sunairomai’ (‘take a shared part in’) (are construed) with a dative (scil. of the person with whom one shares), then a genitive (of the thing shared).

Or. 1225.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ δῶμα ναίων … πάτερ⟩: ἀποστροφὴ πρὸς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα. —Y²Lb

TRANSLATION: Apostrophe to Agamemnon.

POSITION: s.l. Y², marg. Lb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,13–14

KEYWORDS: addressee identified. | apostrophe

Or. 1225.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὦ δῶμα ναίων νυκτὸς⟩: ἤγουν ὁ ἐν Ἅιδῃ ὤν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἅδου ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,13

Or. 1225.12 (vet exeg) ὀρφναίας: σκοτεινῆς, ὀρφανῆς τινος διὰ τὸ ἔρημον εἶναι φωτός —MBCRfRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Orphnaias’ means) ‘dark’, (etymologically) something deprived (‘orphnēs’) because it is devoid of light.

LEMMA: RfRw REF. SYMBOL: Rf POSITION: marg. MB

APP. CRIT.: σκοτεινὸς Rw | ὀρφανῆς] Dindorf, ὀρφνῆς MBRf, ὄρφνης CRw(or ὄρφνῆς?)

APP. CRIT. 2: τινὸς MBCRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,26; Dind. II.283,15–16

COMMENT: This etymology is paralleled in the jumble of etymologies in Sch. Oppian. Hal. 2.81,3–11 ὀρφναίοισιν· νυκτερινοῖς, σκοτεινοῖς, νυξίν· ὄρφνη ἡ νὺξ, ἡ τὸ ὁρᾷν φένουσα, ἢ ἀμαυροῦσα τὴν ὅρασιν. ὄρφνη· ἀπὸ τοῦ φένειν (Bussemaker, φαίνειν codd.) τὴν ὅρασιν· ὄροφός ἐστι βοτάνη, ἥτις εἰς σκέπην τῶν δωμάτων συντελεῖ ἀντὶ στέγης ἄλλης, ὀρφνὴ δ’ ἡ νὺξ, ὡς στέγης τινὸς ἐπικειμένης τοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὀφθαλμοῖς ὄρφνη καὶ ὀρφνὴ ἡ νὺξ ἀπὸ τοῦ τὴν ὅρασιν φονεύειν, ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀρφανὴ εἶναι φωτός. ὄρφνη ἡ νὺξ ἡ ὀρφανὴ φωτὸς, ἢ καὶ ὀροφή τις οὖσα καὶ ἀποσκίασις. Older sources give only the etymology from ἐρέφω/ὄροφος.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1225.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀρφναίας⟩: σκοτεινῆς, ὀρφανῆς φωτὸς δηλονότι —Lp

TRANSLATION: (‘Orphnaias’ means) ‘dark’, (etymologically) deprived (‘orphnēs’) of light, clearly.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,14–15

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1226.01 (vet exeg) ⟨καλεῖ σ’⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καλεῖ σε —M

TRANSLATION: (This sequence of letters, with word division and elision of final letter, is) equivalent to ‘kalei se’ (‘he calls you’, not as one word ‘kaleis’, ‘you call’).

LEMMA: καλεῖς in text M POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.210,27; Dind. II.283,17

Or. 1226.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παῖς⟩: πᾶς —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘pais’, ‘child’, there is a variant reading) ‘pas’ (‘every’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: (π)ᾶ(ς) Aa (i.e., ᾶ above αῖ)

Or. 1226.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπίκουρον μολεῖν⟩: ὥστε ἐπίκουρον παραγενέσθαι —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa POSITION: marg.

Or. 1228.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπὸ κασιγνήτου σέθεν⟩: καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ σοῦ ἀδελφοῦ —Ox

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1228.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπὲρ⟩: ὑπὸ —Zu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘huper’, ‘on behalf of’, there is a variant reading) ‘hupo’ (‘by’).

LEMMA: thus in text Zu POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1229.01 (vet exeg) ἐν τῷ ἀντιγράφῳ οὐ φέρονται οὗτοι οἱ δʹ ἴαμβοι, {καὶ} ἐν ἄλλῳ δέ. —MC

TRANSLATION: In the exemplar these four iambic lines are not carried, but in another (copy they are).

POSITION: marg. M beside 1229–1230; cont. from sch. 1225.12 C (no punct. between, but this begins on new line at level of 1227)

APP. CRIT.: οὐ] C (suppl. Kirchhoff 1867: 178, app. at 1229), om. M | οὗτοι om. C | δʹ] M, δ̅ with suspended οι app. C | καὶ del. Kirchhoff | ἄλλοις C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,1–2; Dind. II.283,21–22

COMMENT: When Dindorf printed this scholion for first time from M (without the οὐ), he numbered it 1229 and remarked ‘videtur versus dicere 1229–1232’. Nauck was the first to bracket 1227–1230 (not in his first edition).

KEYWORDS: athetesis or absence of verses | variant reading: ἐν ἄλλῳ | οὐ φέρεται(‑ονται)/οὐχ εὑρίσκεται/οὐ γράφεται

Or. 1230.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τοῦδε συλλήπτωρ γενοῦ⟩: τοῦδε τοῦ ἔργου σύνεργος γενοῦ —X

Or. 1230.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συλλήπτωρ⟩: ἀποδοτικὸν εἰς γενικὴν. —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (‘Sullēptor’, ‘co-agent’) takes a genitive (as objective genitive).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1230.13 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1231.01 (rec rhet) ⟨ὦ πάτερ, ἱκοῦ δῆτ’⟩: μετάκλησις —Mn

TRANSLATION: Summoning.

LEMMA: ἵκου in text Mn POSITION: s.l. above 1232 οἳ σέθεν Mn

COMMENT: This is clearly a label of the speech-act, but μετάκλησις is not attested as a technical term of rhetoric elsewhere.

Or. 1231.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἱκοῦ⟩: ἱκετεύου ἤτοι δέχου τὰς ἱκεσίας ἡμ[ῶν] —M²

TRANSLATION: (‘Hikou’ means) ‘be supplicated’, that is, ‘receive our supplications’.

LEMMA: ἴκου (sic) in text M REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: This mistaken interpretation is unique. In lexicons and other scholia ἵκου/ἱκοῦ is consistently glossed with ἐλθέ, παραγενοῦ, and the like.

Or. 1231.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἴσω⟩: ἔσω —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘eisō’ there is a variant reading) ‘esō’ (both ‘inside’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1232.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οἳ σέθεν θνήσκουσ’ ὕπερ⟩: ἀπέδωκε τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ παίδων. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) made this (third plural verb, ‘they are dying’) agree with the word ‘children’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283,27

COMMENT: I take this to be a (not very clear) comment on the fact that the first person plural was not used in this relative clause (cf. sch. 1232.07 θνήσκομεν). Note that τέκνων is in the text in all three witnesses here, so the citation of the relevant word as παίδων is careless. παίδων and τέκνων are variants in various passages (Mastronarde 1994 on Phoen. 16).

Or. 1233.01 (vet exeg) ὦ συγγένεια πατρὸς ἐμοῦ: ¹παρόσον ὁ Στρόφιος Ἀναξιβίαν ἔγημε τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀδελφὴν, ἐξ ἧς ἐγένετο Πυλάδης, ὡς φησὶ Κράτης. ²ἢ ἐπεὶ ὁ Στροφίου πατὴρ Κρῖσος Ἀτρέως θυγατέρα ἔγημε τὴν Κυδραγόραν. —MBMnRfRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Kinship’) in that Strophius married Anaxibia the sister of Agamemnon, from whom Pylades was born, as Crates(?) says. Or because Crisus, the father of Strophius married Atreus’s daughter Kudragora.

LEMMA: B, ὦ συγγένεια MMnRfRw REF. SYMBOL: MRf POSITION: follows sch. 1220.06 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 after Ἀναξ. add. κυδραγόρας all except Mn | φησὶ κράτης] Φερεκύδης conj. Schw., φησὶ ⟨Νικο⟩κράτης Jacoby FGrHist 376 F 6 | 2 ἔγημε] Mn, ἐγάμει αὐτὴν others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,3–6; Dind. II.283,29–284,2

COMMENT: The interpolated version in most witnesses may have begun with the insertion of ἢ κυδραγόραν in the first sentence and αὐτὴν in the second. Neither intrusion is present in Arsenius. Dindorf was first to print the two words (recording their absence in Mn in his app.), then Schw. bracketed both without a note in his app. On Anaxibia and Kudragora see the comment on sch. 33.01. This note is wrongly ascribed to C as well in Schw. (his T). | The ascription of the genealogical details to a Crates has been doubted because such material appears not to be consonant with what is known of Crates of Mallos or of the shadowy Crates of Athens(?) (Crates [1] and [2] in LGGA). For Φερεκύδης as the name that has been corrupted, Fowler compares fr. 144 EGM, where Φερεκράτης is transmitted in a Homeric scholion and Cramer emended to Φερεκύδης. | The accentuation Στροφίος/Στροφίον is transmitted in a few manuscripts (e.g., M of Aesch. at Choe. 679), far outnumbered by instances of Στρόφιος/Στρόφιον. B has στροφίος both here and in sch. 765.01 and στρόφίος in sch. 33.01, where the faded scholion has been reinked and it is unclear whether both accents were applied at once or, if not, which came first; in the text at 765 B probably had στροφίος, the accent now obscured by a later gloss, and the acute on the antepenult is by a later hand. M here has the word without any accent (unless it has faded completely), has στρόφιος in sch. 33.01, but at 765 the text has στροφίος M, στρόφιος M² while the scholion has στρόφιος in the lemma and στροφίος in its text. In other witnesses of scholia on Orestes στρόφιος is standard. Στροφίος may well have been the classical accentuation, but it is a delicate question whether one should restore it in the scholia.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Crates | Pherecydes | genealogy

Or. 1233.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ συγγένεια πατρὸς ἐμοῦ⟩: κατά τινας γὰρ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ Κυδραγόρα ἀδελφὴ ἦν Ἀγαμέμνονος, ὡς φησὶ Κράτης. —OZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Kinship’) because according to some his mother Kudragora was sister of Agamemnon, as Crates says.

POSITION: marg. Zu

APP. CRIT.: ὡς φησὶ κράτης om. Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283, app. at 30 (p. 284)

COMMENT: The reference of αὐτοῦ could be Strophius, as Thomas took it (next), or it could be the speaker, Pylades. The brevity of O’s version makes this unclear.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Crates | genealogy

Or. 1233.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ συγγένεια πατρός ἐμοῦ⟩: κατά τινας γὰρ ἡ μήτηρ Στροφίου Κυδραγόρα ἀδελφὴ ἦν Ἀγαμέμνονος. —Z^cZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Kinship’) because according to some the mother of Strophius, Kudragora, was sister of Agamemnon.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl POSITION: s.l. Z^cZaGu

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, partly read from Ta | after κυδρ. add. ὀνόματι Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283, app. at 30 (p. 284)

KEYWORDS: genealogy

Or. 1233.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ συγγένεια πατρός ἐμοῦ⟩: ¹ἔνιοι δέ φασιν ⟨ὅτι⟩ Ἀναξιβίαν τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀδελφὴν Στρόφιος ἔγημεν, ὁ Πυλάδου πατήρ. ²ἢ συγγένεια λέγει ἐπεὶ ὁ Στροφίου πατὴρ Κρῖσος Ἀτρέως θυγατέρα ἔγημεν τὴν Κυδραγόραν. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: But some say Strophius, the father of Pylades, married Anaxibia, the sister of Agamemnon. Or else he says ‘kinship’ because Crissus, the father of Strophius, married Atreus’s daughter Kudragora.

POSITION: s.l. Gu; cont. from prev. all

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἢ] ἢ τὸ Zl | Κρῖσος] cf. Dind. in sch. vet. above, κρίσσος Zm, κροῖσος ZlGu | Κυδρ.] ἀνδραγόραν Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δὲ φασὶν ZlGu | ἔγημε Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.283, app. at 30

KEYWORDS: genealogy

Or. 1233.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ συγγένεια πατρός ἐμοῦ⟩: Κυδραγόρα ἀδελφὴ Ἀγαμέμνονος, μήτηρ δὲ τοῦ Πυλάδου, πατὴρ δὲ τοῦ Πυλάδου ὁ Στρόφιος. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Kudragora was sister of Agamemnon and mother of Pylades, and Strophius was father of Pylades.

KEYWORDS: genealogy

Or. 1233.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ συγγένεια πατρός ἐμοῦ⟩: γυναικαδελφὸς γὰρ ἦν ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ Πυλάδου. —PrSaZu

TRANSLATION: For Agamemnon was the brother-in-law of the father of Pylades.

POSITION: s.l., above 1234 ἀγαμέμνων PrSa

KEYWORDS: genealogy

Or. 1233.07 (mosch exeg) ὦ συγγένεια: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ συγγενὲς τοῦ ἐμοῦ πατρός· ²προσῆκε γὰρ κατὰ γένος τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι ὁ Στρόφιος, ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ Πυλάδου. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Ox²

TRANSLATION: (‘O kinship’ is) equivalent to ‘o kinsman of my father’. For Strophius the father of Pylades had a family connection to Agamemnon.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoG, marg. Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,3–6

COMMENT: From Moschopulus’s paraphrase one can infer that he recognized the addressee was Agamemnon and not Orestes and Electra. Thus he should have intended συγγενὲς (cf. sch. 1233.10), the correct vocative to match 1234 Ἀγάμεμνον; συγγενὴς (as nominative for vocative) is less likely, as it would probably have required further explanation. συγγενεῖς could be a phonetic error for συγγενὴς or an unconscious change of the uncommon vocative form (in which case συγγενὴς may have been a ‘correction’ of it). | Note how Moschopulus eschews the details of genealogy that interest the commentators in the previous schiolia.

KEYWORDS: genealogy

Or. 1233.09 (vet exeg) ⟨συγγένεια⟩: αἷμα οἱ παῖδες, γένος οἱ ἀδελφοὶ, συγγένεια οἱ γαμβροί. —MBOCAaPrRwY²

TRANSLATION: Children (can be referred to as) ‘haima’ (‘blood‘), brothers (as) ‘genos’ (‘family’), in-laws (as) ‘suggeneia’ (‘kinship’).

POSITION: marg. M (beside 1232, last line of prev. recto), intermarg. C, s.l. AaPr; cont. from sch. 1233.01, add. δὲ, B; at level of 1231 O; on facing recto between sch. 1287.02 and 1295.02 Rw

APP. CRIT.: αἷμα γένος οἱ παῖδες οἱ ἀδελφοί transp. Aa | γένος om. Pr, add. καὶ γένος at end | συγγ. οἱ γαμβροί om. Aa, συγγένεια om. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,7; Dind. II.284,2–3

COMMENT: MCY² write this in three rows (αἷμα. οἱ παῖδες./ γένος. οἱ ἀδελφοὶ. / συγγένεια. οἱ γαμβροὶ). Perhaps a layout like this in his exemplar confused Aa.

Or. 1233.16 (tri metr) ⟨κἀμοῦ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

LEMMA: thus in text T^c, app. καὶ ἐμὰς T^z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1234.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔκσωσον τέκνα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ σῶσον τὰ τέκνα τὰ σά —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Ox²

POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. T(both with crosses)Yf

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. GOx² | τὰ τέκνα τὰ σά om. Ox² | first τὰ om. G

Or. 1235.01 (1235–1237) (vet exeg) ⟨⟩: ¹ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ σοῦ, φησὶν, ἐφόνευσα τὴν μητέρα. ²τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς ‘σοὶ, πάτερ, ἀρήγων’. —MC

TRANSLATION: I killed my mother, he says, on your behalf. And the continuation (of 1235 ‘I killed mother’) is (in Orestes’ next words in 1237) ‘coming to your aid, father’.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐξῆς M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,8–9; Dind. II.284,7–8

Or. 1235.02 (1235–1237) (vet exeg) ⟨ἔκτεινα μητέρα … σοὶ πάτερ ἀρήγων⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς ἔκτεινα μητέρα, σοὶ πάτερ ἀρήγων. —B

TRANSLATION: The sequence is ‘I killed my mother in coming to your aid, father’.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,8

Or. 1235.03 (1235–1237) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔκτεινα μητέρα⟩: ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ σοῦ, φησὶν, ἔκτεινα τὴν μητέρα. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: I killed my mother, he says, on your behalf.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1235.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔκτεινα μητέρα⟩: ὁ λόγος πρὸς Ἀγαμέμνονα. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: The speech is adddressed to Agamemnon.

POSITION: s.l.; at first above first half of line Zm, but crossed out and rewritten above middle of line (to apply to both halves)

APP. CRIT.: πρὸς τὸν ἀγ. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,9

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1235.05 (rec rhet) ⟨ἔκτεινα μητέρα⟩: ὑποβολὴ τὸ σχῆμα. —R

TRANSLATION: The schema is interruption.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: ὑποβολή has a wide variety of meanings, but the most likely one here is ‘interruption’, that is, labeling the breaking of Orestes’ utterance in antilabe. The closest parallel seems to be Sch. rec. Arist. Plut. 658a Chantry σχῆμα ἐξ ὑποβολῆς, which, it seems to me, ought to refer to the way the speaker of 657b–658 ‘interrupts’ in mid-line of 657 to make a sarcastic comment. Note that one interpretation of ὑββάλλειν given in Sch. bT Hom. Il. 19.80 Erbse is ὑποκρούεσθαι θορύβῳ τὸν λέγοντα; and compare Dindorf in Thes. Graecae Linguae VIII.298: ‘Subjectio, eo modo, quo interfando et interpellando alicujus sermonem aut respondendo, subjicere dicimur’. [Also relevant would be LSJ s.v. ὑποβολή I.4 (followed by BDAG), offering a meaning ‘interruption’ with a single citation, given as Sch. B Il. 19.80, quoted as διακόπτειν ἐξ ὑποβολῆς τὸν λόγον. No such phrase can be found in Homeric scholia or any TLG text.] | Two other uses of ὑποβολή in rhetorical schemata are not relevant here. (1) προσώπου ὑποβολὴ: cf. Tiberius, de fig. Demosthenicis 12 προσώπου δὲ ὑποβολή ἐστιν ὅταν θέλων τις εἰπεῖν τι πρὸς τὸ ἀνεκτότερον ἄλλῳ προσώπῳ τὸν λόγον περιθῇ, οἷον ἐν τοῖς Φιλιππικοῖς· ὡς δὲ ἐγὼ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ χώρᾳ γεγενημένων τινὸς ἤκουον, ἀνδρὸς οὐδαμῶς οἵου τε ψεύδεσθαι, οὐδένων εἰσὶ βελτίους. (2) καθ’ ὑποβολὴν seems to mean ‘by secondary insertion’ (as opposed to by making it the first point of the speech) in Eust. in Od. 4.240 [I.162,18–21] Ἑλένη δὲ καὶ τοῦτο φησὶν ἔνθα καθ’ ὑποβολήν φασι διηγεῖται ἡ ἡρωΐς, σχήματι χρησαμένη πρὸ τοῦ διηγήματος παραλειπτικῷ τε καὶ θαυμαστικῷ· παραλειπτικῷ μὲν ἐν τῷ πάντα μὲν οὐκ ἂν ἐγὼ μυθήσομαι ὅσα ὁ Ὀδυσσεὺς ἀέθλευσεν, ἐνδιαθέτῳ δὲ κατὰ θαυμασμὸν ἐν τῷ ἀλλ’ οἶον τόδ’ ἔρεξε δήμῳ ἐνὶ Τρώων, εἶτα ὑποβαλοῦσα τὸ διήγημα αὐτόν μιν πληγῇσι δαμάσας καὶ ἑξῆς; comparable is the sense in Syrian. comm in Hermog. περὶ ἰδεῶν 54,7–9 Rabe προηγουμένως γὰρ εἰσῆκται ἡ ἔννοια καὶ οὐχὶ ἐξ ὑποβολῆς (‘the notion has been introduced as the main point and not as a secondary insertion’).

KEYWORDS: ὑποβολή

Or. 1235.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡψάμην δ’ ἐγὼ ξίφους⟩: καὶ ἐγὼ συνεργὸς ἦν τοῦδε τοῦ φόνου. —B²

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,11

Or. 1235.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡψάμην δ’ ἐγὼ ξίφους⟩: μετέλαβον ἐγὼ τοῦ φόνου. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1236.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐγὼ δ’ ἐπεβούλευσα κἀπέλυσ’ ὄκνου⟩: μετ’ ἐπιβουλῆς τοῦτο συνήργησα καὶ ἠλευθέρωσα ὑμᾶς δειλίας ἣν εἴχετε κτεῖναι μητέρα. —Zl

TRANSLATION: I assisted this action with counsel, and I freed you from the fear you had about killing your mother.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The final phrase is based on sch. 1236.15 (Thoman), but Zl simplifies by dropping that version’s μὴ before κτεῖναι.

Or. 1236.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐγὼ δ’ ἐπεβούλευσα⟩: ἐπεβούλευσα καὶ ἐγὼ τὴν μητέρα. —Zu

TRANSLATION: I too plotted against our mother.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The accusative of a person as object of ἐπιβουλεύω reflects vernacular usage.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1236.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐπεκέλευσα⟩: ὅ ἐστι συνῄνεσα τῷ φόνῳ. —MBCAaPrSa, partial GuZu

TRANSLATION: (‘I added my urging’,) which is to say, ‘I joined in approval of the murder’.

LEMMA: ἐπεβούλευσα in text MCPrSaGuZu REF. SYMBOL: at κἀπέλυσ’ M POSITION: marg. MB(in right margin near ὄκνου, left margin blank), s.l. above 1235 ἡψάμην δ’ ἐγὼ CAaGuZu, s.l. cont. from sch. 1235.03 PrSa

APP. CRIT.: ὅ ἐστι] τουτέστι PrSa, om. BAaGuZu | τῷ φόνῳ om. GuZu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,10; Dind. II.284,10–11

COMMENT: The explanation is most precise if intended for ἐπεκέλευσα/ἐπεβούλευσα. The displacements perhaps occurred in mss with ἐπεβούλευσα in an effort to make the gloss fit better than with that verb.

Or. 1236.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨κἀπέλυσ’ ὄκνου⟩: καὶ ἠλευθέρωσα ὑμᾶς τοῦ φόβου. —MnR

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. R | ὑμᾶς] cf. sch. 1236.08, 1236.12, ἡμᾶς Mn, ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς R

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐλευθ‑ R

COMMENT: In both Mn and R line 1236 is assigned to Electra.

Or. 1236.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἀπέλυσ’ ὄκνου⟩: ἤγουν φοβουμένους ὑμᾶς παρεθάρρυνον. —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: παρεθάρρουν Ox

Or. 1236.14 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπέλυσ’⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1236.15 (thom exeg) ⟨ὄκνου⟩: δειλίας ἣν εἴχετε μὴ κτεῖναι μητέρα —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Hesitation’, that is,) the fear that you had, hindering you from killing your mother.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὴν μητέρα Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,14

COLLATION NOTES: In his app. here Dindorf records ‘14. δειλίας Matth., pro δουλείας’; but δουλείας is the reading of the Arsenian paraphrase edited in Dind. II.284,11–12, so the line number in the app. is a mistake. In that Arsenian scholion δουλείας had already been corrected at least as early as Barnes.

Or. 1236.19 (tri metr) ⟨ὄκνου⟩: koinē short over omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 67

Or. 1237.01 (rec exeg) ⟨σοὶ πάτερ ἀρήγων⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ [1235] ‘ἔκτεινα μητέρα’. —OAaPrSaY²GuZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Coming to your aid, father’:) this is construed with the (earlier) phrase ‘I killed my mother’.

POSITION: s.l. except O

APP. CRIT.: ἔκτεινε p.c. Pr | μητέρα] τὴν μητέρα SaGu, om. Zu | συντακτέον add. AaGuZu

Or. 1237.02 (thom paraphr) ⟨σοὶ πάτερ ἀρήγων⟩: ἔκτεινα τὴν μητέρα —ZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l., cont. from next with ἤγουν Zl

Or. 1237.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨σοὶ πάτερ ἀρήγων⟩: ἐποίησα τοῦτο —ZZaZbZl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1237.05 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐδ’ ἐγὼ προὔδωκά σε⟩: ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ σοῦ τούτους ἐκίνησα. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Nor did I betray you’,) but rather I stirred up these men for your sake.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,15

Or. 1237.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐδ’ ἐγὼ προὔδωκά σε⟩: συνήργησα εἰς τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός. —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Nor did I betray you’, that is,) I collaborated in the killing of my mother.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1237.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨προὔδωκά σε⟩: δειλὴ ἐφάνην, ὦ πάτερ —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1237.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προὔδωκά σε⟩: ἤγουν ἠμέλησα τοῦ βοηθῆσαι σοι —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀμέλλησα Ox

Or. 1238.01 (vet exeg) οὐκοῦν ὀνείδη: οὐκοῦν ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ὡς μέλλων κλύειν ταῦτα ἐπὶ ὀνείδεσιν, ἐὰν μὴ σωθῶμεν, ὅτι ἐπικουρήσασιν οὐκ ἐβοήθησας. —M^aBOC^aRfRwZu, partial M^bM^cC^b

TRANSLATION: Therefore save us, because, if we are not saved, you are destined to hear this in reproach, that you did not come to the aid of those who acted as allies.

LEMMA: lemma M^a(οὐκοὖν)RfRw, οὐκοὖν ὀνείδη τάδε B REF. SYMBOL: MaBRf POSITION: follows displaced sch. 1246.04 (on fol. 52r) C^a; cont. from sch. 1241.02 M^bM^cC^b (M^b from M^a version of 1241, M^c from M^b version of 1241, in marg.; s.l. C^b)

APP. CRIT.: οὐκοῦν … σωθῶμεν om. M^bM^cC^b | ἐβοήθησας] RfRw, ἐβοήθη() B, ‑σεν M^aM^bM^cOC^aC^b, ἐβοηθήθημεν παρὰ σοῦ Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐκοὖν M^aB, οὔκουν O | ἐπιονείδεσιν M^a, ἐπὶ ὀνείδεσι Zu | ἐπικουρήσασι Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,11–13 and (partial version, assigned to 1242) 19; Dind. II.284,17–19

Or. 1238.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ὀνείδη τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τὰς ὑπομνήσεις, ²ὡς καὶ ὁ ποιητὴς [Hom. Il. 1.211]· ‘ἀλλ’ ἤτοι ἔπεσιν μὲν ὀνείδισον’. —MBOCRwZu

TRANSLATION: ‘Reproaches’ (‘oneidē’) are the reminders of benefactions, as also the poet (Homer illustrates), ‘but indeed with words (only) upbraid (him)’.

LEMMA: BRw, in marg. M REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: cont. from C^a version of prev. C; s.l. OZu

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὀνείδη] ἤτοι O, om. Zu | τὰς ὑπομνήσεις τῶν εὐεργ. transp. OZu | τῶν om. C | 2 ὡς om. C | ἤτοι] ἢ Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἔπεσι MCRwZu, ἔπεσσι O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,14–15; Dind. II.284,19–20

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 1238.03 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκοῦν ὀνείδη … ῥῦσαι τέκνα⟩: ¹ἀκούων οὖν τάδε τὰ ὀνείδη, ἅ σοι παῖδες προφέρουσι λέγοντες ὡς διὰ σὲ πάσχουσι, βοήθησον αὐτοῖς. ²ἢ ὀνείδη λέγει ἃ ἀκούουσιν αὐτοὶ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων, μητροκτόνοι καλούμενοι. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: So then, hearing these reproaches, which your children bring forward against you by saying that they suffer because of you, come to their aid. Or else by ‘reproaches’ he means what they themselves are hearing from others in being called matricides.

LEMMA: ῥῦσαι in text all (ῥύση a.c. T) REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, partly read from Ta | προφέροντες λέγουσιν Zl | προσφέρουσι Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,20–23

Or. 1238.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀνείδη⟩: τὰς ὑπομνήσεις τῶν εἰς σὲ εὐεργεσιῶν —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Oneidē’, ‘reproaches’, means) the reminders of benefactions to you.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1238.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀνείδη⟩: τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τὰς ὑπομνήσεις —FGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Oneidē’, ‘reproaches’, means) the reminders of benefactions.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὰς ὑπομν. τῶν εὐεργ. transp. F

Or. 1238.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὀνείδη⟩: ὄνειδος ἡ εἴδησις τῶν ὄντων. —Y²

TRANSLATION: ‘Oneidos’ is (by etymology) the knowledge (‘eidēsis’) of what is real (‘ontōn’).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: This etymology is idiosyncratic. Contrast Et. Gud. 429, 43–46 Sturz ὄνειδος, παρὰ τὸ ὀνῶ, τὸ μέμφομαι, καὶ τὸ εἶδος· τὸ κατὰ τὸ εἶδος μεμπτόν· τινὲς δὲ παρὰ τὸ ὀνήσασθαι· ἴσως δὲ πᾶν τὸ ὂν πλημμελὲς τότε φαίνεται, ὡς ἔγκειται τὸ εἴδεται, ὅ ἐστι φαίνεται.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1238.13 (thom exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: ἅ σοι παῖδες προφέρουσι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘These things’) which your children bring forward against you.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: προσφ‑ Z

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ουσιν Gu

Or. 1238.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨κλύων⟩: γενικῇ —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Kluō’ is sometimes construed) with the genitive case.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1239.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δακρύοις κατασπένδω σε⟩: ¹οἷον σπονδάς σοι διὰ δακρύων ποιῶ. ²οὐ γὰρ ἔχω ἄλλο τι. —MBOCRfRw, partial Mn

TRANSLATION: As it were, I make liquid offerings to you with tears. For I do not have anything else (to offer).

LEMMA: δακρύοις Rf, δακρύοισιν Rw REF. SYMBOL: MRf POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. CMn, first sentence s.l. O, second sent. in marg.; follows 1241.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 οἷον and σοι om. OMn | διὰ om. OC | ποιῶν Mn | 2 οὐ γὰρ κτλ om. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σπόνδας O | 2 ἄλλό τι BCRfRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,16; Dind. II.284,24–25

Or. 1239.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δακρύοις κατασπένδω σε⟩: διὰ δακρύων θυσιάζω σε· οὐ γὰρ ἔχω ἄλλο τι. —Zu

TRANSLATION: With tears as offering I honor you, for I do not have anything else.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄλλ’ ὅτι Zu

COMMENT: For this vernacular construction of θυσιάζω with accusative of the person honored, see Kriaras s.v.; cf. Catalogus codicum astrologorum graecorum X:117,19 ἂς θυσιάσῃ τὴν ὑπεραγίαν Θεοτόκον; Historia Alexandri Magni (recensio poetica R) 1491–1492 καὶ ὅλους γὰρ τοὺς ὅρισα αὐτὸν νὰ ὀνομάζουν / ὡσὰν θεὸν ἐπίγειον, νὰ τόνε θυσιάζουν; Georgius Chumnus, de opificio mundi 735 νὰ θυσιάσης τὸν Θεόν, τὸν μέγαν.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1239.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δακρύοις κατασπένδω σε⟩: διὰ δακρύων τὰς σπονδάς σοι ποιῶ. —AaGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1239.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨δαρύοις κατασπένδω σε⟩: ἤγουν λίαν ἱκετεύω σε —ZlZmGu

LEMMA: σ’ in text Gu POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.284,25

Or. 1239.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐγὼ δ’ οἴκτοισί γε⟩: στεναγμοῖς ποιῶ σπονδὰς. —MnR

TRANSLATION: (‘And I with piteous cries’, that is,) ‘I make (liquid) offerings with lamentations’.

LEMMA: σε in text R POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: σπονδείας Mn

Or. 1239.20 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 68

Or. 1241.01 (1240–1241) (vet exeg) ⟨εἴπερ γὰρ … κλύει⟩: ¹εἰ κατὰ γῆς ἔρχονται αἱ ευχαί, ἐπακούει. —BRw

TRANSLATION: (‘If prayers shoot inside the earth, he hears’, that is,) ‘if prayers go beneath the earth, he hears (yours)’.

LEMMA: εἴσω γῆς Rw POSITION: intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: αἱ ευχαί om. B | ὑπακούει Rw, ἐπακούσει Arsen. (cf. sch. 1242.01), ἐσακούσει Matthiae (typographic error?)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,18 app.; Dind. II.285,5

Or. 1241.02 (vet exeg) ⟨εἴπερ γὰρ εἴσω γῆς ἀκοντίζουσ’⟩: εἰ κατὰ γῆς ἔρχονται —M^aM^bC

TRANSLATION: (‘If prayers shoot inside the earth’, that is,) ‘if they go beneath the earth’.

LEMMA: εἴσω γῆς M^a REF. SYMBOL: M^a POSITION: marg. M^b, s.l. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,18

Or. 1241.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀκοντίζουσ’⟩: δίκην ἀκοντίου —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (‘The shoot’) like a javelin.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1242.07 (thom exeg) ⟨πρόγονε⟩: Ὀρέστου —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Forebear’, that is,) of Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ prep. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,7

Or. 1242.08 (thom exeg) ⟨πρόγονε⟩: ἢ πρόγονον ἑαυτοῦ τὸν Δία λέγει ἐπεὶ ἡ τούτου μήτηρ Ἀναξιβία ἐκ Διὸς κατήγετο, ἢ ὅτι ὁ Ζεὺς [Hom. Il. 1.544, etc.] ‘πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε’. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: Either he calls Zeus his forebear because this man’s (Pylades’) mother Anaxibia was descended from Zeus, or because Zeus is ‘father of men and gods’.

APP. CRIT.: ἢ πρόγονον] πρόγονον δὲ Zl | after πατὴρ add. ἦν Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: πρόγωνον Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,7–9

COMMENT: Here and in the previous we see disagreement in the Thoman circle, with this explanation correcting the prev., whether that was actually Thomas’ explanation (as seems more likely given its uniqueness to the Thoman commentary) or simply a gloss adopted earlier in the circle from another source.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 1242.10 (thom exeg) ⟨Δίκης σέβας⟩: ταύτην ἐπικαλεῖται ὡς δικαίως πράξοντες. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: He (Pylades) invokes this (goddess) in the belief they will be acting justly.

POSITION: intermarg. Zm, s.l. ZlGu; added to sch. 1242.12 (written by Gr) by Gu, cont. from same Zl

APP. CRIT.: ταύτην ἐπικαλεῖται] ἐπικαλεῖται δὲ ταύτην Zl, ἐπικαλεῖται δὲ αὐτὴν Gu | πράξαντες Zl, πράξας Matthiae

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,10

Or. 1242.11 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨Δίκης σέβας⟩: ἤγουν Δίκη περιφραστικῶς —GT^*

TRANSLATION: (‘Majesty of Justice’,) that is, ‘Justice’ periphrastically.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 1243.01 (thom exeg) ⟨δὸς⟩: γρ. δότε. —ZZZlZm

TRANSLATION: (For ‘dos’, singular imperative ‘give’,) the reading (plural imperative) ‘dote’ is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1243.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δότ’⟩: γρ. δὸς. —Gu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘dot’ ’, plural imperative ‘give’,) the reading (singular imperative) ‘dos’ is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1244.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τρισσοῖς φίλοις γὰρ⟩: ἡμῖν γὰρ τοῖς τρισὶ φίλοις —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τρισσοῖς XaY | περιφραστικῶς add. Y²

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 1244.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἷς ἀγὼν, δίκη μία⟩: ἀσύνδετον —Zm

TRANSLATION: Asyndeton.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀσύνδετον/ἀσυνδέτως

Or. 1244.06 (1244–1245) (thom exeg) εἷς ἀγὼν: ¹τουτέστιν ἓν ἀγώνισμα καὶ ἓν δίκαιον ποιούμεθα πάντες, ἢ ὁμοῦ ζῆν ἢ ὁμοῦ θανεῖν· ²οὐ γὰρ ἀποθανόντος τινὸς ἐξ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐθελήσει ὁ ἕτερος κοινωνῆσαι αὐτῷ τοῦ θανάτου, ³ἀλλ’ ἢ πάντες ζησόμεθα, ἢ τεθνηξόμεθα πάντες. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, we are all engaged in one contest and one just claim, either to live together or to die together. For if one among us dies, the other will not fail to be willing to share death with him, but rather either we will all live or all die.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm POSITION: begins s.l. Zl, completed in margin block

APP. CRIT.: 1 πάντες om. Gu | 3 πάντες τεθνηξόμεθα transp. ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,13–16

Or. 1244.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨δίκη μία⟩: ἓν δίκαιον ἅπασιν ἡμῖν —OCPrSaZu

POSITION: s.l. PrSaZu

APP. CRIT.: ἓν δίκαιον] Schw. (cf. sch. 1244.06 and the next), ἔνδικον ἐν C, ἔνδικον others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,20

Or. 1245.02 (tri metr) ⟨ἅπασιν⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 68

Or. 1245.08 (tri metr) coronis —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 68

Or. 1246.01 (1246–1250=1266–1270) (tri metr) Μυκηνίδες: ⁰τὰ ἑξῆς ταῦτα εἴδη καλεῖται, ὡς εἴρηται, ἀλλοιόστροφα· εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ κατὰ σχέσιν. τῆς παρούσης οὖν στροφῆς τὰ κώλα εἰσὶ εʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος δίμετρον καταληκτικόν ἐκ παίωνος δευτέρου ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, καὶ κρητικοῦ. ²τὸ βʹ ὅμοιον τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον, ἐκ παίωνος δευτέρου ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος πεντασυλλάβου, καὶ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ. ³τὸ γʹ ὅμοιον τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος, διιάμβου, καὶ δύο συλλαβῶν ἀδιαφόρων. ⁴τὸ δʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον, ἐκ δύο παιώνων δʹ. ⁵τὸ εʹ ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δευτέρου ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος, καὶ διιάμβου. ⁶ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος καὶ διπλαῖ διὰ τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν, ἡ μὲν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ κώλου, ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸ τέλος. —T

¹1246=1266 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏔
Μυκηνίδες ὦ φίλαι
ἑλίσσετε νῦν βλέφαρα
²1247=1267 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒
τὰ πρῶτα κατὰ Πελασγὸν ἕδος Ἀργείων
κόραισι δίδοτε πάντα διὰ βοστρύχων
³1248=1268 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, × ×
τίνα θροεῖς λόγον σὺ πότνια
ὅδέ τις ἐν τρίβῳ προέρχεται
⁴1249=1269 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
παραμένει γὰρ ἔτι σοι
τίς ὅδ’ ἄρ’ ἀμφὶ μέλαθρον
⁵1250=1270 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
τόδ’ ἐν Δαναϊδῶν πόλει
πολεῖ σόν. ἀγρότας ἀνήρ

TRANSLATION: These following metrical forms (scil. of 1246–1285) are called ‘consisting of dissimilar strophes’ (scil. divided between two voices into more than two subsections), and they are in responsion as well. The present strophe, then, has five cola. The first is a catalectic ionic a maiore dimeter, composed of a second paeon in place of an ionic, and a cretic. The second is a similar (ionic) acatalectic trimeter, composed of a second paeon in place of an ionic, a five-syllable ionic a maiore, and a first epitrite. The third is a similar (ionic) brachycatalectic trimeter, composed of a fourth paeon instead of an ionic a minore, a double iamb, and two indifferent syllables. The fourth is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter, composed of two fourth paeons. The fifth is an acatalectic ionic dimeter, composed of a second paeon in place of an ionic a maiore, and a double iamb. At the end a paragraphos and diplae because of the responsion, one at the beginning of the colon, the other at the end.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

APP. CRIT.: 3 παίωνος δʹ and ἀδιαφόρων partly obscured by damage T, confirmed in Ta

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.18,10–20; de Fav. 68

COMMENT: The analysis of the second colon neglects to mention the fact that the third metron is an iambus and not an epitrite in the antistrophe. Triclinius does, however, address such corresponsion in his scholion 1281.01, claiming that both the final syllable of a colon and the penultimate one may be indifferent. | Sch. 1266.01 explains Triclinius’s transposition in 1267.

KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιόστροφα/ἀλλοιόστροφα

Or. 1246.02 (1246–1250) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων ε´ —T

TRANSLATION: A strophe of five cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 68

Or. 1246.04 (vet exeg) Μυκηνίδες ὦ φίλαι: ¹Ἰνάχῳ ἐκ Μελίας ἐγένετο Φορωνεὺς καὶ Φηγεύς. ²τούτων Φορωνεὺς μὲν ἄρξας τὸ νῦν Ἄργος Φορωνικὸν ἄστυ ἐκάλεσεν, ἴσχει δὲ παῖδας ἐκ Πειθοῦς Αἰγιαλέα, Ἄπιν, Εὔρωπα, Νιόβην. ³Φηγεὺς δὲ πόλιν κτίζει Φηγὰς καὶ παῖδας ἴσχει Σπάρτωνα καὶ Μέσσωνα. ⁴Σπάρτωνος δὲ παῖς Μυκηνεὺς, ὃς Μυκήνας ἔκτισε. ⁵Φορωνέως δὲ ἀπολωλότος καὶ τῶν παίδων διασκεδασθέντων Ἄργος ὁ Νιόβης βασιλεύσας ὅλην τὴν ἐντὸς τοῦ Ἰσθμοῦ Ἀργείαν καὶ τὸ Φορωνικὸν ἄστυ Ἄργος ὠνόμασεν. —MBCRfRw

TRANSLATION: Phoroneus and Phegeus were born to Inachus from Melia. Of these, Phoroneus became ruler, and what is now Argos he called ‘Phoronikon astu’ (‘Phoronic city’), and he has children by Peitho: Aegialeus, Apis, Europs, Niobe. Phegeus founds a city Phegae and has children Sparton and Messon. The son of Sparton is Myceneus, who founced Mycenae. When Phoroneus had perished and his sons were scattered in different places, Argus the son of Niobe became king and named the whole territory inside the Isthmus Argive and (named) ‘Phoronikon astu’ Argos.

LEMMA: M(μυκινίδες)C, ἄλλως: μυκηνίδες BRf, μηκηνίδες p.c. Rw (a.c. μυνηκίδες) REF. SYMBOL: MRf(ἱστορία in marg.) POSITION: after next B; after sch. 1229.01 C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.211,21–28; Dind. II.285,25–286,3

COMMENT: This partly overlaps with information in sch. 932.02: see comment there and Pausanias 2.15.4–6. and for ‘Phoronikon astu’ see Steph. Byz. Ἄργος: διασημοτάτη πόλις Πελοποννήσου, ἥτις ‘Φορωνικὸν ἄστυ’ ἐκέκλητο, καὶ Αἰγιάλεια κτλ.

KEYWORDS: genealogy | ἱστορία

Or. 1246.05 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹πρὸς τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ διαλέγεται. ²Μυκηνίδας δὲ αὐτὰς καλεῖ καὶ Ἀργείας ἐπεὶ ὀλίγον ἀφεστήκασιν ἀλλήλων αἱ πόλεις. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: She converses with the women of the chorus. She calls them Mycenaean and Argive because the cities are a short distance from each other.

LEMMA: Rw, in marg. M, μυκηνίδες ὦ φίλαι B REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: before prev. B

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀργεῖας M | ὁλίγον app. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,1–2; Dind. II.285,23–25

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1246.06 (rec exeg) Μυκηνίδες ὦ φίλαι: πρὸς τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ λέγει. —O

TRANSLATION: She speaks to the women of the chorus.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1246.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Μυκηνίδες ὦ φίλαι⟩: Ἀργεῖαι καὶ Μυκηνίδες αἱ αὐταὶ ἐπεὶ ἀλλήλων ὀλίγον ἀφεστήκασιν αἰ πόλεις. —O

TRANSLATION: The same women are Argive and Myceneaen because the cities are a short distance from each other.

Or. 1246.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μυκηνίδες ὦ φίλαι⟩: πρὸς τὰς ἀπὸ χοροῦ λέγει. Μυκήνη πόλις. Μυκηνίδας καὶ Ἀργείας τὰς αὐτὰς καλεῖ, ἐπεὶ ὀλίγον ἀφεστήκασιν ἀλλήλων αἱ πόλεις. —Zu

TRANSLATION: She speaks to the women of the chorus. Mycene is a city. She calls the same women Mycenean and Argive because the cities are a short distance from each other.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὀλίγου Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπο Zu

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1246.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μυκηνίδες⟩: ἀπό τινος Μυκηναίου αἱ Μυκῆναι ἐκλήθησαν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: Mycenae was named after a certain Mycenaeus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1246.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Μυκηνίδες⟩: ἤγουν γυναῖκες ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου τῆς Μυκηνίδος —Ox²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1246.13 (rec gram) ⟨Μυκηνίδες⟩: μύκη ἡ λαβὴ τῆς σπάθης, εἶδος βοτάνης. τὴν λαβὴν τοῦ ξίφους αἱ φέρουσαι δῆλον. —PrSa, partial AaMn

TRANSLATION: ‘Mukē’ is the handle of a sword, (also) a type of plant. (So) obviously (‘Mukēnides’ are) women carrying the handle of a sword.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ add. before εἶδος Aa | εἶδος βοτ. κτλ om. Mn | τὴν λαβὴν κτλ om. Aa

COMMENT: Cf. Herodian quoted in Sch. Hom. Il. 15.302b1 Erbse, the end of which is: ἔπειτα πολλά ἐστι διχῶς κεκλιμένα· τὸ γοῦν Μύνης ὁ μὲν ποιητὴς περιττοσυλλάβως ἔκλινεν, [Il. 19.296] ‘πέρσεν δὲ πόλιν θείοιο Μύνητος’, ὁ δὲ Σοφοκλῆς [TrGF fr. 43 Radt] ἰσοσυλλάβως· ‘Μύνου τ’ Ἐπιστρόφου γε’. μύκητά τε καὶ μύκην, εἰ καὶ πολλὰ σημαίνει ἡ λέξις. καὶ ὅτι οὐ τὸ μέτρον αἴτιόν ἐστι, δῆλός ἐστιν Ἑκαταῖος [FGrHist 1, 22] οὕτως κλίνας· φησὶ γάρ· ‘καὶ ἐπαφήσας τὸν κολεὸν τοῦ ξίφεος, τὸν μύκην εὗρεν ἀποπεπτωκότα’· ὁ δὲ Ἄρατος περιττοσυλλάβως ἔκλινεν· [Phaen. 976] ‘ἢ λύχνοιο μύκητες ἀγείρονται περὶ μοῖραν'. καὶ μήποτε ταῦτα συναγωνίζεται τῷ Ἀριστάρχῳ· καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα διχῶς κλιθέντα οὐ μετέβαλε τὸν τόνον, οἷς ὅμοιον δύναται εἶναι καὶ τὸ Μέγης.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 1246.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨Μυκηνίδες⟩: ἐστὶν μύκη εἶδος βοτάνης καὶ μύκη ἡ λαβὴ τοῦ ξίφους. —Zu

TRANSLATION: There is ‘mukē’ a type of plant, and ‘mukē’ the handle of a sword.

REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: marg.

Or. 1247.01 (vet exeg) τὰ πρῶτα κατὰ Πελασγὸν: ¹τουτέστιν αἳ τὰ πρωτεῖα φέρεσθε κατὰ τὸ Ἄργος. ²Πελασγόν δὲ ἀπὸ Πελασγοῦ τοῦ αὐτόθι βασιλεύσαντος. —MBCRfRw

TRANSLATION: That is to say, you who win the highest status in Argos. ‘Pelasgian’ from Pelasgus, the man who once ruled there.

LEMMA: B, τὰ πρῶτα δὲ MRfRw REF. SYMBOL: MBRf

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὰ πρῶτα RfRw, Arsen. (MeMuPh) | φέρουσαι RfRw | 2 Πελ. δὲ κτλ punct. as sep. C | 2 Πελασγόν] B, πελασγῶν RfRw, πελασγὸς MC | ἀπὸ τοῦ C

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τοῦτέστιν B | φέρεσθαι B, Arsen. (MeMuPh)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,4–5; Dind. II.286,4–6

Or. 1247.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: λείπει τὸ ἔχουσαι. —M^aM^bOCFRfRwY²ZbZu

TRANSLATION: (The participle) ‘having’ is to be understood (to govern ‘the first’).

POSITION: s.l. M^bY²(above ἀργείων)Zb(above φίλαι)Zu, marg. OF; cont. from prev. MCRfRw (add. δὲ CRf)

APP. CRIT.: λείπει τὸ] λείπει (compend.) F, om. OY²ZbZu | ἔχουσιν Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,6; Dind. II.286,4

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1247.03 (vet exeg) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: λείπει τὸ φέρουσαι —BK

TRANSLATION: (The participle) ‘bearing’ is to be understood (to govern ‘the first’).

POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. K

APP. CRIT.: λείπει τὸ] αἱ K

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212, app. at 6; Dind. II.286,3–4

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1247.04 (mosch exeg) τὰ πρῶτα: ἐπιρρηματικῶς, ἤγουν αἱ κατὰ πρώτην μοῖραν οὖσαι κατὰ τὸ ἕδος τῶν Ἀργείων τὸ Πελασγικόν —XXaXbXoYYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘The first’ in neuter plural is used) adverbially, that is, you who are in the first rank in the Pelasgian land of the Argives.

LEMMA: XG (both ταπρῶτα) REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbZoYfG; first word s.l., rest sep. in margin block Gr

APP. CRIT.: τὰ πρῶτα prep. Xo | εἶδος Y | τὸ πελ. τῶν ἀργ. transp. XoG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.285,19–20

Or. 1247.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: αἱ κατὰ πρώτην μοῖραν οὖσαι —GuZcOx²

TRANSLATION: The women who are in the first rank.

POSITION: s.l. GuZc, marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: αἱ] ἤγουν αἱ Ox², om. Zc | κατὰ τὴν πρ. Ox² | οὖσαι om. ZcOx²

Or. 1247.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: αἱ πρῶται οὖσαι κατὰ τὴν γῆν τὴν Πελασγικήν —Zb²

TRANSLATION: The women who are first in the Pelasgian land.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1247.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: αἱ τὰ πρωτεῖα φέρουσαι —MnY²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αἱ om. Mn

Or. 1247.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: ὦ φέρουσαι τὰ πρωτεῖα —GZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὦ om. Zu

Or. 1247.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰ πρῶτα⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι τὰ πρωτεῖα —AaGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1247.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Πελασγὸν⟩: Πελασγῶν —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For neuter adjective ‘Pelasgon’, ‘Pelasgian’, there is a variant reading, genitive plural) ‘Pelasgōn’ (‘of Pelasgians’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1247.19 (rec gram) ⟨ἕδος⟩: τὸ ἐπιτήδειον εἰς καθέδραν —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Hedos’ is by etymology) that which is suitable for sitting.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ὁ ἐπιτηδ() Pr

COMMENT: In Pr τὸ is spaced as if a separate article gloss; possibly the presence of ὁ reflects a conflation with ὁ τόπος ὁ ἐπιτήδειος, as in the next.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1247.20 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἕδος⟩: ἕδος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἕδω τὸ κάθημαι· ὁ τόπος ὁ ἐπιτήδειος εἰς καθέδραν, διὸ καὶ δασύνεται. ἔδαφος δὲ τόπος ὁ ἐπιτήδειος εἰς ἐργασίαν ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ ἔδομεν, καὶ ψιλοῦ[ται]. —F

TRANSLATION: ‘Hedos’ (‘seat’) comes from ‘hedō’ meaning ‘I sit’: the place suitable for sitting, for which reason in fact the word has a rough breathing. ‘Edaphos’ is a place suitable for work, from which we will eat (‘edomai’), and it (accordingly) has a smooth breathing.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ἔδομεν] s.l. F, ἔδομ(αι) F

Or. 1248.01 (tri exeg) ¹οὕτω χρὴ γράφειν τόδε τὸ κῶλον· ‘τίνα θροεῖς λόγον σὺ πότνια’· ²οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει οἰκείως πρὸς τὸ κῶλον τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς, εἰ δ’ ἄλλως γράψεις οὐχ ἁρμόσει τῷ μέτρῳ. —T

TRANSLATION: One must write this colon in this way (scil. adding pronoun ‘su’, ‘you’): ‘tina throeis logon su potnia’ (‘what speech are you uttering, you, mistress?’). For in this way it conforms to the colon of the antistrophe, but if you will write it otherwise, it will not fit the meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.18,23–25; de Fav. 68

KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by

Or. 1248.02 (pllgn metr) †ἴαμβος† —Gu

TRANSLATION: †Iambus.†

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Gu has correctly noted ἰαμβικοί in the margin at 1251, 1278, 1288, and ἴαμβοι at 1258. The final letter here seems to be a compressed σ with hardly any extension of the horizontal stroke rather than an uncharacteristically fat and short iota. In any case, there is no reasonable way to scan as iambic the colon as it is laid out by Gr, τίνα θροεῖς αὐδὰν πότνια παραμένει γάρ. So this must be a careless anticipation of the later metrical labels.

Or. 1248.03 (tri metr) ⟨τίνα θροεῖς⟩: koinē short over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 68

Or. 1248.05 (thom exeg) ⟨θροεῖς⟩: μετὰ θορύβου λέγεις —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Throeis’ by etymology is) ‘you speak with confusion/disturbance (‘thorubos’)’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For the etymological connection, see Eust. exeg. in canonem iamb. pentecost. 1.161,14–16 γίνεται δὲ τὸ θροεῖν ἐκ τοῦ θρόος θροῦς ὃ δηλοῖ τὸν θόρυβον. δύναται δὲ θροεῖν εἶναι καὶ τὸ ἠχεῖν ἁπλῶς, καὶ τὸ λαλεῖν δὲ θροεῖν φασί τινες, οὐ μὴν πεζολογικῶς ἀλλὰ ποιητικῶς τραγικώτερον; cf. Sch. Aesch. Sept. 78o Smith ἔστι ῥῆμα θρέω τὸ σὺν θορύβῳ λαλῶ ἢ βοῶ, οὗ τὸ παθητικὸν θρέομαι ἀντὶ τοῦ θροοῦμαι καὶ ἐκπλήττομαι καὶ φοβοῦμαι. τὸ γὰρ παρὰ τοῖς κοινοῖς θροοῦμαι, τοῦτο παρὰ τοῖς ποιηταῖς θρεῦμαι καὶ θρέομαι.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1248.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φωνεῖς⟩: θροεῖς —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘phōneis’ there is a variant reading) ‘throeis’ (both ‘you speak’).

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1248.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πότνια⟩: διὰ τὴν παρθένον —Zu

TRANSLATION: (The address ‘potnia’, ‘mistress, lady’, is used) because of the maiden.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The intent of this note is uncertain. The translation takes it to be equivalent to πρὸς τὴν παρθένον, an indication of addressee, but one would expect πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν. Another possibility would be ‘the term “mistress” is used because of the maiden’ (i.e., because she is a maiden?), which would be a misguided explanation, but one perhaps possible in Zu.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1248.19 (tri metr) ⟨πότνια⟩: koinē long over omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 68

Or. 1249.01 (1249–1250) (vet exeg) ⟨παραμένει … σοι τόδ’⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι πότνια παραμένει σοι. —MCRwG

TRANSLATION: Being called ‘mistress’ remains for you.

LEMMA: πότνια παραμένει Rw POSITION: s.l. MCG

APP. CRIT.: σοι om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,7; cf. Dind. II.286,7–8

Or. 1249.02 (1249–1250) (vet exeg) ⟨παραμένει … σοι τόδ’⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι σε πότνιαν παραμένει σοι. —B

TRANSLATION: Your being called ‘mistress’ remains for you.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,7 with app.

Or. 1249.03 (1249–1250) (pllgn exeg) ⟨παραμένει … ἔτι σοι τόδ᾽⟩: τὸ λέγεσθαί σε σεβασμίαν οὐκ ἐξέλιπεν. —B²

TRANSLATION: Your being called ‘highly esteemed’ has not fallen into abeyance.

POSITION: s.l. (above 1250 ἔτι σοι τόδ᾽)

Or. 1250.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τόδ᾽⟩: τὸ πότνια —R

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ is) the term ‘mistress’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1250.02 (recMoschThom exeg) ⟨τόδ᾽⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι πότνια —Aa²F²KXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmZuT^*Ox²

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ is) to be called ‘mistress’.

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: τόδε prep. Gr, καὶ τοῦτο prep. Yf | καλ. πότνια transp. K | after καλεῖσθαι add. s.l. σε Zm | πότνια] πότνιαν ZZbZmZlZu, om. Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Cf. Dind. II.286,7

Or. 1250.03 (rec exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι σε πότνια —MnPrSaZc

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ is) your being called ‘mistress’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1250.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ εἶναι σεβασμίαν —ZuCrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘This thing’ is) your being highly esteemed.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1250.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Δαναϊδῶν⟩: οἱ ἀπόγονοι Δαναοῦ Δαναΐδαι ἐκλήθησαν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: The descendants of Danaus were called Danaidae.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1250.09 (tri metr) diple on left, paragraphos and diple on right —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 68

Or. 1251.01 (tri metr) σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν στίχων ἰαμβικῶν δύο. ἐπὶ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: A metrical system, in the form of a separate section, of two iambic verses. At the end a paragraphos.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.18,21–22; de Fav. 68

Or. 1251.02 (1251–1252) (tri metr) σύστημα —T

TRANSLATION: Metrical system.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 68

Or. 1251.03 (1251–1252) (pllgn metr) ἰαμβικοί —Gu

TRANSLATION: Iambic verses.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1251.04 (1251–1252) (mosch exeg) ⟨στῆθ’ αἱ μὲν ὑμῶν … φρουρὰν δόμων⟩: ¹στῆτε εἰς φρουρὰν τῶν δόμων, ²αἱ μὲν ἀφ’ ὑμῶν εἰς τόνδε τὸν ἁμαξήρη τρίβον, ἤγουν δι’ οὗ ἕλκονται αἱ ἅμαξαι, τετραμμέναι δηλονότι, ³αἱ δὲ ἐνθάδε εἰς τὸν ἄλλον οἶμον, ἤγουν εἰς τὴν ἄλλην ὁδόν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Take a stance to guard the house, some of you toward this ‘hamaxērē’ path, that is, one through which wagons (‘hamaxai’) are drawn, turned (in that direction), obviously, and the others (of you) this way toward the other ‘oimon’, that is, toward the other road.

LEMMA: στῆθ’ αἱ μέν G POSITION: s.l. XbXo

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἀφ’ om. T | ἁμαξήρη] ἁμάξης X | τρίβον om. XoG

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀμαξήρη Xo | δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,9–12

Or. 1251.05 (rec exeg) ⟨στῆθ’⟩: ἀφ’ ἡμῶν καὶ πόρρω ἡμῶν —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Take a stance’) away from us and at a distance from us.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: both ἡμῶν] ὑμῶν Mn, app. corrected to ἡμῶν (ambig. whether ἡμῶν corr. to ὑμῶν)

COMMENT: This is apparently intended to clarify the contrast with ἐνθάδε in the following colon, although there may have been confusion with sch. 1251.10 ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, a standard clarification of a partitive genitive.

Or. 1251.12 (tri metr) ⟨ὑμῶν⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 68

Or. 1251.13 (vet exeg) ⟨τόνδ’ ἁμαξήρη τρίβον⟩: τὴν λεωφόρον ὁδόν —MCAaPrSaZu

TRANSLATION: (‘This wagon path’ is) the thoroughfare.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: τουτέστι prep. PrZu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212.8

Or. 1251.14 (vet exeg) ⟨τόνδ’ ἁμαξήρη τρίβον⟩: τὴν λεωφόρον ὁδόν τὴν δημοσίαν —B

TRANSLATION: (‘This wagon path’ is) the public thoroughfare.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212, app. at 8; Dind. II.286,12–13

Or. 1251.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόνδ’ ἁμαξήρη τρίβον⟩: ἁμαξήρης τρίβος ἔνθα αἱ ἅμαξαι διέρχονται. —Zb²

TRANSLATION: A ‘hamaxērē’ path is where the wagons (‘hamaxai’) pass.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1251.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόνδ’ ἁμαξήρη τρίβον⟩: δι’ οὗ ἕλκονται αἱ ἅμαξαι —Zc

TRANSLATION: (‘This wagon [‘hamaxērē’] path’ is) the one through which the wagons are drawn.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1251.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨τόνδ’ ἁμαξήρη τρίβον⟩: κατὰ τὴν λεωφόρον ὁδὸν —O

POSITION: s.l., misplaced above 1248 ‑εῖς αὐδὰν O

Or. 1251.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨τόνδ’ ἁμαξήρη τρίβον⟩: εἰς τήνδε λεωφόρον —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1251.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨τόνδ’ ἁμαξήρη τρίβον⟩: εἰς τὴν ὁδὸν ⟨τὴν⟩ λεωφόρον —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1251.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: τήνδ’ —Zu

TRANSLATION: (For masculine ‘tond’ ’, ‘this’, there is a variant, feminine) ‘tēnd’ ’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1251.24 (thom exeg) ⟨ἁμαξήρη⟩: τὸν κατημαξευμένον, τὸν συνήθη —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Hamaxērē’ means) the one worn down by wagons, the usual one.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,14

Or. 1251.29 (thom gram) ⟨τρίβον⟩: Ἀττικῶς ὁ τρίβος καὶ ὁ οἶμος. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: In Attic ‘tribos’ and ‘oimos’ (both ‘road, path’) are masculine.

POSITION: marg. Zm, s.l. ZlGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,14–15

COMMENT: The claim of the Attic status for the masculine rests only on the usage in Euripides (here, in 1258, and El. 103); other attestations of the masculine are postclassical, starting with the Septuagint.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1252.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨εἰς φρουρὰν δόμων⟩: εἰς τὸ φρουρεῖν καὶ τηρεῖν τὸν οἶκον —MCMnPrSaGLp

TRANSLATION: (‘For a guarding of the house’, that is,) in order to guard and watch the house.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. except marg. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,9; Dind. II.286,17

Or. 1252.07 (vet paraphr) ⟨εἰς φρουρὰν δόμων⟩: εἰς τὸ τηρῆσαι τὸν οἶκον —B

TRANSLATION: (‘For a guarding of the house’, that is,) in order to take up watch on the house.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212, app. at 9; cf. Dind. II.286,13

Or. 1252.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰς φρουρὰν δόμων⟩: εἰς τὸ τηρεῖν τὸν δόμον —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘For a guarding of the house’, that is,) in order keep watch on the house.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1252.14 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 68

Or. 1253.01 (1253–1257=1273–1277) (tri metr) τί δέ με τόδε: ⁰ἡ δευτέρα αὕτη στροφὴ κώλων ἐστὶ εʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον, τῶν πρώτων δύο ποδῶν χορείων. ²τὸ δεύτερον παιωνικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου. ³τὸ γʹ ἐπιωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ δευτέρου ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος, καὶ διιάμβου διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. ⁴τὸ δʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς τοῦ δευτέρου καὶ γʹ ποδὸς ἀναπαίστου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον, ἐκ παίωνος δευτέρου ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος καὶ χοριάμβου καὶ συλλαβῆς. ⁵τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον ἀντεστραμμένον πρῶτον ἔχον τὸν χοριάμβον· εἰ δὲ βούλει, δακτυλικὸν ἑφθημιμερές. ⁶εἶτα παράγραφος καὶ δύο διπλαῖ. —T

¹1253=1273 ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
τί δέ με τόδε χρέος ἠπύεις
ἄφοβος ἔχε κενὸς ὦ φίλα
²1254=1274 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒
ἔνεπέ μοι φίλα
στίβος ὃν οὐ δοκεῖς
³1255=1275 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
φόβος ἔχει με μήτις ἐπὶ δώμασιν
τί δέ. τὸ σὸν βέβαιον ἔτι μοι μένει;
⁴1256=1276 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ / ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑
σταθεὶς ἐπὶ φοίνιον αἷμα
δὸς ἀγγελίαν ἀγαθάν τι
⁵1257=1277 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ / ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ‒, ‒
πήματα πήμασιν ἐξεύρη
ν’ εἰ τάδ’ ἔρημα τὰ πρόσθ’ αὐλᾶς

TRANSLATION: This second strophe is of five cola. The first is an acatalectic iambic dimeter, with the first two feet chorei. The second is a one-and-a-half measure paeonic composed of a fourth paeon and an iamb. The third is an acatalectic epionic trimeter composed of a fourth paeon and a second (paeon) in place of an ionic a maiore, and a double iamb because of the indifferent syllable. The fourth is an iambic hephthemimeres with the second and third foot being an anapaest; but if you prefer, a hypercatalectic prosodiac dimeter, composed of a second paeon in place of an ionic a maiore, and a choriamb and a syllable. The fifth is similar (to the prosodiac analysis of the fourth), with the elements reversed, having the choriamb first; but if you prefer, a dactylic hephthemimeres. Then a paragraphos and two diplae.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.18,26–19,2; de Fav. 68–69

COMMENT: For colon 5 Triclinius does not comment on the difference between the versions of the non-choriambic metron (second paeon for ionic a maiore vs. ionic a minore).

Or. 1253.02 (1253–1257) (tri metr) στροφὴ δευτέρα κώλων ε´ —T

TRANSLATION: A second strophe, of five cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69

Or. 1253.03 (1253–1254) (pllgn exeg) σημείωσαι —Gu

TRANSLATION: Take note.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: 1253–1254 are written as one line by Gr. There is a horizontal line separating ἔνεπε from φίλα, indicating that μοι has been erased either in this copy or in its exemplar. Perhaps it is this textual anomaly that Gu intended to highlight with σημείωσαι.

Or. 1253.04 (vet exeg) τί δέ με τόδε χρέος: οἷον εἰς τί μοι τοῦτο τὸ πρᾶγμα προστάσσεις ποιεῖν, τὸ φρουρεῖν τὴν ὁδόν; —MBOC

TRANSLATION: (The sense is,) as it were, for what purpose do you order me to do this thing, guarding the road?

LEMMA: B(τάδε, as in text), τί δέ με χρέος M REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: οἷον om. O | ποιεῖν om. C | after φρουρεῖν add. δηλαδὴ B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,10–11; Dind. II.286,20–21

Or. 1253.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί δέ με τόδε χρέος⟩: κατὰ τί δέ με τοῦτο προστάσσεις, τὸ φρουρεῖν τὴν ὁδόν; —Zu

TRANSLATION: And why do you give me this command, to guard the road?

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1253.06 (thom exeg) τί δέ μοι τόδε χρέος: ἤγουν τίνα χρείαν σαυτῇ καλεῖς ἐμέ, τουτέστι τί χρησιμεύσω σοι καλουμένη; —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, for what service to yourself do you call upon me, that is, what service will I provide you when I am called upon?

LEMMA: T(om. τόδε) POSITION: marg. ZaZlZm, s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: χρησειμ‑ or χρησαμ‑ a.c. Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,19–20

Or. 1253.07 (mosch exeg) τί δέ με (μοι s.l.): ¹εἰ μὲν δοτικὴ, οὕτως· ²εἰς τί δὲ, ἤγουν εἰς ποῖον σκοπὸν, ἀπύεις ἐμοὶ, ἀντὶ τοῦ κελεύεις, τόδε τὸ χρέος; ³εἰ δὲ αἰτιατικὴ, οὕτως· ⁴εἰς τί τόδε τὸ χρέος, ἤγουν εἰς τίνα τήνδε τὴν χρείαν καλεῖς ἐμέ, ⁵τουτέστι, τίς ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ χρεία εἰς ἣν καλεῖς ἐμέ; —XXaXbXoYYfGGr, partial T⁺

TRANSLATION: If (the pronoun) is dative case (‘to me’), like this: And to what, that is, toward what goal, do you call out to me—used for ‘order’ (me)—this task? But if it is accusative case (‘me’), like this: To what this task, that is, to what this service, do you summon me, that is to say, what is this service to which you summon me?

LEMMA: XaXbXo(without punct. after)YGr, τί δ’ ἐμὲ τόδε χρέος G, τί δέ μοι Yf POSITION: s.l. Xo

APP. CRIT.: 1–3 om. T | 1 εἰ μὲν δοτικῆ Yf, ἡ μὲν δοτικὴ G | 3 αἰτιατικῆ Yf | 4 τόδε] δὲ Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,22–26

COMMENT: With the nominative δοτικὴ/αἰτιατικὴ, either ἀντωνυμία or πτῶσις is understood. Yf’s datives δοτικῆ/αἰτιατικῆ here are influenced by expressions of the type εἰ μὲν συντάσσεται δοτικῇ (sch. 803.10, cf. 1039.01).

KEYWORDS: variant readings, both explained

Or. 1253.12 (rec exeg) ⟨με⟩: τὸ μ̅ε̅ ἀντὶ τοῦ μ̅ο̅ι̅. —K

TRANSLATION: (Accusative) ‘me’ is used in place of (dative) ‘moi’ (‘to me’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1253.13 (recMosch exeg) ⟨με⟩: μοι —Rf^rXXaXbXoYYfGr

TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘me’ there is a variant, dative) ‘moi’ (‘to me’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1253.14 (tri exeg) ⟨με⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον. —T

TRANSLATION: (The accusative ‘me’ is used here, instead of dative ‘moi’,) because of the meter.

POSITION: s.l. above ἠπύεις

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69

COMMENT: It is hard to understand why Triclinius placed this note where he did, added above the gloss ἤγουν καλεῖς, which is above ἠπύεις. But there is no way it can apply to ἠπύεις. To be sure, Triclinius for some reason preferred to write ἠπύεις in place of ἀπύεις (the latter appears in all other manuscripts), but this alteration has no connection with meter. The only word in the context where a metrical distinction between variants applies is με/μοι, and it is noteworthy that Triclinius suppressed the first part of Moschopulus’s sch. 1253.07, presumably because he could not countenance considering μοι a possible reading.

Or. 1253.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μοι⟩: με —AaGr

TRANSLATION: (For dative ‘moi’, ‘to me’, there is a variant, accusative) ‘me’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1253.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ χρέος ἀπύεις⟩: τὸ πρᾶγμα προστάσσεις, ἤγουν φρουρεῖν τὴν ὁδὸν —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘You speak the need’, that is,) ‘you command the action’, namely watching over the road.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1254.02 (tri exeg) ⟨ἔνεπέ⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον —T

TRANSLATION: (‘Enepe’ is spelled with a single rather than a doube nu) because of the meter.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69

Or. 1255.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨φόβος ἔχει με⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φοβοῦμαι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZb²Zc

TRANSLATION: (‘Fear holds me’ is) equivalent to ‘I am afraid’.

LEMMA: φόβος X POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,27

Or. 1255.08 (1255–1256) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δώμασι σταθεὶς⟩: ἐπὶ δώμασι σταθεὶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπίστας τοῖς δώμασιν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial G

TRANSLATION: ‘Standing near the house’ (as simple verb and participial phrase) equivalent to ‘standing at the house’ (compound verb and plain dative noun).

POSITION: s.l. (above 1256 σταθεὶς, except above 1255 δώμασι G) except X

APP. CRIT.: ἐπὶ … ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | σταθεὶς om. X

APP. CRIT. 2: δώμασι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,27–28

Or. 1256.06 (vetThom exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: τὸ τῆς Ἑλένης —MBOAaMnPrSY²ZZaZbZlZmZuTGuCrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Blood’, namely,) that of Helen.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. MY², intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: τὸ] MB, om. others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,12

Or. 1257.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πήματα πήμασιν ἐξεύρῃ⟩: ἤτοι φονεύσει ἐκεῖνος ἐκείνους —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Will contrive woes upon woes’,) that is, that man (the new arrival) will kill them (Orestes and Pylades).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1257.05 (thom exeg) ⟨πήμασιν⟩: οἷς σύνεσμεν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘On top of pains’, namely,) the ones with which we are (already) involved.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.286,29

Or. 1257.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξάρῃ⟩: γρ. ἐξεύρῃ. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘exarēi’, ‘raise up’,) the reading ‘exeurēi’ (‘contrive’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1257.11 (tri metr) diple on left, paragraphos and diple on right —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69

Or. 1258.01 (tri metr) χωρεῖτε: σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν στίχων ἰαμβικῶν γ´. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: A metrical system, in the form of a separate section, of three iambic verses. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,3–4; de Fav. 69

Or. 1258.02 (1258–1260) (pllgn metr) ἴαμβοι —Gu

TRANSLATION: Iambic trimeters.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1258.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χωρεῖτε⟩: καθ’ ἑαυτὸν ὁ χορός. —Y²

TRANSLATION: The chorus (speaks) to itself.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1258.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπειγόμεσθ’⟩: ἐπειγώμεσθ’ —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (For indicative ‘epeigomesth  there is a variant, subjunctive) ‘epeigōmesth’ ’.

LEMMA: thus in text Rf POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1259.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τόνδ’ … τὸν⟩: τὴνδ’ … τὴν —R

TRANSLATION: (For masculine ‘tond’ ’, ‘this’, and ‘ton’, ‘the’, there is an alternative text with feminine) ‘tēnd’ ’ and ‘tēn’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The first word is written in the ink of the main text; the second is in the ink of the other glosses.

Or. 1259.05 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸν πρὸς ἡλίου βολάς⟩: τὸν ἀνατολικόν φησιν. —MCAaPrGuZu

TRANSLATION: (By ‘the one toward the beams of the sun’) he means the eastern one.

POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. others

APP. CRIT.: τὸ Zu | φησιν om. CGu

APP. CRIT. 2: φησί Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,13; Dind. II.287,2–3

Or. 1259.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸν πρὸς ἡλίου βολάς⟩: ἤγουν τὸν πρὸς ἀνατολὰς φέροντα δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘The one toward the beams of the sun’,) that is, the one heading toward the east, clearly.

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 1259.02 X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. XGZc | δηλονότι om. GZc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,3–4

Or. 1259.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸν πρὸς ἡλίου βολάς⟩: τὴν ἀνατολικὴν ὁδὸν —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1259.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸν πρὸς ἡλίου βολάς⟩: τὸν ⟨πρὸς⟩ ἀνατολικὸν βλέποντα —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1259.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸν πρὸς ἡλίου βολάς⟩: ἤγουν τὴν πρὸς ἀνατολὰς ὁδόν —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1260.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τόνδ’ ὃς πρὸς ἑσπέραν φέρει⟩: ἤγουν τὴν δυτικὴν τρίβον —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1260.04 (vet exeg) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: ἡνίοχον —MC

TRANSLATION: (With masculine ‘this’ understand the noun) ‘charioteer’. Or: (With ‘pherei’, ‘carries’, understand as the object the noun) ‘charioteer’.

LEMMA: καὶ μὴν ἐγὼ τόνδ’ MC(τὸν δ’; not sep. from note) REF. SYMBOL: M

COMMENT: This could be a bad explanation of τόνδ’, recognized as incorrect by the reviser of the B tradition (sch. 1260.08), who then (in a fashion typical of changes in that tradition) made a seemingly plausible emendation. But ἡνιοχεῖ itself is suspect if it is meant to explain φέρει in (τρίβον) ὃς πρὸς ἑσπέραν φέρει. If, conversely, B reflects the original and MC have a corruption of ἡνιοχεῖ, the result is still unsatisfactory. Perhaps some deeper corruption is present. ἡνιοχ‑ could perhaps have appeared in a fuller explanation of the etymology ἠοῦς πέρας (sch. 1260.10–11).

Or. 1260.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: τήνδ’ —R

TRANSLATION: (For masculine ‘tond’ ’, ‘this’ there is a variant reading, feminine) ‘tēnd’ ’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1260.08 (vet exeg) ὃς πρὸς ἑσπέραν φέρει: ἤτοι ἡνιοχεῖ —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Bears, carries’,) that is, ‘steers a chariot’.

COMMENT: See comment on 1260.04.

Or. 1260.10 (vet exeg) ⟨ἑσπέραν⟩: ¹τὸ δυτικὸν, ὅτι τῆς ἠοῦς πέρας ἐστὶν, ²ἢ ὅτι τότε εἰς ἑαυτοὺς περῶμεν. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Hesperan’, ‘evening’, means) the west, because (evening) is the final goal of dawn (‘ēous peras’), or because at that time we transition to our own homes (‘eis heautous perōmen’).

LEMMA: lemma ἑσπέραν λέγ() (or λεγειν?)· ἑσπέραν φέρει Rw POSITION: cont. from sch. 1260.04 with no punct. MC, from 1260.08 with no punct. B

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἠοῦς πέρας] Dind. (from next), ἐσπέρας all | 2 ἢ ὅτι κτλ om. BRw (conflation with next) | ἑαυτοὺς] ἑαυτὸν M

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐστί B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,14–15; Dind. II.287,5–7

COMMENT: For the etymologies, cf. Orion 58,23 ἑσπέρα. παρὰ τὸ ἐς πέρας εἶναι τὴν ἕω, ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔσω ἡμᾶς περᾶν; Georg. Choerobosc. epimer. in Psalm. 21,13–14 ἕω, τελειῶ, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ ἕως ἡμέρα, καὶ ἑσπέρα, ἡ τῆς ἡμέρας τελείωσις, 138,18–19 ἑσπέρα, παρὰ τὸ ἔσω φέρειν, ἐσωφέρα τις οὖσα, καὶ ἐν συγκοπῇ ἑσπέρα, ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἔσω περᾶν; Et. Gud. ε 538 de Stefani ἑσπέρα· ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔσω περᾶν πάντα τὰ ζῶα καὶ καθεύδειν, καὶ σαφῶς εἰς πέρας πάντα φέρειν· ἢ τῆς ἑῴας πέρας ἤγουν πλήρωμα [σαφῶς … περᾶν is a corruption of the Sappho fragment]; Et. Gen. cod. A (129r) ἑσπέρα· παρὰ τὸ τῆς ἔω πέρας εἶναι; (sharing the quotation of Sappho present in the next) Et. Magn. 384,2–5 καὶ ἑσπέρα· ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔσω ποιεῖν περᾶν τὰ ζῷα ἀναπαυσόμενα· ἢ ὁ πέρας τῆς ἕω φέρων. Σαπφὼ, Ἕσπερε πάντα φέρων ὅσα φαινόλις ἐσκέδασ’ αὔως. τὸ γὰρ ἐναντίον ἕως καλεῖται, παρὰ τὸ ἐᾶν πάντα καὶ ἀπολύειν. Ἡσίοδος, Ἠὼς ἥτε φανεῖσα πολεῖς ἐπέβησε κελεύθου.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1260.11 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τὸ δυτικὸν λέγει. ²ἑσπέρα δὲ λέγεται ἢ ὅτι τῆς ἠοῦς πέρας ἐστίν ἢ ὅτι τότε εἰς ἑαυτοὺς περῶμεν. ³ἢ ἐσωφέρα τις οὖσα, ἀπὸ τοῦ πάντας εἰσφέρειν καὶ ἔσω φέρειν. ⁴καὶ ἡ Σαπφὼ δὲ οὕτως τὸν ἕσπερον ἀστέρα εἶπε τρόπον τινὰ ἐτυμολογοῦσα τὸ ὄνομα [fr. 104 L–P, Voigt, Neri]· ⁵‘ἕσπερε πάντα φέρων ὅσα φαινολὶς ἐσκέδασ’ αὔως’. —MBCRwZu

TRANSLATION: (By ‘evening’ the chorus) means the west. ‘Hespera’ (‘evening’) is so named either because it is the final goal of dawn (‘ēous peras’), or because at that time we transition to our own homes (‘eis heautous perōmen’). Or (it can be explained as) something that is ‘carrying inside’ (‘esōphera’). And Sappho spoke in this way of the evening star (Hesperus), in a way etymologizing the name: ‘Hespere, bringing (home) all things that bright dawn scattered’.

LEMMA: C, in marg. M REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: cont. from prev. BRw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.212,16–213,2; Dind. II.287,7–11

COMMENT: See comment on the prev., and see Voigt and Neri for references to the many quotations of the Sappho excerpt.

KEYWORDS: etymology | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Sappho

Or. 1260.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἑσπέραν⟩: ¹παρὰ τὸ τῆς ἠοῦς πέρας εἶναι, ἢ ὅτι τότε εἰς ἑαυτοὺς περῶμεν. ²ἢ ἐσωφέρα τις οὖσα, ἀπὸ τοῦ πάντα εἰσφέρ[ειν] ἔσω. —O

TRANSLATION: (‘Hespera’) derived from its being the final goal of dawn (‘ēous peras’), or because at that time we transition to our own homes (‘eis heautous perōmen’). Or (it can be explained as) something that is ‘carrying inside’ (‘esōphera’), from its bringing everything inside.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 2 εἰσφείρα τί O

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἡοῦς a.c. O | 2 πᾶντα O

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1260.18 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69

Or. 1261.01 (1261–1265=1281–1285) (tri metr) δόχμια νυν κόρας: ⁰ἡ τρίτη αὕτη στροφὴ κώλων ἐστὶ εʹ. ^1–2τὸ αʹ καὶ δεύτερον παιωνικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου. ³τὸ γʹ ἰαμβικὸν καθαρὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς. ⁴τὸ δʹ ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις. εἰ δὲ βούλει. ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. ⁵τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον τῷ αʹ παιωνικόν. ⁶ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος καὶ διπλαῖ, ἡ μὲν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ κώλου ἐκτὸς νενευκυῖα, ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸ τέλος ἐντὸς νενευκυῖα. —T

¹1261=1281 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒
δόχμια νῦν κόρας
φέρε νυν ἐν πύλαι
²1262=1282 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒
διάφερ’ ὀμμάτων
σιν ἀκοὰν βάλω
³1263=1283 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑
ἐκεῖθεν ἐνθάδ’, εἶτ’ ἐ
τί μέλλεθ’ οἱ κατ’ οἶκον
⁴1264=1284 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ / ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒
π’ ἄλλην σκοπιάν
ὡς ἡσυχία
⁵1265=1285 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏒ ‒
ἔχομεν ὡς θροεῖς
σφάγια φοινίσσειν

TRANSLATION: This third strophe is of five cola. The first and second are one-and-a-half-measure paeonic, (each) composed of fourth paeon and iambus. The third is a pure iambic hephthemimer. The fourth is an anapaestic basis but if you prefer, a hypercatalectice ionic a maiore monometer. The fifth is a paeonic similar to the first. At the end a paragraphos and diplae, the one at the beginning of the colon pointing outward, the one at the end pointing inward.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,5–10; de Fav. 69

Or. 1261.02 (1261–1265) (tri metr) A third strophe, of five cola. —T

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69

Or. 1261.03 (vet exeg) δόχμια νῦν κόρας: οἷον περίφερέ σου καὶ πλαγίαζε τὸ ὄμμα καὶ φύλασσε καὶ τὰ πλάγια τῶν οἴκων ἐπιτήρει. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: As it were, turn your eye all around and turn (it) to the side and guard and watch over the areas at the sides of the house.

POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,3–4; Dind. II.287,12–13

Or. 1261.04 (1261–1262) (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόχμια νῦν κόρας⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν ὁ λόγος. —Zm

TRANSLATION: The speech is addressed to the chorus.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1261.10 (tri metr) ⟨δόχμια⟩: koinē short over omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69

Or. 1261.14 (tri metr) ⟨κόρας⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69

Or. 1263.01 (mosch exeg) ἐκεῖθεν ἐνθάδ’: ἀπ’ ἐκείνου τοῦ μέρους εἰς τοῦτο. ἐπὶ κινήσεως ἐνταῦθα τὸ ἐνθάδε. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial GuZcOx²

TRANSLATION: From that direction to this one. Here ‘enthade’ is used of motion (‘hither’, not static position, ‘here’).

LEMMA: G REF. SYMBOL: G POSITION: s.l. except XGGr and T(first sentence s.l., second marg., each with cross)

APP. CRIT.: ἐπὶ κτλ om. GuZcOx²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287,16–17

Or. 1263.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκεῖθεν ἐνθάδ’⟩: ἤγουν ἔνθεν κἀκεῖθεν —G

TRANSLATION: That is, from this side and from that side.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1265.07 (tri metr) diple on left side (outside pers. nota), paragraphos and diple on right —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69

Or. 1266.01 (1266–1270) (tri metr) ἑλίσσετε νυν: ἡ ἀντιστροφὴ αὕτη τῆς πρώτης ἐστὶ στροφῆς. ἧς ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘Μυκηνίδες ὧ φίλαι’. κώλων γάρ ἐστι καὶ αὕτη εʹ ἰσομέτρων ἐκείνοις. τὸ μέντοι πρῶτον κῶλον τετρασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν κρητικόν. τὸ δὲ βʹ οὐ καλῶς εἶχε· διὸ καὶ ἀντέστρατται παρ’ ἐμοῦ, καὶ ἔχει νῦν ὀρθῶς. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει μόνη παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: This is the antistrophe of the first strophe [1246–1250], of which the first line is ‘Oh dear Mycenean women’. For this stanza too consists of five cola that are of the same meter as those. The first colon, however, has its cretic resolved into four syllables. And the second was not in good shape: therefore, in fact, a transposition has been effected by me, and now it is correct. At the end a paragraphos alone.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,11–15; de Fav. 70

COMMENT: In 1267 Triclinius has πάντα διὰ βοστρύχων where the transmitted reading is διὰ βοστρύχων πάντα (or πάντῃ/πάντη); this transposition is accepted in modern editions.

KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by

Or. 1266.02 (1266–1270) (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ α´ κώλων ε´ —T

TRANSLATION: First antistrophe, of five cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 70

Or. 1266.03 (1266–1267) (vet exeg) ἑλίσσετε νῦν βλέφαρον: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς ἑλίσσετε νῦν βλέφαρον διὰ βοστρύχων καὶ κόραισι δίδοτε πάντα, ²ὅ ἐστι πάντα τόπον τῇ θέᾳ δίδοτε καὶ σκοπεῖτε. —MBCPrSaZu, partial ORw

TRANSLATION: The run of the sense is ‘whirl about your eyelid through your curls and present everything to your pupils’, which is to say ‘present every place to your sight and keep watch’.

LEMMA: MBC (all νῦν as in text), ἑλίσσετε νῦν Rw (νῦν as in text), ἑλίσσετε Zu REF. SYMBOL: MBC

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξῆς M | κόρακι M | δίδοται M | 2 δίδοται O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,5–7; Dind. II.287,21–23

Or. 1266.04 (mosch exeg) ἑλίσσετε νῦν βλέφαρον: τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς δηλονότι, ἤγουν περισκοπεῖσθε —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aG^bGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Eyelid’, that is,) the eyes, clearly; in other words, (the phrase means) ‘look around’.

LEMMA: G^a; νῦν in text all POSITION: s.l. except XG^a

APP. CRIT.: ἑλίσσετε νῦν prep. X | ἤγουν om. G^aG^b

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G^aG^b | ‑σκοπεῖσθαι Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,8–9

Or. 1266.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ἑλίσσετε νῦν βλέφαρον⟩: συστρέφετε ἁπανταχόσε τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Whirl now your eyelid’, that is,) ‘turn your eyes in every direction’.

LEMMA: νῦν in text all POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: συστρέφ-] οὐ στρέφ‑ Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,8

Or. 1266.10 (tri metr) ⟨(βλέ)φαρα⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς —T

TRANSLATION: (The two short syllables ‘phara’ are) in place of a single (long syllable).

LEMMA: thus in text T POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 69

Or. 1267.01 (vet exeg) κόραισι δίδοτε: ¹†κόρας δὲ διὰ† τὸ ἐπὶ ταῖς κόραις βλέφαρον ἑλίσσετε καὶ κινεῖτε καὶ διὰ τῶν βοστρύχων αὐτὸ δίδοτε πανταχόσε. ²ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰς κόρας καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀποτείνετε πανταχοῦ, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ πάντῃ ἀντὶ τοῦ πανταχοῦ. || ³ἢ πάντα τόπον δίδοτε ταῖς ὄψεσι. †προσθ()† —MBC

TRANSLATION: Whirl and move the eyelid that is upon the pupils and give it through the cheek-curls in every direction. Equivalent to ‘direct the pupils and the eyes everywhere’, so that ‘pantēi’ (‘in every way’) is used for ‘pantachou’ (‘everywhere’). || Or ‘give every place to the eyes’.

LEMMA: MC REF. SYMBOL: C POSITION: follows sch. 1267.15 ἢ ὡς MC, follows sch. 1267.16 διὰ τῶν B

APP. CRIT.: 1 κόρας δὲ διὰ] MC (corruption of lemma?), κόρας φησὶ B; λείπει τὸ ἐπί Schw. (διὰ from λείπει compend.) | after βλέφ. add. κορὸν γὰρ τὸ μέλαν B | 2 τοῦ om. C | ἵν’ … πανταχοῦ om. C | προσθ()] M(no punct. before, comma after it), πρόσθ() C (no punct. before or after), om. B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐλίσσετε M | 2 ἵνῆι M | πάντη app. M, but ending is damaged

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,8–11; Dind. II.288,1–5

COMMENT: The initial word κόρας could possibly attest to a text with κόρας, the form that replaces κόραις in Canter’s emendation κόρας διάδοτε (see also sch. 1267.04). The διὰ of MC could also be a reflection of διάδοτε or δίδοτε or a truncated δια() or διδ(). The other possibility is that assumed by Schwartz, that (as elsewhere) the compendium for λείπει has been confused with a compendious form of διὰ. The resulting λείπει τὸ ἐπί· ⟨τὸ ἐπὶ⟩ ταῖς κόραις κτλ would account for the otherwise unmotivated use of ἐπὶ in the interpretation. This is attractive, but leaves the presence of κόρας unexplained (there could of course be a large lacuna here). Schwartz also wanted to associate the λείπει that M has as the first word of sch. 1267.14 with the preceding προσθ() to produce πρόθεσις λείπει; but the λείπει of 1267.14 seems to be a corruption of the διὰ carried in other witnesses, which is necessary to the sense. While C runs on into 1267.14 without punctuation, M has a comma before λείπει and runs on from there into 1267.14. | For the added words κορὸν γὰρ τὸ μέλαν in B, compare Et. Gud. 412,17–19 Sturz νυκτικόραξ, παρὰ τὸ νυκτὶ καὶ τὸ κόραξ· τοῦτο παρὰ τὸ κορὸν ὃ σημαίνει τὸ μέλαν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ κάραν μεγάλην ἔχειν. Et. Magn. 529,30–31 κόραξ: παρὰ τὸν κόρον, ὃ σημαίνει τὸ μέλαν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ κάραν μεγάλην ἔχειν; Et. Gud. 339,36–37 Sturz κόραξ, ὅτι κόρος ἐστὶ τῇ χροιᾷ· κόρον δὲ τὸ μαῦρον εἴρηται κτλ. But why this idea should have been cited here is unclear.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1267.02 (mosch exeg) κόραισι δίδοτε: τὸ βλέφαρον ἐνδίδοτε ταῖς κόραις, τουτέστι τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, πάντη, ἤγουν πρὸς πᾶν μέρος, διὰ τῶν βοστρύχων. —XXaXbXoYYfG^aG^bGr

TRANSLATION: Direct the eyelid with the pupils, that is to say, with the eyes, in every way, that is, toward every direction, through the cheek-curls.

LEMMA: G^a POSITION: s.l. except XG^aGr

APP. CRIT.: δίδοτε G^a | πρὸς πᾶν] προπᾶν Gr | διὰ om. XoG^aG^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,10–12

COMMENT: The translation offered is the only reasonable sense I can make of this paraphrase; but one would have expected an instrumental dative to be glossed with a διὰ-phrase for clarity. Giving ἐνδίδοτε a more normal meaning like ‘surrender to’ or ‘put upon’ does not produce good sense.

Or. 1267.03 (thom exeg) ⟨κόραισι δίδοτε διὰ βοστρύχων πάντα⟩: ἤγουν πάντα τόπον περισκοπεῖτε τῇ θέᾳ. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, look around at every spot with your vision.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Zl (at 1266)

Or. 1267.04 (rec exeg) ⟨κόραισι⟩: τὰς κόρας —MnR

TRANSLATION: (Dative ‘koraisi’ is to be treated as a substitution of case for accusative) ‘tas koras’ (‘the pupils’, as direct object of the verb). OR (deleting ‘the’): (For dative ‘koraisi’ there is a variant reading, accusative) ‘koras’ (‘pupils’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: If the article is a secondary addition, this may report a variant that anticipates part of Canter’s correction κόρας διάδοτε.

Or. 1267.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δίδοτε διὰ βοστρύχων πάντα⟩: ἤγουν διὰ κεφαλῆς συστρέφετε ἔνθεν κἀκεῖθεν —Zl

TRANSLATION: That is, with your head turn (your vision) this way and that way.

LEMMA: δίδοται in text Zl POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: συστρέφεται Zl

COMMENT: For διὰ κεφαλῆς in the interpretation, see the Thoman sch. 1267.18. | If Zl’s δίδοται and συστρέφεται are not treated as phonetic variants, the translation would be ‘That is, with your head it is turned this way and that way’.

Or. 1267.12 (rec exeg) ⟨δίδοται⟩: δίδοτε —Sa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘didotai’, ‘it is given’, there is a variant reading) ‘didote’ (imperative ‘give’).

LEMMA: thus in text Sa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1267.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων πάντη⟩: ἤγουν πρὸς πᾶν μέρος διὰ τῶν βοστρύχων —Ox²

TRANSLATION: That is, in every direction through the cheek-curls.

LEMMA: in text πάντη Ox², πα*** Ox POSITION: marg.

Or. 1267.14 (vet exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων⟩: διὰ βοστρύχων δὲ εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ καθειμένον ἔχουσι τὸν πλόκαμον μέχρι τῶν παρειῶν ὡς ἂν παρθένοι. —M^aM^bC^aC^bPrRwSaZu

TRANSLATION: She said ‘through the cheek-curls’ because they have their hair let down to their cheeks, as maidens would.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1266.03 M^aC^aPrRwSaZu; cont. from sch. 1267.01 M^bC^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,13–14; Dind. II.287,23–24

Or. 1267.15 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἢ ὡς πενθοῦσαι τὸν Ὀρέστην ἢ ὡς παρθένοι λελυμένον αὐτὸν ἔχουσιν, ²ἐξ οὗ συνέβαινε τὰ πλάγια μὴ ὁρᾶν. —M^aM^bC^aC^bPrSaZu, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: They have their hair let loose either because mourning for Orestes, or as maidens, whence it came about that they not see things to their sides.

LEMMA: ἀλλὡς M^b POSITION: all except M^b cont. from prev., M^aC^a after prev. M^aC^a, C^b after prev. C^b

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξοῦ M^aM^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,15–16; Dind. II.287,24–288,1

Or. 1267.16 (vet exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων⟩: διὰ τῶν βοστρύχων δὲ ἐπειδὴ καθειμένον ἔχουσι τὸν πλόκαμον μέχρι παρειῶν ἢ ὡς πενθοῦσαι τὸν Ὀρέστην ἢ ὡς ἂν παρθένοι, ἐξ οὗ συνέβαινε τὰ πλάγια μὴ ὁρᾶν. —B

TRANSLATION: ‘Through the cheek-curls’ because they have their hair let down to their cheeks either because mourning for Orestes, or as maidens would, whence it came about that they not see things to their sides.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1267.03 B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,15–16; Dind. II.287,23–288,1

Or. 1267.17 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων⟩: ¹ἐπεὶ καθειμένον ἔχουσι τὸν βόστρυχον μέχρι τῶν παρειῶν ²ἢ ὡς πενθοῦσα τὸν Ὀρέστην ἢ ὡς παρθένος, ³ἐξ οὗ συνέβαινε μὴ ὁρᾶν τὰ ἐκ πλαγίου. —O

TRANSLATION: Since they have their hair let down to their cheeks either as one mourning for Orestes or as a maiden, whence it came about that they not see things at their sides.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 μέχρι] διὰ, corr. to μέχρι s.l. O

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 πλαγείου O

Or. 1267.18 (thom exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων⟩: ¹τὸ διὰ βοστρύχων λέγει ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τοῦ κινεῖν τὴν κεφαλὴν ὧδε κἀκεῖσε, καὶ ἔστιν ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν. ²μέρος γὰρ τῆς κεφαλῆς οἱ βόστρυχοι. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: She says ‘by means of the cheek-curls’ in the sense of moving the head this way and that way, and it is (a case of) the whole (expressed) from the part. For the curls are part of the head.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZl POSITION: s.l. Zm

APP. CRIT.: διὰ τοῦ om. ZZa | τοῦ κινεῖν om. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὦδε Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287, app. at 23

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 1267.19 (thom exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων⟩: ¹ἢ τὸ διὰ βοστρύχων λέγει ἐπειδὴ καθειμένον εἶχον τὸν πλόκαμον μέχρι τῶν παρειῶν ²ἢ ὡς πενθοῦσαι τὸν Ὀρέστην ἢ ὡς παρθένοι, ³ἐξ οὗ συνέβαινε τὰ πλάγια μὴ ὁρᾶν. ⁴δηλοῖ δὲ ἡ διά τὸ μέσον κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον. —ZlGu

TRANSLATION: Or (alternatively) she says ‘through the cheek-curls’ because they had their hair let down to their cheeks either because mourning for Orestes, or as maidens, whence it came about that they not see things to their sides. According to this explanation the preposition ‘dia’ means ‘in between’ (rather than ‘by means of’).

POSITION: cont. from prev. ZlGu

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐπεὶ Zl | τῶν om. Zl | 2 πενθοῦσα … παρθένον Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 καθήμενον Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.287, app. at 23

Or. 1267.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ βοστρύχων⟩: λείπει τὸ βλέπειν· ⟨διὰ⟩ τῆς ἐπάρσεως ἄρατε ἄνω τοὺς βόστρυχας καὶ βλέπετε ἀνεμποδίστως. —B^3b

TRANSLATION: ‘To see’ is to be understood (as an infinitive of purpose/result). By lifting up, raise your curls upwards and look without hindrance.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,6–7

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1267.25 (rec exeg) ⟨πάντη⟩: πάντα —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For adverb ‘pantē’, ‘in every way’, there is a variant) ‘panta’ (either neuter plural adjective ‘all’ or same adverb with Doric alpha for eta).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1267.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάντα⟩: πάντη —Gr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘panta’, which is either neuter plural adj. ‘all’ or adverb ‘in every way’ with Doric alpha for eta, there is a variant) ‘pantē’ (same adverb with eta).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This is probably not to be taken as a simple eta gloss because Gr normally enters the eta gloss in smaller format in the same brown ink as the text itself, while this eta is larger and written in red along with Gr’s scholia and glosses.

Or. 1268.01 (1268–1270) (thom exeg) ὅδε τις: ¹φαντασθὲν τὸ ἡμιχόριον ἐρχόμενόν τινα τοῦτο πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν φησίν. ²ἀγρότης δὲ εἶπεν ἐπειδὴ ᾤετο μή τινα ἂν τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει λαμπρῶν ἀφῖχθαι, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ἀγροῦ τινὰ, ποιμένα λέγω ἢ συβότην, διά τινα χρείαν. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The half-chorus, having fancied that someone was coming, says this to Electra. And they said ‘countryman’ because they believed that none of the illustrious people in the city would have come, but someone from the countryside, I mean a shepherd or swineherd, for some need.

LEMMA: T(ὅδέ); in text ὦδέ ZZm, ὅδέ T, s.l. ZZaZm REF. SYMBOL: ZZa, at second τίς in 1269 Zm

APP. CRIT.: 2 λέγω] λέγει Za | συβώτην Zm

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐρχόμενον τινὰ ZmT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,13–16

Or. 1268.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ὧδε —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hode’, ‘this man’, there is a variant, adverb) ‘hōde’ (‘in this way’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὦ(δε) Zm

Or. 1268.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ὧδε⟩: ὅδε —ZZa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hōde’, ‘in this way’, there is a variant) ‘hode’ (‘this man’).

LEMMA: in text ὦδέ Z, ὧδέ Za POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1269.01 (1268–1270) (mosch exeg) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ … ἀγρότας ἀνήρ;⟩: ¹τὸ τίς ἀόριστον, ²ἤγουν ἀγρότης τις ἄρα ἀνὴρ ὅδε, ὃν λέγεις δηλονότι, πολεῖ ἀμφὶ τὸ σὸν μέλαθρον, ἀντί τοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ σὸν μέλαθρον; —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGu

TRANSLATION: The (pronoun) ‘tis’ is indefinite (not interrogative); that is, ‘it is some countryman, then, this fellow’, the one whom you mention, clearly, ‘coming around (‘amphi’) your palace’, used for ‘toward (‘epi’) your palace’.

LEMMA: 1268 ὅδε τὶς ἐν τρίβῳ G POSITION: intermarg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 τίς] τὶς GGu | 2 τις] τίς (or τὶς) XaXbXo(punct. before)YTaGGu, accent uncertain in T (damage) | ἆρα XaYf, a.c. Y, with both accents Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,16–18

COMMENT: Despite the lemma used by G and the accent applied in the text of these mss to τίς ὅδ’, this is a paraphrase of the words that follow πρόσερχεται. In the Moschopulean mss one semichorus speaks ὄδε τις … προσέρχεται and the other speaks τίς ὅδ’ … ἀγρότας ἀνήρ. None of the mss have a question mark after ἀνήρ, and the word order of the paraphrase shows that Moschopulus interpreted the sentence as a statement.

Or. 1270.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἀγρότας⟩: koinē short over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 70

Or. 1270.11 (rec metr) ⟨ἀγρότας⟩: long mark over second alpha —O

Or. 1270.14 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 70

Or. 1271.01 (1271–1272) (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβοι δύο τρίμετροι. ἐπὶ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: In the form of a separate section, two iambic trimeters. At the end a paragraphos.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,16–17; de Fav. 70

Or. 1271.02 (1271–1272) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀπωλόμεσθ’ ἄρα … ἐχθροῖς εἰ φανεῖ⟩: ¹ἀπωλόμεθα ἄρα, ὦ φίλαι, αὐτίκα, εἰ τοὺς κεκρυμμένους ξιφήρεις θῆρας, ²ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὸν Πυλάδην, φανεῖ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, ἤγουν δείξει, μηνύσει. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Then we’ve been destroyed immediately, friends, if he will make visible the hidden sword-bearing beasts, that is, Orestes and Pylades, to our enemies, (make visible,) that is, will show, will reveal.

POSITION: s.l. XaXbZoG (over two lines XoG, with gap before last three words)

APP. CRIT.: 1 εἰ] εἰς GGr, a.c. Xo | ξιφήρεις om. Yf | 2 first ἤγουν om. G | φανεῖ τοῖς ἐχθ. ἤγουν om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κεκρυμένους Xa, a.c. Gr | θήρας Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,21–23

COMMENT: Note the discrepancy between the fact that the witnesses other than XoGGr have κεκρυμμένους / θήρας whereas the paraphrase in all contains θῆρας, except for Y, where the accent in the paraphrase is made to match the acute in his text. Thus this is an example of how a text reading carried in Moschopulean witnesses may not reflect Moschopulus’ intention.

Or. 1272.01 (recThom exeg) ⟨θῆρας ξιφήρεις⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὸν Πυλάδην —MnRZZaZbZmTGuF²Y²CrOxB^3b

TRANSLATION: (‘Sword-bearing beasts’ means) Orestes and Pylades.

LEMMA: θήρας in text TY POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B^3b; above 1271 κεκρυμμένους MnR

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. GuB^3b | first τὸν om. Y² | καὶ τὸν πυλ. om. B^3b, καὶ τὸν om. Y²

Or. 1272.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θῆρας⟩: διὰ τὸ ἄγριον καὶ φονικὸν λέγει τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ Πυλάδην. —Zl

TRANSLATION: (With ‘beasts’) she refers to Orestes and Pylades because of their fierce and murderous quality.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1272.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐχθροῖς⟩: τῷ Μενελάῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Enemies’, namely,) Menelaus and the others.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,24

Or. 1272.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἢν φανῇ⟩: γρ. εἰ φανεῖ. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ēn fanei’ with subjunctive) the reading ‘ei fanei’ (with future) is found (both ‘if he will make visible’).

LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1272.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἢν φανῇ⟩: ἢν φανερωθῇ τοῦτο τὸ κεκρύφθαι αὐτούς —R

TRANSLATION: If this things is revealed, that they have been hidden.

LEMMA: thus in text R POSITION: marg.

Or. 1272.16 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 70

Or. 1273.01 (1273–1277) (tri metr) ἄφοβος ἔχε: ¹ἡ ἀντιστροφὴ αὕτη τῆς δευτέρας ἐστὶ στροφῆς, ἧς ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘τί δέ με τόδε χρέος’. ²κώλων γάρ ἐστι καὶ αὕτη ἰσομέτρων ἐκείνοις εʹ. ³ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: This is the antistrophe of the second strophe, of which the beginning is ‘Why me this service’. For this one too consists of five cola that are of the same meter as those. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,18–20; de Fav. 70

Or. 1273.02 (1273–1277) (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ δευτέρα κώλων ε´ —T

TRANSLATION: A second antistrophe, of five cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 70

Or. 1273.10 (mosch paraphr) κενὸς: ἐν ἐρημίᾳ ἀνθρώπων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.288,26

Or. 1273.12 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1274.01 (vet exeg) στίβος ὃν οὐ δοκεῖς: ὃν οὐ δοκεῖς κενὸν εἶναι, κενός ἐστιν. —MBOCRw

TRANSLATION: The one that you do not think is empty, is empty.

LEMMA: Rw(στῖβον) POSITION: marg. MO, intermarg. B, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: ὃν οὐ δοκεῖς om. O (understood from text) | οὐ δοκεῖς] οὐδεὶς C | εἶναι om. O | κενός] κενόν O

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστι Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,18; Dind. II.289,1–2

Or. 1274.02 (vet exeg) ⟨στίβος⟩: ἀρσενικῶς εἶπεν ὁ στίβος, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ὁδός. —B, partial M

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) used the masculine ‘ho stibos’, which is ‘the road’.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, s.l. B

APP. CRIT.: ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ὁδ. om. M

APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπε M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,18; Dind. II.289,1

Or. 1274.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στίβος⟩: ἀρσενικῶς —AaGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Stibos’ is) used in the masculine gender.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀρσενικὸς Aa, ῶς s.l.

Or. 1274.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃν⟩: ὧν —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hon’, accusative singular ‘which’, there is a variant, genitive plural) ‘hōn’ (‘of which’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1274.08 (thom exeg) ⟨σὺ δοκεῖς⟩: οὐκ εἶναι κενόν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (With ‘su dokeis’, ‘you believe’, understand) ‘not to be empty’.

LEMMA: thus in text except οὐ δοκ. TGr, σὺ οὐ δοκ. p.c. Zm POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1274.09 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ⟩: σὺ —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ou’, ‘not’, there is a variant reading) ‘su’ (‘you’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1274.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὺ⟩: οὐ —Y²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘su’, ‘you’, there is a variant reading) ‘ou’ (‘not’).

LEMMA: σὺ in text p.c. Y^a/2 POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1275.01 (vet exeg) τί δέ; τὸ σὸν βέβαιον: ¹πρὸς τὸ ἄλλο ἡμιχόριον λέγει ἡ Ἠλέκτρα· ²πῶς δέ; τὸ κατὰ σὲ ἔτι βέβαιον; —MBCRw, partial Y²Gu

TRANSLATION: Electra addresses the other half-chorus: How (is it)? Is your side still secure?

LEMMA: BC(δε τὸ; no punct. before note)Rw(δὲ τὸ) REF. SYMBOL: ΜΒ POSITION: marg. MY², s.l. CGu

APP. CRIT.: πρὸς om. MC | λέγει ἡ κτλ om. Y²Gu | ἔτι] Schwartz, ἐστι M, ἐστὶ C, ἐστιν· ἆρ’ ἔτι BRw | βέβαιον μένει· ἐπερχόμεν() (δὲ) B, βέβαιον μένει Rw, cont. after high dot with sch. 1279.01 (see comment there)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἡμιχώριον B | κατασέ B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,20–21; Dind. II.289,3–4

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1275.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τί δέ⟩: ἐρωτῶσα τὸ ἡμιχόριον λέγει. —AaMnPrSa

TRANSLATION: She (Electra) speaks, asking a question of the the half-chorus.

POSITION: s.l. AaPrSa, marg. at 1273–1274 Mn

Or. 1275.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δέ⟩: δαί —Za

TRANSLATION: (For ‘de’. ‘and/but’, there is a variant reading) ‘dai’ (a particle of emphasis).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1275.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨τὸ σόν βέβαιον … μένει⟩: ἤγουν ἡ σὴ φυλακὴ βεβαία ἐστί. —ZZaZbZlZmTGuY²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. ZY²

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστὶν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,5

Or. 1275.10 (mosch exeg) ἔτι: ἀντὶ τοῦ παρὰ τοῖς κοινοῖς ἀκμήν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Eti’ is) equivalent to ‘akmēn’ (‘still’) (the word in use) among those who speak common (Koine) Greek.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | ἀκμὴν παρὰ τοῖς κ. transp. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,6

Or. 1276.01 (tri paraphr) ⟨δὸς ἀγγελίαν ἀγαθάν τιν᾽⟩: ἤγουν εἰπέ μοι ἀγαθά. —T

TRANSLATION: That is, tell me good things.

LEMMA: thus in text T POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1276.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δὸς ἀγγελίαν ἀγαθάν τινά μοι⟩: τουτέστιν ἀπάλλαξον ἐμὲ φόβου —Zl

TRANSLATION: That is to say, free me from fear.

LEMMA: thus in text Zl(τίνά) POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1276.05 (tri metr) ⟨ἀγγελίαν⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 70

Or. 1276.08 (rec metr) ⟨ἀγαθάν⟩: long mark over third alpha —O

Or. 1277.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰ πρόσθ᾽ αὐλᾶς⟩: τὰ πρὸ τῆς αὐλῆς —F²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1277.16 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 70

Or. 1278.01 (1278–1280) (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβοι τρίμετροι γ´. ἐπὶ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: In the form of a separate section, three iambic trimeters. At the end a paragraphos.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,21–22; de Fav. 70

Or. 1278.02 (1278–1280) (pllgn metr) ἰαμβικοί —Gu

TRANSLATION: Iambic verses.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1278.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨καλῶς τά γ’ ἔνθεν⟩: ἔχει δηλονότι τὰ ἀπὸ τούτου τοῦ μέρους. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrGu, partial Zc

TRANSLATION: Is in (good) condition, obviously, the situation on this side.

POSITION: s.l. except XTGr

APP. CRIT.: καλῶς prep. T | ἔχει δηλ. om. Zc | δηλονότι om. G | τὰ] τὸ Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,10–11

Or. 1278.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨τοὐπίσω⟩: τοπικῶς λέγεται τὸ ὀπίσω ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὴν ἄλλην ὁδόν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The (adverb) ‘opisō’ (‘backwards’) is used in a local sense (not a temporal sense), equivalent to ‘toward the other road’.

LEMMA: τοὐπίσω in text all except τἀπίσω TGr POSITION: s.l. except XT, cont. from sch. 1278.03 XXaT

APP. CRIT.: τὰ ὀπίσω T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,11–12

Or. 1278.12 (rec exeg) ⟨τἀπίσω⟩: γρ. ⟨τ⟩ἀπί σε. —R

TRANSLATION: (For ‘tapisō’, ‘the things behind’) the reading ‘tapi se’ (‘the things toward you’) is found.

LEMMA: τ’ἀπίσω in text R POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1278.13 (thom exeg) ⟨τἀπίσω⟩: γρ. τἀπὶ σοὶ. —ZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (For ‘tapisō’, ‘the things behind’) the reading ‘tapi soi’ (‘the things near you’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. T

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1278.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοὐπίσω⟩: (τοὐπὶ) σοὶ —Y

TRANSLATION: (For ‘toupisō’, ‘the thing behind’, there is a variant) ‘toupi soi’ (‘the things near you’).

LEMMA: thus in text Y POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1278.15 (thom paraphr) ⟨τἀπίσω⟩: ἤγουν τὰ τοῦ ἄλλου σου μέρους —ZZaZbZlZmT⁺Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘The things behind’,) that is, the things on your other side.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | σου om. ZbZl

COMMENT: T’s cross here seems to be a simple error.

Or. 1278.21 (tri metr) ⟨τἀπίσω⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 70

Or. 1279.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὡς οὔτις … πελάζεται⟩: καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν ἡμῖν ἐρχόμενος —Rw

TRANSLATION: And there is nobody that is coming among us.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1275.01 Rw

COMMENT: The extra words ἐπερχόμεν() (δὲ) that B has at the end of sch. 1275.01 are a remnant of this scholion.

Or. 1279.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς οὔτις … πελάζεται⟩: ὅτι οὔτις ἤγουν οὐδεὶς ἀπὸ τῶν Δαναῶν πελάζεται ἀντὶ τοῦ πελάζει ἡμῖν. —X

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1280.01 (vet exeg) ⟨εἰς ταὐτὸν ἥκεις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ συμφωνεῖς μοι —MOCA^rAaPrSaY²Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘You have come to the same point’ is) equivalent to ‘you agree with me’.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. except O, marg. M

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἀντὶ C, ἤγουν Aa, om. OA^rY²Gu | μοι om. A^r

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,22; Dind. II.289,16

Or. 1280.02 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς ταὐτὸν ἥκεις⟩: ὅμοιον λέγεις τὸ πρᾶγμα. —R

TRANSLATION: (‘You have come to the same point’. that is,) ‘you speak of the matter as similar’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1280.03 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς ταὐτὸν ἥκεις⟩: ὅμοιον λέγεις ἐμοὶ. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘You have come to the same point’. that is,) ‘you say something similar to me’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐμὺ Mn

Or. 1280.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς ταὐτὸν ἥκεις⟩: ὥσπερ ἐπὶ σοὶ οὐκ ἔνεστι φόβος, οὐδὲ ἐπ’ ἐμοί. —B^3b

TRANSLATION: (‘You have come to the same point’. that is,) ‘just as there is no fear present on your side, nor is there on mine’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,15–16

Or. 1280.09 (mosch exeg) ⟨τῇδ’ ὄχλος⟩: ταύτῃ τῇ μερίδι θόρυβος, ἀντὶ τοῦ πρᾶγμα ποιοῦν θόρυβον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Here a disturbance’, that is,) ‘in this area a tumult’, meaning a thing that causes tumult.

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Gr; as three sep. XaY, θόρυβος κτλ sep. in margin block Yf

APP. CRIT.: τῇδε ἤγουν prep. T | ταύτῃ om. G | θόρυβος] ὄχλος, ἤγουν θόρυβος T | ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν XoG. om. Y | ποιοῦν θόρυβον] θόρυβον ποιοῦν T, ἐμποιοῦν ὄχλον Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,17–18

Or. 1280.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨τῇδ’⟩: ἐνταῦθα, ὅπου ἐγώ εἰμι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,18

Or. 1280.16 (tri metr) ⟨ὄχλος⟩: koinē short over first omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 70

Or. 1280.17 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 70

Or. 1281.01 (1281–1285) (tri metr) φέρε νυν ἐν πύλαις: ¹ἡ ἀντιστροφὴ αὕτη τῆς τρίτης ἐστὶ στροφῆς, ἧς ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘δόχμια νῦν κόρας’. ²καὶ αὕτη γὰρ κώλων ἐστὶν ὁμοίων ἐκείνοις εʹ. ³ἐν μέντοι τῷ εʹ κώλῳ ἀντὶ ἰάμβου ἔχει σπονδεῖον· ⁴ἀδιάφοραι γάρ εἰσιν αἱ καταλήξεις τῶν κώλων καὶ ὁ παρατέλευτος πούς· ⁵ἔνθα γὰρ ἰαμβικὴ κεῖται συζυγία, ἐναλλάττουσι τοὺς χρόνους, ⁶καὶ ἀντὶ διιάμβου τιθέασιν ἐπίτριτον τρίτον, ⁷ὃς σύγκειται ἐκ σπονδείου καὶ ἰάμβου, ἢ πρῶτον, ὃς σύγκειται ἐξ ἰάμβου καὶ σπονδείου, ἔστι δὲ ὅτε καὶ δισπόνδειον. ⁸ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει τῆς παρούσης ἀντιστροφῆς παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: This is the antistrophe of the third strophe, of which the beginning is ‘at a slant now eyes’. For this too consists of five cola similar to those. In the fifth colon, however, it has a spondee instead of iamb. For the final syllables of cola and the penultimate foot are indifferent. For where there is an iambic sygygy, they interchange the lengths, and instead of a double iamb they put a third epitrite, which consists of a spondee and iamb, or a first epitrite, which consists of an iamb and spondee, and on occasion (they put) even a double spondee. At the end of the present antistrophe a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

APP. CRIT.: 4 ἀδιάφοροι TaTb, Arsen. and edd.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,23–30; de Fav. 70–71

Or. 1281.02 (1281–1285) (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ τρίτη κώλων ε´ —T

TRANSLATION: Third antistrophe, of five cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71

Or. 1281.03 (vet exeg) φέρε νυν: φέρε νυν τὴν ἀκοὴν καὶ τὸ οὖς τὸ ἐμὸν πρὸς ταῖς πύλαις παραθῶ ὥστε ἀκούειν βοήν. —MBCRfRw, partial O

TRANSLATION: Come, then, let me place my hearing and my ear at the gates so as to hear a cry.

LEMMA: Rw(νῦν) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C, in three parts O, first two s.l., third marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.213,23–24; Dind. II.289,19–20

COLLATION NOTES: In C φέρε … ἐμὸν is written in appearance (size of script, space between lines) like a line of text between 1280 and 1281, but the scribe continues into the remainder of the note in smaller script in the intermarginal region and clearly understood the whole as one note. Misled by appearances, Schwartz reported that C omitted φέρε … ἐμὸν.

Or. 1283.01 (1283–1285) (vet exeg) ⟨τί μέλλεθ’ … σφάγια φοινίσσειν⟩: διὰ τί μέλλετε πρὸ τοῦ ἐπιστῆσαι τινὰ τὰ σφάγια; —MC

TRANSLATION: Why do you postpone (acting) before someone brings a halt to the slaughter?

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: μέλλετε] ἀναβάλλεσθε O | τὰ om. M | lac. after σφάγια Schw., also dividing πρὸ τοῦ κτλ as separate note

APP. CRIT. 2: τινα M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,1; Dind. II.289,22–24 with app.

Or. 1283.02 (1283–1285) (vet exeg) τί μέλλεθ’ οἱ κατ’ οἶκον: διατί ἀναβάλλεσθε πρὸ τοῦ ἐπιστῆναί τινα σφάγια φοινίσσειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰ ξίφη μολύνειν, τουτέστι τὴν Ἑλένην φονεύειν. —BRfRw

TRANSLATION: Why do you postpone, before someone arrives, reddening the victim, equivalent to befouling your swords, that is to say, killing Helen.

LEMMA: BRw, τί μέλλετε R REF. SYMBOL: BRf

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. RfRw

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπιστῆναι τινὰ RfRw | τοῦτέστι B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,1 app.; Dind. II.289,22–24

Or. 1283.03 (1283–1285) (plan exeg) τί μέλλεθ’ οἱ κατ’ οἶκον: ¹τί βραδύνετε οἱ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ὄντες, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἤγουν ἐν ἀταραξίᾳ, ἐν ὅσῳ οὐδεὶς ὀχλεῖ, ὥστε σφάγια φοινίσσειν. ²ὥστε τὴν σφαγὴν ποιεῖν ὤφειλεν, ³ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς σφαγῆς αἷμα φοινίσσει, φησὶ σφάγια φοινίσσειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ αἷμα χεῖν διὰ σφαγῆς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Why do you delay, you who are in the house, in peace, that is, without disturbance, while no one is interfering, so than you can redden the victim? He should have said ‘to perform the slaughter’, but since the blood from the sacrificial slaughter reddens, he says ‘redden the victim’ as equivalent to ‘cause blood to be shed by means of slaughter’.

LEMMA: G; label [μα]ξ in marg. Y REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYf (XbXo begin over line, finish ἐν ὅσω κτλ in marg.)

APP. CRIT.: 1 τί … ἀταραξίᾳ om. G (but G has most of this in sep. glosses) | ἐν ἡσ. … ἀταραξίᾳ] ὡς ἡσυχία ἤγουν ἀταραξία ἐστὶν T | ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ om. Xo | second ἐν om. Yf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 βραδύνεται X | ἀραξία Y, corr. s.l. | οὐδεῖς a.c. Y | 3 διασφαγῆς Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.289,24–290,2

KEYWORDS: Planudes

Or. 1283.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί μέλλεθ᾽ οἱ κατ’ οἶκον⟩: πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην φησί. —AaGu

TRANSLATION: She addresses Orestes and his associate.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πρὸς τοὺς and τὸν om. Aa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,2

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1283.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨οἱ κατ’ οἶκον⟩: ὦ ὑμεῖς οἱ ὄντες —AbMnR

LEMMA: ὦ κατ’ οἶκον in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὦ] καὶ R

Or. 1283.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἱ κατ’ οἶκον⟩: οἱ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ὄντες —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1284.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ⟩: ἐν ἀταραξίᾳ, ἐν ὅσῳ οὐδεὶς ὀχλεῖ —Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘In peace’,) without disturbance, while no one is interfering.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Extracted from sch. 1283.03.

Or. 1284.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ⟩: πρὸ τοῦ ἐλθεῖν τινά —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘In peace’,) before anyone comes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1284.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἡσυχίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71

Or. 1285.01 (vet exeg) ⟨σφάγια φοινίσσειν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἑλένην φονεύειν —MC

TRANSLATION: (‘Redden the victim’ is) equivalent to ‘kill Helen’.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,3

Or. 1285.02 (vet exeg) ⟨σφάγια φοινίσσειν⟩: τινὲς γράφουσι ‘σφαγίδα φοινίσσειν’, ὅ ἐστι τὴν μάχαιραν. —MBC

TRANSLATION: Some write (instead of ‘sphagia phoinissein’, ‘redden the sacrifical victim’) ‘sphragida phoinissein’ (‘redden the sacrifical knife’), which is to say ‘sword’ (‘machaira’).

POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: σφραγιδ() M, σφραγίδα C | μαχαιρίδα BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,4; Dind. II.290,3–4

KEYWORDS: variant reading: τινὲς

Or. 1285.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σφάγια φοινίσσειν⟩: αἷμα χεῖν διὰ τῆς σφαγῆς —Y²Gu

TRANSLATION: ‘make blood pour out by means of slaughter’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Extracted from sch. 1283.03.

Or. 1285.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σφάγια φοινίσσειν⟩: τὴν σφαγὴν ποιεῖν —Zc

TRANSLATION: (‘Redden the victim’ means) ‘carry out the slaughter’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1285.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σφάγια⟩: σφάγια λέγει τὰ θύματα, ἤγουν τὴν Ἑλένην βάπτειν ἐν τῷ αἵματι. —Zl

TRANSLATION: By ‘sphagia’ he means the sacrificial victim, in other words (the phrase means) ‘to dye Helen with blood’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1285.06 (thom exeg) ⟨σφάγια⟩: τὰ θύματα, ἤγουν τὴν Ἑλένην —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Sphagia’ means) the sacrificial victim, in other words, Helen.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,4

Or. 1285.11 (rec exeg) ⟨φοινίσσειν⟩: ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν ἐκτελέσαι. —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (For ‘phoinissein’, ‘redden’) he should have said ‘ektelesai’ (‘accomplish’).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,5

Or. 1285.20 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71

Or. 1286.01 (1286–1287) (tri metr) οὐκ εἰσακούσιν: μετὰ τὰς κατὰ σχέσιν στροφὰς, ἑτέρας τίθησιν ἀπολελυμένας στροφὰς, ὧν προτίθεται τὸ παρὸν σύστημα στίχων ὂν ἰαμβικῶν τριμέτρων δύο. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: After the strophes in responsion, he places additional strophes that are independent, before which is placed the present system consisting of two iambic trimeters. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: in text ‑ουσ’ T; ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71

Or. 1286.02 (1286–1287) (pllgn metr) ἰαμβικοί —Gu

TRANSLATION: Iambic verses.

POSITION: marg. (misplaced beside 1288)

COMMENT: Gr has laid out 1286 abnormally, placing οὐκ ἀκούουσιν on the same line as σφάγια φοίνισσειν and then ὦ τάλαιν’ ἐγὼ κακῶν on its own line. This perhaps led Gu to move the label to the couplet 1288–1289, lines that happen to have twelve syllables and an acute accent on the penultimate syllable of the verse.

Or. 1287.01 (vet exeg) ἆρ’ εἰς τὸ κάλλος: ¹ἆρα εἰς τὸ τῆς Ἑλένης κάλλος βλέψαντες οὐκ ἐχρήσαντο τοῖς ξίφεσιν; ²οἷόν τι καὶ Στησίχορος [fr. 201 PMG/PMGF = 106 Finglass] ὑπογράφει περὶ τῶν καταλεύειν αὐτὴν μελλόντων· ³φησὶ γὰρ ἅμα τῷ τὴν ὄψιν αὐτῆς ἰδεῖν αὐτοὺς ἀφεῖναι τοὺς λίθους ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. —MBOCRw

TRANSLATION: Is it that having caught sight of the beauty of Helen they did not use their swords? The sort of thing that Stesichorus too describes concerning those who were going to stone her. For he says that as soon as they saw her face they dropped their stones to the ground.

LEMMA: M(ἆρ)B REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἄρα M | οὐκεχρήσαντο M | 2 στισίχορος M | 3 ἐπι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,6–9; Dind. II.290,6–9

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Stesichorus

Or. 1287.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἐὰν ᾖ ἐκκεκώφηται ἄνευ τοῦ ν̅, ἔστιν ὁ λόγος· ²ἆρα μὴ καὶ τὰ ξίφη τῆς Ἑλένης ἀγασθέντα τὸ κάλλος ἀνεπαίσθητα καὶ ἀνενέργητα γεγόνασιν; ³ἐὰν δὲ ᾖ ἐκκεκώφηνται μετὰ τοῦ ν̅, ἐπὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην ἀκουστέον· ⁴ἆρα μὴ διὰ τὸ κάλλος Ἑλένης ἀνεπαίσθητοι ἔμειναν καὶ εἴασαν τὰ ξίφη; || ⁵ἐκκεκώφηνται ὡς [Hom. Il. 2.135] ‘σπάρτα λέλυνται’. ⁶Ἀριστοφάνης [fr. 389 Slater] δὲ γράφει ἐκκεκώφωνται ξίφη· ⁷σημαίνει γὰρ ὅτι εἰς τὸ κάλλος Ἑλένης ἀποβλέψαντες ἀνεπαίσθητοι ἔμειναν καὶ εἴασαν τὰ ξίφη. || ⁸ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἆρα μὴ καὶ τὰ ξίφη τῷ κάλλει νενίκηται καὶ διαμεμάλακται; ⁹ἐὰν δὲ ἐκκεκώφωνται, ἐπὶ τῶν περὶ Ὀρέστην ἐκδεκτέον ὅτι ἐκκεκώφωνται αὐτοὶ πρὸς τὸ κάλλος καὶ εἴασαν τὰ ξίφη. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION: If the reading is ‘ekkekōphētai’ without nu, the sense is: is it not the case then that even the swords, bedazzled by Helen’s beauty, have become without perception and been rendered inactive? But if the reading is ‘ekkekōphēntai’ with nu, then (the verb) must be understood to apply to Orestes and his associate: is it not the case that because of the beauty of Helen they (Orestes and Pylades) remained without perception and let go of their swords? || (Instead of the more usual singular verb, plural) ‘ekkekōphēntai’ (with neuter plural subject) like (Homeric) ‘sparta leluntai’ (‘the cables have rotted’). And Aristophanes (of Byzantium) writes ‘ekkekōphōntai xiphē’: for (the phrase) means that having look toward the beauty of Helen they remained without perception and let go of their swords. || And the sense (with the reading ‘ekkekōphōtai’) is: is it not that even the swords have been overcome and completely softened by her beauty? But if (the reading is) ‘ekkekōphōntai’, it is to be interpreted as applying to Orestes and his associate, (meaning) that the men themselves have been stunned in the face of her beauty and have let go of their swords.

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἄρα M | ἀναιπέσθητ(α) M | γεγόνασι Rw | 4 ἄρα M, a.c. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,10–19; Dind. II.290,9–20

COMMENT: The note has compiled three or four separate comments (sent. 5 may originally have been separate from 6). Aristophanes was perhaps making a choice between singular and plural verb, but it is unclear whether he was also opining about the choice between ‑ηνται and ‑ωνται (Prelim. Stud. 17 n. 67). | Eustathius cites the phrase three times, and it is clear that he read ‑ηνται (in Il. 14.16, III.569,2–3; in Il. 5.393, II.222,45) and took ξίφη as its subject: in Il. 24.771, IV.985,9–10 καὶ πρὸς τὸ κάλλος τῆς Ἑλένης ἐκκεκωφῆσθαι, ὅπερ Εὐριπίδης γλυκέως ἅμα καὶ τολμηρῶς καί, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ἐπιφωνηματικῶς ἐπὶ ξιφῶν ἔγραψεν (‘and were struck dumb in the face of Helen’s beauty, the very phrase that Euripides sweetly as well as daringly, and so to speak by way of a final adornment, wrote in application to swords’).

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | citation of historian or scholar | variant reading: specific scholar | Aristophanes of Byzantium

Or. 1287.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς τὸ κάλλος ἐκκεκώφηνται⟩: ἄπρακτα ἔμειναν, ἠσθένησαν εἰς τὸ κάλλος τῆς Ἑλένης. —Aa

TRANSLATION: They (the swords) remained inactive, they became weak in the face of Helen’s beauty.

LEMMA: in text κεκώφηνται Aa, ἐκ add. s.l REF. SYMBOL: Aa

Or. 1287.04 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς τὸ κάλλος⟩: ἀγασθέντες τὸ κάλλος —O

TRANSLATION: (‘To/toward the beauty’ means) ‘amazed at the beauty’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1287.05 (mosch exeg) ἆρ’ εἰς τὸ κάλλος: ἀφορῶντα δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcMt²

TRANSLATION: (‘To/toward the beauty’,) obviously, when (the swords were) gazing (at it)

LEMMA: XGr POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: δηλ. om. Mt²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.290,20

Or. 1287.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηται ξίφη⟩: ἠμβλύνθη ἢ ἠβλαβύνθη καὶ ἐξησθένησε τὰ ξίφη. —Zl

TRANSLATION: The swords were blunted or made harmless(?) and lost all their strength.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: ἀβλαβύνω is not previously attested, but seems to be a conceivable formation from ἀβλαβής. The hapax ἀβλαβύνιον is found in Hesych. α 130, apparently a bandage woven from papyrus that cleanses or keeps clean.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 1287.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηται⟩: γρ. ἐκκεκώφηνται. —FB^3b

TRANSLATION: (For singular ‘ekkekōphētai’, ‘has been stunned’,) the reading (plural) ‘ekkekōphēntai’ is found.

POSITION: marg. F, s.l. B^3b

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. B^3b

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1287.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηνται⟩: γρ. ἐκκεκώφωνται. —AaB⁴

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ekkekēphntai’) the reading ‘ekkekōphōntai’ is found.

LEMMA: in text κεκώφηνται Aa, ἐκ add. s.l.; ‑φηνται p.c. B^3b POSITION: marg. Aa, s.l. B⁴

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. B⁴ | κεκώφωνται Aa

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1287.23 (plan gram) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηται⟩: ¹ἀπὸ τοῦ κωφὸς κωφεύω, ἀφ’ οὗ ἐκώφευον παρατατικὸς καὶ κωφεύσω μέλλων. ²μέσος δὲ ὑπερσυντελικὸς ἐκκεκώφειν ἑτεροκλίτως καὶ προσθήκῃ τῆς ε̅κ̅, ἀπὸ τοῦ κωφέω κωφῶ ἀχρήστου, κατὰ τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τοῦ λέληκα. ³Συνέσιος [Synesius, epist. 5, p. 14,16 Garzya = Epist. Gr. 4, p. 640 Hercher]· ‘ἀλλ’ ἐκκεκώφει τὸ κάθαρμα’. ⁴παρακείμενος ἐκκεκώφημαι. ὡς καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὁ Εὐριπίδης. ‘ἆρ’ εἰς τὸ κάλλος ἐκεκώφηται ξίφη;’ ⁵λέγεται δὲ ἐκκεκώφωμαι καὶ ἐκκεκώφωνται, καὶ ἔτι κεκώφωνται χωρὶς τῆ ε̅κ̅, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ ἀόριστος ἐκωφώθην, ἀπὸ ἑτέρου πάλιν αὐτὰ θέματος ἀχρήστου τοῦ κωφόω κωφῶ. ⁶τὸ δὲ πρᾶγμα κωφότης λέγεται ὡς χωλότης καὶ τυφλότης. ⁷λέγεται καὶ κώφωσις. —Y²

TRANSLATION: From adjective ‘kōphos’ (‘mute/deaf’) is derived the verb ‘kōpheuō’ (‘be mute’), from which the imperfect is ‘ekōpheuon’ and ‘kōpheusō’ is the future. And the middle pluperfect is ‘ekkekōphein’ with an irregular inflection and with addition of the prepositional prefix ‘ek’, from the unused base-form ‘kōpheō kōphō’, in accordance with the conjugational pattern of ‘lelēka’. (Example:) Synesius ‘but the filthy creature had become deaf’. Perfect tense ‘ekkekōphēmai’, as also here Euripides: ‘Have the swords fallen dumb at the sight of her beauty?’ And the word is found as ‘ekkekōphōmai’ and ‘ekkekōphōntai’, and also ‘kekōphōntai’ without the ‘ek’, from which also the aorist ‘ekōphōthēn’, these being again in turn from another unused base-form ‘kōphoō kōphō’. The thing produced is called ‘kōphotēs’, formed like ‘chōlotēs’ (‘lameness’) and ‘tuphlotēs’ (‘blindness’). The noun ‘kōphōsis’ is also used.

LEMMA: in marg. label τοῦ αὐτοῦ (referring to label [μα]ξ of sch. 1283.03)

APP. CRIT.: 2 μέσως Y

COMMENT: See Prelim. Stud. 101–102. Cf. Synesius, epist. 5.68–70 [p. 14,15–17 Garzya = Epist. Gr. 4, p. 640–641 Hercher], οὔκουν ἔπειθον λέγων, ἀλλ’ ἐξεκεκώφητο τὸ κάθαρμα, ἕως ἄνεμος ἀπαρκτίας ἐπαράσσει πολύς, κῦμα ἐλαύνων ὑψηλὸν καὶ τραχύ. This epistle about a terrifying sea voyage was well known to Byzantine readers.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions | Planudes | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Synesius

Or. 1287.24 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐκκεκώφηται⟩: κωφέω κωφῶ καὶ κοφόω κωφῶ —Zm

TRANSLATION: ‘Kōpheō’ (‘be mute, be deaf’, contracted as) ‘kōphō’ and ‘kōphoō’ (‘make mute, make deaf’, likewise contracted as) ‘kōphō’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1287.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ξίφος⟩: ξίφη —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For singular ‘xiphos’, ‘sword’, there is a variant reading, plural) ‘xiphē’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1287.27 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71

Or. 1288.01 (1288–1291) (tri metr) τάχα τις Ἀργεῖων: ⁰τὰ ἑξῆς ταῦτα εἴδη καλεῖται κυρίως ἀνομοιόστροφα διὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι κατὰ σχέσιν· ἔστι γοῦν τῆς παρούσης στροφῆς τὰ κῶλα δʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ παιωνικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ σπονδείου. ²τὸ δεύτερον ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάσσονος ἡμιόλιον ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ καὶ σπονδείου. ^3–4τὸ γʹ καὶ δʹ ὅμοια τῷ αʹ. ⁵ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

¹1288 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒
τάχα τις ἀργείων
²1289 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒
ἐν ὅπλοις ὁρμήσας
³1290 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒
ποδί βοηδρόμῳ
⁴1291 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒
μέλαθρα προσμίξει

TRANSLATION: These following metrical forms are properly called ‘consisting of dissimilar strophes’ because they are not in responsion. So then, the cola of the present strophe are four. The first is a one-and-a-half measure paeonic formed from a fourth paeon and a spondee. The second is a one-and-a-half measure ionic a minore formed from an ionic and a spondee. The third and fourth are similar to the first. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.19,31–20,4; de Fav. 71

COMMENT: Triclinius does not mention that the third colon ends in an iambic basis rather than a spondee, but see his remark on sch. 1281.01.

KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιόστροφα/ἀλλοιόστροφα

Or. 1288.02 (1288–1291) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων δ´ —T

TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of four cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71

Or. 1288.03 (1288–1291) (thom exeg) ⟨τάχα … προσμίξει⟩: τοῦτο εἶπεν ἢ διότι πρὸς τὸν φόνον οὗτοι βραδύνουσιν, ἢ διότι τὸν χορὸν εἶδεν ἀμελῶς πρὸς τὴν φυλακὴν ἔχοντα. —ZZaZlZmGu, partial T

TRANSLATION: She (Electra) said this either because these men (Orestes and Pylades) are being slow about the murder, or because she saw the chorus being careless in regard to being on the lookout.

REF. SYMBOL: at 1290 ποδὶ ZZa POSITION: cont. from sch. 1291.12, add. δὲ, ZlZmGu (ZlZm start s.l. with προσέλθῃ, remainder completed in margin block

APP. CRIT.: (first) ἢ and ἢ διότι κτλ om. T

APP. CRIT. 2: βραδύνουσι Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,1–3

COMMENT: In ZZaZlZm, as in most witnesses, there is no change of speaker marked, so that Electra is assigned 1286–1293 as a whole.

Or. 1288.04 (1288–1291) (mosch paraphr) ⟨τάχα … προσμίξει⟩: ἴσως τις ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀργείων ἐν ὅπλοις ὁρμήσας πορείᾳ βοηθῷ εἰς μέλαθρα προσμίξει ἤγουν προσελεύσεται. —X

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τίς X

Or. 1289.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔνοπλος⟩: γρ. ἐν ὅπλοις. —R

TRANSLATION: (For ‘enhoplos’, nominative adjective ‘armed’,) the reading ‘en hoplois’ (‘in arms’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text R POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐνόπλοις R

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1289.03 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἐν ὅπλοις⟩: ἔνοπλος —AaKXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘en hoplois’, ‘in arms’, there is a variant the reading) ‘enhoplos’ (nominative adjective ‘armed’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T

COMMENT: Triclinius’ ἤγουν indicates that he considered this a gloss and not a variant reading. But X’s compiled paraphrase (sch. 1288.05) does not substitute ἔνοπλος for ἐν ὅπλοις, which suggests that for Moschopulus ἔνοπλος was not a gloss.

Or. 1289.05 (tri metr) ⟨ὅπλοις⟩: koinē short over omicron —T

Or. 1289.08 (tri metr) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71

Or. 1290.02 (vet exeg) βοηδρόμῳ: ¹βοηθῷ, τῷ μετὰ βοῆς βοηθοῦντι —MOCMnR

TRANSLATION: (‘Boēdromōi’ means) ‘the assisting one’, ‘the one coming to assist with a shout’.

LEMMA: C POSITION: s.l. MMnR(under line, last of page), marg. O

APP. CRIT.: βοηθῷ om. OMn | τῷ] τὸ M, om. R

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,21

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1290.03 (vet exeg) βοηδρόμῳ: ¹τῷ βοηθῷ, τῷ μετὰ βοῆς βοηθοῦντι, ἢ τῷ ἐν τῇ βοῇ θέοντι, ἤγουν ἐν τῇ μάχῃ. ²πρὸς τὰ μέλαθρα, φησὶ, τις βοηθὸς παραγενήσεται. —BRf

TRANSLATION: (‘Boēdromōi’ means) ‘the assisting one’, ‘the one coming to assist with a shout’, or the one running amidst the war-cry, that is, in battle. At the palace, she says, some assisting ally will arrive.

LEMMA: ποδὶ βοηδρόμῳ BRf REF. SYMBOL: BRf

APP. CRIT.: 1 first τῷ om. Rf | 2 παραγένηται Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μετα B | 2 τις] τίς B, p.c. Rf, τῆς(?) a.c. Rf (τίς in text BRf), τὶς MeMu (and Arsenius in rewritten version, see comment)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,21–22 with app.; cf. Dind. II.290,24–26

COMMENT: For the second sentence Arsenius has ἴσως φησὶ τὶς [i.e. ἴσως, φησὶ, τὶς] ἀπὸ τῶν ἀργείων μεθ’ ὅπλων ὁρμήσας πρὸς τὰ μέλαθρα βοηθὸς παραγενήσεται.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1290.04 (rec exeg) ⟨βοηδρόμῳ⟩: βοὴ ἡ μάχη. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (In the compound ‘boēdromō’) ‘boē’ has the sense ‘battle’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1290.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βοηδρόμῳ⟩: τουτέστι μετὰ μάχης —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Boēdromōi’,) that is to say, ‘with battle’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1290.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βοηδρόμῳ⟩: καὶ μετὰ βοῆς τρέχοντι —F

TRANSLATION: (‘Boēdromōi’,) and running with a (battle-)cry.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1291.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨μέλαθρα προσμίξει⟩: ἀντὶ πρὸς τὰ μέλαθρα παραγενήσεται —C

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1290.02 C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,22 with app.

Or. 1291.06 (tri metr) ⟨μέλαθρα⟩: koinē short over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71

Or. 1291.16 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71

Or. 1292.01 (1292–1293) (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν στίχοι ἰαμβικοὶ δύο. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: In the form of a separate section, two iambic (trimeter) lines, At the end a paragraphos.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,5–6; de Fav. 71

Or. 1292.02 (1292–1293) (pllgn metr) ἰαμβικοὶ —Gu

TRANSLATION: Iambic verses.

POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 1292.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨σκέψασθε νῦν ἄμεινον· οὐχ ἕδρα ἀγών⟩: βέλτιον ἀκριβῶς σκοπήσατε. οὐ γὰρ χρεία νῦν τοῦ καθέζεσθαι. —B

TRANSLATION: Accurately examine (the matter) better. For there is no need for sitting idle now.

LEMMA: σκέψασθε νῦν ἄμεινον B REF. SYMBOL: B

Or. 1292.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σκέψασθαι νῦν ἄμεινον· οὐχ ἕδρα ἀγών⟩: σκέψασθαι γὰρ ἄμεινον, ὁ γὰρ ἀγὼν οὗτος οὐ καθέδρας ἐστίν, οὐκ ἀναπαύσεως ὁ καιρός. —G

TRANSLATION: For it is better to examine (the matter), since this struggle is not one of sitting idle, the moment is not one of rest.

LEMMA: in text σκέψασθαι p.c. G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1292.05 (vet paraphr) ⟨σκέψασθαι νῦν ἄμεινον⟩: βέλτιον ἀκριβῶς σκοπῆσαι. —MOCRfY²

TRANSLATION: It is better to examine (the matter) accurately.

LEMMA: in text σκέψασθαι OCRf, p.c. M^1/2Y² (‑σθε MY) POSITION: s.l. except Rf; cont. from sch. 1292.19 Rf, add. δ’

APP. CRIT.: βέλτιον om. OY² | σποπ. ἀκρ. transp. O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214.23

Or. 1292.06 (vet exeg) ⟨σκέψασθε⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορόν —MMn

TRANSLATION: Addressed to the chorus.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. Mn

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1292.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨σκέψασθε⟩: σκέψασθαι —XaXbYYfGrZu

TRANSLATION: (For plural imperative ‘skepsasthe’, ‘look, examine’, there is a variant, infinitive) ‘skepsasthai’ (‘to look, examine’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1292.19 (vet paraphr) ⟨οὐχ ἕδρας ἀγών⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ ἔστι χρεία τοῦ καθέζεσθαι. —MCRf

TRANSLATION: (‘Not a contest of sitting’ is) equivalent to ‘there is no need for sitting idle’.

REF. SYMBOL: to 1295 ἀμείβω M POSITION: marg. M, beside 1295, first line of verso

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rf, τοῦ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.214,24; Dind. II.291,13

Or. 1292.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐχ ἕδρας ἀγών⟩: οὐκ ἔ⟨σ⟩τι ἀγὼν καθέδρας. —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Although Mn’s ἔτι could have been inspired by νῦν in the preceding phrase, it is more to be a corruption of ἔστι, which appears in the prev. and the next.

Or. 1292.22 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐχ ἕδρας ἀγών⟩: οὐκ ἀναπαύσεως καιρός. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION: It is not a moment for rest.

LEMMA: οὐχ ἕδρας X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: οὐχὶ Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,7

Or. 1292.27 (tri metr) ⟨ἕδρας⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71

Or. 1293.04 (mosch exeg) ἐνθάδ’: εἰς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος, ἐπὶ κινήσεως. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrGuZc

TRANSLATION: (‘Enthade’, ‘here’, means) toward this direction, (the adverb being used) to convey motion (and not location).

LEMMA: Gr, ἀλλ’ αἱ μὲν ἐνθάδ’ X POSITION: s.l. except XGr

APP. CRIT.: ἐπὶ κιν. om. GuZc

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπι Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,9

Or. 1293.07 (mosch exeg) ἑλίσσετε: τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς δηλονότι, ἤγουν περισκοπεῖσθε. —XXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAa

TRANSLATION: (With ‘turn about’ understand) your eyes, clearly; in other words, look all around.

LEMMA: XTGr(‑ται a.c.) POSITION: marg. Aa, s.l. XbXoYYfGGr

APP. CRIT.: δηλ. ἤγουν om. G | ἤγουν περισκ. om. Aa | περισκοπεῖτε Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,10–11

Or. 1293.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἑλίσσετε⟩: συστρέφετε ἑαυτάς —ZZaZbZlZmTGuMt^r

TRANSLATION: (‘Turn about’ means) ‘turn yourselves around’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep., ἑαυτὰς om. Mt^r

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,11

Or. 1293.14 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71

Or. 1294.01 (1294–1295) (tri metr) ἀμείβω κέλευθον: ⁰ἡ στροφὴ αὕτη κώλων ἐστὶ δύο. ¹τὸ αʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ τροχαίου. ²τὸ βʹ ἰαμβικὸν καθαρὸν πενθημιμερὲς. ³ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

¹1294 ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑
ἀμείβω κέλευθον
²1295 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑
σκοποῦσ’ ἅπαντα

TRANSLATION: This strophe is of two cola. The first is a one-and-a-half measure antispastic formed from an antispast and a trochee. The second is a pure iambic penthemimeres. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,7–9; de Fav. 71

Or. 1294.02 (1294–1295) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων β´ —T

TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of two cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71

Or. 1294.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμείβω κέλευθον σκοποῦσα πάντα⟩: ἐκ διαδοχῆς ἅπαντα βλέπω. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: In succession I look at every place.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τόπον] τρόπον PrSa | βλέπω] τραπω a.c. Pr

Or. 1294.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμείβω⟩: γρ. ἀμείβετε. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ameibō’, ‘I exchange’) the reading ‘ameibete’ (plural imperative ‘exchange’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: (ἀμείβ)εται Mn

COMMENT: That the reported variant was originally ἀμείβετε is supported by the nearby γρ.-variant σκοποῦσαι (sch. 1295.04). The reading may have begun by unconscious repetition of ‑ετε from the previous word, causing the participle to be adjusted to the plural. Alternatively, someone may have read 1294–1295 as still spoken by Electra and consciously changed the verb to another plural imperative.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1294.05 (mosch exeg) ἀμείβω: διέρχομαι τοῖς ὄμμασιν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrGuZc

TRANSLATION: (‘Ameibō’, ‘I exchange’, here means) ‘I go through with my eyes’

LEMMA: XGr POSITION: s.l. except XGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,15

Or. 1295.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨σκοποῦσα πάντα⟩: ἐκ διαδοχῆς πάντα περιβλεπομένη —MCRf

TRANSLATION: Looking around at everything in succession.

LEMMA: πάντη in text Rf POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 1292.19 all (in M 1292.19 is placed at 1295)

APP. CRIT.: ἐκδιαδοχὴν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,1; Dind. II.291,5–6 and 13–14

Or. 1295.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨σκοποῦσα πάντα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀκριβῶς πάντα περιβλεπομένη —BRw^aRw^b

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘looking around carefully at everything’.

LEMMA: ἀμείβω κέλευθον all; πάντη in text Rw REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: Rw^b version added by rubricator, lower down in side block area

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,1 with app.; cf. Dind. II.291,14–15

Or. 1295.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σκοποῦσα πάντα⟩: ἐπιτηροῦσα μετ’ ἐπιμελείας —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1295.04 (rec exeg) ⟨σκοποῦσα⟩: γρ. σποκοῦσαι. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For feminine singular participle ‘skopousa’, ‘looking’,) the reading (feminine plural participle) ‘skopousai’ is found.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See on sch. 1294.04.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1295.05 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 71

Or. 1296.01 (1296–1298) (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν στίχοι ἰαμβικοὶ γ´. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: In the form of a separate section, three iambic lines. At the end a paragraphos.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,10–11; de Fav. 72

Or. 1296.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Πελασγὸν⟩: τὸ θετικὸν ἀντὶ κτητικοῦ, Πελασγικὸν. —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘Pelasgon’ is) the positive degree adjective used for the possessive, ‘Pelasgikon’ (‘Pelasgian’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1297.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἠκούσατ’⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν —Mn

TRANSLATION: Addressed to the chorus.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1297.04 (thom exeg) ⟨χεῖρ’ ἔχουσιν ἐν φόνῳ⟩: ἤγουν ἤδη τοῦ φόνου ἀπάρχονται. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘They have their hand in murder’,) that is, ‘they are finally beginning the murder’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,19

COLLATION NOTES: There is an undeciphered gloss of a few words here by Mt^r, but the few traces do not seem to match this annotation.

Or. 1298.08 (tri metr) ⟨κώκυμ’⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72

Or. 1298.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐστὶν ὡς ἀπεικάσαι⟩: ἐστὶν ὡς ἀπεικάζω —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1298.10 (vet exeg) ⟨ὡς ἀπεικάσαι⟩: ὡς ἔστι τεκμήρασθαι —MBCPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs apeikasai’, ‘so as to conjecture’, means) ‘as it is possible to infer (from signs)’.

REF. SYMBOL: MC POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. PrSa

APP. CRIT.: ὡς ἔστι] ὅ ἐστι PrSa | ἔστι om. B | at end add. τίς δῆλον PrSa (cf. sch. 1298.16), add. τι B acc. to Schw. (cannot be confirmed on available images)

APP. CRIT. 2: ὥς ἐστι C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,2; Dind. II.291,20–21

Or. 1298.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς ἀπεικάσαι⟩: ὡς ἔστι τεκμήρασθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ κωκύματος —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs apeikasai’, ‘so as to conjecture’, means) ‘as it is possible to infer from the shriek’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1298.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὥστ’ ἀπεικάσαι⟩: ὅσον δυνατόν ἐστι τεκμήρασθαι —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs apeikasai’, ‘so as to conjecture’, means) ‘as far as it is possible to infer (from signs)’.

LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1298.13 (tri exeg) ⟨ὡς ἀπεικάσαι⟩: ὡς ἔστιν εἰκάσαι —T

TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs apeikasai’, ‘so as to conjecture’, means) ‘as it is possible to conjecture’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1298.20 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72

Or. 1299.01 (1299–1300) (tri metr) ὦ Διός: ⁰ἡ στροφὴ αὕτη κώλων ἐστὶ βʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ δακτυλικὸν τετράμετρον καθαρόν. ²τὸ δεύτερον ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ δακτυλικῆς διποδίας καὶ τροχαϊκοῦ ἰθυφαλλικοῦ. —T

¹1299 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑
ὦ διὸς ὦ δὶος ἀέναον κράτος
²1300 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
ἔλθ’ ἐπίκουρον ἐμοῖς φίλοισι πάντως

TRANSLATION: This strophe is of two cola. The first is a pure dactylic tetrameter. The second is compound, consisting of a dactylic dipody and a trochaic ithyphallic. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: in marg. τρικλ() Ta (ἡμέτερον om. T)

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἰθυφαλικοῦ T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,12–14; de Fav. 72

Or. 1299.02 (1299–1300) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων β´ —T

TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of two cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72

Or. 1299.08 (tri metr) ⟨ἀέναον⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72

Or. 1300.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔλθ’ ἐπίκουρον … πάντως⟩: ἐλθὲ ἐξ ἅπαντος τρόπου ἐπίκουρον τοῖς ἐμοῖς φίλοις. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial G

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἐπίκουρον κτλ om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξάπαντος XXaY

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,24–25

Or. 1300.12 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72

Or. 1301.01 (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβος —T

TRANSLATION: As a separate section, an iambic trimeter.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72

Or. 1301.03 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1301.05 (vet exeg) ⟨παρὼν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν τῇ πόλει ὤν —MBOCAaPrSaGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Being present’ is) equivalent to ‘being in the city’.

POSITION: s.l. except C, above μενέλαε B

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] M, ἀντὶ C, οἷον B, ἤγουν Aa, om. others | ὤν om. O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,3; Dind. II.291,26

Or. 1301.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρὼν⟩: ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ —F

TRANSLATION: (‘Being present’, namely,) in this city.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1301.07 (thom exeg) ⟨παρὼν⟩: ἐν Ἄργει —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Being present’, namely,) in Argos.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,26–27

Or. 1301.09 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72

Or. 1302.01 (1302–1310) (tri metr) καίνετε καίνετε: ⁰σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν ἀνομοιομερὲς κώλων ηʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ δακτυλικὸν τετράμετρον καθαρὸν. ^2–5τὸ δεύτερον καὶ γʹ καὶ δʹ καὶ εʹ ἀναπαιστικὰ δίμετρα ἀκατάληκτα· ἔχει δὲ τό γʹ τὸν δεύτερον πόδα προκελευσματικὸν ἤτοι τετράβραχυν, τὸ δὲ εʹ τὸν δεύτερον πόδα χορεῖον. ⁶τὸ ςʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἐφθημιμερὲς ἐκ χορείων. ⁷τὸ ζʹ ὅμοιον τοῦ γʹ ποδὸς χορείου. ⁸τὸ ηʹ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ⁹ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει δύο διπλαῖ ἔξω νενευκυῖαι, ἡ μὲν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ κώλου, ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸ τέλος. —T

¹1302 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑
καίνετε καίνετε· ὄλλυτε, δίπτυχα
²1303–1304 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
δίστομα φάσγανα χερὸς ἱέμενοι,
³1305 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
τὰν λειποπάτορα τὰν λειπόγαμον,
⁴1306 ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒
ἃ πλείστους ἔκτανεν Ἑλλάνων
⁵1307 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑
δορὶ πὰρ ποταμὸν ὀλλυμένους, ὅθι
⁶1308 ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ‒
δάκρυα δάκρυσι συνέπεσεν
⁷1309 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑
σιδαρέοισι βέλεσιν
⁸1310 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒
ἀμφὶ τὰς Σκαμάνδρου δίνας.

TRANSLATION: A metrical system of eight cola, in the form of separate section, consisting of unlike parts. The first (colon) is a pure dactylic tetrameter. The second and third and fourth and fifth are acatalectic anapaestic dimeters, but the third has as its second foot a proceleusmatic, or four-short measure, and the fifth has as its second foot a choreius. The sixth is an iambic hephthemimeres formed from chorei. The seventh is similar (to the sixth), with the third foot a choreius. The eighth is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter. At the end two diplai pointing outward, one at the beginning of the colon, the other at the end.

LEMMA: τρικλ() in marg. Ta (ἡμέτερον om. T)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,15–21; de Fav. 72

COMMENT: In his description of the eighth colon Triclinius does not mention the spondee in the first foot of the second trochee. In his epitome of Hephaestion he says a spondee can occur in the even foot of a trochaic metron, but does not list it as allowable in the odd foot. He accepts the same spondaic substitution elsewhere: 1365 ἱδαῖον πα‑ (sch. 1361.01), 1389 (Ἀ)πολλωνείων (sch. 1381.01).

KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιομερές/ὁμοιομερές

Or. 1302.02 (1302–1310) (tri metr) σύστημα —T

TRANSLATION: A metrical system.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72

Or. 1302.03 (1302–1305) (mosch exeg) ⟨καίνετε … λιπόγαμον⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς φονεύετε τὴν λιποπάτορα, τὴν λιπόγαμον. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The (syntactic) sequence is: ‘murder the woman who abandoned her father, who abandoned her marriage’.

POSITION: marg. XaXbY, s.l. XoYf

APP. CRIT.: φονεύετε] καίνετε T | λιποπάτορα] λειποπάτορα T | λιπόγαμον] λειπόγαμον T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,28

Or. 1302.05 (vet exeg) ⟨φονεύετε καίνυτε ὄλλυτε⟩: γράφεται καὶ θείνετε. —MC

TRANSLATION: The reading ‘theinete’ (‘strike’ or ‘kill’) is also found.

LEMMA: thus in text MC POSITION: s.l. M above 1303 πέμπετε (in text after φάσγαν’), intermarg. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,5

Or. 1302.06 (vet exeg) ⟨καίνυτε⟩: καινὶς γὰρ ἡ μάχαιρα. —MCY²Lb

TRANSLATION: (The root of the verb ‘kainute’ denotes ‘strike’ or ‘kill’,) for (the noun) ‘kainis’ is ‘sword’.

LEMMA: καίνυτε in text MC, καίνετε YLb POSITION: marg. MLb, s.l. Y²

APP. CRIT.: γὰρ om. Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,4; Dind. II.292,2

COMMENT: Cf. ps.-Hdn. Partitiones 63,20 Boissonade: καὶ καίνω, τὸ κόπτω, ὅθεν καὶ καινὶς, ἡ μάχαιρα.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1302.07 (vet exeg) ⟨καίνετε⟩: ἀποκτείνετε, ἐκ τοῦ καίνω. —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Kainete’ means) ‘kill’, from the verb ‘kainō’.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.292,1

Or. 1302.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καίνετε⟩: καίνυτε —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘kainete’, ‘kill’, there is a variant reading, the byform) ‘kainute’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: καίνοιτε Aa

Or. 1302.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὄλλυτε⟩: ὄλλυται —Gr

TRANSLATION: (For imperative ‘ollute’, ‘destroy’, there is a variant reading) ‘ollutai’ (‘she is being destroyed’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1303.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δίπτυχα δίστομα⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου —Zm

TRANSLATION: (The two epithets are) in parallel (expressing the same thing).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 1303.02 (rec exeg) ⟨δίπτυχα⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου καὶ τοῦ Πυλάδου —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Double’ swords’) because of Orestes and Pylades.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1303.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨δίστομα⟩: δύο στόματα ἑκάτερον ἔχοντα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Distoma’, ‘twin-mouthed’, that is,) each (sword) having two sharp edges (‘stomata’).

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from prev. X; above δίπτυχα in prev. line Gr

APP. CRIT.: δύο om. XGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,5

Or. 1303.09 (thom exeg) ⟨δίστομα⟩: διὰ τὴν ὀξύτητα —Zm²Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Distoma’, ‘twin-mouthed’, with a mouth metaphor) because of the sharpness (of the swords).

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from sch. 1303.06 Gu, above δίπτυχα on previous line

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,3

Or. 1304.01 (vet exeg) ἐκ χερὸς ἱέμενοι: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱέντες. ²ἁπλούστερον δὲ ὡς γυναῖκες εἶπον· ³οὐδεὶς γὰρ ξίφος ἀφίησι καὶ βάλλει. ⁴ἢ τὸ ἱέμενοι ἀντὶ τοῦ προθυμούμενοι. || ⁵ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱέντες. —MBOCPrRfRw^aSa, partial Rw^b

TRANSLATION: (The middle participle ‘hiemenoi’ is) used for (the active participle) ‘hientes’ (‘throwing’). But as women they said (this) in a rather simple-minded way, for no one lets go of and throws a sword. Alternatively, ‘hiemenoi’ is used for ‘prothumoumenoi’ (‘showing zeal’). || Or equivalent to (active) ‘hientes’.

LEMMA: M(ϊέμενοι, as in text M)B(ἰέμενοι, as app. in text B)Rf, ἐκ χειρὸς ἰέμενοι Rw^aRw^b REF. SYMBOL: MBPr POSITION: Rw^b entered by rubricator farther down in side block area

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ϊέντες M, perhaps Rw^a, ἰέντες BCSaRw^b | 3 ξῖφος M | βάλει C | 4 ἰέμενοι BCRw^a | 5 ϊέντες M, ἰέντες C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,7–9; Dind. II.292,6–8

KEYWORDS: women, nature or proper behavior of

Or. 1304.08 (tri metr) ⟨ἱέμενοι⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72

Or. 1305.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰν λιποπάτορα λιπόγαμον⟩: τὴν καταλείψασαν τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς —Ab

TRANSLATION: (‘Tan lipopatora lipogamon’ means) the woman who abandoned her fatherland and her husband.

LEMMA: in text λειπόπ‑, ι s.l.; λιπόγ‑, ει s.l. Ab POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: κατὰ λείψασα Ab | ἅνδρα a.c. or p.c. Ab

Or. 1305.03 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰν λιποπάτορα⟩: τὴν καταλείψασαν τὴν πατρίδα —FMnCrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Tan lipopatora’ means) the woman who abandoned her fatherland.

LEMMA: in text τὰν om. F, p.c. Cr; λειποπάτραν CrOx POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1305.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὰν λιποπάτορα⟩: τὴν καταλιποῦσαν τὸν ἑαυτῆς πατέρα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Tan lipopatora’ means) the woman who abandoned her own father.

LEMMA: λειπο‑ in text T POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYfGGu; cont. from sch. 1302.03 with ἤγουν T

APP. CRIT. 2: κατὰ Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,29

Or. 1305.05 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰν λειποπάτορα⟩: τὴν τὸν πατέρα ἢ τὴν πατρίδα λιποῦσαν —ZZaZbZlZmT

TRANSLATION: (‘Tan leipopatora’ means) the woman who left her father or her fatherland.

LEMMA: thus in text all, Zm with ι above ει POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: app. ἢ τὴν πατρίδα erased and replaced with horizontal stroke Zm | ἢ] καὶ T | λιποῦσαν om. ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: λειποῦσαν Zl

Or. 1305.06 (rec exeg) ⟨λιποπάτορα⟩: λειποπάτορα —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘lipopatora’ there is a variant reading) ‘leipopatora’ (‘father-leaving’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1305.08 (rec exeg) ⟨λιπόγαμον⟩: λειπόγαμον —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘lipogamon’ there is a variant reading) ‘leipogamon’ (‘marriage-leaving’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1305.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨λιπόγαμον⟩: τὴν καταλείψασαν ⟨τὸν γάμον⟩ ἤγουν τὸν ἄνδρα —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1305.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λιπόγαμον⟩: τὴν καταλείψασαν τὸν γάμον —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1305.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λιπόγαμον⟩: τὴν καταλιποῦσαν τὸν ἑαυτῆς ἄνδρα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZmGu

LEMMA: λειπο‑ in text TZm(ι s.l.) POSITION: s.l. except XTYGr, cont. from sch. 1305.04 T

APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. Y | ἄνδρα ἑαυτῆς transp. Zm | ἄνδρα] γάμον T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,29–30

Or. 1305.14 (rec exeg) ⟨λειπόγαμον⟩: λιπόγαμον —R

TRANSLATION: (For ‘leipogamon’ there is a variant reading) ‘lipogamon’ (‘marriage-leaving’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1305.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨λειπόγαμον⟩: ἀφεὶς τὸν ἄνδρα —R

LEMMA: thus in text R, ι above ει POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1305.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λειπόγαμον⟩: τὴν τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς λιποῦσαν —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λειποῦσαν Zl

COLLATION NOTES: check Zl images when back online

Or. 1305.17 (1305–1307) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἃ πλείστους ἔκτανεν Ἑλλάνων δορὶ⟩: ἣ αἰτία ἐγένετο φονευθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ —X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,12 and 14

Or. 1306.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔκανεν⟩: γρ. ἔκτανεν. —ZZaZl

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ekanen’, ‘she killed’,) the variant reading ‘ektanen’ (also ‘she killed’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1306.03 (rec metr) ⟨ἔκανεν⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1306.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔκτανεν⟩: ἔκανεν —Zm

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ektanen’, ‘she killed’,) the reading ‘ekanen’ (also ‘she killed’) is found.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: marg.

Or. 1306.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔκτανεν⟩: αἰτία γέγονε φονευθῆναι αὐτούς —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Killed’ in the sense that) she became the cause of their being slain.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,12

Or. 1306.07 (rec metr) ⟨Ἑλλάνων⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1307.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρὰ ποταμὸν⟩: εἰς τὸν Ξάνθον —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘By the river’ means) at the Xanthus.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.292,14

Or. 1307.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ποταμὸν⟩: τὸν Ξάνθον τὸν ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ —AaMnPrSaGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Potamon’, ‘river’, that is,) the Xanthus in Troy.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ Ξάνθον AaGu

Or. 1307.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ποταμὸν⟩: τὸν παρα⟨ρ⟩ρέοντα τῇ Τροίᾳ Ξάνθον ποταμὸν —F

TRANSLATION: (‘Potamon’, ‘river’, that is,) the river Xanthus that flows by Troy.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ambig. whether τὴν τροία⟨ν⟩ F

Or. 1307.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ποταμὸν⟩: τὸν Σκάμανδρον —RfCrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Potamon’, ‘river’, that is,) the Scamander.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. Rf

Or. 1307.09 (mosch exeg) ποταμὸν: τὸν Σιμόεντα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘Potamon’, ‘river’, that is,) the Simoeis.

LEMMA: παρὰ ποταμὸν X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. G

Or. 1307.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ποταμὸν⟩: τὸ ποταμὸν καὶ τὸ [1310] ‘Σκαμάνδρου δίνας’ ταυτόν ἐστιν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: ‘River’ and ‘eddies of Scamander’ refer to the same thing.

LEMMA: ποταμῶν in text Zl REF. SYMBOL: ZZa POSITION: marg. Za

APP. CRIT.: ποταμῶν Zl | ταυτόν ἐστιν washed out Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,15–16

KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα

Or. 1308.02 (tri metr) ⟨δάκρυα⟩: koinē short over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72

Or. 1308.04 (tri metr) ⟨δάκρυσι⟩: koinē short over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72

Or. 1309.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔπεσε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ συνέπεσεν —MBCAb

TRANSLATION: (‘Epese’, ‘fell’, is) used for ‘sunepesen’ (‘fall in with‘ or ‘happen’).

POSITION: marg. MBAb, s.l. C

APP. CRIT. 2: συνέπεσε C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,11; Dind. II.292,19

Or. 1309.02 (rec exeg) ⟨συνέπεσε⟩: ἔπεσε —Sa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘sunepese’, ‘fall in with’, ‘happen’, there is a variant reading) ‘epese’ (‘fell’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1310.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Σκαμάνδρου⟩: Σκάμανδρος καὶ Σιμόεις ποταμοὶ οἵτινες πλησίον τῆς Τροίας παραρρέουσιν. —Sa

TRANSLATION: Scamander and Simoeis are rivers which flow by near Troy.

Or. 1310.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Σκαμάνδρου⟩: Σκάμανδρος καὶ Σιμόεις ποταμοὶ τὴν Τροίαν παραρρέοντες —Pr

TRANSLATION: Scamander and Simoeis are rivers flowing by Troy.

REF. SYMBOL: Pr

Or. 1310.10 (tri metr) ⟨δίνας⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72

Or. 1310.11 (tri metr) diple pointing outward on each side of verse —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72

Or. 1311.01 (1311–1360) (tri metr) σιγᾶτε σιγᾶτ᾽: ⁰αἱ ἑξῆς αὗται περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶν ἰαμβικῶν τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων μηʹ, ὧν τελευταῖος ‘τὰς μὲν γὰρ οἶδα συμφορὰς, τὰς δ’ οὐ σαφῶς’. μετὰ δὲ τὸν μβʹ κῶλα γʹ. ¹τὸ πρῶτον ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐξ ἰαμβικῆς συζυγίας καὶ παιώνων δευτέρων δύο ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ. ²τὸ δεύτερον ἀντισπαστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον καθαρόν. ³τὸ γʹ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος, διιάμβου, καὶ δακτύλου. ⁴ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, καὶ ἐπὶ τέλει κορωνίς. —T

¹1353a ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑
ἰὼ ἰὼ φίλαι. κτύπον ἐγείρετε
²1353b ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒
κτύπον καὶ βοὰν
³1354 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑
πρὸ μελάθρων ὅπως ὁ πραχθεὶς φόνος

TRANSLATION: The following groups of lines consist of 48 acatalectic iambic trimerters, of which the last is [1360] ‘for I know some occurrences, but others not clearly’. After the 42nd (trimeter) [1352], three (lyric) cola [1353–1354]. The first is an acatalectic ionic a maiore trimeter, formed from an iambic syzygy and two second paeons in place of ionic. The second is a pure hypercatalectic antispastic monometer. The third is a catalectic ionic trimeter, formed from an ionic a minore, diiamb, and dactyl. At the section-breaks [1343] a paragraphos, and at the end [1360] a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,22–29; de Fav. 72–73

COMMENT: Triclinius comes to a total of 51 verses (48 + 3) because 1353 is laid out as two lines (as it is, with a different division, in Diggle). He turns 1357–1358 into trimeters, so the only lyric cola left to be analyzed are 1353–1354. | Note that 1353–1360 are included in this section because in the mss they were a continuation of Electra’s speech and were not assigned to the chorus until Hermann 1841: 131 on his verse 1336. (Kirchhoff credited Seidler with assigning the lines to the chorus because he misinterpreted Hermann’s note. Hermann acknowledged Seidler 1811–1812: 324 for recognizing responsion at a distance between 1353–1365 and 1537–1548, but his last sentence ‘Tributa erat Electrae’ forms a separate remark referring to the predecessors of his own edition.)

KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν

Or. 1311.02 (tri metr) ⟨σιγᾶτε σιγᾶτ᾽⟩: long mark over each iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 73

Or. 1311.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτύπον⟩: κτύπου —As

TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘ktupon’, ‘noise, footfall’, there is a variant reading, genitive) ‘ktupou’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1312.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨κέλευθον⟩: κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν —MnZc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1312.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨κέλευθον⟩: εἰς τὴν πορείαν —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1312.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κέλευθον⟩: εἰς τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ εἰς τὴν στράταν —Mt^r

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1313.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἰς μέσον φόνον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὸ μέσον τοῦ φόνου, ἢ εἴσω τοῦ φόνου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrGuMt²

TRANSLATION: (‘Eis meson phonon’, ‘into middle murder’ is) used for ‘into the midst of the murder’, or ‘inside the murder’.

POSITION: s.l. except XYGr

APP. CRIT.: εἰς μέσον φόνον prep. T | ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς and μέσον τοῦ φόνου om. G, leaving εἰς and μέσον to be understood from text | ἢ] ἤγουν XTYfG | περιφραστικῶς add. Arsen.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,24–25

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 1313.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς μέσον φόνον⟩: εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τὰς ἡμετέρας —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Eis meson phonon’, ‘into middle murder’ means) ‘into our hands’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: χείρας B^3a

Or. 1314.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥδ’⟩: δεικτικῶς —G

TRANSLATION: (The pronoun ‘hēd’ ’ is used) deictically.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς

Or. 1314.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βοήν⟩: βοῆς —Gu

TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘boēn’ there is a variant, genitive) ‘boēs’ (‘loud cry’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1315.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨στείχει γὰρ εἰσπεσοῦσα βρόχους⟩: στείχουσα γὰρ πίπτει εἰς βρόχους δικτύων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcMt²

POSITION: s.l. except XY

APP. CRIT.: στείχ. γὰρ om. Zc | εἰσπίπτει Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,27–28

Or. 1315.07 (vet exeg) ⟨δικτύων βρόχους⟩: περιφραστικῶς εἰς τὰ δίκτυα —MBOCMnPrSaGGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Nooses of the nets’,) periphrastically, ‘into the hunting-nets’.

POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. MnPrSaGGu; above 1313 Mn

APP. CRIT.: περιφρ.] transp. to end B, ἀντὶ τοῦ Aa, om. Gu | εἰς om. OG | τὰ om. Gu | δίκτυα] δίκαια τοῦ φόνου Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,12; Dind. II.292,29

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 1315.08 (thom exeg) ⟨δικτύων βρόχους⟩: ἤγουν εἰς σύλληψιν ἄφυκτον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Nooses of the nets’,) that is, into an inescapable capture.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. ZaZlGu

APP. CRIT. 2: σύληψιν a.c. Gu | ἄφικτον ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,29–30

Or. 1316.03 (tri metr) ⟨θήραμ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 73

Or. 1316.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἢν ἁλῷ⟩: τουτέστιν ἐὰν κρατηθῇ παρ’ ἡ[μῶν] —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1317.01 (1317–1318) (vet exeg) πάλιν κατάστητε: ἐν καταστάσει γίνεσθε καὶ μὴ θορυβεῖσθε. —MBCMnPrRwSSaG

TRANSLATION: (‘Palin katastēte’, ‘set yourselves again’, that is,) ‘be in a settled condition and do not be troubled’.

LEMMA: BRw REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: marg. M, s.l. CPrSa, intermarg. G

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. MnPrSa, ἤγουν prep. G | καὶ om. G | θορυβεῖτε MnS

APP. CRIT. 2: γίνεσθαι a.c. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,13; Dind. II.293,1

Or. 1317.02 (1317–1318) (vet exeg) πάλιν κατάστηθ’: ¹ἀναδράμετε, φησὶν, εἰς τὴν προτέραν κατάστασιν τῆς ὄψεως ²καὶ τὸ μὲν ὄμμα κατεστυγνακὸς ἔχετε, τὸ δὲ πρόσωπον ἀνύποπτον τῶν πεπραγμένων χάριν, ³τουτέστι προσποιεῖσθε καὶ νῦν κατηφεῖς εἶναι καὶ λυπεῖσθαι ὡς πρὸ τούτου διὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην, ⁴ἵνα μὴ περιχαρεῖς ὑμᾶς ὁρῶσα συνῇ τὸ κατὰ τῆς Ἑλένης πραττόμενον. —MBCMnRfRwS

TRANSLATION: Return, she says, to the previous settled state of your visage and keep your expression saddened and your face raising no suspicion regarding what has been done; that is to say, pretend even now to be despondent and to be pained as before because of Orestes, so that she (Hermione) not see you full of joy and realize what is being done against Helen.

LEMMA: M, πάλιν κατάστητε Rf REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from prev. BMnRwS, from sch. 1315.07 C(sep. by high dot)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,14–18; Dind. II.293,2–6

Or. 1317.03 (1317–1318) (mosch exeg) πάλιν κατάστητε: ¹πάλιν κατάστητε ὥσπερ πρότερον, πρὸ τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὴν δηλονότι, ²ἐν ἡσύχῳ μὲν ὄμματι, ἤγουν ἀταράχῳ, ὡς ἀνελπίστως ἔχουσαι δηλονότι καὶ ἠπορημέναι, ³καὶ ἐν χροιᾷ ἀδήλῳ, ἤγουν ἀνυπόπτῳ, ἕνεκα τῶν πεπραγμένων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrMt², partial Gu

TRANSLATION: Be in a settled condition again, just as previously, before she arrived, clearly, with a calm visage, that is, free of disturbance, as if being without hope, clearly, and at a total loss, and with your complexion revealing nothing, that is, raising no suspicion in regard to what has been done.

LEMMA: G POSITION: s.l. XbXoGu; Xb starts over line, from ὄμματι on finished in margin block; 1 s.l., 2–3 sep. in side block XoG (G with lemma in side block)

APP. CRIT.: 1 πάλιν κατάστητε om. Gu | 2–3 ἐν ἡσύχῳ κτλ om. Gu | 2 ὄμματι] ὀνόματι Mt²

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δῆλον ὅτι G | 2 ἔχουσ* Gr (ἔχουσα?), corr. Gu | δῆλον ὅτι G | 3 δήλῳ Gr, corr. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,6–9

Or. 1317.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάλιν κατάστηθ’⟩: εἰς τὴν προτέραν κατάστασιν —AaMt³

TRANSLATION: (‘Be settled again’, that is,) into your previous state.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1317.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάλιν κατάστηθ’⟩: τουτέστιν εὐτάκτως καὶ μὴ μετὰ θορύβου —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Be settled again’,) that is to say, in good order and without (showing) disturbance.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1317.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡσύχῳ μέν ὄμματι⟩: ἤγουν ἐν ὄψει εὐκόσμῳ καὶ καταστάσει [ ca. 9+ letters ] —Zl

POSITION: s.l. above 1318 χρ. δ’ ἀδήλῳ Zl

APP. CRIT.: ending washed out or too faint to decipher

COMMENT: I have assigned this to 1317 because it apparently does not explain ἀδήλῳ and because ὄψει suits ὄμματι. Note, however, that ὄψει appears as gloss on χροιᾷ in sch. 1318.03.

Or. 1318.01 (vet exeg) χρόᾳ τ’ ἀδήλῳ: τῇ προσώπου διαθέσει ἀνυπόπτως —BCRf

TRANSLATION: (‘Complexion revealing nothing’ means) ‘in a manner raising no suspicion by the disposition of your face’.

LEMMA: Rf POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ prep. C, ἤγουν ἐν prep. Rf | τοῦ add. before προσ. Rf | ἀνυπόπτως om. Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,10

Or. 1318.02 (rec exeg) ⟨χροιᾷ⟩: γρ. χρόᾳ. —F²Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘chroiāi’, ‘skin, complexion’, with circumflex on ultima) the reading ‘chroāi’ (‘skin’, with acute on penult) is found.

LEMMA: in text χρόα a.c. Mn POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. F² (unless washed out)

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1318.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀδήλῳ⟩: ζοφώδει καὶ ἀφανεῖ χαρᾶς —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Adēlōi’, ‘unclear’, in the sense) ‘gloomy and not revealing delight’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τουτέστι prep. Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,10–11

Or. 1318.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῶν πεπραγμένων πέρι⟩: γράφεται τῶν δεδραμένων ὕπερ. —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘tōn pepragmenōn peri’, ‘concerning the things done’,) the reading ‘tōn dedramenōn huper’ (with the same meaning) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1318.13 (rec exeg) ⟨πεπραγμένων⟩: δεδρα{γ}μένων —Sa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘pepragmenōn’, ‘things done’, there is variant reading) ‘dedramenōn’ (with the same meaning).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1318.15 (rec exeg) ⟨δεδραμένων⟩: γρ. πεπραγμένων. —B²MnGr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘dedramenōn’, ‘things done’,) the reading ‘pepragmenōn’ (with the same meaning) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text BMBGr POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. B²

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1318.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέρι⟩: ὕπερ —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘peri’, ‘concerning’, there is a variant reading) ‘huper’ (with the same meaning).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1318.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ὕπερ⟩: πέρι —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘huper’, ‘concerning’, there is a variant reading) ‘peri’ (with the same meaning).

LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: περὶ Mn

Or. 1319.01 (tri metr) ⟨κἀγὼ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 73

Or. 1319.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨σκυθρωποὺς⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ Σκύθης —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘Skuthrōpous’, ‘grim-faced’, is derived) from ‘Skuthēs’ (‘Scythian’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The more common etymologies give a choice between deriving from σκύζω or from χύτρα (e.g., Et. Magn. 720,10ff.), but for the connection to Scythians cf. Et. Gud. σ 505 Sturz σκυθρωπὸς, στυγνὸς, ἔνθεν καὶ σκυθωπάσαι καὶ πλεονασμῷ τοῦ ρ, σκυθρωπάσαι, παρὰ τοῖς Σκύθοις [read παρὰ τὸ Σκύθαι?], οἵτινες ὀργιλώτατοι ὄντες, τὸ ἐπισκύνιον, ὅ ἐστι δέρμα τοῦ προσώπου καθέλκουσι, τουτ’ἔστι συστέλλουσι; and the play on words in Eust. Comm. in Dion. Perieg. 589,4–7 καὶ οὕτω διὰ τὸ καθαρὸν τῆς φαύσεως χρυσοῦς εἶναί πως δοκεῖ ὁ ἥλιος, οὐ μὴν σκυθρωπὸς, καθὰ παρὰ Σκύθαις διὰ τὴν τοῦ Κρονίου πόντου συννέφειαν.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1320.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τἀξειργασμένα⟩: ἃ πράττονται παρ’ ἡμῶν —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1321.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ παρθέν’⟩: παρεπιγραφή —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Parepigraphe (implicit stage direction indicating that Hermione has arrived).

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Z

KEYWORDS: παρεπιγραφή

Or. 1321.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἥκει τὸν Κλυταιμνήστρας τάφον⟩: ἤγουν ἐκ τοῦ τάφου τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας —Mn

POSITION: s.l. above κλυτ. τάφον Mn

COMMENT: It is hard to decide whether this was meant only for ἥκεις, despite its placement, or is an implausible paraphrase of the accusative phrase arising from the short-sighted reading of 1321 without looking ahead to 1322.

Or. 1322.01 (thom exeg) ⟨στέψασα⟩: διὰ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς πλοκάμου —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Crowning, adorning’) with her mother’s (Helen’s) lock of hair.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ] τοῦτο Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,14–15

Or. 1322.05 (tri metr) ⟨στέψασα⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 73

Or. 1322.10 (tri metr) ⟨σπείσασα⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 73

Or. 1322.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨νερτέροις χοάς⟩: τοῖς κάτω ἁρμοδίους θυσίας —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For the alternative usage of ἁρμόδιος as a two-ending adjective (neglected by LSJ and BDAG), DGE cites ps.-Longinus 12.5 (where ἁρμόδιος agrees with the implicit subject χύσις), and the usage is in fact more widespread: e.g., Hippocrates, Epist. 16,29 [9:344 Littré] has ἡ ὥρη τοῦ ἔτεος ἁρμόδιος; Heliodorus, Aegypt. 10.9.5 ἁρμόδιος τῇ θυσίᾳ φανεῖσα; Cyranides 1.1,120–121 ἁρμόδιοι σπληνικοῖς μάλιστα αἱ ῥίζαι. καὶ πᾶσα δὲ ἡ βοτάνη ἁρμόδιος ἐπιληπτικοῖς καὶ σκοτωματικοῖς.

Or. 1322.17 (thom exeg) ⟨χοάς⟩: ἃς ἔθος τοῖς νεκροῖς πέμπεσθαι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Libations’) which are customarily sent to the dead.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἃ Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,16

Or. 1323.01 (vet exeg) ἥκω λαβοῦσα πρευμένειαν: ¹ἦλθον, φησὶν, ἐξευμενισαμένη τὴν ψυχὴν Κλυταιμνήστρας. ²παρὰ δὲ τὸ πρᾶον καὶ εὐμενές συντέθειται τὸ ὄνομα, ἀντὶ τοῦ πραευμενής. —MBCMnRfRwS, partial PrSa

TRANSLATION: I have come, she says, having propitiated the soul of Clytemnestra. The word (‘preumenēs’, from which ‘preumeneia’, ‘gentleness of temper’, is derived) is formed as a compound of ‘praos’ (‘gentle’) and ‘eumenes’ (‘kindly-disposed’), in place of ‘praeumenēs’.

LEMMA: MRf, ἥκω λαβοῦσα BMnRwS REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: s.l. Pr Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξευμενησαμένη Mn | 2 συντέθηται M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,19–21; Dind. II.293,17–19

COMMENT: The noun πρευμένεια is extant only in this line and the scholia on it. The poetic adjective πρευμενής is fairly common. For the second sentence cf. sch. vet. Hec. 538 πρευμενὴς: πρᾶος εὐμενής· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν δύο σύγκειται ἡ λέξις; Sch. vet. Lycophr. 1055a Leone πρευμενεῖς οἱ ἄγαν εὐμενεῖς· σύγκειται δὲ ἡ λέξις ἀπὸ τοῦ πρᾷον καὶ τοῦ εὐμενές; the same etymology in Et. Magn. 687,1–2 πρευμενής: ὁ ἄγαν εὐμενής· ἀπὸ τοῦ πραῢ μένος ἔχειν· ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ πρᾶος καὶ εὐμενής, and in scholia on other authors.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1323.03 (rec exeg) ⟨λαβοῦσα πρευμένειαν⟩: ἐκ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας —Mn, perhaps Ab

TRANSLATION: (‘Having obtained a kindly disposition’) from Clytemnestra.

POSITION: s.l.; above 1321 κλυταιμνήστρας Ab

APP. CRIT.: Κλυταιμνήστρας om. Ab

COMMENT: Ab has ἐκ τῆς as a gloss on 1321. Either it is an unfinished (for some reason) version of this item displaced from 1323, or it belongs to 1321 and is an oddly truncated version of sch. 1321.03.

Or. 1323.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λαβοῦσα πρευμένειαν⟩: ἐξευμενισάμενη τὴν ψυχὴν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας —F

TRANSLATION: (‘Having obtained a kindly disposition’, that is,) having propiated the soul of Clytemnestra.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1323.07 (vet exeg) ⟨πρευμένειαν⟩: πραεῖαν εὐμένειαν —MCRfB^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Preumeneian’ is) ‘praeian eumeneian’ (‘gentle good will’).

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B^3a, s.l. Rf; cont. from sch. 1323.01 C, cont, from sch. 1323.10 B^3a

APP. CRIT.: πραεῖα C, om. B^3a | εὐμένειαν om. Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,22; Dind. II.293,19–20 with app.

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 1323.01.

Or. 1323.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρευμένειαν⟩: συγχώρησιν· ἐξευμενισάμενος τὴν ψυχὴν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Kindly disposition’, that is,) ‘indulgence, forgiveness’; (the whole phase means) ‘having propiated the soul of Clytemnestra’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1323.09 (thom exeg) ⟨πρευμένειαν⟩: ἱλασμὸν πατρὶ καὶ μητρί —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Kindly disposition’, that is,) ‘propitiation for my father and mother’ (Menelaus and Helen).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,20

Or. 1323.14 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨με⟩: μοι —GuT

TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘me’ there is a variant reading) ‘moi’ (dative ‘to me’ as object of ‘entered into’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1323.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μοι⟩: με —ZmB^3d

TRANSLATION: (For dative ‘moi’, ‘to me’, there is a variant reading) ‘me’ (accusative as object of ‘entered into’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1324.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ἥντιν’ ἐν δόμοις⟩: δέον εἰπεῖν πρὸς τὸ φόβος βοὴ ἥντινα κλύω, ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἥντινα προύθηκε, πρὸς τοῦτο καὶ τὸ βοήν ἐπήγαγεν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Although she should have said ‘the cry (in nominative case, as predicate noun) which I hear’ to agree with (nominative) ‘fear’, (instead) since she placed (accusative) ‘which’ first, in agreement with this she added thereafter ‘cry’ also (in the accusative case).

REF. SYMBOL: at φόβος ZZa POSITION: s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: βοὴ] βοὴν Za [Zl] | third τὸ om. Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,22–23

COMMENT: This explanation is meant to counter the view that διὰ needs to be supplied with βόην (as already in older sch. 1324.06, 1325.01, 1325.13–14 and as followed by Moschopulus in sch. 1324.05).

COLLATION NOTES: check Zl image when back online

Or. 1324.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἥντιν’ ἐν δόμοις⟩: διὰ τὴν βοὴν, ἥντινα ἤκουσα ἐν τοῖς δόμοις —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except XGr; cont. from sch. 1324.02 G

APP. CRIT.: ἣν G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,21–22

Or. 1325.01 (vet exeg) τηλουρὸς οὖσα: ¹μακρὰν, τῆλε τῶν ὁρίων οὖσα τῆς οἰκίας. ²ἐν γὰρ τῷ τάφῳ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ἦν. ³ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἀλλὰ περίφοβος γέγονα διὰ τὴν γενομένην βοὴν ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις, ἣν ἤκουσα πόρρω οὖσα. —MBCMnRwS

TRANSLATION: (Being ‘tēlouros’, that is,) being far, ‘tēle’, from the boundaries (‘horia‘) of the house. For she was at the grave of Clytemnestra. The sense of the passage is: But I became fearful because of the cry that occurred in the house, which I heard while being at a distance.

LEMMA: MC, τηλουρὸς BRf REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT.: 1 μακρὰν] πόρρω οὖσα, ἤτοι BRw, ⟨ἤ⟩τοι MnS | οὖσα om. BMnRwS | 3 ἀλλὰ om. Rw | γεναμένην C | ἦν] ἤγουν Rw | οὖσα om. S

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τῆλε] τῆρε Rw | ὀρίων MB

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,23–25; Dind. II.293,24–27 with app.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1325.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τηλουρὸς⟩: καὶ ἔξωθεν τῶν ὁρίων οὖσα —R

TRANSLATION: (‘Tēlouros’) and outside the boundaries (‘horia‘) of the house.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὁρίων] ὀρο R

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1325.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τηλουρὸς⟩: τῆλε τῶν ὁρίων τῆς οἰκίας —Gu²

TRANSLATION: (‘Tēlouros’, that is,) far (‘tēle’) from the boundaries of the house.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1325.13 (vet exeg) ⟨βοήν⟩: λείπει ἡ διά· διὰ τὴν βοήν. —MBC

TRANSLATION: (With accusative ‘boēn’, ‘cry’,) the (proposition) ‘dia’ (‘because of’) is to be understood: ‘because of the cry’.

REF. SYMBOL: M (at κλύω) POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,27; Dind. II.293,27

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1326.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨τί δ’; ἄξι’ ἡμῖν τυγχάνει στεναγμάτων⟩: ¹τί δὲ ἥρμοζεν ἄλλο; ²τὰ πράγματα ἡμῖν ἄξια στεναγμάτων τυγχάνει. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Aa²

TRANSLATION: And what else was proper? The situation in fact is deserving of lamentations for us.

LEMMA: τάδ’ for τί δ’ in text G POSITION: s.l. except XTGrAa²

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἢ prep. G | after ἥρμ. add. δηλονότι Aa² | 2 τὰ πράγματα κτλ om. Aa²

APP. CRIT. 2: ἥρμοζε Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,1–2

COMMENT: The translation above assumes that Moschopulus understood ὄντα or ὑπάρχοντα with τυγχάνει (cf. sch. 1326.21–22), as is perhaps implied by the word order he uses. It seems less likely that he intended ‘befalls us’, the interpretation approved by modern commentators, and possibly assumed by the commentator of the old scholion (next).

Or. 1326.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄξι’ ἡμῖν τυγχάνει στεναγμάτων⟩: πεπόνθαμεν ἄξια στεναγμάτων. —MBCMnRwS

TRANSLATION: We have suffered things deserving of lamentations.

LEMMA: τί δ’ ἄξι’ ἡμῖν τυγχάνει BRw, τί δ’ ἄξι’ ἡμῖν M(ἄξει)Mn, ὅτιδ’ ἄξι ἡμῖν S REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT.: στεναγμῶν M

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄξα or ἄξαι Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,28; Dind. II.294,3–4

COMMENT: This paraphrase implies that τί δ’; is separate from what follows. The punctuation in the manuscripts is often insufficient. In this line punctuation after δ’ is added by a correcting hand in MBGr (the mark in M, however, is odd, a small hollow circle) and perhaps F, and is present in OXXaXbTZZbZm. Punctuation is absent in the other mss regularly used in this edition, although some contain glosses that imply punctuation after δ’. The next two scholia are attempts to explicate the line as one clause.

Or. 1326.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹πῶς, φησὶν, ⟨οὐκ⟩ ἄξια ἡμῖν στενάγματα; ²ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ ἀξίως στενάζομεν; —MC

TRANSLATION: How, she says, are lamentations not suitable for us? Equivalent to ‘do we not lament fittingly?

LEMMA: MC

APP. CRIT.: 1 οὐκ suppl. from next | ἡμῖν] Schw., ἡμῶν MC | 2 τοῦ om. C

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φη() M, φη()` C | ἄξι’ MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216.1–2; Dind. II.294, app. at 4

COMMENT: Without the supplement of οὐκ, the phrase could perhaps have been understood in this way: ‘How, she says, are lamentations sufficient(?) for us? Equivalent to ‘do we not lament fittingly?’ Or perhaps the commentator intended πῶς with question mark after it, paraphrasing τί δ’ with question-mark after it. But one would expect the paraphrase τί δ’; to be πῶς οὔ;, ‘how could it not be thus (that you hear a cry)?’

Or. 1326.04 (vet exeg) ἢ οὕτως· πῶς, φησὶν, οὐκ ἀξίως στενάζομεν, θανεῖν κατακριθέντες; —BMnRwS

TRANSLATION: Or (understand it) this way: How, she says, do we not lament fittingly, since we have been condemned to die?

POSITION: cont. from 1326.02 all

APP. CRIT.: φῆς S | ‑κριθέντας Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216. app. at 1–2; Dind. II.294,4–5

Or. 1326.05 (thom paraphr) ⟨τί δ’⟩: καινὸν, εἰ ἤκουσας —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘But what’) is new/unusual if you heard (a cry)?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καινὸν] οὐ κενὸν Za

APP. CRIT. 2: καὶνον Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,5

Or. 1326.06 (tri paraphr) ⟨τί δ’⟩: τί δὲ καινὸν ἤκουσας; —T

TRANSLATION: But what unexpected thing did you hear?

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This seems to be deliberate modification of the Thoman paraphrase, as is the nearby change at sch. 1326.14–15.

Or. 1326.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄξι᾽ ἡμῖν τυγχάνει⟩: λείπει ἃ πεπόνθαμεν. —AbMn

TRANSLATION: (With ‘axi’ hēmin tungchanei’, ‘befall us worthy’,) ‘ha peponthamen’ (‘things which we have suffered’) is to be understood (as subject).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐπεπόνθαμεν Mn

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1326.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄξι’⟩: ἅτινα οὐ μὴ κλαίομεν· οἷον πεπόνθαμεν ἄξια στεναγμῶν. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Axia’, ‘worthy’, in the sense) ‘things which we do not lament’; as it were, we have suffered things worthy of lamentation.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οἷα Sa

Or. 1327.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί δε νεώτερον λέγεις;⟩: ἐὰν συνέβη τίποτε νέον, εἰπέ μοι. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: If something new/untoward has come about, tell me.

POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 1327.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί δε νεώτερον λέγεις;⟩: νέον ἕτεον(?) λέγεις εἰ ἐγένετο εἰς ὑμᾶς —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: check Zl images when back online

Or. 1328.01 (tri metr) ⟨κἄμ᾽⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 73

Or. 1329.01 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ δῆτ’, ἐμούς γε συγγενεῖς πεφυκότας⟩: μηδαμῶς, μὴ γένοιτο θανεῖν ὑμᾶς ὑπάρχοντας ἡμετέρους συγγενεῖς. —Mn

TRANSLATION: By no means! May it not come about that you die, you who are my kin.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1329.02 (recMosch exeg) ⟨μὴ δῆτ’⟩: εἴθε μὴ γένοιτο θανεῖν ὑμᾶς. —Aa²AbMt³XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGuZc

TRANSLATION: (‘Certainly not!’, that is,) ‘may it not come about that you die’.

REF. SYMBOL: Aa² POSITION: s.l. except X, follows sch. 1329.08 X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Aa²Mt³ | εἴθε om. Ab | μὴ] μὴ δέ (sic) Y | ἡμᾶς AbYMt³, corr. Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,10

Or. 1329.09 (recTri metr) ⟨πεφυκότας⟩: long mark over upsilon —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 73

Or. 1330.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄραρ’· ἀνάγκης δ’ ἐς ζυγὸν καθέσταμεν⟩: ἁρμόδιον ⟦ἔπρε*⟧ ἦτον τὸ να ζῶμεν. ἀλλὰ καθεστήκαμεν καὶ εὑρισκόμεθα ⟦εν⟧ νῦν εἰς τὸν ζυγὸν τῆς ἀνάγκης. —Zu^rec

TRANSLATION: It was fitting that we live. But we have set ourselves and find ourselves now in the yoke of necessity.

REF. SYMBOL: Zu^rec

Or. 1330.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄραρ’⟩: καὶ ἡρμοσμένη ἐγένετο ἡ βουλὴ. —F

TRANSLATION: (‘Arar’ ’, ‘it has been joined together’,) in other words, the decision has become firmly fixed.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1330.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνάγκης δ’ εἰς ζυγὸν καθέσταμεν⟩: ἤγουν ἀναγκαῖον καὶ ἀπαραίτητόν ἐστι τοῦτο. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘We have been placed in the yoke of necessity’,) that is, this (our dying) is by necessity and inevitable.

POSITION: s.l. except Zl, cont. from sch. 1330.08 Zl

APP. CRIT.: ἀναγκαίως (καὶ om.) Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπαραίτητον ἐστὶ ZZaZmTGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,15

Or. 1330.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνάγκης … ζυγὸν⟩: ἤτοι εἰς τὸν θάνατον —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1330.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνάγκης … ζυγὸν⟩: τοῦ θανάτου ἀρκύστατον —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: check Zl image when back

Or. 1330.13 (thom exeg) ⟨καθέσταμεν⟩: ἐστάθημεν. ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ καθεστήκαμεν κατὰ συγκοπὴν ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπάρχομεν. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (Athematic second perfect form ‘kathestamen’ is used for aorist passive) ‘estathēmen’ (‘we have been placed’, ‘we stand’). Or (it is derived) from (thematic perfect) ‘kathestēkamen’ with syncope (of ‘ēk’), used for ‘we are’.

POSITION: s.l. ZmGu; cont. from sch. 1330.10 Zl.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ καθέσταμεν ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Zl | στήκαμεν κτλ lost to trimming Zl, except for traces of top of a few letters

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,15–16

KEYWORDS: syncope

Or. 1330.18 (rec metr) ⟨καθέσταμεν⟩: long mark over second alpha —O

COMMENT: Erroneous diagnosis of the length of the alpha. Did the scribe think this was a form of κατέστημεν?

Or. 1331.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἕκατι⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 73

Or. 1332.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἱκέτης⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱκετικῶς —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (The noun ‘hiketēs’, ‘suppliant’, in agreement with the first-person subject is) used for (adverb) ‘hiketikōs’ (‘in the manner of a suppliant’)

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,19

Or. 1333.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐδὲν οἶδα μᾶλλον⟩: οὗ πρόσθεν ᾔδειν —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘I know nothing more’) than what I knew previously.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1333.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐδὲν οἶδα μᾶλλον⟩: οὐδὲν πλέον οἶδα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: οἶδα om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,21

Or. 1333.05 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ⟩: οὐδὲν —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ou gar’, ‘for not’, there is a variant reading) ‘ouden’ (‘nothing’).

LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1333.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἢν σὺ μὴ λέγῃς⟩: περὶ τοῦ Ὀ[ρέστου] —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Unless you speak’) concerning Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1334.01 (thom paraphr) ⟨τλήμων Ὀρέστης⟩: ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ προσπίπτει —ZZaZbZlT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αὐτοῦ or αὐτὸν Zl, ἑαυτοῦ T

COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when images back online

Or. 1334.02 (thom paraphr) ⟨τλήμων Ὀρέστης⟩: προσπεσὼν βοᾷ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,24

Or. 1334.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨μὴ θανεῖν ἐμοῦ θ’ ὕπερ⟩: βοᾷ μὴ θανεῖν αὐτὸς, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ, ἵνα μὴ θάνω. —XXaXbXoYYfGGu, partial T⁺

TRANSLATION: He cries out (asking) that he not die himself, and on my behalf, that I not die.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: μὴ θανεῖν om. Gu (understood from text) | καὶ ὑπὲρ κτλ om. T | ἀποθάνω G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,24–25

Or. 1334.10 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐμοῦ θ’ ὕπερ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ παρακαλεῖ —MBC

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘and he entreats on my behalf’.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C | καὶ om. MC | ὑπὲρ] περὶ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,3; Dind. II.294,23

Or. 1335.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐπ’ ἀξίοισι τἄρ’ ἀνευφημεῖ⟩: ¹ἀξίως, ὅτι καὶ ὁ οἶκος θρηνεῖ δι’ ὑμᾶς. ²ἐὰν μὲν ἂν εὐφημεῖ, ἀντὶ τοῦ δυσφημεῖ νοητέον, ἵν’ ᾖ κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν εἰρημένον συνδέσμου ὄντος τοῦ ἄν· ³ἐὰν δὲ ὑφ’ ἓν ἀνευφημεῖ, ἀντὶ τοῦ κακοφημεῖ καὶ ἀναθρηνεῖ ὁ δόμος. ⁴σημαίνει δὲ τὸ ἀνηχεῖ. —MBC^aC^bRw

TRANSLATION: (He cries out) fittingly, because the household too cries in grief because of you. If (the reading is divided as) ‘an euphēmei’, (‘euphēmei’, ‘speak auspiciously’, is) used for ‘dusphēmei’ (‘speak inauspiciously’), so that the word is spoken by antiphrasis (expressing the opposite meaning), ‘an’ than being a particle. But if (the reading is) as one word ‘aneuphēmei’, (the phrase is) used for ‘the house kakophēmei’ (‘speaks ill-omened words’) and ‘anathrēnei’ (‘raises a cry of morning’). And (‘aneuphēmei’) means ‘anēchei’ (‘raise a shout’).

LEMMA: ἐπαξίοισα γὰρ M, ἐπαξίοις τ’ἂρ B, ἐπαξίοισιν C^a, ἀξίοις ἄρα Rw REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: C^a on prev. recto, cont. from sch. 1334.10 after high dot

APP. CRIT.: 1 δι’ ἡμᾶς M(διημᾶς)C^aC^bRw | 2 ἂν] Dindorf, om. MC^b, οὖν BC^aRw | εὐφημῆ MC^aC^b, εὐφημῆ γράφεται Rw, εὐφημεῖ γρ() B (εὐφημεῖ γράφεται Arsen., εὐφημεῖ γράφηται Dind.) | τοῦ om. C^aC^b | δυσφημεῖ] δυσφημεῖν Rw, βλασφημῆ C^a | εἰρημένως M, εἰρημένου C^aC^b | 3 ἀντὶ τοῦ κακοφημεῖ om. C^a | τοῦ om. C^b | κακοφημεῖ] Schw., κακευφημεῖ MBC^b, κακαφημεῖ Rw, κατευφημεῖ MeMuPh(κατ’ εὐ‑) (Barnes and edd. through Dind.), καταφημεῖ Arsen. | 4 after δὲ add. καὶ Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐἂν μεν M | κατ’ ἀντίφρασιν M | ὅντως M | 3 ὑφὲν M |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,4–8; Dind. II.294,26–295,1

COMMENT: Schwartz’s κακοφημεῖ is a very rare late verb (six instances in TLG), for which LBG gives only ‘schmähen’ as a definition. But ‘malign, speak ill of’ fits only four of the passages in TLG. Here the sense must be ‘speak ill-omened words’, and the closest parallel is Ps.-David and Ps.-Elias in Porphyr. isag. comm. 9.5,23–26 αὕτη δὲ ἡ δυὰς ἐπὶ κακῷ λέγεται, ‘δύσφημος’, ‘δύσπορος’, ‘δυστυχής’, ‘δυσχερής’· ἀλλὰ καὶ ποιητικῶς κακοφημεῖται ὁ βʹ οὗτος ἀριθμός, ‘Δύσπαρι, εἶδος ἄριστε, γυναικομανές, ἠπεροπευτά’ (‘and this dyad (“duas”) is spoken to express an evil, as in “dusphēmos”, “dusporos”, “dustuchēs”, “duscherēs”; but this number two is also spoken pejoratively poetically in “Dusparis, best in beauty of form, woman-crazed, deceiver” ’). The late reading κατευφημεῖ is from a somewhat better attested verb, but κατευφημέω clearly has a positive meaning, ‘applaud, acclaim, praise’. Arsenius’s καταφημεῖ is probably from a misreading of κατευφημεῖ; if it was intentionally printed, καταφημέω is an otherwise unattested verb, which ought to be a alternative for καταφημίζω and would not have a suitable sense.

KEYWORDS: variant readings, both explained | ἀντίφρασις | rare word

Or. 1335.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπ᾽ ἀξίοισι⟩: ἕνεκεν τῶν ἀξίων πραγμάτων —Zu^rec

REF. SYMBOL: Zu^rec

Or. 1335.08 (rec gram) ⟨ἀξίοισι⟩: τὸ ι̅ ἀργὸν. —K

TRANSLATION: (In dative ‘axioisi’) the (final) iota is without function.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 1335.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨τἄρ’⟩: τὸ ἄρα ἐπὶ τοῖς τραγικοῖς συλλογιστικὸν ὂν καὶ {προ}παροξύνεται καὶ προπερισᾶται κατὰ τὴν τοῦ μέτρου χρείαν. —Lp

TRANSLATION: ‘Ara’ in the tragedians, being an inferential particle, is both accented with an acute on the penult and accented with a circumflex on the penult according to the requirement of the meter.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,1–2

Or. 1335.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνευφημεῖ⟩: ἀντὶ βλασφημεῖ κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν. —C

TRANSLATION: (‘Aneuphēmei’ is) used for ‘blasphēmei’ (‘speaks ill’) by antiphrasis (expressing the opposite meaning).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις

Or. 1335.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνευφημεῖ⟩: ἀνηχεῖ, θρηνεῖ, δυσφημεῖ κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Aneuphēmei’ is used for) ‘anēchei’ ‘thrēnei’ (‘wail in mourning’), ‘dusphēmei’ (‘speak inauspiciously’), by antiphrasis (expressing the opposite meaning).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις

Or. 1335.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνευφημεῖ⟩: ἄλλοι εὐφημεῖ ἀντὶ δυσφημεῖ κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν. —F

TRANSLATION: Others (say ‘aneuphēmei’ means) ‘euphēmei’ (normally ‘speak propitiously’), used for ‘dusphēmei’ (‘speak inauspiciously’) by antiphrasis (expressing the opposite meaning).

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις

Or. 1336.01 (vet exeg) περὶ τοῦ γὰρ ἄλλου: περὶ τίνος γὰρ ἄλλου φθέγξαιτό τις ἢ θρηνήσειεν, ἢ ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἀπολλύμεθα; —MCBRf, partial Rw

TRANSLATION: For concerning what else would one give voice or wail in mourning than that we are perishing?

LEMMA: MBRfRw REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT.: παρὰ Rw | first ἢ] ὡς Rw | ἢ ὅτι κτλ om. Rw | second ἢ om. C

APP. CRIT. 2: περί τινος M, περι τίνος B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,9–10; Dind. II.295,4–5

Or. 1336.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: διὰ ποῖον γὰρ ἄλλο ἤμελλέν τις βοᾶν ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις; —MBCRf

TRANSLATION: For because of what other (reason) was one likely to cry out in the house?

LEMMA: CRf, in marg. M

APP. CRIT.: ἄλλον C | ἔμελλέ B, ἔμελλε Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: ποίον app. Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216.11; Dind. II.295,5–6

Or. 1336.03 (rec exeg) ⟨περὶ τοῦ γὰρ ἄλλου μᾶλλον⟩: εἰ μὴ ὅτι μέλλομεν θανεῖν —AbR

TRANSLATION: (‘For concerning what else more’) if not because we are about to die?

POSITION: s.l., above μᾶλλον R, above ἂν φθέγξαιτό Ab

APP. CRIT.: ὅταν R

Or. 1336.04 (rec exeg) ⟨περὶ τοῦ γὰρ ἄλλου μᾶλλον⟩: εἰ μὴ περὶ αὐτοῦ θρηνήσω —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘For concerning what else more’) if I fail to cry in mourning for him (Orestes)?

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1336.05 (rec exeg) ⟨περὶ τοῦ γὰρ ἄλλου μᾶλλον⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ μὴ ἀποθανεῖν —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘For concerning what else more‘) than not dying?

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1336.06 (thom exeg) ⟨περὶ τοῦ γὰρ ἄλλου μᾶλλον⟩: ἢ περὶ τοῦ σωθῆναι —ZZaZbZmTGuOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘For concerning what else more’) than about being saved (from death)?

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox²; above ἂν φθέγξαιτό τις ZmTGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,13

Or. 1337.09 (rec gram) ⟨μετάσχες⟩: ἀποδοτικὸν εἰς γενικὴν —Rf

TRANSLATION: (‘Metasches’, ‘take a share in’,} governs a genitive case.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1338.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τῇ μέγ’ ὀλβίᾳ⟩: εἰρωνικόν —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Greatly blessed with good fortune’ is) ironic.

POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 1338.08 all (prep. τοῦτο δὲ Zl)

APP. CRIT.: εἰρωνικῶς Matthiae, Dind., without note

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,16–17

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς

Or. 1338.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῇ μέγ’ ὀλβίᾳ⟩: τῇ μεγάλως μακαρίᾳ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,16 and 17

Or. 1339.01 (rec exeg) ⟨Μενέλαον⟩: καὶ παρακάλει τὸν Μενέλαον. —R

TRANSLATION: And entreat Menelaus.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This interpretation (also found in the next) treats Μενέλαον as an accusative governed in common (ἀπὸ κοινοῦ or συνεκδοχικῶς) by the idea of entreaty in 1337–1338 rather than as the subject of the infinitive εἰσιδεῖν (indirect discourse expression of the entreaty that Helen is to make).

Or. 1339.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Μενέλαον⟩: ἤγουν παρακάλεσον καὶ τὸν Μενέλαον. —AbMn

TRANSLATION: That is, entreat Menelaus too.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι Ab | καὶ om. Ab | παρεκάλεσαν Ab

Or. 1339.05 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαον⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1339.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θανόντας⟩: καθὼς ἐτάχθημεν δηλονότι —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Dying’,) just as we have been commanded (to do), clearly.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1341.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κἀπικούφισον κακῶν⟩: καὶ κούφισον ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. T

Or. 1341.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἀπικούφισον κακῶν⟩: κούφισον ἀπὸ τῶν δυστυχιῶν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1341.06 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπικούφισον⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 73

Or. 1342.01 (mosch exeg) ἴθ’ εἰς ἀγῶνα δεῦρ’: ἐσχηματισμένον ἐστίν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrAaFZu

TRANSLATION: It is expressed with a double meaning.

LEMMA: X(om. ἴθ’) POSITION: s.l. except XT, marg. AaF

APP. CRIT.: ἐσχηματισμένα Aa | ἐστίν om. AaFZu

APP. CRIT. 2: σχηματισμένον Xa

KEYWORDS: ἐσχηματισμένον

Or. 1342.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ἴθ’ εἰς ἀγῶνα δεῦρ’⟩: ἐσχηματισμένον· τὸ γὰρ φαινόμενον ἐστὶν εἰς ἀγῶνα λόγων παρακλητικῶν, τὸ δὲ νοούμενον εἰς ἀγῶνα θανάτου. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: Expressed with a double meaning. For the apparent sense is ‘to a struggle of entreating words’, but the sense in her (Electra’s) mind is ‘to a struggle of death’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZlZm POSITION: marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο δὲ λέγει prep. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,18–20

KEYWORDS: ἐσχηματισμένον

Or. 1342.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴθ’ εἰς ἀγῶνα δεῦρ’⟩: τὸ φαινόμενον —B^3a

TRANSLATION: The apparent meaning.

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES: This short comment is in the left margin. In the right margin of this verse there is a very faint (perhaps partly erased) annotation of B^3a or a later hand that is undeciphered as a whole, but begins with ἐσχηματισμένον ὡς; later it may contain τὸν φόνον and may end ἐντὸς(?) φερουσῶν σε(?).

KEYWORDS: ἐσχηματισμένον

Or. 1342.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐγώ σ’ ἡγήσομαι⟩: ὅπως παράκλησιν ποιήσῃ. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘I will lead you’) so that you may make an entreaty.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ποιήσῃ] Mastr., ποιήσω PrSa

Or. 1343.01 (vet exeg) σωτηρίας γὰρ τέρμ’: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν σοί ἐστιν ἡ σωτηρία ἡμῶν. ²δήλωμα δέ ἐστι τοῦτο. —MBCPrRfSa, partial AbMn

TRANSLATION: (‘You hold for us the fulfillment of salvation’ is) equivalent to ‘our salvation lies in you’. And this is an explanation (of the previous requests).

LEMMA: B, σ(ωτη)ρίας τέρμα Rf REF. SYMBOL: MBRf POSITION: marg. M, s.l. CAb, above 1348 ἡμῖν γὰρ ἥκεις οὐχὶ σοὶ σωτηρία PrSa

APP. CRIT.: 1 σοὶ μόνη ἐστὶν Mn, σοὶ μέντοι ἐστὶν Ab | 2 δήλωμα κτλ om. AbMn | δήλωμα] δήλω Pr, δῆλον Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σοί ἐστὶν M, σοὶ ἐστὶν Rf | 2 δὲ ἐστὶ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,12–13; Dind. II.295,21–22

COMMENT: δήλωμα is here used in a sense conveyed (among others) by δήλωσις (DGE s.v. 3); elsewhere δήλωμα is ‘revelation’, ‘demonstration’, ‘proof’, etc.

Or. 1343.09 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 73

Or. 1345.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨σώθηθ’ ὅσον γε τοὐπ’ ἐμοί⟩: ἤγουν σωθήσῃ ὅσον τὸ ἐπ’ ἐμοί —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1345.02 (pllgn exeg) καὶ ἄλλως πᾶ. —Mt³

TRANSLATION: And otherwise ‘pā’ (‘where’ in Doric dialect).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: This cryptic note is at the level of 1345 in the otherwise empty marginal block of fol. 34r of Mt. One would expect it to mean that πᾶ is a variant for πῆ or ποῦ occurring in a lyric passage, but the closest occurrence of ‘where?’ is in 1375 (on 34v), and there πᾶ appears to be universally transmitted. If πᾶ is a mistake for τὰ, then 1360 (also on 34v) might be considered, where τὰς is in the text of mss, but the corrector of M has changed to τὰ, which has been accepted by modern editors.

Or. 1345.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σώθηθ᾽⟩: σωτηρίας ἐστὲ ἄξιοι —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐστὶ ἄξιος app. Zl

COLLATION NOTES: check Zl when images back online

Or. 1345.07 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὅσον γε τοὐπ’ ἐμοί⟩: ὅσον τὸ κατ’ ἐμέ —MBF²Zl

TRANSLATION: To the extent that my attitude (holds sway).

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. F²Zl

APP. CRIT.: ὅσον om. F²

APP. CRIT. 2: κατἐμέ MB

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,14

Or. 1345.08 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὅσον γε τοὐπ’ ἐμοί⟩: ὅσον τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν δύναμιν —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: To the extent that it lies in my power.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,26

Or. 1345.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅσον γε τοὐπ’ ἐμοί⟩: ἤγουν ὅσον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ οὐ δὴ ἔχετε τι —Zu

TRANSLATION: That is, as far as my part goes, you certainly(?) do not have any (obstacle?).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὐ δὴ] ambig. whether this or οὐδὲ Zu

COMMENT: The vagueness of ἔχετε τι is suspect. Is the note incomplete?

Or. 1345.10 (mosch paraphr) τοὐπ’ ἐμοί: τὸ ἐπὶ τῇ ἐμῇ γνώμῃ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrGuZc

TRANSLATION: (‘That which is up to me’ means) ‘that which is up to my judgment’.

LEMMA: Gr; ἐπ’ ἔμ’ in text T POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Gr

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἐπὶ om. Zc

Or. 1345.12 (tri exeg) ⟨ἔμ’⟩: ἐμοί —T

TRANSLATION: (For ‘em’ ’ [accusative ‘eme’] there is a variant reading, dative) ‘emoi’ (‘me’). OR (The uncontracted form of ‘em’ ’ is) ‘emoi’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1345.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὦ κατὰ στέγας⟩: ὦ οἱ κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.295,27

Or. 1346.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄγραν⟩: ἄγρα λέγεται πᾶν τὸ ἀγρευόμενον(?) καὶ(?) / θηρευόμενον. ἐπεὶ γοῦν [4–6 letters undeciphered] / πρὸς ἅπαντα [ca. 10 letters washed out] / θηρευτῶν(?) τοῦ τε ἄγραν(?) [2–3 letters] / πρὸς τὸ συλλαβεῖν εἰς τὴν αὐτῶν / σωτηρίαν εἰ [8–10 letters undeciph.] / ὠνόμασεν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ π[2–3 letters] / [4–6 letters washed out] ἐπὶ Ἑρμιόνην(?). —Zl

TRANSLATION: ‘Agra’ is a term for everything that is captured and hunted. For since [undeciph. wd.] toward all [washed out words] of hunters and of [missing words] prey, for capturing to serve their own salvation, if [undeciphered words] she named it with respect to the of the [missing words] against Hermione.

COMMENT: Compare perhaps Georgius Lacapenus, epist. 9(n),12–13 [p. 74 Lindstam] ὡς ἄγρα καὶ τὸ ἀγρευθὲν λέγεται καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ ἐνέργεια; Sch. Ael. Nat. anim. 1.3,104–105 Meliadò ἄγρα λέγεται καὶ τὸ θηρώμενον καὶ τὸ ἔργον.

COLLATION NOTES: Recheck Zl when images back

Or. 1347.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οἲ ἐγὼ⟩: τὸ οἲ ἐγὼ Ἀττικὸν ἀπ’ εὐθείας, τὸ δὲ οἴμοι κοινὸν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: The exclamation ‘oi ego’ is Attic, using the nominative case (‘egō’, ‘I’). but ‘oimoi’ is the vernacular form (incorporating dative ‘moi’, ‘to me’).

LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀπ’] Mastr., app. εκ crossed out Mn

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1347.03 (tri metr) ⟨οἲ⟩: koinē short over the diphthong —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 73

Or. 1347.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τίνας τούσδ’ εἰσορῶ;⟩: τίνες εἰσὶν οὗτοι οὓς ὁρῶ; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,30

Or. 1348.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡμῖν γὰρ ἥκεις⟩: δι’ ἡμᾶς γὰρ ἦλθες —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1348.06 (tri metr) ⟨σωτηρία⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 73

Or. 1349.09 (rec gram) ⟨πρὸς⟩: ἡ πρὸς ὅτε σημαίνει τὴν ἐγγύτητα συντάσσεται μετὰ δοτικῆς. —Mn

TRANSLATION: When the preposition ‘pros’ indicates proximity, it is construed with the dative.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1350.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἡσυχάζεθ᾽⟩: μένετε ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ —Mn

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1350.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόδε⟩: τάδε —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For singular ‘tode’, ‘this thing’, there is a variant reading) ‘tade’ (‘these things’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1351.03 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1351.04 (1351–1352) (vet exeg) οὕνεκ’ ἄνδρας: τὸ ἑξῆς οὕνεκ’ ἄνδρας Φρύγας κακοὺς εὑρὼν οὐκ ἔπραξεν αὐτοὺς οἷα χρὴ πράσσειν κακούς. —MBCPrSa

TRANSLATION: In simplified order (the sense is) ‘because having found the Phrygian men to be bad/cowardly he did not do to them the sort of things one should do to bad/cowardly men’.

LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: MBSa POSITION: marg. M, s.l. Pr; cont. from sch. 1351.15 (add. δὲ) Pr

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἑξῆς οὕνεκ’ lost to damage Sa | ἀνδρὸς Sa | φρύγας κακοὺς] κακοὺς φρένας C | αὐτοὺς] εἰς αὐτοὺς Pr, εἰς τοὺς Sa, | κακά PrSa

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξῆς M | οὔνεκ’ MCPr [οὔνεκ’ in text MC] | εὑρῶν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,15–16; Dind. II.295,33–34

COMMENT: The paraphrase is based on an incorrect interpretation of the negative as belonging to the main verb, in defiance of the word order.

Or. 1351.12 (thom paraphr) ⟨οὐ Φρύγας κακούς⟩: ἀλλ’ ἀνδρείους Ἕλληνας —ZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1351.18 (rec exeg) ⟨κακὰ⟩: γρ. κακούς. —Ab

TRANSLATION: (For ‘kaka’, bad things’,) the reading ‘kakous’ (‘bad/cowardly men’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1352.01 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐρὼν⟩: λείπει τὸ ὑμᾶς. —M²

TRANSLATION: (With ‘heurōn’, ‘having found’,) ‘humas’ (‘you’, Orestes and Pylades) is to be understood (as object).

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1352.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔπραξεν⟩: λείπει οὐ. —M²

TRANSLATION: (With ‘epraxen’, ‘he did’,) ‘ou’ (‘not’) is to be understood.

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1352.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κακούς⟩: κακὰ —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (For ‘kakous’, ‘bad, cowardly men’,) the reading ‘kaka’ (bad things’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1353.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰὼ ἰὼ φίλαι⟩: ἐπιστροφὴ —Zl

TRANSLATION: Address (to the chorus).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 1207.01.

Or. 1353.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨κτύπον ἐγείρετε κτύπον⟩: ποιεῖτε κτύπον πολὺν —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: πολλήν Sa

Or. 1353.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐγείρετε⟩: κινεῖτε· ἔστι δὲ προστακτικόν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Stir up’, that is,) ‘set in motion’. And it is imperative (not indicative).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1353.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐγείρετε⟩: προστακτικόν —Y²

TRANSLATION: Imperative (not indicative).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1354. (vet exeg) ⟨πρὸ μελάθρων⟩: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν οἴκων —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Pro melathrōn’, that is,) ‘in front of the house’.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216, app. at 17; Dind. II.296,3–4

Or. 1354.02 (tri exeg) ⟨πρὸ μελάθρων⟩: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν οἴκων ἐστῶσαι δηλονότι —T

TRANSLATION: (‘Pro melathrōn’, that is,) ‘in front of the house’, standing (there), clearly.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1354.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸ μελάθρων⟩: ἔξω τῶν δόμων —R

TRANSLATION: (‘Pro melathrōn’, that is,) ‘outside the house’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1354.04 (vet exeg) ⟨πρὸ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμπροσθεν —MCZb²CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Pro’) in the sense ‘in front of’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. M

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἀντὶ C, καὶ CrOx, om. Zb² | τῶν add. Zb²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,17; Dind. II.296,3

Or. 1354.07 (1354–1356) (thom exeg) ⟨ὅπως ὁ πραχθεὶς φόνος … δόμους τυραννικούς⟩: ἤγουν μὴ κλαίουσα Ἑρμιόνη διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς Ἑλένης ἀκουσθήσεται τοῖς Ἀργείοις, οἱ δὲ θροηθέντες εἰς τάχος ἐνταῦθα ἔλθοιεν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, lest Hermione, wailing because of the killing of Helen, will be heard by the Argives, and they, becoming frightened, come here quickly.

REF. SYMBOL: at 1355 Ἀργείοισιν ZZa POSITION: marg. Zm

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] σκοπεῖτε φησὶ T | ἡ ἑρμιόνη Gu | διὰ … Ἑλένης] διὰ τὴν μητέρα ZlZmTGu | εἰς om. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,4–7

COMMENT: The change of διὰ τὸν φόνον τὴς Ἑλένης to διὰ τὴν μητέρα seems to be a pedantic ‘correction’ based on the knowledge that Helen survives.

Or. 1354.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅπως ὁ πραχθεὶς φόνος⟩: τὸ δειλιῶ προσληπτέον. —F

TRANSLATION: (To govern the clause ‘that the accomplished murder …’) one must supply ‘deiliō’ (‘I am afraid’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1355.01 (1355–1357) (vet exeg) μὴ δεινὸν Ἀργείοισιν: μήποτέ τις ἔλθῃ πρὶν ἡμᾶς ἀκοῦσαι παρά τινων πῶς τὰ ἔσω διάκειται ἢ καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἑλένης φόνον. —MBCAbPrRRfSa

TRANSLATION: Lest anyone come before we hear from some (informers) how the affairs inside are disposed or even (before we) see the slain corpse of Helen.

LEMMA: MBPrRfSa REF. SYMBOL: BPr POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. AbR

APP. CRIT. 2: μήποτε τίς C | παρὰ τινῶν MC | διάκειτε R |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,18–19; Dind. II.296,10–11

Or. 1355.02 (1355–1357) (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ δεινὸν … Ἑλένας φόνον⟩: μήποτέ τις ἔλθῃ πρὶν ἢ ἀκουσαίμεν παρά τινων πῶς τὰ ἔσω διάκειται. ἀγνοεῖ γὰρ εἰ{ς} πέρας ἐχει τῆς Ἑλένης ὁ φόνος. —Rw

TRANSLATION: Lest anyone come before we should hear from some (informers) how the affairs inside are disposed; for she does not know whether the murder of Helen has been completed.

LEMMA: 1357 ⟨π⟩ρὶν ἑτοίμως Rw (π om. rubr.)

APP. CRIT.: τὰ ἔσω διάκειται] Mastr. (from prev.), τινές σε διάκεισθαι Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀκοῦσαι μὲν Rw | παρὰ τίνων Rw

Or. 1356.01 (vet exeg) ⟨βοηδρομῆσαι⟩: λείπει τὸ ὥστε. —MBC

TRANSLATION: (The result conjunction) ‘hōste’ (‘so as to’) is to be understood (to govern the infinitive ‘to come to the rescue’).

POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,21; Dind. II.296,9

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1356.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨βοηδρομῆσαι⟩: μετὰ βοῆς δραμεῖν —M²F²

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg. M², s.l. F²

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1356.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨βοηδρομῆσαι⟩: ὥστε ἐπὶ βοηθείᾳ δραμεῖν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X; with ὥστε positioned sep. XbGr

APP. CRIT.: ὥστε om. XG (present sep. in intermarg. X)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,8

Or. 1356.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨βοηδρομῆσαι⟩: μετὰ βοηθείας δραμεῖν —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1356.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βοηδρομῆσαι⟩: καὶ μετὰ μάχης δραμεῖν —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1356.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βοηδρομῆσαι⟩: μετὰ βοῆς ἐλθεῖν —AaGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤτε prep. Aa (corruption of (ὥσ)τε) | μετὰ om. Gu

Or. 1357.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἑλένας φόνον⟩: τὸ σῶμα τῆς Ἑλένης πεφονευμένον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘The murder of Helen’ here means) ‘the slain corpse of Helen’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 1357.07 (rec metr) ⟨Ἑλένας⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1359.03 (rec exeg) ⟨λόγων⟩: λόγον —Sa

TRANSLATION: (For genitive plural ‘logōn’, ‘of words’, there is a variant reading, accusative singular) ‘logon’ (‘word’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1359.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λόγον⟩: λόγων —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For accusative singular ‘logon’, ‘word’, there is a variant reading, genitive plural) ‘logōn’ (‘of words’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1359.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨του προσπόλων⟩: τινὸς δούλων —M²

LEMMA: τοῦ in text M POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1359.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨του προσπόλων⟩: ἀπό τινος τῶν δούλων —AbMnR

LEMMA: τοῦ in text AbMn POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. R

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπὸ τίνος AbMn

Or. 1359.14 (thom exeg) ⟨πυθώμεθα⟩: ¹ἐπειδὴ μόνη αὐτὴ ἔμελλεν εἰσελθεῖν ἐντὸς καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν τῆς Ἑλένης φόνον, διατοῦτο τὸ ἴδω ἑνικῶς ἐξήνεγκεν. ²εἰ δέ τις ἐξιὼν εἶπεν, οὐ μόνη, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τοῦ χοροῦ ἤκουσεν ἂν, καὶ διατοῦτο πληθυντικῶς ἐνταῦθα τὸ πυθώμεθα εἶπεν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Since she herself (Electra) was going to go inside alone and see the corpse of Helen, for this reason she uttered ‘idō’ (‘that I may see’) in the singular. But if someone came out and told (the situation), not alone, but together with the chorus she would have heard, and for this reason she here said ‘puthōmetha’ (‘that we may learn’) in the plural.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm POSITION: at level of 1537 T

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ om. ZaZlT | ἑνικῶς ἴδω transp. Zl | ἴδοιμι T (as emended in his text) | ἐξήνεγκεν] ἐξέφερεν ZlZmTGu | 2 ἐνταῦθα om. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,14–17

COMMENT: The preference for imperfect ἐξέφερεν in ZlZmTGu is perhaps to be related to associating the note with 1357, although only T removes the ἐνταῦθα that makes the assignment to 1359 clear.

Or. 1360.01 (vet exeg) τὰς μὲν γὰρ οἷδα συμφοράς: ¹ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς βοῆς ἐν συμφοραῖς οὖσαν τὴν Ἑλένην ἐγίνωσκον, ²ἀγνοοῦσι δὲ εἰ πέρας ἔσχεν ὁ φόνος αὐτῆς. —MBCPrRwSa

TRANSLATION: (They say this) because they recognized from the loud cry that Helen was in difficulties, but they do not know whether her killing had reached completion.

LEMMA: B(συμφορ()), τὰς μὲν γὰρ οἷδα Rw, τὰς μὲν γὰρ οἷδα ταῖς μὲν γὰρ M, τὰς μὲν γὰρ C REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 1355.01 PrSa, prep. ἢ

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἔσχε C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,23–24; Dind. II.296,20–21

COMMENT: The verbs in the third plural show that the commentator had 1353–1360 assigned to the chorus in his copy, against the assignment to Electra in our manuscripts. PrSa show someone’s effort to adjust the note to the assignment of the passage to Electra by emending to ἀγνοῶ so that ἐγίνωσκον could be taken as first singular.

KEYWORDS: assignment of speaker

Or. 1360.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰς μὲν γὰρ οἶδα συμφοράς⟩: ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν συμφορῶν. ἔστι δὲ σχῆμα σολοικοφανὲς. —Rf

TRANSLATION: He/she should have said ‘from among the happenings’ (with partitive genitive ‘sumphorōn’ instead of accusative ‘sumphoras’). And the schema is that of apparent solecism.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: σολοικοφανές

Or. 1360.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰς μὲν … συμφοράς⟩: ἤγουν τὸ εἰσελθεῖν εἴσω καὶ καταλαβεῖν αὐτήν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Some happenings’,) that is, that they (Orestes and Pylades) went inside and captured her (Helen).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Za

Or. 1360.06 (thom exeg) ⟨οἶδα⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ βοῆσαι ἐκείνην —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘I know’) from the fact that she cried out.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1360.09 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰς δ᾽ οὐ σαφῶς⟩: εἰ τελείως αὐτὴν ἀπώλεσαν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘The other happenings not clearly’, that is,) whether they (Orestes and Pylades) completely destroyed her.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Zl

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | ἀπώλεσαν] ἐφόνευσαν T

Or. 1360.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὰς δ᾽ οὐ σαφῶς⟩: οὐ φανερῶς οἶδα —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1360.14 (tri metr) coronis —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 73

Or. 1361.01 (1361–1368) (tri metr) διὰ δίκας ἔβα: ⁰σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν ἀνομοιομερὲς κώλων καὶ στίχων θʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ παιωνικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου. ²τὸ βʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων δευτέρων δύο καὶ συλλαβῆς· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς. τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς χορείου. τοῦ δὲ τρίτου δακτύλου. ³τὸ γʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. ⁴τὸ δʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ τριῶν χορείων καὶ πυρ⟨ρ⟩ιχείου ἢ ἰάμβου διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. ⁵τὸ εʹ τροχαϊκὸν πενθημιμερὲς· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀντισπαστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου δʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. ⁶τὸ ςʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἰαμβικῆς συζυγίας καὶ ἀντισπάστου καὶ συλλαβῆς ^7–9τὸ ζʹ, ηʹ, καὶ θʹ ἰαμβικοὶ τρίμετροι ἀκατάληκτοι. ¹⁰ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

¹1361 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒
διὰ δίκας ἕβα
²1362 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ / ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ /
θεῶν νέμεσις εἰς ἑλέναν
³1363 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒. ‒
δακρύοισι γάρ ἑλλάδ’ ἅπασαν ἕπλησεν
⁴1364 ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ×
διὰ τὸ ὀλόμενον ὀλόμενον
⁵1365a ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑, × / ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ×
ἰδαῖον πάριν
⁶1365b ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ×
ὃς ἄγαγ’ ἑλλάδ’ εἰς ἴλιον
⁷‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ἀλλὰ κτυπεῖ γὰρ κλεῖθρα βασιλείων δόμων
⁸‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒
σιγήσατ’ ἔξω γάρ τις ἐκβαίνει φρυγῶν
⁹‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
οὗ πευσόμεσθα τἀν δόμοις ὅπως ἔχει

TRANSLATION: A metrical system of nine cola and (iambic trimeter) lines, in the form of a separate section, consisting of unlike parts. The first (colon) is a one-and-a-half measure paeonic formed from a fourth paeon and an iamb. The second is a hypercatalectic dimeter of the same meter, formed from two second paeons and a syllable; or if you prefer, an iambic hephthemimeres with the second foot a choreius and the third a dactyl. The third is a hypercatalectic anapaestic dimeter. The fourth is an acatalectic iambic dimeter formed from three chorei and a pyrricheius, or an iamb because of the indifferent syllable. The fifth is a trochaic penthemimeres; or if you prefer, a hypercatalectic antispastic monometer formed from a fourth epitrite and a syllable. The sixth is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter formed from an iambic syzygy and an antispast and a syllable. The seventh, eighth, and ninth (cola) are acatalectic iambic trimeters. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,30–21,6; de Fav. 73–74

COMMENT: For the analysis of ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑ as a trochee in colon 5, see on sch. 1302.01.

KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιομερές/ὁμοιομερές

Or. 1361.02 (1361–1368) (tri metr) σύστημα κώλων θ´ —T

TRANSLATION: A metrical system of nine cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74

Or. 1361.03 (vet exeg) διὰ δίκας ἔβα: οἷον δικαίως ἡ Νέμεσις τὴν Ἑλένην ἐτιμωρήσατο. —MBCPr^aPr^bSa^aSa^b

TRANSLATION: (‘Nemesis went through justice’,) as it were, justly did Nemesis punish Helen.

LEMMA: MBPr^aSa^a REF. SYMBOL: MBPr^a POSITION: marg. M, s.l. Pr^bSa^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,25–26; Dind. II.296,22

KEYWORDS: theology, divine punishment

Or. 1361.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ἡ νέμεσις τῆς δίκης τῶν θεῶν ἔμολεν, ²ὅ ἐστι δίκην ἀπαιτεῖται παρ’ αὐτῶν· ³ἐνεμέσησαν γὰρ αὐτῇ οἱ θεοί. —MBCPrSa

TRANSLATION: The retribution of the justice of the gods has come, which is to say, she (Helen) is demanded (to repay) a penalty by them (the gods), for the gods felt righteous indignation toward her.

LEMMA: C, in marg. M, ἢ οὕτως B POSITION: marg. M; cont. from prev., prep. ἢ οὕτως, PrSa

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔμολεν] ἔμελλεν PrSa | 2 παρ’ om. MC | 3 αὐτὴν CSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,27–28; Dind. II.296,22–24

COMMENT: ἀπαιτεῖται is passive with retained second accusative object (K–G I.326 Anmerk. 7). For ἀπαιτέω (unlike αἰτέω, ἐξαιτέω) there are no examples of a middle form being used in the same sense as the active: the instance cited by DGE s.v. ἀπαιτέω I.1 (Julian or. 2.58a τότε δὲ ἐφεστώσας ξὺν δίκῃ ποινὰς ἀπαιτεῖται τῶν ἔργων καὶ ἄπιστον τιμωρίαν) should, in my view, be regarded as passive, just as the following εἰσπράττεται is passive.

KEYWORDS: theology, divine punishment

Or. 1362.08 (rec metr) ⟨Ἑλέναν⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1363.03 (tri metr) ⟨δακρύοισι⟩: koinē short over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74

Or. 1363.04 (tri paraphr) ⟨Ἑλλάδ’⟩: τοὺς ἐν Ἑλλάδι οἰκοῦντας —T

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1363.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἅπασαν⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74

Or. 1363.11 (tri metr) ⟨ἔπλησεν⟩: koinē short over first epsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74

Or. 1364.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν ὀλόμενον⟩: τὸν ἄξιον φθαρῆναι καὶ ἀπολεσθῆναι —AaPrSa

TRANSLATION: (Participle ‘olomenon’ has an idiomatic modal sense,) ‘the one who deserves to perish and be destroyed’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀπολ. καὶ φθαρ. transp. Aa

Or. 1364.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸν ὀλόμενον⟩: τὸν ἄξιον ἀπωλείας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcMt²

TRANSLATION: (Participle ‘olomenon’ has an idiomatic modal sense,) ‘the one deserving of destruction’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,27–28

Or. 1364.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ὀλόμενον⟩: τὸν ἄξιον ὀλεθρευθῆναι —F

TRANSLATION: (Participle ‘olomenon’ has an idiomatic modal sense,) ‘the one deserving to be destroyed’.

REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.

Or. 1364.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ὀλόμενον⟩: τὸν ἀξίως φθαρέντα —Zb²

TRANSLATION: (Participle ‘olomenon’ has an idiomatic modal sense,) ‘the one deservedly destroyed’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1364.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀλόμενον ὀλόμενον⟩: ὀλλύμενον ὀλλύμενον —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For aorist participles ‘olomenon olomenon’ there is a variant reading, present participles) ‘ollumenon ollumenon’.

LEMMA: ὀλλόμ‑ ὀλλόμ‑ in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This variant mentioned is in Va, the copy of V (not extant in this passage).

Or. 1364.06 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: ἤτοι ἀπολόμενον ἢ ὀλέθριον —BCPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Olomenon’ means) either ‘destroyed’ or ‘destructive’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B

APP. CRIT.: ἀπολλόμενον Pr, ἀπολλύμενον Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,1; Dind. II.296,27

Or. 1364.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: ἄξιον ἀπευχῆς —Rf

TRANSLATION: (‘Olomenon’, that is,) ‘deserving of deprecration/execration’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1364.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: ἀπολεσθησόμενον —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Olomenon’, that is,) ‘going to be destroyed’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,28

Or. 1364.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: ὀλλῶ ὀλῶ ὀλοῦμαι ὀλούμενον καὶ κατὰ συγκοπὴν ὀλόμενος. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (The derivation goes:) (present) ‘ollō’, (future active) ‘olō’, (future middle) ‘oloumai’, and by syncope (future middle participle) ‘olomenos’.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: syncope

Or. 1364.15 (tri metr) ⟨Ἰδαῖον⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74

Or. 1365.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄγαγ’ Ἑλλάδ’ εἰς Ἴλιον⟩: διότι ἥρπασε τὴν Ἑλένην —Lb

TRANSLATION: (‘Brought Hellas to Ilium’) because he (Paris) kidnapped Helen.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,29

Or. 1365.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Ἑλλάδ’⟩: τοὺς τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀνθρώπους —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrMt²

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,29–30

Or. 1365.08 (tri metr) ⟨Ἴλιον⟩: long mark over first iota —T

Or. 1366.01 (1366–1368) (vet exeg) ἀλλὰ κτυπεῖ γὰρ: ¹ἐξιών τις ψοφεῖ, τοῦτο γὰρ ἔθος, ταῖς θύραις. ²τούτους δὲ τοὺς τρεῖς στίχους [1366–1368] οὐκ ἄν τις ἐξ ἑτοίμου συγχωρήσειεν Εὐριπίδου εἶναι, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ³οἵτινες, ἵνα μὴ κακοπαθῶσιν ἀπὸ τῶν βασιλείων δόμων καθαλλόμενοι, παρανοίξαντες ἐκπορεύονται τὸ τοῦ Φρυγὸς ἔχοντες σχῆμα καὶ πρόσωπον. ⁴ὅπως οὖν διὰ τῆς θύρας εὐλόγως ἐξιόντες φαίνωνται, τούτους προσενέταξαν. ⁵ἐξ ὧν δὲ αὐτοὶ λέγουσιν, ἀντιμαρτυροῦσι τῇ διὰ τῶν θυρῶν ἐξόδῳ. ⁶φανερὸν δὲ ἐκ τῶν ἑξῆς ὅτι ὑπερπεπήδηκεν. —MBCPrRwSa

TRANSLATION: Someone coming out (of the skene) makes a noise at the doors, for this is the convention. But these three lines one would not readily concede to be by Euripides, but rather (one would assume they are) by the actors, who in order not to hurt themselves when jumping down from the royal palace, open the door and proceed out wearing the costume and mask of the Phrygian. So then, in order that they plausibly be seen coming out, they inserted these lines in addition. But from what they themselves say, they bear witness against coming out through the door. And it is obvious from the following lines that he (the Phrygian) jumped over.

LEMMA: all (γὰρ om. M) REF. SYMBOL: MBPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,2–9; Dind. II.297,1–8

COMMENT: MC’s προενέταξαν yields a possible sense (‘inserted in front’), but is an unattested compound, whereas προσεντάττω is attested in seven other passages (TLG), among which the most relevant is Philo, in Flaccum 131, where it is used of falsifying documents presented in court: εἶτα τὰ μὲν ἀπήλειφεν ἢ παρῄει ἑκών, τὰ δ’ οὐ λεχθέντα προσενέταττεν, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ ὑπηλλάττετο μεταποιῶν καὶ μετατιθεὶς καὶ στρέφων ἄνω κάτω τὰ γράμματα, κατὰ συλλαβήν. | From the very phrasing of the comment, it seems unlikely that there was external evidence known to the commentator, that is, copies in which the three lines were absent. The rejection of the three lines is rather the solution to a problēma about how entrance through the door can be reconciled with 1371 ὑπὲρ τέραμνα, a problēma that has prompted various solutions both in antiquity and in modern times. From my understanding of the probabilities of the nature of the skene in 408 BCE, I doubt, along with many others, that Euripides had his actor leap from the skene-roof to the stage. For two other ancient solutions, see on sch. 1371.01.

COLLATION NOTES: Schwartz read παρανήξαντες in M, but the new digital image seems to show οι, not η, after ν: the left side of what he saw as eta is a very narrow omicron, and there is no cross stroke present to join it to the iota, which he saw as the right side of eta.

KEYWORDS: athetesis or absence of verses | staging, position or gesture of actors | staging, entrance or exit of a character

Or. 1366.03 (1366–1367) (tri exeg) ⟨ἀλλὰ κτυπεῖ γάρ … σιγήσατ’⟩: σύναπτε τὸ ἀλλά πρὸς τὸ σιγήσατε. —T

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1366.04 (1366–1367) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀλλὰ κτυπεῖ γάρ … σιγήσατ’⟩: ἀλλὰ σιγήσατε· κτυπεῖ γὰρ, ἤγουν ἠχεῖ, τὰ κλεῖθρα τῶν βασιλείων δόμων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrMt²

TRANSLATION: (Paraphrase in easier word order:) But be silent. For the doors of the royal palace resound, that is, make a noise.

POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYfGMt²

APP. CRIT.: κτυπεῖ … ἠχεῖ] ἠχεῖ γὰρ G | κλεῖθρα and βασιλείων δόμων om. G (understood from line)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,31–297,1

Or. 1366.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κλῇθρα⟩: Ἀττικῶς —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (Spelling ‘klēithra’ with eta iota instead of epsilon iota is) in the Attic manner.

LEMMA: κλῆιθρα in text B POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1367.01 (tri metr) ⟨σιγήσατ᾽⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74

Or. 1367.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Φρυγῶν⟩: ἐκ τῶν δούλων τῆς Ἑλένης —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1368.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅπως ἔχε⟩: ἤγουν τί ἐγεγόνει —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1368.18 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74

Or. 1369.01 (1369–1379) (tri metr) Ἀργεῖον ξίφος: ⁰τὰ τοιαῦτα εἴδη καλεῖται μονοστροφικὰ καὶ μετρικὰ ἄτακτα. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ ἀνομοιόστροφα· οὐ γὰρ ἔχει σχέσιν πρὸς τὰ ἑξῆς. τὰ κῶλα δὲ τῆς παρούσης στροφῆς εἰσὶν ιαʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ τροχαϊκῆς συζυγίας ἤτοι ἐπιτρίτου δʹ, παίωνος δευτέρου ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος, καὶ διτροχαίου. ²τὸ δεύτερον τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ³τὸ γʹ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικόν. ⁴τὸ δʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς Εὐριπίδειον. ⁵τὸ εʹ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον ἐκ σπονδείων. ⁶τὸ ςʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικὸν. ⁷τὸ ζʹ ὅμοιον ἑφθημιμερὲς. ⁸τὸ ηʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον, τοῦ αʹ ποδὸς χορείου, τοῦ δὲ τελευταίου ἀδιαφόρου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ δευτέρου ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος καὶ συλλαβῆς. ⁹τὸ θʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς τοῦ γʹ ποδὸς χορείου. ¹⁰τὸ ιʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος πρώτου καὶ κρητικοῦ. ¹¹τὸ ιαʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ δακτύλου. ¹²ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος, ἐν εἰσθέσει δὲ στίχος ἴαμβος τρίμετρος. —T

¹1369 ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑
Ἀργέιον ξίφος ἐκ θανάτου πέφευγα
²1370 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
βαρβάροις ἐν εὐμάρισιν
³1371 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑
κεδρωτὰ παστάδων ὑπὲρ τέρεμνα
⁴1372 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒
Δωρικάς τε τριγλύφας,
⁵1373 ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒
φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ γᾶ,
⁶1374 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς.
⁷1375 ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
αἴ αἴ· πᾶ φύγω, ξέναι,
⁸1376 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ × / ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ×
πολιὸν αἰθέρ’ ἀμπτάμενος
⁹1377 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ‒
ἢ πόντον Ὠκεανὸς ὃν
¹⁰1378 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒
ταυρόκρανος ἀγκάλαις
¹¹1379 ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑
ἑλίσσων κυκλεῖ χθόνα;

TRANSLATION: Such forms (as this) are called monostrophic and irregular metrical forms, and they are also formed of dissimilar strophes. For they do not have responsion with what follows. The cola of the present strophe are eleven (in number). The first is an acatalectic ionic trimeter, formed from a trochaic syzygy or fourth epitrite, a second paeon in place of an ionic a maiore, and a ditrochee. The second is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter. The third is a catalectic iambic trimeter. The fourth is a Euripidean trochaic hephthemimeres. The fifth is a dactylic trimeter consisting of spondees. The sixth is a trochaic ithyphallic. The seventh is a hephthemimeres of similar (trochaic) rhythm. The eighth is an acatalectic dimeter of similar (trochaic) rhythm, with the first foot a choreius and the last (element) indifferent; of if you prefer, a hypercatalectic ionic dimeter formed from a fourth paeon and a second (paeon) in place of an ionic a maiore, and a syllable. The ninth is an iambic hephthemimeres with the third foot a choreius. The tenth is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter formed from a first paeon and a cretic. The eleventh is a catalectic antispastic dimeter formed from an antispast and a dactyl. At the end a paragraphos, and as an insertion (within the lyric) a iambic trimeter verse.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

APP. CRIT.: 6 ἰθυφαλικὸν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74

COMMENT: The sequences ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ in 1370 and ‒ ⏑ ⏑ × in 1376 are allowable in a trochaic metron according to Triclinius’s statement in his epitome of Hephaestion that an iamb is a permitted substitution in either foot of a trochaic metron.

KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιόστροφα/ἀλλοιόστροφα | Εὐριπίδειον (colon)

Or. 1369.02 (1369–1379) (tri metr) στροφὴ μονόστροφος κώλων ια´ —T

TRANSLATION: A monostrophic strophe (that is, one lacking responsion) of eleven cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.21,7–21; de Fav. 74

KEYWORDS: staging, entrance or exit of a character

Or. 1369.03 (rec exeg) ἦλθεν ὁ Φρὺξ ἔξω. —Ab

TRANSLATION: The Phrygian has come outside.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1369.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Φρύξ (character name)⟩: ὁ δοῦλος τῆς Ἑλένης —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (The Phrygian is) a slave of Helen.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1369.05 (vet exeg) Ἀργεῖον ξίφος: ¹ἐντεῦθεν ἐξέστη τοῦ ἰδίου ἤθους ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἀνοίκεια ἑαυτῷ λέγων. —MBCAaPr^aPr^bSa

TRANSLATION: From this point Euripides has departed from his own character by saying things not proper to himself.

LEMMA: M, ἀργεῖον ξίφος ἐκ θα() B REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C, s.l. AaPr^aPr^bSa (above 1365 Aa, above 1366 Pr^aSa); between out-of-order sch. 1374.01 and 1377.05 B

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀνοίκια C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,11–12; Dind. II.297,11–12

COMMENT: It is uncertain how far beyond this beginning point (ἐντεῦθεν) the comment applies. It could refer the entire aria of the Phrygian, or the aria plus the trochaic tetrameter scene of the Phrygian and Orestes (which is criticized in sch. 1513.01–02, 1521.01), or most of the rest of the play, if the dialogue between Orestes and Menelaus was also deemed undignified and the reconciliation at the ending judged ‘untragic’. Euripides’s ‘own character’ appears to be the σπουδαῖον quality belonging to his chosen genre, tragedy, and he is ‘saying things not proper to himself’ (as a tragedian) by writing undignified poetry. The criticism is similar to that which is argued against in Sch. Andr. 32c Cavarzeran οἱ φαύλως ὑπομνηματισάμενοι ἐγκαλοῦσι τῷ Εὐριπίδῃ φάσκοντες ἐπὶ τραγικοῖς προσώποις κωμῳδίαν αὐτὸν διατεθεῖσθαι. γυναικῶν τε γὰρ ὑπονοίας κατ’ ἀλλήλων καὶ ζήλους καὶ λοιδορίας καὶ ἄλλα ὅσα εἰς κωμῳδίαν συντελεῖ, ἐνταῦθα ἁπαξάπαντα τοῦτο τὸ δρᾶμα περιειληφέναι. ἀγνοοῦσιν· ὅσα γὰρ εἰς τραγῳδίαν συντελεῖ, ταῦτα περιέχει ἐν τέλει, τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου καὶ θρῆνον Πηλέως, ἅπερ ἐστὶ τραγικά (Those who have commented poorly find fault with Euripides, alleging that he has composed a comedy with tragic characters. Women’s suspicions of each other and jealousies and vituperations and other things that belong to comedy—all these together (they say) this drama has included here. They are ignorant. For all the things that belong to tragedy, these it contains in the end, the death of Neoptolemus and the lament of Peleus, the very things that are tragic.). Also relevant is the concern about the ‘comic’ endings of Alcestis (arg. Alc., particularly ἐκβάλλεται ὡς ἀνοίκεια τῆς τραγικῆς ποιήσεως ὅ τε Ὀρέστης καὶ ἡ Ἄλκηστις) and Orestes (Arg. 2c, Arg. 3). See Meijering 1987: 219.

KEYWORDS: criticism of poet | tragedy | comedy

Or. 1369.06 (pllgn exeg) οὗτος ὁ Φρὺξ εὐνοῦχος ὢν ἄλλου μὲν οἰκήματος ὑπερπηδήσας τὰ στέγη, ἐν ἄλλῳ δὲ ἐλθὼν, καὶ ἠσφαλισμένας εὑρὼν τὰς τούτου πύλας, τὰ τούτων κλεῖθρα συντρίψας ἐξῆλθεν. —ZlGu

TRANSLATION: This Phrygian, who is a eunuch, after leaping over the roof of one room and arriving in another and finding the doors of this one secured, smashed the locks of these doors and came outside.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.297,12–15

KEYWORDS: staging, entrance or exit of a character

Or. 1369.07 (1369–1370) (thom exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖον ξίφος … ἐν εὐμαρίσιν⟩: διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν ‘Ἀργεῖον ξίφος’ καὶ ‘βαρβάροις ἐν εὐμαρίσι’ τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι ἐγὼ ὁ βάρβαρος πέφευγα τοὺς Ἕλληνας. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: By saying ‘Argive sword’ and ‘in foreign slippers’ he is saying this, that ‘I, the foreigner, have escaped the Greeks’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. Zl

APP. CRIT.: ἀργείων s.l. Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.297,16–18

Or. 1369.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Ἀργεῖον ξίφος … πέφευγα⟩: Ἀργεῖον ξίφος πέφευγα, ἐκ θανάτου φυγὼν δηλονότι. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrMt²

TRANSLATION: I have escaped the Argive sword, having fled, obviously (to be supplied), from death.

LEMMA: Ἀργεῖον ξίφος G POSITION: s.l. except XGGr

APP. CRIT.: ἀργείων Mt²

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.297,15–16

Or. 1369.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖον ξίφος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ κτήματος τὸν κεκτημένον. —Ox²

TRANSLATION: (‘Argive sword’ indicates) from the possession the person possessing (it).

POSITION: marg., cont. from sch. 1371.05.

APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ] ἀντὶ Ox²

COMMENT: The format of note is similar to, e.g., sch. 222.08 τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ τοῦ κτητικοῦ and sch. 49.22 ἀπὸ τοῦ περιέχοντος τὸ περιεχόμενον, but there is no parallel for such an expression with κτῆμα and κεκτημένος. The phrase is continued from the Moschopulean note 1371.05 without punctuation (but starting on a new line), but gives no good sense as part of that note. The only nearby expression to which it could apply is Ἀργεῖον ξίφος, and the remark makes good sense if ἀντὶ is emended to ἀπὸ, suggesting the same idea as in sch. 1369.07, that ‘Argive sword’ is used in place of ‘Argive bearing a sword’, Orestes or Pylades. An alternative emendation giving similar sense would be ἀντὶ τοῦ κεκτημένου τὸ κτῆμα, ‘instead of the possessor, the possession’.

Or. 1369.10 (recThom exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖον⟩: Ἀργείων —RfZlZm

TRANSLATION: (For singular accusative adjective ‘Argeion’, ‘Argive’ there is a variant reading, genitive plural noun) ‘Argeiōn’ (‘of Argives’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1369.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ θανάτου πέφευγα⟩: ἤγουν μετὰ πολλοῦ δέους ἐξέφυγον, —Zl

TRANSLATION: That is, I escaped in great fear.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1369.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ θανάτου⟩: καὶ τὸ αἴτιον τοῦ θανάτου —Ab

TRANSLATION: (Understand ‘from death’ as) ‘and (I escaped) the cause of death’. OR (Understand ‘from death’ as) ‘that is, (sword that is) the cause of death’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For the second interpretation, compare sch. 1369.19.

Or. 1370.01 (rec exeg) ⟨βαρβάροις ἐν εὐμαρίσι⟩: βαρβαρικοῖς ὑποδήμασιν ἢ ποσὶν —PrSa

TRANSLATION: In foreign footwear, or with (foreign) feet.

LEMMA: ‑ίσι thus in PrSa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1370.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨βαρβάροις ἐν εὐμαρίσιν⟩: ¹ἐν ὑποδήμασι βαρβαρικοῖς· ²εὐμαρὶς γὰρ εἶδος ὑποδήματος βαρβαρικοῦ. —XXaXbXoYYfGGrMt², partial T⁺Ox²

TRANSLATION: In foreign footwear. For ‘eumaris’ is a type of foreign footwear.

LEMMA: ‑ίσι in text GMt POSITION: s.l. except XTYGr, marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ prep. Mt² | ἐν ὑποδ. βαρβαρικοῖς om. TOx² (but ὑποδ. and βαρβ. sep. as sch. 1370.06 and 1370.08 T ) | βαρβαρικοῖς om. G (but sep. as sch. 1370.06) | 2 γὰρ om. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.297,19–20

Or. 1370.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βαρβάροις ἐν εὐμαρίσιν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ποσὶν †ἡμῖν† βαρβάροις —Y²

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘with foreign feet’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Since emending to ἡμῶν still produces an unlikely expression, perhaps ἡμῖν should be taken as an incomplete and faulty rendering of ἢ ὑποδήμασι from a copy in which the continuity of the note was unclear. One sometimes finds in the manuscripts that parts of annotations, even single words, are divided in order to work around diacritics of the main text or around previous glosses.

Or. 1370.07 (vet exeg) ἐν εὐμαρίσιν: ¹εὐμαρὶς εἶδος ὑποδήματος σανδαλώδους· ²πεποίηται δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐμαρῶς ὑποδεῖσθαι. || ³προπαροξύνεται ἐν τῇ Καθόλου [Gram.Gr. III.1.99, 27, from ps.-Arcadius de accent. p. 150,19 Roussou]. —MBCRfRw, partial FZmGu²

TRANSLATION: ‘Eumaris’ is a type of sandal-like footwear. The noun is formed from the fact that it is easily (‘eumarōs’) put on one’s foot. || (The word) is accented on the antepenult in the Universal (Prosody of Herodian).

LEMMA: MC; in text ‑ρίσι BCFRfZm REF. SYMBOL: MF POSITION: marg. MF, s.l. Gu²; cont. from sch. 1372.01, add. δὲ, B(with dicolon)Rw(with dot)

APP. CRIT.: 1 εὐμαρὶς om. F | after ὑποδήματος sch.-ending punct. and rubr. initial next word (πανδαλω(μέν)η app., with wrong initial by rubr.) Rw | 2 πεποίηται δὲ om. FZmGu² | after εὐμαρῶς add. καὶ εὐκόλως F (cf. sch. 1370.00 below PrSa) | ὑποδῦσθαι Rf, ὑποδεδέσθαι Gu² | 3 προπαροξύνεται κτλ om. FZmGu² | προπαρ.] CRf, παροξύνεται M, om. BRw, adding δὲ after ἐν | τῶ καθολ() Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 εὐμαρὴς Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,13–15; Dind. II.297,21–22

COMMENT: Ps.-Arcadius de accent. pp. 150,18–151,2 Roussou τὰ εἰς ΡΙΣ ὑπερδισύλλαβα παραληγόμενα τῷ Α βαρύνεται· κίθαρις, εὔμαρις, Σύβαρις, κάππαρις, εἰ μὴ εἴη ὡς ὑποκοριστικὰ ἢ πατρωνυμικά, ἢ ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ Ε ἔχοντα. τότε γὰρ ὀξύνεται· Μεγαρίς, βλεφαρίς, θεωρίς, ἐαρίς. (The gist is that words ending in ρις of more than two syllables with alpha before ρις are not accented on the ultima—βαρύνεται: see comment on 1373.08—, with certain exceptions.) The proparoxytone εὔμαριν is written in M of Aeschylus at Pers. 660. The oxytone treatment is present in the manuscripts of Eur. here and is also in Photius ε 2246 εὐμαρίδες· ὑποδημάτων γένος; Et. Magn. 393,14–17 εὐμαρίς εὐμαρίδος, εἶδος ὑποδήματος, διὰ τὸ εὐμαρῶς, ὅ ἐστιν εὐχερῶς, βαδίζειν τοὺς ὑποδεδεμένους. Εὐριπίδης, βαρβάροις ἐν εὐμαρίσιν; Et. Symeonis ε 940 Baldi εὐμαρίδες· εἶδος ὑποδήματος· παρὰ τὸ εὐμαρῶς βαδίζειν, ἤγουν εὐχερῶς, τοὺς ὑποδεδεμένους· εὐμαρής γὰρ ὁ εὐχερής. At Hesych. ε 6977 editors print εὐμάριδες· εἶδος ὑποδήματος, but the manuscript has εὐμαρίδες.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Herodian | ps.-Arcadius

Or. 1370.13 (rec gram) ⟨εὐμαρίσι⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐμαρῶς καὶ εὐκόλως ὑποδεῖσθαι —PrSaY²

TRANSLATION: (The word is derived from) the fact of putting them on one’s feet ‘eumaros’, that is, easily.

LEMMA: ‑ίσιν in text Y POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ εὐκόλως om. Y² | ὑποδεῖσθαι] cf. sch. 1370.07, ἀποδύεσθαι PrSa, ὑποδύεσθαι Y²

COMMENT: It is not quite certain that the transmitted forms should be emended to match the old scholion above (sch. 1370.07), since commentators of this period indulge in alternative etymologies. As a parallel for corruption, however, see Aristoph. Vesp. 1158, 1159, 1168, where forms of ὑποδέω are restored for forms of ὑποδύω found in almost all mss (LSJ s.v. ὑποδύω II.1.b). | The explanation here differs from that in the earlier lexicographic sources (cited on sch. 1370.07), which speak of the ease of walking when one is shod with such footwear.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1371.01 (vet exeg) κεδρωτὰ παστάδων: ¹τὰ ἐκ κέδρου ξύλα, παστάδων δὲ τῶν κοιτώνων. ²τέρεμνα δὲ τὰς ὑψηλὰς στέγας. ³φαίνεται δὲ ἐκ τούτων ὑπερπεπηδηκὼς τὰς ὑψηλὰς στέγας. || ⁴ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὲρ τεράμνων. ⁵ταῦτα οὖν φησιν ὡς ὑπερπεπηδηκὼς τῶν ἔσω τινὰς οἴκων. ⁶παστάδων γὰρ τῶν θαλάμων. ⁷Αἰσχίνης δὲ τὴν ὑπέρ ἀντὶ τῆς πρό φησίν, ἵν’ ᾖ ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸ τεράμνων. —MBCPrRwSa, partial Rf

TRANSLATION: (‘Kedrōta’, that is,) ‘the timbers made of cedar’, and ‘pastadōn’ (means) ‘the bedchambers’. And ‘teremna’ (are) ‘the high roofs/chambers/rafters(?)’. And it is seen from these (words) that he has leapt over the high roofs/chambers. || (The phrase ‘huper teramna’ with accusative object of the preposition is) equivalent to ‘huper teramnōn’ (with genitive object, ‘over, across the chambers/buildings/rafters’). He (the Phrygian) says this, then, as if he has jumped over some of the rooms inside. For ‘pastadōn’ (means) ‘the bedchambers’. But Aeschines says that ‘huper’ (‘over’) is used in place of ‘pro’ (‘in front of’), so that the phrase is equivalent to ‘pro teramnōn’ (‘in front of the chambers/buildings’).

LEMMA: MBRfRw(λεδρωτὰ)Sa, ὦ παστάδων Pr REF. SYMBOL: MBPr POSITION: follows sch. 1366.01 MBPr, cont. from sch. 1366.01 without punct. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,16–21; Dind. II.297,24–298,4

COMMENT: This conflated scholion offers two ancient solutions of the problēma that inspired the proposal to delete 1366–1368 (see sch. 1366.01). The first appears to assume that any jumping over has taken place inside the palace complex, from one area into the main courtyard that is imagined to be behind the palace door represented on stage. This idea is taken up and described with a bit more detail in sch. 1369.06 (ZlGu). This view was advocated by A. M. Dale in her famous article on ‘Seen and Unseen on the Greek Stage’ (Dale 1956: 103–104). The other solution is that of Aeschines, a scholar quoted also in Sch. Or. 12.01 about whom we know nothing else (Prelim. Stud. 23): he posited that ὑπέρ is here used in the same sense as πρό, conveying the sense ‘in front of the chambers/buildings’, that is, ‘in front of the palace’; di Benedetto, Willink, and Medda have cited support for this sense of ὑπέρ and endorsed this solution. See also Nünlist: 347–348. | τέραμνα appears to mean ‘rafters’ in Phoen. 333 ὑπὲρ τέραμνα τ’ ἀγχόνας (cf. CGL s.v. 2, ‘timbers, roof-beams’), and the use of ξύλα in the first sentence of this note also suggests that understanding here, at least in some of the instances. See also the scholia on Phoen. 333. | Regarding Schwartz’s emendation of 5 τινὸς to τινὰς, note that the accusative is the normal case with ὑπερπηδάω (and was used two sentences earlier), while the genitive is found a few times in medieval and early modern authors (e.g. Sch. Opp. Hal. 4.580 ὑπερπηδῶσαι τοῦ λίνου, Gennadius Scholarius, Quaestiones theolog. 3, 377,15 ἐκείνων ὑπερπηδῶντες).

Or. 1371.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κεδρωτὰ … ὑπὲρ τέρεμνα⟩: λείπει ὑπερπηδήσας. —AbMnR

TRANSLATION: (With ‘over cedar-wood chanbers/rafters’) ‘huperpēdēsas’ (‘having leapt over’) is to be understood.

POSITION: marg. MnR, s.l. Ab

APP. CRIT.: τὰ στέγη add. Mn

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1371.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κεδρωτὰ … ὑπὲρ τέρεμνα⟩: ἐκπηδήσας ἀπὸ τῶν κεδρωτῶν οἴκων —Y²

TRANSLATION: Having leapy out from the cedar-wood buildings/rooms.

LEMMA: ὑπερτέρεμνα in text Y POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1371.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κεδρωτὰ … ὑπὲρ τέρεμνα⟩: ¹δρύφρακτα, τὰ ξυλοκατασκεύαστα οἰκήματα ἢ τὰ ὀσπήτια. || ²σπίνθηρ ἀπὸ τοῦ σπεύδειν εἰς τὸν αἰθέρα. —Aa

TRANSLATION: Barriers/balconies; the chambers fashioned of wood or the houses/rooms. || ‘Spinthēr’ (‘spark’) (is derived) from the fact that it moves quickly (‘speudein’) to the sky (‘aithēr’).

COMMENT: It is not possible to be sure which meanings of δρύφρακτα and ὁσπίτιον were intended by the scholiast. For the spelling ὀσπήτι in medieval Greek see TLG and LBG s.v. ὁσπίτι(ν). The inclusion of the etymology of σπίνθηρ was perhaps prompted by the presence of αἰθέρ’ in 1375–1376.

KEYWORDS: etymology | Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1371.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨κεδρωτὰ … ὑπὲρ τέρεμνα⟩: ὑπὲρ τὰς ὑψηλὰς στέγας τῶν παστάδων τὰς ἐκ κέδρου κατεσκευασμένας —XXbXoT⁺YYfGGrMt²Ox²

TRANSLATION: Over the high roofs of the bedchambers that are fashioned from cedar.

POSITION: s.l. except XT, marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Mt² | στέγας] στοὰς G | κατασκ‑ YYfGr

APP. CRIT. 2: ὑψιλὰς Mt² | app. κένδου a.c. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,7–8

Or. 1371.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨κεδρωτὰ⟩: ἤτοι τὰ ἀπὸ κέδρων κατεσκευασμένα —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1371.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨κεδρωτὰ⟩: τὰ ἐκ τοῦ κέδρου —AbMnCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | ἐκ om. Mn | τοῦ om. CrOx

Or. 1371.08 (thom paraphr) ⟨κεδρωτὰ⟩: τὰ ἐκ κέδρου κατεσκευασμένα —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κατασκ‑ a.c. Z

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐκ κέδρου] ἐκέδρ() Z

Or. 1371.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κεδρωτὰ⟩: τὰ{ς} διὰ κέδρου κατεσκευασμένα —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1371.21 (thom exeg) ⟨τέρεμνα⟩: τέρεμνον κυρίως τὸ ἄκρον. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: ‘Teremnon’ is in its proper sense to topmost part.

LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τέρεμνα … τὰ ἄκρα Zm | after τερ. add. γὰρ Zl | λέγεται add. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,8–9

Or. 1371.28 (pllgn gram) ⟨τέρεμνα⟩: στερ⟨ρ⟩ῶν, σκληρῶν —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Teremna’ is dervied from) ‘sterros’, meaning ‘hard’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The genitive is perhaps related to that used in the prev. and in sch. 1371.12 and 15, but is oddly combined with what must be an etymological explanation, based on relating τέρεμνον/τέραμνον to στερρός/στερεός, ‘firm, hard’. For this etymology see Hesych. τ 512 †τέρεμνος†· ἰσχυρός. ἢ στέρεμνος (the lemma is perhaps not corrupt; cf. Et. Gud. 510,50 Sturz στέρεμνον, τὸ πυκνὸν καὶ στερεὸν καὶ ἰσχυρότατον). Note the presence of the variant στεράμνων for τεράμνων in Sa (sch. 1571.01 app.). Elsewhere the lexical sources follow Plato, Laws 853d and gloss τέραμνον (like τέρην) with ἁπαλόν: e.g., Photius α 3074 ἀτενὴς καὶ ἀτεράμων ἄνθρωπος· οἷον ἀτεράμων ἐστὶν ὁ σκληρὸς καὶ οὐκ ἔχων τέρεν, ὃ σημαίνει ἁπαλόν. ὡσαύτως καὶ ὁ ἀτενὴς σκληρὸς καὶ ἀντίτυπος. τὸ μέντοι ἀτέραμνον ἐπὶ τῶν δυσεψήτων ὀσπρίων τιθέασι, τὸ δὲ τέραμνον ἐπὶ τῶν ῥᾳδίως ἑψομένων. οὕτω Πλάτων καὶ Μένανδρος καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης, ὥς φησι Φρύνιχος; ps.-Zonaras 1722,10 τέραμνον· ἁπαλόν. καὶ ἀτέραμνον τὸ σκληρόν.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1372.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Δωρικάς τε τριγλύφους⟩: ¹παρὰ Δωριεῦσι γλυφή τις ἦν ἣ ἐκαλεῖτο τρίγλυφος. ²ἢ ὡς τῶν Δωριέων καταδειξάντων τὰς τῶν ὀρόφων γλυφάς. —MBCPrRfRwSa, partial Y²

TRANSLATION: Among the Dorians there was a certain carving which was called a triglyph. Or (the name originated) because the Dorians demonstrated the forms of carving roofs.

LEMMA: τριγλύφους MCPrRfRw(τριγλιφοῦς app.)Sa (PrSa lacking punct. before lemma) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. Y²; follows sch. 1375.01 in M; cont. from sch. 1371.01, prep. τριγλύφους δὲ ἐπεὶ

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 γλυφῆ Rf | τίς BC | ἦν] ἢν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,22–23; Dind. II.298,4–6

COMMENT: It is clear from the explanations of this line in this and many of the following scholia that in later times no one understood exactly what was a triglyph was, although there are traces of awareness that it was an architectural element in Hesych. μ 563 μεθόπιον· μέρος τι τῆς καλουμένης ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιτεκτόνων τριγλύφου, σ 1124 σκοτία· μέρος τι παρὰ τοῖς ἀρχιτέκτοσι προσαγορευόμενον τριγλύφου (perhaps a corruption of a phrase more like that in μ 563). Thus we find in these scholia the idea that τρι- indicates much or elaborate carving or that the word refers to the roof (στέγη, ὄροφος).

Or. 1372.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Δωρικάς τε τριγλύφους⟩: ¹γλυφή τις ἦν ἥτις ἐκαλεῖτο τρίγλυφος. ²τινὲς δὲ λέγουσιν ὅτι οἱ Δωριεῖς κατέδειξαν τὴν ποικιλίαν τῶν γεγλυμμένων. —F

TRANSLATION: There was a certain carving which was called a triglyph. And some say the the Dorians demonstrated the intricacy of the carved elements.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 γλύφη F

Or. 1372.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Δωρικάς τε τριγλύφους⟩: ὅτι οἱ Δωριεῖς ἔδειξαν τὰς τῶν ὀρόφων γλυφὰς. —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Doric triglyphs’) because the Dorians demonstrated the forms of carving roofs.

LEMMA: in text ‑γλύφας p.c. Ox POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1372.04 (mosch exeg) Δωρικάς τε τριγλύφας: ¹καὶ ὑπὲρ τὰς Δωρικὰς τριγλύφας. ²κατασκευαί τινες ἦσαν αἱ τριγλύφαι ἐκ ξύλων ποικίλως γεγλυμμέναι. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Mt²Ox²

TRANSLATION: And over the Doric triglyphs. The triglyphs were certain constructions of wood, intricately carved.

LEMMA: G; in text ‑γλύφας except ‑γλύφους G, a.c. MtOx POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYMt², marg. Ox²; cont. from sch. 1371.05 T; sent. 2 sep. in marg. block YYf

APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ … τριγλύφας om. Ox² | τριγλύφας] καὶ τριγλύφους G | 2 κατασκευαί κτλ om. Mt² | αἱ om. Gr | ἐκ ξύλων κτλ] τὴν γῆν ὡς ἐκ ξύλων ποικίλως οἱ βόες, ἢ διαγεγλυμέναι Ox² (τὴν γῆν ὡς and οἱ βόες ἢ διὰ conflated from sch. 1378.07 οἱ ποταμοὶ, φασὶ) | ποικίλων G, a.c. Xo, ποιητικῶς Y

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 γεγλυμέναι XaYGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,10–12

Or. 1372.05 (thom exeg) ⟨Δωρικάς τε τριγλύφους⟩: τὸ Δωρικὰς τριγλύφους καὶ τὸ κεδρωτὰ τέρεμνα ταυτόν ἐστιν. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The Doric triglyphs and the cedar-wood roofs/timbers are the same thing.

LEMMA: ‑γλύφας in text TGr REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm POSITION: marg. Zm, intermarg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: τριγλύφας T

APP. CRIT. 2: ταυτὸν ἐστίν Gu | ἐστι T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,12–13

KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα

Or. 1372.13 (thom exeg) ⟨τριγλύφους⟩: τὰς κατὰ πολὺ γεγλυμμένας ἤτοι ποικίλας στέγας —ZZaZmTGu, partial Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Triglyphs’ are) the highly carved or intricate chambers/roofs.

LEMMA: ‑γλύφας in text TGr POSITION: s.l. except T, cont. from sch. 1372.05 T, prep. τριγλύφας δὲ

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι ποικ. κτλ om. Zl | τοιαῦται γὰρ αἱ τῶν Δωριέων add. Gu²

APP. CRIT. 2: καταπολὺ γεγλυμένας ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,13–14

Or. 1373.01 (vet exeg) φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ: ¹διχῶς ἄν τις τοῦτο ἐκδέξαιτο· ²καθ’ ἕνα μὲν τρόπον ὅτι ἡ γῆ τῶν Ἀργείων ἀφανής ἐστι τοῖς βαρβάροις δραπετεύουσι καθόσον ἄπειροι τῶν τόπων· ³ἄλλως δὲ, ἐπεὶ ὑπερβαίνει τὰ βασίλεια καὶ ⟨οὐ⟩ διὰ τοῦ ἐδάφους τὴν πορείαν ποιεῖται, διὰ τὸ ὕψος ἀφανῆ φησιν εἶναι τὴν γῆν αὐτῷ. || ⁴τὸ δὲ ‘βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς’ πρὸς τὸ ἐχόμενον ληπτέον, ⁵οἷον βάρβαρος ὢν οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ φύγω· ⁶καὶ γὰρ οὐκ εἰμὶ τῶν τόπων ἐθάς. || ⁷ἢ οὕτως· ἐπεὶ μὴ διὰ γῆς ποιεῖται τὴν πορείαν, ἀλλ’ ὑπερβὰς ἥλατο, ἀφανῆ φησιν ἑαυτῷ εἶναι τὴν γῆν. ⁸ἢ τὸ φρούδα γᾶ ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰλίου φησίν. ⁹ἐρωτώμενος γὰρ τὸ ὅμοιόν φησίν· ¹⁰Ἴλιον Ἴλιον ὤ μοι μοι. —BCPrSa

TRANSLATION: One could interpret these words (that is, ‘phrouda ga’ with both feminine nominative) in two different ways. On one interpretation, (it means) that the land of the Argives is unclear to the foreigners when they are running away, inasmuch as they lack experience of the places. Otherwise, since he climbs over the palace and does not proceed on ground level, because of the height he says that the earth is unclear to him. || And the phrase ‘with foreign running-away’ is to be taken with the following line: as it were, ‘Being a foreigner I do not know where to flee, for I am not familiar with the places’. || Or (interpret) like this: since he does not proceed on ground level, but he leapt after having climbed over, he says that the earth is unclear to him. Or he says ‘phrouda ga’ (‘earth/land is gone’) in reference to Ilium. For when he is questioned (by the chorus, 1380), he says what is similar, (1381) ‘Ilium, Ilium, o moi moi’.

LEMMA: C(φροῦδα φροῦδα as in text), φρούδα γᾶ B (as in text) REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐδέξατο PrSa | 2 καθόσον] καθὸ B (Arsen., MeMuPh, edd. through Dind.) | ἀπείρατοι Arsen. (ἀπείριτοι MeMuPh), whence ἀπειράτοις conj. Matthiae) | 3 οὐ suppl. Schw. (cf. now H in next) after Matthiae (⟨μὴ⟩ suppl. from sent. 7) | δι’ ἐδάφους PrSa | διὰ τὸ ὕψος om. PrSa | αὐτῷ] Schw. (perhaps read αὑτῷ, cf. ἑαυτῷ in next), αὐτῶν BC, τῶν ἀργείων PrSa | 4 βαρβάροις BSa | δρασμοῖς] δεσμοῖς Arsen. (edd. before Matthiae) (δράμοις Me) | πρὸς om. CPrSa | after ληπτέον, sch.-end punct., then sch. 1373.04 and 1373.05, with 5–10 οἷον κτλ cont. after sch. 1373.05 without punct. C | 7 ὑπερβὰς] ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς PrSa | φησὶν ἀφανῆ transp. PrSa | 8 τὸ] ὅτι PrSa | φρούδα BSa, φροῦδα CPr | τῆς] τοῦ Arsen. (MeMuPh), edd. through Matthiae | φησίν om. PrSa | 9 ὅμοιόν] ἐμοὶ Arsen. (MeMuPh), and thus B acc. to Schw., but app. ὅμοι(ον) (see comment)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,25–218,7; Dind. II.298,15–24

COMMENT: Regarding 9 ὅμοιον in B, there seems to be some damage to first letter and its diacritic(s) (fol. 50v, near the end of the third line of the bottom block), but I believe the first letter was omicron rather than epsilon, with traces of two diacritics, i.e. rough breathing and acute; also, the diagonal above οι is too large for B’s grave and should be read as the ον-sign. Thus I read ὅμοιον and not ἐμοὶ with the Renaissance copyists (and Arsenius) and Schwartz. | Arsenius also shares with MeMuPh the continuation of this scholion with sch. 1373.03 τουτέστι ἐμοῦ τοῦ βαρβ. (thus omitting B’s lemma), apparently to make 1373.03 explanatory of ἐμοὶ. In 4, perhaps Me’s corrupt δραμοῖς prompted Arsenius’s odd δεσμοῖς.

Or. 1373.02 (vet exeg) φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ: ¹ἐπεὶ οὐ διὰ γῆς ποιεῖται τὴν πορείαν ἀλλ’ ὑπερεπιβὰς ἥλατο, ἀφανῆ φησι ἑαυτῷ εἶναι τὴν γῆν. ²τὸ δὲ ‘βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς’ συναπτέον τῷ ‘πᾶ φύγω, ξέναι’, ³ἵν’ ᾖ βάρβαρος ὢν καὶ φεύγειν θέλων ποῦ φύγω, ξέναι. ⁴ἢ τὸ ‘φρούδα γᾶ’ ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰλίου φησίν. ἐρωτωμένος γὰρ φησὶ τάδε· [1381] ‘Ἴλιον Ἴλιον ὤμοί μοι’. —H

TRANSLATION: Since he does not proceed at ground level but leapt after climbing upon and over, he says the earth is unclear to himself. And the phrase ‘foreign runnings-away’ is to be linked to ‘where am I to flee, women strangers?’, so that it is ‘being a foreigner and wanting to flee, where am I to flee, women strangers?’. Or he says ‘phrouda ga’ (‘earth/land is gone’) in reference to Ilium. For when he is questioned (by the chorus, 1380), he says this: (1381) ‘Ilium, Ilium, o moi moi’.

LEMMA: φροῦδα φροῦδα γᾶ H

APP. CRIT.: 2 τῷ] τὸ H | ξέναι] ξένε H

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἥλλάτο(?) H

COMMENT: My reading of this note differs from that of Daitz in a few points. In 1 H ἥλλάτο appears to have two accents, but the apparent second acute is too far left for usual placement of an accent; perhaps it is a sign to delete the second lambda, or a corruption of such a sign. In 2 I read ἵν’ ἦι and not ἵν’ ἦν because the extension of the eta is different from that in the eta-nu of γῆν three lines earlier. In 4 Daitz did not read γᾶ, but it seems to be present after ἰδαῖον κάρα; the end of line 1380 extends into the right margin and forces the scholion to continue around and below it.

COLLATION NOTES: recheck H when new images available

Or. 1373.03 (vet exeg) φρούδα γᾶ: τουτέστιν ἐμοῦ τοῦ βαρβάρου φεύγοντος πάνυ ἀφέστηκεν ἡ πατρίς. —MBCGu

TRANSLATION: That is, from me, the foreigner, as I flee, my fatherland is very far away.

LEMMA: M(φροῦδα)B(ἄλλως in marg.) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, s.l. (above 1374) C; cont. from sch. 1373.10 Gu

APP. CRIT.: φεύγ. τοῦ βαρβ. transp. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦτέστιν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,12–13; Dind. II.298,24–25

Or. 1373.04 (rec exeg) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ⟩: ἐμοὶ τῷ βαρβάρῳ φεύγειν βουλομένῳ ἀφανής ἐστιν ἡ γῆ διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι τοὺς τόπους ὅπου φύγω. —C

TRANSLATION: To me the foreigner, wanting to flee, the land is unclear because I do not know the places where I may escape.

POSITION: inserted between sent. 4 and 5 of sch. 1373.01 C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,8–9

Or. 1373.05 (rec exeg) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ⟩: ¹ἄλλως τὸ λεγόμενον νοοῦμεν· ²{ἢ} οὕτως ἐκδεκτέον· τοῖς βαρβάροις δρασμοῖς καὶ δραπέταις ἄδηλος ἡ γῆ τῶν Ἀργείων. —CRw

TRANSLATION: We interpret what is said (here) differently; it should be understood in this way: to the foreign runnings-away, that is, fugitives, the land of the Argives is unclear.

LEMMA: ἄλλως punct. as lemma C; φροῦδα φροῦδα in text CRw POSITION: inserted after the prev. between sent. 4 and 5 of sch. 1373.01 C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,10–11

COMMENT: The interpretation of this scholion can be no more than tentative. For C’s νοοῦμεν, compare Ammonius in Arist. de interpet. comm. CAG 4.5.159,17n–18n νοοῦμεν δὲ τὸ λεγόμενον ἐκ τῶν ὑπογεγραμμένων; Anastasius, explicatio dogmatica, or. 2.6,9–10 οὕτω νοοῦμεν τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος λεγόμενον ‘ὁ Πατήρ μου ἕως ἄρτι ἐργάζεται, κἀγὼ ἐργάζομαι’. With Rw’s νοούμενον, the sense would apparently be something like ‘one must understand the thing said as (also) thought of/intended’, which is not apposite here. Even is one reads οὕτως after νοούμενον (‘understand it as thus interpreted’), the inclusion of νοούμενον would be quite unnecessary and untypical. For a proper use of the juncture, cf. Eustratius in Arist. Eth. Nicom. vi comm. CAG 20.354,18 ἵν’ εἴη οὕτω νοούμενον τὸ λεγόμενον (‘so that what is being said may be interpreted thus’), which is the only example of the kind I find in TLG. Commonly elsewhere λεγόμενον and νοούμενον are combined as polar opposites either to express totality or to express a contrast between speech and thought.

Or. 1373.06 (rec exeg) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ⟩: ἀφανὴς ἀφανὴς ἡ γῆ ἐν ταῖς βαρβαρικαῖς μου φυγαῖς. —M²

TRANSLATION: Unseen, unseen is the land in my foreign fleeings.

LEMMA: φροῦδα φροῦδα in text M POSITION: marg.

Or. 1373.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ⟩: ¹βαρβάροις δρασμοῖς καὶ δραπέταις ἄδηλος ἐστὶν ἡ γῆ τῶν Ἀργείων· ²οἷον βάρβαρος ὢν οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ φεύγω. ³καὶ γὰρ οὐκ εἰμὶ τῶν τόπων ἐθάς. —Gu

TRANSLATION: For foreign runnings-away, that is, (foreign) fugitives, the land of the Argives is unclear. As it were, being a foreigner I do not know where I may flee. For indeed I am not familiar with the places.

POSITION: follows sch. 1373.03 Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298, app. at 24

Or. 1373.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φροῦδα φροῦδα γᾶ⟩: ¹ἐν ἀπορίᾳ τοῦ φυγεῖν γενόμενος, φρούδη, φησί, ἐστι τοῖς βαρβαρικοῖς δρασμοῖς ἡ τοῦ Ἄργους γῆ. ²σημείωσαι δὲ ὅτι οἱ ποιηταὶ, ὅταν μακρὸν εἰς βραχὺ τρέψωσι, καὶ τὸν τόνον ἐναλλάττουσιν, ὡς ἐνταῦθα εἰς τὸ φροῦδα· φρούδη γὰρ ἦν. οἱ δ’ ἀγνοοῦντες τοῦτο βαρύνουσιν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: Having become at a loss over escaping, gone, he says, is the land of Argos to foreign runnings-away. Note that the poets, when they turn a long into a short, also change the accent, as here with respect to ‘phroûdă’. For it was ‘phroúdē’. But those who do not know this mark (the last syllable) with a grave accent.

LEMMA: φρούδα φροῦδα a.c. in text Zm

COMMENT: This scholar considers φροῦδα a short-vowel feminine nominative singular adjective. βαρύνουσιν is rather unclear (or an accidental mental lapse during writing?). The author should be saying that some mistakenly put an acute on the penult (παροξύνουσι). βαρύνω indicates that there is not an accent on the last syllable, which could be said of either φρούδα or φροῦδα. For this sense of βαρύνω (not acknowledged in the major lexicons, which give only ‘accent with a grave’), cf. Xenis, in his ed. of Johannes Alexandrinus, p. 199, giving as a second meaning ‘accentum acutum vel circumflexum in syllaba alia atque finali pono’.

Or. 1373.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φροῦδα φροῦδα γᾶ⟩: φεύγων ὁ Φρὺξ τὴν γῆν τὴν τοῦ Ἄργους οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν· διατοῦτο λέγει φροῦδα γᾶ. —Zu

TRANSLATION: In fleeing the Phrygian did not know the land of Argos; for this reason he says ‘phrouda ga’ (‘gone land/earth’).

LEMMA: thus in text Zu POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: φεύγει Zu

Or. 1373.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ⟩: φροῦδα γῆ τῆς Ἰλίου. —Gu

TRANSLATION: The land of Ilium is gone.

LEMMA: thus in text Gu

COMMENT: Given the close relationship of Zm and Gu in many scholia, it is likely that Gu intentionally wrote φροῦδα as a short-vowel feminine nominative, as advocated by Zm in sch. 1373.08.

Or. 1373.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ γᾶ⟩: διὰ μέσου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrOx²

TRANSLATION: (The phase ‘phrouda phrouda ga ga’ is) parenthetic.

LEMMA: φροῦδα φροῦδα in text YOx POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: μέσον Ox²

APP. CRIT. 2: διαμέσου Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,25

COMMENT: The translation assumes this applies to 1373 alone, but in the absence of a longer Moschopulean paraphrase it cannot be ruled out that the parenthetic phrase included 1374 βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς as well.

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 1373.23 (rec metr) ⟨(first) φρούδα⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1374.01 (vet exeg) βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς: ¹βάρβαρος ὢν καὶ φυγεῖν θέλων, πᾷ, φησὶ, φύγω, ὦ ξέναι. ²τὸ δὲ αἶ αἶ ἐπιστένων λέγει. —MBCRf

TRANSLATION: Being a foreigner and wanting to escape, where, he says am I to escape, women strangers? And lamenting, he says ‘ai ai’.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς B, βαρβάροις δρασμοῖς Rf REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M; follows sch. 1375.01 B

APP. CRIT.: 1 ποῦ B, ποῖ M | ὦ ξέναι] B, ξέναι ἤτοι ὦ φίλαι Rf, ξένος ὤν M(ὣν)C (in text ξένος s.l. M²)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὣν M | φησὶν Rf | αἲ αἲ CRf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,14–15; Dind. II.299,1–2

Or. 1374.02 (1374–1375) (pllgn exeg) ⟨βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς⟩: ¹ἢ τὸ βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς συναπτέον τῷ πᾷ φύγω, ἵν’ ᾖ βάρβαρος ὢν καὶ θέλων φεύγειν, ποῖ φύγω, ὦ ξέναι; —Gu

TRANSLATION: Or ‘with foreign runnings-away’ is to be joined (not to the preceding sentence but) to ‘where am I to escape?’, so that the sense is ‘being a foreigner and wishing to flee, whither am I to escape, women strangers?’

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298, app. at 24

Or. 1374.03 (vet exeg) ⟨βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πέφευγα βαρβάροις δρασμοῖς —MC

TRANSLATION: (In simpler word order the passage is) equivalent to ‘I have fled with foreign runnings-away’.

POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 1374.01 MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,16; Dind. II.299,3

Or. 1374.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς⟩: ἤγουν δραπετεύουσι τοῖς βαρβάροις ἤγουν Φρυξὶ —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Foreign runnings-away’,) that is, ‘to the foreigners, or Phrygians, who are running away’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1375.01 (vet exeg) αἶ αἶ πᾶ φύγω: ¹τὸ Ἴλιον λέγει καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν ἐπιστένει. ²φανερὸν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ καὶ πάλιν ἐρωτηθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ [1380] ‘τί δ’ ἔστιν Ἑλένης πρόσπολ’ ’ εἰπεῖν [1381] ‘Ἴλιον Ἴλιον’. —MBC

TRANSLATION: He means Ilium (when he says ‘land, land’ in 1373), and after saying this he laments (with the exclamation ‘ai ai’). This is clear from the fact that also when he has been asked again (1380) ‘what is it, attendant of Helen?’, he said (1381) ‘Ilium Ilium’.

LEMMA: MB REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: intermarg. C (beside 1374)

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δέ ἐστιν C, δ’ ἐστιν B | πρὸς πόλ’ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,17–19; Dind. II.300,9–11

COMMENT: This scholion may originally have been intended for 1373 γᾶ γᾶ. Arsenius related it to 1381 Ἴλιον Ἴλιον, and that assignment persisted even into Dindorf.

Or. 1375.04 (rec metr) ⟨πᾶ⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1376.01 (rec exeg) ⟨πολιὸν⟩: ἢ τὸν λευκὸν ἢ τὸν ἀρχαῖον —AaPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Polion’ means) either ‘white’ or ‘ancient’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: only ἀρχαῖον τὸν λευκὸν Aa

Or. 1377.01 (tri paraphr) ⟨πόντον⟩: εἰς τὴν ἄπειρον θάλασσαν —T

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1377.05 (1377–379) (vet exeg) ⟨Ὠκεανὸς ὃν ταυρόκρανος … κυκλοῖ χθόνα⟩: ¹τοῦτο ἔξωθεν ὁ ποιητὴς πρὸς ἀναπλήρωσιν τοῦ ἰαμβείου προσέθηκεν· ²οὐ γὰρ ἁρμόττει ἀμαθεῖ γε ὄντι τῷ Φρυγὶ τοῦτο λέγειν. ³ἀναστρεπτέον δὲ τὴν λέξιν, τουτέστιν ὃν Ὠκεανός. ⁴καὶ οὗτος δὲ ποταμὸν ὑπείληφε τὸν Ὠκεανὸν ὡς Ὅμηρος· ⁵[Hom. Il. 20.7] ‘οὔτε τις οὖν ποταμῶν ἀπέην νόσφ’ Ὠκεανοῖο’. ⁶ὅτι δὲ κύκλῳ περιρρεῖ τὴν οἰκουμένην, ἐσήμανε τῷ [Hom. Il. 18.399, Od. 20.65] ‘ἀψορρόου Ὠκεανοῖο’. || ⁷ἐπιεικῶς δὲ τοὺς ποταμοὺς ταυροκράνους ἐζῳγράφουν τε καὶ ἔλεγον, ἴσως ὅτι παραπλησία τῷ μυκήματι τῶν ταύρων ἡ ἀπήχησις τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν τοῖς σφοδρῶς ῥέουσι ποταμοῖς, ⁸ἢ διὰ τὸ βίαιον τῶν ὑδάτων, ἅπερ τὴν γῆν διὰ τὰ παρεμπίπτοντα τῶν ὑδάτων ῥήγνυσιν ὡς τοῖς κέρασιν οἱ ταῦροι. ⁹ὡς γάρ φησιν ἐν ἄλλοις [Bacch. 743], ‘ταῦροι δ’ ὑβρισταὶ καὶ εἰς κέρας θυμούμενοι’· ¹⁰ἐν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἔχουσι τὴν ἰσχύν. —MBC, partial HPrSa

TRANSLATION: This statement the poet added from outside to fill out the verse, for it is not suitable for the Phrygian, who is uneducated, to say this. And the phrase (‘Oceanus which’) has to be reversed, that is, ‘which Oceanus’. This poet too has understood/assumed Oceanus to be a river, as Homer does: ‘Neither, then, was any of the rivers absent, except Oceanus’. And (Homer) indicated by the phrase ‘of Oceanus that flows back (into itself)’ that it flows in a circle around the inhabited earth. || And they reasonably used to draw and describe rivers as ‘bull-headed’, perhaps because the sound made by water in rivers that flow violently is similar to the bellowing of bulls, or because of the violence of the waters, which, like bulls with their horns, break up the earth thanks to the waters that push into it. For as he (Euripides) says elsewhere, ‘bulls (that are) violent and expressing anger in their horns’; for they (bulls) have their forcefulness in them (horns).

LEMMA: ταυρόκρανος κυκλοῖ χθόνα MC, ὃν ταυρόκρανος B REF. SYMBOL: MB

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,20–219,5; Dind. II.299,11–23

KEYWORDS: anastrophe, inversion of word order | citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Bacchae

Or. 1377.06 (1377–1379) (vet exeg) ⟨Ὠκεανὸς ὃν … κυκλοῖ χθόνα⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς ἀναπλήρωσιν τοῦ ἰαμβείου ὁ ποιητὴς προσέθηκεν ἀμαθεῖ ὄντι τῷ Φρυγί. —MC

TRANSLATION: This statement the poet added to (the words of) the Phrygian, who is uneducated, to fill out the verse.

REF. SYMBOL: at 1379 χθόνα M POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. II.218, app. at 20–22

COMMENT: I take this to be a radical shortening of the beginning of the previous rather than a lacunose version of it.

Or. 1377.07 (1377–1379) (vet exeg) ⟨Ὠκεανὸς ὃν … κυκλοῖ χθόνα⟩: ¹κατὰ γὰρ τὸν ποιητὴν ποταμὸν τὸν Ὠκεανὸν νόμίζει. ²ὅτι δὲ κύκλῳ περιρρ[εῖ τὴν οἰκουμένην, ἐσήμα]νε τῷ [Hom. Il. 18.399, Od. 20.65] ‘ἀψορρόου Ὠκε(ανοῖο)’. —H

TRANSLATION: For following (the view of) the poet (Homer), he (Euripides) considers Oceanus to be a river. And he (Homer) indicated by the phrase ‘of Oceanus that flows back (into itself)’ that it flows in a circle around the inhabited earth.

APP. CRIT.: 2 τῷ] cf. prev., τοῦ H

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 1377.09 (mosch paraphr) Ὠκεανὸς ὃν: καθ’ ὃν ὁ Ὠκεανὸς ὁ ταυρόκρανος ἑλίσσων, ἀντὶ τοῦ περιφερόμενος, ἀγκάλαις κυκλοῖ χθόνα, ἤγουν περιλαμβάνει. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrMt²

TRANSLATION: (The sea,) along which the bull-headed Oceanus whirling, used for borne around in a circle, with his arms encircles the earth, that is, surrounds.

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except XTMt², marg. Xo; follows sch. 1378.07 T

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ G | φερόμενος Mt² | κυκλεῖ T | χθόνα ἤγουν περιλ.] ἤγουν περιλ. τὴν χθόνα περιφερόμενος G | ἤγουν περιλαμβάνει om. T

APP. CRIT. 2: ἑλίσων Mt², after ἑλίσσων add. περι, but crossed out Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299,8–10

Or. 1377.10 (rec exeg) ⟨Ὠκεανὸς ὃν⟩: Ὠκεανὸν ὃς —R

TRANSLATION: (Interpret nominative ‘Ocean’ and accusative ‘whom’ inversely, as accusative) ‘Ocean’ (and nominative) ‘who’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Unless this is a report of a variant reading, it would seem to be a misinterpretation of the recommendation to treat the phrase as anastrophe: Ὠκεανὸν becomes accusative either as appositive to πόντον or as object of ἑλίσσων, and the antecedent of ὃς could then be either noun.

Or. 1378.01 (rec exeg) ταυρόκρανος: τοὺς ποταμοὺς ταυροκράνους ἐζῳγράφουν καὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι παραπλήσια τὰ μυκήματα τῶν τε ταύρων καὶ ὑδάτων διὰ τὸ σφοδρὸν τοῦ ῥεύματος καὶ βίαιον ὅπερ παρεμπίπτον ῥήγνυσι τὴν γῆν ὡς οἱ ταῦροι τοῖς κέρασιν. —Rf

TRANSLATION: They used to draw and describe rivers as bull-headed because the bellowing of bulls and of waters is similar because of the forcefulness of the flow and its violence, which, pushing in, breaks the earth as bulls do with their horns.

APP. CRIT.: μυκήματα] cf. sch. 1377.05 app. at 7, κύματα Rf

Or. 1378.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: ζωγραφοῦσιν οἱ παλαιοὶ τοὺς ποταμοὺς ταύρους ὅτι ταύρων ἔχοντας κεφαλάς. —MnPrSa

TRANSLATION: The ancients draw rivers as bulls because they have heads of bulls.

POSITION: s.l.; follows sch. 1378.11 Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299, app. at 17

Or. 1378.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: καθὸ οἱ ποταμοὶ κατὰ τὸν ἦχον αὐτῶν ὡς μυκισμὸς βοὸς ἀπηχεῖται, κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ ⟦ὁ⟧ ταυρόκρανον αὐτὸν ἱστοροῦσι. —Mn

TRANSLATION: Inasmuch as rivers in their echoing noise (sound) just as the bellowing of an ox is sounded, for this reason they also report that he (Oceanus) is bull-headed.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀπηχεῖται] Mastr., ἀποτεκεῖται Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: μικισμὸς Mn | ταβρόκρανον Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299, app. at 1

COMMENT: The absence of a verb to go with οἱ ποταμοὶ could be due to a lacuna or to the informality of the syntax. One could emend to ἀπηχοῦσι, but that is rather far from ἀποτεκεῖται. As for the emendation ἀπηχεῖται, passive forms (or in some cases perhaps intransitive middles) of ἀπηχέω are not rare in Greek of the late Roman Empire or later, although the passive use is not acknowledged in the standard lexicons. The only parallel I find for Mn’s ἀποτεκεῖται is ὑποτεκεῖται in Macarius Macres, orat. 4.25 αὐτὸς δήπου παρέσται σύμμαχος ἄμαχος καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν ὑποτεκεῖται τῶν ἀλγηδόνων καὶ κουφιεῖ τὸ βάρος τῶν ὀδυνῶν, where the verb is likely to be corrupt, since it appears to mean the opposite of what is required (ὑποτίκτω means ‘generate (somewhat?)’ in its only other occurrence in TLG, Psellos, orat. fun. 4.7 τὰς καλλίους ἐλπίδας ὑπέτικτεν).

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 1378.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: τὰ μυκήματα τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἐοίκασι τῇ τοῦ ταύρου βοῇ. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: The bellowing sound of the sea and of a river are similar to the roar of a bull.

REF. SYMBOL: Sa POSITION: s.l. (above 1377) Pr

APP. CRIT.: second τοῦ om. Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐοίκασιν Pr

Or. 1378.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: τῇ τοῦ ταύρου βοῇ ἐοίκασι τὰ τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης μυκήματα· ἢ ὅτι ζωγραφοῦσι τοὺς ποταμοὺς κεφαλὰς ταύρων ἔχοντας. —F

TRANSLATION: The bellowing sounds of a river and of the sea are similar to the roar of a bull. Or (the word is used) because they draw rivers having the heads of bulls.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1378.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι τὰ μυκήματα τῶν ποταμῶν παραπλήσια τοῖς βουσὶ. —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Bull-headed’ is said) because the bellowing sounds of rivers are similar to (those of) bulls.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1378.07 (mosch exeg) ταυρόκρανος: ¹οἱ ποταμοὶ, φασὶ, ταυρόκρανοι διετυποῦντο, ἢ ὅτι μυκηθμῷ εἰσι παραπλήσιοι παρὰ τὰς ἐκβολὰς. ²καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 21.237] ‘τοὺς δ’ ἔκβαλλε θύραζε μεμυκὼς ἠΰτε ταῦρος’, ³ἢ ὅτι σχίζουσι τὴν γῆν ὡς οἱ βόες, ⁴ἢ διὰ τὸ τὰς νομὰς παρὰ τοὺς ποταμοὺς εἶναι, ⁵ἢ διὰ τὸ καμπὰς ποιεῖν ὡς κεράτων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrMt²

TRANSLATION: Rivers, they say, used to be depicted as bull-headed, either because they (rivers) are similar to a bellowing at their mouths. And Homer (says) ‘(the river) was casting them (the corpses) out (on shore), making a roar like a bull’, or because they split the earth jusy as oxen do, or because pastures are beside rivers, or because they make bends like those of horns.

LEMMA: ταυρόκρανος ἀγκάλαις G POSITION: follows next T

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ποταμοί φασιν YG | τραυεόκρανοι Mt² | εἰσὶ all except G | 2 τούς δ’/τούσδ’ all except Mt², ambig. Yf | ἔκβαλε XaYYfGMt²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299,24–300,3

COMMENT: In this note Moschopulus reuses Sch. Soph. Trach. 13a Xenis βούκρανος: οἱ ποταμοὶ ταυρόκρανοι διετυποῦντο ἢ ὅτι μυκηθμῷ εἰσι παραπλήσιοι περὶ τὰς ἐκβολάς· Ὅμηρος ‘τοὺς ἔκβαλλε μεμυκὼς ἠύτε ταῦρος’. ἢ ὅτι σχίζουσι τὴν γῆν ὡς βόες· ἢ διὰ τὸ τὰς κατανομὰς παρὰ ποταμοὺς εἶναι. The fourth reason is paralleled in Eust. Comm. in Dion. Perieg. 431,51–53 τὰς γάρ τοι τῶν ποταμίων ῥείθρων καμπὰς κέρατα ἐκάλουν οἱ παλαιοὶ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ταυροκράνους καὶ κερασφόρους ἐτύπουν αὐτούς.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 1378.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: ¹ταυροκράνους φασὶ τοὺς ποταμοὺς ποιηταὶ, ἢ διότι ὁ τῶν ὑδάτων ἦχος ἔοικε μυκήμασι ταύρου, ²ἢ διότι καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ τὰς ἄνω πηγὰς ἐοικυίας ἔχει κεφαλῇ ταύρου· ³ὥσπερ γὰρ αὕτη κέρασιν ἐσχημάτισται, οὕτω κἀκεῖναι· ⁴δοκοῦσι γὰρ ὥσπερ κέρατα, εἴ τις αὐτοὺς ὁρῴη, οἱ ἐκ τῶν τῆς γῆς στενῶν πόρων ἐκρέοντες κρουνοὶ καὶ εἰς ἓν συνιόντες. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Poets say rivers are bull-headed, either because the loud sound of the waters resembles the bellowings of a bull, or because the water has its upstream springs resembling the head of a bull. For just as this latter has been shaped with horns, so too those (springs); for the well-heads that flow out of narrow passages in the earth and come together into one (stream) seem like horns if one should look at them.

REF. SYMBOL: ZaZlZm, app. Z POSITION: marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 οἰ ποιηταὶ Za | 2 κεφαλῆς Za | 3 ὥσπερ] ὡς Za | 5 τῶν om. Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.300,3–8

COMMENT: The second explanation (about springs) seems to be Thomas’s own formulation, inspired by the use of κέρας for a branch of a river.

Or. 1378.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: ἤ διὰ τὸ σφοδρὸν τῆς ὁρμῆς ταυρόκρανον τοῦτον λέγει. —Zm

TRANSLATION: Or he call this one (Oceanus) bull-headed because of the vehemence of his impulse.

POSITION: marg. (centered above prev.

Or. 1378.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: ὃς ἔχει κεφαλὴν ταύρου —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1378.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: ὁ ἔχων κεφαλὴν ταύρου —AbMn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὁ] ἤγουν Ab

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299, app. at 17

Or. 1378.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: ὁ ταύρου κεφαλῇ ἔχων ὁμοίωμα —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1378.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: καὶ ὁ ταύρου κρανίον ἔχων —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1378.16 (tri metr) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: koinē short over first omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74

Or. 1379.01 (mosch exeg) ἑλίσσων: ἑαυτὸν δηλονότι, ἤγουν περιφερόμενος —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrMt²

TRANSLATION: (‘Whirling’) himself, clearly, that is, being borne around in a circle.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X, between sch. 1377.09 and 1378.07 X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν περιφ. om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

Or. 1379.09 (rec exeg) ⟨κυκλεῖ⟩: κυκλοτερῶς(?) ἔχει τὴν γῆν —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Kuklei’ means) ‘it holds the earth in a circular fashion’.

LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The sign for ως is oddly formed, and the use of the adverb unusual. Perhaps this is a corruption of κύκλῳ περιέχει τὴν γῆν.

Or. 1379.12 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74

Or. 1380.01 (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβος —T

TRANSLATION: An iambic trimeter line as a separate section.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74

Or. 1380.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τί δ’ ἔστ’⟩: λείπει τὸ οὖν. —M²

TRANSLATION: (With ‘what is it?’) ‘so then’ is to be supplied.

LEMMA: τί δέστ’ in text M REF. SYMBOL: M² (at ἑλένη) POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1380.14 (tri metr) ⟨Ἰδαῖον⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74

Or. 1380.15 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74

Or. 1380.17 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 75

Or. 1381.01 (1381–1392) (tri metr) Ἴλιον Ἴλιον: ⁰καὶ ἡ παροῦσα στροφὴ μονόστροφός ἐστὶ, κώλων δὲ ιεʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς. ²τὸ δεύτερον τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον τοῦ αʹ ποδὸς χορείου. ³τὸ γʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ καὶ χορείου ἢ ἀναπαίστου διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. ⁴τὸ δʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς Εὐριπίδειον. ⁵τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον τῷ δευτέρῳ τροχαϊκὸν καθαρόν. ⁶τὸ ςʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ κρητικοῦ· εἰ δὲ βούλει, τροχαϊκὸν ὅμοιον τῷ δʹ, ἰάμβου ἀρχομένου. ⁷τὸ ζʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ παίωνος δʹ, ἰωνικοῦ, καὶ ἀμφιβράχεος ἢ βακχείου διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. ⁸τὸ ηʹ ἐπιχοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ διιάμβου καὶ χοριάμβου. ⁹τὸ θʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς τοῦ γʹ ποδὸς χορείου· εἰ δέ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου γʹ καὶ παίωνος δʹ. ¹⁰τὸ ιʹ παιωνικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ σπονδείου. ¹¹τὸ ιαʹ τροχαϊκὸν ὅμοιον τῷ εʹ. ¹²τὸ ιβʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. ¹³τὸ ιγʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων δʹ δύο. ¹⁴τὸ ιδʹ δακτυλικὸν τετράμετρον καθαρόν. ¹⁵τὸ ιεʹ ὅμοιον ἑφθημιμερὲς, ὃ καλεῖται λογαοιδικὸν διὰ τὸ ἔχειν ἐπὶ τέλει τροχαϊκὴν συζυγίαν. ¹⁶ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος, ἐν εἰσθέσει δὲ στίχοι ἴαμβοι τρίμετροι δύο, εἶτα παράγραφος. —T

¹1381a ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ‒ ‒
Ἴλιον Ἴλιον, ὤμοι μοι
²1381b ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑
Φρύγιον ἄστυ καλλίβωλον
³1382 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ×
Ἴδας ὄρος ἱερόν
⁴1383 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒
ὥς σ’ ὀλούμενον στένω
⁵1384a ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑
ἁρμάτειον ἁρμάτειον
⁶1384b ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒
μέλος βαρβάρωι βοᾶι
⁷1385 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ×
διὰ τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα
⁸1386 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
κυκνόπτερον καλλοσύνας
⁹1387 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ / ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
Λήδας σκύμνον Δυσελένας
¹⁰1388 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒
Δυσελένας, ξεστῶν
¹¹1389 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒
περγάμων Ἀπολλωνείων
¹²1390 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒
Ἐριννύν. ὀττοτοῖ
¹³1391a ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
ἰαλέμων ἰαλέμων·
¹⁴1391b ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑
Δαρδανία τλᾶμον Γανυμήδεος
¹⁵1392 ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒
ἱπποσύνα, Διὸς εὐνέτα.

TRANSLATION: The present strophe too is monostrophic (without responsion), and (it consists) of fifteen cola. The first is an anapaestic hephthemimeres. The second is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter with the first foot a choreius. The third is a catalectic ionic a maiore dimeter formed from an ionic and a choreius or an anapaest because of the indifferent final syllable. The fourth is a Euripidean trochaic hephthemimeres. The fifth is pure trochaic similar to the second (i.e., a dimeter). The sixth is a catalectic antispastic dimeter formed from an antispast and a cretic; or if you prefer, trochaic similar to the fourth (but) with a iambus beginning it (in the first foot). The seventh is a catalectic ionic a maiore trimeter formed from a fourth paeon, an ionic, and a amphibrach or baccheius because of the indifferent final syllable. The eighth is an acatalectic epichoriambic dimeter formed from a diiamb and a choriamb. The ninth is an iambic hephthemimeres with the third foot a choreius; or if you prefer, an acatalectic ionic dimeter formed from a third epitrite and fourth paeon. The tenth is a one-and-a-half measure paeonic formed from a fourth paeon and a spondee. The eleventh is trochaic (dimeter), similar to the fifth. The twelfth is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter. The thirteenth is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter formed from two fourth paeons. The fourteenth is a pure dactylic tetrameter. The fifteenth is a similar (dactylic) hephthemimeres, which is called logaoidic because it has at the end a trochaic syzygy. At the end a paragraphos, and as an insertion (within the lyric) two iambic trimeter lines, then a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

APP. CRIT.: 15 λογαοιδικὸν] Ta, λογαϊδικὸν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.21,22–23,7; de Fav. 75

COMMENT: For ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒ accepted as trochaic in colon 11, see the comment on sch. 1302.01.

KEYWORDS: Εὐριπίδειον (colon)

Or. 1381.02 (1381–1392) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων ιε´ —T

TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of fifteen cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 75

Or. 1381.03 (1381–1392) (thom exeg) ⟨Ἴλιον Ἴλιον⟩: ¹ἐρωτήσαντος τοῦ χοροῦ τὸν Φρύγα τὰ περὶ τῆς Ἑλένης, ²ὁ δὲ οὐ περὶ αὐτῆς ἀπεκρίθη, ³ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ ἐμμανὴς ὢν τῷ φόβῳ εἰς μνήμην ἔρχεται τῆς τῆς Τροίας ἁλώσεως καὶ τῆς τοῦ Γανυμήδους ἁρπαγῆς. ⁴ἔστι δὲ τὸ ‘ὀλλύμενον’ πρὸς τὸ ‘ἄστυ’, τὸ δὲ ‘Ἴδης ὄρος’ καὶ τὸ ‘ὤμοι μοι’ διὰ μέσου. ⁵σύναπτε οὖν τὸ ‘ὀλλύμενον’ πρὸς τὸ ‘διὰ τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα’. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: When the chorus asked the Phrygian about Helen’s situation, he did not reply about her, but as if maddened with fear he mentions the capture of Troy and the rape of Ganymede. The word ‘ollumenon’ (‘being destroyed’) goes with ‘astu’ (‘city’), and ‘mountain of Ida’ and (the exclamation) ‘omoi moi’ are parenthetic. Therefore connect the word ‘being destroyed’ with the (later) phrase ‘because of the bird-begotten eye’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.: 4 ὀλούμενον T | 5 ὀλούμενον T

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 γαννυ- ZZaZm, probably Zl | 4 διαμέσου T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.300,18–23

COLLATION NOTES: Recheck Zl when images back

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 1381.04 (1381–1389) (thom exeg) ⟨Ἴλιον Ἴλιον⟩: ¹ἡ δὲ σύνταξις τοῦ Ἴλιον Ἴλιον οὕτως ἔχει· ²ὦ Ἴλιον Ἴλιον Φρύγιον ἄστυ καλλίβωλον καὶ εὔγειον, στένω καὶ στενάζω σε ἐν βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ μέλος ἁρμάτειον καὶ λεπτὸν, ³ὡς ὀλλύμενον καὶ ἀπολεσθὲν διὰ τὸ ὀρνιθόγονον κυκνόπτερον ὄμμα τῆς Ἑλένης, ⁴τὸν σκύμνον καὶ τὸ γέννημα τῆς καλλοσύνης καὶ εὐμόρφου Λήδας, ⁵τὴν Ἐριννὺν καὶ τὴν φθορὰν τῶν ξεστῶν περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων, ἤγουν τῶν ὑπ’ Ἀπόλλωνος κτισθέντων τειχῶν τῆς Τροίας. ⁶τὸ δὲ ὡς τοῦ ὀλλύμενον εἰ μὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ λίαν ἐρεῖς, πρὸς τὸ στένω συνάψεις, εἰ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ καθά, πρὸς τὸ ὀλλύμενον. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The paraphrase of (the passage beginning) ‘Ilium Ilium’ is as follows: O Ilium Ilium, Phrygian city with fertile soil and rich earth, I lament and wail for you in foreign cry a ‘chariot-song’, that is, a delicate song, as being destroyed, that is, (already) destroyed because of the bird-begotten swan-winged eye of Helen, the cub and offspring of beauty and of lovely Leda, (Helen who is) the Erinys and destruction of the polished Apollonian citadel, that is, the walls of Troy built by Apollo. And the ‘hōs’ related to (i.e., before) ‘ollumenon’, if you will interpret is as equivalent to ‘lian’ (‘very much’), you will attach it to ‘I lament’, but if as equivalent to ‘katha’ (‘as’), to ‘ollumenon’ (‘being destroyed’).

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1391.01 ZZaZlZmT (but marked off with bracket in Zm), follows same Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 σὲ ZZaGu | 5 τείχων Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.300,23–301,3

Or. 1381.05 (1381–1387) (vet exeg) Ἴλιον Ἴλιον: ¹ἐρωτηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ πάλιν εἶπεν ὁ Φρὺξ Ἴλιον Ἴλιον ὤμοι μοι· ²τό τε Ἴλιον καὶ τὴν καλλίβωλον Ἴδην τῇ ἐμαυτοῦ βαρβάρῳ φωνῇ στένω. ³ὁ δὲ λόγος· στένω τὰ εἰρημένα ἀπολόμενα διὰ τὸ τῆς Ἑλένης κάλλος. ⁴καὶ τὸ ἁρμάτειον μέλος τὸ ἐπὶ κακοῖς ᾀσθέν. —MBC, partial H

TRANSLATION: When asked by the chorus the Phrygian in turn said ‘Ilium Ilium omoi moi’. (Paraphrase:) I lament for both Ilium and fertile-soiled Ida in my own foreign tongue. And the sense is: I lament for the things mentioned, destroyed because of the beauty of Helen. And the ‘harmateion melos’ (‘chariot song’) is one sung in bad circumstances.

LEMMA: BC REF. SYMBOL: HMB

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὦμοι μοί M, ὤιμοι μοί B | 3 ἀπολλόμενα C | 4 ἀρμάτειον M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.219,6–9; Dind. II.300,11–16

Or. 1381.09 (tri metr) ⟨Ἴλιον Ἴλιον⟩: long mark over first iota of each —T

Or. 1382.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨καλλίβωλον⟩: τὸ ἔχον καλὴν γῆν —AbMnR

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1382.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καλλίβωλον⟩: καὶ καλὴν γῆν ἔχον —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔχων CrOx

Or. 1383.04 (tri metr) ⟨Ἴδας⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 75

Or. 1383.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἱερὸν⟩: διὰ τὸ τιμᾶσθαι ἐν αὐτῷ Δία καὶ Ἥραν —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Holy’) because Zeus and Hera were honored on it.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: intermarg. Zm, s.l. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.301,5–6

Or. 1383.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἱερὸν⟩: μέγα ἢ θεῖον —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Hieron’ means) ‘great’ or ‘belonging to the gods’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μέγα ἢ] om. Za | ἢ om. Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.301,5

Or. 1384.02 (1384–1385) (mosch exeg) ⟨ὡς σ’ ὀλόμενον στένω⟩: ¹λίαν σε στένω, ἤγουν θρηνῶ, φθαρὲν ἁρμάτειον μέλος βαρβάρῳ βοῇ, ²ἤγουν θρηνῶ σε θρῆνον ἁρμάτειον βαρβάρῳ βοῇ. ³ἁρμάτειον δὲ θρῆνον λέγουσιν εἶναι ὃν ἐποίησαν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἕκτορι ἑλκομένῳ διὰ τοῦ ἅρματος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Very much I lament you, that is, mourn (you), since you have been destroyed, (lamenting) with a chariot-song in a foreign cry, in other words, I deliver for you a chariot-dirge with a foreign cry. And they say that a chariot-dirge is the one they made over Hector when he was being dragged with the chariot.

LEMMA: G, ὡς ὀλόμενον στένω Y(σ’ om., as in text) POSITION: XaXb start s.l., continue as part of side block

APP. CRIT.: 1 σε om. YYf | 3 ὃν] οἳ G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.302,6–9

Or. 1384.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς⟩: ἢ λίαν ἢ ὅτι —M²

TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs’ means) either ‘very much’ or ‘because’.

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

Or. 1384.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν ἢ καθὰ —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs’ means) ‘very much’ or ‘as’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1384.05 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν —AaAbFMnPrRSaT⁺GZb²Zc^rB^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs’ means) ‘very much’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. AaZc^r

COMMENT: T marks this as Moschopulean because of its use in the Moschopulean paraphrase (sch. 1484.02).

Or. 1384.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: ὀλλύμενον —ZlZm

TRANSLATION: (For aorist participle ‘olomenon’, ‘destroyed’, there is an variant reading, present participle) ‘ollumenon’ (‘being destroyed’).

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: While Zm makes the variant clear by adding λλυ above λο, Zl writes only upsilon above omicron.

Or. 1384.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στένω ἁρμάτειον ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: στένω σε στεναγμόν —Zm

TRANSLATION: (The construction of this phrase is on the epattern of) ‘I lament over you a lamentation’ (that is, with both a personal object and an internal accusative).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1384.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨στένω ἁρμάτειον ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: θρηνῶ σε θρῆνον ἁρμάτειον —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1385.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: τινὲς τοῦτο παρεπιγραφὴν εἶναι ὡς εἰς τὰ κωμικὰ δράματα. —MBCPrSa

TRANSLATION: Some say that this phrase (‘harmateion harmateion melos’) is a stage direction (and not part of the text to be sung by the actor), as (is found applied) to comic dramas.

LEMMA: ἀρμ‑ ἀρμ‑ in text M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. CPrSa (displaced to right of sch. 1387.11 PrSa); cont. (after dicolon) from sch. 1381.05, add. δὲ. B

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο om. Sa | παρεπιγραφὴν] Dind., παρεπίγραφον MBC, παρεπιγράφουσιν PrSa | εἶναι φα(σιν) B, εἶναι φησίν PrSa | εἰς om. BPrSa, add. s.l. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.219,11; Dind. II.300,16–17

KEYWORDS: παρεπιγραφή

Or. 1385.02 (vet exeg) ἁρμάτειον μέλος: ¹ἁρμάτειον μέλος τὸν θρῆνόν φησι τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἑλκυσμῷ τοῦ Ἕκτορος γενόμενον, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως· ²τὸ Ἴλιον καὶ τὴν Ἴδην, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἕκτορα καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ μέλος θρηνῶ βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ. ³ἔνιοι δὲ ἁρμάτειον τὸν ὑμέναιον, τὸν ἐπὶ ἅρμασι τῶν νυμφῶν ᾀδόμενον, ὡς ἐπιθαλάμιον. ⁴τούτου γὰρ, φασὶν, ὁ Φρὺξ ὑπομιμνησκόμενος στενάζει τὸν Ἑλένης γάμον καὶ ὑμέναιον. ⁵οἱ δὲ ἁρμάτειον τὸ σύντονον, ἐπεὶ συντόνῳ φωνῇ κέχρηται. —MC, partial HPrRfSa

TRANSLATION: By ‘harmateion melos’ (‘chariot-song’) he means the dirge that accompanied the dragging of Hector, so that the sense is as follows: With foreign cry I sing a lament for Ilium and Ida, and moreover for Hector too and and the song for him. But some (interpret) ‘harmateion’ as ‘humenaion’ (‘marriage-song’), the one sung beside the chariots of brides and grooms as an epithalamion. For recalling this, they say, the Phrygian laments the marriage and humenaion of Helen. And others (interpret) ‘harmateion’ as ‘suntonon’ (‘high-pitched’)‚ since he used a high-pitched voice.

LEMMA: M(ἀρμ‑)PrSa, ἁρμάτειον C REF. SYMBOL: MRf POSITION: follows sch. 1385.06 with only high dot before lemma C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.219,13–220,2; Dind. II.301,26–302,5

COMMENT: The lexicographic tradition preserves a fuller range of ancient interpretations and assigns some to specific scholars whose names have dropped out of the tradition of the extant scholia. Therefore, translations are provided here as if these notices were scholia in our manuscript tradition. | (1) Hesych. α 7302 ἁρμάτειον μέλος· … ἔνιοι δὲ τὸν τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς νόμον, ἄλλοι τὸ ταχὺ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος. | Translation of (1). [lost explanation(s)] And some (say ‘harmateion melos’ refers to) the nomos-tune of Athena, others (say that it means) ‘swift’ from (the swiftness of) the chariot. | (2) Photius α 2835 ἁρμάτειον μέλος· (a) Ἴων μὲν τὸν ἱππόθορον νόμον ὃν ᾄδουσι Φρύγες ὅταν αὐτοῖς οἱ ὄνοι ὀχεύωσιν. (b) οἱ δὲ †ἁρμάτθιον† γεγράφθαι φασὶ δεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ συνθέντος τὸν τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς νόμον Ὁρμαθοῦ Βοιωτίου. (c) οἱ δὲ τὸ ⟨ἐπὶ τῷ⟩ ἑλκυσμῷ τοῦ Ἕκτορος μέλος γενόμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ θρήνου Τρῳάδων. (d) οἱ δὲ τὸ ὀξὺ καὶ ὅμοιον τῷ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀξόνων καὶ τροχῶν. (e) οἱ δὲ τὸ μητρῷον· τὴν γὰρ μητέρα τῶν θεῶν ἐφ’ ἁρμάτων ἐξάγεσθαι. (f) οἱ δὲ τὸ ταχὺ καὶ ἐπεσπευσμένον [Mastr., ἀπεσπασμένον codex] ἀπὸ τοῦ δρόμου τοῦ τῶν ἁρμάτων. (g) οἱ δὲ παρεγγραφὴν εἶναι τὸ ἁρμάτειον μέλος ἐν τῷ ἐκ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἐξαγγέλῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀπὸ μέρους τοῦ ᾄσματος. (h) ὁ Δίδυμος οὖν τούτοις ἅπασιν ἀντειπὼν τὸν ἐπᾳδόμενόν φησι ὑμέναιον ταῖς νύμφαις διότι ἐφ’ ἁρμάτων ἤγοντο. | Translation of (2). ‘Harmateion melos’: (a) Ion says (it is) the horse-mounting tune that the Phrygians sing when their asses are mating. (b) Others say the word ought to be written ‘harmatthion’(?) after Hormathos the Boeotian who composed the nomos-tune for Athena. (c) Others that it is the song that took place upon the dragging of Hector (that came about) from the lamenting of the Trojan women. (d) Others that it is a song that is shrill and like the sound produced from the axles and wheels (of chariots). (e) Others that it is the song for the (Great) Mother; for (they say) the mother of the gods is carried out (in procession) on chariots. (f) Others that it is a swift and hurried song from the (quick) running of chariots. (g) Others say that the ‘harmateion melos’ in the (speech of) the messenger from indoors in the Orestes is an insertion and not part of the song. (h) Didymus, then, having opposed all these (explanations), says it is the marriage-song sung for brides because they were carried in chariots. | Notes on (2). For ἐπεσπευσμένον there are four parallels in TLG; most relevant Hesych. ε 5359 s.v. ἐπιτροπάδην, where the interpolated ἐπεσπευσμένος is to be viewed as a corruption of ἐπεσπευσμένως, a displaced gloss for ἐπιτροχάδην, as recognized by H. Stephanus, Thes. III.1629F; perhaps, indeed, the whole entry ἐπιθέτως, οὐκ ἀπὸ ψυχῆς, ἐπεσπευσμένως should be ascribed to ἐπιτροχάδην, since there is no etymological reason for ἐπιτροπάδην (a hapax; Musurus for ἐπιτροπάδ(ες)) to have this sense. One may wonder whether παρεγγραφὴν (in its three other attestations a pejorative term for deliberate fraudulent interpolation) should be emended to παρεπιγραφὴν, but Photius may simply have meant that it is an insertion within the text without specifying its original function. | (3) Et. Gen. α 1203 (trivial variants ignored) ἁρμάτειον μέλος· μέλος τι οὕτω καλούμενον· Εὐριπίδης ἐν Ὀρέστῃ ‘ἁρμάτειον μέλος βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ’. εἴρηται δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπιβοηθῆναι τῷ Ἕκτορι ἐκ τοῦ Ἀχιλλέως ἅρματος ἑλκομένῳ. ἢ ὅτι ἐπὶ ἅρματος Φρύγες ἄγοντες τὴν μητέρα τῶν θεῶν μέλος τι ἐπεφθέγγοντο, ὅπερ ἐκ τοῦ παρεπομένου μέλος ἁρμάτειον ὠνόμασται. οἱ δὲ ὅτι τὸ παλαιὸν τὰς παρθένους γαμουμένας ἐπὶ ὀχήματος ἦγον, ὅθεν καὶ παρόχους τοὺς παρανύμφους ἐκάλουν, καὶ τὰ ἐπᾳδόμενα μέλη καὶ τὸν ὑμέναιον ἀπὸ τοῦ φέροντος τὴν νύμφην μέλος ἁρμάτειον ἐκάλουν. ἄλλοι δὲ ὅτι Ἁρματεύς τις εἰς Ἀθηνᾶν ἔγραψε μέλος σύντονον, ὅπερ ἀπὸ τοῦ εὑρόντος ἁρμάτειον εἰκότως ἐκλήθη. ἄλλοι δέ φασιν ἀπὸ τοῦ συντόνου καὶ ἐσπευσμένου δρόμου τοῦ ἅρματος τὰ σύντονα μέλη ἁρμάτεια καλεῖσθαι. ἄλλοι δὲ ὅτι ὁ ἦχος τοῦ ἅρματος ὀξὺς καὶ λεπτὸς γίνεται· τὸν οὖν ὀξὺν καὶ λεπτὸν φθόγγον ἁρμάτειον ἐκ τούτου ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἐκάλεσεν καὶ εὐνοῦχον εἰσάγει λέγοντα· τοιαῦται δὲ τῶν εὐνούχων αἱ φωναί. οὕτω Δίδυμος καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος [fr. 7 Dyck = 16 Vix]. ἢ παρὰ τὸ{ν} ἁρμόν, ὃ σημαίνει τὸν πόλεμον τῇ τῶν Φρυγῶν διαλέκτῳ, †φησὶ† Παλαμήδης ἱστορεῖ ὁ τὴν κωμικὴν λέξιν συναγαγών. Μεθόδιος. | Translation of (3). ‘Harmateion melos’: a certain song so named: Euripides in Orestes, ‘harmateion song with foreign voice’. The term was created from the fact that (this song) was loudly voiced for Hector when he was being dragged behind Achilles’s chariot. Or because the Phrygians when conducting the mother of the gods on a chariot uttered a certain song along with it, which from the accompanying circumstance has been named ‘harmateion’ song. Others (say it is) because in ancient times they used to conduct girls being taken in marriage on a chariot, whence they also used to call the groomsmen ‘parochoi’ (‘those riding beside’), and from the vehicle carrying her they called the songs being sung for her and the bridal hymn ‘harmateion’. Others (say it is) because a certain Harmateus wrote a high-pitched song in honor of Athena, which was fittingly called ‘harmateion’ after the originator. And others say that high-pitched (‘suntona’) songs are called ‘harmateia’ from the rapid (‘suntonou’) and hastened running of the chariot. Others (say it is) because the sound of the chariot is shrill and delicate/thin: so Euripides called the shrill and delicate/thin voice ‘harmateion’ for this reason and he brings on stage a eunuch speaking—for such are the voices of eunuchs. Thus Didymus and Alexander. Or from the word ‘harmon’(?), which means ‘war’ in the dialect of the Phrygians, as Palamedes reports, the one who compiled the comic vocabulary. Methodius (records this). | Note on (3): For the scholar Alexander of Cotiaeon, see Lehrs 1837: 7–16 (passing mention of this passage p. 13), Dyck 1991, Vix 2018. One may wonder, however, whether καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος might be a corruption of ὁ Ἀλεξανδρεύς. | (4) Et. Magn. 145,25–47 has an entry that is the same except for a few trivial variations, and it also adds at the end another sentence comparable to the first sentence in Photius, ἢ τὸν ἱπποθόρον ὃν ᾄδουσι Φρύγες ἐπεὶ ὀχοῦνται ἵπποι (Or the horse-mounting (tune) that the Phrygians sing when horses are mating). | (5) Eust. in Il. 22.395–404 [IV.640,5–8] μνηστέον δ’ ἐνταῦθα ὅτι τὸ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ἁρμάτειον μέλος ἐξηγοῦνται μὲν καὶ ἄλλως οἱ παλαιοί, φασὶ δὲ εἶναι αὐτὸ καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τῷ ῥηθέντι ἑλκυσμῷ τοῦ Ἕκτορος γενόμενον μέλος ἀπὸ τοῦ θρήνου τῶν Τρῳάδων. | Translation of (5). One must mention here that the prhase ‘harmateion melos’ in Euripides the ancients explicate otherwise and they say it is in fact the song that took place upon the aforementioned dragging of Hector (that cam about) from the lamenting of the Trojan women | (6) ps.-Plut. de musica 1133E-F τὸν δὲ καλούμενον Ἁρμάτειον νόμον λέγεται ποιῆσαι ὁ πρῶτος Ὄλυμπος, ὁ Μαρσύου μαθητής. … ὅτι δ’ ἐστὶν Ὀλύμπου ὁ Ἁρμάτειος νόμος, ἐκ τῆς Γλαύκου συγγραφῆς τῆς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀρχαίων ποιητῶν (FHG II 23 fr. 3 = fr. 2 Lanata) μάθοι ἄν τις, καὶ ἔτι γνοίη ὅτι Στησίχορος ὁ Ἱμεραῖος οὔτ’ Ὀρφέα οὔτε Τέρπανδρον οὔτ’ Ἀρχίλοχον οὔτε Θαλήταν ἐμιμήσατο, ἀλλ’ Ὄλυμπον, χρησάμενος τῷ Ἁρματείῳ νόμῳ καὶ τῷ κατὰ δάκτυλον εἴδει, ὅ τινες ἐξ Ὀρθίου νόμου φασὶν εἶναι. ἄλλοι δέ τινες ὑπὸ Μυσῶν εὑρῆσθαι τοῦτον τὸν νόμον· γεγονέναι γάρ τινας ἀρχαίους αὐλητὰς Μυσούς. | Translation of (6). The first Olympus, the student of Marsyas, is said to have created the so-called ‘Harmateios nomos’. … From the treatise of Glaucus concerning the ancient poets one may learn that the ‘Harmateios nomos’ is that of Olympus, and one would also learn that Stesichorus of Himera imitated neither Orpheus nor Terpander nor Archilochus nor Thaletas, but Olympus, since he (Stesichorus) used the ‘Harmateios nomos’ and the dactylic form, which some say is derived from the ‘Orthios nomos’. But others say that this nomos was invented by Mysians, for (they say) some ancient aulos-players were Mysians. | Note on (6). The relevance of the ἁρμάτειος νόμος to this issue is uncertain. See West 1971: 310 for a claim that it is, and Barker 1984: 249–255 for a more sceptical approach, esp. 253, ‘The ancient scholiasts and etymologists present a bewildering selection of possible explanations for this title, from which we can conclude only that they did not know what it meant’.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1385.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ¹]ν̣υ̣ν̣ο̣μ̣ε̣ν̣ θρῆνον ἀναβοῶ: ²ἔνιοι δὲ ὀξύφωνον ὑπὸ τῷ τῶν ἀξονί / [ων ἤχων … ] φωναὶ ὄντας: ³οἱ δὲ ἁρμάτειον τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς Ῥέας ⟨ … ⟩ φασι τὸν [ —H

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: as reported by Daitz, not visible on his image | 1 perhaps e.g. [τὸν ἐπὶ Ἕκτορι γε]νόμεν(ον) θρῆνον | φωναὶ] corrupt or incorrectly read

COLLATION NOTES: Check H new images when available

Or. 1385.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹νόμον Ἀθηνᾶς φασι διὰ τὸ Ἁρματέα τινὰ Βοιωτὸν αὐτὸ συνθεῖναι, οἱ δὲ ἁρμάτειον τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος τῆς Ῥέας γινόμενον. ²ἔνιοι δὲ ἁρμάτειον τὸ ὀξύφωνον ἀπὸ τῶν ὑπαξονίων ἤχων. —C

TRANSLATION: They say it (‘harmateion melos’) is a tune of Athena because a certain Harmateus from Boeotia composed it, but others say ‘harmateion’ means the one that is produced from the chariot of Rhea. And some say that ‘harmateion’ means ‘shrill-voiced’ (derived) from the noise made by axles.

APP. CRIT.: 1 βιωτὸν C | 2 τὸ] Schw., τὸν C | ἤχων] Schw., ἦχον C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.220,3–5

Or. 1385.05 (pllgn exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τὸν θρῆνον καὶ τὸ μέλος ἀναβοῶ τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἅρματι γενόμενον ἐξ οὗ εἵλκετο ὁ Ἕκτωρ ὑπ’ Ἀχιλλέως. ²τούτου γὰρ, φασὶ, τελευτήσαντος τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπώλετο. —C, partial H

TRANSLATION: I cry out the lament and the song that took place over the chariot from which Hector was dragged by Achilles. For, they say, when he (Hector) died, Troy was destroyed.

LEMMA: C POSITION: marg. H

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸν θρῆνον … ἐπὶ τῷ (or something like it) lost to damage H | ἐξ οὗ] Schw., ἐφ’ οὗ H, ἐφ’ ὧ C | εἵλκετο] H (already Schw. without note), εἵλετο C | 2 τούτου γὰρ κτλ om. H | γὰρ, φασὶ] Mastr., γάρ φησι C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.220,6–8

Or. 1385.06 (vet exeg) ἁρμάτειον μέλος: ¹τὸ ἁρμάτειον μέλος ὁ Δίδυμος [p. 245, #16 Schmidt = F 203 C.–Pr.] φησὶν ὠνομάσθαι ὅτι αἱ ἀρχαῖαι παρθένοι εἰς τοὺς θαλάμους διὰ τῶν ἁρμάτων ἤγοντο· ²ὅθεν ἔτι καὶ νῦν πάροχοι λέγονται ἀπὸ τοῦ †τοῖς ὄχεσι παρεδεῖσθαι† καὶ ὑμέναιον ᾄδειν. ³τὸ δὲ ᾀδόμενον ἁρμάτειον ἐκάλουν {ἀπὸ τοῦ ταῖς παρθένοις διὰ τῶν ἁρμάτων ἀγομέναις παρεδεῖσθαι}, ὡς ἐπιθαλάμιον ⟨τὸ⟩ ἐν τοῖς θαλάμοις. ⁴ὅθεν τοίνυν ὁ βάρβαρος, ἐπειδὴ συνέβη ὁ τῆς Ἑλένης γάμος ὃν Πάρις συνετέλεσεν ἐπὶ κακῷ τοῖς Τρωσὶ γενέσθαι, καὶ τὸν αὐτοῖς ὑμέναιον ᾀσθέντα κατὰ ἀνάμνησιν ἀναστενάζει, τὸν ἐπὶ κακῷ τοῖς Τρῳσὶν {ὑμέναιον} ἐπιτελεσθέντα. ⁵ὅτι δὲ οὕτως ἔχει, ἐπιφέρει [1386–1387] ‘διὰ ⟨τὸ⟩ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα κυκνόπτερον καλλοσύνας Λήδας’ ὡς δῆλον εἶναι τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ Ἑλένῃ δι’ ἅρματος ᾀσθέντα. ⁶ἔνιοι δὲ ἁρμάτειον τὸν θρῆνόν φασι τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἅρματι γενόμενον ἐξ οὗ εἵλκετο ὁ Ἕκτωρ. ⁷ἀναιρεθέντος γὰρ Ἕκτορος ⟨τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπώλετο⟩. ⁸Ἀπολλόδωρος ὁ Κυρηναῖος [fonte 7 Carlesimo] παρεπιγραφὴν λέγει εἶναι τὸ †ἁρμόδιον, ὦ Ἴλιον†. ⁹εἰ δὲ ἦν παρεπιγραφή, ἅπαξ ἂν ἐπεγράφετο {τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπώλετο}. ¹⁰ἔνιοι δὲ τὸν ἐκπεπηδηκότα Φρύγα εὐνοῦχον φασὶν εἶναι, τοὺς δὲ εὐνούχους ἐπιεικῶς ὀξυφώνους ὑπάρχειν. ¹¹τὸ οὖν ὀξύτονον ἁρμάτειον αὐτὸν φάναι διὰ τὸ τὸν ὑπαξόνιον τῶν ἁρμάτων ἦχον ἀνατεταμένον τε καὶ ὀξὺν εἶναι. ¹²ὅτι δὲ εὐνοῦχος ἦν, φησὶν [1528]· ‘οὔτε ⟨γὰρ⟩ γυνὴ πέφυκας, οὔτ’ ἐν ἀνδράσιν σύ γ’ εἶ’. ¹³καὶ πάλιν [1530] ‘ὀξὺ γὰρ βοῆς ἀκοῦσαν Ἄργος ἐξεγείρεται’. ¹⁴εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλαι αἰτίαι ἃς ἐκτίθεται ὁ ὑπομνηματισάμενος. —BC, partial PrSa

TRANSLATION: Didymus says that the ‘harmateion’ song was named thus because maidens in the old days used to be conducted to the bridal chambers with chariots. Whence even still now ‘parochoi’ (‘riders beside, groomsmen’) are spoken of from sitting(?) beside the girls being conducted in the chariots(?) and singing a marriage-song. And they called what was sung ‘harmateion’ [interpolated words, displaced alternative to earlier phrase], just as that sung at the bridal chambers (‘thalamois’, is called) ‘epithalamion’. This is why, then, the foreigner, because it turned out that the marriage of Helen that Paris accomplished occurred with a bad result for the Trojans, laments in remembrance also the marriage-song sung by them, the one accomplished with a bad result for the Trojans. And that this is the case (is shown by the fact that) he says ‘because of the bird-begotten swan-winged eye of the beauty of Leda’ so that the marriage-song sung for Helen during the chariot-ride is clear. Some say that ‘harmateion’ is the song of lament that took place over the chariot from which Hector was dragged. For when Hectot was killed, ⟨Ilium was destroyed⟩. Apollodous of Cyrene says that the phrase [corruption] is a stage-direction. But if it were a stage-direction, then it (‘harmateion’) would have been added in once(, not twice). And some say the Phrygian who has leapt outside is a eunuch, and that eunuchs suitably are shrill-voiced. Thus (they argue) he says that which is high-pitched is ‘harmateion’ because the sound made by the axles of chariots is stretched tight and high. And (as proof) that he was a eunuch, he (Orestes, or Euripides?) says ‘For neither are you by nature a woman, nor are you (to be counted) among men’, and again ‘Having heard a cry sharply (voiced), Argos is aroused’. And there are also other explanations which the commentator sets forth.

LEMMA: BC REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: precedes sch. 1385.01 C; follows sch. 1387.02 PrSa

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸν θάλαμον PrSa | ὀχούμεναι add. before ἤγοντο PrSa | 2 τοῖς ὄχεσι παρεδεῖσθαι] BC, τ. ὄχ. παραδίδοσθαι Pr, τ. ὄχ. παρὸ διδόσθαι (sic) Sa, | {τοῖς ὄχεσι} παροχεῖσθαι Schw. (παροχεῖσθαι Heath 1762: Eur. section, p. 20), perhaps e.g. ⟨ταῖς ἐν⟩ τοῖς ὄχεσι⟨ν ἀγομέναις/ὀχουμέναις παρθένοις⟩ παρεδεῖσθαι Mastr. | καὶ ὑμέναιον ᾄδειν] ὑμέναιον C, ⟨ … ⟩ ὑμέναιον ᾄδειν Schw. | 3 ἀοιδόμενον C | ἀπὸ … παρεδεῖσθαι om. PrSa, del. Schw. (after τὸ δὲ ᾀδόμενον … παρεδεῖσθαι del. Dindorf) | ἀπὸ τοῦ om. C | ἐπιθαλάμιον] ἐπὶ θαλάμιον C, ἐπὶ θαλάμου PrSa | second τὸ suppl. Schw. | 4 first ὁ om. C | αὐτοῖς] αὐτῆς Sa | ᾀσθέντα] ἀχθέντα PrSa | εἰς ἀνάμνησιν ἀναστένει PrSa | τὸν ἐπὶ] τὴν ἐπὶ PrSa | second ὑμέναιον del. Schw. | 5–14 ὅτι δὲ οὕτως κτλ om. PrSa | 5 ὅτι δὲ οὕτως … ᾀσθέντα om. B | τὸ suppl. Schw. | τᾶς] Schw., τὰς C | κυκνόπτερον] Schw., κυκλόπτερον C | 6 φησι C, app. a.c. B | ἅρματι] Schw., ἕκτορι C, ἑλκυσμῶ τοῦ ἕκτορος B (adopted by earlier edd.) | ἐξ οὗ … ἕκτωρ om. B | ἐξ οὗ] Schw., ἐφ’ οὗ C | 7 τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπώλετο transp. here from end of 9 Schw. | 8 παρεπιγραφὴν λέγει] Kirchhoff 1855: I.413 (cf. sch. 1485.01), ἐπιγράφει λέγων BC | ἁρμόδιον ὦ Ἴλιον] ἁρμάτειον μέλος εἰς τὸ Ἴλιον conj. Schw., ἁρμάτειον {ὦ Ἴλιον} Dyck 1981, ἁρμόδιον τῷ Ἴλιον (om. τὸ) Kirchhoff, | 9 παρεπιγραφὴ] Arsen. (MeMuPh), γράφου BC | 10 ὑπάρχειν] πάσχειν C | 11 first τὸ ] Arsen. (MeMuPh), τὸν BC | τὸν om. C | ὑπαξόνων C | γὰρ suppl. Barnes from Or. 1528 | 13 ἀκοῦσαν] Dind. from Or. 1530, ἐπακοῦσαν B(MeMuPh)C, ὐπακοῦσαν (sic) Arsen. (ὑπ‑ ed. Hervag. 1544) | ἐπεγείρεται C | 14 αἷς C | ἀπομνημ- C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.220,9–221,2; Dind. II.301,7–24

COMMENT: At the corrupt place in sent. 8, there has perhaps been a saut du même au même causing the omission of ἁρμάτειον and most of an additional sentence with yet another view, relating ἁρμάτειον to the root of ἁρμόζω/ἁρμόττω, and that sentence could have ended with, e.g., Kirchhoff’s ἁρμόδιον τῷ Ἴλιον. Note that the use of ἁρμόζον in sch. 1385.10–11 and 1385.25 reflects this sort of explanation. Solutions that simply change ἁρμόδιον (Schwartz, Dyck) are less probable, in my view. | Note that in 12 the interpreter is improperly taking ὀξὺ in 1530 as applying to the cry heard rather than to Argos or its arousal. Several scholia on 1530 paraphrase ὀξὺ with ὀξέως, but glosses in ZcCrOx apply it to the cry (sch. 1530.08–09).

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Didymus | Apollodorus of Cyrene | παρεπιγραφή

Or. 1385.07 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ὁ λόγος οὕτως· τὸ Ἴλιον καὶ τὴν Ἴδην, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἕκτορα καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τῶ ἑλκυσμῷ τούτου μέλος θρηνῶ βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ. —B

TRANSLATION: The sense is as follows: With foreign cry I sing a song of lament for Ilium and Ida, and moreover for Hector too and and the song upon the dragging of that man.

POSITION: follows sch. 1385.06 after three-dot punct.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221, app. at 2; Dind. II.301,24–25

COMMENT: This is a version of sent. 1–2 of sch. 1385.02.

Or. 1385.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: θρηνῶ ἐν βαρβάρων βοῇ μέλος ἁρμάτειον καί ὀξύφωνον. —Rw

TRANSLATION: I sing in the cry of foreigners a song that is ‘harmateion’, that is, shrill-voiced.

Or. 1385.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: θρηνῶ σε, ὦ Ἴλιον, καὶ θρηνῶν βοῶ ἐν βαρβάρων βοῇ τὸ μέλος καὶ τὸν ἦχον τὸ ἁρμάτειον καὶ τὸ ἀποτελούμενον ἀπὸ ἅρματος τοῦ Ἕκτορος. ὅτε γὰρ εἵλκετο ὑπ’ Ἀχιλλέως, ἤχει τὰ ἅρματα. —Rw

TRANSLATION: I lament for you, o Ilium, and in lamenting I cry out with the cry of foreigners the song and the resounding noise that is ‘harmateion’, that is, created by the chariot of Hector. For when he was being dragged by Achilles, the chariot made a resounding noise.

Or. 1385.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ἐγὼ βοῶ ἁρμόζον μέλος διὰ τὴν ὀλεθρίαν ⟨Ἑλένην⟩ βαρβαρικῇ φωνῇ. —Mn

TRANSLATION: I cry out with my foreign voice a fitting song because of destructive Helen.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: ⟨Ἑλένην⟩ βαρβαρικῇ φωνῇ] Mastr., βαρβαρικὴν φονὴν Mn

COMMENT: For the implied etymology of ἁρμάτειον from ἁρμόζω, see comment on 1385.06.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1385.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ἁρμόζον ἐγὼ βοῶ, φωνῶ —Ab

TRANSLATION: I cry out, I voice, a fitting cry.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: φονῶ Ab

Or. 1385.12 (thom exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ¹τὸ ἀρμάτειον μέλος ἀντὶ τοῦ λεπτὸν, ὀξύφωνον, παρόσον καὶ ὁ ἄξων τοῦ ἅρματος τοιαύτην ἀποπέμπει φωνὴν τρύζων. ²οὗτος οὖν ὡς εὐνοῦχος τοιαύτην εἶχε φωνήν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: ‘Harmateion melos’ is used for delicate, shrill-voiced (song), in that the axle of the chariot also emits such a sound, screeching. So then, this character, as a eunuch, had a voice of this kind.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm POSITION: marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ om. ZlZmTGu | 2 ὡς] ὁ ZGu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 παρ’ ὅσον Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.302,9–12

Or. 1385.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ἤγουν λεπτὸν, ὀξύφωνον· τοιαύτην γὰρ φωνὴν ὁ ἄξων τοῦ ἅρματος ἀποπέμπει τρύζων. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateion’,) that is, delicate, shrill-voiced. For such is the sound the axle of the chariot emits, screeching.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1385.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ¹ἁρμάτειον τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἅρματι γενόμενον ἐφ’ ᾧ εἵλκετο ὁ Ἕκτωρ ὑπ’ Ἀχιλλέως. ²τούτου γὰρ τελευτήσαντος τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπώλετο. ³ἢ ἁρμάτειον τὸ⟨ν⟩ ὀφύφωνον ἀπὸ τῶν ὑπαξονίων ἦχον τῆς ἁμάξης. ἴσμεν δὲ τοὺς εὐνούχους ὀξυφώνους ὄντας. —Y²

TRANSLATION: ‘Harmateion’, the one that occurred over the chariot on which Hector was dragged by Achilles. For when he died, Ilium was destroyed. Or the shrill-voiced sound from the undercarriage of the chariot. And we know that eunuchs are shrill-voiced.

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἅρματι γενόμενον] τῶ ἐπὶ τῶ ἕκτορι γινομένω Y²

COMMENT: A version of sent. 6 of sch. 1385.06, where C has the same corruption.

Or. 1385.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ὀλόμενον καὶ φθαρὲν διὰ τὸ ἁρμάτειον μέλος τὸ ἐπὶ τοῦ θαλάμου τῆς Ἑλένης. ἁρμάτειον δὲ τοῦτο φησὶν ἐπειδὴ μετὰ ἁρμάτων τὰς νύμφας πέμποντες μέλη τινὰ ᾖδον. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (Ilium) destroyed and ruined because of the ‘harmateion’ song, the one at the bridal chamber of Helen. And he calls this ‘harmateion’ because when escorting brides with chariots they used to sing certain songs.

Or. 1385.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἕκτορος γενόμενον θρῆνον —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateion song’, that is,) the mourning-song that occurred over Hector.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1385.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ὃν ἐποίησαν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἕκτορι ἑλκομένῳ διὰ τοῦ ἅρματος —GGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateion song’, that is, mourning-song) which they produced over Hector when he was being dragged by the chariot.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. G

COMMENT: ὃν is masculine because it assumes θρῆνον as antecedent, since that is the separate gloss on μέλος later in the line (sch. 1385.35).

Or. 1385.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ἁρμάτειον θρῆνον λέγουσι ὃν ἐποίησαν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἕκτορι ἑλκομένῳ. —Zc

TRANSLATION: They call ‘harmateion’ a song of mourning they produced over Hector when he was being dragged.

Or. 1385.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ὀξύφωνον καὶ ὑψηλὸν θρήνημα —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateion melos’, that is,) shrill-voiced and high song of mourning.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1385.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: διὰ μέσου —Mn

TRANSLATION: (The phrase ‘harmateion melos’ is) parenthetic.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 1385.22 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον⟩: οἱ δὲ τὸ σύντονον· συντόνῳ γὰρ φωνῇ χρῆται. —H

TRANSLATION: And some (say ‘harmateion’ means) ‘high-pitched’; for he (the Phrygian eunuch) uses a high-pitched voice.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1385.23 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον⟩: τὸ σύντονον, ἐπεὶ συντόνῳ φωνῇ κέχρηται. —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateion’, that is,) the high-pitched, since he (the Phrygian eunuch) used a high-pitched voice.

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.: φωνῇ] Dind. (as if in B), φὴ() B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.302, app. at 4

COMMENT: These are the last words of sch. 1385.02 in MC.

Or. 1386.01 (vet exeg) ⟨βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ στένω. —MBC

TRANSLATION: (With ‘with a foreign cry’) ‘I lament’ (is to be understoof) in common (from 1383).

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,3; Dind. II.302,13

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 1386.02 (rec exeg) ⟨βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ⟩: λείπει ‘ἐγὼ βοῶ’. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (With ‘with a foreign cry’) ‘I cry out’ is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1386.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι τὸν εὐνοῦχον {τὸν} Φρύγα —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Foreign cry’) because the eunuch is a Phrygian.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1386.04 (rec exeg) ⟨βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ⟩: ἤγουν αἲ αἲ —R

TRANSLATION: (‘Foreign cry’,) that is, ‘ai ai’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1386.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ⟩: βαρβαρικῇ φωνῇ —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1386.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ⟩: ἤγουν θρήνημα ἐν γλώσσῃ (βαρβάρῳ) —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1387.01 (1387–1390) (mosch exeg) διὰ τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον: ¹διὰ τὸ τῆς Δυσελένης τοῦ σκύμνου, ἤγουν τοῦ γεννήματος, τῆς καλλοσύνης τῆς Λήδας ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα κυκνόπτερον, ²ἤγουν διὰ τὸ κάλλος τῆς Δυσελένης, τοῦ γεννήματος τῆς καλλοσύνης, ἤγουν τῆς εὐμορφίας, τῆς Λήδας, ³τὸ ἐξ ὄρνιθος κυκνοπτέρου γεγεννημένον· ⁴τουτέστι διὰ τὴν Δυσελένην τὴν ἐξ ὄρνιθος κυκνοπτέρου, τοῦ Διὸς, γεγεννημένην, τὴν σκύμνον τοῦ κάλλους τῆς Λήδας, λέγω τὴν Ἐριννὺν, ἤγουν τὴν κατάραν, ⁵τῶν ξεστῶν περγάμων, ἤγουν τῶν εὐξέστων ὑψηλῶν οἰκημάτων τῶν Ἀπολλωνίων, τουτέστι τῶν τῆς Ἰλίου, ἥτις ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐτειχίσθη. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Because of the bird-begotten swan-winged eye of Evil-Helen, the cub, that is, the offspring of the beauty of Leda, in other words, because of the beauty of Evil-Helen, the offspring of the beauty, or fairness of form, of Leda, (the eye/beauty) begotten from a swan-winged bird. That is to say, because of the Evil-Helen begotten from a swan-winged bird, Zeus, the cub of the beauty of Leda, I mean the Erinys, that is, curse, of the polished citadels, that is, the beautifully polished lofty Apollonian structures, that is to say those of Ilium, which was walled by Apollo.

LEMMA: G

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐξόρνιθος XXaY | 4 ἐξόρνιθος Y | ἐρινὺν Y, a.c. Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,5–13

Or. 1387.02 (1387–1388) (vet exeg) διὰ τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα: ¹στένω, φησὶ, τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπολόμενον διὰ τὴν δυσώνυμον Ἑλένην, δι’ ἣν καὶ ὁ Ἕκτωρ ἀνῃρέθη. ²εἴρηται δὲ ἑξῆς τοῦ ῥητοῦ ⟨τὸ⟩ διὰ ⟨τὸ⟩ τῆς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα κυκνόπτερον καλλοσύνας Λήδας. ³ὄμμα δὲ λέγει ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐπρεπεστάτου μάλιστα μέρους αὐτὴν ὀνομάσας. ⁴ὀρνιθόγονον δὲ αὐτὴν εἶπεν ὅτι μεταβληθεὶς ὁ Ζεὺς εἰς κύκνον ἐγέννησεν αὐτὴν τῇ Λήδᾳ συνελθών· ⁵τὸ δὲ ὀρνιθόγονον καὶ κυκνόπτερον τὸ αὐτὸ σημαίνει. ⁶τινὲς δὲ τὸ ὀρνιθόγονον ἐπὶ τῆς Λήδας ἐξεδέξαντο. ⁷φασὶ γὰρ αὐτὴν εἰς Νέμεσιν μεταβληθεῖσαν οὕτω συνελθεῖν τῷ κύκνῳ. ⁸καλλοσύνας δὲ Λήδας ἀντὶ τοῦ περικαλλεστάτης. ⁹ὁ δὲ λόγος· στένω τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπολόμενον διὰ τὸ τῆς δυσωνύμου Ἑλένης κάλλος, ἣν ἐγέννησε κύκνος τῇ περικαλλεστάτῃ Λήδᾳ συνελθών. —MBC, partial PrSa

TRANSLATION: I lament, he says, Ilium destroyed because of Helen of the inauspicious name, because of whom Hector was also killed. Spoken as a follow-up to the statement is the phrase ‘because of the bird-begotten swan-winged eye of the beauty of Leda’. He says ‘eye’ in naming her particularly from her most beautiful part. And he said she is ‘bird-begotten’ because after transforming himself into a swan Zeus begot her in intercourse with Leda. ‘Bird-begotten’ and ‘swan-winged’ have the same meaning. But some have interpreted ‘bird-begotten’ as applying to Leda. For they say that after she was transformed into Nemesis she thus had intercourse with the swan. ‘Beauty of Leda’ is equivalent to ‘supremely very beautiful (Leda)’. The run of the sense is: I lament for Ilium destroyed because of the beauty of Helen of the inauspicious name, whom a swan begot in intercourse with the very beautiful Leda.

LEMMA: MBC(τὰς)Sa, ὀρνιθογόνον δὲ ὄμμα Pr REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: between sch. 1385.02 and 1385.06 PrSa

APP. CRIT.: 1–3 στένω … ὀνομάσας om. PrSa | 1 στένω δὲ MC(δέ with φησι) | 2 εἴρηται] Mastr., εὕρηται MBC | ⟨τὸ⟩ διὰ ⟨τὸ⟩ suppl. Schw. | ὀρνιθόγονον] Schw., ὄρνιθος δὲ M, ὄρνιθος C, ὄρνιθος τὸ B | ὄμμα κυκνόπτερον] Schw., κυκν. ὄμμα transp. MBC | 3 after λέγει add. τὴν ἑλένην C | ὠνόμασεν M | 4 ὀρνιθ. … εἶπεν] τὴν ἑλένην φησὶν PrSa | μεταβληθὲν Sa, μεταβληθ()` Pr | ὁ ζεὺς om. PrSa | τὴν λήδ() M | 5 κυκνότ(α)τον PrSa | 6 τινὲς δὲ τὸ] τὸ δὲ MC | ἐξεδέξατο M, ἐδέξαντο PrSa | 7–9 φασὶ γὰρ κτλ om. PrSa | 7 καὶ add. before αὐτὴν C | 8 λήδας om. B | τοῦ om. C | παρακαλεστάτης C | 9 ὁ δὲ λόγος κτλ om. M, cont. into next by saut du même au même

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,4–15; Dind. II.302,14–303,1

COMMENT: On sent. 2 εἴρηται: εὕρηται is normally used in scholia of what has been found transmitted in the copy or copies consulted. There is no exact parallel for either εἴρηται or εὕρηται in this phrase in scholia on drama, but for the use of εἴρηται compare Sch. Tricl. Arist Ran. 508b Chantry διὸ καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς πρὸς τοῦτ’ εἴρηται; Sch. rec. Arist. Aves 43a–b Holwerda τὰ δὲ ἄλλα μεταξὺ εἴρηται.

Or. 1387.03 (1377–1378) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ὁ λόγος· στενάζω τὸ Ἴλιον ὀλόμενον διὰ τὸν σκύμνον Λήδας τῆς καλλοσύνας Ἑλένης τῆς Δυσελένης, περιφραστικῶς τὴν Ἑλένην. —MC

TRANSLATION: The sense: I lament for Ilium destroyed because of Leda’s cub of the beauty of Helen Evil-Helen, (the whole phrase) periphrastic for ‘Helen’.

LEMMA: C POSITION: cont. from prev., add δὲ, M

APP. CRIT. 2: ὀλλόμενον C | καλοσύνας M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,16–18

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 1387.04 (1377–1378) (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: βοῶ διὰ τὸ ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα καὶ διὰ τὸ κάλλος τῆς κακῆς Ἑλένης τῆς θυγατρὸς τῆς Λήδας. —Ab

TRANSLATION: I cry out because of the bird-begotten eye and because of the beauty of evil Helen, the daughter of Leda.

Or. 1387.05 (1377–1378) (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: διὰ τὸ κάλλος τῆς Ἑλένης τῆς Δυσελένης τοῦ γεννήματος τῆς εὐμορφίας τῆς Λήδας, τὸ ἐξ ὄρνιθος γεγεννημένον κυκνοπτέρου, τουτέστι διὰ τὴν ἐξ ὄρνιθος κυκνοπτέρου τοῦ Διὸς γεγεννημένην Δυσελένην. —G

TRANSLATION: Because of the beauty of Helen Evil-Helen, the offspring of the fairness of form of Leda, (the eye/beauty) begotten from a swan-winged bird, that is to say, because of Evil-Helen begotten from a swan-winged bird, Zeus.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: A variation of sent. 2–4 of sch. 1387.01 above, the full version of which G has in the scholia block.

Or. 1387.06 (1377–1378) (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: τὸ ‘ὀρνιθόγονον κυκνόπτερον ὄμμα’ πρὸς τὸ Ἑλένης σύναπτε, τὸ δὲ ‘σκύμνον’ πρὸς τὸ ‘Λήδας’. ‘κυκνόπτερον’ δὲ λέγει παρόσον ὁ Ζεὺς κύκνος γενόμενος ἔσπειρε ταύτην. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Construe ‘bird-begotten swan-winged eye’ with ‘of Helen’, and ‘cub’ with ‘of Leda’. He says ‘swan-winged’ inasmuch as Zeus became a swan and sowed her.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT. 2: παρ’ ὅσον Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,15–17

COMMENT: Instead of πρὸς τὸ Δυσελένας σύναπτε, Thomas quotes inexactly to make the reference of Δυσελένας clear at the same time.

Or. 1387.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθογόνου⟩: τὸ ἐξ ὄρνιθος κυκνοπτέρου γεγεννημένον —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,14–15

Or. 1387.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα κυκνόπτερον⟩: ¹λέγουσιν ὅτι ὁ Ζεὺς ἠράσθη Λήδας τῆς μητρὸς τῆς Ἑλένης διὰ τῆς εὐμορφίας αὐτῆς ²καὶ ἐποίησεν ἑαυτὸν κύκνον καὶ ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ βασιλικὸν παλάτιον αὐτῆς καὶ συνεμίγη αὐτῇ καὶ ἐγέννησε τὴν Ἑλένην. ³διὰ τοῦτο λέγει ὁ ποιητὴς ὀρνιθόγονον καὶ κυκνόπτερον. —MnR^a

TRANSLATION: They say that Zeus fell in love with Leda the mother of Helen because of her beauty and he made himself into a swan and entered her royal palace and had intercourse with her and begot Helen. Because of this the poet says ‘bird-begotten’ and ‘swan-winged’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 διατοῦτο Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.302, app. at 23

Or. 1387.10 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: ¹περιφραστικῶς τὴν Ἑλένην. ²τὸ ἑξῆς· διὰ τὸ ὄμμα Ἑλένης Δυσελένας τὸ ὀρνιθόγονον καὶ κυκνόπτερον καὶ τὸν σκύμνον τῆς καλλοσύνας Λήδας. —MC

TRANSLATION: (‘Bird-begotten eye’,) periphrastically, Helen. The run of the sense is: because of the eye of Helen Evil-Helen, the bird-begotten and swan-winged (eye) and the cub of the beauty of Leda.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. MC

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἑλένας C

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐξῆς M | καλοσύνας M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,22–23; Dind. II.302, app. at 23

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 1387.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: περιφραστικῶς τὴν Ἑλένην, τὴν εὐμορφίαν —PrSa

TRANSLATION: Periphrastically, Helen, (‘eye’ meaning) beauty of form.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀμορφ‑ Pr

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 1387.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: ἀντὶ τῆς Ἑλένης. οἱ δὲ διὰ τὸ ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα Ἑλένης διὰ τὸ κάλλος τῆς Ἑλένης τῆς θυγατρὸς τῆς Λήδας. —R

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘Helen’. And some (interpret) ‘because of the bird-begotten eye of Helen’ as ‘because of the beauty of Helen the daughter of Leda’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1387.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: τὴν Ἑλένην τὸν κ[ —Mt²

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The completion of the note is washed out, unless the scribe left it unfinished. A continuation could have been, e.g., τὸν (error for τὴν?) κ[υκνόπτερον σκύμνον.

Or. 1387.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον⟩: ὀρνιθογόνου —Y²

TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘ornithogonon’ there is a variant reading, genitive) ‘ornithogonou’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Another possibility is that Y² is explaining the adjective as transferred from καλλοσύνας or from δυσελένας.

Or. 1387.15 (tri paraphr) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον⟩: τὸ ἐξ ὄρνιθος τὴν γονὴν ἐσχηκός —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,14

Or. 1387.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον⟩: καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ ὄρνιθος γενόμενον —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1387.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον⟩: τὸ ἐξ ὄρνιθος γενόμενον —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1387.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον⟩: τὸ ἀπὸ ὄρνιθος καὶ κύκνου ἤτοι τοῦ Διὸς γεννηθέν —Zm

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1387.19 (tri metr) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 75

Or. 1387.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὄμμα⟩: ὄμμα λέγει τῆς Ἑλένης, ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐπρεπεστάτου μάλιστα μέρους αὐτὴν ὀνομάσας. —Gu²

TRANSLATION: He means ‘eye’ of Helen, naming her from her most beautiful part.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps τὴν Ἑλένην

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.302, app. at 17

COMMENT: From sch.1387.02.

Or. 1388.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κυκνόπτερον⟩: τὸ ἐκ κύκνου γεννηθέν· ἔστι δὲ ἐκ παραλλήλου. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Kuknopteron’, ‘swan-winged’, is) ‘begotten from a swan’; (this epithet is) in parallel (with the previous ‘ornithogonon’, both referring the same mythic detail).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 1388.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κυκνόπτερον⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου —Y²

TRANSLATION: (This epithet is) in parallel (meaning the same thing).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 1388.03 (tri exeg) ⟨κυκνόπτερον⟩: τὸ ἐκ κύκνου γεγονὸς ἢ τὸ λευκὸν ὡς ὁ κύκνος —T

TRANSLATION: That begotten from a swan, or the one white like a swan.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The proposal that the epithet may simply mean ‘white’ is original to Triclinius.

Or. 1388.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καλλοσύνας⟩: λέγεται καλλοσύνη καὶ τὸ κάλλος. τὸ δὲ ‘καλλοσύνας’ ἢ πρὸς τὸ ‘Λήδας’ ἢ πρὸς τὸ ‘Δυσελένας’ κατὰ τὴν διπλῆν αὐτοῦ σημασίαν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (In the meaning ‘beauty’, both) ‘kallosunē’ and ‘to kallos’ are used. And the word ‘kallosunas’ goes either with ‘Leda’ or with ‘Evil-Helen’ by its double signification.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Since κάλλος far more frequently attested than καλλοσύνη, one might expect a comment of the form ‘κάλλος is also expressed by καλλοσύνη’, but the word order is against such an interpretation of what Zm has written. On the other hand, it is odd that Zm has the article with one noun and not the other.

Or. 1388.20 (rec metr) ⟨Λήδας⟩: long mark over alpha —R

COLLATION NOTES: R does not generally use long marks, but the mark here does seems to be a longum, not the mark of proper name (which the scribe does not use in this section).

Or. 1388.21 (vet exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: ¹σκύμνῳ δὲ ἀπείκασεν αὐτὴν τὸ ὀλέθριον αὐτῆς αἰνιττόμενος· ²ἐπὶ γὰρ ὀλέθρῳ τῆς Ἰλίου ὥσπερ τι θηρίον ἐγεννήθη. ³σκύμνοι δὲ κυρίως τὰ τῶν λεόντων γεννήματα. —MBC, partial Gu²

TRANSLATION: He likened her to a cub because he is hinting at her destructiveness. For she was begotten for the ruin of Ilium, just like some wild beast. And cubs (‘skumnoi’) are properly the offspring of lions.

POSITION: marg. Gu²; cont. from sch. 1387.10 M (but not C, as Schw.), cont. from sch. 1387.02 B

APP. CRIT.: 1 σκύμνῳ … αὐτὴν] σκύμνον λέγει καὶ οὐ παῖδα Gu² | σκύμνον MC | 2 after ἰλίου add. ἑλένη Gu² | 3 σκύμνοι γὰρ κτλ om. Gu | γεννήματα] ἔγγονα C

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ὥσπέρ τι BCGu²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,19–21; Dind. II.303,2–4 and 302, app. at 17

COMMENT: Cf. Sch. V Hec. 205 τὸν σκύμνον οἱ παλαιοὶ ἐπὶ παντὸς νέου λαμβάνουσι. σκύμνοι δὲ κυρίως λέγονται τὰ ἔκγονα τῶν λεόντων; Sch. Pr Hec. 205 σκύμνος κυρίως τὸ τῶν λεόντων γέννημα λέγεται. διατοῦτο γοῦν παρείκασε καὶ ἐνταῦθα σκύμνῳ τὴν Πολυξένην, ὡς ἐκ περιφανοῦς καὶ βασιλικοῦ γένους καταγομένην.

Or. 1388.22 (rec exeg) σκύμνον: ¹τὸ ὀλέθριον αὐτῆς ὑπῃνίξατο διὰ τοῦ σκύμνον ὀνομάσαι· ²δίκην γὰρ θηρὸς ἐλυμαίνετο τοὺς Ἕλληνας. —Rw, partial Y²

TRANSLATION: He indirectly hinted at her destructiveness by calling her ‘cub’, for like a wild animal she used to wreak havoc on the Greeks.

LEMMA: Rw REF. SYMBOL: Y²

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ ὀλέθριον … ὀνομάσαι om. Y² | ὑπαινίξατο Rw | σκύμνου Rw | 2 ἐλυμήνατο Y²

Or. 1388.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: τὸ γέννημα λέγω —FMnPrSaVdCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FVdCrOx | λέγω τὸ γέννημα transp. Mn | λέγω om. VdCrOx

Or. 1388.24 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: τίνα λέγω; τὸ γέννημα λέγω. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Whom do I speak of (in saying ‘cub’)? I mean ‘the offspring’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1388.29 (tri metr) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: koinē short over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 75

Or. 1389.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Δυσελένας Δυσελένας⟩: ἥτις, φησὶν, Ἑλένη, Ἐρινὺς γέγονε τῇ Ἰλίῳ. —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Dushelenas’, ‘Evil-Helen’,) who, he says, (namely) Helen, became an Erinys for Ilium.

POSITION: intermarg. MB, s.l. C

APP. CRIT. 2: φη() B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,24; Dind. II.303,20

Or. 1389.04 (rec metr) ⟨Δυσελένας Δυσελένας⟩: long mark over each alpha —O

Or. 1389.12 (vet exeg) περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων: ¹Ἀπολλώνιόν φησι τὸ Πέργαμον καὶ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν τῆς Ἰλίου, ἐπεὶ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐκεῖσέ ἐστιν ἱερὸν, ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 5.446]· ²‘Περγάμῳ εἰν ἱερῇ, ὅθι οἱ νηός γ’ ἐτέτυκτο’. ³ἢ ἐπεὶ ὁ Ἀπόλλων τὰ τείχη ᾠκοδόμησεν. ⁴ἢ Ἀπολλωνίων τῶν ἀπολωλότων φησίν, ὡς ἐν τῷ Φαέθοντί [Phaethon 224–225 = TrGF fr. 781,11–12 Kannicht] φησιν· ⁵‘ὦ καλλιφεγγὲς Ἥλι’, ὥς μ’ ἀπώλεσας / ⁶καὶ τόνδ’· †Ἀπόλλων οὕτως εἰκότως κλῄζῃ βροτοῖς’. —MBC, partial Rf

TRANSLATION: He says Pergamum, that is, the acropolis of Ilium, is Apollonian because there is a shrine of Apollo there, as Homer (says): ‘in holy Pergamum, where a temple had been fashioned for him’. Or because Apollo built the walls. Or by ‘Apollonian’ he means ‘destroyed’ (‘apolōlotōn’), as he says in Phaethon: ‘O beautifully-shining Helios, how you have destroyed (‘apōlesas’) me / and this man; fittingly you are called Apollo by mortals’.

REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT.: 1 φησι] Schw. φασὶ all (φα() B) | τὸ περγ.] Arsen. (MeMuPh, cf. sch. 1389.14), τὸν πέργ. all, τὴν Πέργ. Schw. | τοῦ ἰλίου τὴν ἀκρ. transp. B | ἐπεὶ] ἀπὸ M | ἐστιν ἱερὸν ἐκεῖσε transp. B | 1–6 ὡς ὅμηρος κτλ om. Rf | 2 περγάμων C | εἰν] ἐν MC | 4 φησίν Mastr., φασιν MC, om. B | φαένθοντι B | 5 Ἥλι’] Dind. from Macrobius Sat. 1.17.10, cf. ΗΛΙΕ Par. gr. 107 B (palimspest of Phaethon), ἴλιον MBC | 6 καὶ τόνδ’] B (ΚΑΙ ΤΟΝΔΕ Par. gr. 107 B), καὶ τοῦ τε M, καὶ τὸν C; ἐκ τοῦδ’ Barnes | Ἀπόλλων οὕτως εἰκότως κλῄζῃ βροτοῖς] Ἀπόλλων δ’ εἰκότως κλῄζῃ βροτοῖς Schw. to repair meter, Ἀπόλλων δ’ ἐν βροτοῖς ὀρθῶς καλῇ Par. gr. 107 B (TGF Nauck); ὄντως for οὕτως (om. εἰκότως) conj. Headlam 1895: 278. | ἀπόλλωνα C | κλήζει M, κλύζει C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,25–222,3; Dind. II.303,23–28

COMMENT: On the superiority of the text of the Paris ms in the lines quoted from Phaethon, see Diggle 1970 on Phaethon 225.

COLLATION NOTES: Dindorf notes that for εἰκότως in 6, Arsenius (like MeMu) has only εἰ followed by blank space (ἔχ/εἰ without blank Ph), because the scribe of B skipped over a section of bad parchment before finishing the word with κότως at a distance (the κ is now obscured).

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Phaethon

Or. 1389.13 (vet exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: τ[. .] πέργαμον καὶ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν τῆς Ἰλίου —H

TRANSLATION: (He means) the cital and acropolis of Ilium.

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES: check new images to see whether article can be read as masc. or fem.

Or. 1389.14 (rec exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: ¹Ἀπολλώνιον φησὶ τὸ Πέργαμον καὶ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν τῆς Ἰλίου, ἐπεὶ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐκεῖσέ ἐστιν ἱερὸν, ²⟨ἢ⟩ ἐπεὶ ὁ Ἀπόλλων τὰ τείχη ᾠκοδόμησεν. ³ἢ Ἀπολλώνιον τὸν ἀπολωλότα φησί. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: He says Pergamum, that is, the acropolis of Ilium, is Apollonian because there is a shrine of Apollo there, or because Apollo built the (city’s) walls. Or by ‘Apollonian’ he means ‘destroyed’.

POSITION: s.l. Pr (misplaced above 1379–1381), marg. Sa

APP. CRIT.: 1 Ἀπολλώνιον] ἀπολλώ() Pr (ambig. sign over ω), ἀπόλλω() Sa (ambig. sign over ω) | Ἀπόλλωνος] Sa, ἀπολλώ() Pr (same as previously) | 2 ⟨ἢ⟩ suppl. from sch. 1389.12 | 3 Ἀπολλώνιον] ἀπολλώ() Pr (same as previously), ἀπολώ() Sa (ambig. sign over ω) | φησί] Mastr., φασί PrSa (cf. sch. 1389.12)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐκεῖσε ἐστὶν S

Or. 1389.15 (thom exeg) περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων: ¹τῶν ὑπ’ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Ποσειδῶνος οἰκοδομηθέντων ὅτε ἐθήτευσαν Λαομέδοντι. ²τοιγαροῦν καὶ ὅτε ἔμελλεν ὑπ’ Ἀχαιῶν πορθηθῆναι καὶ ἀφανισθῆναι, εἶδεν Αἰνείας τούτους τοὺς θεοὺς, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Βιργίλιος [Verg. Aen. 2.605–612], τοὺς λίθους οὓς ἔθηκαν καταβαλόντας. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Apollonian citadels’,) the ones built by Apollo and Poseidon when they were in servitude to Laomedon. Therefore also when (the citadel) was about to be laid waste and destroyed by the Achaeans, Aeneas saw these gods, as Vergil reports, casting down the stones that they had placed.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZa, at ξεστῶν Zm

APP. CRIT.: 1 τῶν ἀπολλωνίων ἤγουν prep. Gu | ὑπ’ om. Zl | 2 Βιργίλος all | καταβαλ. οὓς ἔθηκαν transp. ZZa | οὓς] οὓς πρῶτον T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.304,1–4

COMMENT: I have not located an indirect source for Thomas’s knowledge of the Aeneid. Perhaps it comes from reading the Latin. In any case, what is said is not quite accurate, because in Vergil Venus describes to Aeneas the destructive work of Neptune and the interventions of Juno, Athena, and Jupiter, without any mention of Apollo.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Vergil

Or. 1389.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: τουτέστι τῶν τῆς Ἰλίου, ἥτις ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐτειχίσθη. —GGu

TRANSLATION: That is to say, those of Ilium, which was provided with walls by Apollo.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τουτέστι τῶν] ἤγουν G

Or. 1389.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: τῶν κτισθέντων παρὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος —Y²

TRANSLATION: Those built by Apollo.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1389.18 (thom exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: τῶν ὑπ’ Ἀπόλλωνος κτισθέντων —ZmT

TRANSLATION: Those built by Apollo.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1389.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: τῶν κατασκευασθέντων ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος —F

TRANSLATION: Those constructed by Apollo.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1389.20 (thom exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: ¹Πέργαμον τὴν ἀκρόπολιν τῆς Τροίας ἔλεγον, ὥσπερ καὶ τὴν τῶν Θηβῶν Καδμείαν. ²φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὰ ὑψηλὰ τείχη πέργαμα. ³ἐπὰν οὖν τὸ περγάμων ἀντὶ ἀκροπόλεων νοήσῃς, γίνωσκε ὅτι τὸ ἑνικὸν πληθυντικῶς ἐξηνέχθη. —ZlZmGu²

TRANSLATION: They uses to call the acropolis of Troy Pergamum, just as they also (called) that of Thebes Kadmeia. And they also call towering walls ‘pergama’. Thus when you understand (genitive plural) ‘pergamōn’ as used for acropolises, recognize that the singular sense has been expressed with a plural form.

REF. SYMBOL: ZlZm POSITION: marg. Gu².

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔλεγον] οὕτως γὰρ ἐλέγετο Zl | 3 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀκρ. app. Zl | app. νοήσεις Gu² [Zl]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.304,5–8

Or. 1389.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨περγάμων⟩: ἤγουν τῶν ὑψηλῶν τόπων τῆς Τροίας —Zc^rZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν ὑψηλὸν τόπον Zc^r

Or. 1389.29 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: καθότι ὁ μὲν Ζεὺς ὀργισθεὶς τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι δέδωκεν αὐτὸν τῷ Λαομέδοντι κτίζοντι τὴν Τροίαν διὰ τὴν δυστυχίαν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Apollonian’) because when Zeus got angry at Apollo he gave him to Laomedon when he was founding/building Troy, because of (Laomedon’s) misfortune.

REF. SYMBOL: Mn

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὸν] Dindorf, αὐτῷ Mn | κτίζων Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.304, app. at 2

COMMENT: It seems unlikely that the author meant that Zeus was founding Troy, so κτίζων has to be emended to dative, unless the author is using the nominative as indeclinable (CGMEMG II.809 mentions participles in ‑ων being used as genitive and accusative). Laomedon’s misfortune is presumably the loss of his son Ganymede; the usual forms of recompense from Zeus are mentioned in sch. 1392.01 and 1392.04.

Or. 1390.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨Ἐρινῦν⟩: τὴν τιμωρίαν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος —PrSa

LEMMA: ἀπολλωνίων ἐριννύων in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1390.12 (1390–1391) (vet exeg) ὀτοτοῖ ἰαλέμων: ¹ὀτοτοῖ ἐπίφθεγμά ἐστι θρηνητικόν. ²ἰάλεμος θρῆνος. ³Δαρδανία δὲ πόλις πλησίον τῆς Τροίας ἀπὸ Δαρδάνου βασιλεύσαντος ἐκεῖσε, ἔνθα ἱπποστάσιον εἶναί φασι τῶν Γανυμήδους ἵππων, ὃς ἦν συνευνέτης τοῦ Διός. ⁴ἀναφέρει δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ Ὁμηρικά [Hom. Il. 5.266]· ‘δῶχ’ υἷος ποινὴν Γανυμήδεος’. ⁵θρηνεῖ δὲ τὸν Δάρδανον καὶ αὐτὸν ἀπολόμενον ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ. ⁶τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ὦ Δαρδανία, τοῦ εὐνέτου τοῦ Διὸς Γανυμήδους ἱπποφορβέ, δυστυχετάτη ἕνεκεν τῶν ἰαλέμων ὅ ἐστι τῶν θρήνων. || ⁷ὁ δὲ λόγος· †ἰαλέμων ἰαλέμων καὶ† δυστυχεστάτη σὺ, ὦ ἱππικωτάτη Δαρδανία, ἥτις ὑπῆρχες τοῦ Γανυμήδους. ⁸ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱππικὴ Δαρδανία, ἢ ἱπποσύνου Γανυμήδους, τουτέστιν ἱππικοῦ. —M^aB, partial M^bPrSa

TRANSLATION: ‘Ototoi’ is an exclamation of lamentation. ‘Ialemos’ is a song of mourning. Dardania is a city near Troy (named) after Dardanus who ruled there, where they say was the stable of the horses of Ganymede, who was the bedmate of Zeus. He is alluding to the Homeric passage, ‘He (Zeus) gave (horses) as a recompense for his son (Ganymede)’. And he (the Phrygian) is lamenting also for Dardanus who himself also perished in the war. The run of the sense is: ‘O Dardania, you who tend the horses of Ganymede the bedmate of Zeus, most unfortunate because of the ‘ialemoi’, which it to say the songs of lamentation. || And the sense is: (Corruption:) of ialemos-songs of lament, of ialemos-songs of lament, and most unfortunate (are) you, Dardania very devoted to horsemanship, you who belonged to Ganymede. (‘Dardania … hipposuna’ is) used for ‘Dardania devoted to horsemanship’ (with ‘hipposuna’ taken as a feminine nominative adjective), or for ‘hipposunou’ Ganymede, that is to say, ‘devoted to horsemanship’ (with ‘hipposuna’ taken as a Doric masculine genitive).

LEMMA: M^a(ὀττοτοῖ τοῖ), ὀττοτοῖ B REF. SYMBOL: M^aB POSITION: intermarg. M^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.222,4–12; Dind. II.304,9–19

COMMENT: Both interpretations given here consider ἱπποσύνα to be from the adjective ἱππόσυνος (exceedingly rare and late), and LSJ and BDAG both unfortunately countenance the adjectival interpretation; see Willink for the better view (that it is an abstract noun used for concrete), based on sch. 1392.02 (cf. glosses 1392.08 and following).

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 1390.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀτοτοῖ⟩: ἐπίφθεγμα ἐστὶ θρηνητικὸν. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Ototoi’) is an exclamation of lamentation.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1390.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰαλέμων ἰαλέμων⟩: σχετλι⟨α⟩σμοὶ —Y²

TRANSLATION: Indignant complaints.

POSITION: intermarg.

COMMENT: In Y’s cursive, one cannot absolutely rule out the possibility that the scribe intended the final letter to be a sigma. The singular is found elsewhere in similar labels. It is possible that this note really goes with ὀττοτοῖ, but in Y that is the last word of the right column, and σχετλ. is written to the left of the next line of the left column where ἰαλέμων ἰαλέμων occurs.

Or. 1390.17 (vet exeg) ἰαλέμων: τῶν θρήνων, ἀπὸ Ἰαλέμου τοῦ Καλλιόπης καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος —MB

TRANSLATION: (‘Ialemōn’ are) songs of lamentation, (the word being derived) from Ialemos the son of Calliope and Apollo.

POSITION: intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: unverified in M, fol. 69r (too washed out) | τοῦ] Schw., τῆς B [M]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.222,13–14; Dind. II.304,21–22

COMMENT: Cf. Sch. V Rhes. 895a1 Merro, the beginning of which is damaged and uncertain, but after ]λεγον or ]λεμον one can read προωνομάσθαι ἐπὶ τιμῇ Ἰαλέμου τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Καλλιόπης … (Hermann’s παρωνομάσθαι seems necessary).

Or. 1390.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ἰαλέμων⟩: ¹τινὲς τοῦτον τὸν αὐτὸν τῷ Λίνῳ φασὶν ὃν καὶ ἐπὶ θρήνου καὶ ἐπὶ ὕμνου λέγουσι. ²τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ἕνεκα τῶν ἰαλέμων {ἐν τῇ} ἀθλία Δαρδανία. —MB

TRANSLATION: Some say this figure is the same as the Linus whom they speak of in connection with a song of lamentation and in connection with a hymn. And the run of the sense is: ‘Dardania, wretched because of the songs of lamentation’.

POSITION: intermarg. B; cont. from prev., add. δὲ B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φα() B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.222,15–17; Dind. II.304,22–23 (sent. 1 only)

COMMENT: Schwartz’s solution in sent. 2 is not entirely satisfactory, because in paraphrases a scholiast should place the ἕνεκα phrase after ἄθλιος, δυστυχής, and the like. On the other hand, to read ἐν τῇ ἀθλίᾳ Δαραδανίᾳ makes the paraphrase abuse the case of τλάμων/τλᾶμον.

Or. 1390.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἰαλέμων⟩: πεπλήρωσαι θρηνῶν —AbR

TRANSLATION: You (Dardania) have been filled full of songs of mourning.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: θρηνῶν om. R

Or. 1390.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἰαλέμων⟩: θρῆνος βαρβαρικὸς —K

TRANSLATION: (‘Ialemos’ is) a foreign song of mourning.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1390.21 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἰαλέμων⟩: εἶδος θρήνου ὁ ἰάλεμος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc^rOx²

TRANSLATION: Ialemus is a type of song of mourning.

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. GrOx²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.304,23

Or. 1391.01 (thom exeg) ⟨Δαρδανία⟩: ¹τὸ δὲ Δαρδανία ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ Τροία νοητέον, ²ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἱπποσύνα οὕτως· ³ὦ ἱπποσύνη τοῦ Γανυμήδεος Δαρδανία, ἤγουν ὦ ἱππηλασία τοῦ Γανυμήδεος τοῦ Δαρδανίου. ⁴κρεῖττον δέ ἐστι τὸ πρῶτον. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: ‘Dardania’ is either to be understood as used for ‘O Troy’, or as attached to ‘hipposuna’ (‘horsemanship’) as follows: ‘o Dardanian horsemanship of Ganymede’, in other words ‘o horse-driving of Ganymede the Dardanian’. But the first view is better.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1389.15 all

APP. CRIT.: 2 after ἱπποσύνα add. σύναπτε T | 3 δαρδανία … γανυμήδεος om. Gu | δαρδανίου] δαρδανίδου ZZmGu [Zl]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.304,25–305,2

Or. 1391.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Δαρδανία⟩: Δάρδανος δὲ Δαρδανίαν ἔκτισε πόλιν. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: Dardanus founded a city Dardania.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1391.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Δαρδανία⟩: ἀπὸ Δαρδάνου τινὸς —Zm

TRANSLATION: (Named) after a certain Dardanus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1391.07 (recTri metr) ⟨Δαρδανία⟩: long mark on third alpha —OT

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1392.01 (vet exeg) Γανυμήδεος ἱπποσύνα: ¹ἢ τοῦ ἱππικοῦ Γανυμήδους ἢ ὦ ἱππικὴ Δαρδανία. || ²τὴν Δαρδανίαν ἱπποστάσιον εἶναι φησὶ τοῦ Γανυμήδους. ³τὴν αὐτὴν δέ φησι Τροίαν καὶ Δαρδανίαν. ⁴τινὲς δὲ οὐχ ἵππους, ἀλλὰ χρυσῆν ἄμπελόν φασι δεδόσθαι ὑπὲρ Γανυμήδους, καθάπερ ἐν Κύκλῳ [Il. parv. fr. 29 Bernabé, fr. 6 Davies] λέγεται·
      ⁵‘ἄμπελον, ἣν Κρονίδης ἔπορεν οὗ παιδὸς ἄποινα /
      ⁶χρυσείην φύλλοισιν †ἀγανοῖσι κομόωσαν /
      ⁷βότρυσί θ’ οὓς Ἥφαιστος ἐπασκήσας πατρὶ δῶκεν· /
      ⁸αὐτὰρ ὁ Λαομέδοντι πόρεν Γανυμήδεος ἀντί’.
—MBC

TRANSLATION: (The sense is) either ‘of Ganymede skilled with horses’ or ‘o Dardania devoted to horsemanship’. || He says that Dardania is the horse-stable of Ganymede. And he speaks of Troy and Dardania as the same. But some say that not horses, but a golden vine was given in exchange for Ganymede, as is said in the (epic) cycle: ‘grapevine, which the son of Cronus gave as recompense for his son, golden, filled as with hair with †gentle† leaves and grape-clusters that Hephaestus crafted and gave to his father (Zeus), and he gave them to Laomedon in return for Ganymede’.

LEMMA: MC (M inferred from spacing, washed out) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from sch. 1390.12 B

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 ἢ τοῦ ἱππ. … τοῦ γανυμήδους om. B | 2 δαρδανίαν] Schw. (in text), δαρδανίδ() MC, ἐν τῇ Δαραδανίᾳ conj. Schw. (in app.) | ἀποστάσιον M | φησὶ] φασι Schw. without note (M partly effaced, but η can be confirmed) | 4 φασι] φησὶ MC | καὶ καθάπερ M | λέγεται] Schw., λέγει MC, λέ() B | 6 χρυσείοις Sch. V Tro. 822 | ἀγανοῖς M, ἀγαυοῖσιν Jortin (acc. to Bernabé), ἀγαννοῖσιν Barnes, ἀγαυροῖσιν Osann 1824: 3, (φύλλοισι) παναγυρέοις Hermann, Opusc. 5.185 | κυμοῶσαν C | 7 θ’ οὓς] Sch. V Tro. 822, τοὺς MBC | 7–8 πατρὶ δῶκεν / αὐτὰρ ὁ Λ.] MBC(ἀτὰρ MC), διὶ πατρὶ / δῶχ’. ὁ δέ Λ. Sch. V Tro. 822

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.222,18–223,3; (partial) Dind. II.304,19–20 and II.305,6–11

COMMENT: In V Sch. Tro. 822 reads as follows: τὸν Γανυμήδην καθ’ Ὅμηρον [Il. 5.265, 20.231] Τρωὸς ὄντα παῖδα Λαομέδοντος νῦν εἶπεν ἀκολουθήσας τῷ τὴν μικρὰν Ἰλιάδα πεπονηκότι (πεποιηκ‑ L. Dindorf, Kampmann, Dind. as if in V), ὃν οἱ μὲν Θεστορίδην Φωκέα (Φωκαιέα Schw.) φασὶν, οἱ δὲ Κιναιθῶνα (Κιναίθωνα Dind.) Λακεδαιμόνιον ὡς Μελάνικος (Ἑλλάνικος Hermann, Opusc. 5.185 = Hellanicus fr. dub. 6 Montanari), οἱ δὲ Διόδωρον Ἐρυθραῖον. φασὶ (φησὶ Hermann) δὲ οὕτως· ‘ἄμπελον ἣν Κρονίδης ἔπορεν οὗ παιδὸς ἄποινα / χρυσείοις φύλλοισιν †ἀγανοῖσι† κομόωσαν / βότρυσί θ’ οὓς Ἥφαιστος ἐπασκήσας Διὶ πατρὶ / δῶχ’, ὁ δὲ Λαομέδοντι πόρε (πόρεν Hermann) Γανυμήδεος ἄντι (ἀντί Hermann)’. καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης (Ἀντιφάνης Hermann = frg. 73 Kock = 74 K–A) Λαομέδοντος παῖδα τὸν Γανυμήδην φησί· ‘διὰ τὰς τῶν οἰκείων (οἰκιῶν L. Dindorf) ⟨ … lacuna marked in ms …⟩ ὁρᾷς; ἐν τῇδε μενόντων (μὲν ὁ τῶν Meineke and Hermann) Φρυγῶν τύραννος ὤκων (οἰκῶν Meineke and Hermann) τυγχάνει / γέρων, ἀπ’ ὀργῆς (ἀρχῆς Seidler) Λαομέδων καλούμενος’.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Ilias Parva

Or. 1392.02 (mosch exeg) Γανυμήδεος ἱπποσύνα: ἱππασία τοῦ Γανυμήδους, τοῦ εὐνέτου τοῦ Διὸς, ἤγουν ἐφ’ ᾗ ἱππάζεται ὁ Γανυμήδης ὁ εὐνέτης τοῦ Διός. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrOx², partial Zc

TRANSLATION: Horse-driving of Ganymede, the bedmate of Zeus, that is, (the place) upon which Ganymede the bedmate of Zeus exercises horses.

LEMMA: Gr(γαννυ-) POSITION: marg. GrOx², s.l. XaXbXoYYfZc

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ εὐνέτου κτλ om. Zc | ἐφ’ οἷς XaY | ἱππάζετο T

APP. CRIT. 2: (both) γαννυ- XaTYYfOx², (first) γαννυ- a.c. Gr, (second) ‑μίδης Ox² | εὐνοτάτου Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.305,3–5

Or. 1392.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Γανυμήδεος ἱπποσύνα⟩: τῆς ἱππηλασίας Γαννυμήδεος μέμνηται οἷα Τρώς. τοῦτον δὲ τὸν Γαννυμήδην ἱππηλατοῦντα εἰς Τροίαν Ζεὺς ἐρασθεὶς ἀνήρπασεν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: As a Trojan, he (the Phrygian) recalls the horse-driving of Ganymede. And this Ganymede, while he was driving horses at Troy, Zeus fell in love with and snatched up.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 1392.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Γανυμήδεος⟩: ¹ὁ Τρὼς εἶχε δύο υἱοὺς τὸν Γανυμήδην καὶ τὸν Λαομέδοντα. ²ὁ Γανυμήδης ἄνθρωπος ὢν, ἠράσθη αὐτοῦ ὁ Ζεὺς καὶ ἥρπασεν αὐτὸν, ³καὶ ἀντὶ τῆς ἁρπαγῆς αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ καλοὺς καὶ ταχυτάτους ἵππους. —Mn, partial R^aY²

TRANSLATION: Tros had two sons, Ganymede and Laomedon. Though Ganymede was a human being, Zeus fell in love with him and seized him, and in recompense for seizing him he gave in Troy fine and very swift horses.

LEMMA: label ἱστ(ο)ρ(ία) Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 γαννυ- Mn | 2 γαννυ- Mn | ἤρπασεν R^a | 3 ἀρπ‑ Mn | τροῖα R^a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.305,12–15

Or. 1392.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Γαννυμήδεος⟩: ὁ Γαννυμήδης ἀδελφὸς τοῦ Λαομέδοντος. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: Ganymede was the brother of Laomedon.

LEMMA: thus in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1392.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Γαννυμήδεος⟩: ὁ Λαομέδων πατὴρ Γαννυμήδους. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Laomedon was the father of Ganymede.

LEMMA: thus in text Y POSITION: marg.

Or. 1392.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὐνέτα⟩: γράφεται εὐνάτα. —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘euneta’) the reading ‘eunata’ is found (with the same meaning, ‘bedmate’).

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: The second syllable of εὐνάτα is poorly written, but the final alpha is secure.

Or. 1392.32 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 75

Or. 1393.01 (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβοι β´, εἶτα παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: As a separate unit, two iambic trimeters, then a paragraphos.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 75

Or. 1393.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨αὔθ’ ἕκαστα⟩: τὸ κατὰ μέρος, τὸ καθ’ ἕκαστον —MC

TRANSLATION: (‘Themselves each one’ means) ‘the detailed (account), the individual detail’.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT. 2: καθέκαστον MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,5; Dind. II.305,18

COMMENT: See sch.1400.11 for B’s placement of the same paraphrase.

Or. 1393.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨αὔθ’ ἕκαστα⟩: ἐκεῖνα αὐτὰ κατὰ μέρος καὶ πάντα —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Themselves each one’ means) ‘those things themselves in detail and all (of them)’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1393.08 (thom paraphr) ⟨αὔθ᾽ ἕκαστα⟩: αὐτὰ ἕκαστα τὰ συμβάντα —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. ZbZmT | Gu reuses αὐτὰ ἕκαστα of Gr (sch. 1393.12)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.305,19

Or. 1393.16 (rec gram) ⟨αὔθ᾽ ἕκαστα⟩: αὐθέκαστος λέγεται ὁ αὐτάρεσκος. —Rw

TRANSLATION: The self-satisfied/self-willed man is said to be ‘authekastos’.

COMMENT: For the assocation of these words, cf. Hesych. α 8252, where ms S adds αὐτάρεσκος to other glossses on ἀυθέκαστος; Constantinus Manasses, Brev. Chron. 3815–3818 καὶ πλέον ὡς αὐθέκαστος ἐξ αὐταρέσκου γνώμης· / ἦν γὰρ καὶ δοκησίσοφος καὶ πλήρης ἀπονοίας, / κἀν ταῖς βουλαῖς οὐ κοινωνόν, οὐ συνεργάτην εἶχε, / πᾶσαν πλουτεῖν οἰόμενος τὴν ἐν ἀνθρώποις γνῶσιν.

Or. 1393.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἕκαστ’ἂν⟩: γρ. (ἕκασ)τ’ ἐν. —R²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hekast’ an’, ‘each thing’ with modal particle) the reading is ‘hekast’ en’ (‘each thing in’) is found.

LEMMA: ἕκαστ’ἂν δόμοις in text R POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τεν R²

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1394.01 (vet exeg) οὗτος ὁ στίχος ἐν πολλοῖς τῶν ἀντιγράφων οὐ γράφεται —MCPrSa

TRANSLATION: This line is not written in many of the copies.

REF. SYMBOL: MSa (see comment) POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. Sa, s.l. CPr; see Comment

APP. CRIT.: τινὲς λέγουσιν ὅτι prep. PrSa | after στίχος add. οὐ φέρεται Sa (om. οὐ γράφεται later) | ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς Sa | τῶν ἀντιγράφων] ἀντιγράφων M, ἀντιγράφοις Dind., Schw. | γράφεται] φέρεται Wecklein (in app. crit. of Prinz-Wecklein)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,6; Dind. II.305,20–21

COMMENT: Kirchhoff 1855 attributed this scholion to 1394 [his 1386] and printed the line in smaller type (indicating spuriousness), and Schwartz followed his lead. The evidence of the manuscripts is a little confused. In M the reference symbol at the text must be the one below the τὰ in 1394, that is, above αἴλινον in 1395, even though it differs slightly in appearance from the symbol accompanying the note. M starts the first word of the scholion to the right of 1394. In CPr the note is written above 1395. In Sa the reference symbol is at 1396 βάρβαροι. Before Kirchhoff, Dindorf had edited from M alone and assigned the note to 1395, using as lemma αἴλινον αἴλινον. The line’s absence in some copies has since been confirmed by P.Oxy. 53.3717.

KEYWORDS: οὐ φέρεται(-ονται)/οὐχ εὑρίσκεται(-ονται)/οὐ γράφεται

Or. 1394.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὰ γὰρ πρὶν⟩: ἃ γὰρ εἶπας —AbMnR

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γὰρ om. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: εἷπας MnR, εἴπας Ab

Or. 1394.05 (mosch exeg) οὐκ εὔγνωστα: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ εὐγνώστως —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (Adjective ‘ouk eugnōsta’ is used) in place of (adverb) ‘ouk eugnōstōs’ (‘not in a way easy to understand’).

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G

Or. 1394.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ εὔγνωστα⟩: οὐκ ὄντα φανερὰ —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐκόντα Mn

Or. 1394.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ εὔγνωστα⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ εὐγνώστως καὶ καθαρῶς —Zu^rec

REF. SYMBOL: Zu^rec POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: εὐγνόστως Zu^rec

Or. 1394.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εὔγνωστα⟩: καλῶς(?) εἰς γνῶσιν ὑποκείμενα —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The first letters are written in ambiguous cursive; they may instead be κακ, in which case the lemma should be οὐκ εὔγνωστα.

Or. 1394.16 (rec paraphr) ⟨συμβαλοῦσ’ ἔχω⟩: οὐκ ἔχω συμβαλοῦσα —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1394.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨συμβαλοῦσ᾽⟩: τὸν νοῦν ἐν ἐκείνοις νοήσασα —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1394.22 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 75

Or. 1395.01 (1395–1424) (tri metr) αἴλινον αἴλινον: ⁰καὶ ἡ παροῦσα στροφὴ μονόστροφός ἐστι, κώλων δὲ λβʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ δακτυλικῆς καὶ ἀναπαιστικῆς βάσεως. ²τὸ δεύτερον τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ³τὸ γʹ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερὲς τοῦ αʹ ποδὸς χορείου. ⁴τὸ δʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἔχον συνίζησιν κατὰ τὸν αʹ πόδα. ⁵τὸ εʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον τοῦ αʹ ποδὸς χορείου, τοῦ δὲ δʹ ἀναπαίστου. ⁶τὸ ςʹ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. ⁷τὸ ζʹ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. ⁸τὸ ηʹ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος ἀκατάληκτος ἔχων κατὰ τὸν εʹ πόδα συνίζησιν. ⁹τὸ θʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς. ¹⁰τὸ ιʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον, τοῦ δʹ ποδὸς χορείου ἢ ἀναπαίστου διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. ¹¹τὸ ιαʹ ὅμοιον καθαρὸν. ¹²τὸ ιβʹ ὅμοιον. ¹³τὸ ιγʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐξ ἀναπαιστικῆς βάσεως ἢ δακτυλικῆς· δύο γάρ εἰσι σπονδεῖοι· καὶ ἰαμβικοῦ πενθημιμεροῦς. ¹⁴τὸ ιδʹ ἰαμβικὴ βάσις ἤτοι μονόμετρον. ¹⁵τὸ ιεʹ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. ¹⁶τὸ ιςʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. ¹⁷τὸ ιζʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ¹⁸τὸ ιηʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον καταληκτικόν, ἤτοι ἑφθημιμερές. ¹⁹τὸ ιθʹ ὅμοιον τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν τοῦ δʹ ποδὸς χορείου· ἴαμβος γάρ ἐστι τρίμετρος ἐλλιπὴς μιᾷ συλλαβῇ. ²⁰τὸ κʹ ὅμοιον τῷ ιςʹ. ²¹τὸ καʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ γʹ χορείων καὶ ἰάμβου. ²²τὸ κβʹ ὅμοιον ἐκ βʹ χορείων καὶ ἀναπαίστου καὶ ἰάμβου ἢ πυρριχίου διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. ²³τὸ κγʹ ὅμοιον ἐκ δʹ χορείων. ²⁴τὸ κδʹ δακτυλικὸν δίμετρον· εἰ δὲ βούλει, χοριαμβικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐκ χοριάμβου καὶ δύο συλλαβῶν ἀδιαφόρων. ²⁵τὸ κεʹ ὅμοιον τῷ ιηʹ. ²⁶τὸ κςʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον καθαρόν. ^27–32τὸ κζʹ, τὸ κηʹ, τὸ κθʹ, τὸ λʹ, τὸ λαʹ, καὶ τὸ λβʹ ὅμοια εἰσὶ κατὰ πάντα, καὶ εἰσὶν ἰωνικὰ ἡμιόλια ἐκ τροχαϊκῆς συζυγίας, ἤτοι ἐπιτρίτου δευτέρου, ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος, καὶ ἰάμβου. πλὴν τὸ μὲν κζʹ κῶλον ἀντὶ ἰάμβου ἔχει πυρρίχιον διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον, τὸ δὲ λαʹ χορεῖον. ³³ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος, καὶ ἐν εἰσθέσει στίχος ἴαμβος τρίμετρος. —T

¹1395 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
αἴλινον αἴλινον ἀρχὰν θανάτου
²1396 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
βάρβαροι λέγουσιν, αἶ αἶ
³1397 ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒
Ἀσιάδι φωνᾷ,
⁴1398 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
βασιλέ͜ων ὅταν αἷμα χυθῇ κατὰ γᾶν
⁵1399 ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
ξίφεσι σιδαρέοις Ἀΐδα.
⁶1400 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒
ἦλθον εἰς δόμους ἵν’ αὐθέκαστά σοι λέγω,
⁷1401 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ‒
λέοντες Ἕλλανες δύο διδύμω
⁸1402 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ×
τῷ μὲν στρατηλάτας πατὴρ ἐκλη͜ίζετο
⁹1403 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒
ὁ δὲ παῖς Στροφίου, κακομήτας
¹⁰1404 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ×
οἷος Ὀδυσσεύς, σιγᾷ δόλιος,
¹¹1405 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒
πιστὸς δὲ φίλοις, θρασὺς εἰς ἀλκάν,
¹²1406 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
ξυνετὸς πολέμου, φόνιός τε δράκων·
¹³1407a ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
ἔρροι τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας
¹⁴1407b ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
κακοῦργος ὤν.
¹⁵1408 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑
οἱ δὲ πρὸς θρόνους ἔσω μολόντες
¹⁵1409 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒
ἇς ἔγημ’ ὁ τοξότας Πάρις
¹⁷1410 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
γυναικός, ὄμμα δακρύοις
¹⁸1411 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ‒
πεφυρμένοι, ταπεινοί
¹⁹1412 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑
ἕζονθ’, ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν,
²⁰1413 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒
ἄλλος ἄλλοθεν πεφραγμένοι,
²¹1414 ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒
περὶ δὲ γόνυ χέρας ἱκεσίους
²²1415 ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ×
ἔβαλον ἔβαλον Ἑλένας ἅμα.
²³1416 ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑
ἀνὰ δὲ δρομάδες ἔθορον ἔθορον
²⁴1417 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ / ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, × ×
ἀμφίπολοι Φρύγες·
²⁵1418 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ‒
προσεῖπε δ’ ἄλλος ἄλλον
²⁶1419 ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒
πεσὼν εἰς φόβον,
²⁷1420 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ×
μή τις εἴη δόλος·
²⁸1421 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ‒
κἀδόκει τοῖς μὲν οὔ,
²⁹1422 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ‒
τοῖς δ’ ἐς ἀρκυστάταν
³⁰1423 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ‒
μηχανὰν ἐμπλέκειν
³¹1424a ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑
παῖδα τὴν Τυνδαρίδ’ ὁ
³²1424b ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ‒
μητροφόντας δράκων.

TRANSLATION: The present strophe too is monostrophic (without responsion), and (it consists) of thirty-two cola. The first is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter; or if you prefer, a compound formed from a dactylic (basis) and anapaestic basis. The second is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter. The third is an iambic penthemimeres with the first foot a choreius. The fourth is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter having a synizesis in the first foot. The fifth is an acatalectic iambic dimeter with the first foot a choreius and the fourth foot an anapaest. The sixth is a hypercatalectic trochaic trimeter. The seventh is a brachycatalectic iambic trimeter. The eighth is an acatalectic iambic trimeter having a synezesis in the fifth foot. The ninth is an anapaestic hephthemimeres. The tenth is a similar (anapaestic) acatalectic dimeter, with the fourth foot a choreius or an anapaest because of the indifferent last syllable. The eleventh is similar (an anapaestic dimeter) in its pure form. The twelfth is similar (an anapaestic dimeter). The thirteenth is a compound formed of an anapaestic basis or a dactylic (basis)—for there are two spondees—and an iambic penthemimeres. The fourteenth is an iambic basis or monometer. The fifteeenth is is a brachycatalectic trochaic trimeter. The sixteenth is a similar (trochaic) hypercatalectic dimeter. The seventeenth is an acatalectic iambic dimeter. The eighteenth is a similar (iambic) catalectic dimeter, or hephthemimeres. The nineteenth is a similar (iambic) catalectic trimeter with the fourth foot a choreius, for it is an iambic trimeter short by one syllable. The twentieth is similar to the sixteenth. The twenty-first is an acatalectic iambic dimeter formed from three chorei and an iamb. The twenty-second is a similar (iambic dimeter) formed from two chorei, an anapaest, and an iamb or pyrrichius because of the indifferent last syllable. The twenty-third is similar (iambic dimeter) formed from four chorei. The twenty-fourth is a dactylic dimeter; or if you prefer, a one-and-a-half measure choriambic formed from a choriamb and two indifferent syllables. The twenty-fifth is similar to the eighteenth. The twenty-sixth is a pure hypercatalectic antispastic monometer. The twenty-seventh, twenty-eighth, twenty-ninth, thirtieth, thirty-first, and thirty-second are completely alike, and they are one-an-a-half measure ionics formed from a trochaic syzygy, or second epitrite, in place of an ionic a minore, and an iamb—except that the twenty-seventh colon has in place of an iamb a pyrrichius because of the indifferent final syllable, and the thirty-first has a choreius (in that position). At the end a paragraphos, and as an insertion (within the lyric) an iambic trimeter line.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T POSITION: starts 92r, cont. over next two pages, with ref. symbols linking the parts

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.22,8–23,5; de Fav. 75–76

COMMENT: It is unclear why Triclinius analyzed colon 27 as having a pyrrichius rather than an iambus, which he accepted in analyzing the similar sequence in colon 26.

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 1395.02 (1395–1424) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων λβ´ —T

TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of thirty-two cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 76

Or. 1395.03 (1395–1399) (thom exeg) ⟨αἴλινον αἴλινον … σιδαρέοισιν ᾍδα⟩: ¹τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ θανάτου, ὅταν χυθῇ κατὰ τὴν γῆν τοῦ Ἅιδου ἐν ξίφεσι σιδαρέοισιν αἷμα βασιλέων, λέγουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι αἴλινον αἴλινον ἐν Ἀσιάδι φωνῇ. ²τὸ δὲ Ἅιδου ἢ πρὸς τὸ γῆν σύναπτε, ὡς ἔφαμεν, ἢ πρὸς τὸ ξίφεσι· ³τὰ γὰρ θάνατον ἐργαζόμενα ξίφη Ἅιδου ξίφη φαμέν. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The beginning of death, when the blood of kings is poured upon the ground of Hades with iron swords, the foreigners call ‘ailinon ailinon’ in their Asiatic tongue. And attach ‘of Hades’ either to ‘ground’, as we said, or to ‘swords’, for we say that swords bringing about death are swords of Hades.

REF. SYMBOL: at ἀρχὰν ZZaZm POSITION: follows sch. 1381.04 Z; cont. from sch. 1395.12 T

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ δὲ πᾶν οὕτω· prep. T | ἀρχὴν ZZa | second τοῦ om. Za | σιδηρέοις TGu | 3 ἐργαζόμενον Za

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ξίφεσιν Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,4–6 and 13–14

COMMENT: The alternative construal of ‘of Hades’ is taken from the old scholion 1399.01.

Or. 1395.04 (1395–1398) (vet exeg) αἴλινον ἀρχὰν: ¹ὁ λόγος· εἰώθασιν οἱ βάρβαροι τὸν αἴλινον ἐν ἀρχῇ θρήνου λέγειν οἰκείως τῇ ἑαυτῶν βαρβάρῳ φωνῇ, ὅτε τις βασιλέων ἀνῃρημένος τύχῃ. ²κἀγὼ οὖν ἀπολομένην τὴν Ἑλένην στενάζω. —MBCRf, partial PrSa

TRANSLATION: The sense (runs): The foreigners are accustomed to say ‘ailinon ailinon’ at the beginning of a song of mourning, in a way native to their own foreign tongue, when any of their kings has been killed. I too, therefore, lament for Helen destroyed.

LEMMA: B, βάρβαροι λέγουσιν αἲ αἲ Rf REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: cont. from sch. 1397.03 MC, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὅτέ τις RfSa | τίς C |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223.9–11; Dind. II.305,21–306,1

COMMENT: This scholion was the basis for Hartung’s emending θανάτου to θρήνου. Other notes deal with (or avoid dealing with) the ἀρχὰν θανάτου of the manuscripts.

Or. 1395.06 (1395–1397) (rec exeg) ⟨αἴλινον αἴλινον … φωνᾷ⟩: ὅπερ οἱ Ἕλληνες λέγουσι αἴλινον αἴλινον, ἡμεῖς οἱ βαρβαροι λέγομεν αἲ αἲ. —R^a

TRANSLATION: That which the Greeks express as ‘ailinon ailinon’ we foreigners express as ‘ai ai’.

Or. 1395.07 (1395–1397) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹τὸν Λίνον κοινῶς ἐτίθεσαν ἐπὶ τοῦ ὕμνου καὶ τοῦ θρήνου, ²νῦν μέντοι ἐκπηδήσας ὁ Φρύξ, ὅταν λέγῃ ‘αἴλινον ἀρχὰν θανάτου βάρβαροι λέγουσιν’, ἐπὶ συμφορᾶς αὐτὸν καὶ θρήνου τάττει. —MBC

TRANSLATION: They used to apply the (term) Linus(-song) in common to the hymn and to the song of mourning; now, however, having leapt outdoors, the Phrygian, when he says ‘the foreigners say “ailonon” as the beginning of a death’, applies it to misfortune and mourning-song.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λῖνον BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,12–14; Dind. II.306,1–2

Or. 1395.08 (1395–1396) (thom exeg) ⟨αἴλινον αἴλινον … λέφουσιν⟩: ἐπειδὴ περὶ τοῦ τῆς Ἑλένης θανάτου μέλλει εἰπεῖν, τοῦτό φησι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Since he is about to speak of the death of Helen, he says this (‘ailinon ailinon’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. Zb | τούτου φησί ZZaZm(φησίν)Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,7–8

Or. 1395.12 (1395–1398) (thom exeg) ⟨ἀρχὰν … κατὰ γᾶν⟩: τὸ ‘ἀρχὰν θανάτου’ καὶ τὸ ‘ὅταν αἷμα βασιλέων χυθῇ κατὰ γᾶν’ ταυτόν ἐστι. —ZZaZmTGu²

TRANSLATION: The phrases ‘beginning of death’ and ‘when the blood of kings is poured upon the ground’ have the same meaning.

POSITION: intermarg. Zm, marg. Gu²; cont. from sch. 1395.03 Za, add. δὲ; prep. to sch. 1395.03 T

APP. CRIT.: ἀρχὴν ZZa | χυθῇ βασιλέων transp. ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστιν ZZa, ἐστίν Gu²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,3–4

KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα

Or. 1395.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀρχάν θανάτου⟩: εἰς τὴν δήλωσιν —AbMn

TRANSLATION: (‘Beginning of death’, that is,) ‘for the revealing (of a death)’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1395.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀρχάν⟩: καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἔναρξιν —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1396.01 (rec exeg) ⟨βάρβαροι λέγουσιν⟩: ἡμεῖς λέγομεν ὅπερ οἱ Ἕλληνες —R

TRANSLATION: We foreigners say (‘ai ai’) for that which the Greeks (express as ‘ailinon ailinon’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1395.06, 1396.05.

Or. 1396.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨αἶ αἶ⟩: διὰ μέσου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: (The exclamation ‘ai ai’ is) parenthetic.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: διαμέσου XbTGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,9

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 1396.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἶ αἶ⟩: ἐπίφθεγμα βαρβαρικὸν θρήνου τὸ αἶ αἶ. —Zl

TRANSLATION: ‘Ai ai’ is a foreign exclamation of mourning.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1397.01 (tri exeg) ⟨Ἀσιάδι φωνᾷ⟩: ἤγουν βαρβάρων φωνῇ ἐν Ἀσίᾳ οἰκούντων —T

TRANSLATION: (‘Asiatic tongue’,) that is, in the tongue of foreigners dwelling in Asia.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1397.03 (vet exeg) ⟨Ἀσιάδι⟩: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ βαρβάρῳ· ²ἡ γὰρ Ἀσία τῶν βαρβάρων χώρα, ἡ δὲ Εὐρώπη τῶν Ἑλλήνων. —MBCPrSaGu²

TRANSLATION: (‘Asiadi’, ‘Asiatic’, is ) used for ‘barbarōi’ (‘foreign’). For Asia is the land of the foreigners, while Europe is that of the Greeks.

LEMMA: 1396 βάρβαροι λέγουσιν MC (Ἀσιάδι φωνῆ Arsen.) REF. SYMBOL: at 1396 M POSITION: intermarg. B (beginning beside 1396, s.l. at 1397 PrSaGu²

APP. CRIT.: M faint (third line from bottom, fol. 69r), but confirmed by autopsy | 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ βαρβ. om. PrSaGu² | τοῦ om. C (ἀντιβαρβ.) | βαρβάρῳ] Arsen., βαρβάρως MBC | 2 γὰρ om. Gu² | τῶν βαρβ. χώρα] Pr(χώρ())Sa (conj. King), τῶν βαρβ. χώρας M, τῆς βαρβ. χώρας BCGu² (Arsen.)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,7–8; Dind. II.306,10–11

COMMENT: Nominative adjectives that have predicative force are routinely explained as equivalent to adverbs (e.g. sch. 254.06 ταχὺς: ταχέως), but that analysis is inapposite with βάρβαροι λέγουσιν, as Arsenius saw. Thus he changed the lemma and emended to βαρβάρῳ. In this instance Arsenius’s reading is not anticipated in MuPh (Me lacks this scholion): Ph has the lemma βάρβαροι λέγουσιν, and Mu adds this note above 1396.

Or. 1397.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσιάδι⟩: ἐν ἀνατολικῇ· ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ἀσίᾳ ἡ Τροία. —Zm

TRANSLATION: In an eastern (tongue), for Troy is in Asia.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀνατολικῇ] cf. next, αἰολικῆ Zm

Or. 1397.11 (tri metr) ⟨(βασιλ)έων⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 76

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 1398.01 (1398–1399) (pllgnTri paraphr) ⟨ὅταν αἷμα … ξίφεσι⟩: ἤγουν ὅταν βασιλεὺς διὰ ξίφους ἀναιρεθῇ —GT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀναιρεθῆ βασιλεὺς (om. διὰ ξίφ.) transp. G

APP. CRIT. 2: ὅτ’ἂν G

Or. 1398.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅταν αἷμα χυθῇ κατὰ γᾶν⟩: ἤγουν ὅταν οἱ βασιλεῖς φονευθῶσι —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1399.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ξίφεσι … Ἅιδα⟩: ξίφη Ἅιδου φησὶ τὰ θάνατον ἐργαζόμενα. —MBCGu, partial Y²

TRANSLATION: By ‘swords of Hades’ he means those bringing about death.

LEMMA: in text ἀΐδα MBC, κατ’ ἀΐδου GrY REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. MBC, s.l. GuY²

APP. CRIT.: ξίφη … φησὶ] ἤγουν Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,15; Dind. II.306, app. at 14

Or. 1399.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ξίφεσι … Ἅιδα⟩: ξίφη Ἅιδου τὰ μόρον ἐργαζόμενα. —H

TRANSLATION: By ‘swords of Hades’ (he means) those bringing about doom.

LEMMA: ἀΐδα in text H POSITION: marg.

Or. 1399.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ξίφεσι σιδαρέοισιν⟩: ἀδολεσχία τὸ σιδαρέοις ξίφεσι. —Lb

TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘swords of iron’ (is an example of) excess verbiage.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,15

COMMENT: The meaning is presumably that the epithet is unnecessary rather than that the whole phrase is dispensable.

KEYWORDS: ἀδολεσχία

Or. 1399.09 (1399–1400) (rec paraphr) ⟨Ἀΐδα … εἰς δόμους⟩: εἰς τὰ οἰκήματα τοῦ ᾍδου —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: In its text Ab punctuates after ἀΐδα, but this paraphrase reflects a different segmentation of the phrase.

Or. 1399.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀΐδου⟩: Ἀΐδα —Y²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘Aïdou’ there is a variant reading) ‘Aïdā’ (both ‘of Hades’).

LEMMA: κατ’ ἀΐδου in text Y POSITION: marg.

Or. 1400.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἦλθον εἰς δόμους⟩: ἐντεῦθεν ἄρχεται διηγεῖσθαι. —Lb

TRANSLATION: From this point he begins to narrate the account.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,16

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1457.01.

Or. 1400.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἦλθον⟩: ἤλθοσαν —AaMnPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Ēlthon’ is third plural, not first singular,) ‘they came’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1400.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἦλθον⟩: τρίτου —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (The verb is) third person (not first).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1400.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς⟩: ἐς —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘eis’, ‘into’, there is a variant reading, the alternative spelling) ‘es’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1400.11 (vet paraphr) ⟨αὔθ’ ἕκαστα⟩: τὸ κατὰ μέρος, τὸ καθ’ ἕκαστον —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Themselves each one’ means) ‘the detailed (account), the individual detail’.

POSITION: intermarg. beside 1400, after sch. 1399.01

APP. CRIT. 2: καταμέρος B | καθἕκαστον B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Schw. I.223,5; Dind. II.305,18 (sch. 1393.06)

COMMENT: See sch.1393.06 for the placement of the same paraphrase in MC.

Or. 1400.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὔθ’ ἕκαστα⟩: αὐθέκαστα αὐτὰ ἕκαστα, ἁπλᾶ καὶ κατὰ μέρος σοι —Y²

TRANSLATION: ‘Authekasta’ (is) ‘auta hekasta’ (‘the individual things themselves’), ‘simple and in detail for you’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1401.01 (1401–1406) (pllgn rhet) ἡ ἀσάφεια γίνεται ἢ διὰ τὴν λέξιν, ὡς τὰ τοῦ Ὁμήρου, ἢ διὰ τὴν σύνταξιν, ἢ διὰ τὸν νοῦ[ν]. —Pr²

TRANSLATION: Lack of clarity (in writing) comes about either because of the vocabulary, as the examples in Homer, or because of the syntax, or because of the thought/sense.

POSITION: marg. beside 1401–1406 (fol. 29v)

COMMENT: For these three sources of ἀσάφεια, compare Comm. in Dion. Thracis Artem Gramm., Gram.Gr. I.3:114, 5–7 τριῶν γὰρ ὄντων περὶ ἃ ἡ ἀσάφεια θεωρεῖται, λέξεως, συντάξεως, διανοίας, προῆλθεν ἡ περὶ τὰς λέξεις θεωρία εὐλόγως, ἐπειδὴ ἡ λέξις ἁπλῆ ἐστιν κτλ. If the comment is inspired by a lack of clarity in the text and is not just an unrelated space-filler, it would seem better suited to 1395–1400, which are the last on the previous page (where there is little space available), or perhaps to 1407 τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας. The same hand uses the blank space lower in the inner margin of 29v to write sch. 1417.09, which also may or may not be intended to relate to Orestes.

Or. 1401.02 (1401–1403) (vet exeg) ⟨λέοντες Ἕλλανες δύο διδύμω … κακομήτας ἀνήρ⟩: ¹τουτέστιν Ὀρέστης καὶ Πυλάδης· τοῦ μὲν πατὴρ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀγαμέμνων ἐπωνομάζετο, ὁ δὲ Στροφίου ἦν παῖς. ²⟨κακομήτας δὲ ὁ⟩ κακόβουλος {δὲ}, ὁ κακὰ κατὰ τῆς Ἑλένης βουλευσάμενος, οὐχ ὁ κακῶς βουλευόμενος. —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Two, twins’,) that is, Orestes and Pylades: king Agamemnon was named as the father of the one, the other was son of Strophius. And ‘kakomētas’ means ‘kakoboulos’, (in the sense) ‘the one who planned evils against Helen’, not ‘the one deliberating badly’.

LEMMA: δύω διδύμω B (as in text) REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: 2 supp. and del. Mastr., κακόβουλος emended to κακομήτας Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τοῦτέστιν B | 2 οὐχ’ B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,16–19; Dind. II.306,21–24

Or. 1401.03 (vet exeg) ⟨λέοντες Ἕλλανες δύο διδύμω⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ Πυλάδην ⟨λέγει⟩. —MC

TRANSLATION: (By ‘twin Greek lions’) he means Orestes and Pylades.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. C | suppl. Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,20

Or. 1401.04 (rec exeg) ⟨λέοντες Ἕλλανες δύο διδύμω⟩: Ὀρέστης καὶ Πυλάδης —PrY²Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Twin Greek lions’, that is,) Orestes and Pylades.

LEMMA: δύω in text PrY POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1401.05 (thom exeg) ⟨λέοντες⟩: λέοντας αὐτοὺς λέγει διὰ τὸ πρὸς ἀγριότητα τραπῆναι. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: He calls them lions because they have turned toward savagery.

POSITION: intermarg. Zm, s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: after λέοντας add. δὲ Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,17–18

Or. 1401.09 (rec metr) ⟨Ἕλλανες⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1401.10 (mosch exeg) ⟨δύω διδύμω⟩: ¹ταυτὸ δύναται τὸ δύω καὶ τὸ διδύμω. ²λέγει δὲ ταῦτα ἐφεξῆς ἀγωνιῶν, ὡς καὶ τὸ [1395] ‘αἴλινον αἴλινον’ καὶ τὰ ἕτερα. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘Two’ and ‘twins’ have the same meaning. And he says these words in close succession because he is distraught, just as (he says) ‘ailinon ailinon’ and the other (repeated words).

LEMMA: δύο in text X POSITION: s.l. except XTYf

APP. CRIT.: 1 τῷ … τῷ G | 2 λέγεται Xa | τὰ ἕτερα] τ’ἄλλα G

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ταυτὸν G | δύο XYf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,18–20

KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα

Or. 1401.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δύο διδύμω⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου —Zm

TRANSLATION: (The two adjectives ‘two’ and ‘twin’) are in parallel (expressing the same thing).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 1401.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δύο⟩: δύω —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘duo’, ‘two’, there is a variant reading, the alternative spelling) ‘duō’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1402.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨τῷ μὲν ὁ στρατηλάτης πατὴρ⟩: τοῦ μὲν πατὴρ ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων. —MC, perhaps H

TRANSLATION: Agamemnon is father of the one.

REF. SYMBOL: MH POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,21

COMMENT: H has a reference symbol above τῶ, but the note itself is lost.

Or. 1402.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ μὲν⟩: τοῦ μὲν, Ἀττικῶς —F²K

TRANSLATION: (The dative ‘tōi men’ is used for the genitive) ‘tou men’ (‘of the one’), in the Attic manner.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: Ἀττικῶς om. F²

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1402.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῷ μὲν⟩: ἤγουν ἑνὶ ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν δύο —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1402.09 (rec metr) ⟨στρατηλάτας⟩: long mark on second alpha —O

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1402.17 (tri metr) ⟨(ἐκλ)ηΐ(ζετο)⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 76

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 1403.12 (rec metr) ⟨κακομήτας⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1404.07 (rec exeg) ⟨σιγᾷ δόλιος⟩: ¹ση(μείωσαι) ὅτι οὐδὲ ῥάων ὁ τοιοῦτος φυλάσσεσθαι κατὰ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κρέοντος ἐν Μηδείᾳ ²[319–320] ‘γυνὴ γὰρ ὀξύθυμος, ὡς δ’ αὔτως ἀνὴρ, / ῥάων φυλάσσειν ἢ σιωπηλὸς σοφός’. —Rw

TRANSLATION: Note that such a person is not easier to guard against according to what is said by Creon in Medea: ‘a woman quick to anger, and likewise a man (of that nature), is easier to guard against than a quiet clever person’.

LEMMA: δόλιος Rw

Or. 1404.08 (mosch exeg) σιγᾷ δόλιος: ἐν ἡσύχῳ ἤθει δόλους κατασκευάζων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Tricky in silence’, that is,) preparing deceptions with a calm manner.

LEMMA: Gr POSITION: s.l. except XGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,2–3

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Medea

Or. 1404.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σιγᾷ δόλιος⟩: σιωπηλὸς καὶ κρυπτὸς κατὰ τὸ πανουργεῖν —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Tricky in silence’, that is,) silent and concealed in his villainous action.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1404.10 (vet exeg) ⟨σίγα⟩: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐσίγα κατὰ ἀφαίρεσιν τοῦ ε̅. ²ἢ σιγᾷ, τουτέστι τῇ σιγῇ, οἷον μετὰ σιωπῆς δόλιος. —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Síga’ is) equivalent to ‘esiga’ (‘he was silent’) with removal of the initial epsilon. Or (take it as) ‘sigâi’, that is, (adverbial) ‘in silence’, as it were, ‘tricky with silence’.

LEMMA: οἷος ὀδυσσεὺς σιγᾶ δόλιος C; in text σιγᾶι MB, σιγᾶ C REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. MC

APP. CRIT.: 1 σίγα prep. Dind. (implying it is present in M) | τοῦ om. C | 2 at end ὤν add. C

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τοῦτέστιν B | μετα B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,23–24; Dind. II.307,1–2

Or. 1404.11 (rec exeg) ⟨σιγᾷ⟩: σιωπηλῶς, ἐπιρρηματικὸν γάρ ἐστι. —AaPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Sigâi’,) ‘silently’, for (the word) is adverbial.

LEMMA: in text σιγῆ PrSa POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γὰρ om. Sa

Or. 1404.16 (rec metr) ⟨σιγᾷ⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1404.17 (tri metr) ⟨σιγᾷ⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 77

Or. 1405.07 (rec exeg) ⟨φίλοις⟩: φίλος —R

TRANSLATION: (For dative ‘philois’, ‘to friends’, there is a variant, nominative) ‘philos’ (‘friend’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1405.09 (thom paraphr) ⟨θρασὺς ἐς ἀλκάν⟩: τολμηρὸς εἰς βοήθειαν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

LEMMA: ἀλκήν in text ZbZm POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,6

Or. 1406.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ξυνετὸς πολέμου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμπειρος τοῦ πολέμου —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Xunetos polemou’, ‘intelligent of war’, is) used for ‘experienced in war’.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. C (over φόνιός τε δράκων)

APP. CRIT.: first τοῦ om. BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,25; Dind. II.307,8

COMMENT: Dindorf II.307,4 repeats a scholion printed by Arsenius τουτέστι τῇ σιγῇ ἔμπειρος τῶν πόνων (without Arsenius’s lemma σιγᾶ δόλιος) and mislabels it as also present in B. ἔμπειρος τῶν πόνων is attested in MuPh.

Or. 1406.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ξυνετὸς πολέμου⟩: ἔμπειρος ἤγουν πεῖραν ἔχων πολέμου —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔμπειρον Sa, a.c. Pr

Or. 1407.01 (vet exeg) ἔρροι τᾶς ἡσύχου: φθειρέσθω, φησὶν, οὗτος ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ ἥσυχος ὢν, προνοούμενος τῆς ἡσυχίας ἐπὶ κακοῖς. —HMBC, partial Y²Gu

TRANSLATION: Let him perish, he says, this man who is calm/quiet in evil-doing, taking forethought for calmness for the purpose of bad deeds.

LEMMA: MC(τὰς) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. B, marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: φθειρέσθω … ὢν lost to damage H | φησὶν om. Y²Gu | ἐπὶ κακ. ἥσυχος ὢν om. Y²Gu | κακοῖς] κακῷ CY²Gu (Arsen., MuPh, edd. through Dind.)

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπικακοῖς M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,26–27; Dind. II.307,10–11

COLLATION NOTES: B’s οις sign in ἐπὶ κακοῖς is compressed because of tight spacing and was easily misread as a suspended form of omega, so that MuPh and Arsenius have ἐπὶ κακῷ, which persisted in editions through Dindorf.

Or. 1407.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹διαφθαρείη ὑπὸ τῆς ἡσύχου προνοίας. ²ἥσυχον δὲ αὐτήν φησι τὴν ἀπροσδοκήτως πάντας ἀμυνομένην, πρόνοιαν δὲ τὴν εἱμαρμένην. ³τινὲς οὕτως· οἰμωζέτω κακοῦργος ὢν μετὰ ἡσύχου προνοίας. —HMBCY²

TRANSLATION: Let him be destroyed by the quiet providence. He calls it ‘quiet’ (‘hēsuchon’) as the one that takes vengeance on everyone unexpectedly, and by ‘providence’ (‘pronoian’) he means ‘fate’. Some (interpret) this way: ‘To hell with him, being an evil-doer with calm forethought’.

LEMMA: C, in marg. M, ἔρροι τᾶς ἡσύχου B REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: cont. from prev. H(prep. ἄλλοι δὲ, acc. to Daitz)Y²(prep. τινὲς δὲ οὕτως·)

APP. CRIT.: 2 φασὶ C | πάντα B | 3 ὀνομαζέτω C | πρόν. δὲ τὴν εἱμ. om. Y²

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 αὐτὴν φη() B, αὐτὴν φη(σὶ) H, αὐτήν φησί Y² | εἰμαρμένην B | 3 οἱμωζέτω M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,28–224,2; Dind. II.307,11–14

Or. 1407.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔρροι τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: εἴθε φθαροίη ἕνεκε τῆς ἡσύχου προνοίας. —M²

TRANSLATION: May he perish because of his calm/quiet forethought.

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: φθαροίει M²

KEYWORDS: φθαροίη for φθαρείη is found in late antique and Byzantine texts.

Or. 1407.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔρροι τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: φθειρέσθω κακοῦργος ὢν τῆς προνοίας τῆς ἡσύχου, ἤγουν κακουργῶν τὴν ἡσυχίαν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial G

TRANSLATION: Let him perish, being a wrongdoer against calm forethought, that is, one who is harming peace and quiet.

LEMMA: ἔρροι T POSITION: s.l. except XTGr; ἤγουν κακ. τ. ἡσ. sep. over κακοῦργος ὢν Y

APP. CRIT.: κακοῦργος … ἤγουν] ὡς G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,14–16

Or. 1407.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔρροι τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: ἐρρέτω ὑπὸ τῆς ἀπροσδοκήτου ἀμυνομένης εἱμαρμένης. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Let him go to ruin (driven) by unexpected avenging fate.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1407.12 (vet exeg) ⟨τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: προνοούμενος τῆς ἡσυχίας ἐν κακῷ —R

TRANSLATION: (‘Quiet forethought’, that is,) ‘having forethought for calmness/quiet in evil-doing’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1407.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: ἤγουν κρυπτὸς κατὰ τὸ πανουργεύειν —Rw

TRANSLATION: (‘Quiet forethought’,) that is, concealed in acting villainously.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The active forms of the postclassical verb πανουργεύομαι are relatively rare, mostly found in lexicographers, but cf. Sch. rec. Arist. Ran. 957a Chantry, glossing στρέφειν with πανουργεύειν.

Or. 1407.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: τὴν οἰκονομίαν τὴν ἥσυχον λέγει. —B^3d

TRANSLATION: (By ‘quiet forethought’) he means the calm/quiet laying of plans.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1407.15 (rec exeg) ⟨τᾶς ἡσύχου προνοίας⟩: διὰ τῆς ἢ κατὰ τῆς πανουργίας —K

TRANSLATION: Through utter villainy or against utter villainy.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1407.20 (thom exeg) ⟨προνοίας⟩: τῆς κατὰ νοῦν φροντίδος καὶ μηχανῆς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Pronoias’, ‘forethought’, is) the intention and devising in the mind.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς] καὶ Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,16–17

Or. 1407.26 (rec exeg) ⟨κακοῦργος ὤν⟩: γρ. δόλιος ὢν —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘kakourgos ōn’, ‘being an evil-dōer’,) the reading ‘dolios ōn’ (‘being tricky’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: δόλιος ὢν is in text here in AbR (Diggle 1991: 24, 75).

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1407.30 (rec exeg) ⟨δόλιος⟩: γρ. κακοῦργος. —Ab

TRANSLATION: (For ‘dolios’, ‘tricky’,) the reading ‘kakourgos’ (‘evil-doing’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Ab POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above 1406 δράκων, last line of prev. recto)

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1408.01 (1408–1413) (vet exeg) ⟨οἱ δὲ … πεφραγμένοι⟩: ¹ὁ δέ ἀντὶ τοῦ δή, ἵν’ ᾖ· οἳ δή. || ²οὗτοι δὲ, φησὶν, ἔνδον εἰσελθόντες εἰς τοὺς θαλάμους ἧς ἔγημε γυναικὸς ὁ τοξότης Πάρις, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς δακρύων πεπληρωμένοι καὶ τῷ σχήματι ταπεινοὶ, ³ἕζοντο παρ’ ἑκάτερον μέρος τῆς Ἑλένης, ὁ μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὁ δὲ ἐξ εὐωνύμων, πεφραγμένοι ξίφεσιν. —MBC, partial H

TRANSLATION: The (conjunction) ‘de’ (‘and’) is used for ‘dē’ (‘indeed’, ‘then’), so that it is ‘who indeed/then’. || And these men, he says, after coming into the chambers of the woman whom the archer Paris wed, their eyes filled with tears and their posture humble, sat on either side of Helen, one on the right, the other on the left, fortified by swords.

LEMMA: οἱ δὲ πρὸς θρόνους ἔσω μολόντες C(punct. with sch.-end mark after) REF. SYMBOL: HM POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 1407.02 B

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 ὁ δέ … πεπληρωμένοι καὶ om. H | 1 ὁ σύνδεσμος prep. B | 2 τοῖς σχ[ήμασι] H | ξίφεσ[ιν πεφραγμένοι] transp. H, acc. to Daitz, but it not quite certain that πεφραγ. could not have fit in the lost end of previous line

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,3–7; Dind. II.307,18–22

COMMENT: Perhaps θαλάμους in 2 is a corruption of θρόνους (influenced by presence of ὀφθαλμοὺς?); compare the following paraphrases. Or was there once a variant θαλάμους in the text here? Note, however, that Zl glosses θρόνους with τὰ ἐνδότερα τῶν οἰκημάτων (sch. 1408.14).

COLLATION NOTES: In 2 Schw. prints τοξότης without ὁ, but this is simply an oversight. Dindorf correctly had the article, although ὁ had been absent in editions before Dindorf through an omission peculiar to Arsenius (not in MeMuPh).

Or. 1408.02 (1408–1412) (rec paraphr) ⟨οἱ δὲ … ταπεινοὶ ἕζονθ’⟩: εἰς τοὺς θρόνους τῆς Ἑλένης ἕζοντο σχήματι ταπεινοὶ. —AbMn

POSITION: marg. Mn, s.l. above 1410 γυναικὸς ὄμμα Ab

APP. CRIT.: τὸν θρόνον Ab | σχῆμα Mn

Or. 1408.03 (1408–1410) (mosch paraphr) ⟨πρὸς θρόνους … Πάρις γυναικός⟩: ἔσω μολόντες πρὸς τοὺς θρόνους τῆς γυναικὸς ἣν ἔγημεν ὁ τοξότης Πάρις —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X; in two parts over successive lines T(each part with cross)G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,24–25

Or. 1408.04 (mosch exeg) οἱ δὲ: ἀντὶ τοῦ οἵτινες —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Hoi’ is here) in the sense ‘hoitines’ (‘who’).

LEMMA: X; in text οἱ except οἳ T POSITION: s.l. except X; prep. to prev. G

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,23

Or. 1408.11 (rec exeg) ⟨δὲ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δή —AaPrSa

TRANSLATION: (The conjunction ‘de’, ‘and’, is) used for ‘dē’ (‘indeed’, ‘then’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1409.01 (1409–1410) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἇς … γυναικός⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἧστινος γυναικὸς ὁ τοξότης Πάρις ἔγημεν. —MB

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘(chair) of which woman the archer Paris married’.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔγημε B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,8; Dind. II.307,26–27

COMMENT: This paraphrase simplifies the word order by moving γυναικός and clarifies that ἇς is genitive singular of the relative pronoun with Doric alpha, but does not address the attraction of case that prompts the content of the next.

Or. 1409.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἧς⟩: ¹Ἀττικὸν τὸ ἧς· ²οὐ γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ἔγημεν ἀποδίδοται, ἦν γὰρ ἂν ‘ἣν ἔγημεν’, ἀλλά πρὸς τὸ γυναικός. —Rw

TRANSLATION: The (genitive relative pronoun) ‘hēs’ is an Attic usage. For its case is not determined by ‘he married’—for it would have been ‘whom he married’ (with accusative relative pronoun), but rather by (genitive) ‘gunaikos’ (‘woman’).

LEMMA: thus in text Rw

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1409.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἃν⟩: γρ. ἇς. —Y^a/2

TRANSLATION: (For accusative relative pronoun ‘han’) read (genitive) ‘has’.

LEMMA: thus in text Y POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1409.15 (rec metr) ⟨τοξότας⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1410.03 (1410–1411) (mosch exeg) ὄμμα δακρύοις πεφυρμένοι: ἀντὶ τοῦ πεφυρμένον, τουτέστι μεμιγμένον, ἔχοντες τὸ ὄμμα τοῖς δακρύοις —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aGr, partial G^b

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘having their eye/face ‘pephurmenon’, that is to say, mixed, with tears’.

LEMMA: G^a POSITION: s.l. except XTG^aGr

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G^b | τουτέστι μεμιγ. om. G^b | τουτέστι] καὶ G^a

APP. CRIT. 2: περφυρμ‑ X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.307,28–29

Or. 1411.01 (rec exeg) πεφυρμένοι: βεβρεγμένοι· τὸ φύρειν γὰρ δι’ ὑγρῶν. —Rw

TRANSLATION: (‘Pephurmenoi’, ‘mixed’, in the sense) ‘soaked’; for mixing (phurein) is by means of liquid substances.

Or. 1411.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πεφυρμένοι⟩: τὸ φύρεσθαι γὰρ δι’ ὑγρῶν. —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Pephurmenoi’ is used here) because being mixed (‘phuresthai’) is by means of liquid substances.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1411.10 (mosch exeg) ταπεινοί: μετὰ ταπεινώσεως, ἐπιρρηματικῶς —XXaXbXoT⁺YY^aYfGGrGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Tapeinoi’, ‘humble’, means) ‘with self-abasement’, (adjective used) in an adverbial sense.

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. XbXoY^aGGu, marg. XaY; cont. from sch. 1410.03 XXbXoGGrYf

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | ἐπιρρ. om. Y^aG

APP. CRIT. 2: τὰ πεινώσεως Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,1–2

Or. 1412.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ κεῖθεν … τὸ κεῖθεν⟩: ¹ἢ τὸ ‘τὸ κεῖθεν’ πρὸς τὸ ἕζετο, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ ἐκεῖθεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκεῖ· ²ἢ τὸ ‘τὸ κεῖθεν’ ἐπίρρημα νοητέον, ἵν’ ᾖ τούτου ἑρμηνεία τὸ ἄλλοθεν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: Either ‘to keithen’ (‘from that place’) goes with ‘he sat’, so that ‘ekeithen’ (‘from that place’) is used for ‘ekei’ (‘in that place’); or ‘to keithen’ is to be understood as an adverb, so that ‘allothen’ (‘from another place/direction’) is an explanation of this word.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The clumsily worded second sentence apparently suggests that τὸ κεῖθεν goes with the following πεφραγμένοι instead of the preceding ἕζοντο.

KEYWORDS: ἑρμηνεία/ἑρμηνεύων

Or. 1412.16 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ ἔνθεν⟩: γρ. τὸ κεῖθεν. —R

TRANSLATION: (For ‘to enthen’, ‘from this/that place’,) the reading ‘to keithen’ (‘from that place’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text R (for second τὸ κεῖθεν) POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1413.03 (vet exeg) ⟨πεφραγμένοι⟩: τοῖς ξίφεσι δηλονότι ἠσφαλισμένοι —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Fortified’ means) ‘secured’, with swords, clearly.

POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B

APP. CRIT. 2: δηλονὅτι M | ἡσφαλ‑ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,9; Dind. II.308,3–4

Or. 1416.01 (1416–1417) (vet exeg) ἀνὰ δὲ δρομάδες ἔθορον: τὸ ἑξῆς ἀνέθορον δὲ πάντες οἱ θεράποντες καὶ ἀνεπήδησαν παραχρῆμα καὶ περιέθεον καθάπερ δρομάδες ἵπποι θορυβηθέντες. —MBCRf

TRANSLATION: The run of the sense is: And all the attendants leapt up and jumped up suddenly and ran around just like running horses thrown into confusion.

LEMMA: C(δε)B, ἀνὰ δὲ δρομάδες Rf REF. SYMBOL: MBRf

APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. Rf | οἱ θερ. καὶ] Schw., καὶ οἱ θερ transp. all | περιέθεον] περιέθορον Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: παρὰ χρῆμα C | περιἔθεον M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,10–11; Dind. II.308,7–9

Or. 1416.02 (1416–1417) (vet exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ δὲ δρομάδες ἔθορον⟩: ἀνεπ[ήδησαν δὲ οἱ θερά]ποντες [παραχρῆμα καὶ περιέ]θορον κ[αθάπερ δρομάδες] ἵπποι [θορυβηθέντες]. —H

TRANSLATION: And the attendants jumped up suddenly and leapt around just like running horses thrown into confusion.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Daitz prints without restoring δὲ, but there seems to be room for it if enough abbreviations were used. He also prints περιέ]θεον, but his image clearly shows ]θορ(ον).

Or. 1416.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ δὲ δρομάδες ἔθορον⟩: ἀνεπήδησαν δὲ δρομάδες, ἀντὶ τοῦ δρομαίως. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: And they jumped up, running (adjective ‘dromades’), used for (adverb) ‘dromaiōs’ (‘swiftly’).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT. 2: δρομέως all except Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,9

Or. 1416.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δὲ δρομάδες ἔθορον⟩: δρομαίως δέ ἀνεπήδησαν —G

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: δρομέως G

Or. 1416.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: καθάπερ ἵπποι δρομάδες θορυβηθέντες —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Dromades’ means) like running horses thrown into confusion.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1417.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀμφίπολοι Φρύγες⟩: οἱ περὶ αὐτὴν Φρύγες —M²

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg.

Or. 1417.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμφίπολοι⟩: οἱ περὶ ἐκείνην ἀναστρεφόμενοι ἤγουν οἱ δοῦλοι —FPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Amphipoloi’ are) those moving about around her, in other words, the slaves.

POSITION: s.l. PrSa, marg. F

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1417.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀμφίπολοι⟩: θεράποντες οἱ ἀμφ’ ἐκείνην ἀναστρεφόμενοι —Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Amphipoloi’ are) attandants who are moving about around her.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,11

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1417.07 (thom gram) ⟨ἀμφίπολοι⟩: ἀμφίπολος οὐ μόνον ἡ δούλη, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ δοῦλος. —ZZaZlTGu

TRANSLATION: ‘Amphipolos’ (means) not only slavewoman, but also male slave.

POSITION: marg. ZZa, s.l. ZlGu

APP. CRIT.: οὐ μόνον ἀμφίπολος transp. ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,11–12

Or. 1417.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨Φρύγες⟩: περιτομή ἐστιν ἡ τῆς σωματικῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ τῶν περιττῶν καὶ οὐκ ἀναγκαίων ἀπόθεσις. ἀκροβυστία δὲ οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν εἰ μὴ δέρμα, ἡδονικοῦ μορίου περίττωμα. Σάββατον δὲ ἡ ἐκ τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατάπαυσις. —Pr²

TRANSLATION: Circumcision is the renunciation of bodily pleasure and of excessive and unnecessary pleasures. The foreskin is nothing other than skin, a superfluous part of the pleasure-seeking male member. The Sabbath is the (period of) rest from sin.

POSITION: marg. (beside 1409–1425)

COMMENT: It cannot be determined whether this excerpt was added by association with the idea of the Phrygian slaves as eunuchs, or was simply an excerpt of interest to Pr² that he found ample space for in the blank inner margin of this page, where Pr’s scholia fill only the top block. See also sch. 1401.01. | Excerpted from Joannes Dasmascenus, Expositio fidei 96,73–81 ἡμῖν τοίνυν τοῖς τῷ πνεύματι στοιχοῦσι καὶ οὐ τῷ γράμματι πᾶσα ἡ τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐστιν ἀπόθεσις καὶ ἡ πνευματικὴ λατρεία καὶ πρὸς θεὸν συνάφεια. περιτομὴ μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἡ τῆς σωματικῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ τῶν περιττῶν καὶ οὐκ ἀναγκαίων ἀπόθεσις· ἀκροβυστία γὰρ οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν εἰ μὴ δέρμα, ἡδονικοῦ μορίου περίττωμα. πᾶσα δὲ ἡδονὴ μὴ ἐκ θεοῦ καὶ ἐν θεῷ γινομένη περίττωμα ἡδονῆς ἐστιν· ἧς τύπος ἡ ἀκροβυστία. Σάββατον δὲ ἡ ἐκ τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατάπαυσις. ὥστε ἀμφότερα ἓν τυγχάνουσι καὶ οὕτως ἀμφότερα ἅμα ὑπὸ τῶν πνευματικῶν τελούμενα οὐδὲ τὴν τυχοῦσαν παρανομίαν ἐργάζονται.

Or. 1418.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨προσεῖπε δ’ ἄλλος ἄλλον⟩: εἶπε δὲ ἄλλος πρὸς ἄλλον. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἄλλος] ἄλλον Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,13

Or. 1419.06 (rec exeg) ⟨φόνῳ⟩: γρ. φόβῳ. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘phonōi’, ‘murder’,) the reading ‘phobōi’ (‘fear’) is found. OR (For ‘phonōi’, ‘murder’,) read ‘phobōi’ (‘fear’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1420.01 (vet exeg) ⟨μή τις εἴη δόλος⟩: τὸ ‘μή τις εἴη δόλος’ ἄλλο κῶλον. —MC

TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘may there not be some trick’ is a separate colon.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: ἄλλον C

APP. CRIT. 2: εἴηι M (as in text M)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,13; Dind. II.308,15

COMMENT: ‘Separate colon’ may mean the phrase is a separate clause from the foregoing, perhaps asserting that it is not a fear-clause depending on πεσὼν ἐν φόβῳ, but a quotation of what the slave said, which could have been viewed as a wish or perhaps as a question. Such a view is shared by the next three scholia (1420.02–04) . The alternative is that this is a comment on the layout of the text (and by implication on the metrical analysis). In MBC (and T) πεσὼν ἐν φόβῳ and μή τις εἴη δόλος are indeed two separate cola on two lines (and in H, although on the same line, they are spaced as two separate cola), but in O and most later mss πεσὼν … δόλος or ἐν φόβῳ … δόλος appears as one colon. | A comment of this kind is rare in the tragic scholia. See sch. 167.01, which I favor interpreting as concerned with articulation. Articulation of separate syntactic units is also the issue in Sch. Hipp. 1378 Cavarzeran: … τινὲς δὲ εἰς τὸ ἀρά τελείαν παρέχουσιν, ἵν’ ᾖ καθ’ ἑαυτὸ τὸ κῶλον καὶ ὁ τέ σύνδεσμος ὁ ἔξῆς περιττός. The difficulty in that passage is the presence of τε in Hipp. 1379 (emended to τι by Weil) after the vocative phrase in 1378, and the quoted solution recommends a particular articulation along with discounting τε as superfluous.

Or. 1421.01 (1421–1424) (vet exeg) ⟨κἀδόκει τοῖς μὲν … μητροφόντας δράκων⟩: ¹οἱ μὲν, φησὶ, τῶν οἰκετῶν οὐκ ᾤοντο δόλον εἶναι, ²οἱ δὲ ἐπεπιστεύκεισαν τὴν Ἑλένην μέλλειν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου δολοφονεῖσθαι, ὥσπερ ἐν ἄρκυσι ζωγρηθεῖσαν. ³ἄρκυς γὰρ τὸ λίνον. —MBC, partial Rf

TRANSLATION: Some of the servants, he says, did not think it was a trick, but others were convinced that Helen was about to be treacherously slain by Orestes, as if caught in hunting-nets (‘arkus’). For ‘arkus’ means ‘hunting-net’.

LEMMA: 1420 μή τις εἴη δόλος BCRf REF. SYMBOL: to 1420 MB

APP. CRIT.: 1 φασι MC | 2 δὲ καὶ C | 2–3 ὥσπερ κτλ om. Rf | 2 ἄρκυσι om. MC | ζωγραφεῖσαν MC

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐπεπειστεύκεισαν M, ἐπεπιστάκεισαν Rf | ἅρκυσι B | 3 app. ἅρκυς B | λῖνον C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,14–16; Dind. II.308,17–19

COMMENT: ἄρκυς is by no means uncommon in poetry and prose over a long span of time, but lexicographers and scholiasts felt the need to gloss it with λίνον/λίνα (or λίνα θηρευτικά, λίνα κυνηγετικά) and δίκτυον: e.g., Hesych. α 7287, Photius α 2832. For the rough breathing in B, cf. Pausan. Att. vocab. synag. α 154 Erbse Ἀττικοὶ δασέως (deriving ἄρκυς from ἕρκος). | It is worth considering whether B’s ἐν ἄρκυσι where MC have only ἐν is a stopgap emendation (a Scheinverbesserung) to repair a larger lacuna. In view of the next scholion, ἐν might have introduced a longer phrase containing the word ἀρκυστάταν, and that word would have prompted the explanation that ‘arkus’ means ‘hunting-net’.

Or. 1421.02 (1421–1424) (vet paraphr) ⟨κἀδόκει τοῖς μὲν … μητροφόντας δράκων⟩: τοῖ[ς μὲν τῶν οἰκετῶν] / οὐκ [ἐδόκει δόλος εἶναι] / τοῖς δὲ [ἐδόκει Ὀρέστης] / ἐν ἀ[σφαλεστάτῃ] / δικ[τύων μηχανῇ καὶ περι]/βλ[ήματι λίνου ἐμπλέκειν] / τὴν [Ἑλένην.] —H

TRANSLATION: To some of the servants it did not seem to be a trick, but to others it seemed that Orestes was enmeshing Helen with a very secure device of nets and enclosure of netting-thread.

COMMENT: The gaps are so restored by Daitz from the previous and sch.1422.01, except that I print δόλος (δόλον Daitz): cf. AbMn sch. 1421.09 below. The restorations are of course uncertain, because H sometimes substitutes synomyms (e.g., H could have had δούλων, not οἰκετῶν), but with sufficient use of abbreviations, the proposed text fits.

Or. 1421.03 (1421–1424) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἀδόκει τοῖς μὲν … μητροφόντας δράκων⟩: ἄλλος ἔλεγε καλὸν καὶ ἄλλος δὲ οὔ. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: One person was saying it was fine and another person not.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1421.08 (tri metr) ⟨κἀδόκει⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 77

Or. 1421.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖς μὲν οὔ⟩: μὴ εἶναι δόλος —AbMn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1421.10 (pllgnTri paraphr) ⟨τοῖς μὲν οὔ⟩: καὶ τοῖς μὲν οὐκ ἐδόκει —GT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ τοῖς μὲν om. G

Or. 1422.01 (1422–1424) (vet exeg) ⟨τοῖς δ’ … μητροφόντας δράκων⟩: ¹τοῖς δὲ ἐδόκει Ὀρέστης ἐν ἀσφαλεστάτῃ δικτύων μηχανῇ καὶ περιβλήματι λίνου ἐμπλέκειν καὶ ἐμβάλλειν τὴν Ἑλένην. ²οἷον εἰς ἀρκυστάτην μηχανὴν καὶ {ὡς} περίβλημα λίνων. —MBC

TRANSLATION: But to others it seemed that Orestes was enmeshing and confining Helen with a very secure device of nets and enclosure of netting-thread. As if to say, into a very confining device and enclosure of netting-threads.

LEMMA: 1421 κἀδόκει τοῖς μὲν οὔ C, ἄλλως in marg. B REF. SYMBOL: at 1421 M

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὀρέστην C | ἐκβάλειν C | 2 οἷον del. Matthiae | ὡς del. Schw.; or emend to εἰς?

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,17–19; Dind. II.308,21–23

COMMENT: The lemma and reference symbol indicating 1421 instead of 1422 could once have been correct if this scholion has lost a a first sentence like that of sch. 1421.02 by a saut du même au même. | The paraphrase reflects the view that ἀρκυστάταν is adjectival, indeed a superlative adjective. This view is taken up in some of the later glosses.

Or. 1422.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖς δ’⟩: ναὶ ἐδόκει μεγάλα —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1422.05 (1422–1423) (vet exeg) ⟨ἐς ἀρκυστάταν μηχανὰν⟩: ¹ὅ ἐστιν εἰς δολοφονίαν· ²ἄρκυς γὰρ τὸ δίκτυόν ἐστιν. —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Into a device of hunting-nets’,) which is to say ‘into treacherous murder’. For ‘arkus’ means ‘hunting-net’.

POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. C; cont. from sch. 1422.01 (with dicolon) B

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὅ ἐστιν] οἷον B | 2 ἐστιν om. B

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἅρκυς app. B | ἐστι C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,20; Dind. II.308,23–24

Or. 1422.07 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἀρκυστάταν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄρκυς τὸ δίκτυον. —PrSaXXaXoT⁺YYfGGrZcZmOx²

TRANSLATION: (‘Arkustatan’) from ‘arkus’ meaning ‘hunting-net’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. XGZmOx²

APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ τοῦ om. PrSaZc | after ἄρκυς add. ὃ δηλοῖ G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,24–25

Or. 1422.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀρκυστάταν⟩: ἧς οὐ δύνανται ἐκφυγεῖν —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Arkustatan’ means) one from which they (the trapped victims) cannot escape.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1424.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨παῖδα τὰν Τυνδαρίδ᾽⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν παῖδα τοῦ Τυνδάρεω —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 1424.07 (tri metr) ⟨(Τυν)δαρίδ’⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς —T

TRANSLATION: (The two short syllables ‘darid’ are) in place of a single (long syllable).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 77

Or. 1424.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μητροφόντας δράκων⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ὀρέστης ὁ τὴν μητέρα φονεύσας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except marg. X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,27–28

Or. 1424.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μητροφόντας δράκων⟩: καὶ ὁ τὴν μητέρα φονεύσας Ὀρέστης —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1424.12 (rec metr) ⟨μητροφόντας⟩: long mark over alpha —O

LEMMA: ‑φαντας in text O

Or. 1424.13 (thom exeg) ⟨δράκων⟩: διὰ τὸ φονικόν —ZlZmGu²

TRANSLATION: (‘Serpent’ is used to describe Orestes) because of his murderous quality.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.308,28

Or. 1424.14 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 77

Or. 1425.01 (tri metr) [κατὰ π]ερι[κο]πὴν ἴαμβος —T

TRANSLATION: As a separate unit, an iambic trimeter.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 77

Or. 1425.02 (vet exeg) σὺ δ’ ἦσθα ποῦ τότ’: σὺ δὲ παρῆς τοῖς γινομένοις ἢ ἀκούσας παρ’ ἑτέρου πάλαι πέφευγας ἐκποδών; —HMBCRf

TRANSLATION: And were you present at the events, or after hearing (of them) from another person have you long since fled out of the way?

LEMMA: B(πότ’)C, σὺ δησθα Rf(ῆ s.l. above eta) REF. SYMBOL: HMB

APP. CRIT.: only 2–3 letters at start of three lines H | σὺ δὲ] οὐδε M | ἢ] ἢ το̣[ H (interpreted as τὸ by Daitz, but perhaps ἢ τό[δε]?) | ἐκποδών om. Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: παρ’ ἧς C, παρἧς M | τοις C | παρετέρου M | ἐκποδῶν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,21–22; Dind. II.308,29–309,1

COLLATION NOTES: check H new image for accent if any

Or. 1425.03 (mosch exeg) σὺ δ᾽ ἦσθα ποῦ: ¹δυοῖν ὄντων τοῦ παρεῖναι αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁρᾶν, καὶ τοῦ πρότερον ἐξελθεῖν καὶ ἀπεῖναι ὅτε ταῦτα ἐγένετο, ἐρωτᾷ ὁ χορὸς ‘ποῦ ἦσθα;’, πρὸς ἀμφότερα ἀποβλέπων· ²εἶτα ὀφείλων εἰπεῖν διαιρῶν ‘ἐκεῖ ἦσθα, ἢ πάλαι φεύγεις φόβῳ;’, ³ὁ δὲ τῷ ἑνὶ σκέλει χρησάμενος τῷ ‘ἢ πάλαι φεύγεις’ ἀρκεῖται· ⁴ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ ἑτέρου δυνατόν ἐστι συνυπακούεσθαι καὶ τὸ ἕτερον. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: There being two possibities, that he was present there and he saw, and that he went outside beforehand and he was absent when the these events occurred, the chorus inquires ‘where were you?’, paying regard to both possibilities. Then, when (the coryphaeus) ought to say by way of presenting alternatives ‘were you there, or have you long since fled in fear?’, using the one alternative he is satisfied with (just) ‘or have you long since fled?’. For from the one part it is possible for the other part too (scil. ‘were you there?’) to be understood with it.

LEMMA: TG POSITION: follows sch. 1425.15 X

APP. CRIT.: 1 after ἐρωτᾷ add. αὐτὸν XoG

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δυεῖν Xo | 4 δυνατὸν ἐστὶ XXaXbGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.309,3–8

Or. 1425.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σὺ δ᾽ ἦσθα ποῦ τότ’;⟩: ἐκεῖ ἦσθα δηλονότι; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τότε prep. X | δῆλον G

Or. 1425.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἢ πάλαι φεύγεις φόβῳ⟩: ἢ παρ’ ἄλλων ἤκουσας —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Or have you long since fled in fear’, that is,) ‘or did you hear (this) from others?’

LEMMA: πάλαι om. in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἄλλων] ἄτλαν Pr (or very poorly written ἄλλαν?)

Or. 1425.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἢ πάλαι φεύγεις φόβῳ⟩: παρ’ ἄλλων ἀκούσας —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘Or have you long since fled in fear’,) having heard from others?

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1425.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἢ πάλαι φεύγεις φόβῳ⟩: ἁκούσας δηλονότι παρ’ ἑτέρου ἃ λέγεις —ZlZmGu²

TRANSLATION: (‘Or have you long since fled in fear’,) having heard, obviously, from another person the things you speak of?

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1425.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨πάλαι φεύγεις⟩: ταχέως πρὸ τούτου —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1425.15 (mosch paraphr) φόβῳ: ἐν φόβῳ γενόμενος ἤγουν φοβηθείς —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: φοβηθεὶς transp. to beginning, om. ἤγουν, G

Or. 1425.20 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

Or. 1426.01 (1426–1452) (tri metr) Φρυγίοις ἔτυχον: ⁰καὶ ἡ παροῦσα στροφὴ μονόστροφός ἐστι, κώλων δὲ λαʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ^2–4τὸ βʹ, τὸ γʹ, καὶ τὸ δʹ ὅμοια δίμετρα καταληκτικὰ, ἤτοι ἑφθημιμερῆ. ⁵τὸ εʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικόν. ⁶τὸ ςʹ προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος πρώτου ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος καὶ χοριάμβου. ⁷τὸ ζʹ ὅμοιον τῷ εʹ ἰθυφαλλικόν. ⁸τὸ ηʹ προσοδιακὸν ἐναντίον τῷ προρρηθέντι ἐκ χοριάμβου καὶ παίωνος δʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος. εὕρηται γὰρ καὶ παρὰ Πινδάρῳ τὸ προσοδιακὸν καὶ ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος συγκείμενον καὶ οὐ μόνον ἀπὸ μείζονος. ⁹τὸ θʹ ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ· εἰ δὲ βούλει, προσοδιακὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος, χοριάμβου καὶ συλλαβῆς. ¹⁰τὸ ιʹ ὅμοιον τῷ ςʹ, ἐκ παίωνος δευτέρου ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος, καὶ χοριάμβου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἰάμβου ἀρχομένου. ¹¹τὸ ιαʹ ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις. ¹²τὸ ιβʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ χορείου ἢ ἀναπαίστου διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον· εἰ δὲ βούλει, τροχαϊκὸν πενθημιμερὲς ἐκ χορείου, τροχαίου, καὶ δύο βραχέων ἀντὶ μιᾶς μακρᾶς. ¹³τὸ ιγʹ δακτυλικὸν πενθημιμερὲς· εἰ δὲ βούλει, χοριαμβικὸν ἡμιόλιον, ἤ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. ¹⁴τὸ ιδʹ ἰωνικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐκ παίωνος δευτέρου ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπὸ μείζονος, καὶ σπονδείου. εἴη ἂν καὶ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμεμρὲς τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς ἀναπαίστου. ¹⁵τὸ ιεʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου, ἐπιτρίτου γʹ, καὶ συλλαβῆς. ^16–17τὸ ιςʹ καὶ ιζʹ ἀντισπαστικὰ ἡμιόλια καθαρά. ¹⁸τὸ ιηʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ τριῶν χορείων. ¹⁹τὸ ιθʹ ὅμοιον τῷ ιςʹ, ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ καὶ ἰάμβου. ²⁰τὸ κʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ κρητικοῦ. ²¹τὸ καʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον καθαρόν. ²²τὸ κβʹ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον καθαρόν. ²³τὸ κγʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Εὐριπίδειον τοῦ πρώτου ποδὸς χορείου. ²⁴τὸ κδʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον· οὕτω γάρ μοι δοκεῖ ταῦτα βέλτιον εἶναι γράφειν· τὸ γὰρ ‘κακὸς φωκεὺς’ μόνον ἀδιάγνωστόν ἐστι τίνος ἂν εἴη μέτρου, εἰ καὶ δοκεῖ ἀντισπαστικόν. ²⁵τὸ κεʹ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος ἀκατάληκτος. ²⁶τὸ κςʹ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον συνίζησιν ἔχον ἐν τῷ αʹ ποδί· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἔστω ὁ δεύτερος ἀνάπαιστος. ²⁷τὸ κζʹ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον. ^28–29τὸ κηʹ καὶ κθʹ τροχαϊκὰ ἰθυφαλλικά. ³⁰τὸ λʹ τροχαϊκὸν πενθημιμερὲς. ³¹τὸ λαʹ ἰαμβικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ κςʹ. ³²ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος, καὶ ἐν εἰσθέσει ἴαμβος τρίμετρος. —T

¹1426 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
Φρυγίοις ἔτυχον Φρυγίοισι νόμοις
²1427 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ‒
παρὰ βόστρυχον αὔραν αὔραν
³1428 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒ ‒
Ἑλένας εὐπαγεῖ κύκλῳ
⁴1429 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒
πτερίνωι πρὸ παρη͜ίδος ἀΐσσων
⁵1430 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ×
βαρβάροις νόμοισιν.
⁶1431 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
ἁ δὲ λίνον ἠλακάτᾳ
⁷1432 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
δακτύλοις ἕλισσεν,
⁸1433 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
νήματα δ’ ἵετο πέδῳ,
⁹1434 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ × / ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ×
σκύλων Φρυγίων ἐπὶ τύμβον
¹⁰1435a ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ / ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒
ἀγάλματα συστολίσαι
¹¹1445b ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
χρῄζουσα λίνῳ,
¹²1436 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ×/ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ⏑͡⏑
φάρεα πορφύρεα
¹³1437 ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ‒, ‒ / ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒
δῶρα Κλυταιμήστρᾳ,
¹⁴1438 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ‒ / ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒
προσεῖπε δ’ Ὀρέστας
¹⁵1439 ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒
Λάκαιναν κόραν· ὦ Διὸς παῖ,
¹⁶1440a ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ‒
θὲς ἴχνος πέδῳ δεῦρ’
¹⁷1440b ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ‒
ἀποστᾶσα κλισμοῦ
¹⁸1441 ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ×
Πέλοπος ἐπὶ προπάτορος ἕδρανα
¹⁹1442 ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ‒
παλαιᾶς ἑστίας,
²⁰1443 ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒
ἵν’ εἰδῆς λόγους ἐμούς.
²¹1444 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑
ἄγει δ’ ἄγει νιν, ἁ δ’ ἐφείπε-
²²1445 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑
τ’ οὐ πρόμαντις ὧν ἔμελλεν·
²³1446 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒
ὁ δὲ συνεργὸς ἄλλ’ ἔπρασ-
²⁴1447a ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒
σ’ ἰὼν κακὸς Φωκεύς·
²⁵1447b ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ×
Οὐκ ἐκποδὼν ἴτ’; ἀλλ’ ἀεὶ κακοὶ Φρύγες.
²⁶1448 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ / ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒
ἐκλή͜ισε δ’ ἄλλον ἄλλοσε στέγης
²⁷1449 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒
τοὺς μὲν ἐν σταθμοῖσιν ἱππικοῖς,
²⁸1450 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
τοὺς δ’ ἐν ἐξέδραισιν,
²⁹1451a ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ×
τοὺς δ’ ἐκεῖσ’ ἐκεῖθεν
³⁰1451b ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ×
ἄλλον ἄλλοσε
³¹1452 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒
διαρμόσας ἀποπρὸ δεσποίνας.

TRANSLATION: The present strophe too is monostrophic (without responsion), and (it consists) of thirty-one cola. The first colon is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter. The second, third, and fourth cola are similar (anapaestic) catalectic dimeters, or hephthemimeres cola. The fifth is a trochaic ithyphallic. The sixth is an acatalectic prosodiac dimeter formed from a first paeon in place of an ionic a maiore, and a choriamb. The seventh is an ithyphallic similar to the fifth. The eighth is a prosodiac the reverse of the one previously mentioned, formed from a choriamb and a fourth paeon in place of an ionic a minore. For also in Pindar the prosodiac is found also compounded from the (ionic) a minore and not only the (ionic) a maiore. The ninth is similar to the second; or if you prefer, a hypercatalectic prosodiac dimeter formed from an ionic a maiore, a choriamb, and a syllable. The tenth is similar to the sixth, formed from a second paeon in place of an ionic a maiore, and a choriamb; or if you prefer, a brachycatalectic anapaestic dimeter with an iamb beginning it. The eleventh is an anapaestic basis. The twelfth is a catalectic paeonic dimeter formed from a fourth paeon and a choreius or an anapaest because of the indifferent final syllable; but if you prefer, a trochaic penthemimeres formed from a choreius, a trochee, and two short syllables in place of one long. The thirteenth is a dactylic penthemimeres; but if you prefer, a one-and-a-half measure choriambic, or a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter. The fourteenth is a one-and-a-half measure ionic formed from a second paeon in place of an ionic a maiore, and a spondee. It could also be an iambic penthemimeres with the second foot an anapaest. The fifteenth is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter formed from an antispast, a third epitrite, and a syllable. The sixteenth and seventeenth are one-and-a-half measure pure antispastic. The eighteenth is an acatalecticc iambic dimeter formed from three chorei (in the first three feet). The nineteenth is similar to the sixteenth, formed from a first epitrite and an iamb. The twentieth is a catalectic antispastic dimeter formed from an antispast and a cretic. The twenty-first is a pure hypercatalectic iambic dimeter. The twenty-second is a pure acatalectic trochaic dimeter. The twenty-third is a similar (trochaic) Euripidean catalectic dimeter with the first foot a choreius. The twenty-fourth is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter. For it seems better to me to write these (words) in this way (scil. with ‘iōn’ in this colon rather than at the end of the previous one): for ‘kakos Phōkeus’ alone does not allow diagnosis of which meter it might be, even if it seems antispastic. The twenty-fifth is an acatalectic iambic trimeter. The twenty-sixth is a brachycatalectic iambic trimeter having a synizesis in the first foot; but if you prefer, let the second foot be an anapaest. The twenty-seventh is a hypercatalectic trochaic dimeter. The twenty-eighth and twenty-ninth are trochaic ithyphallika. The thirtieth is a trochaic hepthemimeres. The thirty-first is iambic like the twenty-sixth (brachycatalectic iambic trimeter). At the end a paragraphos, and as an insertion (in the lyric) an iambic trimeter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

APP. CRIT.: 5, 7, 28–29 ἰθυφαλικ‑ T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.23,6–24,10; de Fav. 77–78

KEYWORDS: Pindar | συνίζησις | Εὐριπίδειον (colon)

Or. 1426.02 (1426–1452) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων λα´ —T

TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of thirty-one cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78

Or. 1426.03 (1426–1437) (mosch paraphr) Φρυγίοις ἔτυχον: ¹ἔτυχον ἐν συνηθείᾳ Φρυγῶν, ἐν συνηθείᾳ βαρβαρικῇ κινῶν εὐπαγεῖ κύκλῳ πτερίνῳ, ἤγουν ῥιπιδίῳ, αὔραν ἐπὶ τὸν βόστρυχον τῆς Ἑλένης πρὸ τῆς παρηΐδος, ἀντὶ τοῦ τῆς παρειᾶς ²ἡ δὲ, ἤγουν ἡ Ἑλένη, ἐνετύλιττε διὰ τῶν δακτύλων λίνον τῇ ἠλακάτῃ, τὰ νήματα δὲ ὥρμα πρὸς τὸ πέδον, ³θέλουσα κατασκευάσαι ἀναθήματα ἐπὶ τύμβον τῷ λίνῳ τῷ ὄντι ἀπὸ τῶν σκύλων τῶν Φρυγίων, ⁴λέγω φάρεα, ἤγουν ἐνδύματα, πορφυρᾶ κατασκευάσαι δῶρα τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: I happened to be, in the fashion of Phygians, in a foreign fashion, stirring with a well-constructed feathery circle, that is, a fan, a breeze toward the curling tress of Helen before her ‘parēïs’, meaning ‘cheek’ (‘pareia’). And she, that is, Helen, was twisting with her fingers yarn with the distaff—and the spun threads was going toward the ground—as she wished to make dedications for the tomb with the yarn that was from the spoils take from the Phrygians, I mean, to create ‘pharea’, meaning ‘robes’, dyed with purple as gifts for Clytemnestra.

LEMMA: XaXbYYfGGr, label σύνταξις in marg. T POSITION: as two sep., 1 on recto and 2–4 on verso, Yf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 αὖραν all except T | 2 λῖνον XoYYfG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.309,9–16

Or. 1426.04 (1426–1430) (thom exeg) ⟨Φρυγίοις ἔτυχον … βαρβάροις νόμοις⟩: ¹ἔτυχον ἐν Φρυγίοις καὶ Τρωϊκοῖς νόμοις ἀΐσσων καὶ πέμπων ἐν εὐπηγεῖ πτερίνῳ κύκλῳ αὔραν καὶ πνοὴν πρὸ παρηΐδος καὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῆς παρηΐδος τῆς Ἑλένης παρὰ τὸν βόστρυχον καὶ τὰς ἐν μετώπῳ αὐτῆς τρίχας, ²τουτέστιν ἐξ ὅτουπερ εἰς Τροίαν ἦν αὕτη, ἐτάχθην ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῆς ἵστασθαι καὶ πρὸς τὸ θάλπος αὔραν αὐτῇ μηχανᾶσθαι καὶ τὰ λυποῦντα ἐλαύνειν, μυίας φημὶ καὶ κώνωπας. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: I happened in Phrygian and Trojan custom to be darting and sending with a well-constructed feathery circle a breeze and puff of air before the cheek and in front of the cheek of Helen beside her curl and the hairs on her forehead, that is, ever since this woman was in Troy, I have been assigned to stand before her and create a breeze for her against the heat and to drive away things annoying (her), I mean flies and mosquitoes.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm POSITION: cont. from sch. 1427.03 T, prep. τὸ δὲ πᾶν οὕτως ἔχει

APP. CRIT.: 1 first ἐν om. Gu | καὶ ἔμπ. τ. παρ. om. Gu | second παρηΐδος] παρειᾶς T [Zl] | 2 ἦν αὕτη] αὐτὴ ἦν transp. ZZa, ἦν om., s.l. add. Gu | αὐτῆς] ταύτης ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 αὖραν ZZlGu | μετόπω Za | 2 ἐξότουπερ ZmGu | αὖραν ZZlGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.309,16–22

Or. 1426.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐτύγχανον⟩: ἔτυχον —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (For imperfect ‘etungchanon’ there is a variant reading, aorist) ‘etuchon’ (‘I happened’).

LEMMA: thus in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1426.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Φρυγίοισι νόμοις⟩: ἐν συνηθείᾳ Φρυγῶν —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcOx²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐν om. Zc

Or. 1427.02 (1427–1429) (vet exeg) παρὰ βόστρυχον αὔραν: παρὰ τὸν βόστρυχον τῆς Ἑλένης πλησίον τῆς παρηΐδος αὐτῆς αὔραν πέμπων —MBCRfY², partial H

TRANSLATION: Sending a breeze beside the curl of Helen near her cheek.

LEMMA: C(αὖραν, as in text C), παρὰ βόστρυχον Rf, REF. SYMBOL: HMRf POSITION: s.l. Y²; cont. from sch. 1425.02 B

APP. CRIT. 2: αὖραν BCRfY²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,23–24; Dind. II.309,25–26

Or. 1427.03 (1427–1429) (thom exeg) ⟨παρὰ βόστρυχον … πρὸ παρηΐδος⟩: τὸ παρὰ βόστρυχον καὶ τὸ πρὸ παρηΐδος ταυτόν ἐστιν. —ZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: ‘Beside the curl’ and ‘before the cheek’ are the same thing.

POSITION: marg. ZbZlZm, s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: προ Gu | ταυτόν ἐστὶν Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.309,23–24

KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα

Or. 1427.11 (vet exeg) ⟨αὔραν αὔραν⟩: αὔραν ἀΐσσων, ἀντὶ τοῦ πνοὴν ἐπιπέμπων —MBCAa

TRANSLATION: ‘Darting a breeze’ (with ‘darting’ from two line later), equivalent to ‘sending a puff of air upon (her)’.

POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. Aa, cont. from sch. 1429.05 B

APP. CRIT.: τὸ γὰρ ἑξῆς prep. B | αὔραν om. Aa | τοῦ om. C | ἀναπνοὴν Aa | ἐκπέμπων B

APP. CRIT. 2: αὖραν B, a.c. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,1; Dind. II.310,3–4

Or. 1427.13 (tri metr) ⟨αὔραν αὔραν⟩: long mark over both alphas —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78

Or. 1428.01 (rec metr) ⟨Ἑλένας Ἑλένας⟩: long mark over both alphas —O

Or. 1428.05 (mosch exeg) εὐπαγεῖ κύκλῳ: ἤγουν ῥιπιδίῳ πτερίνῳ κυκλοτερεῖ καλῶς πεπηγμένῳ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Well-constructed circle’,) that is, circular fan of feathers well-fixed in position.

LEMMA: XGr POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Gr

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: κυκλωτερεῖ T

Or. 1428.16 (1428–1429) (vet exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ πτερίνῳ⟩: τῇ ῥιπίδι —MCMnR

TRANSLATION: (‘Feathery circle’ is) the fan.

LEMMA: πτερίνῳ M, πτερίνω πρὸ παρηΐδος ἀΐσσων C REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. MnR

APP. CRIT.: τῇ om. Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,25; Dind. II.309, app. at 25

Or. 1428.17 (1428–1429) (vet exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ πτερίνῳ⟩: παρόσον πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς καλύμματα πτερὰ ἔλεγον, οἷς δὴ καὶ ῥιπίσιν ἐχρῶντο. —HMC

TRANSLATION: Inasmuch as they used to call all coverings upon the head feathers, which in fact they used to use as fans.

REF. SYMBOL: H POSITION: cont. from prev. with ἢ MC

APP. CRIT.: only 2–3 letters at start of 5 lines H | χρῶ[ at line-beginning H, χρῶ[ται] Daitz, unless it was [ἐ ]/ χρῶ[ντο]

APP. CRIT. 2: ῥιπίσι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,25–26; Dind. II.309, app. at 25

Or. 1428.18 (1428–1429) (vet exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ πτερίνῳ⟩: κυκλοτερὴς γὰρ ἡ ἐκ τῶν πτερῶν ῥιπίς. —HMBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Feathery circle’,) for the fan made of feathers is circular.

POSITION: s.l. H, cont. from prev. MC, cont. from sch. 1429.01 B

APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. H

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,26–27; Dind. II.310,1–2, cf. II.309, app. at 25

COLLATION NOTES: check H new image to verify om. τῶν | Schw. wrongly reports ‘ἡ om. C’.

Or. 1429.01 (vet exeg) ⟨πτερίνῳ⟩: ¹πτερίνῳ δὲ εἶπεν παρόσον αὗται ἐκ πτερῶν ὑπάρχουσι συντεθειμέναι· ²εὐπηγεῖ δὲ κύκλῳ ἤτοι καλῶς πεπηγμένῳ καὶ συντεθειμένῳ. —B

TRANSLATION: He said ‘of feathers’ because these (scil. fans) are put together from feathers. And ‘eupēgei’ circle, in other words ‘well fastened and put together’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1427.02 B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 παρ’ ὅσον B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,25–28 with app.; Dind. II.309,25–310,1

Or. 1429.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πτερίνῳ⟩: ὅτι ἀπὸ πτερῶν ἦν συντεθειμένον —MnPr

TRANSLATION: (‘Of feathers’) because it (the fan) was put together from feathers.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πτεροῦ Mn

Or. 1429.03 (tri exeg) ⟨πτερίνῳ⟩: ἐκ πτερῶν ταῶνος πεποιημένῳ —T

TRANSLATION: (‘Of feathers’, that is,) made from the feathers of a peacock.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The specification ‘of a peacock’ is unique to Triclinius and not obviously motivated by the text itself. The only collocation of peacock and fan (ῥιπίς, ῥιπίδιον) I find in TLG is Constitut. apostol. 8.12,11–15 δύο δὲ διάκονοι ἐξ ἑκατέρων τῶν μερῶν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου κατεχέτωσαν ἐξ ὑμένων λεπτῶν ῥιπίδιον ἢ πτερῶν [Mastr.; πτερὸν edition] ταῶνος ἢ ὀθόνης (‘a fan made of fine membranes or of a peacock’s feathers or of fine linen’), καὶ ἠρέμα ἀποσοβείτωσαν τὰ μικρὰ τῶν ἱπταμένων ζῴων, ὅπως ἂν μὴ ἐγχρίμπτωνται εἰς τὰ κύπελλα. Perhaps Triclinius pictured the fan this way because he saw such fans used by high officials of the church or others among the elite.

Or. 1429.05 (vet exeg) ⟨πρὸ παρηΐδος⟩: ἡ δὲ πρό ἀντὶ τῆς κατά, ὅ ἐστι κατὰ τοῦ προσώπου αὐτῆς πνοὴν ἐπιπέμπων. —MBC

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘pro’ (‘before, in front of’) is used for the preposition ‘kata’ (‘down upon’), which is to say ‘sending on a puff of air down upon her face’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1428.18 all

APP. CRIT.: ἐπιπέμπων] Schw. (from sch. 1427.11), ἐκπέμπων all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.224,27–28; Dind. II.310,2–3, cf. II.309, app. at 25

Or. 1429.13 (tri metr) ⟨(παρ)ηΐ(δος)⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 1430.01 (thom exeg) ⟨βαρβάροισι νόμοισιν⟩: τοῦτο καὶ τὸ [1426] Φρυγίοις νόμοις ταυτόν ἐστι. —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: This phrase (‘with foreign customs’) and ‘with Phrygian customs’ are the same thing.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.310,6–7

KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα

Or. 1430.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨βαρβάροισι νόμοισιν⟩: ἐν συνηθείᾳ βαρβαρικῇ —XXaXbXoT⁺YfGGr

LEMMA: βαρβάροις in text T POSITION: s.l. except marg. X

APP. CRIT.: βαρβαρικῇ ἐν συνηθείᾳ transp. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.310,6

Or. 1431.01 (1431–1436) (thom paraphr) ἁ δὲ λίνον: ¹ἡ δὲ ἐν τοῖς δακτύλοις ἕλισσε λίνον ἐν ἠλακάτῃ, τὸ νῆμα δὲ ἵετο ἐν τῷ πέδῳ, ²χρῄζουσα ἐν λίνῳ ἐπὶ τὸν τύμβον τῆς ἀδελφῆς στολίσαι φάρεα καὶ πέπλους, πορφύρεα δῶρα τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ, ³ἀγάλματα καὶ λαμπρότητας καὶ τρυφὰς τῶν Φρυγίων σκύλων. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: And she with her fingers was twirling thread on a spindle—and the spun thread was being sent toward the ground—wanting with yarn to prepare ‘pharea’, that is, robes for the tomb of her sister, purple-dyed gifts for Clytemnestra, adornments and shining decorations and luxury items from the Phrygian spoils.

LEMMA: T(ἡ) REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἕλισσε] ἔλυσε Gu | second δὲ om. Gu | 2 ἐν τῷ λίνῳ ZaGu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λινὸν ZZa, λῖνον ZmGu | ἴετο Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.310,8–12

Or. 1431.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ⟩: ἁ —RfSa

TRANSLATION: (For article ‘hē’ there is a variant reading, Doric) ‘hā’.

LEMMA: thus in text RfSa POSITION: s.l., above eta of ἠλακάτᾳ Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: app. ἅ Rf

Or. 1431.06 (1431–1432) (vet paraphr) ⟨λίνον ἠλακάτᾳ … ἕλισσεν⟩: τὸ λίνον τὸ ἐν τῇ ἠλακάτῃ εἵλισσεν. —MC, partial HPrSa

TRANSLATION: She was twirling the yarn that was on the distaff.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. HPrSa

APP. CRIT.: τὸ … τὸ] τὸν … τὸν PrSa | τὸ ἐν τῇ ἠλακάτῃ λίνον transp. H | λίνον om. PrSa (understood from line) | εἵλισσεν] Schw., ἐλίσσων MC, om. HPrSa

APP. CRIT. 2: λῖνον CSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,3

Or. 1431.08 (thom exeg) ⟨λίνον⟩: ¹λίνον ἐνταῦθα καταχρηστικῶς τὴν μέταξαν λέγει. ²ὅτι δὲ τοῦτό ἐστι δῆλον ἔκ τε τῶν Φρυγίων σκύλων καὶ τοῦ βούλεσθαι τῇ ἀδελφῇ πέπλον ὑφᾶναι πρὸς τάφον δῶρον· ³οὔτε γὰρ ἦν εἰκὸς ἐκ λίνου καὶ μὴ ἐκ μετάξης τῇ ἀδελφῇ δῶρον κατασκευάσαι πέπλον, ⁴οὔτε φαῦλα σκῦλα καὶ οὐδενὸς ἄξια ἐκ Τρώων λαβεῖν, ⁵ἀλλὰ λίνον ἐνταῦθα καταχρηστικῶς καὶ οὐ κυρίως τὴν μέταξαν λέγει. ⁶ἐγχωρεῖ δὲ λέγειν καὶ νῆμα λεπτὸν καὶ ἀερῶδες εἶναι τὸν λίνον καὶ οὐ μέταξαν, ⁷καὶ οὐδὲν ἐμποδὼν ἵσταται τὸ σκύλων Φρυγίων, οὐδὲ τὸ πέπλον ἐκ τοιούτου ἐθέλειν ὑφαίνειν τῇ ἀδελφῇ. ⁸εἰκὸς γὰρ ἦν καὶ σκῦλον τοιοῦτόν τι νῆμα λαβεῖν καὶ πέπλους ἐκ τοιούτου ὑφαίνειν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Here by catachresis (improper use of a word) he refers to silk as ‘linon’ (‘flax’). And that this is the case is obvious both from the (mention of) Phrygian spoils and from her wanting to weave a garment for her sister as a gift for the tomb. For neither was it probable that she crafted a robe as gift for her sister from flax and not from silk, nor that she took from Trojans trivial and worthless spoils; but rather he calls silk flax here in an improper sense and not in its proper sense. But it is possible to say that flax and not silk is a thread both fine and light as air, and the phrase ‘Phrygian spoils’ poses no obstacle, nor her wanting to weave a robe for her sister from such material. For it was probable to take some such thread as spoils and to weave robes from such material.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa POSITION: cont. from sch. 1431.01, add. δὲ, T

APP. CRIT.: 2 πέπλον ὑφ. τῆ ἀδελφῆ transp. ZZa | τὸν τάφον T | 8 σκῦλον] σκύλων Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.310,13–22

COMMENT: Thomas often offers more than one interpretation, with various degrees of explanation, but this case is unusual in presenting two opposing views and supporting both with εἰκὸς γὰρ. The second explanation thus looks like the result of second thoughts, perhaps raised in discussion within the Thoman circle. This instance would differ from those in which ZmTGu appear to offer a refinement or correction of a view attested in ZZa.

KEYWORDS: catachresis

Or. 1433.01 (thom exeg) ⟨νῆμα δ’ ἵετο πέδῳ⟩: τοῦτο διὰ μέσου. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: This (clause) is parenthetic.

LEMMA: in text νήματα δ’ TGr; νῆμα θ’ ZZa POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,4

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 1433.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νήμαθ’⟩: τὰ κλώσματα ἤγουν τὸ ἄτρακτον —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Nemata’ means) ‘the threads’, that is to say, ‘the spindle’ (that collects the spun threads).

LEMMA: thus in text CrOx POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1433.05 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἵετο⟩: μετὰ σπουδῆς ἐχαλᾶτο, κατηπειγμένως. —MCAaRfPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Hieto’, ‘was being propelled’, that is,) was being released with haste, in a hurried manner.

LEMMA: ἴετο in text MSa POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. AaPrSa

APP. CRIT.: τὸ δὲ ἵετο ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Rf | κατεπειγομένως PrSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,4; Dind. II.310,23–24

Or. 1433.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἵετο⟩: ἠπειγμένως ἐφέρετο καὶ ἐχαλᾶτο —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1433.11 (tri metr) ⟨ἵετο⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78

Or. 1434.01 (1434–1435) (vet exeg) σκύλων Φρυγίων: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς λαφυραγωγίας τῶν βαρβάρων νήματα καὶ λίνα. || ²ἀπὸ τῶν Φρυγίων σκύλων βουλομένη συρράψαι ἐνδύματα πορφυρᾶ, ὅπως ἐπὶ τὸν τάφον ἀναθῇ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας. —MBCRf, partial HMt^r

TRANSLATION: (‘Spun yarn of Phrygian spoils’ is) equivalent to the spun yarn and threads from the plundering of the foreigners. || (Paraphrase as) ‘wanting to stitch together from the Phrygian spoils purple-dyed garments, in order to dedicate (them) at the tomb of Clytemnestra’.

LEMMA: BCRf REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λῖνα CRf | 2 προφυρὰ MCRf [H]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,5–7; Dind. II.311,6–9

COMMENT: The first sentence takes σκύλων Φρυγίων with 1433 νῆμα/νήματα, while the second construes it with the following ἀγάλματα συστολίσαι.

Or. 1434.03 (1434–1435) (mosch exeg) ⟨σκύλων Φρυγίων … λίνῳ⟩: τῷ λίνῳ τῷ ὄντι δηλονότι ἀπὸ τῶν σκύλων τῶν Φρυγίων —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcOx²

TRANSLATION: With the thread, namely, that from the spoils of the Phrygians.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: second τῷ om. Ox² | δηλ. om. ZcOx² | second τῶν om. Ox²

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,9–10

Or. 1434.04 (thom exeg) ⟨σκύλων Φρυγίων⟩: μὴ λάβῃς εἰς τὸ σκύλων ἔξωθεν τὸ ἀπό, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡ τοιαύτη γενικὴ πρὸς τὸ ἀγάλματα. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Do not supply from outside ‘apo’ (‘from’) to govern ‘skulōn’ (‘spoils’), but the genitive of this sort goes with ‘agalmata’ (‘adornments’).

POSITION: s.l. except T, marg. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,10–11

COMMENT: While Thomas’s view directly contradicts that of Moschopulus, the supplying of ἀπὸ is already in the old scholion 1434.01 (and in the next glosses excerpted from it), so it is unsafe to infer that Thomas had Moschopulus’s commentary in view when writing this.

KEYWORDS: Thomas Magister critical of another view

Or. 1434.09 (tri metr) ⟨σκύλων⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78

Or. 1434.10 (vet exeg) ἐπὶ τύμβον: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τὸν τύμβον, ²τουτέστι τὰ δὲ νήματα ἵετο τῷ πέδῳ διὰ τὸν τύμβον. ³ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ τύμβου τὸ σῶμα τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας δηλοῖ. ⁴ἀγάλματα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀγάλμασι· ⁵καλλώπισμα γάρ ἐστιν ἡ κηδεία τοῦ νεκροῦ σώματος. ⁶ὁ δὲ λόγος· τὰ δὲ νήματα καὶ τὰ λίνα τὰ ἐκ Φρυγίας εἰργάζετο διὰ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τὸ σῶμα, ἵνα τοῦτο συστείλῃ καὶ κηδεύσῃ αὖθις λαμπροῖς ἱματίοις καὶ φάρεσι πορφυρέοις. —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Epi tumbon’ here is) used for ‘because of the tomb’; that is, ‘and the spun threads were being sent toward the ground because of the tomb’. And from the tomb he indicates the body of Clytemnestra. (Accusative) ‘agalmata’ is used for (dative) ‘agalmasi’. For the attention devoted to the dead body is a form of adornment. And the overall sense is: and she was working at making the spun yarn and threads from Phrygia because of the body of Clytemnestra, in order that she (Helen) may cloak this (the body) and mourn for it anew with shining garments and purple-dyed robes.

LEMMA: M(ἐπι)C, ἄλλως in marg. B REF. SYMBOL: M

APP. CRIT. 2: 5 κηδεῖα M | 6 λῖνα BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,8–14; Dind. II.310,24–311,3 with app.

COMMENT: Against Schwartz, I keep the paraphrast’s use of συστέλλω to render συστολίζω with a more common word. This paraphrast is interpreting the verb as ‘cloak’ or ‘wrap’ (which pairs well with κηδεύσῃ when the object is taken to be the dead body), unlike the interpreters who offer συνράψαι, ὑφᾶναι and the like to render συστολίσαι, the view accepted by modern commentators.

Or. 1434.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ τύμβον⟩: καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν τάφον τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: app. written twice, one version partially erased

Or. 1435.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀγάλματα⟩: καλλωπίσματα· κόσμος γὰρ τῶν τύμβων τὰ ἀναθήματα. —MCPr

TRANSLATION: (‘Agalmata’, that is,) embellishments. For the dedications are an adornment for tombs.

POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. Pr

APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: καλωπ‑ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,15

Or. 1435.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨συστολίσαι χρῄζουσα … δῶρα Κλυταιμνήστρας⟩: βουλομένη συνράψαι πορφύρεα ὅπως ἀναθῇ τῷ τάφῳ Κλυταιμνήστρας —Ab

Or. 1436.01 (rec exeg) ⟨χρῄζουσα⟩: χρεΐζουσα —M²

TRANSLATION: (‘Chrēizousa’ is derived from the noun ‘chreos’ via the form) ‘chreïzousa’.

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT. 2: χρείζουσα M²

COMMENT: A few scholia and many lexicographers use the invented form χρεΐζω to explain the derivation of χρῄζω. So this is the likeliest reason for someone in the 12th or 13th century to cite it here. χρείζω as an alternative spelling appears in TLG in a 17th-century author.

Or. 1437.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δῶρα Κλυταιμήστρᾳ⟩: ἀναθήματα τῷ τάφῳ τῆς Κλυταιμήστρας —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1438.01 (mosch paraphr) προσεῖπε δ’ Ὀρέστας: ¹πρὸς τὴν Λάκαιναν δὲ κόρην, ἤγουν τὴν Ἑλένην, εἶπεν ὁ Ὀρέστης, ²‘ὦ παῖ τοῦ Διὸς, ἀποστᾶσα τῆς καθέδρας θὲς τὸν πόδα ἐπὶ τῷ πέδῳ δεῦρο ἐπὶ τὴν ἕδραν τῆς πάλαι κατασκευασθείσης οἰκίας τοῦ Πέλοπος τοῦ προπάτορος, ³ἵν’ εἰδῇς τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους’. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: And Orestes spoke to the Laconian girl, that is, Helen: ‘Oh child of Zeus, move away from your chair and put your foot on the ground (moving) here toward the seat of the long ago established house of your forefather Pelops, so that you may know my words’.

LEMMA: G(ὀρέστης)

APP. CRIT.: 1 δὲ om. X | ἤγουν … Ὀρέστης] εἶπεν ὁ ὀρέστης ἤγουν πρὸς τὴν Ἑλένην XoG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,12–16

Or. 1438.02 (1438–1439) (mosch paraphr) ⟨προσεῖπε … Λάκαιναν κόραν⟩: πρὸς τὴν Λάκαιναν κόρην εἶπεν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπε Xa

Or. 1440.01 (1440–1441) (vet exeg) θὲς ἴχνος πέδῳ: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνάστηθι. ²ἀπαγαγεῖν δὲ αὐτὴν ἐβούλετο ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου τούτου οὗ ἐκάθητο εἰς ἕτερον τόπον, ἐκκλῖναι βουλόμενος τοὺς παρεστῶτας οἰκέτας. ³τούτου οὖν ἀποστᾶσα τοῦ κλισμοῦ ἐλθὲ ἐπὶ τὴν Πέλοπος καθέδραν, ἔνθα εἰώθει διατρίβειν ὁ Πέλοψ. —MBCRf, partial H

TRANSLATION: (‘Put your foot on the ground’ is) equivalent to ‘stand up’. And he wants to lead her away from this place where she was sittting to another spot, wanting to get out of the way the servants standing beside here. So then, (the paraphrase is) ‘leaving this chair, come to the seat of Pelops, where he was accustomed to spend his time’.

LEMMA: BCRf REF. SYMBOL: MBRf

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐκκλίναι C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,16–19; Dind. II.311,17–21

Or. 1440.02 (1440–1441) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨θὲς ἴχνος πέδῳ … προπάτορος ἕδραν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνάστηθι ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ Πέλοπος καθέδραν ἐλθὲ ὅπου διέτριβεν ὁ Πέλοψ. —Mt^r

APP. CRIT. 2: app. ἐνταῦθεν a.c. Mt^r

Or. 1440.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄλλως⟩: ἀποστῆσαι γὰρ αὐτὴν ἤθελε τῶν παρεστώτων θεραπόντων —MCMt^r

TRANSLATION: For he wanted to separate her from the attendants standing beside her.

LEMMA: ἄλλως conj. Mastr. (corrupted to preposed words in MC) POSITION: cont. from sch. 1440.01 all

APP. CRIT.: the whole effaced in Mt^r, app. deliberately | ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. M, ἀντὶ prep. C | ἤθελε] Münzel, ἤθελον MC, app. Mt^r

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,20; Dind. II.311,21–22

Or. 1440.12 (1440–1442) (rec paraphr) ⟨δεῦρ’ … ἑστίας⟩: ἐλθὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ἕδραν τῆς ἑστίας τοῦ Πέλοπος, τουτέστι τῶν οἴκων. —C

TRANSLATION: Come to the seat of the hearth of Pelops, that is, of his house.

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔδραν C

Or. 1440.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀποστᾶσα κλισμοῦ⟩: τοῦτο διὰ μέσου. —VdZm

TRANSLATION: This phrase (‘leaving your chair’) is parenthetic (scil. between ‘hither’ and ‘toward the seat …’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1441.01.

KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου

Or. 1441.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Πέλοπος ἐπὶ προπάτορος ἕδραν⟩: ἐφερμηνευτικὸν τοῦ δεῦρο. —VdZm

TRANSLATION: (‘To the seat of forefather Pelops’ is) explanatory of ‘hither’ (‘deuro’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1440.15.

KEYWORDS: ἐφερμηνευτικόν

Or. 1441.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ προπάτορος ἕδραν⟩: ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ προπάτορος καθέδραν —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1441.13 (tri metr) ⟨ἕδραν⟩: koinē short over epsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78

Or. 1442.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨παλαιᾶς ἑστίας⟩: τῆς πάλαι κατασκευασθείσης οἰκίας —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1443.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ἵν᾽⟩: ὅπως ἢ ὅπου —ZZbZlZmTGuVd

TRANSLATION: (‘Hina’ may mean‚) ‘in order that’ or ‘where’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἢ] καὶ Vd

Or. 1444.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄγει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἦγεν, τουτέστιν ἐπειρᾶτο ἄγειν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc²Ox²

TRANSLATION: (Present ‘he leads’ is) used for (imperfect) ‘he was leading’, that is, ‘he was trying to lead’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἦγεν om. Ox², ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | ἦγεν τουτέστιν om. Zc | τουτέστιν] ἤγουν G

APP. CRIT. 2: ἦγε XaXoYf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,23

Or. 1444.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἁ δ’ ἐφείπετ’⟩: ἡ δὲ ἐπηκολούθει —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZb²Ox²

LEMMA: in text ἅδ’/ἅ δ’ all except Xa; ἅδε’ἐφ‑ (sic) Zb POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Ox²; cont. from sch. 1444.01 Ox²

APP. CRIT.: ἡ δὲ] om. Zb², ἥδε Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,23–24

Or. 1444.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἅδ’ ἐφείπετ’⟩: ἐπηκολούθει δὲ αὕτη —G

LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1446.01 (vet exeg) ὁ δὲ συνεργὸς: ¹τὸ σύν κατὰ κοινοῦ, ²τουτέστιν ὁ δὲ συνεργὸς συμπράσσων τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, ὁ πονηρὸς ἀνὴρ Φωκεὺς, τοιαῦτα εἶπεν. ³λέγει δὲ τὸν Πυλάδην. —MBCRf

TRANSLATION: The prefix ‘sun’ (of ‘sunergos’) is understood in common (with the following verb ‘eprasse’). That is to say, the collaborator cooperating with Orestes, the wicked Phocian, said such things. And he means Pylades.

LEMMA: B, συνεργός Rf REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: 2 after συνεργὸς add. πυλάδης Rf | τοιαῦτα om. C | 3 πυλ.] ὀρέστην B

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τοῦτέστιν B | εἶπε CRf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,21–23; Dind. II.311,27–29

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 1446.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὁ δὲ συνεργὸς … Φωκεύς⟩: ὁ δὲ συνεργὸς ὁ κακότροπος Φωκεὺς, ἤγουν ὁ Πυλάδης, ἄλλα ἰὼν ἔπραττεν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: And the evil Phocian collaborator, that is, Pylades, went along and was doing other things.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: συνεργὸς ὁ om. G | ἤγουν om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀλλὰ Yf | ἔπραττε TG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.311,29–312,1

Or. 1446.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συνεργὸς⟩: ξυνεργὸς —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘sunergos’, ‘collaborator’, there is a variant reading, with alternative spelling) ‘xunergos’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1447.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν … κακοὶ Φρύγες⟩: οὐ μὴ πορευθῆτε μακρὰν, ἀλλὰ διηνεκῶς ἐστὲ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ οἱ Φρύγες κακοὶ καὶ ἀπαίδευτοι. —Rw

TRANSLATION: You do not move far away, but always in truth you Phrygians are base and uneducated.

POSITION: follows sch. 1447.05 Rw

Or. 1447.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν … κακοὶ Φρύγες⟩: ¹τουτέστιν, οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέρχεσθε, ἀλλ’ αἰεὶ ἀπαιδεύτως ἔχετε; ²τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ κακοί. ³ἔλεγε δὲ αὐτοῖς τοῦτο, ὡς δῆθεν Ὀρέστου μυστήριον λέξοντος τῇ Ἑλένῃ, ⁴ἵνα ἐκποδὼν ἀπελθόντων μόνην συλλάβωσιν αὐτὴν, ὡς μηδενὸς αὐτοῖς ἀνταίροντος. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, ‘do you not go far away, but always you behave in an uneducated way?’ For this (‘uneducated’) is (the sense of) ‘kakoi’ (‘base’). And he was saying this to them, pretending that Orestes was going to tell a secret matter to Helen, in order that once they have moved out of the way they may grab her alone, with no one raising a hand against them.

LEMMA: οὐκ ἐκποδὼν ἴτε all except Gu REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm POSITION: marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 εὐπαιδ‑ Za | 4 μόνοι T | λάβωσιν Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀπέρχεσθαι Zm | 4 ἵν’ Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,3–6

COLLATION NOTES: In the trimmed left margin of Za beside the middle of this scholion, there is a short note ]η̅ τὸ / ]θεν(?), which perhaps could be restored as σ]η̅ (= σημείωσαι) τὸ [δῆ]θεν. δῆθεν is in fact in the middle line of this scholion and its idiomatic use is worthy of notice, but it must be admitted that θεν is hardly certain.

Or. 1447.03 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν ἴτ’⟩: λείπει τὸ ‘καὶ ταῦτα ἔλεγεν’. —MCPrSa

TRANSLATION: ‘And he was saying the following’ is to be supplied (to introduce the direct speech).

LEMMA: ἐκποδῶν in text MC POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. C, s.l. above φρῦγες ἐκλήϊσε (sic) PrSa

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔλεγε C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,24

COMMENT: Schw. printed λείπει τὸ καὶ τοιαῦτα ἔλεγεν with M as the only witness listed and nothing in the apparatus. Dindorf had printed B’s version (next) and ascribed it to M as well as B, with nothing noted in the app.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1447.04 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν ἴτ’⟩: λείπει τὸ τοιαῦτα λέγων. —B

TRANSLATION: ‘Saying such things’ is to be supplied (to introduce the direct speech).

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,1–2

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1447.05 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν ἴτ’⟩: ἀπὸ τὸ διηγηματικὸν ἔπεσεν εἰς μιμητικὸν. —Rw

TRANSLATION: He shifted from the narrative mode into mimetic mode.

REF. SYMBOL: Rw POSITION: follows out-of-order sch. 1466.01–02 Rw

COMMENT: The scribe slips into vernacular case usage; there is no need to correct to ἀπὸ τοῦ διηγηματικοῦ, although there may once have been a ‘correct’ usage in the earlier history of the note, if it had one. | There is no parallel for ἔπεσεν in connection with the shift from narrative to mimetic mode. Other scholia noting this change use μεταβαίνω, μετέρχομαι, μεταβάλλω, ἀποστρέφω, or omit the verb entirely.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1447.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν ἴτ’⟩: λέγων μετὰ ἐπιπλήξεως —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘saying with indignant reproach’ (to introduce the direct speech).

POSITION: marg. XaXo, s.l. XbYYfG; cont. from sch. 1446.02 TG

APP. CRIT. 2: μετεκπλήξεως Y, μετ’ ἐκπλ. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,14

Or. 1447.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἐκποδὼν ἴτ’⟩: λέγων δηλονότι —VdZmCrOx

TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘saying’, obviously (to introduce the direct speech).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: δηλ. om. CrOx

Or. 1447.18 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἴτ’⟩: ¹ἴω τὸ πορεύομαι· ὁ δεύτερος ἀόριστος ἴον, ἴες, ἴε, καὶ τὸ προστακτικὸν ἴε, καὶ κατὰ μεταπλασμὸν τοῦ ε εἰς θι καὶ τροπῇ ἴθι ἴτω, ἴτον ἴτον, ἴτε ἴτωσαν. ²μεταπλασμὸς δέ ἐστι μετάθεσις καὶ σχηματισμὸς λήξεως καὶ λέξεως εἰς συγγενὲς τελικὸν τοῦ αὐτοῦ εἴτε ὀνόματος εἴτε ῥήματος· ³ὀνόματος μὲν, οἷον τῷ κλάδῳ τῷ κλαδί, τῷ δένδρῳ τῷ δένδρεϊ, τὼ ὄσσω τὼ ὄσσε, ⁴ῥήματος δὲ, οἷον ἴε ἴθι, ἔθι ἔσο, κλύε κλῦθι, πῖε πῖθι, ποιοῖμι ποιοίην, καὶ ἕτερα. —Gu²

TRANSLATION: ‘Iō’ meaning ‘I go’: the second aorist is ‘ion, ies, ie’, and the imperative ‘ie’, and with an alteration (‘metaplasmos’) of ‘e’ into ‘thi’ and by conversion (of the ending), ‘ithi, itō, iton, iton, ite, itōsan’. And metaplasmos is the metathesis or alteration of the ending and of the word to a related final syllable of the same noun or verb. Of a noun, for instance in ‘kladōi, kladi’, ‘dendrōi, dendreï, ‘ossō, osse’; of a verb, for instance in ‘ie, ithi’, ‘ethi, eso’, ‘klue, kluthi’, ‘pie, pithi’, ‘poioimi, poioiēn’, and others.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 4 ποιοῖμι] ποιοίμην Gu²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,7–13

COMMENT: In 4 Gu²’s ποιοίμην is more likely an error than an idiosyncrastic ad hoc derivation of an active form from a middle-passive one, diverging from all the previous examples. Grammarians gave various explanations for conversion of ‑οῖμι to ‑οίην: e.g., Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:2.260.20–29 cites Apollonius Dyscolus for the view that the third person ‑οῖ becomes ‑οίη and the second and first persons are then formed analogically as ‑οίης, ‑οίην.

KEYWORDS: μεταπλασμός

Or. 1447.19 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἴτ’⟩: τὸ θέμα ἴω τὸ πορεύομαι. ὁ β’ ἀόριστος ἴον, ἴες, ἴε, καὶ τὸ προστακτικὸν ἴε, καὶ κατὰ μεταπλασμὸν ἴθι, τὸ δεύτερον τῶν πληθυντικῶν ἴτε. —T^rec

TRANSLATION: The base-form is ‘iō’ meaning ‘I go’, the second aorist is ‘ion, ies, ie’, and the imperative ‘ie’, and with an alteration (‘metaplasmos’) ‘ithi’, and the second person plural ‘ite’.

POSITION: add. in upper margin (later than copying by Ta, unless Ta deliberately ignored it)

KEYWORDS: μεταπλασμός

Or. 1447.21 (mosch exeg) κακοὶ Φρύγες: ὡς ματαίως δῆθεν ἐν δειλίᾳ γενομένων τῶν περὶ τὴν Ἑλένην Φρυγῶν, τοῦτο φησίν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: He says this pretending that the Phrygians around Helen have become fearful for no good reason.

LEMMA: XGr, οὐκ ἐκποδὼν T REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: marg. Xb, intermarg. Y

APP. CRIT.: λέγων μετὰ ἐπιπλήξεως κακοὶ Φρύγες prep. Gr (cf. sch. 1447.06) | ματαία X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,14–15

Or. 1448.01 (1448–1451) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκλήϊσε … διαρμόσας⟩: ἢ τὸ ἔκλεισεν ἐνταῦθα ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, ἢ τὸ διαρμόσας κατὰ συνεχδοχὴν, συννοουμένου καὶ τοῦ ἔκλεισεν. —VdZm

TRANSLATION: Either ‘ekleise’ (‘he shut in’) here is used in common (with the all objects in the next lines), or (the participle) ‘diharmosas’ (‘having separated’) is used by synecoche, with ‘ekleise’ also being understood along with it.

LEMMA: ἐκλήϊσε in text VdZm POSITION: s.l. over 1449 VdZm (Vd completed in margin)

APP. CRIT. 2: συνουμ‑ Vd

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ | synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν

Or. 1448.02 (1448–1451) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἐκλήϊσε … διαρμόσας⟩: ἐκ τῆς στέγης δὲ ἄλλον ἄλλοσε ἀγαγὼν ἔκλεισεν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: And having led them from the room, one to one place, another to a different, he shut them in.

LEMMA: ἐκκλήϊσε Gr; in text ἐκλήϊσε XoTY, ἐκκλήϊσε XXaXbYfGr) POSITION: s.l. except XGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,17–18

Or. 1448.03 (1448–1451) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκλήϊσε … διαρμόσας⟩: ἔκλεισε δὲ ἐν τῇ στέγῃ ἄλλον ἄλλοτε ἀγαγὼν ἀπ’ ἄλλου μέρους εἰς ἄλλο. —G

TRANSLATION: He shut them in the room, having led one at one time, another at another time, from one area to another.

LEMMA: ἐκλήϊσε in text G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1448.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκλήϊσε⟩: γράφεται ἔκλεισε —AaMnZc

TRANSLATION: (For ‘eklēïse’, ‘he shut in’,) the reading (with alternative spelling) ‘ekleise’ is found.

POSITION: marg. Aa, s.l. MnZc

APP. CRIT.: γράφεται om. MnZc

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σεν Zc

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1448.08 (tri metr) ⟨(ἐκλ)ήι(σε)⟩: συνίζησις —T

LEMMA: in text thus with no diaeresis T POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 1449.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στέγας⟩: στέγης —Ox²

TRANSLATION: (For accusative plural ‘stegas’ OR Doric genitive ‘stegas’ there is a variant reading, genitive singular) ‘steges’ (‘room ’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1449.03 (rec exeg) ⟨στέγης⟩: γρ. στέγαις. —AaMn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘stegēs’, genitive singular of ‘room’,) the reading ‘stegais’ (dative plural) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text AaMn POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Aa

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1449.04 (1449–1450) (mosch exeg) ⟨σταθμοῖσιν ἱππικοῖς⟩: τῷ κοινῶς σταύλῳ —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Stathmois hippikois’, ‘horse steadings’, is) in vernacular ‘staulōi’ (‘stall’).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,19

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1449.07 (thom exeg) ⟨σταθμοῖσιν⟩: ¹λέγονται σταθμοὶ καὶ οἱ παραστάδαι ὡς κατωτέρω ῥηθήσεται· ²στάθμη δὲ ⟨ … ⟩. —VdZm, partial GuLb

TRANSLATION: Also door-posts are termed ‘stathmoi’, as will be said farther down [1474]. And ‘stathmē’ (lacuna: e.g., is a term for …).

POSITION: marg. VdZm, s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 σταθμοὶ λέγονται transp. Lb | οἱ] αἱ Lb (cf. sch. 1474.27 τοὺς παραστάτας) | παραστάδες Lb | 1–2 ὡς κατωτέρω κτλ om. GuLb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,19–20

COMMENT: Presumably the note once continued or was meant to continue with something like σταθμὴ δὲ λέγεται with a different meaning cited.

Or. 1450.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐν ἕδραισι⟩: ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ ἀποπάτου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcOx²

LEMMA: X(‑ιν)Gr; in text ἐν ἐξέδραισι TGZc, a.c. Ox POSITION: s.l. except XGr, above 1449 ἱππικοῖσι G

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ ἀποπάτου] om. Zc, τοῦ ἀπὸ πατηρίου Ox²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,21–22

COMMENT: For ἕδρα with the meaning ‘latrine’ cf. Suda α 4574 … ἕδραι γὰρ λέγονται αἱ σέλλαι, σελλάρια (‘latrine’), σωτήρια … (the same is repeated in ε 264). For ἐξέδρα with the medieval sense ‘latrine, toilet’ see Kriaras s.v. εξέδρα.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1450.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξέδραισι⟩: ἐφ’ ἧς ἕκαστος ἐκαθέζετο —M

TRANSLATION: (‘Exedra’ is by etymology the thing) upon which each one used to sit.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,25; Dind. II.312,21

COMMENT: If this is an etymology (taking εξ as reduced from ἕκαστος) it not paralleled in the etymological sources; nor is the explanation in the next.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1450.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐξέδραισι⟩: ¹εἰς ἃς ἐξέρχονται τὰ ἐκ τῆς ἕδρας καὶ τοῦ πρωκτοῦ κόπρια· ἐξέδρα γὰρ ἡ τὰ ἐξ ἕδρας δεχομένη. ²[ἀ]πὸ τούτ[ου] δὲ ἡ ἀνερχομένη(?) καὶ ἐξοπίσω εἰσερχομένη διέλευσις καὶ ἐξέλευσις. —Zl, partial Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Exedrai’ are the things) into which the excrement from the fundament and anus comes out. For ‘exedra’ is by (etymology) that which receives the things from (‘ex’) the fundament (‘hedra’). And from this (comes the meaning) the passing through and coming out that comes up(?) and comes in(?) behind.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 εἰς ἃς … δεχομένη mostly washed out Zl (89v top margin, traces app. fitting ἃς ἐξερχονται and κόπρια ἐξ) | 2 ἀπὸ τούτου κτλ om. Zm | εἰσερχομένη] emend to ἐξερχ‑?

COLLATION NOTES: check Zl image when back online

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1451.01 (mosch paraphr) τοὺς δ’ ἐκεῖσ’ ἐκεῖθεν: ἀπ’ ἐκείνου τοῦ μέρους εἰς ἐκεῖνο —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

LEMMA: XGr POSITION: s.l. except XGr

APP. CRIT.: ἀπ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸ μέρος Y (μέρους p.c. Y) | εἰς ἐκεῖνον XaY

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,22–23

Or. 1451.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκεῖσ’ ἐκεῖθεν⟩: ἀπεκεῖσε ἐκεῖθεν —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1451.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἄλλον ἄλλοσε⟩: ἄλλον ἀπ’ ἄλλου μέρους εἰς ἄλλο —XXbT⁺GGr

POSITION: marg. Xb, s.l. T, intermarg. G (beside 1449)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312,23–24

Or. 1452.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨διαρμόσας ἄπο πρὸ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πόρρωθεν προσαρμόσας καὶ συγκλείσας —M

LEMMA: ἄπο πρὸ in text M POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ συγκλείσας] cf. sch. 1452.01, συγκλείσ(αν)(τες) M (misread as συγκλείσας ἐστί (comp.) by Dind.)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.312, app. at 25

Or. 1452.10 (tri metr) ⟨διαρμόσας⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78

Or. 1452.11 (vet exeg) ἀπόπρο δεσποίνας: ¹πόρρωθεν. ²τὸ δὲ διαρμόσας ἀντὶ τοῦ προσαρμόσας καὶ συγκλείσας. || ³ἀπὸ τοῦ διαρμόσας τὴν ἀδιάλειπτον παραμονὴν τῶν οἰκετῶν ἐσήμανεν ἣν εἶχον μετὰ τῆς δεσποίνης. —MBC, partial Mt^r

TRANSLATION: (‘Apopro’, that is,) ‘far from’. And ‘diharmosas‘ is equivalent to ‘prosharmosas’ (‘having attached closely to’) and ‘sungkleisas’ (‘having shut in together’). || By using ‘diharmosas’ he indicated the servants’ unbroken attendance that they had with their mistress.

LEMMA: B; in text ἄπο πρὸ M REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντι τοῦ prep. Mt^r | 2 τὸ δὲ … συγκλείσας om. Mt^r | τοῦ om. C | 3 after ἀπὸ add. δὲ Mt^r, after διαρμόσας add. δὲ B | ἐσήμ. τῶν οἰκετῶν transp. Mt^r

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τόδε C | 3 ἢν Mt^r

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.225,26–28; Dind. II.312,25–27

COMMENT: The third sentence reflects the (correct) interpretation of διαρμόσας as ‘separating’ (also in several glosses, sch. 1452.06–08), while the second reflects an interpretation that makes the participle reinforce ἔκλεισε/ἔκλῃσε, giving the prepositional prefix the opposite of its meaning. One may wonder whether there was once a note saying τὸ διαρμόσας ἐναντίον τῷ προσαρμόσας, which could have been corrupted to διαρμόσας ἀντὶ τοῦ προσαρμόσας.

Or. 1452.13 (mosch exeg) ἀπόπρο: ἄπωθεν, κατ’ ἐπίτασιν τῆς εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν πορείας. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Apopro’ means) ‘far away’, with an intensification (through the element ‘pro‑’) of the movement forward.

LEMMA: XT, ἀπόπρο δεσποίνας Gr POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYYf; cont. from sch. 1452.07 G

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄποθεν G, a.c. Xo | εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,1–2

Or. 1452.14 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: γρ. ἄπο πρό, δηλούσης τῆς πρό τὸ ἐκτός. —ZmGuVd

TRANSLATION: (For ‘apopro’ as a single word) the reading (as two words) ‘apo pro’ is found, with the preposition ‘pro’ expressing ‘outside, apart’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,2–3

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1452.19 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸ⟩: γρ. πρὸς. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘pro’, ‘before, in front of’,) the reading ‘pros’ (‘from’) is found.

LEMMA: ἄποπρο in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1452.21 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78

Or. 1453.01 (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβος —T

TRANSLATION: As a separate unit, an iambic trimeter.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78

Or. 1453.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨τί τοὐπὶ τῷδε … ἐγίγνετο;⟩: τί τῆς συμφορᾶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ ποία συμφορὰ κατὰ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐγένετο; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (The construction is) ‘what of happening’, used for ‘what event occurred in the aftermath?’

LEMMA: τί τοὐπὶ τῷδε Gr POSITION: s.l. except XGr

APP. CRIT.: τί … ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | κατὰ τὸ om. Y (but κατ add. below συμφ. Y)

APP. CRIT. 2: κατατομετατοῦτο XXa, κατὰ τὸ μετατοῦτο XbTG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,4–5

Or. 1453.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί τοὐπὶ τῷδε … ἐγίγνετο;⟩: τί μετὰ ταῦτα τῷ οἴκῳ συνέβη; —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1453.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨τί τοὐπὶ τῷδε … ἐγίγνετο;⟩: τί ἐγένετο μετὰ ταῦτα; —AbMn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μετὰ ταῦτα transp. to beginning Ab

APP. CRIT. 2: τὶ Ab

Or. 1453.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί τοὐπὶ τῷδε … ἐγίγνετο;⟩: τί ἐγένετο ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς διηγήσεως(?); —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when images back

Or. 1453.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί τοὐπὶ τῷδε … ἐγίγνετο;⟩: τί ἄλλο ἐγεγόνει; —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1453.11 (rec gram) ⟨τοὐπὶ τῷδε⟩: [Ephes. 2:20,1–2] ‘ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν’ τὴν δευτέραν σχέσιν δηλοῖ. —Rw

TRANSLATION: (The quotation) ‘in addition to the foundation of the apostles and prophets’ demonstrates the second position (in a sequence, as conveyed by ‘epi’, ‘in addition to, on top of, after’).

REF. SYMBOL: Rw

COMMENT: The full quotation is Paul, Ephes. 2:20,1–2 ἐποικοδομηθέντες ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν. This example of usage and the following remark fit oddly together, since ἐπὶ in the quotation does not mean ‘in addition to’. The phrase δευτέραν σχέσιν δηλοῖ is found a few times elsewhere in reference to the use of ἀνα‑ in compounds to indicate doing something again.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Paul, Ephesians

Or. 1453.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨τῷδε⟩: τῷ παρὰ σοῦ λεγομένῳ —Rf^r

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1453.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐγίνετο⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐγένετο —R

TRANSLATION: (The imperfect ‘egineto’, ‘was happening’, is) used for (the aorist) ‘egeneto’ (‘happened’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1453.16 (tri metr) ⟨ἐγίνετο⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78

Or. 1453.17 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 78

Or. 1454.01 (1454–1472) (tri metr) Ἰδαία μᾶτερ: ⁰καὶ ἡ παροῦσα στροφὴ μονόστροφός ἐστι, κώλων δὲ κςʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ δακτυλικὸν ἢ ἀναπαιστικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς, ἐπεὶ ἐκ σπονδείων ἐστί. ²τὸ δεύτερον ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. ³τὸ γʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ⁴τὸ δʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ δευτέρῳ. ⁵τὸ εʹ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον, ὃ καλεῖται ἰθυφαλλικόν. ⁶τὸ ςʹ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν συνίζησιν ἔχον ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ ποδί. ⁷τὸ ζʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ⁸τὸ ηʹ τροχαϊκὸν πενθημιμερές. ⁹τὸ θʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ διιάμβου, ἀντισπάστου, καὶ κρητικοῦ. τὸ αὐτὸ εἴη ἂν καὶ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐξ ἰαμβικοῦ διμέτρου βραχυκαταλήκτου καὶ τροχαϊκοῦ πενθημιμεροῦς. ¹⁰τὸ ιʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς καθαρόν. ¹¹τὸ ιαʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον καθαρὸν. ¹²τὸ ιβʹ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον Στησιχόρειον καλούμενον, ἔχον τὸ Πινδαρικὸν ἔθος, ἴαμβον δηλονότι τὸν τελευταῖον πόδα. εἰ δὲ μὴ ἔστιν ἀκατάληκτον, τοιοῦτον γὰρ τὸ Στησιχόρειον, οὐδὲν θαυμαστόν. ¹³τὸ ιγʹ ὅμοιον τῷ ζʹ ἰαμβικὸν. ¹⁴τὸ ιδʹ τροχαϊκὸν ὅμοιον τῷ ιʹ. ¹⁵τὸ ιεʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ δακτύλου. ¹⁶τὸ ιςʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς χορείου· εἰ δὲ τὸ ἴαχεν ἐκτεταμένον βούλει εἶναι, ὡς ηὐξημένης τῆς ἀρχούσης τοῦ παρατατικοῦ, εἴη ἂν τὸ κῶλον τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον τοῦ δευτέρου καὶ τρίτου ποδὸς δακτύλου. εἴη δὲ καὶ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ διτροχαίου, παίωνος δευτέρου ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, καὶ μολοσσοῦ. ¹⁷τὸ ιζʹ τροχαϊκὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ τροχαϊκοῦ ἰθυφαλλικοῦ καὶ ἀναπαιστικῆς βάσεως ἢ δακτυλικῆς. ¹⁸τὸ ιηʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐξ ἰαμβικοῦ πενθημιμεροῦς καὶ ἀναπαιστικῆς βάσεως. ¹⁹τὸ ιθʹ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς χορείου, τοῦ δὲ δʹ ἀναπαίστου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δευτέρου, ἀντισπάστου, καὶ διιάμβου διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. ²⁰τὸ κʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικὸν τοῦ δευτέρου καὶ τρίτου ποδὸς χορείου. ²¹τὸ καʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς Εὐριπίδειον. ²²τὸ κβʹ ἰαμβικὸν πενθημιμερές. ²³τὸ κγʹ ἰαμβικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ ζʹ. ²⁴τὸ κδʹ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος. ²⁵τὸ κεʹ δακτυλικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν εἰς δισύλλαβον. ²⁶τὸ κςʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον. ²⁷ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος, καὶ ἐν εἰσθέσει ἴαμβος τρίμετρος. —T

¹1454a ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒, ‒
Ἰδαία μᾶτερ μᾶτερ,
²1454b ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒
ὀβρίμα ὀβρίμα. αἶ αἶ,
³1455 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
φονίων παθέων ἀνόμων τε κακῶν
⁴1456a ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑
ἅπερ ἔδρακον ἔδρακον
⁵1456b ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
ἐν δόμοις τυράννων.
⁶1457a ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒
ἀμφιπορφυρέ͜ων πέπλων ὑπὸ σκότου
⁷1457b ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ξίφη σπάσαντες ἐν χεροῖν
⁸1458 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ×
ἄλλος ἄλλοσε
⁹1459 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ / ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒
δίνασεν ὄμμα, μή τις παρὼν τύχοι.
¹⁰1460 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒
ὡς κάπροι δ’ ὀρέστεροι
¹¹1461 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑
γυναικὸς ἀντίοι σταθέντες
¹²1462 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ‒
ἐννέπουσι· κατθανῇ κατθανῇ·
¹³1463 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒
κακός σ’ ἀποκτείνει πόσις,
¹⁴1464a ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ‒
τὸν κασιγνήτου προδοὺς
¹⁵1664b ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑
ἐν Ἄργει θανεῖν γόνον.
¹⁶1465 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒ / ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ / ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ‒ ‒
ἁ δ’ ἀνίαχεν ἴαχεν· ὤμοι μοι.
¹⁷1466 ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒ / ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒
λευκὸν δ’ ἐμβαλοῦσα πῆχυν στέρνοις
¹⁸1467 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒
κτύπησε κρᾶτα μέλεον πλαγάν,
¹⁹1468 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ × / ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ×
φυγᾷ δὲ ποδὶ τὸ χρυσεοσάνδαλον
²⁰1469a ‒ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ×
ἴχνος ἔφερεν ἔφερεν·
²¹1469b ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒
ἐς κόμας δὲ δακτύλους
²²1470a ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒
δικὼν Ὀρέστας,
²³1470b ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒
Μυκηνίδ’ ἀρβύλλαν προβάς,
²⁴1471 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ὤμοις ἀριστεροῖς ἀνακλάσας δέραν,
²⁵1472a ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ×
παίειν λαιμὸν ἔμελλεν
²⁶1472b ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒
εἴσω μέλαν ξίφος.

TRANSLATION: The present strophe too is monostrophic (without responsion), and (it consists) of twenty-six cola. The first is a dactylic or anapaestic hepthemimeres, because it consists of spondees. The second is a brachycatalectic anapaestic dimeter. The third is a similar (anapaestic) acatalectic dimeter. The fourth is anapaestic similar to the second. The fifth is a brachycatalectic trochaic dimeter, which is called ithyphallic. The sixth is a catalectic trochaic trimeter having a synizesis in the third foot. The seventh is an acatalectic iambic dimeter. The eighth is a trochaic penthemimeres. The ninth is a catalectic antispastic trimeter formed from a diiamb, an antispast, and a cretic. The same colon might also be a compound formed from a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter and a trochaic penthemimeres. The tenth is a pure trochaic hephthemimeres. The eleventh is a pure hypercatalectic iambic dimeter. The twelfth is a brachycatalectic trochaic trimeter, called a Stesichorean, (but) having the Pindaric behavior, namely the last foot as an iamb. If it is not acatalectic—for such is the Stesichorean—, it is not at all surprising. The thirteenth is iambic, similar to the seventh. The fourteenth is trochaic, similar to the tenth. The fifteenth is a catalectic antispastic dimeter formed from an antispast and a dactyl. The sixteenth is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter with the second foot a choreius; but if you prefer that ‘iachen’ have a long initial vowel, since the first syllable of an imperfect tense is augmented, the colon could be a hypercatalectic trochaic dimeter with the second and third feet dactyls. It might also be a catalectic ionic a maiore trimeter formed from a ditrochee, a second paeon in place of an ionic, and a molossus. The seventeenth is a brachycatalectic trochaic trimeter; but if you prefer, a compound formed from a trochaic ithyphallic and an anapaestic or dactylic basis. The eighteenth is a compound formed from an iambic penthemimeres and a anapaestic basis. The nineteenth is a brachycatalectic iambic trimeter with the second foot a choreius and the fourth an anapaest; but if you prefer, an acatalectic antispastic trimeter formed from a second paeon, an antispast, and a diiamb because of the indifferent final syllable. The twentieth is a trochaic ithyphallic with the second and third feet chorei. The twenty-first is a Euripidean trochaic hephthemimeres. The twenty-second is an iambic penthemimeres. The twenty-third is an iambic, like the seventh. The twenty-fourth is an iambic trimeter. The twenty-fifth is a catalectic dactylic trimeter that ends in a two-syllable foot. The twenty-sixth is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter. At the end a paragraphos, and as an insertion (within the lyric) an iambic trimeter line.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T POSITION: cont. over the next two pages, with ref. symbols to link parts, T

APP. CRIT.: 5, 17, 20 ἰθυφαλικ‑ T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.24,11–25,10; de Fav. 78–79

COMMENT: The Pindaric variation on the Stesichorean is mentioned in the old metrical scholia on Pindar and referred to as Πινδαρικὸν ἀπὸ/ἐκ Στησιχορείου or as Στησιχόρειον τῷ Πινδαρικῷ ἰδιώματι. The description used here is found in Triclinian metrical scholia on Aeschylus and Aristophanes as well as on the Euripidean triad. Note that in colon 23 Triclinius’s idiosyncratic spelling of ἀρβύλλαν with two lambdas was not motivated by the meter. Was this an unintentional slip rather than a choice? (Ta reproduced ἀρβύλλαν; Gu changed Gr’s ἀρβύλην into ἀρβύλλαν.)

KEYWORDS: Pindar | συνίζησις | Εὐριπίδειον (colon)

Or. 1454.02 (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων κς´ —T

TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of twenty-six cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 79

Or. 1454.03 (vet exeg) Ἰδαία μᾶτερ: ¹Ἴδη ὄρος ἐστὶ Τροίας ἔνθα τετίμηται ἡ Ῥέα. ²ἴσως οὖν ὡς ἐγχωρίαν θεὸν ἐπικαλεῖται αὐτὴν ὁ εὐνοῦχος. —H^aH^bMBCPrRfSa

TRANSLATION: Ida is a mountain of Troy where Rhea was honored. Perhaps, then, the eunuch invokes her as a god of his locality.

LEMMA: MB, ἰδαῖα μάτερ ὀβρίμα C, ἰδαῖα μηρ Rf; REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: twice in H, H^a before sch. 1454.18, H^b after it

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐστὶ om. CPrSa [H^aH^b] | [τρ]οίως (sic) δὲ ἔ[νθα ἡ ῥέα] τιμᾶ[ται] H^b suggested by Daitz, but [νθα ἡ ῥέα] seems too short a supplement (perhaps [νθα ἡ θεὰ ῥέα]) | ἔνθα] ἐν ἧ PrSa [H^a] | 2 ἴσως οὖν ὡς] ὡς οὖν PrSa [H^aH^b] | ἐγχώριον PrSa [H^a] | θεὰν PrSa, θεοῦ Rf [H^aH^b] | αὐτὴν] ταύτης Rf [H^a]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,1–2; Dind. II.313,7–8

Or. 1454.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: ¹κυρίως Ἴδη ὄρος Τροίας ἔνθα τετίμηται ἡ Ῥέα. ²ὡς ἐγχωρίαν θεὸν ἐπικαλεῖται αὐτὴν ὁ εὐνοῦχος. ³Ἴδαίαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀρεινὴν· ⁴ἐν γὰρ τοῖς ὄρεσι φασὶ διατρίβειν. ⁵ὀβρίμαν διότι λέουσιν ἐποχεῖται. ⁶καὶ Ἀνταῖα καλεῖται. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Properly speaking, Ida is a mountain of Troy where Rhea was honored. The eunuch invokes her as a god of his locality. ‘Idaean’ is equivalent to ‘of the mountains’, for they say she (Rhea) spends her time on the mountains. ‘Mighty’ (‘obriman’) because she is carried (in a chariot drawn) by lions. She is also called Antaea.

COMMENT: See sch. 1454.18 with comment there.

KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name

Or. 1454.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: ὦ Ῥέα μῆτερ τοῦ Διὸς ἡ ἐν Ἴδῃ τῷ ὄρει ἀναστρεφομένη —AbR

TRANSLATION: O Rhea, mother of Zeus, you who haunt Mount Ida.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐν τῶ ἴδη R | τὸ ὄρος Ab | ἀναστρεφόμενος R, ἀνατροφομένη Ab

APP. CRIT. 2: μήτηρ AbR | Ἴδῃ] ἤδη Ab | ὅρει R

Or. 1454.06 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: ἡ τιμωμένη ἐν τῇ Ἴδῃ τῶν θεῶν μήτηρ Ῥέα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Idaean mother’, that is,) the mother of the gods Rhea who was honored on Mt. Ida.

POSITION: s.l.; as two sep. TGu

APP. CRIT.: τῶν θεῶν μήτηρ om. Zm (but cf. sch. 1454.16) | μήτηρ om. ZbTGu (TGu with τῶν θεῶν ῥέα punct. as sep.) [Zl]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,16

COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when images back

Or. 1454.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: τὸ Ἰδαία μᾶτερ ὀβρίμα ὦ θεὰ Ῥέα(?) τιμωμένη ἐν τοῖς Φρυξὶν οὕτω καλουμένη. —Zl

TRANSLATION: ‘Mighty Idaean mother’ (means) ‘o goddess Rhea honored among the Phrygians, called by this name’.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl

COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when images back

Or. 1454.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: τὴν Ῥέαν λέγει. —FMt²CrOx

TRANSLATION: (By ‘Idaean mother’) he means Rhea.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1454.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: Ῥέα, ἥτις ἐν Ἴδᾳ ἐτιμᾶτο. —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Idaean mother’ is) Rhea, who was honored on Ida.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1454.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰδαία μᾶτερ⟩: ὦ Ῥέα, Ἄρτεμι —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Idaean mother’ is) ‘o Rhea’, (or) ‘Artemis’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Artemis is associated with wild places in general and hunts on mountains (e.g. Phoen. 151–152 ἁ κατ’ ὄρη μετὰ ματέρος [scil. Atalante] Ἄρτεμις), but there are no passages where she is explicitly associated with Mt. Ida. Perhaps G was thinking of Ἰδαία as meaning generically ὀρεινή (see sch. 1454.18 and the Homeric scholion cited there), in which case Artemis makes some sense (if one ignores μᾶτερ).

Or. 1454.13 (tri metr) ⟨Ἰδαία⟩: long marks over iota and alpha —T

Or. 1454.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μᾶτερ μᾶτερ⟩: ὦ τῶν θεῶν ἢ τοῦ Διός —Vd

TRANSLATION: (‘Mother mother’, that is,) ‘o (mother) of the gods’ or ‘of Zeus’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1454.18 (vet exeg) ὀβρίμα ὀβρίμα: ¹ὀβρίμαν αὐτήν φησιν ἐπεὶ λέουσιν ὀχεῖται· ²ἢ ὅτι ἐνίσταται τοῖς αὐτῇ συντυγχάνουσιν. || ³μέλλων διηγεῖσθαι ὁ Φρὺξ ἅπερ ἐτεθέατο ἔνδον, τὴν Ῥέαν ἐπικαλεῖται ὡς ἀλεξίκακον. ⁴Ἰδαίαν δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀρεινήν· ⁵ἐν γὰρ τοῖς ὄρεσι διατρίβειν φασὶ τὴν θεόν. ⁶ὀβρίμαν δὲ τὴν ἰσχυρὰν καὶ φοβεράν. || ⁷ὁ δὲ λόγος· φεῦ φεῦ τῶν ἀνόμων κακῶν, ὦ μῆτερ Ῥέα, ἅπερ τεθέαμαι ἔνδον κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους. ⁸καλεῖται δὲ καὶ Ἀνταία· ⁹τοῖς Φρυξὶ γὰρ ὑπαντῶσι φοβερά ἐστιν. —MBC, partial HPrSa

TRANSLATION: He calls her ‘mighty’ (‘obrima’) because she is carried (in a chariot drawn) by lions. Or because she blocks the way of (or: threatens, presses hard) those who meet up with her. || When the Phrygian is about to narrate the things he had seen inside, he invokes Rhea as one who wards off evil. And (he says) ‘Idaean’ in the sense ‘of the mountains’, for they say the goddess spends her time on the mountains. And (he calls her) ‘mighty’ (‘obrima’) meaning ‘strong and fearsome’. || And the overall sense is: Pheu, pheu for the lawless evils, o mother Rhea, that I saw inside within the house’. And she is also called Antaea, for she is terrifying to the Phrygians when they confront (‘hupANTōsi’) her.

LEMMA: MC; ὀμβρ‑ in text Sa REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from sch. 1454.10, add. δὲ, BPrSa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 αὐτὴν φησὶν BC | λέουσι M | 2 συντυγχάνουσι B | 7 ἀνταῖα MC | 8 ἐστι B, perhaps C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,4–11; Dind. II.313,9–15

COMMENT: For Ἰδαία having a generic sense ὀρεινή, cf. Sch. D. Hom. Il. 4.475 Heyne Ἴδη δὲ ὄρος ὑψηλότατον Τροίας. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα Ἴδη τῆς Κρήτης, ἀπὸ τῆς διαθρεψάσης τὸν Δία νύμφης. Δίδυμος [p. 180, #7 Schmidt = F 75 C.–Pr.] δὲ πάντα τὰ ὄρη Ἴδας λέγει, ἀπὸ τοῦ δύνασθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν πλεῖστα καθορᾷν. | Apart from lexicographic entries, the epithet Ἀνταία/ἀνταία is also found in Sophocles (TrGF fr. 400 Radt, if this line is by Sophocles), Apoll. Rhod. 1.1141. On explanations of its sense, compare, e.g., Sch. Ap. Rhod.1.1141 (p. 103,6–7 Wendel) ἡ Ῥέα οὕτω λέγεται, διότι ἐναντία τοῖς Τελχῖσιν ἐγένετο. ὡς δέ τινες, ἀνταίη ἡ εὐάντητος καὶ εὐλιτάνευτος; Et. Gen. α 911 ἡ Ῥέα ὅτι τοῖς Τελχῖσιν ἐναντία ἐγένετο· παρὰ τὸ ἄντην Ἀνταία. Μεθόδιος; Et. Magn. 388,37–42 εὐάντητος: ἡ Ῥέα· ἀνταίαν γὰρ αὐτὴν ἐκάλουν, διὰ τὸ δυσάντητον εἶναι καὶ τοῖς ἀπαντῶσιν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι δυσχεραίνειν. τὸ Νικαδίου ὑπόμνημα Θεοφορουμένης· κατ’ εὐφημισμόν· δυσάντης γάρ ἐστι καὶ ὀργίλη τοῖς ἀντιάζουσιν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι. τὸ Ἀρτίου· σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὸν εὐϊκέτευτον· ἀντέσθαι γὰρ τὸ ἱκετεῦσαι. | See also sch. 1454.10.

KEYWORDS: Didymus

Or. 1454.19 (thom exeg) ὀβρίμα: ¹ἱστοροῦσι γὰρ αὐτὴν ἐποχουμένην λέουσιν· ὅθεν καὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον, ὡς φοβερὰ ἰδών. ²καὶ οὗτος μὲν ὡς Φρὺξ τὴν παρὰ Φρυξὶ τιμωμένην θεὰν ἐπιβοᾶται. ³οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι πάντες Ἡρακλῆν τὸν Διὸς, λέγοντες ἐπὶ τοῖς παραπίπτουσι δυσκόλοις ἀεὶ, ὦ Ἡράκλεις. ⁴ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα, καὶ μαρτυρεῖ τὸ Ἄπολλον ἀποτρόπαιε. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (“Mighty’,) for they tell stories of her as being carried (in a chariot drawn) by lions. For this reason (her might) in fact he addresses her, since he has seen terrifying things. And this character, as a Phrygian, cries out to the goddess honored among Phrygians. But all others (invoke) Heracles son of Zeus, always saying when difficult things befall them ‘O Heracles’. And some people also (invoke) Apollo, and the (invocation) ‘apotropaic Apollo’ testifies (to this practice).

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm, at μᾶτερ Gu POSITION: cont. from sch. 1454.07 Zl

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἤγουν ἰσχυρά prep. T | λέουσιν ἐποχ. transp. Zl | after ἰδὼν add. καὶ ὡς ἰσχυρὰν [ἐπι]καλούμενος(?) Zl | 3 πάντες] ἕλληνες T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,17–22

COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when images back

Or. 1454.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀβρίμα ὀβρίμα⟩: ¹νυκτερινὴν θεὰν ἐπικαλεῖται τὴν Ῥέαν. ²λέγει ταύτην ἀλεξίκακον ἵνα ἀποβήσῃ τὸν φόβον ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: He invokes Rhea as a goddess of the night. He calls this goddess warder-off of evil in order that she make his fear depart from him.

LEMMA: ὀμβρ‑ ὀμβρ‑ in text Sa REF. SYMBOL: at 1452 ἀπόπροθι δεσποίνας (one line too high) Pr POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 νυκτερινὴ θεὰ Pr | 2 perhaps ἀπο⟨σο⟩βήσῃ Mastr. | φόβον] app. φόνον a.c or p.c. Pr

COMMENT: The notion that Rhea is associated with the night is probably drawn from knowledge of Pind. P. 3.77–79 ἀλλ’ ἐπεύξασθαι μὲν ἐγὼν ἐθέλω / Ματρί, τὰν κοῦραι παρ’ ἐμὸν πρόθυρον σὺν Πανὶ μέλπονται θαμά / σεμνὰν θεὸν ἐννύχιαι. | It is doubtful whether the medieval author of this note would have used the intransitive aorist of ἀποβαίνω. The juncture φόβον ἀποσοβεῖν is attested once in Theophanes continuatus p. 134,11–12 Bekker καὶ πρὸς τὸν πατρίκιον Κωνσταντῖνόν φησι, τὴν ὑφέρπουσαν ὥσπερ αὐτοῦ δειλίαν καὶ φόβον ἀποσοβῶν.

Or. 1456.05 (tri metr) ⟨(first) ἔδρακον⟩: koinē long over epsilon —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 79

Or. 1456.08 (tri metr) ⟨(second) ἔδρακον⟩: koinē long over epsilon —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 80

Or. 1457.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀμφιπορφυρῶν πέπλων⟩: ἔνθεν ἄρχεται ἐξηγεῖσθαι. —MBC

TRANSLATION: From this point he begins to narrate (what happened).

REF. SYMBOL: C (only at text, not at note) POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.: ἐντεῦθεν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,12; Dind. II.314,4

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1400.01.

Or. 1457.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀμφιπορφυρέων⟩: ¹τὸ ἀμφιπορφυρέων ἢ ἓν μέρος λόγου νόει· ἀμφιπόρφυρα γὰρ ἱμάτια φαμὲν τὰ ὁλοπόρφυρα, ὥσπερ καὶ ἀμφίχρυσα τὰ ὁλόχρυσα. ²ἢ τὸ ἀμφί πρὸς τὸ σπάσαντες νοητέον, ἵν’ ᾖ ἀμφισπάσαντες ἀντὶ τοῦ περιλαβόντες. ³ἢ τὸ ἀμφί ἔμφασιν ἔχει διὰ τὴν Ἑλένην, οὕτως· ⁴ἀμφὶ τὴν Ἑλένην δηλονότι σπάσαντες καὶ λαβόντες ξίφη ὑπὸ σκότου τῶν πορφυρέων πέπλων, ἤγουν ἃ ὑποκάτω τῶν ἱματίων κεκρυμμένα εἶχον, ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἄλλος ἄλλοσε δίνασεν. ⁵ἢ τὸ ἀμφί πρὸς τὸ ἐν χερσίν, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ ἀμφί καὶ τὸ ἐν ἐκ παραλλήλου. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Either interpret ‘amphiporphureōn’ as a single unit of speech: for we call garments ‘amphiporphura’ those that are ‘entirely purple-dyed’ (‘holoporphura’), just as too ‘amphichrusa’ those that are ‘entirely golden’ (‘holochrusa’). Or one must interpret ‘amphi’ as going with ‘spasantes’, so that it is ‘amphispasantes’ meaning ‘grasping all around’ (‘perilabontes’). Or ‘amphi’ has its meaning on account of Helen, as follows: around, namely (around) Helen, drawing and grasping swords from the darkness of purple-dyed robes, that is, (swords) that they had been concealed beneath their garments, they whirled them in their hands, one man in one direction, the other in another. Or ‘amphi’ goes with ‘en chersin’ (‘in hands’), so that (the prepositions) ‘amphi’ and ‘en’ are in parallel (conveying the same meaning).

REF. SYMBOL: ZaZlZm

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀμφιπορυρέων with ὑφ’ ἕν arc under ιπ T | ὀλοπόρφυρα … ὀλόχρυσα Zm | 2 ἀντὶ τοῦ περὶ s.l. add. p.c., prob. καὶ in line a.c. Zm (anticipating phrase in 4) | 4 ὑπὸ κάτω T | κεκρυμένα Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.313,26–314,2

COMMENT: One can assume that Triclinius’s omission of the sent. 5 was deliberate. Zl’s omission may also be deliberate, since Thoman scholia in Zl are frequently modified, but the omission could also be accidental by saut du même au même.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 1457.07 (tri metr) ⟨(ἀμφιπορφυρ)έων⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 80

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 1457.14 (1457–1458) (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ σκότου ξίφη σπάσαντες⟩: κρατήσαντες τὰ ξίφη τὰ ὑποκάτω τοῦ σκότου τοῦ γινομένου ὑπὸ τῶν πορφυρέων πέπλων. —Rw

TRANSLATION: Grasping the swords that were beneath the darkness created by the purple-dyed robes.

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: In the first word of the scholion, the rubricator misread the somewhat ambiguous ατ of Rw as ωτ and wrote a large red ἐ across the small kappa of Rw, producing the nonsensical ἐρωτήσαντες. For κρατήσαντες as a gloss on σπάσαντες see sch. 1458.05.

Or. 1457.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ σκότου⟩: γρ. ὑπὸ σκότους. —Y²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hupo skotou’) the reading ‘hupo skotous’ is found (with alternative declension, having the same meaning, ‘from darkness’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1458.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄλλος ἄλλοσε⟩: ἤγουν ποτὲ μὲν ὁ εἷς, ποτὲ δὲ ὁ δεύτερος —Zm

TRANSLATION: That is, at one time the one man, at another time the second.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This paraphrase fits ἄλλος ἄλλοτε, which is neither in Zm nor reported from any other witness.

Or. 1459.09 (rec exeg) ⟨μή τις παρὼν τύχοι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μὴ παρῇ —Rf

TRANSLATION: (‘Mē tis parōn tuchoi’, ‘lest anyone happen to be present’, is) equivalent to ‘mē parēi’ (‘lest [anyone] be present’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1459.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨παρὼν τύχοι⟩: ἔτυχε παρὼν, ἀντὶ τοῦ παρείη —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Parōn tuchoi’, that is,) ‘etuche parōn’ (‘happened to be present’), used for ‘pareiē’ (‘might be present’).

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,8

Or. 1459.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τύχοι⟩: τύχῃ —Gu

TRANSLATION: (For optative ‘tuchoi’ there is a variant reading, subjunctive) ‘tuchēi’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1459.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τύχῃ⟩: τύχοι —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For subjunctive ‘tuchēi’ there is a variant reading, optative) ‘tuchoi’.

LEMMA: thus in text Aa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1460.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὀρέστεροι⟩: τῷ ὄρει στρεφόμενοι —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Pr

Or. 1460.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὀρέστεροι⟩: ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἀναστρεφόμενοι —AaGu²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,10

Or. 1461.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀντίοι σταθέντες⟩: ἐναντίον, ἔμπροσθεν στάντες —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Xo

APP. CRIT.: ἐναντίον om. XaYGZc | στάντες om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,12

Or. 1463.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κακός σ᾽ ἀποκτείνει πόσις⟩: ὁ σὸς ἀνὴρ ὁ κακότροπος ἀποκτείνει σε. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ὁ δειλὸς add. above κακότροπος Y² (cf. sch. 1463.05)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,14–15

Or. 1463.02 (thom exeg) ⟨κακός⟩: κακῶς —Za

TRANSLATION: (For adjective ‘kakos’, ‘bad’, there is a variant reading, adverb) ‘kakōs’ (‘badly’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1463.03 (thom exeg) ⟨κακῶς⟩: κακός —ZZm

TRANSLATION: (For adverb ‘kakōs’, ‘badly’, there is a variant reading, adjective) ‘kakos’ (‘bad’).

LEMMA: thus in text ZZm POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1463.09 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀποκτείνει⟩: γράφεται ἀποκτενεῖ. —M

TRANSLATION: (For ‘apokteinei’, ‘he kills’,) the reading ‘apoktenei’ (‘he will kill’) is found.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,14; Dind. II.314,14

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1464.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κασιγνήτου … θανεῖν γόνον⟩: τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ τὸν υἱὸν ἐγκαταλιπὼν ἐν τοῖς Ἀργείοις ὥστε θανεῖν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (Paraphrase:) having abandoned his brother’s son among the Argives so that he will be put to death.

POSITION: s.l. except XT; cont. from sch. 1463.01 T

APP. CRIT.: after ἐγκαταλιπὼν add. ὁ μενέλαος G | θανῆ a.c. Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,16–17

Or. 1465.06 (tri metr) ⟨ἀνίαχεν ἴαχεν⟩: long mark over each iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 80

Or. 1465.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὤμοι μοι⟩: ἡ μετὰ θρήνου βοή —Zl

TRANSLATION: (The exclamation ‘ōmoi moi’ is) the loud cry with lamentation.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1466.01 (1466–1467) (rec exeg) ⟨λευκὸν δ’ ἐμβαλοῦσα … μελέαν πλαγάν⟩: ¹στηρίξασα δὲ τὸν στερρὸν πῆχυν ἐν τοῖς στέρνοις ἤγουν τὸν ἀγκῶνα ἑδραιώσασα ἐν τοῖς στήθεσιν, ἐκτύπησεν ἤγουν ἔτυψε τὴν κρᾶτα πληγὴν ἀθλίαν. ²τὸ δὲ ἔπληξε καὶ τὸ πληγὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀποτελέσματος· ³ἕπονται γὰρ ταῖς τύψεσιν αἱ πληγαί. —Rw

TRANSLATION: Fixing her firm arm on her chest, that is, seating her elbow on her breasts, she made ring, that is, she struck, her head a wretched blow. The terms ‘she struck’ (‘eplēxe’) and ‘blow’ (‘plēgēn’) (get their meaning) from the result, for the marks of a blow (‘plēgai’) follow upon striking actions (‘tupsesin’).

POSITION: (along with the next) between sch. 1411.01 and 1447.05 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 στ of στερρ(ὸν) oddly formed, perhaps π written under it Rw | ἐδρ‑ Rw | κράτα Rw

COMMENT: Τύψις and πληγή are normally regarded as synonymous, and I find no parallel for the distinction this commentator attempts to draw here and in the next. It is true, however, that τύψις cannot refer to the resulting mark or wound, whereas πληγή can; this meaning is not distinguished in LSJ and the only citation for it in BDAG (Xen. Cyn. 10.5) refers to marks left on a branch by a boar’s teeth, but see Lampe s.v. πληγή, and in modern Greek Triantafyllidis s.v. gives τραύμα, έλκος as definitions.

Or. 1466.02 (rec exeg) ⟨λευκὸν δ’ ἐμβαλοῦσα … μελέαν πλαγάν⟩: βάλ⟨λ⟩ειν ἤγουν εἰσάγειν, ἐμβάλλειν. ἕπεται τῇ τύψει πληγὴ, εἴσαξις τοῦ πράγματος ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τέλους. —Rw

TRANSLATION: To throw, that is, to bring in, to cast in. A blow (‘plēgē’) follows the act of striking (‘tupsei’), (‘plēgē’ being) the introduction of the very thing which exists from the final result.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1466.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λευκὸν δ’ ἐμβαλοῦσα … μελέαν πλαγάν⟩: τὰς λευκὰς δὲ χεῖρας ἐμβαλοῦσα τοῖς στέρνοις, ἤγουν συναγαγοῦσα ἐπὶ τῶν στέρνων, ὡς σύνηθες ταῖς γυναιξὶν, ἔπαισε τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀθλίαν πληγήν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Having put her white hands on her chest, that is, bringing them together upon her chest, as is customary for women, she struck her head a wretched blow.

POSITION: s.l. except XGr

APP. CRIT.: τῶν στέρνων] τοῖς στέρνοις Gr

APP. CRIT. 2: συναγαγῶσα a.c. Y | ἔπεσε X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,21–23

Or. 1466.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λευκὸν ἐμβαλοῦσα πῆχυν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκτείνουσα τ[ὴν] χεῖρα τὴν λευκή —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1466.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐμβαλοῦσα πῆχυν⟩: ἑδραιώσα(σα) †ἐπὶ† τοὺς ἀγκῶνας —Y²

REF. SYMBOL: Y² POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1466.01. Here either ἐπὶ is to be deleted, or the scribe omitted τοῖς στέρνοις after ἐπὶ.

Or. 1466.15 (1466–1467) (vet exeg) ⟨στέρνοις κτύπησε κρᾶτα⟩: μετὰ τῶν στηθῶν καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐκτύπησεν. —HMBCMt^rPrSaGu²

TRANSLATION: Together with her breasts, she also made her head ring (with blows).

LEMMA: in text κράτα MCPrSa POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. PrSaGu² (in two parts PrSa)

APP. CRIT.: δηλ(ονότι) prep. Gu² | ἐκτύπ. καὶ τὴν κεφ. transp. Gu² | καὶ and ἐκτύπησεν om. Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: στήθων C | ‑πησε Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,15; Dind. II.314,24

COMMENT: This exegesis assumes that the bare dative στέρνοις is equivalent to ἐπὶ (τοῖς) στέρνοις with ἐπὶ meaning ‘in addition to’. Perhaps the interpreter is improperly extending the usage seen in a phrase like φόνῳ φόνος (cf. sch. 816.16).

Or. 1466.16 (1466–1467) (rec exeg) ⟨στέρνοις κτύπησε κρᾶτα⟩: μετὰ τῶν στηθῶν εἰς τὴν κεφαλὴν —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: Together with her breasts, to her head.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1467.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨κρᾶτα μέλεον⟩: εἰς τὴν κεφαλὴν τὴν ἀθλίαν —Mn

LEMMA: in text κράτα Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1467.12 (tri exeg) ⟨πλαγάν⟩: πλαγᾷ —T

TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘plagan’, ‘blow’, there is a variant reading, dative) ‘plagāi’ (‘with a blow’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1467.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πλαγᾷ⟩: καὶ ἐν πληγῇ καὶ λύπῃ —F

LEMMA: thus in text p.c. F POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1468.01 (1468–1472) (mosch paraphr) φυγᾷ δὲ ποδί: ¹φυγῇ δ’ ἔφερε τὸ ἴχνος τοῦ ποδὸς τὸ χρυσεοσάνδαλον. ²ὁ Ὀρέστης δὲ προφθάσας τὸν δρόμον αὐτῆς, ἐμβαλὼν τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ δακτύλους εἰς τὰς κόμας αὐτῆς, ³τῇ ἀριστερᾷ χειρὶ ἀναστρέψας τὴν δέρην ἔμελλεν εἴσω τοῦ λαιμοῦ παίειν τὸ μέλαν ξίφος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aGr, partial G^bZc

TRANSLATION: In flight she bore along the golden-sandaled track of her foot. But Orestes, getting ahead of her running, forcing his own fingers into her hair, with his left hand twisted her neck upward and was about to strike the black sword into her throat.

LEMMA: G^a POSITION: s.l. G^b

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δὲ Yf | χρυσοσάνδαλον G^a | 3 λεμοῦ Xa | μέλλαν Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.314,26–30

COMMENT: Recognizing the peculiar idiom in ἀρβύλαν προβάς (see Mastronarde 1994: 378 with refs.), the older scholia understand ἀρβύλαν as Orestes’ footwear and paraphrase accordingly. Moschopulus and Thomas, however, take προβάς as meaning προφθάσας, and ἀρβύλαν προβάς as ‘getting ahead of, cutting off, Helen’s movement or path’. So here προφθάσας τὸν δρόμον αὐτῆς serves to clarify ἀρβύλαν προβάς, 1470.27 provides the single word gloss προφθάσας, and for Thomas see sch 1470.03.

Or. 1468.02 (1468–1469) (vet exeg) φυγᾷ δὲ ποδί: ἡ Ἑλένη, φησὶ, διαναστᾶσα φυγῇ τὴν σωτηρίαν πορίζεται. —HMBCMt^rPrSa

TRANSLATION: Helen, he says, separating herself (from him) in flight, tries to procure safety.

LEMMA: B, φυγῆ δὲ ποδὶ Rf; in text φυγῶι M, perhaps H REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: marg. MSa, s.l. Pr

APP. CRIT.: πορίζεται] ἐπορίζετο HMt^r, ἐνεστηρίζετο PrSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,16; Dind. II.314,31–315,1

Or. 1468.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ποδὶ⟩: ποσὶν(?) —R

TRANSLATION: (For singular ‘podi’, ‘with foot’, there is a variant reading, plural) ‘posin’, ‘with feet’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: very faint

Or. 1468.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ποδὶ⟩: τοῦ ποδὸς, ἀντὶ πληθυντικῶς —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (Dative ‘podi’, ‘foot’, to be interpreted as used for genitive) ‘of the foot’, (singular being used) in place of plural.

POSITION: s.l., above μέλεον … δὲ in previous line Pr

Or. 1468.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρυσεοσάνδαλον ἴχνος⟩: τὸν πόδα τὸν χρυσᾶ καλύγια φοροῦντα —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: καλλύγια Ox

COMMENT: See sch. 140.43.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1468.12 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸ χρύσεον ἀμβαλὼν⟩: [γρ.(?)] τ[ὸ] χρυσεοσάμβαλον —H

TRANSLATION: For ‘to chruseon ambalōn’, ‘having lifted up(?) the golden’,) the reading ‘to chruseosambalon’ (‘the golden-sandaled’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text H REF. SYMBOL: H

COMMENT: Daitz prints [τὸ] / χρυσεοσάμβαλον: as the last words of sch. 1468.02, where it makes no sense. I see a trace of the tau of τὸ before χρυσ‑ and thus there is room in the lost trimmed margin of the previous line for scholion-ending punctuation after H’s ἐπορίζετο and perhaps γρ(άφεται) beginning the new note. Even without γρ(άφεται) it can be taken as a correction of the odd version in the text.

COLLATION NOTES: check H new image

Or. 1468.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨χρυσεοσάνδαλον⟩: τὸ χρυσοῦν σανδάλιον φοροῦν —ZlZmGu²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,1–2

Or. 1468.16 (tri metr) ⟨χρυσεοσάνδαλον⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 80

Or. 1468.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: ὅ [ἐστι] πατ[ή]τιον. —H

TRANSLATION: (‘Ichnos’,) which is to say ‘the footprint’.

COMMENT: | Lampe gives ‘footmark’ as a definition of πατήτιον, but I have been unable to verify his reference. Nevertheless, the word is best interpreted here as explaining ἴχνος.

Or. 1469.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐς κόμας⟩: εἰς τὰς κόμας αὐτῆς —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1469.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐς κόμας⟩: εἰς τὰς ἑαυτῆς τρίχας —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1470.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Ὀρέστας … προβάς⟩: ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης προβὰς —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1470.07 (rec metr) ⟨Ὀρέστας⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1470.09 (1470–1472) (vet exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλαν προβὰς … μέλαν ξίφος⟩: ¹τὸν πόδα φησίν. || ²ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑποδήματος τὸν πόδα δηλοῖ. ³τὸ δὲ δικών ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκτείνας καὶ βαλών. ⁴ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης, φησὶ, παραχρῆμα προβὰς τὸν πόδα ἐξέτεινε τὴν χεῖρα καὶ λαβόμενος τῆς κόμης ἔμελλεν αὐτὴν παίειν τῷ ξίφει. —MBC

TRANSLATION: (By ‘arbulan’, ‘boot’) he means ‘his foot’. || From the footwear he signifies the foot. And ‘dikōn’ (‘having thrown’) is used for ‘having stretched out’ and ‘having thrust’. And Orestes, he says, moving his foot forward immediately, was stretching out his hand, and grasping her hair he was about to strike her with his sword.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from sch. 1460.11 B, prep. μυκηνίδα δὲ ἀρβύλην

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἀπὸ γὰρ B | 3 τοῦ om. C | βαλών] λαβὼν MC | 4 κόμης Matthiae, κώπης MBC

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 παρὰ χρῆμα C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,19–22; Dind. II.315,7–8 and 3–5

Or. 1470.10 (1470–1472) (vet exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλαν προβὰς … μέλαν ξίφος⟩: ¹ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑποδήματος τὸν πόδα δηλοῖ. ²ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης, φησὶ, παραχρῆμα προβὰς τὸν πόδα ἐξέτεινε τὴν χεῖρα θέλων σφάξαι αὐτὴν τῷ ξίφει. —HMt^r

TRANSLATION: From the footwear he signifies the foot. And Orestes, he says, moving his foot forward immediately, was stretching out his hand, wanting to slaughter her with his sword.

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ δήματος Mt^r | 2 προσβὰς H | καὶ add. before τὴν χεῖρα Mt^r | σφάξαι] παῦσαι Mt^r

Or. 1470.11 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλαν προβὰς⟩: λείπει τὸ ποδί. —MC, app. H

TRANSLATION: (With ‘moving his boot forward’) the phrase ‘with (his) foot’ is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l. H, below the line M

APP. CRIT.: λείπει] app. δ(ια) M | τὸ] τῶ C, app. om. H(?)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,18; Dind. II.315,10

COMMENT: The compendium in M is somewhat ambiguous. A horizontal stroke is clearly written here under the diagonals, and this does not occur in M’s usual sign for λείπει (as in sch. 1447.03, 1511.03, 1516.01 on nearby pages). But because this lower stroke is separated from the diagonals above, the diagonals look like a lambda. Hence Dindorf reported λείπει, and Daitz also asserts that M attests λείπει, while Schwartz read M as διὰ (by a familiar error for the compendium for λείπει). τὸ is represented in M by a small suspended tau; it cannot be verified in H on Daitz’s image, and it is also hard to make out ποδί on that image.

COLLATION NOTES: check H new image

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1470.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλαν⟩: τὸν πόδα, ἤγουν τὸν δρόμον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘Boot’ here means) ‘(her) foot’, or ‘(her) running’.

LEMMA: μυκηνίδα X; in text ‑λην Gr, ‑λλαν T POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Zc

APP. CRIT. 2: app. πόδαν Y, πόδα Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,8

Or. 1470.13 (thom exeg) ἀρβύλαν: τὸ γυναικεῖον ὑπόδημα ἤτοι τὸν πόδα αὐτῆς ἀπὸ μέρους. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Boot’ here means) ‘feminine footwear’, or ‘her foot’ (thus expressing the whole) from a part.

LEMMA: T(‑λλαν, as in text TGu) POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | τὸ om. ZZa | ἤτοι] ἢ Gu | ἀπὸ μέρους om. Zl | τὸ πᾶν add. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: γυναικείον Gu | ὑπόδυμα T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,9

COMMENT: See on sch. 1468.01.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 1471.01 (vetMosch exeg) ⟨ὤμοις ἀριστεροῖσιν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῇ ἀριστερᾷ χειρί —MBCAaPrSaXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (The dative of ‘left shoulder’ is) used for ‘with his left hand’.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. others except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] MBPrAa, ἀντὶ C, om. others | χειρὶ τῇ ἀριστ. transp. G | τῇ om. MAaPrSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,23; Dind. II.315,11

COMMENT: Modern interpreters more plausibly take the phrase as meaning ‘upon/toward the left shoulder’, but disagree about whose shoulder is meant. Willink and Medda take it to be Helen’s (cf. the next gloss), while West and Kovacs both translate ‘his left shoulder’.

Or. 1471.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨δέρην⟩: τὸν τράχηλον αὐτῆς τῆς Ἑλένης —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1472.03 (thom exeg) ⟨λαιμὸν … εἴσω⟩: ὥσπερ ἐστὶ τὸ [Hom. Il. 1.71 etc.] ‘Ἴλιον εἴσω’ ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὴν Ἴλιον, οὕτω καὶ τὸ λαιμὸν εἴσω ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὸν λαιμόν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Just as ‘Ilion eisō’ (in Homer) is equivalent to ‘eis tēn Ilion’ (‘to Ilion’), so too ‘laimon eisō’ is equivalent to ‘eis ton laimon’ (‘into the throat’).

LEMMA: λαιμῶν in text Gr REF. SYMBOL: Zl; ση() above εἴσω and above scholion Za POSITION: ὥσπερ ἐστὶ τὸ Ἴλιον s.l. Zb, remainder in marg. beside 1471–1472

APP. CRIT.: first εἴσω om. Zb | οὕτω] οὔτε Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,14–15

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 1472.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λαιμὸν … εἴσω⟩: ¹τοῦ εἴσω ἀντὶ τῆς εἰς προθέσεως λαμβανομένου, ὡς καὶ τὸ ἀνάπαλιν εὕρηται· ²ὁ γὰρ ποιητὴς οὗτος τὴν εἰς πρόθεσιν ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ δράματι ἀντὶ τοῦ εἴσω λαμβάνων φησὶ [Phoen. 451] ‘τόνδ’ εἰσεδέξω τειχέων’. —ZlGu

TRANSLATION: (The adverb) ‘eisō’ (‘inside’) being used in place of the preposition ‘eis’ (‘into’), just as the reverse is also found. For this poet, using the preposition ‘eis’ in the third drama (of the Byzantine triad) in place of ‘eisō’, says ‘eisedexō teixeōn’ (‘you received this man within the walls’).

LEMMA: λαιμῶν in text Gr POSITION: marg. Gu; cont. from prev. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,15–18

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Phoenissae

Or. 1472.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λαιμὸν … εἴσω⟩: Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος —Zm

TRANSLATION: Emulation of Homer (in the use of ‘eisō’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Homer as model/Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος

Or. 1472.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λαιμὸν … εἴσω⟩: καὶ ἔσωθεν τοῦ λαιμοῦ —Cr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1472.07 (recTri exeg) ⟨λαιμὸν⟩: λαιμῶν —MnPrT

TRANSLATION: (For accusative singular ‘laimon’, ‘throat’, there is a variant reading, genitive plural) ‘laimōn’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1472.15 (rec gram) ⟨εἴσω⟩: τὸ σ̅ω̅ κατ’ ἐπέκτασιν —PrSaB^3a

TRANSLATION: The ending ‘sō’ (of ‘eisō’ is formed) by epektasis (‘lengthening of a word’, that is, of preposition ‘eis’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: σ̅ω̅] ω̅ B^3a

Or. 1472.16 (rec gram) ⟨εἴσω⟩: ἐπέκτασις τοῦ ω̅ —Mn

TRANSLATION: Epektasis (‘lengthening of a word’, that is, of ‘eis’), consisting of ‘ō’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1472.23 (vet exeg) ⟨μέλαν⟩: τὸ μελανθησόμενον —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Black’ in the sense) ‘about to be darkened’.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,24; Dind. II.315,18–19

Or. 1472.24 (thom exeg) ⟨μέλαν⟩: μεμελανωμένον ἢ τὸ σιδηροῦν, ἢ τὸ παρεκτικὸν σκότους —ZlZmGu²

TRANSLATION: (‘Black’, that is,) having been blackened, or made of iron, or that which causes darkness.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μεμελανωμένον ἢ τὸ] ἢ ὡς ZlGu² | (second) ἢ τὸ] ἢ ὡς ZlGu²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,19–20 (Gu version)

COMMENT: For σιδηροῦν here, cf. sch. 821.08, 821.11 (both Thoman), Sch. vet. Phoen. 1091 μελάνδετον ξίφος: μέλαιναν λαβὴν ἔχον κερατίνην. ἢ σιδηρᾶν· Ἡσίοδος [Op. 151]· ‘μέλας δ’ οὐκ ἔσκε σίδηρος’.

Or. 1472.26 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 80

Or. 1473.01 (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβος —T

TRANSLATION: As a separate unit, an iambic trimeter.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.25,11; de Fav. 80

Or. 1473.12 (tri metr) ⟨ἀμύνειν⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 80

Or. 1473.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἱ κατὰ στέγας⟩: καὶ ἐν τῷ στέγει ὑπάρχοντες —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1473.16 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 80

Or. 1474.01 (1474–1502) (tri metr) ἰαχᾷ δόμων: ⁰καὶ ἡ παροῦσα στροφὴ μονόστροφός ἐστιν ὡς καὶ αἱ προρρηθεῖσαι, κώλων δὲ ληʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον τοῦ αʹ ποδὸς ἀναπαίστου. ²τὸ δεύτερον ἴαμβος τρίμετρος ἀκατάληκτος καθαρὸς. ³τὸ γʹ ὅμοιον. ⁴τὸ δʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ⁵τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον τῷ δευτέρῳ καὶ τρίτῳ. ⁶τὸ ςʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐξ ἰαμβικοῦ πενθημιμεροῦς καὶ ἀναπαιστικοῦ ὁμοίου. ⁷τὸ ζʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικὸν. ⁸τὸ ηʹ παιωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων πρώτων δύο καὶ βακχείου. ⁹τὸ θʹ ἰαμβικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ δευτέρῳ τοῦ εʹ ποδὸς χορείου. ¹⁰τὸ ιʹ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον καθαρόν. ¹¹τὸ ιαʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς χορείου. ¹²τὸ ιβʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς δακτύλου. ¹³τὸ ιγʹ δακτυλικὸν τετράμετρον τοῦ γʹ ποδὸς προκελευσματικοῦ τετραβράχεος. ¹⁴τὸ ιδʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον τοῦ τρίτου ποδὸς προκελευσματικοῦ. ¹⁵τὸ ιεʹ ὅμοιον καθαρὸν ἀναπαιστικόν. ¹⁶τὸ ιςʹ ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις. ¹⁷τὸ ιζʹ ἰαμβικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ δʹ. ¹⁸τὸ ιηʹ ἴαμβος ὅμοιος τῷ δευτέρῳ. ¹⁹τὸ ιθʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικὸν τοῦ αʹ ποδὸς χορείου. ²⁰τὸ κʹ χοριαμβικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐκ χοριάμβου καὶ ἰάμβου. εἴη δὲ καὶ τροχαϊκὸν πενθημιμερὲς δακτύλου ἀρχομένου. ²¹τὸ καʹ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ’ ἐλαττονος, διιάμβου, καὶ τροχαίου. ²²τὸ κβʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς χορείου. ²³τὸ κγʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου πρώτου, διιάμβου, καὶ βακχείου. ²⁴τὸ κδʹ ἴαμβος ὅμοιος τῶ δευτέρῳ τοῦ δʹ ποδὸς ἀναπαίστου· ἀφαιροῦσι γὰρ οἱ Ἴωνες τὸ ε̅ τῆς ε̅ι̅ διφθόγγου ἔνθα χρεία διὰ τὸ μέτρον. ²⁵τὸ κεʹ ἰαμβικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ δʹ. ²⁶τὸ κςʹ ὅμοιον ἑφθημιμερές. ²⁷τὸ κζʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον τοῦ γʹ καὶ δʹ ποδὸς χορείου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ, παίωνος πρώτου, καὶ χορείου ἢ ἀναπαίστου διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. ²⁸τὸ κηʹ ἰαμβικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ κςʹ. ²⁹τὸ κθʹ δακτυλικὸν τετράμετρον ἀκατάληκτον· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον· τέσσαρες γάρ εἰσι σπονδεῖοι. ^30–32τὸ λʹ, τὸ λαʹ, καὶ τὸ λβʹ τροχαϊκὰ πενθημιμερῆ. ³³τὸ λγʹ ἰαμβικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ κςʹ. ³⁴τὸ λδʹ ἴαμβος ὅμοιος τῷ δευτέρῳ, τὸν αʹ ἔχων πόδα ἀνάπαιστον. ³⁵τὸ λεʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ τεσσάρων χορείων. ^36–37τὸ λςʹ καὶ λζʹ ἀναπαιστικὰ δίμετρα βραχυκατάληκτα. ³⁸τὸ ληʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς Εὐριπίδειον τοῦ πρώτου καὶ δευτέρου ποδὸς χορείου. ³⁹ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει δύο διπλαῖ, ἡ μὲν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ κώλου, ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸ τέλος, δηλοῦσαι ὡς τέλος ἔσχε τὰ ἀνομοιόστροφα, ἀμφότεραι μέντοι ἔξω νενευκυῖαι. ⁴⁰ἐν εἰσθέσει δὲ σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν ἀνομοιομερὲς στίχων ἰαμβικῶν τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων γʹ. ⁴¹ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

¹1474 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒
ἰαχᾶι δόμων θύρετρα καὶ σταθμοὺς
²1475 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
μοχλοῖσιν ἐκβαλόντες, ἔνθ’ ἐμίμνομεν,
³1476 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
βοηδρομοῦμεν ἄλλος ἄλλοθεν στέγης,
⁴1477 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ὁ μὲν πέτρους, ὁ δ’ ἀγκύλας,
⁵1478 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ὁ δὲ ξίφος πρόκωπον ἐν χεροῖν ἔχων.
⁶1479 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ×
ἔναντα δ’ ἦλθε Πυλάδας ἀλίαστος,
⁷1480a ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
οἷος οἷος Ἕκτωρ
⁸1480b ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ‒ ‒
ὁ Φρύγιος ἢ τρικόρυθος Αἴας,
⁹1481 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒
ὃν εἶδον εἶδον ἐν πύλαισι Πριαμίσιν·
¹⁰1482 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒
φασγάνων δ’ ἀκμὰς συνήψαμεν.
^`111483 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒
τότε δὴ τότε διαπρεπεῖς
¹²1484 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒
ἐγένοντο Φρύγες ὅσον Ἄρεος ἀλκὰν
¹³1485 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒
ἥσσονες Ἑλλάδος ἐγενόμεθ’ αἰχμᾶς,
¹⁴1486 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
ὁ μὲν οἰχόμενος φυγάς, ὁ δὲ νέκυς ὤν,
¹⁵1487 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
ὁ δὲ τραῦμα φέρων, ὁ δὲ λισσόμενος,
¹⁶1488a ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
θανάτου προβολάν·
¹⁷1488b ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ὑπὸ σκότον δ’ ἐφεύγομεν.
¹⁸1489 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
νεκροὶ δ’ ἔπιπτον, οἱ δ’ ἔμελλον, οἱ δ’ ἔκειν-
¹⁹1490a ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ×
τ’· ἔμολε δ’ ἁ τάλαινα
²⁰1490b ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ / ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒
Ἑρμιόνη δόμους
²¹1491a ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ⏑
ἐπὶ φόνωι χαμαιπετεῖ ματρὸς
²²1491b ‒ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑, ‒ ‒ ‒
ἅ νιν ἔτεκεν ἁ τλάμων.
²³1492–1493a ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ‒
ἄθυρσοι δ’ οἷα νιν δραμόντε βάκχαι
²⁴1493b ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ὡς σκύμνον ἐν χεροῖν ὀρίαν ξυνήρπασαν·
²⁵1494a ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
πάλιν δὲ τὰν Διὸς κόραν
²⁶1494b ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑
ἐπὶ σφαγὰν ἔτεινον·
²⁷1495a ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ / ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑, ⏑ ⏑ ×
ἁ δ’ ἐκ θαλάμων ἐγένετο διὰ
²⁸1495b ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑
πρὸ δωμάτων ἄφαντος,
²⁹1496 ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒/ ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒
ὦ Ζεῦ καὶ Γᾶ καὶ Φῶς καὶ Νύξ,
³⁰1497a ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒
ἤτοι φαρμάκοις
³¹1497b ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒
ἢ μάγων τέχναις
³²1497c ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒
ἢ θεῶν κλοπαῖς.
³³1498 ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑
τὰ δ’ ὕστερ’ οὐ κάτοιδα·
³⁴1499 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ×
δραπέταν γὰρ ἐξέκλεπτον ἐκ δόμων πόδα.
³⁵1500a ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑, ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑
πολύπονα δὲ πολύπονα πάθεα
³⁶1500b ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ×
Μενέλαος ἀνασχόμενος
³⁷1501 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒
ἀνόνητον ἀπὸ Τροίας
³⁸1502 ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ⏑͡⏑ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ×
ἔλαβε τὸν Ἑλένας γάμον.

TRANSLATION: The present strophe too is monostrophic (without responsion) just like the ones discussed previously, and (it consists) of thirty-eight cola. The first is a brachycatalectic iambic trimeter with the first foot an anapaest. The second is a pure acatalectic iambic trimeter. The third is similar. The fourth is a similar (iambic) acatalectic dimeter. The fifth is like the second and third. The sixth is a compound formed from an iambic penthemimeres and a similar anapaestic measure. The seventh is a trochaic ithyphallic. The eighth is an acatalectic paeonic trimeter formed from two first paeons and a baccheius. The ninth is an iambic (trimeter) like the second, with the fifth foot a choreius. The tenth is a pure hypercatalectic trochaic dimeter. The eleventh is a brachycatalectic anapaestic dimeter with the second foot a choreius. The twelfth is a similar (anapaestic) hypercatalectic dimeter with the second foot a dactyl. The thirteenth is a dactylic tetrameter with the third foot a proceleusmatic of four shorts. The fourteenth is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter with the third foot a proceleusmatic. The fifteenth is a similar pure anapaestic (dimeter). The sixteenth is an anapaestic basis. The seventeenth is an iambic (dimeter) like the fourth. The eighteenth is an iambic trimeter like the second. The nineteenth is a trochaic ithyphallic with the first foot a choreius. The twentieth is a one-and-a-half measure choriambic formed from a choriamb and an iamb. It could also be a trochaic penthemimeres with a dactyl beginning it. The twenty-first is a brachycatalectic ionic trimeter formed from a fourth paeon in place of an ionic a minore, a diiamb, and a trochee. The twenty-second is a trochaic hephthemimeres with the second foot a choreius. The twenty-third is a catalectic antispastic trimeter formed from a first epitrite, a diiamb, and a baccheius. The twenty-fourth is an iambic trimeter similar to the second with the fourth foot an anapaest; for the Ionians remove the epsilon from the diphthong ‘ei’ where necessary because of the meter. The twenty-fifth is an iambic (dimeter) similar to the fourth. The twenty-sixth is a similar (iambic) hephthemimeres. The twenty-seventh is is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter with the third and fourth feet chorei; but if you prefer, a catalectic ionic a maiore trimeter formed from an ionic, a first paeon, and a choreius or anapaest because of the indifferent final syllable. The twenty-eighth is an iambic (hephthemimeres) similar to the twenty-sixth. The twenty-ninth is an acatalectic dactylic tetrameter; but if you prefer, an anapaestic dimeter, for there are four spondees. The thirtieth, the thirty-first, and the thirty-second are trochaic penthemimeres. The thirty-third is an iambic (hephthemimeres) similar to the twenty-sixth. The thirty-fourth is an iambic trimeter like the second, having its first foot an anapaest. The thirty-fifth is an acatalectice iambic dimeter formed from four chorei. The thirty-sixth and thirty-seventh are brachycatalectic anapaestic dimeters. The thirty-eighth is a Euripidean trochaic hephthemimeres, with the first and second feet chorei. At the end two diplae, one at the beginning of the colon, one at the end, indicating that the non-corresponding strophes have reached an end, both (of the diplae) pointing outward. And as an insertion (within the lyric) a separate system of different metrical form (consisting) of three acatalectic iambic trimeter lines (1503–1505). At the end (of these) a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

APP. CRIT.: 7, 19 ἰθυφαλικὸν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.25,12–26,16; de Fav. 80–81

KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιόστροφα/ἀλλοιόστροφα | ἀνομοιομερές/ὁμοιομερές | Εὐριπίδειον (colon)

Or. 1474.02 (1474–1502) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων λη´ —T

TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of 38 cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 81

Or. 1474.03 (1474–1476) (vet paraphr) ἰαχᾷ δόμων θύρετρα: ¹ἰαχῆς, φησὶ, καὶ θορύβου γενομένου κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν τὰς θύρας τῶν σταθμῶν, ἔνθα ἦμεν συγκεκλεισμένοι, ²ἐκσπάσαντες τοῖς μοχλοῖς ἐξήλθομεν βοηθήσοντες. —MBCRf, partial H

TRANSLATION: With cries and tumult arising throughout the house, we ripped out with pry-bars the doors of the stables where we had been shut in and came out to run to give aid.

LEMMA: M(ἰαχὰ)BCRf REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἰαχῆς … οἰκίαν om. H | τοὺς σταθμοὺς Rf | 2 τοῖς μοχλ. ἐκσπάσ. transp. B | σὺν τοῖς μοχλ. Rf | βοήσοντες Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 συγκεκλειμένοι HM

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,25–27; Dind. II.315,22–24

COMMENT: Given the variant τοὺς σταθμοὺς in Rf and the more obvious equivalence of a paraphrase like that of Moschopulus (next) with τὰς θύρας καὶ τὰς παραστάδας for θύρετρα καὶ σταθμοὺς, it is tempting to consider τὰς θύρας ⟨καὶ⟩ τοὺς σταθμοὺς here, with σταθμοὺς meaning ‘doorposts’; but the ἔνθα-clause here fits better with τῶν σταθμῶν (‘stables’), since this paraphrast, unlike Moschopulus, takes δόμων with ἰαχᾷ. The paraphrast probably recalled 1449 ἐν σταθμοῖσιν ἱππικοῖσι.

Or. 1474.04 (1474–1476) (mosch paraphr) ἰαχᾷ δόμων: ¹σὺν κραυγῇ τὰς θύρας καὶ τὰς παραστάδας τῶν δόμων ἔνθα ἐμίμνομεν μοχλοῖς ἀνασπάσαντες, ²βοηθήσοντες ἐτρέχομεν, ἄλλος ἀπ’ ἄλλου μέρους τοῦ οἴκου. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: With a shout, having ripped up with pry-bars the doors and door-posts of the rooms where we were, we ran to give aid, different ones from different parts of the house.

LEMMA: G

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐπ’ ἄλλου XGr

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀπὸ G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,24–27

COMMENT: Like modern interpreters, the scholia take different views about whether δόμων goes with ἰαχᾷ or with θύρετρα καὶ σταθμοὺς. Contrast Moschopulus’s view with that of the previous and of the next two.

Or. 1474.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰαχᾷ δόμων⟩: ἐν τῇ γενομένῃ κραυγῇ τῆς Ἑλένης ἐντὸς τῶν δόμων —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1474.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰαχᾷ δόμων⟩: ἐν τῇ γινομένῃ βοῇ καὶ ταραχῇ ἐντὸς τῶν δόμων —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1474.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰαχᾷ⟩: ἐν τῇ βοῇ τῆς Ἑλένης —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Iachāi’ means) ‘amidst the loud cries of Helen’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,27

Or. 1474.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰαχᾷ⟩: ἢ ἡμῶν —ZmGu²

TRANSLATION: Or (‘iachāi’ means) ‘(amidst the loud cries) of us’.

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.315,27 (misread)

Or. 1474.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σταθμοὺς⟩: ¹ἢ τοὺς παραστάτας, διὸ καὶ ἁρμόσει μᾶλλον διὰ τοῦ κ γραφόμενον ἐκβαλ{λ}όντες, ²ἐπεὶ καὶ φασὶ σταθμοὺς μὲν εἶναι τὸ ἀνώφλιον καὶ τὸ κατώφλιον, μοχλοὶ δὲ οἱ ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα ἱστάμενοι τῆς θύρας στύλοι. —Vd

TRANSLATION: (‘Stathmous’), in other words, ‘door-posts’, wherefore ‘ekbalontes’ (‘knocking out’) written with kappa will also be more fitting (than ‘embalontes’, ‘putting in’), since in fact they say that ‘stathmoi’ are the lintel and the threshold, and ‘mochloi’ are the uprights standing on either side of the door.

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 second τὸ] τῶ Vd | 2 ἰστάμενοι Vd

COMMENT: Vd has ἐμβαλόντες in the text, but the scholiast knows of the variant ἐκβαλόντες. For the Byzantine words ἀνώφλιον and κατώφλιον see LBG s.vv. and, e.g., Sch. Hom. Od. 1.104b, 7.87a2, 7.90a3 Pontani.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1475.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔνθ’ ἐμίμνομεν⟩: ἔνθα ἦμεν κεκλεισμένοι —Y²Zu

POSITION: s.l. Zu, marg. Y²

APP. CRIT.: ἔνθα] καὶ Zu

Or. 1476.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨βοηδρομοῦμεν⟩: ἐβοηδρομοῦμεν, ἤγουν βοηθήσοντες ἐτρέχομεν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (Present ‘we run to bring help’ is used for imperfect) ‘we were running to bring help’, that is, ‘we were running, intending to bring aid’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἐβοηδρομοῦμεν om. GGrZc, erased in Y | ἤγουν om. G

Or. 1476.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨βοηδρομοῦμεν⟩: μετὰ βοηθείας ἐτρέχομεν —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1476.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βοηδρομοῦμεν⟩: μετὰ βοῆς ἐτρέχομεν —F²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1476.04 (recThom paraphr) ⟨βοηδρομοῦμεν⟩: μετὰ βοῆς τρέχομεν —AbMnZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1476.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βοηδρομοῦμεν⟩: καὶ μετὰ βοῆς †φέρομεν —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Perhaps φέρομεν is a corruption of φεύγομεν (cf. next in CrOx, with which Vd often agrees); less likely it could be a (very careless) misreading of τρέχομεν. Emending to φερόμεθα would not be a complete improvement, since the passive refers to uncontrolled movement, which is not apposite here.

Or. 1476.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἄλλοθεν στέγης⟩: ἀπὸ ἀλλοῦ μέρους τῆς οἰκίας —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: marg. XaXo, s.l. others except X; cont. from sch. 1475.01 Gr

Or. 1476.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄλλοθεν⟩: ἢ ἄλλοσε —Vd

TRANSLATION: Or (for ‘allothen’, ‘from another place’, there is a variant reading) ‘allose’ (‘to another place’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1476.11 (thom exeg) ⟨στέγης⟩: εἰς ἣν ὁ φόνος ἐγίγνετο —ZmGu²

TRANSLATION: (‘Building/room’) in which the murder was taking place.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ‑γίγν‑ sic ZmGu²

Or. 1477.03 (thom exeg) ⟨πέτρους⟩: ἔχων κατὰ συνεκδοχήν —ZlZmGu²

TRANSLATION: (With ‘stones’ understand) ‘having’ by synecdoche (shared syntax from the next line).

LEMMA: πέτρας in text Zm, ους s.l. POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν

Or. 1477.04 (recTri exeg) ⟨πέτρους⟩: πέτρας —PrVdT

TRANSLATION: (For masculine ‘petrous’, ‘stones’, there is a variant reading, feminine) ‘petras’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T, καὶ prep. Vd | πέτρ (sic) Vd

Or. 1477.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέτρας⟩: πέτρους —Zm

TRANSLATION: (For feminine ‘petras’, ‘stones’, there is a variant reading, masculine) ‘petrous’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1477.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πέτρους⟩: λίθους ἔχων ἐν χερσίν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1477.09 (vet exeg) ἀγκύλας: ¹τὰ ἀκόντια, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπηγκυλίσθαι. ²ἢ διότι ἀπὸ τῆς κατὰ μέσον ἀγκύλης λαμβανόμενοι ῥίπτουσιν. —MBCRf, partial H

TRANSLATION: (‘Angkulas’ means) ‘javelins’, derived from their having been furnished with a thong/loop (‘epēgkulisthai’). Or (so called) because people throw them by taking hold of the thong (‘angkulē’) in the middle.

LEMMA: ὁ δ’ ἀγκύλας CRf REF. SYMBOL: Rf POSITION: marg. MB

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ουσι C [B]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.226,28–29; Dind. II.316,1–2

COMMENT: At Phoen. 1141 μεσαγκύλοις, the scholia associate ἀγκυλ‑ with κοῖλον instead (cf. Et. Gud. p. 14, 3 de Stefani = Et. Magn. 10, 29 ἀγκύλη: διὰ τὸ ἄνω αὐτῆς κοῖλον) and so claim there is a hollowed out place in the middle of the shaft into which one inserts a finger for better grip; but Sch. Andr. 1133c1 Cavarzeran agrees with the present note in referring to a thong, which is the correct view (cf. the comparison in Strabo 4.4.3 ἔστι δέ τι καὶ γρόσφῳ ἐοικὸς ξύλον, ἐκ χειρὸς οὐκ ἐξ ἀγκύλης ἀφιέμενον).

COLLATION NOTES: Check original B for ending of μεσ-, faint in margin.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1477.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγκύλας⟩: ¹ἀγκύλη τὸ ἀκόντιον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπαγκαλίζεσθαι, ² ἢ διότι ἀπὸ τῆς κατὰ τὸ μέσον ἀγκύλης λαμβανόμενον ῥίπτουσιν. —Gu

TRANSLATION: ‘Angkulē’ is a javelin, derived from its being embraced (‘epangkalizesthai’), or because people threw it when it was held from the thong in the middle.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀγκύλης] ἀγκύλ with both signs, (ας) and (ης) Gu | 2 ‑όμενοι or ‑όμενος a.c. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,1–2 with app.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1477.11 (rec gram) ⟨ἀγκύλας⟩: ¹ἀγκύλη τὸ ἀκόντιον, ἢ ἡ καμπὴ τοῦ ἀγκῶνος καὶ ποτηρίου γένος εἰς κοττάβους. ²οἱ γὰρ τοὺς κοττάβους προϊέμενοι τὴν δεξίαν χεῖρα ἠγκύλουν, ³κυκλοῦντες αὐτὴν ὡς ἐνῆν πρεπωδέστατα, σεμνυνόμενοι ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνὶ τῶν καλῶν. ⁴κοτταβίζειν δέ ἐστι τὸ τὸ λειπόμενον πόμα τοῦ ποτηρίου ἐκχέειν οὕτως ὥστε ψόφον ποιεῖν. ⁵αὕτη δὲ ἡ παιδιὰ ἐδόθη ἐκ Σικελίας τοῖς Ἀττικοῖς. —Rw

TRANSLATION: ‘Angkulē’ is a javelin, or the bend of the elbow, and a kind of drinking vessel for kottabos-games. For those who were throwing forth the wine-dregs used to bend their right hand, arcing it in the most graceful way possible, taking pride (in this action) just as in some fine achievement. And ‘kottabizein’ is to pour out the remaining drink from the vessel so as to make a sound. And this game was given to the people of Attica from Sicily.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Sent. 1–3 closely match the first sentences of Hescyh. α 566: ἀγκύλη· ἀκόντιον. ἢ ἡ καμπὴ τῆς ἀγκῶνος καὶ ποτηρίου γένος εἰς κοττάβους. οἱ γὰρ τοὺς κοττάβους προιέμενοι τὴν δεξιὰν χεῖρα ἠγκύλουν, κυκλοῦντες αὐτὴν ὡς ἐνῆν πρεπωδέστατα, σεμνυνόμενοι ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνὶ τῶν καλῶν. οἱ δὲ καὶ ἀγκυλισταὶ ἀκοντισταὶ εἴρηνται. δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ ἀποτομάδα. Compare Eust. in Il. 2.774 [I.538,19–539,1] ἔτι ἰστέον καί, ὅτι ἀγκύλη οὐ μόνον ἡ ἀνωτέρω ῥηθεῖσα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ καμπὴ τοῦ ἀγκῶνος καὶ ποτηρίου γένος χρήσιμον εἰς κοτάβους, παρὰ τὸ ἀγκύλον, τὸ ἐπικαμπὲς καὶ στρεβλὸν καὶ σκολιὸν καὶ ἐπικεκλασμένον. ἠγκύλουν (539) γάρ, φασί, τὴν δεξιὰν οἱ τοὺς κοτάβους προϊέμενοι κυκλοῦντες αὐτήν. The fourth sentence matches the text in lexicographers, starting from Hesych. α 6405 ἀποκοτταβίζειν· τὸ λειπόμενον πόμα τοῦ ποτηρίου ἐκχέειν οὕτως, ὥστε ψόφον ποιεῖν. For sent. 5, the Sicilian transmission, cf. Hesych. κ 3801 κότταβος· λάταξ. Εὐριπίδης Πλεισθένει [cf. TrGF fr. 631 Kannicht]. καὶ παιδιὰ παρὰ Ἀττικοῖς, ἀπὸ Σικελίας παραδοθεῖσα.

Or. 1477.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγκύλας⟩: ἀκόντια τὰ λεγόμενα ῥιπτάρια —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Angkulas’ are) javelins, the ones called ‘rhiptaria’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1477.22 (rec gram) ⟨ἀγκύλας⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἠγκοινῆσθαι —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Angkulas’ is) derived from ‘having been taken in one’s arm’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See LBG s.v. ἀγκοινάομαι, a verb that is attested with δόρυ or ἔγχος as object.

Or. 1478.02 (mosch exeg) ξίφος πρόκωπον: ἤγουν σπάθην ἥτις ἔχει τὴν κώπην προβεβλημένην —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: That is, a sword that has its handle extended forward.

LEMMA: T, ξίφος X POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Zc | ἥτις ἔχει] ἔχουσαν Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,4

Or. 1478.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ξίφος πρόκωπον⟩: σπάθην ἔμπροσθεν τὴν κώπην καὶ λαβὴν ἔχουσαν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: A sword that has its ‘kōpē’, that is, handle (held out) in front.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔμπροσθεν τὴν] Mastr., τὴν ἔμπροσθεν all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,4–5

Or. 1478.04 (vet exeg) ⟨πρόκωπον⟩: μεγάλην καὶ ἐκτεταμένην λ[αβὴν] ἔχον —H

TRANSLATION: (‘Prokōpon’ means) ‘having a large and stretched forth handle’.

APP. CRIT.: λ[αβὴν]] read as χ[ερσὶν] by Daitz

COLLATION NOTES: check H new image

Or. 1478.05 (vet exeg) πρόκωπον: μεγάλην κώπην καὶ ἐκτεταμένην ἔχον —MBC, partial SaY²

TRANSLATION: (‘Prokōpon’ means) ‘having a large and stretched forth handle’.

LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: MC POSITION: marg. B, intermarg. Y², s.l. Sa

APP. CRIT.: καὶ ἐκτεταμένην om. SaY² | after ἐκτετ. add. ἐγχερσὶν M, ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν C | ἔχων MCSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.227,1; Dind. II.316,3

COMMENT: The version of MC perhaps arose from a conflation with a separate paraphrase ἐν χερσὶν ἔχων intended for ἐν χεροῖν ἔχων (although MC in fact have χερσὶν in the text here).

Or. 1478.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόκωπον⟩: καὶ προτεταμένην ἔχον τὴν κώπην καὶ τὴν λαβὴν —Vd

TRANSLATION: (‘Prokōpon’ means) ‘having its “kōpē”, that is, handle, stretched forward’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κώπην] κάρπην Vd

Or. 1478.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πρόκωπον⟩: μεγάλην λαβὴν ἤγουν κώπην ἔχον —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Prokōpon’ means) ‘having a large handle, that is,“kōpē”’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1478.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόκωπον⟩: μεγάλην ἔχον λαβὴν —AaF

TRANSLATION: (‘Prokōpon’ means) ‘having a large handle’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F | ἔχων Aa

Or. 1478.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πρόκωπον⟩: μεγάλων ἔχων σκέπην λαβῶν —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Prokōpon’ means) ‘having the protection of large handles’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λαβὴν a.c. Pr

Or. 1479.09 (vet exeg) ἀλίαστος: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄτρεπτος καὶ ἄφευκτος ἐν ταῖς μάχαις, ἢ ἀκατάπαυστος. ²ἢ ὃν οὐκ ἔστι λιάσαι καὶ εἰς φυγὴν τρέψαι. —HMBCRfGu²

TRANSLATION: (‘Aliastos’) in the sense ‘impossible to turn away’ and ‘never running away in battle’, or ‘incapable of being stopped’. Or the one whom it is not possible to ‘liasai’ (‘make shrink’) and turn to flight.

LEMMA: Rf REF. SYMBOL: MRf POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. CGu²; cont. from sch. 1478.05 B, prep. ἀλίαστος δὲ

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 λιᾶσαι app. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.227,2–3; Dind. II.316,7–8

COMMENT: Cf., e.g., Orion 26,12 άλίαστος, παρὰ τὸ λιάζω τὸ ἐκκλίνω. ὁ μέλλων λιάσω· ὄνομα ῥηματικὸν λιαστὸς· ὃν οὐκ ἄν τις ἐκκλίνοι καὶ †τὸ λιάζειν† (καὶ λιάζοι Larcher); Hesych. α 2982 ἀλίαστος· … ἀνέκκλιτος. ἀμετάτρεπτος. ἀνελλιπής …; Et. Gen. α 481 ἀλίαστος· σημαίνει δὲ τὸν ἀκατάπαυστον (Hom. Il. 14.57)· ‘οἱ δ’ ἐπὶ νηυσὶ θοῇσι μάχην ἀλίαστον ἔχουσι’· καὶ (Il. 12.471, Il. 16.296) ‘ὅμαδος δ’ ἀλίαστος ἐτύχθη’. παρὰ τὸ λιάζω τὸ σημαῖνον τὸ ἐκκλίνω, οἷον (Il. 24.96)· ‘ἀμφὶ δ’ ἄρα σφι λιάζετο κῦμα θαλάσσης’. ὁ μέλλων λιάσω, γίνεται ῥηματικὸν ὄνομα λιαστός καὶ μετὰ τοῦ στερητικοῦ α ἀλίαστος, ὃν οὐκ ἄν τις ἐκκλίνοι; Suda α 1209 ἀλίαστος: ὁ μὴ ἐκφεύγων.

Or. 1479.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: ἄτρεπτος ἐν ταῖς μάχαις, ἢ ὃν οὐκ ἔστι λιάσαι καὶ εἰς φυγὴν τρέψαι —Pr, partial Sa

TRANSLATION: (‘Aliastos’ means) ‘impossible to turn back in battle’ or the one whom it is not possible to ‘liasai’ (‘make shrink’) and turn to flight.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἢ ὃν οὐκ κτλ om. Sa

Or. 1479.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: ἀμετάτρεπτος, ἄφευκτος ἐν ταῖς μάχαις ὢν —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Aliastos’ means) ‘impossible to turn from his course’, ‘never running away in battle’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1479.27 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀλίαστος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ καὶ τοῦ λιάζω τὸ ἐκφεύγω —Vd

TRANSLATION: (‘Aliastos’ is derived) from alpha privative and the verb ‘liazō’ meaning ‘escape’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1480.10 (vet exeg) τρικόρυθος: ¹ὁ μεγάλην ἔχων περικεφαλαίαν. ²ὅμοιον δέ ἐστι τῷ [Hom. Il. 12.353] ‘τρίπτυχος αὐλῶπις’. ³ἢ ὅτι ἔνιοι τῶν ἡρώων τριλόφοις ἐχρῶντο. —MBC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Trikoruthos’,) the one having a large helmet. And it is similar to ‘triptuchos aulōpis’ (‘threefold, with crest-tube’). Or because some of the heroes used to use (helmets) with triple crests.

LEMMA: MB REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: s.l. CPr

APP. CRIT.: 2–3 ὅμοιον κτλ. om. Pr (but cf. next) | 2 τὸ MC | αὐλῶπτις C | 3 τριολόφοις M

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 περικεφαλέαν Pr | 2 ἐστιν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.227,4–6; Dind. II.316,12–14

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 1480.11 (vet exeg) τρικόρυθος: ¹ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ Ὁμηρικῷ [Hom. Il. 12.353] ‘τρίπτυχος αὐλῶπις’. ²ἢ ἐπεὶ τριλοφίαις ἐχρῶντο. —HPrSa

TRANSLATION: It is similar to ‘triptuchos aulōpis’ (‘threefold, with crest-tube’). Or because they used to use triple crests.

LEMMA: PrSa

APP. CRIT.: δίπτυχος αὐλῶπιν PrSa

APP. CRIT. 2: ὅμοιον ἐστὶ H

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 1480.12 (rec exeg) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: ἐπεὶ τριλοφίαις ἐχρῶντο, ἢ τρίπτυχος —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Trikoruthos’,) because they used to use triple crests; or (meaning) ‘with three layers’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1480.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: ὁ τρίλοφος, ἤγουν ὁ τρία ἐπαναστήματα ἔχων ἐν τῇ κόρυθι —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Trikoruthos’,) the one with three crests, that is, the one who has three rising projections on his helmet.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1480.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: γρ. τρικόρυφος. —Pk

TRANSLATION: (For ‘trikoruthos’) the reading ‘trikoruphos’ (‘with three peaks’) is found.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,15

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1480.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: ἔχων τρεῖς λόφους —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: λόχους PrSa

Or. 1480.16 (mosch paraphr) τρικόρυθος: ὁ τριλόφῳ περικεφαλαίᾳ χρώμενος —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: Gr (prep. ἢ) POSITION: s.l. except XGr

APP. CRIT.: ὁ om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,14–15

Or. 1480.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: ὁ μεγάλην ἢ τρίλοφον ἔχων περικεφαλαίαν —Gu²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1480.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: καὶ μεγάλην ἔχων περικεφαλαίαν —F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑κεφαλέαν F

Or. 1480.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: ὁ τρεῖς ἔχων περικεφαλαίας —ZlCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | περικεφ. ἔχων transp. CrOx

Or. 1480.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: καὶ ὁ ἔχων τρεῖς κορυφὰς —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1480.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τρικόρυθος⟩: ἔχων τρεῖς κόρυθας περὶ τὴν περικεφαλαίαν —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1480.24 (tri metr) ⟨Αἴας⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1482.01 (thom paraphr) ⟨φασγάνων δ’ ἀκμὰς συνήψαμεν⟩: ἤγουν εἰς πόλεμον ἡμεῖς τε κἀνεῖνος κατέστημεν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘We joined together the sharp edges of swords’,) that is, ‘both we and that man began a battle’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κἀκεῖνοι Gu, a.c. T | καθέσταμεν Za, η above second alpha

APP. CRIT. 2: τὲ Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.316,18–19

Or. 1482.02 (rec exeg) ⟨φασγάνων ἀκμὰς⟩: αὐτὰ τὰ φάσγανα —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Sharp edges of swords’ refers to) the swords themselves.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1482.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἀκμὰς⟩: koinē short over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 81

Or. 1483.01 (1483–1485) (vet exeg) τότε δὴ τότε: ¹ἐν τῷ πρὸς Ὀρέστην πολέμῳ ἐφάνημεν διαπρεπόντως δειλοὶ, οἱ Φρύγες. ²ἢ τότε ἐν τῷ Τρωικῷ πολέμῳ. —HMiBC

TRANSLATION: (‘Then indeed, then’:) in the battle against Orestes we were revealed to be conspicuously cowardly, we the Phrygians. Or (this was revealed) back then during the Trojan War.

LEMMA: B, τότε HMC(treated as first wd. of note) REF. SYMBOL: MB(but erased, γ̅ used instead for the next note) POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἢ] οἳ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.227,7–8; Dind. II.316,20–21

COMMENT: The divergent explanations of τότε are induced by the presence of both ἐγένοντο and ἐγενόμεθ’ in the text and furthered by the potential ambiguity of τότε. In addition, some critics found the description of so many opponents being killed or wounded by the two youths to present an improbability (see next and sch. 1485.01, 1486.01–03).

Or. 1483.02 (1483–1485) (vet exeg) τότε δὴ τότε διαπρεπεῖς ἐγένοντο Φρύγες: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔκδηλοι τὴν δειλίαν καὶ ἐξεληλεγμένοι. ²⟨τότε⟩, φησὶν, ἐν τῇ συμβολῇ τῇ πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ πρὸς τὸν Πυλάδην, ἐφάνησαν οἱ Φρύγες πολὺ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὄντες ἀσθενέστεροι. || ³⟨ … ⟩ καὶ ὅσον ἦμεν ἐλάττους ἐν τῇ μάχῃ τῇ πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας κατὰ τὴν Ἴλιον. ⁴φησὶ γὰρ αὐτὰ κατὰ ἀναφορὰν ⟨πρὸς⟩ τὰ ἐν Ἰλίῳ λόγου παρεκβάσει χρησάμενος. ⁵οὐ γὰρ εἰκὸς ἦν οὕτως πολλοὺς εἶναι τοὺς ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις τεθνηκότας ὡς καταλέγειν πτώματα μυρίων νεκρῶν. || ⁶ἔστιν οὖν ὁ πᾶς λόγος τοιοῦτος· ⁷κατὰ τὴν συμβολὴν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην κατάδηλοι γεγόναμεν ἀσθενεῖς ὄντες οἱ Φρύγες. —MBC, partial H

TRANSLATION: (‘Diaprepeis’ is) equivalent to ‘utterly obvious and fully proved in their cowardice’. At that time, he says, in the clash with Orestes and with Pylades, the Phrygians were revealed to be much weaker than the Greeks. || ⟨ … ⟩ and how much we were lesser in the battle against the Greeks at Ilium. For he says this with reference to events at Ilium, using a digression in his narrative. For it was not probable that those who died in the palace were so numerous that one could catalogue the falling of countless dead. || So then the overall sense is like this: In the clash with Orestes we Phrygians were plainly revealed to be weak.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως· διαπρεπεῖς ἐγένοντο B REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from prev. without punct. H

APP. CRIT. 2: 5 οὕτω B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.227,9–17; Dind. II.316,21–317,5

COMMENT: In my view, two different explanations have been mingled here (based on the two views of τότε espoused in the scholia), and something must be missing between sent. 2 and 3 (if καὶ is retained, perhaps there was a clause ending with a comparative ‑τεροι, leading to saut du même au même). The final sentences 6–7 could once have followed 1–2, or there may have been something lost after ἀσθενέστεροι when the other explanation was conflated. With Schwartz’s deletion in 2 and Münzel’s καθ’ ὅσον in 3, the paraphrase is convoluted: ‘Then, he says, in the clash with Orestes and Pylades it was revealed how much the Phrygians were inferior in the battle with the Greeks at Troy’. The reasoning is likewise tortured: while other annotations take the sentence as applying either to the recent events or to the past events at Troy, this interpretation would have it both ways, with τότε referring to the recent and the revelation referring to the past. While this is not inconceivable as a desperate attempt at reconciliation, it seems to me more likely that one explanation has been inserted into a scholion advocating the opposite, for such insertions have occurred in the tradition of these scholia. See also sch. 1485.01 for another long scholion on this problem. | For παρέκβασις see Nünlist 64–66.

Or. 1483.03 (rec exeg) ⟨τότε δὴ τότε διαπρεπεῖς⟩: εἰς τὸν καιρὸν ὅτε ἔσφαζον ἐκεῖνοι τὴν Ἑλένην φανεροὶ, ἤγουν ἐξέβησαν ἔξω. —Ab

TRANSLATION: At the moment when those men were trying to slaughter Helen (the Phrygians became) visible, that is, they came outside.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1483.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότε δὴ τότε⟩: ἐπανάληψις —Vd

TRANSLATION: Repetition (of words).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For this rhetorical term see Lausberg §617; e.g., Alexander, de figuris, Rhet.Gr. III.19–20 Spengel περὶ ἐπαναλήψεως. But note that κατ’ ἐπανάληψιν is used in sch. 1485.01 in the sense ‘by resumption’ (of an account after some digression): for this sense, cf. Nünlist 66. So it is possible that Vd’s is displaced and was once meant to convey this latter sense.

KEYWORDS: epanalepsis

Or. 1483.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τότε δὴ τότε⟩: ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1483.06 (rec exeg) ⟨διαπρεπεῖς⟩: ἐπίσημοι, φανεροὶ εἰς δειλίαν, εἰς ἧτταν, εἰς φυγήν —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Conspicuous’, that is,) noteworthy, obvious in respect to cowardice, to defeat, to flight.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἥτταν Pr

Or. 1483.07 (rec exeg) ⟨διαπρεπεῖς⟩: εἰ⟨ς⟩ τὴν ἧτταν, ἤγουν ἐξέβησαν ἔξω. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Conspicuous’, that is,) in respect to defeat, or else (it means) they came outside.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἥτταν Mn

COMMENT: Cf. prev. and sch. 1483.02.

Or. 1484.01 (tri metr) ⟨ἐγένοντο Φρύγες⟩: koinē long over second omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 81

Or. 1484.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἄρεος ἀλκάν⟩: μὴ λάβῃς εἰς τὸ ἀλκὰν ἔξωθεν κατά, ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ φαμὲν ‘δυνατός εἰμι τοῦτο’ καὶ ‘σοφός εἰμι τὰ θεῖα’, οὕτω καὶ ‘ἐλάττων εἰμὶ τοῦτο’. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Do not supply (the preposition) ‘kata’ from outside to govern ‘alkan’ (‘strength in battle’); rather, just as we say ‘I am capable (in) this’ (without a preposition) and ‘I am wise (in) divine things’ (without a preposition), so also ‘I am lesser (in) this’ (without a preposition).

LEMMA: in text ἄρεως Gr POSITION: marg. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔλαττον a.c. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.317,7–9

COMMENT: Thomas’s criticism perhaps aims at the paraphrase of Moschopulus (sch. 1484.11), but the gloss κατὰ is found in a few contemporary mss (sch. 1484.17).

COLLATION NOTES: Above this scholion in Za is the word νόθον (at the level of ἐγένοντο … ἀλκάν). The meaning of this is unknown. It seems unlikely to be a claim that the remark is not genuinely by Thomas.

KEYWORDS: Thomas Magister critical of another view

Or. 1484.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨Ἄρεος ἀλκὰν⟩: [παρ]ασκευὴ πολεμικὴ —Rw

REF. SYMBOL: Rw POSITION: marg.

Or. 1484.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Ἄρεος ἀλκὰν⟩: κατὰ τὴν ἀλκὴν τοῦ πολέμου —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcOx²

LEMMA: ἄρεως in text XXaXbYfGr, a.c. Y POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: ὅσον prep. X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.317,7

Or. 1484.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Ἄρεος ἀλκὰν⟩: καὶ καθ’ ὅσον εἰς τὴν μάχην —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1484.16 (tri metr) ⟨Ἄρεος⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1485.01 (1485–1490) (vet exeg) ἥσσονες Ἑλλάδος ἐγενόμεθ’ αἰχμᾶς: ¹εἰκότως ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τότε, ἐν Ἰλίῳ, {ἢ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην} ἡττήθησαν, ἡνίκα ὁ μὲν ἦν φυγὰς, ὁ δὲ νεκρὸς ἔκειτο, ἄλλος δὲ τραυματίας ἦν, ὁ δὲ ἱκέτης προσέπιπτε τὸν ἔλεον θηρώμενος, ²καὶ τέλος ὡς ὑποσκότιοι γενόμενοι τῷ πλήθει τῶν βαλλομένων βελῶν εἰς φυγὴν ἐτρεπόμεθα καὶ οἱ μὲν ἔπιπτον τιτρωσκόμενοι, οἱ δὲ πίπτειν ἔμελλον, οἱ δὲ ἦσαν νεκροί. ³καὶ μέχρι τούτου [1489] ἡ παρέκβασις. ⁴τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς [1490ff.] γενόμενα κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐστὶν, ἅπερ κατὰ ἐπανάληψιν ἐπάγει. ⁵ἔστι δὲ τὸ ἑξῆς τοῦ λόγου· ⁶φασγάνων τε ἀκμὰς συνήψαμεν καὶ ἡττήθημεν κατὰ κράτος ὥσπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ἴλιον πολέμῳ ἡνίκα ταῦτα συμβέβηκεν ἅπερ κατέλεξεν [1486–1489]. ⁷ὡς δὲ ἡττήθημεν τῶν περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην, ἦλθεν ἡ Ἑρμιόνη. ⁸δύναται δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ οἰκίας ταῦτα γενόμενα νοεῖσθαι, ⁹ἴδιον δὲ τῆς τραγῳδίας τὸ τὰ μικρὰ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐξαίρειν καὶ φοβερὰ ποιεῖν ὥσπερ νῦν ὁ Εὐριπίδης ὥσπερ πολλῶν τῶν ὀλίγων θεραπόντων τὸν λόγον ⟨ποιεῖται⟩. —MBC

TRANSLATION: As one would reasonably expect, they were defeated by the Greeks back then, in Ilium, when one man was in flight, another lay dead, another was wounded, another was supplicating, seeking pity, and finally having been covered in darkness by the great number of the missiles thrown (at us) we turned to flight and some were falling, being wounded, others were about to fall, and others were dead. And up to this point (1489) is the digression. The following events occurred in the house, the very ones that he adds by way of resumption (1490ff.). And the run of the sense is: We joined together in a clash of sharp swords and were defeated forcefully, just as in the war at Ilium when these very things that he listed (1486–1489) took place. And when we had been defeated by Orestes and Pylades, Hermione arrived. But it is also possible for these actions to be understood as having occurred in the house, and it is a characteristic of tragedy to exaggerate small matters and make them terrible, just as now Euripides composes his account of the few servants as if (they were) many.

LEMMA: MC(γενόμεθ’ αἰχμάς), ἥσσονες ἑλλάδος B REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἢ τῶν περὶ τ. Ὀρ. del. Schw. | second τῶν] τὸν M | 2 ὑποσκότιον M, ὑπὲρ σκότον C | γενόμενοι] γενομένω ἢ MC | 3 μέχρι μὲν B | 4 τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς γεν.] τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· τὰ γεν. B | 6 ἡνίκα Münzel] ἦν καὶ MBC | 7 τῶν περὶ τὸν Ὀρ. om. Arsen. (edd. through Matthiae) | τῶν] om. M, ὑπὸ τῶν C | 8 γενόμενον M, γινόμενα B | 9 τὰ] τὰ / τὰ C | μακρὰ MC | ποιεῖν ὥσπερ om. MC | ὥσπερ πολλῶν κτλ om. B | ὥσπερ πολλῶν] ὡς περὶ πολλῶν ⟨περὶ⟩ Schw. | ποιεῖται suppl. Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἐπάγη C | 6 τὲ B | κατακράτος B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.227,19–228,6; Dind. II.317,10–23

COMMENT: In the added alternative explanation in sent. 8–9 the critic recognizes that the niggling concern with realism shown in several scholia on this passage (see on sch. 1483.01) is out of place. | For παρέκβασις and ἐπανάληψις see Nünlist 64–66.

KEYWORDS: ἐπανάληψις (in narrative) | dramatic technique | tragedy

Or. 1485.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥσσονες⟩: ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ δηλαδὴ πολεμοῦντες τοῖς Ἕλλησι —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Inferior’) in Troy, clearly, when waging war with the Greeks.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1485.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Ἑλλάδος … αἰχμᾶς⟩: τουτέστι τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1485.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Ἑλλάδος … αἰχμᾶς⟩: Ἑλληνικῆς αἰχμῆς —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: ἑλλάδος Gr POSITION: s.l. escept XGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,1–2

Or. 1485.08 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἑλλάνων⟩: γρ. Ἑλλάδος. —ZZa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘Hellanōn’, ‘of Greeks‘,) the reading ‘Hellados’ (adjective ‘Greek’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text ZZa POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1485.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἰχμᾶς⟩: κυρίως ὁ σίδηρος τῶν δοράτων, καταχρηστικῶς ὁ πόλεμος. —Pk

TRANSLATION: (‘Aichma’ is) properly ‘the iron tip of spears’, but by catachresis ‘war’.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,2–3

COMMENT: Cf. Hesych. α 2192 αἰχμαί· πόλεμοι; α 2202 αἰχμή· ἐπιδορατίς. ὁ σίδηρος τῶν δοράτων ἢ πόλεμος.

KEYWORDS: catachresis

Or. 1486.01 (1486–1489) (vet exeg) ὁ μὲν οἰχόμενος: ¹ταῦτα ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν Ἰλίῳ νοητέον, ²οἱ δ’ οὐ νοήσαντες ὑπέλαβον ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις τοσούτους τεθνάναι. —MC

TRANSLATION: These details must be interpreted as applying to events at Ilium, but those who have not understood (it thus) assumed that so great a number died in the palace.

LEMMA: MC

APP. CRIT.: 1 τῶν] Schw. (from next), τῆς MC (τῶν printed by Dind., misreading M)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,7–8; Dind. II.317, app. at 22

COMMENT: See on sch. 1483.01.

Or. 1486.02 (1486–1489) (vet exeg) ¹ταῦτα ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν Ἰλίῳ λέγει τεθορυβημένος καὶ οὐ δεόντως ἀπαγγέλλων. ²οἱ δὲ μὴ νοήσαντες πολλοὺς ᾠήθησαν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην ἀπολωλέναι. —MBC

TRANSLATION: He say these things as applying to events at Ilium, being in confused agitation and (thus) not reporting in the proper manner. But those who have not understood this believed that many perished in the palace at the hands of Orestes and Pylades.

POSITION: cont. from prev. MC, cont. from sch. 1485.01, add. δὲ, B

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐπὶ] περὶ B | 2 ὑπὸ τῶν] ὑπὲρ τὸν M | ἀπωλέναι M, τεθνάναι B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,9–11; Dind. II.317,23–25

Or. 1486.03 (1486–1489) (vet exeg) ¹ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν Ἰλίῳ οὖν λέγει, τεθορυβημένως καὶ οὐ δεόντως ἀπαγγέλλων. ²οἱ δὲ μὴ νοήσαντες πολλοὺς ὑπενόησαν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ Ὀρέστην ἀπολωλέναι. —H

TRANSLATION: So then, he speaks in reference to events at Ilium, reporting confusedly and not in the proper manner. But those who have not understood this believed that many perished in the palace at the hands of Orestes and Pylades.

Or. 1486.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ μὲν⟩: λείπει ἐξ ἡμῶν, ἀπὸ τῶν Φρυγῶν. —Ab

TRANSLATION: (With ‘one’) ‘from us’, ‘from among the Phrygians’, is to be understood.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1487.02 (tri metr) ⟨δὲ τραῦμα⟩: koinē short over epsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 81

Or. 1487.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ δὲ λισσόμενος θανάτου προβολάν⟩: ὁ δὲ παρακαλῶν διὰ τὴν προβολὴν καὶ τὴν ἔφοδον καὶ ἐπέλευσιν τοῦ θανάτου. —Rw

TRANSLATION: And another supplicating because of the putting forward and approach and coming on of death.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔπελευσιν Rw

Or. 1487.07 (mosch exeg) ὁ δὲ λισσόμενος: ¹ὁ δὲ ‘παρακαλῶν παράκλησιν ἕνεκα τοῦ θανάτου’ ὤφειλεν, ²λέγει δὲ ‘λισσόμενος προβολήν’, ἐπεὶ οἱ παρακαλοῦντες προβάλλουσιν ἑαυτοὺς παρακαλοῦντες καὶ προπίπτουσιν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: He should have said ‘making a supplication (‘parakalōn paraklēsin’) for the sake of (avoiding) death’. But he says ‘supplicating a casting forward’ (‘lissomenos probolan’) because those who supplicate throw themselves forward (‘proballousin’) in supplication and fall before (the person they supplicate).

LEMMA: XaXbTYYfGr

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν XaYYf, p.c. Xo | 2 προβάλλουσιν ἑαυτοὺς παρακαλοῦντες om. T | παραβάλλουσιν Y | προσπίπτουσιν XaXoY

APP. CRIT. 2: προβάλουσιν X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,5–7

Or. 1487.08 (1487–1488) (vet exeg) ⟨λισσόμενος θανάτου προβολάν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱκεσίαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ θανάτου προβαλλόμενος καὶ ἱκετεύων —MBC

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘putting forward for himself a supplication about (averting) death, that is, supplicating’.

LEMMA: θανάτου προβολάν M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. B

APP. CRIT.: (first) τοῦ om. C | (second) τοῦ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,15–16; Dind. II.318,4–5

Or. 1487.09 (1487–1488) (rec exeg) ⟨λισσόμενος θανάτου προβολάν⟩: ἱκεσίαν, παράκλησιν, ἀξίωσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ θανάτου προβαλλόμενος —Ab

TRANSLATION: Putting forward for himself a supplication, appeal, earnest request about (averting) death.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: παράκλισιν Ab | προβλλόμενος (sic) Ab

Or. 1487.10 (1487–1488) (rec exeg) ⟨λισσόμενος θανάτου προσβολάν⟩: παρακαλῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ θανεῖν διὰ τὴν ἔφοδον —PrSa

TRANSLATION: Supplicating not to be killed because of the approach.

LEMMA: thus in text PrSa

COMMENT: The above translation assumes this note follows the same interpretation as sch. 1487.06 above, but in the absence of θανάτου it is also possible that this paraphrase intends διὰ τὴν ἔφοδον either in the sense ‘because of the approach/attack (of Pylades)’ or in the sense ‘by means of his own approach’. In Pr καὶ ἱκεσίαν is to the right of ἔφοδον, and it is ambiguous whether it is a separate gloss (as assumed in sch. 1488.10 below) or a continuation, ‘by means of his approach, that is, supplication’.

Or. 1487.11 (1487–1488) (thom exeg) ⟨λισσόμενος θανάτου προσβολάν⟩: ἤγουν ἱκετεύων ταχέως ἐπελθεῖν τὸν θάνατον διὰ τὴν προσοῦσαν ἐκ τραυμάτων δυσχέρειαν. —ZZaZlZmGu²

TRANSLATION: That is, supplicating that death come upon him quickly because of the discomfort caused by his wounds.

LEMMA: προσβολάν in text all except προβ‑ Gr POSITION: s.l. ZlGu²

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,8–9

COMMENT: It is noteworthy that Triclinius omits this interpretation because he rejects the reading προσβ‑ and adopts προβ‑ (sch. 1488.06).

Or. 1487.12 (1487–1488) (tri exeg) ⟨λισσόμενος θανάτου προβολάν⟩: ἤγουν προβεβλημένος καὶ προπίπτων ἰκέτευεν ὥστε μὴ θανεῖν. —T⁺

TRANSLATION: That is, having casting himself forward and falling in front he was supplicating not to die.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Triclinius apparently uses the cross because his wording here is an adaptation of the idea in παρακαλοῦντες προβάλλουσιν ἑαυτοὺς in Moschopulus (sch. 1487.07), the words he omits in his version of that note.

Or. 1487.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λισσόμενος⟩: καὶ παρακαλῶν μετὰ παρακλήσεως καὶ δακρύων —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: perhaps δακρύω Vd (word very poorly written)

Or. 1488.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θανάτου προβολάν⟩: καὶ ἔλεον, ἱκεσίαν θανάτου —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘Thanatou probolan’,) that is, pity for, supplication about death.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1488.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θανάτου προβολάν⟩: διὰ τὴν ἔφοδον καὶ ἐπέλευσιν —Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘Thanatou probolan’, that is,) because of the approach and coming on.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1488.06 (rec exeg) ⟨προβολάν⟩: ἱκεσίαν· προβάλλομαι ἱκεσίαν. —K

TRANSLATION: (‘Probalan’ is) supplication: (it means this because one can say) ‘I put forward as a defense for myself supplication’ (‘proballomai hikesian’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1488.07 (tri exeg) ⟨προβολάν⟩: προβολὴν κάλλιον γράφειν ἢ προσβολήν· οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέτρον ὀρθῶς καὶ ἔν τισι τῶν παλαιῶν βιβλίων οὕτως εὕρηται. —T

TRANSLATION: It is better to write ‘probolēn’ than ‘prosbolēn’, for thus it is also correct metrically and it has been found thus in some of the old copies.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.26,17–18; de Fav. 81

KEYWORDS: Triclinius, justifying choice between variants

Or. 1488.17 (vet exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ σκότον δ’ ἐφεύγομεν⟩: ¹ἐὰν μὲν ἐν Ἰλίῳ, ἔσται τὸ ὑπὸ σκότον ἀντὶ τοῦ καλυφθέντες τῷ πλήθει τῶν βελῶν ἐφεύγομεν· ²ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, εἰς τοὺς σκοτεινοὺς τόπους τῆς οἰκίας ἐφεύγομεν. —HMBC

TRANSLATION: If (the events described are) at Ilium, then ‘under darkness’ will be equivalent to ‘covered by the great number of missiles, we were fleeing’. But if in the house, ‘we were fleeing to the dark/hidden places of the house’.

LEMMA: in text ὑποσκότον M POSITION: cont. from sch. 1486.02 MB(add. δὲ)C, precedes sch. 1486.03 H

APP. CRIT.: 1 μὲν ἐν Ἰλίῳ] μὲν οὖν περὶ τῶν ἐν ἰλίω λέγοιτο B | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. H, τοῦ om. C | 2 ἔνδον add. before ἐν H

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὑπο B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,11–13; Dind. II.317,26–318,1

Or. 1488.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ σκότον δ’ ἐφεύγομεν⟩: σκοτωθέντες ἐφεύγομεν —MBC

TRANSLATION: (‘And we were fleeing beneath darkness’ means) ‘covered in darkness we were fleeing’.

LEMMA: in text ὑποσκότον M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. B, intermarg. MC

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B | σκοτωθέντος B | ἐφεύγομεν om. M

Or. 1488.19 (mosch exeg) ὑπὸ σκότον: ἤγουν ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸ σκότος γενώμεθα, τουτέστιν εἰς τὰ σκοτεινὰ μέρη τῶν οἴκων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Beneath darkness’,) that is, in order that we get under darkness, that is to say, into the dark/hidden parts of the house.

LEMMA: TGr POSITION: s.l. except XTGr

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν … τουτέστιν om. Gu | τὸν σκότον G | τοῦ οἴκου Yf, τῶν οἰκιῶν Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,10–11

Or. 1488.20 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπὸ σκότον⟩: ἤγουν εἰς γωνίας καὶ εἰς γῆς καταδύσεις —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Beneath darkness’,) that is, into corners and holes in the ground.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | γῆς om. Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: γονίας Zm

Or. 1489.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἱ δ’ ἔμελλον⟩: ἄλλοι δὲ γενέσθαι νεκροὶ —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘And others were about to’, that is,) ‘and others (were about) to become corpses’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1490.01. (vet exeg) ⟨ἔμολε δ’ ἁ τάλαιν’ Ἑρμιόνα⟩: θορύβου, φησὶ, γενομένου ἦλθεν ἡ Ἑρμιόνη. —MBCPrRfSa

TRANSLATION: After confusion, he says, had arisen, Hermione came.

POSITION: prep. to sch. 1491.01 all (inserted between lemma and note MBCRf)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,17–18; Dind. II.318,15–16

COMMENT: Before Schwartz sch. 1490.01 and 1491.01 appeared as a single continuous sentence; I agree with him in viewing this phrase as a separate note because the construction ἦλθεν + dative of person is not very likely in a paraphrasing explanation.

Or. 1490.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔμολε δ’⟩: τούτων οὕτως γινομένων —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (And she came) while these things were happening thus.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τούτων] τίνων PrSa

Or. 1490.09 (rec metr) ⟨Ἑρμιόνα⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1491.01 (vet exeg) ἐπὶ φόνῳ χαμαιπετεῖ: χαμαὶ οὔσῃ τῇ Ἑλένῃ ἢ μελλούσῃ πίπτειν μετὰ τὸ φονευθῆναι. —MBCPrRfSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Upon the fallen-on-the-ground killing/corpse’ means) ‘upon Helen, who was on the ground’ or ‘(Helen) who was about to fall after being slain’.

LEMMA: MBCRf REF. SYMBOL: MBPr

APP. CRIT.: sch. 1490.01 inserted before χαμαὶ all | ἢ] Mastr., ἤτοι PrSa, καὶ B, om. MC

APP. CRIT. 2: φη() B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,18–19; Dind. II.318,16–17

Or. 1491.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἢ τεθορυβημένος οἴεται αὐτὴν πεπτωκέναι, ἢ χαμαιπετεῖ τῷ μέλλοντι πεσεῖσθαι. —MBCRf

TRANSLATION: Either being in confused agitation he believes she has fallen, or ‘fallen-on-the-ground’ (‘chamaipetei’) is ‘the one about to fall’.

LEMMA: BCRf, in marg. M

APP. CRIT.: τεθορ. ὢν B, τεθορυβημένως Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,20–21; Dind. II.318,17–18

Or. 1491.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹οὐ τῷ πεσόντι ἐπὶ γῆς· ²οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐφόνευσαν αὐτήν. ³ἀμέλει μετὰ μικρόν φησιν ὅτι διωκομένη ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀφανὴς ἐγένετο. —HMCBPr, partial Sa

TRANSLATION: (‘Chamaipetei’,) not that which has fallen on the ground, for they did not in fact kill her. Certainly, a little later he says that when being pursued she disappeared from their midst.

LEMMA: CPrSa, in marg. M; ἄλλως: χαμαιπετεῖ B

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 μικρὸν φησὶν HBC | διώκομεν ἢ Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,22–23; Dind. II.318,19–21

Or. 1491.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: χαμαιπετεῖ οὖν ἢ τῷ μέλλοντι πεσεῖν ἢ τεθορυβημένος ὢν οὐκ ἀκριβολογεῖται. —HMC

TRANSLATION: So then, either ‘chamaipetei’ is ‘the one about to fall’, or being in confused agitation he does not speak with precision.

LEMMA: C POSITION: intermarg. M; cont. from prev. H

APP. CRIT.: τεθορυβημένος ὢν] H (τεθορυβημένος conj. Schw.), τεθορυβημένῳ (om. ὢν) MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,24–25; Dind. II.318,18–19

Or. 1491.05 (thom exeg) ⟨χαμαιπετεῖ⟩: τῷ χαμαὶ ταύτην πεπτωκέναι ποιήσαντι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Chamaipetei’ is) ‘the one that caused this woman to have fallen’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πεπτωκέναι] πεττωμένην Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,23–24

Or. 1491.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χαμαιπετεῖ⟩: τῷ ποιήσαντι τὴν Ἑλένην κεῖσθαι χαμαιπετῆ —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Chamaipetei’ is) ‘the one that caused Helen to lie fallen upon the ground’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1491.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ματρὸς ἅ νιν ἔτεκεν τλάμων⟩: τῆς μητρὸς ἥτις ἡ τλήμων ἔτεκεν αὐτήν —XXaXbTYYfGr

LEMMA: μρς or μητρὸς in text all except T POSITION: s.l. except XGr; cont. from sch. 1491.08 XYfGr

APP. CRIT.: τῆς μητρὸς om. T, punct. as sep. Xa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.318,22–23

Or. 1491.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔτικτε⟩: ἔτεκε —G

TRANSLATION: (For imperfect ‘etikte’, ‘she bore’,) the reading ‘eteke’ (aorist ‘she bore’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1492.02 (1492–1493) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι … ξυνήρπασαν⟩: δραμόντες δὲ καθὰ Βάκχαι ἄθυρσοι, ἤγουν χωρὶς θύρσων, συνήρπασαν αὐτὴν ὡς σκύμνον ὀρείαν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: And running like ‘athursoi’ Bacchants, that is, ones ‘without thrysus-wands’, they seized her like a mountain-dwelling cub.

REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbGr

APP. CRIT.: σκύμνος X, κύμνον Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.319,13–14

Or. 1492.03 (1492–1493) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι … ξυνήρπασαν⟩: μαινόμενοι συνήρπασαν αὐτὴν ὡς σκύμνον ὀρείαν. —G

TRANSLATION: In a frenzy they seized here like a mountain-dwelling cub.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1492.04 (vet exeg) ἄθυρσοι δ’ οἷά νιν: ¹κακόθυρσοι. ²ἢ θύρσων μόνον δεόμενοι πρὸς τὸ εἶναι Βάκχαι. ³ἢ ἀθύρσους αὐτοὺς εἶπεν, ἐπεὶ αἱ Βάκχαι μετὰ θύρσων βακχεύουσιν. —HMBCRfRw

TRANSLATION: (‘Athursoi’ means) ‘with evil bacchic staffs’. Or ‘lacking only bacchic staffs to be Bacchants’. Or he said they were without bacchic staffs because the Bacchants revel with staffs (but they lack them).

LEMMA: MC(ἄθυρδ’ οἰά νιν), ἄθυρσοι δ’ οἷά νιν δρα() B, ⟨ἀ⟩θύρσει δ’ οἷα νιν Rw, ἄθυρσοι Rf REF. SYMBOL: MBRf POSITION: between sch. 1495.16 and 1497.01 Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 θυρσῶν C | ‑ουσι Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.228,26–28; Dind. II.318,25–27

Or. 1492.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: ἄθυρσοι ἐπεὶ αἱ Βάκχαι μετὰ θύρσων βακχεύουσιν. ἢ(?) κακόθυρσοι(?). —R^a

TRANSLATION: ‘Athursoi’ (‘without wands’) because the Bacchants revel with thyrsus-wands (but Orestes and Pylades lack them). Or (it means) ‘with evil thyrsus-wands’.

COLLATION NOTES: The note is very faint; there are also a few traces in R above the middle of this extant line, but most of line appears not to have had writing; the most legible traces may be the compendium for ἀντὶ τοῦ.

Or. 1492.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: ¹⟨ … ⟩ ἐπέλεγον. ²ἔστι δὲ αὐτὴ Σκυθικὴ φωνὴ, ἐξελληνιζομένη ὦ υἷις καὶ υἱὲ τοῦ ἄτις καὶ τοῦ Διός. ³εἶχον δὲ ἀνὰ χεῖρας οἱ τοιοῦτοι βάκχοι θύρσους, ἤτοι νάρθηκας, ἀντὶ κλάδων τούτους περιφερόμενοι εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ Διονύσου. ⁴ἐδόκουν δὲ τοῖς ὁρῶσι μαίνεσθαι, τῇ δ’ ἀληθείᾳ φιλάνθρωποι ἦσαν. ⁵διὰ γοῦν τὸ δοκεῖν ἐκείνους μαινομένους εἶναι ὁ Εὐριπίδης τὸ ἄθυρσοι Βάκχαι ἀντὶ τοῦ μαινόμενοι ἐξεδέξατο. —V

TRANSLATION: [(e.g.) … the bacchic worshippers] chanted [‘eu oi huiis Attis’]. And this is a Scythian cry, rendered into Greek as ‘o huiis’, that is, ‘huie’ (‘son’), of ‘Attis’(?), that is, of Zeus. Such bacchic worshippers used to hold in their hands ‘thyrsoi’, or fennel-stalks, carrying these around instead of branches in honor of Dionysus. They seemed to onlookers to be insane, but in truth they were well-disposed to people. At any rate, because they seemed to be crazed Euripides (here) has interpreted ‘Bacchants without thyrsoi’ in the sense ‘being crazed‘.

APP. CRIT.: beginning of scholion on previous verso lost as part of loss of several folios in V (Or. 1205–1504) | 2 Σκυθικὴ] Schw., σκυθρ()` V | Ὕης Ἄτης ἢ υἱὲ τοῦ Διός conj. Schw., comparing Lex. Seguer., Bekker 1814: 207,25–31 | 3 βάκχοι] βάκχαι (typosetter’s error) Schw. | περιφερόμενοι] Schw., ἐπιφερόμενοι V | 5 ἐξεδέξατο] Schw., ἑξέλ()ατ() = ἐξελέξατο V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,1–6; Dind. II.318,27–319,5

COMMENT: The cry is elsewhere usually ὕης Ἄτ(τ)ης, as in Dem. 19 (de cor.).260 βοῶν ‘εὐοῖ σαβοῖ’ καὶ ἐπορχούμενος ‘ὑῆς ἄττης ἄττης ὑῆς’. Cf. Photius υ 34 (= Suda υ 82) Ὕης· ἐπίθετον Διονύσου, ὡς Κλείδημος (FGrHist 323 F 27)· ἐπειδή, φησίν, ἐπιτελοῦμεν τὰς θυσίας αὐτῷ καθ’ ὃν ὁ θεὸς ὕει χρόνον· ὁ δὲ Φερεκύδης (FGrHist 3 F 90a = EGM fr. 90a Fowler) τὴν Σεμέλην Ὕην λέγεσθαι καὶ τὰς τοῦ Διονύσου τροφοὺς Ὑάδας· Ἀριστοφάνης δὲ (fr. 908 K–A) συγκαταλέγει ξενικοῖς θεοῖς τὸν Ὕην. See also Fowler, EGM II.373–375; sch. Thom. Ph. 649 (Dind. III.183,2–12).

Or. 1492.07 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: ¹σημείωσαι καὶ τὸ θύρσος πῶς ἐκλήθη νάρθηξ. ²θύρσος μὲν γὰρ τῷ φυτῷ τὸ παλαιὸν ὄνομα παρόσον αὐτῷ ἐχρῶντο οἱ γεωργοὶ ἐν ταῖς αἱμασιαῖς τῶν λειμώνων καὶ τῶν κήπων καὶ τῶν θειλοπέδων καὶ ἀμπελώνων. ³ὕστερον δὲ ἐκλήθησαν νάρθηκες, ὅτι ἐχρήσαντο αὐτοῖς οἱ τῶν παίδων ἀλεῖπται καὶ παιδοδιδάσκαλοι πρὸς τὸ πλήττειν τοὺς νέους. ⁴νάρθηξ γοῦν ἐτυμολογεῖται παρὰ τὸ τοὺς νεαροὺς θήγειν, ἤτοι τοὺς νέους παῖδας ἀκονᾶν καὶ παρορμᾶν πρὸς τὰ μαθήματα. —VRf

TRANSLATION: Note also how the thyrsus was called a fennel-stalk (‘narthēx’). Thyrsus was the ancient name for the plant because farmers used it in the walls of meadows and gardens and grape-drying areas and vineyards. But later they were called ‘narthēkes’ because the trainers and teachers of boys used them to strike the young. For ‘narthēx’ is etymologized from sharpening the young (‘nearous thēgein’), that is, to sharpen the young boys and urge them toward their studies.

POSITION: cont. from prev. V

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἑτυμ‑ V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,7–13; Dind. II.319,5–12

COMMENT: I find no parallel for this explication of νάρθηξ except for sch.1493.03 in F. In the lexicographers νάρθηξ is variously derived from νεαρόν or ναρόν or νέρθεν, with no mention of θήγειν. The remark about the ‘older’ term θύρσος assumes that the etymology is from θύρα; this too has no parallel.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1492.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: ὡς μαινόμενοι, κακόθυρσοι, ὁ Πυλάδης καὶ Ὀρέστης —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Athursoi’) as being crazed; with evil thyrsus-wands, (describing) Pylades and Orestes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1492.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: μυθεύονται Βάκχας ἐν ὄρεσι μετὰ Διονύσου χωρούσας παίειν μὲν τὰς πέτρας ἐν νάρθηξι καὶ μέλι καὶ γάλα ἐντεῦθεν λαμβάνειν, τὰ δὲ θηρία χειροῦσθαι. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: They tell the mythic story that Bacchants, roaming on mountains with Dionysus, used to strike rocks with fennel-stalks and get honey and milk from there and used to overpower wild animals (with them).

POSITION: marg. Gu; follows next Zl

APP. CRIT.: τὰς add. before βάκχας T | παίειν om., leaving blank space, Zl | ἐν νάρθηξι καὶ] ἐνάρ + blank space (ca. 4 letters) Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.319,14–17

Or. 1492.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: ¹κλάδους κισσοῦ αἱ Βάκχαι καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Διόνυσος ἔφερον ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν, ²ὅτι, ὅτε ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ Σεμέλη ἐκεραυνώθη, τοῦτον πρὸς βίαν ἀποκυήσασα, κισσὸς περιέλιξεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν δῆθεν, ³ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ δράματι οὗτος φησὶν ἐν τῷ χορῷ τῷ [Phoen. 638] ‘Κάδμος ἔμολεν’. ⁴ἔνθα ἡ περὶ τῆς Σεμέλης ἱστορία πλατυτέρα ἐστίν. —ZlZmGu²

TRANSLATION: The Bacchants and Dionysus himself used to carry branches of ivy in their hands because, when his mother Semele was killed by lightning, having given birth to him violently, ivy wound around him as a protection, clearly, as this (poet) says in the third play in the chorus (beginning) ‘Cadmus came’. In that place the narrative about Semele is more detailed.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl POSITION: follows sch. 1497.08 φάρμακα Zm, precedes prev. Zl

APP. CRIT.: 3 καὶ om. Zm | οὗτος φησὶν] ὁ χορός φησιν Zm | ἐν τῷ χορῷ τῷ] οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ Zm | 4 ἔνθα κτλ om. ZlGu²

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 προσβίαν Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.319,17–21

COMMENT: The final sentence is a reference to sch. Thom. Phoen. 649 (Dind. III.183,2–12).

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Phoenissae | ἱστορία

Or. 1492.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: μὴ ἔχοντες κλάδους ἀλλὰ ξίφη —Vd

TRANSLATION: (‘Athursoi’,) not having thyrsus-wands, but swords.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1492.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: καὶ μὴ ἔχοντες νάρθηκας —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1492.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: χωρὶς θύρσων ἤγουν κλάδων —GZcOx²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν κλάδων om. ZcOx²

APP. CRIT. 2: θυρῶν app. Zc

Or. 1492.14 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἄθυρσοι⟩: μὴ ἔχουσαι θύρσους ἤγουν κλάδους —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔχοντας Gu, ἔχουσαι add. in marg. | ἤγ. κλάδ. om. ZlGu | ἤγουν] καὶ T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.319,14–17

Or. 1493.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δραμόντε⟩: δραμόντες —Mt

TRANSLATION: (For dual participle ‘dramonte’, ‘running’, there is a variant reading, plural) ‘dramontes’.

LEMMA: ‑όνται in text Mt POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1493.03 (pllgn gram) ⟨Βάκχαι⟩: βάκχος λέγεται ἀπὸ τοῦ βοή καὶ τοῦ ἰαχή· νάρθηξ ἀπὸ τοῦ εἶναι θῆξις καὶ κίνησις τοῦ ἀπαιδ[ … ]. —F

TRANSLATION: ‘Bakchos’ is so called by derivation from ‘boē’ (‘shout, cry’) and ‘iache’ (‘shout, cry’); ‘narthēx’ (‘fennel-stalk’) from the fact that it is a sharpening and stirring of the uneducated youth(?).

REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: θῆξις] θήρξις F

COMMENT: The second etymology is that seen in sch. 1492.07. The meaning ‘sharpening’ for θῆξις, though obvious, is not recognized in the lexicons. It is, however, attested in Greg. Nyss. PG 46:420,55 τῇ θήξει τοῦ ξύλου; Eust. Epist. 6,70 ταῖς τῶν ὀδόντων θήξεσιν; Eust. exeg. in canonem iamb. pentecost, proem 1,241 θῆξις ψυχῆς εἰς ὀξύτητα. | At the end one expects something like ἀπαιδ[εύτου νεαροῦ παιδός], or perhaps just ἀπαιδ[εύτου] since it does not seem that the width trimmed from the margin would have been wide enough for the longer phrase.

COLLATION NOTES: The phrase βάκχος λέγεται ἀπὸ τοῦ βοή is also written lower down beside line 1506; the ink color is similar, but the hand is apparently different.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1493.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: τὸ οἷα ἀπὸ κοινοῦ λάμβανε ἐνταῦθα. —Zm

TRANSLATION: Take ‘hoia’ (‘like, as’) in common here (with ‘cub’, not just with ‘Bacchants’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 1493.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀρείαν⟩: γρ. ὀρεινὰν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (For ‘oreian’, ‘of a mountain’,) the reading ‘oreinan’ is found (with the same meaning).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1493.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀρείαν⟩: ¹γράφεται ὀξεῖαν. ²δέον δὲ ὀξέως εἰπεῖν ὀξεῖαν εἶπε πρὸς τὸ σκύμνον. —Zm, partial Zl

TRANSLATION: (For ‘oreian’, ‘of a mountain’,) the reading ‘oxeian’ (‘swift’) is found. Although he should have said ‘oxeōs’ (‘swiftly’), he said ‘oxeian’ (‘swift’) in agreement with ‘skumnon’ (‘cub’).

POSITION: marg. Zm, s.l. Zl

APP. CRIT.: 2 δέον κτλ om. Zl

COMMENT: In sent. 2 Zm makes an implausible extension of the doctrine that a adjective in predicate position modifying a noun can have the force of an adverb belonging to the verb (e.g., sch. 173.07, 1126.14, 1411.10, 1501.06).

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1493.17 (tri exeg) ⟨ὀρίαν⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον —T

TRANSLATION: (Spell this word ‘orian’ rather than ‘oreian’) because of the meter.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 81

COMMENT: For Triclinius’s analysis of the meter see sch. 1474.01, colon 24.

Or. 1493.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨ξυνήρπασαν⟩: νιν καὶ αὐτὴν ἐν ταῖν χεροῖν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1494.01 (vet exeg) ⟨πάλιν δὲ … ἐπὶ σφαγὰν ἔτεινον⟩: συλλαβόμενοι δὲ, φησὶ, τὴν Ἑρμιόνην οὐδὲν ἧττον πάλιν ἐπεδίωκον Ἑλένην ἐπὶ φόνῳ. —MBCPrSa

TRANSLATION: And after seizing Hermione, he says, they no less were again in pursuit of Helen to kill her.

POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. B

APP. CRIT.: δὲ φησὶ om. PrSa, φησὶ om. B | ἀπεδίωκον C | τὴν ἑλένην Sa | ἐπὶ φόνῳ] ἐπιφόνον B, φόνω PrSa

APP. CRIT. 2: δέ φησι C | ἐρμ‑ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,14–15; Dind. II.319,22–23

Or. 1495.10 (1495–1496) (pllgn exeg) ⟨διαπρὸ δωμάτων ἄφαντος⟩: τουτέστιν ἐρρί⟨φ⟩θη ἐξ ἐκείνων ⟨ἄ⟩φαντ[ος] —Vd

TRANSLATION: That is, she was cast out of those (chambers), removed from our sight.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1495.11 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ πρὸ δωμάτων⟩: ⟨διὰ⟩ πρὸ δωμάτων ἀντὶ τοῦ διόλου ⟨πρὸ⟩ τῶν δωμάτων· ὅλη διόλου ἔξω ἐγένετο τῶν δωματων. —Rw

TRANSLATION: ‘Through in front of the house’ (is used) in the sense ‘entirely in front of the house’: she in her entirety went entirely outside the house.

LEMMA: thus in text Rw

Or. 1495.12 (thom exeg) ⟨διαπρὸ δωμάτων⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου —ZlZmGu²

TRANSLATION: (‘Diapro dōmatōn’ or ‘pro dōmatōn’) is in parallel (expressing the same as ‘ek thalamōn’, ‘out of the chambers’).

LEMMA: in text δὴ πρὸ ZlZm; διαπροδωμ‑Gr POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 1495.16 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ πρὸ⟩: δηλοῖ δὲ ἡ διά τὴν διαχώρησιν καὶ ἡ πρό τὴν προέλευσιν τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔξω. —Rw

TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘dia’ expresses separation and the preposition ‘pro’ movement forward to the outside.

LEMMA: thus in text Rw

Or. 1495.17 (rec exeg) ⟨διαπρὸ⟩: ἡ διά τὸν χωρισμὸν, ἡ πρό τὴν ἔξω. —K

TRANSLATION: The (preposition) ‘dia’ (expresses) separation, the (preposition) ‘pro’ the (movement/condition of being) outside.

LEMMA: διὰ προδωμ‑ in text K POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1495.18 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ πρὸ⟩: αἱ προθέσεις αἱ δύο τὴν ἔξω σχέσιν δηλοῦσι. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: The two prepositions express the condition (of being) outside.

LEMMA: thus in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1495.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διαπρὸ⟩: τὸ πρό περιττόν. —G

TRANSLATION: (In the compound preposition ‘diapro’) the ‘pro’ is superfluous.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 1496.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ Ζεῦ καὶ γᾶ καὶ φῶς καὶ νύξ⟩: ἐκπληκτικῶς —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (Spoken) with a sense of amazement.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines | ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως

Or. 1496.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ Ζεῦ καὶ γᾶ καὶ φῶς καὶ νύξ⟩: ¹τὸ μὲν Ζεῦ λέγει διότι πατὴρ αὐτῆς ἦν, τὸ δὲ γῆ διότι ἐν γῇ οὖσα ἀπῆλθε, ²τὸ φῶς διότι ὁρωμένη παραχρῆμα ἠφάνισται, ³τὸ δὲ νὺξ διότι ἐν ὅσῳ ἐβλέπετο ὥσπερ νυκτὶ καλυφθεῖσα ἄφαντος γέγονεν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: He says ‘Zeus’ because he was her (Helen’s) father, and ‘earth’ because being upon her (the earth) she went off, ‘light’ because being seen she immediately disappeared, and ‘night’ because while she was being looked upon she became invisible just as if concealed by night.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.: 3 δὲ om. Gu | ἐβλέπετο] ἐδύνατο Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐνόσω ZZa, app. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.319,27–30

Or. 1497.01 (vet exeg) ἤτοι φαρμάκοισι: ¹τοῦτο δοκεῖ ἀπὸ ἱστορίας εἶναι, παρόσον παρὰ τῆς Θῶνος γυναικὸς δοκεῖ πλεῖστα φάρμακα εἰληφέναι ἡ Ἑλένη, ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 4.228–230]· ²‘τά οἱ Πολύδαμνα πόρεν Θῶνος παράκοιτις, / ³Αἰγυπτίη, … / … πολλὰ μὲν ἐσθλὰ μεμιγμένα, πολλὰ δὲ λυγρά’. —MBCPrRfRwSa, partial H

TRANSLATION: (‘With drugs’:) this seems to be from (details of) the traditional story, inasmuch as Helen seems to have received very many drugs from the wife of Thon, as Homer (says): (drugs) ‘which Polydamna, bedmate of Thon, gave to her, a woman of Egypt, … many good when mixed and many baneful’.

LEMMA: C, φαρμάκοισι BRf(-σιν)Rw, ἤτοι φαρμάκεσσι· φαρμάκοις PrSa REF. SYMBOL: MRf, at ἢ μάγων B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 παρ’ ὅσον BRw, παρὅσον H | 2 ταοὶ πολυδάμνα Pr(πολὺδάμνα)Sa | πόρε HMCPrRfSa | 3 πολλά δε Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,16–19; Dind. II.320,1–4

COMMENT: The phrase ἀπὸ ἱστορίας (τινός, τοιαύτης) occurs frequently in explanation of proverbs, place names, and other expressions, but less commonly as the opposite of παρὰ ἱστορίαν. Cf. Sch. Andr. 18c Cavarzeran τοῦτο ἀπὸ ἱστορίας εἴληφεν. αὐτόθι γὰρ αὐτῇ συνῴκησεν Πηλεύς κτλ, and contrast Sch. Ap. Rhod. 1.1040–1041 (p. 92,15–16 Wendel) Τηλεκλῆα ἠδὲ Μεγαβρόντην: πέπλακε τὰ ὀνόματα ταῦτα Ἀπολλώνιος, οὐκ ἀπὸ ἱστορίας ἔλαβεν.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | ἱστορία

Or. 1497.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοι⟩: ἀργὸν —Zm

TRANSLATION: (The element ‘toi’ is) without semantic function.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀργόν

Or. 1497.08 (thom gram) ⟨φαρμάκοισιν⟩: φάρμακα τὰ διὰ βοτανῶν καί τινων ἄλλων γινόμενα κακουργήματα, μαγεῖαι δὲ τὰ δι’ ἐπῳδῶν. —ZlZmGu²

TRANSLATION: ‘Pharmaka’ are the harmful devices created from plants and certain other things, and ‘mageiai’ are those (created) with incantations.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,5–6

COMMENT: This definition of μαγεία is unusual, but it may be noted that the terms are often paired as μαγεῖαι καὶ ἐπῳδαί.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 1498.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰ δ’ ὕστερ’⟩: τὰ μέλλοντα γενέσθαι, πραχθέντα —Gu²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,7

Or. 1498.07 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκέτ᾽ οἶδα⟩: γρ. οὐ κάτοιδα. —ZZa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ouket’ oida’, ‘I no longer know’,) the reading ‘ou katoida’ (‘I do not know’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1498.11 (1498–1499) (mosch paraphr) ⟨δραπέτην γὰρ ἐξέκλεπτον ἐκ δόμων πόδα⟩: ἤγουν λαθὼν γὰρ ἐκ τῶν δόμων ἔξω ἔφυγον. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: That is, for without being seen I fled outside out of the house.

POSITION: s.l. XbXoTYGGu

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G | γὰρ om. YT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,9

Or. 1498.15 (1498–1499) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐξέκλεπτον … πόδα⟩: ἀπέδρων γάρ —MBC

POSITION: marg. BC, intermarg. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,20; Dind. II.320,10–11

Or. 1499.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πόδα⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν. —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Foot’ expresses) the whole (the body) from a part.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 1501.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1501.06 (vetMosch exeg) ⟨ἀνόνητον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνονήτως —MBXXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (Adjective ‘anonēton’, ‘profitless’, is) used for (adverb) ‘anonētos’ (‘fruitlessly’).

POSITION: intermarg. MB, s.l. others except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] MB, om. others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,21; Dind. II.320,14 and 15

Or. 1501.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνόητον⟩: μάταιον καὶ ἀνωφελῆ, παρόσον οἱ ἀνόητοι οὔτε σφᾶς αὐτοὺς οὔτ’ ἄλλους ὠφελεῖν δύνανται. —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Anoēton’, ‘senseless’, is) ‘foolish’ and ‘useless’, inasmuch as senseless people are unable to benefit either themselves or others.

LEMMA: in text ἀνόνητον ZbZlGr REF. SYMBOL: Zl POSITION: s.l. except ZlGu

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. ZZa | καὶ om. Za

APP. CRIT. 2: παρ’ ὅσον ZlGu | σφὰς Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,15–17

Or. 1501.10 (tri exeg) ⟨ἀνόνητον⟩: ἀνόνητον ἀντὶ τοῦ μάταιον καὶ ἀνωφελῆ, ἢ ἀνόητον παρόσον οἱ ἀνόητοι οὔτε σφᾶς αὐτοὺς οὔτ’ ἄλλους ὠφελεῖν δύνανται. —T

TRANSLATION: ‘Anonēton’ (‘profitless’) is used for ‘foolish’ and ‘useless’, or (one can read) ‘anoēton’ (‘senseless’) inasmuch as senseless people are unable to benefit either themselves or others.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.320,15–17

KEYWORDS: variant readings, both explained

Or. 1501.11 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνόητον⟩: δέον ἀνοήτως εἰπεῖν, ὁ δὲ ἀνόητον πρὸς τὸ γάμον ἐξήνεγκεν. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: Although he should have said (adverb) ‘anoētōs’ (‘senselessly’), he expressed it with (the adjective) ‘anoēton’ (‘senseless’) in agreement with ‘gamon’ (‘marriage’).

LEMMA: in text ἀνόνητον ZlGr POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀνόητον om. Zm, add. οὕτως before ἐξήνεγκεν

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,17–18

Or. 1501.12 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνόητον⟩: γρ. ἀνόνητον. —ZZaZm

TRANSLATION: (For ‘anoēton’, ‘senseless’,) the reading ‘anonēton’ (‘profitless’) is found.

POSITION: s.l. ZZm, marg. Za

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1501.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνόνητον⟩: γρ. ἀνόητον. —Zl

TRANSLATION: (For ‘anonēton’, ‘profitless’,) the reading ‘anoēton’ (‘senseless’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1501.14 (rec exeg) ⟨πολύπονον⟩: γρ. ἀνόνητον. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘poluponon’, ‘of many toils’,) the reading ‘anonēton’ (‘profitless’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text for ἀνόνητον Mn POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1502.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἑλένας γάμον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ τὴν Ἑλένην —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘The marriage of Helen’ is) equivalent to ‘his wife Helen’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,19

Or. 1502.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἑλένας γάμον⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Ἑλένην περιφραστικῶς —Vd

TRANSLATION: (‘The marriage of Helen’,) that is, Helen, periphrastically.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὴν Ἑλένην] τῆς ἑλένας Vd

KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν

Or. 1502.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἑλένας γάμον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν Ἑλένην —AaZc

TRANSLATION: (‘The marriage of Helen’ is) equivalent to ‘Helen’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1502.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἑλένας γάμον⟩: ἤγουν τὸ ἔχειν(?) τὴν Ἑλένην —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘The marriage of Helen’,) that is, ‘to possess Helen’.

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl images when back

Or. 1502.07 (rec metr) ⟨Ἑλένας⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1502.09 (tri metr) diple on each side of verse, both pointing outward —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 81

Or. 1503.01 (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβοι γʹ, εἶτα παράγραφος —T

TRANSLATION: As a separate unit, three iambic trimeters, then a paragraphos.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 81

Or. 1503.02 (pllgn metr) ἰαμβικοὶ —Gu

TRANSLATION: Iambic lines.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1503.03 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ μὴν ἀμείβει καινὸν ἐξ καινῶν⟩: ἐκπίπτει τοῦ οἴκτου ⟨τοῦ⟩ πάθους. —Mn

TRANSLATION: She (the chorus-leader) is diverted from expressing pity for the suffering.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: οἰκτουπάθους Mn

COMMENT: The comment appears to be about the way the chorus/coryphaeus is prevented from reacting to Helen’s disappearance by the sudden entry of Orestes. The use of ἐκπίπτει, however, is reminiscent of a complaint about the playwright (sch. 71.01 τοῦ προσήκοντος ἤθους ἐξέπεσεν ὁ Εὐριπίδης), so one may wonder whether this is a corrupt remnant of a note that started ἐκπίπτει τοῦ οἰκείου ἤθους, accusing Euripides of presenting untragic material, a charge found in sch. 1513.01–02.

KEYWORDS: criticism of poet

Or. 1503.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴν ἀμείβει καινὸν ἐξ καινῶν⟩: καὶ μὴν διαδέχεται ἕτερον νεώτερον τῶν κακῶν. —H

TRANSLATION: And indeed another newer one among the troubles comes in succession.

Or. 1503.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴν ἀμείβει καινὸν ἐξ καινῶν⟩: καὶ μὴν διαδέχεται ἕτερον νεώτερον κακόν ἐκ νεωτέρων κακῶν. —Pr^aPr^bSa

TRANSLATION: And indeed another newer trouble comes in succession after newer troubles.

POSITION: Pr^a in upper marg., Sa in lower marg., s.l. Pr^b

APP. CRIT.: ἐκ νεωτ. κακῶν om. Pr^aSa

Or. 1503.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴν⟩: σὺν τούτοις οἷς λέγεις —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1503.07 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀμείβει καινὸν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ διαδέχεται νεώτερον κακόν. —MBC

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘a newer trouble comes in succession’.

POSITION: intermarg. BC

APP. CRIT.: M partly washed out | τοῦ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,22; Dind. II.320,21

Or. 1503.18 (thom exeg) ⟨καινῶν⟩: παραδόξων. τὰ δὲ ἦν ὁ τῆς Ἑλένης ἀφανισμός. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Kainōn’ means) ‘unexpected/unusual things’. And the things (referred to) were the disappearance of Helen.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ δὲ ZZa | ἦν om. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,22

Or. 1504.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ξιφηφόρον⟩: καὶ τὸ ξίφος βαστάζοντα —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1504.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ξιφηφόρον⟩: ἤγουν μετὰ ξίφους ἐρχόμενον —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1505.14 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 81

Or. 1506.01 (1506–1536) (tri metr) ποῦ ’στιν οὗτος: ¹ἡ ἀμοιβαία αὕτη περίοδος στίχων ἐστὶ τροχαϊκῶν τετραμέτρων καταληκτικῶν λαʹ, ὦν τελευταῖος [1536] ‘παρθένον τε καὶ δάμαρτα δύο νεκρὼ κατόψεται’. ²εἰκότως δὲ τῷ τροχαϊκῷ κέχρηται μέτρῳ πρὸς τὸν τοῦ Ὀρέστου δρόμον. ³ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς. —T

TRANSLATION: This section of alternate speech consists of 31 catalectic trochaic tetrameters, of which the last is ‘he will see his maiden daughter and wife as two corpses’. And he (the poet) has reasonably used the trochaic meter to suit Orestes’ rapid coming. At the end a coronis.

LEMMA: T(ποῦστιν); ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.26,20–24; de Fav. 82

COMMENT: See comment on sch. 729.01.

Or. 1507.01 (vet exeg) ἔτι τραγῳδεῖ ὁ Φρύξ. —MCPrSa

TRANSLATION: The Phrygian is still speaking tragic lines.

POSITION: marg. M(at level of 1505), s.l. PrSa

APP. CRIT.: ἔτι τραγ.] Sa, ἐπιτραγωδεῖ Pr, ἐτραγῴδει MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,23; Dind. II.320,25–26

COMMENT: For τραγῳδεῖ see sch. 211.01 with comment.

KEYWORDS: speaker identified | τραγῳδεῖν

Or. 1507.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σ’⟩: σοὶ ἢ σὲ —Zm

TRANSLATION: (Elided ‘s’ ’ is either dative) ‘soi’ or (accusative) ‘se’(, either going with the verb ‘prostrate oneself before’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1507.06 (rec exeg) ⟨νόμοισι βαρβάροισι προσπίτνων⟩: ἔθος τοῖς βαρβάροις κλίνειν τὸ γόνυ καὶ προσκυνεῖν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: It was customary for foreigners to bend their knee and prostrate themselves.

LEMMA: βαρβάροις προσπίπτων in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1507.07 (thom exeg) ⟨νόμοισι βαρβάροισι προσπίτνων⟩: νόμος γὰρ οὗτος βαρβαρικὸς ἐπειδὰν τις αὐτοὺς κτείνῃ προσπίπτειν καὶ δεῖσθαι. —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: For this was a foreign custom, whenever anyone tried to kill them, to fall before (that person) and beg.

LEMMA: in text βαρβάροις ZbZm, βαρβαρικοῖς Zl; προσπίπτων all except προσπεσὼν Gr POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὁ prep. Gu (rubr.) | αὐτοὺς τίς transp. ZZa | κτείνῃ κτλ lost to damage Zl | κτείνειν Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: τίς all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,27–28

Or. 1507.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νόμοισι βαρβάροισι προσπεσὼν⟩: προσπεσὼν κατὰ συνήθειαν βαρβαρικήν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrGuZc

LEMMA: in text βαρβάροις Zc; προσπεσὼν XXaXbYYfGr προσπίπτων Zc, προσπιτνῶν XoTG POSITION: s.l. except XGr

APP. CRIT.: προσπεσὼν om. GuZc | προσκυνῶ σε add. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,28–29

Or. 1508.02 (tri metr) ⟨Ἰλίῳ⟩: long mark over first iota —T

Or. 1508.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: τὸ προσκυνεῖν, ἔνθα ἂν δηλονότι ἀπηλλάγης προσκυνῶν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrGu

TRANSLATION: (‘These things’ refers to) prostrating oneself, namely (in situations) where you would have gotten free (of danger) by prostrating yourself.

LEMMA: χθονί ἐστί X, ἐστὶν Gr POSITION: s.l. except XGr

APP. CRIT.: δηλ. om. G, a.c. Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.320,30–31

Or. 1508.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: γρ. τόδε. —Aa²Zd

TRANSLATION: (For plural ‘tad’ ’, ‘these things’,) the reading ‘tode’ (‘this thing’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Aa²

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1509.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡδὺ μᾶλλον⟩: [τὸ ἁ]πλοῦν μετὰ τοῦ μᾶλλον —K

TRANSLATION: (Instead of the comparative form of the adjective formed with a suffix,) the simple form combined with (adverb) ‘more’ (‘mallon’).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1510.01 (vet paraphr) οὔτι που κραυγὴν ἔθηκας: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ διὰ τοῦτο, φησὶν, ἐβόησας ὥστε τὸν Μενέλαον ἐλθόντα βοηθεῖν; —HMBVCPrRfRwSa

TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: ‘Did you not, he says, for this reason cry out, so that Menelaus would come and bring aid?’

LEMMA: MBRw, οὔτι που κραυγὴν VRf(οὔτοι) REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. HPrSa, τοῦ om. C | οὐ om. PrRfRw | τὸν om. Rf | ἐλθόντα βοηθεῖν] βοηδρομεῖν H

APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦτό φησιν Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,24–25; Dind. II.321,1–2

Or. 1510.02 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: οὐκ ἄρα που, φησὶ, μεγάλῃ φωνῇ τὸν Μενέλαον ἐκάλεσας ὥστε βοηδρομεῖν; —HMBVCPrRfRwSa

TRANSLATION: Is it not the case, then, he says, that you summoned Menelaus with a loud cry so that he would rush to bring aid?

LEMMA: HBVCPrRfSa, s.l. M POSITION: cont. from prev. Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: ἆρα Pr | ποῦ MBC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,26–27; Dind. II.321,3–4

Or. 1510.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨Μενέλεω βοηδρομεῖν⟩: εἰς βοήθειαν ἐλθεῖν τὸν Μενέλαον —AbMn

LEMMA: thus in text AbMn POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1511.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔγωγ’ ἀμύνειν⟩: λείπει τὸ βούλομαι. —MBCV³AaAbMtGu²

TRANSLATION: (With ‘I, to defend’) ‘I want’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. others

APP. CRIT.: λείπει τὸ om. AaAbMtGu², τὸ om. V³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,28; Dind. II.321,6

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1511.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἀμύνειν⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 82

Or. 1512.02 (mosch exeg) ἡ Τυνδάρειος παῖς: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡ τοῦ Τυνδάρεω παῖς, ὅμοιον τῷ [Soph. El. 570] ‘Λητῴα κόρη’. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘The Tyndarean child’ is) equivalent to ‘the child of Tyndareus’, similar to ‘Letoan girl’.

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν T, om. G | second τοῦ om. Y, a.c. Xo

APP. CRIT. 2: λητόα T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.321,9–10

COMMENT: The same Sophoclean phrase is cited by Eust. in Il. 11.36 [III.145,23–146,1] ἀπὸ γάρ τοι τοῦ ἡ Γοργώ Γοργῴα ὤφειλεν εἶναι, καθάπερ ἐκ τοῦ ἡ Λητώ γίνεται Λητῴα, κατὰ τὸ ‘κἀκ τοῦδε μηνίσασα Λητῴα κόρη’.

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Sophocles, Electra

Or. 1512.07 (rec exeg) ⟨διοίχεται⟩: γρ. διώλετο. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘dioichetai’, ‘is completely gone’,) the reading ‘diōleto’ (‘utterly perished’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1513.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐνδικώτατ’, εἴ γε λαιμοὺς εἶχε τριπτύχους θανεῖν⟩: ἀνάξια καὶ τραγῳδίας καὶ τῆς Ὀρέστου συμφορᾶς τὰ λεγόμενα. —MVCV³PrSa

TRANSLATION: What is being said is unworthy of tragedy and of Orestes’ desperate situation.

LEMMA: 1512 ἐνδίκως M, ἄλλως V (as if on 1510) REF. SYMBOL: (at 1512) M POSITION: s.l. at 1513 CPrSa, at 1512 V³

APP. CRIT.: first καὶ om. V³ | τραγωδικὰ V | τὰ νῦν λεγ. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,29–30 (assigned to 1512); Dind. II.321,4–5 (assigned to 1510)

COMMENT: I follow CPrSa in assigning this note to 1513 (likewise the B-version in the next). The assignment to 1512 in MVV³ perhaps resulted from a lemma with truncated ἐνδικώτατ’ being mistaken from ἐκδίκως. There is nothing particular in 1512 that would inspire the comment, whereas in 1513 we have the idea of three necks, which could strike a too-sober critic as grotesque. It is, of course, also possible that the remark once belonged to the whole conversation rather than to a particular line. See also sch. 1521.01.

KEYWORDS: criticism of poet

Or. 1513.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐνδικώτατ’, εἴ γε λαιμοὺς εἶχε τριπτύχους θανεῖν⟩: ἀνάξια ταῦτα φασὶ καὶ τραγῳδίας καὶ τῆς τοῦ Ὀρέστου συμφορᾶς. —BRw

TRANSLATION: They say these things are unworthy of tragedy and of Orestes’ desperate situation.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: φησὶ Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.229,29–30 with app.

KEYWORDS: criticism of poet | tragedy

Or. 1514.01 (vet paraphr) δειλίᾳ γλώσσῃ: νῦν, φησὶν, ἔοικας ὑπὸ δειλίας {τἄνδον} ὑποκρίνεσθαι τοῖς λόγοις ἕτερα κατὰ ψυχὴν ἔχων καὶ φρονῶν. —MBVRfRw

TRANSLATION: Now, he says, its seems that you are putting on an act with your words because of cowardly fear while you have different ideas in your mind and think differently.

LEMMA: BRfRw, δειλία γλώσση χαρίζη V REF. SYMBOL: VRf

APP. CRIT.: δολίας M | τἄνδον] del. Schw.; perhaps transpose to follow ἕτερα or ψυχὴν

APP. CRIT. 2: φησιν RfRw | τὰ ἔνδον RfRw | ἔτερα M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.230,1–2; Dind. II.321,14–15

Or. 1514.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨δειλίᾳ γλώσσῃ χαρίζῃ … φρονῶν⟩: φο[β]ούμενος [θ]ανεῖν χαρίζῃ μόνῃ γλώσ[σῃ], οὐ μὴν δὲ καὶ διανοί[ᾳ]. —H

TRANSLATION: Being afraid to die, you oblige me only with your tongue, but not indeed also with your thoughts.

Or. 1514.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨δειλίᾳ γλώσσῃ χαρίζῃ … φρονῶν⟩: δειλαινόμενος τῇ γλώττῃ σου τὰ ἐμοὶ δοκοῦντα λέγεις, ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ σου οὐ ταῦτα φρονῶν. —V

TRANSLATION: Being a coward, you speak with your tongue what is agreeable to me, although not holding these thoughts in your mind.

Or. 1514.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨δειλίᾳ γλώσσῃ χαρίζῃ⟩: διὰ δειλίαν τὰ κεχαρισμένα τῇ ψυχῇ μου λέγεις. —Ab

TRANSLATION: Because of cowardly fear you speak the things that please my mind.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: δελίαν app. Ab

Or. 1514.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨δειλίᾳ γλώσσῃ χαρίζῃ⟩: διὰ δειλίαν χαρίζῃ τῇ γλώττῃ, ἤγουν χαριτογλωττεῖς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Because of cowardly fear you oblige with your tongue, that is, speak only to please.

POSITION: s.l. except XGr

APP. CRIT.: ‑γλωττεῖ X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.321, app. at 16

Or. 1514.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δειλίᾳ γλώσσῃ χαρίζῃ⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς δειλίας χαρίζῃ τῇ γλώττῃ. —G

TRANSLATION: Because of cowardly fear you oblige with your tongue.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1514.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τἄνδον οὐχ οὕτω φρονῶν⟩: οὐχ οὕτω κατὰ ψυχὴν ἔχων καὶ φρονῶν —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1515.01 (vet exeg) οὐ γὰρ ἥτις Ἑλλάδα: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ πρὸς χάριν, ἀλλ’ ἀληθῶς λέγω ὅτι ἀξία ἐστὶν ἀποθανεῖν, ἥτις τὴν Ἑλλάδα πᾶσαν καὶ τὴν Φρυγίαν ἠφάνισεν. —BRfRw

TRANSLATION: (The reply is) equivalent to ‘Not to oblige you, but in truth I say that she deserves to die because she destroyed all of Greece and Phrygia’.

LEMMA: B, οὐ γὰρ RfRw REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.: πᾶσαν om. Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀλλὰ Rf | ἄξια Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.230,3–4; Dind. II.321,19–21

Or. 1515.02 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ἥτις Ἑλλάδα⟩: πῶς γὰρ ἤθελον ζῆν σὺν τῇ Ἑλένῃ; —Mn

TRANSLATION: (Of course not,) for how would I be wishing to live along with Helen?

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1515.03 (mosch exeg) οὐ γὰρ ἥτις Ἑλλάδα: οὐ γὰρ ἐνδίκως ἀπώλετο, ἥτις διελυμήνατο τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος σὺν αὐτοῖς τοῖς Φρυξίν; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aG^bGr

TRANSLATION: For was she not justly killed, she who ruined those from Greece together with the Phrygians themselves?

LEMMA: G^a POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYYfG^b

APP. CRIT.: τοὺς] τὰ XGr

APP. CRIT. 2: φρυξὶ Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.321,21–22

Or. 1515.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨οὐ γὰρ⟩: οὐ γὰρ ἀξία θανεῖν; —BCMt

TRANSLATION: For does she not deserve to die?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὐ γὰρ] ἀντὶ γὰρ C, om. Mt

Or. 1515.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ γὰρ⟩: οὐ γὰρ δικαίως; —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: For was it not justly (that she died)?

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1515.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ γὰρ⟩: οὐκ ἐνδίκως ἀπώλετο; —Zc

TRANSLATION: Was she not destroyed justly?

REF. SYMBOL: Zc

Or. 1515.07 (thom paraphr) ⟨οὐ γὰρ⟩: ὄλωλε δικαίως —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: For did she not perish justly?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὤλωλε ZZaZbGu (ὄλωλε app. Gu²)

APP. CRIT. 2: ὄλωλεν T

Or. 1515.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ γὰρ⟩: οὐχὶ φοβούμενος λέγω ταῦτα. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (Of course not:) I do not say this out of fear.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1515.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ γὰρ⟩: οὐ χαρίζομαι τῇ γλώττῃ —K

TRANSLATION: (Of course not:) I am not (just) obliging you with my tongue.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1515.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ γὰρ⟩: οὐδαμῶς τοιαῦτα διαλογίζομαι. —CrOx

TRANSLATION: By no means am I thinking in such a way.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1515.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ γὰρ⟩: καὶ οὐδαμῶς χαρίζομαι —Vd

TRANSLATION: And I am not at all (just) being obliging.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1515.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ γὰρ⟩: οὐ πρὸς χάριν λέγω. —Gu²

TRANSLATION: I am not speaking to oblige you.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1515.17 (rec exeg) ⟨αὐτοῖς Φρυξὶ⟩: σὺν αὐτοῖς Φρυξί, Ἀττικῶς. —K

TRANSLATION: (Dative ‘Phrygians themselves’ means) ‘with the Phrygians themselves’, in the Attic manner.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1515.18 (rec exeg) ⟨αὐτοῖς Φρυξὶ⟩: Ἀττικὸν —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (This dative phrase with ‘autois’, ‘themselves’, and no preposition is) an Attic idiom.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1516.01 (vet exeg) ὄμοσον: ¹ὄμοσον ὅτι οὐ πρὸς χάριν ἐμὴν ταῦτα λέγεις οὐδὲ ὑποκρινόμενος, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὕτω φρονεῖς. ²λείπει δὲ ἡ εἰς· εἰς ἐμὴν χάριν. —MBV

TRANSLATION: Swear that you do not say these things to oblige me or putting on an act, but truly think this way. The preposition ‘eis’ (‘to, toward’) is to be supplied, ‘to my satisfaction/pleasure’.

LEMMA: MB(ὅμ-), ὅμοσον εἰ δὲ μὴ V REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὄμοσον] om. M, ὅμοσόν φησιν B | λέγει M | 2 δὲ ἡ] τὸ V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὅμοσον BV

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.230,5–7; Dind. II.321,24–322,1

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1516.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ὄμοσον … ἐμὴν χάριν⟩: ὄμοσον ὅτι πρὸς χάριν ἐμὴν οὐ λέγεις τάδε ὑποκρινόμενος, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. —HY²

TRANSLATION: Swear that you do not say these things to oblige, putting on an act, but in truth.

POSITION: s.l. Y²

APP. CRIT.: ὃ φρονεῖς add. Y²

Or. 1516.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὄμοσον … ἐμὴν χάριν⟩: ὅτι ἐνδικώτατα διώλετο, ἢ ὅτι ὅσα σου ἡ γλῶσσα λέγει, ταῦτα καὶ ἡ ψυχή σου. —ZmGu²

TRANSLATION: (Swear) that she perished most justly, or that all that your tongue says, your mind too (says) these things.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὅσα σου om., s.l. add. Gu²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.322,1–2

Or. 1516.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὄμοσον … ἐμὴν χάριν⟩: ὄμοσον ὅτι οὐ διὰ τὴν ἐμὴν χάριν ταῦτα λέγεις· εἰ δὲ μή, κτανῶ σε. —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1516.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὄμοσον … ἐμὴν χάριν⟩: ὄμοσον μὴ λέγειν ἐμὴν χάριν, ἤγουν χαριζόμενος ἐμοὶ· εἰ δὲ μὴ ὀμόσῃς λέγειν ὡς μὴ χαριζόμενος, κτανῶ σε. —Xo²

TRANSLATION: Swear that you do not speak for my sake, that is, obliging me. And if you do not swear you are speaking as one not (simply) obliging (me), I will kill you.

LEMMA: label πγ

KEYWORDS: Πεπαγομενοσ (label πγ)

Or. 1516.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὄμοσον … ἐμὴν χάριν⟩: ὅτι ‘πρὸς χάριν οὐ λέγω’. —V³

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1516.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὄμοσον … ἐμὴν χάριν⟩: μὴ λέγειν ἐμὴν χάριν —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1516.09 (tri exeg) ⟨ὄμοσον⟩: σύναπτε πρὸς τὸ μὴ λέγειν. —T

TRANSLATION: Link (‘omoson’, ‘swear’) with ‘mē legein’ (‘not to speak’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1516.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὄμοσον⟩: ὅτι ἐνδίκως ἀπώλετο —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1516.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κτανῶ σε⟩: καὶ μέλλω φονεύσειν σε —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1516.15 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐμὴν χάριν⟩: λείπει εἰς. —H

TRANSLATION: (The preposition) ‘eis’ (‘to, toward’) is to be supplied (with ‘emēn charin’, ‘my satisfaction/pleasure’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1517.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν κατώμοσ’⟩: ἤγουν ὅρκον ἐποιησάμην τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὄρκον Zb²

Or. 1517.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν κατώμοσ’⟩: ἤγουν κατὰ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ὀμνύω —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1517.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨κατώμοσ’⟩: καὶ ὥσπερ ὅρκον ἔχω, φυλάττω —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἔχω φυλάττω om. Sa

Or. 1517.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἣν ἂν εὐορκοῖμ’ ἐγώ⟩: [καθ]’ ἥντινα ἂν ἐγὼ καλῶς ὄμνυμι —H

TRANSLATION: (‘My life’,) by which I would swear faithfully.

APP. CRIT.: [καθ]’ Mastr. (from next)

COLLATION NOTES: The apostrophe of [καθ] is visible on Daitz image, check new image for traces of letters, not supplemented by Daitz.

Or. 1517.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἣν ἂν εὐορκοῖμ’ ἐγώ⟩: καθ’ ἣν ἂν εὐορκοίην —C

TRANSLATION: (‘My life’,) by which I would swear truthfully.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1517.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἣν ἂν εὐορκοῖμ’ ἐγώ⟩: ἣν ἂν ἐγὼ καλῶς, ἤγουν ἔξω κακοτροπίας, εἰς ὅρκον προβαλοίμην. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘My life’,) which I would put forth as a guarantor of my oath well, that is, without villainy.

REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. except XTY

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] καὶ G | προβάλλομαι G

APP. CRIT. 2: καλῶ Y | ‑βαλλ‑ XXb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.322,5–6

Or. 1517.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἣν ἂν εὐορκοῖμ’ ἐγώ⟩: ἣν ἐγὼ λέγω καλῶς —Ox²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1517.16 (thom exeg) εὐορκοῖμ’ ἐγώ: ¹ἀληθῶς ὀμνύοιμι· ²τουτέστι δι’ ὧν ζῆν ᾑρετισάμην, διὰ τούτων ὥσπερ δι’ ὅρκου ἔδειξα ὡς ἀληθῆ ταῦτα φημὶ. ³οἱ δὲ τὸ κατώμοσα ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀμνύω λέγοντες ματαιάζουσιν. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Euorkoimi’ means) ‘I would swear truthfully’. That is to say, the things through which I chose to live, through these as if through an oath I have shown that I am speaking these things truly. And those who say that ‘katōmosa’ is used for ‘omnumi’ (‘I swear’) speak foolishly.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm POSITION: s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἤγουν prep. ZZa | 2 τουτέστι] ἤγουν Za | ὥσπερ] ὅπερ Gu | 3 ματαιάζουσιν] μάταιοι T, οὐ καλῶς λέγουσιν Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ᾐρετισάμην Zm, ἠρε‑ZT, ἡρετησάμην Gu | 3 κατώμοσα] κατόμοσα T, κατώμασα Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.322,6–8

COMMENT: Thomas’s intent in this remark is not clear. Perhaps he wanted to insist that κατώμοσα meant ‘swear against’ rather than ‘swear by’, but that seems a dubious distinction to make here.

Or. 1518.01 (vet exeg) ὧδε κἀν Τροίᾳ σίδηρος: ¹καὶ ἐν Τροίᾳ, φησὶν, ὁ σίδηρος οὕτως ἦν φοβερὸς τοῖς Τρωσὶν ²ὡς σὺ νῦν ὁρῶν τὸ ξίφος φής· θάνατον ἐνοπτρίζομαι. —H³MBVRf, partial Gu

TRANSLATION: Also in Troy, he says, was iron/sword thus terrifying to the Trojans, in the way that now seeing the sword you say ‘I look upon death’?

LEMMA: M(σίδαρος)B, ὧδε κἀν Τροίᾳ V(ὦδε)Rf, REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: marg. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φη() B | οὗτος a.c. Rf | 2 φὴις MB, φῆς V |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.230,8–10; Dind. II.322,9–11

COMMENT: For the final phrase as a paraphrase of 1519, see sch. 1519.08.

COLLATION NOTES: check new image H, τ(οῖς) with sign, or τοῖς written out?

Or. 1518.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὧδε κἀν Τροίᾳ σίδηρος … φόβος;⟩: κατ’ ἐρώτησιν —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (The line is spoken) as a question.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines

Or. 1518.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὧδε κἀν Τροίᾳ σίδηρος … φόβος;⟩: ἰδὼν ὁ Ὀρέστης ὅτι παραχρῆμα τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ὤμοσεν ὁ Φρὺξ φοβηθεὶς τὸ ξίφος, τοῦτό φησιν —ZmGu²

TRANSLATION: Orestes says this because he has seen that the Phrygian, frightened at his sword, immediately swore by his life.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦτο φησὶν Gu²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.322,11–12

Or. 1518.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὧδε κἀν Τροίᾳ σίδηρος … φόβος;⟩: οὕτως καὶ ἐν τῃ Τροίᾳ τοῖς Τρωσὶ φοβερὸς ἦν σίδηρος; —G

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: At this line in the margin Ab² has a paraphrase of about five words, the first of which seems to be [οὕ]τως, but the rest cannot be deciphered.

Or. 1518.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σίδηρος⟩: ὁ ἀπὸ σιδήρου θάνατος —Gu²

TRANSLATION: (‘Iron’ here means) ‘death from iron (a sword)’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.322,13

Or. 1519.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄπεχε φάσγανον⟩: καὶ μακρὰν κράτει τὸ ξίφος. —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ξίφος om. Cr

Or. 1519.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄπεχε⟩: γράφεται ἄπαγε. —M

TRANSLATION: (For ‘apeche’, ‘hold away’,) the reading ‘apage’ (‘take away’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.230,11; Dind. II.322,15

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1519.03 (mosch exeg) ἄπεχε: ἀπέχω ἐγὼ καὶ ἀπέχω ἕτερον, ὡς ἐνταῦθα. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘I am at a distance’ (intransitive ‘apechō’) and ‘I hold someone/something else at a distance’ (transitive ‘apechō’), as here.

LEMMA: G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.322,17–18

Or. 1519.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πέλας γὰρ δεινὸν ἀνταυγεῖ φόνον⟩: ὁρῶν τὸ ξίφος θάνατον ἐνοπτρίζομαι. —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘For close at hand your sword terrifyingly gleams forth murder’, that is,) ‘seeing the sword I look upon death’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1518.01.

Or. 1520.09 (rec exeg) ⟨Γοργόν’⟩: ἡ Γοργὼν καὶ ἤ Γοργ[ώ]. ἔστι θεά καὶ ὅστις εἶδεν αὐτὴν πέτρος γίνεται. —Ab²

TRANSLATION: (Two forms of the name:) Gorgon and Gorgo. She is a goddess and whoever saw here becomes a stone.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1520.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Γοργόν’⟩: ¹αἱ Γοργόνες θεαὶ τρεῖς οὖσαι, Σθενὼ Μέδουσα καὶ Εὐρυάλεια, ἕνα ὀφθαλμὸν εἶχον, λαμβάνουσα τοῦτον ἑκάστη κατὰ διαδοχὴν. ²ὃν ὁ Περσεὺς κατιὼν ἐν ᾍδου ταύτας αὐτὸν ἀφείλετο διὰ ξίφου⟨ς⟩ καὶ τῆς Μεδούσης κεφαλὴν τεμὼν, ἥτις τότε τοῦτον ἔτυχεν ἔχουσα. ³ὁποίαν γοῦν τῶν Γοργόνων ἄνθρωπος εἶδε τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἔχουσαν, ἀπελιθοῦτο διὰ τὸ ἐκπληκτικὸν ταύτης καὶ φοβερόν. —Zm

TRANSLATION: The Gorgons, who were three goddesses, Stheno, Medusa, and Euryaleia, had one eye, each of them taking this in turn. Which Perseus, going down to Hades, took it away from them with his sword, also cutting off with a sword the head of Medusa, who at that time happened to have this (the eye). Now, whichever of the Gorgons a person saw while she had the eye, he was turned to stone because of her shocking and terrifying appearance.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 Σθενὼ] sch. vet. Phoen. 456 [Schw. I.300,24], most codd. at Hes. Theog. 276 (Σθεννὼ edd. from one cod.), στενὼ Zm | Εὐρυάλεια] thus too in Tzetzes, Chil. 5.22.720, Tzetzes, Theog. 140, and a few scholia, Εὐρυάλη Hes., Theog. 276, sch. vet. Phoen. 456 [Schw. I.300,24] (thus MRfRw, εὐρυάλεια Gu), and scholia on Hesiod and others | 2–3 ξίφους … ὁποίαν] ξίφουτὁποίαν app. Zm, καὶ τῆς Μεδ. … ἔχουσα om., s.l. add.

KEYWORDS: mythography | Tzetzes

Or. 1521.01 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ μὲν οὖν νεκρός … κάρα⟩: ταῦτα κωμικώτερά ἐστι καὶ πεζά. —VCV³

TRANSLATION: This reply is more suited to comedy and is pedestrian.

POSITION: s.l. above 1521 V³, above 1522 ὅς σ’ ἀπαλλάξει κακῶν V, above 1520 μὴ πέτρος γένῃ δέδοικας C

APP. CRIT.: κωμ. ταῦτα transp. V³ | ἐστι om. V | καὶ om. V³ | παίζει CV³

APP. CRIT. 2: κωμικώτερα ἐστὶ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.230,12

COMMENT: The note was assigned to 1521 by Schwartz with no indication of the different positions in the two witnesses he cites (his TA). Possibly C is correct in placing in at 1520 so that it applies to the couplet 1520–1521. | For πεζός used pejoratively for ‘pedestrian’ style, cf. Lucian, quomodo historia conscribenda sit 16 ὑπόμνημα τῶν γεγονότων γυμνὸν συναγαγὼν ἐν γραφῇ κομιδῇ πεζὸν καὶ χαμαιπετές. See also sch. 1513.01.

KEYWORDS: criticism of poet | comedy

Or. 1521.02 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ μὲν οὖν νεκρός … κάρα⟩: οὐ φοβοῦμαι μή πως γένωμαι πέτρος ἀλλὰ φοβοῦμαι μὴ γένωμαι νεκρός. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: I am not afraid that I may somehow become a stone, but I fear that I may become a corpse.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1521.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨μὴ μὲν οὖν νεκρός⟩: δέδοικα μὴ γένωμαι νεκρός. —MBAa

TRANSLATION: I am afraid that I may become a corpse.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γένωμαι νεκρός] νεκρ. γέν. transp. B, γένομαι (om. νεκρός) Aa (cf. next)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.230,13

Or. 1521.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨μὴ μὲν οὖν νεκρός⟩: φοβοῦμαι μὴ γένωμαι —AbMnCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: μή πως CrOx | νεκρὸς add. Ab (cf. prev.)

APP. CRIT. 2: γένομαι MnCrOx

Or. 1521.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μὴ μὲν οὖν νεκρός⟩: μᾶλλον μὲν οὖν δέδοικα ἵνα μὴ νεκρὸς γένωμαι. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrGuZb²Zc

TRANSLATION: No, rather than that, I fear that I may become a corpse.

REF. SYMBOL: Zc POSITION: s.l. except XGr, marg. Zc

APP. CRIT.: δέδοικα transp. to end G | ἵνα om. TGZb²Zc | νεκρὸς om. Zb²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.322,22

Or. 1521.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Γοργοῦς⟩: ἡ Γοργὼ ἑταίρα ἦν εὔμορφος, διὰ κάλλος ἐξιστᾶσα τοὺς θεατὰς ὡς ἀπολιθοῦσθαι δοκεῖν. —Y²

TRANSLATION: Gorgo was a beautiful courtesan, astonishing her audience because of her beauty so that they seemed to be turned to stone.

COMMENT: Taken from Joannes Antiochenus, excerpta Salmasiana 11.8 (p. 560 Roberto) [= fr. 1.8, FHG IV.539 Müller] ἡ Γοργὼν ἑταίρα ἦν εὔμορφος διὰ κάλλος ἐξιστῶσα τοὺς θεατάς, ὡς ἀπολιθοῦσθαι δοκεῖν· καὶ ὁ Πήγασος αὐτῆς ἦν κτῆμα, ἵππος ὀξὺς ὤν· Παλαίφατος δὲ Βελλεροφόντου τοῦτό φησι πλοῖον. Cf. Georgius Syncellus 189,28–190,4 Περσεὺς τὰς στρατείας ἐπετέλει καὶ ἐπὶ Πέρσας ἐστράτευσε, τὴν δὲ Γοργόνα ἐκαρατόμησεν ἑταίραν εὔμορφον διὰ κάλλους ἐξιστῶσαν τοὺς θεατάς, ὡς ἀπολιθοῦσθαι δοκεῖν. Δίδυμός φησιν ἐν ἱστορίᾳ ξένῃ καὶ παρατίθεται τὸν συγγραφέα ταύτης. ὁ Πήγασος, τάχα τις ἵππος ὀξύς, κτῆμα τῆς γυναικός· ὡς δὲ Παλαίφατος, Βελλεροφόντου πλοῖον ἦν ὁ Πήγασος.

Or. 1521.14 (rec gram) ⟨Γοργοῦς⟩: τῆς Γοργόνος· τῆς Γοργόος καὶ Γοργοῦς [ἀπ]ὸ τῆς Γοργώ. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Gorgous’ is genitive) ‘of the Gorgon’; ‘Gorgoos’ and ‘Gorgous’ (are genitives formed) from (the alternative form) ‘Gorgo’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1521.15 (mosch gram) ⟨Γοργοῦς⟩: λέγεται καὶ ἡ Γοργὼν τῆς Γοργόνος, καὶ ἡ Γοργὼ τῆς Γοργόος καὶ Γοργοῦς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The word in use is both ‘Gorgon’ (with genitive) ‘Gorgonos’ and ‘Gorgo’ (with genitives) ‘Gorgoos’ and ‘Gorgous’.

LEMMA: 1520 ὥστε γοργόν’ εἰσιδών G POSITION: s.l. XaXbTY; cont. from sch. 1421.05 XGr, ambig. XaXb

APP. CRIT.: first καὶ om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.322,23–24

Or. 1521.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨Γοργοῦς⟩: ἡ Γοργὼν τῆς Γοργόνος, καὶ ἡ Γοργὼ τῆς Γοργόος καὶ Γοργοῦς. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (Two forms of the name:) (nominative) ‘Gorgon’ (with genitive) ‘Gorgonos’, and (nominative) ‘Gorgo’ (with genitives) ‘Gorgoos’ and ‘Gorgous’.

POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 1521.17 (pllgn gram) ⟨Γοργοῦς⟩: λέγεται καὶ ἡ Γοργὼ τῆς Γοργόος καὶ Γοργοῦς καὶ ἡ Γοργὼν τῆς Γοργόνος. —Ox²

TRANSLATION: The word in use is both ‘Gorgo’ (with genitives) ‘Gorgoos’ and ‘Gorgous’ and ‘Gorgon’ (with genitive) ‘Gorgonos’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1521.24 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 82

Or. 1523.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἂν δοῦλος ᾖ τις⟩: καὶ ἐὰν ᾖ καὶ ὑπάρχῃ δοῦλος —Aa²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὑπάρχει Aa²

Or. 1523.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἥδεται τὸ φῶς ὁρᾶν⟩: ἐπιθυμεῖ ζῆν —K

LEMMA: ὁρᾶν in text K POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1523.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ὁρᾶν⟩: ὁρῶν —ZZaT

TRANSLATION: (For infinitive ‘horān’, ‘to see’ there is a variant reading, participle) ‘horōn’ (‘seeing’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1525.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἆρα … τόδε⟩: ἀρχὴ … τέλος —Gu

TRANSLATION: Beginning … end.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Both terms are abbreviated, but this is the likeliest interpretation of them. The point of this glossing is perhaps to mark the beginning and end of the Phrygian’s part of the trimeter, since a response of Orestes is sandwiched between. Or Gu copied the annotation from a codex in which the three parts of the trimeter were not all on one line, where the words indicated beginning and end of the proper stichos. See also sch. 1603.06.

Or. 1525.02 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἄρα κτανεῖς μ’;⟩: ἂν εἰσέλθω ἐντὸς τῶν δόμων —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (Then you won’t kill me) if I go inside the house?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐντὸς] ἐγγὺς PrSa

APP. CRIT. 2: εἰσήλθω Sa

COLLATION NOTES: The way ἐγγὺς in written in Pr’s mannered script suggests how the misreading of ἐντὸς may have occurred if the nu was a somewhat elongated narrow angle and the tau was a tall one.

Or. 1525.06 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀφεῖσαι⟩: συγκεχώρησαι —H

TRANSLATION: (‘Apheisai’ means) ‘you have been granted permission’ (‘sungkechōrēsai’).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1525.07 (vet exeg) ἀφεῖσαι: ἀπήλλαξαι —MVC

TRANSLATION: (‘Apheisai’ means) ‘you have been freed’ (‘apēllaxai’).

LEMMA: M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. V, marg. C

APP. CRIT.: ἀπάλλαξαι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.230,14; Dind. II.322,28

Or. 1525.08 (vet exeg) ἀφεῖσαι: ¹πρὸ τέλους ὁ τόνος. ²προπερισπᾶται γὰρ παρακείμενος ὤν. ³ὁ Θεοδόσιος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐῶ φησιν αὐτό· ⁴εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵημι, προπαρωξύνετο, φησὶν, ὡς τρισύλλαβος ἀπὸ τῶν εἰς μ̅ι̅. ⁵οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵημι, ἥσω, ἧκα, ἕμαι, εἷμαι κατὰ πλεονασμὸν, ὡς τὸ τέθειμαι, καὶ εἷσαι, καὶ ἀφεῖσαι. ⁶φυλάττεται γὰρ ὁ τόνος τῶν ὁριστικῶν, ἐπὰν μετὰ προθέσεως συντεθῶσι καὶ μὴ ἀποβάλωσι τὴν μακράν. —MBC, partial V³PrSa

TRANSLATION: The accent (on ‘apheisai’) is before the end-syllable. For being a perfect tense it has the circumflex on the penult. Theodosius says it is from (the base form) ‘eō’: for if it were from ‘hiēmi’, it would have an acute accent on the antepenult, he says, as a trisyllabic form of a mi-verb. But others say (it is) from ‘hiēmi’, (future) ‘hēsō’, (aorist)‘hēka’, (perfect middle-passive) ‘hemai’, (which becomes) ‘heimai’ by a pleonastic addition, like ‘tetheimai’, and (in the second person singular) ‘heisai’, and (in the compound) ‘apheisai’. For the accent of indicative forms is preserved when (the simple verbs) are combined with a preposition and do not lose their long vowel.

LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: BPr POSITION: marg. CV³; cont. from prev. MC, add. δὲ after τέλους

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.230,15–20; Dind. II.322,28–323,5

COMMENT: This scholion is the only source in TLG for Theodosius (or pseudo-Theodosius) making such a statement.

COLLATION NOTES: In 2 προπερισπᾶται in MC is represented by a προ followed by large circumflex accent written in the line. παρακείμενος is highly abbreviated in MB with π(αρα) with additional squiggle for kappa); in C in 2 the word looks like π(αρα) or π(ερι) followed by suspended γγ(), a misunderstanding of an abbreviation.

Or. 1525.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀφεῖσαι⟩: πρὸ τέλους δὲ ἡ περισπωμένη· παρακ(είμενος) γάρ ἐστι. —V

TRANSLATION: The circumflex is before the end-syllable, for it is perfect tense.

POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 1525.07

Or. 1525.10 (rec exeg) ἀφεῖσαι: ἀφεῖμι, ὁ μέλλων ἀφείσω, ὁ παρακ(είμενος) ἀφῆκα, ὀ παθητκὸς ἀφεῖμαι ἀφεῖσαι. —Mn

TRANSLATION: ‘Apheimi’, the future ‘apheisō’, the perfect ‘aphēka’, the passive (perfect) ‘apheimai, apheisai’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.323,5–6

Or. 1525.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀφεῖσαι⟩: ἀφεῖμαι —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Apheisai’ is conjugated from) ‘apheimai’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1525.12 (rec gram) ⟨ἀφεῖσαι⟩: Βοιωτ⟨ικ⟩ῶς —Mn

TRANSLATION: (The vowel of this form is ‘ei’ instead of ‘ē’) in the Boeotian fashion.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The grammarians ascribe various changes of vowel to Boeotian dialect. The most relevant such change is from η to ει: e.g., Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4.2:342,20–23 ἔστιν οὖν θήσω ὁ μέλλων καὶ τέθηκα ὁ παρακείμενος διὰ τοῦ η, ὥσπερ ποιήσω πεποίηκα, καὶ κατὰ τροπὴν Βοιωτικὴν τοῦ η εἰς τὴν ει δίφθογγον γέγονε τέθεικα διὰ τῆς ει διφθόγγου, ὥσπερ ἥρωες εἵρωες.

Or. 1525.19 (rec gram) ⟨ἀφεῖσαι⟩: ἀφίεται τὸ σὸν ἁμάρτημα. —Ab²

TRANSLATION: (A related use of this verb can be seen in) ‘Your sin has been remitted’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: ἀφίημι is often attested with ἁμάρτημα in various phrases in Christian authors, but there is no exact parallel in TLG for ἀφίεται τὸ σὸν ἁμάρτημα.

Or. 1526.01 (vet exeg) ἀλλὰ μεταβουλευσόμε⟨σ⟩θα: ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος, φησὶν, ἀφίημί σε, ὕστερον δὲ βουλεύσομαι περὶ σοῦ. —HMBC

TRANSLATION: For the moment, he says, I let you go, but later I will deliberate about you.

LEMMA: M; in text ‑μεθα HMC REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. C

APP. CRIT. 2: φη() B, φ() H | περι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.230,21–22; Dind. II.322,27–28

Or. 1526.02 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταβουλευσόμεθα⟩: καὶ σκοπήσομεν, ἤγουν φονεύσομεν —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Metabouleusometha’ means) ‘we will consider’, or else ‘we will (change out mind and) kill (you)’.

LEMMA: thus in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1526.03 (thom exeg) ⟨μεταβουλευσόμεθα⟩: τὸ ‘μεταβουλευσόμεθα’ λέγει ἢ ἂν ὁ Φρὺξ φανῇ κακὸς, ἢ ἀστειευόμενος. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: He says ‘we will change our mind’ either (meaning) if the Phrygian is found to be bad, or as a clever jest.

LEMMA: ‑μεσθα in text TGr REF. SYMBOL: ZZm POSITION: s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: ἂν] ἐὰν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.323,9–10

Or. 1526.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μεταβουλευσόμεθα⟩: ἑτέραν βουλὴν ποιησόμεθα —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1526.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μεταβουλευσόμεθα⟩: καὶ ὑστέραν βουλὴν ποιήσομεν —CrOx

LEMMA: ‑μεσθα Ox² POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1527.01 (1527–1528) (vet exeg) ⟨μῶρος, εἰ δοκεῖς με … σύ γ’ εἶ⟩: ¹μῶρος εἶ, φησὶν, εἰ ὅλως δοκεῖς με θελῆσαι φονεῦσαι σε· ²ἐπεὶ εὐνοῦχος ἦν. —H

TRANSLATION: You’re a fool, he says, if you at all think I wish to kill you. (Orestes says this) because he (the Phrygian) was a eunuch.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1527.02 (1527–1528) (rec exeg) ⟨μῶρος, εἰ δοκεῖς με … σύ γ’ εἶ⟩: ¹μωρὸς εἶ εἰ δοκεῖς με ὅλως ἀξιοῦν φονεύειν σε· ²ἐπεὶ εὐνοῦχος ἐστὶν ἢ ἐπεὶ γυναικώδεις οἱ Φρύγες. —Pr, partial V³

TRANSLATION: You are a fool, he says, if you think I would think it at all worthwhile to kill you, (saying this) because he is eunuch or because the Phrygians are womanish.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1527.03 (vet exeg) μῶρος, εἰ δοκεῖς με: ¹μῶρος εἶ, φησὶν, εἰ δοκεῖς με ὅλως ἀξιοῦν φονεύειν σε. ²τινὲς δὲ εἰς τὸ μῶρος ⟨εἶ⟩ στίζουσι, καὶ τὸ ἄλλο ἀπόλυτον. —MC

TRANSLATION: You are a fool, he says, if you think I would think it at all worthwhile to kill you. But some punctuate after ‘you are a fool’, and the rest is a separate clause.

LEMMA: M(μωρὸς, as in text) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀξιοῦσι M | 2 ⟨εἶ⟩ suppl. Schwartz (cf. next) | στίσσουσι p.c. M. a.c. στίσουσι | ἄλλος M

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μωρὸς MC, as in text both (μῶρος Dind.) | 2 μωρὸς MC, as in text both (μῶρος Schw.)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.230,23–25; Dind. II.323,12–13

KEYWORDS: punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν)

Or. 1527.04 (vet exeg) μῶρος εἶ: ¹τινὲς οὕτω στίζουσιν, καὶ τὸ ἄλλο ἀπόλυτον. ²τινὲς δὲ οὕτως· ³εἰ δοκεῖς με τλῆναι σὴν καθαιμάξαι δέρην, πάνυ ἀνόητος εἶ, ἵν’ ᾖ κατ’ ἔλλειψιν. —BRfGu

TRANSLATION: Some punctuate like this (scil. to create the phrase of the lemma, ‘You are a fool’), and the rest is a separate clause. But others (take it) like this: ‘if you think I would endure bloodying your neck, you are really mindless’, so that the expression involves an ellipsis (of the verb ‘you are’).

LEMMA: BGu, μῶρος Rf REF. SYMBOL: BRf POSITION: s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ τὸ ἄλλο ἀπόλυτον om. Gu | 3 με] μὴ Rf | σὴν] σὺν B

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 στίζουσι RfGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.230,26–28; Dind. II.323,14–16

KEYWORDS: punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν)

Or. 1527.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μῶρος⟩: Ἀττικὸν —Mn

TRANSLATION: Attic (accentuation, that is, on the penult and not the ultima).

LEMMA: μωρὸς in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1527.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μῶρος⟩: καὶ μωρὸς· Ἀττικῶς. —F

TRANSLATION: (‘Mōros’ with circumflex on penult,) that is, ‘mōrós’ (with acute on ultima); (here written with the circumflex) in the Attic manner.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1527.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μῶρος⟩: Ἀττικῶς δηλονότι —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (Accentuation on the penult) in the Attic manner, clearly.

LEMMA: thus as rewritten in B, original accentuation unknown POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1528.01 (vet exeg) ⟨οὔτε γὰρ γυνὴ πέφυκας οὔτ’ ἐν ἀνδράσιν σύ γ’ εἶ⟩: ¹τοῦτο διὰ τὸ δειλὸν εἶναι φησὶν· ²εἰώθαμεν γὰρ τοὺς δειλανδροῦντας σκώπτοντες γυναῖκας καλεῖν. ³καὶ ὁ ποιητὴς· [Hom. Il. 2.235, 7.96] ‘Ἀχαιΐδες, οὐκέτ’ Ἀχαιοί’. ⁴φύσιν μὲν οὖν, φησὶν, ἀνὴρ εἶ, τόλμῃ δὲ γυνή. —H

TRANSLATION: He (Orestes) says this because he (the Phrygian) is cowardly. For we are accustomed to call men who are showing cowardice women, mocking them. And the poet (Homer): ‘Women of Achaea, no longer men of Achaea’. In physical form, then, he says, you are a man, but in courage a woman.

COMMENT: H’s note is unusual in presenting only the alternative to identifying the Phrygian as an eunuch. This view may have come from a context in young readers (or prudish readers) were to be protected from hearing about eunuchs.

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 1528.02 (vet exeg) οὔτε γὰρ γυνὴ πέφυκας: ¹δύναται μὲν καὶ ἐπὶ εὐνούχου ταῦτα λαμβάνεσθαι, ²δύναται δὲ καὶ ὅτι γύννιδές εἰσιν οἱ Φρύγες. —MBCRf

TRANSLATION: These words can be applied to a eunuch, but they can (be used) also because Phrygians are womanish.

LEMMA: MBRf REF. SYMBOL: MC POSITION: marg. C

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦτο δὲ prep. B, om. ταῦτα later | λαμβάνεσθαι ταῦτα transp. Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 γύνιδες BCRf | εἰσὶν MCRf | φρῦγες C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.230,29–231,1; Dind. II.323,17–18

Or. 1528.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὔτε γὰρ γυνὴ πέφυκας οὔτ’ ἐν ἀνδράσιν σύ γ’ εἶ⟩: ἐπεὶ εὐνοῦχος ἐστὶν ἢ ἐπεὶ γύννιδες οἱ Φρύγες. —V³

TRANSLATION: (He says this) because he is a eunuch or because the Phrygians are womanish.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: γύνιδες p.c. V³

Or. 1528.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὔτε γὰρ γυνὴ πέφυκας⟩: ἀλλὰ εὐνοῦχος δηλονότι —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Neither are you a woman by nature’,) but a eunuch, clearly.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1528.06 (tri metr) ⟨πέφυκας⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 82

Or. 1528.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὔτ’ ἐν ἀνδράσι σύ γ’ εἶ⟩: εὐνοῦ(χος) γὰρ εἶ. —B^rec

TRANSLATION: (‘Nor are you (to be counted) among men’,) because you are a eunuch.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.323,19

Or. 1529.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τοῦ δὲ μὴ στῆσαι σε κραυγὴν οὕνεκ’ ἐξῆλθον δόμων⟩: οὕνεκα δὲ τοῦ μὴ ἐγεῖραι σε κραυγὴν ἐξῆλθον τῶν δόμων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial B^rec

LEMMA: στῆσαι σε in text all POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: οὕνεκα δὲ τοῦ om. B^rec | ἕνεκα XoYfGGr | ἐξῆλθον κτλ om. B^rec

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀγεῖραι app. Xo, εγειρσαι or εγειρθαι B^rec

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.323,23

Or. 1529.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῦδε μὴ στῆσαι⟩: ἕνεκεν τούτου, τοῦ μὴ ὑψῶσαι —Ab

LEMMA: τοῦδε in text Ab POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1529.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῦ δὲ μὴ στῆσαι⟩: τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίησα —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1529.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨στῆσαί σε κραυγὴν οὕνεκ’ ἐξῆλθον δόμων⟩: ποιῆσαι σε κραυγὴν ἐξῆλθον τῶν δόμων —Mn

LEMMA: στῆναι σε (sic) in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ποιήσαι Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.323,21–22

Or. 1530.01 (1530–1536) (vet paraphr) ὀξὺ γὰρ βοῆς ἀκοῦσαν: ¹ἐκεῖνο, φησὶν, ἐφοβούμην καὶ ὑφωρώμην μὴ ἄρα σὺ κραυγάσας ἐξαναστήσῃς τὴν πόλιν καθ’ ἡμῶν. ²περὶ γὰρ τοῦ Μενελάου οὐδεὶς λόγος· ³ἑνὸς γὰρ αὐτοῦ ὄντος δυνησόμεθα περιγενέσθαι, ὥστε ἡκέτω ὁ τῷ κάλλει μόνον ἐπερειδόμενος. ⁴εἰ δὲ τοὺς Ἀργείους πάντας ἐπαγόμενος ἔλθῃ ἀμυνόμενος ἡμᾶς διὰ τὸν τῆς Ἑλένης φόνον καὶ μὴ ἐθελήσῃ σῴζειν ἡμᾶς, ἐπαναιρήσομεν τῇ Ἑλένῃ τὴν Ἑρμιόνην. —MBC

TRANSLATION: That thing, he says, I feared and suspected, that perhaps you, having cried out, may raise up the city against us. For as far as Menelaus is concerned, there is nothing to say. For if he is alone, we will be able to overcome him, so let him come, the man who relies only on his beauty. But if he comes bringing with him all the Argives, punishing us because of the murder of Helen, and does not consent to save us, we will kill Hermione in addition to Helen.

LEMMA: C POSITION: cont. from next B, from sch. 1530.06 M

APP. CRIT.: 3 ἡκέσθω M

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φη() B | ὑφορώμην MC | ἆρα M | ἐξαναστήσεις MC | 4 ἐθέλησει BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,3–9; Dind. II.323,26–324,6

Or. 1530.02 (vet exeg) ὀξὺ γὰρ βοῆς ἀκοῦσαν: ὀξέως γὰρ ἐξεγείρονται οἱ Ἀργεῖοι, ἐπὰν βοῆς ἀκούσωσιν. —HBVC

TRANSLATION: For the Argives are keenly aroused whenever they hear a cry for help.

LEMMA: B, ἄλλως C REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: precedes prev. B, s.l. V

APP. CRIT.: ὀξέως γὰρ] ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀξέως B (cf. sch. 1530.06) | ἐγείρονται HC [damage in C, but space too short for ἐξ‑]

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπἂν B | ἀκούσωσι C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,10; Dind. II.323,25–26

Or. 1530.03 (rec exeg) ὀξὺ γὰρ βοῆς: ¹τουτέστιν οἱ Ἀργεῖοι ἐπὰν βοῆς ἀκούουσιν ὀξέως συντρέχουσιν. ²ἐκεῖνο, φησὶν, ἐφοβούμην καὶ ὑφωρώμην. —Rf

TRANSLATION: That is to say, when the Argives hear a shout for help they run together swiftly. And that, he says, I feared and suspected.

LEMMA: Rf REF. SYMBOL: Rf

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐφοβούμην] from sch. 1530.01, ἐβουλόμην Rf

Or. 1530.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀξὺ γὰρ βοῆς⟩: ¹στενούμενοι οἱ πόροι τῆς διεξόδου, ἀποτελεῖται ἡ φωνὴ ὀξεῖα καὶ λεπτή· ²οἱ εὐνοῦχοι τὸ θερμὸν ὀλίγον ἔχουσι. —Mn

TRANSLATION: When the passageways of the exit are narrowed, the voice is made shrill and subtle. Eunuchs have the quality of heat in small measure.

POSITION: s.l. Mn, cont. from sch. 1529.06 and completed in marg.

APP. CRIT.: 1 τῆς] Dind. without note, σῆς Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: εὐνούχοι Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.323,22–23 and 19–20

COMMENT: For the first sentence, cf. Psellus, Opusc. 55,116–117 οἱ εὐνοῦχοι ὀξύφωνοι, ὅτι στενοὺς ἔχοντες τοὺς πόρους ἐκτέμνονται, οἱ δὲ εὐρυτέρους ἀποκόπτονται. For the second sentence, there are many sources that remark that males are drier and hotter than females and that castrated males are similar to females in this: e.g., Galen, de simplicium medicamentorum temperamentis ac facultatibus [12:327,6–7 Kühn] μεμνημένων ἡμῶν πάλιν κἀνταῦθα τὸ μὲν ἄῤῥεν τοῦ θήλεος ἀεὶ ξηρότερον εἶναι καὶ θερμότερον, τὸ δ’ εὐνουχισθὲν ἄῤῥεν ὁμοιοῦσθαι τῷ θήλει.

Or. 1530.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀξὺ⟩: δέον ὀξέως εἰπεῖν, ὀξὺ εἶπε πρὸς τὸ Ἄργος, σύναπτε δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἐγείρεται. —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Although he should have said (the adverb) ‘oxeōs’ (‘keenly, swiftly’), he said (the adjective) ‘oxu’ (‘keen, swift’) in agreement with ‘Argos’, but connect it (as an adverb in the paraphrase) to ‘egeiretai’ (‘is aroused’).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: σύναπται Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.324,7–8

Or. 1530.16 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ἄργος ἐξεγείρεται⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οἱ Ἀργεῖοι ἐξεγερθήσονται. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Argos is aroused’ is) equivalent to ‘the Argives will be aroused’.

POSITION: s.l. except X; ἀντὶ τοῦ οἱ Ἀργ. sep. above ἀκοῦσαν Yf

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | οἱ om. Gr | ἐξαγερ‑ a.c. Xb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.324,8–9

Or. 1531.01 (1531–1532) (vet exeg) ⟨Μενέλεων δ’ οὐ τάρβος … βοστρύχοις γαυρούμενος⟩: τὸν δὲ Μενέλαον τὸν γαυρούμενον ἐπὶ τῇ κόμῃ οὐ δέος ἡμῖν ὑποδέξασθαι πρὸς μάχην. —H

TRANSLATION: It is no cause of fear for us to take on in battle Menelaus who prides himself on his hair.

LEMMA: μενέλεον in text H

Or. 1531.02 (mosch exeg) Μενέλεων δ’ οὐ τάρβος ἡμῖν ἀναλαβεῖν ἔσω ξίφους: οὐ φόβος δὲ λαβεῖν τὸν Μενέλαον, τοὺς Ἀργείους δηλονότι, εἴσω ξίφους, ἤγουν πολέμου καθ’ ἡμῶν, τουτέστιν εἰς πόλεμον καθ’ ἡμῶν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG^aG^bGrAa

TRANSLATION: And it is not a cause of fear to take Menelaus—the Argives, clearly—within sword-range, that is, (within) battle against us, that is to say, into batttle against us.

LEMMA: G^a POSITION: s.l. XbG^b

APP. CRIT.: οὐ φόβος … τουτέστ lost to trimming of top margin Aa | λαβεῖν] λαβῆ Yf | ἡμῖν add. before λαβεῖν T | after πολέμου add. τοῦ T

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G^aG^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.324,10–12

Or. 1531.03 (vet exeg) ⟨Μενέλεων … ἀναλαβεῖν εἴσω ξίφους⟩: οἷον ὑποδέξασθαι τὴν πρὸς Μενέλαον μάχην —MVCGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Take up Menelaus within sword-range’ is,) as it were, ‘to take on battle against Menelaus’.

LEMMA: Μενέλεων δ’ οὐ τάρβος ἡμῖν MC, μενέλ() δ’ οὐ τάρβος V; in text ἔσω V, ξίφος M REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.: πρὸς τὸν μεν. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,11–12; Dind. II.324,12–13

Or. 1531.04 (vet exeg) ⟨Μενέλεων … ἀναλαβεῖν εἴσω ξίφους⟩: οἷον ἀναδέξασθαι τὴν πρὸς Μενέλαον μάχην οὐ δέδοικα —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Take up Menelaus within sword-range’ is,) as it were, ‘I am not afraid to accept battle against Menelaus’.

REF. SYMBOL: at ξίφους B POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,11–12 with app.; Dind. II.324, app. at 12

Or. 1531.05 (vet exeg) ⟨Μενέλεων … ἀναλαβεῖν εἴσω ξίφους⟩: εἴσω αὐτὸν τοῦ ξίφους λαβεῖν —MVC

TRANSLATION: (‘Take up Menelaus within sword-range’ is,) ‘take him within sword-range’.

LEMMA: in text ἔσω V, ξίφος M POSITION: cont. from sch. 1531.03 MVC

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὸ V | τοῦ ξίφους] Schw. (without note), τὸ ξίφος all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,13; Dind. 324, app. at 12

Or. 1531.06 (thom exeg) ⟨Μενέλεων … ἀναλαβεῖν εἴσω ξίφους⟩: ἤγουν εἰς πόλεμον αὐτῷ καταστῆναι —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Take up Menelaus within sword-range’,) that is, ‘get into battle with him’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | εἰς om., s.l. add. Zm | καταστῆσαι Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.324,13

Or. 1531.09 (rec metr) ⟨Μενέλαον⟩: long mark over alpha —O

LEMMA: thus in text O

Or. 1531.16 (tri metr) ⟨ἡμὶν⟩: accent indicating short iota —T

Or. 1531.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀναλαβεῖν εἴσω ξίφους⟩: εἰς μάχην ἐλθεῖν —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Pr

Or. 1531.24 (rec exeg) ⟨ξίφους⟩: ξίφος —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (For genitive ‘xiphous’, ‘sword’, there is a variant reading, accusative) ‘xiphos’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1531.26 (rec exeg) ⟨ξίφος⟩: ξίφους —Ab

TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘xiphos’, ‘sword’, there is a variant reading, genitive) ‘xiphous’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1532.11 (vet paraphr) ⟨βοστρύχοις γαυρούμενος⟩: οἷον γαυρούμενος ἐπὶ τῇ κόμῃ —MV

TRANSLATION: (‘Taking pride in curls’ is,) as it were, ‘taking pride in his hair’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,14; Dind. II.324,15

Or. 1533.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἰ γὰρ Ἀργείους … λαβών⟩: εἰ γὰρ Ἀργείους λαβὼν ἄξει ἐπὶ τοῖσδε τοῖς δώμασιν, ἤγουν κατὰ τούτων τῶν δωμάτων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Ox²

TRANSLATION: For if he takes Argives (with him) and brings them upon this house, that is, against this house.

POSITION: s.l. except XGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.324,16–17

Or. 1534.01 (vet exeg) τὸν Ἑλένης φόνον διώκων: ¹τιμωρούμενός με διὰ τὸν τῆς Ἑλένης φόνον. ²διώκειν γὰρ ἦν τὸ εἰς δικαστήριον ἕλκειν ἄλλους. || ³καὶ διώκειν κυρίως τὸ κατηγορεῖν, κεῖται δὲ νῦν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐπεξιέναι. ⁴ὁ δὲ λόγος ἐπεξιὼν διὰ τὸν Ἑλένης φόνον. —MBVC, partial Ab

TRANSLATION: (‘Pursuing the killing of Helen’ is) ‘punishing me because of the killing of Helen’. For ‘diōkein’ (‘to pursue’) used to be (used in the sense) ‘hauling others into court’. || And ‘diōkein’ in its proper sense is ‘to accuse (in court)’, but it is here used in reference to attacking. And the sense is ‘coming to attack (me) because of the killing to Helen’.

LEMMA: MBVC REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: s.l. Ab

APP. CRIT.: 1 με] C, μὲν V, om. MBAb | τῆς om. V | 2–4 διώκειν γὰρ κτλ om. Ab | 2 εἰς τὸ δικ. V | 3 τὸ κατηγορεῖν om. C

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐπἐξιέναι C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,15–18; Dind. II.324,18–21

Or. 1534.04 (vet exeg) ⟨διώκων⟩: διώκειν κυρίως ἐστὶ τὸ εἰς δικαστήριον ἕλκειν. —HGu

TRANSLATION: ‘Diōkein’ (‘to pursue’) in its proper sense is ‘hauling into court’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐστὶ om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.324,22–23

Or. 1534.11 (vet exeg) ⟨κἀμὲ μὴ σώζειν θέλῃ⟩: ¹γράφεται κἀμὲ μὴ σώσῃ θανεῖν. —MBC

TRANSLATION: (For ‘and does not wish to save me’) the reading ‘and does not save me from being put to death’ is found.

POSITION: marg. B, s.l. MC

APP. CRIT.: σώζη C

APP. CRIT. 2: καμὲ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,19; Dind. II.324,23

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1534.13 (tri metr) ⟨κἀμὲ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 82

Or. 1536.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨παρθένον τε καὶ δάμαρτα⟩: καὶ τὴν θυγάτερα καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1536.05 (thom exeg) ⟨δάμαρτα⟩: ¹πῶς λέγει τὴν δάμαρτα; ²οὐ γὰρ τέθνηκεν. ³ἢ δῆλον ὅτι τὸ γενέσθαι ἄφαντον ταύτην ὅμοιον ἦν ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ καὶ νεκρὰ ἐγεγόνει; —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: How does he speak of his wife? For she did not die. Or is it clear that her having disappeared was the same as if she had in fact become a corpse?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 3 ἢ] ἦ Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.324,26–27

Or. 1536.15 (tri metr) coronis —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 82

Or. 1537.01 (1537–1538) (tri metr) ἰώ ἰώ: ⁰τὰ τοιαῦτα εἴδη καλεῖται, ὡς εἴρηται, ἀνομοιόστροφα κυρίως διὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι κατὰ σχέσιν. εἰσὶν οὖν τῆς παρούσης στροφῆς τὰ κῶλα δʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ²τὸ δεύτερον τροχαϊκὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς τοῦ αʹ ποδὸς χορείου, τοῦ δὲ τρίτου δακτύλου. ³τὸ γʹ τροχαϊκὸν ὅμοιον πενθημιμερὲς τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς δακτύλου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἔστω καὶ τὰ βʹ ἰωνικά, τὸ ἓν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος, καὶ δευτέρου, και συλλαβῆς, τὸ δὲ ἄλλο ἡμιόλιον ἐκ διτροχαίου καὶ δύο συλλαβῶν. ⁴τὸ δʹ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. ⁵ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

¹1537a ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒
ἰὼ ἰὼ τύχα τύχα,
²1537b ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ × / ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, ×
ἕτερον εἰς ἀγῶν’ ἕτερον
³1538a ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑, × / ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ⏑ ×
αὖ δόμος φοβερὸν
⁴1538b ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒
ἀμφὶ τοὺς Ἀτρείδας πιτνεῖ.

TRANSLATION: Such forms (as this) are called, as has been said, sections of dissimilar strophes (‘anomoiostropha’) in the proper sense, because they are not in corresponsion. So then, the cola of the present strophe are four in number. The first is an acatalectic iambic dimeter. The second is a trochaic hephthemimeres with the first foot a choreius, and the third a dactyl. The third is a similar trochaic penthemimeres with the second foot a dactyl. But if you prefer, let the two (cola, second and third) also be ionic, the one a hypercatalectic dimeter formed from a fourth paeon in place of an ionic a minore, and a second (paeon), and a syllable, the other a one-and-a-half measure line formed from a ditrochee and two syllables. The fourth is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.26,25–33; de Fav. 82

KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιόστροφα/ἀλλοιόστροφα

Or. 1537.02 (1537–1538) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων δ´ —T

TRANSLATION: A strophe of four cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 82

Or. 1537.03 (1537–1538) (thom exeg) ⟨ἰὼ ἰὼ τύχα … Ἀτρείδαις πιτνεῖ⟩: ¹ἤγουν δυστυχήσας πολλάκις οὗτος ὁ δόμος διὰ τοὺς συμβάντας ἐν αὐτῷ φόνους, εἰς ἕτερον πάλιν ἀγῶνα καὶ κίνδυνον χωρεῖ, ²εἰς τὸ κινδυνεύσειν λέγω Ὀρέστην καὶ Ἠλέκτραν δι’ ἃ ἐργάζονται δυσχερῆ· ³ἀμυνεῖται γὰρ ὁ Μενέλαος μετὰ τῶν Ἀργείων διά τε τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα. —ZZaZmTGu, partial Zb

TRANSLATION: That is, this house, having suffered misfortune many times because of the murders that occurred in it, moves again toward another struggle and danger, I mean, toward the fact that Orestes and Electra will be in danger because of the disagreeable things they are doing. For Menelaus together with the Argives will take vengeance because of his wife and daughter.

REF. SYMBOL: at τύχη ZZa POSITION: s.l. Zm, marg. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.325,2–6

COLLATION NOTES: Zb wrote only ἤγουν δυστυχήσας above the end of 1538, then crossed the words out.

Or. 1537.04 (tri exeg) ⟨ἰὼ ἰὼ τύχα τύχα⟩: ¹οὕτω βέλτιον γράφειν τὸ πρῶτον τοῦ χοροῦ κῶλον διὰ τὴν χασμωδίαν· ²εὕρηται γὰρ ἔν τισι τῶν βιβλίων οὐ μόνον ἰὼ ἰὼ τύχα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἰὼ τύχα ἰὼ τύχα. ³διὸ καὶ οὕτως ἐγράφη παρ’ ἡμῶν διὰ τὴν χασμωδίαν. —T

TRANSLATION: It is better to write the first colon of the chorus in this way (‘iō iō tucha tucha’) because of the hiatus. For in some of the copies is found not only ‘iō iō tucha’ but also ‘iō tucha iō tucha’. Therefore in fact it has been written thus by us because of the hiatus.

LEMMA: thus in text T; ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.26,34–27,3; de Fav. 82

COMMENT: The reasoning here is truncated. First, Triclinius apparently prefers the form with τύχα twice (known to us from OV) to the one with single τύχα because it is easily analyzed as an iambic dimeter. Second, he considers the hiatus in τύχα ἰὼ in the version of OV to be problematic, whereas that between the exclamations ἰὼ ἰὼ is deemed legitimate (as it is by modern scholars).

KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by

Or. 1537.11 (1537–1538) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἕτερον εἰς ἀγῶνα … Ἀτρείδαις πιτνεῖ⟩: ὁ δόμος ὁ περὶ τοὺς Ἀτρείδας, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁ τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν δόμος, εἰς ἕτερον ἀγῶνα μεταπίπτει. —MBVC, partial R

TRANSLATION: The house around the Atreids, equivalent to ‘the house of the Atreids’, is falling into another struggle.

LEMMA: δόμος M, ἕτερον δόμος C, ἰὼ τύχ() V REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: marg. B, s.l. R

APP. CRIT. 2: ἔτερον M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,20–21; Dind. II.325,7–8

Or. 1537.12 (1537–1538) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἕτερον εἰς ἀγῶνα … Ἀτρείδαις πιτνεῖ⟩: ὁ ἀμφὶ τοὺς Ἀτρείδας δόμος εἰς ἕτερον ἀγῶνα μεταπίπτει. —H

TRANSLATION: The house around the Atreids is falling into another struggle.

Or. 1537.13 (1537–1538) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἕτερον εἰς ἀγῶνα … Ἀτρείδαις πιτνεῖ⟩: τῶν Ἀτρειδῶν ὁ δόμος εἰς ἕτερον ἀγῶνα φοβερὸν μεταπίπτει. —Rw

TRANSLATION: The house of the Atreids is falling into another terrible struggle.

LEMMA: πιτνεῖ Rw POSITION: between sch. 1551.10 and 1569.07 Rw

Or. 1537.14 (1537–1538) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἕτερον εἰς ἀγῶνα … Ἀτρείδαις πιτνεῖ⟩: εἰς ἕτερον κίνδυνον πίπτει ὁ δόμος φοβερὸν περὶ τοὺς Ἀτρείδας. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial B^rec

TRANSLATION: The house is falling into another danger, a terrible one concerning the Atreids.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: φοβερὸν κτλ om. B^rec

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.324,28–325,1

Or. 1538.12 (tri metr) ⟨Ἀτρείδας⟩: koinē short over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 82

Or. 1538.22 (tri metr) ⟨πιτνεῖ⟩: koinē long over first iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 82

Or. 1538.23 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 82

Or. 1539.01 (1539–1540) (vet exeg) τί δρῶμεν;: ¹μερίζεται τὴν γνώμην ὁ χορός. ²δέδοικε γὰρ μὴ ὕστερον ἐγκληθῇ ὡς κρύψας. —HMBVPrRfSa

TRANSLATION: The chorus divides its judgment (into alternative choices). For it is afraid that later it may be charged with having concealed (the crime).

LEMMA: MVRf REF. SYMBOL: MV, beside 1535–1536 Pr POSITION: marg. B; precedes sch. 1537.12 H

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ γνῶμεν M, γὰρ τῆ γνώμ() Rf | ὁ] ὡς Rf | 2 ὡς om. MBVRf

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐκκλη*θῆ Rf (perhaps a sigma blotted out)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,22–23; Dind. II.325,9–10

Or. 1539.02 (1539–1540) (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβοι δύο —T

TRANSLATION: As a separate unit, two iambic trimeters.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.27,4; de Fav. 82

Or. 1539.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τί δρῶμεν;⟩: τί βούλει ἵνα δρῶμεν; —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrGuZcB^rec

POSITION: s.l. except Gr

APP. CRIT.: τί] καὶ Zc, om. B^rec | δρῶμεν] ποιῶμεν Xo, om. GZc

APP. CRIT. 2: τὶ Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.325,10

Or. 1539.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί δρῶμεν;⟩: καὶ τί πράττωμεν; —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1540.01 (vet exeg) ⟨σῖγ’ ἔχωμεν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ σιωπήσωμεν —MBCPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Are we to hold in silence’ is) equivalent to ‘are we to be silent?’.

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. BC, s.l. PrSa; follows sch. 1540.06 PrSa

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἢ B, ἀντὶ C | σιωπήσομεν BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,24; Dind. II.325,12

Or. 1540.02 (vet exeg) ⟨σῖγ’ ἔχωμεν⟩: σῖγ’ ἐσόμεθα(?) —H

TRANSLATION: (‘Are we to hold in silence?’ is) ‘will we be in silence?’.

COLLATION NOTES: check H new image; cannot confirm from Daitz image; could it be σιγήσομεν or σιγήσωμεν?

Or. 1540.03 (vet exeg) ⟨σῖγ’ ἔχωμεν⟩: ἢ μηδὲν ἐξείπωμεν τῇ πόλει —MBVC

TRANSLATION: Or are we to proclaim nothing to the city?

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B (cont. from sch. 1540.01), s.l. V(above φίλαι)C

APP. CRIT.: ἢ] καὶ B

APP. CRIT. 2: ἣ V | ἐξείπομεν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,25; Dind. II.325,12–13

Or. 1540.05 (tri exeg) ⟨σῖγ’⟩: ἐν σιγῇ ἐπιρρηματικῶς —T⁺

TRANSLATION: (‘Sig’’ here is) ‘in silence’, (that is, used) adverbially.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: It is not clear why Triclinius used a cross here. In sch. 1022.08 Moschopulus glosses σῖγ’ with μετὰ σιγῆς and Triclinius himself adds ἐπιρρηματικῶς when recording that gloss in T.

Or. 1540.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀσφαλεστέραν⟩: ἀσφαλέστερον —B²

TRANSLATION: (For feminine accusative ‘asphalesteran’ there is a variant reading, neuter nominative) ‘asphalesteron’ (‘safer’).

LEMMA: thus in text B POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1540.17 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 82

Or. 1541.01 (1541–1542) (tri metr) ἴδε πρὸ δωμάτων: ⁰ἡ δευτέρα αὕτη στροφὴ κώλων ἐστὶ δʹ. ^1–2τὸ αʹ καὶ δεύτερον ἰαμβικὰ δίμετρα βραχυκατάληκτα· εἰ δὲ βούλει, παιωνικὰ ἡμιόλια διὰ τὸ κοινὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ ποδὶ συλλαβήν, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον ἐκ τοιούτου παίωνος καὶ σπονδείου. ³τὸ γʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ δακτύλου, ὃ καλεῖται φερεκράτειον. ⁴τὸ δʹ ἰαμβικὴ βάσις ἤτοι μονόμετρον· εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀντισπαστικὸν μονόμετρον. ⁵ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

¹1541a ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ / ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒
ἴδε πρὸ δωμάτων
²1541b ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ / ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒
ἴδε προκηρύσσει
³1542a ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑
θοάζων ὅδ’ αἰθέρος
⁴1542b ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ / ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑
ἄνω καπνός.

TRANSLATION: This second strophe consists of four cola. The first and second are brachycatalectic iambic dimeters; but if you prefer, a one-and-a-half measure paeonic because they have a common (long or short) syllable in the first foot, the first (colon) formed from a fourth paeon and an iamb, and the second from such a (fourth) paeon and a spondee. The third is a catalectic antispastic dimeter formed from an antispast and a dactyl, (a colon) which is called Pherecratean. The fourth is an iambic basis, or monometer; but if you prefer, an antispastic monometer. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.27,5–12; de Fav. 83

Or. 1541.02 (1541–1542) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων δ´ —T

TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of four cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 83

Or. 1541.03 (1541–1542) (vet exeg) ἴδε πρὸ δωμάτων: ἰδοὺ, φησὶν, ἀναπηδῶν ὁ καπνὸς ἀπαγγέλλει τῇ πόλει τἀνθάδε πραττόμενα. —HMBVCRfSa

TRANSLATION: Behold, (the chorus) says, the smoke leaping up announces to the city what is being done here.

LEMMA: lemma MBCRf(προ) REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: s.l. V

APP. CRIT.: ἀναπ. ὁ καπνὸς] ὁ καπνὸς ἀναπηδῶν καὶ ἀνερχόμενιος H | ἄνω πηδῶν Sa | τὰ ἐνθάδε H, ἐνθάδε Rf, τὰ ἐνταῦθα B, τὰ ἐνθένδε Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: ἰδού φησιν Sa, ἰδοῦ φη(σὶν) H | ἀπαγγέλει MCSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,26–27; Dind. II.325,14–15

Or. 1541.04 (rec exeg) ⟨(first) ἴδε⟩: ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδοὺ —FPrSaZm

TRANSLATION: (‘Ide’, ‘look’,) or used for (the exclamation) ‘idou’ (‘behold’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ] om. Zm, καὶ F | καὶ add. before ἀντὶ Pr

Or. 1541.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨(first) ἴδε⟩: ἐπίρρημα —Xo²

TRANSLATION: (The word ‘ide’, ‘look’, is here) an adverb.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1542.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅδ’ αἰθέρος ἄνω καπνός⟩: ἰδοὺ, φησὶν, ὁ ἀναπηδῶν καπνός. —Gu²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.325,18

Or. 1542.18 (rec gram) ⟨κάπνος⟩: καπνὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ κάπος τὸ πνεῦμα. —Pr

TRANSLATION: ‘Kapnos’ (is derived) from ‘kapos’ meaning ‘breath’.

POSITION: in lower margin of facing recto

COMMENT: This is the standard derivation, perhaps going back to Philoxenus and Orion, if that is the meaning of the truncated forms that cod. A includes at the end of the entry Et. Gen. s.v. κραιπνός: (A fol. 210r, B fol. 164r) κραιπνός: ταχύς. καὶ τὸ συγκριτικὸν κραιπνότερος. παρὰ τὸ κάπω τὸ πνέω, ὅθεν καὶ κάπος τὸ πνεῦμα. καὶ καπνὸς τὸ ἐκ ξύλων καυθέντων [B, καπνὸν A] ἀναπεμπόμενον πνεῦμα. τοῦτο κατὰ πλεονασμὸν τοῦ ρ̅ γίνεται καρπνός, καὶ ἐν ὑπερθέσει κραπνός [καὶ ἐν ὑπ. κρ. om. B] καὶ πλεονασμῷ τοῦ ι̅ κραιπνός [κραιπνός om. A]. φιλωρ(ος) [φιλ. om. B].

Or. 1542.20 (tri metr) ⟨καπνός⟩: koinē short over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 83

Or. 1542.21 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 83

Or. 1543.01 (1543–1544) (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβοι β´, εἶτα παράγραφος —T

TRANSLATION: As a separate unit two iambic tirimeters, then a paragraphos.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.27,13–14; de Fav. 83

Or. 1543.02 (rec gram) ⟨ἅπτουσι πεύκας⟩: τὸ ἅπτω γενικῇ πλὴν ‘ἅπτομαι βρόχον’. —Pr

TRANSLATION: The verb ‘haptō’ (is used) with a genitive except for (accusative as in) ‘I attach a noose for myself’.

POSITION: in lower margin of facing recto

COMMENT: This inaccurate observation goes along with the treatment of πεύκας as Doric genitive, sch. 1543.08.

Or. 1543.04 (rec gram) ⟨πεύκας⟩: πεύκη εἶδος δένδρου. —V¹

TRANSLATION: ‘Peukē’ is a species of tree.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1544.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὰς Τανταλείους⟩: τὰς καταγομένας ἀπὸ τοῦ Ταντάλου —V¹

LEMMA: τὰς in text V POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1544.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐδ’ ἀφίστανται πόνου⟩: τοῦτο ποιοῦσι, ἐργάζονται —PrSa

LEMMA: πόνου in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Pr | after ποιοῦσι PrSa insert sch. 1545.08

Or. 1544.09 (rec exeg) ⟨φόνου⟩: γράφεται καὶ φόνου καὶ πόνου. —C

TRANSLATION: Both ‘phonou’ (‘from murder’) and ‘ponou’ (‘from toil’) are written (in copies).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.231,29

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1544.10 (thom exeg) ⟨φόνου⟩: γρ. πόνου. —ZZaZmAa²Lb

TRANSLATION: (For ‘phonou’, ‘from murder’,) the reading ‘ponou’ (‘from toil’) is found.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Lb

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Aa²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.325,22

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1544.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πόνου⟩: γρ. φόνου. —Zb

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ponou’, ‘from toil’,) the reading ‘phonou’ (‘from murder’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Zb POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1544.14 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 83

Or. 1545.01 (1545–1548) (tri metr) τέλος ἔχει: ⁰ἡ τρίτη αὕτη στροφὴ κώλων ἐστίν ζʹ. ¹τὸ αʹ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον τοῦ πρώτου ποδὸς χορείου. ²τὸ δεύτερον ὅμοιον πενθημιμερὲς τοῦ πρώτου ποδὸς χορείου. ³τὸ γʹ ἰαμβικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀναπαίστων καὶ ἰάμβων· εἰ δὲ βούλει, προσοδιακὸν τρίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος γʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος, χοριάμβου, παίωνος γʹ αὖθις, καὶ συλλαβῆς. ⁴τὸ δʹ περίοδος ἐξ ἰαμβικῆς καὶ τροχαϊκῆς βάσεως. ^5–6τὸ εʹ καὶ ςʹ παιωνικὰ ἡμιόλια ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου· εἰ δὲ βούλει, τροχαϊκὰ πενθημιμερῆ τοῦ αʹ ποδὸς χορείου. ⁷τὸ ζʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ συλλαβῆς· ⁸ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει δύο διπλαῖ, ἡ μὲν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ κώλου, ἡ δ κατὰ τὸ τέλος, ἔξω νενευκυῖαι. —T

¹1545a ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒
τέλος ἔχει δαίμων βροτοῖσιν,
²1545 b⏑͡ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒
τέλος ὅπα θέλει.
³1546 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ / ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒
μεγάλα δέ τις δύναμις δι’ ἀλαστόρων·
⁴1547a ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑
ἔπαισ’ ἔπαισεν μέλαθρα
⁵1547b ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ / ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒
τάδε δι’ αἱμάτων
⁶1548a ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ‒ / ⏑͡⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑, ‒
διὰ τὸ Μυρτίλου
⁷1548b ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑, ‒
πέσημ’ ἐκ δίφρου.

TRANSLATION: This third strophe consists of seven cola. The first is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter with the first foot a choreius. The second is a similar (trochaic) penthemimeres with the first foot a choreius. The third is a brachycatalectic iambic trimeter formed from anapaests and iambs; but if you prefer, a hypercatalectic prosodiac trimeter formed from a third paeon in place of an ionic a minore, a choriamb, a third paeon again, and a syllable. The fourth is a period consisting of an iambic and a trochaic basis. The fifth and the sixth are one-and-a-half measure paeonic formed from fourth paeon and iamb; but if you prefer, trochaic penthemimeres with the first foot a choreius. The seventh is a hypercatalectic antispastic monometer formed from an antispast and a syllable. At the end two diplae, one at the beginning of the colon, the other at the end, (both) pointing outward.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T POSITION: cont. on next page, connected by reference symbols

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.27,15–25; de Fav. 83

Or. 1545.02 (1545–1548) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων ζ´ —T

TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of seven cola.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 83

Or. 1545.03 (1545–1547) (thom exeg) τέλος ἔχει δαίμων: ¹ἤγουν οὓς ἂν ἐθέλῃ ἡ τύχη τελείως ἀφανίζει. ²τοῦτο δὲ εἶπε δι’ Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ τοὺς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι μεγάλα δυστυχήσαντες νῦν κινδυνεύουσι τελείως ἀπολέσθαι. ³τί γὰρ οὐκ ἂν δράσῃ Μενέλαος ταῦτα πυθόμενος; ⁴δέον δὲ οὕτως εἰπεῖν, ἡ δι’ ἀλαστόρων δέ τις δύναμις μεγάλως ἔπαισε τὰ μέλαθρα, μεγάλη εἶπε πρὸς τὸ δύναμις. —ZZaZlZmTGu^a, partial Gu^b

TRANSLATION: That is, fortune completely destroys whichever persons it wishes. And (the chorus) said this because of Agamemnon and his family, because having suffered great misfortunes they now run the risk of perishing totally. For what would Menelaus not do when he has learned of these events? And although he (the poet) should have said ‘And a certain power, one through the alastors, has mightily (adverb ‘megalōs’) struck the house’, he said (adjective) ‘megalē’ (‘great’)to agree with ‘dunamis’ (‘power’).

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZa POSITION: s.l. ZmGu^b

APP. CRIT.: 2–4 τοῦτο δὲ κτλ om. Gu^b | 2 εἶπε om., s.l. add. Zm | κινδυνεύσουσι Gu^a | 4 ἡ δι’ ἀλ. … δύναμις] δύναμις δέ τις δι’ ἀλαστόρων T | μέλαθρα] δώματα ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐθέλει ZZa | 3 τὶ Gu^a | 4 ἔπεσε ZZaZl | εἷπεν Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.325,27–326,5

Or. 1545.04 (vet exeg) τέλος ἔχει δαίμων: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων τὸ τέλος ἐν θεῷ ἐστὶν. —HMBVCPrRwSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Divinity holds fulfillment’) in the sense ‘The fulfillment of human affairs is in (the hands of) god’.

LEMMA: MVC REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: marg. B; cont. from next in HPrRw

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. BV, τοῦ om. CPrSa | after ἀνθρωπίνων add. φησὶ V | τὸ om. PrSa

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστιν V, app. Rw, ἔστιν Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.232,1–2; Dind. II.325,24

Or. 1545.05 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἀεὶ, φησὶν, ὃ βούλεται ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τέλος ἐπιτίθησιν. —HBMVCPrRwSa

TRANSLATION: Always, (the chorus) says, the god imposes what he desires as the final result for humans.

LEMMA: MBVC POSITION: marg. B; precedes prev. HPrRw

APP. CRIT.: ἀεὶ] οὐ Rw | ὁ om. HRwSa

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀεί φη() C, ἀεί φησιν PrSa | ‑τίθησι HB, app. Rw (damage)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.232,3–4; Dind. II.325,25–26

Or. 1545.06 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ὡς ἐν ὀλίγῳ τοῦτο φησὶν ὅτι τὰ πράγματα τὸ τέλος καὶ τὴν ἔκβασιν ἔχει κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ. —V

TRANSLATION: In brief (the chorus) is saying this, that affairs have their completion and outcome according to the will of the god.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἐν ὀλίγῳ] ἐν ἐπιλόγῳ Münzel

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.232.5–6; Dind. II.325,26–27

COMMENT: For ὡς ἐν ὀλίγῳ cf. Arg. 7b ἔθος τοῖς τραγικοῖς τὸ ἐν προοιμίῳ ὡς ἐν ὀλίγῳ παραδηλοῖν τοῦ ὅλου δράματος τὴν ἔννοιαν; cf. ἐν ὀλίγῳ (scil. λόγῳ) Sch. Hom. Il. 1.437 Erbse ἐπὶ ῥηγμῖνι: ἀλλαχοῦ ἡρμήνευκεν αὐτὸ διὰ τοῦ ‘χέρσῳ ῥηγνύμενον μεγάλα βρέμει’. πάντα δὲ ἐν ὀλίγῳ πέφρασται; Sch. rec. Hec. 217 (Dind. I.271,32–272,3, from the late replacement pages for Hec. 1–522 in B) ἔπος παρὰ τοῖς ποιηταῖς τὸ λόγιον καὶ ὁ ἔμμετρος στίχος, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς ῥήτορσιν οὐδ’ ὅλως ἐστὶν ἡ λέξις ἐν χρήσει πλὴν ὅσον οὕτως εἰπεῖν καὶ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ὀλίγῳ εἰπεῖν ἤγουν συντόμως. τοῦτο γὰρ, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, εἰς παροιμίαν ἔπεσεν. There is no compelling reason to adopt Münzel’s ἐν ἐπιλόγῳ, as Schwartz did.

KEYWORDS: ἐπίλογος

Or. 1545.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δαίμων βροτοῖσι τέλος⟩: ὁ θεὸς τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων ἐπιτίθησιν. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: God imposes (the completion) of human affairs.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1545.17 (rec exeg) ⟨δαίμων βροτοῖσι τέλος⟩: καὶ ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις πράγμασι ἐπιτίθησι. —Mn

TRANSLATION: And god puts (the completion) upon human affairs.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.325, app. at 24

Or. 1545.20 (pllgn gram) ⟨δαίμων⟩: καὶ θεὸς καὶ ἡ τύχη —F

TRANSLATION: (‘Daimōn’ can mean) both ‘god’ and ‘fortune/chance’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1545.25 (vet paraphr) ⟨τέλος ὅπᾳ θέλῃ⟩: ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ἐξάγει τὰ(?) ἀν(θρώπ)ων(?) πρά[γματα … ]. —H

TRANSLATION: God conducts to their end the affairs of mortals [as he wishes?]

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: e.g. πρά[γατα ὡς (or ὅπῃ) θέλει]

COLLATION NOTES: My reading differs from that of Daitz; check H new image

Or. 1545.26 (vet paraphr) ⟨τέλος ὅπᾳ θέλῃ⟩: ὅπη θέλει ὁ δαίμων ἐπάγει τὸ τέλος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. —V³

TRANSLATION: The divinity brings the fulfillment to humans however he wishes.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1545.28 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅπᾳ θέλῃ⟩: ἤγουν ὅταν θέλῃ —PrSa

LEMMA: ὅπη in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1545.29 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅπᾳ θέλῃ⟩: ὅπου ἐκεῖνος ὁ δαίμων θέλει —G

LEMMA: ὅπα in text G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1545.32 (rec metr) ⟨ὅπᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —O

Or. 1546.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεγάλα⟩: ἢ τὸ μεγάλα ἀντὶ τοῦ μεγάλως, ἵν’ ᾖ ἐπίρρημα. —Zm

TRANSLATION: Or (if not paraphrased as adjectival with ‘dunamis’, the adjective) ‘megala’ is used in place of ‘megalōs’ (‘mightily’), so that it is an adverb.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1546.03 (rec metr) ⟨μεγάλα⟩: long mark over second alpha —O

Or. 1546.08 (1546–1548) (mosch paraphr) ⟨δι’ ἀλαστόρων … ἐκ δίφρου⟩: διὰ δαιμόνων κακοποιῶν ἦλθε τάδε τὰ οἰκήματα διὰ φόνων διὰ τὸ πτῶμα τοῦ Μυρτίλου τὸ ἐκ τοῦ δίφρου. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: Through maleficent divinities this house has experienced murders because of Myrtilus’s fall from the chariot.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.326,10–11

Or. 1546.09 (vet exeg) ⟨δι’ ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἡ διά ἀντὶ τῆς ὑπό. —MCCrOx

TRANSLATION: The (preposition) ‘dia’ (‘through’) is used for ‘hupo’ (‘by’).

LEMMA: διαλαστόρων in text MC POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τῆς] ἀντὶ C, ἀντὶς Cr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.232,7

Or. 1547.01 (vet exeg) ἔπεσεν ἔπεσε: ¹ἐὰν μὲν διὰ τοῦ ε̅ τὸ ἔπεσεν, οἱονεὶ ἐπλησίασέ τις τοῖς οἴκοις φονικὸς δαίμων δι’ αἱμάτων τιμωρίαν ποιούμενος τοῦ πτώματος τοῦ Μυρτίλου· ²ἐὰν δὲ διὰ τῆς α̅ι̅ διφθόγγου, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔκρουσεν {ἐὰν ἔλθῃ ὁ Μενέλαος}. —MBVC, partial H

TRANSLATION: If ‘epesen’ (is spelled) with epsilon, (the paraphrase is,) as it were, ‘some murderous divinity has approached the house, exacting vengeance through bloodshed for the fall of Myrtilus. But if (the word is spelled) with the diphthong ‘ai’, it (‘epaisen’) is used for ‘he struck’.

LEMMA: C, ἔπεσεν ἔπεσεν MV, s.l. B, ἔπαισεν ἔπαισεν B(as in text B) REF. SYMBOL: HMBV

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οἰονεὶ M | διαιμάτων C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.232,8–11; Dind. II.326,13–16

COMMENT: The deleted words were perhaps displaced from a paraphrase of 1531 or 1533.

KEYWORDS: variant readings, both explained

Or. 1547.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔπαισεν ἔπαισεν⟩: ¹εἰ μὲν διὰ διφθόγγου, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔκρουσεν· ²εἰ δὲ διὰ τοῦ ε̅ ψιλοῦ, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπῆλθεν, ἐπλησίασεν. —Zu

TRANSLATION: If (spelled) with diphthong, equivalent to ‘he struck’; but if with epsilon, equivalent to ‘came upon, approached’.

LEMMA: thus in text Zu

KEYWORDS: variant readings, both explained

Or. 1547.03 (rec exeg) ⟨(first) ἔπεσεν⟩: ἔπαισεν —V³Sa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘epesen’, ‘he fell’, there is a variant reading) ‘epaisen’ (‘he struck’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1547.08 (rec exeg) ⟨(first) ἔπαισεν⟩: ἔπεσεν —FMnPrZcZmZuVd

TRANSLATION: (For ‘epaisen’, ‘he struck’, there is a variant reading) ‘epesen’ (‘he fell’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1547.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨(second) ἔπεσε⟩: ἔπαισε —V³

TRANSLATION: (For ‘epese’, ‘he fell’, there is a variant reading) ‘epaise’ (‘he struck).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1547.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨(second) ἔπεσε⟩: καὶ ἦλθε καὶ διέβησαν —Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Epese’ can mean) both ‘it came’ (with ‘power’ as subject) and ‘they passed through’ (with ‘the house’ [plural in Greek] as subject).

LEMMA: in text ἔπαισε Gr POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.326,17–18

Or. 1547.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨(second) ἔπαισε⟩: ἔπεσε —MtZm

TRANSLATION: (For ‘epaise’, ‘he struck’, there is a variant reading) ‘epese’ (‘he fell’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1547.18 (tri metr) ⟨μέλαθρα⟩: koinē long over epsilon —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 83

Or. 1548.01 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ τὸ Μυρτίλου πέσημ’⟩: [6–8 letters] + γὰρ ἀντηράσθησαν —Ab²

TRANSLATION: [ … ] for they (Pelops and Myrtilus) were rivals in love (for Hippodameia).

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: The traces before γὰρ do not yield sense, even with autopsy inspection. Immediately before γ the stokes look like a truncated form of μόν(ον).

Or. 1548.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨διὰ τὸ Μυρτίλου πέσημ’⟩: διὰ τὴν πτῶσιν τοῦ Μυρτίλου —PrSa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1548.15 (tri metr) ⟨δίφρου⟩: koinē short over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 83

Or. 1548.16 (tri metr) diple on each side of verse, both pointing outward —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 83

Or. 1549.01 (1549–1553) (tri metr) ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τόνδε: ¹σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν ἐν ἐκθέσει τῶν ἀνομοιοστρόφων εἰδῶν, στίχων τροχαϊκῶν τετραμέτρων καταληκτικῶν εʹ. ²ἐχρήσατο δὲ κἀνταῦθα τῷ τροχαϊκῷ μέτρῳ διὰ τὸν ταχὺν δρόμον τοῦ Μενελάου καὶ διὰ τὸ μετὰ σπουδῆς δραμεῖν τὴν Ἠλέκτραν καὶ βοῆσαι τοῖς ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις οὖσι καὶ τὸν φόνον ἐργαζομένοις. ³ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T

TRANSLATION: A system as a separate unit serving as closing element of the forms of dissimilar strophes, (consisting) of five trochaic tetrameter catalectic verses. And here too he (the poet) used the trochaic meter because of the swift course of Menelaus and because Electra runs hastily and shouts to those who are in the house and are accomplishing the murder. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.27,26–31; de Fav. 84

COMMENT: For Triclinius’ use of ἐν ἐκθέσει cf. sch. Tricl. Phoen. 193–201 (iambics of attendant after lyrics of teichoskopia) σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν ἀνομοιομερὲς ἐν ἐκθέσει στίχων ἰαμβικῶν τριμέτρων θʹ; 1567–1581 (last turn in the duet) στροφὴ ἑτέρα ἐν ἐκθέσει κώλων ιϛʹ; 1764–1766 τὸ παρὸν σύστημα ἐπωδικόν ἐστιν ἐν ἐκθέσει τοῦ δράματος. | κἀνταῦθα, ‘here too’, refers back to Triclinius’s comment in sch. 1506.01. For Triclinius’s association of trochaic tetrameters with haste, see comment on sch. 729.01.

KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιόστροφα/ἀλλοιόστροφα

Or. 1549.02 (1549–1553) (tri metr) σύστημα —T

TRANSLATION: A system.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1549.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀλλὰ μὴν⟩: καὶ σὺν τούτοις οἷς λέγομεν —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1549.09 (vet exeg) ⟨πέλας⟩: γράφεται καὶ πέρα. —M

TRANSLATION: (For ‘pelas’, ‘near’) the reading ‘pera’ (‘beyond’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.232,12

COMMENT: πέρα is probably a corruption of πάρος, which is in the text in V; δόμων πάρος would have intruded by a reminiscence of that phrase at line-ending in Or. 112 and Phoen. 1264 as well as Ba. 1217 (it also occurs in enjambement at Or. 1216–1217).

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1550.05 (vet paraphr) ⟨ᾐσθημένον που τὴν τύχην ἣ νῦν πάρα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀκούσαντα παρά τινος τὴν παροῦσαν δυστυχίαν ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις —MBVCRf

TRANSLATION: (‘Having perceived, perhaps, the fortune which is now present’ is) equivalent to ‘having heard from someone the misfortune that is present in the house’.

LEMMA: ὀξύπουν ᾐσθημένον που τὴν τύχην B, ὀξύπουν ᾐσθημένον V, ὀξύπουν MCRf REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.232,13–14; Dind. II.326,19–20

Or. 1550.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨που⟩: Ἀττικὸν —B^3d

TRANSLATION: (‘Pou’ in the sense ‘perhaps’ is) an Attic usage.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1550.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ᾗ⟩: ἣ —G

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hēi’, ‘where’, there is a variant reading) ‘hē’ (‘which’).

LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1551.01 (1551–1552) (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐκέτ’ ἂν φθάνοιτε … Ἀτρεῖδαι;⟩: οὐκ ἂν προλαβόντες συναρμόσητε διὰ τῶν μοχλῶν τὰ κλεῖθρα, ὦ κατὰ στέγας Ἀτρεῖδαι; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Would you not, seizing the advantage, close tight the doorway with bars, o Atreids in the house?

LEMMA: οὐκέτ’ ἂν φθάνοιτε T; question-mark in text of XXaXbXoYfGr POSITION: s.l. XbXoG

APP. CRIT.: ὦ κατὰ κτλ om. XoG | κατὰ τὰς στ. XaYT

APP. CRIT. 2: συναρμόσηται Y, corr. Y^r

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.326,21–22

Or. 1551.09 (vet exeg) συμπεραίνοντες: συνδέοντες, συγκλείοντες, πέρας ἐπιτιθέντες ταῖς θύραις, τουτέστι τοὺς μοχλούς. —HMBVCZu

TRANSLATION: Binding together, closing, putting a limit on the doors, that is, the bars (as a limit).

LEMMA: MV, συμπεραίνοντες μοχλοῖς C REF. SYMBOL: HMV POSITION: s.l. Zu; follows from sch. 1552.07 B with three-dot punct., prep. τὸ δὲ κλῇθρα συμπεραίνοντες ἀντὶ τοῦ

APP. CRIT.: συνδέοντες om. HZu | ὅ ἐστι add. before πέρας Zu | τοῖς μοχλοῖς, τουτέστι ταῖς θύραις transp. V | τουτέστι om. HZu | τοὺς μοχλούς] H, τοῖς μοχλοῖς MBC(V)

APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦτέστι B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.232,15–16; Dind. II.326,23–24

COMMENT: I believe that H shows the original form of the second part of this note, which is an etymologizing explanation. The first two words indicate that κλῇθρα was understood as ‘doors’ that are bound together or closed by the ‘bars’. The next phrase alters the construction, however, to suit πέρας ἐπιτιθέντες, so that now the doors are in the dative and the bars are in the accusative. It seems that μοχλούς was corrupted to μοχλοῖς under the influence of the word in the text or of the dative θύραις just before. The version in V was then redacted to make the explanatory force of τουτέστι more normal, with the unambiguous term following it. This version was adopted in Dindorf and Schwartz, while the earlier editions, unaware of V, followed B.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1551.10 (rec exeg) ⟨συμπεραίνοντες⟩: συντιθέντες τὰς θύρας, συνδέοντες, συγκλείοντες, πέρας ἐπιτιθέντες —Rw

TRANSLATION: Putting together the door-leaves, binding (them) together, closing (them), imposing a limit.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὰς θύρας] Mastr., ταῖς θύραις

Or. 1551.19 (rec exeg) ⟨μοχλοῖς⟩: ταῖς στρόφιγξι —V¹

TRANSLATION: (‘Mochlois’ here are) the door-pivots.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: στρόφυγξι app. V¹

Or. 1551.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μοχλοῖς⟩: καὶ ταῖς πύλαις καὶ τοῖς παραστάταις —Vd

TRANSLATION: (‘Mochlois’ here are) the door-leaves and the door-posts.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1552.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ κατὰ στέγας Ἀτρεῖδαι⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὸν Πυλάδην —AbMnPrRwSa

TRANSLATION: Addressed to Orestes and Pylades.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸν πυλ. καὶ τὸν ὀρ. transp. MnPrSa | second τὸν om. Ab

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1552.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ κατὰ στέγας Ἀτρεῖδαι⟩: τρόπος ἡ σύλληψις. —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: Syllepsis is the figure of speech (i.e., having ‘Atreids’ include Pylades as well as Orestes).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τρόπος ἡ] Dind. (without note), τροπ(ικ)ὴ Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.327,2

COMMENT: The juncture in Rf, τροπικὴ σύλληψις, is not attested elsewhere, and the adjective is not needed with σύλληψις because σύλληψις is always figurative. On the other hand, σύλληψις ὁ τρόπος or τρόπος ἡ σύλληψις is attested in scholia several times, such as sch. Hec. 421, Or. 817.05, Sch. bT Hom. Il. 6.80–81 Erbse, Sch. Mosch. Soph. OT 1176 Longo. | In literary and rhetorical analysis, the adjective τροπικός is usually a modifier of φράσις or λέξις; but it describes a type of δριμύτης in Joannes, comm. in Hermog. περὶ ἰδεῶν, Rhet.Gr. VI.405,3–5 Walz ταῦτα μὲν ἢ διὰ κομμάτων ἢ διὰ κώλων, ἡ δὲ διὰ λέξεων τροπικὴ (scil. δριμύτης) γίνεται ὅταν τὸ ἐπ’ ἄλλου κυρίως λεγόμενον ἐπ’ ἄλλο μεταφέρηται.

KEYWORDS: σύλληψις/συλληπτικόν | τροπικός/τροπικῶς

Or. 1552.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ κατὰ στέγας Ἀτρεῖδαι⟩: ¹τὸ Ἀτρεῖδαι ἢ διὰ μόνον τὸν Ὀρέστην λέγει ἢ καὶ δι’ ἀμφοτέρους· ²φασὶ γὰρ ὡς ἡ τοῦ Πυλάδου μήτηρ Κυδραγόρα ἀδελφὴ ἦν Ἀγαμέμνονος. ³διὸ καὶ πρόσθεν φησὶν [1233] ‘ὦ συγγένεια πατρός’. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: She (the chorus) (or he, the poet) says ‘Atreidae’ (in the plural) either because of Orestes alone or indeed because of both (Orestes and Pylades). For they say that the mother of Pylades, Kudragora, was sister of Agamemnon. For this reason also earlier he (Pylades, or the poet) says ‘o kinship of my father’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.: 2 after πυλ. add. τοῦ πατρὸς στροφίου ZZa | 3 ὅτε ἐπεύχονται βοηθὸν αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι μενέλαον add. ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.326,26–327,2

KEYWORDS: genealogy

Or. 1552.07 (1552–1553) (vet exeg) δεινὸν εὐτυχῶν ἀνήρ: ¹δεινὸν, φησὶ, καὶ χαλεπὸν ἀνὴρ εὐτυχῶν ὅταν ἔχῃ ἔχθραν πρὸς δυστυχοῦντας. ²ἰδοὺ γὰρ, φησὶ, καὶ σὺ νῦν, Ὀρέστα, δυστυχεῖς ἔχθραν ἔχων πρὸς εὐτυχοῦντα. ³ἀνὴρ γὰρ εὐτυχὴς πρὸς δυσδαίμονα μαχόμενος ἐπικρατέστερός ἐστι. ⁴καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 7.111]· ‘μηδ’ ἔθελ’ ἐξ ἔριδος σεῦ ἀμείνονι φωτὶ μάχεσθαι’. —MBV, partial HCPrRfSa

TRANSLATION: Fearsome and difficult, she says, is a man enjoying good fortune when he has enmity against those who suffer misfortune. For behold, she says, you too now, Orestes, suffer misfortune having enmity against someone enjoying good fortune. For a fortunate man fighting against an unfortunate one is stronger. And Homer (says): ‘And do not wish from sense of rivalry to fight against a man better than you’.

LEMMA: MBRf (εὐτυχὼν MB), δεινὸν εὐτυχῶν V REF. SYMBOL: HMBVRf POSITION: precedes sch. 1551.09 B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.232,17–21; Dind. II.327,2–7

KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)

Or. 1552.08 (vet paraphr) ⟨δεινὸν εὐτυχῶν ἀνήρ⟩: [uncertain traces] ἰσχυρότερος —H

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For the uncertain traces Daitz gives ε̣ξον [read -ὸν, the accent is there] . . μθ̣ . ; but it looks to me as if what he reads as ε̣ξον may be part of γνωμικὸν (the label is applied here in ZaZmT).

COLLATION NOTES: check H new images

Or. 1552.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: φοβερὸν ὑπάρχει πρᾶγμα —AbMn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1552.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: καὶ μέγα πρᾶγμα ὑπάρχει —Vd

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1553.11 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1554.01 (1554–1693) (vet exeg) ἕως τέλους ὑποκρίνεται ὁ Μενέλαος. —MBCPrSaZu

TRANSLATION: (From here) up to the end Menelaus plays a role/speaks a part.

POSITION: marg. MB, intermarg. C, s.l. PrSaZu

APP. CRIT.: ὁ om. CPrZu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233,3 (misnumbered as 1559); Dind. II.327,16

KEYWORDS: speaker identified

Or. 1554.02 (1554–1681) (tri metr) ἥκω κλύων: ¹αἱ συστηματικαὶ αὗται περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶν ἰαμβικῶν τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων ρκηʹ, ὦν τελευταῖος [1681] ‘Μενέλαε καὶ σοῖς Λοξία θεσπίσμασιν’. ²ἐχρήσατο δὲ ἐντεῦθεν ἰαμβικῷ διὰ τὸ λῆξαι Μενέλαον τοῦ δρόμου καὶ ἱστάμενον ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς λόγους. ³ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, καὶ ἐπὶ τέλει κορωνίς. —T

TRANSLATION: These system-like groups of verses consist of 118 iambic trimeters acatalectic, of which the last is (1681) ‘Menelaus, and to your prophecies, Loxias’. He used the iambic meter from this point on because Menelaus ceased from his running and speaks while standing (still). At the sense-divisions a paragraphos (1566, 1572, 1575, 1620, 1624, 1655, 1672, 1677), and a coronis at the end.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.27,32–28,4; de Fav. 84

KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν

Or. 1554.03 (pllgn metr) ἰαμβικοὶ —Zb

TRANSLATION: Iambic (trimeters).

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1554.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κλύων τὰ δεινὰ καὶ δραστήρια⟩: ἀκούσας τὰ τολμηρὰ ἔργα καὶ χαλεπὰ —Gr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1554.11 (vet exeg) δεινὰ καὶ δραστήρια: ¹ὅ ἐστι χαλεπὰ καὶ δράματος ἄξια. ²τὸ γὰρ δρᾶσαι ὡς ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐπὶ τοῦ χαλεποῦ τάσσουσι. ³κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον δὲ εἰκὸς ἀπηγγέλθαι τῷ Μενελάῳ τὰ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον γινόμενα. —MBCRf, partial V

TRANSLATION: (‘Deina kai drastēria’, ‘terrible and efficacious (for evil)’,) which is to say ‘harsh and worthy of drama’. For they use the verb ‘drasai’ (‘do’) for the most part in reference to something harsh. And without explicit reference in the text, (that is, in what is not represented on stage,) it is probable that the events happening in the house have been reported to Menelaus.

LEMMA: MBVRf, δεινὰ δραστήρια C REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δράσαι CV | ἐπιπολὺ Rf | 3 σιωπόμενον BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.232,22–25; Dind. II.327,9–12

COMMENT: On κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον see on sch. 752.02.

KEYWORDS: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον

Or. 1554.12 (vet exeg) ⟨δεινὰ καὶ δραστήρια⟩: ¹ὅ ἐστι χαλεπὰ δράματα. ²κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον δὲ εἰκὸς ἦν ἐξηγγέλθαι {κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον} Μενελάῳ τὰ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον. —H

TRANSLATION: (‘Deina kai drastēria’, ‘terrible and efficacious (for evil)’,) which is to say, ‘harsh dramas’. And without explicit reference in the text, (that is, in what was not represented on stage,) it was probable that the events in the house have been reported out to Menelaus.

REF. SYMBOL: perhaps H

KEYWORDS: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον

Or. 1554.14 (thom exeg) ⟨δραστήρια⟩: τὰ βίαια· δραστήριος γὰρ ἄνθρωπος ὁ βίαιος καὶ ⟨ὁ⟩ δυνάστης. —ZlZm, partial Pk

TRANSLATION: (‘Drastēria’, that is,) ‘violent’, for a ‘drasterios’ man is the one who is violent and one who is influential/powerful.

POSITION: s.l. ZlZm, marg. Pk

APP. CRIT.: τὰ βίαια om. Pk, τὰ om. Zl | γὰρ ἄνθρ. om. Pk

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.327,17 (Pk version)

COMMENT: I supplement ⟨ὁ⟩ so that two different possible meanings of δραστήριος are given, one pejorative and one not. The non-pejorative senses are given in lexicographers such as Photius δ 748 δραστήριος· πρακτικώτατος; ps.-Zonaras 568,7–8 δραστήριος· ἐνεργὸς, ἐργατικὸς, πρακτικὸς, σπουδαῖος ἢ περίεργος. Without the supplement, δυνάστης would have to be taken as ‘aggressively forceful man’, a connotation more proper to a word like τύραννος.

Or. 1554.15 (rec exeg) ⟨δραστήρια⟩: ἄξια φυγῆς —AbMnPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Drastēria’ by etymology from the root ‘dra‑’, ‘run away’, means) ‘deserving of exile’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὰ φυγ. ἄξ. Ab, καὶ φυγ. ἄξ. Mn

COMMENT: Because it strikes me as odd that the paraphase ‘deserving of exile’ would be used in a context where Orestes is already condemned to death, I suggest that the note is instead an etymological explanation, offering an alternative to the derivation from δράω, ‘do’, advocated in sch. 1554.11 and in the next. | φυγῆς ἄξια is cited from Democritus in Stobaeus 4.5.44 (4:210,5 W.–H.) = 68 B 262 D–K οἳ φυγῆς ἄξια ἔρδουσιν ἢ δεσμῶν, but other instances are from later Greek, e.g., Eust. in Od. 1.253 [I.55,40–41] λέγεται δέ φασιν ἀλάστωρ καὶ ὁ τιμωρός καὶ ὁ φυγῆς ἄξια εἰργασμένος; Joannes Pediasimus, Sch in Hes. scutum II.619,24–25 Gaisford ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία ἔργα τελεῖ φυγῆς ἄξια.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1554.16 (rec exeg) ⟨δραστήρια⟩: τοῦ δρᾶν ἄξια —R

TRANSLATION: (‘Drastēria’ by etymology from the root ‘dra‑’, ‘do’, means) ‘deserving of taking action’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1555.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δισσοῖν λεόντοιν⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ Ὀρέστου καὶ Πυλάδου, διὰ τὸν ὃν εἰργάσαντο φόνον —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Two lions’,) that is, Orestes and Pylades, because of the killing they have committed.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1555.08 (thom paraphr) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ἄνδρ’ αὐτὼ καλῶ⟩: ἀλλὰ μιαιφόνους θῆρας —ZZaZbZlZmTGuVd

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.327,18

Or. 1555.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄνδρ’⟩: καὶ ἄνδρας, δυικὸν —Mn

TRANSLATION: That is, (the unelided form ‘andre’ means accusative) ‘men’, in the dual form.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1556.03 (1556–1557) (mosch exeg) ⟨τὴν ἐμὴν ξυνάορον ὡς … οἴχεται⟩: ὅμοιον τῷ [Hec. 986–988] ‘εἰπέ μοι τὸν Πολύδωρον, εἰ ζῇ’. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (The subject of the following subordinate clause is anticipated as object of the governing verb here,) similar to ‘Tell me (about) Polydorus, whether he lives’.

POSITION: s.l. YG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.327,19–20

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Hecuba

Or. 1556.08 (recTri metr) ⟨ξυνάορον⟩: long mark over alpha —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1557.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀλλ’ ἄφαντος οἴχεται⟩: ἀλλ’ ὅτι ᾤχετο ἄφαντος γενομένη —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except XGr

APP. CRIT.: γενόμενος Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.327,21

Or. 1558.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κενὴν ἀκούσας βάξιν, ἣν φόβῳ σφαλεὶς⟩: ματαίαν ἀγγελίαν ἀκούσας, ἣν ὑπὸ φόβου σφαλεὶς, ἀπατηθείς —X

Or. 1558.02 (thom exeg) ⟨κενὴν⟩: ματαίαν, ψευδῆ· οὐ γὰρ πιστεύω. —ZZaZbZlZmT^*GuVd

TRANSLATION: (‘Empty’, that is,) ‘futile’, ‘false’. For I do not believe (it).

LEMMA: καινήν in text Za, ε s.l. POSITION: s.l.; cont. from sch. 1558.05 with ἢ ZZa

APP. CRIT.: καὶ add. before ψευδὴ ZZa | πιστεύεται Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: ψευδὴν Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.327,22

Or. 1558.06 (vet exeg) βάξιν: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ φήμην. ²ἐνόμιζε γάρ τινα πεπλακέναι ταῦτα. —M^aM^bVC^aC^b

TRANSLATION: (‘Baxin’ is) equivalent to ‘rumor’; for he (Menelaus) believed that someone had cooked up the story.

LEMMA: M^aV REF. SYMBOL: M^a POSITION: s.l. VC^a; cont. from sch. 1558.13 M^bC^b

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ φήμην om. M^bC^b | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C^a

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 γάρ τινὰ M^b

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.232,26–27; Dind. II.327,12–13

Or. 1558.07 (vet exeg) ⟨βάξιν⟩: ¹βάξιν δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ φήμην. ²ἐνόμιζε γάρ τινα πεπλακέναι ταῦτα. ³τοῦτο γὰρ δηλοῖ τὸ ‘ἣν φόβῳ σφαλείς’. —B

TRANSLATION: And ‘baxin’ (is) equivalent to ‘rumor’; for he (Menelaus) believed that someone had cooked up this story. For this is the meaning of ‘(rumor) which (someone) led astray by fear’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐνέμιξε B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.327,12–14

COLLATION NOTES: The scholion is separated from the preceding one (sch. 1554.11) by the usual punctuation, contra Schwartz.

Or. 1558.12 (rec gram) ⟨βάξιν⟩: βάζω τὸ λέγω. —Ab

TRANSLATION: (‘Baxin’ is derived from) ‘bazō’ meaning ‘I say’.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1558.13 (vet exeg) ἣν φόβῳ σφαλείς: ¹ἥντινά τις διὰ τὸν φόβον μὴ ἀκριβῶς νοήσας ἤγγειλεν· ²ἐνόμιζε γάρ τινα πεπλακέναι ταῦτα. —MCPrRfSaZu, partial V

TRANSLATION: Which (rumor) someone reported, not having understood accurately because of fear. For he (Menelaus) believed that someone had cooked up this story.

LEMMA: MV(ἢν)CRf REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἥντινα τίς V, τίς (transp.) PrSa | ἤγγειλε M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233,1–2 with app.; Dind. II.327,14–15 with app. (assigned to 1554)

Or. 1558.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἣν φόβῳ σφαλείς⟩: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥντινά τις διὰ τὸν φόβον μὴ ἀκριβῶς νοήσας ἤγγειλεν· ²ἐνόμιζε γὰρ ὡς εἴρηται τινὰ ταῦτα πλάσασθαι. —B

TRANSLATION: Which (rumor) someone reported, not having understood accurately because of fear. For he believed, as has been said, that someone cooked up this story.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1558.07 B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233,1–2 with app.; Dind. II.327,14–15 with app.

Or. 1558.25 (rec exeg) ⟨σταλεὶς⟩: σφαλεὶς —O

TRANSLATION: (For ‘staleis’, ‘sent’, there is a variant reading) ‘sphaleis’ (‘led astray’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1559.05 (1559–1560) (vet exeg) ἀλλὰ τοῦ μητροκτόνου: οἴεται ὅτι Ὀρέστης ἔσπειρε φήμην ὡς ἄρα ἡρπάγη ἡ Ἑλένη μέλλουσα τελευτᾶν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ. —MBVV³CPr^aPr^bRfSaZu

TRANSLATION: He (Menelaus) believes that Orestes spread the rumor that, supposedly, Helen was snatched away when she was about to die at my hands.

LEMMA: MBVCRf REF. SYMBOL: MBVPr^bRf POSITION: s.l. V³Zu; above 1560 on next page V³; cont. from sch. 1559.07, add. δὲ, Pr^aSa, cont. from. sch. 1559.08, add. δὲ, Zu; Pr^b added above main block of scholia

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233,4–5; Dind. II.327,27–328,1

Or. 1559.06 (1559–1560) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: τοῦ Ὀρέστου, φησὶ, φονεύσαντος ἢ κρύψαντος, ἵνα με ταράξῃ, ὑπέθετο αὐτὴν ἡρπάσθαι. —MBVCRf

TRANSLATION: After Orestes, he says, killed (her) or concealed (her), in order to make me confused he put forth the idea that she had been snatched away.

LEMMA: lemma BVCRf, in marg. M

APP. CRIT.: κρύψ. ἢ φον. transp. B | με] μὴ Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: ἡρπᾶσθαι CRf, ἠρπάσθαι B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233,6–7; Dind. II.328,1–3

COMMENT: Schwartz accepted Rf’s ἵνα μὴ ταράξῃ, but the lack of an object is problematic: it would apparently have to mean ‘in order not to stir up (a battle with potential avengers)’, with the sense illustated in LSJ s.v. ταράσσω II. See also on sch. 1559.08.

Or. 1559.07 (1559–1560) (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλλὰ τοῦ μητροκτόνου τεχνάσματ’ ἐστὶ ταῦτα⟩: τοῦ Ὀρέστου φονεύσαντος καὶ κρύψαντος, φησὶ, ὑπέθετο ταύτην ἡρπάσθαι. —PrSa

TRANSLATION: After Orestes killed and concealed (her), he says, he put forth the idea that this woman had been snatched away.

APP. CRIT.: ἐπέθετο PrSa

Or. 1559.08 (1559–1560) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλὰ τοῦ μητροκτόνου τεχνάσματ’ ἐστὶ ταῦτα⟩: φονεύσας γὰρ καὶ κρύψας ἵνα μή με παράξῃ, ὑπέθετο ἡρπάσθαι. —Zu

TRANSLATION: For after killing and concealing (Helen) in order that he not bring me on the scene, he put forth the idea that she had been snatched away.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The comma after παράξῃ is as placed in Zu. In many places Zu copies selectively from a source containing old scholia, but he often copies or redacts defectively. So παράξῃ is probably not a survival of truth. παράγειν in the sense used here should have an author/playwright as the subject, not a character within the action like Orestes.

Or. 1560.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨τεχνάσματ’⟩: ¹εἰπὼν ‘τεχνάσματα’ ἐπάγει ὡς ταυτὸν ‘καὶ πολὺς γέλως’, ²ἤγουν τοῦ μητροκτόνου ἐστὶ ταῦτα τεχνάσματα, ταυτὸν δέ ἐστιν εἰπεῖν ‘καὶ πολὺς γέλως’. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: After saying ‘contrivances’ he adds as the same thing ‘and a great joke/mockery’, in other words, these things are contrivances of the matricide, and it is the same to say ‘and a great joke/mockery’.

LEMMA: 1559 ἀλλὰ τοῦ μητροκτόνου XaXbTYYf, same phrase prep. without punct. after it XTGr POSITION: begins at level of 1559 Xo

APP. CRIT.: 2 ταῦτα τὰ τεχν. XoGr | ταυτόν ἐστίν (δὲ om. ) Yf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ταυτὸ T | 2 ταυτὸ T | δὲ ἐστὶν XXaXb, a.c. Xo, δε ἐστὶν Gr(ταυτον with both grave and acute)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.328,4–6

COMMENT: Modern interpretations treat πολὺς γέλως as expressing Menelaus’ judgment that the story of the disappearance is absurd (as also sch. 1560.11 in PrSa), but in the Thoman circle (sch. 1560.12; cf, 1560.13) it was understood as mockery of Menelaus (by trying to foist upon him such a story). Moschopulus endorses this same view of the γέλως as belonging to Orestes and directed at Menelaus, just like the ‘contrivances’.

KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα

Or. 1560.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ταῦτα⟩: ὅτι ἄφαντος Ἑλένη γέγονεν. —ZlZmGu²Vd

TRANSLATION: (‘These things’, that is,) that Helen disappeared.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἡ ἑλένη Gu²

APP. CRIT. 2: γέγονε Gu²Vd

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.328,7–8

Or. 1560.11 (rec exeg) ⟨πολὺς γέλως⟩: ἐμοὶ δῆλον —PrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Much laughter’) to me, clearly (i.e. I think it ridiculous).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1560.12 (thom exeg) ⟨πολὺς γέλως⟩: εἰς ἐμέ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Much laughter’) at me (i.e., Orestes is mocking me).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See on sch. 1560.01.

Or. 1560.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πολὺς γέλως⟩: ἐκείνου κατ’ ἐμοῦ —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Much laughter’) of that man against me.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1561.02 (1561–1562) (mosch paraphr) ⟨προσπόλοις … τάσδ’⟩: τοῖς προσπόλοις λέγω ὠθεῖν τὰς πύλας τάσδε. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

LEMMA: προσπόλλοις λέγω (sic) Gr POSITION: s.l. except XGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.328,9–10

Or. 1561.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσπόλοις⟩: πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος. —Mt

TRANSLATION: ‘Prospolos’ means ‘slave’.

POSITION: marg., beside 1598 on facing recto

Or. 1562.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ὡς ἂν ἀλλὰ παῖδ’ ἐμήν⟩: ἵνα ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐσώσαμεν τὴν γυναῖκα —ZZaZbZlZmTGuVd

TRANSLATION: So that (at least my daughter), since we did not save our wife.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.328,13

Or. 1562.10 (vet exeg) ἀλλὰ παῖδ’ ἐμήν: εἰ καὶ μὴ τὴν Ἑλένην, ἀλλὰ κἂν τὴν παῖδα —MBV^aV^bC, partial Zu

TRANSLATION: Even if not Helen, at least my child (I may rescue).

LEMMA: M, ὡς ἂν παῖδ’ ἐμὴν V^a REF. SYMBOL: MV^a POSITION: marg. B, s.l. V^bZu

APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. V^b | ἀλλὰ κτλ om. Zu | after ἀλλὰ add. τέως V^b | κἂν τὴν παῖδα] τὴν ἐμὴν κἂν παῖδα V^b | ῥύ(σωμεν) add. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233,8–9; Dind. II.328,11–13

Or. 1563.03 (tri paraphr) ⟨ἀνδρῶν ἐκ χερῶν⟩: ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀνδρῶν —T⁺

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Marked as Moschopulean, but not attested in the Moscopulean witnesses used in this edition.

Or. 1563.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μιαιφόνων⟩: τοῦτο ἢ πρὸς τὸ χειρῶν συναπτέον ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἀνδρῶν. —ZmVd

TRANSLATION: This word (‘murderous’) is to be joined either with ‘hands’ or with ‘men’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1563.07 (tri exeg) ⟨μιαιφόνων⟩: τῶν φονέων, τῶν μιαινομένων ἐν φόνοις —T

TRANSLATION: (‘Miaiphonon’, that is,) the murderers, (etymologically) those polluted with killings.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1564.01 (thom exeg) ⟨τὴν τάλαιναν ἀθλίαν⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου —ZmTVd

TRANSLATION: (The two adjectives meaning ‘wretched, unhappy’ are) in parallel (expressing the same thing).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 1564.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀθλίαν δάμαρτ’ ἐμὴν⟩: τὸν νεκρὸν τῆς Ἑλένης λέγει· οἴεται γὰρ αὐτὴν φονευθῆναι. —V

TRANSLATION: (In ‘my wretched wife’) he is speaking of the dead body of Helen, for he believes she has been killed.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1564.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀθλίαν δάμαρτ’ ἐμὴν⟩: ὡς νεκρὰν τάχα οὕτως αὐτὴν λέγει. —ZmVd

TRANSLATION: Perhaps he refers to her thus (with ‘my wretched wife’) as being dead.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τάχα] τύχαν Vd | αὐτὴν] αὐτὸ Vd

Or. 1564.05 (tri metr) ⟨ἀθλίαν⟩: koinē long over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1565.01 (1565–1657) (vet exeg) ᾗ δεῖ ξυνθανεῖν: ᾗτινι, τῇ Ἑλένῃ, δεῖ τοὺς φονέας αὐτῆς ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ συναναιρεθῆναι. —MBVCPrRfSaZu

TRANSLATION: Together with whom, Helen, her murderers must be killed by me.

LEMMA: MV(ἦ)Rf REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf POSITION: s.l. SaZu

APP. CRIT.: ᾗτινι τῇ] ἧιτινι B, δι’ ἥτινι Pr, ἐν ἧ Zu | φονεῖς Rf | ἑαυτῆς Zu, αὐτοὺς Sa, ἐν τοῖς Pr | συναναιρεθῆναι] transp. to follow δεῖ B, ἀνεναιρεθῆναι M

APP. CRIT. 2: τοὺς] τὰ Zu | ὑπεμοῦ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233,10–11; Dind. II.328,17–18

Or. 1565.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ᾗ δεῖ⟩: γρ. ἢ δεῖ, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰ δὲ μὴ. —Pk

TRANSLATION: (For ‘with whom [hēi] it is necessary’) the reading ‘or [ē] it is necessary’ is found, (‘or’ being) equivalent to ‘but if not’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.328,18–19

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1565.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ᾗ⟩: [ἢ] τὸ η̅ διαζευκτικὸν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: Or the eta (here is) disjunctive (‘or’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1565.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συνθανεῖν⟩: ξυνθανεῖν —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘sunthanein’ there is a variant spelling) ‘xunthanein’ (‘die with’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1566.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τοὺς διολέσαντας⟩: ἤτοι τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὸν Πυλάδην —V¹

TRANSLATION: (‘Those who destroyed’,) that is, Orestes and Pylades.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1566.10 (recTri metr) ⟨ξυνάορον⟩: long mark over alpha —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1566.11 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1567.01 (vet exeg) ⟨οὗτος σύ … μὴ ψαύσῃς χερί⟩: ταῦτα ἄνωθεν Ὀρέστης ἐκ τοῦ δώματος φησίν. —MBCPrSaGu²ZuCrOx, partial V³

TRANSLATION: Orestes speaks these lines from above from the house.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. others except BC

APP. CRIT.: ταῦτα τὰ ἄνωθεν Sa | ὁ ὀρ. CPrSa | ἐκ τοῦ κτλ om. V³ | φησιν] φασὶν Zu, φησὶν transp. before ἐκ CrOx

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233,12; Dind. II.328,23

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors | speaker identified

Or. 1567.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὗτος σύ … μὴ ψαύσῃς χερί⟩: ταῦτα ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῆς στέγης φησίν. —ZmVd

TRANSLATION: He speaks these lines from the roof.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors

Or. 1567.03 (rec exeg) ⟨οὗτος σύ⟩: προσφώνημα καταφρονηματικὸν —MnPrSa

TRANSLATION: (‘You there’ is) an address expressive of contempt.

POSITION: marg. Mn, s.l. PrSa

COMMENT: καταφρονηματικὸν is not attested in TLG or dictionaries, but there are many adjectives in ‑ηματικός formed from neuter nouns in ‑ημα, especially in later Greek (e.g., κατηγορηματικός, attested a few times in TLG from the 16th century onward).

KEYWORDS: rare word | staging, delivery of lines

Or. 1567.04 (rec exeg) ⟨οὗτος σύ⟩: ἴδιον δέ ἐστι τῶν θυμουμένων τὸ μὴ λέγειν ὀνομαστικῶς. —Pr

TRANSLATION: It is characteristic of those who are angry not to address (someone) by name.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1567.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὗτος σύ⟩: σὺ ἐκ παραλλήλου. —ZmVd

TRANSLATION: ‘You’ is in parallel (with ‘houtos’, referring to the same person).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου

Or. 1568.07 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαον⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1568.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πεπύργωσαι θράσει⟩: δίκην πύργου ὕψωσαι τῷ θράσει —Lb

TRANSLATION: You have been raised high like a tower with daring.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.328,29

Or. 1568.11 (vet exeg) πεπύργωσαι: ἐπῆρσαι, πέφραξαι, ὑψώθης ὡς εἰς μάχην παραγενάμενος. —M, partial BC

TRANSLATION: You have been raised up, you have been fortified, you have been raised high as one who has come for battle.

LEMMA: M REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 1567.01 after high dot C

APP. CRIT.: ὑψώθης ὡς] Mastr., ὑψωθήσω M, ὑψώθης BC | εἰς μάχ. παραγ. om. BC | παραγενάμενος] Mastr., ‑αμένου M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233,13 (incomplete); Dind. II.328,25–26

Or. 1568.12 (mosch exeg) πεπύργωσαι: ἐπηρμένος εἶ καὶ μετέωρος ὥσπερ ὁ πύργος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: You have been raised up and are high in the air like the tower.

LEMMA: T(prep. ὃς) POSITION: marg. Ox², s.l. other except XTGr

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. YT, ὃς prep. Xo | ἐπηρμ. εἶ καὶ om. Ox² | ὡσπερ ὁ πύργος] om. Gr (sep. s.l. Gr), ὡς πῦργος add. Gu; transp. to beginning X (punct. as sep.) | ὁ om. G(Gu)Ox²

APP. CRIT. 2: πῦργος G(Gu)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.328,26

Or. 1568.13 (thom exeg) ⟨πεπύργωσαι⟩: πέφραξαι, καθώπλισαι, ἢ δίκην πύργου σεσόβησαι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGuVd

TRANSLATION: You have been fortified, you have been armed, or like a tower you have become haughty/imposing.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πέφραξαι om. ZaVd

APP. CRIT. 2: πέφραξε app. Z, ‑αι Z^c | καθόπλισαι T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.328,28

COMMENT: For σεσοβημένος as a synomyn of σοβαρός used of persons in its pejorative sense, cf. Sch. vet. Arist.. Plut. 872a Chantry ἀντὶ τοῦ σεσοβημένος. The perfect middle-passive apparently conveys the sense of the active σοβέω (as used in Sch. rec. Arist. Plut. 170c Chantry, where σοβεῖ is grouped with glosses on κομᾷ like ἐπαίρεται, μέγα φρονεῖ, κομπάζει, ἀλαζονεύεται): Nicephorus Gregoras, CSHB 1.46, πολλὴν ἐπαγομένην [scil. τὴν Μαρκεσίναν] τὴν τρυφὴν καὶ σφόδρα τοῖς βασιλικοῖς σεσοβημένην συμβόλοις καὶ τῷ τῶν ἀκολούθων πλήθει.

Or. 1569.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῷδε θρίγκῳ⟩: ἐνταῦθα σύναψον τὴν σ̅υ̅ν̅ τοῦ συνθράσω. —Vd

TRANSLATION: Link here (i.e. with the dative ‘tōide thringkōi’) the ‘sun’ (‘with’) of ‘sunthrasō’.

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: Vd writes συνθλάσω in the line, but συνθράσω in the scholion.

Or. 1569.05 (thom exeg) ⟨τῷδε θρίγκῳ⟩: τῷδε τῷ τοῦ περιβόλου τμήματι —ZZaZbZlZmTGuVd

TRANSLATION: (‘With this “thringkos”’ means) ‘with this fragment of the wall’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. ZZbTVd | τῷδε om. Gu | τῷ om. Vd | τοῦ om. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: ττμήματι (sic) Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.329,2–3

Or. 1569.07 (vet exeg) θριγκῷ: ¹θριγκοὶ καλοῦνται οἱ ἐπικείμενοι λίθοι ταῖς ἐξοχαῖς τῶν δωμάτων. ²τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ καὶ γεῖσα. —MBCV³MnPrRwSaZu

TRANSLATION: The stones positioned on the top projections of houses are called ‘thringkoi’. And the same things are also (called) ‘geisa’.

LEMMA: M REF. SYMBOL: MC POSITION: s.l. V³MnPrSaZu; follows out-of-order sch. 1537.13 Rw

APP. CRIT.: 1 θριγκοὶ … ἐπικει lost to damage Sa | καλοῦνται om. V³Mn, λέγονται PrRw | 2 ταῦτα M, αὐτὰ Pr | δὲ] γὰρ C | γεῖσαι MB

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐπικοίμενοι Zu | λοίθοι V³ | 2 γεῖσσα PrRwSaZu, γείσσα Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233,14–15; Dind. II.329,1–2

Or. 1569.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨θριγκῷ⟩: ¹οἱ ἐπικείμενοι λίθοι ταῖς ἐξοχαῖς τῶν οἴκων οὕτω λέγονται. ²τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ γεῖσα. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²

TRANSLATION: The stones positioned on the top projections of houses are called thus. The same things are also (called) ‘geisa’.

LEMMA: lemma 1570 ῥήξας παλαιὰ γεῖσσα G POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoTYf, marg. Ox²; cont. from sch. 1568.24 YYf, a.c. Xo

APP. CRIT.: λέγονται] GGr, λέγονται θριγγοί (sic) with punct. T, λέγεται (without punct. after) others

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπικοίμενοι Ox² | γεῖσσα TGGrOx², p.c. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.329, app. at 1

Or. 1569.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θριγκῷ⟩: θριγγὸς γὰρ κυρίως τὸ περίφραγμα. —ZmVd

TRANSLATION: For a ‘thringkos’ is in its proper sense an ‘enclosure/wall’.

LEMMA: θριγγῶ in text Zm POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 1569.05 ZmVd

COMMENT: The claim is false. For περίφραγμα see sch. 1569.11–13.

Or. 1569.22 (rec exeg) ⟨συνθραύσω⟩: συνθράσω —R

TRANSLATION: (For ‘sunthrausō’. ‘break into pieces’, there is a variant reading/spelling) ‘sunthrasō’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Both here and in Hesych. π 153 παλάξαι· βρέξαι· ἔνθεν καὶ πηλὸς ἡ βεβρεγμένη γῆ. ἢ μαλάξαι, συνθράσαι, I would take συνθρασ‑ to be an alternative spelling for or an orthographic or phonetic error for συνθραυσ‑.

Or. 1569.25 (rec gram) ⟨συνθραύσω⟩: τὸ κλῶ ἐπὶ ψωμοῦ, τὸ θραύω ἐπὶ σιδήρου. —Pr

TRANSLATION: The verb ‘klō’ (‘break’) is applied to bread-bits; the verb ‘thrauō’ (‘break’) is applied to iron.

COMMENT: Pr write ψωμ with a circumflex ligatured to the mu, which must be ψωμοῦ, a word which elsewhere refers to the bits of bread produced by breaking (κλάω) bread (ἄρτον). Pr may be using it in the sense of ψωμίου, ‘bread’. As for the second claim, the juncture is found a few times, e.g., Soph. Ant. 475–476 σίδηρον ὀπτὸν ἐκ πυρὸς περισκελῆ / θραυσθέντα (also quoted in Homeric commentaries) and Polybius 6.23.11 ὥστε … τὸν σίδηρον θραύεσθαι.

Or. 1570.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ῥήξας παλαιὰ γεῖσα⟩: ἀνασπάσας τὰ προπυργώματα, τὰς στεφάνας τῶν οἴκων λέγω —Sa

TRANSLATION: Ripping up the battlements, I mean the parapets of buildings.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αἱ στεφάναι Sa

COMMENT: προπύργωμα (cf. LBG s.v.: ‘Vorturm, Vorschanze, Bollwerk’) is attested otherwise only in two passages of Theodorus II Ducas Lascaris in the 13th century.

KEYWORDS: rare word

Or. 1570.08 (vet exeg) ⟨γεῖσα⟩: γεῖσα λέγονται αἱ στεφάναι τῶν οἴκων. —MBCV³Zu

TRANSLATION: The parapets of buildings are called ‘geisa’.

LEMMA: ἄλλως B REF. SYMBOL: C POSITION: s.l. MV³Zu; cont. from sch. 1569.07 B

APP. CRIT.: γεῖσα λέγονται om. V³Zu | after λέγονται add. νῦν B

APP. CRIT. 2: γεῖσαι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233,16; Dind. II.329,4–5

Or. 1570.09 (thom exeg) ⟨γεῖσα⟩: ¹γεῖσα κυρίως τὰ θεμέλια. ²ὅτι οὖν ἄκρα κἀκεῖνα εἰσὶ, καταχρηστικῶς ἐνταῦθα τὸ γεῖσα εἴληπται. —ZlZmGuVd

TRANSLATION: ‘Geisa’ in the proper sense are the foundations. So, because those too are at an extreme (i.e., at the bottom of the wall), here ‘geisa’ has been used catachrestically (for the top).

POSITION: s.l. ZmVd, marg. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 γεῖσσα all | 2 ἄκρα κἀκεῖνα] ἀκρ ἀκεῖνα Vd | γεῖσσα all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.329,6–7

COMMENT: The claim of a ‘proper’ sense is probably based on the ancient etymology of γεῖσα from γέα/γῆ. Most lexicographic sources recognize that γεῖσα are at the top of walls or other structures (e.g., Hesych. γ 272 γεῖσον· στεφάνωμα οἴκου), but the idea that the word means θεμέλια is shared with ps.-Hdn.. partitiones 15,5 Boissonade (in a list of words starting with gamma spelled with ει) γεῖσσον, τὸ θεμέλιον. The main etymological sources derive it from γέα without elaboration, but Et. Gud. 302, 27–29 de Stefani offers a more detailed explanation: παρὰ τὸ γέα, ὃ σημαίνει τὸ οἰκοδόμημα, γέϊσα παράγεται ⟨καὶ⟩ γεῖσα· κυρίως γὰρ λέγεται τὰ κατὰ γῆς τουτέστι τὰ καθ’ αὑτῶν ἐξέχοντα οἰκοδομήματα.

KEYWORDS: catachresis | etymology

Or. 1570.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γεῖσα⟩: καὶ θεμέλια. κυρίως δὲ τὸ κοινῶς στηθαῖον. —Yf²

TRANSLATION: (‘Geisa’,) that is, foundations. And in its proper sense it is what is called in vernacular ‘stēthaion’ (‘breastwork, parapet’).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.329,8–9

COMMENT: LBG s.v. στηθαῖος cites Moschopulus, περὶ σχεδῶν 205 (in a list of words starting with gamma spelled with ει) γεῖσσον καὶ γείσσωμα, το προῦχον τοῦ ὑπερθύρου, ἤγουν τὸ κοινῶς στηθαῖον.

Or. 1570.20 (pllgn gram) ⟨τεκτόνων⟩: τέκτων καὶ ὁ οἰκοδόμος καὶ ὁ ξυλεργός. —Zm

TRANSLATION: A ‘tektōn’ is both a builder and a carpenter.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1571.01 (1571–1572) (pllgn exeg) ⟨μοχλοῖς δ’ ἄραρε κλεῖθρα σῆς βοηδρόμου σπουδῆς⟩: πρὸ τῆς σῆς ταχείας ἀφίξεως τὰ κλεῖθρα ἡρμόσθησαν. —Zu

TRANSLATION: Before your swift arrival the doors have been fastened closed.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Zu does not punctuate after κλεῖθρα, but only after σπουδῆς. Sch. 1571.13–15 below show that it was common not to see the genitive phrase σῆς βοηδρόμου σπουδῆς as depending on εἴρξει. Contrast sch. 1572.01–02 for the correct interpretation.

Or. 1571.11 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἄραρε⟩: ἀρέω ἀρῶ, ὁ μέλλων ἀρέσω, ὀ παρακείμενος ἤρεκα, ὁ μέσος ἦρα, καὶ Ἀττικῶς ἄρηρα, καὶ τροπῇ τοῦ η̅ εἰς α̅, ἄραρε. —Aa²

TRANSLATION: ‘Areō’, (contracted) ‘arō’, future ‘aresō’, perfect ‘ēreka’, intransitive (perfect) ‘ēra’, and in Attic manner (or reduplication) ‘arēra’, and with the change of eta to alpha, ‘arare’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1571.13 (1571–1572) (rec paraphr) ⟨σῆς βοηδρόμου σπουδῆς⟩: διὰ τὴν σὴν βοηδρόμον σπουδὴν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1571.14 (1571–1572) (mosch paraphr) ⟨σῆς βοηδρόμου σπουδῆς⟩: ἕνεκα τῆς σῆς ἐπὶ βοηθείᾳ σπουδῆς —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: βοηθείας Y | ⟦τολμῆς⟧ σπουδῆς Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.329,13–14

Or. 1571.17 (1571–1572) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βοηδρόμου σπουδῆς⟩: ἐπὶ βοηθείᾳ σπουδῆς —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1571.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨βοηδρόμου⟩: τῆς εἰς μάχην τεταραγμένης —VCR

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῆς om. CR | τεταραγμένης om. or lost to damage C

Or. 1572.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἅ σ’ εἴρξει … περᾶν⟩: ¹λείπει ὁ καί· ²ἅ σ’ εἴρξει τῆς σπουδῆς καὶ τοῦ περᾶν ἔσω τῶν οἴκων. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: ‘And’ is to be understood: ‘which will block you from your eager effort and from passing inside the house.

REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT.: 2 ὅ σ’ M, ἃς C

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἅ σε V | ἤρξει M, εἵρξει B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233.17–18; Dind. II.329,15–16

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1572.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἃ, κλεῖθρα, τῆς εἰς μάχην σπουδῆς ἀποπαύσει καὶ ἀποκωλύσει σε καὶ τοῦ μὴ ἔσω τῶν οἰκοδομημάτων εἰσελθεῖν. —B

TRANSLATION: Which, (that is,) closed doors, will stop and prevent you from your eagerness for battle and from coming inside the building.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233.19–20; Dind. II.329,11–13

Or. 1572.13 (vet exeg) ⟨μὴ δόμων ἔσω περᾶν⟩: περισσὸς ὁ μή. —MB

TRANSLATION: The negative ‘mē’ is redundant (with the negation implied by the verb of preventing).

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233.21

KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός

Or. 1572.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὴ δόμων ἔσω περᾶν⟩: καὶ ἄνευ τοῦ μὴ ἤρκει ὁ λόγος. —ZmVd

TRANSLATION: Even without the negative ‘mē’ the expression was sufficient.

POSITION: s.l. (also written above 1574 δόμων, but crossed out Vd)

Or. 1572.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὴ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ —Zu

TRANSLATION: (The negative ‘mē’ is) used for ‘kai’ (‘and’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This seems to be related to the view that the negative is redundant, but also to reflect the view λείπει τὸ καί (sch. 1572.01)—even though Zu in sch. 1571.01 presents an incompatible view.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1572.20 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1573.01 (1573–1575) (vet exeg) ἔα· τί χρῆμα: κάτωθεν ἀναβλέψας ὁ Μενέλαος ὁρᾷ πῦρ ἀναπτόμενον καὶ ξίφος ἐπικείμενον τῷ τῆς Ἑρμιόνης αὐχένι. —MBCZu

TRANSLATION: Menelaus, looking up from below, sees fire being ignited and a sword laid against the neck of Hermione.

LEMMA: MB REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT.: ὁρῶ C | ἀναπτ.] καιόμενον Zu | ξίφος ἐπικείμενον transp. to end, add. τὸ before ξίφος, Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: ξῖφος B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233.22–23 with app. at 23; Dind. II.329,17–18

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors

Or. 1573.02 (1573–1575) (rec exeg) ἔα· τί χρῆμα λαμπάδων: κάτωθεν ἀναβλέψας ὁ Μενέλαος ὁρᾷ πῦρ ἀναπτόμενον ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας καὶ τὸ ξίφος ἐπαρτῶντα τὸν Ὀρέστην τῷ τῆς Ἑρμιόνης αὐχένι. —VRf

TRANSLATION: Menelaus, looking up from below, sees fire being ignited from the house and Orestes holding his sword over the neck of Hermione.

LEMMA: V, ἔα Rf REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.: τὸν ὀρ. ἐπαρτ. τὸ ξίφος transp. Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233.22–23 with app. at 23; Dind. II.329,17–18 with app. at 17

KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors

Or. 1573.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν ἐπίρρημα —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Ea’ is) an adverb expressing astonishment.

POSITION: intermarg.

KEYWORDS: ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως

Or. 1573.04 (mosch exeg) ἔα: ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Ea’ is used) to express astonishment.

LEMMA: Gr POSITION: s.l. except XGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.329,18–19

KEYWORDS: ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως

Or. 1573.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἔα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1573.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τί χρῆμα;⟩: τί ἐστι τὸ πρᾶγμα; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except XGr, cont. from sch. 1573.04 Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.329,19

Or. 1573.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί χρῆμα;⟩: καὶ διὰ ποῖον πρᾶγμα; —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1573.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί χρῆμα;⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τίνος χάριν —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1574.06 (mosch exeg) πυργυρουμένους: στρεφομένους ἐνόπλους κατὰ τοὺς ὀχυροὺς καὶ ἐν κύκλῳ †στρεφομένους† πύργους —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘Purgēroumenous’ here means) moving about under arms on the towers that are fortified and in a circle(?).

LEMMA: TGr REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XTGr

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | first στρεφ. om. Gr | καὶ om. G | πύργους] κύκλους G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.329,22–23

COMMENT: As transmitted, the paraphrase is far from elegant or clear. στρεφόμενους does not go well with πύργους, and if it is meant to apply again to Orestes and Pylades (note that X and T puncuate after ἐνόπλους; G punctuates before and after ἐνόπλους), it is redundant and the word order is contorted. Gr lacks the first instance of στρεφομένους, but I think it better to delete the second or to assume it has replaced something like πεφραγμένους (sch. 1574.08).

Or. 1574.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πυργυρουμένους⟩: εἰς μάχην παραγινομένους, ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν πύργων περιπεφραγμένους —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Purgēroumenous’ here means) coming (ready) for battle, or fenced all around by the towers.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1575.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐμῆς θυγατρὸς ἐπίφρουρον δέρῃ⟩: ἐπικείμενον καὶ φυλάσσον τὸν λαιμὸν τῆς ἐμῆς θυγατρός —XbXoT⁺YfG

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.329,27–28

Or. 1575.05 (vet exeg) ἐπίφρουρον: ἐπικείμενον παρόσον οἱ φρουροῦντες ἐπίκεινται τοῖς φρουρουμένοις —MVCRfZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Epiphrouron’, ‘guarding over’, in the sense) ‘placed upon’, inasmuch as those who guard are set upon those who are being guarded.

LEMMA: MV REF. SYMBOL: MVC POSITION: s.l. Zu; cont. from sch. 1573.02, prep. ἐπιφρούριον δὲ ἤτοι, Rf

APP. CRIT.: ἐπικείμενον om. Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.233.24–25; Dind. II.330,1–2

Or. 1575.06 (thom exeg) ἐπίφρουρον: ἐπικείμενον, ἢ ἐπὶ τούτῳ φρουρούμενον καὶ φυλαττόμενον καὶ κατεχόμενον, ἐφ’ ᾧ ταύτην ἐκκόψαι —ZZaZlZmTGuVd

TRANSLATION: (‘Epiphrouron’, ‘guarding over’, in the sense) ‘placed upon’, or (a sword) watched over and guarded and held for this purpose, to cut this (her neck).

LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except T, marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: ἢ] ἤγουν T | καὶ κατεχ. om. Za | ἐκκόψαι] κατόψεται Vd

APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦτο app. Vd | φυλασσ‑ ZlZmT, probably Vd (damage) | ἐφῶ all except ἐφὧ Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.329,26–27

Or. 1575.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπίφρουρον⟩: ἤγουν πλησίον, ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τῶν φυλαττόντων —Gr

TRANSLATION: (‘Epiphrouron’, ‘guarding over’,) that is, ‘near’, by a metaphor from those guarding.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.329,25–26

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 1575.13 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1576.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨πότερον ἐρωτᾶν … θέλεις⟩: θέλεις μαθεῖν παρ’ ἄλλου —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1576.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πότερον … θέλεις⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν δύο ποῖον θέλεις; —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1577.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐδέτερ’· ἀνάγκη … σου κλύειν⟩: ¹οὐκ ἦν χρεία ἐρωτήσεως. ²ἡ ἀνάγκη δὲ πείθει μέ σου ἀκούειν. —Mn, partial AbPr

TRANSLATION: There was no need for inquiry. But compulsion persuades me to listen to you.

POSITION: s.l. AbPr, marg. Mn

APP. CRIT.: 1 οὐκ … ἐρωτήσεως om. AbPr | μέ σου] με Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 πείθει] πείει Ab

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.330,6–7

Or. 1577.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐδέτερ’· ἀνάγκη … σου κλύειν⟩: οὔτ’ ἐρωτᾶν ἤθελον οὔτε ἀκούειν τέως, ἀνάγκη δὲ καὶ βιάζει με τοῦ ἀκούειν. —B^3a

TRANSLATION: Up to now I did not want either to ask or to hear, but there is necessity and it forces me to listen.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.330,5–6

COMMENT: καὶ is more likely epexegetic than adverbial here (‘but necessity even compels’. One may wonder whether βιάζει is a mistake for βιάζεις, but ἀνάγκη is found as subject of βιάζει a few times in texts from the 17th and 18th centuries in TLG. | For τοῦ with the infinitive here, see CGMEMG 4:1888.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1577.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνάγκη … σου κλύειν⟩: σὺ γὰρ ἰσχυρὸς τανῦν αὐτόθι καθήμενος. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu²Vd

TRANSLATION: (‘It is necessary to listen to you’,) for at present you are strong, ensconced (up) there.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.330,3

Or. 1577.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνάγκη … σου κλύειν⟩: πείθει ἐμὲ ἀνάγκη —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1580.08 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ … κλεφθεῖσ’⟩: γρ. μὴ κλεφθεὶς. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘mē klephtheis’ ’, ‘not robbed’, feminine form,) the reading ‘mē klephtheis’ (‘not robbed’, masculine form) is found.

LEMMA: κλεφθεὶς in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Diggle’s apparatus wrongly lists Pr among the mss carrying κλεφθεῖσ’ in the text; but the supralinear note was copied from such a manuscript (or in the note Pr miscopied κλεφθεῖσ’ as κλεφθεὶς).

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1580.11 (thom exeg) ⟨κλεφθεὶς⟩: ἀφαιρεθεὶς ταύτην —ZZaZbZlZmTGu²Vd

TRANSLATION: (‘Robbed’ means) ‘having had this woman taken away (from me)’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.330,9–10

Or. 1580.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κλεφθεὶς⟩: ἀφαιρεθεὶς τὴν Ἑλένην —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Robbed’ means) ‘having had Helen taken away (from me)’.

POSITION: intermarg.

Or. 1581.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨κἀφ’ ὕβρει⟩: καὶ ἐφ’ ὕβρει, ἤγουν δι’ ὕβριν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (The uncontracted form is) ‘kai eph’ hubrei’ (‘and for insult’), in other words, ‘because of (desire to) insult’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: καὶ … ἤγουν om. GZc, καὶ ἐφ’ ὕβρει om. Xo

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐφύβρει Gr | διύβριν Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.330,11

Or. 1581.10. (tri metr) ⟨κἀφ’⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1581.17 (thom exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: ὅτι ἐκλάπης αὐτήν —ZZaZbZlZmTGuVd

TRANSLATION: (‘These things’, that is,) the fact that you were robbed of her.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ταύτην ZZa | ἔκλαπες Heath 1762: Eur. section, 20

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.330,12

Or. 1582.01 (vet paraphr) λυπράν γε τὴν ἄρνησιν: ¹τουτέστι λυποῦμαι ἀρνούμενος. || ²τουτέστιν ἀρνοῦμαι ἄρνησιν λυπηράν. —MBCRf, partial Sa

TRANSLATION: That is, I am pained in denying (it). || That is, I make a painful denial.

LEMMA: MB, λυπράν γε Rf REF. SYMBOL: MBCRf

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 τουτέστι … τουτέστι om. Sa | 1 τουτέστι] ἀντὶ τοῦ BRf | λυπούμενος C | 2 ἀρνοῦμαι om. Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τουτέστιν M | 2 τοῦτέστιν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234.1–2; Dind. II.330,15–16

Or. 1582.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λυπράν γε τὴν ἄρνησιν⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἐπιορκῶ —CrOx

TRANSLATION: That is, I do not make a false statement (in denying it).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὐκ] οὐ s.l. Ox

Or. 1582.10 (1582–1584) (vet exeg) εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον: τὸ ἑξῆς εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον τὴν Ἑλλάδος μιάστορ’ εἰς Ἅιδου βαλεῖν. —MBVCRf

TRANSLATION: The continuity of the syntax is ‘I wish I had cast into Hades the woman who defiled Greece’.

LEMMA: VRf REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: intermarg. M (beside 1584); cont. from sch. 1582.01 C

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἑξῆς] om. C, τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς B | εἰς ᾅδου βαλεῖν om. V

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξῆς εἶ M | μιάστορα Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234.4; Dind. II.330,17–18

Or. 1582.11 (1582–1584) (mosch exeg) ⟨εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον⟩: ¹εἴθε γὰρ ὤφελον. ²οὗ μήπω ἀποδοθέντος ἐπάγει ὁ Μενέλαος πρὸς αὐτὸ ‘τί χρῆμα δρᾶσαι;’ ³πρὸς ὃ πάλιν ὁ Ὀρέστης ‘τὴν μιάστορα τῆς Ἑλλάδος’, ἤγουν τὴν Ἑλένην τὴν διὰ τὸν παρ’ ἑαυτῇ μιασμὸν καὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα μιάνασαν, εἰς Ἅιδου βαλεῖν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: ‘I wish I had’ (that is, ‘ei gar’ means ‘eithe gar’). Since this is not yet syntactically completed, Menelaus adds in reply to it ‘done what thing?’ To which in turn Orestes (says) ‘to cast into Hades the woman who defiled Greece’, that is, Helen, who through her own impurity brought a stain upon Greece too.

LEMMA: 1580 εἰ γὰρ κατέσχον YfG

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὤφειλον G | 2 αὐτόν G

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τὶ G | 3 ἑλλένην Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.330,18–22

Or. 1582.12 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον⟩: εἴθε γὰρ ὤφελον τοῦ πρᾶξαι. —Sa

TRANSLATION: I wish I had done (it).

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1582.01 Sa

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ] perhaps τοῦτο (cf. sch. 1582.20), but for τοῦ cf. sch. 1582.16 and see on sch. 1577.02

APP. CRIT. 2: πράξαι Sa

Or. 1582.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον⟩: εἴθε ἔμελλον κτανεῖν —CrOx

TRANSLATION: I wish I had killed (Helen).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1583.01 (vet exeg) τί χρῆμα δρᾶσαι: ¹ποῖον, φησὶ, πρᾶγμα ὤφειλες δεδρακέναι; ²φοβεῖς με γὰρ τοῦτο εἰπών. —MBVCAbPrRwSaG

TRANSLATION: What thing, he says, ought you to have done? For you frighten me by saying this.

LEMMA: B, τί χρῆμα MRf, τί χρῆμα πράξαι V(as in text) REF. SYMBOL: MBVRw POSITION: s.l. AbPrG; in two parts G, sep. by sch. 1583.11 and 13

APP. CRIT.: 1 ποῖον γάρ φησι VC | φησὶ om. PrRwG | πρᾶγμα om. Rf | ὤφειλες] ὤφελες Arsen. (MeMuPh), om. AbPrRw | 2 γάρ με transp. VC, γὰρ om. PrRw

APP. CRIT. 2: φοβεῖσμαι, app. corr. to φοβεῖσ με, M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234.6–7; Dind. II.330,23–24

COMMENT: The word order με γὰρ is unusual in the scholia on drama, occurring only here and in Sch. Soph. Trach. 1204 Xenis εὐεργετήσεις με γάρ. (I disregard the occurrence of με γὰρ in Sch. Rf Hec. 551 [Dind. I.356,12–13], a corrupt and incompetent paraphrase on the late replacement pages of this codex.) So perhaps VC with γάρ με carry the correct order here.

Or. 1583.19 (tri exeg) ⟨φόβον⟩: φόνον —T

TRANSLATION: (For ‘phobon’, ‘fear’, there is a variant reading) ‘phonon’ (‘murder’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1584.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν Ἑλλάδος μιάστορ’⟩: τὴν καταισχύνασαν τοὺς Ἕλληνας —Lb

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.330,26–27

Or. 1584.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν Ἑλλάδος μιάστορ’⟩: τὴν μολύνουσαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1584.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βαλεῖν⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ [1582] ‘εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον’. —Zu

TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘I wish I had’ (is to be understood) in common (with ‘balein’, ‘cast’).

POSITION: s.l. (above beginning of line)

COMMENT: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ is apparently used because εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον provides the governance of Menelaus’ δρᾶσαι in 1583 (borrowing of syntax in stichomythia) and then also of βαλεῖν (by syntactic continuation across Orestes’ lines). This usage of the term is unusual, since it normally applies to syntax within the utterance of a single speaker.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 1585.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὅπως χώσω τάφῳ⟩: ὅπως ἐν τάφῳ χώσω, ἤγουν ἐνταφιάσας χῶμα ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ποιήσω. —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr

TRANSLATION: So that I may heap up earth (on the corpse) in a grave, that is, having buried (it) that I may make a tomb-mound upon it.

POSITION: s.l. except XTGr

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.330,28–29

Or. 1585.11 (vet exeg) ⟨χώσω⟩: θάψω —M

TRANSLATION: (For ‘chōsō’, ‘cover with a mound of earth’, there is a variant reading) ‘thapsō’ (‘bury’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1585.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χώσω⟩: ἐνταφιάσω, χῶμα ἐπ’ αὐτῇ θήσω —XoG

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Xo

Or. 1585.15 (rec exeg) ⟨θάψω⟩: γρ. χώσω. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘thapsō’, ‘bury’,) the reading ‘chōsō’ (‘cover with a mound of earth’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1586.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨θεοὺς ἀπαίτει⟩: μὴ ζήτει ἐμὲ ἀλλὰ ζήτει —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1587.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὁ μητροφόντης⟩: ὁ τὴν μητέρα φονεύσας ἢ ὁ Ὀρέστης. —Xo²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1588.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ὁ πατρὸς ἀμύντωρ⟩: ¹ὁ Ἀγαμέμνονος. ²τοῦτο δέ φησιν ὅτι τῇ ἀνελούσῃ αὐτὸν ἐσπούδασε βοηθῆσαι καὶ οὐχὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ. —MVC, partial Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘The avenger of a father’, that is,) the (avenger) of Agamemnon. And he (Orestes) says this (scil. ‘whom you fatally betrayed’) because he (Menelaus) strove to defend the woman who caused his death and not (to defend) Orestes.

REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: marg. M, s.l. CMn

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὁ ἀγαμ. om. Mn | 2 δὲ om. Mn | βοηθῆσαι om. V | καὶ οὐχὶ κτλ om. Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234.8–9; Dind. II.331,1–3 with app.

Or. 1588.02 (vet exeg) ὁ πατρὸς ἀμύντωρ: ¹ὁ Ἀγαμέμνονος βοηθός· ²λείπει τὸ ‘ἐγώ εἰμι‘· ³τοῦτο δέ φησιν ὅτι τῇ ἀνελούσῃ αὐτὸν ἐσπούδασε βοηθῆσαι καὶ οὐχὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ. —BRf

TRANSLATION: (‘The avenger of a father’, that is,) the defender of Agamemon: the words ‘I am’ are to be understood. And he (Orestes) says this (scil. ‘whom you fatally betrayed’) because he (Menelaus) strove to defend the woman who caused his death and not (to defend) Orestes.

LEMMA: BRf

APP. CRIT.: 2 λείπει … εἰμι om. Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234.8–9 with app.; Dind. II.331,1–3

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1588.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁ πατρὸς ἀμύντωρ⟩: ¹ὁ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἔκδικος. ²τοῦτο δὲ φησὶ, ὅτι τῇ ἀνελούσῃ αὐτὸν ἐσπούδασα⟨ς⟩ βοηθεῖν καὶ οὐχὶ †ἐμὲ τὸ[ν … ]† ὃν σὺ προὔδωκας εἰς [τὸ θ]αν[εῖν]. —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘The avenger of a father’, that is,) the avenger of Agamemnon. And he (Orestes) says this (scil. ‘whom you fatally betrayed’) because you strove to defend the woman who caused his death and not me [lost text], whom you betrayed so as to let die.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 2 ὅτι τῇ ἀνελ.] from prev., ἔτι τῆ ἀναλεύσει Zu | βοηθεῖν] from prev., ἀνελεῖν Zu

COMMENT: The margin has been trimmed and so it is unclear how much is lost after ἐμὲ τὸ[ν, but the space probably was insufficient to supply an infinitive to govern the accusative. Thus the original before corruption may have been ἐμοὶ τῷ with a short noun (υἱῷ?).

Or. 1588.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ὁ πατρὸς ἀμύντωρ⟩: λείπει ‘ἐγώ εἰμι’. —M

TRANSLATION: (With ‘avenger of my father’) ‘I am’ is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l., above προύδωκας

APP. CRIT.: λείπει] λείπει τὸ Schw. (without note)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234.10

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1588.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃν⟩: τὸν πατέρα μου ἤτοι τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα —V¹

TRANSLATION: (‘Whom’, that is,) ‘my father’, in other words, Agamemnon.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1588.09 (mosch exeg) ὃν: ἤγουν ἐμέ —XXaXbXoYYfGGrAaB^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Whom’,) that is, ‘me’.

LEMMA: ὃν σὺ X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. GB^3a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.331,3–4

Or. 1588.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ὃν⟩: ἐμὲ ἢ ἐκεῖνον —ZZaZbZlZmT^*GuVd

TRANSLATION: (‘Whom’, that is,) ‘me’ or ‘that man’ (Agamemnon).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | ἐκείνου Zb, κεῖνον Vd

Or. 1588.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨προὔδωκας θανεῖν⟩: ἐγκατέλιπες ὥστε θανεῖν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: κατέλιπες G, ἐγκατέλιπας Gr | θανεῖν om. XoG (supplied from line)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.331,4–5

Or. 1589.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸ παρὸν αἷμα μητέρος⟩: ¹ὁ παρακείμενος φόνος τῆς μητρὸς τῆς σῆς δηλονότι. ²δηλοῦται δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπαγομένου [1590] ‘οὐκ ἂν κάμοιμι τὰς κακὰς κτείνων ἀεί’· ³οὐ γὰρ καὶ τὴν Ἑρμιόνην λέγει κακήν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘The present blood of a mother’ is) ‘the already existing murder of your mother’, clearly. It is made clear by what is added next, ‘I would never tire of always killing bad women’. For it is not that case that he is also calling Hermione bad.

LEMMA: τὸ παρὸν αἷμα XGr, οὐκ ἤρκεσέ τοι τὸ παρὸν αἷμα G POSITION: s.l. Xb (finishing in margin block)

APP. CRIT.: 1 τῆς μητρὸς τῆς σῆς] τῆς σῆς μητρὸς G, τῆς σῆς Gu (μητέρος supplied from line) | 2–3 δηλοῦται κτλ om. Gu | 2 ἀπὸ] διὰ G | sch.-ending punct. after ἐπαγομένου Gr

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δῆλον ὅτι G | 2 κτεῖνων Xa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.331,6–7 and 10–11

Or. 1589.05 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ παρὸν αἷμα μητέρος⟩: τὸ μητέρος ἢ διὰ τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν λέγει, ἢ διὰ τὴν Ἑλένην τὴν τῆς Ἑρμιόνης μητέρα τοῦτο νόει. —ZZa

TRANSLATION: (He says) ‘of mother’ because of Clytemnestra, or interpret this (as said) because of Helen the mother of Hermione.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa

APP. CRIT.: second ἢ om., add. s.l. Za

Or. 1589.06 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ παρὸν αἷμα μητέρος⟩: τὸ μητέρος ἢ διὰ τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν νόει ἢ διὰ τὴν Ἑλένην τὴν μητέρα τῆς Ἑρμιόνης. —ZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Interpret ‘of mother’ (as used) either because of Clytemnestra or because of Helen the mother of Hermione.

POSITION: s.l. Zl, marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: first ἢ om. Zl | second διὰ om. Zl | after μητέρα add. δηλονότι Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.331,8–9

Or. 1590.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς κακὰς⟩: ὁποία ἦν ἡ σὴ γυνὴ. —Lb

TRANSLATION: (‘Bad women’) such as your wife was.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.331,13

Or. 1591.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἦ καὶ σύ … κοινωνεῖς φόνου;⟩: ἆρα καὶ σὺ, Πυλάδη, κοινωνεῖς, αὐτῷ δηλονότι, τοῦδε τοῦ φόνου, ἤγουν τοῦ πρὸς τὴν Ἑλένην καὶ τὴν Ἑρμιόνην; —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial GGuMt

TRANSLATION: Do you too, Pylades, share, namely with him, this killing, namely that directed at Helen and Hermione?

LEMMA: ἢ καὶ σύ G POSITION: s.l. except XTGr

APP. CRIT.: ἆρα … φόνου om. GuMt, ἆρα … ἤγουν τοῦ om. G | ὦ πυλάδη XaY | second τοῦ] om., s.l. add. Xo, τὴν Mt

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.331,14–16

Or. 1591.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τοῦδε … φόνου⟩: τῷδε … φόνῳ —AaKPr

TRANSLATION: (For genitive ‘toude … phonou’, ‘this murder’, there is a variant reading, dative) ‘tōide … phonōi’.

LEMMA: thus in text AaKPr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1591.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦδε⟩: τῷδε —G

TRANSLATION: (For genitive ‘toude’, ‘of this (murder)’, there is a variant reading, dative) ‘tōide’ (‘with this man’).

LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1592.01 (rec exeg) ⟨φησὶ σιωπῶν⟩: ναὶ, μηδὲν ἀποκρινόμενος συγκατατίθεται. —Pr

TRANSLATION: Yes, without making any reply he agrees.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1592.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φησὶ σιωπῶν⟩: καὶ σιωπῶν ὅμως λέγει τοῦτο, ὡς ὅτι συμπράττει. —Zl

TRANSLATION: Even being silent he nevertheless says this, that he shares in the act.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1592.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀρκέσω δ’ ἐγὼ λέγων⟩: ἤτοι ἐμοῦ ἀποκρινομένου αὐτὸς ἀποκρίνεται. —PrRw

TRANSLATION: (‘And I will suffice in speaking’,) that is, when I reply, this man replies.

POSITION: s.l. Pr

APP. CRIT.: ὁ αὐτὸς Rw

Or. 1592.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγειν⟩: λέγων —G

TRANSLATION: (For infinitive ‘legein’, ‘to say’, there is a variant reading, participle) ‘legōn’ (‘saying’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1593.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὔ τι χαίρων⟩: ἀλλ’ οὐ μὴ χαρεῖς —AbMnPrRSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀλλ’ om. Ab | οὐ μὴ] σὺ οὐ Pr | χαρῆς Sa | σὺ add. R

Or. 1593.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὔ τι χαίρων⟩: καὶ οὐδαμῶς χαιρόμενος εἴπῃς ταῦτα —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1593.17 (pllgn gram) καὶ ἀμφίς —V^rec

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Perhaps this was the beginning of a phrase containing a grammatical observation, left incomplete (the words are smudged, perhaps imperfectly erased). ἀμφίς is a poetic word not suitable to a gloss or paraphrase, but itself frequently explained for its various meanings in Homer or for it its accentuation (it appears several times in the phrase χωρίς καὶ ἀμφίς). There is nothing obvious to which this might refer in this line or nearby.

Or. 1594.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φευξούμεθα⟩: Ἀττικόν —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Pheuxoumetha’: this form of the future with contraction ‘ou’ is) Attic.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς

Or. 1594.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φευξόμεθα⟩: φευξούμεθα —Aa²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘pheuxometha’ with regular theme vowel ‘o’ there is a variant reading) ‘pheuxoumetha’ (with the contraction ‘ou’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1594.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνάψομεν δόμους⟩: μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι ἡμᾶς τὴν Ἑρμιόνην —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘We will ignite the house’) after we have killed Hermione.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1596.01 (vet exeg) ὡς μή γ’ ἔχῃς σύ: ¹πορθήσω, φησὶ, τὸν οἶκον, ἵνα μὴ σὺ τοῦτον ἔχῃς· ²καὶ οὐ τοῦτο μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπισφάξω ταύτην τῷ πυρὶ, ³τουτέστι τῷ πυρὶ πρήσω τὸν οἶκον μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι τὴν Ἑρμιόνην. —MBVCRf

TRANSLATION: I will destroy, he says, the house in order that you not have it. And not just this, but also I will slaughter this girl on the fire, that is to say, I will burn the house with fire after having killed Hermione.

LEMMA: BV, ὡς μή γ’ ἔχῃς MRf REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT.: 2 τὴν ἑρμιόνην add. before ἐπισφάξω Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φη() B | 3 πράσω app. Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234.11–13; Dind. II.331,22–25

COMMENT: Perhaps sent. 3 should be marked off with || as separate, since the order of events is reversed between 2 and 3; but it may be a continuation clarifying what the author views as a πρωθύστερον.

KEYWORDS: πρωθύστερον

Or. 1596.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὡς μή γ’ ἔχῃς σύ⟩: ναὶ πορθήσω, ἵνα, ὥσπερ ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔχω, μήτε σὺ ἔχῃς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Yes, I will destroy (the house) in order that, just as I do not have (it), neither do you have (it).

POSITION: s.l. except XTGr

APP. CRIT.: πορθήσω om. G | μήτε] οὔτε G | ἔχῃς om. Y, τὸν οἶκον add. Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.331,25–26

Or. 1596.06 (tri exeg) ⟨μή γ᾽⟩: μήτ’ —T

TRANSLATION: (For ‘mē g’ ’, emphatic ‘not’, there is a variant reading) ‘mēt’ ’ (‘neither/nor’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1596.09 (thom exeg) ⟨τήνδ’ ἐπισφάξας πυρί⟩: ἤγουν μετὰ τὸ πρῆσαι τὸν οἶκον σφάξας αὐτήν —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Having slaughtered this girl upon the fire’,) that is, having slaughtered her after setting the house afire.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ αὐτήν Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.331,26–27

Or. 1597.06 (thom exeg) ⟨τῶνδε⟩: ὧν εἰς Ἑλένην καὶ αὐτὴν ποιήσεις —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘These things’) which you will do against Helen and her (Hermione).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.331,28

Or. 1598.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔσται τάδε⟩: ἤγουν φονεύσω ταύτην —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘This will be’,) that is, I will kill this girl.

LEMMA: τάδε in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1598.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔσται τάδ’⟩: ὅτι κτενῶ ταύτην —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘This will be’, namely,) that I will kill this girl.

LEMMA: τάδε in text all except TGr POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: κτενῆ Zb

APP. CRIT. 2: κτανῶ with ε above α Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.331,29

Or. 1598.05 (mosch exeg) ἆ ἆ: ἐφεκτικὸν ἐπίρρημα —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION: (‘A a’ is) an adverb expressive of blocking/stopping.

LEMMA: Gr POSITION: s.l. (below line, last of page, Gr) except X

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐφετικὸν Y, εὐφεκτικὸν X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.331,29–30

Or. 1598.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἲ αἲ⟩: θρηνητικὸν —Ox

TRANSLATION: (‘Ai ai’ is) expressive of mourning.

LEMMA: thus in text Ox POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1598.11 (tri metr) ⟨δράσῃς⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1599.02 (tri metr) ⟨σίγα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1599.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀνέχου δ’ ἐνδίκως πράσσων κακῶς⟩: ὑπόμενε δὲ δικαίως πάσχων κακῶς. —X

TRANSLATION: And endure justly suffering badly.

Or. 1599.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐνδίκως πράσσων κακῶς⟩: δικαίως δυστυχῶν —M²Lp

REF. SYMBOL: M² POSITION: marg. M², s.l. Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.331,33

Or. 1600.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ἦ γὰρ δίκαιον ζῆν σε;⟩: εἰρωνικόν —Z^cZa

TRANSLATION: (‘You mean it is just for you to live?’,) spoken with irony.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς | staging, delivery of lines

Or. 1600.02 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἦ γὰρ δίκαιον ζῆν σε;⟩: πῶς ἐνδίκως; —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1600.07 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ κρατεῖν γε γῆς⟩: καὶ δήμου Ἀργείου ἐξουσιάζειν —R

TRANSLATION: (‘And to control the land’, that is,) ‘and to hold sway over the Argive people’.

LEMMA: τε in text R POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1600.08 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ κρατεῖν γε γῆς⟩: ναὶ δίκαιον —AbMnPr

TRANSLATION: (To paraphrase, supply before ‘and to control the land’) ‘yes, it is just’.

LEMMA: τε in text AbMn POSITION: s.l.; as two sep. Ab

Or. 1600.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ κρατεῖν γε γῆς⟩: δίκαιον ἐστὶ ζῆν με —Xo²

TRANSLATION: (To paraphrase, supply before ‘and to control the land’) ‘it is just for me to live’.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1601.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν Ἄργει τῷδε⟩: ἤλ⟨λ⟩αξε τὴν σύνταξιν. —Zm²

TRANSLATION: He shifted the syntax (from genitive object of ‘kratein’, ‘rule’, to a prepositional phrase).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1601.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Πελασγικῷ⟩: καλούμεν[ον οὕτ]ω[ς] ἀπὸ [τοῦ Πελασγ]οῦ(?) —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Pelasgic’ Argos,) so called after Pelasgus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1602.01 (1602–1603) (vet exeg) εὖ γοῦν θίγοις ἂν χερνίβων: ¹ἐν ἤθει· ἐπεὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς ἔθυον. ²ἐὰν οὖν, φησὶ, βασιλεύσῃς, ὅσιος καὶ οὐκ ἐναγὴς ἅψῃ τῶν χερνίβων; || ³πῶς ἔχεις θυσίαν ποιεῖν; || ⁴καὶ πῶς, φησὶν, οὐκ ἀσεβὲς ἐναγῆ σε ὄντα χερνίβων ἅπτεσθαι καὶ θύειν θεοῖς; —MBVCRf, partial PrRw

TRANSLATION: (Uttered) with a tone of irony; (this detail mentioned) because kings used to conduct sacrifices. If, then, he says, you become king, will you touch the ritual cleansing water (being) holy and not impure? || How are you able to conduct a sacrifice? || And how, he says, is it not impious for you, being impure, to touch the ritual cleansing water and sacrifice to gods?

LEMMA: M(γουν)C(γ’οὖν)V(γ’οὖν), εὖ οὖν θίγεις Rf, χερνίβων Rw REF. SYMBOL: MVRf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐνήθει MV | 2 ἐἂν M | φησὶν M | ἄψη M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234,15–18; Dind. II.332,1–4

KEYWORDS: ἐν ἤθει | staging, delivery of lines

Or. 1602.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨εὖ γ᾽ οὖν θίγοις ἂν χερνίβων⟩: ¹ἐν ταῖς θυσίαις παρελαμβάνοντο τὰ χέρνιβα. ²ἀπὸ τούτων δὲ θέλει δηλοῦν τὰς θυσίας. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: χερνίβων G POSITION: s.l. XaXbY; follows sch. 1602.11 X

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, part read from Ta | παρελάμβανον Tb (whence King and subsequent edd.) | τὰς] τοὺς app. Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.332,4–6

Or. 1602.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὖ γ᾽ οὖν θίγοις ἂν χερνίβων⟩: πρὸ δορὸς, κατὰ συνεκδοχήν —Zm²

TRANSLATION: (‘Touch the ritual cleansing water’, that is,) ‘before battle’, with synecdoche (the phrase being understood here from its occurrence in the next line).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν

Or. 1602.04 (rec exeg) ⟨εὖ γοῦν θίγοις ἂν χερνίβων⟩: εἰρωνικὸν —Pr

TRANSLATION: Ironic.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς | staging, delivery of lines

Or. 1602.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὖ γοῦν θίγοις ἂν χερνίβων⟩: εἰρωνικῶς —G

TRANSLATION: Ironically.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς | staging, delivery of lines

Or. 1602.06 (recMoschThom exeg) εὖ γ᾽ οὖν: κατ’ εἰρωνείαν —M²MtXXaXbXoYYfGrZcZZaZbZlZmT^*

TRANSLATION: (Spoken) with irony.

LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. M²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.332,4

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς | staging, delivery of lines

Or. 1602.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χερνίβων⟩: ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τῶν χερνίβων οἷς τὰς χεῖρας καθαίρομεν χέρνιβας τὰς θυσίας εἶπεν, ὡς δι’ αὐτῶν καθαιρόμεθα. —Zm

TRANSLATION: By a transferred meaning of the cleansing waters with which we purify our hands he called sacrifices ‘cleansing waters’, since we are purified by them (sacrifices).

KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς

Or. 1602.16 (vet paraphr) ⟨τί δὴ γὰρ οὔ;⟩: διὰ τί, φησὶν, οὐ δικαίως θίγοιμι τῶν χερνίβων; —MBVCPrMnRfRw

TRANSLATION: Why, he says, would I not justly touch the ritual cleansing waters?

POSITION: marg. MBVMnRw, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ prep. C | διὰ τί γάρ φη() V | οὐ] οὐχὶ V, om. PrRw | θίξοιμι s.l. V, ἐπιθίγοιμι MnPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234,19; Dind. II.332,6–7

Or. 1602.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί δὴ γὰρ οὔ;⟩: οὕτως ἡ σύνταξις· διατί γὰρ οὐχὶ ἅπτομαι θυσιῶν; —Aa

TRANSLATION: The paraphrase is like this: For why do I not touch sacrifices?

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπτομαι (sic) Aa

Or. 1602.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί δὴ γὰρ οὔ;⟩: οὐ γὰρ εἰμὶ ἄξιος(?) καὶ(?) τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; —Zl

TRANSLATION: For am I not worthy to do this too?

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when image available

Or. 1602.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί δὴ γὰρ οὔ;⟩: δικαίως θίγω τῶν χερνίβων —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1603.01 (vet exeg) καὶ σφάγια πρὸ δορός: ¹ὑπὸ δορὸς, ὅ ἐστιν ὑπὸ ξίφους. ²εὖ γὰρ καὶ σφάγια καταβάλοις. || ³πάλιν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἠθικῶς. ⁴πρὸ δορὸς δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸ πολέμου· ⁵εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ βασιλεῖς εἰς πόλεμον μέλλοντες ἐξιέναι πρότερον θύειν τοῖς θεοῖς. —MBCRf, partial V

TRANSLATION: (‘Pro doros’ here means) ‘hupo doros’ (‘by a spear’), which is to say, ‘by a sword’. For you would strike down sacrificial animals well! || And again this too is (utttered) with a tone of irony. And ‘pro doros’ is used for ‘before war’, for kings are accustomed, when they are about to go out to war, to sacrifice beforehand to the gods.

LEMMA: MVRf, καὶ σφάγια πρὸ δορὸς καταβαλ() B REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 κατὰ βάλοις M, καταβάλλοις C | 3 πᾶλιν M | ἡθικῶς C | 5 εἰώθασιν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234,20–23; Dind. II.332,8–11

COMMENT: The paraphrase in sent. 2 probably goes with the preceding sentence and not with the next, since 1–2 are omitted by V and since the paraphrase does not include the temporal interpretation of πρὸ δορὸς.

KEYWORDS: ἐν ἤθει | staging, delivery of lines

Or. 1603.02 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ σφάγια πρὸ δορὸς⟩: ἔθος ἦν τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν πρὸ τοῦ πολέμου θύειν τοῖς θεοῖς. —Pr

TRANSLATION: It was customary for kings to sacrifice to the gods before a war.

Or. 1603.03 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ σφάγια πρὸ δορὸς⟩: πρὸ τοῦ πολέμου· ἐξιόντες γὰρ εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἔθυον. —MnPr

TRANSLATION: Before war. For when they went out for war they used to make sacrifice.

POSITION: s.l.; in two parts Mn, sep. by sch. 1603.12

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.332, app. at 9

Or. 1603.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ σφάγια πρὸ δορὸς⟩: ἐξιόντες οἱ βασιλεῖς ἔθυον. —Y^r

TRANSLATION: When going out (on campaign), kings used to make sacrifice.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1603.05 (thom exeg) ⟨καὶ σφάγια πρὸ δορὸς⟩: ¹τὸ ‘πρὸ δορός’ καὶ πρὸς τὸ ‘θίγοις ἂν χερνίβων’ καὶ πρὸς τὸ ‘καταβάλοις σφάγια’ ῥητέον. ²τοῦτο δὲ λέγει Μενέλαος πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην εἰρωνευόμενος, ³δεικνὺς ὡς οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι βασιλεῖς, ὁπηνίκ’ ἂν πολεμεῖν δέῃ, πρῶτον θύουσι τοῖς θεοῖς, ⁴σὺ δὲ ἄρξας τῆσδε τῆς γῆς, ἡνίκα χρεία τούτου παρέσται, πῶς ἅψῃ θυμάτων ἀκάθαρτος ὤν; —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘before battle’ must be spoken as connected both to ‘you would touch the cleansing waters’ and to ‘you would strike down sacrificial animals’. And Menelaus says this to Orestes expressing himself with irony, showing that other kings, when it is necessary to make war, first sacrifice to the gods, but you, having becoming ruler of this land, when a need for this will arise, how will you touch the sacrifices when you are unpurified?

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, part read from Ta | 2 ὁ μενέλαος T | 3 δέοι ZmT | 4 τῆς om. Zm | παρέσται] ἔσται ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 προ Gu | θίγεις, οι s.l. Gu | 3 ὁπηνίκα ἂν T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.332,11–16

KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς | staging, delivery of lines

Or. 1603.06 (tri exeg) ⟨καὶ σφάγια⟩: ἀρχ(ή) —T

TRANSLATION: Beginning.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: This word is not copied in Ta. Perhaps this gloss is related to the use of ἀρχή … τέλος in sch. 1525.01 (Gu), but the only possible sign of τέλος here is a sigma that survives in a damaged area above δ’ ἂν near the end of the line. This sigma seems to be the end of whatever short word is lost. But it is unclear why Triclinius would mark this. One might have expected ἀρχή to appear above the beginning of 1602 with τέλος here, indicating that Menelaus’s speech is concluded after Orestes’ intervention.

Or. 1603.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸ δορὸς καταβάλοις⟩: πρὸ τοῦ πολέμου θύσεις —Y²

REF. SYMBOL: Y² POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1603.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸ δορὸς καταβάλοις⟩: καὶ κατασφάζοις ἐν δορί —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1603.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὺ δ᾽ ἄν καλῶς;⟩: ποιήσῃς τοῦτο, εἰρωνικὸν —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘And you would’) do this (‘well’); ironic (expression).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: εἰωνρεία/εἰρωνικῶς | staging, delivery of lines

Or. 1603.18 (vet paraphr) ⟨σὺ δ’ ἂν καλῶς;⟩: σὺ δ’ ἂν, φησὶ, θύσειας ἁγνῶς ὡς μὴ μιαρὸς ὤν; —MBVC

TRANSLATION: And would you, he says, sacrifice purely, as if you are not polluted?

POSITION: marg. MBV, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.: δέ φη() V | ἁγνῶ C, ἁγνὸς V

APP. CRIT. 2: ἄν φη() C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234,24; Dind. II.332,16–17

Or. 1603.19 (1603–1604) (rec paraphr) ⟨σὺ δ’ ἂν καλῶς;⟩: σὺ δ’ ἂν, φησὶ, θύσειας ὡς ἁγνὸς, μιαρὸς ὤν; —MnPrRw

TRANSLATION: And would you, he says, sacrifice as one pure, when you are polluted?

POSITION: marg. Rw, s.l. Mn; cont. from sch. 1602.16 Pr

APP. CRIT.: φησὶ om. MnPr | θύσεις Mn | μιαρὸς om. Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.332, app. at 17

Or. 1603.20 (1603–1604) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σὺ δ’ ἂν καλῶς;⟩: σὺ δ’ ἁγνῶς ποιήσεις τὰς θυσίας μιαρὸς ὤν; —Gu²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.332,17–18

Or. 1603.21 (1603–1604) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σὺ δ’ ἂν καλῶς;⟩: σὺ δ’ ὡς ἁγνὸς ποιήσεις τὰς θυσίας μιαρὸς ὤν; —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1603.22 (rec paraphr) ⟨σὺ δ’ ἂν καλῶς;⟩: τὴν θυσίαν τοῖς θεοῖς φέροις ἂν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1603.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨σὺ δ’ ἂν καλῶς;⟩: ἅψαι⟨ς⟩ τῶν χερνίβων —Rw

POSITION: marg., cont. from sch. 1603.19 Rw

Or. 1603.24 (rec paraphr) ⟨σὺ δ’ ἂν καλῶς;⟩: ἵνα ἅπτεσαι τῶν θυμάτων —Rf^r

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1603.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σὺ δ’ ἂν καλῶς;⟩: ποιήσ() θυσίας δηλονότι —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1603.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δ’ οὖν⟩: γρ. δ᾽ ἄν. —Za

TRANSLATION: (For ‘d’ oun’, ‘and, then’,) the reading ‘d’ an’ (‘and’ + modal particle) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Za POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1603.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δ’ αὖ⟩: γρ. δ᾽ ἄν. —Z

TRANSLATION: (For ‘d’ au’, ‘and in turn’,) the reading ‘d’ an’ (‘and’ + modal particle) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Z POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1604.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁγνὸς γάρ εἰμι χεῖρας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἁγνὸς εἰμὶ τοῦ συγγενικοῦ φόνου —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘For I am pure as to my hands’ is) equivalent to ‘I am pure from kindred murder’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1604.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁγνὸς γάρ εἰμι χεῖρας⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ εἰμὶ φόνευς. —Xo²

TRANSLATION: (‘For I am pure as to my hands’,) in other words, ‘I am not a murderer’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1604.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁγνὸς⟩: τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρὸς δηλονότι —MBVC

TRANSLATION: (‘Pure’) from the murder of my mother, clearly.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. MBV, s.l. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234,25; Dind. II.332,19

Or. 1604.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁγνὸς⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς φόνου —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Pure’) from the murder of my mother.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1604.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ οὐ τὰς φρένας⟩: ὡς βουληθεὶς προδοῦναι ἡμᾶς καὶ μὴ βοηθῆσαι —V

TRANSLATION: (‘Not (pure) in mind’) as one who wanted to betray us and not bring aid.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.332,21–22

Or. 1604.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ οὐ τὰς φρένας⟩: ὅτι ὑπάρχεις προδότης —MnPrR

TRANSLATION: (‘Not (pure) in mind’) because you are a traitor.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπάγεις R

Or. 1605.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τίς δ’ ἂν προσείποι σε;⟩: ὡς μιαρὸν δηλονότι —MBVC

TRANSLATION: (‘And who would speak to you’?) as (one who is) polluted, clearly.

POSITION: marg. MBV, intermarg. C.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234,26; Dind. II.333,2

Or. 1605.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσείποι σε⟩: χαιρετίσει σε ὡς μιαρὸν —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘And who would speak to you’?, that is,) ‘will address you, as (one who is) polluted’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1605.10 (vet exeg) ⟨ὅστις ἐστὶ φιλοπάτωρ⟩: τουτέστι διὰ τὸ βεβοηθηκέναι με τῷ πατρί —MBVCZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Whoever is devoted to his father (will address me)’,) that is to say, because I brought aid to my father (by avenging him).

POSITION: marg. MB, intermarg. C, s.l. VZu

APP. CRIT.: τουτέστι om. V | με om. Zu | τὸν πατέρα Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: βεβεβοηκέναι (sic) Zu | με] μαι B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234,27; Dind. II.333,3

Or. 1605.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐστὶ φιλοπάτωρ⟩: καὶ ἀγαπᾷ τὸν πατέρα —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1605.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨φιλοπάτωρ⟩: φιλῶν τὸν πατέρα. φιλόπατρις δὲ ὁ φιλῶν τὴν πατρίδα. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (‘Philopatōr’ means) ‘loving one’s father’, but ‘philopatris’ (means) ‘loving one’s fatherland’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 1606.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅστις δὲ τιμᾷ μητέρα⟩: τί ἐστὶν; —R

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1606.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅστις δὲ τιμᾷ μητέρα⟩: οὐ χαιρετίσει σε —Xo²Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: χαιρετήσοι Zb² | σε om. Zb²

Or. 1606.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅστις δὲ τιμᾷ μητέρα⟩: τί προσείποι σοι; —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1606.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅστις δὲ τιμᾷ μητέρα⟩: ἀσπάσηταί σε; —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1606.06 (tri metr) ⟨τιμᾷ⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1606.08 (1606–1607) (mosch exeg) εὐδαίμων ἔφυ: ¹ἤγουν μακάριος, ὅτι δηλονότι καλῆς ἔτυχε μητρὸς καὶ τιμᾷ αὐτήν. ²ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος πρὸς τὸ μακάριος μόνον ἀπαντᾷ καὶ φησὶν ‘οὔκουν σύ γε’, μακάριος δηλονότι. ³εἶτα ὁ Ὀρέστης ὥσπερ ἑαυτὸν ἑρμηνεύων ἐπάγει ‘οὐ γὰρ ἁνδάνουσιν αἱ κακαί’, ⁴ἤγουν ναὶ, οὐκ εἰμὶ εὐδαίμων, φημὶ κἀγώ· ⁵κακῆς γὰρ ἔτυχον μητρὸς, ἣν οὐκ ἀνασχόμενος οὐκ ἐτίμησα. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘He is blessed with good fortune’,) that is, (he is) blessedly happy, because, obviously, he ended up with a noble mother and he honors her. But Menelaus frames his response only toward ‘blessedly happy’ and says ‘Certainly you aren’t!’, blessedly happy, clearly. Then Orestes, as if explaining himself, adds ‘for evil women do not please me’, that is, yes, I am not blessed with good fortune, I too agree: for I ended up with a wicked mother, and not abiding her I did not honor her.

LEMMA: all except XGr (XoT without punct. after lemma)

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὅτι om. a.c. Xo | 2 μακάριον Yf | 3 αὐτὸν Y | 5 second οὐκ om. Y, add. Y²

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δῆλον ὅτι G | 2 σὺ γέ Xb | δῆλον ὅτι G | 3 ἀνδάνουσιν TGr | 5 οὐκανασχόμενος Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.333,5–10

KEYWORDS: rhetorical analysis | ἑρμηνεία/ἑρμηνεύων

Or. 1606.09 (vet exeg) ⟨εὐδαίμων ἔφυ⟩: ¹καλήν γε οὖσαν τιμῶν δηλονότι. ²ἐγὼ οὖν μὴ ἔχων καλὴν ἀπέκτεινα· ³διὸ καὶ ἀτυχῶ. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: (‘He is blessed with good fortune’), inasmuch as (he is) honoring, clearly, (a mother) who is noble. I, then, because I did not have a noble one, killed her. Therefore indeed I suffer misfortune.

LEMMA: ὅστις δὲ τιμᾷ μητέρα B REF. SYMBOL: B(at ὅστις), at 1607 ἁνδάνουσιν C POSITION: marg. MV

APP. CRIT.: 1 γε … τιμῶν] B, γὰρ … τιμὴν others | δηλονότι] transp. before τιμ. V, εὐδαίμων ἔφυ δηλονότι B

APP. CRIT. 2: διὃ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.234,28–29; Dind. II.333,4–5

Or. 1606.10 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐδαίμων ἔφυ⟩: ὅτι εὐτυχὴς ὑπάρχει τιμῶν τὴν μητέρα —R

TRANSLATION: (‘He is blessed with good fortune’) because he is fortunate in honoring his mother.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1606.11 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐδαίμων ἔφυ⟩: εὐτυχὴς ὑπάρχει ὅτι τιμᾷ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ. —MnPr

TRANSLATION: He is fortunate because he honors his mother.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπ. εὐτ. transp. Pr | τιμᾷ om. Mn

Or. 1606.12 (rec rhet) ⟨εὐδαίμων ἔφυ⟩: παρ’ ὑπόνοιαν —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (A schema:) contrary to expectation.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: παρ’ ὑπόνοιαν is equivalent to παρὰ προσδοκίαν and is found in the scholia on several prose authors and especially frequently in the scholia on Aristophanes. For other poetry, it is found once in Sch. Aesch. Choe. 95 Smith τῶν κακῶν] παρ’ ὑπόνοιαν· ἔδει γὰρ τῶν καλῶν εἰπεῖν; once in Sch. bT Hom. Il. 4.127b Erbse; once in Sch. Theocr. 10.54/55d Wendel. Its applicability here is unclear. Perhaps it is used because Orestes by implication concedes his own wretchedness.

Or. 1607.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὔκουν σύ γε⟩: οὐκ εὐδαίμων εἶ —PrG

LEMMA: οὐκ εἶ σύ γε in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: οὐκ om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.333,12

Or. 1607.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὔκουν σύ γε⟩: εὐδαίμων ὑπάρχεις —AaMnRRf^rSaXo²Zu

LEMMA: in text οὐκ οὖν R, a.c. Rf, οὐκοῦν Mn POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπάρχεις] om. Rf^rXo²Zu, transp. before εὐδαίμων Aa

Or. 1607.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὔκουν σύ γε⟩: εὐτυχὴς ὑπάρχεις —CrOx

LEMMA: οὐκοῦν in text Ox POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1607.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨οὔκουν σύ γε⟩: ἔφυς εὐδαίμων —ZbZlZmTGu

LEMMA: in text οὐκοῦν Zl, a.c. Zb POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1607.06 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ εἶ⟩: γρ. οὔκουν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ouk ei’, ‘you are not’,) the reading ‘oukoun’ (‘certainly not’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text Pr POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1607.07 (vet exeg) οὐ γὰρ ἁνδάνουσιν: ¹αὕτη γὰρ ἥμαρτε, φησί· ²διὸ κἀγὼ οὐκ εὐδαιμονῶ. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: Because this woman committed a crime, he means. Therefore I for my part am not blessed with good fortune.

LEMMA: M(ἀνδ-) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. B, intermarg. C, s.l. V

APP. CRIT.: 2 διὸ] δι’ ἣν V

APP. CRIT. 2: ἥμαρτέ φη() V | φησὶν M | καγὼ MB

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,2–3; Dind. II.333,13–14

Or. 1607.08 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐ γάρ μ’ ἁνδάνουσιν⟩: ¹τὸ ‘οὐ γάρ μ’ ἁνδάνουσιν’ ἤ μοι νόει, ἤ με· ²τὸ γὰρ ἁνδάνω καὶ πρὸς δοτικὴν καὶ πρὸς αἰτιατικὴν εὕρηται, ὡς καὶ τὸ ἀρέσκω. —Zm²T

TRANSLATION: As for ‘for they do not please me’ (with elided form of ‘me’), interpret it as either (dative) ‘moi’ or (accusative) ‘me’. For the verb ‘handanō’ (‘to please’) is found both with dative complement and with accusative, as also the verb ‘areskō’ (‘to please’).

LEMMA: ἀνδ‑ in text T POSITION: s.l. Zm²

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ οὐ … ἁνδάνουσιν and νόει om. Zm² | 2 second πρὸς om. Zm² | εὕρηται om. Zm²

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀνδάνουσιν T | ἀνδάνω Zm²T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.333,14–16

Or. 1608.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἄπαιρε θυγατρὸς φάσγανον⟩: ἆρον ἀπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς θυγατρὸς τὸ ξίφος. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: θυγατρὸς and ξίφος om. G (words to be supplied from line)

APP. CRIT. 2: ᾆρον G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.333,17

Or. 1608.12 (vet exeg) ⟨ψευδὴς ἔφυς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐψεύσω τῆς ἐλπίδος. —MBVY²Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘You are false’ is) equivalent to ‘you have been deceived of your hope’ (that I will remove the sword threatening your daughter).

POSITION: marg, MBY², s.l. VZu

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. VY²Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,4; Dind. II.333,18

Or. 1608.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨ψευδὴς ἔφυς⟩: ὑπῆρξας εἰς τοῦτο —Zm²TGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.333,20

Or. 1609.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ ψευδὴς ἔτ’ εἶ⟩: τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ μηδὲν ἄλλο εἴποις. —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘You are no longer speaking falsely’ when you suggest I will kill her,) for you might say this and nothing different.

POSITION: s.l. above 1605 ὅστις ἐστὶ φιλοπάτωρ

COMMENT: This comment certainly does not fit 1605, where Zl has written it. This is the only phrase in the vicinity where it makes some sense, although it requires some supplementation, as in the translation offered.

Or. 1609.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ ψευδὴς ἔτ’ εἶ⟩: οὐκέτι εἶ ψευδὴς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ψευδὴς εἶ transp. G

APP. CRIT. 2: οὐκ ἔτι Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.333,22

Or. 1610.01 (vet exeg) ⟨οἴμοι τί δράσω;⟩: παροιμιῶδες τὸ ἡμιστίχιον. —MBVCSa

TRANSLATION: The half-line is proverbial.

POSITION: marg. MBV, intermarg. C, s.l. Sa; beside sep. half-line πεῖθ’ ἐς ἀργείους μολών V, under same half-line (last of page) Sa

APP. CRIT.: ἥμισυ στίχιον C, ἡμίστιχον V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,5; Dind. II.333,23

COMMENT: Without awareness, apparently, of the position in VSa, Dindorf suggested the comment was intended for the second half-line πεῖθ’ ἐς Ἄργείους μολών; but there is no quotation of this phrase elsewhere in TLG. On the other hand, οἴμοι τί δράσω occurs over a dozen times in Euripides and Sophocles, is used paratragically by Aristophanes Nub. 844 and Hermippus fr. 13 K–A (= fr. 14 Kock), and is borrowed both in Christus Patiens 474 and 1126 and in the 13th ‑cent. poet Georgius Callipolitanus, carmina 13,9.

Or. 1610.07 (tri metr) ⟨δράσω⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1610.08 (rec exeg) ⟨πεῖθ’⟩: ὥστε μὴ φονεῦσαι ἡμᾶς —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Persuade’ them) not to kill us.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1610.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πεῖθ’⟩: ὥστε μὴ κτεῖναι ἐμὲ —Xo²

TRANSLATION: (‘Persuade’ them) not to kill me.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1610.10 (rec exeg) ⟨πεῖθ’⟩: τὸ μὴ θανεῖν ἐμὲ —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (‘Persuade’ them) that I not be put to death.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1610.19 (rec gram) ⟨μολὼν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ μέλω μολῶ —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Molōn’ is) from the verb ‘melō’, ‘molō’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Cf. Et. Gud. 397,15 Sturz μολῶ, τὸ παραγίνομαι· ἢ παρὰ τὸ μέλω τὸ φροντίζω γίνεται μολῶ· ἢ παρὰ τὸ πονῶ πολῶ, τροπῇ τοῦ ἀμεταβόλου εἰς ἀμετάβολον, καὶ τροπῇ τοῦ π εἰς μ μολῶ· εἰς ὃν γάρ τις τόπον οἰκεῖ, ἐκεῖ καὶ μολεῖ.

Or. 1611.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πείθω τίνα⟩: ἢ ποίαν κατάπεισιν —Gu²

TRANSLATION: Or (with change of accent from ‘peíthō’ to ‘peithó’, it means) ‘what persuasion (am I to seek)?’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.333,24

COMMENT: Misreported as ποίαν κατὰ πεῖσιν in Matthiae (πείσιν) and Dindorf.

Or. 1611.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πείθω τίνα⟩: ἢ πειθὼ ὀξυτόνως, τοῦτέστι ποίαν κατάπεισιν —Zu

TRANSLATION: Or (write) ‘peithō’ with accent on the final syllable, that is to say, ‘what persuasion (am I to seek)?’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1612.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἢ παῖδά μου φονεύσετε⟩: ἐὰν μὴ πείσω —MBVC

TRANSLATION: (‘Or else will you kill my child’) if I do not persuade (the Argives)?

LEMMA: ἦ in text B, p.c. V; ἠ without accent M POSITION: marg. MB, intermarg. C, s.l. V; beside second half of line (on sep. line) B

APP. CRIT.: πείσω] V (cf. next), πείσῃς MBC

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐἂν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,6; Dind. II.333,28

COMMENT: Under the influence of the position beside ὧδ’ ἔχει τάδε in B and the error πείσῃς, this note was treated as the protasis to οὕτω(ς) κέκριται (sch. 1612.13) from Arsenius to Dindorf. Even B, however, separates this from οὕτω(ς) κέκριται with dot punctuation.

Or. 1612.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἢ παῖδά μου φονεύσετε⟩: εἰ δὲ μὴ πείσω τοὺς Ἀργείους —GK

TRANSLATION: And if I do not persuade the Argives(, ‘will you kill my child)?

LEMMA: ἦ in text G; φονεύετ’ in text K POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1612.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἢ παῖδά μου φονεύσεθ᾽⟩: εἰ μὴ τοῦτο ποιήσω —ZZaZbZmTGuCrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Or else will you kill my child’) if I do not do this?

LEMMA: in text ἦ with grave above circumflex Z, ἦ CrOx, app. p.c. Zm; φονεύσετ’ Gr, φονεύσετε ZZbZm, φονεύσατε CrOx POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο μὴ transp. CrOx

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.333,27

Or. 1612.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἦ παῖδά μου φονεύσετε⟩: εἰ μὴ οὕτως ποιήσω —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Will you indeed kill my child’) if I do not act in this way?

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.333,27 (misread)

Or. 1612.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἢ παῖδά μου φονεύσετε⟩: εἰ οὐ ποιήσω τοῦτο —Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Or will you kill my child’) if I do not do this?

LEMMA: in text φονεύσατε Zu POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1612.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἢ παῖδά μου φονεύσετε⟩: ⟨εἰ⟩ οὐκ αἰτήσω —Zm²

TRANSLATION: (‘Or will you kill my child’) if I do not ask (the Argives to spare you)?

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: There is blot below οὐκ; cannot be determined whether there were a few letters or this is an accidental blot; if letters, perhaps could have been μὴ, cf. 1612.08.

Or. 1612.12 (rec exeg) ⟨φονεύετε⟩: γρ. φονεύσετε. —Sa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘phoneuete’, present tense ‘are you killing’,) the reading ‘phoneusete’ (future ‘will you kill’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1612.13 (vet exeg) ⟨ὧδ’ ἔχει τάδε⟩: οὕτως κέκριται. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: (‘This is the case’, that is,) ‘thus it has been decided’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: οὕτω V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,7; Dind. II.333,28

Or. 1612.17 (thom exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: ὅτι φονεύσομεν —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘These things’ means) ‘that we will kill (her)’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σωμεν Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.333,29

Or. 1613.03 (tri metr) ⟨τἀμὰ⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1613.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τλάμονα⟩: τλήμονα —Zc^r

TRANSLATION: (For ‘tlāmona’, ‘wretched’, spelled with Doric alpha, there is a variant reading) ‘tlēmona’ (with standard spelling with eta).

LEMMA: thus in text Zc POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: It cannot be ruled out that the scribe intended this as a simple eta gloss.

Or. 1614.01 (1614–1615) (mosch exeg) ⟨σοὶ σφάγιον … πονήσας μυρίους⟩: ¹τὸ ἑξῆς σοὶ σφάγιον ἐκόμισ’ ἐκ Φρυγῶν, πόνους πονήσας μυρίους, ²ἤγουν σοὶ ἐκόμισα αὐτὴν ἐκ Φρυγῶν, πόνους πονήσας μυρίους, σφάγιον γενήσεσθαι δηλονότι, ³τουτέστι σοὶ ἤγαγον αὐτὴν εἰς τὸ σφαγιάσαι. —XXaXbYYfGr, partial XoT⁺G

TRANSLATION: The continuity of the sense is: I brought (Helen) from the Phrygians as a sacrificial victim for you, after enduring countless toils; in other words, I brought her from the Phrygians, after enduring countless toils, to become, clearly, a sacrificial victim; that is to say, I brought her to you for you to slaughter.

LEMMA: σοὶ σφάγιον G

APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ ἑξῆς om. Gr | σφάγιον σοὶ transp. XaY | 1–2 ἐκόμισ’ … σφάγιον om. G | 2 ἤγουν σοὶ … μυρίους om. XoT | 3 τουτέστιν (σοὶ om.) G

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐκόμισ’] ἐκόμισα TGr | 2 δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.333,30–334,3

Or. 1614.02 (rec exeg) ⟨σοὶ σφάγιον ἐκόμισ’ ἐκ Φρυγῶν⟩: ἐκόμισα ἐγὼ τὴν Ἑλένην ἵν’ ᾖ σφάγιον σοί. —MnPrSa

TRANSLATION: I brought Helen in order that she be a sacrificial victim for you.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἵνα Mn

Or. 1614.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σοὶ σφάγιον ἐκόμισ’⟩: σοὶ ἤγαγον εἰς τὸ σφαγιάσαι —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1614.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκόμισ᾽⟩: καὶ μετὰ πόνου ἤγαγον —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1614.19 (vet exeg) ⟨εἰ γὰρ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἴθε γάρ. —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Ei gar’ is) equivalent to ‘eithe gar’ (particles introducing a wish).

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. II.235,8 (incomplete); Dind. II.334,3–4

Or. 1614.22 (mosch exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ σφαγιασθῆναι αὐτὴν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘This’ means) ‘her being slaughtered by me’.

LEMMA: εἰ γὰρ τόδ’ ἦν X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: σφαγηθῆναι Yf | ἀπ’ a.c. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.333,30 (with incorrect lemma σοὶ σφάγιον)

Or. 1614.23 (thom exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ θῦσαι αὐτήν —ZZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘This’ means) ‘sacrificing her’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1614.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ φονεῦσαι αὐτήν —Za

TRANSLATION: (‘This’ means) ‘killing her’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1614.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ ἀποθανεῖν παρ’ ἐμοῦ —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘This’ means) ‘her dying at my hands’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1615.01 (rec exeg) ⟨πόνους πονήσας μυρίους⟩: ὑπερβατὸν λέγεται τὸ σχῆμα παρὰ τοῖς ῥήτορσι. —V¹Sa

TRANSLATION: The schema is a called hyperbaton in the rhetors.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ὑπερ lost to damage V¹ | τὸ om. V¹

COMMENT: In this case, hyperbaton refers to the separation of πόνους from μυρίους by πονήσας: Lausberg §716.

Or. 1615.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πόνους πονήσας μυρίους⟩: ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ ὥστε ταύτην ἀγαγεῖν —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Having endured countless toils’) in Troy so as to bring her.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1615.06 (tri metr) ⟨μυρίους⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 84

Or. 1615.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨πλήν γ’ εἰς ἐμέ⟩: πάντως οὐχὶ εἰς ἐμὲ —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1615.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨πλήν γ’ εἰς ἐμέ⟩: ὅμως οὐχὶ εἰς ἐμέ —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰς] cf. prev., πλὴν Mn

Or. 1615.09 (thom paraphr) ⟨πλήν γ’ εἰς ἐμέ⟩: χωρίς εἰς ἐμὲ οὐκ ἐπόνησας —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1615.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰς ἐμέ⟩: ἤγουν αὐτὸ ⟨τὸ⟩ κατ’ ἐμοῦ —Zu^rec

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1616.01 (thom exeg) πέπονθα δεινά: ἐπί τε τῇ γυναικὶ, ἣν ἐφόνευσας, καὶ τῇ θυγατρὶ, ἣν μέλλεις φονεῦσαι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘I have suffered terrible things’) in regard both to my wife, whom you murdered, and to my daughter, whom you are going to kill.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: ἐπί τε] ἐπεὶ Zl | first ἣν om. ZbZl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.334,8

Or. 1616.06 (vetMoschThom exeg) τότε: ὅτε σε ἠξίουν βοηθῆσαί μοι —BVCAaMnPrXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT^*

TRANSLATION: (‘Then’,) when I asked you to help me.

LEMMA: X(add. γὰρ) REF. SYMBOL: Aa POSITION: s.l. except AaX, intermarg. BC

APP. CRIT. 2: βοηθῆσαί μοι] BVC, βοηθῆσαι μοι others except βοηθήσαι μοι changed from βοηθήσαιμι Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,9; Dind. II.334,9

Or. 1616.07 (rec gram) ⟨τότε⟩: [χρον]ικὸν καὶ ἀναφο[ρικὸν τὸ?] ἐπίρρημα. —Pr

TRANSLATION: The adverb is temporal and anaphoric.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: τότε is not elsewhere said to be anaphoric, whereas the two terms χρονικόν and ἀναφορικόν are paired in descriptions of ὅτε, ὅταν, and the like.

Or. 1617.01 (vet exeg) ἔχεις με: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ περιγέγονάς μου, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς συνηθείας λέγομεν ‘ἔχεις με †ἔσω†’. || ²ὅτι ἐχειρώσατο τὴν Ἑρμιόνην. —MBVCSa

TRANSLATION: (‘You have/hold me’) in the sense ‘you have gotten the upper hand over me’, as we say in everyday speech ‘you hold me †inside†’. || (This is said) because he (Orestes) held Hermione captive.

LEMMA: MBCSa REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. MV

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 εἴσω Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,10–11; Dind. II.334,10–12

COMMENT: From Arsenius to Matthiae this scholion appeared in the form ἐνίκησάς με, περιγέγονάς μου, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς συνηθείας λέγομεν. τοῦτο δὲ λέγει ὅτι ἐχειρώσατο τὴν Ἑρμιόνην. The initial ἐνίκησάς με is from Moschopulus, while the rest seems to be Arsenius’s own modification of the B-tradition (since MeMuPh here follow B). Dindorf first printed the fuller text, but unlike Schwartz, ended the first sentence at λέγομεν and treated ἔχεις με as another lemma, followed by the explanation ἔσω (which makes no sense), and in the second sentence he presented the introductory words as τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν οὕτως as in V. Thus in Dindorf’s view the remark about ordinary speech refers back to περιγέγονάς μου and not forward, as in Schwartz, to ἔχεις με ἕσω. In fact neither phrase is attested as such elsewhere, but claims about συνήθεια sometimes cannot be supported by the texts available in TLG. | The punctuation in the mss is of little help: M has no punctution between the phrases; B punctuates after μου, λέγομεν, and ἔσω (perhaps there was an attempt by someone to erase the dot after λέγομεν); V punctuates after ἔσω and perhaps after μου (very faint); C only after ἔσω, and Sa after φαμέν (and by implication after ἔσω, since τοῦτο δὲ follows). In the late copies descended from B (MeMuPh), ἔχεις με ἔσω is taken with what follows, and Ph even has a dicolon after λέγομεν. | As for possible emendations, if the second phrase is that from everyday speech, one may consider ἔχεις με μέσο: compare perhaps Arist. Nub. 1047 εὐθὺς γάρ σε μέσον ἔχω λαβὴν ἄφυκτον [λαβὴν Thompson, λαβὼν codd., Suda]). If the first phrase is that from everyday speech, perhaps ἔσω is a corruption of ἔφη and the separate note that follows λέγομεν could have been ‘ἔχεις με’ ἔφη ὅτι … or ἔχεις με: ⟨τοῦτο⟩ ἔφη ὅτι …

Or. 1617.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔχεις με⟩: περιγέγονάς μου —V³Y²

POSITION: s.l., misplaced over κακὸς γεγώς in next half-line (on a sep. line) V³

Or. 1617.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔχεις με⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ περιεγένου μου —F

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1617.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔχεις με⟩: κατέσχες με διὰ πανουργίας —Y²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1617.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔχεις με⟩: κρατεῖς με ὥστε βοηθήσοντα σοὶ —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1617.09 (vet exeg) ⟨σαυτὸν σύ γ’ ἔλαβες⟩: σὺ σαυτὸν δυνάμει κατηγωνίσω κακὸς γενόμενος πρός με. —MBCMt^rPr

TRANSLATION: You have defeated yourself in potentiality(?) by proving to be a villain in regard to me.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. CPr

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὸν MCPr | δυνάμει om. B | κατηγωνίσων Mt | γεγονὼς Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,12; Dind. II.334,12–13

COMMENT: If δυνάμει is sound (the B-tradition probably omitted it because it was not understood), it would apparently imply the contrast δυνάμει/ἐνεργείᾳ: Orestes is the one who has actually entrapped Menelaus, but Menelaus has created the prerequisite circumstances. In tragic scholia, δύναμις is almost always ‘power’, ‘might’, ‘force’, but this more philosophical sense is present in Sch. Soph. Trach. 1163 Xenis (Nessus as killer of Heracles) οὕτω ζῶντα μ’ ἔκτεινεν θανών: δυνάμει γὰρ αὐτὸς αὐτὸν ἀνεῖλεν; Sch. Soph. Phil. 297 Papageorgiou (ἔφην’ ἄφαντον φῶς, of fire) ἄλλως: καλῶς εἶπεν ‘ἄφαντον’· οὐ φαίνεται γὰρ ἀλλὰ δυνάμει αὐτὸ ἔχει.

Or. 1617.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σαυτὸν σύ γ’ ἔλαβες⟩: οἷον τὸ κοινὸν ἐνίοτε λεγόμενον ‘σὺ ἐφόνευσας σαυτόν, οὐκ ἐγώ’. —Zm

TRANSLATION: Like the common phrase that is sometimes said, ‘you killed yourself, not I’.

COMMENT: A phrase of this kind is not found elsewhere in TLG; the rhetorical strategy behind it can be seen in Lysias or. 1.26 ἐγὼ δ’ εἶπον ὅτι ‘οὐκ ἐγώ σε ἀποκτενῶ, ἀλλ’ ὁ τῆς πόλεως νόμος, ὃν σὺ παραβαίνων …’

Or. 1617.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σαυτὸν σύ γ’ ἔλαβες⟩: κατηγωνίσω κακῶς —V³Y²

POSITION: marg. V³, s.l. Y²

APP. CRIT.: κακῶς om. Y²

Or. 1617.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σαυτὸν σύ γ’ ἔλαβες⟩: εἰς ἑαυτὸν σὺ τοῦτο ἐποίησας —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1618.01 (rec exeg) ἐ[ξή]γησις(?) οἱονεὶ ὄρθωσις πυρός —Pr

TRANSLATION: Explanation(?), as it were, a correct directing(?) of fire.

POSITION: in upper marg. fol. 31v, containing lines 1601–1678

COMMENT: It is uncertain whether the first word in the damaged margin really was ἐξήγησις or some other word ending in ‑γησις (these letters are beyond doubt), and in any case the sense of the note is obscure, and the translation above dubious. There are no other junctures of ὄρθωσις and πυρός (or of ὀρθόω and πῦρ) in TLG. On the page where the note occurs only 1618 ὕφαπτε and 1620 κάταιθε seem relevant to fire, and Orestes is there giving instuctions to Electra to start a fire indoors and to Pylades to ignite the parapet. Fire is also referred to on the previous recto (1594 and 1596), but the comment seems even less apposite there.

Or. 1618.11 (tri metr) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1619.01 (1619–1620) (mosch paraphr) ⟨σύ τ’, ὦ φίλων … σαφέστατε, Πυλάδη⟩: καὶ σὺ, ὦ Πυλάδη, ἀληθέστατέ μοι τῶν ἐμῶν φίλων —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except XTGr

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, mostly read from Ta | καὶ om. Y | τῶν φίλων τῶν ἐμῶν Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.334,15–16

Or. 1620.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κάταιθε γεῖσα τειχέων τάδε⟩: πυρπόλει τὰ γεῖσσα τῶν τειχῶν τῶνδε. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except XTGr, cont. from sch. 1619.01 T

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, mostly read from Ta

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.334,16

Or. 1620.07 (vet exeg) ⟨γεῖσα τειχέων τάδε⟩: γράφεται γεῖσα τεκτόνων πόνον. —M

TRANSLATION: (For ‘geisa teicheōn tade’, ‘these parapets of the walls’,) the reading ‘geisa tektonōn ponon’ (‘parapets, products of the toil of builders’) is found.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,13; Dind. II.334,17–18

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1620.13 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1621.03 (pllgn gram) ⟨γαία⟩: γῆ γαία, γῆ γέα —Zm²

TRANSLATION: (Alternative forms of the word:) ‘gē’, ‘gaia’; ‘gē’, ‘gea’.

LEMMA: γαῖα in text Zm, changed to γαία Zm² POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γαία sic Zm², as in text

Or. 1621.06 (vet exeg) ἱππίου τ’ Ἄργους κτίται: ¹οἰκήτορες. || ²ἀντὶ τοῦ οἰκηταί. ³τοιοῦτον δέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ ‘συὸς ὀρεικτίτου’ παρὰ Πινδάρῳ [fr. 313 Snell–Maehler], ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀρειοίκου, ⁴καὶ τὸ ‘ἐΰκτιτον ἄστυ’ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 2.592], ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκατοίκητον πόλιν. —MBVC, partial Rf

TRANSLATION: (‘Ktitai’,) ‘inhabitants’ (‘oikētores’). || Equivalent to ‘inhabitants’ (‘oikētai’). With such meaning (of the root ktit‑) there is also ‘suos oreiktitou’ in Pindar, used to mean ‘oreioikou’ (‘dwelling on the mountain’), and ‘euktiton astu’ in Homer, used to mean ‘eukatoikēton polin’ (‘well-inhabited city’).

LEMMA: M(κτῖται)C(with ση [=σημείωσαι?] written above ἱππίου), ἄργους κτίται B, ἱππείου ἄργους κτῖται Rf, κτίται V REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ὄρει κτίτου C, ὀρικτίτου B | ὄρει οἴκου M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,14–17; Dind. II.334,20–22

COMMENT: The same Pindar fragment is cited to support taking ἐκτίσαντο as ᾤκησαν in Sch. Phoen. 683. Cf. Sch. Pind. P. 2.31c Drachmann, which notes that Homer’s use of κτίλον in the sense ‘ram leading the flock’ is contrary to the (alleged) etymology: ἔστι γὰρ παρὰ τὸ κτίσαι, ὅ ἐστι τὸ θρέψαι· ὡς αὐτὸς ὁ Πίνδαρος ἐν ἄλλοις ‘ὀρεικτίτου συὸς’, τοῦ ἐν ὄρει τεθραμμένου. For views on the use of the root κτι‑, cf. Hesych. κ 4320 κτίμενον· τὸ οἰκούμενον; κ 4321 κτίσαι· ἱδρῦσαι. οἰκίσαι. ἄρξασθαι, κ 4325 κτίται· κτίστορες; Et. Gud. 123,14–18 de Stefani Ἀμφικτύονες· οἱ περιοικοῦντες· τὸ γὰρ κτίσαι ἐπὶ τοῦ οἰκῆσαι ἔλεγον οἱ ἀρχαῖοι κτλ; Et. Magn. 90,49–50 Ἀμφικτύονες: οἱ περιοικοῦντες. τὸ γὰρ κτίσαι ἐπὶ τοῦ οἰκίσαι ἔλαβον οἱ παλαιοὶ κτλ; Eust. in Il. 2.546 [I.435,14–16] ὅτι τὰς Ἀθήνας εὐκτίμενον πτολίεθρον λέγει ὡς εὖ καὶ αὐτὸ ἐκτισμένον ἢ καὶ ὡς ἀγαθοὺς ἔχων πολιστάς, οὓς κτίτας ἡ τραγῳδία φησὶ κατ’ ἔλλειψιν καὶ αὐτοὺς τοῦ σ̅.

KEYWORDS: etymology | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | Pindar

Or. 1621.07 (mosch exeg) ἱππίου τ’ Ἄργους κτίται: κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ ‘ἐϋκτιμένη’ πόλις παρ᾽ Ὁμήρῳ ἡ καλῶς ἔχουσα δηλονότι ἕνεκα τῆς οἰκήσεως. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: With this (usage of the root κτι‑) also ‘euktimenē’ city in Homer, (meaning) the one that is in fine condition, namely because of its habitation.

LEMMA: G POSITION: cont. from sch. 1621.17 XGr

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, mostly read from Ta | κατὰ] μετὰ Yf | καὶ om. Y | δηλονότι om. G, a.c. Xo

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐϋκτημένη X, εὐκτισμένη XoG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.334, app. at 20

COMMENT: ἐϋκτιμένη is an epithet of the proper names of some cities in Homer, e.g., Il. 2.712 ἐϋκτιμένην Ἰαωλκόν, 5.543 ἐϋκτιμένῃ ἐνὶ Φηρῇ.

Or. 1621.20 (pllgn gram) ⟨κτίται⟩: ἔκθλιψις τοῦ σ̅ —Zm²

TRANSLATION: (The word is formed by) omission of sigma (from the proper form ‘ktistai’).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: See Eust. quoted on sch. 1621.06.

Or. 1622.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨οὔκουν ἐνόπλῳ ποδὶ βοηδρομήσετε⟩: ¹οὔκουν ἔνοπλοι δρόμῳ βοηθήσετε; ²ἤγουν μεθ’ ὅπλων δραμόντες βοηθήσετε; ³ἔνοπλος γὰρ δρόμος οὐχ ὁ ὡπλισμένος (ἀσύνετον γὰρ τοῦτο), ἀλλ’ ὃν ὡπλισμένοι τινὲς τρέχουσιν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Will you not bring aid at a run, armed? That is, will you, having run with arms, bring aid? For a running that is under arms (‘enhoplos’) is not a running that is (itself) furnished with weapons—for this is senseless—, but one which some armed men run.

LEMMA: οὔκουν ποδὶ ἐν ὅπλοις βοηδρομήσετε G (as in text) POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. XaXoYYfG | ἐν ὅπλοις Yf, ἐνόπλῳ Matthiae (Dind.) without note | 2 μεθ’ ὅπλων] ἐν ὅπλῳ G, app. a.c. Xo | βοηθήσατε a.c. Y | 3 ὁ om. XoG

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 οὐχ’ Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.334,23–26

Or. 1622.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ποδὶ ἐν ὅπλοις βοηδρομήσετε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν δρόμῳ βοηθήσετε ἔνοπλοι —G

LEMMA: thus in text G, om. ἐνόπλῳ POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1623.01 (1623–1624) (vet exeg) ⟨πᾶσαν γὰρ ὑμῶν … ἐξειργασμένος⟩: οὐδενὸς αὐτῷ συγχωροῦντος ζῆν διὰ τὸ τὴν μητέρα ἀποκτεῖναι, οὗτος βιάζεται ἀδίκως ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν ὥστε τυχεῖν τοῦ ζῆν. —B

TRANSLATION: Although no one grants him permission to live because he killed his mother, this man unjustly compels the whole city so as to obtain staying alive.

POSITION: intermarg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,20–21 with app.; Dind. II.335,1–3

Or. 1623.02 (1623–1624) (vet exeg) πᾶσαν γὰρ ὑμῶν ὅδε βιάζεται: πᾶσαν γὰρ ὑμῶν οὗτος πόλιν βιάζεται διὰ τὸ ζῆν {καὶ} αὐτόν, μηδενὸς αὐτῷ συγχωροῦντος. —MC

TRANSLATION: This man is compelling your whole city because of his being alive (OR: for the sake of his being alive), when no one grants (this) to him.

LEMMA: C(ἡμῶν), πᾶσαν γὰρ ἡμῶν M REF. SYMBOL: M

APP. CRIT.: ὑμῶν] Schw., ἡμῶν MC | {καὶ} αὐτόν] Mastr. after καὶ αὐτὸν Schw., καὶ αὐτοῦ M, ἑαυτοῦ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,18–19; Dind. II.335, app. at 1

COMMENT: With Schwartz’ καὶ αὐτὸν, καὶ would imply ‘him, as well as you yourselves’, which seems an unnecessary specification. καὶ is also superfluous if αὐτοῦ is taken as the adverb ‘here’, and that specification would be a misguided interpretation, since the point is Orestes’ continuing to be alive at all. Another possibility is that καὶ αὐτοῦ is to be deleted as a conflated variant αὐτοῦ for αὐτῷ, corrupted under the influence of the following genitive.

Or. 1623.03 (1623–1624) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: οὐδενὸς αὐτῷ συγχωροῦντος ζῆν, οὗτος βιάζεται ἀδίκως τούτου τυχεῖν βουλόμενος, τοῦ ζῆν. —MVC

TRANSLATION: Although no one grants him permission to live, this man unjustly uses force in his desire to obtain this, to live.

LEMMA: MC, πᾶσα γὰρ ἡμῶν V REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.: αὐτὸν V | οὗτος] οὕτω V | βουλόμενος τυχεῖν transp. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,20–21; Dind. II.335, app. at 1

Or. 1623.06 (1623–1624) (rec exeg) ⟨βιάζεται … ζῆν⟩: βιάζεται ζῆν βουλόμενος —Mn

TRANSLATION: He forcefully compels, wanting to live.

POSITION: s.l., misplaced above 1622 βοηδρομήσετε Mn

APP. CRIT.: βουλόμεθα Mn

Or. 1624.12 (rec gram) ⟨μυσαρὸν⟩: μύσος τὸ μίασμα, μῖσος δὲ ἡ μνησικακία ἐστί. —Pr

TRANSLATION: ‘Musos’ (spelled with upsilon) is ‘defilement’, but ‘misos’ (spelled with iota) is ‘malice’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1624.14 (tri metr) ⟨μυσαρὸν⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1624.19 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1625.01 (rec exeg) ¹ἐπεὶ ὁ Ὅμηρος πάντων τῶν ποιητῶν ἀρχὴ καὶ ῥίζα καθίσταται, ²καθόσον αὐτοῖς ἐφικτὸν λαμβάνουσι καὶ τὰς ἀφορμὰς ἐξ ἐκείνου ³καὶ ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνος μαχομένων τῶν βʹ ⟨προσώπων⟩, πρόσωπον εἰσάγουσι παρουσίας θεοῦ ἢ ἥρωος καὶ τῆς μάχης γίνεται διάλυσις. ⁴οὕτως ἐνταῦθα μαχομένων τοῦ τε Ὀρέστου καὶ Μενελάου ⟨εἰσ⟩φέρει τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα καὶ λύει τὴν μάχην. —Mn

TRANSLATION: Since Homer is the beginning and root of all the poets, so far as is in their power they both take their starting-points from him and, just like him, when the two characters are in conflict, bring on stage a character representing the presence/epiphany of a god or hero, and a settlement of the conflict takes place. Thus here when Orestes and Menelaus are fighting, he brings on Apollo and resolves the conflict.

POSITION: see comment

APP. CRIT.: 2 αὐτοῖς] misread as αὐτοῦ by Dind. | 3 ἐκεῖνος] ἐκείνους a.c. Mn | ⟨προσώπων⟩ suppl. Mastr. | εἰσάγουσι] Mastr., εἰσάγει Mn | διάλυσις] Dind., διάλεκτος Mn | 4 φέρει τὸν ἀπόλλ() Mn, ⟨εἰσ⟩ suppl. Mastr., φαίνεται Ἀπόλλων Dind.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.335,7–9 and 336.12–16

COMMENT: Mn offers a confused transmission here (fol. 54v). It has a separate note relating to 1637 (sch. 1637.07) interpolated in the midst of sent. 2, and it presents the second part of this note as distinct, somewhat lower in the margin block. The intrusion of 1637.07 is indicated not only by the incomplete clause and the poor sequence of sense of Mn’s conflated scholion, but by the fact that Pr has sch. 1637.07 as a distinct item. Mn’s separate scholion here provides the second behavior expected in the καὶ … καὶ … structure, that is, a second way later poets followed the lead of Homer, namely, the use of epiphanic gods to halt the actions of disputing humans (e.g., Athena in Iliad 1 or in Odyssey 24). Adding προσώπων alleviates the awkwardness of the bald τῶν β̅. Once the second part was isolated, εἰσάγουσι will have become εἰσάγει since the statement had to be applied to Euripides alone; otherwise one would need πολλάκις or the like to make a logical sequence to the particular example introduced by οὕτως ἐνταῦθα. | Apparently unaware of the presence τὸν before the truncated ἀπόλλ(), Dind. emended φέρει in 4 to φαίνεται and treating the truncated name as nominative Ἀπόλλων. | πρόσωπον παρουσίας θεοῦ is a unique periphrasis, but παρουσία θεοῦ is a common expression related to epiphany or the evidence of supernatural influence or signs. In texts of the Christian era the inverse expression παρουσία προσώπου (or προσώπων) occurs often, and this may also have influenced the author here.

KEYWORDS: dramatic technique | Homer as model/Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος

Or. 1625.03 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1625.08 (rec gram) ⟨λῆμ’⟩: [ἀπὸ] τοῦ λῶ τὸ θέ/[λω], καὶ †δῶρον λεῖ/[μα] ἀπὸ τοῦ λείβω†. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (Lēma’ is) from ‘lō’ meaning ‘thelō’ (‘wish’), and ‘lēmma’ meaning ‘gift’ is from ‘lēbō’.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The translation is based on the assumption that Pr has a corrupted version of, e.g., καὶ λῆμμα τὸ δῶρον ἀπὸ τοῦ λήβω. Cf. ps.-Hdn. περὶ ὀρθογραφίας Gram.Gr. 3:2:544,29–31 λῆμα καὶ λῆμμα· τὸ μὲν τίθεται ἐπὶ ψυχικοῦ παραστήματος, τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ λαμβανομένου· καὶ ἔστι τὸ μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ λῶ τὸ θέλω, τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ λήβω τὸ λαμβάνω; Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Nub. 457a Holwerda λῆμμα δὲ ἡ λῆψις καὶ τὸ δῶρον διὰ δύο μῦ (similar phrases occur in several other scholia and compare ps.-Zonaras 1305,12–13 λῆμμα. τὸ δῶρον· τὸ φρόνημα· τὸ κέρδος· τὸ κράτημα). | Syllabification suggests that Pr had λεῖμα rather than λεῖμμα.

Or. 1625.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨λῆμ’⟩: λῆμα ἀπὸ τοῦ λῶ τὸ θέλω. —F

TRANSLATION: Lēma’ is from ‘lō’ meaning ‘thelō’ (‘wish’).

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1626.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Φοῖβος σ’ … καλῶ⟩: ἐγὼ οὗτος ὁ Φοῖβος, ὁ παῖς τῆς Λητοῦς, καλῶ σε ἐγγὺς ὢν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except XTGr

APP. CRIT.: ἐγγὺς ὢν om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.335,14–15

Or. 1626.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Φοῖβος σ’ … καλῶ⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων πλησίον σου ὢν καλεῖ σε. —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Zl has καλῶ in the text; καλεῖ is apparently in the text only in L.

Or. 1626.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: γρ. ὧδε. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hod’ ’, ‘this one’,) the reading ‘hōd’ ’ (‘here’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1627.01 (1627–1628) (vet exeg) σύ θ’ ὃς ξιφήρης: παῦσαι ὀργιζόμενος, ἵνα ἀκούσῃς. —M

TRANSLATION: (With ‘and you with sword in hand’ supply) ‘cease being angry, so that you may hear’.

REF. SYMBOL: M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,23; cf. Dind. II.335,10–11

Or. 1627.02 (vet exeg) σύ θ’ ὃς ξιφήρης: παῦσαι ὀργιζόμενος, ὦ Μενέλαε σύ τε Ὀρέστα, ἵνα ἀκούσῃς οὓς ἥκω κομίζων λόγους. —BRf

TRANSLATION: Cease being angry, Menelaus and you, Orestes, so that you may hear the words I have come bringing.

REF. SYMBOL: BRf

APP. CRIT.: ἥκω κομίζων] κομίζω Rf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,23 with app.; Dind. II.335,10–11

COMMENT: The redactor of the B-tradition, by adding both vocatives, clumsily transforms what was an explanation of 1627–1628 σύ θ’ κτλ (see prev.) into a partial paraphrase of 1625–1628, while retaining the lemma and reference symbol for 1627. Arsenius follows MeMuPh in treating this as a scholion on 1625 with the lemma παῦσαι (παυσαι with superscript λ in MeMu, παῦσαι λῆμ’ ἔχων Ph), and so it appeared in editions through Dindorf.

Or. 1627.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύ θ’ ὃς ξιφήρης⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ παῦσαι. —Mt^r

TRANSLATION: ‘Cease’ is (understood) in common (from 1625, the previous clause).

POSITION: s.l., over end of line

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀποκοινοῦ Mt^r

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 1627.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨σύ θ᾽⟩: καὶ σὺ, ὦ Ὀρέστα, παῦσαι. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: And you too, Orestes, cease.

POSITION: marg. Xb, s.l. XaXbXoYYfG; cont. from sch. 1626.01 Gr

APP. CRIT.: ὁ μετὰ ξίφους add. before παῦσαι G (cf. sch. 1627.11)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.335,15

Or. 1627.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ξιφήρης … ἐφεδρεύεις⟩: καὶ μετὰ ξίφους παρίστασαι ἢ παρακάθησαι —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1627.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨ξιφήρης⟩: ξίφος αἴρων —Zm²

TRANSLATION: (‘Xiphērēs’ is derived from) ‘xiphos airōn’ (‘raising a sword’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1627.21 (rec gram) ⟨ἐφεδρεύεις⟩: κυρίως ἔφεδρος ὁ ἔξω τῆς παλαίστρας. —Pr

TRANSLATION: In its proper sense an ‘ephedros’ is the one outside the wrestling-contest.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: For παλαίστρα in the sense of ‘wrestling’ or ‘wrestling-contest’ rather than ‘wrestling-school’ see Kriaras s.v. (πάλη, αγώνας πάλης). This is also the sense implicit in Παλαίστρα as the proper name of the female slave in ps.-Lucian, Asinus.

Or. 1627.22 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐφεδρεύεις⟩: ¹ἔφεδρος λέγεται ὁ ἔξω τοῦ ἀγῶνος δύο παλαιόντων ἱστάμενος καὶ ἐπιτηρῶν ²ἵν’ ὁπόταν πέσῃ ὁ ἕτερος τότε αὐτὸς ἐπέλθοι καταγωνισόμενος τῷ καταβαλόντι. —Zu

TRANSLATION: The word ‘ephedros’ is applied to the one who stands outside the contest while two men are wrestling and watches expectantly so that when one of the two falls he himself may then come in succession to compete against the one who threw (the other) down.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 παλαιόντων] παλαι(ὸν) τῶν Zu | 2 ἐπ’ ἔλθοι Zu

COMMENT: Cf. sch. Mosch. Ph. 1095 … ἔφεδρος γὰρ ὁ εὐτρεπισμένος, δύο τινῶν παλαιόντων, παλαίειν τῷ νικήσαντι; sch. Thom. Phoen. 1095 … ἔφεδρος γάρ ἐστιν, ὅταν τινῶν παλαιόντων ἕτερός τις ἀναμένῃ τὸν νικήσαντα παλαίσειν.

Or. 1627.23 (rec gram) ⟨ἐφεδρεύεις⟩: προσεδρεύω ἐπὶ καλοῦ. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (Unlike ‘ephedreuō’, ‘sit upon’,) ‘prosedreuō’ (‘sit beside’) applies to something good.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1627.15.

Or. 1628.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ὀρέσθ’⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ παῦσον. —ZuB^3a

TRANSLATION: ‘Cease’ is (understood) in common (from 1625, the previous clause).

LEMMA: ὀρέστ’ in text BZu POSITION: s.l. Zu, marg. B^3a

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1627.03.

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ

Or. 1628.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Ὀρέσθ’⟩: παῦσαι τοῦ θυμοῦ —Pr

TRANSLATION: (With ‘Orestes’ supply) ‘cease from your anger’.

LEMMA: ὀρέστα in text Pr POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1628.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὓς φέρων ἥκω λόγους⟩: οὓς ἔφερον καὶ μέλλω εἰπεῖν σοι —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1629.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἣν σὺ διολέσαι πρόθυμος ὣν⟩: καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς σῆς γνώμης ἀπώλεσας. —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Whom you being eager to destroy’,) and as far as your intention goes, you destroyed (her).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1629.06 (tri metr) ⟨πρόθυμος⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1630.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀργὴν Μενέλεῳ ποιούμενος⟩: διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν τὴν πρὸς Μενέλεων —MBCMt^rZu

TRANSLATION: (‘Engaging in anger at Menelaus’, that is,) because of your anger against Menelaus.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: τὴν πρὸς μεν. ὀργήν Mt^rZu | μενέλαον B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,24; Dind. II.335,19–20

Or. 1630.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὀργὴν Μενέλεῳ ποιούμενος⟩: ὀργὴν ποιούμενος τῷ Μενέλεῳ, ἤγουν ὀργιζόμενος τῷ Μενελάῳ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial G

TRANSLATION: Engaging in anger at Menelaus, that is, being angry at Menelaus.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ὀργὴν … ἤγουν om. G | μενελέῳ om. G (understood from line)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.335.20–21

Or. 1631.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ἣν⟩: γρ. ὡς. —ZbZlZmGu²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hēn’, ‘whom (you see)’,) the reading ‘hōs’ (‘as (you see)’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1631.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐν αἰθέρος πτυχαῖς⟩: ἐν ταῖς κινήσεσι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ —MnPr

TRANSLATION: (‘In the folds of ether’ means) in the motions of the heaven.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1631.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἐν αἰθέρος πτυχαῖς⟩: ἐν τῇ τοῦ ἀέρος κοιλότητι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: (‘In the folds of ether’ means) in the concavity of the air.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τῇ τοῦ om. G | κοιλότησι p.c. Y^r, cf. sch. 1636.05

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.335,22

Or. 1631.05 (thom exeg) ⟨πτυχαῖς⟩: ¹συστροφαῖς, περιφερείαις· ²ἐν γὰρ τῷ μέσῳ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατηστερῶσθαί φασιν αὐτὴν. ³διατοῦτο καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων ἐν τῇ συστροφῇ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ποτὲ μὲν φαινομένων, ποτὲ δ’ οὔ, ⁴τὸ τῆς Ἑλένης ἄστρον, ἣν ἰδιωτικῶς φασι Τραμουντάναν, ἅτε ἐν μέσῳ τῆς σφαίρας ὂν, ἀεὶ πᾶσιν ὁρᾶται. ⁵τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ναῦται ὁρῶντες ἴσασιν ἃ δεῖ. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Ptuchais’ are) ‘turnings around’, ‘revolutions’. For they say that she (Helen) has been turned into a star in the middle of the heavens. Therefore, in fact, while the other stars by the turning of the heavens sometimes are visible and sometimes not, the star of Helen—which in vernacular speech people call Tramontana (North Star) because it is in the middle of the sphere—is always seen by all. And also sailors, when they see this (star), know what they need (to know).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm POSITION: first two words sep. s.l. ZmTGu

APP. CRIT.: 2 γὰρ om. T | καθηστερῆσθαι Za | αὐτὴν φασί transp. Za | φη(σὶν) Gu | αὐτὴν] τὴν ἑλένην T

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 κατηστερῶσθαι φασὶν ZZmT(φασὶ) | 3 διὰ τοῦτο ZlGu | τῆ συστροφὴ Z | 4 φασὶ Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.335,23–27

COMMENT: The Italian word ‘tramontana’ (‘north’) was taken over into medieval and Modern Greek: LBG and Triantafyllides s.v. τραμουντάνα.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1631.08 (rec exeg) ⟨πτύχαις⟩: πύλαις —M²F²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ptuchais’, ‘folds’, there is a variant reading) ‘pulais’ (‘gates’).

POSITION: intermarg. M², s.l. F²

APP. CRIT.: ταῖς prep. F²

COMMENT: The variant arose by a simple graphic error: compare Phoen. 94, where πύλας has replaced πτύχας in Moschopulean manuscripts and is a supralinear variant/gloss in the Thoman (as well as, very faintly, in F²). Cf. also sch. 1636.07.

Or. 1632.01 (rec exeg) ⟨σεσωμένη τε κοὐ θανοῦσα⟩: τὸ δοκεῖν μὲν παρὰ σοῦ θανοῦσα σεσωμένη ἐστίν. —MnPr

TRANSLATION: Though seemingly having died at your hands, she has been saved.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: θανοῦσα om., s.l. add. Mn

COMMENT: It is not necessary to emend to τῷ δοκεῖν because there are several instances of τὸ δοκεῖν in this sense in late texts, e.g., (15th cent.) Sylvester Syropulus, Historiae 5.36 (290,23–24) καὶ συνήρχοντο μὲν τὸ δοκεῖν καὶ πρὸς λόγους ἐχώρουν, τῇ δ’ ἀληθείᾳ καὶ πάνυ διΐσταντο.

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1632.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σεσωμένη τε κοὐ θανοῦσα⟩: ζῶσα εὑρισκομένη —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1633.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐξέσωσα⟩: ἔσωσα, ἤγουν ἐρρυσάμην —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except XGr

APP. CRIT.: ἔσωσα om. XoGZc | ἤγουν om. XaYYfGZc

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐρυσ‑ YZc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.336,1

Or. 1633.06 (1633–1634) (mosch paraphr) ⟨κἀπὸ φασγάνου … Διὸς πατρός⟩: καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φασγάνου τοῦ σοῦ ἥρπασα κελευσθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ Διός. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr, partial G

LEMMA: ἐγώ νιν ἐξέσωσα ἀπὸ φάσγανου (as in text) G POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYYf; cont. from sch. 1633.03 Gr

APP. CRIT.: καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φασγάνου om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.336,1–2

Or. 1633.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κ’ὑπὸ⟩: γρ. κἀπὸ. —A^r

TRANSLATION: (For ‘k’upo’, ‘and from under’,) the reading ‘kapo’ (‘and away from’) is found.

LEMMA: thus in text A POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1633.11 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπὸ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1634.01 (tri exeg) ⟨κελευσθεὶς⟩: σύναπτε ἐνταῦθα τὸ ἐκ Διὸς πατρός. —T

TRANSLATION: Construe ‘from father Zeus’ here (with ‘under orders’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1634.07 (thom exeg) ⟨πατρός⟩: αὐτῆς ἢ πάντων —ZlZm²Gu²

TRANSLATION: (‘Father’) of her (Helen) or of all.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1634.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πατρός⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ πατρός μου —Zc^r

TRANSLATION: (‘Father’,) that is, my father.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1635.01 (rec rhet) ⟨Ζηνὸς … ζῆν⟩: ψευδοπαρήχησις —Pr

TRANSLATION: False parechesis.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: ψευδοπαρήχησις (15 times) and the related verb ψευδοπαρηχέω (4 times) are found in TLG exclusively in Eustathius. At Eust. in Il. 6.499s. [II.363,11–12] ψευδοπαρηχήσεως, ὁποῖαι καὶ ἕτεραι προδεδήλωνται ταὐτοφωνίαν ἔχουσαι ἐν ἀνομοιότητι γραφῆς, Eust. defines the term as applying to juxtaposition of similar sounds when the spelling differs somewhat, as in noun γόον and imperfect verb γόων (a few other examples: Διὶ φίλος Φυλεύς; δῖοι and δῄουν close together; συὸς σιάλοιο). Here the use of the term is not as precise as in Eustathius, since both instances are written the same letters. Thus the usage shows the influence of Eustathius, but by a less learned student or teacher, and this is typical of some scholia surviving in the recentiores.

KEYWORDS: Eustathius | ψευδοπαρήχησις

Or. 1636.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἐν αἰθέρος πτυχαῖς⟩: ἐν ταῖς κοιλότησι τοῦ αἰθέρος —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGu

TRANSLATION: (‘In the folds of ether’ means) in the concavities of the ether.

LEMMA: πτυχαῖς X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ αἰθέρος om. Gu

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1631.04.

Or. 1636.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πτυχαῖς⟩: πύλαις —F²Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘ptuchais’, ‘folds’, there is a variant reading) ‘pulais’ (‘gates’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: See sch. 1631.08.

Or. 1637.01 (vet exeg) σύνθακος ἔσται ναυτίλοις σωτήριος: ¹ὅτι καὶ ἡ Ἑλένη τοῖς χειμαζομένοις κατὰ θάλασσαν ἐπήκοός ἐστι κατὰ Εὐριπίδην, σεσημείωται. ²ὁ μέντοι Σωσίβιος [fr. 16, FHG II.628 Müller= FGrHist 595 F 20] ἔμπαλιν οἴεται οὐκ εὐμενῶς αὐτὴν ἐπιφαίνεσθαι. ³Πολέμων δὲ ἐν τῷ δ τῶν πρὸς Ἀναξανδρίδην [fr. 76a, FHG III.137 Müller, FGrHist 404 T 1] τὴν μὲν τῶν δυοῖν ἀστέρων ἐπιφάνειαν τῶν Διοσκούρων ἀνωμολογῆσθαι, τὴν δὲ †τῶν λεγομένων Ζοβείρων†. —MBVCRf

TRANSLATION: That, according to Euripides, Helen too is receptive to hearing (the prayers of) those caught in a storm at sea has been noted for attention. Sosibius, however, supposes conversely that she does not appear (to sailors) in a kindly mood. And Polemon in the fourth book of his ‘Against Anaxandrides’ (says) that the appearance of the two stars has been generally agreed to be (that) of the Dioscuri, but the ⟨ … ⟩ of the so-called Zobeiroi.

LEMMA: MC(ναυτίλοισι), σύνθακος ἔσται BV, σύνθακος Rf REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐπήκοος ἔσται V, ὑπήκοός ἐστι Rf | 2 ὁ μέντοι] ὅμως τοι V | σωσίαιος V | 3 first δὲ] δὲ καὶ MBC | ἐν τῷ δ̅ τῶν] Cobet, ἐν τῶδε τῶ all (τῶιδε τῶι B), perhaps ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ τῶν Mastr. (corrupted from truncated form of δευτ.) [Schw. wrongly says that τῶ is deleted in V] | ἀλεξανδρίδην Rf | τοῖν δυοῖν ἀστέροιν conj. Cobet | δύο V | third τῶν] αὐτῶν C | ἀνωμολογ. κτλ] om. MBC, marked corrupt by Jacoby | ἀνομολογεῖσθαι Rf, ἀνομολογεῖται conj. Schw., ὁμολογεῖσθαι Jacoby | lacuna after τὴν δὲ Schw., lac. at end Müller, τὴν δὲ ⟨τῶν γ̅⟩ τῶν λεγομένων Καβίρων Madvig (according to Jacoby) | Ζοβείρων] Καβείρων Müller

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 καταθάλασσαν M | ἐπήκοός ἐστὶν M, ἐπήκοος ἐστὶ C | 3 πολέμον M | προσαναξ‑ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.235,25–236,3; Dind. II.336,7–12

COMMENT: This learned note has been corrupted in transmission, so much so that the version in MBC ends in mid-sentence. Ancient scholars were at pains to deal with Euripides’ innovation in extending Helen’s cultic partnership with her brothers to their role as saviors of seamen in peril (on this extension see Willink on Or. 1635–37). Polemon’s report is unfortunately not fully recoverable. The final clause is certainly lacunose, as Schwartz proposed. With τὴν μὲν … τὴν δὲ … there was perhaps a contrast between the appearance of two stars (agreed to be the Dioscuri) and some other number of stars, perhaps three. A group of three could have been claimed by someone to support Euripides’ idea of Helen with her two brothers, and Polemon might have referred to someone who refuted that by saying the group of three represented a different known group (cf. Madvig’s proposal τὴν δὲ ⟨τῶν γ̅⟩). There is no other attestation of a group called Ζόβειροι, and Müller’s conjecture Καβείρων is palaeographically somewhat similar to Ζοβείρων (but κα/ζο is not an obvious form of corruption). The number of the Kabeiroi varies in the sources: sometimes indefinite, sometimes seven, sometimes four, sometimes three, sometimes two. But there could be a more extensive loss of text before this name, and mention of the Kabeiroi (or whatever the name was) may have had a different purpose. In any case, this incomplete scholion does not justify the bald statement of J. Rzepka in BNJ, commentary on Anaxandridas 404 T 1 that ‘[t]he scholiast on Euripides’ Orestes refers to Polemon as an authority on the name Ζαβείρωι [read Ζαβείρων] for the constellation of Dioscuri’. Müller, conversely, proposed that Polemon apparently said that the Diocuri should be distinguished from the Zabeiroi, who were often conflated with them.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Sosibius | Polemon

Or. 1637.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύνθακος⟩: ἐπὶ θακῷ ταύτην οἴεται. —V³

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) believes this woman (Helen) is upon a throne.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1637.08 (rec exeg) ⟨σωτήριος⟩: ¹ὁ Σωσίβιος [fr. 16, FHG II.628 Müller] ἐπὶ κακῷ αὐτὴν οἴεται φαίνεσθαι. ²ἰδίως οὖν φησι σωτήριον αὐτὴν ὀ Εὐριπίδης. —MnPr

TRANSLATION: Sosibius supposes that she (Helen) appears to bring harm. In a version peculiar to himself, then, Euripides says she acts as savior.

POSITION: s.l. Pr; conflated into sch. 1625.01 Mn

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὁ om. Mn | 2 ἰδίως] εἰδὼς Mn | σωτήριον φησὶν transp. Mn | φησιν repeated after αὐτὴν Pr

COMMENT: See on sch. 1625.01.

KEYWORDS: ἰδίως

Or. 1637.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σωτηρία⟩: σωτήριος —G²

TRANSLATION: (For ‘sōtēria’, either noun ‘salvation’ or marked feminine adjective ‘saving’, there is a variant reading, adjective) ‘sōtērios’ (‘saving’).

LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1638.01 (1638–1641) (vet exeg) ἄλλην δὲ νύμφην: ¹ἑτέραν οὖν, φησὶν, ἄγε νύμφην, ἐπεὶ οἱ θεοὶ ταύτην ἀνειλήφασιν, ἣν αὐτοὶ τότε κατέπεμψαν ²ἵνα διὰ τὸ ταύτης κάλλος συγκροτησάντων πόλεμον Ἑλλήνων καὶ Φρυγῶν καὶ τῶν πολλῶν ἀναιρουμένων ³ἐλαφρότερον γένοιτο τῇ γῇ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βάρος. —MBVCRfSa

TRANSLATION: So then, he says, marry another wife, since the gods have taken up this one (into the heavens), whom they themselves sent down (to earth) at that time in order that, the Greeks and Phrygians having stirred up a war because of the beauty of this woman and the majority of them being killed, the weight of mankind would become lighter for the earth.

LEMMA: Rf POSITION: cont. from sch. 1641.05 all except Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φη() B, φησιν Rf | 2 ἴνα δια M | πολῶν M | 3 ἐλαφρώτερον a.c. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.236,7–11; Dind. II.337,3–7

Or. 1638.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄλλην δὲ νύμφην⟩: λέγει τῷ Μενελάῳ. —V¹

TRANSLATION: He is saying this to Menelaus.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1638.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄλλην δὲ νύμφην⟩: σὺ δὲ ὦ Μενέλαε —MnZu

TRANSLATION: (With ‘and another bride …’ understand) ‘and you, Menelaus’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: σὺ δὲ om. Zu

KEYWORDS: addressee identified

Or. 1638.05 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς δόμους κτῆσαι λαβὼν⟩: πρωθύστερον —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Having taken into your house, acquire’ features) prothusteron (reversing the chronological order of two actions).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: πρωθύστερον

Or. 1639.01 (1639–1642) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἐπεὶ θεοὶ … ἀφθόνου πληρώματος⟩: ¹ἐπεὶ οἱ θεοὶ ὅπερ ἤθελον δι’ αὐτῆς ἐπλήρωσαν, καὶ οὐκέτι ἦν χρεία ἐᾶν αὐτὴν σοί· ²οὐ γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὴν ἔδωκαν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Since the gods had fulfilled through her what they wanted, and there was no longer need to grant her to you; for it as not for this (scil. for her to be your wife forever) that they gave her to you.

POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, partly read from Ta | 1 ἐπεὶ and θεοὶ om. (to be understood from line) G | ἅπερ Gr, εἴπερ X [Yf] | δι’ αὐτῆς ἐπλήρ.] ἐποίησαν δι’ αὐτῆς XoG | 2 αὐτὴν om. G, a.c. Xo

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὐκ ἔτι Gr | ἐὰν YYf | 2 διατοῦτο XXbTGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.336,17–18

Or. 1639.02 (1639–1642) (thom exeg) ⟨ἐπεὶ θεοὶ … ἀφθόνου πληρώματος⟩: ¹ἐπειδὴ [1635] ‘ζῆν νιν ἄφθιτον χρέων’ εἶπεν, ἐπάγει τὴν αἰτίαν τούτου λέγων αὐτὴν αἰτίαν γενέσθαι τοῦ τῆς ἐν γῇ ἁμαρτίας κουφισμοῦ. ²ἔχει δὲ οὕτως. ³φασὶ τὴν Γῆν βαρυνομένην τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πλήθει καὶ τὰ μιάσματα τούτων οὐ φέρουσαν ἀξιῶσαι τὸν Δία κουφίσαι αὐτῇ τὸ βάρος. ⁴καὶ τὸν, δεξάμενον τὴν αἴτησιν, συγκροτῆσαι τόν τε Θηβαϊκὸν πολέμον καὶ τὸν Τρωϊκὸν, ἵνα τῶν πολεμούντων ἀναιρεθέντων κουφισμὸς γένηται. ⁵ἐνταῦθα δὲ ὁ Εὐριπίδης μόνου τοῦ Τρωϊκοῦ μέμνηται καὶ διὰ τούτου φησὶ γενέσθαι τὸν τῆς γῆς κουφισμὸν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Since he said ‘it is destined that she live undying’, he adds the reason for this, saying that she was the cause of the lightening of sinfulness on earth. The story is as follows: They say that Earth, oppressed by the multitude of humanity and not abiding their defilements, asked Zeus to lighten the weight for her. And he, having accepted the request, stirred up the Theban war and the Trojan war, so that there would be a lightening when those fighting the wars were killed. But here Euripides mentions only the Trojan war and says that the lightening of the earth came about through it.

REF. SYMBOL: at 1635 ζῆν νιν ZZaZl, at 1641 ἀπαντλοῖεν Zm

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 οὕτω Gu | 4 ἀναιρέντων Za

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.336, app. at 27

COMMENT: Thomas’s note is partly based on sch. 1641.05.

COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl image when available

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 1639.05 (1639–1642) (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῷ τῆσδε καλλιστεύματι … ἀφθόνου πληρώματος⟩: ¹λέγω τῷ καλλιστεύματι αὐτῆς, ἤγουν τῷ κάλλει, τουτέστι διὰ τοῦ κάλλους αὐτῆς, συνήγαγον εἰς ἓν Ἕλληνας καὶ Φρύγας ²καὶ θανάτους ἐποίησαν ἵνα κουφίσωσιν ἀπὸ τῆς χθονὸς τὴν ἀλαζονείαν τοῦ ἀφθόνου πληρώματος τῶν ἀνθρώπων. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: I mean, by means of her condition of exemplary beauty, in other words, by means of beauty, that is to say, through her beauty, they brought the Greek and Trojans together and caused deaths in order to relieve the earth of the arrogance of the abundant population of humans.

LEMMA: ἐπεὶ θεοὶ τῷ ταύτης καλλιστεύματι G (ταύτης as in text G) POSITION: cont. from sch, 1639.01 T

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, part read from Ta | 2 τὴν ἀλαζονείαν om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀλαζονίαν a.c. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.336,20–23

Or. 1639.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῷ τῆσδε καλλιστεύματι⟩: καλλίστευμα οὐ μόνον τὸ κάλλος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ καλλιστεῖον. —ZlGu²

TRANSLATION: ‘Kallisteuma’ means not only ‘beauty’ (‘kallos’), but also ‘prize of beauty’ (‘kallisteion’).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.336,23–24

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 1640.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς ἓν⟩: ἤγουν εἰς πόλεμον καὶ εἰς μάχην —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘To one thing’,) that is, to warfare and battle.

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: In Zl there is an undeciphered note of several words over the line; recheck Zl image when available; could it be like Aa

Or. 1640.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς ἓν⟩: εἰς τὸ μάχεσθαι δηλονότι ἀλλήλοις —Lp

TRANSLATION: (‘To one thing’, that is,) to fighting with each other, clearly.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.336,25

Or. 1641.01 (1641–1642) (vet exeg) ⟨θανάτους τ’ ἔθηκαν … πληρώματος⟩: ¹τοὺς θανάτους τοὺς ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις γενομένους, ἵν’ ἐπικουφίσειαν οἱ θάνατοι τῆς γῆς τὸ βάρος τῶν πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων, ²ἢ αὐτοὶ οἱ θεοὶ ἐπικουφίσειαν διὰ τῶν θανάτων τὸ βάρος τῆς γῆς. —MVC

TRANSLATION: (‘They caused deaths’, namely,) the deaths that occurred in the wars, in order that the deaths would lighten the burden of the great number of humans upon the earth, or that the gods themselves would lighten the weight upon the earth by means of the deaths.

LEMMA: 1643 τὰ μὲν καθ’ Ἑλένην MC, 1643 τὰ μὲν καθ’ Ἑλένην ὧδ’ ἔχει V REF. SYMBOL: to 1643 MV POSITION: follows sch. 1641.05 + 1638.01 all

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πολῶν V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.236,12–15; Dind. II.337, app. at 6

Or. 1641.05 (1641–1642) (vet exeg) ὡς ἀπαντλοῖεν χθονός: ¹ἱστορεῖται ὅτι ἡ Γῆ βαρουμένη τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἠξίωσε τὸν Δία ἐλαφρῦναι αὐτῆς τὸ βάρος· ²τὸν δὲ Δία εἰς χάριν αὐτῆς συγκροτῆσαι τόν τε Θηβαϊκὸν πόλεμον καὶ τὸν Ἰλιακὸν ἵνα τῶν πολλῶν ἀναιρεθέντων κουφισμὸς γένηται. —MBVCRfSa

TRANSLATION: The story is told that Earth, oppressed by the multitude of humans, asked Zeus to ease her burden. And Zeus as a favor to her stirred up the Theban war and that at Ilium so that there would be a lightening when the majority (of the combatants) were killed.

LEMMA: MBVCRf(ἅπαν πλοῖεν) REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: prep. to sch. 1638.01 MBVCSa, precedes sch. 1638.01 Rf

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δῖα M | ἐλαφρύναι BRfSa | βᾶρος M | 2 κουφισμ()ὸς B (sign of abbrev. on mu) |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.236,4–7; Dind. II.336,28–337,3

COMMENT: Cf. Sch. D Hom. Il. 1.5 Heyne ἄλλοι δὲ ἀπὸ ἱστορίας τινὸς εἶπον εἰρηκέναι τὸν Ὅμηρον. φασὶ γὰρ τὴν Γὴν βαρουμένην ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων πολυπληθείας, μηδεμιᾶς ἀνθρώπων οὔσης εὐσεβείας, αἰτῆσαι τὸν Δία κουφισθῆναι τοῦ ἄχθους. τὸν δὲ Δία, πρῶτον μὲν εὐθὺς ποιῆσαι τὸν Θηβαϊκὸν πόλεμον, δι’ οὗ πολλοὺς πάνυ ἀπώλεσεν. ὕστερον δὲ πάλιν συμβούλῳ τῷ Μώμῳ ἐχρήσατο. ἣν Διὸς βουλὴν Ὅμηρός φησιν. ἐπειδὴ οἷός τε ἦν κεραυνοῖς ἢ κατακλυσμοῖς πάντας διαφθεῖραι, τοῦτο τοῦ Μώμου κωλύσαντος, ὑποθεμένου δὲ αὐτῷ γνώμας δύο, τὴν Θέτιδος θνητογαμίαν, καὶ θυγατρὸς καλὴν γένναν, ἐξ ὧν ἀμφοτέρων πόλεμος Ἕλλησί τε καὶ Βαρβάροις ἐγένετο, οὕτω συμβῆναι κουφισθῆναι τὴν γῆν, πολλῶν ἀναιρεθέντων.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 1641.06 (1641–1642) (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς ἀπαντλοῖεν … ἀφθόνου πληρώματος⟩: ¹ἡ Γῆ βαρυνομένη ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν θνητῶν ἐδεήσατο τοῦ Διὸς ἵνα ταύτην ἀπαιτήσηται καὶ ἀποκουφισθῇ. ²ὁ δὲ ταύτης ἀκούσας Ἑλένην ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις φέρων δέδωκε, καὶ οὕτως ἡ Γῆ ἄνεσιν ἔλαβεν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: Earth, oppressed by the multitude of mortals, implored Zeus that he demand this (the earth) back (from mortals?) and she be relieved. And when he heard her, he brought Helen from heaven and gave her to mankind, and in this way Earth got relief.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀπαιτήσητε Mn | ἀποκουφίσθη Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.337, app. at 6

COMMENT: ταύτην ἀπαιτήσεται is odd, and Mn carries many corrupt readings. One would expect τοῦτο (or τούτους) ἀφαιρήσηται, ‘that he take this (burden) [or: these (humans)] away (from her)’ (cf. sch. 1641.14 ἀφαιρήσειεν).

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 1641.07 (1641–1642) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς ἀπαντλοῖεν … ἀφθόνου πληρώματος⟩: ἵνα ἐπικουφίζοιεν τὸ βάρος τῆς γῆς τοῦ πολλοῦ ὄχλου τῶν ἀνθρώπων —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1641.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς ἀπαντλοῖεν χθονὸς⟩: ἵνα κουφίσωσιν ἀπὸ τῆς χθονός —XaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrOx²B^3d

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox²

APP. CRIT.: χθονός] γῆς G, θτονὸς (sic) Ox²

Or. 1642.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὕβρισμα⟩: τὸ ἐξουδένωμα, ἤγουν τοὺς κακοὺς ἀνθρώπους —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Hubrisma’ means) ‘contempt’, in other words, ‘wicked men’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1642.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὕβρισμα⟩: νῦν τὸ βάρος —MnPrSaB^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Hubrisma’ means) in this place ‘burden, weight’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: νῦν] ἤγουν B^3a | βάρος om. Mn

Or. 1642.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨θνητῶν ἀφθόνου πληρώματος⟩: ⟨ἀ⟩φθόνου πληρώματος τῶν ἀνθρώπων —Ox²

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1643.01 (pllgn rhet) ⟨τὰ μὲν καθ’ Ἑλένην ὧδ’ ἔχει⟩: ἀπόθεσις τὸ σχῆμα. —Mt^r

TRANSLATION: The schema is apothesis (break-off at transition).

POSITION: marg. (beside 1641)

KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν

Or. 1643.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰ μὲν καθ’ Ἑλένην ὧδ’ ἔχει⟩: ὅσα εἰσὶ κατὰ τὴν τῆς Ἑλένης διήγησιν οὕτως ἔχει. —Zl

TRANSLATION: All the details of the narrative about Helen are thus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1645.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Παρράσιον … δάπεδον⟩: τὴν τοῦ Παρρασίου γῆν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

LEMMA: in text παρα‑ Y, παρρα‑ Y^a POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT. 2: παρα‑ Y, corr. Y^a

Or. 1645.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Παρράσιον … δάπεδον⟩: γῆν Παρρασίου —Zc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: παρνασοῦ Zc

Or. 1645.03 (vetThom exeg) Παρράσιον: ¹τὸ Παρράσιον οἱ μὲν πόλιν, οἱ δὲ χώραν εἶναί φασιν, ἀπὸ Παρρασίου τοῦ Πελασγοῦ ὀνομασθεῖσαν, ²ὃς συνῴκισε τοὺς Ἀρκάδας καὶ Πελασγοὺς αὐτοὺς ἐπωνόμασεν. || ³ὁ δὲ Ἀσκληπιάδης [FGrHist 12 F 26] ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ φησὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην ὑπὸ ὄφεως ἀναιρεθῆναι ἑβδομήκοντα ἐτῶν. —MBVC, partial MnSaZlZmGu²

TRANSLATION: Some say Parrhasia is a city, others say it is a territory, named after Parrhasius the son of Pelasgus, who caused the Arcadians to dwell together (in one place) and gave them the name Pelasgians. || And Asclepiades says that Orestes was killed by a snake in Arcadia at the age of 70 years.

LEMMA: MC, τὸ παρράσιον B, 1646 κεκλήσεται δὲ σῆς φυγῆς ἑπώνυμον V REF. SYMBOL: MBRf, to 1646 V POSITION: follows sch. 1645.12 V, s.l. above 1644 Gu², cont. from next Mn

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 τὸ παρρ. … ἐπωνόμασεν om. MnZlZmGu² | 1 τὸ παρρ. … φασιν] παρράσιον πόλις ἀρκαδίας V | τὸ παρράσιον om. B (having punctuated the words instead as lemma) | τὸ om. RfSa | χορείαν Sa | τοῦ om. V | ὀνομασθεῖσα MC, om. V | 2 αὐτοὺς om. V | ὠνόμασεν C, ὠνόμασαν Sa | 3 ὁ δὲ ἀσκλ. κτλ om. Sa | δὲ om. ZmGu² [Zl] | ἀσκληπιὸς Zm, άδης s.l. | φησὶ τὸν ὀρ. om. Mn | ἀναιρ. ὑπὸ ὄφ. transp. ZlZmGu² | ἑβδ. ἐτῶν] ὁ χρόνος Mn (from ο̅ χρόνων; cf. sch. 1646.02 in Pr), ἑβδ. ⟨ὄντα⟩ ἐτῶν Dindorf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.236,16–20; Dind. II.337,16–338,4

COMMENT: The fragment of Asclepiades is not in Bagordo.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Asclepiades | mythography

Or. 1645.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Παρράσιον⟩: ¹ὄνομα πόλεως Ἀρκαδίας ἀπὸ Παρρασίου υἱοῦ Πελασγοῦ, ὃς ἐνῴκισε τοὺς Ἀρκάδας καὶ Πελασγοὺς ὠνόμασεν. ²Ἀζάνες δὲ ἐκλήθησαν ἀπὸ Ἄζου μέρος ὄντες καὶ αὐτοὶ Ἀρκαδίας. —MnPr

TRANSLATION: (Parrhasion,) name of a city of Arcadia, from Parrhasius son of Pelasgus, who settled the Arcadians in (it) and named them Pelasgians. And Azanes were so called from Azos, being themselves too a part of Arcadia.

POSITION: s.l. Pr; prep. to prev. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐνώκησε Pr | 2 ἁζάνες Mn | ἅζου Mn, perhaps Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.337, app. at 16 (sent. 1 only)

COMMENT: At the beginning, Mn’s παρασία is probably a corruption of the lemma, while Pr’s ὄρ(ος) probably results from a misreading of the abbreviation for ὄνομα, although the erroneous ὄρος was picked up in sch. 1645.10 below.

Or. 1645.05 (thom exeg) Παρράσιον: πόλις ἢ χώρα Ἀρκαδίας, ἀπὸ Παρρασίου τοῦ Πελασγοῦ ὀνομασθεῖσα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: A city or territory of Arcadia, named after Parrhasius son of Pelasgus.

LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: T POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT. 2: παρασίου ZbZl, app. Z (παρρασίου in erasure Z^c)

Or. 1645.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Παρράσιον⟩: χώρα Ἀρκαδίας ἀπὸ Παρασ⟨σ⟩ίου τινὸς —F

TRANSLATION: A territory of Arcadia (named) after a certain Parrhasius.

LEMMA: παράσιον in text F POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1645.11 (vet exeg) ἐνιαυτοῦ κύκλον: ἰδίως ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἐνιαυτίσαι τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐκεῖ φησιν. —MBVCMn

TRANSLATION: In a version unique to him Euripides says Orestes spent a year there.

LEMMA: M(κῦκλον)BVC REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: cont. from partial sch. 1645.03 Mn

APP. CRIT.: ἰδίως om. Mn | εὐρ.] ὀρέ(στης) V | ἐνιαυσιαῖον V | τὸν ὀρ. ἐκεῖ] ἐκεῖσε τὸν ὀρέστην Mn | φησὶ transp. before τὸν ὀρ. V, transp. after ὀρέστην B, om. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: ἱδίως M | ἐνιαυτῖσαι M, ἐνιαυτήσαι Mn | φησὶν C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.236,21–22; Dind. II.338,5–6

KEYWORDS: ἰδίως

Or. 1645.12 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ¹ποιήσαντα κύκλον ἐνιαυτοῦ. || ²καὶ ὁ μὲν Εὐριπίδης ἐνθάδε ἐξενιαυτίσαι ⟨φησὶν αὐτὸν ὁμοίως⟩ τοῖς κατεχομένοις ἐπὶ μύσει, ὁ δὲ Ἀσκληπιάδης [FGrHist 12 F 26] ἱστορεῖ ὑπὸ ὄφεως δηχθέντα αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ τελευτῆσαι. ³ὁ δὲ Φερεκύδης [FGrHist 3 F 135a–b = fr. 135 EGM Fowler] ὅτι καὶ ἔπειτα τὸν Ὀρέστην αἱ Ἐρινύες διώκουσιν· ⁴ὁ δὲ καταφεύγει εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ ἵζει ἱκέτης πρὸς τῷ βωμῷ. ⁵αἱ δὲ Ἐρινύες ἔρχονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν θέλουσαι ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ ἐρύκει αὐτὰς ἡ Ἄρτεμις. ⁶ἐξ οὗ καὶ ἡ πόλις αὕτη Ὀρέστειον καλεῖται ἀπὸ Ὀρέστου. || ⁷τὸ δὲ Ὀρέστειον τῆς Παρρασίας κεχώρισται καὶ αὕτη πόλις οὖσα τῆς Ἀρκαδίας καὶ κληθεῖσα ἀπὸ Ὀρέστου. —MBC, partial V

TRANSLATION: (‘Cycle of a year’, that is,) ‘making/completing the cycle of a year’. || And while Euripides says he (Orestes) spent a year here in the same way as those detained because of a pollution, Asclepiades records that he died there when bitten by a snake. And Pherecydes (says) that also thereafter the Erinyes pursue Orestes, and he takes refuge in the shrine of Artemis at Oresteion and sits as a suppiant by the altar. And the Erinyes come against him, wanting to kill him, and Artemis blocks them. For which reason (or: from which time) this city is called Oresteion from Orestes. || And Oresteion is separate from Parrhasia, this (Oresteion) too being a city in Arcadia and named after Orestes.

LEMMA: MVC POSITION: cont. from prev. B, prep. ἤτοι

APP. CRIT.: 2 καὶ ὁ μὲν … μύσει om. B | φησὶν αὐτ. ὁμ. suppl. Schw. | κατεχομένοις ⟨ἔξω τῆς πατρίδος⟩ conj. Schw. | ἐπιλύσει M | ἀσκληπ. δὲ (ὁ om.) V | αὐτὸν δηχθέντα transp. B | αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ om. V | 3–7 ὁ δὲ φερ. κτλ om. V (but see next) | 3 after ἔπειτα suppl. ⟨ἐπὶ Παρρασίου⟩ Fowler (EGM II.726) | 6 καὶ ἡ] ὁ ἡ M | ἐκλήθη B | ἀπὸ ὀρέστου secl. Schw. | 7 second καὶ del. Fowler

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.236,23–237,7; Dind. II.338,6–14

COMMENT: The expression ποιήσαντα ἐνιαυτοῦ κύκλον is unusual, but a parallel is offered by Psellus, Chronogr. 7.43,1–3 βασιλεὺς μὲν οὖν Μιχαὴλ ὁ πρεσβύτης ἐνιαύσιον κύκλον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ πεποιηκὼς ἐκεῖθέν τε καταβεβήκει καὶ κτλ; cf. also ποιεῖ μῆνα in Sch. Arat. Phaen. 455 Martin ὁ δὲ ἥλιος εἰς ἕκαστον ζῴδιον ποιεῖ μῆνα καὶ τὸν κύκλον εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν πληροῖ. | For his additional conjecture κατεχομένοις ⟨ἔξω τῆς πατρίδος⟩ Schwartz cited Synag. lex. chres. σ 1700 ἀπενιαυτισμός· φυγὴ ἐπὶ ἐνιαυτὸν διὰ φόνον ἀκούσιον, καὶ ὅλως ἀποδημία τοῦ τοσούτου χρόνου ἀπαλλαγῆς ἕνεκα μύσους ἢ ἔρωτός τινος (also relevant is α 1699 ἀπενιαυτίσαι· ἐνιαυτῷ φυγεῖν τὴν πατρίδα ἐπί τισιν ἀδικήμασιν). This addition does not seem to me necessary. | On the competing claims to be the locus of Orestes’ purification in exile see Fowler, EGM II.440–441 with references.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Asclepiades | Pherecydes | mythography

Or. 1645.13 (rec exeg) Παρράσιον οἰκεῖν: ¹τὸ Παρράσιον οἱ μὲν πόλιν, οἱ δὲ χώραν εἶναί φασιν, ἀπὸ Πα[ρρασίου] τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ [Π]ελασγοῦ ὀνομασθεῖσαν. ²ἔστι μέντοι τῆς Ἀρκαδίας· ³τὸ μέντοι Ὀρέστειον τῆς Παρρασίας κεχώρισται καὶ αὕτη ἡ πόλις κληθεῖσα ἀπὸ Ὀρέστου οὖ[σα τ]ῆς Ἀρκαδίας, †καθάπερ φησὶ Φερεκύδης. ⁴ὅτι γὰρ ἐπὶ† τὸν Ὀρέστην αἱ Ἐριννύες διώκουσιν· ⁵ὁ δὲ καταφεύγει εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος εἰς Ὀρέστειον καὶ ἵζει ἱκέτης παρὰ τῷ βωμῷ. ⁶αἱ δὲ Ἐριννύες ἔρχονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν μέλλουσαι ἀποκτεῖναι· ⁷καὶ αὐτὰς ἐρύκει ἡ Ἄρτεμις καὶ καλεῖται Ὀρέστειον. —V

TRANSLATION: Some say Parrhasia is a city, others say it is a territory, named after Parrhasius the son of Pelasgus. It is, in any case, part of Arcadia. Oresteion, however, is separate from Parrhasia, this too being a city in Arcadia named after Orestes, †as Pherecydes says. For that† the Erinyes pursue †against† Orestes, and he takes refuge in the shrine of Artemis at Oresteion and sits as a suppiant by the altar; and the Erinyes come against him, about to kill him, and Artemis blocks them, and (the place) is called Oresteion.

REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: precedes sch. 1645.03 V

APP. CRIT.: 4 γὰρ] καὶ Fowler

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 παρασίας V | 6 αἱριννύες V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.237, app. at 1–6; Dind. II.337, app. at 16

COMMENT: This scholion assembles parts of other notes, and the short narrative at the end has some corruption, so that it ascribes to Pherecydes the distinction between Parrhasia and Oresteion rather than pursuit of the Erinyes into Artemis’s shrine.

KEYWORDS: mythography | Pherecydes

Or. 1645.14 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐνιαυτοῦ κύκλον⟩: ἐφ’ ἕνα χρόνον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZcCrOx

LEMMA: ἐνιαυτοῦ X POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. XCrOx | ἐφ’ om. CrOx | χρόνον] κύκλον XaYYf, χρόνον in. marg. Y²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.338,15

Or. 1646.01 (vet exeg) κεκλήσεται δὲ σῆς φυγῆς: ¹Πελασγὸς {αὐτόχθων} ὁ Ἀργεῖος ὁ τοῦ Ἀρέστορος τοῦ Ἰάσου ἐλθὼν εἰς Ἀρκαδίαν θηριώδεις ὄντας τοὺς ἄνδρας εἰς τὸ ἡμερώτερον μετέβαλε καὶ πόλιν ἔκτισεν, ἣν Παρρασίαν ὠνόμασεν. ²γυναῖκα δὲ ἀγαγόμενος ἐπιχωρίαν Κυλλήνην, ἀφ’ ἧς τὸ ὄρος οὕτως καλεῖται, υἱὸν ἔσχε Λυκάονα, ³ὃς τὸ τοῦ Λυκαίου Διὸς ἱερὸν εἵσατο ἐν Παρρασίᾳ καὶ παῖδα ἐσχηκὼς ἐξ Ὀρθωσίας Νύκτιμον τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτῷ καταλείπει, ἐφ’ οὗ ὁ κατακλυσμὸς ἐγένετο. ⁴μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα βασιλεύει Δωριεὺς υἱὸς Εἰκαδίου καὶ Κορωνείας. ⁵οὗτος ἐξ Ἀργείας ἔσχε Παρθίονα· ⁶οὗτος ἐξ Ὀρσιλόχης Κητέα καὶ Πάρον· ⁷Κητεὺς δὲ ἐκ Στίλβης ἔσχε Καλλιστώ. ⁸ταύτην φασὶν ἐκ Διὸς Ἀρκάδα πεποιηκέναι, ὃς ἄρξας τῆς χώρας Ἀρκαδίαν ὠνόμασε· ⁹γήμας δὲ Λεάνειραν ἔσχεν Ἔλατον Ἀφείδαντα Ἀζᾶνα. ¹⁰τούτων ἀρξάντων τῆς χώρας ὁ Ἀζὰν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἰδίαν μοῖραν Ἀζανίαν ὠνόμασεν. ¹¹Ἀρκάδες οὖν πάντες κοινῇ ἐκαλοῦντο, μέρος δὲ τούτων Ἀζᾶνες. —MBVCRf

TRANSLATION: Pelasgus the Argive, son of Arestor son of Iasus, came to Arcadia and converted the men, who were beast-like, to a tamer way of life and founded a city, which he named Parrhasia. After marrying a local woman Cyllene, after whom the mountain is so called, he begot a son Lycaon, who established the shrine of Zeus Lycaeus in Parrhasia and having begotten a son Nyctimus born from Orthosia he leaves the rule to him, in whose time the deluge occurred. And after that Dorieus son of Eicadius and Coroneia rules as king. This man begot Parthion from Argeia. This man (begot) Ceteus and Paros from Orsiloche. Ceteus begot Callisto from Stilbe. They say that this woman bore Arcas by Zeus, who when he became ruler of the land named it Arcadia. And having married Leaneira he begot Elatus, Apheidas and Azan. When these men became rulers of the country, Azan on his own named his own portion Azania. Thus all were called Arcadians in common, and Azanes were a subdivision of these.

LEMMA: M, κεκλήσεται δὲ σῆς φυγῆς ἐπώνυμον C, κεκλήσεται δὲ B, κεκλήσεται Rf, ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: MBRf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.237,8–238,4; Dind. II.338,17–339,8

COMMENT: The intrusive αὐτόχθων in 1 could be a displacement from later, since the authochtony of the Arcadians (Hellanicus FGrHist 323a F 27 = fr. 161 EGM, Hdt. 8.73, etc.) would explain their beast-like nature in early times. But ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. 3.96 remarks that Hesiod [fr. 160 M–W (43 Rzach)] said Pelasgus was an autochthon, and the intrusion could have some connection with that. | For Parrhasia cf. Steph. Byz. s.v. Παρρασία, 508,18–509,2 = 16.58,1–6 Billerbeck Παρρασία, πόλις Ἀρκαδίας. Ὅμηρος ‘Στύμφηλόν ⟨τ’ εἶχον⟩ καὶ Παρρασίην ἐνέμοντο’. κέκληται ἀπὸ Παρρασοῦ, ἑνὸς τῶν Λυκάονος παίδων. Χάραξ δὲ κτίσμα Πελασγοῦ ἐν α̅ Χρονικῶν οὕτως ‘Πελασγὸς Ἀρέστορος παῖς τοῦ Ἐκβάσου τοῦ Ἄργου μετοικήσας ἐξ Ἄργους εἰς τὴν ἀπ’ ἐκείνου μὲν τότε Πελασγίαν, ὕστερον δὲ Ἀρκαδίαν κληθεῖσαν, ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη κ̅ε̅ καὶ πόλιν Παρρασίαν ἔκτισε’. | For Cyllene, cf. Pherecydes 3 F 156 = fr. 156 EGM Fowler Πελασγοῦ καὶ Δηιανείρης γίνεται Λυκάων· οὗτος γαμεῖ Κυλλήνην, Νηίδα νύμφην, ἀφ’ ἧς τὸ ὄρος ἡ Κυλλήνη καλεῖται [ἡ del. Fowler, ἡ Κυλλήνη del. West]. | Callisto is elsewhere also said to be daughter of Lycaon or Nycteus, but for Ceteus as father cf. Pherecydes FGrHist 3 F 157 = EGM fr. 157, from ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. 3.8.2 Εὔμηλος [fr. 14 Bernabé] δὲ καί τινες ἕτεροι λέγουσι Λυκάονι καὶ θυγατέρα Καλλιστὼ γενέσθαι· Ἡσίοδος [Hes. fr. 163 M–W (181 Rzach)] μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν μίαν εἶναι τῶν νυμφῶν λέγει, Ἄσιος [fr. 9 K.] δὲ Νυκτέως, Φερεκύδης δὲ Κητέως. Cf. Hyginus, Astronomnica II.1 Araethus autem Tegeates historiarum scriptor non Callisto, sed Megisto dicit appellatam, et non Lycaonis, sed Cetei filiam, Lycaonis neptem; praeterea Cetea ipsum Engonasin nominari. | The name Ὀρσιλόχη, conjectured by Schwartz, is otherwise attested only in Antoninus Liberalis, Metamorph., in the table of contents c2, 27 Ἰφιγένεια εἰς δαίμονα καλούμενον Ὀρσιλόχην, whereas in the actual chapter, 27.4, we find ἀλλάξασα ἐποίησεν αὐτὴν ἀγήρων καὶ ἀθάνατον δαίμονα καὶ ὠνόμασεν ἀντὶ {τῆς} Ἰφιγενείας Ὀρσιλοχίαν. | Paros is mentioned by Callimachus (fr. 710 Pfeiffer), referred to in Stephanus Byz. s.v.: Πάρος, νῆσος, ἣν καὶ πόλιν Ἀρχίλοχος αὐτὴν καλεῖ ἐν τοῖς ἐπῳδοῖς. ᾠκεῖτο δὲ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὑπὸ Κρητῶν καί τινων Ἀρκάδων ὀλίγων. τοὔνομα μὲν λέγεται ἀπὸ Πάρου τοῦ Παρρασίου ἀνδρὸς Ἀρκάδος ἔχειν, ὡς Καλλίμαχος. Cf. Heraclid. Lembus 25 Dilts Πάρον τὴν νῆσον ᾤκισε Πάρος ἐξ Ἀρκαδίας λαὸν ἄγων. | For Arcas, Azan, amd Azania cf. Paus. 8.4.1–3 ἀπὸ τούτου [scil. Ἀρκάδος] δὲ βασιλεύσαντος Ἀρκαδία τε ἀντὶ Πελασγίας ἡ χώρα καὶ ἀντὶ Πελασγῶν Ἀρκάδες ἐκλήθησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι. συνοικῆσαι δὲ οὐ θνητῇ γυναικὶ αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ νύμφῃ Δρυάδι ἔλεγον· … τὴν δὲ νύμφην ταύτην καλοῦσιν Ἐρατώ, καὶ ἐκ ταύτης φασὶν Ἀρκάδι Ἀζᾶνα καὶ Ἀφείδαντα γενέσθαι καὶ Ἔλατον· ἐγεγόνει δὲ αὐτῷ πρότερον ἔτι Αὐτόλαος νόθος. τοῖς δὲ παισίν, ὡς ηὐξήθησαν, διένειμεν Ἀρκὰς τριχῇ τὴν χώραν, καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν Ἀζᾶνος ἡ Ἀζανία μοῖρα ὠνομάσθη.

KEYWORDS: mythography, genealogical

Or. 1646.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κεκλήσεται σῆς φυγῆς ἐπώνυμον⟩: [διὰ τὸ?] ἐνιαυτίσαι ἐκεῖσε τὸν Ὀρέστην, ὁ δὲ Ἀσκληπιάδης [FGrHist 12 F 26] ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ ὑπὸ ὄφεως ἀναιρεθῆναι ο̅ χρόνων. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Will be named after your exile’:) [because?] Orestes spent a year there; but Asclepiades (says) he was killed by a snake in Arcadia at the age of 70 years.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: a few letters lost to trimmed margin

COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1645.03.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Asclepiades

Or. 1647.01 (vet exeg) Ἀζᾶσιν Ἀρκάσιν τ’: ¹τῷ μερικῷ τὸ ὅλον ἐπήγαγεν. ²Ἀζᾶνες γάρ ἐστι μέρος Ἀρκαδίας. ³καὶ Ὀρέστειον δὲ πόλις Ἀρκαδίας ⟨ἣ⟩ ὠνομάσθη ἀπὸ Ὀρέστου οἰκήσαντος ἐκεῖσε. —MBCZu

TRANSLATION: He added the overall term to the term for a part. For the Azanes are a subdivision of Arcadia. And Oresteion too is a city in Arcadia that was named after Orestes because he dwelt there.

LEMMA: ἀζᾶσιν τ’ ἀρκᾶσι C(in text ἀζᾶσιν τ’ ἀρκᾶσιν), ἄλλως B REF. SYMBOL: at ὀρέστειον M POSITION: s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦτο μερικὸν M, τὸ μερικὸν C | 2 ἀζᾶνες] Schw. from V (next), ἄζαν C, prob. ἀζάν M, but damage, ἀζὰν B, ἄζαν (δὲ) Zu | γάρ ἐστι om. Zu, γὰρ om. MC | ἐστι μέρος] μέρος ἐστὶ transp. B | τῆς ἀρκαδίας B | 3 δὲ om. Zu | ⟨ἣ⟩ suppl. Mastr. (unless one adopts ὀνομασθεῖσα from next) | ὠνομάσθη] ὠνομασθ() M, ὠνομάσθη ὥστε καλεῖς Zu, ὀνομασθὲν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.238,5–7; Dind. II.339,8–11

COLLATION NOTES: By some accident Schw.’s apparatus misascribes ὀνομασθέν to V (his A) rather than B, implying that ὀνομασθεῖσα derives from B rather than V (next).

Or. 1647.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀζᾶσιν Ἀρκάσιν τ’⟩: ¹τῷ μερικῷ τὸ ἰδικὸν ἐπήγαγεν. ²Ἀζᾶνες γάρ ἔθνος Ἀρκαδίας. ³καὶ τὸ Ὀρέστειον δὲ πόλις Ἀρκαδίας ὀνομασθεῖσα ἀπὸ Ὀρέστου. —V

TRANSLATION: He added the proper term to the term for a part. For the Azanes are a people of Arcadia. And Oresteion too is a city in Arcadia, named after Orestes.

LEMMA: ὀρέστειον V REF. SYMBOL: at ὀρέστειον V

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀξάνες V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.238,5–7 with app.; Dind. II.339,14–16

Or. 1647.06 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἀζᾶσιν⟩: Ἄζα πόλις Ἀρκαδίας, ἧς οἱ πολῖται Ἀζάδες. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: Aza is a city in Arcadia, of which the citizens are Azades.

POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, first part read from Ta | Ἀζάδες] ἀρκάδες ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: πολίται Zb, app. Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.339,11–12

COMMENT: This is the only source for the city name Aza in Arcadia, as the next is for Aza as a subdivision of Arcadia. The other extant citations of a city Aza are in reference to Gaza, claiming its older name was Aza (e.g., Stephanus Byz. s.v.· Γάζα· πόλις Φοινίκης, νῦν δὲ Παλαιστίνης πρὸ τῆς Αἰγύπτου. ἐκλήθη καὶ Ἄζα. καὶ μέχρι νῦν Σύροι Ἄζαν αὐτὴν καλοῦσιν, ἀπὸ Ἄζωνος τοῦ παιδὸς Ἡρακλέους κτλ). The form Ἀζάδες is unattested elsewhere and is simply a back-formation inferred from Ἀζάσι. Note, however, the variant ἀζαδίαν for ἀζανίαν in Rf in sch. 1646.01.

Or. 1647.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀζᾶσιν⟩: Ἄζα μέρος Ἀρκαδίας, ἐξ οὗ τὸ ὅλον δηλοῖ. —Gu²

TRANSLATION: Aza is a subdivision of Arcadia, from which he indicates the whole (region).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.339,12–13

KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν

Or. 1647.17 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Ὀρέστειον καλεῖν⟩: ὥστε καλεῖν αὐτὸ Ὀρέστειον —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except XGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.339,16

Or. 1648.01 (1648–1652) (vet exeg) ἐνθένδε τ’ ἐλθών: ¹περὶ τῆς Ὀρέστου κρίσεως ἐν Ἀρείῳ πάγῳ ἱστορεῖ καὶ Ἑλλάνικος [FGrHist 323a F 22a = fr. 169 EGM Fowler] ταῦτα γράφων· ²‘τοῖς ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος ἐλθοῦσι καὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ⟨* * *⟩ ἔφρασαν. ³τέλος δὲ ἀμφοτέρων ἐπαινούντων οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι τὴν δίκην ἐνέστησαν ἐννέα γενεαῖς ὕστερον {δὲ} μετὰ τὴν Ἄρει καὶ Ποσειδῶνι περὶ Ἁλιρροθίου δίκην, ⁴μετὰ δὲ τὴν Κεφάλου τοῦ Δηϊονέως, ὅστις τὴν Πρόκριν τὴν Ἐρεχθέως ἔχων γυναῖκα καὶ ἀποκτείνας ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου δίκην {ὡς} δικασθεὶς ἔφυγεν, ἓξ γενεαῖς ὕστερον, ⁵μετὰ δὲ τὴν Δαιδάλου δίκην Τάλω τὸν ἀδελφιδοῦν σοφίας πέρι ἀγαμένου ἀποκτείναντος δολόεντι θανάτῳ καὶ φυγόντος {δίκην} τρισὶ γενεαῖς ὕστερον, αὕτη ἡ ⟨περὶ⟩ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τῆς Τυνδάρεω Ἀγαμέμνονα ἀποκτεινάσης ⟨* * *⟩ ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου δίκη ἐγένετο’. —MVC

TRANSLATION: Concerning the judgment of Orestes on the Areopagus Hellanicus too reports, writing this: ‘To those who had come from Lacedaemon and to Orestes the Athenians ⟨ … ⟩ advised/said. And finally, with both parties approving, the Athenians set up the trial nine generations later after the trial for Ares and Poseidon concerning Halirrhothius, and six generations later after that of Cephalus son of Deioneus, who, having Procris, daugher of Erechtheus, as his wife and having killed her, was put on trial at the Areopagus and went into exile, and three generations later after the trial of Daedalus, who, being envious of him concerning cleverness, killed by a treacherous death his nephew Talos and went into exile, this trial concerning Clytemnestra, daughter of Tyndareus, for having killed Agamemnon (lacuna: e.g., and was killed) by Orestes took place’.

LEMMA: M(ἐνθένδ’ ἐλθ. as in text M)V(ἔνθεν δέ τ’ as in text V), ἐνθένδε γ’ ἐλθὼν τὴν ἀθηναίων πόλιν C(as in C text) REF. SYMBOL: M

APP. CRIT.: 1 γράψας ταῦτα V | 2 ἔφρασαν] ⟨* * *⟩ ἔφρασαν Schw., ⟨δίκην⟩ ἔφρασαν Maass 1883: 134 (after Sturz 1787: 123), ἐχρημάτισαν Kirchhoff 1874: 188–190; ἔφασαν Arsen., whence ἔφασαν τέλος, om. δὲ, Preller 1840: 23–24 | 3 Ἀθηναῖοι] Ἀρεοπαγῖται conj. Kirchhoff, Ἀθηναῖοι ⟨ἐν Ἀρείῳ πάγῳ⟩ Schw., δὲ add. before Ἀθην. Preller | ἐνέστησαν] ἔκριναν (with lacuna after it) Kirchhoff | {δὲ} μετὰ τὴν] Kirchhoff, δὲ μετὰ τῷ MC, δὲ τὴν V, ἢ τὴν Schw. (after Sturz) | τὲ καὶ V | περὶ] ὑπὲρ conj. Jacoby | ἀλλιρόθου M, ἁλιρροθίας V | δίκην ⟨γενομένην⟩ or ⟨γενομένην⟩ δίκην Kirchhoff | 4 μετὰ δὲ τὴν] V, εἰς τ() M, εἶτα C | Κεφάλου τοῦ Δηϊονέως] Schw., κέφαλος ὁ δηϊονέως M(κεφαλ()), κέφαλος δήϊος ἕως C, κεφαλὴν τοῦ δηϊόνος V | second τὴν del. Kirchhoff (cf. B) | δικὴν {ὡς} δικασθεὶς] ὡς del. Schw., δικὴν ὡς δικαστὴς θεὶς V, δικὴν καταδικασθεὶς Kirchhoff, δικὴν {ὡς δικασθεὶς} Jacoby, {δικὴν ὡς} δικασθεὶς Wilam. 1889: 12 = Kl.Schr. IV.672–673 | γενεαῖς] from B (next), γενεὰς M, γενέας V, γενεᾶς C | 5 Τάλω τὸν ἀδελφ. σοφίας πέρι ἀγαμένου] Wilam. (after Meursius, Kirchhoff, and Schw.), Τάλω τὸν ἀδελφ. σοφ. πέρι ἀγωνιζόμενον Schw., καλοσοφίας περιαγομένου (περιἀγ M) ἀδελφιδοῦν (ουν obscured by damage or erasure M) MV, κάλλος σοφίας περιαγομένου ἀδελφιδοῦν C, Τάλω σοφίας πέρι ἀγωνιζόμενον τὸν ἀδελφιδοῦν Kirchhoff after Meursius 1624: 90–91 (who conj. τὸν Τάλων for Τάνταλον from ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. 3.214) | δολοῦντι C | δίκην del. Kirchhoff | αὕτη ἡ … ἀποκτεινάσης] (punct. after ὕστερον) αὕτη Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ τῇ Τυνδάρεω Ἀγαμέμνονα ἀποκτεινάσῃ Kirchhoff | περὶ suppl. Wilam. | τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας] κλυταιμνήστρα MC | τυνδάρεως VC | ἀγαμέμνονος MC | lacuna] ⟨ἀποθανούσης δὲ⟩ Fowler after ⟨μὲν ἀποθανούσης δὲ⟩ Wilam. and West (apud Fowler), cf. B (next) καὶ ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου ἀποκτανθεῖσα | δίκη ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου transp. Schw. (without lacuna), whence δίκη ὑπὲρ Ὀρέστου Jacoby

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐλθοῦσιν M | 3 ἀλλιροθίου C | 4 ἐρεχθέος C | 5 αὔτη M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.238,8–239,2; Dind. II.339,17–340,9

COMMENT: The early discussions of the fragment of Hellanicus started from the rather different form of the scholion as it appeared in Arsenius from the B-tradition and in all editions before Dindorf. The version in B is presented as the next scholion, without corrections, with the variants in MeMuPh and Arsenius noted. Sch. 1651.01 (absent in B, first published in Dindorf) presents a more compact listing of the sequence of trials and is free of corruption.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar (with direct quotation) | Hellanicus | mythography

Or. 1648.02 (1648–1652) (vet exeg) ἐνθενδέ τ’ ἐλθὼν τὴν ἀθην(): ¹περὶ τῆς Ὀρέστου κρίσεως ἐν Ἀρείῳ πάγῳ ἱστορεῖ καὶ Ἑλλάνικος ταῦτα γράφων· ²τοῖς ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος ἐλθοῦσι καὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ἔφρασαν. ³τέλος δὲ ἀμφοτέρων ἐπαινούντων οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι τὴν δίκην ἔστησαν ἐννέα γενεαῖς. ⁴ ὕστερον δὲ Ἄρης καὶ Ποσειδῶν περὶ Ἁλιρροθίου δίκην, εἶτα Κέφαλος ὁ Δηϊονέως, ὅστις Πρόκριν τὴν Ἐρεχθέως ἔχων γυναῖκα καὶ ἀποκτείνας ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου δίκην ὡς δικασθεὶς ἔφυγεν, ἓξ γενεαῖς ὕστερον. ⁵μετὰ δὲ τὴν Δαιδάλου δίκην ἀδελφιδοῦν Τάνταλον ἀποκτείναντος δολόεντι θανάτῳ καὶ φυγόντος δίκην τρισὶ γενεαῖς ὕστερον αὕτη. ⁶ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα ἡ Τυνδάρεως Ἀγαμέμνονα ἀποκτείνασα καὶ ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου ἀποκτανθεῖσα συγκροτηθῆναι δίκην τῷ Ὀρέστῃ ὑπὸ Εὐμενίδων παρεσκεύασεν. ⁷ὃς μετὰ τὴν κρίσιν ἐπανελθὼν Ἄργους ἐβασίλευσεν. ⁸ἐδίκασαν δὲ Ἀθηνᾶ καὶ Ἄρης. —B

TRANSLATION: (Translation without corrections of the conflated redaction of B:) Concerning the judgment of Orestes on the Areopagus Hellanicus too reports, writing this. To those who had come from Lacedaemon and to Orestes the Athenians advised/said. And finally, with both parties approving, the Athenians set up the trial by nine generations. And later Ares and Poseidon a trial concerning Halirrhothius, then Cephalus son of Deioneus, who, having Procris, daughter of Erechtheus, as his wife and having killed her, because subjected to a trial at the Areopagus, went into exile six generations later. And three generations later after the trial of Daedalus, who killed by a treacherous death his nephew Tantalus and went into exile, this (trial). Clytemnestra, daughter of Tyndareus, having killed Agamemnon and been killed by Orestes caused a trial to be stirred up against Orestes by the Eumenides. And after the trial he returned home and ruled as king of Argos. Athena and Ares sat in judgment.

REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 δηιονέος Ph

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.238,8–239,2 with app.; Dind. II.339,17–340,9 with app.

COMMENT: See comment on previous. | Sent. 7–8 are conflated from sent. 2–3 of sch. 1651.04 of VC.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 1648.03 (1648–1652) (thom exeg) ⟨ἐνθένδε τ’ ἐλθὼν … νικῆσαί σε χρή⟩: ¹μετὰ τὸ πληρῶσαι χρόνον ἕνα εἰς τὸ Παρράσιον ἀπῆλθεν εἰς Ἀθήνας Ὀρέστης καὶ ἀγωνίζεται πρὸς Ἐριννύας ὑπὲρ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ τῆς μητρός. ²ἴσων δὲ γενομένων τῶν ψήφων οἰκτείρασα ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ τοῦτον παρ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐνέθηκε μίαν ψῆφον ἥτις ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν νικῆσαι. ³φασὶ δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἱερὸν οὗτος ἐν Ἀρείῳ πάγῳ τῶν θεῶν ἱδρύσατο, ἐξιλεούμενος αὐτὰς μετὰ τὴν νίκην εὐμενεῖς αὐτῷ τοῦ λοιποῦ καθίστασθαι. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: After completing one year at Parrhasion Orestes went off to Athens, and he contends against the Erinyes (in a trial) about the killing of his mother. And when the votes came out equal, Athena felt pity for him and for her own part inserted one vote that made him win (the case). And they say that he also established a shrine of the goddesses on the Areopagus, propitiating them after his victory so that they would thenceforth be well-disposed to him.

REF. SYMBOL: at 1648 τὴν ἀθην. πόλιν ZZa, at 1645 παρράσιον Zm POSITION: beside 1645 T, near 1645–1646, last of page, Gu, cont. from sch. 1645.03 Zl, add δὲ

APP. CRIT.: 1 first τοῦ om. Zl | 2 ἡ om. Gu | 3 νίκην] δίκην ZZa

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 παράσιον Zl | ἀθῆνας Gu | 2 ἐνέθηκεν Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.341,7–13

COMMENT: The claim in sent. 3 that Orestes founded the shrine at the Areopagus is probably derived by Thomas from, or shares the same source as, Sch. Ael. Aristid. Panathenaicus 108,8 Jebb [III.67,23–27 Dindorf] φασὶ γὰρ ὡς Ὀρέστης ἐξιλεούμενος αὐτὰς εὐμενεῖς αὐτῷ τοῦ λοιποῦ εἶναι πλησίον τοῦ Ἀρείου πάγου ἱερὸν αὐτῶν ἐποίησεν … τινὲς δέ φασιν ὅτι ἀφοσιούμενος Ὀρέστης ἱερὸν αὐτὸς ἐκεῖ ἐποίησεν. I have found no ancient source for this claim: could it have arisen from a blurred memory of Pausanias 1.28.5–6, where an altar of Athena Areia founded at the Areopagus by Orestes after the trial is recorded immediately before mention of the shrine of the Semnai to be seen nearby (no founder is mentioned)?

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 1649.01 (1649–1652) (rec exeg) ⟨δίκην ὑπόσχες … νικῆσαί σε δεῖ⟩: προφοιβάζεται ὁ Ἀπόλλων τὰς μαντείας τοῦ Ὀρέστου. —Mn

TRANSLATION: Apollo proclaims his prophecies concerning Orestes.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: perhaps read ⟨περὶ⟩ τοῦ Ὀρέστου or τῷ Ὀρέστῃ

COMMENT: One might have expected this to be placed at 1643 σὲ δ’ αὖ χρεών, where Apollo’s statements about Orestes’ future begin, but Mn entered this at the margin beside 1649–1650 before he entered the scholia of the margin block (which are written around this note), so the position was not constrained by space available. | προφοιβάζω is well attested from the 11th cent. onward; the only scholiastic passage in TLG using the word is Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Plut. 431 Massa Positano … πρόσπολον γάρ τινα Φρύγα τῆς Ῥέας ἐκεῖσε βαλόντες ἀνεῖλον ὥσπερ μαινόμενον· ἀνθ’ ὧν αὐτοῖς προφοιβάζων, ἔλεγεν ὡς ἔρχεται Δημήτηρ εἰς τὰς Ἀθήνας ζητοῦσα τὴν Κόρην … .

Or. 1649.02 (thom exeg) ⟨δίκην ὑφέξεις⟩: ¹οὐ μόνον τὸ ‘δίκην δίδωμι’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘τιμωροῦμαι’ φαμὲν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘ἐν κρίσει καθίσταμαι καὶ ἀπολογίαν ὑπέχω’, ὥσπερ κἀνταῦθα. ²μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ Θουκυδίδης λέγων ³[Thuc. 1.28.2] ‘δίκας ἤθελον δοῦναι ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ παρὰ πόλεσιν αἷς ἂν ἀμφότεροι ξυμβῶσιν’. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: We say not only ‘dikēn didōmi’ (‘I give justice’) in the sense ‘I am punished’, but also in the sense ‘I stand on trial and submit to (giving) a defense’, just as it does also here. And Thucydides also attests (such usage), saying ‘they were willing to enter into court-cases in Peloponnesus in whatever cities both sides agree on’.

LEMMA: in text ὑπόσχης ZmT^z, ὑπόσχες Gr, p.c. T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZmT

APP. CRIT.: T mostly lost to damage, read from Ta | 3 ἂν] δὲ Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 πελοπονήσω ZZaZlZm [T] (‑οννήσω Ta] | αἷς] ἕς ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.340,17–341,1

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar (with direct quotation) | Thucydides

Or. 1649.03 (thom exeg) ⟨δίκην ὑφέξεις⟩: ἤγουν καὶ κρίσιν δώσεις πρὸς τὰς θεὰς καὶ ἀπολογήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φόνου. —ZZa

TRANSLATION: That is, you will both submit to judgment in opposition to the goddesses and deliver a defense concerning the killing.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Za | νίκην add. before καὶ κρίσιν Z

Or. 1649.04 (thom exeg) ⟨δίκην ὑφέξεις⟩: ἤγουν κρίσις σοι πρὸς τὰς θεὰς γένοιτο καὶ ἀπολογήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φόνου. —ZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, there will be a judgment for you in opposition to the goddesses and you will deliver a defense concerning the killing.

LEMMA: in text ὑφέξης Zb, ὑπόσχης ZmT^z, ὑπόσχες Gr, p.c. T POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γένοιτο] ἔσται T | ἀπολογῆσαι Gu, app. Zl, ἀπολογία Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.341,3–4

Or. 1649.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπόσχες⟩: γρ. ὑφέξεις. —MnGuPk

TRANSLATION: (For imperative ‘huposches’) the reading (future indicative) ‘huphexeis’ (‘you will submit to’) is found.

LEMMA: ὑπόσχ’ in text Mn POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Gu | ἤγουν δώσης add. Pk

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.341,1 with app.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1649.08 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨ὑπόσχες⟩: γρ. ὑπόσχῃς. —TY²

TRANSLATION: (For imperative ‘huposches’ there is a variant reading, subjunctive) ‘huposchēis’ (‘you will submit to’).

LEMMA: in text ὑπόσχης T^z, ὑπόσχες p.c. T POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1649.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑφέξεις⟩: γρ. ὑπόσχῃς. —Zl

TRANSLATION: (For future ‘huphexeis’) the reading (subjunctive) ‘huposchēis’ (‘you will submit to’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ὑπόσχεις Zl

COMMENT: It is more probable that in ὑπόσχεις Zl committed the usual phonetic error ‑εις/‑ῃς than that ‑εις is an error for ‑ες by assimilation to the ending of the lemma. Note, however, that ὑπόσχεις is in the text of Zu, so it cannot be ruled out that Zl was referring to that spelling.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1649.16 (mosch exeg) ⟨αἵματος μητροκτόνου⟩: ἕνεκα τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGrGu

POSITION: s.l. except XGr, as three sep. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.341,2

Or. 1650.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίσι⟩: καὶ ταῖς τιμωρητικαῖς κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν —CrOx

TRANSLATION: (‘Eumenides’, ‘kindly ones’,) that is, ‘the punishing ones’, by antiphrasis (use of the opposite).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τιμωριτικαῖς CrOx

KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις

Or. 1650.06 (1650–1652) (mosch paraphr) θεοὶ δέ σοι δίκης βραβεῖς: οἱ θεοὶ δὲ, οἱ τοῦ δικαίου βραβεῖς, δίκην ἐξοίσουσι σοὶ ἐν τῷ Ἀρείῳ πάγῳ εὐσεβεστάτην. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: And the gods, the arbiters of what is just, will pronounce a most pious judgment for you on the Areopagus.

LEMMA: G POSITION: marg. T

APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σουσιν Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.341,5–7

Or. 1650.07 (thom exeg) ⟨θεοὶ δέ σοι δίκης βραβεῖς⟩: θεοὺς γὰρ κριτὰς εἶχον. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘And gods will be arbiters of justice for you’,) for they (Orestes and the Erinyes) had the gods as judges.

POSITION: marg. ZlZm, s.l. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.341,15

Or. 1650.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεοὶ⟩: ὁ Ἄρης καὶ ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ —AaB^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Gods’, namely,) Ares and Athena.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀθηνὰ Aa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.341,5

COMMENT: In naming Ares and Athena this glossator follows sch. 1651.04.

Or. 1650.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεοὶ⟩: ἤγουν ἡ Ἀληκτὼ, ἡ Μέγαιρα, καὶ ἡ Τισιφόνη, ἔφοροι τοῦ φόνου —Zl

TRANSLATION: (‘Gods’,) that is, Alecto, Megaira, and Tisiphone, overseers of murder.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἀλητὼ Zl (cf. app. at sch. 323.15)

Or. 1650.11 (tri metr) ⟨θεοὶ⟩: συνίζησις —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

KEYWORDS: συνίζησις

Or. 1650.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δίκης⟩: νίκης —Y²

TRANSLATION: For ‘dikēs’, ‘court case’, there is a variant reading) ‘nikēs’ (‘victory’).

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Compare the intrusion of νίκην before δίκην in sch. 1649.03 in Z.

Or. 1650.13 (thom exeg) ⟨δίκης⟩: δικαιοσύνης, ἤγουν τῆς κρίσεως —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Dikēs’ here is) ‘justice, righteousness’, or else ‘trial’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν τῆς] om. ZZa, ἐκ τῆς ZbZl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.341,14

Or. 1651.01 (vet exeg) πάγοισιν ἐν Ἀρείοισιν: ¹ἐνταῦθα πρῶτον μὲν Ἄρης καὶ Ποσειδῶν ἠγωνίσαντο, ²δεύτερον δὲ μετὰ τρεῖς γενεὰς Κέφαλος ⟨ὁ⟩ Δηιονέως ἐπὶ γυναικὶ Πρόκριδι, ³καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς Δαίδαλος ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφιδῷ Τάλῳ, ⁴εἶτα μετὰ τρεῖς Ὀρέστης, ὡς Ἑλλάνικος [FGrHist 323a F 22a = fr. 169 EGM Fowler]. —MVC

TRANSLATION: (‘On the Areopagus’:) in this place first Ares and Poseidon contended in court, and secondly after three generations Cephalus son of Deioneus about his wife Procris, and after three (generations) Daedalus about his nephew Talos, and then after three (generations) Orestes, as Hellanicus (says).

REF. SYMBOL: MV

APP. CRIT.: 2 δὲ om. C | τρεῖς] τρίτης V | ⟨ὁ⟩ Δηιονέως] Schw. (name corr. from sch. 1648.01–02), δηϊόνος M(or νου?)VC | ἐπὶ τῇ γυν. V | 3 τρεῖς] τρίτην V | ἐπὶ τῷ] ἐτῶ M | ἀδελφιδᾶ C | ταντάλω M, τάλλῳ C | 4 τρεῖς] τρίτην V

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἠγονίσαντο M | 2 γενέας V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.239,3–6; Dind. II.340,9–13

COMMENT: Compare sch. 1648.01–02.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Hellanicus | mythography

Or. 1651.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πάγοισιν ἐν Ἀρείοισιν⟩: ἐνταῦθα πρῶτον μὲν Ἄρης καὶ Ποσειδῶν ἠγωνίσαντο περὶ τῆς Ἁλιρροθίου τελευτῆς. —MnPr

TRANSLATION: (‘On the Areopagus’:) in this place first Ares and Poseidon contended in a court about the death of Halirrhothius.

REF. SYMBOL: Pr POSITION: s.l., above 1648 Pr, but ref. to 1651; above 1652 (first line of verso) Mn

APP. CRIT.: μὲν om. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐνταῦτα Mn | ἀλλιρ‑ Mn

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 1651.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάγοισιν ἐν Ἀρείοισιν⟩: εἰς τὸ ἐκεῖσε δ’ ὄρος ἐκρίθη ὁ Ποσειδῶν καὶ ὁ Ἄρης διότι ἐφονεύθη παρὰ τοῦ Ἄρεος ὁ Ἁλιρ⟨ρ⟩όθιος ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος. —Mt^r

TRANSLATION: (‘On the Areopagus’:) and at the hill there Poseidon and Ares were judged because Halirrhothius the son of Poseidon was killed by Ares.

APP. CRIT. 2: δι’ ὅτι Mt^r

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 1651.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ¹Ἀθήνησιν ἐν Ἀρείῳ πάγῳ συνέστη ἡ κρίσις πρὸς Εὐμενίδας τῷ Ὀρέστῃ ἐπὶ τῷ φόνῳ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ, ²καὶ μετὰ τὴν κρίσιν ἐπανελθὼν Ἄργους ἐβασίλευσεν. ³ἐδίκασαν δὲ Ἀθηνᾶ καὶ Ἄρης. —VC

TRANSLATION: At Athens on the Areopagus the trial opposing the Eumenides was convened for Orestes over the murder of his mother, and after the trial he returned home and ruled as king of Argos. And Athena and Ares sat in judgment.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐβασίλευεν C | at end add. ἐξ αὐτῶν γίνεται τισαμενός V (cf. sch. 1654.02)

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἀθηνὰ VC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.239,7–10; Dind. II.340,13–16

COMMENT: Sent. 2–3 are conflated at the end of sch. 1648.02.

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 1651.05 (thom exeg) ⟨πάγοισιν ἐν Ἀρείοισιν⟩: ¹Ἄρειος πάγος ἐκλήθη διὰ τὸ δοῦναι τὸν Ἄρεα ἐκεῖ τῷ Ποσειδῶνι δίκην, ἀποκτείναντα τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ Ἁλιρρόθιον φθείραντα τὴν θυγατέρα τούτου Ἀλκίππην. ²ἐπεκράτησε δὲ ἐξ ἐκείνου δικαστήριον εἶναι φόνων ὁ τόπος. ³ὄρος δὲ ἦν, διὸ καὶ πάγος καλεῖται. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: It was called Hill of Ares (‘Areios pagos’) because Ares there stood trial against Poseidon, (Ares) having killed his (Poseidon’s) son Halirrhothius who had raped his (Ares’) daughter Alkippe. From that event the custom prevailed that the place was a court for murders. And it was a hill, wherefore it is also called ‘pagos’.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT.: T mostly lost to damage, read from Ta | 1 καὶ add. before ἐκεῖ Gu | 2 ἐκράτησε ZZa | 3 ἐκλήθη ἢ add. before καλεῖται Za

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀλιρρώθιον Z, ἀλιρρόθιον Gu [Zl]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.341,16–20

KEYWORDS: mythography

Or. 1651.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάγοισιν ἐν Ἀρείοισιν⟩: πάγος μὲν λέγεται τὸ ἐκεῖσε ὄρος διὰ τὸ σύνεγγυς ὄρος. —Mt^r

TRANSLATION: The hill there is called ‘pagos’ because of the nearby hill.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The redundancy of this remark could be due to corruption, but it also possible that it is the careless work of an unintelligent annotator.

Or. 1651.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πάγοισιν ἐν Ἀρείοισιν⟩: ἐν τῷ Ἀρείῳ πάγῳ —XaXbXoT⁺Y^aYfGGrZcF²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1651.12 (rec gram) ⟨πάγοισιν ἐν Ἀρείοισιν⟩: Ἄρειος πάγος, ἐξ οὗ καὶ Ἀρεοπαγίτης. —Mn

TRANSLATION: Hill of Ares (‘Areios pagos’), from which (is formed) also ‘Areopagite’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: Perhaps the point of this note is to convey the doctrine seen in Et. Gud. 411,48–52 Sturz νουνεχόντως, ἀπὸ τοῦ νοῦν καὶ ἔχων, σύνθετον νουνεχόντως· πολλάκις γὰρ ἀπὸ δύο διεστώτων τοῦ λόγου μερῶν γίνεται ἑνότης, οἷον, Ἄρειος πάγος, Ἀρεοπαγίτης, ἡ νεὰ πόλις, οἱ Νεαπολῖται, ταυτὸ ταυτότης, οὕτω νοῦν ἔχων, νουνεχόντως.

Or. 1652.08 (mosch exeg) ἔνθα: ἐν τῇ ἀποφάσει τῆς κρίσεως τῶν θεῶν —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Where’, that is,) in the decision of the trial-judgment made by the gods.

LEMMA: XGr POSITION: s.l. except XGr

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X | ἀποφάνσει Xo

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.341,22

Or. 1652.10 (tri metr) ⟨νικῆσαι⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1653.01 (1653–1654) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐφ’ ἧς δ’ ἔχεις … Ἑρμιόνην⟩: τὴν Ἑρμιόνην δὲ, ἧς ἐπὶ τῇ δέρῃ ἔχεις, ὦ Ὀρέστα, τὸ φάσγανον, πέπρωταί σε γῆμαι, ἤγουν εἰς γυναῖκα λαβεῖν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. except XGr; over two lines XoG

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, part read from Ta | πέπρωται … ἤγουν om. G

APP. CRIT. 2: πέπρωται σὲ Xa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.341,24–26

Or. 1653.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐφ’ ᾗ δ’ ἔχεις … δέρῃ⟩: τὸ ἐφ’ ᾗ καὶ τὸ δέρῃ καθ’ ὅλον καὶ μέρος. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The words ‘upon whom’ and ‘neck’ (are used) in the figure of whole and part (scil., Hermione and her neck).

POSITION: s.l. ZZaGu, intermarg. Zm, marg. Zl; precedes sch. 1651.05 T

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐφῆ Z | καθόλον ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.341,26–27

KEYWORDS: ὅλον καὶ μέρος

Or. 1653.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ᾗ⟩: ἧς —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For feminine dative relative pronoun ‘hēi’ there is a variant reading, genitive) ‘hēs’ (‘of whom’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1654.01 (vet exeg) ⟨γῆμαι … Ἑρμιόνην⟩: Ὀρέστου καὶ Ἑρμιόνης Τισαμενός, Πυλάδου καὶ Ἠλέκτρας Στρόφιος καὶ Μέδων. —MB

TRANSLATION: Tisamenus (was born) of Orestes and Hermione, Strophius and Medon (were born) of Pylades and Electra.

POSITION: intermarg. B beside 1653, last line of 55r; cont. from sch. 1627.01 M

APP. CRIT.: ὁ στρόφιος M

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐρμιόνης M | στροφίος B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.239,11–12; Dind. II.341,28–342,1

COMMENT: For the children of Pylades and Electra compare Hellanicus apud Paus. 2.16.7 ⟨ … ⟩· Πυλάδῃ γὰρ συνῴκησεν Ὀρεστου δόντος· Ἑλλανικος [EGM fr. 155 Fowler] δὲ καὶ τάδε ἔγραψε, Μέδοντα καὶ Στρόφιον γενέσθαι Πυλάδῃ παῖδας ἐξ Ἠλέκτρας.

Or. 1654.02 (vet exeg) γῆμαι πέπρωταί σ’ Ἑρμιόνην: ¹παρὰ Φερεκύδους τοῦτο ἔλαβεν ὁ Εὐριπίδης· [FGrHist 3 F 63 = EGM fr. 135A Fowler] ²‘⟨ … ⟩ ἐπεὶ Νεοπτολέμῳ αὐτὴν συνῴκισε καὶ ἀπέθανε ⟨ … ⟩ ³τῶν δὲ γίνεται Τισαμενός’. ⁴ὁ μέντοι Εὐριπίδης νῦν οὐδόλως φησὶ γῆμαι τὸν Νεοπτόλεμον τὴν Ἑρμιόνην. —MVC

TRANSLATION: Euripides took this detail (the marriage of Orestes and Hermione) from Pherecydes: ‘⟨ … ⟩ since he gave her in marriage to Neoptolemus and ⟨this man⟩ died ⟨ … ⟩. And from them Tisamenus is born’. Euripides, however, in the present passage says that Neoptolemus did not marry Hermione at all.

LEMMA: V, γῆμαι πέτρω ταῖς ἑρμιόνην C REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT.: 1 παράφερε κυδ() M, παρὰ φερεκύδη C | τοῦτο] τοῦ M, αὐτῶ V | ὁ εὐρ. om. V | 2 first lacuna Schw., (no lacuna) ἔπει⟨τα⟩ Fowler after ἔπει⟨τεν⟩ Jacoby | second lacuna Schw. (Fowler suggests a lacuna between καὶ and ἀπέθανε is also a possibility) | 3 γίνεται] perhaps C (now damaged, but space suitable, too long for γὰρ), γὰρ M(γαρ)V | νῦν δ’ M, νῦν δὲ C (punct. before νῦν C)

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἕλαβεν M | 2 συνώκησεν M, συνώκη() V | ἀπέθανεν M | 3 τισάμενος M, no accent or accent lost to damage in C | 4 ἐρμιόνην M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.239,13–15

COMMENT: Since Euripides does not in fact follow Pherecydes in all details, Fowler asks whether the original of sent. 1 might have been παρὰ Φερεκύδη τοῦτο ἔγραψεν ὁ Εὐρ., ‘Euripides wrote this contrary to Pherecydes’—an interesting idea, but one would expect παρὰ τὴν Φερεκύδους ἐξήγησιν (or ἱστορίαν or the like). | For speculations about the possible contents of the lacuna or lacunas in sent. 2, see Fowler and Jacoby. | Schwartz says that in 3 C left a blank space after τῶν δὲ, but there is an area of damage, and half the δὲ is effaced where the damage begins. The remaining space of the line is suitable to γίνεται (or ἐγεν(ν)ήθη) and clearly too long for γὰρ.

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar (with direct quotation) | Pherecydes | mythography

Or. 1654.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γῆμαι πέπρωταί σ’ Ἑρμιόνην⟩: ἐξ Ἑρμιόνης καὶ Ὀρέστου τίκτεται Τισαμενὸς οὕτως κληθεὶς ἀπὸ †Ὀρέστου οἰκήσαντος ἐκεῖσε†. —Zu

TRANSLATION: Tisamenus is born from Hermione and Orestes, so named from †Orestes’ having dwelt there†.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: τισάμενὸς Zu

COMMENT: The final phrase οὕτως κτλ is similar the last words of sch. 1647.01, which Zu has copied farther up on the same page (84r). It may be that the whole phrase from οὕτως on is intrusive, but perhaps only Ὀρέστου οἰκήσαντος ἐκεῖσε has replaced an etymologically correct phrase featured Orestes’ act of vengeance. The name Τισαμενός was normally explained as derived from Orestes’ punishing his mother: e.g., Choeroboscus, de orthographia, Cramer, Anecdota Gr. Oxon. II.265,34–266,2 (corrected from Oxford, Barocci 50, fol. 167v) Τεισαμενός καὶ Τισάμενος. Ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ τείσω τοῦ διὰ τῆς ε̅ι̅ διφθόγγου τεισαμενος διὰ διφθόγγου· ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ τίσω τοῦ διὰ τοῦ ι̅ τισάμενος διὰ τοῦ ι̅, ὅπερ ἐπεκράτησεν. Τισάμενος δὲ λέγουσιν ἐκ τοῦ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, λέγω δὴ τὸν Ὀρέστην [‑τιν ms], τιμωρήσασθαι {ἠ} τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ διὰ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ οἰκείου πατρὸς, λέγω δὴ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος.

Or. 1655.01 (vet exeg) Νεοπτόλεμος γαμεῖν νιν: ¹οὐκ ἐγάμησεν αὐτὴν κατὰ τοῦτο ὅτι τέκνα οὐκ ἔσχεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ. ²καὶ ὁ μὲν Εὐριπίδης διὰ τοῦτο ἀνῃρῆσθαί φησι τὸν Νεοπτόλεμον ὑπὸ τῶν Δελφῶν ³ὅτι παρεγένετο εἰς Δελφοὺς δίκας ἀπαιτήσων τὸν θεὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς τελευτῆς τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ. ⁴Φερεκύδης δέ φησι περὶ παίδων χρώμενον τὸν Νεοπτόλεμον ἀναιρεθῆναι γράφων οὕτως [FGrHist 3 F 64a = EGM fr. 64a Fowler]· ⁵‘ἐπεὶ Νεοπτόλεμος Ἑρμιόνην γαμεῖ τὴν Μενέλεω, κατέρχεται εἰς Δελφοὺς περὶ παίδων χρησόμενος· ⁶οὐ γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐγένοντο ἐξ Ἑρμιόνης. ⁷καὶ ὡς ὁρᾷ κατὰ τὸ χρηστήριον κρέα διαρπάζοντας τοὺς Δελφοὺς, ἀφαιρεῖται τὰ κρέα αὐτοὺς, ⁸αὐτὸν δὲ κτείνει Μαχαιρεὺς ὁ {δὲ} τούτων ἱερεύς. ⁹⟨καὶ⟩ αὐτὸν κατορύσσει ὑπὸ τὸν οὐδὸν τοῦ νεώ’. || ¹⁰ταῦτα γενεαλογεῖ καὶ Σοφοκλῆς [TrGF p. 219 Radt]. —MBVC

TRANSLATION: He did not marry her in this respect, that she did not conceive children from him. And whereas Euripides says that Neoptolemus was killed by the Delphians for this reason, that he came to Delphi demanding reparation from the god for the death of his father, Pherecydes says that Neoptolemus was killed when consulting the oracle about children, writing as follows: ‘After Neoptolemus marries Hermione, he goes to Delphi to consult about children. For they were not born to him from Hermione. And when he sees the Delphians snatching apart the meat in the oracular shrine, he takes the meat from them, and Machaereus, their priest, kills (Neoptolemus) himself, and they bury him beneath the threshold of the temple’. || Sophocles, too, records this genealogy.

LEMMA: V, νεοπτ. γαμεῖ νιν MC(as in text MC), Νεοπτόλεμος γαμεῖν νιν οὐ γα() B REF. SYMBOL: B(om. at verse)V, at 1656 αὐτῷ M

APP. CRIT.: 1 after αὐτοῦ add. δὲ καὶ ὁ γάμος V | 2 διὰ τοῦτο] δ(ιὰ) τ(ὸ) M | ἀναιρεῖσθαι a.c. C | 3 δίκαια C | τῶν θεῶν C | 4 γράφει C | 5 ἔπει⟨τα⟩ Wilam. 1889: 13 = Kl.Schr. 4:673–674, ἔπει⟨τεν⟩ Jacoby | κατέρχεται] Schw., καὶ ἔρχεται MBVC | 6 αὐτὸ M | αὐτῷ ἐγένοντο] ἐγίνοντο αὐτῷ Wilam. 1889, transp. before αὐτῷ | 7 ὡς om. MBC | τὸ om., add. s.l. B | διαρπάζοντα MC | 7–10 after 7 διαρπάζοντας partly or completely washed out in M | αὐτοὺς] αὐτοῖς V | 8 αὐτὸν δὲ] Leopardus 1604: 396–397 (lib. 20, c. 9), ἑαυτὸν δὲ MBVC(ἑαυτόν δε) | κτεῖναι B | Μαχαιρεὺς] Leopardus, μαχαίρᾳ BVC, prob. M (damage) | second δὲ del. Leopardus (δὲ prob. present in M, but damage) | 9 καὶ suppl. Leopardus (καὶ ὀρύσσει (vel κατορύσσει)) | αὐτὸν del. Wilam. | κατορύσσει αὐτὸν transp. B (edd. before Schw.) | 10 ταὐτὰ Ribbeck 1875: 262 n. 4 | σοφίκ()V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.239,17–240,4; Dind. II.342,1–12

COMMENT: Compare Sch. Pind. Nem. 7.62a Drachmann φασὶ τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου θύοντος τοὺς Δελφοὺς ἁρπάζειν τὰ θύματα, ὡς ἔθος αὐτοῖς· τὸν δὲ Νεοπτόλεμον δυσανασχέτως ἔχοντα διακωλύειν· αὐτοὺς δὲ διαχρήσασθαι αὐτὸν ξίφη ἔχοντας; 7.62b Ἀσκληπιάδης διὰ τῶν Τραγῳδουμένων (FGrHist 12 F 15 Jacoby = 21 F 19 Bagordo) φησὶν οὕτως· περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ θανάτου σχεδὸν ἅπαντες οἱ ποιηταὶ συμφωνοῦσι, τελευτῆσαι μὲν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ Μαχαιρέως, ταφῆναι δὲ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐδὸν τοῦ νεώ, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Μενέλαον ἐλθόντα ἀνελεῖν, καὶ τὸν τάφον ποιῆσαι ἐν τῷ τεμένει κτλ. See also the highly corrupt Sch. Andr. 53b Cavarzeran ⟨***⟩ ὑπὸ Μαχαιρέως φησὶ τὸν Νεοπτόλεμον ἀνῃρῆσθαι· οἱ δὲ ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου ὡς Εὐριπίδης καὶ †ὀρθαίας καὶ Ξεναγόρας· οἱ δὲ ὑπὸ Φιλοξενίδα, ὡς ⟨Σ⟩ουίδας (FGrHist 602 F 9)· ἄλλοι δὲ ὑπὸ Μενελάου, ⟨ἐπεὶ⟩ ὑποσχόμενος ἐν Ἰλίῳ τὴν Ἑρμιόνην δώσειν αὐτῷ, αὖθις ἐβούλετο ⟨δοῦναι⟩ Ὀρέστῃ (with Cavarzeran’s citation of other sources).

KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar (with direct quotation) | Pherecydes | Sophocles | mythography

Or. 1655.02 (thom exeg) ⟨Νεοπτόλεμος⟩: ὁ Ἀχιλλέως παῖς ὁ καὶ Πύρρος καλούμενος —Zm²Gu

TRANSLATION: (Neoptolemus,) the son of Achilles, who was also called Pyrrhus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1655.12 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐ γαμεῖ ποτε⟩: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ συμβιώσεται αὐτῇ μέχρι τέλους. —MCZu

TRANSLATION: (‘He will never marry her’,) equivalent to ‘he (Neoptolemus) will not live with her (Hermione) until the end’.

REF. SYMBOL: at 1656 αὐτῷ M POSITION: marg. beside 1656 M, s.l. above 1656 Zu, s.l. above 1659 C

APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ] Zu, ἀντὶ οὐ C, ἀντὶ τοῦ M | αὐτῇ] Zu (Dindorf without note), αὐτὴν MC

APP. CRIT. 2: συνβι‑ M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.240,5; Dind. II.342,22–23

COMMENT: The witnesses present a confused situation as to the position of this note, compounded by the issue of whether ἀντὶ τοῦ (M) or ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ (CZu) is original (C constantly reduces ἀντὶ τοῦ to ἀντὶ, so it should be taken to reflect the same reading as Zu). Only M was known to Dindorf and Schwartz; the latter ignored this note in C because it was supralinear, and of course neither collated Zu. They assigned the note to 1659 because the compound συμβιώσεται makes sense only for a married couple, and without οὐ that couple must be Pylades and Electra, although the remark forms an odd paraphrase for ‘His future life awaits him as one of happiness’, since it marks the duration of the marriage rather than its felicity. If οὐ is accepted, however, the remark makes sense for the couple Neoptolemus and Hermione. We know from sch. 1654.02 that commentators noticed the discrepancy between Euripides’ ‘will never marry her’ and the more common tradition that Hermione married Neoptolemus first and then Orestes after she was widowed. ‘He will not live with her until the end’ (scil., but only briefly) makes sense as a commentator’s attempt to reconcile the traditions by a wishful paraphrase of οὐ γαμεῖ ποτε. Compare sch. 1675.05, which also involves an explanation making the events conform to those in Euripides’ own play Andromache and elsewhere. | If this diagnosis is correct, then the position of this scholion in M at the level of 1656 is close to correct (it could not begin higher because the marginal note above it, sch. 1654.02, ends beside 1655), and the reference symbol at 1656 αὐτῷ is not far off the mark. Although Zu is not the most reliable witness for the position of scholia or for readings, it supports M here and is not directly copied from M. It remains odd that C, which has οὐ, places the note above 1569, where the paraphrase including οὐ makes little sense.

Or. 1656.01 (thom exeg) ⟨θανεῖν⟩: ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος, ἀπελθὼν εἰς Δελφοὺς καὶ μεμφόμενος τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι διὰ τὸν πατέρα θανόντα ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ ναῷ ὑπὸ Δηϊφόβου καὶ Πάριδος, ἐφονεύθη ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου, ὡς ἐν τῷ τῆς Ἀνδρομάχης εἴρηται δράματι. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: When Neoptolemus went to Delphi and reproached Apollo because his father died in his shrine at the hands of Deiphobus and Paris, he was slain by Orestes, as has been expressed in the drama Andromache.

REF. SYMBOL: all POSITION: marg. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.342,13–16

Or. 1656.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὐτῷ⟩: αὐτὸν —V¹

TRANSLATION: (For dative ‘autōi’, ‘for him’, going with ‘it is fate’, there is a variant, accusative) ‘auton’ (‘him’, as subject of the infinitive ‘to die’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1656.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Δελφικῷ ξίφει⟩: χρώμενος γὰρ εἰς Δελφοὺς ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος ἀνῃρέθη. —V³Y²

TRANSLATION: (‘With a Delphic sword’) because when consulting the oracle at Delphi Neoptolemus was killed.

POSITION: s.l. V³, marg. Y²

Or. 1656.11 (rec exeg) ⟨Δελφικῷ ξίφει⟩: τῷ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος —Rf^r

TRANSLATION: (‘With a Delphic sword’ means) ‘with that of Apollo’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῷ] τῆ Rf

Or. 1656.12 (rec exeg) ⟨Δελφικῷ ξίφει⟩: τῷ ὑπὸ Δελφοῦ —MnSa

TRANSLATION: (‘With a Delphic sword’ means) ‘with that (wielded) by a Delphian’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἀπὸ ἀδελφοῦ Mn

Or. 1656.13 (rec exeg) ⟨Δελφικῷ ξίφει⟩: τῷ ἀπὸ τοὺς Δελφοὺς —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘With a Delphic sword’ means) ‘with that (wielded) by the Delphians’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τὸ Pr

KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage

Or. 1656.14 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Δελφικῷ ξίφει⟩: διὰ ξίφους Δελφικοῦ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.: (δελφικ)οῦ διὰ (ξίφ)ους Zc

Or. 1657.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨δίκας Ἀχιλλέως πατρὸς ἐξαιτοῦντί με⟩: ἐξαιτοῦντι ἐμὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπαιτοῦντι δίκας ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἀχιλλέως τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Seeking from me, in the sense demanding, reparations for (the death of) his father Achilles.

LEMMA: in text ‑τοῦντι μοι p.c. T, ‑τοῦντα με G, ‑τοῦντι με XoY POSITION: s.l. except XTGr

APP. CRIT.: ἐξαιτοῦντι ἐμὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G, add. ἐμὲ before δίκας

APP. CRIT. 2: ἀχιλέως G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.342,17–18

Or. 1657.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξαιτοῦντα⟩: ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀχιλλέως ὅτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος, ⟨ἔφη⟩ ὅτι ὁ πατήρ μου παρὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐφονεύθη. διατοῦτο ἐφονεύθη εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος. —Pr

TRANSLATION: When Neoptolemus the son of Achilles came into the temple of Apollo, he said that my father was killed by Apollo. For this reason Neoptolemus was killed at the temple of Apollo.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1657.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξαιτοῦντα⟩: ἐξαιτοῦντι —PrZm

TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘exaitounta’ agreeing with the implied subject of infinitive ‘thanein’ there is a variant reading, dative) ‘exaitounti’ (agreeing with dative ‘autōi’ in the previous line).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1658.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς πότ’ ᾔνεσας⟩: γρ. ᾧ ποτ’ ᾔνεσας. —Zm

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hōs pot’ ēinesas’, ‘as you once agreed’,) the reading ‘hōi pot’ ēinesas’ (‘to whom you once agreed’) is found.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1658.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: γρ. ὡς. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hōi’, ‘to whom’,) the reading ‘hōs’ (‘as’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1658.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: γράφεται καὶ ὡς, ἀντὶ τοῦ καθὰ. —ZZa

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hōi’, ‘to whom’,) the reading ‘hōs’ is also found, in the sense of ‘katha’ (‘as’).

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1659.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅδ’ ἐπιών νιν βίοτος εὐδαίμων μενεῖ⟩: ὅδε καὶ οὖτος ὁ εὐδαίμων βίοτος ἐπελθὼν μενεῖ αὐτοῖς. —Mn

TRANSLATION: ‘Hode’ (as one word), meaning ‘this’, happy life having come upon (them) will await them.

LEMMA: ὅδ’ and μενεῖ thus in text Mn POSITION: on previous recto Mn

COMMENT: One may consider emending to αὐτοὺς, the standard gloss for νιν when plural; the word position also suggests the pronoun goes with μενεῖ rather than ἐπελθὼν. But note that Sa glosses νιν with αὐτοῖς (sch. 1659.14), and Mn paraphrases with ἐπελθοῦσα αὐτοῖς ζωὴ in sch. 1659.04.

Or. 1659.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὁ δ᾽ ἐπιών νιν βίοτος εὐδαίμων μενεῖ⟩: ὁ δὲ ἐπερχόμενος βίος εὐτυχῶς αὐτὸν δέξεται. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG

TRANSLATION: The life ahead will receive him in good fortune.

LEMMA: μενεῖ in text all POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.: δὲ om. Y | διαδέξεται G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.342,24–25

Or. 1659.03 (vet exeg) ὁ δ’ ἐπιών νιν: ¹τὸ νίν καὶ ἐπὶ πληθυντικοῦ τάσσειν εἴωθεν· ²ἢ ἐπὶ μόνου Πυλάδου κεῖται. —MBVCMnPrZu

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) is accustomed to construe (poetic pronoun) ‘nin’ also as plural (that is, ‘them’, Pylades and Electra); or (if singular) it applies only to Pylades.

LEMMA: lemma M(mostly washed out)VC(ἐπιὼν a.c.) REF. SYMBOL: MVZu POSITION: marg. BPr, s.l. Zu, cont. from prev. without punct. Mn(on prev. recto)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.240,6–7; Dind. II.342,23–24

Or. 1659.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅδ᾽ ἐπιών νιν βίοτος⟩: αὕτη ἐπελθοῦσα αὐτοῖς ζωὴ —MnPr

LEMMA: ὅδ᾽ in text MnPr POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: αὐτοῖς ζωὴ om. Pr

Or. 1659.05 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὁ δ᾽ ἐπιών νιν⟩: ὁ ἐπελθὼν ἤτοι ὁ μέλλων —ZZaTGu

POSITION: s.l.; Gu also has ἤτοι ὁ μέλλων above 1661 δ’ ἄνασσε, crossed out

APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.342,24

Or. 1659.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: γρ. ὧδ’. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hod’ ’, ‘this’,) the reading ‘hōd’ ’ (‘in this way’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1660.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἔα⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1661.09 (tri metr) ⟨Σπαρτιάτιδος⟩: long mark over secong alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1662.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨φερνὰς⟩: τὴν Σπάρτην λέγει, ἥτις εἰς προῖκα ἐδόθη αὐτῷ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr, partial Ox²

TRANSLATION: (‘Wedding-gifts’:) he means Sparta, which was given to him as a wedding-gift.

POSITION: s.l. except XTGr

APP. CRIT.: ἥτις κτλ om. Ox² | αὐτῷ ἐδόθη transp. G

APP. CRIT. 2: σπάρτιν Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.343,1–2

Or. 1662.03 (rec gram) ⟨φερνὰς⟩: προῖκας τὰς διδομένας τῇ νύμφῃ, ἀπὸ τοῦ φέρειν εἰς εὐνήν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Phernas’ are) wedding-gifts given to the bride, derived from ‘pherein eis eunēn’ (‘bear/carry to the wedding bed’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: εἰς] Sch. Hom. (see comment), τὴν Pr

COMMENT: Unless φέρειν τὴν εὐνήν is a clumsy ad hoc etymology of his own, Pr presents a corruption or misremembering of the derivation given in Sch. Hom. Od. 1.277g1 Pontani ἕεδνα: δῶρα τὰ διδόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ γαμοῦντος τῇ γαμουμένῃ, φερναὶ δὲ τὰ ὑπὸ τῆς γυναικός, παρὰ τὸ φέρειν εἰς εὐνήν. Pontani remarks in the testimonial apparatus ‘nusquam alibi ex εὐνή’, adding that the connection with φέρειν alone is in Hesych. φ 312 and a few other places.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1662.04 (thom gram) ⟨φερνὰς⟩: φερνὴ καὶ προὶξ τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς γυναικὸς πράγματα, ἕδνα δὲ τὰ παρὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τῇ γυναικὶ διδόμενα. —Zm²Gu

TRANSLATION: ‘Phernē’ and ‘proix’ are the things from the wife, ‘hedna’ are those given to the wife by the husband.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: καὶ προὶξ om. Zm²

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.343,2–4

COMMENT: Compare Eust. in Il. 9.146 [II.684,9–12] ἕδνα δὲ κυρίως τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς διδόμενα τῇ γυναικί. φησὶ γοῦν Ἀγαμέμνων, ὅτι ἣν ἂν Ἀχιλλεὺς αἱροῖτο τῶν βασιλίδων, λαβέτω ἀνάεδνον, ἤτοι μὴ λαβοῦσαν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἕδνα, ὅ ἐστι φερνήν. φερνὴ γὰρ ἡ τῆς γυναικὸς προίξ, οἷον ‘προθεὶς φερνὰς πατήρ’.

KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions

Or. 1662.06 (rec gram) ⟨φερνὰς⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ φέρω —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Phernas’, ‘wedding-gifts’, the word being) derived from ‘pherō’ (‘bear, carry’).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: φερ() Mn

Or. 1662.07 (tri metr) ⟨φερνὰς⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1662.10 (1662–1663) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἥ σε μυρίοις … δεῦρ’ ἀεὶ διήνυσεν⟩: ἥτις σε, φησὶν, εἰς μυρίους πόνους ἐμβαλοῦσα μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος παρανάλωσεν. —V

TRANSLATION: Who, he says, having cast you into countless toils has uselessly (or: incidentally) exhausted you up to the present moment.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1663.02 V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.343,9–10

COMMENT: The omission of this scholion in Schwartz is due to homoeoteleuton: sch. 1663.02 ends in κατηνάλωσεν and this note ends in παρανάλωσεν, two lines below the former.

Or. 1662.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἥ σε μυρίοις … δεῦρ’ ἀεὶ διήνυσεν⟩: ἥτις ἀεὶ μυρίοις πόνοις διδοῦσα σε διήνυσε μέχρι τοῦ δεῦρο. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: Who continued always giving you over to countless toils up until this point.

POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYG

APP. CRIT.: μυρίοις ἀεὶ transp. Y | ἀεὶ] ἡ G | πόνοις om. G | τοῦ] τῆς XaY

APP. CRIT. 2: διδοῦσα σὲ T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.343,5–6

Or. 1662.14 (tri metr) ⟨μυρίοις⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1663.02 (vet exeg) δεῦρ’ ἀεὶ διήνυσεν: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ ἕως τούτου τοῦ χρόνου, ὡς καὶ ἐν Φοινίσσαις [1209]· ²‘ἔα τὸ λοιπόν· δεῦρ’ ἀεὶ γὰρ εὐτυχεῖς’. || ³ἀντὶ τοῦ μέχρι τούτου· ⁴τὸ δὲ διήνυσεν ἀντὶ τοῦ κατηνάλωσεν. —MBVC, partial Zu

TRANSLATION: (‘Deur’ aei’ is) equivalent to ‘until this time’, as also in Phoenissae, ‘Let go of the rest: for right up to now you have good fortune’. || Equivalent to ‘up to this point’. And ‘diēnusen’ is equivalent to ‘katēnalōsen’ (‘used up, exhausted’).

LEMMA: M(washed out)B(‑υσε, as in text B), πόνοις διδοῦσα δεῦρ’ ἀεί C, πόνοις διδοῦσα V REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἀν / τοῦ B | 4 ‑λωσε Zu, κατανάλωσεν V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.240,8–10; Dind. II.343,7–9

KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Phoenissae

Or. 1663.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δεῦρ’ ἀεὶ διήνυσεν⟩: ἕως τοῦ παρόντος κατανάλωσεν —V³

TRANSLATION: (‘Deur’ aei diēnusen’, that is,) ‘exhausted until the present moment’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1663.10 (thom exeg) ⟨διήνυσεν⟩: ἐκόμισε, κατέστησε. σύναπτε δὲ τὸ ‘ἀεί’ πρὸς τὸ ‘διδοῦσα’. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Diēnusen’,) ‘conveyed’, ‘placed in’. And construe ‘aei’ (‘always’) with ‘didousa’ (‘giving’).

LEMMA: ‑σε in text ZZaZlZm POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: T damaged, part read from Ta

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.343,11–12

Or. 1663.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨διήνυσε⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνύτω, διὸ καὶ βραχὺ τὸ ν̅ύ̅. —G

TRANSLATION: (‘Diēnuse’ is) derived from ‘anutō’, wherefore in fact the upsilon is short.

LEMMA: thus in text G POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Since upsilon is always short in ἀνύω/ἀνύτω (Homeric verse doubles the sigma of the aorist when a heavy position needs to be filled), it is unclear why G offers this explanation, unless he intended to draw a distinction with the homophone ending ‑ηνησε, as in ἐθρήνησε, ἐπῄνησε, παρῄνησε. For referring to the syllable τὸ νύ instead of just the vowel τὸ υ̅, compare sch. 162.37 βραχὺ ἔχει τὸ λ̅α̅, sch. 1215.06 ἢ τὸ τ̅ο̅ μικρὸν.

Or. 1664.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὰ πρὸς πόλιν δὲ τῷδ’ ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς⟩: τὰ ἀφορῶντα δὲ πρὸς τὴν πόλιν ἐγὼ ποιήσω χάριν αὐτοῦ καλῶς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGrZb

TRANSLATION: Matters regarding the city I will make well for his sake.

POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoGZb, marg. Y

APP. CRIT.: τὰ] τὸν XaY | τὴν om. Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.343,13–14

Or. 1664.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰ πρὸς πόλιν⟩: ὅτι(?) συντείνουσι πρὸς(?) [3–4 letters] γεν[έσθαι]. —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when images are back

Or. 1664.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰ πρὸς πόλιν⟩: ἤγουν τὴν πόλιν —Zm²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1664.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰ πρὸς πόλιν⟩: τὰ ἀφορῶντα πρὸς τὴν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1665.11 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1666.01 (tri metr) ⟨Λοξία⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1666.03 (thom exeg) ⟨σῶν θεσπισμάτων⟩: μαντευμάτων ὧν μοι περὶ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς φόνου ἐθέσπισας. —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Of your prophecies’, that is,) of the oracles that you prophesized to me concerning the killing of my mother.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om., s.l. add. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.343,18–19

Or. 1666.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨σῶν θεσπισμάτων⟩: ἕνεκεν τῶν σῶν χρησμάτων —MnPrSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: τῶν σῶν χρ. om. Pr

APP. CRIT. 2: ἕνεκε Mn

Or. 1666.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῶν θεσπισμάτων⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν σῶν μαντειῶν —Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1667.01 (1667–1669) (mosch exeg) ⟨οὐ ψευδόμαντις … κλύειν ὄπα⟩: οὐ ψευδῶς ἐνομίζου αὐτὸς διδόναι τοὺς χρησμοὺς, ἀλλ’ ἀληθῶς. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGu

TRANSLATION: You were not falsely believed to give the oracles yourself, but truly (believed to do so).

POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. Gu

APP. CRIT.: διδόναι αὐτὸς ἐνομίζου transp. Xo | ἐνόμιζον YfG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.343,20–21

Or. 1668.01 (1668–1669) (vet exeg) καίτοι μ’ ἐσῄει δεῖμα: ¹περιδεὴς, φησὶν, ἦν ἐγὼ μὴ ἄρα δαίμων τις ᾖ τῶν ἀλαστόρων καὶ οὐχὶ σὺ ὁ προστάξας με μητροκτονεῖν. ²νῦν δὲ, φησὶν, αὐταῖς ὄψεσι θεωρῶν ἔχω τὸ πιστόν. —MBVCMt^rZu

TRANSLATION: I was very fearful, he says, that perhaps it was a demon, one of the punishing spirits, and not you, that ordered me to commit matricide. But now, he says, seeing with my very eyes I have the guarantee.

LEMMA: BVC, καίτοι μ’ ἐσῄει app. M(washed out) REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: M mostly washed out | 1 μὴ ἄρα … ἀλαστόρων] μή τις ἦν τῶν ἀλαστόρων Mt^rZu | ἄρα] ὅρα B | μοι Mt^rZu | 2 ἔχων τῶν πιστῶν Mt^r

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 περιδεής φη(σιν) V | τίς BVC | 2 δέ φη(σιν) BVCMt^r

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.240,12–14; Dind. II.343,22–24

Or. 1668.02 (1668–1669) (rec exeg) ⟨καίτοι μ’ ἐσῄει δεῖμα … κλύειν ὄπα⟩: [Κ]αδμεία νίκη —Pr

TRANSLATION: A Cadmean victory.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: Apparently this is a comment on Orestes’ previous experience, of succeeding to kill his mother, but having this success spoiled by the great cost to himself in madness, sense of guilt, and danger of execution. The proverbial term applied to a victory from which the victor could not benefit because of the magnitude of the costs. Zenobius, Epitome collectionum Lucilli et Didymi 4.45 (Paroem. Gr. I.97 Leutsch), transmits four explanations of ‘Cadmean’: Eteocles and Polyneices; the Cadmeans defeating the Seven but defeated by the Epigonoi; Oedipus solving the riddle of the Sphinx; Cadmus killing Linus to ensure that Cadmean letters are the ones adopted by the Greeks.

Or. 1668.03 (thom exeg) ⟨μ’ ἐσῄει δεῖμα⟩: ¹τὸ εἰσῄει με δεῖμα λέγει διὰ τὸν πρόσθεν χρόνον καθ’ ὃν Ὀρέστης παρ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς μαντείας ἐδέχετο· ²ὥστε, εἰ τοῦτο εἴποις, τὸ δόξαιμι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔδοξα νοήσεις. ³φασὶ γὰρ ὡς, ἡνίκα Ὀρέστης ὑπ’ Ἐριννύων βεβάκχευται, λογισμὸν ἔλαβεν ὡς οὐκ Ἀπόλλων εἴη ὁ προστάξας τὸν φόνον, ἀλλ’ ἀλάστωρ τις· ⁴εἰ γὰρ ἦν Ἀπόλλων, οὐκ ἂν μανῆναι αὐτὸν εἴασεν. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: He says ‘fear entered me’ because of the previous period of time (of lack of fear) during which Orestes received from him the oracles against his mother. So, if you should say this (as your interpretation), you will understand (the aorist optative) ‘doxaimi’ as meaning (the aorist indicative) ‘edoxa’ (‘I believed’). For they say that when Orestes was beset with madness by the Erinyes, he reached the conclusion that it was not Apollo who commanded the murder, but some punishing spirit: for it had been Apollo, he (Apollo) would not have permitted him to go mad.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT.: 1 χρόνον] φόνον ZZa [Zl] | 2 ἔδοξα] δόξαν Zl

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δῆμα T (not Ta) | μαντίας Z | 3 τίς ZZaZmTGu, perhaps Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.343,25–30

COMMENT: The note is not expressed clearly, but sent. 3–4 suggest that the ‘previous period of time’ was one in which the fear was not yet felt by Orestes. For the reasoning in sent. 4 compare sch. 28.14 and 414.04–05.

Or. 1668.04 (thom exeg) ⟨μ’ ἐσῄει δεῖμα⟩: ὅτε κατεδίκαζόν με θανεῖν διὰ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον, ἢ ὅτε ἠρώτων εἰ χρὴ τὴν μητέρα κολάσαι. —ZlZm²Gu

TRANSLATION: (‘Yet fear came over me’) when they condemned me to death because of the murder of my mother, or when I asked whether I ought to punish my mother.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT: The author of this note either was misled by the unclear language of the previous and believed he was summarizing its meaning or was disagreeing with Thomas’s view.

Or. 1668.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐσῄει δεῖμα⟩: εἰσήρχετο ὁ φόβος —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1670.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ εὖ τελεῖται⟩: καλῶς ἀπέβη τὰ σὰ θεσπίσματα. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘But it is completed well’, that is,) ‘your prophecies turned out well’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1670.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ εὖ τελεῖται⟩: ¹τὸ ‘ἀλλ’ εὖ τελεῖται’ διπλῶς νοητέον· ² ἢ τοῦτο ὃ νῦν προστάττεις, ἢ ὁ φόβος, ὃν εἶχον περὶ σοῦ, δοξάζων ἀλάστορα, καὶ οὐκ αὐτὸν σὲ, καλῶς τελεῖται, ³ἤγουν οὐχ ὡς ᾠόμην ἐκβαίνει, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἔχει τἀληθές. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘all’ eu teleitai’ is to be interpreted in two ways: either ‘this thing that you now command (will be accompished well)’, or ‘the fear which I had about you, believing (the source of the oracle to be) a punishing spirit and not you yourself, is being brought to a good conclusion’. In other words, it does not turn out as I believed, but rather as the truth holds.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT.: 2 ὁ om., s.l. add. T | δοξάζειν Gu | 3 ὡς ἔχει τἀληθές] εὖ τελεῖται Za

APP. CRIT. 2: 3 οὐχ’ Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.344,1–4

Or. 1670.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πείσομαι δὲ σοῖς λόγοις⟩: καὶ γενήσεται τὸ σὸν πρόσταγμα. —Yf²

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.344,5

Or. 1671.01 (rec exeg) ⟨μεθίημ’⟩: [ ? ]ἀντὶ τοῦ προιέναι —Pr

TRANSLATION: (‘Methienai’) in the sense of ‘proienai’ (‘let go of’).

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT: The margin is trimmed, but it unclear whether there is enough space for μεθιέναι or whether the word was to be understood. | Forms of προΐημι are used to gloss forms of μεθίημι in Hesych. μ 550 μεθιέντα· προϊέμενον; Synag. lex. chres. μ 76 = Photius μ 193 μεθίετο· προΐετο, ἠφίετο; Sch. Plat. Leg. 914e,bis Greene μεθιέτω· προϊέτω ἢ ἀφιέτω.

COLLATION NOTES: In the bottom margin of the same page (31v), before sch. 1684.08, there is a dmaged partial note ending ]πρ[ο]ιέναι:~, which may be another version of this one.

Or. 1671.04 (tri metr) ⟨μεθίημ’⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1672.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨καὶ λέκτρ’ ἐπῄνεσ’⟩: τὴν μετ’ αὐτῆς συνοίκησιν ἐπαινῶ. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except XGr

APP. CRIT. 2: συοίκησιν G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.344,7

Or. 1672.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἂν⟩: παρέλκον —Pr

TRANSLATION: (The modal particle ‘an’ is) superfluous.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: παρέλκει/παρέλκον

Or. 1672.15 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1673.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὦ Ζηνὸς Ἑλένη χαῖρε παῖ⟩: ὦ Ἑλένη, παῖ τοῦ Διὸς, χαῖρε. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except XGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.344,9

Or. 1673.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ζηλῶ δέ σε⟩: μακαριστήν σε ἔχω —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1674.01 (tri metr) ⟨κατοικήσασαν⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1674.08 (thom exeg) ⟨δόμον⟩: τὸν οἶκον, ἤγουν τὸν οὐρανόν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Domon’,) the house, that is, the heavens.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: first τὸν om. ZaZlGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.344,11–12

Or. 1675.05 (vet exeg) κατεγγυῶ: ¹ἀντὶ τοῦ κατεγγυήσω. ²ὅ ἐστιν ἐπαγγέλλομαι δώσειν πρὸς γάμον. ³οὐ νῦν γὰρ δίδωσιν, ἀλλ’ ὕστερον τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ διάγοντος μετὰ τὴν Νεοπτολέμου τελευτήν. —MBVC, partial V³Gu²

TRANSLATION: (Present ‘katengguō’ is) equivalent to (future) ‘katengguēsō’ (‘I will betroth’). Which is to say, I promise I will give (her) in marriage. For he is not giving (her) at this moment, but (will do so) later when Orestes is staying in Arcadia after the death of Neoptolemus.

LEMMA: MBVC REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: marg. Gu²

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐπαγγέλομαι CV³ | 3 ἐναρκαδ(ία) M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.240,15–17; Dind. II.344,13–15

COMMENT: For the effort to conform Euripides’ treatment to the common version, see on sch. 1655.12.

Or. 1675.06 (thom paraphr) ⟨κατεγγυῶ⟩: ὑπισχνοῦμαι πρὸς γάμον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.344,16

Or. 1675.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κατεγγυῶ⟩: ἐπαγγέλλομαι πρὸς γάμον —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1675.12 (rec gram) ⟨κατεγγυῶ⟩: συντάσσεται δοτικῇ, τὸ δὲ μνηστεύω αἰτιατικῇ. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘Katengguō’, ‘betroth’,) is construed with a dative, but ‘mnēsteuō’ (‘woo, espouse’) with an accusative.

POSITION: marg., cont. from sch. 1675.08 with καὶ

COMMENT: The claim is carelessly expressed, since κατεγγυάω has the κύριος as subject, the bride-to-be in the accusative, and the groom-to-be in the dative, while μνηστεύω most often has the groom-to-be as subject and the bride-to-be in the accusative (or occasionally has the κύριος as subject and follows the same construction as κατεγγυάω).

Or. 1676.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Φοίβου λέγοντος⟩: τινὸς προστάγματος γινομένου —Aa

TRANSLATION: (‘Because Phoebus says so’, that is,) because some order occurs.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πράγματος Aa | perhaps γενομένου Mastr.

COMMENT: For προστάγματος cf. sch. 1676.03–04.

Or. 1676.05 (mosch exeg) εὐγενὴς δ’ ἀπ’ εὐγενοῦς: ¹συνυπακούεται ὑπαρκτικοῦ ῥήματος μετοχὴ, εἰ καὶ οὐ δύναται κἀνταῦθα ἐκφωνεῖσθαι, ὡς εἴρηται καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις [sch. 674.13], διὰ τὸ κακοσύνθετον γίνεσθαι τὸν λόγον· ²δύο γὰρ ἐφεξῆς μετοχαὶ οὐκ ἐῶσι τὸν λόγον εὐσύνθετον δοκεῖν. ³εἰ ἐκφωνηθείη δὲ ἐνταῦθα ἡ τοῦ ὑπαρκτικοῦ μετοχὴ, δειχθήσεται αὐτόθεν ὃ λέγω· ⁴οἷον εὐγενὴς δὲ ὢν ἀπ’ εὐγενοῦς γήμας. ⁵ἐξ ἀνάγκης δὲ συνυπακούεται, καὶ ἔχει ὁ λόγος οὕτως· ⁶εὐγενὴς δὲ σὺ ὢν γυναῖκα γήμας ἀπ’ εὐγενοῦς γένους δηλονότι. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: The participle of the verb of being is understood, even though it cannot be expressed here, as has been explained also in other remarks, because the phrase becomes poorly constructed (if the participle is added). For two participles in succession prevent the phrase from seeming well-constructed. And if the participle of the verb of being should be pronounced here, what I am saying will be demonstrated at once, as for instance ‘and being well-born having married (a girl) from a well-born (family)’. But it is necessarily supplied (by the listener), and the sense is like this: ‘and you, being well-born, having married a woman from a noble family, obviously’.

LEMMA: TG POSITION: follows sch. 1677.07 X

APP. CRIT. 2: 4 γῆμας YfGr | 5 ἐξανάγκης XXa | 6 δῆλον ὅτι G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.344,18–24

Or. 1677.04 (tri metr) ⟨γήμας⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1677.10 (rec exeg) ⟨χὠ διδοὺς⟩: γρ. καὶ ὁ διδοὺς. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For contracted ‘chō didous’) the reading (uncontracted) ‘kai ho didous’ (‘and he who gives’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1677.12 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1678.04 (rec exeg) ⟨νῦν⟩: γρ. νυν. —Mn

TRANSLATION: (For ‘nun’ with circumflex, ‘now’,) the reading ‘nun’ (without accent, ‘so then’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: νυν] νι or νι[ν] Mn

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1678.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨οἷ προστάσσομεν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅπου ἡμεῖς προστάσσομεν καὶ κελεύομεν —MC

TRANSLATION: (‘Whither we command’) in the sense ‘where we command and order’.

LEMMA: οἷον M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.240,19; Dind. II.345,1

Or. 1678.07 (vet paraphr) ⟨οἷ προστάσσομεν⟩: ὅπου ἡμεῖς παρακελευόμεθα —B

TRANSLATION: (‘Whither we command’, that is,) where we exhort (you to go).

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: παρακελευσόμεθα Dind. without note

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.345,2

Or. 1678.08 (thom exeg) ⟨οἷ⟩: Μενέλαος μὲν εἰς Σπάρτην, Ὀρέστης δὲ εἰς τὸ Παρράσιον δάπεδον. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Whither’, namely,) Menelaus to Sparta, and Orestes to the Parrhasian land.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: πέδον a.c. Zm

APP. CRIT. 2: παράσιον Zl, a.c. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.345,2–3

Or. 1678.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἷ⟩: ὡς —B^3a

TRANSLATION: (For ‘hoi’, ‘whither’, there is a variant reading) ‘hōs‘ (‘as’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1679.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨νείκους τε διαλύεσθε⟩: ἤγουν παύσασθε τῆς φιλονεικίας —Lr

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.345,4–5

COLLATION NOTES: Dindorf also lists Gu after this item, but it is not in Gr/Gu.

Or. 1679.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πείθεσθαι χρεών⟩: ἄξιόν ἐστιν ἀκοῦσαι σ[ου] —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1680.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κἀγὼ τοιοῦτος⟩: οὕτω διάκειμαι —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.345,6

Or. 1680.06 (tri metr) ⟨τοιοῦτος⟩: koinē short over omicron-iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1680.07 (vet exeg) σπένδομαι δὲ συμφοραῖς: ¹λείπει ἡ ἐπί· ἐπὶ συμφοραῖς. ²σπένδομαι, φησὶ, φιλίαν πρὸς σὲ, ὦ Μενέλαε, ἐπὶ συμφοραῖς, τουτέστι μετὰ τὰς συμφορὰς καὶ τὰς ἀτυχίας, ⟨καὶ⟩ τοῖς σοῖς, ὦ Ἄπολλον, πείθομαι κελεύσμασιν. —MBVC, partial Sa

TRANSLATION: The proposition ‘epi’ (‘upon’) is understood: ‘upon unhappy events’. I make a truce of friendship with you, Menelaus, upon unhappy events, that is to say, after the unhappy events and misfortunes, and I obey your commands, Apollo.

LEMMA: M(om. δὲ)B, lemma κἀγὼ τοιοῦτος V REF. SYMBOL: MV POSITION: in last position, after the κατάληξις note (= arg. 3) Sa

APP. CRIT.: 1–2 λείπει ἡ ἐπὶ … μενέλαε om. Sa | 1 λείπει … συμφοραῖς om. B, but present sep. in marg. B | 2 ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφ. V | μετὰ τὰς] τὰ τὰς B, μετὰ Sa | τὰς ἀτυχίας om. V | ⟨καὶ⟩ suppl. Mastr. | πείθομαι] πειθόμενος Schw., σπένδομαι Sa

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 προς σὲ M | τουτἔστι M, τοῦτέστι B | κελεύσμασι C, κελεύσμα() V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.240,20–23; Dind. II.345,8–12

COMMENT: The majority reading supplies πείθομαι to govern the second dative, probably viewing it as inferrable from the preceding πείθεσθαι χρεών. Sa’s σπένδομαι does without such an inference and probably means ‘I make this truce because of your orders’. These views differ from the modern interpretation; for example, Kovacs translates ‘I make peace with what has happened and with your oracles, Loxias’.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1680.08 (thom exeg) ⟨σπένδομαι δὲ συμφοραῖς⟩: ¹τὸ ‘σπένδομαι συμφοραῖς’ τοῦτο λέγει· ἀντὶ τοῦ φιλίως καὶ ἀποδεκτῶς τὸ συμβὰν δέχομαι. ²ἢ οὕτω, σπένδομαι καὶ φιλιοῦμαί σοι, ὦ Μενέλαε, ἐν σαῖς συμφοραῖς καὶ συνελεύσεσιν, ἤγουν συνεῖναί σοι θέλω καὶ συνομιλεῖν. ³ἢ οὕτω, σπένδομαι καὶ φιλιοῦμαι, ὦ Μενέλαε, ταῖς σαῖς συμφοραῖς, ἤγουν ταῖς κατὰ σοῦ αἰτίαις· ⁴τουτέστι, πρώην μισῶν σε κακὸν εἰς ἐμὲ φανέντα, νῦν παύω τὸ μῖσος. —ZlZmTGu², partial ZZa

TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘spendomai sumphorais’ means this: equivalent to ‘I accept what has occurred in a friendly and acquiescing manner’. Or in this way: I make peace and embrace friendship with you, Menelaus, in your experiences, that is, comings together, that is to say, I want to be with you and associate with you. Or in this way: I make peace and embrace friendship with your experiences, that is, with the causes of blame against you. That is to say, previously hating you because you were revealed to be behaving badly toward me, I now put an end to my hatred.

LEMMA: in text σαῖς add. after συμφ. ZZaZm REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm

APP. CRIT.: 1 σαῖς add. before συμφοραῖς ZZa (which have σαῖς added at beg. of 1681), add. after συμφ. ZmGu² (Zm has σαῖς added at end of 1680) [Zl] | 1–2 ἀντὶ τοῦ… ἢ οὕτω om. ZZa | 2 σαῖς] ταῖς σαῖς T, ταῖς ZZa | συνελεύσεσιν] συνελεύσεσι ταῖσδε ZZa | θέλω] transp. after συνομιλεῖν Za, θέλει Gu²

APP. CRIT. 2: 2 φιλιοῦμαι σοὶ ZZaGu² | συνεῖναι σοι ZZa, συνεῖναι σοὶ ZmGu² | μίσος ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.345,13–18

COMMENT: The clumsiness of the first sentence (ἀντὶ τοῦ after τοῦτο λέγει) seems to be the result of an expansion of the shorter version of ZZa, where the paraphrase in 2 follows τοῦτο naturally. The expansion was intended to offer as the first choice a view that matches the interpretation favored by moderns (see on prev.). It involves regarding the συμφοραί as those of Orestes, whereas the original note viewed them as those of Menelaus. σαῖς was probably once a Thoman gloss on συμφοραῖς, and it somehow became part of the text of 1680 or 1681 in ZZaZm. | In this scholion the adverb ἀποδεκτῶς must have an ‘active’ meaning, ‘in an accepting manner’, rather than the ‘passive’ sense ‘acceptably (to someone)’. I have not found other instances where ἀποδεκτός/ἀπόδεκτος has the ‘active’ sense; it is not mentioned in the lexicons.

Or. 1680.09 (thom exeg) ⟨σπένδομαι δὲ συμφοραῖς⟩: ¹ἢ σπένδομαι σοὶ ἐν ταῖς συμφοραῖς καὶ συνελεύσεσι τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος· ²ἢ σπένδομαι σοὶ ἐν συμφοραῖς καὶ συνελεύσεσιν, ἤγουν φιλίαν ποιῶ πρὸς σὲ καὶ συνέρχομαι· ³ἢ σπένδομαι καὶ ἵλεως γίνομαι ταῖς συμφοραῖς καὶ δυστυχίαις ταῖς σαῖς. —Zm²Gu²

TRANSLATION: Either I make peace with you by means of the experiences, that is, comings together of Apollo; or I make peace with you by means of experiences, that is, comings together, that is, I contract a friendship with you and I come together (with you); or I make peace and I become kindly-disposed to your experiences, that is, misfortunes.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.: second καί om., s.l. add. Zm²

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σπένδομαι σὺ Zm², πένδομαί σοι Gu² (σ om. rubr.)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.345,19–22

Or. 1680.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συμφοραῖς⟩: λείπει ἡ ἐπί· ἐπὶ συμφοραῖς ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ τὰς συμβάσας συμφορὰς καὶ τὰς ἀτυχίας —Mt

TRANSLATION: The proposition ‘epi’ (‘upon’) is understood: ‘upon unhappy events’ in the sense ‘after the unhappy events that have occurred and the misfortunes’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1680.13 (rec exeg) ⟨συμφοραῖς⟩: μετὰ τὰς συμφορὰς —V

TRANSLATION: (Dative ‘sumphorais’ [with ‘epi’ understood] here means) ‘after the misfortunes’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1680.14 (rec exeg) ⟨συμφοραῖς⟩: πεπλησμένος ὢν ἐγὼ —Pr

TRANSLATION: (With ‘sumphorais’, ‘with misfortunes’, understand) ‘I, being filled full’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1680.15 (thom exeg) ⟨συμφοραῖς⟩: συμβάμασι, συνελεύσεσιν ἢ ταῖς κατὰ σοῦ αἰτίαις. —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Sumphorais’ means) ‘occurrences’, ‘comings together’, or ‘the causes of blame against you’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: συμβάσμασι Zb | ἢ ταῖς κτλ om. Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.345,23–24

Or. 1680.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συμφοραῖς⟩: ἤγουν ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐμαῖς δυστυχίαις —Yf

TRANSLATION: (‘Sumphorais’ means) ‘upon my misfortunes’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.345,24–25

Or. 1681.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1681.06 (tri metr) ⟨Λοξία⟩: long mark over alpha —T

Or. 1681.13 (tri metr) coronis —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

COMMENT: De Faveri records ‘παράγραφος a.c., κορωνίς p.c.’, but I cannot confirm from the image that any correction was made.

Or. 1682.01 (1682–1693) (tri metr) ἴτε νυν: ⁰ὁ ἐπίλογος οὗτος τοῦ δράματος ἐκ δύο συστημάτων σύγκειται, ^1–8καὶ εἰσὶ τοῦ μὲν πρώτου συστήματος τὰ κῶλα ἀναπαιστικὰ θʹ, ὧν τὰ μὲν ηʹ δίμετρα ἀκατάληκτα· ⁹τὸ δὲ θʹ καταληκτικὸν, ἤτοι ἑφθημιμερὲς παροιμιακόν. ¹⁰τοῦ δὲ δευτέρου συστήματος τὰ κῶλα γʹ. ^1aτὸ αʹ ὅμοιον ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον, ^2aτὸ δεύτερον ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις, ^3aτὸ δὲ γʹ ὅμοιον ἑφθημιμερὲς. ¹¹ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει τοῦ πρώτου συστήματος παράγραφος. τοῦ δὲ δευτέρου κορωνὶς ἡ περατοῦσα τὸ δρᾶμα. —T

¹1682 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒
ἴτε νυν καθ’ ὁδόν, τὴν καλλίστην
²1683 ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
θε͜ῶν Εἰρήνην τιμῶντες· ἐγὼ
³1684 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
δ’ Ἑλένην Ζηνὸς μελάθροις πελάσω,
⁴1685 ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
λαμπρῶν ἄστρων πόλον ἐξανύσας,
⁵1686 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
ἔνθα παρ’ Ἥρᾳ τῇ θ’ Ἡρακλέους
⁶1687 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒
Ἥβῃ πάρεδρος θεὸς ἀνθρώποις
⁷1688 ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
ἔσται σπονδαῖς ἔντιμος ἀεί,
⁸1689 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒
σὺν Τυνδαρίδαις τοῖς Διὸς υἱοῖς
⁹1690 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒
ναύταις μεδέουσα θαλάσσης.
^1a1691 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒, ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
ὦ μέγα σεμνὴ Νίκη τὸν ἐμὸν
^2a1692 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒
βίοτον κατέχοις
^3a1693 ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒, ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒
καὶ μὴ λήγοις στεφανοῦσα.

TRANSLATION: This epilogue of the drama consists of two systems, and the cola of the first system are nine anapaestic ones, of which the (first) eight are acatalectic dimeters, while the ninth is catalectic, or a paroemiac hephthemimeres. And the cola of the second system are three in number. The first is a similar acatalectic anapaestic dimeter, the second an anapaestic basis, and the third a similar hephthemimeres. At the end of the first system a paragraphos, and of the second a coronis marking the end of the drama.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.28,5–12; de Fav. 85

Or. 1682.07 (thom exeg) ⟨καθ᾽ ὁδόν⟩: ἣν προσετάξα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: (‘Along the path’, that is,) which I have commanded you (to go).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: προσετάξαμεν T

Or. 1682.09 (1682–1683) (vet exeg) ⟨τὴν καλλίστην θεῶν Εἰρήνην τιμῶντες⟩: ¹τοῦτό φησιν ἐπεὶ ἐπὶ τὰ Πελοποννησιακὰ ἐνόσει ἡ Ἑλλάς, ²πρεσβευσαμένων δὲ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων οὐ προσήκαντο τὰς σπονδὰς οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι. —MBC

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) says this because Greece was suffering with regard to(?) the Peloponnesian war, and when the Lacedaemonians sent an embassy, the Athenians refused the truce.

LEMMA: ἴτε νῦν M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. B

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐπὶ] perhaps περὶ (or διὰ) Mastr., del. Schw. | ἐνόσει ἡ Ἑλλάς] ἐνέστη τῇ Ἑλλάδι Schw. (based on next) | 2 δὲ] γὰρ Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τοῦτο φησὶν BC | πελοπονησιακὰ MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.240,24–26; Dind. II.346,3–5

COMMENT: For the same observation of the failure of the Spartan embassy, cf. sch. 371.01, 772.02, 903.01.

Or. 1682.10 (1682–1683) (vet exeg) ⟨τὴν καλλίστην θεῶν Εἰρήνην τιμῶντες⟩: ¹τοῦτό φησι διὰ τὸ κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν ἐνεστηκέναι τὰ Πελοποννησιακά· ²πρεσβευομένοις γὰρ Λακεδαιμονίοις περὶ εἰρήνης οὐκ ἐπείσθησαν Ἀθηναῖοι. —MVCRf

TRANSLATION: He (the poet) says this because at that time the Peloponnesian war stubbornly loomed over (Greece); for the Athenians did not accede to the Lacedaemonians when they came on an embassy concerning peace.

LEMMA: θεῶν Εἰρήνην τιμῶντες V, θεὸν Εἰρήνην τιμῶντες M(as in text), θεῶν εἰρήνη Rf REF. SYMBOL: V at 1683 θεῶν POSITION: s.l. above 1682 C; at level of 1683 MV

APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ φη() M | 2 γὰρ om. M | Λακεδ. π. εἰρήνης] π(ερὶ) εἰρήνης λακεδ. π(ερὶ) εἰρήνης M

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τοῦτο φησὶ VCRf | κατεκεῖνον MC | πελοπονησιακὰ all (M also acute accent, a.c. or p.c.), corr. Matthiae

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.240,27–241,2; Dind. II.346,5–7

Or. 1683.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεὸν⟩: θεῶν —Zm

TRANSLATION: (For accusative singular ‘theon’, ‘goddess’, there is a variant reading, genitive plural) ‘theōn’ (‘of gods’).

LEMMA: thus in text Zm POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1683.09 (tri metr) ⟨τιμῶντες⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 85

Or. 1684.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ζηνὸς μελάθροις πελάσω⟩: ὅτι ἀκμὴν εἰς τὸν αἰθέρα ἦν —ZlZm²

TRANSLATION: (‘I’ll convey to Zeus’s palace’:) because she (Helen) was just now in the sky.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1684.08 (rec gram) ⟨μελάθροις⟩: μέλαθρον τὸ μαγειρεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ μελαίνειν τὸν αἰθέρα, καὶ τὸ ὑψηλὸν οἴκημα ἀπὸ τοῦ μάλα ἀθρεῖν. —Pr

TRANSLATION: ‘Melathron’ meaning ‘kitchen’ (is derived) from ‘blackening the air’ (‘melainein ton aithera’), and (‘melathron’) meaning ‘high-ceilinged chamber’ (is derived) from ‘seeing very much’ (‘mala athrein’).

POSITION: in lower margin after damaged note ending with προιέναι (see Collation Note of sch. 1671.01)

APP. CRIT.: μάλα] μελ() Pr

COMMENT: For the etymologies cf. Sch. V Hec. 649 μέλαθρον καὶ μέγαρον διαφέρουσι. μέλαθρον γὰρ λέγεται τὸ μαγειρεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ μελαίνειν τὸν αἰθέρα … ; Sch. Pr Hec. 649 ἀπὸ τοῦ μελαίνειν τὸν αἰθέρα, Sch. Y² Hec. 649 ἀπὸ τοῦ μελαίνειν τὸν αἰθέρα, ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ μάλα ἀθρεῖν καὶ βλέπειν, Sch. SSa Hec. 649 παρὰ τὸ μελαίνεσθαι ἀθροόν (presumably corrupt), Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.139 μέλαθρον δ’ ἀπὸ τοῦ τὸν αἰθέρα μελαίνειν, κυρίως τὸ μαγειρεῖον, Sch. Opp. Hal. 2.21 μέλαθρον ἀπὸ τοῦ μάλα ἀθρεῖν, ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ μελαίνειν τὸν αἰθέρα, κυρίως δὲ τὸ μαγειρεῖον, Sch. Batrachomyom. 15 μέλαθρον τὸ μαγειρεῖον, παρὰ τὸ μελαίνειν τὸν αἰθέρα ἤτοι τὸν ἀέρα· καὶ τὸ ὑψηλὸν ὀσπήτιον, παρὰ τὸ μάλα καὶ λίαν αἰρόμενον καὶ ὑψηλούμενον.

KEYWORDS: etymology

Or. 1684.09 (rec gram) κοίρανος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄνις εἶναι τοῦ κείρειν. τύραννος δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ Τύρου νήσου ἀπειθεστάτης:~ || π(αρὰ)(?) τὸ μὴ ἵστασθαι (or τὸ μεθίστασθαι?)· ἢ παρὰ [τὸ] στηρίζεσθαι:~ —Pr

TRANSLATION: ‘Koiranos’ (is derived) from being ‘without shearing/shaving’ (‘anis tou keirein’). And ‘turannos’ (is derived) from ‘Tyre island’ (because it is) most disobedient. || From not standing (or: from changing position), or from being firmly fixed.

POSITION: in lower margin after prev.

COMMENT: κοίρανος does not occur in this play, but τύραννος appears in 1168 and 1456. For the etymologies of τύραννος, the first seems to be unattested elsewhere, but the second is reflected also in Et. Gud. 538,4–6 Sturz ἀπὸ τυράννου τινὸς, πρώτου κακῶς διακειμένου, ἀπὸ Τύρου τῆς πόλεως· σημαίνει δὲ δύο, τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον τύραννον. I have not been able to determine the meaning of the last phrase.

Or. 1685.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λαμπρῶν ἄστρων⟩: διὰ, ἢ εἰς λαμπρὸν —G

TRANSLATION: (Understand) ‘dia’ (to govern genitive ‘lamprōn astrōn’, ‘bright stars’), or (interpret as) ‘to the bright (star)’ (with accusative forms ‘lampron astron’; or agreeing with ‘polon’, ‘to the bright (celestial sphere)’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1685.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λαμπρῶν⟩: λαμπρὸν —Xo

TRANSLATION: (For genitive plural ‘lamprōn’, ‘bright’, agreeing with ‘astrōn’, ‘of stars’, there is a variant reading, accusative singular) ‘lampron’ (‘bright’, agreeing with ‘polon’, ‘celestial sphere’).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1685.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄστρων⟩: γρ. ἀστέρων. —Pr

TRANSLATION: (For ‘astrōn’) the reading ‘asterōn’ is found (with the same meaning, ‘of stars’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1685.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πόλον⟩: πόλων —Aa

TRANSLATION: (For accusative singular ‘polon’, ‘celestial sphere’, there is a variant reading, genitive plural) ‘polōn’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1686.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῇ θ’ Ἡρακλέους⟩: ἀδελφῇ —Pr

TRANSLATION: (With ‘the of Heracles’ understand) ‘sister’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1686.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ θ’ Ἡρακλέους⟩: καὶ τῇ γυναικὶ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους —Mn

TRANSLATION: (‘The of Heracles’,) that is, ‘the wife of Heracles’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1686.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨τῇ θ’ Ἡρακλέους⟩: γυναικὶ δηλονότι τῇ Ἥβῃ —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfG

TRANSLATION: (‘The of Heracles’,) ‘wife’, obviously, Hebe.

POSITION: s.l. except Y; prep. to sch. 1687.12 XaY, precedes same Yf

APP. CRIT.: τῇ prep. YG | ἔσται add. XoG (from first word of sch. 1688.12 by misdivision)

APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G

Or. 1686.07 (recThom exeg) ⟨τῇ θ’ Ἡρακλέους⟩: γυναικὶ —RfZZbZlZmZuGu

TRANSLATION: (With ‘the of Heracles’ understand) ‘wife’.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1686.08 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἡρακλέους⟩: ¹ὁ Ἡρακλῆς ὑπὸ Φιλοκτήτου καυθεὶς ἀνῆλθεν εἰς Ὄλυμπον, ²ἐν ᾧ τὴν Ἥβην ἔγημε θυγατέρα τῆς Ἥρας. ³αὕτη δὲ θεὰ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἀλληγορουμένη εἰς τὴν ἰσχύν. —ZmTGu²

TRANSLATION: Heracles, after being cremated by Philoctetes, went up to Olympus, where he married Hebe the daughter of Hera. And this goddess was interpreted allegorically among the Greek to refer to strength.

POSITION: s.l. ZmT, marg. Gu²

APP. CRIT.: 1 ὑπὸ Φιλ. om. ZmGu | 2 τῆς om. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.346,13–16

COMMENT: The only allegorization of Hebe otherwise attested is Eust. in Od. 11.603 [I.440,41–42] ἡ δὲ Ἥβη ἀλληγορικῶς Διὸς καὶ Ἥρας λέγεται διὰ τὸ ἀκάματον καὶ ἀεὶ νεάζον τῶν στοιχείων εἰς ἅπερ ἀλληγορεῖται Ἥρα καὶ Ζεύς.

KEYWORDS: allegory

Or. 1687.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Ἥβῃ⟩: οὕτως ὠνομάζετο ἡ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους γυνή. —MBSa

TRANSLATION: (‘Hebe’:) thus was the wife of Heracles named.

REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. B

APP. CRIT.: ὀνομάζεται Sa | τοῦ om. BSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.241,3; Dind. II.346,12

Or. 1687.07 (vet exeg) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: λείπει τὸ οὖσα, πάρεδρος οὖσα —MB

TRANSLATION: (The participle) ‘ousa’ (‘being’) is to be understood: ‘being a companion seated beside’.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. B(cont. from sch. 1687.01, add. δὲ)

APP. CRIT.: πάρεδρος οὖσα om. M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.241,4 with app.; Dind. II.346,13

KEYWORDS: λείπει

Or. 1687.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: οὖσα, ἤγουν παρεδρεύουσα —XXbXoT⁺YfGGr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G | οὖσα om. T (but cf. sch. 1687.14)

Or. 1687.12 (1687–1688) (mosch paraphr) ⟨θεὸς ἀνθρώποις ἔσται σπονδαῖς ἔντιμος ἀεί⟩: ἔσται ἀεὶ θεὸς ὑπ’ ἀνθρώπων ἔντιμος σπονδαῖς, ἤγουν ὑπ’ ἀνθρώπων τιμωμένη διὰ σπονδῶν, ἤτοι θυσιῶν. —XXaXbXoT⁺YYfGGr

TRANSLATION: She will always be a goddess held in honor by men in libations, that is, being honored by men with libations, or sacrifices.

LEMMA: 1688 ἔσται σπονδαῖς ἔντιμος ἀεί G POSITION: marg. Xb, s.l. TYf; beside 1686 on prev. verso Xb, cont. from sch. 1686.06 without punct. XaY, with punct. Yf

APP. CRIT.: τῇ ἥβη prep. Ox² | ἔσται om. XoG (wrongly add. to sch. 1686.06 by misdivision) | διὰ σπονδῶν] διὰ σπονδαῖς Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.346,21–23

Or. 1688.01 (1688–1690) (thom exeg) ⟨σπονδαῖς ἔντιμος … μεδέουσα θαλάσσῃ⟩: ¹ἤγουν ἣν ἀεὶ ναῦται θυσίαις τιμήσουσι σὺν Πολυδεύκει καὶ Κάστορι, ὡς ἔφορον πλοῦ. ²ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἀεὶ ὑποστικτέον, ἵνα λέγῃς οὕτω· θεὸς ἔντιμος ἀνθρώποις ἐν σπονδαῖς. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION: That is, (she will be one) whom sailors will always honor with sacrifices together with Polydeuces and Castor, as one who watches over sailing. Or one should have minor punctuation after ‘aei’ (‘always’), so that you say it like this: ‘a god honored by men with libations’.

POSITION: s.l. (but completed in marg.) except T, marg. Za

APP. CRIT.: 1 ἤγουν ἣν ἀεὶ ναῦται θυσίαις] αὐτῶ θυσίας Zb | ναῦται] app. αὐτῶ a.c. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πολυδεύκη Za [Z] | εὔφορον Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.346,19–21

KEYWORDS: punctuation (στίζειν, καταστίζειν, ὑποστίζειν)

Or. 1688.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἔντιμος⟩: long mark over iota —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 86

Or. 1689.01 (recThom exeg) ⟨Τυνδαρίδαις⟩: τῷ Κάστορι καὶ τῷ Πολυδεύκῃ —AaAbMnPrZlZm²Gu²CrOxB^3a

TRANSLATION: (‘Tyndaridae’ are) Castor and Polydeuces.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab, intermarf B^3a

APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. AaMnZlCrOx | second τῷ om. AbZm²

Or. 1689.03 (vet exeg) ⟨υἱοῖς⟩: γράφεται καὶ ὑγρᾶς. —MV³

TRANSLATION: (For ‘huiois’, ‘sons’,) the reading ‘hugras’ (‘liquid’, epithet of ‘sea’ in next line) is also found.

POSITION: intermarg. M, above 1690 θαλάσσης on verso V³

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.241,5

KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε

Or. 1690.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ναύταις μεδέουσα θαλάσσης⟩: τῆς τῶν ναυτῶν θαλάσσης βασιλεύουσα —XXaXbT⁺YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

Or. 1690.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ναύταις μεδέουσα θαλάσσης⟩: τῶν τῆς θαλάσσης ναυτῶν βασιλεύουσα —Xo

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1690.11 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 86

Or. 1691.01 (1691–1693) (vet exeg) ὦ μέγα σεμνή: τοῦτο παρὰ τοῦ χοροῦ ἐστι λεγόμενον ὡς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ ποιητοῦ. —MBVCMt^rSaZu

TRANSLATION: This (prayer) is spoken by the chorus as if in the persona of the poet.

LEMMA: M, ὦ σεμνὰ νίκα Sa REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.: ἐστι] om. V, ὅ ἐστι Mt^r | ὡς om. Zu

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστὶν M, ἐστὶ C, ἔστι SaZu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.241,6–7; Dind. II.347,1–2

COMMENT: On such identification of the voice of the poet in that of a chorus or a character, see Nünlist 131–132 with n. 48.

Or. 1691.02 (1691–1693) (rec exeg) ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ ποιητοῦ —PrY^r

TRANSLATION: (Spoken) from the persona of the poet.

POSITION: s.l. Pr, marg. Y^r

Or. 1691.03 (1691–1693) (thom exeg) ¹ὁ χορὸς βοηθὸς ὢν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ τὰ κατ’ αὐτὸν ἰδὼν ὅπως ἀπέβη τοῦτο φησίν. ²ἢ τοῦτο διὰ τοῦ χοροῦ ὡς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ ποιητοῦ ἐστιν, ὡς νικήσοντος ἐπὶ τῷ δράματι. —ZmGu

TRANSLATION: The chorus, being an ally to Orestes, says this after seeing seeing how his affairs turned out. Or this is by the chorus as if from the persona of the poet, in his belief that he will be victorious with this play.

POSITION: marg. Gu

APP. CRIT.: νικήσοντος] Mastr., νικήσαντος ZmGu

APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστὶν Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.346,24–26

Or. 1691.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ μέγα σεμνὴ Νίκη⟩: θεὰν ἔλεγον τὴν Νίκην. —Ab

TRANSLATION: They (the ancient Greeks) called Nike a goddess.

POSITION: marg.

Or. 1691.12 (tri metr) ⟨Νίκη⟩: long mark over iota —T

Or. 1692.01 (tri metr) ⟨βίοτον κατέχοις⟩: παρατέλευτον —T

TRANSLATION: Penultimate (anapaestic monometer in an anapaestic system).

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 86

COMMENT: For παρατέλευτον in this meaning, sch. Tri. Phoen. 818–833 τὸ ιεʹ ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις, ἤτοι μονόμετρον, ὃ καὶ παρατέλευτον ὀνομάζεται; Phoen. 1764–1766 τὸ δεύτερον ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις, ἥτοι μονόμετρον, ὃ καὶ παρατέλευτον ὀνομάζεται (similarly, Sch. Tricl. Soph. Ant. 155a, 376a, 1347 Tessier). The label παρατέλευτον also occurs in L, e.g., at Hipp. 173 and 265 (Cavarzeran 2016: 405).

KEYWORDS: παρατέλευτον

Or. 1692.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κατέχεις⟩: κατέχοις —F²

TRANSLATION: (For indicative ‘katecheis’, ‘you control’, there is a variant reading, optative) ‘katechois’ (‘may you control’).

LEMMA: thus a.c. F POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1693.01 (vet exeg) ⟨subscription⟩: πρὸς διάφορα ἀντίγραφα παραγέγραπται ἐκ τοῦ Διονυσίου ὑπομνήματος ὁλοσχερῶς καὶ τῶν μικτῶν. —MBCCrNeRRwXaGuZcZl, also LbPaPkXfXmZx²

TRANSLATION: By reference to various copies, (these annotations) have been written in the margin (or cited or extracted?) from the commentary of Dionysius entirely (or in general?) and from the mixed commentaries.

POSITION: follows arg. 3 ἡ κατάληξις τῆς τραγῴδίας κτλ in all; marked as separate by punct. or extra space in MBCRRwZcXaXf(missing initial)GuCrNe, run together with arg. 3 in LbPkXmZl

APP. CRIT.: M mostly washed out, but traces and spacing fit the given text. | ἀντίγραφα] δὲ Pa | ἐκ] ἐκ δὲ C, ἐν τῆ Rw | διονυσίου p.c. C, perhaps ‑σσί‑ or ‑σϊει‑ a.c.?; διονύσου CrGuZlLbPkZx² (in margin γρ. διονυσίου Gu) | ὑπομνήματα Cr | ὁλοσχερῶς καὶ τῶν μικτῶν] καὶ μικτῶς XaXfZc (only καὶ μ[ visible on image of Xf) | μικτῶν] κωμικῶν R, μικρῶν Rw

APP. CRIT. 2: μίκτων LbPk

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.241,15–16; Dind. II.347,12–13

COMMENT: This note became attached to the note presented in this edition as Or. arg. 3 (which appears at the end of the play in some manuscripts and among the prefatory matter in others), and thus the subscription survived in many manuscripts that do not carry old scholia. For discussion see Prelim. Stud. 13–14. | Schartau 1973: 81–82 n. 24 reports that this notice is also in in EsLvXu (in the prefatory matter). I have not seen Es or Lv, but Xu has only arg. 3 and not the subscription. This note is slightly out of order because its number was established in Release 1, when it was the only annotation included after line 500. For reference purposes the number is best left unchanged.

Or. 1693.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴ λήγοις⟩: καὶ μὴ καταπαύσοις —G

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1693.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴ λήγοις⟩: εἴθε —Yf²Zb²

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2: εἶθε Yf²

Or. 1693.06 (rec exeg) ⟨στεφανοῦσα⟩: ἐμὲ τὸν χορόν —MnPrR

TRANSLATION: (‘Crowning’) me, the chorus.

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1693.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στεφανοῦσα⟩: τοῦτον —Zm²

TRANSLATION: (‘Crowning’) this (life).

POSITION: s.l.

Or. 1693.10 (tri metr) coronis —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 86

Orestes

Scholia to Orestes